diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore index ac79cd9d43..c46f9328b0 100644 --- a/.gitignore +++ b/.gitignore @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ *.pyc .* +*.mo # sphinx build directories _build/ diff --git a/.tx/config b/.tx/config index 5dbcb5796a..cbf74be579 100644 --- a/.tx/config +++ b/.tx/config @@ -72,11 +72,21 @@ file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po source_file = locale/sources/manufacturing.pot source_lang = en +[odoo-11-doc.mobile] +file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +source_file = locale/sources/mobile.pot +source_lang = en + [odoo-11-doc.point_of_sale] file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po source_file = locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot source_lang = en +[odoo-11-doc.portal] +file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +source_file = locale/sources/portal.pot +source_lang = en + [odoo-11-doc.practical] file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/practical.po source_file = locale/sources/practical.pot diff --git a/README.rst b/README.rst index f8a96dcc73..76a9acb00c 100644 --- a/README.rst +++ b/README.rst @@ -2,126 +2,46 @@ End-user Odoo documentation =========================== -Building requirements: +Build the documentation +======================= -* Python 2.7 -* recent `Sphinx `_ (at least Sphinx 1.2) +Requirements +------------ - you can check if Sphinx is installed by trying to launch +- `Git `_ - .. code-block:: console +- | `Python 3 `_ + | If you don't know which subversion to choose, pick the last one. + | Python dependencies are listed in the file ``requirements.txt`` located in the root + directory. - $ sphinx-build --version + - Sphinx 2.4.0 or above. + - Werkzeug 0.14.1 - See `the sphinx documentation `_ - for local installation instructions. -* `git `_ -* clone this repository using git, then at the root of the repository, - in a console, +- `Make `_ - .. code-block:: console +Instructions +------------ - $ make html +In a terminal, navigate to the root directory and execute the following command: - this should compile the documentation to HTML, and put the generated - HTML in ``_build/html/index.html``. +.. code-block:: console -Contributions -============= + $ make html -For simple edition (typo, just add paragraphs of text without markup), -the Github web interface can be used directly. +This compiles the documentation to HTML. -For more complex edition, to add images or advanced directives, edit -locally. **Do not commit if there are warnings or errors when building -the documentation** fix them first. rST is fairly sensitive to -whitespace and newlines (especially the lack of newlines). It's a bit -annoying but it's not hard to learn. +Open ``documentation-user/_build/html/index.html`` in your web browser to display the render. -Issues can be reported on the repository's bug tracker as usual. +See `this guide +`_ +for more detailed instructions. -Custom features -=============== +Contribute to the documentation +=============================== -Extensions ----------- +For contributions to the content of the documentation, please refer to the `Introduction Guide +`_. -Two custom directives are provided for integration with Odoo's demo -system: - -* ``demo:fields:: {external_id}`` lists all the fields with a - tooltip (``help``) of the action whose ``external_id`` is provided. - - - Uses the ``form`` view by default, can be customized by specifying - ``:view:``. - - The list of fields displayed can be filtered with ``:only:`` which - should be a list of space-separated fields to display. Note that - this will further reduce the number of fields displayed, it will - not force fields to be listed when they don't have a ``help``. - - .. code-block:: restructuredtext - - .. demo:fields:: account_asset.action_account_asset_asset_list_normal_sale - :only: name - - will display a table of just the ``name`` field and its ``help`` (or - nothing if the ``name`` field does not have a ``help``) - -* ``demo:action:: {external_id}`` will create a link button to the - action (specified by external id) on the demo site. The text of the - button should be provided as the directive's content: - - .. code-block:: restructuredtext - - .. demo:action:: account_asset.action_account_asset_asset_list_normal_sale - - View *Asset Types* - -Theme Customisations --------------------- - -* The Odoo theme supports *Banner Images* at the top of - documents. These banners are configured by setting a ``:banner:`` - field at the top of the document (before the page title), the banner - images will be looked up in the ``_static`` folder at the root of - the project - - .. code-block:: restructuredtext - - :banner: banners/accounting.png - - ========== - Accounting - ========== - - [...] - - .. warning:: - - because banners are wide images and each page may have one, it is - strongly recommended to compress them well. For PNG, use - `pngquant `_ (or a UI to it) to reduce the - number of colors in the image followed by regular PNG - recompression tools like `pngcrush - `_ and `pngout - `_. - - - -Importing existing documents -============================ - -For documents which already exist in an other format or in Google -docs, it's possible to get a head-start by converting the existing -document using `Pandoc `_. The main issue is that -anything but trivial original documents will need fixing up (possibly -lots of it) to get *good* rST (or possibly working rST at all). - -Example:: - - pandoc -f docx -t rst path/to/document.docx -o new_doc.rst --extract-media=. - -will convert ``path/to/document.docx`` to ``new_doc.rst`` and export -all images to ``./media`` (and link them from the document). While -there are issues with the exported document, it's much more convenient -than manually re-typing the original. +To **report a content issue**, **request new content** or **ask a question**, use the `repository's +issue tracker `_ as usual. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/_extensions/demo_link.py b/_extensions/demo_link.py index d2990db363..9038d8040e 100644 --- a/_extensions/demo_link.py +++ b/_extensions/demo_link.py @@ -1,8 +1,18 @@ -import Queue import collections import threading -import urllib -import xmlrpclib +import werkzeug + +try: + import xmlrpclib +except ImportError: + # P3 + import xmlrpc.client as xmlrpclib + +try: + import Queue +except ImportError: + # P3 + import queue as Queue from xml.etree import ElementTree as ET @@ -67,7 +77,7 @@ def run(self): )) ) ) - for k, v in fields.iteritems() + for k, v in fields.items() # if there's a whitelist, only display whitelisted fields if not whitelist or k in whitelist # only display if there's a help text @@ -89,7 +99,7 @@ def run(self): external_id = self.arguments[0] text = "action button" node = nodes.reference( - refuri='https://demo.odoo.com?{}'.format(urllib.urlencode({ + refuri='https://demo.odoo.com?{}'.format(werkzeug.urls.url_encode({ 'module': external_id })), classes=['btn', 'btn-primary', 'btn-lg', 'btn-block', 'center-block'] @@ -125,7 +135,7 @@ def _submit(result_queue, xid, view='form'): def _launcher(): try: info = xmlrpclib.ServerProxy('https://demo.odoo.com/start').start() - except xmlrpclib.Fault, e: + except xmlrpclib.Fault as e: threading.Thread( target=_fault_requests, args=["Demo start() failed: %s" % e.faultString], diff --git a/_extensions/github_link.py b/_extensions/github_link.py index baf3018106..537280c004 100644 --- a/_extensions/github_link.py +++ b/_extensions/github_link.py @@ -1,7 +1,8 @@ import inspect import importlib import os.path -from urlparse import urlunsplit +import werkzeug + """ * adds github_link(mode) context variable: provides URL (in relevant mode) of @@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ def make_github_link(app, path, line=None, mode="blob"): path=path, mode=mode, ) - return urlunsplit(( + return werkzeug.urls.url_unparse(( 'https', 'github.com', urlpath, @@ -98,7 +99,7 @@ def add_doc_link(app, pagename, templatename, context, doctree): # in Sphinx 1.3 it's possible to have mutliple source suffixes and that # may be useful in the future source_suffix = app.config.source_suffix - source_suffix = source_suffix if isinstance(source_suffix, basestring) else source_suffix[0] + source_suffix = next(iter(source_suffix)) # FIXME: odoo/odoo has a doc/ prefix which is incorrect for this # project, how to unify? Add new setting? context['github_link'] = lambda mode='edit': make_github_link( diff --git a/_extensions/html_domain.py b/_extensions/html_domain.py index 2ee896486b..a5b81491f1 100644 --- a/_extensions/html_domain.py +++ b/_extensions/html_domain.py @@ -21,10 +21,12 @@ def setup(app): app.add_node(div, html=( lambda self, node: self.body.append(self.starttag(node, 'div')), lambda self, node: self.body.append('\n'))) + # override parameter was added for version sphinx >= 1.4, TypeError before + kw = {'override': True} if sphinx.version_info >= (1, 4) else {} app.add_node(address, html=( lambda self, node: self.body.append(self.starttag(node, 'address')), lambda self, node: self.body.append('\n') - )) + ), **kw) # docutils.nodes.address exists and is a bibliographic element app.add_node(cite, html=(visit_cite, depart_cite)) for name, node in [('mark', mark), ('ins', insert), ('del', delete), ('s', strikethrough), ('u', underline), ('small', small), diff --git a/_extensions/odoo/__init__.py b/_extensions/odoo/__init__.py index 9744f826b2..e49a7fbccf 100644 --- a/_extensions/odoo/__init__.py +++ b/_extensions/odoo/__init__.py @@ -5,6 +5,11 @@ from . import translator import sphinx.environment +try: + from sphinx.environment.adapters import toctree +except ImportError: + toctree = None + import sphinx.builders.html from docutils import nodes def setup(app): @@ -16,6 +21,10 @@ def setup(app): location="odoo extension") app.config.html_translator_class = 'odoo.translator.BootstrapTranslator' + add_js_file = getattr(app, 'add_js_file', None) or app.add_javascript + for f in ['jquery.min.js', 'bootstrap.js', 'doc.js', 'jquery.noconflict.js']: + add_js_file(f) + switcher.setup(app) app.add_config_value('odoo_cover_default', None, 'env') app.add_config_value('odoo_cover_external', {}, 'env') @@ -23,7 +32,9 @@ def setup(app): app.connect('html-page-context', update_meta) def update_meta(app, pagename, templatename, context, doctree): - meta = context.setdefault('meta', {}) + if not context.get('meta'): # context['meta'] can be None + context['meta'] = {} + meta = context.setdefault('meta', {}) # we want {} by default meta.setdefault('banner', app.config.odoo_cover_default) def navbarify(node, navbar=None): @@ -93,6 +104,20 @@ def __call__(self, fn): old = getattr(self.obj, name) setattr(self.obj, name, lambda self_, *args, **kwargs: \ fn(old, self_, *args, **kwargs)) +if toctree: + # 1.6 and above use a new toctree adapter object for processing rather + # than functions on the BuildEnv & al + @monkey(toctree.TocTree) + def resolve(old_resolve, tree, docname, *args, **kwargs): + if docname == tree.env.config.master_doc: + return resolve_content_toctree(tree.env, docname, *args, **kwargs) + toc = old_resolve(tree, docname, *args, **kwargs) + if toc is None: + return None + + navbarify(toc[0], navbar=kwargs.pop('navbar', None)) + return toc + @monkey(sphinx.environment.BuildEnvironment) def resolve_toctree(old_resolve, self, docname, *args, **kwargs): diff --git a/_extensions/odoo/layout.html b/_extensions/odoo/layout.html index 50dba6224b..8663ac4600 100644 --- a/_extensions/odoo/layout.html +++ b/_extensions/odoo/layout.html @@ -1,11 +1,5 @@ {% extends "basic/layout.html" %} - -{% set script_files = script_files + [ -'_static/jquery.min.js', -'_static/bootstrap.js', -'_static/doc.js', -'_static/jquery.noconflict.js', -] %} +{% set html5_doctype = True %} {% set classes = [] %} {% if pagename == master_doc %} @@ -16,12 +10,15 @@ {% set classes = classes + ['has_code_col'] %} {% endif %} -{%- block doctype -%} - -{%- endblock -%} -{%- block htmltitle -%} - - +{% if 'classes' in meta %} + {% set classes = classes + meta['classes'].split() %} +{% endif %} + +{%- block linktags -%} + {% for code, url in language_codes %} + + {%- endfor %} + {{ super() }} {%- endblock -%} @@ -39,6 +36,7 @@ })(window,document,'script','//www.google-analytics.com/analytics.js','ga'); ga('create', '{{ google_analytics_key }}', 'auto'); + ga('set', 'anonymizeIp', true); ga('send','pageview'); {%- endif -%} @@ -71,8 +69,8 @@
  • eCommerce
  • Blogs
  • Forums
    • -
  • Slides
    • -
  • SEA
    • +
  • eLearning
    • +
  • Live Chat
    • @@ -89,10 +87,12 @@
  • Subscriptions
  • Sign
    • +
  • Rental
    • @@ -106,12 +106,12 @@
  • Human Resources
  • Inventory
    • @@ -125,6 +125,8 @@
  • Quality
    • +
  • Helpdesk
    • +
  • Field Service
    • @@ -139,15 +141,23 @@
  • Discuss
  • Mailing Lists
  • Notes
    • -
  • Help desk
    • -
  • Appointment
  • Timesheet
    • -
  • Email Marketing
  • Events
    • +
  • + Marketing + +
  • Survey
    • -
  • Live Chat
    • +
  • Approvals
    • +
  • Appointments
    • +
  • Documents
    • diff --git a/_extensions/odoo/static/style.css b/_extensions/odoo/static/style.css index d521ff3067..7823e79ba0 100644 --- a/_extensions/odoo/static/style.css +++ b/_extensions/odoo/static/style.css @@ -10100,7 +10100,7 @@ article.doc-toc .toctree-wrapper > ul > li > span { } @media (min-width: 768px) { .o_main_header > .o_main_header_main > .o_primary_nav .o_secondary_nav > .container > .row > div { - height: 340px; + height: 355px; padding-top: 10px; } .o_main_header > .o_main_header_main > .o_primary_nav .o_secondary_nav > .container > .row > div + div { diff --git a/_extensions/odoo/sub-menu_list.html b/_extensions/odoo/sub-menu_list.html index 14fd476c9c..9dba75bb98 100644 --- a/_extensions/odoo/sub-menu_list.html +++ b/_extensions/odoo/sub-menu_list.html @@ -7,3 +7,15 @@
  • Installation
  • White Papers
  • Legal
    • + +{%- if pagename != "search" and builder != "singlehtml" %} + + +{%- endif %} diff --git a/_extensions/odoo/translator.py b/_extensions/odoo/translator.py index bc78ae4189..569b3acba9 100644 --- a/_extensions/odoo/translator.py +++ b/_extensions/odoo/translator.py @@ -2,12 +2,17 @@ import os.path import posixpath import re -import urllib from docutils import nodes -from sphinx import addnodes, util +from sphinx import addnodes, util, builders from sphinx.locale import admonitionlabels +try: + from urllib import url2pathname +except ImportError: + # P3 + from urllib.request import url2pathname + def _parents(node): while node.parent: @@ -31,14 +36,20 @@ class BootstrapTranslator(nodes.NodeVisitor, object): html_subtitle = 'html_subtitle' # tags - meta = [ - '', - '' - ] - def __init__(self, builder, document): + def __init__(self, document, builder): + # order of parameter swapped between Sphinx 1.x and 2.x, check if + # we're running 1.x and swap back + if not isinstance(builder, builders.Builder): + builder, document = document, builder + super(BootstrapTranslator, self).__init__(document) self.builder = builder + self.meta = [ + '', '', + '\n ', + '\n ' + ] self.body = [] self.fragment = self.body self.html_body = self.body @@ -50,6 +61,7 @@ def __init__(self, builder, document): self.context = [] self.section_level = 0 + self.config = builder.config self.highlightlang = self.highlightlang_base = self.builder.config.highlight_language self.highlightopts = getattr(builder.config, 'highlight_options', {}) @@ -59,7 +71,7 @@ def __init__(self, builder, document): self.param_separator = ',' def encode(self, text): - return unicode(text).translate({ + return text.translate({ ord('&'): u'&', ord('<'): u'<', ord('"'): u'"', @@ -67,13 +79,16 @@ def encode(self, text): 0xa0: u' ' }) + def add_meta(self, meta): + self.meta.append('\n ' + meta) + def starttag(self, node, tagname, **attributes): - tagname = unicode(tagname).lower() + tagname = tagname.lower() # extract generic attributes - attrs = {name.lower(): value for name, value in attributes.iteritems()} + attrs = {name.lower(): value for name, value in attributes.items()} attrs.update( - (name, value) for name, value in node.attributes.iteritems() + (name, value) for name, value in node.attributes.items() if name.startswith('data-') ) @@ -97,19 +112,19 @@ def starttag(self, node, tagname, **attributes): prefix=u''.join(prefix), tag=tagname, attrs=u' '.join(u'{}="{}"'.format(name, self.attval(value)) - for name, value in attrs.iteritems()), + for name, value in attrs.items()), postfix=u''.join(postfix), ) # only "space characters" SPACE, CHARACTER TABULATION, LINE FEED, # FORM FEED and CARRIAGE RETURN should be collapsed, not al White_Space def attval(self, value, whitespace=re.compile(u'[ \t\n\f\r]')): - return self.encode(whitespace.sub(u' ', unicode(value))) + return self.encode(whitespace.sub(u' ', str(value))) def astext(self): return u''.join(self.body) def unknown_visit(self, node): - print "unknown node", node.__class__.__name__ + print("unknown node", node.__class__.__name__) self.body.append(u'[UNKNOWN NODE {}]'.format(node.__class__.__name__)) raise nodes.SkipNode @@ -123,6 +138,14 @@ def visit_document(self, node): def depart_document(self, node): pass + def visit_meta(self, node): + if node.hasattr('lang'): + node['xml:lang'] = node['lang'] + meta = self.starttag(node, 'meta', **node.non_default_attributes()) + self.add_meta(meta) + def depart_meta(self, node): + pass + def visit_section(self, node): # close "parent" or preceding section, unless this is the opening of # the first section @@ -420,7 +443,12 @@ def visit_entry(self, node): tagname = 'th' else: tagname = 'td' - self.body.append(self.starttag(node, tagname)) + attrs = {} + if 'morerows' in node: + attrs['rowspan'] = node['morerows']+1 + if 'morecols' in node: + attrs['colspan'] = node['morecols']+1 + self.body.append(self.starttag(node, tagname, **attrs)) self.context.append(tagname) def depart_entry(self, node): self.body.append(u''.format(self.context.pop())) @@ -635,7 +663,7 @@ def visit_toctree(self, node): self.body.append(title if title else util.nodes.clean_astext(env.titles[ref])) self.body.append(u'') - entries = [(title, ref)] if not toc else ((e[0], e[1]) for e in toc[0]['entries']) + entries = [(title, ref)] if not toc else ((e[0], e[1]) for e in list(toc)[0]['entries']) for subtitle, subref in entries: baseuri = self.builder.get_target_uri(node['parent']) @@ -650,7 +678,7 @@ def visit_toctree(self, node): banner = '_static/' + cover base, ext = os.path.splitext(banner) small = "{}.small{}".format(base, ext) - if os.path.isfile(urllib.url2pathname(small)): + if os.path.isfile(url2pathname(small)): banner = small style = u"background-image: url('{}')".format( util.relative_uri(baseuri, banner) or '#') diff --git a/_extensions/redirects.py b/_extensions/redirects.py new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2022d3d04f --- /dev/null +++ b/_extensions/redirects.py @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +# Adapted from https://github.com/sphinx-contrib/redirects + +import os +import re +from pathlib import Path + +from sphinx.builders import html as builders +from sphinx.util import logging as logging + +TEMPLATE = '' + +logger = logging.getLogger(__name__) + +def generate_redirects(app): + path = os.path.join(app.srcdir, app.config.redirects_file) + if not os.path.exists(path): + logger.debug("Could not find redirects file at '%s'", path) + return + + source_suffix = next(iter(app.config.source_suffix)) + + if not type(app.builder) == builders.StandaloneHTMLBuilder: + logger.info("Redirects are only supported by the 'html' builder. Skipping...") + return + + with open(path) as redirects: + escaped_source_suffix = source_suffix.replace('.', '\.') + pattern = re.compile( + r'^[ \t]*([\w\-/]+{0})[ \t]+([\w\-/]+{0})[ \t]*(#.*)?$'.format(escaped_source_suffix) + ) + for line in redirects.readlines(): + # Exclude comment or empty lines + if not line.rstrip() or line.startswith('#'): + continue + + match_result = pattern.match(line) + + # Log malformed rules + if not match_result: + logger.error( + "Ignoring malformed redirection: {0}" + "Please use this format: old_page{1} new_page{1} # optional comment".format( + line, source_suffix) + ) + continue + + # Parse the rule + from_file, to_file, _ = match_result.groups() + logger.debug("Redirecting '%s' to '%s'", from_file, to_file) + + # Prepare source and destination paths + to_path_prefix = '../' * from_file.count('/') + from_html_file = from_file.replace(source_suffix, '.html') + to_html_file = to_path_prefix + to_file.replace(source_suffix, '.html') + absolute_from_path = Path(app.builder.outdir) / from_html_file + + # Create the redirection + absolute_from_path.parent.mkdir(parents=True, exist_ok=True) + absolute_from_path.write_text(TEMPLATE % to_html_file) + + +def setup(app): + app.add_config_value('redirects_file', 'redirects', 'env') + app.connect('builder-inited', generate_redirects) diff --git a/_static/banners/contributing.png b/_static/banners/contributing.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..88b38f11b3 Binary files /dev/null and b/_static/banners/contributing.png differ diff --git a/_static/banners/getting_started.jpg b/_static/banners/getting_started.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 7ffcd0809c..0000000000 Binary files a/_static/banners/getting_started.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/_static/banners/getting_started.png b/_static/banners/getting_started.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cad0240ae2 Binary files /dev/null and b/_static/banners/getting_started.png differ diff --git a/_static/banners/mobile.jpg b/_static/banners/mobile.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f0667cfafc Binary files /dev/null and b/_static/banners/mobile.jpg differ diff --git a/_static/banners/my_odoo_portal.jpg b/_static/banners/my_odoo_portal.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dda972b9a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/_static/banners/my_odoo_portal.jpg differ diff --git a/_static/banners/odoo_logo.png b/_static/banners/odoo_logo.png index 0b0c012b23..91a655b369 100644 Binary files a/_static/banners/odoo_logo.png and b/_static/banners/odoo_logo.png differ diff --git a/_static/banners/pdf_missing.svg b/_static/banners/pdf_missing.svg new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1a5e599c24 --- /dev/null +++ b/_static/banners/pdf_missing.svg @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/_static/banners/txt_missing.svg b/_static/banners/txt_missing.svg new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4c71c0497f --- /dev/null +++ b/_static/banners/txt_missing.svg @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/_static/coa-valuation-continental.js b/_static/coa-valuation-continental.js index 6fc66f09f4..9db7f8b804 100644 --- a/_static/coa-valuation-continental.js +++ b/_static/coa-valuation-continental.js @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ }, { label: "Vendor Invoice (PO €48, Invoice €50)", operations: [ - {account: EXPENSES.PURCHASED_GOODS.code, debit: constant(48)}, + {account: EXPENSES.PURCHASED_GOODS.code, debit: constant(50)}, {account: ASSETS.TAXES_PAID.code, debit: constant(50 * 0.09)}, {account: LIABILITIES.ACCOUNTS_PAYABLE.code, credit: constant(50 * 1.09)}, ] diff --git a/_static/files/certificate.cer b/_static/files/certificate.cer old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 0d2c8db2a3..ffe6b00ba4 Binary files a/_static/files/certificate.cer and b/_static/files/certificate.cer differ diff --git a/_static/files/certificate.key b/_static/files/certificate.key old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 467c9a4b55..ea87ed817f Binary files a/_static/files/certificate.key and b/_static/files/certificate.key differ diff --git a/_static/latex/odoo.sty b/_static/latex/odoo.sty index 3f313460ba..41f4eb2e2a 100644 --- a/_static/latex/odoo.sty +++ b/_static/latex/odoo.sty @@ -82,17 +82,11 @@ \renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0.1pt} \renewcommand{\maketitle}{% - \noindent\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}\ifsphinxpdfoutput\newline\null\fi\par - \ifsphinxpdfoutput - \begingroup - %\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\def\\{, }\def\endgraf{ }\def\and{, }}% - %\hypersetup{pdfauthor={\@author}, pdftitle={\@title}}% - \endgroup - \fi + \vspace*{-2.5cm} \begin{flushright} \sphinxlogo \py@HeaderFamily - {\Huge \@title }\par + {\huge \@title }\par \end{flushright} \@thanks \setcounter{footnote}{0} @@ -101,6 +95,21 @@ } +% For sphinx 1.8.3+, the command is \sphinxmaketitle and the +% layout is slightly different on the titlepage +\providecommand\sphinxmaketitle{} +\renewcommand{\sphinxmaketitle}{% + \vspace*{-2.5cm} + \begin{flushright} + \sphinxlogo + \py@HeaderFamily + {\hspace{-0.5cm} \huge \@title }\par + \end{flushright} + \@thanks + \setcounter{footnote}{0} + \let\thanks\relax\let\maketitle\relax +} + \newcommand{\makeodootitleold}{% \begin{titlepage} \titlepagedecoration @@ -118,4 +127,4 @@ \newpage } -\makeatother \ No newline at end of file +\makeatother diff --git a/_static/legal.css b/_static/legal.css new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a82b7baefd --- /dev/null +++ b/_static/legal.css @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +section#terms-and-conditions table td { + /* make sure icons and links aren't wrapped */ + white-space: nowrap; +} + +section#terms-and-conditions table th { + text-align: center; +} + +section#terms-and-conditions table img.img-responsive { + margin: 0px; +} + +section#terms-and-conditions table td:nth-child(2), +section#terms-and-conditions table th:nth-child(2) { + background-color: #f3f3f3; +} diff --git a/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst b/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst index 2fa41d49c0..f55edeb933 100644 --- a/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst +++ b/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ Configure currencies -------------------- Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should -activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu +activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are created by default, -but you should activate the ones you plan to support. (to activate a -currency, check his active field) +but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to activate a +currency, check its "Active" field). After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the @@ -108,9 +108,9 @@ in the report below. In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every -transaction in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account -receivable of this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts -will automatically be converted in this currency. +transaction in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account +receivable for this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts +will automatically be converted to this currency. In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the diff --git a/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst b/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst index bf6acab353..b74f3161dc 100644 --- a/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst +++ b/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ accounting and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your company in Mexico. -Configuration +Configuration ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ .. tip:: @@ -62,6 +62,8 @@ integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo. .. image:: media/mexico02.png :align: center +.. _mx-legal-info: + 3. Set you legal information in the company ------------------------------------------- @@ -74,7 +76,7 @@ company’s contact. .. tip:: If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and - set the vat to **ACO560518KW7**. + set the vat to **TCM970625MB1**. .. image:: media/mexico03.png :align: center @@ -260,14 +262,43 @@ If the invoice is not paid. Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3) -------------------------------------- -To generate the payment complement you just must to follow the normal payment +To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are important. -1. All payment done in the same day of the invoice will be considered as It - will not be signed, because It is the expected behavior legally required - for "Cash payment". -2. To test a regular signed payment just create an invoice for the day before - today and then pay it today. +1. To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be + PPD, because It is the expected behavior legally required for + "Cash payment". + + **1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?** + + `According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if + the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next + calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition + will generate a ``PPD`` invoice. + + **1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?** + + In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can + easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice. + + - If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute + ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``. + + - Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with + ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to + be the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th + of the next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``. + + - Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` + and the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the + ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``. + + - If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example + ``30% Advance End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, + then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``. + +2. To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term + ``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it. 3. You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly. 4. Regarding the "Payments in Advance" you must create a proper invoice with the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code @@ -585,8 +616,8 @@ FAQ **Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill - all the required fields for your address following the step `3. Set you - legal information in the company`. + all the required fields for your address following the step + :ref:`mx-legal-info`. - **Error message**: @@ -620,6 +651,7 @@ FAQ .. _Finkok: https://www.finkok.com/contacto.html .. _`Solución Factible`: https://solucionfactible.com/sf/v3/timbrado.jsp .. _`SAT resolution`: http://sat.gob.mx/informacion_fiscal/factura_electronica/Paginas/Anexo_20_version3.3.aspx +.. _`According to the SAT documentation`: https://www.sat.gob.mx/cs/Satellite?blobcol=urldata&blobkey=id&blobtable=MungoBlobs&blobwhere=1461173400586&ssbinary=true .. _`given by the SAT`: http://sat.gob.mx/informacion_fiscal/factura_electronica/Documents/GuiaAnexo20DPA.pdf .. _`Anexo 24`: http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf .. _`official information here`: http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx diff --git a/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst b/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst index 3a79557996..0fbfc7c6db 100644 --- a/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +++ b/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst @@ -107,8 +107,8 @@ before posting them to your accounts. .. tip:: if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically be filled in the supplier bill. -How to deprecate an asset? -========================== +How to depreciate an asset? +=========================== Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in diff --git a/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst b/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst index 7c358bc080..761484e5dc 100644 --- a/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst +++ b/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst @@ -5,9 +5,10 @@ How to create a customized reports with your own formulas? Overview ======== -Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. -Creating new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a -specific country) to suit your needs is now easier than ever. +Odoo 11 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. +Creating new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or +income statement with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your +needs is now easier than ever. Activate the developer mode =========================== @@ -33,21 +34,21 @@ First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to .. image:: media/customize02.png :align: center -Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be +Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be configured: - **Show Credit and Debit Columns** - **Analysis Period** : - - Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss) + - Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss) - - Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet) + - Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet) - Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 - months (eg. Aged Partner Balances) + months (e.g. Aged Partner Balances) - - Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow + - Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement) Add lines in your custom reports @@ -95,4 +96,4 @@ Other useful fields : (always displayed) or ``never`` (never shown). .. seealso:: - * :doc:`main_reports` \ No newline at end of file + * :doc:`main_reports` diff --git a/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst b/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst index 34ef03bfdb..e4a0f49265 100644 --- a/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst +++ b/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst @@ -88,15 +88,15 @@ must: For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case: -- your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded +- your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded -- but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or +- but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce website Setting your products --------------------- -Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is +Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application. @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop. Avoid changing every sale order =============================== -If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price -included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal +If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax +included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale of this customer. diff --git a/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst b/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst index ea1a40e48e..ca3bd1e79f 100644 --- a/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst +++ b/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@ entries are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits). Accrual and Cash Basis Methods ============================== -Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to +Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis). Multi-companies =============== -Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each +Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation reports following your consolidation rules. @@ -51,9 +51,9 @@ web-service. International Standards ======================= -Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core -accounting implement accounting standards that is common to all -countries and specific modules exists per country for the +Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core +accounting implements accounting standards that are common to all +countries. Specific modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces. @@ -61,12 +61,10 @@ In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports: * Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) - where cost of good sold are reported when products are + where costs of good sold are reported when products are sold/delivered. * European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill. -* Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative - credit/debit instead of a reverting the original journal items. Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules. @@ -115,8 +113,8 @@ bank statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general ledger transactions. -Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority -============================================= +Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority +============================================ Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check @@ -136,7 +134,7 @@ average price, LIFO (for countries allowing it) and FIFO. Easy retained earnings ====================== -Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your +Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the profit and loss balance to your balance diff --git a/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst b/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst index 3e41deee7d..ebbfea48af 100644 --- a/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst +++ b/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst @@ -38,4 +38,4 @@ through all your companies data. Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the go. -Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users. +Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users. diff --git a/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/media/discount01.png b/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/media/discount01.png index f226a49046..4b99b92d66 100644 Binary files a/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/media/discount01.png and b/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/media/discount01.png differ diff --git a/applications.rst b/applications.rst index 89be2c0d28..140a4e7da7 100644 --- a/applications.rst +++ b/applications.rst @@ -20,5 +20,4 @@ Applications livechat/livechat expense/expense general -.. expenses -.. recruitment + mobile/firebase diff --git a/commit_template.txt b/commit_template.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bfdf50ef45 --- /dev/null +++ b/commit_template.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +[TAG] application/module: describe your changes in a short sentence + +# If you feel that it might help a future reader to understand your commit +# motivations, take some time to explain WHY you made these changes in a few +# sentences. The WHAT is usually easily understood by reading the diff. +# +# Short description tip: structure your commit message as if it was completing +# this sentence: "If merged, this commit will ...". For instance, the following +# commit message is correct: "[IMP] sales: compress images to save space". +# +# Tag meanings: +# +# [ADD] = New content +# [IMP] = Improvement +# [FIX] = Content or RST fix +# [REM] = Removal +# [REF] = Refactoring (restructuring) +# [MOV] = Move/rename +# \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/conf.py b/conf.py index 7db9acbd46..c596b8f556 100644 --- a/conf.py +++ b/conf.py @@ -31,10 +31,11 @@ 'sphinx.ext.ifconfig', 'sphinx.ext.todo', 'odoo', - 'html_domain', 'demo_link', - 'github_link', 'embedded_video', + 'github_link', + 'html_domain', + 'redirects', ] # Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory. @@ -50,7 +51,7 @@ master_doc = 'index' # General information about the project. -project = u'Odoo Business' +project = u'Odoo' copyright = u'2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.' # The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for @@ -58,8 +59,8 @@ # built documents. # # The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags. -release = '0.1' -version = '10.0' +release = '11.0' +version = '11.0' # The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation # for a list of supported languages. @@ -81,6 +82,9 @@ 'bin', 'include', 'lib', ] +# The specifications of redirect rules used by the redirects extension. +redirects_file = 'redirects.txt' + # The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all # documents. #default_role = None @@ -227,13 +231,13 @@ ('legal/terms/i18n/partnership_tex_fr', 'odoo_partnership_agreement_fr.tex', 'Odoo Partnership Agreement (FR)', '', 'howto'), ('legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr', 'terms_of_sale_fr.tex', u'Conditions Générales de Vente Odoo', '', 'howto'), - #('legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_nl', 'odoo_enterprise_agreement_nl.tex', 'Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (NL)', '', 'howto'), + ('legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_nl', 'odoo_enterprise_agreement_nl.tex', 'Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (NL)', '', 'howto'), #('legal/terms/i18n/partnership_tex_nl', 'odoo_partnership_agreement_nl.tex', 'Odoo Partnership Agreement (NL)', '', 'howto'), ('legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_de', 'odoo_enterprise_agreement_de.tex', 'Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (DE)', '', 'howto'), #('legal/terms/i18n/partnership_tex_de', 'odoo_partnership_agreement_de.tex', 'Odoo Partnership Agreement (DE)', '', 'howto'), - #('legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_es', 'odoo_enterprise_agreement_es.tex', 'Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (ES)', '', 'howto'), + ('legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_es', 'odoo_enterprise_agreement_es.tex', 'Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (ES)', '', 'howto'), ('legal/terms/i18n/partnership_tex_es', 'odoo_partnership_agreement_es.tex', 'Odoo Partnership Agreement (ES)', '', 'howto'), #('index', 'UnderstandingAccountingForEntrepreneurs.tex', u'Understanding Accounting For Entrepreneurs Documentation', u'fp, xmo', 'manual'), @@ -317,11 +321,13 @@ 'hr': 'Croatian', 'nl': 'Dutch', 'pt_BR': 'Portuguese (BR)', + 'uk': 'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN': 'Chinese', } def setup(app): app.add_stylesheet('accounting.css') + app.add_stylesheet('legal.css') app.add_javascript('prefixfree.min.js') app.add_javascript('atom.js') app.add_javascript('immutable.js') @@ -337,16 +343,38 @@ def setup(app): app.add_javascript('coa-valuation-continental.js') app.add_javascript('coa-valuation-anglo-saxon.js') + app.connect('html-page-context', canonicalize) app.add_config_value('canonical_root', None, 'env') + app.add_config_value('canonical_branch', 'master', 'env') app.connect('html-page-context', analytics) app.add_config_value('google_analytics_key', '', 'env') + app.connect('html-page-context', versionize) + app.add_config_value('versions', '', 'env') + app.connect('html-page-context', localize) app.add_config_value('languages', '', 'env') app.connect('doctree-resolved', tag_toctrees) +def versionize(app, pagename, templatename, context, doctree): + """ Adds a version switcher below the menu, requires ``canonical_root`` + and ``versions`` (an ordered, space-separated lists of all possible + versions). + """ + if not (app.config.canonical_root and app.config.versions): + return + + # remove last fragment containing the version + root = '/'.join(app.config.canonical_root.rstrip('/').split('/')[:-1]) + + context['versions'] = [ + (vs, _build_url(root, vs, pagename)) + for vs in app.config.versions.split(',') + if vs != app.config.version + ] + def analytics(app, pagename, templatename, context, doctree): if not app.config.google_analytics_key: return @@ -386,9 +414,33 @@ def localize(app, pagename, templatename, context, doctree): for la in app.config.languages.split(',') if la != current_lang ] + context['language_codes'] = [ + (la.split('_')[0] if la != 'en' else 'x-default', _build_url(app.config.canonical_root, (la != 'en' and la or ''), pagename)) + for la in app.config.languages.split(',') + ] + +def canonicalize(app, pagename, templatename, context, doctree): + """ Adds a 'canonical' URL for the current document in the rendering + context. Requires the ``canonical_root`` setting being set. The canonical + branch is ``master`` but can be overridden using ``canonical_branch``. + /documentation/user/12.0/sale.html -> /documentation/user/13.0/sale.html + /documentation/user/11.0/fr/website.html -> /documentation/user/13.0/fr/website.html + """ + if not app.config.canonical_root: + return + + # remove last fragment containing the version + root = '/'.join(app.config.canonical_root.rstrip('/').split('/')[:-1]) + root += '/' + app.config.canonical_branch + current_lang = app.config.language or 'en' + context['canonical'] = _build_url( + root, (current_lang != 'en' and current_lang or ''), pagename) def _build_url(root, branch, pagename): + root = root.rstrip('/') + if branch: + root += '/' return "{canonical_url}{canonical_branch}/{canonical_page}".format( canonical_url=root, canonical_branch=branch, diff --git a/contributing.rst b/contributing.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d0931edb82 --- /dev/null +++ b/contributing.rst @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +:banner: banners/contributing.png + +============ +Contributing +============ + +.. toctree:: + :titlesonly: + + contributing/documentation \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/contributing/documentation.rst b/contributing/documentation.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2c33101da3 --- /dev/null +++ b/contributing/documentation.rst @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +:banner: banners/contributing.png + +================================= +Contributing to the documentation +================================= + +.. toctree:: + :titlesonly: + + documentation/introduction_guide + documentation/rst_cheat_sheet + documentation/rst_guidelines + documentation/content_guidelines \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst b/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..18185b1f4b --- /dev/null +++ b/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +:banner: banners/contributing.png + +================== +Content guidelines +================== + +To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few guidelines, tips and +tricks that will make your content shine at its brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own +writing style, some rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension. + +.. note:: + We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in this *Contribution* + section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins and outs of **RST writing** is required + to write and submit your contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself. + + - :doc:`introduction_guide` + - :doc:`rst_cheat_sheet` + - :doc:`rst_guidelines` + +.. _contributing/writing-style: + +Writing style +============= + +**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or another medium. Readers are +more likely to skim read until they've found the information they are looking for. Keep in mind that +the user documentation is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote. + +.. _contributing/consistency: + +Consistency +----------- + +*Consistency is key to everything.* + +Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an existing text, try to +match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite it to match your own style. + +.. _contributing/grammatical-tenses: + +Grammatical tenses +------------------ + +In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present Tense**, while a *future +tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be +different in other languages. + +- | Good example (present): + | *Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.* +- | Bad example (future): + | *When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized to fit the content + block's width.* + +.. _contributing/paragraphing: + +Paragraphing +------------ + +A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. They usually are two to +six lines long. + +In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line break* as it is common to +do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a +grammatical way of separating ideas. + +.. seealso:: + - :ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph ` + +.. _contributing/titles: + +Titles +------ + +To write a good title : + +- **Be concise.** +- **Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with "how to." +- **Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*) + +.. _contributing/document-structure: + +Document's structure +==================== + +Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-sections. Your headings +are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on the side. + ++---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| | **H1: Page Title** | +| | Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what your | +| content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of contents*. | +| | +| The *content* in this section describes the upcoming content from a **business point | +| of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this is documentation and not | +| marketing. | +| | +| Start first with a **Lead Paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that they've | +| found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this topic** in the | +| following paragraphs. | ++-----+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| | | **H2: Section Title (configuration)** | +| | | This first H2 section is about the configuration of the feature, or the | +| | prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you | +| | use the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below). | +| | | +| | | Example: | +| | | To do so, go to ``:menuselection:`App name --> Menu --> Sub-menu```, and | +| | enable the XYZ feature. | ++-----+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| | | **H2: Section Title (main sections)** | +| | | Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish. | +| | The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using "Create ...". | ++-----+-----+---------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| | | | **H3: Subsection** | +| | | | Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title | +| | | can be in the form of a question, if appropriate. | ++-----+-----+---------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| | **H2: Next Section** | ++-----+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + +.. seealso:: + - :ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings ` + - :ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives ` + +.. _contributing/content-images: + +Images +====== + +Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand and memorize your +content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't necessary to illustrate all steps and +features, and it may overload your page. + +.. important:: + Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant `. + +.. _contributing/screenshots: + +Screenshots +----------- + +Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This implies that +screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend +to avoid to take screenshots of a full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so. + +A few tips to improve your screenshots: + +#. **Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results. +#. **Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or by opening the + *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and resizing the width. +#. **Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window. +#. If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields and to narrow even + more Odoo's display. + +.. image:: media/screenshot-tips.gif + :align: center + :alt: Three tips to take good screenshots for the Odoo documentation. + +.. note:: + Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's responsive design + automatically resizes all fields to match the window's width. + +.. _contributing/alt-tags: + +ALT tags +-------- + +An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed if the browser fails to +render the image. It is also helpful for users who are visually impaired. Finally, it helps +search engines, such as Google, to understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which +improves the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly. + +Good ALT tags are: + +- **Short** (one line maximum) +- **Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title +- A **good description** of the action happening on the image +- Easily **understandable** if read aloud + +.. seealso:: + - :ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive ` \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst b/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2e871866fa --- /dev/null +++ b/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst @@ -0,0 +1,402 @@ +:banner: banners/contributing.png + +================== +Introduction guide +================== + +**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user documentation of Odoo!** + +This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you need to write +documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change or document an application from +scratch. + +.. note:: + This tutorial only concerns the `user documentation + `_ of Odoo. The documentation for `developing + in Odoo `_ in maintained alongside the + source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo `_. + +.. _contributing/rst-intro: + +reStructuredText +================ + +Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight markup language +`_ consisting of normal text augmented +with markup which allows including headings, images, notes, and so on. This might seem a bit +abstract but there is no need to worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, +especially if you intend to make only small changes to the content. + +If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat sheet for RST +` which contains all the information that you should ever need for the user +documentation of Odoo. + +.. important:: + We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content ` and :doc:`RST + ` guidelines as you write documentation. This ensures that you stay consistent + with the rest of the documentation and facilitates the approval of your content changes as they + are reviewed by a redactor at Odoo. + +.. seealso:: + - :doc:`rst_cheat_sheet` + - :doc:`rst_guidelines` + - :doc:`content_guidelines` + +.. _contributing/getting-started: + +Getting started +=============== + +As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub account. Click `here +`_ to create one. + +Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather work on new content and +make file changes, you have two courses of action: + +#. **For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of paragraphs or typos, **we + suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This is the easiest and fasted way to submit your + request for changes for the documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read + :ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method. +#. **For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a local copy of the + documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only requires basic knowledge of Git. See + :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-workflow` for more information on this method. + +.. _contributing/github-interface: + +Use the GitHub interface +======================== + +#. Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you intend to change. The + version can be selected from the dropdown in the top menu. + + .. image:: media/version-selector.png + +#. Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on GitHub** button in the + bottom of the left menu. + + .. image:: media/edit-on-github.png + +#. If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation-user + `_), you need to fork it by clicking on the + appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the entire repository on your own + account. If you do have the edit rights, skip this step. + + .. image:: media/fork-repository.png + +#. Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the :doc:`guidelines + `. + +#. Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a more human-readable + format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle all markups correctly. Notes and tips, + for instance, are not correctly rendered. The version of your content published to the website + will be, however. + +#. Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your changes together and + labels them with a commit message`) of your changes. + + #. | In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, "Fix a typo" and "Add documentation + for invoicing of sales orders" are two clear commit messages. + | In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel that it is not + obvious. + #. Select the option "Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull request." if you have + the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes on the repository). If not, skip this + step. + #. Click on the green button. It is either labelled "Commit changes" or "Propose file change". + + .. image:: media/commit-changes.png + +#. In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of the documentation that + your changes concern), make sure to select the same version as in the first step of this guide + and click on the **Create pull request** button. + + .. image:: media/select-branches-base.png + +#. Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on the **Create pull + request** button to submit your changes for review by a redactor at Odoo. + + .. image:: media/create-pull-request.png + +#. You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in the documentation the + very next day. It may also be the case that the reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure + to check your notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings. + +.. _contributing/canonical-git-workflow: + +Use the canonical Git workflow +============================== + +.. _contributing/prepare-machine: + +Prepare your machine +-------------------- + +.. _contributing/install-git: + +Install Git +~~~~~~~~~~~ + +We use `Git `_ to manage the files of the user documentation. +It is a tool that allows to track the history of changes made to a file and, more importantly, to +work on different versions of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry +about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the documentation. + +You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your future contribution. Enter +the same email address as the one you used to register on GitHub. + +#. Download and install **Git** on your machine. +#. Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's PATH variable + `_. +#. Execute the following commands in a terminal: + + .. code-block:: console + + $ git config --global user.name “Your Name” + $ git config --global user.email “youremail@example.com” + +.. _contributing/fetch-sources: + +Fetch the sources +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on GitHub at +`github.com/odoo/documentation-user `_. A modification +is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for +a review of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation. + +Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources and download that copy on +your machine. + +#. Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user `_ and + click on the **Fork** button in the top right corner. + + .. image:: media/fork-button.png + +#. Execute the following commands in a terminal: + + .. code-block:: console + + $ git clone https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user + $ cd documentation-user/ + + .. important:: + If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace "odoo" with your + Github username in the URL of the command above. If you do have edit rights, it is not + necessary to fork the repository. + +#. In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many different systems and teams, + execute the following group of commands that correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in + a terminal. + + - Windows: + + .. code-block:: doscon + + $ cd documentation-user/ + $ git config --global core.autocrlf true + $ git config commit.template %CD%\commit_template.txt + + - Linux or Mac OS: + + .. code-block:: console + + $ cd documentation-user/ + $ git config --global core.autocrlf input + $ git config commit.template `pwd`/commit_template.txt + +.. _contributing/python: + +Python +~~~~~~ + +Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it needs to be built +(:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. This is done by the documentation generator +which takes the original :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups +in a human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web browser. + +The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx `_. +and is written in `Python `_. You have +to install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the program and Python the +programming language, but you do not need to know much more about them so don't panic! + +Python comes with its own package manager: `pip +`_. It allows installing Python dependencies in +a single command. + +#. Download and install the latest release of **Python 3** on your machine. +#. Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can install pip alongside + Python). +#. Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both installations finished + successfully: + + .. code-block:: console + + $ python3 --version + $ pip3 --version + +#. Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python dependencies of the + documentation: + + .. code-block:: console + + $ cd documentation-user/ + $ pip3 install -r requirements.txt + +.. note:: + Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the commands ``python`` and + ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3`` + +.. _contributing/make: + +Make +~~~~ + +`Make `_ is a tool that packs a bunch of +command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In our case, it is used to execute +complex Sphinx build commands by using a single and simpler one instead. + +#. Download and install **Make** on your machine. +#. Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's PATH variable + `_. + +.. _contributing/pngquant: + +pngquant +~~~~~~~~ + +`pngquant `_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG images so that the +documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes in a few year span. + +#. Download and install **pngquant** on your machine. +#. Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your system's PATH variable + `_. + +.. _contributing/prepare-version: + +Prepare your version +-------------------- + +Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your version of the documentation +files. As it would not be convenient to have several people working on the version 13.0 in parallel +(conflicts of content would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR +(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch +`_ starting from the branch 13.0. In other +words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files and give it another name. For this example, we +will go with ``13.0-my_contribution``. + +Execute the following commands in a terminal to... + +#. Navigate to the documentation folder: + + .. code-block:: console + + $ cd documentation-user/ + +#. Switch to the version 13.0: + + .. code-block:: console + + $ git checkout 13.0 + +#. Create your own branch which will be a copy of 13.0: + + .. code-block:: console + + $ git checkout -b 13.0-my_contribution + +.. _contributing/perform-changes: + +Perform your changes +-------------------- + +You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These changes must be compliant +with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see :doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our +:doc:`guidelines `. + +.. important:: + If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance :file:`my_image.png`, proceed + as follows: + + #. Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format. + #. Execute the following commands in a terminal: + + .. code-block:: console + + $ cd path-to-the-directory-of-the-image/ + $ pngquant my_image.png + + #. Delete :file:`my_image.png`. + #. Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`. + +.. _contributing/preview-changes: + +Preview your changes +-------------------- + +To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows: + +#. Execute the following commands in a terminal: + + .. code-block:: console + + $ cd documentation-user/ + $ make clean + $ make html + + .. tip:: + You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has been made to the + hierarchy of documentation files. + +#. Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build. +#. Open the file :file:`documentation-user/_build/html/index.html` with your default web browser. + +.. note:: + These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your changes. They have no + impact on the documentation source files. + +.. _contributing/submit-changes: + +Submit your changes +------------------- + +.. important:: + We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to cover the basic flow of a + one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting several contributions, work on older versions of + the documentation or perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with + Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git `_ and `this + interactive tutorial `_. + +#. Execute the following commands in a terminal: + + .. code-block:: console + + $ git add * + $ git commit + $ git push -u origin 13.0-my_contribution + +#. Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls + `_ and click on the **New pull request** + button. + + .. image:: media/new-pull-request.png + +#. If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-sources`, click on the + link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step. + + .. image:: media/compare-across-forks.png + +#. In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of the documentation that + your changes concern), make sure to select the version that your changes target (here **13.0**). + + .. image:: media/select-branches-fork.png + +#. Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on the **Create pull + request** button to submit your changes for review by a redactor at Odoo. + + .. image:: media/create-pull-request.png + +#. You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in the documentation the + very next day. It may also be the case that the reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure + to check your notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings. + + +.. _win-add-to-path: https://www.howtogeek.com/118594/how-to-edit-your-system-path-for-easy-command-line-access/ diff --git a/contributing/documentation/media/commit-changes.png b/contributing/documentation/media/commit-changes.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f020ac0250 Binary files /dev/null and b/contributing/documentation/media/commit-changes.png differ diff --git a/contributing/documentation/media/compare-across-forks.png b/contributing/documentation/media/compare-across-forks.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..36dd148067 Binary files /dev/null and b/contributing/documentation/media/compare-across-forks.png differ diff --git a/contributing/documentation/media/create-invoice.png b/contributing/documentation/media/create-invoice.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b02b2c2888 Binary files /dev/null and b/contributing/documentation/media/create-invoice.png differ diff --git a/contributing/documentation/media/create-pull-request.png b/contributing/documentation/media/create-pull-request.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fa559c7e07 Binary files /dev/null and b/contributing/documentation/media/create-pull-request.png differ diff --git a/contributing/documentation/media/edit-on-github.png b/contributing/documentation/media/edit-on-github.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a1fa44351b Binary files /dev/null and b/contributing/documentation/media/edit-on-github.png differ diff --git a/contributing/documentation/media/fork-button.png b/contributing/documentation/media/fork-button.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9b7179288d Binary files /dev/null and b/contributing/documentation/media/fork-button.png differ diff --git a/contributing/documentation/media/fork-repository.png b/contributing/documentation/media/fork-repository.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..af76cafa7c Binary files /dev/null and b/contributing/documentation/media/fork-repository.png differ diff --git a/contributing/documentation/media/new-pull-request.png b/contributing/documentation/media/new-pull-request.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..158055cefe Binary files /dev/null and b/contributing/documentation/media/new-pull-request.png differ diff --git a/contributing/documentation/media/screenshot-max-width.png b/contributing/documentation/media/screenshot-max-width.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..912aac521d Binary files /dev/null and b/contributing/documentation/media/screenshot-max-width.png differ diff --git a/contributing/documentation/media/screenshot-tips.gif b/contributing/documentation/media/screenshot-tips.gif new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c113e2daa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/contributing/documentation/media/screenshot-tips.gif differ diff --git a/contributing/documentation/media/select-branches-base.png b/contributing/documentation/media/select-branches-base.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..efd6ac1c12 Binary files /dev/null and b/contributing/documentation/media/select-branches-base.png differ diff --git a/contributing/documentation/media/select-branches-fork.png b/contributing/documentation/media/select-branches-fork.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4305e2f913 Binary files /dev/null and b/contributing/documentation/media/select-branches-fork.png differ diff --git a/contributing/documentation/media/version-selector.png b/contributing/documentation/media/version-selector.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ba478332cf Binary files /dev/null and b/contributing/documentation/media/version-selector.png differ diff --git a/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst b/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7816dbdd9c --- /dev/null +++ b/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst @@ -0,0 +1,562 @@ +:banner: banners/contributing.png + +=============== +RST cheat sheet +=============== + +.. _contributing/headings: + +Headings +======== + +| For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as there are characters in + the header. +| The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the order in which they are + written matters, as it determines the size of the decorated heading. This means that you may + encounter different heading formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow + the formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting shown below. + ++--------------+---------------+-------------------------------+ +| Heading size | Formatting | Min/Max number of occurrences | ++==============+===============+===============================+ +| H1 | | ``=======`` | 1/1 | +| | | ``Heading`` | | +| | | ``=======`` | | ++--------------+---------------+-------------------------------+ +| H2 | | ``Heading`` | 0/∞ | +| | | ``=======`` | | ++--------------+---------------+-------------------------------+ +| H3 | | ``Heading`` | 0/∞ | +| | | ``-------`` | | ++--------------+---------------+-------------------------------+ +| H4 | | ``Heading`` | 0/∞ | +| | | ``~~~~~~~`` | | ++--------------+---------------+-------------------------------+ +| H5 | | ``Heading`` | 0/∞ | +| | | ``*******`` | | ++--------------+---------------+-------------------------------+ +| H6 | | ``Heading`` | 0/∞ | +| | | ``^^^^^^^`` | | ++--------------+---------------+-------------------------------+ + +.. _contributing/markup: + +Markup +====== + +.. _contributing/inline-markup: + +Inline markup +------------- + +Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking: + ++--------------+----------+ +| \*\*Text\*\* | **Text** | ++--------------+----------+ +| \*Text\* | *Text* | ++--------------+----------+ +| \`\`Text\`\` | ``Text`` | ++--------------+----------+ + +.. seealso:: + - :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives` + +.. _contributing/bulleted-list: + +Bulleted list +------------- + +.. code-block:: rst + + - This is a bulleted list. + - It has two items, the second + item uses two lines. + +.. code-block:: rst + + * This is a bulleted list too. + * The principle stays the same. + +.. _contributing/numbered-list: + +Numbered list +------------- + +.. code-block:: rst + + #. This is a numbered list. + #. Numbering is automatic. + +.. code-block:: rst + + 1. This is a numbered list too. + 2. Use this format to specify the numbering. + +.. _contributing/nested-list: + +Nested lists +------------ + +.. code-block:: rst + + - This is the first item of a bulleted list. + + 1. It has a nested numbered list + 2. with two items. + +.. _contributing/hyperlinks: + +Hyperlinks +========== + +.. _contributing/hyperlink-references: + +Hyperlink references +-------------------- + +Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow this syntax: +```label `_`` + +.. note:: + The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation. + +Example +~~~~~~~ + +This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference +`_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: “For instance, `this is a hyperlink +reference `_.” + +.. _contributing/external-hyperlink-targets: + +External hyperlink targets +-------------------------- + +| External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink references. +| The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL`` +| There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case: + +#. ``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as reference. Note that + the ``_`` moved after the target! +#. ```label `_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the name of the target, + and the target is replaced by the URL. + +Example +~~~~~~~ + +RST +*** + +.. code-block:: rst + + .. _proof-of-concept: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept + + A proof-of-concept_ is a simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main + lines of expected changes. `PoC `_ is a common abbreviation. + +Render +****** + +A `proof-of-concept `_ is a simplified version, a +prototype of what is expected to agree on the main lines of expected changes. `PoC +`_ is a common abbreviation. + +.. _contributing/internal-hyperlink-targets: + +Internal hyperlink targets +-------------------------- + +Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink targets but without any URL. +Indeed, they are internal. They allow referencing a specific part of a document by using the target +as an anchor. When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part of the +page containing the target. + +.. important:: + Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are defined. + +| The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:`` +| There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive: + +#. ``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined below as label. +#. ``:ref:`label ``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given label. + +See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative links for internal +references. + +.. note:: + Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink targets + `. + +Example +~~~~~~~ + +RST +*** + +.. code-block:: rst + + .. _sales/quotation/start-of-page: + + This can easily be done by creating a new product, see :ref:`product` for additional help. + + .. _sales/quotation/product: + + How to create a product? + ========================= + + As explained at the :ref:`start of the page `, ... + +Render +****** + +This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a product? +`_ for additional help. + +**How to create a product?** + +As explained at the `start of the page `_, ... + +.. _contributing/implicit-hyperlink-targets: + +Implicit hyperlink targets +-------------------------- + +| Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets: they are + automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. Consequently, they don’t have a + definition syntax. +| They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by using the name of the + section title as URL. + +Example +~~~~~~~ + +RST +*** + +.. code-block:: rst + + This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new user?`_ for + additional help. ... + +Render +****** + +This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new user? +`_ for additional help. ... + +.. _contributing/doc: + +The ``doc`` directive +--------------------- + +| The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is in the file tree + through a relative file path. +| As usual, there are two ways to use the directive: + +#. ``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the documentation page with the + title of the page as label. +#. ``:doc:`label ``` creates a hyperlink reference to the documentation page with + the given label. + +Example +~~~~~~~ + +RST +*** + +.. code-block:: rst + + Please refer to :doc:`this documentation ` and to + :doc:`../sales/invoicing/proforma`. + +Render +****** + +Please refer to `this documentation `_ and to +`Send a pro-forma invoice `_. + +.. _contributing/download: + +The ``download`` directive +-------------------------- + +The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not necessarily :abbr:`RST +(reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree to be downloaded. + +Example +~~~~~~~ + +RST +*** + +.. code-block:: rst + + Download this :download:`module structure template ` to start building your + module in no time. + +Render +****** + +Download this `module structure template `_ to +start building your module in no time. + +.. _contributing/image: + +The ``image`` directive +----------------------- + +The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with a set of optional +parameter directives that can individually be omitted if considered redundant. + +Example +~~~~~~~ + +RST +*** + +.. code-block:: rst + + .. image:: media/create_invoice.png + :align: center + :alt: Create an invoice + :height: 100 + :width: 200 + :scale: 50 + :class: img-thumbnail + :target: ../invoicing.html#create-an-invoice + +Render +****** + +.. image:: media/create-invoice.png + :align: center + :alt: Create an invoice + :height: 100 + :width: 200 + :scale: 50 + :class: img-thumbnail + :target: https://example.com/doc/sales/invoicing.html#create-an-invoice + +.. _contributing/admonitions: + +Admonitions (alert blocks) +========================== + +.. _contributing/seealso: + +Seealso +------- + +RST +~~~ + +.. code-block:: rst + + .. seealso:: + - :doc:`customer_invoices` + - `Pro-forma invoices <../sales/invoicing/proforma.html#activate-the-feature>`_ + +Render +~~~~~~ + +.. seealso:: + - `Customer invoices `_ + - `Pro-forma invoices `_ + +.. _contributing/note: + +Note +---- + +RST +~~~ + +.. code-block:: rst + + .. note:: + Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information. + +Render +~~~~~~ + +.. note:: + Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information. + +.. _contributing/tip: + +Tip +--- + +RST +~~~ + +.. code-block:: rst + + .. tip:: + Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an + action. + +Render +~~~~~~ + +.. tip:: + Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an + action. + +.. _contributing/important: + +Important +--------- + +RST +~~~ + +.. code-block:: rst + + .. important:: + Use this to notify the reader about an important information. + +Render +~~~~~~ + +.. important:: + Use this to notify the reader about an important information. + +.. _contributing/warning: + +Warning +------- + +RST +~~~ + +.. code-block:: rst + + .. warning:: + Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is + described in the warning. + +Render +~~~~~~ + +.. warning:: + Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is + described in the warning. + +.. _contributing/danger: + +Danger +------ + +RST +~~~ + +.. code-block:: rst + + .. danger:: + Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat. + +Render +~~~~~~ + +.. danger:: + Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat. + +.. _contributing/formatting-tips: + +Formatting tips +=============== + +.. _contributing/banners: + +Add banners on top of documents +------------------------------- + +.. raw:: html + + Odoo feature + +The Odoo theme supports banner images at the top of documents. At the first line of your documents, +insert the directive ``:banner: banners/file_name.png``. Replace ``file_name.png`` with the file +that you placed in :file:`_static/banners` to server as a banner of your document. + +.. _contributing/line-break: + +Break the line but not the paragraph +------------------------------------ + +RST +~~~ + +.. code-block:: rst + + | First super long line that you break in two… + here is rendered as a single line. + | Second line that follows a line break. + +Render +~~~~~~ + +| First super long line that you break in two… + here is rendered as a single line. +| Second line that follows a line break. + +.. _contributing/comments: + +Add comments +------------ + +If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future writer should be able to +understand and take into account, consider writing a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do +not count as a part of the documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the +source code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by the comment. + +``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.`` + +.. _contributing/tables: + +Use tables +---------- + +Make use of `this convenient table generator `_ to +build your tables. Then, copy-paste the generated formatting into your document. + +.. _contributing/specialized-directives: + +Spice your writing with specialized directives +---------------------------------------------- + +Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content: + ++-------------------+------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| **Directive** | **Purpose** | **Example** | +| | +-----------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+ +| | | **RST** | **HTML** | ++-------------------+------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+ +| ``abbr`` | Self-defining abbreviations | ``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)``` | :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` | ++-------------------+------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+ +| ``command`` | Highlight a command | ``:command:`python example.py``` | :command:`python example.py` | ++-------------------+------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+ +| ``dfn`` | Define a term | ``:dfn:`a definition for a new term``` | :dfn:`a definition for a new term` | ++-------------------+------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+ +| ``file`` | Indicate a file path | ``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin``` | :file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin` | ++-------------------+------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+ +| ``menuselection`` | Guide a user through a sequence of menus | ``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings``` | :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` | ++-------------------+------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------+ + +.. _contributing/escaping: + +Escape markup symbols (Advanced) +-------------------------------- + +Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\``) are rendered normally. For instance, ``this +\*\*line of text\*\* with \*markup\* symbols`` is rendered as “this \*\*line of text\*\* with +\*markup\* symbols”. + +When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as :ref:`hyperlink references +`, using backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because +the outer backticks interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner +backticks. For instance, ```\`this formatting\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN NODE title_reference]`` +error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be used to produce the following result: +```this formatting```. diff --git a/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst b/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9c37303a7d --- /dev/null +++ b/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +:banner: banners/contributing.png + +============== +RST guidelines +============== + +.. _contributing/relative-links: + +Use relative links for internal URLs +==================================== + +If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is not sitting in the same +directory as your current page, always make use of *relative file paths* rather than *absolute file +paths*. An absolute file path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A +relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that redirects to the parent +folder) to indicate the location of the target *relative* to that of the source document. + +Example +------- + +Given the following source file tree: + +:: + + documentation-user + ├── sales + │ └── products_prices + │ │ └── products + │ │ │ └── import.rst + │ │ │ └── variants.rst + │ │ └── prices.rst + +A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` could be made from +:file:`import.rst` as follows: + +#. Absolute: + + - ``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html`` + - ``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html`` + +#. Relative: + + - ``../prices.html`` + - ``variants.html`` + +The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and stability: the references +survive version updates, folder name changes and file tree restructurations. + +.. _contributing/line-length-limit: + +Start a new line before the 100th character +=========================================== + +In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the rendered HTML. Make use +of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 characters**. A line break in a sentence results in +an additional whitespace in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at +the end of a line to separate words. + +.. tip:: + You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of ``menuselection`` directives and + anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the ``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is + only true for the label part of the reference. + +Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup +------------------------------------------------------- + +.. code-block:: rst + + To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration + --> Settings --> Amazon Connector --> Amazon Accounts` and click on **CREATE**. The **Seller + ID** can be found under the link **Your Merchant Token**. + +Be consistent with indentation +============================== + +Use only spaces (never tabs). + +Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align it with the first +character of the directive in the line above. This usually implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for +bulleted lists. + +Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces) +------------------------------------------------------ + +.. code-block:: rst + + .. image:: media/example.png + :align: center + :alt: example + +Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 spaces) +---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +.. code-block:: rst + + .. toctree:: + :titlesonly: + + payables/supplier_bills + payables/pay + +Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces) +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +.. code-block:: rst + + - Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales order is confirmed. + - Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a partial delivery. + +.. _contributing/menuselection: + +Use the menuselection directive +=============================== + +Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a user which menus to +click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive (see +:ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. Indeed, it renders the menus chain +consistently with the rest of the documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic +chart if we were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: +``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```. + +.. _contributing/resilient-code: + +Write resilient code +==================== + +- Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. This removes the risk + of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to the list and is easier to maintain. +- Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets instead. Referencing + the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is more prone to break than a reference to the + explicit target ``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus even + less likely to be modified. + +.. _contributing/hyperlink-target-prefix: + +Prefix hyperlink targets with application names +=============================================== + +As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when referenced with the ``ref`` +directive, it is recommended to prefix the target name with that of the related application. For +instance, naming a target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and makes +the purpose of the target clear. + +.. _contributing/hyperlink-target-resilience: + +Don’t break hyperlink targets +============================= + +When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or hyperlink targets, take +care not to break any hyperlink reference to these targets or update them accordingly. + +.. _contributing/single-underscore: + +Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references +======================================================= + +| Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic hyperlink references, + it is not recommended as double-underscores normally indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. + This is a special kind of hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets + consisting only of two underscore. +| tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad practice, use + single-underscore suffixes instead. diff --git a/crm.rst b/crm.rst index 9c1c72e068..5570172902 100644 --- a/crm.rst +++ b/crm.rst @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ CRM .. toctree:: :titlesonly: - crm/overview - crm/salesteam - crm/leads - crm/reporting - crm/calendar \ No newline at end of file + crm/pipeline + crm/acquire_leads + crm/track_leads + crm/performance + crm/optimize diff --git a/crm/acquire_leads.rst b/crm/acquire_leads.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..972471fc9f --- /dev/null +++ b/crm/acquire_leads.rst @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +============= +Acquire leads +============= + +.. toctree:: + :titlesonly: + + acquire_leads/convert + acquire_leads/generate_from_email + acquire_leads/generate_from_website + acquire_leads/send_quotes diff --git a/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst b/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..463ca70c21 --- /dev/null +++ b/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +================================ +Convert leads into opportunities +================================ + +The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add +a qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an +*Opportunity* and assigning to the right sales people. You can +activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your sales +channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific channels +from their configuration form. + +Configuration +============= + +For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` +and activate the *Leads* feature. + +.. image:: media/convert01.png + :align: center + +You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Pipeline* where they +will aggregate. + +.. image:: media/convert02.png + :align: center + +Convert a lead into an opportunity +================================== + +When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to +an opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same +channel/person and if you need to create a new customer. + +.. image:: media/convert03.png + :align: center + +If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will +automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same +manner, Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing +customer if that customer already exists. diff --git a/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst b/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a341c372e --- /dev/null +++ b/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +======================================== +Generate leads/opportunities from emails +======================================== + +Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve +your efficiency. By default, any email sent to +*sales@database\_domain.ext* will create an opportunity in the +pipeline of the default sales channel. + +Configure email aliases +======================= + +Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate +leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you +manage several sales teams with specific business processes. You will +find the configuration of sales channels under +:menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels`. + +.. image:: media/generate_from_email01.png + :align: center diff --git a/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst b/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2ab9ee7f0f --- /dev/null +++ b/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +=========================================================== +Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page +=========================================================== + +Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve +your efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will +create a lead/opportunity in the pipeline. + +Use the contact us on your website +================================== + +You should first go to your website app. + +|image0|\ |image1| + +With the CRM app installed, you benefit from ready-to-use contact form +on your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities +automatically. + +.. image:: media/generate_from_website03.png + :align: center + +To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website +--> Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the +Contact Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or +*Salesperson*. + +.. image:: media/generate_from_website04.png + :align: center + +Create a custom contact form +============================ + +You may want to know more from your visitor when they use they want to +contact you. You will then need to build a custom contact form on your +website. Those contact forms can generate multiple types of records in +the system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk +tickets, etc...) + +Configuration +============= + +You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module. Only +available in Odoo Enterprise. + +.. image:: media/generate_from_website05.png + :align: center + +Create a custom contact form +---------------------------- + +From any page you want your contact form to be in, in edit mode, drag +the form builder in the page and you will be able to add all the fields +you wish. + +.. image:: media/generate_from_website06.png + :align: center + +By default any new contact form will send an email, you can switch to +lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*. + +.. note:: + If the same visitors uses the contact form twice, the second + information will be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter. + +Generate leads instead of opportunities +======================================= + +When using a contact form, it is advised to use a qualification step +before assigning to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* +in CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`. + +.. |image0| image:: ./media/generate_from_website01.png + :width: 1.04401in + :height: 1.16146in +.. |image1| image:: ./media/generate_from_website02.png + :width: 1.43229in + :height: 1.16244in diff --git a/crm/acquire_leads/media/convert01.png b/crm/acquire_leads/media/convert01.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7e038a3515 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/acquire_leads/media/convert01.png differ diff --git a/crm/acquire_leads/media/convert02.png b/crm/acquire_leads/media/convert02.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5fb3038b78 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/acquire_leads/media/convert02.png differ diff --git a/crm/acquire_leads/media/convert03.png b/crm/acquire_leads/media/convert03.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c0f7db20a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/acquire_leads/media/convert03.png differ diff --git a/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_email01.png b/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_email01.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9235332218 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_email01.png differ diff --git a/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_website01.png b/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_website01.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..697fad3fbb Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_website01.png differ diff --git a/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_website02.png b/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_website02.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..163142cb46 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_website02.png differ diff --git a/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_website03.png b/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_website03.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..293114b4a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_website03.png differ diff --git a/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_website04.png b/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_website04.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6269b659f0 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_website04.png differ diff --git a/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_website05.png b/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_website05.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e5dbc5d7ec Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_website05.png differ diff --git a/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_website06.png b/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_website06.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..77efe2957a Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/acquire_leads/media/generate_from_website06.png differ diff --git a/crm/acquire_leads/media/send_quotes01.png b/crm/acquire_leads/media/send_quotes01.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dbea47de45 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/acquire_leads/media/send_quotes01.png differ diff --git a/crm/acquire_leads/media/send_quotes02.png b/crm/acquire_leads/media/send_quotes02.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d00cd82929 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/acquire_leads/media/send_quotes02.png differ diff --git a/crm/acquire_leads/media/send_quotes03.png b/crm/acquire_leads/media/send_quotes03.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5158b88a4b Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/acquire_leads/media/send_quotes03.png differ diff --git a/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst b/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..09e697983a --- /dev/null +++ b/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +=============== +Send quotations +=============== + +When you qualified one of your lead into an opportunity you will most +likely need to them send a quotation. You can directly do this in the +CRM App with Odoo. + +.. image:: media/send_quotes01.png + :align: center + +Create a new quotation +====================== + +By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* +button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your +quote. + +.. image:: media/send_quotes02.png + :align: center + +You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the +*Quotations* menu on that page. + +.. image:: media/send_quotes03.png + :align: center + +Mark them won/lost +================== + +Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the +process along. + +If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your +Kanban view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived. diff --git a/crm/calendar.rst b/crm/calendar.rst deleted file mode 100644 index db075abcb5..0000000000 --- a/crm/calendar.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -======== -Calendar -======== - -.. toctree:: - :titlesonly: - - calendar/google_calendar_credentials diff --git a/crm/leads.rst b/crm/leads.rst deleted file mode 100644 index d31543ab39..0000000000 --- a/crm/leads.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -===== -Leads -===== - -.. toctree:: - :titlesonly: - - leads/generate - leads/manage - leads/voip \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/crm/leads/generate.rst b/crm/leads/generate.rst deleted file mode 100644 index a13d0a53c9..0000000000 --- a/crm/leads/generate.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -============== -Generate leads -============== - -.. toctree:: - :titlesonly: - - generate/manual - generate/import - generate/emails - generate/website diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/emails.rst b/crm/leads/generate/emails.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 402a4584c4..0000000000 --- a/crm/leads/generate/emails.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -=========================================== -How to generate leads from incoming emails? -=========================================== - -There are several ways for your company to :doc:`generate leads with Odoo CRM `. -One of them is using your company's generic email address as a trigger -to create a new lead in the system. In Odoo, each one of your sales -teams is linked to its own email address from which prospects can reach -them. For example, if the personal email address of your Direct team is -**direct@mycompany.example.com**, every email sent will automatically create a new -opportunity into the sales team. - -Configuration -============= - -The first thing you need to do is to configure your **outgoing email -servers** and **incoming email gateway** from the :menuselection:`Settings module --> General Settings`. - -Then set up your alias domain from the field shown here below and -click on **Apply**. - -.. image:: ./media/emails01.jpg - :align: center - -Set up team alias -================= - -Go on the Sales module and click on **Dashboard**. You will see that the -activation of your domain alias has generated a default email alias for -your existing sales teams. - -.. image:: ./media/emails02.jpg - :align: center - -You can easily personalize your sales teams aliases. Click on the More -button from the sales team of your choice, then on **Settings** to access -the sales team form. Into the **Email Alias** field, enter your email -alias and click on **Save**. Make sure to allow receiving emails from -everyone. - -From there, each email sent to this email address will generate a new -lead into the related sales team. - -.. image:: ./media/emails03.jpg - :align: center - -Set up catch-all email domain -============================= - -Additionally to your sales team aliases, you can also create a generic -email alias (e.g. *contact@* or *info@* ) that will also generate a new -contact in Odoo CRM. Still from the Sales module, go to -:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and set up your catch-all email domain. - -.. tip:: - - You can choose whether the contacts generated from your catch-all email - become leads or opportunities using the radio buttons that you see on the - screenshot here below. Note that, by default, the lead stage is not - activated in Odoo CRM. - -.. image:: ./media/emails04.jpg - :align: center - -.. seealso:: - - * :doc:`manual` - * :doc:`import` - * :doc:`website` diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/import.rst b/crm/leads/generate/import.rst deleted file mode 100644 index c7972e5b61..0000000000 --- a/crm/leads/generate/import.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -================================== -How to import contacts to the CRM? -================================== - -In Odoo CRM, you can import a database of potential customers, for -instance for a cold emailing or cold calling campaign, through a CSV -file. You may be wondering if the best option is to import your contacts -as leads or opportunities. It depends on your business specificities and -workflow: - -- Some companies may decide to not use leads, but instead to keep all - information directly in an opportunity. For some companies, leads - are merely an extra step in the sales process. You could call - this extended (start from lead) versus simplified (start from - opportunity) customer relationship management. - -- Odoo perfectly allows for either one of these approaches to be - chosen. If your company handles its sales from a pre - qualification step, feel free to activate first the lead stage as - described below in order to import your database as leads - -Activate the lead stage -======================= - -By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. If you want to -import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, go to -:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads -if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**. - -.. image:: ./media/import01.jpg - :align: center - -This activation will create a new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` -from which you will be able to import your contacts from the -**Import** button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here `) - -.. image:: ./media/import02.jpg - :align: center - -Import your CSV file -==================== - -On the new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`, click on **Import** and select your -Excel file to import from the **Choose File** button. Make sure its -extension is **.csv** and don't forget to set up the correct File format -options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local -settings and display your columns properly. - -.. note:: - If your prospects database is provided in another format than CSV, you can - easily convert it to the CSV format using Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice / - LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, etc. - -.. image:: ./media/import03.jpg - :align: center - -Select rows to import -===================== - -Odoo will automatically map the column headers from your CSV file to the -corresponding fields if you tick *The first row of the file contains the -label of the column* option. This makes imports easier especially when -the file has many columns. Of course, you can remap the column headers -to describe the property you are importing data into (First Name, Last -Name, Email, etc.). - -.. image:: ./media/import04.jpg - :align: center - -.. tip:: - - If you want to import your contacts as opportunities rather than leads, make - sure to add the *Type* column to your csv. This column is used to indicate - whether your import will be flagged as a Lead (type = Lead) or as an - opportunity (type = Opportunity). - -Click the **Validate** button if you want to let Odoo verify that -everything seems okay before importing. Otherwise, you can directly -click the Import button: the same validations will be done. - -.. note:: - - For additional technical information on how to import contacts into Odoo CRM, - read the **Frequently Asked Questions** section located below the Import tool - on the same window. - -.. seealso:: - - - :doc:`manual` - - :doc:`emails` - - :doc:`website` diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/manual.rst b/crm/leads/generate/manual.rst deleted file mode 100644 index f31db7a91e..0000000000 --- a/crm/leads/generate/manual.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -====================================== -How to create a contact into Odoo CRM? -====================================== - -Odoo CRM allows you to manually add contacts into your pipeline. It can -be either a lead or an opportunity. - -Activate the lead stage -======================= - -By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. To activate it, -go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the option ""use leads -if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**. - -.. image:: ./media/manual01.jpg - :align: center - -This activation will create a new submenu **Leads** under -**Sales** that gives you access to a list of all your leads from -which you will be able to create a new contact. - -.. image:: ./media/manual02.jpg - :align: center - -Create a new lead -================= - -Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button. - -.. image:: ./media/manual03.jpg - :align: center - -From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession -(contact name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional -information in the **Internal notes** field. - -.. note:: - - your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson - by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the screen. - -Create a new opportunity -======================== - -You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without -having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your -dashboard and click on the **Pipeline** button of the desired sales -team. If you don't have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first <../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. -Then, click on **Create** and fill in the contact details as shown here -above. By default, the newly created opportunity will appear on the -first stage of your sales pipeline. - -Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a -specific stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a -meeting and you want to send him a quotation right away, you can add his -contact details on the fly directly into the **Proposition** stage. From -the Kanban view of your sales team, just click on the **+** icon -at the right of your stage to create the contact. The new opportunity -will then pop up into the corresponding stage and you can then fill in -the contact details by clicking on it. - -.. image:: ./media/manual04.png - :align: center - -.. seealso:: - - * :doc:`import` - - * :doc:`emails` - - * :doc:`website` diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/emails01.jpg b/crm/leads/generate/media/emails01.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index b3bb70ce70..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/emails01.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/emails02.jpg b/crm/leads/generate/media/emails02.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index b4e008c875..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/emails02.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/emails03.jpg b/crm/leads/generate/media/emails03.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index b2c75a2015..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/emails03.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/emails04.jpg b/crm/leads/generate/media/emails04.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 18e054e975..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/emails04.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/import01.jpg b/crm/leads/generate/media/import01.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 113fccb0dc..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/import01.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/import02.jpg b/crm/leads/generate/media/import02.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 8499af5e0f..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/import02.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/import03.jpg b/crm/leads/generate/media/import03.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 9de819ab0f..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/import03.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/import04.jpg b/crm/leads/generate/media/import04.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 2fb278caa2..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/import04.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/manual01.jpg b/crm/leads/generate/media/manual01.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 113fccb0dc..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/manual01.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/manual02.jpg b/crm/leads/generate/media/manual02.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 731b114ca2..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/manual02.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/manual03.jpg b/crm/leads/generate/media/manual03.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index afb50075de..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/manual03.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/manual04.png b/crm/leads/generate/media/manual04.png deleted file mode 100644 index 92341b71be..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/manual04.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/website01.jpg b/crm/leads/generate/media/website01.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 113fccb0dc..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/website01.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/website02.png b/crm/leads/generate/media/website02.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2cf399ade6..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/website02.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/website03.png b/crm/leads/generate/media/website03.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0d5dbf3b5e..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/website03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/website04.jpg b/crm/leads/generate/media/website04.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 68697f2904..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/website04.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/website05.jpg b/crm/leads/generate/media/website05.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index c0e0cb5c0c..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/website05.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/website06.png b/crm/leads/generate/media/website06.png deleted file mode 100644 index ac69509816..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/website06.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/website07.png b/crm/leads/generate/media/website07.png deleted file mode 100644 index 766ac8b209..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/website07.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/website08.png b/crm/leads/generate/media/website08.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2d4562984d..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/website08.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/media/website09.png b/crm/leads/generate/media/website09.png deleted file mode 100644 index fdc9b3f78d..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/generate/media/website09.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/generate/website.rst b/crm/leads/generate/website.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 9938495308..0000000000 --- a/crm/leads/generate/website.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,196 +0,0 @@ -====================================== -How to generate leads from my website? -====================================== - -Your website should be your company's first lead generation tool. With -your website being the central hub of your online marketing campaigns, -you will naturally drive qualified traffic to feed your pipeline. When a -prospect lands on your website, your objective is to capture his -information in order to be able to stay in touch with him and to push -him further down the sales funnel. - -This is how a typical online lead generation process work : - -- Your website visitor clicks on a call-to action (CTA) from one of - your marketing materials (e.g. an email newsletter, a social - media message or a blog post) - -- The CTA leads your visitor to a landing page including a form used to - collect his personal information (e.g. his name, his email - address, his phone number) - -- The visitor submits the form and automatically generates a lead into - Odoo CRM - -.. tip:: - - Your calls-to-action, landing pages and forms are the key pieces of the lead - generation process. With Odoo Website, you can easily create and optimize - those critical elements without having to code or to use third-party - applications. Learn more `here `__. - -In Odoo, the Website and CRM modules are fully integrated, meaning that -you can easily generate leads from various ways through your website. -However, even if you are hosting your website on another CMS, it is -still possible to fill Odoo CRM with leads generated from your website. - -Activate the lead stage -======================= - -By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. Therefore, new -leads automatically become opportunities. You can easily activate the -option of adding the lead step. If you want to import your contacts as -leads rather than opportunities, from the Sales module go to -:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads -if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**. - -.. image:: ./media/website01.jpg - :align: center - -Note that even without activating this step, the information that -follows is still applicable - the lead generated will land in the -opportunities dashboard. - -From an Odoo Website -==================== - -Let's assume that you want to get as much information as possible about -your website visitors. But how could you make sure that every person who -wants to know more about your company's products and services is -actually leaving his information somewhere? Thanks to Odoo's integration -between its CRM and Website modules, you can easily automate your lead -acquisition process thanks to the **contact form** and the **form builder** -modules - -.. note:: - - another great way to generate leads from your Odoo Website is by collecting - your visitors email addresses thanks to the Newsletter or Newsletter Popup - CTAs. These snippets will create new contacts in your Email Marketing's - mailing list. Learn more `here `__. - -Configuration -------------- - -Start by installing the Website builder module. From the main dashboard, -click on **Apps**, enter "**Website**" in the search bar and click on **Install**. -You will be automatically redirected to the web interface. - -.. image:: ./media/website02.png - :align: center - -.. tip:: - - A tutorial popup will appear on your screen if this is the first time you - use Odoo Website. It will help you get started with the tool and you'll be - able to use it in minutes. Therefore, we strongly recommend you to use it. - -Create a lead by using the Contact Form module ----------------------------------------------- - -You can effortlessly generate leads via a contact form on your **Contact -us** page. To do so, you first need to install the Contact Form module. -It will add a contact form in your **Contact us** page and automatically -generate a lead from forms submissions. - -To install it, go back to the backend using the square icon on the -upper-left corner of your screen. Then, click on **Apps**, enter -"**Contact Form**" in the search bar (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag -otherwise you will not see the module appearing) and click on **Install**. - -.. image:: ./media/website03.png - :align: center - -Once the module is installed, the below contact form will be integrated -to your "Contact us" page. This form is linked to Odoo CRM, meaning that -all data entered through the form will be captured by the CRM and will -create a new lead. - -.. image:: ./media/website04.jpg - :align: center - -Every lead created through the contact form is accessible in the Sales -module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`. The name of the lead corresponds -to the "Subject" field on the contact form and all the other information -is stored in the corresponding fields within the CRM. As a salesperson, -you can add additional information, convert the lead into an opportunity -or even directly mark it as Won or Lost. - -.. image:: ./media/website05.jpg - :align: center - -Create a lead using the Form builder module -------------------------------------------- - -You can create fully-editable custom forms on any landing page on your -website with the Form Builder snippet. As for the Contact Form module, -the Form Builder will automatically generate a lead after the visitor -has completed the form and clicked on the button **Send**. - -From the backend, go to Settings and install the -"**Website Form Builder**" module (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag -otherwise you will not see the modules appearing). Then, back on the -website, go to your desired landing page and click on Edit to access -the available snippets. The Form Builder snippet lays under the -**Feature** section. - -.. image:: ./media/website06.png - :align: center - -As soon as you have dropped the snippet where you want the form to -appear on your page, a **Form Parameters** window will pop up. From the -**Action** drop-down list, select **Create a lead** to automatically -create a lead in Odoo CRM. On the **Thank You** field, select the URL of -the page you want to redirect your visitor after the form being -submitted (if you don't add any URL, the message "The form has been -sent successfully" will confirm the submission). - -.. image:: ./media/website07.png - :align: center - -You can then start creating your custom form. To add new fields, click -on **Select container block** and then on the blue **Customize** button. 3 -options will appear: - -.. image:: ./media/website08.png - :align: center - -- **Change Form Parameters**: allows you to go back to the Form - Parameters and change the configuration - -- **Add a model field**: allows you to add a field already existing in - Odoo CRM from a drop-down list. For example, if you select the - Field *Country*, the value entered by the lead will appear under - the *Country* field in the CRM - even if you change the name of - the field on the form. - -- **Add a custom field**: allows you to add extra fields that don't exist - by default in Odoo CRM. The values entered will be added under - "Notes" within the CRM. You can create any field type : checkbox, - radio button, text, decimal number, etc. - -Any submitted form will create a lead in the backend. - -From another CMS -================= - -If you use Odoo CRM but not Odoo Website, you can still automate your -online lead generation process using email gateways by editing the -"Submit" button of any form and replacing the hyperlink by a mailto -corresponding to your email alias (learn how to create your sales alias -:doc:`here `). - -For example if the alias of your company is -**salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, add -``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` -into the regular hyperlink code (CTRL+K) to generate a lead into the -related sales team in Odoo CRM. - -.. image:: ./media/website09.png - :align: center - -.. seealso:: - - - :doc:`manual` - - :doc:`import` - - :doc:`emails` diff --git a/crm/leads/manage.rst b/crm/leads/manage.rst deleted file mode 100644 index cbc69aff4a..0000000000 --- a/crm/leads/manage.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -============ -Manage leads -============ - -.. toctree:: - :titlesonly: - - manage/automatic_assignation - manage/lead_scoring diff --git a/crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst b/crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 53a6c72f70..0000000000 --- a/crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ -================================================================ -Automate lead assignation to specific sales teams or salespeople -================================================================ - -Depending on your business workflow and needs, you may need to dispatch -your incoming leads to different sales team or even to specific -salespeople. Here are a few example: - -- Your company has several offices based on different geographical - regions. You will want to assign leads based on the region; - -- One of your sales teams is dedicated to treat opportunities from - large companies while another one is specialized for SMEs. You - will want to assign leads based on the company size; - -- One of your sales representatives is the only one to speak foreign - languages while the rest of the team speaks English only. - Therefore you will want to assign to that person all the leads - from non-native English-speaking countries. - -As you can imagine, manually assigning new leads to specific individuals -can be tedious and time consuming - especially if your company generates -a high volume of leads every day. Fortunately, Odoo CRM allows you to -automate the process of lead assignation based on specific criteria such -as location, interests, company size, etc. With specific workflows and -precise rules, you will be able to distribute all your opportunities -automatically to the right sales teams and/or salesman. - -Configuration -============= - -If you have just started with Odoo CRM and haven't set up your sales -team nor registered your salespeople, :doc:`read this documentation first <../../overview/started/setup>`. - -.. note:: - You have to install the module **Lead Scoring**. Go to - :menuselection:`Apps` and install it if it's not the case already. - -Define rules for a sales team -============================= - -From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** -button of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**. If you don't -have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first <../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. - -.. image:: ./media/automatic01.jpg - :align: center - - -On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain -rule (for technical details on the domain refer on the -`Building a Module tutorial `__ -or `Syntax reference guide `__) -which will allow only the leads matching the team domain. - -For example, if you want your *Direct Sales* team to only receive leads -coming from United States and Canada, your domain will be as following : - -``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]`` - -.. image:: ./media/automatic02.jpg - :align: center - -.. note:: - - you can also base your automatic assignment on the score attributed to your - leads. For example, we can imagine that you want all the leads with a score - under 100 to be assigned to a sales team trained for lighter projects and - the leads over 100 to a more experienced sales team. Read more on :doc:`how to score leads here `. - -Define rules for a salesperson -============================== - -You can go one step further in your assignment rules and decide to -assign leads within a sales team to a specific salesperson. For example, -if I want Toni Buchanan from the *Direct Sales* team to receive only -leads coming from Canada, I can create a rule that will automatically -assign him leads from that country. - -Still from the sales team menu (see here above), click on the -salesperson of your choice under the assignment submenu. Then, enter -your rule in the *Domain* field. - -.. image:: ./media/automatic03.jpg - :align: center - -.. note:: - - In Odoo, a lead is always assigned to a sales team before to be assigned to - a salesperson. Therefore, you need to make sure that the assignment rule of - your salesperson is a child of the assignment rule of the sales team. - -.. seealso:: - - * :doc:`../../overview/started/setup` - - .. todo:: * How to assign sales activities into multiple sales teams? - - .. todo:: * How to make sure my salespeople work on the most promising leads? - diff --git a/crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst b/crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 0d53452ccc..0000000000 --- a/crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -================================= -How to do efficient Lead Scoring? -================================= - -Odoo's Lead Scoring module allows you to give a score to your leads -based on specific criteria - the higher the value, the more likely the -prospect is "ready for sales". Therefore, the best leads are -automatically assigned to your salespeople so their pipe are not -polluted with poor-quality opportunities. - -.. note:: - Lead scoring is a critical component of an effective lead - management strategy. By helping your sales representative - determine which leads to engage with in order of priority, - you will increase their overall conversion rate and your - sales team's efficiency. - -Configuration -============= - -Install the Lead Scoring module -------------------------------- - -Start by installing the **Lead Scoring** module. - -Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu -:menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules` - -.. image:: media/lead_scoring02.png - :align: center - -Create scoring rules --------------------- - -Leads scoring allows you to assign a positive or negative score to your -prospects based on any demographic or behavioral criteria that you have -set (country or origin, pages visited, type of industry, role, etc.). To -do so you'll first need to create rules that will assign a score to a -given criteria. - - -.. tip:: - In order to assign the right score to your various rules, you can use these two methods: - - - Establish a list of assets that your ideal customer might possess to interest your company. - For example, if you run a local business in California, a prospect coming from - San Francisco should have a higher score than a prospect coming from New York. - - - Dig into your data to uncover characteristics shared by your closed opportunities - and most important clients. - - Please note that this is not an exact science, so you'll need time - and feedback from your sales teams to adapt and fine tune your rules - until getting the desired result. - -In the **Scoring Rules** menu, click on **Create** to write your first rule. - -.. image:: media/lead_scoring01.png - :align: center - -First name your rule, then enter a value and a domain (refer on the -`official python documentation `__ -for more information). For example, if you want to assign 8 points to all the -leads coming from **Belgium**, you'll need to give ``8`` as a **value** and -``[['country\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` as a domain. - -.. tip:: - Here are some criteria you can use to build a scoring rule : - - - country of origin : ``'country_id'`` - - - stage in the sales cycle : ``'stage_id'`` - - - email address (e.g. if you want to score the professional email addresses) : ``'email_from'`` - - - page visited : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'`` - - - name of a marketing campaign : ``'campaign_id'`` - -After having activated your rules, Odoo will give a value to all your -new incoming leads. This value can be found directly on your lead's form -view. - -.. image:: media/lead_scoring04.png - :align: center - -Assign high scoring leads to your sales teams -============================================= - -The next step is now to automatically convert your best leads into -opportunities. In order to do so, you need to decide what is the minimum -score a lead should have to be handed over to a given sales team. Go to -your **sales dashboard** and click on the **More** button of your desired sales -team, then on **Settings**. Enter your value under the **Minimum score** -field. - -.. image:: media/lead_scoring03.png - :align: center - -From the example above, the **Direct Sales** team will only receive -opportunities with a minimum score of ``50``. The prospects with a lower -score can either stay in the lead stage or be assigned to another sales -team which has set up a different minimum score. - -.. tip:: - Organize a meeting between your **Marketing** and **Sales** teams in order - to align your objectives and agree on what minimum score makes a sales-ready lead. - -.. seealso:: - * :doc:`automatic_assignation` diff --git a/crm/leads/manage/media/automatic01.jpg b/crm/leads/manage/media/automatic01.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index da05578322..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/manage/media/automatic01.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/manage/media/automatic02.jpg b/crm/leads/manage/media/automatic02.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 75994f2974..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/manage/media/automatic02.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/manage/media/automatic03.jpg b/crm/leads/manage/media/automatic03.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index e2c1603fdf..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/manage/media/automatic03.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/manage/media/lead_scoring01.png b/crm/leads/manage/media/lead_scoring01.png deleted file mode 100644 index a7d396827a..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/manage/media/lead_scoring01.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/manage/media/lead_scoring02.png b/crm/leads/manage/media/lead_scoring02.png deleted file mode 100644 index 29c3d2fc1a..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/manage/media/lead_scoring02.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/manage/media/lead_scoring03.png b/crm/leads/manage/media/lead_scoring03.png deleted file mode 100644 index 69fc4ff8d2..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/manage/media/lead_scoring03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/manage/media/lead_scoring04.png b/crm/leads/manage/media/lead_scoring04.png deleted file mode 100644 index c6ac32dfc8..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/leads/manage/media/lead_scoring04.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/leads/voip.rst b/crm/leads/voip.rst deleted file mode 100644 index a61095ba1e..0000000000 --- a/crm/leads/voip.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -========= -Odoo VOIP -========= - -.. toctree:: - :titlesonly: - - voip/setup - voip/onsip diff --git a/crm/optimize.rst b/crm/optimize.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f9e24f5859 --- /dev/null +++ b/crm/optimize.rst @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +============================= +Optimize your Day-to-Day work +============================= + +.. toctree:: + :titlesonly: + + optimize/google_calendar_credentials + optimize/onsip + optimize/setup diff --git a/crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst b/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst similarity index 94% rename from crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst rename to crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst index cc25eec18a..cad6eb6d5d 100644 --- a/crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst +++ b/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -========================================================== -How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar -========================================================== +===================================== +Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo +===================================== Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & manage your meetings from both platforms diff --git a/crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials00.png b/crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials00.png similarity index 100% rename from crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials00.png rename to crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials00.png diff --git a/crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials01.png b/crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials01.png similarity index 100% rename from crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials01.png rename to crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials01.png diff --git a/crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials02.png b/crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials02.png similarity index 100% rename from crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials02.png rename to crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials02.png diff --git a/crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials03.png b/crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials03.png similarity index 100% rename from crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials03.png rename to crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials03.png diff --git a/crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials04.png b/crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials04.png similarity index 100% rename from crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials04.png rename to crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials04.png diff --git a/crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials05.png b/crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials05.png similarity index 100% rename from crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials05.png rename to crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials05.png diff --git a/crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials06.png b/crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials06.png similarity index 100% rename from crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials06.png rename to crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials06.png diff --git a/crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials07.png b/crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials07.png similarity index 100% rename from crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials07.png rename to crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials07.png diff --git a/crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials08.png b/crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials08.png similarity index 100% rename from crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials08.png rename to crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials08.png diff --git a/crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials09.png b/crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials09.png similarity index 100% rename from crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials09.png rename to crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials09.png diff --git a/crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials10.png b/crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials10.png similarity index 100% rename from crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials10.png rename to crm/optimize/media/google_calendar_credentials10.png diff --git a/crm/leads/voip/media/onsip01.png b/crm/optimize/media/onsip01.png similarity index 100% rename from crm/leads/voip/media/onsip01.png rename to crm/optimize/media/onsip01.png diff --git a/crm/leads/voip/media/onsip02.png b/crm/optimize/media/onsip02.png similarity index 100% rename from crm/leads/voip/media/onsip02.png rename to crm/optimize/media/onsip02.png diff --git a/crm/leads/voip/media/onsip03.png b/crm/optimize/media/onsip03.png similarity index 100% rename from crm/leads/voip/media/onsip03.png rename to crm/optimize/media/onsip03.png diff --git a/crm/leads/voip/media/onsip04.png b/crm/optimize/media/onsip04.png similarity index 100% rename from crm/leads/voip/media/onsip04.png rename to crm/optimize/media/onsip04.png diff --git a/crm/leads/voip/media/onsip05.png b/crm/optimize/media/onsip05.png similarity index 100% rename from crm/leads/voip/media/onsip05.png rename to crm/optimize/media/onsip05.png diff --git a/crm/leads/voip/media/onsip06.png b/crm/optimize/media/onsip06.png similarity index 100% rename from crm/leads/voip/media/onsip06.png rename to crm/optimize/media/onsip06.png diff --git a/crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst b/crm/optimize/onsip.rst similarity index 97% rename from crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst rename to crm/optimize/onsip.rst index 745fee8a03..e25a222bd5 100644 --- a/crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst +++ b/crm/optimize/onsip.rst @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -=================== -OnSIP Configuration -=================== +==================================== +Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP +==================================== Introduction ============ diff --git a/crm/leads/voip/setup.rst b/crm/optimize/setup.rst similarity index 98% rename from crm/leads/voip/setup.rst rename to crm/optimize/setup.rst index 02dab99ee7..930f54dc14 100644 --- a/crm/leads/voip/setup.rst +++ b/crm/optimize/setup.rst @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -====================== -Installation and Setup -====================== +============================================ +Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo +============================================ Installing Asterisk server ========================== diff --git a/crm/overview.rst b/crm/overview.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 6077d2459a..0000000000 --- a/crm/overview.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -======== -Overview -======== - -.. toctree:: - :titlesonly: - - overview/started - overview/process - overview/main_concepts \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/crm/overview/main_concepts.rst b/crm/overview/main_concepts.rst deleted file mode 100644 index cf07c523de..0000000000 --- a/crm/overview/main_concepts.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -============== -Main Concepts -============== - -.. toctree:: - :titlesonly: - - main_concepts/introduction - main_concepts/terminologies diff --git a/crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst b/crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 02e2ab6715..0000000000 --- a/crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -======================== -Introduction to Odoo CRM -======================== - -.. youtube:: fgdz8MH2YHY - :align: right - :width: 700 - :height: 394 - -Transcript -========== - -Hi, my name is Nicholas, I'm a business manager in the -textile industry. I sell accessories to retailers. Do you -know the difference between a good salesperson and an -excellent salesperson? The key is to be productive and -organized to do the job. That's where Odoo comes in. Thanks -to a well structured organization you'll change a good -team into an exceptional team. - -With Odoo CRM, the job is much easier for me and my entire -team. When I log in into Odoo CRM, I have a direct overview -of my ongoing performance. But also the activity of the next -7 days and the performance of the last month. I see that I -overachieved last month when compared to my invoicing target -of $200,000. I have a structured approach of my performance. - -If I want to have a deeper look into the details, I click -on next actions and I can see that today I have planned a -call with Think Big Systems. Once I have done my daily -review, I usually go to my pipeline. The process is the -same for everyone in the team. Our job is to find resellers -and before closing any deal we have to go through different -stages. We usually have a first contact to qualify the -opportunity, then move into offer & negotiation stage, and -closing by a 'won'..Well, that's if all goes well. - -The user interface is really smooth, I can drag and drop -any business opportunity from one stage to another in just -a few clicks. - -Now I'd like to go further with an interesting contact: -a department store. I highlighted their file by changing -the color. For each contact, I have a form view where I can -access to all necessary information about the contact. I see -here my opportunity Macy's has an estimated revenue of $50,000 -and a success rate of 10%. I need to discuss about this -partnership, so I will schedule a meeting straight from the -contact form: Macy's partnership meeting. It's super easy -to create a new meeting with any contact. I can as well send -an email straight from the opportunity form and the answer -from the prospect will simply pop up in the system too. Now, -let's assume that the meeting took place, therefore I can -mark it as done. And the system automatically suggests a -next activity. Actually, we configured Odoo with a set of -typical activities we follow for every opportunity, and it's -great to have a thorough followup. The next activity will -be a follow-up email. Browsing from one screen to the other -is really simple and adapting to the view too! I can see my -opportunitities as a to-do list of next activities for example. - -With Odoo CRM I have a sales management tool that is really -efficient and me and my team can be well organized. I have -a clear overview of my sales pipeline, meetings, revenues, -and more. - -I go back to my pipeline. Macy's got qualified successfully, -which mean I can move their file to the next step and I will -dapt the expected revenue as discussed. Once I have performed -the qualification process, I will create a new quotation -based on the feedback I received from my contact. For my -existing customers, I can as well quickly discover the activity -around them for any Odoo module I use, and continue to -discuss about them. It's that simple. - -We have seen how I can manage my daily job as business -manager or salesperson. At the end of the journey I would -like to have a concrete view of my customer relationships -and expected revenues. If I go into the reports in Odoo -CRM, I have the possibility to know exactly what's the -evolution of the leads over the past months, or have a look -at the potential revenues and the performance of the -different teams in terms of conversions from leads to -opportunities for instance. So with Odoo I can have a -clear reporting of every activity based on predefined -metrics or favorites. I can search for other filters -too and adapt the view. If I want to go in the details, -I choose the list view and can click on any item - -Odoo CRM is not only a powerful tool to achieve our sales -goals with structured activities, performance dashboard, -next acitivities and more, but also allows me to: - -- Use leads to get in the system unqualified but targeted - contacts I may have gathered in a conference or through - a contact form on my website. Those leads can then be - converted into opportunities. - -- Manage phone calls from Odoo CRM by using the VoIP app. - Call customers, manage a call queue, log calls, schedule - calls and next actions to perform. - -- Integrate with Odoo Sales to create beautiful online or - PDF quotations and turn them into sales orders. - -- Use email marketing for marketing campaigns to my customers - and prospects. - -- Manage my business seamlessly, even on the go. Indeed, - Odoo offers a mobile app that lets every business - organize key sales activities from leads to quotes. - -Odoo CRM is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. I firstly used -the sales planner to clearly state my objectives and set up -our CRM. It will help you getting started quickly too. diff --git a/crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst b/crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst deleted file mode 100644 index abfc87bfe6..0000000000 --- a/crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -====================== -Odoo CRM Terminologies -====================== - -- **CRM (Customer relationship management)**: - System for managing a - company's interactions with current and future customers. It - often involves using technology to organize, automate, and - synchronize sales, marketing, customer service, and technical - support. - -- **Sales cycle** : - Sequence of phases used by a company to convert a - prospect into a customer. - -- **Pipeline :** - Visual representation of your sales process, from the - first contact to the final sale. It refers to the process by - which you generate, qualify and close leads through your sales - cycle. - -- **Sales stage** : - In Odoo CRM, a stage defines where an opportunity - is in your sales cycle and its probability to close a sale. - -- **Lead :** - Someone who becomes aware of your company or someone who - you decide to pursue for a sale, even if they don't know about - your company yet. - -- **Opportunity :** - A lead that has shown an interest in knowing more - about your products/services and therefore has been handed over - to a sales representative - -- **Customer :** - In Odoo CRM, a customer refers to any contact within - your database, whether it is a lead, an opportunity, a client or - a company. - -- **Key Performance Indicator (KPI)** : - A KPI is a measurable value - that demonstrates how effectively a company is achieving key - business objectives. Organizations use KPIs to evaluate their - success at reaching targets. - -- **Lead scoring** : - System assigning a positive or negative score to - prospects according to their web activity and personal - informations in order to determine whether they are "ready for - sales" or not. - -- **Kanban view :** - In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow - visualisation tool halfway between a `list - view `__ - and a non-editable `form - view `__ - and displaying records as "cards". Records may be grouped in - columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. - tasks or work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to - visualize records). - -- **List view :** - View allowing you to see your objects (contacts, - companies, tasks, etc.) listed in a table. - -- **Lead generation:** - Process by which a company collects relevant - datas about potential customers in order to enable a relationship - and to push them further down the sales cycle. - -- **Campaign:** - Coordinated set of actions sent via various channels to - a target audience and whose goal is to generate leads. In Odoo - CRM, you can link a lead to the campaign which he comes from in - order to measure its efficiency. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/crm/overview/process.rst b/crm/overview/process.rst deleted file mode 100644 index ce002fa341..0000000000 --- a/crm/overview/process.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -================ -Process Overview -================ - -.. toctree:: - :titlesonly: - - process/generate_leads diff --git a/crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst b/crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 64c156f8e9..0000000000 --- a/crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -============================== -Generating leads with Odoo CRM -============================== - -What is lead generation? -======================== - -Lead generation is the process by which a company acquires leads and -collects relevant datas about potential customers in order to enable a -relationship and to turn them into customers. - -For example, a website visitor who fills in your contact form to know -more about your products and services becomes a lead for your company. -Typically, a Customer Relationship Management tool such as Odoo CRM is -used to centralize, track and manage leads. - -Why is lead generation important for my business? -================================================= - -Generating a constant flow of high-quality leads is one of the most -important responsibility of a marketing team. Actually, a well-managed -lead generation process is like the fuel that will allow your company to -deliver great performances - leads bring meetings, meetings bring sales, -sales bring revenue and more work. - -How to generate leads with Odoo CRM? -==================================== - -Leads can be captured through many sources - marketing campaigns, -exhibitions and trade shows, external databases, etc. The most common -challenge is to successfully gather all the data and to track any lead -activity. Storing leads information in a central place such as Odoo CRM -will release you of these worries and will help you to better automate -your lead generation process, share information with your teams and -analyze your sales processes easily. - -Odoo CRM provides you with several methods to generate leads: - -* :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` - - An inquiry email sent to one of your company's generic email addresses - can automatically generate a lead or an opportunity. - -* :doc:`../../leads/generate/manual` - - You may want to follow up with a prospective customer met briefly at an - exhibition who gave you his business card. You can manually create a new - lead and enter all the needed information. - -* :doc:`../../leads/generate/website` - - A website visitor who fills in a form automatically generates a lead or - an opportunity in Odoo CRM. - -* :doc:`../../leads/generate/import` - - You can provide your salespeople lists of prospects - for example for a - cold emailing or a cold calling campaign - by importing them from any - CSV file. diff --git a/crm/overview/started.rst b/crm/overview/started.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 9986b44d68..0000000000 --- a/crm/overview/started.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -=============== -Getting started -=============== - -.. toctree:: - :titlesonly: - - started/setup diff --git a/crm/overview/started/media/image03.png b/crm/overview/started/media/image03.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9a7392baed..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/overview/started/media/image03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/overview/started/media/image04.png b/crm/overview/started/media/image04.png deleted file mode 100644 index bdb3e595f3..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/overview/started/media/image04.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/overview/started/media/image05.png b/crm/overview/started/media/image05.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3dc7279b0f..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/overview/started/media/image05.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/overview/started/media/setup01.png b/crm/overview/started/media/setup01.png deleted file mode 100644 index 69ade55fe0..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/overview/started/media/setup01.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/overview/started/media/setup02.png b/crm/overview/started/media/setup02.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9a3e0c1cc2..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/overview/started/media/setup02.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/overview/started/media/setup03.png b/crm/overview/started/media/setup03.png deleted file mode 100644 index ba696c5ebd..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/overview/started/media/setup03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/overview/started/setup.rst b/crm/overview/started/setup.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 0c0a7c65c1..0000000000 --- a/crm/overview/started/setup.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,122 +0,0 @@ -====================================================== -How to setup your teams, sales process and objectives? -====================================================== - -This quick step-by-step guide will lead you through Odoo CRM and help -you handle your sales funnel easily and constantly manage your sales -funnel from lead to customer. - -Configuration -============= - -Create your database from `www.odoo.com/start `__, select the CRM -icon as first app to install, fill in the form and click on *Create -now*. You will automatically be directed to the module when the database -is ready. - -.. image:: media/setup01.png - :align: center - -.. tip:: - - You will notice that the installation of the CRM module has created the - submodules Chat, Calendar and Contacts. They are mandatory so that every - feature of the app is running smoothly. - -Introduction to the Sales Planner -================================= - -The Sales Planner is a useful step-by-step guide created to help you -implement your sales funnel and define your sales objectives easier. We -strongly recommend you to go through every step of the tool the first -time you use Odoo CRM and to follow the requirements. Your input are -strictly personal and intended as a personal guide and mentor into your -work. As it does not interact with the backend, you are free to adapt -any detail whenever you feel it is needed. - -You can reach the Sales Planner from anywhere within the CRM module by -clicking on the progress bar located on the upper-right side of your -screen. It will show you how far you are in the use of the Sales -Planner. - -.. image:: ./media/setup02.png - :align: center - -Set up your first sales team -============================ - -Create a new team ------------------ - -A Direct Sales team is created by default on your instance. You can -either use it or create a new one. Refer to the page :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` -for more information. - -Assign salespeople to your sales team -------------------------------------- - -When your sales teams are created, the next step is to link your -salespeople to their team so they will be able to work on the -opportunities they are supposed to receive. For example, if within your -company Tim is selling products and John is selling maintenance -contracts, they will be assigned to different teams and will only -receive opportunities that make sense to them. - -In Odoo CRM, you can create a new user on the fly and assign it directly -to a sales team. From the **Dashboard**, click on the button **More** of -your selected sales team, then on **Settings**. Then, under the -**Assignation** section, click on **Create** to add a new salesperson to -the team. - -From the **Create: salesman** pop up window (see screenshot below), -you can assign someone on your team: - -- Either your salesperson already exists in the system and you will - just need to click on it from the drop-down list and it will be - assigned to the team -- Or you want to assign a new salesperson that doesn't exist into the - system yet - you can do it by creating a new user on the fly from - the sales team. Just enter the name of your new salesperson and - click on Create (see below) to create a new user into the system - and directly assign it to your team. The new user will receive an - invite email to set his password and log into the system. Refer - to :doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` - for more information about that process - -.. image:: ./media/setup03.png - :align: center - -Set up your pipeline --------------------- - -Now that your sales team is created and your salespeople are linked to -it, you will need to set up your pipeline -create the process by which -your team will generate, qualify and close opportunities through your -sales cycle. Refer to the document :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` -to define the stages of your pipeline. - -Set up incoming email to generate opportunities ------------------------------------------------ - -In Odoo CRM, one way to generate opportunities into your sales team is -to create a generic email address as a trigger. For example, if the -personal email address of your Direct team is -`direct@mycompany.example.com `__\, -every email sent will automatically create a new opportunity into the -sales team. - -Refer to the page :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` to set it up. - -Automate lead assignation -------------------------- - -If your company generates a high volume of leads every day, it could -be useful to automate the assignation so the system will distribute -all your opportunities automatically to the right department. - -Refer to the document :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` for more information. - -.. todo:: - - Related topics - - CRM onboarding video diff --git a/crm/performance.rst b/crm/performance.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f17ada5097 --- /dev/null +++ b/crm/performance.rst @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +=================== +Analyze performance +=================== + +.. toctree:: + :titlesonly: + + performance/win_loss + performance/turnover diff --git a/crm/performance/media/turnover01.png b/crm/performance/media/turnover01.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..192612f525 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/performance/media/turnover01.png differ diff --git a/crm/performance/media/turnover02.png b/crm/performance/media/turnover02.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..81d48429d8 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/performance/media/turnover02.png differ diff --git a/crm/performance/media/turnover03.png b/crm/performance/media/turnover03.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f098f7b1fb Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/performance/media/turnover03.png differ diff --git a/crm/performance/media/turnover04.png b/crm/performance/media/turnover04.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d4883d4da8 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/performance/media/turnover04.png differ diff --git a/crm/performance/media/turnover05.png b/crm/performance/media/turnover05.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..89000c4ae9 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/performance/media/turnover05.png differ diff --git a/crm/performance/media/turnover06.png b/crm/performance/media/turnover06.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..837fe9c21e Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/performance/media/turnover06.png differ diff --git a/crm/performance/media/win_loss01.png b/crm/performance/media/win_loss01.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..54b990b155 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/performance/media/win_loss01.png differ diff --git a/crm/performance/media/win_loss02.png b/crm/performance/media/win_loss02.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3fb9a9d441 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/performance/media/win_loss02.png differ diff --git a/crm/performance/media/win_loss03.png b/crm/performance/media/win_loss03.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6c69d24424 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/performance/media/win_loss03.png differ diff --git a/crm/performance/turnover.rst b/crm/performance/turnover.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1e290383be --- /dev/null +++ b/crm/performance/turnover.rst @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +================================= +Get an accurate probable turnover +================================= + +As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, +you can expect to have more precise information about a given +opportunity giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, +this is important to see your expected turnover in your various reports. + +Configure your kanban stages +============================ + +By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, +Proposition, Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of +success. You can add stages as well as edit them. By refining default +probability of success for your business on stages, you can make your +probable turnover more and more accurate. + +.. image:: media/turnover01.png + :align: center + +.. image:: media/turnover02.png + :align: center + +Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default +but you can modify them manually of course. + +Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date +==================================================== + +When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an +expected revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your +total expected revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable +turnover. + +.. image:: media/turnover03.png + :align: center + +See the overdue or closing soon opportunities +============================================= + +In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be +closing, letting you prioritize. + +.. image:: media/turnover04.png + :align: center + +As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to +improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early +stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue. + +View your total expected revenue and probable turnover +====================================================== + +While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of +your stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you +set. + +.. image:: media/turnover05.png + :align: center + +As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline Analysis` +by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report will take +into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the +probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your +expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets. + +.. image:: media/turnover06.png + :align: center diff --git a/crm/performance/win_loss.rst b/crm/performance/win_loss.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..833fd948f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/crm/performance/win_loss.rst @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +========================= +Check your Win/Loss Ratio +========================= + +To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at +the Win/Loss ratio. + +To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the +*Reporting* tab. + +From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, +the ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then +click on filter and check Won/Lost. + +.. image:: media/win_loss01.png + :align: center + +You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*. + +.. image:: media/win_loss02.png + :align: center + +You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view. + +.. image:: media/win_loss03.png + :align: center diff --git a/crm/pipeline.rst b/crm/pipeline.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5e99465bb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/crm/pipeline.rst @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +===================== +Organize the pipeline +===================== + +.. toctree:: + :titlesonly: + + ../discuss/plan_activities + pipeline/lost_opportunities + pipeline/multi_sales_team diff --git a/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst b/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a54cdd029 --- /dev/null +++ b/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +========================= +Manage lost opportunities +========================= + +While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You +will want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways +Odoo can help you recover them in the future. + +Mark a lead as lost +=================== + +While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see +a *Mark Lost* button. + +You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one +right there. + +.. image:: media/lost_opportunities01.png + :align: center + +Manage & create lost reasons +---------------------------- + +You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Lost Reasons`. + +You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from +there. + +Retrieve lost opportunities +=========================== + +To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, +make a feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search +bar. + +.. image:: media/lost_opportunities02.png + :align: center + +You will then see all your lost opportunities. + +If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost +Reason*. + +For Example, *Too Expensive*. + +.. image:: media/lost_opportunities03.png + :align: center + +Restore lost opportunities +========================== + +From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any +opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by +clicking on *Archived*. + +.. image:: media/lost_opportunities04.png + :align: center + +You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they +belong to the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column +options. You can also archive the same way. + +.. image:: media/lost_opportunities05.png + :align: center + +To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view. + +.. image:: media/lost_opportunities06.png + :align: center + +Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions +you want to take. + +.. image:: media/lost_opportunities07.png + :align: center + +.. seealso:: + * :doc:`../performance/win_loss` diff --git a/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities01.png b/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities01.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c50bcca55e Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities01.png differ diff --git a/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities02.png b/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities02.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3f4e766a32 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities02.png differ diff --git a/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities03.png b/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities03.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..98b53c78fa Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities03.png differ diff --git a/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities04.png b/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities04.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9a03c2eeed Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities04.png differ diff --git a/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities05.png b/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities05.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d6b9df328b Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities05.png differ diff --git a/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities06.png b/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities06.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0e9d5fcf55 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities06.png differ diff --git a/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities07.png b/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities07.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..96d4722a43 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/pipeline/media/lost_opportunities07.png differ diff --git a/crm/pipeline/media/multi_sales_team01.png b/crm/pipeline/media/multi_sales_team01.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9d71b8b5ee Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/pipeline/media/multi_sales_team01.png differ diff --git a/crm/pipeline/media/multi_sales_team02.png b/crm/pipeline/media/multi_sales_team02.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7b5108e5d2 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/pipeline/media/multi_sales_team02.png differ diff --git a/crm/pipeline/media/multi_sales_team03.png b/crm/pipeline/media/multi_sales_team03.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eef8468fbe Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/pipeline/media/multi_sales_team03.png differ diff --git a/crm/pipeline/media/multi_sales_team04.png b/crm/pipeline/media/multi_sales_team04.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f21f580024 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/pipeline/media/multi_sales_team04.png differ diff --git a/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst b/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aea11adce8 --- /dev/null +++ b/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +=========================== +Manage multiple sales teams +=========================== + +In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels +with specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales +Channel*. + +Create a new sales channel +========================== + +To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels`. + +There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email +address will create a lead/opportunity. + +.. image:: media/multi_sales_team01.png + :align: center + +Add members to your sales channel +--------------------------------- + +You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the +pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any +lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. +Therefore, you can only be a member of one channel. + +This will ease the process review of the team manager. + +.. image:: media/multi_sales_team02.png + :align: center + +If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will +find all of its opportunities. + +.. image:: media/multi_sales_team03.png + :align: center + +Sales channel dashboard +======================= + +To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the +sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under +*Reporting*. + +It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is +included in it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc. diff --git a/crm/reporting.rst b/crm/reporting.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 5043840065..0000000000 --- a/crm/reporting.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -=========== -Reporting -=========== - -.. toctree:: - :titlesonly: - - reporting/analysis - reporting/review \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/crm/reporting/analysis.rst b/crm/reporting/analysis.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 64ba4bc585..0000000000 --- a/crm/reporting/analysis.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -=========================================================================== -How to analyze the sales performance of your team and get customize reports -=========================================================================== - -As a manager, you need to constantly monitor your team's performance -in order to help you take accurate and relevant decisions for the -company. Therefore, the **Reporting** section of **Odoo Sales** represents a -very important tool that helps you get a better understanding of where -your company's strengths, weaknesses and opportunities are, showing -you trends and forecasts for key metrics such as the number of -opportunities and their expected revenue over time , the close rate by -team or the length of sales cycle for a given product or service. - -Beyond these obvious tracking sales funnel metrics, there are some -other KPIs that can be very valuable to your company when it comes to -judging sales funnel success. - -Review pipelines -================= - -You will have access to your sales funnel performance from the **Sales** -module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Reports --> Pipeline analysis`. -By default, the report groups all your opportunities by stage (learn more on how to -create and customize stage by reading :doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`) -and expected revenues for the current month. This report is perfect for -the **Sales Manager** to periodically review the sales pipeline with the -relevant sales teams. Simply by accessing this basic report, you can get -a quick overview of your actual sales performance. - -You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the -**measures** icon, such as : - -- Expected revenue. - -- overpassed deadline. - -- Delay to assign (the average time between lead creation and lead - assignment). - -- Delay to close (average time between lead assignment and close). - -- the number of interactions per opportunity. - -- etc. - -.. image:: media/analysis02.png - :align: center - -.. tip:: - By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your report - in order to change the way your information is displayed. For example, if I - want to see the expected revenues of my **Direct Sales** team, I need to click - on the **+** icon on the vertical axis then on **Sales Team**. - -Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display -your reports in a more visual view. Odoo **CRM** allows you to transform -your report in just a click thanks to 3 graph views : **Pie Chart**, **Bar -Chart** and **Line Chart**. These views are accessible through the icons -highlighted on the screenshot below. - -.. image:: media/analysis03.png - :align: center - -Customize reports -================= - -You can easily customize your analysis reports depending on the -**KPIs** (see :doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) -you want to access. To do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in -the right hand side of your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass -icon at the end of the search bar button. This function allows you to -highlight only selected data on your report. The **filters** option is -very useful in order to display some categories of opportunities, while -the **Group by** option improves the readability of your reports according -to your needs. Note that you can filter and group by any existing field -from your CRM, making your customization very flexible and powerful. - -.. image:: media/analysis01.png - :align: center - -.. tip:: - You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on - **Favorites** from the **Advanced search view** and then on - **Save current search**. The saved filter will then be accessible - from the **Favorites** menu. - -Here are a few examples of customized reports that you can use to -monitor your sales' performances : - -Evaluate the current pipeline of each of your salespeople ---------------------------------------------------------- - -From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the -**Expected revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down -list. Then, use the **+** and **-** icons and add **Salesperson** and -**Stage** to your vertical axis, and filter your desired salesperson. Then -click on the **graph view** icon to display a visual representation of -your salespeople by stage. This custom report allows you to easily -overview the sales activities of your salespeople. - -.. image:: media/analysis05.png - :align: center - -Forecast monthly revenue by sales team --------------------------------------- - -In order to predict monthly revenue and to estimate the short-term -performances of your teams, you need to play with two important metrics : -the **expected revenue** and the **expected closing**. - -From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the -**Expected revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down -list. Then click on the **+** icon from the vertical axis and select -**Sales team**. Then, on the horizontal axis, click on the **+** icon and -select **Expected closing.** - -.. image:: media/analysis04.png - :align: center - -.. tip:: - In order to keep your forecasts accurate and relevant, - make sure your salespeople correctly set up the expected closing - and the expected revenue for each one of their opportunities - -.. seealso:: - * :doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` diff --git a/crm/reporting/media/analysis01.png b/crm/reporting/media/analysis01.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6640ec0eec..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/reporting/media/analysis01.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/reporting/media/analysis02.png b/crm/reporting/media/analysis02.png deleted file mode 100644 index 05ddd35073..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/reporting/media/analysis02.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/reporting/media/analysis03.png b/crm/reporting/media/analysis03.png deleted file mode 100644 index 955678bc84..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/reporting/media/analysis03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/reporting/media/analysis04.png b/crm/reporting/media/analysis04.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2c9f617279..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/reporting/media/analysis04.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/reporting/media/analysis05.png b/crm/reporting/media/analysis05.png deleted file mode 100644 index 29143b6023..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/reporting/media/analysis05.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/reporting/media/review01.png b/crm/reporting/media/review01.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4d2489cc40..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/reporting/media/review01.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/reporting/media/review02.png b/crm/reporting/media/review02.png deleted file mode 100644 index d1f4e00128..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/reporting/media/review02.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/reporting/media/review03.png b/crm/reporting/media/review03.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2d16629441..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/reporting/media/review03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/reporting/media/review04.png b/crm/reporting/media/review04.png deleted file mode 100644 index 53c8d98a56..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/reporting/media/review04.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/reporting/media/review05.png b/crm/reporting/media/review05.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4c11f8ae7a..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/reporting/media/review05.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/reporting/media/review06.png b/crm/reporting/media/review06.png deleted file mode 100644 index e9a5a18e5e..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/reporting/media/review06.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/reporting/media/review07.png b/crm/reporting/media/review07.png deleted file mode 100644 index c8dc7eb731..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/reporting/media/review07.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/reporting/media/review08.png b/crm/reporting/media/review08.png deleted file mode 100644 index cece0e32c0..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/reporting/media/review08.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/reporting/media/review09.png b/crm/reporting/media/review09.png deleted file mode 100644 index 30d245e7df..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/reporting/media/review09.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/reporting/review.rst b/crm/reporting/review.rst deleted file mode 100644 index e89513b150..0000000000 --- a/crm/reporting/review.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,132 +0,0 @@ -================================================================= -How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard) -================================================================= - -Sales professionals are struggling everyday to hit their target and -follow up on sales activities. They need to access anytime some -important metrics in order to know how they are performing and better -organize their daily work. - -Within the Odoo CRM module, every team member has access to a -personalized and individual dashboard with a real-time overview of: - -- Top priorities: they instantly see their scheduled meetings and - next actions - -- Sales performances : they know exactly how they perform compared - to their monthly targets and last month activities. - -.. image:: media/review01.png - :align: center - -Configuration -============= - -Install the CRM application ---------------------------- - -In order to manage your sales funnel and track your opportunities, you -need to install the CRM module, from the **Apps** icon. - -.. image:: media/review02.png - :align: center - -Create opportunities --------------------- - -If your pipeline is empty, your sales dashboard will look like the -screenshot below. You will need to create a few opportunities to -activate your dashboard (read the related documentation -:doc:`../leads/generate/manual` to learn more). - -.. image:: media/review03.png - :align: center - -Your dashboard will update in real-time based on the informations you -will log into the CRM. - -.. tip:: - you can click anywhere on the dashboard to get a detailed - analysis of your activities. Then, you can easily create - favourite reports and export to excel. - -Daily tasks to process -====================== - -The left part of the sales dashboard (labelled **To Do**) displays the -number of meetings and next actions (for example if you need to call a -prospect or to follow-up by email) scheduled for the next 7 days. - -.. image:: media/review04.png - :align: center - -Meetings --------- - -In the example here above, I see that I have no meeting scheduled for -today and 3 meeting scheduled for the next 7 days. I just have to -click on the **meeting** button to access my calendar and have a view on -my upcoming appointments. - -.. image:: media/review05.png - :align: center - -Next actions ------------- - -Back on the above example, I have 1 activity requiring an action from -me. If I click on the **Next action** green button, I will be redirected -to the contact form of the corresponding opportunity. - -.. image:: media/review06.png - :align: center - -Under the **next activity** field, I see that I had planned to send a -brochure by email today. -As soon as the activity is completed, I can click on **done** (or -**cancel**) in order to remove this opportunity from my next actions. - -.. note:: - When one of your next activities is overdue, it will appear - in orange in your dashboard. - -Performances -============ - -The right part of your sales dashboard is about my sales performances. I -will be able to evaluate how I am performing compared to my targets -(which have been set up by my sales manager) and my activities of the -last month. - -.. image:: media/review07.png - :align: center - -Activities done ---------------- - -The **activities done** correspond to the next actions that have been -completed (meaning that you have clicked on **done** under the **next -activity** field). When I click on it, I will access a detailed reporting -regarding the activities that I have completed. - -.. image:: media/review08.png - :align: center - -Won in opportunities --------------------- - -This section will sum up the expected revenue of all the opportunities -within my pipeline with a stage **Won**. - -.. image:: media/review09.png - :align: center - -Quantity invoiced ------------------ - -This section will sum up the amount invoiced to my opportunities. For -more information about the invoicing process, refer to the related -documentation: :doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview` - -.. seealso:: - * :doc:`analysis` \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/crm/salesteam.rst b/crm/salesteam.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 6790c97597..0000000000 --- a/crm/salesteam.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -========== -Sales Team -========== - -.. toctree:: - :titlesonly: - - salesteam/setup - salesteam/manage diff --git a/crm/salesteam/manage.rst b/crm/salesteam/manage.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 5e35ebfba5..0000000000 --- a/crm/salesteam/manage.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -================== -Manage salespeople -================== - -.. toctree:: - :titlesonly: - - manage/create_salesperson - manage/reward \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst b/crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst deleted file mode 100644 index b4a9b27fbb..0000000000 --- a/crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -================================ -How to create a new salesperson? -================================ - -Create a new user -================= - -From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users` and click on -**Create**. Add first the name of your new salesperson and his -professional email address - the one he will use to log in to his Odoo -instance - and a picture. - -.. image:: ./media/create01.png - :align: center - -Under "Access Rights", you can choose which applications your user can -access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on -the app. For the Sales application, you can choose between three levels: - -- **See own leads**: the user will be able to access his own data only - -- **See all leads**: the user will be able to access all records of every - salesman in the sales module - -- **Manager**: the user will be able to access the sales configuration as - well as the statistics reports - -When you're done editing the page and have clicked on **Save**, an -invitation email will automatically be sent to the user, from which he -will be able to log into his personal account. - -.. image:: ./media/create02.png - :align: center - -Register your user into his sales team -====================================== - -Your user is now registered in Odoo and can log in to his own session. -You can also add him to the sales team of your choice. From the sales -module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the -desired sales team, then on **Settings**. - -.. image:: ./media/create03.jpg - :align: center - - -.. note:: - - If you need to create a new sales team first, refer to the page :doc:`../setup/create_team` - -Then, under "Team Members", click on **Add** and select the name of your -salesman from the list. The salesperson is now successfully added to -your sales team. - -.. image:: ./media/create04.png - :align: center - -.. tip:: - - You can also add a new salesperson on the fly from your sales team even before he is registered as an Odoo user. - From the above screenshot, click on "Create" to add your salesperson and enter his name and email address. - After saving, the salesperson will receive an invite containing a link to set his password. - You will then be able to define his accesses rights under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menu. - -.. seealso:: - - * :doc:`../../overview/started/setup` - - * :doc:`../setup/create_team` diff --git a/crm/salesteam/manage/media/create01.png b/crm/salesteam/manage/media/create01.png deleted file mode 100644 index c9c614ac65..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/salesteam/manage/media/create01.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/salesteam/manage/media/create02.png b/crm/salesteam/manage/media/create02.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2975011d90..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/salesteam/manage/media/create02.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/salesteam/manage/media/create03.jpg b/crm/salesteam/manage/media/create03.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index da05578322..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/salesteam/manage/media/create03.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/salesteam/manage/media/create04.png b/crm/salesteam/manage/media/create04.png deleted file mode 100644 index eacc3da3fa..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/salesteam/manage/media/create04.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/salesteam/manage/media/reward01.png b/crm/salesteam/manage/media/reward01.png deleted file mode 100644 index 19b84baa67..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/salesteam/manage/media/reward01.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/salesteam/manage/media/reward02.png b/crm/salesteam/manage/media/reward02.png deleted file mode 100644 index e6c7eccb57..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/salesteam/manage/media/reward02.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/salesteam/manage/media/reward03.png b/crm/salesteam/manage/media/reward03.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1af8f53e2d..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/salesteam/manage/media/reward03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/salesteam/manage/media/reward04.png b/crm/salesteam/manage/media/reward04.png deleted file mode 100644 index ecd84869fb..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/salesteam/manage/media/reward04.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/salesteam/manage/media/reward05.png b/crm/salesteam/manage/media/reward05.png deleted file mode 100644 index 16eb54390a..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/salesteam/manage/media/reward05.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst b/crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst deleted file mode 100644 index d63038641c..0000000000 --- a/crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -========================================== -How to motivate and reward my salespeople? -========================================== - -Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and -rewards is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your -salespeople productivity. The **Gamification** app of Odoo gives you simple -and creative ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time -recognition and badges inspired by game mechanics. - -Configuration -============= - -From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Gamification** module. -You can also install the **CRM gamification** app, which will add some -useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used related to the -usage of the **CRM/Sale** modules. - -.. image:: media/reward01.png - :align: center - -Create a challenge -================== - -You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu -:menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`. - -.. note:: - As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, - you will need to activate the technical features in order - to access the configuration. In order to do so, click on - the interrogation mark available from any app (upper-right) - and click on **About** and then **Activate the developer mode**. - -.. image:: media/reward02.png - :align: center - -A challenge is a mission that you will send to your salespeople. It can -include one or several goals and is set up for a specific period of -time. Configure your challenge as follows: - -- Assign the salespeople to be challenged - -- Assign a responsible - -- Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date - -- Select your goals - -- Set up your rewards (badges) - -.. note:: - Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either - at the end of a running period (eg: end of the month for a - monthly challenge), at the end date of a challenge - (if no periodicity is set) or when the challenge is manually closed. - -For example, on the screenshot below, I have challenged 2 employees with -a **Monthly Sales Target**. The challenge will be based on 2 goals: the -total amount invoiced and the number of new leads generated. At the end -of the month, the winner will be granted with a badge. - -.. image:: media/reward03.png - :align: center - -Set up goals ------------- - -The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to -reach. **Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see -here above) and compare members of a team with each others and through -time. - -You can create a new goal on the fly from a **Challenge**, by clicking on -**Add new item** under **Goals**. You can select any -business object as a goal, according to your company's needs, such as : - -- number of new leads, - -- time to qualify a lead or - -- total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time - frame based on your management preferences. - -.. image:: media/reward04.png - :align: center - -.. note:: - Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your - company data and a timezone, create new users, etc.). - -Set up rewards --------------- - -For non-numerical achievements, **badges** can be granted to users. -From a simple *thank you* to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an -easy way to exprimate gratitude to a user for their good work. - -You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their -performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`. - -.. image:: media/reward05.png - :align: center - -.. seealso:: - * :doc:`../../reporting/analysis` \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/crm/salesteam/setup.rst b/crm/salesteam/setup.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 20e0f0853a..0000000000 --- a/crm/salesteam/setup.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -========== -Sales Team -========== - -.. toctree:: - :titlesonly: - - setup/create_team - setup/organize_pipeline diff --git a/crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst b/crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 18a466d476..0000000000 --- a/crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -============================ -How to create a new channel? -============================ - -In the Sales module, your sales channels are accessible from the -**Dashboard** menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a -sales channel installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start -using that default sales channel and edit it (refer to the section -*Create and Organize your stages* from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) -or create a new one from scratch. - -To create a new channel, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels` and -click on **Create**. - -.. image:: ./media/create01.png - :align: center - -Fill in the fields : - -- Enter the name of your channel - -- Select your channel leader - -- Select your team members - -Don't forget to tick the "Opportunities" box if you want to manage -opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can -now access your new channel from your Dashboard. - -.. image:: ./media/create02.png - :align: center - -.. note:: - - If you started to work on an empty database and didn't create new users, refer to the page :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`. diff --git a/crm/salesteam/setup/media/add_column.png b/crm/salesteam/setup/media/add_column.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1c241e9f2e..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/salesteam/setup/media/add_column.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/salesteam/setup/media/create01.png b/crm/salesteam/setup/media/create01.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3d7d849737..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/salesteam/setup/media/create01.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/salesteam/setup/media/create02.png b/crm/salesteam/setup/media/create02.png deleted file mode 100644 index f71e098083..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/salesteam/setup/media/create02.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/salesteam/setup/media/image01.jpg b/crm/salesteam/setup/media/image01.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 113fccb0dc..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/salesteam/setup/media/image01.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/salesteam/setup/media/image07.jpg b/crm/salesteam/setup/media/image07.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 242844168e..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/salesteam/setup/media/image07.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/salesteam/setup/media/image08.jpg b/crm/salesteam/setup/media/image08.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 5ce40b5fff..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/salesteam/setup/media/image08.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/salesteam/setup/media/image09.jpg b/crm/salesteam/setup/media/image09.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index ffc1635db5..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/salesteam/setup/media/image09.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/salesteam/setup/media/team_kanban.jpg b/crm/salesteam/setup/media/team_kanban.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 0ea01d2344..0000000000 Binary files a/crm/salesteam/setup/media/team_kanban.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst b/crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 6e2ca3f850..0000000000 --- a/crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -======================================= -Set up and organize your sales pipeline -======================================= - -A well structured sales pipeline is crucial in order to keep control of -your sales process and to have a 360-degrees view of your leads, -opportunities and customers. - -The sales pipeline is a visual representation of your sales process, -from the first contact to the final sale. It refers to the process by -which you generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle. -In Odoo CRM, leads are brought in at the left end of the sales -pipeline in the Kanban view and then moved along to the right from one -stage to another. - -Each stage refers to a specific step in the sale cycle and -specifically the sale-readiness of your potential customer. The number -of stages in the sales funnel varies from one company to another. An -example of a sales funnel will contain the following stages: -*Territory, Qualified, Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, -Won, Lost*. - -.. image:: ./media/team_kanban.jpg - :align: center - -Of course, each organization defines the sales funnel depending on their -processes and workflow, so more or fewer stages may exist. - -Create and organize your stages -=============================== - -Add/ rearrange stages ---------------------- - -From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the -**PIPELINE** button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any -sales team yet, you need to create one first. - -.. todo:: link to the create salesteam page - -.. image:: ./media/image09.jpg - :align: center - -.. todo:: ***Kanban view*** link to the CRM terminologies page - -From the Kanban view of -your pipeline, you can add stages by clicking on **Add new column.** -When a column is created, Odoo will then automatically propose you to -add another column in order to complete your process. If you want to -rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and -dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. - -.. image:: ./media/add_column.png - :align: center - -.. tip:: - - You can add as many stages as you wish, even if we advise you not having - more than 6 in order to keep a clear pipeline - -Activate the lead stage ------------------------ - -Some companies use a pre qualification step to manage their leads before -to convert them into opportunities. To activate the lead stage, go to -:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and select the radio button as shown -below. It will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that -gives you access to a listview of all your leads. - -.. image:: ./media/image01.jpg - :align: center - -Set up stage probabilities -========================== - -What is a stage probability? ----------------------------- - -To better understand what are the chances of closing a deal for a given -opportunity in your pipe, you have to set up a probability percentage -for each of your stages. That percentage refers to the success rate of -closing the deal. - -.. note:: Setting up stage probabilities is essential if you want to estimate the expected revenues of your sales cycle - -.. todo:: estimate the expected revenues of your sales cycle (*link to the related topic*) - -For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, -Qualified, Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* -then your workflow could look like this : - -- **Territory** : opportunity just received from Leads Management or - created from a cold call campaign. Customer's Interest is not - yet confirmed. - - *Success rate : 5%* - -- **Qualified** : prospect's business and workflow are understood, - pains are identified and confirmed, budget and timing are known - - *Success rate : 15%* - -- **Qualified sponsor**: direct contact with decision maker has been - done - - *Success rate : 25%* - -- **Proposition** : the prospect received a quotation - - *Success rate : 50%* - -- **Negotiation**: the prospect negotiates his quotation - - *Success rate : 75%* - -- **Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales - order. He is now a customer - - *Success rate : 100%* - -- **Lost** : the prospect is no longer interested - - *Success rate : 0%* - -.. tip:: - - Within your pipeline, each stage should correspond to a defined goal with - a corresponding probability. Every time you move your opportunity to the - next stage, your probability of closing the sale will automatically adapt. - - You should consider using probability value as **100** when the deal is - closed-won and **0** for deal closed-lost. - -How to set up stage probabilities? ------------------------------------ - -To edit a stage, click on the **Settings** icon at the right of the -desired stage then on EDIT - -.. image:: ./media/image08.jpg - :align: center - -Select the Change probability automatically checkbox to let Odoo adapt -the probability of the opportunity to the probability defined in the -stage. For example, if you set a probability of 0% (Lost) or 100% (Won), -Odoo will assign the corresponding stage when the opportunity is marked -as Lost or Won. - -.. tip:: - - Under the requirements field you can enter the internal requirements for - this stage. It will appear as a tooltip when you place your mouse over the - name of a stage. - -.. todo:: Read more - - - *How to estimate the effectiveness of my sales cycle?* - - *How to estimate expected revenues ?* - diff --git a/crm/track_leads.rst b/crm/track_leads.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..56b0a80172 --- /dev/null +++ b/crm/track_leads.rst @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +====================== +Assign and track leads +====================== + +.. toctree:: + :titlesonly: + + track_leads/prospect_visits + track_leads/lead_scoring diff --git a/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst b/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a9b0e042f --- /dev/null +++ b/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +============================= +Assign leads based on scoring +============================= + +With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on +selected criterias. + +For example you could score customers from your country higher or the +ones that visited specific pages on your website. + +Configuration +============= + +To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your +*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise). + +.. image:: media/lead_scoring01.png + :align: center + +Create scoring rules +==================== + +You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* +where you can manage your scoring rules. + +Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever +criteria you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias +as you wish. + +.. image:: media/lead_scoring02.png + :align: center + +Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and +assigned their right score according to your scoring rules. + +.. image:: media/lead_scoring03.png + :align: center + +Assign leads +============ + +Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using +the same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Team Assignation` +and apply a specific domain on each team. This domain can include scores. + +.. image:: media/lead_scoring04.png + :align: center + +Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even +more refined domain. + +To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads Assignation`. + +.. image:: media/lead_scoring05.png + :align: center + +.. note:: + The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads + once a day. + +Evaluate & use the unassigned leads +=================================== + +Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have +some unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity +so it is useful to do something with them. + +In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads. + +.. image:: media/lead_scoring06.png + :align: center + +Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or +:menuselection:`Marketing Automation` apps to send a mass email to +them? You can also easily find such unassigned leads from there. + +.. image:: media/lead_scoring07.png + :align: center diff --git a/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring01.png b/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring01.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..21eefd2d59 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring01.png differ diff --git a/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring02.png b/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring02.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8b52bcf5cf Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring02.png differ diff --git a/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring03.png b/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring03.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9838c2f1b7 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring03.png differ diff --git a/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring04.png b/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring04.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2080428224 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring04.png differ diff --git a/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring05.png b/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring05.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b03ee8d56d Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring05.png differ diff --git a/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring06.png b/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring06.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d7f6c1510 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring06.png differ diff --git a/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring07.png b/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring07.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fb82bb2bc6 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/track_leads/media/lead_scoring07.png differ diff --git a/crm/track_leads/media/prospect_visits01.png b/crm/track_leads/media/prospect_visits01.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..21eefd2d59 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/track_leads/media/prospect_visits01.png differ diff --git a/crm/track_leads/media/prospect_visits02.png b/crm/track_leads/media/prospect_visits02.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b8ef0fa87 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/track_leads/media/prospect_visits02.png differ diff --git a/crm/track_leads/media/prospect_visits03.png b/crm/track_leads/media/prospect_visits03.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e71e3e5aa7 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/track_leads/media/prospect_visits03.png differ diff --git a/crm/track_leads/media/prospect_visits04.png b/crm/track_leads/media/prospect_visits04.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..224f79b22d Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/track_leads/media/prospect_visits04.png differ diff --git a/crm/track_leads/media/prospect_visits05.png b/crm/track_leads/media/prospect_visits05.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..15ad910b52 Binary files /dev/null and b/crm/track_leads/media/prospect_visits05.png differ diff --git a/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst b/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d5979398a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +=========================== +Track your prospects visits +=========================== + +Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about +the interests of your website visitors. + +Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity +if they use the contact form on your website. + +Configuration +============= + +To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your +*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise). + +.. image:: media/prospect_visits01.png + :align: center + +Track a webpage +=============== + +Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the +*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO* + +.. image:: media/prospect_visits02.png + :align: center + +There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page. + +.. image:: media/prospect_visits03.png + :align: center + +See visited pages in your leads/opportunities +============================================= + +Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track +of the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those +pages, on the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a +*Page Views* button but also further down you will see them in the +chatter. + +Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits +more pages. + +.. image:: media/prospect_visits04.png + :align: center + +.. image:: media/prospect_visits05.png + :align: center + +The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the +chatter. + +Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you! diff --git a/db_management/db_online.rst b/db_management/db_online.rst index 67c6960c5f..939be63df8 100644 --- a/db_management/db_online.rst +++ b/db_management/db_online.rst @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@ Several actions are available: .. image:: media/db_buttons.png :align: center -* Upgrade +* :ref:`Upgrade ` Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge features * :ref:`Duplicate ` Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new flows without compromising your daily operations -* Rename +* :ref:`Rename ` Rename your database (and its URL) * **Backup** Download an instant backup of your database; note that we @@ -45,6 +45,50 @@ Several actions are available: Access our `support page `__ with the correct database already selected +.. _upgrade_button: + +Upgrade +======= + +Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the +database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click +on the "Upgrade" button. + +.. image:: media/upgrade1.png + :align: center + +You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By default, +we select the highest available version available for your database; if you were +already in the process of testing a migration, we will automatically select the +version you were already testing (even if we released a more recent version during +your tests). + +By clicking on the "Test upgrade" button an upgrade request will be generated. +If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will receive a +"Test" version of your upgraded database. + +.. image:: media/test_upgrade.png + :align: center + +.. note :: If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your + test database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be + notified by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks. + +You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data (e.g. +accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual flows +work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.). + +Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, you +can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on Upgrade +(the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to +the new version. + +.. image:: media/upgrade.png + :align: center + +.. warning :: Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade + (usually between 30min up to several hours for big databases), + so make sure to plan your migration during non-business hours. .. _duplicate_online: @@ -87,6 +131,19 @@ database. .. image:: media/dup_expires.png :align: center +.. _rename_online_database: + +Rename a Database +=================== + +To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you want +to rename, access the `database management page `__ +and click **Rename**. You will have to give a new name to your database, +then click **Rename Database**. + +.. image:: media/rename.png + :align: center + .. _delete_online_database: Deleting a Database @@ -119,5 +176,9 @@ reload automatically. .. note:: * If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available. - * If you want to delete your Account, please contact + * It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked + to a Subscription. In these cases contact + `Odoo Support `__ + + * If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support `__ diff --git a/db_management/db_premise.rst b/db_management/db_premise.rst index 604081b881..c8b6262659 100644 --- a/db_management/db_premise.rst +++ b/db_management/db_premise.rst @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Solutions * Check if your subscription details get the tag "In Progress" on your `Odoo Account - `__ or with your Account Manager + `__ or with your Account Manager * Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference? @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Solutions `__) * You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract - `__ with the button "Unlink database" + `__ with the button "Unlink database" .. image:: media/unlink_single_db.png :align: center @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Solutions * If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID. Please check on your `Odoo Contract - `__, a short message will appear + `__, a short message will appear specifying which database is problematic: .. image:: media/unlink_db_name_collision.png diff --git a/db_management/media/rename.png b/db_management/media/rename.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1c596478be Binary files /dev/null and b/db_management/media/rename.png differ diff --git a/db_management/media/test_upgrade.png b/db_management/media/test_upgrade.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..66474aa601 Binary files /dev/null and b/db_management/media/test_upgrade.png differ diff --git a/db_management/media/uninstall_deps.png b/db_management/media/uninstall_deps.png index e8357ef022..be5c72013f 100644 Binary files a/db_management/media/uninstall_deps.png and b/db_management/media/uninstall_deps.png differ diff --git a/db_management/media/upgrade.png b/db_management/media/upgrade.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c645262a7a Binary files /dev/null and b/db_management/media/upgrade.png differ diff --git a/db_management/media/upgrade1.png b/db_management/media/upgrade1.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a5db5eb76 Binary files /dev/null and b/db_management/media/upgrade1.png differ diff --git a/discuss/email_servers.rst b/discuss/email_servers.rst index e333d285ed..0915c41598 100644 --- a/discuss/email_servers.rst +++ b/discuss/email_servers.rst @@ -4,16 +4,21 @@ How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, -unlike in `Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh `__. +unlike `Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh `__. If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly recommend that -you opt for such convenient Odoo hosting solutions. Indeed their email system +you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's reputation yourself. You will find here below some useful -information to do so by integrating your own email solution with Odoo. +information on how to integrate your own email solution with Odoo. + +.. note:: Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails + from hosts like Odoo. + Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation `__ + to make it work. How to manage outbound messages =============================== @@ -45,6 +50,8 @@ To do so you need to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders* section. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation `__. +.. _discuss-email_servers-spf-compliant: + Be SPF-compliant ---------------- In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability @@ -148,3 +155,6 @@ alias in your mail server. You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*. + +.. _Office 365 documentation: + https://support.office.com/en-us/article/how-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4 diff --git a/ecommerce/shopper_experience/media/paypal_button_encoding.png b/ecommerce/shopper_experience/media/paypal_button_encoding.png deleted file mode 100644 index 98f53031d6..0000000000 Binary files a/ecommerce/shopper_experience/media/paypal_button_encoding.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst b/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst index 7a43a9ace5..2f79c126fb 100644 --- a/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst +++ b/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst @@ -48,27 +48,43 @@ Set up your Paypal account .. image:: media/paypal_ipn_setup.png :align: center -* Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo - to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click - **PayPal button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section. - - .. image:: media/paypal_button_encoding.png - :align: center - - Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as **UTF-8**. - - .. image:: media/paypal_more_options.png - :align: center - - .. image:: media/paypal_encoding_options.png - :align: center - .. tip:: If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, **Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on. .. image:: media/paypal_account_optional.png :align: center + .. tip:: For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, + please check the `paypal documentation. `__ + + + +Configure the encoding of the requests +-------------------------------------- + +If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin characters) +for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the encoding format of +the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal. + +.. danger:: + + If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice. + +To do so, open: + +* `this page for a test account `__ + +* `this page for a production account `__ + +Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as **UTF-8**. + +.. image:: media/paypal_more_options.png + :align: center + +.. image:: media/paypal_encoding_options.png + :align: center + + Set up Odoo =========== diff --git a/expense.rst b/expense.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 7eafa8503f..0000000000 --- a/expense.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -:banner: banners/expense.jpg - -======== -Expenses -======== - -.. toctree:: - :titlesonly: - - expense/expense - diff --git a/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst b/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst index d0211fc292..c3bff60fde 100644 --- a/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst +++ b/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst @@ -43,6 +43,5 @@ log-in. .. seealso:: * `Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-users>`_ - * :doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team` .. todo:: Add link to How to add companies diff --git a/getting_started/documentation.rst b/getting_started/documentation.rst index bab6af9d3b..133ee52718 100644 --- a/getting_started/documentation.rst +++ b/getting_started/documentation.rst @@ -1,430 +1,250 @@ -:banner: banners/getting_started.jpg - -========================== -Odoo Online Implementation -========================== - -This document summarizes **Odoo Online's services**, our Success Pack -**implementation methodology**, and best practices to get started -with our product. - -*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before -the kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and -don't have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the -basics.* - -*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review -this with you at the time of the kick-off call.* - -Getting Started -=============== - -Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. -The more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later -during the implementation. - -Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive -instructions by email on how to activate or create your database. From -this email, you can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new -one from scratch. - -If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by -someone else in your company, contact our support team using our -`online support form `__. - -.. image:: media/getting_started02.png - :align: center - -Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo -database ready to be used. - -In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few -minutes to create records: *products, customers, opportunities* or -*projects/tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about -the user interface as shown in the picture below. - -+----------------+----------------+ -| |left_pic| | |right_pic| | -+----------------+----------------+ - -Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the -implementation planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or -from the top progress bar on the right hand side of the main -applications. - -.. image:: media/getting_started05.png - :align: center - -These implementation planners will: - -- help you define your goals and KPIs for each application, - -- guide you through the different configuration steps, - -- and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo. - -Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, -expectations and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you -during the implementation process. - -.. image:: media/getting_started06.png - :align: center - -If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide -you through all the steps. But you can also: - -- Read the documentation on our website: - `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user `__ - -- Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (free with your first Success Pack): - `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional `__ - -- Watch the webinars on our - `Youtube channel `__ - -- Or send your questions to our online support team through our - `online support form `__. - -What do we expect from you? -=========================== - -We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of -services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. -Most projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months. - -But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and -a slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer -is engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth. - -Your internal implementation manager ------------------------------------- - -We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to -work with our project manager on your Odoo implementation. This is to ensure -efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. -Additionally, this person must: - -- **Be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, - otherwise you risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with - the fastest implementations having a full time project manager. - -- **Have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually - transforms all departments within a company for the better. There - can be many small details that need quick turnarounds for answers and - if there is too much back and forth between several internal decision - makers within your company it could potentially seriously slow everything down. - -- **Have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full support - from all departments and top management, or be part of top management. - -Integrate 90% of your business, not 100% ----------------------------------------- - -You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high -level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an -extremist.** - -Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks -to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades. - -Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and requirements. -Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost you twice the original -project price. One always underestimates the hidden costs of customization. - -- **Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it - was designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the - way your old system(s) work. - -- **The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to - customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally - after having been in production for several months. Once a customer - starts using Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization - requests as they learn to perform their workflows out of the box, or - the Odoo way. It is more important to have all your business processes - working than customizing a screen to add a few fields here and there - or automating a few emails. - -Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and -measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned -with them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your -previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with -other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is -decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead. - -Invest time in learning Odoo ----------------------------- - -Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you -are navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker -and easier your training phases will be. - -Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra -resources: - -- Documentation: - `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user `__ - -- Introduction Videos: - `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos `__ - -- Customer Reviews: - `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 `__ - -Get things done ---------------- - -Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your -to-do list for the implementation: -`https://www.odoo.com/page/notes `__. -From your Odoo home, go to Apps and install the Notes application. - -.. image:: media/getting_started07.png - :align: center - -This module allows you to: - -- Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant; - -- Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees; - -- Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, - Discussion Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc. - -.. image:: media/getting_started08.png - :align: center - -.. tip:: - This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform - (http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than - standard Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad. - -What should you expect from us? -=============================== - -Subscription Services ---------------------- - -Cloud Hosting -~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in -three different data centers, database replication, the ability to -duplicate your instance in 10 minutes, and more! - -- Odoo Online SLA: - `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla `__\ - -- Odoo Online Security: - `https://www.odoo.com/page/security `__ - -- Privacy Policies: - `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy `__ - -Support -~~~~~~~ - -Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at -no extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams -are in San Francisco, Belgium, and India. Questions could be about -anything and everything, like specific questions on current Odoo features and where to configure them, bugfix requests, -payments, or subscription issues. - -Our support team can be contacted through our -`online support form `__. - -Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import -data or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated -project manager, as part of the Success Pack. - -Upgrades -~~~~~~~~ - -Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an -upgrade button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your -database is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new -features. - -We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can -evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply -fill our `online support form `__ to make this request. - -Success Pack Services ---------------------- - -The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by -a dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours -you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of -your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects -within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute -to us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or "Scope Creep") -in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an increase -in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning. - -The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: -`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs `__ - -The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within -the defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours -defined in your Success Pack. - -His/her role includes: - -- **Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, - phasing of the implementation (roadmap), mapping your - business needs to Odoo features. - -- **Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar. - -- **Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via - screen sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training - sessions, you will be expected to pay extra for travel expenses - and accommodations for your consultant. - -- **Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in - Odoo and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced - pricing structures, etc.) - -- **Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a - template prepared by the project manager. - -If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following -extra services: - -- **Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to - customize most screens in any way you see fit. - -- **Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you - to customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have - access to developers for advanced customizations. - -- **Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at - no extra cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize - the building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume - hours of your Success Pack. - -- **Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields based on - triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. - For very advanced automations, our project managers have access - to Odoo developers. - -If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. Customizations -made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded at each Odoo upgrade, -at no extra cost. - -All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will be -deducted from your Success Pack. - -In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a -developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your -Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a -developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover -maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by -the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the -subscription fee. - -**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: -2 hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development -2 * $5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization - -Implementation Methodology -========================== - -We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put -customers in production in a short period of time and at a low cost. - -After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo -progressively, by groups of apps. - -.. image:: media/getting_started09.png - :align: center - -The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come -to an understanding of your business in order to propose an -implementation plan (phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of -applications that you will fully use in production at the end of the -phase. - -For every phase, the steps are the following: - -1. **Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business - flows with you, according to your business. The goal is to train - you, validate the business process and configure according to - your specific needs. - -2. **Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. - You are responsible for exporting the data from your existing system - and Odoo's project manager will import them in Odoo. - -3. **Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and - the system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will - be some back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions - and process your feedback. - -4. **Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using - Odoo. - -Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and -**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra -screens and reports**). - -Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, -our project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you -have new needs) and you will use the support service if you have further -questions. - -Managing your databases -======================= - -To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My -Databases** in the drop-down menu at the top right corner. - -.. image:: media/getting_started10.png - :align: center - -Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or -before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working -environment with test data! - -For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want -(each available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your -working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My -Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**. +:banner: banners/getting_started.png + +==================================== +Basics of the QuickStart Methodology +==================================== + +This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack +implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our +product. + +1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant +========================================================== + +Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to +designate and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one +and only single person of contact** who will take charge and assume +responsibilities regarding the project. He also has to have **the +authority** in terms of decision making. + +- **The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: + From the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall + consistency of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise + in terms of good practices. + +- **One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: + He is responsible for the business knowledge transmission + (coordinate key users intervention if necessary) and the consistency + of the implementation from a business point of view (decision + making, change management, etc.) + +- **Meetings optimization**: + The Odoo consultant is not involved in the process of decision + making from a business point of view nor to precise processes and + company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an + exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a + week, are meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define + the way those needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant). + +- **Train the Trainer approach**: + The Odoo consultant provides functional training to the SPoC so that + he can pass on this knowledge to his collaborators. In order for + this approach to be successful, it is necessary that the SPoC is + also involved in its own rise in skills through self-learning via + the `Odoo documentation `__, `The elearning platform `__ and the testing of functionalities. + +2. Project Scope +================ -.. image:: media/getting_started11.png +To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is +necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the +project implementation is pursuing. + +- **A clear definition of the initial project scope**: + A clear definition of the initial needs is crucial to ensure the + project is running smoothly. Indeed, when all the stakeholders share + the same vision, the evolution of the needs and the resulting + decision-making process are more simple and more clear. + +- **Phasing the project**: + Favoring an implementation in several coherent phases allowing + regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo by the + end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This + approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions + early in the implementation. + +- **Adopting standard features as a priority**: + Odoo offers a great environment to implement slight improvements + (customizations) or more important ones (developments). + Nevertheless, adoption of the standard solution will be preferred as + often as possible in order to optimize project delivery times and + provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid scalability of + his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software should + still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an + experiment of the standard in production. + +.. image:: media/basic_quickstart01.png :align: center -.. image:: media/getting_started12.png +3. Managing expectations +======================== + +The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of +future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken +into account from the beginning of the project: + +- **Align with the project approach**: + Both a clear division of roles and responsibilities and a clear + description of the operating modes (validation, problem-solving, + etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo implementation. It is + therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time at the + beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly + check that this is still the case. + +- **Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: + The main goal of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the + project entrusted to them in order to provide the most effective + solution to meet the needs expressed. This goal can sometimes + conflict with the end user's vision of an ideal solution. In that + case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the 80-20 rule: focus + on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining 20% of the + most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio + (those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it + will be considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming + manipulation if a global relief is noted. + Changes in business processes may also be proposed to pursue this + same objective. + +- **Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: + Gaps between what is expected and what is delivered are often a + source of conflict in a project. In order to avoid being in this + delicate situation, we recommend using several types of tools\* : + +- **The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard + features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the + gap to be filled by developments/customizations or changes in + business processes. + +- **The User Story**: + This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the + SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, + and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW. + +.. image:: media/basic_quickstart02.png :align: center - -You can find more information on how to manage your databases -:ref:`here `. - -Customer Success -================ -Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that -they have all the resources needed to complete their project. - -During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project -manager and eventually the support team. - -Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction -with your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of -our Client Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term -relationship with our customers. They will contact you to showcase new -versions, improve the way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, -etc... - -Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer -them a solution that grows with their needs! - -Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience! - -.. seealso:: - * :doc:`../../db_management/documentation` - -.. image:: media/getting_started13.png - :align: center +- `The Proof of Concept `__ + A simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on + the main lines of expected changes. + +- **The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align + with the changes related to the interface. + +To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities +and limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all +project stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved +in the project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses +without verifying its veracity beforehand. + +*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more +adequately meet the realities and needs of your project* + +4. Communication Strategy +========================= + +The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership +of the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial +to the success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead +us to follow those principles: + +- **Sharing the project management documentation**: + The best way to ensure that all stakeholders in a project have the + same level of knowledge is to provide direct access to the project's + tracking document (Project Organizer). This document will contain + at least a list of tasks to be performed as part of the + implementation for which the priority level and the manager are + clearly defined. + + The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that + allows both detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall + progress of the project. + +- **Report essential information**: + In order to minimize the documentation time to the essentials, we + will follow the following good practices: + +- Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations; + +- Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone + is reached; + +- Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be + organized. + +5. Customizations and Development +================================= + +Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution +capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a +fast and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is +recommended to: + +- **Develop only for a good reason**: + The decision to develop must always be taken when the cost-benefit + ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis, etc.). For example, + it will be preferable to realize a significant development in order + to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an operation to + be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted that the + closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid + the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both + parties. In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial + development requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard + Odoo (see "Adopting the standard as a priority"). + +- **Replace, without replicate**: + There is a good reason for the decision to change the management + software has been made. In this context, the moment of + implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change + initiator both in terms of how the software will be used and at the + level of the business processes of the company. + +6. Testing and Validation principles +==================================== + +Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is +crucial to test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the +operational needs of the company. + +- **Role distribution**: + In this context, the Consultant will be responsible for delivering a + solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the SPoC will + have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the + requirements of the operational reality. + +- **Change management**: + When a change needs to be made to the solution, the noted gap is + caused by: + + - A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is a correction for which the Consultant is responsible + + **or** + + - A difference between the specification and the imperatives of + operational reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC. + +7. Data Imports +=============== -.. |left_pic| image:: media/getting_started03.png -.. |right_pic| image:: media/getting_started04.png +Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and +must be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. +Indeed, this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well +defined, prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon +as possible, it will be decided : + +- **Not to import anything**: + It often happens that after reflection, importing data history is + not considered necessary, these data being, moreover, kept outside + Odoo and consolidated for later reporting. + +- **To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: + When the data history relates to information being processed + (purchase orders, invoices, open projects, for example), the need to + have this information available from the first day of use in + production is real. In this case, the import will be made before the + production launch. + +- **To import after production launch**: + When the data history needs to be integrated with Odoo mainly for + reporting purposes, it is clear that these can be integrated into + the software retrospectively. In this case, the production launch of + the solution will precede the required imports. diff --git a/getting_started/media/basic_quickstart01.png b/getting_started/media/basic_quickstart01.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..558a5b91c0 Binary files /dev/null and b/getting_started/media/basic_quickstart01.png differ diff --git a/getting_started/media/basic_quickstart02.png b/getting_started/media/basic_quickstart02.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..65752affbf Binary files /dev/null and b/getting_started/media/basic_quickstart02.png differ diff --git a/getting_started/media/getting_started01.png b/getting_started/media/getting_started01.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0633f88927..0000000000 Binary files a/getting_started/media/getting_started01.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/getting_started/media/getting_started02.png b/getting_started/media/getting_started02.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3aea9f7ba7..0000000000 Binary files a/getting_started/media/getting_started02.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/getting_started/media/getting_started03.png b/getting_started/media/getting_started03.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7389063a27..0000000000 Binary files a/getting_started/media/getting_started03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/getting_started/media/getting_started04.png b/getting_started/media/getting_started04.png deleted file mode 100644 index ee57932061..0000000000 Binary files a/getting_started/media/getting_started04.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/getting_started/media/getting_started05.png b/getting_started/media/getting_started05.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8c0e24aaa8..0000000000 Binary files a/getting_started/media/getting_started05.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/getting_started/media/getting_started06.png b/getting_started/media/getting_started06.png deleted file mode 100644 index d76933ece3..0000000000 Binary files a/getting_started/media/getting_started06.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/getting_started/media/getting_started07.png b/getting_started/media/getting_started07.png deleted file mode 100644 index 956380a366..0000000000 Binary files a/getting_started/media/getting_started07.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/getting_started/media/getting_started08.png b/getting_started/media/getting_started08.png deleted file mode 100644 index d854d62a44..0000000000 Binary files a/getting_started/media/getting_started08.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/getting_started/media/getting_started09.png b/getting_started/media/getting_started09.png deleted file mode 100644 index d7a110dbfc..0000000000 Binary files a/getting_started/media/getting_started09.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/getting_started/media/getting_started10.png b/getting_started/media/getting_started10.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4a3ec7fa12..0000000000 Binary files a/getting_started/media/getting_started10.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/getting_started/media/getting_started11.png b/getting_started/media/getting_started11.png deleted file mode 100644 index 48c8501949..0000000000 Binary files a/getting_started/media/getting_started11.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/getting_started/media/getting_started12.png b/getting_started/media/getting_started12.png deleted file mode 100644 index b6f7322010..0000000000 Binary files a/getting_started/media/getting_started12.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/getting_started/media/getting_started13.png b/getting_started/media/getting_started13.png deleted file mode 100644 index 446825c570..0000000000 Binary files a/getting_started/media/getting_started13.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst b/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst index 97a0ebe3f6..3abf27940d 100644 --- a/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst +++ b/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst @@ -26,13 +26,13 @@ scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**. is a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner with the smartphone and work in the - warehouse with always the possibility to check your smartphone + warehouse with the possibility to check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'. - For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. - It consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. + It consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can turn out to be a very productive solution, however - you need to make sure that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. + you need to make sure that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market, it is diff --git a/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst b/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst index 640071f5a6..b725dfd342 100644 --- a/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst +++ b/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Configuring drop-shipping .. image:: media/dropshipping03.png :align: center -How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers +How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers ================================================================= - Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your diff --git a/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst b/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst index f56fefbb54..438a981148 100644 --- a/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst +++ b/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ numbers of security days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to keep your commitment. -To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings` and +To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings` and click on **Configure your company data**. .. image:: media/scheduled_dates04.png diff --git a/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst b/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst index 42ead5e17c..50fd3a5c14 100644 --- a/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst +++ b/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ numbers. :align: center If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those -will appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you +will appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are moving those serial numbers. .. image:: media/serial_numbers05.png @@ -126,4 +126,4 @@ You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button : .. seealso:: * :doc:`differences` - * :doc:`lots` \ No newline at end of file + * :doc:`lots` diff --git a/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst b/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst index 692313026d..ea7863be67 100644 --- a/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst +++ b/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst @@ -43,14 +43,14 @@ In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item. :align: center Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of -action possibles : +action possible : - Move from another location rules - Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing - orders. + orders -- Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders. +- Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders .. note:: The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to @@ -74,4 +74,4 @@ action possibles : .. seealso:: * :doc:`push_rule` * :doc:`inter_warehouse` - * :doc:`cross_dock` \ No newline at end of file + * :doc:`cross_dock` diff --git a/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst b/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst index 21638787ec..5ea5008c66 100644 --- a/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst +++ b/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ meet the forecast demand and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem with push inventory control systems is -that if too much product is left in inventory. This increases the +that if too much product is left in inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the inability to meet @@ -82,4 +82,4 @@ be moved to the main stock. .. seealso:: * :doc:`procurement_rule` * :doc:`inter_warehouse` - * :doc:`cross_dock` \ No newline at end of file + * :doc:`cross_dock` diff --git a/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst b/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst index a723463567..8e4ea3d123 100644 --- a/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst +++ b/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to .. image:: media/landed_costs03.png :align: center -.. note:: +.. note:: Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured on the product category. diff --git a/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst b/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst index 6f7fb508bb..b5a909df56 100644 --- a/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst +++ b/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers - **Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO - removal strategym goods are picked for delivery orders using this date. + removal strategy goods are picked for delivery orders using this date. - **Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the goods with this serial/lot number. diff --git a/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst b/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst index ce31e7f6e6..7390d2db6e 100644 --- a/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst +++ b/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Overview In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary. For example, if you buy products in a country where the -metric system is of application and sell the in a country where the +metric system is of application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, you will need to convert the units. You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on **Apply**. Setting up units on your products ================================= -In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which you would like to +In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on **Edit**. In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product @@ -126,4 +126,4 @@ converted automatically : - When should you use packages, units of measure or kits? -.. |edit| image:: ./media/uom07.png \ No newline at end of file +.. |edit| image:: ./media/uom07.png diff --git a/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst b/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst index 583a75cc6a..989fc679ca 100644 --- a/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst +++ b/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst @@ -69,4 +69,3 @@ When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a .. seealso:: * :doc:`../../overview/start/setup` * :doc:`uom` - * :doc:`packages` diff --git a/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst b/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst index 8136671fc0..307e8b9a34 100644 --- a/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst +++ b/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst @@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale order and proceed to deliver the product. -The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is -validated. +The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is +validated, you can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order. .. image:: media/invoicing02.png :align: center diff --git a/inventory/shipping/operation/media/invoicing02.png b/inventory/shipping/operation/media/invoicing02.png index 6fc748ac79..3cff604037 100644 Binary files a/inventory/shipping/operation/media/invoicing02.png and b/inventory/shipping/operation/media/invoicing02.png differ diff --git a/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst b/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst index 20f2d0052a..a86610e766 100644 --- a/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst +++ b/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst @@ -19,12 +19,4 @@ You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML Express A Getting SiteID and Password for United States ============================================== -You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access. - -In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as given in the demo data: - -- **SiteID**: CustomerTest - -- **Password**: alkd89nBV - -- **DHL Account Number**: 803921577 \ No newline at end of file +You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/legal.rst b/legal.rst index 51c2b1b8fd..12aa5f2dad 100644 --- a/legal.rst +++ b/legal.rst @@ -46,10 +46,6 @@ Terms and Conditions :alt: View Terms of Sale :target: legal/terms/terms_of_sale.html -.. |view_terms_odoosh| image:: _static/banners/txt.svg - :alt: View Odoo.sh Terms - :target: legal/terms/odoo_sh_terms.html - .. |download_terms_of_sale_en| image:: _static/banners/pdf.svg :alt: Download Odoo Terms of Sale :target: terms_of_sale.pdf @@ -66,6 +62,10 @@ Terms and Conditions :alt: Download Odoo Partnership Agreement (FR) :target: odoo_partnership_agreement_fr.pdf +.. |view_enterprise_nl| image:: _static/banners/txt.svg + :alt: View Odoo Enterprise Agreement (NL) + :target: legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.html + .. |view_partnership_fr| image:: _static/banners/txt.svg :alt: View Odoo Partnership Agreement (FR) :target: legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.html @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Terms and Conditions .. |view_enterprise_es| image:: _static/banners/txt.svg :alt: View Odoo Partnership Agreement (ES) - :target: legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.html + :target: legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.html .. |download_partnership_es| image:: _static/banners/pdf.svg :alt: Download Odoo Partnership Agreement (ES) @@ -118,25 +118,31 @@ Terms and Conditions :alt: View Odoo Partnership Agreement (ES) :target: legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.html - -+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | **English** | Français | Nederlands | Deutsch | Español | -+=============================+=======================================================================+========================================================================+=======================================================================+=======================================================================+=======================================================================+ -| Odoo Enterprise Agreement | |view_enterprise_en| |download_enterprise_en| | |view_enterprise_fr| |download_enterprise_fr| | (Coming soon) | |view_enterprise_de| |download_enterprise_de| | (Coming soon) | -+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| Odoo Partnership Agreement | |view_partnership_en| |download_partnership_en| | |view_partnership_fr| |download_partnership_fr| | (Coming soon) | (Coming soon) | |view_partnership_es| |download_partnership_es| | -+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| Odoo.sh Terms of Use | |view_terms_odoosh| | | | | | -+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| Terms of Sale | |view_terms_of_sale_en| |download_terms_of_sale_en| | |view_terms_of_sale_fr| |download_terms_of_sale_fr| | | | | -+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ - +.. |missing_pdf| image:: _static/banners/pdf_missing.svg + :alt: Document not available yet + +.. |missing_txt| image:: _static/banners/txt_missing.svg + :alt: Document not available yet + ++--------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| | **English** | Français | Nederlands | Deutsch | Español | ++====================================================================+=======================================================================+========================================================================+=======================================================================+=======================================================================+=======================================================================+ +| Odoo Enterprise Agreement [#ltoe1]_ | |view_enterprise_en| |download_enterprise_en| | |view_enterprise_fr| |download_enterprise_fr| | |missing_txt| |missing_pdf| | |missing_txt| |missing_pdf| | |missing_txt| |missing_pdf| | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| Odoo Partnership Agreement | |view_partnership_en| |download_partnership_en| | |view_partnership_fr| |download_partnership_fr| | |missing_txt| |missing_pdf| | |missing_txt| |missing_pdf| | |missing_txt| |missing_pdf| | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| Terms of Sale | |view_terms_of_sale_en| |download_terms_of_sale_en| | |view_terms_of_sale_fr| |download_terms_of_sale_fr| | | | | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| Archive of older agreements: `Archive `_ | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| .. [#ltoe1] Applies to self-hosting, Odoo.SH and Odoo Cloud | ++---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ Other legal references ====================== -- `Odoo Online Service Level Agreement `_ -- `Odoo Online Acceptable Use Policy `_ +- `Odoo Cloud Service Level Agreement (SLA) `_ +- `Odoo Cloud Acceptable Use Policy `_ +- `Odoo SA's Privacy Policy `_ +- `Odoo SA's GDPR Compliance Guide `_ - :ref:`cla` - -.. - :ref:`privacy_policy` TODO! diff --git a/legal/coc.rst b/legal/coc.rst index b196477387..964214d88c 100644 --- a/legal/coc.rst +++ b/legal/coc.rst @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +:orphan: + .. _list_code_of_conduct: ==================================== diff --git a/legal/licenses/licenses.rst b/legal/licenses/licenses.rst index e6cfe79a42..85ec31759b 100644 --- a/legal/licenses/licenses.rst +++ b/legal/licenses/licenses.rst @@ -7,10 +7,10 @@ Licenses .. _odoo_community_license: -Odoo 11 Community Edition +Odoo 12 Community Edition ========================= -Odoo 11 Community Edition is licensed under +Odoo 12 Community Edition is licensed under `LGPL version 3 `_ (also known as LGPLv3). See also the `GPL FAQ `_ and the `compatibility matrix `_. @@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ See also the `GPL FAQ `_ and the .. _odoo_enterprise_license: -Odoo 11 Enterprise Edition +Odoo 12 Enterprise Edition ========================== -Odoo 11 Enterprise Edition is licensed under the Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0, +Odoo 12 Enterprise Edition is licensed under the Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0, defined as follows: .. use to avoid default 
     styling
@@ -84,6 +84,14 @@ DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 
     
 
+.. _odoo_11_license:
+
+Odoo 11
+=======
+
+The licenses for both editions of Odoo 11 were respectively the same as for
+:ref:`odoo_community_license` and :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`.
+
 .. _odoo_10_license:
 
 Odoo 10
diff --git a/legal/terms.rst b/legal/terms.rst
index 115ead952f..9555d6b57f 100644
--- a/legal/terms.rst
+++ b/legal/terms.rst
@@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ Terms and Conditions
 .. toctree::
     :titlesonly:
 
-    terms/online
     terms/odoo_sh_terms
     terms/enterprise
     terms/partnership
diff --git a/legal/terms/enterprise.rst b/legal/terms/enterprise.rst
index f101f9c420..ca4547f4b7 100644
--- a/legal/terms/enterprise.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/enterprise.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+:classes: text-justify
 
 .. _enterprise_agreement:
 
@@ -5,15 +6,23 @@
 Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement
 ======================================
 
-.. note:: Version 7.1 - 2018-03-16
+.. note:: Version 9c - 2020-06-15
 
 .. v6: add "App" definition + update pricing per-App
 .. v7: remove possibility of price change at renewal after prior notice
 .. 7.1: specify that 7% renewal increase applies to all charges, not just per-User.
+.. v8.0: adapt for "Self-Hosting" + "Data Protection" for GDPR
+.. v8a: minor wording changes, tuned User definition, + copyright guarantee
+.. v9.0: add "Working with an Odoo Partner" + Maintenance of [Covered] Extra Modules + simplifications
+.. v9a: clarification wrt second-level assistance for standard features
+.. v9b: clarification that maintenance is opt-out + name of `cloc` command
+.. v9c: minor wording changes, tuned User definition, + copyright guarantee (re-application of v8a changes
+        on all branches)
 
 By subscribing to the Odoo Enterprise services (the "Services") provided by Odoo SA and its
-affiliates (collectively, "Odoo SA") in relation with Odoo Enterprise Edition or
-Odoo Community Edition (the "Software"), you (the "Customer") are agreeing to be bound by the
+affiliates (collectively, "Odoo SA") in relation with Odoo Enterprise Edition or Odoo Community
+Edition (the "Software"), hosted on Odoo SA's Cloud platforms (the "Cloud Platform") or
+on-premises ("Self-Hosting"), you (the "Customer") are agreeing to be bound by the
 following terms and conditions (the "Agreement").
 
 .. _term:
@@ -21,10 +30,10 @@ following terms and conditions (the "Agreement").
 1 Term of the Agreement
 =======================
 
-The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be minimally one year and as specified in writing
-at the signature of this Agreement, beginning on the date of the signature.
+The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be specified in writing on conclusion of this
+Agreement, beginning on the date of conclusion.
 It is automatically renewed for an equal Term, unless either party provides a written notice of
-termination minimum 30 days before the end of the Term by registered mail to the other party.
+termination minimum 30 days before the end of the Term to the other party.
 
 .. _definitions:
 
@@ -32,37 +41,54 @@ termination minimum 30 days before the end of the Term by registered mail to the
 =============
 
 User
-    Any active user account with access to the Software in creation and/or edition mode.
+    Any user account indicated as active in the Software, with access to creation and/or edition mode.
     Deactivated user accounts and accounts used by external people (or systems) who only have
     limited access to the Software through the portal facilities (known as "portal Users") are not
     counted as Users.
 
 App
     An "App" is a specialized group of features available for installation in the Software,
-    and listed in the public Pricing section of `Odoo SA's website `_ at the
-    signature of this Agreement.
+    and listed in the public Pricing section of `Odoo SA's website `_.
+
+Odoo Partner
+    An Odoo Partner is a third-party company or individual, chosen by the Customer, and working
+    with the Customer for their Odoo related services. The Customer can decide at any time to work
+    with a different Odoo Partner, or to work with Odoo SA directly (subject to prior notice).
+
+Extra Module
+    An extra module is a directory of source code files, or a set of Python-based customizations
+    created in a database (e.g. with Odoo Studio), that adds features or changes the standard
+    behavior of the Software. It may have been developed by the Customer, by Odoo SA, by an Odoo
+    Partner on behalf of the Customer, or by third parties.
+
+Covered Extra Module
+    A Covered Extra Module is an Extra Module for which the Customer chooses to pay a maintenance
+    fee in order to get support, upgrade and bug fixing services.
 
 Bug
-    Is considered a Bug any failure of the Software that results in a complete stop, error
-    traceback or security breach, and is not directly caused by a defective installation or
-    configuration. Non-compliance with specifications or requirements will be considered as Bugs at
+    Is considered a Bug any failure of the Software or of a Covered Extra Module that results in
+    a complete stop, error traceback or security breach, and is not directly caused by a defective
+    installation or configuration.
+    Non-compliance with specifications or requirements will be considered as Bugs at
     the discretion of Odoo SA (typically, when the Software does not produce the results or
     performance it was designed to produce, or when a country-specific feature does not meet legal
     accounting requirements anymore).
 
 Covered Versions
-    All Services provided under this Agreement are applicable only to the Covered Versions of
-    the Software, which include the 3 (three) most recently released major versions.
-
-    To be covered by the current Agreement, Customer’s installations have to run the most recent
-    Covered Version at the time of this Agreement’s signature. When this is not the case,
-    additional costs are applicable, as described in :ref:`charges`.
+    Unless specified otherwise, the Services provided under this Agreement are applicable only
+    to the Covered Versions of the Software, which include the 3 most recently released major
+    versions.
 
 
 .. _enterprise_access:
 
-3 Access to Odoo Enterprise Edition
-===================================
+3 Access to the Software
+========================
+
+The Customer can use the Software hosted on the Cloud Platform, or choose the Self-Hosting option.
+The Cloud Platform is hosted and fully managed by Odoo SA, and accessed remotely by the Customer.
+With the Self-Hosting option, the Customer instead hosts the Software on computer systems of their
+choice, that are not under the control of Odoo SA.
 
 For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA gives the Customer a non-exclusive, non-transferable
 license to use (execute, modify, execute after modification) the Odoo Enterprise Edition software,
@@ -71,14 +97,14 @@ under the terms set forth in :ref:`appendix_a`.
 The Customer agrees to take all necessary measures to guarantee the unmodified execution of
 the part of the Software that verifies the validity of the Odoo Enterprise Edition usage and
 collects statistics for that purpose, including but not limited to the running of an instance,
-the number of Users and installed Apps.
+the number of Users, the installed Apps, and the number of lines of code of Covered Extra Modules.
 
 Odoo SA commits not to disclose individual or named figures to third parties without the consent
 of the Customer, and to deal with all collected data in compliance with its official Privacy
 Policy, published at https://www.odoo.com/privacy.
 
 Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, this license is revoked immediately and the
-Customer agrees to stop using the Odoo Enterprise Edition software.
+Customer agrees to stop using the Odoo Enterprise Edition software and the Cloud Platform.
 
 Should the Customer breach the terms of this section, the Customer agrees to pay Odoo SA an extra
 fee equal to 300% of the applicable list price for the actual number of Users and installed Apps.
@@ -86,40 +112,44 @@ fee equal to 300% of the applicable list price for the actual number of Users an
 
 .. _services:
 
-4 Included Services
-===================
+4 Services
+==========
+
+.. _bugfix:
 
 4.1 Bug Fixing Service
 ----------------------
 
 For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to making all reasonable efforts to remedy any
-Bug of the Software submitted by the Customer through the appropriate channel (typically, Odoo SA's
-service desk email address or website form), and to start handling such Customer submissions
-within 2 business days.
-
-The Customer understands that Bugs caused by a modification or extension that is not part of the
-official Software will not be covered by this service.
+Bug of the Software and Covered Extra Modules submitted by the Customer through the appropriate
+channel (typically, the web form or phone numbers listed on `odoo.com/help `_,
+or when working with an Odoo Partner, the channel provided by the partner), and to start handling
+such Customer submissions within 2 business days.
 
 As soon as the Bug is fixed an appropriate remedy will be communicated to the Customer.
-If the bug has been addressed in a more recent revision of the Covered Version of the
-Software used by the Customer, the Customer agrees to update its systems to that revision in order
-to obtain the correction. The Customer will not be asked to upgrade to a more recent Covered
-Version of the Software as a remedy to a Bug.
+If the Customer is using a Covered Version, they will not be asked to upgrade to a more recent
+Covered Version of the Software as a remedy to a Bug.
 
 When a Bug is fixed in any Covered Version, Odoo SA commits to fixing the Bug in all more recent
 Covered Versions of the Software.
 
 Both parties acknowledge that as specified in the license of the Software and in the :ref:`liability`
-section of this Agreement, Odoo SA cannot be held liable for Bugs in the Software.
+section of this Agreement, Odoo SA cannot be held liable for Bugs in the Software
+or in Covered Extra Modules.
 
 
-4.2 Security Advisories Service
--------------------------------
+4.2 Security Updates Service
+----------------------------
+
+.. _secu_self_hosting:
+
+Self-Hosting
+++++++++++++
 
 For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to sending a "Security Advisory" to the Customer
-for any security Bug that are discovered in the Covered Versions of the Software, at least 2 weeks
-before making the Security Advisory public, unless the Bug has already been disclosed publicly by a
-third party.
+for any security Bug that is discovered in the Covered Versions of the Software (this excludes Extra
+Modules), at least 2 weeks before making the Security Advisory public, unless the Bug has already
+been disclosed publicly by a third party.
 Security Advisories include a complete description of the Bug, its cause, its possible impacts
 on the Customer's systems, and the corresponding remedy for each Covered Version.
 
@@ -127,6 +157,16 @@ The Customer understands that the Bug and the information in the Security Adviso
 as Confidential Information as described in :ref:`confidentiality` during the embargo period prior to
 the public disclosure.
 
+.. _secu_cloud_platform:
+
+Cloud Platform
+++++++++++++++
+
+Odoo SA commits to apply the security remedies for any security Bug discovered in a version of
+the Software hosted on the Cloud Platform, on all systems under its control, as soon as
+the remedy is available, without requiring any manual action of the Customer.
+
+
 .. _upgrade:
 
 4.3 Upgrade Services
@@ -139,43 +179,88 @@ Upgrade Service for the Software
 
 For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer can submit upgrade requests through the appropriate
 channel (typically Odoo SA's upgrade service website), in order to convert a database of the Software
-from one Covered Version of the Software to a more recent Covered Version (the "Target Version").
+from any version of the Software to a more recent Covered Version (the "Target Version").
 
-Upgrade requests must include a complete backup copy of the Customer's database and the
-associated data (typically obtained from the Backup menu of the Software). Where necessary for data
-security or regulation reasons, the Upgrade Service includes an optional tool to anonymize
-identifiable data inside a database before submitting the upgrade request, and a tool to restore
-the anonymized data after the upgrade.
+For the Cloud Platform, upgrade requests are submitted directly from the control panel of the
+Cloud Platform, and do not require any data upload. For Self-Hosting,
+upgrade requests must include a copy of the Customer's database and the
+associated data (typically obtained from the Backup menu of the Software).
 
 This service provided through an automated platform in order to allow the Customer to perform
 unattended upgrades once a previous version of the Customer's database has been successfully
 upgraded for a Covered Version.
-The Customer may submit successive upgrade requests for a database, and agrees to submit at least
-1 upgrade request for testing purposes before submitting the final upgrade request.
 
 The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of the Customer's database
-to make it compatible with the Target Version, and the correction of any Bug directly caused by the
-upgrade operation and not normally occurring in the Target Version.
+to make it compatible with the Target Version, the correction of any Bug directly caused by the
+upgrade operation and not normally occurring in the Target Version, and the conversion of the source
+code and data of Covered Extra Modules for the Target Version.
 
-It is the sole responsibility of the Customer to verify and validate the upgraded database in order
+It is the responsibility of the Customer to verify and validate the upgraded database in order
 to detect Bugs, to analyze the impact of changes and new features implemented in the Target Version,
 and to convert and adapt for the Target Version any third-party extensions of the Software that
-were installed in the database before the upgrade (except where applicable as foreseen in section
-:ref:`upgrade_extra`).
+were installed in the database before the upgrade (e.g. non-convered Extra Modules).
 The Customer may submit multiple upgrade requests for a database, until an acceptable result is
 achieved.
 
-.. _upgrade_extra:
+.. _cloud_hosting:
+
+4.4 Cloud Hosting Services
+--------------------------
+
+For the duration of this Agreement, when the Customer chooses to use the Cloud Platform,
+Odoo SA commits to providing at least the following services:
+
+- Choice of multiple hosting regions (minimum 3: Europe, America, Asia/Pacific)
+- Hosting in Tier-III data centers or equivalent, with 99.9% network uptime
+- Grade A SSL (HTTPS) Encryption of communication
+- Fully automated, verified backups, replicated in multiple regions
+- Disaster Recovery Plan, tested regularly
+
+The details of the Cloud Hosting Services are described on the Service Level Agreement page at
+https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla.
+
+
+.. _support_service:
+
+4.5 Support Services
+--------------------
+
+Scope
++++++
+
+For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer may open an unlimited number of support tickets
+free of charge, exclusively for questions regarding Bugs (see :ref:`bugfix`) or guidance
+with respect to the use of the standard features of the Software and Covered Extra Modules.
+
+Other assistance requests, such as questions related to development or customizations
+may be covered through the purchase of a separate service agreement.
+In case it’s not clear if a request is covered by this Agreement,
+the decision is at the discretion of Odoo SA.
+
+Availability
+++++++++++++
+
+Tickets can be submitted via the web form or phone numbers listed on `odoo.com/help `_,
+or when working with an Odoo Partner, the channel provided by the partner, subject to local
+opening hours.
+
+
+.. _maintenance_partner:
 
-Upgrade Service for third-party extensions
-++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+4.6 Working with an Odoo Partner
+--------------------------------
+
+For bug fixes, support and upgrade services, the Customer may either work with an Odoo Partner
+as the main point of contact, or work with Odoo SA directly.
+
+If the Customer decides to work with an Odoo Partner, Odoo SA will subcontract services related
+to the Covered Extra Modules to the Odoo Partner, who becomes the main point of contact of the
+customer. The Odoo Partner may contact Odoo SA on behalf of the customer for second-level assistance
+with regard to standard features of the Software.
+
+If the Customer decides to work with Odoo SA directly, services related to Covered Extra Modules
+are provided *if and only if* the Customer is hosted on the Odoo Cloud Platform.
 
-For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer may request optional upgrade services for
-third-party extension modules of the Software, in addition to the regular Upgrade Services.
-This optional service is subject to additional fees (as described in charges_) and includes the
-technical adaptation of third-party modules installed in the Customer's database and their
-corresponding data in order to be compatible with the Target Version. The Customer will receive an
-upgraded version of all installed third-party modules along with the upgraded database.
 
 .. _charges:
 
@@ -187,17 +272,25 @@ upgraded version of all installed third-party modules along with the upgraded da
 5.1 Standard charges
 --------------------
 
-The standard charges for the Odoo Enterprise subscription, the Bug Fixing Service, Security Advisories
-Service and the Upgrade Service are based on the number of Users, the installed
-Apps, the Software version used by the Customer, and specified in writing at the signature of the Agreement.
+The standard charges for the Odoo Enterprise subscription and the Services are based on the number
+of Users and the installed Apps used by the Customer, and specified in writing
+at the conclusion of the Agreement.
 
 When during the Term, the Customer has more Users or more installed Apps than specified at the time
-of signature of this Agreement, the Customer agrees to pay an extra fee equivalent to the applicable
+of conclusion of this Agreement, the Customer agrees to pay an extra fee equivalent to the applicable
 list price (at the beginning of the Term) for the additional Users or Apps, for the remainder of the Term.
 
-If at the time of the signature of this Agreement, the Customer uses a Covered Version
-that is not the most recent one, the standard charges may be increased by 50% for the duration
-of the first Term, at the sole discretion of Odoo SA, to cover the extra maintenance costs.
+In addition, services for Covered Extra Modules are charged based on the number of lines of code
+in these modules. When the Customer opts for the maintenance of Covered Extra Modules, the charge
+is a monthly fee of 16€ per 100 lines of code (rounded up to the next hundred), unless otherwise
+specified in writing at the conclusion of the Agreement. Lines of code will be counted with the ``cloc``
+command of the Software, and include all text lines in the source code of those modules, regardless
+of the programming language (Python, Javascript, XML, etc.), excluding blank lines, comment lines
+and files that are not loaded when installing or executing the Software.
+
+When the Customer requests an upgrade, for each Covered Extra Module that has not been covered by
+a maintenance fee for the last 12 months, Odoo SA may charge a one-time extra fee of 16€ per 100
+lines of code, for each missing month of coverage.
 
 .. _charges_renewal:
 
@@ -205,30 +298,12 @@ of the first Term, at the sole discretion of Odoo SA, to cover the extra mainten
 -------------------
 
 Upon renewal as covered in section :ref:`term`, if the charges applied during the previous Term
+(excluding any “Initial User Discounts”)
 are lower than the most current applicable list price, these charges will increase by up to 7%.
 
-
-.. _charges_thirdparty:
-
-5.3 Charges for Upgrade Services of third-party modules
--------------------------------------------------------
-
-.. FIXME: should we really fix the price in the contract?
-
-The additional charge for the Upgrade Service for third-party modules is EUR (€) 1000.00 (one
-thousand euros) per 1000 Lines of Code in the third-party modules, rounded up to the next thousand
-lines. Lines of Code include all text lines in the source code of those modules, regardless of the
-programming language (Python, Javascript, etc.) or data format (XML, CSV, etc.), excluding blank
-lines and comment lines.
-
-Odoo SA reserves the right to reject an upgrade request for third-party modules under the above
-conditions if the quality of the source code of those modules is too low, or if these modules
-constitute an interface with third-party software or systems. The upgrade of such modules will
-subject to a separate offer, outside of this Agreement.
-
 .. _taxes:
 
-5.4 Taxes
+5.3 Taxes
 ---------
 
 .. FIXME : extra section, not sure we need it?
@@ -247,23 +322,34 @@ is legally obliged to pay or collect Taxes for which the Customer is responsible
 6.1 Customer Obligations
 ------------------------
 
-.. FIXME: removed the clause about
-
 The Customer agrees to:
 
 - pay Odoo SA any applicable charges for the Services of the present Agreement, in accordance with
-  the payment conditions specified in the corresponding invoice ;
+  the payment conditions specified at the signature of this contract ;
 - immediately notify Odoo SA when their actual number of Users or their installed Apps exceed the
-  numbers specified at the signature of the Agreement, and in this event, pay the applicable
+  numbers specified at the conclusion of the Agreement, and in this event, pay the applicable
   additional fee as described in section :ref:`charges_standard`;
 - take all measures necessary to guarantee the unmodified execution of the part of the Software
   that verifies the validity of the Odoo Enterprise Edition usage, as described
   in :ref:`enterprise_access` ;
-- grant Odoo SA the necessary access to verify the validity of the Odoo Enterprise Edition usage
-  upon request (e.g. if the automatic validation is found to be inoperant for the Customer);
 - appoint 1 dedicated Customer contact person for the entire duration of the Agreement;
+- provide written notice to Odoo SA 30 days before changing their main point of contact to work
+  with another Odoo Partner, or to work with Odoo SA directly.
+
+When the Customer chooses to use the Cloud Platform, the Customer further agrees to:
+
+- take all reasonable measures to keep their user accounts secure, including by choosing
+  a strong password and not sharing it with anyone else;
+- make a reasonable use of the Hosting Services, to the exclusion of any illegal or abusive
+  activities, and strictly observe the rules outlined in the Acceptable Use Policy
+  published at https://www.odoo.com/acceptable-use.
+
+When the Customer chooses the Self-Hosting option, the Customer further agrees to:
+
 - take all reasonable measures to protect Customer’s files and databases and to ensure Customer’s
   data is safe and secure, acknowledging that Odoo SA cannot be held liable for any data loss;
+- grant Odoo SA the necessary access to verify the validity of the Odoo Enterprise Edition usage
+  upon request (e.g. if the automatic validation is found to be inoperant for the Customer);
 
 
 .. _no_soliciting:
@@ -312,9 +398,71 @@ The Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Part
 compelled by law to do so, provided the Receiving Party gives the Disclosing Party prior notice of
 the compelled disclosure, to the extent permitted by law.
 
+
+.. _data_protection:
+
+6.5 Data Protection
+-------------------
+
+Definitions
+    "Personal Data", "Controller", "Processing" take the same meanings as in the
+    Regulation (EU) 2016/679 and the Directive 2002/58/EC,
+    and any regulation or legislation that amends or replaces them
+    (hereafter referred to as “Data Protection Legislation”)
+
+Processing of Personal Data
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+The parties acknowledge that the Customer's database may contain Personal Data, for which the
+Customer is the Controller. This data will be processed by Odoo SA when the Customer instructs so,
+by using any of the Services that require a database (e.g. the Cloud Hosting Services or
+the Database Upgrade Service), or if the Customer transfers their database or a part of
+their database to Odoo SA for any reason pertaining to this Agreement.
+
+This processing will be performed in conformance with Data Protection Legislation.
+In particular, Odoo SA commits to:
+
+- (a) only process the Personal Data when and as instructed by the Customer, and for the purpose of
+  performing one of the Services under this Agreement, unless required by law to do so,
+  in which case Odoo SA will provide prior notice to the Customer, unless the law
+  forbids it ;
+- (b) ensure that all persons within Odoo SA authorised to process the Personal Data have committed
+  themselves to confidentiality ;
+- (c) implement and maintain appropriate technical and organizational measures to protect
+  the Personal Data against unauthorized or unlawful processing and against accidental loss,
+  destruction, damage, theft, alteration or disclosure ;
+- (d) forward promptly to the Customer any Data Protection request that was submitted
+  to Odoo SA with regard to the Customer's database ;
+- (e) notify the Customer promptly upon becoming aware of and confirming any accidental,
+  unauthorized, or unlawful processing of, disclosure of, or access to the Personal Data ;
+- (f) notify the Customer if the processing instructions infringe applicable Data Protection
+  Legislation, in the opinion of Odoo SA;
+- (g) make available to the Customer all information necessary to demonstrate compliance with the
+  Data Protection Legislation, allow for and contribute reasonably to audits, including
+  inspections, conducted or mandated by the Customer;
+- (h) permanently delete all copies of the Customer's database in possession of Odoo SA,
+  or return such data, at the Customer’s choice, upon termination of this Agreement,
+  subject to the delays specified in Odoo SA's
+  `Privacy Policy `_ ;
+
+With regard to points (d) to (f), the Customer agrees to provide Odoo SA with accurate contact
+information at all times, as necessary to notify the Customer's Data Protection responsible.
+
+Subprocessors
++++++++++++++
+
+The Customer acknowledges and agrees that in order to provide the Services, Odoo SA may use
+third-party service providers (Subprocessors) to process Personal Data. Odoo SA commits to only
+use Subprocessors in compliance with Data Protection Legislation. This use will be covered by a
+contract between Odoo SA and the Subprocessor that provides guarantees to that effect.
+Odoo SA's Privacy Policy, published at https://www.odoo.com/privacy provides up-to-date information
+regarding the names and purposes of Subprocessors currently in use by Odoo SA for the
+execution of the Services.
+
+
 .. _termination:
 
-6.5 Termination
+6.6 Termination
 ---------------
 
 In the event that either Party fails to fulfill any of its obligations arising herein, and if such
@@ -322,7 +470,8 @@ breach has not been remedied within 30 calendar days from the written notice of
 breach, this Agreement may be terminated immediately by the non-breaching Party.
 
 Further, Odoo SA may terminate the Agreement immediately in the event the Customer fails to pay
-the applicable fees for the Services within the due date specified on the corresponding invoice.
+the applicable fees for the Services within 21 days following the due date specified on the
+corresponding invoice, and after minimum 3 reminders.
 
 Surviving Provisions:
   The sections ":ref:`confidentiality`”, “:ref:`disclaimers`”,
@@ -342,18 +491,26 @@ Surviving Provisions:
 
 .. industry-standard warranties regarding our Services while Agreement in effect
 
+Odoo SA owns the copyright or an equivalent [#cla1]_ on 100% of the code of the Software, and confirms
+that all the software libraries required to use the Software are available under a licence compatible
+with the licence of the Software.
+
 For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to using commercially reasonable efforts to
 execute the Services in accordance with the generally accepted industry standards provided that:
 
-- the Customer’s computing systems are in good operational order and the Software is installed in a
-  suitable operating environment;
-- the Customer provides adequate troubleshooting information and access so that Odoo SA can
-  identify, reproduce and address problems;
+- the Customer’s computing systems are in good operational order and, for Self-Hosting, that
+  the Software is installed in a suitable operating environment;
+- the Customer provides adequate troubleshooting information and, for Self-Hosting, any access
+  that Odoo SA may need to identify, reproduce and address problems;
 - all amounts due to Odoo SA have been paid.
 
 The Customer's sole and exclusive remedy and Odoo SA's only obligation for any breach of this warranty
 is for Odoo SA to resume the execution of the Services at no additional charge.
 
+
+.. [#cla1] External contributions are covered by a `Copyright License Agreement `_
+           that provides a permanent, free and irrevocable, copyright and patent licence to Odoo SA.
+
 .. _disclaimers:
 
 7.2 Disclaimers
@@ -392,7 +549,8 @@ or if a party or its affiliates' remedy otherwise fails of its essential purpose
 -----------------
 
 Neither party shall be liable to the other party for the delay in any performance or failure to
-render any performance under this Agreement when such failure or delay is caused by governmental
+render any performance under this Agreement when such failure or delay finds its cause in a
+case of *force majeure*, such as governmental
 regulations, fire, strike, war, flood, accident, epidemic, embargo, appropriation of plant or
 product in whole or in part by any government or public authority, or any other cause or causes,
 whether of like or different nature, beyond the reasonable control of such party as long as such
@@ -409,11 +567,10 @@ cause or causes exist.
 8.1 Governing Law
 -----------------
 
-Both parties agree that the laws of Belgium will apply, should any dispute arise out of or
-in connection with this Agreement, without regard to choice or conflict of law principles.
-To the extent that any lawsuit or court proceeding is permitted hereinabove, both
-parties agree to submit to the sole jurisdiction of the Nivelles (Belgium) court for the purpose of
-litigating all disputes.
+This Agreement and all Customer orders will be subject to Belgian law. Any dispute
+arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any Customer order will be subject to the
+exclusive jurisdiction of the Nivelles Business Court.
+
 
 .. _severability:
 
@@ -483,4 +640,4 @@ objectives.
     Title:
     Date:
 
-    Signature:
\ No newline at end of file
+    Signature:
diff --git a/legal/terms/enterprise_tex.rst b/legal/terms/enterprise_tex.rst
index a294dd3620..225258110e 100644
--- a/legal/terms/enterprise_tex.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/enterprise_tex.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+:orphan:
 
 .. toctree::
    :maxdepth: 4
diff --git a/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst b/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst
index b392764605..61dd46aff5 100644
--- a/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_de.rst
@@ -6,18 +6,21 @@ Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (DE)
 ===========================================
 
 .. warning::
-    This is a german translation of the “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement”.
-    This translation is provided in the hope that it will facilitate understanding, but it has
-    no legal value.
-    The only official reference of the terms of the “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement”
-    is the :ref:`original english version `.
+   Dies ist eine deutsche Übersetzung des "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement".
+   Diese Übersetzung soll das Verständnis erleichtern, hat aber keinen rechtlichen Wert.
+   Der einzige offizielle Verweis auf die Geschäftsbedingungen des „Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement“
+   ist :ref:`die englische Originalversion `.
 
-.. note:: Version 7.1 - 2018-03-16
+.. warning::
+    DIESE VERSION IST NICHT AKTUELL, FÜR DIE AKTUELLE VERSION SIEHE
+    :ref:`original english version `
 
 .. v6: add "App" definition + update pricing per-App
 .. v7: remove possibility of price change at renewal after prior notice
 .. 7.1: specify that 7% renewal increase applies to all charges, not just per-User.
 
+.. note:: Version 7.1 - 2018-03-16
+
 Durch das Abonnieren der von der Odoo SA und ihren Tochtergesellschaften (zusammen „Odoo SA“)
 hinsichtlich der Odoo Enterprise Edition oder der Odoo Community Edition (der „Software“)
 bereitgestellten Odoo Enterprise-Dienstleistungen (der „Dienste“) sind Sie (der „Kunde“)
@@ -138,7 +141,7 @@ für jede abgedeckte Version.
 
 Der Kunde versteht, dass der Fehler und die Informationen in der Sicherheitsmitteilung während
 der Sperrfrist vor der öffentlichen Bekanntgabe als vertrauliche Informationen behandelt
-werden müssen, die im Abschnitt :ref:'confidentiality_de' beschrieben werden.
+werden müssen, die im Abschnitt :ref:`confidentiality_de` beschrieben werden.
 
 .. _upgrade_de:
 
@@ -227,7 +230,7 @@ abzudecken.
 
 Bei einer Verlängerung gemäß Abschnitt :ref:`term_de` erhöhen sich die Gebühren um bis
 zu 7 %, wenn die in der vorherigen Laufzeit erhobenen Gebühren niedriger als der dann
-gültige Listenpreis pro Benutzer waren.
+gültige Listenpreis waren.
 
 .. _charges_thirdparty_de:
 
diff --git a/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst b/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst
index 4b55ea4083..2adf8448d1 100644
--- a/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_es.rst
@@ -5,4 +5,639 @@
 Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (ES)
 ===========================================
 
-.. todo
\ No newline at end of file
+.. warning::
+    Esta es una traducción al español del "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement".
+    Esta traducción se proporciona con la esperanza de que facilite la comprensión, pero no tiene valor legal.
+    La única referencia oficial de los términos y condiciones del
+    "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement" es :ref:`la versión original en
+    inglés `
+
+.. warning::
+    ESTA VERSIÓN NO ESTÁ ACTUALIZADA. PARA LA ÚLTIMA VERSIÓN POR FAVOR VEA
+    :ref:`LA VERSIÓN ORIGINAL EN INGLÉS `
+
+.. note:: Version 8.0 - 2018-05-22
+
+Al suscribirse a los servicios de Odoo Enterprise proporcionados por
+Odoo SA y sus afiliados (colectivamente “Odoo SA”) en relación a Odoo Enterprise
+Edition u Odoo Community Edition, alojados en las plataformas *Cloud
+Hosting* (la nube de Odoo) o en las instalaciones *On Premise*
+("Self-Hosting"), usted (el "Cliente") acepta regirse por lo siguientes términos y condiciones:
+
+.. _term_es:
+
+1 Términos de duración del acuerdo
+==================================
+
+La duración de este Acuerdo se especifica por escrito en el acuerdo
+entre las partes. Odoo acepta contratos mensuales o anuales. Los
+contratos de la licencia, llámese uso de Aplicaciones y de Usuarios, se
+renueva automáticamente por un término igual al contrato inicial a menos
+que cualquiera de las partes proporcione un aviso de terminación por
+escrito con un mínimo de 30 días antes de la fecha de finalización del
+acuerdo.
+
+.. _definitions_es:
+
+2 Definiciones
+==============
+
+Usuario
+    Cualquier cuenta de usuario activa con acceso al Software en
+    modo de creación y / o edición. Las cuentas de usuario desactivadas y las cuentas utilizadas
+    por personas (o sistemas) externos que solo tienen acceso limitado al Software a través del
+    portal de usuario no son considerados *Usuarios.*
+
+Aplicación
+    Una "Aplicación" es un grupo especializado de funciones
+    disponibles para la instalación en el Software, y listados en la sección de precios públicos
+    del `sitio web de Odoo SA `__
+
+Error/Bug
+    Se considera un error cualquier falla del Software que
+    resulte en una detención completa, un rastreo de errores o una violación de la seguridad,
+    y no es causada directamente por una instalación o configuración defectuosa.
+    El incumplimiento de algunas especificaciones o requisitos será considerado como error a
+    discreción del Odoo SA (Por ejemplo, cuando el Software no cumple con el comportamiento ni
+    los resultados para el cual fue diseñado, o cuando una característica específica del país
+    ya no cumple con los requisitos legales de contabilidad).
+
+Versiones Cubiertas
+    A menos que se especifique lo contrario, los
+    servicios que se ofrecen bajo este acuerdo son aplicables hasta las 3 versiones más recientes,
+    inclusive.
+
+    Para estar cubierto por el presente Contrato, el Cliente debe utilizar la versión más reciente
+    del software en el momento que se acuerda este contrato. De no ser el caso, se pueden realizar
+    cargos adicionales, como se describe en el apartado número :ref:`charges_es`
+
+    .. _enterprise_access_es:
+
+3 Acceso al Software
+====================
+
+El cliente puede utilizar el software alojado en la plataforma en la
+nube, o elegir la opción de instalarlo en servidores propios. La
+plataforma en la nube está alojada y totalmente administrada por Odoo SA y se accede de forma
+remota por el cliente. Con la opción de self/hosting o alojado en servidores propios, el cliente
+en su lugar aloja el software en sistemas informáticos de su elección, que no están bajo el control
+de Odoo SA.
+
+Durante la vigencia de este Acuerdo, Odoo SA otorga al Cliente una
+licencia no exclusiva e intransferible para usar (ejecutar, modificar, ejecutar después de la
+modificación) las opciones adquiridas del software, según los términos establecidos en el
+:ref:`appendix_a_es`.
+
+El Cliente acuerda tomar todas las medidas necesarias para garantizar la ejecución y verificación
+de la parte del Software que se encuentra instalada o descargada tanto la verificación del uso de
+Odoo Enterprise Edition, incluyendo pero no limitado a la ejecución de su instancia, el número de
+usuarios activos/instalados y las aplicaciones instaladas.
+
+Odoo SA se compromete a no divulgar figuras individuales o nombradas a terceros sin el
+consentimiento del Cliente, y tratar con todos los datos recopilados de conformidad con su
+Política de Privacidad oficial, publicado en `Odoo Privacy `__
+
+Al vencimiento o terminación de este Acuerdo, esta licencia se revoca
+inmediatamente y el cliente acepta dejar de usar el software Odoo
+Enterprise Edition y la plataforma en la nube.
+
+En caso de que el Cliente incumpla los términos de esta sección, el
+Cliente acepta pagar a Odoo SA una tarifa adicional igual a 300% del
+precio de lista aplicable para el número real de Usuarios y Aplicaciones
+instaladas.
+
+.. _services_es:
+
+4 Servicios
+===========
+
+.. _bugfix_es:
+
+4.1 Servicio de corrección de errores
+-------------------------------------
+
+Durante la vigencia de este Acuerdo, Odoo SA se compromete a hacer todos los esfuerzos razonables
+para remediar cualquier error del software enviado por el cliente a través del canal apropiado
+(dirección de correo electrónico de la mesa de servicio de Odoo SA o el formulario del sitio web
+`Odoo Help `__ y comenzar a analizar la resolución del error dentro de
+un tiempo estimado de 2 días hábiles.
+
+El cliente entiende que los errores causados por una modificación o
+extensión que sea parte del software oficial no será cubierto por este servicio de soporte.
+
+Tan pronto como se solucione el error, se comunicará al cliente.
+
+Para los clientes con alojamiento en la nube, si el error se ha
+solucionado en una revisión más reciente de la Versión Cubierta del
+Software utilizado por el cliente, el cliente acepta actualizar su
+sistema a esa revisión para obtener la corrección. No se le pedirá al
+cliente que actualice a la versión más reciente como solución.
+
+Cuando se corrige un error en cualquier Versión Cubierta, Odoo SA se
+compromete a solucionar el error en todas las Versiones Cubiertas
+recientes del software.
+
+Ambas partes reconocen que tal como se especifica en la licencia del
+Software y en la sección :ref:`liability_es`,
+Odoo SA no se hace responsable de los errores en el Software.
+
+4.2 Servicio de actualizaciones de seguridad
+--------------------------------------------
+
+.. _secu_self_hosting_es:
+
+Auto-alojamiento/Self-Hosting
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+Durante la vigencia de este Acuerdo, Odoo SA se compromete a enviar un "Aviso de Seguridad" al
+cliente para cualquier error de seguridad que se descubra en las Versiones Cubiertas del software,
+al menos 2 semanas antes de hacer público el Aviso de seguridad, a menos que el error ya haya sido
+divulgado públicamente por un tercero. Los avisos de seguridad incluyen una descripción completa
+del error, su causa, sus posibles impactos en los sistemas del cliente, y la solución
+correspondiente para cada Cobertura.
+
+El cliente entiende que el error y la información en el aviso de
+seguridad deben ser tratados como información confidencial como se
+describe en el apartado :ref:`confidentiality_es` durante el período de embargo anterior a la
+divulgación pública.
+
+Plataforma en la nube/Cloud Hosting
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+Odoo SA se compromete a aplicar las soluciones de seguridad para
+cualquier error de seguridad descubierto en una versión del software
+alojado en la plataforma de la nube, en todos los sistemas bajo su
+control, tan pronto como la solución esté disponible, sin requerir
+ninguna acción manual del cliente.
+
+.. _upgrade_es:
+
+4.3 Servicios de actualización
+------------------------------
+
+.. _upgrade_odoo_es:
+
+**Servicio de actualización para el software**
+
+Durante la vigencia de este Acuerdo, el Cliente puede enviar solicitudes de actualización a través
+del canal apropiado (normalmente, el sitio web del servicio de actualización de Odoo SA), para
+convertir una base de datos del software de una Versión Cubierta del software a una Versión
+Cubierta más reciente.
+
+Para la Plataforma en la nube, las solicitudes de actualización se
+envían directamente desde el panel de control de la Plataforma en la
+nube, y no requiere ninguna carga de datos. Para Auto-Hosting, las
+solicitudes de actualización deben incluir una copia de respaldo
+completa de la base de datos del Cliente y los datos asociados
+(generalmente obtenido en el menú de copia de seguridad del software).
+
+Este servicio se proporciona a través de una plataforma automatizada
+para permitir que el Cliente realice actualizaciones desatendidas una
+vez que una versión anterior de la base de datos del Cliente ha sido
+exitosamente actualizada para una Versión Cubierta. El Cliente puede
+presentar solicitudes de actualización sucesivas para una base de datos, y acepta enviar al menos
+1 solicitud de actualización para fines de prueba antes de enviar la solicitud de actualización final.
+
+El Servicio de actualización se limita a la conversión técnica y la
+adaptación de la base de datos para que sea compatible con la versión de destino y la corrección
+de cualquier error directamente causado por la operación de actualización y que normalmente no
+ocurre en la versión de ndestino.
+
+Es responsabilidad exclusiva del Cliente verificar y validar la base de datos actualizada para
+detectar errores, analizar el impacto de los cambios y las nuevas características implementadas
+en el versión de destino, y para convertir y adaptar a la versión de destino cualquier extensión
+de terceros que se haya instalado en la base de datos antes de la actualización (excepto cuando
+sea aplicable según lo previsto en la sección Servicio de actualización para extensiones de
+terceros). El cliente puede presentar múltiples solicitudes de actualización para una base de
+datos, hasta que se logre un resultado aceptable.
+
+.. _upgrade_extra_es:
+
+Servicio de actualización para extensiones de terceros
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+Durante la vigencia de este Acuerdo, el Cliente podrá solicitar
+servicios de actualización opcionales para módulos de extensión de
+terceros, además de los Servicios de actualización habituales. Esta
+servicio es opcional y está sujeto a tarifas adicionales (como se
+describe en el apartado :ref:`charges_es`) e incluye la adaptación técnica de módulos de terceros
+instalados en la base de datos del Cliente y sus datos correspondientes para ser compatibles con
+la versión de destino. El cliente recibirá una versión actualizada de todos los módulos de terceros
+instalados junto con la base de datos actualizada.
+
+.. _cloud_hosting_es:
+
+4.4 Servicios de alojamiento en la nube / Cloud Hosting
+-------------------------------------------------------
+
+Durante la vigencia de este Acuerdo, cuando el Cliente elija utilizar la
+Plataforma en la nube (Cloud Hosting), Odoo SA se compromete a proporcionar los
+siguientes servicios:
+
+-  Elección de múltiples regiones de alojamiento (mínimo 3: Europa,
+   América, Asia / Pacífico)
+-  Alojamiento en centros de datos de nivel III o equivalente, con un
+   99,9% de tiempo de actividad óptima de la red
+-  Cifrado de comunicación Grado A SSL (HTTPS)
+-  Copias de seguridad verificadas, completamente automatizadas,
+   replicadas en múltiples regiones
+-  Plan de recuperación de desastres, probado regularmente
+
+Los detalles de los servicios de alojamiento en la nube se describen en
+la página del Acuerdo de nivel de servicio:
+`Cloud SLA `__.
+
+.. _support_service_es:
+
+4.5 Servicios de soporte
+------------------------
+
+Alcance
++++++++
+
+Durante la vigencia de este Acuerdo, el Cliente puede abrir un número
+ilimitado de tickets de soporte en `Odoo SA `__,
+exclusivamente para preguntas relacionadas con errores (:ref:`bugfix_es`) u orientación con
+respecto al uso de las características estándar del Software y los Servicios (funcionalidades,
+uso previsto, configuración, solución de problemas).
+
+Se pueden cubrir otras solicitudes de asistencia, como preguntas
+relacionadas con desarrollos, personalizaciones, instalación de
+Auto-Hosting o servicios que requieren acceso a la base de datos del
+Cliente a través de la compra de un Service Pack o Paquete de
+Implementación. En caso de que no quede claro si una solicitud está
+cubierta por este Acuerdo o un Service Pack, la decisión es a discreción de la disponibilidad de
+Odoo SA.
+
+.. _charges_es:
+
+5 Cargos y Cuotas
+=================
+
+.. _charges_standard_es:
+
+5.1 Cargos estándares
+---------------------
+
+Los cargos estándares para la suscripción de Odoo Enterprise y los
+Servicios se basan en el número de Usuarios y las Aplicaciones
+instaladas, en la versión de software utilizada por el cliente.
+
+Cuando durante el plazo de uso del sistema, el Cliente tiene más
+Usuarios o más Aplicaciones instaladas que las especificadas en el
+momento de la celebración de este Acuerdo, el Cliente acepta pagar la
+tarifa adicional equivalente al precio de lista aplicable según el
+servicio que tenga instalado, para los Usuarios o Aplicaciones
+adicionales, para el resto del plazo.
+
+Si en el momento de la conclusión de este Acuerdo, el Cliente utiliza
+una Versión Cubierta que no es la más reciente, los cargos estándares
+pueden incrementarse en un 50% durante la duración del primer plazo, a discreción exclusiva de
+Odoo SA, para cubrir los costos de mantenimiento adicionales.
+
+.. _charges_renewal_es:
+
+5.2 Cargos de renovación
+------------------------
+
+En el momento de la renovación, tal como se describe en la sección :ref:`term_es`,
+si los cargos aplicados durante los términos
+anteriores son más bajos que el precio de lista aplicable más actual,
+estos cargos pueden aumentar hasta un 7%.
+
+.. _charges_thirdparty_es:
+
+5.3 Cargos por servicios de actualización de módulos de terceros
+----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+El cargo adicional por el Servicio de actualización para módulos de
+terceros es de EUR (€) 1000.00 (mil euros) por 1000 líneas de código en los módulos de terceros,
+redondeados a las siguientes mil líneas. Las líneas de código incluyen todas las líneas de texto
+en el código fuente de esos módulos, independientemente del lenguaje de programación
+(Python, Javascript, etc.) o el formato de datos (XML, CSV, etc.), excluyendo líneas en blanco y
+líneas de comentarios.
+
+Odoo SA se reserva el derecho de rechazar una solicitud de actualización para módulos de terceros
+en virtud de lo anterior si la calidad del código fuente de esos módulos es demasiado baja,
+o si estos módulos constituyen una interfaz con software o sistemas de terceros.
+La actualización de dichos módulos puede ser sujeta a una oferta por separado, fuera de este Acuerdo.
+
+.. _taxes_es:
+
+5.4 Impuestos
+-------------
+
+Todos los aranceles y cargos son exclusivos de todos los impuestos,
+aranceles o cargos federales, provinciales, estatales, locales u otros
+gubernamentales aplicables (colectivamente, “Impuestos”). El cliente es
+responsable de pagar todos los Impuestos asociados con las compras
+realizadas por el Cliente en virtud de este Acuerdo, excepto cuando Odoo
+SA está legalmente obligado a pagar o cobrar impuestos de los cuales el
+cliente es responsable.
+
+.. _conditions_es:
+
+6 Condiciones de los servicios
+==============================
+
+6.1 Obligaciones del cliente
+----------------------------
+
+El Cliente se compromete a:
+
+- Pagar a Odoo SA cualquier cargo aplicable por los Servicios del
+  presente Acuerdo, según las condiciones de pago especificadas en la
+  factura correspondiente;
+
+- Notificar inmediatamente a Odoo SA cuando su número real de usarios
+  o aplicaciones instaladas exceda el número especificado al final
+  del Acuerdo y, en este caso, el pago de la tarifa adicional
+  aplicable como se describe en la sección :ref:`charges_standard_es`;
+
+- Tomar todas las medidas necesarias para garantizar la ejecución no
+  modificada de la parte del Software que verifica la validez del uso
+  de Odoo Enterprise Edition, como se describe en la sección :ref:`enterprise_access_es`;
+
+- Designar a 1 persona de contacto dedicada del Cliente durante toda la duración del Acuerdo;
+
+Cuando el Cliente elige usar la Plataforma en la nube, el Cliente
+acuerda además:
+
+- Tomar todas las medidas razonables para mantener sus cuentas de
+  Usuario seguras, incluso al elegir una contraseña segura y no
+  compartirla con nadie más;
+
+- Hacer uso razonable de los servicios de alojamiento, cone xclusiónde cualquier actividad ilegal
+  o actividades abusivas, y observar estrictamente las reglas descritas en la Política de uso
+  aceptable publicada en `acceptable use `__.
+
+Cuando el Cliente elige la opción de Auto-alojamiento, el Cliente acepta
+además:
+
+Tomar todas las medidas razonables para proteger los archivos y las
+bases de datos del Cliente y para garantizar que los datos del Cliente sean seguros y estén
+protegidos, reconociendo que Odoo SA no se hace responsable de ninguna pérdida de datos
+
+Otorgar a Odoo SA el acceso necesario para verificar la validez de la Edición Enterprise de Odoo
+uso a solicitud (por ejemplo, si la validación automática no es válida para el Cliente);
+
+6.2 No solicitar o contratar
+----------------------------
+Excepto cuando la otra parte dé su consentimiento por escrito, cada
+parte, sus afiliados y sus representantes acuerdan no solicitar u
+ofrecer empleo a ningún empleado de la otra parte que esté involucrada en la prestación o el uso
+de los Servicios en virtud de este Acuerdo, durante la vigencia del Acuerdo y por un período de
+12 meses a partir de la fecha de terminación o vencimiento de este Acuerdo. En caso de cualquier
+incumplimiento de las condiciones de esta sección que conduzca a la terminación de dicho empleado,
+la parte infractora acuerda pagar a la otra parte un importe de EUR (€) 30000 (treinta mil euros).
+
+.. _publicity_es:
+
+6.3 Publicidad
+--------------
+
+Excepto cuando se notifique lo contrario por escrito, cada parte otorga a la otra una licencia
+mundial no transferible, no exclusiva, sin regalías para reproducir y mostrar el nombre,
+los logotipos de la otra parte y marcas comerciales, con el único fin de referirse a la otra parte
+como cliente o proveedor, en sitios web, comunicados de prensa y otros materiales de marketing.
+
+.. _confidentiality_es:
+
+6.4 Confidencialidad
+--------------------
+
+Definición de "Información confidencial": Toda la información divulgada
+por una parte (la "Parte reveladora") a la otra parte (la "Parte
+receptora"), ya sea oralmente o por escrito, es decir, designado como
+confidencial o que razonablemente debe entenderse como confidencial dado
+la naturaleza de la información y las circunstancias de divulgación.
+
+En particular, cualquier información relacionada con los negocios,
+asuntos, productos, desarrollos, secretos comerciales, “know-how”, el
+personal, los clientes y los proveedores de cualquiera de las partes
+deben considerarse confidenciales.
+
+Para toda la Información confidencial recibida durante el Término de
+este Acuerdo, la parte receptora utilizará el mismo grado de atención
+que utiliza para proteger la confidencialidad de sus propios servicios
+similares.
+
+La parte receptora puede divulgar información confidencial de la parte
+reveladora en la medida en que sea obligado por ley, siempre que la
+Parte Receptora dé aviso previo a la Parte Divulgadora de la divulgación
+obligada, en la medida permitida por la ley.
+
+.. _data_protection_es:
+
+6.5 Protección de datos
+-----------------------
+
+Las definiciones de "Datos personales", "Controlador", "Procesamiento"
+toman los mismos significados que en el Reglamento (UE) 2016/679 y la
+Directiva 2002/58 / CE, y cualquier reglamento o legislación que los
+modifica o reemplaza (en lo sucesivo, "Legislación de protección de
+datos”)
+
+Procesamiento de datos personales
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+Las partes reconocen que la base de datos del Cliente puede contener
+datos personales, para los cuales el cliente es el controlador. Estos
+datos serán procesados por Odoo SA cuando el Cliente así lo indique,
+mediante el uso de cualquiera de los Servicios que requieren una base de
+datos (por ejemplo, los Servicios de hospedaje en la nube o el Servicio
+de actualización de la base de datos), o si el Cliente transfiere su
+base de datos o una parte de su base de datos a Odoo SA por cualquier
+motivo relacionado con este Acuerdo.
+
+Este procesamiento se realizará de conformidad con la legislación de
+protección de datos. En particular, Odoo SA se compromete a:
+
+- (a) Solo procesar los datos personales cuando y como lo indique el Cliente, y para elp ropósito
+  de realizar uno de los Servicios en virtud de este Acuerdo, a menos que sea requerido por la
+  ley, en cuyo caso, Odoo SA proporcionará un aviso previo al Cliente, a menos que la ley lo prohíba;
+- (b) garantizar que todas las personas dentro de Odoo SA” autorizadas para procesar los Datos
+  personales estén comprometidos con la confidencialidad;
+- (c) implementar y mantener medidas técnicas y organizativas adecuadas para proteger los datos
+  personales contra el procesamiento no autorizado o ilegal y contra la pérdida accidental,
+  destrucción, daño, robo, alteración o divulgación;
+- (d) enviará sin demora al Cliente cualquier solicitud de protección de datos que se haya enviado
+  a Odoo SA con respecto a la base de datos del Cliente;
+- (e) notificar al Cliente inmediatamente al momento de conocer y confirmar cualquier accidente,
+  el procesamiento no autorizado o ilegal de, la divulgación o el acceso a los datos personales;
+- (f) notificar al Cliente si las instrucciones de procesamiento infringen la Protección de datos
+  aplicables a la legislación, en opinión de Odoo SA;
+- (g) poner a disposición del Cliente toda la información necesaria para demostrar el cumplimiento
+  con la legislación de protección de datos, permitir y contribuir razonablemente
+  a las auditorías, incluidas las inspecciones, realizadas o exigidas por el Cliente;
+- (h) eliminar permanentemente todas las copias de la base de datos del Cliente en posesión de
+  Odoo SA, o devolver dichos datos, a elección del Cliente, a la terminación de este Acuerdo,
+  sujeto a los retrasos especificados en la Política de privacidad
+  de Odoo SA (`Privacy `__).
+
+Con respecto a los puntos (d) a (f), el Cliente acepta proporcionar a Odoo SA un contacto preciso
+para información en todo momento, según sea necesario para notificar al responsable de Protección
+de Datos del Cliente.
+
+Sub procesadores
+++++++++++++++++
+
+El Cliente reconoce y acepta que para proporcionar los Servicios, Odoo SA puede utilizar
+proveedores de servicios de terceros (sub procesadores) para procesar datos personales.
+Odoo SA se compromete a utilizar únicamente sub procesadores de conformidad con la legislación de
+protección de datos. Este uso será cubierto por un contrato entre Odoo SA y el Sub procesador
+que proporciona garantías al efecto.
+
+La Política de privacidad de Odoo SA, publicada en `Odoo Privacy `_
+proporciona información actualizada sobre los nombres y propósitos de los Sub procesadores
+actualmente en uso por Odoo SA para la ejecución de los Servicios.
+
+.. _termination_es:
+
+6.6 Terminación
+---------------
+
+En el caso de que cualquiera de las Partes incumpla alguna de las
+obligaciones que surgen en el presente documento, y si tal el
+incumplimiento no ha sido subsanado dentro de los 30 días de calendario posteriores
+a la notificación por escrito de dicho incumplimiento, este Acuerdo puede ser rescindido
+inmediatamente por la Parte que no incumple.
+
+Además, Odoo SA puede rescindir el Contrato inmediatamente en caso de que el Cliente incumpla
+con pagos de las tarifas aplicables a los
+Servicios dentro de la fecha de vencimiento especificada en el factura.
+
+Disposiciones supervivientes: Las secciones ":ref:`confidentiality_es`",
+“:ref:`disclaimers_es`",“:ref:`liability_es`", y “:ref:`general_provisions_es`” sobrevivirán
+cualquier terminación o vencimiento de este Acuerdo.
+
+.. _warranties_disclaimers_es:
+
+7 Garantías, Renuncias, Responsabilidad Civil.
+==============================================
+
+.. _warranties_es:
+
+7.1 Garantías
+-------------
+
+Durante la vigencia de este Acuerdo, Odoo SA se compromete a utilizar
+esfuerzos comercialmente razonables con la finalidad de ejecutar los
+Servicios de acuerdo con los estándares de la industria generalmente
+aceptados siempre y cuando:
+
+los sistemas informáticos del Cliente están en buen estado de
+funcionamiento y, en el caso de Auto-Hosting, el software se instala en
+un entorno operativo adecuado;
+
+el Cliente proporciona información adecuada para la resolución de
+problemas y, para el Auto alojamiento, cualquier acceso que Odoo SA
+puede necesitar para identificar, reproducir y resolver problemas;
+
+Todos los montos adeudados a Odoo SA han sido pagados.
+
+El único y exclusivo remedio del Cliente y la única obligación de Odoo SA por cualquier
+incumplimiento de esta garantía es para Odoo SA reanudar la ejecución de los Servicios sin cargo
+adicional.
+
+.. _disclaimers_es:
+
+7.2 Renuncias
+-------------
+
+Excepto por lo expresamente dispuesto en este documento, ninguna de las
+partes ofrece ninguna garantía de ningún tipo, ya sea expresa,
+implícita, estatutaria o de otro tipo, y cada parte niega
+específicamente todas las garantías implícitas, incluida cualquier
+garantía implícita de comercialización, idoneidad para un propósito
+particular o no infracción, en la medida máxima permitida por la ley
+aplicable.
+
+Odoo SA no garantiza que el Software cumpla con leyes o regulaciones
+locales o internacionales.
+
+.. _liability_es:
+
+7.3 Limitación de responsabilidad
+---------------------------------
+
+En la medida máxima permitida por la ley, la responsabilidad agregada de cada parte junto con los
+afiliados que surjan de o estén relacionados con este Acuerdo no excederán el 50% del monto total
+pagado por el Cliente en virtud de este Acuerdo durante los 12 meses inmediatamente anteriores
+a la fecha del evento que da lugar a tal reclamo. Las reclamaciones múltiples no ampliarán esta
+limitación.
+
+En ningún caso, ninguna de las partes o sus afiliadas serán responsable
+por daños indirectos, especiales, ejemplares, incidentales o
+consecuentes de cualquier tipo, incluidos, entre otros, la pérdida de
+ingresos, ganancias, ahorros, pérdida de negocios u otras pérdidas
+financieras, costos de inactividad o demora, datos perdidos o dañados,
+que surjan de o en conexión con este Acuerdo independientemente de la
+forma de acción, ya sea en contrato, agravio (incluida negligencia
+estricta) o cualquier otra teoría legal o equitativa, incluso si una
+parte o sus afiliados han sido informados de la posibilidad de tales
+daños, o si una parte o sus afiliados no cumpla con su propósito
+esencial.
+
+.. _force_majeure_es:
+
+7.4 Fuerza mayor
+----------------
+
+Ninguna de las partes será responsable ante la otra parte por la demora
+en el cumplimiento o la falta de hacer cualquier desempeño bajo este
+Acuerdo cuando tal falla o demora sea causada por regulaciones
+gubernamentales, incendios, huelgas, guerras, inundaciones, accidentes,
+epidemias, embargos, apropiación de plantas, o producto en su totalidad
+o en parte por cualquier gobierno o autoridad pública, o cualquier otra
+causa o causas, ya sean de naturaleza similar o diferente, más allá del
+control razonable de dicha parte siempre que tal causa o causas existen.
+
+.. _general_provisions_es:
+
+8 Disposiciones generales
+=========================
+
+.. _governing_law_es:
+
+8.1 Ley aplicable
+-----------------
+
+Ambas partes acuerdan que las leyes de Bélgica se aplicarán, en caso de
+que surja cualquier disputa fuera de o en relación con este Acuerdo, sin
+tener en cuenta la elección o el conflicto de principios legales. En la
+medida en que anteriormente se permita cualquier demanda o procedimiento
+judicial, ambas partes acuerdan someterse a la única jurisdicción del
+tribunal de Nivelles (Bélgica) con el fin de litigar todas las disputas.
+
+.. _severability_es:
+
+8.2 Divisibilidad
+-----------------
+
+En caso de que una o más de las disposiciones de este Acuerdo o
+cualquiera de sus aplicaciones sean inválidas, ilegales o no exigibles
+en ningún aspecto, la validez, legalidad y exigibilidad de las
+disposiciones restantes del presente Acuerdo y su aplicación no serán de
+ninguna manera afectados o deteriorados. Ambas partes se comprometen a
+reemplazar cualquier inválido, ilegal o inaplicable disposición de este
+Acuerdo por una disposición válida que tenga los mismos efectos y
+objetivos.
+
+
+.. _appendix_a_es:
+
+9 Apéndice A: Licencia de Odoo Enterprise Edition
+=================================================
+
+.. only:: latex
+
+   Odoo Enterprise Edition tiene licencia de Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0, definido como sigue:
+
+    .. highlight:: none
+
+    .. literalinclude:: ../../licenses/enterprise_license.txt
+
+.. only:: html
+
+    Ver :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`.
diff --git a/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst b/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst
index 3868009bba..2c0db86069 100644
--- a/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+:classes: text-justify
 
 .. _enterprise_agreement_fr:
 
@@ -12,16 +13,23 @@ Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (FR)
     La seule référence officielle des termes du contrat “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement”
     est la :ref:`version originale en anglais `.
 
-.. note:: Version 7.1 - 2018-03-16
+.. note:: Version 9c - 2020-06-15
 
 .. v6: add "App" definition + update pricing per-App
 .. v7: remove possibility of price change at renewal after prior notice
 .. 7.1: specify that 7% renewal increase applies to all charges, not just per-User.
-
+.. v8.0: adapt for "Self-Hosting" + "Data Protection" for GDPR
+.. v8a: minor wording changes, tuned User definition, + copyright guarantee
+.. v9.0: add "Working with an Odoo Partner" + Maintenance of [Covered] Extra Modules + simplifications
+.. v9a: clarification wrt second-level assistance for standard features
+.. v9b: clarification that maintenance is opt-out + name of `cloc` command (+ paragraph 5.1 was partially outdated in FR)
+.. v9c: minor wording changes, tuned User definition, + copyright guarantee (re-application of v8a changes
+        on all branches)
 
 En vous abonnant aux services de Odoo Enterprise (les "Services") fournis par Odoo SA et ses filiales
 (collectivement, "Odoo SA") en relation avec Odoo Enterprise Edition ou Odoo Community Edition
-(le "Logiciel"), vous (le "Client") acceptez d'être lié par les conditions générales suivantes
+(le "Logiciel"), hébergé sur le plate-formes Cloud d'Odoo SA (la "Plate-forme Cloud") ou sur site
+("Auto-Hébergement"), vous (le "Client") acceptez d'être lié par les conditions générales suivantes
 (le "Contrat").
 
 .. _term_fr:
@@ -29,10 +37,10 @@ En vous abonnant aux services de Odoo Enterprise (les "Services") fournis par Od
 1 Durée du Contrat
 ==================
 
-La durée du présent contrat (la "Durée") doit être au minimum d'un an et telle que spécifiée par
-écrit à la signature du Contrat, à compter de la date de la signature. Celui-ci est automatiquement
+La durée du présent contrat (la "Durée") sera spécifiée par
+écrit à la conclusion du Contrat, à compter de la date de la conclusion. Celui-ci est automatiquement
 reconduit pour une même durée, à moins que l'une des parties n’envoie à l'autre partie un préavis
-écrit de résiliation, par lettre recommandée, et au moins 30 jours avant la date d'échéance du contrat .
+écrit de résiliation, et au moins 30 jours avant la date d'échéance du contrat.
 
 .. _definitions_fr:
 
@@ -40,38 +48,56 @@ reconduit pour une même durée, à moins que l'une des parties n’envoie à l'
 =============
 
 Utilisateur
-    Tout compte utilisateur actif donnant accès au Logiciel en mode création et/ou édition.
+    Tout compte utilisateur indiqué comme actif dans le Logiciel et donnant accès au mode création et/ou édition.
     Les comptes désactivés ainsi que ceux utilisés par des personnes ou systèmes extérieur(e)s
     n'ayant qu'un accès limité au Logiciel via le portail ("Utilisateurs Portail") ne sont pas
     comptés comme Utilisateurs.
 
 App
     Une "App" est un ensemble de fonctionnalités, disponible pour installation dans le Logiciel,
-    et inclus dans la section Tarifs Odoo sur `le site d'Odoo SA `, au moment
-    de la signature de ce Contrat.
+    et inclus dans la section Tarifs Odoo sur `le site d'Odoo SA `_, au moment
+    de la conclusion de ce Contrat.
+
+Partenaire Odoo
+    Un Partenaire Odoo est un individu ou société tierce, choisi par le Client et qui collabore
+    avec celui-ci pour les services liés à Odoo. Le Client peut choisir à tout moment de travailler
+    avec un autre Partenaire Odoo, ou avec Odoo SA directement (moyennant préavis).
+
+Module Supplémentaire
+    Un Module Supplémentaire est un répertoire de fichiers de code source, ou un ensemble de
+    personnalisations nécessitant du code Python créées dans une base de données (par ex. avec Odoo Studio),
+    pour ajouter des fonctionnalités ou changer des comportements du Logiciel. Il peut avoir été
+    développé par le Client, par Odoo SA, par un Partenaire Odoo pour le compte du Client, ou
+    par des tiers.
+
+Module Supplémentaire Couvert
+    Un Module Supplémentaire Couvert est un Module Supplémentaire pour lequel le Client choisit de
+    payer un abonnement de maintenance afin d'obtenir de l'assistance, des corrections de bug et
+    des migrations.
 
 Bug
-    Désigne toute défaillance du Logiciel qui se traduit par un arrêt complet, un message d'erreur
-    avec trace d'exécution, ou une brèche de sécurité, et n'est pas directement causé par un problème
-    d'installation ou une configuration défectueuse. Un non-respect des spécifications ou des besoins
+    Désigne toute défaillance du Logiciel ou d'un Module Supplémentaire Couvert, qui se traduit par
+    un arrêt complet, un message d'erreur avec trace d'exécution, ou une brèche de sécurité, et
+    n'est pas directement causé par un problème d'installation ou une configuration défectueuse.
+    Un non-respect des spécifications ou des besoins
     sera considéré comme un Bug à la discrétion d'Odoo SA (en général, lorsque le Logiciel
     ne produit pas les résultats ou la performance pour lesquels il a été conçu, ou lorsqu'une
     fonctionnalité spécifique à un pays ne répond plus aux exigences comptables légales de ce pays).
 
 Versions Couvertes
-    Tous les Services dans le cadre du présent contrat s'appliquent uniquement aux Versions
-    Couvertes du Logiciel, qui comprennent les trois (3) plus récentes versions majeures.
-
-    Afin d'être considérées comme couvertes par le Contrat, les installations du client doivent
-    utiliser la Version couverte  la plus récente au moment de la signature du Contrat. Dans le cas
-    contraire, des frais supplémentaires sont d'application, tels que décrit dans la section
-    :ref:`charges_fr`
+    Sauf exception explicite, tous les Services dans le cadre du présent contrat s'appliquent uniquement aux Versions
+    Couvertes du Logiciel, qui comprennent les 3 plus récentes versions majeures.
 
 
 .. _enterprise_access_fr:
 
-3 Accès à Odoo Enterprise Edition
-=================================
+3 Accès au Logiciel
+===================
+
+Le Client peut utiliser le Logiciel hébergé sur la Plate-forme Cloud, ou choisir l'option de l'Auto-Hébergement.
+La Plate-forme Cloud est hébergée et entièrement gérée par Odoo SA, and accédée à distance par le Client.
+En cas d'Auto-Hébergement, le Client héberge lui-même le Logiciel sur un système informatique de
+son choix, hors du contrôle d'Odoo SA.
 
 Pour toute la durée du présent Contrat, Odoo SA octroie au Client une licence non exclusive,
 non transférable d'utilisation (exécution, modification, exécution après modification) du logiciel
@@ -80,7 +106,8 @@ Odoo Enterprise Edition, conformément aux conditions énoncées à la section :
 Le Client accepte de prendre toutes les mesures nécessaires pour garantir l'exécution sans aucune
 modification de la partie du Logiciel qui vérifie la validité de l'utilisation d'Odoo Enterprise
 Edition et recueille des statistiques à cet effet, y compris mais sans s'y limiter, l'exécution
-du Logiciel, le nombre d'Utilisateurs et les Apps installées.
+du Logiciel, le nombre d'Utilisateurs, les Apps installées et le nombre de lignes de code des
+Modules Supplémentaires Couverts.
 
 Odoo SA s'engage à ne pas divulguer à une tierce partie d'informations chiffrées personnelles ou
 spécifiques sans le consentement du Client, et à traiter toutes les données recueillies en
@@ -88,7 +115,8 @@ respectant sa politique officielle de confidentialité, telle que publiée sur
 https://www.odoo.com/privacy.
 
 À l'expiration ou la résiliation de ce Contrat, cette licence est immédiatement révoquée et le
-Client accepte de cesser toute utilisation du logiciel Odoo Enterprise Edition.
+Client accepte de cesser toute utilisation du logiciel Odoo Enterprise Edition et de la Plate-forme
+Cloud.
 
 Si le Client devait enfreindre les dispositions de la présente section, il accepte de payer
 à Odoo SA des frais supplémentaires équivalents à 300 % du tarif en vigueur applicable
@@ -100,38 +128,42 @@ correspondant au nombre réel d'Utilisateurs et aux Apps installées.
 4 Services inclus
 =================
 
+.. _bugfix_fr:
+
 4.1 Service de correction de Bugs
 ---------------------------------
 
 Pour la durée de ce Contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à déployer tous les efforts raisonnables pour
-corriger tout Bug du Logiciel qui pourrait être signalé par le Client en suivant la procédure
-appropriée (généralement par le biais d'un e-mail adressé au service d'assistance d'Odoo SA ou
-via le formulaire correspondant sur le site web), et de commencer à traiter ces signalements
+corriger tout Bug du Logiciel ou des Modules Supplémentaires Couverts qui pourrait être signalé
+par le Client en suivant la procédure appropriée (généralement par le biais du formulaire en ligne
+ou des numéros de téléphone indiqués sur Module Supplémentaire Couvert, ou en cas de travail avec
+un Partenaire Odoo, le canal prévu par le partenaire), et de commencer à traiter ces signalements
 du Client dans un délai de 2 jours ouvrables.
 
-Le Client accepte que les Bugs causés par toute modification ou extension qui ne fait pas partie
-de la version officielle du Logiciel ne seront pas couverts par ce service.
-
-Dès que le Bug est remédié, un correctif approprié sera communiqué au Client. Si le Bug a été
-résolu dans une nouvelle mise à jour de la Version Couverte du Logiciel utilisée par le Client,
-ce dernier s'engage à actualiser ses systèmes vers la nouvelle mise à jour, afin d'obtenir
-le correctif. Il ne sera jamais demandé au Client de passer à une Version Couverte
+Dès que le Bug est remédié, un correctif approprié sera communiqué au Client.
+Si le Client utilise une Version Couverte, il ne lui sera jamais demandé de passer à une Version Couverte
 plus récente pour obtenir un correctif.
 
 Lorsqu'un Bug est corrigé dans une Version Couverte, Odoo SA s'engage à le corriger dans toutes
 les Versions Couvertes plus récentes du Logiciel.
 
 Les deux parties reconnaissent que comme spécifié dans la licence du Logiciel et à la section
-:ref:`liability_fr` de ce Contrat, Odoo SA ne peut être tenue responsable des Bugs du Logiciel.
+:ref:`liability_fr` de ce Contrat, Odoo SA ne peut être tenue responsable des Bugs du Logiciel ou
+des Modules Supplémentaires Couverts.
 
 
-4.2 Service d'alertes de sécurité
----------------------------------
+4.2 Mises à jour de sécurité
+----------------------------
+
+.. _secu_self_hosting_fr:
+
+Auto-Hébergement
+++++++++++++++++
 
 Pour la durée du Contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à envoyer une "alerte de sécurité"" au Client
 pour tout Bug présentant un risque de sécurité qui serait découvert dans les Versions Couvertes
-du Logiciel, au moins 2 semaines avant de rendre ladite alerte de sécurité publique, et ce à moins
-que le Bug ait déjà été rendu public par un tiers.
+du Logiciel (à l'exclusion des Modules Supplémentaires), au moins 2 semaines avant de
+rendre ladite alerte de sécurité publique, et ce à moins que le Bug ait déjà été rendu public par un tiers.
 Les alertes de sécurité comprennent une description complète du Bug, de sa cause, ses conséquences
 possibles sur les systèmes du Client, et le correctif correspondant pour chaque Version Couverte.
 
@@ -139,6 +171,16 @@ Le Client s'engage à traiter le Bug de sécurité et les informations figurant
 sécurité comme des Informations Confidentielles telles que décrites à la section
 :ref:`confidentiality_fr` pendant toute la période d'embargo avant la divulgation publique.
 
+.. _secu_cloud_platform_fr:
+
+Plate-forme Cloud
++++++++++++++++++
+
+Odoo SA s'engage à appliquer les correctifs de sécurité pour tout Bug de sécurité découvert
+dans une version du Logiciel hébergé sur la Plate-forme Cloud, sur tous les systèmes sous son
+contrôle, dès que le correctif est disponible, et sans intervention manuelle du Client.
+
+
 .. _upgrade_fr:
 
 4.3 Service de migration
@@ -151,48 +193,97 @@ Service de migration du Logiciel
 
 Pour la durée du présent Contrat, le Client peut soumettre des demandes de migration en suivant
 les procédures appropriées (généralement, via le site du service de migration d'Odoo SA),
-afin de convertir une base de données du Logiciel d'une Version Couverte du Logiciel à une
-Version Couverte plus récente (la "Version Cible").
+afin de convertir une base de données du Logiciel depuis n'importe quelle version du Logiciel vers
+une Version Couverte plus récente (la "Version Cible").
 
-Les demandes de migration doivent inclure une copie de sauvegarde complète de la
+Pour la Plate-forme Cloud, les demandes de migration sont envoyées directement depuis la panneau
+de contrôle de la Plate-forme Cloud, et ne requièrent pas d'envoi de données.
+Pour l'Auto-Hébergement,
+les demandes de migration doivent inclure une copie complète de la
 base de données du Client et les données associées (généralement obtenues à partir du menu
-Backup du Logiciel). Lorsque cela est nécessaire pour des raisons de sécurité des données ou
-de réglementation, le Service de migration inclut un outil facultatif pour rendre anonymes
-les données identifiables figurant dans la base de données, avant de soumettre la demande
-de migration, et un outil pour restaurer les données rendues anonymes après la migration.
+Backup du Logiciel).
 
 Ce service est fourni par le biais d'une plateforme automatisée, afin de permettre au Client
 d'effectuer des migration sans intervention humain, dès lors qu’une version précédente de la
 base de données du Client a été migrée avec succès pour une Version Couverte donnée.
-Le client peut soumettre des demandes de migration successives pour une base de données,
-et accepte de soumettre au moins 1 demande de migration de test avant de soumettre la demande de
-migration finale.
 
 Le service de migration est limité à la conversion et à l'adaptation techniques de la base
 de données du Client pour la rendre compatible avec la Version Cible, et à la correction de tout
 Bug directement causé par l'opération de migration, et ne se produisant normalement pas dans
+la Version Cible, et la conversion du code et des données des Modules Supplémentaires Couverts vers
 la Version Cible.
 
 Il incombe au Client de vérifier et valider la base de données migrée afin de détecter tout Bug,
 d'analyser l'impact des changements et des nouvelles fonctionnalités ajoutées
 dans la Version Cible, de convertir et d'adapter pour la Version Cible les modules tiers
 du Logiciel qui auraient été installées dans la base de données avant la migration
-(sauf le cas échéant, comme prévu à la section :ref:`upgrade_extra_fr`).
+(par ex. des Modules Supplémentaires non-couverts).
 Le client peut soumettre plusieurs demandes de migration pour une base de données, jusqu'à ce
 qu'un résultat satisfaisant soit obtenu.
 
-.. _upgrade_extra_fr:
+.. _cloud_hosting_fr:
+
+4.4 Service d'Hébergement Cloud
+-------------------------------
+
+Pour la durée du présent Contrat, lorsque le Client choisit d'utiliser la Plate-forme Cloud,
+Odoo SA s'engage à fournir au minimum le service suivant:
+
+- Choix de plusieurs régions d'hébergement (minimum 3: Europe, America, Asia/Pacific)
+- Hébergement en centre de données Tiers-III ou équivalent, avec 99.9% de disponibilité
+- Cryptage des communications SSL Grade A (HTTPS)
+- Sauvegardes automatisées et vérifiées, répliquées dans plusieurs régions
+- Plan de Reprise d'Activité, testé régulièrement
+
+Les détails du Service d'Hébergement Cloud sont décrits sur la page du Service Level Agreement:
+https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla.
+
+
+.. _support_service_fr:
+
+4.5 Service d'Assistance
+------------------------
+
+Portée
+++++++
+
+Pour la durée du présent Contrat, le Client peut ouvrir un nombre non limité de demandes d'assistance
+sans frais, exclusivement pour des questions relatives à des Bugs (voir :ref:`bugfix_fr`) ou des
+explications au sujet de l'utilisation des fonctions standard du Logiciel et des Modules
+Supplémentaires Couverts
+
+D'autres types de demandes, telles que celles relatives à des développements ou des personnalisations,
+peuvent être couvertes par l'achat d'un contrat de service séparé.
+Au cas où il n'est pas clair qu'une demande est couverte par ce Contrat, la décision sera à la
+discrétion d'Odoo SA.
+
+Disponibilité
++++++++++++++
+
+Les demandes d'assistances peuvent être soumises à tout moment en ligne via https://www.odoo.com/help,
+ou par téléphone directement aux différents bureaux d'Odoo SA, ou en cas de travail avec un 
+Partenaire Odoo, le canal préconisé par ce partenaire, pendant les heures de bureau
+correspondantes.
 
-Service de migration des modules tiers
-++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 
-Pour la durée du Contrat, le Client a la possibilité de faire une demande de migration
-pour des modules d'extension tiers, en plus de la migration normale du Logiciel.
-Ce service en option implique des frais supplémentaires (décrits dans la section charges_fr_)
-et comprend l'adaptation technique des modules tiers installés dans la base de données du
-Client et de leurs données correspondantes afin qu'elles soient compatibles
-avec la Version Cible. Le Client recevra une version migrée de tous les modules tiers installés
-accompagnée de la base de données migrée.
+.. _maintenance_partner_fr:
+
+Collaboration avec un Partenaire Odoo
+-------------------------------------
+
+Pour les services de correction de Bug, d'assistance et de migration, le Client peut choisir
+de collaborer avec un Partenaire Odoo comme point de contact principal, ou directement avec
+Odoo SA.
+
+Si le Client choisit un Partenaire Odoo, Odoo SA sous-traitera les services liés au Modules
+Supplémentaires Couverts à ce partenaire, qui deviendra le point de contact principal du client.
+Le Partenaire Odoo peut obtenir de l'assistance de second niveau auprès d'Odoo SA pour le compte
+du Client, concernant les fonctions standard du Logiciel.
+
+Si le Client décide de collaborer directement avec Odoo SA, les services liés aux Modules
+Supplémentaires Couverts ne seront fournis que *si et seulement si* le Client est hébergé sur
+la Plate-forme Cloud d'Odoo.
+
 
 .. _charges_fr:
 
@@ -204,19 +295,26 @@ accompagnée de la base de données migrée.
 5.1 Tarifs standards
 --------------------
 
-Les tarifs standards pour le contrat d'abonnement à Odoo Enterprise, le service de correction de
-Bugs, le service d'alertes de sécurité et le service de migration sont basés sur le nombre
-d'Utilisateurs, les Apps installées, la version du Logiciel utilisée par le Client, et précisés par
-écrit à la signature du contrat.
+Les tarifs standards pour le contrat d'abonnement à Odoo Enterprise et les Services sont basés sur le nombre
+d'Utilisateurs et les Apps installées, et précisés par écrit à la conclusion du contrat.
 
 Pendant la durée du contrat, si le Client a plus d'Utilisateurs ou d'Apps que spécifié au moment
-de la signature du présent Contrat, le Client accepte de payer un supplément équivalent au tarif
+de la conclusion du présent Contrat, le Client accepte de payer un supplément équivalent au tarif
 en vigueur applicable (au début du Contrat) pour les utilisateurs supplémentaires,
 pour le reste de la durée.
 
-Si, au moment de la signature du présent Contrat, le Client utilise une Version Couverte qui
-n'est pas la plus récente, les tarifs standards peuvent être augmentés de 50% pour la
-première Durée du contrat, à la discrétion d'Odoo SA, pour couvrir les coûts de maintenance.
+Par ailleurs, les services concernant les Modules Supplémentaires Couverts sont facturés sur base
+du nombre de lignes de code dans ces modules. Lorsque le client opte pour l'abonnement de maintenance
+des Modules Supplémentaires Couverts, le coût mensuel est de 16€ par 100 lignes de code (arrondi à la
+centaine supérieure), sauf si spécifié par écrit à la conclusion du Contrat. Les lignes de code
+sont comptées avec la commande ``cloc`` du Logiciel, et comprennent toutes les lignes de texte du code
+source de ces modules, peu importe le langage de programmation (Python, Javascript, XML, etc.),
+à l'exclusion des lignes vides, des lignes de commentaires et des fichiers qui ne sont pas chargés
+à l'installation ou à l'exécution du Logiciel.
+
+Lorsque le Client demande une migration, pour chaque Module Supplémentaire Couvert qui n'a pas fait
+l'objet de frais de maintenance pour les 12 derniers mois, Odoo SA peut facturer des frais
+supplémentaires unique de 16€ par 100 lignes de code, pour chaque mois de maintenance manquant.
 
 
 .. _charges_renewal_fr:
@@ -225,33 +323,17 @@ première Durée du contrat, à la discrétion d'Odoo SA, pour couvrir les coût
 --------------------------
 
 Lors de la reconduction telle que décrite à la section :ref:`term_fr`, si les tarifs par Utilisateur
+(à l'exclusion des “Initial User Discounts”)
 qui ont été appliqués pendant la Durée précédente sont inférieurs aux tarifs par Utilisateur
-en vigueur les plus récents, les tarifs par Utilisateur augmenteront automatiquement de maximum 7%.
-
-.. _charges_thirdparty_fr:
-
-5.3 Tarifs de migration des modules tiers
------------------------------------------
-
-Les frais supplémentaires pour le service de migration des modules tiers sont de 1000,00- euros (€)
-(mille euros) pour 1000 lignes de code de modules tiers, le nombre de lignes étant arrondi au millier
-de lignes supérieur. Les lignes de code comprennent toutes les lignes de texte dans le code source de
-ces modules, quel que soit le langage de programmation (Python, Javascript, etc.)
-ou format de données (XML, CSV, etc.), à l'exclusion des lignes vides et des lignes de commentaires.
-
-Odoo SA se réserve le droit de refuser une demande de migration pour des modules tiers conformément
-aux conditions décrites ci-dessus, si la qualité du code source de ces modules est trop faible,
-ou si ces modules font partie d'une interface d'intégration avec des logiciels ou systèmes tiers.
-La migration de ces modules sera soumise à une proposition distincte, non couverte par le présent
-Contrat.
-
+en vigueur les plus récents, les tarifs par Utilisateur augmenteront automatiquement de maximum 7%
+par reconduction, sans dépasser les tarifs en vigueur les plus récents.
 
 .. _taxes_fr:
 
-5.4 Taxes et impôts
+5.3 Taxes et impôts
 -------------------
 
-Tous les frais et tarifs sont indiqués hors taxes et hors impôts, frais et charges fédérales,
+Tous les frais et tarifs sont indiqués hors taxes, frais et charges fédérales,
 provinciales, locales ou autres taxes gouvernementales applicables (collectivement,
 les "Taxes"). Le Client est responsable du paiement de toutes les Taxes liées aux achats effectués
 par le Client en vertu du présent Contrat, sauf lorsque Odoo SA est légalement tenue de payer ou de
@@ -268,17 +350,30 @@ percevoir les Taxes dont le client est responsable.
 Le Client accepte de / d':
 
 - Payer à Odoo SA les frais applicables pour les Services en vertu du présent Contrat,
-  conformément aux conditions de paiement spécifiées dans la facture correspondante ;
+  conformément aux conditions de paiement spécifiées à la souscription du présent Contrat ;
 - Aviser immédiatement Odoo SA si le nombre réel d'Utilisateurs ou les Apps installées dépassent
-  les nombres spécifiés à la signature du Contrat, et dans ce cas, de régler les frais
+  les nombres spécifiés à la conclusion du Contrat, et dans ce cas, de régler les frais
   supplémentaires applicables telles que décrits à la section :ref:`charges_standard_fr`;
 - Prendre toutes les mesures nécessaires pour garantir l'exécution non modifiée de la partie du
   Logiciel qui vérifie la validité de l'utilisation de Odoo Enterprise Edition, comme décrit à la
   section :ref:`enterprise_access_fr`;
+- Désigner 1 personne de contact représentant le Client pour toute la durée du contrat ;
+- Signaler par écrit à Odoo SA avec un préavis de 30 jours en cas de changement de point de contact
+  principal, pour collaborer avec un autre Partenaire Odoo, ou directement avec Odoo SA.
+
+Lorsque le Client choisit d'utiliser la Plate-forme Cloud, il accepte aussi de:
+
+- Prendre toute mesure raisonnable pour garantir la sécurité de ses comptes utilisateur, y compris
+  en choisissant un mot de passe sûr et en ne le partageant avec personne;
+- Faire une utilisation raisonnable des Services d'Hébergement, à l'exclusion de toute activité
+  illégale ou abusive, et de respecter strictement les règles indiquées dans la Politique
+  d'Utilisation Acceptable: https://www.odoo.com/acceptable-use.
+
+Lorsque le Client choisit l'Auto-Hébergement, il accepte aussi de:
+
 - Fournir tout accès nécessaire à Odoo SA pour vérifier la validité de l'utilisation d'Odoo
   Enterprise Edition sur demande (par exemple, si la validation automatique ne fonctionne pas pour
   le Client) ;
-- Désigner 1 personne de contact représentant le Client pour toute la durée du contrat ;
 - Prendre toutes les mesures raisonnables pour protéger les fichiers et les bases de données
   du Client et s'assurer que les données du Client sont en sûreté et sécurisées, en reconnaissant
   qu'Odoo SA ne peut être tenue responsable de toute perte de données ;
@@ -333,9 +428,72 @@ dans la mesure où la loi l'y oblige, à condition que la Partie Bénéficiaire
 par écrit la Partie Communicante de son obligation de divulgation, dans la mesure permise par la loi.
 
 
+.. _data_protection_fr:
+
+6.5 Protection de données
+-------------------------
+
+Définitions
+    "Données à Caractère Personnel", "Responsable de Traitement", "Traitement" prennent le même sens que dans
+    le Règlement (EU) 2016/679 et la Directive 2002/58/EC, et dans tout règlement ou législation
+    qui les amende ou les remplace (collectivement, la "Législation sur la Protection des Données")
+
+Traitement de Données à Caractère Personnel
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+Les parties conviennent que la base de données du Client peut contenir des Données à Caractère Personnel,
+pour lesquelles le Client est le Responsable de Traitement. Ces données seront traitées par Odoo SA
+quand le Client en donnera l'instruction, par son utilisation des Services qui requièrent une base
+de données (tels que le Service d'Hébergement ou le Service de migration), ou si le Client
+transfère sa base de données ou une partie de celle-ci à Odoo SA pour toute autre raison
+relative à l'exécution du présent Contrat.
+
+Ce traitement sera exécuté en conformité avec la Législation sur la Protection des Données.
+En particulier, Odoo SA s'engage à:
+
+- (a) Ne traiter les Données à Caractère Personnel que quand et comme demandé par le Client, et
+  pour la finalité de l'exécution de l'un des Services du Contrat, à moins que la loi ne l'exige,
+  auquel cas Odoo SA préviendra préalablement le Client, à moins que la loi ne l'interdise;
+- (b) S'assurer que tout le personnel d'Odoo SA autorisé à traiter les Données à Caractère Personnel
+  soit soumis à un devoir de confidentialité ;
+- (c) Mettre en oeuvre et maintenir des mesures de sécurité appropriées au niveau technique et
+  organisationnel, afin de protéger les Données à Caractère Personnel de tout traitement non
+  autorisé ou illégal, et de toute perte accidentelle, destruction, dégât, vol, altération ou
+  divulgation ;
+- (d) Transmettre promptement au Client toute demande relative à des Données à Caractère Personnel qui
+  aurait été soumise à Odoo SA au sujet de la base de données du Client ;
+- (e) Signaler au Client dès la prise de connaissance et la confirmation de tout traitement, accès
+  ou divulgation non autorisés, accidentels ou illégal des Données à Caractère Personnel ;
+- (f) Signaler au Client lorsque ses instructions de traitement vont à l'encontre de la Législation
+  sur la Protection des Données, d'après Odoo SA ;
+- (g) Fournir au Client toute information nécessaire à la démonstration de la conformité avec la
+  Législation sur la Protection des Données, autoriser et contribuer de façon raisonnable à des
+  audits, y compris des inspections, conduits ou mandatés par le Client dans ce but;
+- (h) Supprimer définitivement tout copie de la base de données du Client en possession d'Odoo SA,
+  ou retourner ces données, au choix du Client, lors de la résiliation de ce Contrat,
+  en respect des délais indiqués dans la `Politique de Protection des Données `_
+  d'Odoo SA ;
+
+Concernant les points (d) à (f), le Client s'engage à fournir à Odoo SA des informations de
+contact valables, tel que nécessaire pour toute notification auprès du responsable de protection des
+données du Client.
+
+Sous-traitants
+++++++++++++++
+
+Le Client convient et accepte que pour fournir les Services, Odoo SA peut faire appel à des
+prestataires de service tiers (Sous-traitants) pour traiter les Données à Caractère Personnel.
+Odoo SA s'engage à n'utiliser de tels Sous-traitants qu'en conformité avec la Législation
+sur la Protection des Données. Cet usage sera couvert par un contrat entre Odoo SA et le Sous-traitant
+qui offrira toutes les garanties nécessaires à cet effet.
+La Politique de Protection des Données d'Odoo SA, publiée à l'adresse https://www.odoo.com/privacy
+fournit des informations actualisées sur les noms et les finalités des Sous-traitants utilisés par
+Odoo SA pour l'exécution des Services.
+
+
 .. _termination_fr:
 
-6.5 Résiliation
+6.6 Résiliation
 ---------------
 
 Dans le cas où l'une des parties ne remplit pas ses obligations découlant du
@@ -345,8 +503,8 @@ contrat peut être résilié immédiatement par la partie qui n'a pas commis la
 violation.
 
 En outre, Odoo SA peut résilier le contrat immédiatement dans le cas où le
-Client ne paie pas les frais applicables pour les services à la date d'échéance
-indiquée sur la facture correspondante.
+Client ne paie pas les frais applicables pour les services dans les 21 jours suivant la date d'échéance
+indiquée sur la facture correspondante, après minimum 3 rappels.
 
 Durée de l'applicabilité des dispositions:
   Les sections ":ref:`confidentiality_fr`", “:ref:`disclaimers_fr`",   “:ref:`liability_fr`",
@@ -363,27 +521,36 @@ Durée de l'applicabilité des dispositions:
 7.1 Garantie
 ------------
 
+Odoo SA détient le copyright ou un équivalent [#cla_fr1]_ sur 100% du code du Logiciel, et confirme que
+toutes les librairies logicielles nécessaires au fonctionnement du Logiciel sont disponibles sous une
+licence compatible avec la licence du Logiciel.
+
 Pendant la durée du présent contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à déployer les efforts
 raisonnables sur le plan commercial pour exécuter les Services conformément aux
 normes du secteur généralement acceptées à condition que :
 
-- Les systèmes informatiques du Client soient en bon état de fonctionnement et que le Logiciel
-  soit installé dans un système d'exploitation approprié ;
-- Le Client fournisse les informations adéquates nécessaires au dépannage et à l'accès, de telle
+- Les systèmes informatiques du Client soient en bon état de fonctionnement et, pour l'Auto-Hébergement,
+  que le Logiciel soit installé selon les bonnes pratiques en vigueur;
+- Le Client fournisse les informations adéquates nécessaires au dépannage et, pour l'Auto-Hébergement,
+  tout accès utile, de telle
   sorte qu'Odoo SA puisse identifier, reproduire et gérer les problèmes ;
-- Tous les montants dus à Odoo SA aient été réglés.
+- Tous les montants dus à Odoo SA, qui sont échus, aient été réglés.
 
 La reprise de l'exécution des Services par Odoo SA sans frais supplémentaires constitue la seule et
-unique réparation pour le Client et la seule obligation d'Odoo SA pour toute violation de cette
+unique réparation pour le Client et la seule obligation d'Odoo SA pour tout manquement à cette
 garantie.
 
+.. [#cla_fr1] Les contributions externes sont couvertes par un `Copyright License Agreement `_
+              fournissant une licence de copyright et de brevet permanente, gratuite et irrévocable à Odoo SA.
+
+
 .. _disclaimers_fr:
 
 7.2 Limitation de garantie
 --------------------------
 
 Mis à part les dispositions expresses du présent Contrat, aucune des parties ne donne de
-garantie d'aucune sorte, expresse, implicite, légale ou autre, et chaque partie
+garantie d'aucune sorte, expresse, implicite ou autre, et chaque partie
 décline expressément toutes garanties implicites, y compris toute garantie
 implicite de qualité marchande, d'adéquation à un usage particulier ou de non-
 contrefaçon, dans les limites autorisées par la loi en vigueur.
@@ -418,7 +585,8 @@ recours proposé par la partie ou ses filiales n'atteint pas son but essentiel.
 -----------------
 
 Aucune des parties ne sera tenue pour responsable envers l'autre partie de tout retard ou manquement
-d'exécution en vertu du présent Contrat, si ce manquement ou retard est causé par
+d'exécution en vertu du présent Contrat, si ce manquement ou retard trouve sa cause dans un cas de
+*force majeure*, comme
 une règlementation gouvernementale, un incendie, une grève, une guerre, une inondation,
 un accident, une épidémie, un embargo, la saisie d'une usine ou d'un produit dans son intégralité
 ou en partie par un gouvernement ou une autorité publique, ou toute (s) autre (s) cause (s),
@@ -435,12 +603,9 @@ hors du contrôle raisonnable de la partie concernée, et tant qu'une telle caus
 8.1 Droit applicable
 --------------------
 
-Les parties conviennent que les lois de Belgique seront applicables en cas de litige découlant
-ou en relation avec le présent Contrat, sans tenir compte des règles ou dispositions en matière de
-compétence législative ou de conflit de lois.
-Dans la mesure où une poursuite ou procédure judiciaire ou administrative serait autorisée ci-avant,
-les parties conviennent de se soumettre à la compétence exclusive du tribunal de Nivelles (Belgique)
-aux fins de la procédure de tout litige.
+Le présent contrat et les commandes passées par le client sont exclusivement régis par le droit belge.
+Tout différend relatif au présent contrat ou à une commande passée par le Client relève de la
+compétence exclusive du tribunal de l’entreprise de Nivelles.
 
 .. _severability_fr:
 
diff --git a/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst b/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst
index 10955ff58c..bbd6605431 100644
--- a/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.rst
@@ -5,4 +5,518 @@
 Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (NL)
 ===========================================
 
-.. todo
\ No newline at end of file
+.. warning::
+    Dit is een Nederlandse vertaling van de "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement".
+    Deze vertaling wordt verstrekt in de hoop dat deze het begrip zal vergemakkelijken,
+    maar heeft geen juridische waarde.
+    De enige officiële referentie van de algemene voorwaarden van de "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement"
+    is :ref:`de originele Engelse versie `
+
+.. warning::
+    DEZE VERSIE IS NIET ACTUEEL. VOOR DE NIEUWSTE VERSIE ZIE DE
+    :ref:`ORIGINELE ENGELSE VERSIE `
+
+.. v6: add "App" definition + update pricing per-App
+.. v7: remove possibility of price change at renewal after prior notice
+.. 7.1: specify that 7% renewal increase applies to all charges, not just per-User.
+.. v8.0: adapt for "Self-Hosting" + "Data Protection" for GDPR
+
+.. note:: Version 7.1 - 2018-03-16
+
+Door u op de Odoo Enterprise-diensten (de “Diensten”) te abonneren die door
+Odoo NV/SA en zijn dochterondernemingen (gezamenlijk “Odoo NV”) worden verleend
+met betrekking tot de Odoo Enterprise Edition of de Odoo Community Edition (de
+“Software”), gaat u (de "Klant") ermee akkoord om gebonden te zijn door de
+volgende algemene voorwaarden (de “Overeenkomst”).
+
+.. _term_nl:
+
+1 Looptijd van de Overeenkomst
+==============================
+
+De duur van deze Overeenkomst (de "Looptijd") zal minimaal één jaar zijn en,
+zoals schriftelijk verduidelijkt bij de ondertekening van deze Overeenkomst,
+ingaan op de datum van de ondertekening. De duur wordt automatisch verlengd
+voor dezelfde Looptijd, tenzij een van beide partijen minstens 30 dagen voor
+het einde van de Looptijd de Overeenkomst per aangetekend schrijven aan de
+andere partij opzegt.
+
+.. _definitions_nl:
+
+2 Definities
+============
+
+Gebruiker
+    Elke actieve gebruikersaccount met toegang tot de Software in de
+    creatie- en/of bewerkingsmodus. Gedeactiveerde gebruikersaccounts en
+    accounts die worden gebruikt door externe mensen (of systemen) die slechts
+    beperkte toegang hebben tot de Software via de portalfaciliteiten (ook wel
+    "Portalgebruikers" genoemd) tellen niet mee als Gebruikers.
+
+App
+    Een "App" is een gespecialiseerde groep functies die beschikbaar is
+    voor installatie in de Software en wordt vermeld in de publieke sectie
+    “Prijzen” van de website van Odoo NV  bij de
+    ondertekening van deze Overeenkomst.
+
+Bug
+    Elke storing van de Software die resulteert in een volledige stilstand,
+
+    foutopsporing of beveiligingsinbreuk en die niet rechtstreeks door een
+    gebrekkige installatie of configuratie wordt veroorzaakt, wordt als een Bug
+    beschouwd. Niet-naleving van specificaties of vereisten zal als een Bug worden
+    beschouwd naar goeddunken van Odoo NV (doorgaans wanneer de Software niet de
+    resultaten of prestaties levert die hij moet leveren, of wanneer een
+    landspecifieke functie niet langer aan de wettelijke boekhoudkundige vereisten
+    voldoet).
+
+Gedekte Versies
+    Alle Diensten die onder deze Overeenkomst vallen, zijn
+    alleen van toepassing op de Gedekte Versies van de Software, waaronder de 3
+    (drie) meest recent uitgebrachte hoofdversies.
+
+    Om onder de onderhavige Overeenkomst te vallen, moet de meest recente
+    Gedekte Versie op de installaties van de Klant draaien op het moment van de
+    ondertekening van deze Overeenkomst. Wanneer dit niet het geval is, zijn
+    aanvullende kosten van toepassing, zoals beschreven in :ref:`charges_standard_nl`.
+
+
+.. _enterprise_access_nl:
+
+3 Toegang tot de Odoo Enterprise Edition
+========================================
+
+Voor de duur van deze Overeenkomst geeft Odoo NV de Klant een niet-exclusieve,
+niet-overdraagbare licentie om de Odoo Enterprise Edition-software te gebruiken
+(uitvoeren, wijzigen, uitvoeren na wijziging) onder de voorwaarden uiteengezet
+in :ref:`appendix_a_nl`.
+
+De Klant gaat ermee akkoord alle nodige maatregelen te nemen om de ongewijzigde
+uitvoering te waarborgen van het deel van de Software dat de geldigheid van het
+gebruik van de Odoo Enterprise Edition controleert en statistieken verzamelt
+voor dat doel, met inbegrip van maar niet beperkt tot het uitvoeren van een
+extensie, het aantal Gebruikers en geïnstalleerde Apps.
+
+Odoo NV verbindt zich ertoe om individuele of vermelde cijfers niet bekend te
+maken aan derden zonder de toestemming van de Klant, en om alle verzamelde
+gegevens te behandelen in overeenstemming met zijn officiële Privacybeleid,
+gepubliceerd op https://www.odoo.com/privacy.
+
+Bij het aflopen of beëindigen van deze Overeenkomst wordt deze licentie
+onmiddellijk ingetrokken en gaat de Klant ermee akkoord om de Odoo Enterprise
+Edition-software niet meer te gebruiken.
+
+Indien de Klant de voorwaarden van deze sectie schendt, gaat de Klant ermee
+akkoord om Odoo NV een extra vergoeding te betalen gelijk aan 300% van de
+geldende catalogusprijs voor het werkelijke aantal Gebruikers.
+
+.. _services_nl:
+
+4 Inbegrepen diensten
+=====================
+
+4.1 Bugfixingdienst
+-------------------
+
+Voor de duur van deze Overeenkomst verbindt Odoo NV zich ertoe alle redelijke
+inspanningen aan te wenden om elke Bug van de Software die via het juiste
+kanaal (gewoonlijk het e-mailadres of het websiteformulier van de servicedesk
+van Odoo NV) door de Klant wordt ingediend, te verhelpen en dergelijke
+indiening van de Klant binnen 2 werkdagen af te handelen.
+
+De Klant begrijpt dat Bugs die worden veroorzaakt door een wijziging of
+uitbreiding die niet deel uitmaakt van de officiële Software niet onder deze
+dienst valt.
+
+Zodra de Bug verholpen is, zal een passende oplossing aan de Klant worden
+meegedeeld. Indien de Bug reeds verholpen is in een recentere herziening van de
+Gedekte Versie van de Software die door de Klant wordt gebruikt, stemt de Klant
+ermee in om zijn systemen bij te werken naar die herziening om de correctie te
+verkrijgen. Er zal niet aan de Klant worden gevraagd om naar een recentere
+Gedekte Versie van de Software te upgraden als oplossing voor een Bug.
+
+Wanneer een Bug verholpen is in een Gedekte Versie verbindt Odoo NV zich ertoe
+om de Bug in alle recentere Gedekte Versies van de software te verhelpen.
+
+Beide partijen erkennen dat, zoals gespecificeerd in de licentie van de
+Software en in de sectie :ref:`liability_nl` van deze Overeenkomst, Odoo NV
+niet aansprakelijk kan worden gesteld voor Bugs in de Software.
+
+
+4.2 Beveiligingswaarschuwingendienst
+------------------------------------
+
+Voor de duur van deze Overeenkomst verbindt Odoo NV zich ertoe om een
+“Beveiligingswaarschuwing” naar de Klant te sturen voor elke Bug in de
+beveiliging die wordt ontdekt in de Gedekte Versies van de Software, ten minste
+2 weken voordat de Beveiligingswaarschuwing openbaar wordt gemaakt, tenzij de
+Bug reeds openbaar is gemaakt door een derde partij. Beveiligingswaarschuwingen
+bevatten een volledige beschrijving van de Bug, de oorzaak ervan, de mogelijke
+gevolgen ervan voor de systemen van de Klant en de bijbehorende oplossing voor
+elke Gedekte Versie.
+
+De Klant begrijpt dat de Bug en de informatie in het Beveiligingswaarschuwing
+als Vertrouwelijke Informatie moeten worden behandeld, zoals beschreven in de
+sectie :ref:`confidentiality_nl`, gedurende de embargoperiode die voorafgaat aan de
+openbare bekendmaking.
+
+.. _upgrade_nl:
+
+4.3 Upgradediensten
+--------------------
+
+.. _upgrade_odoo_nl:
+
+Upgradedienst voor de Software
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+Gedurende de looptijd van deze Overeenkomst kan de Klant via het juiste kanaal
+(doorgaans de upgradedienstwebsite van Odoo NV) upgradeaanvragen indienen om
+een database van de Software van een Gedekte Versie van de Software om te
+zetten naar een meer recente Gedekte Versie (de "Doelversie").
+
+Upgradeaanvragen moeten een volledige reservekopie van de database van de Klant
+en de bijbehorende gegevens omvatten (doorgaans verkregen via het Back-upmenu
+van de Software). Waar nodig met het oog om redenen van gegevensbeveiliging of
+regelgeving bevat de Upgradedienst een optionele tool om identificeerbare
+gegevens in een database te anonimiseren voordat de upgradeaanvraag wordt
+ingediend, evenals een tool om de geanonimiseerde gegevens na de upgrade te
+herstellen.
+
+Deze dienst wordt verleend via een geautomatiseerd platform om de Klant in
+staat te stellen zonder toezicht te upgraden zodra een eerdere versie van de
+database van de Klant met succes werd geüpgraded voor een Gedekte Versie. De
+Klant kan opeenvolgende upgradeaanvragen voor een database indienen en gaat
+ermee akkoord om ten minste 1 upgradeaanvraag voor testdoeleinden in te dienen
+voordat hij de definitie upgradeaanvraag indient.
+
+De Upgradedienst is beperkt tot de technische conversie en aanpassing van de
+database van de Klant om deze compatibel te maken met de Doelversie en de
+correctie van elke Bug die rechtstreeks wordt veroorzaakt door de
+upgradebewerking en die normaal niet voorkomt in de Doelversie.
+
+Het is de exclusieve verantwoordelijkheid van de Klant om de geüpgradede
+database te controleren en te valideren teneinde Bugs te detecteren, om de
+impact van wijzigingen en nieuwe functies te analyseren die in de Doelversie
+zijn geïmplementeerd, om eventuele uitbreidingen van derden van de Software die
+vóór de upgrade in de database waren geïnstalleerd, om te zetten en aan te
+passen (behalve indien van toepassing zoals voorzien in sectie
+:ref:`upgrade_extra_nl`). De Klant kan meerdere upgradeaanvragen voor een database
+indienen totdat een aanvaardbaar resultaat wordt bereikt.
+
+.. _upgrade_extra_nl:
+
+Upgradedienst voor extensies van derden
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+Gedurende de duur van deze Overeenkomst kan de Klant naast de gewone
+Upgradediensten optionele upgradediensten voor uitbreidingsmodules van derden
+van de Software aanvragen. Deze optionele dienst is onderworpen aan extra
+kosten (zoals beschreven in :ref:`charges_nl`) en omvat de technische aanpassing van de
+modules van derden die geïnstalleerd zijn in de database van de Klant, en van
+de bijbehorende gegevens, om compatibel te zijn met de Doelversie. De Klant zal
+samen met de geüpgradede database een geüpgradede versie van alle
+geïnstalleerde modules van derden ontvangen.
+
+.. _charges_nl:
+
+5 Kosten en vergoedingen
+========================
+
+.. _charges_standard_nl:
+
+5.1 Standaardkosten
+-------------------
+
+De standaardkosten voor het Odoo Enterprise-abonnement, de Bugfixingdienst, de
+Beveiligingswaarschuwingendienst en de Upgradedienst zijn gebaseerd op het
+aantal Gebruikers, de geïnstalleerde Apps, de Softwareversie die door de Klant
+wordt gebruikt en schriftelijk wordt gespecificeerd bij de ondertekening van de
+Overeenkomst.
+
+Wanneer de Klant tijdens de Looptijd meer Gebruikers of meer geïnstalleerde
+Apps heeft dan gespecificeerd op het moment van de ondertekening van deze
+Overeenkomst, gaat de Klant ermee akkoord om een extra vergoeding te betalen
+gelijk aan de toepasselijke catalogusprijs (aan het begin van de Looptijd) voor
+de bijkomende Gebruikers of Apps, voor de rest van de Looptijd.
+
+Indien de Klant op het moment van de ondertekening van deze Overeenkomst een
+Gedekte Versie gebruikt die niet de meest recente is, kunnen de standaardkosten
+naar eigen goeddunken van Odoo NV met 50% worden verhoogd voor de duur van de
+eerste Looptijd om de extra onderhoudskosten te dekken.
+
+.. _charges_renewal_nl:
+
+5.2 Verlengingskosten
+---------------------
+
+Indien, bij verlenging zoals beschreven in de sectie :ref:`term_nl`, de
+kosten gedurende de vorige Looptijd lager zijn dan de meest
+actuele geldende catalogusprijs, zullen de kosten
+met maximaal 7% stijgen.
+
+
+.. _charges_thirdparty_nl:
+
+5.3 Kosten voor Upgradediensten voor modules van derden
+-------------------------------------------------------
+
+De extra kosten voor de Upgradedienst voor modules van derden bedragen EUR (€)
+1000,00 (duizend euro) per 1000 Coderegels in de modules van derden, afgerond
+op de volgende duizend regels. Coderegels omvatten alle tekstregels in de
+broncode van die modules, ongeacht de programmeertaal (Python, Javascript enz.)
+of het gegevensformaat (XML, CSV enz.), met uitzondering van lege regels en
+commentaarregels.
+
+Odoo NV behoudt zich het recht voor om een upgradeaanvraag onder de voor
+modules van derden onder de bovenstaande voorwaarden te weigeren indien de
+kwaliteit van de broncode van die modules te slecht is, of indien deze modules
+een interface vormen met software of systemen van derden. Het upgraden van
+dergelijke modules zal onderworpen zijn aan een afzonderlijke offerte, buiten
+deze Overeenkomst.
+
+.. _taxes_nl:
+
+5.4 Belastingen
+---------------
+
+Alle vergoedingen en kosten zijn exclusief alle toepasselijke federale,
+provinciale, gewestelijke, lokale of andere overheidsbelastingen, kosten of
+heffingen (gezamenlijk "Belastingen"). De Klant is verantwoordelijk voor het
+betalen van alle Belastingen die verbonden zijn aan de aankopen die de Klant in
+het kader van deze Overeenkomst doet, behalve wanneer Odoo NV wettelijk
+verplicht is om Belastingen te betalen of te incasseren waarvoor de Klant
+verantwoordelijk is.arden:
+
+6 Voorwaarden van de Diensten
+=============================
+
+6.1 Verplichtingen van de Klant
+-------------------------------
+
+De Klant gaat ermee akkoord om:
+
+- Odoo NV alle toepasselijke kosten voor de Diensten van deze Overeenkomst te
+  betalen in overeenstemming met de betaalvoorwaarden gespecificeerd in de
+  desbetreffende factuur;
+- Odoo NV onmiddellijk op de hoogte te brengen wanneer het werkelijke aantal Gebruikers of
+  zijn geïnstalleerde Apps de aantallen overschrijden de bij de ondertekening van de Overeenkomst
+  gespecificeerde aantallen overschrijden en in dat geval de toepasselijke extra vergoeding
+  betalen zoals beschreven in de sectie :ref:`charges_standard_nl`;
+- alle nodige maatregelen te nemen om de ongewijzigde uitvoering te waarborgen van het deel
+  van de Software dat de geldigheid van het gebruik van de Odoo Enterprise
+  Edition bevestigt, zoals beschreven in :ref:`enterprise_access_nl`;
+- Odoo NV de nodige toegang verlenen om de geldigheid van het gebruik van de Odoo
+  Enterprise Edition op verzoek te controleren (bv. indien blijkt dat de
+  automatische validatie niet werkt voor de Klant);
+- 1 speciale Klantencontactpersoon aan te wijzen voor de volledige duur van de
+  Overeenkomst;
+- alle redelijke maatregelen te nemen om de bestanden en databases van de Klant te beschermen
+  en ervoor te zorgen dat de gegevens van de Klant veilig en beveiligd zijn, en daarbij te erkennen
+  dat Odoo NV niet aansprakelijk kan worden gesteld voor enig gegevensverlies.
+
+
+.. _no_soliciting_nl:
+
+6.2 Niet benaderen of aanwerven
+-------------------------------
+
+Behalve wanneer de andere partij schriftelijk haar toestemming daartoe
+verleent, gaan elke partij, haar dochterondernemingen en vertegenwoordigers
+ermee akkoord om geen werknemer te benaderen of aan te werven van de andere
+partij die betrokken is bij de uitvoering of het gebruik van de Diensten
+volgens deze Overeenkomst, voor de duur van de Overeenkomst en voor een periode
+van 24 maanden vanaf de datum van beëindiging of afloop van deze Overeenkomst.
+In geval van een schending van de voorwaarden van deze sectie die leidt tot het
+ontslag van voornoemde werknemer gaat de inbreuk makende partij ermee akkoord
+om de andere partij een bedrag van EUR (€) 30 000,00 (dertigduizend euro) te
+betalen.
+
+
+.. _publicity_nl:
+
+6.3 Publiciteit
+---------------
+
+Behoudens andersluidende schriftelijke vermelding verleent elke partij de
+andere partij een niet-overdraagbare, niet-exclusieve, royaltyvrije,
+wereldwijde licentie om de naam, de logo's en handelsmerken van de andere
+partij te reproduceren en weer te geven, uitsluitend om naar de andere partij
+te verwijzen als een klant of leverancier, op websites, in persberichten en
+ander marketingmateriaal.
+
+
+.. _confidentiality_nl:
+
+6.4 Vertrouwelijkheid
+---------------------
+
+Definitie van "Vertrouwelijke informatie":
+    Alle informatie die door een
+    partij (de "Bekendmakende Partij") aan de andere partij (de "Ontvangende
+    Partij") wordt bekendgemaakt, hetzij mondeling of schriftelijk, en die als
+    vertrouwelijk wordt aangemerkt of die redelijkerwijs als vertrouwelijk moet
+    worden beschouwd gezien de aard van de informatie en de omstandigheden van de
+    bekendmaking. In het bijzonder moet alle informatie met betrekking tot het
+    bedrijf, zaken, producten, ontwikkelingen, handelsgeheimen, knowhow, personeel,
+    klanten en leveranciers van beide partijen als vertrouwelijk worden beschouwd.
+
+Voor alle Vertrouwelijke Informatie die tijdens de Looptijd van deze
+Overeenkomst wordt ontvangen, zal de Ontvangende Partij dezelfde mate van zorg
+aanwenden die zij aanwendt om de vertrouwelijkheid van haar eigen gelijkaardige
+Vertrouwelijke Informatie te beschermen, maar op zijn minst redelijke zorg.
+
+De Ontvangende Partij mag Vertrouwelijke Informatie van de Bekendmakende Partij
+bekendmaken voor zover ze wettelijk verplicht is om dit te doen, mits de
+Ontvangende Partij de Bekendmakende Partij vooraf in kennis stelt van de
+verplichte bekendmaking, voor zover toegestaan door de wet.
+
+.. _termination_nl:
+
+6.5 Beëindiging
+---------------
+
+In het geval dat een van beide Partijen een van de uit deze Overeenkomst
+voortvloeien verplichtingen niet nakomt en deze nalatigheid niet binnen 30
+kalenderdagen na de schriftelijke kennisgeving van deze nalatigheid verholpen
+is, kan deze Overeenkomst onmiddellijk worden beëindigd door de niet in gebreke
+blijvende Partij.
+
+Verder kan Odoo NV de Overeenkomst onmiddellijk beëindigen in het geval dat de
+Klant de toepasselijke vergoedingen voor de Diensten niet betaalt tegen de
+vervaldatum die wordt vermeld op de desbetreffende factuur.
+
+Overlevende bepalingen:
+    De secties ":ref:`confidentiality_nl`”, ":ref:`disclaimers_nl`”,
+    ":ref:`liability_nl`” en ":ref:`general_provisions_nl`”
+    zullen geldig blijven na beëindiging of afloop van deze
+    Overeenkomst.
+
+.. _warranties_disclaimers_nl:
+
+7 Garanties, afwijzingen van aansprakelijkheid, aansprakelijkheid
+=================================================================
+
+.. _warranties_nl:
+
+7.1 Garanties
+--------------
+
+Voor de duur van deze Overeenkomst verbindt Odoo NV zich ertoe om commercieel
+redelijke inspanningen aan te wenden om de Diensten uit te voeren in
+overeenstemming met de algemeen aanvaarde industrienormen op voorwaarde dat:
+
+- de computersystemen van de Klant in goede bedrijfsstaat zijn en de Software
+  geïnstalleerd is in een geschikte werkomgeving;
+- de Klant passende probleemoplossingsen toegangsinformatie, zodat Odoo NV
+  problemen kan identificeren, reproduceren en verhelpen;
+- alle aan Odoo NV verschuldigde bedragen zijn betaald.
+
+Het enige en exclusieve verhaal van de Klant en de enige verplichting van Odoo
+NV in geval van een inbreuk op deze garantie is dat Odoo NV de uitvoering van
+de Diensten zonder extra kosten hervat.
+
+.. _disclaimers_nl:
+
+7.2 Afwijzingen van aansprakelijkheid
+-------------------------------------
+
+Behalve zoals uitdrukkelijk hierin wordt vermeld, geeft geen enkele partij
+enige garantie, uitdrukkelijk, impliciet, wettelijk of anderszins, en wijst
+elke partij nadrukkelijk alle impliciete garanties af, met inbegrip van enige
+impliciete garanties van verkoopbaarheid, geschiktheid voor een bepaald doel of
+niet-inbreuk, voor zover maximaal toegestaan door de toepasselijke wetgeving.
+
+Odoo NV garandeert niet dat de Software voldoet aan alle lokale of
+internationale wet- of regelgeving.
+
+.. _liability_nl:
+
+7.3 Beperking van aansprakelijkheid
+-----------------------------------
+
+Voor zover maximaal toegestaan door de wet, zal de totale aansprakelijkheid
+van elke partij samen met haar dochterondernemingen die voortvloeit uit of
+verband houdt met deze Overeenkomst niet meer bedragen dan 50% van het totale
+bedrag betaald door de Klant in het kader van deze Overeenkomst gedurende de 12
+maanden onmiddellijk voorafgaand aan de datum van de gebeurtenis die aanleiding
+geeft tot dergelijke claim. Meerdere claims zullen deze beperking niet
+vergroten.
+
+In geen geval zal een van de partijen of haar dochterondernemingen
+aansprakelijk zijn voor enige indirecte, speciale, exemplaire, incidentele of
+gevolgschade van welke aard dan ook, met inbegrip van maar niet beperkt tot
+verlies van inkomsten, winst, besparingen, verlies van zaken of ander
+financieel verlies, kosten van stilstand of vertraging, verloren of beschadigde
+gegevens, voortkomend uit of in verband met deze Overeenkomst, ongeacht de vorm
+van actie, hetzij in contract, onrechtmatige daad (met inbegrip van strikte
+nalatigheid) of enige andere wettelijke of billijke theorie, zelfs indien een
+partij of haar dochterondernemingen op de hoogte zijn gebracht van de
+mogelijkheid van dergelijke schade, of indien het verhaal van een partij of
+haar dochteronderneming anderszins haar essentiële doel voorbijschiet.
+
+.. _force_majeure_nl:
+
+7.4 Overmacht
+-------------
+
+Geen der partijen zal aansprakelijk zijn jegens de andere partij voor de
+vertraging in de uitvoering of het verzuim om een prestatie in het kader van
+deze Overeenkomst te verrichten wanneer dergelijk verzuim of dergelijke
+vertraging wordt veroorzaakt door overheidsbepalingen, brand, staking, oorlog,
+overstroming, ongeval, epidemie, embargo, volledige of gedeeltelijke toe-
+eigening van een fabriek of product door een regering of overheidsinstantie, of
+enige andere oorzaak of oorzaken, hetzij van gelijke of andere aard, buiten de
+redelijke controle van die partij, zolang dergelijke oorzaak of oorzaken
+bestaan.
+
+
+.. _general_provisions_nl:
+
+8 Algemene bepalingen
+=====================
+
+.. _governing_law_nl:
+
+8.1 Toepasselijk recht
+----------------------
+
+Beide partijen komen overeen dat de wetten van België van toepassing zijn in
+geval van geschillen die voortvloeien uit of verband houden met deze
+Overeenkomst, ongeacht de keuze of botsing van rechtsbeginselen. Voor zover een
+rechtszaak of gerechtelijke procedure in dit verband is toegestaan, komen beide
+partijen overeen om zich te onderwerpen aan de exclusieve bevoegdheid van de
+rechtbank van Nijvel (België) voor de beslechting van alle geschillen.
+
+.. _severability_nl:
+
+8.2 Scheidbaarheid
+------------------
+
+Ingeval een of meerdere bepalingen van deze Overeenkomst of een toepassing
+daarvan in enig opzicht ongeldig, onwettig of niet-afdwingbaar is/zijn, zullen
+de geldigheid, wettigheid en afdwingbaarheid van de overige bepalingen van deze
+Overeenkomst en elke toepassing daarvan op geen enkele wijze worden beïnvloed
+of aangetast. Beide partijen verbinden zich ertoe om elke eventuele ongeldige,
+onwettige of niet-afdwingbare bepaling van deze Overeenkomst te vervangen door
+een geldige bepaling met dezelfde effecten en doelstellingen.
+
+
+.. _appendix_a_nl:
+
+9 Bijlage A: Odoo Enterprise Edition-licentie
+=============================================
+
+.. only:: latex
+
+    De Odoo Enterprise Edition wordt in licentie gegeven onder de
+    Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0, die als volgt wordt gedefinieerd:
+
+    .. highlight:: none
+
+    .. literalinclude:: ../../licenses/enterprise_license.txt
+
+.. only:: html
+
+    Zie :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`.
+
diff --git a/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_de.rst b/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_de.rst
index aa2e1707a3..0e630b1db2 100644
--- a/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_de.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_de.rst
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
+:orphan:
 
 .. toctree::
    :maxdepth: 4
    :hidden:
 
-   enterprise_de
\ No newline at end of file
+   enterprise_de
diff --git a/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_es.rst b/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_es.rst
index 022179bab1..edaaf7fde1 100644
--- a/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_es.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_es.rst
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
+:orphan:
 
 .. toctree::
    :maxdepth: 4
    :hidden:
 
-   enterprise_es
\ No newline at end of file
+   enterprise_es
diff --git a/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_fr.rst b/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_fr.rst
index 41e6cb8229..f3a7fbb251 100644
--- a/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_fr.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_fr.rst
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
+:orphan:
 
 .. toctree::
    :maxdepth: 4
    :hidden:
 
-   enterprise_fr
\ No newline at end of file
+   enterprise_fr
diff --git a/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_nl.rst b/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_nl.rst
index 923e8432dc..6bd498be5a 100644
--- a/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_nl.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_nl.rst
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
+:orphan:
 
 .. toctree::
    :maxdepth: 4
    :hidden:
 
-   enterprise_nl
\ No newline at end of file
+   enterprise_nl
diff --git a/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst b/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst
index 05574e94c8..f14ba1125f 100644
--- a/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_es.rst
@@ -5,23 +5,30 @@ Odoo Partnership Agreement (ES)
 ===============================
 
 .. warning::
-   This is a spanish translation of the "Odoo Enterprise Partnership Agreement”.
-   This translation is provided in the hope that it will facilitate understanding, but it
-   has no legal value.
-   The only official reference of the terms and conditions of the “Odoo Enterprise Subscription
-   Agreement” is the :ref:`original english version `.
-
-.. note:: Versión 6 - 2017-12-04
-
-ENTRE:
-
-Odoo S.A., inscrita en el Registro mercantil y de sociedades de Nivelles con el número RCN 95656,
-que tiene su sede social en Chaussée de Namur, 40, 1367 Grand-Rosière, Bélgica,
-y sus filiales (denominados conjuntamente “ODOO”)
-
-Y
-________________________________, una empresa que tiene su domicilio social
-en _____________________(en adelante denominado “EL COLABORADOR”)
+    Esta es una traducción al español del "Odoo Partnership Agreement".
+    Esta traducción se proporciona con la esperanza de que facilitará la comprensión,
+    pero no tiene valor legal.
+    La única referencia oficial de los términos y condiciones del "Odoo Partnership Agreement" es
+    :ref:`la versión original en inglés `.
+
+..    -- Uncomment when needed --
+..    ESTA VERSIÓN NO ESTÁ ACTUALIZADA. PARA LA ÚLTIMA VERSIÓN POR FAVOR VEA
+..    :ref:`LA VERSIÓN ORIGINAL EN INGLÉS `
+
+.. v6a: typo in section 4.4
+.. v7: introduce "Learning Partners" and a few related changes
+.. v8: simplified, clarified, added trademark use restrictions, updated benefits
+.. v8a: minor clarifications and simplifications
+
+.. note:: Versión 8a - 2019-08-09
+
+| ENTRE:
+|  Odoo S.A., una empresa que tiene su sede social en Chaussée de Namur, 40, 1367 Grand-Rosière,
+|  Bélgica, y sus filiales (en adelante denominados conjuntamente “ODOO”)
+| Y:
+|  _____________________________________________, una empresa que tiene su domicilio social en
+|  _____________________________________________________________________________________.
+|  (en adelante denominado “EL COLABORADOR”)
 
 ODOO y EL COLABORADOR se denominan individualmente “Parte” y conjuntamente “las Partes”.
 
@@ -55,8 +62,9 @@ Para ayudar a EL COLABORADOR a promover Odoo Enterprise Edition, ODOO otorga a E
 acceso a su repositorio de código del proyecto para todas las “Aplicaciones Odoo Enterprise Edition”,
 en los términos establecidos en :ref:`appendix_p_a_es` y las condiciones restringidas del presente
 Contrato.
-Este acceso se otorgará a partir de la firma de este contrato y se revocará cuando se rescinda este
-Contrato.
+
+Además, ODOO otorga a EL COLABORADOR acceso gratuito a la plataforma ODOO.SH con fines de prueba
+y desarrollo.
 
 
 .. _restrictions_es:
@@ -65,10 +73,13 @@ Contrato.
 -----------------
 EL COLABORADOR se compromete a mantener la confidencialidad del código fuente de las aplicaciones
 Odoo Enterprise Edition entre su personal. El acceso al código fuente de Odoo Enterprise Edition
-para los clientes se rige por el Contrato de suscripción de Odoo Enterprise (versión 4.0 y superior).
+para los clientes se rige por el Contrato de suscripción de Odoo Enterprise.
 EL COLABORADOR se compromete a NO redistribuir este código a terceros sin el permiso por escrito
 de ODOO.
 
+PARTNER se compromete a no ofrecer servicios en Odoo Enterprise Edition a clientes que no
+estén cubiertos por una suscripción de Odoo Enterprise, incluso durante la fase de implementación.
+
 A pesar de lo anterior, EL COLABORADOR se compromete a preservar por completo la integridad del
 código de Odoo Enterprise Edition necesario para verificar la validez del uso de Odoo Enterprise
 Edition y para recopilar estadísticas necesarias para este fin.
@@ -79,36 +90,44 @@ Edition y para recopilar estadísticas necesarias para este fin.
 
 4.1 Niveles de colaboración
 ---------------------------
-El programa de socios de Odoo consta de tres niveles de colaboración (Ready, Silver y Gold), con
-requisitos y beneficios específicos.
+El programa de socios de Odoo consta de dos tipos de asociaciones y cuatro niveles;
+"Learning Partners" es para empresas que desean todo lo necesario para comenzar a implementar Odoo,
+sin visibilidad como socio oficial hasta que obtengan la experiencia requerida;
+"Official Partners" es para empresas que desean la visibilidad como Ready, Silver y Gold,
+según su experiencia con Odoo.
+
 El nivel de colaboración otorgado a EL COLABORADOR depende de los ingresos anuales de
-Odoo Enterprise generados para ODOO. Las renovaciones de los contratos existentes no tienen en
-cuenta el nivel de colaboración, pero EL COLABORADOR sigue recibiendo una comisión por estos
+Odoo Enterprise generados para ODOO (en términos de Usuarios de Odoo Enterprise vendidos).
+Las renovaciones de los contratos existentes no cuentan para el número de Usuarios vendidos,
+pero EL COLABORADOR sigue recibiendo una comisión por estos
 contratos, tal como se indica en la sección :ref:`benefits_es`..
 
 La tabla siguiente resume los requisitos para cada nivel de colaboración.
 
-+----------------------------------------------+----------+----------+--------+
-|                                              | Ready    | Silver   | Gold   |
-+==============================================+==========+==========+========+
-| Usuarios de Odoo Enterprise anuales vendidos |   0      |  50      | 100    |
-+----------------------------------------------+----------+----------+--------+
-| Recursos internos certificados activos       |   1      |  2       |  4     |
-+----------------------------------------------+----------+----------+--------+
-| Tasa de retención mínima                     |   n/a    |  85%     |  85%   |
-+----------------------------------------------+----------+----------+--------+
++--------------------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+|                                                  | Learning Partner | Official: Ready    | Official: Silver   | Official: Gold     |
++==================================================+==================+====================+====================+====================+
+| Usuarios de Odoo Enterprise anuales vendidos     |   0              |  10                | 50                 | 150                |
++--------------------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Número de empleados certificados en al menos uno |   0              |  1                 |  2                 |  3                 |
+| de las 3 últimas versiones de Odoo               |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++--------------------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Tasa de retención mínima                         |   n/a            |  n/a               | 70%                |  80%               |
++--------------------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+
+La Tasa de Retención se define como la relación entre el número de contratos de Odoo Enterprise que
+están actualmente activos y la cantidad de contratos de Odoo Enterprise que han estado activos en
+algún momento en los últimos 12 meses.
 
 Las certificaciones son personales, por lo que cuando un miembro certificado del personal deja
 la empresa, EL COLABORADOR debe notificarlo a ODOO para que actualice la cantidad de recursos
 certificados activos para el contrato de colaboración.
 
-ODOO revisará trimestralmente el nivel de las colaboraciones sobre la base de los nuevos
-contratos de Odoo Enterprise vendidos por EL COLABORADOR en los últimos 12 meses.
+ODOO revisará trimestralmente el nivel de colaboración de EL COLABORADOR y lo ajustará al nivel
+más alto para el cual se cumplan los 3 requisitos.
 
-El nivel de colaboración puede actualizarse automáticamente a un nivel superior una vez los
-socios alcanzan los requisitos específicos para este nivel de colaboración.
-Los socios Silver y Gold que no cumplan con sus requisitos de colaboración al final del período
-anual pueden ser asignados un nivel de colaboración inferior.
+Sin embargo, los "Official Partners" pueden actualizarse automáticamente a un nivel superior una
+vez que alcancen los 3 requisitos para ese nivel de colaboración.
 
 .. _benefits_es:
 
@@ -117,57 +136,56 @@ anual pueden ser asignados un nivel de colaboración inferior.
 
 En la tabla siguiente se describen los detalles de las ventajas para cada nivel de colaboración:
 
-+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-|                              |      Ready      |     Silver       |      Gold      |
-+==============================+=================+==================+================+
-| **Reconocimiento**           |                 |                  |                |
-+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Visibilidad en odoo.com      | “Ready Partner” | “Silver Partner” | “Gold Partner” |
-+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Derechos de uso de la marca  | Logotipo Ready  | Logotipo Silver  | Logotipo Gold  |
-| registrada “Odoo”            |                 |                  |                |
-+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| **Ventajas de la formación** |                 |                  |                |
-+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Seminarios anuales de        | Sí              | Sí               | Sí             |
-| actualización                |                 |                  |                |
-+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Coaching de ventas           | Sí              | Sí               | Sí             |
-+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Acceso a la plataforma       | Sí              | Sí               | Sí             |
-| E-Learning y a la base de    |                 |                  |                |
-| conocimiento de Odoo         |                 |                  |                |
-+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| **Ventajas del software**    |                 |                  |                |
-+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Acceso al código fuente de   | Sí              | Sí               | Sí             |
-| Odoo Enterprise              |                 |                  |                |
-+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| **Ventajas de las ventas**   |                 |                  |                |
-+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Comisión por la plataforma   | 100%            | 100%             | 100%           |
-| Odoo SH [#f1es]              |                 |                  |                |
-+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Comisión por Odoo Enterprise | 10%             | 15%              | 20%            |
-+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Acceso a un gestor de cuentas| Sí              | Sí               | Sí             |
-| especializado                |                 |                  |                |
-+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| **Ventajas de marketing**    |                 |                  |                |
-+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Material de marketing        | Sí              | Sí               | Sí             |
-+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Evento de EL COLABORADOR -   | Sí              | Sí               | Sí             |
-| Asistencia y promoción de    |                 |                  |                |
-| ODOO                         |                 |                  |                |
-+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-
-.. [#f1es] La tasa de comisión del 100% por la plataforma Odoo SH se concede a todas las
-           suscripciones de Odoo Enterprise firmadas durante el primer año de colaboración,
-           siempre que se renueve dicha suscripción. Después del primer año, EL COLABORADOR
-           obtiene la comisión habitual de Odoo Enterprise, de acuerdo con el nivel de
-           colaboración.
+.. only:: latex
 
+    .. tabularcolumns:: |L|p{1.5cm}|p{1.5cm}|p{1.5cm}|p{1.5cm}|
+
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+|                                       | Learning Partner | Official: Ready    | Official: Silver   | Official: Gold     |
++=======================================+==================+====================+====================+====================+
+| **Reconocimiento**                    |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Visibilidad en odoo.com               | No               | "Ready Partner"    | "Silver Partner"   | "Gold Partner"     |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Derechos de uso de la marca registrada| Sí               | Sí                 | Sí                 | Sí                 |
+| “Odoo” y logotipos                    |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| **Ventajas de la formación**          |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Coaching de ventas y webinars         | Sí               | Sí                 | Sí                 | Sí                 |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Acceso a la base de conocimiento Odoo | Sí               | Sí                 | Sí                 | Sí                 |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| **Ventajas del software**             |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Acceso al código fuente de Odoo       | Sí               | Sí                 | Sí                 | Sí                 |
+| Enterprise y repositorio Github       |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Código de extensión de prueba de      | Sí               | Sí                 | Sí                 | Sí                 |
+| Odoo Enterprise                       |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Acceso a Odoo.sh con fines de prueba  | Sí               | Sí                 | Sí                 | Sí                 |
+| y desarrollo.                         |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| **Ventajas de las ventas**            |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Comisión por la plataforma Odoo SH    | 10%              | 100%               | 100%               | 100%               |
+| [#s1]_                                |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Comisión por Odoo Enterprise          | 10%              | 10%                | 15%                | 20%                |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Acceso a un gestor de cuentas         | No               | Sí                 | Sí                 | Sí                 |
+| especializado y Partner Dashboard     |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| **Ventajas de marketing**             |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Material de marketing                 | Sí               | Sí                 | Sí                 | Sí                 |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Evento de EL COLABORADOR - Asistencia | No               | Sí                 | Sí                 | Sí                 |
+| y promoción de ODOO                   |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+
+.. [#s1] hasta un máximo de 150€ (o 180 $) de comisión mensual por suscripción
 
 4.3 Reconocimiento de socios
 ----------------------------
@@ -190,51 +208,26 @@ documentos comerciales, funcionales y de marketing para ayudar a EL COLABORADOR
 y aprovechar el conocimiento de Odoo, hacer crecer su negocio, atraer más clientes y crear
 conciencia de marca.
 
-EL COLABORADOR también recibe acceso gratuito a la plataforma E-Learning de ODOO (para usuarios
-ilimitados). La plataforma E-Learning de ODOO ofrece en línea un conjunto de tutoriales y cursos
-en vídeo de alta calidad sobre las aplicaciones oficiales de Odoo.
-
 EL COLABORADOR podrá acceder al coaching comercial facilitado por su gestor de cuentas
 especializado, designado por ODOO.
 
-EL COLABORADOR también tiene la opción de comprar formación técnica específica suscribiéndose a un
-Pack de éxito de Odoo, por una tarifa adicional.
+EL COLABORADOR también tiene la opción de comprar servicios de soporte o de formación
+suscribiéndose a un Success Pack de Odoo, por una tarifa adicional.
 
 4.5  Comisiones por los servicios de Odoo vendidos por EL COLABORADOR
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-EL COLABORADOR recibe una retribución por los servicios de ODOO comprados directamente por un
-cliente a través de EL COLABORADOR, de la forma siguiente:
-
-- Por las suscripciones “Odoo Enterprise” y “Odoo SH” vendidas a través de EL COLABORADOR; ODOO
-  factura directamente al cliente en función del precio final acordado entre ODOO,
-  EL COLABORADOR y el cliente. A continuación, EL COLABORADOR factura su comisión a ODOO en función
-  del precio de Odoo Enterprise Edition, libre de posibles reducciones, y en función del nivel de
-  colaboración de EL COLABORADOR en el momento de la firma de la venta.
-- Por las renovaciones de las suscripciones “Odoo Enterprise”; EL COLABORADOR recibe una comisión
-  por cada renovación de una suscripción vendida a través de EL COLABORADOR, siempre y cuando
-  EL COLABORADOR mantenga una relación contractual con el cliente correspondiente.
-- Por otros servicios; EL COLABORADOR factura directamente al cliente, y ODOO factura a
-  EL COLABORADOR directamente, comisión incluida (como descuento).
+Para los servicios ODOO comprados por un cliente a través de EL COLABORADOR, y siempre que el
+PARTNER mantenga una relación contractual con el cliente correspondiente, EL COLABORADOR
+ecibirá una comisión de acuerdo con la tabla de la sección :ref:`benefits_es` y su nivel de
+asociación en la fecha de la factura del cliente.
 
 
 5 Tarifas
 =========
-EL COLABORADOR se compromete a pagar la tarifa de Inscripción de colaboración o la tarifa de
-Renovación anual de colaboración inmediatamente después de recibir la factura anual enviada por
-ODOO. Las tarifas se especificarán por escrito en el momento de la firma de este contrato.
-
-EL COLABORADOR reconoce que las tarifas de colaboración mencionadas anteriormente no son
-reembolsables.
-
-La tarifa de “Inscripción de colaboración” debe pagarse antes de la activación de este contrato,
-y solo se aplica a los nuevos socios.
-
-La tarifa de “Renovación anual de colaboración” debe pagarse cada año cuando se renueve la
-duración de este contrato.
-
-Si por algún motivo EL COLABORADOR decide rescindir este contrato, y más adelante solicita
-renovarlo, se aplicará la tarifa de “Renovación anual de colaboración”.
+EL COLABORADOR se compromete a pagar la tarifa de la colaboración al recibir la factura anual
+enviada por ODOO. La tarifa se especificará por escrito al momento de la firma de este contracto.
 
+EL COLABORADOR reconoce que la tarifa de colaboración mencionadas anteriormente no son reembolsables.
 
 6 Resolución
 ============
@@ -271,36 +264,32 @@ fecha del evento que dio lugar a dicha reclamación.
 En ningún caso ODOO será responsable de ningún daño indirecto o consecuente, incluyendo,
 entre otros, reclamaciones de clientes o terceros, pérdidas de ingresos, ganancias, ahorros,
 pérdidas de negocios y otras pérdidas financieras, costos de paralización y retraso, datos perdidos
-o dañados derivados o relacionados con el cumplimiento de sus obligaciones.
+o dañados derivados o relacionados con el cumplimiento de sus obligaciones en virtud de este contrato.
 
 EL COLABORADOR reconoce que no tiene ninguna expectativa y que no ha recibido garantías de recuperar
 ninguna inversión realizada en la ejecución de este contrato y el programa de socios de Odoo o de
 obtener ninguna cantidad anticipada de ganancias en virtud de este contrato.
 
-EL COLABORADOR renuncia a cualquier compromiso en favor de ODOO respecto a la evolución del software.
 
-De acuerdo con los términos de la licencia del software, ODOO no se hace responsable de ningún
-error ni de la calidad y el rendimiento del software.
+8 Imagen de marca
+=================
+La marca "Odoo" (incluida la palabra y sus representaciones visuales y logotipos) es exclusiva
+propiedad de ODOO.
 
+ODOO autoriza a PARTNER a usar la marca "Odoo" para promocionar sus productos y servicios,
+solo por la Duración del Contrato, siempre que:
 
-8 Disposiciones diversas
-========================
+- no hay confusión posible de que el servicio sea proporcionado por PARTNER, no por ODOO;
+- PARTNER no use la palabra "Odoo" en el nombre de su compañía, nombre de producto,
+  nombre de dominio y no registrar ninguna marca que la incluya.
 
-8.1 Comunicaciones
-------------------
-Ninguna comunicación de una Parte a la otra tendrá validez en virtud del presente Contrato,
-a menos que se realice por escrito en nombre de ODOO o EL COLABORADOR, según sea el caso,
-de conformidad con las disposiciones de este Contrato.
-Cualquier tipo de aviso que cualquiera de las Partes de este documento tenga el derecho o la
-obligación de comunicara la otra, debe hacerse por correo certificado.
-
-8.2 Imagen de marca
--------------------
 Ambas Partes se abstendrán de dañar de ninguna manera la imagen de marca y la reputación de la otra
-Parte en el cumplimiento de este contrato. El incumplimiento de esta disposición será causa de
-resolución de este Contrato.
+Parte en el cumplimiento de este contrato.
+
+El incumplimiento de las disposiciones de esta sección será causa de resolución de este Contrato.
 
-8.3 Publicidad
+
+8.1 Publicidad
 --------------
 EL COLABORADOR concede a ODOO el derecho no exclusivo de utilizar el nombre y las marcas
 comerciales de EL COLABORADOR en comunicados de prensa, promociones u otros anuncios públicos.
@@ -309,7 +298,7 @@ de EL COLABORADOR se use solo para este fin, en la lista oficial de socios de OD
 
 .. _no_soliciting_es:
 
-8.4 No captación o contratación
+8.2 No captación o contratación
 -------------------------------
 Excepto cuando la otra Parte dé su consentimiento por escrito, cada Parte, sus afiliados y
 representantes acuerdan no captar u ofrecer empleo a ningún empleado de la otra Parte
@@ -321,7 +310,7 @@ dicho empleado con este objetivo, la Parte incumplidora se compromete a pagar a
 la cantidad de 30 000,00 EUR (€) (treinta mil euros).
 
 
-8.5  Contratistas independientes
+8.3  Contratistas independientes
 --------------------------------
 Las Partes son contratistas independientes, y este contrato no debe interpretarse como la
 configuración de cualquier Parte como socia, empresa conjunta o fiduciaria de la otra,
@@ -339,12 +328,34 @@ Todas las disputas que surjan en relación con este contrato para las que no se
 solución amistosa serán resueltas definitivamente en los Tribunales de Bélgica en Nivelles.
 
 
+.. |vnegspace| raw:: latex
+
+        \vspace{-.5cm}
+
+.. |vspace| raw:: latex
+
+        \vspace{.8cm}
+
+.. |hspace| raw:: latex
+
+        \hspace{4cm}
+
+.. only:: html
+
+    .. rubric:: Firmas
+
+    +---------------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
+    | Por ODOO,                             | Por EL COLABORADOR                       |
+    +---------------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
+
+
+.. only:: latex
 
-**Firmas**:
+    .. topic:: Firmas
 
-==================================      ==================================
-Por ODOO,                               Por EL COLABORADOR,
-==================================      ==================================
+        |vnegspace|
+        |hspace| Por ODOO, |hspace| Por EL COLABORADOR,
+        |vspace|
 
 
 .. _appendix_p_a_es:
diff --git a/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst b/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst
index 8ee41d7180..bf865b9b74 100644
--- a/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+:classes: text-justify
+
 .. _partnership_agreement_fr:
 
 ===============================
@@ -5,23 +7,27 @@ Odoo Partnership Agreement (FR)
 ===============================
 
 .. warning::
-    Ceci est une traduction en français du contrat “Odoo Enterprise Partnership Agreement”.
+    Ceci est une traduction en français du contrat “Odoo Partnership Agreement”.
     Cette traduction est fournie dans l’espoir qu’elle facilitera sa compréhension, mais elle
     n'a aucune valeur légale.
-    La seule référence officielle des termes du contrat “Odoo Enterprise Partnership Agreement”
+    La seule référence officielle des termes du contrat “Odoo Partnership Agreement”
     est la :ref:`version originale en anglais `.
 
-.. note:: Version 6 - 2017-12-04
+.. v8: simplified parts, clarified others, added trademark use restrictions, updated benefits
+.. v8a: minor clarifications and simplifications
+.. v9: added maintenance commission + obligations
+.. v9a: minor clarification to allow OE commission even without maintenance
 
-ENTRE :
+.. note:: Version 9a - 2020-06-10
 
-Odoo S.A., enregistrée au Registre de commerce de Nivelles sous le numéro RCN 95656, dont le siège
-social se situe Chaussée de Namur, 40, 1367 Grand-Rosière, Belgique, et ses filiales (désignées
-collectivement sous le terme « ODOO »)
+| ENTRE:
+|  Odoo S.A., une entreprise dont le siège social se situe Chaussée de Namur, 40,
+|  1367 Grand-Rosière, Belgique, et ses filialies (désignées collectivement « ODOO »)
+| ET:
+|  _____________________________________________, une entreprise dont le siège social se situe à
+|  _____________________________________________________________________________________.
+|  (ci-après dénommée « PARTENAIRE »)
 
-ET
-________________________________, une entreprise dont le siège social se situe à __________________
-(ci-après dénommée « PARTENAIRE »).
 
 ODOO et PARTENAIRE sont désignées individuellement par le terme « Partie » et collectivement par
 le terme « les Parties ».
@@ -53,19 +59,24 @@ Il est automatiquement renouvelé pour une Durée équivalente, à moins qu’un
 3.1 Accès à la plate-forme projet
 ---------------------------------
 Pour aider le PARTENAIRE à promouvoir Odoo Enterprise Edition, ODOO octroie au PARTENAIRE l’accès
-à son dépôt de code pour toutes les « Applis Odoo Enterprise Edition » sous les conditions
+à son dépôt de code pour toutes les « Apps Odoo Enterprise Edition » sous les conditions
 présentées dans :ref:`appendix_p_a_fr` et les conditions reprises dans ce Contrat.
-Cet accès sera octroyé dès la signature de ce Contrat et révoqué à la fin de celui-ci.
+
+ODOO accorde aussi au PARTENAIRE un accès gratuit à la plate-forme ODOO.SH, exclusivement dans un
+but de test et de développement.
 
 .. _restrictions_fr:
 
 3.2 Restrictions
 ----------------
-Le PARTENAIRE s’engage à maintenir la confidentialité du code source des Applis Odoo Enterprise
+Le PARTENAIRE s’engage à maintenir la confidentialité du code source des Apps Odoo Enterprise
 Edition au sein de son personnel. L’accès au code source d’Odoo Enterprise Edition pour les clients
-est gouverné par le Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (version 4 et au-delà).
+est régi par l'Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement.
 Le PARTENAIRE s'engage à ne PAS redistribuer ce code à un tiers sans l’autorisation écrite d’ODOO.
 
+Le PARTENAIRE s'engage à n'offrir des services relatifs à Odoo Enterprise Edition qu'aux
+clients qui disposent d'un contrat Odoo Enterprise valide, et ce même pendant la phase d'implémentation.
+
 Nonobstant ce qui précède, le PARTENAIRE s’engage à préserver totalement l’intégrité du code
 d’Odoo Enterprise Edition requis pour vérifier la validité de l’utilisation d’Odoo Enterprise Edition
 et recueillir les données statistiques nécessaires à cette fin.
@@ -75,35 +86,45 @@ et recueillir les données statistiques nécessaires à cette fin.
 
 4.1 Niveaux de partenariat
 --------------------------
-Le programme partenaire d’Odoo consiste en trois niveaux de partenariat reprenant des exigences et
-avantages spécifiques pour chacun d’entre eux : Ready, Silver et Gold.
-Le niveau de partenariat accordé au PARTENAIRE dépend des nouvelles recettes annuelles
-Odoo Enterprise générées par le PARTENAIRE pour ODOO. Les renouvellements de contrats existants
-n’entrent pas en ligne de compte pour le niveau de partenariat, mais le PARTENAIRE reçoit tout de
-même une commission sur ces contrats, comme indiqué dans la section :ref:`benefits_fr`.
+Le programme partenaire d’Odoo consiste en deux types de partenariat et quatre niveaux.
+Le type “Learning Partners” est prévu les sociétés souhaitent démarrer la
+mise en oeuvre d'Odoo, mais sans la visibilité d'un partenaire officiel, en attendant d'acquérir
+l'expérience requise; tandis qu' "Official Partners" est prévu pour les sociétés qui veulent la visibilité
+en tant que partenaire Ready, Silver ou Gold, suivant leur niveau d'expérience.
+
+Le niveau de partenariat accordé au PARTENAIRE dépend des nouvelles recettes annuelles Odoo Enterprise
+générées par le PARTENAIRE pour ODOO (en terme du nombre de nouveaux utilisateur Odoo Enterprise vendus),
+du nombre de ressources internes certifiées, et du taux de rétention de clients.
+Les renouvellements de contrats existants
+n’entrent pas en ligne de compte pour le nombre de nouveaux utilisateurs vendus, mais le PARTENAIRE
+reçoit tout de même une commission sur ces contrats, comme indiqué dans la section :ref:`benefits_fr`.
 
 Le tableau ci-dessous résume les exigences pour chaque niveau de partenariat.
 
-+----------------------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
-|                                              | Ready    | Silver   | Gold     |
-+==============================================+==========+==========+==========+
-| Nouveaux utilisateurs Odoo Enterprise vendus |   0      |  50      | 100      |
-+----------------------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
-| Ressources internes actives certifiées       |   1      |  2       |  4       |
-+----------------------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
-| Taux de rétention minimum                    |   n/a    |  85 %    |  85 %    |
-+----------------------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
++----------------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+|                                              | Learning Partner | Official: Ready    | Official: Silver   | Official: Gold     |
++==============================================+==================+====================+====================+====================+
+| Nouveaux utilisateurs Odoo Enterprise vendus |   0              |  10                | 50                 | 150                |
++----------------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Nombre d'employés certifiés sur au moins une |   0              |  1                 |  2                 |  3                 |
+| des 3 dernières version d'Odoo               |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++----------------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Taux de Rétention minimum                    |   n/a            |  n/a               | 70%                |  80%               |
++----------------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+
+Le Taux de Rétention est défini comme le rapport entre le nombre de contrats Odoo Enterprise qui sont
+toujours en cours, et le nombre de contrats Odoo Enterprise qui ont été actifs à un moment au cours
+des 12 derniers mois.
+
+Les certifications sont personnelles, donc lorsqu’un membre du personnel quitte ou rejoint l’entreprise,
+le PARTENAIRE doit en informer ODOO.
 
-Les certifications sont personnelles, donc lorsqu’un membre du personnel quitte l’entreprise,
-le PARTENAIRE doit en informer ODOO afin que celle-ci puisse mettre à jour le nombre de ressources
-certifiées actives pour l’accord de partenariat.
+Le niveau de partenariat du PARTENAIRE sera revu trimestriellement par ODOO, et ajusté au plus haut
+niveau pour lequel les 3 exigences sont atteintes.
 
-Le niveau des partenariats sera revu trimestriellement par ODOO sur la base des nouveaux contrats
-Odoo Enterprise vendus par le partenaire les 12 mois précédents.
+Cependant les "Official Partners" pourront monter de niveau de partenariat dès qu’ils répondent
+aux 3 exigences pour ce niveau.
 
-Les partenaires peuvent monter de niveau une fois qu’ils répondent aux exigences pour ce niveau
-supérieur de partenariat. Les partenaires Silver et Gold qui ne répondent pas aux exigences de leur
-partenariat à la fin de la période annuelle peuvent retomber à niveau de partenariat inférieur.
 
 .. _benefits_fr:
 
@@ -112,54 +133,62 @@ partenariat à la fin de la période annuelle peuvent retomber à niveau de part
 
 Les avantages de chaque niveau de partenariat sont détaillés dans le tableau ci-dessous :
 
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-|                                       |      Ready      |     Silver       |      Gold      |
-+=======================================+=================+==================+================+
-| **Reconnaissance**                    |                 |                  |                |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Visibilité sur odoo.com               | "Ready Partner" | "Silver Partner" |"Gold  Partner" |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Droit d’utiliser la marque déposée    | Logo Ready      | Logo Silver      | Logo Gold      |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| **Avantages formation**               |                 |                  |                |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Séminaires de mise à jour annuelle    | Oui             | Oui              | Oui            |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Coaching Vente                        | Oui             | Oui              | Oui            |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Accès à la plateforme d’E-Learning et | Oui             | Oui              | Oui            |
-|                                       |                 |                  |                |
-| à la base de connaissances d’Odoo     |                 |                  |                |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| **Avantages logiciel**                |                 |                  |                |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Accès au code source Odoo Enterprise  | Oui             | Oui              | Oui            |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| **Avantages Ventes**                  |                 |                  |                |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Commission sur la plateforme          | 100 %           | 100 %            | 100 %          |
-| Odoo SH [#f1fr]_                      |                 |                  |                |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Commission sur Odoo Enterprise        | 10 %            | 15 %             | 20 %           |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Accès à un Account Manager dédié      | Oui             | Oui              | Oui            |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| **Avantages marketing**               |                 |                  |                |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Accès au matériel de marketing        | Oui             | Oui              | Oui            |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Événement PARTENAIRE - ODOO support & | Oui             | Oui              | Oui            |
-| promotion                             |                 |                  |                |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-
-.. [#f1fr] Le taux de commission de 100 % sur la plateforme Odoo SH est octroyé pour toutes les
-           souscriptions Odoo Enterprise signées pendant la première année du partenariat, tant
-           que ces souscriptions sont renouvelées. Après la première année, le PARTENAIRE bénéficie
-           de la commission Odoo Enterprise normale, selon le niveau de partenariat.
+.. only:: latex
+
+    .. tabularcolumns:: |L|p{1.5cm}|p{1.5cm}|p{1.5cm}|p{1.5cm}|
+
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+|                                       | Learning Partner | Official: Ready    | Official: Silver   | Official: Gold     |
++=======================================+==================+====================+====================+====================+
+| **Reconnaissance**                    |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Visibilité sur odoo.com               | Non              | "Ready Partner"    | "Silver Partner"   | "Gold Partner"     |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Droit d’utiliser la marque déposée et | Oui              | Oui                | Oui                | Oui                |
+| les logos                             |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| **Avantages formation**               |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Coaching Vente & Webinars             | Oui              | Oui                | Oui                | Oui                |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Accès à la base de connaissances Odoo | Oui              | Oui                | Oui                | Oui                |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| **Avantages logiciel**                |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Accès au code source Odoo Enterprise  | Oui              | Oui                | Oui                | Oui                |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Code extension d'essai Odoo Enterprise| Oui              | Oui                | Oui                | Oui                |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Accès à Odoo.SH dans un but de test   | Oui              | Oui                | Oui                | Oui                |
+| ou de développement                   |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| **Avantages Ventes**                  |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Commission sur la plateforme          | 10%              | 100%               | 100%               | 100%               |
+| Odoo SH [#s1f]_                       |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Commission sur Odoo Enterprise        | 10%              | 10%                | 15%                | 20%                |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Commission sur la Maintenance de      | 82%              | 82%                | 82%                | 82%                |
+| Modules Supplémentaires               |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Accès à un Account Manager dédié et   | Non              | Oui                | Oui                | Oui                |
+| au Tableau de Bord Partenaire         |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| **Avantages marketing**               |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Accès au matériel de marketing        | Oui              | Oui                | Oui                | Oui                |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Événement PARTENAIRE - ODOO support & | Non              | Oui                | Oui                | Oui                |
+| promotion                             |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+
+.. [#s1f] jusqu'à un maximum de 150€ (ou 180$) de commission mensuelle par contrat Odoo.SH.
+
 
 4.3 Reconnaissance du partenaire
 --------------------------------
-ODOO promouvra le PARTENAIRE comme partenaire officiel sur le site Internet officiel (odoo.com).
+ODOO promouvra les "Official Partners" dans la liste des partenaires Odoo sur odoo.com.
 
 ODOO octroie au PARTENAIRE, sur une base non exclusive, le droit d’utiliser et de reproduire
 le logo partenaire d’ODOO du niveau de partenariat correspondant et le nom « Odoo » en relation
@@ -178,50 +207,46 @@ commerciaux, marketing et de documentation sur les fonctionnalités, pour aider
 à engranger et exploiter des connaissances Odoo, étendre son entreprise, attirer davantage
 de clients et augmenter la visibilité de sa marque.
 
-Le PARTENAIRE bénéficie également d’un accès gratuit à la plateforme E-Learning d’Odoo
-(usagers illimités). La plateforme E-Learning d’ODOO fournit une série de cours vidéo et
-de tutoriels en ligne de haute qualité concernant les Applications Odoo officielles.
-
 Le PARTENAIRE aura accès à un coaching commercial fourni par son Account Manager dédié désigné
 par ODOO.
 
-Le PARTENAIRE a également la possibilité de suivre une formation technique spécifique en
+Le PARTENAIRE a également la possibilité d'acheter des services de support ou de formation en
 souscrivant à un Odoo Success Pack, moyennant un supplément.
 
 4.5 Commissions sur les Services Odoo vendus par le PARTENAIRE
 --------------------------------------------------------------
-Pour les services ODOO achetés directement par un client par le biais du PARTENAIRE, le PARTENAIRE
-recevra la rétribution suivante :
-
-- Pour les souscriptions « Odoo Enterprise » et « Odoo SH » vendues via le PARTENAIRE,
-  ODOO facturera directement au client sur la base du prix final conclu entre ODOO,
-  le PARTENAIRE et le client. Le PARTENAIRE facturera ensuite sa commission à ODOO sur la base du
-  prix d’Odoo Enterprise Edition, déduction faite de toute réduction, et sur base du niveau actuel
-  de partenariat du PARTENAIRE au moment de la signature de la vente.
-- Pour le renouvellement de souscriptions « Odoo Enterprise », le PARTENAIRE reçoit une commission
-  pour chaque renouvellement de souscription vendue via le PARTENAIRE, tant que celui-ci maintient
-  une relation contractuelle avec le client correspondant.
-- Pour les autres services, le PARTENAIRE facture directement au client et ODOO au PARTENAIRE,
-  commission comprise (sous forme de réduction).
+Pour les services ODOO achetés par un client par le biais du PARTENAIRE, et pour autant que
+le PARTENAIRE maintienne une relation contractuelle avec ce client, le PARTENAIRE
+recevra une commission en fonction du tableau de la section :ref:`benefits_fr` et du niveau de
+partenariat à la date de la facture client correspondante.
 
-5 Frais
-=======
-Le PARTENAIRE s’engage à payer soit les frais de lancement du partenariat, soit les frais annuels
-de renouvellement du partenariat immédiatement à la réception de la facture annuelle envoyée par
-ODOO.
+Une fois par mois, le PARTENAIRE recevra un bon de commande pour la commission due pour le mois
+précédent. Sur base de ce bon de commande, le PARTENAIRE facturera ODOO, et sera payé dans un
+délai de 15 jours suivant la réception de cette facture.
 
-Les frais seront spécifiés par écrit au moment de la signature de ce Contrat.
+**Maintenance of Covered Extra Modules**
 
-Le PARTENAIRE accepte que les frais de partenariat susmentionnés ne soient pas remboursables.
+Le PARTENAIRE comprend et accepte que lorsqu'un client choisit de Collaborer avec le PARTENAIRE,
+ODOO lui déléguera la Maintenance des Modules Supplémentaires Couverts [#pcom_fr1]_,
+et qu'il deviendra le point de contact principal du client.
+
+Le PARTENAIRE ne recevra de commission pour la Maintenance des Modules Supplémentaires Couverts
+que pour autant que le client ne signale pas à ODOO sa volonté d'arrêter de Collaborer avec le
+PARTENAIRE.
+
+
+.. [#pcom_fr1] “Collaborer avec un Partenaire Odoo” et “Modules Supplémentaires Couverts” sont
+   définis dans le contrat "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement" entre ODOO et le client.
 
-Les frais de lancement du partenariat seront payés avant l’activation de ce Contrat et ne
-concernent que les nouveaux partenaires.
 
-Les frais de renouvellement annuel du partenariat devront être payés chaque année lorsque la Durée
-de ce Contrat est renouvelée.
+5 Frais
+=======
+Le PARTENAIRE s’engage à payer les frais annuels de Partenariat à la réception de la facture
+annuelle envoyée par ODOO. Ces frais seront spécifiés par écrit au moment de la signature de ce
+Contrat.
+
+Le PARTENAIRE accepte que les frais de partenariat susmentionnés ne soient pas remboursables.
 
-Si, pour quelque raison que ce soit, le PARTENAIRE décide de mettre un terme à ce Contrat et veut
-par la suite le renouveler, les frais de renouvellement annuel du partenariat seront applicables.
 
 6 Résiliation
 =============
@@ -236,7 +261,7 @@ Maintien des dispositions:
 6.1 Conséquences de la résiliation
 ----------------------------------
 À l’expiration ou la résiliation de ce Contrat, le PARTENAIRE :
- - n’utilisera plus le matériel et/ou le nom de marque d’Odoo et ne revendiquera plus l’existence
+ - n’utilisera plus le matériel et le nom de marque d’Odoo et ses marques déposées, et ne revendiquera plus l’existence
    d’un partenariat ou d’une relation quelconque avec ODOO ;
  - respectera ses engagements pendant toute période de préavis précédant une telle résiliation ;
  - ne pourra plus utiliser Odoo Enterprise, que ce soit à des fins de développement,
@@ -250,62 +275,62 @@ Les deux Parties sont liées par l’obligation de moyens ci-après.
 
 Dans les limites autorisées par la loi, la responsabilité d’ODOO pour quelque réclamation, perte,
 dommage ou dépense que ce soit découlant de n’importe quelle cause et survenant de quelque manière
-que ce soit sous ce Contrat sera limitée aux dommages directs prouvés, mais ne dépassera en aucun
-cas, pour tous les événements ou séries d’événements connexes entraînant des dommages,
+que ce soit dans le cadre de ce Contrat sera limitée aux dommages directs prouvés, mais ne dépassera
+en aucun cas, pour tous les événements ou séries d’événements connexes entraînant des dommages,
 le montant total des frais payés par le PARTENAIRE au cours de six (6) mois précédant immédiatement
 la date de l’événement donnant naissance à une telle plainte.
 
 En aucun cas, ODOO ne sera responsable pour tout dommage indirect ou consécutif, y compris, mais
 sans s’y restreindre, aux plaintes, pertes de revenu, de recettes, d’économies, d’entreprise ou
 autre perte financière, coûts d’arrêt ou de retard, pertes de données ou données corrompues
-de tiers ou de clients résultant de ou en lien avec l’exécution de ses obligations.
+de tiers ou de clients résultant de ou en lien avec l’exécution de ses obligations dans le cadre
+de ce Contrat.
 
 Le PARTENAIRE comprend qu’il n’a aucune attente et n’a reçu aucune assurance qu’un investissement
 effectué dans l’exécution de ce Contrat et du Programme de partenariat d’Odoo sera récupéré ou
 recouvert ou qu’il obtiendra un quelconque montant de bénéfices anticipé en vertu de ce Contrat.
 
-Le PARTENAIRE renonce à tout engagement au nom d’ODOO concernant l’évolution du Logiciel.
 
-Selon les conditions de la licence du Logiciel, ODOO ne sera pas responsable pour quelque bug que
-ce soit, ni pour la qualité ou la performance du Logiciel.
+8 Image de marque
+=================
 
+La marque "Odoo" (y compris le nom et ses représentations visuelles et logos) est la propriété
+exclusive d'ODOO.
 
-8 Divers
-========
+ODOO autorise le PARTENAIRE à utiliser la marque "Odoo" pour promouvoir ses produits et services,
+pour la Durée de ce Contrat seulement, et tant que les conditions suivantes sont remplies:
 
-8.1 Communications
-------------------
-Aucune communication d’une Partie à l’autre n’aura de validité sous ce Contrat à moins qu’elle
-n’ait été communiquée par écrit ou au nom du PARTENAIRE ou d’ODOO, le cas échéant, en accord avec
-les dispositions de ce Contrat.
-Toute communication que les deux Parties doivent ou peuvent émettre ou se transmettre par ce
-Contrat sera donnée par courrier recommandé.
+- Aucune confusion n'est possible sur le fait que les services sont fournis par le PARTENAIRE,
+  et non par ODOO;
+- Le PARTENAIRE n'utilise pas la marque "Odoo" dans un nom d'entreprise, un nom de produit, ou un
+  nom de domaine, et ne dépose aucune marque qui la contienne.
 
-8.2 Image de marque
--------------------
-Les deux parties s’abstiendront de nuire à l’image de marque et à la réputation de l’autre Partie
-de quelque façon que ce soit, dans l’exécution de ce Contrat. Le non-respect de cette disposition
-forme une cause de résiliation de ce Contrat.
+Les Parties s’abstiendront de nuire à l’image de marque et à la réputation de l’autre Partie
+de quelque façon que ce soit, dans l’exécution de ce Contrat.
 
-8.3 Publicité
+Le non-respect des dispositions de cette section sera une cause de résiliation du Contrat.
+
+
+8.1 Publicité
 -------------
 Le PARTENAIRE octroie à ODOO un droit non exclusif d’utilisation du nom ou de la marque déposée
 du PARTENAIRE dans des communiqués de presse, annonces publicitaires ou autres annonces publiques.
-Le PARTENAIRE accepte plus particulièrement d’être mentionné et que son logo ou sa marque déposée
-soient utilisés à cette fin uniquement, dans la liste officielle des partenaires ODOO.
 
-8.4 Pas de candidature ou d’engagement
+Le PARTENAIRE accepte en particulier d’être mentionné dans la liste officielle des
+partenaires ODOO et que son logo ou sa marque déposée soient utilisés à cette fin uniquement.
+
+8.2 Pas de candidature ou d’engagement
 --------------------------------------
 
 À moins que l’autre Partie ne donne son consentement écrit, chaque Partie, ses filiales et ses
 représentants acceptent de ne pas solliciter ou proposer un emploi à un travailleur de l’autre
 Partie impliqué dans l’exécution ou l’utilisation des Services repris dans ce Contrat,
-pour toute la durée de l’accord et une période de 24 mois suivant la date de résiliation ou
+pour toute la durée de l’accord et une période de 12 mois suivant la date de résiliation ou
 d’expiration de ce Contrat. En cas de non-respect des conditions de cette section qui mène à la
 résiliation dudit travailleur à cet effet, la Partie fautive accepte de payer à l’autre Partie
 la somme de 30 000,00 (trente mille) euros (€).
 
-8.5 Contracteurs indépendants
+8.3 Contracteurs indépendants
 -----------------------------
 Les Parties sont des contracteurs indépendants et ce Contrat ne sera pas interprété comme
 constituant une Partie comme partenaire, joint-venture ou fiduciaire de l’autre ni créant tout
@@ -322,11 +347,36 @@ en lien avec le Contrat et pour lequel aucun règlement à l’amiable ne peut 
 finalement réglé par les Tribunaux de Belgique à Nivelles.
 
 
-**Signatures**:
+.. |vnegspace| raw:: latex
+
+        \vspace{-.5cm}
+
+.. |vspace| raw:: latex
+
+        \vspace{.8cm}
+
+.. |hspace| raw:: latex
+
+        \hspace{4cm}
+
+.. only:: html
+
+    .. rubric:: Signatures
+
+    +---------------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
+    | Pour ODOO,                            | Pour le PARTENAIRE,                      |
+    +---------------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
+
+
+.. only:: latex
+
+    .. topic:: Signatures
+
+        |vnegspace|
+        |hspace| Pour ODOO, |hspace| Pour le PARTENAIRE,
+        |vspace|
+
 
-==================================      ==================================
-Pour ODOO,                              Pour le PARTENAIRE,
-==================================      ==================================
 
 
 .. _appendix_p_a_fr:
@@ -344,12 +394,6 @@ définie ci-dessous.
     La seule référence officielle des termes de la licence “Odoo Enterprise Edition License”
     est la :ref:`version originale `.
 
-    This is a french translation of the "Odoo Enterprise Edition License”.
-    This translation is provided in the hope that it will facilitate understanding, but it has
-    no legal value.
-    The only official reference of the terms of the “Odoo Enterprise Edition
-    License” is the :ref:`original english version `.
-
 .. raw:: html
 
     
diff --git a/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_tex_es.rst b/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_tex_es.rst
index 307fc8bd84..77ed7b10ea 100644
--- a/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_tex_es.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_tex_es.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+:orphan:
 
 .. toctree::
    :maxdepth: 4
diff --git a/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_tex_fr.rst b/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_tex_fr.rst
index 353009343a..0e5ca6a618 100644
--- a/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_tex_fr.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/i18n/partnership_tex_fr.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+:orphan:
 
 .. toctree::
    :maxdepth: 4
diff --git a/legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_tex_fr.rst b/legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_tex_fr.rst
index 6a0c8fb00e..ed9374ed74 100644
--- a/legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_tex_fr.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_tex_fr.rst
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
+:orphan:
 
 .. toctree::
    :maxdepth: 4
    :hidden:
 
-   terms_of_sale_fr
\ No newline at end of file
+   terms_of_sale_fr
diff --git a/legal/terms/online.rst b/legal/terms/online.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index b92fd37465..0000000000
--- a/legal/terms/online.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,614 +0,0 @@
-.. _online_terms_of_sale:
-
-==============================
-Odoo Online Terms & Conditions
-==============================
-
-.. note:: Version 1 - Last revision: July 12, 2017.
-
-By subscribing to the Odoo Online services (the "Services") provided by Odoo SA and its
-affiliates (collectively, "Odoo SA") in relation with Odoo Enterprise Edition or
-Odoo Community Edition (the "Software"), you (the "Customer") are agreeing to be bound by the
-following terms and conditions (the "Agreement").
-
-.. _term_online:
-
-1 Term of the Agreement
-=======================
-
-The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be minimally one month and as
-specified in writing at the signature of this Agreement, beginning on the date
-of the signature. It is automatically renewed for an equal Term, unless either
-party provides a written notice of termination minimum 30 days before the end
-of the Term by registered mail to the other party.
-
-
-.. _definitions_online:
-
-2 Definitions
-=============
-
-User
-    Any active user account with access to the Software in creation and/or edition mode.
-    Deactivated user accounts and accounts used by external people (or systems) who only have
-    limited access to the Software through the portal facilities (known as "portal Users") are not
-    counted as Users.
-
-Bug
-    Is considered a Bug any failure of the Software that results in a complete stop, error
-    traceback or security breach, and is not directly caused by a defective installation or
-    configuration. Non-compliance with specifications or requirements will be considered as Bugs at
-    the discretion of Odoo SA (typically, when the Software does not produce the results or
-    performance it was designed to produce, or when a country-specific feature does not meet legal
-    accounting requirements anymore).
-
-.. _enterprise_access_online:
-
-3 Access to source code
-=======================
-
-For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA gives the Customer a non-exclusive,
-non-transferable license to use (execute, modify, execute after modification)
-the Odoo software, under the terms set forth in :ref:`appendix_a_online`.
-
-The Customer agrees to take all necessary measures to guarantee the unmodified
-execution of the part of the Software that verifies the validity of the usage
-and collects statistics for that purpose, including but not limited to the
-running of an instance, the applications installed and the number of Users.
-
-Odoo SA commits not to disclose individual or named figures to third parties without the consent
-of the Customer, and to deal with all collected data in compliance with its official Privacy
-Policy, as published on `Odoo SA's website `_.
-
-Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, this license is revoked immediately and the
-Customer agrees to stop using the software.
-
-Should the Customer breach the terms of this section, the Customer agrees to
-pay Odoo SA an extra fee equal to 300% of the applicable list price for the
-actual number of Users for one year.
-
-
-.. _services_online:
-
-4 Service Level
-===============
-
-4.1 Bug Fixing Service
-----------------------
-
-For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to making all reasonable efforts to remedy any
-Bug of the Software submitted by the Customer through the appropriate channel (typically, Odoo SA's
-service desk email address or website form), and to start handling such Customer submissions
-within 2 business days.
-
-The Customer understands that Bugs caused by a modification or extension that is not part of the
-official Software will not be covered by this service.
-
-Both parties acknowledge that as specified in the license of the Software and in the :ref:`liability_online`
-section of this Agreement, Odoo SA cannot be held liable for Bugs in the Software.
-
-4.2 Support Service
--------------------
-
-Support Scope
-+++++++++++++
-
-For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA offer a support service, with an
-unlimited number of tickets for bugs and functional questions: how to use and
-configure Odoo for your specific needs.
-
-This support service does not include support to customize Odoo, develop new
-modules, or perform specific actions on your database on your behalf. (e.g.
-recording data, or configuring the system for you) Those services can be
-offered in extra through our Success Pack service offer.
-
-Support Service
-+++++++++++++++
-
-Support issues should be submited online on https://odoo.com/help In case of
-emergency, you can call our support teams directly for a real time answer.
-
-Our support teams are split across 3 continents in India (Ahmedabad), Belgium
-(Brussels) and United States (San Francisco) in order to cover 20 hours per
-open day. (monday to friday, excluding legal holidays in the respective
-countries)
-
-No guarantees are provided on the time to qualify or close a support ticket,
-it's based on our best efforts. But 95% of the tickets are qualified within 2
-open days, and 90% of the critical bugs (when a user can not work on the system
-anymore) are processed within 2 hours.
-
-The Odoo portal allows you to track you support tickets. 
-
-
-4.3 Service Availability
-------------------------
-
-Customer databases are hosted in the closest Odoo data center (EMEA: France,
-Americas: Canada, APAC: Hong Kong or Taiwan). Each customer instance is replicated
-in real-time on a hot-standby system located in the same data center.
-
-We work with different hosting providers worldwide (and we can switch at anytime),
-but they always deliver at least 99.9% uptime guarantee. These metrics refer to
-the availability of the platform itself for all customers. Individual databases
-may be temporarily unavailable for specific reasons, typically related to the
-customer's actions, customizations or upgrades.
-
-Our data centers are Tier-III certified or equivalent, with N+1 redundancy for
-power, network and cooling. 
-
-4.4 Backups & Recovery
-----------------------
-
-Every database has 14 full snapshot backups for up to 3 months: 1/day for 7
-days, 1/week for 4 weeks, 1/month for 3 months. Every backup is replicated on
-at least 3 different machines in different data centers.
-
-Users can download manual backups of their live data at any time. 
-
-For a permanent disaster impacting one server only, our Disaster Recovery Plan
-has the following metrics:
-- RPO (Recovery Point Objective) = 5 minutes, i.e. can lose maximum 5 minutes of work
-- RTO (Recovery Time Objective) = 30 minutes, i.e the service will be back online after maximum 30 minutes  (Standby promotion time + DNS propagation time included)
-
-For data center disasters (one entire data center is completely and permanently
-down), Disaster Recovery Plan has these metrics:
-- RPO (Recovery Point Objective) = 24h, i.e. you can lose maximum 24h of work if the data cannot be recovered and we need to restore the last daily backup
-- RTO (Recovery Time Objective) = 24h, i.e. the service will be restored from the backup within 24 hours in a different data center 
-
-4.5 Security
-------------
-
-Database Security
-+++++++++++++++++
-
-Customer data is stored in a dedicated database - no sharing of data between
-clients. Data access control rules implement complete isolation between customer
-databases running on the same cluster, no access is possible from one database
-to another.
-
-Password Security
-+++++++++++++++++
-
-Customer passwords are protected with industry-standard PBKDF2+SHA512
-encryption (salted + stretched for thousands of rounds).
-
-Odoo staff does not have access to your password, and cannot retrieve it for
-you, the only option if you lose it is to reset it Login credentials are always
-transmitted securely over HTTPS.
-
-System Security
-+++++++++++++++
-
-All web connections to client instances are protected with state-of-the-art
-256-bit SSL encryption. All our SSL certificates use robust 2048-bit modulus
-with full SHA-2 certificates chains. Our servers are kept under a strict
-security watch, and always patched against the latest SSL vulnerabilities,
-enjoying Grade A SSL ratings at all times.
-
-All Odoo online servers are running hardened Linux distributions with
-up-to-date security patches. Installations are ad-hoc and minimal to limit the
-number of services that could contain vulnerabilities (no PHP/MySQL stack for
-example)
-
-Only a few trusted Odoo engineers have clearance to remotely manage the servers
-- and access is only possible using SSH key pairs (password authentication
-disallowed)
-
-Firewalls and intrusion counter-measures help prevent unauthorized access.
-Automatic Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) mitigation is implemented in EU
-and US data centers, and coming soon in Asia.
-
-Staff Access
-++++++++++++
-
-Odoo helpdesk staff may sign into your account to access settings related to
-your support issue. For this they use their own special staff credentials, not
-your password (which they have no way to know).
-
-This special staff access improves efficiency and security: they can
-immediately reproduce the problem you are seeing, you never need to share your
-password, and we can audit and control staff actions separately!
-
-Our Helpdesk staff strives to respect your privacy as much as possible, and
-only access files and settings needed to diagnose and resolve your issue
-
-Physical Security
-+++++++++++++++++
-
-The Odoo Online servers are hosted in several data centers worldwide, that must
-all satisfy with our minimum physical security criterions:
-- Physical access to the data center area where Odoo servers are located is restricted to data center technicians only
-- Security cameras are monitoring the data center locations
-
-Credit Cards Safety
-+++++++++++++++++++
-
-When you sign up for a paid Odoo Online subscription, we do not store your
-credit card information. Your credit card information is only transmitted
-securely between you and our PCI-Compliant payment acquirers: Ingenico and
-Paypal (even for recurring subscriptions)
-
-Software Security
-+++++++++++++++++
-
-The codebase of Odoo is laregely distributed and, thus, is continuously under
-examination by Odoo users and contributors worldwide. Community bug reports are
-therefore one important source of feedback regarding security. We encourage
-developers to audit the code and report security issues.
-
-Odoo SA commits to sending a "Security Advisory" to the Customer for any
-security Bug that are discovered in the Software, at least 2 weeks before
-making the Security Advisory public, unless the Bug has already been disclosed
-publicly by a third party.
-
-Security Advisories include a complete description of the Bug, its cause, its
-possible impacts on the Customer's systems, and the corresponding remedy for
-each Covered Version.
-
-The Customer understands that the Bug and the information in the Security
-Advisory must be treated are Confidential Information as described in
-:ref:`confidentiality_online` during the embargo period prior to the public
-disclosure.
-
-The Odoo R&D processes have code review steps that include security aspects,
-for new and contributed pieces of code. Odoo is designed in a way that prevents
-introducing most common security vulnerabilities:
-
-- SQL injections are prevented by the use of a higher-level API that does not require manual SQL queries
-- XSS attacks are prevented by the use of a high-level templating system that automatically escapes injected data 
-- The framework prevents RPC access to private methods, making it harder to introduce exploitable vulnerabilities
-- See also the OWASP Top Vulnerabilities section to see how Odoo is designed from the ground up to prevent such vulnerabilities from appearing.
-
-Odoo is regularly audited by independent companies that are hired by our
-customers and prospects to perform audits and penetration tests. The Odoo
-Security Team receives the results and takes appropriate corrective measures
-whenever it is necessary. We can't however disclose any of those results,
-because they are confidential and belong to the commissioners.
-
-Odoo also has a very active community of independent security researchers, who
-continuously monitor the source code and work with us to improve and harden the
-security of Odoo. Our Security Program is described on our Responsible
-Disclosure page: https://www.odoo.com/page/responsible-disclosure.
-
-.. _upgrade_online:
-
-4.6 Upgrade Services
---------------------
-
-.. _upgrade_odoo_online:
-
-Upgrade Service for the Software
-++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
-
-For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer can submit upgrade requests,
-in order to convert a database of the Software from one Covered Version of the
-Software to a more recent Covered Version (the "Target Version").
-
-This service provided through an automated platform in order to allow the Customer to perform
-unattended upgrades once a previous version of the Customer's database has been successfully
-upgraded for a Covered Version.
-The Customer may submit successive upgrade requests for a database, and agrees to submit at least
-1 upgrade request for testing purposes before submitting the final upgrade request.
-
-It is the sole responsibility of the Customer to verify and validate the upgraded database in order
-to detect Bugs, to analyze the impact of changes and new features implemented in the Target Version,
-and to convert and adapt for the Target Version any third-party extensions of the Software that
-were installed in the database before the upgrade (except where applicable as foreseen in section
-:ref:`upgrade_extra_online`).
-
-The Customer may submit multiple upgrade requests for a database, until an
-acceptable result is achieved.
-
-.. _upgrade_extra_online:
-
-Upgrade Service for customizations
-++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
-
-For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer may request optional upgrade
-services for third-party extension modules of the Software, in addition to the
-regular Upgrade Services.
-
-This optional service is subject to additional fees
-(as described in charges_online_) and includes the technical adaptation of third-party
-modules installed in the Customer's database and their corresponding data in
-order to be compatible with the Target Version. The Customer will receive an
-upgraded version of all installed third-party modules along with the upgraded
-database.
-
-.. _charges_online:
-
-5 Charges and Fees
-==================
-
-.. _charges_standard_online:
-
-5.1 Standard charges
---------------------
-
-The standard charges for the Odoo Online subscription, the Bug Fixing Service, Security Advisories
-Service and the Upgrade Service are based on the number of Users and applications used by
-the Customer, and specified in writing at the signature of the Agreement.
-
-When during the Term, the Customer has more Users or applications than
-specified at the time of signature of this Agreement, the Customer agrees to
-pay an extra fee equivalent to the applicable list price (at the beginning of
-the Term) for the additional Users and applications, for the remainder of the
-Term.
-
-.. _charges_renewal_online:
-
-5.2 Renewal charges
--------------------
-
-Upon renewal as covered in section :ref:`term_online`, if the per-User charges applied
-during the previous Term are lower than the most current applicable per-User
-list price, the per-User charges will increase by up to 7% per year.
-
-
-.. _charges_thirdparty_online:
-
-5.3 Charges for custom features or third-party modules
-------------------------------------------------------
-
-.. FIXME: should we really fix the price in the contract?
-
-The additional charge for the Upgrade, Support and Bugfix Service for custom
-modules developed by Odoo SA is a recurring price depending on the number of
-hours done to develop these custom features:
-- 4 EUR / month per hour of development in European contries
-- 5 USD / month per hour of development in other countries
-
-In case the modules are not developed by Odoo SA, Odoo SA reserves the right to
-reject an upgrade request for third-party modules under the above conditions if
-the quality of the source code of those modules is too low, or if these modules
-constitute an interface with third-party software or systems. The upgrade of
-such modules will subject to a separate offer, outside of this Agreement.
-
-.. _taxes_online:
-
-5.4 Taxes
----------
-
-.. FIXME : extra section, not sure we need it?
-
-All fees and charges are exclusive of all applicable federal, provincial, state, local or other
-governmental taxes, fees or charges (collectively, "Taxes"). The Customer is responsible for paying
-all Taxes associated with purchases made by the Customer under this Agreement, except when Odoo SA
-is legally obliged to pay or collect Taxes for which the Customer is responsible.
-
-
-.. _conditions_online:
-
-6 Conditions of Services
-========================
-
-6.1 Customer Obligations
-------------------------
-
-.. FIXME: removed the clause about
-
-The Customer agrees to:
-
-- pay Odoo SA any applicable charges for the Services of the present Agreement, in accordance with
-  the payment conditions specified in the corresponding invoice ;
-- appoint 1 dedicated Customer contact person for the entire duration of the Agreement;
-
-
-.. _no_soliciting_online:
-
-6.2 No Soliciting or Hiring
----------------------------
-
-Except where the other party gives its consent in writing, each party, its affiliates and
-representatives agree not to solicit or offer employment to any employee of the other party who is
-involved in performing or using the Services under this Agreement, for the duration of the Agreement
-and for a period of 12 months from the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement.
-In case of any breach of the conditions of this section that leads to the termination of said
-employee toward that end, the breaching party agrees to pay to the other party an amount of
-EUR (€) 30 000.00 (thirty thousand euros).
-
-
-.. _publicity_online:
-
-6.3 Publicity
--------------
-
-Except where notified otherwise in writing, each party grants the other a non-transferable,
-non-exclusive, royalty free, worldwide license to reproduce and display the other party’s name,
-logos and trademarks, solely for the purpose of referring to the other party as a customer or
-supplier, on websites, press releases and other marketing materials.
-
-
-.. _confidentiality_online:
-
-6.4 Confidentiality
--------------------
-
-Definition of "Confidential Information":
-    All information disclosed by a party (the "Disclosing Party") to the other party
-    (the "Receiving Party"), whether orally or in writing, that is designated as confidential or
-    that reasonably should be understood to be confidential given the nature of the information and
-    the circumstances of disclosure. In particular any information related to the business,
-    affairs, products, developments, trade secrets, know-how, personnel, customers and suppliers of
-    either party should be regarded as confidential.
-
-For all Confidential Information received during the Term of this Agreement, the Receiving Party
-will use the same degree of care that it uses to protect the confidentiality of its own similar
-Confidential Information, but not less than reasonable care.
-
-The Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party to the extent
-compelled by law to do so, provided the Receiving Party gives the Disclosing Party prior notice of
-the compelled disclosure, to the extent permitted by law.
-
-.. _termination_online:
-
-6.5 Termination
----------------
-
-In the event that either Party fails to fulfill any of its obligations arising herein, and if such
-breach has not been remedied within 30 calendar days from the written notice of such
-breach, this Agreement may be terminated immediately by the non-breaching Party.
-
-Further, Odoo SA may terminate the Agreement immediately in the event the Customer fails to pay
-the applicable fees for the Services within the due date specified on the corresponding invoice.
-
-Surviving Provisions:
-  The sections ":ref:`confidentiality_online`”, “:ref:`disclaimers_online`”,
-  “:ref:`liability_online`”, and “:ref:`general_provisions_online`” will survive any termination or expiration of
-  this Agreement.
-
-
-.. _warranties_disclaimers_online:
-
-7 Warranties, Disclaimers, Liability
-====================================
-
-.. _warranties_online:
-
-7.1 Warranties
---------------
-
-.. industry-standard warranties regarding our Services while Agreement in effect
-
-For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to using commercially reasonable efforts to
-execute the Services in accordance with the generally accepted industry standards provided that:
-
-- the Customer’s computing systems are in good operational order and the Software is installed in a
-  suitable operating environment;
-- the Customer provides adequate troubleshooting information and access so that Odoo SA can
-  identify, reproduce and address problems;
-- all amounts due to Odoo SA have been paid.
-
-The Customer's sole and exclusive remedy and Odoo SA's only obligation for any breach of this warranty
-is for Odoo SA to resume the execution of the Services at no additional charge.
-
-.. _disclaimers_online:
-
-7.2 Disclaimers
----------------
-
-.. no other warranties than explicitly provided
-
-Except as expressly provided herein, neither party makes any warranty of any kind, whether express,
-implied, statutory or otherwise, and each party specifically disclaims all implied warranties,
-including any implied warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose or
-non-infringement, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.
-
-Odoo SA does not warrant that the Software complies with any local or international law or regulations.
-
-.. _liability_online:
-
-7.3 Limitation of Liability
----------------------------
-
-To the maximum extent permitted by law, the aggregate liability of each party together with its
-affiliates arising out of or related to this Agreement will not exceed 50% of the total amount
-paid by the Customer under this Agreement during the 12 months immediately preceding the date of the event
-giving rise to such claim. Multiple claims shall not enlarge this limitation.
-
-In no event will either party or its affiliates be liable for any indirect, special, exemplary,
-incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of revenue,
-profits, savings, loss of business or other financial loss, costs of standstill or delay, lost or
-corrupted data, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement regardless of the form of
-action, whether in contract, tort (including strict negligence) or any other legal or equitable
-theory, even if a party or its affiliates have been advised of the possibility of such damages,
-or if a party or its affiliates' remedy otherwise fails of its essential purpose.
-
-.. _force_majeure_online:
-
-7.4 Force Majeure
------------------
-
-Neither party shall be liable to the other party for the delay in any performance or failure to
-render any performance under this Agreement when such failure or delay is caused by governmental
-regulations, fire, strike, war, flood, accident, epidemic, embargo, appropriation of plant or
-product in whole or in part by any government or public authority, or any other cause or causes,
-whether of like or different nature, beyond the reasonable control of such party as long as such
-cause or causes exist.
-
-
-.. _general_provisions_online:
-
-8 General Provisions
-====================
-
-.. _governing_law_online:
-
-8.1 Governing Law
------------------
-
-Both parties agree that the laws of Belgium will apply, should any dispute arise out of or
-in connection with this Agreement, without regard to choice or conflict of law principles.
-To the extent that any lawsuit or court proceeding is permitted hereinabove, both
-parties agree to submit to the sole jurisdiction of the Nivelles (Belgium) court for the purpose of
-litigating all disputes.
-
-.. _severability_online:
-
-8.2 Severability
-----------------
-
-In case any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or any application thereof shall be
-invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
-remaining provisions of this Agreement and any application thereof shall be in no way thereby
-affected or impaired. Both parties undertake to replace any invalid, illegal or
-unenforceable provision of this Agreement by a valid provision having the same effects and
-objectives.
-
-
-.. _appendix_a_online:
-
-9 Appendix A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License
-=============================================
-
-.. only:: latex
-
-    Odoo Enterprise Edition is licensed under the Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0,
-    defined as follows:
-
-    .. include:: ../licenses/enterprise_license.txt
-        :literal:
-
-.. only:: html
-
-    See :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`.
-
-
-
-
-
-.. FIXME: move this is to appendix or somewhere else?
-
-.. only:: disabled
-
-    Agreement Registration
-    ======================
-
-    Customer contact information
-    ----------------------------
-
-    Company name:
-    Company address:
-    VAT number (if applicable):
-    Contact name:
-    Email:
-    Phone:
-
-    Technical contact information (can be an Odoo partner):
-    -------------------------------------------------------
-    Company name:
-    Contact name:
-    Email:
-    Phone:
-
-
-    By signing this Agreement I confirm I am a legal representative of Customer as stated in the
-    resent section and approve all provisions and conditions of the present Agreement:
-
-    For and on behalf of (company name):
-    Last name, first name:
-    Title:
-    Date:
-
-    Signature:
diff --git a/legal/terms/partnership.rst b/legal/terms/partnership.rst
index 7ed3c9e5b6..c431e9c790 100644
--- a/legal/terms/partnership.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/partnership.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+:classes: text-justify
 
 .. _partnership_agreement:
 
@@ -5,21 +6,22 @@
 Odoo Partnership Agreement
 ==========================
 
-.. note:: Version 6a - 2017-12-11
-
 .. v6a: typo in section 4.4
-
-
-BETWEEN:
-
-Odoo S.A., registered at the Trade and Companies Register of Nivelles under number RCN 95656,
-having its registered office at Chaussée de Namur, 40, 1367 Grand-Rosière, Belgium,
-and its affiliates (collectively referred to as "ODOO")
-
-AND
-________________________________, a company having its registered office
-at _____________________
-(Hereinafter referred to as “PARTNER”)
+.. v7: introduce "Learning Partners" and a few related changes
+.. v8: simplified parts, clarified others, added trademark use restrictions, updated benefits
+.. v8a: minor clarifications and simplifications
+.. v9: added maintenance commission + obligations
+.. v9a: minor clarification to allow OE commission even without maintenance
+
+.. note:: Version 9a - 2020-06-10
+
+| BETWEEN:
+|  Odoo S.A., having its registered office at Chaussée de Namur, 40, 1367 Grand-Rosière,
+|  Belgium, and its affiliates (collectively referred to as “ODOO”)
+| AND:
+|  _____________________________________________, a company having its registered office at
+|  _____________________________________________________________________________________.
+|  (hereinafter referred to as “PARTNER”)
 
 ODOO and PARTNER are individually referred to as a "Party" and collectively referred to as
 "the Parties".
@@ -30,10 +32,10 @@ The purpose of this agreement is to set forth the conditions under which ODOO pr
 PARTNER, access to the Odoo Enterprise Edition software, and under which PARTNER complies with the
 obligations set out hereafter.
 
-ODOO hereby appoints PARTNER, and PARTNER hereby accepts appointment, to be a non-exclusive partner
+ODOO hereby appoints PARTNER, and PARTNER hereby accepts the appointment, to be a non-exclusive partner
 promoting and selling "Odoo Enterprise Edition" to customers.
 
-PARTNER commits to do its best effort to sell Odoo Enterprise contracts to its clients.
+PARTNER commits to doing its best effort to sell Odoo Enterprise contracts to its clients.
 To support that, PARTNER will market in priority the "Odoo Enterprise Edition" version to prospects
 and customers. PARTNER still has the option to sell services on other versions of the software,
 like "Odoo Community Edition", should it be needed.
@@ -41,7 +43,7 @@ like "Odoo Community Edition", should it be needed.
 2 Term of the Agreement
 =======================
 The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be one year beginning on the date of the signature.
-It is automatically renewed for an equal Term, unless either party provides a written notice of
+It is automatically renewed for an equal Term unless either party provides written notice of
 termination minimum 30 days before the end of the Term to the other party.
 
 
@@ -50,22 +52,25 @@ termination minimum 30 days before the end of the Term to the other party.
 
 3.1 Project platform access
 ---------------------------
-To help PARTNER promote Odoo Enterprise Edition, ODOO grants access to its project code repository
-to PARTNER for all "Odoo Enterprise Edition" Apps, under the terms set forth in :ref:`appendix_p_a`
+To help PARTNER promote Odoo Enterprise Edition, ODOO grants PARTNER access to its project code repository
+for all "Odoo Enterprise Edition" Apps, under the terms set forth in :ref:`appendix_p_a`
 and the conditions restricted under this Agreement.
-This access will be granted as of the signature of this agreement and be revoked when this agreement
-is terminated.
 
+In addition, ODOO grants PARTNER free access to the ODOO.SH platform for testing and development
+purposes.
 
 .. _restrictions:
 
 3.2 Restrictions
 ----------------
-PARTNER commits to keep confidentiality of the source code of Odoo Enterprise Edition Apps
+PARTNER commits to keeping confidentiality of the source code of Odoo Enterprise Edition Apps
 within its staff. Access to the source code of Odoo Enterprise Edition for customers is
-governed by the Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (version 4.0 and above).
+governed by the Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement.
 PARTNER agrees to NOT redistribute this code to third parties without the written permission of ODOO.
 
+PARTNER commits to not offer services on Odoo Enterprise Edition to customers who are not covered
+by an Odoo Enterprise subscription, even during the implementation phase.
+
 Notwithstanding the above, PARTNER commits to wholly preserve the integrity of the
 Odoo Enterprise Edition code that is required to verify the validity of usage of Odoo Enterprise
 Edition and to collect statistics that are needed for that purpose.
@@ -76,99 +81,116 @@ Edition and to collect statistics that are needed for that purpose.
 
 4.1 Partnership levels
 ----------------------
-The Odoo partner program consists of three partnership levels; Ready, Silver and Gold with specific
-requirements and benefits for each level.
+The Odoo partner program consists of two types of partnerships and four levels;
+“Learning Partners” is for companies who want everything necessary to start implementing Odoo,
+without visibility as an official partner until they get the required experience;
+“Official Partners” is for companies who want the visibility as Ready, Silver, and Gold,
+according to their experience with Odoo.
+
 Partnership level granted to PARTNER depends on the annual new Odoo Enterprise revenue generated
-for ODOO. Renewals of existing contracts do not account for the partnership level, but PARTNER
+for ODOO (in terms of Odoo Enterprise Users sold), the number of certified resources and the customer
+Retention Rate.
+Renewals of existing contracts do not count towards the number of Users Sold, but PARTNER
 still gets a commission on these contracts as stated in section :ref:`benefits`.
 
-The table below summarizes the requirements for each partnership level.
+The table below summarizes the requirements that have to be met for each partnership level.
+
++--------------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+|                                            | Learning Partner | Official: Ready    | Official: Silver   | Official: Gold     |
++============================================+==================+====================+====================+====================+
+| Annual New Odoo Enterprise Users Sold      |   0              |  10                | 50                 | 150                |
++--------------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Number of Certified Employees on at least  |   0              |  1                 |  2                 |  3                 |
+| one of the 3 last Odoo versions            |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++--------------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Minimum Retention Rate                     |   n/a            |  n/a               | 70%                |  80%               |
++--------------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
 
-+--------------------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
-|                                            | Ready    | Silver   | Gold     |
-+============================================+==========+==========+==========+
-| Annual New Net Odoo Enterprise Users Sold  |   0      |  50      | 100      |
-+--------------------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
-| Certified Active Internal Resources        |   1      |  2       |  4       |
-+--------------------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
-| Minimum retention rate                     |   n/a    |  85%     |  85%     |
-+--------------------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
+The Retention Rate is defined as the ratio between the number of Odoo Enterprise contracts that
+are currently active, and the number of Odoo Enterprise contracts that have been active at some point
+in the last 12 months
 
-Certifications are personal, so when a certified staff member leaves the company,
-PARTNER must notify ODOO in order to update the number of certified resources active
-for the partnership contract.
+Certifications are personal, so when a certified staff member leaves or joins the company,
+PARTNER must notify ODOO.
 
-The level of partnerships will be reviewed quarterly by ODOO based on new Odoo Enterprise contracts
-sold by PARTNER over the previous 12 months.
+PARTNER's partnership level will be reviewed quarterly by ODOO, and adjusted
+to the highest level for which the 3 requirements are met.
+
+However, "Official Partners" may be upgraded automatically to a higher level once they reach the
+3 requirements for that higher partnership level.
 
-Partners may be upgraded automatically to a higher level once they reach the requirements for that
-higher partnership level. Silver and Gold partners that are not meeting their partnerships
-requirements at the end of annual period may be assigned to a lower partnership level.
 
 .. _benefits:
 
 4.2 Benefits
 ------------
 
-The details of the benefits for each level of partnership are described in the table below:
-
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-|                                       |      Ready      |     Silver       |      Gold      |
-+=======================================+=================+==================+================+
-| **Recognition**                       |                 |                  |                |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Visibility on odoo.com                | "Ready Partner" | "Silver Partner" | "Gold Partner" |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Rights to use "Odoo" trademark        | Ready logo      | Silver logo      | Gold Logo      |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| **Training benefits**                 |                 |                  |                |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Yearly upgrade seminars               | Yes             | Yes              | Yes            |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Sales Coaching                        | Yes             | Yes              | Yes            |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Access to E-Learning Platform and     | Yes             | Yes              | Yes            |
-|                                       |                 |                  |                |
-| Odoo Knowledge Base                   |                 |                  |                |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| **Software benefits**                 |                 |                  |                |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Access to Odoo Enterprise source code | Yes             | Yes              | Yes            |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| **Sales benefits**                    |                 |                  |                |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Commission on Odoo SH platform [#f1]_ | 100%            | 100%             | 100%           |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Commission on Odoo Enterprise         | 10%             | 15%              | 20%            |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Access to dedicated Account Manager   | Yes             | Yes              | Yes            |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| **Marketing benefits**                |                 |                  |                |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| Access to marketing material          | Yes             | Yes              | Yes            |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-| PARTNER Event - ODOO support &        | Yes             | Yes              | Yes            |
-| Promotion                             |                 |                  |                |
-+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
-
-.. [#f1] The 100% commission rate on Odoo SH Platform is granted for all Odoo Enterprise
-         subscriptions signed during the first year of partnership, as long as those subscription
-         are renewed. After the first year, PARTNER gets the normal Odoo Enterprise commission,
-         according to the partnership level.
+The details of the benefits for each level of the partnership are described in the table below:
+
+.. only:: latex
+
+    .. tabularcolumns:: |L|p{1.5cm}|p{1.5cm}|p{1.5cm}|p{1.5cm}|
+
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+|                                       | Learning Partner | Official: Ready    | Official: Silver   | Official: Gold     |
++=======================================+==================+====================+====================+====================+
+| **Recognition**                       |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Visibility on odoo.com                | No               | "Ready Partner"    | "Silver Partner"   | "Gold Partner"     |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Right to use "Odoo" trademark and     | Yes              | Yes                | Yes                | Yes                |
+| Partner Logo                          |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| **Training benefits**                 |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Sales Coaching & Webinars             | Yes              | Yes                | Yes                | Yes                |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Access to Odoo Knowledge Base         | Yes              | Yes                | Yes                | Yes                |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| **Software benefits**                 |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Access to Odoo Enterprise source code | Yes              | Yes                | Yes                | Yes                |
+| and Github repository                 |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Odoo Enterprise trial extension code  | Yes              | Yes                | Yes                | Yes                |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Access to Odoo.sh for testing and     | Yes              | Yes                | Yes                | Yes                |
+| development purposes                  |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| **Sales benefits**                    |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Commission on Odoo SH platform [#s1]_ | 10%              | 100%               | 100%               | 100%               |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Commission on Odoo Enterprise         | 10%              | 10%                | 15%                | 20%                |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Commission on Maintenance of          | 82%              | 82%                | 82%                | 82%                |
+| Extra Modules                         |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Dedicated Account Manager & Partner   | No               | Yes                | Yes                | Yes                |
+| Dashboard                             |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| **Marketing benefits**                |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| Access to marketing material          | Yes              | Yes                | Yes                | Yes                |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+| PARTNER Event - ODOO support &        | No               | Yes                | Yes                | Yes                |
+| Promotion                             |                  |                    |                    |                    |
++---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
+
+.. [#s1] up to a maximum of 150€ (or 180$) of monthly commission per subscription
 
 
 4.3 Partner Recognition
 -----------------------
-ODOO will promote PARTNER as an official partner on the official website (odoo.com).
+ODOO will promote "Official Partners" on the Odoo Partners list on odoo.com.
 
 ODOO grants PARTNER, on a non-exclusive basis, the right to use and reproduce the ODOO Partner logo
-of the corresponding partnership level, and the "Odoo" name in relation with this partnership
+of the corresponding partnership level, and the "Odoo" name in relation to this partnership
 agreement.
 
 Each Party undertakes to respect all the rights of the other Party in all the items referred to in
 the previous paragraph and, more particularly, each Party shall refrain from causing any analogy
-or creating any confusion between their respective company in the mind of the general public,
-for any reason whatsoever and by any means whatsoever.
+or creating any confusion between their respective company in the mind of the general public.
 
 4.4 Training Benefits
 ---------------------
@@ -177,54 +199,48 @@ The ODOO knowledge base is an online e-platform containing a set of commercial,
 and functional documents, to help PARTNER acquire and leverage Odoo knowledge, grow its business,
 attract more customers, and build brand awareness.
 
-PARTNER also receives free access to the ODOO E-Learning platform (for unlimited users).
-The ODOO E-Learning platform provides a set of high quality online video courses and tutorials
-about official Odoo Apps.
-
 PARTNER will have access to commercial coaching provided by their dedicated Account Manager, as
 appointed by ODOO.
 
-PARTNER also has the option to purchase specific technical training by subscribing to an Odoo
+PARTNER also has the option to purchase support services or training by subscribing to an Odoo
 Success Pack, for an extra fee.
 
 4.5  Commissions on Odoo Services sold by PARTNER
 -------------------------------------------------
-For ODOO services directly purchased by a customer through PARTNER, PARTNER shall receive
-retribution as follows:
+For ODOO services purchased by a customer through PARTNER, and as long as PARTNER maintains a
+contractual relationship with the corresponding customer, PARTNER shall receive a commission
+according to the table of section :ref:`benefits` and their Partnership level at the date of the
+customer invoice.
 
-- For “Odoo Enterprise” and "Odoo SH" subscriptions sold via PARTNER; ODOO will invoice directly
-  the customer based on final pricing agreed between ODOO, PARTNER, and the customer. Then, PARTNER
-  will invoice his commission to ODOO based on the Odoo Enteprise Edition price, net of possible
-  rebates, and based on PARTNER's current partnership level at the time of signature of the sale.
-- For “Odoo Enterprise” subscription renewals; PARTNER receives a commission for each renewal of
-  a subscription sold via PARTNER, as long as PARTNER maintains a contractual relationship with the
-  corresponding customer.
-- For other services; PARTNER invoices directly the customer, and ODOO will invoice PARTNER
-  directly, commission included (as a discount).
+Once a month, PARTNER will receive a purchase order with the commission due for the preceding month.
+Based on this purchase order, PARTNER shall invoice ODOO, and will be paid within 15 days upon
+receipt of the invoice.
 
+**Maintenance of Covered Extra Modules**
 
-5 Fees
-======
-PARTNER agrees to pay either the Partnership Entry fee or the Partnership Annual Renewal fee
-immediately upon receipt of the annual invoice sent by ODOO.
-The fees will be specified in writing at the time of signature of this agreement.
+PARTNER acknowledges and agrees that when a customer decides to Work with PARTNER [#pcom1]_ ,
+ODOO will delegate the Maintenance of Covered Extra Modules to PARTNER, who becomes the main point
+of contact of the customer.
 
-PARTNER acknowledges that the abovementioned partnership fees are not refundable.
+PARTNER shall only receive the commission for the Maintenance of Covered Extra Modules
+as long as the customer does not notify ODOO that they want to stop Working with PARTNER.
 
-The "Partnership Entry" fee shall be paid before the activation of this Agreement, and applies
-for new partners only.
+.. [#pcom1] “Working with an Odoo Partner” and “Covered Extra Modules” are defined in the Odoo
+   Enterprise Subscription Agreement between ODOO and customers.
 
-The "Annual Partnership Renewal" fee shall be paid every year when the Term of this Agreement is
-renewed.
+5 Fees
+======
+PARTNER agrees to pay the Partnership Annual Fee upon receipt of the annual
+invoice sent by ODOO. The fee will be specified in writing at the time of signature of this
+agreement.
 
-If, for any reason, PARTNER decides to terminate this agreement, and later applies to renew it,
-the "Annual Partnership Renewal" fee will be applicable.
+PARTNER acknowledges that the above-mentioned Partnership fee is not refundable.
 
 
 6 Termination
 =============
 In the event that either Party fails to fulfill any of its obligations arising herein, and if such
-breach has not been remedied within 30 calendar days from the written notice of such
+a breach has not been remedied within 30 calendar days from the written notice of such
 breach, this Agreement may be terminated immediately by the non-breaching Party.
 
 Surviving Provisions:
@@ -234,8 +250,8 @@ Surviving Provisions:
 6.1 Consequence of termination
 ------------------------------
 On expiry or termination of this Agreement, PARTNER:
- - shall not use anymore the materials and/or the Odoo brand name or claim the existence of any
-   partnership or relationship with ODOO ;
+ - shall not use anymore the materials and the Odoo brand name, trademarks and logos or claim
+   the existence of any partnership or relationship with ODOO ;
  - shall comply with its obligations during any notice period prior to such termination ;
  - may not use Odoo Enterprise anymore, for development, test or production purpose
 
@@ -247,68 +263,67 @@ Both Parties are bound by a best endeavours obligation hereunder.
 
 To the maximum extent permitted by law, ODOO’s liability for any and all claims, losses, damages or
 expenses from any cause whatsoever and howsoever arising under this Agreement will be limited to
-the direct damages proven, but will in no event exceed for all damage causing event or series of
+the direct damages proved, but will in no event exceed for all damage-causing event or series of
 connected events causing damages the total amount for the fees paid by PARTNER in the course of the
 six (6) months immediately preceding the date of the event giving rise to such claim.
 
 In no event will ODOO be liable for any indirect or consequential damages, including but not limited
 third parties or customer claims, loss of revenue, profits, savings, loss of business or other
 financial loss, costs of standstill or delay, lost or corrupted data arising out of or in connection
-with the performance of its obligations.
+with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
 
-PARTNER acknowledges that he has no expectation and has received no assurances that any investment
+PARTNER acknowledges that he has no expectations and has received no assurances that any investment
 made in execution of this Agreement and the Odoo Partnership Program will be recovered or recouped
 or that he shall obtain any anticipated amount of profits by virtue of this Agreement.
 
-PARTNER waives any commitment whatsoever on behalf of ODOO regarding the evolution of Software.
 
-According to the terms of the Software license, ODOO will not be liable for any bug or for the
-quality and the performance of the Software.
+8 Brand Image
+=============
 
+The "Odoo" mark (including the word mark and its visual representations and logos) is the exclusive
+property of ODOO.
 
-8 Miscellaneous
-================
+ODOO authorizes PARTNER to use the "Odoo" mark to promote its products and services,
+for the duration of this agreement only, as long as:
 
-8.1 Communications
-------------------
-No communications from either Party to the other shall have any validity under this Agreement
-unless made in writing by or on behalf of PARTNER or ODOO, as the case may be, in accordance with
-the provisions of this Agreement.
-Any notice whatsoever which either Party hereto is required or authorised by this Agreement to give
-or make to the other shall be given via registered mail.
+- There is no possible confusion that the service is provided by PARTNER, not ODOO;
+- PARTNER does not use the word “Odoo” in their company name, product name, domain name,
+  and does not register any trademark that includes it.
 
-8.2 Brand Image
----------------
-Both Parties shall refrain from harming the brand image and reputation of the other Party, in any
-way whatsoever, in the performance of this Agreement. Non-compliance to this provision shall be a
-cause for termination of this Agreement.
+Both Parties shall refrain from harming the brand image and reputation of the other Party,
+in any way whatsoever, in the performance of this Agreement.
 
-8.3 Publicity
+Non-compliance with the provisions of this section shall be a cause for termination of this Agreement.
+
+
+8.1 Publicity
 -------------
 PARTNER grants ODOO the nonexclusive right to use PARTNER's name or trademarks in press releases,
 advertisements or other public announcements.
-In particular, PARTNER accepts to be mentioned, and that PARTNER's logo and trademark may used for
-this purpose only, in the official list of the ODOO partners.
+
+In particular, PARTNER accepts to be mentioned in the official list of Odoo Partners on odoo.com,
+and that PARTNER's logo and trademarks may be used for this purpose only.
+
 
 .. _no_soliciting_partnership:
 
-8.4 No Soliciting or Hiring
+8.2 No Soliciting or Hiring
 ---------------------------
 
 Except where the other Party gives its consent in writing, each Party, its affiliates and
 representatives agree not to solicit or offer employment to any employee of the other Party who is
 involved in performing or using the Services under this Agreement, for the duration of the Agreement
-and for a period of 24 months from the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement.
+and for a period of 12 months from the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement.
 In case of any breach of the conditions of this section that leads to the termination of said
-employee toward that end, the breaching Party agrees to pay to the other Party an amount of
+employee toward that end, the breaching Party agrees to pay the other Party an amount of
 EUR (€) 30 000.00 (thirty thousand euros).
 
 
-8.5  Independent Contractors
+8.3  Independent Contractors
 ----------------------------
 The Parties are independent contractors, and this Agreement shall not be construed as constituting
-either Party as partner, joint venture or fiduciary of the other, as creating any other form of
-legal association that would impose liability on one Party for the act or failure to act of the other
+either Party as a partner, joint venture or fiduciary of the other, as creating any other form of
+a legal association that would impose liability on one Party for the act or failure to act of the other
 or as providing either Party with the right, power or authority (express or implied) to create any
 duty or obligation of the other.
 
@@ -322,12 +337,34 @@ All disputes arising in connection with the Agreement for which no amicable sett
 found shall be finally settled by the Courts of Belgium in Nivelles.
 
 
+.. |vnegspace| raw:: latex
+
+        \vspace{-.5cm}
+
+.. |vspace| raw:: latex
+
+        \vspace{.8cm}
+
+.. |hspace| raw:: latex
+
+        \hspace{4cm}
 
-**Signatures**:
+.. only:: html
+
+    .. rubric:: Signatures
+
+    +---------------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
+    | For ODOO,                             | For PARTNER                              |
+    +---------------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
 
-==================================      ==================================
-For ODOO,                               For PARTNER,
-==================================      ==================================
+
+.. only:: latex
+
+    .. topic:: Signatures
+
+        |vnegspace|
+        |hspace| For ODOO, |hspace| For PARTNER,
+        |vspace|
 
 
 .. _appendix_p_a:
@@ -343,3 +380,5 @@ For ODOO,                               For PARTNER,
 
     See :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`.
 
+
+
diff --git a/legal/terms/partnership_tex.rst b/legal/terms/partnership_tex.rst
index b6ff8888d1..da8ab7c4cc 100644
--- a/legal/terms/partnership_tex.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/partnership_tex.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+:orphan:
 
 .. toctree::
    :maxdepth: 4
diff --git a/legal/terms/terms_of_sale_tex.rst b/legal/terms/terms_of_sale_tex.rst
index 76e630b0f9..99e14945f7 100644
--- a/legal/terms/terms_of_sale_tex.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/terms_of_sale_tex.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+:orphan:
 
 .. toctree::
    :maxdepth: 4
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
index 2f93194ce7..0c122581e6 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
@@ -1,16 +1,73 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Carles Antoli , 2017
+# josue giron , 2017
+# Luis M. Triana , 2017
+# David Sanchez , 2017
+# Javier Calero , 2017
+# Juan Pablo Vargas Soruco , 2017
+# Alejandro Santana , 2017
+# RGB Consulting , 2017
+# Esteban Echeverry , 2017
+# Javier Sabena , 2017
+# miguelchuga , 2017
+# Daniel Altamirano , 2017
+# Nefi Lopez Garcia , 2017
+# Manuel Mahecha , 2017
+# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2017
+# Katerina Katapodi , 2017
+# David Arnold , 2017
+# Nicole Kist , 2017
+# AleEscandon , 2017
+# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2017
+# eduardo mendoza , 2017
+# Loredana Pepe , 2017
+# Alejandro Die Sanchis , 2017
+# Inigo Zuluaga , 2017
+# José Vicente , 2017
+# Raquel Iciarte , 2017
+# Gustavo Valverde, 2017
+# Christopher Ormaza , 2017
+# Luis M. Ontalba , 2017
+# Sergio Flores , 2018
+# Germana Oliveira , 2018
+# e2f , 2018
+# Antonio Trueba, 2018
+# Alejandro Kutulas , 2018
+# Martin Trigaux, 2018
+# Cristóbal Martí Oliver , 2018
+# Carlos Lopez , 2018
+# Massiel Acuna , 2018
+# cc53a0412107de288f77ae97a300f6b0, 2018
+# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2018
+# Pedro M. Baeza , 2019
+# Edilianny Sanchez - https://www.vauxoo.com/ , 2019
+# Luis Marin , 2019
+# gabriumaa , 2019
+# Angel Moya - PESOL , 2019
+# Vivian Montana , 2019
+# Rick Hunter , 2019
+# Jon Perez , 2019
+# Pablo Rojas , 2019
+# Jesse Garza , 2019
+# oihane , 2019
+# Osiris Román , 2020
+# Susanna Pujol, 2020
+# Cinthya Yepez , 2021
+# Gabriela Enriquez Manzano , 2021
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: e2f , 2018\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:55+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Gabriela Enriquez Manzano , 2021\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -18,7 +75,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Language: es\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
-#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268
+#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283
 msgid "Accounting"
 msgstr "Contabilidad"
 
@@ -27,6 +84,7 @@ msgid "Bank & Cash"
 msgstr "Cuentas y efectivo"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Bank Feeds"
 msgstr "Canales de comunicación bancarios"
 
@@ -815,9 +873,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "sincronizarán cada 4 horas."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533
 msgid "FAQ"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "FAQ"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76
 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?"
@@ -911,11 +969,12 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110
 msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Por qué mis transacciones pasadas no están en Odoo?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112
 msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch up transactions to 3 months in the past."
 msgstr ""
+"Yodlee solo permite sincronizar transacciones hasta 3 meses en el pasado. "
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3
 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187
@@ -1799,12 +1858,36 @@ msgstr ""
 "borrar cuentas bancarias de otra compañía."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
-msgid "ABA/Routing"
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Tipo"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number."
 msgstr ""
+"Tipo de cuenta bancaria: Normal o IBAN. Se infiere del número de cuenta."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid "ABA/Routing"
+msgstr "Número de enrutamiento de ABA"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
 msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number"
+msgstr "Número de enrutamiento de la American Bankers Association"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid "Account Holder Name"
+msgstr "Nombre del titular de la cuenta"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account "
+"Holder"
 msgstr ""
+"Nombre del titular de la cuenta, en caso de que sea diferente al nombre del "
+"titular de la cuenta"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49
 msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration"
@@ -2095,11 +2178,6 @@ msgstr "Activo"
 msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it."
 msgstr "Establezca active a false para ocultar el diario sin eliminarlo."
 
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
-msgid "Type"
-msgstr "Tipo"
-
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals."
 msgstr "Selecciona \"Venta\" para ver registros de facturas de clientes."
@@ -2226,13 +2304,33 @@ msgid "The currency used to enter statement"
 msgstr "La moneda utilizada para introducir en los estados."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Debit Methods"
-msgstr "Métodos de débito"
+msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered"
+msgstr "Define como se registrarán los extractos bancarios"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Creation of Bank Statements"
+msgstr "Creación de extracto bancario"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Defines when a new bank statement"
+msgstr "Define cuándo un nuevo extracto bancario"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions"
+msgstr "se creará al buscar nuevas transacciones."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "from your bank account."
+msgstr "de tu cuenta bancaria. "
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "For Incoming Payments"
+msgstr "Para pagos recibidos"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Manual: Cobra en cash,  cheque o cualquier otro método fuera de Odoo."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
@@ -2241,6 +2339,9 @@ msgid ""
 "a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing "
 "online (payment token)."
 msgstr ""
+"Electrónico: Cobra automáticamente a través de un adquiridor de pagos al "
+"solicitar transacciones en una tarjeta guardada por el consumidor al comprar"
+" o subscribirse online (token de pago)."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -2251,16 +2352,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Payment Methods"
-msgstr "Métodos de pago"
+msgid "For Outgoing Payments"
+msgstr "Para pagos salientes"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Manual: Paga facturas en cash o cualquier otro método fuera de Odoo."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cheque:Paga factura con cheque e imprimirlo desde Odoo."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -2268,18 +2369,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to your bank. Enable this option from the settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Group Invoice Lines"
-msgstr "Agrupar líneas de factura"
-
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines "
-"when generating them from invoices."
-msgstr ""
-"Si esta opción está marcada, el sistema tratará de agrupar las líneas del "
-"asiento cuando se generen desde facturas."
-
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Profit Account"
 msgstr "Cuenta de beneficios"
@@ -2305,12 +2394,39 @@ msgstr ""
 "caja difiere de lo que el sistema calcula"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Show journal on dashboard"
-msgstr "Mostrar diario en el tablero"
+msgid "Group Invoice Lines"
+msgstr "Agrupar líneas de factura"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not"
-msgstr "Si este diario debe mostrarse en el tablero o no"
+msgid ""
+"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines "
+"when generating them from invoices."
+msgstr ""
+"Si esta opción está marcada, el sistema tratará de agrupar las líneas del "
+"asiento cuando se generen desde facturas."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation"
+msgstr "Validar en la conciliación bancaria"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in "
+"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when "
+"performing bank reconciliation."
+msgstr ""
+"Si los pagos realizados en este diario se deben generar o no en un estado "
+"borrador, de modo que las entradas de diario relacionadas solo se "
+"contabilicen cuando se realice la conciliación bancaria."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills"
+msgstr "Alias para Facturas de Proveedor"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email."
+msgstr ""
+"Crea un borrador de factura del vendedor al enviar un correo electrónico."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected"
@@ -2350,22 +2466,6 @@ msgstr "Nº del próximo cheque"
 msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check."
 msgstr "Número de secuencia del próximo cheque impreso."
 
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Creation of bank statement"
-msgstr "Creación de extracto bancario"
-
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "This field is used for the online synchronization:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "depending on the option selected, newly fetched transactions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "will be put inside previous statement or in a new one"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Amount Authorized Difference"
 msgstr "Importe de la diferencia permitida"
@@ -2480,7 +2580,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16
 msgid "French Accounting Reports"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Informes contables franceses"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18
 msgid ""
@@ -2498,7 +2598,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22
 msgid "Plan de Taxes France"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plan de Impuestos de Francia"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25
 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo"
@@ -2515,7 +2615,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34
 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Requiero que mi compañía use software anti fraude?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36
 msgid ""
@@ -2529,7 +2629,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40
 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Algunos de sus clientes son particulares privados (B2C)."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42
 msgid ""
@@ -2539,11 +2639,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46
 msgid "Get certified with Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Obtiene certificación con Odoo"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48
 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ser compatible con Odoo es muy fácil."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50
 msgid ""
@@ -2562,7 +2662,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60
 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para obtener la certificación solo sigue los siguientes pasos:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62
 msgid ""
@@ -2609,6 +2709,8 @@ msgid ""
 "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and "
 "restart your server beforehand."
 msgstr ""
+"En caso de que use Odoo on-premise, debe actualizar su instalación y "
+"reiniciar su servidor de antemano."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80
 msgid ""
@@ -2622,31 +2724,37 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89
 msgid "Anti-fraud features"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Características antifraude"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91
 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "El módulo antifraude introduce las siguientes características:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93
 msgid ""
 "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key "
 "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;"
 msgstr ""
+"** Inalterabilidad **: desactivación de todas las formas de cancelar o "
+"modificar datos clave de pedidos POS, facturas y entradas de diario;"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95
 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;"
 msgstr ""
+"** Seguridad **: algoritmo de encadenamiento para verificar la "
+"inalterabilidad;"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96
 msgid ""
 "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and "
 "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)."
 msgstr ""
+"** Almacenamiento **: cierres de ventas automáticos con computación del "
+"período y totales acumulados (diario, mensual, anual)."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100
 msgid "Inalterability"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Inalterabilidad"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102
 msgid ""
@@ -2654,12 +2762,17 @@ msgid ""
 "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is "
 "located in France or in any DOM-TOM."
 msgstr ""
+"Todas las formas posibles de cancelar y modificar los datos clave de los "
+"pedidos de POS pagados, las facturas confirmadas y los asientos de diario se"
+" desactivan, si la empresa está ubicada en Francia o en cualquier DOM-TOM."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106
 msgid ""
 "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such "
 "companies are impacted."
 msgstr ""
+"Si ejecuta un entorno de múltiples empresas, solo se verán afectados los "
+"documentos de dichas empresas."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110
 msgid "Security"
@@ -2766,19 +2879,23 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178
 msgid "More Information"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Más información"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180
 msgid ""
 "You will find more information about this legislation in the official "
 "documents:"
 msgstr ""
+"Encontrará más información sobre esta legislación en los documentos "
+"oficiales:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182
 msgid ""
 "`Frequently Asked Questions "
 "`__"
 msgstr ""
+"`Preguntas frecuentes "
+"`__"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183
 msgid ""
@@ -2786,12 +2903,17 @@ msgid ""
 "`__"
 msgstr ""
+"`Declaración oficial "
+"`__"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184
 msgid ""
 "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 "
 "`__"
 msgstr ""
+"`Artículo 88 de la Ley de Finanzas 2016 "
+"`__"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3
 msgid "Germany"
@@ -2799,7 +2921,7 @@ msgstr "Alemania"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6
 msgid "German Chart of Accounts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plan de Cuentas Alemán"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -2808,6 +2930,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization "
 "section."
 msgstr ""
+"El plan de cuentas SKR03 y SKR04 se admiten en Odoo. Puede elegir el que "
+"desee en: menuselection: `Contabilidad-> Configuración` y luego elija el "
+"paquete que desea en la sección de localización fiscal."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17
@@ -2815,20 +2940,26 @@ msgid ""
 "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have "
 "not created any accounting entry."
 msgstr ""
+"Tenga cuidado, solo puede cambiar el paquete contable siempre y cuando no "
+"haya creado ninguna entrada contable."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default."
 msgstr ""
+"Cuando crea una nueva base de datos SaaS, el SKR03 se instala de forma "
+"predeterminada."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19
 msgid "German Accounting Reports"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Informes contables alemanes"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:"
 msgstr ""
+"Aquí está la lista de informes específicos de alemán disponibles en Odoo "
+"Enterprise:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27
@@ -2839,11 +2970,11 @@ msgstr "Balance de Situación"
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19
 msgid "Profit & Loss"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ganancias y Pérdidas"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25
 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Informe de Impuestos (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26
 msgid "Partner VAT Intra"
@@ -2851,7 +2982,7 @@ msgstr "Empresa de IVA Intra"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29
 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Exportación de Odoo a Datev"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31
 msgid ""
@@ -2861,6 +2992,11 @@ msgid ""
 ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on "
 "the **Export Datev (csv)** button."
 msgstr ""
+"Es posible exportar sus asientos contables de Odoo a Datev. Para poder "
+"utilizar esta función, la localización de contabilidad alemana debe estar "
+"instalada en su base de datos de Odoo Enterprise. Luego puede ir a: "
+"menuselection: `Contabilidad-> Informes-> Contabilidad General` luego haga "
+"clic en el botón ** Exportar Datev (csv) **."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3
 msgid "Mexico"
@@ -2978,11 +3114,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "generar también el complemento de pago firmado (3.3 solamente) todo se "
 "integra completamente con el flujo de facturación normal en Odoo."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:66
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68
 msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company"
 msgstr "3. Establece tu información legal en la empresa"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70
 msgid ""
 "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go "
 "in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid "
@@ -2994,17 +3130,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "Empresas` e ingrese una dirección válida y el IVA. No olvides definir una "
 "posición fiscal mexicana en la información contacto de tu empresa."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:75
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77
 msgid ""
 "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known"
 " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the "
-"vat to **ACO560518KW7**."
+"vat to **TCM970625MB1**."
 msgstr ""
-"Si desea utilizar la localización mexicana en el modo de prueba, puede poner"
-" cualquier dirección conocida dentro de México con todos los campos para la "
-"dirección de la empresa y establecer el IVA en ** ACO560518KW7 **."
+"Si quiere usar la localización mexicana en modo de prueba, puede poner "
+"cualquier dirección de México con todos los campos para la dirección de "
+"compañía y configurar el vat a **TCM970625MB1**."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:83
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85
 msgid ""
 "4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the "
 "company"
@@ -3012,7 +3148,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "4. Establezca la \"Posición fiscal\" adecuada en el tipo de socio que "
 "representa la empresa"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87
 msgid ""
 "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in "
 "order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the "
@@ -3024,11 +3160,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Vaya a la carta de la información general de la compañía, y configure la Posición Fiscal correcta. \n"
 "(para el ** Entorno de prueba ** debe seleccionar * 601 - General de Ley Personas Morales *, simplemente búsquelo como un campo en la barra de búsqueda de Odoo si no encuentra la opción)."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:92
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94
 msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3"
 msgstr "5. Habilitación de la nueva localización mexicana 3.3 CFDI"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:95
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97
 msgid ""
 "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only "
 "available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on "
@@ -3040,71 +3176,94 @@ msgstr ""
 " versión 11.0 en su instancia de SaaS, solicite una actualización. Para "
 "enviar un ticket a soporte, diríjase a https://www.odoo.com/help."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:100
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102
 msgid "Enable debug mode:"
 msgstr "Habilite el modo desarrollador: "
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107
 msgid ""
 "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings "
 "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter "
 "called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this "
 "name does not exist)."
 msgstr ""
+"Vaya y observe el siguiente parámetro técnico, en: menuselection: `-> "
+"Ajustes-> Parámetros-> Parámetros del sistema ` y configure el parámetro "
+"llamado * l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version * a 3.3 (créelo si la entrada con este "
+"nombre no existe )."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113
 msgid ""
 "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the "
 "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT "
 "resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is "
 "the default behavior."
 msgstr ""
+"El CFDI 3.2 será legalmente posible hasta el 30 de noviembre de 2017. La "
+"versión 3.3 será un paso obligatorio para cumplir con la nueva resolución "
+"SAT en cualquier base de datos nueva creada desde la versión v.11.0. CFDI "
+"3.3 es el comportamiento predeterminado."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:120
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122
 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Consideraciones importantes al habilitar el CFDI 3.3"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613
 msgid ""
 "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" "
 "field set to \"Tasa\"."
 msgstr ""
+"Su impuesto, que representa el 16% de IVA y el 0%, debe tener el campo "
+"\"Tipo de factor\" establecido en \"Tasa\"."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132
 msgid ""
 "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it"
 " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should"
 " set 601, it will look like the image."
 msgstr ""
+"Debe ir a la configuración de Posición fiscal y configurar el código "
+"correcto (son los primeros 3 números en el nombre), por ejemplo, para el "
+"test, debe establecer 601, se verá como la imagen."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139
 msgid ""
 "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field "
 "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it "
 "faster."
 msgstr ""
+"Todos los productos deben tener para el CFDI 3.3 el \"Código SAT\" y el "
+"campo \"Referencia\" correctamente configurados, puede exportarlos y volver "
+"a importarlos para hacerlo más rápido."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146
 msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "6. Configure el PAC para firmar correctamente las facturas."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148
 msgid ""
 "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in "
 ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You "
 "can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* "
 "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password."
 msgstr ""
+"Para configurar el EDI con los ** PAC **, puede ir a: menuselection: "
+"`Contabilidad-> Ajustes-> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Puede elegir un PAC "
+"dentro de la ** Lista de PAC admitidos ** en el campo * PAC * y luego "
+"ingresar su nombre de usuario de PAC y la contraseña de PAC."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154
 msgid ""
 "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can "
 "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables "
 "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_."
 msgstr ""
+"Recuerde que debe registrarse en el PAC arbitrado de antemano, ese proceso "
+"se puede hacer con el PAC mismo en este caso, tendremos dos (2) Finkok`_ y "
+"`Solución Factible`_ disponibles."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:156
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158
 msgid ""
 "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before "
 "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the "
@@ -3112,147 +3271,193 @@ msgid ""
 " proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production "
 "environment with real transactions."
 msgstr ""
+"Debe procesar su ** Clave privada (CSD) ** con la institución SAT antes de "
+"seguir estos pasos. Si no tiene dicha información, intente todos los \"Pasos"
+" para el examen\" y vuelva a este proceso cuando finalice el proceso "
+"propuesto para el SAT con el fin de establecer esta información para su "
+"entorno de producción con transacciones reales."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:166
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168
 msgid ""
 "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a "
 "PAC username or password."
 msgstr ""
+"Si marcó la casilla * entorno de prueba MX PAC * no es necesario ingresar un"
+" nombre de usuario o contraseña de PAC."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:173
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175
 msgid ""
 "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test "
 "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization."
 msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede encontrar un certificado del SAT para usar el *Ambiente de "
+"Prueba* para la localización contable mexicana."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:176
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178
 msgid "`Certificate`_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`Certificate`_"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:177
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179
 msgid "`Certificate Key`_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`Clave del certificado`_"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180
 msgid "**Password :** 12345678a"
+msgstr "**Contraseña:** 12345678a"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183
+msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes"
+msgstr "7. Configure la etiqueta en impuestos de ventas"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185
+msgid ""
+"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, "
+"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the "
+"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"."
 msgstr ""
+"Esta etiqueta se utiliza para establecer el código de tipo de impuesto, "
+"transferido o retenido, aplicable al concepto en el CFDI. Por lo tanto, si "
+"el impuesto es un impuesto de venta, el campo \"Etiqueta\" debería ser "
+"\"IVA\", \"ISR\" o \"IEPS\"."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181
-msgid "Usage and testing"
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create "
+"a new tax you should choose a tag."
 msgstr ""
+"Tenga en cuenta que los impuestos predeterminados ya tienen una etiqueta "
+"asignada, pero cuando cree un nuevo impuesto, debe elegir una etiqueta."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196
+msgid "Usage and testing"
+msgstr "Uso y pruebas"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199
 msgid "Invoicing"
 msgstr "Facturación"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201
 msgid ""
 "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following "
 "the normal Odoo's behaviour."
 msgstr ""
+"Para usar la facturación mexicana solo necesita crear una factura estándar  "
+"siguiendo los procesos normales dentro de Odoo. "
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204
 msgid ""
 "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look "
 "like this:"
 msgstr ""
+"Una vez que valide su primera factura, una factura firmada correctamente "
+"debe tener este aspecto:"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211
 msgid ""
 "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or"
 " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your "
 "invoice by email."
 msgstr ""
+"Puede generar el PDF simplemente haciendo clic en el botón Imprimir en la "
+"factura o enviándolo por correo electrónico siguiendo el proceso normal en "
+"odoo para enviar su factura por correo electrónico."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:203
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218
 msgid ""
 "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should "
 "looks like."
 msgstr ""
+"Una vez que envíe la factura electrónica por correo electrónico, esta es la "
+"forma en que debería verse."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225
 msgid "Cancelling invoices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cancelando facturas"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227
 msgid ""
 "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in "
 "Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"El proceso de cancelación está completamente vinculado a la cancelación "
+"normal en Odoo."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:214
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229
 msgid "If the invoice is not paid."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Si la factura no esta pagada."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:216
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231
 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vaya al diario de facturas del cliente al que pertenece la factura."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:224
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239
 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Marque el campo \"Permitir cancelación de asientos\""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244
 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vuelva a su factura y haga clic en el botón \"Cancelar factura\""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249
 msgid ""
 "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow "
 "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252
 msgid "**Legal considerations**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Consideraciones legales**"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254
 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Una factura cancelada se cancelará automáticamente con el SAT."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255
 msgid ""
 "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much "
 "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a "
 "good control of the cancellation reasons."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vuelve a intentar usar la misma factura después de la cancelación, tendrá"
+" la cantidad de CFDI cancelada que intentó, entonces todos esos XML son "
+"importantes para mantener un buen control de los motivos de cancelación."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:243
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258
 msgid ""
 "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel"
 " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same "
 "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:248
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263
 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pagos (Solo disponible para CFDI 3.3)"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265
 msgid ""
 "To generate the payment complement you just must to follow the normal "
 "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are "
 "important."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:253
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268
 msgid ""
 "All payment done in the same day of the invoice will be considered as It "
 "will not be signed, because It is the expected behavior legally required for"
 " \"Cash payment\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:256
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271
 msgid ""
 "To test a regular signed payment just create an invoice for the day before "
 "today and then pay it today."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:273
 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Necesita imprimir el pago para poder obtener el PDF correctamente. "
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274
 msgid ""
 "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with "
 "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code "
@@ -3260,67 +3465,75 @@ msgid ""
 " the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el "
 "caso de anticipos recibidos**."
 msgstr ""
+"Con respecto a los \"Pagos por adelantado\", debe crear una factura adecuada"
+" con el pago por adelantado como una línea de productos que establezca el "
+"código de SAT adecuado siguiendo el procedimiento de la documentación "
+"oficial `dada por el SAT`_ en la sección ** Apéndice 2 Procedimiento Para la"
+" emisión de los CFDI en el caso de anticipos recibidos **."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:264
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279
 msgid ""
 "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer "
 "Payment without a proper invoice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284
 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "La contabilidad para México en Odoo es compuesta por 3 reportes: "
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:286
 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287
 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Balanza de Comprobación Electrónica"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:273
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288
 msgid "DIOT report."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reporte DIOT"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:275
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290
 msgid ""
 "1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a "
 "report only available on the context of the accounting."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293
 msgid ""
 "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting "
 "app."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:299
 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Contabilidad Electrónica (Requiere Aplicación de Contabilidad)"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302
 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:289
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:304
 msgid ""
 "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to "
 ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on "
 "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**"
 msgstr ""
+"Facturación electrónica nunca ha sido tan fácil, solo vé a "
+":menuselection:’Contabilidad --> Informes --> México --> COA’ y dale clic en"
+" el botón **Exportar para SAT (XML)**"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311
 msgid "**How to add new accounts?**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**¿Como agregar nuevas cuentas?**"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313
 msgid ""
 "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a"
 " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:301
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316
 msgid ""
 "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to "
 ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then "
@@ -3330,29 +3543,36 @@ msgid ""
 " xml."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326
 msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**¿Cuál es el significado de la etiqueta?**"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328
 msgid ""
 "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on"
 " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**."
 msgstr ""
+"Para conocer todas las etiquetas posibles, puede leer el `Anexo 24`_ en el "
+"sitio web del SAT en la sección llamada ** Código agrupador de cuentas del "
+"SAT **."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332
 msgid ""
 "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it "
 "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on "
 "your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need "
 "is not created you can create one on the fly."
 msgstr ""
+"Cuando instala el módulo l10n_mx y su plan contable depende de él (esto "
+"sucede automáticamente cuando instala la configuración de México como país "
+"en su base de datos), tendrá las etiquetas más comunes si la etiqueta que "
+"necesita no está creada, puede crear una."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338
 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Balanza de Comprobación Electrónica"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340
 msgid ""
 "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have "
 "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports "
@@ -3360,29 +3580,38 @@ msgid ""
 "exported to XML using the button in the top  **Export for SAT (XML)** with "
 "the previous selection of the period you want to export."
 msgstr ""
+"Exactamente como el COA pero con el saldo y débito del saldo inicial, una "
+"vez que haya configurado correctamente su COA, puede ir a: menuselection: "
+"`Contabilidad-> Informes->  México-> Balanza de Comprobación` esto se genera"
+" automáticamente y puede ser exportado a XML usando el botón en la parte "
+"superior ** Exportar para SAT (XML) ** con la selección previa del período "
+"que desea exportar."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:334
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349
 msgid ""
 "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any"
 " regular Odoo Report."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:353
 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Informe DIOT (Requiere Contabilidad App)"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355
 msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "** ¿Qué es el DIOT y la importancia de presentarlo al SAT **"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357
 msgid ""
 "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that"
 " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in "
 "Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"Cuando se trata de procedimientos con el Servicio de Administración de SAT, "
+"sabemos que no debemos descuidar lo que presentamos. Para que las cosas no "
+"pasen en Odoo."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:360
 msgid ""
 "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties "
 "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must "
@@ -3390,25 +3619,28 @@ msgid ""
 "the same, with our providers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:350
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365
 msgid ""
 "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT"
 " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary "
 "to. submit the DIOT:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369
 msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:356
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371
 msgid ""
 "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain "
 "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can "
 "find in the SAT website."
 msgstr ""
+"Es sencillo presentar el DIOT, ya que, como todos los formatos, puede "
+"obtenerlo en la página del SAT, es el formato electrónico A-29 que puede "
+"encontrar en el sitio web del SAT."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:360
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375
 msgid ""
 "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to "
 "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have "
@@ -3416,24 +3648,24 @@ msgid ""
 "to said data."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380
 msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382
 msgid ""
 "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will "
 "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present "
 "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386
 msgid ""
 "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but "
 "this after having made up to 500 records."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:374
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389
 msgid ""
 "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the "
 "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your "
@@ -3442,18 +3674,18 @@ msgid ""
 "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395
 msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397
 msgid ""
 "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch "
 "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and "
 "according to the SAT site is:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:401
 msgid ""
 "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions "
 "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the "
@@ -3463,7 +3695,7 @@ msgid ""
 "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:393
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:408
 msgid ""
 "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make "
 "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in "
@@ -3471,41 +3703,45 @@ msgid ""
 "Third Parties."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413
 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415
 msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**¿Como generar este reporte en Odoo?**"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417
 msgid ""
 "Go to  :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions "
 "with third partied (DIOT)`."
 msgstr ""
+"Vé a :menuselection:’Contabilidad --> Informes --> Mexico --> Transacciones "
+"con terceras partes (DIOT)’. "
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:422
 msgid ""
 "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before "
 "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:428
 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433
 msgid ""
 "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow "
 "the necessary steps to declare it."
 msgstr ""
+"Guarda en un lugar seguro el archivo descargado, vaya al sitio web de SAT y "
+"sigue los pasos necesarios para declararlo."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:422
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437
 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:439
 msgid ""
 "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT "
 "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select "
@@ -3513,35 +3749,40 @@ msgid ""
 "there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your"
 " suppliers."
 msgstr ""
+"Todos los proveedores deben tener configurado los campos en la pestaña de "
+"contabilidad llamada \"Información DIOT\", el campo *L10N MX Nacionalidad* "
+"se completa con solo seleccionar el país apropiado en la dirección, no "
+"necesita hacer nada más allí, pero el *L10N MX tipo de operación* deber ser "
+"configurado en todos sus proveedores."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:432
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:447
 msgid ""
 "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice "
 "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are "
 "properly configured already."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:435
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450
 msgid ""
 "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask"
 " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment "
 "following standard odoo procedure."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:438
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453
 msgid ""
 "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the "
 "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report "
 "itself."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:441
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456
 msgid ""
 "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually "
 "paid."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458
 msgid ""
 "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like "
 "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you "
@@ -3551,26 +3792,26 @@ msgid ""
 "your partners are correctly set."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:454
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:469
 msgid "Extra Recommended features"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Funciones adicionales recomendadas"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472
 msgid "Contact Module (Free)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Módulo de Contactos (Gratis)"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:459
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474
 msgid ""
 "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses "
 "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to "
 "install."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:464
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479
 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Multi moneda (Requiere de aplicación de Contabilidad) "
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481
 msgid ""
 "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different "
 "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi"
@@ -3579,18 +3820,25 @@ msgid ""
 "automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such "
 "information daily in the system manually."
 msgstr ""
+"En México, casi todas las empresas mandan y reciben pagos en diferentes "
+"monedas. Si quieres hacer esto puedes habilitar el uso de multi-divisas y "
+"deberías de habilitar la sincronización con **Banxico**, esto te dejara "
+"bajar el tipo de cambio automáticamente del SAT sin necesidad de configurar "
+"esta información todos los días manualmente en el sistema. "
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:473
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488
 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:494
 msgid ""
 "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI "
 "3.3)"
 msgstr ""
+"Habilitación de errores explícitos en el CFDI utilizando el validador local "
+"XSD (CFDI 3.3)"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496
 msgid ""
 "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set "
 "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is "
@@ -3598,89 +3846,141 @@ msgid ""
 "debug mode enabled)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:486
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`"
 msgstr ""
+"Vaya a :menuselection: `Configuración --> Técnico --> Acciones --> Acciones "
+"del servidor`"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502
 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Busque la acción llamada \"Descargar archivos XSD a CFDI\""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503
 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Haga clic en el botón \"Crear acción contextual\""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:489
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504
 msgid ""
 "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> "
 "Companies`"
 msgstr ""
+"Vaya al formulario de la empresa :menuselection:`Configuración --> Usuarios "
+"y empresas -->  Empresas`"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:505
 msgid "Open any company you have."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Abre cualquier empresa que tengas."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:491
-msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Dowload XSD file to CFDI\"."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:506
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529
+msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"."
+msgstr "Haga clic en \"Acción\" y luego en \"Descargar archivo XSD a CFDI\"."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:511
 msgid ""
 "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without "
 "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a "
 "generic one with no explanation."
 msgstr ""
+"Ahora puede hacer una factura con cualquier error (por ejemplo, un producto "
+"sin código que es bastante común) y se mostrará un error explícito en su "
+"lugar, uno genérico sin explicación."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503
-msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):"
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516
+msgid "If you see an error like this:"
+msgstr "Si ves un error como este:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518
+msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid"
+msgstr "El CFDI generado no es válido. "
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:520
+msgid ""
+"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does "
+"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36"
 msgstr ""
+"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does "
+"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:505
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524
+msgid ""
+"This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, "
+"or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as"
+" above but:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:528
+msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs."
+msgstr "Ve a la empresa en donde ocurre el error. "
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535
+msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):"
+msgstr "**Mensaje de error** (Solo aplica en el CFDI 3.3):"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537
 msgid ""
 ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': "
 "[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the "
 "allowed minimum length of '1'."
 msgstr ""
+":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': "
+"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the "
+"allowed minimum length of '1'."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:507
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539
 msgid ""
 ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': "
 "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'."
 msgstr ""
+":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': "
+"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the "
 "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference "
 "properly."
 msgstr ""
+"**Solución:** Olvidaste asignar el campo \"Referencia\" en el producto, ve "
+"al formulario del producto y asígnalo correctamente."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:538
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:561
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:593
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604
 msgid "**Error message**:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Mensaje de error**:"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:515
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547
 msgid ""
 ":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is "
 "required but missing."
 msgstr ""
+":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is "
+"required but missing."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549
 msgid ""
 ":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is "
 "required but missing."
 msgstr ""
+":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is "
+"required but missing."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:520
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the "
 "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look"
@@ -3689,21 +3989,27 @@ msgid ""
 "possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the "
 "considerations about fiscal positions."
 msgstr ""
+"** Solución: ** Olvido establecer la \"Posición fiscal\" adecuada en el "
+"socio de la empresa, vaya a los clientes, elimine el filtro del cliente y "
+"busque el socio llamado como su empresa y establezca la posición fiscal "
+"adecuada, que es el tipo de negocio que hace su empresa en cuanto a la lista"
+" de valores posibles de SAT. Una opción adicional es que se le olvidó seguir"
+" las consideraciones sobre las posiciones fiscales."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:527
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559
 msgid ""
 "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it "
 "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should "
 "set 601, it will look like the image."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567
 msgid ""
 "For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas "
 "Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572
 msgid ""
 ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet "
@@ -3711,12 +4017,17 @@ msgid ""
 "'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', "
 "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}"
 msgstr ""
+":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet "
+"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', "
+"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', "
+"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:543
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575
 msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Solución:** El método de pago es requerido en tu factura. "
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582
 msgid ""
 ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': "
@@ -3729,31 +4040,47 @@ msgid ""
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but "
 "missing."
 msgstr ""
+":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': "
+"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 "
+":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' "
+"is not a valid value of the atomic type "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. "
+":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but "
+"missing."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a "
 "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on "
 ":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all "
-"the required fields for your address following the step `3. Set you legal "
-"information in the company`."
+"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-"
+"info`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:563
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595
 msgid ""
 ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' "
 "is not a valid value of the atomic type "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'."
 msgstr ""
+":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' "
+"is not a valid value of the atomic type "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for"
 " Mexico, fix it."
 msgstr ""
+"**Solución:** El código postal en la dirección de tu empresa no es uno "
+"valido para México, corrígelo. "
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:606
 msgid ""
 ":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is "
@@ -3761,12 +4088,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' "
 "is required but missing.\", '')"
 msgstr ""
+":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is "
+"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: "
+"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' "
+"is required but missing.\", '')"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and"
 " used on the invoice."
 msgstr ""
+"**Solución:** Configura el nombre mexicano para el impuesto del 0% y el 16% "
+"que existe en tu sistema y se usa en las facturas. "
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2
 msgid "Netherlands"
@@ -3809,7 +4143,7 @@ msgstr "España"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6
 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plan de cuenta Español"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -3835,6 +4169,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal "
 "Localization** section."
 msgstr ""
+"Puede elegir el que desee entrando en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> "
+"Configuración` y luego elija el paquete que desee en la sección ** "
+"Localización fiscal **."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20
 msgid ""
@@ -3854,15 +4191,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28
 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reporte de Impuestos (Modelo 111)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29
 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reporte de Impuestos (Modelo 115)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30
 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reporte de Impuestos (Modelo 303)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3
 msgid "Switzerland"
@@ -3901,7 +4238,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38
 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Actualización en vivo de la tasa de cambio"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40
 msgid ""
@@ -3992,15 +4329,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
 msgid "**Tax Name**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "** Nombre del impuesto**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
 msgid "**Rate**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Tarifa**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
 msgid "**Label on Invoice**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "** Etiqueta en factura**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**"
@@ -4026,7 +4363,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117
 msgid "7.7%"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "7.7%"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99
 msgid "7.7% achat"
@@ -4102,7 +4439,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121
 msgid "3.7%"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "3.7%"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107
 msgid "3.7% achat"
@@ -4166,7 +4503,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117
 msgid "7.7% Incl."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "7.7% Incl."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119
 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)"
@@ -4184,7 +4521,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121
 msgid "3.7% Incl."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "3.7% Incl."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124
 msgid ""
@@ -4202,12 +4539,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108
 msgid "Others"
-msgstr ""
-"Otros\n"
-"Retirar dinero\n"
-"Tomar dinero es utilizado para tomar su cash manualmente despues el fin de todas transacciones. De los windows Register Transactios, ir al menuselection. Mas-Retirar dinero\n"
-"Las transacciones seran agregado al registro del pago cash.\n"
-"Auditor "
+msgstr "Otros"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3
 msgid "Adviser"
@@ -4393,8 +4725,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "ese estado."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
-msgid "Category"
-msgstr "Categoría"
+msgid "Asset Category"
+msgstr "Categoría de activo"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Category of asset"
@@ -4408,6 +4740,41 @@ msgstr "Fecha"
 msgid "Date of asset"
 msgstr "Fecha del activo"
 
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Depreciation Dates"
+msgstr "Fechas de depreciación"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based"
+" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on "
+"the periodicity of the depreciations)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the "
+"purchase date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "First Depreciation Date"
+msgstr "Primera fecha de depreciación"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal "
+"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting "
+"date"
+msgstr ""
+"Tenga en cuenta que esta fecha no altera el cálculo de la primera entrada "
+"del diario en caso de activos prorrata temporis. Simplemente cambia su fecha"
+" contable."
+
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Gross Value"
 msgstr "Valor bruto"
@@ -4473,12 +4840,12 @@ msgstr "Tiempo prorrateado"
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done "
-"from the purchase date instead of the first January / Start date of fiscal "
-"year"
+"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start "
+"date of fiscal year"
 msgstr ""
-"Indica que el primer asiento de depreciación tiene que ser realizado desde "
-"la compra en vez desde el 1 de enero o fecha de comienzo del ejercicio "
-"fiscal."
+"Indica que la primera entrada de depreciación para este Activo debe hacerse "
+"desde la fecha del activo (fecha de compra) en lugar del primero de enero / "
+"fecha de inicio del año fiscal"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Number of Depreciations"
@@ -4542,7 +4909,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "automáticamente se cubrirá en la factura de proveedor."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111
-msgid "How to deprecate an asset?"
+msgid "How to depreciate an asset?"
 msgstr "¿Cómo depreciar un activo?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113
@@ -6911,7 +7278,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3
 msgid "Multicurrency"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Multimoneda"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3
 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments"
@@ -8137,18 +8504,14 @@ msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:"
 msgstr "Para efectos de esta documentación, utilizaremos el caso anterior:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91
-msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded"
+msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded"
 msgstr ""
-"su precio de venta por defecto del producto esta en 8.26€ impuestos "
-"excluidos."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93
 msgid ""
-"but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or eCommerce "
+"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce "
 "website"
 msgstr ""
-"pero queremos vender a 10€, impuestos incluidos, en nuestra tienda en linea "
-"en nuestra página web"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97
 msgid "Setting your products"
@@ -8156,15 +8519,11 @@ msgstr "Configurar sus productos"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99
 msgid ""
-"Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is "
+"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is "
 "usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale "
 "Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the "
 "Accounting application."
 msgstr ""
-"Por defecto, su compañía debe ser configurada con precios impuestos "
-"excluidos. Esta es usualmente la configuración por defecto, pero puede "
-"revisar su **Impuesto de Ventas por Defecto** desde el menú "
-":menuselection:`Configuraciónn --> Ajustes` del módulo Contabilidad.  "
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107
 msgid ""
@@ -8251,15 +8610,11 @@ msgstr "Evite cambiar cada orden de ventas"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158
 msgid ""
-"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price "
-"included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal "
-"position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at "
-"every sale of this customer."
+"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax "
+"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position "
+"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale "
+"of this customer."
 msgstr ""
-"Si negocia un contrato con un cliente, aun si negocia precio incluido o "
-"precio excluido, puede configurar la lista de precios y la posición fiscal "
-"en el formato del cliente para que este sea aplicado automáticamente en cada"
-" venta de este cliente."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163
 msgid ""
@@ -9266,14 +9621,10 @@ msgstr "Métodos básicos de efectivo y formas de devengar el efectivo"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to "
+"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to "
 "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual "
 "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)."
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo da soporte a los reportes básicos de efectivo y a los reportes por "
-"devengar. Esto le permite informar los ingresos o gastos en el momento que "
-"se realizan las transacciones (por ejemplo base devengada), o cuando el pago"
-" se hace o se recibe (por ejemplo base de efectivo)."
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30
 msgid "Multi-companies"
@@ -9281,14 +9632,13 @@ msgstr "Multi-empresas"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each "
+"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each "
 "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation "
 "reports following your consolidation rules."
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo permite gestionar varias empresas dentro de la misma base de datos. "
-"Cada empresa tiene en su propio plan de cuentas algunas reglas. Usted puede "
-"obtener informes de consolidación siguiendo las reglas de consolidación que "
-"haya establecido."
+"Odoo le permite a uno administrar varias compañías dentro de la misma base "
+"de datos. Cada compañía tiene su propio plan de cuentas y reglas. Puede "
+"obtener informes de consolidación siguiendo sus reglas de consolidación."
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36
 msgid ""
@@ -9328,15 +9678,15 @@ msgstr "Estándares Internacionales"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54
 msgid ""
-"Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting "
-"implement accounting standards that is common to all countries and specific "
-"modules exists per country for the specificities of the country like the "
+"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting "
+"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific "
+"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the "
 "chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces."
 msgstr ""
-"La Contabilidad de Odoo da soporte a más de 50 países. Existe el núcleo de "
-"contabilidad en Odoo para implementar las normas de contabilidad que son "
-"comunes en todos los países y módulos específicos por país para las "
-"especificaciones de cada uno, como el plan de cuentas, impuestos, o "
+"La contabilidad de Odoo es compatible con más de 50 países. La contabilidad "
+"central de Odoo implementa estándares de contabilidad que son comunes a "
+"todos los países. Existen módulos específicos por país para las "
+"especificidades del país, como el plan de cuentas, los impuestos o las "
 "interfaces bancarias."
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60
@@ -9346,13 +9696,9 @@ msgstr "En particular, el motor del soporte de contabilidad central de Odoo:"
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62
 msgid ""
 "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries "
-"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where cost of good "
+"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good "
 "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered."
 msgstr ""
-"Contabilidad Anglosajona (EE.UU., Reino Unido ,, y otro países que hablan "
-"Inglés incluyendo Irlanda, Canadá, Australia, y Nueva Zelanda) donde el "
-"costo del bien vendido se reporta cuando los productos son vendidos o "
-"entregados."
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66
 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill."
@@ -9480,8 +9826,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "proporciona sugerencia de transacciones del libro mayor."
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119
-msgid "Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority"
-msgstr "Calcula los impuestos que debe su autoridad fiscal"
+msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121
 msgid ""
@@ -9522,15 +9868,11 @@ msgstr "Utilidades retenidas fácilmente"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139
 msgid ""
-"Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo "
+"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo "
 "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-"
 "end journal or rollover is required.  This is calculated by reporting the "
 "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically."
 msgstr ""
-"Las utilidades retenidas son la porción de la renta retenida por la empresa."
-" Odoo calcula automáticamente las ganancias del año en curso en tiempo real,"
-" que no se requieren en ningun diario. Esto se calcula para informar de la "
-"ganancia y la pérdida en su reporte de balance general automáticamente."
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3
 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting"
@@ -11364,7 +11706,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3
 msgid "Vendor Payments"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pagos de Proveedor"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3
 msgid "Pay by Checks"
@@ -11532,7 +11874,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch "
 "deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, "
 "you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To "
-"enable batch deposit,module account_batch_deposit must be installed."
+"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
@@ -11542,6 +11884,18 @@ msgid ""
 "installed"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Show Partner Bank Account"
+msgstr "Mostrar cuenta bancaria del Contacto"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` "
+"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views"
+msgstr ""
+"El campo técnico usado para saber si el campo `partner_bank_account_id` debe"
+" mostrarse o no en las vistas del formulario de pagos"
+
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Code"
 msgstr "Código"
@@ -12976,19 +13330,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10
 msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hay dos estrategias para el redondeo:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12
 msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Añada una línea en la factura para el redondeo."
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14
 msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Agregar el redondeo en el importe del impuesto"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16
 msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ambas estrategias son aplicables en Odoo."
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21
 msgid ""
@@ -13024,7 +13378,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46
 msgid "Apply roundings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar redondeos"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48
 msgid ""
@@ -15112,7 +15466,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29
 msgid "Get paid with SEPA"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cobre con SEPA"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -15161,11 +15515,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50
 msgid "You can now validate the mandate."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ahora puedes validar el mandato."
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55
 msgid "Let's create an invoice for that customer."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vamos a crear una factura para ese cliente."
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57
 msgid ""
@@ -15182,7 +15536,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67
 msgid "Generate SDD Files"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Generar archivos SDD"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69
 msgid ""
@@ -15201,6 +15555,8 @@ msgid ""
 "You can now download the XML file generated by Odoo and upload it in your "
 "bank interface."
 msgstr ""
+"Ahora puede descargar el archivo XML generado por Odoo y cargarlo en la "
+"interfaz de su banco."
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85
 msgid ""
@@ -15211,7 +15567,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89
 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cerrar o revocar un mandato."
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91
 msgid ""
@@ -15230,6 +15586,9 @@ msgid ""
 "any invoice using that mandate anymore, no matter the invoice date.To do "
 "that, simply go on the mandate and click on the \"Revoke\" button."
 msgstr ""
+"También puedes ** revocar ** un mandato. En ese caso, ya no podrá pagar "
+"ninguna factura con ese mandato, sin importar la fecha de la factura. Para "
+"hacerlo, simplemente ingresa al mandato y haz clic en el botón \"Revocar\"."
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3
 msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
index cf2592606e..9dba2c4269 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
@@ -1,16 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# AleEscandon , 2017
+# Nicole Kist , 2017
+# Julián Andrés Osorio López , 2017
+# Raquel Iciarte , 2017
+# David Arnold , 2017
+# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2017
+# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Alejandro Kutulas , 2018
+# Cris Martin , 2018
+# Vivian Montana , 2019
+# Pablo Rojas , 2019
+# José Cabrera Lozano , 2021
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-21 09:44+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: José Vicente , 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano , 2021\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -22,1302 +37,365 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "CRM"
 msgstr "CRM"
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar.rst:3
-msgid "Calendar"
-msgstr "Calendario"
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
-msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar"
-msgstr "Cómo sincronizar tu calendario de Odoo con tu calendario de Google"
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
-"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
-"directions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo está perfectamente integrado con el calendario de Google así que puedes"
-" ver y administrar tus reuniones con ambas plataformas (las actualizaciones "
-"van a ambas direcciones)."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3
+msgid "Acquire leads"
+msgstr "Adquiere leads"
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
-msgid "Setup in Google"
-msgstr "Configuración en Google"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3
+msgid "Convert leads into opportunities"
+msgstr "convierte leads en oportunidades"
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to "
-"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
-msgstr ""
-"Ve a la Plataforma de APIs de Google "
-"`__ para generar las credenciales "
-"para la API de Google Calendar. Accede con tu cuenta de Google."
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
-msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
-msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
-msgid "Enable the API."
+"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a "
+"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and "
+"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM"
+" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can "
+"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done "
-"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
-msgid "Create credentials."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
-msgid ""
-"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
-"of data."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
-"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The "
-"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized "
-"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
-"'/google_account/authentication'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
-msgid ""
-"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo "
-"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not "
-"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID"
-" in Odoo for the first time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
-" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
-msgid "Setup in Odoo"
-msgstr "Configuración en Odoo"
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
-msgid ""
-"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the "
-"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client"
-" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
-msgid ""
-"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
-"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
-"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
-" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
-msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
-msgstr "¡A partir de ahora ya no tienes excusas para perderte una reunión!"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads.rst:3
-msgid "Leads"
-msgstr "Iniciativas"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate.rst:3
-msgid "Generate leads"
-msgstr "Generar iniciativas"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:3
-msgid "How to generate leads from incoming emails?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo generar iniciativas desde correos entrantes?"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"There are several ways for your company to :doc:`generate leads with Odoo "
-"CRM `. One of them is using your company's generic email address as "
-"a trigger to create a new lead in the system. In Odoo, each one of your "
-"sales teams is linked to its own email address from which prospects can "
-"reach them. For example, if the personal email address of your Direct team "
-"is **direct@mycompany.example.com**, every email sent will automatically "
-"create a new opportunity into the sales team."
-msgstr ""
-"Hay varias maneras para que su empresa pueda :doc:`generar clientes "
-"potenciales con Odoo CRM `. Uno de ellos es el uso de correo "
-"electrónico genérico de su empresa como un disparador para crear una nueva "
-"pista en el sistema. En Odoo, cada uno de sus equipos de ventas está "
-"vinculado a su propia dirección de correo electrónico desde que las "
-"perspectivas pueden llegar a ellos. Por ejemplo, si la dirección de correo "
-"electrónico personal de su equipo de directo es "
-"**direct@mycompany.example.com**, cada correo electrónico enviado creará "
-"automáticamente una nueva oportunidad en el equipo de ventas."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:14
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:30
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:19
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23 ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12
 msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"The first thing you need to do is to configure your **outgoing email "
-"servers** and **incoming email gateway** from the :menuselection:`Settings "
-"module --> General Settings`."
-msgstr ""
-"Lo primero que necesita hacer es configurar **los servidores de correo "
-"electrónico salientes** y **el correo electrónico de entrada** desde el "
-":menuselection:`Módulo Ajustes --> Configuración General`."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Then set up your alias domain from the field shown here below and click on "
-"**Apply**."
-msgstr ""
-"Luego de configurar el nombre del dominio en el campo que se muestra a "
-"continuación y haga clic en **Aplicar**."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:26
-msgid "Set up team alias"
-msgstr "Crear un nombre de dominio del equipo"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"Go on the Sales module and click on **Dashboard**. You will see that the "
-"activation of your domain alias has generated a default email alias for your"
-" existing sales teams."
-msgstr ""
-"Vaya al módulo de Ventas y haga clic en **Tablero**. Usted verá que la "
-"activación del nombre de su dominio ha generado un nombre de correo "
-"electrónico predeterminado para sus equipos de ventas existentes."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:35
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"You can easily personalize your sales teams aliases. Click on the More "
-"button from the sales team of your choice, then on **Settings** to access "
-"the sales team form. Into the **Email Alias** field, enter your email alias "
-"and click on **Save**. Make sure to allow receiving emails from everyone."
+"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> "
+"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature."
 msgstr ""
-"Usted puede personalizar fácilmente el nombre de sus equipos de ventas. Haga"
-" clic en el botón Más del equipo de ventas de su elección, a continuación, "
-"en **Configuración** para acceder al formulario del equipo de ventas. En el "
-"campo del **Nombre del Correo**, escriba su nombre del correo electrónico y "
-"haga clic en **Guardar**. Asegúrese de dejar de recibir correos electrónicos"
-" de todo el mundo."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:41
-msgid ""
-"From there, each email sent to this email address will generate a new lead "
-"into the related sales team."
-msgstr ""
-"A partir de ahí, cada correo electrónico enviado a esta dirección, generará una nueva\n"
-"iniciativa en el equipo de ventas relacionado."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:48
-msgid "Set up catch-all email domain"
-msgstr "Configurar un dominio de correo catch-all"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"Additionally to your sales team aliases, you can also create a generic email"
-" alias (e.g. *contact@* or *info@* ) that will also generate a new contact "
-"in Odoo CRM. Still from the Sales module, go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and set up your catch-all email "
-"domain."
-msgstr ""
-"Adicionalmente al nombre del equipo de ventas, también puede crear un nombre"
-" de correo electrónico genérico (por ejemplo, *contacto@* o *info@*), que "
-"también va a generar un nuevo contacto en Odoo CRM. Después, desde el módulo"
-" de ventas, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y configure su"
-" dominio de correo catch-all."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"You can choose whether the contacts generated from your catch-all email "
-"become leads or opportunities using the radio buttons that you see on the "
-"screenshot here below. Note that, by default, the lead stage is not "
-"activated in Odoo CRM."
-msgstr ""
-"Usted puede elegir si los contactos generados a partir del correo catch-all "
-"se convierten en clientes potenciales u oportunidades utilizando los botones"
-" de radio que se ven la captura de pantalla a continuación. Tenga en cuenta "
-"que, por defecto, la etapa de la iniciativa no se activa en Odoo CRM."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:67
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:89
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:194
-msgid ":doc:`manual`"
-msgstr ":doc:`manual`"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:67
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195
-msgid ":doc:`import`"
-msgstr ":doc:`import`"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71
-msgid ":doc:`website`"
-msgstr ":doc:`website`"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3
-msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo importar contactos al CRM?"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, you can import a database of potential customers, for instance "
-"for a cold emailing or cold calling campaign, through a CSV file. You may be"
-" wondering if the best option is to import your contacts as leads or "
-"opportunities. It depends on your business specificities and workflow:"
-msgstr ""
-"En Odoo CRM, se puede importar una base de datos de clientes potenciales, "
-"por ejemplo para una campaña de llamadas o de correos electrónicos para dar "
-"información de la empresa, a través de un archivo CSV. Usted se preguntará "
-"si la mejor opción es importar sus contactos como iniciativas u "
-"oportunidades; depende de sus especificaciones de negocios y flujo de "
-"trabajo:"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"Some companies may decide to not use leads, but instead to keep all "
-"information directly in an opportunity. For some companies, leads are merely"
-" an extra step in the sales process. You could call this extended (start "
-"from lead) versus simplified (start from opportunity) customer relationship "
-"management."
-msgstr ""
-"Algunas compañías pueden decidir no usar iniciativas y en su lugar prefieren"
-" mantener toda la información directamente en una oportunidad. Para algunas "
-"empresas, iniciativas no son más que un paso adicional en el proceso de "
-"venta. Usted podría llamar a esta extensión (comienzo de iniciativa) contra "
-"la simplificación (inicio de la oportunidad) de gestión de relaciones con "
-"los clientes."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"Odoo perfectly allows for either one of these approaches to be chosen. If "
-"your company handles its sales from a pre qualification step, feel free to "
-"activate first the lead stage as described below in order to import your "
-"database as leads"
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo permite perfectamente que cualquiera de estos enfoques sea "
-"seleccionado. Si su empresa maneja en las ventas un paso de precalificación,"
-" no dude en activar primero el escenario principal como se describe a "
-"continuación con el fin de importar la base de datos y las iniciativas."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:23
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:9
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:38
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:62
-msgid "Activate the lead stage"
-msgstr "Activar el estado iniciativa"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. If you want to "
-"import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads "
-"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
-msgstr ""
-"Por defecto, la etapa de la iniciativa no se activa en Odoo CRM. Si desea "
-"importar los contactos como iniciativas en lugar de oportunidades, vaya a "
-":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`, seleccione la opción **usar "
-"iniciativas si...** como se muestra a continuación y haga clic en "
-"**Aplicar**."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33
-msgid ""
-"This activation will create a new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` "
-"from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** "
-"button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here `)"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta activación creará un nuevo submenú :menuselection:`Ventas --> "
-"Iniciativas` desde la que se podrán importar sus contactos con el botón "
-"**Importar** (si desea crear una iniciativa de forma manual, :doc: haga clic"
-" aquí `)"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41
-msgid "Import your CSV file"
-msgstr "Importar archivo CSV"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"On the new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`, click on **Import** and"
-" select your Excel file to import from the **Choose File** button. Make sure"
-" its extension is **.csv** and don't forget to set up the correct File "
-"format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local settings"
-" and display your columns properly."
-msgstr ""
-"En el nuevo submenú :menuselection: `Ventas --> Iniciativas`, haga clic en "
-"**Importar** y seleccione el archivo de Excel para importar desde el botón "
-"**Elegir archivo**. Asegúrese de que su extensión sea .csv y no se olvide de"
-" configurar las opciones de formato de los archivos correctamente "
-"(**Codificación** y *Separador**) para que coincida con los valores locales "
-"y se muestren las columnas correctamente."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"If your prospects database is provided in another format than CSV, you can "
-"easily convert it to the CSV format using Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice / "
-"LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, etc."
-msgstr ""
-"Si la base de datos de los prospectos se proporciona en otro formato que no "
-"sea CSV, usted puede fácilmente convertir al formato CSV con Microsoft "
-"Excel, OpenOffice / LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, etc."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:58
-msgid "Select rows to import"
-msgstr "Seleccionar filas para importar"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"Odoo will automatically map the column headers from your CSV file to the "
-"corresponding fields if you tick *The first row of the file contains the "
-"label of the column* option. This makes imports easier especially when the "
-"file has many columns. Of course, you can remap the column headers to "
-"describe the property you are importing data into (First Name, Last Name, "
-"Email, etc.)."
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo asignará automáticamente los encabezados de las columnas de su archivo "
-"CSV a los campos correspondientes, si se marca la opción de *La primera fila"
-" del archivo que contiene la etiqueta de la columna*. Esto hace que las "
-"importaciones sean más fáciles, especialmente cuando el archivo tiene muchas"
-" columnas. Por supuesto, puede reasignar los encabezados de la columna para "
-"describir la propiedad que va a importar de datos dentro (Nombre, Apellidos,"
-" Correo electrónico, etc.)."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"If you want to import your contacts as opportunities rather than leads, make"
-" sure to add the *Type* column to your csv. This column is used to indicate "
-"whether your import will be flagged as a Lead (type = Lead) or as an "
-"opportunity (type = Opportunity)."
+"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Pipeline* where they will "
+"aggregate."
 msgstr ""
-"Si desea importar los contactos como oportunidades en lugar de iniciativas, "
-"asegúrese de añadir la columna *Tipo* en su csv. Esta columna se utiliza "
-"para indicar si al importar se marcará como una iniciativa (tipo = "
-"Iniciativa) o como una oportunidad (tipo = Oportunidad)."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:77
-msgid ""
-"Click the **Validate** button if you want to let Odoo verify that everything"
-" seems okay before importing. Otherwise, you can directly click the Import "
-"button: the same validations will be done."
-msgstr ""
-"Haga clic en el botón **Validar** si desea dejar a Odoo verificar que todo "
-"se encuentre bien antes de importar. De lo contrario, puede hacer clic "
-"directamente en el botón Importar: y se realizarán las mismas validaciones."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28
+msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity"
+msgstr "Convierte un lead en una oportunidad"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:83
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"For additional technical information on how to import contacts into Odoo "
-"CRM, read the **Frequently Asked Questions** section located below the "
-"Import tool on the same window."
+"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an "
+"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same "
+"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer."
 msgstr ""
-"Para obtener información técnica adicional sobre cómo importar contactos en "
-"Odoo CRM, lea la sección de **Preguntas Frecuentes** situada debajo de la "
-"herramienta de Importar en la misma ventana."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196
-msgid ":doc:`emails`"
-msgstr ":doc:`emails`"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:3
-msgid "How to create a contact into Odoo CRM?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo crear un contacto en Odoo CRM?"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Odoo CRM allows you to manually add contacts into your pipeline. It can be "
-"either a lead or an opportunity."
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo CRM le permite añadir manualmente contactos en su flujo de ventas. "
-"Puede ser una iniciativa o una oportunidad."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:11
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. To activate it, go "
-"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the option "
-"\"\"use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
-msgstr ""
-"De forma predeterminada, la etapa principal no se activa en Odoo CRM. Para "
-"activarlo, diríjase al: menu selecione: `Ventas -> Configuración -> Ajustes,"
-" seleccione la opción\" Usar cables si ... ** como se muestra a continuación"
-" y haga clic en ** Aplicar **."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"This activation will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that "
-"gives you access to a list of all your leads from which you will be able to "
-"create a new contact."
+"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will "
+"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, "
+"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that "
+"customer already exists."
 msgstr ""
-"Esta activación creará un nuevo submenú **Iniciativas** dentro de **Ventas** que \n"
-"le da acceso a una lista de todos sus iniciativas en la cual será capaz de crear \n"
-"un nuevo contacto."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:26
-msgid "Create a new lead"
-msgstr "Crear una nueva iniciativa"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3
+msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails"
+msgstr "Genera leads/oportunidades desde emails"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:28
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button."
+"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your "
+"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will"
+" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel."
 msgstr ""
-"Ir a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Iniciativas` y hacer clic en el botón de "
-"**Crear**."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33
-msgid ""
-"From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact "
-"name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in"
-" the **Internal notes** field."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11
+msgid "Configure email aliases"
+msgstr "Configurar seudónimos de correo"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson"
-" by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the "
-"screen."
+"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate "
+"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage"
+" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the "
+"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Sales Channels`."
 msgstr ""
-"su iniciativa está vinculada directamente a un equipo de ventas específico o"
-" a un vendedor, haga clic en el botón **Convertir a Oportunidad** en la "
-"esquina superior izquierda de la pantalla."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:43
-msgid "Create a new opportunity"
-msgstr "Crear una nueva oportunidad"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3
+msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page"
+msgstr "Genera leads/oportunidades desde la página web de contacto"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without "
-"having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard "
-"and click on the **Pipeline** button of the desired sales team. If you don't"
-" have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first "
-"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Then, click on **Create** and fill in "
-"the contact details as shown here above. By default, the newly created "
-"opportunity will appear on the first stage of your sales pipeline."
+"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your "
+"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a"
+" lead/opportunity in the pipeline."
 msgstr ""
-"También se puede añadir directamente un contacto a un equipo de ventas "
-"específico sin tener que convertir la iniciativa en primer lugar. En el "
-"módulo de Ventas, vaya a su tablero y haga clic en el botón de **Flujo de "
-"trabajo** del equipo de ventas deseado. Si usted no tiene ningún equipo de "
-"ventas aún, :doc:`es necesario crearlo primero "
-"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. A continuación, haga clic en **Crear**"
-" y después es necesario llenar los datos del contacto como se muestra "
-"arriba. Por defecto, la oportunidad recién creada aparecerá en la primera "
-"etapa de su proceso de ventas."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:53
-msgid ""
-"Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific "
-"stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and "
-"you want to send him a quotation right away, you can add his contact details"
-" on the fly directly into the **Proposition** stage. From the Kanban view of"
-" your sales team, just click on the **+** icon at the right of your stage to"
-" create the contact. The new opportunity will then pop up into the "
-"corresponding stage and you can then fill in the contact details by clicking"
-" on it."
-msgstr ""
-"Otra forma de crear una oportunidad es añadiéndolo directamente en una etapa"
-" específica. Por ejemplo, si usted tiene en el historial que habló con el "
-"Sr. Smith en una reunión y desea que envié una cita de inmediato, usted "
-"puede agregar los datos del contacto directamente en la etapa de la "
-"**Propuesta**. Desde el punto de vista de Kanban de su equipo de ventas, "
-"simplemente haga clic en el icono **+** a la derecha del tablero, para crear"
-" el contacto. Entonces, la nueva oportunidad aparecerá en la etapa "
-"correspondiente y, a continuación, puede completar los datos de contacto "
-"haciendo clic en el."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10
+msgid "Use the contact us on your website"
+msgstr "Usa el contáctanos en tu página web"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:3
-msgid "How to generate leads from my website?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo generar iniciativas desde mi sitio web?"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12
+msgid "You should first go to your website app."
+msgstr "Primero debes ir a la página web de tu aplicación"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Your website should be your company's first lead generation tool. With your "
-"website being the central hub of your online marketing campaigns, you will "
-"naturally drive qualified traffic to feed your pipeline. When a prospect "
-"lands on your website, your objective is to capture his information in order"
-" to be able to stay in touch with him and to push him further down the sales"
-" funnel."
-msgstr ""
-"Su sitio web debe ser la primera herramienta de generación de iniciativas de"
-" la empresa. Con el sitio web en el eje central de sus campañas de "
-"publicidad en línea, usted va a conducir naturalmente tráfico cualificado "
-"para alimentar a su flujo de ventas. Cuando un prospecto cae en el sitio "
-"web, su objetivo es capturar la información, con el fin de ser capaz de "
-"mantenerse en contacto con él y empujarlo más abajo del canal de ventas."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:12
-msgid "This is how a typical online lead generation process work :"
-msgstr ""
-"De esta manera es el proceso de trabajo de la generación de iniciativas:"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:14
-msgid ""
-"Your website visitor clicks on a call-to action (CTA) from one of your "
-"marketing materials (e.g. an email newsletter, a social media message or a "
-"blog post)"
-msgstr ""
-"Un visitante en su sitio web, hace clic en una llamada de acción (CTA) desde"
-" uno de sus materiales de publicidad (por ejemplo, un boletín electrónico, "
-"un mensaje de los medios de comunicación sociales o una entrada de blog)"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"The CTA leads your visitor to a landing page including a form used to "
-"collect his personal information (e.g. his name, his email address, his "
-"phone number)"
-msgstr ""
-"La CTA lleva a su visitante a una página de destino que incluye un "
-"formulario que se utiliza para recoger su información personal (por ejemplo,"
-" su nombre, su dirección de correo electrónico, su número de teléfono)"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:22
-msgid ""
-"The visitor submits the form and automatically generates a lead into Odoo "
-"CRM"
-msgstr ""
-"El visitante envía el formulario y automáticamente se genera como iniciativa"
-" en Odoo CRM"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"Your calls-to-action, landing pages and forms are the key pieces of the lead"
-" generation process. With Odoo Website, you can easily create and optimize "
-"those critical elements without having to code or to use third-party "
-"applications. Learn more `here `__."
-msgstr ""
-"Las llamadas de acción, las páginas y formas de destino, son las piezas "
-"clave del proceso de generación de iniciativas. Con el sitio web de Odoo, "
-"usted puede crear fácilmente y optimizar los elementos críticos sin tener "
-"que codificar o utilizar aplicaciones de terceros. Obtenga más información "
-"`aquí `__."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo, the Website and CRM modules are fully integrated, meaning that you "
-"can easily generate leads from various ways through your website. However, "
-"even if you are hosting your website on another CMS, it is still possible to"
-" fill Odoo CRM with leads generated from your website."
-msgstr ""
-"En Odoo, el sitio web y los módulos de CRM están totalmente integrados, lo "
-"que significa que usted puede fácilmente generar clientes potenciales de "
-"diversas maneras a través de su sitio web. Sin embargo, incluso si usted es "
-"anfitrión de su sitio web en otro CMS, aún así es posible completar los "
-"datos que requiere Odoo CRM con clientes potenciales generados desde su "
-"sitio web."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:40
-msgid ""
-"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. Therefore, new "
-"leads automatically become opportunities. You can easily activate the option"
-" of adding the lead step. If you want to import your contacts as leads "
-"rather than opportunities, from the Sales module go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads "
-"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
-msgstr ""
-"Por defecto, la etapa de la iniciativa no se activa en Odoo CRM. Por lo "
-"tanto, nuevas iniciativas se convierten automáticamente en oportunidades. "
-"Usted puede activar fácilmente la opción de agregar iniciativas. Si desea "
-"importar los contactos que tiene como oportunidades, desde el módulo de "
-"Ventas ir a :menuselection: `Configuración --> Ajustes`, seleccione la "
-"opción **Usar iniciativas si...** como se muestra a continuación y haga clic"
-" en **Aplicar**."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"Note that even without activating this step, the information that follows is"
-" still applicable - the lead generated will land in the opportunities "
-"dashboard."
-msgstr ""
-"Tenga en cuenta que, incluso sin activar este paso, la información que sigue"
-" entrando, todavía es aplicable - la iniciativa generada aterrizará en el "
-"tablero de oportunidades."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:55
-msgid "From an Odoo Website"
-msgstr "Desde el sitio web de Odoo "
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:57
-msgid ""
-"Let's assume that you want to get as much information as possible about your"
-" website visitors. But how could you make sure that every person who wants "
-"to know more about your company's products and services is actually leaving "
-"his information somewhere? Thanks to Odoo's integration between its CRM and "
-"Website modules, you can easily automate your lead acquisition process "
-"thanks to the **contact form** and the **form builder** modules"
-msgstr ""
-"Supongamos que desea obtener la mayor cantidad de información posible acerca"
-" de cada visita al sitio web. Pero, ¿cómo podría usted asegurarse de que "
-"cada persona que quiere saber más sobre los productos y servicios de su "
-"empresa, dejará la información en cualquier lugar? Gracias a la integración "
-"de Odoo entre sus módulos de CRM y sitios Web, usted puede automatizar "
-"fácilmente los procesos de adquisición de iniciativas, gracias a los módulos"
-" de **Formulario de Contacto** y **Construcción de Formularios**"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"another great way to generate leads from your Odoo Website is by collecting "
-"your visitors email addresses thanks to the Newsletter or Newsletter Popup "
-"CTAs. These snippets will create new contacts in your Email Marketing's "
-"mailing list. Learn more `here `__."
-msgstr ""
-"otra gran manera de generar iniciativas desde el sitio web de Odoo es "
-"mediante la recopilación de direcciones de correo electrónico de los "
-"visitantes gracias a la Newsletter o Boletín emergente CTA. Estos fragmentos"
-" crearán nuevos contactos en su lista de correo electrónico de publicidad. "
-"Obtenga más información `aquí `_."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:75
-msgid ""
-"Start by installing the Website builder module. From the main dashboard, "
-"click on **Apps**, enter \"**Website**\" in the search bar and click on "
-"**Install**. You will be automatically redirected to the web interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Comience por instalar el módulo constructor del sitio web. Desde el panel de"
-" control principal, haga clic en **Aplicaciones**, escriba \"**Sitio Web**\""
-" en la barra de búsqueda y haga clic en **Instalar**. Usted será redirigido "
-"automáticamente a la interfaz web."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:84
-msgid ""
-"A tutorial popup will appear on your screen if this is the first time you "
-"use Odoo Website. It will help you get started with the tool and you'll be "
-"able to use it in minutes. Therefore, we strongly recommend you to use it."
-msgstr ""
-"Un tutorial emergente aparece en la pantalla si esta es la primera vez que "
-"utiliza el Sitio Web de Odoo. Este le ayudará a iniciar con la herramienta y"
-" usted será capaz de utilizarlo en cuestión de minutos. Por lo tanto, le "
-"recomendamos usarlo."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:89
-msgid "Create a lead by using the Contact Form module"
-msgstr "Crear una iniciativa mediante el módulo de Formulario de contacto"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:91
-msgid ""
-"You can effortlessly generate leads via a contact form on your **Contact "
-"us** page. To do so, you first need to install the Contact Form module. It "
-"will add a contact form in your **Contact us** page and automatically "
-"generate a lead from forms submissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede generar iniciativas sin esfuerzo a través de un formulario de contacto"
-" en su página de **Contáctanos**. Para ello, primero debe instalar el Módulo"
-" de Formulario de Contacto. Se agregará un formulario de contacto en su "
-"página de **Contáctanos** y automáticamente se generará una presentación de "
-"los formularios de las diferentes iniciativas."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:96
-msgid ""
-"To install it, go back to the backend using the square icon on the upper-"
-"left corner of your screen. Then, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Contact "
-"Form**\" in the search bar (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag "
-"otherwise you will not see the module appearing) and click on **Install**."
-msgstr ""
-"Para instalarlo, vuelva a la pantalla de fondo utilizando el icono cuadrado "
-"en la esquina superior izquierda. A continuación, haga clic en "
-"**Aplicaciones**, escriba \"**Formulario de contacto**\" en la barra de "
-"búsqueda (no se olvide de quitar la etiqueta **Aplicaciones** de otro modo "
-"que no verá el módulo) y haga clic en **Instalar**."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:104
-msgid ""
-"Once the module is installed, the below contact form will be integrated to "
-"your \"Contact us\" page. This form is linked to Odoo CRM, meaning that all "
-"data entered through the form will be captured by the CRM and will create a "
-"new lead."
-msgstr ""
-"Una vez instalado el módulo, el siguiente formulario de contacto se "
-"integrará a su página \"**Contáctanos**\". Este formulario está vinculado a "
-"Odoo CRM, lo que significa que todos los datos introducidos a través del "
-"formulario serán capturados por el CRM y se creará una nueva iniciativa."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:112
-msgid ""
-"Every lead created through the contact form is accessible in the Sales "
-"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`. The name of the "
-"lead corresponds to the \"Subject\" field on the contact form and all the "
-"other information is stored in the corresponding fields within the CRM. As a"
-" salesperson, you can add additional information, convert the lead into an "
-"opportunity or even directly mark it as Won or Lost."
-msgstr ""
-"Cada iniciativa creada a través del formulario de contacto está disponible "
-"en el módulo de Ventas, haciendo clic en :menuselection:`Ventas --> "
-"Iniciativas`. El nombre de la iniciativa corresponde al campo \"Asunto\" en "
-"el formulario de contacto y toda la otra información se almacena en los "
-"campos correspondientes dentro del CRM. Como vendedor, usted puede añadir "
-"información adicional, convertir la iniciativa en una oportunidad o incluso "
-"directamente marcarlo como Ganado o Perdido."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:123
-msgid "Create a lead using the Form builder module"
-msgstr "Crear iniciativas usando el módulo de Construcción de Formularios"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:125
-msgid ""
-"You can create fully-editable custom forms on any landing page on your "
-"website with the Form Builder snippet. As for the Contact Form module, the "
-"Form Builder will automatically generate a lead after the visitor has "
-"completed the form and clicked on the button **Send**."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede crear formularios personalizados totalmente editables en cualquier "
-"página de entrada en su sitio web con el fragmento de Forma de construir. En"
-" cuanto al módulo de Formulario de contacto, el Constructor de Formularios "
-"generará automáticamente una iniciativa después de que el visitante haya "
-"completado el formulario y haga clic en el botón **Enviar**."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:130
-msgid ""
-"From the backend, go to Settings and install the \"**Website Form "
-"Builder**\" module (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag otherwise you "
-"will not see the modules appearing). Then, back on the website, go to your "
-"desired landing page and click on Edit to access the available snippets. The"
-" Form Builder snippet lays under the **Feature** section."
-msgstr ""
-"Desde el backend, vaya a Configuración e instalar el módulo \"**Constructor "
-"de Formularios**\" (no te olvides de quitar la etiqueta **Aplicaciones** de "
-"lo contrario no verán los módulos). Luego, de vuelta en el sitio web, vaya a"
-" la página de destino que desee y haga clic en Editar para acceder a los "
-"fragmentos disponibles. El fragmento de Constructor de Formularios establece"
-" en la sección de **Características**."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:140
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you have dropped the snippet where you want the form to appear on"
-" your page, a **Form Parameters** window will pop up. From the **Action** "
-"drop-down list, select **Create a lead** to automatically create a lead in "
-"Odoo CRM. On the **Thank You** field, select the URL of the page you want to"
-" redirect your visitor after the form being submitted (if you don't add any "
-"URL, the message \"The form has been sent successfully\" will confirm the "
-"submission)."
-msgstr ""
-"Tan pronto como se le ha caído el fragmento en el que desea que aparezca el "
-"formulario en su página, una ventana de **Parámetros del formulario** "
-"aparecerá. En la lista desplegable **Acción**, seleccione **Crear "
-"iniciativa** para crear automáticamente una iniciativa en Odoo CRM. En el "
-"campo **Gracias**, seleccione la dirección URL de la página que desea "
-"redirigir a su visitante después de haber completado la forma (si no agrega "
-"ninguna URL, el mensaje \"El formulario ha sido enviado con éxito\" "
-"confirmará la acción)."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:151
-msgid ""
-"You can then start creating your custom form. To add new fields, click on "
-"**Select container block** and then on the blue **Customize** button. 3 "
-"options will appear:"
-msgstr ""
-"A continuación, puede empezar a crear su formulario personalizado. Para añadir \n"
-"nuevos campos, haga clic en **Seleccione el bloque contenedor** y luego en el \n"
-"botón azul **Personalizar**. Aparecerán 3 opciones:"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:158
-msgid ""
-"**Change Form Parameters**: allows you to go back to the Form Parameters and"
-" change the configuration"
-msgstr ""
-"**Cambie los parámetros de formulario**: esto le permite ir de nuevo a los "
-"parámetros de formulario y cambiar la configuración"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14
+msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
+msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:161
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"**Add a model field**: allows you to add a field already existing in Odoo "
-"CRM from a drop-down list. For example, if you select the Field *Country*, "
-"the value entered by the lead will appear under the *Country* field in the "
-"CRM - even if you change the name of the field on the form."
+"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from ready-to-use contact form on "
+"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically."
 msgstr ""
-"**Añadir un campo al modelo**: esto le permite añadir un campo ya existente "
-"en Odoo CRM de una lista desplegable. Por ejemplo, si se selecciona el campo"
-" del *País*, el valor introducido por la iniciativa aparecerá bajo el campo "
-"*País* en el CRM - incluso si se cambia el nombre del campo en el "
-"formulario."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:167
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"**Add a custom field**: allows you to add extra fields that don't exist by "
-"default in Odoo CRM. The values entered will be added under \"Notes\" within"
-" the CRM. You can create any field type : checkbox, radio button, text, "
-"decimal number, etc."
-msgstr ""
-"**Agregar un campo personalizado**: esto le permite añadir campos "
-"adicionales que no existen de forma predeterminada en Odoo CRM. Los valores "
-"introducidos se añadirán en \"Notas\" en el CRM. Usted puede crear cualquier"
-" tipo de campo: casilla de verificación, botón de radio, texto, número "
-"decimal, etc."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:172
-msgid "Any submitted form will create a lead in the backend."
-msgstr ""
-"Cualquier formulario presentado creará una entrada en la base de datos."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:175
-msgid "From another CMS"
-msgstr "Desde otro CMS"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:177
-msgid ""
-"If you use Odoo CRM but not Odoo Website, you can still automate your online"
-" lead generation process using email gateways by editing the \"Submit\" "
-"button of any form and replacing the hyperlink by a mailto corresponding to "
-"your email alias (learn how to create your sales alias :doc:`here "
-"`)."
+"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact "
+"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*."
 msgstr ""
-"Si utiliza Odoo CRM pero no el sitio web, todavía se puede automatizar el "
-"proceso de generación de prospectos en línea utilizando servidores de correo"
-" electrónico editando el botón \"Enviar\" de cualquier forma y reemplazar el"
-" hipervínculo por un mailto correspondiente a su nombre de correo "
-"electrónico (aprenderá a crear su nombre de ventas :doc:`aquí `)."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:183
-msgid ""
-"For example if the alias of your company is **salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, add"
-" ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` into the regular hyperlink code (CTRL+K)"
-" to generate a lead into the related sales team in Odoo CRM."
-msgstr ""
-"Por ejemplo, si el nombre de su empresa es **salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, "
-"agregue ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` en el código del hipervínculo "
-"regular (CTRL+K) para generar una iniciativa en el equipo de ventas "
-"relacionadas en Odoo CRM."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50
+msgid "Create a custom contact form"
+msgstr "Crea una forma de contacto customizada"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage.rst:3
-msgid "Manage leads"
-msgstr "Administrar Clientes Potenciales"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:3
-msgid "Automate lead assignation to specific sales teams or salespeople"
-msgstr ""
-"Automatice la asignación de iniciativas a los equipos de ventas o vendedores"
-" específicos"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:5
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your business workflow and needs, you may need to dispatch your"
-" incoming leads to different sales team or even to specific salespeople. "
-"Here are a few example:"
+"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use they want to "
+"contact you. You will then need to build a custom contact form on your "
+"website. Those contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the "
+"system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, "
+"etc...)"
 msgstr ""
-"Dependiendo del flujo de trabajo y las necesidades de su empresa, usted "
-"necesita enviar a sus iniciativas entrantes a diferentes equipos de ventas o"
-" incluso especificar a cuales vendedores serán asignados. Éstos son algunos "
-"ejemplos: "
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:9
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"Your company has several offices based on different geographical regions. "
-"You will want to assign leads based on the region;"
+"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module. Only available in "
+"Odoo Enterprise."
 msgstr ""
-"Su empresa tiene varias oficinas fijas en diferentes regiones geográficas. "
-"Usted tendrá que asignar las iniciativas basadas en la región;"
+"Necesitarás instalar el módulo gratis *Constructor de Forma*. Sólo "
+"disponible en Odoo Enterprise."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"One of your sales teams is dedicated to treat opportunities from large "
-"companies while another one is specialized for SMEs. You will want to assign"
-" leads based on the company size;"
+"From any page you want your contact form to be in, in edit mode, drag the "
+"form builder in the page and you will be able to add all the fields you "
+"wish."
 msgstr ""
-"Uno de sus equipos se dedica a tratar a las oportunidades de las grandes "
-"empresas mientras que otro equipo debe estar especializado en las PYMES. "
-"Usted tendrá que asignar las iniciativas en base al tamaño de la empresa;"
+"Tu forma de contrato puede ser de la página que quieras. En el modo edición,"
+" arrastra la forma construcción y podrás añadir todos los campos que "
+"quieras."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59
 msgid ""
-"One of your sales representatives is the only one to speak foreign languages"
-" while the rest of the team speaks English only. Therefore you will want to "
-"assign to that person all the leads from non-native English-speaking "
-"countries."
+"By default any new contact form will send an email, you can switch to "
+"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*."
 msgstr ""
-"Uno de sus representantes de ventas es el único en hablar idiomas "
-"extranjeros, mientras que el resto des equipo habla Inglés solamente. Por lo"
-" tanto, tendrá que asignar a esa persona todas las iniciativas de los países"
-" donde el idioma Inglés no es su lengua nativa."
+"Cualquier forma nueva enviará un email por defecto, puedes cambiar a "
+"generación lead/oportunidad en *Cambiar parámetros de forma*"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:21
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63
 msgid ""
-"As you can imagine, manually assigning new leads to specific individuals can"
-" be tedious and time consuming - especially if your company generates a high"
-" volume of leads every day. Fortunately, Odoo CRM allows you to automate the"
-" process of lead assignation based on specific criteria such as location, "
-"interests, company size, etc. With specific workflows and precise rules, you"
-" will be able to distribute all your opportunities automatically to the "
-"right sales teams and/or salesman."
+"If the same visitors uses the contact form twice, the second information "
+"will be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter."
 msgstr ""
-"Como se pueden imaginar, asignar manualmente nuevas iniciativas a personas "
-"específicas puede ser tedioso y lento, especialmente si su empresa genera un"
-" gran volumen de clientes potenciales cada día. Afortunadamente, Odoo CRM "
-"permite automatizar el proceso de asignación de iniciativas en base a "
-"criterios específicos, tales como la ubicación, intereses, tamaño de la "
-"empresa, etc., con flujos de trabajo específicos y reglas precisas, usted "
-"será capaz de distribuir todas sus oportunidades automáticamente a los "
-"equipos de ventas y/o al vendedor adecuado."
+"Si el mismo visitante usa la forma de contacto dos veces, la segunda "
+"información será añadida al primer lead/oportunidad en la charla."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"If you have just started with Odoo CRM and haven't set up your sales team "
-"nor registered your salespeople, :doc:`read this documentation first "
-"<../../overview/started/setup>`."
-msgstr ""
-"Si usted acaba de iniciar a trabajar con Odoo y no sabe como estableces "
-"equipos de ventas, ni registrar a us vendedores, :doc:`revisa este documento"
-" primero <../../overview/started/setup>`."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67
+msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities"
+msgstr "Genera leads en vez de oportunidades"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:36
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69
 msgid ""
-"You have to install the module **Lead Scoring**. Go to :menuselection:`Apps`"
-" and install it if it's not the case already."
+"When using a contact form, it is advised to use a qualification step before "
+"assigning to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM "
+"settings and refer to :doc:`convert`."
 msgstr ""
-"Usted tiene que instalar el módulo **Puntuación de Iniciativa**. Ir al "
-":menuselection:`Aplicaciones` e instalarlo si no lo ha hecho."
+"Al usar una forma de contacto, es aconsejable usar un paso de calificación "
+"antes de asignar a las personas de ventas correctas. Para hacerlo, activa "
+"*Leads* en ajustes de CRM y refiere a :doc:`convert`."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:40
-msgid "Define rules for a sales team"
-msgstr "Defina reglas para sus equipos de ventas"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3
+msgid "Send quotations"
+msgstr "Envía presupuestos"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:42
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** button"
-" of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**. If you don't have any "
-"sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first "
-"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`."
+"When you qualified one of your lead into an opportunity you will most likely"
+" need to them send a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with"
+" Odoo."
 msgstr ""
-"Desde el módulo de ventas, vaya a su panel de control y haga clic en el "
-"botón **Más** del equipo de ventas deseado, luego en **Configuración**. Si "
-"usted no tiene ningún equipo de ventas, :doc:`es necesario crearlo primero "
-"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`."
+"Cuando calificas uno de tus leads en una oportunidad, probablemente "
+"necesitarás mandarles un presupuesto. Puedes hacer esto directamente en la "
+"App de CRM con Odoo."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain rule "
-"(for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module "
-"tutorial "
-"`__ or "
-"`Syntax reference guide "
-"`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:13
+msgid "Create a new quotation"
+msgstr "Crea un nuevo presupuesto"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"For example, if you want your *Direct Sales* team to only receive leads "
-"coming from United States and Canada, your domain will be as following :"
+"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* "
+"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote."
 msgstr ""
-"Por ejemplo, si usted quiere que su equipo de *Ventas Directas* sólo reciba "
-"derivaciones procedentes de Estados Unidos y Canadá, el dominio será de la "
-"siguiente manera:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:59
-msgid "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``"
-msgstr "``[[country_id, 'in', ['Estados Unidos', 'Canadá']]]``"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:66
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:22
 msgid ""
-"you can also base your automatic assignment on the score attributed to your "
-"leads. For example, we can imagine that you want all the leads with a score "
-"under 100 to be assigned to a sales team trained for lighter projects and "
-"the leads over 100 to a more experienced sales team. Read more on :doc:`how "
-"to score leads here `."
+"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the "
+"*Quotations* menu on that page."
 msgstr ""
-"también se puede basar la asignación automática de la puntuación atribuida a"
-" sus clientes potenciales. Por ejemplo, podemos imaginar que desea que todos"
-" las iniciativas con una puntuación por debajo de 100, se asignarán a un "
-"equipo de ventas entrenados para proyectos más ligeros y las iniciativas de "
-"más de 100 a un equipo de ventas con más experiencia. Lea más sobre :doc:`la"
-" forma de puntuación clientes potenciales aquí `."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:72
-msgid "Define rules for a salesperson"
-msgstr "Defina reglas para los vendedores"
+"Encontrarás todos tus presupuestos a esa oportunidad específica bajo el menú"
+" *Presupuestos* en esa página."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:74
-msgid ""
-"You can go one step further in your assignment rules and decide to assign "
-"leads within a sales team to a specific salesperson. For example, if I want "
-"Toni Buchanan from the *Direct Sales* team to receive only leads coming from"
-" Canada, I can create a rule that will automatically assign him leads from "
-"that country."
-msgstr ""
-"Usted puede ir un paso más allá en sus reglas de asignación y decidir como "
-"asignar los clientes potenciales a un equipo de ventas o a un vendedor "
-"específico. Por ejemplo, si quiero que Toni Buchanan del equipo de *Ventas "
-"Directas* únicamente reciba iniciativas procedentes de Canadá, puedo crear "
-"una regla que asignará automáticamente las iniciativas ese país."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:29
+msgid "Mark them won/lost"
+msgstr "Márcalos como ganados/perdidos"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:80
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"Still from the sales team menu (see here above), click on the salesperson of"
-" your choice under the assignment submenu. Then, enter your rule in the "
-"*Domain* field."
+"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the "
+"process along."
 msgstr ""
-"Aún en el menú de equipo de ventas (ver aquí arriba), haga clic en el "
-"vendedor de su opción en el submenú asignación. A continuación, introduzca "
-"su regla en el campo *Dominio*."
+"Ahora necesitarás marcar tu oportunidad como ganada o perdida para avanzar "
+"en el proceso"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:89
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"In Odoo, a lead is always assigned to a sales team before to be assigned to "
-"a salesperson. Therefore, you need to make sure that the assignment rule of "
-"your salesperson is a child of the assignment rule of the sales team."
+"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban "
+"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived."
 msgstr ""
-"En Odoo, una iniciativa siempre se asigna a un equipo de ventas antes de ser"
-" asignado a un vendedor. Por lo tanto, es necesario asegurarse de que la "
-"regla de asignación de su vendedor es un hijo de la regla de asignación del "
-"equipo de ventas."
+"Si las marcas como ganadas, se moverán a tu columna *Ganadas* en tu vista "
+"Kanban. Si  las marcas como *Perdidas* serán archivadas."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:95
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:67
-msgid ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`"
+#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3
+msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work"
+msgstr "Optimiza tu trabajo diario"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:3
-msgid "How to do efficient Lead Scoring?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo hacer un puntaje de iniciativas eficiente? "
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
+msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo"
+msgstr "Sincroniza tu calendario Google con Odoo"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:5
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Odoo's Lead Scoring module allows you to give a score to your leads based on"
-" specific criteria - the higher the value, the more likely the prospect is "
-"\"ready for sales\". Therefore, the best leads are automatically assigned to"
-" your salespeople so their pipe are not polluted with poor-quality "
-"opportunities."
-msgstr ""
-"El módulo del puntaje de las iniciativas de Odoo le permite dar una "
-"puntuación a sus clientes potenciales con base en criterios específicos - "
-"cuanto mayor sea el valor, más probable es que la perspectiva sea \"listo "
-"para la venta\". Por lo tanto, los mejores clientes potenciales se asignan "
-"automáticamente a sus vendedores por lo que su flujo de ventas no estará "
-"contaminado con las oportunidades de mala calidad."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:12
-msgid ""
-"Lead scoring is a critical component of an effective lead management "
-"strategy. By helping your sales representative determine which leads to "
-"engage with in order of priority, you will increase their overall conversion"
-" rate and your sales team's efficiency."
+"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
+"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
+"directions)."
 msgstr ""
-"El puntaje de las iniciativas es un componente crítico de una estrategia "
-"eficaz de gestión de iniciativas. Al ayudar a su representante de ventas a "
-"determinar lo que lleva a comprometerse con un orden de prioridad, que "
-"aumentará su tasa de conversión total y la eficiencia de su equipo de "
-"ventas."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:22
-msgid "Install the Lead Scoring module"
-msgstr "Instalar el módulo de Puntaje de Iniciativas"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:24
-msgid "Start by installing the **Lead Scoring** module."
-msgstr "Inicia la instalación del módulo **Puntaje de Iniciativas**."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:26
-msgid ""
-"Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu "
-":menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`"
-msgstr ""
-"Una vez instalado el módulo, usted deberá de ver un nuevo menú "
-":menuselection:`Ventas --> Administración de Iniciativas --> Reglas del "
-"Puntaje`"
+"Odoo está perfectamente integrado con el calendario de Google así que puedes"
+" ver y administrar tus reuniones con ambas plataformas (las actualizaciones "
+"van a ambas direcciones)."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33
-msgid "Create scoring rules"
-msgstr "Crear reglas de puntaje"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
+msgid "Setup in Google"
+msgstr "Configuración en Google"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:35
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Leads scoring allows you to assign a positive or negative score to your "
-"prospects based on any demographic or behavioral criteria that you have set "
-"(country or origin, pages visited, type of industry, role, etc.). To do so "
-"you'll first need to create rules that will assign a score to a given "
-"criteria."
+"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to "
+"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
 msgstr ""
-"El puntaje de las iniciativas le permite asignar una puntuación positiva o "
-"negativa a sus posibles clientes sobre la base de criterios demográficos o "
-"de comportamiento que se ha establecido (país de origen, páginas visitadas, "
-"el tipo de industria, papel, etc.). Para ello primero se tendrán que crear "
-"las reglas y asignar una puntuación al criterio dado."
+"Ve a la Plataforma de APIs de Google "
+"`__ para generar las credenciales "
+"para la API de Google Calendar. Accede con tu cuenta de Google."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"In order to assign the right score to your various rules, you can use these "
-"two methods:"
-msgstr ""
-"Para asignar la puntuación correcta a las diversas reglas, se pueden usar "
-"estos dos métodos:"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
+msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
+msgstr "Ve a la página API & Servicios."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"Establish a list of assets that your ideal customer might possess to "
-"interest your company. For example, if you run a local business in "
-"California, a prospect coming from San Francisco should have a higher score "
-"than a prospect coming from New York."
-msgstr ""
-"Establecer una lista de activos que pueda poseer su cliente ideal para que "
-"pueda mostrar interés en su empresa. Por ejemplo, si usted tiene un negocio "
-"local en California, un prospecto que viene de San Francisco debe tener una "
-"puntuación más alta que un prospecto que viene de Nueva York."
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
+msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
+msgstr "Busca por *Calendario API Google* y selecciónalo."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"Dig into your data to uncover characteristics shared by your closed "
-"opportunities and most important clients."
-msgstr ""
-"Adéntrate en sus datos para descubrir las características compartidas por "
-"sus oportunidades cerradas y mayores clientes grandes."
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
+msgid "Enable the API."
+msgstr "Activa el API"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:52
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"Please note that this is not an exact science, so you'll need time and "
-"feedback from your sales teams to adapt and fine tune your rules until "
-"getting the desired result."
+"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done "
+"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
 msgstr ""
-"Tenga en cuenta que esto no es una ciencia exacta, por lo que necesitará "
-"tiempo y retroalimentación de sus equipos de ventas para adaptar y afinar "
-"sus reglas hasta conseguir el resultado deseado."
+"Selecciona o crea un proyecto API para almacenar las credenciales si es que "
+"no lo hizo previamente. Nómbralo con un título específico (Ej. Odoo Sync)."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:56
-msgid ""
-"In the **Scoring Rules** menu, click on **Create** to write your first rule."
-msgstr ""
-"En el menú de las **Reglas del puntaje**, haz clic en **Crear** para poder "
-"escribir la primer regla."
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
+msgid "Create credentials."
+msgstr "Crea Credenciales"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:61
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
 msgid ""
-"First name your rule, then enter a value and a domain (refer on the "
-"`official python documentation `__ for "
-"more information). For example, if you want to assign 8 points to all the "
-"leads coming from **Belgium**, you'll need to give ``8`` as a **value** and "
-"``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` as a domain."
+"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
+"of data."
 msgstr ""
-"Primero nombre su regla, a continuación introduzca el valor y el dominio "
-"(Consulte en la òfficial python documentation "
-"`__ para más información). Por ejemplo,"
-" si usted desea asignar 8 puntos a todas las iniciativas procedentes de "
-"**Bélgica**, usted tendrá que darle `` 8`` como **valor** y `` "
-"[[\"conuntry\\_id ',=,'Bélgica']] `` como un dominio."
+"Selecciona *Web browser (Javascript)* como fuente de llamada y *User data* "
+"como tipo de data."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:68
-msgid "Here are some criteria you can use to build a scoring rule :"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
+"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The "
+"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized "
+"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
 msgstr ""
-"Aquí hay algunos criterios que usted puede utilizar para construir una regla"
-" de puntuación:"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:70
-msgid "country of origin : ``'country_id'``"
-msgstr "ciudad de origen : ``'country_id'``"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:72
-msgid "stage in the sales cycle : ``'stage_id'``"
-msgstr "etapas en el ciclo de ventas : ``'stage_id'``"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:74
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
 msgid ""
-"email address (e.g. if you want to score the professional email addresses) :"
-" ``'email_from'``"
+"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo "
+"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not "
+"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID"
+" in Odoo for the first time."
 msgstr ""
-"dirección de correo electrónico (por ejemplo, si desea anotar las "
-"direcciones de correo electrónico profesionales) : ``'email_from'``"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:76
-msgid "page visited : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``"
-msgstr "página visitada : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:78
-msgid "name of a marketing campaign : ``'campaign_id'``"
-msgstr "nombre de la campaña de publicidad : ``'campaign_id'``"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:80
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
 msgid ""
-"After having activated your rules, Odoo will give a value to all your new "
-"incoming leads. This value can be found directly on your lead's form view."
+"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
+" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
-"Después de haber activado las reglas, Odoo dará un valor a todos los nuevos "
-"clientes potenciales entrantes. Este valor se puede encontrar directamente "
-"en vista de iniciativas."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:88
-msgid "Assign high scoring leads to your sales teams"
-msgstr "Asignar alta puntuación a sus equipos de ventas"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
+msgid "Setup in Odoo"
+msgstr "Configuración en Odoo"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:90
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
 msgid ""
-"The next step is now to automatically convert your best leads into "
-"opportunities. In order to do so, you need to decide what is the minimum "
-"score a lead should have to be handed over to a given sales team. Go to your"
-" **sales dashboard** and click on the **More** button of your desired sales "
-"team, then on **Settings**. Enter your value under the **Minimum score** "
-"field."
+"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the "
+"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
 msgstr ""
-"El siguiente paso es ahora convertir automáticamente sus mejores iniciativas"
-" en oportunidades. Para hacerlo, tiene que decidir cuál es la puntuación "
-"mínima, la oportunidad deberá ser entregada a un equipo de ventas "
-"determinado. Vaya a su panel de **control de ventas** y haga clic en el botó"
-" **Más** de su equipo de ventas deseado, luego en **Configuración**. Ingrese"
-" su valor bajo el campo de **Puntaje mínimo**."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
 msgid ""
-"From the example above, the **Direct Sales** team will only receive "
-"opportunities with a minimum score of ``50``. The prospects with a lower "
-"score can either stay in the lead stage or be assigned to another sales team"
-" which has set up a different minimum score."
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client"
+" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
 msgstr ""
-"En el ejemplo anterior, las **Ventas directas** del equipo serán sólo las "
-"que reciben oportunidades con una puntuación mínima de `` 50``. Los "
-"prospectos con una puntuación más baja pueden o bien quedarse en la etapa de"
-" plomo o ser asignado a otro equipo de ventas que ha establecido un puntaje "
-"mínimo diferente."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:106
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
 msgid ""
-"Organize a meeting between your **Marketing** and **Sales** teams in order "
-"to align your objectives and agree on what minimum score makes a sales-ready"
-" lead."
+"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
+"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
+"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
+" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
 msgstr ""
-"Organiza tus reuniones entre tus equipos de **Publicidad** y **Ventas** con "
-"el fin de alinear sus objetivos y acordar qué puntaje mínimo hace una venta "
-"al prospecto seleccionado. "
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:110
-msgid ":doc:`automatic_assignation`"
-msgstr ":doc:`automatic_assignation`"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip.rst:3
-msgid "Odoo VOIP"
-msgstr "Odoo VOIP"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
+msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
+msgstr "¡A partir de ahora ya no tienes excusas para perderte una reunión!"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:3
-msgid "OnSIP Configuration"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3
+msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:6
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6
 msgid "Introduction"
 msgstr "Introducción"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:8
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that"
 " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as "
 "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:10
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before "
 "doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are "
@@ -1325,74 +403,74 @@ msgid ""
 "configuration procedure below."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:15
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15
 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ir a Aplicaciones e instalar el módulo **VoIP OnSIP**."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:20
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk "
 "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:22
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22
 msgid ""
 "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on "
 "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and "
 "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:23
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23
 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:24
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24
 msgid "**Mode** should be Production"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Modo** debe ser Producción"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:29
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29
 msgid ""
 "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the "
 "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:31
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31
 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:32
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32
 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:33
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33
 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:34
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34
 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:36
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "You can find all this information by logging in at "
 "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure "
 "and refer to the fields as pictured below."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right "
 "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in"
 " Odoo and in OnSIP)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:45
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure "
 "to refresh your Odoo window and try again."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:52
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52
 msgid ""
 "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to"
 " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by "
@@ -1400,17 +478,17 @@ msgid ""
 "international prefix for the United States)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:57
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by "
 "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:63
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63
 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:65
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65
 msgid ""
 "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your "
 "computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo"
@@ -1418,107 +496,115 @@ msgid ""
 "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:67
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67
 msgid ""
-"On Android, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Zoiper "
-"`_. "
-"You will have to configure it as follows:"
+"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream "
+"Wave `_."
+" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will "
+"then have to configure it as follows:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:69
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69
 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:70
-msgid "**Host**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70
+msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:71
-msgid "**Username**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71
+msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:72
-msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72
+msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:73
-msgid "**Authentication user**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73
+msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:74
-msgid "**Outbound proxy**: sip.onsip.com"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can "
+"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. "
+"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to "
+"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone"
+" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call "
+"Assistant `_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:78
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79
 msgid ""
 "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will"
 " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:3
-msgid "Installation and Setup"
-msgstr "Instalación y configuración"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:6
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6
 msgid "Installing Asterisk server"
 msgstr "Instalar el servidor Asterisk"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:9
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9
 msgid "Dependencies"
 msgstr "Dependencias"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:11
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:"
 msgstr ""
 "Antes de instalar Asterisk es necesario instalar las siguientes "
 "dependencias:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13
 msgid "wget"
 msgstr "wget"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:14
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14
 msgid "gcc"
 msgstr "gcc"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:15
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15
 msgid "g++"
 msgstr "g++"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16
 msgid "ncurses-devel"
 msgstr "ncurses-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:17
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17
 msgid "libxml2-devel"
 msgstr "libxml2-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:18
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18
 msgid "sqlite-devel"
 msgstr "sqlite-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:19
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19
 msgid "libsrtp-devel"
 msgstr "libsrtp-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:20
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20
 msgid "libuuid-devel"
 msgstr "libuuid-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:21
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21
 msgid "openssl-devel"
 msgstr "openssl-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:22
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22
 msgid "pkg-config"
 msgstr "pkg-config"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:24
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24
 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:"
 msgstr "Para instalar libsrtp, siga las siguientes instrucciones:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:35
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35
 msgid ""
 "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here "
 "`_. Once the source directory is "
@@ -1528,35 +614,35 @@ msgstr ""
 "`_. Una vez el directorio recurso es "
 "extraído:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:37
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37
 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**"
 msgstr "**Cambia a directorio proyecto pj recurso:**"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:43
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43
 msgid "**run:**"
 msgstr "**ejecutar:**"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:49
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49
 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**"
 msgstr "** Construye y instale proyectopj:**"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:57
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57
 msgid "**Update shared library links:**"
 msgstr "**Actualizar enlaces compartidas de biblioteca**."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:63
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63
 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**"
 msgstr "verifique que el proyecto pj está instalado."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:69
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69
 msgid "**The result should be:**"
 msgstr "** Wl resultado debe ser**."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:86
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86
 msgid "Asterisk"
 msgstr "Asterisco"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:88
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88
 msgid ""
 "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly "
 "`there `_."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:90
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90
 msgid "Extract Asterisk:"
 msgstr "extracto del Asterisco:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:96
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96
 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:"
 msgstr "introduzca el directorio Asterisco."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:102
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102
 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:"
 msgstr "Ejecutar el script configuración Asterisco."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:108
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108
 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:"
 msgstr "Ejecute la herramienta asterisco menú selección "
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:114
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114
 msgid ""
 "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is "
 "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the "
@@ -1594,11 +680,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "biblioteca srtp y debes reinstalarlo. Guardar la configuración (presionar "
 "x). Debe también ver las estrellas delante de las lineas res-pjsip."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:116
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116
 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:"
 msgstr "Recopilar y instalar Asterisco."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:122
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122
 msgid ""
 "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the "
 "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can "
@@ -1608,19 +694,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "para instalar la configuración de ejemplos. Si necesita instalar el script "
 "de inicio del asterisco puede ejecutar 'make config'."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:125
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125
 msgid "DTLS Certificates"
 msgstr "Certificados DTLS"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:127
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127
 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates."
 msgstr "Después necesita ajustar los certificados DTLS."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:133
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133
 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:"
 msgstr "Introduzca el directorio de scripts del asterisco:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:139
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139
 msgid ""
 "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address"
 " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):"
@@ -1628,11 +714,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Crear los certtificados DTLS ( reemplazar pbx.mycompany.com con su dirección"
 " ip o nombre dns, reemplaza MY Super Company con su nombre de compañia):"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:146
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146
 msgid "Configure Asterisk server"
 msgstr "Configurar el servidor Asterisco"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:148
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148
 msgid ""
 "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer "
 "settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very "
@@ -1647,7 +733,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ubicados en /etc/asterisk/. Se recomienda empezar por editar http.conf y "
 "asegurarse que las siguientes lineas estan descommentadas:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:158
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158
 msgid ""
 "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and "
 "icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. "
@@ -1662,7 +748,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Todas estas lineas de configuración debenerian estar bajo el mismo peer; "
 "configurarlos globalmente probablemente no funciona:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:186
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186
 msgid ""
 "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the "
 "lines:"
@@ -1670,20 +756,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "En los archivos sip.conf y rtp.conf, es necesario tambien agregar o "
 "descomentar las lineas:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:193
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193
 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:"
 msgstr "por último ajustar extensiones.conf: "
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:202
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202
 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP"
 msgstr "Configure Odoo VOIP."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:204
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204
 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences."
 msgstr ""
 "En Odoo, la configuración debe ser hecha en las preferencias del usuario."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:206
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206
 msgid ""
 "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in"
 " the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you"
@@ -1698,7 +784,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "cuando quiere transferir una llamada desde Odoo a su extensión física, la "
 "cual tambien ha sido configurada en el achrivo sip.conf."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:212
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212
 msgid ""
 "The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title "
 "\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf "
@@ -1712,1883 +798,483 @@ msgstr ""
 "parte \"127.0.0.1\" debe ser la misma IP definida previamente y el \"8088\" "
 "es el puerto que definió en el archivo http.conf."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "Información general"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
-msgid "Main Concepts"
-msgstr "Conceptos Principales"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3
-msgid "Introduction to Odoo CRM"
-msgstr "Introducción al CRM de Odoo"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11
-msgid "Transcript"
-msgstr "Transcripción"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Hi, my name is Nicholas, I'm a business manager in the textile industry. I "
-"sell accessories to retailers. Do you know the difference between a good "
-"salesperson and an excellent salesperson? The key is to be productive and "
-"organized to do the job. That's where Odoo comes in. Thanks to a well "
-"structured organization you'll change a good team into an exceptional team."
-msgstr ""
-"Hola, mi nombre es Nicolás, soy un gerente de negocios en la industria "
-"textil. Vendo accesorios a los minoristas. ¿Sabe usted la diferencia entre "
-"un buen vendedor y un excelente vendedor? La clave es ser productivo y "
-"organizado para hacer el trabajo. Ahí es donde entra en juego Odoo. Gracias "
-"a una organización bien estructurada podrás cambiar un buen equipo en un "
-"equipo excepcional."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:21
-msgid ""
-"With Odoo CRM, the job is much easier for me and my entire team. When I log "
-"in into Odoo CRM, I have a direct overview of my ongoing performance. But "
-"also the activity of the next 7 days and the performance of the last month. "
-"I see that I overachieved last month when compared to my invoicing target of"
-" $200,000. I have a structured approach of my performance."
-msgstr ""
-"Con el CRM de Odoo, el trabajo es mucho más fácil para mí y todo mi equipo. "
-"Cuando me conecto al CRM de Odoo, tengo una visión directa de mi actuación "
-"en curso. Pero también la actividad de los próximos 7 días y el rendimiento "
-"de la última meses. Veo que con creces el mes pasado en comparación con mi "
-"objetivo de facturación de $200.000. Tengo un enfoque estructurado de mi "
-"rendimiento."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"If I want to have a deeper look into the details, I click on next actions "
-"and I can see that today I have planned a call with Think Big Systems. Once "
-"I have done my daily review, I usually go to my pipeline. The process is the"
-" same for everyone in the team. Our job is to find resellers and before "
-"closing any deal we have to go through different stages. We usually have a "
-"first contact to qualify the opportunity, then move into offer & negotiation"
-" stage, and closing by a 'won'..Well, that's if all goes well."
-msgstr ""
-"Si quiero tener una mirada más profunda en los detalles, hago clic en "
-"próximas acciones y puedo ver que hoy he planeado una llamada con la empresa"
-" \"Think Big Systems\". Una vez que he hecho mi opinión todos los días, por "
-"lo general voy a flujo de trabajo. El proceso es el mismo para todos en el "
-"equipo. Nuestro trabajo es encontrar distribuidores y antes de cerrar "
-"cualquier acuerdo que tenemos que pasar por diferentes etapas. Por lo "
-"general tenemos un primer contacto para calificar la oportunidad, a "
-"continuación, pasar a la oferta y fase de negociación, y el cierre por un "
-"'ganado' .. Bueno, eso es si todo va bien."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"The user interface is really smooth, I can drag and drop any business "
-"opportunity from one stage to another in just a few clicks."
-msgstr ""
-"La interfaz de usuario es muy suave, que puede arrastrar y soltar cualquier "
-"oportunidad de negocio de una etapa a otra en tan sólo unos pocos clics."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42
-msgid ""
-"Now I'd like to go further with an interesting contact: a department store. "
-"I highlighted their file by changing the color. For each contact, I have a "
-"form view where I can access to all necessary information about the contact."
-" I see here my opportunity Macy's has an estimated revenue of $50,000 and a "
-"success rate of 10%. I need to discuss about this partnership, so I will "
-"schedule a meeting straight from the contact form: Macy's partnership "
-"meeting. It's super easy to create a new meeting with any contact. I can as "
-"well send an email straight from the opportunity form and the answer from "
-"the prospect will simply pop up in the system too. Now, let's assume that "
-"the meeting took place, therefore I can mark it as done. And the system "
-"automatically suggests a next activity. Actually, we configured Odoo with a "
-"set of typical activities we follow for every opportunity, and it's great to"
-" have a thorough followup. The next activity will be a follow-up email. "
-"Browsing from one screen to the other is really simple and adapting to the "
-"view too! I can see my opportunitities as a to-do list of next activities "
-"for example."
-msgstr ""
-"Ahora me gustaría ir más allá con un contacto interesante: unos grandes "
-"almacenes. Destaqué su archivo cambiando el color. Para cada contacto, tengo"
-" una vista de formulario donde pueda acceder a toda la información necesaria"
-" sobre el contacto. Veo aquí mi oportunidad, Macy tiene un ingreso estimado "
-"de $50,000 y una tasa de éxito de 10%. Tengo que hablar con esta asociación,"
-" así que voy a programar una reunión directamente desde el formulario de "
-"contacto: Reunión de la asociación de Macy. Es muy fácil de crear una nueva "
-"reunión con cualquier contacto. Puedo también enviar un correo electrónico "
-"directamente desde la forma de oportunidades y la respuesta de la "
-"perspectiva simplemente aparecerá en el sistema también. Ahora, vamos a "
-"suponer que la reunión se llevó a cabo, por lo tanto puedo marcarla como "
-"hecha. Y el sistema sugiere automáticamente un siguiente actividad. En "
-"realidad, hemos configurado Odoo con un conjunto de actividades típicas que "
-"seguimos para cada oportunidad, y es genial tener un seguimiento minucioso. "
-"La próxima actividad será un correo electrónico de seguimiento. Navegar de "
-"una pantalla a otra es muy simple y la adaptación a la vista también lo es. "
-"Puedo ver mis oportunidades como una lista de actividades pendientes, por "
-"ejemplo, tareas por hacer."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62
-msgid ""
-"With Odoo CRM I have a sales management tool that is really efficient and me"
-" and my team can be well organized. I have a clear overview of my sales "
-"pipeline, meetings, revenues, and more."
-msgstr ""
-"Con el CRM de Odoo tengo una herramienta de gestión de ventas que es "
-"realmente eficiente y así, tanto mi equipo como yo podmeos estar bien "
-"organizados. Tengo una visión clara del flujo de mis ventas, las reuniones, "
-"los ingresos, y demás."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"I go back to my pipeline. Macy's got qualified successfully, which mean I "
-"can move their file to the next step and I will dapt the expected revenue as"
-" discussed. Once I have performed the qualification process, I will create a"
-" new quotation based on the feedback I received from my contact. For my "
-"existing customers, I can as well quickly discover the activity around them "
-"for any Odoo module I use, and continue to discuss about them. It's that "
-"simple."
-msgstr ""
-"Vuelvo a mi flujo de trabajo. Macy tiene calificaciones con éxito, lo que "
-"significa que yo puedo mover su archivo en el siguiente paso y voy a adaptar"
-" los ingresos previstos como se muestra. Una vez que haya realizado el "
-"proceso de calificación, voy a crear un nuevo presupuesto basado en los "
-"comentarios que recibí de mi contacto. Para mis clientes existentes, puedo "
-"descubrir así rápidamente la actividad en torno a ellos para cualquier "
-"módulo de Odoo que use, y continuar discutiendo sobre ellos. Así de simple "
-"es."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76
-msgid ""
-"We have seen how I can manage my daily job as business manager or "
-"salesperson. At the end of the journey I would like to have a concrete view "
-"of my customer relationships and expected revenues. If I go into the reports"
-" in Odoo CRM, I have the possibility to know exactly what's the evolution of"
-" the leads over the past months, or have a look at the potential revenues "
-"and the performance of the different teams in terms of conversions from "
-"leads to opportunities for instance. So with Odoo I can have a clear "
-"reporting of every activity based on predefined metrics or favorites. I can "
-"search for other filters too and adapt the view. If I want to go in the "
-"details, I choose the list view and can click on any item"
-msgstr ""
-"Hemos visto cómo se puede manejar el trabajo diario como gerente de negocios"
-" o como vendedor. Al final de esto, me gustaría tener una visión concreta de"
-" mis relaciones con los clientes y los ingresos esperados. Si entro en los "
-"informes del CRM de Odoo, tengo la posibilidad de saber exactamente cuál es "
-"la evolución de los conductores en los últimos meses, o echar un vistazo a "
-"los ingresos potenciales y el rendimiento de los diferentes equipos en "
-"cuanto a conversiones de iniciativas a oportunidades. Así que con Odoo puedo"
-" tener una información clara de todas las actividades basadas en métricas o "
-"favoritos predefinidos. Puedo buscar otros filtros también y adaptar la "
-"vista. Si quiero ir a los detalles, elijo la vista de lista y se hace clic "
-"en cualquier elemento"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:90
-msgid ""
-"Odoo CRM is not only a powerful tool to achieve our sales goals with "
-"structured activities, performance dashboard, next acitivities and more, but"
-" also allows me to:"
-msgstr ""
-"El CRM de Odoo no es sólo una herramienta de gran alcance para lograr los "
-"objetivos de nuestras ventas con actividades estructuradas, panel de "
-"rendimiento, próximas actividades, entre otros, sino que también permite:"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:94
-msgid ""
-"Use leads to get in the system unqualified but targeted contacts I may have "
-"gathered in a conference or through a contact form on my website. Those "
-"leads can then be converted into opportunities."
-msgstr ""
-"Usar iniciativas al entrar en el sistema no calificados, pero dirigidos a "
-"contactos que pueden haber reunido en una conferencia o a través de un "
-"formulario de contacto en el sitio web. Estas iniciativas pueden ser luego "
-"convertidos en oportunidades."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:99
-msgid ""
-"Manage phone calls from Odoo CRM by using the VoIP app. Call customers, "
-"manage a call queue, log calls, schedule calls and next actions to perform."
-msgstr ""
-"Administrar llamadas telefónicas en el CRM de Odoo utilizando la aplicación "
-"VoIP. Llame a los clientes, gestione la lista de llamadas, registro de "
-"llamadas, horarios de llamadas y próximas acciones a realizar."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:103
-msgid ""
-"Integrate with Odoo Sales to create beautiful online or PDF quotations and "
-"turn them into sales orders."
-msgstr ""
-"Integración de Ventas con Odoo para crear hermosas citas en línea o PDF y "
-"así convertirlos en órdenes de venta."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:106
-msgid ""
-"Use email marketing for marketing campaigns to my customers and prospects."
-msgstr ""
-"Utilice el correo de electrónico de publicidad para hacer campañas de la "
-"misma a sus clientes y prospectos."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:109
-msgid ""
-"Manage my business seamlessly, even on the go. Indeed, Odoo offers a mobile "
-"app that lets every business organize key sales activities from leads to "
-"quotes."
-msgstr ""
-"Administre su negocio a la perfección, incluso sobre la marcha. De hecho, "
-"Odoo ofrece una aplicación móvil que permite a todas las empresas organizar "
-"las actividades clave de ventas de las iniciativas con cotizaciones."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:113
-msgid ""
-"Odoo CRM is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. I firstly used the sales "
-"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up our CRM. It will help you "
-"getting started quickly too."
-msgstr ""
-"El CRM de Odoo es una aplicación potente y fácil de usar. Yo en primer "
-"lugar, utilicé el planificador de ventas para establecer claramente mis "
-"objetivos y establecer nuestro CRM. Le ayudará a poder empezar rápidamente."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3
-msgid "Odoo CRM Terminologies"
-msgstr "Teminología de Odoo CRM"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:10
-msgid "**CRM (Customer relationship management)**:"
-msgstr "**CRM (Gestión de relaciones con clientes)**:"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6
-msgid ""
-"System for managing a company's interactions with current and future "
-"customers. It often involves using technology to organize, automate, and "
-"synchronize sales, marketing, customer service, and technical support."
-msgstr ""
-"Sistema para la gestión de las interacciones de la empresa con los clientes "
-"actuales y futuros. A menudo implica el uso de la tecnología para organizar,"
-" automatizar y sincronizar las ventas, marketing, servicio al cliente y "
-"soporte técnico."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14
-msgid "**Sales cycle** :"
-msgstr "**Ciclo de ventas** :"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Sequence of phases used by a company to convert a prospect into a customer."
-msgstr ""
-"Secuencia de fases utilizadas por una empresa para convertir un prospecto en"
-" un cliente."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:20
-msgid "**Pipeline :**"
-msgstr "**Flujo de trabajo :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"Visual representation of your sales process, from the first contact to the "
-"final sale. It refers to the process by which you generate, qualify and "
-"close leads through your sales cycle."
-msgstr ""
-"Representación visual del proceso de ventas, desde el primer contacto hasta "
-"la venta final. Se refiere al proceso mediante el cual se genera, califica y"
-" cierran las iniciativas a través del ciclo de ventas."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:24
-msgid "**Sales stage** :"
-msgstr "**Etapas de venta** :"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, a stage defines where an opportunity is in your sales cycle and"
-" its probability to close a sale."
-msgstr ""
-"En el CRM de Odoo, las etapas definen la situación de la oportunidad, si "
-"está en su ciclo de ventas y su probabilidad de cerrar la venta."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29
-msgid "**Lead :**"
-msgstr "**Iniciativa :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"Someone who becomes aware of your company or someone who you decide to "
-"pursue for a sale, even if they don't know about your company yet."
-msgstr ""
-"Alguien que tenga conocimiento de la empresa o alguien que usted decida "
-"perseguir la venta, incluso si ellos no saben acerca de la empresa todavía."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34
-msgid "**Opportunity :**"
-msgstr "**Oportunidad :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"A lead that has shown an interest in knowing more about your "
-"products/services and therefore has been handed over to a sales "
-"representative"
-msgstr ""
-"Una iniciativa que ha mostrado interés en conocer más acerca de sus "
-"productos/servicios y, por tanto, ha sido entregado a un representante de "
-"ventas"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39
-msgid "**Customer :**"
-msgstr "**Cliente :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, a customer refers to any contact within your database, whether "
-"it is a lead, an opportunity, a client or a company."
-msgstr ""
-"En el CRM de Odoo, un cliente se refiere a cualquier contacto dentro de su "
-"base de datos, si se trata de una iniciativa, una oportunidad, un cliente o "
-"una empresa."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:45
-msgid "**Key Performance Indicator (KPI)** :"
-msgstr "**Indicador Clave de Rendimiento (KPI)** :"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:42
-msgid ""
-"A KPI is a measurable value that demonstrates how effectively a company is "
-"achieving key business objectives. Organizations use KPIs to evaluate their "
-"success at reaching targets."
-msgstr ""
-"Un Indicador Clave de Rendimiento es un valor mensurable que demuestra la "
-"eficacia que la compañía está logrando los objetivos clave del negocio. Las "
-"organizaciones utilizan indicadores clave de rendimiento para evaluar su "
-"éxito en los objetivos de largo alcance."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51
-msgid "**Lead scoring** :"
-msgstr "**Puntaje de las Iniciativas** :"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:48
-msgid ""
-"System assigning a positive or negative score to prospects according to "
-"their web activity and personal informations in order to determine whether "
-"they are \"ready for sales\" or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Sistema de asignación de una puntuación positiva o negativa a los prospectos"
-" en función de su actividad en la web y la información personal con el fin "
-"de determinar si están \"listos para la venta\" o no."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:62
-msgid "**Kanban view :**"
-msgstr "**Vista Kanban :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between a "
-"`list view "
-"`__ and "
-"a non-editable `form view "
-"`__ and "
-"displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped in columns for use "
-"in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or work-progress "
-"management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66
-msgid "**List view :**"
-msgstr "**Vista de Lista :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65
-msgid ""
-"View allowing you to see your objects (contacts, companies, tasks, etc.) "
-"listed in a table."
-msgstr ""
-"Vista que permite poder ver los objetos (contactos, empresas, tareas, etc.) "
-"enumerados en una tabla."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:71
-msgid "**Lead generation:**"
-msgstr "**Generación de Iniciativas:**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69
-msgid ""
-"Process by which a company collects relevant datas about potential customers"
-" in order to enable a relationship and to push them further down the sales "
-"cycle."
-msgstr ""
-"Proceso por el cual la empresa recoge datos relevantes sobre clientes "
-"potenciales con el fin de permitir una relación y empujarlos más abajo en el"
-" ciclo de ventas."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:76
-msgid "**Campaign:**"
-msgstr "**Campaña:**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74
-msgid ""
-"Coordinated set of actions sent via various channels to a target audience "
-"and whose goal is to generate leads. In Odoo CRM, you can link a lead to the"
-" campaign which he comes from in order to measure its efficiency."
-msgstr ""
-"Conjunto coordinado de acciones enviados a través de varios canales a un "
-"público objetivo y cuyo objetivo es generar clientes potenciales. En el CRM "
-"de Odoo, se puede vincular una iniciativa a la campaña que viene con el fin "
-"de medir su eficacia."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process.rst:3
-msgid "Process Overview"
-msgstr "Información general del Proceso"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:3
-msgid "Generating leads with Odoo CRM"
-msgstr "Generar iniciativas con Odoo CRM"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:6
-msgid "What is lead generation?"
-msgstr "¿Qué es generar una iniciativa?"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"Lead generation is the process by which a company acquires leads and "
-"collects relevant datas about potential customers in order to enable a "
-"relationship and to turn them into customers."
-msgstr ""
-"El generar iniciativas es el proceso por el cual se adquiere contacto y se "
-"recogen los datos relevantes sobre los clientes con el fin de establecer una"
-" buena relación y poder volverlos clientes potenciales."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:12
-msgid ""
-"For example, a website visitor who fills in your contact form to know more "
-"about your products and services becomes a lead for your company. Typically,"
-" a Customer Relationship Management tool such as Odoo CRM is used to "
-"centralize, track and manage leads."
-msgstr ""
-"Por ejemplo, un visitante de tu página web que llena el formulario de "
-"contacto pidiendo más información acerca de los productos y servicios, se "
-"convierte en una oportunidad para tu empresa. Por lo general, una "
-"herramienta de gestión de relaciones con los clientes, como Odoo CRM, se "
-"utiliza para centralizar, para dar seguimiento y dar un mejor servicio a tus"
-" clientes potenciales. "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:18
-msgid "Why is lead generation important for my business?"
-msgstr "¿Por qué es importante generar iniciativas para la empresa?"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:20
-msgid ""
-"Generating a constant flow of high-quality leads is one of the most "
-"important responsibility of a marketing team. Actually, a well-managed lead "
-"generation process is like the fuel that will allow your company to deliver "
-"great performances - leads bring meetings, meetings bring sales, sales bring"
-" revenue and more work."
-msgstr ""
-"El generar un flujo constante de clientes potenciales de alta calidad es una"
-" de las más importantes responsabilidades del equipo de ventas. En realidad,"
-" un buen manejo de generar iniciativas es como el combustible de la empresa "
-"que le permitirá entregar grandes resultados; las iniciativas traen "
-"reuniones, las reuniones traen ventas, las ventas provocan ingresos y mas "
-"trabajo."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:27
-msgid "How to generate leads with Odoo CRM?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo generar iniciativas con Odoo CRM?"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:29
-msgid ""
-"Leads can be captured through many sources - marketing campaigns, "
-"exhibitions and trade shows, external databases, etc. The most common "
-"challenge is to successfully gather all the data and to track any lead "
-"activity. Storing leads information in a central place such as Odoo CRM will"
-" release you of these worries and will help you to better automate your lead"
-" generation process, share information with your teams and analyze your "
-"sales processes easily."
-msgstr ""
-"Las iniciativas pueden ser capturadas de diferentes maneras, por publicidad,"
-" campañas, exhibiciones y ferias de negocios, bases de datos externas, etc. "
-"El reto más común es reunir con éxito todos los datos y realizar el "
-"seguimiento de cualquier actividad de la iniciativa. Al almacenar la "
-"información de cada iniciativa, Odoo CRM lo liberará de estas preocupaciones"
-" y le ayudará a tener una mejor automatización del proceso de generar "
-"iniciativas, compartiendo información con su equipo de ventas y analizando "
-"los procesos de manera muy fácil."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:37
-msgid "Odoo CRM provides you with several methods to generate leads:"
-msgstr "Odoo CRM ofrece varios métodos para generar iniciativas:"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:39
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:41
-msgid ""
-"An inquiry email sent to one of your company's generic email addresses can "
-"automatically generate a lead or an opportunity."
-msgstr ""
-"Un correo electrónico enviado a una de las direcciones de correo genéricas "
-"de su empresa puede generar automáticamente una ventaja o una oportunidad."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:44
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"You may want to follow up with a prospective customer met briefly at an "
-"exhibition who gave you his business card. You can manually create a new "
-"lead and enter all the needed information."
-msgstr ""
-"Es posible que desee hacer seguimiento de un cliente potencial con el que se"
-" reunió brevemente en una exposición donde intercambiaron tarjetas. Puede "
-"crear manualmente una nueva iniciativa e introducir toda la información "
-"necesaria."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:50
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:52
-msgid ""
-"A website visitor who fills in a form automatically generates a lead or an "
-"opportunity in Odoo CRM."
-msgstr ""
-"Un visitante de la página web que llena el formulario de registro, "
-"automáticamente genera una ventaja o una oportunidad en Odoo CRM."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:55
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:57
-msgid ""
-"You can provide your salespeople lists of prospects - for example for a cold"
-" emailing or a cold calling campaign - by importing them from any CSV file."
-msgstr ""
-"Puedes proveerles a tus agentes de ventas una lista de prospectos, por "
-"ejemplo un número de teléfono o un correo electrónico de clientes "
-"potenciales que no conocen la empresa, importándolos desde cualquier archivo"
-" CSV."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started.rst:3
-msgid "Getting started"
-msgstr "Primeros pasos"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:3
-msgid "How to setup your teams, sales process and objectives?"
-msgstr ""
-"¿Cómo configurar los equipos, el proceso y los objetivos de las ventas?"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"This quick step-by-step guide will lead you through Odoo CRM and help you "
-"handle your sales funnel easily and constantly manage your sales funnel from"
-" lead to customer."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta guía rápida paso a paso los guiará a través Odoo CRM y les ayudará a "
-"manejar y canalizar sus ventas fácil y constantemente, administrando las "
-"ventas de iniciativas a clientes potenciales."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:12
-msgid ""
-"Create your database from `www.odoo.com/start "
-"`__, select the CRM icon as first app to install,"
-" fill in the form and click on *Create now*. You will automatically be "
-"directed to the module when the database is ready."
-msgstr ""
-"Primero es necesario crear una base de datos de `www.odoo.com/start "
-"`__, seleccione el icono de CRM como primera "
-"aplicación para instalar, llene el formulario y haga clic en *Crear ahora*. "
-"Usted será automáticamente dirigido al módulo cuando la base de datos esté "
-"lista."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:22
-msgid ""
-"You will notice that the installation of the CRM module has created the "
-"submodules Chat, Calendar and Contacts. They are mandatory so that every "
-"feature of the app is running smoothly."
-msgstr ""
-"Usted se dará cuenta de que la instalación del módulo de CRM ha creado los "
-"submódulos Chat, Calendario y Contactos. Estos son obligatorios para que "
-"todas las características de la aplicación funcionen sin problemas."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:27
-msgid "Introduction to the Sales Planner"
-msgstr "Introducción a la Planeación de ventas"
+#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3
+msgid "Analyze performance"
+msgstr "Analizar el rendimiento"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:29
-msgid ""
-"The Sales Planner is a useful step-by-step guide created to help you "
-"implement your sales funnel and define your sales objectives easier. We "
-"strongly recommend you to go through every step of the tool the first time "
-"you use Odoo CRM and to follow the requirements. Your input are strictly "
-"personal and intended as a personal guide and mentor into your work. As it "
-"does not interact with the backend, you are free to adapt any detail "
-"whenever you feel it is needed."
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3
+msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover"
 msgstr ""
-"El Planificador de Ventas es una guía útil paso a paso, creado para ayudarle"
-" a implementar su canal de ventas y definir sus objetivos de ventas de "
-"manera sencilla. Le recomendamos que vaya a través de cada paso de la "
-"herramienta la primera vez que utilice Odoo CRM y es necesario seguir los "
-"requisitos. Su entrada es estrictamente personal y esta pretende ser una "
-"guía personal y como mentor en su trabajo. Como no interactúa con el "
-"servidor, usted es libre de adaptar cualquier detalle cada vez que sienta "
-"que es necesario."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:37
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"You can reach the Sales Planner from anywhere within the CRM module by "
-"clicking on the progress bar located on the upper-right side of your screen."
-" It will show you how far you are in the use of the Sales Planner."
+"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you"
+" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity "
+"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is "
+"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports."
 msgstr ""
-"Se puede llegar al Planificador de Ventas desde cualquier lugar dentro del "
-"módulo de CRM, haga clic en la barra de progreso situada en la parte "
-"superior derecha de la pantalla. Se le mostrará hasta dónde está usted en el"
-" uso del Planificador de Ventas."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:46
-msgid "Set up your first sales team"
-msgstr "Configure su primer equipo de ventas"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11
+msgid "Configure your kanban stages"
+msgstr "Configura tus etapas en el kanban"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:49
-msgid "Create a new team"
-msgstr "Crea un nuevo equipo"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:51
-msgid ""
-"A Direct Sales team is created by default on your instance. You can either "
-"use it or create a new one. Refer to the page "
-":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"Un equipo de Venta Directa es creado por defecto en la instancia. Usted "
-"puede usarlo o crear uno nuevo. Consulte la página es "
-":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` para más información."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:56
-msgid "Assign salespeople to your sales team"
-msgstr "Asignar vendedores responsables al equipo de venta"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"When your sales teams are created, the next step is to link your salespeople"
-" to their team so they will be able to work on the opportunities they are "
-"supposed to receive. For example, if within your company Tim is selling "
-"products and John is selling maintenance contracts, they will be assigned to"
-" different teams and will only receive opportunities that make sense to "
-"them."
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando se crean equipos de ventas, el siguiente paso es vincular su personal"
-" de ventas al equipo para que sean capaces de trabajar en las oportunidades "
-"que se supone deben recibir. Por ejemplo, si dentro de su empresa Tim es el "
-"encargo de la venta de productos y John es responsable de la  venta de "
-"contratos de mantenimiento, ellos serán asignados a diferentes equipos y "
-"sólo recibirán oportunidades que tengan sentido para ellos."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:65
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, you can create a new user on the fly and assign it directly to "
-"a sales team. From the **Dashboard**, click on the button **More** of your "
-"selected sales team, then on **Settings**. Then, under the **Assignation** "
-"section, click on **Create** to add a new salesperson to the team."
-msgstr ""
-"En Odoo CRM, puede crear un nuevo usuario sobre la marcha y asignar "
-"directamente a un equipo de ventas. Desde el **Tablero**, haga clic en el "
-"botón **Más** de su equipo de ventas seleccionado, a continuación en "
-"**Configuración**. Luego, en la sección **Asignación**, haga clic en "
-"**Crear** para agregar un nuevo vendedor al equipo."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:71
-msgid ""
-"From the **Create: salesman** pop up window (see screenshot below), you can "
-"assign someone on your team:"
-msgstr ""
-"Desde la **Creación: Vendedor** aparecerá la ventana (ver imagen abajo), se "
-"puede asignar a alguien en su equipo:"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:74
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"Either your salesperson already exists in the system and you will just need "
-"to click on it from the drop-down list and it will be assigned to the team"
+"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, "
+"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can"
+" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success"
+" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and "
+"more accurate."
 msgstr ""
-"Puede ser que su vendedor ya existe en el sistema y usted sólo tiene que "
-"hacer clic en él en la lista desplegable y se le asignará al equipo"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:77
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"Or you want to assign a new salesperson that doesn't exist into the system "
-"yet - you can do it by creating a new user on the fly from the sales team. "
-"Just enter the name of your new salesperson and click on Create (see below) "
-"to create a new user into the system and directly assign it to your team. "
-"The new user will receive an invite email to set his password and log into "
-"the system. Refer to :doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` for "
-"more information about that process"
-msgstr ""
-"O usted desea asignar un nuevo vendedor que no existe en el sistema sin "
-"embargo, usted puede hacerlo mediante la creación de un nuevo usuario sobre "
-"la marcha del equipo de ventas. Sólo tiene que introducir el nombre de su "
-"nuevo vendedor y haga clic en Crear (ver más abajo) para crear un nuevo "
-"usuario en el sistema y directamente asignarlo a su equipo. El nuevo usuario"
-" recibirá una invitación de correo electrónico para configurar su contraseña"
-" y entrar en el sistema. Consulte "
-":doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` Para obtener más "
-"información acerca de este proceso."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:90
-msgid "Set up your pipeline"
-msgstr "Configure su flujo de trabajo"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:92
-msgid ""
-"Now that your sales team is created and your salespeople are linked to it, "
-"you will need to set up your pipeline -create the process by which your team"
-" will generate, qualify and close opportunities through your sales cycle. "
-"Refer to the document :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` to "
-"define the stages of your pipeline."
-msgstr ""
-"Ahora que su equipo de ventas esta creado y sus vendedores están vinculados "
-"al mismo, tendrá que configurar su flujo de trabajo, crear el proceso por el"
-" que el equipo va a generar, calificar y cerrar las oportunidades a través "
-"de su ciclo de ventas. Consulte el documento "
-":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` para definir las etapas del "
-"flujo de trabajo."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:99
-msgid "Set up incoming email to generate opportunities"
-msgstr "Configuración del nuevo correo electrónico para generar oportunidades"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:101
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, one way to generate opportunities into your sales team is to "
-"create a generic email address as a trigger. For example, if the personal "
-"email address of your Direct team is `direct@mycompany.example.com "
-"`__\\, every email sent will "
-"automatically create a new opportunity into the sales team."
-msgstr ""
-"En Odoo CRM, una manera de generar oportunidades en su equipo de ventas es "
-"crear una dirección de correo electrónico genérica como un disparador. Por "
-"ejemplo, si la dirección de correo electrónico personal de su equipo de "
-"directo es `direct@mycompany.example.com "
-"`__\\, cada correo electrónico enviado "
-"creará automáticamente una nueva oportunidad en el equipo de ventas."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:108
-msgid "Refer to the page :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` to set it up."
-msgstr ""
-"Consulte en la página :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` para configurarlo. "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:111
-msgid "Automate lead assignation"
-msgstr "Automatice la asignación de iniciativas"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:113
-msgid ""
-"If your company generates a high volume of leads every day, it could be "
-"useful to automate the assignation so the system will distribute all your "
-"opportunities automatically to the right department."
-msgstr ""
-"Si su empresa genera un gran volumen de iniciativas cada día, podría ser "
-"útil para automatizar la asignación para que el sistema distribuya todas sus"
-" oportunidades de forma automática al departamento correcto."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:117
-msgid ""
-"Refer to the document :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` for "
-"more information."
+"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but"
+" you can modify them manually of course."
 msgstr ""
-"Consulte el documento :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` para "
-"más información. "
+"Cada una de sus oportunidades tendrá la probabilidad establecida por "
+"defecto, pero puede modificarlas manualmente."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting.rst:3
-msgid "Reporting"
-msgstr "Informes"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29
+msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date"
+msgstr "Fija tu oportunidad esperada fecha de ingreso y cierre"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:3
-msgid ""
-"How to analyze the sales performance of your team and get customize reports"
-msgstr ""
-"¿Cómo analizar el rendimiento del equipo de ventas y poder personalizar los "
-"informes?"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"As a manager, you need to constantly monitor your team's performance in "
-"order to help you take accurate and relevant decisions for the company. "
-"Therefore, the **Reporting** section of **Odoo Sales** represents a very "
-"important tool that helps you get a better understanding of where your "
-"company's strengths, weaknesses and opportunities are, showing you trends "
-"and forecasts for key metrics such as the number of opportunities and their "
-"expected revenue over time , the close rate by team or the length of sales "
-"cycle for a given product or service."
-msgstr ""
-"Como gerente, es necesario vigilar constantemente el rendimiento del equipo "
-"con el fin de ayudarle a tomar decisiones precisas y relevantes para la "
-"empresa. Por lo tanto, los **Reportes**en la sección de **Ventas de Odoo** "
-"representa una herramienta muy importante que le ayuda a obtener una mejor "
-"comprensión de las fortalezas, debilidades y oportunidades de su empresa "
-"tiene, mostrando que las tendencias y las previsiones clave, tales como el "
-"número de oportunidades y el ingreso esperado en el tiempo, la estrecha tasa"
-" por el equipo o la longitud del ciclo de ventas de un producto o servicio "
-"determinado."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:14
-msgid ""
-"Beyond these obvious tracking sales funnel metrics, there are some other "
-"KPIs that can be very valuable to your company when it comes to judging "
-"sales funnel success."
-msgstr ""
-"Más allá de las métricas obvias es necesario canalizar las ventas y darles "
-"seguimiento, hay algunos otros indicadores clave del rendimiento que pueden "
-"ser muy valiosos para su empresa a la hora de juzgar el éxito del canal de "
-"ventas."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:19
-msgid "Review pipelines"
-msgstr "Análisis del flujo de trabajo"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:21
-msgid ""
-"You will have access to your sales funnel performance from the **Sales** "
-"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Reports --> Pipeline "
-"analysis`. By default, the report groups all your opportunities by stage "
-"(learn more on how to create and customize stage by reading "
-":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`) and expected revenues for the "
-"current month. This report is perfect for the **Sales Manager** to "
-"periodically review the sales pipeline with the relevant sales teams. Simply"
-" by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual"
-" sales performance."
-msgstr ""
-"Usted tendrá acceso al rendimiento del canal de ventas en el módulo de "
-"**Ventas**, haciendo clic en menuselection:`Ventas --> Reportes --> Análisis"
-" del flujo de trabajo`. Por defecto, los informes de los grupos de todas sus"
-" oportunidades por fase (más información sobre cómo crear y personalizar el "
-"escenario leyendo :doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`) y los "
-"ingresos previstos para el mes en curso. Este informe es perfecto para el "
-"**Gerente de Ventas** para revisar periódicamente el flujo de ventas con los"
-" equipos de ventas pertinentes. Por el simple hecho de acceder a este "
-"informe básico, se puede obtener una visión general rápida de su desempeño "
-"real de las ventas."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30
-msgid ""
-"You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the "
-"**measures** icon, such as :"
-msgstr ""
-"Usted puede agregar una gran cantidad de datos adicional a su informe "
-"haciendo clic sobre el icono de **medidas**, tales como:"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:33
-msgid "Expected revenue."
-msgstr "Los ingresos esperados."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:35
-msgid "overpassed deadline."
-msgstr "fecha límite sobrepasado."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"Delay to assign (the average time between lead creation and lead "
-"assignment)."
-msgstr ""
-"Retraso para asignar (el promedio de tiempo entre la creación de la "
-"iniciativa y la asignación de una)."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:40
-msgid "Delay to close (average time between lead assignment and close)."
-msgstr ""
-"Retraso para cerrar (tiempo medio entre la asignación de la iniciativa y "
-"para cerrarla)."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:42
-msgid "the number of interactions per opportunity."
-msgstr "el número de las interacciones por oportunidad."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:44
-msgid "etc."
-msgstr "etc."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your "
-"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For "
-"example, if I want to see the expected revenues of my **Direct Sales** team,"
-" I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis then on **Sales "
-"Team**."
-msgstr ""
-"Al hacer clic en los iconos de **+** y **-**, se puede escalar hacia arriba "
-"y abajo el informe con el fin de cambiar la forma en que se visualiza la "
-"información. Por ejemplo, si quiero ver a los ingresos esperados de mi "
-"equipo de **Ventas Directas**, tengo que hacer clic en el icono **+** en el "
-"eje vertical de entonces **Equipo de Ventas**."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:55
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your "
-"reports in a more visual view. Odoo **CRM** allows you to transform your "
-"report in just a click thanks to 3 graph views : **Pie Chart**, **Bar "
-"Chart** and **Line Chart**. These views are accessible through the icons "
-"highlighted on the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"En función de los datos que desea poner al inicio, puede que tenga que "
-"mostrar sus informes en una vista más visual. El **CRM** de Odoo le permite "
-"transformar su informe en un solo clic gracias a 3 puntos de vista gráfico: "
-"**Gráfico Circular**, **Gráfico de Barras** y **Gráfico de Líneas**. Estos "
-"puntos de vista son accesibles a través de los iconos resaltados en la "
-"pantalla de abajo."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:65
-msgid "Customize reports"
-msgstr "Personalizar reportes"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"You can easily customize your analysis reports depending on the **KPIs** "
-"(see :doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) you want to access. To "
-"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of "
-"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the "
-"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data "
-"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display "
-"some categories of opportunities, while the **Group by** option improves the"
-" readability of your reports according to your needs. Note that you can "
-"filter and group by any existing field from your CRM, making your "
-"customization very flexible and powerful."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede personalizar fácilmente los informes de análisis en función de las "
-"**KPIs** (ver :doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) que desea "
-"acceder. Para ello, utilice la **Vista de búsqueda avanzada** localizada en "
-"la parte derecha de su pantalla, haciendo clic en el icono de la lupa en el "
-"extremo del botón de la barra de búsqueda. Esta función le permite resaltar "
-"sólo los datos seleccionados en su informe. La opción **filtros** es muy "
-"útil con el fin de mostrar algunas categorías de oportunidades, mientras que"
-" la opción **Agrupar por** mejora la legibilidad de sus informes de acuerdo "
-"a sus necesidades. Observe que puede filtrar y agrupar por cualquier campo "
-"existentes de su CRM, haciendo su personalización muy flexible y potente."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:82
-msgid ""
-"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** "
-"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The "
-"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede guardar y volver a utilizar cualquier filtro personalizado haciendo "
-"clic en **Favoritos**  de la **Vista de Búsqueda Avanzada** y luego en "
-"**Guardar Búsqueda Actual**. Entonces el filtro guardado será accesible "
-"desde el menú de **Favoritos**."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:87
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"Here are a few examples of customized reports that you can use to monitor "
-"your sales' performances :"
+"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected "
+"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected"
+" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover."
 msgstr ""
-"Aquí hay algunos ejemplos de informes personalizados que se pueden utilizar "
-"para supervisar las actuaciones en sus ventas':"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:91
-msgid "Evaluate the current pipeline of each of your salespeople"
-msgstr "Evaluar el flujo de trabajo actual de cada uno de sus vendedores"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40
+msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities"
+msgstr "Ver las oportunidades vencidas o que se cierran pronto."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:93
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected "
-"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then, "
-"use the **+** and **-** icons and add **Salesperson** and **Stage** to your "
-"vertical axis, and filter your desired salesperson. Then click on the "
-"**graph view** icon to display a visual representation of your salespeople "
-"by stage. This custom report allows you to easily overview the sales "
-"activities of your salespeople."
+"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be "
+"closing, letting you prioritize."
 msgstr ""
-"Desde el informe del análisis de su flujo de trabajo, asegúrese primero de "
-"que la opción de los **Ingresos esperados** esté seleccionada en la lista "
-"desplegable **Medidas**. A continuación, utilice el icono de **+** y **-** "
-"para añadir **Vendedores** y **Etapas** a su eje vertical, y así filtrar su "
-"vendedor deseado. Luego haga clic en el icono de la **vista de gráfico** "
-"para mostrar una representación visual de sus vendedores por etapa. Este "
-"informe personalizado podrá comprobar fácilmente las actividades de ventas "
-"de sus vendedores."
+"En su flujo del CRM, puede filtrar oportunidades según la rapidez con la que"
+" se cerrarán, lo cual le permitirá establecer prioridades."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:105
-msgid "Forecast monthly revenue by sales team"
-msgstr "Pronóstico de los ingresos mensuales por el equipo de ventas"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:107
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48
 msgid ""
-"In order to predict monthly revenue and to estimate the short-term "
-"performances of your teams, you need to play with two important metrics : "
-"the **expected revenue** and the **expected closing**."
+"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to "
+"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early "
+"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue."
 msgstr ""
-"Con el fin de predecir los ingresos mensuales y para estimar los "
-"rendimientos de corto plazo de sus equipos, es necesario jugar con dos "
-"parámetros importantes: los **ingresos esperados** y la **espera del "
-"cierre**."
+"Como gerente de ventas, esta herramienta también te puede ayudar a mejorar "
+"tu proceso de venta. Por ejemplo, tener muchas oportunidades en etapas "
+"inciales con fechas de cierre cercanas puede indicar un problema."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:111
-msgid ""
-"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected "
-"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then "
-"click on the **+** icon from the vertical axis and select **Sales team**. "
-"Then, on the horizontal axis, click on the **+** icon and select **Expected "
-"closing.**"
-msgstr ""
-"Desde su informe de análisis del flujo de trabajo, asegúrese primero que la "
-"opción de los **Ingresos esperados** esté seleccionada en la lista "
-"desplegable de **Medidas**. Luego haga clic en el icono **+** desde el eje "
-"vertical y seleccione **Equipo de Ventas**. Luego, en el eje horizontal, "
-"haga clic en el icono **+** y seleccione **cierre esperado.**"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53
+msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover"
+msgstr "Ve tus ingresos totales esperados y  rotación esperada"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:121
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55
 msgid ""
-"In order to keep your forecasts accurate and relevant, make sure your "
-"salespeople correctly set up the expected closing and the expected revenue "
-"for each one of their opportunities"
+"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your "
+"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set."
 msgstr ""
-"Con el fin de mantener sus previsiones precisas y pertinentes, asegúrese que"
-" sus vendedores hayan configurado correctamente el cierre esperado y los "
-"ingresos previstos para cada una de sus oportunidades"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:126
-msgid ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`"
+"En tu vista Kanban, puedes ver los ingresos esperados para cada una de tus "
+"etapas. Esto es basado en cada oportunidad ingresos esperados que fijas"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:3
-msgid "How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard)"
-msgstr ""
-"Cómo revisar mis actividades de ventas personales (nuevo tablero de ventas)"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:5
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62
 msgid ""
-"Sales professionals are struggling everyday to hit their target and follow "
-"up on sales activities. They need to access anytime some important metrics "
-"in order to know how they are performing and better organize their daily "
-"work."
+"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline "
+"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report "
+"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the "
+"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your "
+"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets."
 msgstr ""
-"Los profesionales de ventas están luchando todos los días para dar en el "
-"blanco y el seguimiento a las actividades de ventas. Ellos necesitan tener "
-"acceso en cualquier momento a algunos indicadores importantes con el fin de "
-"saber cómo se están desempeñando y organizar mejor su trabajo diario."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"Within the Odoo CRM module, every team member has access to a personalized "
-"and individual dashboard with a real-time overview of:"
-msgstr ""
-"Dentro del módulo de CRM de Odoo, cada miembro del equipo tiene acceso a un "
-"panel de control personalizado e individual con una visión en tiempo real "
-"de:"
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3
+msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio"
+msgstr "Revisa tu Ratio Ganancia/Pérdida"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Top priorities: they instantly see their scheduled meetings and next actions"
+"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the "
+"Win/Loss ratio."
 msgstr ""
-"Principales prioridades: que al instante se vean sus reuniones programadas y"
-" próximas acciones"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"Sales performances : they know exactly how they perform compared to their "
-"monthly targets and last month activities."
+"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab."
 msgstr ""
-"Actuaciones de ventas: ellos saben exactamente cómo se desempeñan en "
-"comparación con sus objetivos mensuales y actividades en los últimos meses."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:26
-msgid "Install the CRM application"
-msgstr "Instalación del módulo de CRM"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:28
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"In order to manage your sales funnel and track your opportunities, you need "
-"to install the CRM module, from the **Apps** icon."
+"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the"
+" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click "
+"on filter and check Won/Lost."
 msgstr ""
-"Con el fin de gestionar las ventas, de canalizarlas y darles seguimiento a "
-"sus oportunidades, es necesario instalar el módulo de CRM, desde el icono de"
-" **Aplicaciones**."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:35
-msgid "Create opportunities"
-msgstr "Crea oportunidades"
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18
+msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*."
+msgstr "También puedes cambiar las *medidas* a *Ingresos Totales*"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"If your pipeline is empty, your sales dashboard will look like the "
-"screenshot below. You will need to create a few opportunities to activate "
-"your dashboard (read the related documentation "
-":doc:`../leads/generate/manual` to learn more)."
-msgstr ""
-"Si su flujo de trabajo esta vacío, el tablero de ventas se verá como la "
-"captura de pantalla de abajo. Necesitará crear algunas oportunidades para "
-"activar el tablero (lea la documentación relacionada "
-":doc:`../leads/generate/manual` para saber más)."
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23
+msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view."
+msgstr "También tienes la habilidad de cambiar a vista gráfico de pie."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"Your dashboard will update in real-time based on the informations you will "
-"log into the CRM."
-msgstr ""
-"Su tablero se actualizará en tiempo real basado en las informaciones que se "
-"registren en el CRM."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3
+msgid "Organize the pipeline"
+msgstr "Organice la fuente de información"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"you can click anywhere on the dashboard to get a detailed analysis of your "
-"activities. Then, you can easily create favourite reports and export to "
-"excel."
-msgstr ""
-"puedes hacer clic en cualquier parte del tablero para obtener análisis "
-"detallados de tus actividades. Después, puede crear fácilmente reportes "
-"favoritos y exportarlos a excel."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:54
-msgid "Daily tasks to process"
-msgstr "Las tareas diarias para procesar"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3
+msgid "Manage lost opportunities"
+msgstr "Administra oportunidades perdidas"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:56
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"The left part of the sales dashboard (labelled **To Do**) displays the "
-"number of meetings and next actions (for example if you need to call a "
-"prospect or to follow-up by email) scheduled for the next 7 days."
+"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will"
+" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo "
+"can help you recover them in the future."
 msgstr ""
-"En la parte izquierda del tablero de ventas (con la etiqueta **Para Hacer**)"
-" muestra el número de reuniones y de las siguientes acciones (por ejemplo si"
-" necesita llamar a un prospecto o dar seguimiento por correo electrónico) "
-"programado para los próximos 7 días."
+"Al trabajar con tus oportunidades, puedes perder algunas de ellas. Vas a "
+"querer controlar las razones por las que lo perdiste y también qué caminos "
+"Odoo puede tomar para ayudarte a recuperarlo en el futuro."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:64
-msgid "Meetings"
-msgstr "Reuniones"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10
+msgid "Mark a lead as lost"
+msgstr "Marca un lead como perdido"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:66
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"In the example here above, I see that I have no meeting scheduled for today "
-"and 3 meeting scheduled for the next 7 days. I just have to click on the "
-"**meeting** button to access my calendar and have a view on my upcoming "
-"appointments."
+"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a "
+"*Mark Lost* button."
 msgstr ""
-"En el ejemplo de aquí arriba, veo que no tengo ninguna reunión programada "
-"para hoy  y 3 reuniones programadas para los próximos 7 días. Sólo tengo que"
-" dar clic en el botón de **reuniones** para acceder al calendario y tener la"
-" vista de mis próximas citas."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:75
-msgid "Next actions"
-msgstr "Siguientes acciones"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:77
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Back on the above example, I have 1 activity requiring an action from me. If"
-" I click on the **Next action** green button, I will be redirected to the "
-"contact form of the corresponding opportunity."
+"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right "
+"there."
 msgstr ""
-"Volvamos al ejemplo de arriba, tengo 1 actividad asignada a la acción para "
-"mi. Si hago clic en el botón verde de **Acción Siguiente**, seré "
-"redireccionado a la forma del contacto de la oportunidad correspondiente."
+"Puedes luego seleccionar una existente *Razon Perdida* o crear una nueva ahí"
+" mismo."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:84
-msgid ""
-"Under the **next activity** field, I see that I had planned to send a "
-"brochure by email today. As soon as the activity is completed, I can click "
-"on **done** (or **cancel**) in order to remove this opportunity from my next"
-" actions."
-msgstr ""
-"Debajo del campo de **próxima actividad**, veo que yo había planeado enviar "
-"un folleto por correo electrónico hoy en día. Tan pronto como se termine la "
-"actividad, puede hacer clic en **hecho** (o **cancelado**), con el fin de "
-"eliminar esta oportunidad de mis próximas acciones."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22
+msgid "Manage & create lost reasons"
+msgstr "Administra y crea razones perdidas"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:90
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"When one of your next activities is overdue, it will appear in orange in "
-"your dashboard."
+"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Lost Reasons`."
 msgstr ""
-"Cuando una de sus próximas actividades está vencida, aparecerá en color "
-"naranja en el tablero."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:94
-msgid "Performances"
-msgstr "Desempeño"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:96
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26
 msgid ""
-"The right part of your sales dashboard is about my sales performances. I "
-"will be able to evaluate how I am performing compared to my targets (which "
-"have been set up by my sales manager) and my activities of the last month."
+"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there."
 msgstr ""
-"En la parte derecha del panel de control de ventas encontraré mi desempeño "
-"de ventas. Voy a ser capaz de evaluar cómo estoy realizando en comparación "
-"con mis objetivos (que han sido creados por mi gerente de ventas) y mis "
-"actividades del último mes."
+"Puede seleccionar y cambiar el nombre de cualquiera de ellos, así como crear"
+" uno nuevo desde allí."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:105
-msgid "Activities done"
-msgstr "Actividades realizadas"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30
+msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities"
+msgstr "Recuperar las oportunidades perdidas"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:107
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"The **activities done** correspond to the next actions that have been "
-"completed (meaning that you have clicked on **done** under the **next "
-"activity** field). When I click on it, I will access a detailed reporting "
-"regarding the activities that I have completed."
+"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a"
+" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar."
 msgstr ""
-"Las **actividades realizadas** corresponden a las próximas acciones que se "
-"han completado (lo que significa que usted ha hecho clic en **hecho** bajo "
-"el campo de **siguiente actividad**). Cuando hago clic en él, voy a acceder "
-"a una información detallada sobre las actividades que he completado."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:116
-msgid "Won in opportunities"
-msgstr "Ganado en las oportunidades"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39
+msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities."
+msgstr "Luego verás todas tus oportunidades perdidas."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:118
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"This section will sum up the expected revenue of all the opportunities "
-"within my pipeline with a stage **Won**."
+"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost "
+"Reason*."
 msgstr ""
-"En esta sección se resumen a los ingresos previstos de todas las "
-"oportunidades dentro de mi flujo de trabajo con una etapa **Ganado**."
+"Si quieres refinarlas aún más, puedes añadir un filtro en la *Razón "
+"Perdida*."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:125
-msgid "Quantity invoiced"
-msgstr "Cantidad facturada"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44
+msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*."
+msgstr "Por ejemplo, * Demasiado costoso*."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:127
-msgid ""
-"This section will sum up the amount invoiced to my opportunities. For more "
-"information about the invoicing process, refer to the related documentation:"
-" :doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview`"
-msgstr ""
-"En esta sección se ve el resumen del importe facturado de mis oportunidades."
-" Para obtener más información sobre el proceso de facturación, consulte la "
-"documentación relacionada: "
-":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview`"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:132
-msgid ":doc:`analysis`"
-msgstr ":doc:`analysis`"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam.rst:3 ../../crm/salesteam/setup.rst:3
-msgid "Sales Team"
-msgstr "Equipo de ventas"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage.rst:3
-msgid "Manage salespeople"
-msgstr "Manejo del personal de ventas"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:3
-msgid "How to create a new salesperson?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo crear un nuevo vendedor?"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:6
-msgid "Create a new user"
-msgstr "Crear un nuevo usuario"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50
+msgid "Restore lost opportunities"
+msgstr "Restablecer las oportunidades perdidas"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:8
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`"
-" and click on **Create**. Add first the name of your new salesperson and his"
-" professional email address - the one he will use to log in to his Odoo "
-"instance - and a picture."
+"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any "
+"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by "
+"clicking on *Archived*."
 msgstr ""
-"Desde el módulo de Configuración, ingresa al submenú :menuselection:`Usuario"
-" --> Usuario` y hace clic en **Crear**. Se añade primero el nombre del nuevo"
-" vendedor y su correo electrónico profesional o de la empresa, el que usará "
-"para iniciar sesión en la instancia de Odoo, así como la imagen del perfil."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59
 msgid ""
-"Under \"Access Rights\", you can choose which applications your user can "
-"access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the "
-"app. For the Sales application, you can choose between three levels:"
+"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to"
+" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can "
+"also archive the same way."
 msgstr ""
-"En \"Derechos de Acceso\", se puede elegir las aplicaciones que el usuario "
-"tiene acceso y puede utilizar. Los diferentes niveles de derechos están "
-"disponibles dependiendo de la aplicación. Para la aplicación de ventas, se "
-"puede elegir entre tres niveles:"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:20
-msgid "**See own leads**: the user will be able to access his own data only"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66
+msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view."
 msgstr ""
-"**Ver sus propias iniciativas**: el usuario únicamente podrá ver sus propios"
-" datos"
+"Para seleccionar oportunidades específicas, debe cambiar a la vista lista."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:22
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71
 msgid ""
-"**See all leads**: the user will be able to access all records of every "
-"salesman in the sales module"
+"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you "
+"want to take."
 msgstr ""
-"**Ver todas las iniciativas**: el usuario tiene acceso a todos los registros"
-" de todos los vendedores de su módulo"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:25
-msgid ""
-"**Manager**: the user will be able to access the sales configuration as well"
-" as the statistics reports"
-msgstr ""
-"**Gerente**: el usuario será capaz de acceder a la configuración de las "
-"ventas, así como a los informes de estadísticas"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"When you're done editing the page and have clicked on **Save**, an "
-"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user, from which he will "
-"be able to log into his personal account."
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando haya terminado de editar la página y haya hecho clic en **Guardar**, "
-"un correo electrónico de invitación se enviará automáticamente al usuario, "
-"desde el cual será capaz de iniciar sesión siendo su cuenta personal."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78
+msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:36
-msgid "Register your user into his sales team"
-msgstr "Registro el usuario en su equipo de ventas"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3
+msgid "Manage multiple sales teams"
+msgstr "Maneja varios equipos de ventas."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:38
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Your user is now registered in Odoo and can log in to his own session. You "
-"can also add him to the sales team of your choice. From the sales module, go"
-" to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the desired sales "
-"team, then on **Settings**."
+"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with "
+"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*."
 msgstr ""
-"Su usuario está registrado en Odoo y puede conectarse a su propia sesión. "
-"También lo puede agregar al equipo de ventas de su elección. Desde el módulo"
-" de ventas, vaya a su panel de control y haga clic en el botón **Más** del "
-"equipo de ventas deseado, luego en **Configuración**."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"If you need to create a new sales team first, refer to the page "
-":doc:`../setup/create_team`"
-msgstr ""
-"Si primero necesita crear un nuevo equipo de ventas, consulte la página "
-":doc:`../setup/create_team`"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10
+msgid "Create a new sales channel"
+msgstr "Crear un nuevo canal de ventas"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:51
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Then, under \"Team Members\", click on **Add** and select the name of your "
-"salesman from the list. The salesperson is now successfully added to your "
-"sales team."
+"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Sales Channels`."
 msgstr ""
-"A continuación, en \"Integrantes del equipo\", haga clic en **Agregar** y "
-"seleccione el nombre de su vendedor de la lista. El vendedor se ha añadido "
-"correctamente a su equipo de ventas."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:60
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"You can also add a new salesperson on the fly from your sales team even "
-"before he is registered as an Odoo user. From the above screenshot, click on"
-" \"Create\" to add your salesperson and enter his name and email address. "
-"After saving, the salesperson will receive an invite containing a link to "
-"set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights under "
-"the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menu."
+"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email "
+"address will create a lead/opportunity."
 msgstr ""
-"También se puede agregar un nuevo vendedor sobre la marcha del equipo de "
-"ventas, incluso antes de que se haya registrado como usuario Odoo. Desde la "
-"captura de pantalla anterior, haga clic en \"Crear\" para añadir a su "
-"vendedor y escriba su nombre y correo electrónico. Después de guardar, el "
-"vendedor recibirá una invitación que contiene un enlace a establecer su "
-"contraseña. A continuación, será capaz de definir sus derechos de acceso "
-"bajo el :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menú."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:69
-msgid ":doc:`../setup/create_team`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../setup/create_team`"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:3
-msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo motivar y recompensar a mis vendedores?"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21
+msgid "Add members to your sales channel"
+msgstr "Añade miembros a tu canal de ventas"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:5
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards "
-"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople "
-"productivity. The **Gamification** app of Odoo gives you simple and creative"
-" ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and"
-" badges inspired by game mechanics."
+"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the "
+"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any "
+"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore,"
+" you can only be a member of one channel."
 msgstr ""
-"Al desafiar a los empleados para alcanzar objetivos específicos con metas y "
-"recompensas es una excelente manera de reforzar los buenos hábitos y mejorar"
-" la productividad de su personal de ventas. El módulo de **Gamificación** de"
-" Odoo le ofrece formas sencillas y creativas para motivar y evaluar a sus "
-"empleados con el reconocimiento en tiempo real e insignias inspiradas en la "
-"mecánica del juego."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:14
-msgid ""
-"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Gamification** module. You "
-"can also install the **CRM gamification** app, which will add some useful "
-"data (goals and challenges) that can be used related to the usage of the "
-"**CRM/Sale** modules."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28
+msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager."
 msgstr ""
-"Desde el menú de **Aplicaciones**, buscar e instalar el módulo de "
-"**Gamification**. También se puede instalar el módulo de **CRM "
-"gamification**, se sumarán algunos datos útiles (objetivos y retos) que "
-"podrán ser usados en el módulo de **CRM y Ventas**."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:23
-msgid "Create a challenge"
-msgstr "Crear un reto"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:25
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu "
-":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`."
+"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find "
+"all of its opportunities."
 msgstr ""
-"Ahora será capaz de crear su primer desafío en el menú "
-":menuselection:`Configuración --> Herramientas de premiación --> Retos`."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:29
-msgid ""
-"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you will need to "
-"activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. In "
-"order to do so, click on the interrogation mark available from any app "
-"(upper-right) and click on **About** and then **Activate the developer "
-"mode**."
-msgstr ""
-"Como la herramienta de la configuración técnica en la gamificación es una "
-"sola vez, tendrá que activar las características técnicas con el fin de "
-"acceder a la configuración. Para ello, haga clic en el signo de "
-"interrogación disponibles desde cualquier módulo (esquina superior derecha) "
-"y haga clic en **Acerca** y en **Activar el modo de programador**."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40
+msgid "Sales channel dashboard"
+msgstr "Tablero Canal de Ventas"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:38
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"A challenge is a mission that you will send to your salespeople. It can "
-"include one or several goals and is set up for a specific period of time. "
-"Configure your challenge as follows:"
+"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the "
+"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under "
+"*Reporting*."
 msgstr ""
-"Un reto es una misión que se envía a los vendedores. Puede incluir uno o "
-"varios objetivos y está configurado para un período de tiempo en específico."
-" Configure su reto de la siguiente manera:"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:42
-msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged"
-msgstr "Asignar el vendedor que estará en el reto"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:44
-msgid "Assign a responsible"
-msgstr "Asignar un responsable"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:46
-msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date"
-msgstr ""
-"Establecer los períodos junto con las estrellas y la fecha de finalización"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:48
-msgid "Select your goals"
-msgstr "Seleccionar los objetivos"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:50
-msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)"
-msgstr "Configure las recompensas (insignias)"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:53
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end "
-"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the "
-"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set) or when the challenge is "
-"manually closed."
+"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in"
+" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc."
 msgstr ""
-"Las insignias se conceden cuando se finaliza un desafío. Esto puede ser al "
-"final del periodo (por ejemplo: final de mes para un desafío mensual), al "
-"final del desafío (si no se establece ninguna periodicidad) o cuando el "
-"desafío se cierra manualmente."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"For example, on the screenshot below, I have challenged 2 employees with a "
-"**Monthly Sales Target**. The challenge will be based on 2 goals: the total "
-"amount invoiced and the number of new leads generated. At the end of the "
-"month, the winner will be granted with a badge."
-msgstr ""
-"Por ejemplo, en la imagen siguiente, se ha desafiado a 2 empleados con un "
-"**objetivo de ventas mensual**. El reto se basa en 2 objetivos: la cantidad "
-"total facturada y el número de nuevos clientes potenciales generados. Al "
-"final del mes, se concederá al ganador una insignia."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:67
-msgid "Set up goals"
-msgstr "Configure los objetivos"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3
+msgid "Assign and track leads"
+msgstr "Asignar y rastrear iniciativas"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:69
-msgid ""
-"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach. "
-"**Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see here above) "
-"and compare members of a team with each others and through time."
-msgstr ""
-"Los usuarios pueden ser evaluados utilizando metas y objetivos numéricos a "
-"alcanzar. Los **Objetivos** se asignan a través de **retos** para evaluar "
-"(ver aquí arriba) y comparar los miembros de un equipo con los demás y el "
-"tiempo usado. "
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3
+msgid "Assign leads based on scoring"
+msgstr "Asignar oportunidades basadas en puntuación"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:74
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"You can create a new goal on the fly from a **Challenge**, by clicking on "
-"**Add new item** under **Goals**. You can select any business object as a "
-"goal, according to your company's needs, such as :"
+"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected"
+" criterias."
 msgstr ""
-"Puede crear un nuevo objetivo sobre la marcha de un **Desafío**, haciendo "
-"clic en **Agregar nuevo elemento** bajo los **Objetivos**. Usted puede "
-"seleccionar cualquier objeto de negocio como un objetivo, de acuerdo a las "
-"necesidades de su empresa, tales como:"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:78
-msgid "number of new leads,"
-msgstr "número de nuevas iniciativas,"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:80
-msgid "time to qualify a lead or"
-msgstr "tiempo para calificar una iniciativa o"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:82
-msgid ""
-"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame "
-"based on your management preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"importe total facturado en una semana específica, mes o cualquier otro marco"
-" de tiempo en función de sus preferencias de gestión."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:89
-msgid ""
-"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data "
-"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)."
-msgstr ""
-"Los objetivos pueden incluir la configuración de su base de datos, así (por "
-"ejemplo, establecer los datos de la empresa y una zona horaria, crear nuevos"
-" usuarios, etc.)."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:93
-msgid "Set up rewards"
-msgstr "Establecer recompensas"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:95
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"For non-numerical achievements, **badges** can be granted to users. From a "
-"simple *thank you* to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to "
-"exprimate gratitude to a user for their good work."
+"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones "
+"that visited specific pages on your website."
 msgstr ""
-"Para logros no numéricos, **insignias** se pueden conceder a los usuarios. "
-"Desde un simple *gracias* a un logro excepcional, una insignia es una manera"
-" fácil de externar gratitud a un usuario por su buen trabajo."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:99
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their "
-"performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`."
+"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* "
+"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)."
 msgstr ""
-"Usted puede crear fácilmente una subvención de insignias a sus empleados en "
-"función de su rendimiento bajo :menuselection:`Herramientas de ramficación "
-"de pruebas --> Insignias`."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106
-msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3
-msgid "How to create a new channel?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"In the Sales module, your sales channels are accessible from the "
-"**Dashboard** menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales "
-"channel installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that"
-" default sales channel and edit it (refer to the section *Create and "
-"Organize your stages* from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a "
-"new one from scratch."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21
+msgid "Create scoring rules"
+msgstr "Crear reglas de puntaje"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"To create a new channel, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales "
-"Channels` and click on **Create**."
+"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you"
+" can manage your scoring rules."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18
-msgid "Fill in the fields :"
-msgstr "Rellene los campos:"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20
-msgid "Enter the name of your channel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22
-msgid "Select your channel leader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24
-msgid "Select your team members"
-msgstr "Seleccione los integrantes del equipo"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:26
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26
 msgid ""
-"Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage "
-"opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now "
-"access your new channel from your Dashboard."
+"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria "
+"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"If you started to work on an empty database and didn't create new users, "
-"refer to the page :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`."
+"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and "
+"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules."
 msgstr ""
-"Si usted empieza a trabajar en una base de datos vacía y no puede crear "
-"nuevos usuarios, consulte la página :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`."
+"Cada hora, cada oportunidad sin puntaje se escaneará automáticamente y se le"
+" asignará su puntaje correcto de acuerdo con sus reglas de puntuación."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:3
-msgid "Set up and organize your sales pipeline"
-msgstr "Establecer y organizar el flujo de ventas"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40
+msgid "Assign leads"
+msgstr "Asignar iniciativas"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:5
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"A well structured sales pipeline is crucial in order to keep control of your"
-" sales process and to have a 360-degrees view of your leads, opportunities "
-"and customers."
+"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the "
+"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads "
+"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. "
+"This domain can include scores."
 msgstr ""
-"Un flujo de ventas bien estructurado es crucial para mantener el control de "
-"su proceso de ventas y tener una visión de 360º de sus iniciativas, "
-"oportunidades y clientes potenciales."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:9
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"The sales pipeline is a visual representation of your sales process, from "
-"the first contact to the final sale. It refers to the process by which you "
-"generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle. In Odoo CRM, "
-"leads are brought in at the left end of the sales pipeline in the Kanban "
-"view and then moved along to the right from one stage to another."
+"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even "
+"more refined domain."
 msgstr ""
-"El canal de ventas es una representación visual de su proceso de ventas, "
-"desde el primer contacto hasta la venta final. Se refiere al proceso "
-"mediante el cual se genera, califica y se cierran iniciativas a través del "
-"ciclo de ventas. En Odoo CRM, las iniciativas son traídas en el extremo "
-"izquierdo del canal de ventas en la vista de Kanban, para después irlos "
-"trasladando a las columnas de lado derecho según sea el avance de cada una."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"Each stage refers to a specific step in the sale cycle and specifically the "
-"sale-readiness of your potential customer. The number of stages in the sales"
-" funnel varies from one company to another. An example of a sales funnel "
-"will contain the following stages: *Territory, Qualified, Qualified Sponsor,"
-" Proposition, Negotiation, Won, Lost*."
+"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads "
+"Assignation`."
 msgstr ""
-"Cada etapa se refiere a un paso específico en el ciclo de la venta y como se"
-" específica cada iniciativa según su estado. El número de etapas se canaliza"
-" según la venta, ya que varía de una compañía a otra. Un ejemplo de "
-"concretar las ventas sería con las siguientes etapas: *Nuevo, Calificación, "
-"Patrocinador Calificado, Propuesta, Negociación, Ganados, Perdidos*."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:26
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58
 msgid ""
-"Of course, each organization defines the sales funnel depending on their "
-"processes and workflow, so more or fewer stages may exist."
+"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day."
 msgstr ""
-"Por supuesto, cada organización define el canal de ventas en función a sus "
-"procesos y al flujo de trabajo, por lo que pueden existir más o menos etapas"
-" de las ya mencionadas."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:30
-msgid "Create and organize your stages"
-msgstr "Crear y organizar las etapas"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62
+msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads"
+msgstr "Evaluar & usar las iniciativas no asignadas"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:33
-msgid "Add/ rearrange stages"
-msgstr "Añadir y reorganizar las etapas"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:35
-msgid ""
-"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **PIPELINE** "
-"button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, you "
-"need to create one first."
-msgstr ""
-"Desde el módulo de ventas, vaya al panel de control y haga clic en el botón "
-"**FLUJO DE TRABAJO** del equipo de ventas deseado. Si usted no tiene ningún "
-"equipo de ventas aún, es necesario crearlo primero."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:46
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64
 msgid ""
-"From the Kanban view of your pipeline, you can add stages by clicking on "
-"**Add new column.** When a column is created, Odoo will then automatically "
-"propose you to add another column in order to complete your process. If you "
-"want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging"
-" and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location."
+"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some "
+"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is "
+"useful to do something with them."
 msgstr ""
-"Desde el punto de vista Kanban de su flujo de trabajo, se pueden agregar "
-"etapas haciendo clic en **Añadir nueva columna**. Cuando se crea una "
-"columna, Odoo propondrá automáticamente añadir otra columna con el fin de "
-"completar su proceso. Si desea cambiar el orden de sus etapas, puede hacerlo"
-" fácilmente arrastrando y soltando la columna que desea mover a la ubicación"
-" deseada."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:58
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68
 msgid ""
-"You can add as many stages as you wish, even if we advise you not having "
-"more than 6 in order to keep a clear pipeline"
+"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads."
 msgstr ""
-"Puede añadir tantas etapas como desee, aunque le aconsejamos no tener más de"
-" 6 con el fin de mantener un flujo de trabajo claro."
+"En tu página de iniciativas puedes poner un filtro para encontrar tus "
+"clientes potenciales no asignados."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:64
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73
 msgid ""
-"Some companies use a pre qualification step to manage their leads before to "
-"convert them into opportunities. To activate the lead stage, go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and select the radio button as "
-"shown below. It will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that "
-"gives you access to a listview of all your leads."
+"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing "
+"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such"
+" unassigned leads from there."
 msgstr ""
-"Algunas empresas utilizan una pre calificación para gestionar a sus "
-"iniciativas antes de convertirlos en oportunidades. Para activar el "
-"escenario principal, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y "
-"seleccione el botón de radio como se muestra a continuación. Se va a crear "
-"un nuevo submenú **Iniciativas** abajo de **Ventas** que le da acceso a una "
-"vista de lista de todos sus clientes potenciales."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:74
-msgid "Set up stage probabilities"
-msgstr "Establecer probabilidades en las etapas"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3
+msgid "Track your prospects visits"
+msgstr "Rastrea las visitas de tus prospectos"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:77
-msgid "What is a stage probability?"
-msgstr "¿Cuáles son las probabilidades de las etapas?"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:79
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"To better understand what are the chances of closing a deal for a given "
-"opportunity in your pipe, you have to set up a probability percentage for "
-"each of your stages. That percentage refers to the success rate of closing "
-"the deal."
+"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the "
+"interests of your website visitors."
 msgstr ""
-"Para entender mejor cuáles son las posibilidades de cerrar un acuerdo para "
-"una oportunidad que se encuentra en su flujo, usted tiene que establecer un "
-"porcentaje de probabilidad para cada una de sus etapas. Ese porcentaje se "
-"refiere a la tasa de éxito de cerrar el trato."
+"Rastrear las páginas de tu sitio web te dará mucha más información sobre los"
+" intereses de los visitantes de tu sitio web."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:84
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"Setting up stage probabilities is essential if you want to estimate the "
-"expected revenues of your sales cycle"
+"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if "
+"they use the contact form on your website."
 msgstr ""
-"La configuración de probabilidades de las etapas es esencial si se quiere "
-"estimar los ingresos esperados de su ciclo de ventas"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:88
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, Qualified, "
-"Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* then your "
-"workflow could look like this :"
+"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your "
+"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)."
 msgstr ""
-"Por ejemplo, si su ciclo de ventas contiene la etapa de Inicio, "
-"Calificación, Patrocinador Calificado, la Propuesta, Negociación, Ganado y "
-"Perdido, entonces el flujo de trabajo podría tener este aspecto:"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92
-msgid ""
-"**Territory** : opportunity just received from Leads Management or created "
-"from a cold call campaign. Customer's Interest is not yet confirmed."
-msgstr ""
-"**Inicio** : La oportunidad se recibió de la Administración de Iniciativas o"
-" se creo a partir de una campaña. Los intereses del cliente aún no están "
-"confirmado."
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21
+msgid "Track a webpage"
+msgstr "Rastrea una página web"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:96
-msgid "*Success rate : 5%*"
-msgstr "*Tasa de éxito : 5%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:98
-msgid ""
-"**Qualified** : prospect's business and workflow are understood, pains are "
-"identified and confirmed, budget and timing are known"
-msgstr ""
-"**Calificación** : Se conoce el negocio y la perspectiva del flujo de "
-"trabajo, las áreas de oportunidad son identificadas y confirmadas, el "
-"presupuesto y el tiempo son conocidos."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:101
-msgid "*Success rate : 15%*"
-msgstr "*Tasa de éxito : 15%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:103
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"**Qualified sponsor**: direct contact with decision maker has been done"
+"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the "
+"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*"
 msgstr ""
-"**Patrocinador Calificado**: existe un contacto directo con la persona "
-"encargada de la toma de decisiones."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:106
-msgid "*Success rate : 25%*"
-msgstr "*Tasa de éxito : 25%*"
+"Vaya a cualquier página estática que desee rastrear en su sitio web y en la "
+"pestaña * Promocionar * encontrará * Optimizar SEO *"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:108
-msgid "**Proposition** : the prospect received a quotation"
-msgstr "**Propuesta** : El prospecto recibe la cotización."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:110
-msgid "*Success rate : 50%*"
-msgstr "*Tasa de éxito : 50%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:112
-msgid "**Negotiation**: the prospect negotiates his quotation"
-msgstr "**Negociación**: El prospecto evalúa la cotización hecha."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:114
-msgid "*Success rate : 75%*"
-msgstr "*Tasa de éxito : 75%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:116
-msgid ""
-"**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. "
-"He is now a customer"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29
+msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page."
 msgstr ""
+"Allí verá una casilla de verificación *Rastrear página* para seguir esta "
+"página."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119
-msgid "*Success rate : 100%*"
-msgstr "*Tasa de éxito : 100%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:121
-msgid "**Lost** : the prospect is no longer interested"
-msgstr "**Perdidos** : El prospecto no está interesado."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:123
-msgid "*Success rate : 0%*"
-msgstr "*Tasa de éxito : 0%*"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35
+msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities"
+msgstr "Ver páginas visitadas en tus iniciativas/ oportunidades"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:127
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"Within your pipeline, each stage should correspond to a defined goal with a "
-"corresponding probability. Every time you move your opportunity to the next "
-"stage, your probability of closing the sale will automatically adapt."
+"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of "
+"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on "
+"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* "
+"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter."
 msgstr ""
-"Dentro de su flujo de trabajo, cada etapa debe corresponder a un objetivo "
-"definido con una probabilidad correspondiente. Cada vez que se mueve su "
-"oportunidad a la siguiente etapa, la probabilidad de cierre de la venta se "
-"adaptará automáticamente."
+"Ahora, cada vez que se crea un cliente potencial desde el formulario de "
+"contacto, realizará un seguimiento de las páginas visitadas por ese "
+"visitante. Tiene dos formas de ver esas páginas, en la esquina superior "
+"derecha de su cliente potencial / oportunidad puede ver un botón * Vistas de"
+" página *, pero también más abajo las verá en la charla."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:131
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"You should consider using probability value as **100** when the deal is "
-"closed-won and **0** for deal closed-lost."
+"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more "
+"pages."
 msgstr ""
-"Usted debe considerar el uso de valor de probabilidad como **100** cuando se"
-" haya ganado o cerrado el acuerdo y **0** para acuerdo se cerró y está "
-"perdido."
+"Ambos se actualizarán si los visitantes vuelven a su sitio web y visitan más"
+" páginas."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:135
-msgid "How to set up stage probabilities?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo establecer probabilidades en las etapas?"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:137
-msgid ""
-"To edit a stage, click on the **Settings** icon at the right of the desired "
-"stage then on EDIT"
-msgstr ""
-"Para editar las etapas, haga clic en el botón **Configuración** que se "
-"encuentra de lado derecho luego en EDITAR."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:143
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"Select the Change probability automatically checkbox to let Odoo adapt the "
-"probability of the opportunity to the probability defined in the stage. For "
-"example, if you set a probability of 0% (Lost) or 100% (Won), Odoo will "
-"assign the corresponding stage when the opportunity is marked as Lost or "
-"Won."
+"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the "
+"chatter."
 msgstr ""
-"Seleccione la casilla del Cambio de probabilidad automático para permitir "
-"que Odoo adapte la probabilidad de la oportunidad a la probabilidad definida"
-" en la etapa. Por ejemplo, si se establece una probabilidad de 0% (Perdida) "
-"o 100% (Ganada), Odoo asignará la etapa correspondiente cuando la "
-"oportunidad se marca como Perdida o Ganada."
+"La función no repetirá múltiples visualizaciones de las mismas páginas en la"
+" conversación."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:151
-msgid ""
-"Under the requirements field you can enter the internal requirements for "
-"this stage. It will appear as a tooltip when you place your mouse over the "
-"name of a stage."
-msgstr ""
-"En el campo de los requisitos se puede introducir los requisitos internos "
-"para esta etapa. Aparecerán como información sobre herramientas al colocar "
-"el puntero del ratón sobre el nombre de una etapa."
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55
+msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!"
+msgstr "¡Tus clientes ya no podrán ocultarte ningún secreto!"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
index 0ed5af7a35..06ea22847f 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
@@ -1,16 +1,23 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2017
+# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2017
+# Antonio Trueba, 2018
+# Pablo Rojas , 2019
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Antonio Trueba, 2018\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas , 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -20,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8
 msgid "Online Database management"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Administración base de datos en línea"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10
 msgid ""
@@ -39,11 +46,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22
 msgid "Several actions are available:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hay varias acciones disponibles:"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
-msgid "Upgrade"
-msgstr "Actualizar"
+msgid ":ref:`Upgrade `"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
 msgid ""
@@ -62,16 +69,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34
-msgid "Rename"
+msgid ":ref:`Rename `"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35
 msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cambie el nombre de su base de datos (y su URL)"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
 msgid "**Backup**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Backup**"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -93,11 +100,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43
 msgid "Delete a database instantly"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Eliminar una base de datos instantáneamente"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:47
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
 msgid "Contact Support"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Contactar Soporte"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45
 msgid ""
@@ -105,18 +112,74 @@ msgid ""
 "database already selected"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:52
-msgid "Duplicating a database"
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Actualizar"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the"
+" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, "
+"click on the \"Upgrade\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
+"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
+"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will"
+" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
+"released a more recent version during your tests)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be "
+"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will "
+"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test "
+"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified "
+"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data "
+"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual "
+"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, "
+"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on "
+"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production "
+"database to the new version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between "
+"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your "
+"migration during non-business hours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96
+msgid "Duplicating a database"
+msgstr "Duplicando una base de datos"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98
 msgid ""
 "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial "
 "databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" "
 "database can duplicate without problem."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:59
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
 msgid ""
 "In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
 "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
@@ -126,37 +189,37 @@ msgstr ""
 "Para duplicar su base de datos, solo de clic en **Duplicar**. Tendrá que "
 "darle un nombre a su duplicado, luego de clic en **Duplicar Base de Datos**."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
 msgid ""
 "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a"
 " database, all external communication will remain active:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:69
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113
 msgid "Emails are sent"
 msgstr "Los correos electrónicos fueron enviados"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:71
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115
 msgid ""
 "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for "
 "example)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118
 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
 msgstr "Órdenes de envio (proveedores de envio) fueron enviadas"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
 msgid "Etc."
 msgstr "Etc."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:78
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
 msgid ""
 "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these "
 "behaviours to be disabled."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125
 msgid ""
 "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
 "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
@@ -165,20 +228,32 @@ msgstr ""
 "duplicada. Observe que la dirección URL utiliza el nombre que elijo para su "
 "base de datos duplicada."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:85
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
 msgstr ""
 "Las bases de datos duplicadas expiran automaticamente después de 15 días."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:93
-msgid "Deleting a Database"
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137
+msgid "Rename a Database"
+msgstr "Renombrar una Base de datos"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you "
+"want to rename, access the `database management page "
+"`__ and click **Rename**. You will have "
+"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:95
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150
+msgid "Deleting a Database"
+msgstr "Borrar una Base de datos"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152
 msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:97
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154
 msgid ""
 "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The "
 "deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant "
@@ -186,31 +261,38 @@ msgid ""
 "backup may be several hours old at that point."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
 msgid ""
 "From the `database management page `__, "
 "on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" "
 "button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167
 msgid ""
 "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you "
 "fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173
 msgid ""
 "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload "
 "automatically."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177
 msgid ""
 "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a "
+"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183
 msgid ""
 "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support "
 "`__"
@@ -222,7 +304,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10
 msgid "Register a database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Registrar una Base de datos"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12
 msgid ""
@@ -236,7 +318,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20
 msgid "Registration Error Message"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mensaje de Error de Registración"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22
 msgid ""
@@ -247,17 +329,17 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130
 msgid "Solutions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Soluciones"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33
 msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Tiene una suscripción Enterprise válida?"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
 msgid ""
 "Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo"
-" Account `__ or with your Account "
-"Manager"
+" Account `__ or with your Account"
+" Manager"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
@@ -273,7 +355,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract "
-"`__ with the button \"Unlink "
+"`__ with the button \"Unlink "
 "database\""
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -285,7 +367,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59
 msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Tiene la versión de Odoo 9 actualizada?"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190
@@ -300,7 +382,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID."
 " Please check on your `Odoo Contract "
-"`__, a short message will appear "
+"`__, a short message will appear "
 "specifying which database is problematic:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -363,7 +445,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116
 msgid "Database expired error message"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mensaje de Error Base de datos expirada"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118
 msgid ""
@@ -393,7 +475,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136
 msgid "Contact our `Support `__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Contacta nuestro `Soporte `__"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138
 msgid ""
@@ -403,7 +485,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145
 msgid "Force an Update Notification"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Forzar una notificación de actualización"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
 msgid ""
@@ -418,7 +500,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154
 msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Conectar a la base de datos con la cuenta **Administrador**"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155
 msgid ""
@@ -454,7 +536,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174
 msgid "Duplicate a database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Duplicar una base de datos"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
 msgid ""
@@ -497,7 +579,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7
 msgid "Users and Features"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Usuarios y Funcionalidades"
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
index dfac5760c7..2373a65d10 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
@@ -1,16 +1,25 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Antonio Trueba, 2017
+# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2017
+# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2017
+# Pablo Rojas , 2018
+# Vivian Montana , 2019
+# Alonso Muñoz , 2020
+# Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas , 2018\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -25,73 +34,102 @@ msgstr "Debates"
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3
 msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo"
 msgstr ""
+"Cómo usar mi servidor de correo para enviar y recibir correos electrónicos "
+"en Odoo"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit"
 " from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike "
-"in `Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh "
+"`Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh "
 "`__."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly "
-"recommend that you opt for such convenient Odoo hosting solutions. Indeed "
-"their email system works instantly and is monitored by professionals. "
-"Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage "
-"your email server's reputation yourself."
+"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system "
+"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can "
+"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's "
+"reputation yourself."
 msgstr ""
+"Si nadie en tu compañía esta acostumbrado a administrar servidores de "
+"correo, te recomendamos fuertemente optes por las soluciones de alojamiento "
+"de Odoo. Su sistema de correo funciona instantáneamente y es monitoreada por"
+" profesionales. Sin embargo aun puedes utilizar tu propio servidor de correo"
+" si quieres administrar su reputación tu mismo."
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"You will find here below some useful information to do so by integrating "
-"your own email solution with Odoo."
+"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your "
+"own email solution with Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"Abajo encontraras información útil en como integrar tu propia solución de "
+"correo con Odoo."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:19
-msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from "
+"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation "
+"`__ to make it work."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24
+msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
+msgstr "Cómo administrar mensajes de correo salientes"
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
 msgid ""
 "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
 "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to "
 "create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the "
 "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
 msgstr ""
+"Como administrador de sistema , ve a :menuselection:`Settings --> Ajustes "
+"Generales` y marca *Servidor externo de correo*. Después, has clic en "
+"*Servidor de correo saliente* para crear uno e ingresa la información SMTP "
+"de tu servidor de correo. Una vez que toda la información sea llenada has "
+"clic en \"Probar conexión\"."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Esta es una configuración típica del servidor G Suite."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Después establece tu nombre de dominio en Ajustes Generales."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39
 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Puedo usar un servidor de Office 365?"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP"
 " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
 msgstr ""
+"Puedes utilizar un servidor Office 365 si usas Odoo Local. Los repetidores "
+"SMTP de Office 365 no son compatibles con Odoo en linea."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:38
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
 msgid ""
 "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__ to configure"
 " a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
 msgstr ""
+"Favor de acudir a la documentación de Microsoft,`__  para "
+"configurar un repetidor SMTP para tu dirección IP de Odoo."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:42
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47
 msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo usar un servidor de G Suite"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48
 msgid ""
 "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
 "to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*"
@@ -99,54 +137,72 @@ msgid ""
 "`__."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
 msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cumplir con SPF"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
 " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
 "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
 msgstr ""
+"En caso de que uses SPF (Sender Policy Framework) para incrementar la "
+"entrega de tus correos salientes, no olvides autorizar a Odoo como un emisor"
+" en la configuración de tu  nombre de dominio. Aqui esta la configuracion "
+"para Odoo Online:"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61
 msgid ""
 "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
 "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
 msgstr ""
+"Si ningún registro TXT es establecido para el SPF , crea uno con la "
+"siguiente definición v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
 " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
 "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
 msgstr ""
+"En caso de que un registro TXT de SPF ya este en uso, agregar "
+"\"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g. para un nombre de dominio que envia correos "
+"vía Odoo Online y vía G Suite podría ser: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com "
+"include:_spf.google.com ~all"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
 msgid ""
 "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to "
 "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
 msgstr ""
+"Encuentra aquí `__  el procedimiento "
+"exacto para crear o modificar un registro TXT en tu propio dominio."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70
 msgid ""
 "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
 "usually happens more quickly."
 msgstr ""
+"Tu nuevo registro SPF puede tomar hasta 84 horas para entrar en efecto, pero"
+" usualmente pasa más rápido. "
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
 "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
 "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"Agregar mas de un registro SPF en tu dominio puede causar problemas en la "
+"entrega de tus correos o en la clasificación del spam. En lugar de eso "
+"recomendamos que se utiliza solo un registro modificandolo para autorizar "
+"Odoo."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:71
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
 msgid "Allow DKIM"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Permitir DKIM"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
 msgid ""
 "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
 "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
@@ -156,22 +212,24 @@ msgid ""
 "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:80
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
 msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Cómo administrar los mensajes de correo entrantes?"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89
 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo se basa en pseudónimos de correo electrónico genéricos para recuperar "
+"los mensajes entrantes."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:84
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91
 msgid ""
 "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
 "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
 "alias (**catchall@**)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
 "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
@@ -179,58 +237,58 @@ msgid ""
 "recipients."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
 msgid ""
 "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
 "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
 msgid ""
 "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
 "`__),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:97
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
 msgid ""
 "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
 "`__),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106
 msgid ""
 "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
 msgid ""
 "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
 "`__),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110
 msgid "etc."
 msgstr "etc."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
 msgid ""
 "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
 "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
 "address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
 msgid ""
-"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catcall@, "
+"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
 "bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
 msgid ""
 "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
 "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
@@ -239,7 +297,7 @@ msgid ""
 "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
 msgid ""
 "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
 "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
@@ -250,21 +308,21 @@ msgid ""
 "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
 msgid ""
 "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
 "their  respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
 "you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
 msgid ""
 "Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
 "--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
 "(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154
 msgid ""
 "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
 "You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
@@ -274,7 +332,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3
 msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo seguir el feed de Twitter desde Odoo"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -282,10 +340,14 @@ msgid ""
 "Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically "
 "from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages."
 msgstr ""
+"Puede seguir hashtags específicos en Twitter y ver los tweets dentro de los "
+"canales de discusión de Odoo de su elección. Los tweets se recuperan "
+"periódicamente de Twitter. Un usuario autenticado puede retuitear los "
+"mensajes."
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13
 msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurar la aplicación desde Twitter"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -296,7 +358,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19
 msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nombre: Este es el nombre de la aplicación en Twitter"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21
 msgid ""
@@ -318,10 +380,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click "
 "on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page."
 msgstr ""
+"No olvide aceptar los términos **Acuerdo de desarrollador* de uso y haga "
+"clic en **Crea tu aplicación de Twitter** al final de la página."
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33
 msgid "Getting the API key and secret"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Obtener la clave secreta de la API"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35
 msgid ""
@@ -338,6 +402,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3
 msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages"
 msgstr ""
+"¿Cómo llamar la atención de otros usuarios en mis mensajes.Cómo llamar la "
+"atención de otros usuarios en mis mensajes?"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -361,7 +427,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15
 msgid "Direct messaging a user"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Enviar mensajes directamente a un usuario"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17
 msgid ""
@@ -385,7 +451,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28
 msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Notificaciones de escritorio desde Discusión"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30
 msgid ""
@@ -402,7 +468,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3
 msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo responder en el trabajo gracias a mi bandeja de entrada de Odoo"
 
 #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -413,7 +479,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13
 msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Puedes vigilar tu ** Bandeja de entrada ** desde cualquier pantalla."
 
 #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18
 msgid ""
@@ -426,7 +492,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
 msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Por qué usar Odoo Discuss?"
 
 #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -449,7 +515,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3
 msgid "Get organized by planning activities"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Organízate planeando actividades"
 
 #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -457,12 +523,17 @@ msgid ""
 "reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to "
 "undertake."
 msgstr ""
+"La planificación de actividades es la manera perfecta de mantenerse al día "
+"con su trabajo. Recuerde lo que debe hacer y programe sus próximas "
+"actividades."
 
 #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage"
 " your priorities."
 msgstr ""
+"Tus actividades están disponibles en cualquier lugar de Odoo. Es fácil "
+"administrar sus prioridades."
 
 #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -472,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22
 msgid "Set your activity types"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Establece tus tipos de actividad"
 
 #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24
 msgid ""
@@ -483,7 +554,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29
 msgid "Schedule meetings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Programar reuniones"
 
 #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
index c7f8ed8e21..663900f6cb 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
@@ -3,14 +3,30 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Alejandro Die Sanchis , 2017
+# Luis M. Ontalba , 2017
+# Pablo Rojas , 2017
+# RGB Consulting , 2017
+# José Vicente , 2017
+# Raquel Iciarte , 2017
+# Antonio Trueba, 2017
+# Nicole Kist , 2017
+# e2f , 2018
+# Kelly Quintero , 2018
+# Diego de cos , 2018
+# Jon Perez , 2019
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: e2f , 2018\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jon Perez , 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -243,6 +259,12 @@ msgid ""
 "chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the "
 "available options."
 msgstr ""
+"Las variantes de productos son usadas para ofrecer a sus clientes "
+"variaciones del mismo producto en la página de productos, por ejemplo si el "
+"cliente elige una camiseta y luego selecciona la talla y el color. En el "
+"ejemplo mostrado a continuación, de las opciones disponibles, el cliente "
+"elige un teléfono y luego selecciona la memoria, el color y el ancho de "
+"banda Wi-Fi."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15
 msgid "How to create attributes & variants"
@@ -267,6 +289,9 @@ msgid ""
 "drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there "
 "are 2 values for 1 attribute."
 msgstr ""
+"Agregue tantos atributos como necesite de tres tipos diferentes: botones de "
+"opción, menús desplegables o botones de color. Obtendrá distintas variantes "
+"tan pronto como tenga dos valores por atributo."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30
 msgid "How to edit variants"
@@ -320,6 +345,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of "
 "variants."
 msgstr ""
+"También mire y edite todas las variantes de :menuselection;'Sales --> Sales "
+"-->Product Variants'. Puede ser mas rápido si usted maneja muchas variantes."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58
 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant"
@@ -330,18 +357,26 @@ msgid ""
 "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant "
 "Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)."
 msgstr ""
+"También puede configurar un precio publico específico por variante, al hacer"
+" clic en \"Precios de las Variantes\" en el formulario de detalle del "
+"producto (acción en la parte superior-izquierda)"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding "
 "attribute value is selected."
 msgstr ""
+"El Precio Extra es agregado al precio del producto el valor del atributo "
+"correspondiente es seleccionado"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76
 msgid ""
 "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for "
 "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
 msgstr ""
+"Las fórmulas en las listas de precios le permiten configurar métodos de "
+"cálculos avanzados de precios para las variantes de los productos. Ver: "
+"doc:'../maximzing_revenue/pricing'"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80
 msgid "How to disable/archive variants"
@@ -353,12 +388,18 @@ msgid ""
 "available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, "
 "etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form."
 msgstr ""
+"Se pueden deshabilitar variantes específicas para que no estén disponibles "
+"en cotizaciones u otras secciones del sitio web (variantes no en existencia,"
+" obsoletos, etc.). Simplemente desmarque la casilla 'Activar' en el "
+"formulario de detalle"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88
 msgid ""
 "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants "
 "list. You can reactivate them the same way."
 msgstr ""
+"Para recuperar ítems archivados, presione/haga clic en \"Archivado\" al "
+"buscar en la lista de variantes. Las puede reactivar de la misma manera."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3
 msgid "Maximize my revenue"
@@ -374,6 +415,9 @@ msgid ""
 "screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling "
 "functionalities:"
 msgstr ""
+"Usted vende computadoras, por qué no estimular a sus clientes para que "
+"compren una pantalla de primera categoría o adquieran extra garantía? Ese es"
+" el objetivo de las funcionalidades de venta cruzada."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8
 msgid "Accessory products on checkout page,"
@@ -383,6 +427,8 @@ msgstr "Productos accesorios en la página de pago,"
 msgid ""
 "Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)."
 msgstr ""
+"Productos opcionales en una nueva ventana *Añadir a la compra* (no instalado"
+" por defecto)"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12
 msgid "Accessory products when checking out"
@@ -393,10 +439,14 @@ msgid ""
 "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer "
 "reviews the cart before paying."
 msgstr ""
+"Los accesorios (por ejemplo para computadoras: el ratón, el teclado) "
+"aparecen cuando el cliente revisa la cesta de compra antes de hacer el pago."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20
 msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page."
 msgstr ""
+"Selecciona accesorios en la pestaña *Ventas* de la página de detalles del "
+"producto."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26
 msgid ""
@@ -405,10 +455,14 @@ msgid ""
 "products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of "
 "suggested accessories."
 msgstr ""
+"Existe un algoritmo para resolver cual es el mejor accesorio a mostrar, en "
+"caso de que varios ítems sean agregados a la cesta de compra. Si algún ítem "
+"es el accesorio de varios productos agregados a la cesta de compra, es muy "
+"probable que se ubique en el top de la lista de accesorios sugeridos"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31
 msgid "Optional products when adding to cart"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Productos opcionales al agregar a la cesta de compra"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33
 msgid ""
@@ -416,6 +470,10 @@ msgid ""
 "computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main "
 "product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step."
 msgstr ""
+"Los productos opcionales están directamente relacionados al ítem agregado a "
+"la cesta de compra (por ejemplo, para computadoras: la garantía, el sistema "
+"operativo, componentes extra). Cada vez que un producto primario es agregado"
+" a la cesta de compra, una nueva ventana aparece como paso adicional."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40
 msgid "To publish optional products:"
@@ -427,23 +485,32 @@ msgid ""
 "default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show "
 "up."
 msgstr ""
+"Instale el componente \"Productos Opcionales eCommerce\" en el menú "
+"\"Apps\". También remueva el filtro por defecto para buscar componentes, de "
+"lo contrario solo las aplicaciones principales aparecerán."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48
 msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form."
 msgstr ""
+"Seleccione ítems opcionales en la etiqueta \"ventas\" en el formulario de "
+"detalle del producto"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54
 msgid ""
 "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item."
 msgstr ""
+"La cantidad de ítems opcionales agregados a la cesta de compra es la misma "
+"que la del ítem principal."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3
 msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Como ajustar los precios para los visitantes de mi sitio web"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5
 msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:"
 msgstr ""
+"Esta sección da una idea sobre el precio de las funciones de la aplicación "
+"eCommerce"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7
 msgid "force a price by geo-localization,"
@@ -458,20 +525,27 @@ msgid ""
 "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: "
 ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)."
 msgstr ""
+"Como pre-requisito, revise como administrar precio de productos:\n"
+":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15
 msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Geo-IP para actualizar automáticamente el precio correcto"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet "
 "logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website."
 msgstr ""
+"Asigne grupos de países a sus listas de precios. De esta forma, los "
+"visitantes que aun no hayan iniciado sesión verán su propia moneda de divisa"
+" cuando visiten su sitio web."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20
 msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country."
 msgstr ""
+"Una vez haya iniciado sesión, ellos obtendrán la lista de precios "
+"equivalente a la de su país."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23
 msgid "Currency selector"
@@ -483,6 +557,9 @@ msgid ""
 "their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website "
 "drop-down menu."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vende en distintas monedas, puede permitirle a sus clientes seleccionar "
+"su propia moneda. Marque \"Seleccionable\" para agregar la lista de precios "
+"al menú desplegable del sitio web."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34
 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`"
@@ -505,6 +582,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing "
 "campaigns and apply any kind of discounts."
 msgstr ""
+"Quiere aumentar sus ventas para Navidad? Comparta códigos promocionales a "
+"través de sus campañas de mercadeo y aplique cualquier tipo de descuentos."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13
@@ -516,6 +595,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based"
 " on formula* for *Sale Price*."
 msgstr ""
+"Ir a :menuselection:'Sales-->Settings' y seleccionar \"Opciones avanzadas de"
+" precios basado en formula\" para \"Precio de venta\""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -523,28 +604,38 @@ msgid ""
 " new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a "
 "code."
 msgstr ""
+"Ir a :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` y crear una "
+"nueva lista de precios con la regla de descuento (ver :doc:'pricing'). Luego"
+" ingrese un código"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in "
 "*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it."
 msgstr ""
+"Active el campo de texto Promocode en la cesta de compra (La opcion se "
+"encuentra en el menu \"Personalizar\"). Agregue un producto a la cesta de "
+"compra para visualizarlo"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27
 msgid ""
 "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* "
 "prices get automatically updated in the cart."
 msgstr ""
+"Una vez activado verá una nueva sección en el lado derecho. Al seleccionar "
+"*Aplicar* los precios serán actualizados automáticamente en la cartilla"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33
 msgid ""
 "The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can "
 "analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns."
 msgstr ""
+"El código promocional utilizado por el cliente se almacena en el sistema "
+"para que puedas analizar el rendimiento de tus campañas de marketing."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39
 msgid "Show sales per pricelists..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Muestra las ventas por lista de precios"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43
 msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
@@ -552,7 +643,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`pricing`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3
 msgid "How to enable comments & rating"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo habilitar comentarios y calificaciónes"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -566,6 +657,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web "
 "page."
 msgstr ""
+"Active los comentarios y la calificación desde el menú *Personalizar*  de la"
+" página web del producto."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21
 msgid ""
@@ -575,7 +668,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25
 msgid "Review the posts in real time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Revisa las publicaciones en tiempo real"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27
 msgid ""
@@ -613,17 +706,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56
 msgid "..tip::"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "..tip::"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55
 msgid ""
 "You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*"
 " smart button (and vice versa)."
 msgstr ""
+"Puede acceder a la página web desde el formulario de detalles haciendo clic "
+"en el botón inteligente *Publicado* (y viceversa)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3
 msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo vender alternativas de productos más caros (ventas adicionales)"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -631,10 +726,13 @@ msgid ""
 "is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more"
 " time browsing your catalog."
 msgstr ""
+"Para maximizar sus ingresos, sugerir productos alternativos más costosos es "
+"altamente recomendable para artículos básicos. De esa manera, su cliente "
+"pasará más tiempo navegando por su catálogo."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12
 msgid "To do so:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para hacerlo:"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -655,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr "Información general"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3
 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Introducción al comercio electrónico con Odoo"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10
 msgid ""
@@ -665,11 +763,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13
 msgid "Product Page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Página del producto"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14
 msgid "Shop Page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Página de la tienda"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15
 msgid "Pricing"
@@ -681,7 +779,7 @@ msgstr "Impuestos"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17
 msgid "Checkout process"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Proceso de pago"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18
 msgid "Upselling & cross-selling"
@@ -693,19 +791,19 @@ msgstr "Pagos"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20
 msgid "Shipping & Tracking"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Envío y seguimiento"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24
 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3
 msgid "Launch my website"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lanzar mi sitio web"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3
 msgid "Get paid"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Recibir pagos"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3
 msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net"
@@ -721,16 +819,26 @@ msgid ""
 "`__ that "
 "you like."
 msgstr ""
+"Authorize.Net es una de las plataformas de pago de comercio electrónico más "
+"populares de América del Norte. A diferencia de la mayoría de los otros "
+"adquirentes de pagos compatibles con Odoo, Authorize.Net se puede usar como "
+"\"pasarela de "
+"pago\"`__"
+" only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant "
+"`__ that "
+"you like."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12
 msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cree una cuenta de Authorize.Net"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14
 msgid ""
 "Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking "
 "'Get Started'."
 msgstr ""
+"Crear una cuenta de 'Authorize.Net `__ dele clic "
+"a 'Get Started'."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16
 msgid ""
@@ -741,7 +849,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23
 msgid "Go through the registration steps."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Siga los pasos de registro."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24
 msgid ""
@@ -751,12 +859,12 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26
 msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Una vez listo, cambie al modo **Producción**."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
 msgid "Set up Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configure Odoo"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31
 msgid ""
@@ -767,6 +875,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33
 msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**."
 msgstr ""
+"Ingrese su **ID de inicio de sesión** y su **Clave de transacción de API **."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
index 85ab9590f7..e3c4fbeed2 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas , 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jimmy Ramos , 2018\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -302,6 +302,12 @@ msgid ""
 "unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will"
 " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name."
 msgstr ""
+"Para re-crear las relaciones entre los distintos registros, deberías usar el"
+" identificador único de la aplicación original y mapearlo con la columna "
+"**ID** (ID Externo) en Odoo. Cuando importas otro registor que se relaciona "
+"con el primero, usa **XXX/ID** (XXX/ID Externo) para el identificador "
+"original. Puedes también encontrar este registro usando su nombre pero te "
+"vas a encontrar con al menos 2 registros con el mismo nombre."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54
 msgid ""
@@ -309,6 +315,9 @@ msgid ""
 "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it "
 "whenever possible."
 msgstr ""
+"El **ID** será usado para actualizar la importacion original si necesitas "
+"re-importar los datos después, aunque es buena práctica especificarlo cuando"
+" sea posible."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60
 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to"
@@ -324,6 +333,13 @@ msgid ""
 "wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by"
 " default."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo trata de buscar con algo de heurística, basado en las primeras diez "
+"líneas de los archivos, el tipo del campo por cada columna dentro de tu "
+"archivo. Por ejemplo si tienes una columna que solo contiene númetos, solo "
+"los campos que son de tipo *Entero* se mostrarán para que escojas. Miestras "
+"que este comportamiento puede resultar bueno y fácil para muchos casos, es "
+"también posible que no salga bien o que quieras mapear tu columna con un "
+"campo que no es propuesto por defecto."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71
 msgid ""
@@ -331,6 +347,9 @@ msgid ""
 "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the "
 "complete list of fields for each column."
 msgstr ""
+"Si eso pasa, solo tienes que seleccionar la opción **Mostrar campos de "
+"campos de relación (avanzado)**, despúes podrás elegir de la lista completa "
+"de cada columna."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79
 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
@@ -345,6 +364,13 @@ msgid ""
 "inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the"
 " day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo puede detectar automáticamente si una columna es una fecha y tratar de "
+"inferir el formato de la fecha de un set de formatos de fechas más usuados. "
+"Mientras este proceso puede funcionar para muchos formatos de fecha simples,"
+" algunos más exóticos not podrán ser reconocidos y por lo tanto es posible "
+"tener algún tipo de confusión (día y mes invertido por ejemplo) ya que es "
+"difícil saber cual parte es el día y cual es el mes en fechas como "
+"'01-03-2016'."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83
 msgid ""
@@ -353,6 +379,11 @@ msgid ""
 "selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using"
 " the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
 msgstr ""
+"Para ver cuáles formatos de fecha ha encontrado Odoo en tu archvico, puedes "
+"revisar **Formato de fecha** que es mostrado cuando haces clic en "
+"**Opciones** bajo el selector de archivos. Si el formato es incorrecto "
+"puedes cambiarlo a tu preferencia usando el **ISO 8601** para definir el "
+"formato."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
 msgid ""
@@ -361,6 +392,10 @@ msgid ""
 " stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo "
 "whatever your locale date format is."
 msgstr ""
+"Si estás importando un archivo de excel (.xls, .xlsx), puedes usar celdad "
+"tipo fecha ya que las fechas se muestran de manera distinta a como se "
+"almacenan. De esa forma te puedes asegurar que el formato de fecha está "
+"correcto independientemente del formato de fecha de la localización."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
@@ -375,11 +410,17 @@ msgid ""
 "known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will "
 "crash."
 msgstr ""
+"Sí, soportamos números con paréntesis que representan signos negativos así "
+"como números con el signo de moneda. Odoo detecta automáticamtte cual "
+"separador miles/decimal usas (puedes cambiar eso bajo **opciones**). Si usas"
+" un símbolo de moneda que no es conocido por Odoo, puede no ser reconocido "
+"como un número y podrá dar error."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
 msgstr ""
+"Ejemplos de números soportados (usadndo treinta y dos mil como ejemplo):"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97
 msgid "32.000,00"
@@ -424,6 +465,8 @@ msgstr "$ (32.000,00)"
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
 msgstr ""
+"¿Qué puedo hacer cuando la tabla de vista previa de Importar no se muestra "
+"correctamente?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
 msgid ""
@@ -432,6 +475,11 @@ msgid ""
 "settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse"
 " CSV file bar after you select your file)."
 msgstr ""
+"Por defecto, la previsualización de la importación se establece con comas "
+"como separadores de campo y comillas como delimitadores de texto. Si su "
+"archivo CSV no tiene estos parámetros, puede modificar las opciones de "
+"formato de archivo (mostradas bajo la barra de 'Seleccionar archivo CSV' "
+"después de seleccionar el archivo)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117
 msgid ""
@@ -439,12 +487,18 @@ msgid ""
 "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
 "your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
 msgstr ""
+"Tenga en cuenta que si su archivo CSV tiene como separador el tabulador, "
+"Odoo no detectará las separaciones. Necesitará cambiar las opciones del "
+"formato de archivo en su aplicación de hoja de cálculo. Vea la siguiente "
+"pregunta."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122
 msgid ""
 "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
 "application?"
 msgstr ""
+"¿Cómo puede cambiar el formato del archivo CSV cuando se guarda en mi "
+"aplicación de hoja de cálculo?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124
 msgid ""
@@ -454,16 +508,24 @@ msgid ""
 "modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit "
 "filter settings' > Save)."
 msgstr ""
+"Si edita y guarda archivos en las aplicaciones de hoja de cálculo, se "
+"aplicará la configuración regional del ordenador para el separador y el "
+"delimitador. Le sugerimos usar OpenOffice o LibreOffice Calc, que permiten "
+"modificar dichas opciones (en 'Guardar como...' > Marcar casilla 'Editar "
+"filtro' > Gurdar)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126
 msgid ""
 "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
 "'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)."
 msgstr ""
+"Microsoft Excel permite modificar solamente la codificación cuando guarda un"
+" archivo CSV (en el cuadro de diálogo 'Guardar como' > pulsar la lista "
+"desplegable 'Herramientas' > pestaña 'Codificación')."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131
 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre id. de la BD e ID Externo?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133
 msgid ""
@@ -474,12 +536,19 @@ msgid ""
 "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
 "import."
 msgstr ""
+"Algunos campos definen una relación con otro objeto. Por ejemplo, el país de"
+" un contacto es un enlace a un objeto 'País'. Cuando quiere importar esos "
+"campos, Odoo tendrá que recrear los enlaces entre los correspondientes "
+"campos. Odoo provee 3 mecanismos. Debe usar uno y sólo uno de esos "
+"mecanismos por campo a importar."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135
 msgid ""
 "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
 "different fields to import:"
 msgstr ""
+"Por ejemplo, para referenciar el país de un contacto, Odoo propone 3 modos "
+"diferentes de importación:"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
@@ -490,16 +559,21 @@ msgid ""
 "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
 "postgresql column"
 msgstr ""
+"País/ID de Base de datos: el ID único de Odoo para un registro, definido por"
+" la columna ID de PostgreSQL"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139
 msgid ""
 "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
 " (or the .XML file that imported it)"
 msgstr ""
+"País/ID Externo: el ID de este registro referenciado en otra aplicación (o "
+"del archivo .XML que lo importó)"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
 msgstr ""
+"Para el país Bélgica, puede usar uno de estos3 métodos de importación:"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
 msgid "Country: Belgium"
@@ -507,7 +581,7 @@ msgstr "País: Bélgica"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144
 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "País/Id. de la BD: 21"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145
 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
@@ -519,12 +593,17 @@ msgid ""
 "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
 "according to your need:"
 msgstr ""
+"De acuerdo a sus necesidades, puede usar una de estas 3 formas de "
+"referenciar registros en las relaciones. Aquí es donde debe usar una u otra,"
+" conforme a sus necesidades:"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149
 msgid ""
 "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
 " have been created manually."
 msgstr ""
+"Usar País: Ésta es lo forma más sencilla cuando los datos provienen de "
+"archivos CSV que se han creado manualmente."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
 msgid ""
@@ -533,12 +612,18 @@ msgid ""
 "may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique "
 "Database ID)"
 msgstr ""
+"Usar País/Id. de la BD: Raramente debería usar esta notación. Se usa más a "
+"menudo por los desarrolladores puesto que su principal ventaja es la de no "
+"tener nunca conflictos (puede que tenga varios registros con el mismo "
+"nombre, pero sólo tendrán un único id. de base de datos)"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
 msgid ""
 "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
 "party application."
 msgstr ""
+"Usar País/Id. externo: Use id. externo cuando importa datos de una "
+"aplicación externa."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153
 msgid ""
@@ -548,18 +633,27 @@ msgid ""
 "\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for "
 "Products and their Categories."
 msgstr ""
+"Cuando se usan identificadores externos, puede importar archivos CSV con la "
+"columna \"Id. externo\" para definir el id. externo de cada registro a "
+"importar. Entonces, podrá hacer referencia a ese registro con columnas del "
+"tipo \"Id. de campo/externo\". Los siguientes dos archivos son un ejemplo "
+"para los productos y sus categorías."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
 msgid ""
 "`CSV file for categories "
 "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"`Archivo CSV para categorías "
+"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
 msgid ""
 "`CSV file for Products "
 "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"`Archivo CSV para Productos "
+"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
@@ -575,6 +669,13 @@ msgid ""
 "Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of "
 "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
 msgstr ""
+"Si por ejemplo tiene dos categorías de producto con el nombre hijo de "
+"\"Vendibles\" (por ejemplo \"Productos miscelánea/Vendibles\" y \"Otros "
+"productos/Vendibles\"), la validación se para, pero aún podrá importar los "
+"datos. Sin embargo, recomendamos no importar los datos porque estarán "
+"vinculados todos a la primera categoría \"Vendibles\" encontrada en la lista"
+" de categorías de producto (\"Misc. Productos/Vendibles\"). Recomendamos "
+"modificar uno de los valores duplicados o la jerarquía de categorías."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165
 msgid ""
@@ -582,12 +683,17 @@ msgid ""
 "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
 "'Category'."
 msgstr ""
+"Sin embargo, si no desea cambiar la configuración de las categorías de "
+"producto, le recomendamos que haga uso de id. externo para este campo "
+"'Categoría'."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
 msgid ""
 "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
 "multiple tags)?"
 msgstr ""
+"¿Cómo puedo importar un campo de relación many2many (muchos a muchos; por "
+"ejemplo: un cliente que tiene múltiples etiquetas)?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
 msgid ""
@@ -596,18 +702,26 @@ msgid ""
 "'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column"
 " of your CSV file."
 msgstr ""
+"Las etiquetas deben de ir separadas por comas sin espacios. Por ejemplo, si "
+"quieres que tu cliente sea vinculado con ambas etiquetas 'Fabricante' y "
+"'Mayorista', entonces debes codificar 'Fabricante,Mayorista\" en la misma "
+"columna del archivo CSV."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174
 msgid ""
 "`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
 "<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"`Archivo CSV para Fabricante, Minorista "
+"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
 msgid ""
 "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
 "Sales Order)?"
 msgstr ""
+"¿Cómo puedo importar una relación uno a muchos (one2many - por ejemplo: las "
+"líneas de pedido del pedido de venta)?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181
 msgid ""
@@ -619,36 +733,51 @@ msgid ""
 "purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
 "you can import, based on demo data."
 msgstr ""
+"Si quiere importar los pedidos de venta teniendo varias líneas de pedido; "
+"para cada línea de pedido, necesita reservar una fila específica en el "
+"archivo CSV. La primera línea de pedido será importada en la misma fila que "
+"la información relativa al pedido. Cualquier línea adicional necesitará una "
+"fila adicional que no tenga información en los campos relativos al pedido."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184
 msgid ""
 "`File for some Quotations "
 "<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"`Archivo para algunas Cotizaciones "
+"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186
 msgid ""
 "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
 "respective purchase order lines:"
 msgstr ""
+"El siguiente archivo CSV muestra como importar pedidos de compra con sus "
+"respectivas líneas de pedido de compra:"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188
 msgid ""
 "`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
 "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"`Pedidos de compra con sus respectivas líneas de pedido de compra "
+"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190
 msgid ""
 "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
 "contacts:"
 msgstr ""
+"El siguiente archivo CSV muestra cómo importar clientes y sus respectivos "
+"contactos:"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192
 msgid ""
 "`Customers and their respective contacts "
 "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"`Clientes y sus respectivos contactos "
+"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
@@ -663,16 +792,25 @@ msgid ""
 "two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record "
 "depending if it's new or not."
 msgstr ""
+"Si importas un fichero que contiene uno de las siguientes columnas "
+"\"External ID\" o \"Database ID\", los registros que ya han sido importados "
+"serán modificados en lugar de ser creados de nuevo. Esto es bastante útil, "
+"ya que le permitirá importar varias veces el mismo CSV realizando cambios "
+"entre dos importaciones. Odoo tendrá cuidado de crear o modificar cada "
+"registro dependiendo de si es nuevo o no."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
 msgid ""
 "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
 "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
 msgstr ""
+"Esta características permite usar la herramienta de importación/exportación "
+"de Odoo para modificar un lote de registros en su aplicación de hoja de "
+"cálculo favorita."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206
 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Qué pasa si no proveo de un valor para un campo específico?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208
 msgid ""
@@ -681,10 +819,15 @@ msgid ""
 "in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of "
 "assigning the default value."
 msgstr ""
+"Si no ha establecido todos los campos en su archivo CSV, Odoo asignará el "
+"valor por defecto para cada uno de los campos no definidos. Pero si "
+"establece campos con valores vacíos en su archivo CSV, Odoo establecerá el "
+"valor VACÍO en el campo, en lugar de asignar el valor por defecto."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213
 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
 msgstr ""
+"¿Cómo exportar/importar diferentes tablas de una aplicación SQL a Odoo?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215
 msgid ""
@@ -693,6 +836,10 @@ msgid ""
 " companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each "
 "person and the company they work for)."
 msgstr ""
+"Si necesita importar datos de diversas tablas, puede recrear relaciones "
+"entre los registros pertenecientes a diferentes tablas (por ejemplo, si "
+"importa compañías y personas, tendrá que recrear el enlace entre cada "
+"persona y la compañía para la que trabaja)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
 msgid ""
@@ -703,6 +850,12 @@ msgid ""
 "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
 "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
 msgstr ""
+"Para gestionar relaciones entre tablas, puede utilizar el \"External ID\" "
+"facilitado por Odoo. El \"External ID\" de un registro es el identificador "
+"único de ese registro en otra aplicación. Este \"External ID\" debe ser "
+"único entre todos los registros de todos los objetos, así que es una buena "
+"practica para prefijar este \"External ID\" con el nombre de la aplicación o"
+" la tabla (como \"company _1\", \"contact_1\", en lugar de \"1\")."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219
 msgid ""
@@ -713,26 +866,36 @@ msgid ""
 "href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
 "PostgreSQL database)"
 msgstr ""
+"Como ejemplo, supongo que tiene una base de datos SQL con dos tablas que "
+"quiere importar: compañías y personas. Cada persona pertenece a una "
+"compañía, por lo que tendrá que recrear el enlace entre la persona y la "
+"compañía en la que trabaja. (Si quiere comprobar este ejemplo, aquí hay undump de dicha "
+"base de datos PostgreSQL)"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221
 msgid ""
 "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
 " the following command:"
 msgstr ""
+"Se exportará primero todas las compañías y sus id. externos. En PSQL, "
+"escriba el siguiente comando:"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227
 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Este comando SQL creará el siguiente archivo CSV:"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234
 msgid ""
 "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
 "following SQL command in PSQL:"
 msgstr ""
+"Para crear un archivo CSV para personas, enlazadas a compañías, usaremos el "
+"siguiente comando SQL en PSQL:"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se creará el siguiente archivo CSV:"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248
 msgid ""
@@ -743,6 +906,13 @@ msgid ""
 "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
 " who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
 msgstr ""
+"Como puede ver en este archivo, Fabien y Laurence están trabajando para la "
+"compañía Bigees (company_1) y Eric está trabajando para la compañía Organi. "
+"La relación entre las personas y las compañías se hace usando el id. externo"
+" de las compañías. Hemos tenido que prefijar el id. externo con el nombre de"
+" la tabla para evitar un conflicto de id. entre las personas y las compañías"
+" (person_1 y company_1 comparten el mismo ID 1 en la base de datos "
+"original)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250
 msgid ""
@@ -751,10 +921,15 @@ msgid ""
 "contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first "
 "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
 msgstr ""
+"Los dos archivos producidos están listos para ser importados en Odoo sin "
+"ninguna modificación. Después de haber importado estos dos archivos CSV, "
+"tendrá 4 contactos y 3 compañías (los  dos primeros contactos están "
+"enlazados a la primer compañía). Debe importar primero las compañías y luego"
+" los contactos."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
 msgid "Basics"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Básico"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
 msgid "How to add a user"
@@ -765,6 +940,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given "
 "point."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo le provee la opción de agregar usuarios adicionales en cualquier "
+"momento."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9
 msgid "Add individual users"
@@ -777,12 +954,19 @@ msgid ""
 "professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -"
 " and a picture."
 msgstr ""
+"Desde el módulo de Configuración, ingresa al submenú :menuselection:`Usuario"
+" --> Usuario` y hace clic en **Crear**. Se añade primero el nombre del nuevo"
+" vendedor y su correo electrónico profesional o de la empresa, el que usará "
+"para iniciar sesión en la instancia de Odoo, así como la imagen del perfil."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19
 msgid ""
 "Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access "
 "and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app."
 msgstr ""
+"En \"Derechos de Acceso\", se puede elegir las aplicaciones que el usuario "
+"tiene acceso y puede utilizar. Los diferentes niveles de derechos están "
+"disponibles dependiendo de la aplicación. "
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23
 msgid ""
@@ -790,6 +974,10 @@ msgid ""
 "invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click"
 " on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in."
 msgstr ""
+"Cuando haya terminado de editar la página y haya hecho clic en **Guardar**, "
+"un correo electrónico de invitación se enviará automáticamente al usuario. "
+"El usuario deberá dar clic en aceptar la invitación para su instancia y "
+"deberá crear un ingreso."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
 msgid ""
@@ -797,6 +985,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Refer to our `*Pricing page* `__ for more "
 "information."
 msgstr ""
+"Recuerde que cada usuario adicional incrementará la cuota de suscripción. "
+"Refierase a nuestra `*Página de precios* `__ "
+"para más información."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39
 msgid ""
@@ -806,36 +997,48 @@ msgid ""
 " to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights "
 "under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`."
 msgstr ""
+"También se puede agregar un nuevo vendedor sobre la marcha del equipo de "
+"ventas, incluso antes de que se haya registrado como usuario Odoo. Desde la "
+"captura de pantalla anterior, haga clic en \"Crear\" para añadir a su "
+"vendedor y escriba su nombre y correo electrónico. Después de guardar, el "
+"vendedor recibirá una invitación que contiene un enlace a establecer su "
+"contraseña. A continuación, será capaz de definir sus derechos de acceso "
+"bajo el menú :menuselection:`Configuración --> Usuarios`."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
 "users>`_"
 msgstr ""
+"`Desactivando Usuarios <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
+"users>`_"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46
 msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3
 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gestione Odoo en su propio lenguaje"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and"
 " each user can use Odoo in his own language ."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo le provee la opción de gestrionar Odoo en diferentes lenguajes, y cada "
+"usuario puede usar Odoo en su propio lenguaje."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9
 msgid "Load your desired language"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cargue su lenguaje deseado"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo "
 "instance."
 msgstr ""
+"Lo primero por hacer es cargar su lenguaje deseado en la instancia Odoo."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -843,12 +1046,18 @@ msgid ""
 " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, "
 "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**"
 msgstr ""
+"Desde el tablero general clic sobre la aplicación **Configuraciones**; en la"
+" esquina superior izquierda seleccione :menuselection:`Traducciones --> "
+"Cargar una Traducción`, seleccionar un lenguaje a instalar y clic en "
+"**CARGAR.**"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23
 msgid ""
 "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option"
 " to change the navigation language on your website."
 msgstr ""
+"Si selecciona los \"Sitios web a traducir\"  tendrá la opción de cambiar el "
+"lenguaje de navenagción en su sitio web."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27
 msgid "Change your language"
@@ -859,26 +1068,32 @@ msgid ""
 "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-"
 "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**."
 msgstr ""
+"Puedes cambiar el lenguaje instalado yendo al menú desplegable en la esquina"
+" superior derecha de tu pantalla, elige **Preferencias**"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click "
 "**SAVE.**"
 msgstr ""
+"Después change la configuración Lenguaje a tu lenguaje instalado y haz clic "
+"en **GUARDAR.**"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42
 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Abre un nuuevo menú para ver los cambios."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45
 msgid "Change another user's language"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cambiar el lenguaje de otro usuario"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47
 msgid ""
 "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred "
 "language."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo también le da la posibilidad de que cada usuario elija su lenguaje de "
+"preferencial."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50
 msgid ""
@@ -889,7 +1104,13 @@ msgid ""
 " change the Language to any previously installed language and click "
 "**SAVE.**"
 msgstr ""
+"Para cambiar el lenguaje de un usuario diferente, seleccione "
+":menuselection:`Usuarios` desde la aplicación Configuraciones. Tnedrás la "
+"lista de todos los usuarios y podrás elegir el usuario al que quieres "
+"cambiar el lenguaje. Selecciona el usuario y haz clic en **Editar** en la "
+"ezquina superior izquierda. Bajo Preferencias puedes cambair el Lenguaje a "
+"cualquier lenguaje instalado previamenre y hacer clic en **SAVE.**"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61
 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
index 81ae9435d5..b36d0ae502 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
@@ -1,16 +1,15 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -19,780 +18,351 @@ msgstr ""
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
-msgid "Odoo Online Implementation"
-msgstr "Implementación de Odoo en línea"
+msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
 msgid ""
-"This document summarizes **Odoo Online's services**, our Success Pack "
-"**implementation methodology**, and best practices to get started with our "
+"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack "
+"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our "
 "product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the "
-"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't "
-"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12
+msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant"
 msgstr ""
-"*Recomendamos que los nuevos clientes Online de Odoo lean este documento "
-"antes de la llamada inicio de nuestro gerente de proyecto. De esta manera, "
-"ahorramos tiempo y no tenemos que usar su tiempo del paquete de éxito "
-"discutiendo lo básico.*"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this "
-"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*"
+"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate "
+"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person"
+" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the"
+" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making."
 msgstr ""
-"*Si no ha revisado este documento, nuestro gerente de proyectos lo revisará "
-"con vosotros en el momento de la llamada inicial.*"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Primeros pasos"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22
 msgid ""
-"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The"
-" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during "
-"the implementation."
+"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From"
+" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency"
+" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good "
+"practices."
 msgstr ""
-"No espere a la reunión de lanzamiento para empezar a jugar con el software. "
-"Cuanto más se exponga a Odoo, más tiempo ahorrará más adelante durante la "
-"implementación."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions"
-" by email on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you "
-"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch."
+"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible"
+" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention "
+"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business "
+"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by "
-"someone else in your company, contact our support team using our `online "
-"support form `__."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo "
-"database ready to be used."
+"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the "
+"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise "
+"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an"
+" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are"
+" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those "
+"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)."
 msgstr ""
-"Rellene las pantallas sign-in o sign-up y recibirá su primera base de datos "
-"Odoo lista para usar."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes"
-" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities* or "
-"*projects/tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the "
-"user interface as shown in the picture below."
+"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional "
+"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his "
+"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary "
+"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-"
+"learning via the `Odoo documentation "
+"`__, `The elearning "
+"platform `__ and the "
+"testing of functionalities."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
-msgid "|left_pic|"
-msgstr "|left_pic|"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
-msgid "|right_pic|"
-msgstr "|right_pic|"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation "
-"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top "
-"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications."
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando se haya familiarizado con la interfaz de usuario échele un vistazo a "
-"los planificadores de implantación. Puede acceder a ellos desde la "
-"aplicación de Ajustes o desde la barra de progreso superior, a la derecha de"
-" las aplicaciones principales."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58
-msgid "These implementation planners will:"
-msgstr "Estos planeadores de implementación servirán para:"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60
-msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application,"
-msgstr "ayudarle a definar metas y KPIs para cada aplicación,"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62
-msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps,"
-msgstr "guiarle a través de los diferentes pasos de configuración,"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64
-msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo."
-msgstr "y proveerle con pistas y trucos para aprovechar al máximo Odoo."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
-msgid ""
-"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations "
-"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the "
-"implementation process."
+msgid "2. Project Scope"
 msgstr ""
-"Rellene los primeros pasos de los planeadores de implementación (metas, "
-"expectativas y KPIs). Nuestro gerente de proyectos los analizará junto con "
-"vosotros en el proceso de implementación."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you "
-"through all the steps. But you can also:"
+"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is "
+"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the "
+"project implementation is pursuing."
 msgstr ""
-"Si tiene algunas preguntas o necesita soporte, nuestro gerente de proyectos "
-"le guiará a través de todos los pasos. Sin embargo, también puede:"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53
 msgid ""
-"Read the documentation on our website: "
-"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
-"`__"
+"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of "
+"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. "
+"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of "
+"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more"
+" clear."
 msgstr ""
-"Lea la documentación en nuestro sitio web: "
-"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
-"`__"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59
 msgid ""
-"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (free with your first Success "
-"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional "
-"`__"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
-msgid ""
-"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel "
-"`__"
+"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent "
+"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo"
+" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This "
+"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in "
+"the implementation."
 msgstr ""
-"Vea los seminarios web vía nuestro canal de Youtube "
-"`__"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
 msgid ""
-"Or send your questions to our online support team through our `online "
-"support form `__."
+"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great "
+"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more "
+"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard "
+"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project"
+" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid "
+"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software "
+"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an "
+"experiment of the standard in production."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89
-msgid "What do we expect from you?"
-msgstr "¿Qué esperamos de usted?"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91
-msgid ""
-"We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of "
-"services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most"
-" projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80
+msgid "3. Managing expectations"
 msgstr ""
-"Estamos acostumbrados a desplegar proyectos completos entre 25 a 250 horas "
-"de servicio, lo cual es mucho más rápido que otros vendedores de ERP en el "
-"mercado. La mayoría de proyectos son completados entre 1 a 9 meses. "
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
 msgid ""
-"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a "
-"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is "
-"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth."
+"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of "
+"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into"
+" account from the beginning of the project:"
 msgstr ""
-"Lo que realmente **distingue una implementación exitosa a una lento, es "
-"usted el cliente! Por experiencia nuestra, cuando los clientes se "
-"comprometen y son proactivos, la implementación se desarrolla fácilmente."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100
-msgid "Your internal implementation manager"
-msgstr "Su gestor de implementación interno"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86
 msgid ""
-"We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to "
-"work with our project manager on your Odoo implementation. This is to ensure"
-" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this "
-"person must:"
+"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and "
+"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation,"
+" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo "
+"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time "
+"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly "
+"check that this is still the case."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94
 msgid ""
-"**Be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you "
-"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest "
-"implementations having a full time project manager."
+"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal "
+"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them"
+" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs "
+"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an"
+" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the "
+"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining "
+"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio "
+"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be "
+"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a "
+"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed "
+"to pursue this same objective."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108
 msgid ""
-"**Have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms "
-"all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small "
-"details that need quick turnarounds for answers and if there is too much "
-"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company "
-"it could potentially seriously slow everything down."
+"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and "
+"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to "
+"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of "
+"tools\\* :"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113
 msgid ""
-"**Have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full "
-"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top "
-"management."
+"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard "
+"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be "
+"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121
-msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%"
-msgstr "Integra el 90% de su negocio, no el 100%"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118
 msgid ""
-"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high "
-"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an "
-"extremist.**"
+"`The User Story `__: "
+"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, "
+"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant"
+" who will provide a response to the HOW."
 msgstr ""
-"Probablemente eligió Odoo porque ningún otro software le permite un nivel "
-"tan alto de automatización, características e integración. Pero **no sea "
-"extremista en ese sentido**."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126
 msgid ""
-"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks"
-" to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades."
+"`The Proof of Concept `__ A "
+"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main "
+"lines of expected changes."
 msgstr ""
-"Las personalizaciones le cuestan tiempo, son complejos para mantener, "
-"implican riesgos para la impelemntación y pueden causar problemas para las "
-"actualizaciónes."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130
 msgid ""
-"Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and "
-"requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost"
-" you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden "
-"costs of customization."
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo en su versión estándar probablemente puede cubrir el 90% de su negocio."
-" Sea flexible para los faltantes 10%, de lo contrario estos 10% le pueden "
-"costar el doble del precio inicial del proyecto. Uno tiende a siempre "
-"subestimer los costos ocultos de personalizaciones."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134
-msgid ""
-"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was "
-"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old "
-"system(s) work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138
-msgid ""
-"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to "
-"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after "
-"having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using "
-"Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they "
-"learn to perform their workflows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is more"
-" important to have all your business processes working than customizing a "
-"screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few emails."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147
-msgid ""
-"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and "
-"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with"
-" them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your "
-"previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with "
-"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is "
-"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead."
+"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with"
+" the changes related to the interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Nuestros gerentes de proyecto están capacitados para ayudarlo a tomar las "
-"decisiones correctas y medir las compensaciones involucradas, pero es mucho "
-"más fácil si está alineado con ellos en los objetivos. Algunos procesos "
-"pueden tardar más tiempo que (s) sistema (s) anterior (es), sin embargo, "
-"debe sopesar ese aumento en el tiempo con otras disminuciones en el tiempo "
-"para otros procesos. Si el tiempo neto gastado disminuye con su mudanza a "
-"Odoousted ya está adelantado. "
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155
-msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo"
-msgstr "Invierte tiempo en aprender Odoo"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133
 msgid ""
-"Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are"
-" navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and "
-"easier your training phases will be."
+"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and "
+"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project "
+"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the "
+"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without "
+"verifying its veracity beforehand."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139
 msgid ""
-"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra "
-"resources:"
+"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more "
+"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*"
 msgstr ""
-"No hay nada que sustituya a jugar con el software, pero aquí tiene algunos "
-"recursos adicionales:"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164
-msgid ""
-"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
-"`__"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143
+msgid "4. Communication Strategy"
 msgstr ""
-"Documentación:  `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
-"`__"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145
 msgid ""
-"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos "
-"`__"
+"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of "
+"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the "
+"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to "
+"follow those principles:"
 msgstr ""
-"Videos de introducción: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos "
-"`__"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150
 msgid ""
-"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 "
-"`__"
+"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure "
+"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to "
+"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project "
+"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be "
+"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the"
+" manager are clearly defined."
 msgstr ""
-"Opiniones de clientes: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 "
-"`__"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174
-msgid "Get things done"
-msgstr "Terminar las cosas"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158
 msgid ""
-"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-"
-"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes "
-"`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and "
-"install the Notes application."
+"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both "
+"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project."
 msgstr ""
-"¿Quiere una manera fácil de empezar usando Odoo? Installe Odoo Notas para "
-"manejar sus listas de tareas para la implementación: "
-"`https://www.odoo.com/page/notes `__. Desde"
-" su página de inicio Odoo, navega a Applicaciónes e installe la applicación "
-"Notas."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184
-msgid "This module allows you to:"
-msgstr "Este módulo le permite:"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186
-msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;"
-msgstr ""
-"Gestionar listas de pendientes para una mejor interacción con su consultor;"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188
-msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;"
-msgstr "Compartir conocimiento de Odoo y buenas prácticas con sus empleados;"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162
 msgid ""
-"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion "
-"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc."
+"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation "
+"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:"
 msgstr ""
-"Conocer las herramientas genéricas de Odoo: mensajería, grupos de discusión,"
-" tablero Kanban, etc..."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197
-msgid ""
-"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform "
-"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard "
-"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166
+msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;"
 msgstr ""
-"Esta aplicación incluso es compatible con la plataforma Etherpad "
-"(http://etherpad.org). Para usar esos tableros colaborativos en lugar de las"
-" notas estándar de Odoo, instale el siguiente complemento: Tableros Memo."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202
-msgid "What should you expect from us?"
-msgstr "¿Qué puede esperar de nosotros?"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205
-msgid "Subscription Services"
-msgstr "Servicios de suscripción"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
-msgid "Cloud Hosting"
-msgstr "Almacenamiento en la nube"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168
 msgid ""
-"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three "
-"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your "
-"instance in 10 minutes, and more!"
+"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is "
+"reached;"
 msgstr ""
-"¡Odoo provee una infraestructura de última tecnologia incluyendo backups en "
-"tres diferentes datacenters, replicación de base de datos, la capabilidad de"
-" duplicar su instancia en 10 minutos, y más!"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171
 msgid ""
-"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla "
-"`__\\"
+"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized."
 msgstr ""
-"SLA en línea de Odoo: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla "
-"`__\\"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217
-msgid ""
-"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security "
-"`__"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175
+msgid "5. Customizations and Development"
 msgstr ""
-"Seguridad en línea de Odoo: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security "
-"`__"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177
 msgid ""
-"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy "
-"`__"
+"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution "
+"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast "
+"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:"
 msgstr ""
-"Políticas de privacidad: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy "
-"`__"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224
-msgid "Support"
-msgstr "Soporte"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
-msgid ""
-"Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no "
-"extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in "
-"San Francisco, Belgium, and India. Questions could be about anything and "
-"everything, like specific questions on current Odoo features and where to "
-"configure them, bugfix requests, payments, or subscription issues."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
-msgid ""
-"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
-"`__."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235
-msgid ""
-"Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data "
-"or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project "
-"manager, as part of the Success Pack."
-msgstr ""
-"Nota: el equipo de soporte no puede desarollar nuevas funcionalidades, "
-"customizar, importar data o entrenar sus usarios. Estos servicios estan "
-"proveídos por su gerente de proyectos dedicado como parte de nuestro Sucess "
-"Pack."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240
-msgid "Upgrades"
-msgstr "Actualizaciones"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
-msgid ""
-"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade "
-"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database "
-"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features."
-msgstr ""
-"Una vez cada dos meses, Odoo publicará una nueva versión. Aparecerá un botón"
-" de actualización en la pantalla de **Gestionar sus bases de datos**. Correr"
-" una actualización es a discreción de vosotros, pero le permite beneficiarse"
-" de nuevas funcionalidades."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
-msgid ""
-"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can "
-"evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill "
-"our `online support form `__ to make this "
-"request."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252
-msgid "Success Pack Services"
-msgstr "Servicios del Succes Pack"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182
 msgid ""
-"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a "
-"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours "
-"you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of "
-"your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects "
-"within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute to"
-" us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or \"Scope "
-"Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an"
-" increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
+"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be "
+"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis,"
+" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant "
+"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an"
+" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted "
+"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid "
+"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties."
+" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development "
+"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see "
+"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194
 msgid ""
-"The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: "
-"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs `__"
+"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to "
+"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of"
+" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator"
+" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the "
+"business processes of the company."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
-msgid ""
-"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
-"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
-"your Success Pack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
-msgid "His/her role includes:"
-msgstr "Su rol incluye:"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
-msgid ""
-"**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
-" the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
-msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
-msgid ""
-"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen "
-"sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will "
-"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your "
-"consultant."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
-msgid ""
-"**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
-"and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
-"structures, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
-msgid ""
-"**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
-"prepared by the project manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
-msgid ""
-"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra "
-"services:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
-msgid ""
-"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to "
-"customize most screens in any way you see fit."
-msgstr ""
-"**Personalización de pantallas:** Studio toma el enfoque de arrastrar y "
-"soltar para personalizar la mayoría de las pantallas como usted vea "
-"adecuado."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
-msgid ""
-"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize "
-"the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers"
-" for advanced customizations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
-msgid ""
-"**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
-"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
-"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours "
-"of your Success Pack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
-msgid ""
-"**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields "
-"based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For"
-" very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo "
-"developers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
-msgid ""
-"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. "
-"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded "
-"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
-msgstr ""
-"Cualquier personalización require la aplicación Odoo Studio. "
-"Personalizaciones realizadas en Odoo Studio serán mantenidas y actualizadas "
-"en cada actualización de Odoo, sin costo adicional."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:314
-msgid ""
-"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will"
-" be deducted from your Success Pack."
-msgstr ""
-"El tiempo invertido en realizar estas personalizaciones por parte de "
-"nuestros analistas comerciales se deducirá de su paquete de éxito."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
-msgid ""
-"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a"
-" developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your "
-"Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a "
-"developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover"
-" maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by"
-" the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the"
-" subscription fee."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:325
-msgid ""
-"**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
-"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
-"$5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
-msgid "Implementation Methodology"
-msgstr "Metodología de implantación"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
-msgid ""
-"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers "
-"in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
-msgid ""
-"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
-"progressively, by groups of apps."
-msgstr ""
-"Tras la reunión de lanzamiento, definimos un plan para desplegar Odoo "
-"progresivamente, por grupos de aplicaciones."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:341
-msgid ""
-"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
-"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
-"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of applications that you "
-"will fully use in production at the end of the phase."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
-msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
-msgstr "Para cada fase se dan los siguientes pasos:"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
-msgid ""
-"**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
-"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
-" business process and configure according to your specific needs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
-msgid ""
-"**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
-"responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's "
-"project manager will import them in Odoo."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202
+msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204
 msgid ""
-"**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
-" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
-"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and "
-"process your feedback."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
-msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
+"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to"
+" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational "
+"needs of the company."
 msgstr ""
-"**Producción**: En cuanto todo el mundo esté entrenado, sus usuarios "
-"comienzan a usar Odoo."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:366
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
 msgid ""
-"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
-"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
-" and reports**)."
+"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible "
+"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the "
+"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the "
+"requirements of the operational reality."
 msgstr ""
-"Una vez esté cómodo usando Odoo, haremos las ultimas adaptaciones para "
-"finiquitar los procesos y **automatizar** algunas tareas y hacer las "
-"restantes personalizaciónes (**pantallas extras y reportes**)."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214
 msgid ""
-"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our "
-"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
-"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
+"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the "
+"noted gap is caused by:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
-msgid "Managing your databases"
-msgstr "Gestionando sus bases de datos"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218
 msgid ""
-"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
-" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
+"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is "
+"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible"
 msgstr ""
-"Para acceder a sus bases de datos, vaya a Odoo.com, inicie sesión y haga "
-"clic en **Mis bases de datos** en el menú desplegable que aparece en la "
-"esquina superior derecha."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384
-msgid ""
-"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
-"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
-" with test data!"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
+msgid "**or**"
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo le da la oportunidad de probar el sistema antes de ir en vivo o antes "
-"de actualizar a una versión más reciente. ¡No ensucie el entorno de trabajo "
-"con los datos de prueba!"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222
 msgid ""
-"For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each "
-"available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your "
-"working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My "
-"Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**."
+"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational "
+"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
-msgid ""
-"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
-"`."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
+msgid "7. Data Imports"
 msgstr ""
-"Puede encontrar más información acerca de como administrar sus bases de "
-"datos :ref:`aquí `."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
-msgid "Customer Success"
-msgstr "Éxito del cliente"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:405
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228
 msgid ""
-"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
-"have all the resources needed to complete their project."
+"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must "
+"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, "
+"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, "
+"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, "
+"it will be decided :"
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo se apasiona en deleitar a nuestros clientes y asegurar que disponen de "
-"todos los recursos para copmletar su proyecto."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:408
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234
 msgid ""
-"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
-"manager and eventually the support team."
+"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, "
+"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, "
+"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting."
 msgstr ""
-"Durante la fase de implementación. el punto de contacto es nuestro gerente "
-"de proyectos, y posiblemente el equipo de soporte."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:411
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239
 msgid ""
-"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
-"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
-"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with"
-" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the "
-"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..."
+"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When "
+"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, "
+"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information "
+"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the"
+" import will be made before the production launch."
 msgstr ""
-"Una vez salido a producción, posiblemente habrá menos interacción con su "
-"gerente de proyectos. En este momento le asignaremos a un miembro de nuestro"
-" equipo de éxito del cliente que esta especializado en la relación contínua "
-"con nuestros clientes. Le contactará para demostrar nuevas versiones, "
-"mejorar la manera de cómo utiliza Odoo y evaluar sus necesidades, etcétera."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:418
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246
 msgid ""
-"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
-"a solution that grows with their needs!"
+"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be "
+"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these "
+"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the "
+"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports."
 msgstr ""
-"¡Nuestro objetivo interno es mantener a un cliente durante al menos 10 años,"
-" y ofrecerles una solución que crezca con sus necesidades!"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:421
-msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
-msgstr "¡Bienvenido a bordo, y disfrute su experiencia con Odoo!"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:424
-msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
index 396022ba3a..f85514c1ac 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
@@ -3,14 +3,20 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2017
+# Christopher Ormaza , 2017
+# Diego de cos , 2018
+# Noemi Nahomy , 2019
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Christopher Ormaza , 2017\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-12-13 12:33+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Noemi Nahomy , 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -24,7 +30,7 @@ msgstr "Soporte"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Iniciar con Odoo HelpDesk"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6
 msgid "Overview"
@@ -32,11 +38,11 @@ msgstr "Información general"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9
 msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comenzando con Odoo HelpDesk (Mesa de Ayuda)"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11
 msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Instalando Odoo Helpdesk:"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13
 msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install"
@@ -85,7 +91,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
 msgid "Start receiving tickets"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Iniciar recibiendo tickets"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56
 msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
@@ -187,15 +193,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
 msgid "Grey - Normal State"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gris - Estado Normal"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139
 msgid "Red - Blocked"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rojo - Bloqueado"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141
 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Verde - Listo para la siguiente etapa"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143
 msgid ""
@@ -378,7 +384,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116
 msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Paso 4 : Factura de cliente"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
index a77be85bcc..89ef258bab 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
@@ -1,16 +1,45 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2017
+# David Sanchez , 2017
+# Carles Antoli , 2017
+# Juan José Scarafía , 2017
+# Gelo Joga Landoo , 2017
+# Luis M. Ontalba , 2017
+# David Arnold , 2017
+# José Vicente , 2017
+# Javier Sabena , 2017
+# Julián Andrés Osorio López , 2017
+# Nefi Lopez Garcia , 2017
+# Juan Carlos Daniel Fernandez , 2017
+# Antonio Trueba, 2017
+# AleEscandon , 2017
+# Raquel Iciarte , 2017
+# eduardo mendoza , 2017
+# Katerina Katapodi , 2017
+# miguelchuga , 2017
+# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2017
+# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales , 2017
+# Pablo Rojas , 2017
+# Miguel Orueta , 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Miquel Torner , 2018
+# Jon Perez , 2019
+# Susanna Pujol, 2020
+# Pedro M. Baeza , 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-01-08 17:10+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Raquel Iciarte , 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Pedro M. Baeza , 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -524,10 +553,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more "
 "actions."
 msgstr ""
+"Imprima este documento para poder usar su escáner de código de barras para "
+"realizar más acciones."
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19
 msgid "Document: |download_barcode|"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Documento: |download_barcode|"
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23
 msgid "Set products barcodes"
@@ -543,6 +574,15 @@ msgid ""
 "go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes.  This "
 "interface can also be accessed via the planner."
 msgstr ""
+"Para completar un picking o realizar un inventario, debe asegurarse de que "
+"sus productos estén codificados en Odoo junto con sus códigos de barras. Si "
+"esto aún no está hecho, puede completar los códigos de barras de los "
+"productos a través de una interfaz práctica. Vaya a: menuselection: "
+"`Inventario-> Configuración-> Ajustes` y haga clic en: menuselection:` "
+"Operaciones-> Lector de códigos de barras`. Haga clic en Guardar y regrese a"
+" la pantalla anterior para hacer clic en Configurar códigos de barras del "
+"producto. A esta interfaz también se puede acceder a través del "
+"planificador."
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39
 msgid ""
@@ -935,9 +975,9 @@ msgid "Product Unit of Measure"
 msgstr "Unidad de medida del producto"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
-msgid "Default Unit of Measure used for all stock operation."
+msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations."
 msgstr ""
-"Unidad de medida por defecto utilizada para todas las operaciones de stock."
+"Unidad de medida por defecto utilizada para todas las operaciones de stock"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
 msgid "Procurement Group"
@@ -946,13 +986,12 @@ msgstr "Grupo de abastecimiento"
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group."
-" If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped "
-"into one big picking."
+" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into "
+"one big picking."
 msgstr ""
-"Los movimientos creados por esta orden de abastecimiento serán colocados en "
-"este grupo de abastecimiento. Si no se proporciona ningún grupo, los "
-"movimientos generados por las reglas de abastecimiento serán agrupados en un"
-" gran albarán."
+"Los movimientos creados a través de este punto de pedido se incluirán en "
+"este grupo de compras. Si no se da ninguna, los movimientos generados por "
+"las reglas de stock se agruparán en una gran selección."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
 msgid "Minimum Quantity"
@@ -1799,6 +1838,10 @@ msgid ""
 "scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, "
 "manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients."
 msgstr ""
+"Configurar **Tiempo inicial de entrega** es un primer movimiento esencial "
+"para calcular las fechas programadas. El Tiempo inicial de entrega son los "
+"retrasos (en términos de entrega, fabricación, ...) prometidos a sus "
+"diferentes socios y / o clientes."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19
 msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:"
@@ -2985,7 +3028,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81
 msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Cómo transferir el recibo a su stock?"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83
 msgid ""
@@ -3498,22 +3541,26 @@ msgstr "Operaciones varias"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2
 msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Transferencias inmediatas y planificadas"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned "
 "transfers."
 msgstr ""
+"En Odoo, puede crear dos tipos de transferencias: transferencias inmediatas "
+"o planificadas."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8
 msgid "Immediate Transfers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Transferencias Inmediatas"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer."
 msgstr ""
+"Cuando crea una transferencia manualmente, es una transferencia inmediata "
+"por defecto."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13
 msgid ""
@@ -3522,6 +3569,10 @@ msgid ""
 " why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the "
 "column \"Done\" for the quantities."
 msgstr ""
+"En el caso de una transferencia inmediata, usted codifica directamente los "
+"productos y las cantidades que está procesando, no se aplica ninguna "
+"reserva. Por esta razón, la columna \"Demanda inicial\" no se puede editar. "
+"Solo rellena la columna \"Hecho\" para las cantidades."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18
 msgid ""
@@ -3529,10 +3580,13 @@ msgid ""
 "to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the "
 "transfer right now)."
 msgstr ""
+"Esto se usa, por ejemplo, cuando transfiere mercancías desde una ubicación A"
+" a una ubicación B y esto no está planificado (está procesando la "
+"transferencia en este momento)."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23
 msgid "Planned Transfers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Transferencias planificadas"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25
 msgid ""
@@ -4108,7 +4162,7 @@ msgstr "2"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
 msgid "-10*$10"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "-10*$10"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206
@@ -4132,11 +4186,11 @@ msgstr "4"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57
 msgid "+2*$10"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "+2*$10"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58
 msgid "$40"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "$40"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61
@@ -4166,7 +4220,7 @@ msgstr "$12"
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199
 msgid "+4*$16"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "+4*$16"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147
@@ -4190,17 +4244,17 @@ msgstr "Recividos 2 productos a $6"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100
 msgid "$9"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "$9"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210
 msgid "+2*$6"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "+2*$6"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103
 msgid "$36"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "$36"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106
@@ -4249,28 +4303,28 @@ msgstr "FIFO"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149
 msgid "$16"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "$16"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
 msgid "-8*$10"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "-8*$10"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
 msgid "-2*$16"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "-2*$16"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211
 msgid "$32"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "$32"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155
 msgid "$11"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "$11"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158
 msgid "$44"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "$44"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213
@@ -4313,15 +4367,15 @@ msgstr "LIFO (no aceptado en IFRS)"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
 msgid "-4*$16"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "-4*$16"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
 msgid "-6*$10"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "-6*$10"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208
 msgid "$8"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "$8"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224
@@ -4677,6 +4731,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a"
 " specific product."
 msgstr ""
+"Ingresos: definidos en la categoría del producto como un valor "
+"predeterminado, o específicamente a un producto específico."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350
 msgid ""
@@ -4684,6 +4740,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the "
 "product form."
 msgstr ""
+"Gastos: aquí es donde debe configurar la cuenta \"Costo de los bienes "
+"vendidos\". Definido en la categoría del producto como un valor "
+"predeterminado, o específicamente en el formulario del producto."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354
 msgid ""
@@ -4943,7 +5002,7 @@ msgstr "Conceptos Principales"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5
 msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Introducción a la Gestión de Inventario"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7
 msgid ""
@@ -5434,7 +5493,7 @@ msgstr "Órden de Entrega"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255
 msgid "Purchase Order"
-msgstr "Órden de compra"
+msgstr "Pedido de compra"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256
 msgid "..."
@@ -6032,7 +6091,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17
 msgid "Set up your warehouse"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configura tu almacén"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19
 msgid "Import your vendors"
@@ -6044,7 +6103,7 @@ msgstr "Importar sus productos"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23
 msgid "Set up the initial inventory"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configura el inventario inicial"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25
 msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows"
@@ -6052,7 +6111,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar sus flujos de ventas y compras"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27
 msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Establecer mecanismos de reabastecimento."
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29
 msgid ""
@@ -7548,7 +7607,7 @@ msgstr "Productos"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3
 msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Como escoger la estrategia de reposición adecuada"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -7556,6 +7615,9 @@ msgid ""
 "different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
 "delivery strategies."
 msgstr ""
+"Las reglas referentes al stock mínimo y la fabricación bajo demanda tienen "
+"consecuencias similares pero reglas diferentes. Deberían ser usados según "
+"sus estrategias de producción y entrega."
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -7933,10 +7995,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../resumen/inicio/configurar`"
 msgid ":doc:`uom`"
 msgstr ":doc:`uom`"
 
-#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:72
-msgid ":doc:`packages`"
-msgstr ":doc:`paquetes`"
-
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3
 msgid "Using product variants"
 msgstr "Usar variantes de productos"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
index 3942c6bcc5..5c6cd702cd 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
@@ -1,15 +1,20 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Martin Trigaux, 2018
+# Luis M. Ontalba , 2018
+# Nicolás Broggi , 2018
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-03-08 13:31+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Nicolás Broggi , 2018\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
index 80bb7a2212..736379aaa0 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
@@ -1,16 +1,25 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Miguel Orueta , 2017
+# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# oihane , 2017
+# Vivian Montana , 2019
+# Fernando La Chica , 2019
+# José Cabrera Lozano , 2021
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: oihane , 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano , 2021\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -28,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
 msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Cómo crear la lista de materiales?"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -46,18 +55,18 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14
 msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuración de una lista de materiales básica"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing "
-"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For "
-"more information about which method of management to use, review the "
-"**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the "
-"documentation."
+"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings."
 msgstr ""
+"Si eliges administrar tus operaciones de manufactura usando sólo órdenes de "
+"producción, tendrás que definir la lista de materiales sin ruta de "
+"producción"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:22
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19
 msgid ""
 "Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a "
 "product and at least one component (components are considered products in "
@@ -70,7 +79,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:32
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29
 msgid ""
 "Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. "
 "**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for "
@@ -78,11 +87,11 @@ msgid ""
 "allows you to track changes to your BoM over time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35
 msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Agregar la ruta de produccióna la lista de materiales"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product "
 "and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be "
@@ -90,14 +99,14 @@ msgid ""
 "information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:46
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
 msgid ""
 "After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, "
 "you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a "
 "routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47
 msgid ""
 "You may define the work operation or step in which each component is "
 "consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**"
@@ -107,23 +116,23 @@ msgid ""
 "consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:61
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58
 msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60
 msgid ""
 "In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the "
 "primary product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from "
 ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:72
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69
 msgid ""
 "Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials "
 "under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any "
@@ -131,11 +140,11 @@ msgid ""
 "of the routing as the primary product of the BoM."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:81
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78
 msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
@@ -145,7 +154,7 @@ msgid ""
 "that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:90
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
 msgid ""
 "Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
@@ -155,11 +164,11 @@ msgid ""
 "subassembly is created as well."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:97
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94
 msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:99
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
@@ -167,12 +176,12 @@ msgid ""
 "subassembly as you would for any product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:107
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29
 msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:109
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
@@ -181,7 +190,7 @@ msgid ""
 "effect."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:117
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
@@ -189,11 +198,11 @@ msgid ""
 "subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:123
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120
 msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:125
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
@@ -201,7 +210,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Settings`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:132
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
 msgid ""
 "You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
@@ -210,7 +219,7 @@ msgid ""
 "variants."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:137
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
@@ -220,7 +229,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
 msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo vender un conjunto de productos como un kit"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -230,10 +239,15 @@ msgid ""
 "kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and "
 "Manufacturing apps must be installed."
 msgstr ""
+"Un *kit* es un conjunto de componentes que se entregan sin ser ensamblados o"
+" mezclados previamente. Los kits se describen en Odoo usando *lista de "
+"materiales*. Hay dos formas básicas de configurar kits, dependiendo de cómo "
+"se gestionará el stock del kit. En cualquier caso, las aplicaciones de "
+"inventario y fabricación deben ser instaladas."
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
 msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gestión del Stock de los Componentes"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -241,6 +255,9 @@ msgid ""
 "the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing "
 "step."
 msgstr ""
+"Si quiere ensamblar los kits a medida que se lo solicitan, gestionando el "
+"stok de los *componentes* solamente, debe utilizar una lista de materiales "
+"sin ningún paso de fabricación."
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18
 msgid ""
@@ -250,10 +267,16 @@ msgid ""
 "shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at "
 "right shows the corresponding delivery order."
 msgstr ""
+"Un producto que use una lista de materiales tipo Kit, aparecerá como una "
+"sola línea en una oferta y pedido de venta, pero generará una orden de "
+"entrega con una línea de pedido para cada uno de los componentes del kit. "
+"Como puede observar en el ejemplo siguiente, la imagen de la izquierda "
+"muestra un pedido de venta para el kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", mientras que"
+" la imagen de la derecha muestra el pedido de entrega correspondiente."
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24
 msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62
@@ -269,12 +292,21 @@ msgid ""
 " Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot "
 "be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
 msgstr ""
+"Desde el menú **Productos** de la aplicación de Inventario o Fabricación, "
+"cree cada producto componente como lo haría con cualquier otro producto, "
+"luego cree el producto de nivel superior, o kit. El producto kit debe tener "
+"al menos la ruta **Fabricación**. Dado que no puedes rastrear el stock de en"
+" los productos de kit, el tipo de producto debe establecerse como "
+"**Consumible**. Además, ya que un producto de kit no se puede comprar, el "
+"check **se puede comprar** debe estar sin marcar."
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
 "preference. The component products require no special configuration."
 msgstr ""
+"Todos los demás parámetros del producto del kit pueden modificarse como "
+"desee. Los componentes no requieren ninguna configuración especial."
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44
 msgid ""
@@ -283,10 +315,14 @@ msgid ""
 "this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with "
 "their default values."
 msgstr ""
+"Una vez que los productos estén configurados, cree una lista de materiales "
+"para el producto kit. Añada cada componente y su cantidad. Seleccione el "
+"tipo de lista de materiales **Kit**. Todas las demás opciones pueden "
+"quedarse con sus valores por defecto."
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53
 msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gestión del Stock de los productos Kit y sus componentes"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55
 msgid ""
@@ -296,6 +332,12 @@ msgid ""
 "manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product "
 "will appear in your stock."
 msgstr ""
+"Si desea gestionar el stock del producto de kit de nivel superior, deberá "
+"usar una lista de materiales estándar con un paso de fabricación en lugar de"
+" una lista de materiales del producto kit. Cuando utilice una lista de "
+"materiales estándar para ensamblar kits, se creará una orden de fabricación."
+" La orden de fabricación debe marcarse como completada antes de que el "
+"producto kit aparezca en su stock."
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64
 msgid ""
@@ -304,6 +346,10 @@ msgid ""
 "order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable "
 "stock management."
 msgstr ""
+"En el producto kit, seleccione la ruta **Fabricación**. Puede marcar la ruta"
+" **Bajo pedido**, si lo que desea es crear una órden de producción al "
+"confirmar un pedido de venta. Seleccione el tipo de producto **Producto "
+"almacenable** para habilitar la gestión de stock."
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72
 msgid ""
@@ -311,6 +357,9 @@ msgid ""
 "this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing"
 " order rather than a packing operation."
 msgstr ""
+"Cuando crees una lista de materiales, selecciona Tipo LdM **Fabricación**. "
+"El ensamblado del kit será descrito en la orden de producción en lugar de "
+"una operación de embalaje."
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3
 msgid "How to process a manufacturing order"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c898b1d611
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# Martin Trigaux, 2018
+# Diego de cos , 2018
+# Francisco de la Peña , 2019
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:05+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-09-26 14:12+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Francisco de la Peña , 2019\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: es\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5
+msgid "Mobile"
+msgstr "Móvil"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
+msgid "Setup your Firebase Cloud Messaging"
+msgstr "Configurar Firebase Cloud Message"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"In order to have mobile notifications in our Android app, you need an API "
+"key."
+msgstr ""
+"Para tener notificaciones móviles en nuestra aplicación Android, necesita "
+"una clave API "
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"If it is not automatically configured (for instance for On-premise or "
+"Odoo.sh) please follow these steps below to get an API key for the android "
+"app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"The iOS app doesn't support mobile notifications for Odoo versions < 12."
+msgstr ""
+"La aplicación iOS no soporta notificaciones móviles en Oddo para versiones "
+">12"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:22
+msgid "Firebase Settings"
+msgstr "Configuración de Firebase"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:25
+msgid "Create a new project"
+msgstr "Crear un nuevo proyecto"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"First, make sure you to sign in to your Google Account. Then, go to "
+"`https://console.firebase.google.com "
+"`__ and create a new project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Choose a project name, click on **Continue**, then click on **Create "
+"project**."
+msgstr ""
+"Elija un nombre de proyecto, seleccione **Continuar**, entonces selecciones "
+"**Crear Proyecto**."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:37
+msgid "When you project is ready, click on **Continue**."
+msgstr "Cuando su proyecto esté listo, seleccione **Continuar**."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"You will be redirected to the overview project page (see next screenshot)."
+msgstr ""
+"Se le redirigirá a la página de visión general del proyecto (ver el "
+"siguiente pantallazo)."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:43
+msgid "Add an app"
+msgstr "Agregar una aplicación"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:45
+msgid "In the overview page, click on the Android icon."
+msgstr "En la página de visión general, clic en el icono de Android."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"You must use \"com.odoo.com\" as Android package name. Otherwise, it will "
+"not work."
+msgstr ""
+"Debe usar \"com.odoo.com\" como nombre de paquete Android. DE otro modo, no "
+"funcionará."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"No need to download the config file, you can click on **Next** twice and "
+"skip the fourth step."
+msgstr ""
+"No necesita descargar el archivo de configuración, puede seleccionar "
+"*Siguiente** 2 veces y saltar al cuarto paso."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:60
+msgid "Get generated API key"
+msgstr "Obtenga la API key generada"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:62
+msgid "On the overview page, go to Project settings:"
+msgstr "En la página de visión general, vaya a configuración de proyecto."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"In **Cloud Messaging**, you will see the **API key** and the **Sender ID** "
+"that you need to set in Odoo General Settings."
+msgstr ""
+"En **Mensajería Cloud** verá la **llave API** y el **Sender ID** que "
+"necesita para configurarlo en la configuración general de Odoo."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:74
+msgid "Settings in Odoo"
+msgstr "Configuraciones en Odoo"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:76
+msgid "Simply paste the API key and the Sender ID from Cloud Messaging."
+msgstr ""
+"Simplemente pegue la llave de la API y el Sender ID de Cloud Messaging."
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
index b1bf07ebfe..6d75920c42 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
@@ -1,16 +1,29 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales , 2017
+# Antonio Trueba, 2017
+# Pedro M. Baeza , 2017
+# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2017
+# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2017
+# Raquel Iciarte , 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2017
+# Pablo Rojas , 2017
+# AleEscandon , 2018
+# Jon Perez , 2019
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: ES R1 , 2018\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jon Perez , 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -26,859 +39,454 @@ msgstr "Punto de Venta"
 msgid "Advanced topics"
 msgstr "Temas avanzados"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3
-msgid "How to use discount tags on products?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo utilizar las etiquetas de descuento en los productos?"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3
+msgid "Using barcodes in PoS"
+msgstr "Usando códigos de barras en PdV"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5
-msgid "This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products."
-msgstr ""
-"Este tutorial describe como utilizar las etiquetas de descuento en los "
-"productos. "
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
-msgstr "Nomenclatura de código de barras"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"To start using discounts tags, let's first have a look at the **barcode "
-"nomenclature** in order to print our correct discounts tags."
+"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your "
+"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers."
 msgstr ""
-"Para empezar a utilizar las etiquetas de descuentos, primero vamos a echar "
-"un vistazo a la **nomenclatura del código de barras** con el fin de imprimir"
-" nuestras etiquetas de descuento correctamente."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:13
-msgid "I want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode."
-msgstr ""
-"Quiero tener un descuento para el producto con el siguiente código de "
-"barras."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuración"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:18
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode "
-"Nomenclatures`. In the default nomenclature, you can see that to set a "
-"discount, you have to start you barcode with ``22`` and the add the "
-"percentage you want to set for the product."
+"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Vaya al :menuselection:`Punto de Venta --> Configuración --> Nomenclatura "
-"del Código de Barras`. Por defecto en la nomenclatura, usted puede ver el "
-"descuento, puede iniciar el código de barras con ``22`` y luego añadir el "
-"porcentaje que desea cargar al producto."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:26
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"For instance if you want ``50%`` discount on a product you have to start you"
-" barcode with ``2250`` and then add the product barcode. In our example, the"
-" barcode will be:"
+"Under the PosBox / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* select"
+" it."
 msgstr ""
-"Por ejemplo, si usted quiere el ``50%`` de descuento en un producto, usted "
-"tiene que comenzar el código de barras con ``2250`` y luego agregar el "
-"código de barras del producto. En nuestro ejemplo, el código de barras será:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34
-msgid "Scanning your products"
-msgstr "Escanee sus productos"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:36
-msgid "If you go back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**"
-msgstr "Si regresamos al **tablero** e inicia una **nueva sesión**"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:41
-msgid "You have to scan:"
-msgstr "Usted tiene que escanear:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43
-msgid "the product"
-msgstr "el producto"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45
-msgid "the discount tag"
-msgstr "la etiqueta de descuento"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21
+msgid "You can find more about Barcode Nomenclature here (ADD HYPERLINK)"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:47
-msgid "When the product is scanned, it appears on the ticket"
-msgstr "Cuando el producto este escaneado, este aparecerá en el ticket"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:25
+msgid "Add barcodes to product"
+msgstr "Añadir códigos de barras al producto."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:52
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"Then when you scan the discount tag, ``50%`` discount is applied on the "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a "
 "product."
 msgstr ""
-"Después, cuando se escanea la etiqueta de descuento, el ``50%`` de descuento"
-" se aplica en el producto."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:58
-msgid "That's it, this how you can use discount tag on products with Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-"Eso es todo, esto cómo se puede utilizar la etiqueta de descuento en "
-"productos con Odoo."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:61
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:114
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:83
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:94
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:171
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:57
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:35
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:155
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:69
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:81
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:43
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:35
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:62
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:115
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:84
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:95
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:172
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:58
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:36
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:156
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:70
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:82
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:36
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/invoice`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../shop/invoice`"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:63
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:116
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:85
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:96
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:173
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:59
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:37
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:157
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:71
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:83
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:45
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:37
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/refund`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../shop/refund`"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:64
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:117
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:86
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:97
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:174
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:60
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:38
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:158
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:72
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:84
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:46
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:38
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3
-msgid "How to create & run a loyalty & reward system"
-msgstr "¿Cómo crear y ejecutar un sistema de fiel y de recompensa?"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:41
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:37
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:88
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:6
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuración"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"In the **Point of Sale** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
-"--> Settings`."
+"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you "
+"can input any barcode."
 msgstr ""
-"En el módulo del **Punto de Venta**, vaya al :menuselection:`Configuración "
-"--> Ajustes`."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:14
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:37
+msgid "Scanning products"
+msgstr "Escanear productos"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"You can tick **Manage loyalty program with point and reward for customers**."
+"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The "
+"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple "
+"times or change the quantity manually on the screen."
 msgstr ""
-"Puede marcar el **Manejo de programa de lealtad con el punto y la recompensa"
-" para los clientes**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:21
-msgid "Create a loyalty program"
-msgstr "Crear un programa de lealtad"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3
+msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner"
+msgstr "Usando etiquetas de descuento con un escáner de código de barras"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:23
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"After you apply, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Loyalty Programs` "
-"and click on **Create**."
+"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting "
+"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They "
+"allow you to scan discount barcodes."
 msgstr ""
-"Después de aplicarlo, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Programa de "
-"Lealtad` y haga clic en **Crear**."
+"Si desea vender sus productos con un descuento, por ejemplo, para un "
+"producto que se acerca a su fecha de vencimiento, puede usar etiquetas de "
+"descuento. Te permiten escanear códigos de barras de descuento."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:29
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"Set a **name** and an **amount** of points given **by currency**, **by "
-"order** or **by product**. Extra rules can also be added such as **extra "
-"points** on a product."
+"To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner, you can see the"
+" documentation about it `here `__"
 msgstr ""
-"Establezca un **nombre** y una **cantidad** de puntos dados **por moneda**, "
-"**por orden** o **por producto**. Normas adicionales también se pueden "
-"añadir como **puntos extras** sobre un producto."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:33
-msgid "To do this click on **Add an item** under **Rules**."
-msgstr "Para ello haga clic en **Agregar elemento** bajo las **Reglas**."
+"Para usar etiquetas de descuento, necesitará usar un escáner de código de "
+"barras, puede ver la documentación al respecto 'aquí "
+"`__"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:38
-msgid "You can configure any rule by setting some configuration values."
-msgstr ""
-"Usted puede configurar cualquier regla mediante el establecimiento de "
-"algunos valores de la configuración."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:15
+msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
+msgstr "Nomenclatura de código de barras"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40
-msgid "**Name**: An internal identification for this loyalty program rule"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:17
+msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature."
 msgstr ""
-"**Nombre**: Una identificación interna para esta regla del programa de "
-"lealtad"
+"Para usar las etiquetas de descuentos, necesitamos aprender acerca de la "
+"nomenclatura de códigos de barras."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:41
-msgid "**Type**: Does this rule affects products, or a category of products?"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following "
+"barcode:"
 msgstr ""
-"**Tipo**: ¿La regla afecta a los productos o a la categoría de productos?"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:42
-msgid "**Target Product**: The product affected by the rule"
-msgstr "**Producto Objetivo**: El producto que será afectado por la regla"
+"Digamos que quiere tener un descuento para el producto con el siguiente "
+"código de barras:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:43
-msgid "**Target Category**: The category affected by the rule"
-msgstr "**Categoría objetivo**: La categoría que será afectada con la regla"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"**Cumulative**: The points won from this rule will be won in addition to "
-"other rules"
+"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS "
+"interface."
 msgstr ""
-"**Acumulativo**: Los puntos ganados de esta regla se ganarán además de otras"
-" reglas"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:45
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"**Points per product**: How many points the product will earn per product "
-"ordered"
+"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode "
+"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) "
+"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:"
 msgstr ""
-"**Puntos por producto**: ¿Cuántos puntos producto ganará por producto "
-"solicitado?"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"**Points per currency**: How many points the product will earn per value "
-"sold"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43
+msgid "Scan the products & tags"
+msgstr "Escanea los productos y etiquetas"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45
+msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)."
 msgstr ""
-"**Puntos por moneda**: ¿Cuántos puntos producto ganará por valor vendido?"
+"Primero tienes que escanear el producto deseado (en nuestro caso, un limón)."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:51
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:50
 msgid ""
-"Your new rule is now created and rewards can be added by clicking on **Add "
-"an Item** under **Rewards**."
+"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can "
+"finish the transaction."
 msgstr ""
-"La nueva regla se creará ahora y las recompensas se pueden añadir haciendo "
-"clic en **Añadir un elemento** bajo el nombre de **Recompensas**."
+"Y luego escanear la etiqueta de descuento. Se aplicará el descuento y podrás"
+" finalizar la transacción."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:57
-msgid "Three types of reward can be given:"
-msgstr "Tres tipos de recompensa se pueden dar:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3
+msgid "Manage a loyalty program"
+msgstr "Gestiona un programa de lealtad"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:59
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"**Resale**: convert your points into money. Set a product that represents "
-"the value of 1 point."
+"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a "
+"*Loyalty Program*."
 msgstr ""
-"**Reventa**: convierte los puntos en dinero. Establecer un producto que "
-"representa el valor de 1 punto."
+"Anime a sus clientes que sigan comprando en su punto de venta con un "
+"*Programa de lealtad*."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:64
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"**Discount**: give a discount for an amount of points. Set a product with a "
-"price of ``0 €`` and without any taxes."
+"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. "
+"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*"
 msgstr ""
-"**Descuento**: dar un descuento para una cantidad de puntos. Establecer un "
-"producto con un precio de ``0 €`` y sin ningún tipo de impuestos."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:69
-msgid "**Gift**: give a gift for an amount of points"
-msgstr "**Regalos**: dar un regalo para una cantidad de puntos"
+"Para activar la función *Programa de lealtad*, vaya a: menuselection: `Punto"
+" de Ventas -> Configuración-> Punto de ventas ` y seleccione su interfaz de "
+"PdV. En las funciones de precios, seleccione * Programa de lealtad*"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:77
-msgid "Applying your loyalty program to a point of sale"
-msgstr "Aplicar el programa de lealtad al punto de venta"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:19
+msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs."
+msgstr "Desde allí puedes crear y editar tus programas de lealtad."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:79
-msgid "On the **Dashboard**, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
-msgstr "En el **Tablero**, haz clic en :menuselection:`Más --> Ajustes`."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:84
-msgid "Next to loyalty program, set the program you want to set."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a "
+"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole "
+"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and "
+"everything in between."
 msgstr ""
-"Junto al programa de lealtad, configurar el programa que desea establecer."
+"Puedes decidir qué tipo de programa deseas utilizar, si la recompensa es un "
+"descuento o un regalo, házlo específico para algunos productos o cubra todo "
+"su inventario. Aplica reglas para que solo sea válido en situaciones "
+"específicas y todo lo demas."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:90
-msgid "Gathering and consuming points"
-msgstr "La recopilación y consumos de productos"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:30
+msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface"
+msgstr "Usa el programa de lealtad en tu interfaz PdV"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:92
-msgid "To start gathering points you need to set a customer on the order."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the "
+"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent "
+"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the "
+"rules defined in the loyalty program."
 msgstr ""
-"Para comenzar a recolectar los puntos es necesario configurar un cliente en "
-"la orden."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:94
-msgid "Click on **Customer** and select the right one."
-msgstr "Hacer clic en **Clientes** y seleccionar el que se desea."
+"Cuando se establece un cliente, ahora verá los puntos que obtendrá por la "
+"transacción y se acumularán hasta que se gasten. Se gastan usando el botón "
+"*Recompensas* cuando tienen suficientes puntos de acuerdo con las reglas "
+"definidas en el programa de lealtad."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:96
-msgid "Loyalty points will appear on screen."
-msgstr "Los puntos de lealtad aparecerán en la pantalla."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:101
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45
 msgid ""
-"The next time the customer comes to your shop and has enough points to get a"
-" reward, the **Rewards** button is highlighted and gifts can be given."
+"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can"
+" finalize the order in your usual way."
 msgstr ""
-"La próxima vez que el cliente llegue a su tienda y tendrá suficientes puntos"
-" para obtener una recompensa, el botón de **Recompensas** se resalta y los "
-"regalos se puede dar."
+"Puede ver que el precio se actualiza instantáneamente para reflejar la lista"
+" de precios. Puedes finalizar el pedido de la forma habitual."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:108
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"The reward is added and of course points are subtracted from the total."
-msgstr "Añade la recompensa y, por supuesto, los puntos se restan del total."
+"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You "
+"can of course change it."
+msgstr ""
+"Si selecciona un cliente con una lista de precios predeterminada, se "
+"aplicará. Por supuesto, puedes cambiarlo."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3
-msgid "How to apply manual discounts?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo aplicar descuentos de manera manual?"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6
-msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "Información general"
+msgid "Apply manual discounts"
+msgstr "Aplicar descuentos manuales."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"You can apply manual discounts in two different ways. You can directly set a"
-" discount on the product or you can set a global discount on the whole cart."
+"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest "
+"solution for your Point of Sale."
 msgstr ""
-"Usted puede aplicar los descuentos de manera manual de dos maneras "
-"diferentes. Se puede establecer directamente un descuento en el producto o "
-"se puede establecer un descuento global sobre toda la compra."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:13
-msgid "Discount on the product"
-msgstr "Descuento en el producto"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:15
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:8
-msgid "On the dashboard, click on **New Session**:"
-msgstr "En el tablero, hacer clic en **Nueva Sesión**:"
+"Si rara vez utilizas descuentos, aplicar descuentos manuales podría ser la "
+"solución más fácil para tu punto de venta."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:20
-msgid "You will get into the main point of sale interface :"
-msgstr "Va a entrar en el punto principal de la interfaz de la venta :"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:76
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:53
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on "
-"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can "
-"directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard."
+"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products."
 msgstr ""
-"A la derecha se puede ver la lista de sus productos con las categorías de la"
-" parte superior. Si hace clic en un producto, se añadirá en el carrito. Se "
-"puede establecer directamente la cantidad o el peso correcto, escribiéndolo "
-"en el teclado."
+"Puedes aplicar un descuento en todo el pedido o en productos específicos."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:30
-msgid ""
-"The same way you insert a quantity, Click on **Disc** and then type the "
-"discount (in percent). This is how you insert a manual discount on a "
-"specific product."
-msgstr ""
-"De la misma manera se inserta la cantidad, hacer clic en **Descuento** y "
-"después en el tipo de descuento (en porcentaje). Esta es la forma de "
-"insertar un descuento manual sobre un producto específico."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:12
+msgid "Apply a discount on a product"
+msgstr "Aplicar un descuento en un producto."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:38
-msgid "Global discount"
-msgstr "Descuento global"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:14
+msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button."
+msgstr "Desde la interfaz de tu sesión, use el botón *Desc*."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:43
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"If you want to set a global discount, you need to go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Allow global "
-"discounts**"
+"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is "
+"currently selected and the discount will be applied."
 msgstr ""
-"Si usted desea establecer un descuento global, necesita ir a "
-":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y palomear **Permitir descuentos "
-"globales**"
+"Luego puedes ingresar un descuento (en porcentaje) sobre el producto "
+"actualmente seleccionado y se aplicará el descuento."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:50
-msgid "Then from the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`"
-msgstr ""
-"Después desde el tablero, hacer clic en :menuselection:`Más --> Ajustes`"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:23
+msgid "Apply a global discount"
+msgstr "Aplicar un descuento global"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:55
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"You have to activate **Order Discounts** and create a product that will be "
-"added as a product with a negative price to deduct the discount."
+"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales"
+" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Se tiene que activar los **Descuentos de la orden** y crear un producto que "
-"se añadirá como un producto con un precio negativo a deducir el descuento."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:61
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:28
 msgid ""
-"On the product used to create the discount, set the price to ``0`` and do "
-"not forget to remove all the **taxes**, that can make the calculation wrong."
+"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it."
 msgstr ""
-"En el producto utilizado para crear el descuento, fijar el precio a ``0`` y "
-"no se olvide de eliminar todos los **impuestos**, que pueden hacer el "
-"cálculo equivocado."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:68
-msgid "Set a global discount"
-msgstr "Establecer un descuento global"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:34
+msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:70
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"Now when you come back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**, a "
-"**Discount** button appears and by clicking on it you can set a "
-"**discount**."
+"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)."
 msgstr ""
-"Ahora cuando regrese al **tablero** e inicie una **nueva sesión**, un botón "
-"de **Descuento** aparecerá y haciendo clic en el se puede establecer el "
-"**descuento**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:76
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:44
 msgid ""
-"When it's validated, the discount line appears on the order and you can now "
-"process to the payment."
+"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific "
+"product discount also at 50%."
 msgstr ""
-"Cuando esta validado, la línea de descuento aparece en la orden y ahora "
-"usted puede procesar el pago."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3
-msgid "How to accept credit card payments in Odoo POS using Mercury?"
-msgstr ""
-"¿Cómo aceptar pagos con tarjeta de crédito en el Punto de Venta de Odoo "
-"usando Mercury?"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"A **MercuryPay** account (see `MercuryPay website "
-"`__.) is required to accept credit card payments"
-" in Odoo 9 POS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates with"
-" US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North "
-"American businesses. An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work "
-"with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS "
-"screen into the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS."
-msgstr ""
-"En la cuenta de **MercuryPay** (vea también "
-"`__.) Está obligado a aceptar pagos con tarjeta "
-"de crédito en Odoo 9 de la Terminal con un lector de tarjetas integrado. "
-"MercuryPay sólo funciona con los bancos estadounidenses y canadienses "
-"haciendo este procedimiento, sólo es adecuado para las empresas "
-"norteamericanas. Una alternativa a un lector de tarjetas integrado es "
-"trabajar con un lector de tarjetas independiente, copie el total de la "
-"transacción desde la pantalla de la Terminal de Odoo en el lector de "
-"tarjetas, y el registro de las transacciones en la Terminal de Odoo."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18
-msgid "Module installation"
-msgstr "Instalación del módulo"
+msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:20
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Go to **Apps** and install the **Mercury Payment Services** application."
+"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* "
+"`__) is required to accept credit card payments"
+" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates "
+"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North "
+"American businesses."
 msgstr ""
-"Vaya a las **Aplicaciones** e instale el módulo de **Servicios de Pago con "
-"Mercury**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:26
-msgid "Mercury Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuración de Mercury"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:28
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"In the **Point of Sale** application, click on :menuselection:`Configuration"
-" --> Mercury Configurations` and then on **Create**."
+"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone "
+"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the "
+"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS."
 msgstr ""
-"En el módulo de **Punto de Venta**, hacer clic en "
-":menuselection:`Configuración --> Configuración de Mercury` y después en "
-"**Crear**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:35
-msgid "Introduce your **credentials** and then save them."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16
+msgid "Install Mercury"
 msgstr ""
-"Introduzca los datos de las **tarjetas** y guarde los cambios realizados."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:40
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18
 msgid ""
-"Then go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and click on "
-"**Create**. Under the **Point of Sale** tab you can set a **Mercury "
-"configuration** to the **Payment method**."
+"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* "
+"module."
 msgstr ""
-"Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Métodos de Pago` y haga clic en "
-"**Crear**. Bajo la ficha del **Punto de Venta** puede establecer una "
-"**Configuración de Mercury** a la **Forma de Pago**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"Finally, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale` and add a "
-"new payment method on the point of sale by editing it."
+"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go "
+"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer "
+"mode*."
 msgstr ""
-"Por último, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Punto de Ventas` y "
-"añadir un nuevo método de pago en el punto de venta mediante la edición de "
-"la misma."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:54
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"Then select the payment method corresponding to your mercury configuration."
+"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`."
 msgstr ""
-"Después seleccione el método de pago correspondiente para la configuración "
-"de mercury."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:60
-msgid "Save the modifications."
-msgstr "Guarde las modificaciones."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:63
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48
-msgid "Register a sale"
-msgstr "Registre la venta"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:65
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"On the dashboard, you can see your point(s) of sales, click on **New "
-"Session**:"
+"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury "
+"credentials."
 msgstr ""
-"En el tablero, usted podrá ver el punto(s) de ventas, haga clic en **Nueva "
-"Sesión**:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:71
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:114
-msgid "You will get the main point of sale interface:"
-msgstr "Usted encontrará en la interfaz principal del punto de venta:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:82
-msgid "Payment with credit cards"
-msgstr "Pagos con tarjetas de crédito"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment "
+"Methods` and create a new one."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:84
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the credit"
-" card **Payment Method**."
+"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then "
+"select your Mercury credentials that you just created."
 msgstr ""
-"Una vez que la orden está completa, haga clic en **Pagos**. Usted puede "
-"elegir la tarjeta de crédito en los **Métodos de Pagos**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:90
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"Type in the **Amount** to be paid with the credit card. Now you can swipe "
-"the card and validate the payment."
+"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment."
 msgstr ""
-"Escriba el **Monto** a pagar con la tarjeta de crédito. Ahora se puede pasar"
-" la tarjeta y validar el pago."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3
-msgid "How to manage multiple cashiers?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo administrar varios cajeros? "
+msgid "Manage multiple cashiers"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"This tutorial will describe how to manage multiple cashiers. There are four "
-"differents ways to manage several cashiers."
+"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This "
+"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when."
 msgstr ""
-"Este tutorial describe cómo gestionar múltiples cajeros. Hay cuatro "
-"diferentes formas de gestionar varios cajeros."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9
-msgid "Switch cashier without any security"
-msgstr "Cambie cajeros sin ninguna seguridad"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"As prerequisite, you just need to have a second user with the **Point of "
-"Sale User** rights (Under the :menuselection:`General Settings --> Users` "
-"menu). On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session** as the main user."
+"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They "
+"are all explained below."
 msgstr ""
-"Como requisito previo, sólo tiene que tener un segundo usuario con el "
-"**Usuario de Punto de Venta** en derechos (Bajo el menú "
-":menuselection:`Ajustes Generales --> Usuarios`). En el **Tablero** hacer "
-"clic en **Nueva Sesión** como el usuario que se quiere."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:18
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:123
-msgid "On the top of the screen click on the **user name**."
-msgstr ""
-"En la parte de arriba de la pantalla hacer clic en **nombre de usuario**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:23
-msgid "And switch to another cashier."
-msgstr "Y cambie a otro cajero."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:28
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"The name on the top has changed which means you have changed the cashier."
+"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)."
 msgstr ""
-"El nombre en la parte superior ha cambiado lo que significa que ha cambiado "
-"el cajero."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:34
-msgid "Switch cashier with pin code"
-msgstr "Cambie de cajero con su código NIP"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:39
-msgid ""
-"If you want your cashiers to need a pin code to be able to use it, you can "
-"set it up in by clicking on **Settings**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17
+msgid "Switch without pin codes"
 msgstr ""
-"Si desea que sus cajeros requieran un código NIP para poder utilizarlo, "
-"puede configurarlo haciendo clic en **Configuración**. "
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:45
-msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**."
-msgstr "Luego haga clic en **Administrar derechos de acceso**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:50
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"**Edit** the cashier and add a security pin code on the **Point of Sale** "
-"tab."
+"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the "
+"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"**Editar** el cajero y añadir un código NIP de seguridad en la ficha del "
-"**Punto de Venta**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57
-msgid "Change cashier"
-msgstr "Cambiar de cajero"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:59
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:118
-msgid "On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session**."
-msgstr "En el **Tablero** haga clic en **Nueva Sesión**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:69
-msgid "Choose your **cashier**:"
-msgstr "Elige tu **cajero**:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:74
-msgid ""
-"You will have to insert the user's **pin code** to be able to continue."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25
+msgid "You will then be able to change between different users."
 msgstr ""
-"Usted tendrá que insertar el **código NIP**de su usuario para poder "
-"continuar."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:79
-msgid "Now you can see that the cashier has changed."
-msgstr "Ahora se puede ver que el cajero ha cambiado."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:85
-msgid "Switch cashier with cashier barcode badge"
-msgstr "Cambie de cajero con el código de barras del cajero"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:90
-msgid ""
-"If you want your cashiers to scan its badge, you can set it up in by "
-"clicking on **Settings**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30
+msgid "And the cashier will be changed."
 msgstr ""
-"Si desea que sus cajeros escaneen su insignia, puede configurarlo haciendo "
-"clic en **Configuración**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:96
-msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**"
-msgstr "Luego haga clic en **Administrar los derecho de acceso**"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:101
-msgid ""
-"**Edit** the cashier and add a **security pin code** on the **Point of "
-"Sale** tab."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33
+msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes"
 msgstr ""
-"**Editar** el cajero y añadir un **código NIP de seguridad** en la ficha del"
-" **Punto de Venta**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:108
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"Be careful of the barcode nomenclature, the default one forced you to use a "
-"barcode starting with ``041`` for cashier barcodes. To change that go to "
-":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`."
+"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user."
 msgstr ""
-"Hay que tener cuidado con la nomenclatura del código de barras, el "
-"predeterminado a utilizar está obligado a que sea código a partir de ``041``"
-" en el código de barras del cajero. Para cambiarlo vaya a "
-":menuselection:`Punto de Venta --> Configuración --> Nomenclaturas de Código"
-" de Barras`."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:116
-msgid "Change Cashier"
-msgstr "Cambiar Cajero"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:128
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"When the cashier scans his own badge, you can see on the top that the "
-"cashier has changed."
+"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN."
 msgstr ""
-"Cuando el cajero escanea su propia insignia, se puede ver en la parte "
-"superior que el cajero ha cambiado."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:132
-msgid "Assign session to a user"
-msgstr "Asignar sesión a un usuario"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:134
-msgid ""
-"Click on the menu :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47
+msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password."
 msgstr ""
-"Haga clic en el menú :menuselection:`Punto de Venta --> Órdenes --> "
-"Sesiones`."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:139
-msgid ""
-"Then, click on **New** and assign as **Responsible** the correct cashier to "
-"the point of sale."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53
+msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes"
 msgstr ""
-"A continuación, haga clic en **Nuevo** y en asignar como **Responsable** el "
-"cajero correcto para el punto de venta."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:145
-msgid "When the cashier logs in he is able to open the session"
-msgstr "Cuando el cajero se registra en él, es capaz de abrir la sesión"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:151
-msgid "Assign a default point of sale to a cashier"
-msgstr "Asigne un punto predeterminado de la venta a un cajero"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:153
-msgid ""
-"If you want your cashiers to be assigned to a point of sale, go to "
-":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55
+msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges."
 msgstr ""
-"Si desea que sus cajeros se asignen a un punto de venta, vaya a "
-":menuselection:`Punto de Venta --> Configuración --> Ajustes`."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:159
-msgid "Then click on **Manage Access Rights**."
-msgstr "Después haga clic en **Administrar los derechos de acceso**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:164
-msgid ""
-"**Edit** the cashier and add a **Default Point of Sale** under the **Point "
-"of Sale** tab."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57
+msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode."
 msgstr ""
-"**Editar** en el cajero y añada un **Punto de Venta Predeterminado** bajo la"
-" ficha de **Punto de Venta**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:3
-msgid "How to register customers?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo registrar clientes?"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:21
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:78
-msgid "Register an order"
-msgstr "Registrar una orden"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:13
-msgid "You arrive now on the main view :"
-msgstr "Usted encontrará en la vista principal :"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:18
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62
 msgid ""
-"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on "
-"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can "
-"directly set the quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard."
+"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user."
 msgstr ""
-"A la derecha se puede ver la lista de sus productos con las categorías en la"
-" parte superior. Si hace clic en un producto, se añadirá en el carrito. Se "
-"puede establecer directamente la cantidad o peso, escribiendo en el teclado."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:23
-msgid "Record a customer"
-msgstr "Registrar un cliente"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:25
-msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer**:"
-msgstr "En la vista principal, haga clic en **Clientes**:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:30
-msgid "Register a new customer by clicking on the button."
-msgstr "Registrar nuevo cliente haciendo clic en el botón."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:35
-msgid "The following form appear. Fill in the relevant information:"
-msgstr "Aparece el siguiente formulario. Rellene la información relevante:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:40
-msgid "When it's done click on the **floppy disk** icon"
-msgstr "Cuando se hace clic en el icono del **disquete**"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"You just registered a new customer. To set this customer to the current "
-"order, just tap on **Set Customer**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64
+msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on"
 msgstr ""
-"Usted acaba de registrar un nuevo cliente. Para establecer este cliente a la"
-" orden actual, seleccione **Establecer Cliente**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:51
-msgid "The customer is now set on the order."
-msgstr "El cliente ya está establecido en la orden. "
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3
-msgid "How to reprint receipts?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo volver a imprimir los recibos?"
+msgid "Reprint Receipts"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8
-msgid "This feature requires a POSBox and a receipt printer."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"If you want to allow a cashier to reprint a ticket, go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the option **Allow "
-"cashier to reprint receipts**."
+"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Si desea permitir que un cajero reimprima el recibo, vaya a "
-":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y haga clic en la opción "
-"**Permitir que el cajero reimprima recibos**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"You also need to allow the reprinting on the point of sale. Go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to "
-"configure and and tick the option **Reprinting**."
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option."
 msgstr ""
-"También es necesario permitir la reimpresión en el punto de venta. Vaya a "
-":menuselection:`Configuración --> Punto de Venta`, abra la que usted desee "
-"configurar y seleccione la opción de **Reimprimir**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25
-msgid "How to reprint a receipt?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo reimprimir un recibo?"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:20
+msgid "Reprint a receipt"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"In the Point of Sale interface click on the **Reprint Receipt** button."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:22
+msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:32
-msgid "The last printed receipt will be printed again."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27
+msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3
@@ -886,59 +494,33 @@ msgid "Analyze sales"
 msgstr "Analizar las ventas"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3
-msgid "Getting daily sales statistics"
-msgstr "Obtener estadísticas de ventas diarias"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:7
-msgid "Point of Sale statistics"
-msgstr "Estadísticas del Punto de Venta"
+msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"On your dashboard, click on the **More** button on the point of sale you "
-"want to analyse. Then click on **Orders**."
+"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo "
+"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful "
+"statistics."
 msgstr ""
-"En su tablero, haga clic en el botón de **Más** en el punto de ventas que "
-"desea analizar. Después haga clic en **Órdenes**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15
-msgid "You will get the figures for this particular point of sale."
-msgstr "Usted recibirá las cifras para este punto de venta en particular."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21
-msgid "Global statistics"
-msgstr "Estadísticas globales"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:23
-msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Orders`."
-msgstr "Vaya a :menuselection:`Reportes --> Órdenes`."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:25
-msgid "You will get the figures of all orders for all point of sales."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10
+msgid "View your statistics"
 msgstr ""
-"Usted recibirá las formas de todos los pedidos para todos los puntos de "
-"venta."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:31
-msgid "Cashier statistics"
-msgstr "Estadísticas del cajero"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:33
-msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Sales Details`."
-msgstr "Vaya a :menuselection:`Reportes --> Detalles de Venta`."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:35
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Choose the dates. Select the cashiers by clicking on **Add an item**. Then "
-"click on **Print Report**."
+"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting "
+"--> Orders`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15
+msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form."
 msgstr ""
-"Elija las fechas. Seleccione los cajeros haciendo clic en **Agregar "
-"artículo**. Después haga clic en **Imprimir Reporte**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:41
-msgid "You will get a full report in a PDF file. Here is an example :"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21
+msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here"
 msgstr ""
-"Usted recibirá un informe completo en un archivo PDF. Aquí hay un ejemplo :"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3
 msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module"
@@ -1135,6 +717,52 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty"
 msgstr "Lista negra de módulos: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty"
 
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Información general"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3
+msgid "Register customers"
+msgstr "Registrar clientes"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various "
+"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It "
+"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make"
+" any future interaction with them faster."
+msgstr ""
+"El registro de sus clientes le dará la posibilidad de otorgarles diversos "
+"privilegios, como descuentos, programas de lealtad y comunicación "
+"específica. También será necesario si desean una factura y su registro hará "
+"que cualquier interacción futura con ellos sea más rápida."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11
+msgid "Create a customer"
+msgstr "Crear un cliente"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13
+msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button."
+msgstr "Desde la interfaz de su sesión, use el botón de cliente."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18
+msgid "Create a new one by using this button."
+msgstr "Crea uno nuevo usando este botón."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information."
+msgstr ""
+"Se le invitará a completar el formulario del cliente con su información."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in "
+"any future transactions."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilice el botón Guardar cuando haya terminado. Ahora podra seleccionar ese "
+"cliente en cualquier transacción futura."
+
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Point of Sale Hardware Setup"
 msgstr "Configuración Hardware del Punto de Venta"
@@ -1169,8 +797,8 @@ msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser"
 msgstr "Una computadora o tableta con un navegador web actualizado a la fecha"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:19
-msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale installed"
-msgstr "Una instancia SaaS u Odoo con el Punto de Venta instalado"
+msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo database with the Point of Sale installed"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:20
 msgid "A local network set up with DHCP (this is the default setting)"
@@ -1305,30 +933,19 @@ msgstr "Configurar el Punto de Venta"
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale"
-" --> Configuration --> Settings` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll down "
-"to the ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` section and activate the options for the "
-"hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the POSBox"
-" is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after "
+" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll "
+"down to the ``PoSBox / Hardware Proxy`` section and activate the options for"
+" the hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the "
+"POSBox is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after "
 "booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will "
 "attempt to find it on the local network."
 msgstr ""
-"Para configurar la Terminal del Punto de Venta en el Punto de Venta que "
-"decidió, vaya a :menuselection:`Punto de Venta --> Configuración --> "
-"Ajustes` y seleccione su Punto de Venta. Vaya hacia abajo a la sección de "
-"``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` y active las opciones del hardware que desea "
-"usar para la Terminal del Punto de Venta. Especifique la IP recomendada de "
-"la Terminal del Punto de Venta (está impresa en el recibo que imprimió "
-"después de iniciar la Terminal). Cuando la IP no este especifica en el Punto"
-" de Venta deberá intentar encontrarla en la red local."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:91
 msgid ""
-"If you are running multiple Point of Sales on the same POSBox, make sure "
-"that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated."
+"If you are running multiple Point of Sale on the same POSBox, make sure that"
+" only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated."
 msgstr ""
-"Si está ejecutando múltiples Puntos de ventas en la misma terminal de venta,"
-" asegúrese de que sólo uno de ellos tenga Escáner Remoto/Escaneo de código "
-"de barras activado."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:94
 msgid ""
@@ -1553,8 +1170,8 @@ msgid "A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)"
 msgstr "Una distribución Linux basada en Debian (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:208
-msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to to load the Point of Sale"
-msgstr "Una instancia Odoo corriendo conectada con el Punto de Venta cargado"
+msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to load the Point of Sale"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:209
 msgid ""
@@ -1631,10 +1248,8 @@ msgid "``# groupadd usbusers``"
 msgstr "``# groupadd usbusers``"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:252
-msgid "Then we add the user who will run the OpenERP server to ``usbusers``"
+msgid "Then we add the user who will run the Odoo server to ``usbusers``"
 msgstr ""
-"Luego añadimos el usuario que va a ejecutar el servidor OpenERP a "
-"``usbusers``"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:254
 msgid "``# usermod -a -G usbusers USERNAME``"
@@ -2233,27 +1848,18 @@ msgstr "Primeros pasos con el Punto de Venta de Odoo"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"Odoo's online **Point of Sale** application is based on a simple, user "
-"friendly interface. The **Point of Sale** application can be used online or "
-"offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops."
+"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly "
+"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on "
+"iPads, Android tablets or laptops."
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo en línea de la aplicación del **Punto de Venta** se basa en una "
-"interfaz simple y fácil de usar. La aplicación del **Punto de Venta** se "
-"puede utilizar en línea o fuera de línea en iPads, tabletas Android o "
-"portátiles."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Odoo **Point of Sale** is fully integrated with the **Inventory** and the "
-"**Accounting** applications. Any transaction with your point of sale will "
-"automatically be registered in your inventory management and accounting and,"
-" even in your **CRM** as the customer can be identified from the app."
+"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting "
+"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically "
+"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the "
+"customer can be identified from the app."
 msgstr ""
-"El **Punto de Venta** de Odoo está totalmente integrado con los módulos de "
-"**Inventario** y de **Contabilidad**. Cualquier transacción con su punto de "
-"venta será automáticamente registrado en la gestión de inventario y en la "
-"contabilidad e, incluso en el módulo de **CRM** ya que el cliente puede "
-"identificarse desde este módulo."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17
 msgid ""
@@ -2265,1424 +1871,726 @@ msgstr ""
 "varias aplicaciones externas."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25
-msgid "Install the Point of Sale Application"
-msgstr "Instalar la Aplicación Punto de Venta"
+msgid "Install the Point of Sale application"
+msgstr "Instalar la aplicación Punto de Venta."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"Start by installing the **Point of Sale** application. Go to "
-":menuselection:`Apps` and install the **Point of Sale** application."
-msgstr ""
-"Comience por instalar el módulo de **Punto de Venta**. Ir al "
-":menuselection:`Aplicaciones` e instalar el módulo **Punto de Venta**."
+msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application."
+msgstr "Vaya a Aplicaciones e instale la aplicación Punto de venta."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"Do not forget to install an accounting **chart of account**. If it is not "
-"done, go to the **Invoicing/Accounting** application and click on **Browse "
-"available countries**:"
+"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of "
+"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting "
+"settings."
 msgstr ""
-"No se olvide de instalar en la contabilidad el **plan de cuentas**. Si no se"
-" hace esto, vaya al módulo de **Facturación/Contabilidad** y haga clic en "
-"**Examinar países disponibles**:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40
-msgid "Then choose the one you want to install."
-msgstr "A continuación, seleccione el que desea instalar."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:42
-msgid "When it is done, you are all set to use the point of sale."
-msgstr "Una vez hecho esto, usted está listo para usar el punto de venta."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:45
-msgid "Adding Products"
-msgstr "Agregando Productos"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38
+msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale"
+msgstr "Hacer productos disponibles en el Punto de Venta."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:47
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40
 msgid ""
-"To add products from the point of sale **Dashboard** go to "
-":menuselection:`Orders --> Products` and click on **Create**."
+"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go"
+" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"."
 msgstr ""
-"Para agregar desde el punto de venta **Tablero de mandos** ve a "
-":menuselección: \"Ordenes-->Productos\" y click en **Crear**."
+"Para que los productos estén disponibles en el punto de venta, abra un "
+"producto, vaya a la pestaña Ventas y marque la casilla \"Disponible en el "
+"punto de venta\"."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:50
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48
 msgid ""
-"The first example will be oranges with a price of ``3€/kg``. In the "
-"**Sales** tab, you can see the point of sale configuration. There, you can "
-"set a product category, specify that the product has to be weighted or not "
-"and ensure that it will be available in the point of sale."
+"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale."
 msgstr ""
-"El primer ejemplo serán las naranjas con un precio de ``3€/kg``. En la "
-"pestaña **Ventas**, se puede ver el punto de configuración de la venta. "
-"Allí, se puede establecer una categoría de producto, indique si el producto "
-"tiene que ser ponderado o no, y asegúrese de que estará disponible en el "
-"punto de venta."
+"También puede definir allí si el producto debe pesarse con una escala."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"In same the way, you can add lemons, pumpkins, red onions, bananas... in the"
-" database."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52
+msgid "Configure your payment methods"
 msgstr ""
-"Con el mismo propósito, usted puede agregar limones, calabazas, cebollas "
-"rojas, plátanos ... en la base de datos."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62
-msgid "How to easily manage categories?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo gestionar fácilmente las categorías?"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:64
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54
 msgid ""
-"If you already have a database with your products, you can easily set a "
-"**Point of Sale Category** by using the Kanban view and by grouping the "
-"products by **Point of Sale Category**."
+"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point"
+" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> "
+"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"."
 msgstr ""
-"Si usted ya tiene una base de datos con sus productos, usted puede "
-"configurar fácilmente una **Categoría del Punto de Venta** utilizando la "
-"vista Kanban y agrupando los productos por **Categoría del Punto de Venta**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:72
-msgid "Configuring a payment method"
-msgstr "Configuración del método de pago"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:74
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62
 msgid ""
-"To configure a new payment method go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Payment methods` and click on **Create**."
+"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use"
+" in Point of Sale\"."
 msgstr ""
-"Para configurar un nuevo método de pago vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración"
-" --> Métodos de Pago` y haga clic en **Crear**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:81
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68
 msgid ""
-"After you set up a name and the type of payment method, you can go to the "
-"point of sale tab and ensure that this payment method has been activated for"
-" the point of sale."
+"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale"
+" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration."
 msgstr ""
-"Después de configurar un nombre y el tipo de método de pago, usted puede ir "
-"a la pestaña del punto de venta y asegurarse de que este método de pago se "
-"haya activado para el punto de venta."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:86
-msgid "Configuring your points of sales"
-msgstr "Configure sus puntos de venta"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:88
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, click on the "
-"``main`` point of sale. Edit the point of sale and add your custom payment "
-"method into the available payment methods."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75
+msgid "Configure your Point of Sale"
 msgstr ""
-"Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Punto de Venta`, de clic en el "
-"punto de venta ``principal``. Edite el punto de venta y añada su plantilla "
-"de métodos de pago disponible en los métodos de pago."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:95
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77
 msgid ""
-"You can configure each point of sale according to your hardware, "
-"location,..."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede configurar cada punto de venta de acuerdo a su sistema operativo, "
-"ubicación,..."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Point of Sale Name"
-msgstr "Nombre del TPV"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale."
-msgstr "Identificación interna del punto de venta."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Sales Channel"
-msgstr "Canal de Ventas"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel."
+"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and"
+" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can "
+"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale."
 msgstr ""
-"Las ventas de este punto de venta estarán relacionadas con el canal de "
-"ventas."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Restaurant Floors"
-msgstr "Pisos del Restaurante"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale."
-msgstr "Las zonas del restaurante servidas por este punto de venta."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Orderline Notes"
-msgstr "Notas de la Línea de Pedido"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82
+msgid "Create your first PoS session"
+msgstr "Crea tu primera sesión de PdV"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines."
-msgstr "Permite las notas del cliente en las líneas del pedido."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Display Category Pictures"
-msgstr "Mostrar Imágenes de Categoría"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures."
-msgstr ""
-"El punto de venta mostrará esta categoría de Productos por Defecto . Si no "
-"se ESPECIFICA Una categoría , Todos los Productos Disponibles se mostrarán"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Initial Category"
-msgstr "Categoría inicial"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85
+msgid "Your first order"
+msgstr "Su primera orden"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87
 msgid ""
-"The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no "
-"category is specified, all available products will be shown."
+"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS "
+"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session."
 msgstr ""
-"El punto de venta mostrará la categoría de este producto por defecto. Si no "
-"se especifica ninguna categoría, se mostrarán todos los productos "
-"disponibles."
+"Ahora está listo para realizar sus primeras ventas a través del punto de "
+"venta. Desde el panel de control de PdV, puede ver todos sus puntos de venta"
+" y puede comenzar una nueva sesión."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Virtual KeyBoard"
-msgstr "Teclado virtual"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94
+msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface."
+msgstr "Ahora llegas a la interfaz PdV."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99
 msgid ""
-"Don’t turn this option on if you take orders on smartphones or tablets."
+"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available "
+"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method "
+"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment."
 msgstr ""
+"Una vez que se completa un pedido, puedes registrar el pago. Todos los "
+"métodos de pago disponibles aparecen a la izquierda de la pantalla. "
+"Selecciona el método de pago e ingresa la cantidad recibida. A continuación,"
+" puedes validar el pago."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Such devices already benefit from a native keyboard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Large Scrollbars"
-msgstr "Barras de desplazamiento grandes"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens."
-msgstr "Para pantallas táctiles industriales imprecisas"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104
+msgid "You can register the next orders."
+msgstr "Puedes registrar los siguientes pedidos."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "IP Address"
-msgstr "Dirección IP"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107
+msgid "Close the PoS session"
+msgstr "Cierre la sesión de PdV"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109
 msgid ""
-"The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if "
-"left empty."
-msgstr ""
-"El nombre del equipo o la dirección IP del proxy del hardware se detectarán "
-"automáticamente si estos se dejan vacíos."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Scan via Proxy"
-msgstr "Escanear vía proxy"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner."
+"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on "
+"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can "
+"now close the session from the dashboard."
 msgstr ""
-"Habilitar el escaneo del código de barras con un escáner especial para ello "
-"conectado de manera remota."
+"Al final del día, cerrarás tu sesión de PdV. Para ello, haz clic en el botón"
+" de cerrar que aparece en la esquina superior derecha y confirma. Ahora "
+"puedes cerrar la sesión desde el panel de control."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Electronic Scale"
-msgstr "Balanza electrónica"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration."
-msgstr "Habilita la integración de una balanza electrónica."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Cashdrawer"
-msgstr "Cajón de monedas"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer."
-msgstr "Abrir automáticamente la caja registradora."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Print via Proxy"
-msgstr "Imprimir vía proxy"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy."
-msgstr ""
-"Derivar la impresión del navegador e imprimir a través del proxy del "
-"hardware."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Customer Facing Display"
-msgstr "Pantalla orientada al cliente"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day."
+msgstr "Es muy recomendable cerrar la sesión de PoS al final de cada día."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Show checkout to customers with a remotely-connected screen."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119
+msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method."
 msgstr ""
-"Mostrar la compra a los clientes mediante una pantalla conectada remoto."
+"A continuación, verá un resumen de todas las transacciones por método de "
+"pago."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124
 msgid ""
-"Defines what kind of barcodes are available and how they are assigned to "
-"products, customers and cashiers."
+"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been"
+" paid by this payment method during that PoS session."
 msgstr ""
-"Indica qué tipo de códigos de barras están disponibles y cómo se asignan a "
-"los productos, los clientes o las cajas registradoras."
+"Puede hacer clic en una línea de ese resumen para ver todos los pedidos que "
+"se han pagado con este método de pago durante esa sesión de PdV."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Fiscal Positions"
-msgstr "Posiciones fiscales"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127
 msgid ""
-"This is useful for restaurants with onsite and take-away services that imply"
-" specific tax rates."
+"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the "
+"closing entries."
 msgstr ""
-"Esto es útil para los restaurantes que cuentan con servicio para llevar y "
-"para consumir allí, y que suponen tasas de impuestos específicos."
+"Si todo esta correcto, puedes validar la sesión de PdV y publicar las "
+"entradas de cierre."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Available Pricelists"
-msgstr "Listas de Precio Disponibles"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130
+msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session."
+msgstr "Está hecho, ahora haz cerrado tu primera sesión de PdV."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"Make several pricelists available in the Point of Sale. You can also apply a"
-" pricelist to specific customers from their contact form (in Sales tab). To "
-"be valid, this pricelist must be listed here as an available pricelist. "
-"Otherwise the default pricelist will apply."
-msgstr ""
-"Disponer de varias listas de precios disponibles en el punto de venta. "
-"También puede aplicar una lista de precios para clientes específicos desde "
-"su formulario de contacto (en la pestaña de Ventas). Para ser válida, esta "
-"lista de precios tiene que enumerarse aquí como una lista de los precios "
-"disponibles. De lo contrario, se aplicará la lista de precios por defecto."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Default Pricelist"
-msgstr "Tarifa por defecto"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features"
+msgstr "Características Avanzadas de Restaurantes"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The pricelist used if no customer is selected or if the customer has no Sale"
-" Pricelist configured."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3
+msgid "Print the Bill"
 msgstr ""
-"La lista de precios que se utiliza si no se selecciona ningún cliente o si "
-"el cliente no tiene configurada ninguna lista de los precios de venta."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Restrict Price Modifications to Managers"
-msgstr "Restringir las modificaciones de los precios a los responsables"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Only users with Manager access rights for PoS app can modify the product "
-"prices on orders."
+"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This "
+"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the "
+"definitive ticket."
 msgstr ""
-"Solo los usuarios con derechos de acceso de administrador pueden modificar "
-"los precios de los productos en los pedidos."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Cash Control"
-msgstr "Control de efectivo"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing."
-msgstr "Revisar la cantidad en caja al inicio y al cierre."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Prefill Cash Payment"
-msgstr "Llenado previo pago en efectivo"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10
+msgid "Configure Bill Printing"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be "
-"prefilled with the exact due amount."
+"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"El registro del pago actuará de manera similar al registro del pago por el "
-"banco, y se cumplimentará con la cantidad exacta debida."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Order IDs Sequence"
-msgstr "Secuencia de identificadores del pedido"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"This sequence is automatically created by Odoo but you can change it to "
-"customize the reference numbers of your orders."
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option."
 msgstr ""
-"La secuencia es creada automáticamente por Odoo, pero puede cambiarla para "
-"personalizar los números de referencia de sus pedidos."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Receipt Header"
-msgstr "Cabecera del recibo"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22
+msgid "Split a Bill"
 msgstr ""
-"Un texto corto que se insertará como encabezado de página en el recibo "
-"impreso."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Receipt Footer"
-msgstr "Pie del recibo"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24
+msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button."
 msgstr ""
-"Un texto corto que se insertará como pie de página en el recibo impreso."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Automatic Receipt Printing"
-msgstr "Impresión automática del recibo"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order."
-msgstr "El recibo se imprimirá automáticamente al final de cada pedido."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Skip Preview Screen"
-msgstr "Saltar pantalla de vista previa"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The receipt screen will be skipped if the receipt can be printed "
-"automatically."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29
+msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill."
 msgstr ""
-"Se omitirá la pantalla de recibo si el recibo se puede imprimir de forma "
-"automática."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bill Printing"
-msgstr "Impresión de la cuenta"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment."
-msgstr "Permitir imprimir la factura antes del pago."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bill Splitting"
-msgstr "Separación de la cuenta"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale."
-msgstr "Permite la división de la factura en el punto de venta."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Tip Product"
-msgstr "Producto Propina"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "This product is used as reference on customer receipts."
-msgstr "Este producto se utiliza como referencia en los recibos del cliente."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Invoicing"
-msgstr "Facturación"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale."
-msgstr "Habilita la generación de facturas desde el Punto de Venta."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Invoice Journal"
-msgstr "Diario de factura"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices."
-msgstr "Diario contable utilizado para crear facturas."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Sales Journal"
-msgstr "Diario de ventas"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries."
-msgstr "Diario contable usado para contabilizar los asientos."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Group Journal Items"
-msgstr "Agrupar apuntes"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3
+msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a"
-" Session."
+"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, "
+"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar "
+"can be a tremendous help."
 msgstr ""
-"Indique si desea agrupar las entradas del diario por producto al cerrar una "
-"sesión."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:100
-msgid "Now you are ready to make your first steps with your point of sale."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10
+msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer"
 msgstr ""
-"Ahora usted está listo para hacer sus primeros pasos con su punto de venta."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:103
-msgid "First Steps in the Point of Sale"
-msgstr "Primeros pasos con el Punto de Venta"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:106
-msgid "Your first order"
-msgstr "Su primera orden"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:108
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"On the dashboard, you can see your points of sales, click on **New "
-"session**:"
+"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"En el tablero, usted puede ver los puntos de venta, haga clic en **Nueva "
-"sesión**:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"On the right you can see the products list with the categories on the top. "
-"If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can directly "
-"set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard."
+"Under the PosBox / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*."
 msgstr ""
-"De lado derecho puede ver una lista de productos con las categorías de cada "
-"uno en la parte de arriba. Si hace clic en el producto, este se añadirá al "
-"carrito. Puede ingresar directamente la cantidad o peso dando clic en el "
-"teclado."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:125
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:59
-msgid "Payment"
-msgstr "Pagos"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127
-msgid ""
-"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the "
-"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` "
-"and pays with a ``20 €`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:19
+msgid "Add a printer"
 msgstr ""
-"Una vez que la orden está completa, haga clic en **Pagos**. Puede "
-"seleccionar el método de pago del cliente. En el ejemplo, el cliente debe "
-"``10.84 €`` y paga con ``20 €``. Entonces estará hecho, haga clic en "
-"**Validar**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:134
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:68
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"Your ticket is printed and you are now ready to make your second order."
+"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where"
+" you can add the printer."
 msgstr ""
-"Su recibo se imprimirá y ahora usted podrá realizar una segunda orden."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:137
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:71
-msgid "Closing a session"
-msgstr "Cerrar sesión"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:139
-msgid ""
-"At the end of the day, to close the session, click on the **Close** button "
-"on the top right. Click again on the close button of the point of sale. On "
-"this page, you will see a summary of the transactions"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:28
+msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order"
 msgstr ""
-"Al final del día, para cerrar la sesión, haga clic en el botón de **Cerrar**"
-" el cual esta de lado derecho en la parte de arriba. Haga clic de nuevo en "
-"el botón para cerrar el punto de venta. En esta página, usted podrá ver un "
-"resumen de todas las transacciones realizadas."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:146
-msgid ""
-"If you click on a payment method line, the journal of this method appears "
-"containing all the transactions performed."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:33
+msgid "Select or create a printer."
 msgstr ""
-"Si hace clic en la línea del método de pago, el diario de este método "
-"contará con todas las operaciones realizadas."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:152
-msgid "Now, you only have to validate and close the session."
-msgstr "Ahora, sólo necesita validar y cerrar la sesión."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3
-msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features"
-msgstr "Características Avanzadas de Restaurantes"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3
-msgid "How to register multiple orders simultaneously?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo registrar órdenes múltiples simultaneamente?"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:6
-msgid "Register simultaneous orders"
-msgstr "Registrar órdenes simultáneas"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"On the main screen, just tap on the **+** on the top of the screen to "
-"register another order. The current orders remain opened until the payment "
-"is done or the order is cancelled."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:36
+msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar"
 msgstr ""
-"En la pantalla principal, sólo de clic en **+** que está en la parte de "
-"arriba para registrar otra orden. Los pedidos actuales permanecen abiertos "
-"hasta que se haga el pago o la orden se cancelará."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:16
-msgid "Switch from one order to another"
-msgstr "Cambie de una orden a otra"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:18
-msgid "Simply click on the number of the order."
-msgstr "Simplemente de clic en el número de orden."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:24
-msgid "Cancel an order"
-msgstr "Cancelar una orden"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:26
-msgid ""
-"If you made a mistake or if the order is cancelled, just click on the **-** "
-"button. A message will appear to confirm the order deletion."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:38
+msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button."
 msgstr ""
-"Si usted comete un error o si desea cancelar la orden, sólo de clic en e "
-"botón de **-**. un mensaje aparecerá a continuación como confirmación de la "
-"cancelación de orden."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:34
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:115
-msgid ":doc:`../advanced/register`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/register`"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:35
-msgid ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:36
-msgid ":doc:`transfer`"
-msgstr ":doc:`transfer`"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:3
-msgid "How to handle kitchen & bar order printing?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo manejar las impresiones para la cocina y el bar?"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:8
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
-msgid "From the dashboard click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`:"
-msgstr "Desde el tablero haga clic en :menuselection:`Más --> Ajustes`:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:13
-msgid "Under the **Bar & Restaurant** section, tick **Bill Printing**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer."
 msgstr ""
-"En la sección de **Restaurante y Bar**, marque la casilla de **Impresión de "
-"factura**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:18
-msgid "In order printers, click on **add an item** and then **Create**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3
+msgid "Register multiple orders"
 msgstr ""
-"En las impresiones de orden, haga clic en **agregar elemento** y luego "
-"**Crear**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:23
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Set a printer **Name**, its **IP address** and the **Category** of product "
-"you want to print on this printer. The category of product is useful to "
-"print the order for the kitchen."
+"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders "
+"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need."
 msgstr ""
-"Establecer una impresora **Nombre**, su **dirección IP** y **Categoría** de "
-"producto que desea imprimir en esta impresora. La categoría de producto es "
-"útil para imprimir la orden de la cocina."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:30
-msgid "Several printers can be added this way"
-msgstr "Varias impresoras se pueden añadir de esta manera"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9
+msgid "Register an additional order"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:35
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Now when you register an order, products will be automatically printed on "
-"the correct printer."
+"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new "
+"order."
 msgstr ""
-"Ahora cuando vaya a registrar una orden, los productos se van a imprimir de "
-"manera correcta en la impresora."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:39
-msgid "Print a bill before the payment"
-msgstr "Imprimir la factura después del pago"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:41
-msgid "On the main screen, click on the **Bill** button."
-msgstr "En la vista principal, hacer clic en el botón de **Factura**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:46
-msgid "Finally click on **Print**."
-msgstr "Finalmente hacer clic en **Imprimir**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:51
-msgid "Click on **Ok** once it is done."
-msgstr "Hacer clic en **Aceptar** una vez que este hecho."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:54
-msgid "Print the order (kitchen printing)"
-msgstr "Imprimir la orden (impresora de la cocina)"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:56
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"This is different than printing the bill. It only prints the list of the "
-"items."
+"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when "
+"needed."
 msgstr ""
-"Esto es diferente que al imprimir una factura. Esta sólo imprime la lista de"
-" artículos."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:59
-msgid "Click on **Order**, it will automatically be printed."
-msgstr "Hacer clic en **Orden**, esta se imprimirá automáticamente."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:65
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"The printer is automatically chosen according to the products categories set"
-" on it."
+"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on."
 msgstr ""
-"La impresora se escogerá automáticamente de acuerdo a la categoría de "
-"productos establecida en cada una."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3
-msgid "How to setup Point of Sale Restaurant?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo configurar el Punto de Venta de Restaurantes?"
+msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Go to the **Point of Sale** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings`"
+"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of "
+"Sale application can help you to fulfill."
 msgstr ""
-"Vaya al módulo del **Punto de Ventas**, :menuselection:`Configuración --> "
-"Ajustes`"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Enable the option **Restaurant: activate table management** and click on "
-"**Apply**."
+"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Habilite la opción **Restaurante: activar la gestión de la mesa** y haga "
-"clic en **Aplicar**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"Then go back to the **Dashboard**, on the point of sale you want to use in "
-"restaurant mode, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15
+msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*"
 msgstr ""
-"Después vaya al **Tablero**, en el punto de venta que desee usar en el modo "
-"de restaurantes, haga clic en :menuselection:`Más --> Ajustes`."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:23
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"Under the **Restaurant Floors** section, click on **add an item** to insert "
-"a floor and to set your PoS in restaurant mode."
+"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. "
+"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them."
 msgstr ""
-"En la sección de **Pisos de Restaurantes**, haga clic en **añadir elemento**"
-" para insertar un piso y poner en su punto de venta de restaurantes."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:29
-msgid "Insert a floor name and assign the floor to your point of sale."
-msgstr "Inserte un nombre al piso y asigne el piso a su punto de ventas."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3
+msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:34
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Click on **Save & Close** and then on **Save**. Congratulations, your point "
-"of sale is now in Restaurant mode. The first time you start a session, you "
-"will arrive on an empty map."
+"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them "
+"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-"
+"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application."
 msgstr ""
-"Haga clic en **Guardar y Cerrar** y después en **Guardar**. Felicitaciones, "
-"su punto de venta está ahora en modo de restaurantes. La primera vez que "
-"inicie sesión, se encontrará un mapa vacío."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:40
-msgid ":doc:`table`"
-msgstr ":doc:`table`"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3
-msgid "How to handle split bills?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo manejar la división de cuentas?"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Split bills only work for point of sales that are in **restaurant** mode."
+"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Dividir facturas sólo funciona con los puntos de venta en el modo de "
-"**restaurante**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:15
-msgid "In the settings tick the option **Bill Splitting**."
-msgstr "En los ajustes active la opción de **División de Facturas**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting "
+"option."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:8
-msgid "From the dashboard, click on **New Session**."
-msgstr "Desde el tablero, haga clic en **Nueva Sesión**."
+msgid "Split a bill"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:28
-msgid "Choose a table and start registering an order."
-msgstr "Escoja la mesa y comience a registrar la orden."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25
+msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:33
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"When customers want to pay and split the bill, there are two ways to achieve"
-" this:"
+"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and "
+"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest."
 msgstr ""
-"Cuando los clientes desean pagar y separar las facturas, habrá dos maneras "
-"de conseguir esto:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:36
-msgid "based on the total"
-msgstr "basadas en el total"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:38
-msgid "based on products"
-msgstr "basadas en los productos"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:44
-msgid "Splitting based on the total"
-msgstr "División basada en el total"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3
+msgid "Configure your table management"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:46
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Just click on **Payment**. You only have to insert the money tendered by "
-"each customer."
+"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select"
+" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> "
+"Point of sale`.."
 msgstr ""
-"Solamente haga clic en **Pago**. Usted sólo tiene que ingresar el dinero "
-"según cada cliente."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"Click on the payment method (cash, credit card,...) and enter the amount. "
-"Repeat it for each customer."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9
+msgid "Add a floor"
 msgstr ""
-"Haga clic en los métodos de pago (efectivo, tarjeta de crédito, ...) e "
-"ingrese el monto. Repita el procedimiento por cada cliente."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:55
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"When it's done, click on validate. This is how to split the bill based on "
-"the total amount."
+"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on"
+" *Floors*"
 msgstr ""
-"Cuando haya concluido, haga clic en validar. Así es como se hace la división"
-" de la factura basada en el total de cuenta."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:59
-msgid "Split the bill based on products"
-msgstr "División de factura basada en los productos"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18
+msgid "Add tables"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:61
-msgid "On the main view, click on **Split**"
-msgstr "En la vista principal, haga clic en **División**"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20
+msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:66
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"Select the products the first customer wants to pay and click on **Payment**"
+"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow"
+" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..."
 msgstr ""
-"Seleccione los productos del primer cliente que desea pagar y haga clic en "
-"**Pagos**"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:71
-msgid "You get the total, process the payment and click on **Validate**"
-msgstr "Obtendrá el total, hace el proceso de pago y da clic en **Validar**"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:76
-msgid "Follow the same procedure for the next customer of the same table."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, "
+"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, "
+"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as "
+"duplicate them with the handy tool bar."
 msgstr ""
-"Haga el mismo procedimiento con el siguiente cliente de la misma mesa."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:78
-msgid "When all the products have been paid you go back to the table map."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36
+msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode."
 msgstr ""
-"Cuando todos los productos hayan sido pagados, regresará al mapa de las "
-"mesas."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3
-msgid "How to configure your table map?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo configurar el mapa de las mesas?"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:6
-msgid "Make your table map"
-msgstr "Haga su propio mapa de mesas"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"Once your point of sale has been configured for restaurant usage, click on "
-"**New Session**:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39
+msgid "Register your table(s) orders"
 msgstr ""
-"Una vez que el punto de ventas haya sido configurado en el modo de "
-"restaurante, haga clic en **Nueva Sesión**:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:14
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"This is your main floor, it is empty for now. Click on the **+** icon to add"
-" a table."
+"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to "
+"register an order and payment."
 msgstr ""
-"Este es su piso principal, se encontrará vacío por el momento. Haga clic en "
-"el icono de **+** para añadir mesas."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44
 msgid ""
-"Drag and drop the table to change its position. Once you click on it, you "
-"can edit it."
+"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and"
+" you can also transfer the order to another table."
 msgstr ""
-"Agarre y arrastre las mesas para cambiarlas de posición. una vez hecho clic,"
-" puede comenzar a editarlo."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:23
-msgid "Click on the corners to change the size."
-msgstr "Haga clic en las esquinas para cambiar de tamaño."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:28
-msgid "The number of seats can be set by clicking on this icon:"
-msgstr "El número de asientos puede modificarse haciendo clic en este icono:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:33
-msgid "The table name can be edited by clicking on this icon:"
-msgstr "El nombre de la mesa puede ser editado haciendo clic en este icono:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:38
-msgid "You can switch from round to square table by clicking on this icon:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3
+msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment"
 msgstr ""
-"Usted puede cambiar de una mesa redonda a una cuadrada haciendo clic en este"
-" icono:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:43
-msgid "The color of the table can modify by clicking on this icon :"
-msgstr "El color de la mesa puede ser modificado haciendo clic en este icono:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:48
-msgid "This icon allows you to duplicate the table:"
-msgstr "Este icono permite duplicar la mesa:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:53
-msgid "To drop a table click on this icon:"
-msgstr "Para cortar la mesa haga clic en este icono:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:58
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Once your plan is done click on the pencil to leave the edit mode. The plan "
-"is automatically saved."
+"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is "
+"important to have the option in your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Una vez que su plan este hecho, haga clic en el lápiz para quitar el modo de"
-" edición. El plan estará automáticamente salvado."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:65
-msgid "Register your orders"
-msgstr "Registre sus órdenes"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9
+msgid "Configure Tipping"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:67
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Now you are ready to make your first order. You just have to click on a "
-"table to start registering an order."
+"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS."
 msgstr ""
-"Ahora está listo para realizar su primer orden. Sólo necesita dar clic en la"
-" mesa para empezar a registrar una orden."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:70
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"You can come back at any time to the map by clicking on the floor name :"
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and "
+"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case."
 msgstr ""
-"Usted puede regresar en cualquier momento al mapa haciendo clic en el nombre"
-" del piso:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:76
-msgid "Edit a table map"
-msgstr "Edite el mapa de las mesas"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:78
-msgid "On your map, click on the pencil icon to go in edit mode :"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21
+msgid "Add Tips to the bill"
 msgstr ""
-"En su mapa, haga clic en el icono del lápiz para ir al modo de edición :"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3
-msgid "How to handle tips?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo manejar las propinas?"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:8
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:63
-msgid "From the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
-msgstr "Desde el tablero, haga clic en :menuselection:`Más --> Ajustes`."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13
-msgid "Add a product for the tip."
-msgstr "Añada un producto para la propina."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"In the tip product page, be sure to set a sale price of ``0€`` and to remove"
-" all the taxes in the accounting tab."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23
+msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button"
 msgstr ""
-"En la página de las propinas, este seguro de dejar el precio en ``0€`` y de "
-"remover todos los impuestos en su módulo de contabilidad."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25
-msgid "Adding a tip"
-msgstr "Añadir una propina"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27
-msgid "On the payment page, tap on **Tip**"
-msgstr "En la página de pagos, marque la opción de **Propina**"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:32
-msgid "Tap down the amount of the tip:"
-msgstr "Pulse la flecha hacia la cantidad de la propina:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"The total amount has been updated and you can now register the payment."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31
+msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment."
 msgstr ""
-"El total del monto será descargado y ahora usted puede registrar el pago."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3
-msgid "How to transfer a customer from table?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo transferir un cliente de la mesa?"
+msgid "Transfer customers between tables"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"This only work for Point of Sales that are configured in restaurant mode."
+"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an "
+"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their "
+"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for "
+"you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11
+msgid "Transfer customer(s)"
 msgstr ""
-"Esto sólo funciona para los Puntos de Venta que estén configurados en modo "
-"de restaurantes."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Choose a table, for example table ``T1`` and start registering an order."
+msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on."
 msgstr ""
-"Escoja la mesa, por ejemplo la mesa ``T1`` y empiece registrando órdenes."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18
 msgid ""
-"Register an order. For some reason, customers want to move to table ``T9``. "
-"Click on **Transfer**."
+"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and "
+"select the new table"
 msgstr ""
-"Registrando una orden. Por alguna razón, los clientes desean moverse a la "
-"mesa ``T9``. Haga clic en **Transferir**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:24
-msgid "Select to which table you want to transfer customers."
-msgstr "Seleccione la mesa a la que desea transferir a los clientes."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:29
-msgid "You see that the order has been added to the table ``T9``"
-msgstr "Usted podrá ver que la orden se ha añadido a la mesa ``T9``"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3
 msgid "Advanced Shop Features"
 msgstr "Características Avanzadas de la Tienda"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3
-msgid "How to set up cash control?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo configurar el control de efectivo?"
+msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Cash control permits you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening "
-"and closing."
+"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening "
+"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash "
+"is missing."
 msgstr ""
-"El control de efectivo permite los montos de la caja de dinero al abrir y al"
-" cerrar."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:9
-msgid "Configuring cash control"
-msgstr "Configurar el control de efectivo"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10
+msgid "Activate Cash Control"
+msgstr "Activar el control de efectivo"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:11
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"On the **Point of Sale** dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> "
-"Settings`."
+"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales"
+" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"En el tablero del **Punto de Ventas**, haga clic en :menuselection:`Más --> "
-"Ajustes`."
+"Para activar la función *Control de efectivo *, vaya a: menuselection: "
+"`Punto de Ventas -> Configuración -> Punto de Venta` y seleccione su "
+"interfaz PdV."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:17
-msgid "On this page, scroll and tick the the option **Cash Control**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16
+msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting."
 msgstr ""
-"En esta página, deslice y seleccione la opción de **Control de Efectivo**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:23
-msgid "Starting a session"
-msgstr "Comenzando una sesión"
+"En la categoría de pagos, encontrará la configuración de control de "
+"efectivo."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:25
-msgid "On your point of sale dashboard click on **new session**:"
-msgstr "En el tablero de su punto de venta, haga clic en **nueva sesión**:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:30
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"Before launching the point of sale interface, you get the open control view."
-" Click on set an opening balance to introduce the amount in the cashbox."
+"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at "
+"the opening and closing."
 msgstr ""
-"Después del lanzamiento de la interfaz de su punto de venta, usted accederá "
-"a la vista de control. Haga clic en establecer un balance de apertura para "
-"introducir el monto en la cajón de dinero."
+"En este ejemplo, pueden ver que quiero tener 275 $ en varias denominaciones "
+"en la apertura y el cierre."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:37
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"Here you can insert the value of the coin or bill, and the amount present in"
-" the cashbox. The system sums up the total, in this example we have "
-"``86,85€`` in the cashbox. Click on **confirm**."
+"When clicking on *->Opening/Closing Values* you will be able to create those"
+" values."
 msgstr ""
-"Aquí usted podrá insertar el valor de la moneda o billete, y el monto "
-"presente en la caja de dinero. El sistema resume el total, en el ejemplo "
-"tenemos ``86,85€`` en la cajón de dinero. Haga clic en **Confirmar**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:44
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31
+msgid "Start a session"
+msgstr "Iniciar una sesion"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"You can see that the opening balance has changed and when you click on "
-"**Open Session** you will get the main point of sale interface."
+"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening "
+"Balance*"
 msgstr ""
-"Se puede ver que el balance de apertura ha cambiado y al hacer clic sobre "
-"**Sesión Abierta** obtendrá el punto principal de la interfaz de la venta."
+"Ahora tiene un nuevo botón agregado cuando abre una sesión, *Establecer "
+"saldo inicial*"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:61
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the "
-"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84€`` "
-"and pays with a ``20€`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**."
+"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always "
+"modify it."
 msgstr ""
-"Una vez que la orden se haya completado, haga clic en **Pago**. Usted puede "
-"elegir el método de pago del cliente. En este ejemplo, el cliente le debe "
-"``10,84 €`` y paga con ``20 €`` la nota. Cuando se hace, haga clic en "
-"**Validar**."
+"Por defecto, utilizará los valores que agregó anteriormente, pero siempre "
+"puede modificarlo."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46
+msgid "Close a session"
+msgstr "Cerrar una sesion"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:73
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48
 msgid ""
-"At the time of closing the session, click on the **Close** button on the top"
-" right. Click again on the **Close** button to exit the point of sale "
-"interface. On this page, you will see a summary of the transactions. At this"
-" moment you can take the money out."
+"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* "
+"button as well."
 msgstr ""
-"En el momento de cerrar la sesión, haga clic en el botón de **Cerrar** en la"
-" parte superior derecha. Haga clic de nuevo en el botón de **Cerrar** para "
-"salir del punto de la interfaz de la venta. En esta página podrás ver un "
-"resumen de las transacciones. En este momento se puede sacar el dinero."
+"Cuando desee cerrar su sesión, ahora también tiene un botón *Establecer "
+"saldo final*."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:81
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51
 msgid ""
-"For instance you want to take your daily transactions out of your cashbox."
+"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you"
+" have just counted) and the difference between the two."
 msgstr ""
-"Por ejemplo, usted quiere tomar todas las transacciones diarias de su caja "
-"de efectivo."
+"Luego puede ver el balance teórico, el balance de cierre real (lo que acaba "
+"de contar) y la diferencia entre los dos."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:87
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57
 msgid ""
-"Now you can see that the theoretical closing balance has been updated and it"
-" only remains you to count your cashbox to set a closing balance."
+"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for "
+"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing "
+"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session."
 msgstr ""
-"Ahora usted puede ver que el saldo del cierre teórico se ha actualizado y "
-"que sólo le queda por contar con su caja de dinero para establecer un "
-"balance al cerrar."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:93
-msgid "You can now validate the closing."
-msgstr "Ahora usted puede validar el cierre."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:96
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:20
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:92
-msgid ":doc:`invoice`"
-msgstr ":doc:`invoice`"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:97
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:116
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:93
-msgid ":doc:`refund`"
-msgstr ":doc:`refund`"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:98
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:117
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:21
-msgid ":doc:`seasonal_discount`"
-msgstr ":doc:`seasonal_discount`"
+"Si usa la opción *Sacar Dinero* para realizar sus transacciones para esta "
+"sesión, ahora tiene una diferencia de suma cero y el mismo saldo de cierre "
+"que su saldo de apertura. Tu caja está lista para la próxima sesión."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3
-msgid "How to invoice from the POS interface?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo facturar desde interfaz del Punto de Venta?"
+msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface"
+msgstr "Factura desde la interfaz PdV"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"On the **Dashboard**, you can see your points of sales, click on **New "
-"session**:"
+"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point "
+"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"En el **Tablero**, usted puede ver los puntos de venta, haga clic en **Nueva"
-" Sesión**:"
+"Algunos de tus clientes pueden solicitar una factura al comprar desde su "
+"punto de venta, puede administrarlo fácilmente directamente desde la "
+"interfaz de PdV."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:14
-msgid "You are on the ``main`` point of sales view :"
-msgstr "Usted está en la vista ``principal`` del punto de venta:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9
+msgid "Activate invoicing"
+msgstr "Activar facturación"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:19
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on "
-"the top. Switch categories by clicking on it."
+"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and"
+" select your Point of Sale:"
 msgstr ""
-"De lado derecho puede ver la lista de productos con las categorías en la "
-"parte superior. Cambie de categorías haciendo clic en ellas."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:22
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"If you click on a product, it will be added in your cart. You can directly "
-"set the correct **Quantity/Weight** by typing it on the keyboard."
+"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. "
+"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created."
 msgstr ""
-"Si hace clic en el producto, este se añadirá a su carrito. Usted puede "
-"ingresar directamente la **Cantidad/Peso** tecleando la cifra en el teclado."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:26
-msgid "Add a customer"
-msgstr "Añada el cliente"
+"En *Facturas y recibos* verá la opción de facturación, márquela. No olvide "
+"elegir en qué diario se deben crear las facturas."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:29
-msgid "By selecting in the customer list"
-msgstr "Al seleccionar en la lista de clientes"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25
+msgid "Select a customer"
+msgstr "Selecciona un cliente"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:31
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54
-msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer** (above **Payment**):"
-msgstr ""
-"En la vista principal, haga clic en **Cliente** (anteriormente en "
-"**Pagos**):"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27
+msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button"
+msgstr "Desde la interfaz de su sesión, use el botón de cliente"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:36
-msgid "You must set a customer in order to be able to issue an invoice."
-msgstr ""
-"Usted debe configurar un cliente con el fin de poder efectuar la factura."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"You can search in the list of your customers or create new ones by clicking "
-"on the icon."
+"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer "
+"or create a new one by using this button."
 msgstr ""
-"Usted puede buscar en la lista de sus clientes o crear uno nuevo haciendo "
-"clic en el icono."
+"Luego, puede seleccionar un cliente existente y configurarlo como su cliente"
+" o crear uno nuevo con este botón."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:48
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38
 msgid ""
-"For more explanation about adding a new customer. Please read the document "
-":doc:`../advanced/register`."
+"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information."
 msgstr ""
-"Para más explicación acerca de añadir nuevos clientes. Por favor lea el "
-"documento :doc:`../advanced/register`."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52
-msgid "By using a barcode for customer"
-msgstr "Para usar el código de barras por cliente"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:59
-msgid "Select a customer and click on the pencil to edit."
-msgstr "Seleccione el cliente y haga clic en la pluma para editar."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:64
-msgid "Set a the barcode for customer by scanning it."
-msgstr "Configure el código de barras para cada cliente escaneando cada uno."
+"Se le invitará a completar el formulario del cliente con su información."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:69
-msgid ""
-"Save modifications and now when you scan the customer's barcode, he is "
-"assigned to the order"
-msgstr ""
-"Guarde las modificaciones y ahora que escanee cada código de barras, este se"
-" asignara al pedido"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41
+msgid "Invoice your customer"
+msgstr "Facturación al cliente"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:73
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"Be careful with the **Barcode Nomenclature**. By default, customers' "
-"barcodes have to begin with 042. To check the default barcode nomenclature, "
-"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode "
-"Nomenclatures`."
+"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to "
+"select it and validate."
 msgstr ""
-"Tenga cuidado con la **Nomenclatura del Código de Barras**. Por defecto, los"
-" códigos de barras de los clientes tienen que empezar con 042. Para revisar "
-"por defecto la nomenclatura del código de barras, vaya a "
-":menuselection:`Punto de Venta --> Configuración --> Nomenclatura del Código"
-" de Barras`."
+"Desde la pantalla de pago, ahora tiene una opción de facturación, use el "
+"botón para seleccionarla y validarla."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:82
-msgid "Payment and invoicing"
-msgstr "Pago y facturación"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49
+msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order."
+msgstr "Despues, puede imprimir la factura y pasar a su próximo pedido."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:84
-msgid ""
-"Once the cart is processed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the "
-"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` "
-"and pays with by a ``VISA``."
-msgstr ""
-"Una vez que la tarjeta haya sido procesada, haga clic en **Pago**. Usted "
-"podrá escoger el método de pago que el cliente usará. En este ejemplo, el "
-"cliente debe ``10.84 €`` y lo pagará con ``VISA``."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52
+msgid "Retrieve invoices"
+msgstr "Recuperar facturas"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:88
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54
 msgid ""
-"Before clicking on **Validate**, you have to click on **Invoice** in order "
-"to create an invoice from this order."
+"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top"
+" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones"
+" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the "
+"invoice."
 msgstr ""
-"Después de hace clic en **Validar**, usted tiene que hacer clic en "
-"**Facturar** con el fin de crear una factura sobre este pedido."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:94
-msgid "Your invoice is printed and you can continue to make orders."
-msgstr "La factura se imprime y se pueden seguir haciendo pedidos."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:97
-msgid "Retrieve invoices of a specific customer"
-msgstr "Recuperar las facturas de un cliente en específico"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3
+msgid "Accept returns and refund products"
+msgstr "Acepta devoluciones y devolución de productos."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:99
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"To retrieve the customer's invoices, go to the **Sale** application, click "
-"on :menuselection:`Sales --> Customers`."
+"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your "
+"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is "
+"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Para recuperar ls facturas de los clientes, vaya al módulo de **Ventas**, "
-"haga clic en :menuselection:`Ventas --> Clientes`."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:102
-msgid "On the customer information view, click on the **Invoiced** button :"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants "
+"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If"
+" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process."
 msgstr ""
-"En la vista de información de clientes, haga clic en el botón de "
-"**Facturar** :"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:107
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"You will get the list all his invoices. Click on the invoice to get the "
-"details."
+"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have "
+"to process the payment."
 msgstr ""
-"Usted recibirá la lista de todas sus facturas. Haga clic en la factura para "
-"obtener los detalles."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:114
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:19
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:91
-msgid ":doc:`cash_control`"
-msgstr ":doc:`cash_control`"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3
-msgid "How to return and refund products?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo devolver y reembolsar los productos?"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3
+msgid "Apply time-limited discounts"
+msgstr "Aplicar descuentos por tiempo limitado."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"To refund a customer, from the PoS main view, you have to insert negative "
-"values. For instance in the last order you count too many ``pumpkins`` and "
-"you have to pay back one."
+"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or "
+"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a "
+"pricing strategy tailored to your business."
 msgstr ""
-"Para reembolsar a un cliente, desde la vista principal del Punto de ventas, "
-"usted tiene que insertar los valores negativos. Por ejemplo en el último "
-"pedido usted contó demasiadas ``calabazas`` y usted tiene que pagar "
-"solamente una."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:12
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"You can see that the total is negative, to end the refund, you only have to "
-"process the payment."
-msgstr ""
-"Se puede ver que el total es negativo, ponerle fin a la devolución es "
-"suficiente para procesar el pago."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3
-msgid "How to apply Time-limited or seasonal discounts?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo aplicar tiempos límites o descuentos ocasionales?"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:8
-msgid "To apply time-limited or seasonal discount, use the pricelists."
+"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales "
+"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Para aplicar los tiempos límite o el descuento de temporada, utilice las "
-"listas de precios."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10
-msgid "You have to create it and to apply it on the point of sale."
-msgstr "Tiene que crearlo y aplicar en el punto de venta."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:13
-msgid "Sales application configuration"
-msgstr "Configuración del módulo de Ventas"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:15
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:18
 msgid ""
-"In the **Sales** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings`. Tick **Advanced pricing based on formula**."
+"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and "
+"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking"
+" on *Pricelists*."
 msgstr ""
-"En el módulo de **Ventas**, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> "
-"Ajustes`. Marque la opción **Precios basados en fórmulas avanzado**."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23
-msgid "Creating a pricelist"
+msgid "Create a pricelist"
 msgstr "Crear una lista de precios"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"Once the setting has been applied, a **Pricelists** section appears under "
-"the configuration menu on the sales application."
+"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to "
+":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`"
 msgstr ""
-"Una vez que la configuración ha sido aplicada, la sección de **Lista de "
-"Precios** aparecerá bajo el menú de configuración en el módulo de ventas."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31
-msgid "Click on it, and then on **Create**."
-msgstr "Haga clic, y después en **Crear**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:36
-msgid ""
-"Create a **Pricelist** for your point of sale. Each pricelist can contain "
-"several items with different prices and different dates. It can be done on "
-"all products or only on specific ones. Click on **Add an item**."
-msgstr ""
-"Crea una **Lista de precios** para su punto de venta. Cada lista de precios "
-"puede contener varios elementos con diferentes precios y diferentes fechas. "
-"Puede estar hecho para todos los productos o para cada uno en específico. "
-"Haga clic en **Agregar elemento**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
-msgid "Active"
-msgstr "Activo"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"If unchecked, it will allow you to hide the pricelist without removing it."
-msgstr "Si no está marcado, la tarifa podrá ocultarse sin eliminarla."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
-msgid "Selectable"
-msgstr "Seleccionable"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
-msgid "Allow the end user to choose this price list"
-msgstr "Permitirle al usuario escoger esta lista de precios"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"For example, the price of the oranges costs ``3€`` but for two days, we want"
-" to give a ``10%`` discount to our PoS customers."
-msgstr ""
-"Por ejemplo, el precio de las naranjas es de ``3€`` pero durante dos días, "
-"queremos ofrecer un descuento del ``10%`` a nuestros clientes del punto de "
-"venta."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:51
 msgid ""
-"You can do it by adding the product or its category and applying a "
-"percentage discount. Other price computation can be done for the pricelist."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede hacerlo mediante la adición del producto o de su categoría y la "
-"aplicación de un porcentaje de descuento. Otros cálculos se puede hacer por "
-"el listado de precios."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:55
-msgid "After you save and close, your pricelist is ready to be used."
+"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. "
+"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You "
+"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the "
+"whole range."
 msgstr ""
-"Después de guardar y cerrar, la lista de precios está lista para ser usada."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:61
-msgid "Applying your pricelist to the Point of Sale"
-msgstr "Aplique su lista de precios en el Punto de Ventas"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:68
-msgid "On the right, you will be able to assign a pricelist."
-msgstr "De lado derecho, usted será capaz de asignar una lista de precios."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:74
-msgid ""
-"You just have to update the pricelist to apply the time-limited discount(s)."
-msgstr ""
-"Sólo tiene que actualizar la lista de precios para aplicar el descuento(s) "
-"por el cierto tiempo."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:37
+msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface"
+msgstr "Usando una lista de precios en la interfaz PdV"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:80
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"When you start a new session, you can see that the price have automatically "
-"been updated."
+"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly "
+"select the right pricelist."
 msgstr ""
-"Cuando inicie una nueva sesión,  puede ver que el precio ha sido actualizado"
-"  automáticamente."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:87
-msgid "When you update a pricelist, you have to close and open the session."
-msgstr "Cuando suba la lista de precios, usted debe cerrar y abrir la sesión."
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..99fde62518
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas , 2018\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: es\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6
+msgid "My Odoo Portal"
+msgstr "Mi portal de Odoo"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between "
+"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your "
+"Subscriptions."
+msgstr ""
+"En esta sección del portal encontrarás toda la comunicación entre tu y Odoo."
+" Documentos tales como presupuestos, ordenes de venta, facturas y tus "
+"subscripciones."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to "
+"`Odoo `__ . If you are already logged-in just "
+"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Para acceder a esta sección tienes que iniciar sesión con tu nombre de "
+"usuario y contraseña de `Odoo `__ . Si es que "
+"ya iniciaste sesión sólo haz clic en tu nombre en la esquina derecha arriba "
+"y selecciona \"Mi Cuenta\"."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
+msgid "Quotations"
+msgstr "Presupuestos"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
+"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to "
+"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí encontrarás todos los presupuestos enviados a tí por Odoo. Por ejemplo,"
+" un presupuesto puede ser generado para tí después de añadir una aplicación "
+"o un usuario a tu base de datos o si tu contrato tiene que ser renovado."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that"
+" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you "
+"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+"La columna *Valido Hasta* muestra hasta cuándo el presupuesto es válido; "
+"después de esa fecha, el presupuesto será \"Expirado\". Al cliquear en el "
+"presupuesto, verás todos los detalles de la oferta, el precio y otra "
+"información valiosa."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the "
+"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
+" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Si quieres aceptar el presupuesto solo cliquea \"Acepta y Paga\" y el "
+"presupuesto será confirmado. Si no quieres aceptarlo, o necesitas preguntar "
+"por algunas modificaciones, cliquea en \"Pregunta Cambios Rechazar\"."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
+msgid "Sales Orders"
+msgstr "Pedidos de ventas"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. "
+"will be registered under this section."
+msgstr ""
+"Todas tus compras en Odoo tales como ventas adicionales, temas, "
+"aplicaciones, etc. serán registradas bajo esta sección."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products "
+"purchased and process the payment."
+msgstr ""
+"Al cliquear en la orden de venta puedes revisar el detalle de los productos "
+"comprados y procesar el pago."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53
+msgid "Invoices"
+msgstr "Facturas"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, "
+"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate "
+"you if the invoice has been paid."
+msgstr ""
+"Todas las facturas de tu subscripciones, o generadas por una orden de venta,"
+" serán mostradas en esta sección. La etiqueta antes del monto a pagar te "
+"indicará si la factura ha sido pagada."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
+"invoice or download a PDF version of the document."
+msgstr ""
+"Solo haz clic en la factura si deseas ver más información, pagar la factura "
+"o descargar una versión PDF del documento."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
+msgid "Tickets"
+msgstr "Tickets"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support "
+"`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find "
+"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our "
+"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando envías un ticket a través `Odoo Support "
+"`__ un ticket será creado. Aquí puedes encontrar "
+"todos los tickets que haz abierto, la conversación entre tu y tus Agentes, "
+"Status del ticket y la ID (# Ref)."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77
+msgid "Subscriptions"
+msgstr "Suscripciones"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first "
+"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
+msgstr ""
+"Puedes acceder a tu Subcripción con Odoo desde esta sección. La primera "
+"página te muestra las subscripciones que tienes y su status."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding"
+" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing "
+"information and the payment method."
+msgstr ""
+"Al cliquear en la Subscripción tendrás acceso a todos los detalles respecto "
+"a tu plan: esto incluye el número de aplicaciones compradas, la información "
+"de factura y el método de pago."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
+"the new credit card details."
+msgstr ""
+"Para cambiar el método de pago haz clic en \"Cambiar Método de Pago\" y "
+"entra los detalles de la nueva tarjeta de crédito."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on "
+"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on "
+"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
+msgstr ""
+"Si quieres remover las tarjetas de crédito grabadas, lo puedes hacer al "
+"cliquear en \"Administra tus métodos de pago\" al fondo de la página. Haz "
+"clic en \"Borrar\" para borrar este método de pago."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
+" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
+"change to \"To Renew\".  You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method"
+" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will "
+"no longer be able to access the database."
+msgstr ""
+"A la fecha de la próxima factura, si es que no hay información del pago "
+"disponible, o si tu tarjeta de crédito ha expirado, el status de tu "
+"subscripción cambiará a \"Para renovar\". Luego tendrás 7 días para proveer "
+"un método de pago válido. Después de esto, la subscripción será cerrada y no"
+" tendrás más acceso a la base de datos."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
+msgid "Success Packs"
+msgstr "Success Packs"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
+"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
+"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
+"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
+msgstr ""
+"Con un Success Pack/Socio Success Pack, se te asigna un experto que provee "
+"asistencia única y personalizada para ayudarte a customizar tu solución y "
+"optimizar tus flow de trabajo como parte de tu implementación inicial. Estas"
+" horas nunca expiran, permitiéndote utilizarlas cuando necesites soporte."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
+":ref:`db_online`"
+msgstr ""
+"Si necesitas información acerca de cómo manejar tu base de datos ve "
+":ref:`db_online`"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
index 1fa1688e77..fb69bc4680 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
@@ -1,16 +1,30 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2017
+# Ruben Dario Machado , 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Miguel Mendez , 2017
+# Pedro M. Baeza , 2017
+# Luis M. Ontalba , 2017
+# Antonio Trueba, 2017
+# AleEscandon , 2017
+# Pablo Rojas , 2017
+# David Arnold , 2017
+# Alejandro Kutulas , 2018
+# Jon Perez , 2019
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Miguel Mendez , 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jon Perez , 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -26,180 +40,6 @@ msgstr "Proyecto"
 msgid "Advanced"
 msgstr "Avanzado"
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3
-msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo usar proyectos para gestionar reclamos/incidencias?"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"A company selling support services often has to deal with problems occurring"
-" during the implementation of the project. These issues have to be solved "
-"and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the deliverability of"
-" the project and a positive customer satisfaction."
-msgstr ""
-"Una empresa que vende servicios de soporte, a menudo tiene que lidiar con "
-"los problemas que se producen durante la ejecución del proyecto. Estos "
-"problemas tienen que ser resueltos y seguimiento lo más rápido posible con "
-"el fin de asegurar la capacidad de entrega del proyecto y la satisfacción "
-"positiva del cliente."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"For example, as an IT company offering the implementation of your software, "
-"you might have to deal with customers emails experiencing technical "
-"problems. Odoo offers the opportunity to create dedicated support projects "
-"which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email."
-" This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be"
-" closed more quickly."
-msgstr ""
-"Por ejemplo, una compañía de TI que ofrece la implementación del software, "
-"puede que tenga que hacer frente a los correos electrónicos de los clientes "
-"que experimentan problemas técnicos. Odoo ofrece la oportunidad de crear "
-"proyectos de apoyo dedicados a generar automáticamente las tareas al recibir"
-" un correo electrónico de atención al cliente. De esta manera, la cuestión "
-"se puede asignar directamente a un empleado y se puede cerrar más "
-"rápidamente."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
-#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuración"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:20
-msgid ""
-"The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for "
-"support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the "
-"**Issue Tracking** modules."
-msgstr ""
-"Para la siguiente configuración se necesita ser capaz de utilizar los "
-"proyectos para el apoyo y cuestiones. Necesita instalar los módulos de "
-"**Gestión de proyectos** y el **Seguimiento de asuntos**."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31
-msgid "Create a project"
-msgstr "Crear un proyecto"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33
-msgid ""
-"The first step in order to set up a claim/issue management system is to "
-"create a project related to those claims. Let's start by simply creating a "
-"**support project**. Enter the Project application dashboard, click on "
-"create and name your project **Support**. Tick the **Issues** box and rename"
-" the field if you want to customize the Issues label (e.g. **Bugs** or "
-"**Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the"
-" Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client "
-"will be able to follow his claim in his portal)."
-msgstr ""
-"El primer paso para establecer un sistema de gestión de reclamaciones/el "
-"tema es crear un proyecto relacionado con esas afirmaciones. Vamos a empezar"
-" por la simple creación de un **proyecto de apoyo**. Ingrese al tablero de "
-"aplicación del proyecto, haga clic en crear y nombre su proyecto **Apoyo**. "
-"Marque la caja de  **Cuestiones** y cambie el nombre del campo si desea "
-"personalizar la etiqueta en cuestión (por ejemplo **Errores** o **Casos**). "
-"Como las cuestiones son tareas orientadas al cliente, es posible que desee "
-"ajustar la configuración de Privacidad/Visibilidad del **Proyecto Cliente** "
-"(por lo tanto, su cliente será capaz de seguir su reclamo en su portal)."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to "
-"handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field empty."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede vincular el proyecto a un cliente si el proyecto ha sido creado para "
-"manejar una serie de cuestiones específicas de los clientes, de lo contrario"
-" se puede dejar el campo vacío."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51
-msgid "Invite followers"
-msgstr "Invitar seguidores"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53
-msgid ""
-"You can decide to notify your employees as soon as a new issue will be "
-"created. On the **Chatter** (bottom of the screen), you will notice two "
-"buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click"
-" on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add "
-"others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Usted decide si es necesario notificar a sus empleados tan pronto como se "
-"creará una nueva emisión. Por **Conversación** (parte inferior de la "
-"pantalla), te darás cuenta de dos botones a la derecha: **Seguidor** (verde)"
-" y **Ningún seguidor** (blanco). Haga clic en la primera para recibir "
-"personalmente las notificaciones y en el segundo para añadir otros empleados"
-" como seguidor del proyecto (ver imagen a continuación)."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63
-msgid "Set up your workflow"
-msgstr "Configure su flujo de trabajo"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:65
-msgid ""
-"You can easily personalize your project stages to suit your workflow by "
-"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add "
-"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to "
-"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and "
-"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also "
-"edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on "
-"your desired stage."
-msgstr ""
-"Usted puede personalizar fácilmente las etapas del proyecto para poder "
-"adaptarse a su flujo de trabajo mediante la creación de nuevas columnas. "
-"Desde la vista Kanban del proyecto, puede agregar etapas haciendo clic en "
-"**Añadir una nueva columna** (ver imagen de abajo). Si desea cambiar el "
-"orden de sus etapas, puede hacerlo fácilmente arrastrando y soltando la "
-"columna que desea mover a la ubicación deseada. También puede editar, "
-"pliegue o despliegue en cualquier momento sus etapas utilizando el icono de "
-"**ajustes** en la etapa deseada."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77
-msgid "Generate issues from emails"
-msgstr "Generar incidencias desde correos"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:79
-msgid ""
-"When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it appearing "
-"in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project is "
-"automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias."
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando el proyecto está correctamente configurado y guardado, usted lo verá "
-"aparecer en su tablero. Tenga en cuenta que una dirección de correo "
-"electrónico para este proyecto se generará de forma automática, con el "
-"nombre del proyecto como alias."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87
-msgid ""
-"If you cannot see the email address on your project, go to the menu "
-":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias "
-"domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you "
-"will now see the email address under the name of your project."
-msgstr ""
-"Si no puede ver la dirección de correo electrónico en su proyecto, vaya al "
-"menú :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Ajustes Generales` y configure su dominio "
-"como alias. De clic en **Aplicar** y vuelve a su tablero de **Proyectos** "
-"donde ahora verá la dirección de correo electrónico con el nombre de su "
-"proyecto."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92
-msgid ""
-"Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a "
-"new issue will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"Cada vez que uno de su cliente le envía un correo electrónico a la dirección"
-" de correo electrónico, se creará una nueva emisión."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
-msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97
-msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`"
-
 #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3
 msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?"
 msgstr "¿Cómo obtener retroalimentación de los clientes?"
@@ -371,10 +211,6 @@ msgstr ""
 " clic en el botón de página web en la esquina superior derecha y confirmando"
 " que en el parte delantera de la página web."
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:111
-msgid ":doc:`claim_issue`"
-msgstr ":doc:`claim_issue`"
-
 #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3
 msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?"
 msgstr "¿Cómo crear tareas desde órdenes de ventas?"
@@ -422,6 +258,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "refacturados según el acuerdo con el cliente y con el tiempo extra dedicado "
 "al proyecto."
 
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuración"
+
 #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27
 msgid "Install the required applications"
 msgstr "Instalar las aplicaciones requeridas "
@@ -568,13 +410,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "En Odoo, el documento central es la orden de las ventas, lo que significa "
 "que el documento de origen de la tarea es la orden de venta relacionada."
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114
-msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`"
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
+msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115
-msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`"
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114
+msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`"
 
 #: ../../project/application.rst:3
 msgid "Awesome Timesheet App"
@@ -1404,66 +1247,52 @@ msgstr ""
 "clic en **Guardar**."
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3
-msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo visualizar un proyecto de tareas?"
+msgid "Visualize a project's tasks"
+msgstr "Visualiza la tarea de un proyecto"
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5
-msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks"
-msgstr "¿Cómo visualizar un proyecto de tareas?"
-
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:7
-msgid ""
-"Tasks are assignments that members of your organisations have to fulfill as "
-"part of a project. In day to day business, your company might struggle due "
-"to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those task are already complex "
-"enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a real "
-"burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the "
-"different tasks you have to cope with."
-msgstr ""
-"Las tareas son tareas que los miembros de sus organizaciones tienen que "
-"cumplir como parte de un proyecto. En el día a día del negocio, su empresa "
-"podría tener problemas debido a la importante cantidad de tareas que "
-"cumplir. Aquellas tareas son lo suficientemente complejas. Hay que recordar "
-"a todos y dar seguimiento de ellos puede ser una verdadera carga. Por "
-"suerte, Odoo permite visualizar y organizar las diferentes tareas que tienen"
-" que hacer frente de manera eficiente."
-
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"The only configuration needed is to install the project module in the module"
-" application."
+"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important "
+"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having "
+"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo "
+"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you "
+"have to cope with."
 msgstr ""
-"La única configuración que usted necesita es instalar el módulo de proyecto "
-"en el módulo de aplicaciones. "
+"En los negocios del día a día, tu compañía puede sufrir debido a la gran "
+"cantidad de tareas por completar. Esas tareas son de por sí, complejas. "
+"Tener que acordarse de todas ellas y además hacerle seguimiento puede ser "
+"una carga. Por suerte, Odoo te permite visualizar efectivamente y organizar "
+"las diferentas tareas que tienes que abarcar."
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:24
-msgid "Creating Tasks"
-msgstr "Creando tareas"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12
+msgid "Create a task"
+msgstr "Crea una tarea"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:26
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply "
-"open the project and click on create a task."
+"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one."
 msgstr ""
-"Una vez creado el proyecto, usted puede fácilmente generar tareas. "
-"Simplemente es necesario abrir el proyecto y hacer clic en crear una tarea."
+"En la aplicación de proyecto, selecciona un proyecto existente o crea uno "
+"nuevo."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17
+msgid "In the project, create a new task."
+msgstr "En el proyecto, crea una tarea nueva."
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:32
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22
 msgid ""
-"You then first give a name to your task, the related project will "
-"automatically be filled in, assign the project to someone, and select a "
-"deadline if there is one."
+"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a "
+"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task."
 msgstr ""
-"Usted debe proporcionar primero el nombre de la tarea, el proyecto "
-"relacionado automáticamente se rellena, se asigna el proyecto a alguien, y "
-"se seleccione una fecha límite, si así lo desea."
+"En esa tarea puedes luego asignarla a la persona correcta, añadir etiquetas,"
+" una fecha límite, descripciones... y todo lo que puedas necesitar para esa "
+"tarea"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:40
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
-msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
-msgstr "Obtener una visión general de las actividades con la vista Kanban"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29
+msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view"
+msgstr "Ve tus tareas con la vista Kanban"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:42
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks "
 "to the Kanban view."
@@ -1471,7 +1300,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Una vez creadas las distintas tareas, pueden ser gestionadas y se puede dar "
 "seguimiento gracias a la vista de Kanban."
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It "
 "enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which "
@@ -1481,7 +1310,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Permite tener una visión clara de las etapas de sus tareas que se encuentran"
 " en y que cuales tienen prioridades más altas."
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:49
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53
 msgid ""
 "The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are"
@@ -1492,68 +1321,72 @@ msgstr ""
 "usted desea otra vista, se puede volver a ella en cualquier momento haciendo"
 " clic en el logotipo de la vista Kanban en la esquina superior derecha."
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:57
-msgid "How to nototify your collegues about the status of a task?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo notificar a sus colegas sobre el estado de una tarea?"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from "
+"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task"
+" and indicate if the task is ready."
+msgstr ""
+"Puedes notificar a tus colegas acerca del status de una tarea directamente "
+"desde la vista kanban usando el punto pequeño, notificará al seguidor de la "
+"tarea e indicará si la tarea está lista."
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
-msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
-msgstr "Ordenar tareas por prioridad"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53
+msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view"
+msgstr "Ordena tareas en la vista Kanban"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:65
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55
 msgid ""
-"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by "
-"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will be automatically moved to the "
-"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom "
-"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not "
-"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines."
+"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star "
+"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them "
+"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked"
+" to their creation date."
 msgstr ""
-"En cada una de sus columnas, usted tiene la posibilidad de ordenar las "
-"tareas por prioridad. Las tareas con una prioridad más alta se moverán "
-"automáticamente a la parte superior de la columna. Desde el punto de vista "
-"de Kanban, haga clic en la estrella en la parte inferior izquierda de una "
-"tarea para etiquetarlo como de **alta prioridad**. Para las tareas que no "
-"están etiquetadas, Odoo las clasificará automáticamente en función de sus "
-"plazos."
+"Las tareas son ordenadas por prioridades, las que puedes asignar al hacer "
+"clic en la estrella al lado del reloj y luego por secuencia, lo que "
+"significa que si las mueves manualmente usandro arrastra & suelta, estarán "
+"en ese orden y finalmente por su ID conectada a la fecha de creación."
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63
 msgid ""
-"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the list "
-"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks."
+"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view."
 msgstr ""
-"Tenga en cuenta que las fechas que pasaron sus plazos aparecerán en rojo (en"
-" la vista de lista también) para que pueda seguir con facilidad hasta la "
-"progresión de las diferentes tareas."
+"Las tareas que fueron pasadas sus fechas límites, aparecerán en rojo en tu "
+"vista Kanban."
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:80
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
-msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
-msgstr "Mantenga seguimiento en los plazos con la vista de Calendario"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard "
+"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Si pones una tarea de baja prioridad encima, cuando vuelvas a tu tablero la "
+"próxima vez, se habrá movido de vuelta abajo de las tareas con alta "
+"prioridad"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72
+msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view"
+msgstr "Administra fechas límites en la vista de Calendario"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:82
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74
 msgid ""
-"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. "
-"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline in a "
-"single window."
+"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, "
+"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set "
+"easily in a single window."
 msgstr ""
-"Si agrega una fecha límite en la tarea, aparecerán en la vista de "
-"calendario. Como gerente, este punto de vista le permite mantener "
-"seguimiento de toda la fecha límite en una sola ventana."
+"También tienes la opción de cambiar de una vista Kanban a una vista de "
+"calendario, permitiéndote ver todas las fechas límite para cada tarea que "
+"tiene una fecha límite asignada fácilmente en una sola ventana."
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:89
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78
 msgid ""
-"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned"
-" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the "
-"related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
+"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can "
+"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see."
 msgstr ""
-"Todas las tareas etiquetadas con un color correspondiente al empleado "
-"asignado a ellos. Puedes filtrar fácilmente los plazos por parte de "
-"empleados marcando las casillas correspondientes en la derecha de la vista "
-"de calendario."
+"Las tareas son codificadas con colores al empleado al cual fue asignado y "
+"puedes filtrar las fechas límites por empleado al seleccionar la fecha "
+"límite de la persona que desees."
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:94
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133
 msgid ""
 "You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and "
@@ -1813,6 +1646,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "No olvides de asignar a la persona responsable y el tiempo estimado en caso "
 "de tenerlos."
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
+msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
+msgstr "Obtener una visión general de las actividades con la vista Kanban"
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49
 msgid ""
 "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It "
@@ -1855,6 +1692,10 @@ msgstr ""
 " el desarrollo de proyecto, las etapas podrían ser: Especificaciones, "
 "Desarrollo, Pruebas, Terminado."
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
+msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
+msgstr "Ordenar tareas por prioridad"
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by "
@@ -1915,6 +1756,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "el icono de la vista de lista (ver más abajo). La última columna le mostrará"
 " el progreso de cada tarea."
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
+msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
+msgstr "Mantenga seguimiento en los plazos con la vista de Calendario"
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121
 msgid ""
 "If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. "
@@ -1925,6 +1770,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "calendario. Como gerente, este punto de vista le permite mantener un "
 "seguimiento en todos los plazos en una sola ventana."
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned"
+" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the "
+"related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
+msgstr ""
+"Todas las tareas etiquetadas con un color correspondiente al empleado "
+"asignado a ellos. Puedes filtrar fácilmente los plazos por parte de "
+"empleados marcando las casillas correspondientes en la derecha de la vista "
+"de calendario."
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138
 msgid ":doc:`forecast`"
 msgstr ":doc:`forecast`"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
index 0881497f76..1d2a2c8a2d 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
@@ -1,16 +1,38 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Carles Antoli , 2017
+# David Perez , 2017
+# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2017
+# Jose Manuel , 2017
+# Antonio Trueba, 2017
+# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2017
+# Luis M. Ontalba , 2017
+# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2017
+# Gustavo Valverde, 2017
+# AleEscandon , 2017
+# Pablo Rojas , 2017
+# Christopher Ormaza , 2017
+# b7db2840ea95169a8b66b2e8c18d323d_52caf48 , 2017
+# José Vicente , 2017
+# Alejandro Die Sanchis , 2017
+# RGB Consulting , 2017
+# Alejandro Kutulas , 2018
+# Martin Trigaux, 2018
+# Jesus Vicente Alcala Rodriguez , 2020
+# Pedro M. Baeza , 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Alejandro Die Sanchis , 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Pedro M. Baeza , 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -1208,6 +1230,8 @@ msgstr "Solicitud de Cotización"
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3
 msgid "How to determine if a vendor bill should be paid (3-way matching)"
 msgstr ""
+"Como determinar si la factura de un vendedor debe ser pagada (matching de 3 "
+"maneras)"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1215,6 +1239,9 @@ msgid ""
 "the ordered products. However, the bill should maybe not be paid until the "
 "products have actually been received."
 msgstr ""
+"En algunas industrias, puedes recibir una factura de un vendedor antes de "
+"recibir los productos ordenados. Sin embargo, la factura puede que no sea "
+"pagada hasta que los productos sean recibidos."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9
 msgid ""
@@ -1223,22 +1250,30 @@ msgid ""
 "information appearing on the Purchase Order, the Vendor Bill and the "
 "Receipt."
 msgstr ""
+"Para definir si la factura del vendedor debe ser pagada o no, puedes usar lo"
+" que se llama la **3-way matching**. Se refiere a la comparación de la "
+"información que aparece en la orden de compra, la factura del vendedor y el "
+"recibo. "
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14
 msgid ""
 "The 3-way matching helps you to avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor "
 "bills."
 msgstr ""
+"La 3-way matching te ayuda a evitar pagar facturas incorrectas o vendedores "
+"fraudulentos"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "Go in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
 "the 3-way matching."
 msgstr ""
+"Anda a :menúselección:`Compra --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y activa la "
+"3-way matching."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:30
 msgid "Should I pay this vendor bill?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Debo pagar esta factura del vendedor?"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32
 msgid ""
@@ -1246,20 +1281,25 @@ msgid ""
 "vendor bill, defining whether the bill should be paid or not. There are "
 "three possible values:"
 msgstr ""
+"Una vez que estos ajustes sean activados, una nueva información aparecerá en"
+" la factura del vendedor, definiendo si es que la factura debe ser pagada o "
+"no. Hay tres posibles valores:"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:36
 msgid "*Use case 1*: I have received the ordered products."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*Usa caso 1*: He recibido los productos ordenados."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:43
 msgid "*Use case 2*: I have not received the ordered products."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*Usa caso 2*: No he recibido los productos ordenados."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:50
 msgid ""
 "*Use case 3*: the quantities do not match across the Purchase Order, Vendor "
 "Bill and Receipt."
 msgstr ""
+"*Usa caso 3*: Las cantidades no coinciden en la orden de venta, factura de "
+"vendedor y recibo. "
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:59
 msgid ""
@@ -1267,6 +1307,9 @@ msgid ""
 "this status manually, you can tick the box *Force Status* and then you will "
 "be able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not."
 msgstr ""
+"El status es definido automáticamente por Odoo. Sin embargo, si quieres "
+"definir el status manualmente, puedes marcar *Force Status* y luego podrás "
+"fijar manualmente si es que la factura del vendedor debe ser pagada o no."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3
 msgid "How to analyze the performance of my vendors?"
@@ -2177,13 +2220,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "seleccione la fecha en la que desea continuar con el orden real."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
-msgid "Shipment"
-msgstr "Envío"
+msgid "Receipt"
+msgstr "Tiquet"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "Incoming Shipments"
 msgstr "Envíos a recibir"
 
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Vendor"
+msgstr "Proveedor"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference."
+msgstr ""
+"Puedes encontrar un vendedor por su nombre, tin, email or referencia "
+"interna."
+
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "Vendor Reference"
 msgstr "Referencia de proveedor"
@@ -2530,7 +2583,7 @@ msgstr "Licitaciones de compra"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage Blanket Orders"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Como administrar ordenes blanket."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -2541,21 +2594,30 @@ msgid ""
 " of time, at a lower price, without paying for the large order immediately. "
 "Each small periodic delivery is called a release or call-off."
 msgstr ""
+"Una **Blanket Order** es un contrato entre tu (el cliente) y tu proveedor "
+"específico. Es usado para negociar un precio descontado. El proveedor es "
+"beneficiado por las economias de escala inherentes en una orden larga. Te "
+"beneficias al tener la posibilidad de tomar hartas ordenes pequeñas en un "
+"periodo de tiempo, a un precio menor, sin tener que pagar la orden de "
+"inmediato. Cada entrega pequeña se llama lanzamiento o cancelación."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:12
 msgid ""
 "As the blanket order is a contract, it will have some prearranged "
 "conditions. These usually include:"
 msgstr ""
+"Como la orden blanket es un contrato, tendrá algunas condiciones pre "
+"arregladas. Estas usualmente incluyen:"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:15
 msgid "Total quantity of each product to be delivered"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cantidad total de cada producto a entregar"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "Completion deadline, by which you must take delivery of the total quantity"
 msgstr ""
+"Fecha de completación, para la cual debes tomar entrega de la cantidad total"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:19
 msgid "Unit price for each product"
@@ -2563,11 +2625,11 @@ msgstr "Precio unitario para cada producto"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:21
 msgid "Delivery lead time in days for each release"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plaso de entrega en días para cada lanzamiento"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:24
 msgid "Activate the Purchase Agreements"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Activa los acuerdos de compra"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:26
 msgid ""
@@ -2575,6 +2637,9 @@ msgid ""
 "By default, the Purchase Agreements is not activated. To be able to use "
 "blanket orders, you must first activate the option."
 msgstr ""
+"La función orden blanket es entregada por la característica Acuerdo de "
+"Compra. Por defecto, el acuerdo de compra no es activado. Para usar blanket "
+"orders, tienes que primero activar la opción."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:30
 msgid ""
@@ -2582,16 +2647,21 @@ msgid ""
 "In the **Orders** section, locate the **Purchase Agreements** and tick the "
 "box, then click on **Save**."
 msgstr ""
+"En el módulo de compra, abre el menú configuración y haz clic en Ajustes. En"
+" la sección **Ordenes**, localiza el **Acuerdo de compra** y marca la caja, "
+"luego haz clic en **Guardar**."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:38
 msgid "Create a Blanket Order"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Crea una Blanket Order"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "To create a new blanket order, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase "
 "Agreements`."
 msgstr ""
+"Para crear una orden blanket, abre :menuselección:`Compra --> Acuerdo de "
+"Compra`."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:45
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39
@@ -2599,28 +2669,33 @@ msgid ""
 "In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase "
 "Agreement window opens."
 msgstr ""
+"En la ventana de acuerdo de compra, haz clic en **Crea**. Un nuevo Acuerdo "
+"de Compra se abrirá."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:48
 msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Blanket Order."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "En el campo **Tipo de Acuerdo**, elige orden blanket."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:50
 msgid "Choose the **Vendor** with whom you will make the agreement."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Elige el **Vendedor** con el que harás el acuerdo."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:52
 msgid "Set the **Agreement Deadline** as per the conditions of the agreement."
 msgstr ""
+"Fija la **Fecha límite del Acuerdo** como en las condiciones del acuerdo."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:54
 msgid "Set the **Ordering Date** to the starting date of the contract."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Fija la **Fecha de Orden** a la fecha de partida del contrato."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:56
 msgid ""
 "Leave the **Delivery Date** empty because we will have different delivery "
 "dates with each release."
 msgstr ""
+"Deja la **Fecha de Entrega** vacía porque tendremos distintas fechas de "
+"entrega con cada lanzamiento."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:59
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:52
@@ -2629,6 +2704,9 @@ msgid ""
 "the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as "
 "you wish."
 msgstr ""
+"En la sección **Productos**, haz clic en **Agrega un Item**. Selecciona "
+"productos en Lista de Productos, luego ingresa **Cantidad**. Puedes agregar "
+"cuantos productos quieras."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:66
 msgid "Click on **Confirm**."
@@ -2639,6 +2717,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created for this vendor,"
 " with the products chosen on the PT. Repeat this operation for each release."
 msgstr ""
+"Ahora haz clic en el botón **Nuevo Presupuesto**. Un RfQ es creado para este"
+" vendedor, con los productos elegidos en el PT. Repite esta operación para "
+"cada lanzamiento."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:71
 msgid ""
@@ -2646,12 +2727,17 @@ msgid ""
 " quantity will be for the entire remaining quantity. Your individual "
 "releases should be for some smaller quantity."
 msgstr ""
+"Ten cuidado al cambiar la **Cantidad** campo en el RFQ. Por defecto, la "
+"cantidad RFQ será por la cantidad total restante. Tus lanzamientos "
+"individuales deben ser para algunas cantidades más pequeñas."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:78
 msgid ""
 "When all of the releases (purchase orders) have been delivered and paid, you"
 " can click on **Validate** and **Done**."
 msgstr ""
+"Cuando todos los lanzamientos (ordenes de compra) han sido entregados y "
+"pagados, puedes hacer clic en  **Validar** y **Hecho**."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:81
 msgid ""
@@ -2659,6 +2745,9 @@ msgid ""
 "`__"
 " in our Online Demonstration."
 msgstr ""
+"Ve `Acuerdo de Compra "
+"`__"
+" en nuestra Demostración Online."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:88
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:83
@@ -2667,7 +2756,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage Purchase Tenders"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Como administrar Licitaaciones de Compra"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:12
 msgid ""
@@ -2675,10 +2764,13 @@ msgid ""
 "Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order? "
 "`__"
 msgstr ""
+"Para más información en mejores usos, por favor lee el capítulo `Request for"
+" Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order? "
+"`__"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:17
 msgid "Activate the Purchase Tender function"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Activa la función de Licitación de Compra"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:19
 msgid ""
@@ -2694,42 +2786,54 @@ msgid ""
 "In the Purchase Order section, locate the **Calls for Tenders** and tick the"
 " box Allow using call for tenders... (advanced), then click on **Apply**."
 msgstr ""
+"En el módulo de Compras, abre el menú Configuración y haz clic en Ajustes. "
+"En la sección orden de compra, localiza la **Llamadas para Licitaciones** y "
+"marca la caja Permitir usando llamada para licitaciones... (avanzado), luego"
+" haz clic en **Aplicar**."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:31
 msgid "Create a Purchase Tender"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Crea una Licitación de Compra"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:33
 msgid ""
 "To create a new Purchase Tender, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase "
 "Agreements (PA)`."
 msgstr ""
+"Para crear una nueva Licitación de Compra, abre :menuselection:`Purchase -->"
+" Purchase Agreements (PA)`."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:42
 msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Purchase Tender."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "En el campo **Tipo Acuerdo**, elige Licitación Compra."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:44
 msgid ""
 "The **Agreement Deadline** field tells the vendors when to have their offers"
 " submitted."
 msgstr ""
+"El campo **Fecha límite de Acuerdo** le dice al vendedor cuando tener sus "
+"ofertas entregadas."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "The **Ordering Date** field tells the vendors when we will submit a purchase"
 " order to the chosen vendor."
 msgstr ""
+"El campo **Fecha de Orden** le dice al vendedor cuando enviarémos una orden "
+"de compra al vendedor elegido."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:48
 msgid ""
 "The **Delivery Date** field tells the vendors when the product will have to "
 "be delivered."
 msgstr ""
+"El campo **Fecha de Entrega** le dice al vendedor cuando el producto tiene "
+"que ser entregado."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:50
 msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "No tienes que definir un **Vendedor**."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:59
 msgid "Click on **Confirm Call**."
@@ -2741,10 +2845,15 @@ msgid ""
 "products chosen on the PT. Choose a **Vendor** and send the RfQ to the "
 "vendor. Repeat this operation for each vendor."
 msgstr ""
+"Ahora haz clic en el botón **Nuevo Presupuesto**. Un RfQ es creado con los "
+"productos elegidos en el PT. Elige un **Vendedor** y envía el RfQ al "
+"vendedor. Repite esta operación para cada vendedor."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68
 msgid "Once all the RfQs are sent, you can click on **Validate** on the PT."
 msgstr ""
+"Una vez que todos los RfQs sean enviados, puedes hacer clic en **Validar** "
+"en el PT."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70
 msgid ""
@@ -2752,10 +2861,13 @@ msgid ""
 "Then, choose the ones you want to accept by clicking on **Confirm Order** on"
 " the RfQs and **Cancel** the others."
 msgstr ""
+"Los vendedores enviarán sus ofertas, puedes actualizar los RfQs de acuerdo a"
+" esto. Luego, elige los que deseas aceptar cliqueando en **Confirmar Orden**"
+"  en los RfQs y **Cancela** los otros."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:74
 msgid "You can now click on **Done** on the PT."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ahora puedes hacer clic en **Hecho** en el PT."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:76
 msgid ""
@@ -2763,6 +2875,9 @@ msgid ""
 "`__"
 " in our Online Demonstration."
 msgstr ""
+"Ve `Purchase Tenders "
+"`__"
+" en nuestra demostración en línea."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3
 msgid ""
@@ -3360,7 +3475,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:69
 msgid "Purchase order"
-msgstr "Orden de Compra"
+msgstr "Pedido de compra"
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:71
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
index 1631b66d7f..57e4cfb605 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
@@ -1,16 +1,30 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# José Vicente , 2017
+# Esteban Echeverry , 2017
+# Jesus Chaparro , 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2017
+# David Arnold , 2017
+# Nicole Kist , 2017
+# Luis Marin , 2019
+# Jon Perez , 2019
+# Vivian Montana , 2019
+# Noemi Nahomy , 2019
+# Pablo Rojas , 2019
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Alejandro Die Sanchis , 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas , 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -45,6 +59,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12
 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations."
 msgstr ""
+"Por ejemplo, un cliente a largo plazo que necesita ver cotizaciones en "
+"línea."
 
 #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -278,1125 +294,519 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Invoicing Method"
 msgstr "Método de facturación"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services.rst:3
-msgid "Services"
-msgstr "Servicios"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:3
-msgid "How to invoice milestones of a project?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo facturar hitos de un proyecto?"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3
+msgid "Request a down payment"
+msgstr "Solicitar un pago inicial"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:5
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"There are different kind of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days "
-"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing "
-"consulting hours) or a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)."
+"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the "
+"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to "
+"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious."
 msgstr ""
-"Existen distintos tipos de servicios de ventas: cantidad prepagado de "
-"horas/días (e.g. contrato de soporte), facturación basada en tiempo y "
-"material (e.g. facturar horas de consultoría) o un precio fijo de contrato "
-"(e.g. un proyecto)."
+"Un pago inicial es un pago inicial, parcial, con el acuerdo de que el resto "
+"se pagará más adelante. Para pedidos o proyectos costosos, es una forma de "
+"protegerse y asegurarse de que su cliente sea serio."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"In this section, we will have a look at how to invoice milestones of a "
-"project."
-msgstr ""
-"En esta sección, echaremos un vistazo a como facturar hitos de un proyecto."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10
+msgid "First time you request a down payment"
+msgstr "Primera vez que solicite un pago inicial"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:12
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large scale projects, with "
-"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally"
-" build up to the completion of the contract. For example, a marketing agency"
-" hired for a new product launch could break down a project into the "
-"following milestones, each of them considered as one service with a fixed "
-"price on the sale order :"
-msgstr ""
-"La facturación de proyectos se puede utilizar para proyectos costosos o de "
-"gran escala, con cada meta que representa una secuencia clara de trabajo que"
-" progresivamente se acumulará a la finalización del contrato. Por ejemplo, "
-"una agencia de marketing contratado para un nuevo lanzamiento del producto "
-"podría descomponer un proyecto en los siguientes proyectos, cada uno de "
-"ellos considerado como uno de servicio con un precio fijado en la orden de "
-"venta:"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:19
-msgid "Milestone 1 : Marketing strategy audit - 5 000 euros"
-msgstr "Hito 1: Auditoría de estrategia de mercadeo - 5 000 euros"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:21
-msgid "Milestone 2 : Brand Identity - 10 000 euros"
-msgstr "Hito 2: Identidad de marca - 10 000 euros"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:23
-msgid "Milestone 3 : Campaign launch & PR - 8 500 euros"
-msgstr "Hito 3: Lanzamiento de campaña & RP - 8 500 euros"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:25
-msgid ""
-"In this case, an invoice will be sent to the customer each time a milestone "
-"will be successfully reached. That invoicing method is comfortable both for "
-"the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow throughout the "
-"project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the project's progress "
-"and pay in several times."
-msgstr ""
-"En este caso, la factura se enviará al cliente cada vez que la meta se haya "
-"concretado con éxito. Ese método de facturación es cómodo tanto para la "
-"empresa que se asegura de obtener un flujo de efectivo constante durante "
-"toda la vida del proyecto y para el cliente que pueden monitorear el "
-"progreso del proyecto y pagar en varias ocasiones."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"You can also use milestones to invoice percentages of the entire project. "
-"For example, for a million euros project, your company might require a 15% "
-"upfront payment, 30% at the midpoint and the balance at the contract "
-"conclusion. In that case, each payment will be considered as one milestone."
-msgstr ""
-"También puede usar la facturación de proyecto por porcentajes del proyecto "
-"entero. Por ejemplo, un millón de euros por proyecto, su empresa puede "
-"requerir un pago inicial del 15%, 30% en el punto medio y el saldo al cierre"
-" del contrato. En ese caso, cada pago se considerará como una meta."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:39
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:26
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:14
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:16
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuración"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:42
-msgid "Install the Sales application"
-msgstr "Instalar la aplicación de Ventas"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:44
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"In order to sell services and to send invoices, you need to install the "
-"**Sales** application, from the **Apps** icon."
+"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment"
+" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total "
+"amount."
 msgstr ""
-"Con el fin de vender servicios y enviar facturas, es necesario instalar el "
-"módulo de **Ventas**, desde el icono de **Aplicaciones**."
+"Cuando confirma una venta, puede crear una factura y seleccionar una opción "
+"de pago inicial. Puede ser una cantidad fija o un porcentaje de la cantidad "
+"total."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:51
-msgid "Create products"
-msgstr "Crear productos"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:53
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. From the"
-" **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, "
-"create a new product with the following setup:"
+"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account "
+"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments."
 msgstr ""
-"En Odoo, cada meta del proyecto es considerada como un producto. Desde el "
-"módulo de **Ventas**, usa el :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos`, crear un"
-" nuevo producto con los siguientes pasos a seguir:"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:57
-msgid "**Name**: Strategy audit"
-msgstr "**Nombre**: Auditoría de estrategia"
+"La primera vez que solicite un pago inicial puede seleccionar una cuenta de "
+"ingresos y una configuración de impuestos que se reutilizará para los "
+"próximos pagos iniciales."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:59
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:50
-msgid "**Product Type**: Service"
-msgstr "**Tipo de producto**: Servicio"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22
+msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment."
+msgstr "A continuación, verá la factura para el pago inicial."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:61
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"**Invoicing Policy**: Delivered Quantities, since you will invoice your "
-"milestone after it has been delivered"
+"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be "
+"automatically deducted."
 msgstr ""
-"**Política de facturación**: Las cantidades entregadas, ya que va a facturar"
-" la meta después de haber sido entregada"
+"En la factura posterior o final, cualquier pago anticipado realizado se "
+"deducirá automáticamente."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:64
-msgid ""
-"**Track Service**: Manually set quantities on order, as you complete each "
-"milestone, you will manually update their quantity from the **Delivered** "
-"tab on your sale order"
-msgstr ""
-"**Servicio de Rastreo**: ajusta manualmente cantidades en orden, a medida "
-"que completa cada meta, usted puede actualizar manualmente su cantidad en la"
-" pestaña **Entregado** en su pedido la venta"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:72
-msgid "Apply the same configuration for the others milestones."
-msgstr "Aplica la misma configuración para las otras metas del proyecto."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:75
-msgid "Managing your project"
-msgstr "Gestionando su proyecto"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:78
-msgid "Quotations and sale orders"
-msgstr "Órdenes de venta y Cotizaciones"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:80
-msgid ""
-"Now that your milestones (or products) are created, you can create a "
-"quotation or a sale order with each line corresponding to one milestone. For"
-" each line, set the **Ordered Quantity** to ``1`` as each milestone is "
-"completed once. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a sale "
-"order, you will be able to change the delivered quantities when the "
-"corresponding milestone has been achieved."
-msgstr ""
-"Ahora que sus metas (o productos) se han creado, se puede crear un "
-"presupuesto o una orden de venta con cada línea correspondiente a una meta. "
-"Para cada línea, establezca la **Cantidad a Ordenar** a `` 1`` como cada "
-"meta se completa una vez. Una vez que la cita se confirma y se transforma en"
-" una orden de venta, usted será capaz de cambiar las cantidades entregadas "
-"cuando la meta correspondiente se ha logrado."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34
+msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes"
+msgstr "Modificar la cuenta de ingresos y los impuestos de clientes."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:91
-msgid "Invoice milestones"
-msgstr "Facturar hitos"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36
+msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*."
+msgstr "En la lista de productos, busque *Pago inicial*."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:93
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"Let's assume that your first milestone (the strategy audit) has been "
-"successfully delivered and you want to invoice it to your customer. On the "
-"sale order, click on **Edit** and set the **Delivered Quantity** of the "
-"related product to ``1``."
+"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the"
+" income account & customer taxes."
 msgstr ""
-"Vamos a suponer que su primera meta (la auditoría estratégica) se ha "
-"entregado con éxito y se desea facturar a su cliente. En la orden de venta, "
-"haga clic en **Editar** y establecer la **Cantidad a Entregar** relacionada "
-"al producto `` 1``."
+"Luego puede editarlo, en la pestaña de facturación podrá cambiar la cuenta "
+"de ingresos y los impuestos de los clientes."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:99
-msgid ""
-"As soon as the above modification has been saved, you will notice that the "
-"color of the line has changed to blue, meaning that the service can now be "
-"invoiced. In the same time, the invoice status of the SO has changed from "
-"**Nothing To Invoice** to **To Invoice**"
-msgstr ""
-"Tan pronto como la modificación anterior se ha guardado, te darás cuenta de "
-"que el color de la línea ha cambiado a azul, lo que significa que el "
-"servicio ya se puede facturar. En el mismo tiempo, el estado de la factura "
-"del SO ha cambiado de **Nada a facturar** a **Facturado**"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3
+msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers"
+msgstr "Volver a facturar los gastos a los clientes."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:104
-msgid ""
-"Click on **Create invoice** and, in the new window that pops up, select "
-"**Invoiceable lines** and validate. It will create a new invoice (in draft "
-"status) with only the **strategy audit** product as invoiceable."
-msgstr ""
-"Haga clic en **Crear factura** y, en la nueva ventana que aparece, "
-"seleccionar **Líneas a facturar** y validar. Se va a crear una nueva factura"
-" (en el proyecto de estado) sólo con la **estrategia de auditoría** producto"
-" como facturable."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:112
-msgid ""
-"In order to be able to invoice a product, you need to set up the "
-"**Accounting** application and to configure an accounting journal and a "
-"chart of account. Click on the following link to learn more: "
-":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`"
-msgstr ""
-"Con el fin de ser capaz de facturar un producto, es necesario configurar el "
-"módulo de **Contabilidad** y configurar un diario de contabilidad y un "
-"gráfico de la cuenta. Haga clic en el siguiente enlace para obtener más "
-"información: :doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:117
-msgid ""
-"Back on your sale order, you will notice that the **Invoiced** column of "
-"your order line has been updated accordingly and that the **Invoice Status**"
-" is back to **Nothing to Invoice**."
-msgstr ""
-"De regreso en la orden de venta, te darás cuenta de que en la columna "
-"**Factura** de su línea de pedido ha sido actualizado en consecuencia y que "
-"el **Estado Factura** está de nuevo a **Nada facturado**."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:121
-msgid "Follow the same workflow to invoice your remaining milestones."
-msgstr ""
-"Siga el mismo flujo de trabajo para cada factura de sus proyectos restantes."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:124
-msgid ":doc:`reinvoice`"
-msgstr ":doc:`reinvoice`"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:125
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:185
-msgid ":doc:`support`"
-msgstr ":doc:`support`"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:3
-msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo volver a facturar gastos a sus clientes?"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:5
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money "
 "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an "
-"employee paying a parking spot for a meeting with your client. As a company,"
+"consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company,"
 " you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client."
 msgstr ""
-"A menudo sucede que sus empleados tienen que gastar dinero personal mientras"
-" se trabaja en un proyecto para el cliente. Tomemos el ejemplo de un "
-"empleado paga un ticket de estacionamiento para una reunión con el cliente. "
-"Como empresa, a usted le gustaría ser capaz de facturar ese gasto al "
-"cliente."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"In this documentation we will see two use cases. The first, very basic, "
-"consists of invoicing a simple expense to your client like you would do for "
-"a product. The second, more advanced, will consist of invoicing expenses "
-"entered in your expense system by your employees directly to your customer."
-msgstr ""
-"En esta documentación veremos dos casos de uso. El primero, muy básico, "
-"consiste en facturar una simple cifra para el cliente como la deseada para "
-"el producto. La segunda, más avanzada, consiste en facturar los costos "
-"completos en su sistema de gastos por sus empleados directamente a su "
-"cliente."
+"A menudo sucede que tus empleados tienen que gastar su dinero personal "
+"mientras trabajan en un proyecto para tu cliente. Tomemos el ejemplo de un "
+"consultor que paga por un hotel para que trabaje en el sitio de su cliente. "
+"Como empresa, te gustaría poder facturar este gasto a tu cliente."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:18
-msgid "Use case 1: Simple expense invoicing"
-msgstr "Caso de uso 1: Facturación sencilla de gastos"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64
+msgid "Expenses configuration"
+msgstr "Configuración gastos"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:20
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66
 msgid ""
-"Let's take the following example. You are working on a promotion campaign "
-"for one of your customers (``Agrolait``) and you have to print a lot of "
-"copies. Those copies are an expense for your company and you would like to "
-"invoice them."
+"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to "
+":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it."
 msgstr ""
-"Tomemos el siguiente ejemplo. Usted está trabajando en una campaña de "
-"promoción para uno de sus clientes (``Agrolait``) y tiene que imprimir "
-"muchas copias. Estas copias son un gasto para su empresa y que le gustaría "
-"facturarlas a ellos."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:35
-msgid "Create product to be expensed"
-msgstr "Crear producto para ser gastado"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:37
-msgid "You will need now to create a product called ``Copies``."
-msgstr "Ahora necesitará crear un producto llamado \"Copias\"."
+"Para rastrear y facturar gastos, necesitará la aplicación de gastos. Vaya a:"
+" menuselection: `Apps -> Gastos` para instalarlo."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:39
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:112
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
 msgid ""
-"From your **Sales** module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and "
-"create a product as follows:"
+"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
+"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration"
+" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*."
 msgstr ""
-"Desde el módulo de **Ventas**, vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos` "
-"y crea un producto como sigue:"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:42
-msgid "**Product type**: consumable"
-msgstr "**Tipo de Producto**: consumible"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74
+msgid "Add expenses to your sales order"
+msgstr "Agregue gastos a su orden de venta"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:44
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76
 msgid ""
-"**Invoicing policy**: on delivered quantities (you will manually set the "
-"quantities to invoice on the sale order)"
+"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the "
+"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer."
 msgstr ""
-"**Políticas de Facturación**: en entrega de cantidades (usted puede "
-"configurar manualmente las cantidades a facturar en la orden de venta)"
+"Desde la aplicación de gastos, usted o su asesor pueden crear uno nuevo, "
+"p.ej. El hotel para la primera semana en el sitio de su cliente."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:51
-msgid "Create a sale order"
-msgstr "Crear una orden de venta"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:53
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79
 msgid ""
-"Now that your product is correctly set up, you can create a sale order for "
-"that product (from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders`) with "
-"the ordered quantities set to 0. Click on **Confirm the Sale** to create the"
-" sale order. You will be able then to manually change the delivered "
-"quantities on the sale order to reinvoice the copies to your customer."
+"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or "
+"create a new one from right there."
 msgstr ""
-"Ahora que su producto está correctamente configurado, puede crear una orden "
-"de venta de ese producto (en el menú :menuselection:`Ventas --> Órdenes de "
-"Venta`) con las cantidades pedidas establecidos a 0. Haga clic en "
-"**Confirmar la venta** para crear la orden de venta. Podrá entonces que "
-"cambiar manualmente las cantidades entregadas en la orden de venta al "
-"refacturadas las copias a su cliente."
+"Luego puede ingresar una descripción relevante y seleccionar un producto "
+"existente o crear uno nuevo desde allí mismo."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:64
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:177
-msgid "Invoice expense to your client"
-msgstr "Facturar gastos a su cliente"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85
+msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:"
+msgstr "Aquí, puedes crear un producto *Hotel*:"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:66
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38
 msgid ""
-"At the end of the month, you have printed ``1000`` copies on behalf of your "
-"client and you want to re-invoice them. From the related sale order, click "
-"on **Delivered Quantities**, manually enter the correct amount of copies and"
-" click on **Save**. Your order line will turn blue, meaning that it is ready"
-" to be invoiced. Click on **Create invoice**."
+"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
+"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your "
+"expense or a previously agreed on sales price."
 msgstr ""
-"Al final del mes, usted tendrá ``1000`` copias impresas en nombre de su "
-"cliente y desea volver a facturarles a ellos. De la orden de venta "
-"relacionada, haga clic en **Cantidades entregadas**, introduzca manualmente "
-"la cantidad correcta de copias y haga clic en **Guardar**. La línea de orden"
-" se cambiará a azul, lo que significa que está lista para ser facturada. "
-"Haga clic en **Crear factura**."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:73
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97
 msgid ""
-"The total amount on your sale order will be of 0 as it is computed on the "
-"ordered quantities. It is your invoice which will compute the correct amount"
-" due by your customer."
+"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> "
+"Configuration --> Expense products`."
 msgstr ""
-"La cantidad total de su orden de venta será de 0, ya que se calcula sobre "
-"las cantidades pedidas. Es la factura que calcular la cantidad correcta "
-"debido por su cliente."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:77
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100
 msgid ""
-"The invoice generated is in draft, so you can always control the quantities "
-"and change the amount if needed. You will notice that the amount to be "
-"invoiced is based here on the delivered quantities."
+"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit."
 msgstr ""
-"La factura generada es en borrador, por lo que siempre puede controlar las "
-"cantidades y cambiar la cantidad si es necesario. Usted se dará cuenta de "
-"que la cantidad a facturar se basa aquí en las cantidades entregadas."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:84
-msgid "Click on validate to issue the payment to your customer."
-msgstr "Click en validar para emitir el pago a su cliente."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:87
-msgid "Use case 2: Invoice expenses via the expense module"
-msgstr "Caso de uso 2: Los gastos de facturas a través del módulo de gastos"
+"De nuevo en el gasto, agregue la orden de venta original en el gasto a "
+"enviar."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:89
-msgid ""
-"To illustrate this case, let's imagine that your company sells some "
-"consultancy service to your customer ``Agrolait`` and both parties agreed "
-"that the distance covered by your consultant will be re-invoiced at cost."
-msgstr ""
-"Para ilustrar este caso, vamos a imaginar que su empresa vende algún "
-"servicio de consultoría para el cliente ``Agrolait`` y ambas partes "
-"acordaron que la distancia recorrida por el consultor se volverá a facturar "
-"al costo."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106
+msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted."
+msgstr "Luego puede enviarse al gerente, aprobarse y finalmente publicarse."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:97
-msgid "Here, you will need to install two more modules:"
-msgstr "Aquí, necesitará instalar dos módulos más:"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117
+msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced."
+msgstr "Luego estará en el pedido de venta y listo para ser facturado."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:99
-msgid "Expense Tracker"
-msgstr "Control de gastos"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities"
+msgstr "Factura basada en cantidades entregadas o pedidas"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:101
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Accounting, where you will need to activate the analytic accounting from the"
-" settings"
+"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for "
+"invoicing:"
 msgstr ""
-"Contabilidad, donde usted necesitará activar la contabilidad analítica desde"
-" la configuración"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:108
-msgid "Create a product to be expensed"
-msgstr "Crear un producto que se va a gastos"
+"Dependiendo de tu negocio y de lo que venda, tiene dos opciones para "
+"facturar:"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:110
-msgid "You will now need to create a product called ``Kilometers``."
-msgstr "Ahora usted necesitará crear un producto llamado ``Kilómetros``. "
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:115
-msgid "Product can be expensed"
-msgstr "El producto puede ser gastado"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:117
-msgid "Product type: Service"
-msgstr "Tipo de Producto: Servicio"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:119
-msgid "Invoicing policy: invoice based on time and material"
-msgstr "Política de facturación: facturas basadas en tiempo y material"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:121
-msgid "Expense invoicing policy: At cost"
-msgstr "Política de facturación de gastos: Al costo"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:123
-msgid "Track service: manually set quantities on order"
-msgstr ""
-"Servicio de Rastreo: configuración manual de las cantidades en la orden"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:129
-msgid "Create a sales order"
-msgstr "Crear una órden de venta"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:131
-msgid ""
-"Still from the Sales module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders` "
-"and add your product **Consultancy** on the order line."
-msgstr ""
-"Aún en el módulo de Ventas, vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Orden de "
-"Ventas`y añada el producto **Consultoría** en la línea de orden."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:135
-msgid ""
-"If your product doesn't exist yet, you can configure it on the fly from the "
-"SO. Just type the name on the **product** field and click on **Create and "
-"edit** to configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Si tu producto no existe todavía, usted puede configurarlo sobre la marcha "
-"desde el SO. Sólo nombre el tipo en el campo del **producto** y haga clic en"
-" **Crear y editar** para configurarlo. "
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:139
-msgid ""
-"Depending on your product configuration, an **Analytic Account** may have "
-"been generated automatically. If not, you can easily create one in order to "
-"link your expenses to the sale order. Do not forget to confirm the sale "
-"order."
-msgstr ""
-"Dependiendo de la configuración del producto, la **Cuenta Analítica** puedo "
-"haber sido generada automáticamente. Si no, usted puede crear fácilmente uno"
-" con el fin de vincular sus gastos a la orden de venta. No te olvides de "
-"confirmar la orden de venta."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:148
-msgid ""
-"Refer to the documentation :doc:`../../../accounting/others/analytic/usage` "
-"to learn more about that concept."
-msgstr ""
-"Relacionado a la documentación "
-":doc:`../../../accounting/others/analytic/usage` para conocer más acerca del"
-" concepto."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:152
-msgid "Create expense and link it to SO"
-msgstr "Crear cuenta y vincularla a SO"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:154
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"Let's assume that your consultant covered ``1.000km`` in October as part of "
-"his consultancy project. We will create a expense for it and link it to the "
-"related sales order thanks to the analytic account."
+"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales "
+"order is confirmed."
 msgstr ""
-"Vamos a suponer que su consulta cubierta ``1.000km`` en Octubre como parte "
-"de su proyecto de consultoría. Crearemos un gasto para ella y vincularlo a "
-"las órdenes de venta relacionadas gracias a la cuenta analítica."
+"Factura por cantidad pedida: factura la orden completa tan pronto se "
+"confirma la orden de venta."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:158
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"Go to the **Expenses** module and click on **Create**. Record your expense "
-"as follows:"
+"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a "
+"partial delivery."
 msgstr ""
-"Ir al módulo de **Gastos** y haga clic en **Crear**. Registre su cuenta y "
-"cargo de la siguiente manera:"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:161
-msgid "**Expense description**: Kilometers October 2015"
-msgstr "**Descripción del Gasto**: Kilómetros en Octubre 2015"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:163
-msgid "**Product**: Kilometers"
-msgstr "**Producto**: Kilometros"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:165
-msgid "**Quantity**: 1.000"
-msgstr "**Cantidad**: 1.000"
+"Factura por cantidad entregada: factura por lo que entregó, incluso si es "
+"una entrega parcial."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:167
-msgid "**Analytic account**: SO0019 - Agrolait"
-msgstr "**Contabilidad Analítica**: SO0019 - Agrolait"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13
+msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode."
+msgstr "La factura por cantidad ordenada es el modo por defecto."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:172
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Click on **Submit to manager**. As soon as the expense has been validated "
-"and posted to the journal entries, a new line corresponding to the expense "
-"will automatically be generated on the sale order."
+"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type "
+"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the"
+" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice "
+"the actual delivered quantity."
 msgstr ""
-"Haga clic en **Enviar a su gerente**. Tan pronto como el gasto ha sido "
-"validado y publicado a las entradas de diario, una nueva línea "
-"correspondiente a expensas automáticamente se generará en la orden de venta."
+"Los beneficios de usar *Factura en la cantidad entregada* dependen de su "
+"tipo de negocio, cuando vende material, líquidos o alimentos en grandes "
+"cantidades, la cantidad puede variar un poco y, por lo tanto, es mejor "
+"facturar la cantidad entregada real."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:179
-msgid "You can now invoice the invoiceable lines to your customer."
-msgstr "Ahora puede facturar las líneas facturables a su cliente."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:186
-msgid ":doc:`milestones`"
-msgstr ":doc:`milestones`"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:3
-msgid "How to invoice a support contract (prepaid hours)?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo facturar un contrato de soporte (horas prepagadas)?"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:5
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"There are different kinds of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days "
-"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing "
-"consulting hours) and a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)."
+"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every "
+"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), "
+"invoice a fixed advance."
 msgstr ""
-"Hay diferentes tipos de ventas de servicios: volumen de prepago de horas/día"
-" (por ejemplo, un contrato de soporte), facturación basadas en tiempo y "
-"material (por ejemplo, horas de consultoría de facturación) y un contrato de"
-" precio fijo (por ejemplo, un proyecto)."
+"También tiene la capacidad de facturar manualmente, lo que le permite "
+"controlar todas las opciones: facturas listas para facturar líneas, facturar"
+" un porcentaje (anticipo), facturar un anticipo fijo."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"In this section, we will have a look at how to sell and keep track of a pre-"
-"paid support contract."
-msgstr ""
-"En esta sección, vamos a echar un vistazo a cómo vender y realizar un "
-"seguimiento de un contrato de soporte de pre-pago."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26
+msgid "Decide the policy on a product page"
+msgstr "Decida la política en la página de producto"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:12
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28
 msgid ""
-"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at "
-"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep "
-"track of the support service you did for the customer."
+"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing "
+"policy and select the one you want."
 msgstr ""
-"Como un ejemplo, usted puede vender un paquete de ``50 Hours`` de apoyo en "
-"``$ 25,000``. El precio es fijo y se carga inicialmente. Pero usted quiere "
-"hacer un seguimiento de los servicios de apoyo que hicieron por el cliente."
+"Desde cualquier página de productos, en la pestaña de contabilidad "
+"encontrará la política de facturación y seleccionará la que desee."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:20
-msgid "Install the Sales and Timesheet applications"
-msgstr "Instalación del módulo de Ventas y Hojas de tiempo"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35
+msgid "Send the invoice"
+msgstr "Enviar la factura"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:22
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"In order to sell services, you need to install the **Sales** application, "
-"from the **Apps** icon. Install also the **Timesheets** application if you "
-"want to track support services you worked on every contract."
+"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced "
+"quantities."
 msgstr ""
-"De acuerdo a los servicios vendidos, usted necesita instalar el módulo de "
-"**Ventas**, desde el icono de **Aplicaciones**. Instalar el módulo de "
-"**Hojas de tiempo** si desea un registro de soporte de los servicios "
-"trabajados en cada contacto."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:33
-msgid "Create Products"
-msgstr "Crear Productos"
+"Una vez que confirme la venta, podrá ver las cantidades entregadas y "
+"facturadas."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:35
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"By default, products are sold by number of units. In order to sell services "
-"``per hour``, you must allow using multiple unit of measures. From the "
-"**Sales** application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings`. From this screen, activate the multiple **Unit of Measures** "
-"option."
+"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is "
+"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have"
+" to validate the delivery."
 msgstr ""
-"Por defecto, los productos serán vendidos en unidades de números. De acuerdo"
-" a los servicios vendidos **por hora**, usted deberá permitir el uso "
-"múltiple de unidades de medida. Desde el módulo de **Ventas**, vaya al menú "
-"de :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`. Desde esa vista, active la "
-"opción múltiple de **Unidades de Medida**."
+"Si lo establece en cantidades pedidas, puede facturar tan pronto se confirme"
+" la venta. Sin embargo, si seleccionó las cantidades entregadas, primero "
+"deberá validar la entrega."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:44
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47
 msgid ""
-"In order to sell a support contract, you must create a product for every "
-"support contract you sell. From the **Sales** application, use the menu "
-":menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, create a new product with the following"
-" setup:"
+"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will "
+"automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered"
+" if you did a partial delivery."
 msgstr ""
-"Para vender un contrato de soporte, debe crear un producto para cada "
-"contrato de soporte que usted vende. Desde el módulo de **Ventas**, use el "
-"menú :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos`, crea un nuevo productos con los "
-"siguientes pasos a seguir:"
+"Una vez que se entregan los productos, puede facturar a su cliente. Odoo "
+"agregará automáticamente las cantidades facturadas según la cantidad que "
+"haya entregado si realizó una entrega parcial."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:48
-msgid "**Name**: Technical Support"
-msgstr "**Nombre**: Soporte técnico"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice project milestones"
+msgstr "Hitos del proyecto de factura"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:52
-msgid "**Unit of Measure**: Hours"
-msgstr "**Unidad de Medida**: Horas"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:54
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"**Invoicing Policy**: Ordered Quantities, since the service is prepaid, we "
-"will invoice the service based on what has been ordered, not based on "
-"delivered quantities."
+"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with "
+"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally"
+" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is "
+"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow "
+"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the "
+"project's progress and pay in several installments."
 msgstr ""
-"**Política de Facturación**: Cantidades pedidas, ya que el servicio es de "
-"prepago, se facturará el servicio basado en lo que se ha ordenado, no se "
-"basan en las cantidades entregadas."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"**Track Service**: Timesheet on contracts. An analytic account will "
-"automatically be created for every order containing this service so that you"
-" can track hours in the related account."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13
+msgid "Create milestone products"
 msgstr ""
-"**Servicio de Rastreo**: Hojas de tiempo en contrato. Una cuenta analítica "
-"se creará automáticamente para cada pedido que contiene este servicio para "
-"que pueda realizar un seguimiento de horas en la cuenta correspondiente."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:66
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"There are different ways to track the service related to a sales order or "
-"product sold. With the above configuration, you can only sell one support "
-"contract per order. If your customer orders several service contracts on "
-"timesheet, you will have to split the quotation into several orders."
+"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To "
+"configure products to work this way, go to any product form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:72
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18
 msgid ""
-"Note that you can sell in different unit of measure than hours, example: "
-"days, pack of 40h, etc. To do that, just create a new unit of measure in the"
-" **Unit of Measure** category and set a conversion ratio compared to "
-"**Hours** (example: ``1 day = 8 hours``)."
+"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and "
+"select *Milestones* in the sales tab."
 msgstr ""
-"Tenga en cuenta que usted pueda vender en diferente unidad de medida que la "
-"hora, por ejemplo: día, paquete de 40h, etc. Para ello, basta con crear una "
-"nueva unidad de medida en la categoría **Unidad de medida** y establecer una"
-" relación de conversión en comparación a **Horas** (ejemplo: ``1 día = 8 "
-"horas``)."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:78
-msgid "Managing support contract"
-msgstr "La gestión de contrato de soporte"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:81
-msgid "Quotations and Sales Orders"
-msgstr "Presupuestos y pedidos de venta"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25
+msgid "Invoice milestones"
+msgstr "Facturar hitos"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:83
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"Once the product is created, you can create a quotation or a sales order "
-"with the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed "
-"into a sales order, your users will be able to record services related to "
-"this support contract using the timesheet application."
+"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you "
+"complete a milestone."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:93
-msgid "Timesheets"
-msgstr "Partes de horas"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:95
-msgid ""
-"To track the service you do on a specific contract, you should use the "
-"timesheet application. An analytic account related to the sale order has "
-"been automatically created (``SO009 - Agrolait`` on the screenshot here "
-"above), so you can start tracking services as soon as it has been sold."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33
+msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone."
 msgstr ""
-"El registro de servicios puede estar especificado en el contrato, usted "
-"normalmente puede usar el módulo de las hojas de tiempo. Una cuenta "
-"analítica relacionada con la orden de venta que se ha creado de forma "
-"automática (``SO009 - Agrolait`` en la captura de pantalla de arriba), para "
-"que pueda iniciar el seguimiento de los servicios tan pronto como se ha "
-"vendido."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:104
-msgid "Control delivered support on the sales order"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22
+msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice"
+msgstr "Enviar una factura pro-forma"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:106
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"From the **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales"
-" Orders`  to control the progress of every order. On the sales order line "
-"related to the support contract, you should see the **Delivered Quantities**"
-" that are updated automatically, based on the number of hours in the "
-"timesheet."
+"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a "
+"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and"
+" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-"
+"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, "
+"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in"
+" not being a demand or request for payment."
 msgstr ""
-"Desde el módulo de **Ventas**, use el menú :menuselection:`Ventas --> "
-"Órdenes de Ventas` para controlar el progreso de cada orden. En la línea de "
-"órdenes de venta relacionadas con el contrato de soporte, debería ver las "
-"**Cantidades Entregadas** que se actualizan automáticamente, basándose en el"
-" número de horas en la hoja de tiempos."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:116
-msgid "Upselling and renewal"
-msgstr "Sobreventa y renovación"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:118
-msgid ""
-"If the number of hours you performed on the support contract is bigger or "
-"equal to the number of hours the customer purchased, you are suggested to "
-"sell an extra contract to the customer since they used all their quota of "
-"service. Periodically (ideally once every two weeks), you should check the "
-"sales order that are in such a case. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales "
-"--> Invoicing --> Orders to Upsell`."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10
+msgid "Activate the feature"
+msgstr "Activar esta característica"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:127
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"If you use Odoo CRM, a good practice is to create an opportunity for every "
-"sale order in upselling invoice status so that you easily track your "
-"upselling effort."
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the"
+" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature."
 msgstr ""
-"Si utiliza el CRM de Odoo, una buena práctica es crear una oportunidad para "
-"que cada orden de venta en estado vendiendo de la factura, seguirá "
-"fácilmente su esfuerzo de mejorarar una venta."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:131
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"If you sell an extra support contract, you can either add a new line on the "
-"existing sales order (thus, you continue to timesheet on the same order) or "
-"create a new order (thus, people will timesheet their hours on the new "
-"contract). To unmark the sales order as **Upselling**, you can set the sales"
-" order as done and it will disappear from your upselling list."
+"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-"
+"forma invoice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:138
-msgid "Special Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuración Especial"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:140
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"When creating the product form, you may set a different approach to track "
-"the service:"
+"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice "
+"in attachment."
 msgstr ""
-"Al crear la forma del producto, es posible establecer un enfoque diferente "
-"para realizar el seguimiento del servicio:"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:143
-msgid ""
-"**Create task and track hours**: in this mode, a task is created for every "
-"sales order line. Then when you do the timesheet, you don't record hours on "
-"a sales order/contract, but you record hours on a task (that represents the "
-"contract). The advantage of this solution is that it allows to sell several "
-"service contracts within the same sales order."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3
+msgid "Sell subscriptions"
+msgstr "Vender suscripciones"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:150
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"**Manually**: you can use this mode if you don't record timesheets in Odoo. "
-"The number of hours you worked on a specific contract can be recorded "
-"manually on the sales order line directly, in the delivered quantity field."
+"Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making "
+"planning ahead much easier."
 msgstr ""
+"La venta de productos de suscripción te proporcionará ingresos predecibles, "
+"lo que facilitará mucho la planificación."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:156
-msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:6
-msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "Información general"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
-msgid "Main Concepts"
-msgstr "Conceptos Principales"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3
-msgid "Introduction to Odoo Sales"
-msgstr "Introducción a Odoo Ventas"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9
+msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order"
+msgstr "Hacer una suscripción de un pedido de venta"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11
-msgid "Transcript"
-msgstr "Transcripción"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"As a sales manager, closing opportunities with Odoo Sales is really simple."
+"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select "
+"the subscription product your previously created."
 msgstr ""
-"Como gerente de ventas, cerrar oportunidades con Odoo Ventas es realmente "
-"sencillo."
+"Desde la aplicación de ventas, crea una cotización para el cliente deseado y"
+" selecciona el producto de suscripción que creaste anteriormente."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:16
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"I selected a predefined quotation for a new product line offer. The "
-"products, the service details are already in the quotation. Of course, I can"
-" adapt the offer to fit my clients needs."
+"When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. "
+"You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the "
+"upper right corner."
 msgstr ""
-"Seleccione una cotización predeterminada para un nuevo producto de venta en "
-"línea. Los productos, los detalles de servicios están listos en la "
-"cotización. Por supuesto, puede adaptar la oferta según las necesidades de "
-"su cliente."
+"Cuando confirmes la venta, la suscripción se creará automáticamente. Veras "
+"un enlace directo desde la orden de venta a la Suscripción en la esquina "
+"superior derecha."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:20
-msgid ""
-"The interface is really smooth. I can add references, some catchy phrases "
-"such as closing triggers (*here, you save $500 if you sign the quote within "
-"15 days*). I have a beautiful and modern design. This will help me close my "
-"opportunities more easily."
-msgstr ""
-"La interfaz es realmente sencilla. Puede agregar referencias, algunas frases"
-" atrayentes como el cierre de los desencadenantes (*aquí, le ahorran $ 500 "
-"si usted firma la cita dentro de los próximos 15 días*). Tengo un diseño "
-"hermoso y moderno. Esto me ayudará a cerrar mis oportunidades con mayor "
-"facilidad."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice based on time and materials"
+msgstr "Factura basada en tiempo y materiales."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:26
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The "
-"customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate "
-"easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by "
-"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just needs to "
-"sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major "
-"shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a "
-"delivery order automatically."
+"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible"
+" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that"
+" the project requirements would most likely change."
 msgstr ""
+"El tiempo y los materiales se utilizan generalmente en proyectos en los que "
+"no es posible estimar con precisión el tamaño del proyecto, o cuando se "
+"espera que los requisitos del proyecto cambien. "
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35
-msgid "That's it, I successfully sold my products in just a few clicks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9
 msgid ""
-"Oh, I also have the transaction and communication history at my fingertips. "
-"It's easy for every stakeholder to know clearly the past interaction. And "
-"any information related to the transaction."
+"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay "
+"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what"
+" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers."
 msgstr ""
-"Oh, también tengo el historial de transacciones y comunicaciones en la palma"
-" de mi mano. Es muy sencillo para todos los interesados conocer con claridad"
-" la pasada interacción. Y cualquier información relacionada con la "
-"transacción."
+"Esto es lo opuesto a un contrato de precio fijo en el cual el propietario "
+"acuerda pagarle al contratista una suma fija por el cumplimiento del "
+"contrato, sin importar lo que los contratistas paguen a sus empleados, "
+"subcontratistas y proveedores."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"If you want to show information, I would do it from a customer form, "
-"something like:"
+"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need"
+" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and"
+" purchases."
 msgstr ""
-"Si desea mostrar información, yo lo haría de una forma al cliente, algo así "
-"como:"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:45
-msgid "Kanban of customers, click on one customer"
-msgstr "Vista Kanban de los clientes, haga clic en algún cliente"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:47
-msgid "Click on opportunities, click on quotation"
-msgstr "Click en oportunidades, click en cotización."
+"Para esta documentación utilizaré el ejemplo de un consultor, deberá "
+"facturar su tiempo, sus diversos gastos (transporte, alojamiento, ...) y "
+"compras."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49
-msgid "Come back to customers (breadcrum)"
-msgstr "Vuelve a los clientes (breadcrumb)"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19
+msgid "Invoice time configuration"
+msgstr "Configuración para la facturación de tiempo. "
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:51
-msgid "Click on customer statement letter"
-msgstr "Haga clic en la carta de declaración del cliente"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:53
-msgid ""
-"Anytime, I can get an in-depth report of my sales activity. Revenue by "
-"salespeople or department. Revenue by category of product, drill-down to "
-"specific products, by quarter or month,... I like this report: I can add it "
-"to my dashboard in just a click."
-msgstr ""
-"En cualquier momento, puedo conseguir un informe profundo de mi actividad de"
-" ventas. Los ingresos por los vendedores o departamentos. Ingresos por "
-"categoría de producto, profundizar en productos específicos, por trimestres "
-"o meses,... Me gusta este informe: que puedo agregar a mi panel de control "
-"en un solo clic."
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:58
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"Odoo Sales is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the sales "
-"planner. Thanks to it, I got tips and tricks to boost my sales performance."
+"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it."
 msgstr ""
-"Las Ventas en Odoo son una aplicación potente y fácil de usar. Primero, he "
-"usado el planificador de ventas. Gracias a él, tengo consejos y trucos para "
-"aumentar mi rendimiento de las ventas."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"Try Odoo Sales now and get beautiful quotations, amazing dashboards and "
-"increase your success rate."
+"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project"
+" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature."
 msgstr ""
-"Ahora prueba con las Ventas de Odoo y obtén hermosas cotizaciones, ordenados"
-" tableros de trabajo e incrementa tu tasa de éxito."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:3
-msgid "Overview of the invoicing process"
-msgstr "Descripción general del proceso de facturación"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32
+msgid "Invoice your time spent"
+msgstr "Factura tu tiempo invertido"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:5
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different "
-"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft "
-"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other "
-"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to "
-"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or "
-"email)."
+"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the "
+"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new"
+" project*."
 msgstr ""
-"Dependiendo de su negocio y la aplicación que utilice, hay diferentes "
-"maneras de automatizar la creación de la factura del cliente en Odoo. Por lo"
-" general, los proyectos de las facturas son creados por el sistema (con "
-"información proveniente de otros documentos como órdenes de venta o "
-"contratos) y la contabilidad sólo tienen que validar los proyectos de "
-"facturas y enviar las facturas al montón (por correo ordinario o correo "
-"electrónico)."
+"Desde una página de producto configurado como servicio, encontrará dos "
+"opciones en la pestaña de contabilidad, seleccione *Hojas de horas en las "
+"tareas* y *Crear una tarea en un nuevo proyecto*."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:12
-msgid ""
-"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to "
-"create draft invoices:"
-msgstr ""
-"Dependiendo del trabajo, usted puede optar por una de las siguientes maneras"
-" de crear proyectos de facturas:"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41
+msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project."
+msgstr "También puede agregar la tarea a un proyecto existente."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:16
-msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Invoice`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`Orden de Venta --> Factura`"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order "
-"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales"
-" order. You have different options like:"
-msgstr ""
-"En algunas empresas, los vendedores crean cotizaciones, las cuales provienen"
-" de las órdenes de venta una vez que son validadas. Después, proyectos de "
-"facturas se crean en base a la orden de venta. Usted tiene diferentes "
-"opciones como:"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:22
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order before triggering the "
-"delivery order"
+"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the"
+" project overview and one for the current task."
 msgstr ""
-"Factura en cantidad de la orden: factura del pedido completo antes de "
-"activar la orden de entrega"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:25
-msgid "Invoice based on delivered quantity: see next section"
-msgstr "Factura en base a cantidad entregada: véase en la siguiente sección"
+"Una vez que confirme un pedido de venta, ahora verá dos nuevos botones, uno "
+"para el resumen del proyecto y otro para la tarea actual."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:27
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when "
-"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)"
+"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it "
+"from the *Project* app."
 msgstr ""
-"Factura antes de la entrega es utilizada generalmente por la aplicación de "
-"comercio electrónico cuando el cliente paga en la orden y se entrega "
-"después. (Pagado por adelantado)"
+"Usted estará directamente en la tarea si hace clic en ella, también puede "
+"acceder a ella desde la aplicación *Project*."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:31
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows "
-"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice ready"
-" to invoice line, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance."
+"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add "
+"how many hours they worked on the project so far."
 msgstr ""
-"Para la mayoría de los casos de uso, se recomienda facturar manualmente. "
-"Permite al vendedor para desencadenar la factura en la demanda con opciones:"
-" factura lista para facturar en línea, facturar un porcentaje (anticipado), "
-"facturar un avance fijo."
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:36
-msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products."
-msgstr "Este proceso es bueno para ambos servicios y productos físicos."
+"Bajo las hojas de horas, puede asignar quién trabaja en él. Puede o pueden "
+"agregar cuántas horas trabajaron en el proyecto hasta el momento."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:41
-msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`Orden de Venta --> Entrega --> Factura`"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58
+msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours."
+msgstr "A partir de la orden de venta, puede facturar esas horas."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:43
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90
 msgid ""
-"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivered quantity , "
-"instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the "
-"quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods "
-"(invoice based on actual Kg)."
+"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
+"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your "
+"expense or a previously agreed on sales price."
 msgstr ""
-"Los minoristas y el comercio electrónico generalmente facturan basados en "
-"cantidades entregadas, en lugar de órdenes de venta. Este enfoque es "
-"adecuado para las empresas cuando las cantidades que se entregan mayores "
-"diferencias de las cantidades pedidas: alimentos (factura basado en real "
-"Kg)."
+"Bajo la pestaña de contabilidad, seleccione *Cantidades entregadas* y ya sea"
+" *al costo* o *Precio de venta* también dependiendo de si desea facturar el "
+"costo de sus gastos o un precio de venta previamente acordado."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:48
-msgid ""
-"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you "
-"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest "
-"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order."
-msgstr ""
-"De esta manera, si usted entrega una orden parcial, sólo se factura por lo "
-"que realmente entregado. Si lo hace volver a las órdenes (entregar "
-"parcialmente y el resto más adelante), el cliente recibirá dos facturas, una"
-" por cada orden de entrega."
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57
-msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`"
-msgstr ""
-":menuselection:`Los Contratos Recurrentes (subscripciones) --> Facturas`"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120
+msgid "Invoice purchases"
+msgstr "Facturar Compras"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:59
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122
 msgid ""
-"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The "
-"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on"
-" the contract."
+"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for"
+" it."
 msgstr ""
-"Para suscripciones, una factura se activa periódicamente, de forma "
-"automática. La frecuencia de la facturación y de los servicios/productos "
-"facturados están definidos en el contrato."
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:67
-msgid ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`Orden de Comercio electrónico --> Factura`"
+"Lo último que puede necesitar agregar a la orden de venta son las compras "
+"realizadas para ella."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:69
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125
 msgid ""
-"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the invoice when it is "
-"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only "
-"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is "
-"received."
+"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to "
+":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select "
+"*Purchase Analytics*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:75
-msgid "Creating an invoice manually"
-msgstr "Crear una factura de manera manual"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:77
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129
 msgid ""
-"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales "
-"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales "
-"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services."
+"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic "
+"account."
 msgstr ""
-"Los usuarios también pueden crear facturas de forma manual sin utilizar "
-"contratos o una orden de venta. Es un enfoque que se recomienda si usted no "
-"necesita para administrar el proceso de venta (citas), o la entrega de los "
-"productos o servicios."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:82
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135
 msgid ""
-"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create "
-"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:"
+"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this "
+"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it."
 msgstr ""
-"Aunque generar la factura de un pedido de cliente, es posible que deba crear"
-" facturas manualmente en los casos de uso excepcionales:"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:85
-msgid "if you need to create a refund"
-msgstr "si usted necesita crear un reembolso"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:87
-msgid "If you need to give a discount"
-msgstr "Si usted necesita hacer un descuento"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:89
-msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order"
-msgstr ""
-"si usted necesita generar un cambio en la factura hay que crearlo desde las "
-"órdenes de ventas"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:91
-msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business"
-msgstr "si necesita facturar algo no relacionado con su negocio principal"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:94
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr ""
-"Otros\n"
-"Retirar dinero\n"
-"Tomar dinero es utilizado para tomar su cash manualmente despues el fin de todas transacciones. De los windows Register Transactios, ir al menuselection. Mas-Retirar dinero\n"
-"Las transacciones seran agregado al registro del pago cash.\n"
-"Auditor "
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:96
-msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:"
-msgstr ""
-"Algunos módulos específicos también son capaces de generar proyectos de "
-"facturas:"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:98
-msgid "membership: invoice your members every year"
-msgstr "afiliación: facturar a los miembros cada año"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:100
-msgid "repairs: invoice your after-sale services"
-msgstr "reparaciones: facturar después de la venta de servicios"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3
 msgid "Products & Prices"
@@ -1404,15 +814,17 @@ msgstr "Productos & Precios"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3
 msgid "Manage your pricing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gestiona tus precios"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3
 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo vender en monedas extranjeras."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5
 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies."
 msgstr ""
+"Las listas de precios también se pueden utilizar para administrar los "
+"precios en monedas extranjeras."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7
 msgid ""
@@ -1436,11 +848,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17
 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Los precios en monedas extranjeras se pueden definir de dos maneras."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20
 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Conversión automática del precio público."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22
 msgid ""
@@ -1458,13 +870,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40
 msgid "Set your own prices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Establece tus propios precios"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency"
 " rates."
 msgstr ""
+"Esto se recomienda si no deseas que tus precios cambien junto con las tasas "
+"de cambio."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49
 msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
@@ -1472,7 +886,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`pricing`"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3
 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo adaptar tus precios a tus clientes y aplicar descuentos."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1484,10 +898,18 @@ msgid ""
 "they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. Choose your pricing"
 " strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo tiene una potente función de lista de precios para apoyar una "
+"estrategia de precios adaptada a tu negocio. Una lista de precios es una "
+"lista de precios o reglas de precios que Odoo busca para determinar el "
+"precio sugerido. Puedes configurar varias critarias para usar un precio "
+"específico: períodos, mín. cantidad vendida (cumplir con una cantidad de "
+"orden mínima y obtener un descuento de precio), etc. Como las listas de "
+"precios solo sugieren precios, los usuarios pueden anular las órdenes de "
+"venta. Elije tu estrategia de precios en: menuselection: `Ventas-> Ajustes`."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16
 msgid "Several prices per product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Varios precios por producto."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18
 msgid ""
@@ -1495,15 +917,21 @@ msgid ""
 "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab "
 "in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies."
 msgstr ""
+"Para aplicar varios precios por producto, selecciona *Precios diferentes por"
+" segmento de cliente* en: menuselection: `Ventas -> Ajustes`. Luego, abre la"
+" pestaña *Ventas* en el formulario de detalles del producto. Puedes "
+"configurar las siguientes estrategias."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23
 msgid "Prices per customer segment"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Precios por segmento de clientes"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc."
 msgstr ""
+"Cree listas de precios para sus segmentos de clientes: p.ej, registrado, "
+"premium, etc."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30
 msgid ""
@@ -1511,34 +939,46 @@ msgid ""
 "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale "
 "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab."
 msgstr ""
+"La lista de precios predeterminada aplicada a cualquier nuevo cliente es "
+"*Lista de precios pública*. Para segmentar a tus clientes, abre el "
+"formulario de detalles del cliente y cambia la *Lista de precios de venta* "
+"en la pestaña *Ventas y compras*."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38
 msgid "Temporary prices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Precios temporales"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40
 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates."
 msgstr ""
+"Aplica ofertas para días festivos, etc. Ingresa las fechas de inicio y "
+"finalización."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals "
 "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over."
 msgstr ""
+"Asegúrate de tener los precios predeterminados establecidos en la lista de "
+"precios fuera del período de ofertas. De lo contrario, podrías tener "
+"problemas una vez finalizado el período."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50
 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Precios por cantidad mínima."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56
 msgid ""
 "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first "
 "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities."
 msgstr ""
+"El orden de los precios no importa. El sistema es inteligente y aplica los "
+"primeros precios que coinciden con la fecha del pedido y / o las cantidades "
+"mínimas."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60
 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descuentos, márgenes, redondeos."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62
 msgid ""
@@ -1549,6 +989,13 @@ msgid ""
 "Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either "
 "(nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)."
 msgstr ""
+"La tercera opción permite establecer reglas de cambio de precio. Los cambios"
+" pueden ser relativos a la lista de productos / precio de catálogo, el "
+"precio de costo del producto o a otra lista de precios. Los cambios se "
+"calculan a través de descuentos o recargos y se pueden forzar para que se "
+"ajusten al piso (margen mínimo) y los límites máximos (márgenes máximos). "
+"Los precios se pueden redondear al centavo / dólar más cercano o al múltiplo"
+" de cualquiera (5 centavos más cercanos, 10 dólares más cercanos)."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69
 msgid ""
@@ -1563,36 +1010,47 @@ msgid ""
 "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second"
 " option, you can set dates and minimum quantities."
 msgstr ""
+"Cada elemento de la lista de precios se puede asociar a todos los productos,"
+" a una categoría interna del producto (conjunto de productos) o a un "
+"producto específico. Al igual que en la segunda opción, puede establecer "
+"fechas y cantidades mínimas."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84
 msgid ""
 "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and "
 "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item."
 msgstr ""
+"Una vez más el sistema es inteligente. Si se establece una regla para un "
+"artículo en particular y otra para su categoría, Odoo tomará la regla del "
+"artículo."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86
 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products."
 msgstr ""
+"Asegúrate de que al menos un artículo de la lista de precios cubra todos sus"
+" productos."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88
 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hay 3 modos de cálculo: precio fijo, descuento y fórmula."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93
 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas."
 msgstr ""
+"Aquí hay diferentes configuraciones de precios posibles gracias a las "
+"fórmulas."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96
 msgid "Discounts with roundings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descuentos con redondeos."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98
 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "p.ej. Descuentos del 20% con precios redondeados hasta 9.99."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104
 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Costos con recargos (venta minorista)"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106
 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin."
@@ -1600,7 +1058,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112
 msgid "Prices per country"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Precios por pais"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113
 msgid ""
@@ -1609,50 +1067,66 @@ msgid ""
 "country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first "
 "pricelist without any country group."
 msgstr ""
+"Las listas de precios se pueden establecer por grupo de países. Cualquier "
+"cliente nuevo registrado en Odoo obtiene una lista de precios "
+"predeterminada, es decir, la primera en la lista que coincide con el país. "
+"En caso de que no se establezca un país para el cliente, Odoo toma la "
+"primera lista de precios sin ningún grupo de países."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116
 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order."
 msgstr ""
+"La lista de precios predeterminada se puede reemplazar al crear un pedido de"
+" venta."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118
 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view."
 msgstr ""
+"Puede cambiar la secuencia de listas de precios arrastrando y soltando en la"
+" vista de lista."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121
 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Calcular y mostrar % de descuento a los clientes."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123
 msgid ""
 "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount"
 " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:"
 msgstr ""
+"En caso de descuento, puedes mostrar el precio público y el % de descuento "
+"calculado en pedidos de venta impresos y en tu catálogo de comercio "
+"electrónico. Para hacerlo:"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125
 msgid ""
 "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> "
 "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`."
 msgstr ""
+"Poner una palomita en * Permitir descuentos en líneas de orden de venta * en"
+" :menuselection: 'Ventas --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Cotizaciones & "
+"Ventas --> Descuentos'."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126
 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form."
 msgstr ""
+"Aplica la opción en el formulario de configuración de la lista de precios."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133
 msgid ":doc:`currencies`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`currencies`"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134
 msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3
 msgid "Manage your products"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gestiona tus productos"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3
 msgid "How to import products with categories and variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo importar productos con categorías y variantes."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1691,6 +1165,9 @@ msgid ""
 "recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the "
 "import screen."
 msgstr ""
+"No cambies las etiquetas de las columnas que quieras importar. De lo "
+"contrario, Odoo no los reconocerá más y tendrás que mapearlos por tu cuenta "
+"en la pantalla de importación."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18
 msgid ""
@@ -1698,6 +1175,10 @@ msgid ""
 " in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can "
 "make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields."
 msgstr ""
+"Para agregar nuevas columnas, no dude en agregar nuevas columnas, pero los "
+"campos deben existir en Odoo. Si Odoo falla al hacer coincidir el nombre de "
+"la columna con un campo, puede hacerlo manualmente al importar al navegar "
+"por una lista de campos disponibles."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24
 msgid "Why an “ID” column"
@@ -1708,6 +1189,8 @@ msgid ""
 "The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one "
 "of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"La ID es un identificador único para la línea de pedido. Siéntase libre de "
+"usar el de tu software anterior para facilitar la transición a Odoo."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29
 msgid ""
@@ -1758,564 +1241,496 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3
 msgid "Set taxes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Establecer impuestos"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation.rst:3
-msgid "Quotation"
-msgstr "Presupuesto"
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online.rst:3
-msgid "Online Quotation"
-msgstr "Cotización en línea"
+#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3
+msgid "eBay"
+msgstr "eBay"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:3
-msgid "How to create and edit an online quotation?"
-msgstr "Cómo crear y editar una cotización en línea?"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3
+msgid "Send Quotations"
+msgstr "Enviar cotizaciones"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:9
-msgid "Enable Online Quotations"
-msgstr "Active Cotizaciones En Línea"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3
+msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline"
+msgstr "Motiva a los clientes con fecha límite de cotizaciones"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:11
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"To send online quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the "
-"Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will "
-"prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already."
+"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline; Both to"
+" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer "
+"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a "
+"price that is no longer cost effective for you."
 msgstr ""
-"Para enviar cotizaciones en línea, primero debe habilitar las cotizaciones "
-"en línea en la aplicación Ventas desde: menuselection:`Configuración --> "
-"Ajustes`. Haciendo esto le pedimos que instale la aplicación Website si ya "
-"no lo ha hecho."
+"Al enviar cotizaciones, es importante establecer una fecha límite de "
+"cotización; Tanto para motivar a tu cliente a acción con el temor de "
+"perderse una oferta y protegerse. No desea tener que cumplir un pedido a un "
+"precio que ya no es rentable para usted."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"You can view the online version of each quotation you create after enabling "
-"this setting by selecting **Preview** from the top of the quotation."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11
+msgid "Set a deadline"
+msgstr "Establece una fecha límite"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13
+msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*."
 msgstr ""
-"Puede ver la versión en línea de cada cotización que cree después de "
-"habilitar esta configuración seleccionando **Vista Previa** desde la parte "
-"superior de la cotización."
+"En cada cotización u orden de venta puede agregar una *Fecha de "
+"vencimiento*."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:25
-msgid "Edit Your Online Quotations"
-msgstr "Edite sus Cotizaciones En Línea"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19
+msgid "Use deadline in templates"
+msgstr "Utilizar fecha límite en las plantillas."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:27
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"The online quotation page can be edited for each quotation template in the "
-"Sales app via :menuselection:`Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. From "
-"within any quotation template, select **Edit Template** to be taken to the "
-"corresponding page of your website."
+"You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time "
+"that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find"
+" more info about quotation templates `here "
+"`_."
 msgstr ""
-"La página de cotización en línea puede ser editada para cada plantilla de "
-"cotización en la aplicación Ventas vía: :menuselection:`Configuración --> "
-"Plantillas de Cotización`. Desde cualquiera de estas plantillas, seleccione "
-"**Editar Plantilla** para ser llevado a la página correspondiente de su "
-"sitio Web."
+"También puede establecer una fecha límite predeterminada en una * Plantilla "
+"de presupuesto *. Cada vez que se utiliza esa plantilla en una oferta, se "
+"aplica ese plazo. Puede encontrar más información sobre plantillas de "
+"cotización `aquí `_."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:34
-msgid ""
-"You can add text, images, and structural elements to the quotation page by "
-"dragging and dropping blocks from the pallet on the left sidebar menu. A "
-"table of contents will be automatically generated based on the content you "
-"add."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede agregar texto, imágenes, y elementos estructurales a la página de la "
-"cotización por medio de los bloques de arrastrar y soltar desde la paleta en"
-" la barra lateral izquierda del meú. Una tabla de contenido se generará "
-"automáticamente basada en el contenido que agregue. "
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29
+msgid "On your customer side, they will see this."
+msgstr "En tu lado del cliente, verán esto."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"Advanced descriptions for each product on a quotation are displayed on the "
-"online quotation page. These descriptions are inherited from the product "
-"page in your eCommerce Shop, and can be edited directly on the page through "
-"the inline text editor."
-msgstr ""
-"Las descripciones avanzadas para cada producto en la cotización se muestran "
-"en la página de la cotización en línea. Estas descripciones son heredadas "
-"desde la página del producto en su Tienda eCommerce, y pueden ser editadas "
-"directamente en la página a través del editor de texto en línea."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3
+msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses"
+msgstr "Entrega y facturación a diferentes direcciones."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:45
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"You can choose to allow payment immediately after the customer validates the"
-" quote by selecting a payment option on the quotation template."
+"In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. "
+"This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their "
+"invoice location."
 msgstr ""
-"Puede elegir permitir pagos inmediatamente después que el cliente valide la "
-"cotización seleccionado una opción de pago en la plantilla de cotización."
+"En Odoo puedes configurar diferentes direcciones para entrega y facturación."
+" Esto es clave, no todos tendrán la misma ubicación de entrega que su "
+"ubicación de factura."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"You can edit the webpage of an individual quotation as you would for any web"
-" page by clicking the **Edit** button. Changes made in this way will only "
-"affect the individual quotation."
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the"
+" *Customer Addresses* feature."
 msgstr ""
-"Puede editar la página web de una cotización individual como lo haría con "
-"cualquier página web dando click en el botón **Editar**. Los cambios hechos "
-"de esta manera solo afectarán la cotización individual."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:52
-msgid "Using Online Quotations"
-msgstr "Usando Cotizaciones En Línea"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19
+msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order"
+msgstr "Agregar  diferentes direcciones a una cotización u orden de venta"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:54
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"To share an online quotation with your customer, copy the URL of the online "
-"quotation, then share it with customer."
+"If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will"
+" automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for "
+"both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right "
+"from the quotation or sales order."
 msgstr ""
-"Para compartir una cotización en linea con un cliente, copie la URL de la "
-"cotización en línea, luego compartala con su cliente."
+"Si seleccionas un cliente con una dirección de entrega y factura "
+"establecidas, Odoo los usará automáticamente. Si solo hay una, Odoo la "
+"utilizará para ambos, pero usted puede, por supuesto, cambiarla "
+"instantáneamente y crear una nueva a partir de la oferta o pedido."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30
+msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer"
+msgstr "Añadir direcciones de entrega y factura a un cliente"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:60
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"Alternatively, your customer can access their online quotations by logging "
-"into your website through the customer portal. Your customer can accept or "
-"reject the quotation, print it, or negotiate the terms in the chat box. You "
-"will also receive a notification in the chatter within Odoo whenever the "
-"customer views the quotation."
+"If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, "
+"they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under "
+":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`."
 msgstr ""
-"Alternativamente, su cliente puede acceder a sus propias cotizaciones en "
-"línea ingresando a su sitio web a través del portal de cliente. Su cliente "
-"puede aceptar o rechazar la cotización, imprimirla, o negociar los términos "
-"en la casilla de chat. También recibirá una notificación en la charla en "
-"Odoo aun si el cliente ve la cotización. "
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup.rst:3
-msgid "Setup"
-msgstr "Configuración"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36
+msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer."
+msgstr "Desde allí puede agregar nuevas direcciones al cliente."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3
-msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?"
-msgstr "Cómo usar diferentes facturas y direcciones de envío?"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42
+msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders"
+msgstr "Varias direcciones en las cotizaciones / pedidos de venta."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:8
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44
 msgid ""
-"It is possible to configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. "
-"This is very useful, because it could happen that your clients have multiple"
-" locations and that the invoice address differs from the delivery location."
+"These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you "
+"send by email or print."
 msgstr ""
-"Es posible configurar diferentes direcciones de entrega y facturación. Esto "
-"es muy útil, porque podría pasar que sus clientes tienen locaciones "
-"múltiples y la dirección de la factura difiere de la locación de entrega."
+"Estas dos direcciones se utilizarán en el presupuesto o pedido de cliente "
+"que envíes por correo electrónico o imprima."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:16
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3
+msgid "Get paid to confirm an order"
+msgstr "Recibe el pago para confirmar un pedido"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"First, go to the Sales application, then click on "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option **Enable"
-" the multiple address configuration from menu**."
+"You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving "
+"the time of both your customers and yourself."
 msgstr ""
-"Primero, vaya a la aplicación de Ventas, de click en: "
-":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y active la opción **Habilitar la"
-" configuración de direcciones múltiples desde el menú**."
+"Puede utilizar los pagos en línea para obtener pedidos confirmados "
+"automáticamente. Ahorrando el tiempo tanto de tus clientes como de ti mismo."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:24
-msgid "Set the addresses on the contact form"
-msgstr "Configure las direcciones en el formato de contacto"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9
+msgid "Activate online payment"
+msgstr "Activa pago en línea"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:26
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Invoice and/or shipping addresses and even other addresses are added on the "
-"contact form. To do so, go to the contact application, select the customer "
-"and in the **Contacts & Addresses** tab click on **Create**"
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the"
+" *Online Signature & Payment* feature."
 msgstr ""
-"Factura y/o direcciones de envío e incluso otras direcciones son agregadas "
-"en el formato de contacto. Para hacerlo, vaya a la aplicación contacto, "
-"seleccione el cliente y en la pestaña **Contactos y Direcciones** de click "
-"en **Crear**"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:33
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"A new window will open where you can specify the delivery or the invoice "
-"address."
+"Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your "
+"acquirers of choice."
 msgstr ""
-"Una nueva ventana se abrirá donde puede especificar las direcciones de "
-"entrega y factura."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:39
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"Once you validated your addresses, it will appear in the **Contacts & "
-"addresses** tab with distinctive logos."
+"You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment "
+"acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, "
+"`Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) "
+"<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the "
+"`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_."
 msgstr ""
-"Una vez valide sus direcciones, aparecerá en la pestaña **Contactos y "
-"direcciones** con logos diferentes."
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:46
-msgid "On the quotations and sales orders"
-msgstr "En las cotizaciones y órdenes de ventas"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"When you create a new quotation, the option to select an invoice address and"
-" a delivery address is now available. Both addresses will automatically be "
-"filled in when selecting the customer."
+"If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also "
+"pick a default setting for each template."
 msgstr ""
-"Cuando cree una nueva cotización, la opción para seleccionar una dirección "
-"de factura y una dirección de entrega esta ahora habilitada. Ambas "
-"direcciones se llenarán automáticamente cuando seleccione el cliente."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:56
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36
+msgid "Register a payment"
+msgstr "Registrar un pago"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38
 msgid ""
-"Note that you can also create invoice and delivery addresses on the fly by "
-"selecting **Create and edit** in the dropdown menu."
+"From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online."
 msgstr ""
-"Note que también puede crear al mismo tiempo direcciones de factura y "
-"entrega seleccionando **Crear y editar** en el menú desplegable."
+"Su cliente podrá pagar en línea directamente del correo electrónico de "
+"cotización que envió."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:59
-msgid "When printing your sales orders, you'll notice the two addresses."
-msgstr "Cuando imprima sus órdenes de venta, notará las dos direcciones."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3
+msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order"
+msgstr "Obtener una firma para confirmar un pedido"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:3
-msgid "How to create my first quotation?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo crear mi primera cotización?"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you"
+" and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a "
+"traditional process."
+msgstr ""
+"Puedes utilizar la firma en línea para obtener pedidos confirmados "
+"automáticamente. Tanto tu como tu cliente ahorrarán tiempo al utilizar esta "
+"función en comparación con un proceso tradicional."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10
+msgid "Activate online signature"
+msgstr "Activar firma online"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:8
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"Quotations are documents sent to customers to offer an estimated cost for a "
-"particular set of goods or services. The customer can accept the quotation, "
-"in which case the seller will have to issue a sales order, or refuse it."
+"If you are using `quotation templates `_, you can also pick a "
+"default setting for each template."
 msgstr ""
-"Las cotizaciones son documentos enviados a los clientes que ofrecen un costo"
-" estimado por un conjunto en particular de bienes o servicios. Los clientes "
-"pueden aceptar la cotización, en cuyo caso, el vendedor tendrá que emitir "
-"una orden de venta, o de rechazo."
+"Si está utilizando `plantillas de cotización "
+"`_, también puede elegir una configuración "
+"predeterminada para cada plantilla."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:13
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23
+msgid "Validate an order with a signature"
+msgstr "Validar un pedido con una firma."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"For example, my company sells electronic products and my client Agrolait "
-"showed interest in buying ``3 iPads`` to facilitate their operations. I "
-"would like to send them a quotation for those iPads with a sales price of "
-"``320 USD`` by iPad with a ``5%`` discount."
+"When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online"
+" instantly."
 msgstr ""
-"Por ejemplo, mi compañía vende productos electrónicos y mi cliente Agrolait "
-"ha mostrado interés en comprar ``3 iPads`` para facilitar sus operaciones. "
-"Me gustaría enviarle la cotización por estás iPads con un precio de venta de"
-" ``320 USD`` por cada una, con un ``5%`` de descuento."
+"Cuando envías una cotización a tu cliente, pueden aceptarla y firmar en "
+"línea al instante."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:18
-msgid "This section will show you how to proceed."
-msgstr "Está sección mostrará como como avanzar"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30
+msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start."
+msgstr "Una vez firmado, se confirmará la cotización y comenzará la entrega."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:24
-msgid "Install the Sales Management module"
-msgstr "Instalación del módulo de Gestión de Ventas"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3
+msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products"
+msgstr "Incrementa tus ventas con productos sugeridos."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:26
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"In order to be able to issue your first quotation, you'll need to install "
-"the **Sales Management** module from the app module in the Odoo backend."
+"The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful "
+"products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could"
+" be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset."
 msgstr ""
-"Con el fin de poder emitir su primera cita, tendrá que instalar el módulo de"
-" **Gestión de Ventas** desde el módulo de las aplicaciones de backend de "
-"Odoo."
+"El uso de productos sugeridos es un intento de ofrecer productos "
+"relacionados y útiles a tu cliente. Por ejemplo, a un cliente que compra un "
+"teléfono celular se le pueden mostrar accesorios como una funda protectora, "
+"una cubierta de pantalla y auriculares."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:34
-msgid "Allow discounts on sales order line"
-msgstr "Permitir descuentos en las líneas de las órdenes de venta"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11
+msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates"
+msgstr "Añada productos sugeridos a sus plantillas de cotización"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:36
-msgid ""
-"Allowing discounts on quotations is a common sales practice to improve the "
-"chances to convert the prospect into a client."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13
+msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*."
 msgstr ""
-"Permitiendo descuento en las cotizaciones es una práctica común de ventas "
-"para mejorar las posibilidades de convertir el prospecto en un cliente."
+"Los productos sugeridos se pueden configurar en *Plantillas de cotización*."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:39
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"In our example, we wanted to grant ``Agrolait`` with a ``5%`` discount on "
-"the sale price. To enable the feature, go into the **Sales** application, "
-"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Quotations "
-"and Sales**, tick **Allow discounts on sales order line** (see picture "
-"below) and apply your changes."
+"Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add"
+" related products or services."
 msgstr ""
-"En nuestro ejemplo, queríamos conceder a ``Agrolait`` un ``5%`` de descuento"
-" en el precio de venta. Para activar la función, hay que ir al módulo de "
-"**Ventas**, seleccione :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y, bajo "
-"las **Cotizaciones y Ventas**, seleccione la opción **Permitir descuentos en"
-" línea de la orden de ventas** (ver foto abajo) y aplicar los cambios."
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49
-msgid "Create your quotation"
-msgstr "Crear una cotización"
+"Una vez en una plantilla, puedes ver una pestaña *Productos sugeridos* donde"
+" puedes agregar productos o servicios relacionados."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:51
-msgid ""
-"To create your first quotation, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> "
-"Quotations` and click on **Create**. Then, complete your quotation as "
-"follows:"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23
+msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation."
 msgstr ""
-"Para crear tu primera cotización, da clic en :menuselection:`Ventas --> "
-"Cotizaciones` y da clic en **Crear**. Después completa la cotización como lo"
-" siguiente:"
+"También puedes agregar o modificar productos sugeridos en la cotización."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:55
-msgid "Customer and Products"
-msgstr "Clientes y Productos"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26
+msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation"
+msgstr "Añada productos sugeridos a la cotización"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:57
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28
 msgid ""
-"The basic elements to add to any quotation are the customer (the person you "
-"will send your quotation to) and the products you want to sell. From the "
-"quotation view, choose the prospect from the **Customer** drop-down list and"
-" under **Order Lines**, click on **Add an item** and select your product. Do"
-" not forget to manually add the number of items under **Ordered Quantity** "
-"and the discount if applicable."
+"When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the"
+" suggested products to the order."
 msgstr ""
-"Los elementos básicos para agregar a cualquier cita son el cliente (la "
-"persona que se va a enviar su cotización a) y de los productos que desea "
-"vender. En la vista de la cotización, seleccione la perspectiva del "
-"**Cliente** como lista desplegable y bajo **Órdenes de Líneas**, haga clic "
-"en **Agregar un elemento** y seleccione su producto. No se olvide de agregar"
-" manualmente el número de elementos bajo **Cantidad Pedida** y el descuento "
-"se aplicará."
+"Al abrir la oferta del correo electrónico recibido, el cliente puede agregar"
+" los productos sugeridos al pedido."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:67
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"If you don't have any customer or product recorded on your Odoo environment "
-"yet, you can create them on the fly directly from your quotations :"
+"The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on "
+"any of the little carts."
 msgstr ""
-"Si usted no tiene ningún cliente o producto relacionado con su ambiente de "
-"Odoo aún, usted puede crearlo sobre la marcha desde sus cotizaciones:"
+"El producto(s) se agregará instantáneamente a su cotización al hacer clic en"
+" cualquiera de los carritos."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:71
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"To add a new customer, click on the **Customer** drop-down menu and click on"
-" **Create and edit**. In this new window, you will be able to record all the"
-" customer details, such as the address, website, phone number and person of "
-"contact."
+"Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or "
+"pay to confirm the quotation."
 msgstr ""
-"Para añadir un nuevo cliente, haga clic en **Cliente** del menú desplegable "
-"y de clic en **Crear y editar**. En esta nueva ventana, usted será capaz de "
-"registrar todos los datos del cliente, tales como la dirección, página web, "
-"número de teléfono y la persona de contacto."
+"Dependiendo de tu proceso de confirmación, pueden firmar digitalmente o "
+"pagar para confirmar la cotización."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:76
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"To add a new product, under **Order line**, click on add an item and on "
-"**Create and Edit** from the drop-down list. You will be able to record your"
-" product information (product type, cost, sale price, invoicing policy, "
-"etc.) along with a picture."
+"Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales"
+" order, letting the salesperson see it."
 msgstr ""
-"Para añadir un nuevo producto, bajo **Órdenes en Línea**, haga clic en "
-"añadir nuevo elemento y en **Crear y Editar ** desde la lista desplegable. "
-"Usted será capaz de registrar la información del producto (tipo de producto,"
-" el costo, precio de venta, la política de facturación, etc.), junto con una"
-" foto."
+"Cada movimiento realizado por el cliente a la cotización será rastreado en "
+"la orden de venta, permitiendo que el vendedor lo vea."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82
-msgid "Taxes"
-msgstr "Impuestos"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3
+msgid "Use quotation templates"
+msgstr "Usar plantillas de cotización"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:84
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"To parameter taxes, simply go on the taxes section of the product line and "
-"click on **Create and Edit**. Fill in the details (for example if you are "
-"subject to a ``21%`` taxe on your sales, simply fill in the right amount in "
-"percentage) and save."
+"If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time "
+"by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a "
+"complete quotation in no time."
 msgstr ""
-"Para el parámetro impuestos, simplemente vaya a la sección de impuestos de "
-"la línea de productos y haga clic en **Crear y Editar**. Rellene los datos "
-"(por ejemplo, si usted está sujeto a una ``21%`` del total en sus ventas, "
-"sólo tiene que rellenar la cantidad correcta en porcentaje) y guardar."
+"Si a menudo vendes los mismos productos o servicios, puedes ahorrar mucho "
+"tiempo creando plantillas de cotización personalizadas. Mediante el uso de "
+"una plantilla puedes enviar una cotización completa rapidamente."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:93
-msgid "Terms and conditions"
-msgstr "Términos y condiciones"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuración"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:95
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"You can select the expiration date of your quotation and add your company's "
-"terms and conditions directly in your quotation (see picture below)."
+"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> "
+"Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*."
 msgstr ""
-"Usted puede seleccionar la fecha de expiración de si cotización y añadir los"
-" términos y condiciones de su empresa directamente en su cotización (vea la "
-"imagen más abajo)."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:103
-msgid "Preview and send quotation"
-msgstr "Vista previa y enviar cotización"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19
+msgid "Create your first template"
+msgstr "Crea tu primera plantilla"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:105
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"If you want to see what your quotation looks like before sending it, click "
-"on the **Print** button (upper left corner). It will give you a printable "
-"PDF version with all your quotation details."
+"You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Configuration`."
 msgstr ""
-"Si quieres ver como está la cotización antes de enviarla, haga clic en el "
-"botón **Imprimir** (esquina superior izquierda). Se le dará una versión PDF "
-"imprimible con todos sus detalles de la cotización."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:113
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"Update your company's details (address, website, logo, etc) appearing on "
-"your quotation from the the **Settings** menu on the app switcher, and on "
-"click on the link :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> "
-"Configure company data`."
+"You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to"
+" select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for"
+" the quotation."
 msgstr ""
-"Actualice la información de su empresa (dirección, página web, logotipo, "
-"etc.) que aparecen en la cotización desde el menú de **Ajustes** de la "
-"aplicación de conmutación, y al hacer clic en el enlace "
-":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes Generales --> Configuración de los"
-" datos de la empresa`."
+"A continuación, puede crear o editar una existente. Una vez nombrada, podrá "
+"seleccionar los productos y su cantidad, así como el tiempo de vencimiento "
+"de la cotización."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:118
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"Click on **Send by email** to automatically send an email to your customer "
-"with the quotation as an attachment. You can adjust the email body before "
-"sending it and even save it as a template if you wish to reuse it."
+"On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated "
+"in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration "
+"and can be alterated by customer pricelists."
 msgstr ""
-"De clic en **Enviar por correo electrónico** y se enviará automáticamente el"
-" correo a su cliente con la cotización adjunta. Se puede ajustar el cuerpo "
-"del correo electrónico antes de enviarlo e incluso guardarlo como una "
-"plantilla si desea volver a utilizarlo."
+"En cada plantilla, también puede especificar descuentos si la opción está "
+"activada en la configuración *Ventas*. El precio base se establece en la "
+"configuración del producto y puede ser modificado por las listas de precios "
+"de los clientes."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:127
-msgid ":doc:`../online/creation`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../online/creation`"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38
+msgid "Edit your template"
+msgstr "Edita tu plantilla"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:128
-msgid ":doc:`optional`"
-msgstr ":doc:`optional`"
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:129
-msgid ":doc:`terms_conditions`"
-msgstr ":doc:`terms_conditions`"
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:3
-msgid "How to display optional products on a quotation?"
-msgstr "¿Cómo mostrar los productos opcionales en una cotización?"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept "
+"or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and "
+"products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the "
+"quotation editor."
+msgstr ""
+"Puedes editar la interfaz de cliente de la plantilla que ven para aceptar o "
+"pagar la cotización. Esto te permite describir tu empresa, servicios y "
+"productos. Cuando hagas clic en * Editar plantilla *, aparecerá el editor de"
+" presupuestos."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:8
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51
 msgid ""
-"The use of suggested products is a marketing strategy that attempts to "
-"increase the amount a customer spends once they begin the buying process. "
-"For instance, a customer purchasing a cell phone could be shown accessories "
-"like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset. In Odoo, a customer can"
-" be presented with additional products that are relevant to their chosen "
-"purchase in one of several locations."
+"This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building"
+" blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated"
+" to each product."
 msgstr ""
-"El uso de productos sugeridos es una estrategia de mercadeo que intenta "
-"incrementar el monto que un cliente gasta una vez empieza el proceso de "
-"compra. Por ejemplo, a un cliente comprando un celular se le puede mostrar "
-"accesorios como un estuche protector, una cubierta de pantalla, y unos "
-"auriculares. En Odoo, a un cliente se le pueden presentar productos "
-"adicionales que son relevantes a su compra seleccionada en una de muchas "
-"locaciones."
+"Esto te permite editar el contenido de la descripción gracias al \"drag "
+"&drop\" de bloques de creación. Para describir tus productos, agrega un "
+"bloque de contenido en la zona dedicada a cada producto."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:18
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59
 msgid ""
-"Suggested products can be added to quotations directly, or to the ecommerce "
-"platform via each product form. In order to use suggested products, you will"
-" need to have the **Ecommerce** app installed:"
+"The description set for the products will be used in all quotations "
+"templates containing those products."
 msgstr ""
-"Productos sugeridos pueden ser agregados a las cotizaciones directamente, o "
-"a la plataforma ecommerce por medio de cada formato de producto. En orden de"
-" usar productos sugeridos, necesitará tener la aplicación **Ecommerce** "
-"instalada."
+"El conjunto de descripciones de los productos se utilizará en todas las "
+"plantillas de citas que contengan dichos productos."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63
+msgid "Use a quotation template"
+msgstr "Utiliza una plantilla de cita"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65
+msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template."
+msgstr "Al crear una cotización, puedes seleccionar una plantilla."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:23
-msgid "Quotations"
-msgstr "Cotizaciones"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70
+msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation."
+msgstr "Cada producto en esa plantilla se agregará a tu cotización."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:25
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73
 msgid ""
-"To add suggested products to quotations, you must first enable online "
-"quotations in the Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install the Website app if you "
-"haven't already."
+"You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* "
+"settings."
 msgstr ""
-"Para agregar productos sugeridos a las cotizaciones, debe primero habilitar "
-"las cotizaciones en línea en la aplicación Ventas desde "
-":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`. Haciendo esto le solicitamos que"
-" instale la aplicación sitio Web si ya no lo ha hecho."
+"Puedes seleccionar una plantilla que se sugerirá de forma predeterminada en "
+"la configuración de *Ventas*."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:32
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77
+msgid "Confirm the quotation"
+msgstr "Confirmar la cotización"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79
 msgid ""
-"You will then be able to add suggested products to your individual "
-"quotations and quotation templates under the **Suggested Products** tab of a"
-" quotation."
+"Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital "
+"signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself."
 msgstr ""
-"Luego estará abilitado para agregar productos sugeridos a sus cotizaciones "
-"individuales y plantillas de cotización bajo la pestaña **Productos "
-"Sugeridos** de una cotización."
+"Las plantillas también facilitan el proceso de confirmación para los "
+"clientes con una firma digital o pago en línea. Puedes seleccionar eso en la"
+" propia plantilla."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:39
-msgid "Website Sales"
-msgstr "Ventas del sitio web"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86
+msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it."
+msgstr "Cada cotización ahora tendrá esta configuración añadida. "
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:41
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88
 msgid ""
-"You can add suggested products to a product on its product form, under the "
-"Website heading in the **Sales** tab. **Suggested products** will appear on "
-"the *product* page, and **Accessory Products** will appear on the *cart* "
-"page prior to checkout."
+"Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation."
 msgstr ""
-"Puede agregar productos sugeridos a un producto en su formato de producto, "
-"bajo el título de sitio Web en la pestaña **Ventas**. **Productos "
-"Sugeridos** aparecerá en la página del *producto*, y **Productos Accesorio**"
-" aparecerá en la página del *carrito* antes del pago."
+"Por supuesto, todavía podras cambiarla y hacerla  específica para cada "
+"cotización. "
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:3
-msgid "How to link terms and conditions to a quotation?"
-msgstr "Cómo vincular términos y condiciones en una cotización?"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3
+msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders"
+msgstr "Añadir términos y condiciones a los pedidos"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:8
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship "
 "between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal "
-"information which include products and company policy so customer can read "
-"all those terms before committing to anything."
+"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer"
+" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything."
 msgstr ""
+"Especificar los Términos y Condiciones es esencial para asegurar una buena "
+"relación entre clientes y vendedores. Cada vendedor debe declarar toda la "
+"información formal que incluye los productos y la política de la empresa; "
+"permitiendo al cliente leer todos esos términos antes de comprometerse con "
+"cualquier cosa."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:13
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Thanks to Odoo you can easily include your default terms and conditions on "
-"every quotation, sales order and invoice."
+"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every "
+"quotation, sales order and invoice."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo te permite incluir fácilmente tus términos y condiciones "
+"predeterminados en cada oferta, pedido de venta y factura."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"Let's take the following example: Your company sells water bottles to "
-"restaurants and you would like to add the following standard terms and "
-"conditions on all your quotations:"
-msgstr ""
-"Tomemos el siguiente ejemplo: Su compañía vende agua en botella a "
-"restaurantes y le gustaría agregar los siguientes términos y condiciones "
-"estándar en todas sus cotizaciones:"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15
+msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions"
+msgstr "Configurar tus términos y condiciones predeterminados"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:20
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"*Safe storage of the products of MyCompany is necessary in order to ensure "
-"their quality, MyCompany will not be held accountable in case of unsafe "
-"storage of the products.*"
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
+"*Default Terms & Conditions*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:25
-msgid "General terms and conditions"
-msgstr "Términos generales y condiciones"
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:27
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"General terms and conditions can be specified in the Sales settings. They "
-"will then automatically appear on every sales document from the quotation to"
-" the invoice."
+"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then "
+"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice."
 msgstr ""
+"En ese cuadro puedes agregar tus términos y condiciones predeterminados. "
+"Luego aparecerán en cada cotización, orden de venta y factura."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33
+msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions"
+msgstr "Configurar términos y condiciones más detalladas"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:31
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"To specify your Terms and Conditions go into : :menuselection:`Sales --> "
-"Configuration --> Settings --> Default Terms and Conditions`."
+"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish"
+" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"Una buena idea para compartir condiciones más detalladas o estructuradas, es"
+" publicarla en la web y consultar ese enlace en los términos y condiciones "
+"de Odoo."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:36
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"After saving, your terms and conditions will appear on your new quotations, "
-"sales orders and invoices (in the system but also on your printed "
-"documents)."
+"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured "
+"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default"
+" attachment for all quotation emails sent."
 msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3
-msgid "eBay"
-msgstr "eBay"
+"También puede adjuntar un documento externo con condiciones más detalladas y"
+" estructuradas al correo electrónico que envíe al cliente. Incluso puede "
+"establecer un archivo adjunto predeterminado para todos los correos "
+"electrónicos de cotización enviados."
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
index e9a9839962..127fc63d33 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas , 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas , 2018\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -34,28 +34,36 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5
 msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:"
 msgstr ""
+"Para hacer seguimiento del tráfico de tu página web con Google Analytics:"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7
 msgid ""
 "`Create a Google Analytics account `__ if"
 " you don't have any."
 msgstr ""
+"`Crea una cuenta en Google Analytics `__ "
+"si no tienes una."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking "
 "ID."
 msgstr ""
+"Revisa la forma de creación y acepta las condiciones para obtener la "
+"identificación de seguimiento."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15
 msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Copia la identificación de seguimiento para insertarla en Odoo."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, "
 "turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page."
 msgstr ""
+"Ve al menú de *Configuración* en la aplicación de página web. En los "
+"ajustes, enciende Google Analytics y pega la identificación de seguimiento. "
+"Luego guarda la página."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27
 msgid ""
@@ -63,6 +71,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Documentation. "
 "`__"
 msgstr ""
+"Para dar tus primeros pasos en Google Analytics, ve a `Google Documentation."
+" `__"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31
 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`"
@@ -70,29 +80,37 @@ msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3
 msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Como monitorear el tráfico de tu página web desde el tablero de Odoo"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website "
 "Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics."
 msgstr ""
+"Puedes monitorear las estadísticas directamente del panel de control de tu "
+"página web de Odoo gracias a Google Analytics."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the "
 "tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)."
 msgstr ""
+"Un paso preliminar es crear una cuenta en Google Analytics y registrar la "
+"identificación de seguimiento en los ajustes de tu página web (ve "
+":doc:`google_analytics`)."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to "
 "generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
 msgstr ""
+"Ve a la plataforma `Google APIs  `__ "
+"para generar credenciales analíticas API. Inicia sesión con tu cuenta de "
+"Google."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14
 msgid "Select Analytics API."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Selecciona Analíticas API."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19
 msgid ""
@@ -104,7 +122,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25
 msgid "Enable the API."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Activa el API"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30
 msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
@@ -115,6 +133,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
 "of data."
 msgstr ""
+"Selecciona *Web browser (Javascript)* como fuente de llamada y *User data* "
+"como tipo de data."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41
 msgid ""
@@ -137,25 +157,33 @@ msgid ""
 "is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the "
 "Client ID in Odoo for the first time."
 msgstr ""
+"Revisa el paso de la pantalla de acceso registrando el nombre de un producto"
+" (e.j. Google Analytics en Odoo). Puedes revisar las opciones de "
+"customización pero no es obligación. La pantalla de acceso solo aparecerá "
+"cuando ingreses la identificación en Odoo por primera vez."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56
 msgid ""
 "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"Finalmente, se te provee la identificación de tu cliente para que Copies y "
+"pegues en Odoo."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61
 msgid ""
 "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past"
 " your Client ID."
 msgstr ""
+"Abre el panel de control de tu página web en Odoo y conéctala con tu cuenta "
+"de Analytics. Para pegar la identificación de tu cliente."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67
 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Como último paso, autoriza a Odoo para acceder a API Google."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3
 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Como hacer optimización de motores de busqueda en Odoo"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:6
 msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?"
@@ -638,24 +666,13 @@ msgstr "Páginas HTML"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234
 msgid ""
-"Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using the "
-":menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove extra "
-"space and tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc."
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo permite minimizar páginas HTML, desde la aplicación **Administración de"
-" Página Web**, usando el menú :menuselection:`Configuración`. Esto "
-"automáticamente removerá espacio adicional y pestañas en su código HTML, "
-"reducir algunos códigos de pestañas, etc."
-
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241
-msgid ""
-"On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually "
-"handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)."
+"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web "
+"server (NGINX or Apache)."
 msgstr ""
-"En lugar de eso, las páginas HTML puede ser comprimidas, pero esto es "
-"usualmente manejado por su servidor web (NGINX o Apache)."
+"Las páginas HTML pueden ser comprimidas, pero esto es usualmente manejado "
+"por el servidor de tu web (NGINX or Apache)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:244
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:237
 msgid ""
 "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short "
 "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, "
@@ -666,7 +683,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "desarrollados para producir un código HTML limpio, usualmente usuando "
 "bootstrap y el editor HTML. "
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:248
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241
 msgid ""
 "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a "
 "paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the "
@@ -676,11 +693,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "parrafo al color primario de su página web, Odoo producirá el siguiente "
 "código:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:252
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245
 msgid "``
    My Text
    ``"
 msgstr "``
    Mi Texto
    ``"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:254
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:247
 msgid ""
 "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following "
 "code:"
@@ -688,15 +705,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "Considerando que la mayoría de editores HTML (como CKEditor) producirá el "
 "siguiente código:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:257
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250
 msgid "``
    My Text
    ``"
 msgstr "``
    Mi Texto
    ``"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:253
 msgid "Responsive Design"
 msgstr "Diseño Responsive"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:262
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255
 msgid ""
 "As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in"
 " Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render "
@@ -707,7 +724,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "estan basadas en Bootstrap 3 para rendir eficientemente de acuerdo al "
 "dispositivo: computador de escritorio, tablet o celular móvil."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263
 msgid ""
 "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your "
 "website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have "
@@ -720,11 +737,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "específicas no estan diseñadas para web-móvil ya que todas tiene sus propios"
 " contextos CSS)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:277
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270
 msgid "Browser caching"
 msgstr "Caché del buscador"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272
 msgid ""
 "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically "
 "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through "
@@ -742,7 +759,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "El ``457-0da1d9d`` parte de esta URL cambiará si modifca el CSS de su página"
 " web."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:286
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279
 msgid ""
 "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: "
 "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource."
@@ -751,11 +768,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "estos recursos: XXX segs, mientras esta siendo actualizado instantáneamente "
 "si actualiza el recurso."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287
 msgid "Scalability"
 msgstr "Escalabilidad"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:289
 msgid ""
 "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' "
 "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link "
@@ -768,7 +785,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "comercio electrónico comparado con Odoo cuando se trata de grandes volúmenes"
 " de consulta."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:301
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294
 msgid ""
 "`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* `__"
@@ -776,7 +793,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* `__"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296
 msgid ""
 "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo"
 " CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)"
@@ -785,35 +802,35 @@ msgstr ""
 "electrónico de Odoo y Odoo CMS. (basado en la versión 8 de Odoo, Odoo 9 es "
 "aún más rápido)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303
 msgid "URLs handling"
 msgstr "Manipulando URLs "
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:313
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:306
 msgid "URLs Structure"
 msgstr "Estructura de las URL"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:315
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:308
 msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:"
 msgstr "Una URL típica de Odoo se muestra como la siguiente:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:317
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310
 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
 msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:319
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312
 msgid "With the following components:"
 msgstr "Con los siguientes componentes:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:321
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314
 msgid "**https://** = Protocol"
 msgstr "**https://** = Protocolo"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:323
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:316
 msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name"
 msgstr "**www.misitio.com** = su nombre de dominio"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:318
 msgid ""
 "**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if "
 "the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, "
@@ -826,7 +843,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Inglés de esta página es: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-"
 "product-31"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:324
 msgid ""
 "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the"
 " catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This"
@@ -837,7 +854,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "/tienda/producto es para la página del producto). Este nombre no puede ser "
 "personalizado para evitar conflictos en diferentes URLs."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329
 msgid ""
 "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the "
 "product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A "
@@ -852,11 +869,11 @@ msgstr ""
 " ser diferentes objetos (publicación de blog, título de página, publicación "
 "de foro, comentario de foro, categoría de producto, etc)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336
 msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product"
 msgstr "**-31** = ID único del producto"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:338
 msgid ""
 "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an "
 "example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:"
@@ -865,15 +882,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "ID. Como ejemplo, las siguientes URLs todas hacen una redirección 301 a la "
 "URL anterior:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:341
 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)"
 msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:350
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343
 msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)"
 msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (versión aún más corta)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345
 msgid ""
 "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product "
 "name)"
@@ -881,7 +898,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (nombre "
 "anterior del producto)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348
 msgid ""
 "This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle "
 "efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time."
@@ -890,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "manejar eficientemente redirecciones 301 cuando el nombre de su producto "
 "cambia todo el tiempo."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352
 msgid ""
 "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a "
 "post):"
@@ -898,24 +915,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "Algunas URLs tienen varias partes dinámicas, como este (una categoría de "
 "blog y una publicación):"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:362
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355
 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56"
 msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:364
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:357
 msgid "In the above example:"
 msgstr "En el ejemplo anterior:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359
 msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog"
 msgstr "Noticias de compañía: es el titulo del blog"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:368
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361
 msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post"
 msgstr ""
 "La historia de Odoo: es el título de una publicación de blog específica"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:363
 msgid ""
 "When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL "
 "(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by "
@@ -925,11 +942,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "configurado directamente en la URL (no tiene un argumento GET). Esto permite"
 " que cada página sea indexada por los motores de búsqueda. Ejemplo:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:374
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:367
 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3"
 msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370
 msgid ""
 "Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although"
 " most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not "
@@ -940,11 +957,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "separador de palabras, no ha sido siempre el caso. Planeamos mejorar esto "
 "para Odoo 10."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375
 msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles"
 msgstr "Cambios en URLs y Títulos"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:384
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377
 msgid ""
 "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your "
 "product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:"
@@ -953,11 +970,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "nombre de producto), no necesita preocuparse de actualizar todos los "
 "vinculos:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380
 msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL"
 msgstr "Odoo actualizará automáticamente todos los links a la nueva URL."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382
 msgid ""
 "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be "
 "done to route visitors to the new website"
@@ -965,24 +982,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "Si los sitios web externos todavía señalan a la antigua URL, una redirección"
 " 301 se hará a los visitantes de la ruta a la nueva página web"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:392
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:385
 msgid "As an example, this URL:"
 msgstr "Como ejemplo. esta URL:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:394
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387
 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31"
 msgstr "http://misitio.com/tienda/producto/old-nombre-producto-31"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:396
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389
 msgid "Will automatically redirect to :"
 msgstr "Se redirigirá automáticamente a:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:398
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:391
 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31"
 msgstr ""
 "http://misitio.com/tienda/producto/nuevo-y-mejorado-nombre-producto-31"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:400
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:393
 msgid ""
 "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and"
 " the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old "
@@ -995,11 +1012,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "páginas web externas. (con una redirección 301 para no perder el zumo del "
 "vinculo SEO)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:406
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:399
 msgid "HTTPS"
 msgstr "HTTPS"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:408
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:401
 msgid ""
 "As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL"
 " websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on "
@@ -1012,11 +1029,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "accede a su página web a través de una url no HTTPS, obtendrá una "
 "redirección 301 a su HTTPS equivalente."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:407
 msgid "Links: nofollow strategy"
 msgstr "Vinculos: estrategia de no seguimiento"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:409
 msgid ""
 "Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how "
 "your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is "
@@ -1027,11 +1044,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "mas su página es vinculada desde páginas web exteriores y de calidad, mejor "
 "es para su SEO."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414
 msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:"
 msgstr "Odoo sigue las siguientes estrategias para la gestión de links:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416
 msgid ""
 "Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", "
 "which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked "
@@ -1041,7 +1058,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"realmenteseguido\", lo que significa que este vinculo contribuirá al Zumo "
 "SEO para la página vinculada."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:427
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420
 msgid ""
 "Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that "
 "links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too."
@@ -1050,7 +1067,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "blog, ...) que vincula a su propia página web es \"realmenteseguido\" "
 "también."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:430
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423
 msgid ""
 "But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is "
 "\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links "
@@ -1061,7 +1078,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "publicando vinculos en su página web to páginas web de terceras-partes las "
 "cuales tienen mala reputación."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:435
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:428
 msgid ""
 "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be "
 "trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` "
@@ -1071,15 +1088,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "puede ser confiables. En tal caso, sus vinculos no tendrán un atributo "
 "``rel=\"noseguir\"``"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:433
 msgid "Multi-language support"
 msgstr "Soporte Multilenguaje"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436
 msgid "Multi-language URLs"
 msgstr "URLs Multilenguaje"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:438
 msgid ""
 "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be "
 "available in different URLs, depending on the language used:"
@@ -1087,7 +1104,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Si ejecuta un sitio web en varios idiomas, el mismo contenido estará "
 "disponible en diferentes direcciones URL, dependiendo del idioma utilizado:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:441
 msgid ""
 "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = "
 "default)"
@@ -1095,7 +1112,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "https://www.misitioweb.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (Versión Ingles = por "
 "defecto)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443
 msgid ""
 "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French "
 "version)"
@@ -1103,7 +1120,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "https://www.misitioweb.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Versión "
 "Francesa)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445
 msgid ""
 "In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have "
 "several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , "
@@ -1113,11 +1130,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "muchas variaciones del mismo idioma pt\\_BR (Portugués de Brazil) , pt\\_PT "
 "(Portugués de Portugal)."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450
 msgid "Language annotation"
 msgstr "Anotación de Idioma"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:459
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452
 msgid ""
 "To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first "
 "URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML  "
@@ -1130,7 +1147,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "agrega un elemento de vinculo apuntando a las otras versiones de esa página "
 "web;"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:464
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457
 msgid ""
 ""
@@ -1138,11 +1155,11 @@ msgstr ""
 ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:467
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:460
 msgid "With this approach:"
 msgstr "Con este enfoque:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:469
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:462
 msgid ""
 "Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose"
 " the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google"
@@ -1150,7 +1167,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Google sabe las diferentes versiones traducidas de su página y propondrá el "
 "más adecuado según el idioma del visitante que busca en Google."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466
 msgid ""
 "You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since"
 " it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same "
@@ -1160,11 +1177,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "que no es un contenido duplicado, pero una versión diferente del mismo "
 "contenido."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471
 msgid "Language detection"
 msgstr "Detección de lenguaje. "
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:480
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473
 msgid ""
 "When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. "
 "yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated "
@@ -1176,7 +1193,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "traducida de acuerdo a la preferencia de idioma de su navegador: (ej. "
 "supáginaweb.com/fr\\_FR/tienda)."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:485
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478
 msgid ""
 "Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time "
 "visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current "
@@ -1186,7 +1203,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "primera vez que los visitantes llegan a su página web. Después de eso, "
 "mantiene una cookie del idioma actual para evitar alguna redirección."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:482
 msgid ""
 "To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of"
 " the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. "
@@ -1199,15 +1216,15 @@ msgstr ""
 " versión en Inglés de la página, sin usar las preferencias de idioma del "
 "navegador."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:496
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
 msgid "Meta Tags"
 msgstr "Meta etiquetas"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:499
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:492
 msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description"
 msgstr "Titulo, palabras claves y descripción "
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:494
 msgid ""
 "Every web page should define the ````, ``<description>`` and "
 "``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search "
@@ -1221,7 +1238,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " consultas de búsqueda específicas. Entonces, es importante tener títulos y "
 "palabras clave en línea con lo que la gente busca en Google."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:507
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:500
 msgid ""
 "In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your "
 "website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website "
@@ -1234,7 +1251,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "darle información acerca de sus palabras clave y hacer la correspondencia "
 "con títulos y contenidos en su página."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:516
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:509
 msgid ""
 "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for "
 "every language of a single page;"
@@ -1242,7 +1259,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Si su sitio web está en varios idiomas, puede utilizar la herramienta "
 "Promociona para cada lenguaje de una sola página;"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:519
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512
 msgid ""
 "In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your"
 " content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo "
@@ -1254,7 +1271,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sus publicaciones de blog, Odoo otorga una página que le permite escanear "
 "rápidamente las meta pestañas de todas sus publicaciones de blog."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521
 msgid ""
 "This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged "
 "in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword "
@@ -1264,11 +1281,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "registrados como administradores del sitio web. Ellos no obtienen las "
 "alertas e información de palabras clave."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:526
 msgid "Sitemap"
 msgstr "Mapa del sitio"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528
 msgid ""
 "Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For "
 "performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours."
@@ -1277,7 +1294,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "motivos de rendimiento, este archivo se almacena en caché y se actualiza "
 "cada 12 horas."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:538
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:531
 msgid ""
 "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you "
 "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, "
@@ -1291,17 +1308,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ el agrupado de URLs de mapas del "
 "sitio en 45000 pedazos por archivo."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:544
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:537
 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:"
 msgstr ""
 "Cada entrada de mapa del sitio tiene 4 atributos que son calculados "
 "automáticamente:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:539
 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page"
 msgstr "``<loc>`` : la URL de una pagina"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:541
 msgid ""
 "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed "
 "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this"
@@ -1312,7 +1329,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " a un producto, esta puede ser la última fecha de modificación del producto "
 "o la página"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546
 msgid ""
 "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on"
 " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number"
@@ -1325,11 +1342,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "prioridad de una página estática es definida por su campo de prioridad, el "
 "cual es normalizado. (16 es por defecto)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553
 msgid "Structured Data Markup"
 msgstr "Datos Estructurados Marcados"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555
 msgid ""
 "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine "
 "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search "
@@ -1342,7 +1359,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "motores; ayudándoles a entender su contenido y crear búsquedas de resultado "
 "bien-presentadas."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:567
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560
 msgid ""
 "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: "
 "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations."
@@ -1351,7 +1368,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "incluyendo: Revisiones, Gente, Productos, Negocios, Eventos y "
 "Organizaciones."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:570
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:563
 msgid ""
 "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org "
 "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum "
@@ -1364,11 +1381,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "que sus páginas de producto sean mostradas en Google usando información "
 "adicional como el precio y rating de un producto:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:573
 msgid "robots.txt"
 msgstr "robots.txt"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:575
 msgid ""
 "Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its "
 "content is:"
@@ -1376,19 +1393,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "Odoo automáticamente crea un archivo ``/robots.txt`` para su sitio web. Su "
 "contenido es:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:578
 msgid "User-agent: \\*"
 msgstr "Usuario-agente: \\*"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:587
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580
 msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml"
 msgstr "Mapa del sitio: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:590
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583
 msgid "Content is king"
 msgstr "El contenido es rey"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585
 msgid ""
 "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules"
 " to help you build your contents on your website:"
@@ -1396,7 +1413,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Cuando se trata del SEO, el contenido es usualmente el rey. Odoo provee "
 "varios módulos para ayudarle a construir sus contenidos en su sitio web:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:595
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:588
 msgid ""
 "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their "
 "content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: "
@@ -1408,7 +1425,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides"
 "/public-channel-1>`__"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:599
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592
 msgid ""
 "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: "
 "`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of"
@@ -1418,7 +1435,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (cuenta por el 30% "
 "de páginas de destino Odoo.com)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:603
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596
 msgid ""
 "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your "
 "website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 "
@@ -1428,11 +1445,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "su sitio web. Ejemplo: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 páginas creadas por mes)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601
 msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents."
 msgstr "**Blogs Odoo**: escribir buenos contenidos."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:611
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:604
 msgid ""
 "The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in "
 "Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top "
@@ -1442,15 +1459,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "página en Odoo. De esa forma, puede construir una buena página 404 para "
 "redirigir al contenido superior de su sitio web."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:616
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:609
 msgid "Social Features"
 msgstr "Caracteristicas sociales"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:619
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612
 msgid "Twitter Cards"
 msgstr "Tarjetas Twitter"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:621
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:614
 msgid ""
 "Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next "
 "version."
@@ -1458,11 +1475,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Odoo no implementa \"Tarjetas de Twitter\" todavía. Esto se hará para la "
 "siguiente versión."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618
 msgid "Social Network"
 msgstr "Red Social"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:620
 msgid ""
 "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All "
 "you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the"
@@ -1472,11 +1489,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "web. Todo lo que tiene que hace es referir todas sus cuentas en el menú de "
 "**Ajustes** de la aplicación **Administración de Sitio Web**."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:632
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625
 msgid "Test Your Website"
 msgstr "Pruebe su sitio Web "
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627
 msgid ""
 "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using "
 "WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__"
@@ -1491,7 +1508,7 @@ msgstr "Publicar"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3
 msgid "How to use my own domain name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo usar mi propio nombre de dominio"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1499,10 +1516,13 @@ msgid ""
 "name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one "
 "(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)."
 msgstr ""
+"Por defecto, tu ocasión y página web Odoo Online tiene un nombre de dominio "
+"*.odoo.com* tanto para los URL como los correos. Pero lo puedes cambiar a "
+"uno customizado (p. ej. www.tucompañía.com)."
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10
 msgid "What is a good domain name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cuál es un buen nombre de dominio"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -1510,6 +1530,9 @@ msgid ""
 "business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper "
 "domain. Here are some tips:"
 msgstr ""
+"Tu dirección de página web es tan imporante para tu marcado como el nombre "
+"de tu negocio u organización, a si que piensa en cambiarlo por un dominio "
+"apropiado. Aquí hay algunos consejos:"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15
 msgid "Simple and obvious"
@@ -1537,41 +1560,47 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-"
 "seo/158951/>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"Lee más: `Cómo Elegir un Nombre de Dominio para Máximo SEO "
+"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-"
+"seo/158951/>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24
 msgid "How to buy a domain name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo comprar un nombre de dominio"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25
 msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Compra tu nombre de dominio en un registrar popular:"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27
 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28
 msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29
 msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of "
 "issue, check out those easy tutorials:"
 msgstr ""
+"Los pasos para comprar un dominio son sensillos. En caso de problemas, mira "
+"estos tutoriales simples:"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34
 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35
 msgid ""
 "`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -1579,44 +1608,57 @@ msgid ""
 "name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. "
 "This is Odoo's job!"
 msgstr ""
+"Puedes comprar un servidor de correo para tener direcciones de correo usando"
+" el nombre de tu dominio. Sin embargo, no compres un servicio extra para "
+"crear o alojar tu página web. Esto es trabajo de Odoo!"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45
 msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo aplicar mi nombre de dominio a mi ocasión Odoo"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> "
 "yourcompany.odoo.com):"
 msgstr ""
+"Primero autorizemos la redirección (yourcompany.com -> "
+"yourcompany.odoo.com):"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48
 msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Abre tu cuenta Odoo.com desde tu página de inicio."
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53
 msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ve a la página *Administrar Base de Datos*"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect."
 msgstr ""
+"Haz clic en *Dominios* a la derecha de la base de datos que quieres "
+"redireccionar."
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. "
 "www.yourcompany.com)."
 msgstr ""
+"La base de datos pronta del dominio aparecerá. Ingresa tu dominio "
+"customizado (e.j. www.yourcompany.com)."
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70
 msgid ""
 "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:"
 msgstr ""
+"Podemos aplicar la redirección desde el administrador de cuenta del nombre "
+"de tu dominio:"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72
 msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page."
 msgstr ""
+"Inicia sesión en tu cuenta y busca la página de administración de las Zonas "
+"DNS."
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74
 msgid ""
@@ -1624,14 +1666,17 @@ msgid ""
 " If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to "
 "redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*."
 msgstr ""
+"Crea un récord CNAME *www.yourdomain.com* apuntando a *mywebsite.odoo.com*. "
+"Si quieres usar el dominio desnudo (e.j. yourdomain.com), tienes que "
+"redireccionar *yourdomain.com* a *www.yourdomain.com*."
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78
 msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aquí hay algunos lineamientos para crear un record CNAME:"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80
 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81
 msgid ""
@@ -1639,26 +1684,33 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-"
 "can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"`Namecheap "
+"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-"
+"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "`OVH "
 "<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"`OVH "
+"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85
 msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Como habilitar SSL (HTTPS) para mi ocasión Odoo"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87
 msgid ""
 "To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as "
 "CloudFlare.com."
 msgstr ""
+"Para habilitar SSL, porfavor usa un proveedor de servicio CDN externo como "
+"CloudFlare.com."
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93
 msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3
 msgid "How to translate my website"
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
index 844375cf93..56cb3eebd4 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
@@ -1,16 +1,72 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Tony Barbou <tonybarbou@live.fr>, 2017
+# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2017
+# e34d4dcb8e697b071167e94624cfbccb, 2017
+# Malo Maisonneuve <malo.maisonneuve@gmail.com>, 2017
+# zoe <yann.hoareau@migs.re>, 2017
+# Florian Hatat, 2017
+# Bastien Foerster <bfo@odoo.com>, 2017
+# Fabien Bourgeois <fabien@yaltik.com>, 2017
+# ShevAbam, 2017
+# Miguel Vidali <mvidali129@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Quentin THEURET <odoo@kerpeo.com>, 2017
+# Adriana Ierfino <adriana.ierfino@savoirfairelinux.com>, 2017
+# Maxime Vanderhaeghe <mv@taktik.be>, 2017
+# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2017
+# Frédéric Clementi <frederic.clementi@camptocamp.com>, 2017
+# Nancy Bolognesi <nb@microcom.ca>, 2017
+# Cyrille de Lambert <cyrille.delambert@auguria.fr>, 2017
+# Nicolas JEUDY <njeudy@panda-chi.io>, 2017
+# Guillaume Rancourt <guillaumerancourt971@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017
+# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2017
+# 71728729ee5e25c3ecd8d7420ddb9ca7, 2017
+# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2017
+# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2017
+# 31c77b784710e4a287a92d851a40e039, 2017
+# jalal <j.zahid@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Benedicte HANET <hanetb@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2017
+# Hubert TETARD <htetard@apik-conseils.com>, 2017
+# Lucas Deliege <lud@odoo.com>, 2017
+# Micky Jault <micky037@hotmail.fr>, 2017
+# Bertrand LATOUR <divoir@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Clo <clo@odoo.com>, 2017
+# Denis Leemann <denis.leemann@camptocamp.com>, 2017
+# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2017
+# bb76cd9ac0cb7e20167a14728edb858b, 2017
+# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2017
+# Florent de Labarre <florent@iguanayachts.com>, 2017
+# 6534c450c77b2549e41c52e2051f5839, 2017
+# Fred Gilson <fgi@odoo.com>, 2018
+# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2018
+# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2018
+# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2018
+# Florence Lambrechts <fla@odoo.com>, 2018
+# Vincent M <subnetiq@gmail.com>, 2018
+# Christophe CHAUVET <christophe.chauvet@gmail.com>, 2018
+# Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2018
+# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2018
+# Valaeys Stéphane <svalaeys@fiefmanage.ch>, 2019
+# Alexandra Jubert <aju@odoo.com>, 2020
+# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
+# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
+# Martin Trigaux, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:55+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -18,7 +74,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Language: fr\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
 
-#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268
+#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283
 msgid "Accounting"
 msgstr "Comptabilité"
 
@@ -27,6 +83,7 @@ msgid "Bank & Cash"
 msgstr "Banque et liquidités"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Bank Feeds"
 msgstr "Flux bancaires"
 
@@ -830,7 +887,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "bancaires seront synchronisés toutes les 4 heures."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533
 msgid "FAQ"
 msgstr "FAQ"
 
@@ -891,21 +948,26 @@ msgid ""
 "Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to "
 "your database."
 msgstr ""
+"Version Enterprise : Oui, si vous avez un contrat valide lié à votre base de"
+" données. "
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98
 msgid ""
 "Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community "
 "Version."
 msgstr ""
+"Verion Communautaire : Non, cette fonctionnalité n'est pas incluse dans le "
+"version communautaire. "
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99
 msgid ""
 "Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract."
 msgstr ""
+"Version Online : Oui, même si vous bénéficiez d'un contrat 1-app-gratuite"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102
 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Certaines banques ont un statut \"Beta\", qu'est-ce que cela signifie ? "
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104
 msgid ""
@@ -914,14 +976,21 @@ msgid ""
 " may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. "
 "Unfortunately, there is not much to do about except being patient."
 msgstr ""
+"Ceci veux dire que Yodlee n'a pas encore terminé le développement de la "
+"synchronisation pour cette banque. La synchronisation peut déjà être "
+"fonctionnelle ou elle aura besoin d'un peu plus de temps pour l'être à 100%."
+" Malheureusement, il n'y a rien à faire pour le moment sauf être patient!"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110
 msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?"
 msgstr ""
+"Une partie de mon historique de transaction n'apparaît pas dans Odoo, "
+"pourquoi?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112
 msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch up transactions to 3 months in the past."
 msgstr ""
+"Yodlee n'affiche qu'un maximum de 3 mois d'historique de transactions."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3
 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187
@@ -1775,12 +1844,36 @@ msgstr ""
 "supprimer des comptes bancaires pour une autre société."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
-msgid "ABA/Routing"
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Type"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number."
 msgstr ""
+"Type de compte banque: normal ou IBAN. Déterminé par le numéro de compte."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid "ABA/Routing"
+msgstr "Acheminement de l'ABA"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
 msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number"
+msgstr "Numéro d'acheminement de l'American Bankers Association"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid "Account Holder Name"
+msgstr "Ancien nom du compte"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account "
+"Holder"
 msgstr ""
+"Nom du détenteur du compte, dans le cas où il est différent du nom du "
+"partenaire lié au compte."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49
 msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration"
@@ -2073,11 +2166,6 @@ msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it."
 msgstr ""
 "Mettre le champs actif à faux pour masquer le journal sans le supprimer."
 
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
-msgid "Type"
-msgstr "Type"
-
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals."
 msgstr "Sélectionnez \"Vente\" pour le journal des factures clients."
@@ -2204,13 +2292,33 @@ msgid "The currency used to enter statement"
 msgstr "La devise utilisée pour entrer les relevés"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Debit Methods"
-msgstr "Méthodes de débit"
+msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered"
+msgstr "Définissez comment les relevés bancaires seront enregistrés"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Creation of Bank Statements"
+msgstr "Création des relevés bancaires"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Defines when a new bank statement"
+msgstr "Définissez quand un nouveau relevé bancaire"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions"
+msgstr "sera créé lors de l'extraction de nouvelles transactions"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "from your bank account."
+msgstr "depuis votre compte bancaire."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "For Incoming Payments"
+msgstr "Pour les Paiements Entrants"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Manuelle: Soyez payé comptant, chèque ou autre à l'extérieur d'Odoo."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
@@ -2219,6 +2327,10 @@ msgid ""
 "a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing "
 "online (payment token)."
 msgstr ""
+"Électronique: faites-vous payer automatiquement par l'intermédiaire d'un "
+"acquéreur de paiement en demandant une transaction sur une carte enregistrée"
+" par le client lors de l'achat ou de la souscription en ligne (jeton/crédit "
+"de paiement)."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -2229,16 +2341,18 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Payment Methods"
-msgstr "Moyens de paiement"
+msgid "For Outgoing Payments"
+msgstr "Pour les Paiements Sortants"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"Manuelle: Payez une facture comptant ou de toutes autres méthodes à "
+"l'extérieur d'Odoo."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Chèque: Payez par chèque et l'imprimer avec Odoo."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -2246,18 +2360,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to your bank. Enable this option from the settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Group Invoice Lines"
-msgstr "Grouper les lignes de facture"
-
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines "
-"when generating them from invoices."
-msgstr ""
-"Si cette case est cochée, le système essaiera de grouper les lignes "
-"comptables lorsqu'il les créera à partir des factures."
-
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Profit Account"
 msgstr "Compte de profit"
@@ -2283,12 +2385,40 @@ msgstr ""
 "différent de ce qui a été calculé par le système"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Show journal on dashboard"
-msgstr "Montrer le journal dans le tableau de bord"
+msgid "Group Invoice Lines"
+msgstr "Grouper les lignes de facture"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not"
-msgstr "Si ce journal doit être affiché sur le tableau de bord ou non."
+msgid ""
+"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines "
+"when generating them from invoices."
+msgstr ""
+"Si cette case est cochée, le système essaiera de grouper les lignes "
+"comptables lorsqu'il les créera à partir des factures."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in "
+"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when "
+"performing bank reconciliation."
+msgstr ""
+"Indiquez si les paiements effectués dans ce journal doivent être générés à "
+"l'état brouillon afin que les écritures correspondantes ne soient "
+"enregistrées que lors du rapprochement bancaire."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills"
+msgstr "Pseudonyme pour la facture fournisseur."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email."
+msgstr ""
+"Il crée un brouillon de facture fournisseur en envoyant un courrier "
+"électronique."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected"
@@ -2329,22 +2459,6 @@ msgstr "Numéro de chèque suivant"
 msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check."
 msgstr "Numéro de séquence du prochain chèque imprimé."
 
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Creation of bank statement"
-msgstr "Création du relevé bancaire"
-
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "This field is used for the online synchronization:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "depending on the option selected, newly fetched transactions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "will be put inside previous statement or in a new one"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Amount Authorized Difference"
 msgstr "Montant d'écart autorisé"
@@ -2443,7 +2557,7 @@ msgstr "France"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6
 msgid "FEC"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "FEC"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -2451,6 +2565,9 @@ msgid ""
 "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France"
 " --> FEC`."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez installé la comptabilité française, vous pourrez télécharger le"
+" FEC. Pour le faire, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité -->Déclaration -->"
+" France --> FEC`."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12
 msgid ""
@@ -2460,25 +2577,27 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16
 msgid "French Accounting Reports"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rapports comptables français"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18
 msgid ""
 "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some "
 "accounting reports specific to France:"
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez installé la comptabilité française, vous aurez accès à certains"
+" rapports comptables spécifiques à la France:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20
 msgid "Bilan comptable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bilan comptable"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21
 msgid "Compte de résultats"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Compte de résultats"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22
 msgid "Plan de Taxes France"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plan de Taxes France"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25
 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo"
@@ -2896,7 +3015,7 @@ msgstr "Allemagne"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6
 msgid "German Chart of Accounts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plan comptable allemand"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -2917,15 +3036,19 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque vous créez une nouvelle base de données SaaS, le SKR03 est installé "
+"par défaut."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19
 msgid "German Accounting Reports"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rapports comptables allemands"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:"
 msgstr ""
+"Voici la liste des rapports spécifiques à l'Allemagne disponibles sur Odoo "
+"Enterprise:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27
@@ -2936,11 +3059,11 @@ msgstr "Bilan"
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19
 msgid "Profit & Loss"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pertes et Profits"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25
 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Déclaration d'impôt (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26
 msgid "Partner VAT Intra"
@@ -2948,7 +3071,7 @@ msgstr "Numéro de TVA Intra du Partenaire"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29
 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Exporter d'Odoo vers Datev"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31
 msgid ""
@@ -3000,6 +3123,8 @@ msgid ""
 "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic "
 "accounting are here (Accounting app required)."
 msgstr ""
+"**l10n_mx_reports**: Tous les rapports électroniques obligatoires pour la "
+"comptabilité électronique sont ici (application de comptabilité requise)."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26
 msgid ""
@@ -3016,6 +3141,10 @@ msgid ""
 " to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix "
 "debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again."
 msgstr ""
+"Après la configuration, nous vous donnerons le processus pour tout tester, "
+"essayez de suivre pas à pas afin de ne pas perdre de temps sur la résolution"
+" de problèmes de débogage. Dans n'importe quelle étape, vous pouvez revenir "
+"en arrière et essayer à nouveau."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41
 msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization"
@@ -3024,6 +3153,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43
 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour cela, allez dans Applications et recherchez le Mexique. Cliquez ensuite"
+" sur *Installer*."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49
 msgid ""
@@ -3031,6 +3162,9 @@ msgid ""
 "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically "
 "installed."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque vous créez une base de données à partir de www.odoo.com, et que vous"
+" choisissez le Mexique comme pays lors de la création de votre compte, la "
+"localisation mexicaine sera automatiquement installée."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54
 msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)"
@@ -3045,11 +3179,11 @@ msgid ""
 " integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:66
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68
 msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70
 msgid ""
 "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go "
 "in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid "
@@ -3057,20 +3191,24 @@ msgid ""
 "position on your company’s contact."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:75
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77
 msgid ""
 "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known"
 " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the "
-"vat to **ACO560518KW7**."
+"vat to **TCM970625MB1**."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous voulez utiliser la localisation mexicaine en mode test, vous pouvez "
+"mettre n'importe quelle adresse enregistrée au Mexique ainsi que tous les "
+"champs réservés à l'adresse de la société et régler la TVA sur "
+"**TCM970625MB1**."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:83
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85
 msgid ""
 "4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the "
 "company"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87
 msgid ""
 "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in "
 "order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the "
@@ -3080,31 +3218,40 @@ msgid ""
 "the option)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:92
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94
 msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "5. Activer CFDI version 3.3"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:95
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97
 msgid ""
 "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only "
 "available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on "
 "your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade sending a ticket to support in "
 "https://www.odoo.com/help."
 msgstr ""
+"Ces étapes ne sont nécessaires que lorsque vous activez CFDI 3.3 (disponible"
+" uniquement à partir de la version 11.0). Si vous ne disposez pas de la "
+"version 11.0 ou supérieure sur votre instance SaaS, veuillez demander une "
+"mise à niveau et envoyer un ticket au support technique à l'adresse "
+"https://www.odoo.com/help."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:100
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102
 msgid "Enable debug mode:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Activer le mode débogage:"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107
 msgid ""
 "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings "
 "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter "
 "called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this "
 "name does not exist)."
 msgstr ""
+"Allez consulter le paramètre technique suivant, sur "
+":menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Paramètres --> Paramètres du "
+"système` et configurez le paramètre *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* sur 3.3 (Si "
+"l'entrée portant ce nom n'existe pas, créez-la)."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113
 msgid ""
 "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the "
 "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT "
@@ -3112,36 +3259,36 @@ msgid ""
 "the default behavior."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:120
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122
 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Considérations importantes lorsque vous activez le CFDI 3.3"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613
 msgid ""
 "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" "
 "field set to \"Tasa\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132
 msgid ""
 "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it"
 " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should"
 " set 601, it will look like the image."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139
 msgid ""
 "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field "
 "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it "
 "faster."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146
 msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148
 msgid ""
 "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in "
 ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You "
@@ -3149,14 +3296,14 @@ msgid ""
 "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154
 msgid ""
 "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can "
 "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables "
 "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:156
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158
 msgid ""
 "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before "
 "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the "
@@ -3165,146 +3312,175 @@ msgid ""
 "environment with real transactions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:166
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168
 msgid ""
 "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a "
 "PAC username or password."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:173
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175
 msgid ""
 "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test "
 "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:176
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178
 msgid "`Certificate`_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`Certificat`_"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:177
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179
 msgid "`Certificate Key`_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`Clé Du Certificat`_"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180
 msgid "**Password :** 12345678a"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181
-msgid "Usage and testing"
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183
+msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185
+msgid ""
+"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, "
+"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the "
+"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create "
+"a new tax you should choose a tag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196
+msgid "Usage and testing"
+msgstr "Utilisation et test"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199
 msgid "Invoicing"
 msgstr "Facturation"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201
 msgid ""
 "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following "
 "the normal Odoo's behaviour."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour utiliser la facturation mexicaine, il vous suffit de faire une facture "
+"normale en respectant le comportement habituel d'Odoo."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204
 msgid ""
 "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look "
 "like this:"
 msgstr ""
+"Voici à quoi doit ressembler une facture correctement signée une fois que "
+"vous avez validé votre première facture :"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211
 msgid ""
 "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or"
 " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your "
 "invoice by email."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez générer le fichier PDF en cliquant simplement sur le bouton "
+"Imprimer de la facture ou en l'envoyant par courrier électronique en suivant"
+" la procédure normale dans odoo afin d'envoyer votre facture par courrier "
+"électronique."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:203
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218
 msgid ""
 "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should "
 "looks like."
 msgstr ""
+"Voici à quoi doit ressembler la facture électronique une fois que vous "
+"l'avez envoyée par email."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225
 msgid "Cancelling invoices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Annulation de factures"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227
 msgid ""
 "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in "
 "Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"Le processus d'annulation est entièrement lié aux annulations régulières "
+"d'Odoo."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:214
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229
 msgid "If the invoice is not paid."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Si la facture n'est pas payé."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:216
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231
 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:224
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239
 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244
 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249
 msgid ""
 "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow "
 "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252
 msgid "**Legal considerations**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Considérations Légales**"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254
 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255
 msgid ""
 "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much "
 "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a "
 "good control of the cancellation reasons."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:243
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258
 msgid ""
 "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel"
 " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same "
 "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:248
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263
 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Paiements (disponible uniquement pour CFDI 3.3)"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265
 msgid ""
 "To generate the payment complement you just must to follow the normal "
 "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are "
 "important."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:253
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268
 msgid ""
 "All payment done in the same day of the invoice will be considered as It "
 "will not be signed, because It is the expected behavior legally required for"
 " \"Cash payment\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:256
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271
 msgid ""
 "To test a regular signed payment just create an invoice for the day before "
 "today and then pay it today."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:273
 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274
 msgid ""
 "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with "
 "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code "
@@ -3313,66 +3489,69 @@ msgid ""
 "caso de anticipos recibidos**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:264
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279
 msgid ""
 "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer "
 "Payment without a proper invoice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284
 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "La comptabilité pour Mexico est composée, dans Odoo, de 3 rapports:"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:286
 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plan comptable (appelé et indiqué comme COA)."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287
 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Balance générale électronique."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:273
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288
 msgid "DIOT report."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rapport DIOT"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:275
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290
 msgid ""
 "1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a "
 "report only available on the context of the accounting."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293
 msgid ""
 "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting "
 "app."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:299
 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comptabilité électronique (application de comptabilité requise)"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302
 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plan comptable électronique CoA"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:289
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:304
 msgid ""
 "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to "
 ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on "
 "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**"
 msgstr ""
+"La comptabilité électronique n'a jamais été aussi simple, il suffit d'aller "
+"sur :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Rapport --> Mexique --> COA` et cliquez"
+" sur le bouton **Exporter pour SAT (XML)**"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311
 msgid "**How to add new accounts?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313
 msgid ""
 "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a"
 " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:301
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316
 msgid ""
 "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to "
 ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then "
@@ -3382,17 +3561,17 @@ msgid ""
 " xml."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326
 msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328
 msgid ""
 "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on"
 " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332
 msgid ""
 "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it "
 "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on "
@@ -3400,11 +3579,11 @@ msgid ""
 "is not created you can create one on the fly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338
 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Balance générale électronique."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340
 msgid ""
 "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have "
 "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports "
@@ -3413,28 +3592,28 @@ msgid ""
 "the previous selection of the period you want to export."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:334
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349
 msgid ""
 "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any"
 " regular Odoo Report."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:353
 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rapport DIOT (application de comptabilité requise)"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355
 msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357
 msgid ""
 "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that"
 " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in "
 "Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:360
 msgid ""
 "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties "
 "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must "
@@ -3442,25 +3621,25 @@ msgid ""
 "the same, with our providers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:350
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365
 msgid ""
 "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT"
 " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary "
 "to. submit the DIOT:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369
 msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:356
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371
 msgid ""
 "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain "
 "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can "
 "find in the SAT website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:360
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375
 msgid ""
 "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to "
 "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have "
@@ -3468,24 +3647,24 @@ msgid ""
 "to said data."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380
 msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382
 msgid ""
 "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will "
 "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present "
 "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386
 msgid ""
 "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but "
 "this after having made up to 500 records."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:374
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389
 msgid ""
 "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the "
 "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your "
@@ -3494,18 +3673,18 @@ msgid ""
 "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395
 msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397
 msgid ""
 "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch "
 "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and "
 "according to the SAT site is:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:401
 msgid ""
 "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions "
 "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the "
@@ -3515,7 +3694,7 @@ msgid ""
 "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:393
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:408
 msgid ""
 "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make "
 "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in "
@@ -3523,41 +3702,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Third Parties."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413
 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vous pouvez trouver l'`information officielle ici`_."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415
 msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417
 msgid ""
 "Go to  :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions "
 "with third partied (DIOT)`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:422
 msgid ""
 "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before "
 "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:428
 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cliquez sur \"Exporter (TXT)."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433
 msgid ""
 "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow "
 "the necessary steps to declare it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:422
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437
 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:439
 msgid ""
 "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT "
 "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select "
@@ -3566,34 +3745,37 @@ msgid ""
 " suppliers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:432
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:447
 msgid ""
 "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice "
 "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are "
 "properly configured already."
 msgstr ""
+"Il existe 3 options de TVA pour ce rapport: 16%, 0% et exonéré. Dans Odoo, "
+"une ligne de facturation est considérée comme exonérée si aucune taxe n’est "
+"appliquée, les 2 autres taxes sont déjà configurées correctement."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:435
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450
 msgid ""
 "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask"
 " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment "
 "following standard odoo procedure."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:438
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453
 msgid ""
 "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the "
 "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report "
 "itself."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:441
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456
 msgid ""
 "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually "
 "paid."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458
 msgid ""
 "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like "
 "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you "
@@ -3603,26 +3785,26 @@ msgid ""
 "your partners are correctly set."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:454
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:469
 msgid "Extra Recommended features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472
 msgid "Contact Module (Free)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Application Contacts (gratuite)"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:459
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474
 msgid ""
 "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses "
 "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to "
 "install."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:464
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479
 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Multi-devises (application de comptabilité requise)"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481
 msgid ""
 "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different "
 "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi"
@@ -3631,18 +3813,25 @@ msgid ""
 "automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such "
 "information daily in the system manually."
 msgstr ""
+"Au Mexique, presque toutes les entreprises envoient et reçoivent des "
+"paiements dans des devises différentes. Si vous souhaitez faire de même, "
+"vous devez activer la fonctionnalité multidevises et la synchronisation avec"
+" ** Banxico **. Cette fonctionnalité vous permet de récupérer "
+"automatiquement le taux de change approprié auprès de SAT et de ne pas "
+"devoir entrer quotidiennement et manuellement ces informations dans le "
+"système."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:473
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488
 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Allez sur paramètres et activez la fonctionnalité multidevise."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:494
 msgid ""
 "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI "
 "3.3)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496
 msgid ""
 "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set "
 "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is "
@@ -3650,45 +3839,84 @@ msgid ""
 "debug mode enabled)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:486
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`"
 msgstr ""
+"Allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Actions --> Actions "
+"serveur`"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502
 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reherchez l'Action \"Télécharger le fichier XSD au format CFDI\"."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503
 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton \"Créer une action contextuelle\""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:489
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504
 msgid ""
 "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> "
 "Companies`"
 msgstr ""
+"Allez sur le formulaire de la société depuis :menuselection:`Paramètres --> "
+"Utilisateurs&Sociétés --> Sociétés`"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:505
 msgid "Open any company you have."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ouvrez toutes les sociétés que vous avez."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:491
-msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Dowload XSD file to CFDI\"."
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:506
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529
+msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"."
 msgstr ""
+"Cliquez sur \"Action\" puis sur \"Télécharger le fichier XSD au format "
+"CFDI\"."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:511
 msgid ""
 "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without "
 "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a "
 "generic one with no explanation."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez désormais créer une facture avec n'importe quelle erreur (par "
+"exemple un produit sans code, ce qui est assez courant) et une erreur "
+"explicite sera affichée à la place d'une erreur générique sans explication."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503
-msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):"
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516
+msgid "If you see an error like this:"
+msgstr "Si vous voyez une erreur comme celle-ci :"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518
+msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid"
+msgstr "Le CFDI généré n'est pas valide"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:520
+msgid ""
+"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does "
+"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36"
 msgstr ""
+"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribut 'type': La valeur QName "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' ne se "
+"résout pas à une définition de type simple., ligne 36"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:505
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524
+msgid ""
+"This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, "
+"or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as"
+" above but:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:528
+msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs."
+msgstr "Allez à la société dans laquelle l'erreur s'est produite."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535
+msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):"
+msgstr "**Message d'erreur** (applicable uniquement sur CFDI 3.3):"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537
 msgid ""
 ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': "
@@ -3696,43 +3924,46 @@ msgid ""
 "allowed minimum length of '1'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:507
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539
 msgid ""
 ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': "
 "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the "
 "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference "
 "properly."
 msgstr ""
+"** Solution: ** Vous avez oublié de définir le champ \"Référence\" approprié"
+" dans le produit. Veuillez vous reporter à la fiche du produit et définir "
+"correctement votre référence interne."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:538
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:561
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:593
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604
 msgid "**Error message**:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Message d'erreur**"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:515
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547
 msgid ""
 ":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is "
 "required but missing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549
 msgid ""
 ":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is "
 "required but missing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:520
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the "
 "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look"
@@ -3742,20 +3973,20 @@ msgid ""
 "considerations about fiscal positions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:527
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559
 msgid ""
 "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it "
 "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should "
 "set 601, it will look like the image."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567
 msgid ""
 "For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas "
 "Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572
 msgid ""
 ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet "
@@ -3764,11 +3995,11 @@ msgid ""
 "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:543
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575
 msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582
 msgid ""
 ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': "
@@ -3782,16 +4013,16 @@ msgid ""
 "missing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a "
 "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on "
 ":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all "
-"the required fields for your address following the step `3. Set you legal "
-"information in the company`."
+"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-"
+"info`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:563
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595
 msgid ""
 ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' "
@@ -3799,13 +4030,15 @@ msgid ""
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for"
 " Mexico, fix it."
 msgstr ""
+"**Solution:** Le code postal de l'adresse de votre entreprise n'est pas "
+"valide pour le Mexique, corrigez-le."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:606
 msgid ""
 ":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is "
@@ -3813,8 +4046,13 @@ msgid ""
 "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' "
 "is required but missing.\", '')"
 msgstr ""
+":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': L'attribut 'TipoFactor' est "
+"obligatoire mais manquant. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: "
+"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': L'attribut 'TipoFactor' est"
+" obligatoire mais manquant.\", '')"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and"
 " used on the invoice."
@@ -3826,7 +4064,7 @@ msgstr "Pays-Bas"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5
 msgid "XAF Export"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Export XAF"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7
 msgid ""
@@ -3839,21 +4077,23 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14
 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rapports comptables néerlandais"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to "
 "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :"
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous installez la localisation de comptabilité néerlandaise, vous aurez "
+"accès à certains rapports spécifiques aux Pays-Bas, tels que:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21
 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Aangifte omzetbelasting)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23
 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Déclaration Intrastat (ICP)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3
 msgid "Spain"
@@ -3861,25 +4101,27 @@ msgstr "Espagne"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6
 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plan comptable espagnol"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by "
 "default:"
 msgstr ""
+"Par défaut , différents plans comptables espagnols sont disponibles dans "
+"Odoo :"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10
 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11
 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12
 msgid "PGCE Entitades"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PGCE Entitades"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -3887,34 +4129,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal "
 "Localization** section."
 msgstr ""
+"Choisissez lequel vous voulez utiliser sur :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> "
+"Configuration` puis, sélectionnez celui que vous voulez dans la section  "
+"**Localisation fiscale**."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by "
 "default."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque vous créez une nouvelle base de données SaaS, le PGCE PYMEs 2008 est"
+" installé par défaut."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23
 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rapports comptables espagnols"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to"
 " accounting reports specific to Spain:"
 msgstr ""
+"Si la localisation comptable Espagnole est installée, vous aurez accès aux "
+"rapports de comptabilité spécifiques à l’Espagne:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28
 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Modelo 111)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29
 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Modelo 115)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30
 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Modelo 303)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3
 msgid "Switzerland"
@@ -3953,7 +4202,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38
 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mise à jour du taux de change en direct"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40
 msgid ""
@@ -3965,7 +4214,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49
 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mise à jour de la TVA pour janvier 2018"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51
 msgid ""
@@ -3973,10 +4222,14 @@ msgid ""
 " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate"
 " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%."
 msgstr ""
+"À compter du 1er janvier 2018, de nouveaux taux de TVA réduits seront "
+"appliqués en Suisse. Le taux normal de 8,0% passera à 7,7% et le taux "
+"spécifique au secteur hôtelier passera de 3,8% à 3,7%."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56
 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?"
 msgstr ""
+"Comment mettre à jour vos taxes dans Odoo Enterprise (SaaS ou On Premise)?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58
 msgid ""
@@ -3992,12 +4245,19 @@ msgid ""
 "\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on "
 "\"upgrade\"`."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez démarré sur une version antérieure, vous devez d'abord mettre à"
+" jour le module \"Suisse - Rapports comptables\". Pour cela, allez à "
+":menuselection:`Apps --> supprimez le filtre \"Apps\" --> recherchez "
+"\"Suisse - Rapports comptables\" --> ouvrez le module --> et cliquez sur "
+"\"mettre à jour\"`."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68
 msgid ""
 "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated "
 "rates."
 msgstr ""
+"Une fois que cela est fait, vous pouvez créer de nouvelles taxes pour les "
+"taux mis à jour."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72
 msgid ""
@@ -4010,6 +4270,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77
 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:"
 msgstr ""
+"La création de ce type de taxes devrait se faire de la manière suivante : "
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79
 msgid ""
@@ -4029,12 +4290,16 @@ msgid ""
 "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: "
 "grid 302 tax"
 msgstr ""
+"Pour des taxes de 7,7 % : Formulaire de TVA suisse : base de la grille 302, "
+"Formulaire de TVA suisse : taxe de la grille 302"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90
 msgid ""
 "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: "
 "grid 342 tax"
 msgstr ""
+"Pour des taxes de 3,7 % : Formulaire de TVA suisse : base de la grille 342, "
+"Formulaire de TVA suisse : taxe de la grille 342"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93
 msgid ""
@@ -4044,31 +4309,31 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
 msgid "**Tax Name**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Nom de la taxe**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
 msgid "**Rate**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Taux**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
 msgid "**Label on Invoice**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Étiquette sur les factures**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Groupe de taxes (à partir de V10)**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
 msgid "**Tax Scope**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Portée de la taxe**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
 msgid "**Tag**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Balise**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99
 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 7,7 %  sur achat B&S (TN)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101
@@ -4078,11 +4343,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117
 msgid "7.7%"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "7.7%"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99
 msgid "7.7% achat"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "7.7% achat"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101
@@ -4091,7 +4356,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117
 msgid "TVA 7.7%"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 7,7 %"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101
@@ -4109,42 +4374,42 @@ msgstr "Achats"
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109
 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Formulaire TVA de la Suisse : grille 400"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101
 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 7,7 %  sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101
 msgid "7.7% achat Incl."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "7.7% achat Incl."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103
 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103
 msgid "7.7% invest."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "7.7% invest."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113
 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille 405"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105
 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105
 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "7,7 % invest. Incl."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107
 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109
@@ -4154,11 +4419,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121
 msgid "3.7%"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "3.7%"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107
 msgid "3.7% achat"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "3.7% achat"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109
@@ -4167,35 +4432,35 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121
 msgid "TVA 3.7%"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 3.7%"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109
 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109
 msgid "3.7% achat Incl."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "3.7% achat Incl."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111
 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111
 msgid "3.7% invest"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "3,7 % invest"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113
 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113
 msgid "3.7% invest Incl."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "3,7 % invest Incl."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115
 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA due à 7,7 % (TN)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117
@@ -4211,32 +4476,36 @@ msgstr "Vente"
 msgid ""
 "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax"
 msgstr ""
+"Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille de base 302, Formulaire "
+"suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille de d'impôt 302"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117
 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117
 msgid "7.7% Incl."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "7.7% Incl."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119
 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121
 msgid ""
 "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax"
 msgstr ""
+"Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille de base 342, Formulaire "
+"suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 342"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121
 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA due à 3,7 % (Incl. TS)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121
 msgid "3.7% Incl."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "3,7 % Incl."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124
 msgid ""
@@ -4446,8 +4715,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'immobilisation passe automatiquement dans ce statut."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
-msgid "Category"
-msgstr "Catégorie"
+msgid "Asset Category"
+msgstr "Catégorie d'immobilisation"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Category of asset"
@@ -4461,6 +4730,41 @@ msgstr "Date "
 msgid "Date of asset"
 msgstr "Date de l'immobilisation"
 
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Depreciation Dates"
+msgstr "Dates de dépréciation"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based"
+" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on "
+"the periodicity of the depreciations)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the "
+"purchase date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "First Depreciation Date"
+msgstr "Première date de dépréciation"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal "
+"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting "
+"date"
+msgstr ""
+"Notez que cette date ne modifie pas le calcul de la première entrée de "
+"journal dans le cas d'actifs prorata temporis. Il change simplement sa date "
+"de comptabilisation"
+
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Gross Value"
 msgstr "Valeur brute"
@@ -4529,8 +4833,8 @@ msgstr "Prorata temporis"
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done "
-"from the purchase date instead of the first January / Start date of fiscal "
-"year"
+"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start "
+"date of fiscal year"
 msgstr ""
 "Indiquez si le premier amortissement doit être calculé à partir de la date "
 "d'achat ou à partir du 1er janvier / premier jour de l'exercice comptable."
@@ -4601,7 +4905,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " sera automatiquement remplie dans la facture fournisseur."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111
-msgid "How to deprecate an asset?"
+msgid "How to depreciate an asset?"
 msgstr "Comment amortir une immobilisation ?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113
@@ -6380,7 +6684,7 @@ msgstr "Immobilisations"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41
 msgid "Current Liabilities"
-msgstr "Passif circulant"
+msgstr "Dettes à court terme"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43
 msgid "Non-current Liabilities"
@@ -6989,7 +7293,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3
 msgid "Multicurrency"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Multi-devise"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3
 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments"
@@ -8215,16 +8519,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "ci-dessus :"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91
-msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded"
+msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded"
 msgstr "votre prix de vente article par défaut est 8.26 € HT"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93
 msgid ""
-"but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or eCommerce "
+"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce "
 "website"
 msgstr ""
-"mais nous voulons le vendre à 10€ TTC, dans nos magasins ou notre site de "
-"eCommerce"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97
 msgid "Setting your products"
@@ -8232,15 +8534,11 @@ msgstr "Configuration de vos articles"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99
 msgid ""
-"Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is "
+"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is "
 "usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale "
 "Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the "
 "Accounting application."
 msgstr ""
-"Votre entreprise doit être configurée avec des prix HT par défaut. Cela est "
-"généralement la configuration par défaut, mais vous pouvez vérifier votre "
-"**Taxe de vente par défaut** dans le menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Configuration` de l'application de Comptabilité."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107
 msgid ""
@@ -8328,15 +8626,11 @@ msgstr "Éviter de changer chaque bon de commande"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158
 msgid ""
-"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price "
-"included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal "
-"position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at "
-"every sale of this customer."
+"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax "
+"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position "
+"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale "
+"of this customer."
 msgstr ""
-"Si vous négociez un contrat avec un client, que vous négociez prix HT ou "
-"prix TTC, vous pouvez définir la liste des prix et la position fiscale sur "
-"la fiche client de sorte qu'ils seront automatiquement appliqués à chaque "
-"vente à ce client."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163
 msgid ""
@@ -8442,7 +8736,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53
 msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cochez la case *Détection automatique*"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54
 msgid ""
@@ -8474,12 +8768,18 @@ msgid ""
 "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of "
 "replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty."
 msgstr ""
+"Si, pour certaines positions fiscales, vous souhaitez supprimer une taxe, au"
+" lieu de la remplacer par une autre, laissez simplement le champ *Taxe à "
+"appliquer* vide."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76
 msgid ""
 "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes,"
 " just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*."
 msgstr ""
+"Si, pour certaines positions fiscales, vous souhaitez remplacer une taxe par"
+" deux autres taxes, créez simplement deux lignes ayant la même *Taxe sur le "
+"produit*."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80
 msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues."
@@ -8494,18 +8794,18 @@ msgstr ":doc:`create`"
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29
 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31
 msgid ":doc:`tax_included`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30
 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes"
@@ -8559,12 +8859,12 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46
 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Journal de facturation des clients"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66
 msgid "Receivables $115"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Créances 115 $"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76
@@ -8575,11 +8875,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82
 msgid "Income Account $100"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Compte de revenus 100 €"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57
 msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vous recevez le paiement quelques jours après :"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60
 msgid "Bank Journal"
@@ -8587,7 +8887,7 @@ msgstr "Journal de banque"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64
 msgid "Bank $115"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Banque 115 $"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69
 msgid ""
@@ -8610,7 +8910,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3
 msgid "How to create new taxes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment créer de nouvelles taxes"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -8639,15 +8939,17 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20
 msgid "Select a computation method:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sélectionnez une méthode de calcul:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22
 msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Fixé**: écotaxes, etc."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24
 msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)"
 msgstr ""
+"**Pourcentage de prix** : plus courant (par ex. 15 % de taxes sur les "
+"ventes)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26
 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc."
@@ -8677,10 +8979,13 @@ msgid ""
 "**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python "
 "code."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez besoin d'un mécanisme d'imposition plus avancé, vous pouvez "
+"installer le module **account_tax_python** et vous pourrez définir de "
+"nouvelles taxes avec du code Python."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49
 msgid "Advanced configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuration avancée"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51
 msgid ""
@@ -8723,13 +9028,15 @@ msgstr ":doc:`application`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3
 msgid "How to set default taxes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment définir les taxes par défaut"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most "
 "localizations."
 msgstr ""
+"Les taxes appliquées dans votre pays sont automatiquement installées pour la"
+" plupart des localisations."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7
 msgid ""
@@ -8866,7 +9173,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3
 msgid "How to set tax-included prices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment définir des prix avec taxes incluses"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -8919,10 +9226,13 @@ msgid ""
 "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) "
 "and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez également vous fier à la documentation suivante si vous avez "
+"besoin des prix taxes comprises (B2C) et des prix hors taxes (B2B): "
+":doc:`B2B_B2C`."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36
 msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Afficher les prix TTC dans le catalogue eCommerce"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38
 msgid ""
@@ -8961,7 +9271,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24
 msgid "In Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dans Odoo"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25
 msgid ""
@@ -9001,7 +9311,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51
 msgid "How it works"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment cela fonctionne"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53
 msgid ""
@@ -9183,14 +9493,10 @@ msgstr "Méthodes de l'accumulation et de la trésorerie"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to "
+"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to "
 "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual "
 "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)."
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo supporte à la fois la comptabilité d'exercice et la comptabilité de "
-"caisse. Cela vous permet de déclarer les revenus/dépenses au moment où les "
-"transactions se produisent (i.e., en comptabilité d'exercice), ou lorsque le"
-" paiement est effectué ou reçu (i.e., en comptabilité de caisse)."
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30
 msgid "Multi-companies"
@@ -9198,14 +9504,14 @@ msgstr "Multi-sociétés"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each "
+"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each "
 "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation "
 "reports following your consolidation rules."
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo permet de gérer plusieurs sociétés au sein de la même base de données. "
-"Chaque société a son propre plan des comptes et ses propres règles. Vous "
-"pouvez obtenir des rapports consolidés qui suivent vos règles de "
-"consolidation."
+"Odoo permet de gérer plusieurs entreprises au sein d'une même base de "
+"données. Chaque entreprise a son propre plan comptable et ses propres "
+"règles. Vous pouvez obtenir des rapports de consolidation en suivant vos "
+"règles de consolidation."
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36
 msgid ""
@@ -9244,15 +9550,11 @@ msgstr "Standard internationaux"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54
 msgid ""
-"Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting "
-"implement accounting standards that is common to all countries and specific "
-"modules exists per country for the specificities of the country like the "
+"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting "
+"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific "
+"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the "
 "chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces."
 msgstr ""
-"La comptabilité d'Odoo supporte plus de 50 pays. Le noyau de la comptabilité"
-" d'Odoo implémente les normes comptables communes à tous les pays, et des "
-"modules existent pour les spécificités de chaque pays, comme le plan "
-"comptable, les impôts ou les interfaces bancaires."
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60
 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:"
@@ -9261,13 +9563,9 @@ msgstr "En particulier, le noyau de la comptabilité d'Odoo prend en charge :"
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62
 msgid ""
 "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries "
-"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where cost of good "
+"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good "
 "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered."
 msgstr ""
-"La comptabilité anglo-saxonne (États-Unis, Royaume-Uni, et d'autres pays "
-"anglo-saxons, dont l'Irlande, le Canada, l'Australie et la Nouvelle-"
-"Zélande), où le coût des biens vendus est comptabilisé lorsque les produits "
-"sont vendus / livrés."
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66
 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill."
@@ -9393,7 +9691,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "et fournit des suggestions parmi les transactions du grand livre."
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119
-msgid "Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority"
+msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority"
 msgstr "Calcul de l'impôt que vous devez à votre autorité fiscale"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121
@@ -9434,7 +9732,7 @@ msgstr "Résultats non distribués faciles à gérer"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139
 msgid ""
-"Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo "
+"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo "
 "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-"
 "end journal or rollover is required.  This is calculated by reporting the "
 "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically."
@@ -10064,7 +10362,7 @@ msgstr "Vue d'ensemble du processus"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3
 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "De la Facture Client à l'Encaissement"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -11284,7 +11582,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3
 msgid "Vendor Payments"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Règlements fournisseur"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3
 msgid "Pay by Checks"
@@ -11446,7 +11744,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch "
 "deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, "
 "you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To "
-"enable batch deposit,module account_batch_deposit must be installed."
+"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
@@ -11456,6 +11754,18 @@ msgid ""
 "installed"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Show Partner Bank Account"
+msgstr "Montrer le Compte Bancaire du Partenaire"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` "
+"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views"
+msgstr ""
+"Champ technique utilisé pour savoir si le champ partner_bank_account_id doit"
+" être affiché ou non dans la vue formulaire des paiements"
+
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Code"
 msgstr "Code"
@@ -12902,7 +13212,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`overview`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2
 msgid "Set up cash roundings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mise en place d'arrondis d'espèces"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4
 msgid ""
@@ -12940,6 +13250,9 @@ msgid ""
 "There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting "
 "--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`."
 msgstr ""
+"Il existe un nouveau menu pour gérer les arrondis d'espèces dans "
+":menuselection: `Comptabilité -> Configuration -> Gestion -> Arrondi "
+"d'espèces`."
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31
 msgid ""
@@ -12959,6 +13272,8 @@ msgid ""
 "**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the "
 "highest tax."
 msgstr ""
+"**Modifier le montant de la taxe**: Odoo ajoutera l’arrondi au montant de la"
+" taxe la plus élevée."
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46
 msgid "Apply roundings"
@@ -13243,6 +13558,11 @@ msgid ""
 "10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute "
 "exactly 100%)"
 msgstr ""
+"Une condition de paiement peut avoir une seule ligne (ex: 21 jours) ou "
+"plusieurs lignes (10% sous 3 jours et le solde sous 21 jours). Si vous créez"
+" un délai de paiement avec plusieurs lignes, assurez-vous que la dernière "
+"soit le solde. (Évitez 50% sous 10 jours et 50% sous 21 jours, parce que, "
+"avec les arrondis, le calcul pourrait ne pas être exactement 100%)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36
 msgid ""
@@ -13635,6 +13955,10 @@ msgid ""
 "specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment "
 "term but invoice conditions."
 msgstr ""
+"Les conditions de paiement sont différentes de la facturation dans plusieurs"
+" domaines. Si, pour une commande spécifique, vous facturez le client en deux"
+" parties, il ne s’agit pas d’un terme de paiement mais de conditions de "
+"facturation."
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21
 msgid ""
@@ -14506,6 +14830,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3
 msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?"
 msgstr ""
+"Comment enregistrer des paiements par carte de crédit sur des factures?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -14755,7 +15080,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`recording`"
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128
 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130
@@ -15165,7 +15490,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89
 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Clôturer ou révoquer un mandat"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
index 67e4ebe7cf..3708222c44 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
@@ -1,16 +1,25 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2017
+# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2017
+# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017
+# Michell Portrait <mportrait@happylibre.fr>, 2019
+# Sébastien BÜHL <buhlsebastien@gmail.com>, 2019
+# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2019
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-21 09:44+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -22,1485 +31,700 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "CRM"
 msgstr "CRM"
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar.rst:3
-msgid "Calendar"
-msgstr "Calendrier"
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
-msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
-"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
-"directions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
-msgid "Setup in Google"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to "
-"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
-msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
-msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
-msgid "Enable the API."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done "
-"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
-msgid "Create credentials."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
-msgid ""
-"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
-"of data."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
-"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The "
-"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized "
-"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
-"'/google_account/authentication'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
-msgid ""
-"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo "
-"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not "
-"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID"
-" in Odoo for the first time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
-" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
-msgid "Setup in Odoo"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
-msgid ""
-"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the "
-"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client"
-" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
-msgid ""
-"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
-"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
-"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
-" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
-msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads.rst:3
-msgid "Leads"
-msgstr "Pistes"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate.rst:3
-msgid "Generate leads"
-msgstr "Générer des pistes"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:3
-msgid "How to generate leads from incoming emails?"
-msgstr "Comment générer des pistes à partir de la réception de courriels?"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"There are several ways for your company to :doc:`generate leads with Odoo "
-"CRM <manual>`. One of them is using your company's generic email address as "
-"a trigger to create a new lead in the system. In Odoo, each one of your "
-"sales teams is linked to its own email address from which prospects can "
-"reach them. For example, if the personal email address of your Direct team "
-"is **direct@mycompany.example.com**, every email sent will automatically "
-"create a new opportunity into the sales team."
-msgstr ""
-"Il existe plusieurs façons pour votre entreprise de :doc:`générer des pistes"
-" avec Odoo CRM <manual>`. L'une d'elles consiste à utiliser l'adresse email "
-"générique de votre entreprise comme un déclencheur pour créer une nouvelle "
-"piste dans le système. Dans Odoo, chacune de vos équipes de vente est liée à"
-" sa propre adresse email par laquelle les prospects peuvent les atteindre. "
-"Par exemple, si l'adresse email de votre équipe Ventes Directes est "
-"**direct@mycompany.example.com**, chaque courriel envoyé à cette adresse va "
-"automatiquement créer une nouvelle opportunité dans cette équipe de vente."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:14
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:30
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:19
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23 ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3
+msgid "Acquire leads"
+msgstr "Acquérir des pistes"
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3
+msgid "Convert leads into opportunities"
+msgstr "convertissez les pistes en opportunités"
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a "
+"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and "
+"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM"
+" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can "
+"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form."
+msgstr ""
+"Le système peut générer des pistes plutôt que des opportunités, afin "
+"d'ajouter une étape de qualification avant de convertir une *Piste* en "
+"*Opportunité* et de l'assigner à la bonne équipe commerciale. Vous pouvez "
+"activer ce mode dans la Configuration du module CRM. Il s'appliquera par "
+"défaut à tous vos canaux de vente. Vous pouvez cependant l'adapter à des "
+"canaux particuliers depuis leur formulaire de configuration."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12
 msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"The first thing you need to do is to configure your **outgoing email "
-"servers** and **incoming email gateway** from the :menuselection:`Settings "
-"module --> General Settings`."
-msgstr ""
-"La première chose que vous devez faire est de configurer vos **serveurs de "
-"messagerie sortants** et **passerelle de messagerie entrante** dans "
-":menuselection:`module Configuration --> General Settings`."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Then set up your alias domain from the field shown here below and click on "
-"**Apply**."
-msgstr ""
-"Ensuite, configurez votre nom de domaine dans le champ comme indiqué ci-"
-"dessous et cliquez sur **Appliquer**."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:26
-msgid "Set up team alias"
-msgstr "Configurez l'adresse email d'équipe"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"Go on the Sales module and click on **Dashboard**. You will see that the "
-"activation of your domain alias has generated a default email alias for your"
-" existing sales teams."
-msgstr ""
-"Allez dans le module de Ventes et cliquez sur **Tableau de bord**. Vous "
-"verrez que l'activation de votre nom de domaine a généré une adresse de "
-"messagerie par défaut pour vos équipes de vente existantes."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:35
-msgid ""
-"You can easily personalize your sales teams aliases. Click on the More "
-"button from the sales team of your choice, then on **Settings** to access "
-"the sales team form. Into the **Email Alias** field, enter your email alias "
-"and click on **Save**. Make sure to allow receiving emails from everyone."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez facilement personnaliser les adresses email de vos équipes de "
-"vente. Cliquez sur le bouton Plus d'une équipe de vente, puis sur "
-"**Configuration** pour accéder au formulaire de l'équipe de vente. Dans le "
-"champ **Alias email**, entrez l'email de votre équipe et cliquez sur "
-"**Sauvegarder**. Assurez-vous de permettre de recevoir des courriels de tout"
-" le monde."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:41
-msgid ""
-"From there, each email sent to this email address will generate a new lead "
-"into the related sales team."
-msgstr ""
-"Maintenant, chaque courriel envoyé à cette adresse email va générer une "
-"nouvelle piste dans l'équipe de vente concernée."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:48
-msgid "Set up catch-all email domain"
-msgstr "Configurez une adresse de messagerie fourre-tout"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"Additionally to your sales team aliases, you can also create a generic email"
-" alias (e.g. *contact@* or *info@* ) that will also generate a new contact "
-"in Odoo CRM. Still from the Sales module, go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and set up your catch-all email "
-"domain."
-msgstr ""
-"En plus des emails de vos équipes de vente, vous pouvez également créer un "
-"alias de courriel générique (par ex. *contact@* ou *info@*) qui génèrera "
-"également un nouveau contact dans Odoo CRM. Toujours à partir du module de "
-"Ventes, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` et configurez "
-"votre adresse email fourre-tout."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57
-msgid ""
-"You can choose whether the contacts generated from your catch-all email "
-"become leads or opportunities using the radio buttons that you see on the "
-"screenshot here below. Note that, by default, the lead stage is not "
-"activated in Odoo CRM."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez choisir si les contacts générés à partir de votre email fourre-"
-"tout deviendront des prospects ou des opportunités à l'aide des boutons "
-"radio que vous voyez sur la capture d'écran ci-dessous. Notez que, par "
-"défaut, l'étape piste n'est pas activée dans Odoo CRM."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:67
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:89
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:194
-msgid ":doc:`manual`"
-msgstr ":doc:`manual`"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:67
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195
-msgid ":doc:`import`"
-msgstr ":doc:`import`"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71
-msgid ":doc:`website`"
-msgstr ":doc:`website`"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3
-msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?"
-msgstr "Comment importer des contacts dans la CRM ?"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, you can import a database of potential customers, for instance "
-"for a cold emailing or cold calling campaign, through a CSV file. You may be"
-" wondering if the best option is to import your contacts as leads or "
-"opportunities. It depends on your business specificities and workflow:"
-msgstr ""
-"Dans Odoo CRM, vous pouvez importer une base de données de clients "
-"potentiels, par exemple pour un emailing ou une campagne d'appels, par le "
-"biais d'un fichier CSV. Vous vous demandez peut-être si la meilleure option "
-"est d'importer vos contacts comme des pistes ou des opportunités. Cela "
-"dépend de vos habitudes de travail :"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"Some companies may decide to not use leads, but instead to keep all "
-"information directly in an opportunity. For some companies, leads are merely"
-" an extra step in the sales process. You could call this extended (start "
-"from lead) versus simplified (start from opportunity) customer relationship "
-"management."
-msgstr ""
-"Certaines entreprises peuvent décider de ne pas utiliser les pistes, mais au"
-" lieu d'enregistrer toutes les informations directement dans des "
-"opportunités. Pour certaines entreprises, les pistes sont simplement une "
-"étape supplémentaire dans le processus de vente. Vous pouvez appeler cela "
-"une CRM étendue (à partir des pistes) ou simplifiée (à partir des "
-"opportunités)."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"Odoo perfectly allows for either one of these approaches to be chosen. If "
-"your company handles its sales from a pre qualification step, feel free to "
-"activate first the lead stage as described below in order to import your "
-"database as leads"
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo permet de choisir aussi bien l'une ou l'autre de ces approches. Si "
-"votre entreprise gère ses ventes à partir d'une étape de pré-qualification, "
-"vous pouvez activer l'étape piste comme décrit ci-dessous afin d'importer "
-"votre base de données comme pistes"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:23
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:9
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:38
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:62
-msgid "Activate the lead stage"
-msgstr "Activez l'étape prospect"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. If you want to "
-"import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads "
-"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
-msgstr ""
-"Par défaut, l'étape prospect n'est pas activée dans Odoo CRM. Si vous voulez"
-" importer vos contacts comme propsects plutôt que comme opportunités, , "
-"allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, sélectionnez l'option "
-"**Utiliser des prospects si ... **, comme illustré ci-dessous et cliquez sur"
-" **Appliquer**."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33
-msgid ""
-"This activation will create a new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` "
-"from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** "
-"button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here <manual>`)"
-msgstr ""
-"Cette activation va créer un nouveau sous-menu :menuselection:`Ventes --> "
-"Pistes`, qui vous permettra d'importer vos contacts avec le bouton "
-"**Importer** (si vous voulez créer un contact manuellement, :doc:`cliquez "
-"ici <manual>`)"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41
-msgid "Import your CSV file"
-msgstr "Importez votre fichier CSV"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"On the new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`, click on **Import** and"
-" select your Excel file to import from the **Choose File** button. Make sure"
-" its extension is **.csv** and don't forget to set up the correct File "
-"format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local settings"
-" and display your columns properly."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans le nouveau sous-menu :menuselection:`Ventes --> Pistes`, cliquez sur "
-"**Importer** et sélectionnez votre fichier Excel à importer avec le bouton "
-"**Choisissez un fichier**. Assurez-vous que son extension est **.csv** et "
-"n'oubliez pas de configurer les bonnes options de format de fichier "
-"(**Codage des caractères** et **Séparateur**) pour afficher vos colonnes "
-"correctement."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"If your prospects database is provided in another format than CSV, you can "
-"easily convert it to the CSV format using Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice / "
-"LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, etc."
-msgstr ""
-"Si votre base de données prospects est fournie dans un format autre que CSV,"
-" vous pouvez facilement le convertir au format CSV à l'aide de Microsoft "
-"Excel, OpenOffice/LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, etc."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:58
-msgid "Select rows to import"
-msgstr "Sélectionnez les lignes à importer"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"Odoo will automatically map the column headers from your CSV file to the "
-"corresponding fields if you tick *The first row of the file contains the "
-"label of the column* option. This makes imports easier especially when the "
-"file has many columns. Of course, you can remap the column headers to "
-"describe the property you are importing data into (First Name, Last Name, "
-"Email, etc.)."
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo va automatiquement faire correspondre en-têtes de colonnes de votre "
-"fichier CSV aux champs correspondants si vous cochez l'option *La première "
-"ligne du fichier contient l'étiquette de la colonne*. Cela rend les "
-"importations plus facile surtout lorsque le fichier a beaucoup de colonnes. "
-"Bien sûr, vous pouvez remapper les en-têtes de colonnes pour décrire le "
-"champ dans lequel vous importez des données (Prénom, Nom, Email, etc.)."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"If you want to import your contacts as opportunities rather than leads, make"
-" sure to add the *Type* column to your csv. This column is used to indicate "
-"whether your import will be flagged as a Lead (type = Lead) or as an "
-"opportunity (type = Opportunity)."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous souhaitez importer vos contacts comme des opportunités plutôt que "
-"des pistes, ajoutez la colonne *Type* à votre fichier csv. Cette colonne est"
-" utilisée pour indiquer si votre contact sera importé comme une piste (type "
-"= Lead) ou comme une opportunité (type = Opportunity)."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:77
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Click the **Validate** button if you want to let Odoo verify that everything"
-" seems okay before importing. Otherwise, you can directly click the Import "
-"button: the same validations will be done."
+"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> "
+"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur le bouton **Valider** si vous voulez que Odoo vérifie si tout "
-"est correct avant d'importer. Sinon, vous pouvez directement cliquer sur le "
-"bouton Importer : les mêmes validations seront effectuées."
+"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> "
+"Configuration --> Configuration` et cochez la case *Pistes*."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:83
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"For additional technical information on how to import contacts into Odoo "
-"CRM, read the **Frequently Asked Questions** section located below the "
-"Import tool on the same window."
+"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Pipeline* where they will "
+"aggregate."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour des informations techniques supplémentaires sur la façon d'importer des"
-" contacts dans Odoo CRM, lisez la section **Foire aux questions** située au-"
-"dessous de l'outil d'importation sur la même fenêtre."
+"Un nouveau sous-menu *Pistes* apparaît maintenant en dessous de *Pistes* où "
+"elles se retrouveront toutes."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196
-msgid ":doc:`emails`"
-msgstr ":doc:`emails`"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28
+msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity"
+msgstr "Convertir une piste en opportunité"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:3
-msgid "How to create a contact into Odoo CRM?"
-msgstr "Comment créer un contact dans Odoo CRM ?"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:5
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"Odoo CRM allows you to manually add contacts into your pipeline. It can be "
-"either a lead or an opportunity."
+"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an "
+"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same "
+"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer."
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo CRM vous permet d'ajouter manuellement des contacts dans votre "
-"pipeline. Ça peut être soit un prospect soit une opportunité."
+"Quand vous cliquez sur une *Piste*, vous aurez la possibilité de la "
+"convertir en opportunité et de décider si elle doit toujours être assignée "
+"au/à la même canal/personne et si vous avez besoin de créer un nouveau "
+"client."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:11
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. To activate it, go "
-"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the option "
-"\"\"use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"This activation will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that "
-"gives you access to a list of all your leads from which you will be able to "
-"create a new contact."
+"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will "
+"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, "
+"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that "
+"customer already exists."
 msgstr ""
-"Cette activation va créer un nouveau sous-menu **Pistes** sous **Ventes**, "
-"qui vous donne accès à une liste de tous vos prospects, à partir de laquelle"
-" vous serez en mesure de créer un nouveau contact."
+"Si vous avez déjà défini une opportunité pour un client, Odoo vous proposera"
+" automatiquement de fusionner avec cette opportunité. De la même manière, "
+"Odoo vous proposera automatiquement de créer un lien vers un client qui "
+"existerait déjà."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:26
-msgid "Create a new lead"
-msgstr "Créez une nouvelle piste"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3
+msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails"
+msgstr "Générer des pistes/opportunités à partir d'e-mails."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:28
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button."
+"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your "
+"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will"
+" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel."
 msgstr ""
-"Allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Pistes` and cliquez sur le bouton "
-"**Créer**."
+"Automatiser la création de pistes/opportunités améliorera considérablement "
+"votre efficacité. Par défaut, tout mail envoyé à "
+"*sales@database\\_domain.ext* créera une opportunité dans le pipeline du "
+"canal de ventes par défaut."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33
-msgid ""
-"From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact "
-"name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in"
-" the **Internal notes** field."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11
+msgid "Configure email aliases"
+msgstr "configurer les alias d'adresse e-mail"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson"
-" by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the "
-"screen."
+"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate "
+"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage"
+" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the "
+"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Sales Channels`."
 msgstr ""
-"votre piste peut être directement remise à une équipe de vente et un vendeur"
-" spécifiques en cliquant sur **Convertir en opportunité** dans le coin "
-"supérieur gauche de l'écran."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:43
-msgid "Create a new opportunity"
-msgstr "Créez une nouvelle opportunité"
+"Chaque canal de vente peut avoir ses propres alias mail afin de générer des "
+"pistes/opportunités qui lui seront automatiquement assignées. Cela est utile"
+" si vous gérez plusieurs équipes commerciales avec des processus commerciaux"
+" spécifiques. Le paramétrage se fait dans :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Équipes commerciales`."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without "
-"having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard "
-"and click on the **Pipeline** button of the desired sales team. If you don't"
-" have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first "
-"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Then, click on **Create** and fill in "
-"the contact details as shown here above. By default, the newly created "
-"opportunity will appear on the first stage of your sales pipeline."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3
+msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page"
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez également ajouter directement un contact dans une équipe de "
-"vente spécifique sans devoir d'abord convertir la piste. Dans le module de "
-"Ventes, allez au tableau de bord et cliquez sur le bouton **Pipeline** de "
-"l'équipe de vente souhaitée. Si vous ne disposez pas encore d'équipe de "
-"vente, :doc:`vous devez d'abord en créer une "
-"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Ensuite, cliquez sur **Créer** et "
-"remplissez les coordonnées, comme indiqué ci-dessus. Par défaut, "
-"l'opportunité nouvellement créée apparaîtra sur la première étape de votre "
-"pipeline de vente."
+"générer des pistes/opportunités à partir de la page contact de votre site "
+"internet"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:53
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific "
-"stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and "
-"you want to send him a quotation right away, you can add his contact details"
-" on the fly directly into the **Proposition** stage. From the Kanban view of"
-" your sales team, just click on the **+** icon at the right of your stage to"
-" create the contact. The new opportunity will then pop up into the "
-"corresponding stage and you can then fill in the contact details by clicking"
-" on it."
+"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your "
+"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a"
+" lead/opportunity in the pipeline."
 msgstr ""
-"Une autre façon de créer une opportunité est de l'ajouter directement à une "
-"étape spécifique. Par exemple, si vous avez parlé à M. Smith lors d'une "
-"réunion et que vous voulez lui envoyer un devis tout de suite, vous pouvez "
-"ajouter ses coordonnées à la volée directement dans l'étape **Proposition**."
-" Depuis la vue Kanban de votre équipe de vente, il suffit de cliquer sur le "
-"lien **Plus** à droite de votre étape pour créer le contact. La nouvelle "
-"opportunité apparaîtra alors dans la phase correspondante et vous pouvez "
-"alors remplir les coordonnées en cliquant dessus."
+"Automatiser la création de pistes/opportunités améliorera considérablement "
+"votre efficacité. Tout visiteur utilisant le formulaire de contact de votre "
+"site web créera une piste/opportunité dans le pipeline."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:3
-msgid "How to generate leads from my website?"
-msgstr "Comment générer des prospects depuis mon site web ?"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10
+msgid "Use the contact us on your website"
+msgstr "Utiliser le formulaire de contact de votre site internet"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Your website should be your company's first lead generation tool. With your "
-"website being the central hub of your online marketing campaigns, you will "
-"naturally drive qualified traffic to feed your pipeline. When a prospect "
-"lands on your website, your objective is to capture his information in order"
-" to be able to stay in touch with him and to push him further down the sales"
-" funnel."
-msgstr ""
-"Votre site Web devrait être le premier outil de génération de prospects de "
-"votre entreprise. Avec votre site Web comme point central de vos campagnes "
-"de marketing en ligne, vous allez naturellement générer du trafic qualifié "
-"pour alimenter votre pipeline. Quand un prospect atterrit sur votre site "
-"Web, votre objectif est de capturer ses informations afin d'être en mesure "
-"de rester en contact avec lui et de le pousser plus loin dans l'entonnoir "
-"des ventes."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:12
-msgid "This is how a typical online lead generation process work :"
-msgstr ""
-"Voici comment fonctionne un processus typique de génération de prospects en "
-"ligne :"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:14
-msgid ""
-"Your website visitor clicks on a call-to action (CTA) from one of your "
-"marketing materials (e.g. an email newsletter, a social media message or a "
-"blog post)"
-msgstr ""
-"Le visiteur de votre site web clique sur un appel à l'action (call-to-action"
-" - CTA) de l'un de vos documents marketing (par exemple une lettre "
-"d'information électronique, un message dans les médias sociaux ou un billet "
-"sur un blog)"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"The CTA leads your visitor to a landing page including a form used to "
-"collect his personal information (e.g. his name, his email address, his "
-"phone number)"
-msgstr ""
-"Le CTA amène le visiteur vers un formulaire destiné à recueillir ses "
-"renseignements personnels (par ex. son nom, son adresse email, son numéro de"
-" téléphone)"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:22
-msgid ""
-"The visitor submits the form and automatically generates a lead into Odoo "
-"CRM"
-msgstr ""
-"Le visiteur valide le formulaire et génère automatiquement une piste dans "
-"Odoo CRM"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"Your calls-to-action, landing pages and forms are the key pieces of the lead"
-" generation process. With Odoo Website, you can easily create and optimize "
-"those critical elements without having to code or to use third-party "
-"applications. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/website-"
-"builder>`__."
-msgstr ""
-"Vos CTAs et vos formulaires sont les éléments clés du processus de "
-"génération de prospects. Avec Odoo Constructeur de Site Web, vous pouvez "
-"facilement créer et optimiser ces éléments critiques sans avoir à coder ni à"
-" utiliser d'applications tierces. Apprenez-en plus `ici "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/page/website-builder>`__."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo, the Website and CRM modules are fully integrated, meaning that you "
-"can easily generate leads from various ways through your website. However, "
-"even if you are hosting your website on another CMS, it is still possible to"
-" fill Odoo CRM with leads generated from your website."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans Odoo, les modules Constructeur de Site Web et CRM sont entièrement "
-"intégrés, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez facilement générer des prospects "
-"de diverses façons par le biais de votre site Web. Cependant, même si vous "
-"hébergez votre site sur un autre CMS, il est encore possible d'alimenter "
-"Odoo CRM avec les prospects générés à partir de votre site Web."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:40
-msgid ""
-"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. Therefore, new "
-"leads automatically become opportunities. You can easily activate the option"
-" of adding the lead step. If you want to import your contacts as leads "
-"rather than opportunities, from the Sales module go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads "
-"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
-msgstr ""
-"Par défaut, l'étape piste n'est pas activée dans Odoo CRM. Par conséquent, "
-"de nouvelles pistes deviennent automatiquement des opportunités. Vous pouvez"
-" facilement activer l'option d'ajouter l'étape piste. Si vous souhaitez "
-"importer vos contacts comme pistes plutôt que comme opportunités, à partir "
-"du module de Ventes, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, "
-"sélectionnez l'option **Utiliser leads si ...**, comme illustré ci-dessous "
-"et cliquez sur **Appliquer**."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"Note that even without activating this step, the information that follows is"
-" still applicable - the lead generated will land in the opportunities "
-"dashboard."
-msgstr ""
-"Notez que même sans activer cette étape, les informations qui suivent sont "
-"toujours applicables - la piste générée va atterrir dans le tableau de bord "
-"des opportunités."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:55
-msgid "From an Odoo Website"
-msgstr "Depuis un site Web Odoo"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:57
-msgid ""
-"Let's assume that you want to get as much information as possible about your"
-" website visitors. But how could you make sure that every person who wants "
-"to know more about your company's products and services is actually leaving "
-"his information somewhere? Thanks to Odoo's integration between its CRM and "
-"Website modules, you can easily automate your lead acquisition process "
-"thanks to the **contact form** and the **form builder** modules"
-msgstr ""
-"Supposons que vous vouliez obtenir le plus d'informations possible sur les "
-"visiteurs de votre site Web. Comment pourriez-vous faire en sorte que les "
-"personnes qui veulent en savoir plus sur les produits et services de votre "
-"entreprise enregistrent leurs coordonnées quelque part ? Grâce à "
-"l'intégration entre les modules Odoo CRM et Constructeur de Site Web, vous "
-"pouvez facilement automatiser vos processus d'acquisition de piste grâce aux"
-" modules **formulaire de contact** et **constructeur de formulaire**"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"another great way to generate leads from your Odoo Website is by collecting "
-"your visitors email addresses thanks to the Newsletter or Newsletter Popup "
-"CTAs. These snippets will create new contacts in your Email Marketing's "
-"mailing list. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/email-"
-"marketing>`__."
-msgstr ""
-"un autre excellent moyen de générer des pistes à partir de votre site Web "
-"Odoo consiste à recueillir les adresses email de vos visiteurs grâce à "
-"l'inscription au Bulletin d'Information. Ces bribes d'information vont créer"
-" de nouveaux contacts dans votre liste Marketing de multidiffusion par "
-"courriel. Pour en savoir plus, cliquez `ici <https://www.odoo.com/page"
-"/email-marketing>`__."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:75
-msgid ""
-"Start by installing the Website builder module. From the main dashboard, "
-"click on **Apps**, enter \"**Website**\" in the search bar and click on "
-"**Install**. You will be automatically redirected to the web interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Commencez par installer le module Constructeur de Site Web. Dans le tableau "
-"de bord principal, cliquez sur **Applications**, entrez \"**Website**\" dans"
-" la barre de recherche et cliquez sur **Installer**. Vous serez "
-"automatiquement redirigé vers l'interface web."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:84
-msgid ""
-"A tutorial popup will appear on your screen if this is the first time you "
-"use Odoo Website. It will help you get started with the tool and you'll be "
-"able to use it in minutes. Therefore, we strongly recommend you to use it."
-msgstr ""
-"Un tutoriel apparaîtra sur votre écran la première fois que vous utilisez "
-"Odoo Constructeur de Site Web. Il vous aidera à démarrer avec l'outil et "
-"vous serez capable de l'utiliser en quelques minutes. Par conséquent, nous "
-"vous recommandons fortement de l'utiliser."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:89
-msgid "Create a lead by using the Contact Form module"
-msgstr "Créez une piste en utilisant le module Formulaire de Contact"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:91
-msgid ""
-"You can effortlessly generate leads via a contact form on your **Contact "
-"us** page. To do so, you first need to install the Contact Form module. It "
-"will add a contact form in your **Contact us** page and automatically "
-"generate a lead from forms submissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez facilement générer des prospects via un formulaire de contact "
-"sur votre page **Contactez-nous**. Pour ce faire, vous devez d'abord "
-"installer le module Formulaire de Contact. Cela va ajouter un formulaire de "
-"contact dans votre page **Contactez-nous** et générer automatiquement une "
-"piste à chaque validation du formulaire."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:96
-msgid ""
-"To install it, go back to the backend using the square icon on the upper-"
-"left corner of your screen. Then, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Contact "
-"Form**\" in the search bar (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag "
-"otherwise you will not see the module appearing) and click on **Install**."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour l'installer, retournez à l'accueil principal en utilisant l'icône carré"
-" dans le coin supérieur gauche de votre écran. Ensuite, cliquez sur "
-"**Applications**, entrez \"**Contact Form**\" dans la barre de recherche "
-"(n'oubliez pas de retirer la balise **Applications** sinon vous ne verrez "
-"pas le module apparaître) et cliquez sur **Installer**."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:104
-msgid ""
-"Once the module is installed, the below contact form will be integrated to "
-"your \"Contact us\" page. This form is linked to Odoo CRM, meaning that all "
-"data entered through the form will be captured by the CRM and will create a "
-"new lead."
-msgstr ""
-"Une fois le module installé, le formulaire de contact ci-dessous sera "
-"intégré à votre page « Contactez-nous ». Ce formulaire est lié à Odoo CRM, "
-"ce qui signifie que toutes les données saisies dans le formulaire seront "
-"capturés par Odoo CRM et créeront une nouvelle piste."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:112
-msgid ""
-"Every lead created through the contact form is accessible in the Sales "
-"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`. The name of the "
-"lead corresponds to the \"Subject\" field on the contact form and all the "
-"other information is stored in the corresponding fields within the CRM. As a"
-" salesperson, you can add additional information, convert the lead into an "
-"opportunity or even directly mark it as Won or Lost."
-msgstr ""
-"Chaque piste créée via le formulaire de contact est accessible dans le "
-"module de Ventes, en cliquant sur :menuselection:`Ventes --> Pistes`. Le nom"
-" de la piste correspond au champ «Objet» du formulaire de contact et toutes "
-"les autres informations sont stockées dans les champs correspondants dans le"
-" CRM. En tant que vendeur, vous pouvez ajouter des informations "
-"supplémentaires, convertir la piste en opportunité ou même directement la "
-"marquer comme gagnée ou perdue."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:123
-msgid "Create a lead using the Form builder module"
-msgstr "Créer une piste en utilisant le module Constructeur de Formulaire"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:125
-msgid ""
-"You can create fully-editable custom forms on any landing page on your "
-"website with the Form Builder snippet. As for the Contact Form module, the "
-"Form Builder will automatically generate a lead after the visitor has "
-"completed the form and clicked on the button **Send**."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez créer des formulaires entièrement personnalisables sur n'importe"
-" quelle page de votre site Web avec le module Constructeur de Formulaire. "
-"Comme avec le module Formulaire de Contact, le Constructeur de Formulaire "
-"génère automatiquement une piste dès que le visiteur a complété le "
-"formulaire et cliqué sur le bouton **Envoyer**."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:130
-msgid ""
-"From the backend, go to Settings and install the \"**Website Form "
-"Builder**\" module (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag otherwise you "
-"will not see the modules appearing). Then, back on the website, go to your "
-"desired landing page and click on Edit to access the available snippets. The"
-" Form Builder snippet lays under the **Feature** section."
-msgstr ""
-"Depuis l'accueil principal, allez dans Applications et installez le module "
-"\"**Site Web Constructeur de Formulaire**\" (n'oubliez pas de retirer le "
-"filtre **Applications** sinon vous ne verrez pas les modules apparaître). "
-"Puis, de retour sur le site, allez sur la page souhaitée et cliquez sur "
-"Modifier pour accéder aux briques disponibles. La brique Constructeur de "
-"Formulaire est disponible dans la section **Fonctionnalité**."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:140
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you have dropped the snippet where you want the form to appear on"
-" your page, a **Form Parameters** window will pop up. From the **Action** "
-"drop-down list, select **Create a lead** to automatically create a lead in "
-"Odoo CRM. On the **Thank You** field, select the URL of the page you want to"
-" redirect your visitor after the form being submitted (if you don't add any "
-"URL, the message \"The form has been sent successfully\" will confirm the "
-"submission)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dès que vous avez déposé la brique à l'endroit où vous souhaitez que le "
-"formulaire apparaisse sur votre page, une fenêtre **Paramètres du "
-"Formulaire** apparaîtra. Dans la liste déroulante **Action**, sélectionnez "
-"**Créer une piste** pour créer automatiquement une piste dans Odoo CRM. Dans"
-" le champ **Merci**, sélectionnez l'URL de la page où vous souhaitez "
-"rediriger vos visiteurs une fois le formulaire validé (si vous n'ajouter pas"
-" d'URL, le message \"Le formulaire a été envoyé avec succès\" confirme "
-"l'envoi)."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:151
-msgid ""
-"You can then start creating your custom form. To add new fields, click on "
-"**Select container block** and then on the blue **Customize** button. 3 "
-"options will appear:"
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez alors commencer à créer votre formulaire personnalisé. Pour "
-"ajouter de nouveaux champs, cliquez sur **Choisir un bloc conteneur**, puis "
-"sur le bouton bleu **Personnaliser**. 3 options apparaissent :"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:158
-msgid ""
-"**Change Form Parameters**: allows you to go back to the Form Parameters and"
-" change the configuration"
-msgstr ""
-"**Modifier les Paramètres du Formulaire** : vous permet de revenir aux "
-"paramètres de formulaire et de modifier sa configuration"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12
+msgid "You should first go to your website app."
+msgstr "Rendez-vous, tout d'abord, sur l'application Site Web"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:161
-msgid ""
-"**Add a model field**: allows you to add a field already existing in Odoo "
-"CRM from a drop-down list. For example, if you select the Field *Country*, "
-"the value entered by the lead will appear under the *Country* field in the "
-"CRM - even if you change the name of the field on the form."
-msgstr ""
-"**Ajouter un champ modèle** : vous permet d'ajouter un champ existant dans "
-"Odoo CRM à partir d'une liste déroulante. Par exemple, si vous sélectionnez "
-"le champ *Pays*, la valeur saisie par le prospect apparaîtra dans le champ "
-"*Pays* du CRM - même si vous changez le nom du champ dans le formulaire."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14
+msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
+msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:167
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"**Add a custom field**: allows you to add extra fields that don't exist by "
-"default in Odoo CRM. The values entered will be added under \"Notes\" within"
-" the CRM. You can create any field type : checkbox, radio button, text, "
-"decimal number, etc."
-msgstr ""
-"**Ajouter un champ personnalisé** : permet d'ajouter des champs "
-"supplémentaires qui n'existent pas par défaut dans Odoo CRM. Les valeurs "
-"entrées seront ajoutées sous la rubrique «Remarques» au sein du CRM. Vous "
-"pouvez créer tout type de champ : case à cocher, bouton radio, texte, nombre"
-" décimal, etc."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:172
-msgid "Any submitted form will create a lead in the backend."
-msgstr "Tout formulaire validé créera une piste dans Odoo CRM"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:175
-msgid "From another CMS"
-msgstr "Depuis un autre CMS"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:177
-msgid ""
-"If you use Odoo CRM but not Odoo Website, you can still automate your online"
-" lead generation process using email gateways by editing the \"Submit\" "
-"button of any form and replacing the hyperlink by a mailto corresponding to "
-"your email alias (learn how to create your sales alias :doc:`here "
-"<emails>`)."
+"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from ready-to-use contact form on "
+"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically."
 msgstr ""
-"Si vous utilisez Odoo CRM mais pas Odoo Constructeur de Site Web, vous "
-"pouvez tout de même automatiser votre processus de génération de prospects "
-"en ligne en utilisant des passerelles de messagerie en modifiant le bouton "
-"«Soumettre» de tout formulaire et en remplaçant le lien hypertexte par un "
-"mailto correspondant à votre adresse de messagerie (apprenez à créer votre "
-"adresse de messagerie de Ventes :doc:`ici <emails>`)."
+"Quand l'application CRM est installée, vous profitez, sur votre site web "
+"Odoo, d'un formulaire de contact prêt à l'emploi qui génère automatiquement "
+"pistes/opportunités."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:183
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"For example if the alias of your company is **salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, add"
-" ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` into the regular hyperlink code (CTRL+K)"
-" to generate a lead into the related sales team in Odoo CRM."
+"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact "
+"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*."
 msgstr ""
-"Par exemple, si l'adresse de ventes de votre entreprise est "
-"**salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, ajoutez ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` dans"
-" le code du lien hypertexte (CTRL+K) pour générer une piste dans l'équipe de"
-" vente concernée dans Odoo CRM."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage.rst:3
-msgid "Manage leads"
-msgstr "Gérer des prospects"
+"Pour assigner les pistes à une équipe commerciale particulière, allez dans "
+":menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Configuration` dans la partie"
+" *Communication*. Vous trouverez les informations sur le Formulaire de "
+"contact et vous pourrez modifier l'*Équipe commerciale* ou le *Vendeur*."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:3
-msgid "Automate lead assignation to specific sales teams or salespeople"
-msgstr ""
-"Automatiser l'affectation de prospects à des équipes de vente ou à des "
-"vendeurs spécifiques"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50
+msgid "Create a custom contact form"
+msgstr "Créer un formulaire de contact personnalisé"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:5
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your business workflow and needs, you may need to dispatch your"
-" incoming leads to different sales team or even to specific salespeople. "
-"Here are a few example:"
+"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use they want to "
+"contact you. You will then need to build a custom contact form on your "
+"website. Those contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the "
+"system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, "
+"etc...)"
 msgstr ""
-"Depending on your business workflow and needs, you may need to dispatch your"
-" incoming leads to different sales team or even to specific salespeople. "
-"Here are a few example:"
+"Vous pouvez vouloir en apprendre plus sur vos visiteurs quand ils veulent "
+"vous contacter. Vous aurez alors besoin de construire un formulaire de "
+"contact personnalisé sur votre site web. Ces formulaires de contact peuvent "
+"générer de nombreux types d'enregistrements dans le système (e-mails, "
+"pistes/opportunités, tâches, tickets de demande d'assistance, etc…)"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:9
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"Your company has several offices based on different geographical regions. "
-"You will want to assign leads based on the region;"
+"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module. Only available in "
+"Odoo Enterprise."
 msgstr ""
-"Votre entreprise dispose de plusieurs bureaux basés dans différentes régions"
-" géographiques. Vous voulez affecter les pistes en fonction de la région;"
+"Vous aurez besoin d'installer le module gratuit *Constructeur de "
+"formulaires*. Accessible uniquement dans Odoo Entreprise."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"One of your sales teams is dedicated to treat opportunities from large "
-"companies while another one is specialized for SMEs. You will want to assign"
-" leads based on the company size;"
+"From any page you want your contact form to be in, in edit mode, drag the "
+"form builder in the page and you will be able to add all the fields you "
+"wish."
 msgstr ""
-"Une de vos équipes de vente est chargée de traiter les opportunités des "
-"grandes entreprises, tandis qu'une autre est dédiée aux PME. Vous voulez "
-"assigner les pistes en fonction de la taille de l'entreprise;"
+"Depuis n'importe quelle page où vous voulez inclure votre formulaire de "
+"contact, placez-vous en mode édition et glissez/déposez le constructeur de "
+"formulaire. Vous pourrez alors ajouter tous les champs que vous souhaitez."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59
 msgid ""
-"One of your sales representatives is the only one to speak foreign languages"
-" while the rest of the team speaks English only. Therefore you will want to "
-"assign to that person all the leads from non-native English-speaking "
-"countries."
+"By default any new contact form will send an email, you can switch to "
+"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*."
 msgstr ""
-"Une de vos commerciaux est le seul à parler des langues étrangères alors que"
-" le reste de l'équipe parle seulement anglais. Par conséquent, vous voulez "
-"attribuer à cette personne toutes les pistes des pays non anglophones."
+"Par défaut, tout nouveau formulaire de contact enverra un e-mail, vous "
+"pouvez remplacer ce mécanisme par la génération de piste/opportunité dans "
+"*Modifier les paramètres du formulaire*."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:21
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63
 msgid ""
-"As you can imagine, manually assigning new leads to specific individuals can"
-" be tedious and time consuming - especially if your company generates a high"
-" volume of leads every day. Fortunately, Odoo CRM allows you to automate the"
-" process of lead assignation based on specific criteria such as location, "
-"interests, company size, etc. With specific workflows and precise rules, you"
-" will be able to distribute all your opportunities automatically to the "
-"right sales teams and/or salesman."
+"If the same visitors uses the contact form twice, the second information "
+"will be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter."
 msgstr ""
-"Comme vous pouvez l'imaginer, l'attribution manuelle des nouvelles pistes à "
-"des équipes ou des individus spécifiques peut être fastidieux et "
-"consommateur de temps - surtout si votre entreprise génère un fort volume de"
-" pistes chaque jour. Heureusement, Odoo CRM vous permet d'automatiser le "
-"processus d'assignation des pistes en fonction de critères spécifiques tels "
-"que la localisation géographique, les centres d'intérêts, la taille de "
-"l'entreprise, etc. Avec des méthodes de travail spécifiques et des règles "
-"précises, vous serez en mesure de distribuer automatiquement toutes vos "
-"opportunités aux bonnes équipes de vente et/ou au bon vendeur."
+"Si un même visiteur utilise le formulaire de contact deux fois, la seconde "
+"information sera ajoutée à la première piste/opportunité dans le chatter."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"If you have just started with Odoo CRM and haven't set up your sales team "
-"nor registered your salespeople, :doc:`read this documentation first "
-"<../../overview/started/setup>`."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous commencez juste avec Odoo CRM et n'avez pas configuré votre équipe "
-"de vente, ni enregistré vos vendeurs, :doc:`lisez d'abord cette "
-"documentation <../../overview/started/setup>`."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67
+msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities"
+msgstr "Générer des pistes plutôt que des opportunités"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:36
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69
 msgid ""
-"You have to install the module **Lead Scoring**. Go to :menuselection:`Apps`"
-" and install it if it's not the case already."
+"When using a contact form, it is advised to use a qualification step before "
+"assigning to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM "
+"settings and refer to :doc:`convert`."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous devez installer le module **Notation des pistes**. Aller dans "
-"**Applications** et installez-le si ce n'est pas déjà fait."
+"Lorsque vous utilisez un formulaire de contact, il est recommandé de passer "
+"par une étape de qualification avant d'assigner ces informations à la bonne "
+"équipe commerciale. Pour ce faire, activez *Pistes* dans les paramètres du "
+"CRM et reportez-vous à :doc:`convert`."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:40
-msgid "Define rules for a sales team"
-msgstr "Définissez des règles pour une équipe de vente"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3
+msgid "Send quotations"
+msgstr "Envoyer des devis"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:42
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** button"
-" of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**. If you don't have any "
-"sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first "
-"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`."
+"When you qualified one of your lead into an opportunity you will most likely"
+" need to them send a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with"
+" Odoo."
 msgstr ""
-"Depuis le module de Ventes, allez au tableau de bord et cliquez sur le "
-"bouton **Plus** de l'équipe de vente concernée, puis sur **Configuration**. "
-"Si vous ne disposez pas encore d'équipe de vente, :doc:`vous devez d'abord "
-"en créer une <../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`."
+"Quand vous qualifiez une piste en opportunité, vous aurez sans doute besoin "
+"de lui faire parvenir un devis. Vous pouvez faire cela directement dans "
+"l'application CRM d'Odoo."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain rule "
-"(for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module "
-"tutorial "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ or "
-"`Syntax reference guide "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-"
-"domains>`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:13
+msgid "Create a new quotation"
+msgstr "Créer un nouveau devis"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"For example, if you want your *Direct Sales* team to only receive leads "
-"coming from United States and Canada, your domain will be as following :"
+"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* "
+"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote."
 msgstr ""
-"Par exemple, si vous voulez que votre équipe *Ventes Directes* ne reçoive "
-"que les pistes en provenance des États-Unis et au Canada, votre champ "
-"domaine contiendra comme ci-dessous :"
+"En cliquant sur une opportunité ou une piste, vous verrez apparaître un "
+"bouton *Nouveau Devis* qui vous amènera à un nouveau menu vous permettant de"
+" gérer votre devis. "
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:59
-msgid "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``"
-msgstr "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:66
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:22
 msgid ""
-"you can also base your automatic assignment on the score attributed to your "
-"leads. For example, we can imagine that you want all the leads with a score "
-"under 100 to be assigned to a sales team trained for lighter projects and "
-"the leads over 100 to a more experienced sales team. Read more on :doc:`how "
-"to score leads here <lead_scoring>`."
+"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the "
+"*Quotations* menu on that page."
 msgstr ""
-"vous pouvez également baser l'assignation automatique sur le score attribué "
-"aux pistes. Par exemple, on peut imaginer que vous vouliez que toutes les "
-"pistes avec un score de moins de 100 soient affectées à une équipe de vente "
-"formée pour des projets plus légers, et les pistes de plus de 100 à une "
-"équipe de vente plus expérimentée. En savoir plus sur :doc:`comment noter "
-"les pistes ici <lead_scoring>`."
+"Vous trouverez tous vos devis relatifs à cette opportunité sous le menu "
+"*Devis* de cette page."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:72
-msgid "Define rules for a salesperson"
-msgstr "Définissez des règles pour un vendeur"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:29
+msgid "Mark them won/lost"
+msgstr "Marquer comme gagné/perdu"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:74
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"You can go one step further in your assignment rules and decide to assign "
-"leads within a sales team to a specific salesperson. For example, if I want "
-"Toni Buchanan from the *Direct Sales* team to receive only leads coming from"
-" Canada, I can create a rule that will automatically assign him leads from "
-"that country."
+"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the "
+"process along."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez aller plus loin dans vos règles d'affectation et décider "
-"d'attribuer des pistes à un vendeur spécifique au sein d'une équipe de "
-"vente. Par exemple, si je veux que Toni Buchanan de l'équipe des *Ventes "
-"Directes* recoive seulement des pistes en provenance du Canada, je peux "
-"créer une règle qui lui attribue automatiquement les pistes de ce pays."
+"Vous devrez maintenant marquer votre opportunité comme gagnée ou perdue pour"
+" passer à l'étape suivante."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:80
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"Still from the sales team menu (see here above), click on the salesperson of"
-" your choice under the assignment submenu. Then, enter your rule in the "
-"*Domain* field."
+"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban "
+"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived."
 msgstr ""
-"Toujours depuis le menu de l'équipe de Ventes (voir ci-dessus), cliquez sur "
-"le vendeur de votre choix dans l'onglet Assignation. Ensuite, entrez votre "
-"règle dans le champ *Domaine*."
+"Si vous les marquez comme gagnées, elles se placeront dans la colonne "
+"*Gagné* de la vue Kanban. Si néanmoins vous les marquez comme *Perdu*, elles"
+" seront archivées."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:89
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo, a lead is always assigned to a sales team before to be assigned to "
-"a salesperson. Therefore, you need to make sure that the assignment rule of "
-"your salesperson is a child of the assignment rule of the sales team."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans Odoo, une piste est toujours affectée à une équipe de vente avant "
-"d'être affectée à un vendeur. Par conséquent, vous devez vous assurer que la"
-" règle d'affectation à votre vendeur est un enfant de la règle d'affectation"
-" à l'équipe de Ventes."
+#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3
+msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work"
+msgstr "Organiser votre travail quotidien"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:95
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:67
-msgid ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
+msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo"
+msgstr "Synchroniser votre agenda Google avec Odoo"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:3
-msgid "How to do efficient Lead Scoring?"
-msgstr "Comment faire une notation efficace des prospects ?"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Odoo's Lead Scoring module allows you to give a score to your leads based on"
-" specific criteria - the higher the value, the more likely the prospect is "
-"\"ready for sales\". Therefore, the best leads are automatically assigned to"
-" your salespeople so their pipe are not polluted with poor-quality "
-"opportunities."
-msgstr ""
-"Le module Odoo Notation des pistes vous permet de donner une note à vos "
-"pistes en fonction de critères spécifiques - plus la valeur est élevée, plus"
-" le prospect est «prêt pour les ventes\". Par conséquent, les meilleures "
-"pistes sont automatiquement attribuées à vos vendeurs de sorte que leur "
-"pipeline ne sont pas pollués par des opportunités de mauvaise qualité."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Lead scoring is a critical component of an effective lead management "
-"strategy. By helping your sales representative determine which leads to "
-"engage with in order of priority, you will increase their overall conversion"
-" rate and your sales team's efficiency."
+"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
+"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
+"directions)."
 msgstr ""
-"La notation des pistes est un élément essentiel d'une stratégie efficace de "
-"gestion des pistes. En aidant votre commercial à déterminer quelles pistes "
-"démarcher en priorité, vous allez augmenter leur taux de conversion global "
-"et l'efficacité de votre équipe de vente."
+"Odoo s'intègre parfaitement au Calendrier Google, ainsi vous pouvez gérez "
+"vos rendez-vous depuis les deux plateformes (les mises à jour s'effectuant "
+"dans les deux sens)."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:22
-msgid "Install the Lead Scoring module"
-msgstr "Installez le module Notation des pistes"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:24
-msgid "Start by installing the **Lead Scoring** module."
-msgstr "Commencez par installer le module **Notation des pistes**."
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
+msgid "Setup in Google"
+msgstr "Configuration dans Google"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:26
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu "
-":menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`"
+"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to "
+"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
 msgstr ""
-"Une fois le module installé, vous devriez voir un nouveau menu "
-":menuselection:`Ventes --> Gestion des pistes --> Règles de notation`"
+"Allez sur la `plateforme des APIs de Google "
+"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ pour générer les identifiants de "
+"l'API Google Calendar."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33
-msgid "Create scoring rules"
-msgstr "Créez des règles de notation"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
+msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
+msgstr "Aller à la page des API et Services"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:35
-msgid ""
-"Leads scoring allows you to assign a positive or negative score to your "
-"prospects based on any demographic or behavioral criteria that you have set "
-"(country or origin, pages visited, type of industry, role, etc.). To do so "
-"you'll first need to create rules that will assign a score to a given "
-"criteria."
-msgstr ""
-"La notation des pistes vous permet d'attribuer un score positif ou négatif à"
-" vos pistes en fonction des critères d'effectif ou d'autres que vous avez "
-"défini (le pays d'origine, les pages visitées, le type d'industrie, le rôle,"
-" etc.). Pour ce faire, vous devez d'abord créer des règles qui attribueront "
-"un score à des critères donnés."
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
+msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
+msgstr "Cherchez *Google Calendar API* et sélectionnez-le."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"In order to assign the right score to your various rules, you can use these "
-"two methods:"
-msgstr ""
-"Pour affecter la bonne note à vos différentes règles, vous pouvez utiliser "
-"les deux méthodes suivantes :"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
+msgid "Enable the API."
+msgstr "Activer l'API."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:45
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"Establish a list of assets that your ideal customer might possess to "
-"interest your company. For example, if you run a local business in "
-"California, a prospect coming from San Francisco should have a higher score "
-"than a prospect coming from New York."
+"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done "
+"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
 msgstr ""
-"Établir une liste des propriétés que votre client idéal devrait posséder "
-"pour intéresser votre entreprise. Par exemple, si vous avez une entreprise "
-"qui opère en Californie, une piste venant de San Francisco devrait avoir un "
-"note supérieure à une piste en provenance de New York."
+"Sélectionnez ou créez un projet d'API pour enregistrer les identifiants si "
+"vous ne l'avez jamais fait. Donnez-lui un nom explicite (e.g. Odoo Sync)"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"Dig into your data to uncover characteristics shared by your closed "
-"opportunities and most important clients."
-msgstr ""
-"Fouillez dans vos données pour découvrir les caractéristiques partagées par "
-"les opportunités que vous avez fermées et vos plus importants clients."
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
+msgid "Create credentials."
+msgstr "Créer des identifiants."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:52
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
 msgid ""
-"Please note that this is not an exact science, so you'll need time and "
-"feedback from your sales teams to adapt and fine tune your rules until "
-"getting the desired result."
+"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
+"of data."
 msgstr ""
-"Comprenez que ce n'est pas une science exacte, vous aurez donc besoin de "
-"temps, et des commentaires de vos équipes de vente afin d'adapter et "
-"d'affiner vos règles jusqu'à obtenir le résultat souhaité."
+"Sélectionnez *Navigateur Web (Javascript)* comme contexte à partir duquel "
+"l'API sera appelée et *Données utilisateur* pour le type de données demandé."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:56
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"In the **Scoring Rules** menu, click on **Create** to write your first rule."
+"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
+"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The "
+"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized "
+"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans le menu **Règles de notation**, cliquez sur **Créer** pour écrire votre"
-" première règle."
+"Vous pouvez alors créer un Identifiant Client. Entrez le nom de "
+"l'application (e.g. Odoo Calendar) et les pages autorisées vers lesquelles "
+"vous serez re-dirigé(e). L'*Origine du Javascript Autorisé* est l'URL de "
+"votre instance Odoo. L'*URI de redirection autorisée* est l'URL de votre "
+"instance Odoo suivie de '/google_account/authentication'."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:61
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
 msgid ""
-"First name your rule, then enter a value and a domain (refer on the "
-"`official python documentation <https://docs.python.org/2/tutorial/>`__ for "
-"more information). For example, if you want to assign 8 points to all the "
-"leads coming from **Belgium**, you'll need to give ``8`` as a **value** and "
-"``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` as a domain."
-msgstr ""
-"Tout d'abord nommez votre règle, puis entrez une valeur et un domaine (voir "
-"la documentation python officielle `<https://docs.python.org/2/tutorial/>`__"
-" pour plus d'informations). Par exemple, si vous souhaitez attribuer 8 "
-"points à toutes les pistes en provenance de **Belgique**, vous devrez entrer"
-" ``8`` comme **valeur** et ``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgique']]`` comme "
-"domaine."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:68
-msgid "Here are some criteria you can use to build a scoring rule :"
+"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo "
+"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not "
+"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID"
+" in Odoo for the first time."
 msgstr ""
-"Voici quelques critères que vous pouvez utiliser pour créer une règle de "
-"notation :"
+"Parcourez l'écran de consentement en entrant le nom du produit (e.g. "
+"Calendrier Odoo). Vous pouvez prendre connaissance des options de "
+"personnalisation mais ce n'est pas obligatoire. L'écran d'accord "
+"n'apparaîtra qu'une fois que vous aurez entré l'identifiant client dans "
+"Odoo."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:70
-msgid "country of origin : ``'country_id'``"
-msgstr "pays d'origine : ``'country_id'``"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:72
-msgid "stage in the sales cycle : ``'stage_id'``"
-msgstr "étape dans le cycle de vente : ``'stage_id'``"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:74
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
 msgid ""
-"email address (e.g. if you want to score the professional email addresses) :"
-" ``'email_from'``"
+"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
+" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
-"adresse email (par ex. si vous voulez noter les adresses email "
-"professionnelles) : ``'email_from'``"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:76
-msgid "page visited : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``"
-msgstr "page visitée : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``"
+"Pour terminer, on vous indique votre **ID Client**. Cliquez sur "
+"*Credentials* pour obtenir ensuite le **Client Secret**. Vous aurez besoin "
+"de ces deux informations dans Odoo."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:78
-msgid "name of a marketing campaign : ``'campaign_id'``"
-msgstr "nom d'une campagne marketing : ``'campaign_id'``"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
+msgid "Setup in Odoo"
+msgstr "Configuration dans Odoo"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:80
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
 msgid ""
-"After having activated your rules, Odoo will give a value to all your new "
-"incoming leads. This value can be found directly on your lead's form view."
+"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the "
+"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
 msgstr ""
-"Une fois que vous aurez activé vos règles, Odoo donnera une valeur à toutes "
-"vos nouvelles pistes entrantes. Cette valeur peut être trouvée directement "
-"sur le formulaire de vos pistes ."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:88
-msgid "Assign high scoring leads to your sales teams"
-msgstr "Attribuez des pistes à notation élevée à vos équipes de vente"
+"Installez l'application **Calendrier Google** que vous trouverez dans le "
+"menu *Applications* ou en cochant la case dans :menuselection:`Paramètres "
+"--> Paramètres Généraux`."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:90
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
 msgid ""
-"The next step is now to automatically convert your best leads into "
-"opportunities. In order to do so, you need to decide what is the minimum "
-"score a lead should have to be handed over to a given sales team. Go to your"
-" **sales dashboard** and click on the **More** button of your desired sales "
-"team, then on **Settings**. Enter your value under the **Minimum score** "
-"field."
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client"
+" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
 msgstr ""
-"La prochaine étape est maintenant de convertir automatiquement vos "
-"meilleures pistes en opportunités. Pour ce faire, vous devez décider à "
-"partir de quel score une piste doit être remise à une équipe de vente "
-"donnée. Accédez au **tableau de bord de Ventes** et cliquez sur le bouton "
-"**Plus** de l'équipe de vente concernée, puis sur **Configuration**. Entrez "
-"votre valeur dans le champ **Score minimum**."
+"Rendez-vous dans :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Paramètres Généraux` et "
+"entrez votre **Id. client** et **Client Secret** dans les paramètres du "
+"Calendrier Google."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
 msgid ""
-"From the example above, the **Direct Sales** team will only receive "
-"opportunities with a minimum score of ``50``. The prospects with a lower "
-"score can either stay in the lead stage or be assigned to another sales team"
-" which has set up a different minimum score."
+"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
+"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
+"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
+" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans l'exemple ci-dessus, l'équipe **Ventes Directes** ne recevra que des "
-"opportunitéss avec un score minimum de ``50``. Les prospects avec un score "
-"inférieur peuvent soit rester dans l'étape piste, soit être affectés à une "
-"autre équipe de vente qui a mis en place un score minimum différent."
+"Le paramétrage est maintenant terminé. Ouvrez votre Calendrier Google et "
+"synchronisez-le avec Google. La première fois que vous le faites vous êtes "
+"redirigé sur une page Google pour autoriser la connexion. De retour dans "
+"Odoo, re-cliquez sur le bouton synchroniser. Vous pouvez cliquer sur ce "
+"bouton chaque fois que vous voulez synchroniser votre calendrier."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:106
-msgid ""
-"Organize a meeting between your **Marketing** and **Sales** teams in order "
-"to align your objectives and agree on what minimum score makes a sales-ready"
-" lead."
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
+msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
 msgstr ""
-"Organiser une réunion entre vos équipes **Marketing** et **Ventes** afin "
-"d'aligner leurs objectifs et les mettre d'accord sur le score minimum à "
-"partir duquel une piste est prête pour la vente."
+"À partir de maintenant, vous n'avez plus d'excuses pour rater une réunion !"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:110
-msgid ":doc:`automatic_assignation`"
-msgstr ":doc:`automatic_assignation`"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3
+msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP"
+msgstr "Utiliser les services VOIP dans Odoo avec OnSIP"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip.rst:3
-msgid "Odoo VOIP"
-msgstr "VOIP Odoo"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:3
-msgid "OnSIP Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:6
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6
 msgid "Introduction"
 msgstr "Introduction"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:8
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that"
 " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as "
 "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP."
 msgstr ""
+"La VoIP Odoo peut être paramétrée pour fonctionner avec OnSIP "
+"(www.onsip.com). Dans ce cas, l'installation et le paramétrage d'un serveur "
+"Asterisk ne sont pas nécessaires puisque toute l'infrastructure est hébergée"
+" et gérée par OnSIP."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:10
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before "
 "doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are "
 "covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the "
 "configuration procedure below."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous aurez besoin d'ouvrir un compte OnSIP pour utiliser ce service. Avant "
+"de vous engager, assurez-vous que votre zone et celle de vos correspondants "
+"sont couvertes par ce service. Après l'ouverture du compte OnSIP, suivez la "
+"procédure ci-dessous."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:15
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15
 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Allez à la page Applications et installez le module **VoIP OnSIP**."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:20
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk "
 "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:"
 msgstr ""
+"Allez dans Paramètres/Paramètres Généraux. Dans la partie "
+"Intégration/Asterisk (VoIP), renseignez les 3 champs :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:22
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22
 msgid ""
 "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on "
 "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and "
 "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen."
 msgstr ""
+"**OnSIP Domain** est le domaine que vous avez choisi quand vous avez créé un"
+" compte sur www.onsip.com. Si vous ne le connaissez pas, connectez-vous à "
+"https://admin.onsip.com/, vous le trouverez dans le coin supérieur droit de "
+"l'écran."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:23
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23
 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**WebSocket** devrait contenir wss://edge.sip.onsip.com"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:24
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24
 msgid "**Mode** should be Production"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Mode** devrait indiquer Production"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:29
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29
 msgid ""
 "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the "
 "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:"
 msgstr ""
+"Allez dans **Configuration/Utilisateurs**. Dans le formulaire représentant "
+"chaque utilisateur de la VoIP, dans l'onglet Préférences, remplissez la "
+"partie **Configuration PBX** :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:31
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31
 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
 msgstr ""
+"**Login SIP / Extension du navigateur** : le 'nom d'utilisateur' OnSIP"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:32
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32
 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Autorisation de l'Utilisateur OnSIP** : le 'Auth Username' OnSIP"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:33
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33
 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Mot de passe SIP** : le 'SIP Password' de OnSIP"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:34
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34
 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Extension de Combiné** : le 'Extension' de OnSIP"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:36
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "You can find all this information by logging in at "
 "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure "
 "and refer to the fields as pictured below."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pourrez trouver toutes ces informations en vous connectant sur "
+"https://admin.onsip.com/users puis en sélectionnant l’utilisateur que vous "
+"voulez configurer et regarder les champs dans l'image ci-dessous."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right "
 "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in"
 " Odoo and in OnSIP)."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez maintenant passer des appels en cliquant sur l'icône de "
+"téléphone dans le coin supérieur droit d'Odoo (assurez-vous d'être connecté "
+"en tant qu'utilisateur correctement configuré dans Odoo et dans OnSIP)."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:45
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure "
 "to refresh your Odoo window and try again."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous voyez un message *Paramètre manquant* dans l'application VoIP "
+"d'Odoo, rechargez la page et ré-essayez."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:52
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52
 msgid ""
 "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to"
 " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by "
 "the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the "
 "international prefix for the United States)."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous voyez un message *Mauvais Numéro* dans l'application VoIP d'Odoo, "
+"assurez-vous que vous utilisez le format international, commençant par le "
+"signe plus (+) suivi de l'indicatif du pays. E.g. : +16506913277 (+1 étant "
+"l'indicatif international pour les États-Unis)."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:57
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by "
 "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez aussi recevoir des appels. Votre numéro est celui qui vous a été"
+" fourni par OnSIP. Odoo sonnera et affichera une notification."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:63
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63
 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "OnSIP sur votre smartphone"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:65
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65
 msgid ""
 "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your "
 "computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo"
 " VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear "
 "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work."
 msgstr ""
+"Afin de passer et de recevoir des appels quand vous n'êtes pas devant votre "
+"ordinateur, vous pouvez utiliser une application de VoIP sur votre "
+"smartphone en parallèle à l'application VoIP Odoo. C'est pratique pour les "
+"appels en mobilité mais aussi pour s'assurer de ne pas manquer un appel ou "
+"simplement par commodité. N'importe quelle application de VoIP compatible "
+"SIP fonctionnera."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:67
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67
 msgid ""
-"On Android, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Zoiper "
-"<https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.zoiper.android.app>`_. "
-"You will have to configure it as follows:"
+"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream "
+"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_."
+" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will "
+"then have to configure it as follows:"
 msgstr ""
+"Sur Android et iOS, OnSIP a été testé avec succès avec l'application "
+"`Grandstream Wave "
+"<https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_. "
+"Quand vous créez un compte, sélectionnez OnSIP dans la liste des opérateurs."
+" Vous devrez ensuite la configurer comme suit :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:69
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69
 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nom du compte : OnSIP"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:70
-msgid "**Host**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70
+msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
+msgstr "**Serveur SIP** : le 'Domain' OnSIP"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:71
-msgid "**Username**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71
+msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
+msgstr "**ID d'utilisateur SIP** : le 'Username' OnSIP"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:72
-msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:73
-msgid "**Authentication user**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72
+msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
+msgstr "**ID d'authentification SIP** : le 'Auth Username' OnSIP"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:74
-msgid "**Outbound proxy**: sip.onsip.com"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:78
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73
+msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
+msgstr "**Mot de passe** : le Mot de passe SIP de OnSIP"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can "
+"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. "
+"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to "
+"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone"
+" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call "
+"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-"
+"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_."
+msgstr ""
+"Hormis les appels que vous pouvez passer depuis l'application Granstream "
+"Wave sur votre smartphone, vous pouvez aussi passer des appels en cliquant "
+"sur un numéro de téléphone dans le navigateur internet de votre PC. Cette "
+"action fera sonner Grandstream Wave et transférera l'appel pour votre "
+"correspondant sur votre téléphone. Cette approche est utile pour éviter de "
+"perdre du temps à composer des numéros de téléphone. Pour cela, vous aurez "
+"besoin de l'extension Chrome `OnSIP Call Assistant "
+"<https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-"
+"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79
 msgid ""
 "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will"
 " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Mot de passe** : le Mot de passe SIP de OnSIP"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:3
-msgid "Installation and Setup"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
+msgstr "Configurer votre serveur VoIP Asterisk pour Odoo"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:6
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6
 msgid "Installing Asterisk server"
 msgstr "Installation d'un serveur Asterisk"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:9
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9
 msgid "Dependencies"
 msgstr "Dépendances"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:11
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:"
 msgstr ""
 "Avant d'installer Asterisk, vous devez installer les dépendances suivantes :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13
 msgid "wget"
 msgstr "wget"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:14
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14
 msgid "gcc"
 msgstr "gcc"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:15
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15
 msgid "g++"
 msgstr "g++"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16
 msgid "ncurses-devel"
 msgstr "ncurses-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:17
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17
 msgid "libxml2-devel"
 msgstr "libxml2-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:18
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18
 msgid "sqlite-devel"
 msgstr "sqlite-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:19
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19
 msgid "libsrtp-devel"
 msgstr "libsrtp-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:20
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20
 msgid "libuuid-devel"
 msgstr "libuuid-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:21
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21
 msgid "openssl-devel"
 msgstr "openssl-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:22
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22
 msgid "pkg-config"
 msgstr "pkg-config"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:24
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24
 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:"
 msgstr "Pour installer libsrtp, suivez les instructions suivantes :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:35
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35
 msgid ""
 "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here "
 "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is "
@@ -1510,35 +734,35 @@ msgstr ""
 " `ici <http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Une fois le répertoire source "
 "extrait :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:37
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37
 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**"
 msgstr "**Déplacez-vous dans le répertoire des sources de pjproject :**"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:43
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43
 msgid "**run:**"
 msgstr "**Lancez la commande suivante :**"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:49
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49
 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**"
 msgstr "**Construisez et installez pjproject :**"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:57
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57
 msgid "**Update shared library links:**"
 msgstr "**Mettez à jour les liens vers les librairies partagées :**"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:63
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63
 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**"
 msgstr "**Vérifiez que pjproject est installé :**"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:69
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69
 msgid "**The result should be:**"
 msgstr "**Le résultat doit être :**"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:86
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86
 msgid "Asterisk"
 msgstr "Asterisk"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:88
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88
 msgid ""
 "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly "
 "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-"
@@ -1548,23 +772,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "directement `ici <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-"
 "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:90
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90
 msgid "Extract Asterisk:"
 msgstr "Extraire le code source d'Asterisk :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:96
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96
 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:"
 msgstr "Entrez dans le répertoire d'Asterisk :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:102
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102
 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:"
 msgstr "Lancez le script de configuration d'Asterisk :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:108
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108
 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:"
 msgstr "Lancez l'outil menuselect d'Asterisk :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:114
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114
 msgid ""
 "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is "
 "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the "
@@ -1577,11 +801,11 @@ msgstr ""
 " (appuyez sur x). Vous devriez également voir les étoiles en face des lignes"
 " de res_pjsip."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:116
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116
 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:"
 msgstr "Compilez et installez Asterisk :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:122
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122
 msgid ""
 "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the "
 "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can "
@@ -1591,19 +815,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "samples' pour installer les exemples de configurations. Si vous voulez "
 "installer le script de démarrage d'Asterisk, exécutez 'make config'."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:125
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125
 msgid "DTLS Certificates"
 msgstr "Certificats DTLS "
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:127
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127
 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates."
 msgstr "Ensuite vous devez configurer les certificats DTLS."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:133
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133
 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:"
 msgstr "Entrez dans le répertoire des scripts d'Asterisk :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:139
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139
 msgid ""
 "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address"
 " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):"
@@ -1612,11 +836,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "IP ou votre nom DNS, remplacer My Super Company avec le nom de votre "
 "entreprise):"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:146
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146
 msgid "Configure Asterisk server"
 msgstr "Configurer un serveur Asterisk"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:148
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148
 msgid ""
 "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer "
 "settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very "
@@ -1631,7 +855,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "éditer http.conf et assurez-vous que les lignes suivantes ne sont pas "
 "commentées :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:158
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158
 msgid ""
 "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and "
 "icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. "
@@ -1646,7 +870,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " de configuration devrait être dans le pair; définir ces lignes de "
 "configuration globalement pourrait ne pas fonctionner :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:186
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186
 msgid ""
 "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the "
 "lines:"
@@ -1654,21 +878,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "Dans les fichiers sip.conf et rtp.conf vous devez également ajouter ou "
 "décommenter ces lignes :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:193
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193
 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:"
 msgstr "Enfin, configurez extensions.conf :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:202
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202
 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP"
 msgstr "Configurer VOIP dans Odoo"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:204
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204
 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences."
 msgstr ""
 "Dans Odoo, la configuration doit être effectuée dans les préférences de "
 "l'utilisateur."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:206
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206
 msgid ""
 "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in"
 " the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you"
@@ -1683,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "mais il est utilisé si vous souhaitez transférer votre appel de Odoo à un "
 "téléphone externe. Il également configuré dans le fichier sip.conf."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:212
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212
 msgid ""
 "The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title "
 "\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf "
@@ -1698,1876 +922,582 @@ msgstr ""
 "même que l'adresse IP définie précédemment, et le \"8088\" est le port que "
 "vous avez défini dans le fichier http.conf."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
-msgid "Main Concepts"
-msgstr "Concepts principaux"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3
-msgid "Introduction to Odoo CRM"
-msgstr "Introduction au module CRM d'Odoo"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11
-msgid "Transcript"
-msgstr "Transcription"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Hi, my name is Nicholas, I'm a business manager in the textile industry. I "
-"sell accessories to retailers. Do you know the difference between a good "
-"salesperson and an excellent salesperson? The key is to be productive and "
-"organized to do the job. That's where Odoo comes in. Thanks to a well "
-"structured organization you'll change a good team into an exceptional team."
-msgstr ""
-"Bonjour, je m'appelle Nicolas, je suis gestionnaire d'une entreprise active "
-"dans le secteur du textile. Je vends des accessoires aux détaillants. "
-"Connaissez-vous la différence entre un bon vendeur et un excellent vendeur ?"
-" La clé du succès c'est d'être productif et organisé. Et c'est là qu'Odoo "
-"intervient. Grâce à une organisation parfaitement structurée, vous allez "
-"transformer une bonne équipe de vente en une équipe exceptionnelle."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:21
-msgid ""
-"With Odoo CRM, the job is much easier for me and my entire team. When I log "
-"in into Odoo CRM, I have a direct overview of my ongoing performance. But "
-"also the activity of the next 7 days and the performance of the last month. "
-"I see that I overachieved last month when compared to my invoicing target of"
-" $200,000. I have a structured approach of my performance."
-msgstr ""
-"Grâce à Odoo CRM, mon travail et celui de mon équipe devient bien plus "
-"facile. Dès que je me connecte au CRM d'Odoo, j'obtient directement une vue "
-"sur mes performances actuelles, mais aussi sur celles des 7 prochains jours,"
-" et les activités du mois passé. Je vois que j'ai dépassé mon objectif le "
-"mois passé comparé à mon objectif de facturation de 200.000$. De plus, j'ai "
-"une approche structurée de mes performances."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"If I want to have a deeper look into the details, I click on next actions "
-"and I can see that today I have planned a call with Think Big Systems. Once "
-"I have done my daily review, I usually go to my pipeline. The process is the"
-" same for everyone in the team. Our job is to find resellers and before "
-"closing any deal we have to go through different stages. We usually have a "
-"first contact to qualify the opportunity, then move into offer & negotiation"
-" stage, and closing by a 'won'..Well, that's if all goes well."
-msgstr ""
-"Si je veux plus de détails, je clique sur « Activité suivante » et je vois "
-"qu'aujourd'hui, j'ai un appel prévu avec Think Big Systems. Dès que j'ai "
-"terminé l'examen quotidien de mes activités, je vais ensuite dans mon "
-"pipeline. Le processus est le même pour toute l'équipe. Notre objectif est "
-"de trouver des revendeurs et avant de finaliser le moindre accord, nous "
-"passons toujours par les mêmes étapes. Nous prenons un premier contact pour "
-"qualifier l'opportunité, ensuite nous la glissons dans l'étape « proposition"
-" commerciale » et « négociation ». Et nous terminons notre processus par "
-"l'étape « Gagné » ...Enfin, si tout se passe bien !"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"The user interface is really smooth, I can drag and drop any business "
-"opportunity from one stage to another in just a few clicks."
-msgstr ""
-"L'interface utilisateur est aisée et limpide. Je peux glisser et déposer mes"
-" opportunités commerciales d'une étape à l'autre en quelques clics."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42
-msgid ""
-"Now I'd like to go further with an interesting contact: a department store. "
-"I highlighted their file by changing the color. For each contact, I have a "
-"form view where I can access to all necessary information about the contact."
-" I see here my opportunity Macy's has an estimated revenue of $50,000 and a "
-"success rate of 10%. I need to discuss about this partnership, so I will "
-"schedule a meeting straight from the contact form: Macy's partnership "
-"meeting. It's super easy to create a new meeting with any contact. I can as "
-"well send an email straight from the opportunity form and the answer from "
-"the prospect will simply pop up in the system too. Now, let's assume that "
-"the meeting took place, therefore I can mark it as done. And the system "
-"automatically suggests a next activity. Actually, we configured Odoo with a "
-"set of typical activities we follow for every opportunity, and it's great to"
-" have a thorough followup. The next activity will be a follow-up email. "
-"Browsing from one screen to the other is really simple and adapting to the "
-"view too! I can see my opportunitities as a to-do list of next activities "
-"for example."
-msgstr ""
-"Maintenant, je souhaite me focaliser sur un contact intéressant : un grand "
-"magasin. Je mets l'opportunité en évidence en changeant la couleur. Pour "
-"chaque contact, j'ai un formulaire qui synthétise les informations les plus "
-"importantes. Je vois que mon opportunité Macy a un revenu espéré de 50.000$ "
-"et une probabilité de succès de 10%. Je dois parler de ce partenariat, je "
-"vais donc planifier un rendez-vous directement depuis le formulaire : « "
-"Réunion partenariat Macy ». C'est super simple de créer un nouveau rendez-"
-"vous avec mes contacts. Je peux également envoyer un email directement "
-"depuis l'opportunité et la réponse du prospect s'y affichera également. "
-"Maintenant , supposons que la réunion s'est déroulée. Je peux donc la "
-"marquer comme « Terminée » et Odoo me proposera automatiquement la prochaine"
-" activité. Naviguer d'un écran à l'autre est vraiment simple et largement "
-"adapté à la vue. Je peux voir mes opportunités sous forme d'une liste des "
-"activités suivantes à faire par exemple."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62
-msgid ""
-"With Odoo CRM I have a sales management tool that is really efficient and me"
-" and my team can be well organized. I have a clear overview of my sales "
-"pipeline, meetings, revenues, and more."
-msgstr ""
-"Avec Odoo CRM, j'ai un outil de gestion commerciale réellement efficace. Mes"
-" équipes et moi pouvons nous organiser facilement. J'ai un aperçu clair de "
-"mon pipeline de vente, de mes rendez-vous, de mes revenus et plus encore."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"I go back to my pipeline. Macy's got qualified successfully, which mean I "
-"can move their file to the next step and I will dapt the expected revenue as"
-" discussed. Once I have performed the qualification process, I will create a"
-" new quotation based on the feedback I received from my contact. For my "
-"existing customers, I can as well quickly discover the activity around them "
-"for any Odoo module I use, and continue to discuss about them. It's that "
-"simple."
-msgstr ""
-"Je retourne à mon pipeline. Macy a été qualifié correctement, ce qui "
-"signifie que je peux déplacer l'opportunité dans la prochaine étape et je "
-"vais adapter le revenu espéré suite à notre discussion. Une fois la "
-"qualification réalisée, je crée un devis basé sur les commentaires de mon "
-"contact. Pour mes contacts existants, je peux égaelement découvrir les "
-"activités qui les concernent grâce à l'ensemble des modules Odoo que "
-"j'utilise. Tout en continuant à en discuter. C'est aussi simple que cela."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76
-msgid ""
-"We have seen how I can manage my daily job as business manager or "
-"salesperson. At the end of the journey I would like to have a concrete view "
-"of my customer relationships and expected revenues. If I go into the reports"
-" in Odoo CRM, I have the possibility to know exactly what's the evolution of"
-" the leads over the past months, or have a look at the potential revenues "
-"and the performance of the different teams in terms of conversions from "
-"leads to opportunities for instance. So with Odoo I can have a clear "
-"reporting of every activity based on predefined metrics or favorites. I can "
-"search for other filters too and adapt the view. If I want to go in the "
-"details, I choose the list view and can click on any item"
-msgstr ""
-"Nous avons vu comment je peux gérer mon travail quotidien comme manager ou "
-"comme vendeur. A la fin du parcours je voudrais avoir une vue concrète de "
-"mes relations avec les clients et des revenus espérés. Si je vais dans les "
-"rapports d'Odoo CRM j'ai la possibilité de voir exactement l'évolution des "
-"prospects ces derniers mois ou d'avoir un aperçu des revenus probables et "
-"des performances des autres équipes concernant la conversion de prospects en"
-" opportunités par exemple. Bref, avec Odoo j'ai une analyse claire des "
-"activités basée sur des paramètres prédifinis ou sauvegardés. Je peux aussi "
-"chercher avec d'autres filtres et adapter la vue. Si je veux des détails, je"
-" choisis la vue liste et je peux cliquer sur chaque élément."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:90
-msgid ""
-"Odoo CRM is not only a powerful tool to achieve our sales goals with "
-"structured activities, performance dashboard, next acitivities and more, but"
-" also allows me to:"
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo n'est pas qu'un outil performant pour atteindre nos objectifs de vente "
-"avec des activités structurées ou des indicateurs de performance, les "
-"prochaines activités, et plus, mais il me permet aussi :"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:94
-msgid ""
-"Use leads to get in the system unqualified but targeted contacts I may have "
-"gathered in a conference or through a contact form on my website. Those "
-"leads can then be converted into opportunities."
-msgstr ""
-"Utiliser des prospects pour obtenir dans le système des contacts non "
-"qualifiés mais ciblés que j'ai pu rencontrés à une conférence ou à travers "
-"un formulaire de contact sur mon site web. Ces pistes peuvent ensuite être "
-"converties en opportunités."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:99
-msgid ""
-"Manage phone calls from Odoo CRM by using the VoIP app. Call customers, "
-"manage a call queue, log calls, schedule calls and next actions to perform."
-msgstr ""
-"Gérer les appels téléphoniques dans Odoo CRM grâce à l'application VoIP. "
-"Appeler des clients, gérer une file d'attente d'appels, enregistrer des "
-"appels, programmer des appels et les prochaines actions à réaliser."
+#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3
+msgid "Analyze performance"
+msgstr "Analyser la performance"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:103
-msgid ""
-"Integrate with Odoo Sales to create beautiful online or PDF quotations and "
-"turn them into sales orders."
-msgstr ""
-"Intégré avec Odoo Ventes pour créer de beaux devis clairs et précis en ligne"
-" ou en version PDF et les convertir en bons de commande."
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3
+msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover"
+msgstr "Obtenir un chiffre d'affaire attendu fiable"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:106
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Use email marketing for marketing campaigns to my customers and prospects."
+"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you"
+" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity "
+"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is "
+"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports."
 msgstr ""
-"Utiliser le mass mailing pour des campagnes marketing ciblées vers des "
-"prospects ou des clients."
+"Alors que vous progressez dans votre cycle de ventes et passez d'une étape à"
+" l'autre, vous pouvez espérer obtenir une information plus précise sur une "
+"opportunité donnée, vous fournissant une meilleure idée de la probabilité de"
+" l'amener à terme. Ceci est important afin de visualiser votre chiffre "
+"d'affaire attendu dans les différents rapports. "
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:109
-msgid ""
-"Manage my business seamlessly, even on the go. Indeed, Odoo offers a mobile "
-"app that lets every business organize key sales activities from leads to "
-"quotes."
-msgstr ""
-"Gérer mes affaires sans accros, même en déplacement. En effet, Odoo propose "
-"une version mobile qui permet de gérer toutes les activités commerciales "
-"importantes, des prospects aux devis."
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11
+msgid "Configure your kanban stages"
+msgstr "Configurez les étapes de votre vue kanban"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:113
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"Odoo CRM is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. I firstly used the sales "
-"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up our CRM. It will help you "
-"getting started quickly too."
+"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, "
+"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can"
+" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success"
+" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and "
+"more accurate."
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo CRM est un outil puissant et simple. Je commence en utilisant le "
-"Planner pour indiquer mes objectifs et configurer notre CRM. Cela vous "
-"aidera aussi à vous lancer !"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3
-msgid "Odoo CRM Terminologies"
-msgstr "Termes utilisés dans le module CRM d'Odoo"
+"Par défaut, la vue kanban d'Odoo comporte quatre étapes : Nouveau, Qualifié,"
+" Proposition, Gagné ayant respectivement des probabilité de succès de 10, "
+"30, 70 et 100%.Vous pouvez ajouter des étapes et/ou les modifier. En "
+"affinant les probabilités de succès par défaut de chaque étape, vous pouvez "
+"rendre votre chiffre d'affaire probable de plus en plus précis."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:10
-msgid "**CRM (Customer relationship management)**:"
-msgstr ""
-"**CRM (Customer Relationship Management - Gestion de la Relation Client) :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6
-msgid ""
-"System for managing a company's interactions with current and future "
-"customers. It often involves using technology to organize, automate, and "
-"synchronize sales, marketing, customer service, and technical support."
-msgstr ""
-"Système pour la gestion des interactions de l'entreprise avec les clients "
-"actuels et futurs. Elle implique souvent l'utilisation de l'informatique "
-"afin d'organiser, d'automatiser et de synchroniser les ventes, le marketing,"
-" le service après-vente et l'assistance technique."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14
-msgid "**Sales cycle** :"
-msgstr "**Cycle de vente :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Sequence of phases used by a company to convert a prospect into a customer."
-msgstr ""
-"Séquence des étapes utilisées par une société pour convertir un prospect en "
-"client."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:20
-msgid "**Pipeline :**"
-msgstr "**Pipeline :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"Visual representation of your sales process, from the first contact to the "
-"final sale. It refers to the process by which you generate, qualify and "
-"close leads through your sales cycle."
-msgstr ""
-"Représentation visuelle de votre processus de vente, du premier contact à la"
-" vente finale. Il se réfère au processus par lequel vous générez, qualifier "
-"et fermer des prospects grâce à votre cycle de vente."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:24
-msgid "**Sales stage** :"
-msgstr "**Étape de vente :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, a stage defines where an opportunity is in your sales cycle and"
-" its probability to close a sale."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans Odoo CRM, une étape définit où l'opportunité se situe dans votre cycle "
-"de vente et sa probabilité de conclure une vente."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29
-msgid "**Lead :**"
-msgstr "**Prospect :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"Someone who becomes aware of your company or someone who you decide to "
-"pursue for a sale, even if they don't know about your company yet."
-msgstr ""
-"Quelqu'un qui s'intéresse à votre entreprise ou quelqu'un que vous décidez "
-"de suivre pour une vente, même si elle ne connait pas encore votre "
-"entreprise."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34
-msgid "**Opportunity :**"
-msgstr "**Opportunité :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"A lead that has shown an interest in knowing more about your "
-"products/services and therefore has been handed over to a sales "
-"representative"
-msgstr ""
-"Un prospect qui a montré un intérêt pour en savoir plus sur vos "
-"produits/services et a donc été dirigé vers un commercial"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39
-msgid "**Customer :**"
-msgstr "**Client :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, a customer refers to any contact within your database, whether "
-"it is a lead, an opportunity, a client or a company."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans Odoo CRM, un client désigne tout contact dans votre base de données, "
-"que ce soit un prospect, une opportunité, un client ou une entreprise."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:45
-msgid "**Key Performance Indicator (KPI)** :"
-msgstr "**Key Performance Indicator (KPI) - Indicateur Clé de Performance :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:42
-msgid ""
-"A KPI is a measurable value that demonstrates how effectively a company is "
-"achieving key business objectives. Organizations use KPIs to evaluate their "
-"success at reaching targets."
-msgstr ""
-"Un KPI est une valeur mesurable qui montre l'efficacité d'une entreprise "
-"dans la réalisation de ses objectifs d'affaires. Les organisations utilisent"
-" les KPI pour évaluer leur capacité à atteindre des cibles."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51
-msgid "**Lead scoring** :"
-msgstr "**Notation de prospect :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:48
-msgid ""
-"System assigning a positive or negative score to prospects according to "
-"their web activity and personal informations in order to determine whether "
-"they are \"ready for sales\" or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Système attribuant une note positive ou négative à des prospects en fonction"
-" de leur activité et informations personnelles sur le Web, afin de "
-"déterminer s'ils sont «prêts pour la vente» ou non."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:62
-msgid "**Kanban view :**"
-msgstr "** Vue Kanban :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between a "
-"`list view "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/views.html#lists>`__ and "
-"a non-editable `form view "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/views.html#forms>`__ and "
-"displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped in columns for use "
-"in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or work-progress "
-"management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66
-msgid "**List view :**"
-msgstr "**Vue Liste :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65
-msgid ""
-"View allowing you to see your objects (contacts, companies, tasks, etc.) "
-"listed in a table."
-msgstr ""
-"une vue vous permettant de voir vos objets (contacts, entreprises, tâches, "
-"etc.) listées dans un tableau."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:71
-msgid "**Lead generation:**"
-msgstr "**Génération de prospects :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69
-msgid ""
-"Process by which a company collects relevant datas about potential customers"
-" in order to enable a relationship and to push them further down the sales "
-"cycle."
-msgstr ""
-"Processus par lequel une entreprise recueille des données pertinentes sur "
-"des clients potentiels afin d'établir une relation et de les pousser plus "
-"loin dans le cycle de vente."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:76
-msgid "**Campaign:**"
-msgstr "**Campagnes :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74
-msgid ""
-"Coordinated set of actions sent via various channels to a target audience "
-"and whose goal is to generate leads. In Odoo CRM, you can link a lead to the"
-" campaign which he comes from in order to measure its efficiency."
-msgstr ""
-"Ensemble coordonné d'actions envoyés par différents canaux à un public cible"
-" et dont le but est de générer des prospects. Dans Odoo CRM, vous pouvez "
-"lier un prospect à la campagne qui l'a amené à vous, afin de mesurer son "
-"efficacité."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process.rst:3
-msgid "Process Overview"
-msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des processus"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:3
-msgid "Generating leads with Odoo CRM"
-msgstr "Création de prospects avec le module CRM d'Odoo"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:6
-msgid "What is lead generation?"
-msgstr "Qu'est ce que la génération de pistes ?"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:8
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"Lead generation is the process by which a company acquires leads and "
-"collects relevant datas about potential customers in order to enable a "
-"relationship and to turn them into customers."
+"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but"
+" you can modify them manually of course."
 msgstr ""
-"La génération de prospects est le processus par lequel une société acquiert "
-"des prospects et recueille des données pertinentes sur ces clients "
-"potentiels afin d'établir une relation et de les transformer en clients."
+"Chacune de vos opportunités aura une probabilité réglée par défaut mais vous"
+" pouvez la modifier."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:12
-msgid ""
-"For example, a website visitor who fills in your contact form to know more "
-"about your products and services becomes a lead for your company. Typically,"
-" a Customer Relationship Management tool such as Odoo CRM is used to "
-"centralize, track and manage leads."
-msgstr ""
-"Par exemple, un visiteur du site web qui remplit votre formulaire de contact"
-" pour en savoir plus sur vos produits et services, devient un prospect pour "
-"votre entreprise. En règle générale, un outil de Gestion de la Relation "
-"Client comme le module CRM d'Odoo est utilisé pour centraliser, suivre et "
-"gérer les prospects."
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29
+msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date"
+msgstr "Entrez les revenus attendus et la date d'expiration de l'opportunité"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:18
-msgid "Why is lead generation important for my business?"
-msgstr ""
-"Pourquoi la génération de prospects est importante pour mon entreprise?"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:20
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"Generating a constant flow of high-quality leads is one of the most "
-"important responsibility of a marketing team. Actually, a well-managed lead "
-"generation process is like the fuel that will allow your company to deliver "
-"great performances - leads bring meetings, meetings bring sales, sales bring"
-" revenue and more work."
+"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected "
+"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected"
+" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover."
 msgstr ""
-"La génération d'un flux constant de prospects de haute qualité est l'une des"
-" plus importantes responsabilités d'une équipe marketing. En fait, un "
-"processus de génération de prospects bien géré est comme le carburant qui "
-"permettra à votre entreprise d'atteindre de grandes performances - des "
-"prospects amènent à des réunions, des réunions amènent des ventes, des "
-"ventes apportent des revenus et plus de travail."
+"Quand vous recueillez des informations sur un prospect, il est important "
+"d'indiquer un revenu attendu et une date d'expiration. Cela vous permettra "
+"de voir l'ensemble de vos revenus attendus par étape ainsi que d'affiner le "
+"chiffre d'affaire probable."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:27
-msgid "How to generate leads with Odoo CRM?"
-msgstr "Comment générer des prospects avec le module CRM d'Odoo ?"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40
+msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities"
+msgstr "Visualiser les opportunités expirées ou proches de l'expiration"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:29
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"Leads can be captured through many sources - marketing campaigns, "
-"exhibitions and trade shows, external databases, etc. The most common "
-"challenge is to successfully gather all the data and to track any lead "
-"activity. Storing leads information in a central place such as Odoo CRM will"
-" release you of these worries and will help you to better automate your lead"
-" generation process, share information with your teams and analyze your "
-"sales processes easily."
-msgstr ""
-"Les prospects peuvent être obtenus par de nombreuses sources - des campagnes"
-" de marketing, des expositions et des foires commerciales, des bases de "
-"données externes, etc. Le défi le plus commun est de rassembler avec succès "
-"toutes ces données et de suivre toute activité des prospects. Stockage des "
-"informations sur les pistes dans un endroit central, comme le module CRM "
-"d'Odoo vous libère de ces soucis et vous aidera à mieux automatiser votre "
-"processus de génération de pistes, de partager les informations avec vos "
-"équipes et d'analyser facilement vos processus de vente."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:37
-msgid "Odoo CRM provides you with several methods to generate leads:"
+"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be "
+"closing, letting you prioritize."
 msgstr ""
-"le module CRM d'Odoo vous propose plusieurs méthodes pour générer des "
-"prospects :"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:39
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`"
+"Dans votre pipeline, vous pouvez filtrer les opportunités par date "
+"d'expiration, ce qui vous permet de les prioriser."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48
 msgid ""
-"An inquiry email sent to one of your company's generic email addresses can "
-"automatically generate a lead or an opportunity."
+"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to "
+"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early "
+"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue."
 msgstr ""
-"Un courriel de demande d'informations envoyé à l'une des adresses email "
-"génériques de votre entreprise peut générer automatiquement un prospect ou "
-"une opportunité."
+"En tant que responsable commercial, cet outil peut également vous aider à "
+"trouver des moyens potentiels d'améliorer votre processus de vente, par "
+"exemple, avoir beaucoup d'opportunités dans les premières étapes mais "
+"présentant une date d'expiration proche peut révéler un problème."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:44
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"You may want to follow up with a prospective customer met briefly at an "
-"exhibition who gave you his business card. You can manually create a new "
-"lead and enter all the needed information."
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53
+msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover"
 msgstr ""
-"Vous voudriez suivre un client potentiel rencontré brièvement lors d'une "
-"exposition et qui vous a donné sa carte de visite. Vous pouvez créer "
-"manuellement un nouveau prospect et saisir toutes les informations "
-"nécessaires."
+"Visualisez votre revenu global attendu et votre chiffre d'affaire probable"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:50
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:52
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55
 msgid ""
-"A website visitor who fills in a form automatically generates a lead or an "
-"opportunity in Odoo CRM."
+"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your "
+"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set."
 msgstr ""
-"Un visiteur du site web qui remplit un formulaire génère automatiquement un "
-"prospect ou une opportunité dans le module CRM d'Odoo."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:55
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`"
+"Quand vous êtes dans votre vue kanban, vous pouvez voir les revenus attendus"
+" à chacune des étapes. Ceci grâce au revenu attendu que vous indiquez pour "
+"chaque opportunité."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:57
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62
 msgid ""
-"You can provide your salespeople lists of prospects - for example for a cold"
-" emailing or a cold calling campaign - by importing them from any CSV file."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez fournir des listes de prospects à vos vendeurs - par exemple "
-"pour un emailing ou une campagne d'appels - en les important depuis un "
-"fichier CSV."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started.rst:3
-msgid "Getting started"
-msgstr "Commencer"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:3
-msgid "How to setup your teams, sales process and objectives?"
+"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline "
+"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report "
+"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the "
+"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your "
+"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets."
 msgstr ""
-"Comment configurez vos équipes, vos processus de vente et vos objectifs ?"
+"En tant que responsable, vous pouvez aller dans :menuselection:`CRM --> "
+"Analyse --> Pipeline`. Par défaut, l'unité de mesure est le *Revenu au "
+"prorata*. Ce rapport prendra en compte le revenu fixé pour chaque "
+"opportunité mais également la probabilité de le clore. Cela vous donnera une"
+" bien meilleure idée de vos revenus attendus, vous permettant d'établir des "
+"plans d'action et fixer des objectifs."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"This quick step-by-step guide will lead you through Odoo CRM and help you "
-"handle your sales funnel easily and constantly manage your sales funnel from"
-" lead to customer."
-msgstr ""
-"Ce manuel rapide pas à pas vous guidera à travers le module CRM d'Odoo et "
-"vous aidera à gérer votre entonnoir de ventes facilement, des prospects aux "
-"clients."
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3
+msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio"
+msgstr "Contrôlez votre ratio Gagné/Perdu"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Create your database from `www.odoo.com/start "
-"<http://www.odoo.com/start>`__, select the CRM icon as first app to install,"
-" fill in the form and click on *Create now*. You will automatically be "
-"directed to the module when the database is ready."
+"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the "
+"Win/Loss ratio."
 msgstr ""
-"Créez votre base de données sur `www.odoo.com/start "
-"<http://www.odoo.com/start>`__, sélectionnez l'icône de CRM comme première "
-"application à installer, remplissez le formulaire et cliquez sur *Créer "
-"maintenant*. Vous serez automatiquement redirigé vers le module lorsque la "
-"base de données sera prête."
+"Pour voir comment vous vous en sortez avec votre pipeline, regardez le ratio"
+" Gagné/Perdu."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:22
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"You will notice that the installation of the CRM module has created the "
-"submodules Chat, Calendar and Contacts. They are mandatory so that every "
-"feature of the app is running smoothly."
+"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous noterez que l'installation du module CRM a entraîné l'installtion des "
-"modules Chat, Calendrier et Contacts. Ils sont nécessaires pour que "
-"l'application fonctionne correctement."
+"Pour accéder à ce rapport, allez dans votre vue *Pipeline*, dans l'onglet "
+"*Analyse*."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:27
-msgid "Introduction to the Sales Planner"
-msgstr "Introduction au Planificateur des Ventes"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:29
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"The Sales Planner is a useful step-by-step guide created to help you "
-"implement your sales funnel and define your sales objectives easier. We "
-"strongly recommend you to go through every step of the tool the first time "
-"you use Odoo CRM and to follow the requirements. Your input are strictly "
-"personal and intended as a personal guide and mentor into your work. As it "
-"does not interact with the backend, you are free to adapt any detail "
-"whenever you feel it is needed."
+"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the"
+" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click "
+"on filter and check Won/Lost."
 msgstr ""
-"Le planificateur de vente est un guide pas à pas utile créé pour vous aider "
-"à définir plus facilement votre entonnoir de ventes et vos objectifs de "
-"ventes. Nous vous recommandons fortement de passer par toutes les étapes de "
-"cet outil la première fois que vous utilisez le module CRM d'Odoo, et d'en "
-"suivre les exigences. Vos commentaires sont strictement personnels et "
-"servent de guide personnel et de tuteur dans votre travail. Comme il n'a pas"
-" d'interaction avec le système principal, vous êtes libre d'adapter tous les"
-" détails chaque fois que vous le jugez nécessaire."
+"À ce niveau, vous pouvez filtrer quelles opportunités vous souhaitez voir : "
+"les vôtres, celles de votre équipe commerciale, de toute votre entreprise, "
+"etc. Vous pouvez alors cliquer sur filtrer et voir le ratio Gagné/perdu."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"You can reach the Sales Planner from anywhere within the CRM module by "
-"clicking on the progress bar located on the upper-right side of your screen."
-" It will show you how far you are in the use of the Sales Planner."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez accéder au planificateur des ventes n'importe où dans le module "
-"CRM en cliquant sur la barre de progression située sur le côté supérieur "
-"droit de votre écran. Cette barre vous indique votre progression dans "
-"l'utilisation du planificateur des ventes."
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18
+msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*."
+msgstr "Vous pouvez également changer la *Mesure* pour *Revenu espéré*."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:46
-msgid "Set up your first sales team"
-msgstr "Configurez votre première équipe de vente"
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23
+msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view."
+msgstr "Vous pouvez également basculer sur la vue diagramme."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:49
-msgid "Create a new team"
-msgstr "Créez une nouvelle équipe"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3
+msgid "Organize the pipeline"
+msgstr "Organiser le pipeline"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:51
-msgid ""
-"A Direct Sales team is created by default on your instance. You can either "
-"use it or create a new one. Refer to the page "
-":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"Une équipe Ventes Directes est créée par défaut dans votre instance. Vous "
-"pouvez soit l'utiliser soit en créer une nouvelle. Référez-vous à la page "
-":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` pour plus d'informations."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:56
-msgid "Assign salespeople to your sales team"
-msgstr "Affectez des vendeurs à votre équipe de vente"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"When your sales teams are created, the next step is to link your salespeople"
-" to their team so they will be able to work on the opportunities they are "
-"supposed to receive. For example, if within your company Tim is selling "
-"products and John is selling maintenance contracts, they will be assigned to"
-" different teams and will only receive opportunities that make sense to "
-"them."
-msgstr ""
-"Lorsque vos équipes de vente sont créées, l'étape suivante consiste à relier"
-" vos vendeurs à leur équipe afin qu'ils soient en mesure de travailler sur "
-"les opportunités qu'ils vont recevoir. Par exemple, si dans votre entreprise"
-" Tim vend des produits et John des contrats de maintenance, ils seront "
-"affectés à des équipes différentes et ne recevront que les opportunités qui "
-"leur correspondent."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:65
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, you can create a new user on the fly and assign it directly to "
-"a sales team. From the **Dashboard**, click on the button **More** of your "
-"selected sales team, then on **Settings**. Then, under the **Assignation** "
-"section, click on **Create** to add a new salesperson to the team."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans le module CRM d'Odoo, vous pouvez créer un nouvel utilisateur à la "
-"volée et l'attribuer directement à une équipe de vente. Depuis le **Tableau "
-"de bord**, cliquez sur le bouton **Plus** de votre équipe de vente "
-"concernée, puis sur **Configuration**. Puis, sous la section **Membres de "
-"l'équipe**, cliquez sur **Ajouter** pour ajouter un nouveau vendeur à "
-"l'équipe."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:71
-msgid ""
-"From the **Create: salesman** pop up window (see screenshot below), you can "
-"assign someone on your team:"
-msgstr ""
-"Depuis la fenêtre pop-up **Ajouter Membres de l'équipe** (voir capture "
-"d'écran ci-dessous), vous pouvez affecter quelqu'un à votre équipe :"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:74
-msgid ""
-"Either your salesperson already exists in the system and you will just need "
-"to click on it from the drop-down list and it will be assigned to the team"
-msgstr ""
-"Soit votre vendeur existe déjà dans le système et vous aurez juste à le "
-"sélectionner dans la liste déroulante et il sera affecté à l'équipe"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3
+msgid "Manage lost opportunities"
+msgstr "Gérer les opportunités perdues"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:77
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Or you want to assign a new salesperson that doesn't exist into the system "
-"yet - you can do it by creating a new user on the fly from the sales team. "
-"Just enter the name of your new salesperson and click on Create (see below) "
-"to create a new user into the system and directly assign it to your team. "
-"The new user will receive an invite email to set his password and log into "
-"the system. Refer to :doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` for "
-"more information about that process"
-msgstr ""
-"Soit vous souhaitez affecter un nouveau vendeur qui n'existe pas encore dans"
-" le système - vous pouvez le faire en créant un nouvel utilisateur à la "
-"volée dans l'équipe de vente. Il suffit de cliquez sur Créer (voir ci-"
-"dessous) pour créer un nouvel utilisateur dans le système et l'affecter à "
-"votre équipe directement. Le nouvel utilisateur recevra une invitation par "
-"courriel pour définir son mot de passe et se connecter au système. Reportez-"
-"vous à :doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` pour plus "
-"d'informations sur ce processus"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:90
-msgid "Set up your pipeline"
-msgstr "Configurez votre pipeline"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:92
-msgid ""
-"Now that your sales team is created and your salespeople are linked to it, "
-"you will need to set up your pipeline -create the process by which your team"
-" will generate, qualify and close opportunities through your sales cycle. "
-"Refer to the document :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` to "
-"define the stages of your pipeline."
-msgstr ""
-"Maintenant que votre équipe de vente est créée et vos vendeurs en font "
-"partie, vous devez configurer votre pipeline - créer le processus par lequel"
-" votre équipe va générer, qualifier et clore des opportunités grâce à votre "
-"cycle de vente. Référez-vous au document "
-":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` pour définir les étapes de "
-"votre pipeline."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:99
-msgid "Set up incoming email to generate opportunities"
-msgstr "Configurez la réception des courriels pour générer des opportunités"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:101
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, one way to generate opportunities into your sales team is to "
-"create a generic email address as a trigger. For example, if the personal "
-"email address of your Direct team is `direct@mycompany.example.com "
-"<mailto:direct@mycompany.example.com>`__\\, every email sent will "
-"automatically create a new opportunity into the sales team."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans le module CRM d'Odoo, une façon de générer des opportunités dans votre "
-"équipe de vente est de créer une adresse email générique comme déclencheur. "
-"Par exemple, si l'adresse email de votre équipe de Ventes Directes est "
-"`direct@mycompany.example.com <mailto:direct@mycompany.example.com>`__\\, "
-"chaque courriel reçu crée automatiquement une nouvelle opportunité dans "
-"l'équipe de vente."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:108
-msgid "Refer to the page :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` to set it up."
-msgstr ""
-"Référez-vous à la page :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` pour le "
-"configurer."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:111
-msgid "Automate lead assignation"
-msgstr "Automatisez l'affectation des prospects"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:113
-msgid ""
-"If your company generates a high volume of leads every day, it could be "
-"useful to automate the assignation so the system will distribute all your "
-"opportunities automatically to the right department."
-msgstr ""
-"Si votre entreprise génère un important volume de prospects chaque jour, il "
-"pourrait être utile d'en automatiser l'affectation pour que le système "
-"distribue automatiquement toutes vos opportunités au bon service."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:117
-msgid ""
-"Refer to the document :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` for "
-"more information."
+"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will"
+" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo "
+"can help you recover them in the future."
 msgstr ""
-"Référez-vous au document :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` "
-"pour plus d'informations."
+"Quand vous travaillez sur vos opportunités, vous pourriez en perdre quelques"
+" unes. Vous voudrez sans doute garder la trace de la raison de ces échecs et"
+" aussi comment Odoo pourrait vous aider à les reconquérir plus tard."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting.rst:3
-msgid "Reporting"
-msgstr "Rapport"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10
+msgid "Mark a lead as lost"
+msgstr "Marquer une pise comme perdue"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:3
-msgid ""
-"How to analyze the sales performance of your team and get customize reports"
-msgstr ""
-"Comment analyser la performance des ventes de votre équipe et obtenir des "
-"rapports personnalisés"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"As a manager, you need to constantly monitor your team's performance in "
-"order to help you take accurate and relevant decisions for the company. "
-"Therefore, the **Reporting** section of **Odoo Sales** represents a very "
-"important tool that helps you get a better understanding of where your "
-"company's strengths, weaknesses and opportunities are, showing you trends "
-"and forecasts for key metrics such as the number of opportunities and their "
-"expected revenue over time , the close rate by team or the length of sales "
-"cycle for a given product or service."
-msgstr ""
-"En tant que manager, vous devez surveiller en permanence les performances de"
-" votre équipe afin de vous aider à prendre des décisions précises et "
-"pertinentes pour l'entreprise. Par conséquent, la section **Rapports** de "
-"**Odoo Ventes** est un outil très important qui vous aide à obtenir une "
-"meilleure compréhension d'où sont les forces, les faiblesses et les "
-"opportunités de votre entreprise, vous montrant les tendances et les "
-"prévisions d'indicateurs clés tels que la nombre d'opportunités et leur "
-"chiffre d'affaires attendu au fil du temps, le taux de cloture par équipe ou"
-" la longueur du cycle de vente pour un produit ou un service donné."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:14
-msgid ""
-"Beyond these obvious tracking sales funnel metrics, there are some other "
-"KPIs that can be very valuable to your company when it comes to judging "
-"sales funnel success."
-msgstr ""
-"Au-delà de ces mesures évidentes autour de l'entonnoir des ventes, se "
-"trouvent d'autres indicateurs de performance clés qui peuvent être très "
-"précieux pour votre entreprise quand vient le moment de juger le succès de "
-"l'entonnoir de Ventes."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:19
-msgid "Review pipelines"
-msgstr "Passer en revue les pipelines"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:21
-msgid ""
-"You will have access to your sales funnel performance from the **Sales** "
-"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Reports --> Pipeline "
-"analysis`. By default, the report groups all your opportunities by stage "
-"(learn more on how to create and customize stage by reading "
-":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`) and expected revenues for the "
-"current month. This report is perfect for the **Sales Manager** to "
-"periodically review the sales pipeline with the relevant sales teams. Simply"
-" by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual"
-" sales performance."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous aurez accès à la performance de votre entonnoir de ventes dans le "
-"module **Ventes**, en cliquant sur :menuselection:`Ventes --> Rapports --> "
-"Pipeline`. Par défaut, le rapport regroupe toutes vos opportunités par étape"
-" (en savoir plus sur la façon de créer et personnaliser les étapes en lisant"
-" :doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`) et par revenus attendus pour "
-"le mois en cours. Ce rapport est parfait pour le **Directeur Commercial** "
-"pour examiner périodiquement le pipeline des ventes avec les équipes de "
-"vente. Juste avec ce rapport de base, vous pouvez obtenir un aperçu rapide "
-"de vos performances de vente réelles."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30
-msgid ""
-"You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the "
-"**measures** icon, such as :"
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez ajouter des données supplémentaire à votre rapport en cliquant "
-"sur les icônes **mesures**, tels que :"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:33
-msgid "Expected revenue."
-msgstr "Revenus attendus"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:35
-msgid "overpassed deadline."
-msgstr "date limite dépassée."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"Delay to assign (the average time between lead creation and lead "
-"assignment)."
-msgstr ""
-"Temps pour attribuer (le temps moyen entre la création d'une piste et son "
-"affectation)."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:40
-msgid "Delay to close (average time between lead assignment and close)."
-msgstr ""
-"Temps pour fermer (le temps moyen entre l'affectation d'une piste et sa "
-"clôture)."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:42
-msgid "the number of interactions per opportunity."
-msgstr "Le nombre d'interactions par opportunité"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:44
-msgid "etc."
-msgstr "etc."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your "
-"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For "
-"example, if I want to see the expected revenues of my **Direct Sales** team,"
-" I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis then on **Sales "
-"Team**."
-msgstr ""
-"En cliquant sur les icônes **+** et **-**, vous pouvez explorer votre "
-"rapport vers l'avant ou l'arrière afin de changer la façon dont "
-"l'information est affichée. Par exemple, si je veux voir les revenus "
-"attendus de mon équipe **Ventes Directes**, je dois cliquer sur l'icône **+ "
-"** sur l'axe vertical puis sur **Equipe de Ventes**."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:55
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your "
-"reports in a more visual view. Odoo **CRM** allows you to transform your "
-"report in just a click thanks to 3 graph views : **Pie Chart**, **Bar "
-"Chart** and **Line Chart**. These views are accessible through the icons "
-"highlighted on the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"Selon les données que vous souhaitez mettre en évidence, vous devrez peut-"
-"être afficher vos rapports d'une façon plus visuelle. Odoo **CRM** vous "
-"permet de transformer votre rapport en un seul clic grâce à 3 vues "
-"graphiques : **Diagramme**, **Graphique en Barres** et **Courbe**. Ces vues "
-"sont accessibles via les icônes mises en évidence sur la capture d'écran ci-"
-"dessous."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:65
-msgid "Customize reports"
-msgstr "Rapports personnalisés"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"You can easily customize your analysis reports depending on the **KPIs** "
-"(see :doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) you want to access. To "
-"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of "
-"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the "
-"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data "
-"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display "
-"some categories of opportunities, while the **Group by** option improves the"
-" readability of your reports according to your needs. Note that you can "
-"filter and group by any existing field from your CRM, making your "
-"customization very flexible and powerful."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez facilement personnaliser vos rapports d'analyse en fonction des "
-"**indicateurs de performance clés** (voir "
-":doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) auquels vous souhaitez "
-"accéder. Pour ce faire, utilisez la **Vue Recherche Avancée** situé dans la "
-"partie droite de votre écran, en cliquant sur l'icône de loupe à la fin de "
-"la barre de recherche. Cette fonction vous permet de mettre en évidence "
-"seulement les données sélectionnées sur votre rapport. L'option **Filtres** "
-"est très utile pour afficher certaines catégories d'opportunités, alors que "
-"l'option **Regrouper par** améliore la lisibilité de vos rapports selon vos "
-"besoins. Notez que vous pouvez filtrer et grouper par tout champ existant de"
-" votre CRM, ce qui rend votre personnalisation très flexible et puissante."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:82
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** "
-"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The "
-"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu."
+"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a "
+"*Mark Lost* button."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez enregistrer et réutiliser un filtre personnalisé en cliquant sur"
-" **Favoris** dans la **vue Recherche avancée**, puis sur **Enregistrer la "
-"recherche actuelle**. Le filtre sera alors accessible depuis le menu "
-"**Favoris**."
+"Dans votre pipeline, sélectionnez l'opportunité désirée et vous verrez un "
+"bouton *Marquer comme perdu*."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:87
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Here are a few examples of customized reports that you can use to monitor "
-"your sales' performances :"
+"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right "
+"there."
 msgstr ""
-"Voici quelques exemples de rapports personnalisés que vous pouvez utiliser "
-"pour surveiller vos performances de ventes :"
+"Vous pouvez sélectionner un *Motif de la perte* ou en créer un nouveau ici."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:91
-msgid "Evaluate the current pipeline of each of your salespeople"
-msgstr "Analyser le pipeline en cours de chacun de vos vendeurs"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22
+msgid "Manage & create lost reasons"
+msgstr "Gérer et créer des motifs de perte"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:93
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected "
-"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then, "
-"use the **+** and **-** icons and add **Salesperson** and **Stage** to your "
-"vertical axis, and filter your desired salesperson. Then click on the "
-"**graph view** icon to display a visual representation of your salespeople "
-"by stage. This custom report allows you to easily overview the sales "
-"activities of your salespeople."
+"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Lost Reasons`."
 msgstr ""
-"Depuis votre rapport d'analyse de pipeline, assurez-vous d'abord que "
-"l'option **Chiffre d'affaires prévu** est sélectionnée dans la liste "
-"déroulante des **Mesures**. Ensuite, utilisez les icônes **+** et **-**, "
-"ajoutez **Vendeur** et **Etape** à votre axe vertical, et filtrer sur les "
-"vendeur choisis. Cliquez ensuite sur l'icône **Vue graphique** pour afficher"
-" une représentation visuelle de vos vendeurs par étape. Ce rapport "
-"personnalisé vous donne facilement un aperçu des activités de vente de vos "
-"vendeurs."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:105
-msgid "Forecast monthly revenue by sales team"
-msgstr "Prévisions du revenu mensuel par équipe de vente"
+"Vous trouverez vos *Motifs de la perte* dans le menu "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Motifs de la perte`."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:107
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26
 msgid ""
-"In order to predict monthly revenue and to estimate the short-term "
-"performances of your teams, you need to play with two important metrics : "
-"the **expected revenue** and the **expected closing**."
+"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there."
 msgstr ""
-"Afin de prédire le chiffre d'affaires mensuel et d'estimer les performances "
-"à court terme de vos équipes, vous devez jouer avec deux paramètres "
-"importants: le chiffre d'affaires **prévu** et les clôtures **prévues**."
+"Vous pouvez sélectionner et renommer n'importe lequel ou en créer de "
+"nouveaux à cet endroit."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:111
-msgid ""
-"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected "
-"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then "
-"click on the **+** icon from the vertical axis and select **Sales team**. "
-"Then, on the horizontal axis, click on the **+** icon and select **Expected "
-"closing.**"
-msgstr ""
-"Depuis votre rapport d'analyse de pipeline, assurez-vous d'abord que "
-"l'option **Chiffre d'affaires prévu** est sélectionnée dans la liste "
-"déroulante des **Mesures**."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30
+msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities"
+msgstr "Récupérer les opportunités perdues"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:121
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"In order to keep your forecasts accurate and relevant, make sure your "
-"salespeople correctly set up the expected closing and the expected revenue "
-"for each one of their opportunities"
+"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a"
+" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar."
 msgstr ""
-"Afin d'obtenir des prévisions précises et pertinentes, assurez-vous que vos "
-"vendeurs aient correctement configuré la clôture prévue et le chiffre "
-"d'affaire attendu pour chacune de leurs opportunités"
+"Pour récupérer les opportunités perdues et agir sur elles (envoyer un mail, "
+"rappeler pour un bilan, etc.) choisissez le filtre *Perdu* dans la barre de "
+"recherche."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:126
-msgid ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:3
-msgid "How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard)"
-msgstr ""
-"Comment examiner mes activités personnelles de vente (nouveau tableau de "
-"bord des ventes)"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39
+msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities."
+msgstr "Vous verrez alors toutes vos opportunités perdues."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:5
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"Sales professionals are struggling everyday to hit their target and follow "
-"up on sales activities. They need to access anytime some important metrics "
-"in order to know how they are performing and better organize their daily "
-"work."
+"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost "
+"Reason*."
 msgstr ""
-"Les professionnels des ventes luttent chaque jour pour toucher leur cible et"
-" suivre leurs activités de vente. Ils ont besoin d'accéder à tout moment à "
-"des indicateurs importants afin de savoir s'ils sont performants et mieux "
-"organiser leur travail quotidien."
+"Si vous voulez affiner plus avant, vous pouvez ajouter un filtre *Motif de "
+"la perte*."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"Within the Odoo CRM module, every team member has access to a personalized "
-"and individual dashboard with a real-time overview of:"
-msgstr ""
-"Dans le module Odoo CRM, chaque membre de l'équipe a accès à un tableau de "
-"bord personnalisé et individuel avec un aperçu en temps réel de :"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44
+msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*."
+msgstr "Par exemple, *Trop cher*."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Top priorities: they instantly see their scheduled meetings and next actions"
-msgstr ""
-"Priorités absolues : ils voient instantanément leurs réunions prévues et les"
-" prochaines actions à réaliser"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50
+msgid "Restore lost opportunities"
+msgstr "Restaurer les opportunités perdues"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"Sales performances : they know exactly how they perform compared to their "
-"monthly targets and last month activities."
+"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any "
+"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by "
+"clicking on *Archived*."
 msgstr ""
-"Performances de vente : ils savent exactement où ils en sont par rapport à "
-"leurs objectifs mensuels et aux ventes du mois précédent."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:26
-msgid "Install the CRM application"
-msgstr "Installez l'application CRM"
+"Dans la vue Kanban, avec le(s) filtre(s) activés, vous pouvez sélectionner "
+"n'importe quelle opportunité, pour la traiter comme d'habitude. Vous pouvez "
+"aussi la restaurer en cliquant sur *Restaurer*."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:28
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59
 msgid ""
-"In order to manage your sales funnel and track your opportunities, you need "
-"to install the CRM module, from the **Apps** icon."
+"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to"
+" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can "
+"also archive the same way."
 msgstr ""
-"Afin de gérer votre entonnoir de ventes et de suivre vos opportunités, vous "
-"devez installer le module de CRM, depuis le module **Applications**."
+"Vous pouvez aussi restaurer les éléments par lot dans la vue Kanban, quand "
+"ils appartiennent à la même étape. Sélectionnez *Désarchiver* dans les "
+"options de la colonne. Vous pouvez également les archiver de la même "
+"manière."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:35
-msgid "Create opportunities"
-msgstr "Créez des opportunités"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"If your pipeline is empty, your sales dashboard will look like the "
-"screenshot below. You will need to create a few opportunities to activate "
-"your dashboard (read the related documentation "
-":doc:`../leads/generate/manual` to learn more)."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66
+msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view."
 msgstr ""
-"Si votre pipeline est vide, votre tableau de bord de Ventes va ressembler à "
-"la capture d'écran ci-dessous. Vous aurez besoin de créer quelques "
-"opportunités pour activer votre tableau de bord (lisez la documentation "
-":doc:`../leads/generate/manual` pour en savoir plus)."
+"Pour sélectionner certaines opportunités, vous devriez passer en vue liste."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:45
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71
 msgid ""
-"Your dashboard will update in real-time based on the informations you will "
-"log into the CRM."
+"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you "
+"want to take."
 msgstr ""
-"Votre tableau de bord sera mis à jour en temps réel avec les informations "
-"que vous entrerez dans le CRM."
+"Vous pouvez alors sélectionner autant d'opportunités que désiré, ou toutes, "
+"et choisir les actions à entreprendre."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"you can click anywhere on the dashboard to get a detailed analysis of your "
-"activities. Then, you can easily create favourite reports and export to "
-"excel."
-msgstr ""
-"vous pouvez cliquer n'importe où sur le tableau de bord pour obtenir une "
-"analyse détaillée de vos activités. Ensuite, vous pouvez facilement créer "
-"vos rapports favoris et exporter des données vers Excel."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78
+msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:54
-msgid "Daily tasks to process"
-msgstr "Tâches quotidiennes à traiter"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3
+msgid "Manage multiple sales teams"
+msgstr "Gérer plusieurs équipes commerciales"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:56
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"The left part of the sales dashboard (labelled **To Do**) displays the "
-"number of meetings and next actions (for example if you need to call a "
-"prospect or to follow-up by email) scheduled for the next 7 days."
+"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with "
+"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*."
 msgstr ""
-"La partie gauche du tableau de bord de Ventes (étiqueté **A faire**) affiche"
-" le nombre de réunions et les prochaines actions à réaliser (par exemple si "
-"vous avez besoin d'appeler un prospect ou de relancer par courriel) dans les"
-" 7 prochains jours."
+"Dans 0doo, vous pouvez gérer plusieurs équipes commerciales, départements ou"
+" canaux avec des processus de vente spécifiques. Pour cela, nous utilisons "
+"le concept d' *Équipe Commerciale*."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:64
-msgid "Meetings"
-msgstr "Rendez-vous"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10
+msgid "Create a new sales channel"
+msgstr "Créer une nouvelle équipe commerciale"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:66
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"In the example here above, I see that I have no meeting scheduled for today "
-"and 3 meeting scheduled for the next 7 days. I just have to click on the "
-"**meeting** button to access my calendar and have a view on my upcoming "
-"appointments."
+"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Sales Channels`."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans l'exemple ci-dessus, je vois que je n'ai pas de réunion prévue pour "
-"aujourd'hui et 3 réunions prévues pour les 7 prochains jours. J'ai juste à "
-"cliquer sur le bouton **Rendez-vous** pour accéder à mon calendrier et avoir"
-" une vue de mes prochains rendez-vous."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:75
-msgid "Next actions"
-msgstr "Actions suivantes"
+"Pour créer une nouvelle *Équipe Commerciale*, allez dans "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Équipes Commerciales`."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:77
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"Back on the above example, I have 1 activity requiring an action from me. If"
-" I click on the **Next action** green button, I will be redirected to the "
-"contact form of the corresponding opportunity."
+"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email "
+"address will create a lead/opportunity."
 msgstr ""
-"Revenant sur l'exemple ci-dessus, j'ai 1 activité nécessitant une action de "
-"ma part. Si je clique sur le bouton vert **Actions suivantes**, je serais "
-"redirigé vers le formulaire de contact de l'opportunité correspondante."
+"Vous pouvez définir un alias mail pour cette équipe. Chaque message envoyé à"
+" cette adresse mail créera une piste/opportunité."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:84
-msgid ""
-"Under the **next activity** field, I see that I had planned to send a "
-"brochure by email today. As soon as the activity is completed, I can click "
-"on **done** (or **cancel**) in order to remove this opportunity from my next"
-" actions."
-msgstr ""
-"Sous le champ **Activité suivante**, je vois que j'avais prévu d'envoyer une"
-" brochure par email aujourd'hui. Dès que l'activité est réalisée, je peux "
-"cliquer sur **Fait** (ou **Annulé**) afin de supprimer cette opportunité de "
-"mes prochaines actions."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21
+msgid "Add members to your sales channel"
+msgstr "Ajouter des membres à votre équipe commerciale"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:90
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"When one of your next activities is overdue, it will appear in orange in "
-"your dashboard."
+"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the "
+"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any "
+"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore,"
+" you can only be a member of one channel."
 msgstr ""
-"Lorsque l'un de vos activités suivantes est en retard, elle apparaît en "
-"orange dans votre tableau de bord."
+"Vous pouvez ajouter des membres à n'importe quelle équipe ; de cette manière"
+" ces membres verront la structure du pipeline de l'équipe commerciale en "
+"l'ouvrant. Toute piste/opportunité qui leur aura été  assignée sera "
+"rattachée à l'équipe commerciale. Par conséquent, on ne peut être membre que"
+" d'une équipe commerciale."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:94
-msgid "Performances"
-msgstr "Performances"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28
+msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager."
+msgstr "Ceci facilitera le processus de supervision par le chef d'équipe."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:96
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"The right part of your sales dashboard is about my sales performances. I "
-"will be able to evaluate how I am performing compared to my targets (which "
-"have been set up by my sales manager) and my activities of the last month."
+"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find "
+"all of its opportunities."
 msgstr ""
-"La partie droite de votre tableau de bord de Ventes concerne vos "
-"performances de vente. Vous pouvez évaluer où vous en êtes par rapport à vos"
-" objectifs (qui ont été mis en place par votre directeur des ventes) et vos "
-"activités du mois précédent."
+"Si vous filtrez maintenant sur cette équipe dans votre pipeline, vous verrez"
+" toutes ses opportunités."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:105
-msgid "Activities done"
-msgstr "Actions réalisées"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40
+msgid "Sales channel dashboard"
+msgstr "Le tableau de bord de l'équipe commerciale"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:107
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"The **activities done** correspond to the next actions that have been "
-"completed (meaning that you have clicked on **done** under the **next "
-"activity** field). When I click on it, I will access a detailed reporting "
-"regarding the activities that I have completed."
+"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the "
+"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under "
+"*Reporting*."
 msgstr ""
-"Les **actions réalisées** correspondent aux prochaines actions qui ont été "
-"terminées (ce qui signifie que vous avez cliqué sur **Fait** dans le champ "
-"**Action suivante**). Si vous cliquez dessus, vous accédez à un rapport "
-"détaillé sur les actions que vous avez terminées."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:116
-msgid "Won in opportunities"
-msgstr "Gagné sur les opportunités"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:118
-msgid ""
-"This section will sum up the expected revenue of all the opportunities "
-"within my pipeline with a stage **Won**."
-msgstr ""
-"Cette section cumulera les chiffres d'affaires attendus de toutes les "
-"opportunités de mon pipeline qui ont atteint l'étape **Gagné**."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:125
-msgid "Quantity invoiced"
-msgstr "Quantités facturées"
+"Pour voir les opérations et les résultats de n'importe quelle équipe "
+"commerciale d'un coup d’œil, le directeur commercial a également accès au "
+"*Tableau de bord de l'Équipe Commerciale*, sous le menu *Rapports*."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:127
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"This section will sum up the amount invoiced to my opportunities. For more "
-"information about the invoicing process, refer to the related documentation:"
-" :doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview`"
+"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in"
+" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc."
 msgstr ""
-"Cette section cumulera les montants facturés à partir de mes opportunités. "
-"Pour plus d'informations sur le processus de facturation, reportez-vous à la"
-" documentation "
-":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview`"
+"Il est partagé avec tout son environnement, ainsi toute source de revenu en "
+"fait partie : Les ventes, l'e-commerce, les points de vente, etc."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:132
-msgid ":doc:`analysis`"
-msgstr ":doc:`analysis`"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3
+msgid "Assign and track leads"
+msgstr "Assigner et suivre des pistes"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam.rst:3 ../../crm/salesteam/setup.rst:3
-msgid "Sales Team"
-msgstr "Équipe commerciale"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3
+msgid "Assign leads based on scoring"
+msgstr "Assigner des pistes d'après leur score"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage.rst:3
-msgid "Manage salespeople"
-msgstr "Gérer les vendeurs"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:3
-msgid "How to create a new salesperson?"
-msgstr "Comment créer un nouveau vendeur ?"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:6
-msgid "Create a new user"
-msgstr "Créez un nouvel utilisateur"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:8
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`"
-" and click on **Create**. Add first the name of your new salesperson and his"
-" professional email address - the one he will use to log in to his Odoo "
-"instance - and a picture."
+"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected"
+" criterias."
 msgstr ""
-"À partir du module Configuration, allez dans le sous-menu "
-":menuselection:`Utilisateurs --> Utilisateurs` et cliquez sur **Créer**. "
-"Ajoutez d'abord le nom de votre nouveau vendeur, son adresse e-mail "
-"professionnelle - celle qu'il utilisera pour se connecter à Odoo -, et une "
-"image."
+"Avec la *Notation des Pistes* vous pouvez classer vos pistes automatiquement"
+" en fonction des critères sélectionnés."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"Under \"Access Rights\", you can choose which applications your user can "
-"access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the "
-"app. For the Sales application, you can choose between three levels:"
+"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones "
+"that visited specific pages on your website."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans l'onglet « Droits d'accès », vous pouvez choisir les applications "
-"auxquelles l'utilisateur peut accéder. Différents niveaux de droits sont "
-"disponibles en fonction de l'application. Pour l'application de vente, vous "
-"pouvez choisir entre trois niveaux :"
+"Par exemple, vous pourriez mieux noter les visiteurs issus de votre pays ou "
+"ceux qui ont visité des pages précises de votre site web."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:20
-msgid "**See own leads**: the user will be able to access his own data only"
-msgstr ""
-"**Voir ses propres pistes** : l'utilisateur ne pourra accéder qu'à ses "
-"propres données"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:22
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"**See all leads**: the user will be able to access all records of every "
-"salesman in the sales module"
+"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* "
+"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)."
 msgstr ""
-"**Voir toutes les pistes** : l'utilisateur accéder à tous les dossiers de "
-"tous les vendeurs dans le module de Ventes"
+"Pour utiliser le classement, installez le module gratuit *Classement des "
+"Pistes* depuis la page *Apps* (accessible uniquement dans la version Odoo "
+"Entreprise)."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:25
-msgid ""
-"**Manager**: the user will be able to access the sales configuration as well"
-" as the statistics reports"
-msgstr ""
-"**Gestionnaire** : l'utilisateur accéder à la configuration des Ventes, "
-"ainsi qu'aux rapports statistiques"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"When you're done editing the page and have clicked on **Save**, an "
-"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user, from which he will "
-"be able to log into his personal account."
-msgstr ""
-"Lorsque vous aurez terminé l'édition de la page et aurez cliqué sur "
-"**Sauvegarder**, un courriel d'invitation sera automatiquement envoyé à "
-"l'utilisateur, grâce auquel il pourra se connecter à son compte personnel."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:36
-msgid "Register your user into his sales team"
-msgstr "Affectez votre utilisateur à son équipe de vente"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"Your user is now registered in Odoo and can log in to his own session. You "
-"can also add him to the sales team of your choice. From the sales module, go"
-" to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the desired sales "
-"team, then on **Settings**."
-msgstr ""
-"Votre utilisateur est maintenant enregistré dans Odoo et peut se connecter à"
-" sa propre session. Vous pouvez également l'ajouter à l'équipe de vente de "
-"votre choix. À partir du module de Ventes, allez au tableau de bord et "
-"cliquez sur le bouton **Plus** de l'équipe de vente souhaitée, puis sur "
-"**Configuration**."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"If you need to create a new sales team first, refer to the page "
-":doc:`../setup/create_team`"
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous devez d'abord créer une nouvelle équipe de vente, reportez-vous à la"
-" page :doc:`../setup/create_team`"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:51
-msgid ""
-"Then, under \"Team Members\", click on **Add** and select the name of your "
-"salesman from the list. The salesperson is now successfully added to your "
-"sales team."
-msgstr ""
-"Puis, sous la rubrique «Membres de l'équipe », cliquez sur **Ajouter** et "
-"sélectionnez le nom de votre vendeur dans la liste. Le vendeur est "
-"maintenant ajouté à votre équipe de vente."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"You can also add a new salesperson on the fly from your sales team even "
-"before he is registered as an Odoo user. From the above screenshot, click on"
-" \"Create\" to add your salesperson and enter his name and email address. "
-"After saving, the salesperson will receive an invite containing a link to "
-"set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights under "
-"the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez également ajouter à la volée un nouveau vendeur à l'équipe de "
-"vente avant même qu'il soit enregistré en tant qu'utilisateur Odoo. Depuis "
-"l'écran ci-dessus, cliquez sur \"Créer\" pour ajouter votre vendeur, et "
-"entrez son nom et son adresse e-mail. Après l'enregistrement, le vendeur "
-"recevra une invitation contenant un lien pour définir son mot de passe. Vous"
-" pourrez alors définir ses droits d'accès dans l'application de "
-"Configuration, sous le menu :menuselection:`Utilisateurs --> Utilisateurs`."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:69
-msgid ":doc:`../setup/create_team`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../setup/create_team`"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:3
-msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?"
-msgstr "Comment motiver et récompenser mes vendeurs ?"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards "
-"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople "
-"productivity. The **Gamification** app of Odoo gives you simple and creative"
-" ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and"
-" badges inspired by game mechanics."
-msgstr ""
-"Encourager vos employés à atteindre des cibles précises avec des objectifs "
-"et des récompenses est un excellent moyen de renforcer les bonnes habitudes "
-"et d'améliorer la productivité de vos vendeurs. L'application **Émulation** "
-"d'Odoo vous donne des moyens simples et créatifs pour motiver et évaluer vos"
-" employés avec la reconnaissance en temps réel et des badges inspirés par "
-"l'univers du jeu."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:14
-msgid ""
-"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Gamification** module. You "
-"can also install the **CRM gamification** app, which will add some useful "
-"data (goals and challenges) that can be used related to the usage of the "
-"**CRM/Sale** modules."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans le module **Applications**, recherchez et installez le module "
-"**Émulation**. Vous pouvez également installer le module **Émulation CRM**, "
-"qui va ajouter quelques données utiles (objectifs et défis) qui pourront "
-"être utilisées dans les modules **CRM/Vente**."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:23
-msgid "Create a challenge"
-msgstr "Créez un défi"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:25
-msgid ""
-"You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu "
-":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez maintenant créer votre premier défi dans l'application de "
-"Configuration, sous le menu :menuselection:`Outils de Gamification --> "
-"Challenges`."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:29
-msgid ""
-"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you will need to "
-"activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. In "
-"order to do so, click on the interrogation mark available from any app "
-"(upper-right) and click on **About** and then **Activate the developer "
-"mode**."
-msgstr ""
-"Comme l'outil d'Émulation est un ancien outil de configuration technique, "
-"vous devez activer les caractéristiques techniques afin d'accéder à sa "
-"configuration. Pour cela, cliquez sur le point d'interrogation disponible à "
-"partir de n'importe quelle application (en haut à droite), puis cliquez sur "
-"**A propos de** et sur **Activer le mode développeur**."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"A challenge is a mission that you will send to your salespeople. It can "
-"include one or several goals and is set up for a specific period of time. "
-"Configure your challenge as follows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Un défi est une mission que vous allez envoyer à votre équipe de vente. Il "
-"peut inclure un ou plusieurs objectifs et est mis en place pour une période "
-"de temps spécifique. Configurez votre défi comme suit :"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:42
-msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged"
-msgstr "Affectez des vendeurs à défier"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:44
-msgid "Assign a responsible"
-msgstr "Affectez un responsable"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:46
-msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date"
-msgstr "Configurer la périodicité ainsi que les étoiles et la date de fin"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:48
-msgid "Select your goals"
-msgstr "Sélectionnez vos objectifs"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:50
-msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)"
-msgstr "Configurez vos récompenses (badges)"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:53
-msgid ""
-"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end "
-"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the "
-"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set) or when the challenge is "
-"manually closed."
-msgstr ""
-"Les badges sont délivrés en fin de défi. Un défi se termine soit à la fin "
-"d'une période (ex: fin de mois pour un défi mensuel), soit par une date de "
-"fin (si une périodicité n'est pas définie) soit par la fermeture manuelle du"
-" défi."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"For example, on the screenshot below, I have challenged 2 employees with a "
-"**Monthly Sales Target**. The challenge will be based on 2 goals: the total "
-"amount invoiced and the number of new leads generated. At the end of the "
-"month, the winner will be granted with a badge."
-msgstr ""
-"Par exemple, sur la capture d'écran ci-dessous, j'ai challengé 2 employés "
-"avec un **Objectif Mensuel de Ventes**. Le défi sera basé sur 2 objectifs : "
-"le montant total facturé et le nombre de nouveaux prospects générés. A la "
-"fin du mois, le gagnant sera récompensé avec un badge."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:67
-msgid "Set up goals"
-msgstr "Définissez des objectifs"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:69
-msgid ""
-"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach. "
-"**Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see here above) "
-"and compare members of a team with each others and through time."
-msgstr ""
-"Les utilisateurs peuvent être évalués à l'aide de buts et d'objectifs "
-"chiffrés à atteindre. Les **Objectifs** sont affectés à des **défis** pour "
-"évaluer (voir ci-dessus) et comparer les membres d'une équipe entre eux et "
-"dans le temps."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:74
-msgid ""
-"You can create a new goal on the fly from a **Challenge**, by clicking on "
-"**Add new item** under **Goals**. You can select any business object as a "
-"goal, according to your company's needs, such as :"
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez créer un nouvel objectif à la volée à partir d'un **Défi**, en "
-"cliquant sur **Ajouter un nouvel élément** sous **Objectifs**. Vous pouvez "
-"sélectionner un objet métier comme objectif, selon les besoins de votre "
-"entreprise, tels que :"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:78
-msgid "number of new leads,"
-msgstr "nombre de nouveaux prospects,"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:80
-msgid "time to qualify a lead or"
-msgstr "temps mis à qualifier un prospect or"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:82
-msgid ""
-"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame "
-"based on your management preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"montant total facturé par semaine, par mois ou toute autre période de temps "
-"en fonction de vos préférences de gestion."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:89
-msgid ""
-"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data "
-"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)."
-msgstr ""
-"Les objectifs peuvent aussi inclure la configuration de votre base de "
-"données (par ex. définir les données de votre entreprise et un fuseau "
-"horaire, créer de nouveaux utilisateurs, etc.)."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:93
-msgid "Set up rewards"
-msgstr "Configurez vos récompenses"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:95
-msgid ""
-"For non-numerical achievements, **badges** can be granted to users. From a "
-"simple *thank you* to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to "
-"exprimate gratitude to a user for their good work."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour les réalisations non numériques, des **badges** peuvent être accordés "
-"aux utilisateurs. D'une simple *merci* jusqu'à une réalisation "
-"exceptionnelle, un badge est un moyen facile d'exprimer de la gratitude à un"
-" utilisateur pour son bon travail."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:99
-msgid ""
-"You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their "
-"performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez facilement créer un badge à attribuer à vos employés en fonction"
-" de leurs performances dans :menuselection:`Émulation -> Badges`."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106
-msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3
-msgid "How to create a new channel?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"In the Sales module, your sales channels are accessible from the "
-"**Dashboard** menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales "
-"channel installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that"
-" default sales channel and edit it (refer to the section *Create and "
-"Organize your stages* from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a "
-"new one from scratch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12
-msgid ""
-"To create a new channel, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales "
-"Channels` and click on **Create**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18
-msgid "Fill in the fields :"
-msgstr "Compléter les champs :"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20
-msgid "Enter the name of your channel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22
-msgid "Select your channel leader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24
-msgid "Select your team members"
-msgstr "Choisir les membres de votre équipe"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21
+msgid "Create scoring rules"
+msgstr "Créez des règles de notation"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:26
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage "
-"opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now "
-"access your new channel from your Dashboard."
+"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you"
+" can manage your scoring rules."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous avez maintenant un nouvel onglet *Gestion des Pistes* dans votre "
+"application *CRM* où vous pouvez gérer vos règles de notation."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26
 msgid ""
-"If you started to work on an empty database and didn't create new users, "
-"refer to the page :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`."
+"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria "
+"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish."
 msgstr ""
-"Si vous avez commencé à travailler sur une base de données vide et n'avez "
-"pas créé de nouveaux utilisateurs, reportez-vous à la page "
-":doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:3
-msgid "Set up and organize your sales pipeline"
-msgstr "Configurez et organisez votre pipeline de ventes"
+"Voici un exemple pour une piste Canadienne, vous pouvez modifier tous les "
+"critères servant à noter vos pistes. Vous pouvez ajouter autant de critères "
+"que vous souhaitez."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:5
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"A well structured sales pipeline is crucial in order to keep control of your"
-" sales process and to have a 360-degrees view of your leads, opportunities "
-"and customers."
+"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and "
+"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules."
 msgstr ""
-"Un pipeline de vente bien structuré est essentiel pour garder le contrôle de"
-" votre processus de vente et pour avoir une vue à 360 degrés des prospects, "
-"des opportunités et des clients."
+"Toutes les heures, les pistes n'ayant pas de score seront automatiquement "
+"examinées et recevront la note qui correspond à vos règles de notation."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"The sales pipeline is a visual representation of your sales process, from "
-"the first contact to the final sale. It refers to the process by which you "
-"generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle. In Odoo CRM, "
-"leads are brought in at the left end of the sales pipeline in the Kanban "
-"view and then moved along to the right from one stage to another."
-msgstr ""
-"Le pipeline de vente est une représentation visuelle de votre processus de "
-"vente, du premier contact à la vente finale. Il se réfère au processus par "
-"lequel vous générez, qualifier et fermer des prospects grâce à votre cycle "
-"de vente. Dans Odoo CRM, les prospects entrent par l'extrémité gauche du "
-"pipeline des ventes dans la vue Kanban, puis sont déplacés vers la droite "
-"d'une étape à une autre."
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40
+msgid "Assign leads"
+msgstr "Assigner des pistes"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"Each stage refers to a specific step in the sale cycle and specifically the "
-"sale-readiness of your potential customer. The number of stages in the sales"
-" funnel varies from one company to another. An example of a sales funnel "
-"will contain the following stages: *Territory, Qualified, Qualified Sponsor,"
-" Proposition, Negotiation, Won, Lost*."
+"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the "
+"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads "
+"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. "
+"This domain can include scores."
 msgstr ""
-"Chaque étape fait référence à une étape spécifique dans le cycle de vente et"
-" plus particulièrement au désir de conclure la vente de votre client "
-"potentiel. Le nombre d'étapes dans l'entonnoir des ventes varie d'une "
-"entreprise à l'autre. Un entonnoir de vente contiendra par ex. les étapes "
-"suivantes: *Territoire, Qualifié, Commanditaire Qualifié, Offre, "
-"Négociation, Gagné, Perdu*."
+"Une fois les notes calculées, les pistes peuvent être assignées à une équipe"
+" particulière en utilisant le même mécanisme de domaine. Pour ce faire, "
+"allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> Gestion des Pistes --> Attibution aux "
+"Équipes` et appliquer un domaine spécifique à chacun. Ce domaine peut "
+"inclure des notes."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:26
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"Of course, each organization defines the sales funnel depending on their "
-"processes and workflow, so more or fewer stages may exist."
+"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even "
+"more refined domain."
 msgstr ""
-"Bien sûr, chaque organisation définit l'entonnoir de vente en fonction de "
-"ses processus et méthodes de travail, ainsi il peut y avoir plus ou moins "
-"d'étapes."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:30
-msgid "Create and organize your stages"
-msgstr "Créez et organisez vos étapes"
+"Mieux encore, vous pouvez assigner une piste à un membre de l'équipe en "
+"particulier avec un domaine encore plus précis."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:33
-msgid "Add/ rearrange stages"
-msgstr "Ajouter/réorganiser des étapes"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:35
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **PIPELINE** "
-"button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, you "
-"need to create one first."
+"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads "
+"Assignation`."
 msgstr ""
-"À partir du module de Ventes, allez à votre tableau de bord et cliquez sur "
-"le bouton **PIPELINE** de l'équipe de vente souhaitée. Si vous ne disposez "
-"pas encore d'équipe de vente, vous devez créer une."
+"Pour cela, allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> Gestion des Pistes --> "
+"Assignation des pistes`."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:46
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58
 msgid ""
-"From the Kanban view of your pipeline, you can add stages by clicking on "
-"**Add new column.** When a column is created, Odoo will then automatically "
-"propose you to add another column in order to complete your process. If you "
-"want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging"
-" and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location."
+"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans la vue Kanban de votre pipeline, vous pouvez ajouter des étapes en "
-"cliquant sur **Ajouter une nouvelle colonne**. Quand une colonne est créée, "
-"Odoo vous proposera alors automatiquement d'en créer une autre afin de "
-"compléter votre processus. Si vous souhaitez modifier l'ordre de vos étapes,"
-" vous pouvez facilement le faire en faisant glisser la colonne que vous "
-"souhaitez déplacer vers l'emplacement désiré."
+"L'assignation des équipes & pistes affectera les pistes non assignées une "
+"fois par jour."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"You can add as many stages as you wish, even if we advise you not having "
-"more than 6 in order to keep a clear pipeline"
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez ajouter autant d'étapes que vous le souhaitez, même si nous vous"
-" conseillons de ne pas en avoir plus de 6 pour garder un pipeline clair"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62
+msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads"
+msgstr "Évaluer et utiliser les pistes non assignées"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:64
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64
 msgid ""
-"Some companies use a pre qualification step to manage their leads before to "
-"convert them into opportunities. To activate the lead stage, go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and select the radio button as "
-"shown below. It will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that "
-"gives you access to a listview of all your leads."
+"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some "
+"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is "
+"useful to do something with them."
 msgstr ""
-"Certaines entreprises utilisent une étape de pré-qualification pour gérer "
-"leurs prospects avant de les convertir en opportunités. Pour activer l'étape"
-" prospect, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration -> Settings` et "
-"sélectionnez le bouton radio comme indiqué ci-dessous. Cela va créer un "
-"nouveau sous-menu **Pistes** sous **Ventes** qui vous donne accès à la liste"
-" de tous vos prospects."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:74
-msgid "Set up stage probabilities"
-msgstr "Configurer la probabilité de chaque étape"
+"Une fois vos règles de notation établies vous aurez certainement encore des "
+"pistes non assignées. Certaines d'entre elles pourraient encore se "
+"transformer en opportunité aussi il et utile d'en faire quelque chose."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:77
-msgid "What is a stage probability?"
-msgstr "Qu'est-ce que la probabilité d'une étape ?"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:79
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68
 msgid ""
-"To better understand what are the chances of closing a deal for a given "
-"opportunity in your pipe, you have to set up a probability percentage for "
-"each of your stages. That percentage refers to the success rate of closing "
-"the deal."
+"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour mieux comprendre quelles sont les chances de conclure un marché pour "
-"une occasion donnée dans votre pipeline, vous devez définir un pourcentage "
-"de probabilité pour chacune de vos étapes. Ce pourcentage représente la "
-"probabilité de gagner le marché."
+"Dans la page des pistes, vous pouvez activer un filtre pour trouver toutes "
+"vos pistes non-assignées."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:84
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73
 msgid ""
-"Setting up stage probabilities is essential if you want to estimate the "
-"expected revenues of your sales cycle"
+"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing "
+"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such"
+" unassigned leads from there."
 msgstr ""
-"La configuration des probabilités d'étape est essentielle si vous voulez "
-"estimer les recettes attendues de votre cycle de vente"
+"Pourquoi ne pas utiliser les applications :menuselection:`Marketing Email` "
+"ou :menuselection:`Automatisation Marketing` pour leur envoyer un "
+"publipostage ? De la même manière, vous pouvez également trouver des pistes "
+"non assignées à partir de cet endroit."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:88
-msgid ""
-"For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, Qualified, "
-"Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* then your "
-"workflow could look like this :"
-msgstr ""
-"Par exemple, si votre cycle de vente contient les étapes *Territoire, "
-"Qualifié, Commanditaire Qualifié, Offre, Négociation, Gagné et Perdu*, alors"
-" votre workflow pourrait ressembler à ceci :"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3
+msgid "Track your prospects visits"
+msgstr "Suivre les visites de vos prospects"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"**Territory** : opportunity just received from Leads Management or created "
-"from a cold call campaign. Customer's Interest is not yet confirmed."
+"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the "
+"interests of your website visitors."
 msgstr ""
-"**Territoire** : opportunité juste reçue par la gestion des pistes ou créée "
-"à partir d'une campagne d'appels. L'intérêt du client n'a pas encore été "
-"confirmée."
+"Suivre les visites des pages de votre site web vous donnera beaucoup plus "
+"d'information sur les centres d'intérêt de vos visiteurs."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:96
-msgid "*Success rate : 5%*"
-msgstr "*Taux de réussite : 5%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:98
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"**Qualified** : prospect's business and workflow are understood, pains are "
-"identified and confirmed, budget and timing are known"
+"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if "
+"they use the contact form on your website."
 msgstr ""
-"**Qualifié** : les activités et les méthodes de travail du prospect sont "
-"comprises, les difficultés sont identifiées et confirmées, le budget et le "
-"calendrier sont connus"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:101
-msgid "*Success rate : 15%*"
-msgstr "*Taux de réussite : 15%*"
+"Toutes les pages suivies qu'ils visitent seront enregistrées dans votre "
+"piste/opportunité s'ils utilisent le formulaire de contact de votre site "
+"web."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:103
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"**Qualified sponsor**: direct contact with decision maker has been done"
+"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your "
+"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)."
 msgstr ""
-"**Commanditaire qualifié** : un contact direct a été établi avec un décideur"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:106
-msgid "*Success rate : 25%*"
-msgstr "*Taux de réussite : 25%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:108
-msgid "**Proposition** : the prospect received a quotation"
-msgstr "**Offre** : le prospect a reçu un devis"
+"Pour utiliser cette fonctionnalité, installez le module gratuit *Notation "
+"des Pistes* depuis la page *Apps* (accessible uniquement dans la version "
+"Odoo Entreprise)."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:110
-msgid "*Success rate : 50%*"
-msgstr "*Taux de réussite : 50%*"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21
+msgid "Track a webpage"
+msgstr "Suivre une page web"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:112
-msgid "**Negotiation**: the prospect negotiates his quotation"
-msgstr "**Négociation**: le prospect négocie son devis"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:114
-msgid "*Success rate : 75%*"
-msgstr "*Taux de réussite : 75%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:116
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. "
-"He is now a customer"
+"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the "
+"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*"
 msgstr ""
+"Rendez-vous sur n'importe quelle page statique que vous voulez suivre sur "
+"votre site web. Vous trouverez un bouton *Optimisez le SEO* dans l'onglet "
+"*Mettre en avant*"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119
-msgid "*Success rate : 100%*"
-msgstr "*Taux de réussite : 100%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:121
-msgid "**Lost** : the prospect is no longer interested"
-msgstr "**Perdu** : le prospect n'est plus intéressé"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29
+msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page."
+msgstr "Là vous trouverez une case à cocher *Suivre la Page*."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:123
-msgid "*Success rate : 0%*"
-msgstr "*Taux de réussite : 0%*"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35
+msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities"
+msgstr "Voir les pages visitées dans vos pistes/opportunités"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:127
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"Within your pipeline, each stage should correspond to a defined goal with a "
-"corresponding probability. Every time you move your opportunity to the next "
-"stage, your probability of closing the sale will automatically adapt."
+"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of "
+"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on "
+"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* "
+"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans votre pipeline, chaque étape doit correspondre à un objectif défini "
-"avec une probabilité correspondante. Chaque fois que vous déplacez votre "
-"opportunité vers la prochaine étape, votre probabilité de réaliser la vente "
-"s'adaptera automatiquement."
+"À présent, chaque fois qu'une piste est crée depuis le formulaire de "
+"contact, elle gardera la trace des pages consultées par ce visiteur. Il y a "
+"deux manières de voir ces pages, dans le coin supérieur droit de votre "
+"piste/opportunité, vous trouverez un bouton *Pages Visitées* mais également "
+"plus bas, vous pourrez les voir dans le chatter."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:131
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"You should consider using probability value as **100** when the deal is "
-"closed-won and **0** for deal closed-lost."
+"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more "
+"pages."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous devriez utiliser la valeur de probabilité de **100** lorsque l'accord "
-"est fermé gagnant et **0** lorsque l'accord est fermé perdu."
+"Tous les deux seront mis à jour si le visiteur revient sur votre site pour "
+"consulter d'autres pages."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:135
-msgid "How to set up stage probabilities?"
-msgstr "Comment configurer la probabilité de chaque étape ?"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:137
-msgid ""
-"To edit a stage, click on the **Settings** icon at the right of the desired "
-"stage then on EDIT"
-msgstr ""
-"Pour modifier une étape, cliquez sur l'icône **Réglages** en haut à droite "
-"de l'étape souhaitée, puis sur Modifier"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:143
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"Select the Change probability automatically checkbox to let Odoo adapt the "
-"probability of the opportunity to the probability defined in the stage. For "
-"example, if you set a probability of 0% (Lost) or 100% (Won), Odoo will "
-"assign the corresponding stage when the opportunity is marked as Lost or "
-"Won."
+"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the "
+"chatter."
 msgstr ""
-"Cochez la case **Modifier automatiquement la probabilité** pour laisser Odoo"
-" adapter la probabilité de l'opportunité à la probabilité définie dans "
-"l'étape. Par exemple, si vous définissez une probabilité de 0% (Perdu) ou "
-"100% (Gagné), Odoo assignera la probilité correspondante lorsque "
-"l'opportunité est marquée comme Perdue ou Gagnée."
+"Cette fonctionnalité ne relèvera pas les visites multiples d'une même page "
+"dans le chatter."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:151
-msgid ""
-"Under the requirements field you can enter the internal requirements for "
-"this stage. It will appear as a tooltip when you place your mouse over the "
-"name of a stage."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans le champ des exigences, vous pouvez saisir les exigences internes pour "
-"cette étape. Cela apparaîtra comme une infobulle lorsque vous placez votre "
-"souris sur le nom d'une étape."
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55
+msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!"
+msgstr "Vos clients ne pourront plus vous cacher quoi que ce soit !"
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
index 7f28e46521..42ef5b0e5a 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
@@ -1,16 +1,23 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Rémi FRANÇOIS <remi@sudokeys.com>, 2017
+# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017
+# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2017
+# Lucas Deliege <lud@odoo.com>, 2018
+# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Lucas Deliege <lud@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -20,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8
 msgid "Online Database management"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gestion de la base de données en ligne"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10
 msgid ""
@@ -29,6 +36,10 @@ msgid ""
 "click on the `Manage Your Databases "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour gérer vos bases de données, accédez à la page de gestion des bases de "
+"données <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (vous devrez vous "
+"identifier). Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton \"Gérer vos bases de données\" "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18
 msgid ""
@@ -36,87 +47,166 @@ msgid ""
 " manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that "
 "database."
 msgstr ""
+"Assurez-vous d'être connecté en tant qu'administrateur de la base de données"
+" que vous souhaitez gérer - de nombreuses opérations dépendent de votre "
+"identification à distance à cette base de données."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22
 msgid "Several actions are available:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plusieurs actions sont disponibles :"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
-msgid "Upgrade"
-msgstr "Mettre à jour"
+msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`"
+msgstr ":ref:`Mise à jour <upgrade_button>`"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
 msgid ""
 "Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge "
 "features"
 msgstr ""
+"Pour profiter des fonctionnalités de pointe, actualisez votre base de "
+"données avec la dernière version d'Odoo"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32
 msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":ref:`Dupliquer <duplicate_online>`"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new "
 "flows without compromising your daily operations"
 msgstr ""
+"Faites une copie exacte de votre base de données, si vous voulez essayer de "
+"nouvelles applications ou de nouveaux flux sans compromettre vos opérations "
+"quotidiennes"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34
-msgid "Rename"
-msgstr ""
+msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`"
+msgstr ":ref:`Renommer <rename_online_database>`"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35
 msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Renommer votre base de données (et son URL)"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
 msgid "**Backup**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Sauvegarde**"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases "
 "daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA"
 msgstr ""
+"Téléchargez une sauvegarde instantanée de votre base de données. Sachez que "
+"nous sauvegardons chaque jour les bases de données conformément à notre "
+"contrat de services Odoo Cloud."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
 msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":ref:`Domaines <custom_domain>`"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
 msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL"
 msgstr ""
+"Configurez des domaines personnalisés pour accéder à votre base de données "
+"via une autre URL."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42
 msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":ref:`Supprimer <delete_online_database>`"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43
 msgid "Delete a database instantly"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Supprimer instantanément une base de données."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:47
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
 msgid "Contact Support"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Contacter l'assistance"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct "
 "database already selected"
 msgstr ""
+"Consultez notre `page d'assistance <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ après "
+"avoir sélectionné la bonne base de données."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:52
-msgid "Duplicating a database"
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Mettre à jour"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the"
+" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, "
+"click on the \"Upgrade\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
+"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
+"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will"
+" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
+"released a more recent version during your tests)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be "
+"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will "
+"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test "
+"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified "
+"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data "
+"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual "
+"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, "
+"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on "
+"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production "
+"database to the new version."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between "
+"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your "
+"migration during non-business hours."
+msgstr ""
+"Votre base de données sera mise hors ligne pendant la mise à jour (cela peut"
+" prendre de 30 minutes à plusieurs heures pour des grandes base de données),"
+" pensez donc à planifier la migration en dehors des heures de bureau."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96
+msgid "Duplicating a database"
+msgstr "Dupliquer une base de données"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98
 msgid ""
 "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial "
 "databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" "
 "database can duplicate without problem."
 msgstr ""
+"La duplication des bases de données, le changement de nom, la "
+"personnalisation du DNS, etc., ne sont pas disponibles pour les bases de "
+"données d'essai disponibles sur notre plateforme en ligne. Les bases de "
+"données payantes et la base de données \"One App Free\" peuvent être "
+"dupliquées sans problème."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:59
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
 msgid ""
 "In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
 "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
@@ -127,37 +217,43 @@ msgstr ""
 "cliquer sur **Dupliquer**. Vous devrez donner un nom à votre copie, puis "
 "cliquez sur **Dupliquer la base de données**."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
 msgid ""
 "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a"
 " database, all external communication will remain active:"
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous ne cochez pas la case \"À des fins de test\" lorsque vous dupliquez "
+"une base de données, toute communication externe restera active."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:69
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113
 msgid "Emails are sent"
 msgstr "Les courriels sont envoyés"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:71
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115
 msgid ""
 "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for "
 "example)"
 msgstr ""
+"Les paiements sont traités (par ex. dans l'application E-commerce ou "
+"Abonnements);"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118
 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
 msgstr "Les bons de livraison (fournisseurs d'expédition) sont envoyés"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
 msgid "Etc."
 msgstr "Etc."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:78
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
 msgid ""
 "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these "
 "behaviours to be disabled."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous souhaitez modifier cela, assurez-vous de cocher la case \"À des fins"
+" de test\"."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125
 msgid ""
 "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
 "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
@@ -166,56 +262,103 @@ msgstr ""
 "données. Notez que l'URL utilise le nom que vous avez choisi lors de la "
 "duplication."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:85
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
 msgstr ""
 "Les copies de bases de données expirent automatiquement après 15 jours."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:93
-msgid "Deleting a Database"
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137
+msgid "Rename a Database"
+msgstr "Renommer une base de données"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you "
+"want to rename, access the `database management page "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have "
+"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour renommer votre base de données, assurez-vous d'être connecté à la base "
+"de données que vous voulez renommer, accédez à la `page de gestion de votre "
+"base de données <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ et cliquez "
+"**Renommer**. Vous devrez donner un nouveau nom à votre base de données, "
+"puis cliquer sur **Renommer base de données**."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150
+msgid "Deleting a Database"
+msgstr "Supprimer une base de données."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:95
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152
 msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez uniquement supprimer les base de données dont vous êtes "
+"l'administrateur."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:97
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154
 msgid ""
 "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The "
 "deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant "
 "backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily "
 "backup may be several hours old at that point."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque vous supprimez une base de données, toutes les données sont "
+"définitivement perdues. La suppression est instantanée et s'applique à tous "
+"les utilisateurs. Nous vous conseillons d'effectuer une sauvegarde "
+"instantanée de votre base de données avant de la supprimer, car la dernière "
+"sauvegarde quotidienne peut avoir été faite plusieurs heures avant le moment"
+" de la suppression; "
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
 msgid ""
 "From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, "
 "on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" "
 "button."
 msgstr ""
+"Depuis la `page de gestion de la base de données "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, sur la ligne de la base de données "
+"que vous voulez supprimer, cliquez sur le bouton \"Supprimer\"."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167
 msgid ""
 "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you "
 "fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
 msgstr ""
+"Lisez attentivement le message d'avertissement qui s'affiche et poursuivez "
+"uniquement si vous comprenez parfaitement les conséquences de la suppression"
+" d'une base de données."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173
 msgid ""
 "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload "
 "automatically."
 msgstr ""
+"Après quelques secondes, la base de données sera supprimée et la page sera "
+"automatiquement actualisée."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177
 msgid ""
 "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
 msgstr ""
+"Le nom de cette base de données sera immédiatement disponible si vous devez "
+"le réutiliser."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a "
+"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"Si la base de données est expirée ou liée à un Abonnement, elle ne peut pas "
+"être supprimée. Dans ce cas, contactez `Odoo Assistance "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183
 msgid ""
 "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous souhaitez supprimer votre compte, veuillez contacter `Odoo "
+"assistance <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
 msgid "On-premise Database management"
@@ -223,7 +366,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10
 msgid "Register a database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Enregistrer une base de données"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12
 msgid ""
@@ -234,21 +377,30 @@ msgid ""
 "registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu "
 "(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour enregistrer votre base de données, il vous suffit d'entrer votre code "
+"d'abonnement dans la bannière de l'App Switcher. Veillez à ne pas ajouter "
+"d'espaces supplémentaires avant ou après votre code d'abonnement. Si "
+"l'enregistrement est réussi, il deviendra vert et vous indiquera la date "
+"d'expiration de votre base de données récemment enregistrée. Vous pouvez "
+"vérifier cette date d'épiration dans le menu À propos (Odoo 9) ou dans le "
+"tableau de bord des paramètres (Odoo 10)."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20
 msgid "Registration Error Message"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Enregistrement d'un message d'erreur"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22
 msgid ""
 "If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this "
 "message:"
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous ne pouvez pas enregistrer votre base de données, vous verrez "
+"probablement ce message :"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130
 msgid "Solutions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Solutions"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33
 msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?"
@@ -257,9 +409,13 @@ msgstr "Avez-vous un abonnement Entreprise valide ?"
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
 msgid ""
 "Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo"
-" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ or with your Account "
-"Manager"
+" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account"
+" Manager"
 msgstr ""
+"Vérifiez si les détails de votre abonnement possèdent l'étiquette \"En "
+"progrès\" sur votre `Compte Odoo "
+"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ ou via votre Compte "
+"administrateur."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
 msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?"
@@ -271,23 +427,31 @@ msgid ""
 "You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a "
 "development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)"
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez relier une seule base de données par abonnement. (Besoin d'un "
+"test ou d'une base de données de développement ? `Trouvez un partenaire sur "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract "
-"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
+"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
 "database\""
 msgstr ""
+"Via le bouton \"Dissocier la base de données\", vous pouvez vous-même "
+"dissocier l'ancienne base de données dans votre `Contrat Odoo "
+"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__. "
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52
 msgid ""
 "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database "
 "as it will be deactivated shortly:"
 msgstr ""
+"Un message de confirmation s'affichera. Vérifiez qu'il s'agit bien de la "
+"base de données concernée car celle-ci sera rapidement désactivée. "
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59
 msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Avez-vous la dernière version Odoo 9 ?"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190
@@ -302,9 +466,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID."
 " Please check on your `Odoo Contract "
-"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__, a short message will appear "
+"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear "
 "specifying which database is problematic:"
 msgstr ""
+"Si ce n'est pas le cas, il se pourrait que vous ayez plusiuers bases de "
+"données qui partagent le même UUID. Veuillez vérifier dans votre `Contrat "
+"Odoo <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, un message court "
+"s'affichera pour indiquer quelle base de données pose problème :"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73
 msgid ""
@@ -312,6 +480,9 @@ msgid ""
 "this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section "
 "<duplicate_premise>`."
 msgstr ""
+"Dans ce cas, vous devez modifier l'UUID dans votre base de données de test "
+"pour résoudre le problème. Vous trouverez plus d'informations à ce sujet "
+"dans :ref:`cette section 1`."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76
 msgid ""
@@ -319,28 +490,40 @@ msgid ""
 "database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and "
 "invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour votre information, nous identifions les bases de données via les UUID. "
+"Par conséquent, chaque base de données doit avoir un UUID distinct pour "
+"garantir que l'enregistrement et la facturation se déroulent sans difficulté"
+" pour vous et pour nous."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
 msgid "Error message due to too many users"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Message d'erreur causé par un nombre trop important d'utilisateurs"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
 msgid ""
 "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo"
 " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:"
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez plus d'utilisateurs dans votre base de données que ceux "
+"indiqués dans votre abonnement Odoo Entreprise, vous aurez probablement ce "
+"message :"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93
 msgid ""
 "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The "
 "countdown is updated everyday."
 msgstr ""
+"Le message s'affiche 30 jours avant l'expiration, et le compte à rebours est"
+" mis à jour chaque jour."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99
 msgid ""
 "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the "
 "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users."
 msgstr ""
+"**Ajouter plus d'utilisateurs** à votre abonnement : suivez le lien, validez"
+" le devis de vente incitative et payez pour les utilisateurs "
+"supplémentaires."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102
 msgid "or"
@@ -362,16 +545,24 @@ msgid ""
 " so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>`  to make the "
 "message disappear right away."
 msgstr ""
+"Une fois que votre base de données a le nombre correct d'utilisateurs, le "
+"message d'expiration disparaîtra automatiquement après quelques jours, lors "
+"de la prochaine vérification. Nous comprenons qu'il peut être un peu "
+"effrayant de voir un compte à rebours, vous pouvez donc :ref:`forcer une "
+"notification de mise à jour <force_ping>`  pour faire disparaître le message"
+" directement."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116
 msgid "Database expired error message"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Message d'erreur de la base de données périmée"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118
 msgid ""
 "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your "
 "subscription, you will encounter this message:"
 msgstr ""
+"Si votre base de données arrive à sa date d'expiration avant que vous "
+"renouveliez votre abonnement, vous verrez ce message :"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126
 msgid ""
@@ -379,12 +570,17 @@ msgid ""
 " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the "
 "database is expired."
 msgstr ""
+"Ce message de **blocage** s'affiche après un message non-bloquant qui dure "
+"30 jours. Si vous ne prenez aucune mesure avant la fin du compte à rebours, "
+"la base de données est périmée."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134
 msgid ""
 "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note "
 "that"
 msgstr ""
+"Renouvelez votre abonnement : suivez le lien et renouvelez votre abonnement."
+" Attention :"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133
 msgid ""
@@ -392,16 +588,22 @@ msgid ""
 "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit "
 "card payments are processed immediately."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous désirez payer par virement bancaire, votre abonnement ne sera "
+"réellement renouvelé que lorsque le paiement sera effectué, ce qui peut "
+"prendre quelques jours. Les paiements par carte de crédit sont traités "
+"immédiatement. "
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136
 msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Contactez notre `Assistance technique <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138
 msgid ""
 "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"Aucune de ces solutions ne fonctionne pour vous ? Veuillez contacter notre "
+"`Assistance technique <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__. "
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145
 msgid "Force an Update Notification"
@@ -456,7 +658,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174
 msgid "Duplicate a database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dupliquer une base de données"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
 msgid ""
@@ -502,7 +704,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7
 msgid "Users and Features"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utilisateurs et fonctionnalités"
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9
 msgid ""
@@ -537,6 +739,11 @@ msgid ""
 "to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something "
 "goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted."
 msgstr ""
+"Cette page contient quelques informations sur la façon de gérer votre "
+"instance Odoo. Avant d'appliquer ces procédures nous vous recommandons "
+"**fortement** des les tester d'abord sur un double de votre base de données."
+" De cette façon, si quelque chose se passe mal, votre activité quotidienne "
+"n'en sera pas affectée."
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24
 msgid ""
@@ -544,6 +751,9 @@ msgid ""
 " <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` "
 "installations."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez trouver des instruction sur la manière de dupliquer vos bases de"
+" données à la fois pour les installations :ref:`en ligne <duplicate_online>`"
+" et :ref:`sur site <duplicate_premise>`."
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28
 msgid ""
@@ -631,6 +841,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*"
 " installing/uninstalling apps)."
 msgstr ""
+"Assurez-vous d'abord de tester ce que vous allez faire sur une "
+":ref:`duplication` <duplicate_online>` de votre base de données avant de "
+"faire des modifications (*surtout* l'installation/désinstallation "
+"d'applications)."
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
index 0335c970ac..363e4fb3f4 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
@@ -1,16 +1,24 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2017
+# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2017
+# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2018
+# kaj nithi <kajanth.nithiy@skipthedishes.ca>, 2018
+# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2019
+# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2018\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -25,73 +33,114 @@ msgstr "Messages"
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3
 msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo"
 msgstr ""
+"Comment utiliser mon serveur de messagerie pour envoyer et recevoir des "
+"emails dans Odoo"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit"
 " from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike "
-"in `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh "
+"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh "
 "<https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
 msgstr ""
+"Ce document est principalement destiné aux utilisateurs sur site d'Odoo qui "
+"ne bénéficient pas d'une solution prête à l'emploi pour envoyer et recevoir "
+"des e-mails dans Odoo, contrairement à `Odoo Online "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly "
-"recommend that you opt for such convenient Odoo hosting solutions. Indeed "
-"their email system works instantly and is monitored by professionals. "
-"Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage "
-"your email server's reputation yourself."
-msgstr ""
+"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system "
+"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can "
+"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's "
+"reputation yourself."
+msgstr ""
+"Si personne dans votre entreprise n'est chargé de la gestion des serveurs de"
+" messagerie, nous vous recommandons fortement d'opter pour ces solutions "
+"d'hébergement Odoo. Leur système de courrier électronique fonctionne "
+"instantanément et est supervisé par des professionnels. Néanmoins, vous "
+"pouvez encore utiliser vos propres serveurs de messagerie si vous souhaitez "
+"gérer vous-même la réputation de votre serveur de messagerie."
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"You will find here below some useful information to do so by integrating "
-"your own email solution with Odoo."
+"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your "
+"own email solution with Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous trouverez ci-dessous quelques informations utiles pour intégrer votre "
+"propre solution de messagerie avec Odoo. "
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:19
-msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from "
+"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation "
+"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-"
+"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-"
+"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work."
 msgstr ""
+"Les serveurs de messagerie Office 365 ne permettent pas facilement l'envoi "
+"d'emails externes depuis des hôtes comme Odoo. Pour savoir comment procéder,"
+" référez-vous à la `documentation Microsoft <https://support.office.com/en-"
+"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
+"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ ."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24
+msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
+msgstr "Comment gérer les messages sortants"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
 msgid ""
 "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
 "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to "
 "create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the "
 "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
 msgstr ""
+"En tant qu'administrateur système, allez sur :menuselection:`Paramètres --> "
+"Paramètres généraux` et cochez *Serveurs de messagerie externe*. Puis, "
+"cliquez sur *Serveurs de messagerie sortant* pour en créer un et référencer "
+"les données SMTP de votre serveur de messagerie. Une fois toutes les "
+"informations complétées, cliquez sur *Tester la connection*."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Voici la configuration typique d'un serveur G suite."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
 msgstr ""
+"Définissez ensuite l'adresse email de votre nom de domaine dans les "
+"paramètres généraux."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39
 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Puis-je utiliser un serveur Office 365?"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP"
 " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez utiliser un serveur Office 365 si vous exécutez Odoo sur site. "
+"Les relais Office 365 SMTP ne sont pas compatibles sur Odoo en ligne."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:38
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
 msgid ""
 "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-"
 "us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
 "email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure"
 " a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
 msgstr ""
+"Référez-vous à la `Documentation Microsoft <https://support.office.com/en-"
+"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
+"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ pour "
+"configurez un relais SMTP pour votre adresse IP Odoo"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:42
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47
 msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment utiliser un serveur G suite"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48
 msgid ""
 "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
 "to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*"
@@ -99,54 +148,73 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
 msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Être conforme au système SPF"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
 " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
 "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous utilisez le système SPF (Sender Policy Framework) pour augmenter la "
+"délivrabilité de votre système sortant, n'oubliez pas d'autoriser Odoo comme"
+" hôte expéditeur dans les paramètres de votre nom de domaine. Voici la "
+"configuration pour Odoo en ligne."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61
 msgid ""
 "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
 "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
 msgstr ""
+"Si aucun enregistrement TXT n'est configuré pour le SPF, vous devez en créer"
+" un avec la définition suivante : v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
 " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
 "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
 msgstr ""
+"Si un enregistrement SPF TXT est déjà configuré, ajoutez "
+"\"include:_spf.odoo.com\". par ex. pour un nom de domaine qui envoie des "
+"emails via Odoo en ligne et G Suite cela pourrait être : v=spf1 "
+"include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
 msgid ""
 "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
 "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous trouverez `ici <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ la procédure "
+"exacte pour créer ou modifier des enregistrements TXT sur votre propre "
+"registraire de domaine."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70
 msgid ""
 "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
 "usually happens more quickly."
 msgstr ""
+"Votre nouvel enregistrement SPF peut prendre jusqu'à 48 heures pour prendre "
+"effet, mais d'habitude cela se fait plus rapidement."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
 "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
 "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"Ajouter plus d'un enregistrement SPF à votre domaine peut générer des "
+"problèmes à la livraison des emails et à la classification en spams. Nous "
+"vous recommandons plutôt d'utiliser un seul enregistrement SPF en le "
+"modifiant pour autoriser Oddo."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:71
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
 msgid "Allow DKIM"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Activer DKIM"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
 msgid ""
 "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
 "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
@@ -155,82 +223,113 @@ msgid ""
 "a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value "
 "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous devriez faire la même chose si le DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) "
+"est activé sur votre serveur de messagerie. Dans le cas de Odoo en ligne et "
+"de Odoo.sh, vous devez ajouter un enregistrement DNS CNAME "
+"\"odoo._domainkey\"  à \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Par exemple, pour "
+"\"foo.com\" ils devraient avoir un enregistrement "
+"\"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" qui est un enregistrement CNAME avec la valeur "
+"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:80
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
 msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment gérer les messages entrants"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89
 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Oddo recourt à des alias email pour récupérer des messages entrants."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:84
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91
 msgid ""
 "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
 "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
 "alias (**catchall@**)."
 msgstr ""
+"**Les emails de réponse automatiques** envoyés depuis Odoo sont acheminés "
+"vers leur fil de discussion original (ainsi que vers les boîtes de réception"
+" de tous les followers) via l'alias catch-all (**catchall@**)."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
 "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid "
 "recipients."
 msgstr ""
+"**Les emails rejetés** sont acheminés vers **bounce@** pour qu'on puisse les"
+" tracer sur Odoo. Cela est surtout utilisé pour désinscrire les "
+"destinataires invalides dans le `Marketing par courrier électronique Odoo "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ ."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
 msgid ""
 "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
 "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
 msgstr ""
+"**Les emails originaux**: Plusieurs objets de gestion ont leur propre alias "
+"pour créer des nouveaux enregistrements sur Oddo depuis les emails entrants "
+":"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
 msgid ""
 "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
 msgstr ""
+"Canal de ventes (pour créer Leads or des opportunités dans la plateforme "
+"`Odoo CRM <https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:97
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
 msgid ""
 "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
 msgstr ""
+"Canal de support (pour créer des tickets dans la plateforme de `Support "
+"technique de Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106
 msgid ""
 "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
 "/project-management>`__),"
 msgstr ""
+"Projets (pour créer des nouvelles tâches dans la plateforme `Odoo Projet "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__),"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
 msgid ""
 "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
 msgstr ""
+"Postes de travail (Pour créer des candidats sur la plateforme de "
+"`Recrutement de Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110
 msgid "etc."
 msgstr "etc."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
 msgid ""
 "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
 "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
 "address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
 msgstr ""
+"Selon votre serveur de messagerie, il peut y avoir plusieurs méthodes pour "
+"récupérer les emails. La méthode la plus facile et la plus recommandée, "
+"c'est gérer une adresse email par alias Odoo dans votre serveur de "
+"messagerie ."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
 msgid ""
-"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catcall@, "
+"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
 "bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
 msgstr ""
+"Créez les adresses email correspondantes dans votre serveur de messagerie "
+"(catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurez votre nom de domaine dans les paramètres généraux"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
 msgid ""
 "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
 "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
@@ -238,8 +337,14 @@ msgid ""
 "Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled "
 "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous utilisez Odoo sur site, créez un *Serveur de messagerie entrant* "
+"pour chaque alias. Vous pouvez le faire également depuis les paramètres "
+"généraux. Remplissez le formulaire selon les paramètres de votre fournisseur"
+" de messagerie. Laissez vide le champ *Actions à effectuer sur les emails "
+"entrants*. Une fois toutes les informations renseignées, cliquez sur *TESTER"
+" & CONFIRMER*."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
 msgid ""
 "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
 "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
@@ -249,32 +354,51 @@ msgid ""
 "domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to "
 "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous utilisez Odoo Online ou Odoo.sh, nous vous recommandons de rediriger"
+" les messages entrants vers le nom de domaine d'Odoo plutôt que d'utiliser "
+"exclusivement votre propre serveur de messagerie. De cette façon, vous "
+"recevrez des messages entrants sans délai. En effet, Odoo Online ne récupère"
+" les messages entrants des serveurs externes qu'une fois par heure. Vous "
+"devez définir dans votre serveur de messagerie des redirections pour toutes "
+"les adresses email vers le nom de domaine d'Odoo (par ex. "
+"*catchall@mydomain.ext* vers *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
 msgid ""
 "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
 "their  respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
 "you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
 msgstr ""
+"Tous les alias sont personnalisables dans Odoo. Les objets alias peuvent "
+"être édités depuis leur écran de configuration respectifs. Pour éditer le "
+"catch-all et rejeter des alias, vous devez tout d'abord activer le mode "
+"développeur depuis les paramètres du tableau de bord."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
 msgid ""
 "Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
 "--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
 "(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
 msgstr ""
+"Actualisez ensuite votre écran et allez sur :menuselection:`Paramètres --> "
+"Technique --> Réglages --> Réglages du système` pour personnaliser les alias"
+" (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154
 msgid ""
 "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
 "You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
 "--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
 "Fetchmail Service*."
 msgstr ""
+"Par défaut, les messages entrants sont récupérés tous les 5 minutes par Odoo"
+" sur site. Vous pouvez modifier cette valeur dans le mode développeur. Allez"
+" sur :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled "
+"Actions` et chercher *Mail: Fetchmail Service*."
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3
 msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment suivre le fil Twitter depuis Odoo"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -282,10 +406,14 @@ msgid ""
 "Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically "
 "from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez suivre certains hashtags sur Twitter et voir les tweets dans les"
+" canaux de discussion Odoo de votre choix. Les tweets sont récupérés "
+"régulièrement depuis Twitter. Un utilisateur authentifié peut retweeter les "
+"messages."
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13
 msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Paramétrer l'application du côté de Twitter"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -293,10 +421,14 @@ msgid ""
 " for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to"
 " http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:"
 msgstr ""
+"De son côté, Twitter utilise une \"App\" qui permet d'ouvrir une passerelle "
+"vers laquelle Odoo demande des tweets, et à travers laquelle un utilisateur "
+"peut retweeter. Pour configurer cette application, allez sur "
+"http://apps.twitter.com/app/new et insérer les valeurs :"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19
 msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nom : c'est le nom de l'application sur Twitter"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21
 msgid ""
@@ -305,6 +437,10 @@ msgid ""
 "\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in"
 " this field."
 msgstr ""
+"Site Web : c'est l'url externe de votre base de données Odoo suivi de "
+"\"/web\". Par exemple, si votre instance Oddo est hébergée sur "
+"\"http://www.example.com\", vous devez insérer dans ce champ "
+"\"http://www.example.com/web\"."
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25
 msgid ""
@@ -312,21 +448,29 @@ msgid ""
 "the previous example you should write "
 "\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"."
 msgstr ""
+"URL de rappel automatique : c'est l'adresse à laquelle Twitter va répondre. "
+"Comme dans les exemples précédents, vous devez écrire "
+"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"."
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28
 msgid ""
 "Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click "
 "on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page."
 msgstr ""
+"N'oubliez pas d'accepter les conditions de la **Convention d'utilisation "
+"développeur** et de cliquer sur **Créer votre application Twitter** au bas "
+"de la page."
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33
 msgid "Getting the API key and secret"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Obtenir la clé API et la confidentialité"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35
 msgid ""
 "When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab."
 msgstr ""
+"Une fois sur le tableau de bord de l'application, basculez ver l'onglet "
+"**Clés et jetons d'accès**."
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40
 msgid ""
@@ -334,10 +478,13 @@ msgid ""
 "Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the "
 "settings."
 msgstr ""
+"Copiez ces valeurs dans Odoo à :menuselection:`Paramètres--> Paramètres "
+"généraux--> Intégration de discussion Twitter` et cliquez sur **Sauver** "
+"pour sauvegarder les paramètres."
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3
 msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment attirer l'attention des autres utilisateurs vers mes messages"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -362,7 +509,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15
 msgid "Direct messaging a user"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment envoyer des messages ciblées à un utilisateur"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17
 msgid ""
@@ -387,7 +534,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28
 msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Recevoir des notifications de bureau depuis Discuss"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30
 msgid ""
@@ -404,7 +551,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3
 msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comme être réactif au travail grâce à ma messagerie Odoo "
 
 #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -412,10 +559,16 @@ msgid ""
 "everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you "
 "follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox."
 msgstr ""
+"Utilisez la **messagerie** dans l'application Discuss pour surveiller les "
+"mises à jour et la progression de tout ce que vous faites dans Odoo. Les "
+"notifications et les messages des tweets que vous suivez ou dans lesquels on"
+" vous mentionne apparaissent dans votre boîte email."
 
 #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13
 msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez garder un œil sur votre **boîte de réception** depuis n'importe "
+"quel écran."
 
 #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18
 msgid ""
@@ -425,10 +578,16 @@ msgid ""
 "any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters "
 "throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque vous cochez un élément, il est défini comme **lu** et il est "
+"supprimé de votre boîte de réception. Si vous souhaitez sauver un élément "
+"pour une référence ou une action future, marquez-le d'une étoile pour "
+"l'ajouter à la boîte **Étoilé**. Vous pouvez ajouter une étoile à n'importe "
+"quel message ou notification dans Discuss ou à n'importe lequel  des "
+"chatteurs spécifiques à un élément dans Odoo pour garder un œil sur eux. "
 
 #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
 msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pourquoi utiliser Odoo discuss"
 
 #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -452,7 +611,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3
 msgid "Get organized by planning activities"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "S'organiser en planifiant les activités"
 
 #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -460,22 +619,29 @@ msgid ""
 "reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to "
 "undertake."
 msgstr ""
+"Planifier les activités est le meilleur moyen de rester à jour dans votre "
+"travail. Faites-vous rappeler ce qui doit être fait et planifiez les "
+"prochaines activités à entreprendre."
 
 #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage"
 " your priorities."
 msgstr ""
+"Vos activités sont accessibles où que vous soyez dans Odoo. Il est aisé de "
+"gérer vos priorités."
 
 #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15
 msgid ""
 "Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban "
 "views. Here is an example for opportunities :"
 msgstr ""
+"Les activités peuvent être planifiées et gérées depuis le chatter ou dans "
+"les vues kanban. Voici un exemple pour les opportunités :"
 
 #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22
 msgid "Set your activity types"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Paramétrer vos types d'activités"
 
 #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24
 msgid ""
@@ -483,10 +649,14 @@ msgid ""
 "call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to "
 ":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`."
 msgstr ""
+"Une série de types d'activités sont disponibles par défaut dans Odoo (e.g. "
+"appel téléphonique, email, rendez-vous, etc.). Si vous voulez en créer de "
+"nouveaux, allez dans :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Paramètres généraux --> "
+"Types d'activités`."
 
 #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29
 msgid "Schedule meetings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Planifier des rendez-vous"
 
 #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31
 msgid ""
@@ -494,16 +664,25 @@ msgid ""
 "the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply "
 "open to let you select a time slot."
 msgstr ""
+"Les activités sont prévues sur des journées. Si vous avez besoin d'indiquer "
+"une heure, choisissez le type d'activité *Rendez-vous*. Quand vous en "
+"planifiez un, le calendrier s'ouvrira pour vous demander d'indiquer un "
+"créneau horaire."
 
 #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure "
 "their *Category* is set as *Meeting*."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez besoin d'utiliser un autre type d'activité avec une "
+"planification calendaire, paramétrez bien leur *Catégorie* comme étant un "
+"*Rendez-vous*."
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3
 msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels"
 msgstr ""
+"Comment communiquer de façon efficace dans une équipe en utilisant les "
+"canaux"
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -520,7 +699,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12
 msgid "Creating a channel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Créer un canal"
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -557,7 +736,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31
 msgid "Configuring a channel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer un canal"
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33
 msgid ""
@@ -581,7 +760,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47
 msgid "How to set up a mailing list"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment configurer une liste de diffusion"
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49
 msgid ""
@@ -601,7 +780,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57
 msgid "Locating a channel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Localiser un canal"
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59
 msgid ""
@@ -634,7 +813,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76
 msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utiliser des filtres pour naviguer dans l'application Discuss"
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78
 msgid ""
@@ -653,21 +832,24 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3
 msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment suivre un fil de discussion et définir ce que je veux voir"
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6
 msgid "How to follow a discussion thread"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment suivre un fil de discussion"
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7
 msgid ""
 "You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity,"
 " a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it."
 msgstr ""
+"Dans Odoo, vous pouvez garder une trace de pratiquement n'importe quel objet"
+" de gestion (une occasion, une citation, une activité, etc.) en le "
+"**suivant**."
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14
 msgid "How to choose the events to follow"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment choisir les événements à suivre"
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -675,10 +857,13 @@ msgid ""
 "example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the "
 "**Project** app."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez choisir pour quels types d’événements vous désirez recevoir des "
+"notifications. L'exemple ci-dessous montre les options disponibles lorsque "
+"vous suivez une **tâche** dans l'application **Projet**."
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23
 msgid "How to add other followers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment ajouter d'autres followers"
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24
 msgid ""
@@ -692,7 +877,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34
 msgid "How to be a default follower"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment être un follower par défaut"
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35
 msgid ""
@@ -701,6 +886,11 @@ msgid ""
 " new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task "
 "created, an opportunity won)."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous êtes automatiquement défini comme follower par défaut de tout élément "
+"que vous créez. Dans certaines applications comme CRM et Projet, vous pouvez"
+" être un follower par défaut de tout nouvel enregistrement créé pour "
+"recevoir des notifications d'événements spécifiques (par ex., une nouvelle "
+"tâche créée, une opportunité remportée)."
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40
 msgid ""
@@ -708,3 +898,6 @@ msgid ""
 " in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear "
 "about."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour cela, commencez à suivre l'objet de gestion principal (par ex. le canal"
+" de ventes dans CRM, le projet dans Projet). Puis, choisissez les événements"
+" que vous souhaitez suivre."
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
index bd1a342951..e6a605e595 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
@@ -3,14 +3,28 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Fabri Yohann <psn@fabri.pw>, 2017
+# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2017
+# Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2017
+# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2017
+# Clo <clo@odoo.com>, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Hamid Darabi, 2017
+# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2017
+# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2018
+# Xavier Brochard <xavier@alternatif.org>, 2019
+# Rihab LOUKIL <loukil.rihab@gmail.com>, 2019
+# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2018\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -28,7 +42,7 @@ msgstr "Démarrer"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3
 msgid "How to customize my catalog page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment personnaliser ma page de catalogue"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6
 msgid "Product Catalog"
@@ -38,16 +52,20 @@ msgstr "Catalogue d'articles"
 msgid ""
 "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)."
 msgstr ""
+"Tous vos articles publiés s'affichent dans votre page de catalogue (ou page "
+"*Shop*)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, "
 "website categories, etc."
 msgstr ""
+"La plupart des options sont disponibles dans le menu *Personnaliser* : "
+"attributs d'affichage, catégories de sites, etc."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20
 msgid "Highlight a product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mettre un produit en surbrillance"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22
 msgid ""
@@ -55,16 +73,22 @@ msgid ""
 "them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop"
 " page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid."
 msgstr ""
+"Augmentez la visibilité de vos produits vedettes/promotionnels : poussez-les"
+" vers le haut, agrandissez-les, ajoutez un ruban que vous pouvez éditer "
+"(Vente, Nouveau, etc.). Ouvrez la page Boutique, passez en mode Edition et "
+"cliquez sur n'importe quel élément pour commencer à personnaliser la grille."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26
 msgid ""
 "See how to do it: "
 "https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4"
 msgstr ""
+"Voir comment faire : "
+"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29
 msgid "Quick add to cart"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ajouter rapidement au panier"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31
 msgid ""
@@ -74,66 +98,76 @@ msgid ""
 "Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description "
 "better)."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vos clients achètent beaucoup d'articles à la fois, raccourcissez leur "
+"processus en activant les achats à partir de la page du catalogue. Pour ce "
+"faire, ajoutez la description du produit et le bouton Ajouter au panier. "
+"Activez les options suivantes dans le menu *Personnaliser* : Description du "
+"produit, Ajouter au panier, Affichage de la liste (pour mieux afficher la "
+"description du produit)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3
 msgid "How to build a product page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment construire une page produit"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5
 msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner."
 msgstr ""
+"Sur le site Web, cliquez sur *Nouvelle page* dans le coin supérieur droit."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7
 msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips."
 msgstr ""
+"Cliquez ensuite sur *Nouveau produit* et suivez les conseils qui clignotent."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12
 msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Voici les principaux éléments de la page Produit :"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17
 msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu."
 msgstr ""
+"De nombreux éléments peuvent être rendus visibles à partir du menu "
+"*Personnaliser*."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22
 msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Voyez comment configurer vos produits à partir des liens ci-dessous."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26
 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27
 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28
 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29
 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30
 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31
 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32
 msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3
 msgid "Manage my products"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gérer mes produits"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
 msgid "How to display several images per product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment afficher plusieurs images par produit"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -141,48 +175,64 @@ msgid ""
 "only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
 "the image into a carrousel."
 msgstr ""
+"Par défaut, la page internet de votre produit n'affiche que l'image "
+"principal de celui-ci. Si vous souhaitez afficher vos produits sous "
+"différents angles, vous pouvez activer l'image en mode carrousel."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
 "Configuration --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
+"Consultez *Plusieurs images par produit* dans :menuselection:`Website Admin "
+"--> Configuration --> Settings`."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
 " in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
 msgstr ""
+"Ouvrez le formulaire des détails du produit et téléchargez des images à "
+"partir de l'onglet *Images*. Tapez *Créer* dans le mode édition pour obtenir"
+" l'assistant de téléchargement."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
 msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
 msgstr ""
+"Cette image supplémentaire est commune à toutes les variantes du produit (le"
+" cas échéant)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3
 msgid "How to show product availability"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment montrer la disponibilité des produits"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure "
 "your customers."
 msgstr ""
+"La disponibilité de vos produits peut être démontrée sur le site pour "
+"rassurer vos clients."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select "
 "an option in *Availability*."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour l'afficher, ouvrez l'onglet *Ventes* dans le formulaire détaillé du "
+"produit et sélectionnez une option dans *Disponibilité*."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery "
 "delay, etc."
 msgstr ""
+"Un message d'avertissement personnalisé peut être lié à une rupture de "
+"stock, un retard de livraison, etc."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22
 msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cet outil ne nécessite pas l'installation de l'application Inventory."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25
 msgid ""
@@ -190,10 +240,13 @@ msgid ""
 "comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the "
 "backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)."
 msgstr ""
+"Si un article n'est plus vendable, ne le publiez plus sur votre site Web. "
+"S'il s'agit d'une variante de produit particulière, désactivez-la dans le "
+"backend (voir :doc:`.../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage product variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment gérer les variantes de produits"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -203,20 +256,30 @@ msgid ""
 "chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the "
 "available options."
 msgstr ""
+"Les variantes de produit sont utilisées pour offrir des variantes du même "
+"produit à vos clients sur la page produits. Par exemple, le client choisit "
+"un T-shirt, puis en choisit la taille et la couleur. Dans l'exemple ci-"
+"dessous, le client choisit un téléphone, puis sélectionne la mémoire, la "
+"couleur et la bande Wi-Fi parmi les options disponibles."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15
 msgid "How to create attributes & variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment créer des attributs et des variantes"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: "
 "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
+"Activer *Les produits peuvent avoir plusieurs attributs, définissant des "
+"variantes (Exemple : taille, couleur,...)* dans :menuselection:` Ventes --> "
+"Paramètres`."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20
 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab."
 msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez un produit dans la liste Produits, allez dans l'onglet "
+"*Variantes*."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22
 msgid ""
@@ -224,48 +287,54 @@ msgid ""
 "drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there "
 "are 2 values for 1 attribute."
 msgstr ""
+"Ajoutez autant d'attributs que vous le souhaitez à partir de 3 types "
+"différents : boutons radio, menu déroulant ou boutons de couleur. Vous "
+"obtenez plusieurs variantes dès qu'il y a 2 valeurs pour 1 attribut."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30
 msgid "How to edit variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment traiter les variantes"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32
 msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form."
 msgstr ""
+"Voir toutes les variantes du formulaire de détail du modèle de produit."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40
 msgid "You can edit following data:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vous pouvez modifier les données suivantes :"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42
 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website),"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Photo (mise à jour en temps réel sur le site),"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43
 msgid "Barcode,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Code à barres,"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44
 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #),"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Référence interne (no de référence),"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45
 msgid "Volume,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Contenance, "
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46
 msgid "Weight,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Poids,"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47
 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Actif (disponible entre guillemets et site web)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50
 msgid ""
 "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need "
 "to populate them once the variants generated."
 msgstr ""
+"Le code à barres et la référence interne sont tous deux spécifiques à une "
+"variante. Vous devez les remplir une fois les variantes générées."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54
 msgid ""
@@ -273,32 +342,43 @@ msgid ""
 "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of "
 "variants."
 msgstr ""
+"Consultez et éditez toutes les variantes à partir de :menuselection:`Ventes "
+"--> Ventes --> Variantes du produit` également. Cela pourrait être plus "
+"rapide si vous gérez un grand nombre de variantes."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58
 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment définir des prix spécifiques par variante"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60
 msgid ""
 "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant "
 "Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez également définir un prix public spécifique par variante en "
+"cliquant sur *Prix variante* dans le formulaire des détails du produit (sur "
+"le coin supérieur gauche)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding "
 "attribute value is selected."
 msgstr ""
+"Le prix supplémentaire est ajouté au prix du produit chaque fois que la "
+"valeur de l'attribut correspondante est sélectionnée."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76
 msgid ""
 "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for "
 "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
 msgstr ""
+"Les formules des listes de prix vous permettent de définir des méthodes "
+"avancées de calcul des prix pour les variantes des produits. Consultez "
+":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80
 msgid "How to disable/archive variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment désactiver/archiver les variantes"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82
 msgid ""
@@ -306,20 +386,28 @@ msgid ""
 "available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, "
 "etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez désactiver/archiver des variantes spécifiques pour qu'elles ne "
+"soient plus disponibles dans les offres et sur le site Web (n'existant pas "
+"dans votre stock, obsolète, etc.). Décochez simplement *Activé* sur leur "
+"formulaire spécifique."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88
 msgid ""
 "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants "
 "list. You can reactivate them the same way."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour retrouver les éléments archivés, cliquez sur *Archivé* pendant la "
+"recherche sur la liste des variantes. Pour les réactiver, procédez de la "
+"même façon."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3
 msgid "Maximize my revenue"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Augmenter mon chiffre d'affaires"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3
 msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)"
 msgstr ""
+"Comment vendre des accessoires et des produits optionnels (vente croisée)"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -327,29 +415,39 @@ msgid ""
 "screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling "
 "functionalities:"
 msgstr ""
+"Vous vendez des ordinateurs. Alors, pourquoi ne pas inciter vos clients à "
+"acheter un écran haut de gamme ou à prendre une garantie supplémentaire? "
+"C'est l'objectif des fonctionnalités de la vente croisée."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8
 msgid "Accessory products on checkout page,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Des produits accessoires sur la page de vérification,"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)."
 msgstr ""
+"Des produits optionnels sur un nouvel écran *Ajouter au panier* (pas "
+"installé par défaut)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12
 msgid "Accessory products when checking out"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Des produits accessoires sur la page de vérification"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14
 msgid ""
 "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer "
 "reviews the cart before paying."
 msgstr ""
+"Des accessoires (par ex. pour les ordinateurs : souris, clavier) sont "
+"proposés au client lors de l'étape de vérification du panier avant le "
+"paiement."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20
 msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page."
 msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez accessoires sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page de détails du "
+"produit."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26
 msgid ""
@@ -358,10 +456,14 @@ msgid ""
 "products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of "
 "suggested accessories."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque plusieurs articles sont ajoutés au panier, un algorithme détermine "
+"quels sont les meilleurs accessoires à afficher. Si un article est identifié"
+" en tant qu'accessoire à plusieurs produits du panier, il sera probablement "
+"affiché en haut de la liste d'accessoires proposés."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31
 msgid "Optional products when adding to cart"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Produits optionnels lors de l'ajout au panier"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33
 msgid ""
@@ -369,10 +471,14 @@ msgid ""
 "computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main "
 "product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step."
 msgstr ""
+"Des articles optionnels sont directement liés aux articles ajoutés au panier"
+" (par ex. pour les ordinateurs : garanties, logiciels OS, composants "
+"supplémentaires). Dès que l'article principal est ajouté au panier un nouvel"
+" écran de ce type est proposé en tant qu'étape supplémentaire."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40
 msgid "To publish optional products:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pour publier des produits optionnels:"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42
 msgid ""
@@ -380,55 +486,72 @@ msgid ""
 "default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show "
 "up."
 msgstr ""
+"Installez le module complémentaire *Produits optionnels eCommerce* sur le "
+"menu *Applications*. Pour chercher également dans les modules "
+"complémentaires supprimez le filtre par défaut, sinon seules les "
+"applications principales seront affichées."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48
 msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form."
 msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez accessoires sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page des détails du "
+"produit."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54
 msgid ""
 "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item."
 msgstr ""
+"La quantité d'articles optionnels ajoutés au panier est identique à celle de"
+" l'article principal."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3
 msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment adapter les prix aux visiteurs de mon site Web"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5
 msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:"
 msgstr ""
+"Cette rubrique donne quelques indications sur les modules de gestion des "
+"prix de l'application eCommerce."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7
 msgid "force a price by geo-localization,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "imposer un prix par la géolocalisation,"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9
 msgid "let the customer choose the currency."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "laisser le client choisir la devise."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: "
 ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)."
 msgstr ""
+"Vérifiez au préalable comment gérer la tarification des produits : "
+":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15
 msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price"
 msgstr ""
+"Utilisez la géolocalisation IP pour appliquer automatiquement le prix "
+"correct"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet "
 "logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website."
 msgstr ""
+"Attribuez des groupes de pays à vos listes de prix. De cette façon, en se "
+"connectant sur votre site Web les visiteurs auront leur propre devise. "
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20
 msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country."
 msgstr ""
+"Une fois connectés ils auront une liste de prix correspondant à leur pays."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23
 msgid "Currency selector"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sélecteur de devises"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25
 msgid ""
@@ -436,28 +559,33 @@ msgid ""
 "their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website "
 "drop-down menu."
 msgstr ""
+"Dans le cas où vous vendriez en plusieurs devises, vous pouvez laisser les "
+"clients choisir leur propre devise. Cochez *Sélectionnable* pour ajouter la "
+"liste de prix au menu déroulant du site Web."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34
 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35
 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36
 msgid ":doc:`promo_code`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3
 msgid "How to create & share promotional codes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment créer et partager des codes promotionnels"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing "
 "campaigns and apply any kind of discounts."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous voulez booster vos ventes à Noël? Partagez des codes promotionnels via "
+"vos campagnes de marketing et appliquez toute sorte de réductions."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13
@@ -469,6 +597,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based"
 " on formula* for *Sale Price*."
 msgstr ""
+"Allez sur :menuselection:`Ventes --> Paramètres` et choisissez *Tarification"
+" avancée basée sur la formule* pour *Prix de vente*."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -476,36 +606,47 @@ msgid ""
 " new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a "
 "code."
 msgstr ""
+"Allez sur :menuselection:`Admin site Web --> Catalogue --> Liste de prix` et"
+" créez une nouvelle liste de prix avec la règle de réduction (voir "
+":doc:`pricing`). Puis, entrez un code."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in "
 "*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it."
 msgstr ""
+"Rendez le code promotionnel disponible sur la page de votre *Panier "
+"d'achats* (une option du menu *Personnaliser*). Pour y accèder il faut "
+"ajouter un produit au panier."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27
 msgid ""
 "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* "
 "prices get automatically updated in the cart."
 msgstr ""
+"Une fois cette fonction activée, une nouvelle rubrique sera visible du côté "
+"droit da la page. En cliquant sur *Appliquer* les prix du panier seront "
+"automatiquement mis à jour."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33
 msgid ""
 "The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can "
 "analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns."
 msgstr ""
+"Le code promotionnel utilisé par le client est enregistré dans le système. "
+"Vous pourrez ainsi analyser l'impact de vos campagnes de marketing."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39
 msgid "Show sales per pricelists..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Afficher les ventes par listes de prix..."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43
 msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`tarification`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3
 msgid "How to enable comments & rating"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment autoriser les commentaires et les évaluations"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -513,66 +654,85 @@ msgid ""
 "of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow "
 "your customer to share their feedback!"
 msgstr ""
+"La publication et le monitorage de l'expérience de vos clients vous aidera à"
+" gagner la confiance des nouveaux client et à mieux collaborer avec votre "
+"communauté. Autorisez vos clients à partager leurs commentaires en 2 clics."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15
 msgid ""
 "Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web "
 "page."
 msgstr ""
+"Activez les commentaires et les évaluations à partir du menu *Personnaliser*"
+" de la page internet du produit."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do "
 "so (see Portal documentation)."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour pouvoir partager leurs commentaire les visiteurs doivent se connecter. "
+"Assurez-vous qu'ils peuvent le faire (voir la documentation du portail). "
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25
 msgid "Review the posts in real time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Révisez les commentaires en temps réel"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27
 msgid ""
 "Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product "
 "followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)."
 msgstr ""
+"À chaque fois qu'un commentaire est publié, le gestionnaire du produit ainsi"
+" que tous les followers reçoivent une notification dans leur messagerie "
+"(menu *Discussion*)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "By default the user who created the product is automatically set as "
 "follower."
 msgstr ""
+"Par défaut, l'utilisateur qui a créé le produit est défini comme follower."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in "
 "the product discussion thread)."
 msgstr ""
+"Cliquez sur le nom du produit pour ouvrir la page des détails et revoir le "
+"commentaire (sur le fil de discussion du produit)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43
 msgid "Moderate & unpublish"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Moderez et dépubliez"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail "
 "form or on the web page."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez facilement modérer les commentaires en utilisant le chat, soit "
+"sur la page des détails du produit soit sur la page internet."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48
 msgid ""
 "To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* "
 "button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour dépublier le commentaire, ouvrez la page internet du produit et cliquez"
+" sur le bouton *Publié* pour qu'il devienne rouge (*Dépublié*)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56
 msgid "..tip::"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "..tip::"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55
 msgid ""
 "You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*"
 " smart button (and vice versa)."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez accéder à la page internet à partir de la page détails en "
+"cliquant sur le bouton *Publié* (et vice-versa)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3
 msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)"
@@ -584,10 +744,12 @@ msgid ""
 "is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more"
 " time browsing your catalog."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour augmenter votre chiffre d'affaires, nous vous recommandons fortement de"
+" proposer, pour des articles de base, un produit alternatif plus cher. "
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12
 msgid "To do so:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pour cela:"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -595,12 +757,17 @@ msgid ""
 "form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your "
 "customers will be confused."
 msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez de tels *Produits alternatifs* sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page"
+" détails du produit. Ne publiez pas plus de trois options, sinon vos clients"
+" seront perturbés."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web "
 "page."
 msgstr ""
+"Activez l'option *Produits alternatifs* dans le menu *Personnaliser* de la "
+"page internet du produit."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3
 msgid "Overview"
@@ -608,21 +775,23 @@ msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3
 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Introduction au module Odoo eCommerce"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no "
 "time. The topics follow the buying process:"
 msgstr ""
+"Cette documentation vous aidera à créer votre site eCommerce en un temps "
+"record. Les rubriques suivent le processus d'achat:"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13
 msgid "Product Page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Page produit"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14
 msgid "Shop Page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Page boutique"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15
 msgid "Pricing"
@@ -634,11 +803,11 @@ msgstr "Taxes"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17
 msgid "Checkout process"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Procédure de paiement"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18
 msgid "Upselling & cross-selling"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vente incitative et vente croisée"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19
 msgid "Payment"
@@ -646,19 +815,19 @@ msgstr "Paiement"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20
 msgid "Shipping & Tracking"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Expédition et localisation"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24
 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3
 msgid "Launch my website"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lancer mon site Web"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3
 msgid "Get paid"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se faire payer"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3
 msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net"
@@ -674,16 +843,26 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that "
 "you like."
 msgstr ""
+"Authorize.Net est l'une des plateformes de paiement eCommerce les plus "
+"populaires en Amérique du Nord. Contrairement à la plupart des autres "
+"intermédiaires de paiement compatibles avec Odoo, Authorize.Net peut être "
+"utilisée uniquement comme `passerelle de paiement "
+"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ . "
+"Vous pouvez ainsi utiliser le `processeur de paiement ou le compte marchand "
+"que vous désirez  "
+"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ ."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12
 msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Créez un compte Authorize.Net"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14
 msgid ""
 "Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking "
 "'Get Started'."
 msgstr ""
+"Créez un compte `Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ en cliquant "
+"sur 'Démarrer'."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16
 msgid ""
@@ -691,35 +870,45 @@ msgid ""
 " both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, "
 "press the related option."
 msgstr ""
+"Cliquez sur *Inscrivez-vous* sur la page de tarification si vous voulez "
+"utiliser Authorize.net à la fois comme passerelle de paiement et compte "
+"marchand. Si vous préférez utiliser votre propre compte marchand, cliquez "
+"sur l'option connexe. "
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23
 msgid "Go through the registration steps."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Parcourez les étapes d'enregistrement"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24
 msgid ""
 "The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test "
 "account to process a test transaction from Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"Par défaut, le compte est défini comme un compte de test. Vous pouvez "
+"utiliser ce compte pour effectuer une transaction test à partir de Odoo."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26
 msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Une fois prêt, basculez en mode **Production**."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
 msgid "Set up Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurez Odoo"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or "
 "Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`."
 msgstr ""
+"Activez Authorize.Net sur Odoo à partir de :menuselection:`Site Web ou "
+"Ventes ou Comptabilité --> Paramètres --> Intermédiaires de paiement`."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33
 msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**."
 msgstr ""
+"Insérez votre **ID de connexion** ainsi que votre **Clé de transaction "
+"API**."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39
 msgid ""
@@ -728,17 +917,24 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights"
 " about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour obtenir les identifiants sur Authorize.Net, vous pouvez vous baser sur "
+"la vidéo *ID d'identification et clé de transaction API * disponible sur "
+"`Authorize.Net Video Tutorials <https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Ce "
+"genre de vidéos donnent des renseignements utiles pour que vous puissiez "
+"installer votre compte Authorize.Net en fonction de vos besoins."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
 msgid "Go live"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Démarrez"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48
 msgid ""
 "Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your "
 "merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode."
 msgstr ""
+"Votre configuration est maintenant prête! Vous pouvez rendre Authorize.Net "
+"visible sur votre interface marchand et activer le mode **Production**."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55
 msgid ""
@@ -746,28 +942,38 @@ msgid ""
 "production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the "
 "production mode."
 msgstr ""
+"Les identifiants fournis par Authorize.net sont différents en mode de test "
+"ou en mode production. N'oubliez pas de les mettre à jour sur Odoo lorsque "
+"vous activez le mode production."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61
 msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Évaluez Authorize.Net en tant que méthode de paiement"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62
 msgid ""
 "You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer "
 "account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__."
 msgstr ""
+"En créant un `compte développeur <https://developer.authorize.net>`__vous "
+"pouvez tester et évaluer gratuitement Authorize.Net. "
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64
 msgid ""
 "Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo"
 " as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque le compte est créé vous recevez vos identifiants sandbox. Entrez-les"
+" dans Odoo comme expliqué ci-dessus et assurez-vous d'être toujours en mode "
+"de *Test*."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68
 msgid ""
 "You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform "
 "<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez aussi vous connecter sur `Authorize.Net sandbox platform "
+"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ pour configurer votre compte sandbox."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71
 msgid ""
@@ -775,35 +981,40 @@ msgid ""
 " the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide "
 "<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour réaliser des transactions fictives vous pouvez utiliser des faux "
+"numéros de carte disponibles sur `Authorize.Net Testing Guide "
+"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
 msgid ":doc:`payment`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`payment`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
 msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3
 msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment être payé avec les intermédiaires de paiement"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and "
 "Invoicing apps."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo intègre plusieurs modes de paiement sur les applications eCommerce, "
+"Ventes et Facturation."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10
 msgid "What are the payment methods available"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Quels sont les modes de paiement disponibles"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13
 msgid "Wire transfer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Virement bancaire"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -812,10 +1023,15 @@ msgid ""
 " bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-"
 "wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!"
 msgstr ""
+"Le virement bancaire est la méthode de paiement par défaut. Le but est de "
+"fournir vos coordonnées bancaires aux clients pour qu'ils puissent effectuer"
+" le paiement via leur banque. C'est très facile au départ, mais c'est un "
+"processus lent et inefficace. Privilégiez si possible les plateformes de "
+"paiement en ligne."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21
 msgid "Payment acquirers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Intermédiaires de paiement"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23
 msgid ""
@@ -823,10 +1039,13 @@ msgid ""
 " track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms"
 " over time:"
 msgstr ""
+"Redirigez vos clients vers des plateformes de paiement pour recevoir de "
+"l'argent facilement et pour suivre le statut du paiement (call-back). "
+"Progressivement, Odoo prend en charge de plus en plus de plateformes."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27
 msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28
 msgid "Ingenico"
@@ -834,7 +1053,7 @@ msgstr "Ingenico"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29
 msgid "Authorize.net"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Authorize.net"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30
 msgid "Adyen"
@@ -858,17 +1077,21 @@ msgstr "Stripe"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38
 msgid "How to go live"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment passer en direct"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and "
 "activate the **Production** mode."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque le mode de paiement a été défini, rendez-le visible sur l'interface "
+"de paiement et activez le mode **Production**."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48
 msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards"
 msgstr ""
+"Comment permettre aux clients de sauver et de réutiliser leur carte de "
+"crédit"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49
 msgid ""
@@ -876,15 +1099,21 @@ msgid ""
 "a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo."
 " This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour faciliter le paiement des anciens clients, vous pouvez leur permettre "
+"d'enregistrer et de réutiliser leur carte de crédit s'ils le souhaitent. "
+"Dans ce cas, un jeton de paiement sera sauvegardé dans Odoo. Cette option "
+"est disponible avec Ingenico et Authorize.net."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68
 msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez activer cette fonction à partir du formulaire de configuration "
+"de l'acheteur."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61
 msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment débiter des cartes de crédit pour payer des abonnements"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62
 msgid ""
@@ -892,10 +1121,13 @@ msgid ""
 "bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can "
 "have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card."
 msgstr ""
+"`L'abonnement Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ permet de "
+"facturer des services automatiquement de façon récurrente. Vous pouvez "
+"également faire débiter automatique la carte de crédit du client."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66
 msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cette option est disponible avec Ingenico et Authorize.net."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73
 msgid ""
@@ -903,10 +1135,13 @@ msgid ""
 "subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued"
 " from the subscription."
 msgstr ""
+"De cette manière, un jeton de paiement sera enregistré lorsque le client "
+"achète l'abonnement et un débit automatique sera généré chaque fois qu'une "
+"facture est émise à partir de l'abonnement."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79
 msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment utiliser d'autres intermédiaires de paiement (avancé)"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81
 msgid ""
@@ -914,18 +1149,22 @@ msgid ""
 "acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction"
 " status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo peut soumettre des requêtes individuelles de paiement et rediriger vers"
+" n'importe quel intermédiaire de paiement. Mais il n'y a pas de call-back, "
+"c'est-à-dire, Odoo ne trace pas le statut de la transaction. Vous devez "
+"confirmer les ordres manuellement lorsque vous êtes payé."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85
 msgid "How to:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment :"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87
 msgid "Switch to developer mode."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Basculer en mode développeur."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89
 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utiliser le mode de paiement **Personnalisé**."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91
 msgid ""
@@ -933,10 +1172,13 @@ msgid ""
 "acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can "
 "duplicate."
 msgstr ""
+"Configurez le formulaire de paiement (S2S Form Template) d'après les "
+"instructions de votre intermédiaire de paiement. Vous pouvez démarrer à "
+"partir du *default_acquirer_button*  que vous pouvez dupliquer."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96
 msgid "Other configurations"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Autres configurations"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98
 msgid ""
@@ -945,6 +1187,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard"
 "/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo peut également être utilisé pour des processus de paiement plus avancés"
+" comme les plans d'échelonnements (par ex. `Plans d'échelonnements Paypal "
+"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard"
+"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102
 msgid ""
@@ -952,6 +1198,10 @@ msgid ""
 "based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for "
 "such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"Un tel service de personnalisation est fourni sur demande par nos experts "
+"techniques en fonction de vos besoins. Un conseiller commercial peut vous "
+"joindre à ce propos. `Contactez-nous. "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109
 msgid ":doc:`paypal`"
@@ -959,11 +1209,11 @@ msgstr ":doc:`paypal`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110
 msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment gérer les ordres payées via les intermédiaires de paiement"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -971,25 +1221,33 @@ msgid ""
 " payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on "
 "ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order."
 msgstr ""
+"Dès que le paiement est autorisé par un intermédiaire de paiement, Odoo "
+"confirme les commandes de façon automatique. Cela déclenche la livraison. Si"
+" vous facturez sur la base des quantités commandés, vous devez également "
+"facturer la commande."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12
 msgid "What are the payment status"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Quels sont les statuts de paiement"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order."
 msgstr ""
+"À tout moment, le vendeur peut vérifier le statut de la transaction depuis "
+"la commande."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18
 msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*Brouillon*: transaction en cours."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need "
 "to authorize it from the acquirer interface."
 msgstr ""
+"*En cours* : l'intermédiaire de paiement garde la transaction en suspens et "
+"vous devez l'autoriser depuis l'interface de l'intermédiaire."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23
 msgid ""
@@ -997,24 +1255,36 @@ msgid ""
 " the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the"
 " amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)."
 msgstr ""
+"*Autorisé* : le paiement a été autorisé mais n'a pas encore été encaissé. La"
+" commande est déjà confirmée sur Odoo, une fois que la livraison est "
+"effectuée, vous pouvez encaisser le montant depuis l'interface de "
+"l'intermédiaire (ou depuis Odoo si vous utilisez Authorize.net)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28
 msgid ""
 "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been "
 "confirmed."
 msgstr ""
+"*Terminé* : le paiement est autorisée et encaissé. La commande a été "
+"confirmée."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to "
 "retry the payment. The order is still in draft."
 msgstr ""
+"*Erreur* : une erreur est survenue pendant la transaction. Le client doit "
+"recommencer le processus de paiement. La commande est encore en statut "
+"brouillon."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer "
 "form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order."
 msgstr ""
+"*Annulée* : lorsque le client annule le paiement dans le formulaire de "
+"paiement de l'intermédiaire, il est redirigé vers Odoo pour modifier sa "
+"commande."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -1022,10 +1292,13 @@ msgid ""
 "when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such "
 "messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method."
 msgstr ""
+"Des messages spécifiques sont envoyés à vos clients pour chaque statut de "
+"paiement, lorsqu'ils ont été rédirigés vers Odoo après la transaction. Pour "
+"éditer ces messages, allez sur l'onglet *Messages* du mode de paiement."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44
 msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Validation automatique des factures en commande"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46
 msgid ""
@@ -1033,6 +1306,9 @@ msgid ""
 "issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice "
 "orders straight on."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque la commande a été confirmée, une facture peut être automatiquement "
+"générée et payée. Cette fonction entièrement automatisée est destinée aux "
+"entreprises qui facturent directement les commandes."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53
 msgid ""
@@ -1046,10 +1322,20 @@ msgid ""
 "payments "
 "<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous choisissez cette fonction vous devez sélectionner un journal de "
+"paiement pour enregistrer les paiements dans vos livres. Ce paiement est "
+"automatiquement This payment is automatically rattaché avec la facture, "
+"l'indiquant comme payé. Sélectionnez votre **compte bancaire** si vous êtes "
+"payé directement sur votre compte. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous pouvez créer"
+" un journal spécifique pour l'intermédiaire de paiement (type = banque). De "
+"cette façon, vous pouvez tracer les paiements en ligne sur un compte "
+"intermédiaire de vos livres jusqu'à ce que vous soyez payé sur votre compte "
+"bancaire (consultez `Comment enregistrer les paiements des cartes de crédit "
+"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64
 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Déclenchez le paiement après la livraison"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65
 msgid ""
@@ -1057,18 +1343,26 @@ msgid ""
 "the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is "
 "only available with Authorize.net."
 msgstr ""
+"Avec cette fonction, la commande est confirmée mais le montant est mis en "
+"attente. Une fois que la livraison est effectuée, vous pouvez encaisser le "
+"paiement depuis Odoo. Cette fonction n'est disponible qu'avec Authorize.net."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72
 msgid ""
 "To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click "
 "*Capture Transaction*."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour encaisser le paiement, ouvrez la transaction depuis la commande. "
+"Cliquez ensuite sur *Encaisser la transaction*."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78
 msgid ""
 "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own "
 "interfaces, not from Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"Avec d'autres intermédiaires de paiement, vous ne pouvez gérer le "
+"déclenchement du paiement qu'à partir de leurs propres interfaces, mais pas "
+"à partir de Odoo."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3
 msgid "How to get paid with Paypal"
@@ -1140,6 +1434,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as "
 "**UTF-8**."
 msgstr ""
+"Cliquez ensuite sur *Plus d'options* et configurez les deux formats "
+"d'encodage par défaut sur **UTF-8**."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66
 msgid ""
@@ -1188,7 +1484,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112
 msgid "Transaction fees"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Frais de transaction"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114
 msgid ""
@@ -1254,10 +1550,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150
 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account."
 msgstr ""
+"Lancez une transaction test depuis Odoo en utilisant le compte personnel "
+"sandox."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
 msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment les clients peuvent-ils accéder à leur compte client"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1267,6 +1565,11 @@ msgid ""
 "not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup "
 "process before buying something."
 msgstr ""
+"Ça n'a jamais été aussi facile d'obtenir un compte client. Oubliez les "
+"formulaires qui n'en finissent pas, avec Odoo c'est simple comme 1-2-3. Odoo"
+" suggère aux clients de s'enregistrer (nom, courriel, mot de passe) après "
+"leur paiement, au lieu d'avant. Quoi de plus ennuyant que les étapes de "
+"création d'un compte avant même d'acheter quelque chose ?"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14
 msgid "Sign up"
@@ -1277,32 +1580,42 @@ msgid ""
 "The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the "
 "order from order confirmation email."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque le client souhaite visualiser sa commande à partir de l'email de "
+"confirmation de la commande, un message lui demandant de s'inscrire "
+"s'affiche."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23
 msgid "Customer account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Compte client"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*"
 " in the login dropdown menu."
 msgstr ""
+"Une fois connecté, le client accède à son compte en cliquant sur *Mon "
+"compte* dans le menu de connexion déroulant. "
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be "
 "modified."
 msgstr ""
+"C'est là qu'ils peuvent retracer tout leur historique. L'adresse principale "
+"(de facturation) peut également être modifiée."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they "
 "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company."
 msgstr ""
+"Si le client est défini comme contact d'une entreprise dans votre carnet "
+"d'adresses, tous les documents de cette entreprise dont le client fait "
+"partie s'afficheront."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3
 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment être payé avec les virements bancaires"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1311,24 +1624,31 @@ msgid ""
 "own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. "
 "Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!"
 msgstr ""
+"**Le virement bancaire** est la méthode de paiement par défaut. Le but est "
+"de fournir vos coordonnées bancaires aux clients pour qu'ils puissent "
+"effectuer le paiement via leur banque. Même si très facile au départ, il "
+"s'agit d'un processus lent et inefficace. Privilégiez si possible les "
+"plateformes de paiement en ligne!"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13
 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment transmettre des instructions de paiement aux clients"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14
 msgid ""
 "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment "
 "method."
 msgstr ""
+"Introduisez les intructions de paiement dans la case **Message de "
+"remerciement** de votre mode de paiement."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19
 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Les clients verront ceci lorsqu'ils passeront une commande."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26
 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment gérer une commande lorsque vous êtes payé."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28
 msgid ""
@@ -1336,10 +1656,14 @@ msgid ""
 "intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get "
 "paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery."
 msgstr ""
+"À chaque fois qu'un client paye par virement bancaire, l'ordre reste au "
+"stage intermédiaire **Devis envoyé** (par ex. commande impayée). Lorsque le "
+"paiement est effectué, vous devez confirmer l'ordre manuellement pour "
+"déclencher la livraison."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35
 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment créer d'autres modes de paiement manuels"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -1347,7 +1671,10 @@ msgid ""
 "payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* "
 "or duplicate it."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous gérez une activité B2B, vous pouvez créer d'autres méthodes de "
+"paiement manuel comme les paiements par chèque. Pour cela, renommez tout "
+"simplement *Virement bancaire* ou dupliquez-le."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3
 msgid "Collect taxes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Percevoir les taxes"
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
index 96fab95cff..37d5005f08 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
@@ -3,14 +3,21 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# 1d432ba7e4292878d212aa334c4d2933, 2017
+# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2017
+# Bertrand LATOUR <divoir@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2017\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -37,39 +44,53 @@ msgid ""
 "`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
 "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"Connectez-vous à votre compte Google et allez sur "
+"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
+"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
 msgid ""
 "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
 msgstr ""
+"Cliquez sur **Créer un projet** et introduisez le nom du projet ainsi que "
+"d'autres détails."
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cliquez sur **Utiliser les APIs Google **"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
 "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
 msgstr ""
+"Sur le menu à gauche, sélectionnez **Identifiants** (depuis le "
+"**Gestionnaire API**) puis sélectionnez **écran de consentement OAuth**."
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then"
 " save."
 msgstr ""
+"Introduisez votre adresse email ainsi que le nom du produit (par ex. Odoo) "
+"et sauvez."
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
 "Client ID)."
 msgstr ""
+"Cliquez ensuite sur **Ajouter identifiants** et sélectionnez la deuxième "
+"option (OAuth 2.0 Client ID)."
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
 msgid ""
 "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
 " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
 msgstr ""
+"Vérifiez que le type d'application configurée est **Application Web**. "
+"Configurez ensuite les pages autorisées vers lesquelles vous souhaitez être "
+"redirigé."
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
 msgid ""
@@ -77,12 +98,18 @@ msgid ""
 " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
 "Then click on **Create**"
 msgstr ""
+"Pour finir, complétez le champ **redirection autorisée des URLs**. Copiez-"
+"collez le lien suivant dans la case : "
+"http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin et cliquez ensuite sur **Créer**."
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
 msgid ""
 "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
 "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
 msgstr ""
+"Une fois terminé, vous recevrez deux informations (votre ID client et votre "
+"ID client secret). Vous devez introduire votre ID client dans les "
+"**Paramètres généraux**."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
 msgid "Data Import"
@@ -90,7 +117,7 @@ msgstr "Importation de données"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3
 msgid "How to adapt an import template"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment adapter un template d'importation"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -99,22 +126,30 @@ msgid ""
 "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, "
 "etc.)."
 msgstr ""
+"Des templates d'importation sont fournis dans l'outil d'importation des "
+"données les plus courantes à importer (contacts, produits, relevés "
+"bancaires, etc.). Vous pouvez les ouvrir avec n'importe quel logiciel "
+"tableur (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11
 msgid "How to customize the file"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment personnaliser le fichier"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why"
 " here below)."
 msgstr ""
+"Supprimez les colonnes dont vous n'avez pas besoin. Nous vous conseillons de"
+" ne pas supprimer la colonne *ID* (voyez pourquoi ci-dessous)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26
 msgid ""
 "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
 msgstr ""
+"Définissez un ID unique pour chaque enregistrement en tirant la séquence ID "
+"vers le bas."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20
 msgid ""
@@ -122,16 +157,23 @@ msgid ""
 " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the "
 "corresponding field using the search."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque vous ajoutez une nouvelle colonne, Odoo risque de ne pas pouvoir le "
+"tracer automatiquement si son libellé ne correspond à aucun champ du "
+"système. Dans ce cas, utilisez la fonction de recherche pour trouver le "
+"champ correspondant."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27
 msgid ""
 "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it "
 "work straight away the very next time you try to import."
 msgstr ""
+"Utilisez ensuite le libellé que vous avez trouvé dans votre template "
+"d'importation pour le fqu'il fonctionne directement la prochaine fois que "
+"vous essayez d'importer."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31
 msgid "Why an “ID” column"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pourquoi utiliser une colonne “ID”"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33
 msgid ""
@@ -139,25 +181,32 @@ msgid ""
 "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to "
 "Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"L'**ID** (ID externe) est un identifiant unique associé à chaque ligne. "
+"N'hésitez pas à utiliser celui de votre ancien logiciel pour faciliter la "
+"transition vers Odoo."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:"
 msgstr ""
+"Vous n'êtes pas obligé de configurer un ID lors de l'importation mais cela "
+"peut être utile dans certains cas :"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38
 msgid ""
 "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating "
 "duplicates;"
 msgstr ""
+"Importations de mise à jour : vous pouvez importer le même fichier plusieurs"
+" fois sans devoir créer un doublon;"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39
 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Importer des champs liés (voir ci-dessous)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42
 msgid "How to import relation fields"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment importer des champs liés"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44
 msgid ""
@@ -166,6 +215,10 @@ msgid ""
 "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from "
 "their own list menu."
 msgstr ""
+"Un objet Odoo est toujours lié à de nombreux autres objets (par ex. un "
+"produit est lié à des catégories de produits, à des caractéristiques, à des "
+"vendeurs, etc.). Pour importer ces relations, vous devez d'abord importer "
+"les enregistrements de l'objet lié depuis leur propre menu déroulant."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48
 msgid ""
@@ -174,10 +227,15 @@ msgid ""
 "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product "
 "Attributes / Attribute / ID)."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour ce faire, vous pouvez soit utiliser le nom de l'enregistrement lié soit"
+" son ID. Lorsque deux enregistrements ont le même nom, il faut utiliser "
+"l'ID. Dans ce cas, ajoutez \" / ID\" à la fin du titre de la colonne (par "
+"ex. pour les caractéristiques du produit : Caractéristiques du produit / "
+"Caractéristiques / ID)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3
 msgid "How to import data into Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment importer des données vers Odoo"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6
 msgid "How to start"
@@ -189,10 +247,16 @@ msgid ""
 " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries"
 " and even orders!"
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez importer des données vers n'importe quel objet d'Odoo business "
+"en utilisant soit le format Excel (.xlsx) soit le format CSV (.csv) : des "
+"contacts, des produits, des relevés bancaires, des écritures comptables et "
+"même des commandes!"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11
 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*."
 msgstr ""
+"Ouvrez l'écran de l'objet que vous voulez alimenter et cliquez sur "
+"*Importer*."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16
 msgid ""
@@ -200,18 +264,25 @@ msgid ""
 "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is "
 "already done."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous trouverez des templates que vous pouvez facilement alimenter avec vos "
+"propres données. Ces templates peuvent être importés en un clic; la "
+"cartographie des données a déjà été faite."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22
 msgid "How to adapt the template"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment adapter le template"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure."
 msgstr ""
+"Ajoutez, supprimez et triez les colonnes pour qu'elles correspondent au "
+"mieux à votre structure de données."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)."
 msgstr ""
+"Nous vous conseillons de ne pas supprimer la colonne **ID** (voyez pourquoi "
+"dans la section suivante)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31
 msgid ""
@@ -220,16 +291,22 @@ msgid ""
 "columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the "
 "corresponding field."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque vous ajoutez une nouvelle colonne, Odoo risque de ne pas pouvoir la "
+"tracer automatiquement si son libellé ne correspond à aucun champ dans Odoo."
+" Vous pouvez tracer les nouvelles colonnes manuellement lorsque vous testez "
+"l'importation. Recherchez le champ correspondant dans la liste."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight "
 "on the very next time."
 msgstr ""
+"Utilisez ensuite le libellé de ce champ dans votre fichier pour le faire "
+"fonctionner directement la prochaine fois."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
 msgid "How to import from another application"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment importer depuis une autre application"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46
 msgid ""
@@ -240,6 +317,13 @@ msgid ""
 "unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will"
 " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour recréer les relations entre les différents enregistrements, vous devez "
+"utiliser l'identifiant unique de la demande initiale et le relier à la "
+"colonne **ID** (ID externe) dans Odoo. Lorsque vous importez un autre "
+"enregistrement qui est lié au premier, utilisez **XXX/ID** (XXX/ID externe) "
+"pour l'identifiant unique initial. Vous pouvez également retrouver cet "
+"enregistrement via son nom mais vous serez bloqué si au moins deux "
+"enregistrements ont le même nom."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54
 msgid ""
@@ -247,10 +331,14 @@ msgid ""
 "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it "
 "whenever possible."
 msgstr ""
+"L'ID sera également utilisé pour mettre à jour l'importation originale si "
+"vous devez importer à nouveau des données modifiées plus tard, il est donc "
+"conseillé de le spécifier lorsque c'est possible."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60
 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to"
 msgstr ""
+"Je ne peux pas retrouver le champ avec lequel je veux relier ma colonne"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62
 msgid ""
@@ -262,6 +350,14 @@ msgid ""
 "wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by"
 " default."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo essaye de retrouver par la méthode heuristique, en se basant sur les "
+"dix premières lignes des fichiers, le type de champ pour chaque colonne de "
+"votre fichier. Par exemple, si vous avez une colonne qui ne contient que des"
+" chiffres, seuls les champs de type *entier* vous seront proposés. Bien que "
+"cela soit approprié et pratique la plupart du temps, il est également "
+"possible que cela ne fonctionne pas bien ou que vous souhaitiez faire "
+"correspondre votre colonne à un champ qui ne vous est pas proposé par "
+"défaut."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71
 msgid ""
@@ -269,10 +365,13 @@ msgid ""
 "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the "
 "complete list of fields for each column."
 msgstr ""
+"Si cela arrive, vous devez juste vérifier l'option ** Afficher les champs "
+"des champs de relation (avancé)**, vous pourrez ainsi choisir depuis la "
+"liste complète de champs pour chaque colonne."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79
 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Où puis-je changer le format de la date d'importation?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81
 msgid ""
@@ -291,6 +390,11 @@ msgid ""
 "selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using"
 " the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour savoir quel format de date Odoo a détecté depuis votre fichier, vous "
+"pouvez vérifier le **Format de date** qui s'affiche lorsque l'on clique sur "
+"**Options** sous le sélecteur de fichiers. Si le format est incorrect vous "
+"pouvez le modifier selon vos préférences en utilisant l'*ISO 8601* pour "
+"définir le format."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
 msgid ""
@@ -299,10 +403,15 @@ msgid ""
 " stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo "
 "whatever your locale date format is."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous importez un fichier Excel (.xls, .xlsx), vous pouvez utiliser les "
+"cellules de données pour mémoriser les dates car l'affichage des dates dans "
+"Excel est différent de leur stockage. Vous vous assurez ainsi que le format "
+"de date dans Odoo est correct quel que soit le format de date local."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
 msgstr ""
+"Puis-je importer des nombres avec un symbole monétaire (par ex.: 32,00 $)?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93
 msgid ""
@@ -313,55 +422,65 @@ msgid ""
 "known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will "
 "crash."
 msgstr ""
+"Oui, nous prenons en charge des nombres avec une parenthèse pour représenter"
+" le signe moins ainsi que des nombres avec un symbole monétaire. Odoo "
+"détecte aussi automatiquement quel séparateur décimal ou de milliers vous "
+"utilisez (vous pouvez les modifier dans les **options**). Si vous utilisez "
+"un symbole monétaire qui est inconnu pour Odoo, il ne le reconnaîtra pas "
+"comme un nombre et il générera une erreur."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
 msgstr ""
+"Voici quelques exemples des nombres pris en charge (en utilisant trente-deux"
+" mille comme exemple) :"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97
 msgid "32.000,00"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "32.000,00"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
 msgid "32000,00"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "32000,00"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99
 msgid "32,000.00"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "32,000.00"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100
 msgid "-32000.00"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "-32000.00"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
 msgid "(32000.00)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(32000.00)"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
 msgid "$ 32.000,00"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "$ 32.000,00"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
 msgid "(32000.00 €)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(32000.00 €)"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
 msgid "Example that will not work:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Exemple de ce qui ne fonctionne pas :"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
 msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ABC 32.000,00"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
 msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "$ (32.000,00)"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
 msgstr ""
+"Que puis-je faire lorsque le tableau d'aperçu de l'importation ne s'affiche "
+"pas correctement?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
 msgid ""
@@ -370,6 +489,11 @@ msgid ""
 "settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse"
 " CSV file bar after you select your file)."
 msgstr ""
+"Par défaut, l'aperçu de l'importation est défini sur des virgules comme "
+"séparateurs de champs et sr des guillemets comme délimiteurs de texte. Si "
+"votre fichier CSV n'a pas cette configuration, vous pouvez modifier les "
+"Options de format de fichier (affichées sous la barre Parcourir le fichier "
+"CSV après avoir sélectionné votre fichier)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117
 msgid ""
@@ -377,12 +501,18 @@ msgid ""
 "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
 "your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
 msgstr ""
+"Notez que si votre fichier CSV possède une tabulation comme séparateur, Odoo"
+" ne détectera pas les séparations. Vous allez devoir modifier les options de"
+" format du fichier sur l'application tableur. Consultez la question "
+"suivante. "
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122
 msgid ""
 "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
 "application?"
 msgstr ""
+"Comment puis-je modifier les options de format du fichier CSV lors de la "
+"sauvegarde dans mon application tableur?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124
 msgid ""
@@ -392,16 +522,25 @@ msgid ""
 "modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit "
 "filter settings' > Save)."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous éditez et sauvegardez des fichiers CSV dans des applications "
+"tableur, la configuration régionale de votre ordinateur sera appliquée au "
+"séparateur et au délimiteur. Nous vous conseillons d'utiliser OpenOffice ou "
+"LibreOffice Calc, car ils vous permettront de modifier les trois options "
+"(dans la boîte de dialogue 'Enregistrer sous' > cochez la case 'Modifier les"
+" paramètres du filtre' > Sauvez)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126
 msgid ""
 "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
 "'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)."
 msgstr ""
+"Lors de la sauvegarde, Microsoft Excel vous permettra de modifier uniquement"
+" l'encodage (dans la boîte de dialogue 'Sauver sous' > cliquez sur 'Liste "
+"déroulante des outils > Onglet d'encodage)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131
 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Quelle est la différence entre base de données ID et ID externe?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133
 msgid ""
@@ -412,12 +551,20 @@ msgid ""
 "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
 "import."
 msgstr ""
+"Certains champs définissent une relation avec un autre objet. Par exemple, "
+"le pays d'un contact est un lien pour l'enregistrement de l'objet 'Pays'. "
+"Lorsque vous voulez importer de tels champs, Odoo devra recréer des liens "
+"entre les différents enregistrements. Pour vous aider à importer de tels "
+"champs, Odoo prévoit trois méthodes. Vous devez utiliser une seule de ces "
+"méthodes pour chaque champ que vous voulez importer."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135
 msgid ""
 "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
 "different fields to import:"
 msgstr ""
+"Par exemple, pour référencer le pays d'un contact, Odoo vous propose trois "
+"différents champs pour importer :"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
@@ -428,16 +575,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
 "postgresql column"
 msgstr ""
+"Pays/Base de données ID : l'ID unique de Odoo pour un enregistrement, "
+"définit par la colonne ID PostgreSQL."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139
 msgid ""
 "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
 " (or the .XML file that imported it)"
 msgstr ""
+"Pays/ID externe : l'ID de cet enregistrement référencé dans une autre "
+"application (ou le fichier .XML que l'a importé)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
 msgstr ""
+"Pour la Belgique vous pouvez utiliser l'une de ces trois méthodes pour "
+"importer :"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
 msgid "Country: Belgium"
@@ -445,7 +598,7 @@ msgstr "Pays : Belgique"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144
 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pays/Base de données ID : 21"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145
 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
@@ -457,12 +610,17 @@ msgid ""
 "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
 "according to your need:"
 msgstr ""
+"Selon vos besoins, vous devez utiliser l'une de ces trois méthodes pour "
+"référencer les enregistrements dans les relations. Voici les situations dans"
+" lesquelles vous devriez utiliser l'une ou l'autre, selon vos besoins :"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149
 msgid ""
 "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
 " have been created manually."
 msgstr ""
+"Utilisez Pays : c'est la façon la plus facile lorsque vos données viennent "
+"d'un fichier CSV qui a été créé manuellement."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
 msgid ""
@@ -471,12 +629,19 @@ msgid ""
 "may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique "
 "Database ID)"
 msgstr ""
+"Utilisez Pays/Base de données ID : Vous devriez rarement utiliser ce format."
+" Il est le plus souvent utilisé par des développeurs car sa principale "
+"qualité est de ne jamais rencontrer de problèmes (vous pouvez avoir "
+"plusieurs données avec le même nom, mais elles ont toujours une base de "
+"données ID unique)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
 msgid ""
 "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
 "party application."
 msgstr ""
+"Utilisez Pays/ID externe : utilisez l'ID externe lorsque vous importez des "
+"données d'une application tierce."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153
 msgid ""
@@ -486,18 +651,27 @@ msgid ""
 "\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for "
 "Products and their Categories."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque vous utilisez des IDs externes, vous pouvez importer des fichiers "
+"CSV en utilisant la colonne \"ID externe\" pour définir l'ID externe de "
+"chaque donnée que vous importez.  Vous pourrez ensuite faire référence à ces"
+" données par des colonnes telles que \"Champ/ID externe\". Les deux fichiers"
+" CSV suivants vous donnent un exemple pour les produits et leurs catégories."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
 msgid ""
 "`CSV file for categories "
 "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"`Fichier CSV pour les catégories "
+"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
 msgid ""
 "`CSV file for Products "
 "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"`Fichier CSV pour les produits "
+"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
@@ -513,6 +687,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of "
 "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
 msgstr ""
+"Si, par exemple, vous avez deux catégories de produits qui ont pour thème "
+"enfant le mot \"Vendable\" (c'est-à-dire \"Produits divers/Vendable\" et "
+"\"Autres produits/Vendable\"), votre validation est interrompue mais vous "
+"pouvez toujours importer vos données. Cependant, nous vous recommandons de "
+"ne pas importer les données parce qu'elles seront toutes liées à la première"
+" catégorie \" Vendable \" qui se trouve dans la liste des catégories de "
+"produits (\" Produits divers/Vendable \"). Nous vous recommandons de "
+"modifier une des valeurs des doublons ou votre hiérarchie de catégories de "
+"produits."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165
 msgid ""
@@ -520,12 +703,17 @@ msgid ""
 "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
 "'Category'."
 msgstr ""
+"Cependant, si vous ne voulez pas modifier la configuration de vos catégories"
+" de produits, nous vous recommandons d'utiliser l'ID externe pour le champ "
+"'Catégorie'."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
 msgid ""
 "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
 "multiple tags)?"
 msgstr ""
+"Comment puis-je importer un champ de relation de un à plusieurs (par ex. un "
+"client qui possède différentes balises)?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
 msgid ""
@@ -534,18 +722,26 @@ msgid ""
 "'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column"
 " of your CSV file."
 msgstr ""
+"Les balises doivent être séparées par une virgule sans espacement. Par "
+"exemple, si vous souhaitez que votre client soit lié aux deux balises "
+"\"Fabricant\" et \"Détaillant\", vous devez encoder \"Fabricant, "
+"Détaillant\" dans la même colonne de votre fichier CSV."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174
 msgid ""
 "`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
 "<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"`Fichier CSV pour fabricant et distributeur "
+"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
 msgid ""
 "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
 "Sales Order)?"
 msgstr ""
+"Comment puis-je importer une relation de un à plusieurs (par ex. plusieurs "
+"lignes de commande ou un ordre de vente)?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181
 msgid ""
@@ -563,30 +759,40 @@ msgid ""
 "`File for some Quotations "
 "<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"`Fichier pour certains devis "
+"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186
 msgid ""
 "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
 "respective purchase order lines:"
 msgstr ""
+"Le fichier CSV suivant montre comment importer des commandes et leurs lignes"
+" de commande respectives :"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188
 msgid ""
 "`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
 "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"`Les commandes et leurs lignes de commande respectives "
+"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190
 msgid ""
 "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
 "contacts:"
 msgstr ""
+"Le fichier CSV suivant montre comment importer des clients et leurs contacts"
+" respectifs :"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192
 msgid ""
 "`Customers and their respective contacts "
 "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"`Clients et leurs contacts respectifs "
+"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
@@ -601,16 +807,25 @@ msgid ""
 "two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record "
 "depending if it's new or not."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous importez un fichier qui contient l'une des colonnes \"ID externe\" "
+"ou \"ID base de données\", les données qui ont déjà été importées seront "
+"modifiées au lieu d'être créées. Ceci est très utile car cela vous permet "
+"d'importer plusieurs fois le même fichier CSV tout en ayant effectué "
+"quelques modifications entre deux importations. Odoo se chargera de créer ou"
+" de modifier chaque enregistrement selon qu'il est nouveau ou non."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
 msgid ""
 "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
 "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
 msgstr ""
+"Cette fonctionnalité vous permet d'utiliser l'outil Import/Export de Odoo "
+"pour modifier un lot de données dans votre application tableur favorite."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206
 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
 msgstr ""
+"Que se passe t-il si je ne propose pas de valeur pour un champ spécifique?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208
 msgid ""
@@ -619,10 +834,17 @@ msgid ""
 "in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of "
 "assigning the default value."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous ne définissez pas tous les champs dans votre fichier CSV, Odoo "
+"attribuera la valeur par défaut pour chaque champ non défini. Mais si vous "
+"définissez des champs avec des valeurs vides dans votre fichier CSV, Odoo "
+"définira la valeur VIDE dans le champ, au lieu d'assigner la valeur par "
+"défaut."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213
 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
 msgstr ""
+"Comment exporter/importer de tables différentes depuis une application SQL "
+"vers Odoo?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215
 msgid ""
@@ -631,6 +853,11 @@ msgid ""
 " companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each "
 "person and the company they work for)."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous devez importer des données de différentes tables, vous devrez "
+"recréer des relations entre les données appartenant à différentes tables. "
+"(par exemple, si vous importez des sociétés et des personnes, vous devrez "
+"recréer le lien entre chaque personne et la société pour laquelle elle "
+"travaille)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
 msgid ""
@@ -641,6 +868,13 @@ msgid ""
 "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
 "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
 msgstr ""
+"Pour gérer les relation entre des tableaux, vous pouvez utiliser les "
+"fonctionnalités \"ID externe\" de Odoo. L'\"ID externe\" d'une donnée est "
+"l'unique identificateur de cette donnée dans une autre application. Cet \"ID"
+" externe\" doit être unique pour toutes les données de tous les objets, il "
+"est donc recommandé de faire précéder cet \"External ID\" du nom de "
+"l'application ou de la table. (comme 'entreprise_1', 'personne_1' au lieu de"
+" '1'). "
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219
 msgid ""
@@ -651,26 +885,37 @@ msgid ""
 "href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
 "PostgreSQL database</a>)"
 msgstr ""
+"Supposons, par exemple, que vous avez une base de données SQL avec deux "
+"tableaux que vous voulez importer : entreprises et personnes. Chaque "
+"personne fait partie d'une entreprise, vous allez devoir donc récréer le "
+"lien entre la personne et l'entreprise pour laquelle elle travaille. (si "
+"vous voulez tester cet exemple, voici un <a "
+"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump d'une telle "
+"base de données PostgreSQL</a>)"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221
 msgid ""
 "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
 " the following command:"
 msgstr ""
+"Nous allons importer d'abord toutes les entreprises ainsi que leur \"ID "
+"externe\". Dans PSQL, tapez la commande :"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227
 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cette commande SQL va générer le fichier CSV suivant :"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234
 msgid ""
 "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
 "following SQL command in PSQL:"
 msgstr ""
+"Pour créer les fichiers CSV pour les personnes, liées à des entreprises, "
+"nous allons utiliser la commande SQL suivante en PSQL :"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cela va générer le fichier CSV suivant :"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248
 msgid ""
@@ -681,6 +926,13 @@ msgid ""
 "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
 " who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
 msgstr ""
+"Comment vous pouvez voir dans ce fichier, Fabien et Laurence travaillent "
+"pour l'entreprise Bigees (entreprise_1) et Eric travaille pour l'entreprise "
+"Organi. La relation entre les personnes et les entreprises se fait à l'aide "
+"de l'ID externe des entreprises. Nous avons du faire précéder l\"ID "
+"externe\" du nom du tableau pour éviter un conflit d'ID entre les personnes "
+"et les entreprises (personne_1 et entreprise_1 qui avaient le même ID 1 dans"
+" la base de données initiale)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250
 msgid ""
@@ -689,10 +941,15 @@ msgid ""
 "contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first "
 "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
 msgstr ""
+"Les deux fichiers créés sont prêts à être importés dans Odoo sans aucune "
+"modification. Après avoir importé ces deux fichiers CSV, vous aurez 4 "
+"contacts et 3 entreprises. (les deux premiers contacts sont liés à la "
+"première entreprise). Vous devez d'abord importer les entreprises et ensuite"
+" les personnes."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
 msgid "Basics"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Basique"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
 msgid "How to add a user"
@@ -703,10 +960,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given "
 "point."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo vous permet d'ajouter des utilisateurs supplémentaires à tout moment."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9
 msgid "Add individual users"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ajoutez des utilisateurs individuels"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -715,12 +973,19 @@ msgid ""
 "professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -"
 " and a picture."
 msgstr ""
+"À partir du module Configuration, allez dans le sous-menu "
+":menuselection:`Utilisateurs --> Utilisateurs` et cliquez sur **CRÉER**. "
+"Ajoutez d'abord le nom de votre nouvel utilisateur, l'adresse email "
+"professionnelle qu'il utilisera pour se connecter à Odoo et une image."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19
 msgid ""
 "Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access "
 "and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app."
 msgstr ""
+"Dans la rubrique \"Droits d'accès\", vous pouvez choisir les applications "
+"que votre utilisateur peut accéder et utiliser. Différents niveaux de droits"
+" sont disponibles en fonction de l'application."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23
 msgid ""
@@ -728,6 +993,10 @@ msgid ""
 "invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click"
 " on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque vous avez terminé de modifier la page et que vous avez cliqué sur "
+"**ENREGISTRER**, un courriel d'invitation sera automatiquement envoyé à "
+"l'utilisateur. Celui-ci doit cliquer dessus pour accepter l'invitation et se"
+" connecter à votre instance. "
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
 msgid ""
@@ -744,12 +1013,20 @@ msgid ""
 " to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights "
 "under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez également ajouter un nouvel utilisateur au fur et à mesure "
+"depuis votre tableau de bord. Depuis l'écran ci-dessus, entrez l'adresse "
+"email de l'utilisateur que vous souhaitez ajouter et cliquez sur "
+"**INVITER**. L'utilisateur recevra un email d'invitation contenant un lien "
+"pour définir son mot de passe. Vous pourrez alors définir ses droits d'accès"
+" sous le menu :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Menu utilisateurs`."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
 "users>`_"
 msgstr ""
+"`Désactivation des utilisateurs <../../db_management/documentation.html"
+"#deactivating-users>`_"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46
 msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`"
@@ -757,23 +1034,27 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3
 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gérez Odoo dans votre propre langue"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and"
 " each user can use Odoo in his own language ."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous avez la possibilité de gérer Odoo en différentes langues, et chaque "
+"utilisateur peut utiliser Odoo dans sa propre langue."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9
 msgid "Load your desired language"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Chargez la langue désirée"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo "
 "instance."
 msgstr ""
+"La première chose à faire est charger la langue que vous désirez dans "
+"l'instance Odoo."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -781,42 +1062,54 @@ msgid ""
 " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, "
 "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**"
 msgstr ""
+"Depuis le tableau de bord général, cliquez sur l'application **Paramètres** "
+"sur le coin supérieur gauche de la page, sélectionnez "
+":menuselection:`Traductions --> Télécharger une traduction`, puis "
+"sélectionnez une langue d'installation et cliquez sur **TÉLÉCHARGER.**"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23
 msgid ""
 "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option"
 " to change the navigation language on your website."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous cochez la case \"Sites Web à traduire\" vous aurez la possibilité de"
+" changer la langue de navigation sur votre site Web."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27
 msgid "Change your language"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Modifiez votre langue"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-"
 "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour modifier la langue installée, allez sur le menu déroulant situé dans le"
+" coin supérieur droit de l'écran et sélectionnez **Préférences**."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click "
 "**SAVE.**"
 msgstr ""
+"Modifiez ensuite les paramètres de la langue que vous avez installée et "
+"cliquez sur ENREGISTRER."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42
 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ouvrez un nouveau menu pour voir les modifications."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45
 msgid "Change another user's language"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Modifiez la langue d'un autre utilisateur"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47
 msgid ""
 "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred "
 "language."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo donne également à chaque utilisateur la possibilité de modifier sa "
+"langue de préférence."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50
 msgid ""
@@ -827,7 +1120,14 @@ msgid ""
 " change the Language to any previously installed language and click "
 "**SAVE.**"
 msgstr ""
+"Pour changer la langue d'un autre utilisateur, choisissez "
+":menuselection:`Utilisateurs --> Utilisateurs` depuis l'application "
+"Paramètres. Là, vous avez la liste de tous les utilisateurs et vous pouvez "
+"choisir celui pour qui vous souhaitez changer la langue. Sélectionnez "
+"l'utilisateur et cliquez sur **Éditer** dans le coin supérieur gauche. Sous "
+"Préférences, vous pouvez changer la langue pour n'importe quelle autre "
+"langue précédemment installée et cliquer sur **Enregistrer.**"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61
 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`"
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
index 9833a96887..41816442d8 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
@@ -1,16 +1,20 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Priscilla Sanchez <prs@odoo.com>, 2020
+# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -19,756 +23,424 @@ msgstr ""
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
-msgid "Odoo Online Implementation"
-msgstr "Mise en œuvre de Odoo en ligne"
+msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology"
+msgstr "Les bases de la méthodologie QuickStart."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
 msgid ""
-"This document summarizes **Odoo Online's services**, our Success Pack "
-"**implementation methodology**, and best practices to get started with our "
+"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack "
+"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our "
 "product."
 msgstr ""
+"Ce document reprend les services d'Odoo Online, notre méthodologie "
+"d'implémentation de Success Pack et les pratiques les plus conseillées afin "
+"de commencer à utiliser notre produit."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the "
-"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't "
-"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*"
-msgstr ""
-"*Nous recommandons que les nouveaux client de Odoo en ligne lisent ce "
-"document avant le premier appel avec le chef de projet. De la sorte, nous "
-"gagnons du temps et ne gaspillons pas les heures du Success Pack avec les "
-"fondamentaux .*"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12
+msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant"
+msgstr "1. Le SPoC (*Single Point of Contac*) et le Consultant"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this "
-"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*"
+"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate "
+"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person"
+" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the"
+" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making."
 msgstr ""
-"*Si vous n'avez pas lu ce document, notre chef de projet vous le résumera au"
-" moment du premier appel.*"
+"Dans le cadre de votre projet, il est hautement recommandé de désigner et de"
+" maintenir des deux côtés (du vôtre et du nôtre) **une seule et unique "
+"personne de contact** (en anglais : Single Point of Contact ou SPoC), qui se"
+" chargera de votre projet et qui en sera responsable. Il/Elle aura également"
+" **l'autorité** en termes de prise de décision."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Commencer"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22
 msgid ""
-"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The"
-" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during "
-"the implementation."
+"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From"
+" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency"
+" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good "
+"practices."
 msgstr ""
-"N'attendez pas la première réunion de démarrage pour commencer à jouer avec "
-"le logiciel. Plus vous passez de temps à jouer avec Odoo, plus vous gagnez "
-"de temps pour plus tard pendant la mise en place. "
+"**Les consultants assurent l'implémentation du projet de A à Z** : Du début "
+"à la fin du projet, il/elle assurera la cohérence globale de "
+"l'implémentation sur Odoo et partagera son expertise en termes de bonnes "
+"pratiques. "
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions"
-" by email on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you "
-"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch."
+"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible"
+" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention "
+"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business "
+"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)"
 msgstr ""
+"**Un seul et unique décisionnaire du côté du client (SPoC)** : Il/Elle est "
+"responsable de transmettre ses connaissances de l'activité (coordinera des "
+"interventions des utilisateurs clés si nécessaire) et de la consistence de "
+"l'implémentation d'un point de vue business (prise de décision, ch"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by "
-"someone else in your company, contact our support team using our `online "
-"support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo "
-"database ready to be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Remplissez les cases de connexion ou d'inscription et vous obtiendrez votre "
-"première base de données Odoo prête à être utilisée."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41
-msgid ""
-"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes"
-" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities* or "
-"*projects/tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the "
-"user interface as shown in the picture below."
+"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the "
+"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise "
+"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an"
+" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are"
+" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those "
+"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)."
+msgstr ""
+"**Optimisation des réunions**. Le Consultant Odoo n'est pas impliqué dans le"
+" processus de prise de décision d'un point de vue business et ne précise pas"
+" non plus les processus ou procédures internes à l'entreprise (sauf dans le "
+"cas d'une demande spécifique ou d'une exception). Les réunions de projet, "
+"qui prendront place une à deux fois par semaine, ont pour objectif de "
+"s'aligner sur les besoins de l'entreprise (SPoC) et de définir la manière "
+"dont ces besoins seront implémentés sur Odoo (Consultant)."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional "
+"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his "
+"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary "
+"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-"
+"learning via the `Odoo documentation "
+"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning "
+"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the "
+"testing of functionalities."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
-msgid "|left_pic|"
-msgstr "|left_pic|"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
-msgid "|right_pic|"
-msgstr "|right_pic|"
+msgid "2. Project Scope"
+msgstr "2. Etendue du projet"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation "
-"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top "
-"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications."
-msgstr ""
-"Une fois que vous vous êtes habitué à l'interface utilisateur, jetez un oeil"
-" sur les planificateurs de mise en œuvre. Ceux-ci sont accessibles depuis "
-"l'application Configuration, ou à partir de la barre de progression en haut "
-"à droite des principales applications."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58
-msgid "These implementation planners will:"
-msgstr "Ces planificateurs de mise en œuvre vont :"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60
-msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application,"
+"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is "
+"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the "
+"project implementation is pursuing."
 msgstr ""
-"vous aider à définir vos objectifs et indicateurs de performance clés pour "
-"chaque application,"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62
-msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps,"
-msgstr "vous guider à travers les différentes étapes de configuration,"
+"Afin de s'assurer que tous les intervenants impliqués suivent la même "
+"direction, il est nécessaire de définir et de faire évoluer la portée du "
+"projet tant que l'implémentation du  projet se poursuit."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64
-msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-"et vous fournir des conseils et astuces pour tirer le meilleur parti de "
-"Odoo."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53
 msgid ""
-"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations "
-"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the "
-"implementation process."
+"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of "
+"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. "
+"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of "
+"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more"
+" clear."
 msgstr ""
-"Remplissez les premières étapes de la planification de la mise en œuvre "
-"(objectifs, attentes et KPI). Notre chef de projet va les examiner avec vous"
-" pendant le processus de mise en œuvre."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59
 msgid ""
-"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you "
-"through all the steps. But you can also:"
+"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent "
+"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo"
+" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This "
+"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in "
+"the implementation."
 msgstr ""
-"Si vous avez des questions ou besoin de soutien, notre chef de projet vous "
-"guidera à travers toutes les étapes. Mais vous pouvez aussi :"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
 msgid ""
-"Read the documentation on our website: "
-"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
+"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great "
+"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more "
+"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard "
+"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project"
+" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid "
+"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software "
+"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an "
+"experiment of the standard in production."
 msgstr ""
-"Lire la documentation sur notre site Web: "
-"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79
-msgid ""
-"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (free with your first Success "
-"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional "
-"<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80
+msgid "3. Managing expectations"
+msgstr "3. Gérer les attentes"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
 msgid ""
-"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel "
-"<https://www.youtube.com/user/OpenERPonline>`__"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85
-msgid ""
-"Or send your questions to our online support team through our `online "
-"support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89
-msgid "What do we expect from you?"
-msgstr "Qu'attendons-nous de vous ?"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91
-msgid ""
-"We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of "
-"services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most"
-" projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months."
+"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of "
+"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into"
+" account from the beginning of the project:"
 msgstr ""
+"L'écart entre la réalité d'une implémentation et les attentes des futurs "
+"utilisateurs est un facteur crucial. Trois aspects importants devraient être"
+" pris en compte dès le début du projet :"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95
-msgid ""
-"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a "
-"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is "
-"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100
-msgid "Your internal implementation manager"
-msgstr "Votre chef de projet interne"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86
 msgid ""
-"We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to "
-"work with our project manager on your Odoo implementation. This is to ensure"
-" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this "
-"person must:"
+"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and "
+"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation,"
+" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo "
+"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time "
+"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly "
+"check that this is still the case."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94
 msgid ""
-"**Be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you "
-"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest "
-"implementations having a full time project manager."
+"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal "
+"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them"
+" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs "
+"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an"
+" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the "
+"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining "
+"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio "
+"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be "
+"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a "
+"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed "
+"to pursue this same objective."
 msgstr ""
+"**Concentrez-vous sur la réussite du projet, et non pas sur la solution "
+"idéale** : L'objectif principal du SPoC et du consultant est de mener à bien"
+" le projet qui leur est confié afin de trouver la solution la plus efficace "
+"pour répondre aux besoins exprimés. Cet objectif peut parfois aller à "
+"l'encontre de la vision que se fait l'utilisateur final d'une solution "
+"idéale. Dans ce cas, le SPoC et le consultant appliqueront la règle des "
+"80-20 : se concentrer sur 80% des besoins exprimés et retirer les 20% "
+"restants des objectifs les plus défavorables en termes de rapport "
+"coût/bénéfice (ces proportions peuvent bien sûr changer au fil du temps). "
+"Par conséquent, si un allègement global est constaté, il sera jugé "
+"acceptable d'intégrer une manipulation plus chronophage."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108
 msgid ""
-"**Have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms "
-"all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small "
-"details that need quick turnarounds for answers and if there is too much "
-"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company "
-"it could potentially seriously slow everything down."
+"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and "
+"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to "
+"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of "
+"tools\\* :"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113
 msgid ""
-"**Have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full "
-"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top "
-"management."
+"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard "
+"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be "
+"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes."
 msgstr ""
+"**L'analyse des gaps** : La comparaison entre la requête et les "
+"fonctionnalités standard proposées par Odoo permettra d'identifier le manque"
+" à combler par des développements/personnalisations ou des changements des "
+"processus opérationnels."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121
-msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118
 msgid ""
-"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high "
-"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an "
-"extremist.**"
+"`The User Story <https://help.rallydev.com/writing-great-user-story>`__: "
+"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, "
+"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant"
+" who will provide a response to the HOW."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126
 msgid ""
-"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks"
-" to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades."
+"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A "
+"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main "
+"lines of expected changes."
 msgstr ""
+"`La démonstration de faisabilité "
+"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ Une version simplifiée, "
+"un prototype de ce qui est attendu pour arriver à un accord sur les grandes "
+"lignes des changements attendus."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130
 msgid ""
-"Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and "
-"requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost"
-" you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden "
-"costs of customization."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134
-msgid ""
-"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was "
-"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old "
-"system(s) work."
+"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with"
+" the changes related to the interface."
 msgstr ""
+"**La maquête** : Dans la même idée que la démonstration de faisabilité, elle"
+" viendra s’aligner aux changements liés à l'interface."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133
 msgid ""
-"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to "
-"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after "
-"having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using "
-"Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they "
-"learn to perform their workflows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is more"
-" important to have all your business processes working than customizing a "
-"screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few emails."
+"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and "
+"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project "
+"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the "
+"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without "
+"verifying its veracity beforehand."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139
 msgid ""
-"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and "
-"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with"
-" them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your "
-"previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with "
-"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is "
-"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead."
+"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more "
+"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*"
 msgstr ""
+"*Cette liste peut, évidemment, être complétée avec d'autres outils qui "
+"correspondraient plus adéquatement à la réalité des besoins de votre "
+"projet.*"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155
-msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo"
-msgstr "Investir du temps dans l'apprentissage d'Odoo"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143
+msgid "4. Communication Strategy"
+msgstr "4. Stratégie de communication"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145
 msgid ""
-"Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are"
-" navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and "
-"easier your training phases will be."
+"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of "
+"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the "
+"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to "
+"follow those principles:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150
 msgid ""
-"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra "
-"resources:"
+"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure "
+"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to "
+"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project "
+"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be "
+"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the"
+" manager are clearly defined."
 msgstr ""
-"Rien ne remplace le jeu avec le logiciel, mais voici quelques ressources "
-"supplémentaires :"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158
 msgid ""
-"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
+"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both "
+"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project."
 msgstr ""
-"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162
 msgid ""
-"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__"
+"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation "
+"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:"
 msgstr ""
-"Vidéos de Présentation : `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170
-msgid ""
-"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
-msgstr ""
-"Avis de Clients : `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174
-msgid "Get things done"
-msgstr "Faire avancer les choses"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176
-msgid ""
-"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-"
-"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and "
-"install the Notes application."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous voulez un moyen facile de commencer à utiliser Odoo ? Installez "
-"l'application Notes d'Odoo pour gérer votre liste de choses à faire pour la "
-"mise en œuvre : `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. De votre page d'accueil Odoo, accédez "
-"à Applications et installer l'application Notes."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184
-msgid "This module allows you to:"
-msgstr "Ce module vous permet de :"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186
-msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;"
-msgstr ""
-"Gérer les listes de choses à faire pour améliorer les interactions avec "
-"votre consultant Odoo;"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188
-msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;"
-msgstr ""
-"Partager vos connaissances et vos bonnes pratiques dans Odoo avec vos "
-"employés;"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190
-msgid ""
-"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion "
-"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc."
-msgstr ""
-"Faire connaissance avec tous les outils génériques d' Odoo: messagerie, "
-"groupes de discussion, tableau de bord Kanban, etc."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197
-msgid ""
-"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform "
-"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard "
-"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad."
-msgstr ""
-"Cette application est même compatible avec la plate-forme Etherpad "
-"(http://etherpad.org). Pour utiliser ces pads collaboratifs plutôt que des "
-"notes standards Odoo, installez le module suivant : Memos Pad."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202
-msgid "What should you expect from us?"
-msgstr "Que devez-vous attendre de nous ?"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205
-msgid "Subscription Services"
-msgstr "Services d'Abonnement"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
-msgid "Cloud Hosting"
-msgstr "Hébergement Cloud"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210
-msgid ""
-"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three "
-"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your "
-"instance in 10 minutes, and more!"
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo fournit une infrastructure de cloud de premier ordre, y compris les "
-"sauvegardes dans trois centres de données différents, la réplication de base"
-" de données, la capacité de reproduire votre instance en 10 minutes, et plus"
-" encore !"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214
-msgid ""
-"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
-msgstr ""
-"Qualité de service d'Odoo en ligne : `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-"
-"sla <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217
-msgid ""
-"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166
+msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;"
 msgstr ""
-"Sécurité d'Odoo en ligne : `https://www.odoo.com/page/security "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__"
+"Le compte-rendu des réunions sera limité aux décisions et aux validations;"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168
 msgid ""
-"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
+"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is "
+"reached;"
 msgstr ""
-"Politique de Confidentialité : `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-"
-"policy <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224
-msgid "Support"
-msgstr "Assistance"
+"Les statut des projets ne seront définis que lorsqu'une étape importante "
+"sera franchie."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171
 msgid ""
-"Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no "
-"extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in "
-"San Francisco, Belgium, and India. Questions could be about anything and "
-"everything, like specific questions on current Odoo features and where to "
-"configure them, bugfix requests, payments, or subscription issues."
+"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized."
 msgstr ""
+"Des sessions de formation sur la solution classique ou personnalisée seront "
+"organisées."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
-msgid ""
-"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175
+msgid "5. Customizations and Development"
+msgstr "5. Customisations et développements"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177
 msgid ""
-"Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data "
-"or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project "
-"manager, as part of the Success Pack."
+"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution "
+"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast "
+"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:"
 msgstr ""
-"Note : L'équipe de support ne peut pas développer de nouvelles "
-"fonctionnalités, personnaliser, importer des données ou former vos "
-"utilisateurs. Ces services sont fournis par votre chef de projet dédié, dans"
-" le cadre du Succes Pack."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240
-msgid "Upgrades"
-msgstr "Mises à jour"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182
 msgid ""
-"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade "
-"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database "
-"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features."
+"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be "
+"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis,"
+" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant "
+"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an"
+" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted "
+"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid "
+"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties."
+" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development "
+"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see "
+"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")."
 msgstr ""
-"Une fois tous les deux mois, Odoo publie une nouvelle version. Vous aurez "
-"alors un bouton de mise à niveau dans l'écran **Manage Your Databases**. "
-"Mettre à niveau votre base de données reste votre décision, mais vous permet"
-" de bénéficier de nouvelles fonctionnalités."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194
 msgid ""
-"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can "
-"evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill "
-"our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this "
-"request."
+"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to "
+"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of"
+" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator"
+" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the "
+"business processes of the company."
 msgstr ""
+"**Remplacer, sans dupliquer** : La décision de changer le logiciel de "
+"gestion a été prise pour une bonne raison. Dans ce contexte, le moment de la"
+" mise en œuvre est LE bon moment pour accepter et même être un initiateur de"
+" changement tant au niveau de la manière dont le logiciel sera utilisé qu'au"
+" niveau des processus d'affaires de l'entreprise."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252
-msgid "Success Pack Services"
-msgstr "Services Succes Pack"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
-msgid ""
-"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a "
-"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours "
-"you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of "
-"your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects "
-"within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute to"
-" us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or \"Scope "
-"Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an"
-" increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
-msgid ""
-"The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: "
-"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
-msgid ""
-"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
-"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
-"your Success Pack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
-msgid "His/her role includes:"
-msgstr "Son rôle comprend :"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
-msgid ""
-"**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
-" the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
-msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
-msgid ""
-"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen "
-"sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will "
-"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your "
-"consultant."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
-msgid ""
-"**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
-"and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
-"structures, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
-msgid ""
-"**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
-"prepared by the project manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
-msgid ""
-"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra "
-"services:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
-msgid ""
-"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to "
-"customize most screens in any way you see fit."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
-msgid ""
-"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize "
-"the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers"
-" for advanced customizations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
-msgid ""
-"**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
-"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
-"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours "
-"of your Success Pack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
-msgid ""
-"**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields "
-"based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For"
-" very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo "
-"developers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
-msgid ""
-"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. "
-"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded "
-"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:314
-msgid ""
-"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will"
-" be deducted from your Success Pack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
-msgid ""
-"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a"
-" developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your "
-"Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a "
-"developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover"
-" maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by"
-" the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the"
-" subscription fee."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:325
-msgid ""
-"**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
-"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
-"$5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
-msgid "Implementation Methodology"
-msgstr "Méthodologie d'implémentation"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
-msgid ""
-"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers "
-"in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
-msgid ""
-"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
-"progressively, by groups of apps."
-msgstr ""
-"Après la réunion de lancement, nous définissons un planning en plusieurs "
-"phases pour déployer Odoo progressivement, par groupes d'apps."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:341
-msgid ""
-"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
-"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
-"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of applications that you "
-"will fully use in production at the end of the phase."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
-msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
-msgstr "Pour chaque phase, les étapes sont les suivantes :"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
-msgid ""
-"**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
-"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
-" business process and configure according to your specific needs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
-msgid ""
-"**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
-"responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's "
-"project manager will import them in Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
-msgid ""
-"**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
-" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
-"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and "
-"process your feedback."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
-msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202
+msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles"
 msgstr ""
-"**Production :** une fois que tout le monde est formé, les utilisateurs "
-"commencent à utiliser Odoo."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:366
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204
 msgid ""
-"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
-"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
-" and reports**)."
+"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to"
+" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational "
+"needs of the company."
 msgstr ""
-"Une fois que vous êtes à l'aise en utilisant Odoo, nous allons peaufiner le "
-"processus, **automatiser** certaines tâches et faire les personnalisations "
-"restantes (**écrans supplémentaires et rapports**)."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
 msgid ""
-"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our "
-"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
-"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
+"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible "
+"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the "
+"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the "
+"requirements of the operational reality."
 msgstr ""
+"**Répartition des rôles** : Dans ce contexte, le consultant sera chargé "
+"d'apporter une solution qui correspond aux spécifications définies et le "
+"SpoC devra tester et valider la solution livrée pour vérifier si elle répond"
+" aux exigences de la réalité opérationnelle."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
-msgid "Managing your databases"
-msgstr "Gestion de vos bases de données"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214
 msgid ""
-"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
-" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
+"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the "
+"noted gap is caused by:"
 msgstr ""
-"Pour accéder à vos bases de données, aller à Odoo.com, connectez-vous et "
-"cliquez sur **My Databases** dans le menu déroulant situé dans le coin "
-"supérieur droit."
+"**Gestion des changements** : Lorsqu'un changement doit être apporté à la "
+"solution, l'écart est causé par :"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218
 msgid ""
-"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
-"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
-" with test data!"
+"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is "
+"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible"
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo vous donne la possibilité de tester le système avant de l'utiliser en "
-"direct ou avant de passer à une version plus récente. Ne gâchez pas votre "
-"environnement de travail avec des données de test !"
+"La différence entre le cahier des charges et la solution livrée. Cette "
+"modification est sous la responsabilité du consultant. "
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388
-msgid ""
-"For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each "
-"available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your "
-"working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My "
-"Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
+msgid "**or**"
+msgstr "**ou**"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222
 msgid ""
-"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
-"<db_management/documentation>`."
+"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational "
+"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pourrez trouver plus d'informations sur la façon de gérer vos bases de "
-"données :ref:`ici <db_management/documentation>`."
+"La différence entre les spécifications et les impératifs de la réalité "
+"opérationnelle. Cette modification est sous la responsabilité du SPoC. "
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
-msgid "Customer Success"
-msgstr "Succès Client"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
+msgid "7. Data Imports"
+msgstr "7. Import de données"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:405
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228
 msgid ""
-"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
-"have all the resources needed to complete their project."
+"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must "
+"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, "
+"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, "
+"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, "
+"it will be decided :"
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo se passionne pour ravir nos clients, et de veiller à ce qu'ils "
-"disposent de toutes les ressources nécessaires pour réaliser leur projet."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:408
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234
 msgid ""
-"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
-"manager and eventually the support team."
+"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, "
+"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, "
+"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting."
 msgstr ""
-"Pendant la phase de mise en œuvre, votre contact est le chef de projet, et "
-"éventuellement l'équipe d'assistance."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:411
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239
 msgid ""
-"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
-"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
-"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with"
-" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the "
-"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..."
+"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When "
+"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, "
+"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information "
+"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the"
+" import will be made before the production launch."
 msgstr ""
-"Une fois que vous êtes en production, vous aurez probablement moins de "
-"contacts avec votre chef de projet. À ce moment-là, nous vous attribuons un "
-"membre de notre Customer Success Team, qui est spécialisée dans la relation "
-"à long terme avec nos clients. Il communiquera avec vous pour présenter les "
-"nouvelles versions, améliorer la façon dont vous travaillez avec Odoo, "
-"évaluer vos nouveaux besoins, etc."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:418
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246
 msgid ""
-"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
-"a solution that grows with their needs!"
+"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be "
+"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these "
+"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the "
+"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports."
 msgstr ""
-"Notre objectif interne est de garder les clients au moins pendant 10 ans, et"
-" de leur offrir une solution qui grandit avec leurs besoins!"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:421
-msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
-msgstr "Bienvenue à bord et profiter de votre expérience Odoo !"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:424
-msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
index 7094370fc3..3524bf9b81 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
@@ -3,14 +3,20 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2017
+# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-12-13 12:33+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -24,7 +30,7 @@ msgstr "Assistance"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Démarrez avec Odoo Assistance"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6
 msgid "Overview"
@@ -32,7 +38,7 @@ msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9
 msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Démarrez avec Odoo Assistance"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11
 msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:"
@@ -41,6 +47,8 @@ msgstr "Installation d'Odoo Assistance"
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13
 msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install"
 msgstr ""
+"Ouvrez le module Apps, recherchez \"Assistance technique\", et cliquez sur "
+"installer."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19
 msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams"
@@ -81,6 +89,9 @@ msgid ""
 "settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
 "the lower right-hand side."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous devez d'abord activer le mode développeur. Pour le faire, allez sur le "
+"module paramètres et sélectionnez le lien pour \"Activer le mode "
+"développeur\" dans le coin inférieur droit de la page. "
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
 msgid ""
@@ -89,26 +100,37 @@ msgid ""
 "can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams "
 "allowing for customizable stages for each team!"
 msgstr ""
+"Maintenant, lorsque vous retournez sur le module Assistance technique et "
+"sélectionnez \"Configuration\" sur la barre mauve, vous trouvez des options "
+"supplémentaires, telles que \"Étapes\". Vous pouvez ainsi créer des "
+"nouvelles étapes et les attribuer à une ou plusieurs équipes, et cela de "
+"façon personnalisée."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
 msgid "Start receiving tickets"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Commencer à recevoir des tickets"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56
 msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment mes clients peuvent-ils émettre des tickets?"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58
 msgid ""
 "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
 "your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
 msgstr ""
+"Sur la barre mauve sélectionnez \"Configuration\" et ensuite \"Paramètres\","
+" puis choisissez votre équipe Assistance technique. Sous \"Canaux vous "
+"trouverez 4 options :"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
 msgid ""
 "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
 "ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
 msgstr ""
+"La fonction Email Alias permet aux clients d'envoyer par e-mail l'alias que "
+"vous avez choisi pour créer un ticket. Le sujet de l'email devient le sujet "
+"du ticket."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
 msgid ""
@@ -116,6 +138,9 @@ msgid ""
 "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
 "form - much like odoo.com/help!"
 msgstr ""
+"La fonction Formulaire site Web permet à vos clients d'allez sur "
+"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit et soumettre un ticket via le "
+"formulaire du site Web tout come sur odoo.com/help!"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
 msgid ""
@@ -123,6 +148,10 @@ msgid ""
 "website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
 "can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket."
 msgstr ""
+"Le Live Chat permet à vos clients de soumettre un ticket via le Live Chat "
+"sur votre site Web. Votre client démarre le chat en direct et l'opérateur du"
+" chat peut créer le ticket via la commande /Sujet assistance technique ou "
+"Ticket."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
 msgid ""
@@ -133,7 +162,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91
 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Des tickets ont été créés, et maintenant?"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93
 msgid ""
@@ -142,22 +171,32 @@ msgid ""
 "tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by "
 "adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field."
 msgstr ""
+"Vos employés peuvent à présent travailler sur ces tickets! Si vous avez "
+"sélectionné une méthode d'attribution manuelle, vos employés devront eux-"
+"aussi s'attribuer des tickets en utilisant le bouton \"Attribuer à moi-"
+"même\" qui se trouve dans le coin supérieur gauche du ticket ou en "
+"introduisant leur nom dans le champ \"Attribué à\"."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101
 msgid ""
 "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
 "tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez sélectionnez la méthode d'attribution \"aléatoire\" ou "
+"\"équilibrée\", vos tickets seront attribués à un membre de l'équipe "
+"Assistance technique concernée."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
 msgid ""
 "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
 "completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
 msgstr ""
+"Ils pourront alors commencer à résoudre les tickets et modifier leur statut "
+"vers résolu lorsque ceux-ci seront finalisés."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108
 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment puis-je identifier ce ticket comme urgent ?"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110
 msgid ""
@@ -165,54 +204,67 @@ msgid ""
 " but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
 "Kanban view or on the ticket form."
 msgstr ""
+"Sur vos tickets vous verrez des étoiles. Vous pouvez définir l'urgence du "
+"ticket en sélectionnant une ou plusieurs étoiles sur celui-ci. Vous pouvez "
+"le faire sur la vue Kanban ou sur le ticket même."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
 msgid ""
 "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
 "activate the setting under \"Settings\""
 msgstr ""
+"Pour mettre en place une politique d'Accord de services pour vos employés, "
+"activez d'abord ce paramètre dans les \"Paramètres\"."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123
 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sélectionnez \"Configurer les politiques SLA\" et cliquez sur \"Créer\"."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125
 msgid ""
 "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
 "priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
 msgstr ""
+"Complétez les informations: équipe Assistance technique, priorité minimale "
+"du ticket (les étoiles) ainsi que les objectifs du ticket."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132
 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Que faire si un ticket est bloqué ou prêt à être utilisé?"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134
 msgid ""
 "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
 "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
 msgstr ""
+"Si un ticket ne peut pas être résolu ou s'il est bloqué, vous pouvez "
+"modifier le \"Statut Kanban\" sur le ticket. Vous avez trois options:"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
 msgid "Grey - Normal State"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gris - statut normal"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139
 msgid "Red - Blocked"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rouge - bloqué"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141
 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vert - prêt pour l'étape suivante"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143
 msgid ""
 "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
 "Ticket form."
 msgstr ""
+"Tout comme pour les étoiles, vous pouvez définir le statut dans la vue "
+"Kanban ou sur le ticket."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150
 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
 msgstr ""
+"Comment mes employés peuvent-ils enregistrer leur temps de travail sur un "
+"ticket?"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152
 msgid ""
@@ -220,36 +272,48 @@ msgid ""
 "Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
 "timesheets will log against."
 msgstr ""
+"D'abord, allez sur \"Paramètres\" et sélectionnez l'option \"Feuille de "
+"temps du ticket\". Un champ vous permettant de sélectionner le projet sur "
+"lequel les feuilles de temps doivent s'enregistrer apparaîtra."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
 msgid ""
 "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
 " tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
 msgstr ""
+"Une fois que vous avez sélectionné un projet, vous pouvez sauver. Si vous "
+"retournez vers vos tickets, vous verrez qu'un nouvel onglet appelé "
+"\"Feuilles de temps\" a été ajouté."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
 msgid ""
 "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
 "ticket."
 msgstr ""
+"Ici, vos employés peuvent ajouter une ligne pour indiquer le travail qu'ils "
+"ont effectué pour ce ticket."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169
 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment permettre à vos clients d'évaluer le service qu'ils ont reçu"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171
 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
 msgstr ""
+"Vous devez tout d'abord activer le paramètre évaluation depuis "
+"\"Paramètres\""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176
 msgid ""
 "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
 "an email to the customer asking how their service went."
 msgstr ""
+"Désormais, lorsqu'un ticket passera au statut de ticket résolu ou terminé, "
+"le client recevra un email lui demandant d'évaluer le service fourni."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3
 msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Enregistrez et facturez le temps dédié aux tickets"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -257,10 +321,14 @@ msgid ""
 "in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time "
 "spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour pouvoir fournir à vos clients une assistance technique, vous devrez "
+"avoir avec eux des contrats de service. Pour cela, Odoo vous aide à "
+"enregistrer le temps consacré à résoudre le problème, et plus important, à "
+"facturer ce temps à vos clients."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11
 msgid "The modules needed"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Les modules requis"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13
 msgid ""
@@ -268,14 +336,18 @@ msgid ""
 "needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of "
 "them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*."
 msgstr ""
+"Afin d'enregistrer et de facturer le temps passé sur les tickets, les "
+"modules suivants sont nécessaires : Assistance technique, Projet, Feuilles "
+"de temps, Vente. S'il vous manque un de ces modules, allez dans le module "
+"Apps, cherchez-le et cliquez sur *Installer*."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19
 msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Commencez à offrir le service d'assistance technique"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22
 msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Étape 1 : démarrez un projet d'assistance technique"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24
 msgid ""
@@ -283,16 +355,21 @@ msgid ""
 ":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that "
 "the *Timesheets* feature is activated."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour démarrer un projet dédié au service Assistance technique, allez d'abord"
+" sur :menuselection:`Projet --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et assurez-"
+"vous que la fonctionnalité *Feuilles de temps* est activée."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for "
 "it."
 msgstr ""
+"Ensuite, allez sur votre tableau de bord, créez le nouveau projet et liez "
+"des feuilles de temps à celui-ci."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35
 msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Étape 2 : constituez une équipe d'assistance technique"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -302,10 +379,16 @@ msgid ""
 " activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have "
 "previously created as well."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour définir une équipe dédiée au service assistance technique, allez sur "
+":menuselection:`Assistance technique --> Configuration --> Équipe assistance"
+" technique` et créez une nouvelle équipe ou sélectionnez une équipe déjà "
+"existante. Sur le formulaire, cochez la case *Feuille de temps du ticket* "
+"pour activer cette fonctionnalité. N'oubliez pas de sélectionner le projet "
+"d'assistance technique que vous avez précédemment créé également."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47
 msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Étape 3 : démarrez le service d'assistance technique"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49
 msgid ""
@@ -313,18 +396,25 @@ msgid ""
 ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the"
 " *Units of Measure* feature is activated."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour finir, allez sur :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> "
+"Paramètres` pour lancer le nouveau service d'assistance technique. Assurez-"
+"vous que la fonctionnalité *Unités de mesure* est activée."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56
 msgid ""
 "Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. "
 "Make sure that the product is set as a service."
 msgstr ""
+"Allez ensuite sur :menuselection:`Produits --> Produits` et créez-en un "
+"nouveau. Vérifiez que produit est configuré en tant que service."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any "
 "unit will do."
 msgstr ""
+"Nous vous suggérons de configurer l'*Unité de mesure* sur *Heure(s)*, mais "
+"n'importe quelle unité conviendra."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66
 msgid ""
@@ -332,18 +422,21 @@ msgid ""
 "*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following "
 "configuration :"
 msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez ensuite le mode de gestion de facturation que vous désirez "
+"depuis la barre *Ventes* du formulaire du produit. Nous vous recommandons la"
+" configuration suivante :"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73
 msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vous êtes désormais prêt à recevoir des tickets!"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76
 msgid "Solve issues and record time spent"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Résoudre les problèmes et enregistrer le temps dédié au ticket"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79
 msgid "Step 1 : place an order"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Étape 1 : passez une commande"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81
 msgid ""
@@ -353,10 +446,16 @@ msgid ""
 " recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm "
 "the sale."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous êtes maintenant dans le module d'assistance technique et vous venez de "
+"recevoir un ticket d'un client. Pour créer une nouvelle commande, allez sur "
+":menuselection:`Ventes --> Commandes --> Commandes` et créez-en une pour le "
+"produit du service d'assistance technique que vous avez précédemment "
+"enregistré. Configurez le nombre d'heures prévues pour aider le client et "
+"confirmez la vente."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91
 msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Étape 2 : liez la tâche au ticket"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93
 msgid ""
@@ -365,10 +464,15 @@ msgid ""
 " the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question"
 " and select the task on its form."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque vous accédez au projet d'assistance technique dédié, vous verrez "
+"qu'une nouvelle tâche a été automatiquement générée avec la commande. Pour "
+"relier cette nouvelle tâche au ticket du client, allez sur le module "
+"Assistance technique et sélectionnez-la sur le formulaire du ticket "
+"concerné."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102
 msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Étape 3 : enregistrez le temps dédié à aider le client"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104
 msgid ""
@@ -376,16 +480,21 @@ msgid ""
 "performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the "
 "*Timesheets* tab."
 msgstr ""
+"L'assistance a été fournie et le problème du client a été réglé. Pour "
+"enregistrer les heures consacrées à résoudre cette tâche, retournez sur le "
+"formulaire du ticket et ajoutez-les depuis l'onglet *Feuilles de temps*."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112
 msgid ""
 "The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the "
 "Timesheet module and on the dedicated task."
 msgstr ""
+"Les heures enregistrées sur le ticket apparaîtront également de façon "
+"automatique dans le module Feuilles de temps ainsi que sur la tâche dédiée."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116
 msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Étape 4 : facturez le client"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118
 msgid ""
@@ -393,9 +502,14 @@ msgid ""
 " had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now "
 "appear as the delivered quantity."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour facturer le client, retournez au module Ventes et sélectionnez la "
+"commande qui a été placée. Vous verrez que les heures enregistrées sur le "
+"ticket apparaissent désormais comme étant livrées."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125
 msgid ""
 "All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then "
 "validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !"
 msgstr ""
+"Tout ce qu'il reste à faire, c'est créer une facture depuis la commande et "
+"la valider ensuite. Vous ne devez plus qu'attendre le paiement des clients!"
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
index 61b78bf0dd..25f773939e 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
@@ -1,16 +1,42 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2017
+# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2017
+# Florian Hatat, 2017
+# Stéphane GUILLY <stephane.guilly@laposte.net>, 2017
+# ShevAbam, 2017
+# Benjamin Frantzen, 2017
+# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2017
+# Nicolas Seinlet <nicolas@seinlet.com>, 2017
+# Clo <clo@odoo.com>, 2017
+# Lionel Sausin <ls@numerigraphe.com>, 2017
+# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2017
+# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2017
+# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017
+# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2017
+# Micky Jault <micky037@hotmail.fr>, 2017
+# Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2018
+# Thomas Dobbelsteyn <tdo@odoo.com>, 2018
+# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-01-08 17:10+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Micky Jault <micky037@hotmail.fr>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -375,7 +401,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurez votre lecteur de code-barres"
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
 msgid "Keyboard layout"
@@ -811,7 +837,7 @@ msgid "Product Unit of Measure"
 msgstr "Unité de mesure d'article"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
-msgid "Default Unit of Measure used for all stock operation."
+msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations."
 msgstr ""
 "Unité de mesure par défaut utilisée pour toutes les opérations de stock"
 
@@ -822,13 +848,12 @@ msgstr "Groupe d'approvisionnement"
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group."
-" If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped "
-"into one big picking."
+" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into "
+"one big picking."
 msgstr ""
-"Les mouvements crées en passant par ce point de commande seront mis dans ce "
-"groupe d'approvisionnement. Si aucun n'est donné, les mouvements générés par"
-" les règles d'approvisionnement seront regroupés en une seule grande "
-"préparation."
+"Les mouvements créés à travers cette règle de réapprovisionnement seront mis"
+" dans ce groupe d'approvisionnement. Si aucun n'est donné, les mouvements "
+"générés par les règles de stock seront groupés dans un seul transfert."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
 msgid "Minimum Quantity"
@@ -2928,7 +2953,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20
 msgid "When to use"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Quand l'utiliser"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22
 msgid ""
@@ -3029,7 +3054,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26
 msgid "Then click on **Apply**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cliquez ensuite sur **Appliquer**."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42
 msgid "Operation types configuration"
@@ -3184,7 +3209,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46
 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gérer les numéros de série"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51
 msgid ""
@@ -3892,7 +3917,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210
 msgid "4"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "4"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57
 msgid "+2*$10"
@@ -3995,7 +4020,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172
 msgid "FIFO"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "FIFO"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149
 msgid "$16"
@@ -4117,7 +4142,7 @@ msgstr "Facture fournisseur"
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305
 msgid "\\"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "\\"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271
@@ -4156,7 +4181,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257
 msgid "4.68"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "4,68"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258
@@ -4166,7 +4191,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258
 msgid "54.68"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "54,68"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282
@@ -4211,7 +4236,7 @@ msgstr "Réception des marchandises"
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288
 msgid "No Journal Entry"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pas d'écriture comptable"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283
@@ -4398,6 +4423,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
 msgstr ""
+"Inventaire : pour configurer un compte de valorisation de l'inventaire dans "
+"la catégorie interne du produit"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362
 msgid ""
@@ -4435,7 +4462,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203
 msgid "€10"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "10 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80
@@ -4445,136 +4472,136 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191
 msgid "€0"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "€0"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192
 msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Recevez 8 produits à 10 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195
 msgid "+8*€10"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "+8*10 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196
 msgid "€80"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "80 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197
 msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Recevez 4 produits à 16 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47
 msgid "+4*€10"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "+4*10 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48
 msgid "€120"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "120 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
 msgid "-10*€10"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "-10*10 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207
 msgid "€20"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "20 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55
 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Recevez 2 Produits pour 9 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58
 msgid "+2*€10"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "+2*10 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59
 msgid "€40"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "40 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198
 msgid "€12"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "12 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200
 msgid "+4*€16"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "+4*16 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201
 msgid "€144"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "144 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
 msgid "-10*€12"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "-10*12 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99
 msgid "€24"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "24 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208
 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Recevez 2 Produits pour 6 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101
 msgid "€9"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "9 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211
 msgid "+2*€6"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "+2*6 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104
 msgid "€36"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "36 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150
 msgid "€16"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "16 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
 msgid "-8*€10"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "-8*10 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
 msgid "-2*€16"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "-2*16 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212
 msgid "€32"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "32 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156
 msgid "€11"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "11 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159
 msgid "€44"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "44 €"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
 msgid "-4*€16"
@@ -4596,13 +4623,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308
 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dépenses : variations d'inventaire"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311
 msgid ""
 "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te "
 "**Inventory Variations** debited."
 msgstr ""
+"Si la valeur du stock a diminué, le compte **Inventaire** est crédité et les"
+" **Variations d'inventaire** débitées."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346
 msgid ""
@@ -5940,7 +5969,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53
 msgid "Creating a new inventory"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Créez un nouvel inventaire"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55
 msgid ""
@@ -5956,6 +5985,11 @@ msgid ""
 "on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to "
 "select the right warehouse and location."
 msgstr ""
+"Allez dans l'application inventaire, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Contrôle "
+"de l'inventaire --> Ajustement de l'inventaire`. Vous pouvez créer un nouvel"
+" inventaire en cliquant sur **Créer**. Introduisez la **Référence de "
+"l'inventaire*, la **Date** et assurez-vous de choisir le bon entrepôt et le "
+"bon emplacement."
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67
 msgid ""
@@ -5974,7 +6008,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80
 msgid "Create an internal transfer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Créez un transfert interne"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82
 msgid ""
@@ -6016,7 +6050,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108
 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Il est également possible de transférer chaque produit manuellement :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110
 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location."
@@ -6024,7 +6058,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115
 msgid "Select the right transfer order"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sélectionnez le bon ordre de transfert"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120
 msgid ""
@@ -6077,7 +6111,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35
 msgid "Procurement rules settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Paramètres des règles d'approvisionnement"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -6285,7 +6319,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32
 msgid "Pre-configured routes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Des routes pré-configurées"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34
 msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses."
@@ -6314,6 +6348,8 @@ msgid ""
 "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
 "Routes`."
 msgstr ""
+"Dans l'application **Inventaire** application, go to "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`."
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54
 msgid ""
@@ -6348,6 +6384,9 @@ msgid ""
 "(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab,"
 " select the route(s):"
 msgstr ""
+"Ouvrez le produit sur lequel vous souhaitez appliquer les routes "
+"(:menuselection:`Inventaire --> Contrôle --> Produits`). Dans l'onglet "
+"Inventaire, sélectionnez la(les) route(s):"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84
 msgid "Routes applied on Product Category"
@@ -6398,7 +6437,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126
 msgid "Please refer to the documents:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Veuillez vous référez aux documents suivants :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133
 msgid "Procurement configuration"
@@ -6616,7 +6655,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
 msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Qu'est-ce une stratégie de sortie (FIFO, LIFO et FEFO)?"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -6638,6 +6677,8 @@ msgid ""
 "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
 "Settings`:"
 msgstr ""
+"Dans l'application **Inventaire**, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration -->"
+" Paramètres` :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29
 msgid ""
@@ -6654,11 +6695,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40
 msgid "Types of removal strategy"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Types de stratégie de retrait"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43
 msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "FIFO ( First In First Out )"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45
 msgid ""
@@ -6668,16 +6709,24 @@ msgid ""
 "short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure "
 "they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory."
 msgstr ""
+"Une stratégie **First In First Out** implique que les produits entrées en "
+"premier dans le stock, sortiront en premier. Les entreprises qui vendent des"
+" produits périssables doivent utiliser la méthode FIFO. Les entreprises "
+"vendant des articles dont le cycle de demande est relativement court, comme "
+"des vêtements, peuvent également devoir choisir la méthode FIFO pour "
+"s'assurer qu'elles ne sont pas coincées avec des styles périmés en stock."
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
 "stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy."
 msgstr ""
+"Allez à :menuselection:`Stock --> Configuration --> Sites`, ouvrez "
+"l'emplacement du stock et configurez la stratégie de sortie **FIFO**."
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54
 msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prenons un exemple de stratégie de sortie FIFO"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56
 msgid ""
@@ -6689,20 +6738,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez trouver des détails sur l'inventaire disponible dans le rapport "
+"d'évaluation de l'inventaire."
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65
 msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it."
 msgstr ""
+"Créez un bon de commande de ``25`` unités de ``iPod 32 GB`` et confirmez le."
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67
 msgid ""
 "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are "
 "assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez voir dans le produit de l'envoi sortant que l'article ``Ipod 32 "
+"Gb`` est assigné avec les lots **le plus anciens**, en utilisant la "
+"stratégie de sortie FIFO."
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75
 msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LIFO (Last In First Out)"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77
 msgid ""
@@ -6716,6 +6771,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
 "stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy."
 msgstr ""
+"Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Emplacements`, "
+"ouvrez l'emplacement du stock et configurez la stratégie de sortie **LIFO**."
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84
 msgid ""
@@ -6735,7 +6792,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100
 msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102
 msgid ""
@@ -6749,6 +6806,9 @@ msgid ""
 "option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**"
 " to save changes."
 msgstr ""
+"Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Cochez"
+" l'option **Définir la date d'expiration des numéros en série**.  Cliquez "
+"ensuite sur **Appliquer** pour enregistrer les modifications."
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112
 msgid ""
@@ -6824,11 +6884,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153
 msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Délai avant retrait --> Date de retrait"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155
 msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Durée de vie du produit --> Fin de la date limite"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157
 msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date"
@@ -6849,19 +6909,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Lot / Numéro de série**"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
 msgid "**Product**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Produit**"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
 msgid "**Expiration Date**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Date d'expiration**"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
 msgid "LOT0001"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LOT0001"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
@@ -6871,23 +6931,23 @@ msgstr "Crème glacée"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
 msgid "08/20/2015"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "20/08/2015"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
 msgid "LOT0002"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LOT0002"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
 msgid "08/10/2015"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "10/08/2015"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
 msgid "LOT0003"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LOT0003"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
 msgid "08/15/2015"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "15/08/2015"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179
 msgid ""
@@ -7313,10 +7373,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`"
 msgid ":doc:`uom`"
 msgstr ":doc:`uom`"
 
-#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:72
-msgid ":doc:`packages`"
-msgstr ":doc:`packages`"
-
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3
 msgid "Using product variants"
 msgstr "Utilisation de variantes d'articles"
@@ -8038,6 +8094,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40
 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
 msgstr ""
+"Comment envoyer une demande d'expédition après en avoir annulé une autre?"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42
 msgid ""
@@ -8063,7 +8120,7 @@ msgstr "Comment facturer les frais de port au client ?"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8
 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Il y a deux façons de facturer les frais de port :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10
 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order"
@@ -8091,6 +8148,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the "
 "document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez également utiliser le système de calcul de la société de "
+"transport. Consultez le document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28
 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?"
@@ -8098,7 +8157,7 @@ msgstr "Comment facturer les frais de port au client ?"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31
 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Facturez le prix indiqué sur l'ordre de vente"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55
@@ -8128,7 +8187,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53
 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Facturez les frais de port réels"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61
 msgid ""
@@ -8145,6 +8204,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order."
 msgstr ""
+"Retournez sur le bon de commande, le coût réel a été ajouté à celui-ci."
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76
 msgid ""
@@ -8199,7 +8259,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33
 msgid "Configure the delivery method"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurez votre mode de livraison"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36
@@ -8208,6 +8268,8 @@ msgid ""
 "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on"
 " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour configurer vos modes de livraison, allez dans module **Inventaire**, "
+"cliquez sur :menuselection:`Configuration --> Modes de livraison`."
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
 msgid ""
@@ -8246,7 +8308,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77
 msgid "Company configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuration de l'entreprise"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79
@@ -8342,6 +8404,10 @@ msgid ""
 "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
 "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
 msgstr ""
+"Pour configurer l'utilisation des colis, allez dans le menu "
+":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Repérez la "
+"section **Colis** et cochez **Enregistrer les colis utilisés pour "
+"l'emballage : palettes, boîtes,...**"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23
 msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done."
@@ -8355,7 +8421,7 @@ msgstr "Commande client"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34
 msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cliquez sur **Mode de livraison** pour choisir celui qui convient."
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40
 msgid "Multi-packages Delivery"
@@ -8524,19 +8590,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5
 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pour utiliser Odoo DHL API, vous aurez besoin de :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Identifiant ID du site DHL.com"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
 msgid "A DHL Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Un mot de passe DHL"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
 msgid "A DHL Account Number"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Numéro de compte DHL"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -8572,11 +8638,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28
 msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Mot de passe**: alkd89nBV"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30
 msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Numéro de compte DHL** : 803921577"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
@@ -8663,6 +8729,8 @@ msgid ""
 "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery "
 "method** to choose the right one."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez désormais choisir le transporteur sur votre bon de commande. "
+"Cliquez sur **Mode de livraison** pour choisir celui que vous voulez."
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118
 msgid ""
@@ -8683,6 +8751,9 @@ msgid ""
 "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the"
 " document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
 msgstr ""
+"Dans le cas contraire, le prix réel (appliqué lorsque la livraison est "
+"validée) sera automatiquement ajouté à la facture. Pour plus d'informations,"
+" veuillez lire le document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132
 msgid ""
@@ -8715,11 +8786,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pour utiliser Odoo UPS API, vous aurez besoin de :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Un ID utilisateur et un mot de passe UPS.com"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
 msgid "A UPS account number"
@@ -8727,7 +8798,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
 msgid "An Access Key"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Une clé d'accès"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
 msgid ""
@@ -8737,7 +8808,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
 msgid "Create a UPS Account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Créez un compte UPS"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
 msgid ""
@@ -8752,6 +8823,9 @@ msgid ""
 " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
 "<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
 msgstr ""
+"Vous trouverez plus d'informations sur comment ouvrir un compte UPS sur leur"
+" site Web, à la page `Comment ouvrir un compte UPS en ligne "
+"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27
 msgid ""
@@ -8764,6 +8838,9 @@ msgid ""
 "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
 " click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
 msgstr ""
+"1. Connectez-vous au site Web UPS.com sur `www.ups.com "
+"<http://www.ups.com/>`__, et cliquez sur le lien **Nouvel utilisateur** dans"
+" le haut de la page."
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34
 msgid ""
@@ -8785,7 +8862,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet **Mon UPS**."
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
@@ -8806,7 +8883,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54
 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pour continuer, cliquez sur le bouton **Suivant**."
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
 msgid "Get an Access Key"
@@ -8835,7 +8912,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69
 msgid "Verify your contact information"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vérifiez vos informations de contact"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71
 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
index 35555d3279..7d47ea091f 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
@@ -1,16 +1,22 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2018
+# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2018
+# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2018
+# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-03-08 13:31+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -75,10 +81,12 @@ msgid ""
 " Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the "
 "website."
 msgstr ""
+"Si votre site Web a été créé avec Odoo, le chat en direct est alors "
+"directement ajouté à celui-ci."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45
 msgid "Add the live chat to an external website"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ajouter le chat en direct à un site Web externe"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47
 msgid ""
@@ -87,10 +95,15 @@ msgid ""
 "code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers "
 "or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided."
 msgstr ""
+"Si votre site Web n'a pas été créé avec Odoo, allez sur le module Chat en "
+"direct et sélectionnez le canal qui doit être lié. Vous pouvez tout "
+"simplement faire un copier coller du code disponible sur votre site Web. "
+"Vous recevrez également une URL spécifique que vous pouvez envoyer à vos "
+"clients et fournisseurs pour leur donner accès au chat en direct."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54
 msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cachez / affichez le chat en direct selon les règles"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56
 msgid ""
@@ -100,10 +113,16 @@ msgid ""
 " does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length "
 "of time it takes for the chat to appear."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez définir des règles pour le chat en direct sur le formulaire du "
+"canal. Par exemple, vous pouvez choisir d'afficher la fenêtre de chat des "
+"pays dont vous parlez la langue. En revanche, vous avez la possibilité de "
+"cacher le chat des pays pour lesquels votre entreprise ne vend pas. Si vous "
+"sélectionnez le *Pop-up automatique*, vous pouvez également définir le temps"
+" nécessaire au lancement du chat."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66
 msgid "Prepare automatic messages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Préparer des messages automatiques"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68
 msgid ""
@@ -111,10 +130,13 @@ msgid ""
 " to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you"
 " through the live chat."
 msgstr ""
+"Dans la section *Options* du formulaire du canal, vous pouvez introduire les"
+" différents messages qui apparaîtront automatiquement sur le chat. Cela "
+"incitera les visiteurs à vous joindre via le chat en direct."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76
 msgid "Start chatting with customers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Démarrez le chat avec vos clients"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78
 msgid ""
@@ -123,12 +145,19 @@ msgid ""
 "the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. "
 "Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour pouvoir commencer à chatter avec vos clients, assurez-vous d'abord que "
+"le canal est publié sur votre site Web. Pour ce faire, sélectionnez *Pas "
+"publié sur le site Web* dans le coin supérieur droit du formulaire du canal "
+"et basculez vers le paramètre *Publié*. Dès qu'un opérateur aura rejoint le "
+"canal, le chat en direct pourra alors démarrer."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88
 msgid ""
 "If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the "
 "website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors."
 msgstr ""
+"Si aucun opérateur n'est disponible et/ou si le canal n'est pas publié sur "
+"le site Web, alors les visiteurs ne verront pas le bouton chat en direct."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92
 msgid ""
@@ -145,7 +174,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100
 msgid "Use commands"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utiliser les commandes"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102
 msgid ""
@@ -153,30 +182,35 @@ msgid ""
 "information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands "
 "into the chat. The following actions are available :"
 msgstr ""
+"Les commandes sont des raccourcis utiles pour réaliser certaines actions ou "
+"pour retrouver les informations dont vous pourriez avoir besoin. Pour "
+"utiliser cette fonctionnalité, tapez simplement les commandes dans le chat. "
+"Les actions suivantes sont disponibles :"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106
 msgid "**/help** : show a helper message."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**/aide** : affiche un message d'aide."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108
 msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**/support technique** : crée un ticket de support technique."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110
 msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket."
 msgstr ""
+"**/support technique\\_cherchez** : cherche un ticket de support technique."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112
 msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**/historique** : affiche les 15 dernières pages visitées."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114
 msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**/piste** : créer une nouvelle piste."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116
 msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**/quitter** : quitter le canal."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119
 msgid ""
@@ -184,10 +218,14 @@ msgid ""
 "generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. "
 "The same goes for the creation of a lead."
 msgstr ""
+"Si un ticket de support technique est créé depuis le chat, alors la "
+"discussion à partir de laquelle il a été généré s'affichera automatiquement "
+"dans la description du ticket. Il en va de même pour la création d'une "
+"piste."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124
 msgid "Send canned responses"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Envoyer des réponses toutes prêtes"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126
 msgid ""
@@ -198,9 +236,18 @@ msgid ""
 " to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you "
 "assigned."
 msgstr ""
+"Les réponses toutes prêtes vous permettent de créer des phrases alternatives"
+" à celles que vous utilisez fréquemment. Devoir taper un mot au lieu de "
+"devoir en taper plusieurs vous fera gagner beaucoup de temps. Pour ajouter "
+"des réponses toute prêtes, allez sur :menuselection:`CHATTER EN DIRECT --> "
+"Configuration --> Réponses toute prêtes` et créez autant de réponses que "
+"vous en avez besoin. Pour les utiliser ensuite pendant une séance de chat, "
+"tapez simplement \":\" suivi du raccourci que vous leur avez attribué."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136
 msgid ""
 "You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website "
 "visitors, enjoy !"
 msgstr ""
+"Vous avez maintenant tout les outils nécessaires pour chatter en direct avec"
+" les visiteurs de votre site Web. Amusez-vous!"
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
index 2fecba3f85..2f8c8bb3c3 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
@@ -1,16 +1,25 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2017
+# Guilhaume Bordiau <github@guilhaume.fr>, 2017
+# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2017
+# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017
+# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2017
+# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2019
+# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -24,7 +33,7 @@ msgstr "Fabrication"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5
 msgid "Manufacturing Management"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gestion de la production"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
 msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials"
@@ -51,13 +60,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing "
-"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For "
-"more information about which method of management to use, review the "
-"**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the "
-"documentation."
+"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:22
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19
 msgid ""
 "Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a "
 "product and at least one component (components are considered products in "
@@ -70,7 +76,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:32
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29
 msgid ""
 "Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. "
 "**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for "
@@ -78,11 +84,11 @@ msgid ""
 "allows you to track changes to your BoM over time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35
 msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product "
 "and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be "
@@ -90,14 +96,14 @@ msgid ""
 "information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:46
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
 msgid ""
 "After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, "
 "you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a "
 "routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47
 msgid ""
 "You may define the work operation or step in which each component is "
 "consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**"
@@ -107,23 +113,23 @@ msgid ""
 "consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:61
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58
 msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60
 msgid ""
 "In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the "
 "primary product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from "
 ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:72
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69
 msgid ""
 "Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials "
 "under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any "
@@ -131,11 +137,11 @@ msgid ""
 "of the routing as the primary product of the BoM."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:81
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78
 msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
@@ -145,7 +151,7 @@ msgid ""
 "that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:90
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
 msgid ""
 "Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
@@ -155,11 +161,11 @@ msgid ""
 "subassembly is created as well."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:97
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94
 msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:99
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
@@ -167,12 +173,12 @@ msgid ""
 "subassembly as you would for any product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:107
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29
 msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:109
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
@@ -181,7 +187,7 @@ msgid ""
 "effect."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:117
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
@@ -189,11 +195,11 @@ msgid ""
 "subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:123
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120
 msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:125
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
@@ -201,7 +207,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Settings`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:132
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
 msgid ""
 "You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
@@ -210,7 +216,7 @@ msgid ""
 "variants."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:137
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
@@ -253,7 +259,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24
 msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ef49406113
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# Martin Trigaux, 2018
+# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2018
+# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:05+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-09-26 14:12+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
+"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5
+msgid "Mobile"
+msgstr "Mobile"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
+msgid "Setup your Firebase Cloud Messaging"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"In order to have mobile notifications in our Android app, you need an API "
+"key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"If it is not automatically configured (for instance for On-premise or "
+"Odoo.sh) please follow these steps below to get an API key for the android "
+"app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"The iOS app doesn't support mobile notifications for Odoo versions < 12."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:22
+msgid "Firebase Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:25
+msgid "Create a new project"
+msgstr "Créer un nouveau projet"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"First, make sure you to sign in to your Google Account. Then, go to "
+"`https://console.firebase.google.com "
+"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__ and create a new project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Choose a project name, click on **Continue**, then click on **Create "
+"project**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:37
+msgid "When you project is ready, click on **Continue**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"You will be redirected to the overview project page (see next screenshot)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:43
+msgid "Add an app"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:45
+msgid "In the overview page, click on the Android icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"You must use \"com.odoo.com\" as Android package name. Otherwise, it will "
+"not work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"No need to download the config file, you can click on **Next** twice and "
+"skip the fourth step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:60
+msgid "Get generated API key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:62
+msgid "On the overview page, go to Project settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"In **Cloud Messaging**, you will see the **API key** and the **Sender ID** "
+"that you need to set in Odoo General Settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:74
+msgid "Settings in Odoo"
+msgstr "Paramètres dans Odoo"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:76
+msgid "Simply paste the API key and the Sender ID from Cloud Messaging."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
index 3616c49267..eb43ed2e9c 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
@@ -1,16 +1,29 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2017
+# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2017
+# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2017
+# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017
+# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018
+# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2018
+# Julien Bertrand <jub@odoo.com>, 2018
+# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2018
+# Martin Trigaux, 2018
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2018\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2018\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -26,773 +39,598 @@ msgstr "Point de Vente"
 msgid "Advanced topics"
 msgstr "Rubriques avancées"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3
-msgid "How to use discount tags on products?"
-msgstr "Comment utiliser des codes de réduction sur les produits?"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5
-msgid "This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products."
-msgstr "Ce tutoriel décrit comment utiliser les réductions sur les produits."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
-msgstr "Nomenclature de code-barre"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"To start using discounts tags, let's first have a look at the **barcode "
-"nomenclature** in order to print our correct discounts tags."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:13
-msgid "I want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode "
-"Nomenclatures`. In the default nomenclature, you can see that to set a "
-"discount, you have to start you barcode with ``22`` and the add the "
-"percentage you want to set for the product."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:26
-msgid ""
-"For instance if you want ``50%`` discount on a product you have to start you"
-" barcode with ``2250`` and then add the product barcode. In our example, the"
-" barcode will be:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34
-msgid "Scanning your products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:36
-msgid "If you go back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:41
-msgid "You have to scan:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43
-msgid "the product"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45
-msgid "the discount tag"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:47
-msgid "When the product is scanned, it appears on the ticket"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3
+msgid "Using barcodes in PoS"
+msgstr "Utilisation de codes-barres dans le PdV"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:52
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Then when you scan the discount tag, ``50%`` discount is applied on the "
-"product."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:58
-msgid "That's it, this how you can use discount tag on products with Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:61
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:114
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:83
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:94
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:171
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:57
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:35
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:155
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:69
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:81
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:43
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:35
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:62
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:115
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:84
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:95
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:172
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:58
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:36
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:156
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:70
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:82
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:36
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/invoice`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:63
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:116
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:85
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:96
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:173
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:59
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:37
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:157
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:71
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:83
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:45
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:37
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/refund`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:64
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:117
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:86
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:97
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:174
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:60
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:38
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:158
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:72
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:84
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:46
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:38
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3
-msgid "How to create & run a loyalty & reward system"
+"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your "
+"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers."
 msgstr ""
+"L'utilisation d'un lecteur de code-barres pour traiter les commandes au "
+"point de vente améliore votre efficacité et vous permet de gagner du temps "
+"pour vous et vos clients."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:41
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:37
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:88
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:6
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:6
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10
 msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"In the **Point of Sale** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
-"--> Settings`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:14
-msgid ""
-"You can tick **Manage loyalty program with point and reward for customers**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:21
-msgid "Create a loyalty program"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:23
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"After you apply, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Loyalty Programs` "
-"and click on **Create**."
+"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
+"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:29
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"Set a **name** and an **amount** of points given **by currency**, **by "
-"order** or **by product**. Extra rules can also be added such as **extra "
-"points** on a product."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:33
-msgid "To do this click on **Add an item** under **Rules**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:38
-msgid "You can configure any rule by setting some configuration values."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40
-msgid "**Name**: An internal identification for this loyalty program rule"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:41
-msgid "**Type**: Does this rule affects products, or a category of products?"
+"Under the PosBox / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* select"
+" it."
 msgstr ""
+"Sous la catégorie PosBox / Hardware, vous trouverez *Barcode Scanner* , "
+"sélectionnez-le."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:42
-msgid "**Target Product**: The product affected by the rule"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21
+msgid "You can find more about Barcode Nomenclature here (ADD HYPERLINK)"
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez en savoir plus au sujet de la nomenclature des codes-barres ici "
+"(ADD HYPERLINK)"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:43
-msgid "**Target Category**: The category affected by the rule"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:25
+msgid "Add barcodes to product"
+msgstr "Ajoutez des codes-barres à vos produits"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"**Cumulative**: The points won from this rule will be won in addition to "
-"other rules"
+"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a "
+"product."
 msgstr ""
+"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Catalogue --> Produits` et "
+"sélectionnez un produit."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:45
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"**Points per product**: How many points the product will earn per product "
-"ordered"
+"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you "
+"can input any barcode."
 msgstr ""
+"Sous l'onglet Informations générales, vous pouvez trouver le champ du code-"
+"barres dans lequel vous pouvez entrer n'importe quel code-barres."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"**Points per currency**: How many points the product will earn per value "
-"sold"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:37
+msgid "Scanning products"
+msgstr "Scannez des produits"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:51
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"Your new rule is now created and rewards can be added by clicking on **Add "
-"an Item** under **Rewards**."
+"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The "
+"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple "
+"times or change the quantity manually on the screen."
 msgstr ""
+"Depuis votre interface PdV, scannez n'importe quel code-barres avec votre "
+"lecteur de code-barres. Le produit sera ajouté, vous pouvez re-scanner le "
+"même produit pour l'ajouter plusieurs fois ou alors modifier la quantité "
+"manuellement sur l'écran."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:57
-msgid "Three types of reward can be given:"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3
+msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner"
+msgstr "Utilisez des étiquettes de remise avec un scanner de codes-barres"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:59
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"**Resale**: convert your points into money. Set a product that represents "
-"the value of 1 point."
+"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting "
+"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They "
+"allow you to scan discount barcodes."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous souhaitez vendre vos produits avec un rabais, par exemple pour un "
+"produit se rapprochant de sa date d'expiration, vous pouvez utiliser des "
+"étiquettes de remise. Ils vous permettent de scanner des codes-barres à prix"
+" réduit."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:64
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"**Discount**: give a discount for an amount of points. Set a product with a "
-"price of ``0 €`` and without any taxes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:69
-msgid "**Gift**: give a gift for an amount of points"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:77
-msgid "Applying your loyalty program to a point of sale"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:79
-msgid "On the **Dashboard**, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:84
-msgid "Next to loyalty program, set the program you want to set."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:90
-msgid "Gathering and consuming points"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:92
-msgid "To start gathering points you need to set a customer on the order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:94
-msgid "Click on **Customer** and select the right one."
+"To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner, you can see the"
+" documentation about it `here <https://docs.google.com/document/d"
+"/1tg7yarr2hPKTddZ4iGbp9IJO-cp7u15eHNVnFoL40Q8/edit>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"Pour utiliser les étiquettes de remise, vous devrez utiliser un scanner de "
+"codes-barres, vous pouvez lire la documentation à ce sujet `ici "
+"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tg7yarr2hPKTddZ4iGbp9IJO-"
+"cp7u15eHNVnFoL40Q8/edit>`__"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:96
-msgid "Loyalty points will appear on screen."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:15
+msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
+msgstr "Nomenclature de code-barre"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:101
-msgid ""
-"The next time the customer comes to your shop and has enough points to get a"
-" reward, the **Rewards** button is highlighted and gifts can be given."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:17
+msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour utiliser les étiquettes de remises, nous devons apprendre la "
+"nomenclature des codes-barres."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:108
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"The reward is added and of course points are subtracted from the total."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3
-msgid "How to apply manual discounts?"
+"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following "
+"barcode:"
 msgstr ""
+"Supposons que vous souhaitiez bénéficier d'une remise sur le produit avec le"
+" code-barres suivant:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6
-msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"You can apply manual discounts in two different ways. You can directly set a"
-" discount on the product or you can set a global discount on the whole cart."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:13
-msgid "Discount on the product"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:15
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:8
-msgid "On the dashboard, click on **New Session**:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:20
-msgid "You will get into the main point of sale interface :"
+"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS "
+"interface."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez trouver la *Nomenclature par défaut* dans les paramètres de "
+"votre interface PdV."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:76
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:53
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on "
-"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can "
-"directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard."
+"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode "
+"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) "
+"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:"
 msgstr ""
+"Disons que vous voulez 50% de remise sur un produit, vous devez commencer "
+"votre code-barres par 22 (pour la nomenclature du code-barres de réduction) "
+"puis 50 (pour le%) avant d'ajouter le code-barres du produit. Dans notre "
+"exemple, le code-barres serait:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:30
-msgid ""
-"The same way you insert a quantity, Click on **Disc** and then type the "
-"discount (in percent). This is how you insert a manual discount on a "
-"specific product."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43
+msgid "Scan the products & tags"
+msgstr "Scannez les produits et tags"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:38
-msgid "Global discount"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45
+msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous devez d'abord scanner le produit désiré (dans notre cas, un citron)."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:43
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:50
 msgid ""
-"If you want to set a global discount, you need to go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Allow global "
-"discounts**"
+"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can "
+"finish the transaction."
 msgstr ""
+"Ensuite scannez l'étiquette de remise. La réduction sera appliquée et vous "
+"pourrez terminer la transaction."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:50
-msgid "Then from the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3
+msgid "Manage a loyalty program"
+msgstr "Gérez un programme de fidélité"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:55
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"You have to activate **Order Discounts** and create a product that will be "
-"added as a product with a negative price to deduct the discount."
+"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a "
+"*Loyalty Program*."
 msgstr ""
+"Encouragez vos clients à continuer à faire leurs achats dans votre Point de "
+"Vente avec un *programme de fidélité*."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:61
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"On the product used to create the discount, set the price to ``0`` and do "
-"not forget to remove all the **taxes**, that can make the calculation wrong."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:68
-msgid "Set a global discount"
+"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. "
+"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*"
 msgstr ""
+"Pour activer la fonction *Programme Fidélité*, allez à :menuselection:`Point"
+" de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et sélectionnez votre "
+"interface PdV. Sous les fonctionnalités de Tarif, sélectionnez  *Programme "
+"de fidélité*"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:70
-msgid ""
-"Now when you come back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**, a "
-"**Discount** button appears and by clicking on it you can set a "
-"**discount**."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:19
+msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs."
+msgstr "De là, vous pouvez créer et éditer vos programmes de fidélité."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:76
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"When it's validated, the discount line appears on the order and you can now "
-"process to the payment."
+"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a "
+"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole "
+"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and "
+"everything in between."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez décider du type de programme que vous souhaitez utiliser, si la "
+"récompense est un rabais ou un cadeau, le rendre spécifique à certains "
+"produits ou couvrir toute votre gamme. Appliquez des règles pour qu'elles ne"
+" soient valides que dans une situation spécifique et tout ce qui se trouve "
+"entre les deux."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3
-msgid "How to accept credit card payments in Odoo POS using Mercury?"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:30
+msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface"
+msgstr "Utilisez le programme de fidélité dans votre interface PdV"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"A **MercuryPay** account (see `MercuryPay website "
-"<https://www.mercurypay.com>`__.) is required to accept credit card payments"
-" in Odoo 9 POS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates with"
-" US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North "
-"American businesses. An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work "
-"with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS "
-"screen into the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS."
+"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the "
+"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent "
+"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the "
+"rules defined in the loyalty program."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsqu'un client est défini, vous verrez désormais les points qu'il "
+"obtiendra pour la transaction et ils s'accumuleront jusqu'à ce qu'ils soient"
+" dépensés. Ils sont dépensés en utilisant le bouton *Récompenses* quand ils "
+"ont assez de points selon les règles définies dans le programme de fidélité."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18
-msgid "Module installation"
-msgstr "Installation du module"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:20
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45
 msgid ""
-"Go to **Apps** and install the **Mercury Payment Services** application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:26
-msgid "Mercury Configuration"
+"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can"
+" finalize the order in your usual way."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez voir que le prix est instantanément mis à jour pour refléter la "
+"liste de prix. Vous pouvez finaliser la commande de votre manière "
+"habituelle."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:28
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"In the **Point of Sale** application, click on :menuselection:`Configuration"
-" --> Mercury Configurations` and then on **Create**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:35
-msgid "Introduce your **credentials** and then save them."
+"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You "
+"can of course change it."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous sélectionnez un client avec une liste de prix par défaut, il sera "
+"appliqué. Vous pouvez bien sûr en changer."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:40
-msgid ""
-"Then go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and click on "
-"**Create**. Under the **Point of Sale** tab you can set a **Mercury "
-"configuration** to the **Payment method**."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3
+msgid "Apply manual discounts"
+msgstr "Appliquez des remises manuelles"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Finally, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale` and add a "
-"new payment method on the point of sale by editing it."
+"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest "
+"solution for your Point of Sale."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous utilisez rarement des remises, appliquer des remises manuelles peut "
+"être la solution la plus simple pour votre point de vente."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:54
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"Then select the payment method corresponding to your mercury configuration."
+"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez soit appliquer une réduction sur l'ensemble de la commande ou "
+"sur des produits spécifiques."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:60
-msgid "Save the modifications."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:12
+msgid "Apply a discount on a product"
+msgstr "Appliquez une remise sur un produit"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:63
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48
-msgid "Register a sale"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:14
+msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button."
+msgstr "Depuis votre interface de session, utilisez le bouton *Rem* ."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:65
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"On the dashboard, you can see your point(s) of sales, click on **New "
-"Session**:"
-msgstr ""
-"Sur le ''dashboard'' (table de contenu), Vous pouvez voir vos vente, en cliquant sur ''New Session'' (=''Nouvelle Session'').\n"
-"Il arrive parfois que Vos employes devront gaspiller leur argent quand ils travaillent sur un projet pour Votre client. Prenons l'exemple d'un employe qui paie pour parking pour une rencontre avec Votre client. Comme societe, nous voudrions pouvoir facturer cette somme depensee au client. "
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:71
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:114
-msgid "You will get the main point of sale interface:"
+"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is "
+"currently selected and the discount will be applied."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez ensuite entrer une remise (en pourcentage) sur le produit "
+"actuellement sélectionné et la réduction sera appliquée."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:82
-msgid "Payment with credit cards"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:23
+msgid "Apply a global discount"
+msgstr "Appliquez une remise globale"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:84
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the credit"
-" card **Payment Method**."
+"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales"
+" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour appliquer une remise sur l'ensemble de la commande, rendez-vous sur "
+":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et "
+"sélectionnez votre interface PdV."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:90
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:28
 msgid ""
-"Type in the **Amount** to be paid with the credit card. Now you can swipe "
-"the card and validate the payment."
+"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it."
 msgstr ""
+"Sous la catégorie *Prix* , vous trouverez *Remise Globales* sélectionnez-le."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3
-msgid "How to manage multiple cashiers?"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:34
+msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton *Remise* dans votre interface PoS."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"This tutorial will describe how to manage multiple cashiers. There are four "
-"differents ways to manage several cashiers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9
-msgid "Switch cashier without any security"
+"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)."
 msgstr ""
+"Une fois cliqué vous pouvez alors entrer la remise désirée (en "
+"pourcentages)."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:11
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:44
 msgid ""
-"As prerequisite, you just need to have a second user with the **Point of "
-"Sale User** rights (Under the :menuselection:`General Settings --> Users` "
-"menu). On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session** as the main user."
+"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific "
+"product discount also at 50%."
 msgstr ""
+"Sur cet exemple, vous pouvez voir une réduction globale de 50% ainsi qu'une "
+"réduction de  50% spécifique au produit."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:18
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:123
-msgid "On the top of the screen click on the **user name**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:23
-msgid "And switch to another cashier."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3
+msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury"
+msgstr "Acceptez le paiement par carte de crédit en utilisant Mercury"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:28
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"The name on the top has changed which means you have changed the cashier."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:34
-msgid "Switch cashier with pin code"
+"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* "
+"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments"
+" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates "
+"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North "
+"American businesses."
 msgstr ""
+"Un compte MercuryPay (voir `*le site internet MercuryPay* "
+"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>` __) est requis pour accepter les paiements "
+"par carte de crédit dans Odoo 11 PdV,  avec un lecteur de carte intégré. "
+"MercuryPay ne fonctionne qu'avec des banques américaines et canadiennes, ce "
+"qui rend cette procédure uniquement adaptée aux entreprises nord-"
+"américaines."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:39
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"If you want your cashiers to need a pin code to be able to use it, you can "
-"set it up in by clicking on **Settings**."
+"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone "
+"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the "
+"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS."
 msgstr ""
+"Une alternative au lecteur de carte intégré est de travailler avec un "
+"lecteur de carte autonome, de copier le montant de la transaction depuis "
+"l'écran PdV Odoo dans le lecteur de carte, et d'enregistrer la transaction "
+"dans Odoo PdV."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:45
-msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16
+msgid "Install Mercury"
+msgstr "Installez Mercury"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:50
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18
 msgid ""
-"**Edit** the cashier and add a security pin code on the **Point of Sale** "
-"tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57
-msgid "Change cashier"
+"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* "
+"module."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour installer Mercury, allez à :menuselection:`Apps` et recherchez le "
+"module *Mercury*."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:59
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:118
-msgid "On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:69
-msgid "Choose your **cashier**:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:74
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"You will have to insert the user's **pin code** to be able to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:79
-msgid "Now you can see that the cashier has changed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:85
-msgid "Switch cashier with cashier barcode badge"
+"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go "
+"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer "
+"mode*."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour configurer Mercury, vous devez activer le mode développeur. Pour ce "
+"faire, allez à :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` et sélectionnez *Activer "
+"le mode développeur*."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:90
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"If you want your cashiers to scan its badge, you can set it up in by "
-"clicking on **Settings**."
+"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`."
 msgstr ""
+"En mode développeur, accédez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> "
+"Configuration --> Configurations Mercury`."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:96
-msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury "
+"credentials."
 msgstr ""
+"Créez une nouvelle configuration pour les cartes de crédit et entrez vos "
+"informations d'identification Mercury."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:101
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"**Edit** the cashier and add a **security pin code** on the **Point of "
-"Sale** tab."
+"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment "
+"Methods` and create a new one."
 msgstr ""
+"Ensuite, allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> "
+"Méthodes de paiement` et créez-en un nouveau."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:108
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"Be careful of the barcode nomenclature, the default one forced you to use a "
-"barcode starting with ``041`` for cashier barcodes. To change that go to "
-":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`."
+"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then "
+"select your Mercury credentials that you just created."
 msgstr ""
+"Sous *Point de Vente*, lorsque vous sélectionnez *Utiliser dans Point de "
+"Vente*, vous pouvez sélectionner vos informations d'identification Mercury "
+"que vous venez de créer."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:116
-msgid "Change Cashier"
-msgstr "Changer de caissier"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:128
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"When the cashier scans his own badge, you can see on the top that the "
-"cashier has changed."
+"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous avez maintenant une nouvelle option de paiement par carte de crédit "
+"lors de la validation d'un paiement."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:132
-msgid "Assign session to a user"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3
+msgid "Manage multiple cashiers"
+msgstr "Gérez plusieurs caissiers"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:134
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Click on the menu :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`."
+"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This "
+"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when."
 msgstr ""
+"Avec Odoo Point de Vente, vous pouvez facilement gérer plusieurs caissiers. "
+"Cela vous permet de savoir qui travaille dans le Point de Vente et quand."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:139
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9
 msgid ""
-"Then, click on **New** and assign as **Responsible** the correct cashier to "
-"the point of sale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:145
-msgid "When the cashier logs in he is able to open the session"
+"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They "
+"are all explained below."
 msgstr ""
+"Il existe trois manières différentes de passer d'un caissier à l'autre dans "
+"Odoo. Elles sont toutes expliquées ci-dessous."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:151
-msgid "Assign a default point of sale to a cashier"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:153
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"If you want your cashiers to be assigned to a point of sale, go to "
-":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`."
+"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour gérer plusieurs caissiers, vous devez avoir plusieurs utilisateurs (au "
+"moins deux)."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:159
-msgid "Then click on **Manage Access Rights**."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17
+msgid "Switch without pin codes"
+msgstr "Changer sans code PIN"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:164
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"**Edit** the cashier and add a **Default Point of Sale** under the **Point "
-"of Sale** tab."
+"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the "
+"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
+"Le moyen le plus simple de changer de caissier est sans code. Appuyez "
+"simplement sur le nom de la caisse actuelle dans votre interface PdV."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:3
-msgid "How to register customers?"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25
+msgid "You will then be able to change between different users."
+msgstr "Vous serez alors en mesure de choisir entre différents utilisateurs."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:21
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:78
-msgid "Register an order"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30
+msgid "And the cashier will be changed."
+msgstr "Et le caissier sera changé."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:13
-msgid "You arrive now on the main view :"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33
+msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes"
+msgstr "Changer de caissier avec des codes PIN"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:18
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on "
-"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can "
-"directly set the quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard."
+"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez également définir un code PIN sur chaque utilisateur. Pour ce "
+"faire, allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Gérer les droits d'accès` et "
+"sélectionnez l'utilisateur."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:23
-msgid "Record a customer"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN."
 msgstr ""
+"Sur la page de l'utilisateur, sous l'onglet *Point de Vente*, vous pouvez "
+"ajouter un code PIN de sécurité."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:25
-msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer**:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47
+msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password."
 msgstr ""
+"Maintenant, lorsque vous changez d'utilisateur, il vous sera demandé de "
+"saisir un mot de passe ou \"code PIN\"."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:30
-msgid "Register a new customer by clicking on the button."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53
+msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes"
+msgstr "Changer de caissier avec des codes-barres"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:35
-msgid "The following form appear. Fill in the relevant information:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55
+msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez également demander à vos caissiers de se connecter avec leurs "
+"badges."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:40
-msgid "When it's done click on the **floppy disk** icon"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57
+msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode."
 msgstr ""
+"Là où vous aviez mis un code PIN de sécurité, vous pouvez également mettre "
+"un code-barres."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:45
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62
 msgid ""
-"You just registered a new customer. To set this customer to the current "
-"order, just tap on **Set Customer**."
+"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user."
 msgstr ""
+"Quand il scanne son code-barres, le caissier sera basculé vers cet "
+"utilisateur."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:51
-msgid "The customer is now set on the order."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64
+msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on"
+msgstr "Lien vers la nomenclature des codes-barres plus tard"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3
-msgid "How to reprint receipts?"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Reprint Receipts"
+msgstr "Ré-imprimer des reçus"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8
-msgid "This feature requires a POSBox and a receipt printer."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket."
 msgstr ""
+"Utilisez la fonction *Ré-impression du reçu* si vous devez ré-imprimer un "
+"ticket."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"If you want to allow a cashier to reprint a ticket, go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the option **Allow "
-"cashier to reprint receipts**."
+"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour activer la fonction *Ré-impression du reçu*, allez à :menuelection: "
+"`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et sélectionnez votre "
+"interface PdV."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"You also need to allow the reprinting on the point of sale. Go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to "
-"configure and and tick the option **Reprinting**."
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option."
 msgstr ""
+"Dans la catégorie Bills & Receipts, vous trouverez l'option *Ré-impression "
+"du reçu*."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25
-msgid "How to reprint a receipt?"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:20
+msgid "Reprint a receipt"
+msgstr "Ré-imprimer un reçu"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"In the Point of Sale interface click on the **Reprint Receipt** button."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:22
+msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button."
 msgstr ""
+"Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Ré-impression du "
+"reçu*."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:32
-msgid "The last printed receipt will be printed again."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27
+msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque vous l'utilisez, vous pouvez ensuite réimprimer votre dernier reçu."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3
 msgid "Analyze sales"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Analysez les ventes"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3
-msgid "Getting daily sales statistics"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics"
+msgstr "Affichez les statistiques de votre Point de Vente"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:7
-msgid "Point of Sale statistics"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo "
+"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful "
+"statistics."
 msgstr ""
+"Garder une trace de vos ventes est fondamental pour toute entreprise. C'est "
+"pourquoi Odoo vous offre une vue pratique pour analyser vos ventes et "
+"obtenir des statistiques significatives."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10
+msgid "View your statistics"
+msgstr "Visualisez vos statistiques"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"On your dashboard, click on the **More** button on the point of sale you "
-"want to analyse. Then click on **Orders**."
+"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting "
+"--> Orders`"
 msgstr ""
+"Pour accéder à vos statistiques, allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente -> "
+"Reporting -> Commandes`"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15
-msgid "You will get the figures for this particular point of sale."
+msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez ensuite voir vos différentes statistiques sous forme de "
+"graphique ou de table pivot."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21
-msgid "Global statistics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:23
-msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Orders`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:25
-msgid "You will get the figures of all orders for all point of sales."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:31
-msgid "Cashier statistics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:33
-msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Sales Details`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose the dates. Select the cashiers by clicking on **Add an item**. Then "
-"click on **Print Report**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:41
-msgid "You will get a full report in a PDF file. Here is an example :"
+msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here"
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez également accéder aux vues de statistiques en cliquant ici"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3
 msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Module de données fiscales belges"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mise en place du module de données fiscales avec le PdV Odoo"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6
 msgid "Introduction"
@@ -810,10 +648,20 @@ msgid ""
 "information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official "
 "website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"Le gouvernement belge exige que certaines entreprises utilisent un appareil "
+"certifié par le gouvernement appelé **Module de données fiscales** "
+"(également connu sous le nom de **blackbox**). Cet appareil fonctionne avec "
+"l'application PdV et enregistre certaines transactions. En plus de cela, "
+"l'application PdV utilisée doit également être certifiée par le gouvernement"
+" et doit respecter les normes strictes spécifiées par eux. `Odoo 9 "
+"(Enterprise Edition) est une application certifiée "
+"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>` _. De plus "
+"amples informations sur le module de données fiscales peuvent être trouvées "
+"sur le `site officiel <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20
 msgid "Required hardware"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Matériel nécessaire"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22
 msgid ""
@@ -822,6 +670,10 @@ msgid ""
 "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the "
 "Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:"
 msgstr ""
+"Un `Module de données fiscales <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be"
+"/systemes-certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_  certifié par le gouvernement par "
+"PdV, tous devraient fonctionner, mais le Cleancash SC-B est recommandé, vous"
+" aurez également besoin de:"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27
 msgid ""
@@ -829,16 +681,21 @@ msgid ""
 "/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-"
 "DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)"
 msgstr ""
+"Câble serial null modem par FDM (`exemple <http://www.startech.com/Cables"
+"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-"
+"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29
 msgid ""
 "Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example "
 "<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)"
 msgstr ""
+"Adaptateur série vers USB par FDM (`example "
+"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32
 msgid "A registered POSBox per POS configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Une POSBox enregistrée par configuration PdV"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35
 msgid "Setup"
@@ -857,6 +714,13 @@ msgid ""
 "can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the POSBox by going "
 "to the *Hardware status page* via the POSBox homepage."
 msgstr ""
+"Afin d'utiliser un module de données fiscales, vous aurez besoin d'une "
+"POSBox enregistrée. Ces POSBox sont similaires aux POSBox que nous vendons, "
+"mais elles sont enregistrées auprès du gouvernement belge. Ceci est requis "
+"par la loi. Tenter d'utiliser un module de données fiscales sur une POSBox "
+"non enregistrée ne fonctionnera pas. Vous pouvez vérifier que le module de "
+"données fiscales est reconnu par la POSBox en accédant à la *page d'état du "
+"matériel* via la page d'accueil POSBox."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52
 msgid "Odoo"
@@ -875,10 +739,21 @@ msgid ""
 "you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your VAT signing "
 "card."
 msgstr ""
+"Une application PdV Odoo peut être dotée de capacités de point de vente "
+"certifiées en installant l'application **Belgian Registered Cash Register** "
+"(nom technique: ``pos_blackbox_be``). En raison des restrictions imposées "
+"par le gouvernement, cette installation ne peut pas être annulée. Après "
+"cela, vous devrez vous assurer que chaque configuration PdV est associé à "
+"une POSBox unique et enregistrée (:menuselection:`Point de Vente --> "
+"Configuration --> Point de Vente` et vérifiez que le proxy matériel / POSBox"
+" ainsi que le numéro de série de votre POSBox soient définis). La première "
+"fois que vous ouvrez le Point de Vente et tentez d'effectuer une "
+"transaction, il vous sera demandé de saisir le code PIN que vous avez reçu "
+"avec votre carte de signature TVA."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69
 msgid "Certification & On-premise"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Certification et On-premise"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71
 msgid ""
@@ -889,10 +764,16 @@ msgid ""
 "is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` "
 "module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers."
 msgstr ""
+"La certification accordée par le gouvernement est limitée à l'utilisation "
+"sur l'instance SaaS d'odoo.com. L'utilisation du module à partir de la "
+"source ou d'une version modifiée **ne sera pas** certifiée. Pour les clients"
+" sur site, nous supportons aussi l'utilisation d'un module fiscale. "
+"Cependant, une version figée du module peut être distribuée a la demande "
+"pour les clients Enterprise."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79
 msgid "Restrictions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Restrictions"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81
 msgid ""
@@ -900,38 +781,89 @@ msgid ""
 "adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo "
 "POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS."
 msgstr ""
+"Comme mentionné précédemment, afin d'obtenir la certification, la demande "
+"PdV doit adhérer à des directives gouvernementales strictes. Pour cette "
+"raison, un PdV Odoo certifié présente certaines limitations qui ne sont pas "
+"présentes dans les PdV Odoo non certifiés."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86
 msgid "Refunding is disabled"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Le remboursement est désactivé"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87
 msgid "Modifying orderline prices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Modification des prix des lignes de commande"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88
 msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Créer / modifier / supprimer des commandes PdV"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89
 msgid "Selling products without a valid tax"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vendre des produits sans taxe valide"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90
 msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per POSBox are not allowed"
 msgstr ""
+"Les multiples configurations Odoo PdV par POSBox ne sont pas autorisées"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91
 msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the POSBox (and thus FDM)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utilisation du PdV sans connexion à la POSBox (et donc FDM)"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92
 msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty"
+msgstr "Modules blacklistés: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3
+msgid "Register customers"
+msgstr "Enregistrer des clients"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various "
+"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It "
+"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make"
+" any future interaction with them faster."
 msgstr ""
+"L'inscription de vos clients vous donnera la possibilité de leur accorder "
+"différents privilèges tels que des remises, un programme de fidélité ou "
+"encore une communication spécifique. Ce sera également nécessaire s'ils "
+"souhaitent recevoir une facture et rendra toute interaction future avec eux "
+"plus rapide."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11
+msgid "Create a customer"
+msgstr "Créez un client"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13
+msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button."
+msgstr "Depuis votre interface de session, utilisez le bouton client."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18
+msgid "Create a new one by using this button."
+msgstr "Créez-en un nouveau en utilisant ce bouton."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information."
+msgstr "Vous serez invité à remplir le formulaire client."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in "
+"any future transactions."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilisez le bouton Enregistrer lorsque vous avez terminé. Vous pouvez "
+"ensuite sélectionner ce client dans toutes les transactions futures."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Point of Sale Hardware Setup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuration du matériel du Point de Vente"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:6
 msgid "POSBox Setup Guide"
@@ -940,7 +872,7 @@ msgstr "Manuel de Configuration de la POSBox"
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:11
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:205
 msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Pré-requis"
+msgstr "Prérequis"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:13
 msgid ""
@@ -963,8 +895,10 @@ msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser"
 msgstr "Un ordinateur ou une tablette avec un navigateur web à jour"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:19
-msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale installed"
-msgstr "Une instance Saas ou Odoo avec le Point de Ventes installé"
+msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo database with the Point of Sale installed"
+msgstr ""
+"Une base de données SaaS ou Odoo en cours d'exécution avec le Point de Vente"
+" installé"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:20
 msgid "A local network set up with DHCP (this is the default setting)"
@@ -976,6 +910,9 @@ msgid ""
 "(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_)"
 msgstr ""
+"Une imprimante Epson USB TM-T20 ou une autre imprimante compatible ESC / POS"
+" (les imprimantes officiellement prises en charge sont répertoriées sur la "
+"page `Matériel TPV <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_)"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:24
 msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner"
@@ -989,7 +926,7 @@ msgstr "Un tiroir-caisse compatible Epson"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:26
 msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, Wi-Fi is built in)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Un câble Ethernet RJ45 (en option, le Wi-Fi est intégré)"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:29
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:213
@@ -1012,7 +949,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "La liste officielle du matériel compatible est disponible sur la page de "
 "`spécifications matérielles du POS <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-"
-"android-hardware>`_, Bien qu'un matériel non-listé puisse tout aussi bien "
+"android-hardware>`_, ,bien qu'un matériel non-listé puisse tout aussi bien "
 "fonctionner."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:42
@@ -1037,11 +974,11 @@ msgid ""
 "character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of "
 "your barcode scanner."
 msgstr ""
-"**Scanner code à barres**: Connectez votre scanner de code à barres. Pour "
-"que votre scanner puisse être compatible, il doit se comporter comme un "
-"clavier et être configuré en **US QWERTY**. Il doit également terminer les "
-"codes à barres par le caractère Entrer (keycode 28). Il s'agit le plus "
-"souvent de la configuration par défaut de votre scanner de code à barres."
+"**Scanner de code-barres**: Connectez votre scanner de code-barres. Pour que"
+" votre scanner puisse être compatible, il doit se comporter comme un clavier"
+" et être configuré en **US QWERTY**. Il doit également terminer les codes-"
+"barres par le caractère Entrer (keycode 28). Il s'agit le plus souvent de la"
+" configuration par défaut de votre scanner de code-barres."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:54
 msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on."
@@ -1064,10 +1001,14 @@ msgid ""
 "not to plug in an Ethernet cable, because all Wi-Fi functionality will be "
 "bypassed when a wired network connection is available."
 msgstr ""
+"**Wi-Fi**: La connexion Wi-Fi est intégrée à la version actuelle de la "
+"POSBox. Assurez-vous de ne pas brancher un câble Ethernet, car toute "
+"fonctionnalité Wi-Fi sera ignorée lorsqu'une connexion réseau câblée est "
+"disponible."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:66
 msgid "Power the POSBox"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mettez la POSBox sous tension"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:68
 msgid ""
@@ -1087,7 +1028,7 @@ msgid ""
 " should print a status receipt with its IP address. Also the status LED, "
 "just next to the red power LED, should be permanently lit green."
 msgstr ""
-"Une fois alimentée, la POSBox requière un peu de temps avant de démarrer. "
+"Une fois alimentée, la POSBox requiert un peu de temps avant de démarrer. "
 "Une fois que la POSBox est prête, une étiquette indiquant son statut et son "
 "adresse IP devrait s'imprimer. La LED qui se trouve juste à côté de la LED "
 "rouge d'alimentation devrait alors s'allumer de façon permanente en vert."
@@ -1095,34 +1036,48 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:80
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:292
 msgid "Setup the Point of Sale"
-msgstr "Configurer le Point de Ventes"
+msgstr "Configurer le Point de Vente"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale"
-" --> Configuration --> Settings` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll down "
-"to the ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` section and activate the options for the "
-"hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the POSBox"
-" is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after "
+" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll "
+"down to the ``PoSBox / Hardware Proxy`` section and activate the options for"
+" the hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the "
+"POSBox is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after "
 "booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will "
 "attempt to find it on the local network."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour installer la POSBox dans le Point de Vente, allez à "
+":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et "
+"sélectionnez votre Point de Vente. Faites défiler jusqu'à la section "
+"``PoSBox / Hardware Proxy`` et activez les options pour le matériel que vous"
+" souhaitez utiliser via la POSBox. Spécifiez l'adresse IP de la POSBox est "
+"recommandé (elle est imprimée sur le reçu qui est imprimé après le démarrage"
+" de la POSBox). Lorsque l'adresse IP n'est pas spécifiée, le Point de Vente "
+"tentera de la trouver sur le réseau local."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:91
 msgid ""
-"If you are running multiple Point of Sales on the same POSBox, make sure "
-"that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated."
+"If you are running multiple Point of Sale on the same POSBox, make sure that"
+" only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous exécutez plusieurs Points de Vente sur la même borne POSBox, "
+"assurez-vous que l'un d'entre eux a activé la fonction de numérisation à "
+"distance / scanner de codes-barres."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:94
 msgid ""
 "It might be a good idea to make sure the POSBox IP never changes in your "
 "network. Refer to your router documentation on how to achieve this."
 msgstr ""
+"Il serait bon de vous assurer que l'adresse IP POSBox ne change jamais dans "
+"votre réseau. Reportez-vous à la documentation de votre routeur pour savoir "
+"comment y parvenir."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:99
 msgid "Launch the Point of Sale"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lancez le Point de Vente"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:101
 msgid ""
@@ -1130,13 +1085,16 @@ msgid ""
 "will need some time to perform a network scan to find the POSBox. This is "
 "only done once."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous n'avez pas spécifié l'adresse IP de la POSBox dans la configuration,"
+" le POS aura besoin d'un certain temps pour effectuer une analyse réseau "
+"pour trouver la POSBox. Ceci ne sera fait qu'une fois."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:105
 msgid ""
 "The Point of Sale is now connected to the POSBox and your hardware should be"
 " ready to use."
 msgstr ""
-"Le Point de Ventes est désormais connecté à la POSBox et votre matériel est "
+"Le Point de Vente est désormais connecté à la POSBox et votre matériel est "
 "prêt à être utilisé."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:109
@@ -1150,6 +1108,11 @@ msgid ""
 "commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are Linux compatible. Officially "
 "supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink 5370 chipset."
 msgstr ""
+"La version la plus récente de la POSBox intègre le Wi-Fi. Si vous utilisez "
+"une ancienne version, vous aurez besoin d'un adaptateur Wi-Fi USB compatible"
+" Linux. La plupart des adaptateurs Wi-Fi disponibles dans le commerce sont "
+"compatibles avec Linux. Les adaptateurs Wi-Fi officiellement pris en charge "
+"sont ceux munis d'un chipset Ralink 5370."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:117
 msgid ""
@@ -1193,6 +1156,12 @@ msgid ""
 "means that instead of starting up its own \"Posbox\" network it will always "
 "attempt to connect to the specified network after it boots."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous envisagez de configurer de manière permanente la borne POSBox avec "
+"Wi-Fi, vous pouvez utiliser la case à cocher \"persistante\" sur la page de "
+"configuration Wi-Fi lors de la connexion à un réseau. Cela rendra le choix "
+"du réseau persistant lors des redémarrages. Cela signifie qu'au lieu de "
+"démarrer son propre réseau \"Posbox\", il tentera toujours de se connecter "
+"au réseau spécifié après son démarrage."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:139
 msgid ""
@@ -1201,10 +1170,14 @@ msgid ""
 " after connecting to it, the POSBox will attempt to re-establish connection "
 "automatically."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque la POSBox ne parvient pas à se connecter à un réseau, elle se remet "
+"à lancer son propre point d'accès \"Posbox\". Si la connexion est perdue "
+"avec un réseau Wi-Fi après la connexion, la POSBox tentera de rétablir la "
+"connexion automatiquement."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:145
 msgid "Multi-POS Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuration multi-POS"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:147
 msgid ""
@@ -1214,10 +1187,16 @@ msgid ""
 "network to make sure the POSBox's IP addresses don't change. Please refer to"
 " your router documentation."
 msgstr ""
+"Le moyen conseillé pour installer un magasin multi-points de vente est "
+"d'avoir une POSBox par Point de Vente. Dans ce cas, il est obligatoire de "
+"spécifier manuellement l'adresse IP de chaque POSBox dans chaque Point de "
+"Vente. Vous devez également configurer votre réseau pour vous assurer que "
+"les adresses IP de la POSBox ne changent pas. Veuillez vous référer à la "
+"documentation de votre routeur."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:154
 msgid "POSBoxless Guide (advanced)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Guide \"Sans POSBox\" (Avancé)"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:158
 msgid ""
@@ -1227,6 +1206,13 @@ msgid ""
 "install and run Odoo. You may also run into issues specific to your "
 "distribution or to your particular setup and hardware configuration."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous exécutez votre Point de Vente sur une distribution Linux basée sur "
+"Debian, vous n'avez pas besoin de la POSBox car vous pouvez exécuter son "
+"logiciel localement. Cependant, le processus d'installation n'est pas "
+"infaillible. Vous devez au moins savoir comment installer et exécuter Odoo. "
+"Vous pouvez également rencontrer des problèmes spécifiques à votre "
+"distribution ou à votre configuration matérielle et configuration "
+"particulière."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:165
 msgid ""
@@ -1237,16 +1223,25 @@ msgid ""
 "business data (eg. POS orders), but only serves as a gateway between the "
 "Point of Sale and the hardware."
 msgstr ""
+"Les pilotes pour les différents types de matériel pris en charge sont "
+"fournis en tant que modules Odoo. En fait, la POSBox exécute une instance "
+"d'Odoo avec laquelle le Point de Vente communique. L'instance d'Odoo "
+"s'exécutant sur la POSBox est très différente d'une \"vraie\" instance "
+"d'Odoo. Il ne gère *aucune* donnée commerciale (par exemple, les commandes "
+"PdV), mais sert uniquement de passerelle entre le Point de Vente et le "
+"matériel."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:172
 msgid ""
 "The goal of this section will be to set up a local Odoo instance that "
 "behaves like the Odoo instance running on the POSBox."
 msgstr ""
+"Le but de cette section sera de configurer une instance Odoo locale qui se "
+"comporte comme l'instance Odoo s'exécutant sur la POSBox."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:176
 msgid "Image building process"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Processus de création d'image"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:178
 msgid ""
@@ -1257,16 +1252,25 @@ msgid ""
 " This builds an image called ``posbox.img``, which we zip and upload to "
 "`nightly.odoo.com <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_ for users to download."
 msgstr ""
+"Nous générons les images POSBox officielles en utilisant les scripts sur "
+"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/11.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. "
+"Plus précisément, nous exécutons `posbox_create_image.sh "
+"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/11.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/posbox_create_image.sh>`_."
+" Cela crée une image appelée ``posbox.img``, que nous compressons et "
+"téléchargeons sur `nightly.odoo.com <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_ pour que "
+"les utilisateurs puissent les télécharger."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:186
 msgid ""
 "The scripts in this directory might be useful as a reference if you get "
 "stuck or want more detail about something."
 msgstr ""
+"Les scripts dans ce répertoire peuvent être utiles comme référence si vous "
+"êtes bloqué ou si vous voulez plus de détails sur quelque chose."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:190
 msgid "Summary of the image creation process"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Résumé du processus de création d'image"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:192
 msgid ""
@@ -1281,43 +1285,61 @@ msgid ""
 "to initialize the image at boot and we copy over some extra configuration "
 "files. The resulting image is then ready to be tested and used."
 msgstr ""
+"Le processus de création d'image commence par télécharger la dernière image "
+"`Raspbian <https://www.raspbian.org/>`_. Il monte ensuite localement cette "
+"image Raspbian et copie sur certains fichiers et scripts qui feront que "
+"l'image Raspbian se transformera elle-même en une POSBox quand elle "
+"démarrera. Ces scripts mettront à jour Raspbian, supprimeront les paquets "
+"non essentiels et installeront les paquets requis. Afin de démarrer Raspbian"
+" nous utilisons qemu, qui est capable de fournir une émulation ARM. Après "
+"cela, le système d'exploitation Raspbian émulé se fermera. Nous montons à "
+"nouveau localement l'image, supprimons les scripts qui ont été utilisés pour"
+" initialiser l'image au démarrage et nous copions des fichiers de "
+"configuration supplémentaires. L'image résultante est alors prête à être "
+"testée et utilisée."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:207
 msgid "A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Une distribution Linux basée sur Debian (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:208
-msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to to load the Point of Sale"
+msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to load the Point of Sale"
 msgstr ""
+"Une instance Odoo en cours d'exécution à laquelle vous vous connectez pour "
+"charger le Point de Vente"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:209
 msgid ""
 "You must uninstall any ESC/POS printer driver as it will conflict with "
 "Odoo's built-in driver"
 msgstr ""
+"Vous devez désinstaller tout pilote d'imprimante ESC / POS car cela "
+"entrerait en conflit avec le pilote intégré d'Odoo"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:216
 msgid "Extra dependencies"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dépendances supplémentaires"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:218
 msgid ""
 "Because Odoo runs on Python 2, you need to check which version of pip you "
 "need to use."
 msgstr ""
+"Parce qu'Odoo fonctionne sur Python 2, vous devez vérifier quelle version de"
+" pip vous devez utiliser."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:221
 msgid "``# pip --version``"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "``# pip --version``"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:223
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:229
 msgid "If it returns something like::"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Si cela retourne quelque chose comme :"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:227
 msgid "You need to try pip2 instead."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vous devez essayer pip2 à la place."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:233
 msgid "You can use pip."
@@ -1326,18 +1348,19 @@ msgstr "Vous pouvez utiliser pip."
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:235
 msgid "The driver modules requires the installation of new python modules:"
 msgstr ""
+"Les modules du pilote nécessitent l'installation de nouveaux modules python:"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:237
 msgid "``# pip install pyserial``"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "``# pip install pyserial``"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:239
 msgid "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:241
 msgid "``# pip install qrcode``"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "``# pip install qrcode``"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:244
 msgid "Access Rights"
@@ -1349,18 +1372,23 @@ msgid ""
 "Doing so requires a bit system administration. First we are going to create "
 "a group that has access to USB devices"
 msgstr ""
+"Les pilotes ont besoin d'un accès brut à l'imprimante et aux lecteurs de "
+"codes-barres. Cela nécessite un peu d'administration du système. Nous allons"
+" d'abord créer un groupe qui a accès aux périphériques USB"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:250
 msgid "``# groupadd usbusers``"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "``# groupadd usbusers``"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:252
-msgid "Then we add the user who will run the OpenERP server to ``usbusers``"
+msgid "Then we add the user who will run the Odoo server to ``usbusers``"
 msgstr ""
+"Ensuite, nous ajoutons l'utilisateur qui va lancer le serveur Odoo au groupe"
+" `usbusers``"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:254
 msgid "``# usermod -a -G usbusers USERNAME``"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "``# usermod -a -G usbusers USERNAME``"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:256
 msgid ""
@@ -1369,28 +1397,34 @@ msgid ""
 "``99-usbusers.rules`` in the ``/etc/udev/rules.d/`` directory with the "
 "following content::"
 msgstr ""
+"Ensuite, nous devons créer une règle udev qui permettra automatiquement aux "
+"membres des ``usbusers`` d'accéder aux périphériques USB bruts. Pour ce "
+"faire, créez un fichier appelé ``99-usbusers.rules`` dans le répertoire "
+"``/etc/udev/rules.d/`` avec le contenu suivant::"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:264
 msgid "Then you need to reboot your machine."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ensuite, vous devez redémarrer votre machine."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:267
 msgid "Start the local Odoo instance"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Démarrer l'instance locale Odoo"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:269
 msgid "We must launch the Odoo server with the correct settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nous devons lancer le serveur Odoo avec les paramètres corrects"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:271
 msgid ""
 "``$ ./odoo.py "
 "--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos``"
 msgstr ""
+"``$ ./odoo.py "
+"--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos``"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:274
 msgid "Test the instance"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Testez l'instance"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:276
 msgid ""
@@ -1401,10 +1435,17 @@ msgid ""
 "the drivers, another process has grabbed exclusive access to the devices, "
 "the udev rules do not apply or a superseded by others."
 msgstr ""
+"Branchez tout votre matériel sur les ports USB de votre machine, et allez à "
+"``http://localhost:8069/hw_proxy/status`` , rafraîchissez la page plusieurs "
+"fois et voir si tous vos périphériques sont indiqués comme *Connectés*. Les "
+"sources possibles d'erreurs sont les suivantes: Les chemins de la "
+"distribution diffèrent des chemins attendus par les pilotes, un autre "
+"processus a obtenu un accès exclusif aux périphériques, les règles udev ne "
+"s'appliquent pas ou sont remplacées par d'autres."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:284
 msgid "Automatically start Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Démarrez automatiquement Odoo"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:286
 msgid ""
@@ -1413,6 +1454,11 @@ msgid ""
 "particular setup. Using the init system provided by your distribution is "
 "probably the easiest way to accomplish this."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous devez maintenant vous assurer que cette installation Odoo est "
+"automatiquement lancée après le démarrage. Il existe plusieurs façons de le "
+"faire en fonction de votre configuration particulière. L'utilisation du "
+"système init fourni par votre distribution est probablement le moyen le plus"
+" simple d'y parvenir."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:294
 msgid ""
@@ -1420,18 +1466,22 @@ msgid ""
 "or ``localhost`` if you're running the created Odoo server on the machine "
 "that you'll use as the Point of Sale device. You can also leave it empty."
 msgstr ""
+"Le champ d'adresse IP dans la configuration PdV doit être soit ``127.0.0.1``"
+" ou ``localhost`` si vous exécutez le serveur Odoo créé sur la machine que "
+"vous utiliserez comme périphérique de Point de Vente. Vous pouvez également "
+"le laisser vide."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:300
 msgid "POSBox Technical Documentation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Documentation technique POSBox"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:303
 msgid "Technical Overview"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Présentation technique"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:306
 msgid "The POSBox Hardware"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Le matériel POSBox"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:308
 msgid ""
@@ -1442,6 +1492,13 @@ msgid ""
 "The Software is installed on a 8Gb Class 10 or Higher SD Card. All this "
 "hardware is easily available worldwide from independent vendors."
 msgstr ""
+"Le matériel POSBox est basé sur un `Raspberry Pi 2 "
+"<https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-2-model-b/>`_, un "
+"ordinateur monocarte populaire. Le Raspberry Pi 2 est alimenté par un "
+"adaptateur secteur 2A micro-usb. 2A est nécessaire pour donner suffisamment "
+"de puissance aux scanners de codes-barres. Le logiciel est installé sur une "
+"carte SD 8 Go de classe 10 ou supérieure. Tout ce matériel est facilement "
+"disponible dans le monde entier auprès de fournisseurs indépendants."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:317
 msgid "Compatible Peripherals"
@@ -1452,6 +1509,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Officially supported hardware is listed on the `POS Hardware page "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"Le matériel officiellement pris en charge est répertorié sur la page "
+"`Matériel PdV <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:323
 msgid "The POSBox Software"
@@ -1468,6 +1527,14 @@ msgid ""
 "on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``11.0`` "
 "branch."
 msgstr ""
+"Le POSBox exécute une installation Linux Raspbian fortement modifiée, un "
+"dérivé de Debian pour le Raspberry Pi. Il exécute également une installation"
+" barebones de Odoo qui fournit le serveur web et les pilotes. Les pilotes "
+"matériels sont implémentés en tant que modules Odoo. Ces modules ont tous le"
+" préfixe ``hw_*`` et sont les seuls modules qui s'exécutent sur la POSBox. "
+"Odoo est seulement utilisé pour le framework qu'il fournit. Aucune donnée "
+"d'entreprise n'est traitée ou stockée sur la POSBox. L'instance d'Odoo est "
+"un clone git peu profond de la branche ``11.0``."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:334
 msgid ""
@@ -1486,14 +1553,31 @@ msgid ""
 "/etc_ram/foo/bar. We also bind mount / to /root_bypass_ramdisks to be able "
 "to get to the real /etc and /var during development."
 msgstr ""
+"La partition racine de la POSBox est montée en lecture seule, ce qui "
+"garantit que nous n'usons pas la carte SD en lui écrivant trop. Il garantit "
+"également que le système de fichiers ne peut pas être corrompu en coupant "
+"l'alimentation de la POSBox. Les applications Linux s'attendent cependant à "
+"pouvoir écrire dans certains répertoires. Nous fournissons donc un disque "
+"virtuel pour /etc et /var (Raspbian en fournit automatiquement un pour / "
+"tmp). Ces ramdisks sont configurés par ``setup_ramdisks.sh``, que nous "
+"exécutons avant tous les autres scripts init en l'exécutant dans "
+"``/etc/init.d/rcS``. Les ramdisks sont nommés /etc_ram et /var_ram "
+"respectivement. La plupart des données de /etc et /var sont copiées dans ces"
+" ramdisks tmpfs. Afin de restreindre la taille des disques virtuels, nous ne"
+" leur copions pas certaines choses (par exemple, les données relatives à "
+"apt). Nous lions ensuite les monter sur les répertoires d'origine. Ainsi, "
+"lorsqu'une application écrit dans /etc/foo/bar, elle écrit dans "
+"/etc_ram/foo/bar. Nous lions aussi mount /to/root_bypass_ramdisks pour "
+"pouvoir accéder au réel /etc et /var pendant le développement."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:350
 msgid "Logs of the running Odoo server can be found at:"
 msgstr ""
+"Les journaux du serveur Odoo en cours d'exécution peuvent être trouvés sur:"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:352
 msgid "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:354
 msgid ""
@@ -1501,10 +1585,13 @@ msgid ""
 "POSBox will log to /var/log/syslog and those messages are tagged with "
 "``posbox_*``."
 msgstr ""
+"Divers scripts liés à la POSBox (par exemple, des scripts liés à la "
+"connexion Wi-Fi) s'exécutant sur la POSBox seront enregistrés dans "
+"/var/log/syslog et ces messages seront étiquetés avec ``posbox_*``."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:359
 msgid "Accessing the POSBox"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Accédez à la POSBox"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:362
 msgid "Local Access"
@@ -1517,10 +1604,16 @@ msgid ""
 "use it as a small GNU/Linux computer and perform various administration "
 "tasks, like viewing some logs."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous branchez un clavier USB QWERTY dans l'un des ports USB de la POSBox "
+"et si vous connectez un écran d'ordinateur au port *HDMI* de la POSBox, vous"
+" pouvez l'utiliser comme un petit ordinateur GNU/Linux et effectuer diverses"
+" tâches d'administration, comme Regarder quelques journaux."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:369
 msgid "The POSBox will automatically log in as root on the default tty."
 msgstr ""
+"La POSBox se connecte automatiquement en tant que root sur le tty par "
+"défaut."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:372
 msgid "Remote Access"
@@ -1531,16 +1624,21 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have the POSBox's IP address and an SSH client you can access the "
 "POSBox's system remotely. The login credentials are ``pi``/``raspberry``."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez l'adresse IP de la POSBox et un client SSH, vous pouvez accéder"
+" au système de la POSBox à distance. Les informations de connexion sont "
+"``pi``/``raspberry``."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:379
 msgid "Updating The POSBox Software"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mise à jour du logiciel POSBox"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:381
 msgid ""
 "Only upgrade the POSBox if you experience problems or want to use newly "
 "implemented features."
 msgstr ""
+"Ne mettez à niveau la POSBox que si vous rencontrez des problèmes ou "
+"souhaitez utiliser des fonctionnalités nouvellement implémentées."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:384
 msgid ""
@@ -1552,6 +1650,14 @@ msgid ""
 "method of upgrading will ensure that you're running the latest version of "
 "the POSBox software."
 msgstr ""
+"La meilleure façon de mettre à jour le logiciel POSBox est de télécharger "
+"une nouvelle version de l'image et de la flasher avec la carte SD. Cette "
+"opération est décrite en détail dans `ce tutoriel "
+"<http://elinux.org/RPi_Easy_SD_Card_Setup>`_, il suffit de remplacer l'image"
+" Raspberry Pi standard par la plus récente trouvée sur `la page d'image "
+"POSBox officielle <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/>`_.  Cette méthode"
+" de mise à niveau garantit que vous exécutez la dernière version du logiciel"
+" POSBox."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:393
 msgid ""
@@ -1561,20 +1667,30 @@ msgid ""
 "is limited to what it can do however. It can not eg. update installed "
 "configuration files (like eg. /etc/hostapd.conf). It can only upgrade:"
 msgstr ""
+"La deuxième méthode de mise à niveau est l'interface intégrée de mise à "
+"niveau accessible via la page d'accueil de POSBox. La bonne chose à propos "
+"de la mise à niveau comme ceci est que vous n'avez pas besoin de flasher une"
+" nouvelle image. Cette méthode de mise à niveau est limitée à ce qu'elle "
+"peut faire cependant. Il ne peut pas, par exemple mettre à jour les fichiers"
+" de configuration installés (par exemple, /etc/hostapd.conf). Il ne peut que"
+" mettre à jour:"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:400
 msgid "The internal Odoo application"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "L'application interne Odoo"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:401
 msgid ""
 "Scripts in the folder "
 "``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``"
 msgstr ""
+"Scripts dans le dossier "
+"``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:403
 msgid "When in doubt, always use the first method of upgrading."
 msgstr ""
+"En cas de doute, utilisez toujours la première méthode de mise à niveau."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:406
 msgid "Troubleshoot"
@@ -1582,7 +1698,7 @@ msgstr "Problèmes"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:409
 msgid "The POS cannot connect to the POSBox"
-msgstr "Le POS ne se connecte pas à la POSBox"
+msgstr "Le PdV ne se connecte pas à la POSBox"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:411
 msgid ""
@@ -1618,8 +1734,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Both the device and the POSBox should be visible in the list of connected "
 "devices on your network router."
 msgstr ""
-"Assurez-vous que la POSBox est connectée au même réseau que votre POS. Le "
-"POS et la POSBox doivent tout deux être visibles dans la liste des appareils"
+"Assurez-vous que la POSBox est connectée au même réseau que votre PdV. Le "
+"PdV et la POSBox doivent tout deux être visibles dans la liste des appareils"
 " connectés sur votre réseau."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:423
@@ -1644,7 +1760,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:430
 msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS."
-msgstr "Assurez-vous que la page du POS n'est pas chargé en HTTPS."
+msgstr "Assurez-vous que la page du PdV n'est pas chargé en HTTPS."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:431
 msgid ""
@@ -1702,17 +1818,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:453
 msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Le scanner de codes-barres ne fonctionne pas de manière fiable"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:455
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode "
 "Scanner' enabled are connected to the POSBox at the same time."
 msgstr ""
+"Assurez-vous que pas plus d'un périphérique avec «Scan via Proxy» / «Scanner"
+" de Code-Barres» activé sont connectés à la POSBox en même temps."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:460
 msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "L'impression du reçu prend trop de temps"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:462
 msgid ""
@@ -1721,20 +1839,27 @@ msgid ""
 "afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS "
 "and the POSBox."
 msgstr ""
+"Un petit délai avant la première impression est normal, car la POSBox "
+"effectuera un pré-traitement pour accélérer les prochaines impressions. Si "
+"vous subissez des retards par la suite, cela est probablement dû à une "
+"mauvaise connexion réseau entre le PdV et le POSBox."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:468
 msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Certains caractères ne sont pas correctement imprimés sur le reçu"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:470
 msgid ""
 "The POSBox does not support all languages and characters. It currently "
 "supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support."
 msgstr ""
+"La POSBox ne prend pas en charge tous les langages et caractères. Il "
+"supporte actuellement les scripts basés en latin et en cyrillique, avec un "
+"support japonais basique."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:475
 msgid "The printer is offline"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "L'imprimante est hors ligne"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:477
 msgid ""
@@ -1742,16 +1867,21 @@ msgid ""
 "lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please "
 "contact support."
 msgstr ""
+"Assurez-vous que l'imprimante est connectée, sous tension, qu'elle contient "
+"suffisamment de papier, que son couvercle est fermé et qu'elle ne signale "
+"aucune erreur. Si l'erreur persiste, contactez le support technique."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:482
 msgid "The cashdrawer does not open"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Le tiroir caisse n'ouvre pas"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:484
 msgid ""
 "The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in"
 " the POS configuration."
 msgstr ""
+"Le tiroir-caisse doit être connecté à l'imprimante et doit être activé dans "
+"la configuration PdV."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:488
 msgid "Credits"
@@ -1763,7 +1893,7 @@ msgid ""
 "help of Gary Malherbe, Fabien Meghazi, Nicolas Wisniewsky, Dimitri Del "
 "Marmol, Joren Van Onder and Antony Lesuisse."
 msgstr ""
-"Le projet POSBox à été développé par Frédéric van der Essen avec l'aide "
+"Le projet POSBox a été développé par Frédéric van der Essen avec l'aide "
 "amicale de Gary Malherbe, Fabien Meghazi, Nicolas Wisniewsky, Dimitri Del "
 "Marmol, Joren Van Onder and Antony Lesuisse."
 
@@ -1830,6 +1960,8 @@ msgid ""
 "And also the partners who've backed the development with the Founding POSBox"
 " Bundle:"
 msgstr ""
+"Et aussi les partenaires qui ont soutenu le développement avec le bundle "
+"POSBox fondateur:"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:513
 msgid "Willow IT"
@@ -1857,1248 +1989,906 @@ msgstr "Shine IT."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3
 msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Démarrer avec le Point de Vente Odoo"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"Odoo's online **Point of Sale** application is based on a simple, user "
-"friendly interface. The **Point of Sale** application can be used online or "
-"offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops."
+"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly "
+"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on "
+"iPads, Android tablets or laptops."
 msgstr ""
+"L'application en ligne Point de Vente d'Odoo est basée sur une interface "
+"simple et conviviale. L'application Point de Vente peut être utilisée en "
+"ligne ou hors ligne sur des iPads, des tablettes Android ou des ordinateurs "
+"portables."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Odoo **Point of Sale** is fully integrated with the **Inventory** and the "
-"**Accounting** applications. Any transaction with your point of sale will "
-"automatically be registered in your inventory management and accounting and,"
-" even in your **CRM** as the customer can be identified from the app."
+"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting "
+"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically "
+"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the "
+"customer can be identified from the app."
 msgstr ""
+"Le Point de Vente Odoo est entièrement intégré aux applications d'inventaire"
+" et de comptabilité. Toute transaction dans votre point de vente sera "
+"automatiquement enregistrée dans vos entrées de stock et de comptabilité "
+"mais également dans votre CRM puisque le client peut être identifié depuis "
+"l'application."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all "
 "your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous serez en mesure d'obtenir des statistiques et des consolidations en "
+"temps réel dans toutes vos boutiques sans avoir à intégrer plusieurs "
+"applications externes."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25
-msgid "Install the Point of Sale Application"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Install the Point of Sale application"
+msgstr "Installer l'application Point de Vente"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"Start by installing the **Point of Sale** application. Go to "
-":menuselection:`Apps` and install the **Point of Sale** application."
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application."
+msgstr "Allez à la page Apps et installez l'application Point de Vente."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"Do not forget to install an accounting **chart of account**. If it is not "
-"done, go to the **Invoicing/Accounting** application and click on **Browse "
-"available countries**:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40
-msgid "Then choose the one you want to install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:42
-msgid "When it is done, you are all set to use the point of sale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:45
-msgid "Adding Products"
+"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of "
+"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting "
+"settings."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous utilisez Odoo Comptabilité, n'oubliez pas d'installer un plan de "
+"comptes si ce n'est déjà fait. Cela peut être réalisé dans les paramètres de"
+" comptabilité."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:47
-msgid ""
-"To add products from the point of sale **Dashboard** go to "
-":menuselection:`Orders --> Products` and click on **Create**."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38
+msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale"
+msgstr "Rendez des produits disponibles dans le Point de Vente"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:50
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40
 msgid ""
-"The first example will be oranges with a price of ``3€/kg``. In the "
-"**Sales** tab, you can see the point of sale configuration. There, you can "
-"set a product category, specify that the product has to be weighted or not "
-"and ensure that it will be available in the point of sale."
+"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go"
+" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour rendre les produits disponibles à la vente dans le Point de Vente, "
+"ouvrez un produit, rendez-vous dans l'onglet Ventes et cochez la case "
+"\"Disponible dans le Point de Vente\"."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:58
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48
 msgid ""
-"In same the way, you can add lemons, pumpkins, red onions, bananas... in the"
-" database."
+"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez également définir ici si le produit doit être pesé avec une "
+"balance."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62
-msgid "How to easily manage categories?"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52
+msgid "Configure your payment methods"
+msgstr "Configurez vos méthodes de paiement"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:64
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54
 msgid ""
-"If you already have a database with your products, you can easily set a "
-"**Point of Sale Category** by using the Kanban view and by grouping the "
-"products by **Point of Sale Category**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:72
-msgid "Configuring a payment method"
+"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point"
+" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> "
+"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour ajouter un nouveau mode de paiement pour un Point de Vente, allez à "
+":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente --> "
+"Choisissez un Point de Vente --> Allez à la section Paiements` et cliquez "
+"sur sur le lien \"Méthodes de paiement\"."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:74
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62
 msgid ""
-"To configure a new payment method go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Payment methods` and click on **Create**."
+"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use"
+" in Point of Sale\"."
 msgstr ""
+"Maintenant, vous pouvez créer de nouvelles méthodes de paiement. N'oubliez "
+"pas de cocher la case \"Utiliser au Point de Vente\"."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:81
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68
 msgid ""
-"After you set up a name and the type of payment method, you can go to the "
-"point of sale tab and ensure that this payment method has been activated for"
-" the point of sale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:86
-msgid "Configuring your points of sales"
+"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale"
+" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration."
 msgstr ""
+"Une fois vos méthodes de paiement créées, vous pouvez décider dans quel "
+"Point de Vente vous souhaitez les rendre disponibles, cela se fait dans la "
+"configuration du Point de Vente."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:88
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, click on the "
-"``main`` point of sale. Edit the point of sale and add your custom payment "
-"method into the available payment methods."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75
+msgid "Configure your Point of Sale"
+msgstr "Configurez votre Point de Vente"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:95
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77
 msgid ""
-"You can configure each point of sale according to your hardware, "
-"location,..."
+"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and"
+" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can "
+"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale."
 msgstr ""
+"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente`"
+" et sélectionnez le point de vente que vous voulez configurer. Depuis ce "
+"menu, vous pouvez modifier tous les paramètres de votre Point de Vente."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Point of Sale Name"
-msgstr "Nom du point de vente"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82
+msgid "Create your first PoS session"
+msgstr "Créez votre première session PdV"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale."
-msgstr "Un identifiant interne du point de vente."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Sales Channel"
-msgstr "Equipe de vente"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel."
-msgstr "Les ventes de ce point de vente seront liées à ce canal de vente."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Restaurant Floors"
-msgstr "Plans du restaurant"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale."
-msgstr "Les étages du restaurant servis par ce point de vente."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Orderline Notes"
-msgstr "Notes de commandes"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines."
-msgstr "Autoriser les notes personnalisées sur les lignes de commande"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Display Category Pictures"
-msgstr "Afficher les photos des catégories"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures."
-msgstr "Les catégories de produits seront affichées avec des photos. "
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Initial Category"
-msgstr "Catégorie initiale"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85
+msgid "Your first order"
+msgstr "Votre première commande"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87
 msgid ""
-"The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no "
-"category is specified, all available products will be shown."
+"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS "
+"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session."
 msgstr ""
-"Le point de vente affichera cette catégorie de produits par défaut. Si "
-"aucune catégorie n'est spécifiée, tous les produits disponibles seront "
-"affichés."
+"Vous êtes maintenant prêt à faire vos premières ventes à travers le PdV. "
+"Depuis le tableau de bord du PdV, vous voyez tous vos points de vente et "
+"vous pouvez commencer une nouvelle session."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Virtual KeyBoard"
-msgstr "Clavier virtuel"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94
+msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface."
+msgstr "Vous arrivez maintenant sur l'interface PdV."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99
 msgid ""
-"Don’t turn this option on if you take orders on smartphones or tablets."
+"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available "
+"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method "
+"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment."
 msgstr ""
+"Une fois qu'une commande est terminée, vous pouvez enregistrer le paiement. "
+"Toutes les méthodes de paiement disponibles apparaissent sur la gauche de "
+"l'écran. Sélectionnez la méthode de paiement et entrez le montant reçu. Vous"
+" pouvez ensuite valider le paiement."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Such devices already benefit from a native keyboard."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104
+msgid "You can register the next orders."
+msgstr "Vous pouvez enregistrer les prochaines commandes."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Large Scrollbars"
-msgstr "Barres de défilement larges"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107
+msgid "Close the PoS session"
+msgstr "Fermer la session PdV"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens."
-msgstr "Pour les écrans tactiles industriels peu précis."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "IP Address"
-msgstr "Adresse IP"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109
 msgid ""
-"The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if "
-"left empty."
-msgstr ""
-"Nom d'hôte ou adresse IP du proxy matériel. Laisser vide pour utiliser "
-"l'autodétection."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Scan via Proxy"
-msgstr "Scan via Proxy"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner."
+"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on "
+"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can "
+"now close the session from the dashboard."
 msgstr ""
-"Permet d'activer la lecture des code-barres depuis un lecteur connecté à "
-"distance."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Electronic Scale"
-msgstr "Balance électronique"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration."
-msgstr "Permet d'activer l'intégration d'une balance électronique."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Cashdrawer"
-msgstr "Tiroir-caisse"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer."
-msgstr "Ouvrir automatiquement le tiroir-caisse."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Print via Proxy"
-msgstr "Imprimer via un proxy"
+"À la fin de la journée, vous fermerez votre session PdV. Pour cela, cliquez "
+"sur le bouton de fermeture qui apparaît dans le coin en haut à droite et "
+"confirmez. Vous pouvez maintenant fermer la session à partir du tableau de "
+"bord."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy."
-msgstr ""
-"Contourner l'impression via le navigateur pour imprimer via le proxy "
-"matériel."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Customer Facing Display"
-msgstr "Affichage côté client"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Show checkout to customers with a remotely-connected screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Afficher l'étape de paiement aux clients munis d'un écran connecté à "
-"distance."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"Defines what kind of barcodes are available and how they are assigned to "
-"products, customers and cashiers."
-msgstr ""
-"Permet de définir les types de code-barres disponibles et la façon dont ils "
-"sont attribués aux produits, clients et caissiers."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Fiscal Positions"
-msgstr "Positions fiscales"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117
 msgid ""
-"This is useful for restaurants with onsite and take-away services that imply"
-" specific tax rates."
+"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day."
 msgstr ""
-"Ceci est utile pour les restaurants qui proposent des services sur place et "
-"à emporter, auquel cas le taux de la TVA peut différer."
+"Il est fortement conseillé de fermer votre session PdV à la fin de chaque "
+"journée."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Available Pricelists"
-msgstr "Listes de prix disponibles"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"Make several pricelists available in the Point of Sale. You can also apply a"
-" pricelist to specific customers from their contact form (in Sales tab). To "
-"be valid, this pricelist must be listed here as an available pricelist. "
-"Otherwise the default pricelist will apply."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119
+msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method."
 msgstr ""
-"Mettre plusieurs listes de prix à disposition du point de vente. Vous pouvez"
-" également une liste de prix à un client spécifique à partir de leur "
-"formulaire de contact (onglet Ventes). Pour être valide, cette liste de prix"
-" doit être répertoriée ici en tant que liste de prix disponible. Autrement, "
-"la liste de prix par défaut sera appliquée."
+"Vous verrez alors un résumé de toutes les transactions par mode de paiement."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Default Pricelist"
-msgstr "Liste de prix par défaut"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124
 msgid ""
-"The pricelist used if no customer is selected or if the customer has no Sale"
-" Pricelist configured."
+"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been"
+" paid by this payment method during that PoS session."
 msgstr ""
-"La liste de prix utilisée si aucun client n'est sélectionné ou si aucune "
-"liste de prix de vente n'est configurée pour le client."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Restrict Price Modifications to Managers"
-msgstr "Limiter les modifications de prix aux responsables"
+"Vous pouvez cliquer sur une ligne de ce récapitulatif pour voir toutes les "
+"commandes qui ont été payées par cette méthode de paiement au cours de cette"
+" session PdV."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127
 msgid ""
-"Only users with Manager access rights for PoS app can modify the product "
-"prices on orders."
+"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the "
+"closing entries."
 msgstr ""
-"Seuls les utilisateurs disposant des droits d'accès de responsable dans "
-"l'application PdV peuvent modifier le prix d'un produit sur une commande."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Cash Control"
-msgstr "Contrôle de caisse"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing."
-msgstr "Contrôle de caisse à l'ouverture et à la fermeture."
+"Si tout est correct, vous pouvez valider la session PdV et afficher les "
+"entrées de clôture."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Prefill Cash Payment"
-msgstr "Pré-remplir le paiement en espèce"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130
+msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session."
+msgstr "C'est fait, vous avez maintenant fermé votre première session de PdV."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be "
-"prefilled with the exact due amount."
-msgstr ""
-"Ce paiement sera traité de la même façon qu'un paiement bancaire. Il sera "
-"pré-rempli avec le montant dû exact."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features"
+msgstr "Caractéristiques avancées du restaurant"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Order IDs Sequence"
-msgstr "Séquence des id. commandes"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3
+msgid "Print the Bill"
+msgstr "Imprimer la facture"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"This sequence is automatically created by Odoo but you can change it to "
-"customize the reference numbers of your orders."
-msgstr ""
-"Cette séquence est créée automatiquement par Odoo, mais vous pouvez la "
-"changer pour personnaliser les références de vos commandes."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Receipt Header"
-msgstr "En-tête du ticket :"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt."
+"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This "
+"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the "
+"definitive ticket."
 msgstr ""
-"Un message court qui sera inséré comme en-tête dans le ticket de reçu."
+"Utilisez la fonction *Impression de factures* pour imprimer la facture avant"
+" le paiement. Ceci est utile si la facture est encore sujette à évolution et"
+" n'est donc pas le ticket définitif."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Receipt Footer"
-msgstr "Pied du ticket :"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10
+msgid "Configure Bill Printing"
+msgstr "Configurez l'impression de la facture"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt."
-msgstr ""
-"Un texte court qui sera inséré comme pied de page dans le ticket de reçu."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Automatic Receipt Printing"
-msgstr "Impression automatique du reçu"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order."
-msgstr "Le reçu sera automatiquement imprimé à la fin de chaque commande."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Skip Preview Screen"
-msgstr "Passer l'écran Aperçu"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"The receipt screen will be skipped if the receipt can be printed "
-"automatically."
+"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"L'écran de reçu sera passé si le reçu peut être imprimé automatiquement. "
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bill Printing"
-msgstr "Impression de la Facture"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment."
-msgstr "Permet d'imprimer la facture avant le paiement."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bill Splitting"
-msgstr "Partage d'addition"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale."
-msgstr "Autoriser le partage d'une addition au point de vente."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Tip Product"
-msgstr "Produit pour pourboire"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "This product is used as reference on customer receipts."
-msgstr "Ce produit est utilisé comme référence sur les reçus client."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Invoicing"
-msgstr "Facturation"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale."
-msgstr "Permet l'émission d'une facture depuis le point de vente."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Invoice Journal"
-msgstr "Journal de facturation"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices."
-msgstr "Journal des comptes utilisé pour la création de factures."
+"Pour activer *Impression de factures*, allez à :menuselection:`Point de "
+"Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et sélectionnez votre interface "
+"PdV."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Sales Journal"
-msgstr "Journal de ventes"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries."
-msgstr ""
-"Journal de comptabilité utilisé pour enregistrer des écritures de vente."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Group Journal Items"
-msgstr "Regrouper les éléments du journal"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a"
-" Session."
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option."
 msgstr ""
-"Cochez cette case si vous souhaitez regrouper les pièces comptables par "
-"produit lors de la fermeture d'une session."
+"Sous la catégorie Factures & Reçus, vous trouverez l'option *Impression de "
+"factures*."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:100
-msgid "Now you are ready to make your first steps with your point of sale."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22
+msgid "Split a Bill"
+msgstr "Divisez la facture"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:103
-msgid "First Steps in the Point of Sale"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24
+msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button."
+msgstr "Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Facture*."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:106
-msgid "Your first order"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29
+msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill."
+msgstr "Lorsque vous l'utilisez, vous pouvez ensuite imprimer la facture."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:108
-msgid ""
-"On the dashboard, you can see your points of sales, click on **New "
-"session**:"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3
+msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar"
+msgstr "Imprimer les commandes à la cuisine ou au bar"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"On the right you can see the products list with the categories on the top. "
-"If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can directly "
-"set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard."
+"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, "
+"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar "
+"can be a tremendous help."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour faciliter le flux de travail entre la salle et la cuisine, imprimer les"
+" commandes prises sur l'interface PdV directement au bon endroit peut être "
+"d'une aide précieuse."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:125
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:59
-msgid "Payment"
-msgstr "Paiement"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10
+msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer"
+msgstr "Activer l'imprimante bar/cuisine"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the "
-"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` "
-"and pays with a ``20 €`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**."
+"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour activer la fonction *Impression de Commande*, accédez à "
+":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et "
+"sélectionnez votre interface de paiement."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:134
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:68
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Your ticket is printed and you are now ready to make your second order."
+"Under the PosBox / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*."
 msgstr ""
+"Sous la catégorie PosBox / Hardware, vous trouverez *Imprimantes de "
+"commandes*."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:137
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:71
-msgid "Closing a session"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:19
+msgid "Add a printer"
+msgstr "Ajoutez une imprimante"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:139
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"At the end of the day, to close the session, click on the **Close** button "
-"on the top right. Click again on the close button of the point of sale. On "
-"this page, you will see a summary of the transactions"
+"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where"
+" you can add the printer."
 msgstr ""
+"Dans votre menu de configuration, vous aurez maintenant une option "
+"*Imprimantes de Commandes* où vous pouvez ajouter l'imprimante."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:146
-msgid ""
-"If you click on a payment method line, the journal of this method appears "
-"containing all the transactions performed."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:28
+msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order"
+msgstr "Imprimer une commande de la cuisine/du bar"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:152
-msgid "Now, you only have to validate and close the session."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:33
+msgid "Select or create a printer."
+msgstr "Sélectionnez ou créez une imprimante."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3
-msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:36
+msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar"
+msgstr "Imprimer la commande dans la cuisine /le bar"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3
-msgid "How to register multiple orders simultaneously?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:6
-msgid "Register simultaneous orders"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"On the main screen, just tap on the **+** on the top of the screen to "
-"register another order. The current orders remain opened until the payment "
-"is done or the order is cancelled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:16
-msgid "Switch from one order to another"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:18
-msgid "Simply click on the number of the order."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:38
+msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button."
+msgstr "Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Commande*."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:24
-msgid "Cancel an order"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:26
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"If you made a mistake or if the order is cancelled, just click on the **-** "
-"button. A message will appear to confirm the order deletion."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:34
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:115
-msgid ":doc:`../advanced/register`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:35
-msgid ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:36
-msgid ":doc:`transfer`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:3
-msgid "How to handle kitchen & bar order printing?"
+"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque vous appuyez dessus, il imprimera l'ordre sur votre imprimante de la"
+" cuisine /du bar."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:8
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
-msgid "From the dashboard click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:13
-msgid "Under the **Bar & Restaurant** section, tick **Bill Printing**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:18
-msgid "In order printers, click on **add an item** and then **Create**."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3
+msgid "Register multiple orders"
+msgstr "Enregistrez plusieurs commandes"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:23
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Set a printer **Name**, its **IP address** and the **Category** of product "
-"you want to print on this printer. The category of product is useful to "
-"print the order for the kitchen."
+"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders "
+"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need."
 msgstr ""
+"L' App Point de Vente Odoo vous permet d'enregistrer plusieurs commandes "
+"simultanément, vous donnant toute la flexibilité dont vous avez besoin."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:30
-msgid "Several printers can be added this way"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9
+msgid "Register an additional order"
+msgstr "Enregistrer une commande supplémentaire"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:35
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Now when you register an order, products will be automatically printed on "
-"the correct printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:39
-msgid "Print a bill before the payment"
+"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new "
+"order."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque vous enregistrez une commande, vous pouvez utiliser le bouton *+* "
+"afin d'en ajouter une nouvelle."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:41
-msgid "On the main screen, click on the **Bill** button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:46
-msgid "Finally click on **Print**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:51
-msgid "Click on **Ok** once it is done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:54
-msgid "Print the order (kitchen printing)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:56
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"This is different than printing the bill. It only prints the list of the "
-"items."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:59
-msgid "Click on **Order**, it will automatically be printed."
+"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when "
+"needed."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez ensuite passer d'une commande à l'autre et traiter le paiement "
+"en cas de besoin."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:65
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"The printer is automatically chosen according to the products categories set"
-" on it."
+"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on."
 msgstr ""
+"En utilisant le bouton *-*, vous pouvez supprimer la commande en cours."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3
-msgid "How to setup Point of Sale Restaurant?"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar"
+msgstr "Installation du PdV Restaurant / Bar"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Go to the **Point of Sale** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings`"
+"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of "
+"Sale application can help you to fulfill."
 msgstr ""
+"Les entreprises agroalimentaires ont des besoins très spécifiques que "
+"l'application Odoo Point de Vente peut vous aider à remplir."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Enable the option **Restaurant: activate table management** and click on "
-"**Apply**."
+"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour activer les fonctionnalités *Bar / Restaurant*, allez à "
+":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et "
+"sélectionnez votre interface PdV."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"Then go back to the **Dashboard**, on the point of sale you want to use in "
-"restaurant mode, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15
+msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*"
+msgstr "Sélectionnez *Est un bar / restaurant*"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:23
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"Under the **Restaurant Floors** section, click on **add an item** to insert "
-"a floor and to set your PoS in restaurant mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:29
-msgid "Insert a floor name and assign the floor to your point of sale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:34
-msgid ""
-"Click on **Save & Close** and then on **Save**. Congratulations, your point "
-"of sale is now in Restaurant mode. The first time you start a session, you "
-"will arrive on an empty map."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:40
-msgid ":doc:`table`"
+"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. "
+"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous avez maintenant plusieurs options spécifiques pour vous aider à "
+"configurer votre Point de Vente. Vous pouvez voir que ces options ont un "
+"petit logo de couteau et de fourchette à côté d'eux."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3
-msgid "How to handle split bills?"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option"
+msgstr "Offrir une option de Partage d'addition"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Split bills only work for point of sales that are in **restaurant** mode."
+"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them "
+"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-"
+"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application."
 msgstr ""
+"Offrir une solution facile à vos clients leur permettra de vivre une "
+"expérience positive. C'est pourquoi cette fonctionnalité est prête à "
+"l'emploi dans l'application Odoo Point de Vente."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:15
-msgid "In the settings tick the option **Bill Splitting**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:8
-msgid "From the dashboard, click on **New Session**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:28
-msgid "Choose a table and start registering an order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:33
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"When customers want to pay and split the bill, there are two ways to achieve"
-" this:"
+"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour activer la fonctionnalité *Partage d'addition*, accédez à "
+":menuselection:`Point de Vente -> Configuration -> Point de Vente` et "
+"sélectionnez votre interface PdV."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:36
-msgid "based on the total"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:38
-msgid "based on products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:44
-msgid "Splitting based on the total"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"Just click on **Payment**. You only have to insert the money tendered by "
-"each customer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:49
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Click on the payment method (cash, credit card,...) and enter the amount. "
-"Repeat it for each customer."
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting "
+"option."
 msgstr ""
+"Sous la catégorie Factures & Reçus, vous trouverez l'option de Partager "
+"l'addition."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:55
-msgid ""
-"When it's done, click on validate. This is how to split the bill based on "
-"the total amount."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:59
-msgid "Split the bill based on products"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23
+msgid "Split a bill"
+msgstr "Partager l'addition"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:61
-msgid "On the main view, click on **Split**"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25
+msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button."
+msgstr "Dans votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Partager*."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:66
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"Select the products the first customer wants to pay and click on **Payment**"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:71
-msgid "You get the total, process the payment and click on **Validate**"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:76
-msgid "Follow the same procedure for the next customer of the same table."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:78
-msgid "When all the products have been paid you go back to the table map."
+"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and "
+"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque vous l'utilisez, vous serez en mesure de sélectionner ce qu'un "
+"invité doit et de traiter le paiement, en répétant le processus pour chaque "
+"invité."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3
-msgid "How to configure your table map?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:6
-msgid "Make your table map"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Configure your table management"
+msgstr "Configurez votre gestion de table"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Once your point of sale has been configured for restaurant usage, click on "
-"**New Session**:"
+"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select"
+" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> "
+"Point of sale`.."
 msgstr ""
+"Une fois que votre Point de Vente a été configuré pour l'utilisation d'un "
+"bar / restaurant, sélectionnez *Gestion des tables* dans "
+":menuselection:`Point de Vente -> Configuration -> Point de Vente`."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:14
-msgid ""
-"This is your main floor, it is empty for now. Click on the **+** icon to add"
-" a table."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9
+msgid "Add a floor"
+msgstr "Ajoutez un étage"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Drag and drop the table to change its position. Once you click on it, you "
-"can edit it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:23
-msgid "Click on the corners to change the size."
+"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on"
+" *Floors*"
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque vous sélectionnez *Gestion des tables*, vous pouvez gérer vos étages"
+" en cliquant sur *Étages*"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:28
-msgid "The number of seats can be set by clicking on this icon:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:33
-msgid "The table name can be edited by clicking on this icon:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:38
-msgid "You can switch from round to square table by clicking on this icon:"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18
+msgid "Add tables"
+msgstr "Ajoutez des tables"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:43
-msgid "The color of the table can modify by clicking on this icon :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:48
-msgid "This icon allows you to duplicate the table:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20
+msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)."
 msgstr ""
+"À partir de votre interface PdV, vous verrez maintenant votre/vos étage(s)."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:53
-msgid "To drop a table click on this icon:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow"
+" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque vous cliquez sur le crayon, vous entrez en mode édition, ce qui vous"
+" permet de créer des tableaux, de les déplacer, de les modifier, ..."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:58
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"Once your plan is done click on the pencil to leave the edit mode. The plan "
-"is automatically saved."
+"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, "
+"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, "
+"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as "
+"duplicate them with the handy tool bar."
 msgstr ""
+"Dans cet exemple, j'ai 2 tables rondes pour six et 2 tables carrées pour "
+"quatre, je leur ai attribué des codes couleur pour les rendre plus faciles à"
+" trouver, vous pouvez aussi les renommer, changer leur forme, leur taille, "
+"le nombre de personnes qu'ils possèdent et dupliquer eux avec la barre "
+"d'outils pratique."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:65
-msgid "Register your orders"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36
+msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode."
 msgstr ""
+"Une fois votre plan d'étage défini, vous pouvez fermer le mode d'édition."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"Now you are ready to make your first order. You just have to click on a "
-"table to start registering an order."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39
+msgid "Register your table(s) orders"
+msgstr "Enregistrer des commandes par table(s)"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:70
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"You can come back at any time to the map by clicking on the floor name :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:76
-msgid "Edit a table map"
+"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to "
+"register an order and payment."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque vous sélectionnez une table, vous serez amené à votre interface "
+"habituelle pour enregistrer une commande et un paiement."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:78
-msgid "On your map, click on the pencil icon to go in edit mode :"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and"
+" you can also transfer the order to another table."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez revenir rapidement à votre plan d'étage en sélectionnant le "
+"bouton d'étage et vous pouvez également transférer la commande vers une "
+"autre table."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3
-msgid "How to handle tips?"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment"
+msgstr "Intégrez une option de pourboire dans le paiement"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:8
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:63
-msgid "From the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is "
+"important to have the option in your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
+"Comme il est d'usage de donner un pourboire dans de nombreux pays à travers "
+"le monde, il est important d'avoir l'option dans votre interface PdV."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13
-msgid "Add a product for the tip."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9
+msgid "Configure Tipping"
+msgstr "Configurer les pourboires"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:18
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"In the tip product page, be sure to set a sale price of ``0€`` and to remove"
-" all the taxes in the accounting tab."
+"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour activer la fonctionnalité *Pourboires*, allez à :menuselection:`Point "
+"de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente` et sélectionnez votre PdV."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25
-msgid "Adding a tip"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and "
+"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case."
 msgstr ""
+"Sous la catégorie Factures & Reçus, vous trouverez *Pourboires*. "
+"Sélectionnez-le et créez un *Produit de pourboires* tel que *Pourboires* "
+"dans le cas présent."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27
-msgid "On the payment page, tap on **Tip**"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21
+msgid "Add Tips to the bill"
+msgstr "Ajouter des pourboires à la facture"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:32
-msgid "Tap down the amount of the tip:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23
+msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button"
 msgstr ""
+"Une fois sur l'interface de paiement, vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton"
+" * Pourboires*"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"The total amount has been updated and you can now register the payment."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31
+msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment."
 msgstr ""
+"Ajoutez le pourboire que votre client veut donner et passez au paiement."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3
-msgid "How to transfer a customer from table?"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Transfer customers between tables"
+msgstr "Changez les clients de table"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"This only work for Point of Sales that are configured in restaurant mode."
+"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an "
+"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their "
+"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for "
+"you."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vos clients souhaitent changer de table après avoir passé une commande, "
+"Odoo peut vous aider à transférer les clients et leur commande vers leur "
+"nouvelle table, en gardant vos clients heureux sans que cela ne vous "
+"complique la tâche."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11
+msgid "Transfer customer(s)"
+msgstr "Transferez des clients"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Choose a table, for example table ``T1`` and start registering an order."
+msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on."
 msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez la table sur laquelle vos clients se trouvent actuellement. "
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18
 msgid ""
-"Register an order. For some reason, customers want to move to table ``T9``. "
-"Click on **Transfer**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:24
-msgid "Select to which table you want to transfer customers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:29
-msgid "You see that the order has been added to the table ``T9``"
+"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and "
+"select the new table"
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez maintenant transférer les clients, utilisez simplement le bouton"
+" de transfert et sélectionnez la nouvelle table"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3
 msgid "Advanced Shop Features"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Caractéristiques avancées pour une boutique"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3
-msgid "How to set up cash control?"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale"
+msgstr "Mettez en place un Controle de la Caisse dans votre Point de Vente "
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Cash control permits you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening "
-"and closing."
+"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening "
+"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash "
+"is missing."
 msgstr ""
+"Le Contrôle de la Caisse vous permet de vérifier le montant de la caisse à "
+"l'ouverture et à la fermeture. Vous pouvez ainsi vous assurer qu'aucune "
+"erreur n'a été commise et qu'aucune somme d'argent n'est manquante."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:9
-msgid "Configuring cash control"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10
+msgid "Activate Cash Control"
+msgstr "Activez le Controle de la Caisse"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:11
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"On the **Point of Sale** dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> "
-"Settings`."
+"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales"
+" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour activer la fonction *Contrôle de la Caisse*, accédez à "
+":menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente` et "
+"sélectionnez votre interface PdV."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:17
-msgid "On this page, scroll and tick the the option **Cash Control**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16
+msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting."
 msgstr ""
+"Dans la catégorie des paiements, vous trouverez le paramètre de Contrôle de "
+"la caisse."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:23
-msgid "Starting a session"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:25
-msgid "On your point of sale dashboard click on **new session**:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:30
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"Before launching the point of sale interface, you get the open control view."
-" Click on set an opening balance to introduce the amount in the cashbox."
+"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at "
+"the opening and closing."
 msgstr ""
+"Dans cet exemple, vous voyez que je veux avoir 275 $ en différentes coupures"
+" à l'ouverture et à la fermeture."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:37
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"Here you can insert the value of the coin or bill, and the amount present in"
-" the cashbox. The system sums up the total, in this example we have "
-"``86,85€`` in the cashbox. Click on **confirm**."
+"When clicking on *->Opening/Closing Values* you will be able to create those"
+" values."
 msgstr ""
+"En cliquant sur *-> Valeurs d'ouverture / fermeture* vous serez capable de "
+"créer ces valeurs."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:44
-msgid ""
-"You can see that the opening balance has changed and when you click on "
-"**Open Session** you will get the main point of sale interface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the "
-"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84€`` "
-"and pays with a ``20€`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31
+msgid "Start a session"
+msgstr "Démarrez une session"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:73
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"At the time of closing the session, click on the **Close** button on the top"
-" right. Click again on the **Close** button to exit the point of sale "
-"interface. On this page, you will see a summary of the transactions. At this"
-" moment you can take the money out."
+"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening "
+"Balance*"
 msgstr ""
+"Vous avez maintenant ajouté un nouveau bouton visible lorsque vous ouvrez "
+"une session, *Définir le solde d'ouverture*"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:81
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"For instance you want to take your daily transactions out of your cashbox."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:87
-msgid ""
-"Now you can see that the theoretical closing balance has been updated and it"
-" only remains you to count your cashbox to set a closing balance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:93
-msgid "You can now validate the closing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:96
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:20
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:92
-msgid ":doc:`invoice`"
+"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always "
+"modify it."
 msgstr ""
+"Par défaut, il utilisera la valeur que vous avez ajoutée auparavant, mais "
+"vous pouvez toujours la modifier."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:97
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:116
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:93
-msgid ":doc:`refund`"
-msgstr ":doc:`refund`"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46
+msgid "Close a session"
+msgstr "Fermer une session"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:98
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:117
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:21
-msgid ":doc:`seasonal_discount`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3
-msgid "How to invoice from the POS interface?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48
 msgid ""
-"On the **Dashboard**, you can see your points of sales, click on **New "
-"session**:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:14
-msgid "You are on the ``main`` point of sales view :"
+"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* "
+"button as well."
 msgstr ""
+"Lorsque vous souhaitez fermer votre session, vous disposez également d'un "
+"bouton * Définir un solde de clôture*."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:19
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51
 msgid ""
-"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on "
-"the top. Switch categories by clicking on it."
+"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you"
+" have just counted) and the difference between the two."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez alors voir l'équilibre théorique, le solde de clôture réel (ce "
+"que vous venez de compter) et la différence entre les deux."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:22
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57
 msgid ""
-"If you click on a product, it will be added in your cart. You can directly "
-"set the correct **Quantity/Weight** by typing it on the keyboard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:26
-msgid "Add a customer"
+"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for "
+"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing "
+"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session."
 msgstr ""
+"Si vous utilisez l'option *Sortir de l'argent* pour prendre vos transactions"
+" pour cette session, vous avez maintenant une différence à somme nulle et le"
+" même solde de clôture que votre solde d'ouverture. Votre caisse est prête "
+"pour la prochaine session."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:29
-msgid "By selecting in the customer list"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface"
+msgstr "Facture à partir de l'interface PoS"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:31
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54
-msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer** (above **Payment**):"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point "
+"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
+"Certains de vos clients peuvent demander une facture lors d'un achat dans "
+"votre Point de Vente, vous pouvez facilement gérer cela depuis l'interface "
+"PoS."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:36
-msgid "You must set a customer in order to be able to issue an invoice."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9
+msgid "Activate invoicing"
+msgstr "Activez la facturation"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"You can search in the list of your customers or create new ones by clicking "
-"on the icon."
+"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and"
+" select your Point of Sale:"
 msgstr ""
+"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente`"
+" et sélectionnez votre point de vente:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:48
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"For more explanation about adding a new customer. Please read the document "
-":doc:`../advanced/register`."
+"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. "
+"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created."
 msgstr ""
+"Sous les *Factures & Reçus* vous verrez l'option de facturation, cochez-la. "
+"N'oubliez pas de choisir dans quel journal les factures doivent être créées."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52
-msgid "By using a barcode for customer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:59
-msgid "Select a customer and click on the pencil to edit."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25
+msgid "Select a customer"
+msgstr "Sélectionnez un client"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:64
-msgid "Set a the barcode for customer by scanning it."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27
+msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button"
+msgstr "Depuis votre interface de session, utilisez le bouton client"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:69
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"Save modifications and now when you scan the customer's barcode, he is "
-"assigned to the order"
+"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer "
+"or create a new one by using this button."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez ensuite sélectionner un client existant et le définir comme "
+"client actuel ou en créer un nouveau en utilisant ce bouton."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:73
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38
 msgid ""
-"Be careful with the **Barcode Nomenclature**. By default, customers' "
-"barcodes have to begin with 042. To check the default barcode nomenclature, "
-"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode "
-"Nomenclatures`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:82
-msgid "Payment and invoicing"
+"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous serez invité à remplir le formulaire client avec ses informations."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:84
-msgid ""
-"Once the cart is processed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the "
-"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` "
-"and pays with by a ``VISA``."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41
+msgid "Invoice your customer"
+msgstr "Facturer votre client"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:88
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"Before clicking on **Validate**, you have to click on **Invoice** in order "
-"to create an invoice from this order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:94
-msgid "Your invoice is printed and you can continue to make orders."
+"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to "
+"select it and validate."
 msgstr ""
+"Depuis l'écran de paiement, vous avez maintenant une option de facture, "
+"utilisez le bouton pour la sélectionner et valider."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:97
-msgid "Retrieve invoices of a specific customer"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49
+msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez ensuite imprimer la facture et passer à votre prochaine "
+"commande."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:99
-msgid ""
-"To retrieve the customer's invoices, go to the **Sale** application, click "
-"on :menuselection:`Sales --> Customers`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:102
-msgid "On the customer information view, click on the **Invoiced** button :"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52
+msgid "Retrieve invoices"
+msgstr "Retrouver des factures"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:107
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54
 msgid ""
-"You will get the list all his invoices. Click on the invoice to get the "
-"details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:114
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:19
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:91
-msgid ":doc:`cash_control`"
+"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top"
+" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones"
+" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the "
+"invoice."
 msgstr ""
+"Une fois sorti de l'interface PdV (:menuselection:`Fermer --> Confirmer` "
+"dans le coin supérieur droit) vous trouverez toutes vos commandes dans: "
+"menuselection:`Point de vente --> Commandes --> Commandes` et sous l'onglet "
+"statut vous verrez ceux qui ont été facturés. Lorsque vous cliquez sur une "
+"commande, vous pouvez accéder à la facture."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3
-msgid "How to return and refund products?"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Accept returns and refund products"
+msgstr "Acceptez les retours et remboursez les produits"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"To refund a customer, from the PoS main view, you have to insert negative "
-"values. For instance in the last order you count too many ``pumpkins`` and "
-"you have to pay back one."
+"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your "
+"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is "
+"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface."
 msgstr ""
+"Avoir une politique de retour réfléchie est la clé pour attirer et fidéliser"
+" vos clients. Faciliter l'acceptation et le remboursement de ces retours est"
+" donc également un aspect clé de votre interface *Point de Vente*."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:12
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"You can see that the total is negative, to end the refund, you only have to "
-"process the payment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3
-msgid "How to apply Time-limited or seasonal discounts?"
+"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants "
+"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If"
+" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process."
 msgstr ""
+"Depuis votre interface *Point de Vente*, sélectionnez le produit que votre "
+"client souhaite renvoyer, utilisez le bouton +/- et entrez la quantité qu'il"
+" doit retourner. S'ils ont besoin de retourner plusieurs produits, répétez "
+"le processus."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:8
-msgid "To apply time-limited or seasonal discount, use the pricelists."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10
-msgid "You have to create it and to apply it on the point of sale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:13
-msgid "Sales application configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:15
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"In the **Sales** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings`. Tick **Advanced pricing based on formula**."
+"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have "
+"to process the payment."
 msgstr ""
+"Comme vous pouvez le voir, le total est en négatif, pour terminer le "
+"remboursement il vous suffit de traiter le paiement."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23
-msgid "Creating a pricelist"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3
+msgid "Apply time-limited discounts"
+msgstr "Appliquez des remises limitées dans le temps"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Once the setting has been applied, a **Pricelists** section appears under "
-"the configuration menu on the sales application."
+"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or "
+"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a "
+"pricing strategy tailored to your business."
 msgstr ""
+"Encouragez vos clients et augmentez vos revenus en offrant des remises "
+"limitées dans le temps ou saisonnières. Odoo dispose d'une fonction poussée "
+"de liste de prix pour soutenir une stratégie de tarification adaptée à votre"
+" activité."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31
-msgid "Click on it, and then on **Create**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:36
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Create a **Pricelist** for your point of sale. Each pricelist can contain "
-"several items with different prices and different dates. It can be done on "
-"all products or only on specific ones. Click on **Add an item**."
+"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales "
+"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour activer la fonction *Liste de Prix*, accédez à :menuselection:`Point de"
+" vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente` et sélectionnez votre interface"
+" PoS."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
-msgid "Active"
-msgstr "Actif/ve"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:18
 msgid ""
-"If unchecked, it will allow you to hide the pricelist without removing it."
+"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and "
+"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking"
+" on *Pricelists*."
 msgstr ""
-"Décocher cette case permet de masquer la liste de prix sans la supprimer."
+"Choisissez les listes de prix que vous souhaitez mettre à disposition dans "
+"ce Point de Vente et définissez la liste de prix par défaut. Vous pouvez "
+"accéder à toutes vos Listes de Prix en cliquant sur *Liste de prix*."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
-msgid "Selectable"
-msgstr "Sélectionnable"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
-msgid "Allow the end user to choose this price list"
-msgstr "Permettre à l'utilisateur final de choisir cette liste de prix"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23
+msgid "Create a pricelist"
+msgstr "Créez une liste de prix"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"For example, the price of the oranges costs ``3€`` but for two days, we want"
-" to give a ``10%`` discount to our PoS customers."
+"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to "
+":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`"
 msgstr ""
+"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to "
+":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:51
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"You can do it by adding the product or its category and applying a "
-"percentage discount. Other price computation can be done for the pricelist."
+"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. "
+"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You "
+"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the "
+"whole range."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez définir plusieurs critères pour utiliser un prix spécifique: "
+"périodes, quantité min. (répondre à une quantité minimum commandée et "
+"obtenir une réduction de prix), etc. Vous pouvez également choisir "
+"d'appliquer uniquement cette liste de prix sur des produits spécifiques ou "
+"sur toute la gamme."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:55
-msgid "After you save and close, your pricelist is ready to be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:61
-msgid "Applying your pricelist to the Point of Sale"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:68
-msgid "On the right, you will be able to assign a pricelist."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:37
+msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface"
+msgstr "Utilisation d'une liste de prix dans l'interface PoS"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:74
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"You just have to update the pricelist to apply the time-limited discount(s)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:80
-msgid ""
-"When you start a new session, you can see that the price have automatically "
-"been updated."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:87
-msgid "When you update a pricelist, you have to close and open the session."
+"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly "
+"select the right pricelist."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton au-dessus de celui nommé *Client*, "
+"utilisez-le pour sélectionner instantanément la bonne liste de prix."
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b87fbd1f62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# Martin Trigaux, 2018
+# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2018
+# Jérémy Donas <LeDistordu@users.noreply.github.com>, 2018
+# f5f0a0dac17dde787a1d812a6989680e, 2018
+# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2019
+# Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-07-23 10:14+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021\n"
+"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6
+msgid "My Odoo Portal"
+msgstr "Portail \"My Odoo\""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between "
+"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your "
+"Subscriptions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to "
+"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just "
+"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
+msgid "Quotations"
+msgstr "Devis"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
+"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to "
+"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that"
+" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you "
+"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the "
+"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
+" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
+msgid "Sales Orders"
+msgstr "Bons de commandes"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. "
+"will be registered under this section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products "
+"purchased and process the payment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53
+msgid "Invoices"
+msgstr "Factures"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, "
+"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate "
+"you if the invoice has been paid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
+"invoice or download a PDF version of the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
+msgid "Tickets"
+msgstr "Tickets"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find "
+"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our "
+"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77
+msgid "Subscriptions"
+msgstr "Abonnements"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first "
+"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding"
+" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing "
+"information and the payment method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
+"the new credit card details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on "
+"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on "
+"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
+" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
+"change to \"To Renew\".  You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method"
+" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will "
+"no longer be able to access the database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
+msgid "Success Packs"
+msgstr "Success Packs"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
+"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
+"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
+"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
+":ref:`db_online`"
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez besoin d'informations sur la façon de gérer votre base de "
+"données, voir :ref:`db_online`"
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
index 93dfd504c2..b0b19fa9fd 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
@@ -3,13 +3,17 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# André Madeira Cortes <amadeiracortes@gmail.com>, 2019
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: André Madeira Cortes <amadeiracortes@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -19,4 +23,4 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../practical.rst:3
 msgid "Practical Information"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Informations Pratiques"
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
index c37b57a65f..6f7b7c0b9f 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
@@ -1,16 +1,34 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017
+# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2017
+# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2017
+# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2017
+# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2017
+# N D <norig.d@hotmail.fr>, 2017
+# Adriana Ierfino <adriana.ierfino@savoirfairelinux.com>, 2017
+# Eric BAELDE <eric@baelde.name>, 2017
+# Mensanh Dodji Anani LAWSON <omolowo73@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2017
+# Rémi FRANÇOIS <remi@sudokeys.com>, 2017
+# Nissar Chababy <funilrys@outlook.com>, 2017
+# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -26,141 +44,6 @@ msgstr "Projet"
 msgid "Advanced"
 msgstr "Avancé"
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3
-msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?"
-msgstr "Comment utiliser des projets pour gérer des demandes/questions ?"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"A company selling support services often has to deal with problems occurring"
-" during the implementation of the project. These issues have to be solved "
-"and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the deliverability of"
-" the project and a positive customer satisfaction."
-msgstr ""
-"Une entreprise qui vend souvent des services de support doit faire face à "
-"des problèmes qui se produisent au cours de la mise en œuvre du projet. Ces "
-"problèmes doivent être résolus  et suivis aussi vite que possible afin "
-"d'assurer la livraison du projet et une satisfaction positive de la "
-"clientèle."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"For example, as an IT company offering the implementation of your software, "
-"you might have to deal with customers emails experiencing technical "
-"problems. Odoo offers the opportunity to create dedicated support projects "
-"which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email."
-" This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be"
-" closed more quickly."
-msgstr ""
-"Par exemple, en tant que société de service dans le domaine informatique "
-"offrant sa propre solution, vous pourriez avoir à négocier avec les emails "
-"de clients qui remontent des problèmes techniques. Odoo vous offre "
-"l'occasion de créer un support pour les projets qui génère automatiquement "
-"des actions à effectuer dès réception d'une demande de support par mail. De "
-"cette manière, le problème du client peut être directement affecté à l'un "
-"des employé et être résolu plus rapidement."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
-#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuration"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:20
-msgid ""
-"The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for "
-"support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the "
-"**Issue Tracking** modules."
-msgstr ""
-"La configuration suivante est nécessaire pour être en mesure d'utiliser"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31
-msgid "Create a project"
-msgstr "Créer un projet"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33
-msgid ""
-"The first step in order to set up a claim/issue management system is to "
-"create a project related to those claims. Let's start by simply creating a "
-"**support project**. Enter the Project application dashboard, click on "
-"create and name your project **Support**. Tick the **Issues** box and rename"
-" the field if you want to customize the Issues label (e.g. **Bugs** or "
-"**Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the"
-" Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client "
-"will be able to follow his claim in his portal)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to "
-"handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51
-msgid "Invite followers"
-msgstr "Inviter des lecteurs"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53
-msgid ""
-"You can decide to notify your employees as soon as a new issue will be "
-"created. On the **Chatter** (bottom of the screen), you will notice two "
-"buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click"
-" on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add "
-"others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63
-msgid "Set up your workflow"
-msgstr "Mettre en place votre flux de travail"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:65
-msgid ""
-"You can easily personalize your project stages to suit your workflow by "
-"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add "
-"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to "
-"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and "
-"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also "
-"edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on "
-"your desired stage."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77
-msgid "Generate issues from emails"
-msgstr "Générer des problèmes depuis des emails"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:79
-msgid ""
-"When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it appearing "
-"in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project is "
-"automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87
-msgid ""
-"If you cannot see the email address on your project, go to the menu "
-":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias "
-"domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you "
-"will now see the email address under the name of your project."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92
-msgid ""
-"Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a "
-"new issue will be created."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
-msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/installation`"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97
-msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration"
-
 #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3
 msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?"
 msgstr "Comment recueillir le feedback des clients ?"
@@ -299,10 +182,6 @@ msgid ""
 " end of the website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:111
-msgid ":doc:`claim_issue`"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3
 msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?"
 msgstr ""
@@ -334,6 +213,12 @@ msgid ""
 " overtime spent on the project."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuration"
+
 #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27
 msgid "Install the required applications"
 msgstr "Installer les applications requises"
@@ -443,13 +328,14 @@ msgid ""
 "source document of the task is the related sales order."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114
-msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
+msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/installation`"
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115
-msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114
+msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../ventes/facturation/abonnements`"
 
 #: ../../project/application.rst:3
 msgid "Awesome Timesheet App"
@@ -487,6 +373,10 @@ msgid ""
 " further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets"
 " per user, drill-down per project, and much more."
 msgstr ""
+"De plus, je reçois des statistiques individuelles via le mobile et le plugin"
+" chrome. Je peux aller plus loin dans l'analyse dans mon compte Odoo. Je "
+"reçois des rapports de feuilles de présence par utilisateur, des analyses "
+"détaillées par projet, et bien plus encore."
 
 #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25
 msgid ""
@@ -644,17 +534,21 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103
 msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Enregistrez une feuille de temps sur une tâche :"
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105
 msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available."
 msgstr ""
+"L'option feuille de présence est également disponible à l'intérieur d'une "
+"tâche."
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107
 msgid ""
 "In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on "
 "Add an item."
 msgstr ""
+"Dans la tâche, cliquez sur le bouton éditer. Allez à l'onglet Feuille de "
+"présence et cliquez sur Ajouter un article."
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110
 msgid ""
@@ -784,6 +678,8 @@ msgid ""
 "The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the "
 "history of the task."
 msgstr ""
+"Le chatter est un outil très pratique. Il s'agit d'un outil de communication"
+" qui affiche l'historique de la tâche."
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196
 msgid ""
@@ -1020,15 +916,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100
 msgid ":doc:`visualization`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`visualisation`"
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101
 msgid ":doc:`collaboration`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`collaboration`"
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102
 msgid ":doc:`time_record`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`time_record`"
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3
 msgid "How to record time spent?"
@@ -1047,6 +943,11 @@ msgid ""
 ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section "
 "of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour enregistrer le temps passé sur les projets, vous devez d'abord activer "
+"la facturation des feuilles de présence. Dans l'application **Projet**, "
+"ouvrez :menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres`. Dans la section "
+"**Feuilles de présence**, cochez **Activer les feuilles de présence sur les "
+"projets **."
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23
 msgid ""
@@ -1095,67 +996,60 @@ msgid ""
 "In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on "
 "**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**."
 msgstr ""
+"Dans la tâche, cliquez sur **Éditer**, ouvrez l'onglet **Feuille de "
+"présence** et cliquez sur **Ajouter un article**. Insérez les détails "
+"requis, puis cliquez sur **Enregistrer**."
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3
-msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks?"
+msgid "Visualize a project's tasks"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5
-msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:7
 msgid ""
-"Tasks are assignments that members of your organisations have to fulfill as "
-"part of a project. In day to day business, your company might struggle due "
-"to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those task are already complex "
-"enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a real "
-"burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the "
-"different tasks you have to cope with."
+"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important "
+"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having "
+"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo "
+"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you "
+"have to cope with."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"The only configuration needed is to install the project module in the module"
-" application."
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12
+msgid "Create a task"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:24
-msgid "Creating Tasks"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:26
-msgid ""
-"Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply "
-"open the project and click on create a task."
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17
+msgid "In the project, create a new task."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:32
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22
 msgid ""
-"You then first give a name to your task, the related project will "
-"automatically be filled in, assign the project to someone, and select a "
-"deadline if there is one."
+"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a "
+"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:40
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
-msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29
+msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:42
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks "
 "to the Kanban view."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It "
 "enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which "
 "one have the higher priorities."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:49
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53
 msgid ""
 "The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are"
@@ -1163,51 +1057,54 @@ msgid ""
 " logo in the upper right corner"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:57
-msgid "How to nototify your collegues about the status of a task?"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from "
+"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task"
+" and indicate if the task is ready."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
-msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53
+msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:65
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55
 msgid ""
-"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by "
-"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will be automatically moved to the "
-"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom "
-"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not "
-"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines."
+"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star "
+"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them "
+"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked"
+" to their creation date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63
 msgid ""
-"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the list "
-"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks."
+"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:80
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
-msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard "
+"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72
+msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:82
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74
 msgid ""
-"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. "
-"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline in a "
-"single window."
+"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, "
+"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set "
+"easily in a single window."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:89
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78
 msgid ""
-"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned"
-" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the "
-"related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
+"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can "
+"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:94
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133
 msgid ""
 "You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and "
@@ -1261,6 +1158,18 @@ msgid ""
 " this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on"
 " the progress of each task."
 msgstr ""
+"Nous pouvons également organiser les différentes tâches en adaptant la vue. "
+"Je sélectionne ici la vue en liste, qui affiche d'autres informations telles"
+" que la progression du temps de travail. Si je clique sur ma tâche, j'arrive"
+" sur la vue formulaire où je peux modifier les heures prévues et saisir mes "
+"feuilles de présence. C'est un outil formidable pour tout chef de projet. Il"
+" est essentiel de contrôler la progression du temps de travail et le temps "
+"passé pour chaque membre de l'équipe. J'ai fixé le temps de formation de "
+"l'équipe de vente à 24 heures. Aujourd'hui, j'ai préparé le matériel, je "
+"vais donc enregistrer 4 heures dans la feuille de présence. La progression "
+"du temps de travail se met automatiquement à jour. Grâce à l'intégration de "
+"cette feuille de présence, le chef de projet dispose d'un suivi complet de "
+"l'avancement de chaque tâche."
 
 #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49
 msgid ""
@@ -1374,6 +1283,10 @@ msgid ""
 "fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
+msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49
 msgid ""
 "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It "
@@ -1406,6 +1319,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "projet de developpement, les phases doivent correspondre à : specifications,"
 " Développement, Essai, Fin. "
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
+msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by "
@@ -1445,6 +1362,10 @@ msgid ""
 "show you the progression of each task."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
+msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121
 msgid ""
 "If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. "
@@ -1452,6 +1373,13 @@ msgid ""
 "single window."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned"
+" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the "
+"related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138
 msgid ":doc:`forecast`"
 msgstr ":doc:`forecast`"
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
index 1bec6ed940..29c06ce30e 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
@@ -1,16 +1,41 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Florian Hatat, 2017
+# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017
+# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2017
+# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2017
+# mahmoud h.helmy <mahmoud1995@hotmail.co.uk>, 2017
+# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Benedicte HANET <hanetb@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2017
+# Nissar Chababy <funilrys@outlook.com>, 2017
+# Nancy Bolognesi <nb@microcom.ca>, 2017
+# Benjamin Frantzen, 2017
+# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2017
+# Nkeshimana Christella <nkeshichris@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Léa Geffroy <geffroylea@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2017
+# bb76cd9ac0cb7e20167a14728edb858b, 2017
+# Lionel Sausin <ls@numerigraphe.com>, 2017
+# Clo <clo@odoo.com>, 2017
+# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2017
+# Fabrice Henrion, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2018
+# Oriane Malburny <oma@odoo.com>, 2019
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Fabrice Henrion <fhe@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Oriane Malburny <oma@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -2180,13 +2205,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "commande."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
-msgid "Shipment"
-msgstr "Expédition"
+msgid "Receipt"
+msgstr "Reçu"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "Incoming Shipments"
 msgstr "Réceptions"
 
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Vendor"
+msgstr "Fournisseur"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez trouver un fournisseur par son nom, numéro de TVA, courriel ou "
+"sa référence interne."
+
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "Vendor Reference"
 msgstr "Référence fournisseur"
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
index 8b1a87a9e9..f936e901a9 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
@@ -1,16 +1,28 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Saad Thaifa <saad.thaifa@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2017
+# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Ikati Group SAS <ikatihosting@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Benjamin Frantzen, 2017
+# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2017
+# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2018
+# Jonathan <jcs@odoo.com>, 2019
+# Priscilla Sanchez <prs@odoo.com>, 2020
+# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -46,6 +58,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12
 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations."
 msgstr ""
+"Par exemple, un client de long terme qui a besoin de voir les devis en "
+"ligne."
 
 #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -279,1121 +293,440 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Invoicing Method"
 msgstr "Méthode de facturation"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services.rst:3
-msgid "Services"
-msgstr "Services"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:3
-msgid "How to invoice milestones of a project?"
-msgstr "Comment facturer les étapes d'un projet ?"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"There are different kind of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days "
-"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing "
-"consulting hours) or a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3
+msgid "Request a down payment"
 msgstr ""
-"Il existe différents types de ventes de services : un volume prépayé "
-"d'heures/de jours (par ex. contrat d'assistance), en fonction du temps et du"
-" matériel (par ex. heures de consultation) ou un contrat à prix fixe (par "
-"ex. un projet)."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"In this section, we will have a look at how to invoice milestones of a "
-"project."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans cette section, nous allons jeter un œil à la façon de facturer les "
-"étapes d'un projet."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:12
-msgid ""
-"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large scale projects, with "
-"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally"
-" build up to the completion of the contract. For example, a marketing agency"
-" hired for a new product launch could break down a project into the "
-"following milestones, each of them considered as one service with a fixed "
-"price on the sale order :"
-msgstr ""
-"La facturation par étape peut être utilisée pour des projets d'envergure "
-"coûteux ou longs, chaque étape représentant une séquence de travail "
-"clairement identifiable, avancant ainsi progressivement jusqu'à la fin du "
-"contrat. Par exemple, une agence de marketing engagée pour un nouveau "
-"lancement de produit pourrait découper un projet en étapes, chacune d'entre "
-"elles considérée comme un service avec un prix fixe sur le bon de commande :"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:19
-msgid "Milestone 1 : Marketing strategy audit - 5 000 euros"
-msgstr "Étape 1 : Audit de strategie marketing - 5 000 euros"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:21
-msgid "Milestone 2 : Brand Identity - 10 000 euros"
-msgstr "Étape 2 : Identité de marque - 10 000 euros"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:23
-msgid "Milestone 3 : Campaign launch & PR - 8 500 euros"
-msgstr ""
-"Étape 3 : Lancement de la campagne & relations publiques - 8 500 euros"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:25
-msgid ""
-"In this case, an invoice will be sent to the customer each time a milestone "
-"will be successfully reached. That invoicing method is comfortable both for "
-"the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow throughout the "
-"project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the project's progress "
-"and pay in several times."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans ce contexte, une facture sera envoyée au client chaque fois qu'une "
-"étape sera atteinte avec succès. Cette méthode de facturation est "
-"confortable à la fois pour l'entreprise qui est assurée d'obtenir un flux de"
-" trésorerie stable tout au long de la durée de vie du projet, et pour le "
-"client qui peut suivre l'avancement du projet et le payer en plusieurs fois."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"You can also use milestones to invoice percentages of the entire project. "
-"For example, for a million euros project, your company might require a 15% "
-"upfront payment, 30% at the midpoint and the balance at the contract "
-"conclusion. In that case, each payment will be considered as one milestone."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez également utiliser des étapes pour facturer des pourcentages de "
-"l'ensemble du projet. Par exemple, pour un projet en millions d'euros, votre"
-" entreprise peut nécessiter un paiement initial de 15%, 30% à mi-parcours et"
-" le solde à la fin du contrat. Dans ce cas, chaque paiement sera considéré "
-"comme une étape importante."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:39
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:26
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:14
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:16
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuration"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:42
-msgid "Install the Sales application"
-msgstr "Installer l'application Ventes"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:44
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:28
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"In order to sell services and to send invoices, you need to install the "
-"**Sales** application, from the **Apps** icon."
+"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the "
+"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to "
+"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour vendre des services et envoyer des factures, vous devez installer "
-"l'application **Ventes**, depuis le module **Applications**."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:51
-msgid "Create products"
-msgstr "Créer des articles"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:53
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. From the"
-" **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, "
-"create a new product with the following setup:"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10
+msgid "First time you request a down payment"
 msgstr ""
-"Dans Odoo, chaque étape de votre projet est considérée comme un article. "
-"Dans l'application de **Ventes**, utilisez le menu :menuselection:`Ventes ->"
-" Articles`, créez un nouvel article avec les informations suivantes :"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:57
-msgid "**Name**: Strategy audit"
-msgstr "**Nom** : Audit de stratégie"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:59
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:50
-msgid "**Product Type**: Service"
-msgstr "**Type d'article** : Service"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:61
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"**Invoicing Policy**: Delivered Quantities, since you will invoice your "
-"milestone after it has been delivered"
+"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment"
+" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total "
+"amount."
 msgstr ""
-"**Politique de facturation** : Qtés livrées, puisque vous facturez votre "
-"étape après qu'elle ait été livrée"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:64
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"**Track Service**: Manually set quantities on order, as you complete each "
-"milestone, you will manually update their quantity from the **Delivered** "
-"tab on your sale order"
+"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account "
+"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments."
 msgstr ""
-"**Service de suivi** : Mettre manuellement les quantités sur la commande, "
-"car lorsque vous terminez chaque étape, vous allez mettre à jour "
-"manuellement leur quantité à partir de l'onglet **Livré** sur votre bon de "
-"commande"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:72
-msgid "Apply the same configuration for the others milestones."
-msgstr "Appliquez la même conficuration aux autre étapes"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:75
-msgid "Managing your project"
-msgstr "Gestion de votre projet"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:78
-msgid "Quotations and sale orders"
-msgstr "Devis et bons de commande"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:80
-msgid ""
-"Now that your milestones (or products) are created, you can create a "
-"quotation or a sale order with each line corresponding to one milestone. For"
-" each line, set the **Ordered Quantity** to ``1`` as each milestone is "
-"completed once. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a sale "
-"order, you will be able to change the delivered quantities when the "
-"corresponding milestone has been achieved."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22
+msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment."
 msgstr ""
-"Maintenant que vos étapes (ou articles) sont créés, vous pouvez créer un "
-"devis ou un bon de commande avec chaque ligne correspondant à une étape. "
-"Pour chaque ligne, réglez la **Qté commandée** à ``1`` car chaque étape "
-"n'est réalisée qu'une fois. Une fois que le devis est confirmé et transformé"
-" en un bon de commande, vous serez en mesure de modifier les quantités "
-"livrées lorsque le jalon correspondant sera atteint."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:91
-msgid "Invoice milestones"
-msgstr "Facturer des étapes"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:93
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"Let's assume that your first milestone (the strategy audit) has been "
-"successfully delivered and you want to invoice it to your customer. On the "
-"sale order, click on **Edit** and set the **Delivered Quantity** of the "
-"related product to ``1``."
+"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be "
+"automatically deducted."
 msgstr ""
-"Supposons que votre première étape (l'audit de stratégie) ait été livrée "
-"avec succès et que vous voulez facturer à votre client. Sur le bon de "
-"commande, cliquez sur **Modifier** et réglez la **Qté livrée** de l'article "
-"concerné à ``1``."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:99
-msgid ""
-"As soon as the above modification has been saved, you will notice that the "
-"color of the line has changed to blue, meaning that the service can now be "
-"invoiced. In the same time, the invoice status of the SO has changed from "
-"**Nothing To Invoice** to **To Invoice**"
-msgstr ""
-"Dès que la modification ci-dessus a été enregistrée, vous remarquerez que la"
-" couleur de la ligne a changé au bleu, ce qui signifie que le service peut "
-"maintenant être facturé. Dans le même temps, le statut de la facture du bon "
-"de commande a changé de **Rien à facturer** à **A facturer**"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34
+msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes"
+msgstr "Modifiez le compte de revenus et les taxes à la consommation"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:104
-msgid ""
-"Click on **Create invoice** and, in the new window that pops up, select "
-"**Invoiceable lines** and validate. It will create a new invoice (in draft "
-"status) with only the **strategy audit** product as invoiceable."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36
+msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur **Créer la facture** et, dans la nouvelle fenêtre qui apparaît, "
-"sélectionnez **Lignes facturables** et validez. Cela va créer une nouvelle "
-"facture (à l'état Brouillon) avec seulement l'article **Audit de stratégie**"
-" facturé."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:112
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"In order to be able to invoice a product, you need to set up the "
-"**Accounting** application and to configure an accounting journal and a "
-"chart of account. Click on the following link to learn more: "
-":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`"
+"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the"
+" income account & customer taxes."
 msgstr ""
-"Afin de pouvoir facturer un produit, vous devez paramétrer l'application de "
-"**Comptabilité** en configurant un journal et un plan comptable. Cliquez sur"
-" le lien suivant pour en savoir plus "
-":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:117
-msgid ""
-"Back on your sale order, you will notice that the **Invoiced** column of "
-"your order line has been updated accordingly and that the **Invoice Status**"
-" is back to **Nothing to Invoice**."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3
+msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers"
 msgstr ""
-"En revenant sur votre bon de commande, vous noterez que la colonne "
-"**Facturé** de votre ligne de commande a été mise à jour en conséquence et "
-"que l'**État** de la facture est de retour à **Rien à facturer**."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:121
-msgid "Follow the same workflow to invoice your remaining milestones."
-msgstr "Suivez le même processus pour facturer vos étapes restantes."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:124
-msgid ":doc:`reinvoice`"
-msgstr ":doc:`reinvoice`"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:125
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:185
-msgid ":doc:`support`"
-msgstr ":doc:`support`"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:3
-msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers?"
-msgstr "Comment re-facturer des frais à vos clients ?"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:5
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money "
 "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an "
-"employee paying a parking spot for a meeting with your client. As a company,"
+"consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company,"
 " you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client."
 msgstr ""
-"Il arrive souvent que vos employés doivent dépenser leur argent personnel "
-"alors qu'il travaillent sur un projet pour votre client. Prenons l'exemple "
-"d'un employé payant une place de parking pour une rencontre avec votre "
-"client. En tant qu'entreprise, vous souhaitez être en mesure de facturer ces"
-" frais à votre client."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"In this documentation we will see two use cases. The first, very basic, "
-"consists of invoicing a simple expense to your client like you would do for "
-"a product. The second, more advanced, will consist of invoicing expenses "
-"entered in your expense system by your employees directly to your customer."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64
+msgid "Expenses configuration"
 msgstr ""
-"Dans cette documentation, nous verrons deux cas d'utilisation. La première, "
-"très basique, consiste à facturer une note de frais simple à votre client "
-"comme vous le feriez pour un produit. Le second, plus avancé, consistera à "
-"facturer directement à votre client des frais saisis par vos employés dans "
-"votre système de gestion des notes de frais."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:18
-msgid "Use case 1: Simple expense invoicing"
-msgstr "Cas d'utilisation 1 : Facturation d'une simple note de frais"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:20
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66
 msgid ""
-"Let's take the following example. You are working on a promotion campaign "
-"for one of your customers (``Agrolait``) and you have to print a lot of "
-"copies. Those copies are an expense for your company and you would like to "
-"invoice them."
+"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to "
+":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it."
 msgstr ""
-"Prenons l'exemple suivant. Vous travaillez sur une campagne de promotion "
-"pour un de vos clients (``Agrolait``) et vous devez imprimer un grand nombre"
-" de copies. Ces copies sont une dépense pour votre entreprise et vous "
-"souhaitez les facturer."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:35
-msgid "Create product to be expensed"
-msgstr "Créer un article de frais"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:37
-msgid "You will need now to create a product called ``Copies``."
-msgstr "Vous devez maintenant créer un article nommé ``Copies``."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:39
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:112
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
 msgid ""
-"From your **Sales** module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and "
-"create a product as follows:"
+"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
+"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration"
+" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*."
 msgstr ""
-"Depuis votre module **Ventes**, allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Articles`"
-" et créez un article comme suit :"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:42
-msgid "**Product type**: consumable"
-msgstr "**Type d'article** : Consommable"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:44
-msgid ""
-"**Invoicing policy**: on delivered quantities (you will manually set the "
-"quantities to invoice on the sale order)"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74
+msgid "Add expenses to your sales order"
 msgstr ""
-"**Politique de facturation** : sur les quantités livrées (vous devrez "
-"définir manuellement les quantités sur le bon de commande)"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:51
-msgid "Create a sale order"
-msgstr "Créer une commande client"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:53
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76
 msgid ""
-"Now that your product is correctly set up, you can create a sale order for "
-"that product (from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders`) with "
-"the ordered quantities set to 0. Click on **Confirm the Sale** to create the"
-" sale order. You will be able then to manually change the delivered "
-"quantities on the sale order to reinvoice the copies to your customer."
+"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the "
+"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer."
 msgstr ""
-"Maintenant que votre article est correctement configuré, vous pouvez créer "
-"un ordre de vente pour cet article (dans le menu :menuselection:`Ventes -> "
-"Bons de commande`) avec les quantités commandées à 0. Cliquez sur "
-"**Confirmer la vente** pour créer le bon de commande. Vous pourrez alors "
-"modifier manuellement les quantités livrées sur le bon de commande pour "
-"refacturer les copies à votre client."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:64
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:177
-msgid "Invoice expense to your client"
-msgstr "Facturer une note de frais à votre client"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:66
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79
 msgid ""
-"At the end of the month, you have printed ``1000`` copies on behalf of your "
-"client and you want to re-invoice them. From the related sale order, click "
-"on **Delivered Quantities**, manually enter the correct amount of copies and"
-" click on **Save**. Your order line will turn blue, meaning that it is ready"
-" to be invoiced. Click on **Create invoice**."
+"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or "
+"create a new one from right there."
 msgstr ""
-"A la fin du mois, vous avez imprimé ``1000`` copies pour votre client et "
-"vous souhaitez les re-facturer. Depuis le bon de commande concerné, cliquez "
-"sur **Qtés livrées**, saisissez manuellement la quantité correcte de copies "
-"et cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**. Votre ligne de commande devient bleue, ce "
-"qui signifie qu'elle est prête à être facturée. Cliquez sur **Créer "
-"facture**."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:73
-msgid ""
-"The total amount on your sale order will be of 0 as it is computed on the "
-"ordered quantities. It is your invoice which will compute the correct amount"
-" due by your customer."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85
+msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:"
 msgstr ""
-"Le montant total de votre bon de commande sera de 0 car il est calculé sur "
-"les quantités commandées. C'est votre facture qui calculera le montant exact"
-" dû par votre client."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:77
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38
 msgid ""
-"The invoice generated is in draft, so you can always control the quantities "
-"and change the amount if needed. You will notice that the amount to be "
-"invoiced is based here on the delivered quantities."
-msgstr ""
-"La facture générée est à l'état brouillon, donc vous pouvez toujours "
-"contrôler les quantités et modifier le montant si nécessaire. Vous noterez "
-"que le montant à facturer est basé ici sur les quantités livrées."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:84
-msgid "Click on validate to issue the payment to your customer."
-msgstr "Cliquez sur valider pour émettre le paiement à votre client."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:87
-msgid "Use case 2: Invoice expenses via the expense module"
+"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
+"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your "
+"expense or a previously agreed on sales price."
 msgstr ""
-"Cas d'utilisation 2 : Facturer des frais via le module de Gestion des notes "
-"de frais"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:89
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97
 msgid ""
-"To illustrate this case, let's imagine that your company sells some "
-"consultancy service to your customer ``Agrolait`` and both parties agreed "
-"that the distance covered by your consultant will be re-invoiced at cost."
+"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> "
+"Configuration --> Expense products`."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour illustrer ce cas, imaginons que votre entreprise vend un service de "
-"conseil à votre client ``Agrolait`` et que les deux parties ont convenu que "
-"la distance parcourue par votre consultant sera refacturée au réel."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:97
-msgid "Here, you will need to install two more modules:"
-msgstr "Ici, vous aurez besoin d'installer deux autres modules:"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:99
-msgid "Expense Tracker"
-msgstr "Suivi des dépenses"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:101
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100
 msgid ""
-"Accounting, where you will need to activate the analytic accounting from the"
-" settings"
+"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit."
 msgstr ""
-"Comptabilité, où vous devrez activer la comptabilité analytique dans les "
-"paramètres"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:108
-msgid "Create a product to be expensed"
-msgstr "Créer un produit à insérer en note de frais"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:110
-msgid "You will now need to create a product called ``Kilometers``."
-msgstr "Vous devez maintenant créer un article nommé ``Kilomètres``."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:115
-msgid "Product can be expensed"
-msgstr "Peut être insére dans une note de frais"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:117
-msgid "Product type: Service"
-msgstr "**Type d'article** : Service"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:119
-msgid "Invoicing policy: invoice based on time and material"
-msgstr "**Politique de facturation** : Reinvoice costs"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:121
-msgid "Expense invoicing policy: At cost"
-msgstr "**Politique pour les notes de frais** : Au prix coûtant"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:123
-msgid "Track service: manually set quantities on order"
-msgstr "Service de suivi : Mettre manuellement les quantités sur la commande"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:129
-msgid "Create a sales order"
-msgstr "Créer un bon de commande"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:131
-msgid ""
-"Still from the Sales module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders` "
-"and add your product **Consultancy** on the order line."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106
+msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted."
 msgstr ""
-"Toujours à partir du module de Ventes, allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> "
-"Bons de commande` et ajouter votre produit **Conseils** sur la ligne de "
-"commande."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:135
-msgid ""
-"If your product doesn't exist yet, you can configure it on the fly from the "
-"SO. Just type the name on the **product** field and click on **Create and "
-"edit** to configure it."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117
+msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced."
 msgstr ""
-"Si votre article n'existe pas encore, vous pouvez le configurer à la volée à"
-" partir du bon de commande. Il suffit de taper le nom sur le champ *Article "
-"** et cliquez sur **Créer et modifier** pour le configurer."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:139
-msgid ""
-"Depending on your product configuration, an **Analytic Account** may have "
-"been generated automatically. If not, you can easily create one in order to "
-"link your expenses to the sale order. Do not forget to confirm the sale "
-"order."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities"
 msgstr ""
-"Selon la configuration de votre produit, un **Compte Analytique** peut avoir"
-" été généré automatiquement. Sinon, vous pouvez facilement en créer un afin "
-"de lier vos frais au bon de commande. N'oubliez pas de confirmer le bon de "
-"commande."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:148
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Refer to the documentation :doc:`../../../accounting/others/analytic/usage` "
-"to learn more about that concept."
+"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for "
+"invoicing:"
 msgstr ""
-"Référez-vous à la documentation "
-":doc:`../../../accounting/others/analytic/usage` pour en apprendre plus sur "
-"ces concepts."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:152
-msgid "Create expense and link it to SO"
-msgstr "Créez une note de frais et reliez-la au bon de commande"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:154
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"Let's assume that your consultant covered ``1.000km`` in October as part of "
-"his consultancy project. We will create a expense for it and link it to the "
-"related sales order thanks to the analytic account."
+"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales "
+"order is confirmed."
 msgstr ""
-"Supposons que votre consultant a parcouru ``1.000km`` en Octobre dans le "
-"cadre de son projet de conseil. Nous allons créer une dépense pour ce projet"
-" et le lier au bon de commande concerné grâce au compte analytique."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:158
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"Go to the **Expenses** module and click on **Create**. Record your expense "
-"as follows:"
+"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a "
+"partial delivery."
 msgstr ""
-"Allez dans l'application **Notes de frais** et cliquez sur **Créer**. "
-"Enregistrez vos frais comme suit :"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:161
-msgid "**Expense description**: Kilometers October 2015"
-msgstr "**Description de note de frais** : Kilomètres Octobre 2015"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:163
-msgid "**Product**: Kilometers"
-msgstr "**Article**: Kilomètres"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:165
-msgid "**Quantity**: 1.000"
-msgstr "**Quantité**: 1.000"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:167
-msgid "**Analytic account**: SO0019 - Agrolait"
-msgstr "**Compte Analytique**: SO0019 - Agrolait"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:172
-msgid ""
-"Click on **Submit to manager**. As soon as the expense has been validated "
-"and posted to the journal entries, a new line corresponding to the expense "
-"will automatically be generated on the sale order."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13
+msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur **Soumettre au responsable**. Dès que la dépense aura été "
-"validée et comptabilisée, une nouvelle ligne correspondant à la note de "
-"frais sera automatiquement générée sur le bon de commande."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:179
-msgid "You can now invoice the invoiceable lines to your customer."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type "
+"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the"
+" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice "
+"the actual delivered quantity."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez maintenant facturer les lignes facturables à votre client."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:186
-msgid ":doc:`milestones`"
-msgstr ":doc:`milestones`"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:3
-msgid "How to invoice a support contract (prepaid hours)?"
-msgstr "Comment facturer un contrat d'assistance (heures prépayées) ?"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:5
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"There are different kinds of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days "
-"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing "
-"consulting hours) and a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)."
+"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every "
+"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), "
+"invoice a fixed advance."
 msgstr ""
-"Il existe différents types de ventes de services : un volume prépayé "
-"d'heures/de jours (par ex. contrat d'assistance), en fonction du temps et du"
-" matériel (par ex. heures de consultation) et un contrat à prix fixe (par "
-"ex. un projet)."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"In this section, we will have a look at how to sell and keep track of a pre-"
-"paid support contract."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26
+msgid "Decide the policy on a product page"
 msgstr ""
-"Dans cette section, nous allons jeter un œil à la façon de vendre et "
-"d'assurer le suivi d'un contrat d'assistance pré-payé.."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:12
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28
 msgid ""
-"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at "
-"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep "
-"track of the support service you did for the customer."
+"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing "
+"policy and select the one you want."
 msgstr ""
-"A titre d'exemple, vous vendez un contrat de ``50 Heures`` d'assistance à "
-"``$25,000``. Le prix est fixé et facturé initialement. Mais vous voulez "
-"garder une trace du service d'assistance que vous avez réalisé pour le "
-"client."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:20
-msgid "Install the Sales and Timesheet applications"
-msgstr "Installer les application Ventes et Feuilles de temps"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35
+msgid "Send the invoice"
+msgstr "Envoyez la facture"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:22
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"In order to sell services, you need to install the **Sales** application, "
-"from the **Apps** icon. Install also the **Timesheets** application if you "
-"want to track support services you worked on every contract."
+"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced "
+"quantities."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour vendre des services, vous devez installer l'application **Ventes**, "
-"depuis le module **Applications**. Installez aussi l'application **Feuilles "
-"de temps** si vous voulez suivre les heures d'assistance que vous avez "
-"fournies pour chaque contrat."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:33
-msgid "Create Products"
-msgstr "Créer des Articles"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:35
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"By default, products are sold by number of units. In order to sell services "
-"``per hour``, you must allow using multiple unit of measures. From the "
-"**Sales** application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings`. From this screen, activate the multiple **Unit of Measures** "
-"option."
+"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is "
+"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have"
+" to validate the delivery."
 msgstr ""
-"Par défaut, les produits sont vendus en nombre d'unités. Afin de vendre des "
-"services ``à l'heure``, vous devez autoriser l'utilisation de multiples "
-"unités mesures. Dans l'application **Ventes**, allez dans le menu "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Dans cet écran, activer "
-"l'option **Unité de mesure** multiples."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:44
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47
 msgid ""
-"In order to sell a support contract, you must create a product for every "
-"support contract you sell. From the **Sales** application, use the menu "
-":menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, create a new product with the following"
-" setup:"
+"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will "
+"automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered"
+" if you did a partial delivery."
 msgstr ""
-"Afin de vendre un contrat d'assistance, vous devez créer un article pour "
-"chaque contrat d'assistance que vous vendez. Dans l'application **Ventes** ,"
-" utilisez le menu :menuselection:`Ventes --> Articles`, créez un nouvel "
-"article avec la configuration suivante :"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:48
-msgid "**Name**: Technical Support"
-msgstr "**Nom**: Assistance Technique"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:52
-msgid "**Unit of Measure**: Hours"
-msgstr "**Unité de Mesure** : Heures"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"**Invoicing Policy**: Ordered Quantities, since the service is prepaid, we "
-"will invoice the service based on what has been ordered, not based on "
-"delivered quantities."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice project milestones"
 msgstr ""
-"**Politique de facturation**: Quantités Commandées, puisque le service est "
-"prépayé, nous facturerons le service selon ce qui a été commandé, pas sur "
-"les quantités livrées."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:58
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"**Track Service**: Timesheet on contracts. An analytic account will "
-"automatically be created for every order containing this service so that you"
-" can track hours in the related account."
+"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with "
+"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally"
+" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is "
+"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow "
+"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the "
+"project's progress and pay in several installments."
 msgstr ""
-"**Service de suivi**: Feuilles de temps sur les contrats. Un compte "
-"analytique sera automatiquement créé pour chaque commande contenant ce "
-"service afin que vous puissiez suivre les heures dans le compte "
-"correspondant."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:66
-msgid ""
-"There are different ways to track the service related to a sales order or "
-"product sold. With the above configuration, you can only sell one support "
-"contract per order. If your customer orders several service contracts on "
-"timesheet, you will have to split the quotation into several orders."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13
+msgid "Create milestone products"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:72
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Note that you can sell in different unit of measure than hours, example: "
-"days, pack of 40h, etc. To do that, just create a new unit of measure in the"
-" **Unit of Measure** category and set a conversion ratio compared to "
-"**Hours** (example: ``1 day = 8 hours``)."
+"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To "
+"configure products to work this way, go to any product form."
 msgstr ""
-"Notez que vous pouvez vendre dans différentes unités de mesure que les "
-"heures, par exemple : jours, lot de 40h, etc. Pour ce faire, il suffit de "
-"créer une nouvelle unité de mesure dans la catégorie **Unité de mesure** et "
-"de fixer un taux de conversion par rapport à **Heures** (exemple: ``1 jour ="
-" 8 heures``)."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:78
-msgid "Managing support contract"
-msgstr "Gestion d'un contrat d'assistance"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:81
-msgid "Quotations and Sales Orders"
-msgstr "Devis et bons de commande"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:83
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18
 msgid ""
-"Once the product is created, you can create a quotation or a sales order "
-"with the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed "
-"into a sales order, your users will be able to record services related to "
-"this support contract using the timesheet application."
+"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and "
+"select *Milestones* in the sales tab."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:93
-msgid "Timesheets"
-msgstr "Feuilles de temps"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25
+msgid "Invoice milestones"
+msgstr "Facturer des étapes"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:95
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"To track the service you do on a specific contract, you should use the "
-"timesheet application. An analytic account related to the sale order has "
-"been automatically created (``SO009 - Agrolait`` on the screenshot here "
-"above), so you can start tracking services as soon as it has been sold."
+"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you "
+"complete a milestone."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour suivre le service que vous réalisez sur un contrat spécifique, vous "
-"devez utiliser l'application de feuille de temps. Un compte analytique lié "
-"au bon de commande a été créé automatiquement (``SO009 - Agrolait`` sur la "
-"capture d'écran ci-dessus), de sorte que vous pouvez commencer le suivi des "
-"services dès qu'il a été vendu."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:104
-msgid "Control delivered support on the sales order"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33
+msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:106
-msgid ""
-"From the **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales"
-" Orders`  to control the progress of every order. On the sales order line "
-"related to the support contract, you should see the **Delivered Quantities**"
-" that are updated automatically, based on the number of hours in the "
-"timesheet."
-msgstr ""
-"Depuis l'application **Ventes**, utilisez le menu :menuselection:`Ventes -->"
-" Bons de commande` pour contrôler l'état d'avancement de chaque commande. "
-"Sur la ligne du bon de commande lié au contrat d'assistance, vous devriez "
-"voir les **Quantités Livrées** qui sont mises à jour automatiquement, en "
-"fonction du nombre d'heures dans les feuilles de temps."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:116
-msgid "Upselling and renewal"
-msgstr "Vente incitative et renouvellement"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22
+msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice"
+msgstr "Envoyez une facture pro-forma"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:118
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"If the number of hours you performed on the support contract is bigger or "
-"equal to the number of hours the customer purchased, you are suggested to "
-"sell an extra contract to the customer since they used all their quota of "
-"service. Periodically (ideally once every two weeks), you should check the "
-"sales order that are in such a case. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales "
-"--> Invoicing --> Orders to Upsell`."
+"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a "
+"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and"
+" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-"
+"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, "
+"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in"
+" not being a demand or request for payment."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:127
-msgid ""
-"If you use Odoo CRM, a good practice is to create an opportunity for every "
-"sale order in upselling invoice status so that you easily track your "
-"upselling effort."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10
+msgid "Activate the feature"
 msgstr ""
-"Si vous utilisez la CRM d'Odoo, une bonne pratique consiste à créer une "
-"opportunité pour chaque bon de commande en upselling afin que vous puissiez "
-"suivre facilement votre effort de vente incitative."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:131
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"If you sell an extra support contract, you can either add a new line on the "
-"existing sales order (thus, you continue to timesheet on the same order) or "
-"create a new order (thus, people will timesheet their hours on the new "
-"contract). To unmark the sales order as **Upselling**, you can set the sales"
-" order as done and it will disappear from your upselling list."
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the"
+" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:138
-msgid "Special Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuration Spéciale"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:140
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"When creating the product form, you may set a different approach to track "
-"the service:"
+"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-"
+"forma invoice."
 msgstr ""
-"Lors de la création de la fiche article, vous pouvez définir une approche "
-"différente pour suivre l'assistance :"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:143
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"**Create task and track hours**: in this mode, a task is created for every "
-"sales order line. Then when you do the timesheet, you don't record hours on "
-"a sales order/contract, but you record hours on a task (that represents the "
-"contract). The advantage of this solution is that it allows to sell several "
-"service contracts within the same sales order."
+"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice "
+"in attachment."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:150
-msgid ""
-"**Manually**: you can use this mode if you don't record timesheets in Odoo. "
-"The number of hours you worked on a specific contract can be recorded "
-"manually on the sales order line directly, in the delivered quantity field."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3
+msgid "Sell subscriptions"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:156
-msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:6
-msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
-msgid "Main Concepts"
-msgstr "Concepts principaux"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3
-msgid "Introduction to Odoo Sales"
-msgstr "Introduction à l'application Ventes d'Odoo"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11
-msgid "Transcript"
-msgstr "Transcription"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"As a sales manager, closing opportunities with Odoo Sales is really simple."
+"Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making "
+"planning ahead much easier."
 msgstr ""
-"En tant que directeur commercial, transformer des opportunités avec le "
-"module de Ventes d'Odoo est vraiment simple."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"I selected a predefined quotation for a new product line offer. The "
-"products, the service details are already in the quotation. Of course, I can"
-" adapt the offer to fit my clients needs."
-msgstr ""
-"Je sélectionne un devis prédéfini pour une nouvelle gamme de produits. Les "
-"produits, les détails du service sont déjà dans le devis. Bien sûr, je peux "
-"adapter l'offre pour répondre aux besoins de mes clients."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9
+msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order"
+msgstr "Générez un abonnement depuis un bon de commande"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:20
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"The interface is really smooth. I can add references, some catchy phrases "
-"such as closing triggers (*here, you save $500 if you sign the quote within "
-"15 days*). I have a beautiful and modern design. This will help me close my "
-"opportunities more easily."
+"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select "
+"the subscription product your previously created."
 msgstr ""
-"L'interface est vraiment souple. Je peux ajouter des références, quelques "
-"phrases accrocheuses qui incitent à conclure (*ici, vous économisez 500 € si"
-" vous signez le devis dans les 15 jours*). Il a un design agréable et "
-"moderne. Cela m'aidera à transformer plus facilement mes opportunités."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:26
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The "
-"customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate "
-"easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by "
-"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just needs to "
-"sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major "
-"shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a "
-"delivery order automatically."
+"When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. "
+"You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the "
+"upper right corner."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35
-msgid "That's it, I successfully sold my products in just a few clicks."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice based on time and materials"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Oh, I also have the transaction and communication history at my fingertips. "
-"It's easy for every stakeholder to know clearly the past interaction. And "
-"any information related to the transaction."
+"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible"
+" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that"
+" the project requirements would most likely change."
 msgstr ""
-"Oh, j'ai aussi l'historique de la transaction et de la communication à "
-"portée de main. Il est facile pour tous les intervenants de connaître avec "
-"précision les échanges passés. Et toute information liée à la transaction."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9
 msgid ""
-"If you want to show information, I would do it from a customer form, "
-"something like:"
+"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay "
+"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what"
+" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers."
 msgstr ""
-"Si je veux obtenir de l'information, je le ferais depuis un formulaire "
-"client, quelque chose comme :"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:45
-msgid "Kanban of customers, click on one customer"
-msgstr "Depuis la vue kanban des clients, cliquez sur un client"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:47
-msgid "Click on opportunities, click on quotation"
-msgstr "Cliquez sur opportunités, cliquez sur devis"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49
-msgid "Come back to customers (breadcrum)"
-msgstr "Revenez aux clients (navigation)"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:51
-msgid "Click on customer statement letter"
-msgstr "Cliquez sur le relevé client"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:53
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"Anytime, I can get an in-depth report of my sales activity. Revenue by "
-"salespeople or department. Revenue by category of product, drill-down to "
-"specific products, by quarter or month,... I like this report: I can add it "
-"to my dashboard in just a click."
+"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need"
+" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and"
+" purchases."
 msgstr ""
-"A tout moment, je peux obtenir un rapport détaillé sur mes ventes. Chiffre "
-"d'affaire par vendeur ou par service. Chiffre d'affaire par catégorie de "
-"produits, creuser pour des produits spécifiques, par trimestre ou par "
-"mois... J'aime ce rapport : je peux l'ajouter à mon tableau de bord en un "
-"seul clic."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"Odoo Sales is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the sales "
-"planner. Thanks to it, I got tips and tricks to boost my sales performance."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19
+msgid "Invoice time configuration"
 msgstr ""
-"Le module Ventes d'Odoo est une application puissante, mais facile à "
-"utiliser. Au début, j'ai utilisé le planificateur de ventes. Grâce à lui, "
-"j'ai obtenu des trucs et astuces pour augmenter mes performances de vente."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"Try Odoo Sales now and get beautiful quotations, amazing dashboards and "
-"increase your success rate."
+"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it."
 msgstr ""
-"Essayez le module de Ventes d'Odoo maintenant et obtenez de beaux devis, des"
-" tableaux de bord incroyables et améliorez votre taux de réussite."
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:3
-msgid "Overview of the invoicing process"
-msgstr "Vue d'ensemble du processus de facturation"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:5
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different "
-"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft "
-"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other "
-"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to "
-"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or "
-"email)."
+"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project"
+" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature."
 msgstr ""
-"En fonction de votre activité et des applications que vous utilisez, il "
-"existe différentes façons d'automatiser la création des factures client dans"
-" Odoo. Habituellement, les factures brouillon sont créées par le système "
-"(avec des informations provenant d'autres documents tels que les commandes "
-"client ou les contrats), et le comptable doit juste valider les factures "
-"brouillon et envoyer les factures par lots (par la poste ou par courriel)."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:12
-msgid ""
-"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to "
-"create draft invoices:"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32
+msgid "Invoice your time spent"
 msgstr ""
-"Selon votre activité, vous pouvez opter pour l'une des façons suivantes pour"
-" créer des factures brouillon :"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:16
-msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Invoice`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`Bon de commande --> Facture`"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:18
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order "
-"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales"
-" order. You have different options like:"
+"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the "
+"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new"
+" project*."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans la plupart des entreprises, les commerciaux créent des devis qui "
-"deviennent des bons de commande une fois qu'ils sont validés. Ensuite, des "
-"factures brouillon sont créées sur la base des bons de commande. Vous avez "
-"différentes options comme :"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:22
-msgid ""
-"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order before triggering the "
-"delivery order"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41
+msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project."
 msgstr ""
-"Facturer selon la quantité commandée : facture la commande complète avant "
-"l'émission du bordereau de livraison"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:25
-msgid "Invoice based on delivered quantity: see next section"
-msgstr "Facturation selon la quantité expédiée : voir la section suivante"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:27
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when "
-"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)"
+"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the"
+" project overview and one for the current task."
 msgstr ""
-"Facturer avant la livraison est habituellement utilisé par l'application de "
-"eCommerce lorsque le client paie à la commande et nous expédions ensuite. "
-"(prépaiement)"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:31
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows "
-"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice ready"
-" to invoice line, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance."
+"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it "
+"from the *Project* app."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour la plupart des autres contextes, il est recommandé de facturer "
-"manuellement. Cela permet au vendeur de déclencher la facture à la demande "
-"avec des options : facturer seulement quelques lignes de facture, facturer "
-"un pourcentage (avance), facturer une avance fixe."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:36
-msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add "
+"how many hours they worked on the project so far."
 msgstr ""
-"Cette méthode est valable aussi bien pour les services que les marchandises."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:41
-msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`Bon de commande --> Expédition --> Facture`"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58
+msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours."
+msgstr "Depuis les bons de commande, vous pouvez facturer ces heures."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:43
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90
 msgid ""
-"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivered quantity , "
-"instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the "
-"quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods "
-"(invoice based on actual Kg)."
+"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
+"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your "
+"expense or a previously agreed on sales price."
 msgstr ""
-"Les détaillants et les sites de eCommerce facturent habituellement selon la "
-"quantité expédiée, plutôt que celle commandée. Cette approche est adaptée "
-"pour les entreprises où les quantités livrées peuvent être différentes des "
-"quantités commandées : aliments (facturation au poids réel)."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:48
-msgid ""
-"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you "
-"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest "
-"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120
+msgid "Invoice purchases"
 msgstr ""
-"Ainsi, si vous n'expédiez qu'une partie d'une commande, vous ne facturez que"
-" ce que vous avez vraiment expédié. Si vous gérez les reliquats de commandes"
-" (livraison partielle et le reste plus tard), le client recevra deux "
-"factures, une pour chaque bordereau de livraison."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57
-msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`Contrats récurrents (abonnements) --> Factures`"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:59
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122
 msgid ""
-"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The "
-"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on"
-" the contract."
+"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for"
+" it."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour les abonnements, une facture est émise périodiquement, automatiquement."
-" La fréquence de la facturation et les services / produits facturés sont "
-"définis dans le contrat."
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:67
-msgid ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`Commande eCommerce --> Facture`"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:69
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125
 msgid ""
-"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the invoice when it is "
-"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only "
-"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is "
-"received."
+"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to "
+":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select "
+"*Purchase Analytics*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:75
-msgid "Creating an invoice manually"
-msgstr "Création d'une facture manuellement"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:77
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129
 msgid ""
-"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales "
-"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales "
-"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services."
+"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic "
+"account."
 msgstr ""
-"Les utilisateurs peuvent aussi créer des factures manuellement sans utiliser"
-" des contrats ou des commandes client. C'est l'approche recommandée si vous "
-"n'avez pas besoin de gérer le processus de vente (devis), ou la livraison "
-"des produits ou services."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:82
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135
 msgid ""
-"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create "
-"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:"
-msgstr ""
-"Même si vous produisez la facture à partir d'une commande client, vous "
-"devrez peut-être créer des factures manuellement dans les cas d'utilisation "
-"exceptionnelles :"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:85
-msgid "if you need to create a refund"
-msgstr "si vous devez créer un remboursement"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:87
-msgid "If you need to give a discount"
-msgstr "Si vous voulez effectuer une remise"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:89
-msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order"
-msgstr ""
-"si vous voulez modifier une facture créée à partir d'une commande client"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:91
-msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business"
-msgstr ""
-"si vous voulez facturer quelque chose qui n'est pas en rapport avec votre "
-"cœur de métier"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:94
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Autres"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:96
-msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:"
+"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this "
+"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it."
 msgstr ""
-"Quelques modules spécifiques peuvent aussi générer des factures brouillon :"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:98
-msgid "membership: invoice your members every year"
-msgstr "Adhésion : facture vos adhérents chaque année"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:100
-msgid "repairs: invoice your after-sale services"
-msgstr "Gestion de la maintenance : facture vos services après-vente"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3
 msgid "Products & Prices"
@@ -1401,15 +734,17 @@ msgstr "Articles et prix"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3
 msgid "Manage your pricing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gérer vos prix"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3
 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment vendre en devise étrangère"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5
 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies."
 msgstr ""
+"Les listes de prix peuvent également êtres utilisées pour gérer les prix en "
+"devise étrangère."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7
 msgid ""
@@ -1455,21 +790,23 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40
 msgid "Set your own prices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Définissez vos propres prix"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency"
 " rates."
 msgstr ""
+"Ceci est conseillé si vous ne voulez pas que vos prix changent en fonction "
+"des taux de change."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49
 msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`tarification`"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3
 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment adapter vos prix à vos clients et appliquer des réductions"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1484,7 +821,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16
 msgid "Several prices per product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Différents prix par produit."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18
 msgid ""
@@ -1495,7 +832,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23
 msgid "Prices per customer segment"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prix par segment de client"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25
 msgid ""
@@ -1511,7 +848,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38
 msgid "Temporary prices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prix temporaires"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40
 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates."
@@ -1525,7 +862,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50
 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prix par quantité minimum"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56
 msgid ""
@@ -1637,19 +974,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133
 msgid ":doc:`currencies`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`currencies`"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134
 msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3
 msgid "Manage your products"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gérez vos produits"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3
 msgid "How to import products with categories and variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment importer des produits avec des catégories et des variables."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1658,21 +995,29 @@ msgid ""
 "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, "
 "etc.)."
 msgstr ""
+"Des templates d'importation sont fournis dans l'outil d'importation des "
+"données les plus courantes à importer (contacts, produits, relevés "
+"bancaires, etc.). Vous pouvez les ouvrir avec n'importe quel logiciel "
+"tableur (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11
 msgid "How to customize the file"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment personnaliser le fichier"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why"
 " here below)."
 msgstr ""
+"Supprimez les colonnes dont vous n'avez pas besoin. Nous vous conseillons de"
+" ne pas supprimer la colonne *ID* (voyez pourquoi ci-dessous)."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15
 msgid ""
 "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
 msgstr ""
+"Définissez un ID unique pour chaque enregistrement en tirant la séquence ID "
+"vers le bas."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16
 msgid ""
@@ -1690,7 +1035,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24
 msgid "Why an “ID” column"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pourquoi utiliser une colonne “ID”"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26
 msgid ""
@@ -1702,20 +1047,24 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:"
 msgstr ""
+"Vous n'êtes pas obligé de configurer un ID lors de l'importation mais cela "
+"peut être utile dans certains cas :"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating "
 "duplicates;"
 msgstr ""
+"Importations de mise à jour : vous pouvez importer le même fichier plusieurs"
+" fois sans devoir créer un doublon;"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32
 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Importer des champs liés (voir ci-dessous)."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35
 msgid "How to import relation fields"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment importer des champs liés"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -1724,6 +1073,10 @@ msgid ""
 "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from "
 "their own list menu."
 msgstr ""
+"Un objet Odoo est toujours lié à de nombreux autres objets (par ex. un "
+"produit est lié à des catégories de produits, à des caractéristiques, à des "
+"vendeurs, etc.). Pour importer ces relations, vous devez d'abord importer "
+"les enregistrements de l'objet lié depuis leur propre menu déroulant."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41
 msgid ""
@@ -1732,571 +1085,448 @@ msgid ""
 "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product "
 "Attributes / Attribute / ID)."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour ce faire, vous pouvez soit utiliser le nom de l'enregistrement lié soit"
+" son ID. Lorsque deux enregistrements ont le même nom, il faut utiliser "
+"l'ID. Dans ce cas, ajoutez \" / ID\" à la fin du titre de la colonne (par "
+"ex. pour les caractéristiques du produit : Caractéristiques du produit / "
+"Caractéristiques / ID)."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3
 msgid "Set taxes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation.rst:3
-msgid "Quotation"
-msgstr "Devis"
+msgstr "Définir les taxes"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online.rst:3
-msgid "Online Quotation"
-msgstr "Devis en ligne"
+#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3
+msgid "eBay"
+msgstr "eBay"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:3
-msgid "How to create and edit an online quotation?"
-msgstr "Comment créer et modifier un devis en ligne ?"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3
+msgid "Send Quotations"
+msgstr "Envoyer des devis"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:9
-msgid "Enable Online Quotations"
-msgstr "Activer les devis en ligne"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3
+msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:11
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"To send online quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the "
-"Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will "
-"prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already."
+"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline; Both to"
+" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer "
+"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a "
+"price that is no longer cost effective for you."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour envoyer des devis en ligne, vous devez d'abord activer les devis en "
-"ligne dans l'application de Ventes à partir de :menuselection:`Configuration"
-" --> Settings`. Cela vous demandera d'installer l'application de Site Web si"
-" vous ne l'avez pas déjà."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"You can view the online version of each quotation you create after enabling "
-"this setting by selecting **Preview** from the top of the quotation."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11
+msgid "Set a deadline"
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez consulter la version en ligne de chaque devis que vous créez "
-"après l'activation de ce paramètre en sélectionnant **Aperçu** à partir du "
-"haut du devis."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:25
-msgid "Edit Your Online Quotations"
-msgstr "Modifiez vos devis en ligne"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13
+msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*."
+msgstr ""
+"Sur chaque devis ou bon de commande, vous pouvez ajouter une *date "
+"d'expiration*."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"The online quotation page can be edited for each quotation template in the "
-"Sales app via :menuselection:`Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. From "
-"within any quotation template, select **Edit Template** to be taken to the "
-"corresponding page of your website."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19
+msgid "Use deadline in templates"
 msgstr ""
-"La page de devis en ligne peut être modifiée pour chaque modèle de devis "
-"dans l'application de Ventes via :menuselection:`Configuration --> Modèles "
-"de devis`. Dans tout modèle de devis, sélectionnez **Modifier le modèle** "
-"pour aller à la page correspondante de votre site web."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:34
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"You can add text, images, and structural elements to the quotation page by "
-"dragging and dropping blocks from the pallet on the left sidebar menu. A "
-"table of contents will be automatically generated based on the content you "
-"add."
+"You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time "
+"that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find"
+" more info about quotation templates `here "
+"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-"
+"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez ajouter du texte, des images et des éléments structurels à la "
-"page de devis en faisant glisser des blocs de la palette de la barre de menu"
-" latérale gauche. Une table des matières est générée automatiquement en "
-"fonction du contenu que vous ajoutez."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"Advanced descriptions for each product on a quotation are displayed on the "
-"online quotation page. These descriptions are inherited from the product "
-"page in your eCommerce Shop, and can be edited directly on the page through "
-"the inline text editor."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29
+msgid "On your customer side, they will see this."
 msgstr ""
-"Des descriptions avancées pour chaque article d'un devis sont affichées sur "
-"la page de devis en ligne. Ces descriptions sont héritées de la page de "
-"l'article dans votre boutique eCommerce, et peuvent être éditées directement"
-" sur la page grâce à l'éditeur de texte en ligne."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:45
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3
+msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses"
+msgstr "Livrer et facturer à différentes adresses"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"You can choose to allow payment immediately after the customer validates the"
-" quote by selecting a payment option on the quotation template."
+"In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. "
+"This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their "
+"invoice location."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez choisir d'autoriser le paiement immédiatement après que le "
-"client valide le devis en sélectionnant une option de paiement sur le modèle"
-" de devis"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"You can edit the webpage of an individual quotation as you would for any web"
-" page by clicking the **Edit** button. Changes made in this way will only "
-"affect the individual quotation."
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the"
+" *Customer Addresses* feature."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez modifier la page Web d'un devis particulier comme vous le feriez"
-" pour n'importe quelle page Web en cliquant sur le bouton **Modifier**. Les "
-"modifications apportées de cette façon ne toucheront que le devis concerné."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:52
-msgid "Using Online Quotations"
-msgstr "Utilisation de devis en ligne"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19
+msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order"
+msgstr "Ajoutez différentes adresses à un devis ou à un bon de commande."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:54
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"To share an online quotation with your customer, copy the URL of the online "
-"quotation, then share it with customer."
+"If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will"
+" automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for "
+"both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right "
+"from the quotation or sales order."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour partager un devis en ligne avec votre client, copiez l'URL du devis en "
-"ligne, puis partagez-le avec le client."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:60
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30
+msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer"
+msgstr "Ajoutez une facture et une adresse de livraison à un client"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"Alternatively, your customer can access their online quotations by logging "
-"into your website through the customer portal. Your customer can accept or "
-"reject the quotation, print it, or negotiate the terms in the chat box. You "
-"will also receive a notification in the chatter within Odoo whenever the "
-"customer views the quotation."
+"If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, "
+"they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under "
+":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`."
 msgstr ""
-"Sinon, votre client peut accéder à ses devis en ligne en se connectant à "
-"votre site Web via le portail client. Votre client peut accepter ou rejeter "
-"le devis, l'imprimer, ou en négocier les conditions dans la fenêtre de "
-"discussion. Vous recevrez également une notification dans la fenêtre de "
-"discussion dans Odoo chaque fois que le client consultera le devis."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup.rst:3
-msgid "Setup"
-msgstr "Configuration"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36
+msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3
-msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42
+msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders"
 msgstr ""
-"Comment utiliser des adresses de facturation et de livraison différentes ?"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:8
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44
 msgid ""
-"It is possible to configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. "
-"This is very useful, because it could happen that your clients have multiple"
-" locations and that the invoice address differs from the delivery location."
+"These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you "
+"send by email or print."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3
+msgid "Get paid to confirm an order"
 msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de configurer différentes adresses pour l'expédition et la "
-"facturation. Ceci est très utile, car il peut arriver que vos clients aient "
-"plusieurs adresses et que l'adresse de facturation diffère de celle de "
-"l'expédition."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:16
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"First, go to the Sales application, then click on "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option **Enable"
-" the multiple address configuration from menu**."
+"You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving "
+"the time of both your customers and yourself."
 msgstr ""
-"Tout d'abord, allez dans l'application de vente, puis cliquez sur "
-":menuselection:`Configuration -> Settings` et activer l'option **Afficher 3 "
-"champs dans les ordres de vente : le client, l'adresse de facturation, "
-"l'adresse de livraison**."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:24
-msgid "Set the addresses on the contact form"
-msgstr "Définissez les adresses sur le formulaire de contact"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9
+msgid "Activate online payment"
+msgstr "Activez le paiement en ligne"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:26
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Invoice and/or shipping addresses and even other addresses are added on the "
-"contact form. To do so, go to the contact application, select the customer "
-"and in the **Contacts & Addresses** tab click on **Create**"
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the"
+" *Online Signature & Payment* feature."
 msgstr ""
-"Les adresses de facturation et/ou d'expédition et même d'autres adresses "
-"sont ajoutées par le formulaire de contact. Pour ce faire, allez dans "
-"l'application de contact, sélectionnez le client, et dans l'onglet "
-"**Contacts & Adresses** cliquez sur **Créer**"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:33
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"A new window will open where you can specify the delivery or the invoice "
-"address."
+"Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your "
+"acquirers of choice."
 msgstr ""
-"Une nouvelle fenêtre s'ouvrira où vous pourrez spécifier l'adresse de la "
-"livraison ou de facturation."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:39
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"Once you validated your addresses, it will appear in the **Contacts & "
-"addresses** tab with distinctive logos."
+"You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment "
+"acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, "
+"`Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) "
+"<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the "
+"`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_."
 msgstr ""
-"Une fois que vous avez validé vos adresses, elles apparaissent dans l'onglet"
-" **Contacts & adresses** avec des logos distinctifs."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:46
-msgid "On the quotations and sales orders"
-msgstr "Sur les devis et les bons de commandes"
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"When you create a new quotation, the option to select an invoice address and"
-" a delivery address is now available. Both addresses will automatically be "
-"filled in when selecting the customer."
+"If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also "
+"pick a default setting for each template."
 msgstr ""
-"Lorsque vous créez un nouveau devis, les options pour sélectionner une "
-"adresse de facturation et une adresse de livraison sont maintenant "
-"disponibles. Les deux adresses seront automatiquement remplies après le "
-"choix du client."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:56
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36
+msgid "Register a payment"
+msgstr "Enregistrer un paiement"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38
 msgid ""
-"Note that you can also create invoice and delivery addresses on the fly by "
-"selecting **Create and edit** in the dropdown menu."
+"From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online."
 msgstr ""
-"Notez que vous pouvez également créer des adresses de facturation et de "
-"livraison à la volée en sélectionnant **Créer et modifier** dans les menus "
-"déroulants."
+"Depuis le devis envoyé par e-mail, votre client pourra payer en ligne."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:59
-msgid "When printing your sales orders, you'll notice the two addresses."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3
+msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you"
+" and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a "
+"traditional process."
 msgstr ""
-"Lors de l'impression de vos commandes, vous noterez les deux adresses."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:3
-msgid "How to create my first quotation?"
-msgstr "Comment créer mon premier devis ?"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10
+msgid "Activate online signature"
+msgstr "Activez les signatures en ligne "
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:8
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"Quotations are documents sent to customers to offer an estimated cost for a "
-"particular set of goods or services. The customer can accept the quotation, "
-"in which case the seller will have to issue a sales order, or refuse it."
+"If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id"
+"=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a "
+"default setting for each template."
 msgstr ""
-"Les devis sont des documents envoyés aux clients pour proposer une "
-"estimation de coût pour un ensemble particulier de biens ou de services. Le "
-"client peut accepter l'offre, auquel cas le vendeur devra émettre un bon de "
-"commande, ou le refuser."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:13
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23
+msgid "Validate an order with a signature"
+msgstr "Validez une commande avec une signature."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"For example, my company sells electronic products and my client Agrolait "
-"showed interest in buying ``3 iPads`` to facilitate their operations. I "
-"would like to send them a quotation for those iPads with a sales price of "
-"``320 USD`` by iPad with a ``5%`` discount."
+"When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online"
+" instantly."
 msgstr ""
-"Par exemple, ma société vend des produits électroniques et mon client "
-"Agrolait est intéressé par l'achat de ``3 iPads`` pour faciliter leurs "
-"opérations. Je voudrais leur envoyer un devis pour ces iPads avec un prix de"
-" vente de ``320 USD`` par iPad avec une remise de ``5%``."
+"Lorsque vous envoyez un devis à votre client, ils peuvent l'accpeter et "
+"signer en ligne instantanément."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:18
-msgid "This section will show you how to proceed."
-msgstr "Cette section va vous montrer comment procéder."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30
+msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start."
+msgstr "Une fois signé, le devis sera confirmé et la livraison démarrera."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:24
-msgid "Install the Sales Management module"
-msgstr "Installer le module de Gestion des ventes"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3
+msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products"
+msgstr "Augmentez vos ventes avec des produits suggérés."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:26
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"In order to be able to issue your first quotation, you'll need to install "
-"the **Sales Management** module from the app module in the Odoo backend."
+"The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful "
+"products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could"
+" be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset."
 msgstr ""
-"Afin d'émettre votre premier devis, vous devez installer le module **Gestion"
-" des ventes** à partir du module Applications."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:34
-msgid "Allow discounts on sales order line"
-msgstr "Permettre les remises sur les lignes de commande"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11
+msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates"
+msgstr "Ajoutez des produits suggérés à vos templates de devis."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:36
-msgid ""
-"Allowing discounts on quotations is a common sales practice to improve the "
-"chances to convert the prospect into a client."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13
+msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*."
 msgstr ""
-"Permettre des remises sur les devis est une pratique commerciale habituelle "
-"pour augmenter les chances de convertir le prospect en client."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:39
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"In our example, we wanted to grant ``Agrolait`` with a ``5%`` discount on "
-"the sale price. To enable the feature, go into the **Sales** application, "
-"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Quotations "
-"and Sales**, tick **Allow discounts on sales order line** (see picture "
-"below) and apply your changes."
+"Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add"
+" related products or services."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans notre exemple, nous voulons accorder à ``Agrolait`` une remise de "
-"``5%`` sur le prix de vente. Pour activer la fonction, allez dans "
-"l'application **Ventes**, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings` et, sous **Devis et ventes --> Remise**, cocher **Permettre les "
-"remises sur les lignes de commande** (voir image ci-dessous) et Appliquer "
-"vos modifications."
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49
-msgid "Create your quotation"
-msgstr "Créer votre devis"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:51
-msgid ""
-"To create your first quotation, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> "
-"Quotations` and click on **Create**. Then, complete your quotation as "
-"follows:"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23
+msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour créer votre premier devis, cliquez sur :menuselection:`Ventes --> "
-"Devis` et cliquez sur **Créer**. Ensuite, complétez votre devis comme ci-"
-"après :"
+"Vous pouvez également ajouter ou modifier les produits suggérés sur le "
+"devis."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:55
-msgid "Customer and Products"
-msgstr "Clients et Articles"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26
+msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation"
+msgstr "Ajoutez les produits sugégrés au devis."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:57
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28
 msgid ""
-"The basic elements to add to any quotation are the customer (the person you "
-"will send your quotation to) and the products you want to sell. From the "
-"quotation view, choose the prospect from the **Customer** drop-down list and"
-" under **Order Lines**, click on **Add an item** and select your product. Do"
-" not forget to manually add the number of items under **Ordered Quantity** "
-"and the discount if applicable."
+"When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the"
+" suggested products to the order."
 msgstr ""
-"Les informations de base à ajouter à tout devis sont le client (la personne "
-"à qui vous allez envoyer votre devis) et les articles que vous souhaitez "
-"vendre. Dans le formulaire devis, choisissez le prospect dans la liste "
-"déroulante **Client**, et sous **Lignes de commande** cliquez sur **Ajouter "
-"un élément** et sélectionnez votre article. N'oubliez pas de préciser le "
-"nombre d'articles sous **Qté commandée** et la remise le cas échéant."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:67
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"If you don't have any customer or product recorded on your Odoo environment "
-"yet, you can create them on the fly directly from your quotations :"
+"The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on "
+"any of the little carts."
 msgstr ""
-"Si vous ne disposez pas encore de client ou de produit dans votre "
-"environnement Odoo, vous pouvez les créer à la volée directement à partir de"
-" vos devis :"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:71
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"To add a new customer, click on the **Customer** drop-down menu and click on"
-" **Create and edit**. In this new window, you will be able to record all the"
-" customer details, such as the address, website, phone number and person of "
-"contact."
+"Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or "
+"pay to confirm the quotation."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour ajouter un nouveau client, cliquez sur le menu déroulant **Client**, "
-"puis cliquez sur **Créer et modifier...**. Dans cette nouvelle fenêtre, vous"
-" pourrez enregistrer tous les détails des clients, tels que l'adresse, le "
-"site Web, le numéro de téléphone et le contact."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:76
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"To add a new product, under **Order line**, click on add an item and on "
-"**Create and Edit** from the drop-down list. You will be able to record your"
-" product information (product type, cost, sale price, invoicing policy, "
-"etc.) along with a picture."
+"Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales"
+" order, letting the salesperson see it."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour ajouter un nouvel article, sous **Lignes de la commande**, cliquez sur "
-"**Ajouter un élément** puis sur **Créer et modifier...** dans la liste "
-"déroulante dans la colonne Article. Vous pourrez enregistrer vos "
-"informations d'article (Type d'article, Coût, Prix de vente, Politique de "
-"facturation, etc...) et insérer une photo."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82
-msgid "Taxes"
-msgstr "Taxes"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3
+msgid "Use quotation templates"
+msgstr "Utilisez les templates de devis."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:84
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"To parameter taxes, simply go on the taxes section of the product line and "
-"click on **Create and Edit**. Fill in the details (for example if you are "
-"subject to a ``21%`` taxe on your sales, simply fill in the right amount in "
-"percentage) and save."
+"If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time "
+"by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a "
+"complete quotation in no time."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour configurer les taxes, allez simplement sur la section taxes de la ligne"
-" de produit, puis cliquez sur **Créer et modifier**. Remplissez les détails "
-"(par exemple si vous êtes soumis à une TVA de ``21%`` sur vos ventes, il "
-"suffit de remplir le bon montant en pourcentage) et sauvegardez."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:93
-msgid "Terms and conditions"
-msgstr "Conditions de vente"
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:95
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuration"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"You can select the expiration date of your quotation and add your company's "
-"terms and conditions directly in your quotation (see picture below)."
+"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> "
+"Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez sélectionner la date d'expiration de votre offre et ajouter les "
-"conditions générales de votre entreprise directement dans votre devis (voir "
-"illustration ci-dessous)."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:103
-msgid "Preview and send quotation"
-msgstr "Pré-visualiser et envoyer un devis"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19
+msgid "Create your first template"
+msgstr "Créez votre premier template."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:105
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"If you want to see what your quotation looks like before sending it, click "
-"on the **Print** button (upper left corner). It will give you a printable "
-"PDF version with all your quotation details."
+"You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Configuration`."
 msgstr ""
-"Si vous voulez visualiser votre devis avant de l'envoyer, cliquez sur le "
-"bouton **Imprimer** (coin supérieur gauche). Cela vous donnera une version "
-"imprimable PDF avec tous les détails de votre devis."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:113
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"Update your company's details (address, website, logo, etc) appearing on "
-"your quotation from the the **Settings** menu on the app switcher, and on "
-"click on the link :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> "
-"Configure company data`."
+"You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to"
+" select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for"
+" the quotation."
 msgstr ""
-"Configurez les informations de votre entreprise (adresse, site web, logo, "
-"etc) qui apparaissent sur vos devis dans l'application **Configuration**, en"
-" cliquant sur le lien :menuselection:`General Settings --> Configurer les "
-"données de la société`."
+"Vous pouvez alors créer ou éditer un template existant. Une fois nommé, vous"
+" pourrez sélectionner le(s) produit(s), leur quantité ainsi que la date "
+"d'expiration du devis."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:118
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"Click on **Send by email** to automatically send an email to your customer "
-"with the quotation as an attachment. You can adjust the email body before "
-"sending it and even save it as a template if you wish to reuse it."
+"On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated "
+"in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration "
+"and can be alterated by customer pricelists."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur **Envoyer par courriel** pour envoyer automatiquement un "
-"courriel à votre client avec le devis en pièce jointe. Vous pouvez régler le"
-" corps du message avant de l'envoyer et même l'enregistrer comme modèle si "
-"vous souhaitez le réutiliser."
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:127
-msgid ":doc:`../online/creation`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../online/creation`"
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:128
-msgid ":doc:`optional`"
-msgstr ":doc:`optional`"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:129
-msgid ":doc:`terms_conditions`"
-msgstr ":doc:`terms_conditions`"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38
+msgid "Edit your template"
+msgstr "Editez votre template"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:3
-msgid "How to display optional products on a quotation?"
-msgstr "Comment afficher des articles en option sur un devis ?"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept "
+"or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and "
+"products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the "
+"quotation editor."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:8
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51
 msgid ""
-"The use of suggested products is a marketing strategy that attempts to "
-"increase the amount a customer spends once they begin the buying process. "
-"For instance, a customer purchasing a cell phone could be shown accessories "
-"like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset. In Odoo, a customer can"
-" be presented with additional products that are relevant to their chosen "
-"purchase in one of several locations."
+"This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building"
+" blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated"
+" to each product."
 msgstr ""
-"L'utilisation de produits suggérés est une stratégie marketing qui vise à "
-"augmenter le montant qu'un client commande une fois qu'il commence le "
-"processus d'achat. Par exemple, un client achetant un téléphone cellulaire "
-"pourrait se voir proposer des accessoires comme un étui de protection, un "
-"film protecteur, et un casque. Dans Odoo, un client peut se voir proposer "
-"d'autres produits qui sont pertinents avec leur achat dans un ou plusieurs "
-"endroits."
+"Cela vous permet d'éditer le contenu de la description en faisant glisser "
+"les blocs de construction. Pour décrire vos produits, ajoutez un bloc de "
+"contenu dans la zone dédiée à chaque produit."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:18
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59
 msgid ""
-"Suggested products can be added to quotations directly, or to the ecommerce "
-"platform via each product form. In order to use suggested products, you will"
-" need to have the **Ecommerce** app installed:"
+"The description set for the products will be used in all quotations "
+"templates containing those products."
 msgstr ""
-"Des produits suggérés peuvent être ajoutés à des devis directement, ou sur "
-"la plate-forme de eCommerce par l'intermédiaire de chaque fiche article. "
-"Pour utiliser les produits suggérés, vous aurez besoin d'avoir l'application"
-" **eCommerce** installée :"
+"Les descriptions configurées sur les produits seront utilisées dans tous les"
+" templates de devis contenant ces produits."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:23
-msgid "Quotations"
-msgstr "Devis"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63
+msgid "Use a quotation template"
+msgstr "Utilisez un template de devis."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:25
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65
+msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template."
+msgstr "Lors de la création d'un devis, vous pouvez sélectionner un template."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70
+msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation."
+msgstr "Chaque produit dans le template sera ajouté à votre devis."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73
 msgid ""
-"To add suggested products to quotations, you must first enable online "
-"quotations in the Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install the Website app if you "
-"haven't already."
+"You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* "
+"settings."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour ajouter des produits suggérés à des devis, vous devez d'abord activer "
-"les devis en ligne dans l'application Ventes à partir de "
-":menuselection:`Configuration -> Settings`. Cela vous demandera d'installer "
-"l'application Constructeur de Site Web si vous ne l'avez pas déjà."
+"Vous pouvez sélectionner un modèle afin qu'il soit suggéré par défaut dans "
+"les configurations du module *Vente*. "
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77
+msgid "Confirm the quotation"
+msgstr "Confirmez le devis"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:32
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79
 msgid ""
-"You will then be able to add suggested products to your individual "
-"quotations and quotation templates under the **Suggested Products** tab of a"
-" quotation."
+"Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital "
+"signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pourrez alors ajouter des produits suggérés à vos devis et modèles de "
-"devis sous l'onglet **Produits suggérées** d'un devis."
+"Les modèles facilitent également le processus de confirmation pour les "
+"clients procédant par une signature digitale ou un payment en ligne. Vous "
+"pouvez sélectionner celadans le modèle lui-même."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:39
-msgid "Website Sales"
-msgstr "Ventes en ligne"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86
+msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it."
+msgstr "Sur chaque devis s'ajoutera désormais ce paramètre."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:41
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88
 msgid ""
-"You can add suggested products to a product on its product form, under the "
-"Website heading in the **Sales** tab. **Suggested products** will appear on "
-"the *product* page, and **Accessory Products** will appear on the *cart* "
-"page prior to checkout."
+"Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez ajouter des produits suggérés à un produit sur sa fiche article,"
-" sous la rubrique Site Web dans l'onglet **Ventes**. Les **Produits "
-"proposés** apparaîtront sur la page *produit* et les **Produits "
-"accessoires** apparaîtront sur le *panier* juste avant le paiement."
+"Bien entendu, vous pouvez toujours le modifier et le rendre spécifique pour "
+"chaque devis."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:3
-msgid "How to link terms and conditions to a quotation?"
-msgstr "Comment lier les conditions de vente à un devis ?"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3
+msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders"
+msgstr "Ajouter des termes et conditions sur les commandes"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:8
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship "
 "between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal "
-"information which include products and company policy so customer can read "
-"all those terms before committing to anything."
+"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer"
+" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything."
 msgstr ""
+"Spécifier des Termes et Conditions est essentiel pour assurer une bonne "
+"relation entre les clients et les vendeurs. Chaque vendeur déclare les "
+"informations formelles incluant les produits et la politique d'entreprise; "
+"autorisant le client à lire tous ces termes avant de s'engager à quoi que ce"
+" soit."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:13
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Thanks to Odoo you can easily include your default terms and conditions on "
-"every quotation, sales order and invoice."
+"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every "
+"quotation, sales order and invoice."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo vous laisse inclure vos termes et conditions par défaut sur chaque "
+"devis, bon de commande et facture."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"Let's take the following example: Your company sells water bottles to "
-"restaurants and you would like to add the following standard terms and "
-"conditions on all your quotations:"
-msgstr ""
-"Prenons l'exemple suivant : votre entreprise vend des bouteilles d'eau dans "
-"les restaurants et vous souhaitez ajouter les conditions standard suivantes "
-"sur tous vos devis :"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15
+msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions"
+msgstr "Définissez vos termes et conditions par défaut."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:20
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"*Safe storage of the products of MyCompany is necessary in order to ensure "
-"their quality, MyCompany will not be held accountable in case of unsafe "
-"storage of the products.*"
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
+"*Default Terms & Conditions*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:25
-msgid "General terms and conditions"
-msgstr "Conditions générales"
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:27
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"General terms and conditions can be specified in the Sales settings. They "
-"will then automatically appear on every sales document from the quotation to"
-" the invoice."
+"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then "
+"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice."
 msgstr ""
+"Dans cette case vous pouvez ajouter vos termes et conditions par défaut. Ils"
+" apparaîtront alors sur chaque devis, bon de commande et facture."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:31
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33
+msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions"
+msgstr "Définir des termes et conditions plus détaillés."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"To specify your Terms and Conditions go into : :menuselection:`Sales --> "
-"Configuration --> Settings --> Default Terms and Conditions`."
+"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish"
+" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:36
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"After saving, your terms and conditions will appear on your new quotations, "
-"sales orders and invoices (in the system but also on your printed "
-"documents)."
+"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured "
+"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default"
+" attachment for all quotation emails sent."
 msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3
-msgid "eBay"
-msgstr "eBay"
+"Vous pouvez aussi joindre un document externe avec des conditions plus "
+"détaillées et structurées sur l'e-mail que vous envoyez au client. Vous "
+"pouvez même définir une pièce-jointe par défaut pour tous les devis envoyés "
+"par e-mail."
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
index 388af8d22f..fb1ee878a4 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
@@ -1,16 +1,30 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# lucasdeliege <deliegelucas@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2017
+# Mohamed Cherkaoui <chermed@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017
+# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2017
+# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2017
+# Monsieur Chat <inactive+Blume@transifex.com>, 2017
+# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2019
+# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -24,37 +38,44 @@ msgstr "Site Web"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize.rst:3
 msgid "Optimize"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Optimisez"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3
 msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment suivre le trafic de votre site Web sur Google Analytics"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5
 msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Suivre le trafic de votre site Web sur Google Analytics"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7
 msgid ""
 "`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if"
 " you don't have any."
 msgstr ""
+"`Créer un compte Google Analytics <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ si "
+"vous n'en avez pas encore un."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking "
 "ID."
 msgstr ""
+"Pour obtenir un numéro de suivi, parcourez le formulaire de création et "
+"acceptez les conditions."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15
 msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Copiez l'ID de suivi pour l'insérer dans Odoo."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, "
 "turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page."
 msgstr ""
+"Allez sur le menu *Configuration* de votre application de site web Odoo. "
+"Dans les paramètres, turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. "
+"Then save the page."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27
 msgid ""
@@ -62,56 +83,70 @@ msgid ""
 "Documentation. "
 "<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"Pour démarrer dans Google Analytics, référez-vous à la `Documentation "
+"Google. <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31
 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3
 msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard"
 msgstr ""
+"Comment contrôler le trafic de votre site Web sur le Tableau de bord Odoo."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website "
 "Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics."
 msgstr ""
+"Grâce à Google Analytics, vous pouvez suivre les statistiques de trafic "
+"directement depuis le tableau de bord de votre site web Odoo "
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the "
 "tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)."
 msgstr ""
+"Dans un premier temps, créez un compte Google Analytics et entrez votre ID "
+"de suivi sur les paramètres de votre site web (see :doc:`google_analytics`)."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to "
 "generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
 msgstr ""
+"Allez sur `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ "
+"pour générer des identifiants Analytics API. Connectez-vous avec votre "
+"compte Google."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14
 msgid "Select Analytics API."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sélectionner Analytics API."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19
 msgid ""
 "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
 "to store your API credentials."
 msgstr ""
+"Créez un nouveau projet et donnez-lui un nom (par ex. Odoo). Ce projet est "
+"indispensable pour sauvegarder vos identifiants API."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25
 msgid "Enable the API."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Activer l'API."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30
 msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Créez des identifiants pour les utiliser dans Odoo."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35
 msgid ""
 "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
 "of data."
 msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez *Navigateur Web (Javascript)* comme contexte à partir duquel "
+"l'API sera appelée et *Données utilisateur* pour le type de données demandé."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41
 msgid ""
@@ -121,6 +156,11 @@ msgid ""
 "URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
 "'/google_account/authentication'."
 msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez alors créer un ID client. Entrez le nom de l'application (par "
+"ex. Odoo) et les pages autorisées vers lesquelles vous serez redirigé. "
+"L'*Origine du javascript autorisé* est l'URL de votre instance Odoo. L'*URI "
+"de redirection autorisée* est l'URL de votre instance Odoo suivie de "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51
 msgid ""
@@ -129,21 +169,29 @@ msgid ""
 "is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the "
 "Client ID in Odoo for the first time."
 msgstr ""
+"Parcourez l'écran de consentement en insérant un nom de produit (par ex. "
+"Google Analytics sur Odoo). Vous pouvez consulter les options de "
+"personnalisation mais ce n'est pas obligatoire. L'écran de consentement ne "
+"sera visible que lorsque vous aurez entré l'ID client dans Odoo une première"
+" fois."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56
 msgid ""
 "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"Votre ID client est finalement généré. Copiez-le et collez-le dans Odoo."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61
 msgid ""
 "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past"
 " your Client ID."
 msgstr ""
+"Ouvrez le tableau de bord de votre site web sur Odoo et reliez votre compte "
+"Analytics. Pour copier votre ID client."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67
 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pour finir, autorisez l'accès de Google API à Odoo."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3
 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo"
@@ -628,24 +676,13 @@ msgstr "Pages HTML"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234
 msgid ""
-"Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using the "
-":menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove extra "
-"space and tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc."
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo vous permet de minifier les pages HTML, depuis l'app **Website Admin** "
-"grâce au menu de :menuselection:`configuration`.  Les espaces et tabulations"
-" de trop seront automatiquement enlevés de votre code HTML, le code de "
-"certaines balises allégé, etc."
-
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241
-msgid ""
-"On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually "
-"handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)."
+"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web "
+"server (NGINX or Apache)."
 msgstr ""
-"De plus, les pages HTML peuvent être compressées, mais cela est généralement"
-" pris en charge par votre serveur (NGINX ou Apache)."
+"Les pages HTML peuvent être compressées, mais cela est généralement pris en "
+"charge par votre serveur (NGINX ou Apache)."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:244
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:237
 msgid ""
 "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short "
 "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, "
@@ -655,7 +692,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "propre. Des blocs ont été développés afin de produire un code HTML propre, "
 "généralement grâce à Bootstrap et à l'éditeur HTML."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:248
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241
 msgid ""
 "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a "
 "paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the "
@@ -665,11 +702,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "utilise la couleur primaire de votre site web, Odoo produira le code suivant"
 " :"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:252
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245
 msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``"
 msgstr "\"<p class=\"text-primary\">Mon texte</p>\""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:254
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:247
 msgid ""
 "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following "
 "code:"
@@ -677,15 +714,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "Tandis que la plupart des éditeurs HTML (tels que CKEditor) produiront le "
 "code suivant :"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:257
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250
 msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``"
 msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Mon texte</p>``"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:253
 msgid "Responsive Design"
 msgstr "Design responsive"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:262
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255
 msgid ""
 "As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in"
 " Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render "
@@ -696,7 +733,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " un rendu adéquat selon l'appareil : ordinateur, tablette ou téléphone "
 "mobile."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263
 msgid ""
 "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your "
 "website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have "
@@ -709,11 +746,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "certains modules ou pages spécifiques ne sont pas adaptés car ils utilisent "
 "leur propre framework CSS)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:277
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270
 msgid "Browser caching"
 msgstr "Mise en cache navigateur"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272
 msgid ""
 "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically "
 "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through "
@@ -731,7 +768,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "La partie de l'URL ``457-0da1d9d`` changera si vous modifiez le CSS de votre"
 " site web."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:286
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279
 msgid ""
 "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: "
 "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource."
@@ -740,11 +777,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "ressources : XXX secondes, en étant mis à jour instantanément si vous "
 "changez la ressource."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287
 msgid "Scalability"
 msgstr "Flexibilité"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:289
 msgid ""
 "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' "
 "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link "
@@ -756,7 +793,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "fournit une analyse des CMS et eCommerce open source majeurs comparé à Odoo "
 "lorsqu'il s'agit de hauts volumes de requêtes."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:301
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294
 msgid ""
 "`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide"
 "/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__"
@@ -764,7 +801,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide"
 "/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296
 msgid ""
 "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo"
 " CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)"
@@ -772,35 +809,35 @@ msgstr ""
 "Voici la diapositive qui résume la flexibilité de Odoo eCommerce et Odoo "
 "CMS. (comparé à la version 8 de Odoo, Odoo 9 est encore plus rapide)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303
 msgid "URLs handling"
 msgstr "Prise en charge des URLs"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:313
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:306
 msgid "URLs Structure"
 msgstr "Structure des URLs"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:315
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:308
 msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:"
 msgstr "Une URL Odoo typique ressemblera à ça :"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:317
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310
 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
 msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:319
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312
 msgid "With the following components:"
 msgstr "Avec les composants suivants :"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:321
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314
 msgid "**https://** = Protocol"
 msgstr "**https://** = Protocole"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:323
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:316
 msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name"
 msgstr "**www.monsite.com** = votre nom de domaine"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:318
 msgid ""
 "**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if "
 "the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, "
@@ -813,7 +850,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Ainsi, la version anglaise de la page est : "
 "https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:324
 msgid ""
 "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the"
 " catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This"
@@ -824,7 +861,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "produit). Ce nom ne peut pas être modifié pour éviter les conflits entre "
 "différentes URLs."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329
 msgid ""
 "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the "
 "product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A "
@@ -839,11 +876,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "un blog, titre d'une page, post dans un forum, commentaire dans un forum, "
 "catégorie de produit, etc.)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336
 msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product"
 msgstr "**-31** = l'ID unique du produit"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:338
 msgid ""
 "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an "
 "example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:"
@@ -852,15 +889,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "Par exemple, les URLs suivantes utilisent toutes une redirection 301 vers "
 "l'URL du dessus :"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:341
 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)"
 msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (version courte)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:350
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343
 msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)"
 msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (version encore plus courte)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345
 msgid ""
 "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product "
 "name)"
@@ -868,7 +905,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (ancien nom du "
 "produit)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348
 msgid ""
 "This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle "
 "efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time."
@@ -877,7 +914,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "et de prendre en charge efficacement les redirections 301 lorsque le nom de "
 "produit change avec le temps."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352
 msgid ""
 "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a "
 "post):"
@@ -885,23 +922,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "Certaines URLs ont plusieurs parties dynamiques, comme celle-ci (une "
 "catégorie de blog et un post) :"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:362
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355
 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56"
 msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:364
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:357
 msgid "In the above example:"
 msgstr "Dans l'exemple ci-dessus :"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359
 msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog"
 msgstr "Company News : est le titre du blog"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:368
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361
 msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post"
 msgstr "The Odoo Story : est le titre d'un post spécifique sur le blog"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:363
 msgid ""
 "When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL "
 "(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by "
@@ -911,11 +948,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "directement dans l'URL (sans argument GET). Cela permet à chaque page d'être"
 " indexée par tous les moteurs de recherche. Exemple :"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:374
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:367
 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3"
 msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370
 msgid ""
 "Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although"
 " most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not "
@@ -926,11 +963,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "séparateur de mot, cela n'a pas toujours été le cas. Nous prévoyons "
 "d'améliorer cela pour Odoo 10."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375
 msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles"
 msgstr "Changements des URLs & titres"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:384
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377
 msgid ""
 "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your "
 "product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:"
@@ -939,11 +976,11 @@ msgstr ""
 " du nom de votre produit), vous n'avez pas à vous soucier de mettre à jour "
 "tous les liens :"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380
 msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL"
 msgstr "Odoo met automatiquement à jour tous ses liens vers la nouvelle URL"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382
 msgid ""
 "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be "
 "done to route visitors to the new website"
@@ -951,23 +988,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "Si des sites web externes dirigent toujours vers l'ancienne URL, une "
 "redirection 301 aura lieu pour envoyer les visiteurs sur le nouveau site."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:392
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:385
 msgid "As an example, this URL:"
 msgstr "Par exemple, cette URL :"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:394
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387
 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31"
 msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:396
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389
 msgid "Will automatically redirect to :"
 msgstr "Redirigera automatiquement vers :"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:398
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:391
 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31"
 msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:400
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:393
 msgid ""
 "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and"
 " the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old "
@@ -979,11 +1016,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "site. L'ancien lien fonctionnera toujours pour les sites externes. (avec une"
 " redirection 301 pour ne pas perdre en SEO)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:406
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:399
 msgid "HTTPS"
 msgstr "HTTPS"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:408
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:401
 msgid ""
 "As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL"
 " websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on "
@@ -995,11 +1032,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "entièrement fondées sur le HTTPS. Si le visiteur accède à votre site via une"
 " URL non HTPPS, une redirection 301 est effectuée vers son équivalent HTTPS."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:407
 msgid "Links: nofollow strategy"
 msgstr "Liens : stratégie nofollow"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:409
 msgid ""
 "Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how "
 "your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is "
@@ -1010,11 +1047,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "votre page est présente sur des sites externes et de qualité, mieux cela est"
 " pour votre SEO."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414
 msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:"
 msgstr "Odoo emploie les stratégies suivantes pour gérer les liens :"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416
 msgid ""
 "Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", "
 "which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked "
@@ -1024,7 +1061,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " en \"dofollow\", ce qui signifie que ce lien contribuera au référencement "
 "de cette page."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:427
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420
 msgid ""
 "Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that "
 "links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too."
@@ -1032,7 +1069,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Chaque lien créé par un contributeur (post sur un forum, commentaire sur un "
 "blog) qui renvoie à votre propre site est également en \"dofollow\"."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:430
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423
 msgid ""
 "But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is "
 "\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links "
@@ -1043,7 +1080,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "personnes postent des liens sur votre site vers des sites tiers de mauvaise "
 "réputation."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:435
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:428
 msgid ""
 "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be "
 "trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` "
@@ -1053,15 +1090,15 @@ msgstr ""
 " de confiance. Dans ce cas, leurs liens n'auront pas d'attribut "
 "``rel=\"nofollow\"``."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:433
 msgid "Multi-language support"
 msgstr "Support multilingue"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436
 msgid "Multi-language URLs"
 msgstr "URLs multilingues"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:438
 msgid ""
 "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be "
 "available in different URLs, depending on the language used:"
@@ -1069,7 +1106,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Si vous gérez un site web en plusieurs langues, le même contenu sera "
 "disponible sur différentes URLs, en fonction de la langue utilisée :"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:441
 msgid ""
 "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = "
 "default)"
@@ -1077,7 +1114,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (version anglaise = par "
 "défaut)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443
 msgid ""
 "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French "
 "version)"
@@ -1085,7 +1122,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (version "
 "française)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445
 msgid ""
 "In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have "
 "several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , "
@@ -1095,11 +1132,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "plusieurs variations de la même langue: pt\\_BR (portugais du Brésil), "
 "pt\\_PT (portugais du Portugal)."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450
 msgid "Language annotation"
 msgstr "Annotation des langues"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:459
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452
 msgid ""
 "To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first "
 "URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> "
@@ -1111,7 +1148,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "section HTML <head> de la version anglaise, Odoo ajoute automatiquement un "
 "élément link renvoyant à d'autres version de cette page :"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:464
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457
 msgid ""
 "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" "
 "href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>"
@@ -1119,11 +1156,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" "
 "href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:467
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:460
 msgid "With this approach:"
 msgstr "Grâce à cette approche :"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:469
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:462
 msgid ""
 "Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose"
 " the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google"
@@ -1131,7 +1168,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Google connaît les différentes versions traduites de votre page et proposera"
 " la bonne en fonction de la langue du visiteur."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466
 msgid ""
 "You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since"
 " it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same "
@@ -1141,11 +1178,11 @@ msgstr ""
 " puisqu'il ne s'agit pas de contenu en doublon, mais d'une version "
 "différente du même contenu."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471
 msgid "Language detection"
 msgstr "Détection de la langue"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:480
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473
 msgid ""
 "When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. "
 "yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated "
@@ -1157,7 +1194,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "version traduite en fonction des paramètres de langue de son navigateur : "
 "(p. ex. yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:485
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478
 msgid ""
 "Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time "
 "visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current "
@@ -1167,7 +1204,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "leur première visite sur le site. Par la suite, un cookie de la langue "
 "actuelle est gardé afin d'éviter toute redirection."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:482
 msgid ""
 "To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of"
 " the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. "
@@ -1180,15 +1217,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "version anglaise de votre page, sans prendre en compte les paramètres de "
 "langue du navigateur."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:496
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
 msgid "Meta Tags"
 msgstr "Balises meta"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:499
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:492
 msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description"
 msgstr "Titres, mot-clés et description"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:494
 msgid ""
 "Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and "
 "``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search "
@@ -1202,7 +1239,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "requête de recherche spécifique. Il est donc important d'avoir des titres et"
 " des mot-clés en rapport avec ce que les personnes cherchent sur Google."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:507
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:500
 msgid ""
 "In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your "
 "website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website "
@@ -1215,7 +1252,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "vous fournir des informations relatives à vos mot-clés et fera le lien avec "
 "les titres et le contenu de votre page."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:516
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:509
 msgid ""
 "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for "
 "every language of a single page;"
@@ -1223,7 +1260,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Si votre site est disponible en plusieurs langues, vous pouvez utiliser "
 "l'outil Promouvoir pour chaque langue d'une page."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:519
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512
 msgid ""
 "In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your"
 " content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo "
@@ -1235,7 +1272,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tous vos posts, Odoo fournit une page qui vous permet de passer rapidement "
 "en revue toutes les balises meta de tous les posts de votre blog."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521
 msgid ""
 "This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged "
 "in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword "
@@ -1245,11 +1282,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "pas connectés en tant qu'administrateur du site. Ils ne verront pas les "
 "alertes et les informations liées aux mot-clés."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:526
 msgid "Sitemap"
 msgstr "Sitemap"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528
 msgid ""
 "Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For "
 "performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours."
@@ -1258,7 +1295,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "des raisons de performance, ce fichier est mis en cache et à jour toutes les"
 " 12 heures."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:538
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:531
 msgid ""
 "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you "
 "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, "
@@ -1272,17 +1309,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "`protocole sitemaps.org <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ groupant "
 "toutes les URLs en 45000 chunks par fichier."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:544
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:537
 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:"
 msgstr ""
 "Chaque entrée sitemap possède 4 attributs qui sont calculés automatiquement "
 ":"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:539
 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page"
 msgstr "``<loc>`` : l'URL d'une page"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:541
 msgid ""
 "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed "
 "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this"
@@ -1293,7 +1330,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "produit, il peut s'agir de la date de la dernière modification du produit ou"
 " de la page."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546
 msgid ""
 "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on"
 " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number"
@@ -1306,11 +1343,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "priorité d'une page statique est définie par son champ priorité, qui est "
 "normalisé. (16 par défaut)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553
 msgid "Structured Data Markup"
 msgstr "Balisage des données structurées"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555
 msgid ""
 "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine "
 "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search "
@@ -1323,7 +1360,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'indexation; cela les aide à comprendre votre contenu et à créer des "
 "résultats de recherche bien présentés."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:567
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560
 msgid ""
 "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: "
 "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations."
@@ -1332,7 +1369,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "comprenant : Critique, Personnes, Produits, Commerces, Evénements et "
 "Organisations."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:570
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:563
 msgid ""
 "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org "
 "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum "
@@ -1345,11 +1382,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "pages d'être affichées sur Google avec des informations supplémentaires "
 "telles que le prix et la note d'un produit."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:573
 msgid "robots.txt"
 msgstr "robots.txt"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:575
 msgid ""
 "Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its "
 "content is:"
@@ -1357,19 +1394,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "Odoo crée automatiquement un fichier ``/robots.txt``pour votre site web. Son"
 " contenu est :"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:578
 msgid "User-agent: \\*"
 msgstr "User-agent: \\*"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:587
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580
 msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml"
 msgstr "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:590
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583
 msgid "Content is king"
 msgstr "Le contenu est roi"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585
 msgid ""
 "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules"
 " to help you build your contents on your website:"
@@ -1378,7 +1415,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "plusieurs modules pour vous aider à construire le contenu de votre site web "
 ":"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:595
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:588
 msgid ""
 "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their "
 "content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: "
@@ -1390,7 +1427,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides"
 "/public-channel-1>`__"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:599
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592
 msgid ""
 "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: "
 "`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of"
@@ -1400,7 +1437,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " : `https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (compte pour 30% "
 "des pages d'atterrissage Odoo.com)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:603
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596
 msgid ""
 "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your "
 "website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 "
@@ -1410,11 +1447,11 @@ msgstr ""
 " sur votre site web. Exemple : `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages créées par mois)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601
 msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents."
 msgstr "**Odoo Blogs**: écrivez du contenu de qualité."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:611
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:604
 msgid ""
 "The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in "
 "Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top "
@@ -1424,15 +1461,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "toute autre page dans Odoo. Ainsi, vous pouvez créer une superbe page 404 "
 "pour rediriger vers le meilleur contenu de votre site web."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:616
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:609
 msgid "Social Features"
 msgstr "Fonctionnalités sociales"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:619
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612
 msgid "Twitter Cards"
 msgstr "Cartes Twitter"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:621
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:614
 msgid ""
 "Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next "
 "version."
@@ -1440,11 +1477,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Odoo ne prend pas encore en charge les cartes Twitter. Cela sera implémenté "
 "dans la prochaine version."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618
 msgid "Social Network"
 msgstr "Réseaux sociaux"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:620
 msgid ""
 "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All "
 "you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the"
@@ -1454,11 +1491,11 @@ msgstr ""
 " Tout ce que vous avez à faire et de les reporter dans le menu "
 "**Paramètres** de l'application **Website Admin**."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:632
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625
 msgid "Test Your Website"
 msgstr "Testez votre site web"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627
 msgid ""
 "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using "
 "WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__"
@@ -1473,7 +1510,7 @@ msgstr "Publier"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3
 msgid "How to use my own domain name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment utiliser mon propre nom de domaine"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1481,10 +1518,13 @@ msgid ""
 "name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one "
 "(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)."
 msgstr ""
+"Par défaut, votre Odoo Online instance et site Web ont un nom de domaine "
+"*.odoo.com*, pour la URL et les mails. Mais vous pouvez en choisir un "
+"personnalisé (e.g. www.yourcompany.com)."
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10
 msgid "What is a good domain name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "En quoi consiste un bon nom de domaine"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -1492,6 +1532,10 @@ msgid ""
 "business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper "
 "domain. Here are some tips:"
 msgstr ""
+"L'adresse de votre site Web est aussi important pour votre image que le nom "
+"de votre société ou de votre organisation, réfléchissez donc à la "
+"possibilité de changer vers un nom de domaine plus approprié. Voici quelques"
+" conseils:"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15
 msgid "Simple and obvious"
@@ -1519,41 +1563,47 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-"
 "seo/158951/>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"En savoir plus: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO "
+"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-"
+"seo/158951/>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24
 msgid "How to buy a domain name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment acheter un nom de domaine"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25
 msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Achetez votre nom de domaine sur un registre populaire:"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27
 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28
 msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29
 msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of "
 "issue, check out those easy tutorials:"
 msgstr ""
+"Les étapes pour acheter un nom de domaine sont assez simples. En cas de "
+"problème, consultez ces tutoriels:"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34
 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35
 msgid ""
 "`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -1561,90 +1611,115 @@ msgid ""
 "name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. "
 "This is Odoo's job!"
 msgstr ""
+"N'hésitez pas à acheter un serveur de messagerie pour obtenir des adresses "
+"de courriels avec votre nom de domaine. Cependant, n'achetez pas d'autres "
+"services de création ou de hébergement pour votre site Web. Odoo fait cela "
+"pour vous!"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:42
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45
 msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment appliquer mon nom de domaine à mon Odoo instance"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:43
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> "
 "yourcompany.odoo.com):"
 msgstr ""
+"Tout d'abord, autorisons la redirection (yourcompany.com -> "
+"yourcompany.odoo.com):"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48
 msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ouvrez votre compte Odoo.com à partir de votre page d'accueil."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:50
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53
 msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Allez sur la page *Manage Databases*."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:55
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect."
 msgstr ""
+"Cliquez sur *Domains* à droite de la base de données que vous souhaitez "
+"rediriger."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:60
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. "
 "www.yourcompany.com)."
 msgstr ""
+"Un message de la base de données du domaine va apparaître. Entrez votre "
+"domaine personnalisé (par ex. www.yourcompany.com)."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:67
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70
 msgid ""
 "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:"
 msgstr ""
+"Nous pouvons maintenant effectuer la redirection à partir du compte "
+"gestionnaire de votre nom de domaine."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:69
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72
 msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page."
 msgstr ""
+"Connectez-vous à votre compte et cherchez la page gestionnaire des zones "
+"DNS."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:71
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74
 msgid ""
 "Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*."
 " If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to "
 "redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*."
 msgstr ""
+"Créez un enregistrement CNAME *www.yourdomain.com* pointant vers "
+"*mywebsite.odoo.com*. Si vous voulez utiliser un sous-domaine (par ex. "
+"yourdomain.com), vous devez rediriger *yourdomain.com* to "
+"*www.yourdomain.com*."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:75
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78
 msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:"
 msgstr ""
+"Voici quelques recommandations spécifiques pour créer votre enregistrement "
+"CNAME :"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:77
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80
 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81
 msgid ""
 "`Namecheap "
 "<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-"
 "can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"`Namecheap "
+"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-"
+"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:79
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "`OVH "
 "<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"`OVH "
+"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85
 msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment activer SSL (HTTPS) sur mon Odoo instance"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:84
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87
 msgid ""
 "To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as "
 "CloudFlare.com."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:90
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93
 msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3
 msgid "How to translate my website"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment traduire mon site Web"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6
 msgid "Overview"
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
index 80c7c7055b..ade9878f12 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
@@ -1,16 +1,35 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Stijn van de Water <stijntje51@live.nl>, 2017
+# Volluta <volluta@tutanota.com>, 2017
+# Julia van Orsouw <julia@odooexperts.nl>, 2017
+# Melroy van den Berg <webmaster1989@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Stephan Van Dyck <stephan.vandyck@vanroey.be>, 2017
+# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2017
+# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2018
+# Thomas Pot <thomas@open2bizz.nl>, 2018
+# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018
+# Martien van Geene <martien.vangeene@gmail.com>, 2018
+# Martin Trigaux, 2018
+# Cas Vissers <c.vissers@brahoo.nl>, 2018
+# dpms <pieter.van.de.wygaert@telenet.be>, 2018
+# Julia van Orsouw <Julia@vanorsouw-consultancy.nl>, 2019
+# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019
+# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019
+# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:55+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -18,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Language: nl\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
-#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268
+#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283
 msgid "Accounting"
 msgstr "Boekhouding"
 
@@ -27,6 +46,7 @@ msgid "Bank & Cash"
 msgstr "Bank & Kas"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Bank Feeds"
 msgstr "Bank feeds"
 
@@ -491,6 +511,10 @@ msgid ""
 " The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling "
 "PayPal payments in just a click."
 msgstr ""
+"Met Odoo kunt u uw Paypal account synchroniseren. In dat geval worden "
+"transacties in Paypal automatisch in de boekhouding van Odoo toegevoegd. De "
+"synchronisatie wordt iedere 4 uur uitgevoerd. Het afletteren van betalingen "
+"m.b.v. Paypal is dan met 1 keer klikken gedaan."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14
 msgid "Install the account_yodlee module"
@@ -504,6 +528,10 @@ msgid ""
 "**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds "
 "automatically**."
 msgstr ""
+"Om te beginnen installeert u de **account_yodlee** module, als deze al niet "
+"is geïnstalleerd. Om te installeren gaat u naar :menuselection:`Boekhouding "
+"--> Instellingen -->Financieel`. Binnen de sectie **Bank & Kas**, zet u de "
+"optie aan **Bank koppeling - Synchroniseer uw bankmutaties automatisch**."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25
 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done."
@@ -520,6 +548,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank "
 "field, you can set **PayPal**."
 msgstr ""
+"Een PayPal-rekening in Odoo wordt beheerd als een bankrekening. Om uw "
+"PayPal-rekening in te stellen, gebruikt u het menu: menuselectie: "
+"`Configuratie -> Bankrekeningen`. Maak een nieuwe bankrekening aan en noem "
+"deze ** PayPal **. In het veld Bank kunt u ** PayPal ** instellen."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38
 msgid ""
@@ -544,6 +576,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal "
 "account)."
 msgstr ""
+"Uw Paypal instellingen ** moeten in het Engels ingesteld zijn ** (als dit "
+"niet het geval is, moet u de taal van uw Paypal-account wijzigen); Als u een"
+" zakelijk Paypal account gebruikt, moet u terugschakelen naar de oude "
+"interface om te kunnen werken met Online feeds (u kunt overschakelen van de "
+"nieuwe naar de oude interface in uw Paypal-account)."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54
 msgid ""
@@ -560,6 +597,10 @@ msgid ""
 "date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must "
 "choose the **Paypal balance** account."
 msgstr ""
+"Als u uw Paypal-account correct hebt geconfigureerd, gaat u naar de volgende"
+" stap van de configuratie van Online Synchronisatie. Daar vind u een scherm "
+"met een datum om de transactie op te halen en een lijst met te kiezen "
+"rekeningen. U moet het account ** Paypal-balance ** kiezen."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62
 msgid ""
@@ -596,6 +637,11 @@ msgid ""
 "QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use"
 " the OFX version if you can export to both file formats."
 msgstr ""
+"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is een open specificatie voor het lezen en "
+"schrijven van financiële gegevens naar databronnen (dat wil zeggen "
+"bestanden). Hoewel QIF nog steeds veel wordt gebruikt, is het een ouder "
+"formaat dan het \"Open Financial Exchange (OFX)\" formaat. Wij adviseren het"
+"  OFX-formaat als u naar beide bestandsindelingen kunt exporteren."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10
 msgid ""
@@ -621,6 +667,10 @@ msgid ""
 " --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements "
 "option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply."
 msgstr ""
+"Om QIF-bestanden te importeren, moet u deze functie in Odoo activeren. Ga in"
+" de toepassing Boekhouding naar het menu: menuselectie: `Instellingen -> "
+"Financieel`. Vink de optie aan bij bankafschriften ** Importeren in .QIF-"
+"indeling ** en klik op toepassen."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29
 msgid ""
@@ -629,6 +679,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click"
 " on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file."
 msgstr ""
+"Nadat u deze functie hebt geïnstalleerd, kunt u uw bankrekening instellen om"
+" bankafschrift bestanden te importeren. Ga hiervoor naar het boekhouding "
+"dashboard en klik op de knop ** Meer ** van de betreffende bankrekening. In "
+"het tabblad bankrekening vinkt u aan dat u Bank Feeds wilt importeren. Ga "
+"vervolgens terug naar het dashboard en klik op ** Bankafschrift importeren "
+"** om uw eerste QIF-bestand te importeren."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -654,6 +710,11 @@ msgid ""
 "can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo kan direct met uw bank synchroniseren om alle bankafschriften elke 4 "
+"uur automatisch in Odoo te laten importeren. Voordat u verdergaat met deze "
+"handleiding, moet u controleren of uw bank wordt ondersteund. U kunt dit "
+"terug vinden op de website onder de `Odoo Accounting Features "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>` __"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13
 msgid ""
@@ -663,6 +724,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially "
 "supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc."
 msgstr ""
+"Zoek naar uw banknaam op de bovenstaande pagina. Als uw bank in de lijst "
+"wordt weergegeven, betekent dit dat deze door Odoo wordt ondersteund. De "
+"landen die volledig worden ondersteund (dwz meer dan 95% van de banken) "
+"zijn: Verenigde Staten, Canada, Nieuw-Zeeland, Oostenrijk. Meer dan 30 "
+"landen worden gedeeltelijk ondersteund, waaronder: Colombia, India, "
+"Frankrijk, Spanje, enz."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19
 msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:"
@@ -686,6 +753,9 @@ msgid ""
 " already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the"
 " module **account_yodlee**."
 msgstr ""
+"Als u banken van uw land ondersteunt, moet de functie voor bankintegratie al"
+" zijn geïnstalleerd. Als het niet is geïnstalleerd, kunt u de module ** "
+"account_yodlee ** handmatig installeren."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36
 msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users"
@@ -697,6 +767,9 @@ msgid ""
 "you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is "
 "registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract."
 msgstr ""
+"Als u van plan bent om een bankinterface te gebruiken met uw Odoo "
+"Enterprise-abonnement, hoeft u niets speciaals te doen, zorg er alleen voor "
+"dat uw database is geregistreerd bij uw Odoo Enterprise-contract."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42
 msgid ""
@@ -725,12 +798,18 @@ msgid ""
 " accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank"
 " account."
 msgstr ""
+"Zodra de interface Plaid of Yodlee is geïnstalleerd, kunt u Odoo verbinden "
+"met uw bank. Om dat te doen, klikt u op ** Meer ** op de bank van uw keuze "
+"vanuit het boekhoud dashboard. Klik in het menu op Instellingen om de "
+"bankrekening te configureren."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to "
 "**Bank Synchronization**."
 msgstr ""
+"In het bankformulier stelt u op het tabblad Bankrekening de optie bankfeeds "
+"in op ** Bank-synchronisatie **."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65
 msgid ""
@@ -738,6 +817,9 @@ msgid ""
 "**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button "
 "and fill in your bank credentials."
 msgstr ""
+"Als dit klaar is, gaat u terug naar uw boekhoud dashboard. U zou een ** "
+"Online Synchronisatie ** knop op uw bankkaart moeten zien. Klik op deze knop"
+" en vul uw bank referenties in."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69
 msgid ""
@@ -748,13 +830,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "uur gesynchroniseerd worden."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533
 msgid "FAQ"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "FAQ"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76
 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "De synchronisatie werkt niet meteen, is dit normaal?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78
 msgid ""
@@ -764,12 +846,19 @@ msgid ""
 "there is a cron that is running every 4 hours to fetch the information from "
 "Yodlee."
 msgstr ""
+"Yodlee probeert één keer per dag de data van de bankrekening te verkrijgen. "
+"Dit lukt echter niet elke keer en dit proces kan soms mislukken. In dit "
+"geval probeert Yodlee een uur of twee later nogmaals de gegevens te "
+"verkrijgen. Dit is waarom er in Odoo een geplande actie is die elke 4 uur "
+"gegevens ophaalt van Yodlee."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83
 msgid ""
 "You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button "
 "\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard."
 msgstr ""
+"Je kan deze synchronisatie forceren door te drukken op de knop "
+"\"Synchroniseer nu\" van het facturatie dashboard."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86
 msgid ""
@@ -778,6 +867,10 @@ msgid ""
 " status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee "
 "won't import it, you will have to wait that the status changes."
 msgstr ""
+"Echter, een transactie kan zichtbaar zijn in je rekeningoverzicht maar niet "
+"binnengehaald worden door Yodlee. Een transactie kan de status 'wachten' "
+"hebben en niet de status 'geboekt'. In die situatie zal Yodlee de transactie"
+" niet binnenhalen en dien je te wachten op verandering van de status. "
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91
 msgid ""
@@ -785,31 +878,36 @@ msgid ""
 "transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the"
 " bank statement in the database."
 msgstr ""
+"Het is belangrijk om te onthouden dat Yodlee niet real-time transacties "
+"binnenhaalt. Het is een service om het binnenhalen van bankafschriften naar "
+"de database te faciliteren."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95
 msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zit de Yodlee functie in mijn contract?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97
 msgid ""
 "Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to "
 "your database."
 msgstr ""
+"Enterprise versie: Ja, als er een geldig enterprise contract is gekoppeld "
+"aan uw database."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98
 msgid ""
 "Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community "
 "Version."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Community Versie: Nee, deze functie zit niet in de Community Versie"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99
 msgid ""
 "Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Online Versie: Ja, zelfs als u een One App Free contract heeft."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102
 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sommige banken hebben de status \"Beta\", wat betekent dat?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104
 msgid ""
@@ -818,14 +916,19 @@ msgid ""
 " may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. "
 "Unfortunately, there is not much to do about except being patient."
 msgstr ""
+"Dit betekent dat synchronisatie met de bank nog niet mogelijk is omdat "
+"Yodlee nog bezig is met de ontwikkeling hiervan. Het kan zijn dat de "
+"synchronisatie al wel (gedeeltelijk) werkt. Helaas kunt u alleen maar "
+"wachten tot de ontwikkeling is afgerond."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110
 msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Waarom zijn oudere transacties niet meer zichtbaar in Odoo?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112
 msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch up transactions to 3 months in the past."
 msgstr ""
+"Yodlee staat alleen toe om afschriften tot 3 maanden terug binnen te halen. "
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3
 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187
@@ -850,18 +953,24 @@ msgid ""
 " be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the "
 "transactions."
 msgstr ""
+"De bank vraagt om een stortingsbewijs in te vullen met details van de "
+"cheques of contant geld en dit bij de transacties te bewaren."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14
 msgid ""
 "The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the "
 "reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks."
 msgstr ""
+"Het bankafschrift toont het totale bedrag dat is gestort, en de referentie "
+"van het stortingsbewijs, niet de afzonderlijke cheques."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on "
 "reconcile them with your bank statement easily."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo ondersteunt het voorbereiden en afdrukken van stortingsbewijzen en "
+"lettert ze later eenvoudig af met het bankafschrift."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24
 msgid "Install the batch deposit feature"
@@ -872,6 +981,8 @@ msgid ""
 "In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch "
 "Deposit** to be installed."
 msgstr ""
+"Om batchboekingen te kunnen gebruiken, moet de module **Batch Deposit** "
+"geïnstalleerd zijn."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31
 msgid ""
@@ -887,6 +998,9 @@ msgid ""
 ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting "
 "application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**."
 msgstr ""
+"Om te verifiëren of de **Batch Deposit** mogelijkheid is geïnstalleerd, ga "
+"naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` menu van de "
+"boekhoudmodule. Controleer of **Batch boekingen** aangevinkt staat."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42
 msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts"
@@ -897,6 +1011,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank "
 "deposits on your main bank accounts."
 msgstr ""
+"Eenmaal u deze optie heeft geïnstalleerd zal Odoo automatisch bankdeposito's"
+" activeren op uw hoofd bankrekeningen."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47
 msgid ""
@@ -1492,6 +1608,18 @@ msgid ""
 "accounts from another company."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Type"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number."
+msgstr ""
+"Bankrekening soort: Normaal of IBAN. Afgeleid vanuit het bankrekeningnummer."
+
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
 msgid "ABA/Routing"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1500,6 +1628,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid "Account Holder Name"
+msgstr "Rekeninghouder naam"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account "
+"Holder"
+msgstr ""
+"Bankrekening naamhouder, indien de naam anders is dan de naam van de "
+"bankrekeninghouder"
+
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49
 msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration"
 msgstr "Bekijk de *Bankrekening* in onze online demonstratie"
@@ -1658,7 +1798,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96
 msgid "Customers Statements"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klantafschriften"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98
 msgid ""
@@ -1723,11 +1863,6 @@ msgstr ""
 "Zet actief naar onwaar om het dagboek te verbergen zonder het te "
 "verwijderen."
 
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
-msgid "Type"
-msgstr "Type"
-
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals."
 msgstr "Selecteer 'Verkoop' voor klant factuur dagboeken."
@@ -1851,8 +1986,28 @@ msgid "The currency used to enter statement"
 msgstr "De gebruikte valuta"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Debit Methods"
-msgstr "Debet methoden"
+msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered"
+msgstr "Definieert hoe bankafschriften geregistreerd worden"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Creation of Bank Statements"
+msgstr "Aanmaken van bankafschriften"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Defines when a new bank statement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "from your bank account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "For Incoming Payments"
+msgstr "Voor inkomende betalingen"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
@@ -1876,8 +2031,8 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Payment Methods"
-msgstr "Betaalwijzes"
+msgid "For Outgoing Payments"
+msgstr "Voor uitgaande betalingen"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo."
@@ -1893,18 +2048,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to your bank. Enable this option from the settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Group Invoice Lines"
-msgstr "Groepeer factuurregels"
-
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines "
-"when generating them from invoices."
-msgstr ""
-"Als dit is aangevinkt, dan zal het systeem proberen de boekingsregels te "
-"groeperen bij het genereren vanaf facturen."
-
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Profit Account"
 msgstr "Winst & Verlies rekening"
@@ -1930,13 +2073,39 @@ msgstr ""
 "verschilt van wat het systeem berekend"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Show journal on dashboard"
-msgstr "Toon dagboek in dashboard"
+msgid "Group Invoice Lines"
+msgstr "Groepeer factuurregels"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines "
+"when generating them from invoices."
+msgstr ""
+"Als dit is aangevinkt, dan zal het systeem proberen de boekingsregels te "
+"groeperen bij het genereren vanaf facturen."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation"
+msgstr "Boeken bij bank aflettering"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in "
+"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when "
+"performing bank reconciliation."
+msgstr ""
+"Of de betalingen in dit dagboek wel of niet moeten worden aangemaakt in "
+"concept, zodat gekoppelde boekingen alleen worden geboekt bij het afletteren"
+" van de bankafschriften."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not"
+msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills"
+msgstr "Alias naam voor leveranciersfacturen"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email."
 msgstr ""
-"Bepaalt of dit dagboek al dan niet getoond moet worden in het dashboard"
+"Het maakt een concept leveranciersfactuur bij het versturen van een e-mail."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected"
@@ -1977,22 +2146,6 @@ msgstr "Volgende cheque numer"
 msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check."
 msgstr "Reeksnummer van de volgende afgedrukte cheque."
 
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Creation of bank statement"
-msgstr "Aanmaak van bank afschrift"
-
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "This field is used for the online synchronization:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "depending on the option selected, newly fetched transactions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "will be put inside previous statement or in a new one"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Amount Authorized Difference"
 msgstr "Toegestaan bedrag afwijking"
@@ -2069,7 +2222,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3
 msgid "Localizations"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lokalisaties"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3
 msgid "France"
@@ -2251,6 +2404,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95
 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;"
 msgstr ""
+"**Beveiliging**: ketenalgoritme om de onveranderbaarheid te verifiëren;"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96
 msgid ""
@@ -2453,7 +2607,7 @@ msgstr "Balans"
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19
 msgid "Profit & Loss"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Winst & Verlies"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25
 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)"
@@ -2497,7 +2651,7 @@ msgstr "Introductie"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16
 msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "De mexicaanse lokalisatie is een groep van 3 modules:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18
 msgid ""
@@ -2541,6 +2695,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43
 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*."
 msgstr ""
+"Ga eerst naar Apps en zoek vervolgens op  Mexico. Klik hierna op "
+"*Installeren*."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49
 msgid ""
@@ -2562,11 +2718,11 @@ msgid ""
 " integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:66
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68
 msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70
 msgid ""
 "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go "
 "in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid "
@@ -2574,20 +2730,20 @@ msgid ""
 "position on your company’s contact."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:75
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77
 msgid ""
 "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known"
 " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the "
-"vat to **ACO560518KW7**."
+"vat to **TCM970625MB1**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:83
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85
 msgid ""
 "4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the "
 "company"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87
 msgid ""
 "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in "
 "order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the "
@@ -2597,11 +2753,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the option)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:92
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94
 msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:95
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97
 msgid ""
 "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only "
 "available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on "
@@ -2609,11 +2765,11 @@ msgid ""
 "https://www.odoo.com/help."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:100
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102
 msgid "Enable debug mode:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107
 msgid ""
 "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings "
 "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter "
@@ -2621,7 +2777,7 @@ msgid ""
 "name does not exist)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113
 msgid ""
 "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the "
 "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT "
@@ -2629,36 +2785,36 @@ msgid ""
 "the default behavior."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:120
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122
 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613
 msgid ""
 "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" "
 "field set to \"Tasa\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132
 msgid ""
 "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it"
 " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should"
 " set 601, it will look like the image."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139
 msgid ""
 "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field "
 "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it "
 "faster."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146
 msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148
 msgid ""
 "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in "
 ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You "
@@ -2666,14 +2822,14 @@ msgid ""
 "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154
 msgid ""
 "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can "
 "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables "
 "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:156
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158
 msgid ""
 "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before "
 "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the "
@@ -2682,146 +2838,163 @@ msgid ""
 "environment with real transactions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:166
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168
 msgid ""
 "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a "
 "PAC username or password."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:173
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175
 msgid ""
 "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test "
 "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:176
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178
 msgid "`Certificate`_"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:177
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179
 msgid "`Certificate Key`_"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180
 msgid "**Password :** 12345678a"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183
+msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185
+msgid ""
+"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, "
+"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the "
+"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create "
+"a new tax you should choose a tag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196
 msgid "Usage and testing"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199
 msgid "Invoicing"
 msgstr "Boekhouding"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201
 msgid ""
 "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following "
 "the normal Odoo's behaviour."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204
 msgid ""
 "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look "
 "like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211
 msgid ""
 "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or"
 " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your "
 "invoice by email."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:203
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218
 msgid ""
 "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should "
 "looks like."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225
 msgid "Cancelling invoices"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227
 msgid ""
 "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in "
 "Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:214
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229
 msgid "If the invoice is not paid."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:216
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231
 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:224
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239
 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244
 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249
 msgid ""
 "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow "
 "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252
 msgid "**Legal considerations**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254
 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255
 msgid ""
 "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much "
 "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a "
 "good control of the cancellation reasons."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:243
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258
 msgid ""
 "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel"
 " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same "
 "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:248
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263
 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265
 msgid ""
 "To generate the payment complement you just must to follow the normal "
 "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are "
 "important."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:253
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268
 msgid ""
 "All payment done in the same day of the invoice will be considered as It "
 "will not be signed, because It is the expected behavior legally required for"
 " \"Cash payment\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:256
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271
 msgid ""
 "To test a regular signed payment just create an invoice for the day before "
 "today and then pay it today."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:273
 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274
 msgid ""
 "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with "
 "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code "
@@ -2830,66 +3003,66 @@ msgid ""
 "caso de anticipos recibidos**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:264
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279
 msgid ""
 "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer "
 "Payment without a proper invoice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284
 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:286
 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287
 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:273
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288
 msgid "DIOT report."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:275
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290
 msgid ""
 "1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a "
 "report only available on the context of the accounting."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293
 msgid ""
 "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting "
 "app."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:299
 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302
 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:289
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:304
 msgid ""
 "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to "
 ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on "
 "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311
 msgid "**How to add new accounts?**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Hoe nieuwe rekening toevoegen?**"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313
 msgid ""
 "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a"
 " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:301
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316
 msgid ""
 "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to "
 ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then "
@@ -2899,17 +3072,17 @@ msgid ""
 " xml."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326
 msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328
 msgid ""
 "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on"
 " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332
 msgid ""
 "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it "
 "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on "
@@ -2917,11 +3090,11 @@ msgid ""
 "is not created you can create one on the fly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338
 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340
 msgid ""
 "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have "
 "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports "
@@ -2930,28 +3103,28 @@ msgid ""
 "the previous selection of the period you want to export."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:334
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349
 msgid ""
 "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any"
 " regular Odoo Report."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:353
 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355
 msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357
 msgid ""
 "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that"
 " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in "
 "Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:360
 msgid ""
 "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties "
 "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must "
@@ -2959,25 +3132,25 @@ msgid ""
 "the same, with our providers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:350
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365
 msgid ""
 "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT"
 " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary "
 "to. submit the DIOT:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369
 msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:356
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371
 msgid ""
 "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain "
 "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can "
 "find in the SAT website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:360
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375
 msgid ""
 "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to "
 "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have "
@@ -2985,24 +3158,24 @@ msgid ""
 "to said data."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380
 msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382
 msgid ""
 "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will "
 "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present "
 "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386
 msgid ""
 "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but "
 "this after having made up to 500 records."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:374
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389
 msgid ""
 "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the "
 "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your "
@@ -3011,18 +3184,18 @@ msgid ""
 "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395
 msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397
 msgid ""
 "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch "
 "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and "
 "according to the SAT site is:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:401
 msgid ""
 "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions "
 "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the "
@@ -3032,7 +3205,7 @@ msgid ""
 "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:393
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:408
 msgid ""
 "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make "
 "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in "
@@ -3040,41 +3213,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Third Parties."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413
 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415
 msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417
 msgid ""
 "Go to  :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions "
 "with third partied (DIOT)`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:422
 msgid ""
 "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before "
 "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:428
 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433
 msgid ""
 "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow "
 "the necessary steps to declare it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:422
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437
 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:439
 msgid ""
 "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT "
 "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select "
@@ -3083,34 +3256,34 @@ msgid ""
 " suppliers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:432
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:447
 msgid ""
 "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice "
 "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are "
 "properly configured already."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:435
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450
 msgid ""
 "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask"
 " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment "
 "following standard odoo procedure."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:438
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453
 msgid ""
 "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the "
 "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report "
 "itself."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:441
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456
 msgid ""
 "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually "
 "paid."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458
 msgid ""
 "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like "
 "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you "
@@ -3120,26 +3293,26 @@ msgid ""
 "your partners are correctly set."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:454
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:469
 msgid "Extra Recommended features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472
 msgid "Contact Module (Free)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Contact Module (gratis)"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:459
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474
 msgid ""
 "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses "
 "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to "
 "install."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:464
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479
 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481
 msgid ""
 "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different "
 "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi"
@@ -3149,17 +3322,17 @@ msgid ""
 "information daily in the system manually."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:473
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488
 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:494
 msgid ""
 "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI "
 "3.3)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496
 msgid ""
 "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set "
 "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is "
@@ -3167,45 +3340,72 @@ msgid ""
 "debug mode enabled)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:486
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502
 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503
 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:489
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504
 msgid ""
 "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> "
 "Companies`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:505
 msgid "Open any company you have."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:491
-msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Dowload XSD file to CFDI\"."
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:506
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529
+msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:511
 msgid ""
 "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without "
 "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a "
 "generic one with no explanation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516
+msgid "If you see an error like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518
+msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:520
+msgid ""
+"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does "
+"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524
+msgid ""
+"This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, "
+"or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as"
+" above but:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:528
+msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535
 msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:505
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537
 msgid ""
 ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': "
@@ -3213,43 +3413,46 @@ msgid ""
 "allowed minimum length of '1'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:507
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539
 msgid ""
 ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': "
 "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the "
 "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference "
 "properly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:538
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:561
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:593
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604
 msgid "**Error message**:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:515
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547
 msgid ""
 ":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is "
 "required but missing."
 msgstr ""
+":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': Het attribuut 'Regimen' is "
+"verplicht maar ontbreekt."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549
 msgid ""
 ":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is "
 "required but missing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:520
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the "
 "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look"
@@ -3259,20 +3462,20 @@ msgid ""
 "considerations about fiscal positions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:527
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559
 msgid ""
 "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it "
 "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should "
 "set 601, it will look like the image."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567
 msgid ""
 "For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas "
 "Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572
 msgid ""
 ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet "
@@ -3281,11 +3484,11 @@ msgid ""
 "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:543
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575
 msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582
 msgid ""
 ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': "
@@ -3299,16 +3502,16 @@ msgid ""
 "missing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a "
 "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on "
 ":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all "
-"the required fields for your address following the step `3. Set you legal "
-"information in the company`."
+"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-"
+"info`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:563
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595
 msgid ""
 ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' "
@@ -3316,13 +3519,13 @@ msgid ""
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for"
 " Mexico, fix it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:606
 msgid ""
 ":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is "
@@ -3331,7 +3534,7 @@ msgid ""
 "is required but missing.\", '')"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and"
 " used on the invoice."
@@ -3392,7 +3595,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11
 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12
 msgid "PGCE Entitades"
@@ -3410,6 +3613,8 @@ msgid ""
 "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by "
 "default."
 msgstr ""
+"Wanneer u een nieuwe SaaS database aanmaakt wordt de PGCE PYME's 2008 "
+"automatisch geïnstalleerd."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23
 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports"
@@ -3457,7 +3662,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23
 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vervolgens opent u een PDF bestand met de ISR."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28
 msgid ""
@@ -3675,7 +3880,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107
 msgid "3.7% achat"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "3.7% aankopen"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109
@@ -3917,8 +4122,8 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
-msgid "Category"
-msgstr "Categorie"
+msgid "Asset Category"
+msgstr "Categorie apparatuur"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Category of asset"
@@ -3932,6 +4137,41 @@ msgstr "Datum"
 msgid "Date of asset"
 msgstr "Datum van activa"
 
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Depreciation Dates"
+msgstr "Afschrijvingdatums"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based"
+" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on "
+"the periodicity of the depreciations)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the "
+"purchase date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "First Depreciation Date"
+msgstr "Eerst afschrijvingsdatum"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal "
+"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting "
+"date"
+msgstr ""
+"Merk op dat deze datum de berekening van de eerste dagboek boeking niet "
+"wijzigt bij prorate temporis assets. Het veranderd simpelweg de boekhoud "
+"datum"
+
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Gross Value"
 msgstr "Bruto waarde"
@@ -3995,8 +4235,8 @@ msgstr "Prorata Temporis"
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done "
-"from the purchase date instead of the first January / Start date of fiscal "
-"year"
+"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start "
+"date of fiscal year"
 msgstr ""
 "Geeft aan dat de eerste afschrijving mutatie voor deze activa moet gedaan "
 "zijn van de inkoopdatum in plaats van de eerste van januari / startdatum van"
@@ -4051,7 +4291,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111
-msgid "How to deprecate an asset?"
+msgid "How to depreciate an asset?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113
@@ -4153,6 +4393,8 @@ msgid ""
 "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> "
 "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`."
 msgstr ""
+"Om de posities in te geven gaat u naar  :menuselection:`Boekhouding --> "
+"Configuratie --> Budgetaire posities`."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:46
 msgid ""
@@ -4571,7 +4813,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:118
 msgid "Subcontracting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Onderaanneming"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:120
 msgid ""
@@ -5003,7 +5245,7 @@ msgstr "-1 500"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68
 msgid "Subcontractors"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Onderaannemers"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72
@@ -5122,7 +5364,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120
 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Case 2: advocatenkantoor: kost van personeel?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122
 msgid ""
@@ -6716,7 +6958,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84
 msgid "**Average creditor days:**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Gemiddeld aantal dagen debiteuren:**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84
 msgid ""
@@ -6998,16 +7240,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "Voor het doel van deze documentatie gebruiken we de bovenstaande case:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91
-msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded"
-msgstr "uw product zijn standaard verkoopprijs is 8.26€ zonder belastingen"
+msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93
 msgid ""
-"but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or eCommerce "
+"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce "
 "website"
 msgstr ""
-"maar we willen het verkopen aan 10€, belastingen inbegrepen, in onze winkel "
-"en e-commerce website"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97
 msgid "Setting your products"
@@ -7015,16 +7255,11 @@ msgstr "Uw producten instellen"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99
 msgid ""
-"Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is "
+"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is "
 "usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale "
 "Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the "
 "Accounting application."
 msgstr ""
-"U bedrijf moet standaard geconfigureerd zijn met prijzen exclusief "
-"belastingen. Dit is normaal gezien de standaard configuratie, maar u kan uw "
-"**Standaard verkoopbelasting** controleren vanuit het menu "
-":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` van de boekhouding "
-"applicatie."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107
 msgid ""
@@ -7111,15 +7346,11 @@ msgstr "Vermijd het wijzigen van elk verkooporder"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158
 msgid ""
-"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price "
-"included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal "
-"position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at "
-"every sale of this customer."
+"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax "
+"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position "
+"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale "
+"of this customer."
 msgstr ""
-"Als u over een contract onderhandeld met een klant, of u nu de prijs "
-"inclusief of exclusief belastingen onderhandeld, kan u de prijslijst en de "
-"fiscale positie instellen op het klantenformulier zodat het automatisch "
-"wordt toegepast op elke verkoop aan deze klant."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163
 msgid ""
@@ -7183,7 +7414,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29
 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wijzig belastingen aan de hand van uw klant zijn status"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31
 msgid ""
@@ -7924,7 +8155,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to "
+"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to "
 "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual "
 "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)."
 msgstr ""
@@ -7935,7 +8166,7 @@ msgstr "Multi-bedrijven"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each "
+"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each "
 "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation "
 "reports following your consolidation rules."
 msgstr ""
@@ -7969,9 +8200,9 @@ msgstr "Internationale standaarden"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54
 msgid ""
-"Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting "
-"implement accounting standards that is common to all countries and specific "
-"modules exists per country for the specificities of the country like the "
+"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting "
+"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific "
+"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the "
 "chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7982,7 +8213,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62
 msgid ""
 "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries "
-"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where cost of good "
+"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good "
 "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -8048,7 +8279,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97
 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Management rapporten (zoals budgetten, managementsamenvatting)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99
 msgid ""
@@ -8079,7 +8310,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119
-msgid "Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority"
+msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121
@@ -8112,7 +8343,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139
 msgid ""
-"Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo "
+"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo "
 "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-"
 "end journal or rollover is required.  This is calculated by reporting the "
 "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically."
@@ -8396,7 +8627,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142
 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Afletteren gebeurd automatisch door het systeem wanneer:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144
 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice"
@@ -9004,7 +9235,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18
 msgid "Record a new vendor bill"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maak een nieuwe leveranciersfactuur"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20
 msgid ""
@@ -9402,6 +9633,8 @@ msgid ""
 "discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the "
 "bill is missing);"
 msgstr ""
+"communiceer op een declaratie om meer informatie te vragen (bijvoorbeeld als"
+" er een scan van het document ontbreekt);"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140
 msgid "reject an expense;"
@@ -9599,7 +9832,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3
 msgid "Vendor Payments"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Leverancier betalingen"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3
 msgid "Pay by Checks"
@@ -9677,10 +9910,12 @@ msgid ""
 "It is also possible to customize your own check format through "
 "customizations."
 msgstr ""
+"Het is ook mogelijk om uw eigen cheque formaat te wijzigen door middel van "
+"aanpassingen."
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55
 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Betaal een leveranciersfactuur met een cheque"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57
 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:"
@@ -9743,7 +9978,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch "
 "deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, "
 "you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To "
-"enable batch deposit,module account_batch_deposit must be installed."
+"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
@@ -9753,6 +9988,19 @@ msgid ""
 "installed"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Show Partner Bank Account"
+msgstr "Geef bankrekening relatie weer"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` "
+"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views"
+msgstr ""
+"Technisch veld gebruikt om aan te geven of het veld "
+"'partner_bank_account_id' noodzakelijk is om al dan niet weer te geven in "
+"het formulier betalings overzicht."
+
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Code"
 msgstr "Code"
@@ -10464,6 +10712,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be "
 "received."
 msgstr ""
+"Als u deze route volgt, komt u op een lijst met alle bestellingen die nog "
+"moeten worden ontvangen."
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106
 msgid ""
@@ -10977,7 +11227,7 @@ msgstr "3 jaar dienstencontracten"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59
 msgid "Set deferred revenues on products"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stel uitgestelde omzet in op producten"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61
 msgid ""
@@ -11266,7 +11516,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31
 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Factuur gebaseerd op lever order: zie volgende sectie"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
index 973cfbab87..4db9e50f84 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
@@ -1,16 +1,24 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2017
+# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018
+# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
+# Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2018
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-21 09:44+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -22,1282 +30,414 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "CRM"
 msgstr "Relatiebeheer"
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar.rst:3
-msgid "Calendar"
-msgstr "Agenda"
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
-msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar"
-msgstr "Hoe uw Odoo agenda synchroniseren met Google Kalender"
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
-"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
-"directions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo is perfect geïntegreerd met Google Kalender zodat u meetings kan zien &"
-" beheren vanuit beide platformen (updates werken in beide richtingen)."
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
-msgid "Setup in Google"
-msgstr "Opzet in Google"
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to "
-"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
-msgstr ""
-"Ga naar het `Google API platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ "
-"om Google Kalender API login gegevens te genereren. Login met uw Google "
-"account."
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
-msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
-msgstr "Ga naar de API & Diensten pagina."
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
-msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
-msgstr "Zoek voor *Google Kalender API* en selecteer deze."
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
-msgid "Enable the API."
-msgstr "Schakel de API in."
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done "
-"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer of maak een API project om de logingegevens te bewaren indien u "
-"dit nog niet heeft gedaan. Geef het een expliciete naam (bijvoorbeeld Odoo "
-"sync)."
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
-msgid "Create credentials."
-msgstr "Logingegevens aanmaken."
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
-msgid ""
-"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
-"of data."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer *web browser (Javascript) als bron en *Gebruiker data* als type "
-"data."
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
-"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The "
-"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized "
-"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
-"'/google_account/authentication'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
-msgid ""
-"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo "
-"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not "
-"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID"
-" in Odoo for the first time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
-" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
-msgid "Setup in Odoo"
-msgstr "Opzet in Odoo"
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
-msgid ""
-"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the "
-"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client"
-" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
-msgid ""
-"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
-"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
-"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
-" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
-msgstr ""
-"De setup is nu compleet. Open jou Odoo Kalender en sync hem met Google. De "
-"eerste keer wanner je dit doet zal je doorgestuurd worden naar Google om de "
-"connectie te goed te keuren.  Eenmaal terug in Odoo, druk nogmaals op de "
-"sync knop. Je kan erop klikken telkens je jou kalender wilt synchroniseren."
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
-msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
-msgstr "Vanaf nu heeft u geen excuses meer om een meeting te missen!"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads.rst:3
-msgid "Leads"
-msgstr "Leads"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate.rst:3
-msgid "Generate leads"
-msgstr "Genereer leads"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:3
-msgid "How to generate leads from incoming emails?"
-msgstr "Hoe leads te genereren vanuit inkomende e-mails?"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"There are several ways for your company to :doc:`generate leads with Odoo "
-"CRM <manual>`. One of them is using your company's generic email address as "
-"a trigger to create a new lead in the system. In Odoo, each one of your "
-"sales teams is linked to its own email address from which prospects can "
-"reach them. For example, if the personal email address of your Direct team "
-"is **direct@mycompany.example.com**, every email sent will automatically "
-"create a new opportunity into the sales team."
-msgstr ""
-"Er zijn verschillende manieren voor uw bedrijf om :doc:`leads te genereren "
-"met de Odoo CRM <manual>`. Een van de mogelijkheden is om uw bedrijf zijn "
-"e-mailadres te gebruiken als een trigger om een nieuwe lead aan te maken in "
-"het systeem. In Odoo is elk verkoopteam gelinkt aan zijn eigen e-mailadres "
-"van waaruit prospecten hen kunnen bereiken. Bijvoorbeeld, als het "
-"e-mailadres van uw Direct team **direct@mycompany.example.com** is zal elke "
-"e-mail die verzonden wordt automatisch een nieuwe opportuniteit worden in uw"
-" verkoopteam."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:14
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:30
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:19
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23 ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3
+msgid "Acquire leads"
+msgstr "Verwerven van leads"
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3
+msgid "Convert leads into opportunities"
+msgstr "Converteer leads in opportuniteiten"
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a "
+"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and "
+"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM"
+" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can "
+"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form."
+msgstr ""
+"Het systeem kan leads genereren in plaats van opportuniteiten, om zo een "
+"kwalificatie stap toe te voegen voordat u een * Lead * in een * "
+"Opportuniteit* omzet en aan een verkoopmedewerkers toewijst. U kunt deze "
+"modus activeren via de CRM-instellingen. Dit is standaard van toepassing op "
+"al uw verkoopkanalen. Maar u kunt het specifiek maken voor specifieke "
+"kanalen vanuit het configuratieformulier."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12
 msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr "Instelling"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"The first thing you need to do is to configure your **outgoing email "
-"servers** and **incoming email gateway** from the :menuselection:`Settings "
-"module --> General Settings`."
-msgstr ""
-"Het eerste wat u moet doen is uw *uitgaande e-mail servers** en **inkomende "
-"e-mail gateway** instellen vanuit het :menuselection:`Instellingen module "
-"--> Algemene instellingen`."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Then set up your alias domain from the field shown here below and click on "
-"**Apply**."
-msgstr ""
-"Stel vervolgens het alias domein in op het veld dat hieronder getoond wordt "
-"en klik op **Toepassen**."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:26
-msgid "Set up team alias"
-msgstr "Team alias opstellen"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"Go on the Sales module and click on **Dashboard**. You will see that the "
-"activation of your domain alias has generated a default email alias for your"
-" existing sales teams."
-msgstr ""
-"Ga naar de Verkopen module en klik op **Dashboard**. U zal zien dat het "
-"activeren van uw domein alias een standaard e-mail alias heeft gegenereerd "
-"voor uw bestaande verkoopteams."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:35
-msgid ""
-"You can easily personalize your sales teams aliases. Click on the More "
-"button from the sales team of your choice, then on **Settings** to access "
-"the sales team form. Into the **Email Alias** field, enter your email alias "
-"and click on **Save**. Make sure to allow receiving emails from everyone."
-msgstr ""
-"U kan gemakkelijk uw verkoopteams hun alias personaliseren. Klik op de Meer "
-"knop vanuit het verkoopteam van uw keuze, klik vervolgens op "
-"**Instellingen** om toegang tot het verkoopteam formulier te krijgen. Vanuit"
-" het **E-mail alias** veld geeft u uw e-mail alias in en klikt u op "
-"**Opslaan**. Verzeker u er van dat u e-mails ontvangen van iedereen "
-"toestaat."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:41
-msgid ""
-"From there, each email sent to this email address will generate a new lead "
-"into the related sales team."
-msgstr ""
-"Van daaruit zal elke e-mail die verzonden worden naar dit e-mailadres een "
-"lead aanmaken in het gerelateerde verkoopteam."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:48
-msgid "Set up catch-all email domain"
-msgstr "catch-all email domein opstellen"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"Additionally to your sales team aliases, you can also create a generic email"
-" alias (e.g. *contact@* or *info@* ) that will also generate a new contact "
-"in Odoo CRM. Still from the Sales module, go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and set up your catch-all email "
-"domain."
-msgstr ""
-"Naast uw verkoopteam aliassen kan u ook een generieke e-mail alias aanmaken "
-"(bijvoorbeeld *contact@* of *info@*) die ook een nieuw contact aanmaakt in "
-"de Odoo CRM. Ga vanuit de Verkoop module naar :menuselection:`Configuratie "
-"--> Instellingen` en stel uw catch-all e-mail domein op."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57
-msgid ""
-"You can choose whether the contacts generated from your catch-all email "
-"become leads or opportunities using the radio buttons that you see on the "
-"screenshot here below. Note that, by default, the lead stage is not "
-"activated in Odoo CRM."
-msgstr ""
-"U kan kiezen of de contacten die worden aangemaakt vanuit de catch-all "
-"e-mail leads of opportuniteiten worden met de keuzerondjes die u op de "
-"printscreen hieronder ziet. Merk op dat standaard de lead fase niet "
-"geactiveerd is in de Odoo CRM."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:67
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:89
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:194
-msgid ":doc:`manual`"
-msgstr ":doc:`manual`"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:67
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195
-msgid ":doc:`import`"
-msgstr ":doc:`import`"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71
-msgid ":doc:`website`"
-msgstr ":doc:`website`"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3
-msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?"
-msgstr "Hoe contacten te importeren in de CRM?"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, you can import a database of potential customers, for instance "
-"for a cold emailing or cold calling campaign, through a CSV file. You may be"
-" wondering if the best option is to import your contacts as leads or "
-"opportunities. It depends on your business specificities and workflow:"
-msgstr ""
-"In de Odoo CRM kan u een database van potentiële klanten importeren, "
-"bijvoorbeeld voor een koude e-mailing of een koude bel campagne, via een CSV"
-" bestand. U vraagt zich mogelijk af of u het beste contacten kan importeren "
-"als leads of als opportuniteiten. Dit hangt af van uw zaak specificaties en "
-"de werk flow:"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"Some companies may decide to not use leads, but instead to keep all "
-"information directly in an opportunity. For some companies, leads are merely"
-" an extra step in the sales process. You could call this extended (start "
-"from lead) versus simplified (start from opportunity) customer relationship "
-"management."
-msgstr ""
-"Sommige bedrijven kunnen beslissen om geen leads te gebruiken maar om in de "
-"plaats alle informatie direct in een opportuniteit bij te houden. Voor "
-"sommige bedrijven zijn leads enkel een extra stap in het verkoopproces. U "
-"kan dit verlengd (start vanuit lead) versus versimpelt (start vanuit "
-"opportuniteit) klanten relatie beheer noemen."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"Odoo perfectly allows for either one of these approaches to be chosen. If "
-"your company handles its sales from a pre qualification step, feel free to "
-"activate first the lead stage as described below in order to import your "
-"database as leads"
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo staat beide mogelijkheden perfect toe om te kiezen. Voel u vrij om "
-"indien uw bedrijf zijn verkopen afhandelt vanuit een pré kwalificatie stap "
-"om eerst de lead fase te activeren zoals hieronder omschreven om uw "
-"databases als leads te importeren"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:23
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:9
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:38
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:62
-msgid "Activate the lead stage"
-msgstr "Activeer de lead fase"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. If you want to "
-"import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads "
-"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
-msgstr ""
-"Standaard is de lead fase niet geactiveerd in de Odoo CRM. Indien u uw "
-"contacten wilt importeren als leads in plaats van als opportuniteiten gaat u"
-" naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` en selecteert u de "
-"optie **Gebruik leads als..* zoals hieronder getoond en klikt u vervolgens "
-"op **Toepassen**."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33
-msgid ""
-"This activation will create a new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` "
-"from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** "
-"button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here <manual>`)"
-msgstr ""
-"Deze activatie maakt een nieuw submenu :menuselection:`Verkopen --> Leads` "
-"aan van waaruit u contacten kan importeren vanuit de **Import** knop (Als u "
-"manueel een lead wilt aanmaken :doc:`Klikt u hier<manual>`)"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41
-msgid "Import your CSV file"
-msgstr "Importeer uw CSV bestand"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"On the new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`, click on **Import** and"
-" select your Excel file to import from the **Choose File** button. Make sure"
-" its extension is **.csv** and don't forget to set up the correct File "
-"format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local settings"
-" and display your columns properly."
-msgstr ""
-"Onder het nieuwe submenu :menuselection:`Verkopen --> Leads` klikt u op "
-"**Importeren** en selecteert u het Excel bestand dat geïmporteerd moet "
-"worden vanuit de **Kies bestand** knop. Verzeker u er van dat de extensie "
-"**.csv** is en vergeet niet de correcte bestandsformaat opties in te stellen"
-" (**Encodering** en **Scheidingsteken**) om overeen te komen met uw lokale "
-"instellingen en om uw kolommen correct te tonen."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:50
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"If your prospects database is provided in another format than CSV, you can "
-"easily convert it to the CSV format using Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice / "
-"LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, etc."
+"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> "
+"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien uw prospecten database aangeboden is in een ander formaat dan CSV kan"
-" u het gemakkelijk converteren naar het CSV formaat met behulp van Microsoft"
-" Excel, OpenOffice / LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, enz."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:58
-msgid "Select rows to import"
-msgstr "Selecteer rijen om te importeren"
+"Ga voor deze functie naar: menuselectie: `CRM -> Configuratie -> "
+"Instellingen` en activeer de * Leads * functie."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:60
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"Odoo will automatically map the column headers from your CSV file to the "
-"corresponding fields if you tick *The first row of the file contains the "
-"label of the column* option. This makes imports easier especially when the "
-"file has many columns. Of course, you can remap the column headers to "
-"describe the property you are importing data into (First Name, Last Name, "
-"Email, etc.)."
+"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Pipeline* where they will "
+"aggregate."
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo koppelt automatisch de kolom hoofdingen van uw CSV bestand aan de "
-"corresponderende velden indien u *De eerste rij van het bestand bevat het "
-"label van de kolom* optie aanvinkt. Dit maakt importeren gemakkelijker, "
-"vooral wanneer het bestand veel kolommen heeft. Uiteraard kan u de "
-"kolomhoofdingen opnieuw koppelen om de eigenschap waar u data in importeert "
-"te omschrijven (Voornaam, Familienaam, E-mail, enz)."
+"U hebt nu een nieuw submenu * Leads * onder * Pijplijn * waar leads zullen "
+"toegevoegd worden."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"If you want to import your contacts as opportunities rather than leads, make"
-" sure to add the *Type* column to your csv. This column is used to indicate "
-"whether your import will be flagged as a Lead (type = Lead) or as an "
-"opportunity (type = Opportunity)."
-msgstr ""
-"Indien u uw contacten liever importeert als opportuniteiten in plaats van "
-"leads voegt u de kolom *Soort* toe aan uw CSV. Deze kolom wordt gebruikt om "
-"aan te geven of uw import gemarkeerd wordt als lead (soort = Lead) of als "
-"opportuniteit (soort = Opportuniteit)."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28
+msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity"
+msgstr "Converteer een lead in een opportuniteit"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:77
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"Click the **Validate** button if you want to let Odoo verify that everything"
-" seems okay before importing. Otherwise, you can directly click the Import "
-"button: the same validations will be done."
+"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an "
+"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same "
+"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer."
 msgstr ""
-"Klik op de **Valideer** knop indien u Odoo wilt laten verifiëren dat alles "
-"ok lijkt voor het importeren. Anders kan u direct klikken op de importeer "
-"knop: dezelfde validaties worden ook gedaan."
+"Wanneer u op * Lead * klikt, hebt u de mogelijkheid om deze om te zetten in "
+"een opportuniteit en te beslissen of deze nog steeds moet worden toegewezen "
+"aan hetzelfde kanaal / dezelfde persoon en of u een nieuwe klant moet maken."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:83
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"For additional technical information on how to import contacts into Odoo "
-"CRM, read the **Frequently Asked Questions** section located below the "
-"Import tool on the same window."
+"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will "
+"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, "
+"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that "
+"customer already exists."
 msgstr ""
-"Voor extra technische informatie over hoe contacten te importeren in de Odoo"
-" CRM leest u best de **Veelgestelde vragen** sectie die zich bevind onder de"
-" importeer tool op hetzelfde scherm."
+"Als u al een opportuniteit heeft met die klant, biedt Odoo u automatisch de "
+"mogelijkheid om ze samen te smelten. Op dezelfde manier biedt Odoo u "
+"automatisch een link naar een bestaande klant als die klant al bestaat."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196
-msgid ":doc:`emails`"
-msgstr ":doc:`emails`"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3
+msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails"
+msgstr "Genereer leads vanuit inkomende e-mails"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:3
-msgid "How to create a contact into Odoo CRM?"
-msgstr "Hoe een contact aan te maken in Odoo CRM?"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:5
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Odoo CRM allows you to manually add contacts into your pipeline. It can be "
-"either a lead or an opportunity."
+"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your "
+"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will"
+" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel."
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo CRM staat u toe om manueel contacten toe te voegen in uw pijplijn. Het "
-"kan een lead of een opportuniteit zijn."
+"Het automatiseren van de lead / opportuniteit-generatie zal uw efficiëntie "
+"aanzienlijk verbeteren. Standaard zal odoo een opportuniteit in de pijplijn "
+"van het standaard verkoopkanaal toevoegen voor elke e-mail die wordt "
+"verzonden naar * sales@database\\ _domain.ext *."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. To activate it, go "
-"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the option "
-"\"\"use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
-msgstr ""
-"Standaard is het leads stadium niet geactiveerd in Odoo CRM. Om dit te "
-"activeren ga naar  :menuselection:`Verkoop --> Instellingen --> "
-"Instellingen`"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"This activation will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that "
-"gives you access to a list of all your leads from which you will be able to "
-"create a new contact."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze activatie maakt de submenu's **Leads** aan onder **Verkopen** die u "
-"toegang geeft tot de lijst van alle leads van waaruit u een nieuw contact "
-"kan aanmaken."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:26
-msgid "Create a new lead"
-msgstr "Maak een nieuwe lead"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11
+msgid "Configure email aliases"
+msgstr "Stel e-mail aliassen in"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:28
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button."
+"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate "
+"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage"
+" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the "
+"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Sales Channels`."
 msgstr ""
-"Ga naar :menuselection:`Verkopen --> Leads` en klik op de **Aanmaken** knop."
+"Elk verkoopkanaal kan zijn eigen e-mail alias hebben om leads / "
+"opportuniteiten te genereren die automatisch aan het verkoopkanaal worden "
+"toegewezen. Dit is handig als u meerdere verkoopteams beheert met specifieke"
+" bedrijfsprocessen. U vindt de configuratie van verkoopkanalen onder: "
+"menuselectie: `Configuratie -> Verkoopkanalen '."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33
-msgid ""
-"From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact "
-"name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in"
-" the **Internal notes** field."
-msgstr ""
-"Van het contact formulier, vul alle details in die je in je bezit hebt "
-"(contact naam, email, telefoonnummer, adres, enz.) alsook wat meer "
-"informatie in het **Interne notities** veld."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3
+msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page"
+msgstr "Genereer leads/prospecten vanaf uw website contact pagina"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson"
-" by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the "
-"screen."
+"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your "
+"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a"
+" lead/opportunity in the pipeline."
 msgstr ""
-"u lead kan direct toegewezen worden aan een specifiek verkoopteam en "
-"verkopen door te klikken op **Converteren naar opportuniteit** in de rechtse"
-" bovenhoek van het scherm."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:43
-msgid "Create a new opportunity"
-msgstr "Maak een nieuwe opportuniteit aan"
+"Het automatiseren van de lead / opportuniteit-generatie zal uw efficiëntie "
+"aanzienlijk verbeteren. Een lead/opportuniteit zal in de pijplijn gecreëerd "
+"worden voor elke bezoeker die het contactformulier op uw website gebruikt."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without "
-"having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard "
-"and click on the **Pipeline** button of the desired sales team. If you don't"
-" have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first "
-"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Then, click on **Create** and fill in "
-"the contact details as shown here above. By default, the newly created "
-"opportunity will appear on the first stage of your sales pipeline."
-msgstr ""
-"U kan ook een contact direct toevoegen vanuit een specifiek verkoopteam "
-"zonder eerst de lead te moeten converteren. Ga in de verkopen module naar uw"
-" dashboard en klik op de **Pijplijn** knop van uw gewenste verkoopteam. "
-"Indien u nog geen verkoopteam heeft :doc:`moet u er eerst één aanmaken  "
-"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Klik vervolgens op **Aanmaken** en vul"
-" het contactformulier in zoals hierboven getoond. Standaard zal de nieuwe "
-"aangemaakte opportuniteit tonen als de eerste fase van uw verkoop pijplijn."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10
+msgid "Use the contact us on your website"
+msgstr "Gebruik het contacteer ons op uw website"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:53
-msgid ""
-"Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific "
-"stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and "
-"you want to send him a quotation right away, you can add his contact details"
-" on the fly directly into the **Proposition** stage. From the Kanban view of"
-" your sales team, just click on the **+** icon at the right of your stage to"
-" create the contact. The new opportunity will then pop up into the "
-"corresponding stage and you can then fill in the contact details by clicking"
-" on it."
-msgstr ""
-"Een andere manier om een opportuniteit aan te maken is door ze direct toe te"
-" voegen aan een specifieke fase. Als u heeft gesproken met Mr. Smith in een "
-"meeting en u wilt hem direct een offerte sturen kan u hem direct als contact"
-" toevoegen als contact in de **Voorstel** fase. Vanuit de Kanban weergave "
-"van uw verkoopteam klikt u simpelweg op het **+** icoon aan de rechterkant "
-"van uw fase om een nieuw contact aan te maken. De nieuwe opportuniteit "
-"verschijnt vervolgens in de corresponderende fase en u kan vervolgens de "
-"contactgegevens invullen door op het contact te klikken."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12
+msgid "You should first go to your website app."
+msgstr "Ga eerst naar de website app."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:3
-msgid "How to generate leads from my website?"
-msgstr "Hoe leads te genereren vanuit mijn website?"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14
+msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
+msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Your website should be your company's first lead generation tool. With your "
-"website being the central hub of your online marketing campaigns, you will "
-"naturally drive qualified traffic to feed your pipeline. When a prospect "
-"lands on your website, your objective is to capture his information in order"
-" to be able to stay in touch with him and to push him further down the sales"
-" funnel."
-msgstr ""
-"Uw website zou uw bedrijf zijn eerste lead genereer tool moeten zijn. Omdat "
-"uw website uw centrale locatie is voor online marketing campagne's krijgt u "
-"automatisch kwalitatief verkeer om uw pijplijn op te vullen. Wanneer een "
-"prospect op uw website beland is uw doel om zijn informatie te verkrijgen om"
-" met hem in contact te kunnen blijven en hem verder het verkooptraject in te"
-" krijgen."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:12
-msgid "This is how a typical online lead generation process work :"
-msgstr "Dit is hoe een typisch online lead generatie proces werkt:"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:14
-msgid ""
-"Your website visitor clicks on a call-to action (CTA) from one of your "
-"marketing materials (e.g. an email newsletter, a social media message or a "
-"blog post)"
-msgstr ""
-"Uw website bezoeker klikt op een call-to-action (CTA) van één van uw "
-"marketing materialen (bijvoorbeeld een e-mail nieuwsbrief, een social media "
-"bericht of een blogbericht)"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"The CTA leads your visitor to a landing page including a form used to "
-"collect his personal information (e.g. his name, his email address, his "
-"phone number)"
-msgstr ""
-"De CTA stuurt uw bezoeker naar een landing pagina die een formulier bevat om"
-" zijn persoonlijke informatie te verzamelen (bijvoorbeeld zijn naam, "
-"e-mailadres, telefoonnummer)"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:22
-msgid ""
-"The visitor submits the form and automatically generates a lead into Odoo "
-"CRM"
-msgstr ""
-"De bezoekers verzend het formulier en dit genereert automatisch een lead in "
-"de Odoo CRM applicatie"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"Your calls-to-action, landing pages and forms are the key pieces of the lead"
-" generation process. With Odoo Website, you can easily create and optimize "
-"those critical elements without having to code or to use third-party "
-"applications. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/website-"
-"builder>`__."
-msgstr ""
-"Uw oproep tot acties, landingspagina's en formulieren zijn de sleutelstukken"
-" van uw lead generatie proces. Met de Odoo website kan u gemakkelijk deze "
-"kritische elementen aanmaken en optimaliseren zonder code of andere "
-"applicaties nodig te hebben. Leer `hier <https://www.odoo.com/page/website-"
-"builder>`__ meer."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo, the Website and CRM modules are fully integrated, meaning that you "
-"can easily generate leads from various ways through your website. However, "
-"even if you are hosting your website on another CMS, it is still possible to"
-" fill Odoo CRM with leads generated from your website."
-msgstr ""
-"In Odoo zijn de website en de CRM module volledig geïntegreerd wat betekend "
-"dat u gemakkelijk leads kan genereren vanuit verschillende wegen via de "
-"website. Indien u uw website host op een andere CMS kan u nog steeds de Odoo"
-" CRM opvullen met leads gegenereerd vanuit uw website."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:40
-msgid ""
-"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. Therefore, new "
-"leads automatically become opportunities. You can easily activate the option"
-" of adding the lead step. If you want to import your contacts as leads "
-"rather than opportunities, from the Sales module go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads "
-"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
-msgstr ""
-"Standaard is de lead fase niet geactiveerd in de Odoo CRM. Daarom wordt "
-"leads automatisch opportuniteiten. U kan de optie om leads te kunnen "
-"aanmaken gemakkelijk activeren. Indien u uw contacten wilt importeren als "
-"leads in de plaats van opportuniteiten gaat u van de Verkopen module naar "
-":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` en selecteert u de optie "
-"**gebruik leads als...** zoals hieronder getoond en klikt u vervolgens op "
-"**Toepassen**."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"Note that even without activating this step, the information that follows is"
-" still applicable - the lead generated will land in the opportunities "
-"dashboard."
-msgstr ""
-"Merk op dat zelfs zonder deze stap te activeren dat de informatie die volgt "
-"nog steeds toepasbaar is - de lead die wordt gegenereerd komt in het "
-"opportuniteiten dashboard terecht."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:55
-msgid "From an Odoo Website"
-msgstr "Vanuit een Odoo website"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:57
-msgid ""
-"Let's assume that you want to get as much information as possible about your"
-" website visitors. But how could you make sure that every person who wants "
-"to know more about your company's products and services is actually leaving "
-"his information somewhere? Thanks to Odoo's integration between its CRM and "
-"Website modules, you can easily automate your lead acquisition process "
-"thanks to the **contact form** and the **form builder** modules"
-msgstr ""
-"Laten we er van uit gaan dat u zoveel mogelijk informatie wilt verzamelen "
-"over uw website bezoekers. Maar hoe kan u uzelf ervan verzekeren dat elke "
-"persoon die iets wilt weten over uw producten en diensten ook daadwerkelijk "
-"ergens zijn informatie achterlaat? Dankzij de Odoo integratie tussen zijn "
-"CRM en website modules kan u gemakkelijk het lead proces automatiseren "
-"dankzij het **contactformulier** en de **formulier bouwer** modules"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"another great way to generate leads from your Odoo Website is by collecting "
-"your visitors email addresses thanks to the Newsletter or Newsletter Popup "
-"CTAs. These snippets will create new contacts in your Email Marketing's "
-"mailing list. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/email-"
-"marketing>`__."
-msgstr ""
-"nog een geweldige manier om leads te genereren vanuit uw Odoo website is "
-"door uw bezoekers hun e-mailadressen te verzamelen dankzij de Nieuwsbrief of"
-" Nieuwsbrief pop-up acties. Deze snippets maken nieuwe contacten aan in uw "
-"e-mail marketing mailing lijsten. Leer er `hier <https://www.odoo.com/page"
-"/email-marketing>`__ meer over."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:75
-msgid ""
-"Start by installing the Website builder module. From the main dashboard, "
-"click on **Apps**, enter \"**Website**\" in the search bar and click on "
-"**Install**. You will be automatically redirected to the web interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Start door de module Website bouwer te installeren. Vanuit het hoofd "
-"dashboard klikt u op **Apps**, geef **Website** in in de zoekbalk en klik op"
-" **Installeren**. U wordt automatisch doorverwezen naar de web interface."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:84
-msgid ""
-"A tutorial popup will appear on your screen if this is the first time you "
-"use Odoo Website. It will help you get started with the tool and you'll be "
-"able to use it in minutes. Therefore, we strongly recommend you to use it."
-msgstr ""
-"Een tutorial pop-up verschijnt op het scherm indien dit de eerste keer is "
-"dat u de Odoo website gebruikt. Het helpt u starten met de tool en u kan ze "
-"vervolgens binnen enkele minuten gebruiken. Daarom raden we u sterk aan om "
-"de tutorial te volgen."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:89
-msgid "Create a lead by using the Contact Form module"
-msgstr "Maak een lead aan door de Contact Formulier module te gebruiken"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:91
-msgid ""
-"You can effortlessly generate leads via a contact form on your **Contact "
-"us** page. To do so, you first need to install the Contact Form module. It "
-"will add a contact form in your **Contact us** page and automatically "
-"generate a lead from forms submissions."
-msgstr ""
-"U kan energieloos leads aanmaken via een contactformulier op uw **Contacteer"
-" ons*** pagina. Om dit te doen moet u eerst de Contact Formulier module "
-"installeren. Het voegt een contactformulier toe op de **Contacteer ons** "
-"webpagina en maakt automatisch een lead wanneer de gebruiker het formulier "
-"verzend."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:96
-msgid ""
-"To install it, go back to the backend using the square icon on the upper-"
-"left corner of your screen. Then, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Contact "
-"Form**\" in the search bar (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag "
-"otherwise you will not see the module appearing) and click on **Install**."
-msgstr ""
-"Om het te installeren gaat u terug naar de back-end door het vierkantje "
-"icoon in de rechter bovenhoek te gebruiken op uw scherm. Klik vervolgens op "
-"**Apps**, geef **Contact Formulier** in in de zoekbalk (vergeet niet de "
-"**Apps** tag te verwijderen anders ziet u de module niet verschijnen) en "
-"klik vervolgens op **Installeren**."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:104
-msgid ""
-"Once the module is installed, the below contact form will be integrated to "
-"your \"Contact us\" page. This form is linked to Odoo CRM, meaning that all "
-"data entered through the form will be captured by the CRM and will create a "
-"new lead."
-msgstr ""
-"Eenmaal de module geïnstalleerd is wordt het onderstaande contactformulier "
-"geïntegreerd in uw \"Contacteer ons\" pagina. Dit formulier is gelinkt aan "
-"de Odoo CRM module, wat betekend dat alle data die wordt ingevuld via dit "
-"formulier door de CRM module wordt opgehaald en er een nieuwe lead wordt "
-"aangemaakt."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:112
-msgid ""
-"Every lead created through the contact form is accessible in the Sales "
-"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`. The name of the "
-"lead corresponds to the \"Subject\" field on the contact form and all the "
-"other information is stored in the corresponding fields within the CRM. As a"
-" salesperson, you can add additional information, convert the lead into an "
-"opportunity or even directly mark it as Won or Lost."
-msgstr ""
-"Elke lead die via het contactformulier wordt aangemaakt is toegankelijk "
-"vanuit de verkoop module, door te klikken op :menuselection:`Verkopen --> "
-"Leads`. De naam van de lead komt overeen met het **Onderwerp** veld op het "
-"contactformulier en alle andere informatie wordt bewaard in de "
-"corresponderende velden binnenin de CRM. Als verkoper kan u extra informatie"
-" toevoegen, de lead converteren in een opportuniteit of direct markeren als "
-"gewonnen of verloren."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:123
-msgid "Create a lead using the Form builder module"
-msgstr "Maak een lead aan door de Form Bouwer module te gebruiken"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:125
-msgid ""
-"You can create fully-editable custom forms on any landing page on your "
-"website with the Form Builder snippet. As for the Contact Form module, the "
-"Form Builder will automatically generate a lead after the visitor has "
-"completed the form and clicked on the button **Send**."
-msgstr ""
-"U kan volledig wijzigbare aangepaste formulieren aanmaken op elke "
-"landingspagina van uw website met de Form Bouwer snippet. De Form Builder "
-"module maakt automatisch een lead aan nadat een bezoeker het formulier heeft"
-" voltooid en klikt op de knop **Verzenden**."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:130
-msgid ""
-"From the backend, go to Settings and install the \"**Website Form "
-"Builder**\" module (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag otherwise you "
-"will not see the modules appearing). Then, back on the website, go to your "
-"desired landing page and click on Edit to access the available snippets. The"
-" Form Builder snippet lays under the **Feature** section."
-msgstr ""
-"Ga naar Instellingen vanuit de back-end en installeer de **Website Formulier"
-" Builder** module (vergeet niet de **Apps** tag te verwijderen of u ziet de "
-"module niet verschijnen). Ga vervolgens terug naar de website, naar u "
-"gewenste landingspagina en klik op wijzigen om aan de beschikbare snippets "
-"te kunnen. De Formulier Bouwer snippet ligt onder de **Opties** sectie."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:140
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you have dropped the snippet where you want the form to appear on"
-" your page, a **Form Parameters** window will pop up. From the **Action** "
-"drop-down list, select **Create a lead** to automatically create a lead in "
-"Odoo CRM. On the **Thank You** field, select the URL of the page you want to"
-" redirect your visitor after the form being submitted (if you don't add any "
-"URL, the message \"The form has been sent successfully\" will confirm the "
-"submission)."
-msgstr ""
-"Direct nadat u de snippet gedropt heeft op het formulier waar u wilt dat het"
-" verschijnt krijgt u een scherm **Formulier parameters**. Vanuit de "
-"**Acties** dropdown lijst selecteert u **Maak een lead** om automatisch een "
-"lead aan te maken in de Odoo CRM. Op het **Danku** veld selecteert u de URL "
-"van de pagina waar u de bezoekers naar wilt doorsturen nadat het formulier "
-"is verzonden (indien u geen URL toevoegt zal het bericht *Het formulier is "
-"succesvol verzonden* de inzending bevestigen)."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:151
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"You can then start creating your custom form. To add new fields, click on "
-"**Select container block** and then on the blue **Customize** button. 3 "
-"options will appear:"
+"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from ready-to-use contact form on "
+"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically."
 msgstr ""
-"U kan vervolgens starten met het aanmaken van een aangepast scherm. Om "
-"nieuwe velden toe te voegen klikt u op **Selecteer container blok** en "
-"vervolgens op de blauwe **Wijzigen** knop. Er verschijnen 3 opties:"
+"Als de CRM-app is geïnstalleerd, profiteert u van een kant-en-klaar "
+"contactformulier op uw Odoo-website dat leads / opportuniteiten automatisch "
+"genereert."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:158
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"**Change Form Parameters**: allows you to go back to the Form Parameters and"
-" change the configuration"
+"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact "
+"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*."
 msgstr ""
-"**Wijzig formulier parameters**: staat u toe om terug te gaan naar de "
-"formulier parameters en de configuratie te wijzigen"
+"Om naar een specifiek verkoopkanaal te gaan, ga naar: menuselectie: `Website"
+" -> Configuratie -> Instellingen` onder * Communicatie * vindt u de "
+"informatie over het Contactformulier en waar u het * Verkoopkanaal * of * "
+"Verkoopmedewerker * kunt wijzigen."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:161
-msgid ""
-"**Add a model field**: allows you to add a field already existing in Odoo "
-"CRM from a drop-down list. For example, if you select the Field *Country*, "
-"the value entered by the lead will appear under the *Country* field in the "
-"CRM - even if you change the name of the field on the form."
-msgstr ""
-"**Voeg model veld toe**: staat u toe om een veld toe te voegen vanuit een "
-"dropdown lijst met velden die al bestaan in de Odoo CRM module. Bijvoorbeeld"
-" wanneer u het veld *Land* aanduid zal de door de lead ingegeven waarde "
-"verschijnen onder het veld in de CRM - zelfs als u de naam van dit veld "
-"wijzigt op het formulier."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50
+msgid "Create a custom contact form"
+msgstr "Maak een aangepast contactformulier"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:167
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"**Add a custom field**: allows you to add extra fields that don't exist by "
-"default in Odoo CRM. The values entered will be added under \"Notes\" within"
-" the CRM. You can create any field type : checkbox, radio button, text, "
-"decimal number, etc."
-msgstr ""
-"**Voeg een gepersonaliseerd veld toe**: staat u toe extra velden toe te "
-"voegen die standaard niet bestaan in de Odoo CRM. De ingegeven waarde wordt "
-"ingevuld onder de *Notities* binnenin de CRM. U kan eender welk soort veld "
-"aanmaken: selectievakje, radioknop, tekst, decimaal cijfer, enz."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:172
-msgid "Any submitted form will create a lead in the backend."
+"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use they want to "
+"contact you. You will then need to build a custom contact form on your "
+"website. Those contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the "
+"system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, "
+"etc...)"
 msgstr ""
-"Eender welk doorgestuurd formulier wordt als lead aangemaakt in de back-end."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:175
-msgid "From another CMS"
-msgstr "Vanuit een andere CMS"
+"Als u meer informatie wenst over uw bezoeker wanneer zij contact met u "
+"opnemen kan u een aangepast contactformulier op uw website maken. "
+"Contactformulieren kunnen meerdere soorten records in het systeem genereren "
+"(e-mails, leads / opportuniteiten, projecttaken, helpdesk tickets, enz ...)"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:177
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"If you use Odoo CRM but not Odoo Website, you can still automate your online"
-" lead generation process using email gateways by editing the \"Submit\" "
-"button of any form and replacing the hyperlink by a mailto corresponding to "
-"your email alias (learn how to create your sales alias :doc:`here "
-"<emails>`)."
+"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module. Only available in "
+"Odoo Enterprise."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u Odoo CRM gebruikt, maar niet de Odoo website, kan u nog steeds uw "
-"online lead generatie proces automatiseren door het gebruik van e-mail "
-"gateways door de **Verzenden** knop van eender welke knop te wijzigen en de "
-"hyperlink te veranderen naar een mailto die overeenkomt met uw e-mail alias "
-"(leer :doc:`hier <emails>` hoe u een verkoop alias aanmaakt."
+"Installeer hiervoor de gratis * Website Form Builder * module. Alleen "
+"beschikbaar in Odoo Enterprise."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:183
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"For example if the alias of your company is **salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, add"
-" ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` into the regular hyperlink code (CTRL+K)"
-" to generate a lead into the related sales team in Odoo CRM."
+"From any page you want your contact form to be in, in edit mode, drag the "
+"form builder in the page and you will be able to add all the fields you "
+"wish."
 msgstr ""
-"Bijvoorbeeld als de alias van uw bedrijf **salesEMEA@mycompany.com** is "
-"voegt u ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` in als hyperlink code (CTRL+K) om"
-" een lead te genereren in het gerelateerde verkoopteam van de Odoo CRM."
+"Vanaf elke pagina waar u uw contactformulier wenst, sleept u in de "
+"bewerkmodus de form builder op de pagina en kunt u de gewenste velden "
+"toevoegen."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage.rst:3
-msgid "Manage leads"
-msgstr "Beheer leads"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:3
-msgid "Automate lead assignation to specific sales teams or salespeople"
-msgstr "Automatiseer lead toewijzing aan specifieke verkoopteams of verkopers"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:5
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your business workflow and needs, you may need to dispatch your"
-" incoming leads to different sales team or even to specific salespeople. "
-"Here are a few example:"
+"By default any new contact form will send an email, you can switch to "
+"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*."
 msgstr ""
-"Afhankelijk van uw bedrijfsflow en noden moet u mogelijk uw inkomende leads "
-"doorschakelen naar verschillende verkoopteams of zelfs naar specifieke "
-"verkopers. Hier zijn een paar voorbeelden:"
+"Standaard verzendt elk nieuw contactformulier een e-mail, u kunt omschakelen"
+" naar lead/opportuniteit generatie in * Wijzig formulier parameters *."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:9
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63
 msgid ""
-"Your company has several offices based on different geographical regions. "
-"You will want to assign leads based on the region;"
+"If the same visitors uses the contact form twice, the second information "
+"will be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter."
 msgstr ""
-"Uw bedrijf heeft verschillende kantoren gebaseerd in verschillende "
-"geografische liggingen. U zal leads willen toewijzen gebaseerd op de regio;"
+"Als dezelfde bezoekers het contactformulier twee keer gebruiken, wordt de "
+"tweede informatie toegevoegd aan de eerste lead/opportuniteit in de chatter."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:12
-msgid ""
-"One of your sales teams is dedicated to treat opportunities from large "
-"companies while another one is specialized for SMEs. You will want to assign"
-" leads based on the company size;"
-msgstr ""
-"Een van uw verkoopteams is toegewijd aan opportuniteiten opnemen van grote "
-"bedrijven terwijl een andere toegewijd is voor SME's. U zal leads willen "
-"toewijzen gebaseerd op de bedrijfsgrootte;"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"One of your sales representatives is the only one to speak foreign languages"
-" while the rest of the team speaks English only. Therefore you will want to "
-"assign to that person all the leads from non-native English-speaking "
-"countries."
-msgstr ""
-"Een van uw verkoopsverantwoordelijken is de enige die een vreemde taal "
-"spreekt terwijl de rest van het team enkel Engels spreekt. Daarom zal u deze"
-" persoon willen toewijzen aan alle niet Engels sprekende landen."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67
+msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities"
+msgstr "Genereer leads i.p.v. opportuniteiten"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:21
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69
 msgid ""
-"As you can imagine, manually assigning new leads to specific individuals can"
-" be tedious and time consuming - especially if your company generates a high"
-" volume of leads every day. Fortunately, Odoo CRM allows you to automate the"
-" process of lead assignation based on specific criteria such as location, "
-"interests, company size, etc. With specific workflows and precise rules, you"
-" will be able to distribute all your opportunities automatically to the "
-"right sales teams and/or salesman."
+"When using a contact form, it is advised to use a qualification step before "
+"assigning to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM "
+"settings and refer to :doc:`convert`."
 msgstr ""
-"Zoals u uw kan inbeelden is het manueel toewijzen van nieuwe leads aan "
-"specifieke personen tijdrovend werk - vooral wanneer uw bedrijf elke dag een"
-" hoog volume aan leads genereert. Gelukkig geeft de Odoo CRM u de "
-"mogelijkheid om dit proces van leads toewijzing te automatiseren gebaseerd "
-"op specifieke criteria zoals locatie, interesses, bedrijfsgrootte, enz. Met "
-"specifieke werk flows en precieze regels kan u al uw opportuniteiten "
-"automatisch distribueren naar de correct verkoopteams en/of verkoper."
+"Wanneer u een contactformulier gebruikt, is het raadzaam om een kwalificatie"
+" stap te gebruiken voordat u een verkoopmedewerker toewijst. Activeer "
+"hiervoor * Leads * in CRM-instellingen en raadpleeg: doc: `convert`."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"If you have just started with Odoo CRM and haven't set up your sales team "
-"nor registered your salespeople, :doc:`read this documentation first "
-"<../../overview/started/setup>`."
-msgstr ""
-"Indien u net start met de Odoo CRM en nog geen verkoopteam heeft opgezet en "
-"nog geen verkopers heeft geregistreerd, :doc:`lees dan eerst deze "
-"documentatie <../../overview/started/setup>`."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3
+msgid "Send quotations"
+msgstr "Offertes versturen"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:36
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"You have to install the module **Lead Scoring**. Go to :menuselection:`Apps`"
-" and install it if it's not the case already."
+"When you qualified one of your lead into an opportunity you will most likely"
+" need to them send a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with"
+" Odoo."
 msgstr ""
-"U moet de module **Lead Scoring** installeren. Ga naar "
-":menuselection:`Applicaties` en installeer de module als dat nog niet "
-"gebeurd is."
+"Wanneer je leads hebt gekwalificeerd voor een opportuniteit, zal er  "
+"hoogstwaarschijnlijk een offerte moeten gemaakt worden. U kunt dit met Odoo "
+"rechtstreeks vanuit de CRM-app."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:40
-msgid "Define rules for a sales team"
-msgstr "Definieer regels voor een verkoopteam"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:13
+msgid "Create a new quotation"
+msgstr "Maak een nieuwe offerte"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:42
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** button"
-" of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**. If you don't have any "
-"sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first "
-"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`."
+"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* "
+"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote."
 msgstr ""
-"Vanuit de verkoop module gaat u naar dashboards en klikt u op de **Meer** "
-"knop van het gewenste verkoopteam, vervolgens op **Instellingen**. Indien u "
-"nog geen verkoopteams heeft :doc:`moet u er eerst een aanmaken "
-"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`."
+"Door op een opportuniteit of lead te klikken, zal de knop * Nieuwe Offerte *"
+" beschikbaar zijn. Deze brengt u naar een nieuw menu waar u uw offerte kunt "
+"opmaken en beheren."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:50
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:22
 msgid ""
-"On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain rule "
-"(for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module "
-"tutorial "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ or "
-"`Syntax reference guide "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-"
-"domains>`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain."
+"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the "
+"*Quotations* menu on that page."
 msgstr ""
+"U vindt al uw offertes voor die specifieke opportuniteit in het menu * "
+"Offerte(s) *."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56
-msgid ""
-"For example, if you want your *Direct Sales* team to only receive leads "
-"coming from United States and Canada, your domain will be as following :"
-msgstr ""
-"Bijvoorbeeld, als u wilt dat uw *Directe verkopen* team enkel leads ontvangt"
-" vanuit de Verenigde Staten en Canada zal uw domein als volgt zijn:"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:29
+msgid "Mark them won/lost"
+msgstr "Markeer als gewonnen/verloren"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:59
-msgid "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``"
-msgstr "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:66
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"you can also base your automatic assignment on the score attributed to your "
-"leads. For example, we can imagine that you want all the leads with a score "
-"under 100 to be assigned to a sales team trained for lighter projects and "
-"the leads over 100 to a more experienced sales team. Read more on :doc:`how "
-"to score leads here <lead_scoring>`."
+"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the "
+"process along."
 msgstr ""
-"u kan uw automatische toewijzing ook baseren op de score die wordt "
-"toegewezen aan uw leads. Bijvoorbeeld, wij kunnen ons voorstellen dat u alle"
-" deals met een score onder 100 wilt toewijzen aan een verkoopteam dat "
-"getraind is voor lichtere projecten en de leads met een score van meer dan "
-"100 aan een geavanceerder verkoopteam. Lees meer over :doc:`hoe leads te "
-"scoren <lead_scoring>`."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:72
-msgid "Define rules for a salesperson"
-msgstr "Definieer regels voor een verkoper"
+"Nu moet u uw opportuniteit markeren als gewonnen of verloren om het proces "
+"verder te zetten."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:74
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"You can go one step further in your assignment rules and decide to assign "
-"leads within a sales team to a specific salesperson. For example, if I want "
-"Toni Buchanan from the *Direct Sales* team to receive only leads coming from"
-" Canada, I can create a rule that will automatically assign him leads from "
-"that country."
+"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban "
+"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived."
 msgstr ""
-"U kan nog een stap verder gaan in uw toewijzingsregels en beslissen of u een"
-" lead wilt toewijzen aan een spefieke verkoper binnen een verkoopteam. "
-"Bijvoorbeeld als ik wil dat Toni Buchanan van het **Directe Verkopen** team "
-"enkel leads wil laten krijgen die vanuit Canada komen kan ik een regel "
-"aanmaken die automatische lead toewijzingen doet voor mensen van dit land."
+"Als u ze markeert als gewonnen, worden ze verplaatst naar de kolom * "
+"Gewonnen * in de Kanban-weergave. Als u ze echter als * Verloren* markeert, "
+"worden ze gearchiveerd."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:80
-msgid ""
-"Still from the sales team menu (see here above), click on the salesperson of"
-" your choice under the assignment submenu. Then, enter your rule in the "
-"*Domain* field."
-msgstr ""
-"Nog steeds vanuit het verkoopteam menu (zie hierboven) klikt u op de "
-"verkoper van uw keuze onder de toewijzing submenu. Vervolgens geeft u de "
-"regel in op het *Domein* veld."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:89
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo, a lead is always assigned to a sales team before to be assigned to "
-"a salesperson. Therefore, you need to make sure that the assignment rule of "
-"your salesperson is a child of the assignment rule of the sales team."
-msgstr ""
-"In Odoo is een lead altijd toegewezen aan een verkoopteam voordat deze wordt"
-" toegewezen aan een verkoper. Daarom moet u er zich van verzekeren dat de "
-"toewijzingsregel van uw verkoper een kind is van de toewijzingsregel van uw "
-"verkoopteam."
+#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3
+msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work"
+msgstr "Optimaliseer uw dagelijkse werkzaamheden"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:95
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:67
-msgid ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
+msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo"
+msgstr "Synchroniseer Google kalender met Odoo"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:3
-msgid "How to do efficient Lead Scoring?"
-msgstr "Hoe efficiënt Lead Scores te doen?"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Odoo's Lead Scoring module allows you to give a score to your leads based on"
-" specific criteria - the higher the value, the more likely the prospect is "
-"\"ready for sales\". Therefore, the best leads are automatically assigned to"
-" your salespeople so their pipe are not polluted with poor-quality "
-"opportunities."
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo's Lead Scoring module laat je toe een score te geven aan leads "
-"gebaseerd op specifieke criteria - hoeveelste hoger de waarde, hoeveelste "
-"hoger de kans dat de prospect \"klaar is voor sales\". Hiervoor, de beste "
-"leads worden automatisch toegewezen aan verkooppersonen zodat hun pijplijn "
-"niet vervuild wordt met slecht gekwalificeerde opportuniteiten."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Lead scoring is a critical component of an effective lead management "
-"strategy. By helping your sales representative determine which leads to "
-"engage with in order of priority, you will increase their overall conversion"
-" rate and your sales team's efficiency."
+"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
+"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
+"directions)."
 msgstr ""
-"Lead scoring is een kritische component van een effectieve lead beheer "
-"strategie. Door uw verkoopverantwoordelijke te helpen beslissen welke leads "
-"gecontacteerd moeten worden in welke prioriteit verhoogt u de algemene "
-"conversie en uw verkoopteam hun efficiëntie."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:22
-msgid "Install the Lead Scoring module"
-msgstr "Installeer de Lead Score module"
+"Odoo is perfect geïntegreerd met Google Kalender zodat u meetings kan zien &"
+" beheren vanuit beide platformen (updates werken in beide richtingen)."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:24
-msgid "Start by installing the **Lead Scoring** module."
-msgstr "Start door de **Lead Score** module te installeren."
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
+msgid "Setup in Google"
+msgstr "Opzet in Google"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:26
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu "
-":menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`"
+"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to "
+"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
 msgstr ""
-"Eenmaal de module geïnstalleerd is zou u een nieuw menu "
-":menuselection:`Verkopen --> Leads beheer --> Score regels` moeten zien"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33
-msgid "Create scoring rules"
-msgstr "Maak een scoreregel aan"
+"Ga naar het `Google API platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ "
+"om Google Kalender API login gegevens te genereren. Login met uw Google "
+"account."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:35
-msgid ""
-"Leads scoring allows you to assign a positive or negative score to your "
-"prospects based on any demographic or behavioral criteria that you have set "
-"(country or origin, pages visited, type of industry, role, etc.). To do so "
-"you'll first need to create rules that will assign a score to a given "
-"criteria."
-msgstr ""
-"Lead scoring staat u toe om positieve of negaties scores aan uw prospecten "
-"toe te wijzen afhankelijk van geografische of gedragscriteria die u heeft "
-"ingesteld (land van herkomst, bezochte pagina's, industrie soort, rol, "
-"enz.). Om dit te doen moet u eerst regels aanmaken die een score toewijzen "
-"aan een specifieke criteria."
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
+msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
+msgstr "Ga naar de API & Diensten pagina."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"In order to assign the right score to your various rules, you can use these "
-"two methods:"
-msgstr ""
-"Om de juiste score toe te wijzen aan verschillende regels kan u twee "
-"methodes gebruiken:"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
+msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
+msgstr "Zoek voor *Google Kalender API* en selecteer deze."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"Establish a list of assets that your ideal customer might possess to "
-"interest your company. For example, if you run a local business in "
-"California, a prospect coming from San Francisco should have a higher score "
-"than a prospect coming from New York."
-msgstr ""
-"Richt een lijst op van middelen die uw ideale klant mogelijk bezit en die "
-"interessant zijn voor uw bedrijf. Bijvoorbeeld als u een lokale zaak heeft "
-"in Californië dan zou een prospect die komt vanuit San Francisco een hogere "
-"score moeten hebben dan een prospect vanuit New York."
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
+msgid "Enable the API."
+msgstr "Schakel de API in."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:49
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"Dig into your data to uncover characteristics shared by your closed "
-"opportunities and most important clients."
+"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done "
+"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
 msgstr ""
-"Graaf in uw data om karakteristieken te ontdekken die gedeeld worden door uw"
-" gesloten opportuniteiten en meest belangrijke clienten."
+"Selecteer of maak een API project om de logingegevens te bewaren indien u "
+"dit nog niet heeft gedaan. Geef het een expliciete naam (bijvoorbeeld Odoo "
+"sync)."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:52
-msgid ""
-"Please note that this is not an exact science, so you'll need time and "
-"feedback from your sales teams to adapt and fine tune your rules until "
-"getting the desired result."
-msgstr ""
-"Merk op dat dit geen exacte wetenschap is dus u zal tijd nodig hebben om "
-"feedback te krijgen van uw verkoopteam om uw regels te wijzigen en bij te "
-"stellen voor het gewenste resultaat."
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
+msgid "Create credentials."
+msgstr "Logingegevens aanmaken."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:56
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
 msgid ""
-"In the **Scoring Rules** menu, click on **Create** to write your first rule."
+"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
+"of data."
 msgstr ""
-"In het **Scoreregels** menu, klikt u op **Aanmaken** om uw eerste regel aan "
-"te maken."
+"Selecteer *web browser (Javascript) als bron en *Gebruiker data* als type "
+"data."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:61
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"First name your rule, then enter a value and a domain (refer on the "
-"`official python documentation <https://docs.python.org/2/tutorial/>`__ for "
-"more information). For example, if you want to assign 8 points to all the "
-"leads coming from **Belgium**, you'll need to give ``8`` as a **value** and "
-"``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` as a domain."
-msgstr ""
-"Geef eerst uw naam in, geef vervolgens een waarde en domein in (bekijk de "
-"`officiële python documentatie <https://docs.python.org/2/tutorial/>`__ voor"
-" meer informatie). Bijvoorbeeld als u 8 punten wilt toewijzen voor leads die"
-" van **België** komen moet u een ``8 `` ingeven als **waarde** en "
-"``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` als domein."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:68
-msgid "Here are some criteria you can use to build a scoring rule :"
+"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
+"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The "
+"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized "
+"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
 msgstr ""
-"Hier zijn wat criteria die u kan gebruiken om een scoreregel te bouwen:"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:70
-msgid "country of origin : ``'country_id'``"
-msgstr "land van oorsprong: ``'country_id'``"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:72
-msgid "stage in the sales cycle : ``'stage_id'``"
-msgstr "fase in de verkoopcyclus: ``'stage_id'``"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:74
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
 msgid ""
-"email address (e.g. if you want to score the professional email addresses) :"
-" ``'email_from'``"
+"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo "
+"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not "
+"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID"
+" in Odoo for the first time."
 msgstr ""
-"e-mailadres (bijvoorbeeld indien u de professionele e-mailadressen wilt "
-"scoren): ``'email_from'``"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:76
-msgid "page visited : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``"
-msgstr "pagina bezocht: ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:78
-msgid "name of a marketing campaign : ``'campaign_id'``"
-msgstr "naam van een marketing campagne: ``'campaign_id'``"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:80
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
 msgid ""
-"After having activated your rules, Odoo will give a value to all your new "
-"incoming leads. This value can be found directly on your lead's form view."
+"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
+" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
-"Nadat u de regels heeft geactiveerd zal Odoo een waarde geven aan al uw "
-"nieuwe inkomende leads. Deze waarde kan direct gevonden worden onder het "
-"leads weergave scherm."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:88
-msgid "Assign high scoring leads to your sales teams"
-msgstr "Wijs hoog scorende leads toe aan uw verkoopteam"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
+msgid "Setup in Odoo"
+msgstr "Opzet in Odoo"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:90
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
 msgid ""
-"The next step is now to automatically convert your best leads into "
-"opportunities. In order to do so, you need to decide what is the minimum "
-"score a lead should have to be handed over to a given sales team. Go to your"
-" **sales dashboard** and click on the **More** button of your desired sales "
-"team, then on **Settings**. Enter your value under the **Minimum score** "
-"field."
+"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the "
+"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
 msgstr ""
-"De volgende stap is om nu automatisch uw beste leads te converteren in "
-"opportuniteiten. Om dit te doen moet u beslissen wat de minimale score is om"
-" een lead over te dragen naar een specifiek verkoopteam. Ga naar uw "
-"**Verkoop dashboard** en klik op de **Meer** knop van uw gewenste "
-"verkoopteam en klik vervolgens op **Instellingen**. Geef uw waarde in onder "
-"het **Minimum score** veld."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
 msgid ""
-"From the example above, the **Direct Sales** team will only receive "
-"opportunities with a minimum score of ``50``. The prospects with a lower "
-"score can either stay in the lead stage or be assigned to another sales team"
-" which has set up a different minimum score."
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client"
+" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
 msgstr ""
-"Vanuit het voorbeeld van hierboven zal het **Directe verkopen** team enkel "
-"opportuniteiten krijgen met een minimum score van ``50``. Prospects met een "
-"lagere score kunnen in de lead fase blijven of aan een ander verkoopteam "
-"toegewezen worden dat andere minimum scores heeft."
+"Ga naar: menuselectie: `Instellingen -> Algemene instellingen` activeer "
+"Google Agenda en voer je ** Client ID ** en ** Client Secret ** in ."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:106
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
 msgid ""
-"Organize a meeting between your **Marketing** and **Sales** teams in order "
-"to align your objectives and agree on what minimum score makes a sales-ready"
-" lead."
+"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
+"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
+"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
+" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
 msgstr ""
-"Organiseer een meeting tussen de **Marketing** en **Verkoop** teams om de "
-"doelstellingen gelijk te stellen en het overeen te zijn over wat de minimale"
-" score een lead verkoop klaar maakt."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:110
-msgid ":doc:`automatic_assignation`"
-msgstr ":doc:`automatic_assignation`"
+"De setup is nu compleet. Open jou Odoo Kalender en sync hem met Google. De "
+"eerste keer wanner je dit doet zal je doorgestuurd worden naar Google om de "
+"connectie te goed te keuren.  Eenmaal terug in Odoo, druk nogmaals op de "
+"sync knop. Je kan erop klikken telkens je jou kalender wilt synchroniseren."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip.rst:3
-msgid "Odoo VOIP"
-msgstr "Odoo VOIP"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
+msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
+msgstr "Vanaf nu heeft u geen excuses meer om een meeting te missen!"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:3
-msgid "OnSIP Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3
+msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP"
+msgstr "Gebruik VOIP-diensten in Odoo met OnSIP"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:6
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6
 msgid "Introduction"
 msgstr "Introductie"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:8
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that"
 " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as "
 "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:10
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before "
 "doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are "
@@ -1305,74 +445,82 @@ msgid ""
 "configuration procedure below."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:15
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15
 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ga naar de Apps en installeer de module **VoIP OnSIP**."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:20
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk "
 "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:"
 msgstr ""
+"Ga naar de Instellingen/Algemene Instellingen. In deze sectie "
+"Integraties/Asterisk (VoIP), vul je de 3 velden in: "
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:22
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22
 msgid ""
 "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on "
 "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and "
 "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:23
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23
 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**WebSocket** zou moeten bevatten wss://edge.sip.onsip.com"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:24
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24
 msgid "**Mode** should be Production"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Mode** moet productie zijn"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:29
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29
 msgid ""
 "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the "
 "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:31
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31
 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**SIP Login / Browser's extensie**: de OnSIP 'Gebruikersnaam'"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:32
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32
 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:33
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33
 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:34
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34
 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:36
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "You can find all this information by logging in at "
 "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure "
 "and refer to the fields as pictured below."
 msgstr ""
+"Je kan al deze informatie vinden door in te loggen op "
+"https://admin.onsip.com/users, vervolgens selecteer je de gebruiker die je "
+"wilt configureren en verwijs je naar de velden zoals hieronder weergegeven. "
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right "
 "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in"
 " Odoo and in OnSIP)."
 msgstr ""
+"Je kan nu bellen door te klikken op het telefoon icoontje rechts vanboven in"
+" Odoo (zorg er wel voor dat je ingelogd bent als een gebruiker die goed is "
+"geconfigureerd in Odoo en in OnSIP)."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:45
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure "
 "to refresh your Odoo window and try again."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:52
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52
 msgid ""
 "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to"
 " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by "
@@ -1380,17 +528,20 @@ msgid ""
 "international prefix for the United States)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:57
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by "
 "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification."
 msgstr ""
+"Je kan nu ook gebeld worden in Odoo. Jouw telefoonnummer is het nummer "
+"voorzien door OnSip. Odoo zal het belgeluid laten horen aan de gebruiker en "
+"een notificatie weergeven. "
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:63
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63
 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "OnSIP op uw GSM"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:65
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65
 msgid ""
 "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your "
 "computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo"
@@ -1398,107 +549,115 @@ msgid ""
 "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:67
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67
 msgid ""
-"On Android, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Zoiper "
-"<https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.zoiper.android.app>`_. "
-"You will have to configure it as follows:"
+"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream "
+"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_."
+" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will "
+"then have to configure it as follows:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:69
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69
 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Account naam**: OnSIP"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:70
-msgid "**Host**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70
+msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
+msgstr "**SIP Server**: Het OnSIP 'domein'"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:71
-msgid "**Username**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71
+msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:72
-msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72
+msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:73
-msgid "**Authentication user**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73
+msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:74
-msgid "**Outbound proxy**: sip.onsip.com"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can "
+"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. "
+"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to "
+"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone"
+" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call "
+"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-"
+"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:78
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79
 msgid ""
 "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will"
 " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:3
-msgid "Installation and Setup"
-msgstr "Installatie en opzet"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
+msgstr "Configureer uw VOIP Asterisk server voor Odoo"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:6
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6
 msgid "Installing Asterisk server"
 msgstr "Asterisk server installeren"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:9
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9
 msgid "Dependencies"
 msgstr "Afhankelijkheden"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:11
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:"
 msgstr ""
 "Voordat u Asterisk installeert moet u de volgende afhankelijkheden "
 "installeren:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13
 msgid "wget"
 msgstr "wget"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:14
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14
 msgid "gcc"
 msgstr "gcc"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:15
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15
 msgid "g++"
 msgstr "g++"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16
 msgid "ncurses-devel"
 msgstr "ncurses-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:17
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17
 msgid "libxml2-devel"
 msgstr "libxml2-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:18
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18
 msgid "sqlite-devel"
 msgstr "sqlite-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:19
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19
 msgid "libsrtp-devel"
 msgstr "libsrtp-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:20
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20
 msgid "libuuid-devel"
 msgstr "libuuid-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:21
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21
 msgid "openssl-devel"
 msgstr "openssl-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:22
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22
 msgid "pkg-config"
 msgstr "pkg-config"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:24
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24
 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:"
 msgstr "Om libsrtp te installeren volgt u onderstaande instructies:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:35
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35
 msgid ""
 "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here "
 "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is "
@@ -1508,35 +667,35 @@ msgstr ""
 "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_ downloaden. Eenmaal de broncode "
 "directory uitgepakt is:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:37
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37
 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**"
 msgstr "**Wijzig naar de pjproject map:**"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:43
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43
 msgid "**run:**"
 msgstr "**run:**"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:49
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49
 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**"
 msgstr "**Bouw en installeer pjproject:**"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:57
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57
 msgid "**Update shared library links:**"
 msgstr "**Update gedeelde library links:**"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:63
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63
 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**"
 msgstr "**Verifieer dat pjproject geïnstalleerd is:**"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:69
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69
 msgid "**The result should be:**"
 msgstr "**Het resultaat zou moeten zijn:**"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:86
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86
 msgid "Asterisk"
 msgstr "Asterisk"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:88
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88
 msgid ""
 "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly "
 "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-"
@@ -1546,23 +705,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "<http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-"
 "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:90
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90
 msgid "Extract Asterisk:"
 msgstr "Extract Asterisk:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:96
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96
 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:"
 msgstr "Geef de Asterisk map in:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:102
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102
 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:"
 msgstr "Voer het Asterisk configuratie script uit:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:108
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108
 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:"
 msgstr "Voer de Asteriks menuselect tool uit:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:114
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114
 msgid ""
 "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is "
 "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the "
@@ -1574,11 +733,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "met de srtp bibliotheek en moet je deze herinstalleren. Sla de configuratie "
 "op (druk op x). Je zou ook sterren moeten zien voor de res_pjsip lijnen."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:116
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116
 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:"
 msgstr "Compileer en installeer Asterisk:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:122
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122
 msgid ""
 "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the "
 "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can "
@@ -1588,19 +747,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "uitvoeren om voorbeeld configuraties te installeren. Als je het Asterisk "
 "opstart script moet installeren kan je dit 'maak configuratie' runnen."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:125
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125
 msgid "DTLS Certificates"
 msgstr "DTLS certificaten"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:127
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127
 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates."
 msgstr "Hierna moet u de DTLS certificaten opzetten."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:133
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133
 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:"
 msgstr "Geef de Asterisk scripts map in:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:139
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139
 msgid ""
 "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address"
 " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):"
@@ -1608,11 +767,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Creëer de DTLS certificaten (vervang pbx.mycompany.com met jou ip adres of "
 "dns naam, vervang My Super Company met jou bedrijfsnaam):"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:146
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146
 msgid "Configure Asterisk server"
 msgstr "Configureer Asterisk server"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:148
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148
 msgid ""
 "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer "
 "settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very "
@@ -1626,7 +785,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " in /etc/asterisk/. Start door http.conf te editeren en verifieer dat "
 "volgende lijnen uit commentaar staan:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:158
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158
 msgid ""
 "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and "
 "icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. "
@@ -1635,7 +794,7 @@ msgid ""
 "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:186
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186
 msgid ""
 "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the "
 "lines:"
@@ -1643,20 +802,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "In de sip.conf en rtp.conf bestanden moet u ook de volgende lijnen toevoegen"
 " of uit commentaar halen:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:193
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193
 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:"
 msgstr "Stel als laatste extensions.conf in:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:202
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202
 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP"
 msgstr "Configureer Odoo VOIP"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:204
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204
 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences."
 msgstr ""
 "De configuratie moet in Odoo gedaan worden onder de gebruikersvoorkeuren."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:206
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206
 msgid ""
 "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in"
 " the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you"
@@ -1665,7 +824,7 @@ msgid ""
 " an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:212
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212
 msgid ""
 "The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title "
 "\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf "
@@ -1674,1858 +833,445 @@ msgid ""
 "\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "Overzicht"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
-msgid "Main Concepts"
-msgstr "Belangrijkste concepten"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3
-msgid "Introduction to Odoo CRM"
-msgstr "Introductie tot Odoo CRM"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11
-msgid "Transcript"
-msgstr "Transcriptie"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Hi, my name is Nicholas, I'm a business manager in the textile industry. I "
-"sell accessories to retailers. Do you know the difference between a good "
-"salesperson and an excellent salesperson? The key is to be productive and "
-"organized to do the job. That's where Odoo comes in. Thanks to a well "
-"structured organization you'll change a good team into an exceptional team."
-msgstr ""
-"Hallo, mijn naam is Nicholas. Ik ben een verkoopmanager in de "
-"textielindustrie. Wij verkopen toebehoren aan de detailhandel. Weet u wat "
-"het verschil is tussen een goede en een uitmuntende verkoper? Het geheim zit"
-" hem in productiviteit en organisatie. En daar hebben we Odoo voor. Want met"
-" een goed gestructureerde organisatie maak je van een goed verkoopteam een "
-"uitzonderlijk verkoopteam."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:21
-msgid ""
-"With Odoo CRM, the job is much easier for me and my entire team. When I log "
-"in into Odoo CRM, I have a direct overview of my ongoing performance. But "
-"also the activity of the next 7 days and the performance of the last month. "
-"I see that I overachieved last month when compared to my invoicing target of"
-" $200,000. I have a structured approach of my performance."
-msgstr ""
-"Met Odoo CRM is het werk voor mij en mijn hele team heel wat makkelijker "
-"geworden. Na het inloggen heb ik meteen een volledig beeld van hoe de "
-"verkoop er op dit ogenblik uitziet. Maar ik zie ook al mijn geplande "
-"activiteiten voor de volgende week, en de verkoopresultaten van de voorbije "
-"maand. Zo weet ik onmiddellijk dat ik vorige maand mijn objectief van "
-"$200.000 aan facturatie overtroffen heb. Zo'n gestructureerde benadering "
-"vertelt me dus meteen hoe ik het doe.  "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"If I want to have a deeper look into the details, I click on next actions "
-"and I can see that today I have planned a call with Think Big Systems. Once "
-"I have done my daily review, I usually go to my pipeline. The process is the"
-" same for everyone in the team. Our job is to find resellers and before "
-"closing any deal we have to go through different stages. We usually have a "
-"first contact to qualify the opportunity, then move into offer & negotiation"
-" stage, and closing by a 'won'..Well, that's if all goes well."
-msgstr ""
-"Ik wil meer details kennen over mijn activiteiten, en dus klik ik op de "
-"vervolgacties. Ik zie meteen dat ik vandaag een telefoontje gepland heb met "
-"Think Big Systems. Eenmaal mijn dagelijkse taken erop zitten, neem ik "
-"meestal een kijkje in mijn pijplijn. Iedereen binnen het team doet dat op "
-"dezelfde manier. Onze job bestaat erin dat we nieuwe verkoopkanalen moeten "
-"vinden, en voor we een deal kunnen afsluiten, moeten we verschillende fases "
-"doorlopen. Meestal hebben we een eerste contact om te controleren of er wel "
-"echt een opportuniteit leeft. Daarna maken we een offerte, en onderhandelen "
-"we over de prijs voor we de zaak effectief binnenhalen. Uiteraard alleen "
-"wanneer alles goed gaat."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"The user interface is really smooth, I can drag and drop any business "
-"opportunity from one stage to another in just a few clicks."
-msgstr ""
-"De gebruikersinterface is werkelijk fantastisch! Ik kan een opportuniteit "
-"van de ene naar de andere fase verslepen en neerzetten met slechts een "
-"enkele muisklik."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42
-msgid ""
-"Now I'd like to go further with an interesting contact: a department store. "
-"I highlighted their file by changing the color. For each contact, I have a "
-"form view where I can access to all necessary information about the contact."
-" I see here my opportunity Macy's has an estimated revenue of $50,000 and a "
-"success rate of 10%. I need to discuss about this partnership, so I will "
-"schedule a meeting straight from the contact form: Macy's partnership "
-"meeting. It's super easy to create a new meeting with any contact. I can as "
-"well send an email straight from the opportunity form and the answer from "
-"the prospect will simply pop up in the system too. Now, let's assume that "
-"the meeting took place, therefore I can mark it as done. And the system "
-"automatically suggests a next activity. Actually, we configured Odoo with a "
-"set of typical activities we follow for every opportunity, and it's great to"
-" have a thorough followup. The next activity will be a follow-up email. "
-"Browsing from one screen to the other is really simple and adapting to the "
-"view too! I can see my opportunitities as a to-do list of next activities "
-"for example."
-msgstr ""
-"Mijn oog valt op een interessant contact waar ik meer over zou willen weten:"
-" een warenhuis. Ik heb de opportuniteit een andere kleur gegeven zodat ze "
-"meteen opvalt. Voor elke opportuniteit heb ik een formulier waarin ik alle "
-"informatie over de deal kan opslaan. Mijn opportuniteit Macy's heeft een "
-"verwachte verkoopwaarde van $50.000 en een succesratio van 10%. Hoog tijd "
-"dus om de samenwerking verder te bespreken! Ik plan een meeting in "
-"rechtstreeks vanuit de opportuniteit: Samenwerking met Macy's bespreken. Het"
-" is heel eenvoudig om een meeting te plannen met elk contact. Ik kan ook "
-"meteen een e-mail versturen, en het antwoord komt meteen in de opportuniteit"
-" terecht. Laten we er nu van uitgaan dat de meeting afgelopen is; dan vink "
-"ik de meeting aan als klaar, en ik krijg meteen een suggestie voor een "
-"vervolgactie. We hebben Odoo immers zo ingericht dat het systeem ons een "
-"aantal typische vervolgacties voorstelt; handig wanneer je een ver "
-"doorgedreven opvolging wil hebben. Mijn volgende actie wordt een e-mail. Het"
-" is erg gemakkelijk om de weergave van mijn opportuniteiten te wijzigen; zo "
-"kan ik bijvoorbeeld mijn opportuniteiten weergeven als een lijst met "
-"vervolgacties."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62
-msgid ""
-"With Odoo CRM I have a sales management tool that is really efficient and me"
-" and my team can be well organized. I have a clear overview of my sales "
-"pipeline, meetings, revenues, and more."
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo CRM stelt mij en mijn team in staat om op een efficiënte en "
-"georganiseerde manier samen te werken. Ik heb een duidelijk beeld van mijn "
-"verkooppijplijn, mijn meetings, de te verwachten omzet, en nog veel meer."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"I go back to my pipeline. Macy's got qualified successfully, which mean I "
-"can move their file to the next step and I will dapt the expected revenue as"
-" discussed. Once I have performed the qualification process, I will create a"
-" new quotation based on the feedback I received from my contact. For my "
-"existing customers, I can as well quickly discover the activity around them "
-"for any Odoo module I use, and continue to discuss about them. It's that "
-"simple."
-msgstr ""
-"Terug naar mijn pijplijn. Ik zie ondertussen dat de opportuniteit van Macy's"
-" met succes werd beoordeeld; ik kan de opportuniteit naar een volgende fase "
-"brengen, en de waarde ervan aanpassen zoals besproken. Eenmaal de volledige "
-"kwalificatie is afgerond, kan ik snel een offerte maken op basis van de "
-"gesprekken die we gevoerd hebben. Als er ook nog andere modules van Odoo "
-"geïnstalleerd zijn, dan kan ik voor bestaande klanten ook meteen zien welke "
-"andere zaken er spelen. Zo eenvoudig is het."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76
-msgid ""
-"We have seen how I can manage my daily job as business manager or "
-"salesperson. At the end of the journey I would like to have a concrete view "
-"of my customer relationships and expected revenues. If I go into the reports"
-" in Odoo CRM, I have the possibility to know exactly what's the evolution of"
-" the leads over the past months, or have a look at the potential revenues "
-"and the performance of the different teams in terms of conversions from "
-"leads to opportunities for instance. So with Odoo I can have a clear "
-"reporting of every activity based on predefined metrics or favorites. I can "
-"search for other filters too and adapt the view. If I want to go in the "
-"details, I choose the list view and can click on any item"
-msgstr ""
-"We hebben gezien hoe ik als verkoopmanager of verkoper eenvoudig mijn "
-"dagtaken kan beheren. Maar op het einde van de dag wil ik een duidelijk "
-"overzicht van de interacties met mijn klanten en de verwachte omzet. Met de "
-"rapportering van Odoo CRM weet ik exact welke de voortgang van de "
-"verschillende opportuniteiten is in de voorbije maand. Ik heb ook een "
-"indicatie van de omzet waaraan ik me mag verwachten, en ik kan nagaan hoe de"
-" verschillende verkoopteams onderling presteren bij het omzetten van kansen "
-"in reële opportuniteiten. Odoo rapporten geven me een duidelijk beeld over "
-"elke interactie op basis van vooraf gedefinieerde sleutelwaardes. Ik kan "
-"eveneens zoeken met aangepaste filters. En als ik de details ervan wil zien,"
-" dan klik ik op de desbetreffende lijn in de lijstweergave. "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:90
-msgid ""
-"Odoo CRM is not only a powerful tool to achieve our sales goals with "
-"structured activities, performance dashboard, next acitivities and more, but"
-" also allows me to:"
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo CRM is een krachtig hulpmiddel om onze verkoopobjectieven te behalen "
-"via gestructureerde activiteiten, vervolgacties en een snel overzicht van de"
-" prestaties. Maar het stelt ons tevens in staat om: "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:94
-msgid ""
-"Use leads to get in the system unqualified but targeted contacts I may have "
-"gathered in a conference or through a contact form on my website. Those "
-"leads can then be converted into opportunities."
-msgstr ""
-"Ongekwalificeerde leads met interessante contacten in het systeem op te "
-"nemen; die contacten kan ik bijvoorbeeld op een seminarie gesproken hebben, "
-"of ze kunnen een bericht op de contactpagina van onze website hebben "
-"achtergelaten. Deze leads kunnen later alsnog in reële opportuniteiten "
-"worden omgezet."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:99
-msgid ""
-"Manage phone calls from Odoo CRM by using the VoIP app. Call customers, "
-"manage a call queue, log calls, schedule calls and next actions to perform."
-msgstr ""
-"Telefoongesprekken beheren vanuit Odoo CRM met behulp van de VoIP-"
-"toepassing. Daarmee kunnen we niet enkel telefoneren met onze klanten, maar "
-"ook de telefoonwachtrij beheren, gesprekken noteren in het systeem, nieuwe "
-"gesprekken en vervolgacties inplannen. "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:103
-msgid ""
-"Integrate with Odoo Sales to create beautiful online or PDF quotations and "
-"turn them into sales orders."
-msgstr ""
-"Naadloos integreren met Odoo Verkoop om stijlvolle offertes te maken die de "
-"klant aanspreken, zowel online als in PDF-formaat, en die in daadwerkelijke "
-"bestellingen kunnen worden omgezet."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:106
-msgid ""
-"Use email marketing for marketing campaigns to my customers and prospects."
-msgstr ""
-"E-mail marketing en marketing campagnes op te zetten voor mijn klanten en "
-"prospecten."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:109
-msgid ""
-"Manage my business seamlessly, even on the go. Indeed, Odoo offers a mobile "
-"app that lets every business organize key sales activities from leads to "
-"quotes."
-msgstr ""
-"Mijn verkopen ook onderweg te beheren. Odoo biedt inderdaad een mobiele "
-"toepassing waarbij elk bedrijf zijn verkoopactiviteiten van lead tot offerte"
-" kan stroomlijnen."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:113
-msgid ""
-"Odoo CRM is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. I firstly used the sales "
-"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up our CRM. It will help you "
-"getting started quickly too."
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo CRM is krachtig en eenvoudig in gebruik. Gebruik de Verkoopplanner om "
-"duidelijk uw objectieven te definiëren en uw CRM in te richten. Het zal u "
-"helpen om snel aan de slag te kunnen gaan."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3
-msgid "Odoo CRM Terminologies"
-msgstr "Odoo CRM terminologie"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:10
-msgid "**CRM (Customer relationship management)**:"
-msgstr "**CRM (Relatiebeheer)**:"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6
-msgid ""
-"System for managing a company's interactions with current and future "
-"customers. It often involves using technology to organize, automate, and "
-"synchronize sales, marketing, customer service, and technical support."
-msgstr ""
-"Systeem voor het beheren van een bedrijf zijn interacties met huidige en "
-"toekomstige klanten. Het houdt vaak in om technologie te gebruiken om te "
-"organiseren, automatiseren en het synchroniseren van verkopen, marketing, "
-"klantenondersteuning en technische ondersteuning."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14
-msgid "**Sales cycle** :"
-msgstr "**Verkoopcyclus**:"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Sequence of phases used by a company to convert a prospect into a customer."
-msgstr ""
-"Sequentie van fases gebruikt door een bedrijf om een prospect te converteren"
-" in een klant."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:20
-msgid "**Pipeline :**"
-msgstr "**Pijpijn:**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"Visual representation of your sales process, from the first contact to the "
-"final sale. It refers to the process by which you generate, qualify and "
-"close leads through your sales cycle."
-msgstr ""
-"Visuele voorstelling van uw verkoopproces, van het eerste contact tot de "
-"finale verkoop. Het refereert naar het proces waarbij u leads genereert, "
-"kwalificeert en sluit via de verkoopcyclus."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:24
-msgid "**Sales stage** :"
-msgstr "**Verkoopfase**:"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, a stage defines where an opportunity is in your sales cycle and"
-" its probability to close a sale."
-msgstr ""
-"In Odoo CRM geeft een fase aan waar een opportuniteit zich bevind in de "
-"verkoopcyclus en de kans om een verkoop te sluiten."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29
-msgid "**Lead :**"
-msgstr "**Lead :**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"Someone who becomes aware of your company or someone who you decide to "
-"pursue for a sale, even if they don't know about your company yet."
-msgstr ""
-"Iemand die zich bewust werd van uw bedrijf of iemand die voor een verkoop "
-"wou gaan, zelfs al weten ze nog niet van uw bedrijf af."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34
-msgid "**Opportunity :**"
-msgstr "**Opportuniteit:**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"A lead that has shown an interest in knowing more about your "
-"products/services and therefore has been handed over to a sales "
-"representative"
-msgstr ""
-"Een lead die interesse toont om meer informatie te krijgen over uw "
-"producten/diensten en daarvoor overgedragen is aan een "
-"verkoopvertegenwoordiger"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39
-msgid "**Customer :**"
-msgstr "**Klant:**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, a customer refers to any contact within your database, whether "
-"it is a lead, an opportunity, a client or a company."
-msgstr ""
-"In de Odoo CRM refereert een klant naar eender welk contact binnen uw "
-"database, of het nu een lead, een opportuniteit, een cliënt of een bedrijf "
-"is."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:45
-msgid "**Key Performance Indicator (KPI)** :"
-msgstr "**Key Performance Indicator (KPI)** :"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:42
-msgid ""
-"A KPI is a measurable value that demonstrates how effectively a company is "
-"achieving key business objectives. Organizations use KPIs to evaluate their "
-"success at reaching targets."
-msgstr ""
-"Een KPI is een meetbare waarde die aantoont hoe effectief een bedrijf zijn "
-"belangrijkste zakelijke objectieven haalt. Organisaties gebruiken KPI's om "
-"hun succes te meten bij het behalen van doelen."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51
-msgid "**Lead scoring** :"
-msgstr "**Lead Score**:"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:48
-msgid ""
-"System assigning a positive or negative score to prospects according to "
-"their web activity and personal informations in order to determine whether "
-"they are \"ready for sales\" or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Het systeem wijst een positieve of negatieve score toe aan prospecten "
-"afhankelijk van hun web activiteit en persoonlijke informatie om zo te "
-"bepalen wanneer ze \"klaar zijn voor verkoop\" of niet."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:62
-msgid "**Kanban view :**"
-msgstr "**Kanban weergave:**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between a "
-"`list view "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/views.html#lists>`__ and "
-"a non-editable `form view "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/views.html#forms>`__ and "
-"displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped in columns for use "
-"in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or work-progress "
-"management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66
-msgid "**List view :**"
-msgstr "**Lijstweergave:**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65
-msgid ""
-"View allowing you to see your objects (contacts, companies, tasks, etc.) "
-"listed in a table."
-msgstr ""
-"Weergave die u toestaat om het object te bekijken (contacten, bedrijven, "
-"taken, enz.) opgelijst in een tabel."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:71
-msgid "**Lead generation:**"
-msgstr "**Lead generatie:**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69
-msgid ""
-"Process by which a company collects relevant datas about potential customers"
-" in order to enable a relationship and to push them further down the sales "
-"cycle."
-msgstr ""
-"Proces waarbij een bedrijf relevante data verzameld over potentiële klanten "
-"om een relatie mogelijk te maken en hen verder in de verkoopcyclus te duwen."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:76
-msgid "**Campaign:**"
-msgstr "**Campagne:**"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74
-msgid ""
-"Coordinated set of actions sent via various channels to a target audience "
-"and whose goal is to generate leads. In Odoo CRM, you can link a lead to the"
-" campaign which he comes from in order to measure its efficiency."
-msgstr ""
-"Gecoördineerde acties verzonden via verschillende kanalen naar een "
-"doelpubliek waarbij het doel leads genereren is. In de Odoo CRM kan u leads "
-"koppelen aan een campagne vanwaar hij komt om de efficiëntie van de campagne"
-" te meten."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process.rst:3
-msgid "Process Overview"
-msgstr "Proces overzicht"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:3
-msgid "Generating leads with Odoo CRM"
-msgstr "Leads genereren met Odoo CRM"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:6
-msgid "What is lead generation?"
-msgstr "Wat is lead generatie?"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"Lead generation is the process by which a company acquires leads and "
-"collects relevant datas about potential customers in order to enable a "
-"relationship and to turn them into customers."
-msgstr ""
-"Lead generatie is het proces waarbij een bedrijf leads verzamelt en "
-"relevante data verzamelt over potentiële klanten om een relatie mogelijk te "
-"maken en ze in klanten om te zetten."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:12
-msgid ""
-"For example, a website visitor who fills in your contact form to know more "
-"about your products and services becomes a lead for your company. Typically,"
-" a Customer Relationship Management tool such as Odoo CRM is used to "
-"centralize, track and manage leads."
-msgstr ""
-"Bijvoorbeeld, een website bezoeker die een contactformulier invult om meer "
-"te weten over de producten en diensten wordt een lead voor uw bedrijf. Een "
-"CRM tool zoals de Odoo CRM wordt typisch gebruikt om leads te centraliseren,"
-" traceren en beheren."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:18
-msgid "Why is lead generation important for my business?"
-msgstr "Waarom is lead generatie belangrijk voor elke zaak?"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:20
-msgid ""
-"Generating a constant flow of high-quality leads is one of the most "
-"important responsibility of a marketing team. Actually, a well-managed lead "
-"generation process is like the fuel that will allow your company to deliver "
-"great performances - leads bring meetings, meetings bring sales, sales bring"
-" revenue and more work."
-msgstr ""
-"Een constante flow van hoge kwaliteit leads is één van de meest belangrijke "
-"verantwoordelijkheden van een marketing team. Een wel geolied lead generatie"
-" proces is zoals de benzine die uw bedrijf toestaat geweldige prestaties te "
-"doen - leads brengen meetings, meetings brengen verkopen, verkopen brengen "
-"opbrenst en meer werk."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:27
-msgid "How to generate leads with Odoo CRM?"
-msgstr "Hoe leads te genereren met Odoo CRM?"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:29
-msgid ""
-"Leads can be captured through many sources - marketing campaigns, "
-"exhibitions and trade shows, external databases, etc. The most common "
-"challenge is to successfully gather all the data and to track any lead "
-"activity. Storing leads information in a central place such as Odoo CRM will"
-" release you of these worries and will help you to better automate your lead"
-" generation process, share information with your teams and analyze your "
-"sales processes easily."
-msgstr ""
-"Leads kunnen vanuit meerdere bronnen komen - marketing campagnes, "
-"tentoonstellingen en shows, externe databases, enz. De meest voorkomende "
-"uitdaging is om succesvol alle data te verzamelen en om lead activiteit te "
-"volgen. Leads informatie opslaan op een centrale plaats zoals de Odoo CRM "
-"verlost u van deze zorgen en helpt u bij het beter automatiseren van het "
-"lead generatie proces, deel informatie met uw teams en analyseer gemakkelijk"
-" uw verkoopprocessen."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:37
-msgid "Odoo CRM provides you with several methods to generate leads:"
-msgstr "Odoo CRM biedt u verschillende manieren aan om leads te genereren:"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:39
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:41
-msgid ""
-"An inquiry email sent to one of your company's generic email addresses can "
-"automatically generate a lead or an opportunity."
-msgstr ""
-"Een vraag via e-mail die verzonden wordt naar één van uw bedrijf zijn "
-"generieke e-mailadressen kan automatisch een lead of een opportuniteit "
-"aanmaken."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:44
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"You may want to follow up with a prospective customer met briefly at an "
-"exhibition who gave you his business card. You can manually create a new "
-"lead and enter all the needed information."
-msgstr ""
-"U wilt mogelijk terug bijpraten met een prospect die u zijn bedrijfskaartje "
-"gaf en waar u kort mee heeft gesproken op een tentoonstelling. U kan manueel"
-" een nieuwe lead aanmaken en alle benodigde informatie ingeven."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:50
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:52
-msgid ""
-"A website visitor who fills in a form automatically generates a lead or an "
-"opportunity in Odoo CRM."
-msgstr ""
-"Een website bezoekers die een formulier invult genereert automatisch een "
-"lead of een opportuniteit in de Odoo CRM."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:55
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:57
-msgid ""
-"You can provide your salespeople lists of prospects - for example for a cold"
-" emailing or a cold calling campaign - by importing them from any CSV file."
-msgstr ""
-"U kan uw verkopers een lijst van prospecten aanbieden - bijvoorbeeld voor "
-"een koude e-mailing of een koude bel campagne - door ze te importeren vanuit"
-" eender welk CSV bestand."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started.rst:3
-msgid "Getting started"
-msgstr "Starten"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:3
-msgid "How to setup your teams, sales process and objectives?"
-msgstr "Hoe uw teams, verkoopprocessen en objectieven op te zetten?"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"This quick step-by-step guide will lead you through Odoo CRM and help you "
-"handle your sales funnel easily and constantly manage your sales funnel from"
-" lead to customer."
+#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3
+msgid "Analyze performance"
 msgstr ""
-"Deze snelle stap per stap handleiding lijdt u door de Odoo CRM en helpt u "
-"bij het handelen van uw verkoop funnel en het constant beheren van uw "
-"verkoop funnel van lead naar klant."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:12
-msgid ""
-"Create your database from `www.odoo.com/start "
-"<http://www.odoo.com/start>`__, select the CRM icon as first app to install,"
-" fill in the form and click on *Create now*. You will automatically be "
-"directed to the module when the database is ready."
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3
+msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover"
 msgstr ""
-"Maak uw database aan vanuit `www.odoo.com/start "
-"<http://www.odoo.com/start>`__, selecteer het CRM icoon als eerste app om te"
-" installeren, vul het formulier in en klik op **Nu aanmaken**. U wordt "
-"automatisch doorverwezen naar de module wanneer de database klaar is."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:22
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"You will notice that the installation of the CRM module has created the "
-"submodules Chat, Calendar and Contacts. They are mandatory so that every "
-"feature of the app is running smoothly."
+"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you"
+" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity "
+"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is "
+"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports."
 msgstr ""
-"U zal merken dat de installatie van de CRM module de submenu's Chat, "
-"Kalender en Contacten heeft aangemaakt. Deze zijn verplicht zodat elke "
-"opties van de app vlot werkt."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:27
-msgid "Introduction to the Sales Planner"
-msgstr "Introductie tot de Verkoopplanner"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11
+msgid "Configure your kanban stages"
+msgstr "Configureer uw kanban fases"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:29
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"The Sales Planner is a useful step-by-step guide created to help you "
-"implement your sales funnel and define your sales objectives easier. We "
-"strongly recommend you to go through every step of the tool the first time "
-"you use Odoo CRM and to follow the requirements. Your input are strictly "
-"personal and intended as a personal guide and mentor into your work. As it "
-"does not interact with the backend, you are free to adapt any detail "
-"whenever you feel it is needed."
+"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, "
+"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can"
+" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success"
+" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and "
+"more accurate."
 msgstr ""
-"De verkoop planner is een handige stap per stap handleiding gemaakt om u te "
-"helpen bij het implementeren van uw verkoop funnel en om gemakkelijker uw "
-"verkoop doelen te definiëren. We raden u sterk aan om doorheen alle stappen "
-"te gaan van de tool bij het eerste gebruik van de Odoo CRM en om de "
-"vereisten te volgen. Uw input is strikt persoonlijk en is bedoeld als "
-"persoonlijke handleiding en mentor in uw werk. Omdat het niet interactief "
-"met de back-end werk bent u vrij om elk detail te wijzigen wanneer u hier "
-"nood aan heeft."
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:37
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"You can reach the Sales Planner from anywhere within the CRM module by "
-"clicking on the progress bar located on the upper-right side of your screen."
-" It will show you how far you are in the use of the Sales Planner."
+"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but"
+" you can modify them manually of course."
 msgstr ""
-"U kan de verkoopplanner bereiken van eender waar binnen de CRM module door "
-"te klikken op de voortgangsbalk die zicht in de rechterbovenhoek van uw "
-"scherm bevind. Het toont u hoe ver u bent in het gebruiken van de "
-"verkoopplanner. "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:46
-msgid "Set up your first sales team"
-msgstr "Zet uw eerste verkoopteam op"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:49
-msgid "Create a new team"
-msgstr "Maak een nieuw team"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29
+msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date"
+msgstr "Stel uw verwachte omzet en sluitingsdatum in"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:51
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"A Direct Sales team is created by default on your instance. You can either "
-"use it or create a new one. Refer to the page "
-":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"Een direct verkoopteam wordt standaard aangemaakt op uw instantie. U kan het"
-" gebruiken of een nieuw verkoopteam aanmaken. Bekijk de pagina "
-":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` voor meer informatie."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:56
-msgid "Assign salespeople to your sales team"
-msgstr "Wijs verkopers toe aan uw verkopersteam"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"When your sales teams are created, the next step is to link your salespeople"
-" to their team so they will be able to work on the opportunities they are "
-"supposed to receive. For example, if within your company Tim is selling "
-"products and John is selling maintenance contracts, they will be assigned to"
-" different teams and will only receive opportunities that make sense to "
-"them."
-msgstr ""
-"Wanneer uw verkoopteams zijn aangemaakt is de volgende stap om uw verkopers "
-"te koppelen met hun team zodat ze kunnen werken aan de opportuniteiten die "
-"ze horen te ontvangen. Bijvoorbeeld als binnen uw bedrijf Tim producten "
-"verkoopt en John onderhoudscontracten worden zij toegewezen aan "
-"verschillende teams en ontvangen ze enkel opportuniteiten die voor hen "
-"logisch zijn."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:65
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, you can create a new user on the fly and assign it directly to "
-"a sales team. From the **Dashboard**, click on the button **More** of your "
-"selected sales team, then on **Settings**. Then, under the **Assignation** "
-"section, click on **Create** to add a new salesperson to the team."
-msgstr ""
-"In de Odoo CRM kan u direct een nieuwe gebruiker aanmaken en toewijzen aan "
-"een verkoopteam. Vanuit het **Dashboard** klikt u op de knop **Meer** van uw"
-" geselecteerde verkoopteam, klik vervolgens op **Instellingen**. Vervolgens "
-"klikt u op **Aanmaken** in de **Toewijzing** sectie om een nieuwe verkoper "
-"toe te voegen aan het team."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:71
-msgid ""
-"From the **Create: salesman** pop up window (see screenshot below), you can "
-"assign someone on your team:"
+"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected "
+"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected"
+" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover."
 msgstr ""
-"Vanuit het **Aanmaken: verkoper** pop-up venster (zie de onderstaande "
-"screenshot) kan u iemand toewijzen aan uw team:"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:74
-msgid ""
-"Either your salesperson already exists in the system and you will just need "
-"to click on it from the drop-down list and it will be assigned to the team"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40
+msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities"
 msgstr ""
-"Of uw verkoper bestaat al in het systeem en u hoeft er enkel op te klikken "
-"vanuit de drop-down lijst en hij wordt toegewezen aan het team"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:77
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"Or you want to assign a new salesperson that doesn't exist into the system "
-"yet - you can do it by creating a new user on the fly from the sales team. "
-"Just enter the name of your new salesperson and click on Create (see below) "
-"to create a new user into the system and directly assign it to your team. "
-"The new user will receive an invite email to set his password and log into "
-"the system. Refer to :doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` for "
-"more information about that process"
-msgstr ""
-"Of u wilt een nieuwe verkoper toewijzen die nog niet in het systeem bestaat "
-"- u kan dit doen door een nieuwe gebruiker aan te maken vanuit het "
-"verkoopteam. Geef gewoon de naam van uw nieuwe verkoper in en klik op "
-"Aanmaken (zie hieronder) om een nieuwe gebruiker in het systeem aan te maken"
-" en direct toe te wijzen aan uw team. De nieuwe gebruiker zal een e-mail "
-"uitnodiging krijgen om zijn wachtwoord in te stellen en in te loggen op het "
-"systeem. Bekijk :doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` voor meer "
-"informatie over dit proces"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:90
-msgid "Set up your pipeline"
-msgstr "Stel uw pijplijn in"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:92
-msgid ""
-"Now that your sales team is created and your salespeople are linked to it, "
-"you will need to set up your pipeline -create the process by which your team"
-" will generate, qualify and close opportunities through your sales cycle. "
-"Refer to the document :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` to "
-"define the stages of your pipeline."
+"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be "
+"closing, letting you prioritize."
 msgstr ""
-"Nu dat uw verkoopteam is aangemaakt en uw verkoper er aan gelinkt is moet u "
-"uw pijplijn opzetten - maak het proces aan waar uw team mee genereert, "
-"kwalificeert en opportuniteiten sluiten via de verkoopcyclus. Bekijk de "
-"documentatie :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` om de pijplijn "
-"van uw fases te definiëren."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:99
-msgid "Set up incoming email to generate opportunities"
-msgstr "Stel inkomende e-mail in om opportuniteiten te genereren"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:101
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, one way to generate opportunities into your sales team is to "
-"create a generic email address as a trigger. For example, if the personal "
-"email address of your Direct team is `direct@mycompany.example.com "
-"<mailto:direct@mycompany.example.com>`__\\, every email sent will "
-"automatically create a new opportunity into the sales team."
-msgstr ""
-"In de Odoo CRM is één manier om opportuniteiten in uw verkoopteam te "
-"genereren door een generiek e-mailadres aan te maken als trigger. "
-"Bijvoorbeeld als het persoonlijke e-mailadres van het Directe verkoop team "
-"`direct@mycompany.example.com <mailto:direct@mycompany.example.com>`__\\ is "
-"zal elke e-mail verzonden naar dit adres automatisch een nieuwe "
-"opportuniteit aanmaken in het verkoopteam."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:108
-msgid "Refer to the page :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` to set it up."
-msgstr ""
-"Kijk naar de pagina :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` om het op te zetten."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:111
-msgid "Automate lead assignation"
-msgstr "Automatisch lead toewijzing"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:113
-msgid ""
-"If your company generates a high volume of leads every day, it could be "
-"useful to automate the assignation so the system will distribute all your "
-"opportunities automatically to the right department."
-msgstr ""
-"Indien uw bedrijf elke dag een groot aantal leads genereert kan het handig "
-"zijn om de toewijzing te automatiseren zodat het systeem alle "
-"opportuniteiten automatisch aan de juiste afdeling toewijst."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:117
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48
 msgid ""
-"Refer to the document :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` for "
-"more information."
+"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to "
+"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early "
+"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue."
 msgstr ""
-"Kijk naar de pagina :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` voor "
-"meer informatie."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting.rst:3
-msgid "Reporting"
-msgstr "Rapportages"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:3
-msgid ""
-"How to analyze the sales performance of your team and get customize reports"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53
+msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover"
 msgstr ""
-"Hoe de verkoop performantie te analyseren van uw team en gepersonaliseerde "
-"rapporten te krijgen"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"As a manager, you need to constantly monitor your team's performance in "
-"order to help you take accurate and relevant decisions for the company. "
-"Therefore, the **Reporting** section of **Odoo Sales** represents a very "
-"important tool that helps you get a better understanding of where your "
-"company's strengths, weaknesses and opportunities are, showing you trends "
-"and forecasts for key metrics such as the number of opportunities and their "
-"expected revenue over time , the close rate by team or the length of sales "
-"cycle for a given product or service."
-msgstr ""
-"Als manager moet u constant uw team hun performantie opvolgen om accurate en"
-" relevante beslissingen te maken voor het bedrijf. Daarom biedt en "
-"**Rapportering** sectie van **Odoo verkopen** een heel belangrijke tool die "
-"u helpt bij het beter begrijpen van waar de sterktes en zwaktes van uw "
-"bedrijf liggen, waar opportuniteiten liggen en trends worden u getoond met "
-"voorspellingen van sleutel waardes zoals het aantal opportuniteiten en de "
-"verwachte opbrengst over tijd, de sluitratio per team of de lengte van een "
-"verkoopcyclus voor een gegeven product of dienst."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:14
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55
 msgid ""
-"Beyond these obvious tracking sales funnel metrics, there are some other "
-"KPIs that can be very valuable to your company when it comes to judging "
-"sales funnel success."
-msgstr ""
-"Achter deze voor de hand liggende verkoop tracering funnel metingen zitten "
-"nog andere KPI's die zeer waardevol kunnen zijn voor uw bedrijf wanneer het "
-"aankomt op het beoordelen van de verkoop funnel successen."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:19
-msgid "Review pipelines"
-msgstr "Controleer pijplijnen"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:21
-msgid ""
-"You will have access to your sales funnel performance from the **Sales** "
-"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Reports --> Pipeline "
-"analysis`. By default, the report groups all your opportunities by stage "
-"(learn more on how to create and customize stage by reading "
-":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`) and expected revenues for the "
-"current month. This report is perfect for the **Sales Manager** to "
-"periodically review the sales pipeline with the relevant sales teams. Simply"
-" by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual"
-" sales performance."
-msgstr ""
-"U heeft toegang tot uw verkoop funnel prestaties vanuit de **Verkoop** "
-"module door te klikken op :menuselection:`Verkoop --> Rapporten --> Pijplijn"
-" analyse`. Standaard groepeert het rapport alle opportuniteiten op fase "
-"(leer meer over hoe u fases aanmaakt en personaliseerd door "
-":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` te lezen) en verwachte "
-"opbrengsten voor de huidige maand. Dit rapport is perfect voor de "
-"**Verkoopbeheerder** om periodiek de verkooppijplijn te controleren met het "
-"relevante verkoopteam. Door simpelweg dit basis rapport te bekijken krijgt u"
-" een snel overzicht van al uw actuele verkoop prestaties."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30
-msgid ""
-"You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the "
-"**measures** icon, such as :"
-msgstr ""
-"U kan veel extra data toevoegen aan uw rapport door te  klikken op het "
-"**metingen** icoon, zoals:"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:33
-msgid "Expected revenue."
-msgstr "Verwachte opbrengst."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:35
-msgid "overpassed deadline."
-msgstr "gepasseerde deadline."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"Delay to assign (the average time between lead creation and lead "
-"assignment)."
-msgstr ""
-"Vertraging om toe te wijzen (de gemiddelde tijd tussen de aanmaak van de "
-"lead en de toewijzing)."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:40
-msgid "Delay to close (average time between lead assignment and close)."
-msgstr ""
-"Vertraging om te sluiten (gemiddelde tijd tussen lead toewijzing en "
-"afsluiting)."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:42
-msgid "the number of interactions per opportunity."
-msgstr "het aantal interacties per opportuniteit."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:44
-msgid "etc."
-msgstr "etc."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your "
-"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For "
-"example, if I want to see the expected revenues of my **Direct Sales** team,"
-" I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis then on **Sales "
-"Team**."
-msgstr ""
-"Door te klikken op de **+** en **-** iconen kan u omhoog en omlaag gaan in "
-"uw rapport om de manier waarop uw data wordt getoond te wijzigen. "
-"Bijvoorbeeld wanneer u de verwachte opbrengst van het **Directe verkopen** "
-"team wilt zien moet u klikken op het **+** icoon op de verticale as en "
-"vervolgens op **Verkoopteam**."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:55
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your "
-"reports in a more visual view. Odoo **CRM** allows you to transform your "
-"report in just a click thanks to 3 graph views : **Pie Chart**, **Bar "
-"Chart** and **Line Chart**. These views are accessible through the icons "
-"highlighted on the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"Afhankelijk van de data die u wilt oplichten moet u mogelijk uw rapporten in"
-" een meer visuele weergave tonen. Odoo **CRM** staat u toe om uw rapport te "
-"transformeren in één klik dankzij 3 grafiek weergaven: **Taartgrafiek**, "
-"**Bargrafiek** en **Lijngrafiek**. Deze weergaven zijn toegankelijk via de "
-"iconen die op de onderstaande screenshot aangeduid zijn."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:65
-msgid "Customize reports"
-msgstr "Personaliseer rapporten"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"You can easily customize your analysis reports depending on the **KPIs** "
-"(see :doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) you want to access. To "
-"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of "
-"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the "
-"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data "
-"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display "
-"some categories of opportunities, while the **Group by** option improves the"
-" readability of your reports according to your needs. Note that you can "
-"filter and group by any existing field from your CRM, making your "
-"customization very flexible and powerful."
-msgstr ""
-"U kan gemakkelijk uw analyse rapporten personalisering afhankelijk van de "
-"**KPI's** (zie :doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) waar u "
-"toegang tot wilt. Om dit te doen gebruikt u het **Geavanceerde zoekscherm* "
-"dat zich in de rechterkant van uw scherm bevind, door te klikken op het "
-"vergrootglas icoon aan het einde van uw zoekbalk. Deze functie staat u toe "
-"om enkel geselecteerde data op uw rapport te doen oplichten. De **filters** "
-"optie is zeer handig om specifieke categorieën van fases te tonen, terwijl "
-"de **Groepeer op** optie de leesbaarheid verhoogt van uw rapporten. Merk op "
-"dat u kan filteren en kan groeperen op eender welk bestaand veld in de CRM, "
-"wat uw personalisering zeer flexibel en krachtig maakt."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:82
-msgid ""
-"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** "
-"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The "
-"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu."
+"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your "
+"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set."
 msgstr ""
-"U kan eender welke gepersonaliseerde filter opslaan en hergebruiken door te "
-"klikken op **Favorieten** vanuit het **Geavanceerd zoeken scherm** en "
-"vervolgens te klikken op **Bewaar huidige zoekopdracht**. De bewaarde filter"
-" is dan toegankelijk vanuit het **Favorieten** menu."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:87
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62
 msgid ""
-"Here are a few examples of customized reports that you can use to monitor "
-"your sales' performances :"
+"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline "
+"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report "
+"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the "
+"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your "
+"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets."
 msgstr ""
-"Hier zijn een paar voorbeelden van aangepaste rapporten die u kan gebruiken "
-"om uw verkoop prestaties op te volgen:"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:91
-msgid "Evaluate the current pipeline of each of your salespeople"
-msgstr "Evalueer de huidige pijplijn van elk van uw verkopers"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:93
-msgid ""
-"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected "
-"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then, "
-"use the **+** and **-** icons and add **Salesperson** and **Stage** to your "
-"vertical axis, and filter your desired salesperson. Then click on the "
-"**graph view** icon to display a visual representation of your salespeople "
-"by stage. This custom report allows you to easily overview the sales "
-"activities of your salespeople."
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3
+msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio"
 msgstr ""
-"Verzeker u er van dat vanuit uw pijplijn analyse rapport de **Verwachte "
-"opbrengst** optie is aangevinkt onder de **Afmetingen** dropdown lijst. "
-"Gebruik vervolgens de **+** en **-** iconen en voeg **Verkoper* en **Fase** "
-"toe aan uw verticale as, filter vervolgens uw gewenste verkoper. Klik "
-"vervolgens op het **grafiek weergave** om een visuele voorstelling te "
-"krijgen van uw verkopers per fase. Dit aangepaste rapport staat u toe om "
-"gemakkelijk de verkoopactiviteiten te overzien van uw verkopers."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:105
-msgid "Forecast monthly revenue by sales team"
-msgstr "Voorspel de maandelijkse opbrengst per verkoopteam"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:107
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"In order to predict monthly revenue and to estimate the short-term "
-"performances of your teams, you need to play with two important metrics : "
-"the **expected revenue** and the **expected closing**."
+"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the "
+"Win/Loss ratio."
 msgstr ""
-"Om maandelijkse opbrengst te voorspellen en de korte termijn performantie "
-"van uw team te voorspellen moet u met twee belangrijke maatstaven spelen: de"
-" **verwachte opbrengst** en de **verwachte afsluiting**."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:111
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected "
-"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then "
-"click on the **+** icon from the vertical axis and select **Sales team**. "
-"Then, on the horizontal axis, click on the **+** icon and select **Expected "
-"closing.**"
+"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab."
 msgstr ""
-"Verzeker u er van dat de optie **Verwachte opbrengst** is aangevinkt onder "
-"de **Afmetingen** drop-down lijst, vanuit uw pijplijn analyse rapport. Klik "
-"vervolgens op het **+** icoon van de verticale as en selecteer "
-"**Verkoopteam**. Klik vervolgens op de horizontale as op het **+** icoon en "
-"selecteer **Verwachte sluitdatum**."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:121
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"In order to keep your forecasts accurate and relevant, make sure your "
-"salespeople correctly set up the expected closing and the expected revenue "
-"for each one of their opportunities"
+"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the"
+" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click "
+"on filter and check Won/Lost."
 msgstr ""
-"Om uw voorspellingen accuraat en relevant te houden moet u er zeker van tijd"
-" dat uw verkopers correct de verwachte sluiting en de verwachte opbrengst "
-"ingeven voor elke opportuniteit"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:126
-msgid ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:3
-msgid "How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard)"
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18
+msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*."
 msgstr ""
-"Hoe herzie ik mijn persoonlijke verkoop activiteiten (nieuw verkoop "
-"dashboard)"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Sales professionals are struggling everyday to hit their target and follow "
-"up on sales activities. They need to access anytime some important metrics "
-"in order to know how they are performing and better organize their daily "
-"work."
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23
+msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view."
 msgstr ""
-"Professionele verkopers hebben elke dag moeite met het halen van hun doelen "
-"en opvolging van de verkoopactiviteiten. Ze moeten aan bepaalde belangrijke "
-"data ten alle tijden aankunnen om te weten hoe ze presteren en hun dagelijks"
-" werk beter te organiseren."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"Within the Odoo CRM module, every team member has access to a personalized "
-"and individual dashboard with a real-time overview of:"
-msgstr ""
-"Binnen de Odoo CRM module heeft elk teamlid toegang tot een gepersonaliseerd"
-" en individueel dashboard met een real-time overzicht van:"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3
+msgid "Organize the pipeline"
+msgstr "Organiseer uw pijplijn"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Top priorities: they instantly see their scheduled meetings and next actions"
-msgstr ""
-"Top prioriteiten: ze zien direct hun geplande meetings en volgende acties"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3
+msgid "Manage lost opportunities"
+msgstr "Beheer verloren opportuniteiten"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Sales performances : they know exactly how they perform compared to their "
-"monthly targets and last month activities."
+"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will"
+" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo "
+"can help you recover them in the future."
 msgstr ""
-"Verkoopprestaties: ze weten exact hoe ze presteren vergeleken met hun "
-"maandelijkse doelen en activitiiteiten van de vorige maand."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:26
-msgid "Install the CRM application"
-msgstr "Installeer de CRM applicatie"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10
+msgid "Mark a lead as lost"
+msgstr "Markeer een lead als verloren"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:28
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"In order to manage your sales funnel and track your opportunities, you need "
-"to install the CRM module, from the **Apps** icon."
+"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a "
+"*Mark Lost* button."
 msgstr ""
-"Om uw verkoop funnel en opportuniteiten te beheren moet u de CRM module "
-"installeren, vanuit het **Apps** icoon."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:35
-msgid "Create opportunities"
-msgstr "Maak opportuniteiten"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:37
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"If your pipeline is empty, your sales dashboard will look like the "
-"screenshot below. You will need to create a few opportunities to activate "
-"your dashboard (read the related documentation "
-":doc:`../leads/generate/manual` to learn more)."
+"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right "
+"there."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien uw pijplijn leeg is, zal uw dashboard eruit zien zoals de screenshot "
-"hieronder. U zal een paar opportuniteiten moeten aanmaken om uw dashboard te"
-" activeren (lees de gerelateerde documentatie "
-":doc:`../leads/generate/manual` om meer te leren)."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"Your dashboard will update in real-time based on the informations you will "
-"log into the CRM."
-msgstr ""
-"Uw dashboard update in real-time gebaseerd op de informatie die u in de CRM "
-"logt."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22
+msgid "Manage & create lost reasons"
+msgstr "Beheer & Definieer verlies redenen"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:49
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"you can click anywhere on the dashboard to get a detailed analysis of your "
-"activities. Then, you can easily create favourite reports and export to "
-"excel."
+"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Lost Reasons`."
 msgstr ""
-"u kan eender waar klikken op het dashboard om een gedetailleerde analyse van"
-" uw activiteiten te krijgen. Vervolgens kan u gemakkelijk favoriete "
-"rapporten aanmaken en deze exporteren naar Excel."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:54
-msgid "Daily tasks to process"
-msgstr "Dagelijks te verwerken taken"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:56
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26
 msgid ""
-"The left part of the sales dashboard (labelled **To Do**) displays the "
-"number of meetings and next actions (for example if you need to call a "
-"prospect or to follow-up by email) scheduled for the next 7 days."
+"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there."
 msgstr ""
-"Het linkse deel van het verkoop dashboard (gelabeld **Te Doen**) toont het "
-"aantal meetings en volgende acties (bijvoorbeeld als u een prospect moet "
-"bellen of een opvolging moet doen via e-mail) ingepland voor de volgende 7 "
-"dagen."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:64
-msgid "Meetings"
-msgstr "Afspraken"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:66
-msgid ""
-"In the example here above, I see that I have no meeting scheduled for today "
-"and 3 meeting scheduled for the next 7 days. I just have to click on the "
-"**meeting** button to access my calendar and have a view on my upcoming "
-"appointments."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30
+msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities"
 msgstr ""
-"In het bovenstaande voorbeeld zie ik dat ik geen meeting heb ingepland voor "
-"vandaag en 3 meetings voor de volgende 7 dagen. Ik moet gewoon klikken op de"
-" **meeting** knop om mijn kalender te openen met mijn opkomende afspraken."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:75
-msgid "Next actions"
-msgstr "Volgende acties"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:77
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"Back on the above example, I have 1 activity requiring an action from me. If"
-" I click on the **Next action** green button, I will be redirected to the "
-"contact form of the corresponding opportunity."
+"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a"
+" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar."
 msgstr ""
-"In het bovenstaande voorbeeld heb ik 1 activiteit die een actie vereist. "
-"Wanneer ik klik op de **Volgende actie** groene knop wordt ik doorverwezen "
-"naar het contactformulier van de overeenkomende opportuniteit."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:84
-msgid ""
-"Under the **next activity** field, I see that I had planned to send a "
-"brochure by email today. As soon as the activity is completed, I can click "
-"on **done** (or **cancel**) in order to remove this opportunity from my next"
-" actions."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39
+msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:90
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"When one of your next activities is overdue, it will appear in orange in "
-"your dashboard."
+"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost "
+"Reason*."
 msgstr ""
-"Wanneer één van uw volgende taken over datum is verschijnt het in het oranje"
-" in uw dashboard."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:94
-msgid "Performances"
-msgstr "Performanties"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:96
-msgid ""
-"The right part of your sales dashboard is about my sales performances. I "
-"will be able to evaluate how I am performing compared to my targets (which "
-"have been set up by my sales manager) and my activities of the last month."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44
+msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:105
-msgid "Activities done"
-msgstr "Voltooide activiteiten"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:107
-msgid ""
-"The **activities done** correspond to the next actions that have been "
-"completed (meaning that you have clicked on **done** under the **next "
-"activity** field). When I click on it, I will access a detailed reporting "
-"regarding the activities that I have completed."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50
+msgid "Restore lost opportunities"
 msgstr ""
-"Het veld **afgewerkte taken** komt overeen met de volgende acties die "
-"voltooid zijn (betekend dat u geklikt heeft op **klaar** onder het "
-"**volgende activiteit** veld). Wanneer ik er op klik krijg ik een "
-"gedetailleerde rapportering over de activiteiten die ik voltooid heb."
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:116
-msgid "Won in opportunities"
-msgstr "Gewonnen in opportuniteiten"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:118
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"This section will sum up the expected revenue of all the opportunities "
-"within my pipeline with a stage **Won**."
+"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any "
+"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by "
+"clicking on *Archived*."
 msgstr ""
-"Deze sectie somt de verwachte opbrengsten op van alle opportuniteiten van "
-"mijn pijplijn die zich in de fase **Gewonnen** bevinden."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:125
-msgid "Quantity invoiced"
-msgstr "Hoeveelheid gefactureerd"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:127
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59
 msgid ""
-"This section will sum up the amount invoiced to my opportunities. For more "
-"information about the invoicing process, refer to the related documentation:"
-" :doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview`"
+"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to"
+" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can "
+"also archive the same way."
 msgstr ""
-"Deze sectie somt het gefactureerd totaal van al mijn opportuniteiten op. "
-"Voor meer informatie over het factureer proces verwijzen we u naar "
-":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview`"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:132
-msgid ":doc:`analysis`"
-msgstr ":doc:`analysis`"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam.rst:3 ../../crm/salesteam/setup.rst:3
-msgid "Sales Team"
-msgstr "Verkoopteam"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage.rst:3
-msgid "Manage salespeople"
-msgstr "Beheer verkopers"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:3
-msgid "How to create a new salesperson?"
-msgstr "Hoe een nieuwe verkoper aan te maken?"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:6
-msgid "Create a new user"
-msgstr "Maak een nieuwe gebruiker aan"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`"
-" and click on **Create**. Add first the name of your new salesperson and his"
-" professional email address - the one he will use to log in to his Odoo "
-"instance - and a picture."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66
+msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view."
 msgstr ""
-"Ga naar het submenu :menuselection:`Gebruikers --> Gebruikers` vanuit de "
-"Instellingen module en klik op **Aanmaken**. Geef eerst de naam van uw "
-"nieuwe verkoper in en zijn professionele e-mailadres - het adres waarmee hij"
-" inlogt op zijn Odoo instantie - en een foto."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71
 msgid ""
-"Under \"Access Rights\", you can choose which applications your user can "
-"access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the "
-"app. For the Sales application, you can choose between three levels:"
+"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you "
+"want to take."
 msgstr ""
-"Onder \"Toegangsrechten\" kan u kiezen welke applicaties uw gebruiker kan "
-"bekijken en gebruiken. Verschillende rechten niveau's zijn beschikbaar "
-"afhankelijk van de app. Voor de verkoop applicaties kan u kiezen tussen drie"
-" niveau's:"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:20
-msgid "**See own leads**: the user will be able to access his own data only"
-msgstr "**Bekijk eigen leads**: de gebruiker kan enkel zijn eigen data zien"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:22
-msgid ""
-"**See all leads**: the user will be able to access all records of every "
-"salesman in the sales module"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78
+msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`"
 msgstr ""
-"**Bekijk alle leads**: de gebruiker kan alle records bekijken van elke "
-"verkoper in de verkoop module"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:25
-msgid ""
-"**Manager**: the user will be able to access the sales configuration as well"
-" as the statistics reports"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3
+msgid "Manage multiple sales teams"
 msgstr ""
-"**Beheerder**: de gebruiker heeft toegang tot de verkoop configuratie en de "
-"statistische rapporten"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:28
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"When you're done editing the page and have clicked on **Save**, an "
-"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user, from which he will "
-"be able to log into his personal account."
+"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with "
+"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*."
 msgstr ""
-"Wanneer u klaar bent met het wijzigen van de pagina en geklikt hebt op "
-"**Opslaan** zal er automatisch een e-mail uitnodiging worden verzonden van "
-"waaruit de persoon zich kan aanmelden op zijn persoonlijk account."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:36
-msgid "Register your user into his sales team"
-msgstr "Registreer uw gebruiker in zijn verkoopsteam"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10
+msgid "Create a new sales channel"
+msgstr "Maak een nieuw verkoopkanaal"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:38
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Your user is now registered in Odoo and can log in to his own session. You "
-"can also add him to the sales team of your choice. From the sales module, go"
-" to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the desired sales "
-"team, then on **Settings**."
+"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Sales Channels`."
 msgstr ""
-"Uw gebruiker is nu geregistreerd in Odoo en kan inloggen met zijn eigen "
-"sessie. U kan hem ook toewijzen aan het verkoopteam van uw keuze. Vanuit het"
-" verkopen menu gaat u naar het dashboard en klikt u op de **Meer** knop van "
-"het gewenste verkoopteam, vervolgens op **Instellingen**."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:49
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"If you need to create a new sales team first, refer to the page "
-":doc:`../setup/create_team`"
+"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email "
+"address will create a lead/opportunity."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u een nieuw verkopersteam moet aanmaken, zie dan de pagina "
-":doc:`../setup/create_team`"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:51
-msgid ""
-"Then, under \"Team Members\", click on **Add** and select the name of your "
-"salesman from the list. The salesperson is now successfully added to your "
-"sales team."
-msgstr ""
-"Vervolgens, onder **Teamleden** klikt u op **Toevoegen** en selecteert u de "
-"naam van uw verkoper uit de lijst. De verkoper is nu succesvol toegevoegd "
-"aan uw verkoopteam."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21
+msgid "Add members to your sales channel"
+msgstr "Voeg leden toe aan het verkoopkanaal"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:60
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"You can also add a new salesperson on the fly from your sales team even "
-"before he is registered as an Odoo user. From the above screenshot, click on"
-" \"Create\" to add your salesperson and enter his name and email address. "
-"After saving, the salesperson will receive an invite containing a link to "
-"set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights under "
-"the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menu."
+"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the "
+"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any "
+"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore,"
+" you can only be a member of one channel."
 msgstr ""
-"U kan ook rechtstreeks een nieuwe verkoper toevoegen aan een verkoopteam "
-"zelfs voordat hij is geregistreerd als Odoo gebruiker. Vanuit de "
-"bovenstaande screenshot klikt u op **Aanmaken** om uw verkoper toe te voegen"
-" en zin naam en e-mailadres in te geven. Na het bewaren zal de verkopen een "
-"e-mail uitnodiging krijgen die een link bevat om zijn wachtwoord in te "
-"stellen. U kan vervolgens zijn toegangsrechten definiëren onder het "
-":menuselection:`Instellingen --> Gebruikers` menu."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:69
-msgid ":doc:`../setup/create_team`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../setup/create_team`"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:3
-msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?"
-msgstr "Hoe motiveer en beloon ik mijn verkopers?"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards "
-"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople "
-"productivity. The **Gamification** app of Odoo gives you simple and creative"
-" ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and"
-" badges inspired by game mechanics."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28
+msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager."
 msgstr ""
-"Uw werknemers uitdagen om bepaalde doelstellingen te halen en hen ervoor te "
-"belonen is een uitstekende manier om goede gebruiken te honoreren en de "
-"productiviteit van uw verkopers te verhogen. Odoo's **Gamification** module "
-"biedt u eenvoudige maar creatieve manieren om uw werknemers te motiveren en "
-"te belonen. De erkenning gebeurt onmiddellijk met behulp van badges, "
-"geïnspireerd op technieken uit de spelwereld."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:14
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Gamification** module. You "
-"can also install the **CRM gamification** app, which will add some useful "
-"data (goals and challenges) that can be used related to the usage of the "
-"**CRM/Sale** modules."
+"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find "
+"all of its opportunities."
 msgstr ""
-"Zoek naar de module **Gamification** in het menu **Applicaties**. U kan "
-"eveneens de module **CRM Gamification** installeren. Die voegt een aantal "
-"gegevens toe zodat doelen en uitdagingen ook in de modules **CRM/Verkoop** "
-"gebruikt kunnen worden."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:23
-msgid "Create a challenge"
-msgstr "Een uitdaging aanmaken"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:25
-msgid ""
-"You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu "
-":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`."
-msgstr ""
-"We tonen u nu hoe u een eerste uitdaging moet aanmaken in het menu "
-":menuselection:`Instellingen --> Gamificatie --> Uitdagingen`."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40
+msgid "Sales channel dashboard"
+msgstr "Verkoopkanaal dashboard"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:29
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you will need to "
-"activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. In "
-"order to do so, click on the interrogation mark available from any app "
-"(upper-right) and click on **About** and then **Activate the developer "
-"mode**."
+"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the "
+"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under "
+"*Reporting*."
 msgstr ""
-"Omdat gamificatie een eenmalige technische opzet vereist, moet u eerst de "
-"technische mogelijkheden activeren om toegang te krijgen tot de "
-"configuratie. Daarvoor klikt u op het vraagteken links bovenaan een "
-"applicatie (het maakt niet uit welke), daarna op **Over** en dan op "
-"**Activeer de ontwikkelaarsmodus**."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:38
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"A challenge is a mission that you will send to your salespeople. It can "
-"include one or several goals and is set up for a specific period of time. "
-"Configure your challenge as follows:"
+"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in"
+" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc."
 msgstr ""
-"Een uitdaging is een opdracht die u aan uw verkopers geeft. Die kan één of "
-"meerdere doelstellingen inhouden en moet binnen een bepaalde tijdsduur "
-"worden uitgevoerd. U kunt uw uitdaging als volgt aanmaken:"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:42
-msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged"
-msgstr "Maak een keuze uit de verkopers voor wie de uitdaging bedoeld is."
+#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3
+msgid "Assign and track leads"
+msgstr "Leads toewijzen en traceren"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:44
-msgid "Assign a responsible"
-msgstr "Wijs een verantwoordelijke toe"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:46
-msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date"
-msgstr "Bepaal de tijdsduur, en stel de begin- en einddatum in."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:48
-msgid "Select your goals"
-msgstr "Selecteer uw doelen"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:50
-msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)"
-msgstr "Zet uw beloningen op (badges)"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:53
-msgid ""
-"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end "
-"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the "
-"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set) or when the challenge is "
-"manually closed."
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3
+msgid "Assign leads based on scoring"
 msgstr ""
-"Badges worden toegewezen als een uitdaging beëindigd werd. Dit is ofwel aan "
-"het einde van een lopende perioide (bijv. einde van de maand voor een "
-"maandelijkse uitdaging), op de einddatum van een uitdaging (indien geen "
-"periode wordt ingesteld) of wanneer de uitdaging handmatig afgesloten wordt."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:58
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"For example, on the screenshot below, I have challenged 2 employees with a "
-"**Monthly Sales Target**. The challenge will be based on 2 goals: the total "
-"amount invoiced and the number of new leads generated. At the end of the "
-"month, the winner will be granted with a badge."
+"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected"
+" criterias."
 msgstr ""
-"Een voorbeeld: in de schermafbeelding hieronder hebben we aan twee "
-"werknemers een uitdaging toegewezen met een **Maandelijks verkoopdoel**. De "
-"uitdaging wordt gemeten aan de hand van twee doelstellingen: het totaal aan "
-"gefactureerde orders en het aantal nieuwe leads dat er gevonden zijn. Op het"
-" einde van de maand wordt aan de winnaar een badge uitgereikt."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:67
-msgid "Set up goals"
-msgstr "Zet doelen op"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:69
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach. "
-"**Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see here above) "
-"and compare members of a team with each others and through time."
+"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones "
+"that visited specific pages on your website."
 msgstr ""
-"Gebruikers worden beoordeeld aan de hand van doelstellingen en "
-"kwantificeerbare resultaten. Die **doelstellingen** worden op hun beurt "
-"binnen de **uitdagingen** geëvalueerd (zie voorbeeld hierboven) om leden van"
-" een groep met elkaar te vergelijken gedurende een bepaalde periode."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:74
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"You can create a new goal on the fly from a **Challenge**, by clicking on "
-"**Add new item** under **Goals**. You can select any business object as a "
-"goal, according to your company's needs, such as :"
+"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* "
+"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)."
 msgstr ""
-"U kunt snel een nieuwe doelstelling aanmaken voor een **Uitdaging** door op "
-"**Item toevoegen** te klikken onderaan de sectie **Doelstellingen**. U kunt "
-"eender welk business object als basis voor de doelstelling gebruiken. Dit "
-"moet uiteraard aansluiten bij de voor u relevante meetwaarden voor uw "
-"bedrijf, zoals: "
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:78
-msgid "number of new leads,"
-msgstr "aantal nieuwe leads,"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:80
-msgid "time to qualify a lead or"
-msgstr "tijd om een lead te kwalificeren"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:82
-msgid ""
-"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame "
-"based on your management preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"totaalbedrag dat gedurende een week, een maand of een willekeurige periode "
-"werd gefactureerd, gebaseerd op uw voorkeuren in het verkoopbeheer."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:89
-msgid ""
-"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data "
-"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)."
-msgstr ""
-"Doelstellingen kunnen een impact hebben op de structuur van uw database "
-"(zoals het invoeren van uw bedrijfsgegevens, het instellen van uw tijdszone,"
-" het aanmaken van nieuwe gebruikers, en zo verder)."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:93
-msgid "Set up rewards"
-msgstr "Zet beloningen op"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:95
-msgid ""
-"For non-numerical achievements, **badges** can be granted to users. From a "
-"simple *thank you* to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to "
-"exprimate gratitude to a user for their good work."
-msgstr ""
-"Voor niet-kwantificeerbare prestaties kunnen gebruikers ook **badges** "
-"ontvangen. Dat kan gaan van een eenvoudig \"dankjewel\" tot het belonen van "
-"een zeer uitzonderlijke prestatie. Een badge is een eenvoudige manier om uw "
-"dankbaarheid te uiten voor het goede werk dat door uw werknermers werd "
-"verricht."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:99
-msgid ""
-"You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their "
-"performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt snel en gemakkelijk badges aanmaken, en ze toekennen aan uw "
-"werknemers op basis van hun prestaties in het menu "
-":menuselection:`Gamificatie --> Badges`."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106
-msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3
-msgid "How to create a new channel?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"In the Sales module, your sales channels are accessible from the "
-"**Dashboard** menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales "
-"channel installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that"
-" default sales channel and edit it (refer to the section *Create and "
-"Organize your stages* from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a "
-"new one from scratch."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21
+msgid "Create scoring rules"
+msgstr "Maak een scoreregel aan"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"To create a new channel, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales "
-"Channels` and click on **Create**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18
-msgid "Fill in the fields :"
-msgstr "Vul de velden in:"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20
-msgid "Enter the name of your channel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22
-msgid "Select your channel leader"
+"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you"
+" can manage your scoring rules."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24
-msgid "Select your team members"
-msgstr "Selecteer uw teamleden"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:26
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26
 msgid ""
-"Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage "
-"opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now "
-"access your new channel from your Dashboard."
+"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria "
+"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"If you started to work on an empty database and didn't create new users, "
-"refer to the page :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`."
+"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and "
+"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u startte met te werken op een lege database en geen nieuwe "
-"gebruikers heeft aangemaakt leest u best de documentatie "
-":doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`. "
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:3
-msgid "Set up and organize your sales pipeline"
-msgstr "Zet en organiseer uw verkoop pijplijn"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40
+msgid "Assign leads"
+msgstr "Leads toewijzen"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:5
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"A well structured sales pipeline is crucial in order to keep control of your"
-" sales process and to have a 360-degrees view of your leads, opportunities "
-"and customers."
+"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the "
+"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads "
+"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. "
+"This domain can include scores."
 msgstr ""
-"Een goed gestructureerde verkooppijplijn is cruciaal om controle te houden "
-"over uw verkoopproces en een 360 graden beeld te hebben op uw leads, "
-"opportuniteiten en klanten."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:9
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"The sales pipeline is a visual representation of your sales process, from "
-"the first contact to the final sale. It refers to the process by which you "
-"generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle. In Odoo CRM, "
-"leads are brought in at the left end of the sales pipeline in the Kanban "
-"view and then moved along to the right from one stage to another."
+"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even "
+"more refined domain."
 msgstr ""
-"De verkoop pijplijn is een visuele voorstelling van uw verkoopproces, van "
-"het eerste contact tot de finale verkoop. Het verwijst naar het proces "
-"waarbij u leads genereert, kwalificeert en sluit via de verkoop cyclus. In "
-"de Odoo CRM worden leads in de linkse kant van de verkoop pijplijn gebracht "
-"en verplaatsen zich vervolgens naar rechts van de ene fase naar de andere."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"Each stage refers to a specific step in the sale cycle and specifically the "
-"sale-readiness of your potential customer. The number of stages in the sales"
-" funnel varies from one company to another. An example of a sales funnel "
-"will contain the following stages: *Territory, Qualified, Qualified Sponsor,"
-" Proposition, Negotiation, Won, Lost*."
+"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads "
+"Assignation`."
 msgstr ""
-"Elke fase refereert naar een specifieke stap in de verkoopcyclus en "
-"specifiek de klaar voor verkoopbaarheid van een potentiële klant. Het aantal"
-" fases in de verkoop funnel is afhankelijk van het bedrijf. Een voorbeeld "
-"van een verkoop funnel bevat de volgende fases: *Grondgebied, "
-"Gekwalificeerd, Gekwalificeerde Sponsor, Voorstel, Onderhandeling, Gewonnen,"
-" Verloren*."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:26
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58
 msgid ""
-"Of course, each organization defines the sales funnel depending on their "
-"processes and workflow, so more or fewer stages may exist."
+"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day."
 msgstr ""
-"Uiteraard definieert elke organisatie zijn verkoop funnel afhankelijk van "
-"zijn proces en werk flow, dus er kunnen meer of minder fases bestaan."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:30
-msgid "Create and organize your stages"
-msgstr "Maak en organiseer uw fases"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:33
-msgid "Add/ rearrange stages"
-msgstr "Voeg / her-orden fases"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62
+msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads"
+msgstr "Evalueer & gebruik de niet toegewezen leads"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:35
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64
 msgid ""
-"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **PIPELINE** "
-"button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, you "
-"need to create one first."
+"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some "
+"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is "
+"useful to do something with them."
 msgstr ""
-"Vanuit de verkoop pijpijn gaat u naar uw dashboard en klikt u op de "
-"**PIJPLIJN** knop van het gewenste verkoopteam. Indien u nog geen "
-"verkoopteam heeft moet u er eerst een aanmaken."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:46
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68
 msgid ""
-"From the Kanban view of your pipeline, you can add stages by clicking on "
-"**Add new column.** When a column is created, Odoo will then automatically "
-"propose you to add another column in order to complete your process. If you "
-"want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging"
-" and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location."
+"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads."
 msgstr ""
-"Vanuit de Kanban weergave van uw pijplijn kan uw fases toevoegen door te "
-"klikken op **Voeg nieuwe kolom** toe. Wanneer een kolom is aangemaakt zal "
-"Odoo automatisch voorstellen om een andere kolom toe te voegen om uw proces "
-"te voltooien. Indien u de volgorde van uw fases wilt ordenen kan u dit "
-"gemakkelijk doen door te drag en droppen van kolommen die u wilt verplaatsen"
-" naar de gewenste locatie."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:58
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73
 msgid ""
-"You can add as many stages as you wish, even if we advise you not having "
-"more than 6 in order to keep a clear pipeline"
+"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing "
+"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such"
+" unassigned leads from there."
 msgstr ""
-"U kan zoveel fases toevoegen als u wilt, zelfs als wij adviseren om er niet "
-"meer dan 6 te hebben om een propere pijplijn te behouden"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:64
-msgid ""
-"Some companies use a pre qualification step to manage their leads before to "
-"convert them into opportunities. To activate the lead stage, go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and select the radio button as "
-"shown below. It will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that "
-"gives you access to a listview of all your leads."
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3
+msgid "Track your prospects visits"
 msgstr ""
-"Sommige bedrijven gebruiken een pré kwalificatie stap om hun leads te "
-"beheren voor ze in opportuniteiten om te zetten. Om de leads fase te "
-"activeren gaat u naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` en "
-"selecteert u de radioknop zoals hieronder getoond. Het maakt een nieuw "
-"submenu **Leads** aan onder **Verkoop** die u toegang geeft tot een "
-"lijstweergave van alle leads."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:74
-msgid "Set up stage probabilities"
-msgstr "Stel fase verwachtingen in"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:77
-msgid "What is a stage probability?"
-msgstr "Wat is een fase verwachting?"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:79
-msgid ""
-"To better understand what are the chances of closing a deal for a given "
-"opportunity in your pipe, you have to set up a probability percentage for "
-"each of your stages. That percentage refers to the success rate of closing "
-"the deal."
-msgstr ""
-"Om beter te begrijpen wat de kansen zijn om een deal te sluiten voor een "
-"opportuniteit in uw pijplijn moet u een waarschijnlijkheidsscore instellen "
-"voor elke fase. Dit percentage verwijst naar de succes ratio voor het "
-"sluiten van deals."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:84
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Setting up stage probabilities is essential if you want to estimate the "
-"expected revenues of your sales cycle"
+"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the "
+"interests of your website visitors."
 msgstr ""
-"Het opzetten van fases hun slagingskansen is essentieel indien u de "
-"verwachte opbrengsten van uw verkoopcyclus wilt schatten"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:88
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, Qualified, "
-"Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* then your "
-"workflow could look like this :"
+"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if "
+"they use the contact form on your website."
 msgstr ""
-"Bijvoorbeeld, als uw verkoopcyclus de fases **Grondgebied, Gekwalificeerd, "
-"Gekwalificeerde sponsor, Voorstel, Onderhandeling, Gewonnen en Verloren** "
-"bevat kan uw werk flow er als volgt uit zien:"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"**Territory** : opportunity just received from Leads Management or created "
-"from a cold call campaign. Customer's Interest is not yet confirmed."
+"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your "
+"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)."
 msgstr ""
-"**Grondgebied**: opportuniteit die net ontvangen is vanuit Lead beheer of "
-"aangemaakt vanuit een koude bel campagne. De interesse van de klant is nog "
-"niet bevestigd."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:96
-msgid "*Success rate : 5%*"
-msgstr "*Succes ratio: 5%*"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21
+msgid "Track a webpage"
+msgstr "Volg een webpagina"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:98
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"**Qualified** : prospect's business and workflow are understood, pains are "
-"identified and confirmed, budget and timing are known"
+"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the "
+"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*"
 msgstr ""
-"**Gekwalificeerd**: de prospect zijn zaken en werk flow zijn begrepen, de "
-"pijnpunten zijn geïdentificeerd en bevestigd, budget en timing zijn bekend"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:101
-msgid "*Success rate : 15%*"
-msgstr "*Succes ratio: 15%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:103
-msgid ""
-"**Qualified sponsor**: direct contact with decision maker has been done"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29
+msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page."
 msgstr ""
-"**Gekwalificeerde sponsor**: direct contact met de beslissende persoon is "
-"gebeurd"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:106
-msgid "*Success rate : 25%*"
-msgstr "*Succes ratio: 25%*"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:108
-msgid "**Proposition** : the prospect received a quotation"
-msgstr "**Voorstel**: de prospect heeft een offerte ontvangen"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35
+msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities"
+msgstr "Bekijk bezochte pagina's in uw leads/prospects"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:110
-msgid "*Success rate : 50%*"
-msgstr "*Succes ratio: 50%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:112
-msgid "**Negotiation**: the prospect negotiates his quotation"
-msgstr "**Onderhandeling**: de prospect onderhandelt over zijn offerte"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:114
-msgid "*Success rate : 75%*"
-msgstr "*Succes ratio: 75%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:116
-msgid ""
-"**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. "
-"He is now a customer"
-msgstr ""
-"**Gewonnen**: de prospect heeft de offerte bevestigd en ontvangt een "
-"verkooporder. Hij is nu een klant"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119
-msgid "*Success rate : 100%*"
-msgstr "*Succes ratio: 100%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:121
-msgid "**Lost** : the prospect is no longer interested"
-msgstr "**Verloren**: de prospect heeft geen interesse meer"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:123
-msgid "*Success rate : 0%*"
-msgstr "*Succes ratio: 0%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:127
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"Within your pipeline, each stage should correspond to a defined goal with a "
-"corresponding probability. Every time you move your opportunity to the next "
-"stage, your probability of closing the sale will automatically adapt."
+"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of "
+"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on "
+"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* "
+"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter."
 msgstr ""
-"Binnen uw pijplijn moet elke fase overeenkomen met een gedefinieerd doel met"
-" een overeenkomende slaagkans. Elke keer dat u uw opportuniteit verplaatst "
-"naar een volgende fase zal de slaagkans zich automatisch aanpassen."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:131
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"You should consider using probability value as **100** when the deal is "
-"closed-won and **0** for deal closed-lost."
+"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more "
+"pages."
 msgstr ""
-"U zou moeten overwegen om als slagingskans de waarde **100* in te vullen "
-"wanneer de deal gesloten en gewonnen is en **0** voor deals die gesloten en "
-"verloren zijn."
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:135
-msgid "How to set up stage probabilities?"
-msgstr "Hoe fase verwachtingen in te stellen?"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:137
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"To edit a stage, click on the **Settings** icon at the right of the desired "
-"stage then on EDIT"
+"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the "
+"chatter."
 msgstr ""
-"Om een fase te wijzigen klikt u op het **Instellingen** icon aan de "
-"rechterkant van de gewenste fase en klikt u op WIJZIGEN"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:143
-msgid ""
-"Select the Change probability automatically checkbox to let Odoo adapt the "
-"probability of the opportunity to the probability defined in the stage. For "
-"example, if you set a probability of 0% (Lost) or 100% (Won), Odoo will "
-"assign the corresponding stage when the opportunity is marked as Lost or "
-"Won."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer de wijzig automatisch de slaagkans checkbox om Odoo automatisch de"
-" slaagkans van de opportuniteit te laten invullen aan de hand van de fase. "
-"Indien u een slaagkans van 0% (Verloren) of 100% (Gewonnen) instelt zal Odoo"
-" de overeenkomende fase toewijzen wanneer de opportuniteit gemarkeerd wordt "
-"als gewonnen of verloren."
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:151
-msgid ""
-"Under the requirements field you can enter the internal requirements for "
-"this stage. It will appear as a tooltip when you place your mouse over the "
-"name of a stage."
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55
+msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!"
 msgstr ""
-"Onder het vereisten veld kan u de interne vereisten invullen voor deze fase."
-" Het verschijnt als een tooltip wanneer u uw muis op de naam van een fase "
-"plaatst."
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
index ed16450d1f..b8f622fbf8 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
@@ -1,16 +1,22 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Dennis Sluijk <dennissluijk@outlook.com>, 2017
+# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2017
+# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019
+# Martien van Geene <martien.vangeene@gmail.com>, 2019
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Martien van Geene <martien.vangeene@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -39,21 +45,23 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22
 msgid "Several actions are available:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Meerdere acties zijn mogelijk:"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
-msgid "Upgrade"
-msgstr "Bijwerken"
+msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`"
+msgstr ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
 msgid ""
 "Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge "
 "features"
 msgstr ""
+"Upgrade uw database naar de meest recente versie van Odoo om gebruik te "
+"kunnen maken van de nieuwste functies."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32
 msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31
 msgid ""
@@ -62,16 +70,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34
-msgid "Rename"
-msgstr ""
+msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`"
+msgstr ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35
 msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wijzig de naam van uw database (en de URL)"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
 msgid "**Backup**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Backup**"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -81,11 +89,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
 msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
 msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL"
 msgstr ""
+"Configureer gepersonaliseerde domeinen om uw database te benaderen via een "
+"andere URL"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42
 msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`"
@@ -93,30 +103,86 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43
 msgid "Delete a database instantly"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Verwijder een database"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:47
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
 msgid "Contact Support"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Neem contact op met support"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct "
 "database already selected"
+msgstr "Selecteer de juiste database en ga naar <https://www.odoo.com/help>"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Bijwerken"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the"
+" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, "
+"click on the \"Upgrade\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
+"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
+"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will"
+" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
+"released a more recent version during your tests)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be "
+"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will "
+"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test "
+"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified "
+"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data "
+"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual "
+"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:52
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, "
+"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on "
+"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production "
+"database to the new version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between "
+"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your "
+"migration during non-business hours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96
 msgid "Duplicating a database"
 msgstr "Een database dupliceren"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98
 msgid ""
 "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial "
 "databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" "
 "database can duplicate without problem."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:59
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
 msgid ""
 "In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
 "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
@@ -126,37 +192,37 @@ msgstr ""
 " u database te dupliceren klikt u op **Dupliceren**. U moet een naam ingeven"
 " om te dupliceren, klik vervolgens op **Database dupliceren**."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
 msgid ""
 "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a"
 " database, all external communication will remain active:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:69
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113
 msgid "Emails are sent"
 msgstr "E-mails worden verzonden"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:71
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115
 msgid ""
 "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for "
 "example)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118
 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
 msgstr "Afleverorders (leveranciers) zijn verzonden"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
 msgid "Etc."
 msgstr "Etc."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:78
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
 msgid ""
 "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these "
 "behaviours to be disabled."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125
 msgid ""
 "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
 "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
@@ -164,55 +230,86 @@ msgstr ""
 "Na een paar seconden wordt u ingelogd in uw gedupliceerde database. Merk op "
 "dat de URL de naam van uw gedupliceerde database gebruikt."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:85
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
 msgstr "Gedupliceerde databases verlopen automatisch na 15 dagen."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:93
-msgid "Deleting a Database"
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137
+msgid "Rename a Database"
+msgstr "Wijzig de naam van een database"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you "
+"want to rename, access the `database management page "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have "
+"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:95
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150
+msgid "Deleting a Database"
+msgstr "Verwijder een database"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152
 msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ". "
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:97
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154
 msgid ""
 "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The "
 "deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant "
 "backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily "
 "backup may be several hours old at that point."
 msgstr ""
+"Als u een database verwijderd ben u direct alle data definitief kwijt. Het "
+"is verstandig om een instant backup te maken van de database die u gaat "
+"verwijderen en niet te vertrouwen op de laatste automatische dagelijkse "
+"gemaakte backup. De data in de automatisch backup kan al weer verouderd "
+"zijn. "
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
 msgid ""
 "From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, "
 "on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" "
 "button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167
 msgid ""
 "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you "
 "fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
 msgstr ""
+"Lees de waarschuwingen die zullen verschijnen aandachtig door en ga pas "
+"verder als u begrijpt wat de gevolgen zijn van het verwijderen van een "
+"database:"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173
 msgid ""
 "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload "
 "automatically."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177
 msgid ""
 "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
 msgstr ""
+"Indien u deze database naam moet hergebruiken is deze onmiddelijk "
+"beschikbaar."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a "
+"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183
 msgid ""
 "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"Indien u uw account wil verwijderen moet u contact opnemen met `Odoo Support"
+" <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
 msgid "On-premise Database management"
@@ -256,8 +353,8 @@ msgstr "Heeft u een geldig Enterprise abonnement?"
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
 msgid ""
 "Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo"
-" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ or with your Account "
-"Manager"
+" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account"
+" Manager"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
@@ -273,12 +370,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract "
-"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
+"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
 "database\""
 msgstr ""
-"U kan de oude database ontkoppelen via uw `Odoo Contract "
-"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ met de knop \"Database "
-"ontkoppelen\""
+"U kan de oude database zelf ontkoppelen via uw `Odoo Contract "
+"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ met de \"Unlink database\" "
+"knop"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52
 msgid ""
@@ -303,7 +400,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID."
 " Please check on your `Odoo Contract "
-"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__, a short message will appear "
+"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear "
 "specifying which database is problematic:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -323,7 +420,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
 msgid "Error message due to too many users"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Foutmelding vanwege te veel gebruikers"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
index 722ddfaf21..6d5345e659 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2018\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -30,30 +30,39 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit"
 " from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike "
-"in `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh "
+"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh "
 "<https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly "
-"recommend that you opt for such convenient Odoo hosting solutions. Indeed "
-"their email system works instantly and is monitored by professionals. "
-"Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage "
-"your email server's reputation yourself."
+"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system "
+"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can "
+"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's "
+"reputation yourself."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"You will find here below some useful information to do so by integrating "
-"your own email solution with Odoo."
+"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your "
+"own email solution with Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:19
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from "
+"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation "
+"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-"
+"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-"
+"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24
 msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
 msgid ""
 "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
 "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to "
@@ -61,25 +70,25 @@ msgid ""
 "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39
 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP"
 " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:38
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
 msgid ""
 "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-"
 "us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
@@ -87,11 +96,11 @@ msgid ""
 " a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:42
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47
 msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48
 msgid ""
 "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
 "to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*"
@@ -99,31 +108,31 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
 msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
 " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
 "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61
 msgid ""
 "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
 "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
 " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
 "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
 msgid ""
 "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
 "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
@@ -131,7 +140,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Vind `hier <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ de exacte procedure om een "
 "TXT record aan te maken of te wijzigen bij uw eigen domein provider."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70
 msgid ""
 "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
 "usually happens more quickly."
@@ -139,18 +148,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "Uw nieuwe SPF record kan tot 48 uur nodig hebben om actief te zijn, maar "
 "normaal gezien gebeurd dit al veel sneller."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
 "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
 "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:71
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
 msgid "Allow DKIM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
 msgid ""
 "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
 "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
@@ -160,22 +169,22 @@ msgid ""
 "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:80
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
 msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89
 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:84
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91
 msgid ""
 "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
 "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
 "alias (**catchall@**)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
 "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
@@ -183,58 +192,58 @@ msgid ""
 "recipients."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
 msgid ""
 "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
 "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
 msgid ""
 "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:97
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
 msgid ""
 "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106
 msgid ""
 "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
 "/project-management>`__),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
 msgid ""
 "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110
 msgid "etc."
 msgstr "etc."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
 msgid ""
 "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
 "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
 "address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
 msgid ""
-"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catcall@, "
+"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
 "bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
 msgid ""
 "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
 "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
@@ -243,7 +252,7 @@ msgid ""
 "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
 msgid ""
 "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
 "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
@@ -254,21 +263,21 @@ msgid ""
 "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
 msgid ""
 "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
 "their  respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
 "you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
 msgid ""
 "Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
 "--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
 "(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154
 msgid ""
 "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
 "You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
index 17ff0ac164..a40e77dc30 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
@@ -3,14 +3,22 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2017
+# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2017
+# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017
+# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -164,6 +172,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
 "Configuration --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
+"Vink de optie *Meerdere afbeeldingen per product* aan in  "
+":menuselection:`Website Admin --> Configuratie --> Instellingen`."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
index a634504d45..272ee1e937 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
@@ -3,14 +3,22 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2017
+# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
+# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018
+# Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2018
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -144,6 +152,10 @@ msgid ""
 " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the "
 "corresponding field using the search."
 msgstr ""
+"Wanneer je een nieuwe kolom toevoegt, zou het kunnen dat Odoo niet in staat "
+"is om dit automatisch in kaart te brengen wanneer het label niet overeen "
+"komt met een veld in het systeem. Indien dat het geval is, zoek dan het "
+"overeenkomend veld door de zoekfunctie te gebruiken. "
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27
 msgid ""
@@ -194,6 +206,10 @@ msgid ""
 "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from "
 "their own list menu."
 msgstr ""
+"Een Odoo object is altijd gelinkt aan vele andere objecten (b.v. een product"
+" is gelinkt aan de product categorieën, attributen, leveranciers, etc.). Om "
+"deze relaties te importeren moet je de records van het gerelateerde object "
+"eerst importeren vanuit hun eigen lijst menu. "
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48
 msgid ""
@@ -217,6 +233,9 @@ msgid ""
 " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries"
 " and even orders!"
 msgstr ""
+"U kunt gegevens importeren in elk Odoo's business object met behulp van "
+"Excel (.xlsx) of CSV (.csv) bestanden: contactpersonen, producten, "
+"bankafschriften, journaalboekingen en zelfs bestellingen!"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11
 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*."
@@ -229,6 +248,9 @@ msgid ""
 "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is "
 "already done."
 msgstr ""
+"Daar vindt u sjablonen die u gemakkelijk kunt invullen met uw eigen "
+"gegevens. Dergelijke sjablonen kunnen met één klik worden geïmporteerd; De "
+"data mapping is reeds gedaan."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22
 msgid "How to adapt the template"
@@ -253,6 +275,10 @@ msgid ""
 "columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the "
 "corresponding field."
 msgstr ""
+"Wanneer u een nieuwe kolom toevoegt, kan Odoo het mogelijk niet automatisch "
+"toewijzen als het label in Odoo niet als een bestaand veld herkend wordt. "
+"Maar geen zorgen! U kunt nieuwe kolommen handmatig toewijzen wanneer u de "
+"import test. Zoek in de lijst naar het overeenkomstige veld."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39
 msgid ""
@@ -304,6 +330,9 @@ msgid ""
 "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the "
 "complete list of fields for each column."
 msgstr ""
+"Wanneer dat gebeurt, dien je gewoon de **Tonen van velden van relatie velden"
+" (geavanceerd)** optie aan te vinken, vervolgens zal je de mogelijkheid "
+"hebben om te kiezen uit de complete lijst van velden voor iedere kolom. "
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79
 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
@@ -318,6 +347,14 @@ msgid ""
 "inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the"
 " day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo kan automatisch detecteren of een kolom een datum is en zal vervolgens "
+"het datum formaal proberen te achterhalen op basis van een set van meest "
+"gebruikte datum formaten. Dit proces werkt voor veel simpele datum formaten,"
+" echter sommige exotische datum formaten zullen niet herkend worden; er is "
+"dus ook verwarring mogelijk (dag en maand kunnen worden omgedraaid "
+"bijvoorbeeld) omdat het moeilijk is om correct te raden welk deel van de "
+"datum de dag of maand betreft, hoofdzakelijk in een datum zoals bijvoorbeeld"
+" '01-03-2016'."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83
 msgid ""
@@ -414,6 +451,9 @@ msgid ""
 "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
 "your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
 msgstr ""
+"Als uw CSV-bestand een tabellering heeft als scheidingsteken zal Odoo de "
+"scheidingen niet detecteren. U moet de bestandsindeling opties wijzigen in "
+"uw spreadsheet applicatie. Zie de volgende vraag."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122
 msgid ""
@@ -504,6 +544,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
 " have been created manually."
 msgstr ""
+"Gebruik land: Dit is de makkelijkste manier wanneer uw gegevens komen vanuit"
+" een CSV bestand dat handmatig is aangemaakt."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
 msgid ""
@@ -567,6 +609,9 @@ msgid ""
 "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
 "'Category'."
 msgstr ""
+"Maar als u de configuratie van de productcategorieën niet wilt wijzigen, "
+"raden wij u aan gebruik te maken van de externe ID voor dit veld "
+"'Categorie'."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
 msgid ""
@@ -583,6 +628,10 @@ msgid ""
 "'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column"
 " of your CSV file."
 msgstr ""
+"Labels moeten gescheiden worden door een komma zonder enige spatie. "
+"Bijvoorbeeld, als u een klant zowel het label 'Fabrikant' als 'Retailer' wil"
+" geven, dan moet u zowel 'Fabrikant, Retailer' in dezelfde kolom ingeven in "
+"uw CSV bestand."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174
 msgid ""
@@ -608,6 +657,14 @@ msgid ""
 "purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
 "you can import, based on demo data."
 msgstr ""
+"Indien u verkooporders wilt importeren met verschillende orderregels, dient "
+"u in het CSV bestand een specifieke regel te reserveren voor iedere "
+"orderregel. De eerste orderregel wordt geïmporteerd op de eerste regel welke"
+" ook de kop informatie van de order bevat. Voor elke extra orderregel is een"
+" extra rij nodig die geen informatie bevat van de velden die betrekking "
+"hebben op de bestelling. Als import voorbeeld kan u hier het "
+"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV bestand vinden met "
+"demogegevens van enkele offertes."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184
 msgid ""
@@ -636,6 +693,8 @@ msgid ""
 "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
 "contacts:"
 msgstr ""
+"Het volgende CSV bestand laat zien hoe klanten en de bijbehorende "
+"contactpersonen te importeren:"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192
 msgid ""
@@ -679,6 +738,10 @@ msgid ""
 "in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of "
 "assigning the default value."
 msgstr ""
+"Als u niet alle velden in uw CSV file een waarde geeft, zal Odoo de "
+"standaard waarde voor ieder niet-gedefinieerd veld gebruiken. Voor velden "
+"zonder waarde in de CSV file, zal Odoo het veld LEEG maken, in plaats van "
+"het veld de standaard waarde toe te kennen."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213
 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
@@ -693,6 +756,10 @@ msgid ""
 " companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each "
 "person and the company they work for)."
 msgstr ""
+"Als u gegevens moet importeren van verschillende tabellen, dient u de "
+"relaties tussen de records van de verschillende tabellen aan te maken. "
+"(bijv. als u bedrijven en personen importeert dient u de koppeling tussen "
+"ieder persoon en het bedrijf te maken."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
 msgid ""
@@ -703,6 +770,13 @@ msgid ""
 "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
 "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
 msgstr ""
+"Om relaties tussen tabellen te beheren, kunt u gebruik maken van de "
+"\"Externe ID\" van Odoo. Deze \"externe ID\" van een record is de unieke "
+"identificatie van dit record in de andere applicatie. Deze \"Externe ID\" "
+"moet uniek zijn bij alle records en alle objecten. Het is daarom verstandig "
+"om de externe ID te voorzien van een voorvoegsel, met de naam van de "
+"applicatie of de tabel (zoals 'bedrijf_1', 'persoon_1' in plaats van alleen "
+"'1')"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219
 msgid ""
@@ -713,12 +787,20 @@ msgid ""
 "href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
 "PostgreSQL database</a>)"
 msgstr ""
+"Een voorbeeld. Stel u heeft een SQL database met twee tabellen, die u wilt "
+"importeren: bedrijven en personen. Ieder persoon behoort toe aan één "
+"bedrijf. U dient dus een koppeling te maken tussen de persoon en het "
+"bedrijf, waar hij voor werkt. (Als u dit voorbeeld wilt testen, is hier <a "
+"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">heeft u hier een "
+"dump van een PostgreSQL databank</a>)"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221
 msgid ""
 "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
 " the following command:"
 msgstr ""
+"We zullen eerst alle bedrijven en hun \"Externe ID\" exporteren. In PSQL, "
+"schrijf het volgende commando:"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227
 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
@@ -745,6 +827,13 @@ msgid ""
 "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
 " who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
 msgstr ""
+"Zoals u in dit bestand kunt zien, werken Fabien en Laurence voor grote "
+"bedrijven (company_1) en Eric werkt voor het bedrijf Organi. De relatie "
+"tussen de personen en de bedrijven wordt gemaakt door gebruik te maken van "
+"de Externe ID van de bedrijven. Om een conflict te voorkomen tussen de ID "
+"van de personen en de bedrijven (person_1 en company_1 welke dezelfde ID "
+"delen in de originele database) hebben we voor de \"Externe ID\" een "
+"voorvoegsel met de naam van de tabel gemaakt."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250
 msgid ""
@@ -753,10 +842,15 @@ msgid ""
 "contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first "
 "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
 msgstr ""
+"De twee aangemaakte bestanden zijn gereed om te worden geïmporteerd in Odoo,"
+" zonder enige aanpassing. Na het importeren van deze twee CSV bestanden "
+"heeft u 4 contactpersonen en 3 bedrijven. (De eerste 2 contactpersonen zijn "
+"gekoppeld aan het eerste bedrijf). U dient eerst de bedrijven en dan de "
+"personen te importeren."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
 msgid "Basics"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Basisprincipes"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
 msgid "How to add a user"
@@ -781,12 +875,19 @@ msgid ""
 "professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -"
 " and a picture."
 msgstr ""
+"Vanuit Instellingen, ga naar het submenu :menuselectie:`Gebruikers --> "
+"Gebruikers` en klik op **Aanmaken**. Geef de naam van uw nieuwe gebruiker in"
+" en zijn professionele e-mailadres - het adres waarmee hij inlogt op zijn "
+"Odoo instantie - en een foto."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19
 msgid ""
 "Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access "
 "and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app."
 msgstr ""
+"Onder \"Toegangsrechten\" kan u kiezen tot welke applicaties uw gebruiker "
+"toegangsrecht of gebruiksrecht krijgt. Verschillende niveau's van rechten "
+"zijn beschikbaar afhankelijk van de app."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23
 msgid ""
@@ -794,6 +895,10 @@ msgid ""
 "invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click"
 " on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in."
 msgstr ""
+"Als u klaar bent met het bewerken van de pagina en hebt geklikt op ** "
+"OPSLAAN **, wordt automatisch een uitnodigingsmail naar de gebruiker "
+"verzonden. De gebruiker moet erop klikken om de uitnodiging voor uw Odoo "
+"instantie te accepteren en een login aan te maken."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
 msgid ""
@@ -801,6 +906,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more "
 "information."
 msgstr ""
+"Onthoud dat elke extra gebruiker je abonnementskosten verhoogt. Raadpleeg de"
+" * Prijspagina * <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>` voor meer informatie."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39
 msgid ""
@@ -810,6 +917,12 @@ msgid ""
 " to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights "
 "under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`."
 msgstr ""
+"U kan ook rechtstreeks een nieuwe gebruiker toevoegen vanaf de app "
+"instellingen/Dashboard. Vanuit de bovenstaande schermafbeelding, voer het "
+"e-mailadres in van de gebruiker die u wilt toevoegen en klik op "
+"**UITNODIGEN**. De gebruiker ontvangt een e-mailuitnodiging met een link om "
+"zijn wachtwoord in te stellen. U kunt dan zijn toegangsrechten definiëren "
+"onder de: menuselectie: `Instellingen -> Gebruikersmenu '."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
 msgid ""
@@ -867,6 +980,9 @@ msgid ""
 "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-"
 "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**."
 msgstr ""
+"Je kan de taal in Odoo wijzigen naar de geïnstalleerde taal door te "
+"navigeren naar het drop-down menu in de rechterbovenhoek van het scherm, "
+"kies **Voorkeuren**."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
index 3a8cc6d21f..129efb9026 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
@@ -1,16 +1,20 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
+# Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2018
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -19,751 +23,367 @@ msgstr ""
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
-msgid "Odoo Online Implementation"
-msgstr "Odoo online implementatie"
+msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology"
+msgstr "Basis van de SnelStart Methodologie"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
 msgid ""
-"This document summarizes **Odoo Online's services**, our Success Pack "
-"**implementation methodology**, and best practices to get started with our "
+"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack "
+"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our "
 "product."
 msgstr ""
+"Dit document is een samenvatting van de diensten van Odoo Online, onze "
+"Success pack implementatie methodologie en de beste praktijken om te starten"
+" met ons product. "
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the "
-"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't "
-"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*"
-msgstr ""
-"*We raden aan dat nieuwe Odoo Online klanten dit document lezen voor de "
-"kick-of met hun projectleider. Op deze manier besparen we tijd en moeten we "
-"geen uren van uw succes pak gebruiken om de basis te bespreken.*"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12
+msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant"
+msgstr "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) en de Consultant."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this "
-"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*"
+"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate "
+"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person"
+" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the"
+" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making."
 msgstr ""
-"*Indien u dit document niet heeft gelezen zal onze projectleider het met u "
-"overlopen tijdens het kick-off gesprek.*"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Aan de slag"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22
 msgid ""
-"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The"
-" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during "
-"the implementation."
+"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From"
+" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency"
+" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good "
+"practices."
 msgstr ""
-"Wacht niet tot de kick-off meeting om te beginnen spelen met de software. "
-"Hoe meer u met Odoo in aanraking komt hoe meer tijd u later zal besparen "
-"tijdens de implementatie."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions"
-" by email on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you "
-"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch."
+"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible"
+" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention "
+"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business "
+"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by "
-"someone else in your company, contact our support team using our `online "
-"support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
+"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the "
+"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise "
+"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an"
+" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are"
+" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those "
+"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo "
-"database ready to be used."
+"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional "
+"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his "
+"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary "
+"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-"
+"learning via the `Odoo documentation "
+"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning "
+"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the "
+"testing of functionalities."
 msgstr ""
-"Vul het aanmeld of inschrijf scherm in en u krijgt uw eerste Odoo database "
-"die klaar is voor gebruik."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41
-msgid ""
-"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes"
-" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities* or "
-"*projects/tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the "
-"user interface as shown in the picture below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
-msgid "|left_pic|"
-msgstr "|left_pic|"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
-msgid "|right_pic|"
-msgstr "|right_pic|"
+msgid "2. Project Scope"
+msgstr "2. Project Scope"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation "
-"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top "
-"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications."
+"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is "
+"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the "
+"project implementation is pursuing."
 msgstr ""
-"Eenmaal u bekend geraakt met de interface neemt u best een kijkje naar de "
-"implementatie planners. Deze zijn toegankelijk vanuit de Instellingen app, "
-"of vanuit de bovenste voortgangsbalk in de rechter bovenkant van de "
-"hoofdapplicatie."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58
-msgid "These implementation planners will:"
-msgstr "Deze implementatie planners zullen:"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60
-msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application,"
-msgstr ""
-"helpen u met het definiëren van uw doelen en KPI's voor elke applicatie,"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62
-msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps,"
-msgstr "helpen u door de verschillende configuratie stappen,"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64
-msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo."
-msgstr "en geven uw tips en trucjes om het meeste uit Odoo te halen."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53
 msgid ""
-"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations "
-"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the "
-"implementation process."
+"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of "
+"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. "
+"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of "
+"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more"
+" clear."
 msgstr ""
-"Vul de eerste stappen van de implementatie planners in (doelen, "
-"verwachtingen en KPI's). Onze projectleider controleert deze met u tijdens "
-"het implementatieproces."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59
 msgid ""
-"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you "
-"through all the steps. But you can also:"
+"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent "
+"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo"
+" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This "
+"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in "
+"the implementation."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u vragen heeft of ondersteuning nodig heeft zal onze projectleider u "
-"doorheen alle stappen helpen. Maar u kan ook:"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
 msgid ""
-"Read the documentation on our website: "
-"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
+"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great "
+"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more "
+"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard "
+"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project"
+" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid "
+"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software "
+"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an "
+"experiment of the standard in production."
 msgstr ""
-"Lees de documentatie op onze website: "
-"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79
-msgid ""
-"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (free with your first Success "
-"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional "
-"<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80
+msgid "3. Managing expectations"
 msgstr ""
-"Bekijk de video's op ons e-Learning platform (gratis bij uw eerste succes "
-"pakket): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional "
-"<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
 msgid ""
-"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel "
-"<https://www.youtube.com/user/OpenERPonline>`__"
+"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of "
+"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into"
+" account from the beginning of the project:"
 msgstr ""
-"Bekijk de webinars op ons `Youtube kanaal "
-"<https://www.youtube.com/user/OpenERPonline>`__"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86
 msgid ""
-"Or send your questions to our online support team through our `online "
-"support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
+"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and "
+"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation,"
+" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo "
+"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time "
+"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly "
+"check that this is still the case."
 msgstr ""
-"Of verzend uw vragen naar ons online ondersteuningsteam via ons `online "
-"ondersteuningsformulier <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89
-msgid "What do we expect from you?"
-msgstr "Wat verwachten wij van u?"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94
 msgid ""
-"We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of "
-"services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most"
-" projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months."
+"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal "
+"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them"
+" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs "
+"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an"
+" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the "
+"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining "
+"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio "
+"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be "
+"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a "
+"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed "
+"to pursue this same objective."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108
 msgid ""
-"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a "
-"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is "
-"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth."
+"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and "
+"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to "
+"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of "
+"tools\\* :"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100
-msgid "Your internal implementation manager"
-msgstr "Uw interne implementatie beheerder"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113
 msgid ""
-"We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to "
-"work with our project manager on your Odoo implementation. This is to ensure"
-" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this "
-"person must:"
+"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard "
+"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be "
+"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes."
 msgstr ""
+"**De GAP Analyse**: De vergelijking tussen het verzoek en de standaard "
+"functionaliteiten voorgesteld door Odoo, zal het mogelijk maken om de gap te"
+" identificeren en in te vullen door ontwikkelingen/customisaties of "
+"wijzigingen in de business processen. "
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118
 msgid ""
-"**Be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you "
-"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest "
-"implementations having a full time project manager."
+"`The User Story <https://help.rallydev.com/writing-great-user-story>`__: "
+"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, "
+"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant"
+" who will provide a response to the HOW."
 msgstr ""
+"Het Gebruiker Verhaal <https://help.rallydev.com/writing-great-user-"
+"story>`__: Deze techniek splitst de verantwoordelijkheden tussen het SPoC, "
+"verantwoordelijk voor het uitleggen van WAT, HOE en WIE, en de Consultant "
+"die het antwoord zal voorzien betreft HOE."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126
 msgid ""
-"**Have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms "
-"all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small "
-"details that need quick turnarounds for answers and if there is too much "
-"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company "
-"it could potentially seriously slow everything down."
+"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A "
+"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main "
+"lines of expected changes."
 msgstr ""
+"`De Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ Een"
+" vereenvoudigde versie, een prototype van wat naar verwachting zal "
+"overeenkomen over de hoofdlijnen van verwachte veranderingen."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130
 msgid ""
-"**Have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full "
-"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top "
-"management."
+"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with"
+" the changes related to the interface."
 msgstr ""
+"**The Mockup**:  In hetzelfde idee als de Proof of Concept, zal het "
+"aansluiten bij de veranderingen met betrekking tot de interface."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121
-msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%"
-msgstr "Integreer 90% van uw bedrjif, geen 100%"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133
 msgid ""
-"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high "
-"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an "
-"extremist.**"
+"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and "
+"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project "
+"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the "
+"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without "
+"verifying its veracity beforehand."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139
 msgid ""
-"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks"
-" to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades."
+"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more "
+"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130
-msgid ""
-"Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and "
-"requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost"
-" you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden "
-"costs of customization."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143
+msgid "4. Communication Strategy"
+msgstr "4. Communicatie strategie"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145
 msgid ""
-"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was "
-"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old "
-"system(s) work."
+"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of "
+"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the "
+"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to "
+"follow those principles:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150
 msgid ""
-"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to "
-"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after "
-"having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using "
-"Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they "
-"learn to perform their workflows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is more"
-" important to have all your business processes working than customizing a "
-"screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few emails."
+"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure "
+"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to "
+"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project "
+"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be "
+"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the"
+" manager are clearly defined."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158
 msgid ""
-"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and "
-"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with"
-" them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your "
-"previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with "
-"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is "
-"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead."
+"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both "
+"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155
-msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo"
-msgstr "Investeer tijd in het leren werken met Odoo"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162
 msgid ""
-"Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are"
-" navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and "
-"easier your training phases will be."
+"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation "
+"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161
-msgid ""
-"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra "
-"resources:"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166
+msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;"
 msgstr ""
-"Niets vervangt spelen met software, maar hier zijn wat extra hulpmiddelen:"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168
 msgid ""
-"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
+"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is "
+"reached;"
 msgstr ""
-"Documentatie: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171
 msgid ""
-"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__"
+"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized."
 msgstr ""
-"Introductie Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170
-msgid ""
-"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
-msgstr ""
-"Klanten-reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174
-msgid "Get things done"
-msgstr "Krijg dingen gedaan"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175
+msgid "5. Customizations and Development"
+msgstr "5. Aanpassingen en ontwikkelingen"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177
 msgid ""
-"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-"
-"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and "
-"install the Notes application."
+"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution "
+"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast "
+"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:"
 msgstr ""
-"Wilt u een gemakkelijke manier om te starten met Odoo? Installeer Odoo "
-"Notities om uw to do lijst voor de implementatie te beheren: "
-"`https://www.odoo.com/page/notes <https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. "
-"Vanuit de Odoo homepagina gaat u naar Apps en installeert u de Notities "
-"applicatie."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184
-msgid "This module allows you to:"
-msgstr "Deze module staat u toe om:"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186
-msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;"
-msgstr "Beheer te doe lijsten voor betere interacties met uw consultant;"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188
-msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;"
-msgstr "Deel Odoo kennis & goede gewoontes met uw werknemers;"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182
 msgid ""
-"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion "
-"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc."
+"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be "
+"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis,"
+" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant "
+"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an"
+" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted "
+"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid "
+"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties."
+" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development "
+"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see "
+"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")."
 msgstr ""
-"Maak kennis met alle generieke tools van Odoo: Berichten, Discussie groepen,"
-" Kanban Dashboards, enz."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194
 msgid ""
-"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform "
-"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard "
-"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad."
+"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to "
+"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of"
+" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator"
+" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the "
+"business processes of the company."
 msgstr ""
-"Deze applicatie is zelfs compatibel met het Etherpad platform "
-"(http://etherpad.org). Om deze samenwerkingspaden te gebruiker over de "
-"standaard Odoo notitites installeert u de volgende add-on: Memo's Pad."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202
-msgid "What should you expect from us?"
-msgstr "Wat zou u van ons moeten verwachten?"
+msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles"
+msgstr "6. Test en validatie principes"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205
-msgid "Subscription Services"
-msgstr "Abboneringsdiensten"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204
+msgid ""
+"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to"
+" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational "
+"needs of the company."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
-msgid "Cloud Hosting"
-msgstr "Cloud hosting"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210
 msgid ""
-"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three "
-"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your "
-"instance in 10 minutes, and more!"
+"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible "
+"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the "
+"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the "
+"requirements of the operational reality."
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo biedt een top kwaliteit cloud infrastructuur aan inclusief back-ups in "
-"drie verschillende datacenters, database replicatie, de mogelijkheid om uw "
-"database te dupliceren in 10 minuten en meer!"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214
 msgid ""
-"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
+"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the "
+"noted gap is caused by:"
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218
 msgid ""
-"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__"
+"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is "
+"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible"
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo Online beveiliging: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
-msgid ""
-"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
-msgstr ""
-"Privébeleid: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224
-msgid "Support"
-msgstr "Ondersteuning"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
-msgid ""
-"Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no "
-"extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in "
-"San Francisco, Belgium, and India. Questions could be about anything and "
-"everything, like specific questions on current Odoo features and where to "
-"configure them, bugfix requests, payments, or subscription issues."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
-msgid ""
-"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235
-msgid ""
-"Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data "
-"or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project "
-"manager, as part of the Success Pack."
-msgstr ""
-"Opmerking: Het Odoo ondersteuningsteam kan geen nieuwe opties bijbouwen, "
-"maatwerk doen, data importeren of uw gebruikers opleiden. Deze diensten zijn"
-" aangeboden door onze toegewezen projectleider, als onderdeel van het sucees"
-" pakket."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240
-msgid "Upgrades"
-msgstr "Upgrades"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
-msgid ""
-"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade "
-"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database "
-"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features."
-msgstr ""
-"Eenmalig elke twee maanden brengt Odoo een nieuwe versie uit. U krijgt een "
-"upgrade knop binnen het **Beheer uw databases** scherm. Het upgraden van uw "
-"database is uw oordeel, maar staat u toe om te profiteren van nieuwe "
-"mogelijkheden."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
-msgid ""
-"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can "
-"evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill "
-"our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this "
-"request."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252
-msgid "Success Pack Services"
-msgstr "Succes pak diensten"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
-msgid ""
-"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a "
-"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours "
-"you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of "
-"your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects "
-"within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute to"
-" us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or \"Scope "
-"Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an"
-" increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
-msgid ""
-"The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: "
-"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
-msgid ""
-"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
-"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
-"your Success Pack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
-msgid "His/her role includes:"
-msgstr "Zijn/haar rol omvat:"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
-msgid ""
-"**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
-" the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
-msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
-msgid ""
-"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen "
-"sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will "
-"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your "
-"consultant."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
-msgid ""
-"**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
-"and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
-"structures, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
-msgid ""
-"**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
-"prepared by the project manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
-msgid ""
-"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra "
-"services:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
-msgid ""
-"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to "
-"customize most screens in any way you see fit."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
-msgid ""
-"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize "
-"the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers"
-" for advanced customizations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
-msgid ""
-"**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
-"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
-"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours "
-"of your Success Pack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
-msgid ""
-"**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields "
-"based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For"
-" very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo "
-"developers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
-msgid ""
-"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. "
-"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded "
-"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:314
-msgid ""
-"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will"
-" be deducted from your Success Pack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
-msgid ""
-"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a"
-" developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your "
-"Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a "
-"developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover"
-" maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by"
-" the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the"
-" subscription fee."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:325
-msgid ""
-"**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
-"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
-"$5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
-msgid "Implementation Methodology"
-msgstr "Implementatie methodologie"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
-msgid ""
-"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers "
-"in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
-msgstr ""
+msgid "**or**"
+msgstr "**of**"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222
 msgid ""
-"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
-"progressively, by groups of apps."
+"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational "
+"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC."
 msgstr ""
-"Na de kick-off meeting definiëren we een plan om Odoo progressief uit te "
-"rollen, per groep of app."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:341
-msgid ""
-"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
-"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
-"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of applications that you "
-"will fully use in production at the end of the phase."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
-msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
-msgstr "Voor elke fase zijn de stappen de volgende:"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
-msgid ""
-"**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
-"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
-" business process and configure according to your specific needs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
-msgid ""
-"**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
-"responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's "
-"project manager will import them in Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
-msgid ""
-"**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
-" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
-"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and "
-"process your feedback."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
-msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-"**Productie**: Eenmaal iedereen getraind is starten uw gebruikers met het "
-"gebruiken van Odoo."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:366
-msgid ""
-"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
-"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
-" and reports**)."
-msgstr ""
-"Eenmaal u comfortabel bent met het gebruik van Odoo optimaliseren wij het "
-"proces, **automatiseren** we sommige taken en doen we de overgebleven "
-"aanpassingen (**extra schermen en rapporten**)."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370
-msgid ""
-"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our "
-"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
-"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
-msgid "Managing your databases"
-msgstr "Uw databases beheren"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378
-msgid ""
-"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
-" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
-msgstr ""
-"Om toegang te krijgen tot uw database gaat u naar Odoo.com, meld u aan en "
-"klikt u op **Mijn databases** in de dropdown in de rechterbovenhoek."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384
-msgid ""
-"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
-"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
-" with test data!"
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo geeft u de mogelijkheid om het systeem te testen voordat u live gaat of"
-" voor u upgrade naar een nieuwe versie. Vervuil uw werkomgeving niet met "
-"test data!"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388
-msgid ""
-"For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each "
-"available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your "
-"working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My "
-"Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
-msgid ""
-"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
-"<db_management/documentation>`."
-msgstr ""
-"U kan :ref:`here <db_management/documentation>` meer informatie vinden over "
-"hoe uw database te beheren."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
-msgid "Customer Success"
-msgstr "Klanten succes"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
+msgid "7. Data Imports"
+msgstr "7. Data importeren"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:405
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228
 msgid ""
-"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
-"have all the resources needed to complete their project."
+"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must "
+"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, "
+"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, "
+"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, "
+"it will be decided :"
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo is gepassioneerd in het blij maken van onze klanten en ons er van "
-"verzekeren dat ze alle bronnen nodig hebben om hun project te voltooien."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:408
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234
 msgid ""
-"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
-"manager and eventually the support team."
+"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, "
+"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, "
+"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting."
 msgstr ""
-"Tijdens de implementatie fase is uw contactpersoon de projectleider en "
-"eventueel het ondersteuningsteam."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:411
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239
 msgid ""
-"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
-"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
-"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with"
-" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the "
-"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..."
+"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When "
+"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, "
+"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information "
+"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the"
+" import will be made before the production launch."
 msgstr ""
-"Eenmaal u in productie hebt heeft u waarschijnlijk minder interactie met "
-"onze projectleider. Op dit moment wijzen wij u een lid van het klant succes "
-"team toe die gespecialiseerd is in de lange termijn relatie met onze "
-"klanten. Hij contacteert u om nieuwe versies te tonen, de manier waarop u "
-"werkt te verbeteren, uw nieuwe noden te beoordelen, enz."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:418
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246
 msgid ""
-"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
-"a solution that grows with their needs!"
+"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be "
+"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these "
+"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the "
+"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports."
 msgstr ""
-"Ons interne doel is om een klant minstens 10 jaar te behouden en om hen een "
-"aanbieding aan te bieden die meegroeit met hun noden!"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:421
-msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
-msgstr "Welkom aan boord en geniet van uw Odoo ervaring!"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:424
-msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
index 66b16d5303..b3cfa8f43b 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
@@ -3,14 +3,19 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2017\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-12-13 12:33+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -24,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "Helpdesk"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Starten met Odoo Helpdesk"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6
 msgid "Overview"
@@ -65,6 +70,10 @@ msgid ""
 "For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced,"
 " or manually."
 msgstr ""
+"Hier kunt u nieuwe teams maken, beslissen welke teamleden aan dit team "
+"moeten toegevoegd worden, hoe uw klanten tickets kunnen verzenden en welk "
+"SLA-beleid en beoordelingen gewenst zijn. Voor de toewijzingsmethode kunt u "
+"tickets willekeurig, gebalanceerd of handmatig toewijzen."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38
 msgid "How to set up different stages for each team"
@@ -76,6 +85,9 @@ msgid ""
 "settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
 "the lower right-hand side."
 msgstr ""
+"Eerst zal je de ontwikkelaarsmodus moeten activeren. Ga hiervoor naar de "
+"instellingen module en selecteer rechtsonder de link voor \"Activeer de "
+"ontwikkelaarsmodus\"."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
 msgid ""
@@ -84,6 +96,10 @@ msgid ""
 "can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams "
 "allowing for customizable stages for each team!"
 msgstr ""
+"Wanneer u terugkeert naar uw Helpdesk module en \"Configuratie\" selecteert "
+"in de paarse balk, vindt u extra opties, zoals \"Fases\". Hier kunt u nieuwe"
+" fasen creëren en die fasen toewijzen aan 1 of meerdere teams, zodat u voor "
+"elk team aanpasbare fases kunt instellen!"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
 msgid "Start receiving tickets"
@@ -98,12 +114,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
 "your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
 msgstr ""
+"Selecteer \"Configuratie\" in de paarse balk en selecteer \"Instellingen\", "
+"selecteer uw Helpdeskteam. Onder \"Kanalen vindt u 4 opties:"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
 msgid ""
 "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
 "ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
 msgstr ""
+"Met een e-mailalias kunnen klanten naar de alias berichten sturen om een "
+"ticket te maken. De onderwerpregel van de e-mail wordt het onderwerp op het "
+"ticket."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
 msgid ""
@@ -111,6 +132,9 @@ msgid ""
 "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
 "form - much like odoo.com/help!"
 msgstr ""
+"Via het webformulier kan uw klant naar "
+"uwwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit en een ticket indienen via een "
+"websiteformulier - net als odoo.com/help!"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
 msgid ""
@@ -118,6 +142,9 @@ msgid ""
 "website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
 "can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket."
 msgstr ""
+"Met Live Chat kunnen uw klanten een ticket indienen op uw website. Uw klant "
+"start de livechat en uw Live Chat-operator kan een ticket maken met behulp "
+"van de opdracht \"/helpdesk\" + \"het Onderwerp van het ticket\"."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
 msgid ""
@@ -140,12 +167,19 @@ msgid ""
 "tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by "
 "adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field."
 msgstr ""
+"Nu kunnen uw werknemers eraan werken! Als u een handmatige "
+"toewijzingsmethode hebt geselecteerd, moeten uw werknemers zichzelf "
+"toewijzen aan tickets met behulp van de knop 'AAN MIJ TOEWIJZEN' in de "
+"linkerbovenhoek van een ticket of door zichzelf toe te voegen aan het veld "
+"'Toegewezen aan'."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101
 msgid ""
 "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
 "tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
 msgstr ""
+"Als u de toewijzingsmethode \"Willekeurig\" of \"Gebalanceerd\" hebt "
+"gekozen, worden uw tickets toegewezen aan een lid van dat Helpdeskteam."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
 msgid ""
@@ -165,54 +199,66 @@ msgid ""
 " but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
 "Kanban view or on the ticket form."
 msgstr ""
+"U kunt bepalen hoe urgent een ticket is door het aantal sterren op het "
+"ticket te selecteren. Hoe meer sterren hoe dringender het is. U kunt dit "
+"doen in de Kanban-weergave of op het ticket formulier."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
 msgid ""
 "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
 "activate the setting under \"Settings\""
 msgstr ""
+"Om een Service Level Agreement-beleid voor uw werknemers in te stellen, "
+"activeert u eerst deze functie onder \"Instellingen\""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123
 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Van hier, selecteer \"Stel SLA regels in\" en klik op \"Maken\"."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125
 msgid ""
 "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
 "priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
 msgstr ""
+"Je vult informatie in zoals het Helpdeskteam, wat de minimale prioriteit is "
+"op de tickets (de sterren) en de doelen voor de tickets."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132
 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
 msgstr ""
+"Wat als een ticket is geblokkeerd of klaar is om aan te worden gewerkt?"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134
 msgid ""
 "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
 "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
 msgstr ""
+"Als een ticket niet kan worden opgelost of geblokkeerd is, kunt u de "
+"\"Kanban-status\" op het ticket aanpassen. Je hebt 3 opties:"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
 msgid "Grey - Normal State"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Grijs - Normale staat"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139
 msgid "Red - Blocked"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rood - Geblokkeerd"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141
 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Groen - Klaar voor volgende fase"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143
 msgid ""
 "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
 "Ticket form."
 msgstr ""
+"Net als de urgentie-sterren kun je de staat aanpassen in de kanban of op het"
+" ticket formulier."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150
 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe kunnen mijn medewerkers tijd boeken op een ticket?"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152
 msgid ""
@@ -220,36 +266,46 @@ msgid ""
 "Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
 "timesheets will log against."
 msgstr ""
+"Ga eerst naar \"Instellingen\" en selecteer de optie voor \"Urenstaat op "
+"Ticket\". U ziet een veld verschijnen waar u het project kunt selecteren "
+"waar de uren kunnen geregistreerd worden."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
 msgid ""
 "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
 " tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
 msgstr ""
+"Nu u een project hebt geselecteerd, kunt u opslaan. Als u teruggaat naar een"
+" ticket, ziet u een nieuw tabblad genaamd \"Urenstaten\""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
 msgid ""
 "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
 "ticket."
 msgstr ""
+"Hier kunnen uw werknemers een regel toevoegen om werk toe te voegen dat zij "
+"voor dit ticket hebben gedaan."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169
 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stel uw klanten in staat om eenvoudig uw diensten te beoordelen."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171
 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Activeer hiervoor \"Beoordelingen\" onder \"Instellingen\""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176
 msgid ""
 "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
 "an email to the customer asking how their service went."
 msgstr ""
+"Wanneer een ticket naar de fase opgelost of voltooid wordt verplaatst, "
+"stuurt Odoo een e-mail (indien een mailserver correct is ingesteld) naar de "
+"klant met de vraag wat hij van de service vond."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3
 msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Registreer en factureer tijd voor tickets"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -257,10 +313,14 @@ msgid ""
 "in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time "
 "spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients."
 msgstr ""
+"Mogelijk hebt u servicecontracten met uw klanten om hen te ondersteunen bij "
+"problemen. Voor dit doel helpt Odoo u de tijd te registreren die u besteedt "
+"aan het oplossen van het probleem en vooral om het aan uw klanten te "
+"factureren."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11
 msgid "The modules needed"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "De modules die nodig zijn"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13
 msgid ""
@@ -268,14 +328,17 @@ msgid ""
 "needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of "
 "them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*."
 msgstr ""
+"Om tijd op tickets te registreren en te factureren, zijn de volgende modules"
+" nodig: Helpdesk, Project, Urenstaten, Verkoop. Als u een van deze mist, ga "
+"dan naar de Apps-module, zoek ernaar en klik vervolgens op * Installeren *."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19
 msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Starten met Odoo Helpdesk"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22
 msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stap 1 : start een helpdesk project"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24
 msgid ""
@@ -289,10 +352,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for "
 "it."
 msgstr ""
+"Ga vervolgens naar uw dashboard, maak het nieuwe project aan en laat "
+"daarvoor urenstaten toe."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35
 msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stap 2: Breng een helpdeskteam bij elkaar"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -305,7 +370,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47
 msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stap 3 : start de helpdesk service"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49
 msgid ""
@@ -335,15 +400,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73
 msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "U bent nu klaar voor het ontvangen van tickets!"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76
 msgid "Solve issues and record time spent"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Los incidenten op en registreer de bestede tijd"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79
 msgid "Step 1 : place an order"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stap 1 : plaats een bestelling"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81
 msgid ""
@@ -356,7 +421,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91
 msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stap 2 : koppel de taak aan het ticket"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93
 msgid ""
@@ -368,7 +433,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102
 msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stap 3 : registreer de tijd die is besteed om de klant te helpen"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104
 msgid ""
@@ -376,16 +441,21 @@ msgid ""
 "performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the "
 "*Timesheets* tab."
 msgstr ""
+"De klus is geklaard en het probleem van de klant is opgelost. Om de uren te "
+"registreren die voor deze taak zijn uitgevoerd, gaat u terug naar het "
+"ticketformulier en voegt u ze toe op het tabblad *Urenstaten*."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112
 msgid ""
 "The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the "
 "Timesheet module and on the dedicated task."
 msgstr ""
+"De uren die op het ticket zijn geregistreerd, verschijnen ook automatisch in"
+" de Urenstaten app en in de speciale taak."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116
 msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stap 4 : Factureer de klant"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118
 msgid ""
@@ -399,3 +469,6 @@ msgid ""
 "All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then "
 "validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !"
 msgstr ""
+"Het enige dat u nog hoeft te doen, is de factuur vanaf de bestelling maken "
+"en deze vervolgens te valideren. Nu enkel wachten op de betaling van de "
+"klant!"
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
index aaa03ffb68..acaef57116 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
@@ -1,16 +1,29 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Onno van Koolwijk <onneau@hotmail.com>, 2017
+# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017
+# Alain van Hall <ajcvhall@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Arnaud De Moyer <arnauddemoyer@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2017
+# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2017
+# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018
+# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2018
+# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-01-08 17:10+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -209,6 +222,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and "
 "outgoing deliveries:"
 msgstr ""
+"Partijnummers kunnen worden gecodeerd van binnenkomende zendingen, interne "
+"mutaties en uitgaande leveringen:"
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -246,6 +261,9 @@ msgid ""
 "**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time "
 "you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count."
 msgstr ""
+"Partijnummers zijn kenmerkend aan meerdere identieke producten, dus elke "
+"keer als u een partijnummer scant, zal Odoo eentje toevoegen aan het product"
+" aantal."
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24
 msgid ""
@@ -268,6 +286,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each"
 " product (you can also use the keyboard)."
 msgstr ""
+"Scan een product van de inkomende zending en scan vervolgens het "
+"partijnummer van elk product (u kunt ook het toetsenbord gebruiken)."
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43
 msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done."
@@ -275,7 +295,7 @@ msgstr "Click bewaar/scan **Valideer** en u bent klaar."
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3
 msgid "How to process incoming receipts?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe ontvangsten te verwerken?"
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -283,6 +303,9 @@ msgid ""
 "on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and "
 "scan products directly)."
 msgstr ""
+"Er zijn twee mogelijkheden om ontvangsten te verwerken: u kan werken op "
+"afgedrukte documenten (en lijnen scannen van het document), of van een "
+"scherm (en scan direct producten)."
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10
 msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:"
@@ -293,12 +316,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To "
 "Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu."
 msgstr ""
+"Print ontvangsten van vandaag door alle documenten te selecteren vanuit de "
+"**Te Doen** lijst en print **Lever operaties** vanuit het bovenste menu."
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the "
 "top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen."
 msgstr ""
+"Als u eenmaal uw ontvangsten begint te verwerken scant u de barcode in de "
+"rechterbovenhoek van uw document om de juiste leveroperatie te openen op het"
+" scherm."
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20
 msgid ""
@@ -327,12 +355,16 @@ msgid ""
 "When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the "
 "**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation."
 msgstr ""
+"Wanneer u alle items heeft ontvangen klikt u op de **Valideer** knop of "
+"scant u de **Valideer barcode** actie om de operatie te voltooien."
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38
 msgid ""
 "Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right "
 "right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action."
 msgstr ""
+"Ga naar de volgende te verwerken ontvangst door te klikken op de **pijl** "
+"rechtsboven of door de **Volgende pagina** barcode actie te scannen."
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137
@@ -369,6 +401,10 @@ msgid ""
 "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will "
 "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
 msgstr ""
+"Aan de slag met het scannen van barcodes in Odoo is vrij eenvoudig. Toch is "
+"een goede gebruikerservaring afhankelijk van een geschikte hardware-"
+"installatie. Deze handleiding helpt u bij het kiezen en configureren van de "
+"barcodescanner."
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11
 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
@@ -380,6 +416,9 @@ msgid ""
 "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the "
 "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
 msgstr ""
+"Het 3 aanbevolen type barcodescanners om te werken met de Odoo ** voorraad "
+"** en ** barcodescanning ** apps zijn de ** USB-scanner **, ** de bluetooth-"
+"scanner ** en de ** mobiele-computer scanner ** ."
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20
 msgid ""
@@ -388,6 +427,10 @@ msgid ""
 " you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can "
 "be configured to be so."
 msgstr ""
+"Als u producten scant op een computerlocatie, is de ** USB-scanner ** de "
+"juiste keuze. Sluit hem gewoon op de computer aan om te beginnen met "
+"scannen. Zorg er voor dat de scanner compatibel is met uw "
+"toetsenbordindeling of zo kan worden geconfigureerd."
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
 msgid ""
@@ -397,6 +440,12 @@ msgid ""
 "with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to"
 " check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
 msgstr ""
+"De ** bluetooth-scanner ** kan worden gekoppeld met een smartphone of tablet"
+" en is een goede keuze als u mobiel wilt zijn, zonder zwaar te moeten "
+"investeren. Een mogelijkheid is u bij Odoo aan te melden via je smartphone, "
+"de bluetooth-scanner aan de smartphone te koppelen, en de magazijn "
+"verwerkingen te scannen, met nog steeds de mogelijkheid om de transacties "
+"via je smartphone 'handmatig' te verwerken en te controleren."
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
 msgid ""
@@ -424,6 +473,11 @@ msgid ""
 "characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners"
 " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
 msgstr ""
+"U barcode scanner moet geconfigureerd worden om dezelfde toetsenbord lay-out"
+" te gebruiken als uw besturingssysteem. Anders zal uw scanner karakters niet"
+" correct vertalen (een 'A' vervangen met een 'Q' bijvoorbeeld). De meeste "
+"scanners worden geconfigureerd door de correcte barcode uit de "
+"gebruikshandleiding te scannen."
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
 msgid "Automatic carriage return"
@@ -458,6 +512,11 @@ msgid ""
 "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
 "the barcode scanner."
 msgstr ""
+"De functies voor barcodescanning kunnen u veel tijd doen besparen dat "
+"meestal verloren gaat door het schakelen tussen het toetsenbord, de muis en "
+"de scanner. Het op de juiste manier toewijzen van barcodes aan producten, "
+"locaties voor pickings, enz. stelt u in staat efficiënter te werken door de "
+"software bijna uitsluitend te besturen met de barcodescanner."
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17
 msgid ""
@@ -469,7 +528,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19
 msgid "Document: |download_barcode|"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Document: |download_barcode|"
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23
 msgid "Set products barcodes"
@@ -492,6 +551,9 @@ msgid ""
 "not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate "
 "them)."
 msgstr ""
+"<strong>Productvarianten:</strong> wees voorzichtig met barcodes direct op "
+"een variant toe te voegen en niet op het sjabloonproduct (anders kan u ze "
+"niet onderscheiden)."
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44
 msgid "Set locations barcodes"
@@ -507,6 +569,13 @@ msgid ""
 "barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker "
 "paper."
 msgstr ""
+"Als u meerdere locaties beheert, is het handig om aan elke locatie een "
+"streepjescode toe te wijzen en deze op de locatie te plakken. U kunt de "
+"streepjescode van de locaties configureren in: menuselectie: `Voorraad -> "
+"Configuratie -> Magazijnbeheer -> Locaties`. Er is een knop in het menu ** "
+"Afdrukken ** die u kunt gebruiken om de namen van locaties en streepjescodes"
+" af te drukken. Er zijn 4 streepjescodes per pagina, zodanig gerangschikt "
+"dat het handig is om op stickerpapier af te drukken."
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
 msgid ""
@@ -525,6 +594,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two "
 "products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)."
 msgstr ""
+"<strong>EAN-13 barcodes:</strong> gebruikt door de meeste producthandelaren,"
+" ze kunnen niet gemaakt worden zonder een autorisatie: bij de internationale"
+" artikelnummer associatie kan u een EAN code reeks aankopen (de reden waarom"
+" twee producten nooit dezelfde EAN code hebben)."
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72
 msgid ""
@@ -551,6 +624,8 @@ msgid ""
 "One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to "
 "keep the inventory right."
 msgstr ""
+"Een van de belangrijkste kenmerken van een warehouse management software is "
+"het bijhouden van een correcte voorraad."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -558,6 +633,9 @@ msgid ""
 "inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in "
 "the right locations."
 msgstr ""
+"Zodra uw producten zijn gedefinieerd, is het tijd om uw eerste inventaris op"
+" te maken. Dit wordt meteen een weerspiegeling van de realiteit door de "
+"juiste hoeveelheden op de juiste locaties te inventariseren."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55
@@ -662,12 +740,16 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product."
 msgstr ""
+"Voeg de ** Reële hoeveelheid ** toe die u voor elk product in voorraad hebt "
+"."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92
 msgid ""
 "additional information will be available according to the options you "
 "activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)."
 msgstr ""
+"aanvullende informatie zal beschikbaar zijn volgens de opties die u hebt "
+"geactiveerd (multi-locaties, serienummer, consignatie)."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98
 msgid ""
@@ -697,6 +779,9 @@ msgid ""
 "different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
 "delivery strategies."
 msgstr ""
+"Minimale voorraadregels en Maak op Order hebben soortgelijke gevolgen maar "
+"verschillende regels. Ze moeten worden gebruikt, afhankelijk van uw "
+"productie- en levering- strategieën."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10
@@ -716,6 +801,12 @@ msgid ""
 " minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the "
 "quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
 msgstr ""
+"Minimum voorraadregels worden gebruikt om ervoor te zorgen dat u altijd het "
+"minimale aantal producten op voorraad heeft om uw producten te kunnen "
+"vervaardigen en / of te beantwoorden aan uw klantenbehoeften. Wanneer het "
+"voorraadniveau van een product het minimum bereikt, zal het systeem "
+"automatisch een inkooporder genereren met de hoeveelheid die nodig is om het"
+" maximale voorraadniveau te bereiken."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56
@@ -731,6 +822,10 @@ msgid ""
 "**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase "
 "order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
 msgstr ""
+"Met de functie Maak op Order wordt een aankooporder geactiveerd dat gelijk "
+"is aan het aantal bestelde producten. Het systeem zal de huidige voorraad **"
+" niet ** controleren. Dit betekent dat een concept aankooporder wordt "
+"gegenereerd, ongeacht de beschikbare hoeveelheid."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12
@@ -798,8 +893,8 @@ msgid "Product Unit of Measure"
 msgstr "Maateenheid product"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
-msgid "Default Unit of Measure used for all stock operation."
-msgstr "Standaard maateenheid voor alle voorraadhandelingen."
+msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations."
+msgstr "Standaard maateenheid gebruikt voor alle voorraadbewegingen."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
 msgid "Procurement Group"
@@ -808,13 +903,12 @@ msgstr "Verwervingsgroep"
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group."
-" If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped "
-"into one big picking."
+" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into "
+"one big picking."
 msgstr ""
-"Mutaties welke welke worden aangemaakt door deze aanvulregel worden "
-"geplaatst in deze verwervingsgroep. Indien niets is ingevoerd, worden de "
-"mutaties, gegenereerd door de verwervingsregel gegroepeerd in één grote "
-"levering."
+"Mutaties welke worden aangemaakt door deze aanvulregel worden geplaatst in "
+"deze verwervingsgroep. Indien niets is ingevoerd, worden de mutaties, "
+"gegenereerd door de voorraadregels, gegroepeerd in één grote levering."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
 msgid "Minimum Quantity"
@@ -873,6 +967,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
 "**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier."
 msgstr ""
+"Klik vervolgens op uw product om het gerelateerde productformulier en het "
+"\"Voorraad submenu\" te zien, vergeet geen leverancier aan te duiden."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52
 msgid ""
@@ -880,6 +976,9 @@ msgid ""
 "consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the "
 "stock valuation."
 msgstr ""
+"Vergeet niet het juiste soort product te selecteren. Een verbruik product "
+"kan niet gestockeerd worden en wordt dus niet gebruikt in de stock "
+"berekening."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58
 msgid ""
@@ -890,7 +989,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62
 msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klik in het product scherm onder Inventaris op \"Maak op Order\"."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70
@@ -905,6 +1004,11 @@ msgid ""
 "amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your "
 "stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
 msgstr ""
+"De keuze tussen de twee opties is dus afhankelijk van uw voorraadstrategie. "
+"Als u de voorkeur geeft aan een buffer en steeds een minimum aantal op "
+"voorraad wenst, moet de minimumvoorraadregel worden gebruikt. Als u uw "
+"voorraden alleen wenst aan te vullen als uw verkoop is bevestigd, is het "
+"beter om de Maak op order route te gebruiken."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3
 msgid "Delivery Orders"
@@ -912,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr "Uitgaande leveringen"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3
 msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe een inkooporder annuleren?"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6
@@ -948,6 +1052,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has "
 "been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo biedt u de mogelijkheid om een leveringsmethode te annuleren, of deze "
+"nu te snel is gevalideerd, moet worden gewijzigd of om een andere reden."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12
 msgid ""
@@ -955,6 +1061,9 @@ msgid ""
 "delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have "
 "any bad surprise."
 msgstr ""
+"Sommige vervoerders zijn flexibeler dan andere, dus zorg ervoor dat u uw "
+"levering zo snel mogelijk annuleert om onaangename verrassingen te "
+"vermijden."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
@@ -967,12 +1076,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. "
 "Then click on the sale order you want to cancel."
 msgstr ""
+"Ga naar **Verkopen** en klik op **Verkooporder** in de **Verkoop** module. "
+"Klik vervolgens op de verkooporder die u wilt annuleren."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale "
 "order."
 msgstr ""
+"Klik op de knop ** Levering** in de rechterbovenhoek van de verkooporder."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31
 msgid ""
@@ -980,22 +1092,30 @@ msgid ""
 "**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to"
 " cancel the delivery."
 msgstr ""
+"Klik op het tabblad ** Aanvullende Informatie ** , zult zien dat naast de **"
+" Levering informatie **, er een ** Annuleren ** knop is. Klik erop om de "
+"levering te annuleren."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38
 msgid ""
 "To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will"
 " receive the confirmation of the cancellation."
 msgstr ""
+"Om ervoor te zorgen dat uw levering werd geannuleerd, check de historiek , u"
+" ontvangt de bevestiging van de annulering."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3
 msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?"
 msgstr ""
+"Hoe kan ik een leveringsmethode beperken tot een bepaald aantal landen?"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can "
 "limit them to a certain number of countries."
 msgstr ""
+"Met Odoo kunt u verschillende soorten leveringsmethoden instellen en kunt u "
+"ze beperken tot een bepaald aantal landen."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -1007,12 +1127,15 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one."
 msgstr ""
+"Selecteer de leveringsmethode die u wilt wijzigen of maak een nieuwe aan."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply "
 "this delivery method."
 msgstr ""
+"Kies op het tabblad ** Bestemming ** de landen waarop u deze "
+"leveringsmethode wilt toepassen."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28
 msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result."
@@ -1768,6 +1891,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse "
 "that will be used."
 msgstr ""
+"Ga naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Magazijnen` en bewerk het magazijn "
+"dat gebruikt zal worden."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69
 msgid ""
@@ -3677,7 +3802,7 @@ msgstr "9"
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275
 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Activa: debiteuren rekeningen"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275
@@ -4777,7 +4902,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59
 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136
 msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klik erop om de **overschrijvingsopdracht** te zien."
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62
 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139
@@ -5323,7 +5448,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35
 msgid "Procurement rules settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuratie inkoopregels"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -6527,10 +6652,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`"
 msgid ":doc:`uom`"
 msgstr ":doc:`uom`"
 
-#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:72
-msgid ":doc:`packages`"
-msgstr ":doc:`packages`"
-
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3
 msgid "Using product variants"
 msgstr "Product varianten gebruiken"
@@ -7357,7 +7478,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85
 msgid "How to print shipping labels ?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe verzendlabels afdrukken?"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87
 msgid ""
@@ -7686,7 +7807,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49
 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vink **Verzending ingeschakeld** aan wanneer u het wilt gebruiken."
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54
 msgid ""
@@ -7703,6 +7824,8 @@ msgid ""
 "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). "
 "For more information, please refer to the provider website."
 msgstr ""
+"De eerste is gelinkt aan **uw account** (ontwikkelaar sleutel, wachtwoord, "
+"...). Voor meer informatie kan u terecht op de website van de provider."
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
index dc17b12dc2..bdbfbd73f1 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
@@ -1,16 +1,20 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2018
+# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2018\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-03-08 13:31+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -24,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "Live Chat"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8
 msgid "Chat in live with website visitors"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Chat live met website bezoekers"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10
 msgid ""
@@ -38,7 +42,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19
 msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Instelling"
+msgstr "Configuratie"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21
 msgid ""
@@ -54,7 +58,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34
 msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Voeg de livechat toe aan een Odoo website"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36
 msgid ""
@@ -66,7 +70,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45
 msgid "Add the live chat to an external website"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Voeg de live chat toe aan een externe website"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47
 msgid ""
@@ -78,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54
 msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Verberg / toon de live chat afhankelijk van regels"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56
 msgid ""
@@ -91,7 +95,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66
 msgid "Prepare automatic messages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bereid automatische berichten voor"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68
 msgid ""
@@ -102,7 +106,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76
 msgid "Start chatting with customers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Start de chat met klanten"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78
 msgid ""
@@ -133,7 +137,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100
 msgid "Use commands"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gebruik commando's"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102
 msgid ""
@@ -144,27 +148,27 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106
 msgid "**/help** : show a helper message."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**/help**: toon een help bericht."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108
 msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**/helpdesk**: maak een helpdesk ticket aan."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110
 msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search** : zoek naar een helpdesk ticket."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112
 msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**/history**: zie de 15 laatst bezochte pagina's."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114
 msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**/lead**: maak een nieuwe lead aan."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116
 msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**/leave**: verlaat het kanaal."
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119
 msgid ""
@@ -175,7 +179,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124
 msgid "Send canned responses"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Verzend standaard antwoorden"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126
 msgid ""
@@ -192,3 +196,5 @@ msgid ""
 "You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website "
 "visitors, enjoy !"
 msgstr ""
+"U heeft nu alle tools die u nodig heeft om te livechatten met uw website "
+"bezoekers, veel plezier!"
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
index 5661702c8e..e5cce6a20a 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
@@ -1,16 +1,23 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2017
+# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018
+# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -51,13 +58,10 @@ msgstr "Maken van een eenvoudige materiaallijst (BoM)"
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing "
-"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For "
-"more information about which method of management to use, review the "
-"**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the "
-"documentation."
+"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:22
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19
 msgid ""
 "Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a "
 "product and at least one component (components are considered products in "
@@ -70,7 +74,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:32
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29
 msgid ""
 "Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. "
 "**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for "
@@ -78,11 +82,11 @@ msgid ""
 "allows you to track changes to your BoM over time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35
 msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
 msgstr "Routes toevoegen aan een materiaallijst (BoM)"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product "
 "and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be "
@@ -90,14 +94,14 @@ msgid ""
 "information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:46
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
 msgid ""
 "After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, "
 "you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a "
 "routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47
 msgid ""
 "You may define the work operation or step in which each component is "
 "consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**"
@@ -107,11 +111,11 @@ msgid ""
 "consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:61
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58
 msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
 msgstr "Bijproducten toevoegen aan een BoM"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60
 msgid ""
 "In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the "
 "primary product."
@@ -119,13 +123,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "In Odoo is een bijproduct een product dat geproduceerd is via een BoM "
 "bovenop een primair product."
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from "
 ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:72
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69
 msgid ""
 "Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials "
 "under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any "
@@ -133,11 +137,11 @@ msgid ""
 "of the routing as the primary product of the BoM."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:81
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78
 msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
@@ -147,7 +151,7 @@ msgid ""
 "that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:90
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
 msgid ""
 "Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
@@ -157,11 +161,11 @@ msgid ""
 "subassembly is created as well."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:97
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94
 msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:99
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
@@ -169,12 +173,12 @@ msgid ""
 "subassembly as you would for any product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:107
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29
 msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
 msgstr "Configureer de productgegevens van de subassemblage"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:109
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
@@ -183,7 +187,7 @@ msgid ""
 "effect."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:117
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
@@ -191,11 +195,13 @@ msgid ""
 "subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:123
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120
 msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
 msgstr ""
+"Een enkele materiaallijst gebruiken om meerdere varianten van één product te"
+" omschrijven"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:125
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
@@ -206,7 +212,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "varianten van hetzelfde product. Schakel varianten in via: menuselectie "
 "binnen Productie: Instellingen-> \"Instellingen\"."
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:132
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
 msgid ""
 "You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
@@ -215,7 +221,7 @@ msgid ""
 "variants."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:137
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
@@ -258,7 +264,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24
 msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b80b7afc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# Martin Trigaux, 2018
+# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:05+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-09-26 14:12+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
+"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: nl\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5
+msgid "Mobile"
+msgstr "Mobiel"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
+msgid "Setup your Firebase Cloud Messaging"
+msgstr "Firebase cloud berichten opzetten"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"In order to have mobile notifications in our Android app, you need an API "
+"key."
+msgstr ""
+"Om mobiele notificaties te hebben in uw Android app heeft u een API sleutel "
+"nodig."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"If it is not automatically configured (for instance for On-premise or "
+"Odoo.sh) please follow these steps below to get an API key for the android "
+"app."
+msgstr ""
+"Indien het niet automatisch geconfigureerd is (bijvoorbeeld bij een on-site "
+"Odoo of op Odoo.sh) moet u de volgende stappen volgen om een API sleutel te "
+"verkrijgen voor de Android app"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"The iOS app doesn't support mobile notifications for Odoo versions < 12."
+msgstr ""
+"De iOS app ondersteund geen mobiele notificaties voor Odoo versies < 12."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:22
+msgid "Firebase Settings"
+msgstr "Firebase instellingen"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:25
+msgid "Create a new project"
+msgstr "Maak een nieuw project aan"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"First, make sure you to sign in to your Google Account. Then, go to "
+"`https://console.firebase.google.com "
+"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__ and create a new project."
+msgstr ""
+"Zorg eerst dat u zeker bent ingelogd op uw Google account. Ga vervolgens "
+"naar `https://console.firebase.google.com "
+"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__  en maak een nieuw project aan."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Choose a project name, click on **Continue**, then click on **Create "
+"project**."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies een projectnaam, klik op **Verdergaan** en klik vervolgens op **Maak "
+"project**."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:37
+msgid "When you project is ready, click on **Continue**."
+msgstr "Wanneer uw project klaar is klikt u op **Verdergaan**."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"You will be redirected to the overview project page (see next screenshot)."
+msgstr ""
+"U wordt doorverwezen naar de overzichtpagina van het project (zie volgende "
+"screenshot)."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:43
+msgid "Add an app"
+msgstr "Voeg een app toe"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:45
+msgid "In the overview page, click on the Android icon."
+msgstr "In de overzicht pagina klikt u op het Android icoon."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"You must use \"com.odoo.com\" as Android package name. Otherwise, it will "
+"not work."
+msgstr ""
+"U moet \"com.odoo.com\" gebruiken als package naam. Anders werkt het niet."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"No need to download the config file, you can click on **Next** twice and "
+"skip the fourth step."
+msgstr ""
+"U hoeft het configuratie bestanden niet te downloaden, u kan twee keer op "
+"**Volgende** klikken en de vierde stap overslaan."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:60
+msgid "Get generated API key"
+msgstr "Genereerde API sleutel ophalen"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:62
+msgid "On the overview page, go to Project settings:"
+msgstr "Ga naar de project instellingen op de overzicht pagina:"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"In **Cloud Messaging**, you will see the **API key** and the **Sender ID** "
+"that you need to set in Odoo General Settings."
+msgstr ""
+"In **Cloud berichten** ziet u de **API sleutel** en de **Afzender ID** die u"
+" moet instellen in de algemene instellingen van Odoo."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:74
+msgid "Settings in Odoo"
+msgstr "Instellingen in Odo"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:76
+msgid "Simply paste the API key and the Sender ID from Cloud Messaging."
+msgstr ""
+"Plak simpelweg de API sleutel en de verzender ID vanuit Cloud Berichten."
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
index ffee014f8f..3eee44417c 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
@@ -1,16 +1,22 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2017
+# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2017
+# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Melroy van den Berg <webmaster1989@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -26,900 +32,458 @@ msgstr "Kassa"
 msgid "Advanced topics"
 msgstr "Geavanceerde onderwerpen"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3
-msgid "How to use discount tags on products?"
-msgstr "Hoe korting tags te gebruiken op producten?"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5
-msgid "This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products."
-msgstr "Deze tutorial legt uit hoe u kortinglabels gebruikt op producten."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
-msgstr "Barcode nomenclatuur"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3
+msgid "Using barcodes in PoS"
+msgstr "Barcodes gebruiken in de kassa"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"To start using discounts tags, let's first have a look at the **barcode "
-"nomenclature** in order to print our correct discounts tags."
+"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your "
+"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers."
 msgstr ""
-"Om kortingslabels te gebruiken moeten we eerst een kijkje nemen naar "
-"**barcode nomenclaturen** om correcte kortingslabels te printen."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:13
-msgid "I want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode."
-msgstr "Ik wil een korting hebben voor het product met de volgende barcode."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Instelling"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:18
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode "
-"Nomenclatures`. In the default nomenclature, you can see that to set a "
-"discount, you have to start you barcode with ``22`` and the add the "
-"percentage you want to set for the product."
+"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Ga naar  :menuselection:`Kassa --> Configuratie --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. "
-"In de standaard nomenclature kan u zien dat voor een korting in te stellen "
-"uw barcode moet starten met ``22``  en dat u het percentage moet toevoegen "
-"van korting dat u wilt geven op dit product."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:26
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"For instance if you want ``50%`` discount on a product you have to start you"
-" barcode with ``2250`` and then add the product barcode. In our example, the"
-" barcode will be:"
+"Under the PosBox / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* select"
+" it."
 msgstr ""
-"Bijvoorbeeld als u een ``50%`` korting op een product wilt moet u uw barcode"
-" starten met ``2250`` en vervolgens de product barcode toevoegen. In dit "
-"voorbeeld zal dit de volgende barcode geven:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34
-msgid "Scanning your products"
-msgstr "Uw producten scannen"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:36
-msgid "If you go back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**"
-msgstr "Als u teruggaat naar het **dashboard** en een **nieuwe sessie** start"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:41
-msgid "You have to scan:"
-msgstr "U moet scannen:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43
-msgid "the product"
-msgstr "het product"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45
-msgid "the discount tag"
-msgstr "het korting label"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21
+msgid "You can find more about Barcode Nomenclature here (ADD HYPERLINK)"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:47
-msgid "When the product is scanned, it appears on the ticket"
-msgstr "Wanneer het product gescand is verschijnt het op het ticket"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:25
+msgid "Add barcodes to product"
+msgstr "Barcodes toevoegen aan een product"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:52
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"Then when you scan the discount tag, ``50%`` discount is applied on the "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a "
 "product."
 msgstr ""
-"Wanneer u dan het kortingslabel scant wordt er ``50%`` korting toegepast op "
-"het product."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:58
-msgid "That's it, this how you can use discount tag on products with Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-"Dat is het, dit is hoe u kortinglabels kan gebruiken op producten in Odoo."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:61
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:114
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:83
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:94
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:171
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:57
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:35
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:155
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:69
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:81
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:43
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:35
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:62
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:115
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:84
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:95
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:172
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:58
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:36
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:156
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:70
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:82
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:36
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/invoice`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../shop/invoice`"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:63
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:116
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:85
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:96
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:173
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:59
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:37
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:157
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:71
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:83
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:45
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:37
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/refund`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../shop/refund`"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:64
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:117
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:86
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:97
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:174
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:60
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:38
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:158
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:72
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:84
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:46
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:38
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3
-msgid "How to create & run a loyalty & reward system"
-msgstr "Hoe een loyaliteit en beloningssysteem aan te maken en te gebruiken"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:41
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:37
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:88
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:6
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Instelling"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"In the **Point of Sale** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
-"--> Settings`."
+"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you "
+"can input any barcode."
 msgstr ""
-"In de **Kassa** applicatie gaat u naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> "
-"Instellingen`."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:14
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:37
+msgid "Scanning products"
+msgstr "Producten scannen"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"You can tick **Manage loyalty program with point and reward for customers**."
+"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The "
+"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple "
+"times or change the quantity manually on the screen."
 msgstr ""
-"U kan de optie **Beheer loyaliteitsprogramma met punten en beloningen voor "
-"klanten** aanvinken."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:21
-msgid "Create a loyalty program"
-msgstr "Maak een loyaliteitsprogramma"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3
+msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner"
+msgstr "Korting labels gebruiken met een barcode scanner"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:23
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"After you apply, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Loyalty Programs` "
-"and click on **Create**."
+"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting "
+"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They "
+"allow you to scan discount barcodes."
 msgstr ""
-"Nadat u toepast gaat u naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> "
-"Loyaliteitsprogramma's` en klikt u op **Aanmaken**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:29
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"Set a **name** and an **amount** of points given **by currency**, **by "
-"order** or **by product**. Extra rules can also be added such as **extra "
-"points** on a product."
-msgstr ""
-"Stel een **naam** en het **aantal** gegeven punten in **op valuta**, **op "
-"order** of **op product**. Extra regels kunnen ook toegevoegd worden, zoals "
-"**extra punten** op een product."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:33
-msgid "To do this click on **Add an item** under **Rules**."
-msgstr "Om dit te doen klikt u op **Item toevoegen** onder **Regels**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:38
-msgid "You can configure any rule by setting some configuration values."
+"To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner, you can see the"
+" documentation about it `here <https://docs.google.com/document/d"
+"/1tg7yarr2hPKTddZ4iGbp9IJO-cp7u15eHNVnFoL40Q8/edit>`__"
 msgstr ""
-"U kan eender welke regel configureren door configuratie waardes in te "
-"stellen."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40
-msgid "**Name**: An internal identification for this loyalty program rule"
-msgstr ""
-"**Naam**: Een interne identificatie voor deze loyaliteit programma regel"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:15
+msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
+msgstr "Barcode nomenclatuur"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:41
-msgid "**Type**: Does this rule affects products, or a category of products?"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:17
+msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature."
 msgstr ""
-"**Soort**: Beïnvloed deze regel producten of een categorie van producten?"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:42
-msgid "**Target Product**: The product affected by the rule"
-msgstr "**Doelproduct**: Het product beïnvloed door de regel"
+"Om korting labels te gebruiken moeten we de barcode nomenclaturen leren."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:43
-msgid "**Target Category**: The category affected by the rule"
-msgstr "**Doelcategorie**: De categorie beïnvloed door de regel"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"**Cumulative**: The points won from this rule will be won in addition to "
-"other rules"
+"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following "
+"barcode:"
 msgstr ""
-"**Cumulatief**: De gewonnen punten via deze regel worden gewonnen bovenop "
-"andere regels"
+"Laten we zeggen dat u een korting wilt voor het product met de volgende "
+"barcode:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:45
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"**Points per product**: How many points the product will earn per product "
-"ordered"
+"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS "
+"interface."
 msgstr ""
-"**Punten per product**: Hoeveel punten het product oplevert per besteld "
-"product"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:46
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"**Points per currency**: How many points the product will earn per value "
-"sold"
+"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode "
+"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) "
+"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:"
 msgstr ""
-"**Punten per valuta**: Hoeveel punten het product u verdient per verkochte "
-"waarde"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:51
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43
+msgid "Scan the products & tags"
+msgstr "Scan de producten & labels"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45
+msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)."
+msgstr "U moet eerst het gewenste product scannen (in ons geval een citroen)."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:50
 msgid ""
-"Your new rule is now created and rewards can be added by clicking on **Add "
-"an Item** under **Rewards**."
+"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can "
+"finish the transaction."
 msgstr ""
-"Uw nieuwe regel is nu gemaakt en beloningen kunnen toevoegt worden door te "
-"klikken op **Item toevoegen** under **Beloningen**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:57
-msgid "Three types of reward can be given:"
-msgstr "Drie soorten van beloningen kunnen gegeven worden:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3
+msgid "Manage a loyalty program"
+msgstr "Beheer een loyaliteitsprogramma"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:59
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"**Resale**: convert your points into money. Set a product that represents "
-"the value of 1 point."
+"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a "
+"*Loyalty Program*."
 msgstr ""
-"**Wederverkoop**: converteer uw punten naar geld. Stel een product in dat de"
-" waarde voorstelt van 1 punt."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:64
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"**Discount**: give a discount for an amount of points. Set a product with a "
-"price of ``0 €`` and without any taxes."
+"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. "
+"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*"
 msgstr ""
-"**Korting**: geeft een korting voor een aantal punten. Stel een product met "
-"een prijs van ``0 €`` in en zonder belastingen."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:69
-msgid "**Gift**: give a gift for an amount of points"
-msgstr "**Cadeau**: geef een cadeau voor een aantal punten"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:77
-msgid "Applying your loyalty program to a point of sale"
-msgstr "Uw loyaliteitsprogramma toepassen op een kassa"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:79
-msgid "On the **Dashboard**, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
-msgstr "Op het **Dashboard**, klik op :menuselection:`Meer --> Instellingen`."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:84
-msgid "Next to loyalty program, set the program you want to set."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:19
+msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs."
 msgstr ""
-"Naast loyaliteitsprogramma stelt u het programma in dat u wilt gebruiken."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:90
-msgid "Gathering and consuming points"
-msgstr "Punten verzamelen en gebruiken"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:92
-msgid "To start gathering points you need to set a customer on the order."
-msgstr "Om punten te verzamelen moet u een klant invullen op het order."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a "
+"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole "
+"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and "
+"everything in between."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:94
-msgid "Click on **Customer** and select the right one."
-msgstr "Klik op **Klant** en selecteer de juiste klant."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:30
+msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface"
+msgstr "Gebruik het loyaliteitsprogramma in uw kassa interface"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:96
-msgid "Loyalty points will appear on screen."
-msgstr "Loyaliteitspunten verschijnen op het scherm."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the "
+"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent "
+"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the "
+"rules defined in the loyalty program."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:101
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45
 msgid ""
-"The next time the customer comes to your shop and has enough points to get a"
-" reward, the **Rewards** button is highlighted and gifts can be given."
+"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can"
+" finalize the order in your usual way."
 msgstr ""
-"De volgende keer dat de klant naar uw winkel komt en genoeg punten heeft "
-"voor een beloning zal de **Beloning** knop oplichten en kunnen prijzen "
-"gegeven worden."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:108
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"The reward is added and of course points are subtracted from the total."
+"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You "
+"can of course change it."
 msgstr ""
-"De beloning is toegevoegd en uiteraard zijn de punten van het totaal "
-"afgetrokken."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3
-msgid "How to apply manual discounts?"
-msgstr "Hoe manueel kortingen toepassen?"
+msgid "Apply manual discounts"
+msgstr "Manuele kortingen toepassen"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6
-msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "Overzicht"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest "
+"solution for your Point of Sale."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"You can apply manual discounts in two different ways. You can directly set a"
-" discount on the product or you can set a global discount on the whole cart."
+"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products."
 msgstr ""
-"U kan manueel korting toepassen op 2 manieren. U kan direct een korting "
-"instellen op het product of u kan een globale korting instellen op het hele "
-"winkelmandje."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:13
-msgid "Discount on the product"
-msgstr "Korting op het product"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:12
+msgid "Apply a discount on a product"
+msgstr "Een korting toepassen op een product"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:15
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:8
-msgid "On the dashboard, click on **New Session**:"
-msgstr "Op het dashboard, klik op **Nieuwe sessie**:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:14
+msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button."
+msgstr "Van uw sessie interface gebruikt u de *Kort* knop."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:20
-msgid "You will get into the main point of sale interface :"
-msgstr "U komt in de hoofd kassa interface:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:76
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:53
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on "
-"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can "
-"directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard."
+"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is "
+"currently selected and the discount will be applied."
 msgstr ""
-"Rechts kan u de lijst van uw producten zien met alle categorieën bovenaan. "
-"Als u een product selecteert wordt het toegevoegd in het mandje. U kan "
-"direct het correcte aantal of het gewicht instellen door het in te typen op "
-"het toetsenbord."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:30
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:23
+msgid "Apply a global discount"
+msgstr "Een globale korting toepassen"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"The same way you insert a quantity, Click on **Disc** and then type the "
-"discount (in percent). This is how you insert a manual discount on a "
-"specific product."
+"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales"
+" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Dezelfde manier zoals u een korting invoert klikt u op **Kort** en typt u "
-"vervolgens de korting in (in percent). Dit is hoe u een manuele korting "
-"invoert op een specifiek product."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:38
-msgid "Global discount"
-msgstr "Globale korting"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:43
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:28
 msgid ""
-"If you want to set a global discount, you need to go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Allow global "
-"discounts**"
+"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u een globale korting wilt instellen moet u naar "
-":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` gaan en de optie **Sta "
-"globale korting toe** aanvinken."
+"Onder de *Prijzen* categorie vind u de *Algemene kortingen*. Selecteer deze."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:50
-msgid "Then from the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:34
+msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Klik vervolgens vanuit het dashboard op :menuselection:`Meer --> "
-"Instellingen`"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:55
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"You have to activate **Order Discounts** and create a product that will be "
-"added as a product with a negative price to deduct the discount."
+"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)."
 msgstr ""
-"U moet de optie **Order kortingen** activeren en een product aanmaken dat "
-"wordt toegevoegd als een product met een negatieve prijs om de korting af te"
-" trekken."
+"Eenmaal u heeft geklikt kan u de gewenste korting ingeven (in percentage)."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:61
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:44
 msgid ""
-"On the product used to create the discount, set the price to ``0`` and do "
-"not forget to remove all the **taxes**, that can make the calculation wrong."
+"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific "
+"product discount also at 50%."
 msgstr ""
-"Eenmaal het product gebruikt is om korting aan te maken stelt u de prijs in "
-"op ``0`` en verwijdert u alle **belastingen**, wat de calculatie fout kan "
-"doen gaan."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:68
-msgid "Set a global discount"
-msgstr "Stel globale korting in"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3
+msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:70
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Now when you come back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**, a "
-"**Discount** button appears and by clicking on it you can set a "
-"**discount**."
+"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* "
+"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments"
+" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates "
+"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North "
+"American businesses."
 msgstr ""
-"Wanneer u nu terug op het **dashboard** komt en een **nieuwe sessie** start "
-"zal er een **Korting** knop verschijnen en door hier op te klikken kan u een"
-" **korting** instellen."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:76
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"When it's validated, the discount line appears on the order and you can now "
-"process to the payment."
+"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone "
+"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the "
+"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS."
 msgstr ""
-"Wanneer het gevalideerd is verschijnt het kortingslabel op het order, u kan "
-"nu de betaling verwerken."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3
-msgid "How to accept credit card payments in Odoo POS using Mercury?"
-msgstr "Hoe kredietkaart betalingen accepteren in de Odoo kassa met Mercury?"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"A **MercuryPay** account (see `MercuryPay website "
-"<https://www.mercurypay.com>`__.) is required to accept credit card payments"
-" in Odoo 9 POS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates with"
-" US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North "
-"American businesses. An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work "
-"with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS "
-"screen into the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS."
-msgstr ""
-"Een **MercuryPay** rekening (zie MercuryPay website "
-"<https://www.mercurypay.com>`__.) is vereist om kredietkaart betalingen te "
-"accepteren in de Odoo 9 kassa met een geïntegreerde kaartlezer. MercuryPay "
-"werkt enkel met banken van de VS en Canada waardoor deze procedure enkel "
-"geschikt is voor noord Amerikaanse zaken. Als alternatief voor de "
-"geïntegreerde kaartlezer kan u werken met een gewone kaartlezen, het "
-"transactietotaal kopiëren van het Odoo kassascherm naar de kaartlezen en de "
-"transactie bewaren in de Odoo kassa. "
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16
+msgid "Install Mercury"
+msgstr "Mercury installeren"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18
-msgid "Module installation"
-msgstr "Module installatie"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"Go to **Apps** and install the **Mercury Payment Services** application."
+"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* "
+"module."
 msgstr ""
-"Ga naar **Apps** en installeer de **Mercury betalingsdiensten** applicatie."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:26
-msgid "Mercury Configuration"
-msgstr "Mercury configuratie"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:28
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"In the **Point of Sale** application, click on :menuselection:`Configuration"
-" --> Mercury Configurations` and then on **Create**."
+"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go "
+"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer "
+"mode*."
 msgstr ""
-"Klik in de **Kassa** applicatie op :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Mercury "
-"configuratie`  en vervolgens op **Aanmaken**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:35
-msgid "Introduce your **credentials** and then save them."
-msgstr "Geef uw **credentials** in en bewaar ze."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:40
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"Then go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and click on "
-"**Create**. Under the **Point of Sale** tab you can set a **Mercury "
-"configuration** to the **Payment method**."
+"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`."
 msgstr ""
-"Ga vervolgens naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Betalingsmethodes` en "
-"klik op **Aanmaken**. Onder het **Kassa** tabblad kan u een **Mercury "
-"configuratie** instellen op de **betalingsmethode**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"Finally, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale` and add a "
-"new payment method on the point of sale by editing it."
+"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury "
+"credentials."
 msgstr ""
-"Ga uiteindelijk naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Kassa` en voeg een "
-"nieuwe betalingsmethode toe op de kassa door ze te wijzigen."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:54
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"Then select the payment method corresponding to your mercury configuration."
+"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment "
+"Methods` and create a new one."
 msgstr ""
-"Selecteer vervolgens de betaalmethode die overeenkomt met uw mercury "
-"configuratie."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:60
-msgid "Save the modifications."
-msgstr "Bewaar de wijzigingen."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:63
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48
-msgid "Register a sale"
-msgstr "Registreer een verkoop"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:65
-msgid ""
-"On the dashboard, you can see your point(s) of sales, click on **New "
-"Session**:"
-msgstr "Op het dashboard kan u uw punt(en) zien, klik op **Nieuwe sessie**:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:71
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:114
-msgid "You will get the main point of sale interface:"
-msgstr "U krijgt het hoofdscherm van de kassa:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:82
-msgid "Payment with credit cards"
-msgstr "Betaling met kredietkaarten"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:84
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the credit"
-" card **Payment Method**."
+"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then "
+"select your Mercury credentials that you just created."
 msgstr ""
-"Eenmaal het order compleet is klikt u op **Betaling**. U kan de "
-"**Betalingsmethode** voor kredietkaart kiezen."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:90
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"Type in the **Amount** to be paid with the credit card. Now you can swipe "
-"the card and validate the payment."
+"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment."
 msgstr ""
-"Type het **Bedrag** in dat betaald moet worden met de kredietkaart. U kan nu"
-" de kaart swipen en de betaling valideren."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3
-msgid "How to manage multiple cashiers?"
-msgstr "Hoe meerdere kassiers te beheren?"
+msgid "Manage multiple cashiers"
+msgstr "Beheer meerdere kassiers"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"This tutorial will describe how to manage multiple cashiers. There are four "
-"differents ways to manage several cashiers."
+"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This "
+"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when."
 msgstr ""
-"Deze tutorial legt u uit hoe u meerdere kassiers beheert. Er zijn vier "
-"verschillende manieren om verschillende kassiers te beheren."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9
-msgid "Switch cashier without any security"
-msgstr "Wissel van kassier zonder beveiliging"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"As prerequisite, you just need to have a second user with the **Point of "
-"Sale User** rights (Under the :menuselection:`General Settings --> Users` "
-"menu). On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session** as the main user."
+"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They "
+"are all explained below."
 msgstr ""
-"Als voorwaarde moet u enkel een tweede gebruiker hebben met de **Kassa "
-"gebruiker** rechten (onder het :menuselection:`Algemene instellingen --> "
-"Gebruikers` menu). Klik op **Nieuwe sessie** op het **Dashboard** als de "
-"hoofdgebruiker."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:18
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:123
-msgid "On the top of the screen click on the **user name**."
-msgstr "Klik bovenaan het scherm op de **gebruikersnaam**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:23
-msgid "And switch to another cashier."
-msgstr "en wissel naar een andere kassier."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:28
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"The name on the top has changed which means you have changed the cashier."
+"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)."
 msgstr ""
-"De naam bovenaan is gewijzigd wat betekend dat u de kassier heeft "
-"verwisseld."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:34
-msgid "Switch cashier with pin code"
-msgstr "Wissel kassier met pincode"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17
+msgid "Switch without pin codes"
+msgstr "Wissel van kassier zonder pincode"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:39
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"If you want your cashiers to need a pin code to be able to use it, you can "
-"set it up in by clicking on **Settings**."
+"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the "
+"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u wilt dat uw kassier een pincode nodig heeft om de kassa te kunnen "
-"gebruiken kan u dit opzetten door te klikken op **Instellingen**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:45
-msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**."
-msgstr "Klik vervolgens op **Beheer toegangsrechten**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"**Edit** the cashier and add a security pin code on the **Point of Sale** "
-"tab."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25
+msgid "You will then be able to change between different users."
 msgstr ""
-"**Wijzig** de kassier en voeg een beveiligingscode toe onder het **Kassa** "
-"tabblad."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57
-msgid "Change cashier"
-msgstr "Wijzig kassier"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:59
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:118
-msgid "On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session**."
-msgstr "Klik op **Nieuwe sessie** op het dashboard."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30
+msgid "And the cashier will be changed."
+msgstr "De kassier wordt nu veranderd."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:69
-msgid "Choose your **cashier**:"
-msgstr "Kies uw **kassier**:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33
+msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes"
+msgstr "Wissel van kassier met pincode"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:74
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"You will have to insert the user's **pin code** to be able to continue."
+"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user."
 msgstr ""
-"U zal de gebruiker zijn **pincode** moeten ingeven om verder te kunnen gaan."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:79
-msgid "Now you can see that the cashier has changed."
-msgstr "Nu kan u zien dat de kassier gewijzigd is."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:85
-msgid "Switch cashier with cashier barcode badge"
-msgstr "Wissel van kassier met de kassier barcode badge"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:90
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"If you want your cashiers to scan its badge, you can set it up in by "
-"clicking on **Settings**."
+"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u wilt dat uw kassier zijn badge scant kan u het opzetten door te "
-"klikken op **Instellingen**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:96
-msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**"
-msgstr "Klik vervolgens op **Beheer toegangsrechten**"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:101
-msgid ""
-"**Edit** the cashier and add a **security pin code** on the **Point of "
-"Sale** tab."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47
+msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password."
 msgstr ""
-"**Wijzig** de kassier en voeg een **beveiligingscode** toe onder het "
-"**Kassa** tabblad."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:108
-msgid ""
-"Be careful of the barcode nomenclature, the default one forced you to use a "
-"barcode starting with ``041`` for cashier barcodes. To change that go to "
-":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`."
-msgstr ""
-"Wees voorzichtig met de barcode nomenclatuur, de standaard barcode forceerde"
-" u om een barcode te gebruiken die begon met ``041`` voor kassier barcodes. "
-"Om dit te wijzigen gaat u naar :menuselection:`Kassa --> Configuratie --> "
-"Barcode nomenclaturen`."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53
+msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes"
+msgstr "Wissel van kassier met barcode"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:116
-msgid "Change Cashier"
-msgstr "Wijzig kassière"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:128
-msgid ""
-"When the cashier scans his own badge, you can see on the top that the "
-"cashier has changed."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55
+msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges."
 msgstr ""
-"Wanneer de kassier zijn eigen badge scant kan u bovenaan zien dat de kassier"
-" gewisseld is."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:132
-msgid "Assign session to a user"
-msgstr "Wijs sessie aan een gebruiker toe"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:134
-msgid ""
-"Click on the menu :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`."
-msgstr "Klik op het menu :menuselection:`Kassa --> Orders --> Sessies`."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:139
-msgid ""
-"Then, click on **New** and assign as **Responsible** the correct cashier to "
-"the point of sale."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57
+msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode."
 msgstr ""
-"Klik vervolgens op **Nieuw** en wijs als **Verantwoordelijke** de correcte "
-"kassier toe aan de kassa."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:145
-msgid "When the cashier logs in he is able to open the session"
-msgstr "Wanneer de kassier aanmeld kan hij de sessie openen"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:151
-msgid "Assign a default point of sale to a cashier"
-msgstr "Wijs een standaard kassa toe aan een kassier"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:153
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62
 msgid ""
-"If you want your cashiers to be assigned to a point of sale, go to "
-":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`."
+"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u wilt dat uw kassiers worden toegewezen aan een kassa gaat u naar "
-":menuselection:`Kassa's --> Configuratie --> Instellingen`."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:159
-msgid "Then click on **Manage Access Rights**."
-msgstr "Klik vervolgens op **Beheer toegangsrechten**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:164
-msgid ""
-"**Edit** the cashier and add a **Default Point of Sale** under the **Point "
-"of Sale** tab."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64
+msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on"
 msgstr ""
-"**Wijzig** de kassier en voeg een **Standaard kassa** toe onder het "
-"**Kassa** tabblad."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:3
-msgid "How to register customers?"
-msgstr "Hoe klanten registreren?"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:21
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:78
-msgid "Register an order"
-msgstr "Registreer een order"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:13
-msgid "You arrive now on the main view :"
-msgstr "U arriveert nu op het hoofdscherm:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on "
-"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can "
-"directly set the quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3
+msgid "Reprint Receipts"
 msgstr ""
-"Rechts kan u de lijst van uw producten zien met alle categorieën bovenaan. "
-"Als u een product selecteert wordt het toegevoegd in het mandje. U kan "
-"direct het aantal of het gewicht instellen door het in te typen op het "
-"toetsenbord."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:23
-msgid "Record a customer"
-msgstr "Klant opnemen"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:25
-msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer**:"
-msgstr "In het hoofscherm, klik op **Klant**:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:30
-msgid "Register a new customer by clicking on the button."
-msgstr "Registreer een nieuwe klant door op de knop te klikken."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:35
-msgid "The following form appear. Fill in the relevant information:"
-msgstr "Het volgende scherm verschijnt. Vul de relevante informatie in:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:40
-msgid "When it's done click on the **floppy disk** icon"
-msgstr "Wanneer het klaar is klikt u op het **diskette* icoon"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:45
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"You just registered a new customer. To set this customer to the current "
-"order, just tap on **Set Customer**."
+"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket."
 msgstr ""
-"U heeft net een nieuwe klant geregistreerd. Om deze klant te koppelen aan "
-"het huidige order klikt u op **Klant instellen**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:51
-msgid "The customer is now set on the order."
-msgstr "De klant is nu ingesteld op het order."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3
-msgid "How to reprint receipts?"
-msgstr "Hoe kassabonnen opnieuw te printen?"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8
-msgid "This feature requires a POSBox and a receipt printer."
-msgstr "Deze optie heeft een POSBox en een ticketprinter nodig."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"If you want to allow a cashier to reprint a ticket, go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the option **Allow "
-"cashier to reprint receipts**."
+"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u wilt toestaan dat een kassier zijn ticket opnieuw afdrukt gaat u "
-"naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` en vinkt u de optie "
-"**Sta kassier toe om kassatickets opnieuw af te drukken**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"You also need to allow the reprinting on the point of sale. Go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to "
-"configure and and tick the option **Reprinting**."
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option."
 msgstr ""
-"U moet ook het opnieuw afdrukken op de kassa toestaan. Ga naar "
-":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Kassa`, open de kassa die u wilt "
-"configureren en vink de optie **Opnieuw afdrukken** aan."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25
-msgid "How to reprint a receipt?"
-msgstr "Hoe een kassabon opnieuw te printen?"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:20
+msgid "Reprint a receipt"
+msgstr "Een ticket opnieuw afdrukken"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"In the Point of Sale interface click on the **Reprint Receipt** button."
-msgstr "Klik op de **Kassabon opnieuw afdrukken** knop in de Kassa interface."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:22
+msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button."
+msgstr ""
+"In uw kassa interface heeft u nu een *Kassabon opnieuw afdrukken* knop."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:32
-msgid "The last printed receipt will be printed again."
-msgstr "Het laatst geprinte ticket wordt opnieuw geprint."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27
+msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3
 msgid "Analyze sales"
 msgstr "Analyseer verkoop"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3
-msgid "Getting daily sales statistics"
-msgstr "Dagelijkse verkoopstatistieken verkrijgen"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:7
-msgid "Point of Sale statistics"
-msgstr "Kassa statistieken"
+msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics"
+msgstr "Bekijk uw kassa statistieken"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"On your dashboard, click on the **More** button on the point of sale you "
-"want to analyse. Then click on **Orders**."
+"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo "
+"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful "
+"statistics."
 msgstr ""
-"Op uw dashboard klikt u op de **Meer** knop van de kassa die u wilt "
-"analyseren. Klik vervolgens op **Orders**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15
-msgid "You will get the figures for this particular point of sale."
-msgstr "U krijgt de cijfers voor deze specifieke kassa."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21
-msgid "Global statistics"
-msgstr "Globale statistieken"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10
+msgid "View your statistics"
+msgstr "Bekijk uw statistieken"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:23
-msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Orders`."
-msgstr "Ga naar :menuselection:`Rapporten --> Orders`."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:25
-msgid "You will get the figures of all orders for all point of sales."
-msgstr "U krijgt de cijfers voor alle orders van alle kassa's."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:31
-msgid "Cashier statistics"
-msgstr "Kassier statistieken"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:33
-msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Sales Details`."
-msgstr "Ga naar :menuselection:`Rapporten --> Verkoopdetails`."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:35
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Choose the dates. Select the cashiers by clicking on **Add an item**. Then "
-"click on **Print Report**."
+"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting "
+"--> Orders`"
 msgstr ""
-"Kies de datums. Selecteer de kassier door te klikken op **Item toevoegen**. "
-"Klik vervolgens op **Rapport afdrukken**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:41
-msgid "You will get a full report in a PDF file. Here is an example :"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15
+msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form."
 msgstr ""
-"U krijgt een volledig rapport in een PDF bestand. Hier is een voorbeeld:"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21
+msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here"
+msgstr "U kan de statistiek weergaves bekijken door hier te klikken"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3
 msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module"
@@ -1077,6 +641,45 @@ msgstr "De Kassa gebruiken zonder een connectie naar de POSBox (en dus FDM)"
 msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty"
 msgstr "Zwarte lijst modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty"
 
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Overzicht"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3
+msgid "Register customers"
+msgstr "Registreer klanten"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various "
+"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It "
+"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make"
+" any future interaction with them faster."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11
+msgid "Create a customer"
+msgstr "Maak een klant aan"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13
+msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button."
+msgstr "Vanuit uw sessie interface gebruikt u de klanten knop."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18
+msgid "Create a new one by using this button."
+msgstr "Maak een nieuwe door deze knop te gebruiken."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information."
+msgstr "U wordt gevraagd om de klant zijn informatie in te vullen."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in "
+"any future transactions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Point of Sale Hardware Setup"
 msgstr "Kassa hardware opzet"
@@ -1111,8 +714,8 @@ msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser"
 msgstr "Een computer of tablet met een geüpdatet webbrowser"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:19
-msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale installed"
-msgstr "Een draaiende SaaS of Odoo instantie met de Kassa geïnstalleerd"
+msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo database with the Point of Sale installed"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:20
 msgid "A local network set up with DHCP (this is the default setting)"
@@ -1245,28 +848,19 @@ msgstr "De kassa opzetten"
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale"
-" --> Configuration --> Settings` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll down "
-"to the ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` section and activate the options for the "
-"hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the POSBox"
-" is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after "
+" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll "
+"down to the ``PoSBox / Hardware Proxy`` section and activate the options for"
+" the hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the "
+"POSBox is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after "
 "booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will "
 "attempt to find it on the local network."
 msgstr ""
-"Om de POSBox op te zetten in de Kassa gaat u naar :menuselection:`Kassa --> "
-"Configuratie --> Instellingen` en selecteert u de Kassa. Scroll naar beneden"
-" naar de ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` sectie en activeer de opties voor de "
-"hardware die u wilt gebruiken via de POSBox. Het ingeven van het IP adres "
-"van de POSBox wordt geadviseerd (het wordt geprint op het ticket na het "
-"opstarten van de POSBox). Wanneer er geen IP is opgegeven zal de Kassa "
-"proberen deze zelf te vinden in het lokale netwerk."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:91
 msgid ""
-"If you are running multiple Point of Sales on the same POSBox, make sure "
-"that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated."
+"If you are running multiple Point of Sale on the same POSBox, make sure that"
+" only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated."
 msgstr ""
-"Verzeker u er van dat er maar één kassa is geactiveerd met de optie voor "
-"Scanning/Barcode indien u meerdere kassa's draait op dezelfde POSBox."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:94
 msgid ""
@@ -1485,9 +1079,8 @@ msgid "A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)"
 msgstr "Een Debian gebaseerde Linux distributie (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:208
-msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to to load the Point of Sale"
+msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to load the Point of Sale"
 msgstr ""
-"Een draaiende Odoo instantie die u connecteert om te laden met de Kassa"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:209
 msgid ""
@@ -1561,10 +1154,8 @@ msgid "``# groupadd usbusers``"
 msgstr "``# groupadd usbusers``"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:252
-msgid "Then we add the user who will run the OpenERP server to ``usbusers``"
+msgid "Then we add the user who will run the Odoo server to ``usbusers``"
 msgstr ""
-"Vervolgens voegen we de gebruiker toe aan ``usbusers`` die de Odoo server "
-"zal uitvoeren"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:254
 msgid "``# usermod -a -G usbusers USERNAME``"
@@ -2155,25 +1746,18 @@ msgstr "Starten met de Odoo kassa"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"Odoo's online **Point of Sale** application is based on a simple, user "
-"friendly interface. The **Point of Sale** application can be used online or "
-"offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops."
+"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly "
+"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on "
+"iPads, Android tablets or laptops."
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo's online **Kassa** applicatie is gebaseerd op een simpele, "
-"gebruiksvriendelijke interface. De **Kassa** applicatie kan online of "
-"offline gebruikt worden op iPads, Android tablets of laptops."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Odoo **Point of Sale** is fully integrated with the **Inventory** and the "
-"**Accounting** applications. Any transaction with your point of sale will "
-"automatically be registered in your inventory management and accounting and,"
-" even in your **CRM** as the customer can be identified from the app."
+"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting "
+"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically "
+"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the "
+"customer can be identified from the app."
 msgstr ""
-"De Odoo **Kassa** is volledig geïntegreerd met de **Voorraad** en de "
-"**Boekhouding** applicaties. Elke transacties met uw kassa zal automatisch "
-"geregistreerd worden in uw voorraadbeheer en boekhouding en zelfs in de "
-"**CRM** als de klant geïdentificeerd kan worden vanuit de app."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17
 msgid ""
@@ -2184,1404 +1768,681 @@ msgstr ""
 " zonder het gedoe van het integreren van externe applicaties."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25
-msgid "Install the Point of Sale Application"
-msgstr "Installeer de Kassa applicatie"
+msgid "Install the Point of Sale application"
+msgstr "Installeer de kassa applicatie"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"Start by installing the **Point of Sale** application. Go to "
-":menuselection:`Apps` and install the **Point of Sale** application."
-msgstr ""
-"Start door de **Kassa** module te installeren. Ga naar :menuselection:`Apps`"
-" en installeer de **Kassa** applicatie."
+msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application."
+msgstr "Ga naar Apps en installeer de Kassa module."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"Do not forget to install an accounting **chart of account**. If it is not "
-"done, go to the **Invoicing/Accounting** application and click on **Browse "
-"available countries**:"
+"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of "
+"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting "
+"settings."
 msgstr ""
-"Vergeet geen boekhoudkundig **grootboekschema*** te installeren. Indien dit "
-"niet gedaan is gaat u naar de **Facturatie/Boekhouding** applicatie en klikt"
-" u op **Doorzoek beschikbare landen**:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40
-msgid "Then choose the one you want to install."
-msgstr "Kies vervolgens degene die u wilt installeren."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:42
-msgid "When it is done, you are all set to use the point of sale."
-msgstr "Wanneer het klaar is bent u klaar om de kassa te gebruiken."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:45
-msgid "Adding Products"
-msgstr "Producten toevoegen"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:47
-msgid ""
-"To add products from the point of sale **Dashboard** go to "
-":menuselection:`Orders --> Products` and click on **Create**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38
+msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale"
 msgstr ""
-"Om producten toe te voegen vanuit het kassa **Dashboard** gaat u naar "
-":menuselection:`Orders --> Producten` en klikt u op **Aanmaken**. "
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:50
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40
 msgid ""
-"The first example will be oranges with a price of ``3€/kg``. In the "
-"**Sales** tab, you can see the point of sale configuration. There, you can "
-"set a product category, specify that the product has to be weighted or not "
-"and ensure that it will be available in the point of sale."
+"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go"
+" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"."
 msgstr ""
-"Het eerste voorbeeld is appelsienen met een prijs van ``3€/kg``. In het "
-"**Verkoop** tabblad kan u de kassa configuratie zien. Daar kan u een "
-"productcategorie instellen, aangeven of het product gewogen moeten worden of"
-" niet en u er van verzekeren dat het product beschikbaar is in de kassa."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:58
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48
 msgid ""
-"In same the way, you can add lemons, pumpkins, red onions, bananas... in the"
-" database."
+"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale."
 msgstr ""
-"Op dezelfde manier kan u citroenen, pompoenen, rode uien, bananen... "
-"toevoegen in de database."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62
-msgid "How to easily manage categories?"
-msgstr "Hoe gemakkelijk categorieën te beheren?"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52
+msgid "Configure your payment methods"
+msgstr "Configureer uw betaalmethodes"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:64
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54
 msgid ""
-"If you already have a database with your products, you can easily set a "
-"**Point of Sale Category** by using the Kanban view and by grouping the "
-"products by **Point of Sale Category**."
+"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point"
+" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> "
+"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u al een database heeft met uw producten kan u gemakkelijk een "
-"**Kassa categorie** instellen door de Kanban weergave te gebruiken en door "
-"te groeperen op **Kassa categorie**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:72
-msgid "Configuring a payment method"
-msgstr "Configureer een betaalmethode"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:74
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62
 msgid ""
-"To configure a new payment method go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Payment methods` and click on **Create**."
+"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use"
+" in Point of Sale\"."
 msgstr ""
-"Om een nieuwe betalingsmethode te configureren gaat u naar "
-":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Betalingsmethodes` en klikt u op "
-"**Aanmaken**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:81
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68
 msgid ""
-"After you set up a name and the type of payment method, you can go to the "
-"point of sale tab and ensure that this payment method has been activated for"
-" the point of sale."
+"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale"
+" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration."
 msgstr ""
-"Nadat u een naam opgeeft en het type van betaalmethode kan u naar het kassa "
-"tabblad gaat en u verzeker dat deze betaalmethode geactiveerd is voor de "
-"kassa."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:86
-msgid "Configuring your points of sales"
-msgstr "Configureer uw kassa's"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75
+msgid "Configure your Point of Sale"
+msgstr "Configureer uw kassa"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:88
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77
 msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, click on the "
-"``main`` point of sale. Edit the point of sale and add your custom payment "
-"method into the available payment methods."
+"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and"
+" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can "
+"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale."
 msgstr ""
-"Ga naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Kassa`, klik op de ``hoofd`` kassa."
-" Wijzig de kassa en voeg uw aangepaste betalingsmethode toe aan de "
-"beschikbare betaalmethodes."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:95
-msgid ""
-"You can configure each point of sale according to your hardware, "
-"location,..."
-msgstr "U kan elke kassa configureren naar uw hardware, locatie,..."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Point of Sale Name"
-msgstr "Kassa naam"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale."
-msgstr "Een interne identificatie van de kassa."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Sales Channel"
-msgstr "Verkoopkanaal"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze kassa zijn verkopen zullen gerelateerd zijn aan dit verkoopkanaal."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Restaurant Floors"
-msgstr "Restaurantverdiepingen"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale."
-msgstr "De restaurant verdiepingen bediend met deze kassa"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Orderline Notes"
-msgstr "Orderregel notities"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines."
-msgstr "Sta aangepaste notities op orderregels toe."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Display Category Pictures"
-msgstr "Toon categorie afbeeldingen"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures."
-msgstr "De productcategorieën worden getoond met afbeeldingen."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82
+msgid "Create your first PoS session"
+msgstr "Maak uw eerste kassa sessie"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Initial Category"
-msgstr "Initiële categorie"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85
+msgid "Your first order"
+msgstr "Uw eerste order"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87
 msgid ""
-"The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no "
-"category is specified, all available products will be shown."
+"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS "
+"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session."
 msgstr ""
-"De kassa toont de productcategorieën standaard. Als er geen categorie is "
-"gespecificeerd worden alle producten getoond"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Virtual KeyBoard"
-msgstr "Virtueel Toetsenbord"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94
+msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface."
+msgstr "U komt nu in de kassa interface."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99
 msgid ""
-"Don’t turn this option on if you take orders on smartphones or tablets."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Such devices already benefit from a native keyboard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Large Scrollbars"
-msgstr "Grote scrollbalken"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens."
-msgstr "Voor onnauwkeurige industriële touchscreens."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "IP Address"
-msgstr "IP-adres"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if "
-"left empty."
-msgstr ""
-"De hostnaam of het IP adres van de hardware proxy worden automatisch "
-"gedetecteerd als het veld leeg wordt gelaten."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Scan via Proxy"
-msgstr "Scannen via Proxy"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner."
+"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available "
+"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method "
+"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment."
 msgstr ""
-"Schakel barcodes scannen met een extern verbonden barcode scanner toe."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Electronic Scale"
-msgstr "Electronisch weegschaal"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration."
-msgstr "Activeer de integratie met een elektronische weegschaal."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Cashdrawer"
-msgstr "Kassalade"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer."
-msgstr "Automatisch kassalade openen"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Print via Proxy"
-msgstr "Afdrukken via proxy"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104
+msgid "You can register the next orders."
+msgstr "U kan de volgende orders registreren."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy."
-msgstr "Niet via de browser afdrukken, maar via de hardware proxy."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107
+msgid "Close the PoS session"
+msgstr "De kassa sessie afsluiten"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Customer Facing Display"
-msgstr "Klant display"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Show checkout to customers with a remotely-connected screen."
-msgstr "Toon checkout aan klanten met een extern verbonden scherm."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109
 msgid ""
-"Defines what kind of barcodes are available and how they are assigned to "
-"products, customers and cashiers."
+"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on "
+"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can "
+"now close the session from the dashboard."
 msgstr ""
-"Definieert welke barcodes beschikbaar zijn en hoe ze worden toegewezen aan "
-"producten, klanten en kassières."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Fiscal Positions"
-msgstr "Fiscale posities"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117
 msgid ""
-"This is useful for restaurants with onsite and take-away services that imply"
-" specific tax rates."
+"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day."
 msgstr ""
-"Dit is handig voor restaurants met op locatie- en afhaaldiensten die "
-"specifieke belastingtarieven impliceren."
+"Het is sterk aangeraden om uw kassa sessie af te sluiten aan het einde van "
+"elke dag."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Available Pricelists"
-msgstr "Beschikbare prijslijsten"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"Make several pricelists available in the Point of Sale. You can also apply a"
-" pricelist to specific customers from their contact form (in Sales tab). To "
-"be valid, this pricelist must be listed here as an available pricelist. "
-"Otherwise the default pricelist will apply."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119
+msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method."
 msgstr ""
-"Maak meerdere prijslijsten beschikbaar in de kassa. U kan een prijslijst ook"
-" toewijzen aan specifieke klanten vanuit het contact formulier (onder het "
-"tabblad verkopen). Om geldig te zijn moet de prijslijst hier opgelijst zijn "
-"als beschikbare prijslijst. Anders is de standaard prijslijst van "
-"toepassing."
+"U ziet vervolgens een samenvatting van alle transacties per betaalmethode."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Default Pricelist"
-msgstr "Standaard prijslijst"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124
 msgid ""
-"The pricelist used if no customer is selected or if the customer has no Sale"
-" Pricelist configured."
+"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been"
+" paid by this payment method during that PoS session."
 msgstr ""
-"De prijslijst welke wordt gebruikt indien geen klant is geselecteerd of als "
-"er geen prijslijst bij de klant is ingesteld."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Restrict Price Modifications to Managers"
-msgstr "Beperk het aanpassen van prijzen tot managers"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127
 msgid ""
-"Only users with Manager access rights for PoS app can modify the product "
-"prices on orders."
+"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the "
+"closing entries."
 msgstr ""
-"Allen gebruikers met manager rechten van de kassa kunnen de productprijzen "
-"op order aanpassen."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Cash Control"
-msgstr "Kas controle"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130
+msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session."
+msgstr "Het is klaar, u heeft nu uw eerste kassa sessie afgesloten."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing."
-msgstr "Controleer het bedrag van de kas bij het openen en sluiten."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Prefill Cash Payment"
-msgstr "Vooraf contante betaling invullen"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features"
+msgstr "Geavanceerde Restaurant opties"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be "
-"prefilled with the exact due amount."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3
+msgid "Print the Bill"
 msgstr ""
-"De betalingsinput gedraagt zich gelijkwaardig aan bankafschrift input en "
-"wordt automatisch ingevuld met het exacte verschuldigde bedrag."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Order IDs Sequence"
-msgstr "Ordernummer reeks"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"This sequence is automatically created by Odoo but you can change it to "
-"customize the reference numbers of your orders."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze nummering zal automatisch gegenereerd worden door Odoo, maar u kunt ook"
-" uw eigen nummering samenstellen."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Receipt Header"
-msgstr "Koptekst Kassabon"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt."
+"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This "
+"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the "
+"definitive ticket."
 msgstr ""
-"Een korte tekst die ingevoegd wordt als hoofding op het afgedrukte ticket."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Receipt Footer"
-msgstr "Voettekst Kassabon"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10
+msgid "Configure Bill Printing"
 msgstr ""
-"Een korte tekst die als voettekst in de afgedrukte bon zal worden ingevoegd"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Automatic Receipt Printing"
-msgstr "Automatisch kassabon afdrukken"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order."
-msgstr "De kassabon wordt automatisch afgedrukt aan het einde van elke order"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Skip Preview Screen"
-msgstr "Sla vorig scherm over"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"The receipt screen will be skipped if the receipt can be printed "
-"automatically."
+"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Het kassabon scherm wordt overgeslagen als de kassabon automatisch afgedrukt"
-" kan worden."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bill Printing"
-msgstr "Rekening afdrukken"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment."
-msgstr "Sta afdrukken van de factuur toe, voordat er betaald wordt."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bill Splitting"
-msgstr "Rekening splitsen"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale."
-msgstr "Sta splitsen van rekeningen toe in de kassa."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Tip Product"
-msgstr "Fooi product"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "This product is used as reference on customer receipts."
-msgstr "Dit product wordt gebruikt als referentie op klantticketten."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Invoicing"
-msgstr "Boekhouding"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale."
-msgstr "Activeer het aanmaken van facturen door de kassa"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Invoice Journal"
-msgstr "Factuur dagboek"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices."
-msgstr "Dagboek gebruikt voor het maken van facturen."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Sales Journal"
-msgstr "Verkoopboek"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries."
-msgstr "Financieel dagboek gebruikt voor het maken van de verkoopboekingen."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Group Journal Items"
-msgstr "Groepeer boekingen"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a"
-" Session."
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option."
 msgstr ""
-"Vink deze optie aan indien u alle boekingen wilt groeperen per product, bij "
-"het sluiten van een sessie."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:100
-msgid "Now you are ready to make your first steps with your point of sale."
-msgstr "U bent nu klaar om uw eerste stappen te zetten met de kassa."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:103
-msgid "First Steps in the Point of Sale"
-msgstr "Eerste stappen in de kassa"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:106
-msgid "Your first order"
-msgstr "Uw eerste order"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:108
-msgid ""
-"On the dashboard, you can see your points of sales, click on **New "
-"session**:"
-msgstr "Op het dashboard kan u uw kassa's zien, klik op **Nieuwe sessie**:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22
+msgid "Split a Bill"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119
-msgid ""
-"On the right you can see the products list with the categories on the top. "
-"If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can directly "
-"set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24
+msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button."
 msgstr ""
-"Rechts kan u de lijst van uw producten zien met alle categorieën bovenaan. "
-"Als u een product selecteert wordt het toegevoegd in het mandje. U kan "
-"direct het correcte aantal of het gewicht instellen door het in te typen op "
-"het toetsenbord."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:125
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:59
-msgid "Payment"
-msgstr "Betaling"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29
+msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127
-msgid ""
-"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the "
-"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` "
-"and pays with a ``20 €`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3
+msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar"
 msgstr ""
-"Eenmaal de order voltooid is klikt u op **Betaling**. U kan de klant zijn "
-"betaalmethode kiezen. In dit voorbeeld moet de klant nog ``10.84 €`` aan u "
-"betalen en betaalt hij met een briefje van ``20 €``. Wanneer dit klaar is "
-"klikt u op **Valideer**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:134
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:68
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Your ticket is printed and you are now ready to make your second order."
+"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, "
+"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar "
+"can be a tremendous help."
 msgstr ""
-"Uw kassaticket is geprint en u bent nu klaar om uw tweede order te maken."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:137
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:71
-msgid "Closing a session"
-msgstr "Sessie sluiten"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:139
-msgid ""
-"At the end of the day, to close the session, click on the **Close** button "
-"on the top right. Click again on the close button of the point of sale. On "
-"this page, you will see a summary of the transactions"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10
+msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer"
 msgstr ""
-"Aan het einde van de dag, om de sessie af te sluiten, klikt u op de "
-"**Afsluiten** knop rechtsboven. Klik nogmaals op de afsluit knop van de "
-"kassa. Op deze pagina ziet u een samenvatting van de transacties"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:146
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"If you click on a payment method line, the journal of this method appears "
-"containing all the transactions performed."
+"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Als u klikt op een betalingsmethode lijn zal het dagboek van deze methode "
-"verschijnen die alle uitgevoerde transacties bevat."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:152
-msgid "Now, you only have to validate and close the session."
-msgstr "Nu hoeft u enkel de sessie te valideren en te sluiten."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3
-msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features"
-msgstr "Geavanceerde Restaurant opties"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3
-msgid "How to register multiple orders simultaneously?"
-msgstr "Hoe meerdere orders simultaan registreren?"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:6
-msgid "Register simultaneous orders"
-msgstr "Registreer simultaan orders"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"On the main screen, just tap on the **+** on the top of the screen to "
-"register another order. The current orders remain opened until the payment "
-"is done or the order is cancelled."
+"Under the PosBox / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*."
 msgstr ""
-"Op het hoofdscherm klikt u op het **+** icoon bovenaan het scherm om een "
-"nieuw order te registeren. Het huidige order blijft openstaan tot de "
-"betaling is gedaan of het order geannuleerd is."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:16
-msgid "Switch from one order to another"
-msgstr "Wissel van het ene order naar het andere"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:18
-msgid "Simply click on the number of the order."
-msgstr "Klik simpelweg op het nummer van het order."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:24
-msgid "Cancel an order"
-msgstr "Annuleer een order"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:19
+msgid "Add a printer"
+msgstr "Voeg een printer toe"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:26
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"If you made a mistake or if the order is cancelled, just click on the **-** "
-"button. A message will appear to confirm the order deletion."
+"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where"
+" you can add the printer."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u een fout maakte of de order geannuleerd is klikt u gewoon op de "
-"**-** knop. Een bericht verschijnt om te bevestigen dat u het order wilt "
-"verwijderen."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:34
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:115
-msgid ":doc:`../advanced/register`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/register`"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:28
+msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order"
+msgstr "Print een keuken/bar order"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:35
-msgid ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:33
+msgid "Select or create a printer."
+msgstr "Selecteer een printer of maak een printer aan."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:36
-msgid ":doc:`transfer`"
-msgstr ":doc:`transfer`"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:36
+msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar"
+msgstr "Print de order in de keuken/bar"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:3
-msgid "How to handle kitchen & bar order printing?"
-msgstr "Hoe keuken & bar order printen af te handelen?"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:38
+msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button."
+msgstr "In uw kassa interface heeft u nu een *order* knop."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:8
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
-msgid "From the dashboard click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`:"
-msgstr ""
-"Vanuit het dashboard klikt u op :menuselection:`Meer --> Instellingen`:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:13
-msgid "Under the **Bar & Restaurant** section, tick **Bill Printing**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer."
 msgstr ""
-"Vink de optie **Rekening afdrukken** aan onder de **Bar & Restaurant** "
-"sectie."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:18
-msgid "In order printers, click on **add an item** and then **Create**."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik op **item toevoegen** onder order printers en vervolgens op "
-"**Aanmaken**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3
+msgid "Register multiple orders"
+msgstr "Registreer meerdere orders"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:23
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Set a printer **Name**, its **IP address** and the **Category** of product "
-"you want to print on this printer. The category of product is useful to "
-"print the order for the kitchen."
+"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders "
+"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need."
 msgstr ""
-"Stel een printer **Naam** in, het **IP adres** en de **Categorie** van het "
-"product dat u wilt printen op deze printer. De categorie van het product is "
-"handig om het order voor de keuken te printen."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:30
-msgid "Several printers can be added this way"
-msgstr "Verschillende printers kunnen op deze manier toegevoegd worden"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9
+msgid "Register an additional order"
+msgstr "Registreer een bijkomende order"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:35
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Now when you register an order, products will be automatically printed on "
-"the correct printer."
+"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new "
+"order."
 msgstr ""
-"Wanneer u nu een order registreert worden producten automatisch geprint op "
-"de correcte printer."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:39
-msgid "Print a bill before the payment"
-msgstr "Print een rekening voor de betaling"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:41
-msgid "On the main screen, click on the **Bill** button."
-msgstr "Op het hoofdscherm klikt u op de **Rekening** knop."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:46
-msgid "Finally click on **Print**."
-msgstr "Klikt uiteindelijk op **Afdrukken**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:51
-msgid "Click on **Ok** once it is done."
-msgstr "Klik op **Ok** wanneer het klaar is."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:54
-msgid "Print the order (kitchen printing)"
-msgstr "Print de order (keuken printen)"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:56
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"This is different than printing the bill. It only prints the list of the "
-"items."
+"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when "
+"needed."
 msgstr ""
-"Dit is anders dan het afdrukken van de rekening. Het print enkel de lijst "
-"van de items."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:59
-msgid "Click on **Order**, it will automatically be printed."
-msgstr "Klik op **Order**, het zal automatisch geprint worden."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:65
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"The printer is automatically chosen according to the products categories set"
-" on it."
+"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on."
 msgstr ""
-"De printer wordt automatisch gekozen aan de hand van de productcategorieën "
-"die hier op zijn ingesteld."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3
-msgid "How to setup Point of Sale Restaurant?"
-msgstr "Hoe de restaurant kassa op te zetten?"
+msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar"
+msgstr "Restaurant/bar kassa opzetten"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Go to the **Point of Sale** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings`"
+"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of "
+"Sale application can help you to fulfill."
 msgstr ""
-"Ga naar de **Kassa** applicatie, :menuselection:`Configuratie --> "
-"Instellingen`"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Enable the option **Restaurant: activate table management** and click on "
-"**Apply**."
+"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Activeer de optie **Restaurant: activeer tafelbeheer** en klik op "
-"**Toepassen**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"Then go back to the **Dashboard**, on the point of sale you want to use in "
-"restaurant mode, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
-msgstr ""
-"Ga vervolgens terug naar het **dasboard** op de kassa waar u de restaurant "
-"modus op wilt gebruiken klikt u op :menuselection:`Meer --> Instellingen`."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15
+msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*"
+msgstr "Selecteer *Is een bar/restaurant*"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:23
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"Under the **Restaurant Floors** section, click on **add an item** to insert "
-"a floor and to set your PoS in restaurant mode."
+"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. "
+"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them."
 msgstr ""
-"Klik op **Voeg een item toe** onder de **Restaurant verdiepingen** sectie om"
-" een nieuwe verdieping toe te voegen en om uw Kassa in restaurant modus te "
-"zetten."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:29
-msgid "Insert a floor name and assign the floor to your point of sale."
-msgstr "Geef een verdieping naam in en wijs de verdieping toe aan uw kassa."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3
+msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:34
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Click on **Save & Close** and then on **Save**. Congratulations, your point "
-"of sale is now in Restaurant mode. The first time you start a session, you "
-"will arrive on an empty map."
+"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them "
+"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-"
+"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application."
 msgstr ""
-"Klik op **Opslaan & Afsluiten** en vervolgens op **Opslaan**. Proficiat, uw "
-"kassa is nu in de restaurant modus. De eerste keer dat u een sessie start "
-"ziet u een lege kaart."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:40
-msgid ":doc:`table`"
-msgstr ":doc:`table`"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3
-msgid "How to handle split bills?"
-msgstr "Hoe gesplitste rekeningen afhandelen?"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Split bills only work for point of sales that are in **restaurant** mode."
+"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Gesplitste rekeningen werken enkel voor kassa's die in de **restaurant** "
-"modus staan."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:15
-msgid "In the settings tick the option **Bill Splitting**."
-msgstr "Vink de optie **Rekening splitsen** aan in de instellingen."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:8
-msgid "From the dashboard, click on **New Session**."
-msgstr "Vanuit het dashboard, klik op **Nieuwe sessie**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:28
-msgid "Choose a table and start registering an order."
-msgstr "Kies een tafel en start met het registreren van een order."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:33
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"When customers want to pay and split the bill, there are two ways to achieve"
-" this:"
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting "
+"option."
 msgstr ""
-"Wanneer klanten willen betalen en de rekening willen splitsen zijn er twee "
-"manieren om dit te doen:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:36
-msgid "based on the total"
-msgstr "gebaseerd op het totaal"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:38
-msgid "based on products"
-msgstr "gebaseerd op producten"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:44
-msgid "Splitting based on the total"
-msgstr "Splitsen gebaseerd op het totaal"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"Just click on **Payment**. You only have to insert the money tendered by "
-"each customer."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23
+msgid "Split a bill"
 msgstr ""
-"Klik gewoon op **Betaling**. U moet enkel het ontvangen geld ingeven dat u "
-"van elke klant heeft gekregen."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"Click on the payment method (cash, credit card,...) and enter the amount. "
-"Repeat it for each customer."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25
+msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button."
 msgstr ""
-"Klik op de betaalmethode (contant, kredietkaart,...) en geef het bedrag in. "
-"Herhaal dit voor elke klant."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:55
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"When it's done, click on validate. This is how to split the bill based on "
-"the total amount."
+"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and "
+"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest."
 msgstr ""
-"Wanneer dit klaar is klikt u op valideren. Dit is hoe u gesplitste "
-"rekeningen doet gebaseerd op het totale bedrag."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:59
-msgid "Split the bill based on products"
-msgstr "Splitst de rekening gebaseerd op producten"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:61
-msgid "On the main view, click on **Split**"
-msgstr "Op het hoofdscherm, klik op **Splitsen**"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3
+msgid "Configure your table management"
+msgstr "Configureer uw tafelbeheer"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:66
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Select the products the first customer wants to pay and click on **Payment**"
+"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select"
+" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> "
+"Point of sale`.."
 msgstr ""
-"Selecteer de producten die de eerste klant wilt betalen en klik vervolgens "
-"op **Betaling**"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:71
-msgid "You get the total, process the payment and click on **Validate**"
-msgstr "U krijgt het totaal, verwerkt de betaling en klikt op **Valideer**"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:76
-msgid "Follow the same procedure for the next customer of the same table."
-msgstr "Volg dezelfde procedure voor de volgende klant van dezelfde tafel."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9
+msgid "Add a floor"
+msgstr "Voeg een verdieping toe"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:78
-msgid "When all the products have been paid you go back to the table map."
-msgstr "Wanneer alle producten betaald zijn gaat u terug naar de tafel kaart."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on"
+" *Floors*"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3
-msgid "How to configure your table map?"
-msgstr "Hoe uw tafelkaart configureren?"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18
+msgid "Add tables"
+msgstr "Voeg tafels toe"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:6
-msgid "Make your table map"
-msgstr "Maak uw tafel kaart"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20
+msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)."
+msgstr "Vanuit uw kassa interface ziet u nu verdiepingen."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"Once your point of sale has been configured for restaurant usage, click on "
-"**New Session**:"
+"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow"
+" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..."
 msgstr ""
-"Eenmaal de kassa is geconfigureerd voor restaurant gebruik klikt u op "
-"**Nieuwe sessie**:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:14
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"This is your main floor, it is empty for now. Click on the **+** icon to add"
-" a table."
+"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, "
+"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, "
+"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as "
+"duplicate them with the handy tool bar."
 msgstr ""
-"Dit is uw hoofdverdieping, het is leeg voor nu. Klik op het **+** icoon om "
-"een tafel toe te voegen."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20
-msgid ""
-"Drag and drop the table to change its position. Once you click on it, you "
-"can edit it."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36
+msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode."
 msgstr ""
-"Drag en drop de tafel om de positie te wijzigen. Eenmaal u er op klikt kan u"
-" ze wijzigen."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:23
-msgid "Click on the corners to change the size."
-msgstr "Klik op de hoeken om de grootte te wijzigen."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39
+msgid "Register your table(s) orders"
+msgstr "Registreer uw tafel orders"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:28
-msgid "The number of seats can be set by clicking on this icon:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to "
+"register an order and payment."
 msgstr ""
-"Het aantal plaatsen kan ingesteld worden door te klikken op dit icoon:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:33
-msgid "The table name can be edited by clicking on this icon:"
-msgstr "De tafelnaam kan gewijzigd worden door te klikken op dit icoon:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:38
-msgid "You can switch from round to square table by clicking on this icon:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and"
+" you can also transfer the order to another table."
 msgstr ""
-"U kan wisselen van een ronde naar een vierkante tafel door te klikken op dit"
-" icoon:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:43
-msgid "The color of the table can modify by clicking on this icon :"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3
+msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment"
 msgstr ""
-"De kleur van de tafel kan gewijzigd worden door te klikken op dit icoon:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:48
-msgid "This icon allows you to duplicate the table:"
-msgstr "Dit icoon staat het dupliceren van de tafel toe:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:53
-msgid "To drop a table click on this icon:"
-msgstr "Om een tabel te verwijderen klikt u op dit icoon:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:58
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Once your plan is done click on the pencil to leave the edit mode. The plan "
-"is automatically saved."
+"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is "
+"important to have the option in your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Eenmaal uw plan klaar is klikt u op het potlood om de editeer modus te "
-"verlaten. Het plan wordt automatisch bewaard."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:65
-msgid "Register your orders"
-msgstr "Registreer uw orders"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9
+msgid "Configure Tipping"
+msgstr "Configureer fooien"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:67
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Now you are ready to make your first order. You just have to click on a "
-"table to start registering an order."
+"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS."
 msgstr ""
-"U bent nu klaar om uw eerste order te maken. U moet gewoon op een tafel "
-"klikken om de registratie van een order te beginnen."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:70
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"You can come back at any time to the map by clicking on the floor name :"
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and "
+"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case."
 msgstr ""
-"U kan op eender welk moment naar het plan geraken door te klikken op de "
-"verdieping naam:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:76
-msgid "Edit a table map"
-msgstr "Wijzig een tafel kaart"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:78
-msgid "On your map, click on the pencil icon to go in edit mode :"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21
+msgid "Add Tips to the bill"
 msgstr ""
-"Op uw kaart, klik op het potlood icoon om in de editeer modus te gaan:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3
-msgid "How to handle tips?"
-msgstr "Hoe fooien af te handelen?"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:8
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:63
-msgid "From the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23
+msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button"
 msgstr ""
-"Vanuit het dashboard klikt u op :menuselection:`Meer --> Instellingen`."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13
-msgid "Add a product for the tip."
-msgstr "Voeg een product toe voor de fooi."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"In the tip product page, be sure to set a sale price of ``0€`` and to remove"
-" all the taxes in the accounting tab."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31
+msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment."
 msgstr ""
-"Wees zeker dat u een verkoopprijs van ``0€`` instelt op de fooi "
-"productpagina en dat u alle belastingen verwijderd in het boekhouding "
-"tabblad."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25
-msgid "Adding a tip"
-msgstr "Een fooi toevoegen"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27
-msgid "On the payment page, tap on **Tip**"
-msgstr "Op het betaalscherm klikt u op **Fooi**"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:32
-msgid "Tap down the amount of the tip:"
-msgstr "Geef het bedrag van de fooi in:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"The total amount has been updated and you can now register the payment."
-msgstr "Het totaal is geüpdatet en u kan de betaling nu registreren."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3
-msgid "How to transfer a customer from table?"
-msgstr "Hoe een klant van tafel verplaatsen?"
+msgid "Transfer customers between tables"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"This only work for Point of Sales that are configured in restaurant mode."
+"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an "
+"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their "
+"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for "
+"you."
 msgstr ""
-"Dit werkt enkel voor kassa's die geconfigureerd zijn in restaurant modus."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11
+msgid "Transfer customer(s)"
+msgstr "Klanten overplaatsen"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Choose a table, for example table ``T1`` and start registering an order."
+msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on."
 msgstr ""
-"Kies een tafel, bijvoorbeeld de tafel ``T1`` en start met het registreren "
-"van een order."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18
 msgid ""
-"Register an order. For some reason, customers want to move to table ``T9``. "
-"Click on **Transfer**."
+"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and "
+"select the new table"
 msgstr ""
-"Registreer een order. Voor één of andere reden wilt de klant verhuizen naar "
-"tafel ``T9``. Klik op **Verplaatsen**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:24
-msgid "Select to which table you want to transfer customers."
-msgstr "Selecteer de tafel naar waar u klanten wilt overplaatsen."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:29
-msgid "You see that the order has been added to the table ``T9``"
-msgstr "U kan zien dat de order is toegevoegd aan de tafel ``T9``"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3
 msgid "Advanced Shop Features"
 msgstr "Geavanceerde winkel opties"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3
-msgid "How to set up cash control?"
-msgstr "Hoe kassacontrole opzetten?"
+msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Cash control permits you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening "
-"and closing."
+"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening "
+"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash "
+"is missing."
 msgstr ""
-"Kassacontrole staat u toe om het bedrag van de kassa te controleren bij het "
-"openen en afsluiten van de kassa."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:9
-msgid "Configuring cash control"
-msgstr "Kascontrole configureren"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10
+msgid "Activate Cash Control"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:11
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"On the **Point of Sale** dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> "
-"Settings`."
+"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales"
+" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Op het **Kassa** dashboard klikt u op :menuselection:`Meer --> "
-"Instellingen`."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:17
-msgid "On this page, scroll and tick the the option **Cash Control**."
-msgstr "Op deze pagina, scrol en vink de optie **Kassacontrole** aan."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:23
-msgid "Starting a session"
-msgstr "Een sessie starten"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:25
-msgid "On your point of sale dashboard click on **new session**:"
-msgstr "In uw kassa dashboard klikt u op **nieuwe sessie**:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16
+msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:30
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"Before launching the point of sale interface, you get the open control view."
-" Click on set an opening balance to introduce the amount in the cashbox."
+"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at "
+"the opening and closing."
 msgstr ""
-"Voordat u de kassa interface opstart krijgt u het controlescherm voor de "
-"openingsbalans. Klik op stel een openingsbalans in om het bedrag in de "
-"kassalade te introduceren."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:37
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"Here you can insert the value of the coin or bill, and the amount present in"
-" the cashbox. The system sums up the total, in this example we have "
-"``86,85€`` in the cashbox. Click on **confirm**."
+"When clicking on *->Opening/Closing Values* you will be able to create those"
+" values."
 msgstr ""
-"Hier kan u de waarde ingeven van de munt of het brief en het aantal dat "
-"aanwezig is in de kassa. Het systeem telt het totaal op, in dit voorbeeld "
-"hebben we ``86,85€`` in de kassa. Klik op **Bevestig**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:44
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31
+msgid "Start a session"
+msgstr "Start een sessie"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"You can see that the opening balance has changed and when you click on "
-"**Open Session** you will get the main point of sale interface."
+"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening "
+"Balance*"
 msgstr ""
-"U kan zien dat de openingsbalans gewijzigd is en wanneer u klikt op **Open "
-"sessie** krijgt u de hoofdinterface van de hoofdkassa te zien."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:61
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the "
-"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84€`` "
-"and pays with a ``20€`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**."
+"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always "
+"modify it."
 msgstr ""
-"Eenmaal de order voltooid is klikt u op **Betaling**. U kan de klant zijn "
-"betaalmethode kiezen. In dit voorbeeld moet de klant nog ``10.84 €`` aan u "
-"betalen en betaalt hij met een briefje van ``20 €``. Wanneer dit klaar is "
-"klikt u op **Valideer**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:73
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46
+msgid "Close a session"
+msgstr "Een sessie afsluiten"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48
 msgid ""
-"At the time of closing the session, click on the **Close** button on the top"
-" right. Click again on the **Close** button to exit the point of sale "
-"interface. On this page, you will see a summary of the transactions. At this"
-" moment you can take the money out."
+"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* "
+"button as well."
 msgstr ""
-"Wanneer u uw sessie afsluit klikt u op de **Afsluiten** knop rechtsboven. "
-"Klik nogmaals op de afsluit knop van de kassa. Op deze pagina ziet u een "
-"samenvatting van de transacties. Op dit moment kan u het geld er uit halen."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:81
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51
 msgid ""
-"For instance you want to take your daily transactions out of your cashbox."
+"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you"
+" have just counted) and the difference between the two."
 msgstr ""
-"Bijvoorbeeld wanneer u uw dagelijkse transacties uit de kassa wilt halen."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:87
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57
 msgid ""
-"Now you can see that the theoretical closing balance has been updated and it"
-" only remains you to count your cashbox to set a closing balance."
+"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for "
+"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing "
+"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session."
 msgstr ""
-"Nu kan u zien dat de theoretische sluitingsbalans geüpdatet is en u hoeft "
-"enkel nog uw kassa te tellen om een afsluitbalans in te geven."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:93
-msgid "You can now validate the closing."
-msgstr "U kan nu de sluiting valideren."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:96
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:20
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:92
-msgid ":doc:`invoice`"
-msgstr ":doc:`invoice`"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:97
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:116
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:93
-msgid ":doc:`refund`"
-msgstr ":doc:`refund`"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:98
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:117
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:21
-msgid ":doc:`seasonal_discount`"
-msgstr ":doc:`seasonal_discount`"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3
-msgid "How to invoice from the POS interface?"
-msgstr "Hoe te factureren vanuit de kassa interface?"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"On the **Dashboard**, you can see your points of sales, click on **New "
-"session**:"
+msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface"
 msgstr ""
-"Op het **Dashboard** kan u uw kassa's zien, klik op **Nieuwe sessie**:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:14
-msgid "You are on the ``main`` point of sales view :"
-msgstr "U zit op de ``hoofd`` kassa weergave:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:19
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on "
-"the top. Switch categories by clicking on it."
+"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point "
+"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Rechts kan u de lijst van producten zien met bovenaan de categorieën. Wissel"
-" van categorie door er op te klikken."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:22
-msgid ""
-"If you click on a product, it will be added in your cart. You can directly "
-"set the correct **Quantity/Weight** by typing it on the keyboard."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9
+msgid "Activate invoicing"
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u klikt op een product wordt het toegevoegd aan het mandje. U kan "
-"direct de correcte **Hoeveelheid/Gewicht** instellen door het in te geven op"
-" uw toetsenbord."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:26
-msgid "Add a customer"
-msgstr "Voeg een klant toe"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:29
-msgid "By selecting in the customer list"
-msgstr "Door te selecteren in de klantenlijst"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:31
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54
-msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer** (above **Payment**):"
-msgstr "In de hoofdweergave klikt u op **Klant** (boven **Betaling**):"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:36
-msgid "You must set a customer in order to be able to issue an invoice."
-msgstr "U moet een klant instellen om een factuur te kunnen aanmaken."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"You can search in the list of your customers or create new ones by clicking "
-"on the icon."
+"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and"
+" select your Point of Sale:"
 msgstr ""
-"U kan zoeken in de lijst van klanten of nieuwe klanten aanmaken door te "
-"klikken op het icoon."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:48
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"For more explanation about adding a new customer. Please read the document "
-":doc:`../advanced/register`."
+"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. "
+"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created."
 msgstr ""
-"Voor meer informatie over het toevoegen van een nieuwe klant. Gelieve het "
-"document :doc:`../advanced/register` te lezen."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52
-msgid "By using a barcode for customer"
-msgstr "Door een barcode te gebruiken voor een klant"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:59
-msgid "Select a customer and click on the pencil to edit."
-msgstr "Selecteer een klant en klik op het potlood om de klant te wijzigen."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:64
-msgid "Set a the barcode for customer by scanning it."
-msgstr "Stel een barcode in voor de klant door ze te scannen."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25
+msgid "Select a customer"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:69
-msgid ""
-"Save modifications and now when you scan the customer's barcode, he is "
-"assigned to the order"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27
+msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button"
 msgstr ""
-"Bewaar wijzigingen en wanneer u nu de klant zijn barcode scant wordt hij "
-"toegewezen aan een order"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:73
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"Be careful with the **Barcode Nomenclature**. By default, customers' "
-"barcodes have to begin with 042. To check the default barcode nomenclature, "
-"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode "
-"Nomenclatures`."
+"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer "
+"or create a new one by using this button."
 msgstr ""
-"Wees voorzichtig met de **Barcode nomenclatuur**. Standaard moeten klanten "
-"hun barcodes beginnen met 042. Om de standaard barcode nomenclatuur te "
-"controleren gaat u naar :menuselection:`Kassa --> Configuratie --> Barcode "
-"nomenclaturen`."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:82
-msgid "Payment and invoicing"
-msgstr "Betaling en facturatie"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:84
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38
 msgid ""
-"Once the cart is processed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the "
-"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` "
-"and pays with by a ``VISA``."
+"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information."
 msgstr ""
-"Eenmaal het mandje verwerkt is klikt u op **Betaling** U kan de klant zijn "
-"betaalmethode kiezen. In dit voorbeeld moet de klant u ``10.84 €`` betalen "
-"en betalen met een ``VISA``."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:88
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41
+msgid "Invoice your customer"
+msgstr "Factureer uw klant"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"Before clicking on **Validate**, you have to click on **Invoice** in order "
-"to create an invoice from this order."
+"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to "
+"select it and validate."
 msgstr ""
-"Voordat u klikt op **Valideren** moet u klikken op **Factureer** om een "
-"factuur te genereren van dit order."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:94
-msgid "Your invoice is printed and you can continue to make orders."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49
+msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order."
 msgstr ""
-"Uw factuur is afgedrukt en u kan nu doorgaan met het maken van orders."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:97
-msgid "Retrieve invoices of a specific customer"
-msgstr "Facturen ophalen van een specifieke klant"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:99
-msgid ""
-"To retrieve the customer's invoices, go to the **Sale** application, click "
-"on :menuselection:`Sales --> Customers`."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52
+msgid "Retrieve invoices"
 msgstr ""
-"Om de klant zijn facturen op te halen gaat u naar de **Verkoop** applicatie "
-"en klikt u op :menuselection:`Verkopen --> Klanten`."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:102
-msgid "On the customer information view, click on the **Invoiced** button :"
-msgstr "Op de klant informatie weergave klikt u op de **Gefactureerd** knop:"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:107
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54
 msgid ""
-"You will get the list all his invoices. Click on the invoice to get the "
-"details."
+"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top"
+" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones"
+" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the "
+"invoice."
 msgstr ""
-"U krijgt de lijst van al zijn facturen. Klik op het factuur om details te "
-"krijgen."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:114
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:19
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:91
-msgid ":doc:`cash_control`"
-msgstr ":doc:`cash_control`"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3
-msgid "How to return and refund products?"
-msgstr "Hoe producten terugbetalen en retourneren?"
+msgid "Accept returns and refund products"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"To refund a customer, from the PoS main view, you have to insert negative "
-"values. For instance in the last order you count too many ``pumpkins`` and "
-"you have to pay back one."
+"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your "
+"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is "
+"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Om een klant terug te betaling, vanuit het hoofdscherm van de kassa, moet u "
-"negatieve waardes ingeven. Bijvoorbeeld als het laatste order te veel "
-"``pompoenen`` had en u één moet terugbetalen."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:12
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"You can see that the total is negative, to end the refund, you only have to "
-"process the payment."
-msgstr ""
-"U kan zien dat het totaal negatief is, om de terugbetaling te voltooien "
-"hoeft u enkel de betaling te verwerken."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3
-msgid "How to apply Time-limited or seasonal discounts?"
-msgstr "Hoe tijd gelimiteerde of seizoenskortingen toe te passen?"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:8
-msgid "To apply time-limited or seasonal discount, use the pricelists."
+"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants "
+"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If"
+" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process."
 msgstr ""
-"Om tijd gelimiteerde of seizoenskortingen toe te passen gebruikt u "
-"prijslijsten."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10
-msgid "You have to create it and to apply it on the point of sale."
-msgstr "U moet het aanmaken en toewijzen aan de kassa."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:13
-msgid "Sales application configuration"
-msgstr "Configuratie verkoop applicatie"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:15
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"In the **Sales** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings`. Tick **Advanced pricing based on formula**."
+"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have "
+"to process the payment."
 msgstr ""
-"In de **Verkopen** applicatie gaat u naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> "
-"Instellingen`. Vink de optie **Geavanceerde prijzen gebaseerd op formule** "
-"aan."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23
-msgid "Creating a pricelist"
-msgstr "Prijslijst aanmaken"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3
+msgid "Apply time-limited discounts"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Once the setting has been applied, a **Pricelists** section appears under "
-"the configuration menu on the sales application."
+"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or "
+"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a "
+"pricing strategy tailored to your business."
 msgstr ""
-"Eenmaal de instelling is toegepast verschijnt een **Prijslijst** sectie "
-"onder het configuratiemenu van de verkoop applicatie."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31
-msgid "Click on it, and then on **Create**."
-msgstr "Klik erop en vervolgens op **Aanmaken**."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:36
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Create a **Pricelist** for your point of sale. Each pricelist can contain "
-"several items with different prices and different dates. It can be done on "
-"all products or only on specific ones. Click on **Add an item**."
+"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales "
+"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"Maak een **prijslijst** voor uw kassa. Elke prijslijst kan verschillende "
-"producten met verschillende prijzen en verschillende datums bevatten. Het "
-"kan op alle producten gedaan worden of enkel op specifieke producten. Klik "
-"op **Item toevoegen**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
-msgid "Active"
-msgstr "Actief"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:18
 msgid ""
-"If unchecked, it will allow you to hide the pricelist without removing it."
+"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and "
+"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking"
+" on *Pricelists*."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien niet aangevinkt, kunt u de prijslijst verbergen, zonder deze te "
-"wissen."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
-msgid "Selectable"
-msgstr "Kiesbaar"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
-msgid "Allow the end user to choose this price list"
-msgstr "Sta de eindgebruiker toe om de prijslijst te kiezen"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23
+msgid "Create a pricelist"
+msgstr "Maak een prijslijst"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"For example, the price of the oranges costs ``3€`` but for two days, we want"
-" to give a ``10%`` discount to our PoS customers."
+"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to "
+":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`"
 msgstr ""
-"Bijvoorbeeld: de appelsienen kosten ``3€`` maar voor twee dagen willen we "
-"``10%`` korting geven op onze kassa klanten."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:51
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"You can do it by adding the product or its category and applying a "
-"percentage discount. Other price computation can be done for the pricelist."
+"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. "
+"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You "
+"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the "
+"whole range."
 msgstr ""
-"U kan dit doen door het product of zijn categorie toe te voegen en een "
-"percentage korting toe te passen. Andere prijsberekeningen kunnen gedaan "
-"worden voor de prijslijst."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:55
-msgid "After you save and close, your pricelist is ready to be used."
-msgstr "Nadat u bewaard en sluit is uw prijslijst klaar om te gebruiken."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:61
-msgid "Applying your pricelist to the Point of Sale"
-msgstr "Uw prijslijst toepassen op de kassa"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:68
-msgid "On the right, you will be able to assign a pricelist."
-msgstr "U kan rechts een prijslijst toewijzen."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:37
+msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface"
+msgstr "Gebruik een prijslijst in de kassa interface"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:74
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"You just have to update the pricelist to apply the time-limited discount(s)."
-msgstr ""
-"U moet gewoon de prijslijst updaten om de tijd gelimiteerde korting(en) toe "
-"te passen."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:80
-msgid ""
-"When you start a new session, you can see that the price have automatically "
-"been updated."
-msgstr ""
-"Wanneer u een nieuwe sessie wilt starten kan u zien dat de prijs automatisch"
-" geüpdatet is."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:87
-msgid "When you update a pricelist, you have to close and open the session."
+"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly "
+"select the right pricelist."
 msgstr ""
-"Wanneer u een prijslijst updatet moet u de sessie sluiten en opnieuw "
-"opstarten."
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9feda6579e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# Martin Trigaux, 2018
+# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018
+# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2018
+# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2018
+# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
+# Thomas Pot <thomas@open2bizz.nl>, 2018
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-07-23 10:14+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thomas Pot <thomas@open2bizz.nl>, 2018\n"
+"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: nl\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6
+msgid "My Odoo Portal"
+msgstr "Mijn Odoo portaal"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between "
+"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your "
+"Subscriptions."
+msgstr ""
+"In dit gedeelte van het portaal vindt u alle communicatie tussen u en Odoo; "
+"documenten zoals offertes, verkooporders, facturen en uw abonnementen."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to "
+"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just "
+"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Om toegang te krijgen tot deze sectie moet u inloggen met uw gebruikersnaam "
+"(e-mailadres) en wachtwoord binnen `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>` __."
+" Als u al bent ingelogd, klikt u op uw naam in de rechterbovenhoek en "
+"selecteert u \"Mijn account\"."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
+msgid "Quotations"
+msgstr "Offertes"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
+"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to "
+"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier vindt u alle offertes die Odoo u heeft toegestuurd. U kunt bijvoorbeeld"
+" een offerte laten opstellen voor u nadat u een toepassing of een gebruiker "
+"aan uw database hebt toegevoegd; of wanneer uw contract moet worden "
+"verlengd."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that"
+" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you "
+"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+"De kolom 'Geldig tot *' wordt weergegeven tot wanneer de offerte geldig is; "
+"na die datum zal de offerte \"Vervallen\" zijn. Door op de offerte te "
+"klikken, ziet u alle details van de aanbieding, de prijzen en andere nuttige"
+" informatie."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the "
+"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
+" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u de offerte wilt accepteren, klikt u op \"Accepteren en betalen\" en de"
+" offerte wordt bevestigd. Als u het niet wilt accepteren of als u enkele "
+"wijzigingen wilt vragen, klikt u op \"Vraag wijzigingen en afwijzen\"."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
+msgid "Sales Orders"
+msgstr "Verkooporders"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. "
+"will be registered under this section."
+msgstr ""
+"Al uw aankopen binnen Odoo zoals upsells, thema's, toepassingen, enz. worden"
+" onder dit gedeelte geregistreerd."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products "
+"purchased and process the payment."
+msgstr ""
+"Door op de verkooporder te klikken, kunt u de details van de gekochte "
+"producten/diensten bekijken en de betaling doen en/of bekijken."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53
+msgid "Invoices"
+msgstr "Facturen"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, "
+"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate "
+"you if the invoice has been paid."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle facturen van uw abonnement (en) of gegenereerd door een verkooporder "
+"worden in deze sectie getoond. Het label boven het verschuldigde bedrag "
+"geeft aan of de factuur is betaald."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
+"invoice or download a PDF version of the document."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik gewoon op de factuur als u meer informatie wilt zien, de factuur wilt "
+"betalen of een PDF-versie van het document wilt downloaden."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
+msgid "Tickets"
+msgstr "Tickets"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find "
+"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our "
+"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)."
+msgstr ""
+"Wanneer u een ticket indient via `Odoo-ondersteuning "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/help>` __ wordt er een ticket aangemaakt. Hier vindt u"
+" alle tickets die u hebt geopend, het gesprek tussen u en onze support "
+"medewerkers, de status van het ticket en de ID (# Ref)."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77
+msgid "Subscriptions"
+msgstr "Abonnementen"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first "
+"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
+msgstr ""
+"Je hebt vanuit dit gedeelte toegang tot je abonnement bij Odoo. De eerste "
+"pagina toont u de abonnementen die u hebt en hun status."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding"
+" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing "
+"information and the payment method."
+msgstr ""
+"Door op het abonnement te klikken krijgt u toegang tot alle details met "
+"betrekking tot uw abonnement: dit omvat het aantal gekochte applicaties, de "
+"factuurinformatie en de betaalmethode."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
+"the new credit card details."
+msgstr ""
+"Om de betaalmethode te wijzigen, klikt u op \"Betalingswijze wijzigen\" en "
+"voert u de nieuwe creditcardgegevens in."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on "
+"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on "
+"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u opgeslagen creditcards wilt verwijderen, kunt u dit doen door te "
+"klikken op \"Beheer uw betaalmethoden\" onderaan de pagina. Klik vervolgens "
+"op \"Verwijderen\" om de betaalmethode te verwijderen."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
+" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
+"change to \"To Renew\".  You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method"
+" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will "
+"no longer be able to access the database."
+msgstr ""
+"Op de datum van de volgende factuur, als er geen betalingsinformatie is "
+"opgegeven of als uw creditcard is verlopen, verandert de status van uw "
+"abonnement in \"To Renew\". U heeft dan 7 dagen om een geldige "
+"betalingsmethode op te geven. Na deze periode wordt het abonnement gesloten "
+"en hebt u geen toegang meer tot de database."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
+msgid "Success Packs"
+msgstr "Success Packs"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
+"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
+"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
+"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
+msgstr ""
+"Met een \"Success Pack\" / \"Partner Success Pack\" krijgt u een consultant "
+"toegewezen om unieke gepersonaliseerde assistentie te bieden waarmee u uw "
+"omgeving kunt aanpassen en uw workflows kunt optimaliseren als onderdeel van"
+" uw eerste implementatie. Deze uren verlopen nooit, waardoor u ze kunt "
+"gebruiken wanneer u ondersteuning nodig heeft."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
+":ref:`db_online`"
+msgstr ""
+"Als u informatie nodig hebt over het beheren van uw database, raadpleegt u "
+":ref:`db_online`"
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
index e41d91319a..54334f783c 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
@@ -1,16 +1,24 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017
+# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2017
+# Eric Geens <eric.geens@vitabiz.be>, 2017
+# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2017
+# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -26,176 +34,6 @@ msgstr "Project"
 msgid "Advanced"
 msgstr "Geavanceerd"
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3
-msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?"
-msgstr "Hoe projecten te gebruiken om vorderingen/issues af te handelen?"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"A company selling support services often has to deal with problems occurring"
-" during the implementation of the project. These issues have to be solved "
-"and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the deliverability of"
-" the project and a positive customer satisfaction."
-msgstr ""
-"Een bedrijf dat ondersteuningsdiensten verkoopt moet dikwijls omgaan met "
-"problemen tijdens de implementatie van een project. Deze problemen moeten zo"
-" snel mogelijk opgelost en opgevolgd worden om de leverbaarheid van het "
-"project te verzekeren en een positieve klanttevredenheid te hebben."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"For example, as an IT company offering the implementation of your software, "
-"you might have to deal with customers emails experiencing technical "
-"problems. Odoo offers the opportunity to create dedicated support projects "
-"which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email."
-" This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be"
-" closed more quickly."
-msgstr ""
-"Bijvoorbeeld, als een IT bedrijf de implementatie van uw software aanbied, "
-"moet u mogelijk omgaan met klanten e-mails die technische problemen "
-"ondervinden. Odoo biedt de opportuniteit om toegewijde support projecten aan"
-" te maken met automatisch gegenereerde taken wanneer een e-mail ontvangen "
-"wordt van een support e-mailadres. Op deze manier kan het probleem direct "
-"toegewezen worden aan een werknemer en sneller afgesloten worden."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
-#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Instelling"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:20
-msgid ""
-"The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for "
-"support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the "
-"**Issue Tracking** modules."
-msgstr ""
-"De volgende configuratie is nodig om projecten te kunnen gebruiken voor "
-"ondersteuning en issues. U moet de modules **Projectbeheer** en **Issue "
-"opvolging** installeren."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31
-msgid "Create a project"
-msgstr "Maak een project aan"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33
-msgid ""
-"The first step in order to set up a claim/issue management system is to "
-"create a project related to those claims. Let's start by simply creating a "
-"**support project**. Enter the Project application dashboard, click on "
-"create and name your project **Support**. Tick the **Issues** box and rename"
-" the field if you want to customize the Issues label (e.g. **Bugs** or "
-"**Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the"
-" Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client "
-"will be able to follow his claim in his portal)."
-msgstr ""
-"De eerste stap om een vordering/issue beheer systeem op te zetten is om een "
-"project gerelateerd aan te maken gekoppeld aan de vorderingen. Laten we "
-"starten door een simpel **Support project** aan te maken. Ga naar het "
-"dashboard van de project applicatie, klik op aanmaken en noem uw project "
-"**Support**. Vink de **Issues** optie aan en hernoem het veld indien u de "
-"issues labels wilt hernoemen (bijvoorbeeld **Bugs** of **Cases**). Omdat "
-"issues klant georiënteerde taken zijn wilt u mogelijk de "
-"Privacy/Zichtbaarheid instellen op **Klant project** (daardoor kan de klant "
-"zijn vorderingen in het portaal opvolgen)."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to "
-"handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field empty."
-msgstr ""
-"U kan het project linken aan een klant indien het project aangemaakt is om "
-"een specifieke klant zijn problemen af te handelen, anders kan u dit veld "
-"leeg laten."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51
-msgid "Invite followers"
-msgstr "Volgers uitnodigen"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53
-msgid ""
-"You can decide to notify your employees as soon as a new issue will be "
-"created. On the **Chatter** (bottom of the screen), you will notice two "
-"buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click"
-" on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add "
-"others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)."
-msgstr ""
-"U kan kiezen uw werknemers te melden wanneer er een nieuw issue is. In de "
-"**Chatter** (onderkant van het scherm), zal u twee knoppen aan de "
-"rechterkant zien: **Volgen** (groen) en **Geen volger** (wit). Klik op het "
-"eerste om persoonlijke notificaties te ontvangen en op het tweede om andere "
-"werknemers als volgers van een project toe te voegen (zie onderstaande "
-"screenshot)."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63
-msgid "Set up your workflow"
-msgstr "Zet uw werk flow op"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:65
-msgid ""
-"You can easily personalize your project stages to suit your workflow by "
-"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add "
-"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to "
-"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and "
-"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also "
-"edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on "
-"your desired stage."
-msgstr ""
-"U kan gemakkelijk uw projectfases wijzigen om te voldoen aan uw werfklow "
-"door nieuwe kolommen aan te maken. U kan fases toevoegen door te klikken op "
-"**Nieuwe kolom toevoegen** vanuit uw Kanban weergave (zie onderstaande "
-"afbeelding). Indien u de ordening van uw volgorde van de fases wilt "
-"veranderen kan dit simpelweg door de kolommen die u wilt verplaatsen te "
-"slepen naar de gewenste locatie. U kan uw fases ook altijd wijzigen, "
-"invouwen op openklappen door het **Instellingen** icoon van uw gewenste fase"
-" te gebruiken."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77
-msgid "Generate issues from emails"
-msgstr "Genereer issues van e-mails"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:79
-msgid ""
-"When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it appearing "
-"in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project is "
-"automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias."
-msgstr ""
-"Wanneer uw project correct is opgezet en bewaard is zal u het op uw "
-"dashboard zien verschijnen. Merk op dat er automatisch een e-mailadres voor "
-"het project gegenereerd is, met de naam van het project als alias."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87
-msgid ""
-"If you cannot see the email address on your project, go to the menu "
-":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias "
-"domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you "
-"will now see the email address under the name of your project."
-msgstr ""
-"Indien u het e-mailadres niet kan zien op uw project gaat u naar het menu "
-":menuselection:`Instellingen --> Algemene instellingen` en configureert u "
-"een alias domein. Klik op **Toepassen** en ga terug naar uw **Projecten** "
-"dashboard waar u nu het e-mailadres onder de naam van uw project zal zien."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92
-msgid ""
-"Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a "
-"new issue will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"Elke keer wanneer één van uw klanten een e-mail stuurt naar dat e-mailadres "
-"zal een nieuwe issue worden aangemaakt."
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
-msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97
-msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`"
-
 #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3
 msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?"
 msgstr "Hoe feedback verzamelen van klanten?"
@@ -362,10 +200,6 @@ msgstr ""
 "website knop in de rechterbovenhoek en het te bevestigen in de voorkant van "
 "de website."
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:111
-msgid ":doc:`claim_issue`"
-msgstr ":doc:`claim_issue`"
-
 #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3
 msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?"
 msgstr "Hoe taken aanmaken vanuit verkooporders?"
@@ -412,6 +246,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "consultant zijn urenstaten kan boeken en, indien nodig, de cliënt kan her-"
 "factureren als er overwerk is op het project. "
 
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Instelling"
+
 #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27
 msgid "Install the required applications"
 msgstr "Installeer de vereiste applicaties"
@@ -556,13 +396,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "In Odoo is het centrale document het verkooporder, wat betekend dat het "
 "brondocument van de taak de gerelateerde verkooporder is."
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114
-msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`"
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
+msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115
-msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`"
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114
+msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`"
 
 #: ../../project/application.rst:3
 msgid "Awesome Timesheet App"
@@ -1319,65 +1160,44 @@ msgstr ""
 "**Opslaan**."
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3
-msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks?"
-msgstr "Hoe een project zijn taken visualiseren?"
+msgid "Visualize a project's tasks"
+msgstr "Visualiseer een project zijn taken"
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5
-msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks"
-msgstr "Hoe een project zijn taken te visualiseren"
-
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:7
-msgid ""
-"Tasks are assignments that members of your organisations have to fulfill as "
-"part of a project. In day to day business, your company might struggle due "
-"to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those task are already complex "
-"enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a real "
-"burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the "
-"different tasks you have to cope with."
-msgstr ""
-"Taken zijn toegewezen delen die leden van uw organisatie moeten voltooien "
-"als deel van een project. In uw dagelijkse zaken heeft uw bedrijf mogelijk "
-"moeite met het aantal belangrijke taken dat te voltooien is. Deze taken zijn"
-" zo al complex genoeg. Om deze allemaal te onthouden en opvolgen kan een "
-"last zijn. Gelukkig staat Odoo u toe om efficiënt de verschillende taken "
-"waarmee u moet omgaan te visualiseren en organiseren."
-
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"The only configuration needed is to install the project module in the module"
-" application."
+"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important "
+"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having "
+"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo "
+"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you "
+"have to cope with."
 msgstr ""
-"De enige vereiste configuratie is het installeren van de project module in "
-"de module applicatie."
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:24
-msgid "Creating Tasks"
-msgstr "Taken aanmaken"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12
+msgid "Create a task"
+msgstr "Maak een taak"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:26
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply "
-"open the project and click on create a task."
+"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one."
 msgstr ""
-"Eenmaal u een project heeft aangemaakt kan u er gemakkelijk taken voor "
-"genereren. Open simpelweg het project en klik op taak aanmaken."
+"Selecteer een bestand project of maak een nieuw project aan terwijl je in de"
+" project app bent."
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:32
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17
+msgid "In the project, create a new task."
+msgstr "Maak een nieuwe taak aan in het project."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22
 msgid ""
-"You then first give a name to your task, the related project will "
-"automatically be filled in, assign the project to someone, and select a "
-"deadline if there is one."
+"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a "
+"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task."
 msgstr ""
-"U geeft eerst een naam aan de taak, het gerelateerde project wordt "
-"automatisch ingevuld, wijs het project toe aan iemand en selecteer een "
-"deadline indien er een is."
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:40
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
-msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
-msgstr "Krijg een overzicht van de activiteiten met de Kanban weergave"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29
+msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view"
+msgstr "Bekijk uw taken met de Kanban weergave"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:42
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks "
 "to the Kanban view."
@@ -1385,7 +1205,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Eenmaal u meerdere taken heeft aangemaakt kunnen ze beheerd en opgevolgd "
 "worden dankzij de Kanban weergave."
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It "
 "enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which "
@@ -1395,7 +1215,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "verschillende fases. Het staat u toe om een duidelijke weergave van de fases"
 " van uw taken te hebben en welke een hogere prioriteit hebben."
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:49
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53
 msgid ""
 "The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are"
@@ -1406,67 +1226,56 @@ msgstr ""
 " als u in een andere weergave bent, kan u teruggaat door te klikken op het "
 "Kanban weergave logo in de rechterbovenhoek"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:57
-msgid "How to nototify your collegues about the status of a task?"
-msgstr "Hoe uw collega's op de hoogte brengen van een status van een taak?"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from "
+"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task"
+" and indicate if the task is ready."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
-msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
-msgstr "Sorteer taken op prioriteit"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53
+msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view"
+msgstr "Sorteer taken in uw Kanban weergave"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:65
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55
 msgid ""
-"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by "
-"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will be automatically moved to the "
-"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom "
-"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not "
-"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines."
+"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star "
+"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them "
+"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked"
+" to their creation date."
 msgstr ""
-"Op elke kolom heeft u de mogelijkheid om uw taken te sorteren op prioriteit."
-" Taken met een hogere prioriteit worden automatisch naar de bovenkant van de"
-" kolom geduwd. Klik op de ster in de linkerbovenhoek van de Kanban weergave "
-"van een taak om het een **Hoge prioriteit** toe te wijzen. Voor de taken die"
-" niet getagd zijn zal Odoo ze automatisch classificeren afhankelijk van hun "
-"deadline. "
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63
 msgid ""
-"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the list "
-"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks."
+"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view."
 msgstr ""
-"Merk op dat datums die gepasseerd zijn in het rood verschijnen (ook in de "
-"lijstweergave) zodat u gemakkelijk de voortgang kan opvolgen van "
-"verschillende taken."
+"Taken die voorbij de deadline zijn worden in het rood getoond in de Kanban "
+"weergave."
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:80
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
-msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
-msgstr "Hou een oog op de deadlines met de Kalender weergave"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard "
+"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:82
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72
+msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view"
+msgstr "Beheer deadlines met de Kalender weergave"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74
 msgid ""
-"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. "
-"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline in a "
-"single window."
+"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, "
+"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set "
+"easily in a single window."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u een deadline toevoegt in uw taak verschijnt ze in de kalender "
-"weergave. Als een manager geeft deze weergave de mogelijkheid om u een oog "
-"te geven op de deadlines in één scherm."
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:89
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78
 msgid ""
-"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned"
-" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the "
-"related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
+"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can "
+"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see."
 msgstr ""
-"Alle taken zijn gelabeld met een kleur die overeenkomt met de werknemer die "
-"is toegewezen aan de taak. U kan gemakkelijk de deadlines filteren op "
-"werknemer door de gerelateerde vinkjes aan te vinken aan de rechterkant van "
-"het kalender scherm."
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:94
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133
 msgid ""
 "You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and "
@@ -1713,6 +1522,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "verantwoordelijke persoon en verwachte tijd in te vullen, indien u deze "
 "heeft."
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
+msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
+msgstr "Krijg een overzicht van de activiteiten met de Kanban weergave"
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49
 msgid ""
 "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It "
@@ -1756,6 +1569,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "project kunnen fases bijvoorbeeld zijn: Specificatie, Ontwikkeling, Test, "
 "Gereed."
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
+msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
+msgstr "Sorteer taken op prioriteit"
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by "
@@ -1812,6 +1629,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "opent u het project van uw keuze en klikt u op het lijstweergave icoon (zie "
 "hieronder). De laatste kolom toont u de voortgang van elke taak."
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
+msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
+msgstr "Hou een oog op de deadlines met de Kalender weergave"
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121
 msgid ""
 "If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. "
@@ -1822,6 +1643,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "kalender weergave. Dit geeft u als manager de mogelijkheid om alle deadlines"
 " in het oog te houden in één scherm."
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned"
+" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the "
+"related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle taken zijn gelabeld met een kleur die overeenkomt met de werknemer die "
+"is toegewezen aan de taak. U kan gemakkelijk de deadlines filteren op "
+"werknemer door de gerelateerde vinkjes aan te vinken aan de rechterkant van "
+"het kalender scherm."
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138
 msgid ":doc:`forecast`"
 msgstr ":doc:`forecast`"
@@ -1845,6 +1677,8 @@ msgid ""
 "So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the "
 "progress of a project and its related tasks."
 msgstr ""
+"Tot hiertoe heb je met de Kanban weergave gewerkt, welke de voortgang van "
+"een project en de gerelateerde taken toont."
 
 #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -1890,6 +1724,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the "
 "Forecast option and click **Apply**."
 msgstr ""
+"Ga naar :menuselection:`Project --> Configuratie --> Instellingen`. "
+"Selecteer de Forecast optie en klik op **Toepassen**."
 
 #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
index f3f86c5036..e966f37721 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
@@ -1,16 +1,25 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017
+# Eric Geens <eric.geens@vitabiz.be>, 2017
+# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2017
+# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
+# Martin Trigaux, 2018
+# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018
+# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -836,6 +845,9 @@ msgid ""
 "``Bob&Jerry's``. Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Purchase "
 "--> Vendors` and create a new vendor."
 msgstr ""
+"De volgende stap is om een leverancier te creëren. In dit geval creëren we "
+"de leverancier `` Bob & Jerry's``. Ga naar de aankoop module, selecteer: "
+"menuselectie: `Aankoop -> Leveranciers 'en creëer een nieuwe leverancier."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:39
 msgid ""
@@ -893,10 +905,14 @@ msgid ""
 "automatically link the vendor and its price to the product. You can also add"
 " vendors manually"
 msgstr ""
+"De volgende actie is om leveranciers aan het product toe te voegen. Er zijn "
+"twee manieren om dit aan te pakken. Als u voor de eerste keer een bestelling"
+" plaatst, koppelt Odoo automatisch de leverancier en de prijs aan het "
+"product. U kunt ook leveranciers handmatig toevoegen"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:75
 msgid "By issuing a first Purchase Order to new vendor"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Door een eerste bestelling te plaatsen bij een nieuwe leverancier"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:77
 msgid ""
@@ -905,6 +921,10 @@ msgid ""
 "that we issue a first purchase order to ``Bob&Jerry's`` for ``5 t-shirts`` "
 "at ``12.35 euros / piece``."
 msgstr ""
+"Bij de eerste keer dat u een bestelling plaatst bij een leverancier, wordt "
+"hij automatisch door Odoo aan het product gekoppeld. Laten we voor ons "
+"voorbeeld zeggen dat we bestelling plaatsen voor `` 5 t-shirts`` bij `` Bob "
+"& Jerry's`` voor `` 12.35 euro / stuk``."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:82
 msgid ""
@@ -1276,7 +1296,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36
 msgid "Issue some purchase orders"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plaats enkele bestellingen"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38
 msgid ""
@@ -1327,6 +1347,8 @@ msgid ""
 "On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one "
 "dependent and one independent measure."
 msgstr ""
+"In tegenstelling tot de draaitabel, kan een grafiek alleen worden berekend "
+"met één afhankelijke en één onafhankelijke meetwaarde."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:81
 msgid "Customize reports"
@@ -1390,6 +1412,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Set here the amount limit for second approval and set approval from manager "
 "side."
 msgstr ""
+"Stel hier de limiet in voor de tweede goedkeuring en stel de goedkeuring van"
+" de manager in."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:21
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47
@@ -1576,6 +1600,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be "
 "received."
 msgstr ""
+"Als u deze route volgt, komt u op een lijst met alle bestellingen die nog "
+"moeten worden ontvangen."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106
 msgid ""
@@ -1590,7 +1616,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117
 msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aankoop van ** Diensten ** -producten leidt niet tot een levering."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120
 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills"
@@ -1933,13 +1959,23 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
-msgid "Shipment"
+msgid "Receipt"
 msgstr "Ontvangst"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "Incoming Shipments"
 msgstr "Inkomende leveringen"
 
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Vendor"
+msgstr "Leverancier"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt een leverancier, een contactpersoon, vinden op naam, TIN, E-mail of "
+"interne referentie."
+
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "Vendor Reference"
 msgstr "Leveranciers referentie"
@@ -3068,7 +3104,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:76
 msgid "Create a reordering rule"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maak een aanvulopdracht regel"
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:78
 msgid "Click on the Reordering Rules tab, click on Create. A new page opens."
@@ -3172,6 +3208,9 @@ msgid ""
 "module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at "
 "12:00PM."
 msgstr ""
+"De voorraad aanvullingen vinden plaats wanneer de planner in de voorraad "
+"module wordt uitgevoerd. Standaard worden in Odoo de planners elke nacht om "
+"12:00 uur opgestart."
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:135
 msgid ""
@@ -3228,7 +3267,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:33
 msgid "Vendor or Customer warnings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Waarschuwingen voor leveranciers of klanten"
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:35
 msgid ""
@@ -3389,7 +3428,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting.rst:3
 msgid "Trouble-Shooting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Probleemoplossen"
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:3
 msgid "How to check that everything is working fine?"
@@ -3404,6 +3443,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Even if you don't have the rights to the accounting application, you can "
 "still control the vendor bills."
 msgstr ""
+"Zelfs als u niet over de rechten op de boekhoudapplicatie beschikt, kunt u "
+"nog steeds de leveranciers facturen beheren."
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -3420,6 +3461,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Even if you don't have the rights to the inventory application, you can "
 "still control the incoming products."
 msgstr ""
+"Zelfs als u niet over de rechten op de voorraadtoepassing beschikt, kunt u "
+"nog steeds de inkomende producten beheren."
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:22
 msgid ""
@@ -3429,7 +3472,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:28
 msgid "Procurements exceptions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aanbestedingen uitzonderingen"
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:30
 msgid "Here, you need the **Inventory Manager** access rights."
@@ -3446,6 +3489,8 @@ msgid ""
 "To understand why the procurement is not running, open the exception and "
 "check the message in the chatter."
 msgstr ""
+"Om te begrijpen waarom het inkoopproces niet loopt, opent u de melding en "
+"controleert u het bericht in het chatter."
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:43
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
index 9bff6124eb..407ad63914 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
@@ -1,16 +1,24 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Vincent van Reenen <vincentvanreenen@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2017
+# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2017
+# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
+# Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2018
+# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -274,1107 +282,442 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Invoicing Method"
 msgstr "Factuur methode"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services.rst:3
-msgid "Services"
-msgstr "Diensten"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:3
-msgid "How to invoice milestones of a project?"
-msgstr "Hoe factureer ik mijlpalen van een project?"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"There are different kind of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days "
-"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing "
-"consulting hours) or a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)."
-msgstr ""
-"Er zijn verschillende soorten van dienst verkopen: een prepaid volume van "
-"uren/dagen (bijvoorbeeld een ondersteuningscontract), facturatie gebaseerd "
-"op tijd en materiaal (bijvoorbeeld consultant uren) of een vaste prijs "
-"contract (bijvoorbeeld een project)."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"In this section, we will have a look at how to invoice milestones of a "
-"project."
-msgstr ""
-"In deze sectie zien we hoe we een mijlpaal van een project factureren."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:12
-msgid ""
-"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large scale projects, with "
-"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally"
-" build up to the completion of the contract. For example, a marketing agency"
-" hired for a new product launch could break down a project into the "
-"following milestones, each of them considered as one service with a fixed "
-"price on the sale order :"
-msgstr ""
-"Mijlpaal facturatie kan gebruikt worden voor kostelijke of grote projecten, "
-"waarbij elke mijlpaal een duidelijke sequentie voorstelt van werk dat "
-"incrementeel bijdraagt aan de voltooiing van het contract. Bijvoorbeeld, een"
-" marketingsbureau dat aangenomen is voor het lanceren van een nieuw product "
-"kan een project uitsplitsen in de volgende mijlpalen, elk van hen worden "
-"bezien als een aparte dienst met een vaste prijs op het verkooporder:"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:19
-msgid "Milestone 1 : Marketing strategy audit - 5 000 euros"
-msgstr "Mijlpaal 1: Marketing strategie audit - 5 000 euro"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:21
-msgid "Milestone 2 : Brand Identity - 10 000 euros"
-msgstr "Mijlpaal 2: Merkidentiteit - 10 000€"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:23
-msgid "Milestone 3 : Campaign launch & PR - 8 500 euros"
-msgstr "Mijlpaal 3: Lancering campagne & PR - 8 500 euro"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:25
-msgid ""
-"In this case, an invoice will be sent to the customer each time a milestone "
-"will be successfully reached. That invoicing method is comfortable both for "
-"the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow throughout the "
-"project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the project's progress "
-"and pay in several times."
-msgstr ""
-"In dit geval wordt er elke keer een e-mail naar de klant gestuurd wanneer "
-"een mijlpaal succesvol voltooid is. Deze facturatie methode is comfortabel "
-"voor beide het bedrijf dat verzekerd wordt van een constante cashflow "
-"doorheen het project en voor de klant die de project voortgang kan opvolgen "
-"en betalen in verschillende fases."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"You can also use milestones to invoice percentages of the entire project. "
-"For example, for a million euros project, your company might require a 15% "
-"upfront payment, 30% at the midpoint and the balance at the contract "
-"conclusion. In that case, each payment will be considered as one milestone."
-msgstr ""
-"U kan ook mijlpalen gebruiken om delen van het project te factureren. "
-"Bijvoorbeeld, voor een project van een miljoen, vereist uw bedrijf misschien"
-" een voorschot van 15%, 30% op het middelpunt en de rest bij de oplevering "
-"van het contract. In dit geval zal elke betaling bezien worden als een "
-"mijlpaal."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:39
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:26
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:14
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:16
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Instelling"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:42
-msgid "Install the Sales application"
-msgstr "Installeer de Verkoop applicatie"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:44
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"In order to sell services and to send invoices, you need to install the "
-"**Sales** application, from the **Apps** icon."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3
+msgid "Request a down payment"
 msgstr ""
-"Om diensten te verkopen en facturen te verzenden moet u de applicatie "
-"**Verkopen** installeren vanuit het **Apps** icoon."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:51
-msgid "Create products"
-msgstr "Maak producten"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:53
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. From the"
-" **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, "
-"create a new product with the following setup:"
+"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the "
+"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to "
+"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious."
 msgstr ""
-"In Odoo wordt elke mijlpaal van uw project gezien als een product. Gebruik "
-"het menu :menuselection:`Verkopen--> Producten`,  vanuit de **Verkopen** "
-"applicatie maakt u een nieuw product met de volgende opstelling:"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:57
-msgid "**Name**: Strategy audit"
-msgstr "**Naam**: Strategie audit"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:59
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:50
-msgid "**Product Type**: Service"
-msgstr "**Productsoort**: Dienst"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"**Invoicing Policy**: Delivered Quantities, since you will invoice your "
-"milestone after it has been delivered"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10
+msgid "First time you request a down payment"
 msgstr ""
-"**Facturatie beleid**: Geleverde hoeveelheden, aangezien u uw mijlpaal "
-"factureert nadat het geleverd is"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:64
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"**Track Service**: Manually set quantities on order, as you complete each "
-"milestone, you will manually update their quantity from the **Delivered** "
-"tab on your sale order"
+"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment"
+" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total "
+"amount."
 msgstr ""
-"**Traceer diensten**: stel manueel hoeveelheden in op order, naarmate u elke"
-" mijlpaal voltooid, update u manueel de hoeveelheid vanuit het **Geleverd** "
-"tab op uw verkooporder"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:72
-msgid "Apply the same configuration for the others milestones."
-msgstr "Pas dezelfde configuratie toe voor andere mijlpalen."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:75
-msgid "Managing your project"
-msgstr "Uw project beheren"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:78
-msgid "Quotations and sale orders"
-msgstr "Offertes en verkooporders"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:80
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Now that your milestones (or products) are created, you can create a "
-"quotation or a sale order with each line corresponding to one milestone. For"
-" each line, set the **Ordered Quantity** to ``1`` as each milestone is "
-"completed once. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a sale "
-"order, you will be able to change the delivered quantities when the "
-"corresponding milestone has been achieved."
+"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account "
+"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments."
 msgstr ""
-"Nu dat uw mijlpalen (of producten) zijn aangemaakt kan u een offerte of "
-"verkooporder aanmaken met elke lijn die overeenkomt met een mijlpaal. Voor "
-"elke lijn zet u de **Bestelde hoeveelheid** naar ``1`` aangezien elke "
-"mijlpaal één keer voltooid wordt. Eenmaal de offerte bevestigd is en "
-"omgevormd is in een verkooporder kan u de geleverde hoeveelheden wijzigen "
-"wanneer de overeenkomende mijlpaal behaald is."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:91
-msgid "Invoice milestones"
-msgstr "Factureer mijlpalen"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:93
-msgid ""
-"Let's assume that your first milestone (the strategy audit) has been "
-"successfully delivered and you want to invoice it to your customer. On the "
-"sale order, click on **Edit** and set the **Delivered Quantity** of the "
-"related product to ``1``."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22
+msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment."
 msgstr ""
-"Laten we er van uit gaan dat uw eerste mijlpaal (de strategie audit) "
-"succesvol is opgeleverd en u deze aan uw klant wilt factureren. Klik op "
-"**Wijzigen** op het verkooporder en stel de **Geleverde hoeveelheid** van "
-"het gerelateerde product in op ``1``."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:99
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"As soon as the above modification has been saved, you will notice that the "
-"color of the line has changed to blue, meaning that the service can now be "
-"invoiced. In the same time, the invoice status of the SO has changed from "
-"**Nothing To Invoice** to **To Invoice**"
+"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be "
+"automatically deducted."
 msgstr ""
-"Direct nadat de bovenstaande wijzigingen zijn bewaard zal u merken dat de "
-"kleur van de lijn veranderd naar blauw, wat betekend dat de dienst nu "
-"gefactureerd kan worden. Tegelijkertijd veranderd de status van de SO van "
-"**Niets om te factureren** naar **Te factureren**"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:104
-msgid ""
-"Click on **Create invoice** and, in the new window that pops up, select "
-"**Invoiceable lines** and validate. It will create a new invoice (in draft "
-"status) with only the **strategy audit** product as invoiceable."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34
+msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes"
 msgstr ""
-"Klik op **Factuur aanmaken** en, in het nieuwe venster dat als pop-up "
-"verschijnt, selecteert u **Factureerbare lijnen** en valideert u. Het maakt "
-"een nieuw factuur (in de concept fase) met enkel het **strategie controle** "
-"product als factureerbaar."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:112
-msgid ""
-"In order to be able to invoice a product, you need to set up the "
-"**Accounting** application and to configure an accounting journal and a "
-"chart of account. Click on the following link to learn more: "
-":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36
+msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*."
 msgstr ""
-"Om een product te kunnen factureren moet u de **Boekhouding** applicatie "
-"opzetten en een grootboekschema en rekening dagboek instellen. Klik op de "
-"volgende link om meer te leren: "
-":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:117
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"Back on your sale order, you will notice that the **Invoiced** column of "
-"your order line has been updated accordingly and that the **Invoice Status**"
-" is back to **Nothing to Invoice**."
+"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the"
+" income account & customer taxes."
 msgstr ""
-"Terug naar uw verkooporder, u zal opmerken dat de **gefactureerde** kolom "
-"van uw orderlijn geüpdatet is en dat de **Factuur status** terug is gezet "
-"naar **Niets te factureren**."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:121
-msgid "Follow the same workflow to invoice your remaining milestones."
-msgstr "Volg dezelfde werkflow om uw resterende mijlpalen te factureren."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:124
-msgid ":doc:`reinvoice`"
-msgstr ":doc:`reinvoice`"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:125
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:185
-msgid ":doc:`support`"
-msgstr ":doc:`support`"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3
+msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers"
+msgstr "Uitgaven herfactureren naar klanten"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:3
-msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers?"
-msgstr "Hoe her-factureer ik uitgaven naar mijn klanten?"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:5
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money "
 "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an "
-"employee paying a parking spot for a meeting with your client. As a company,"
+"consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company,"
 " you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client."
 msgstr ""
-"Het gebeurd vaak dat uw werknemers hun persoonlijk geld moeten gebruiken "
-"terwijl ze werken aan een project bij een klant. Laten we het voorbeeld "
-"nemen van een werknemer die betaald voor een parkeerplaats voor een meeting "
-"bij de klant. Als bedrijf wilt u de kost aan uw klant factureren."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"In this documentation we will see two use cases. The first, very basic, "
-"consists of invoicing a simple expense to your client like you would do for "
-"a product. The second, more advanced, will consist of invoicing expenses "
-"entered in your expense system by your employees directly to your customer."
-msgstr ""
-"In deze documentatie zien we twee usecases. De eerste, heel basis, bestaat "
-"uit het factureren van een simpele kost voor uw klant zoals u zou doen voor "
-"een product. De tweede, meer geavanceerd, bestaat uit factureerbare kosten "
-"ingegeven in uw kosten systeem door werknemers die rechtstreeks van uw klant"
-" komen."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:18
-msgid "Use case 1: Simple expense invoicing"
-msgstr "Scenario 1: simpele declaratie facturatie"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64
+msgid "Expenses configuration"
+msgstr "Declaratie configuratie"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:20
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66
 msgid ""
-"Let's take the following example. You are working on a promotion campaign "
-"for one of your customers (``Agrolait``) and you have to print a lot of "
-"copies. Those copies are an expense for your company and you would like to "
-"invoice them."
+"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to "
+":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it."
 msgstr ""
-"Laten we het volgende voorbeeld nemen. U werkt aan een promotiecampagne voor"
-" één van uw klanten (``Agrolait``) en u moet veel kopieën printen. Deze "
-"kopieën zijn duur voor uw bedrijf en u wilt ze factureren."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:35
-msgid "Create product to be expensed"
-msgstr "Maak een product om te declareren"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:37
-msgid "You will need now to create a product called ``Copies``."
-msgstr "U moet nu een product aanmaken genaamd ``Kopieën``."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:39
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:112
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
 msgid ""
-"From your **Sales** module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and "
-"create a product as follows:"
+"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
+"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration"
+" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*."
 msgstr ""
-"Vanuit uw **Verkopen** module gaat u naar :menuselection:`Verkopen --> "
-"Producten` en maakt u als volgt een product aan: "
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:42
-msgid "**Product type**: consumable"
-msgstr "**Productsoort**: Verbruik"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74
+msgid "Add expenses to your sales order"
+msgstr "Voeg declaraties toe aan uw verkooporder"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:44
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76
 msgid ""
-"**Invoicing policy**: on delivered quantities (you will manually set the "
-"quantities to invoice on the sale order)"
+"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the "
+"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer."
 msgstr ""
-"**Facturatiebeleid**: op geleverde hoeveelheden (u geeft manueel de "
-"aantallen in op het verkooporder die gefactureerd moeten worden)"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:51
-msgid "Create a sale order"
-msgstr "Maak een verkooporder"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:53
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79
 msgid ""
-"Now that your product is correctly set up, you can create a sale order for "
-"that product (from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders`) with "
-"the ordered quantities set to 0. Click on **Confirm the Sale** to create the"
-" sale order. You will be able then to manually change the delivered "
-"quantities on the sale order to reinvoice the copies to your customer."
+"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or "
+"create a new one from right there."
 msgstr ""
-"Nu dat uw product correct is opgezet kan u een verkooporder aanmaken voor "
-"dit product (vanuit het menu :menuselection:`Verkopen --> Verkooporders`) "
-"met de bestelde hoeveelheid ingesteld op 0. Klik op **Verkoop bevestigen** "
-"om het verkooporder aan te maken. U kan vervolgens manueel de geleverde "
-"hoeveelheid wijzigen op het verkooporder om de kopieën te factureren aan uw "
-"klant."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:64
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:177
-msgid "Invoice expense to your client"
-msgstr "Factureer uitgaven naar uw cliënt"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:66
-msgid ""
-"At the end of the month, you have printed ``1000`` copies on behalf of your "
-"client and you want to re-invoice them. From the related sale order, click "
-"on **Delivered Quantities**, manually enter the correct amount of copies and"
-" click on **Save**. Your order line will turn blue, meaning that it is ready"
-" to be invoiced. Click on **Create invoice**."
-msgstr ""
-"Aan het einde van de maand heeft u ``1000`` kopieën aangemaakt voor uw "
-"cliënt en u wilt deze nu door factureren. Vanuit het gerelateerde "
-"verkooporder klikt u op **Geleverde hoeveelheden**, geeft u manueel het "
-"aantal kopieën in en vervolgens klikt u op **Opslaan**. Uw orderlijn wordt "
-"blauw, wat betekend dat deze klaar is om te factureren. Klik op **Maak "
-"factuur**."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:73
-msgid ""
-"The total amount on your sale order will be of 0 as it is computed on the "
-"ordered quantities. It is your invoice which will compute the correct amount"
-" due by your customer."
-msgstr ""
-"Het totale bedrag van uw verkooporder zal 0 zijn aangezien het berekend is "
-"op de bestelde hoeveelheid. Het is uw factuur die het correcte bedrag "
-"berekend dat uw klant u verschuldigd is."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85
+msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:"
+msgstr "Hier maken we een *Hotel* product:"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:77
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38
 msgid ""
-"The invoice generated is in draft, so you can always control the quantities "
-"and change the amount if needed. You will notice that the amount to be "
-"invoiced is based here on the delivered quantities."
+"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
+"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your "
+"expense or a previously agreed on sales price."
 msgstr ""
-"De gegenereerde factuur is in concept, zodat u altijd de hoeveelheden kan "
-"controleren en wijzigen indien nodig. U zal opmerken dat het gefactureerde "
-"bedrag hier gebaseerd is op de geleverde goederen."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:84
-msgid "Click on validate to issue the payment to your customer."
-msgstr "Klik op valideren om de betaling door te geven aan uw klant."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:87
-msgid "Use case 2: Invoice expenses via the expense module"
-msgstr "Scenario 2: Facturatie van declaratie via de declaratie module"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:89
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97
 msgid ""
-"To illustrate this case, let's imagine that your company sells some "
-"consultancy service to your customer ``Agrolait`` and both parties agreed "
-"that the distance covered by your consultant will be re-invoiced at cost."
+"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> "
+"Configuration --> Expense products`."
 msgstr ""
-"Om dit scenario te demonstreren beelden we ons in dat uw bedrijf consultancy"
-" diensten verkoopt aan uw klant ``Agrolait`` en dat beide partijen akkoord "
-"gaan dat de afgelegde afstand door uw consultant als kost wordt "
-"gefactureerd."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:97
-msgid "Here, you will need to install two more modules:"
-msgstr "Hier moet u twee extra modules installeren:"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:99
-msgid "Expense Tracker"
-msgstr "Beheer declaraties"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:101
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100
 msgid ""
-"Accounting, where you will need to activate the analytic accounting from the"
-" settings"
+"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit."
 msgstr ""
-"Boekhouding, waar u de analytische boekhouding moet activeren vanuit de "
-"instellingen"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:108
-msgid "Create a product to be expensed"
-msgstr "Maak een product om te declareren"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:110
-msgid "You will now need to create a product called ``Kilometers``."
-msgstr "U moet nu een product aanmaken genaamd ``Kilometers``."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:115
-msgid "Product can be expensed"
-msgstr "Product kan gedeclareerd worden"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:117
-msgid "Product type: Service"
-msgstr "Productsoort: Dienst"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:119
-msgid "Invoicing policy: invoice based on time and material"
-msgstr "Facturatie beleid: factuur gebaseerd op tijd en materiaal"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:121
-msgid "Expense invoicing policy: At cost"
-msgstr "Declaratie facturatie beleid: Op kosten"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:123
-msgid "Track service: manually set quantities on order"
-msgstr "Traceer dienst: stel hoeveelheden op order manueel in"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:129
-msgid "Create a sales order"
-msgstr "Maak een verkooporder"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:131
-msgid ""
-"Still from the Sales module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders` "
-"and add your product **Consultancy** on the order line."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106
+msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted."
 msgstr ""
-"Nog steeds vanuit de Verkopen module gaat u naar  :menuselection:`Verkopen "
-"--> Verkooporders` en voegt u uw product **Consultancy** toe aan het "
-"orderlijn."
+"Het kan hierna ingediend worden bij de manager, goedgekeurd worden en "
+"geboekt worden."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:135
-msgid ""
-"If your product doesn't exist yet, you can configure it on the fly from the "
-"SO. Just type the name on the **product** field and click on **Create and "
-"edit** to configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Indien uw product nog niet bestaat kan u het direct aanmaken vanuit de SO. "
-"Type gewoon de naam in op het **product** veld en klik op **Aanmaken en "
-"wijzigen** om het te configureren."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117
+msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced."
+msgstr "Het komt dan op de verkooporder en is klaar om te factureren."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:139
-msgid ""
-"Depending on your product configuration, an **Analytic Account** may have "
-"been generated automatically. If not, you can easily create one in order to "
-"link your expenses to the sale order. Do not forget to confirm the sale "
-"order."
-msgstr ""
-"Afhankelijk van uw product configuratie is er mogelijk automatisch een "
-"**Analytische rekening** aangemaakt. Indien dit niet zo is kan u er "
-"gemakkelijk één aanmaken om uw uitgaven te linken aan het verkooporder. "
-"Vergeet niet uw verkooporder te bevestigen."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities"
+msgstr "Factureer gebaseerd op geleverde of bestelde hoeveelheden"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:148
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Refer to the documentation :doc:`../../../accounting/others/analytic/usage` "
-"to learn more about that concept."
+"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for "
+"invoicing:"
 msgstr ""
-"Lees de documentatie :doc:`../../../accounting/others/analytic/usage` om "
-"meer te leren over dit concept."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:152
-msgid "Create expense and link it to SO"
-msgstr "Maak uitgaven en link het aan een SO"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:154
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"Let's assume that your consultant covered ``1.000km`` in October as part of "
-"his consultancy project. We will create a expense for it and link it to the "
-"related sales order thanks to the analytic account."
+"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales "
+"order is confirmed."
 msgstr ""
-"Laten we er vanuit gaan dat uw consultant ``1.000km`` heeft afgelegd in "
-"oktober als onderdeel van zijn consultancy project. We maken een uitgave "
-"hiervoor en linken het aan het gerelateerde verkooporder dankzij de "
-"analytische rekening."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:158
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"Go to the **Expenses** module and click on **Create**. Record your expense "
-"as follows:"
+"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a "
+"partial delivery."
 msgstr ""
-"Ga naar de **Verkopen** module en klik op **Aanmaken**. Maak uw declaratie "
-"als volgt aan:"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:161
-msgid "**Expense description**: Kilometers October 2015"
-msgstr "**Uitgave omschrijving**: Kilometers October 2015"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:163
-msgid "**Product**: Kilometers"
-msgstr "**Product**: Kilometers"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:165
-msgid "**Quantity**: 1.000"
-msgstr "**Hoeveelheid**: 1.000"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13
+msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode."
+msgstr "Factureer op bestelde hoeveelheid is de standaard methode."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:167
-msgid "**Analytic account**: SO0019 - Agrolait"
-msgstr "**Analytische rekening**: SO0019 - Agrolait"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:172
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Click on **Submit to manager**. As soon as the expense has been validated "
-"and posted to the journal entries, a new line corresponding to the expense "
-"will automatically be generated on the sale order."
+"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type "
+"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the"
+" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice "
+"the actual delivered quantity."
 msgstr ""
-"Klik op **Indienen bij manager**. Nadat de kost gevalideerd is en geboekt is"
-" op het dagboek wordt er automatisch een nieuwe lijn aangemaakt op de "
-"verkooporder die overeenkomt met de kost."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:179
-msgid "You can now invoice the invoiceable lines to your customer."
-msgstr "U kan nu de factureerbare lijnen factureren naar uw klant."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:186
-msgid ":doc:`milestones`"
-msgstr ":doc:`milestones`"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:3
-msgid "How to invoice a support contract (prepaid hours)?"
-msgstr "Hoe factureer ik een ondersteuningscontract (prepaid uren)?"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:5
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"There are different kinds of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days "
-"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing "
-"consulting hours) and a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)."
+"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every "
+"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), "
+"invoice a fixed advance."
 msgstr ""
-"Er zijn verschillende soorten van verkoopbare diensten: prepaid volumes of "
-"uren/dagen (bijvoorbeeld ondersteuningscontract), facturatie gebaseerd op "
-"tijd en materiaal (bijvoorbeeld consultancy uren) en een vaste prijs "
-"contract (bijvoorbeeld een project)."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"In this section, we will have a look at how to sell and keep track of a pre-"
-"paid support contract."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26
+msgid "Decide the policy on a product page"
 msgstr ""
-"In deze sectie kijken we naar hoe een prepaid ondersteuningscontract te "
-"verkopen en op te volgen."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:12
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28
 msgid ""
-"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at "
-"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep "
-"track of the support service you did for the customer."
+"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing "
+"policy and select the one you want."
 msgstr ""
-"Als een voorbeeld heeft u mogelijk een pak van ``50 uren`` ondersteuning aan"
-" ``$25,000``. De prijs is vast en wordt op voorhand aangerekend. Maar u wilt"
-" de ondersteuning die u voor de klant doet opvolgen."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:20
-msgid "Install the Sales and Timesheet applications"
-msgstr "Installeer de Verkoop en Urenstaten applicaties"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35
+msgid "Send the invoice"
+msgstr "Verstuur de factuur"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:22
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"In order to sell services, you need to install the **Sales** application, "
-"from the **Apps** icon. Install also the **Timesheets** application if you "
-"want to track support services you worked on every contract."
+"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced "
+"quantities."
 msgstr ""
-"Om diensten te verkopen moet u de **Verkopen** applicatie installeren vanuit"
-" het **Apps** icoon. Installeer ook de **Urenstaten** applicatie als u "
-"ondersteunende diensten wilt opvolgen voor elk contract waarvoor u heeft "
-"gewerkt."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:33
-msgid "Create Products"
-msgstr "Maak producten"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:35
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"By default, products are sold by number of units. In order to sell services "
-"``per hour``, you must allow using multiple unit of measures. From the "
-"**Sales** application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings`. From this screen, activate the multiple **Unit of Measures** "
-"option."
+"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is "
+"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have"
+" to validate the delivery."
 msgstr ""
-"Standaard worden producten verkocht op aantal eenheden. Om diensten te "
-"verkopen ``per uur``, moet u het gebruik van meerdere maateenheden toestaan."
-" Ga naar het menu :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` in de "
-"**Verkopen** installatie. Vanuit dit scherm activeert u de optie meerdere "
-"**maateenheden**."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:44
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47
 msgid ""
-"In order to sell a support contract, you must create a product for every "
-"support contract you sell. From the **Sales** application, use the menu "
-":menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, create a new product with the following"
-" setup:"
+"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will "
+"automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered"
+" if you did a partial delivery."
 msgstr ""
-"Om een ondersteuningscontract te verkopen moet u een product aanmaken voor "
-"elk ondersteuningscontract dat u verkoopt. Vanuit de **Verkopen** applicatie"
-" gaat u naar het menu  :menuselection:`Verkopen --> Producten` en maakt u "
-"een nieuw product aan met de volgende opzet:"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:48
-msgid "**Name**: Technical Support"
-msgstr "**Naam*: Technische Ondersteuning"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:52
-msgid "**Unit of Measure**: Hours"
-msgstr "**Maateenheid**: Uren"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice project milestones"
+msgstr "Factureer project mijpalen"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:54
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"**Invoicing Policy**: Ordered Quantities, since the service is prepaid, we "
-"will invoice the service based on what has been ordered, not based on "
-"delivered quantities."
+"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with "
+"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally"
+" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is "
+"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow "
+"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the "
+"project's progress and pay in several installments."
 msgstr ""
-"**Facturatiebeleid**: Bestelde hoeveelheden, omdat de dienst prepaid is, we "
-"factureren de dienst gebaseerd op wat besteld is, niet gebaseerd op "
-"geleverde goederen."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"**Track Service**: Timesheet on contracts. An analytic account will "
-"automatically be created for every order containing this service so that you"
-" can track hours in the related account."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13
+msgid "Create milestone products"
 msgstr ""
-"**Traceer dienst**: Urenstaten op contracten. Een analytische rekening wordt"
-" automatisch aangemaakt voor elke order die deze dienst bevat zodat u de "
-"uren op de gerelateerde rekening kan opvolgen."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:66
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"There are different ways to track the service related to a sales order or "
-"product sold. With the above configuration, you can only sell one support "
-"contract per order. If your customer orders several service contracts on "
-"timesheet, you will have to split the quotation into several orders."
+"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To "
+"configure products to work this way, go to any product form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:72
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18
 msgid ""
-"Note that you can sell in different unit of measure than hours, example: "
-"days, pack of 40h, etc. To do that, just create a new unit of measure in the"
-" **Unit of Measure** category and set a conversion ratio compared to "
-"**Hours** (example: ``1 day = 8 hours``)."
+"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and "
+"select *Milestones* in the sales tab."
 msgstr ""
-"Merk op dat u kan verkopen in andere eenheden dan uren, bijvoorbeeld: dagen,"
-" pak van 40u, etc. Om dit te doen maakt u een nieuwe maateenheid in de "
-"**Maateenheid** categorie en stelt u een conversie ratio in vergeleken met "
-"**Uren** (bijvoorbeeld: ``1 dag = 8 uren``)."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:78
-msgid "Managing support contract"
-msgstr "Ondersteuningscontract beheren"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:81
-msgid "Quotations and Sales Orders"
-msgstr "Offertes en verkooporders"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25
+msgid "Invoice milestones"
+msgstr "Factureer mijlpalen"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:83
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"Once the product is created, you can create a quotation or a sales order "
-"with the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed "
-"into a sales order, your users will be able to record services related to "
-"this support contract using the timesheet application."
+"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you "
+"complete a milestone."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:93
-msgid "Timesheets"
-msgstr "Urenstaten"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:95
-msgid ""
-"To track the service you do on a specific contract, you should use the "
-"timesheet application. An analytic account related to the sale order has "
-"been automatically created (``SO009 - Agrolait`` on the screenshot here "
-"above), so you can start tracking services as soon as it has been sold."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33
+msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone."
 msgstr ""
-"Om de dienst op te volgen die u doet voor een specifiek contract moet u de "
-"urenstaten applicatie gebruiken. Een analytische rekening gerelateerd aan de"
-" verkooporder werd automatisch gegenereerd (``SO009 - Agrolait`` op de "
-"bovenstaande screenshot), zodat u kan starten met het opvolgen van diensten "
-"vanaf ze verkocht zijn."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:104
-msgid "Control delivered support on the sales order"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22
+msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice"
+msgstr "Verstuur een proforma factuur"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:106
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"From the **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales"
-" Orders`  to control the progress of every order. On the sales order line "
-"related to the support contract, you should see the **Delivered Quantities**"
-" that are updated automatically, based on the number of hours in the "
-"timesheet."
+"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a "
+"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and"
+" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-"
+"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, "
+"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in"
+" not being a demand or request for payment."
 msgstr ""
-"Vanuit de **Verkopen** applicatie gebruikt u het menu "
-":menuselection:`Verkopen --> Verkooporders` om de voortgang van elke order "
-"te beheersen. Op het verkooporderlijn gerelateerd aan het "
-"ondersteuningscontract zou u de **Geleverde hoeveelheid** moeten zien die "
-"automatisch geüpdatet is, gebaseerd op het aantal uren van uw urenstaten."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:116
-msgid "Upselling and renewal"
-msgstr "Upselling en vernieuwing"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10
+msgid "Activate the feature"
+msgstr "Activeer de optie"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:118
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"If the number of hours you performed on the support contract is bigger or "
-"equal to the number of hours the customer purchased, you are suggested to "
-"sell an extra contract to the customer since they used all their quota of "
-"service. Periodically (ideally once every two weeks), you should check the "
-"sales order that are in such a case. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales "
-"--> Invoicing --> Orders to Upsell`."
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the"
+" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:127
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"If you use Odoo CRM, a good practice is to create an opportunity for every "
-"sale order in upselling invoice status so that you easily track your "
-"upselling effort."
+"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-"
+"forma invoice."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u de Odoo CRM gebruikt is het de goede gewoon om een opportuniteit "
-"aan te maken voor elke verkooporder in de factuurstatus zodat u gemakkelijk "
-"uw upselling kan traceren."
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:131
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"If you sell an extra support contract, you can either add a new line on the "
-"existing sales order (thus, you continue to timesheet on the same order) or "
-"create a new order (thus, people will timesheet their hours on the new "
-"contract). To unmark the sales order as **Upselling**, you can set the sales"
-" order as done and it will disappear from your upselling list."
+"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice "
+"in attachment."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:138
-msgid "Special Configuration"
-msgstr "Speciale configuratie"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:140
-msgid ""
-"When creating the product form, you may set a different approach to track "
-"the service:"
-msgstr ""
-"Wanneer u het productformulier aanmaakt kan u een andere aanpak instellen om"
-" de dienst op te volgen:"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3
+msgid "Sell subscriptions"
+msgstr "Verkoop abonnementen"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:143
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"**Create task and track hours**: in this mode, a task is created for every "
-"sales order line. Then when you do the timesheet, you don't record hours on "
-"a sales order/contract, but you record hours on a task (that represents the "
-"contract). The advantage of this solution is that it allows to sell several "
-"service contracts within the same sales order."
+"Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making "
+"planning ahead much easier."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:150
-msgid ""
-"**Manually**: you can use this mode if you don't record timesheets in Odoo. "
-"The number of hours you worked on a specific contract can be recorded "
-"manually on the sales order line directly, in the delivered quantity field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:156
-msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:6
-msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "Overzicht"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
-msgid "Main Concepts"
-msgstr "Belangrijkste concepten"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3
-msgid "Introduction to Odoo Sales"
-msgstr "Introductie tot Odoo Verkopen"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9
+msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order"
+msgstr "Maak een abonnement vanuit een verkooporder"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11
-msgid "Transcript"
-msgstr "Transcriptie"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"As a sales manager, closing opportunities with Odoo Sales is really simple."
+"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select "
+"the subscription product your previously created."
 msgstr ""
-"Als manager is het heel gemakkelijk om opportuniteiten af te sluiten met "
-"Odoo verkopen."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:16
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"I selected a predefined quotation for a new product line offer. The "
-"products, the service details are already in the quotation. Of course, I can"
-" adapt the offer to fit my clients needs."
+"When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. "
+"You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the "
+"upper right corner."
 msgstr ""
-"Ik selecteerde een voorgedefinieerde offerte voor een nieuw productlijn "
-"aanbod. De producten, de dienst details zijn al ingegeven in de offerte. "
-"Uiteraard kan ik het aanbod aanpassen om te passen aan de noden van de "
-"klant."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:20
-msgid ""
-"The interface is really smooth. I can add references, some catchy phrases "
-"such as closing triggers (*here, you save $500 if you sign the quote within "
-"15 days*). I have a beautiful and modern design. This will help me close my "
-"opportunities more easily."
-msgstr ""
-"De interface is zeer vlot. Ik kan referenties toevoegen, aanstekelijke "
-"zinnen zoals (*hier, u bespaard $500 indien u de offerte tekent binnen de 15"
-" dagen*). Ik heb een mooi en modern design. Dit helpt mij met het "
-"gemakkelijker afsluiten van mijn opportuniteiten."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice based on time and materials"
+msgstr "Factureer gebaseerd op tijd en materiaal"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:26
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The "
-"customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate "
-"easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by "
-"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just needs to "
-"sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major "
-"shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a "
-"delivery order automatically."
+"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible"
+" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that"
+" the project requirements would most likely change."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35
-msgid "That's it, I successfully sold my products in just a few clicks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9
 msgid ""
-"Oh, I also have the transaction and communication history at my fingertips. "
-"It's easy for every stakeholder to know clearly the past interaction. And "
-"any information related to the transaction."
+"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay "
+"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what"
+" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers."
 msgstr ""
-"Oh, ik heb ook de transactie en communicatie geschiedenis zo bij de hand. "
-"Het is gemakkelijk voor elke betrokkene om duidelijk de vorige interactie te"
-" weten. En alle informatie gerelateerd aan de transactie."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"If you want to show information, I would do it from a customer form, "
-"something like:"
+"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need"
+" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and"
+" purchases."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u informatie wilt tonen, zou ik het doen vanuit het klanten "
-"formulier, iets in de aard van:"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:45
-msgid "Kanban of customers, click on one customer"
-msgstr "Kanban van klanten, klik op een klant"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:47
-msgid "Click on opportunities, click on quotation"
-msgstr "Klik op opportuniteiten, klik op offerte"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49
-msgid "Come back to customers (breadcrum)"
-msgstr "Ga terug naar klanten (breadcrum)"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:51
-msgid "Click on customer statement letter"
-msgstr "Klik op klant bankafschriften"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:53
-msgid ""
-"Anytime, I can get an in-depth report of my sales activity. Revenue by "
-"salespeople or department. Revenue by category of product, drill-down to "
-"specific products, by quarter or month,... I like this report: I can add it "
-"to my dashboard in just a click."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19
+msgid "Invoice time configuration"
 msgstr ""
-"Eender wanneer kan ik een detail rapport krijgen van mijn "
-"verkoopactiviteiten. Omzet per verkoper of departement. Omzet per categorie "
-"of product, van specifieke producten, per kwartaal of maand, ... Ik hou van "
-"dit rapport: Ik kan het toevoegen aan mijn dashboard in slechts één klik."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:58
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"Odoo Sales is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the sales "
-"planner. Thanks to it, I got tips and tricks to boost my sales performance."
+"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it."
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo Verkopen is een sterke en gemakkelijk te gebruiken app. Eerst gebruikte"
-" ik de verkoopplanner. Dankzij deze planner kreeg ik tips en trucks om mijn "
-"verkoop performantie te verhogen."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"Try Odoo Sales now and get beautiful quotations, amazing dashboards and "
-"increase your success rate."
+"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project"
+" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature."
 msgstr ""
-"Probeer Odoo Verkopen nu en krijg mooie offertes, fantastische dashboards en"
-" verhoog uw succes ratio."
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:3
-msgid "Overview of the invoicing process"
-msgstr "Overzicht van de factureringsprocessen"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different "
-"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft "
-"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other "
-"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to "
-"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or "
-"email)."
-msgstr ""
-"Afhankelijk van de zaak en de applicatie die u gebruikt zijn er "
-"verschillende manieren om het facturatieproces  te automatiseren naar "
-"klanten. Meestal worden concept facturen aangemaakt door het systeem (met "
-"informatie komende van andere documenten zoals verkooporders of contracten) "
-"en moet de boekhouder enkel de concept facturen valideren en de facturen in "
-"batchen uitzenden (via reguliere mail of e-mail)."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32
+msgid "Invoice your time spent"
+msgstr "Factureer uw gespendeerde tijd"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:12
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to "
-"create draft invoices:"
+"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the "
+"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new"
+" project*."
 msgstr ""
-"Afhankelijk van uw zaak kan u kiezen voor één van de volgende manieren om "
-"conceptfacturen te maken:"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:16
-msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Invoice`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`Verkooporder --> Factuur`"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41
+msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project."
+msgstr "U kan de taak ook koppelen aan een bestaand project."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:18
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order "
-"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales"
-" order. You have different options like:"
+"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the"
+" project overview and one for the current task."
 msgstr ""
-"In de meeste bedrijven maken verkopers offertes die vervolgens verkooporders"
-" worden wanneer ze gevalideerd worden. Vervolgens worden conceptfacturen "
-"aangemaakt gebaseerd op de verkooporders. U heeft verschillende opties "
-"zoals:"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:22
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order before triggering the "
-"delivery order"
-msgstr ""
-"Factureer op bestelde hoeveelheid: factureer het volledige order voor het "
-"afleverorder te doen afgaan"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:25
-msgid "Invoice based on delivered quantity: see next section"
+"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it "
+"from the *Project* app."
 msgstr ""
-"Factureer gebaseerd op de geleverde hoeveelheid: zie de volgende sectie"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:27
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when "
-"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)"
+"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add "
+"how many hours they worked on the project so far."
 msgstr ""
-"Factureren voor levering wordt meestal gebruikt door de e-commerce "
-"applicatie wanneer de klant het order betaald en wij hierna leveren. (pre-"
-"paid)"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows "
-"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice ready"
-" to invoice line, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Voor de meeste andere usecases is het aanbevolen om manueel te factureren. "
-"Het staat de verkoper toe om de factuur op aanvraag te doen afgaan met "
-"opties: factuur klaar naar factuurlijn, factureer een percentage "
-"(geavanceerd), factureer een vast voorschot."
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:36
-msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products."
-msgstr "Het proces is goed voor beide diensten en fysieke producten."
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:41
-msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`Verkooporder --> Levering --> Facturatie`"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivered quantity , "
-"instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the "
-"quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods "
-"(invoice based on actual Kg)."
-msgstr ""
-"Detailhandelaren en e-commerce platformen factureren normaal gezien "
-"gebaseerd op geleverde hoeveelheden in plaats van een verkooporder. De "
-"aanpak is toepasbaar voor zaken waarbij de hoeveelheden die u levert "
-"mogelijk verschillen van de bestelde hoeveelheden: voedsel (factuur "
-"gebaseerd op werkelijk aantal Kg)."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58
+msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours."
+msgstr "Vanuit de verkooporder kan u de uren vervolgens factureren."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90
 msgid ""
-"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you "
-"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest "
-"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order."
+"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
+"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your "
+"expense or a previously agreed on sales price."
 msgstr ""
-"Op deze manier, indien u een deel van een order levert, factureert u enkel "
-"wat echt geleverd is. Indien u backorders doet (deels leveren en de rest "
-"later), zal de klant twee facturen ontvangen, één voor elke leveringsorder."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57
-msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`Herhalende contracten (abonnementen) --> Facturen`"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120
+msgid "Invoice purchases"
+msgstr "Factureer inkopen"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:59
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122
 msgid ""
-"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The "
-"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on"
-" the contract."
+"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for"
+" it."
 msgstr ""
-"Voor abonnementen wordt er automatisch, periodiek, een factuur aangemaakt. "
-"De frequentie van het factuur en de diensten/producten die gefactureerd "
-"worden zijn gedefinieerd op het contract."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:67
-msgid ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Factuur`"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:69
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125
 msgid ""
-"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the invoice when it is "
-"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only "
-"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is "
-"received."
+"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to "
+":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select "
+"*Purchase Analytics*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:75
-msgid "Creating an invoice manually"
-msgstr "Manueel een factuur aanmaken"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:77
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129
 msgid ""
-"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales "
-"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales "
-"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services."
+"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic "
+"account."
 msgstr ""
-"Gebruikers kunnen ook manueel facturen of orders aanmaken zonder contracten "
-"te gebruiken. Het is een aanbevolen aanpak indien u niet het beheerproces "
-"moet beheren (offertes), of de levering van de producten of diensten."
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:82
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135
 msgid ""
-"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create "
-"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:"
-msgstr ""
-"Zelfs als u het factuur genereert van een verkooporder moet u mogelijk nog "
-"manueel factureren aanmaken in uitzonderlijke situaties:"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:85
-msgid "if you need to create a refund"
-msgstr "Indien u een terugbetaling moet aanmaken"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:87
-msgid "If you need to give a discount"
-msgstr "Indien u een korting moet geven"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:89
-msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order"
+"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this "
+"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u een aangemaakte factuur moet wijzigen vanuit een verkooporder"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:91
-msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business"
-msgstr ""
-"Indien u iets moet factureren dat niet gerelateerd is met de hoofdzaken"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:94
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Andere"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:96
-msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:"
-msgstr "Sommige specifieke modules kunnen ook concept facturen aanmaken:"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:98
-msgid "membership: invoice your members every year"
-msgstr "lidmaatschap: factureer uw leden elk jaar"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:100
-msgid "repairs: invoice your after-sale services"
-msgstr "reparaties: factuur uw diensten na verkoop"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3
 msgid "Products & Prices"
@@ -1400,12 +743,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on "
 "Invoicing/Accounting apps."
 msgstr ""
+"Vink * Meerdere valuta's toestaan * aan: menuselectie: `Facturatie/ "
+"Boekhouding -> Instellingen`. Als administrator hebt u * Adviseur * "
+"-toegangsrechten nodig op facturatie / boekhouding-apps."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in "
 "pricelist setup form."
 msgstr ""
+"Maak een prijslijst per valuta. Een nieuw veld * Valuta * wordt weergegeven "
+"in de vorm van een prijslijst."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13
 msgid ""
@@ -1581,11 +929,12 @@ msgstr "bijv. 20% korting met prijzen afgerond tot 9,99"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104
 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kosten met verhogingen (retail)"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106
 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin."
 msgstr ""
+"bijv. verkoopprijs = 2 * kosten (100% markup) met $5 aan minimale marge."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112
 msgid "Prices per country"
@@ -1624,6 +973,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount"
 " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:"
 msgstr ""
+"In het geval van korting kunt u de publieke prijs en het berekende "
+"kortingspercentage weergeven op de afgedrukte verkooporders en in uw "
+"eCommerce-catalogus. Om dit te doen:"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125
 msgid ""
@@ -1637,11 +989,11 @@ msgstr "Pas deze optie toe door ze aan te vinken bij \"instellingen\""
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133
 msgid ":doc:`currencies`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`currencies`"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134
 msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3
 msgid "Manage your products"
@@ -1688,6 +1040,8 @@ msgid ""
 "recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the "
 "import screen."
 msgstr ""
+"Wijzig geen labels van kolommen die u wilt importeren. Anders herkent Odoo "
+"ze niet meer en moet u ze zelf valideren in het importscherm."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18
 msgid ""
@@ -1695,6 +1049,10 @@ msgid ""
 " in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can "
 "make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields."
 msgstr ""
+"Om nieuwe kolommen toe te voegen, Het is mogelijk om nieuwe kolommen toe te "
+"voegen, maar de velden moeten in Odoo bestaan. Als Odoo kolomnaam niet kan  "
+"valideren met een bestaand veld, kunt u dit bij het importeren handmatig "
+"doen  door een lijst met beschikbare velden te doorbladeren."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24
 msgid "Why an “ID” column"
@@ -1736,6 +1094,10 @@ msgid ""
 "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from "
 "their own list menu."
 msgstr ""
+"Een Odoo object is altijd gelinkt aan vele andere objecten (b.v. een product"
+" is gelinkt aan de product categorieën, attributen, leveranciers, etc.). Om "
+"deze relaties te importeren moet je de records van het gerelateerde object "
+"eerst importeren vanuit hun eigen lijst menu. "
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41
 msgid ""
@@ -1749,508 +1111,404 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Set taxes"
 msgstr "Stel belastingtarieven in"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation.rst:3
-msgid "Quotation"
-msgstr "Offerte"
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online.rst:3
-msgid "Online Quotation"
-msgstr "Online offerte"
+#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3
+msgid "eBay"
+msgstr "eBay"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:3
-msgid "How to create and edit an online quotation?"
-msgstr "Hoe maak en bewerk je een online offerte?"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3
+msgid "Send Quotations"
+msgstr "Verstuur offertes"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:9
-msgid "Enable Online Quotations"
-msgstr "Online offertes inschakelen"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3
+msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:11
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"To send online quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the "
-"Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will "
-"prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already."
+"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline; Both to"
+" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer "
+"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a "
+"price that is no longer cost effective for you."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"You can view the online version of each quotation you create after enabling "
-"this setting by selecting **Preview** from the top of the quotation."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11
+msgid "Set a deadline"
+msgstr "Stel een deadline in"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13
+msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:25
-msgid "Edit Your Online Quotations"
-msgstr "Wijzig uw online offertes"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19
+msgid "Use deadline in templates"
+msgstr "Gebruik deadline in sjablonen"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:27
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"The online quotation page can be edited for each quotation template in the "
-"Sales app via :menuselection:`Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. From "
-"within any quotation template, select **Edit Template** to be taken to the "
-"corresponding page of your website."
+"You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time "
+"that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find"
+" more info about quotation templates `here "
+"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-"
+"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:34
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29
+msgid "On your customer side, they will see this."
+msgstr "Aan de klant zijn kant zien ze dit."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3
+msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses"
+msgstr "Lever en factureer aan afwijkende adressen"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"You can add text, images, and structural elements to the quotation page by "
-"dragging and dropping blocks from the pallet on the left sidebar menu. A "
-"table of contents will be automatically generated based on the content you "
-"add."
+"In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. "
+"This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their "
+"invoice location."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:38
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Advanced descriptions for each product on a quotation are displayed on the "
-"online quotation page. These descriptions are inherited from the product "
-"page in your eCommerce Shop, and can be edited directly on the page through "
-"the inline text editor."
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the"
+" *Customer Addresses* feature."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"You can choose to allow payment immediately after the customer validates the"
-" quote by selecting a payment option on the quotation template."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19
+msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"You can edit the webpage of an individual quotation as you would for any web"
-" page by clicking the **Edit** button. Changes made in this way will only "
-"affect the individual quotation."
+"If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will"
+" automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for "
+"both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right "
+"from the quotation or sales order."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:52
-msgid "Using Online Quotations"
-msgstr "Online offertes gebruiken"
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"To share an online quotation with your customer, copy the URL of the online "
-"quotation, then share it with customer."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30
+msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer"
 msgstr ""
-"Als u een online offerte wilt delen, kopieer dan de URL en deel deze met uw "
-"klant."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:60
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"Alternatively, your customer can access their online quotations by logging "
-"into your website through the customer portal. Your customer can accept or "
-"reject the quotation, print it, or negotiate the terms in the chat box. You "
-"will also receive a notification in the chatter within Odoo whenever the "
-"customer views the quotation."
+"If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, "
+"they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under "
+":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`."
 msgstr ""
-"Als alternatief kan uw klant toegang krijgen tot zijn online offertes door "
-"in te loggen via het klantenportaal. Uw klant accepteert of weigert de "
-"offerte, print ze of onderhandelt de voorwaarden in de chatbox. Wanneer de "
-"klant de offerte tekent ontvangt U een melding in de chatter binnen Odoo."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup.rst:3
-msgid "Setup"
-msgstr "Setup"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36
+msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3
-msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?"
-msgstr "Hoe een afwijkend facturering en afleveradres gebruiken?"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42
+msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:8
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44
 msgid ""
-"It is possible to configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. "
-"This is very useful, because it could happen that your clients have multiple"
-" locations and that the invoice address differs from the delivery location."
+"These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you "
+"send by email or print."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3
+msgid "Get paid to confirm an order"
 msgstr ""
-"Het is mogelijk om verschillende adressen te configureren voor het verzenden"
-" en factureren. Dit is zeer handig omdat het kan gebeuren dat uw klanten "
-"meerdere locaties hebben en dat het factuuradres afwijkt van het "
-"afleveradres."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:16
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"First, go to the Sales application, then click on "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option **Enable"
-" the multiple address configuration from menu**."
+"You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving "
+"the time of both your customers and yourself."
 msgstr ""
-"Ga eerst naar de Verkopen applicatie, klik vervolgens op "
-":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` en activeer de optie **Sta "
-"verschillende adressen toe** vanuit het configuratie menu."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:24
-msgid "Set the addresses on the contact form"
-msgstr "Stel de adressen in op het contactformulier"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9
+msgid "Activate online payment"
+msgstr "Activeer online betalingen"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:26
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Invoice and/or shipping addresses and even other addresses are added on the "
-"contact form. To do so, go to the contact application, select the customer "
-"and in the **Contacts & Addresses** tab click on **Create**"
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the"
+" *Online Signature & Payment* feature."
 msgstr ""
-"Factuur en/of verzendadressen en zelfs andere adressen worden toegevoegd op "
-"de contactfiche. Om dit te doen gaat u naar de Contact applicatie, "
-"selecteert u de klant en in het **Contacten & adressen** tabblad klikt u op "
-"**Aanmaken**"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:33
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"A new window will open where you can specify the delivery or the invoice "
-"address."
+"Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your "
+"acquirers of choice."
 msgstr ""
-"Een nieuw venster opent zich waar u het aflever en factuuradres kan ingeven."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:39
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"Once you validated your addresses, it will appear in the **Contacts & "
-"addresses** tab with distinctive logos."
+"You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment "
+"acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, "
+"`Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) "
+"<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the "
+"`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_."
 msgstr ""
-"Eenmaal u uw adressen valideert verschijnen ze in het **Contacten & "
-"adressen** tabblad met onderscheidende logo's."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:46
-msgid "On the quotations and sales orders"
-msgstr "Op de offertes en verkooporders"
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"When you create a new quotation, the option to select an invoice address and"
-" a delivery address is now available. Both addresses will automatically be "
-"filled in when selecting the customer."
+"If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also "
+"pick a default setting for each template."
 msgstr ""
-"Wanneer u een nieuwe offerte aanmaakt is de optie voor een factuur en "
-"verzendadres te selecteren nu beschikbaar. Beide adressen worden automatisch"
-" ingevuld wanneer u de klant selecteert."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:56
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36
+msgid "Register a payment"
+msgstr "Registreer een betaling"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38
 msgid ""
-"Note that you can also create invoice and delivery addresses on the fly by "
-"selecting **Create and edit** in the dropdown menu."
+"From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online."
 msgstr ""
-"Merk op dat u ook factuur en verzendadressen rechtstreeks kan aanmaken door "
-"**Aanmaken en wijzigen** te selecteren in de dropdown."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:59
-msgid "When printing your sales orders, you'll notice the two addresses."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3
+msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order"
 msgstr ""
-"Wanneer u uw verkooporders print zal u opmerken dat er twee adressen zijn."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:3
-msgid "How to create my first quotation?"
-msgstr "Hoe maak ik mijn eerste offerte?"
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:8
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Quotations are documents sent to customers to offer an estimated cost for a "
-"particular set of goods or services. The customer can accept the quotation, "
-"in which case the seller will have to issue a sales order, or refuse it."
+"You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you"
+" and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a "
+"traditional process."
 msgstr ""
-"Offertes zijn documenten die verzonden worden naar de klanten om een "
-"geschatte kost aan te bieden voor een specifieke set van goederen of "
-"diensten. De klant kan de offerte accepteren, waarop de verkoper een "
-"verkooporder moet maken, of de klant kan de offerte weigeren."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:13
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10
+msgid "Activate online signature"
+msgstr "Activeer online handtekenen"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"For example, my company sells electronic products and my client Agrolait "
-"showed interest in buying ``3 iPads`` to facilitate their operations. I "
-"would like to send them a quotation for those iPads with a sales price of "
-"``320 USD`` by iPad with a ``5%`` discount."
+"If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id"
+"=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a "
+"default setting for each template."
 msgstr ""
-"Bijvoorbeeld, mijn bedrijf verkoopt elektronische producten en mijn klant "
-"Agrolait toont interesse in het kopen van ``3 iPads`` om hun operaties te "
-"faciliteren. Ik wil hen een offerte verzenden voor deze iPads met een "
-"verkoopprijs van ``320 USD`` per iPad met een ``5%`` korting."
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:18
-msgid "This section will show you how to proceed."
-msgstr "Deze sectie toont u hoe u verder gaat."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:24
-msgid "Install the Sales Management module"
-msgstr "Installeer de Verkoopbeheer module"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23
+msgid "Validate an order with a signature"
+msgstr "Valideer een order met een handtekening"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:26
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"In order to be able to issue your first quotation, you'll need to install "
-"the **Sales Management** module from the app module in the Odoo backend."
+"When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online"
+" instantly."
 msgstr ""
-"Om uw eerste offerte te kunnen maken moet u de module **Verkooopbeheer** "
-"installeren vanuit de Odoo backend."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:34
-msgid "Allow discounts on sales order line"
-msgstr "Sta kortingen toe op verkooporderlijnen"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30
+msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3
+msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products"
+msgstr "Verhoog uw verkoop met voorgestelde producten"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:36
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Allowing discounts on quotations is a common sales practice to improve the "
-"chances to convert the prospect into a client."
+"The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful "
+"products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could"
+" be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset."
 msgstr ""
-"Kortingen toestaan op offertes is een vaak voorkomende verkooppraktijk om de"
-" kansen te verhogen om de prospect te converteren in een klant."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:39
-msgid ""
-"In our example, we wanted to grant ``Agrolait`` with a ``5%`` discount on "
-"the sale price. To enable the feature, go into the **Sales** application, "
-"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Quotations "
-"and Sales**, tick **Allow discounts on sales order line** (see picture "
-"below) and apply your changes."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11
+msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates"
 msgstr ""
-"In ons voorbeeld wilden we ``Agrolait`` een ``5%`` korting geven op de "
-"verkoopprijs. Om deze optie te activeren gaat u naar de **Verkopen** "
-"applicatie en under **Offertes en Verkopen** vinkt u de optie **Sta "
-"kortingen op orderlijnen toe** aan (zie onderstaande foto) en past u de "
-"wijzigingen toe."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49
-msgid "Create your quotation"
-msgstr "Maak uw offerte"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13
+msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*."
+msgstr ""
+"Voorgestelde producten kunnen ingesteld worden op de *Offerte sjablonen*."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:51
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"To create your first quotation, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> "
-"Quotations` and click on **Create**. Then, complete your quotation as "
-"follows:"
+"Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add"
+" related products or services."
 msgstr ""
-"Om uw eerste offerte aan te maken klikt u op :menuselection:`Verkopen --> "
-"Offertes` en vervolgens op **Aanmaken**. Voltooi vervolgens uw offerte als "
-"volgt:"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:55
-msgid "Customer and Products"
-msgstr "Klant en producten"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23
+msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:57
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26
+msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28
 msgid ""
-"The basic elements to add to any quotation are the customer (the person you "
-"will send your quotation to) and the products you want to sell. From the "
-"quotation view, choose the prospect from the **Customer** drop-down list and"
-" under **Order Lines**, click on **Add an item** and select your product. Do"
-" not forget to manually add the number of items under **Ordered Quantity** "
-"and the discount if applicable."
+"When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the"
+" suggested products to the order."
 msgstr ""
-"De basis elementen om toe te voegen aan elke offerte zijn de klant (de "
-"persoon waar u uw offerte naar stuurt) en de producten die u wilt verkopen. "
-"Vanuit de offerte weergave kiest u de prospect vanuit de **Klanten** drop-"
-"down lijst en onder **Orderlijnen** klikt u op **Item toevoegen** en "
-"selecteert u uw product. Vergeet niet om manueel het aantal items toe te "
-"voegen onder **Bestelde hoeveelheid** en de korting indien van toepassing."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:67
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"If you don't have any customer or product recorded on your Odoo environment "
-"yet, you can create them on the fly directly from your quotations :"
+"The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on "
+"any of the little carts."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u nog geen klanten of producten heeft aangemaakt in uw Odoo omgeving "
-"kan u ze direct aanmaken vanuit uw offertes:"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:71
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"To add a new customer, click on the **Customer** drop-down menu and click on"
-" **Create and edit**. In this new window, you will be able to record all the"
-" customer details, such as the address, website, phone number and person of "
-"contact."
+"Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or "
+"pay to confirm the quotation."
 msgstr ""
-"Om een nieuwe klant toe te voegen klikt u op de **Klanten** dropdown-menu en"
-" vervolgens op **Aanmaken en wijzigen**. In dit nieuwe scherm kan u alle "
-"details van de klant ingeven, zoals het adres, de website, het "
-"telefoonnummer en de contactpersoon."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:76
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"To add a new product, under **Order line**, click on add an item and on "
-"**Create and Edit** from the drop-down list. You will be able to record your"
-" product information (product type, cost, sale price, invoicing policy, "
-"etc.) along with a picture."
+"Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales"
+" order, letting the salesperson see it."
 msgstr ""
-"Om een nieuw product toe te voegen onder **orderlijn** klikt u op item "
-"toevoegen en op **Aanmaken en wijzigen** vanuit de drop-down lijst. U kan uw"
-" product informatie registreren (producttype, kost, verkoopprijs, "
-"facturatiebeleid, enz.) samen met een afbeelding."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82
-msgid "Taxes"
-msgstr "BTW"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3
+msgid "Use quotation templates"
+msgstr "Gebruik offerte sjablonen"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:84
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"To parameter taxes, simply go on the taxes section of the product line and "
-"click on **Create and Edit**. Fill in the details (for example if you are "
-"subject to a ``21%`` taxe on your sales, simply fill in the right amount in "
-"percentage) and save."
+"If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time "
+"by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a "
+"complete quotation in no time."
 msgstr ""
-"Om belastingen te parametriseren gaat u simpelweg naar de belastingen sectie"
-" van de productlijn en klikt u op **Aanmaken en wijzigen**. Vul de details "
-"in (bijvoorbeeld indien u  ``21%`` belasting moet toevoegen op uw verkopen "
-"vult u simpelweg het juiste aantal in percentage in) en klikt u vervolgens "
-"op opslaan."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:93
-msgid "Terms and conditions"
-msgstr "Voorwaarden"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Instelling"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:95
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"You can select the expiration date of your quotation and add your company's "
-"terms and conditions directly in your quotation (see picture below)."
+"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> "
+"Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*."
 msgstr ""
-"U kan de vervaldatum van uw offerte selecteren en uw bedrijf zijn "
-"betalingscondities direct aan de offerte toevoegen (zie onderstaande foto)."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:103
-msgid "Preview and send quotation"
-msgstr "Preview en verzend offerte"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19
+msgid "Create your first template"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:105
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"If you want to see what your quotation looks like before sending it, click "
-"on the **Print** button (upper left corner). It will give you a printable "
-"PDF version with all your quotation details."
+"You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Configuration`."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u wilt zien hoe uw offerte er uit ziet voor u deze verzend klikt u op"
-" de **Print** knop (linkerbovenhoek). Het geeft u een printbare PDF PDF "
-"versie met al uw offerte details."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:113
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"Update your company's details (address, website, logo, etc) appearing on "
-"your quotation from the the **Settings** menu on the app switcher, and on "
-"click on the link :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> "
-"Configure company data`."
+"You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to"
+" select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for"
+" the quotation."
 msgstr ""
-"Update uw bedrijf zijn details (adres, website, logo, enz) die verschijnen "
-"op uw offerte vanuit het **Instellingen** menu in het hoofdscherm en klik op"
-" de link :menuselection:`Instellingen --> Algemene instellingen > "
-"Configureer bedrijfsgegevens`."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:118
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"Click on **Send by email** to automatically send an email to your customer "
-"with the quotation as an attachment. You can adjust the email body before "
-"sending it and even save it as a template if you wish to reuse it."
+"On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated "
+"in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration "
+"and can be alterated by customer pricelists."
 msgstr ""
-"Klik op **Verzend via e-mail** om automatisch een e-mail te sturen naar uw "
-"klant met de offerte als bijlage. U kan de e-mail inhoud wijzigen voordat u "
-"ze verzend en deze zelfs opslaan als een sjabloon indien u deze wenst te "
-"hergebruiken."
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:127
-msgid ":doc:`../online/creation`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../online/creation`"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:128
-msgid ":doc:`optional`"
-msgstr ":doc:`optional`"
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:129
-msgid ":doc:`terms_conditions`"
-msgstr ":doc:`terms_conditions`"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38
+msgid "Edit your template"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:3
-msgid "How to display optional products on a quotation?"
-msgstr "Hoe toon ik optionele producten op een offerte?"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept "
+"or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and "
+"products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the "
+"quotation editor."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:8
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51
 msgid ""
-"The use of suggested products is a marketing strategy that attempts to "
-"increase the amount a customer spends once they begin the buying process. "
-"For instance, a customer purchasing a cell phone could be shown accessories "
-"like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset. In Odoo, a customer can"
-" be presented with additional products that are relevant to their chosen "
-"purchase in one of several locations."
+"This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building"
+" blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated"
+" to each product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:18
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59
 msgid ""
-"Suggested products can be added to quotations directly, or to the ecommerce "
-"platform via each product form. In order to use suggested products, you will"
-" need to have the **Ecommerce** app installed:"
+"The description set for the products will be used in all quotations "
+"templates containing those products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63
+msgid "Use a quotation template"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65
+msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:23
-msgid "Quotations"
-msgstr "Offertes"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70
+msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:25
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73
 msgid ""
-"To add suggested products to quotations, you must first enable online "
-"quotations in the Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install the Website app if you "
-"haven't already."
+"You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77
+msgid "Confirm the quotation"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:32
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79
 msgid ""
-"You will then be able to add suggested products to your individual "
-"quotations and quotation templates under the **Suggested Products** tab of a"
-" quotation."
+"Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital "
+"signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:39
-msgid "Website Sales"
-msgstr "Website verkopen"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86
+msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:41
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88
 msgid ""
-"You can add suggested products to a product on its product form, under the "
-"Website heading in the **Sales** tab. **Suggested products** will appear on "
-"the *product* page, and **Accessory Products** will appear on the *cart* "
-"page prior to checkout."
+"Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:3
-msgid "How to link terms and conditions to a quotation?"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3
+msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:8
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship "
 "between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal "
-"information which include products and company policy so customer can read "
-"all those terms before committing to anything."
+"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer"
+" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:13
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Thanks to Odoo you can easily include your default terms and conditions on "
-"every quotation, sales order and invoice."
+"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every "
+"quotation, sales order and invoice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"Let's take the following example: Your company sells water bottles to "
-"restaurants and you would like to add the following standard terms and "
-"conditions on all your quotations:"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15
+msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:20
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"*Safe storage of the products of MyCompany is necessary in order to ensure "
-"their quality, MyCompany will not be held accountable in case of unsafe "
-"storage of the products.*"
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
+"*Default Terms & Conditions*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:25
-msgid "General terms and conditions"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then "
+"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"General terms and conditions can be specified in the Sales settings. They "
-"will then automatically appear on every sales document from the quotation to"
-" the invoice."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33
+msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:31
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"To specify your Terms and Conditions go into : :menuselection:`Sales --> "
-"Configuration --> Settings --> Default Terms and Conditions`."
+"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish"
+" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:36
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"After saving, your terms and conditions will appear on your new quotations, "
-"sales orders and invoices (in the system but also on your printed "
-"documents)."
+"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured "
+"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default"
+" attachment for all quotation emails sent."
 msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3
-msgid "eBay"
-msgstr "eBay"
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
index e25c774eb4..ae7ef52b37 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
@@ -1,16 +1,23 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2017
+# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018
+# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -154,6 +161,10 @@ msgid ""
 "is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the "
 "Client ID in Odoo for the first time."
 msgstr ""
+"Ga naar de Toestemming stap door een product naam in te geven (bv. Google "
+"Analytics in Odoo). Voel je vrij om de aanpassingen opties te controleren "
+"maar dit is niet verplicht. Het Toestemming scherm zal enkel getoond worden "
+"wanneer je de Client ID in Odoo ingeeft voor de eerste keer."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56
 msgid ""
@@ -656,24 +667,13 @@ msgstr "HTML pagina's"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234
 msgid ""
-"Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using the "
-":menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove extra "
-"space and tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc."
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo staat het minifien van HTML pagina's toe, vanuit de **Website Admin** "
-"app door gebruik te maken van het :menuselection:`Configuratie` menu. Dit "
-"verwijderd automatisch extra spaties en tabs in uw HTML code, reduceren "
-"sommige labels hun code, enz."
-
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241
-msgid ""
-"On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually "
-"handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)."
+"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web "
+"server (NGINX or Apache)."
 msgstr ""
-"Daarbovenop kunnen de HTML pagina's gecomprimeerd worden, maar dit wordt "
-"meestal afgehandeld door uw webserver (NGINX of Apache)."
+"De HTML pagina's kunnen gecomprimeerd worden, maar dit wordt meestal "
+"afgehandeld door uw webserver (NGINX of Apache)."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:244
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:237
 msgid ""
 "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short "
 "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, "
@@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "garanderen. Bouwstenen zijn ontwikkeld om propere HTML code te genereren, "
 "normaal gezien door de bootstrap en de HTML editor te gebruiken."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:248
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241
 msgid ""
 "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a "
 "paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the "
@@ -693,11 +693,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "paragraaf te wijzigen naar de primaire kleur van uw website, zal Odoo de "
 "volgende code genereren:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:252
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245
 msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``"
 msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Mijn tekst</p>``"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:254
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:247
 msgid ""
 "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following "
 "code:"
@@ -705,15 +705,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "Waar de meeste HTML editors (zoals een CKEditor) de volgende code "
 "produceert:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:257
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250
 msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``"
 msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Mijn tekst</p>``"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:253
 msgid "Responsive Design"
 msgstr "Responsief design"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:262
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255
 msgid ""
 "As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in"
 " Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render "
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " 3 om zich efficiënt aan te passen aan het toestel: vaste pc, tablet of "
 "mobiele telefoon."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263
 msgid ""
 "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your "
 "website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have "
@@ -737,11 +737,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "specifieke modules of pagina's zijn niet ontworpen om mobiel vriendelijk te "
 "zijn omdat ze allemaal hun eigen CSS frameworks hebben)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:277
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270
 msgid "Browser caching"
 msgstr "Browser caching"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272
 msgid ""
 "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically "
 "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through "
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Het ``457-0da1d9d`` gedeelte van deze URL zal wijzigen als u de CSS van uw "
 "website wijzigt."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:286
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279
 msgid ""
 "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: "
 "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource."
@@ -768,11 +768,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "deze bronnen: XXX seconden, terwijl deze direct wordt geüpdatet als u de "
 "bron update."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287
 msgid "Scalability"
 msgstr "Schaalbaarheid"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:289
 msgid ""
 "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' "
 "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link "
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "e-commerce platformen vergeleken met Odoo wanneer het aan komt op hoge query"
 " volumes."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:301
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294
 msgid ""
 "`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide"
 "/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__"
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide"
 "/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296
 msgid ""
 "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo"
 " CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)"
@@ -801,35 +801,35 @@ msgstr ""
 "Hier is de dia die de schaalbaarheid van de Odoo eCommerce en Odoo CMS "
 "samenvat. (gebaseerd op Odoo versie 8, Odoo 9 is nog sneller)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303
 msgid "URLs handling"
 msgstr "URL's afhandeling"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:313
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:306
 msgid "URLs Structure"
 msgstr "URL's structuur"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:315
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:308
 msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:"
 msgstr "Een typische Odoo URL ziet er als volgt uit:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:317
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310
 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
 msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:319
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312
 msgid "With the following components:"
 msgstr "Met de volgende componenten:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:321
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314
 msgid "**https://** = Protocol"
 msgstr "**https://** = Protocol"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:323
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:316
 msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name"
 msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = uw domeinnaam"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:318
 msgid ""
 "**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if "
 "the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, "
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "van deze pagina is: https://www.mijnwebsite.com/shop/product/my-great-"
 "product-31"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:324
 msgid ""
 "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the"
 " catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This"
@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "productpagina). Deze kan niet gepersonaliseerd worden om conflicten in "
 "verschillende URL's te voorkomen."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329
 msgid ""
 "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the "
 "product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A "
@@ -868,11 +868,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "zijn (blogberichten, pagina titels, forumberichten, forum reacties, "
 "productcategorieën, enz)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336
 msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product"
 msgstr "**-31** = het unieke ID van het product"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:338
 msgid ""
 "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an "
 "example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:"
@@ -881,15 +881,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "naar een ID. Bijvoorbeeld, de volgende URL's doen allemaal een 301 "
 "doorverwijzing naar de bovenstaande URL:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:341
 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)"
 msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (korte versie)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:350
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343
 msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)"
 msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (nog kortere versie)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345
 msgid ""
 "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product "
 "name)"
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (oude "
 "productnaam)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348
 msgid ""
 "This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle "
 "efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time."
@@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " en efficiënt 301 doorverwijzingen af te handelen wanneer de productnaam "
 "doorheen de tijd wijzigt."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352
 msgid ""
 "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a "
 "post):"
@@ -914,23 +914,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "Sommige URL's hebben verschillende dynamische onderdelen, zoals deze (een "
 "blogcategorie en een post):"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:362
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355
 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56"
 msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:364
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:357
 msgid "In the above example:"
 msgstr "In het bovenstaande voorbeeld:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359
 msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog"
 msgstr "Bedrijfsnieuws: is de titel van de blog"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:368
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361
 msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post"
 msgstr "Het Odoo verhaal: is de titel van een specifieke blogpost"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:363
 msgid ""
 "When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL "
 "(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by "
@@ -940,11 +940,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "URL worden gezet (heeft geen GET argument). Dit staat toe dat elke pagina "
 "geïndexeerd wordt door zoekmachines. Bijvoorbeeld:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:374
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:367
 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3"
 msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370
 msgid ""
 "Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although"
 " most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not "
@@ -954,11 +954,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "meeste zoekmachines tegenewoordig \"\\_\" beschouwen als een woord scheider "
 "was dit niet altijd zo. We plannen om dit te verbeteren in Odoo 10."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375
 msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles"
 msgstr "Wijzigingen in URL's & titels"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:384
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377
 msgid ""
 "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your "
 "product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:"
@@ -967,11 +967,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "versie van uw productnaam), hoeft u zich geen zorgen te maken over het "
 "updaten van alle links:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380
 msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL"
 msgstr "Odoo update automatisch alle links naar de nieuwe URL's"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382
 msgid ""
 "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be "
 "done to route visitors to the new website"
@@ -979,23 +979,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "Indien externe websites nog naar de oude URL verwijzen zal een 301 omleiding"
 " uitgevoerd worden om bezoekers naar de nieuwe website door te sturen"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:392
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:385
 msgid "As an example, this URL:"
 msgstr "Als een voorbeeld, deze URL:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:394
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387
 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31"
 msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:396
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389
 msgid "Will automatically redirect to :"
 msgstr "Verwijst automatisch door naar:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:398
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:391
 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31"
 msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:400
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:393
 msgid ""
 "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and"
 " the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old "
@@ -1007,11 +1007,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "De oude link zal nog steeds werken voor links die komen van externe "
 "websites. (met een 301 doorverwijzing om de SEO links niet kwijt te geraken)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:406
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:399
 msgid "HTTPS"
 msgstr "HTTPS"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:408
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:401
 msgid ""
 "As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL"
 " websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on "
@@ -1023,11 +1023,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "volledig gebaseerd op HTTPS. Als de bezoeker uw website bezoekt via een niet"
 " HTTPS url krijgt hij een 301 doorverwijzing naar de HTTPS pagina."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:407
 msgid "Links: nofollow strategy"
 msgstr "Links: nofollow strategie"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:409
 msgid ""
 "Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how "
 "your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is "
@@ -1038,11 +1038,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "pagina extern gelinkt is vanuit kwaliteitsvolle websites, hoe beter dit is "
 "voor je SEO."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414
 msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:"
 msgstr "Odoo volgt de volgende strategieën om links te beheren:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416
 msgid ""
 "Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", "
 "which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked "
@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"dofollow\", wat betekend dat de link mee helpt aan de SEO voor deze "
 "gelinkte pagina."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:427
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420
 msgid ""
 "Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that "
 "links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too."
@@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Elke link aangemaakt door een bijdrager (forum post, blog reactie, ...) die "
 "doorlinkt naar uw website is ook \"dofollow\"."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:430
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423
 msgid ""
 "But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is "
 "\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links "
@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "links plaatsen op uw website die linken naar externe websites die een "
 "slechte reputatie hebben."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:435
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:428
 msgid ""
 "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be "
 "trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` "
@@ -1081,15 +1081,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "hebben betrouwbaar zijn. In dit geval hebben hun links geen "
 "``rel=\"nofollow\"`` attribuut."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:433
 msgid "Multi-language support"
 msgstr "Meertalige ondersteuning"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436
 msgid "Multi-language URLs"
 msgstr "Meertalige URL's"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:438
 msgid ""
 "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be "
 "available in different URLs, depending on the language used:"
@@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Indien u een website in meerdere talen heeft zal dezelfde inhoud beschikbaar"
 " zijn in verschillende URL's, afhankelijk van de gebruikte taal:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:441
 msgid ""
 "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = "
 "default)"
@@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (Engelse versie = "
 "standaard)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443
 msgid ""
 "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French "
 "version)"
@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Franse "
 "versie)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445
 msgid ""
 "In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have "
 "several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , "
@@ -1123,11 +1123,11 @@ msgstr ""
 " variaties van dezelfde taal hebben: pt\\_BR (Portugees van Brazilië), "
 "pt\\_PT (Portugees van Portugal). "
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450
 msgid "Language annotation"
 msgstr "Taal annotatie"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:459
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452
 msgid ""
 "To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first "
 "URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> "
@@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<head> sectie van de Engelse versie zal Odoo automatisch een link toevoegen "
 "die linkt naar de andere versies van die webpagina;"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:464
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457
 msgid ""
 "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" "
 "href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>"
@@ -1147,11 +1147,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" "
 "href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:467
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:460
 msgid "With this approach:"
 msgstr "Met deze aanpak:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:469
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:462
 msgid ""
 "Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose"
 " the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google"
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "correcte versie voor afhankelijk van de taal van de bezoeker die zoekt op "
 "Google"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466
 msgid ""
 "You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since"
 " it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same "
@@ -1170,11 +1170,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "het geen gedupliceerde inhoud is, maar een andere versie van dezelfde "
 "inhoud."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471
 msgid "Language detection"
 msgstr "Taal detectie"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:480
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473
 msgid ""
 "When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. "
 "yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated "
@@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "versie zoals de taal van de browser staat ingesteld: (bijvoorbeeld "
 "uwwebsite.com/nl\\_NL/shop)."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:485
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478
 msgid ""
 "Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time "
 "visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current "
@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de hoofdpagina van uw website. Hierna houdt het een cookie bij van de "
 "huidige taal om enige doorverwijzingen te voorkomen."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:482
 msgid ""
 "To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of"
 " the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. "
@@ -1208,15 +1208,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "uwwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Dit zal bezoekers altijd doen landen op de "
 "Engelse versie van de pagina, zonder de browser voorkeuren te gebruiken."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:496
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
 msgid "Meta Tags"
 msgstr "Meta Tags"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:499
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:492
 msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description"
 msgstr "Titels, sleutelwoorden en omschrijvingen"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:494
 msgid ""
 "Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and "
 "``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search "
@@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "specifieke zoekopdracht. Het is dus belangrijk om titels en sleutelwoorden "
 "te hebben die overeenkomen met wat mensen zoeken in Google."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:507
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:500
 msgid ""
 "In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your "
 "website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website "
@@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "informatie te geven over sleutelwoorden en zoekt naar overeenkomsten met "
 "titels en inhoud op uw pagina."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:516
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:509
 msgid ""
 "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for "
 "every language of a single page;"
@@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Indien uw website in meerder talen is kan u de promotie tool gebruiken voor "
 "elke taal van een pagina;"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:519
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512
 msgid ""
 "In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your"
 " content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo "
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "blog berichten biedt Odoo een pagina aan die u toestaat om snel te scannen "
 "naar de meta tags van al uw blogberichten."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521
 msgid ""
 "This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged "
 "in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword "
@@ -1273,11 +1273,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "aangemeld zijn als website administrators. Ze krijgen niet de waarschuwingen"
 " en sleutelwoorden informatie."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:526
 msgid "Sitemap"
 msgstr "Sitemap"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528
 msgid ""
 "Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For "
 "performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours."
@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Odoo genereert automatisch een ``/sitemap.xml`` bestand voor u. Voor "
 "performantie redenen wordt dit bestand elke 12 uren gecached en geüpdatet."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:538
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:531
 msgid ""
 "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you "
 "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, "
@@ -1299,15 +1299,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "protocol respecteert om sitemap URL's te groeperen in 45000 stukken per "
 "bestand."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:544
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:537
 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:"
 msgstr "Elke sitemap heeft 4 attributen die automatisch berekend worden:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:539
 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page"
 msgstr "``<loc>`` : de URL van een pagina"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:541
 msgid ""
 "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed "
 "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this"
@@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "aan een product kan dit de laatste wijzigingsdatum zijn van het product of "
 "de pagina"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546
 msgid ""
 "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on"
 " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number"
@@ -1331,11 +1331,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "post). De prioriteit van een statische pagina is bepaald door het prioriteit"
 " veld, wat genormaliseerd is. (16 is de standaard)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553
 msgid "Structured Data Markup"
 msgstr "Gestructureerde Gegevens Markup"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555
 msgid ""
 "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine "
 "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search "
@@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "om hen uw inhoud te begrijpen en het maken van mooi gepresenteerde "
 "zoekresultaten."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:567
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560
 msgid ""
 "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: "
 "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations."
@@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Google ondersteunt een aantal rijke snippets voor inhoudstypes, inclusief: "
 "Beoordelingen, Mensen, Producten, Zaken, Evenementen en Organisaties."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:570
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:563
 msgid ""
 "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org "
 "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum "
@@ -1369,11 +1369,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "toe om getoond te worden in Google en om extra informatie te gebruiken zoals"
 " de prijs en beoordeling van een product:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:573
 msgid "robots.txt"
 msgstr "robots.txt"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:575
 msgid ""
 "Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its "
 "content is:"
@@ -1381,19 +1381,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "Odoo maakt automatisch een``/robots.txt`` bestand voor uw website. De inhoud"
 " is:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:578
 msgid "User-agent: \\*"
 msgstr "Gebruiker-agent: \\*"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:587
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580
 msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml"
 msgstr "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:590
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583
 msgid "Content is king"
 msgstr "Inhoud is koning"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585
 msgid ""
 "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules"
 " to help you build your contents on your website:"
@@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Wanneer het op SEO aankomt is de inhoud meestal de koning. Odoo biedt "
 "verschillende modules aan om uw inhoud te helpen opbouwen op uw website:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:595
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:588
 msgid ""
 "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their "
 "content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: "
@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides"
 "/public-channel-1>`__"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:599
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592
 msgid ""
 "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: "
 "`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of"
@@ -1423,7 +1423,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (telt mee voor 30% "
 "van de Odoo.com landingspagina's)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:603
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596
 msgid ""
 "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your "
 "website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 "
@@ -1434,11 +1434,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pagina's aangemaakt per "
 "maand)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601
 msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents."
 msgstr "**Odoo Blogs**: schrijf geweldige inhoud."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:611
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:604
 msgid ""
 "The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in "
 "Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top "
@@ -1448,15 +1448,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "welke andere pagina in Odoo. Hierdoor kan u een fantastische 404 pagina "
 "bouwen die doorverwijst naar de hoofdpagina van uw website."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:616
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:609
 msgid "Social Features"
 msgstr "Sociale functies"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:619
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612
 msgid "Twitter Cards"
 msgstr "Twitter kaarten"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:621
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:614
 msgid ""
 "Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next "
 "version."
@@ -1464,11 +1464,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Odoo heeft nog geen Twitter kaarten geïmplementeerd. Dit wordt gedaan in de "
 "volgende versie."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618
 msgid "Social Network"
 msgstr "Sociale netwerk"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:620
 msgid ""
 "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All "
 "you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the"
@@ -1478,11 +1478,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Het enige dat u moet doen is al uw accounts opgeven in het **Instellingen** "
 "menu van de **Website Admin** applicatie."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:632
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625
 msgid "Test Your Website"
 msgstr "Test uw website"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627
 msgid ""
 "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using "
 "WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__"
@@ -1519,6 +1519,9 @@ msgid ""
 "business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper "
 "domain. Here are some tips:"
 msgstr ""
+"Uw websiteadres is net zo belangrijk voor uw branding als de naam van uw "
+"bedrijf of organisatie, dus doet u er goed aan om deze mogelijks te wijzigen"
+" naar een meer gepaste domeinnaam. Hier zijn een paar tips:"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15
 msgid "Simple and obvious"
@@ -1575,6 +1578,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of "
 "issue, check out those easy tutorials:"
 msgstr ""
+"Stappen om een domeinnaam te kopen zijn vrijwel ongecompliceerd. Bekijk in "
+"het geval van een probleem deze eenvoudige tutorials:"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34
 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__"
@@ -1592,6 +1597,9 @@ msgid ""
 "name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. "
 "This is Odoo's job!"
 msgstr ""
+"Aarzel niet om een e-mailserver te kopen om e-mailadressen te hebben die uw "
+"domeinnaam gebruiken. Koop echter geen extra service om uw website te maken "
+"of te hosten. Dit is de taak van Odoo!"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45
 msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance"
@@ -1643,6 +1651,9 @@ msgid ""
 " If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to "
 "redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*."
 msgstr ""
+"Maak een CNAME record *www.uwdomein.com* wijzend naar *mywebsite.odoo.com*. "
+"Als u een domeinnaam zonder www-voorvoegsel wil inschakelen  (bijvoorbeeld "
+"uwdomein.com), moet u *uwdomein.com* doorverwijzen naar *www.uwdomein.com*."
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78
 msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:"
diff --git a/locale/sources/accounting.pot b/locale/sources/accounting.pot
index 6ffa85b2db..e7dee4dd52 100644
--- a/locale/sources/accounting.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/accounting.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
 #: ../../accounting.rst:5
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312
 msgid "Accounting"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ msgid "Bank & Cash"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Bank Feeds"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -466,7 +467,7 @@ msgid "Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562
 msgid "FAQ"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -977,6 +978,16 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank accounts from another company."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid "Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
 msgid "ABA/Routing"
 msgstr ""
@@ -985,10 +996,44 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid "Account Holder Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid "Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account Holder"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49
 msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31
+msgid "Todo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51
+msgid "add inherited field tooltip"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:53
+msgid "**Display on reports :** Display this bank account on the documents that will be printed or send to the customers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:56
+msgid "**Bank Identifier Code** = BIC : SWIFT Address assigned to a bank in order to send automated payments quickly and accurately to the banks concerned"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60
 msgid "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance of the previous one within the same journal automatically."
 msgstr ""
@@ -1038,7 +1083,7 @@ msgid "Configure currencies"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36
-msgid "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. (to activate a currency, check his active field)"
+msgid "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42
@@ -1110,7 +1155,7 @@ msgid "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same custo
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109
-msgid "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically be converted in this currency."
+msgid "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically be converted to this currency."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115
@@ -1141,11 +1186,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
-msgid "Type"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals."
 msgstr ""
@@ -1251,7 +1291,27 @@ msgid "The currency used to enter statement"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Debit Methods"
+msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Creation of Bank Statements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Defines when a new bank statement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "from your bank account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "For Incoming Payments"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
@@ -1269,7 +1329,7 @@ msgid "Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a bat
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Payment Methods"
+msgid "For Outgoing Payments"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
@@ -1284,14 +1344,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit to your bank. Enable this option from the settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Group Invoice Lines"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines when generating them from invoices."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Profit Account"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1309,61 +1361,61 @@ msgid "Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differ
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Show journal on dashboard"
+msgid "Group Invoice Lines"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not"
+msgid "If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines when generating them from invoices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected"
+msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment method."
+msgid "Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when performing bank reconciliation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Check Sequence"
+msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Checks numbering sequence."
+msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
-msgid "Manual Numbering"
+msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
-msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered."
+msgid "Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment method."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Next Check Number"
+msgid "Check Sequence"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check."
+msgid "Checks numbering sequence."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Creation of bank statement"
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Manual Numbering"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "This field is used for the online synchronization:"
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "depending on the option selected, newly fetched transactions"
+msgid "Next Check Number"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "will be put inside previous statement or in a new one"
+msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
@@ -1767,516 +1819,581 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and 3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:66
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68
 msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70
 msgid "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal position on your company’s contact."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:75
-msgid "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the vat to **ACO560518KW7**."
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77
+msgid "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the vat to **TCM970625MB1**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:83
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85
 msgid "4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87
 msgid "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see the option)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:92
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94
 msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:95
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97
 msgid "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade sending a ticket to support in https://www.odoo.com/help."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:100
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102
 msgid "Enable debug mode:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107
 msgid "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this name does not exist)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113
 msgid "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the 3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is the default behavior."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:120
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122
 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642
 msgid "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" field set to \"Tasa\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132
 msgid "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should set 601, it will look like the image."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139
 msgid "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field \"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it faster."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146
 msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148
 msgid "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* and then enter your PAC username and PAC password."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154
 msgid "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables `Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:156
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158
 msgid "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the \"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production environment with real transactions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:166
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168
 msgid "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a PAC username or password."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:173
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175
 msgid "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:176
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178
 msgid "`Certificate`_"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:177
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179
 msgid "`Certificate Key`_"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180
 msgid "**Password :** 12345678a"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183
+msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185
+msgid "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the \"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192
+msgid "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create a new tax you should choose a tag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196
 msgid "Usage and testing"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199
 msgid "Invoicing"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201
 msgid "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following the normal Odoo's behaviour."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204
 msgid "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211
 msgid "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your invoice by email."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:203
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218
 msgid "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should looks like."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225
 msgid "Cancelling invoices"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227
 msgid "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:214
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229
 msgid "If the invoice is not paid."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:216
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231
 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:224
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239
 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244
 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249
 msgid "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252
 msgid "**Legal considerations**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254
 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255
 msgid "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a good control of the cancellation reasons."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:243
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258
 msgid "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:248
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263
 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250
-msgid "To generate the payment complement you just must to follow the normal payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are important."
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265
+msgid "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are important."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:253
-msgid "All payment done in the same day of the invoice will be considered as It will not be signed, because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"."
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268
+msgid "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:256
-msgid "To test a regular signed payment just create an invoice for the day before today and then pay it today."
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272
+msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274
+msgid "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will generate a ``PPD`` invoice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279
+msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281
+msgid "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284
+msgid "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287
+msgid "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292
+msgid "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296
+msgid "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300
+msgid "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term ``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302
 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303
 msgid "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el caso de anticipos recibidos**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:264
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308
 msgid "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer Payment without a proper invoice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313
 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315
 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316
 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:273
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317
 msgid "DIOT report."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:275
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319
 msgid "1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a report only available on the context of the accounting."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322
 msgid "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting app."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328
 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331
 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:289
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333
 msgid "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on the button **Export for SAT (XML)**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340
 msgid "**How to add new accounts?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342
 msgid "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:301
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345
 msgid "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on xml."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355
 msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357
 msgid "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361
 msgid "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it (this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need is not created you can create one on the fly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367
 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369
 msgid "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be exported to XML using the button in the top  **Export for SAT (XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:334
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378
 msgid "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any regular Odoo Report."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382
 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384
 msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386
 msgid "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389
 msgid "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties (DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, with our providers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:350
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394
 msgid "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary to. submit the DIOT:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398
 msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:356
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400
 msgid "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can find in the SAT website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:360
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404
 msgid "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent to said data."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409
 msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411
 msgid "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415
 msgid "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this after having made up to 500 records."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:374
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418
 msgid "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424
 msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426
 msgid "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and according to the SAT site is:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430
 msgid "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:393
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437
 msgid "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with Third Parties."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442
 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444
 msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446
 msgid "Go to  :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions with third partied (DIOT)`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451
 msgid "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before month you are or left the current month if it suits to you."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457
 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462
 msgid "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow the necessary steps to declare it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:422
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466
 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468
 msgid "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your suppliers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:432
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476
 msgid "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are properly configured already."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:435
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479
 msgid "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment following standard odoo procedure."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:438
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482
 msgid "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report itself."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:441
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485
 msgid "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually paid."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487
 msgid "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all your partners are correctly set."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:454
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498
 msgid "Extra Recommended features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501
 msgid "Contact Module (Free)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:459
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503
 msgid "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to install."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:464
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508
 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510
 msgid "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with **Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such information daily in the system manually."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:473
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517
 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523
 msgid "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI 3.3)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525
 msgid "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with debug mode enabled)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:486
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530
 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531
 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532
 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:489
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533
 msgid "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> Companies`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534
 msgid "Open any company you have."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:491
-msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Dowload XSD file to CFDI\"."
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558
+msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540
 msgid "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a generic one with no explanation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545
+msgid "If you see an error like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547
+msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549
+msgid "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553
+msgid "This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above but:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557
+msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564
 msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:505
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566
 msgid ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the allowed minimum length of '1'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:507
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568
 msgid ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571
 msgid "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference properly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:538
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:561
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633
 msgid "**Error message**:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:515
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576
 msgid ":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is required but missing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578
 msgid ":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is required but missing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:520
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581
 msgid "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the considerations about fiscal positions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:527
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588
 msgid "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should set 601, it will look like the image."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596
 msgid "For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601
 msgid ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:543
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604
 msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611
 msgid ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 :2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. :5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but missing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555
-msgid "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all the required fields for your address following the step `3. Set you legal information in the company`."
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616
+msgid "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-info`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:563
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624
 msgid ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627
 msgid "**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for Mexico, fix it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635
 msgid ":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is required but missing.\", '')"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639
 msgid "**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and used on the invoice."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2756,7 +2873,7 @@ msgid "You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the las
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
-msgid "Category"
+msgid "Asset Category"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
@@ -2771,6 +2888,30 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Date of asset"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Depreciation Dates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on the periodicity of the depreciations)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the purchase date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "First Depreciation Date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting date"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Gross Value"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2824,7 +2965,7 @@ msgid "Prorata Temporis"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
-msgid "Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done from the purchase date instead of the first January / Start date of fiscal year"
+msgid "Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start date of fiscal year"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
@@ -2864,7 +3005,7 @@ msgid "if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automaticall
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111
-msgid "How to deprecate an asset?"
+msgid "How to depreciate an asset?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113
@@ -2903,6 +3044,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset. Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that should be registered through a customer invoice."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146
+msgid "→ This has to be changed in Odoo: selling an asset should:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:148
+msgid "remove all \"Red\" lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:149
+msgid "create a new line that deprecate the whole residual value"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage a financial budget?"
 msgstr ""
@@ -3315,6 +3468,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in Progress)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79
+msgid "Add a link, and the document is under Sales --> Invoicing Methods --> Services --> How to invoices blabla"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82
 msgid "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture below)."
 msgstr ""
@@ -4673,106 +4830,106 @@ msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8
-msgid "Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country) to suit your needs is now easier than ever."
+msgid "Odoo 11 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than ever."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14
 msgid "Activate the developer mode"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16
 msgid "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the **developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the user profile in the top right menu, then **About**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23
 msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29
 msgid "Create your financial report"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31
 msgid "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36
-msgid "Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be configured:"
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37
+msgid "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be configured:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40
 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42
 msgid "**Analysis Period** :"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43
-msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)"
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44
+msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45
-msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)"
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46
+msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47
-msgid "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg. Aged Partner Balances)"
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48
+msgid "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (e.g. Aged Partner Balances)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50
-msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)"
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51
+msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55
 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57
 msgid "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a **sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64
 msgid "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – separated by ;)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68
 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70
 msgid "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a date range)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73
 msgid "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77
 msgid "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines by one of their columns."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84
 msgid "Other useful fields :"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86
 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88
 msgid "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91
 msgid "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the same dates as the rest of the report."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94
 msgid "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable (``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99
 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -5058,11 +5215,11 @@ msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91
-msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded"
+msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93
-msgid "but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or eCommerce website"
+msgid "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce website"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97
@@ -5070,7 +5227,7 @@ msgid "Setting your products"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99
-msgid "Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application."
+msgid "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107
@@ -5114,7 +5271,7 @@ msgid "Avoid changing every sale order"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158
-msgid "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale of this customer."
+msgid "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale of this customer."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163
@@ -5694,7 +5851,7 @@ msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25
-msgid "Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)."
+msgid "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30
@@ -5702,7 +5859,7 @@ msgid "Multi-companies"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32
-msgid "Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation reports following your consolidation rules."
+msgid "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation reports following your consolidation rules."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36
@@ -5726,7 +5883,7 @@ msgid "International Standards"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54
-msgid "Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting implement accounting standards that is common to all countries and specific modules exists per country for the specificities of the country like the chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces."
+msgid "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60
@@ -5734,7 +5891,7 @@ msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62
-msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where cost of good sold are reported when products are sold/delivered."
+msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good sold are reported when products are sold/delivered."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66
@@ -5806,7 +5963,7 @@ msgid "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119
-msgid "Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority"
+msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121
@@ -5830,7 +5987,7 @@ msgid "Easy retained earnings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139
-msgid "Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-end journal or rollover is required.  This is calculated by reporting the profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically."
+msgid "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-end journal or rollover is required.  This is calculated by reporting the profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3
@@ -5886,7 +6043,7 @@ msgid "Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on t
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41
-msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users."
+msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5
@@ -6859,6 +7016,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order. (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you invoice all your orders in batch)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171
+msgid "tip If you want to learn more; check the documentation page :doc: ../../../sale/invoicing/service/expense `*How to re-invoice expenses to your customers* <https://docs.google.com/document/d/1_6VclRWfESHfvNPZI32q5ANFi2C7cCTwkLXpbGTz6B8/edit?usp=sharing>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176
 msgid "Reimburse the employee"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7077,13 +7238,21 @@ msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
-msgid "Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To enable batch deposit,module account_batch_deposit must be installed."
+msgid "Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be installed"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Show Partner Bank Account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Code"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7397,6 +7566,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ":doc:`check`"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134
+msgid "How to define a new bank?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135
+msgid "How to reconcile bank statements?"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3
 msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8135,6 +8312,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44
+msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on sales orders.*"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47
 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8147,6 +8328,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59
+msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on delivery orders.*"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62
 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8191,6 +8376,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices. This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they use a regular sales order."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94
+msgid "Read more: -  *How to invoice based on time and material?* -  *How to manage contracts and invoicing plans?*"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99
 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8199,6 +8388,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on the contract."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105
+msgid "Read more: *Subscription based invoicing.*"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111
 msgid "Creating an invoice manually"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8263,6 +8456,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within 3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly 100%)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31
+msgid "screenshot payment term forms, after QDP have commited the change planned on this object"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35
 msgid "Using Payment Terms"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/sources/applications.pot b/locale/sources/applications.pot
index 42b33aed28..8c2f5018e5 100644
--- a/locale/sources/applications.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/applications.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
diff --git a/locale/sources/business.pot b/locale/sources/business.pot
index 50112919c8..384de58767 100644
--- a/locale/sources/business.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/business.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
diff --git a/locale/sources/crm.pot b/locale/sources/crm.pot
index 479f7ae2f3..db3ba3bc41 100644
--- a/locale/sources/crm.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/crm.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-21 09:44+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -20,1799 +20,848 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "CRM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar.rst:3
-msgid "Calendar"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3
+msgid "Acquire leads"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
-msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3
+msgid "Convert leads into opportunities"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
-msgid "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both directions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
-msgid "Setup in Google"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
-msgid "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
-msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
-msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
-msgid "Enable the API."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
-msgid "Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
-msgid "Create credentials."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
-msgid "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind of data."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
-msgid "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by '/google_account/authentication'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
-msgid "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for the first time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
-msgid "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
-msgid "Setup in Odoo"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
-msgid "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
-msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
-msgid "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
-msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads.rst:3
-msgid "Leads"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate.rst:3
-msgid "Generate leads"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:3
-msgid "How to generate leads from incoming emails?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:5
-msgid "There are several ways for your company to :doc:`generate leads with Odoo CRM <manual>`. One of them is using your company's generic email address as a trigger to create a new lead in the system. In Odoo, each one of your sales teams is linked to its own email address from which prospects can reach them. For example, if the personal email address of your Direct team is **direct@mycompany.example.com**, every email sent will automatically create a new opportunity into the sales team."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5
+msgid "The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:14
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:30
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:19
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:13
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12
 msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:16
-msgid "The first thing you need to do is to configure your **outgoing email servers** and **incoming email gateway** from the :menuselection:`Settings module --> General Settings`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19
-msgid "Then set up your alias domain from the field shown here below and click on **Apply**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:26
-msgid "Set up team alias"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:28
-msgid "Go on the Sales module and click on **Dashboard**. You will see that the activation of your domain alias has generated a default email alias for your existing sales teams."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:35
-msgid "You can easily personalize your sales teams aliases. Click on the More button from the sales team of your choice, then on **Settings** to access the sales team form. Into the **Email Alias** field, enter your email alias and click on **Save**. Make sure to allow receiving emails from everyone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:41
-msgid "From there, each email sent to this email address will generate a new lead into the related sales team."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:48
-msgid "Set up catch-all email domain"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:50
-msgid "Additionally to your sales team aliases, you can also create a generic email alias (e.g. *contact@* or *info@* ) that will also generate a new contact in Odoo CRM. Still from the Sales module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and set up your catch-all email domain."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57
-msgid "You can choose whether the contacts generated from your catch-all email become leads or opportunities using the radio buttons that you see on the screenshot here below. Note that, by default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:67
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:89
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:194
-msgid ":doc:`manual`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:67
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195
-msgid ":doc:`import`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71
-msgid ":doc:`website`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3
-msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:5
-msgid "In Odoo CRM, you can import a database of potential customers, for instance for a cold emailing or cold calling campaign, through a CSV file. You may be wondering if the best option is to import your contacts as leads or opportunities. It depends on your business specificities and workflow:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:11
-msgid "Some companies may decide to not use leads, but instead to keep all information directly in an opportunity. For some companies, leads are merely an extra step in the sales process. You could call this extended (start from lead) versus simplified (start from opportunity) customer relationship management."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:17
-msgid "Odoo perfectly allows for either one of these approaches to be chosen. If your company handles its sales from a pre qualification step, feel free to activate first the lead stage as described below in order to import your database as leads"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:23
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:9
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:38
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:62
-msgid "Activate the lead stage"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:25
-msgid "By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. If you want to import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33
-msgid "This activation will create a new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here <manual>`)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41
-msgid "Import your CSV file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:43
-msgid "On the new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`, click on **Import** and select your Excel file to import from the **Choose File** button. Make sure its extension is **.csv** and don't forget to set up the correct File format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local settings and display your columns properly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:50
-msgid "If your prospects database is provided in another format than CSV, you can easily convert it to the CSV format using Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice / LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, etc."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:58
-msgid "Select rows to import"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:60
-msgid "Odoo will automatically map the column headers from your CSV file to the corresponding fields if you tick *The first row of the file contains the label of the column* option. This makes imports easier especially when the file has many columns. Of course, you can remap the column headers to describe the property you are importing data into (First Name, Last Name, Email, etc.)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:72
-msgid "If you want to import your contacts as opportunities rather than leads, make sure to add the *Type* column to your csv. This column is used to indicate whether your import will be flagged as a Lead (type = Lead) or as an opportunity (type = Opportunity)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:77
-msgid "Click the **Validate** button if you want to let Odoo verify that everything seems okay before importing. Otherwise, you can directly click the Import button: the same validations will be done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:83
-msgid "For additional technical information on how to import contacts into Odoo CRM, read the **Frequently Asked Questions** section located below the Import tool on the same window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196
-msgid ":doc:`emails`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:3
-msgid "How to create a contact into Odoo CRM?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:5
-msgid "Odoo CRM allows you to manually add contacts into your pipeline. It can be either a lead or an opportunity."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:11
-msgid "By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the option \"\"use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18
-msgid "This activation will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that gives you access to a list of all your leads from which you will be able to create a new contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:26
-msgid "Create a new lead"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:28
-msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33
-msgid "From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in the **Internal notes** field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39
-msgid "your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the screen."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15
+msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:43
-msgid "Create a new opportunity"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21
+msgid "You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Pipeline* where they will aggregate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45
-msgid "You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **Pipeline** button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first <../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Then, click on **Create** and fill in the contact details as shown here above. By default, the newly created opportunity will appear on the first stage of your sales pipeline."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28
+msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:53
-msgid "Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and you want to send him a quotation right away, you can add his contact details on the fly directly into the **Proposition** stage. From the Kanban view of your sales team, just click on the **+** icon at the right of your stage to create the contact. The new opportunity will then pop up into the corresponding stage and you can then fill in the contact details by clicking on it."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30
+msgid "When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same channel/person and if you need to create a new customer."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:3
-msgid "How to generate leads from my website?"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37
+msgid "If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that customer already exists."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:5
-msgid "Your website should be your company's first lead generation tool. With your website being the central hub of your online marketing campaigns, you will naturally drive qualified traffic to feed your pipeline. When a prospect lands on your website, your objective is to capture his information in order to be able to stay in touch with him and to push him further down the sales funnel."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3
+msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:12
-msgid "This is how a typical online lead generation process work :"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5
+msgid "Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:14
-msgid "Your website visitor clicks on a call-to action (CTA) from one of your marketing materials (e.g. an email newsletter, a social media message or a blog post)"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11
+msgid "Configure email aliases"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:18
-msgid "The CTA leads your visitor to a landing page including a form used to collect his personal information (e.g. his name, his email address, his phone number)"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13
+msgid "Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:22
-msgid "The visitor submits the form and automatically generates a lead into Odoo CRM"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3
+msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:27
-msgid "Your calls-to-action, landing pages and forms are the key pieces of the lead generation process. With Odoo Website, you can easily create and optimize those critical elements without having to code or to use third-party applications. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/website-builder>`__."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5
+msgid "Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a lead/opportunity in the pipeline."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:32
-msgid "In Odoo, the Website and CRM modules are fully integrated, meaning that you can easily generate leads from various ways through your website. However, even if you are hosting your website on another CMS, it is still possible to fill Odoo CRM with leads generated from your website."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10
+msgid "Use the contact us on your website"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:40
-msgid "By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. Therefore, new leads automatically become opportunities. You can easily activate the option of adding the lead step. If you want to import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, from the Sales module go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12
+msgid "You should first go to your website app."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50
-msgid "Note that even without activating this step, the information that follows is still applicable - the lead generated will land in the opportunities dashboard."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14
+msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:55
-msgid "From an Odoo Website"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16
+msgid "With the CRM app installed, you benefit from ready-to-use contact form on your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:57
-msgid "Let's assume that you want to get as much information as possible about your website visitors. But how could you make sure that every person who wants to know more about your company's products and services is actually leaving his information somewhere? Thanks to Odoo's integration between its CRM and Website modules, you can easily automate your lead acquisition process thanks to the **contact form** and the **form builder** modules"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23
+msgid "To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:67
-msgid "another great way to generate leads from your Odoo Website is by collecting your visitors email addresses thanks to the Newsletter or Newsletter Popup CTAs. These snippets will create new contacts in your Email Marketing's mailing list. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50
+msgid "Create a custom contact form"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:75
-msgid "Start by installing the Website builder module. From the main dashboard, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Website**\" in the search bar and click on **Install**. You will be automatically redirected to the web interface."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34
+msgid "You may want to know more from your visitor when they use they want to contact you. You will then need to build a custom contact form on your website. Those contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc...)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:84
-msgid "A tutorial popup will appear on your screen if this is the first time you use Odoo Website. It will help you get started with the tool and you'll be able to use it in minutes. Therefore, we strongly recommend you to use it."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43
+msgid "You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module. Only available in Odoo Enterprise."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:89
-msgid "Create a lead by using the Contact Form module"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52
+msgid "From any page you want your contact form to be in, in edit mode, drag the form builder in the page and you will be able to add all the fields you wish."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:91
-msgid "You can effortlessly generate leads via a contact form on your **Contact us** page. To do so, you first need to install the Contact Form module. It will add a contact form in your **Contact us** page and automatically generate a lead from forms submissions."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59
+msgid "By default any new contact form will send an email, you can switch to lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:96
-msgid "To install it, go back to the backend using the square icon on the upper-left corner of your screen. Then, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Contact Form**\" in the search bar (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag otherwise you will not see the module appearing) and click on **Install**."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63
+msgid "If the same visitors uses the contact form twice, the second information will be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:104
-msgid "Once the module is installed, the below contact form will be integrated to your \"Contact us\" page. This form is linked to Odoo CRM, meaning that all data entered through the form will be captured by the CRM and will create a new lead."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67
+msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:112
-msgid "Every lead created through the contact form is accessible in the Sales module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`. The name of the lead corresponds to the \"Subject\" field on the contact form and all the other information is stored in the corresponding fields within the CRM. As a salesperson, you can add additional information, convert the lead into an opportunity or even directly mark it as Won or Lost."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69
+msgid "When using a contact form, it is advised to use a qualification step before assigning to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:123
-msgid "Create a lead using the Form builder module"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3
+msgid "Send quotations"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:125
-msgid "You can create fully-editable custom forms on any landing page on your website with the Form Builder snippet. As for the Contact Form module, the Form Builder will automatically generate a lead after the visitor has completed the form and clicked on the button **Send**."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5
+msgid "When you qualified one of your lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to them send a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:130
-msgid "From the backend, go to Settings and install the \"**Website Form Builder**\" module (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag otherwise you will not see the modules appearing). Then, back on the website, go to your desired landing page and click on Edit to access the available snippets. The Form Builder snippet lays under the **Feature** section."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:13
+msgid "Create a new quotation"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:140
-msgid "As soon as you have dropped the snippet where you want the form to appear on your page, a **Form Parameters** window will pop up. From the **Action** drop-down list, select **Create a lead** to automatically create a lead in Odoo CRM. On the **Thank You** field, select the URL of the page you want to redirect your visitor after the form being submitted (if you don't add any URL, the message \"The form has been sent successfully\" will confirm the submission)."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:15
+msgid "By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:151
-msgid "You can then start creating your custom form. To add new fields, click on **Select container block** and then on the blue **Customize** button. 3 options will appear:"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:22
+msgid "You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the *Quotations* menu on that page."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:158
-msgid "**Change Form Parameters**: allows you to go back to the Form Parameters and change the configuration"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:29
+msgid "Mark them won/lost"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:161
-msgid "**Add a model field**: allows you to add a field already existing in Odoo CRM from a drop-down list. For example, if you select the Field *Country*, the value entered by the lead will appear under the *Country* field in the CRM - even if you change the name of the field on the form."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:31
+msgid "Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the process along."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:167
-msgid "**Add a custom field**: allows you to add extra fields that don't exist by default in Odoo CRM. The values entered will be added under \"Notes\" within the CRM. You can create any field type : checkbox, radio button, text, decimal number, etc."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:34
+msgid "If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:172
-msgid "Any submitted form will create a lead in the backend."
+#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3
+msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:175
-msgid "From another CMS"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
+msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:177
-msgid "If you use Odoo CRM but not Odoo Website, you can still automate your online lead generation process using email gateways by editing the \"Submit\" button of any form and replacing the hyperlink by a mailto corresponding to your email alias (learn how to create your sales alias :doc:`here <emails>`)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:183
-msgid "For example if the alias of your company is **salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, add ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` into the regular hyperlink code (CTRL+K) to generate a lead into the related sales team in Odoo CRM."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage.rst:3
-msgid "Manage leads"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:3
-msgid "Automate lead assignation to specific sales teams or salespeople"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:5
-msgid "Depending on your business workflow and needs, you may need to dispatch your incoming leads to different sales team or even to specific salespeople. Here are a few example:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:9
-msgid "Your company has several offices based on different geographical regions. You will want to assign leads based on the region;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:12
-msgid "One of your sales teams is dedicated to treat opportunities from large companies while another one is specialized for SMEs. You will want to assign leads based on the company size;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:16
-msgid "One of your sales representatives is the only one to speak foreign languages while the rest of the team speaks English only. Therefore you will want to assign to that person all the leads from non-native English-speaking countries."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:21
-msgid "As you can imagine, manually assigning new leads to specific individuals can be tedious and time consuming - especially if your company generates a high volume of leads every day. Fortunately, Odoo CRM allows you to automate the process of lead assignation based on specific criteria such as location, interests, company size, etc. With specific workflows and precise rules, you will be able to distribute all your opportunities automatically to the right sales teams and/or salesman."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:32
-msgid "If you have just started with Odoo CRM and haven't set up your sales team nor registered your salespeople, :doc:`read this documentation first <../../overview/started/setup>`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:36
-msgid "You have to install the module **Lead Scoring**. Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it if it's not the case already."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:40
-msgid "Define rules for a sales team"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:42
-msgid "From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**. If you don't have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first <../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:50
-msgid "On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain rule (for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module tutorial <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ or `Syntax reference guide <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-domains>`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56
-msgid "For example, if you want your *Direct Sales* team to only receive leads coming from United States and Canada, your domain will be as following :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:59
-msgid "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:66
-msgid "you can also base your automatic assignment on the score attributed to your leads. For example, we can imagine that you want all the leads with a score under 100 to be assigned to a sales team trained for lighter projects and the leads over 100 to a more experienced sales team. Read more on :doc:`how to score leads here <lead_scoring>`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:72
-msgid "Define rules for a salesperson"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:74
-msgid "You can go one step further in your assignment rules and decide to assign leads within a sales team to a specific salesperson. For example, if I want Toni Buchanan from the *Direct Sales* team to receive only leads coming from Canada, I can create a rule that will automatically assign him leads from that country."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:80
-msgid "Still from the sales team menu (see here above), click on the salesperson of your choice under the assignment submenu. Then, enter your rule in the *Domain* field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:89
-msgid "In Odoo, a lead is always assigned to a sales team before to be assigned to a salesperson. Therefore, you need to make sure that the assignment rule of your salesperson is a child of the assignment rule of the sales team."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:95
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:67
-msgid ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:3
-msgid "How to do efficient Lead Scoring?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:5
-msgid "Odoo's Lead Scoring module allows you to give a score to your leads based on specific criteria - the higher the value, the more likely the prospect is \"ready for sales\". Therefore, the best leads are automatically assigned to your salespeople so their pipe are not polluted with poor-quality opportunities."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:12
-msgid "Lead scoring is a critical component of an effective lead management strategy. By helping your sales representative determine which leads to engage with in order of priority, you will increase their overall conversion rate and your sales team's efficiency."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:22
-msgid "Install the Lead Scoring module"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:24
-msgid "Start by installing the **Lead Scoring** module."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:26
-msgid "Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33
-msgid "Create scoring rules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:35
-msgid "Leads scoring allows you to assign a positive or negative score to your prospects based on any demographic or behavioral criteria that you have set (country or origin, pages visited, type of industry, role, etc.). To do so you'll first need to create rules that will assign a score to a given criteria."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:43
-msgid "In order to assign the right score to your various rules, you can use these two methods:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:45
-msgid "Establish a list of assets that your ideal customer might possess to interest your company. For example, if you run a local business in California, a prospect coming from San Francisco should have a higher score than a prospect coming from New York."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:49
-msgid "Dig into your data to uncover characteristics shared by your closed opportunities and most important clients."
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
+msgid "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both directions)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:52
-msgid "Please note that this is not an exact science, so you'll need time and feedback from your sales teams to adapt and fine tune your rules until getting the desired result."
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
+msgid "Setup in Google"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:56
-msgid "In the **Scoring Rules** menu, click on **Create** to write your first rule."
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
+msgid "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:61
-msgid "First name your rule, then enter a value and a domain (refer on the `official python documentation <https://docs.python.org/2/tutorial/>`__ for more information). For example, if you want to assign 8 points to all the leads coming from **Belgium**, you'll need to give ``8`` as a **value** and ``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` as a domain."
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
+msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:68
-msgid "Here are some criteria you can use to build a scoring rule :"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
+msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:70
-msgid "country of origin : ``'country_id'``"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
+msgid "Enable the API."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:72
-msgid "stage in the sales cycle : ``'stage_id'``"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
+msgid "Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:74
-msgid "email address (e.g. if you want to score the professional email addresses) : ``'email_from'``"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
+msgid "Create credentials."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:76
-msgid "page visited : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
+msgid "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind of data."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:78
-msgid "name of a marketing campaign : ``'campaign_id'``"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
+msgid "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by '/google_account/authentication'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:80
-msgid "After having activated your rules, Odoo will give a value to all your new incoming leads. This value can be found directly on your lead's form view."
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
+msgid "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for the first time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:88
-msgid "Assign high scoring leads to your sales teams"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
+msgid "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:90
-msgid "The next step is now to automatically convert your best leads into opportunities. In order to do so, you need to decide what is the minimum score a lead should have to be handed over to a given sales team. Go to your **sales dashboard** and click on the **More** button of your desired sales team, then on **Settings**. Enter your value under the **Minimum score** field."
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
+msgid "Setup in Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100
-msgid "From the example above, the **Direct Sales** team will only receive opportunities with a minimum score of ``50``. The prospects with a lower score can either stay in the lead stage or be assigned to another sales team which has set up a different minimum score."
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
+msgid "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:106
-msgid "Organize a meeting between your **Marketing** and **Sales** teams in order to align your objectives and agree on what minimum score makes a sales-ready lead."
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:110
-msgid ":doc:`automatic_assignation`"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
+msgid "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip.rst:3
-msgid "Odoo VOIP"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
+msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:3
-msgid "OnSIP Configuration"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3
+msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:6
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6
 msgid "Introduction"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:8
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8
 msgid "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:10
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10
 msgid "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the configuration procedure below."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:15
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15
 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:20
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20
 msgid "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk (VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:22
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22
 msgid "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and you will see it in the top right corner of the screen."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:23
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23
 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:24
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24
 msgid "**Mode** should be Production"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:29
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29
 msgid "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:31
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31
 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:32
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32
 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:33
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33
 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:34
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34
 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:36
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36
 msgid "You can find all this information by logging in at https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure and refer to the fields as pictured below."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41
 msgid "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in Odoo and in OnSIP)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:45
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45
 msgid "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to refresh your Odoo window and try again."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:52
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52
 msgid "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the international prefix for the United States)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:57
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57
 msgid "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:63
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63
 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:65
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65
 msgid "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:67
-msgid "On Android, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Zoiper <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.zoiper.android.app>`_. You will have to configure it as follows:"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67
+msgid "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_. When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will then have to configure it as follows:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:69
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69
 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:70
-msgid "**Host**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70
+msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:71
-msgid "**Username**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71
+msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:72
-msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72
+msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:73
-msgid "**Authentication user**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73
+msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:74
-msgid "**Outbound proxy**: sip.onsip.com"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75
+msgid "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:78
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79
 msgid "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:3
-msgid "Installation and Setup"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:6
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6
 msgid "Installing Asterisk server"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:9
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9
 msgid "Dependencies"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:11
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11
 msgid "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13
 msgid "wget"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:14
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14
 msgid "gcc"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:15
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15
 msgid "g++"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16
 msgid "ncurses-devel"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:17
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17
 msgid "libxml2-devel"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:18
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18
 msgid "sqlite-devel"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:19
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19
 msgid "libsrtp-devel"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:20
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20
 msgid "libuuid-devel"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:21
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21
 msgid "openssl-devel"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:22
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22
 msgid "pkg-config"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:24
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24
 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:35
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35
 msgid "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here <http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is extracted:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:37
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37
 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:43
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43
 msgid "**run:**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:49
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49
 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:57
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57
 msgid "**Update shared library links:**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:63
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63
 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:69
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69
 msgid "**The result should be:**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:86
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86
 msgid "Asterisk"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:88
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88
 msgid "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly `there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:90
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90
 msgid "Extract Asterisk:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:96
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96
 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:102
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102
 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:108
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108
 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:114
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114
 msgid "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:116
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116
 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:122
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122
 msgid "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can run 'make config'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:125
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125
 msgid "DTLS Certificates"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:127
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127
 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:133
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133
 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:139
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139
 msgid "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:146
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146
 msgid "Configure Asterisk server"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:148
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148
 msgid "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are uncommented:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:158
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158
 msgid "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:186
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186
 msgid "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the lines:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:193
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193
 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:202
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202
 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:204
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204
 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:206
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206
 msgid "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:212
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212
 msgid "The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title \"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part \"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the \"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Overview"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
-msgid "Main Concepts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3
-msgid "Introduction to Odoo CRM"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11
-msgid "Transcript"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13
-msgid "Hi, my name is Nicholas, I'm a business manager in the textile industry. I sell accessories to retailers. Do you know the difference between a good salesperson and an excellent salesperson? The key is to be productive and organized to do the job. That's where Odoo comes in. Thanks to a well structured organization you'll change a good team into an exceptional team."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:21
-msgid "With Odoo CRM, the job is much easier for me and my entire team. When I log in into Odoo CRM, I have a direct overview of my ongoing performance. But also the activity of the next 7 days and the performance of the last month. I see that I overachieved last month when compared to my invoicing target of $200,000. I have a structured approach of my performance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:28
-msgid "If I want to have a deeper look into the details, I click on next actions and I can see that today I have planned a call with Think Big Systems. Once I have done my daily review, I usually go to my pipeline. The process is the same for everyone in the team. Our job is to find resellers and before closing any deal we have to go through different stages. We usually have a first contact to qualify the opportunity, then move into offer & negotiation stage, and closing by a 'won'..Well, that's if all goes well."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:38
-msgid "The user interface is really smooth, I can drag and drop any business opportunity from one stage to another in just a few clicks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42
-msgid "Now I'd like to go further with an interesting contact: a department store. I highlighted their file by changing the color. For each contact, I have a form view where I can access to all necessary information about the contact. I see here my opportunity Macy's has an estimated revenue of $50,000 and a success rate of 10%. I need to discuss about this partnership, so I will schedule a meeting straight from the contact form: Macy's partnership meeting. It's super easy to create a new meeting with any contact. I can as well send an email straight from the opportunity form and the answer from the prospect will simply pop up in the system too. Now, let's assume that the meeting took place, therefore I can mark it as done. And the system automatically suggests a next activity. Actually, we configured Odoo with a set of typical activities we follow for every opportunity, and it's great to have a thorough followup. The next activity will be a follow-up email. Browsing from one screen to the other is really simple and adapting to the view too! I can see my opportunitities as a to-do list of next activities for example."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62
-msgid "With Odoo CRM I have a sales management tool that is really efficient and me and my team can be well organized. I have a clear overview of my sales pipeline, meetings, revenues, and more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:67
-msgid "I go back to my pipeline. Macy's got qualified successfully, which mean I can move their file to the next step and I will dapt the expected revenue as discussed. Once I have performed the qualification process, I will create a new quotation based on the feedback I received from my contact. For my existing customers, I can as well quickly discover the activity around them for any Odoo module I use, and continue to discuss about them. It's that simple."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76
-msgid "We have seen how I can manage my daily job as business manager or salesperson. At the end of the journey I would like to have a concrete view of my customer relationships and expected revenues. If I go into the reports in Odoo CRM, I have the possibility to know exactly what's the evolution of the leads over the past months, or have a look at the potential revenues and the performance of the different teams in terms of conversions from leads to opportunities for instance. So with Odoo I can have a clear reporting of every activity based on predefined metrics or favorites. I can search for other filters too and adapt the view. If I want to go in the details, I choose the list view and can click on any item"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:90
-msgid "Odoo CRM is not only a powerful tool to achieve our sales goals with structured activities, performance dashboard, next acitivities and more, but also allows me to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:94
-msgid "Use leads to get in the system unqualified but targeted contacts I may have gathered in a conference or through a contact form on my website. Those leads can then be converted into opportunities."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:99
-msgid "Manage phone calls from Odoo CRM by using the VoIP app. Call customers, manage a call queue, log calls, schedule calls and next actions to perform."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:103
-msgid "Integrate with Odoo Sales to create beautiful online or PDF quotations and turn them into sales orders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:106
-msgid "Use email marketing for marketing campaigns to my customers and prospects."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:109
-msgid "Manage my business seamlessly, even on the go. Indeed, Odoo offers a mobile app that lets every business organize key sales activities from leads to quotes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:113
-msgid "Odoo CRM is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. I firstly used the sales planner to clearly state my objectives and set up our CRM. It will help you getting started quickly too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3
-msgid "Odoo CRM Terminologies"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:10
-msgid "**CRM (Customer relationship management)**:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6
-msgid "System for managing a company's interactions with current and future customers. It often involves using technology to organize, automate, and synchronize sales, marketing, customer service, and technical support."
+#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3
+msgid "Analyze performance"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14
-msgid "**Sales cycle** :"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3
+msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13
-msgid "Sequence of phases used by a company to convert a prospect into a customer."
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5
+msgid "As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is important to see your expected turnover in your various reports."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:20
-msgid "**Pipeline :**"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11
+msgid "Configure your kanban stages"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17
-msgid "Visual representation of your sales process, from the first contact to the final sale. It refers to the process by which you generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle."
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13
+msgid "By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and more accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:24
-msgid "**Sales stage** :"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25
+msgid "Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but you can modify them manually of course."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:23
-msgid "In Odoo CRM, a stage defines where an opportunity is in your sales cycle and its probability to close a sale."
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29
+msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29
-msgid "**Lead :**"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31
+msgid "When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:27
-msgid "Someone who becomes aware of your company or someone who you decide to pursue for a sale, even if they don't know about your company yet."
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40
+msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34
-msgid "**Opportunity :**"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42
+msgid "In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be closing, letting you prioritize."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:32
-msgid "A lead that has shown an interest in knowing more about your products/services and therefore has been handed over to a sales representative"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48
+msgid "As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39
-msgid "**Customer :**"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53
+msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:37
-msgid "In Odoo CRM, a customer refers to any contact within your database, whether it is a lead, an opportunity, a client or a company."
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55
+msgid "While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:45
-msgid "**Key Performance Indicator (KPI)** :"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62
+msgid "As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:42
-msgid "A KPI is a measurable value that demonstrates how effectively a company is achieving key business objectives. Organizations use KPIs to evaluate their success at reaching targets."
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3
+msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51
-msgid "**Lead scoring** :"
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5
+msgid "To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the Win/Loss ratio."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:48
-msgid "System assigning a positive or negative score to prospects according to their web activity and personal informations in order to determine whether they are \"ready for sales\" or not."
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8
+msgid "To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:62
-msgid "**Kanban view :**"
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11
+msgid "From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click on filter and check Won/Lost."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
-msgid "In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between a `list view <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/views.html#lists>`__ and a non-editable `form view <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/views.html#forms>`__ and displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)."
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18
+msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66
-msgid "**List view :**"
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23
+msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65
-msgid "View allowing you to see your objects (contacts, companies, tasks, etc.) listed in a table."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3
+msgid "Organize the pipeline"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:71
-msgid "**Lead generation:**"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3
+msgid "Manage lost opportunities"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69
-msgid "Process by which a company collects relevant datas about potential customers in order to enable a relationship and to push them further down the sales cycle."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5
+msgid "While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo can help you recover them in the future."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:76
-msgid "**Campaign:**"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10
+msgid "Mark a lead as lost"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74
-msgid "Coordinated set of actions sent via various channels to a target audience and whose goal is to generate leads. In Odoo CRM, you can link a lead to the campaign which he comes from in order to measure its efficiency."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12
+msgid "While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a *Mark Lost* button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process.rst:3
-msgid "Process Overview"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15
+msgid "You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right there."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:3
-msgid "Generating leads with Odoo CRM"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22
+msgid "Manage & create lost reasons"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:6
-msgid "What is lead generation?"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24
+msgid "You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Lost Reasons`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:8
-msgid "Lead generation is the process by which a company acquires leads and collects relevant datas about potential customers in order to enable a relationship and to turn them into customers."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26
+msgid "You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:12
-msgid "For example, a website visitor who fills in your contact form to know more about your products and services becomes a lead for your company. Typically, a Customer Relationship Management tool such as Odoo CRM is used to centralize, track and manage leads."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30
+msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:18
-msgid "Why is lead generation important for my business?"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32
+msgid "To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:20
-msgid "Generating a constant flow of high-quality leads is one of the most important responsibility of a marketing team. Actually, a well-managed lead generation process is like the fuel that will allow your company to deliver great performances - leads bring meetings, meetings bring sales, sales bring revenue and more work."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39
+msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:27
-msgid "How to generate leads with Odoo CRM?"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41
+msgid "If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost Reason*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:29
-msgid "Leads can be captured through many sources - marketing campaigns, exhibitions and trade shows, external databases, etc. The most common challenge is to successfully gather all the data and to track any lead activity. Storing leads information in a central place such as Odoo CRM will release you of these worries and will help you to better automate your lead generation process, share information with your teams and analyze your sales processes easily."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44
+msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:37
-msgid "Odoo CRM provides you with several methods to generate leads:"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50
+msgid "Restore lost opportunities"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:39
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52
+msgid "From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by clicking on *Archived*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:41
-msgid "An inquiry email sent to one of your company's generic email addresses can automatically generate a lead or an opportunity."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59
+msgid "You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can also archive the same way."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:44
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66
+msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:46
-msgid "You may want to follow up with a prospective customer met briefly at an exhibition who gave you his business card. You can manually create a new lead and enter all the needed information."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71
+msgid "Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you want to take."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:50
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78
+msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:52
-msgid "A website visitor who fills in a form automatically generates a lead or an opportunity in Odoo CRM."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3
+msgid "Manage multiple sales teams"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:55
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5
+msgid "In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:57
-msgid "You can provide your salespeople lists of prospects - for example for a cold emailing or a cold calling campaign - by importing them from any CSV file."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10
+msgid "Create a new sales channel"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started.rst:3
-msgid "Getting started"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12
+msgid "To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:3
-msgid "How to setup your teams, sales process and objectives?"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14
+msgid "There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email address will create a lead/opportunity."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:5
-msgid "This quick step-by-step guide will lead you through Odoo CRM and help you handle your sales funnel easily and constantly manage your sales funnel from lead to customer."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21
+msgid "Add members to your sales channel"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:12
-msgid "Create your database from `www.odoo.com/start <http://www.odoo.com/start>`__, select the CRM icon as first app to install, fill in the form and click on *Create now*. You will automatically be directed to the module when the database is ready."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23
+msgid "You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore, you can only be a member of one channel."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:22
-msgid "You will notice that the installation of the CRM module has created the submodules Chat, Calendar and Contacts. They are mandatory so that every feature of the app is running smoothly."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28
+msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:27
-msgid "Introduction to the Sales Planner"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33
+msgid "If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find all of its opportunities."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:29
-msgid "The Sales Planner is a useful step-by-step guide created to help you implement your sales funnel and define your sales objectives easier. We strongly recommend you to go through every step of the tool the first time you use Odoo CRM and to follow the requirements. Your input are strictly personal and intended as a personal guide and mentor into your work. As it does not interact with the backend, you are free to adapt any detail whenever you feel it is needed."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40
+msgid "Sales channel dashboard"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:37
-msgid "You can reach the Sales Planner from anywhere within the CRM module by clicking on the progress bar located on the upper-right side of your screen. It will show you how far you are in the use of the Sales Planner."
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42
+msgid "To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under *Reporting*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:46
-msgid "Set up your first sales team"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46
+msgid "It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:49
-msgid "Create a new team"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3
+msgid "Assign and track leads"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:51
-msgid "A Direct Sales team is created by default on your instance. You can either use it or create a new one. Refer to the page :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information."
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3
+msgid "Assign leads based on scoring"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:56
-msgid "Assign salespeople to your sales team"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5
+msgid "With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected criterias."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:58
-msgid "When your sales teams are created, the next step is to link your salespeople to their team so they will be able to work on the opportunities they are supposed to receive. For example, if within your company Tim is selling products and John is selling maintenance contracts, they will be assigned to different teams and will only receive opportunities that make sense to them."
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8
+msgid "For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones that visited specific pages on your website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:65
-msgid "In Odoo CRM, you can create a new user on the fly and assign it directly to a sales team. From the **Dashboard**, click on the button **More** of your selected sales team, then on **Settings**. Then, under the **Assignation** section, click on **Create** to add a new salesperson to the team."
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14
+msgid "To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:71
-msgid "From the **Create: salesman** pop up window (see screenshot below), you can assign someone on your team:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:74
-msgid "Either your salesperson already exists in the system and you will just need to click on it from the drop-down list and it will be assigned to the team"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:77
-msgid "Or you want to assign a new salesperson that doesn't exist into the system yet - you can do it by creating a new user on the fly from the sales team. Just enter the name of your new salesperson and click on Create (see below) to create a new user into the system and directly assign it to your team. The new user will receive an invite email to set his password and log into the system. Refer to :doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` for more information about that process"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:90
-msgid "Set up your pipeline"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:92
-msgid "Now that your sales team is created and your salespeople are linked to it, you will need to set up your pipeline -create the process by which your team will generate, qualify and close opportunities through your sales cycle. Refer to the document :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` to define the stages of your pipeline."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:99
-msgid "Set up incoming email to generate opportunities"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:101
-msgid "In Odoo CRM, one way to generate opportunities into your sales team is to create a generic email address as a trigger. For example, if the personal email address of your Direct team is `direct@mycompany.example.com <mailto:direct@mycompany.example.com>`__\\, every email sent will automatically create a new opportunity into the sales team."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:108
-msgid "Refer to the page :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` to set it up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:111
-msgid "Automate lead assignation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:113
-msgid "If your company generates a high volume of leads every day, it could be useful to automate the assignation so the system will distribute all your opportunities automatically to the right department."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:117
-msgid "Refer to the document :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting.rst:3
-msgid "Reporting"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:3
-msgid "How to analyze the sales performance of your team and get customize reports"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:5
-msgid "As a manager, you need to constantly monitor your team's performance in order to help you take accurate and relevant decisions for the company. Therefore, the **Reporting** section of **Odoo Sales** represents a very important tool that helps you get a better understanding of where your company's strengths, weaknesses and opportunities are, showing you trends and forecasts for key metrics such as the number of opportunities and their expected revenue over time , the close rate by team or the length of sales cycle for a given product or service."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:14
-msgid "Beyond these obvious tracking sales funnel metrics, there are some other KPIs that can be very valuable to your company when it comes to judging sales funnel success."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:19
-msgid "Review pipelines"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:21
-msgid "You will have access to your sales funnel performance from the **Sales** module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Reports --> Pipeline analysis`. By default, the report groups all your opportunities by stage (learn more on how to create and customize stage by reading :doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`) and expected revenues for the current month. This report is perfect for the **Sales Manager** to periodically review the sales pipeline with the relevant sales teams. Simply by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual sales performance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30
-msgid "You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the **measures** icon, such as :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:33
-msgid "Expected revenue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:35
-msgid "overpassed deadline."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:37
-msgid "Delay to assign (the average time between lead creation and lead assignment)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:40
-msgid "Delay to close (average time between lead assignment and close)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:42
-msgid "the number of interactions per opportunity."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:44
-msgid "etc."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:50
-msgid "By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For example, if I want to see the expected revenues of my **Direct Sales** team, I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis then on **Sales Team**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:55
-msgid "Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your reports in a more visual view. Odoo **CRM** allows you to transform your report in just a click thanks to 3 graph views : **Pie Chart**, **Bar Chart** and **Line Chart**. These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:65
-msgid "Customize reports"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:67
-msgid "You can easily customize your analysis reports depending on the **KPIs** (see :doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) you want to access. To do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display some categories of opportunities, while the **Group by** option improves the readability of your reports according to your needs. Note that you can filter and group by any existing field from your CRM, making your customization very flexible and powerful."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:82
-msgid "You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:87
-msgid "Here are a few examples of customized reports that you can use to monitor your sales' performances :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:91
-msgid "Evaluate the current pipeline of each of your salespeople"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:93
-msgid "From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then, use the **+** and **-** icons and add **Salesperson** and **Stage** to your vertical axis, and filter your desired salesperson. Then click on the **graph view** icon to display a visual representation of your salespeople by stage. This custom report allows you to easily overview the sales activities of your salespeople."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:105
-msgid "Forecast monthly revenue by sales team"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:107
-msgid "In order to predict monthly revenue and to estimate the short-term performances of your teams, you need to play with two important metrics : the **expected revenue** and the **expected closing**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:111
-msgid "From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then click on the **+** icon from the vertical axis and select **Sales team**. Then, on the horizontal axis, click on the **+** icon and select **Expected closing.**"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:121
-msgid "In order to keep your forecasts accurate and relevant, make sure your salespeople correctly set up the expected closing and the expected revenue for each one of their opportunities"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:126
-msgid ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:3
-msgid "How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:5
-msgid "Sales professionals are struggling everyday to hit their target and follow up on sales activities. They need to access anytime some important metrics in order to know how they are performing and better organize their daily work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:10
-msgid "Within the Odoo CRM module, every team member has access to a personalized and individual dashboard with a real-time overview of:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:13
-msgid "Top priorities: they instantly see their scheduled meetings and next actions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:16
-msgid "Sales performances : they know exactly how they perform compared to their monthly targets and last month activities."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:26
-msgid "Install the CRM application"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:28
-msgid "In order to manage your sales funnel and track your opportunities, you need to install the CRM module, from the **Apps** icon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:35
-msgid "Create opportunities"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:37
-msgid "If your pipeline is empty, your sales dashboard will look like the screenshot below. You will need to create a few opportunities to activate your dashboard (read the related documentation :doc:`../leads/generate/manual` to learn more)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:45
-msgid "Your dashboard will update in real-time based on the informations you will log into the CRM."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:49
-msgid "you can click anywhere on the dashboard to get a detailed analysis of your activities. Then, you can easily create favourite reports and export to excel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:54
-msgid "Daily tasks to process"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:56
-msgid "The left part of the sales dashboard (labelled **To Do**) displays the number of meetings and next actions (for example if you need to call a prospect or to follow-up by email) scheduled for the next 7 days."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:64
-msgid "Meetings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:66
-msgid "In the example here above, I see that I have no meeting scheduled for today and 3 meeting scheduled for the next 7 days. I just have to click on the **meeting** button to access my calendar and have a view on my upcoming appointments."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:75
-msgid "Next actions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:77
-msgid "Back on the above example, I have 1 activity requiring an action from me. If I click on the **Next action** green button, I will be redirected to the contact form of the corresponding opportunity."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:84
-msgid "Under the **next activity** field, I see that I had planned to send a brochure by email today. As soon as the activity is completed, I can click on **done** (or **cancel**) in order to remove this opportunity from my next actions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:90
-msgid "When one of your next activities is overdue, it will appear in orange in your dashboard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:94
-msgid "Performances"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:96
-msgid "The right part of your sales dashboard is about my sales performances. I will be able to evaluate how I am performing compared to my targets (which have been set up by my sales manager) and my activities of the last month."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:105
-msgid "Activities done"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:107
-msgid "The **activities done** correspond to the next actions that have been completed (meaning that you have clicked on **done** under the **next activity** field). When I click on it, I will access a detailed reporting regarding the activities that I have completed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:116
-msgid "Won in opportunities"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:118
-msgid "This section will sum up the expected revenue of all the opportunities within my pipeline with a stage **Won**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:125
-msgid "Quantity invoiced"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:127
-msgid "This section will sum up the amount invoiced to my opportunities. For more information about the invoicing process, refer to the related documentation: :doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:132
-msgid ":doc:`analysis`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam.rst:3
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup.rst:3
-msgid "Sales Team"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage.rst:3
-msgid "Manage salespeople"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:3
-msgid "How to create a new salesperson?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:6
-msgid "Create a new user"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:8
-msgid "From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users` and click on **Create**. Add first the name of your new salesperson and his professional email address - the one he will use to log in to his Odoo instance - and a picture."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:16
-msgid "Under \"Access Rights\", you can choose which applications your user can access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app. For the Sales application, you can choose between three levels:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:20
-msgid "**See own leads**: the user will be able to access his own data only"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:22
-msgid "**See all leads**: the user will be able to access all records of every salesman in the sales module"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:25
-msgid "**Manager**: the user will be able to access the sales configuration as well as the statistics reports"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:28
-msgid "When you're done editing the page and have clicked on **Save**, an invitation email will automatically be sent to the user, from which he will be able to log into his personal account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:36
-msgid "Register your user into his sales team"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:38
-msgid "Your user is now registered in Odoo and can log in to his own session. You can also add him to the sales team of your choice. From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:49
-msgid "If you need to create a new sales team first, refer to the page :doc:`../setup/create_team`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:51
-msgid "Then, under \"Team Members\", click on **Add** and select the name of your salesman from the list. The salesperson is now successfully added to your sales team."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:60
-msgid "You can also add a new salesperson on the fly from your sales team even before he is registered as an Odoo user. From the above screenshot, click on \"Create\" to add your salesperson and enter his name and email address. After saving, the salesperson will receive an invite containing a link to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:69
-msgid ":doc:`../setup/create_team`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:3
-msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:5
-msgid "Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople productivity. The **Gamification** app of Odoo gives you simple and creative ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges inspired by game mechanics."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:14
-msgid "From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Gamification** module. You can also install the **CRM gamification** app, which will add some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used related to the usage of the **CRM/Sale** modules."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:23
-msgid "Create a challenge"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:25
-msgid "You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:29
-msgid "As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you will need to activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. In order to do so, click on the interrogation mark available from any app (upper-right) and click on **About** and then **Activate the developer mode**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:38
-msgid "A challenge is a mission that you will send to your salespeople. It can include one or several goals and is set up for a specific period of time. Configure your challenge as follows:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:42
-msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:44
-msgid "Assign a responsible"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:46
-msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:48
-msgid "Select your goals"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:50
-msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:53
-msgid "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set) or when the challenge is manually closed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:58
-msgid "For example, on the screenshot below, I have challenged 2 employees with a **Monthly Sales Target**. The challenge will be based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and the number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be granted with a badge."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:67
-msgid "Set up goals"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:69
-msgid "The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach. **Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see here above) and compare members of a team with each others and through time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:74
-msgid "You can create a new goal on the fly from a **Challenge**, by clicking on **Add new item** under **Goals**. You can select any business object as a goal, according to your company's needs, such as :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:78
-msgid "number of new leads,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:80
-msgid "time to qualify a lead or"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:82
-msgid "total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame based on your management preferences."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:89
-msgid "Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data and a timezone, create new users, etc.)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:93
-msgid "Set up rewards"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:95
-msgid "For non-numerical achievements, **badges** can be granted to users. From a simple *thank you* to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to exprimate gratitude to a user for their good work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:99
-msgid "You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106
-msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3
-msgid "How to create a new channel?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5
-msgid "In the Sales module, your sales channels are accessible from the **Dashboard** menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales channel installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that default sales channel and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12
-msgid "To create a new channel, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels` and click on **Create**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18
-msgid "Fill in the fields :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20
-msgid "Enter the name of your channel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22
-msgid "Select your channel leader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24
-msgid "Select your team members"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:26
-msgid "Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now access your new channel from your Dashboard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35
-msgid "If you started to work on an empty database and didn't create new users, refer to the page :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:3
-msgid "Set up and organize your sales pipeline"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:5
-msgid "A well structured sales pipeline is crucial in order to keep control of your sales process and to have a 360-degrees view of your leads, opportunities and customers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:9
-msgid "The sales pipeline is a visual representation of your sales process, from the first contact to the final sale. It refers to the process by which you generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle. In Odoo CRM, leads are brought in at the left end of the sales pipeline in the Kanban view and then moved along to the right from one stage to another."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:16
-msgid "Each stage refers to a specific step in the sale cycle and specifically the sale-readiness of your potential customer. The number of stages in the sales funnel varies from one company to another. An example of a sales funnel will contain the following stages: *Territory, Qualified, Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won, Lost*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:26
-msgid "Of course, each organization defines the sales funnel depending on their processes and workflow, so more or fewer stages may exist."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:30
-msgid "Create and organize your stages"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:33
-msgid "Add/ rearrange stages"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:35
-msgid "From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **PIPELINE** button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, you need to create one first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:46
-msgid "From the Kanban view of your pipeline, you can add stages by clicking on **Add new column.** When a column is created, Odoo will then automatically propose you to add another column in order to complete your process. If you want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:58
-msgid "You can add as many stages as you wish, even if we advise you not having more than 6 in order to keep a clear pipeline"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:64
-msgid "Some companies use a pre qualification step to manage their leads before to convert them into opportunities. To activate the lead stage, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and select the radio button as shown below. It will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that gives you access to a listview of all your leads."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:74
-msgid "Set up stage probabilities"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21
+msgid "Create scoring rules"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:77
-msgid "What is a stage probability?"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23
+msgid "You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you can manage your scoring rules."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:79
-msgid "To better understand what are the chances of closing a deal for a given opportunity in your pipe, you have to set up a probability percentage for each of your stages. That percentage refers to the success rate of closing the deal."
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26
+msgid "Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:84
-msgid "Setting up stage probabilities is essential if you want to estimate the expected revenues of your sales cycle"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33
+msgid "Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and assigned their right score according to your scoring rules."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:88
-msgid "For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, Qualified, Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* then your workflow could look like this :"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40
+msgid "Assign leads"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92
-msgid "**Territory** : opportunity just received from Leads Management or created from a cold call campaign. Customer's Interest is not yet confirmed."
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42
+msgid "Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. This domain can include scores."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:96
-msgid "*Success rate : 5%*"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49
+msgid "Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even more refined domain."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:98
-msgid "**Qualified** : prospect's business and workflow are understood, pains are identified and confirmed, budget and timing are known"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52
+msgid "To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads Assignation`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:101
-msgid "*Success rate : 15%*"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58
+msgid "The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:103
-msgid "**Qualified sponsor**: direct contact with decision maker has been done"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62
+msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:106
-msgid "*Success rate : 25%*"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64
+msgid "Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is useful to do something with them."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:108
-msgid "**Proposition** : the prospect received a quotation"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68
+msgid "In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:110
-msgid "*Success rate : 50%*"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73
+msgid "Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such unassigned leads from there."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:112
-msgid "**Negotiation**: the prospect negotiates his quotation"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3
+msgid "Track your prospects visits"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:114
-msgid "*Success rate : 75%*"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5
+msgid "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the interests of your website visitors."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:116
-msgid "**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. He is now a customer"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8
+msgid "Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if they use the contact form on your website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119
-msgid "*Success rate : 100%*"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14
+msgid "To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:121
-msgid "**Lost** : the prospect is no longer interested"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21
+msgid "Track a webpage"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:123
-msgid "*Success rate : 0%*"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23
+msgid "Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the *Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:127
-msgid "Within your pipeline, each stage should correspond to a defined goal with a corresponding probability. Every time you move your opportunity to the next stage, your probability of closing the sale will automatically adapt."
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29
+msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:131
-msgid "You should consider using probability value as **100** when the deal is closed-won and **0** for deal closed-lost."
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35
+msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:135
-msgid "How to set up stage probabilities?"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37
+msgid "Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* button but also further down you will see them in the chatter."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:137
-msgid "To edit a stage, click on the **Settings** icon at the right of the desired stage then on EDIT"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43
+msgid "Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more pages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:143
-msgid "Select the Change probability automatically checkbox to let Odoo adapt the probability of the opportunity to the probability defined in the stage. For example, if you set a probability of 0% (Lost) or 100% (Won), Odoo will assign the corresponding stage when the opportunity is marked as Lost or Won."
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52
+msgid "The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the chatter."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:151
-msgid "Under the requirements field you can enter the internal requirements for this stage. It will appear as a tooltip when you place your mouse over the name of a stage."
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55
+msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!"
 msgstr ""
 
diff --git a/locale/sources/db_management.pot b/locale/sources/db_management.pot
index 9caadee26a..575d4ee0e5 100644
--- a/locale/sources/db_management.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/db_management.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ msgid "Several actions are available:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
-msgid "Upgrade"
+msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ msgid "Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or n
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34
-msgid "Rename"
+msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Delete a database instantly"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:47
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
 msgid "Contact Support"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -88,79 +88,123 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct database already selected"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:52
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53
+msgid "Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Upgrade\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60
+msgid "You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By default, we select the highest available version available for your database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we released a more recent version during your tests)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
+msgid "By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73
+msgid "If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77
+msgid "You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data (e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
+msgid "Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89
+msgid "Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between 30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your migration during non-business hours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96
 msgid "Duplicating a database"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98
 msgid "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" database can duplicate without problem."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:59
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
 msgid "In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
 msgid "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a database, all external communication will remain active:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:69
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113
 msgid "Emails are sent"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:71
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115
 msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for example)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118
 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
 msgid "Etc."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:78
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
 msgid "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these behaviours to be disabled."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125
 msgid "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:85
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:93
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137
+msgid "Rename a Database"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
+msgid "To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you want to rename, access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150
 msgid "Deleting a Database"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:95
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152
 msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:97
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154
 msgid "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily backup may be several hours old at that point."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
 msgid "From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167
 msgid "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173
 msgid "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload automatically."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177
 msgid "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
+msgid "It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183
 msgid "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -195,7 +239,7 @@ msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
-msgid "Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ or with your Account Manager"
+msgid "Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account Manager"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
@@ -207,7 +251,7 @@ msgid "You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a develo
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
-msgid "You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ with the button \"Unlink database\""
+msgid "You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink database\""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52
@@ -224,7 +268,7 @@ msgid "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a dupl
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64
-msgid "If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID. Please check on your `Odoo Contract <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__, a short message will appear specifying which database is problematic:"
+msgid "If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID. Please check on your `Odoo Contract <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear specifying which database is problematic:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73
diff --git a/locale/sources/discuss.pot b/locale/sources/discuss.pot
index dab8c72c1d..a461ebc3cd 100644
--- a/locale/sources/discuss.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/discuss.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -25,158 +25,162 @@ msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5
-msgid "This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike in `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
+msgid "This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9
-msgid "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly recommend that you opt for such convenient Odoo hosting solutions. Indeed their email system works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's reputation yourself."
+msgid "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's reputation yourself."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
-msgid "You will find here below some useful information to do so by integrating your own email solution with Odoo."
+msgid "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your own email solution with Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:19
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18
+msgid "Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24
 msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
 msgid "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39
 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40
 msgid "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:38
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
 msgid "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:42
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47
 msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48
 msgid "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders* section. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation <https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
 msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
 msgid "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61
 msgid "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
 msgid "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g. for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
 msgid "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70
 msgid "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this usually happens more quickly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73
 msgid "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:71
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
 msgid "Allow DKIM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
 msgid "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:80
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
 msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89
 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:84
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91
 msgid "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall alias (**catchall@**)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
 msgid "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing <https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid recipients."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
 msgid "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
 msgid "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM <https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:97
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
 msgid "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk <https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106
 msgid "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
 msgid "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment <https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110
 msgid "etc."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
 msgid "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
-msgid "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catcall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
+msgid "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
 msgid "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
 msgid "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
 msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from their  respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
 msgid "Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154
 msgid "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*."
 msgstr ""
 
diff --git a/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot b/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot
index 9712040a04..523818b766 100644
--- a/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:76
 msgid "Set up Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ msgid "To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104
 msgid "Go live"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -620,13 +620,13 @@ msgid "To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156
 msgid ":doc:`payment`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:157
 msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -899,79 +899,83 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, **Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72
+msgid "For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the `paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-payments-ewp>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:77
 msgid "Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your **Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:84
 msgid "They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My business info`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:87
 msgid "Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so, open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93
 msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:96
 msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97
 msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:105
 msgid "Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114
 msgid "Transaction fees"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:116
 msgid "You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119
 msgid "To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:125
 msgid "To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130
 msgid "Test the payment flow"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132
 msgid "You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:134
 msgid "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ with your Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138
 msgid "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139
 msgid "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141
 msgid "Log in to `Paypal Sandbox <https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>`__ with the merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:144
 msgid "Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on *Test* mode. Also, make sure the confirmation mode of Paypal is not *Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be automatically generated when the transaction is completed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:152
 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account."
 msgstr ""
 
diff --git a/locale/sources/expense.pot b/locale/sources/expense.pot
index b420dc10a1..9ef078816c 100644
--- a/locale/sources/expense.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/expense.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -16,7 +16,6 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
-#: ../../expense.rst:5
 #: ../../expense/expense.rst:5
 msgid "Expenses"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot
index 4c9d83a782..062e55368b 100644
--- a/locale/sources/general.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/general.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -505,8 +505,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-users>`_"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46
-msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`"
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47
+msgid "Todo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47
+msgid "Add link to How to add companies"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3
diff --git a/locale/sources/getting_started.pot b/locale/sources/getting_started.pot
index d9d943238d..386c226002 100644
--- a/locale/sources/getting_started.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/getting_started.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -17,430 +17,194 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
-msgid "Odoo Online Implementation"
+msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
-msgid "This document summarizes **Odoo Online's services**, our Success Pack **implementation methodology**, and best practices to get started with our product."
+msgid "This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11
-msgid "*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12
+msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16
-msgid "*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this with you at the time of the kick-off call.*"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14
+msgid "Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
-msgid "Getting Started"
+msgid "**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good practices."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22
-msgid "Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during the implementation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26
-msgid "Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions by email on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25
+msgid "**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
-msgid "If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by someone else in your company, contact our support team using our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38
-msgid "Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo database ready to be used."
+msgid "**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41
-msgid "In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes to create records: *products, customers, opportunities* or *projects/tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the user interface as shown in the picture below."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39
+msgid "**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-learning via the `Odoo documentation <http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the testing of functionalities."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
-msgid "|left_pic|"
+msgid "2. Project Scope"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
-msgid "|right_pic|"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50
-msgid "Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49
+msgid "To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the project implementation is pursuing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58
-msgid "These implementation planners will:"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53
+msgid "**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more clear."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60
-msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62
-msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64
-msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59
+msgid "**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in the implementation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
-msgid "Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the implementation process."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73
-msgid "If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you through all the steps. But you can also:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76
-msgid "Read the documentation on our website: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
+msgid "**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an experiment of the standard in production."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79
-msgid "Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (free with your first Success Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80
+msgid "3. Managing expectations"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
-msgid "Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel <https://www.youtube.com/user/OpenERPonline>`__"
+msgid "The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into account from the beginning of the project:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85
-msgid "Or send your questions to our online support team through our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86
+msgid "**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation, problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly check that this is still the case."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89
-msgid "What do we expect from you?"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94
+msgid "**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the 80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining 20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio (those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed to pursue this same objective."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91
-msgid "We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108
+msgid "**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of tools\\* :"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95
-msgid "But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113
+msgid "**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100
-msgid "Your internal implementation manager"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118
+msgid "**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102
-msgid "We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to work with our project manager on your Odoo implementation. This is to ensure efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this person must:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107
-msgid "**Be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest implementations having a full time project manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111
-msgid "**Have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small details that need quick turnarounds for answers and if there is too much back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company it could potentially seriously slow everything down."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117
-msgid "**Have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full support from all departments and top management, or be part of top management."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121
-msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123
-msgid "You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an extremist.**"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127
-msgid "Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126
+msgid "`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main lines of expected changes."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130
-msgid "Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden costs of customization."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134
-msgid "**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old system(s) work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138
-msgid "**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they learn to perform their workflows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is more important to have all your business processes working than customizing a screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few emails."
+msgid "**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with the changes related to the interface."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147
-msgid "Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133
+msgid "To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without verifying its veracity beforehand."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155
-msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139
+msgid "*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157
-msgid "Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and easier your training phases will be."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143
+msgid "4. Communication Strategy"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161
-msgid "Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra resources:"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145
+msgid "The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to follow those principles:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164
-msgid "Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150
+msgid "**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the manager are clearly defined."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167
-msgid "Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos <https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158
+msgid "The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170
-msgid "Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 <https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162
+msgid "**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174
-msgid "Get things done"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166
+msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176
-msgid "Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes <https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and install the Notes application."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168
+msgid "Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is reached;"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184
-msgid "This module allows you to:"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171
+msgid "Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186
-msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175
+msgid "5. Customizations and Development"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188
-msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177
+msgid "Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190
-msgid "Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182
+msgid "**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis, etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties. In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see \"Adopting the standard as a priority\")."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197
-msgid "This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform (http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194
+msgid "**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the business processes of the company."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202
-msgid "What should you expect from us?"
+msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205
-msgid "Subscription Services"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204
+msgid "Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational needs of the company."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
-msgid "Cloud Hosting"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210
-msgid "Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your instance in 10 minutes, and more!"
+msgid "**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the requirements of the operational reality."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214
-msgid "Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
+msgid "**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the noted gap is caused by:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217
-msgid "Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218
+msgid "A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is a correction for which the Consultant is responsible"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
-msgid "Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
+msgid "**or**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224
-msgid "Support"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222
+msgid "A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
-msgid "Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in San Francisco, Belgium, and India. Questions could be about anything and everything, like specific questions on current Odoo features and where to configure them, bugfix requests, payments, or subscription issues."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
-msgid "Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235
-msgid "Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project manager, as part of the Success Pack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240
-msgid "Upgrades"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
-msgid "Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
-msgid "We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this request."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252
-msgid "Success Pack Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
-msgid "The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute to us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or \"Scope Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
-msgid "The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
-msgid "The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in your Success Pack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
-msgid "His/her role includes:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
-msgid "**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
-msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
-msgid "**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your consultant."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
-msgid "**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing structures, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
-msgid "**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template prepared by the project manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
-msgid "If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra services:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
-msgid "**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to customize most screens in any way you see fit."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
-msgid "**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers for advanced customizations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
-msgid "**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours of your Success Pack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
-msgid "**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
-msgid "If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:314
-msgid "All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will be deducted from your Success Pack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
-msgid "In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the subscription fee."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:325
-msgid "**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * $5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
-msgid "Implementation Methodology"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
-msgid "We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
-msgid "After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo progressively, by groups of apps."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:341
-msgid "The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan (phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of applications that you will fully use in production at the end of the phase."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
-msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
-msgid "**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the business process and configure according to your specific needs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
-msgid "**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's project manager will import them in Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
-msgid "**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and process your feedback."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
-msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:366
-msgid "Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and **automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens and reports**)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370
-msgid "Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
-msgid "Managing your databases"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378
-msgid "To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases** in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384
-msgid "Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment with test data!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388
-msgid "For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
-msgid "You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here <db_management/documentation>`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
-msgid "Customer Success"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:405
-msgid "Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they have all the resources needed to complete their project."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:408
-msgid "During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project manager and eventually the support team."
+msgid "7. Data Imports"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:411
-msgid "Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228
+msgid "Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, it will be decided :"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:418
-msgid "Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them a solution that grows with their needs!"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234
+msgid "**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:421
-msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239
+msgid "**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the import will be made before the production launch."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:424
-msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246
+msgid "**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the production launch of the solution will precede the required imports."
 msgstr ""
 
diff --git a/locale/sources/helpdesk.pot b/locale/sources/helpdesk.pot
index a4f09d6743..16b2841a47 100644
--- a/locale/sources/helpdesk.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/helpdesk.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
diff --git a/locale/sources/index.pot b/locale/sources/index.pot
index f657a1074a..d29c2c0c47 100644
--- a/locale/sources/index.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/index.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory.pot b/locale/sources/inventory.pot
index cdfddc6f10..9f4d80074a 100644
--- a/locale/sources/inventory.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/inventory.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-01-08 17:10+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -269,11 +269,11 @@ msgid "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the w
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
-msgid "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
+msgid "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
-msgid "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market, it is essential to test it first."
+msgid "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market, it is essential to test it first."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ msgid "Product Unit of Measure"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
-msgid "Default Unit of Measure used for all stock operation."
+msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ msgid "Procurement Group"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
-msgid "Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group. If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped into one big picking."
+msgid "Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group. If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into one big picking."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ msgid "Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a s
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74
-msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers"
+msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76
@@ -790,6 +790,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222
+msgid "Todo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106
+msgid "Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of my vendors?"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3
 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?"
 msgstr ""
@@ -954,6 +969,16 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show **Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the product has been shipped to the customer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64
+msgid "Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront -  Process Overview: From sales orders to delivery orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133
+msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3
 msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1083,7 +1108,7 @@ msgid "Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deli
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84
-msgid "To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings` and click on **Configure your company data**."
+msgid "To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings` and click on **Configure your company data**."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90
@@ -1298,6 +1323,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been shipped to the customer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160
+msgid "Link to these sections when available -  Process Overview: From sales orders to delivery orders"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3
 msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1378,6 +1407,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been shipped to the customer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130
+msgid "link to these sections when they will be available -  Process Overview: From sales orders to delivery orders"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3
 msgid "Incoming Shipments"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1440,6 +1473,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71
+msgid "Add section when available -  How to analyse the performance of my vendors?"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3
 msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1867,7 +1904,7 @@ msgid "A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial num
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68
-msgid "If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are moving those serial numbers."
+msgid "If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are moving those serial numbers."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76
@@ -3245,6 +3282,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made To Stock)`"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179
+msgid "needs schema thing from FP"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182
 msgid "Routes"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4002,7 +4043,7 @@ msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45
-msgid "Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action possibles :"
+msgid "Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action possible :"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48
@@ -4010,11 +4051,11 @@ msgid "Move from another location rules"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50
-msgid "Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders."
+msgid "Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53
-msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders."
+msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56
@@ -4056,7 +4097,7 @@ msgid "What is a push rule?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8
-msgid "The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the inability to meet customer demand for the product."
+msgid "The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the inability to meet customer demand for the product."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22
@@ -4485,7 +4526,7 @@ msgid "**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this seria
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
-msgid "**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym goods are picked for delivery orders using this date."
+msgid "**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy goods are picked for delivery orders using this date."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
@@ -4647,7 +4688,7 @@ msgid "How to use different units of measure?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8
-msgid "In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary. For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, you will need to convert the units."
+msgid "In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary. For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, you will need to convert the units."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13
@@ -4663,7 +4704,7 @@ msgid "Setting up units on your products"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29
-msgid "In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on **Edit**."
+msgid "In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on **Edit**."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32
@@ -4755,6 +4796,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is converted automatically :"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125
+msgid "Create a link when the document is available -  When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3
 msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4839,10 +4884,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ":doc:`uom`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:72
-msgid ":doc:`packages`"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3
 msgid "Using product variants"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5067,6 +5108,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226
+msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227
+msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3
 msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5304,7 +5353,7 @@ msgid "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
-msgid "The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated."
+msgid "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
diff --git a/locale/sources/livechat.pot b/locale/sources/livechat.pot
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..de24014b75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/sources/livechat.pot
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5
+msgid "Live Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8
+msgid "Chat in live with website visitors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10
+msgid "With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way, you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21
+msgid "To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\" and then click on install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27
+msgid "The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, operators can easily join and leave the chat."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34
+msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36
+msgid "If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45
+msgid "Add the live chat to an external website"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47
+msgid "If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54
+msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56
+msgid "Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length of time it takes for the chat to appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66
+msgid "Prepare automatic messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68
+msgid "On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you through the live chat."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76
+msgid "Start chatting with customers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78
+msgid "In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88
+msgid "If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92
+msgid "In practice, the conversations initiated by the visitors will appear in the Discuss module and will also pop up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96
+msgid "If there several operators in charge of a channel, the system will dispatch sessions randomly between them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100
+msgid "Use commands"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102
+msgid "Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands into the chat. The following actions are available :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106
+msgid "**/help** : show a helper message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108
+msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110
+msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112
+msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114
+msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116
+msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119
+msgid "If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124
+msgid "Send canned responses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126
+msgid "Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then, to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you assigned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136
+msgid "You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website visitors, enjoy !"
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/locale/sources/manufacturing.pot b/locale/sources/manufacturing.pot
index bcfe96c4ec..d2470fa624 100644
--- a/locale/sources/manufacturing.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/manufacturing.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -41,102 +41,102 @@ msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
-msgid "If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For more information about which method of management to use, review the **Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the documentation."
+msgid "If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:22
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19
 msgid "Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a product and at least one component (components are considered products in Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:32
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29
 msgid "Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. **Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** allows you to track changes to your BoM over time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35
 msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37
 msgid "A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:46
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
 msgid "After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47
 msgid "You may define the work operation or step in which each component is consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components** tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:61
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58
 msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60
 msgid "In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the primary product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
 msgid "To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:72
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69
 msgid "Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step of the routing as the primary product of the BoM."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:81
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78
 msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
 msgid "A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:90
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
 msgid "Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each subassembly is created as well."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:97
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94
 msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:99
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21
 msgid "To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each subassembly as you would for any product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:107
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29
 msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:109
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31
 msgid "On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes **Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no effect."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:117
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39
 msgid "If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:123
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120
 msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:125
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
 msgid "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:132
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
 msgid "You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all variants."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:137
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
 msgid "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/sources/mobile.pot b/locale/sources/mobile.pot
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8050883eb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/sources/mobile.pot
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:05+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5
+msgid "Mobile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
+msgid "Setup your Firebase Cloud Messaging"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
+msgid "In order to have mobile notifications in our Android app, you need an API key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
+msgid "If it is not automatically configured (for instance for On-premise or Odoo.sh) please follow these steps below to get an API key for the android app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:18
+msgid "The iOS app doesn't support mobile notifications for Odoo versions < 12."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:22
+msgid "Firebase Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:25
+msgid "Create a new project"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:27
+msgid "First, make sure you to sign in to your Google Account. Then, go to `https://console.firebase.google.com <https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__ and create a new project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:34
+msgid "Choose a project name, click on **Continue**, then click on **Create project**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:37
+msgid "When you project is ready, click on **Continue**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:39
+msgid "You will be redirected to the overview project page (see next screenshot)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:43
+msgid "Add an app"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:45
+msgid "In the overview page, click on the Android icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:50
+msgid "You must use \"com.odoo.com\" as Android package name. Otherwise, it will not work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:56
+msgid "No need to download the config file, you can click on **Next** twice and skip the fourth step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:60
+msgid "Get generated API key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:62
+msgid "On the overview page, go to Project settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:67
+msgid "In **Cloud Messaging**, you will see the **API key** and the **Sender ID** that you need to set in Odoo General Settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:74
+msgid "Settings in Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:76
+msgid "Simply paste the API key and the Sender ID from Cloud Messaging."
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot b/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot
index 403f21b6ce..a71eb8175b 100644
--- a/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -24,596 +24,325 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Advanced topics"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3
-msgid "How to use discount tags on products?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5
-msgid "This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10
-msgid "To start using discounts tags, let's first have a look at the **barcode nomenclature** in order to print our correct discounts tags."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:13
-msgid "I want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:18
-msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. In the default nomenclature, you can see that to set a discount, you have to start you barcode with ``22`` and the add the percentage you want to set for the product."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:26
-msgid "For instance if you want ``50%`` discount on a product you have to start you barcode with ``2250`` and then add the product barcode. In our example, the barcode will be:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3
+msgid "Using barcodes in PoS"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34
-msgid "Scanning your products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:36
-msgid "If you go back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:41
-msgid "You have to scan:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43
-msgid "the product"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5
+msgid "Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45
-msgid "the discount tag"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:47
-msgid "When the product is scanned, it appears on the ticket"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:52
-msgid "Then when you scan the discount tag, ``50%`` discount is applied on the product."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:58
-msgid "That's it, this how you can use discount tag on products with Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:61
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:114
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:83
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:94
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:171
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:57
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:35
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:155
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:69
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:81
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:43
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:35
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:62
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:115
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:84
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:95
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:172
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:58
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:36
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:156
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:70
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:82
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:36
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/invoice`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:63
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:116
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:85
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:96
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:173
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:59
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:37
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:157
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:71
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:83
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:45
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:37
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/refund`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:64
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:117
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:86
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:97
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:174
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:60
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:38
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:158
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:72
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:84
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:46
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:38
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3
-msgid "How to create & run a loyalty & reward system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:41
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:37
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:88
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:6
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:6
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10
 msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:8
-msgid "In the **Point of Sale** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11
+msgid "To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:14
-msgid "You can tick **Manage loyalty program with point and reward for customers**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14
+msgid "Under the PosBox / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* select it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:21
-msgid "Create a loyalty program"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21
+msgid "You can find more about Barcode Nomenclature here (ADD HYPERLINK)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:23
-msgid "After you apply, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Loyalty Programs` and click on **Create**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:25
+msgid "Add barcodes to product"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:29
-msgid "Set a **name** and an **amount** of points given **by currency**, **by order** or **by product**. Extra rules can also be added such as **extra points** on a product."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:27
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:33
-msgid "To do this click on **Add an item** under **Rules**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:30
+msgid "Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you can input any barcode."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:38
-msgid "You can configure any rule by setting some configuration values."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:37
+msgid "Scanning products"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40
-msgid "**Name**: An internal identification for this loyalty program rule"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:39
+msgid "From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple times or change the quantity manually on the screen."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:41
-msgid "**Type**: Does this rule affects products, or a category of products?"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3
+msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:42
-msgid "**Target Product**: The product affected by the rule"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5
+msgid "If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They allow you to scan discount barcodes."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:43
-msgid "**Target Category**: The category affected by the rule"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10
+msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner, you can see the documentation about it `here <https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tg7yarr2hPKTddZ4iGbp9IJO-cp7u15eHNVnFoL40Q8/edit>`__"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44
-msgid "**Cumulative**: The points won from this rule will be won in addition to other rules"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:15
+msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:45
-msgid "**Points per product**: How many points the product will earn per product ordered"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:17
+msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:46
-msgid "**Points per currency**: How many points the product will earn per value sold"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:19
+msgid "Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:51
-msgid "Your new rule is now created and rewards can be added by clicking on **Add an Item** under **Rewards**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:25
+msgid "You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:57
-msgid "Three types of reward can be given:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34
+msgid "Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:59
-msgid "**Resale**: convert your points into money. Set a product that represents the value of 1 point."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43
+msgid "Scan the products & tags"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:64
-msgid "**Discount**: give a discount for an amount of points. Set a product with a price of ``0 €`` and without any taxes."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45
+msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:69
-msgid "**Gift**: give a gift for an amount of points"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:50
+msgid "And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can finish the transaction."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:77
-msgid "Applying your loyalty program to a point of sale"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3
+msgid "Manage a loyalty program"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:79
-msgid "On the **Dashboard**, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:5
+msgid "Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a *Loyalty Program*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:84
-msgid "Next to loyalty program, set the program you want to set."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:11
+msgid "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:90
-msgid "Gathering and consuming points"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:19
+msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:92
-msgid "To start gathering points you need to set a customer on the order."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:24
+msgid "You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and everything in between."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:94
-msgid "Click on **Customer** and select the right one."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:30
+msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:96
-msgid "Loyalty points will appear on screen."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:32
+msgid "When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the rules defined in the loyalty program."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:101
-msgid "The next time the customer comes to your shop and has enough points to get a reward, the **Rewards** button is highlighted and gifts can be given."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45
+msgid "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can finalize the order in your usual way."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:108
-msgid "The reward is added and of course points are subtracted from the total."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:49
+msgid "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You can of course change it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3
-msgid "How to apply manual discounts?"
+msgid "Apply manual discounts"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6
-msgid "Overview"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:5
+msgid "If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest solution for your Point of Sale."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8
-msgid "You can apply manual discounts in two different ways. You can directly set a discount on the product or you can set a global discount on the whole cart."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:13
-msgid "Discount on the product"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:15
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:8
-msgid "On the dashboard, click on **New Session**:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:20
-msgid "You will get into the main point of sale interface :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:76
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:53
-msgid "On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard."
+msgid "You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:30
-msgid "The same way you insert a quantity, Click on **Disc** and then type the discount (in percent). This is how you insert a manual discount on a specific product."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:12
+msgid "Apply a discount on a product"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:38
-msgid "Global discount"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:14
+msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:43
-msgid "If you want to set a global discount, you need to go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Allow global discounts**"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:19
+msgid "You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is currently selected and the discount will be applied."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:50
-msgid "Then from the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:23
+msgid "Apply a global discount"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:55
-msgid "You have to activate **Order Discounts** and create a product that will be added as a product with a negative price to deduct the discount."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25
+msgid "To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:61
-msgid "On the product used to create the discount, set the price to ``0`` and do not forget to remove all the **taxes**, that can make the calculation wrong."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:28
+msgid "Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:68
-msgid "Set a global discount"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:34
+msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:70
-msgid "Now when you come back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**, a **Discount** button appears and by clicking on it you can set a **discount**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:39
+msgid "Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:76
-msgid "When it's validated, the discount line appears on the order and you can now process to the payment."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:44
+msgid "On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific product discount also at 50%."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3
-msgid "How to accept credit card payments in Odoo POS using Mercury?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:8
-msgid "A **MercuryPay** account (see `MercuryPay website <https://www.mercurypay.com>`__.) is required to accept credit card payments in Odoo 9 POS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North American businesses. An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18
-msgid "Module installation"
+msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:20
-msgid "Go to **Apps** and install the **Mercury Payment Services** application."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5
+msgid "A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* <https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North American businesses."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:26
-msgid "Mercury Configuration"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11
+msgid "An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:28
-msgid "In the **Point of Sale** application, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Mercury Configurations` and then on **Create**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16
+msgid "Install Mercury"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:35
-msgid "Introduce your **credentials** and then save them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:40
-msgid "Then go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and click on **Create**. Under the **Point of Sale** tab you can set a **Mercury configuration** to the **Payment method**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47
-msgid "Finally, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale` and add a new payment method on the point of sale by editing it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:54
-msgid "Then select the payment method corresponding to your mercury configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:60
-msgid "Save the modifications."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18
+msgid "To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* module."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:63
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48
-msgid "Register a sale"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27
+msgid "To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer mode*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:65
-msgid "On the dashboard, you can see your point(s) of sales, click on **New Session**:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34
+msgid "While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:71
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:114
-msgid "You will get the main point of sale interface:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37
+msgid "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury credentials."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:82
-msgid "Payment with credit cards"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43
+msgid "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and create a new one."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:84
-msgid "Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the credit card **Payment Method**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46
+msgid "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then select your Mercury credentials that you just created."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:90
-msgid "Type in the **Amount** to be paid with the credit card. Now you can swipe the card and validate the payment."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52
+msgid "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3
-msgid "How to manage multiple cashiers?"
+msgid "Manage multiple cashiers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5
-msgid "This tutorial will describe how to manage multiple cashiers. There are four differents ways to manage several cashiers."
+msgid "With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9
-msgid "Switch cashier without any security"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:11
-msgid "As prerequisite, you just need to have a second user with the **Point of Sale User** rights (Under the :menuselection:`General Settings --> Users` menu). On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session** as the main user."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:18
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:123
-msgid "On the top of the screen click on the **user name**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:23
-msgid "And switch to another cashier."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:28
-msgid "The name on the top has changed which means you have changed the cashier."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:34
-msgid "Switch cashier with pin code"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:39
-msgid "If you want your cashiers to need a pin code to be able to use it, you can set it up in by clicking on **Settings**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:45
-msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:50
-msgid "**Edit** the cashier and add a security pin code on the **Point of Sale** tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57
-msgid "Change cashier"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:59
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:118
-msgid "On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session**."
+msgid "There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They are all explained below."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:69
-msgid "Choose your **cashier**:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13
+msgid "To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:74
-msgid "You will have to insert the user's **pin code** to be able to continue."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17
+msgid "Switch without pin codes"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:79
-msgid "Now you can see that the cashier has changed."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19
+msgid "The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the name of the current cashier in your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:85
-msgid "Switch cashier with cashier barcode badge"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25
+msgid "You will then be able to change between different users."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:90
-msgid "If you want your cashiers to scan its badge, you can set it up in by clicking on **Settings**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30
+msgid "And the cashier will be changed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:96
-msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33
+msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:101
-msgid "**Edit** the cashier and add a **security pin code** on the **Point of Sale** tab."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35
+msgid "You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:108
-msgid "Be careful of the barcode nomenclature, the default one forced you to use a barcode starting with ``041`` for cashier barcodes. To change that go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41
+msgid "On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:116
-msgid "Change Cashier"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47
+msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:128
-msgid "When the cashier scans his own badge, you can see on the top that the cashier has changed."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53
+msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:132
-msgid "Assign session to a user"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55
+msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:134
-msgid "Click on the menu :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:139
-msgid "Then, click on **New** and assign as **Responsible** the correct cashier to the point of sale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:145
-msgid "When the cashier logs in he is able to open the session"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:151
-msgid "Assign a default point of sale to a cashier"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:153
-msgid "If you want your cashiers to be assigned to a point of sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:159
-msgid "Then click on **Manage Access Rights**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:164
-msgid "**Edit** the cashier and add a **Default Point of Sale** under the **Point of Sale** tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:3
-msgid "How to register customers?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:21
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:78
-msgid "Register an order"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:13
-msgid "You arrive now on the main view :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:18
-msgid "On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can directly set the quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:23
-msgid "Record a customer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:25
-msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer**:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:30
-msgid "Register a new customer by clicking on the button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:35
-msgid "The following form appear. Fill in the relevant information:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:40
-msgid "When it's done click on the **floppy disk** icon"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57
+msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:45
-msgid "You just registered a new customer. To set this customer to the current order, just tap on **Set Customer**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62
+msgid "When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:51
-msgid "The customer is now set on the order."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64
+msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3
-msgid "How to reprint receipts?"
+msgid "Reprint Receipts"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8
-msgid "This feature requires a POSBox and a receipt printer."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5
+msgid "Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10
-msgid "If you want to allow a cashier to reprint a ticket, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the option **Allow cashier to reprint receipts**."
+msgid "To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17
-msgid "You also need to allow the reprinting on the point of sale. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to configure and and tick the option **Reprinting**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13
+msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25
-msgid "How to reprint a receipt?"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:20
+msgid "Reprint a receipt"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27
-msgid "In the Point of Sale interface click on the **Reprint Receipt** button."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:22
+msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:32
-msgid "The last printed receipt will be printed again."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27
+msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3
@@ -621,47 +350,27 @@ msgid "Analyze sales"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3
-msgid "Getting daily sales statistics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:7
-msgid "Point of Sale statistics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:9
-msgid "On your dashboard, click on the **More** button on the point of sale you want to analyse. Then click on **Orders**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15
-msgid "You will get the figures for this particular point of sale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21
-msgid "Global statistics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:23
-msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Orders`."
+msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:25
-msgid "You will get the figures of all orders for all point of sales."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5
+msgid "Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful statistics."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:31
-msgid "Cashier statistics"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10
+msgid "View your statistics"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:33
-msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Sales Details`."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12
+msgid "To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting --> Orders`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:35
-msgid "Choose the dates. Select the cashiers by clicking on **Add an item**. Then click on **Print Report**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15
+msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:41
-msgid "You will get a full report in a PDF file. Here is an example :"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21
+msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3
@@ -764,8 +473,41 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:3
-msgid "Point of Sale Hardware Setup"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3
+msgid "Register customers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5
+msgid "Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make any future interaction with them faster."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11
+msgid "Create a customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13
+msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18
+msgid "Create a new one by using this button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23
+msgid "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29
+msgid "Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in any future transactions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:1
+msgid "=./odoo.py --load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos=========================== Point of Sale Hardware Setup ============================"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:6
@@ -794,7 +536,7 @@ msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:19
-msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale installed"
+msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo database with the Point of Sale installed"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:20
@@ -875,16 +617,16 @@ msgid "Once powered, The POSBox needs a while to boot. Once the POSBox is ready,
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:80
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:292
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:290
 msgid "Setup the Point of Sale"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:82
-msgid "To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll down to the ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` section and activate the options for the hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the POSBox is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will attempt to find it on the local network."
+msgid "To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll down to the ``PoSBox / Hardware Proxy`` section and activate the options for the hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the POSBox is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will attempt to find it on the local network."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:91
-msgid "If you are running multiple Point of Sales on the same POSBox, make sure that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated."
+msgid "If you are running multiple Point of Sale on the same POSBox, make sure that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:94
@@ -976,7 +718,7 @@ msgid "A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:208
-msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to to load the Point of Sale"
+msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to load the Point of Sale"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:209
@@ -988,7 +730,7 @@ msgid "Extra dependencies"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:218
-msgid "Because Odoo runs on Python 2, you need to check which version of pip you need to use."
+msgid "Because Odoo 11.0 runs on Python 3, you need to check which version of pip you need to use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:221
@@ -1001,7 +743,7 @@ msgid "If it returns something like::"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:227
-msgid "You need to try pip2 instead."
+msgid "You need to try pip3 instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:233
@@ -1013,362 +755,358 @@ msgid "The driver modules requires the installation of new python modules:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:237
-msgid "``# pip install pyserial``"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:239
-msgid "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:241
-msgid "``# pip install qrcode``"
+msgid "``# pip install netifaces evdev pyusb==1.0.0b1``"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:244
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:240
 msgid "Access Rights"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:246
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:242
 msgid "The drivers need raw access to the printer and barcode scanner devices. Doing so requires a bit system administration. First we are going to create a group that has access to USB devices"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:250
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:246
 msgid "``# groupadd usbusers``"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:252
-msgid "Then we add the user who will run the OpenERP server to ``usbusers``"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:248
+msgid "Then we add the user who will run the Odoo server to ``usbusers``"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:254
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:250
 msgid "``# usermod -a -G usbusers USERNAME``"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:256
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:252
 msgid "Then we need to create a udev rule that will automatically allow members of ``usbusers`` to access raw USB devices. To do so create a file called ``99-usbusers.rules`` in the ``/etc/udev/rules.d/`` directory with the following content::"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:264
-msgid "Then you need to reboot your machine."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:260
+msgid "Then you need to reload the udev rules or reboot your machine if reloading the rules did not work."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:267
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:262
+msgid "``# udevadm control --reload-rules && udevadm trigger``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:265
 msgid "Start the local Odoo instance"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:269
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:267
 msgid "We must launch the Odoo server with the correct settings"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:271
-msgid "``$ ./odoo.py --load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos``"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:269
+msgid "``$ ./odoo-bin --load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos``"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:274
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:272
 msgid "Test the instance"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:276
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:274
 msgid "Plug all your hardware to your machine's USB ports, and go to ``http://localhost:8069/hw_proxy/status`` refresh the page a few times and see if all your devices are indicated as *Connected*. Possible source of errors are: The paths on the distribution differ from the paths expected by the drivers, another process has grabbed exclusive access to the devices, the udev rules do not apply or a superseded by others."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:284
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:282
 msgid "Automatically start Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:286
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:284
 msgid "You must now make sure that this Odoo install is automatically started after boot. There are various ways to do so, and how to do it depends on your particular setup. Using the init system provided by your distribution is probably the easiest way to accomplish this."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:294
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:292
 msgid "The IP address field in the POS configuration must be either ``127.0.0.1`` or ``localhost`` if you're running the created Odoo server on the machine that you'll use as the Point of Sale device. You can also leave it empty."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:300
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:298
 msgid "POSBox Technical Documentation"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:303
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:301
 msgid "Technical Overview"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:306
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:304
 msgid "The POSBox Hardware"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:308
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:306
 msgid "The POSBox's Hardware is based on a `Raspberry Pi 2 <https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-2-model-b/>`_, a popular single-board computer. The Raspberry Pi 2 is powered with a 2A micro-usb power adapter. 2A is needed to give enough power to the barcode scanners. The Software is installed on a 8Gb Class 10 or Higher SD Card. All this hardware is easily available worldwide from independent vendors."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:317
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:315
 msgid "Compatible Peripherals"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:319
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:317
 msgid "Officially supported hardware is listed on the `POS Hardware page <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:323
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:321
 msgid "The POSBox Software"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:325
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:323
 msgid "The POSBox runs a heavily modified Raspbian Linux installation, a Debian derivative for the Raspberry Pi. It also runs a barebones installation of Odoo which provides the webserver and the drivers. The hardware drivers are implemented as Odoo modules. Those modules are all prefixed with ``hw_*`` and they are the only modules that are running on the POSBox. Odoo is only used for the framework it provides. No business data is processed or stored on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``11.0`` branch."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:334
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:332
 msgid "The root partition on the POSBox is mounted read-only, ensuring that we don't wear out the SD card by writing to it too much. It also ensures that the filesystem cannot be corrupted by cutting the power to the POSBox. Linux applications expect to be able to write to certain directories though. So we provide a ramdisk for /etc and /var (Raspbian automatically provides one for /tmp). These ramdisks are setup by ``setup_ramdisks.sh``, which we run before all other init scripts by running it in ``/etc/init.d/rcS``. The ramdisks are named /etc_ram and /var_ram respectively. Most data from /etc and /var is copied to these tmpfs ramdisks. In order to restrict the size of the ramdisks, we do not copy over certain things to them (eg. apt related data). We then bind mount them over the original directories. So when an application writes to /etc/foo/bar it's actually writing to /etc_ram/foo/bar. We also bind mount / to /root_bypass_ramdisks to be able to get to the real /etc and /var during development."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:350
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:348
 msgid "Logs of the running Odoo server can be found at:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:352
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:350
 msgid "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:354
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:352
 msgid "Various POSBox related scripts (eg. wifi-related scripts) running on the POSBox will log to /var/log/syslog and those messages are tagged with ``posbox_*``."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:359
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:357
 msgid "Accessing the POSBox"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:362
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:360
 msgid "Local Access"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:364
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:362
 msgid "If you plug a QWERTY USB keyboard into one of the POSBox's USB ports, and if you connect a computer monitor to the *HDMI* port of the POSBox, you can use it as a small GNU/Linux computer and perform various administration tasks, like viewing some logs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:369
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:367
 msgid "The POSBox will automatically log in as root on the default tty."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:372
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:370
 msgid "Remote Access"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:374
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:372
 msgid "If you have the POSBox's IP address and an SSH client you can access the POSBox's system remotely. The login credentials are ``pi``/``raspberry``."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:379
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:377
 msgid "Updating The POSBox Software"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:381
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:379
 msgid "Only upgrade the POSBox if you experience problems or want to use newly implemented features."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:384
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:382
 msgid "The best way to update the POSBox software is to download a new version of the image and flash the SD-Card with it. This operation is described in detail in `this tutorial <http://elinux.org/RPi_Easy_SD_Card_Setup>`_, just replace the standard Raspberry Pi image with the latest one found at `the official POSBox image page <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/>`_. This method of upgrading will ensure that you're running the latest version of the POSBox software."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:393
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:391
 msgid "The second way of upgrading is through the built in upgrade interface that can be reached through the POSBox homepage. The nice thing about upgrading like this is that you don't have to flash a new image. This upgrade method is limited to what it can do however. It can not eg. update installed configuration files (like eg. /etc/hostapd.conf). It can only upgrade:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:400
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:398
 msgid "The internal Odoo application"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:401
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:399
 msgid "Scripts in the folder ``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:403
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:401
 msgid "When in doubt, always use the first method of upgrading."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:406
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:404
 msgid "Troubleshoot"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:409
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:407
 msgid "The POS cannot connect to the POSBox"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:411
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:409
 msgid "The easiest way to make sure the POSBox is properly set-up is to turn it on with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error if encountered or the POSBox's IP address in case of success. If no receipt is printed, check the following steps:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:415
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:413
 msgid "Make sure the POSBox is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status LED."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:417
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:415
 msgid "Make sure the POSBox is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green status LED just next to the red power status LED. The POSBox should be ready ~2 minutes after it is started."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:420
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:418
 msgid "Make sure the POSBox is connected to the same network as your POS device. Both the device and the POSBox should be visible in the list of connected devices on your network router."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:423
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:421
 msgid "Make sure that your LAN is set up with DHCP, and gives IP addresses in the range 192.168.0.X, 192.168.1.X, 10.0.0.X. If you cannot setup your LAN that way, you must manually set up your POSBox's IP address."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:427
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:425
 msgid "If you have specified the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, make sure it correspond to the printed on the POSBox's status receipt."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:430
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:428
 msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:431
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:429
 msgid "A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation prevents the autodiscovery from working reliably. When using Firefox you should manually set up the POSBox's IP address in the POS configuration."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:436
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:434
 msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:438
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:436
 msgid "The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:442
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:440
 msgid "The POSBox needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has enough power."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:445
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:443
 msgid "Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:448
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:446
 msgid "Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the POSBox."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:453
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:451
 msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:455
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:453
 msgid "Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode Scanner' enabled are connected to the POSBox at the same time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:460
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:458
 msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:462
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:460
 msgid "A small delay before the first print is expected, as the POSBox will do some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS and the POSBox."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:468
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:466
 msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:470
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:468
 msgid "The POSBox does not support all languages and characters. It currently supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:475
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:473
 msgid "The printer is offline"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:477
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:475
 msgid "Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please contact support."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:482
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:480
 msgid "The cashdrawer does not open"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:484
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:482
 msgid "The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in the POS configuration."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:488
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:486
 msgid "Credits"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:489
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:487
 msgid "The POSBox project was developed by Frédéric van der Essen with the kind help of Gary Malherbe, Fabien Meghazi, Nicolas Wisniewsky, Dimitri Del Marmol, Joren Van Onder and Antony Lesuisse."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:493
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:491
 msgid "This development would not have been possible without the Indiegogo campaign and those who contributed to it. Special thanks goes to the partners who backed the campaign with founding partner bundles:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:497
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:495
 msgid "Camptocamp"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:498
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:496
 msgid "BHC"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:499
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:497
 msgid "openBig"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:500
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:498
 msgid "Eeezee-IT"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:501
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:499
 msgid "Solarsis LDA"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:502
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:500
 msgid "ACSONE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:503
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:501
 msgid "Vauxoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:504
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:502
 msgid "Ekomurz"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:505
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:503
 msgid "Datalp"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:506
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:504
 msgid "Dao Systems"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:507
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:505
 msgid "Eggs Solutions"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:508
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:506
 msgid "OpusVL"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:510
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:508
 msgid "And also the partners who've backed the development with the Founding POSBox Bundle:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:513
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:511
 msgid "Willow IT"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:514
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:512
 msgid "E\\. Akhalwaya & Sons"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:515
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:513
 msgid "Multibase"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:516
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:514
 msgid "Mindesa"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:517
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:515
 msgid "bpso.biz"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:518
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:516
 msgid "Shine IT."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1377,11 +1115,11 @@ msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8
-msgid "Odoo's online **Point of Sale** application is based on a simple, user friendly interface. The **Point of Sale** application can be used online or offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops."
+msgid "Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12
-msgid "Odoo **Point of Sale** is fully integrated with the **Inventory** and the **Accounting** applications. Any transaction with your point of sale will automatically be registered in your inventory management and accounting and, even in your **CRM** as the customer can be identified from the app."
+msgid "Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the customer can be identified from the app."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17
@@ -1389,726 +1127,359 @@ msgid "You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across al
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25
-msgid "Install the Point of Sale Application"
+msgid "Install the Point of Sale application"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27
-msgid "Start by installing the **Point of Sale** application. Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **Point of Sale** application."
+msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33
-msgid "Do not forget to install an accounting **chart of account**. If it is not done, go to the **Invoicing/Accounting** application and click on **Browse available countries**:"
+msgid "If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40
-msgid "Then choose the one you want to install."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38
+msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:42
-msgid "When it is done, you are all set to use the point of sale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:45
-msgid "Adding Products"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40
+msgid "To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:47
-msgid "To add products from the point of sale **Dashboard** go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Products` and click on **Create**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48
+msgid "You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:50
-msgid "The first example will be oranges with a price of ``3€/kg``. In the **Sales** tab, you can see the point of sale configuration. There, you can set a product category, specify that the product has to be weighted or not and ensure that it will be available in the point of sale."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52
+msgid "Configure your payment methods"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:58
-msgid "In same the way, you can add lemons, pumpkins, red onions, bananas... in the database."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54
+msgid "To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62
-msgid "How to easily manage categories?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:64
-msgid "If you already have a database with your products, you can easily set a **Point of Sale Category** by using the Kanban view and by grouping the products by **Point of Sale Category**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:72
-msgid "Configuring a payment method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:74
-msgid "To configure a new payment method go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and click on **Create**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:81
-msgid "After you set up a name and the type of payment method, you can go to the point of sale tab and ensure that this payment method has been activated for the point of sale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:86
-msgid "Configuring your points of sales"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:88
-msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, click on the ``main`` point of sale. Edit the point of sale and add your custom payment method into the available payment methods."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:95
-msgid "You can configure each point of sale according to your hardware, location,..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Point of Sale Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Sales Channel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Restaurant Floors"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Orderline Notes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Display Category Pictures"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Initial Category"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no category is specified, all available products will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Virtual KeyBoard"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Don’t turn this option on if you take orders on smartphones or tablets."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Such devices already benefit from a native keyboard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Large Scrollbars"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "IP Address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if left empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Scan via Proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Electronic Scale"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Cashdrawer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Print via Proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Customer Facing Display"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Show checkout to customers with a remotely-connected screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Defines what kind of barcodes are available and how they are assigned to products, customers and cashiers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Fiscal Positions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "This is useful for restaurants with onsite and take-away services that imply specific tax rates."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Available Pricelists"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Make several pricelists available in the Point of Sale. You can also apply a pricelist to specific customers from their contact form (in Sales tab). To be valid, this pricelist must be listed here as an available pricelist. Otherwise the default pricelist will apply."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Default Pricelist"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The pricelist used if no customer is selected or if the customer has no Sale Pricelist configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Restrict Price Modifications to Managers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Only users with Manager access rights for PoS app can modify the product prices on orders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Cash Control"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Prefill Cash Payment"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be prefilled with the exact due amount."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Order IDs Sequence"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "This sequence is automatically created by Odoo but you can change it to customize the reference numbers of your orders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Receipt Header"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Receipt Footer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Automatic Receipt Printing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Skip Preview Screen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The receipt screen will be skipped if the receipt can be printed automatically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bill Printing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bill Splitting"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Tip Product"
+msgid "Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use in Point of Sale\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "This product is used as reference on customer receipts."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68
+msgid "Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Invoicing"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75
+msgid "Configure your Point of Sale"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can edit all the settings of your Point of Sale."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Invoice Journal"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82
+msgid "Create your first PoS session"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Sales Journal"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85
+msgid "Your first order"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87
+msgid "You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Group Journal Items"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94
+msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a Session."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99
+msgid "Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:100
-msgid "Now you are ready to make your first steps with your point of sale."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104
+msgid "You can register the next orders."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:103
-msgid "First Steps in the Point of Sale"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107
+msgid "Close the PoS session"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:106
-msgid "Your first order"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109
+msgid "At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can now close the session from the dashboard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:108
-msgid "On the dashboard, you can see your points of sales, click on **New session**:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117
+msgid "It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119
-msgid "On the right you can see the products list with the categories on the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard."
+msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:125
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:59
-msgid "Payment"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124
+msgid "You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been paid by this payment method during that PoS session."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127
-msgid "Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` and pays with a ``20 €`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:134
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:68
-msgid "Your ticket is printed and you are now ready to make your second order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:137
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:71
-msgid "Closing a session"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:139
-msgid "At the end of the day, to close the session, click on the **Close** button on the top right. Click again on the close button of the point of sale. On this page, you will see a summary of the transactions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:146
-msgid "If you click on a payment method line, the journal of this method appears containing all the transactions performed."
+msgid "If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the closing entries."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:152
-msgid "Now, you only have to validate and close the session."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130
+msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3
 msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3
-msgid "How to register multiple orders simultaneously?"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3
+msgid "Print the Bill"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:6
-msgid "Register simultaneous orders"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5
+msgid "Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the definitive ticket."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:8
-msgid "On the main screen, just tap on the **+** on the top of the screen to register another order. The current orders remain opened until the payment is done or the order is cancelled."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10
+msgid "Configure Bill Printing"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:16
-msgid "Switch from one order to another"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12
+msgid "To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:18
-msgid "Simply click on the number of the order."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15
+msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:24
-msgid "Cancel an order"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22
+msgid "Split a Bill"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:26
-msgid "If you made a mistake or if the order is cancelled, just click on the **-** button. A message will appear to confirm the order deletion."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24
+msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:34
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:115
-msgid ":doc:`../advanced/register`"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29
+msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:35
-msgid ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3
+msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:36
-msgid ":doc:`transfer`"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5
+msgid "To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar can be a tremendous help."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:3
-msgid "How to handle kitchen & bar order printing?"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10
+msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:8
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
-msgid "From the dashboard click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12
+msgid "To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16
+msgid "Under the PosBox / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:13
-msgid "Under the **Bar & Restaurant** section, tick **Bill Printing**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:19
+msgid "Add a printer"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:18
-msgid "In order printers, click on **add an item** and then **Create**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:21
+msgid "In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where you can add the printer."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:23
-msgid "Set a printer **Name**, its **IP address** and the **Category** of product you want to print on this printer. The category of product is useful to print the order for the kitchen."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:28
+msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:30
-msgid "Several printers can be added this way"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:33
+msgid "Select or create a printer."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:35
-msgid "Now when you register an order, products will be automatically printed on the correct printer."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:36
+msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:39
-msgid "Print a bill before the payment"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:38
+msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:41
-msgid "On the main screen, click on the **Bill** button."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43
+msgid "When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:46
-msgid "Finally click on **Print**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3
+msgid "Register multiple orders"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:51
-msgid "Click on **Ok** once it is done."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5
+msgid "The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:54
-msgid "Print the order (kitchen printing)"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9
+msgid "Register an additional order"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:56
-msgid "This is different than printing the bill. It only prints the list of the items."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11
+msgid "When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new order."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:59
-msgid "Click on **Order**, it will automatically be printed."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14
+msgid "You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when needed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:65
-msgid "The printer is automatically chosen according to the products categories set on it."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20
+msgid "By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3
-msgid "How to setup Point of Sale Restaurant?"
+msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5
-msgid "Go to the **Point of Sale** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`"
+msgid "Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of Sale application can help you to fulfill."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11
-msgid "Enable the option **Restaurant: activate table management** and click on **Apply**."
+msgid "To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:17
-msgid "Then go back to the **Dashboard**, on the point of sale you want to use in restaurant mode, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15
+msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:23
-msgid "Under the **Restaurant Floors** section, click on **add an item** to insert a floor and to set your PoS in restaurant mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:29
-msgid "Insert a floor name and assign the floor to your point of sale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:34
-msgid "Click on **Save & Close** and then on **Save**. Congratulations, your point of sale is now in Restaurant mode. The first time you start a session, you will arrive on an empty map."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:40
-msgid ":doc:`table`"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20
+msgid "You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3
-msgid "How to handle split bills?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:8
-msgid "Split bills only work for point of sales that are in **restaurant** mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:15
-msgid "In the settings tick the option **Bill Splitting**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:8
-msgid "From the dashboard, click on **New Session**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:28
-msgid "Choose a table and start registering an order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:33
-msgid "When customers want to pay and split the bill, there are two ways to achieve this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:36
-msgid "based on the total"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:38
-msgid "based on products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:44
-msgid "Splitting based on the total"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:46
-msgid "Just click on **Payment**. You only have to insert the money tendered by each customer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:49
-msgid "Click on the payment method (cash, credit card,...) and enter the amount. Repeat it for each customer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:55
-msgid "When it's done, click on validate. This is how to split the bill based on the total amount."
+msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:59
-msgid "Split the bill based on products"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5
+msgid "Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-box in the Odoo Point of Sale application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:61
-msgid "On the main view, click on **Split**"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12
+msgid "To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:66
-msgid "Select the products the first customer wants to pay and click on **Payment**"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16
+msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting option."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:71
-msgid "You get the total, process the payment and click on **Validate**"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23
+msgid "Split a bill"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:76
-msgid "Follow the same procedure for the next customer of the same table."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25
+msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:78
-msgid "When all the products have been paid you go back to the table map."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30
+msgid "When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and process the payment, repeating the process for each guest."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3
-msgid "How to configure your table map?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:6
-msgid "Make your table map"
+msgid "Configure your table management"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:8
-msgid "Once your point of sale has been configured for restaurant usage, click on **New Session**:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5
+msgid "Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale`.."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:14
-msgid "This is your main floor, it is empty for now. Click on the **+** icon to add a table."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9
+msgid "Add a floor"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20
-msgid "Drag and drop the table to change its position. Once you click on it, you can edit it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:23
-msgid "Click on the corners to change the size."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:28
-msgid "The number of seats can be set by clicking on this icon:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:33
-msgid "The table name can be edited by clicking on this icon:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:38
-msgid "You can switch from round to square table by clicking on this icon:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:43
-msgid "The color of the table can modify by clicking on this icon :"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11
+msgid "When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on *Floors*"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:48
-msgid "This icon allows you to duplicate the table:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18
+msgid "Add tables"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:53
-msgid "To drop a table click on this icon:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20
+msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:58
-msgid "Once your plan is done click on the pencil to leave the edit mode. The plan is automatically saved."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25
+msgid "When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:65
-msgid "Register your orders"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31
+msgid "In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as duplicate them with the handy tool bar."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:67
-msgid "Now you are ready to make your first order. You just have to click on a table to start registering an order."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36
+msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:70
-msgid "You can come back at any time to the map by clicking on the floor name :"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39
+msgid "Register your table(s) orders"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:76
-msgid "Edit a table map"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41
+msgid "When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to register an order and payment."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:78
-msgid "On your map, click on the pencil icon to go in edit mode :"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44
+msgid "You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and you can also transfer the order to another table."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3
-msgid "How to handle tips?"
+msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:8
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:63
-msgid "From the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5
+msgid "As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is important to have the option in your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13
-msgid "Add a product for the tip."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9
+msgid "Configure Tipping"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:18
-msgid "In the tip product page, be sure to set a sale price of ``0€`` and to remove all the taxes in the accounting tab."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11
+msgid "To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25
-msgid "Adding a tip"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14
+msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27
-msgid "On the payment page, tap on **Tip**"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21
+msgid "Add Tips to the bill"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:32
-msgid "Tap down the amount of the tip:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23
+msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37
-msgid "The total amount has been updated and you can now register the payment."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31
+msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3
-msgid "How to transfer a customer from table?"
+msgid "Transfer customers between tables"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5
-msgid "This only work for Point of Sales that are configured in restaurant mode."
+msgid "If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for you."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13
-msgid "Choose a table, for example table ``T1`` and start registering an order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18
-msgid "Register an order. For some reason, customers want to move to table ``T9``. Click on **Transfer**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11
+msgid "Transfer customer(s)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:24
-msgid "Select to which table you want to transfer customers."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13
+msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:29
-msgid "You see that the order has been added to the table ``T9``"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18
+msgid "You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and select the new table"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3
@@ -2116,279 +1487,166 @@ msgid "Advanced Shop Features"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3
-msgid "How to set up cash control?"
+msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5
-msgid "Cash control permits you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening and closing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:9
-msgid "Configuring cash control"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:11
-msgid "On the **Point of Sale** dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:17
-msgid "On this page, scroll and tick the the option **Cash Control**."
+msgid "Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash is missing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:23
-msgid "Starting a session"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10
+msgid "Activate Cash Control"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:25
-msgid "On your point of sale dashboard click on **new session**:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12
+msgid "To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:30
-msgid "Before launching the point of sale interface, you get the open control view. Click on set an opening balance to introduce the amount in the cashbox."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16
+msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:37
-msgid "Here you can insert the value of the coin or bill, and the amount present in the cashbox. The system sums up the total, in this example we have ``86,85€`` in the cashbox. Click on **confirm**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21
+msgid "In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at the opening and closing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:44
-msgid "You can see that the opening balance has changed and when you click on **Open Session** you will get the main point of sale interface."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24
+msgid "When clicking on *->Opening/Closing Values* you will be able to create those values."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:61
-msgid "Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84€`` and pays with a ``20€`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31
+msgid "Start a session"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:73
-msgid "At the time of closing the session, click on the **Close** button on the top right. Click again on the **Close** button to exit the point of sale interface. On this page, you will see a summary of the transactions. At this moment you can take the money out."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33
+msgid "You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening Balance*"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:81
-msgid "For instance you want to take your daily transactions out of your cashbox."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42
+msgid "By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always modify it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:87
-msgid "Now you can see that the theoretical closing balance has been updated and it only remains you to count your cashbox to set a closing balance."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46
+msgid "Close a session"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:93
-msgid "You can now validate the closing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:96
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:20
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:92
-msgid ":doc:`invoice`"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48
+msgid "When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* button as well."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:97
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:116
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:93
-msgid ":doc:`refund`"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51
+msgid "You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you have just counted) and the difference between the two."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:98
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:117
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:21
-msgid ":doc:`seasonal_discount`"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57
+msgid "If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3
-msgid "How to invoice from the POS interface?"
+msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:8
-msgid "On the **Dashboard**, you can see your points of sales, click on **New session**:"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5
+msgid "Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:14
-msgid "You are on the ``main`` point of sales view :"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9
+msgid "Activate invoicing"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:19
-msgid "On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on the top. Switch categories by clicking on it."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your Point of Sale:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:22
-msgid "If you click on a product, it will be added in your cart. You can directly set the correct **Quantity/Weight** by typing it on the keyboard."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17
+msgid "Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:26
-msgid "Add a customer"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25
+msgid "Select a customer"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:29
-msgid "By selecting in the customer list"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27
+msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:31
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54
-msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer** (above **Payment**):"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32
+msgid "You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer or create a new one by using this button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:36
-msgid "You must set a customer in order to be able to issue an invoice."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38
+msgid "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41
-msgid "You can search in the list of your customers or create new ones by clicking on the icon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:48
-msgid "For more explanation about adding a new customer. Please read the document :doc:`../advanced/register`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52
-msgid "By using a barcode for customer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:59
-msgid "Select a customer and click on the pencil to edit."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:64
-msgid "Set a the barcode for customer by scanning it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:69
-msgid "Save modifications and now when you scan the customer's barcode, he is assigned to the order"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:73
-msgid "Be careful with the **Barcode Nomenclature**. By default, customers' barcodes have to begin with 042. To check the default barcode nomenclature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:82
-msgid "Payment and invoicing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:84
-msgid "Once the cart is processed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` and pays with by a ``VISA``."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:88
-msgid "Before clicking on **Validate**, you have to click on **Invoice** in order to create an invoice from this order."
+msgid "Invoice your customer"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:94
-msgid "Your invoice is printed and you can continue to make orders."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43
+msgid "From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to select it and validate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:97
-msgid "Retrieve invoices of a specific customer"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49
+msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:99
-msgid "To retrieve the customer's invoices, go to the **Sale** application, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Customers`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:102
-msgid "On the customer information view, click on the **Invoiced** button :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:107
-msgid "You will get the list all his invoices. Click on the invoice to get the details."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52
+msgid "Retrieve invoices"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:114
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:19
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:91
-msgid ":doc:`cash_control`"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54
+msgid "Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the invoice."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3
-msgid "How to return and refund products?"
+msgid "Accept returns and refund products"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5
-msgid "To refund a customer, from the PoS main view, you have to insert negative values. For instance in the last order you count too many ``pumpkins`` and you have to pay back one."
+msgid "Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:12
-msgid "You can see that the total is negative, to end the refund, you only have to process the payment."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10
+msgid "From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If they need to return multiple products, repeat the process."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3
-msgid "How to apply Time-limited or seasonal discounts?"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17
+msgid "As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have to process the payment."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:8
-msgid "To apply time-limited or seasonal discount, use the pricelists."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3
+msgid "Apply time-limited discounts"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10
-msgid "You have to create it and to apply it on the point of sale."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:5
+msgid "Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored to your business."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:13
-msgid "Sales application configuration"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:12
+msgid "To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:15
-msgid "In the **Sales** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Tick **Advanced pricing based on formula**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:18
+msgid "Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking on *Pricelists*."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23
-msgid "Creating a pricelist"
+msgid "Create a pricelist"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25
-msgid "Once the setting has been applied, a **Pricelists** section appears under the configuration menu on the sales application."
+msgid "By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31
-msgid "Click on it, and then on **Create**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:36
-msgid "Create a **Pricelist** for your point of sale. Each pricelist can contain several items with different prices and different dates. It can be done on all products or only on specific ones. Click on **Add an item**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
-msgid "Active"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
-msgid "If unchecked, it will allow you to hide the pricelist without removing it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
-msgid "Selectable"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
-msgid "Allow the end user to choose this price list"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45
-msgid "For example, the price of the oranges costs ``3€`` but for two days, we want to give a ``10%`` discount to our PoS customers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:51
-msgid "You can do it by adding the product or its category and applying a percentage discount. Other price computation can be done for the pricelist."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:55
-msgid "After you save and close, your pricelist is ready to be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:61
-msgid "Applying your pricelist to the Point of Sale"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:68
-msgid "On the right, you will be able to assign a pricelist."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:74
-msgid "You just have to update the pricelist to apply the time-limited discount(s)."
+msgid "You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the whole range."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:80
-msgid "When you start a new session, you can see that the price have automatically been updated."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:37
+msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:87
-msgid "When you update a pricelist, you have to close and open the session."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:39
+msgid "You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly select the right pricelist."
 msgstr ""
 
diff --git a/locale/sources/portal.pot b/locale/sources/portal.pot
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a2831cac69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/sources/portal.pot
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6
+msgid "My Odoo Portal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
+msgid "In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your Subscriptions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
+msgid "To access this section you have to log with your username and password to `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
+msgid "Quotations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
+msgid "Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
+msgid "The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
+msgid "If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
+msgid "Sales Orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
+msgid "All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. will be registered under this section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
+msgid "By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products purchased and process the payment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53
+msgid "Invoices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
+msgid "All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate you if the invoice has been paid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
+msgid "Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the invoice or download a PDF version of the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
+msgid "Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
+msgid "When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77
+msgid "Subscriptions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
+msgid "You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85
+msgid "By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing information and the payment method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89
+msgid "To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter the new credit card details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95
+msgid "If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on \"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on \"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102
+msgid "At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will change to \"To Renew\".  You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will no longer be able to access the database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
+msgid "Success Packs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110
+msgid "With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116
+msgid "If you need information about how to manage your database see :ref:`db_online`"
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/locale/sources/practical.pot b/locale/sources/practical.pot
index cf53b4973f..1e9deb1cfd 100644
--- a/locale/sources/practical.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/practical.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
diff --git a/locale/sources/project.pot b/locale/sources/project.pot
index 952a1628bb..8a8dd62906 100644
--- a/locale/sources/project.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/project.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -24,84 +24,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Advanced"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3
-msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:5
-msgid "A company selling support services often has to deal with problems occurring during the implementation of the project. These issues have to be solved and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the deliverability of the project and a positive customer satisfaction."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10
-msgid "For example, as an IT company offering the implementation of your software, you might have to deal with customers emails experiencing technical problems. Odoo offers the opportunity to create dedicated support projects which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email. This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be closed more quickly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
-#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:20
-msgid "The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the **Issue Tracking** modules."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31
-msgid "Create a project"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33
-msgid "The first step in order to set up a claim/issue management system is to create a project related to those claims. Let's start by simply creating a **support project**. Enter the Project application dashboard, click on create and name your project **Support**. Tick the **Issues** box and rename the field if you want to customize the Issues label (e.g. **Bugs** or **Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client will be able to follow his claim in his portal)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43
-msgid "You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51
-msgid "Invite followers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53
-msgid "You can decide to notify your employees as soon as a new issue will be created. On the **Chatter** (bottom of the screen), you will notice two buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63
-msgid "Set up your workflow"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:65
-msgid "You can easily personalize your project stages to suit your workflow by creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired stage."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77
-msgid "Generate issues from emails"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:79
-msgid "When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it appearing in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project is automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87
-msgid "If you cannot see the email address on your project, go to the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you will now see the email address under the name of your project."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92
-msgid "Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a new issue will be created."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
-msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97
-msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3
 msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?"
 msgstr ""
@@ -198,10 +120,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front end of the website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:111
-msgid ":doc:`claim_issue`"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3
 msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?"
 msgstr ""
@@ -218,6 +136,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at ``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the overtime spent on the project."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27
 msgid "Install the required applications"
 msgstr ""
@@ -294,12 +218,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the source document of the task is the related sales order."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114
-msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`"
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
+msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115
-msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`"
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114
+msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../project/application.rst:3
@@ -756,83 +681,79 @@ msgid "In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3
-msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks?"
+msgid "Visualize a project's tasks"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5
-msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks"
+msgid "In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you have to cope with."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:7
-msgid "Tasks are assignments that members of your organisations have to fulfill as part of a project. In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those task are already complex enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a real burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you have to cope with."
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12
+msgid "Create a task"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17
-msgid "The only configuration needed is to install the project module in the module application."
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14
+msgid "While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:24
-msgid "Creating Tasks"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:26
-msgid "Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply open the project and click on create a task."
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17
+msgid "In the project, create a new task."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:32
-msgid "You then first give a name to your task, the related project will automatically be filled in, assign the project to someone, and select a deadline if there is one."
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22
+msgid "In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:40
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
-msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29
+msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:42
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31
 msgid "Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks to the Kanban view."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34
 msgid "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which one have the higher priorities."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:49
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53
 msgid "The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view logo in the upper right corner"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:57
-msgid "How to nototify your collegues about the status of a task?"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
+msgid "You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task and indicate if the task is ready."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
-msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53
+msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:65
-msgid "On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by priority. Tasks with a higher priority will be automatically moved to the top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines."
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55
+msgid "Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked to their creation date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72
-msgid "Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the list view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks."
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63
+msgid "Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:80
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
-msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67
+msgid "If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:82
-msgid "If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline in a single window."
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72
+msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:89
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
-msgid "All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74
+msgid "You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set easily in a single window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78
+msgid "Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:94
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133
 msgid "You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and dropping the task to another case."
 msgstr ""
@@ -925,6 +846,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
+msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49
 msgid "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the ones having the higher priorities."
 msgstr ""
@@ -941,6 +866,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, Done."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
+msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82
 msgid "On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines."
 msgstr ""
@@ -965,10 +894,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will show you the progression of each task."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
+msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121
 msgid "If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a single window."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
+msgid "All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138
 msgid ":doc:`forecast`"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/sources/purchase.pot b/locale/sources/purchase.pot
index 0a0493d8fe..2e7dbf6594 100644
--- a/locale/sources/purchase.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/purchase.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -107,7 +107,6 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:14
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:58
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:21
@@ -299,6 +298,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "There are 2 scenarios: import the vendor pricelist for the first time, or update an existing vendor pricelist. In both scenarios, we assume your product list and vendor list is updated and you want to import the price list of vendors for a given product."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:37
+msgid "Todo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:38
+msgid "note when import page has been written To understand the principles of import of data, we invite you to read the following document."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:40
 msgid "To import a list from a document, the best pratice is to export first to get an example of data formating and a proper header to reimport."
 msgstr ""
@@ -756,7 +763,6 @@ msgid "For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase order
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:17
 msgid "Install the Purchase Management module"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -812,7 +818,6 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:76
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:86
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:81
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:77
 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1183,13 +1188,21 @@ msgid "Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by c
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
-msgid "Shipment"
+msgid "Receipt"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "Incoming Shipments"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Vendor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "Vendor Reference"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1545,66 +1558,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "View `Purchase Tenders <https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__ in our Online Demonstration."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3
-msgid "How to purchase partially at two vendors for the same purchase tenders?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:5
-msgid "For some Purchase Tenders (PT), you might sometimes want to be able to select only a part of some of the offers you received. In Odoo, this is made possible through the advanced mode of the **Purchase** module."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:10
-msgid "If you want to know how to handle a simple **Purchase Tender**, read the document on :doc:`manage_multiple_offers`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:19
-msgid "From the **Apps** menu, install the **Purchase Management** app."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:25
-msgid "Activating the Purchase Tender and Purchase Tender advanced mode"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:27
-msgid "In order to be able to select elements of an offer, you must activate the advanced mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:30
-msgid "To do so, go into the **Purchases** module, open the **Configuration** menu and click on **Settings**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:33
-msgid "In the **Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Allow using call for tenders to get quotes from multiple suppliers(...)**, and in the **Advanced Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Advanced call for tender (...)** then click on **Apply**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:42
-msgid "Selecting elements of a RFQ/Bid"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:44
-msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase Tenders`. Create a purchase tender containing several products, and follow the usual sequence all the way to the **Bid Selection** status."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:49
-msgid "When you closed the call, click on **Choose Product Lines** to access the list of products and the bids received for all of them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:55
-msgid "Unroll the list of offers you received for each product, and click on the *v* symbol (**Confirm order**) next to the offers you wish to proceed with. The lines for which you've confirmed the order turn blue. When you're finished, click on **Generate PO** to create a purchase order for each product and supplier."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:64
-msgid "When you come back to you purchase tender, you can see that the status has switched to **PO Created** and that the **Requests for Quotations** now have a status of **Purchase Order** or **Cancelled**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:72
-msgid "From there, follow the documentation :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` to proceed with the delivery and invoicing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:76
-msgid ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3
 msgid "Replenishment"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot
index 1e530b57bb..434f81298f 100644
--- a/locale/sources/sales.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -160,632 +160,321 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Invoicing Method"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services.rst:3
-msgid "Services"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3
+msgid "Request a down payment"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:3
-msgid "How to invoice milestones of a project?"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5
+msgid "A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:5
-msgid "There are different kind of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days (e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing consulting hours) or a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10
+msgid "First time you request a down payment"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:9
-msgid "In this section, we will have a look at how to invoice milestones of a project."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12
+msgid "When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total amount."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:12
-msgid "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large scale projects, with each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally build up to the completion of the contract. For example, a marketing agency hired for a new product launch could break down a project into the following milestones, each of them considered as one service with a fixed price on the sale order :"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16
+msgid "The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:19
-msgid "Milestone 1 : Marketing strategy audit - 5 000 euros"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22
+msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:21
-msgid "Milestone 2 : Brand Identity - 10 000 euros"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27
+msgid "On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be automatically deducted."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:23
-msgid "Milestone 3 : Campaign launch & PR - 8 500 euros"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34
+msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:25
-msgid "In this case, an invoice will be sent to the customer each time a milestone will be successfully reached. That invoicing method is comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the project's progress and pay in several times."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36
+msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:32
-msgid "You can also use milestones to invoice percentages of the entire project. For example, for a million euros project, your company might require a 15% upfront payment, 30% at the midpoint and the balance at the contract conclusion. In that case, each payment will be considered as one milestone."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41
+msgid "You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the income account & customer taxes."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:39
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:26
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:14
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:16
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:42
-msgid "Install the Sales application"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:44
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:28
-msgid "In order to sell services and to send invoices, you need to install the **Sales** application, from the **Apps** icon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:51
-msgid "Create products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:53
-msgid "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. From the **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, create a new product with the following setup:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:57
-msgid "**Name**: Strategy audit"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:59
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:50
-msgid "**Product Type**: Service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:61
-msgid "**Invoicing Policy**: Delivered Quantities, since you will invoice your milestone after it has been delivered"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:64
-msgid "**Track Service**: Manually set quantities on order, as you complete each milestone, you will manually update their quantity from the **Delivered** tab on your sale order"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:72
-msgid "Apply the same configuration for the others milestones."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:75
-msgid "Managing your project"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:78
-msgid "Quotations and sale orders"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:80
-msgid "Now that your milestones (or products) are created, you can create a quotation or a sale order with each line corresponding to one milestone. For each line, set the **Ordered Quantity** to ``1`` as each milestone is completed once. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a sale order, you will be able to change the delivered quantities when the corresponding milestone has been achieved."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:91
-msgid "Invoice milestones"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:93
-msgid "Let's assume that your first milestone (the strategy audit) has been successfully delivered and you want to invoice it to your customer. On the sale order, click on **Edit** and set the **Delivered Quantity** of the related product to ``1``."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:99
-msgid "As soon as the above modification has been saved, you will notice that the color of the line has changed to blue, meaning that the service can now be invoiced. In the same time, the invoice status of the SO has changed from **Nothing To Invoice** to **To Invoice**"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:104
-msgid "Click on **Create invoice** and, in the new window that pops up, select **Invoiceable lines** and validate. It will create a new invoice (in draft status) with only the **strategy audit** product as invoiceable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:112
-msgid "In order to be able to invoice a product, you need to set up the **Accounting** application and to configure an accounting journal and a chart of account. Click on the following link to learn more: :doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:117
-msgid "Back on your sale order, you will notice that the **Invoiced** column of your order line has been updated accordingly and that the **Invoice Status** is back to **Nothing to Invoice**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:121
-msgid "Follow the same workflow to invoice your remaining milestones."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:124
-msgid ":doc:`reinvoice`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:125
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:185
-msgid ":doc:`support`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:3
-msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:5
-msgid "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an employee paying a parking spot for a meeting with your client. As a company, you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:11
-msgid "In this documentation we will see two use cases. The first, very basic, consists of invoicing a simple expense to your client like you would do for a product. The second, more advanced, will consist of invoicing expenses entered in your expense system by your employees directly to your customer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:18
-msgid "Use case 1: Simple expense invoicing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:20
-msgid "Let's take the following example. You are working on a promotion campaign for one of your customers (``Agrolait``) and you have to print a lot of copies. Those copies are an expense for your company and you would like to invoice them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:35
-msgid "Create product to be expensed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:37
-msgid "You will need now to create a product called ``Copies``."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:39
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:112
-msgid "From your **Sales** module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a product as follows:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:42
-msgid "**Product type**: consumable"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:44
-msgid "**Invoicing policy**: on delivered quantities (you will manually set the quantities to invoice on the sale order)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:51
-msgid "Create a sale order"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:53
-msgid "Now that your product is correctly set up, you can create a sale order for that product (from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders`) with the ordered quantities set to 0. Click on **Confirm the Sale** to create the sale order. You will be able then to manually change the delivered quantities on the sale order to reinvoice the copies to your customer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:64
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:177
-msgid "Invoice expense to your client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:66
-msgid "At the end of the month, you have printed ``1000`` copies on behalf of your client and you want to re-invoice them. From the related sale order, click on **Delivered Quantities**, manually enter the correct amount of copies and click on **Save**. Your order line will turn blue, meaning that it is ready to be invoiced. Click on **Create invoice**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:73
-msgid "The total amount on your sale order will be of 0 as it is computed on the ordered quantities. It is your invoice which will compute the correct amount due by your customer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:77
-msgid "The invoice generated is in draft, so you can always control the quantities and change the amount if needed. You will notice that the amount to be invoiced is based here on the delivered quantities."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:84
-msgid "Click on validate to issue the payment to your customer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:87
-msgid "Use case 2: Invoice expenses via the expense module"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:89
-msgid "To illustrate this case, let's imagine that your company sells some consultancy service to your customer ``Agrolait`` and both parties agreed that the distance covered by your consultant will be re-invoiced at cost."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:97
-msgid "Here, you will need to install two more modules:"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3
+msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:99
-msgid "Expense Tracker"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5
+msgid "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company, you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:101
-msgid "Accounting, where you will need to activate the analytic accounting from the settings"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64
+msgid "Expenses configuration"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:108
-msgid "Create a product to be expensed"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66
+msgid "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:110
-msgid "You will now need to create a product called ``Kilometers``."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
+msgid "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:115
-msgid "Product can be expensed"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74
+msgid "Add expenses to your sales order"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:117
-msgid "Product type: Service"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76
+msgid "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the hotel for the first week on the site of your customer."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:119
-msgid "Invoicing policy: invoice based on time and material"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79
+msgid "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or create a new one from right there."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:121
-msgid "Expense invoicing policy: At cost"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85
+msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:123
-msgid "Track service: manually set quantities on order"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38
+msgid "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your expense or a previously agreed on sales price."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:129
-msgid "Create a sales order"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97
+msgid "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Expense products`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:131
-msgid "Still from the Sales module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders` and add your product **Consultancy** on the order line."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100
+msgid "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:135
-msgid "If your product doesn't exist yet, you can configure it on the fly from the SO. Just type the name on the **product** field and click on **Create and edit** to configure it."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106
+msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:139
-msgid "Depending on your product configuration, an **Analytic Account** may have been generated automatically. If not, you can easily create one in order to link your expenses to the sale order. Do not forget to confirm the sale order."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117
+msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:148
-msgid "Refer to the documentation :doc:`../../../accounting/others/analytic/usage` to learn more about that concept."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:152
-msgid "Create expense and link it to SO"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5
+msgid "Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for invoicing:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:154
-msgid "Let's assume that your consultant covered ``1.000km`` in October as part of his consultancy project. We will create a expense for it and link it to the related sales order thanks to the analytic account."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8
+msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales order is confirmed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:158
-msgid "Go to the **Expenses** module and click on **Create**. Record your expense as follows:"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10
+msgid "Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a partial delivery."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:161
-msgid "**Expense description**: Kilometers October 2015"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13
+msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:163
-msgid "**Product**: Kilometers"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15
+msgid "The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice the actual delivered quantity."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:165
-msgid "**Quantity**: 1.000"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21
+msgid "You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:167
-msgid "**Analytic account**: SO0019 - Agrolait"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26
+msgid "Decide the policy on a product page"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:172
-msgid "Click on **Submit to manager**. As soon as the expense has been validated and posted to the journal entries, a new line corresponding to the expense will automatically be generated on the sale order."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28
+msgid "From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing policy and select the one you want."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:179
-msgid "You can now invoice the invoiceable lines to your customer."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35
+msgid "Send the invoice"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:186
-msgid ":doc:`milestones`"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37
+msgid "Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced quantities."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:3
-msgid "How to invoice a support contract (prepaid hours)?"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43
+msgid "If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have to validate the delivery."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:5
-msgid "There are different kinds of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days (e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing consulting hours) and a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47
+msgid "Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered if you did a partial delivery."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:9
-msgid "In this section, we will have a look at how to sell and keep track of a pre-paid support contract."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice project milestones"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:12
-msgid "As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at ``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep track of the support service you did for the customer."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5
+msgid "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the project's progress and pay in several installments."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:20
-msgid "Install the Sales and Timesheet applications"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13
+msgid "Create milestone products"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:22
-msgid "In order to sell services, you need to install the **Sales** application, from the **Apps** icon. Install also the **Timesheets** application if you want to track support services you worked on every contract."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15
+msgid "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To configure products to work this way, go to any product form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:33
-msgid "Create Products"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18
+msgid "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and select *Milestones* in the sales tab."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:35
-msgid "By default, products are sold by number of units. In order to sell services ``per hour``, you must allow using multiple unit of measures. From the **Sales** application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. From this screen, activate the multiple **Unit of Measures** option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:44
-msgid "In order to sell a support contract, you must create a product for every support contract you sell. From the **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, create a new product with the following setup:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:48
-msgid "**Name**: Technical Support"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:52
-msgid "**Unit of Measure**: Hours"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:54
-msgid "**Invoicing Policy**: Ordered Quantities, since the service is prepaid, we will invoice the service based on what has been ordered, not based on delivered quantities."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:58
-msgid "**Track Service**: Timesheet on contracts. An analytic account will automatically be created for every order containing this service so that you can track hours in the related account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:66
-msgid "There are different ways to track the service related to a sales order or product sold. With the above configuration, you can only sell one support contract per order. If your customer orders several service contracts on timesheet, you will have to split the quotation into several orders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:72
-msgid "Note that you can sell in different unit of measure than hours, example: days, pack of 40h, etc. To do that, just create a new unit of measure in the **Unit of Measure** category and set a conversion ratio compared to **Hours** (example: ``1 day = 8 hours``)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:78
-msgid "Managing support contract"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:81
-msgid "Quotations and Sales Orders"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:83
-msgid "Once the product is created, you can create a quotation or a sales order with the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a sales order, your users will be able to record services related to this support contract using the timesheet application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:93
-msgid "Timesheets"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:95
-msgid "To track the service you do on a specific contract, you should use the timesheet application. An analytic account related to the sale order has been automatically created (``SO009 - Agrolait`` on the screenshot here above), so you can start tracking services as soon as it has been sold."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:104
-msgid "Control delivered support on the sales order"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:106
-msgid "From the **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders`  to control the progress of every order. On the sales order line related to the support contract, you should see the **Delivered Quantities** that are updated automatically, based on the number of hours in the timesheet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:116
-msgid "Upselling and renewal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:118
-msgid "If the number of hours you performed on the support contract is bigger or equal to the number of hours the customer purchased, you are suggested to sell an extra contract to the customer since they used all their quota of service. Periodically (ideally once every two weeks), you should check the sales order that are in such a case. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Invoicing --> Orders to Upsell`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:127
-msgid "If you use Odoo CRM, a good practice is to create an opportunity for every sale order in upselling invoice status so that you easily track your upselling effort."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:131
-msgid "If you sell an extra support contract, you can either add a new line on the existing sales order (thus, you continue to timesheet on the same order) or create a new order (thus, people will timesheet their hours on the new contract). To unmark the sales order as **Upselling**, you can set the sales order as done and it will disappear from your upselling list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:138
-msgid "Special Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:140
-msgid "When creating the product form, you may set a different approach to track the service:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:143
-msgid "**Create task and track hours**: in this mode, a task is created for every sales order line. Then when you do the timesheet, you don't record hours on a sales order/contract, but you record hours on a task (that represents the contract). The advantage of this solution is that it allows to sell several service contracts within the same sales order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:150
-msgid "**Manually**: you can use this mode if you don't record timesheets in Odoo. The number of hours you worked on a specific contract can be recorded manually on the sales order line directly, in the delivered quantity field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:156
-msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:6
-msgid "Overview"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
-msgid "Main Concepts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3
-msgid "Introduction to Odoo Sales"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11
-msgid "Transcript"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13
-msgid "As a sales manager, closing opportunities with Odoo Sales is really simple."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:16
-msgid "I selected a predefined quotation for a new product line offer. The products, the service details are already in the quotation. Of course, I can adapt the offer to fit my clients needs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:20
-msgid "The interface is really smooth. I can add references, some catchy phrases such as closing triggers (*here, you save $500 if you sign the quote within 15 days*). I have a beautiful and modern design. This will help me close my opportunities more easily."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:26
-msgid "Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just needs to sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a delivery order automatically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35
-msgid "That's it, I successfully sold my products in just a few clicks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37
-msgid "Oh, I also have the transaction and communication history at my fingertips. It's easy for every stakeholder to know clearly the past interaction. And any information related to the transaction."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42
-msgid "If you want to show information, I would do it from a customer form, something like:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:45
-msgid "Kanban of customers, click on one customer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:47
-msgid "Click on opportunities, click on quotation"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25
+msgid "Invoice milestones"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49
-msgid "Come back to customers (breadcrum)"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27
+msgid "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you complete a milestone."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:51
-msgid "Click on customer statement letter"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33
+msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:53
-msgid "Anytime, I can get an in-depth report of my sales activity. Revenue by salespeople or department. Revenue by category of product, drill-down to specific products, by quarter or month,... I like this report: I can add it to my dashboard in just a click."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22
+msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:58
-msgid "Odoo Sales is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the sales planner. Thanks to it, I got tips and tricks to boost my sales performance."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5
+msgid "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in not being a demand or request for payment."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62
-msgid "Try Odoo Sales now and get beautiful quotations, amazing dashboards and increase your success rate."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10
+msgid "Activate the feature"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:3
-msgid "Overview of the invoicing process"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:5
-msgid "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or email)."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24
+msgid "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-forma invoice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:12
-msgid "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to create draft invoices:"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30
+msgid "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice in attachment."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:16
-msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Invoice`"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3
+msgid "Sell subscriptions"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:18
-msgid "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales order. You have different options like:"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5
+msgid "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making planning ahead much easier."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:22
-msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order before triggering the delivery order"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9
+msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:25
-msgid "Invoice based on delivered quantity: see next section"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11
+msgid "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select the subscription product your previously created."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:27
-msgid "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14
+msgid "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the upper right corner."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:31
-msgid "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice ready to invoice line, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice based on time and materials"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:36
-msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5
+msgid "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that the project requirements would most likely change."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:41
-msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9
+msgid "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:43
-msgid "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivered quantity , instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on actual Kg)."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14
+msgid "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and purchases."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:48
-msgid "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19
+msgid "Invoice time configuration"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57
-msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21
+msgid "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:59
-msgid "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on the contract."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24
+msgid "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:67
-msgid ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32
+msgid "Invoice your time spent"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:69
-msgid "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the invoice when it is fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is received."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34
+msgid "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new project*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:75
-msgid "Creating an invoice manually"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41
+msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:77
-msgid "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services."
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43
+msgid "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the project overview and one for the current task."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:82
-msgid "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create invoices manually in exceptional use cases:"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49
+msgid "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it from the *Project* app."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:85
-msgid "if you need to create a refund"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52
+msgid "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add how many hours they worked on the project so far."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:87
-msgid "If you need to give a discount"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58
+msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:89
-msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90
+msgid "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your expense or a previously agreed on sales price."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:91
-msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120
+msgid "Invoice purchases"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:94
-msgid "Others"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122
+msgid "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:96
-msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125
+msgid "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select *Purchase Analytics*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:98
-msgid "membership: invoice your members every year"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129
+msgid "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic account."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:100
-msgid "repairs: invoice your after-sale services"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135
+msgid "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3
@@ -1048,291 +737,304 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Set taxes"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation.rst:3
-msgid "Quotation"
+#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3
+msgid "eBay"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online.rst:3
-msgid "Online Quotation"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3
+msgid "Send Quotations"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:3
-msgid "How to create and edit an online quotation?"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3
+msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:9
-msgid "Enable Online Quotations"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5
+msgid "As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline; Both to entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a price that is no longer cost effective for you."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:11
-msgid "To send online quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11
+msgid "Set a deadline"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:18
-msgid "You can view the online version of each quotation you create after enabling this setting by selecting **Preview** from the top of the quotation."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13
+msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:25
-msgid "Edit Your Online Quotations"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19
+msgid "Use deadline in templates"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:27
-msgid "The online quotation page can be edited for each quotation template in the Sales app via :menuselection:`Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. From within any quotation template, select **Edit Template** to be taken to the corresponding page of your website."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21
+msgid "You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find more info about quotation templates `here <https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:34
-msgid "You can add text, images, and structural elements to the quotation page by dragging and dropping blocks from the pallet on the left sidebar menu. A table of contents will be automatically generated based on the content you add."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29
+msgid "On your customer side, they will see this."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:38
-msgid "Advanced descriptions for each product on a quotation are displayed on the online quotation page. These descriptions are inherited from the product page in your eCommerce Shop, and can be edited directly on the page through the inline text editor."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3
+msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:45
-msgid "You can choose to allow payment immediately after the customer validates the quote by selecting a payment option on the quotation template."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5
+msgid "In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their invoice location."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:48
-msgid "You can edit the webpage of an individual quotation as you would for any web page by clicking the **Edit** button. Changes made in this way will only affect the individual quotation."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Customer Addresses* feature."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:52
-msgid "Using Online Quotations"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19
+msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:54
-msgid "To share an online quotation with your customer, copy the URL of the online quotation, then share it with customer."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21
+msgid "If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right from the quotation or sales order."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:60
-msgid "Alternatively, your customer can access their online quotations by logging into your website through the customer portal. Your customer can accept or reject the quotation, print it, or negotiate the terms in the chat box. You will also receive a notification in the chatter within Odoo whenever the customer views the quotation."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30
+msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup.rst:3
-msgid "Setup"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32
+msgid "If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under :menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3
-msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36
+msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:8
-msgid "It is possible to configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. This is very useful, because it could happen that your clients have multiple locations and that the invoice address differs from the delivery location."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42
+msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:16
-msgid "First, go to the Sales application, then click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option **Enable the multiple address configuration from menu**."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44
+msgid "These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you send by email or print."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:24
-msgid "Set the addresses on the contact form"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3
+msgid "Get paid to confirm an order"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:26
-msgid "Invoice and/or shipping addresses and even other addresses are added on the contact form. To do so, go to the contact application, select the customer and in the **Contacts & Addresses** tab click on **Create**"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5
+msgid "You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving the time of both your customers and yourself."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:33
-msgid "A new window will open where you can specify the delivery or the invoice address."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9
+msgid "Activate online payment"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:39
-msgid "Once you validated your addresses, it will appear in the **Contacts & addresses** tab with distinctive logos."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Online Signature & Payment* feature."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:46
-msgid "On the quotations and sales orders"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17
+msgid "Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your acquirers of choice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:48
-msgid "When you create a new quotation, the option to select an invoice address and a delivery address is now available. Both addresses will automatically be filled in when selecting the customer."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20
+msgid "You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, `Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the `eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:56
-msgid "Note that you can also create invoice and delivery addresses on the fly by selecting **Create and edit** in the dropdown menu."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31
+msgid "If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also pick a default setting for each template."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:59
-msgid "When printing your sales orders, you'll notice the two addresses."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36
+msgid "Register a payment"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:3
-msgid "How to create my first quotation?"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38
+msgid "From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:8
-msgid "Quotations are documents sent to customers to offer an estimated cost for a particular set of goods or services. The customer can accept the quotation, in which case the seller will have to issue a sales order, or refuse it."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3
+msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:13
-msgid "For example, my company sells electronic products and my client Agrolait showed interest in buying ``3 iPads`` to facilitate their operations. I would like to send them a quotation for those iPads with a sales price of ``320 USD`` by iPad with a ``5%`` discount."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5
+msgid "You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a traditional process."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:18
-msgid "This section will show you how to proceed."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10
+msgid "Activate online signature"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:24
-msgid "Install the Sales Management module"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19
+msgid "If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a default setting for each template."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:26
-msgid "In order to be able to issue your first quotation, you'll need to install the **Sales Management** module from the app module in the Odoo backend."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23
+msgid "Validate an order with a signature"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:34
-msgid "Allow discounts on sales order line"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25
+msgid "When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online instantly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:36
-msgid "Allowing discounts on quotations is a common sales practice to improve the chances to convert the prospect into a client."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30
+msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:39
-msgid "In our example, we wanted to grant ``Agrolait`` with a ``5%`` discount on the sale price. To enable the feature, go into the **Sales** application, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Quotations and Sales**, tick **Allow discounts on sales order line** (see picture below) and apply your changes."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3
+msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49
-msgid "Create your quotation"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5
+msgid "The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:51
-msgid "To create your first quotation, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` and click on **Create**. Then, complete your quotation as follows:"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11
+msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:55
-msgid "Customer and Products"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13
+msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:57
-msgid "The basic elements to add to any quotation are the customer (the person you will send your quotation to) and the products you want to sell. From the quotation view, choose the prospect from the **Customer** drop-down list and under **Order Lines**, click on **Add an item** and select your product. Do not forget to manually add the number of items under **Ordered Quantity** and the discount if applicable."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17
+msgid "Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add related products or services."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:67
-msgid "If you don't have any customer or product recorded on your Odoo environment yet, you can create them on the fly directly from your quotations :"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23
+msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:71
-msgid "To add a new customer, click on the **Customer** drop-down menu and click on **Create and edit**. In this new window, you will be able to record all the customer details, such as the address, website, phone number and person of contact."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26
+msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:76
-msgid "To add a new product, under **Order line**, click on add an item and on **Create and Edit** from the drop-down list. You will be able to record your product information (product type, cost, sale price, invoicing policy, etc.) along with a picture."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28
+msgid "When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the suggested products to the order."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82
-msgid "Taxes"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37
+msgid "The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on any of the little carts."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:84
-msgid "To parameter taxes, simply go on the taxes section of the product line and click on **Create and Edit**. Fill in the details (for example if you are subject to a ``21%`` taxe on your sales, simply fill in the right amount in percentage) and save."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43
+msgid "Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or pay to confirm the quotation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:93
-msgid "Terms and conditions"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46
+msgid "Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales order, letting the salesperson see it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:95
-msgid "You can select the expiration date of your quotation and add your company's terms and conditions directly in your quotation (see picture below)."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3
+msgid "Use quotation templates"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:103
-msgid "Preview and send quotation"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5
+msgid "If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a complete quotation in no time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:105
-msgid "If you want to see what your quotation looks like before sending it, click on the **Print** button (upper left corner). It will give you a printable PDF version with all your quotation details."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10
+msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:113
-msgid "Update your company's details (address, website, logo, etc) appearing on your quotation from the the **Settings** menu on the app switcher, and on click on the link :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Configure company data`."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12
+msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:118
-msgid "Click on **Send by email** to automatically send an email to your customer with the quotation as an attachment. You can adjust the email body before sending it and even save it as a template if you wish to reuse it."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19
+msgid "Create your first template"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:127
-msgid ":doc:`../online/creation`"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21
+msgid "You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:128
-msgid ":doc:`optional`"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24
+msgid "You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for the quotation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:129
-msgid ":doc:`terms_conditions`"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31
+msgid "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration and can be alterated by customer pricelists."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:3
-msgid "How to display optional products on a quotation?"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38
+msgid "Edit your template"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:8
-msgid "The use of suggested products is a marketing strategy that attempts to increase the amount a customer spends once they begin the buying process. For instance, a customer purchasing a cell phone could be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset. In Odoo, a customer can be presented with additional products that are relevant to their chosen purchase in one of several locations."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40
+msgid "You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the quotation editor."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:18
-msgid "Suggested products can be added to quotations directly, or to the ecommerce platform via each product form. In order to use suggested products, you will need to have the **Ecommerce** app installed:"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51
+msgid "This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated to each product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:23
-msgid "Quotations"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59
+msgid "The description set for the products will be used in all quotations templates containing those products."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:25
-msgid "To add suggested products to quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63
+msgid "Use a quotation template"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:32
-msgid "You will then be able to add suggested products to your individual quotations and quotation templates under the **Suggested Products** tab of a quotation."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65
+msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:39
-msgid "Website Sales"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70
+msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:41
-msgid "You can add suggested products to a product on its product form, under the Website heading in the **Sales** tab. **Suggested products** will appear on the *product* page, and **Accessory Products** will appear on the *cart* page prior to checkout."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73
+msgid "You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:3
-msgid "How to link terms and conditions to a quotation?"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77
+msgid "Confirm the quotation"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:8
-msgid "Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal information which include products and company policy so customer can read all those terms before committing to anything."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79
+msgid "Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:13
-msgid "Thanks to Odoo you can easily include your default terms and conditions on every quotation, sales order and invoice."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86
+msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:16
-msgid "Let's take the following example: Your company sells water bottles to restaurants and you would like to add the following standard terms and conditions on all your quotations:"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88
+msgid "Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:20
-msgid "*Safe storage of the products of MyCompany is necessary in order to ensure their quality, MyCompany will not be held accountable in case of unsafe storage of the products.*"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3
+msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:25
-msgid "General terms and conditions"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5
+msgid "Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer to read all those terms everything before committing to anything."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:27
-msgid "General terms and conditions can be specified in the Sales settings. They will then automatically appear on every sales document from the quotation to the invoice."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11
+msgid "Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every quotation, sales order and invoice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:31
-msgid "To specify your Terms and Conditions go into : :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Default Terms and Conditions`."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15
+msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:36
-msgid "After saving, your terms and conditions will appear on your new quotations, sales orders and invoices (in the system but also on your printed documents)."
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Default Terms & Conditions*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3
-msgid "eBay"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23
+msgid "In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then appear on every quotation, SO and invoice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33
+msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35
+msgid "A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39
+msgid "You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default attachment for all quotation emails sent."
 msgstr ""
 
diff --git a/locale/sources/website.pot b/locale/sources/website.pot
index 14fd5777a7..80f72ce08a 100644
--- a/locale/sources/website.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/website.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -365,446 +365,450 @@ msgid "HTML Pages"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234
-msgid "Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using the :menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove extra space and tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc."
+msgid "The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241
-msgid "On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:244
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:237
 msgid "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, usually using bootstrap and the HTML editor."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:248
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241
 msgid "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the following code:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:252
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245
 msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:254
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:247
 msgid "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following code:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:257
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250
 msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:253
 msgid "Responsive Design"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:262
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255
 msgid "As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263
 msgid "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have mobile friendly themes, but some specific modules or pages are not designed to be mobile friendly as they all have their own CSS frameworks)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:277
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270
 msgid "Browser caching"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272
 msgid "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through this URL: `http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css <http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of your website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:286
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279
 msgid "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:283
+msgid "Todo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284
+msgid "Describe how the cache strategy works for other resources..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287
 msgid "Scalability"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:289
 msgid "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to Odoo when it comes to high query volumes."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:301
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294
 msgid "`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296
 msgid "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303
 msgid "URLs handling"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:313
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:306
 msgid "URLs Structure"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:315
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:308
 msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:317
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310
 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:319
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312
 msgid "With the following components:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:321
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314
 msgid "**https://** = Protocol"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:323
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:316
 msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:318
 msgid "**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, but you can set another language as the main one). Thus, the English version of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:324
 msgid "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This name can not be customized to avoid conflicts in different URLs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329
 msgid "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336
 msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:338
 msgid "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:341
 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:350
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343
 msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345
 msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product name)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348
 msgid "This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352
 msgid "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a post):"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:362
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355
 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:364
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:357
 msgid "In the above example:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359
 msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:368
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361
 msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:363
 msgid "When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL (does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by search engines. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:374
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:367
 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370
 msgid "Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375
 msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:384
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377
 msgid "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380
 msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382
 msgid "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be done to route visitors to the new website"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:392
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:385
 msgid "As an example, this URL:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:394
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387
 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:396
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389
 msgid "Will automatically redirect to :"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:398
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:391
 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:400
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:393
 msgid "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old link still works for links coming from external website. (with a 301 redirect to not lose the SEO link juice)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:406
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:399
 msgid "HTTPS"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:408
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:401
 msgid "As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:407
 msgid "Links: nofollow strategy"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:409
 msgid "Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414
 msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416
 msgid "Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:427
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420
 msgid "Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:430
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423
 msgid "But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is \"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:435
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:428
 msgid "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` attribute."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:433
 msgid "Multi-language support"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436
 msgid "Multi-language URLs"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:438
 msgid "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be available in different URLs, depending on the language used:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:441
 msgid "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = default)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443
 msgid "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French version)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445
 msgid "In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450
 msgid "Language annotation"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:459
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452
 msgid "To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> section of the English version, Odoo automatically adds a link element pointing to the other versions of that webpage;"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:464
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457
 msgid "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:467
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:460
 msgid "With this approach:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:469
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:462
 msgid "Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466
 msgid "You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same content."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471
 msgid "Language detection"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:480
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473
 msgid "When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated version according to his browser language preference: (e.g. yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:485
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478
 msgid "Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any redirection."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:482
 msgid "To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without using the browser language preferences."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:496
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
 msgid "Meta Tags"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:499
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:492
 msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:494
 msgid "Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and ``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search engines to rank and categorize your website according to a specific search query. So, it is important to have titles and keywords in line with what people search in Google."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:507
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:500
 msgid "In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website builder. This tool will contact Google to give you information about your keywords and do the matching with titles and contents in your page."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:516
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:509
 msgid "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for every language of a single page;"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:519
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512
 msgid "In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo provides a page that allows you to quickly scan the meta tags of all your blog posts."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521
 msgid "This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword information."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:526
 msgid "Sitemap"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528
 msgid "Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:538
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:531
 msgid "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 chunks per file."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:544
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:537
 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:539
 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:541
 msgid "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this could be the last modification date of the product or the page"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546
 msgid "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by it's priority field, which is normalized. (16 is the default)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553
 msgid "Structured Data Markup"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555
 msgid "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search engine robots; helping them to understand your content and create well-presented search results."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:567
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560
 msgid "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:570
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:563
 msgid "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org <http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:573
 msgid "robots.txt"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:575
 msgid "Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its content is:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:578
 msgid "User-agent: \\*"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:587
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580
 msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:590
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583
 msgid "Content is king"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585
 msgid "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules to help you build your contents on your website:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:595
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:588
 msgid "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`__"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:599
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592
 msgid "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: `https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com landing pages)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:603
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596
 msgid "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 <https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601
 msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:611
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:604
 msgid "The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top content of your website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:616
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:609
 msgid "Social Features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:619
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612
 msgid "Twitter Cards"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:621
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:614
 msgid "Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next version."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618
 msgid "Social Network"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:620
 msgid "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the **Website Admin** application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:632
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625
 msgid "Test Your Website"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627
 msgid "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -945,10 +949,18 @@ msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87
-msgid "To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as CloudFlare.com."
+msgid "Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider such as CloudFlare to enable SSL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89
+msgid "It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate certificate is generated for each domain name specified)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92
+msgid "If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:96
 msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
 msgstr ""
 
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..295d8f4ee2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
@@ -0,0 +1,15988 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# Martin Trigaux, 2018
+# Sergey Doroshenko <sdoroshenko@artwebny.com>, 2018
+# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:55+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283
+msgid "Accounting"
+msgstr "Бухоблік"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3
+msgid "Bank & Cash"
+msgstr "Банк та готівка"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Bank Feeds"
+msgstr "Банківські виписки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3
+msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)"
+msgstr "Імпортувати файли виписки CODA (тільки для Бельгії)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as"
+" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your "
+"bank statements."
+msgstr ""
+"CODA - це формат файлів для банківських виписок у Бельгії. Більшість "
+"бельгійських банків, а також програмне забезпечення Isabel, дозволяють "
+"завантажувати файл CODA з усіма своїми банківськими виписками."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting "
+"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank "
+"statements."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою Odoo ви можете завантажити файл CODA з вашого банку або "
+"облікового програмного забезпечення та імпортувати його безпосередньо в "
+"Odoo. Це створить всі банківські виписки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file "
+"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-"
+"q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"Перевірте зараз функцію `з цим зразком файлу CODA "
+"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-"
+"q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:20
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:18
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:15
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:31
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20
+msgid "Install the CODA feature"
+msgstr "Встановіть функцію CODA"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the "
+"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can"
+" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file "
+"<InstallCoda_>`_"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви встановили Бельгійський план рахунків з Odoo, функція імпорту CODA "
+"вже встановлена за замовчуванням. У такому випадку ви можете перейти "
+"безпосередньо до наступного розділу `Імпортувати свій перший файл coda "
+"<InstallCoda_>`_"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting "
+"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. "
+"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements "
+"in .CODA Format** and apply."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо CODA ще не активовано, вам потрібно зробити це спочатку. У програмі "
+"Бухоблік перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. З"
+" налаштувань бухобліку перевірте опцію **Імпортувати банківські виписки у "
+"форматі .CODA** і застосуйте."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33
+msgid "Import your first CODA file"
+msgstr "Імпортуйте ваші перші файли CODA"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to "
+"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting "
+"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. "
+"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того як ви встановили цю функцію, ви зможете налаштувати свій "
+"банківський рахунок, щоб імпортувати файли банківських виписок. Для цього "
+"перейдіть до облікового запису **Інформаційна панель** і натисніть кнопку "
+"**Більше** на картці банківського рахунку. Потім натисніть **Імпортувати "
+"виписку**, щоб завантажити свій перший файл CODA."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create "
+"all your bank statements."
+msgstr ""
+"Завантажте свій файл CODA на наступний екран і натисніть **Імпортувати**, "
+"щоб створити всі свої банківські виписки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank "
+"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо файл успішно завантажено, ви перейдете на екран узгодження банківської "
+"виписки з усіма транзакціями для узгодження."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55
+msgid "Importing CODA files"
+msgstr "Імпорт файлів CODA"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will "
+"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next "
+"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can "
+"directly click on the link **Import Statement**."
+msgstr ""
+"Після імпортування вашого першого файлу, інформаційна панель бухобліку Odoo "
+"автоматично запропонує вам імпортувати більше файлів для вашого банку. Для "
+"наступного імпорту вам більше не потрібно переходити до кнопки **Більше**, "
+"ви можете безпосередньо натиснути на посилання **Імпорт виписки**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo "
+"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo "
+"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments"
+" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the "
+"reconciliation process."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоразу, коли ви отримуєте виписку, пов'язану з новим "
+"клієнтом/постачальником, Odoo попросить вас вибрати правильний контакт для "
+"узгодження транзакції. Odoo дізнається з цієї операції і автоматично "
+"завершить наступні платежі, які ви отримуєте або робите для цих контактів. "
+"Це прискорить процес узгодження."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have "
+"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two"
+" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new"
+" bank statements."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo може автоматично визначити, якщо деякі файли або транзакції вже були "
+"імпортовані. Отже, ви не повинні турбуватися про те, щоб уникати "
+"імпортування двох файлів одного і того ж файлу: Odoo перевірить все для вас,"
+" перш ніж створювати нові банківські виписки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65
+msgid ":doc:`ofx`"
+msgstr ":doc:`ofx`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64
+msgid ":doc:`qif`"
+msgstr ":doc:`qif`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67
+msgid ":doc:`synchronize`"
+msgstr ":doc:`synchronize`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68
+msgid ":doc:`manual`"
+msgstr ":doc:`manual`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21
+msgid "Register bank statements manually"
+msgstr "Реєстрація банківської виписки в Odoo вручну"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6
+#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Загальний огляд"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank "
+"but also register your bank statements manually."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою Odoo ви можете імпортувати банківські виписки, синхронізувати з"
+" банком, а також зареєструвати банківські виписки вручну."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to "
+"do is install the accounting app."
+msgstr ""
+"Для реєстрації рахунків-фактур особливе налаштування не потрібне. Все, що "
+"вам потрібно зробити, це встановити додаток бухобліку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24
+msgid "Create your Bank Statements"
+msgstr "Створіть вашу банківську виписку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank "
+"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link "
+"will be found underneath."
+msgstr ""
+"На інформаційній панелі натисніть кнопку **Нова виписка**, пов'язана з "
+"банківським журналом. Якщо потрібно виконати деякі узгодження, посилання на "
+"Нову виписку буде знайдено нижче."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank "
+"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it "
+"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation "
+"process."
+msgstr ""
+"Просто заповніть поля відповідно до інформації, написаної на банківській "
+"виписці. Посилання можна заповнити вручну або ви можете залишити його "
+"порожнім. Ми рекомендуємо заповнити партнера, щоб полегшити процес "
+"узгодження."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be"
+" equal to the computed balance."
+msgstr ""
+"Різниця між початковим балансом і кінцевим балансом повинна дорівнювати "
+"обчисленому балансу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44
+msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**."
+msgstr "Коли ви закінчите, натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47
+msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements"
+msgstr "Узгодьте ваші банківські виписки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button"
+" |manual04|"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете вибрати безпосередньо узгодити виписку, натиснувши кнопку "
+"|manual04|"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking"
+" on **Reconcile # Items**."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете запустити процес узгодження з інформаційної панелі, "
+"натиснувши пункт **Узгодити # елементів**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is "
+"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть на **Перевірити**, щоб узгодити банківську виписку. Якщо партнер "
+"відсутній, Odoo попросить вас **вибрати партнера**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68
+msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть CTRL-Enter, щоб узгодити всі збалансовані елементи на аркуші."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71
+msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation"
+msgstr "Закрийте банківські виписки з узгодження"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the "
+"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо баланс правильний, ви можете безпосередньо закрити виписку з "
+"узгодження, натиснувши на |manual07|."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue."
+msgstr ""
+"В іншому випадку натисніть |manual08| щоб відкрити виписку та виправити "
+"проблему."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84
+msgid "Close Bank Statements"
+msgstr "Закрийте банківську виписку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, "
+"then click on Bank Statements."
+msgstr ""
+"На інформаційній панелі бухобліку натисніть кнопку Додатково у своєму "
+"банківському журналі, потім натисніть Банківські виписки. "
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92
+msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**."
+msgstr "Щоб закрити банківську виписку, натисніть **Перевірити**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99
+msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115
+msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3
+msgid "Import OFX statement files"
+msgstr "Імпорт файлів операцій OFX"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic "
+"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and "
+"consumers via the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрита фінансова біржа - уніфікована специфікація електронного обміну "
+"фінансовими даними між фінансовими установами, підприємствами та споживачами"
+" через Інтернет."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting "
+"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all "
+"bank statements."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою Odoo ви можете завантажити файл OFX з вашого банку або "
+"програмне забезпечення для бухгалтерського обліку та імпортувати його "
+"безпосередньо у версію Odoo. Це створить всі банківські виписки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file "
+"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"Перевірте зараз функцію `з цим зразком файлу OFX "
+"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo."
+" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration"
+" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements "
+"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб імпортувати виписки OFX, вам слід активувати цю функцію в Odoo. У "
+"програмі Бухоблік перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Налаштування`. З налаштувань обліку перевірте параметри банківських виписок "
+"** Імпортуйте у форматі .OFX ** і застосуйте."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to "
+"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting "
+"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click"
+" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того як ви встановили цю функцію, ви зможете налаштувати свій "
+"банківський рахунок, щоб імпортувати файли банківських виписок. Для цього "
+"перейдіть на інформаційну панель бухобліку та натисніть кнопку **Більше** на"
+" банківському рахунку. Потім натисніть **Імпортувати виписку**, щоб "
+"завантажити свій перший файл OFX."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create "
+"all your bank statements."
+msgstr ""
+"Завантажте файл OFX на наступний екран і натисніть **Імпорт**, щоб створити "
+"всі свої банківські виписки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46
+msgid "Importing OFX files"
+msgstr "Імпорт файлів OFX"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will "
+"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next "
+"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly "
+"click on the link **Import Statement**."
+msgstr ""
+"Після імпортування вашого першого файлу, інформаційна панель бухобліку Odoo "
+"автоматично запропонує вам імпортувати більше файлів для вашого банку. Для "
+"наступного імпорту вам більше не потрібно переходити до меню **Більше**, ви "
+"можете безпосередньо натиснути на посилання **Імпорт виписки**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo "
+"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo "
+"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments"
+" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the "
+"reconciliation process."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоразу, коли ви отримуєте заяву, пов'язану з новим клієнтом/постачальником, "
+"Odoo попросить вас вибрати правильний контакт для узгодження транзакції. "
+"Odoo дізнається про цю операцію і автоматично завершить наступні платежі, "
+"які ви отримуєте чи робите з цими контактами. Це прискорить процес "
+"узгодження."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66
+msgid ":doc:`coda`"
+msgstr ":doc:`coda`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3
+msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?"
+msgstr "Як синхронізувати ваш рахунок PayPal з Odoo"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have"
+" to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software."
+" The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling "
+"PayPal payments in just a click."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою Odoo ви можете синхронізувати свій рахунок PayPal. Таким чином,"
+" вам не потрібно записувати всю вашу транзакцію PayPal у вашій улюбленій "
+"бухгалтерській програмі. Синхронізація виконується кожні 4 години, і ви "
+"можете почати прив'язувати платежі PayPal лише одним натисканням миші."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14
+msgid "Install the account_yodlee module"
+msgstr "Встановіть модуль account_yodlee"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already "
+"installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section "
+"**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds "
+"automatically**."
+msgstr ""
+"Почніть, встановивши модуль **account_yodlee**, якщо він ще не встановлений."
+" Для цього перейдіть у меню  :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> "
+"Налаштування` бухгалтерської програми. У розділі **Банківський рахунок та "
+"Готівка** встановіть опцію **Інтерфейс банківського рахунку - синхронізуйте "
+"свої банківські виписки автоматично**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25
+msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done."
+msgstr "Натисніть кнопку Приєднати, коли це буде зроблено."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28
+msgid "Setup your PayPal account"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте свій рахунок PayPal"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your "
+"PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank "
+"Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank "
+"field, you can set **PayPal**."
+msgstr ""
+"Рахунок PayPal в Odoo управляється як банківський рахунок. Щоб налаштувати "
+"свій рахунок PayPal, скористайтеся меню  :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Банківські рахунки`. Створіть новий банківський рахунок і назвіть його "
+"**PayPal**. У полі банку ви можете встановити **PayPal**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard "
+"and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as"
+" the online institution and click on the configure button."
+msgstr ""
+"Після створення рахунку PayPal поверніться на Інформаційну панель "
+"**бухобліку** та натисніть кнопку **Синхронізувати**. У діалоговому вікні "
+"виберіть **PayPal** як онлайн-установу та натисніть кнопку налаштування."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45
+msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім вам доведеться надати свої облікові дані для підключення до PayPal."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change "
+"the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account"
+" you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with "
+"Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal "
+"account)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ваш Paypal **повинен бути англійською** (якщо це не виходить, ви повинні "
+"змінити значення вашого рахунку Paypal), і якщо ви використовуєте рахунок "
+"Paypal, ви повинні повернутися до старого інтерфейсу, щоб він працював з "
+"інтернет-виписками (ви може перейти від нового до старого інтерфейсу у "
+"вашому Paypal). "
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in "
+"English or that the site is not supported."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви цього не зробите, ви отримаєте повідомлення або про те, що поставити"
+" Paypal англійською або про те, що сайт не підтримується."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next "
+"step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a "
+"date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must "
+"choose the **Paypal balance** account."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви правильно налаштували рахунок Paypal, ви повинні перейти до "
+"наступного кроку налаштування Інтернет-виписок. Там у вас буде екран із "
+"датою для отримання транзакції та список вибраних рахунків. Ви повинні "
+"вибрати рахунок **балансу Paypal**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in "
+"Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як все буде зроблено, ви повинні побачити ваші транзакції PayPal"
+" прямо в Odoo, і ви можете розпочати узгодження ваших платежів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually "
+"anymore."
+msgstr ""
+"Насолоджуйтесь повною інтеграцією! Вам більше не потрібно записувати "
+"транзакцію вручну."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo "
+"will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам потрібно лише ввести свої облікові дані вперше. Після завершення роботи,"
+" Odoo автоматично буде синхронізуватися з PayPal кожні 4 години."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3
+msgid "Import QIF statement files"
+msgstr "Імпортувати файли виписки QIF"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and "
+"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, "
+"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use"
+" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats."
+msgstr ""
+"Формат обміну Quicken - це відкрита специфікація для читання та написання "
+"фінансових даних на медіа (тобто файли). Хоча все ще широко "
+"використовується, QIF - це більш старий формат, ніж Open Financial Exchange "
+"(OFX), і ви можете використовувати версію OFX, якщо ви можете експортувати "
+"їх в обидва формати."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software"
+" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank "
+"statements."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою Odoo ви можете завантажити QIF-файл з вашого банку або "
+"бухгалтерської програми та імпортувати його безпосередньо у вашу версію "
+"Odoo. Це створить всі банківські виписки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file "
+"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"Перевірте зараз функцію `з цим зразком файлу QIF "
+"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo."
+" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration"
+" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements "
+"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply."
+msgstr ""
+"Для імпорту звітів QIF потрібно активувати цю функцію в Odoo. У програмі "
+"Бухоблік перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. З"
+" налаштувань бухобліку перевірте параметри банківських виписок **Імпортуйте "
+"у .QIF форматі** і застосуйте."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to "
+"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting "
+"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click"
+" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того як ви встановили цю функцію, ви зможете налаштувати свій "
+"банківський рахунок, щоб імпортувати файли банківських виписок. Для цього "
+"перейдіть на інформаційну панель бухобліку та натисніть кнопку **Більше** на"
+" банківському рахунку. Потім натисніть **Імпортувати виписку**, щоб "
+"завантажити свій перший файл QIF."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create "
+"all your bank statements."
+msgstr ""
+"Завантажте файл QIF на наступний екран і натисніть **Імпорт**, щоб створити "
+"всі виписки з банку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47
+msgid "Importing QIF files"
+msgstr "Імпорт фалів QIF"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3
+msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?"
+msgstr "Як синхронізувати Odoo з вашим банківським рахунком?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank"
+" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving "
+"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You "
+"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo може синхронізуватися безпосередньо з банківським рахунком, щоби усі "
+"банківські виписки автоматично імпортувалися в Odoo кожні 4 години. Перш ніж"
+" перейти до цього посібника, слід перевірити, чи підтримується ваш банк. Ви "
+"можете дізнатись це з функцій бухобліку  Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page"
+"/accounting-features>`__"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the "
+"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully"
+" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, "
+"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially "
+"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Знайдіть назву свого банку на наведеній вище сторінці. Якщо ваш банк "
+"з'явиться в пропозиції, це означає, що Odoo його підтримує. Країни, які "
+"повністю підтримуються (тобто більше 95% банків), включають: Сполучені "
+"Штати, Канада, Нова Зеландія, Австрія. Частково підтримується понад 30 "
+"країн, зокрема: Колумбія, Індія, Франція, Іспанія тощо."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19
+msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:"
+msgstr "Для зв'язку з банками, Odoo використовує два веб-сервіси:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21
+msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S."
+msgstr "Plaid: для основних банків США"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23
+msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks"
+msgstr "Yodlee: для всіх інших банків"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29
+msgid "Odoo Online Users"
+msgstr "Онлайн користувачі Odoo"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should"
+" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the"
+" module **account_yodlee**."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви підтримуєте банки своєї країни, функція інтеграції з банком вже була"
+" встановлена. Якщо вона не встановлена, ви можете вручну встановити модуль "
+"**account_yodlee**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36
+msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users"
+msgstr "Користувачі Odoo Enterprise"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, "
+"you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is "
+"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви плануєте використовувати інтерфейс банку з підпискою Odoo "
+"Enterprise, вам не потрібно робити нічого особливого, просто переконайтеся, "
+"що ваша база даних зареєстрована у вашому контракті з Odoo Enterprise."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the "
+"following addresses"
+msgstr ""
+"ви можете перевірити, чи немає мережевого екрану/проксі-сервера, який блокує"
+" наступні адреси:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44
+msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/"
+msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45
+msgid "https://api.plaid.com/"
+msgstr "https://api.plaid.com/"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49
+msgid "Sync your bank feeds"
+msgstr "Синхронізуйте свої банківські виписки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to "
+"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the"
+" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank"
+" account."
+msgstr ""
+"Після встановлення інтерфейсу Plaid або Yodlee ви можете підключити Odoo до "
+"свого банку. Для цього натисніть кнопку **Додатково** на вибраному вами "
+"банку на інформаційній панелі обліку. У меню натисніть на Налаштування, щоб "
+"налаштувати цей банківський рахунок."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to "
+"**Bank Synchronization**."
+msgstr ""
+"У банківській формі на вкладці Банківський рахунок встановіть опцію "
+"банківських виписок для **синхронізації банківської виписки**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a "
+"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button "
+"and fill in your bank credentials."
+msgstr ""
+"Після цього поверніться на інформаційну панель бухобліку. Ви повинні "
+"побачити кнопку **Синхронізація Онлайн** на вашій банківській картці. "
+"Натисніть цю кнопку та введіть свої банківські реквізити."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized "
+"every 4 hours."
+msgstr ""
+"Щойно ви заповните свої облікові дані, ваші канали банку будуть "
+"синхронізовані кожні 4 години."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533
+msgid "FAQ"
+msgstr "FAQ"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76
+msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?"
+msgstr "Синхронізація не працює в режимі реального часу, чи нормально?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this "
+"doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. "
+"In that case, Yodlee retries one hour or two later. This is why in Odoo "
+"there is a cron that is running every 4 hours to fetch the information from "
+"Yodlee."
+msgstr ""
+"Yodlee намагається отримати дані з банківського рахунку один раз на день. "
+"Проте це не завжди відбувається одночасно. І іноді процес може провалитись. "
+"У такому випадку Yodlee повторить на одну годину або дві пізніше. Ось чому в"
+" Odoo є cron, який працює кожні 4 години, щоб отримати інформацію від "
+"Yodlee."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button "
+"\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Однак ви можете примусити синхронізацію, натиснувши кнопку \"Синхронізувати "
+"зараз\" на інформаційній панелі бухобліку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being "
+"fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the"
+" status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee "
+"won't import it, you will have to wait that the status changes."
+msgstr ""
+"Крім того, транзакцію можна побачити у вашому банківському рахунку, але не "
+"завантажується Yodlee. Дійсно, транзакція на вашому банківському рахунку "
+"може мати статус \"очікування\", а не статус \"опубліковано\". У такому "
+"випадку Yodlee не імпортує його, вам доведеться зачекати, поки статус "
+"зміниться."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching "
+"transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the"
+" bank statement in the database."
+msgstr ""
+"Важливо пам'ятати, що Yodlee - це не служба, яка отримує транзакції в режимі"
+" реального часу. Це послуга, що полегшує імпорт банківської виписки в базу "
+"даних."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95
+msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?"
+msgstr "Чи включена функція Yodlee у вашому контракті?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to "
+"your database."
+msgstr ""
+"Версія Enterprise: Так, якщо у вас є діючий контракт підприємства, "
+"пов'язаний з вашою базою даних."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community "
+"Version."
+msgstr "Версія спільноти: Ні, ця функція не включена у версію спільноти."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract."
+msgstr ""
+"Онлайн-версія: Так, навіть якщо ви скористаєтеся контрактом One App Free."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102
+msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?"
+msgstr "Деякі банки мають статус \"Бета\", що це означає?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the "
+"synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it"
+" may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. "
+"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about except being patient."
+msgstr ""
+"Це означає, що Yodlee в даний час працює над розробкою синхронізації з цим "
+"банком. Синхронізація може вже працювати, або може знадобитися трохи більше "
+"часу для 100% робочої синхронізації. На жаль, мало що вийде зробити, крім "
+"терпіння."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110
+msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?"
+msgstr "Всі ваші минулі операції не в Odoo, чому?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112
+msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch up transactions to 3 months in the past."
+msgstr "Yodlee дозволяє тільки отримувати транзакції до 3 місяців у минулому."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187
+msgid "Miscellaneous"
+msgstr "Різне"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?"
+msgstr "Як управляти серійними депозитами чеків?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they "
+"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this "
+"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must "
+"manually bring the checks to the bank."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли група вашої компанії отримує чеки від клієнтів, вони часто розміщують "
+"ці гроші на їх банківський рахунок партіями. Оскільки ці гроші були отримані"
+" у фізичній формі, хтось у вашій компанії повинен вручну повернути чеки в "
+"банк."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to"
+" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the "
+"transactions."
+msgstr ""
+"Банк попросить надати депозитний квиток (також називається депозитарна "
+"розписка), який повинен бути заповнений, з урахуванням деталей чеків або "
+"готівки, що підлягають включенню в операції."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the "
+"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks."
+msgstr ""
+"У виписці з банківського рахунку відображатиметься загальна сума депозиту та"
+" посилання на депозитний квиток, а не окремі чеки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on "
+"reconcile them with your bank statement easily."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo допомагає вам підготувати та роздрукувати свої депозитні квитки, а "
+"потім з легкістю узгодити їх із банківською випискою."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24
+msgid "Install the batch deposit feature"
+msgstr "Встановіть функцію пакетного депозиту"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch "
+"Deposit** to be installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб використовувати функцію пакетного депозиту, вам потрібно встановити "
+"модуль **Пакетний депозит**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in"
+" your country."
+msgstr ""
+"Зазвичай цей модуль автоматично встановлюється, якщо чеки широко "
+"використовуються у вашій країні."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting "
+"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб перевірити, чи встановлено функцію **Пакетний депозит**, перейдіть в "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` меню додатку Бухоблік. "
+"перевірте функцію: **Дозволити пакетний депозит**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42
+msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts"
+msgstr "Активуйте цю функцію на своїх банківських рахунках"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank "
+"deposits on your main bank accounts."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як ви встановили цю функцію, Odoo автоматично активує банківські"
+" депозити на ваших основних банківських рахунках."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to "
+"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or "
+"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the "
+"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб контролювати, який банківський рахунок може здійснювати депозит, а який "
+"не може, перейдіть до журналу, який ви визначили, щоб сплачувати свої чеки, "
+"які зазвичай називають \"Чеки\" або \"Банк\" (дивіться "
+":doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, в додатку Бухоблік, "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Журнали`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method"
+" to **Batch Deposit**."
+msgstr ""
+"У розділі **Розширені налаштування**, розділ **Різне**, встановіть метод "
+"дебетування **Пакетний депозит**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that "
+"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to "
+"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch "
+"Deposits afterwards."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви перевіряєте **Пакетний депозит** у полі вашого методу дебету, це "
+"означає, що платежі, створені за допомогою цього журналу (який називається "
+"Метод платежу, коли ви хочете здійснити або отримати платіж), буде "
+"застосовуватися для створення пакетних депозитів згодом."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64
+msgid "From checks received to the bank"
+msgstr "З чеків, отриманих в банк"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67
+msgid "Receive customer checks"
+msgstr "Отримати чеки клієнтів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Once your record checks received, record them on the bank account on which "
+"you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal"
+" is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit."
+" Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як ви запишете отримані чеки, зафіксуйте їх на банківському "
+"рахунку, на який ви плануєте депонувати. Вибравши банківський рахунок (або "
+"перевірте журнал, що ви налаштували в Odoo таким способом), Odoo пропонує "
+"вам використовувати пакетний депозит. Виберіть цей параметр, якщо ви "
+"плануєте внести чек у свій банк."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78
+msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check."
+msgstr "У полі замітки ви можете встановити посилання на чек."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register "
+"Payment** button."
+msgstr ""
+"платежі можуть бути зареєстровані в меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> "
+"Платежі`, або безпосередньо на відповідний рахунок-фактуру, використовуючи "
+"кнопку **Реєстрація платежу**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86
+msgid "Prepare a batch deposit"
+msgstr "Підготувати пакетний депозит"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**."
+msgstr ""
+"З програми бухобліку перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Пакетний "
+"депозит`, та створіть новий **Пакетний депозит**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this "
+"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been "
+"deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a "
+"check."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть банк, а потім виберіть платежі (чеки), які ви хочете додати в цей "
+"депозит. За замовчуванням Odoo пропонує вам всі чеки, які ще не були "
+"депозитом. Таким чином, ви можете підтвердити, що ви не забули чи втратили "
+"чек."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare "
+"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім ви можете надрукувати пакетний депозит, що буде дуже корисним для "
+"підготовки депозитної розписки, яку зазвичай вимагає банк."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106
+msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement"
+msgstr "Узгодження депозиту з банківською випискою"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit "
+"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process "
+"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with "
+"the bank statement line."
+msgstr ""
+"Під час обробки виписки з банківського рахунку ви побачите номер заявки на "
+"депозит, зазначений у виписці. Коли процес узгодження виконується, "
+"користувач зможе вибирати депозит, який відповідає банківській виписці."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks "
+"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch "
+"deposit the example below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви виберете пакетний депозит, Odoo автоматично заповнить всі чеки, що "
+"містяться у цьому депозиті, для відповідності. (В цьому пакетному депозиті 2"
+" чеки були наведені нижче)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113
+msgid "Troubleshooting"
+msgstr "Вирішення проблем"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127
+msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?"
+msgstr "Я не бачу посилання пакетного депозиту на банківських виписках?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could "
+"be two reasons:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у банківській виписці немає посилання на пакетний депозит, це може мати"
+" дві причини:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the "
+"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload"
+" button of your browser."
+msgstr ""
+"Після встановлення функцій пакетного депозиту вам потрібно перезавантажити "
+"сторінку, щоб браузер знав про цю нову функцію. Просто натисніть кнопку "
+"перезавантаження свого веб-браузера."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136
+msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account."
+msgstr ""
+"У вас немає пакетного депозиту, створеного для цього банківського рахунку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139
+msgid "What happens if a check was refused?"
+msgstr "Що станеться, якщо чеку було відмовлено?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141
+msgid ""
+"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount "
+"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been "
+"refused."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви маєте меншу суму у банківській виписці, ніж фактична сума у вашому "
+"пакетному депозиті, це, ймовірно, означає, що одна з ваших чеків була "
+"відхилена."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the "
+"bank statement matching."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому випадку натисніть на рядок, пов'язаний з цим чеком, щоб видалити "
+"його з узгодження банківської виписки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3
+msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?"
+msgstr "Як робити банківський переказ в Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it"
+" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of "
+"clicks."
+msgstr ""
+"Компанія може мати кілька банківських рахунків або касових апаратів. В межах"
+" odoo можна обробляти внутрішні перекази грошей лише за кілька натискань."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank "
+"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts "
+"to the another one."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми покажемо такий приклад. У моєї компанії є два банківські рахунки, і я "
+"хочу перевести 50 000 євро з одного з наших банківських рахунків на інший."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17
+msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account"
+msgstr "Перевірте свій графік рахунків та рахунок переказу за умовчанням"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of "
+"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of"
+" your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the "
+"default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+"Для обробки внутрішніх переказів вам потрібен рахунок переказу у вашому "
+"плані рахунків. Odoo автоматично створить рахунок на основі країни вашого "
+"плану рахунків. Щоб налаштувати ваш план рахунків і перевірити рахунок "
+"переказів за замовчуванням, перейдіть до налаштувань модуля бухобліку, "
+"виберіть:menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country "
+"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed."
+msgstr ""
+"Ваш графік рахунків буде попередньо встановлено залежно від країни, "
+"зазначеної під час реєстрації, її неможливо змінити."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well "
+"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified "
+"from the same page."
+msgstr ""
+"Плата за передачу за умовчанням буде автоматично створена також залежно від "
+"законодавства вашої країни. При необхідності його можна змінити з тієї ж "
+"сторінки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39
+msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal"
+msgstr "Створіть другий банківський рахунок/журнал"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our"
+" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account."
+" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit "
+"your bank to specify your bank's details."
+msgstr ""
+"Перш ніж ми можемо зареєструвати внутрішню передачу, нам потрібно додати "
+"новий банківський рахунок на нашу інформаційну панель Бухобліку. Для цього "
+"введіть модуль Бухобліку, натисніть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Банківські рахунки`. Створіть новий банківський рахунок. Ви повинні "
+"заповнити **номер рахунку**. Ви також можете створювати та редагувати свій "
+"банківський рахунок, щоби вказати деталі свого банку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50
+msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts."
+msgstr "Після збереження змін у вас тепер є 2 банківських рахунки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56
+msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another."
+msgstr ""
+"Зареєструйте внутрішню передачу з одного банківського рахунку на інший"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 "
+"9533 1498** account."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ми перерахуємо 50 000 євро з нашого **банківського рахунку** на "
+"рахунок **BE57 0633 9533 1498**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62
+msgid "Log an internal transfer"
+msgstr "Введіть внутрішню передачу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your "
+"accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and "
+"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`."
+msgstr ""
+"Перший крок - зареєструвати внутрішній платіж. Для цього перейдіть на свою "
+"інформаційну панель Бухобліку. натисніть на кнопку **більше** одного з ваших"
+" банків і виберіть :menuselection:`Новий --> Внутрішній переказ`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal"
+" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the "
+"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть новий платіж. Тип платежу буде автоматично встановлено як внутрішнє"
+" переміщення. Виберіть **Банк**, куди ви хочете виконати переміщення, "
+"вкажіть **Суму** та додайте **Примітку**, якщо хочете."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see "
+"<Reconcile_>`_)."
+msgstr ""
+"Примітка є важливою, якщо ви хочете автоматичне узгодження. (`див "
+"<Reconcile_>`_)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81
+msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment."
+msgstr "Збережіть та підтвердіть зміни, щоб зареєструвати платіж."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. "
+"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final "
+"accounts."
+msgstr ""
+"З точки зору бухгалтерського обліку гроші зараз бронюються на рахунок "
+"переказу. Нам потрібно буде імпортувати банківські виписки, щоб зарахувати "
+"гроші кінцевому рахунку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90
+msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile"
+msgstr "Імпортуйте банківські виписки та узгодьте"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last "
+"statement of your bank."
+msgstr ""
+"Зауважте, що баланс, який обчислюється Odoo, відрізняється від останньої "
+"банківської виписки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the "
+"departure and arrival of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank "
+"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. "
+"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of "
+"the corresponding bank to import them."
+msgstr ""
+"Це тому, що ми не імпортували банківську виписку, що підтверджує "
+"відправлення та прибуття грошей. Тому необхідно імпортувати виписку з банку "
+"та узгодити платіж із правильною банківською випискою. Після того, як ви "
+"отримаєте банківські виписки, натисніть кнопку **нової виписки** "
+"відповідного банку, щоб імпортувати її."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a "
+"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of "
+"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means "
+"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the "
+"**Reconcile** button."
+msgstr ""
+"Заповніть **Рядок транзакцій**. Після завершення роботи, Odoo покаже "
+"**Розрахований баланс**, що розрахунковий баланс є теоретичним кінцевим "
+"балансом вашого банківського рахунку. Якщо це відповідає банківській "
+"виписці, це означає, що помилок зроблено не було. Заповніть **Кінцевий "
+"баланс** і натисніть кнопку **Узгодити**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115
+msgid "The following window will open:"
+msgstr "Відкриється наступне вікно:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120
+msgid ""
+"You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank "
+"statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** "
+"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction"
+msgstr ""
+"Вам потрібно вибрати аналоги для платежу. Виберіть правильний рядок "
+"банківської виписки, яка відповідає зазначеному параметру, та натисніть "
+"кнопку **узгодити**. Закрийте виписку, щоб завершити транзакцію."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank "
+"statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in"
+" both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will "
+"happen automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"Ті самі кроки потрібно буде повторювати, коли ви отримаєте другу виписку з "
+"банківського рахунку. Зверніть увагу, що якщо ви вказали правильну суму та "
+"таку ж примітку в банківській виписці та платіжній транзакції, то узгодження"
+" відбудеться автоматично."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177
+msgid "Bank Reconciliation"
+msgstr "Узгодження банківських виписок"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3
+msgid "Configure model of entries"
+msgstr "Налаштування моделі записів банківської виписки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in "
+"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo у вас є можливість попередньо заповнити деякі бухгалтерські записи, "
+"щоб легко узгодити періодичні записи, такі як банківські комісії."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month "
+"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account "
+"current balance. This fee is thus variable."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми приведемо такий приклад, щоб ілюструвати концепцію: кожен місяць наша "
+"компанія отримує вартість банківської комісії, яка залежить від поточного "
+"балансу нашого банківського рахунку. Таким чином, ця плата є змінною."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16
+msgid "Create Reconciliation Models"
+msgstr "Створіть модель узгодження"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go "
+"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on "
+":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`."
+msgstr ""
+"По-перше, нам потрібно налаштувати дві моделі узгодження. Для цього "
+"перейдіть на інформаційну панель програми бухобліку. У своєму банківському "
+"журналі натисніть на посилання :menuselection:`Більше --> Моделі "
+"узгодження`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees "
+"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми хочемо, щоб ми могли легко бронювати нашу банківську комісію. Наш банк "
+"вираховує комісію в залежності від нашого балансу, а це означає, що вона "
+"може змінюватися щомісяця."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to "
+"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is "
+"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell "
+"Odoo to take the entire fee into account."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми створюємо кнопку Мітка, яка називається Банківська комісія, вибираємо "
+"правильний рахунок, щоб замовити ці комісії. Крім того, нам також потрібно "
+"вказати, що тип суми \"Відсоток балансу\" із сумою 100%. Цей параметр "
+"дозволить Odoo взяти усю комісію в рахунок."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36
+msgid "Save your changes when you are done."
+msgstr "Збережіть свої зміни, коли закінчите."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** "
+"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо фіксована сума вашої банківської комісії, ви також можете вибрати "
+"**Виправлено** за типом суми та вкажіть суму."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to "
+":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете використовувати цю функцію для обробки знижок. Будь ласка, "
+"зверніться до :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49
+msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model"
+msgstr "Зареєструйте свої платежі на основі моделі узгодження"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be "
+"impacted by the payment of the bank fee."
+msgstr ""
+"Зареєструйте свій платіж, імпортуючи свої банківські виписки, які вплинуть "
+"на сплату банківської комісії."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the "
+"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the"
+" relevant data instantly."
+msgstr ""
+"При здійсненні узгодження ви можете вибрати відкритий баланс і натиснути "
+"кнопку **Модель узгодження** (у цьому випадку - **Банківські комісії**), щоб"
+" миттєво отримувати всі відповідні дані."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61
+msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process."
+msgstr "Нарешті, натисніть **Узгодити**, щоб завершити процес."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116
+msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114
+msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67
+msgid ":doc:`use_cases`"
+msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3
+msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?"
+msgstr ""
+"Використовуйте різні варіанти у процесі узгодження банківської виписки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Linking your bank statements with your accounting can be a lot of work. You "
+"need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of "
+"administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very "
+"easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements."
+msgstr ""
+"Пов'язання банківських виписок з вашим бухобліком може бути великою роботою."
+" Вам потрібно знайти рахунки-фактури, пов'язати платежі, і така кількість "
+"адміністрації може забрати багато часу. На щастя, з Odoo ви можете дуже "
+"легко зв'язати ваші рахунки-фактури або будь-який інший платіж із "
+"банківськими виписками."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14
+msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo."
+msgstr "В Odoo існують два процеси узгодження."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16
+msgid "We can directly register a payment on the invoices"
+msgstr "Ми можемо безпосередньо зареєструвати платіж на рахунках-фактурах"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17
+msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements"
+msgstr "Ми можемо узгодити відкриті рахунки з банківськими виписками"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to "
+"do is install the accounting app."
+msgstr ""
+"Для реєстрації рахунків-фактур особливе налаштування не потрібне. Все, що "
+"нам потрібно зробити, це встановити додаток Бухобліку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29
+msgid "Use cases"
+msgstr "Використовуйте різні варіанти"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32
+msgid "Case 1: Payments registration"
+msgstr "Випадок 1: Реєстрація платежів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"We received the payment proof for our invoice of 2100 euros issued to Smith "
+"& Co."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми отримали підтвердження платежу за нашим рахунком-фактурою в розмірі 2100 "
+"євро, виданої Smith & Co."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the "
+"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant "
+"only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the "
+"invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our "
+"customer."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми починаємо з нашого виставленого рахунку-фактури 2100 євро для Smith & Co."
+" Оскільки проданий товар є послугою, ми вимагаємо негайної оплати. Наш "
+"бухгалтер обробляє банківські виписки лише наприкінці тижня, тому ми повинні"
+" відмітити рахунок як оплачений, щоб ми могли пам'ятати, що ми можемо почати"
+" обслуговування з нашим клієнтом."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment "
+"and mark the invoice as paid."
+msgstr ""
+"Наш клієнт надсилає нам підтвердження платежу. Таким чином, ми можемо "
+"зареєструвати платіж та позначити рахунок як оплачений."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer "
+"paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method"
+msgstr ""
+"Натискаючи **реєстр платежу**, ми повідомляємо Odoo, що наш клієнт сплатив "
+"рахунок-фактуру. Таким чином, ми повинні вказати суму та спосіб оплати."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the "
+":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми завжди можемо знайти платіж з рахунку-фактури, натиснувши на "
+":menuselection:`Інформація --> Відкрити платіж`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done "
+"automatically.**"
+msgstr ""
+"Рахунок-фактура сплачена, і **узгодження було здійснено автоматично.**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66
+msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations"
+msgstr "Випадок 2: узгодження банківських звітів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also "
+"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers."
+msgstr ""
+"Почнемо з нашого виставленого рахунку-фактури у розмірі 3000 євро для "
+"компанії Smith & Co.. Давайте також припустимо, що інші рахунки-фактури "
+"відкриті для різних клієнтів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has "
+"been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми отримуємо нашу банківську виписку, і не тільки виплачений рахунок-фактуру"
+" Smith & Co, а й рахунок Buzz на суму 92 євро."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents "
+"from the Bank Feeds section."
+msgstr ""
+"**Імпортуйте** або **Створіть** банківські виписки. Будь ласка, зверніться "
+"до документів у розділі Банківські виписки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83
+msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**"
+msgstr "На інформаційній панелі натисніть **Узгодити # Елементів**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do "
+"the reconciliations **automatically**."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо все було правильно (правильне ім'я партнера, потрібна сума), odoo "
+"**автоматично** виконуватиме узгодження."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94
+msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо виявлено деякі проблеми, вам потрібно буде вжити **заходів вручну**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill "
+"it in :"
+msgstr ""
+"Наприклад, якщо у вашій банківській виписці відсутній партнер, просто "
+"заповніть його:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right "
+"and validate all related payments :"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо оплата здійснюється за допомогою авансового платежу, просто перевірте, "
+"чи це правильно, і перевірте всі пов'язані платежі:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110
+msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть CTRL-Enter, щоб узгодити всі збалансовані елементи у звітах."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr "Налаштування"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup a new bank account?"
+msgstr "Як встановити новий банківський рахунок"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be "
+"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card "
+"account."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo ви можете керувати кількома банківськими рахунками. На цій сторінці "
+"ви дізнаєтесь про створення, зміну або видалення банківського рахунку або "
+"кредитної картки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10
+msgid "Edit a bank account"
+msgstr "Редагування банківського рахунку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit"
+" it first before filling your own bank information."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб полегшити процес, банківський рахунок вже існує. Перш за все, перед "
+"заповненням власної банківської інформації ми радимо вам редагувати її."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and "
+"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Банківські "
+"рахунки` та натисніть на іконку **Банк**. Відредагуйте це."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment "
+"method like SEPA"
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo буде виявляти тип банківського рахунку (наприклад, IBAN), щоб дозволити"
+" певний спосіб оплати, такий як SEPA."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28
+msgid "Create a bank account"
+msgstr "Створіть банківський рахунок"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click"
+" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account"
+" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. "
+"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Банківськиі "
+"рахунки`. Натисніть на **Створити** та заповніть форму. Ви можете вирішити "
+"показати номер банківського рахунку, у якому ви плануєте надсилати "
+"документи, наприклад, замовлення на продаж чи рахунки-фактури. Виберіть "
+"способи оплати, які ви підтримуєте, за допомогою цього банківського рахунку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch "
+"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank "
+"accounts from another company."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви працюєте в багатопрофільному середовищі, вам доведеться "
+"переключитися на компанію відповідно до ваших уподобань користувачів, щоб "
+"додати, змінити або видалити банківські рахунки з іншої компанії."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Тип"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number."
+msgstr ""
+"Тип банківського рахунку: Нормальний або IBAN. Виведено з номера "
+"банківського рахунку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid "ABA/Routing"
+msgstr "ABA/Маршрутизація"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number"
+msgstr "Американська банківська асоціація. Маршрутний номер"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid "Account Holder Name"
+msgstr "І'мя власника рахунку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account "
+"Holder"
+msgstr ""
+"Ім'я власника рахунку, якщо воно відрізняється від імені власника рахунку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49
+msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration"
+msgstr "Перегляньте *банківський рахунок* у нашій демо онлайн"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance "
+"of the previous one within the same journal automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"Початковий баланс банківської виписки буде автоматично встановлено на "
+"остаточний залишок попереднього в одному журналі."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63
+msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account"
+msgstr "Видалення банківського рахунку або кредитної картки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from "
+"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action "
+"menu"
+msgstr ""
+"У списку банківських рахунків виберіть елементи для видалення та видаліть їх"
+" з меню дій або перейдіть до форми та видаліть один елемент з меню дій."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?"
+msgstr "Як керувати валютним банківським рахунком?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the "
+"company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for "
+"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in "
+"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the "
+"transaction."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo кожна операція фіксується у валюті за замовчуванням компанії. Звіти "
+"складаються з урахуванням валюти компанії. Але для операцій, що відбуваються"
+" в іншій валюті, Odoo зберігає як вартість у валюті компанії, так і вартість"
+" у валюті операції."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction,"
+" Odoo stores two values:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас є банківський рахунок в іноземній валюті, для кожної транзакції "
+"Odoo зберігає два значення:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14
+msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company"
+msgstr "Дебет/кредит у валюті компанії"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16
+msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account"
+msgstr "Дебет/кредит у валюті банківського рахунку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European "
+"Central bank web-services."
+msgstr ""
+"Курси валют оновлюються автоматично за допомогою модуля синхронізації з "
+"Нацбанком України."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25
+msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature"
+msgstr "Активуйте мультивалютну функцію"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should "
+"activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance "
+"Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a "
+"**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб ваша компанія могла працювати з кількома валютами, потрібно активувати "
+"режим мультивалют. У бухгалтерській програмі перейдіть до розділу  "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Функції бухгалтерського "
+"обліку та фінансування` переконайтеся, що позначено поле **Дозволити "
+"мультивалютність**. Надайте облік **Доходів/витрат курсової різниці** та "
+"натисніть **Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34
+msgid "Configure currencies"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте валюту"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should "
+"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are "
+"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. "
+"(to activate a currency, check his active field)"
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як Odoo налаштована на підтримку кількох валют, ви повинні "
+"активізувати валюти, з якими ви плануєте працювати. Для цього перейдіть у "
+"меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Валюти`. Всі валюти створені за "
+"замовчуванням, але ви повинні активувати ті, які ви плануєте підтримувати. "
+"(щоб активувати валюту, перевірте її активне поле) "
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to "
+"automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of"
+" the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:"
+msgstr ""
+"Після активації валют ви можете налаштувати параметри для автоматизації "
+"оновлення курсу валюти. Ці параметри також знаходяться в налаштуваннях "
+"бухгалтерської програми у нижній частині сторінки:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49
+msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now."
+msgstr "Натисніть посилання **Оновити зараз**, щоб оновити курси валют зараз."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52
+msgid "Create a new bank account"
+msgstr "Створіть новий банківський рахунок"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
+"--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one."
+msgstr ""
+"У бухгалтерській програмі ми спочатку переходимо до "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Бухоблік / Банківський рахунок`, і "
+"створюємо новий."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:"
+msgstr ""
+"Після збереження цього банківського рахунку Odoo створить для вас всі "
+"документи:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63
+msgid "An account in the trial balance"
+msgstr "Обліковий запис у пробному балансі"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65
+msgid "A journal in your dashboard"
+msgstr "Журнал на інформаційній панелі"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked"
+" the box **Show in Invoices Footer**"
+msgstr ""
+"Інформація про банківський рахунок у нижньому куті ваших рахунків-фактур, "
+"якщо позначено **Показати в нижній частині рахунка-фактури**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71
+msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency"
+msgstr "Приклад: рахунок постачальника в іноземній валюті"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from "
+"a supplier in China."
+msgstr ""
+"Виходячи з наведеного вище прикладу, припустимо, ми отримуємо наступний "
+"рахунок від постачальника у Китаї."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could "
+"see:"
+msgstr ""
+"У :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Рахунки постачальника` , те, що ви можете "
+"бачити:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill "
+"to record a payment."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви готові оплатити цей рахунок, натисніть зареєструвати платіж на "
+"рахунку, щоб записати платіж."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange"
+" gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, "
+"depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice "
+"and the payment date."
+msgstr ""
+"Це все, що вам потрібно зробити. Odoo автоматично публікує прибуток або "
+"витрати в іноземній валюті при узгодженні платежу з рахунком-фактурою, "
+"залежно від того, збільшився чи зменшився курс валюти між рахунком-фактурою "
+"та датою платежу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, "
+"Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies."
+msgstr ""
+"Зауважте, що ви можете оплатити іноземний рахунок іншою валютою. У такому "
+"випадку Odoo буде автоматично конвертувати між двома валютами."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96
+msgid "Customers Statements"
+msgstr "Звірки з клієнтами"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. "
+"So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in "
+"the currency of the invoice."
+msgstr ""
+"Звірки з клієнтами та постачальниками керуються у валюті рахунку-фактури. "
+"Таким чином, сума, яка належить вашим клієнтам (вашим постачальникам), "
+"завжди виражається в валюті рахунку-фактури."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same "
+"customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in "
+"the report below."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас є кілька рахунків-фактур із різними валютами для одного і того ж "
+"клієнта, Odoo розподілить виписку клієнта за валютою, як показано у звіті "
+"нижче."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not "
+"managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction"
+" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of "
+"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically"
+" be converted in this currency."
+msgstr ""
+"У вищезгаданому звіті дебіторська заборгованість, пов'язана з Camptocamp, не"
+" управляється в другорядній валюті, а це означає, що вона зберігає кожну "
+"транзакцію у власній валюті. Якщо ви віддаєте перевагу, ви можете встановити"
+" дебіторську заборгованість цього клієнта з додатковою валютою, і всі його "
+"борги автоматично конвертуються у цю валюту."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In "
+"general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the "
+"amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;"
+msgstr ""
+"У такому випадку у звірці з клієнтом завжди є лише одна валюта. Загалом, це "
+"не те, що очікує клієнт, оскільки він вважає за краще бачити суми у валюті "
+"отриманих рахунків-фактур."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage a cash register?"
+msgstr "Як вести касовий облік?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments "
+"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total "
+"balance."
+msgstr ""
+"Касовий облік - це журнал для реєстрації дебіторської та платіжної операцій."
+" Він обчислює загальну суму грошей через загальний баланс."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration "
+"--> Journals`."
+msgstr ""
+"Налаштуйте готівковий журнал :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> "
+"Журнали`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be "
+"configured as well as the currency of the journal"
+msgstr ""
+"У вкладці Записи журналу можна налаштувати дебетове та кредитне повідомлення"
+" за умовчанням, а також валюту журналу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr "Активний"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it."
+msgstr ""
+"Встановіть активне значення \"помилково\", щоби приховати Журнал, не "
+"видаливши його."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals."
+msgstr "Виберіть \"Продаж\" для журналів рахунків клієнтів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals."
+msgstr "Виберіть 'Купівля' для журналів рахунків постачальників."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor "
+"payments."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть 'Готівка' або 'Банк' для журналів, які використовуються у платежах "
+"клієнтів або постачальників."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals."
+msgstr "Виберіть 'Загальні' для журналів різних операцій."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Use in Point of Sale"
+msgstr "Використовувати у точці продажу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a"
+" point of sale."
+msgstr ""
+"Позначте це, якщо цей журнал визначає спосіб оплати, який можна "
+"використовувати в точці продажу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Company"
+msgstr "Компанія"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Company related to this journal"
+msgstr "Компанія, пов'язана з цим журналом"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Short Code"
+msgstr "Короткий код"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix."
+msgstr ""
+"Записи цього журналу будуть позначатися з використанням цього префікса."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Next Number"
+msgstr "Наступний номер"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice."
+msgstr ""
+"Наступний порядковий номер буде використано для наступного рахунку-фактури."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Entry Sequence"
+msgstr "Послідовність входу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal "
+"entries of this journal."
+msgstr ""
+"Це поле містить інформацію, що стосується нумерації записів цього журналу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence"
+msgstr "Виділена послідовність сторно"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and"
+" credit notes made from this journal"
+msgstr ""
+"Позначте це, якщо ви не хочете поділитися однаковою послідовністю для "
+"рахунків-фактур та сторно, створених з цього журналу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number"
+msgstr "Сторно: наступний номер"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note."
+msgstr "Наступний порядковий номер буде використано для наступного сторно."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence"
+msgstr "Послідовність записів сторно"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit "
+"note entries of this journal."
+msgstr ""
+"Це поле містить інформацію, що стосується нумерації записів сторно цього "
+"журналу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Default Debit Account"
+msgstr "Дебет рахунку за умовчанням"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount"
+msgstr "Він діє як рахунок за умовчанням для суми дебету"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Default Credit Account"
+msgstr "Кредитний рахунок за замовчуванням"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount"
+msgstr "Він діє як рахунок за умовчанням для суми кредиту"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Currency"
+msgstr "Валюта"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "The currency used to enter statement"
+msgstr "Валюта, яка використовується для введення виписки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered"
+msgstr "Визначає, як будуть зареєстровані банківські виписки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Creation of Bank Statements"
+msgstr "Створення банківської виписки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Defines when a new bank statement"
+msgstr "Визначає, коли з'явилася нова банківська виписка"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions"
+msgstr "буде створено при завантаженні нових транзакцій"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "from your bank account."
+msgstr "з вашого банківського рахунку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "For Incoming Payments"
+msgstr "Для вхідних платежів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Вручну: отримуйте оплату готівкою, чеком або будь-яким іншим методом за "
+"межами Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting "
+"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing "
+"online (payment token)."
+msgstr ""
+"Електронний: отримуйте платіж автоматично за допомогою оплати покупця, "
+"надіславши запит на транзакцію на картці, збереженої клієнтом під час "
+"покупки або підписки в онлайн (платіжний токен)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch "
+"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you"
+" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable "
+"this option from the settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Пакетний депозит: одноразово зараховуйте кілька клієнтських чеків, створивши"
+" пакетний депозит, для подачі в банк. Під час кодування виписки з банку в "
+"Odoo вам пропонують узгодити транзакцію з депозитом партії. Увімкніть цю "
+"опцію в налаштуваннях."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "For Outgoing Payments"
+msgstr "Для вихідних платежів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Вручну: сплачуйте рахунок готівкою або будь-яким іншим методом за межами "
+"Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo."
+msgstr "Чек: сплачуйте рахунок чеком та надрукуйте його з Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit "
+"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings."
+msgstr ""
+"SEPA Credit Transfer: сплачуйте рахунок з файлу SEPA Credit Transfer, який "
+"ви передаєте в свій банк. Увімкніть цю опцію в налаштуваннях."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Profit Account"
+msgstr "Облік прибутку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs"
+" from what the system computes"
+msgstr ""
+"Використовується для реєстрації прибутку, коли кінцевий залишок каси "
+"відрізняється від того, що система обчислює"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Loss Account"
+msgstr "Облік витрат"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs "
+"from what the system computes"
+msgstr ""
+"Використовується для реєстрації втрат, коли кінцевий баланс касирів "
+"відрізняється від того, що система обчислює"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Group Invoice Lines"
+msgstr "Рядки групи рахунків-фактур"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines "
+"when generating them from invoices."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо це буде позначено, система намагатиметься групувати рядки обліку, "
+"створюючи їх із рахунків-фактур."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation"
+msgstr "Публікувати на узгодженні з банком"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in "
+"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when "
+"performing bank reconciliation."
+msgstr ""
+"Незалежно від того, чи потрібно здійснювати платежі, у цьому журналі мають "
+"генеруватися у стані чернетки, так що пов'язані записи журналу публікуються "
+"тільки при виконанні банківського узгодження."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills"
+msgstr "Ім'я псевдоніма для рахунків постачальника"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email."
+msgstr ""
+"Він створює чернетку рахунка постачальника, відправивши електронний лист."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected"
+msgstr "Перевірте вибраний друк методу оплати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment"
+" method."
+msgstr ""
+"Технічна функція використовується для того, щоби дізнатися, чи ввімкнено "
+"перевірку друку як спосіб оплати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Check Sequence"
+msgstr "Перевірте пслідовність"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Checks numbering sequence."
+msgstr "Перевірка послідовності нумерації."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Manual Numbering"
+msgstr "Ручна нумерація"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered."
+msgstr ""
+"Позначте цей параметр, якщо ваші попередньо надруковані чеки не "
+"пронумеровані."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Next Check Number"
+msgstr "Наступний перевірений номер"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check."
+msgstr "Послідовність номера наступної друкованої перевірки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Amount Authorized Difference"
+msgstr "Кількість дозволених відмінностей"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance"
+" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If "
+"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing "
+"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager."
+msgstr ""
+"Це поле відображає максимальну різницю, дозволену між кінцевим балансом і "
+"теоретичною готівкою при закритті сеансу, для менеджерів, що не належать до "
+"точки продажу. Якщо цей максимум досягнуто, користувачеві з'явиться "
+"повідомлення про помилку під час закриття його сеансу, вказуючи, що йому "
+"потрібно звернутися до менеджера."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr "Використання"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28
+msgid "How to register cash payments?"
+msgstr "Як зареєструвати грошові оплати?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow "
+"these steps:"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб зареєструвати готівковий платіж, специфічний для іншого клієнта, "
+"необхідно виконати такі дії:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register "
+"Transactions`"
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Інформаційна панель --> Готівка "
+"--> Реєстрація транзакцій`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36
+msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance"
+msgstr "Заповніть початковий та кінцевий баланс"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the "
+"transaction"
+msgstr "Зареєструйте транзакції, вказавши клієнтів, пов'язаних з транзакцією"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41
+msgid "Put money in"
+msgstr "Покладіть гроші"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your "
+"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to "
+":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`"
+msgstr ""
+"Вкладені гроші використовуються для розміщення готівки вручну перед початком"
+" ваших транзакцій. З вікна Транзакції каси перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Більше --> Покласти гроші`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51
+msgid "Take money out"
+msgstr "Візьміть гроші"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending "
+"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to "
+":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`"
+msgstr ""
+"Забирання грошей використовується для збору/отримання вашої готівки вручну "
+"після закінчення всіх ваших транзакцій. З вікна Транзакції каси перейдіть до"
+"  :menuselection:`Більше --> Забрати гроші`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration."
+msgstr "Операції будуть додані до поточної реєстрації грошових оплат."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3
+msgid "Localizations"
+msgstr "Локалізації"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3
+msgid "France"
+msgstr "Франція"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6
+msgid "FEC"
+msgstr "FEC"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download "
+"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France"
+" --> FEC`."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви встановили французький бухгалтерський облік, ви зможете завантажити "
+"FEC. Для цього перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> "
+"Франція --> FEC`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the "
+"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви не бачите підменю **FEC**, перейдіть до **Додатки** і знайдіть "
+"модуль **Франція-FEC** та перевірте, чи він добре встановлений."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16
+msgid "French Accounting Reports"
+msgstr "Французька бухгалтерська звітність"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some "
+"accounting reports specific to France:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви встановили французький бухгалтерський облік, ви матимете доступ до "
+"деяких бухгалтерських звітів, характерних для Франції:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20
+msgid "Bilan comptable"
+msgstr "Bilan comptable"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21
+msgid "Compte de résultats"
+msgstr "Compte de résultats"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22
+msgid "Plan de Taxes France"
+msgstr "Plan de Taxes France"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25
+msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+"Отримайте сертифікат про боротьбу із шахрайством на додану вартість з Odoo"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in "
+"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria "
+"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales "
+"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, "
+"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download."
+msgstr ""
+"Станом на 1 січня 2018 року у Франції та DOM-TOM введено нове законодавство "
+"щодо боротьби із шахрайством. Це нове законодавство встановлює певні "
+"критерії щодо незмінності, безпеки, зберігання та архівування даних про "
+"продаж. Ці юридичні вимоги впроваджені в 9 версії Odoo через модуль та "
+"сертифікат відповідності для завантаження."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34
+msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?"
+msgstr ""
+"Чи моя компанія зобов'язана використовувати програмне забезпечення проти "
+"шахрайства?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like "
+"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ваша компанія повинна використовувати програмне забезпечення для боротьби із"
+" шахрайством касових апаратів, таких як Odoo (CGI Art. 286, I. 3 ° bis), "
+"якщо:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39
+msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM,"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви є оподатковуваними (не звільнені від податку на додану вартість) у "
+"Франції або будь-якому DOM-TOM,"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40
+msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)."
+msgstr "Деякі з ваших клієнтів - приватні особи (B2C)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from "
+"VAT and therefore are not affected."
+msgstr ""
+"Це правило застосовується до компанії будь-якого розміру. Автострахувальники"
+" звільняються від сплати ПДВ, тому вони їх це не стосується."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46
+msgid "Get certified with Odoo"
+msgstr "Отримайте сертифікат з Odoo"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48
+msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy."
+msgstr "Одноразово поєднуватися до Odoo дуже просто."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate"
+" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud "
+"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users"
+" `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__. If you "
+"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>`__ or "
+"contact your Odoo service provider."
+msgstr ""
+"Ваша компанія вимагає від податкової адміністрації подати сертифікат "
+"відповідності, який підтверджує, що ваше програмне забезпечення відповідає "
+"законодавству боротьби із шахрайством. Цей сертифікат надається Odoo SA "
+"користувачам Odoo Enterprise тут <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-"
+"certification/> `__. Якщо ви використовуєте спільноту Odoo, ви повинні "
+"\"перейти на Odoo Enterprise "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>` __ або "
+"звернутися до свого постачальника послуг Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58
+msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500."
+msgstr ""
+"У разі невідповідності ваша компанія ризикує отримати штраф у розмірі 7500 "
+"євро."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60
+msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:"
+msgstr "Щоб отримати сертифікат, виконайте наступні кроки:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* "
+"menu:"
+msgstr ""
+"Встановіть модуль боротьби із шахрайством, що відповідає вашій версії Odoo, "
+"з меню *Додатки*:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud "
+"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)"
+msgstr ""
+"якщо ви використовуєте точку продажів Odoo: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: Франція - "
+"Сертифікація щодо боротьби із шахрайством на додану вартість для точки "
+"продажу (CGI 286 I-3 bis)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud "
+"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)"
+msgstr ""
+"у будь-якому іншому випадку: * l10n_fr_certification *: Франція - "
+"Сертифікація боротьби із шахрайством на ПДВ (CGI 286 I-3 bis)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be "
+"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a "
+"country from the list; Do not create a new country."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що у вашій компанії встановлено країну, інакше ваші записи не"
+" будуть зашифровані для перевірки незмінності. Щоб змінити дані вашої "
+"компанії, перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`налаштування -> Користувачі та "
+"компанії -> Компанії`. Виберіть країну зі списку; Не створюйте нову країну."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__."
+msgstr ""
+"Завантажте обов'язковий сертифікат відповідності, наданий Odoo SA`here "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you "
+"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from "
+"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules "
+"List* in the top-menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб встановити модуль у будь-якій системі, створеній до 18 грудня 2017 р., "
+"Слід оновити список модулів. Для цього активуйте режим розробника в меню "
+"*Налаштування*. Потім перейдіть в меню *Додатки* і натисніть *Оновити список"
+" модулів* у верхньому меню."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and "
+"restart your server beforehand."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви запускаєте Odoo on-premise, вам потрібно оновити вашу інсталяцію та "
+"заздалегідь перезавантажити сервер."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to"
+" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -"
+" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules "
+"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click "
+"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is"
+" installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви встановили початкову версію модуля боротьби із шахрайством (до 18 "
+"грудня 2017 року), вам потрібно оновити його. Назва модуля була *Франція - "
+"Бухгалтерський облік - Сертифікований CGI 286 I-3 bis*. Після оновлення "
+"списку модулів знайдіть оновлений модуль в *Програми*, виберіть його та "
+"натисніть *Оновити*. Нарешті, переконайтеся, що встановлено наступний модуль"
+" *l10n_fr_sale_closing*."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89
+msgid "Anti-fraud features"
+msgstr "Особливості боротьби із шахрайством"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91
+msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:"
+msgstr "Модуль боротьби із шахрайством впроваджує такі функції:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key "
+"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;"
+msgstr ""
+"**Незмінність**: дезактивація всіх способів скасування або зміни ключових "
+"даних замовлень точки продажу, рахунків-фактур та записів журналу;"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95
+msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;"
+msgstr "**Безпека**: мережевий алгоритм для перевірки незмінності;"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and "
+"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)."
+msgstr ""
+"**Зберігання**: автоматичне закриття торгів з обчисленням як періоду, так і "
+"сукупних підсумків (щодня, щомісяця, щорічно)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100
+msgid "Inalterability"
+msgstr "Незмінність"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, "
+"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is "
+"located in France or in any DOM-TOM."
+msgstr ""
+"Всі можливі способи скасування та зміни ключових даних замовлень точки "
+"продажу, підтверджених рахунків-фактур та записів журналу деактивуються, "
+"якщо компанія розташована у Франції або в будь-якому DOM-TOM."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such "
+"companies are impacted."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви керуєте середовищем декількох компаній, це впливає лише на документи"
+" таких компаній."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Безпека"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon"
+" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the "
+"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб забезпечити незмінність, кожне замовлення чи журналу зашифровується "
+"після перевірки. Цей номер (або хеш) обчислюється з ключових даних "
+"документа, а також від хешу попередніх документів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any "
+"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will "
+"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the "
+"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted "
+"document recorded in the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Модуль вводить інтерфейс для перевірки незмінності даних. Якщо будь-яка "
+"інформація змінена на документі після її перевірки, тест буде невдалим. "
+"Алгоритм перекомпонулює всі хеші та порівнює їх з вихідними. У випадку "
+"аварії система вказує на перший пошкоджений документ, записаний у системі."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123
+msgid ""
+"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For "
+"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French "
+"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to "
+":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`."
+msgstr ""
+"Користувачі з правами доступу *Менеджер* можуть запускати перевірку "
+"незмінності. Для замовлень точки продажу, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка"
+" продажу --> Звітність --> Французькі виписки`. Для рахунків-фактур або "
+"записів журналу, перейдіть на сторінку :menuselection:`Рахунки/Бухоблік --> "
+"Звітність --> Французькі виписки`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130
+msgid "Storage"
+msgstr "Зберігання"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and "
+"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period"
+" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry "
+"recorded in the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Система також автоматично обробляє закриття товарів щоденно, щомісячно та "
+"щорічно. Такі закриття чітко обчислюють загальний обсяг періоду продажу, а "
+"також сукупні великі підсумки з перших продажів, записаних у системі."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, "
+"Invoicing and Accounting apps."
+msgstr ""
+"Закриття можна знайти в меню *Французькі виписки* точки продажу, рахунків-"
+"фактур та обліку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142
+msgid ""
+"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal "
+"Type = Sales)."
+msgstr ""
+"Завершення обчислюють підсумки для журнальних записів журналів продажів (Тип"
+" журналу = Продажі)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company."
+msgstr "Для середовищ кількох компаній такі закриття виконуються компанією."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. "
+"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a "
+"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24"
+" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again."
+msgstr ""
+"Замовлення точки продажу розміщуються як записи журналу під час закриття "
+"сесії точки продажу. Закриття сесії POS можна зробити будь-коли. Щоби "
+"спонукати користувачів робити це щодня, модуль перешкоджає відновленню "
+"сеансу, відкритому більше 24 годин тому. Такий сеанс повинен бути закритий "
+"перед продажем знову."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the "
+"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you "
+"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be "
+"counted in the very next closing."
+msgstr ""
+"Загальний обсяг періоду обчислюється з усіх журнальних записів, "
+"опублікованих після попереднього закриття того ж типу, незалежно від дати їх"
+" публікації. Якщо ви записали нову транзакцію з продажу протягом закритого "
+"періоду, вона буде зарахована до самого наступного закриття."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157
+msgid ""
+"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the "
+"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation "
+"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so."
+msgstr ""
+"Для цілей тестування та аудиту такі закриття можуть бути створені вручну в "
+"режимі розробника. Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Тухнічний "
+"--> Автоматизація --> Заплановані дії` зробити так."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164
+msgid "Responsibilities"
+msgstr "Обов'язки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166
+msgid ""
+"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none"
+" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable."
+msgstr ""
+"Не видаляйте модуль! Якщо це так, хеш буде скинуто, і жоден із ваших минулих"
+" даних більше не буде гарантований як незмінний."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due "
+"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees "
+"the inalterability of data."
+msgstr ""
+"Користувачі залишаються відповідальними за версію Odoo і повинні "
+"використовувати її з належною обачливістю. Не дозволяється змінювати "
+"вихідний код, який гарантує незмінність даних."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173
+msgid ""
+"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the"
+" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo звільняє себе від усіх та будь-якої відповідальності у разі зміни "
+"функцій модуля, викликаних сторонніми додатками, не сертифікованими Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178
+msgid "More Information"
+msgstr "Більше інформації"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180
+msgid ""
+"You will find more information about this legislation in the official "
+"documents:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви знайдете додаткову інформацію про це законодавство в офіційних "
+"документах:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182
+msgid ""
+"`Frequently Asked Questions "
+"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"`Питання, що часто задаються "
+"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"`Official Statement "
+"<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-"
+"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"`Офіційна виписка "
+"<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-"
+"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 "
+"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"`Елемент 88 фінансового законодавства 2016 "
+"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3
+msgid "Germany"
+msgstr "Німеччина"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6
+msgid "German Chart of Accounts"
+msgstr "Німецький план рахунків"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can "
+"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+"План рахунків SKR03 та SKR04 підтримуються в Odoo. Ви можете вибрати той, "
+"який ви хочете, перейшовши до :menuselection: `Бухоблік --> Налаштування`, "
+"потім виберіть потрібний пакет у розділі Фіскальна локалізація."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have "
+"not created any accounting entry."
+msgstr ""
+"Будьте обережні, ви можете змінити бухгалтерський пакет лише тоді, коли ви "
+"не створили запис бухобліку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви створюєте нову базу даних SaaS, SKR03 встановлюється за "
+"замовчуванням."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19
+msgid "German Accounting Reports"
+msgstr "Німецька бухгалтерська звітність"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:"
+msgstr ""
+"Нижче наведено список спеціальних звітів для Німеччини, доступних на Odoo "
+"Enterprise:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30
+msgid "Balance Sheet"
+msgstr "Бухгалтерський баланс"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19
+msgid "Profit & Loss"
+msgstr "Доходи та витрати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25
+msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)"
+msgstr "Податковий звіт (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26
+msgid "Partner VAT Intra"
+msgstr "Партнер ПДВ Intra"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29
+msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev"
+msgstr "Експорт з Odoo в Datev"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be "
+"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be "
+"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on "
+"the **Export Datev (csv)** button."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете експортувати записи бухобліку з Odoo в Datev. Щоб мати можливість "
+"використовувати цю функцію, локалізація німецької бухгалтерії повинна бути "
+"встановлена у вашій базі даних Odoo Enterprise. Тоді ти можеш увійти до "
+":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Загальний журнал` потім натисніть"
+" кнопку **Export Datev (csv)**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3
+msgid "Mexico"
+msgstr "Мексика"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6
+msgid ""
+"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official"
+" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have "
+"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here "
+"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the "
+"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country "
+"\"Mexico\" set."
+msgstr ""
+"Ця документація написана з урахуванням того, що ви дотримуєтесь офіційних "
+"документів щодо рахунків-фактур, продажів і бухгалтерського обліку та "
+"знаєте, що у вас є досвід роботи з odoo у таких сферах, ми не маємо наміру "
+"поставити тут процедури, яка вже пояснюєьься на цих документах, просто "
+"інформацію щоб дозволити вам використовувати Odoo в компанії з країною "
+"\"Мексика\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Загальний огляд"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16
+msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:"
+msgstr "Мексиканська локалізація - це група з 3 модулів:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"**l10n_mx:** All the basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the "
+"chart of account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended "
+"copy of the list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_."
+msgstr ""
+"**l10n_mx:** Всі основні дані для управління бухобліком, податками та планом"
+" рахунків, запропонований встановлений план рахунків - це передбачувана "
+"копія списку групових кодів, пропонованих `SAT`_."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3,"
+" payment complement, invoice addendum."
+msgstr ""
+"**l10n_mx_edi**: все, що стосується електронних транзакцій, CFDI 3.2 та 3.3,"
+" додаток до оплати, додавання рахунків-фактур."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic "
+"accounting are here (Accounting app required)."
+msgstr ""
+"**l10n_mx_reports**: всі обов'язкові електронні звіти для електронного "
+"бухгалтерського обліку тут (необхідний бухгалтерський додаток)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply "
+"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting"
+" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this "
+"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your "
+"company in Mexico."
+msgstr ""
+"З мексиканською локалізацією в Odoo ви зможете не просто дотримуватися "
+"необхідних функцій за законом в Мексиці, але використовувати його як систему"
+" бухгалтерського обліку та рахунків-фактур завдяки цілому набору нормальних "
+"вимог для цього ринку, стаючи вашим Odoo в ідеальному рішенні керувати вашою"
+" компанією в Мексиці."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try"
+" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix "
+"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Після налаштування ми надамо вам процес для перевірки всього, спробуйте "
+"виконати крок за кроком, щоб дозволити вам не витрачати час на виправлення "
+"помилок. На будь-якому кроці ви можете нагадати крок і повторити спробу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41
+msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization"
+msgstr "1. Встановіть мексиканську локалізацію бухобліку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43
+msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*."
+msgstr ""
+"Для цього перейдіть у додатки та шукайте Мексику. Потім натисніть "
+"*Встановити*."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country "
+"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically "
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Створюючи базу даних з www.odoo.com, якщо під час створення бухобліку ви "
+"виберете Мексику як країну локалізації, вона буде автоматично встановлена."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54
+msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)"
+msgstr "2. Електронні рахунки (CDFI 3.2 та формат 3.3)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in"
+" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image"
+" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and "
+"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully"
+" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб включити цю вимогу в Мексиці, перейдіть до налаштувань в бухобліку "
+":menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування` і ввімкніть опцію на зображенні "
+"за допомогою цього, ви зможете створити підписаний рахунок-фактуру (CFDI 3.2"
+" та 3.3) і створити підписаний платіж (також 3.3) повністю інтегрується зі "
+"звичайним потоком рахунків-фактур в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68
+msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company"
+msgstr "3. Встановіть юридичну інформацію в компанії"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go "
+"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid "
+"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal "
+"position on your company’s contact."
+msgstr ""
+"Спочатку переконайтеся, що ваша компанія налаштована з правильними даними. "
+"Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Користувачі --> Компанії` і "
+"введіть дійсну адресу та ПДВ для вашої компанії. Не забудьте визначити "
+"мексиканську схему оподаткування у контакті з вашою компанією."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known"
+" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the "
+"vat to **TCM970625MB1**."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете використовувати мексиканську локалізацію в тестовому режимі, "
+"ви можете помістити будь-яку відому адресу в Мексиці з усіма полями для "
+"адреси компанії та встановити пдв **TCM970625MB1**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the "
+"company"
+msgstr ""
+"4. Встановіть правильну \"Схему оподаткування\" для партнера, який "
+"представляє компанію"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in "
+"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the "
+"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal "
+"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley"
+" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see "
+"the option)."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть у тій самій формі, де ви редагуєте компанію, збережіть запис, щоб "
+"встановити цю форму тільки для прочитання, і просто перегляньте текст, "
+"натисніть посилання партнера, потім відредагуйте його та встановіть на "
+"вкладці *Рахунки* відповідну фіскальну інформацію (для **Область "
+"тестування** це повинно бути *601 - General de Ley Personas Morales*, просто"
+" знайдіть його як звичайне поле Odoo, якщо ви не бачите варіант)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94
+msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3"
+msgstr "5. Включення CFDI версії 3.3"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only "
+"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on "
+"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade sending a ticket to support in "
+"https://www.odoo.com/help."
+msgstr ""
+"Ці кроки потрібні лише тоді, коли ви активуєте CFDI 3.3 (доступно лише для "
+"V11.0 та вище), якщо у вашому прикладі SaaS немає версії 11.0 або пізнішої "
+"версії, будь ласка, попросіть оновлення, відправляючи запит на підтримку в "
+"https: // www.odoo.com/help"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102
+msgid "Enable debug mode:"
+msgstr "Увімкніть режим налагодження:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings "
+"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter "
+"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this "
+"name does not exist)."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть та перегляньте наступний технічний параметр в "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні --> Параметри --> Параметри "
+"системи` і встановіть параметр з назвою *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* до 3.3 "
+"(Створіть його, якщо запис із цією назвою не існує)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the "
+"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT "
+"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is "
+"the default behavior."
+msgstr ""
+"CFDI 3.2 буде юридично можливим до 30 листопада 2017 р., Включення версії "
+"3.3 стане обов'язковим кроком для виконання нової `SAT resolution`_ в будь-"
+"якій новій базі даних, створеній після виходу випуску v11.0 CFDI 3.3 є "
+"поведінкою за умовчанням."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122
+msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3"
+msgstr "Важливі міркування, коли ви увімкнете CFDI 3.3"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613
+msgid ""
+"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" "
+"field set to \"Tasa\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ваш податок, який представляє ПДВ 16% та 0%, повинен мати поле \"Тип "
+"фактора\", встановлене для \"Таsа\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it"
+" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should"
+" set 601, it will look like the image."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви повинні перейти до налаштування схеми оподаткування та встановити "
+"правильний код (це перші 3 номери в назві), наприклад, для тесту, який слід "
+"встановити на 601, він буде виглядати як зображення."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field "
+"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it "
+"faster."
+msgstr ""
+"Усі товари повинні мати для CFDI 3.3 \"SAT-код\" і поле \"Reference\" "
+"правильно встановити, ви можете їх експортувати та імпортувати, щоб зробити "
+"це швидше."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146
+msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices"
+msgstr "6. Налаштуйте PAC, щоб правильно підписати рахунки-фактури"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You "
+"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* "
+"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб налаштувати EDI за допомогою **PAC**, ви можете зайти в меню "
+":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Електронне виставлення "
+"рахунків (MX)`. Ви можете вибрати PAC у списку **підтримуваних PAC** у полі "
+"*PAC*, а потім введіть ім'я користувача PAC та пароль PAC."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can "
+"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables "
+"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_."
+msgstr ""
+"Пам'ятайте, що ви повинні зареєструватися в рецензованому PAC перед ручним, "
+"цей процес можна зробити з самого PAC, у цьому випадку у нас буде два (2) "
+"наявності `Finkok`_ і` Solución Factible`_."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before "
+"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the "
+"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process"
+" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production "
+"environment with real transactions."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви повинні обробити свій **Особовий ключ (CSD)** із установою SAT, перш ніж "
+"виконувати ці кроки, якщо у вас немає такої інформації, будь ласка, "
+"спробуйте всі \"кроки для тестування\" і поверніться до цього процесу, коли "
+"ви завершите запропонований процес для SAT, щоб встановити цю інформацію для"
+" вашого виробничого середовища за допомогою реальних транзакцій."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168
+msgid ""
+"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a "
+"PAC username or password."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви позначили поле *MX PAC тест середовища*, вам не потрібно вводити "
+"ім'я користувача або пароль PAC."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175
+msgid ""
+"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test "
+"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization."
+msgstr ""
+"Ось сертифікат SAT, який ви можете використовувати, якщо ви хочете "
+"використовувати *Тестування середовища* для мексиканської локалізації "
+"бухобліку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178
+msgid "`Certificate`_"
+msgstr "`Certificate`_"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179
+msgid "`Certificate Key`_"
+msgstr "`Certificate Key`_"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180
+msgid "**Password :** 12345678a"
+msgstr "**Пароль :** 12345678a"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183
+msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes"
+msgstr "7. Налаштуйте тег у податках на продаж"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185
+msgid ""
+"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, "
+"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the "
+"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Цей тег використовується для встановлення коду типу податку, переданого чи "
+"призупинення, що застосовується до концепції CFDI. Отже, якщо податок є "
+"податком на продаж, поле \"Тег\" повинно бути \"IVA\", \"ISR\" або \"IEPS\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create "
+"a new tax you should choose a tag."
+msgstr ""
+"Зверніть увагу, що для податків за замовчуванням тег уже призначений, але "
+"при створенні нового податку слід вибрати тег."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196
+msgid "Usage and testing"
+msgstr "Використання та тестування"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199
+msgid "Invoicing"
+msgstr "Виставлення рахунків"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201
+msgid ""
+"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following "
+"the normal Odoo's behaviour."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб скористатися мексиканським рахунком-фактурою, вам просто потрібно "
+"зробити звичайний рахунок-фактуру, слідуючи звичайній поведінці Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204
+msgid ""
+"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look "
+"like this:"
+msgstr ""
+"Після перевірки першого рахунку правильно підписаний рахунок-фактура повинен"
+" виглядати так:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211
+msgid ""
+"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or"
+" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your "
+"invoice by email."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете генерувати PDF-файл, просто натиснувши кнопку \"Друк\" у рахунку-"
+"фактурі або відправивши його по електронній пошті після звичайного процесу, "
+"щоб надсилати рахунок-фактуру електронною поштою."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218
+msgid ""
+"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should "
+"looks like."
+msgstr ""
+"Як тільки ви надішлете електронний рахунок-фактуру електронною поштою, це "
+"так, як виглядає."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225
+msgid "Cancelling invoices"
+msgstr "Скасування рахунків-фактур"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227
+msgid ""
+"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in "
+"Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Процес скасування повністю пов'язаний з нормальним скасуванням в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229
+msgid "If the invoice is not paid."
+msgstr "Якщо рахунок-фактура не сплачується."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231
+msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to"
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до журналу рахунків-фактур клієнта, до якого належить рахунок-"
+"фактура"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239
+msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field"
+msgstr "Перевірте поле \"Дозволити скасування записів\""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244
+msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\""
+msgstr ""
+"Поверніться до рахунку-фактури та натисніть кнопку \"Скасувати рахунок-"
+"фактуру\""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249
+msgid ""
+"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow "
+"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field."
+msgstr ""
+"З міркувань безпеки рекомендується повернути перевірку на те, щоб ще раз "
+"скасувати помилку, а потім перейти до журналу та перевірити це поле."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252
+msgid "**Legal considerations**"
+msgstr "**Юридичні міркування**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254
+msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT."
+msgstr "Скасований рахунок-фактура буде автоматично скасований на SAT."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255
+msgid ""
+"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much "
+"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a "
+"good control of the cancellation reasons."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви спробуєте використати той самий рахунок-фактуру після скасування, у "
+"вас буде стільки ж скасованих CFDI, скільки ви спробували, тоді всі ці xml є"
+" важливими, щоб забезпечити хороший контроль за причинами скасування."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel"
+" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same "
+"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви повинні від'єднати всі пов'язані платежі до рахунку-фактури на odoo перед"
+" тим, як скасувати такий документ, ці платежі потрібно скасувати, "
+"дотримуючись того самого підходу, але встановлюючи параметр «Дозволити "
+"записи відмов» у самому платежі."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263
+msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)"
+msgstr "Платежі (доступно лише для CFDI 3.3)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265
+msgid ""
+"To generate the payment complement you just must to follow the normal "
+"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are "
+"important."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб створити комплект для оплати, ви повинні просто дотримуватися звичайного"
+" процесу оплати в Odoo, ці міркування для розуміння поведінки є важливими."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268
+msgid ""
+"All payment done in the same day of the invoice will be considered as It "
+"will not be signed, because It is the expected behavior legally required for"
+" \"Cash payment\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Вся оплата, здійснена в той же день рахунка-фактури, буде розглядатися як Не"
+" буде підписана, тому що це очікувана поведінка, юридично необхідна для "
+"\"Платежу готівкою\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271
+msgid ""
+"To test a regular signed payment just create an invoice for the day before "
+"today and then pay it today."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб протестувати регулярний підписний платіж, просто створіть рахунок-"
+"фактуру за день до сьогодні, а потім сплатіть його сьогодні."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:273
+msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly."
+msgstr "Ви повинні надрукувати платіж, щоб правильно завантажити PDF-файл."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274
+msgid ""
+"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with "
+"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code "
+"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in"
+" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el "
+"caso de anticipos recibidos**."
+msgstr ""
+"Що стосується \"Оплати авансів\", ви повинні створити правильний рахунок-"
+"фактуру з виплатою заздалегідь самостійно, як рядок товару, яка встановлює "
+"правильний код SAT, відповідно до процедури офіційної документації, наданої "
+"SAT`_ у розділі **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el"
+" caso de anticipos recibidos**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279
+msgid ""
+"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer "
+"Payment without a proper invoice."
+msgstr ""
+"Що стосується теми 4, то заблокована можливість створення платежів клієнта "
+"без належного рахунку-фактури."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284
+msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:"
+msgstr "Бухоблік Мексики в odoo складається з трьох повідомлень:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:286
+msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)."
+msgstr "План рахунку (Викликається та відображається як COA)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287
+msgid "Electronic Trial Balance."
+msgstr "Електронний пробний баланс."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288
+msgid "DIOT report."
+msgstr "Звіт DIOT."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290
+msgid ""
+"1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a "
+"report only available on the context of the accounting."
+msgstr ""
+"1 і 2 розглядаються як електронний облік, а DIOT - це лише доступ до звіту в"
+" контексті бухгалтерського обліку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293
+msgid ""
+"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting "
+"app."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете знайти всі ці звіти в оригінальному меню звіту в додатку "
+"Бухгалтерський облік."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:299
+msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)"
+msgstr "Електронний облік (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302
+msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA"
+msgstr "Електронний графік обліку CoA"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:304
+msgid ""
+"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on "
+"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**"
+msgstr ""
+"Електронний облік ніколи не було простіше, просто перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Мексика --> COA` і натисніть "
+"кнопку **Експорт для SAT (XML)**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311
+msgid "**How to add new accounts?**"
+msgstr "**Як додати нові рахунки?**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313
+msgid ""
+"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a"
+" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви додаєте облік із конвенцією кодування NNN.YY.ZZ, де NNN.YY є групою "
+"кодування SAT, то ваш облік буде автоматично налаштований."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316
+msgid ""
+"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then "
+"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account "
+"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag"
+" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on"
+" xml."
+msgstr ""
+"Приклад, щоб додати облік для нового банківського рахунку, перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> План рахунків` а потім "
+"створіть новий облік на кнопці \"Створити\" та спробувати створити обліковий"
+" запис із номером 102.01.99, коли ви зміните, щоб встановити ім'я, яке ви "
+"побачите, тег, який буде автоматично встановлено, встановлені теги будуть "
+"вибрані для використання в COA на XML."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326
+msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**"
+msgstr "**Що означає тег?**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328
+msgid ""
+"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on"
+" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб дізнатись усі можливі теги, ви можете ознайомитись з `Anexo 24`_  на "
+"веб-сайті SAT у розділі під назвою **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332
+msgid ""
+"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it "
+"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on "
+"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need "
+"is not created you can create one on the fly."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви встановлюєте модуль l10n_mx, і ви скористаєтеся планом рахунку (це "
+"відбувається автоматично, коли ви встановлюєте параметр Мексика як країну у "
+"вашій базі даних), тоді у вас буде більше загальних тегів, якщо потрібний "
+"тег не створений, ви можете створити його на льоту."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338
+msgid "Electronic Trial Balance"
+msgstr "Електронний пробний баланс"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340
+msgid ""
+"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have "
+"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports "
+"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be "
+"exported to XML using the button in the top  **Export for SAT (XML)** with "
+"the previous selection of the period you want to export."
+msgstr ""
+"Точно так само, як сертифікат автентичності, але з дебетуванням та кредитною"
+" карткою початкового балансу, після того, як ви правильно налаштували coa, "
+"ви можете перейти на :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Мексика --> "
+"Пробний баланс` це автоматично створюється і може бути експортовано в XML за"
+" допомогою кнопки у верхній частині **Експорт для SAT (XML)** з попереднім "
+"вибором періоду, який ви хочете експортувати."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349
+msgid ""
+"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any"
+" regular Odoo Report."
+msgstr ""
+"Всі звичайні функції аудиту та аналізу доступні тут також як і будь-який "
+"звичайний звіт Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:353
+msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)"
+msgstr "Звіт DIOT (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355
+msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**"
+msgstr "**Що таке DIOT і важливість презентації SAT**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357
+msgid ""
+"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that"
+" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in "
+"Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли мова йде про процедури з послугою адміністрування SAT, ми знаємо, що ми"
+" не повинні нехтувати тим, що ми представляємо. Отже, що не повинно бути в "
+"Оdoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:360
+msgid ""
+"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties "
+"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must "
+"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered "
+"the same, with our providers."
+msgstr ""
+"DIOT - це інформаційне повідомлення про операції з третіми сторонами (DIOT),"
+" яке є додатковим зобов'язанням з ПДВ, де ми повинні надавати статус наших "
+"операцій третім сторонам або те, що вважається таким же, з нашими "
+"постачальниками."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365
+msgid ""
+"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT"
+" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary "
+"to. submit the DIOT:"
+msgstr ""
+"Це стосується як окремих осіб, так і моралі, тому, якщо ми маємо ПДВ для "
+"подання до SAT, а також стосується постачальників, це необхідно. надішліть "
+"DIOT:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369
+msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**"
+msgstr "**Коли вводити файл DIOT і в якому форматі?**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371
+msgid ""
+"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain "
+"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can "
+"find in the SAT website."
+msgstr ""
+"Просто представляти DIOT, оскільки, як і весь формат, ви можете отримати "
+"його на сторінці SAT, це електронний формат A-29, який ви можете знайти на "
+"веб-сайті SAT."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375
+msgid ""
+"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to "
+"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have "
+"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent "
+"to said data."
+msgstr ""
+"Щомісяця, якщо у вас є операції з третіми сторонами, необхідно представити "
+"DIOT, так само, як ми робимо з ПДВ, так що якщо у січні ми маємо угоди з "
+"постачальниками, то до лютого ми повинні представити інформацію, що "
+"стосується вказаних даних."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380
+msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**"
+msgstr "**Де представлений DIOT?**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382
+msgid ""
+"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will "
+"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present "
+"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете представити DIOT по-різному, залежно від того, який ви виберете, і"
+" який буде вам більш зручним, ніж ви будете представляти щомісяця або "
+"кожного разу, коли ви маєте справу з постачальниками."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386
+msgid ""
+"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but "
+"this after having made up to 500 records."
+msgstr ""
+"Формат A-29 є електронним, так що ви можете його представити на сторінці "
+"SAT, але це після того, як складете до 500 записів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389
+msgid ""
+"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the "
+"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your "
+"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such"
+" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt "
+"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як ці 500 записів буде внесено до SAT, ви повинні подати їх до "
+"Адміністрації Служб місцевих податківців платників податків (ALSC) "
+"відповідно до вашої податкової адреси, ці записи можуть бути представлені на"
+" цифровому носії інформації, такі як компакт-диск або USB, який після "
+"перевірки ви будете повернуті, так що не сумнівайтеся в тому, що у вас "
+"залишиться ці записи і, звичайно, ваш компакт-диск або USB."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395
+msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**"
+msgstr "**Ще один факт, щоб знати: партійне завантаження?**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397
+msgid ""
+"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch "
+"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and "
+"according to the SAT site is:"
+msgstr ""
+"Переглядаючи офіційні документи SAT на DIOT, ви знайдете пакетне "
+"завантаження, і, звичайно, перше, що ми думаємо, що це таке?, І відповідно "
+"до сайту SAT:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:401
+msgid ""
+"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions "
+"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the "
+"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of"
+" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the "
+"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its "
+"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Пакетне завантаження\" - це конвертація баз даних записів про транзакції з"
+" постачальниками, здійснені платниками податків у текстових файлах (.txt). "
+"Ці файли мають необхідну структуру для їх застосування та імпорту в систему "
+"інформаційної декларації операцій з третіми сторонами, уникаючи прямого "
+"захоплення, а отже, оптимізації часу, вкладеного в його інтеграцію, для "
+"презентації у часі та формі для SAT."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:408
+msgid ""
+"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make "
+"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in "
+"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with "
+"Third Parties."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете використовувати його для представлення DIOT, оскільки це "
+"допускається, що полегшить вам цю операцію, щоб її не було, щоб не "
+"відповідати SAT у зв'язку з інформацією про операції з третіми сторонами."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413
+msgid "You can find the `official information here`_."
+msgstr "Ви можете знайти `офіційну інформацію тут`_."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415
+msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**"
+msgstr "**Як створити цей звіт в odoo?**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417
+msgid ""
+"Go to  :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions "
+"with third partied (DIOT)`."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до  :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Мексика --> "
+"Операції з третіми сторонами (DIOT)`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:422
+msgid ""
+"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before "
+"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли з'явиться вікно звіту, виберіть минулий місяць, щоби повідомити "
+"безпосередньо до місяця, який ви перебуваєте, або залиште поточний місяць, "
+"якщо це вам підходить."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:428
+msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)."
+msgstr "Натисніть \"Експорт (TXT)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433
+msgid ""
+"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow "
+"the necessary steps to declare it."
+msgstr ""
+"Зберігайте в безпечному місці завантажений файл і перейдіть на веб-сайт SAT "
+"і дотримуйтесь необхідних інструкцій, щоб оголосити його."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437
+msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT"
+msgstr ""
+"Важливі міркування щодо даних постачальника та рахунків-фактур для IDIOT"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:439
+msgid ""
+"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT "
+"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select "
+"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else "
+"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your"
+" suppliers."
+msgstr ""
+"Всі постачальники повинні встановити поля на вкладці обліку під назвою "
+"\"Інформація DIOT\", поле *L10N Mx Nationality* заповнюється, просто "
+"виберіть відповідну країну в адресі, вам не потрібно робити нічого іншого, "
+"але *L10N Mx Тип операції* повинен бути заповнений вами у всіх ваших "
+"постачальників."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:447
+msgid ""
+"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice "
+"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are "
+"properly configured already."
+msgstr ""
+"Існує 3 варіанти ПДВ для цього звіту, 16%, 0% та звільнення від "
+"оподаткування, рядок рахунку в odoo вважається звільненим від оподаткування,"
+" якщо податок не нараховується, а інші 2 податки вже належним чином "
+"налаштовані."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450
+msgid ""
+"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask"
+" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment "
+"following standard odoo procedure."
+msgstr ""
+"Не забудьте заплатити рахунок-фактуру, який відображає оплату заздалегідь, "
+"потрібно спочатку попросити рахунок-фактуру, а потім сплатити його та "
+"правильно узгодити платіж за стандартною процедурою odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453
+msgid ""
+"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the "
+"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report "
+"itself."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам не потрібні всі дані про партнерів, заповнені, щоб спробувати створити "
+"рахунок-фактуру постачальника, ви можете виправити цю інформацію під час "
+"створення звіту."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456
+msgid ""
+"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually "
+"paid."
+msgstr ""
+"Пам'ятайте, що у цьому звіті відображаються лише фактичні рахунки "
+"постачальників."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458
+msgid ""
+"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like "
+"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you "
+"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use"
+" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it "
+"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all "
+"your partners are correctly set."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо деякі з цих міркувань не враховуються, таке повідомлення з'являється "
+"при створенні протоколу DIOT по протоколу TXT з усіма партнерами, для яких "
+"потрібно перевірити цей окремий звіт, тому ми рекомендуємо використовувати "
+"цей звіт не лише для експортування вашої юридичної зобов'язання, але "
+"створити його до кінця місяця та використовувати його як свій аудиторський "
+"процес, щоб правильно встановити всіх ваших партнерів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:469
+msgid "Extra Recommended features"
+msgstr "Додаткові рекомендовані функції"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472
+msgid "Contact Module (Free)"
+msgstr "Контактний модуль (безкоштовно)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474
+msgid ""
+"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses "
+"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to "
+"install."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете належним чином керувати своїми клієнтами, постачальниками та "
+"адресами цього модуля, навіть якщо це не є технічною потребою, рекомендуємо "
+"його встановити."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479
+msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)"
+msgstr "Мультивалюта (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481
+msgid ""
+"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different "
+"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi"
+" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with "
+"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate "
+"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such "
+"information daily in the system manually."
+msgstr ""
+"У Мексиці майже всі компанії надсилають та отримують платежі в різних "
+"валютах, якщо ви хочете керувати такою можливостю, то вам слід ввімкнути "
+"функцію мультивалют, і ви повинні включити синхронізацію з **Banxico**, така"
+" функція дозволяє отримати правильний обмінний курс, автоматично "
+"завантажений від SAT і не турбуючись про те, щоб цю інформацію вручну "
+"вводити щодня в систему."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488
+msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature."
+msgstr "Перейдіть до налаштувань і ввімкніть функцію мультивалют."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:494
+msgid ""
+"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI "
+"3.3)"
+msgstr ""
+"Увімкнення явних помилок на CFDI за допомогою локального валідатора XSD "
+"(CFDI 3.3)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496
+msgid ""
+"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set "
+"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is "
+"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with "
+"debug mode enabled)."
+msgstr ""
+"Часто ви хочете отримувати явні помилки з полів, неправильно встановлених у "
+"xml, ці помилки краще інформовані користувачеві, якщо ввімкнено перевірку, "
+"щоб увімкнути функцію «Перевірити за допомогою xsd», виконайте наступні "
+"кроки (при увімкненому режимі налагодження)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`"
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічний --> Дії --> Дії "
+"сервера`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502
+msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\""
+msgstr "Шукайте дію під назвою \"Завантажити файли XSD до CFDI\""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503
+msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\""
+msgstr "Натисніть кнопку \"Створити контекстну дію\""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504
+msgid ""
+"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> "
+"Companies`"
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до форми компанії :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Користувачі та "
+"компанії --> Компанії`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:505
+msgid "Open any company you have."
+msgstr "Відкрийте будь-яку вашу компанію."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:506
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529
+msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"."
+msgstr "Натисніть \"Дія\", а потім \"Завантажити файл XSD в CFDI\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:511
+msgid ""
+"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without "
+"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a "
+"generic one with no explanation."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ви можете створити рахунок-фактуру з будь-якою помилкою (наприклад, "
+"товар без коду, який є досить поширеним явищем), а замість загальної не "
+"вказано явну помилку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516
+msgid "If you see an error like this:"
+msgstr "Якщо ви бачите помилку, подібну до цієї:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518
+msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid"
+msgstr "Сгенерований cfd недійсний"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:520
+msgid ""
+"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does "
+"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36"
+msgstr ""
+"атрибут decl 'TipoRelacion', атрибут 'type': значення QName "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' не "
+"вирішується до визначення (n) простого типу., рядок 36"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524
+msgid ""
+"This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, "
+"or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as"
+" above but:"
+msgstr ""
+"Це може бути викликано відновлення резервної копії бази даних на іншому "
+"сервері або коли файли XSD не завантажені належним чином. Виконайте ті самі "
+"дії, що описані вище, але:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:528
+msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs."
+msgstr "Перейдіть до компанії, в якій виникає помилка."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535
+msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):"
+msgstr "**Повідомлення про помилку** (застосовується лише до CFDI 3.3):"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537
+msgid ""
+":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': "
+"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the "
+"allowed minimum length of '1'."
+msgstr ""
+":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: елемент "
+"'(http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', атрибут 'NoIdentificacion': [аспект"
+" 'minLength'] Значення '' має довжину \"0\"; це перевищує дозволену "
+"мінімальну довжину \"1\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539
+msgid ""
+":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': "
+"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'."
+msgstr ""
+":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': "
+"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' не прийнято за схемою '[^|]{1,100}'."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542
+msgid ""
+"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the "
+"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference "
+"properly."
+msgstr ""
+"**Рішення:** Ви забули встановити правильне поле \"Посилання\" у товарі, "
+"будь ласка, перейдіть до форми товару і правильно встановіть внутрішню "
+"довідку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:593
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604
+msgid "**Error message**:"
+msgstr "**Повідомлення про помилку**:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547
+msgid ""
+":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is "
+"required but missing."
+msgstr ""
+":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Елемент "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': атрибут 'Режим' обов'язковий, "
+"але відсутній."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549
+msgid ""
+":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is "
+"required but missing."
+msgstr ""
+":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Елемент "
+"'(http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor: атрибут 'RegimenFiscal'обов'язковий, "
+"але відсутній."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552
+msgid ""
+"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the "
+"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look"
+" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position "
+"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of "
+"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the "
+"considerations about fiscal positions."
+msgstr ""
+"**Рішення:** Ви забули встановити правильну \"Схему оподаткування\" у "
+"партнера компанії, перейти до клієнтів, вилучити клієнтський фільтр і шукати"
+" партнера, який називається вашою компанією, і встановити належне фіскальне "
+"положення, яке є таким бізнес, який ви використовуєте, пов'язано зі списком "
+"можливих цін SAT, можливо, що ви забули слідкувати за міркуваннями про схему"
+" оподаткування."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559
+msgid ""
+"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it "
+"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should "
+"set 601, it will look like the image."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви повинні перейти до налаштування схеми оподаткування та встановити "
+"правильний код (це перші 3 номери в назві), наприклад, для тесту, який слід "
+"встановити на 601, він буде виглядати як зображення."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567
+msgid ""
+"For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas "
+"Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT."
+msgstr ""
+"Для цілей тестування це значення має бути *601 - General de Ley Personas "
+"Morales*, який є необхідним для демонстраційного ПДВ."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572
+msgid ""
+":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet "
+"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', "
+"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', "
+"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}"
+msgstr ""
+":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet "
+"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', "
+"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', "
+"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575
+msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice."
+msgstr "**Рішення:** У вашому рахунку-фактурі потрібен спосіб оплати."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582
+msgid ""
+":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': "
+"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 "
+":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' "
+"is not a valid value of the atomic type "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. "
+":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but "
+"missing."
+msgstr ""
+":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': "
+"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 "
+":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' "
+"is not a valid value of the atomic type "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. "
+":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but "
+"missing."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587
+msgid ""
+"**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a "
+"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all "
+"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-"
+"info`."
+msgstr ""
+"**Рішення:** Ви повинні правильно встановити адресу у вашій компанії, це "
+"обов'язкова група полів, ви можете перейти до налаштування вашої компанії "
+"на: menuselection: `Налаштування --> Користувачі та компанії --> Компанії` "
+"та заповнити всі необхідні поля для вашої адреси після кроку :ref:`mx-legal-"
+"info`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595
+msgid ""
+":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' "
+"is not a valid value of the atomic type "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'."
+msgstr ""
+":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' "
+"is not a valid value of the atomic type "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598
+msgid ""
+"**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for"
+" Mexico, fix it."
+msgstr ""
+"**Рішення:** Поштовий індекс на адресу вашої компанії не є дійсним для "
+"Мексики, виправте це."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:606
+msgid ""
+":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is "
+"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: "
+"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' "
+"is required but missing.\", '')"
+msgstr ""
+":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is "
+"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: "
+"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' "
+"is required but missing.\", '')"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610
+msgid ""
+"**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and"
+" used on the invoice."
+msgstr ""
+"**Рішення:** Встановіть для мексиканської назви податки на рівні 0% і 16% у "
+"вашій системі та використайте в рахунку-фактурі."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2
+msgid "Netherlands"
+msgstr "Нідерланди"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5
+msgid "XAF Export"
+msgstr "Експорт XAF "
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export"
+" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the"
+" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and "
+"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**."
+msgstr ""
+"Після встановлення голландської локалізації бухобліку ви зможете "
+"експортувати всі записи бухгалтерії у форматі XAF. Для цього треба перейти "
+"до: :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Загальний журнал`, ви "
+"визначаєте записи, які ви хочете експортувати за допомогою фільтрів (період,"
+" журнали, ...), а потім натисніть на кнопку **ЕКСПОРТ (XAF)**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14
+msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports"
+msgstr "Голландська бухгалтерська звітність"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to "
+"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви встановите голландську локалізацію бухгалтерського обліку, ви "
+"матимете доступ до деяких звітів, специфічних для Нідерландів, таких як:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21
+msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)"
+msgstr "Податковий звіт (Aangifte omzetbelasting)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23
+msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)"
+msgstr "Звіт Intrastat (ICP)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3
+msgid "Spain"
+msgstr "Іспанія"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6
+msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts"
+msgstr "Іспанський план рахунків"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by "
+"default:"
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo існує кілька іспанських планів рахунків, доступних за замовчуванням:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10
+msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008"
+msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11
+msgid "PGCE Completo 2008"
+msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12
+msgid "PGCE Entitades"
+msgstr "PGCE Entitades"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal "
+"Localization** section."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете вибрати той, який ви хочете, перейшовши в меню:  "
+":menuselection:`Облік --> Налаштування`, потім виберіть потрібний пакет у "
+"розділі **Фінансова локалізація**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by "
+"default."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви створюєте нову базу даних SaaS, PGCE PYMEs 2008 встановлюється за "
+"замовчуванням."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23
+msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports"
+msgstr "Іспанська бухгалтерська звітність"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to"
+" accounting reports specific to Spain:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо іспанська локалізація бухобліку встановлена, ви матимете доступ до "
+"бухгалтерських звітів, специфічних для Іспанії:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28
+msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)"
+msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 111)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29
+msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)"
+msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 115)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30
+msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)"
+msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 303)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3
+msgid "Switzerland"
+msgstr "Швейцарія"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6
+msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)"
+msgstr "ISR (платіж із платіжною карткою з референтним номером)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly "
+"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print "
+"ISR*."
+msgstr ""
+"ISR - платіжні доручення, що використовуються у Швейцарії. Ви можете "
+"надрукувати їх безпосередньо з Odoo. На рахунках клієнта є нова кнопка під "
+"назвою *Друк ISR*."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on "
+"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and "
+"010391391 as CHF ISR reference."
+msgstr ""
+"На дисплеї з'явиться кнопка *Друк ISR*. У рахунку-фактурі вказано правильний"
+" банківський рахунок. Ви можете використовувати CH6309000000250097798 як "
+"номер банківського рахунку та 010391391 як посилання CHF ISR."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23
+msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR."
+msgstr "Потім ви відкриваєте PDF з ISR."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank "
+"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the "
+"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting "
+"Reports` and tick this box :"
+msgstr ""
+"Існує два макети: один з, і один без банківських координат. Щоб вибрати, "
+"який з них використовувати, є можливість друкувати банківську інформацію на "
+"ISR. Щоб його активувати, зайдіть в :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> "
+"Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Бухгалтерські звіти` і позначте це :"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38
+msgid "Currency Rate Live Update"
+msgstr "Оновлення валюти онлайн"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax "
+"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting "
+"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service "
+"you want."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете автоматично оновлювати свої валюти на основі Федеральної "
+"податкової адміністрації зі Швейцарії. Для цього зайдіть на "
+":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування`, активізувати налаштування "
+"мультивалют і вибрати потрібну послугу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49
+msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018"
+msgstr "Оновлене ПДВ для січня 2018"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in"
+" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate"
+" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%."
+msgstr ""
+"З 1 січня 2018 року в Швейцарії будуть застосовуватися нові знижені ставки "
+"ПДВ. Нормальна ставка на рівні 8,0% перейде на 7,7%, а спеціальна ставка для"
+" готельного сектору зміниться з 3,8% до 3,7%."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56
+msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?"
+msgstr "Як оновити свої податки в Odoo Enterprise (SaaS або On Premise)?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't "
+"have to do anything."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас є версія V11.1, вся робота вже виконана, вам не потрібно нічого "
+"робити."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the "
+"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in "
+":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for "
+"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on "
+"\"upgrade\"`."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви почали працювати на більш ранній версії, спочатку потрібно оновити "
+"модуль \"Швейцарія - Звіти про бухгалтерський облік\". Для цього перейдіть "
+"до :menuselection:`Додатки --> видаліть фільтр \"Додатки\" --> знайдіть "
+"\"Швейцарія - Звіти про бухгалтерський облік\" --> відкрийте модуль --> "
+"натисніть \"оновити\"`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated "
+"rates."
+msgstr ""
+"Як тільки це буде зроблено, ви можете працювати над створенням нових "
+"податків для оновлених ставок."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want "
+"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of "
+"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 "
+"transactions."
+msgstr ""
+"**Не пригнічуйте чи змінюйте існуючі податки** (8.0% та 3.8%). Ви хочете "
+"зберегти їх, оскільки вам доведеться скористатись обома ставками на короткий"
+" період часу. Замість цього не забудьте архівувати їх, коли ви закодуєте всі"
+" ваші транзакції 2017."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77
+msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:"
+msgstr "Створення таких податків має здійснюватися наступним чином:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, "
+"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)"
+msgstr ""
+"**Податки на купівлю**: скопіюйте початковий податок, змініть його назву, "
+"мітку в рахунку-фактурі, ставку та податкову групу (застосовується лише з "
+"v10)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate"
+" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the"
+" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to"
+msgstr ""
+"**Податки на продаж**: скопіюйте початковий податок, змініть його назву, "
+"мітку в рахунку-фактурі, ставку та податкову групу (застосовується лише з "
+"v10). Оскільки звіт пдв тепер показує подробиці старих та нових ставок, ви "
+"також повинні встановити відповідні теги"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: "
+"grid 302 tax"
+msgstr ""
+"Для податків 7,7%: Швейцарська форма ПДВ: сітка 302 бази, Швейцарія ПДВ "
+"Форма: сітка 302 податок"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: "
+"grid 342 tax"
+msgstr ""
+"Для податків 3,7%: Швейцарська форма ПДВ: сітка 342 база, Швейцарія ПДВ "
+"Форма: сітка 342 податок"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes "
+"included in Odoo by default"
+msgstr ""
+"Нижче наведено, як приклади, правильну конфігурацію для всіх податків, "
+"включених в Odoo за умовчанням"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
+msgid "**Tax Name**"
+msgstr "**Назва податку**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
+msgid "**Rate**"
+msgstr "**Ставка**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
+msgid "**Label on Invoice**"
+msgstr "**Мітка в рахунку-фактурі**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
+msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**"
+msgstr "**Податкова група (діє з V10)**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
+msgid "**Tax Scope**"
+msgstr "**Податкова сфера**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
+msgid "**Tag**"
+msgstr "**Тег**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99
+msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)"
+msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117
+msgid "7.7%"
+msgstr "7.7%"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99
+msgid "7.7% achat"
+msgstr "7.7% achat"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117
+msgid "TVA 7.7%"
+msgstr "TVA 7.7%"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113
+msgid "Purchases"
+msgstr "Закупівлі"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109
+msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400"
+msgstr "Форма швейцарського ПДВ: сітка 400"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101
+msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)"
+msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101
+msgid "7.7% achat Incl."
+msgstr "7.7% achat Incl."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103
+msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)"
+msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103
+msgid "7.7% invest."
+msgstr "7.7% invest."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113
+msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405"
+msgstr "Форма швейцарського ПДВ: сітка 405"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105
+msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)"
+msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105
+msgid "7.7% invest. Incl."
+msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107
+msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)"
+msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121
+msgid "3.7%"
+msgstr "3.7%"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107
+msgid "3.7% achat"
+msgstr "3.7% achat"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121
+msgid "TVA 3.7%"
+msgstr "TVA 3.7%"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109
+msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)"
+msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109
+msgid "3.7% achat Incl."
+msgstr "3.7% achat Incl."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111
+msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)"
+msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111
+msgid "3.7% invest"
+msgstr "3.7% invest"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113
+msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)"
+msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113
+msgid "3.7% invest Incl."
+msgstr "3.7% invest Incl."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115
+msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)"
+msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16
+msgid "Sales"
+msgstr "Продажі"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax"
+msgstr ""
+"Форма ПДВ Швейцарія: сітка 302 база, Швейцарія Форма ПДВ: сітка 302 пдв"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117
+msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)"
+msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117
+msgid "7.7% Incl."
+msgstr "7.7% Incl."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119
+msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)"
+msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax"
+msgstr ""
+"Форма ПДВ Швейцарія: сітка 342 база, Швейцарія Форма ПДВ: сітка 342 пдв"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121
+msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)"
+msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121
+msgid "3.7% Incl."
+msgstr "3.7% Incl."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124
+msgid ""
+"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using "
+"odoo.com/help."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас є запитання чи зауваження, зв'яжіться з нашою підтримкою за "
+"допомогою odoo.com/help."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or"
+" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update "
+"your fiscal positions accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+"Не забувайте оновлювати свою схему оподаткування. Якщо у вас є версія 11.1 "
+"(або вище), нічого не робіть. В іншому випадку вам також доведеться "
+"відповідно оновити свою схему оподаткування."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108
+msgid "Others"
+msgstr "Інші"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3
+msgid "Adviser"
+msgstr "Консультант"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3
+msgid "Manage your fixed assets"
+msgstr "Управління основними засобами"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like "
+"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly "
+"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose "
+"assets and perform reports on your company assets."
+msgstr ""
+"Додаток \"Основні засоби\" (Активи) дозволяє вам стежити за вашим активами, "
+"такими як устаткування, землею та будинком. Модуль дозволяє автоматично "
+"створювати щомісячні записи амортизації, отримувати плату за амортизацію, "
+"продавати чи розпоряджатись активами та виконувати звіти про свої активи "
+"компанії."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to "
+"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will "
+"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by "
+"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts"
+" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet."
+msgstr ""
+"Наприклад, ви можете придбати автомобіль за 36 000 доларів (валова "
+"вартість), і ви плануєте амортизувати цей актив протягом 36 місяців (3 "
+"роки). Щомісяця (періодичність), Odoo створить амортизаційний запис, "
+"автоматично зменшуючи вартість активів на 1000 доларів і проводячи 1000 "
+"доларів як витрати. Через 3 роки ці активи складають 0 доларів (балансова "
+"вартість) у вашому балансі."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that "
+"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:"
+msgstr ""
+"Різні типи активів згруповані у \"Типи основних засобів\", які описують, як "
+"відхилити актив. Ось два приклади типів основних записів:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20
+msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation"
+msgstr "Будівництво: 10 років, річна лінійна амортизація"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21
+msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation"
+msgstr "Автомобіль: 5 років, щомісячна лінійна амортизація"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27
+msgid "Install the Asset module"
+msgstr "Встановіть модуль основних засобів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29
+msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*"
+msgstr "Почніть із *встановлення модуля основних засобів*."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting"
+" application:"
+msgstr ""
+"Після встановлення модуля ви повинні побачити два нові меню в програмі "
+"бухобліку:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34
+msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`"
+msgstr ":menuselection:`Консультант --> Основні засоби`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35
+msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`"
+msgstr ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Типи основних засобів`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types "
+"<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`."
+msgstr ""
+"Перш ніж зареєструвати свій перший актив, ви повинні :ref:` визначити свої "
+"типи активів. <accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43
+msgid "Defining Asset Types"
+msgstr "Визначте типи активів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and "
+"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can "
+"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to "
+"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an "
+"asset type on the supplier bill."
+msgstr ""
+"Тип актива використовується для налаштування всієї інформації про основні "
+"засоби: основні засоби та рахунки амортизації, метод амортизації тощо. Таким"
+" чином, консультанти можуть налаштувати типи основних засобів, а користувачі"
+" можуть додатково записувати активи, не вимагаючи надання будь-якої складної"
+" бухгалтерської інформації. Вони просто повинні вказати тип основного засобу"
+" на рахунку постачальника."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy "
+"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other "
+"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the "
+"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви повинні створювати типи основних засобів для кожної групи основних "
+"засобів, які ви часто купуєте, наприклад \"Автомобілі: 5 років\", "
+"\"Комп'ютерне обладнання: 3 роки\". Для всіх інших активів ви можете "
+"створити загальні типи основних засобів. Назвіть їх за тривалістю активу, "
+"наприклад, \"36 місяців\", \"10 років\", ..."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб визначити типи основних засобів, перейдіть до розділу "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Типи активів`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63
+msgid "Create assets manually"
+msgstr "Створіть основні засоби вручну"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> "
+"Assets`."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб зареєструвати актив вручну, перейдіть до меню "
+":menuselection:`Консультант --> Активи`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click "
+"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before "
+"confirming the asset."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ваш актив буде створено, не забувайте підтверджувати його. Ви також "
+"можете натиснути кнопку Обчислення амортизації, щоб перевірити амортизацію, "
+"перш ніж підтвердити актив."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for"
+" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal "
+"entries, not those related to the supplier bill."
+msgstr ""
+"якщо ви створюєте актив вручну, вам все одно потрібно створити рахунок "
+"постачальника для цього основного засобу. Документ основних засобів "
+"відображатиме лише записи про амортизацію журналу, а не ті, що стосуються "
+"рахунка постачальника."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82
+msgid "Explanation of the fields:"
+msgstr "Пояснення полів: "
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Статус"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'."
+msgstr "Коли актив створено, статус є \"Чернеткою\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation"
+" lines can be posted in the accounting."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо актив підтверджено, статус переходить у \"Запуск\", а рядки амортизації"
+" можуть бути опубліковані в бухгалтерському обліку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last "
+"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете вручну закрити актив, коли амортизація закінчиться. Якщо "
+"опубліковано останній рядок амортизації, актив автоматично переходить у цей "
+"статус."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Asset Category"
+msgstr "Категорія активу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Category of asset"
+msgstr "Категорія основних засобів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Date"
+msgstr "Дата"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Date of asset"
+msgstr "Дата активу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Depreciation Dates"
+msgstr "Дати амортизації"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation."
+msgstr "Спосіб обчислення дати першої амортизації."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based"
+" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on "
+"the periodicity of the depreciations)."
+msgstr ""
+"* На підставі останнього дня періоду придбання: Дати амортизації "
+"базуватимуться на останньому дні місяця купівлі або року купівлі (залежно "
+"від періодичності амортизації)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the "
+"purchase date."
+msgstr ""
+"* На підставі дати придбання: Дати амортизації базуватимуться на даті "
+"придбання."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "First Depreciation Date"
+msgstr "Перша дата амортизації"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal "
+"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting "
+"date"
+msgstr ""
+"Зверніть увагу, що ця дата не змінює обчислення першого запису журналу у "
+"випадку активів prorata temporis. Він просто змінює свою бухгалтерську дату"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Gross Value"
+msgstr "Валова вартість основних засобів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Gross value of asset"
+msgstr "Валова вартість активу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Salvage Value"
+msgstr "Кінцева сума"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate."
+msgstr "Це сума, яку ви плануєте мати, але не можете знецінити. "
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Computation Method"
+msgstr "Метод обчислення"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines."
+msgstr "Виберіть метод для обчислення суми рядків амортизації."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations"
+msgstr ""
+"* Лінійний: Розраховується на основі: валової вартості/кількості амортизацій"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor"
+msgstr ""
+"* Регресивний: Розраховується на основі: залишкової вартості * Регресивного "
+"фактора"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Time Method Based On"
+msgstr "Термін визначається базуючись на"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries."
+msgstr "Виберіть метод для обчислення дати та кількості записів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 "
+"depreciations."
+msgstr ""
+"* Кількість записів: Виправлення кількості записів та часу між двома "
+"амортизаціями."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the "
+"depreciations won't go beyond."
+msgstr ""
+"* Дата закінчення: Виберіть час між двома амортизацією та датою, коли "
+"амортизація не перевищить."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Prorata Temporis"
+msgstr "З дати експлуатації"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done "
+"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start "
+"date of fiscal year"
+msgstr ""
+"Вказує, що перший запис амортизації для цього активу має бути зроблений з "
+"дати активу (дата купівлі) замість першого січня / початкової дати "
+"фінансового року"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Number of Depreciations"
+msgstr "Кількість амортизацій"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset"
+msgstr "Кількість амортизацій, необхідних для знецінення вашого активу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Number of Months in a Period"
+msgstr "Кількість місяців у періоді"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months"
+msgstr "Сума часу між двома амортизаціями, у місяцях"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88
+msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration"
+msgstr "Спробуйте створити *Актив* в нашій демо-версії онлайн"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91
+msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill"
+msgstr "Створення основних засобів автоматично з рахунку постачальника"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do "
+"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate "
+"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of "
+"the supplier bill."
+msgstr ""
+"Активи можуть бути автоматично створені за рахунками постачальників. Все, що"
+" вам потрібно зробити - це встановити категорію основних засобів у рядку "
+"рахунка. Коли користувач перевірить рахунок, основні засоби буде автоматично"
+" створено, використовуючи інформацію про рахунок постачальника."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be "
+"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets "
+"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field"
+" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when "
+"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your "
+"accounts."
+msgstr ""
+"Залежно від інформації про категорію основних засобів, актив буде створено "
+"за проектом або безпосередньо перевірено\\ *.* Легше підтверджувати основні "
+"засоби безпосередньо, щоб ви не забули підтвердити це пізніше. (перевірте "
+"поле *Пропустити стан чернетки* на *Категорію основних засобів*). Генеруйте "
+"активи в проекті лише тоді, коли ви хочете, щоб ваш радник керував усіма "
+"основними засобами перед їх розміщенням у ваших рахунках."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically "
+"be filled in the supplier bill."
+msgstr ""
+"якщо ви встановили актив на товар, категорія активу буде автоматично "
+"заповнена в рахунку постачальника."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111
+msgid "How to depreciate an asset?"
+msgstr "Як амортизувати актив?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right "
+"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the"
+" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has "
+"been created for this line."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo автоматично створить записи про амортизацію в потрібну дату для кожного"
+" підтвердженого активу (але не чернетка). Ви можете керувати амортизаційною "
+"таблицею: зелена точка означає, що для цього рядки створено журнал."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking "
+"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry."
+msgstr ""
+"Але ви також можете опублікувати записи журналу до очікуваної дати, "
+"натиснувши на зелений круг, змусивши створити пов'язаний амортизаційний "
+"запис."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal "
+"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal "
+"entries which are already posted."
+msgstr ""
+"В таблиці амортизації натисніть на червону кулю, щоби опублікувати запис "
+"журналу. Натисніть кнопку :guilabel:`Елементи` вгорі, щоби переглянути "
+"записи журналу, які вже розміщені."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130
+msgid "How to modify an existing asset?"
+msgstr "Як змінити існуючий актив?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132
+msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`"
+msgstr "Натисніть на :guilabel:`Змінити амортизацію`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133
+msgid "Change the number of depreciation"
+msgstr "Змініть кількість амортизації"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135
+msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board."
+msgstr "Odoo автоматично перерахує нову таблицю амортизації."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138
+msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?"
+msgstr "Як зареєструвати ліквідацію або продаж активу?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140
+msgid ""
+"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset."
+" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the "
+"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that "
+"should be registered through a customer invoice."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви продаєте або розпоряджаєтеся активом, вам потрібно повністю "
+"припинити цей актив. Натисніть кнопку :guilabel:`Продаж або Утилізація`. Ця "
+"дія буде публікувати повні витрати на ці активи, але не буде зареєстрована "
+"транзакція з продажу, яка повинна бути зареєстрована через рахунок-фактуру "
+"клієнта."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage a financial budget?"
+msgstr "Як управляти фінансовим бюджетом?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. It allows you "
+"to measure your actual financial performance against the planned one. Odoo "
+"manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts."
+msgstr ""
+"Управління бюджетами є важливою частиною ведення бізнесу. Це дозволяє вам "
+"виміряти фактичні фінансові показники порівняно з плановим. Odoo керує "
+"своїми бюджетами, використовуючи як загальні, так і аналітичні рахунки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project "
+"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that "
+"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more "
+"than 700."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми будемо використовувати наступний приклад для ілюстрації. Ми тільки "
+"розпочали проект зі Smith & Co, і ми хотіли би бюджетувати доходи і витрати "
+"цього проекту. Ми плануємо мати дохід від 1000, і ми не хочемо витрачати "
+"більше 700."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module"
+" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting "
+"and Finance** app."
+msgstr ""
+"Спочатку потрібно встановити відповідні додатки для використання бюджету. "
+"Основним модулем є Бухоблік. Перейдіть у модуль додатків та встановіть "
+"додаток **Бухоблік та фінанси**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting"
+" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**"
+" feature"
+msgstr ""
+"Додаткове налаштування також потрібне. Перейдіть до модуля "
+":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та увімкніть "
+"функцію **Керування бюджетом**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:35
+msgid "Budgetary Positions"
+msgstr "Позиції бюджету"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Budgetary positions are the general accounts for which you want to keep "
+"budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so "
+"Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. "
+"Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts."
+msgstr ""
+"Позиції бюджету - це загальні рахунки, за якими ви хочете зберегти бюджети "
+"(як правило, рахунки доходів та витрат). Вони повинні бути визначені таким "
+"чином, щоби система Odoo могла дізнатися за якими рахункам вона повинна "
+"отримувати інформацію про бюджет. Деякі з них можуть бути вже встановлені з "
+"вашим планом рахунків."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> "
+"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб визначити позиції, введіть :menuselection:`Модуль бухобліку --> "
+"Налаштування --> Бюджетні позиції`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's "
+"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts."
+msgstr ""
+"Для нашого прикладу нам потрібно визначити, які рахунки стосуються витрат "
+"нашого проекту. Створіть позицію та додайте елементи, щоби вибрати рахунки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book"
+" our expenses."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому випадку ми вибираємо три відповідні рахунки, в яких ми будемо "
+"замовляти наші витрати."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:58
+msgid "Click on *Select*."
+msgstr "Натисніть на *Обрати*."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63
+msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position."
+msgstr "Збережіть зміни, щоби підтвердити свою позицію бюджету."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case "
+"select the relevant income accounts."
+msgstr ""
+"Повторіть ці кроки, щоб створити позицію бюджету. Тільки в цьому випадку "
+"виберіть відповідні рахунки на прибуток."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:69
+msgid "Analytical account"
+msgstr "Аналітичний рахунок"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified "
+"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined "
+"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting "
+"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open "
+"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related"
+" partner."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo повинен знати, які витрати мають відношення до певного бюджету. Для "
+"цього нам потрібно пов'язати наші рахунки-фактури та витрати з певним "
+"аналітичним рахунком. Створіть аналітичний рахунок, введіть модуль "
+"бухгалтерського обліку та натисніть :menuselection:`Консультант --> "
+"Аналітичний рахунок --> Відкрити таблиці`. Створіть новий рахунок під назвою"
+" проект Smith&Co і виберіть пов'язаного партнера."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:82
+msgid "Set a budget"
+msgstr "Встановіть бюджет"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to "
+"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700."
+msgstr ""
+"Давайте тепер встановимо наші цілі для нашого бюджету. Ми зазначили, що ми "
+"плануємо отримати 1000 з цього проекту, і ми не хочемо витрачати більше 700."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select "
+":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб встановити ці цілі, введіть додаток бухобліку, виберіть "
+":menuselection:`Консультанти --> Бюджети` та створіть новий бюджет"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith "
+"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add"
+" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми маємо назвати бюджет. У цьому випадку ми називаємо це \"Проект Сміта\". "
+"Виберіть період, в якому буде застосовуватися бюджет. Далі додайте елемент, "
+"щоби вказати цілі в рядку бюджету."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, "
+"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this "
+"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" "
+"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a "
+"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the "
+"corresponding analytic account."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть позицію бюджету, пов'язану з бюджетним рядком. Іншими словами, "
+"виберіть позицію, яка вказує на рахунки, які ви хочете запланувати. У цьому "
+"випадку ми почнемо з нашого максимального рівня 700 . Виберіть позицію "
+"бюджету \"Вартість\" та вкажіть планову суму. Оскільки ми записуємо "
+"вартість, нам потрібно вказати **негативну суму**. Нарешті, виберіть "
+"відповідний аналітичний рахунок."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position "
+"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close"
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти та новий**, щоб ввести бюджет доходу. Позиція "
+"бюджету - дохід, а запланована сума - 1000. Збережіть та закрийте."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:111
+msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget."
+msgstr "Вам потрібно буде **підтвердити** та **затвердити** бюджет."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114
+msgid "Check your budget"
+msgstr "Перевірте свій бюджет"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some"
+" Invoices and Vendors Bills."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете перевірити свій бюджет у будь-який час. Щоб побачити еволюцію, "
+"давайте складемо кілька рахунків-фактур та рахунків постачальників."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account"
+" in the invoice and / or purchase line."
+msgstr ""
+"якщо ви використовуєте аналітичні рахунки, пам'ятайте, що вам потрібно "
+"вказати рахунок у рахунку-фактурі та/або рядки покупки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:125
+msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:"
+msgstr ""
+"для отримання додаткової інформації про бронювання рахунків-фактур та "
+"замовлень на купівлю дивіться:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127
+msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:128
+msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130
+msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project."
+msgstr "Поверніться до списку бюджетів та знайдіть проект Smith."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase "
+"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical "
+"Amount** column."
+msgstr ""
+"Через аналітичний рахунок, Odoo може враховувати рядки рахунків-фактур та "
+"рядки покупки, заброньовані в рахунках, і відображатиме їх у стовпчику "
+"**Фактична сума**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141
+msgid ""
+"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically "
+"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your "
+"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of "
+"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual "
+"amount that could have been realised."
+msgstr ""
+"Теоретична сума являє собою суму грошей, які ви теоретично могли "
+"витратити/повинні були отримати відповідно до дат. Якщо ваш бюджет становить"
+" 1200 протягом 12 місяців (з січня по грудень), а сьогодні - 31 січня, "
+"теоретична сума становитиме 1000, оскільки це реальна сума, яку можна було б"
+" реалізувати."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3
+msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)"
+msgstr "Як закрити річний період в Odoo? (закриття звітного періоду)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one "
+"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date,"
+" and accurate:"
+msgstr ""
+"Перш ніж закривати річний період, потрібно виконати кілька кроків, щоби "
+"переконатися, що ваш бухоблік є правильним, оновленим та точним:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end "
+"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement "
+"balances."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що ви повністю узгодили **банківський рахунок(-и)** до кінця "
+"року та підтверджуєте, що ваш баланс на кінцеву дату узгоджується з вашими "
+"балансами банківських виписок."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13
+msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що всі **рахунки-фактури клієнтів** були введені та схвалені."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15
+msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**."
+msgstr "Підтвердіть, що ви ввели та узгодили всі **рахунки постачальників**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17
+msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy."
+msgstr "Перевірте всі **витрати**, забезпечуючи їх точність."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded "
+"accurately."
+msgstr ""
+"Підтвердіть, що всі **отримані платежі** були введені та записані точно."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23
+msgid "Year-end checklist"
+msgstr "Перелік перевірок на кінець року"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25
+msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct."
+msgstr ""
+"Перевірте **податковий звіт** та переконайтеся, що ваша податкова інформація"
+" є правильною."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27
+msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:"
+msgstr "Узгодьте усі ваші рахунки зі **звітом балансу**:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your "
+"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this."
+msgstr ""
+"Узгодьте свої банківські баланси в Odoo з вашими фактичними залишками "
+"балансу на ваших виписках. Використовуйте звіт **узгодження з банківською "
+"випискою**, щоб допомогти цьому."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your "
+"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports."
+msgstr ""
+"Підключіть всі транзакції на своїх грошових та банківських рахунках, "
+"виконуючи звіти **розрахунків з кредиторами** та звіти **розрахунків з "
+"дебіторами**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions "
+"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include "
+"loans and fixed assets."
+msgstr ""
+"Перевірте свої рахунки, не забудьте переконатися у тому, які операції "
+"впливають на них та характер операцій, переконавшись у включенні кредитів та"
+" основних засобів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown "
+"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer "
+"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist"
+" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are "
+"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Виконайте необов'язкову функцію **Співставлення платежів** у спадному меню "
+"**Більше** на інформаційній панелі, перевіряючи всі **Рахунки "
+"постачальників** та **Рахунки клієнтів** з їхніми платежами. Цей крок є "
+"необов'язковим, але це може допомогти у процесі закриття року, якщо всі "
+"несплачені платежі та рахунки-фактури будуть узгодженими, то можуть "
+"призвести до помилок або помилок у системі."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and "
+"book entries for:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ваш бухгалтер, ймовірно, підтвердить ваші елементи балансу та запис книг "
+"для:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For"
+" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)."
+msgstr ""
+"Інструкції з корекції на кінець року, використовуючи меню **Журнальних "
+"записів консультантів** (наприклад, звіти **Прибутку поточного періоду** та "
+"**Збережені прибутки**)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54
+msgid "**Work in Progress**."
+msgstr "**Робота в процесі**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56
+msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**."
+msgstr "**Записи журналу амортизації**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58
+msgid "**Loans**."
+msgstr "**Позики**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60
+msgid "**Tax adjustments**."
+msgstr "**Податкові коригування**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, "
+"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as "
+"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree "
+"these against your Odoo balances."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ваш бухгалтер закінчує аудиторську перевірку року, йому можуть "
+"знадобитися паперові копії всіх звітів балансу (наприклад, позики, "
+"банківські рахунки, передплати, звіти про податок та прибуток тощо), щоби "
+"погодити їх з балансом в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-"
+"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set "
+"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be "
+"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while "
+"auditing the books."
+msgstr ""
+"Під час цього процесу найкращим кроком є ​​встановлення **дати блокування "
+"для не-консультантів** до останнього дня попереднього фінансового року, який"
+" встановлюється в налаштуваннях бухобліку. Таким чином, бухгалтер може бути "
+"впевненим у тому, що під час аудиту ніхто не змінює операції минулого року."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77
+msgid "Closing the fiscal year"
+msgstr "Закриття звітного періоду"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to"
+" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, "
+"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end"
+" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income "
+"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the "
+"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo немає необхідності робити певний запис для закриття року. Звіти "
+"створюються в режимі реального часу, що означає, що **Звіт про доходи** "
+"безпосередньо відповідає даті кінцевої дати, яку ви вказали в Odoo. Тому, "
+"якщо ви створюєте **Звіт про доходи**, початкова дата відповідає початку "
+"**Звітного періоду**, а залишок буде 0."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the"
+" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day"
+" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether "
+"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly "
+"reporting a 0 balance."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як бухгалтер створить запис журналу для розподілу **Прибутків "
+"поточного періоду**, слід встановити **Дату блокування** до останнього дня "
+"звітного періоду. Переконайтеся, що перед тим, як це зробити, ви "
+"підтвердили, чи доходи поточного періоду у **Звіті балансу** правильно "
+"відповідають нульовому балансу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3
+msgid "Analytic"
+msgstr "Аналітика"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3
+msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?"
+msgstr "Як відстежувати витрати, співробітників та субпідряд?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses "
+"and subcontracting in the accounting module."
+msgstr ""
+"Завдяки аналітичному бухобліку ми можемо відстежувати вартість закупівлі, "
+"витрати та субпідряд в модулі бухгалтерського обліку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a "
+"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. "
+"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction"
+" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related"
+" to the project."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми наведемо наступний приклад. Ми продали пакет консультацій для клієнта. "
+"Пакет \"все включено\" означає, що додаткових витрат додати не можна. Проте "
+"ми хочемо визначити, які витрати були прив'язані до цієї транзакції, "
+"оскільки нам потрібно оплатити покупки, витрати та витрати на субпідряд, "
+"пов'язані з проектом."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app "
+"module and install the following apps:"
+msgstr ""
+"Для відстеження вартості потрібно встановити наступні модулі. Введіть модуль"
+" додатків та встановіть такі програми:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to "
+"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those "
+"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install"
+" the Sales management app as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Зверніть увагу, що ці додатки дозволяють **відстежувати** витрати. Ми не "
+"зможемо автоматично перерахувати ці витрати нашим клієнтам. Щоби "
+"відстежувати витрати на **виставлення рахунків** і перерахувати їх, потрібно"
+" також встановити додаток для керування продажами."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37
+msgid "Enable Analytical accounting"
+msgstr "Увімкніть аналітичний облік"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, "
+"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic "
+"accounting box."
+msgstr ""
+"Наступним кроком є активація аналітичного бухобліку. У додатку бухобліку "
+"оберіть :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`  та розгорніть розділ"
+" Аналітичний бухоблік."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"Крім того, прокрутіть вниз і позначте пункт **Аналітичний бухоблік для "
+"купівель**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52
+msgid "Don't forget to save your changes."
+msgstr "Не забудьте зберегти зміни."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55
+msgid "Create an Analytical account."
+msgstr "Створіть Аналітичний бухоблік"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point "
+"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In "
+"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co."
+msgstr ""
+"Перш за все ви повинні створити аналітичний бухоблік, на якому ви зможете "
+"вказати всі свої витрати. Введіть додаток бухобліку, "
+"виберіть:menuselection:`Налаштування --> Аналітичний облік`. Створіть новий."
+" У цьому випадку ми називаємо це \"пакет консультацій\" для нашого клієнта "
+"Smith&Co."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65
+msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми будемо вказувати всі наші витрати на цей облік, щоб стежити за ними."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68
+msgid "Record an expense"
+msgstr "Запишіть витрати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go "
+"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself."
+msgstr ""
+"Почнемо з реєстрації витрат. Наш ІТ-спеціаліст повинен був поїхати поїздом, "
+"щоби побачити нашого клієнта. Він сам заплатив за свій квиток."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75
+msgid "Create an expense product"
+msgstr "Створіть витратний товар"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, "
+"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new "
+"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure"
+" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked."
+msgstr ""
+"Спочатку потрібно створити витратний товар. Введіть модуль **Витрати**, "
+"натисніть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Витратні товари`. Створіть "
+"новий товар під назвою квиток на потяг і встановіть собівартість до 15,50 "
+"євро. Переконайтеся, що позначено рядок **Може бути витрачений**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86
+msgid "Book the expense"
+msgstr "Зареєструйте витрати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. "
+"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account "
+"discussed above."
+msgstr ""
+"Введіть модуль Витрати, натисніть :menuselection:`Мої витрати --> Створити`."
+" Виберіть товар Квиток на потяг і пов'яжіть його з аналітичним бухобліком, "
+"описаним вище."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal "
+"entries."
+msgstr ""
+"Надішліть менеджеру та зачекайте, поки менеджер затвердить та опублікує "
+"записи журналу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99
+msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account"
+msgstr "Створіть замовлення на купівлю, пов'язане з аналітичним бухобліком"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102
+msgid "Purchase Product"
+msgstr "Купівлі товару"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create"
+" a purchase order for the software product. (please refer to the following "
+"document: :doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`). "
+"Within the line we can link the product's cost with the analytical account. "
+"Specify the order line and select the correct analytical account. Confirm "
+"the sale."
+msgstr ""
+"Нам також потрібно придбати програмне забезпечення для наших клієнтів. У "
+"додатку покупки створіть замовлення на придбання програмного забезпечення. "
+"(будь ласка, зверніться до наступної документації: "
+":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`). У межах рядка"
+" ми можемо поєднати вартість товару з аналітичним обліком. Вкажіть рядок "
+"замовлення та виберіть правильний аналітичний облік. Підтвердіть продаж."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the "
+"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical "
+"account."
+msgstr ""
+"Прийміть доставку та введіть рахунок-фактуру. Після введення рахунка-фактури"
+" собівартість (поле **Ціна постачальника**) буде зарахована на аналітичний "
+"бухоблік."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:118
+msgid "Subcontracting"
+msgstr "Субпідряд"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:120
+msgid ""
+"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle"
+" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re "
+"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct "
+"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product."
+msgstr ""
+"Модуль купівлі може використовуватися таким же чином, як і раніше, для "
+"обробки субпідрядних контрактів. Якщо ми купуємо послугу з іншої компанії, "
+"ми можемо перерахувати цю вартість, пов'язавши рядок замовлення на "
+"правильний аналітичний бухоблік. Нам просто потрібно створити правильний "
+"товар постачальника."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:128
+msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете відстежувати вартість з табелем, дивіться: :doc:`timesheets`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131
+msgid "Track costs in accounting"
+msgstr "Відстежуйте витрати в бухобліку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply "
+"open it to check the costs related to that account."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер все, що реєструється, вказує на аналітичний облік. Просто відкрийте "
+"його, щоби перевірити витрати, пов'язані з цим обліком."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic "
+"Accounts --> Open Charts`."
+msgstr ""
+"Введіть модуль бухгалтерського обліку, натисніть кнопку "
+":menuselection:`Консультант --> Аналітичний бухоблік --> Відкрити плани "
+"рахунків`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button "
+"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть \"пакет консультацій - Smith\" і натисніть кнопку Вартість і дохід,"
+" щоби переглянути всі витрати, пов'язані з обліком."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the "
+"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same "
+"analytical account."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете отримувати прибуток, ви повинні нарахувати консалтинговий "
+"пакет в меню \"Рахунок-фактура\" та зв'язати рядок рахунку з цим аналітичним"
+" обліковим записом."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3
+msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?"
+msgstr "Як відстежувати витрати на людські ресурси з розкладом?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a "
+"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to "
+"the invoiced amounts."
+msgstr ""
+"Людський ресурс звичайно має вартість. Цікаво подивитися, наскільки "
+"конкретний договір стоїть перед компанією в термінах людської сили у "
+"відношенні суми, що підлягають оплати."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and "
+"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer "
+"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We "
+"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and "
+"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми розглянемо такий приклад: наші два співробітники **Гаррі Поттер** та "
+"**Седрік Дігорі** працюють на **консультаційному пакеті** для нашого клієнта"
+" **Smith&Co**. Гаррі отримує 18 € за годину, а зарплата Седріка становить 12"
+" € за годину. Ми хотіли би відслідковувати витрати в обліковому додатку та "
+"порівнювати їх з доходами консультаційної послуги."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, "
+"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module "
+"name and install them."
+msgstr ""
+"По-перше, встановіть три програми, необхідні для використання цієї функції, "
+"а саме **Бухоблік**, **Продажі** та **Табелі**. Введіть назву модулів "
+"додатків та встановіть їх."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the "
+"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and "
+"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)"
+msgstr ""
+"Далі вам потрібно буде включити аналітичний бухоблік. Для цього введіть "
+"додаток **Бухобліку**. Виберіть :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Налаштування` та позначте опцію **Аналітичний бухоблік** (див. зображення "
+"нижче)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38
+msgid "Apply your changes."
+msgstr "Застосуйте зміни."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41
+msgid "Create an employee"
+msgstr "Створіть співробітника"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create"
+" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a "
+"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб перевірити дохід працівника, потрібно мати його. Щоб створити "
+"співробітника, введіть додаток **Співробітник**. Виберіть **Співробітники** "
+"та створіть нового співробітника, введіть ім'я та основну інформацію."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to "
+"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a "
+"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field."
+msgstr ""
+"На листку співробітника введіть вкладку **Параметри персоналу**. Тут ви "
+"можете вказати **вартість табелю** свого співробітника. У цьому випадку "
+"Гаррі має вартість 18 євро/годину. Таким чином, ми заповнимо 18 в цьому "
+"полі."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be "
+"related to a User."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете, щоби працівник міг вводити розклад, він повинен бути "
+"пов'язаний з користувачем."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to "
+"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**."
+msgstr ""
+"Повторіть операцію, щоб створити працівника Седрик Дігорі. Не забудьте "
+"вказати пов'язані з ним користувачі та **вартість по табелю**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62
+msgid "Issue a Sales Order"
+msgstr "Оформіть замовлення на продаж"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the "
+"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our "
+"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми створили двох співробітників під назвою Гарі Поттер та Седрік Дігорі в "
+"додатку **Співробітники**. Обидва вони працюватимуть на консультаційному "
+"контракті з нашим клієнтом Smith&Co, де вони вказують свої години у "
+"розкладі."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced"
+" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as "
+"unit of measures."
+msgstr ""
+"Отже, нам потрібно створити **замовлення на продаж** із товаром **послуга**,"
+" на який виставлено рахунок **заснований на часі та матеріалі**, і "
+"відстежується табелем з **годинами** як одиниця вимірювань."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and "
+"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in "
+"Progress)."
+msgstr ""
+"Для отримання додаткової інформації про те, як створити замовлення на "
+"продаж, в залежності від часу та матеріалу, перегляньте таку інформацію: *Як"
+" виставляти рахунки на основі часу та матеріалів* (робота в процесі)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An "
+"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** "
+"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case"
+" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture"
+" below)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми заощаджуємо замовлення на продаж за допомогою сервісного товару "
+"**Зовнішній консалтинг**. Аналітичний бухоблік буде автоматично створено "
+"після підтвердження **замовлення на продаж**. Наші співробітники повинні "
+"вказати на цей рахунок (у цьому випадку **SO002-Smith&Co**), щоб мати "
+"можливість виставляти рахунки за години (див. зображення нижче)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92
+msgid "Fill in timesheet"
+msgstr "Заповніть табель"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and "
+"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter "
+"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical"
+" Account** discussed above."
+msgstr ""
+"Як працівник, пов'язаний із користувачем, Гаррі може ввійти в додаток "
+"**Табель** та вказати його табель для контракту. Увійшовши на облік Гаррі, "
+"ми заходимо в додаток **Табель** і вводимо детальний рядок, який вказує на "
+"**аналітичний облік**, описаний вище."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99
+msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co."
+msgstr "Гаррі працював три години на SWOT-аналізі для Smith&Co."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 "
+"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on"
+" the **Analytic Account**."
+msgstr ""
+"Тим часом, Седрік обговорив потреби бізнесу із замовником за 1 годину і "
+"вказав її також у своєму особистому табелі, вказуючи також в **Аналітичному "
+"бухобліку**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is "
+"automatically computed (see picture below)."
+msgstr ""
+"У **замовленні на продаж** ми помічаємо, що кількість доставлених годин "
+"автоматично обчислюється (див. зображення нижче)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115
+msgid "Analytic accounting"
+msgstr "Аналітичний облік"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and "
+"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been "
+"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account."
+msgstr ""
+"Завдяки аналітичним рахункам ми можемо мати огляд витрат та доходів "
+"персоналу. Усі доходи та вартість цих операцій зареєстровані на рахунку "
+"**SO002-Smith&Co**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121
+msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation."
+msgstr "Ми можемо використовувати два способи аналізу цієї ситуації."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124
+msgid "Without filters"
+msgstr "Без фільтрів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct "
+"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to "
+"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select "
+":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ми вказали всі наші витрати та доходи проекту на правильний аналітичний"
+" рахунок, ми зможемо легко отримати кошти та доходи, пов'язані з цим "
+"аналітичним рахунком. Введіть модуль *Бухоблік*, виберіть "
+":menuselection:`Консультант --> Аналітичні рахунки --> Відкрити плани "
+"рахунків`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the "
+"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the "
+"credit and debit balance of the account."
+msgstr ""
+"Примітка: ви можете вказати період для **Аналізу**. Якщо ви хочете відкрити "
+"поточну ситуацію, ви повинні залишити поля порожніми. Ми вже можемо "
+"відзначити кредитний та дебетовий баланс рахунку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details "
+"of cost and revenues (see picture below)."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ми натиснемо на рахунок, буде надана спеціальна кнопка, яка містить "
+"інформацію про вартість та доходи (див. зображення нижче)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues "
+"with the corresponding description."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку **Вартість/дохід**, щоб мати огляд вартості та доходів з "
+"відповідним описом."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148
+msgid "With filters"
+msgstr "З фільтрами"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150
+msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**."
+msgstr ""
+"Таким чином, ми можемо фільтрувати цю інформацію з **Аналітичних записів**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> "
+"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human"
+" resource cost."
+msgstr ""
+"Введіть модуль **Бухоблік** та натисніть кнопку :menuselection:`Консультант "
+"--> Аналітичні записи`. У цьому меню ми маємо кілька варіантів аналізу "
+"вартості людських ресурсів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of"
+" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** "
+"contains the **Sales Order** number."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми фільтруємо **Аналітичний бухоблік**, щоб ми могли бачити вартість та "
+"доходи проекту. Додайте індивідуальний **Фільтр**, де **Аналітичний "
+"рахунок** містить номер **Замовлення на продаж**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the "
+"corresponding costs and revenues."
+msgstr ""
+"У результаті ми бачимо, що дії табелів та рядки рахунків є з відповідними "
+"витратами та доходами."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168
+msgid ""
+"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their "
+"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the "
+"**Graph view** to have a clear overview."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми можемо разом групувати різні аналітичні рахунки та перевіряти їхні "
+"відповідні доходи. Просто групуйте за **Аналітичним рахунком** і виберіть "
+"**Перегляд графіку**, щоби мати чіткий огляд."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3
+msgid "Analytic account use cases"
+msgstr "Використання аналітичного рахунку у різних випадках"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5
+msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:"
+msgstr "Аналітичний бухоблік можна використовувати для кількох цілей:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7
+msgid "analyse costs of a company"
+msgstr "проаналізуйте витрати компанії"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9
+msgid "reinvoice time to a customer"
+msgstr "повторно виставте час в рахунку клієнту"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11
+msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project"
+msgstr "проаналізуйте ефективність послуги або проекту"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб керувати аналітичним бухобліком, ви повинні активувати його в "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, "
+"each in one of three different types of company:"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб чітко проілюструвати аналітичні рахунки, ви будете стежити за трьома "
+"випадками використання, кожен з яких складається з трьох різних типів "
+"компаній:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22
+msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse"
+msgstr "Промислова компанія: аналіз витрат"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24
+msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours"
+msgstr "Юридична фірма: повторне виставлення в рахунку витрачених годин"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26
+msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis"
+msgstr "IT/Компанія з надання послуг: аналіз продуктивності"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29
+msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse"
+msgstr "Випадок 1: Промислова компанія: аналіз витрат"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into"
+" departments and products the company itself is built on."
+msgstr ""
+"У промисловості ви часто знайдете аналітичні плани рахунків, структуровані у"
+" відділах та товарах, на яких побудована сама компанія."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by "
+"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure "
+"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the "
+"product ranges the company makes and sells."
+msgstr ""
+"Мета полягає у вивченні витрат, обсягу продажів та маржі за "
+"відділами/ресурсами та за товарами. Перший рівень структури складається з "
+"різних підрозділів, а нижчі - продукція, яку компанія виробляє та продає."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:"
+msgstr "**Аналітичний план рахунків для промислової компанії:**:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41
+msgid "Marketing Department"
+msgstr "Відділ маркетингу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43
+msgid "Commercial Department"
+msgstr "Комерційний відділ"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45
+msgid "Administration Department"
+msgstr "Адміністративний відділ"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80
+msgid "Production Range 1"
+msgstr "Виробничий асортимент 1"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82
+msgid "Production Range 2"
+msgstr "Виробничий асортимент 2"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase "
+"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the "
+"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For "
+"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry "
+"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them."
+msgstr ""
+"При щоденному використанні корисно позначити аналітичний рахунок на кожному "
+"рахунку-фактурі купівлі. Коли рахунок-фактуру буде схвалено, він автоматично"
+" генерує записи як для загальних, так і для відповідних аналітичних "
+"рахунків. Для кожного запису в загальних рахунках є щонайменше один "
+"аналітичний запис, який розподіляє витрати на відділ, що їх поніс."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the "
+"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:"
+msgstr ""
+"Нижче наведено можливе розбиття деяких загальних бухгалтерських записів для "
+"наведеного вище прикладу, розподілених на різні аналітичні рахунки:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62
+msgid "**General accounts**"
+msgstr "**Загальні рахунки**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62
+msgid "**Analytic accounts**"
+msgstr "**Аналітичні рахунки**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+msgid "**Title**"
+msgstr "**Заголовок**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98
+msgid "**Account**"
+msgstr "**Рахунок**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
+msgid "**Debit**"
+msgstr "**Дебет**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
+msgid "**Credit**"
+msgstr "**Кредит**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
+msgid "**Value**"
+msgstr "**Значення**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66
+msgid "Purchase of Raw Material"
+msgstr "Закупівля сировини"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84
+msgid "2122"
+msgstr "2122"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66
+msgid "1500"
+msgstr "1500"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66
+msgid "-1 500"
+msgstr "-1 500"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68
+msgid "Subcontractors"
+msgstr "Субпідряники"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84
+msgid "450"
+msgstr "450"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72
+msgid "-450"
+msgstr "-450"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70
+msgid "Credit Note for defective materials"
+msgstr "Повернення дефектних матеріалів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70
+msgid "200"
+msgstr "200"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72
+msgid "Transport charges"
+msgstr "Транспортні збори"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74
+msgid "Staff costs"
+msgstr "Витрати на персонал"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74
+msgid "2121"
+msgstr "2121"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74
+msgid "10000"
+msgstr "10000"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84
+msgid "Marketing"
+msgstr "Маркетинг"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82
+msgid "-2 000"
+msgstr "-2 000"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76
+msgid "Commercial"
+msgstr "Комерційний"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76
+msgid "-3 000"
+msgstr "-3 000"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167
+msgid "Administrative"
+msgstr "Адміністративний"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78
+msgid "-1 000"
+msgstr "-1 000"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84
+msgid "PR"
+msgstr "PR"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84
+msgid "-400"
+msgstr "-400"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the "
+"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of "
+"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example "
+"above:"
+msgstr ""
+"Аналітичний відділ дає змогу дослідити витрати, які виділяються кожному "
+"відділу компанії. Аналітичний план рахунків показує розподіл витрат компанії"
+" за наведеним вище прикладом:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not "
+"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole "
+"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic "
+"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому прикладі ієрархічної структури в Odoo ви можете проаналізувати не "
+"тільки витрати на кожний асортимент, але й вартість всього виробництва. "
+"Звіт, який стосується як загальних рахунків, так і аналітичних, дає змогу "
+"отримати розбиття витрат у межах певного відділу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. "
+"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the "
+"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments."
+msgstr ""
+"Наведені вище приклади базуються на розподілі витрат компанії. Аналітичні "
+"розподіли можуть бути настільки ж ефективними для продажів. Це дає вам "
+"рентабельність (продажі - витрати) різних відділів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading "
+"companies and industries."
+msgstr ""
+"Аналітичний відділ, як правило, використовується торговими компаніями та "
+"галузями."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing "
+"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. "
+"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range."
+msgstr ""
+"Такий варіант полягає не в тому, щоби збити його відділами збуту та "
+"маркетингу, а призначати кожну вартість для свого відповідного асортименту. "
+"Це дасть вам аналіз рентабельності кожного асортименту."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing "
+"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each "
+"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?"
+msgstr ""
+"Вибір одного над іншим залежить від того, як ви дивитесь на ваші "
+"маркетингові зусилля. Чи глобальна вартість виділяється в деякому загальному"
+" порядку, чи кожен товар відповідає за власні маркетингові витрати?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120
+msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?"
+msgstr "Випадок 2: Юридична фірма: Витрати на людські ресурси?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a "
+"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a"
+" given file/analytic account."
+msgstr ""
+"Юридичні фірми зазвичай приймають керування, коли кожен випадок представляє "
+"поточний файл клієнта. Всі витрати та товари потім додаються до даного "
+"файлу/аналітичного рахунку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and"
+" the profitability by case and by employee."
+msgstr ""
+"Основним занепокоєнням юридичних фірм є виставлення рахунків робочими "
+"годинами та прибутковість у кожному випадку і працівником."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in "
+"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are "
+"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the "
+"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's "
+"cost."
+msgstr ""
+"Механізми, що використовують для кодування робочих годин, будуть детально "
+"розглянуті у документації до розкладу. Як і більшість системних процесів, "
+"робочі години інтегровані в аналітичний облік. У формі працівника вкажіть "
+"вартість працівника. Погодинна оплата залежить від вартості працівника."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the "
+"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases."
+msgstr ""
+"Тому юридична фірма буде вибирати аналітичне представлення, яке відображає "
+"управління часом роботи працівників у різних справах клієнтів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any"
+" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales "
+"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not"
+" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the"
+" basis of the hourly cost per employee."
+msgstr ""
+"Платіж за різні випадки є дещо незвичним. Ці справи не відповідають жодному "
+"запису у загальному рахунку, а також не надходять із рахунків-фактур купівлі"
+" чи продажу. Вони представлені різними аналітичними операціями і не мають "
+"точних аналогів у загальних рахунках. Вони розраховуються на основі годинної"
+" вартості одного працівника."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate "
+"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because "
+"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that "
+"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare "
+"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee "
+"depending on the time actually worked."
+msgstr ""
+"Наприкінці місяця, коли ви сплачуєте заробітну плату та пільги, ви "
+"інтегруєте їх у загальні рахунки, але не в аналітичні, оскільки вони вже "
+"були враховані при виставленні рахунків на кожен з них. Звіт, який пов'язує "
+"дані з аналітичних та загальних рахунків, дає змогу порівняти підсумки, тому"
+" ви можете змінити свою вартість за годину на одного співробітника в "
+"залежності від фактично відпрацьованого часу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you "
+"can find for your analytic account:"
+msgstr ""
+"У наведеній нижче таблиці показано приклад різних аналітичних записів, які "
+"ви можете знайти у своєму аналітичному рахунку:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+msgid "**Amount**"
+msgstr "**Всього**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+msgid "**General Account**"
+msgstr "**Загальна сума**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159
+msgid "Study the file (1 h)"
+msgstr "Вивчення файлу (1 год)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169
+msgid "Case 1.1"
+msgstr "Випадок 1.1"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159
+msgid "-15"
+msgstr "-15"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161
+msgid "Search for information (3 h)"
+msgstr "Пошук інформації (3 год)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161
+msgid "-45"
+msgstr "-45"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163
+msgid "Consultation (4 h)"
+msgstr "Консультація (4 год)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163
+msgid "Case 2.1"
+msgstr "Випадок 2.1"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163
+msgid "-60"
+msgstr "-60"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165
+msgid "Service charges"
+msgstr "Оплата послуг"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165
+msgid "280"
+msgstr "280"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165
+msgid "705 – Billing services"
+msgstr "705 - Виставлення послуг у рахунок"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167
+msgid "Stationery purchase"
+msgstr "Канцелярські покупки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167
+msgid "-42"
+msgstr "-42"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167
+msgid "601 – Furniture purchase"
+msgstr "601 - Купівля меблів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167
+msgid "42"
+msgstr "42"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169
+msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip"
+msgstr "Вартість палива - клієнтська поїздка"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169
+msgid "-35"
+msgstr "-35"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169
+msgid "613 – Transports"
+msgstr "613 - Транспорт"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169
+msgid "35"
+msgstr "35"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171
+msgid "Staff salaries"
+msgstr "Оклади персоналу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171
+msgid "6201 – Salaries"
+msgstr "6201 - Зарплати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171
+msgid "3 000"
+msgstr "3 000"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of"
+" various transactions."
+msgstr ""
+"Така структура дозволяє детально вивчити прибутковість різних транзакцій."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: "
+":doc:`timesheets`"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб дізнатись більше про рентабельність, прочитайте наступну документацію: "
+":doc:`timesheets`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180
+msgid ""
+"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the "
+"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic"
+" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To "
+"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell "
+"products that manage timesheet or expenses ."
+msgstr ""
+"Але аналітичний бухоблік не обмежується простим аналізом рентабельності "
+"різних клієнтів. Ці дані можуть бути використані для автоматичного "
+"повторного стягнення за послуги клієнту наприкінці місяця. Щоби виставляти "
+"рахунок-фактуру клієнтам, просто пов'яжіть аналітичний рахунок із "
+"замовленням на продаж та продавайте товари, які керують табелями або "
+"витратами."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187
+msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis"
+msgstr "Випадок 3: IT-послуги компанії: Аналіз ефективності"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189
+msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:"
+msgstr ""
+"Більшість компаній, які надають ІТ-послуги, стикаються з такими проблемами:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191
+msgid "project planning,"
+msgstr "планування проекту,"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193
+msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects,"
+msgstr ""
+"виставлення рахунків, рентабельність та фінансовий контроль за проектами,"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195
+msgid "managing support contracts."
+msgstr "управління контрактами на підтримку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197
+msgid ""
+"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts "
+"structured by project and by sale order."
+msgstr ""
+"Для вирішення цих проблем ви повинні використовувати аналітичну план "
+"рахунків, структурований за проектом та замовленням на продаж."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200
+msgid ""
+"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that "
+"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are "
+"also similar."
+msgstr ""
+"Управління послугами, витратами та продажами аналогічне тому, що "
+"представлено вище для юристів. Виставлення рахунків та вивчення "
+"рентабельності теж схожі."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204
+msgid ""
+"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a "
+"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows "
+"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would "
+"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to "
+"an analytic account"
+msgstr ""
+"Але тепер подивіться на контракти на підтримку. Ці контракти, як правило, "
+"обмежуються заздалегідь оплаченою кількістю годин. Кожна служба, розміщена "
+"на аналітичних рахунках, показує залишкові години підтримки. Щоби керувати "
+"контрактами на підтримку, ви повинні створити товар, налаштований на оплату "
+"рахунків-фактур за замовленням, і пов'язати замовлення на продаж з "
+"аналітичним рахунком."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well "
+"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or "
+"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold "
+"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support "
+"contract remain."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo кожен аналітичний рядок перераховує кількість проданих чи "
+"використаних одиниць, а також те, що ви зазвичай знаходите там - сума в "
+"одиницях валюти (у доларах США, фунтах стерлінгів або будь-якій іншій "
+"валюті). Таким чином, ви можете підсумувати продану та використану в кожному"
+" продажі кількість, щоби визначити, чи залишаються години контракту на "
+"підтримку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217
+msgid "Conclusion"
+msgstr "Висновок"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219
+msgid ""
+"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use"
+" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the "
+"production performance."
+msgstr ""
+"Аналітичний бухоблік допомагає вам аналізувати витрати та доходи незалежно "
+"від випадку використання. Ви можете продавати або купувати послуги, "
+"відстежувати час або аналізувати продуктивність виробництва."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo "
+"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)."
+msgstr ""
+"Аналітичний бухоблік є гнучким і простим у використанні за допомогою всіх "
+"додатків Odoo (продаж, купівля, табель, виробництво, рахунок-фактура ...)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3
+msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?"
+msgstr "Що таке тип рахунку та як його налаштувати?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6
+msgid "What is an account type ?"
+msgstr "Що таке тип рахунку?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the "
+"account's purpose."
+msgstr ""
+"Тип рахунку - це назва або код, наданий рахунку, який вказує на мету "
+"рахунку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate "
+"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and "
+"generate opening entries."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo типи рахунку використовуються для інформаційних цілей, для створення "
+"правових звітів для конкретних країн, встановлюються правила для закриття "
+"звітного періоду та створення відкритих записів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific "
+"category according to its behaviour or purpose."
+msgstr ""
+"В основному типи рахунку класифікують рахунок у певній категорії відповідно "
+"до її поведінки або мети."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19
+msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?"
+msgstr "Які типи рахунків є в Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account "
+"types. Just pick the one related to your account."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo охоплює всі типи рахунків. Тому ви не можете створювати нові. Просто "
+"виберіть той тип, який стосується вашого рахунку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25
+msgid "**List of account types**"
+msgstr "**Список типів рахунку**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27
+msgid "Receivable"
+msgstr "Розрахунки з дебіторами"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29
+msgid "Payable"
+msgstr "Розрахунки з кредиторами"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31
+msgid "Bank and Cash"
+msgstr "Банк і каса"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33
+msgid "Current Assets"
+msgstr "Оборотні активи"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35
+msgid "Non-current Assets"
+msgstr "Необоротні активи"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37
+msgid "Prepayments"
+msgstr "Аванс"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39
+msgid "Fixed Assets"
+msgstr "Основні засоби"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41
+msgid "Current Liabilities"
+msgstr "Короткострокові зобов'язання "
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43
+msgid "Non-current Liabilities"
+msgstr "Довгострокові зобов'язання"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45
+msgid "Equity"
+msgstr "Власний капітал"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47
+msgid "Current Year Earnings"
+msgstr "Прибуток поточного періоду"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49
+msgid "Other Income"
+msgstr "Інший дохід"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76
+msgid "Income"
+msgstr "Дохід"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53
+msgid "Depreciation"
+msgstr "Амортизація"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55
+msgid "Expenses"
+msgstr "Витрати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57
+msgid "Direct Costs"
+msgstr "Прямі витрати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61
+msgid "How do I configure my accounts?"
+msgstr "Як налаштувати мої рахунки?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. "
+"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one "
+"related to your country."
+msgstr ""
+"Типи рахунків автоматично створюються під час встановлення плану рахунків. "
+"За замовчуванням Odoo надає дуже багато планів рахунків, просто встановіть "
+"той, який пов'язаний із вашою країною."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, "
+"you can create your own accounts too."
+msgstr ""
+"Він буде встановлювати загальні рахунки. Але якщо він не охоплює всі ваші "
+"випадки, ви також можете створити власні рахунки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically "
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви є користувачем Saas, ваша країна автоматично встановлює план "
+"рахунків."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu "
+":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб створити нові рахунки, перейдіть до програми Бухобліку. Відкрийте меню  "
+":menuselection:`Консультант --> План рахунків`, натисніть кнопку "
+"**Створити**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific "
+"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening"
+" entries."
+msgstr ""
+"Тип рахунку використовується для інформаційного призначення, для створення "
+"відповідних законодавчих звітів для певних країн та встановлення правил для "
+"закриття фінансового року та створення відкритих записів. "
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid "Tags"
+msgstr "Теги"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting"
+msgstr "Необов'язкові теги, які ви можете призначити для спеціальних звітів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid "Account Currency"
+msgstr "Валюта обліку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency."
+msgstr "Усі переміщення для цього рахунку, щоби мати цю валюту обліку. "
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid "Internal Type"
+msgstr "Внутрішній тип"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of "
+"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is"
+" for vendor/customer accounts."
+msgstr ""
+"'Внутрішній тип' використовується для функцій, доступних для різних типів "
+"рахунків: тип ліквідності - для готівкових або банківських рахунків, "
+"кредиторська або дебіторська заборгованість - для рахунків "
+"постачальників/клієнтів. "
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid "Allow Reconciliation"
+msgstr "Дозвіл узгодження"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of "
+"journal items."
+msgstr ""
+"Поставте прапорець у цьому полі, якщо в цьому обліку пропонуються рахунки-"
+"фактури та відповідні платежі для елементів журналу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86
+msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration"
+msgstr "Переглянути *Створити рахунок* у нашій демо-версії онлайн"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3
+msgid "Inventory"
+msgstr "Склад"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3
+msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods"
+msgstr "Вплив на середню ціну при поверненні товару в Odoo"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of "
+"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the"
+" average cost."
+msgstr ""
+"Як зазначено в документації *оцінки інвентаризації* "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, один із "
+"можливих методів визначення ціни, який ви можете використовувати для "
+"безперервної оцінки, - це середня ціна."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that "
+"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its "
+"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document "
+"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed "
+"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to "
+"standard of FIFO)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ця документація відповідає на одне повторюване запитання для компаній, які "
+"використовують цей метод для оцінки їхньої вартості: як відвантаження "
+"повернене своєму постачальнику, впливає на середню вартість та записи "
+"бухгалтерського обліку? Цей документ призначений лише для конкретного "
+"випадку використання безперервної оцінки (на відміну від періодичної) та "
+"методу середнього ціноутворення (на відміну від стандарту FIFO)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18
+msgid "Definition of average cost"
+msgstr "Визначення середньої ціни"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of "
+"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory."
+msgstr ""
+"Метод визначення середньої ціни обчислює вартість на кінець інвентаризації "
+"та вартість товарів, що продаються, на основі середньозваженої вартості "
+"одиниці інвентаризації."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following "
+"formula:"
+msgstr "Середньозважена вартість одиниці обчислюється за такою формулою:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed "
+"as:"
+msgstr ""
+"Коли нові товари потрапляють до складу, нові середні витрати перераховуються"
+" як:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change"
+msgstr "Коли товари виходять зі складу: середня вартість **не** змінюється"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36
+msgid "Defining the purchase price"
+msgstr "Визначення ціни покупки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might "
+"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of "
+"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the "
+"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs."
+msgstr ""
+"Ціна придбання оцінюється при отриманні товарів (можливо, ви ще не отримали "
+"рахунок постачальника) і переоцінили на отримання рахунка постачальника. "
+"Ціна придбання включає вартість, яку ви сплачуєте за товари, але може також "
+"включати додаткові витрати, як-от розмір витрат."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45
+msgid "Average cost example"
+msgstr "Приклад середньої вартості"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144
+msgid "Operation"
+msgstr "Операція"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117
+msgid "Delta Value"
+msgstr "Значення дельти"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144
+msgid "Inventory Value"
+msgstr "Складська оцінка"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144
+msgid "Qty On Hand"
+msgstr "Кількість в наявності"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144
+msgid "Avg Cost"
+msgstr "Середня вартість"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160
+msgid "$0"
+msgstr "$0"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146
+msgid "0"
+msgstr "0"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148
+msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10"
+msgstr "Отримати 8 товарів на 10 доларів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52
+msgid "+8\\*$10"
+msgstr "+8\\*$10"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150
+msgid "$80"
+msgstr "$80"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150
+msgid "8"
+msgstr "8"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150
+msgid "$10"
+msgstr "$10"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152
+msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16"
+msgstr "Отримати 4 товари на 16 доларів "
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54
+msgid "+4\\*$16"
+msgstr "+4\\*$16"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154
+msgid "$144"
+msgstr "$144"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154
+msgid "12"
+msgstr "12"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160
+msgid "$12"
+msgstr "$12"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156
+msgid "Deliver 10 Products"
+msgstr "Доставити 10 товарів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56
+msgid "-10\\*$12"
+msgstr "-10\\*$12"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156
+msgid "$24"
+msgstr "$24"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156
+msgid "2"
+msgstr "2"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the"
+" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes "
+"logically the purchase price."
+msgstr ""
+"Спочатку середню вартість встановлено на 0, тому що в інвентаризації немає "
+"товару. Коли здійснюється перший прийом, середня вартість логічно стає "
+"закупівельною ціною."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total "
+"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, "
+"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``."
+msgstr ""
+"На другий прийому середня вартість оновлюється, оскільки загальна вартість "
+"інвентаризації зараз становить``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. Оскільки в нас 12 "
+"підрозділів, середня ціна за одиницю становить ``$144 / 12 = $12``."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost."
+" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of"
+" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``."
+msgstr ""
+"За визначенням, доставка 10 товарів не змінює середню вартість. Дійсно, "
+"вартість інвентаризації зараз становить 24 долари, тому що у нас залишилося "
+"всього 2 одиниці, що залишилися від кожних ``$24 / 2 = $12``."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73
+msgid "Purchase return use case"
+msgstr "Випадок повернення купівлі"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory"
+" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price "
+"of these products!)."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо товар повертається постачальнику після отримання, вартість "
+"інвентаризації зменшується з використанням середніх формул витрат (не за "
+"початковою ціною цих товарів!)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79
+msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:"
+msgstr "Це означає, що наведена вище таблиця буде оновлена таким чином:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158
+msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10"
+msgstr "Повернення 1 товару, купленого спочатку за $10"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123
+msgid "-1\\*$12"
+msgstr "-1\\*$12"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160
+msgid "1"
+msgstr "1"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90
+msgid "Explanation: counter example"
+msgstr "Пояснення: зустрічний приклад"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update "
+"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule,"
+" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory."
+msgstr ""
+"Запам'ятайте визначення **Середня ціна**, зазначивши, що ми не оновлюємо "
+"середню вартість товару, що залишаєсклад. Якщо ви порушите це правило, ви "
+"можете привести до невідповідності на вашому складі."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the "
+"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you "
+"purchased it). Here is the operation:"
+msgstr ""
+"Як приклад, ось сценарій, коли ви доставляєте один товар клієнту та "
+"повертаєте інший постачальнику (за ціною, яку ви купили). Ось операція:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121
+msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product"
+msgstr "Відправлення клієнту 1 товару"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107
+msgid "-1\\*$10"
+msgstr "-1\\*$10"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158
+msgid "**$2**"
+msgstr "**$2**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123
+msgid "**0**"
+msgstr "**0**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation "
+"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Як ви можете бачити в цьому прикладі, це не правильно: складська оцінка 2 "
+"доларів за 0 одиниць на складі."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average "
+"cost:"
+msgstr ""
+"Правильним сценарієм має бути повернення товару за поточною середньою ціною:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123
+msgid "**$0**"
+msgstr "**$0**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a "
+"correct inventory value at all times."
+msgstr ""
+"З іншого боку, використання середньої ціни для значення повернення гарантує "
+"правильну складську оцінку у будь-який час."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130
+msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode"
+msgstr "Концепція в англо-саксонському режимі"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is "
+"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the "
+"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to "
+"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming "
+"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills."
+msgstr ""
+"Для людей, які використовують принципи **англо-саксонського бухобліку**, "
+"існує інша концепція, яка враховує: рахунок прийняття товару, який має намір"
+" у будь-який час зберігати вартість отримуваних рахунків постачальника. "
+"Таким чином, рахунок на прийняття товару збільшуватиметься при отриманні "
+"вхідних відправлень і зменшуватиметься при отриманні відповідних рахунків "
+"постачальника."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average "
+"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase"
+" price:"
+msgstr ""
+"Повертаючись до нашого прикладу, ми бачимо, що коли прибуток оцінюється за "
+"середньою ціною, сума, заброньована на рахунку вхідного складу, є початковою"
+" ціною покупки:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144
+msgid "stock input"
+msgstr "вхідна продукція"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144
+msgid "price diff"
+msgstr "різниця цін"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148
+msgid "($80)"
+msgstr "($80)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150
+msgid "Receive vendor bill $80"
+msgstr "Отримати рахунок постачальника на $80"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152
+msgid "($64)"
+msgstr "($64)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154
+msgid "Receive vendor bill $64"
+msgstr "Отримати рахунок постачальника на $64"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158
+msgid "**$10**"
+msgstr "**$10**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158
+msgid "**$12**"
+msgstr "**$12**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160
+msgid "Receive vendor refund $10"
+msgstr "Отримати відшкодування постачальника на $10"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160
+msgid "$2"
+msgstr "$2"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163
+msgid ""
+"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase "
+"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last "
+"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account"
+" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the "
+"average cost and the original purchase price."
+msgstr ""
+"Це відбувається тому, що відшкодування постачальника здійснюватиметься за "
+"допомогою першої ціни закупки, тому для того, щоби знизити ефект від "
+"повернення у вхідній продукції останньої операції, ми повинні знову "
+"використовувати першочергову ціну. Знижка ціни, розташована у категорії "
+"товару, використовується для резервування різниці між середньою ціною та "
+"початковою ціною закупки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3
+msgid "Multicurrency"
+msgstr "Мультивалюта"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3
+msgid "Record exchange rates at payments"
+msgstr "Облік курсових різниць під час оплати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are "
+"in a different currency."
+msgstr ""
+"Будь-яка компанія, що здійснює міжнародну торгівлю, має справу, коли платежі"
+" здійснюються в іншій валюті."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount "
+"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates "
+"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Після отримання платежів у вас є можливість конвертувати суму згідно з вашою"
+" компанією. Мультивалютний платіж означає курсову різницю. Курсова різниця "
+"автоматично фіксується в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19
+msgid "Enable multi-currencies"
+msgstr "Увімкніть мультивалютність"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` "
+"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"В модулі бухгалтерського обліку перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування "
+"--> Налаштування` та позначте пункт **Дозволити мультивалютність**, а потім "
+"натисніть **Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active."
+msgstr ""
+"Налаштуйте курси валют у  :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Валюти`. Запишіть"
+" курс і переконайтеся, що валюта є активною."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments "
+"in **Dollars**."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому документі базова валюта є **євро**, і ми будемо фіксувати платежі в "
+"**доларах**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central "
+"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете автоматично отримувати курси валют з Нацбанку. Будь ласка, "
+"прочитайте документацію: : :doc:`how_it_works`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31
+msgid "Configure your journal"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте свій журнал"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the "
+"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, "
+"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб зареєструвати платежі в інших валютах, потрібно **видалити валютне "
+"обмеження** в журналі. Перейдіть до бухгалтерської програми, натисніть "
+"кнопку **Більше** у журналі та **Налаштування**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which"
+" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that "
+"you can register payments only in this currency."
+msgstr ""
+"Перевірте, чи поле **валюта** є порожнім або в іноземній валюті, в якій ви "
+"реєструєте платежі. Якщо валюта заповнена, це означає, що ви можете "
+"зареєструвати платежі лише в цій валюті."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62
+msgid "Record a payment in a different currency"
+msgstr "Запишіть платіж в іншій валюті"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign"
+" currency. Then click on **confirm**."
+msgstr ""
+"У програмі **бухгалтерського обліку** перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі "
+"--> Платежі`. Зареєструйте платіж і вкажіть, що це було зроблено в іноземній"
+" валюті. Потім натисніть на **підтвердження**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83
+msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated."
+msgstr "Запис журналу, розміщений, але не виділений."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and "
+"click on **Add** to allocate the payment."
+msgstr ""
+"Поверніться до свого рахунку-фактури  (:menuselection:`Продажі --> Рахунки "
+"клієнтів`) та натисніть **Додати**, щоби розподілити платіж."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80
+msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency"
+msgstr "Запишіть банківську виписку в іншій валюті"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in "
+"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount "
+"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** "
+"in which it was paid."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть або імпортуйте банківську виписку вашої платіжки. **Сума** у валюті"
+" компанії. Існує два взаємодоповнювані поля, **валюта суми**, яка є фактично"
+" сплаченою сумою та **валюта**, в якій вона була виплачена."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right "
+"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the "
+"amount in your company currency."
+msgstr ""
+"Приєднавши це, Odoo безпосередньо узгоджує платіж із правильним **рахунком-"
+"фактурою**. Ви отримаєте ціну рахунка-фактури у валюті рахунку та суму у "
+"валюті вашої компанії."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97
+msgid "Check the exchange rate differences"
+msgstr "Перевірте різницю курсу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the "
+"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences "
+"are recorded in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Консультант --> Записи журналу` та знайдіть "
+"**Журнал курсових різниць**. У ньому фіксуються всі курсові різниці."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Журнал курсових різниць може бути змінений у ваших налаштуваннях бухобліку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153
+msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103
+msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111
+msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?"
+msgstr "Як діє мультивалютність в Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send "
+"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in "
+"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up "
+"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency "
+"activities."
+msgstr ""
+"Вибір мультивалютності в Odoo дозволить вам надсилати рахунки-фактури, "
+"комерційні пропозиції та замовлення на покупку або отримувати рахунки та "
+"платежі в інших валютах. За допомогою мультивалютності ви також можете "
+"налаштувати банківські рахунки в інших валютах та створювати звіти про свою "
+"діяльність в іноземній валюті."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18
+msgid "Turn on multi-currency"
+msgstr "Увімкніть мультивалютність"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` "
+"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"У модулі бухобліку перейдіть до  :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Налаштування` та позначте **Дозволити мультивалютність**, після чого "
+"натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109
+msgid "Exchange Rate Journal"
+msgstr "Журнал курсових різниць"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment "
+"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 "
+"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. "
+"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"**Журнал курсових різниць** записує відмінності між реєстрацією платежу та "
+"очікуваною сумою. Наприклад, якщо оплата сплачується через 1 місяць після "
+"виставлення рахунку-фактури, курсова різниця, ймовірно, зміниться. "
+"Флуктуація означає деякі втрати або прибуток, які зафіксовані в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35
+msgid "You can change it in the settings:"
+msgstr "Ви можете змінити її в налаштуваннях:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41
+msgid "View or edit rate being used"
+msgstr "Перегляньте або змініть курс"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"You can manually configure the currency rates in "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want "
+"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете вручну налаштувати курси валют у  :menuselection:`Налаштування -->"
+" Валюти`. Відкрийте валюту, яку хочете використовувати в Odoo, і "
+"відредагуйте її. Переконайтеся, що валюта активна."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50
+msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :"
+msgstr "Натисніть **Переглянути курс** для редагування та перегляду історії:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on"
+" **Save** when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку **Створити**, щоб додати курс. Введіть дату та курс. "
+"Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти** після завершення."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62
+msgid "Live Currency Rate"
+msgstr "Реальний курс валют"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can "
+"synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-"
+"converter/>`__ or the `European Central Bank <http://www.ecb.europa.eu>`__. "
+"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency "
+"Rate** section."
+msgstr ""
+"Валюти за замовчуванням потрібно оновити вручну. Але ви можете "
+"синхронізувати їх з Нацбанком. У розділі :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Налаштування`, перейдіть до розділу **Курс валют**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always "
+"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you"
+" are set !"
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть інтервал: вручну, щоденно, щотижня або щомісяця. Ви завжди можете "
+"запустити оновлення, натиснувши кнопку **Оновити зараз**. Виберіть "
+"постачальника і ви все встановили!"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78
+msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated"
+msgstr "Оновлюються лише **активні** валюти."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81
+msgid "Configure your charts of account"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш план рахунків"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of "
+"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves "
+"for this account to have the account currency."
+msgstr ""
+"У бухгалтерському додатку зверніться до  :menuselection:`Консультанта --> "
+"План рахунків`. На кожному рахунку можна встановити валюту. Це запустить всі"
+" кроки для цього рахунку, щоби мати валюту рахунку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are "
+"Active."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви залишите це порожнім, це означає, що він може обробляти всі валюти, "
+"які є активними."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94
+msgid "Configure your journals"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте ваші журнали"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the "
+"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click "
+"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб зареєструвати платежі в інших валютах, потрібно видалити валютне "
+"обмеження в журналі. Перейдіть до бухгалтерської програми, натисніть кнопку "
+"**Більше** у журналі та **Налаштування**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you"
+" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you "
+"can register payments only in this currency."
+msgstr ""
+"Перевірте, чи поле валюти порожнє, або в іноземній валюті, в якій ви "
+"реєструєте платежі. Якщо валюта заповнена, це означає, що ви можете "
+"зареєструвати платежі лише в цій валюті."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable "
+"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер, коли ви працюєте в мультивалютному середовищі, всі підзвітні елементи"
+" будуть пов'язані з валютою, внутрішньою або іноземною."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117
+msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices"
+msgstr "Замовлення на продаж та рахунки-фактури"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your "
+"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole "
+"document."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ви можете встановити іншу валюту в компанії, яка належить до замовлень"
+" на продаж та ваших рахунків-фактур. Валюта встановлюється для всього "
+"документа."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127
+msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills"
+msgstr "Замовлення на купівлю та рахунки постачальників"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your "
+"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole "
+"document."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ви можете встановити іншу валюту в компанії, яка має свої замовлення "
+"на купівлю та рахунки постачальників. Валюта встановлюється для всього "
+"документа."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137
+msgid "Payment Registrations"
+msgstr "Оплата реєстрів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the "
+"payment and set the currency."
+msgstr ""
+"У бухгалтерській програмі перейдіть у розділ  **Продажі > Платежі**. "
+"Зареєструйте платіж і встановіть валюту."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146
+msgid "Bank Statements"
+msgstr "Банківські виписки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company "
+"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was "
+"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid."
+msgstr ""
+"При створенні чи імпорті банківських виписок сума перебуває у валюті "
+"компанії. Але зараз існує два додаткових поля: фактично сплачена сума та "
+"валюта, в якій вона була виплачена."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right "
+"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the "
+"amount in your company currency."
+msgstr ""
+"Приєднавши це, Odoo безпосередньо узгоджує платіж з правильним рахунком-"
+"фактурою. Ви отримаєте ціну рахунка-фактури у валюті рахунку та суму у "
+"валюті вашої компанії."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange"
+" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded"
+" in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до  :menuselection:`Консультант --> Журнальні записи` та шукайте "
+"записи журналу курсових різниці в журналі. У ньому фіксуються всі курсові "
+"різниці."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170
+msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`"
+msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120
+msgid ":doc:`exchange`"
+msgstr ":doc:`exchange`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?"
+msgstr "Як керувати рахунками та оплатою в мультивалютності Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss "
+"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's "
+"life."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo надає мультивалютну підтримку з автоматичною корекцією валютних витрат "
+"чи доходів. Є кілька речей, які Odoo має, щоби полегшити життя користувача."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. "
+"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary "
+"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of "
+"force a specific currency."
+msgstr ""
+"Усі операції з рахунком будуть здійснюватися за допомогою валюти компанії. "
+"Тим не менш, ви можете побачити два додаткових поля з записом журналу, де "
+"буде відображатися додаткова валюта та сума. Ви можете створювати "
+"мультивалютні журнали конкретної валюти."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however "
+"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all"
+" the amounts automatically using that currency."
+msgstr ""
+"При створенні рахунку-фактури валюту можна легко змінити; проте Odoo приймає"
+" валюту компанії як замовлення за замовчуванням. Він конвертує всі суми "
+"автоматично за допомогою цієї валюти."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25
+msgid "Enable Multi-Currency"
+msgstr "Увімкніть мультивалютність"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: "
+":doc:`how_it_works`"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб дізнатись про активацію мультивалютності, будь-ласка, прочитайте "
+"документ: :doc:`how_it_works`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the "
+"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the"
+" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб зареєструвати платежі в інших валютах, потрібно видалити валюте "
+"обмеження в журналі. Перейдіть до програми бухобліку, в журналі натисніть "
+":menuselection:`Більше --> Налаштування`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48
+msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills"
+msgstr "Мультивалютні рахунки-фактури та рахунки постачальників"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54
+msgid "Invoices"
+msgstr "Рахунки-фактури"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3
+msgid "Vendor Bills"
+msgstr "Рахунки постачальників"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74
+msgid "Multi-currency Payments"
+msgstr "Мультивалютні платежі"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. "
+"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. "
+"Then click on **Confirm**."
+msgstr ""
+"У додатку бухобліку перейдіть до  :menuselection:`Продажі --> Платежі`. "
+"Зареєструйте платіж і вкажіть, що це було зроблено в іноземній валюті. Потім"
+" натисніть кнопку **Підтвердити**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92
+msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements"
+msgstr "Мультивалютні банківські виписки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right "
+"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the "
+"amount in your company currency."
+msgstr ""
+"Приєднавши це, Odoo безпосередньо узгоджує платіж з правильним рахунком-"
+"фактурою. Ви отримаєте ціну рахунка-фактури у валюті рахунку та суму у "
+"валюті вашої компанії."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the "
+"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences "
+"are recorded in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Консультант --> Записи журналу` та знайдіть "
+"**Журнал курсових різниць**. У ньому фіксуються всі курсові різниці."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119
+msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`"
+msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106
+msgid "Reporting"
+msgstr "Звітність"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3
+msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?"
+msgstr "Як створити персоналізовані звіти за допомогою власних формул?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating "
+"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country)"
+" to suit your needs is now easier than ever."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo надає потужну та просту у користуванні систему звітування. Створення "
+"нових звітів (наприклад, податкового звіту чи балансу для конкретної "
+"країни), щоби відповідати вашим потребам, тепер простіше, ніж будь-коли."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13
+msgid "Activate the developer mode"
+msgstr "Активуйте режим розробника"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the "
+"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the "
+"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб мати доступ до інтерфейсу створення фінансової звітності, потрібно "
+"активувати **режим розробника**. Для цього спочатку натисніть на профіль "
+"користувача у верхньому правому меню, а потім - **Про**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22
+msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**."
+msgstr "Натисніть на : **Активувати режим розробника**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28
+msgid "Create your financial report"
+msgstr "Створіть свій фінансовий звіт"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`"
+msgstr ""
+"По-перше, вам потрібно створити свій фінансовий звіт. Для цього перейдіть до"
+" :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Фінансові звіти`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be "
+"configured:"
+msgstr "Після заповнення назви є ще два параметри, які потрібно налаштувати:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39
+msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**"
+msgstr "**Показати кредитні та дебетові стовпці**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41
+msgid "**Analysis Period** :"
+msgstr "**Аналіз періоду** :"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43
+msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)"
+msgstr "На основі діапазонів дат (наприклад, Доходи та витрати)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45
+msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)"
+msgstr "На основі єдиної дати (наприклад, Звіт балансу)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg."
+" Aged Partner Balances)"
+msgstr ""
+"На основі діапазонів дат зі стовпцями \"старі\" та \"загальні\" та останніми"
+" 3 місяцями (наприклад, звіт розрахунків з партнерами)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50
+msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)"
+msgstr ""
+"На основі діапазонів дат та нарахування касовим методом (наприклад, Звіт про"
+" рух грошових коштів)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54
+msgid "Add lines in your custom reports"
+msgstr "Додайте рядки у власні звіти"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all "
+"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a "
+"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)."
+msgstr ""
+"Після створення звіту потрібно заповнити його рядками. Всім їм потрібне "
+"**ім'я**, **код** (який використовується для позначення рядків), "
+"**порядковий номер** і рівень (використовується для рендерингу рядка)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value"
+" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – "
+"separated by ;)"
+msgstr ""
+"У полі **формул** ви можете додати одну чи кілька формул, щоби призначити "
+"значення для стовпця балансу (а дебетовий та кредитний стовпчик, якщо "
+"потрібно, розділений;)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67
+msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :"
+msgstr "У формулі є декілька об'єктів:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a "
+"date range)."
+msgstr ""
+"``Nднів`` : кількість днів у вибраному періоді (для звітів з діапазоном "
+"дат)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance "
+"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)"
+msgstr ""
+"Інший звіт, на який посилається його код. Використовуйте ``.balance`` для "
+"отримання значення балансу (також доступні ``.credit``, ``.debit`` та "
+"``.amount_residual``)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected "
+"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain "
+"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the "
+"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the "
+"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines "
+"by one of their columns."
+msgstr ""
+"Рядок також може базуватися на сумі рядків переміщення рахунку у вибраному "
+"домені. У цьому випадку вам потрібно заповнити поле домену доменом Odoo в "
+"об'єкті переміщення профілю. Тоді в полі формул доступний додатковий об'єкт,"
+" а саме ``sum``, сума рядків переміщення рахунку в домені. Ви також можете "
+"використовувати групу за полями для групування рядків переміщення рахунку за"
+" одним зі стовпців."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83
+msgid "Other useful fields :"
+msgstr "Інші корисні поля:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85
+msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula."
+msgstr "**Тип** : тип результату формули."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison "
+"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not."
+msgstr ""
+"**Чи добре зростання чи погане**: використовується при обчисленні стовпчика "
+"порівняння. Перевірте, чи є зростання хорошим (відображається зеленим "
+"кольором) чи ні."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the"
+" same dates as the rest of the report."
+msgstr ""
+"**Спеціальна зміна дат**: якщо певний рядок у звіті не повинен "
+"використовувати ті самі дати, що й решта частина звіту."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable "
+"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always "
+"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)."
+msgstr ""
+"**Показати домен**: як відображається домен рядка. Можна згортати (``за "
+"замовчуванням``, приховано на початку, але може бути розгорнуто), ``завжди``"
+" (завжди відображається) або ``ніколи`` (ніколи не відображається)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98
+msgid ":doc:`main_reports`"
+msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3
+msgid "What are the main reports available?"
+msgstr "Які основні звіти доступні в Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few "
+"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all "
+"countries :"
+msgstr ""
+"Окрім звітів, створених спеціально в кожному локальному модулі, доступні "
+"кілька дуже корисних **загальних** та **динамічних звітів** для всіх країн:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9
+msgid "**Balance Sheet**"
+msgstr "**Бухгалтерський звіт**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10
+msgid "**Profit and Loss**"
+msgstr "**Доходи та витрати**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11
+msgid "**Chart of Account**"
+msgstr "**План рахунку**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12
+msgid "**Executive Summary**"
+msgstr "**Управлінський звіт**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13
+msgid "**General Ledger**"
+msgstr "**Загальна бухгалтерська книга**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14
+msgid "**Aged Payable**"
+msgstr "**Розрахунки з кредиторами**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15
+msgid "**Aged Receivable**"
+msgstr "**Розрахунки з дебіторами**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16
+msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**"
+msgstr "**Звіт про рух грошових коштів**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17
+msgid "**Tax Report**"
+msgstr "**Податковий звіт**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18
+msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**"
+msgstr "**Узгодження банківських виписок**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. "
+"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see "
+"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете коментувати всі звіти, щоб надрукувати їх і повідомити свого "
+"радника. Експортувати в xls для керування додатковим аналізом. Перегляньте "
+"докладніші відомості (платежі, рахунки-фактури, публікації журналів тощо) у "
+"розділі звітів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you"
+" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 "
+"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the "
+"default **Previous 1 Period** option."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете порівняти значення з іншим періодом. Виберіть, скільки "
+"періодів ви хочете порівняти з вибраним періодом часу. Ви можете обрати до "
+"12 періодів з дати опублікування звіту, якщо ви не бажаєте використовувати "
+"параметр **Попередній 1 Період**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity"
+" of your organisation as at a particular date."
+msgstr ""
+"У **бухгалтерському балансі** показано знімок активів, зобов'язань та "
+"власного капіталу вашої організації за певною датою."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39
+msgid "Profit and Loss"
+msgstr "Доходи і витрати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your "
+"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report"
+" period."
+msgstr ""
+"Звіт про **доходи та витрати** (або **звіт про прибутки**) відображає чистий"
+" дохід вашої організації, вираховуючи витрати з доходу за звітний період."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49
+msgid "Chart of account"
+msgstr "План рахунків"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51
+msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class."
+msgstr "Список всіх ваших рахунків, згрупованих за класом."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57
+msgid "Executive Summary"
+msgstr "Управлінський звіт"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important "
+"figures you need to run your company."
+msgstr ""
+"**Управлінський звіт** дозволяє швидко переглянути всі важливі дані, "
+"необхідні для керування вашою компанією."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is "
+"reporting :"
+msgstr ""
+"У дуже простих термінах, це те, про що повідомляє кожен з пунктів цього "
+"розділу:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77
+msgid "**Performance:**"
+msgstr "**Продуктивність:**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68
+msgid "**Gross profit margin:**"
+msgstr "**Валовий прибуток:**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct "
+"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)."
+msgstr ""
+"Внесок кожного окремого продажу, здійсненого вашим бізнесом, за вирахуванням"
+" будь-яких прямих витрат, необхідних для здійснення цих продажів (таких, як "
+"робоча сировина, матеріали тощо)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74
+msgid "**Net profit margin:**"
+msgstr "**Чистий прибуток:**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct "
+"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your "
+"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a "
+"result of those sales)."
+msgstr ""
+"Внесок кожного окремого продажу, здійсненого вашим бізнесом, за вирахуванням"
+" будь-яких прямих витрат, необхідних для здійснення цих продажів, а також "
+"будь-яких фіксованих накладних витрат вашої компанії (такі, як орендна "
+"плата, електроенергія, податки, які потрібно оплатити в результаті цих "
+"продажів)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77
+msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**"
+msgstr "**Повернення інвестицій (прибуток/активи):**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to "
+"make those profits."
+msgstr ""
+"Відношення чистого прибутку до суми активів, які компанія використовувала "
+"для отримання цього прибутку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97
+msgid "**Position:**"
+msgstr "**Позиція:**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81
+msgid "**Average debtor days:**"
+msgstr "**Середній час закриття дебіторської заборгованості:**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), "
+"across all your customer invoices."
+msgstr ""
+"Середня кількість днів, протягом яких ваші клієнти платять вам (повністю) по"
+" всім рахункам клієнтів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84
+msgid "**Average creditor days:**"
+msgstr "**Середній час закриття кредиторської заборгованості:**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across"
+" all your bills."
+msgstr ""
+"Середня кількість днів, протягом яких ви платите своїм постачальникам "
+"(повністю) по всім вашим рахункам."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89
+msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**"
+msgstr "**Короткостроковий готівковий прогноз:**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month "
+"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of "
+"your **Purchases account** for the month."
+msgstr ""
+"Скільки очікується грошового обігу у вашій компанії протягом наступного "
+"місяця, тобто баланс вашого **рахунку продажу** протягом місяця, за "
+"вирахуванням залишку **рахунку закупівель** за місяць."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97
+msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**"
+msgstr "**Відношення активів до зобов'язань:**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets "
+"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current "
+"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is "
+"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt."
+msgstr ""
+"Також називається **поточним співвідношенням**, це співвідношення поточних "
+"активів (активів, які можуть бути перетворені на грошові кошти протягом "
+"року) до поточних зобов'язань (зобов'язання, які будуть сплачуватись у "
+"наступному році). Як правило, це використовується як показник здатності "
+"компанії обслуговувати свої борги."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103
+msgid "General Ledger"
+msgstr "Загальна бухгалтерська книга"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a"
+" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each "
+"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any "
+"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that "
+"occurred during a certain period of time."
+msgstr ""
+"**Звіт загальної бухгалтерської книги** відображає всі транзакції з усіх "
+"рахунків за вибраний діапазон дат. У початковому зведеному звіті "
+"відображаються підсумки для кожного рахунку, а звідти можна переглянути "
+"детальний звіт про транзакцію або будь-які винятки. Цей звіт корисний для "
+"перевірки кожної транзакції, яка відбулася протягом певного періоду часу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115
+msgid "Aged Payable"
+msgstr "Розрахунки з кредиторами"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual"
+" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have "
+"gone unpaid."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустіть **звіт розрахунків з кредиторами**, щоби відобразити інформацію "
+"про окремі рахунки, повернення та переплати за вами, а також про те, скільки"
+" часу вони не сплачені."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125
+msgid "Aged Receivable"
+msgstr "Розрахунки з дебіторами"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting "
+"payment during a selected month and several months prior."
+msgstr ""
+"Звіт про **розрахунки з дебіторами** відображає рахунки-фактури продажу, які"
+" очікували на оплату протягом вибраного місяця та за кілька місяців до "
+"цього."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134
+msgid "Cash Flow Statement"
+msgstr "Звіт про рух грошових коштів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and "
+"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to "
+"operating, investing and financing activities."
+msgstr ""
+"Звіт про **рух грошових коштів** показує, як зміни у звіту балансу рахунків "
+"та доходів впливають на грошові кошти та їх еквіваленти, а також порушує "
+"аналіз до операційної, інвестиційної та фінансової діяльності."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144
+msgid "Tax Report"
+msgstr "Податковий звіт"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the "
+"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)."
+msgstr ""
+"Цей звіт дозволяє переглянути суми **чистих** та **податкових сум** за всі "
+"податки, згруповані за типом (продаж/купівля)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111
+msgid "Taxes"
+msgstr "Податки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?"
+msgstr ""
+"Як керувати цінами для B2B (з виключеним податком) та B2C (з включеним "
+"податком)?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes "
+"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B"
+" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded."
+msgstr ""
+"Працюючи з клієнтами, ціни зазвичай виражаються з податками, включеними в "
+"ціну (наприклад, у більшості електронної комерції). Але, коли ви працюєте в "
+"B2B, компанії зазвичай ведуть переговори про ціни без податків."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on "
+"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you "
+"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still "
+"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): "
+"that's easy."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo легко керує обома випадками використання, якщо ви реєструєте свої ціни "
+"на товар з виключеними чи включеними податками, але не обидва разом. Якщо ви"
+" керуєте всіма своїми цінами лише з податком (або виключеним), ви все одно "
+"можете легко виконати замовлення на продаж із ціною, що не включає податки "
+"(або включає): це просто."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have "
+"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same "
+"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical "
+"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use "
+"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ця документація призначена лише для конкретного випадку використання, коли "
+"вам потрібно мати два референси на ціну (включно з ПДВ або без ПДВ) для "
+"цього самого товару. Причиною складності є те, що не існує симетричного "
+"співвідношення з цінами із включеним податком та цінами із виключеним "
+"податком, як показано в даному випадку, у Бельгії з податком у розмірі 21%:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21
+msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**"
+msgstr ""
+"Ваша електронна комерція має товар на **10 євро (включно з податками)**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23
+msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**"
+msgstr "Це буде **8,26 євро (без податків)** та **податок 1,74 євро**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the "
+"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:"
+msgstr ""
+"Але для того ж випадку, якщо ви реєструєте ціну без податків у формі товару "
+"(8,26 €), ви отримуєте ціну з податком у розмірі 9,99 €, оскільки:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29
+msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**"
+msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will "
+"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding"
+" taxes:"
+msgstr ""
+"Отже, залежно від того, як ви реєструєте свої ціни на формі товару, ви "
+"матимете різні результати за ціною, включаючи податки та ціну за винятком "
+"податків:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35
+msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**"
+msgstr "Податки виключено: **8.26€ & 10.00€**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37
+msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**"
+msgstr "Податки включено: **8.26€ & 9.99€**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You "
+"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** "
+"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви купуєте 100 одиниць з податками 10 євро, це стає ще складніше. Ви "
+"отримаєте: **1000 € (з урахуванням податків) = 826.45 € (ціна) + 173.55 € "
+"(податки)**, що сильно відрізняється від ціни за одиницю за 8.26 € без "
+"податку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where "
+"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product"
+" form within the same company."
+msgstr ""
+"У цій документації пояснюється, як керувати дуже конкретним випадком "
+"використання, коли вам потрібно впоратися з двома цінами (без податку та з "
+"включеним податком) у формі товару в межах однієї компанії."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ "
+"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the "
+"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in "
+"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of "
+"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates,"
+" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage "
+"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your "
+"salespeople."
+msgstr ""
+"З точки зору фінансів, ви більше не отримуєте прибуток від продажу товару за"
+" 10 євро, а не 9,99 євро (за податком у розмірі 21%), оскільки ваш прибуток "
+"буде таким же за 9,99 євро, лише податок на 0,01 євро вище. Отже, якщо ви "
+"запускаєте електронну комерцію в Бельгії, зробіть послугу своєму клієнту та "
+"встановіть ціну на рівні 9,99 євро замість 10 євро. Зверніть увагу, що це не"
+" стосується 20 євро або 30 євро, або інших ставок податку або кількості> 1. "
+"Ви також зробите собі користь, оскільки ви можете керувати всіма податковими"
+" правами, що менш схильні до помилок і простіше для ваших продавців."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing "
+"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes "
+"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the"
+" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one "
+"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your "
+"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box "
+"and you have no specific configuration to do."
+msgstr ""
+"Найкращим способом уникнути цієї складності є вибір лише одного способу "
+"управління вашими цінами та дотримання його: ціна без податків або ціни з "
+"включеними податками. Визначте, який тип за замовчуванням зберігається у "
+"формі товару (за замовчуванням податок, що відноситься до товару), і Odoo "
+"автоматично обчислює інший, виходячи з прайслиста та схеми оподаткування. "
+"Обговоріть свої контракти з клієнтами. Це чудово працює \"одразу з "
+"коробки\", і у вас немає конкретних налаштувань."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax "
+"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you "
+"must:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви не можете це зробити, і якщо ви дійсно домовляєтесь про деякі ціни "
+"за винятком податків, а для інших покупців - іншими цінами з податком, то "
+"вам необхідно:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a"
+" tax (price included on the product form)"
+msgstr ""
+"завжди зберігайте ціну за замовчуванням, виключену на формі товару, і "
+"подайте податок (ціна вказана у формі товару)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80
+msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers"
+msgstr ""
+"створіть прайслист із цінами із включеним податком, для конкретних клієнтів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included"
+msgstr ""
+"створіть схему оподаткування, яка переключає ціну без податку на ціну із "
+"включеним податком"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to "
+"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position"
+msgstr ""
+"призначте як прайслист, так і схему оподаткування клієнтам, які хочуть "
+"скористатися цією ціною та схемою оподаткування"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89
+msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:"
+msgstr ""
+"Для цілей цієї документації ми будемо використовувати вищевикладене "
+"використання:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91
+msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded"
+msgstr "ваша ціна за замовчуванням не дорівнює 8.26€"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce "
+"website"
+msgstr ""
+"але ми хочемо продати його за 10 євро, включаючи ціну, в наших магазинах або"
+" на сайті електронної комерції"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97
+msgid "Setting your products"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте ваші товари"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is "
+"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale "
+"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the "
+"Accounting application."
+msgstr ""
+"Ваша компанія повинна бути налаштована за ціною за замовчуванням. Зазвичай "
+"це налаштування за замовчуванням, але ви можете перевірити **податок на "
+"продаж за замовчуванням** у меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Налаштування` в модулі Бухобліку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the "
+"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration "
+"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices "
+"per customer segment**."
+msgstr ""
+"Після цього ви можете створити прайслист **B2C**. Ви можете активувати "
+"функцію прайслиста для кожного клієнта у меню : :menuselection:`Налаштування"
+" --> Налаштування` додатку Продаж. Виберіть опцію **різні ціни на сегмент "
+"клієнта**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the "
+"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion."
+msgstr ""
+"Після цього створіть прайслист B2C з меню  :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Прайслист`. Також добре перейменувати прайслист за замовчуванням на B2B, щоб"
+" уникнути плутанини."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not "
+"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€,"
+" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:"
+msgstr ""
+"Потім створіть товар на 8,26 євро з податком у розмірі 21% (визначається як "
+"податок, що не входить у вартість), і встановіть ціну на цей товар для "
+"клієнтів B2C на рівні 10 євро з меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Товари` з "
+"додатку Продажі:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125
+msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position"
+msgstr "Встановіть схему оподаткування B2C"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this "
+"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal "
+"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax "
+"included in price)"
+msgstr ""
+"У бухгалтерському додатку створіть схему оподаткування В2С з цього меню: "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Схема оподаткування`. Ця схема "
+"оподаткування повинна відображати ПДВ 21% (без урахування податку) з ПДВ 21%"
+" (податок входить у вартість)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136
+msgid "Test by creating a quotation"
+msgstr "Перевірте, створивши комерційну пропозицію"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the "
+":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following "
+"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть комерційну пропозицію з програми Продажі за допомогою меню "
+":menuselection:`Продажі --> Комерційні пропозиції`. Ви маєте наступний "
+"результат: 8.26 € + 1.73 € = 9.99 €."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal "
+"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should "
+"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: "
+"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім створіть комерційну пропозицію, але **змініть прайслист на B2C та "
+"схему оподаткування B2C** на комерційну пропозицію, перш ніж додавати свій "
+"товар. Ви повинні отримати очікуваний результат, загальна ціна якого 10 € "
+"для клієнта: 8.26 € + 1.74 € = 10.00 €."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153
+msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop."
+msgstr "Це очікувана поведінка для покупця вашого магазину."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156
+msgid "Avoid changing every sale order"
+msgstr "Уникайте змін у кожному замовленні на продаж"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax "
+"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position "
+"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale "
+"of this customer."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви укладаєте договір з клієнтом, чи обговорюєте ціну, із включеним "
+"податком або виключеним, ви можете встановити прайслист і схему "
+"оподаткування у формі клієнта, щоб вона застосовувалася автоматично при "
+"кожному продажі цього клієнта."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163
+msgid ""
+"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and "
+"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Прайслист знаходиться на вкладці **Продажі та Купівлі** у формі клієнта, а "
+"схема оподаткування знаходиться на вкладці бухобліку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166
+msgid ""
+"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax "
+"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have "
+"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies "
+"to only work with one price reference."
+msgstr ""
+"Зверніть увагу, що може виникнути помилка: якщо ви встановлюєте схему "
+"оподаткування з податком, включеним у вартість, але використовуєте "
+"прайслист, без включеного податку, для вас можуть бути обрані неправильні "
+"ціни. Ось чому ми зазвичай рекомендуємо компаніям працювати лише з одним "
+"ціновим референсом."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3
+msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization"
+msgstr ""
+"Як переключити податки відповідно до схеми оподаткування клієнта або його "
+"місцезнаходження"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. "
+"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*."
+msgstr ""
+"Найчастіше ставки податку залежать від схеми оподаткування або "
+"місцезнаходження вашого клієнта. Щоби відобразити податки, Odoo пропонує так"
+" звані *Схеми оподаткування*."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9
+msgid "Create tax mapping"
+msgstr "Створіть співставлення податків"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined"
+" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign "
+"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and "
+"purchases."
+msgstr ""
+"Схема оподаткування - це лише набір правил, який співставляє типові податки "
+"(як це визначено на формі товару) з іншими податками. На знімку екрана нижче"
+" іноземні покупці отримують 0% податків замість 15%, як для продажів, так і "
+"для покупок."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your "
+"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use "
+"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to "
+":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal "
+"Positions`."
+msgstr ""
+"Основні схеми оподаткування автоматично створюються відповідно до вашого "
+"місцезнаходження. Але вам може знадобитися створення схеми оподаткування для"
+" конкретних випадків використання. Щоби визначити схеми оподаткування, "
+"перейдіть до :menuselection:`Рахунків-фактур/Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> "
+"Схеми оподаткування`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts "
+"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues "
+"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in "
+"foreign countries."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви використовуєте Бухоблік Odoo, ви також можете співставити рахунки "
+"Доходів/Витрат відповідно до схеми оподаткування. Наприклад, в деяких "
+"країнах доходи від продажу не розміщуються на одному рахунку, порівняно з "
+"доходами від продажів у зарубіжних країнах."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29
+msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status"
+msgstr "Переключіть податки відносно схеми оподаткування вашого клієнта"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-"
+"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо клієнт потрапляє у конкретне правило оподаткування, вам потрібно "
+"застосувати співставлення податків. Для цього створіть схему оподаткування "
+"та призначте її своїм клієнтам."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded "
+"for the customer."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo буде використовувати цю конкретну схему оподаткування для будь-якого "
+"замовлення/рахунку, записаного для клієнта."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it "
+"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the "
+"same customer."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви встановите схему оподаткування в замовленні клієнта чи рахунок-"
+"фактуру вручну, воно буде застосовуватися лише до цього документа, а не до "
+"майбутніх замовлень/рахунків-фактур того самого клієнта."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44
+msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)"
+msgstr ""
+"Співставте податки відповідно до адреси клієнта (на основі кінцевої точки)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or "
+"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at "
+"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others "
+"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. "
+"your office or warehouse)."
+msgstr ""
+"Залежно від вашого місцерозташування податки на продаж можуть бути на основі"
+" початкової точки чи призначення. Більшість держав або країн вимагають, щоб "
+"ви збирали податки відповідно до призначення (наприклад, адреси вашого "
+"покупця), тоді як деякі інші вимагають збирати їх за ставкою, яка діє в "
+"початковій точці (наприклад, ваш офіс або склад)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per "
+"tax-mapping to apply."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви перебуваєте під правилом на основі призначення, створіть одну схему "
+"оподаткування для співставлення податків."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53
+msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*."
+msgstr "Установіть прапорець *Автоматично визначати*."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть країну, область або місто, щоб запустити співставлення податків."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the "
+"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order."
+msgstr ""
+"Таким чином, якщо для клієнта не встановлено схему оподаткування, Odoo "
+"вибере співставлення схеми оподаткування, яке відповідає адресі відправлення"
+" при створенні замовлення."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically "
+"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in "
+"his shipping address."
+msgstr ""
+"Для замовлень електронної комерції податок кошика відвідувача автоматично "
+"оновлюється та застосовується новий податок після того, як відвідувач "
+"увійшов у систему або заповнив адресу своєї доставки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68
+msgid "Specific use cases"
+msgstr "Конкретні випадки використання"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of "
+"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо для деяких схем оподаткування ви хочете видалити податок, а не замінити"
+" іншим, просто залиште поле *Податку, який потрібно застосувати* "
+"незаповненим."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes,"
+" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо для деяких схем оподаткування ви хочете замінити податок двома іншими "
+"податками, просто створіть два рядки, що мають однаковий *податок на товар*."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80
+msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues."
+msgstr ""
+"Схеми оподаткування не застосовуються до основних засобів та доходів "
+"майбутніх періодів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70
+msgid ":doc:`create`"
+msgstr ":doc:`create`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29
+msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`"
+msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31
+msgid ":doc:`tax_included`"
+msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30
+msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`"
+msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes"
+msgstr "Як керувати податками, які нараховані касовим методом"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the "
+"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting"
+" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis "
+"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions."
+msgstr ""
+"Податки, нараховані касовим методом, мають бути здійснені після здійснення "
+"платежу, а не при підтвердженні рахунку-фактури (як у випадку зі звичайними "
+"податками). Звіт про ваші доходи та витрати на основі касового методу є "
+"законним у деяких країнах та за певних умов."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and "
+"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash "
+"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the "
+"2nd quarter."
+msgstr ""
+"Приклад: ви продаєте товар в 1 кварталі вашого фінансового року та отримуєте"
+" платіж у 2 кварталі вашого фінансового року. Виходячи з касового методу, "
+"податок, який ви повинні сплатити податковій адміністрації, має бути "
+"сплачено протягом 2-го кварталу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16
+msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?"
+msgstr "Як налаштувати податки, нараховані касовим методом?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to "
+"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви повинні спочатку активізувати налаштування в :menuselection:`Бухоблік -->"
+" Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Дозволити нарахування коштів`. Вам буде "
+"запропоновано визначити журнал Податків, нарахованих касовим методом."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax "
+"and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash "
+"Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*."
+msgstr ""
+"Після цього ви зможете налаштувати свої податки у :menuselection:`Бухоблік "
+"--> Налаштування --> Податки`. Ви можете відкрити податок, а на вкладці "
+"*Додаткові параметри* ви побачите прапорець *Використовувати базу коштів*. "
+"Потім вам доведеться визначити *Отримані податки*."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39
+msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?"
+msgstr "Яким є вплив податків, нарахованих касовим методом, на мій бухоблік?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. "
+"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in "
+"your accounting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Давайте розглянемо приклад. Ви здійснюєте продаж у розмірі 100 доларів з 15%"
+" податком, нарахованим касовим методом. Коли ви перевіряєте рахунок-фактуру "
+"клієнта, у вашому бухобліку створюється такий запис:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46
+msgid "Customer Invoices Journal"
+msgstr "Журнал рахунків клієнта"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66
+msgid "Receivables $115"
+msgstr "Отримані $115"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76
+msgid "Tax Account $15"
+msgstr "Податковий рахунок $15"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82
+msgid "Income Account $100"
+msgstr "Рахунок доходу $100"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57
+msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:"
+msgstr "Через кілька днів ви отримуєте платіж:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60
+msgid "Bank Journal"
+msgstr "Банківський журнал"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64
+msgid "Bank $115"
+msgstr "Банк $115"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:"
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви узгоджуєте рахунок-фактуру та платіж, створюється такий запис:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72
+msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal"
+msgstr "Журнал податку, нарахованого касовим методом"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78
+msgid "Tax Received Account $15"
+msgstr "Рахунок отриманого податку $15"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are"
+" needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Два журнальних записи, створені у Рахунку доходу, є нейтральними, але вони "
+"необхідні для забезпечення правильних податкових звітів в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3
+msgid "How to create new taxes"
+msgstr "Як створити нові податки "
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:"
+" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, "
+"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured "
+"with the right taxes."
+msgstr ""
+"Податковий двигун Odoo дуже гнучкий і підтримує багато різних податків: "
+"податки на додану вартість, екологічні податки, федеральні/штатні/міські "
+"податки, утримання, сплата податків і т. д. Для більшості країн ваша система"
+" попередньо налаштована на необхідні податки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому розділі описано, як можна визначити нові податки для конкретних "
+"випадків використання."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this "
+"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Податки`. У цьому"
+" меню ви отримуєте всі податки, які ви можете використовувати: податки на "
+"продаж та податки на купівлю."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18
+msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть область: продаж, купівлі або нічого (наприклад, застарілий "
+"податок)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20
+msgid "Select a computation method:"
+msgstr "Виберіть метод обчислення:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22
+msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc."
+msgstr "**Фіксовані**: екологічні податки тощо."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24
+msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)"
+msgstr ""
+"**Відсоток від ціни**: найпоширеніші (наприклад, 15% податку з продажів)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26
+msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"**Відсоток від ціни, яка вже включає податок**: використовується в Бразилії "
+"та ін."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28
+msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax"
+msgstr "**Група податків**: дозволяє мати складний податок"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal "
+"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo "
+"posts the tax journal item in the income account."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви використовуєте бухоблік Odoo, встановіть податковий облік (тобто, де"
+" буде розміщений елемент податкового журналу). Це поле необов'язкове, якщо "
+"ви зберігаєте його порожнім, Odoo публікує елемент податкового журналу в "
+"обліку прибутків."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is "
+"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue "
+"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете уникнути використання податку, його не можна видалити, "
+"оскільки податок, ймовірно, використовується в кількох рахунках-фактурах. "
+"Отже, щоб уникнути того, що користувачі продовжують користуватись цим "
+"податком, вам слід встановити поле *Облік податків* у *Немає*."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module "
+"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python "
+"code."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо вам потрібен більш просунутий податковий механізм, ви можете встановити"
+" модуль **account_tax_python**, і ви зможете визначити нові податки за "
+"допомогою коду Python."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49
+msgid "Advanced configuration"
+msgstr "Додаткові налаштування"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed "
+"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the "
+"following label on invoice \"15%\"."
+msgstr ""
+"**Мітка на рахунках-фактурі**: короткий текст про те, як ви бажаєте "
+"надрукувати цей податок у рядку рахунка-фактури. Наприклад, податок з назвою"
+" \"15% на послуги\" може містити таку мітку в накладній \"15%\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All "
+"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice "
+"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention."
+msgstr ""
+"**Податкова група**: визначає, де цей податок підсумовується в нижній "
+"частині рахунку-фактури. Всі податки, що належать до однієї податкової "
+"групи, будуть згруповані в нижній частині рахунку-фактури. Приклади "
+"податкової групи: ПДВ, утримання."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, "
+"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts."
+msgstr ""
+"**Включення в аналітичну вартість**: податок розраховується як вартість, і, "
+"таким чином, генерує аналітичний запис, якщо ваш рахунок-фактура "
+"використовує аналітичні рахунки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field "
+"empty."
+msgstr ""
+"**Теги**: використовуються для спеціальних звітів. Зазвичай ви можете "
+"залишити це поле порожнім."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:87
+msgid ":doc:`application`"
+msgstr ":doc:`application`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3
+msgid "How to set default taxes"
+msgstr "Встановлення типових податків"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most "
+"localizations."
+msgstr ""
+"Податки, що застосовуються у вашій країні, автоматично встановлюються для "
+"більшості локалізацій."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing "
+"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same "
+"country/state than you."
+msgstr ""
+"Типові податки, встановлені в замовленнях і рахунках, надходять до вкладки "
+"\"Виставлення рахунків\" кожного товару. Такі податки використовуються, коли"
+" ви продаєте компаніям, що знаходяться у тій же країні, як і ви."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to "
+":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб змінити типові податки, встановлені для будь-якого створеного нового "
+"товару, перейдіть до  :menuselection:`Рахунок-фактура/Бухоблік --> "
+"Налаштування --> Налаштування`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes "
+"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can "
+"login into two different companies and change this field for each company."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви працюєте у декількох компаніях, податки на купівлю та продаж можуть "
+"мати інше значення відповідно до компанії, в якій ви працюєте. Ви можете "
+"увійти до двох різних компаній та змінити це поле для кожної компанії."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?"
+msgstr "Як керування податками на утримання?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement "
+"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the "
+"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, "
+"withholding tax applies to employment income."
+msgstr ""
+"Податок на утримання є державною вимогою платника рахунку-фактури утримувати"
+" або відраховувати податок від платежу та сплачувати цей податок уряду. У "
+"більшості юрисдикцій оподаткування стягується з податку на прибуток."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to"
+" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the "
+"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer."
+msgstr ""
+"Зі звичайними податками цей податок додається до підсумкової суми, щоб ви її"
+" сплатили. На відміну від звичайних податків, податок на утримання "
+"стягується від сплати податку, оскільки він сплачується замовником."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14
+msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:"
+msgstr "Наприклад, у Колумбії ви можете мати наступний рахунок-фактуру:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to "
+"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the "
+"**government**."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому прикладі **компанія**, яка надіслала рахунок-фактуру, зобов'язана "
+"**уряду** 20 доларів податків, а **клієнт** зобов'язаний **уряду** 10 "
+"доларів податків."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a "
+"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):"
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo податок на утримання визначається шляхом створення негативного "
+"податку. Для збереження 10%, ви можете налаштувати наступний податок "
+"(доступний через :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Податки`):"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a "
+"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** "
+"tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Для того, щоби він відображався як збереження в рахунку-фактурі, на вкладці "
+"**Додаткові параметри** слід встановити певну групу податків **На "
+"утримання** свого податку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or "
+"invoices."
+msgstr ""
+"Після визначення податку ви можете використовувати його у своїх товарах, "
+"замовленнях на продаж чи рахунках-фактурах."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax"
+" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group "
+"(normal tax and retention)."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо утримання є відсотком від звичайного податку, створіть податок з "
+"**податковим розрахунком** як **податкову групу** та встановіть два податки "
+"у цій групі (звичайний податок і на утримання)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48
+msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices"
+msgstr "Застосування податку на утримання в рахунках-фактурах"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or "
+"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ваш податок буде створений, ви можете використовувати його за формою "
+"замовника, замовлення на продаж або рахунки-фактури для клієнтів. Ви можете "
+"подати кілька податків на один рядок рахунка-фактури клієнта."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes "
+"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you "
+"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the "
+"taxes."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви бачите рахунок клієнта на екрані, ви отримуєте лише податковий "
+"рядок, узагальнюючи всі податки (звичайні податки та на утримання). Але коли"
+" ви роздруковуєте або надсилаєте рахунок-фактуру, Odoo робить правильну "
+"групу серед всіх податків."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63
+msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group."
+msgstr ""
+"У роздрукованому рахунку відображатимуться різні суми в кожній податковій "
+"групі."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3
+msgid "How to set tax-included prices"
+msgstr "Як встановити ціни, які вже включають податок"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check "
+"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`."
+msgstr ""
+"У більшості країн ціни B2C включають податок. Для того, щоб зробити це в "
+"Odoo, перевірте *Включені в ціну* для кожного з ваших податків з продажів у"
+"  :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Бухоблік --> Податки`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, "
+"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the"
+" product form is $100."
+msgstr ""
+"Таким чином ціна, встановлена на формі товару, включає податок. Наприклад, "
+"скажімо, у вас є товар з податком на продаж у розмірі 10%. Ціна продажу на "
+"формі товару становить 100 доларів США."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16
+msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:"
+msgstr "Якщо податок не входить у вартість, ви отримаєте:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18
+msgid "Price without tax: $100"
+msgstr "Ціну без податку: $100"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20
+msgid "Taxes: $10"
+msgstr "Податки: $10"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22
+msgid "Total to pay: $110"
+msgstr "Всього сплатити: $110"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24
+msgid "If the tax is included in the price"
+msgstr "Якщо податок включений в ціну:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26
+msgid "Price without tax: 90.91"
+msgstr "Ціна без податку: 90.91"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28
+msgid "Taxes: $9.09"
+msgstr "Податки: $9.09"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30
+msgid "Total to pay: $100"
+msgstr "Всього сплатити: $100"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) "
+"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете покладатися на наступну документацію, якщо вам потрібні як "
+"податкові (B2C), так і без урахування податкових цін (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36
+msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog"
+msgstr "Покажіть ціни, які включають податок у каталозі електронної комерції"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To "
+"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included "
+"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax "
+"Display)."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням ціни, що відображаються у вашому каталозі електронної "
+"комерції, не включають податки. Щоб відобразити їх у податковій системі, "
+"перевірте *Показати рядок суми з включеними податками (B2C)* у розділі "
+":menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` (екран податку)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3
+msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud"
+msgstr "Як отримати правильні податкові ставки в США завдяки TaxCloud"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to calculate the sales tax for every"
+" address in the United States and keeps track of which product types are "
+"exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud "
+"calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special "
+"jurisdiction in the United States."
+msgstr ""
+"Інтеграція з **TaxCloud** дає змогу обчислити податок з продажів для кожної "
+"адреси в США та відстежує, які типи товарів звільняються від сплати податку "
+"на продаж, і в якому зазначено, що кожне звільнення застосовується. TaxCloud"
+" обчислює податок з продажу в режимі реального часу для кожної держави, "
+"міста та спеціальної юрисдикції в США."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15
+msgid "In Tax Cloud"
+msgstr "У Tax Cloud"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* <https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__ "
+"website."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть безкоштовний обліковий запис на `*TaxCloud* "
+"<https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__ website."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18
+msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*."
+msgstr ""
+"Зареєструйте свій веб-сайт на сайті TaxCloud, щоб отримати *API ID* та *ключ"
+" API *."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24
+msgid "In Odoo"
+msgstr "В Odoo"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` "
+"and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунку/Бухоблік --> Налаштування "
+"--> Налаштування` і позначте *Обчислення податку з продажів автоматично за "
+"допомогою TaxCloud*. Натисніть *Застосувати*."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31
+msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials."
+msgstr "Ще в цих налаштуваннях введіть свої облікові дані TaxCloud."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Hit *Sync TaxCloud Categories (TIC)* to import TIC product categories from "
+"TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific "
+"rates."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть *Синхронізувати категорії TaxCloud (TIC)* для імпорту категорій "
+"товарів TIC від TaxCloud (Інформаційні коди з питань оподаткування). Деякі "
+"категорії можуть мати на увазі певні тарифи."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product "
+"created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation."
+msgstr ""
+"Встановіть за замовчуванням *TIC Code* і ставки податку. Це буде "
+"застосовуватися до будь-якого нового створеного товару. Необхідний податок з"
+" продажів за замовчуванням, щоб викликати податкові розрахунки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in "
+"*Sales* tab)."
+msgstr ""
+"Для товарів, що знаходяться у певній категорії, виберіть його у формі "
+"деталізації (на вкладці *Продажі*)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Make sure your company address is well defined (especially the state and the"
+" zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click "
+"*Configure your company data*."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що адреса вашої компанії добре визначена (особливо регіон та "
+"поштовий індекс). Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні "
+"налаштування` та натисніть *Налаштувати дані вашої компанії*."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51
+msgid "How it works"
+msgstr "Як це працює"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Automatic tax assignation works thanks to fiscal positions (see "
+":doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing "
+"*TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box."
+msgstr ""
+"Автоматичний розподіл податків працює завдяки схеми оподаткування (дивіться "
+":doc:`application`). Під час встановлення *TaxCloud* створюється певна схема"
+" оподаткування. Все працює поза коробкою."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"This fiscal position is set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when "
+"the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated "
+"tax computation."
+msgstr ""
+"Ця схема оподаткування встановлюється на будь-яке замовлення на продаж, веб-"
+"замовлення або рахунок-фактуру, коли країна клієнта є *Сполучені Штати*. Це "
+"ініціює автоматичний розрахунок податків."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"Add a product with a default sales tax. Odoo will automatically send a "
+"request to TaxCloud, get the correct tax percentage based on the customer "
+"location (state and zip code) and product TIC category, create a new tax "
+"rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return"
+" it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)."
+msgstr ""
+"Додайте товар із податком на продаж за замовчуванням. Odoo автоматично "
+"надсилатиме запит до TaxCloud, отримає правильний податковий відсоток на "
+"основі розташування клієнта (штатний і поштовий індекс) та категорії товару "
+"TIC, створить нову ставку податку, якщо цей податковий відсоток ще не існує "
+"у вашій системі та поверне його в рядок позиції замовлення (наприклад, "
+"7,0%)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75
+msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud"
+msgstr "Як створити конкретні співставлення податків за допомогою TaxCloud"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"You can create several fiscal positions using TaxCloud. Check *Use TaxCloud "
+"API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their "
+"detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете створити кілька схем оподаткування за допомогою TaxCloud. Позначте"
+" *Використовувати TaxCloud API*, щоби зробити це. Такі схеми оподаткування "
+"можуть бути призначені клієнтам у детальному вигляді, щоб отримувати їх за "
+"замовчуванням, коли вони щось у вас купують."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86
+msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`"
+msgstr ":doc:`default_taxes`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3
+msgid "Getting Started"
+msgstr "Розпочати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?"
+msgstr "Як встановити бухоблік Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should "
+"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the "
+"different screens you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"У програмі Бухоблік Odoo є помічник із впровадження, якого слід "
+"дотримуватися, щоб налаштувати додаток. Це покроковий помічник із різними "
+"посиланнями, які вам знадобляться."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Once you have `installed the Accounting application "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you "
+"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the "
+"implementation guide."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як ви встановили модуль бухгалтерського обліку, "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, потрібно "
+"натиснути у верхній правій панелі процесу, щоб отримати доступ до посібника "
+"із впровадження."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17
+msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:"
+msgstr "Помічник із впровадження допоможе вам виконати наступні кроки:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19
+msgid "Completing your company settings"
+msgstr "Заповнення налаштувань вашої компанії"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20
+msgid "Entering in your bank accounts"
+msgstr "Введення в свої банківські рахунки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21
+msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts"
+msgstr "Вибір плану рахунків "
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22
+msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates"
+msgstr "Підтвердження звичайних податкових ставок"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23
+msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies"
+msgstr "Встановлення будь-якої іноземної валюти"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24
+msgid "Importing your customers"
+msgstr "Імпорт ваших клієнтів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25
+msgid "Importing your suppliers"
+msgstr "Імпорт ваших постачальників"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26
+msgid "Importing your products"
+msgstr "Імпорт ваших товарів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27
+msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions"
+msgstr "Імпорт ваших неузгоджених транзакцій"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28
+msgid "Importing your starting balances"
+msgstr "Імпорт початкових балансів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29
+msgid "Define the users for accounting"
+msgstr "Визначення користувачів бухобліку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the "
+"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall "
+"configuration of Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Після завершення цих кроків ви можете натиснути кнопку \"Позначити як "
+"виконаний\" у нижній частині екрану. Таким чином, ви можете відстежувати "
+"прогрес загальних налаштувань Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
+msgid "Main Concepts"
+msgstr "Основні поняття"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3
+msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo"
+msgstr "Бухгалетрія в Odoo"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and "
+"transactions."
+msgstr ""
+"Ця сторінка підсумовує, як Odoo робить ставку на типові рахунки та "
+"транзакції."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9
+msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping"
+msgstr "Дворівнева бухгалтерська система"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for "
+"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale "
+"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo автоматично створює всі записи журналу за кожною з ваших облікових "
+"транзакцій: рахунки клієнтів, замовлення на продаж, витрати, рух запасу "
+"тощо."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries "
+"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo використовує правила дворівневої бухгалтерської системи: всі записи "
+"журналу автоматично збалансовані (сума дебету = сума кредитів)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document "
+"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"`Зрозумілі облікові операції Odoo по одному "
+"документу<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23
+msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods"
+msgstr "Нарахування та методика нарахування коштів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to "
+"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual "
+"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo підтримує як нарахування, так і касові звіти. Це дає змогу звітувати "
+"про доходи/витрати на час здійснення транзакцій (наприклад, на основі "
+"принципу нарахування) або коли здійснюється або отримується оплата "
+"(наприклад, на основі касового методу)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30
+msgid "Multi-companies"
+msgstr "Мульти-компанії"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each "
+"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation "
+"reports following your consolidation rules."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo дозволяє керувати кількома компаніями в межах однієї бази даних. Кожна "
+"компанія має власний план рахунків та правил. Ви можете отримувати зведені "
+"звіти відповідно до правил консолідації."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time."
+msgstr ""
+"Користувачі можуть отримати доступ до декількох компаній, але завжди "
+"працюватимуть в одній компанії за раз."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40
+msgid "Multi-currencies"
+msgstr "Багатовалютність"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For "
+"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in "
+"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the "
+"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the "
+"reconciliation of the journal items."
+msgstr ""
+"Кожна операція записується у валюті за замовчуванням компанії. Для операцій,"
+" що відбуваються в іншій валюті, Odoo зберігає як вартість у валюті "
+"компанії, так і вартість у валюті операції. Odoo може генерувати валютні "
+"прибутки та збитки після узгодження журнальних статей."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service."
+msgstr ""
+"Валютні курси оновлюються один раз на день за допомогою веб-сервісу НБУ."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52
+msgid "International Standards"
+msgstr "Міжнародні стандарти"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting "
+"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific "
+"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the "
+"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces."
+msgstr ""
+"Бухоблік Odoo підтримує більше 50 країн. Основний бухгалтерський облік Odoo "
+"реалізує стандарти бухгалтерського обліку, які є загальними для всіх країн. "
+"Специфічні модулі існують для кожної країни за специфікою країни, як-от план"
+" рахунків, податків або банківських інтерфейсів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60
+msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:"
+msgstr "Зокрема, основний бухгалтерський двигун Odoo підтримує:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries "
+"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good "
+"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered."
+msgstr ""
+"Англо-саксонський бухгалтерський облік (США, Великобританія, та інші "
+"англомовні країни, включаючи Ірландію, Канаду, Австралію та Нову Зеландію), "
+"де продаються/доставляються товари."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66
+msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill."
+msgstr "Європейський облік, де витрати враховуються на рахунку постачальника."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit "
+"instead of a reverting the original journal items."
+msgstr ""
+"Бухоблік Storno (Італія), де рахунки-фактури відшкодування мають негативний "
+"кредит/дебет, а не повернення оригінальних статей журналу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71
+msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules."
+msgstr "Odoo також має модулі, що відповідають правилам МСФЗ."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74
+msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable"
+msgstr "Дебіторська та кредиторська заборгованість"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries "
+"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts "
+"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням Odoo використовує єдиний обліковий запис для всіх записів "
+"дебіторської заборгованості та один для всіх записів, що підлягають оплаті. "
+"Ви можете створювати окремі облікові записи для клієнтів/постачальників, але"
+" вам це не потрібно."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to"
+" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, "
+"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..."
+msgstr ""
+"Оскільки транзакції пов'язані з клієнтами чи постачальниками, ви отримуєте "
+"звіти для проведення аналізу на одного клієнта/постачальника, такі як "
+"виписки клієнта, доходи на одного клієнта, старі дебіторську/кредиторську "
+"заборгованість ..."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86
+msgid "Wide range of financial reports"
+msgstr "Широкий спектр фінансових звітів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports "
+"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's "
+"reports include:"
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo ви можете створювати фінансові звіти в режимі реального часу. Звіти "
+"Odoo варіюються від основних звітів бухгалтерського обліку до розширених "
+"управлінських звітів. Звіти Odoo включають у себе:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92
+msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)"
+msgstr ""
+"Звіти про ефективність (наприклад, \"Прибуток та збитки\", \"Вартість "
+"бюджету\")"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)"
+msgstr ""
+"Позиційні звіти (такі як баланс, погашені кредиторські та дебіторські "
+"заборгованості)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95
+msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)"
+msgstr "Готівкові звіти (наприклад, балансовий звіт)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96
+msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)"
+msgstr ""
+"Детальні звіти (наприклад, Судовий баланс і Загальна бухгалтерська книга)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97
+msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)"
+msgstr "Управлінські звіти (наприклад, бюджети, резюме)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your "
+"own formulae."
+msgstr ""
+"Процес звітів Odoo дозволяє вам налаштувати власний звіт на основі власних "
+"формул."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103
+msgid "Import bank feeds automatically"
+msgstr "Автоматичний імпорт банківських комісій"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as "
+"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger."
+" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement "
+"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can "
+"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online "
+"banking or wait for your paper bank statements."
+msgstr ""
+"Узгодження банківської виписки - це процес, який відповідає рядкам "
+"банківських виписок, наданих банком, для ваших бухгалтерських операцій у "
+"головній книзі. Odoo робить спрощення узгодження банківської виписки, часто "
+"їх імпортуючи з вашого банку безпосередньо на ваш рахунок Odoo. Це означає, "
+"що ви можете мати щоденний огляд свого грошового потоку без необхідності "
+"входити в онлайн-банкінг або чекати банківські виписки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank "
+"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how "
+"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general "
+"ledger transactions."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo прискорює узгодження банківських виписок, підбираючи більшість "
+"імпортованих виписок до ваших бухгалтерських транзакцій. Odoo також "
+"пам'ятає, як ви обробляли інші банківські виписки та надавали запропоновані "
+"транзакції у головну бухгалтерську книгу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119
+msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority"
+msgstr "Обчислення податку для податкової"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses "
+"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales"
+" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo підраховує всі ваші облікові операції за податковий період і "
+"використовує ці підсумки для розрахунку вашого податкового зобов'язання. "
+"Потім ви можете перевірити свій податок з продажу, запустивши податковий "
+"звіт Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126
+msgid "Inventory Valuation"
+msgstr "Оцінка запасу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory "
+"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO "
+"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo підтримує як періодичні (ручні), так і постійні (автоматичні) оцінки "
+"запасів. Доступними методами є стандартна ціна, середня ціна, LIFO (для "
+"країн, що дозволяють це) та FIFO."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134
+msgid ""
+"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions "
+"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"`Перегляньте вплив методу оцінки на ваші транзакції "
+"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137
+msgid "Easy retained earnings"
+msgstr "Збережений прибуток"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo "
+"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-"
+"end journal or rollover is required.  This is calculated by reporting the "
+"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"Збережений прибуток - це частина доходу, що зберігається вашим бізнесом. "
+"Odoo автоматично обчислює ваш поточний прибуток у реальному часі, тому не "
+"обов'язковий журнал а кінець року або перемотування. Це обчислюється шляхом "
+"автоматичного звітування про баланс прибутку та збитку у звіті про баланс."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3
+msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting"
+msgstr "Вступ до Бухобліку Odoo"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11
+msgid "Transcript"
+msgstr "Транскрипція"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st "
+"century."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo - це прекрасна бухгалтерська програма, призначена для потреб 21-го "
+"століття."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are "
+"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo підключається безпосередньо до вашого банку або рахунку paypal. "
+"Операції синхронізуються щогодини, а узгодження швидко спливає. Це наче "
+"магія."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Миттєво створюйте рахунки-фактури та надсилайте їх лише одним кліком. Не "
+"потрібно друкувати їх."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20
+msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo може надіслати їх вам за допомогою електронної пошти або звичайної "
+"пошти."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22
+msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away."
+msgstr "Ваші клієнти платять онлайн, тобто ви отримуєте свої гроші відразу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, "
+"inventory and subscriptions."
+msgstr ""
+"Бухоблік Odoo пов'язаний з усіма нашими додатками Odoo, такими як продаж, "
+"купівлі, склад та підписки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select "
+"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"Таким чином, записи рахунків постачальників також є надзвичайно швидкими. "
+"Встановіть постачальника, виберіть замовлення на купівлю і Odoo автоматично "
+"заповнює все за вас."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім просто використовуйте протокол SEPA або друкуйте чек, щоби за раз "
+"робити кілька платежів постачальникам."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33
+msgid "It's that easy with Odoo."
+msgstr "Це так просто з Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements "
+"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business "
+"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data."
+msgstr ""
+"Чекайте, є ще більше. Ви полюбите звіти Odoo. Від офіційних звітів до "
+"виконавчих, які є швидкими та динамічними. Використовуйте функцію бізнес-"
+"аналізу Odoo, щоби оглянути всі дані вашої компанії."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the "
+"go."
+msgstr ""
+"Звичайно, Odoo також є й у мобільній версії. Ви можете використовувати її "
+"для перевірки своїх рахунків на ходу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41
+msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users."
+msgstr ""
+"Спробуйте Odoo зараз і приєднуйтесь до 2 мільйонів щасливих користувачів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5
+msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)"
+msgstr "Бухгалтерська пам'ятка для підприємців (US GAAP)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company "
+"over a specific period (usually the current year)."
+msgstr ""
+"Звіт про **Прибутки та збитки ** (P&L) показує ефективність компанії за "
+"певний період (зазвичай поточний рік)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods "
+"sold."
+msgstr ""
+"**Валовий прибуток** дорівнює доходам від продажів мінус витрати на продані "
+"товари."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries"
+" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything "
+"beyond the costs of products sold."
+msgstr ""
+"** Операційні витрати ** (ОPEX) включають адміністративні, продажні та "
+"розробки, а також орендну плату та комунальні послуги, різноманітні витрати,"
+" страхування, ... щось більше, ніж витрати на продані товари."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific "
+"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)"
+msgstr ""
+"**Звіт балансу** являє собою знімок фінансів компанії на певну дату (на "
+"відміну від прибутку та витрат, який є аналізом протягом періоду)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets "
+"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and "
+"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset."
+msgstr ""
+"**Активи** - це активи компанії, речі, якими вона володіє. Основні засоби "
+"включають будівлі та офіси, поточні активи включають банківські рахунки та "
+"готівку. Клієнт, який має гроші, є активом. Працівник не є активом."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have "
+"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)."
+msgstr ""
+"**Зобов'язання** - зобов'язання за минулими подіями, які компанії доведеться"
+" платити в майбутньому (рахунки за комунальні послуги, борги, несплачені "
+"постачальники)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or"
+" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)."
+msgstr ""
+"**Власний капітал** - сума коштів, наданих власниками (засновниками або "
+"акціонерами) плюс раніше збережений прибуток (або збитки)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48
+msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings."
+msgstr ""
+"Щорічний чистий прибуток (або збитки) відображається як збережений прибуток."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse "
+"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)."
+msgstr ""
+"Що належить (актив) було профінансовано за рахунок боргів для відшкодування "
+"(зобов'язання) або капіталу (прибуток, капітал)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses"
+" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses "
+"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Різниця між придбанням активів (наприклад, будівлі) та витратами (наприклад,"
+" паливом). Активи мають внутрішню вартість у часі, порівняно з витратами, "
+"які мають значення в них, які споживаються для того, щоб компанія "
+"\"працювала\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64
+msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity"
+msgstr "Активи = зобов'язання + власний капітал"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67
+msgid "Chart of Accounts"
+msgstr "План рахунків"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance "
+"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment,"
+" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to "
+"an other account (debit)."
+msgstr ""
+"**План рахунків** перераховує всі рахунки, незалежно від того, чи є вони "
+"звітом балансу рахунків або обліком доходів та витрат. Кожна фінансова "
+"операція (наприклад, платіж, рахунок-фактура) впливає на рахунки шляхом "
+"переміщення вартості з одного обліку (кредиту) на інший (дебет)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76
+msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit"
+msgstr "Баланс = Дебет - Кредит"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84
+msgid "Journal Entries"
+msgstr "Записи в журналі"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, "
+"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, "
+"impacting several accounts."
+msgstr ""
+"Кожен фінансовий документ компанії (наприклад, рахунок-фактура, банківська "
+"виписка, платіж, контракт на збільшення капіталу) записується як запис в "
+"журналі, що впливає на кілька рахунків."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be "
+"equal to the sum of all its credits."
+msgstr ""
+"Для того, щоб запис журналу був *збалансований*, сума всіх його дебетів "
+"повинна бути рівною сумі всіх його кредитів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95
+msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:"
+msgstr "приклади бухгалтерських записів для різних транзакцій. Приклад:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97
+msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:"
+msgstr "Приклад 1: Рахунок:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117
+msgid "Explanation:"
+msgstr "Пояснення:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101
+msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000"
+msgstr "Ви отримуєте дохід у розмірі 1000 доларів США"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102
+msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90"
+msgstr "Ви повинні сплатити податок у розмірі 90 доларів США"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103
+msgid "The customer owes $1,090"
+msgstr "Замовник має $1,090"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122
+msgid "Configuration:"
+msgstr "Налаштування:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107
+msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category"
+msgstr "Дохід: визначається на товарі або категорії товару"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125
+msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer"
+msgstr "Дебіторська заборгованість: визначена клієнтом"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109
+msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line"
+msgstr "Податок: визначається податком, встановленим на рядку рахунка-фактури"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the "
+"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one."
+msgstr ""
+"Схема оподаткування, використана в рахунку-фактурі, може мати правило, яке "
+"замінює облік доходів або податок, визначений на товарі іншим."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115
+msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:"
+msgstr "Приклад 2: Оплата клієнта:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119
+msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less"
+msgstr "Ваш клієнт повинен $1,090 менше"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120
+msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account"
+msgstr "Ви отримуєте $1,090 на ваш банківський рахунок"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124
+msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal"
+msgstr "Банківський рахунок: визначено у відповідному банківському журналі"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242
+msgid "Reconciliation"
+msgstr "Узгодження"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific "
+"account, matching credits and debits."
+msgstr ""
+"Узгодження - це процес об'єднання елементів журналу конкретного рахунку, "
+"відповідних кредитів та дебетів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order "
+"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is "
+"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account."
+msgstr ""
+"Його основна мета полягає в тому, щоби пов'язати платежі з відповідними "
+"рахунками-фактурами для того, щоб відмітити рахунки-фактури, які "
+"виплачуються, і очистити виписку клієнта. Це робиться шляхом узгодження на "
+"рахунку *Дебіторська заборгованість*."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are "
+"reconciled with the related payment journal items."
+msgstr ""
+"Рахунок-фактура позначається як оплачений, коли його журнали рахунків "
+"дебіторської заборгованості узгоджуються з відповідними елементами журналу "
+"платежів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142
+msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:"
+msgstr "Система узгодження виконується автоматично, коли:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144
+msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice"
+msgstr "оплата реєструється безпосередньо на рахунку-фактурі"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank "
+"matching process"
+msgstr ""
+"зв'язки між платежами та рахунками-фактурами виявляються в процесі "
+"узгодження банків"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0
+msgid "Customer Statement Example"
+msgstr "Приклад виписки клієнта"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132
+msgid "Accounts Receivable"
+msgstr "Дебіторська заборгованість"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141
+msgid "Debit"
+msgstr "Дебет"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141
+msgid "Credit"
+msgstr "Кредит"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158
+msgid "Invoice 1"
+msgstr "Рахунок 1"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76
+msgid "100"
+msgstr "100"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160
+msgid "Payment 1.1"
+msgstr "Платіж 1.1"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160
+msgid "70"
+msgstr "70"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162
+msgid "Invoice 2"
+msgstr "Рахунок 2"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166
+msgid "65"
+msgstr "65"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164
+msgid "Payment 1.2"
+msgstr "Платіж 1.2"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164
+msgid "30"
+msgstr "30"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166
+msgid "Payment 2"
+msgstr "Платіж 2"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168
+msgid "Invoice 3"
+msgstr "Рахунок 3"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172
+msgid "50"
+msgstr "50"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172
+msgid "Total To Pay"
+msgstr "Всього до оплати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by "
+"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or "
+"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:"
+msgstr ""
+"Узгодження банківських виписок - це узгодження банківських виписок (наданих "
+"вашим банком) із внутрішньою операцією (платежі постачальникам або "
+"клієнтам). Для кожного рядка в банківській виписці це може бути:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184
+msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:"
+msgstr "що відповідає раніше записаному платежу:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then "
+"matched when checking the bank statement"
+msgstr ""
+"платіж реєструється, коли чек одержується від клієнта, а потім під час "
+"перевірки банківської виписки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188
+msgid "recorded as a new payment:"
+msgstr "записано як новий платіж:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187
+msgid ""
+"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled "
+"<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the "
+"bank statement"
+msgstr ""
+"запис журналу платежу створюється і :ref:`reconciled "
+"<accounting/reconciliation>` з відповідним рахунком-фактурою при обробці "
+"банківської виписки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191
+msgid "recorded as another transaction:"
+msgstr "записана як інша транзакція:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191
+msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc."
+msgstr "банківський переказ, прямий платіж тощо."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193
+msgid ""
+"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them "
+"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished,"
+" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's "
+"balance."
+msgstr ""
+"Система Odoo повинна автоматично узгодити більшість транзакцій, лише деякі з"
+" них потребують перегляду вручну. Після завершення процесу узгодження "
+"банківських виписок залишок на банківському рахунку в Odoo має відповідати "
+"балансу банківської виписки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201
+msgid "Checks Handling"
+msgstr "Перевірки обробки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203
+msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:"
+msgstr ""
+"Є два підходи для управління чеками та внутрішнім банківським переказом:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205
+msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation"
+msgstr "Два записи журналу та узгодження"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206
+msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation"
+msgstr "Один запис журналу і банківське узгодження"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210
+msgid ""
+"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the "
+"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement."
+msgstr ""
+"Перший запис журналу створюється шляхом реєстрації платежу в рахунку-"
+"фактурі. Другий створюється при реєстрації банківської виписки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141
+msgid "Account"
+msgstr "Рахунок"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143
+msgid "Account Receivable"
+msgstr "Розрахунок з дебіторами"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244
+msgid "Invoice ABC"
+msgstr "Рахунок ABC"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228
+msgid "Undeposited funds"
+msgstr "Незареєстровані кошти "
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228
+msgid "Check 0123"
+msgstr "Чек 0123"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145
+msgid "Bank"
+msgstr "Банк"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235
+msgid ""
+"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When "
+"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing"
+" journal entry."
+msgstr ""
+"Запис журналу створюється шляхом реєстрації платежу в рахунку-фактурі. При "
+"узгодженні виписки з банку рядка звіту пов'язаного з існуючим журналом."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242
+msgid "Bank Statement"
+msgstr "Банківська виписка"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246
+msgid "Statement XYZ"
+msgstr "Виписка XYZ"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3
+msgid "Process overview"
+msgstr "Огляд процесу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3
+msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection"
+msgstr "Від рахунку-фактури клієнта до збору оплат"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose "
+"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept "
+"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning "
+"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so "
+"efficiently and accurately."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo підтримує кілька робочих процесів із виставлення рахунків та оплати, "
+"тому ви можете вибрати та використовувати ті, що відповідають вашим потребам"
+" у бізнесі. Незалежно від того, чи хочете ви прийняти єдиний платіж за один "
+"рахунок-фактуру або обробити платіж, який охоплює кілька рахунків-фактур, і "
+"приймаєте знижки на дострокові платежі, ви можете зробити це ефективно та "
+"точно."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12
+msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss"
+msgstr "Від чорновика рахунку до доходів та витрат"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the "
+"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; "
+"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; "
+"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the "
+"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet "
+"report."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ми підберемо наприкінці типового сценарію \"замовлення на готівку\", "
+"після того як товар буде відправлений, ви: видаєте рахунок-фактуру; "
+"отримуєте плату; депоновуєте цей платіж у банку; переконуєтеся, що рахунок-"
+"фактура замовника закрита; нагадуєте, якщо клієнти спізнюються; і, нарешті, "
+"представляєте свій дохід у звіті про доходи та збитки та показуєте зменшення"
+" активів у звіті про баланс."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If "
+"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can"
+" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms "
+"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is "
+"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo "
+"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff."
+msgstr ""
+"Рахунок-фактура в більшості країн створюється, коли виконується договірне "
+"зобов'язання. Якщо ви доставляєте коробку клієнту, ви виконали умови "
+"договору та можете оплатити їх. Якщо ваш постачальник надсилає вам вантаж, "
+"він відповідає умовам цього контракту та може сплатити рахунок. Тому умови "
+"договору виконуються, коли коробка переміщується до вантажівки або з неї. На"
+" цьому етапі, Odoo підтримує створення так званого чорновика рахунку-фактури"
+" при отриманні товару."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30
+msgid "Invoice creation"
+msgstr "Створення рахунків-фактур"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales "
+"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice "
+"directly if you would like."
+msgstr ""
+"Чернетка рахунка-фактури може бути згенерована вручну з інших документів, "
+"таких як замовлення на продаж, замовлення на купівлю тощо. Хоча ви можете й "
+"самі створити чернетку рахунка, якщо хочете."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information "
+"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. "
+"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely"
+" and precise manner."
+msgstr ""
+"Рахунок-фактуру потрібно надати з правильною інформацією для того, аби "
+"клієнт міг заплатити у замовленні за поставлені товари та послуги. Він "
+"повинен також включати іншу інформацію, необхідну для своєчасної та точної "
+"оплати рахунка-фактури."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42
+msgid "Draft invoices"
+msgstr "Чорновик рахунків-фактур"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. "
+"While these invoices"
+msgstr ""
+"Система створює рахунок-фактуру спочатку у стані чернетки. Поки ці рахунки-"
+"фактури "
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There "
+"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices."
+msgstr ""
+"залишаються недійсними, вони не мають впливу на облік у системі. Ніщо не "
+"перешкоджає користувачам створювати власну черенетку рахунків-фактур."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50
+msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:"
+msgstr "Створимо рахунок-фактуру клієнта з наступною інформацією:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52
+msgid "Customer: Agrolait"
+msgstr "Замовник: Агролайт"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53
+msgid "Product: iMac"
+msgstr "Товар: iMac"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54
+msgid "Quantity: 1"
+msgstr "Кількість: 1"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55
+msgid "Unit Price: 100"
+msgstr "Ціна одиниці: 100"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56
+msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%"
+msgstr "Податки: податок 15%"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64
+msgid "The document is composed of three parts:"
+msgstr "Документ складається з трьох частин:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66
+msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information,"
+msgstr "верхня частина рахунку-фактури, інформація про клієнтів,"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67
+msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines,"
+msgstr "основна частина рахунка-фактури з докладними рядками рахунків-фактур,"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68
+msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals."
+msgstr "внизу сторінки, детальна інформація про податки та підсумкові дані."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71
+msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices"
+msgstr "Відкриті рахунки або про-форма рахунків-фактур"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"An invoice will usually include the quantity and price the of goods and/or "
+"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any"
+" tax information."
+msgstr ""
+"Рахунок-фактура, як правило, включає кількість та ціну товару та/або "
+"послугу, дату, будь-яку участь сторони, унікальний номер рахунка-фактури та "
+"будь-яку податкову інформацію."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then "
+"moves from the Draft state to the Open state."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть \"Підтвердити\" рахунок-фактуру, коли ви готові схвалити його. "
+"Після цього рахунок-фактура переходить з Чернетки до статусу Відкрито."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a "
+"defined, and modifiable, sequence."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви підтвердили рахунок-фактуру, Odoo надає йому унікальний номер із "
+"певної та модифікованої послідовності."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated"
+" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the "
+"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Бухгалтерські записи, що відповідають цьому рахунку-фактурі, автоматично "
+"генеруються, коли ви перевіряєте рахунок-фактуру. Ви можете переглянути "
+"деталі, натиснувши на запис у полі Журналу на вкладці Інша інформація."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95
+msgid "Send the invoice to customer"
+msgstr "Відправте рахунок-фактуру замовнику"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the "
+"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality."
+msgstr ""
+"Після перевірки рахунку-фактури клієнта ви можете безпосередньо надіслати "
+"його клієнту за допомогою функції Надіслати на електронну пошту."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as"
+" follows:"
+msgstr ""
+"Типовий запис журналу, створений з підтвердженого рахунку, буде виглядати "
+"наступним чином:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
+msgid "**Partner**"
+msgstr "**Партнер**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
+msgid "**Due date**"
+msgstr "**Установлений термін**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132
+msgid "Agrolait"
+msgstr "Агролайт"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109
+msgid "01/07/2015"
+msgstr "01/07/2015"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132
+msgid "115"
+msgstr "115"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111
+msgid "15"
+msgstr "15"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89
+msgid "Payment"
+msgstr "Оплата"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting "
+"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a "
+"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have "
+"entered the payment."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo рахунок-фактура вважається оплаченим, коли пов'язаний бухгалтерський "
+"запис був узгоджений з записами платежу. Якщо не було узгодження, рахунок-"
+"фактура залишатиметься у відкритому стані, доки ви не внесете платіж."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124
+msgid ""
+"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+"Типовий запис журналу, створений із платежу, буде виглядати наступним чином:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136
+msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement"
+msgstr "Отримайте часткову оплату через банківську виписку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them "
+"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to "
+"your accounting localisation."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете вручну вводити банківські виписки в Odoo, або ви можете "
+"імпортувати їх з файлу CSV або з декількох інших попередньо визначених "
+"форматів відповідно до вашої облікової локалізації."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142
+msgid ""
+"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related "
+"journal and enter an amount of $100 ."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть банківську виписку з інформаційної панелі обліку з відповідним "
+"журналом і введіть суму 100 доларів США."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149
+msgid "Reconcile"
+msgstr "Узгодження"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151
+msgid "Now let's reconcile!"
+msgstr "Тепер давайте узгодимо!"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156
+msgid ""
+"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass "
+"reconcile with instructions at the bottom."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ви можете пройти через кожну транзакцію та узгодити її, або ж можна "
+"узгодити з інструкціями нижче."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now "
+"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile"
+" them to pay this invoice. \""
+msgstr ""
+"Після узгодження елементів на листку, відповідний рахунок тепер "
+"відображатиме: \"Ви маєте непогашені платежі для цього клієнта. Ви можете "
+"узгодити їх, щоб оплатити цей рахунок-фактуру\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168
+msgid ""
+"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the"
+" invoice."
+msgstr ""
+"Застосуйте платіж. Нижче ви можете побачити, що платіж додається до рахунку-"
+"фактури."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175
+msgid "Payment Followup"
+msgstr "Нагадування платежу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. "
+"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it"
+" faster."
+msgstr ""
+"Тенденція зростає, коли клієнти сплачують рахунки все пізніше та пізніше. "
+"Тому колектори повинні докласти всіх зусиль, щоби збирати гроші та збирати "
+"їх швидше."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to "
+"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending "
+"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into "
+"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has "
+"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the"
+" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo допоможе вам визначити стратегію подальшої роботи. Щоб нагадати "
+"клієнтам про оплату невиплачених рахунків-фактур, можна визначити різні дії "
+"залежно від того, наскільки сильно протерміновано оплату. Ці дії "
+"накладаються на наступні рівні, які спрацьовують, коли термін дії рахунка-"
+"фактури минув певну кількість днів. Якщо є інші протерміновані рахунки для "
+"одного й того ж клієнта, дія найпростішого рахунка-фактури буде виконана."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189
+msgid ""
+"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you"
+" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейшовши до запису про клієнтів і в \"Протерміновані платежі\", ви "
+"побачите наступне повідомлення та всі протерміновані рахунки-фактури."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199
+msgid "Customer aging report:"
+msgstr "Звіт про старіння клієнта:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201
+msgid ""
+"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector "
+"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work."
+msgstr ""
+"Звіт про старіння клієнта стане додатковим ключовим інструментом для "
+"колектора для розуміння проблем клієнтів-кредиторів та визначення "
+"пріоритетів їх роботи."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your"
+" collection efforts."
+msgstr ""
+"Використовуйте звіт про старіння, щоб визначити, які клієнти є "
+"протермінованими, і почати роботу збору платежів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212
+msgid "Profit and loss"
+msgstr "Доходи та витрати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214
+msgid ""
+"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. "
+"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is "
+"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues"
+" and Expenses.\""
+msgstr ""
+"Звіт про доходи і витрати відображає їх дані. Зрештою, це дає вам чітке "
+"уявлення про чистий дохід та витрати. Його іноді називають \"Звіт про "
+"доходи\" або \"Звіт про доходи та витрати\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223
+msgid "Balance sheet"
+msgstr "Звіт балансу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225
+msgid ""
+"The balance sheet summarizes the your company's liabilities, assets and "
+"equity at a specific moment in time."
+msgstr ""
+"У балансі узагальнюються зобов'язання, активи та капітал вашої компанії в "
+"певний момент часу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234
+msgid ""
+"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting "
+"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the "
+"material has been shipped to the customer."
+msgstr ""
+"Наприклад, якщо ви керуєте своїм товаром за допомогою безперервного методу "
+"оцінки запасів, слід очікувати зменшення значення на рахунку \"Поточні "
+"активи\" після того, як товар був відправлений клієнту."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15
+msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment"
+msgstr "Від рахунку постачальника до оплати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the"
+" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; "
+"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your "
+"aged payable balances."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли реквізити постачальника зареєстровані в Odoo, ви можете легко заплатити"
+" постачальникам правильну суму та в потрібний час (не пізно, не надто рано, "
+"залежно від вашої політики постачальників). Odoo також пропонує звіти для "
+"відстеження вашої часової заборгованості."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use "
+"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete "
+"them automatically based on past purchase orders."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете контролювати рахунки від постачальників, ви можете "
+"скористатись програмою Купівля в Odoo, яка дозволяє контролювати та "
+"попередньо заповнювати їх на основі попередніх замовлень на купівлю."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18
+msgid "Record a new vendor bill"
+msgstr "Запишіть новий рахунок постачальника"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from "
+":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. "
+"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting "
+"dashboard."
+msgstr ""
+"При отриманні рахунку постачальника ви можете записати його з "
+":menuselection:`Купівлі --> Рахунки постачальників` Як найкоротший шлях, ви "
+"також можете використовувати функцію **Новий рахунок** на інформаційній "
+"панелі бухобліку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting "
+"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product "
+"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб зареєструвати новий рахунок постачальника, спочатку виберіть "
+"постачальника та введіть свій рахунок-фактуру як **Референс постачальника**,"
+" потім додайте та підтвердьте рядки товарів, переконавшись у тому, що вони "
+"мають потрібні товари, податки та ціни."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the "
+"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products "
+"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you."
+msgstr ""
+"Збережіть рахунок-фактуру, щоб оновити суми попереднього оподаткування та "
+"податку в нижній частині екрану. Вам, швидше за все, доведеться налаштувати "
+"ціни на ваші товари без податків, оскільки Odoo буде обчислювати податок для"
+" вас."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the "
+"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round "
+"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method "
+"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different "
+"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has "
+"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the "
+"bottom left table to adjust and match."
+msgstr ""
+"У нижньому лівому куті Odoo показує зведену таблицю всіх податків на рахунок"
+" постачальника. У кількох країнах приймаються різні методи, щоб обійти "
+"підсумкові дані (округлення рядка чи глобальне округлення). Метод округлення"
+" по замовчуванню в Odoo - це округлення кінцевих цін на рядок (у вас можуть "
+"бути різні податки на товар, наприклад, алкоголь та цигарки). Однак, якщо "
+"ваш постачальник має іншу суму податку на своєму рахунку, ви можете змінити "
+"суму в нижній лівій таблиці, щоб налаштувати та зіставити суму."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48
+msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill"
+msgstr "Перевірте рахунок постачальника"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based "
+"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending"
+" on the the accounting package you choose to use."
+msgstr ""
+"Після перевірки рахунку постачальника запис журналу буде згенерований на "
+"основі конфігурації рахунку-фактури. Цей запис журналу може відрізнятися "
+"залежно від пакета бухгалтерського обліку, який ви обрали для використання."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following "
+"accounts:"
+msgstr ""
+"Для більшості європейських країн журнал буде використовувати наступні "
+"рахунки:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66
+msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form"
+msgstr "**Кредиторська заборгованість:** визначена у формі постачальника"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68
+msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line"
+msgstr "**Податки:** визначаються на товари та на рядок"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61
+msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used"
+msgstr "**Витрати:** визначено на використаному товарі рядка-позиції"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following "
+"accounts:"
+msgstr ""
+"Для англосаксонського бухобліку (США) запис журналу використовуватиме такі "
+"облікові записи:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70
+msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form"
+msgstr "**Надіслані товари:** визначені у формі товару"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having "
+"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете перевірити звіти про прибутки та збитки або баланс після перевірки"
+" кількох рахунків постачальників, щоби побачити вплив на вашу загальну "
+"бухгалтерську книгу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77
+msgid "Pay a bill"
+msgstr "Оплатіть рахунок"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on "
+"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб створити платіж безпосередньо на відкритому рахунку постачальника, ви "
+"можете натиснути кнопку  **Зареєструвати платіж** у верхній частині форми"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit "
+"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will "
+"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo "
+"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo "
+"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it "
+"correctly)."
+msgstr ""
+"Звідти ви виберете спосіб оплати (наприклад, Перевірка рахунку, кредитна "
+"картка, чек тощо) та суму, яку ви платите. За замовчуванням Odoo запропонує "
+"весь залишок на рахунку для оплати. У полі замітки ми рекомендуємо "
+"встановити номер рахунка-фактури постачальника як референс (Odoo буде "
+"автоматично заповнювати це поле з поля рахунка постачальника, якщо він "
+"правильно встановлений)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to "
+"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, "
+"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with "
+"directly."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете зареєструвати платіж постачальнику безпосередньо, не "
+"застосовуючи його до рахунку постачальника. Для цього натисніть:`Купівлі -->"
+" Платежі`. Тоді, з рахунка постачальника ви зможете безпосередньо узгодити "
+"цей платіж. "
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99
+msgid "Printing vendor Checks"
+msgstr "Надрукуйте чек постачальника"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do "
+"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a "
+"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in "
+"checks in batches."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви вирішите сплатити рахунки своїх постачальників за допомогою чеків, "
+"Odoo пропонує спосіб, щоби зробити це безпосередньо з платежів "
+"постачальників в Odoo. Незалежно від того, чи ви робите це щоденно, або "
+"наприкінці тижня, ви можете друкувати чеки групою."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do "
+"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас є чек для друку, панель приладів бухобліку Odoo діє як список "
+"справ і нагадує вам про те, скільки чеків ви залишили для друку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a "
+"list of all payments that are ready to be processed."
+msgstr ""
+"Вибравши кількість чеків для друку, ви можете піти прямо в список усіх "
+"платежів, які готові до обробки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select "
+"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set "
+"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at "
+"once."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть усі чеки, які ви хочете роздрукувати (використовуйте перший "
+"прапорець, щоби вибрати їх усі) та встановіть дію на  **Друк чеків**. Odoo "
+"попросить вас встановити наступний номер чеку у послідовності, а потім "
+"надрукувати всі чеки одночасно."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127
+msgid "Aged payable balance"
+msgstr "Звіт розрахунків з кредиторами"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you"
+" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in "
+":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a"
+" visual of all of your outstanding bills."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб отримати список відкритих рахунків постачальників та пов'язаних з ними "
+"термінів, ви можете скористатися звітом **Розрахунки з кредиторами**, в меню"
+" звітів (у меню :menuselection:`Звітність --> Банківська виписка --> "
+"Розрахунки з кредиторами`), щоб отримати візуальну інформацію про всі "
+"виплачені рахунки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details "
+"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line "
+"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking "
+"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly "
+"what you see on the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Звідси ви можете клікнути безпосередньо на назві постачальників, щоби "
+"відкрити подробиці всіх непогашених рахунків та сум, що підлягають оплаті, "
+"або ви можете занотувати будь-який рядок для інформації керування. У будь-"
+"який момент часу, коли ви переглядаєте звіт, ви можете надрукувати "
+"безпосередньо в Excel або PDF і отримати саме те, що ви бачите на екрані."
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144
+msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`"
+msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3
+msgid "Account Payables"
+msgstr "Облікові платежі"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3
+msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?"
+msgstr "Як стежити за витратами працівників?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company"
+" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered "
+"most frequently are:"
+msgstr ""
+"Витрати працівників - це витрати від імені компанії. Потім компанія "
+"відшкодовує ці витрати працівнику. Отримані квитанції на витрати найчастіше,"
+" такі:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9
+msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer),"
+msgstr "подорож авто, відшкодована на одиницю відстані (миля або кілометр),"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11
+msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill,"
+msgstr "суми витрат, відшкодованих на підставі рахунку,"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but "
+"carried out by the employee."
+msgstr ""
+"інші покупки, такі як канцелярські товари та книги, призначені для компанії,"
+" але виконані працівником."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application "
+"from the Apps module."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб керувати витратами, потрібно встановити додаток **Відстеження витрат** "
+"із модуля додатків."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to "
+"re-invoice your expenses to your customers."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам також потрібно буде встановити модуль **управління продажами**, щоби "
+"пересилати ваші витрати клієнтам."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different "
+"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts "
+"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses "
+"Products` in the **Expenses** application."
+msgstr ""
+"Після встановлення цих програм ви можете налаштувати різні товари, що "
+"відображають типи витрат. Щоб створити перші товари, перейдіть до меню "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Витратні товари` у додатку **Витрати**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30
+msgid "Some examples of products can be:"
+msgstr "Деякими прикладами товарів можуть бути:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32
+msgid "**Travel (car)**"
+msgstr "**Подорож (машина)**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50
+msgid "Product Type: Service"
+msgstr "Тип товару: Сервіс"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52
+msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material"
+msgstr ""
+"Політика щодо виставлення рахунків: рахунки залежать від часу та матеріалу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38
+msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price"
+msgstr "Політика витрат на рахунки-фактури: за цінами продажу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40
+msgid "Sale Price: 0.32"
+msgstr "Ціна продажу: 0,32"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of "
+"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)"
+msgstr ""
+"Одиниця вимірювання: км або миля (вам потрібно буде ввімкнути опцію  "
+"**Кілька одиниць вимірювань** у меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> "
+"Налаштування`)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48
+msgid "**Hotel**"
+msgstr "**Готель**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54
+msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost"
+msgstr "Політика рахунків-фактур: за ціною"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56
+msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit"
+msgstr "Одиниця вимірювання: одиниця"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the "
+"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a "
+"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the"
+" hotel."
+msgstr ""
+"У цих прикладах перший товар буде витратним, який ми компенсуємо працівнику "
+"на основі кількості км, які він зробив з власною машиною (наприклад, для "
+"відвідування замовника): 0,32 € / км. Готель відшкодовується на основі "
+"реальної вартості готелю."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** "
+"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and "
+"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a"
+" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the "
+"customer."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що всі ці товари позначені на **Можна витратити**, а політика"
+" виставлення рахунків встановлюється на **Рахунок-фактуру на основі часу та "
+"матеріалів**. Ця політика щодо виставлення рахунків означає, що, якщо "
+"витрати пов'язані із проектом клієнта/замовленням на продаж, Odoo буде "
+"перерахувати ці витрати клієнту."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69
+msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:"
+msgstr "Odoo підтримує два види витрат:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71
+msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money"
+msgstr "витрати, оплачені працівником за свої кошти"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73
+msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card"
+msgstr "витрати, оплачені компанією за допомогою кредитної картки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76
+msgid "The expenses workflow"
+msgstr "Витрати робочого процесу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79
+msgid "Record a new expense"
+msgstr "Запишіть нові витрати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from "
+":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for "
+"personal expenses work that way:"
+msgstr ""
+"Кожен співробітник компанії може зареєструвати свої витрати із  "
+":menuselection:`Призначення витрат --> Мої витрати`. Робочий процес для "
+"особистих витрат працює таким чином:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85
+msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager"
+msgstr "працівник записує його витрати і подає його менеджеру"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87
+msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense"
+msgstr "менеджер затверджує або відмовляє в оплаті"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89
+msgid "the accountant post journal entries"
+msgstr "запис у журналі бухгалтера"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, "
+"with a payable account)"
+msgstr ""
+"компанія відшкодовує витрати працівника (працівник, як постачальник, має "
+"платіжний рахунок)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice "
+"the customer"
+msgstr ""
+"якщо витрати пов'язані з аналітичним рахунком, компанія може ревізувати "
+"клієнта"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97
+msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:"
+msgstr "Для кожної витрати працівник повинен записати щонайменше:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99
+msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill"
+msgstr "опис: він повинен містити референс заявки/рахунка"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101
+msgid "a product: the expense type"
+msgstr "товар: вид витрат"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own"
+" car)"
+msgstr ""
+"ціна (наприклад, готель) або кількість (наприклад, відшкодування за км, якщо"
+" подорожувати власною машиною)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a "
+"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of "
+"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment."
+msgstr ""
+"Залежно від політики компанії, йому, можливо, доведеться прикріпити скан чи "
+"фотографію витрат. Для цього просто напишіть повідомлення у нижній частині "
+"витрати зі скануванням рахунку/квитка у вкладці."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set"
+" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you "
+"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get "
+"this feature)."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо витрати пов'язані з проектом клієнта, не забувайте встановлювати "
+"аналітичний рахунок, пов'язаний із проектом клієнта або замовленням на "
+"продаж (можливо, вам доведеться активувати аналітичні рахунки в "
+"налаштуваннях бухобліку, щоб отримати цю функцію)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button "
+"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their "
+"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як ціна буде повністю зафіксована, працівник повинен натиснути "
+"кнопку **Надіслати менеджеру**. У деяких компаніях працівники повинні подати"
+" свої витрати, згруповані в кінці місяця або наприкінці ділової поїздки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123
+msgid ""
+"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses "
+"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view."
+msgstr ""
+"Працівник може подати всі свої витрати в пакетному режимі, скориставшись "
+"діями Відправити витрати зі списку витрат або невеликих значків у вигляді "
+"списку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128
+msgid "Validation by the manager"
+msgstr "Перевірка менеджером"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the "
+"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the "
+"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation."
+msgstr ""
+"Менеджери повинні отримувати електронний лист за кожними затвердженими "
+"витратами (менеджер працівника визначається у формі працівника). Вони можуть"
+" скористатись меню **Підтвердити**, щоб перевірити всі витрати, які очікують"
+" перевірки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135
+msgid "The manager can:"
+msgstr "Менеджер може:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the "
+"bill is missing);"
+msgstr ""
+"обговорити рахунок, щоби попросити додаткову інформацію (наприклад, якщо "
+"сканування рахунку відсутнє);"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140
+msgid "reject an expense;"
+msgstr "відхилити витрати;"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142
+msgid "approve an expense."
+msgstr "затвердити витрати."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145
+msgid "Control by the accountant"
+msgstr "Контроль бухгалтера"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted "
+"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is "
+"created and posted in your accounting."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім усі витрати, які було підтверджено менеджером, повинні бути "
+"опубліковані бухгалтером. Коли виставляється рахунок, відповідний запис "
+"журналу створюється та публікується у вашому рахунку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of "
+"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо бухгалтер хоче створити лише один запис журналу для партії витрат, він "
+"може розміщувати витрати в пакетному режимі зі списку всіх витрат."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156
+msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers"
+msgstr "Розрахунки з клієнтами"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, "
+"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not "
+"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that "
+"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer"
+" project)"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо витрати були пов'язані з аналітичним рахунком, пов'язаним із "
+"замовленням на продаж, який містить новий рядок, пов'язаний з витратами. Цей"
+" рядок ще не виставлений ​​клієнту, і він буде включений до наступного "
+"рахунку-фактури, який буде відправлений клієнту (оплата поїздки та "
+"розміщення на проект клієнта)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164
+msgid ""
+"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order."
+" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you "
+"invoice all your orders in batch)"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби виставити рахунок-фактуру клієнту, просто натисніть на кнопку рахунка-"
+"фактури у своєму замовленні на продаж (або це буде зроблено автоматично "
+"наприкінці тижня/місяця, якщо ви будете оплачувати всі ваші замовлення в "
+"пакетному режимі)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176
+msgid "Reimburse the employee"
+msgstr "Відшкодування працівнику"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should "
+"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged"
+" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо витрати були оплачені за власні кошти працівника, компанія повинна "
+"відшкодувати їх. У такому випадку працівник з'явиться у звіті розрахунків з "
+"кредиторами, поки компанія не відшкодує йому свої витрати."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount "
+"due."
+msgstr ""
+"Все, що вам потрібно - це створити платіж цьому працівнику за суму, що йому "
+"належить."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190
+msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers"
+msgstr "Витрати, які не компенсуються клієнтам"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two "
+"options:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо деякі витрати не потрібно повторно отримувати клієнтам, у вас є два "
+"варіанти:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195
+msgid ""
+"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the "
+"invoicing policy on the product:"
+msgstr ""
+"якщо є рішення виставляти рахунок чи ні стосується товару, змініть політику "
+"виставлення рахунку на товар:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198
+msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer"
+msgstr "**на основі часу та матеріалу**: компенсується клієнту"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200
+msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer"
+msgstr "**на основі замовлень на продаж**: не компенсується клієнту"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202
+msgid ""
+"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be "
+"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this"
+" invoice."
+msgstr ""
+"якщо ви повинні зробити виключення для одного рахунку-фактури, про який не "
+"потрібно повторно повідомляти клієнту, не встановлюйте відповідний "
+"аналітичний рахунок для цього рахунку-фактури."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208
+msgid ":doc:`forecast`"
+msgstr ":doc:`forecast`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3
+msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?"
+msgstr "Як прогнозувати майбутні рахунки в Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having "
+"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay "
+"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash "
+"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви отримуєте сотні рахунків постачальників у місяць, кожен з них має "
+"різні умови оплати, може бути складно дотримуватися того, що ви платите і "
+"коли. Занадто рання виплата вашим постачальникам може зменшити наявність "
+"коштів, а занадто пізня оплата може призвести до додаткових витрат."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to "
+"vendors efficiently."
+msgstr ""
+"На щастя, Odoo надає вам належні інструменти для ефективного управління "
+"платіжними дорученнями постачальників."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14
+msgid "Configuration: payment terms"
+msgstr "Налаштування: умови оплати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. "
+"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date "
+"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:"
+msgstr ""
+"Для відстеження умов постачальників ми використовуємо умови оплати в Odoo. "
+"Умови оплати дозволяють відстежувати умови для обчислення строку платежу по "
+"рахунку-фактурі. Наприклад, термін оплати може бути:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20
+msgid "50% within 30 days"
+msgstr "50% протягом 30 днів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22
+msgid "50% within 45 days"
+msgstr "50% протягом 45 днів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the "
+"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%"
+" directly and the balance after 30 days."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб створити найпоширеніші умови оплати, скористайтеся меню: "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Управління --> Умови оплати` в модулі "
+"**Бухоблік**. Наступний приклад показує строк платежу 30% безпосередньо та "
+"залишок через 30 днів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by "
+"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor"
+" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will "
+"propose you automatically the right payment term."
+msgstr ""
+"Як тільки умови оплати будуть визначені, ви можете призначити їх своїм "
+"постачальникам за умовчанням. Введіть поле \"Умови платежу постачальника\" "
+"на вкладці форми постачальника у Бухобліку. Таким чином, кожного разу, коли "
+"ви купуєте щось у цього постачальника, Odoo запропонує вам автоматично "
+"правильну платіжну умову."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be "
+"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви не встановили конкретну умову оплати постачальнику, ви все одно "
+"зможете встановити конкретну умову оплати на рахунку постачальника."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46
+msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report"
+msgstr "Прогнозовані рахунки для оплати зі звітом розрахунків з кредиторами"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable "
+"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. "
+"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared "
+"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the "
+"payment term)."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб відстежувати суми, що виплачуються постачальникам, скористайтеся звітом "
+"розрахунків з кредиторами. Ви можете отримати його в меню Звіти у програмі "
+"Бухобліку. У цьому звіті наведено короткий опис кожного постачальника суми, "
+"що сплачуються, у порівнянні з терміном виконання (термін сплати за кожним "
+"рахунком терміну оплати)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months."
+msgstr ""
+"У цих звітах повідомляється, скільки вам доведеться платити протягом "
+"наступних місяців."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61
+msgid "Select bills to pay"
+msgstr "Виберіть рахунки для оплати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a "
+"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills"
+" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the "
+"payment)."
+msgstr ""
+"Використовуючи меню :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Рахунки постачальників`, ви "
+"можете отримати список рахунків постачальника. Використовуючи розширені "
+"фільтри, ви можете вказати всі рахунки, які ви повинні сплатити, або "
+"прострочені рахунки (ви затримуєте платіж)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view "
+"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by "
+"\"Due Date\" feature."
+msgstr ""
+"З цього екрана ви також можете перейти до зведеної таблиці або перегляду "
+"графіка, щоб отримувати статистику про суму наступного місяця, за допомогою "
+"групи функції \"Термін виконання\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3
+msgid "Vendor Payments"
+msgstr "Платежі постачальника"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3
+msgid "Pay by Checks"
+msgstr "Оплачуйте чеками"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. "
+"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. "
+"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to "
+"suppliers with actual bank statements."
+msgstr ""
+"Як тільки ви вирішите заплатити рахунок постачальника, ви можете вибрати "
+"оплату чеком. Потім, наприкінці дня, менеджер може друкувати всі чеки "
+"партією. Нарешті, процес узгодження банківської виписки буде відповідати "
+"чекам, які ви надіслали постачальникам із фактичними банківськими виписками."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29
+msgid "Install the required module"
+msgstr "Встановіть потрібний модуль"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check "
+"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in "
+"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the "
+"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to "
+"print U.S. checks."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб записати платежі постачальників чеками, потрібно встановити модуль "
+"**Запис чеку**. Цей модуль обробляє процес реєстрації чеків в Odoo. Інші "
+"модулі необхідні для друку чеків, залежно від країни. Наприклад, **США друк "
+"чеків** потрібна для друку чеків США."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules "
+"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to "
+"install, it's configured by default)."
+msgstr ""
+"За вашою країною та планом рахунків, який ви використовуєте, ці модулі "
+"можуть бути встановлені за замовчуванням. (приклад: користувачам Сполучених "
+"Штатів не потрібно встановлювати, вони налаштовані за умовчанням)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29
+msgid "Activate checks payment methods"
+msgstr "Активізуйте методи оплати чеками"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method "
+"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get "
+"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on "
+":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, "
+"set **Check**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб дозволити платежі чеками, необхідно активувати метод платежу в "
+"пов'язаних банківських журналах. На інформаційній панелі бухобліку (екран, "
+"який ви отримуєте, коли ви вводите додаток бухобліку), натисніть на свій "
+"банківський рахунок :menuselection:`Більше --> Налаштуання`. На полі **Метод"
+" оплати** встановіть **Чек**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41
+msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks"
+msgstr "Сумісний прилад для друку чеків"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44
+msgid "United States"
+msgstr "США"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46
+msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:"
+msgstr "Для США Odoo за замовчуванням підтримує формати перевірки:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48
+msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom"
+msgstr "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: чек зверху, корінець в середині та внизу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49
+msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom"
+msgstr "**Peachtree**: чек в середині, корінець зверху та знизу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50
+msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top."
+msgstr "**ADP **: чек внизу, і заголовки зверху."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to customize your own check format through "
+"customizations."
+msgstr ""
+"Також можна налаштувати свій власний формат чеку за допомогою налаштувань."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55
+msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check"
+msgstr "Оплата рахунку постачальника чеком"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57
+msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:"
+msgstr "Оплата постачальника чеком здійснюється в три етапи:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59
+msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill"
+msgstr "зареєструйте платіж, який ви хочете зробити на рахунку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60
+msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments"
+msgstr "друк чеків пакетом для всіх зареєстрованих платежів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61
+msgid "reconcile bank statements"
+msgstr "узгодьте банківські виписки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64
+msgid "Register a payment by check"
+msgstr "Зареєструйте платіж чеком"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu "
+":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is "
+"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to "
+"**Check** and validate the payment dialog."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб зареєструвати платіж на рахунку, відкрийте будь-який рахунок "
+"постачальника в меню:menuselection:`Купівлі --> Рахунок постачальника`. "
+"Після підтвердження рахунку постачальника ви можете зареєструвати платіж. "
+"Встановіть **Метод оплати** на **Чек** та підтвердіть діалогове вікно "
+"платежу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74
+msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:"
+msgstr "Пояснення полів екрана платежу:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Has Invoices"
+msgstr "Має рахунки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes"
+msgstr "Технічне поле використовується для зручності використання"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Hide Payment Method"
+msgstr "Сховати метод платежу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has "
+"only one available which is 'manual'"
+msgstr ""
+"Технічне поле, яке використовується для приховування способу оплати, якщо у "
+"вибраному журналі є лише один доступний, який є \"ручним\""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo."
+msgstr "Чек: сплачуйте рахунок чеком та надрукуйте його з Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch "
+"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, "
+"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To "
+"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Пакетний депозит: одноразово зараховуйте кілька клієнтських чеків, створивши"
+" пакетний депозит, щоби подати в банк. Під час кодування виписки з банку в "
+"Odoo вам пропонується узгодити транзакцію з депозитом пакетного депозиту. "
+"Щоби увімкнути пакетний депозит, потрібно встановити модуль "
+"account_batch_payment."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit "
+"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be "
+"installed"
+msgstr ""
+"SEPA Credit Transfer: сплачуйте рахунок з файлу SEPA Credit Transfer, який "
+"ви передаєте в свій банк. Щоб включити кредитний переказ SEPA, модуль "
+"account_sepa повинен бути встановлений"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Show Partner Bank Account"
+msgstr "Показати банківський рахунок партнера"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` "
+"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views"
+msgstr ""
+"Технічне поле, яке використовується для знаходження, чи потрібно відображати"
+" поле `partner_bank_account_id` у вигляді форми платежів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Code"
+msgstr "Код"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Технічне поле, яке використовується для адаптації інтерфейсу до обраного "
+"типу платежу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Check Number"
+msgstr "Номер чеку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-"
+"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is "
+"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page."
+msgstr ""
+"Вибраний журнал налаштовано на друк номерів чеку. Якщо у вашому попередньо "
+"надрукованому чеку вже є цифри або якщо поточна нумерація неправильна, її "
+"можна змінити на сторінці налаштування журналу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80
+msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check"
+msgstr "Спробуйте сплатити рахунок постачальника чеком"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85
+msgid "Print checks"
+msgstr "Друк чеків"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link "
+"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all "
+"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks "
+"in batch or review them one by one."
+msgstr ""
+"На інформаційній панелі обліку на своєму банківському рахунку слід побачити "
+"посилання \"X чеків для друку\". Натисніть на це посилання, і ви отримаєте "
+"список всіх чеків, які ще не надруковано. З цього екрану ви можете друкувати"
+" всі чеки партіями або переглядати їх по черзі."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, "
+"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog "
+"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next"
+" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете переглянути кожен платіж один за одним перед друком чеків, "
+"відкрийте його та натисніть **Друк чеку**, якщо ви його приймете. Діалогове "
+"вікно запитає вас номер чеку. Він автоматично пропонує вам наступний номер, "
+"але ви можете змінити його, якщо він не відповідає вашому наступному "
+"чековому номеру."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and "
+"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб друкувати всі чеки партіями, виберіть усі платежі зі списку та "
+"надрукуйте чек у верхньому меню \"Друк\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107
+msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements"
+msgstr "Узгодьте банківські виписки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your "
+"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the "
+"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**."
+msgstr ""
+"Після обробки банківської виписки, коли чек нараховується з вашого "
+"банківського рахунку, Odoo запропонує вам автоматично підігнати його до "
+"платежу. Це позначатиме платіж як **Узгоджений**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and "
+"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2"
+" weeks ago."
+msgstr ""
+"для перевірки чеків, які не зараховані, відкрийте список платежів і "
+"фільтруйте в стані відправлення. Перегляньте ці платежі, які мають дату "
+"більше 2 тижнів тому."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120
+msgid "Pay anything with a check"
+msgstr "Оплачуйте будь-що чеком"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so,"
+" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your "
+"payment and select a payment method by check."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете зареєструвати платіж, який не пов'язаний з рахунком постачальника."
+" Для цього використовуйте головне меню :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Платежі`."
+" Зареєструйте свій платіж і виберіть спосіб оплати чеком."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the "
+"**Memo** field."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви сплачуєте конкретний рахунок постачальника, поставте посилання на "
+"рахунок у полі **нагадування**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. "
+"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding"
+" flow to print checks in batch:"
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як ваш платіж чеком зареєстровано, не забудьте **підтвердити** "
+"його. Після підтвердження ви можете використовувати **Друк чеку** "
+"безпосередньо або дотримуватися попереднього потоку для друку чеків у "
+"пакетному режимі:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136
+msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_"
+msgstr "`Друк чеків <PrintChecks_>`_"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138
+msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_"
+msgstr "`Узгодження банківських виписок<ReconicleBankStatements_>`_"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3
+msgid "How to pay several bills at once?"
+msgstr "Як за один раз оплатити кілька рахунків в Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, "
+"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is "
+"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo забезпечує простий і ефективний спосіб обробки кількох рахунків "
+"одночасно, з різними швидкими або складними варіантами. За допомогою одного "
+"процесу, кожен зможе обробляти рахунки та оплату всього за кілька кліків."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10
+msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment"
+msgstr "Оплатіть декілька рахунків за один платіж"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13
+msgid "Record several payments"
+msgstr "Запишіть кілька платежів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the "
+"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you "
+"open the accounting application)."
+msgstr ""
+"У наступному прикладі ми створимо кілька рахунків. Ви можете контролювати "
+"весь процес з інформаційної панелі бухобліку (перший екран, який ви "
+"отримуєте, коли ви відкриваєте обліковий додаток)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In "
+"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб створити рахунок, відкрийте меню Інформаційної панелі та натисніть "
+"**Рахунок постачальника**. У вікні рахунка постачальника натисніть кнопку "
+"**Створити**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on "
+"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then "
+"**Validate**."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть постачальника, у якого ви хочете придбати товар, і натисніть Додати"
+" елемент, щоб додати один (або більше) товарів. Натисніть **Зберегти**, а "
+"потім **Перевірити**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33
+msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other"
+msgstr "Оплата рахунків постачальника, один за одним"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on"
+" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click"
+" on **Validate**."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ми будемо записувати платіж лише за один рахунок. Відкрийте рахунок, "
+"потім натисніть **Зареєструвати оплату**. Вставте спосіб оплати, дату, суму "
+"та натисніть **Підтвердити**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile"
+" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will "
+"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the "
+"expense transaction."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як ви підтвердили платіж, система автоматично узгоджує платіж з "
+"рахунком і встановлює рахунок як **Оплачений**. Система також створить "
+"перехід із платіжного рахунку та узгодить його з транзакцією витрат."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51
+msgid "Pay several bills altogether"
+msgstr "Оплатіть декілька рахунків вцілому"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills "
+"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same"
+" vendor.**"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб ретельно проілюструвати процес, створіть принаймні ще 2 рахунки, які "
+"слідують за наведеним вище прикладом. **Переконайтеся, що всі рахунки "
+"надійшли від одного постачальника.**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking"
+" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of "
+"the page, click on **Register Payment**."
+msgstr ""
+"У рахунках постачальників виберіть нові рахунки, які ви щойно створили, "
+"встановивши прапорець біля кожного з них. У меню Дія, розташованому в "
+"середині сторінки, натисніть **Зареєструвати платіж**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount "
+"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**."
+msgstr ""
+"Введіть деталі платежу. Система розрахувала загальну суму для обох рахунків,"
+" але ви можете вільно змінювати її. Натисніть **Підтвердити**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71
+msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards"
+msgstr "Запишіть платіж, узгодьте пізніше"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been "
+"recorded."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете узгодити платіж із рахунками після того, як платіж буде "
+"записано."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76
+msgid "First, we need to create a payment"
+msgstr "По-перше, нам потрібно створити платіж"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More "
+"Option --> Send Money`"
+msgstr ""
+"Це виконується в :menuselection:`Панелі інструментів --> Банківський журнал "
+"--> Більше варіантів --> Надіслати гроші` "
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor "
+"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm "
+"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Створення платіжного доручення із перевіреним способом оплати. Вибір "
+"пов'язаного продавця та суми, яка залишається оплачуваною. Після заповнення "
+"всіх деталей ми підтвердимо платіжне доручення, яке створить платіжну "
+"транзакцію з системою."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is "
+"remaining to reconcile."
+msgstr ""
+"Як ви можете бачити, статус оплати рахунку показує, що розміщено та що "
+"залишається для узгодження."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can "
+"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the "
+"transaction amount."
+msgstr ""
+"Після отримання банківської виписки із деталізацією платежу ви можете "
+"узгодити транзакцію з інформаційної панелі. Він буде автоматично відображати"
+" суму транзакції."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101
+msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб дізнатись більше про процес узгодження банківської виписки, прочитайте "
+"наступне:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106
+msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills"
+msgstr "Часткові виплати декількох рахунків постачальників"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109
+msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?"
+msgstr ""
+"Як сплатити кілька рахунків постачальників, які мають готівкові знижки "
+"одночасно?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial "
+"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for "
+"various bills."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви вже дізналися про те, як сплачувати рахунки у різних варіантах, а як щодо"
+" часткової оплати? Ми розглянемо ще один приклад, де будемо робити часткову "
+"оплату за різні рахунки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank "
+"statements."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми створюємо кілька рахунків і частково оплачуємо їх через банківські "
+"виписки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor "
+"offer us early payment discount."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми додаємо умови платежу, які дозволяють отримати певну готівкову знижку, "
+"коли постачальник пропонує нам знижку дострокового платежу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124
+msgid ""
+"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment"
+" term."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми створюємо наступні рахунки з призначенням зазначеного терміну платежу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130
+msgid "We have created the following bills:"
+msgstr "Ми створили наступні рахунки:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the"
+" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми будемо сплачувати рахунки, створивши виписку в банку, де ми будемо "
+"коригувати готівкову знижку, надану нашим продавцем за умовами оплати."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141
+msgid ""
+"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement "
+"model for cash discount."
+msgstr ""
+"Перш ніж узгодити цю банківську виписку, нам потрібно створити одну модель "
+"заявки для готівкової знижки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147
+msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ми повертаємося до виписки з банківського рахунку та відкриваємо "
+"узгоджений перегляд."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151
+msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see"
+msgstr "Для узгодження банківської виписки з варіантом моделі дивіться"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67
+msgid "Pay with SEPA"
+msgstr "Оплачуйте із SEPA"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of "
+"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO."
+" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire "
+"transfer."
+msgstr ""
+"SEPA, єдина зона платежу в євро, є ініціативою Європейського союзу з "
+"платіжної інтеграції для спрощення банківських переказів, виражених у євро. "
+"SEPA дозволяє відправляти замовлення на оплату у ваш банк для автоматизації "
+"банківського переказу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as "
+"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino."
+msgstr ""
+"SEPA підтримується банками 28 країн-членів ЄС, а також Ісландією, Норвегією,"
+" Швейцарією, Андоррою, Монако та Сан-Марино."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill "
+"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA "
+"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file "
+"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a"
+" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks."
+msgstr ""
+"З Odoo, коли ви вирішите заплатити продавцю, ви можете вибрати оплату "
+"рахунку через SEPA. Потім, наприкінці дня, менеджер може створити файл SEPA,"
+" що містить усі банківські перекази та відправити його в банк. Файл "
+"відповідає специфікаціям SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03'. Це чітко "
+"визначений стандарт, який робить консенсус між банками."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the "
+"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will "
+"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank "
+"statements."
+msgstr ""
+"Щойно платежі обробляються вашим банком, ви можете безпосередньо імпортувати"
+" виписку з рахунку в Odoo. Процес узгодження банківської виписки незмінно "
+"відповідатиме замовленням SEPA, які ви надіслали у ваш банк із фактичними "
+"банківськими виписками."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** "
+"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on "
+"Odoo payments."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб оплатити постачальникам SEPA, потрібно встановити модуль **SEPA Credit "
+"Transfer**. Цей модуль обробляє процес створення файлів SEPA на основі "
+"платежів Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may "
+"be installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"За вашою країною та планом рахунків, який ви використовуєте, цей модуль може"
+" бути встановлений за замовчуванням."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41
+msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks"
+msgstr "Активізуйте методи оплати SEPA у банках"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on "
+"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get "
+"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank "
+"account and select the \"Settings\" option."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб дозволити платежі SEPA, необхідно активувати метод платежу в пов'язаних "
+"банківських журналах. На інформаційній панелі обліку (екран, який ви "
+"отримуєте, коли ви вводите обліковий додаток), натисніть на кнопку "
+"\"Додатково\" на своєму банківському рахунку та виберіть параметр "
+"\"Налаштування\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment "
+"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit"
+" Transfer**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб активувати SEPA, натисніть вкладку **Розширені налаштування** та в "
+"розділі **Способи оплати** розділу **Різне** позначте **Sepa Credit "
+"Transfer**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't "
+"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal."
+msgstr ""
+"Обов'язково вкажіть номер рахунку IBAN (внутрішній номер рахунку не буде "
+"працювати з SEPA) та BIC (код ідентифікатора банку) у вашому банківському "
+"журналі."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as "
+"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank "
+"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your "
+"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням, платежі, які ви надсилаєте за допомогою SEPA, "
+"використовуватимуть назву вашої компанії як ініціюючу частину назви. Це те, "
+"що відображається у банківській виписці одержувача у полі **платіж з**. Ви "
+"можете налаштувати його в налаштуваннях вашої компанії, на вкладці "
+"**Налаштування**, в розділі ** SEPA **."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70
+msgid "Register your payments"
+msgstr "Зареєструйте ваш платіж"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so,"
+" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your "
+"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете зареєструвати платіж, який не пов'язаний з рахунком постачальника."
+" Для цього використовуйте головне меню :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Оплати`. "
+"Зареєструйте свій платіж і виберіть спосіб оплати за допомогою Sepa Credit "
+"Transfer."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the "
+"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC "
+"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви сплачуєте цьому постачальнику вперше, вам доведеться заповнити поле "
+"банківського рахунку одержувача принаймні з назвою банку, IBAN та BIC "
+"(банківський ідентифікаційний код). Odoo автоматично перевірить формат IBAN."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the "
+"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Для майбутніх платежів до цього постачальника Odoo запропонує вам "
+"автоматично банківські рахунки, але ви зможете вибрати інший або створити "
+"новий."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the "
+"**memo** field."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви сплачуєте конкретний рахунок постачальника, поставте посилання на "
+"рахунок у полі **нагадування**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also "
+"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on"
+" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly "
+"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того як ваш платіж зареєстровано, не забудьте підтвердити його. Ви "
+"також можете оплатити рахунки постачальника з рахунку безпосередньо за "
+"допомогою кнопки Реєстрація Платежу поряд із рахунком продавця. Форма "
+"однакова, але оплата безпосередньо пов'язана з рахунком і буде автоматично "
+"узгоджена до нього."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96
+msgid "Generate SEPA files"
+msgstr "Створення файлів SEPA"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to "
+"generate for every bank account."
+msgstr ""
+"З вашої інформаційної панелі обліку ви повинні побачити, чи існують файли "
+"SEPA для створення кожного банківського рахунку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via "
+"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box "
+"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> "
+"Download SEPA Payments`."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть на посилання, щоби перевірити всі платежі, які готові передати "
+"через SEPA. Потім виберіть усі платежі, які ви хочете відправити (або "
+"перевірте верхнє вікно, щоби вибрати весь платіж одночасно) і натисніть "
+"кнопку :menuselection:`Більше --> Завантажити платежі SEPA`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116
+msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file"
+msgstr "Банк відмовляється від мого файлу SEPA"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If "
+"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the "
+"error message to your Odoo partner."
+msgstr ""
+"Попросіть свій банк, якщо він підтримує ** \\PAIN.001.001.03 Кредитні "
+"перекази SEPA**. Якщо вони не надають або не можуть надати відповідну "
+"інформацію, надішліть повідомлення про помилку своєму партнеру Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123
+msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..."
+msgstr ""
+"Немає банківського ідентифікаційного коду, зареєстрованого для банківського "
+"рахунку ..."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid"
+" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account "
+"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field."
+msgstr ""
+"Для того, щоб відправити оплату SEPA, одержувач повинен бути ідентифікувати "
+"дійсний IBAN та BIC. Якщо з'явиться це повідомлення, ви, імовірно, кодували "
+"облік IBAN для партнера, якому ви платите, але забули заповнити поле BIC."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:168
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129
+msgid ":doc:`check`"
+msgstr ":doc:`check`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3
+msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?"
+msgstr ""
+"Коли варто застосовувати рахунки постачальників чи квитанції закупівлі в "
+"Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests"
+" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business "
+"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a "
+"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are "
+"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts."
+msgstr ""
+"Квитанції закупівлі відрізняються від рахунків постачальника. Рахунки "
+"постачальника - це запити на оплату. Якщо ви видаєте замовлення на купівлю, "
+"у більшості випадків ваш постачальник надсилатиме рахунок постачальника. "
+"Залежно від політики щодо рахунків-фактур у вас є певний час для оплати "
+"рахунку. Квитанції закупівлі є підтвердженнями отриманих платежів. Це ваші "
+"повсякденні квитанції."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill "
+"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. "
+"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which "
+"means no debt account is necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"З точки зору бухгалтерського обліку це має значення, оскільки рахунок "
+"постачальника спочатку кредитує борговий рахунок, перш ніж узгодити з "
+"банківським рахунком. З іншого боку, ми зазвичай негайно сплачуємо квитанції"
+" закупівлі, що означає, що борговий рахунок не потрібний."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line,"
+" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill."
+msgstr ""
+"Крім того, квитанції закупівлі можуть мати різну суму податку на товарний "
+"рядок, оскільки рахунки постачальників застосовують одну суму податку на "
+"весь рахунок."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase "
+"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to "
+"handle them in accounting."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо банківський рахунок вашої компанії використовується для оплати товарів,"
+" у яких видається лише квитанція про придбання, я повинен використовувати "
+"функцію квитанцій закупівлі в Odoo для їх обробки в бухгалтерському обліку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from "
+"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros "
+"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank "
+"account."
+msgstr ""
+"Давайте розглянемо такий приклад: ми повинні купувати чай для наших клієнтів"
+" із місцевого магазину чаю, який не видає рахунки. Ми кожного тижня віддаємо"
+" 50 євро за чай та чайник вартістю 20 євро. Ми платимо за допомогою "
+"банківського рахунку компанії."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be "
+"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app."
+msgstr ""
+"Для обробки квитанцій закупівлі в модулі Odoo потрібно встановити один "
+"додаток. Перейдіть у меню додатків та встановіть додаток Бухобліку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for"
+" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім перейдіть на панель пошуку, видаліть пошук по модулю за замовчуванням "
+"та шукайте \"Закупівлі\". Встановіть модуль **Продажу та Ваучери купівлі**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45
+msgid "Register a receipt"
+msgstr "Зареєструйте квитанцію"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase "
+"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app."
+msgstr ""
+"Встановивши **Продаж та Ваучери купівлі**, ви відкриваєте спадне меню нового"
+" додатку **Квитанції закупівлі**, який відображається в бухобліку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting "
+"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб імпортувати квитанцію закупівлі чаю на суму 50 євро, введіть додаток "
+"бухобліку, виберіть :menuselection:`Закупівлі --> Квитанції закупівлі`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. "
+"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or "
+"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt"
+" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть нову квитанцію закупівлі та заповніть всю необхідну інформацію. "
+"Зверніть увагу, що у полі Платіж є вибір **Заплатити пізніше** або "
+"**Заплатити зараз**. Це суттєва відмінність, оскільки функція Заплатити "
+"пізніше створить обліковий запис боргу, тоді як Заплатити зараз зараховує "
+"банківський рахунок."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly "
+"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For "
+"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%."
+msgstr ""
+"У більшості випадків ви сплачуєте зараз, таким чином, обираєте опцію "
+"Оплатити напряму. Додайте товари, відповідний рахунок та відповідний "
+"податок. Наприклад, ви вважаєте, що чай - 12% податку, а чайник - 21%."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to "
+":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to "
+"completely close the transaction in your accounting."
+msgstr ""
+"Перевірте квитанцію закупівлі, щоб опублікувати його. Не забувайте, що вам "
+"потрібно узгодити платежі <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` щоб "
+"повністю завершити транзакцію у вашому бухобліку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?"
+msgstr "Як управляти рахунками постачальників?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, "
+"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place."
+msgstr ""
+"Додаток **Закупівлі** дозволяє вам керувати замовленнями на покупку, "
+"вхідними товарами та рахунками постачальників у єдиному місці."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you "
+"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased"
+" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase "
+"management processes."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете налаштувати процес контролю над рахунками постачальника, "
+"перше, що вам потрібно зробити - це мати дані про покупку в Odoo. Знання "
+"того, що було придбано та отримано, є першим кроком до розуміння процесів "
+"управління купівлею."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13
+msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:"
+msgstr "Ось стандартний робочий процес в Odoo:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your "
+"vendor(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви починаєте із **запиту на комерційну пропозицію (RFQ)**, щоб надіслати її "
+"вашим продавцям."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase "
+"Order (PO)**."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як постачальник прийняв ЗНКП, підтвердіть ЗНКП в **Замовленні на"
+" купівлю (ЗНК)**. "
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any "
+"stockable products."
+msgstr ""
+"Підтвердження ЗНК створює **Вхідну відправку**, якщо ви придбали будь-які "
+"запаковані товари."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with "
+"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy."
+msgstr ""
+"Отримавши **Рахунок постачальника**, підтвердіть рахунок за допомогою "
+"товарів, отриманих на попередньому кроці, щоб забезпечити точність. "
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or "
+"only one."
+msgstr ""
+"Цей процес може виконуватись трьома різними людьми всередині компанії або "
+"лише однією особою."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34
+msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications"
+msgstr "Встановлення додатків Закупівлі та Складу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and "
+"install it. Due to certain dependencies, Installing Purchase will "
+"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications."
+msgstr ""
+"У меню **Додатки** виконайте пошук модуля **Закупівлі** та встановіть його. "
+"Внаслідок певних залежностей, встановлення покупки автоматично встановить "
+"програми **складу** та **бухобліку**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41
+msgid "Creating products"
+msgstr "Створення товарів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing "
+"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase, and "
+"click create."
+msgstr ""
+"Створення товарів в Odoo необхідне для швидкої та ефективної покупки в Odoo."
+" Просто перейдіть до підменю Товари в розділі Закупівлі та натисніть "
+"створити."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as "
+"it is important:"
+msgstr ""
+"Під час створення товару зверніть увагу на поле **Тип товару**, оскільки це "
+"важливо:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep "
+"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and "
+"will allow for receiving these kinds of products."
+msgstr ""
+"Товари, які встановлюються як **Зберігаються на складі або Витратні**, "
+"дозволять вам стежити за рівнями їх запасу. Ці параметри передбачають "
+"управління запасами та дозволять отримувати такі види продукції."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will "
+"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no "
+"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either "
+"of these designations."
+msgstr ""
+"І навпаки, товари, які встановлюються як **Послуга або Цифровий товар**, не "
+"будуть означати управління складом, просто через відсутність складу для "
+"управління. Ви не зможете отримувати товари під будь-яким із цих позначень."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all "
+"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or "
+"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product"
+" type to **Service**."
+msgstr ""
+"Рекомендується створювати товар як **Різне** для всіх покупок, що "
+"трапляються нечасто, і не вимагають оцінки інвентаризації або управління. "
+"Якщо ви створюєте такий товар, рекомендується встановити тип товару як "
+"**Послуга**. "
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70
+msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills"
+msgstr "Управління рахунками постачальника"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73
+msgid "Purchasing products or services"
+msgstr "Закупівля товарів або послуг"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many "
+"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation "
+"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor "
+"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the "
+"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor "
+"Reference)"
+msgstr ""
+"З програми покупки ви можете створювати замовлення на купівлю з такою "
+"кількістю товарів, якою вам потрібно. Якщо постачальник надсилає вам "
+"підтвердження або комерційну пропозицію для замовлення, ви можете записати "
+"номер посиланням на замовлення у полі **Референс постачальника**. Це "
+"дозволить вам легко узгодити замовлення з рахунком постачальника пізніше "
+"(оскільки рахунок постачальника, ймовірно, включатиме посилання "
+"постачальника)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+"Підтвердіть замовлення на придбання та отримання товарів у додатку Склад."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89
+msgid "Receiving Products"
+msgstr "Прийом товару"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, "
+"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after "
+"you confirm a Purchase Order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should "
+"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button "
+"is outlined in red below:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви придбали будь-які товари, які можна запакувати та якими ви керуєте в"
+" інвентаризації, вам потрібно буде отримати товари з додатку **Склад** після"
+" підтвердження замовлення на купівлю. На **інформаційній панелі Складу** ви "
+"побачите кнопку, яка зв'язує вас безпосередньо з передачею товарів. Ця "
+"кнопка наведена червоним кольором нижче:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be "
+"received."
+msgstr ""
+"Переміщення по цьому маршруту приведе вас до списку всіх замовлень, які "
+"очікують на отримання."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in"
+" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the Vendor "
+"(Partner), the product, or the source document, also known as the reference "
+"of your purchase order. You also have the capability to group the orders by "
+"different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will"
+" open the following screen where you then will receive the products."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас багато очікуваних замовлень, застосуйте фільтр за допомогою "
+"панелі пошуку у верхньому правому куті. За допомогою цього рядка пошуку ви "
+"можете фільтрувати на основі постачальника (партнера), товару або вихідного "
+"документа, також відомого як посилання на ваше замовлення на купівлю. Ви "
+"також можете групувати замовлення за різними критеріями **в групі**. "
+"Вибравши елемент із цього списку, відкриється наступний екран, де ви "
+"отримаєте товари."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117
+msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order."
+msgstr "Закупівля послуги як товару не запускають замовлення на доставку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120
+msgid "Managing Vendor Bills"
+msgstr "Управління рахунками постачальників"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"When you receive a Vendor Bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it"
+" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create"
+" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви отримаєте рахунок постачальника за попередню купівлю, обов'язково "
+"зареєструйте його в додатку Закупівлі в **меню Управління**. Вам потрібно "
+"створити новий рахунок постачальника, навіть якщо ви вже зареєстрували "
+"замовлення на купівлю."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a Vendor Bill is to select"
+" the appropriate Vendor as this will also pull up any associated accounting "
+"or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify any one or "
+"multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a"
+" Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products "
+"associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that "
+"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate "
+"Vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor "
+"reference number or your internal purchase order number."
+msgstr ""
+"Перше, що вам потрібно буде зробити при створенні рахунку постачальника, - "
+"вибрати відповідного постачальника, оскільки це також потягне за собою будь-"
+"яку відповідну інформацію про бухоблік або інформацію про ціну. Звідти ви "
+"можете вказати один або кілька замовлень на купівлю, щоб за допомогою цього "
+"заповнити рахунок постачальника. Коли ви виберете замовлення на купівлю зі "
+"списку, Odoo виведе будь-які товари, не пов'язані з рахунком, але "
+"пов'язаними з цим замовленням на купівлю, і автоматично заповнить цю "
+"інформацію нижче. Якщо вам важко знайти відповідний рахунок постачальника, "
+"ви можете здійснити пошук у списку, ввівши номер посилання постачальника або"
+" внутрішній номер замовлення на купівлю."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need"
+" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)."
+msgstr ""
+"Хоча рахунок-фактура знаходиться в стані чернетки, ви можете внести будь-які"
+" зміни, які вам потрібні (скажімо, видалити або додати рядки товарів, "
+"змінити їх кількість та змінити ціни)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150
+msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ваш постачальник може надіслати вам кілька рахунків за те саме замовлення на"
+" купівлю, якщо:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the "
+"products."
+msgstr ""
+"Ваш постачальник знаходиться у зворотному порядку і надсилає вам рахунки-"
+"фактури, коли вони відправляють товари."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153
+msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit."
+msgstr "Ваш постачальник надсилає вам частковий рахунок або запит на депозит."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate "
+"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If "
+"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this"
+" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and"
+" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you"
+" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоразу, коли ви записуєте новий рахунок постачальника, Odoo буде автоматично"
+" заповнювати кількість товару на основі того, що було отримано від "
+"постачальника. Якщо це значення показує нуль, це означає, що ви ще не "
+"отримали цей товар, і просто слугує нагадуванням, що товар не знаходиться "
+"\"на руках\", і вам, можливо, доведеться додатково розбиратися в цьому. У "
+"будь-який момент часу, перш ніж перевіряти рахунок постачальника, ви можете "
+"перевизначити цю нульову кількість."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164
+msgid "Vendor Bill Matching"
+msgstr "Відповідність рахунка постачальника"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167
+msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received"
+msgstr ""
+"Що робити, якщо рахунок вашого постачальника не відповідає тому, що ви "
+"отримали"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what "
+"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several "
+"reasons:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо рахунок, який ви отримуєте від постачальника, має кількості, які не "
+"відповідають автоматичному заповненню Odoo, це може бути пов'язано з "
+"кількома причинами:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173
+msgid ""
+"the vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you"
+" have not ordered,"
+msgstr ""
+"постачальник неправильно стягує з вас оплату за товари та/або послуги, які "
+"ви не замовляли,"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176
+msgid ""
+"the vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet,"
+" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities,"
+msgstr ""
+"постачальник виставляє рахунки за товари, які ви, можливо, ще не отримали, "
+"оскільки контроль за рахунками-фактурами може базуватися на замовлених або "
+"отриманих кількостях,"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180
+msgid "or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products."
+msgstr "або постачальник не зарахував вас за раніше придбані товари."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182
+msgid ""
+"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any "
+"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you "
+"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received."
+msgstr ""
+"У цих випадках рекомендується перевірити, чи є рахунок та будь-яке пов'язане"
+" замовлення на купівлю з постачальником правильним, і ви розумієте, що ви "
+"замовили та що ви вже отримали."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this "
+"could be due to one of a few reasons:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви не можете знайти замовлення на купівлю, пов'язане з рахунком "
+"постачальника, це може бути пов'язано з однією з кількох причин."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189
+msgid ""
+"the vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is"
+" not going to appear anywhere in the selection,"
+msgstr ""
+"продавець вже виставив рахунок за цей замовлення, тому він не буде "
+"з'являтися в будь-якому місці вибору,"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor,"
+msgstr ""
+"хтось у компанії забув записати замовлення на придбання для цього "
+"постачальника,"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195
+msgid "or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order."
+msgstr "або продавець заряджає вас за те, що ви не замовляли."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200
+msgid "How product quantities are managed"
+msgstr "Яким чином регулюється кількість товару"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202
+msgid ""
+"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while "
+"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням послуги керуються на основі замовлених кількостей, а запаси"
+" та витратні матеріали управляються на основі отриманих кількостей."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received "
+"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask "
+"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings"
+" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct "
+"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new "
+"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо вам потрібно керувати товарами на основі замовлених кількостей та "
+"отриманими кількостями, вам потрібно буде належати до групи **Менеджер "
+"купівлі**. Попросіть системного адміністратора увімкнути цей доступ у "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Користувачі --> Користувачі --> Права "
+"доступу`. Коли ви належатимете до правильної групи, виберіть товар, який ви "
+"хочете змінити, і ви побачите нове поле, яке відображатиметься під назвою "
+"**Контроль рахунків закупівлі**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215
+msgid ""
+"You can then change the default management method for the selected product "
+"to be based on either:"
+msgstr ""
+"Потім ви можете змінити метод керування за замовчуванням для вибраного "
+"товару на основі:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218
+msgid "Ordered quantities"
+msgstr "Замовлені кількості"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220
+msgid "or Received quantities"
+msgstr "або отримані величини"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223
+msgid "Batch Billing"
+msgstr "Групова оплата"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225
+msgid ""
+"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, "
+"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the "
+"additional line items from that purchase order.. If you have not deleted the"
+" previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked "
+"to all the appropriate purchase orders."
+msgstr ""
+"Під час створення рахунку постачальника та вибору відповідного замовлення на"
+" купівлю ви можете продовжувати вибирати додаткові замовлення на купівлю, і "
+"Odoo додасть додаткові елементи з цього замовлення на купівлю. Якщо ви не "
+"видалили попередні елементи з першого рядка купівлі, рахунок буде пов'язано "
+"з усіма відповідними замовленнями на купівлю."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3
+msgid "Account Receivables"
+msgstr "Розрахунок з дебіторами"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53
+msgid "Customer Invoices"
+msgstr "Рахунки клієнтів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup cash discounts?"
+msgstr "Як налаштувати готівкові знижки?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Cash discounts are an incentive (usually a small percentage) that you offer "
+"to customers in return for paying a bill owed before the scheduled due date."
+" If used properly, cash discounts improve the Days Sales Outstanding aspect "
+"of a business's cash conversion cycle."
+msgstr ""
+"Готівкові знижки - це стимул (зазвичай невеликий відсоток), який ви "
+"пропонуєте клієнтам за плату за заборгованість перед запланованою датою. "
+"Якщо вони використовуються належним чином, готівкові знижки покращують "
+"недостачу оплати за день."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"For example, a typical cash discount would be: you offer a 2% discount on an"
+" invoice due in 30 days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days "
+"of receiving the invoice."
+msgstr ""
+"Наприклад, типові гарантійні знижки: ви пропонуєте 2% знижки на рахунок-"
+"фактуру через 30 днів, якщо клієнт оплатить протягом перших 5 днів з моменту"
+" отримання рахунку-фактури."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:18
+msgid "Payment terms"
+msgstr "Терміни оплати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"In order to manage cash discounts, we will use the payment terms concept of "
+"Odoo (From the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Management --> Payment terms --> Create`)."
+msgstr ""
+"Для управління грошовими знижками ми будемо використовувати концепцію умови "
+"оплати Odoo (з модуля бухгалтерського обліку перейдіть на "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Управління -->  Умови оплати --> "
+"Створити`)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Let's start with the above example: a 2% discount on an invoice due in 30 "
+"days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days."
+msgstr ""
+"Почнемо з наведеного вище прикладу: знижка 2% на рахунок-фактуру впродовж 30"
+" днів, якщо клієнт повинен оплатити протягом перших 5 днів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"A typical payment term of 30 days would have only one installment: balance "
+"in 30 days. But, in order to configure the cash discount, you can configure "
+"the payment term with two installments:"
+msgstr ""
+"Типовий термін платежу 30 днів буде мати лише один внесок: залишок за 30 "
+"днів. Але, щоб налаштувати готівкову знижку, ви можете налаштувати термін "
+"платежу двома розстрочками:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:31
+msgid "98% within 5 days"
+msgstr "98% протягом 5 днів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:32
+msgid "balance within 30 days"
+msgstr "баланс протягом 30 днів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"To make it clear that it's not a payment term but a cash discount, don't "
+"forget to set a clear description that will appear on the invoice: Invoice "
+"is due within 30 days, but you can benefit from a 2% cash discount if you "
+"pay within 5 days."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб зрозуміти, що це не термін сплати, а знижка на готівку, не забудьте "
+"встановити чіткий опис, який відображатиметься в рахунку-фактурі: Рахунок-"
+"фактура повинен мати термін протягом 30 днів, але ви можете скористатись "
+"знижкою на 2%, якщо ви платити протягом 5 днів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:43
+msgid "Bank reconciliation model"
+msgstr "Модель узгодження банківської виписки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"In order to speed up the bank reconciliation process, we can create a model "
+"of entry for all cash discounts. To do that, from the Accounting application"
+" dashboard, click on the \"More\" link on the bank and choose the option "
+"\"Reconciliation Models\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Для прискорення процесу банківського узгодження ми можемо створити модель "
+"вступу для всіх готівкових знижок. Для цього на інформаційній панелі "
+"програми бухобліку натисніть посилання \"Додатково\" на своєму банку та "
+"виберіть параметр \"Моделі узгодження\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53
+msgid "Create a new model for cash discounts as follow:"
+msgstr "Створіть нову модель для знижок готівки, як зазначено нижче:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:55
+msgid "**Button Label**: Cash Discount"
+msgstr "**Напис на кнопці**: Грошова знижка"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56
+msgid "**Account**: Cash Discount (according to your country)"
+msgstr "**Рахунок**: Грошова знижка (за вашою країною)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:57
+msgid "**Amount Type**: Percentage"
+msgstr "**Тип суми**: відсоток"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58
+msgid "**Amount**: 100%"
+msgstr "**Сума**: 100%"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60
+msgid "**Taxes**: depending on your country, you may put a tax on the cash"
+msgstr ""
+"**Податки**: в залежності від вашої країни, ви можете стягнути податок з "
+"готівкової знижки,"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60
+msgid "discount if taxes have to be deduced"
+msgstr "якщо податки повинні бути виведені"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Even if it's a 2% cash discount, set a 100% amount on the reconciliation "
+"model as it means 100% of the remaining balance (the 2%). You can use the "
+"same reconciliation model for all your cash discount. No need to create a "
+"model per payment term."
+msgstr ""
+"Навіть якщо це 2% знижки на готівку, встановіть 100% суми на моделі "
+"узгодження, оскільки це означає, що 100% від залишку (2%). Ви можете "
+"використовувати таку ж модель узгодження для всієї вашої готівкової знижки. "
+"Не потрібно створювати моделі на термін платежу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73
+msgid "Creating an invoice with a cash discount"
+msgstr "Створення рахунку-фактури з готівковою знижкою"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"When you create a customer invoice, set the right payment term \"30 days, 2%"
+" cash discount\" right after having selected the customer."
+msgstr ""
+"Створюючи рахунок-фактуру клієнта, встановіть правильний термін оплати \"30 "
+"днів, 2% готівкою\" відразу після вибору клієнта"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split the account "
+"receivable part of the journal entry with two installments having a "
+"different due date: 98% within 5 days, 2% within 30 days."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як рахунок-фактуру буде підтверджено, Odoo автоматично "
+"розподілить частину журналу, що підлягає отриманню, з двома частками, що "
+"мають інший строк: 98% протягом 5 днів, 2% протягом 30 днів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:92
+msgid "Paying the invoice with a cash discount"
+msgstr "Оплата рахунка-фактури за допомогою готівкової знижки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"If the customer pays with a cash discount, when processing the bank "
+"statement, you will match the payment (98%) with the related line in the "
+"journal entry."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо клієнт сплачує готівкову знижку, під час обробки виписки з банку ви "
+"підраховуєте платіж (98%) з відповідним рядком у журналі."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"As you can see in the above screenshot, when selecting the customer, you "
+"also see the 2% remaining of 3$. If you want to accept the cash discount (if"
+" the customer paid within the 5 days), you can click on this line with 2%, "
+"click on \"Open Balance\", and select your \"Cash Discount\" reconciliation "
+"model. That way, the invoice is marked as fully paid."
+msgstr ""
+"Як ви можете бачити на знімку екрана вище, при виборі клієнта ви також "
+"бачите 2%, що залишилися від 3 доларів. Якщо ви хочете прийняти готівкову "
+"знижку (якщо клієнт платив протягом 5 днів), ви можете натиснути на цей "
+"рядок з 2%, натиснути на \"Відкрити баланс\" та вибрати модель узгодження "
+"\"Грошові знижки\". Таким чином, рахунок-фактура позначається як повністю "
+"оплачена."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"from now on, matching the remaining 2% has to be done manually. In the "
+"future, we plan to automate the reconciliation of the 2% if the 98% are paid"
+" on time."
+msgstr ""
+"відтепер відповідний залишок 2% повинен бути виконаний вручну. У майбутньому"
+" ми плануємо автоматизувати узгодження 2%, якщо 98% платять своєчасно."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:113
+msgid "Paying the invoice in full"
+msgstr "Оплата рахунку-фактури в повному обсязі"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"If the customer pays the invoice fully, without benefiting from the cash "
+"discount, you will reconcile the payment (in full) with the two lines from "
+"the invoice (98% and 2%). Just click on the two lines to match them with the"
+" payment."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо клієнт повністю сплачує рахунок-фактуру, не користуючись вашою знижкою,"
+" ви зможете узгодити оплату (в повному обсязі) з двома рядками з рахунку-"
+"фактури (98% та 2%). Просто натисніть два рядки, щоби відповідати їх "
+"платежу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:125
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86
+msgid ":doc:`overview`"
+msgstr ":doc:`overview`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2
+msgid "Set up cash roundings"
+msgstr "Налаштування округлення цін"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in "
+"Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are"
+" paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin "
+"that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF."
+msgstr ""
+"У деяких валютах найменших копійок (монет) не існує. Наприклад, у Швейцарії "
+"немає монет на 0,01 швейцарських франків. З цієї причини, якщо рахунки-"
+"фактури сплачуються готівкою, вам доведеться округлити їх загальну суму до "
+"найменшої монети, яка існує у валюті. Для CHF найменша монета - 0,05 CHF."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10
+msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:"
+msgstr "Є дві стратегії округлення:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12
+msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding"
+msgstr "Додайте рядок в рахунку-фактурі для округлення"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14
+msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount"
+msgstr "Додайте округлення в суму податку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16
+msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo."
+msgstr "Обидві стратегії застосовні в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the "
+"Cash Rounding."
+msgstr ""
+"По-перше, вам слід активувати цю функцію. Для цього перейдіть в "
+":menuselection:` Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активація "
+"округлення цін."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting "
+"--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`."
+msgstr ""
+"Існує нове меню для управління округленнями готівки в "
+":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Управління --> Округлення "
+"цін`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding "
+"strategies:"
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ви можете створювати округлення цін. Ви можете вибрати один з двох "
+"варіантів округлення:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on"
+" your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to "
+"define the account in which the rounding will go."
+msgstr ""
+"**Додайте рядок округлення**: якщо потрібне округлення, Odoo додасть рядок у"
+" ваш рахунок-фактуру клієнта, щоб врахувати це округлення. Ви також повинні "
+"визначити обліковий запис, в якому буде здійснюватися округлення."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the "
+"highest tax."
+msgstr ""
+"**Змінити суму податку:** Odoo додасть округлення до суми найвищого податку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46
+msgid "Apply roundings"
+msgstr "Застосуйте округлення"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On"
+" the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**"
+" where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously."
+" If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice."
+msgstr ""
+"Як тільки ваші округлення створюються, ви можете застосувати їх на рахунках "
+"клієнтів. На рахунках клієнта з'явиться нове поле **Метод округлення цін**, "
+"в якому ви можете просто вибрати один із методів округлення, створених "
+"раніше. Якщо потрібно, округлення буде застосовано до рахунку-фактури."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3
+msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?"
+msgstr "Доходи майбутніх періодів: як автоматизувати їх?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's "
+"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been "
+"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a "
+"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned,"
+" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the "
+"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and "
+"posted on the income statement."
+msgstr ""
+"Неоплачений дохід або дохід майбутніх періодів – це авансовий платіж, який "
+"фіксується у звіті одержувача як рахунок заборгованості, доки не будуть "
+"надані послуги або товари не будуть доставлені. Відтепер дохід майбутніх "
+"періодів є рахуноком заборгованості, оскільки він стосується доходу, який ще"
+" не було зароблено, але являє собою товари чи послуги, які заборговано перед"
+" клієнтом. Оскільки товари або послуги доставляються з часом, прибуток "
+"визнається та відображається у звіті про доходи."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that "
+"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer "
+"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This"
+" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned."
+msgstr ""
+"Наприклад: скажімо, ви продаєте контракт на 2 роки на суму $24,000, який "
+"починається в наступному місяці на строк 24 місяці. Після перевірки рахунка-"
+"фактури клієнта, $24.000 слід розмістити на рахунку доходів майбутніх "
+"періодів. Це тому, що $24.000, отримані вами, ще не було зароблено."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account "
+"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as "
+"revenue."
+msgstr ""
+"Протягом наступних 24 місяців ви будете зменшувати рахунок доходів майбутніх"
+" періодів на $1,000 ($24,000/24) за місяць та визнавати цю суму як дохід."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27
+msgid "Module installation"
+msgstr "Установка модуля"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the "
+"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the "
+"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the "
+"**Revenue Recognition Management** module."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб автоматизувати доходи майбутніх періодів, перейдіть до меню налаштувань "
+"під назвою :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування` та активуйте параметр"
+"  **Управління активами та визнання доходів**. Це дозволить встановити "
+"модуль **Керування визнанням доходів**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install"
+" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you"
+" might check if the module is correctly installed."
+msgstr ""
+"У деякій версії Odoo, крім перевірки цієї опції, потрібно встановити модуль "
+"\"Управління визнанням доходів\". Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo 9, ви можете "
+"перевірити, чи правильно встановлений модуль."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41
+msgid "Define deferred revenue types"
+msgstr "Визначте типи доходу майбутніх періодів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. "
+"From the Accounting application, go to the menu "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`."
+msgstr ""
+"Після встановлення модуля потрібно створити типи доходу майбутніх періодів. "
+"В Бухобліку перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Типи доходів "
+"майбутніх періодів`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51
+msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract"
+msgstr "Приклад: договір про технічне обслуговування на 12 місяців"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53
+msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:"
+msgstr "Деякий приклад типів доходів майбутніх періодів:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55
+msgid "1 year service contract"
+msgstr "контракт на 1 рік обслуговування "
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73
+msgid "3 years service contracts"
+msgstr "контракти на 3 роки обслуговування"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59
+msgid "Set deferred revenues on products"
+msgstr "Установіть доходи майбутніх періодів на товари"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related "
+"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred"
+" revenue type."
+msgstr ""
+"Після визначення типів доходів майбутніх періодів ви можете встановити їх на"
+" відповідні товари. У формі товару на вкладці Бухоблік можна встановити тип "
+"доходу майбутніх періодів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:"
+msgstr ""
+"Нижче наведено кілька прикладів товарів та пов'язаних з ними типів доходів "
+"майбутніх періодів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69
+msgid "Product"
+msgstr "Товар"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69
+msgid "Deferred Revenue Type"
+msgstr "Тип доходу майбутніх періодів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71
+msgid "Support Contract: 3 years"
+msgstr "Контракт підтримки: 3 роки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73
+msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years"
+msgstr "Підписка на Netflix: 3 роки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75
+msgid "Flowers every month"
+msgstr "Квіти кожного місяця"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75
+msgid "1 year product contract"
+msgstr "Контракт на 1 рік обслуговування"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79
+msgid "Sell and invoice products"
+msgstr "Продаж та виставлення товарів у рахунках-фактурах"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using "
+"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will "
+"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal "
+"entry."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як товари налаштовані, ви зможете створити рахунок-фактуру за "
+"допомогою цього товару. Після того, як рахунок-фактуру клієнта буде "
+"підтверджено, Odoo автоматично створить дохід майбутніх періодів для вас і "
+"пов'язаний запис журналу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98
+msgid "**Dr**"
+msgstr "**Dr**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98
+msgid "**Cr**"
+msgstr "**Cr**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89
+msgid "Accounts receivable"
+msgstr "Дебіторська заборгованість"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91
+msgid "24000"
+msgstr "24000"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100
+msgid "Deferred revenue account"
+msgstr "Рахунок доходу майбутніх періодів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue "
+"recognition."
+msgstr "Потім щомісяця Odoo публікує запис журналу для визнання доходу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102
+msgid "1000"
+msgstr "1000"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102
+msgid "Service revenue account"
+msgstr "Рахунок доходу майбутніх періодів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use"
+" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб проаналізувати всі ваші поточні контракти з доходом майбутніх періодів, "
+"можна скористатися меню Звітування > Аналіз доходів майбутніх періодів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3
+msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?"
+msgstr "Як визначити платіж за рахунками клієнта?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use "
+"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier "
+"bills."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб керувати планами розрахунків, пов'язаними з рахунком-фактурою, ви "
+"повинні використовувати умови оплати в Odoo. Вони застосовуються як до "
+"рахунків клієнтів, так і до постачальників."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8
+msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:"
+msgstr "Наприклад, для конкретного рахунку-фактури:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10
+msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days"
+msgstr "Оплата 50% протягом 10 днів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12
+msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days"
+msgstr "Оплата залишкового балансу протягом 30 днів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, "
+"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a "
+"payment term but an invoice policy."
+msgstr ""
+"умови оплати не можна плутати з оплатою в декількох частинах. Якщо для "
+"певного замовлення ви зараховуєте клієнта до двох частин, це не термін "
+"сплати, а політика рахунка-фактури."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Configure your usual installment plans from the application "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`."
+msgstr ""
+"Налаштуйте свої звичайні планові розстрочки з програми  "
+":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування > Умови оплати`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within "
+"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with "
+"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in "
+"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute "
+"exactly 100%)"
+msgstr ""
+"Термін платежу може мати один рядок (наприклад, 21 день) або декілька рядків"
+" (10% протягом 3 днів та кінцева оплата протягом 21 дня). Якщо ви створили "
+"термін платежу з кількома рядками, переконайтеся, що останній є балансом. "
+"(не робіть 50% через 10 днів, а 50% - за 21 день, тому що з округленням це "
+"може бути не рівно 100%)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+"Опис терміну оплати буде відображатися в рахунку-фактурі або в замовлення на"
+" продаж."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38
+msgid "Payment terms for customers"
+msgstr "Умови оплати для клієнтів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41
+msgid "You can set payment terms on:"
+msgstr "Ви можете встановити умови оплати на:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders "
+"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant "
+"this payment term for all future orders for this customer."
+msgstr ""
+"**клієнті**: термін оплати автоматично застосовується до нових замовлень "
+"клієнта або рахунків-фактур для цього клієнта. Встановіть умови оплати для "
+"клієнтів, якщо ви надасте цей термін оплати для всіх майбутніх замовлень для"
+" цього клієнта."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from "
+"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations"
+msgstr ""
+"**комерційній пропозиції**: термін оплати буде застосовано до всіх рахунків-"
+"фактур, створених за цією пропозицією або замовленням продажу, але не з "
+"інших комерційних пропозицій"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51
+msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only"
+msgstr ""
+"**рахунку-фактурі**: термін оплати буде застосовуватися лише до цього "
+"рахунку-фактури"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the "
+"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce "
+"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set "
+"any tax on the invoice):"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо рахунок-фактура містить термін платежу, запис журналу, пов'язаний із "
+"рахунком-фактурою, відрізняється. Без терміну платежу рахунок-фактура в "
+"розмірі 100 доларів створить наступний запис журналу (для наочності нашого "
+"прикладу ми не встановили податок на рахунок-фактуру):"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70
+msgid "Due date"
+msgstr "Установлений термін"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 "
+"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви виставляєте рахунок-фактуру з 1 січня з терміном платежу в розмірі "
+"10% протягом трьох днів та кінцевою оплатою протягом 30 днів, ви отримуєте "
+"наступний запис журналу:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72
+msgid "Jan 03"
+msgstr "Січ 03"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72
+msgid "10"
+msgstr "10"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74
+msgid "Jan 30"
+msgstr "Січ 30"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74
+msgid "90"
+msgstr "90"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. "
+"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement."
+msgstr ""
+"У звірці з клієнтом ви побачите два рядки з різними термінами. Щоб отримати "
+"звірку з клієнтом, скористайтеся меню Продажі > Звірка з клієнтом."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87
+msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`"
+msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Overview of the invoicing process"
+msgstr "Огляд процесу виставлення рахунків"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different "
+"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft "
+"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other "
+"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to "
+"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or "
+"email)."
+msgstr ""
+"Залежно від вашого бізнесу та програми, яку ви використовуєте, існують різні"
+" способи автоматизувати створення рахунків-фактур у Odoo. Зазвичай проекти "
+"рахунків-фактур створюються системою (з інформацією, що надходить з інших "
+"документів, наприклад із замовлення на продаж або контрактів), і бухгалтер "
+"повинен просто перевірити чергові рахунки-фактури та надсилати рахунки в "
+"пакетному режимі (звичайною поштою чи електронною поштою)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to "
+"create draft invoices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Залежно від вашого бізнесу, ви можете вибрати один зі способів створення "
+"чергових рахунків:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19
+msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice"
+msgstr "Замовлення на продаж ‣ Рахунок-фактура"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order "
+"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales"
+" order. You have different options like:"
+msgstr ""
+"У більшості компаній продавці створюють комерційні пропозиції, які стають "
+"замовленням на продаж після їх перевірки. Потім проекти рахунків-фактур "
+"створюються на основі замовлення на продаж. У вас є різні варіанти, такі як:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft "
+"invoice"
+msgstr ""
+"Рахунок-фактура вручну: використовуйте кнопку в замовленні на продаж, щоб "
+"запустити чернетку рахунка-фактури"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the "
+"delivery order"
+msgstr ""
+"Рахунок перед доставкою: виписуйте повне замовлення перед тим, як запустити "
+"замовлення доставки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31
+msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section"
+msgstr ""
+"Рахунок-фактура на основі замовлення доставки: дивіться наступний розділ"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when "
+"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)"
+msgstr ""
+"Рахунок-фактура перед доставкою зазвичай використовується додатком "
+"eCommerce, коли клієнт платить за замовленням, і ми доставляємо його після "
+"цього. (передплата)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows "
+"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the "
+"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a "
+"fixed advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Для більшості інших випадків використання рекомендується вручну зараховувати"
+" рахунок. Це дозволяє продавцеві ініціювати рахунок-фактуру за вимогою за "
+"допомогою варіантів: рахунок-фактура на все замовлення, рахунок-фактура на "
+"відсоток (аванс), рахунок-фактура на кілька рядків, рахунок-фактура "
+"фіксованого авансу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42
+msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products."
+msgstr "Цей процес корисний як для надання послуг, так і для продажу товарів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47
+msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice"
+msgstr "Замовлення на продаж ‣ Замовлення на доставку ‣ Рахунок-фактура"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of"
+" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities "
+"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on"
+" actual Kg)."
+msgstr ""
+"Роздрібна торгівля та електронна комерція, як правило, виставляють рахунок-"
+"фактуру на основі замовлень на доставку, а не замовлення на продаж. Цей "
+"метод підходить для підприємств, де кількість, яку ви доставляєте, може "
+"відрізнятись від замовлених кількостей: продукти харчування (рахунок-фактура"
+" на основі фактичних Kg)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you "
+"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest "
+"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order."
+msgstr ""
+"Таким чином, якщо ви доставляєте часткове замовлення, ви сплачуєте лише те, "
+"що ви дійсно доставили. Якщо ви повертаєте замовлення (частково доставте, а "
+"решта пізніше), клієнт отримає два рахунки-фактури, по одному для кожного "
+"замовлення доставки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62
+msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice"
+msgstr "Замовлення в електронній комерції ‣ Рахунок-фактура"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is "
+"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only "
+"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is "
+"received."
+msgstr ""
+"Замовлення в електронній комерції також призводить до створення замовлення "
+"на продаж, коли воно повністю оплачене. Якщо ви дозволяєте здійснювати "
+"замовлення за допомогою чеків або банківських переказів, Odoo створює лише "
+"замовлення, а рахунок-фактура буде активовано після отримання платежу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70
+msgid "Contracts"
+msgstr "Контракти"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73
+msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices"
+msgstr "Звичайні контракти ‣ Рахунки-фактури"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material "
+"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the "
+"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви використовуєте контракти, ви можете запускати рахунок-фактуру на "
+"основі часу та витрачених матеріалів, витрат або фіксованих рядків "
+"послуг/товарів. Щомісяця продавець запускає рахунок-фактуру, виходячи з дій "
+"на контракті."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79
+msgid "Activities can be:"
+msgstr "Дії можуть бути такі:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract"
+msgstr ""
+"фіксовані товари/послуги, що надходять від замовлення продажу, пов'язаного з"
+" цим контрактом"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83
+msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)"
+msgstr "придбані матеріали (які ви будете надавати)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85
+msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)"
+msgstr "час і матеріали на основі табелю або купівлі (субпідряд)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer"
+msgstr "витрати, такі як подорожі та проживання, які ви переказуєте клієнту"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices."
+" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on "
+"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they "
+"use a regular sales order."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете нарахувати рахунок у кінці контракту або запустити проміжні "
+"рахунки-фактури. Такий підхід використовується компаніями-постачальниками "
+"послуг, які надають рахунок-фактуру в основному за часом та матеріалом. Для "
+"послуг компанії, які виставляють рахунки-фактури за встановлену ціну, вони "
+"використовують звичайний замовлення на продаж."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99
+msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices"
+msgstr "Повторювані контракти ‣ Рахунки-фактури"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The "
+"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on"
+" the contract."
+msgstr ""
+"Для підписок рахунок-фактура виставляється періодично та автоматично. "
+"Частота виставлення рахунків та послуг/товарів, на які виставлено рахунок, "
+"визначаються на контракті."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111
+msgid "Creating an invoice manually"
+msgstr "Створення рахунка-фактури вручну"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales "
+"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales "
+"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services."
+msgstr ""
+"Користувачі також можуть створювати рахунки-фактури вручну, не "
+"використовуючи контракти чи замовлення на продаж. Це рекомендований підхід, "
+"якщо вам не потрібно керувати процесом продажу (комерційні пропозиції) або "
+"доставкою товарів або послуг."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create "
+"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:"
+msgstr ""
+"Навіть якщо ви створите рахунок-фактуру із замовлення на продаж, вам може "
+"знадобитися створення рахунку-фактури вручну у виняткових випадках "
+"використання:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121
+msgid "if you need to create a refund"
+msgstr "якщо вам потрібно створити відшкодування"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123
+msgid "If you need to give a discount"
+msgstr "якщо вам потрібно надати знижку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125
+msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order"
+msgstr ""
+"якщо вам потрібно змінити рахунок-фактуру, створений за замовленням на "
+"продаж"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127
+msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business"
+msgstr "якщо вам потрібно нарахувати щось не пов'язане з основним бізнесом"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130
+msgid "Specific modules"
+msgstr "Спеціальні модулі"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132
+msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Деякі спеціальні модулі також можуть створювати проекти рахунків-фактур:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134
+msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year"
+msgstr "**членство**: виставляйте рахунки своїх членів щорічно"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136
+msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services"
+msgstr ""
+"**налагодження**: виставляйте рахунки на послуги післяпродажного "
+"обслуговування"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup and use payment terms"
+msgstr "Як встановити та використовувати умови оплати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both "
+"customer invoices and supplier bills."
+msgstr ""
+"Умови оплати визначають умови оплати рахунку-фактури. Вони застосовуються як"
+" до рахунків клієнтів, так і до постачальників."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a "
+"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment "
+"term but invoice conditions."
+msgstr ""
+"Умови оплати відрізняються від виставлення рахунків у кількох областях. Якщо"
+" для певного замовлення ви зараховуєте клієнта до двох частин, це не термін "
+"сплати, а умови рахунку-фактури."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the "
+"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that "
+"appear on the invoice or the sale order."
+msgstr ""
+"Налаштуйте звичайні умови оплати в меню Налаштування програми Бухоблік. Опис"
+" терміну оплати - це той, який відображається в рахунку-фактурі або "
+"замовленні на продаж."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within "
+"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with "
+"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10"
+" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly "
+"100%)"
+msgstr ""
+"Термін платежу може мати один рядок (наприклад, 21 день) або декілька рядків"
+" (10% протягом 3 днів та кінцева оплата протягом 21 дня). Якщо ви створили "
+"термін платежу з кількома рядками, переконайтеся, що останній є балансом. "
+"(не робіть 50% через 10 днів, а 50% - за 21 день, тому що з округленням це "
+"може бути не рівно 100%)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35
+msgid "Using Payment Terms"
+msgstr "Використання умов оплати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40
+msgid "Payment terms can be set on:"
+msgstr "Умови оплати можна встановити на:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders "
+"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant "
+"this payment term for all future orders of this customer."
+msgstr ""
+"**клієнта**: автоматично застосовуйте цю умову оплати за новими замовленнями"
+" на продаж або рахунками-фактурами для цього клієнта. Встановіть умови "
+"платежу для клієнтів, якщо ви надасте цю умову оплати для всіх майбутніх "
+"замовлень цього клієнта."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from "
+"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations"
+msgstr ""
+"**комерційну пропозицію**: застосуйте цей термін платежу до всіх рахунків-"
+"фактур, створених за цією пропозицією або замовленням на продаж, але не на "
+"інші комерційні пропозиції"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51
+msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only"
+msgstr ""
+"**рахунок-фактуру**: застосуйте умову платежу лише до цього рахунку-фактури"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice "
+"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce "
+"this journal entry:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо в рахунку-фактурі вказано платіжний термін, запис журналу, пов'язаний "
+"із рахунком-фактурою, відрізняється. Без умови оплати або податку, рахунок-"
+"фактура в розмірі 100 доларів видасть запис цього журналу:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates."
+msgstr "У виписці клієнта ви побачите два рядки з різними термінами."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83
+msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills"
+msgstr "Умови оплати для продавців"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due "
+"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date"
+" is enough."
+msgstr ""
+"Найпростіший спосіб керувати умовами платежу для рахунків постачальників - "
+"це фіксувати термін сплати за рахунком. Вам не потрібно призначати умову "
+"оплати, достатньо лише терміну оплати."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can "
+"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a "
+"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact"
+" due date for all installments will be automatically created."
+msgstr ""
+"Але якщо вам потрібно керувати умовами постачальника з кількома "
+"розстрочками, ви все ще можете користуватися платіжними умовами, так само, "
+"як у рахунках клієнтів. Якщо ви встановили термін платежу на рахунку "
+"постачальника, вам не потрібно встановлювати термін сплати. Точна дата "
+"внесення всіх платежів буде автоматично створена."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96
+msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`"
+msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3
+msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?"
+msgstr "Як редагувати або робити повернення по рахунку-фактурі?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and "
+"sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the "
+"legal way to handle that is to refund the invoice, reconcile it with the "
+"original invoice to close them and create a new invoice."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo неможливо змінити рахунок-фактуру, який було перевірено та надіслано "
+"клієнту. Якщо помилка була зроблена на підтвердженому рахунку-фактурі, в "
+"юридичний спосіб це можна вирішити так: повернути рахунок-фактуру, узгодити "
+"його з оригінальним рахунком-фактурою, закрити його та створити новий "
+"рахунок-фактуру."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10
+msgid "Modifying a validated invoice"
+msgstr "Змінення підтвердженого рахунку-фактури"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on "
+"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, "
+"reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо вам потрібно змінити існуючий рахунок-фактуру, скористайтеся кнопкою "
+"\"Рахунок-фактура\" у рахунку-фактурі. У полі методу повернення виберіть "
+"\"Змінити: створити повернення, узгодити та створити новий рахунок-"
+"фактуру\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37
+msgid "Odoo will automatically:"
+msgstr "Odoo буде автоматично:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39
+msgid "Create a refund for your invoice"
+msgstr "Створювати повернення для вашого рахунку-фактури"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as "
+"Paid)"
+msgstr ""
+"Узгоджувати рахунок-фактуру з оригінальним рахунком-фактурою (позначаючи "
+"обидва як сплачено)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23
+msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify"
+msgstr "Створить новий рахунок-фактуру, який можна змінити"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім ви можете змінити проект рахунка-фактури та підтвердити його, коли він"
+" буде правильним."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28
+msgid "Cancelling an invoice"
+msgstr "Скасування рахунку-фактури"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on "
+"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund "
+"and reconcile\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо вам потрібно скасувати існуючий рахунок-фактуру, скористайтеся кнопкою "
+"\"Рахунок-фактура\" у рахунку-фактурі. У полі методу повернення виберіть "
+"\"Скасувати: створити повернення та узгодити\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or "
+"email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice."
+msgstr ""
+"Нічого ще не потрібно робити. Ви можете відправити повернення звичайною "
+"поштою або електронною поштою своєму клієнту, якщо ви вже відправили "
+"оригінальний рахунок-фактуру."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46
+msgid "Refunding part of an invoice"
+msgstr "Повернення по рахунку-фактурі"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice "
+"button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft "
+"refund\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо вам потрібно частково повернути наявний рахунок-фактуру, скористайтеся "
+"кнопкою \"Рахунок-фактура\" у рахунку-фактурі. У полі методу повернення "
+"виберіть \"Створити повернення\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund "
+"(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then,"
+" send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo автоматично створить чернетку повернення. Ви можете змінити повернення "
+"(наприклад, видаліть рядки, які ви не хочете відшкодувати) та перевірити їх."
+" Потім відправте повернення звичайною поштою або електронною поштою своєму "
+"клієнту."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a "
+"refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the "
+"customer has already paid, they should be reimbursed by doing a customer "
+"payment refund."
+msgstr ""
+"Повернення по рахунку-фактурі відрізняється від повернення платежу. Зазвичай"
+" повернення по рахунку-фактурі надсилається до того, як клієнт здійснив "
+"оплату. Якщо клієнт уже заплатив, кошти повинні бути відшкодовані, "
+"здійснивши оплату повернення клієнту."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3
+msgid "Customer Payments"
+msgstr "Платежі клієнтів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:3
+msgid "How to automate customer follow-ups with plans?"
+msgstr "Як автоматизувати нагадування клієнтам з планами в Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"With the Odoo Accounting application, you get a dynamic aged receivable "
+"report, customer statements and you can easily send them to customers."
+msgstr ""
+"Завдяки додатку Бухоблік Odoo ви отримаєте динамічний звіт протермінованої "
+"заборгованості, нагадування клієнтам, і ви зможете легко відправити їх "
+"клієнтам."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"If you want to go further in the automation of the credit collection "
+"process, you can use follow-up plans. They will help you automate all the "
+"steps to get paid, by triggering them at the right time: send customer "
+"statements by emails, send regular letter (through the Docsaway "
+"integration), create a task to manually call the customer, etc..."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете піти далі в процесі автоматизації процесу збору кредитів, ви "
+"можете використовувати подальші плани. Вони допоможуть вам автоматизувати "
+"всі кроки, щоб запустити їх у потрібний час: надсилати нагадування клієнтам "
+"електронною поштою, надсилати звичайну листівку (через інтеграцію з "
+"Docsaway), створити завдання, щоб вручну зателефонувати клієнту тощо..."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:14
+msgid "Here is an example of a plan:"
+msgstr "Ось приклад плану:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:17
+msgid "When?"
+msgstr "Коли?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:17
+msgid "What?"
+msgstr "Що?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:17
+msgid "Who?"
+msgstr "Хто?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:19
+msgid "3 days before due date"
+msgstr "За 3 дні до закінчення терміну оплати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:19
+msgid "Email"
+msgstr "Електронна пошта"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:19
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:21
+msgid "automated"
+msgstr "Автоматично"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:21
+msgid "1 day after due date"
+msgstr "1 день після закінчення терміну оплати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:21
+msgid "Email + Regular Letter"
+msgstr "Електронна пошта + звичайний лист"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:23
+msgid "15 days after due date"
+msgstr "Через 15 днів після закінчення терміну дії"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:23
+msgid "Call the customer"
+msgstr "Дзвінок клієнту"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:23
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:25
+msgid "John Mac Gregor"
+msgstr "Джон Мак Грегор"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:25
+msgid "35 days after due date"
+msgstr "Через 35 днів після закінчення терміну дії"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:25
+msgid "Email + Letter + Call"
+msgstr "Електронна пошта + Лист + Дзвінок "
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:27
+msgid "60 days after due date"
+msgstr "Через 60 днів після закінчення терміну дії"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:27
+msgid "Formal notice"
+msgstr "Офіційне повідомлення"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:27
+msgid "Bailiff"
+msgstr "Виконавчий суд"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:34
+msgid "Install Reminder Module"
+msgstr "Встановіть модуль нагадування"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"You must start by activating the feature, using the menu "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application. "
+"From the settings screen, activate the feature **Enable payment follow-up "
+"management**."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви повинні почати, активуючи цю функцію, за допомогою меню  "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` в додатку Бухоблік. З екрана "
+"налаштувань активуйте функцію **Увімкнення керування нагадуванням платежу**."
+" "
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:44
+msgid "Define Payment Follow-ups Levels"
+msgstr "Визначте наступні рівні нагадування платежів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"To automate customer follow ups, you must configure your follow–up levels "
+"using the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment "
+"Follow-ups`. You should define one and only one follow-up plan per company."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб автоматизувати подальші операції з клієнтом, потрібно налаштувати "
+"наступні рівні за допомогою меню :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування "
+"--> Нагадування платежів`. Ви повинні визначити єдиний план подальшої "
+"діяльності для кожної компанії."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"The levels of follow-up are relative to the due date; when no payment term "
+"is specified, the invoice date will be considered as the due date."
+msgstr ""
+"Рівень нагадування є відносно строку виконання; коли термін оплати не "
+"вказано, дата рахунку буде розглядатися як термін оплати."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"For each level, you should define the number of days and create a note which"
+" will automatically be added into the reminder letter."
+msgstr ""
+"Для кожного рівня вам слід визначити кількість днів і створити примітку, яка"
+" буде автоматично додана до листа нагадування."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:59
+msgid "Odoo defines several actions for every reminder:"
+msgstr "Odoo визначає декілька дій для кожного нагадування:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"**Manual Action:** assign a responsible that will have to call the customer"
+msgstr ""
+"**Ручні дії**: призначити відповідальному, який повинен буде зателефонувати "
+"клієнту"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:62
+msgid "**Send an Email:** send an email to customer using the provided text"
+msgstr ""
+"**Надіслати електронний лист**: надішліть електронний лист клієнту, "
+"використовуючи наданий текст"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"**Send a Letter:** send a letter by regular mail, using the provided note"
+msgstr ""
+"**Надіслати лист**: надсилайте лист звичайною поштою, використовуючи надану "
+"примітку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"As you need to provide a number of days relative to the due date, you can "
+"use a negative number. As an example, if an invoice is issued the January "
+"1st but the due date is January 20, if you set a reminder 3 days before the "
+"due date, the customer may receive an email in January 17."
+msgstr ""
+"Оскільки вам потрібно вказати декілька днів у порівнянні з терміном "
+"виконання, ви можете використовувати негативний номер. Наприклад, якщо "
+"рахунок-фактура видається 1 січня, але термін сплати - 20 січня, якщо ви "
+"встановите нагадування за 3 дні до встановленої дати, клієнт може отримати "
+"електронний лист 17 січня."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:76
+msgid "Doing your weekly follow-ups"
+msgstr "Робіть щотижневі нагадування"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"Once everything is setup, Odoo will prepare follow-up letters and emails "
+"automatically for you. All you have to do is to the menu "
+":menuselection:`Sales --> Customers Statement` in the accounting "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як все налаштовано, Odoo автоматично підготує для вас листи та "
+"електронні листи. Все, що вам потрібно зробити, це перейти до меню "
+":menuselection:`Продажі --> Нагадування клієнтам у бухгалтерському додатку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Odoo will automatically propose you actions based on the follow-up plan you "
+"defined, invoices to pay and payment received."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo автоматично запропонує вам дії на основі визначеного вами подальшого "
+"плану, рахунків-фактур та отриманих платежів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"You can use this menu every day, once a week or once a month. You do not "
+"risk to send two times the same reminder to your customer. Odoo only "
+"proposes you the action you have to do. If you do it every day, you will "
+"have a few calls to do per day. If you do it once a month, you will have "
+"much more work once you do it."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете використовувати це меню щодня, раз на тиждень або один раз на "
+"місяць. Ви не ризикуєте надіслати два рази одне і те ж нагадування своєму "
+"клієнту. Odoo пропонує вам лише ту дію, яку потрібно зробити. Якщо ви робите"
+" це кожного дня, у вас буде кілька дзвінків, щоб зробити їх за день. Якщо ви"
+" робите це один раз на місяць, ви будете мати набагато більше роботи, як "
+"тільки ви це зробите."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"It's up to you to organize the way you want to work. But it's a good "
+"practice to reconcile your bank statements before launching the follow-ups. "
+"That way, all paid invoices will be reconciled and you will not send a "
+"follow-up letter to a customer that already paid his invoice."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам потрібно організувати спосіб роботи. Але хорошою практикою є узгодження "
+"банківських виписок перед початком подальших дій. Таким чином, всі сплачені "
+"рахунки-фактури будуть узгоджені, і ви не надсилатимете подальшого листа "
+"клієнту, який вже сплатив рахунок-фактуру."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:99
+msgid "From a customer follow-up proposition, you can:"
+msgstr "З додаткової пропозиції клієнту ви можете:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:101
+msgid "Get the customer information to contact him"
+msgstr "Отримайте інформацію про клієнтів, щоб зв'язатися з ним"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:103
+msgid "Drill down to the customer information form by clicking on its name"
+msgstr "Розгорніть інформацію про форму клієнта, натиснувши її назву"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:105
+msgid "Change the text (or the email or letter) and adapt to the customer"
+msgstr ""
+"Змініть текст (або адресу електронної пошти або листа) та застосуйте його до"
+" клієнта"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"Change the colored dot to mark the customer as being a good, normal or bad "
+"debtor"
+msgstr ""
+"Змініть кольорову крапку, щоб позначити клієнта як хорошого, нормального або"
+" поганого дебітора"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:110
+msgid "Log a note is you called the customer"
+msgstr "Введіть нотатку, яку ви називаєте клієнтом"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:112
+msgid "Exclude some invoices from the statement table (litigation)"
+msgstr "Виключити деякі рахунки-фактури з таблиці виписок (судова практика)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:114
+msgid "Send an email with the statement"
+msgstr "Надішліть електронний лист із заявою"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"Print a letter, or send a regular mail (if you installed the Docsaway "
+"integration)"
+msgstr ""
+"Надрукуйте лист або надсилайте звичайну пошту (якщо ви встановили інтеграцію"
+" Docsaway)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"Plan the next reminder (but it's better to keep in automatic mode so that "
+"Odoo will stick to the follow-up plan of the company)"
+msgstr ""
+"Заплануйте наступне нагадування (але краще тримати це в автоматичному "
+"режимі, щоб Odoo дотримувалося плану подальшої роботи компанії)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:122
+msgid "Drill down to an invoice"
+msgstr "Заглибтеся у рахунок-фактуру"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:124
+msgid ""
+"Change the expected payment date of an invoice (thus, impacting the next "
+"time Odoo will propose you to send a reminder)"
+msgstr ""
+"Змініть очікувану дату оплати рахунку-фактури (таким чином, ви впливаєте на "
+"наступний раз, коли Odoo запропонує вам надіслати нагадування)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"You can force a customer statement, even if Odoo do not proposes you to do "
+"it, because it's not the right date yet. To do this, you should go to the "
+"Aged Receivable report (in the report menu of the Accounting application). "
+"From this report, you can click on a customer to get to his customer "
+"statement."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете примусити нагадування клієнту, навіть якщо Odoo не запропонує вам "
+"це зробити, тому що це ще не правильна дата. Для цього ви повинні перейти до"
+" звіту протермінованих дебіторів (в меню звіту Бухобліку). З цього звіту ви "
+"можете натиснути клієнта, щоб дістатись до свого нагадування клієнту."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:135
+msgid "How to exclude an invoice from auto follow up?"
+msgstr "Як виключити рахунок-фактуру з автоматичного відстеження?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:137
+msgid "To see all **overdue invoices** or **on need of action**,"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби побачити всі **протерміновані рахунки-фактури** або **необхідність "
+"вжити заходів**,"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:139
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Customers Statement`"
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Продажі --> Звірка з клієнтами`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:145
+msgid "Exclude a specific invoice for a specific date"
+msgstr "Виключіть конкретний рахунок-фактуру за певну дату"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"Odoo can exclude an invoice from follow-ups actions for specific date by "
+"clicking on **Log a Note**, then choose one of the ready options (*one "
+"week*, *two weeks*, *one month*, *two months*), So Odoo will calculate the "
+"required date according to the current date."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo може виключити рахунок-фактуру з подальших дій за певну дату, "
+"натиснувши кнопку **Ввести нотатку**, а потім виберіть один із готових "
+"варіантів (*один тиждень*, *два тижні*, *один місяць*, *два місяці*), так "
+"Odoo обчислить потрібну дату відповідно до поточної дати."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"Another way to achieve it is the following: click on the required invoice, "
+"then choose **Change expected payment date/note**, then enter a new payment "
+"date and note."
+msgstr ""
+"Іншим способом досягти цього є: натисніть потрібний рахунок-фактуру, потім "
+"виберіть **Змінити прогнозовану дату платежу/нотатку**, а потім введіть нову"
+" дату платежу та примітку."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:162
+msgid "Exclude a specific invoice forever"
+msgstr "Виключте певний рахунок-фактуру назавжди"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:164
+msgid ""
+"Odoo can exclude an invoice for a specific customer by clicking on the "
+"checkbox **Excluded**"
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo може виключити рахунок-фактуру для конкретного клієнта, натиснувши "
+"прапорець **Виключено**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/automated_followups.rst:168
+msgid "If you click on **History**, you can see all follow ups actions."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви натискаєте **Історія**, ви зможете бачити усі дії нагадувань. "
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3
+msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?"
+msgstr "Як зареєструвати клієнтські оплати чеком?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both "
+"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits."
+msgstr ""
+"Є два способи обробки платежів, оплачених чеками. Odoo підтримує обидва "
+"підходи, щоб ви могли використовувати той, який краще відповідає вашим "
+"звичкам."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by "
+"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited "
+"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money "
+"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account."
+msgstr ""
+"**Незараховані кошти:** як тільки ви отримаєте чек, ви зараховуєте платіж "
+"чеком на рахунок-фактуру. (використовуючи журнал Чек та розміщуючи на "
+"рахунку незараховані кошти). Після того, як чек надійде на ваш банківський "
+"рахунок, перемістіть гроші з незарахованих коштів на свій банківський "
+"рахунок."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a "
+"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited"
+" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with "
+"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal "
+"entry."
+msgstr ""
+"**Одноразовий запис журналу:** після того, як ви отримаєте чек, ви заносите "
+"платіж у ваш банк, сплачуючи чеком, не проходячи через **незараховані "
+"кошти**. Щойно ви обробляєте виписку з банку, ви виконуєте узгодження за "
+"допомогою банківського каналу та чекового платежу, не створюючи спеціального"
+" журнального запису."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account "
+"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed "
+"yet). Both approaches require the same effort."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми рекомендуємо перший підхід, оскільки він є більш точним (баланс вашого "
+"банківського рахунку точний, беручи до уваги чеки, які ще не були "
+"нараховані). Обидва підходи потребують однакових зусиль."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach "
+"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)."
+msgstr ""
+"Навіть якщо перший спосіб є більш чистим, Odoo підтримує другий підхід, "
+"оскільки його використовують деякі бухгалтери (користувачі QuickBooks і "
+"Peachtree)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several "
+"checks to your bank accounts in batch."
+msgstr ""
+"Можливо, ви подивитеся на *функцію депозитного квитка*, якщо ви внесете "
+"кілька групових перевірок на свої банківські рахунки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37
+msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds"
+msgstr "Варіант 1: не зараховані кошти"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41
+msgid "Create a journal **Checks**"
+msgstr "Створіть журнал **Чеки**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43
+msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account"
+msgstr ""
+"Встановіть **Незараховані чеки** як дебет рахункового/дебетового рахунку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**"
+msgstr ""
+"Встановіть банківський рахунок, пов'язаний із цим журналом, як **Дозволити "
+"узгодження**"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109
+msgid "From check payments to bank statements"
+msgstr "Від перевірки платежів до банківських виписок"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks "
+"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions."
+msgstr ""
+"Перший спосіб обробляти чеки - це створити чековий журнал. Таким чином, чек "
+"стає способом оплати сам по собі, і ви будете записувати дві транзакції."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on "
+"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:"
+msgstr ""
+"Отримавши перевірку клієнта, перейдіть до відповідного рахунку-фактури та "
+"натисніть **Зареєструвати платіж**. Заповніть інформацію про платіж:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit"
+" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)"
+msgstr ""
+"Спосіб оплати: перевірте журнал (який ви налаштовували за допомогою "
+"дебетових і кредитних дебіторських рахунків як **незараховані кошти**)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60
+msgid "Memo: write the Check number"
+msgstr "Призначення: напишіть номер чеку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74
+msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:"
+msgstr "Ця операція видасть наступний запис журналу:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141
+msgid "Statement Match"
+msgstr "Узгодження виписки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145
+msgid "100.00"
+msgstr "100.00"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83
+msgid "Undeposited Funds"
+msgstr "Незареєстровані кошти "
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121
+msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check."
+msgstr ""
+"Рахунок-фактура позначається як сплачений, як тільки ви записуєте чек."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with "
+"the check that is in Undeposited Funds."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім, як тільки ви отримаєте банківські виписки, ви узгоджуєте це "
+"твердження за допомогою чеків, які знаходяться в незарахованих коштах."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143
+msgid "X"
+msgstr "X"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of "
+"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account "
+"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви використовуєте цей підхід для керування отриманими чеками, ви "
+"отримуєте перелік чеків, які не були зараховані в на рахунок **Незарахованих"
+" коштів** (доступні, наприклад, з головної бухгалтерської книги)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the"
+" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is "
+"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank "
+"account."
+msgstr ""
+"Обидва методи дадуть ті самі дані у вашому обліку в кінці процесу. Але якщо "
+"у вас є чеки, які не були виплачені готівкою, це є чистіше, оскільки на цих "
+"банківських рахунках ще не повідомлялося про ці чеки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110
+msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only"
+msgstr "Варіант 2: лише один журнал"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this "
+"method."
+msgstr ""
+"Ці налаштування неможливі, якщо ви плануєте керувати вашими чеками за "
+"допомогою цього методу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114
+msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit"
+msgstr "**Спосіб оплати**: банк, який буде використовуватися для депозиту"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116
+msgid "Memo: write the check number"
+msgstr "Призначення: напишіть номер чеку"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123
+msgid ""
+"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the"
+" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and "
+"relate it to the statement line)"
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як ви отримаєте банківські виписки, ви зробите узгодження "
+"виписки та цим фактичним платежем. (технічно: вкажіть цей платіж і пов'яжіть"
+" його з рядком виписки)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:"
+msgstr "За допомогою цього підходу ви отримаєте наступний запис журналу:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer "
+"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may"
+" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you"
+" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете зареєструвати платіж безпосередньо, не переходячи до "
+"рахунку-фактури клієнта, скориставшись меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> "
+"Платежі`. Цей метод може бути більш зручним, якщо у вас багато чеків для "
+"групового запису, але вам доведеться узгодити записи пізніше (відповідні "
+"платежі з рахунками-фактурами)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report "
+"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or "
+"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from "
+"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви використовуєте цей підхід для керування отриманими чеками, ви можете"
+" використовувати **Звіт узгодження банківської виписки**, щоби перевірити, "
+"які банки отримали чи сплатили чеки. (цей звіт доступний у розділі "
+"**Додатково** на інформаційній панелі бухобліку на відповідному банківському"
+" рахунку)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3
+msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?"
+msgstr "Як зареєструвати оплати кредитною карткою в рахунках-фактурах?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support"
+" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits."
+msgstr ""
+"Є два способи обробки платежів, оплачених кредитними картками. Odoo "
+"підтримує обидва підходи, щоб ви могли використовувати той, який краще "
+"відповідає вашим звичкам."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive "
+"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card "
+"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited "
+"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank "
+"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account."
+msgstr ""
+"**Не зараховані кошти** (найчастіше використовуються в європейських "
+"країнах): після одержання дозволу на оплату кредитною карткою ви зараховуєте"
+" платіж за допомогою кредитної картки в рахунку-фактурі (використовуючи "
+"журнал кредитної картки та розміщуючи на рахунку не зараховані кошти). "
+"Потім, коли платежі кредитної картки надходять на ваш банківський рахунок, "
+"перемістіть гроші з не зарахованих коштів на свій банківський рахунок."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the "
+"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card,"
+" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank "
+"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card "
+"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ."
+msgstr ""
+"**Лише один журнал** (найчастіше використовується в США): після того, як ви "
+"отримаєте оплату за допомогою кредитної картки, ви зараховуєте платіж у ваш "
+"банк, сплачуючи кредитною карткою, не переходячи на не зараховані кошти. "
+"Щойно ви обробляєте виписку з банківського рахунку, ви виконуєте "
+"відповідність за допомогою банківського каналу та платежу за допомогою "
+"кредитної картки, не створюючи спеціальну публікацію журналу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account "
+"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been "
+"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми рекомендуємо перший підхід, оскільки він є більш точним (баланс вашого "
+"банківського рахунку точний, беручи до уваги кредитні картки, які ще не були"
+" нараховані). Обидва підходи потребують однакових зусиль."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to"
+" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be "
+"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second "
+"approach."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви користуєтеся електронною комерцією та автоматизованим шлюзом "
+"платежів, вам потрібно буде лише взяти під контроль частину узгодження "
+"банку, оскільки оплачений рахунок-фактура буде автоматично записано в "
+"правильний журнал. Тоді ви будете використовувати другий підхід."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach "
+"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* "
+"users)."
+msgstr ""
+"Навіть якщо перший спосіб є більш зрозумілим, Odoo підтримує другий підхід, "
+"оскільки його використовують деякі бухгалтери (користувачі *QuickBooks* і "
+"*Peachtree*)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals "
+"--> Create`"
+msgstr ""
+"В модулі Бухоблік перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Журнали --> "
+"Створити`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:"
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть журнал під назвою \"Платежі за кредитною карткою\" з такими даними:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46
+msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card"
+msgstr "**Назва журналу**: кредитна картка"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47
+msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards"
+msgstr "**Дебетовий рахунок за замовчуванням**: кредитні картки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48
+msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards"
+msgstr "**Кредитний рахунок за замовчуванням**: кредитні картки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to "
+"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Тип рахунку має бути \"Кредитна картка\". Після цього не забувайте "
+"встановлювати рахунок \"Кредитні картки\" як \"Дозволити узгодження\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119
+msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements"
+msgstr "Від платежів кредитної картки до банківських виписок"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. "
+"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two"
+" transactions."
+msgstr ""
+"Першим способом обробки кредитних карток є створення журналу кредитних "
+"карток. Таким чином, кредитні картки стають самостійним способом оплати, а "
+"ви будете записувати дві транзакції."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice "
+"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:"
+msgstr ""
+"Отримавши платіж за допомогою кредитної картки клієнта, перейдіть на "
+"відповідний рахунок-фактуру та натисніть \"Реєстрація платежу\". Заповніть "
+"інформацію про платіж:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67
+msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card"
+msgstr "**Спосіб оплати**: кредитна картка"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69
+msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference"
+msgstr "**Призначення**: напишіть референс рахунка-фактури"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81
+msgid "Credit Cards"
+msgstr "Кредитні картки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment."
+msgstr ""
+"Рахунок-фактура позначається як сплачений, як тільки ви записуєте платіж за "
+"допомогою кредитної картки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with "
+"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім, як тільки ви отримаєте банківські виписки, ви узгоджуєте цю виписку "
+"за допомогою кредитної картки, яка знаходиться на рахунку \"Кредитна "
+"картка\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93
+msgid "Credit cards"
+msgstr "Кредитні картки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list "
+"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" "
+"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви використовуєте цей підхід для керування платежами за кредитними "
+"картками, ви отримуєте перелік платежів за кредитними картками, які не були "
+"зараховані в рахунку \"Кредитна картка\" (доступні, наприклад, з головної "
+"книги)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the"
+" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one "
+"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your "
+"bank account."
+msgstr ""
+"Обидва методи дадуть ті самі дані у вашому бухобліку в кінці процесу. Але "
+"якщо у вас є кредитні картки, які не були виплачені готівкою, це буде "
+"прозоріше, тому що на цих банківських рахунках ще не повідомляється про ці "
+"кредитні картки."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using "
+"this method."
+msgstr ""
+"Немає нічого для налаштування, якщо ви плануєте керувати своїми кредитними "
+"картками за допомогою цього методу."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125
+msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit"
+msgstr "**Спосіб оплати**: банк, який буде використовуватися для депозиту"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127
+msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number"
+msgstr "**Призначення**: напишіть номер транзакції кредитної картки"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been "
+"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching "
+"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment "
+"and relate it to the statement line)."
+msgstr ""
+"Рахунок-фактура позначається як сплачений, як тільки буде здійснено платіж "
+"за допомогою кредитної картки. Щойно ви отримаєте банківські виписки, ви "
+"зробите узгодження із випискою та цим фактичним платежем (технічно: вкажіть "
+"цей платіж і пов'яжіть його з рядком виписки)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150
+msgid ""
+"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer "
+"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method"
+" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a "
+"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments "
+"with invoices)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете безпосередньо зареєструвати платіж без рахунку-фактури "
+"клієнта, скориставшись головним меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Платежі`. "
+"Цей метод може бути більш зручним, якщо у вас є багато кредитних карток для "
+"групового запису, але вам доведеться узгодити записи пізніше (відповідні "
+"платежі з рахунками-фактурами)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the "
+"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been"
+" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" "
+"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви використовуєте цей підхід для керування отриманими кредитними "
+"картками, ви можете використовувати звіт \"Звіт про узгодження банківських "
+"виписок\", щоб перевірити, які кредитні картки були отримані або сплачені "
+"банком (цей звіт доступний з опції \"Додатково\" на панелі інструментів "
+"бухобліку на відповідний банківський рахунок)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:167
+msgid ":doc:`recording`"
+msgstr ":doc:`recording`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128
+msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130
+msgid ":doc:`followup`"
+msgstr ":doc:`followup`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3
+msgid "How to get paid and organize customer follow-ups?"
+msgstr "Як отримати плату та організовувати подальші нагадування клієнту?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Getting paid and organizing customer reminders is always a difficult task, "
+"however it is critical for the health of the company to stay diligent about "
+"outstanding receivables. Fortunately, Odoo provides the right tools to track"
+" receivables, automate customer statements, and measure your performance."
+msgstr ""
+"Отримання платні та організація нагадувань клієнтів завжди є важким "
+"завданням, однак для \"профілактики\" компанії важливо залишатися ретельним "
+"стосовно неузгоджених вхідних платежів. На щастя, Odoo надає потрібні "
+"інструменти для відстеження неузгоджених платжеів, автоматизації заяв "
+"клієнтів і вимірювання ефективності."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:12
+msgid "Customer follow-ups: A step by step guide"
+msgstr "Нагадування клієнтів: покроковий посібник"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:15
+msgid "Cleaning up outstanding payments"
+msgstr "Очищення неузгоджених платежів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"If you have any unreconciled transactions in your bank account, you will "
+"need to process them first before you begin analyzing your customers "
+"statements. This ensures that you have recorded all of the latest customer "
+"payments before sending out reminders to any customers with outstanding "
+"balances."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас є будь-які незгоджені транзакції на вашому банківському рахунку, "
+"вам доведеться їх обробити перш ніж розпочати аналіз заяв ваших клієнтів. Це"
+" гарантує, що ви записали всі останні платежі клієнтів, перш ніж надсилати "
+"нагадування будь-яким клієнтам із неузгодженими залишками."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:27
+msgid "Checking the Aged Receivables report"
+msgstr "Перевірка звіту протермінованої дебіторська заборгованості"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"After you have reconciled all of your bank accounts, you can then generate "
+"an accurate Aged Receivables Report from the Reports menu. This report will "
+"display all of the customers and their outstanding balances on open "
+"invoices."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як ви узгодили всі свої банківські рахунки, ви зможете створити "
+"точний звіт протермінованої дебіторської заборгованості в меню Звіти. Цей "
+"звіт відображатиме всіх клієнтів та залишок коштів за відкритими рахунками-"
+"фактурами."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"The report displays this information in time increments to better paint a "
+"picture of the outstanding balances your customers hold and for how long "
+"they have held these outstanding balances. You can then appropriately focus "
+"your efforts on the appropriate customers."
+msgstr ""
+"У звіті ця інформація відображається зі збільшенням часу, аби краще "
+"намалювати зображення неузгоджених залишків, що зберігаються вашими "
+"клієнтами, та з часом, протягом якого вони мають власні неузгоджені залишки."
+" Тоді ви можете належним чином зосередити свої зусилля на відповідних "
+"клієнтів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"You can then select any of the customers on this list and Odoo will open up "
+"their invoice details in the form of the Customer Follow-Up letter, also "
+"known as the **Customer Statement**."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім ви можете вибрати будь-якого з клієнтів у цьому списку, і Odoo відкриє"
+" свої дані про рахунки-фактури у вигляді листа з подальшим зверненням "
+"клієнта, також відомий як **Звірка з клієнтом**."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:49
+msgid "From the customer statement, you can:"
+msgstr "Зі звірки з клієнтом ви можете:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:51
+msgid "Change and customize the message that is sent to the customer"
+msgstr "Змінювати та налаштовувати повідомлення, яке надсилається замовнику"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:53
+msgid "Send a reminder email to the customer"
+msgstr "Надсилати електронне нагадування клієнту"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:55
+msgid "Send a printed reminder letter to the customer"
+msgstr "Надсилати друкований лист-нагадування клієнту"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:57
+msgid "Send automated printed reminders by utilizing our Docsaway integration"
+msgstr ""
+"Надсилати автоматизовані друковані нагадування за допомогою інтеграції "
+"нашого Docsaway"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:60
+msgid "Zoom in on the different open invoices or payments"
+msgstr "Збільшити масштаб різних відкритих рахунків-фактур або платежів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:62
+msgid "Remove an invoice or payment from the report (in case of conflict)"
+msgstr "Видалити рахунок-фактуру або платіж зі звіту (у випадку конфлікту)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:64
+msgid "Log any call notes made to the customer"
+msgstr "Вводити будь-які нотатки, зроблені клієнту"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"Schedule your next follow up task to stay on top of customer payments (e.g. "
+"call back in 15 days if not payments are made)"
+msgstr ""
+"Планувати своє наступне завдання, щоб залишатися на вершині платежів "
+"клієнтів (наприклад, зателефонувати через 15 днів, якщо не здійснено "
+"платежі)"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"You can set reminders for when you would like to next contact the particular"
+" customer. Selecting **Manual** will open up the follow up scheduling tool, "
+"while selecting **Auto** will automatically recommend that you contact the "
+"customer 15 days from then if the customer has not yet paid for the invoice."
+" Installing the **Follow-Up Plans** module will allow you to define "
+"automated actions and intervals to send reminders."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете встановити нагадування для того, коли ви хотіли б наступного разу "
+"звернутися до конкретного клієнта. Вибравши **Вручну**, відкриється "
+"інструмент нагадування клієнту, під час вибору параметра **Автоматично** "
+"буде автоматично рекомендуватися зв'язатися з клієнтом через 15 днів, якщо "
+"клієнт ще не заплатив за рахунок-фактуру. Встановлення модуля **Плани "
+"нагадувань** дозволить визначити автоматичні дії та інтервали для надсилання"
+" нагадувань."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"If you have already sent out a reminder to a customer a few days ago, a "
+"warning message will appear at the top of the screen, reminding you that you"
+" should not send another reminder so soon since one was already sent "
+"recently. Every time you log a note, Odoo will automatically set the next "
+"reminder date, unless you choose to manually set it by selecting the next "
+"reminder button at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви вже надіслали декілька днів тому нагадування клієнту, у верхній "
+"частині екрану з'явиться попередження, яке нагадуватиме вам, що ви не "
+"повинні надсилати інше нагадування так швидко, оскільки його вже було "
+"надіслано нещодавно. Щоразу, коли ви вводите запис, Odoo автоматично "
+"встановлює наступну дату нагадування, якщо ви не вирішите вручну встановити "
+"її, вибравши наступну кнопку нагадування у верхньому правому куті екрану."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"You can also specify the expected payment date on an invoice line directly, "
+"therefore defining the next reminder in case the invoice has not been paid."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете вказати очікувану дату платежу безпосередньо в рядку "
+"рахунка-фактури, тому визначте наступне нагадування в тому випадку, якщо "
+"рахунок не був виплачений."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:92
+msgid "Sending customer statements"
+msgstr "Відправлення звірок з клієнтам"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"Send your customers reminders in batches in the menu :menuselection:`Sales "
+"--> Customer Statements`."
+msgstr ""
+"Надішліть ваші групові нагадування клієнтами в меню :menuselection:`Продажі "
+"--> Звірка з клієнтами`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"Here Odoo will open all the statements awaiting to be processed, which is "
+"determined by the last reminder they received. You can choose to process "
+"them one by one, send multiple letters or emails in batches, or set a next "
+"action date for the next time they'll be contacted."
+msgstr ""
+"Тут Odoo відкриє всі звірки, які очікують на обробку, що визначається "
+"останнім нагадуванням, яке вони отримали. Ви можете вибрати, щоб обробляти "
+"їх один за одним, надсилати кілька листів або електронних листів групами або"
+" встановити наступну дату дії, коли вони зв'язуваатимуться."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"If an invoice has not yet been paid, Odoo will remind you to contact at "
+"particular customer based after their next action date."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо рахунок-фактура ще не сплачений, Odoo нагадує вам про зв'язок із "
+"конкретним клієнтом на основі наступної дати дії."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"You can access the customer statement report daily and Odoo will only "
+"display the customers you need to contact on any given day. This is based "
+"on:"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоденно ви можете отримувати доступ до звіту про звірку з клієнтами, і Odoo "
+"відображатиме лише тих клієнтів, з якими потрібно зв'язатися в будь-який "
+"день. Це базується на:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:111
+msgid "Customers you have not yet received a payment from"
+msgstr "Клієнтах, до яких ви ще не отримали платіж"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Customers that have not been reminded over the last X days (\"X\" being "
+"defined as the overdue date of the invoice after the first reminder, then "
+"the next action date set at every reminder)"
+msgstr ""
+"Клієнтах, про які не нагадували протягом останніх X днів (\"X\" визначається"
+" як прострочена дата рахунку-фактури після першого нагадування, тоді "
+"наступна дата дії встановлена на кожному нагадуванні)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:118
+msgid "Setting up your dunning process"
+msgstr "Налаштування процесу нагадувань"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:120
+msgid ""
+"The **Payment Follow-up Management** module allows you to define reminder "
+"plans. After installing it from the **Apps** menu, go to the **Follow-up "
+"Levels** menu in the accounting configuration to set up your dunning "
+"process."
+msgstr ""
+"Модуль **Контроль нагадування платежу** дозволяє визначати плани нагадувань."
+" Після встановлення його в меню **Додатки**, перейдіть до меню **Рівні "
+"нагадувань** в налаштуваннях обліку, щоб налаштувати процес оновлення."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:125
+msgid "Some Examples are:"
+msgstr "Деякі приклади:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:127
+msgid "**Email**: 3 days before overdue date"
+msgstr "**Електронна пошта**: 3 дні до дати протермінування"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:129
+msgid "**Email+Letter**: at the overdue date"
+msgstr "**Електронна пошта + лист**: з протермінованою датою"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:131
+msgid "**Email+Call**: 15 days after the overdue date"
+msgstr ""
+"**Електронна пошта + дзвінок**: через 15 днів після протермінованої дати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:133
+msgid "**Email+Letter**: 60 days after the overdue date"
+msgstr "**Електронна пошта + лист**: через 60 днів після протермінованої дати"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"Thanks to this module, you can send every email and letters in batches for "
+"all your customers at once. The next reminder will automatically be computed"
+" based on your configured follow-up plan."
+msgstr ""
+"Завдяки цьому модулю ви можете надсилати кожну електронну пошту та листи "
+"групою для всіх ваших клієнтів одночасно. Наступне нагадування буде "
+"автоматично обчислено на основі вашого налаштованого плану подальшого "
+"нагадування."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:142
+msgid ""
+"The module will also add a red/green dot on each customer, this will allow "
+"you to easily mark customer status's with the following options: \"Good "
+"Debtor, Normal Debtor, or bad debtors."
+msgstr ""
+"Модуль також додасть червону/зелену точку для кожного клієнта, це дозволить "
+"вам легко помітити статус клієнта з такими параметрами: \"Хороший дебітор\","
+" \"Нормальний дебітор\" або \"Поганий дебітор\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:150
+msgid "DSO: Measuring your performance"
+msgstr "DSO: вимірювання узгодження продажів"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"The DSO (Days of Outstanding Sales) is a measure of the average number of "
+"days that a company takes to collect revenue after a sale has been made. DSO"
+" is calculated by dividing the amount of accounts receivable during a given "
+"period by the total value of credit sales during the same period, and "
+"multiplying the result by the number of days in the period measured."
+msgstr ""
+"DSO (Days of Outstanding Sales) - це показник середньої кількості днів, що "
+"компанія бере, щоб стягувати прибуток після здійснення продажу. DSO "
+"розраховується шляхом ділення розрахунку з дебіторами протягом даного "
+"періоду на загальну суму продажів кредитів за той же період і множення "
+"результату на кількість днів у вимірюваному періоді."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:159
+msgid ""
+"You can get the DSO of your company from the Executive Summary report under "
+"Reporting (check the KPI average debtors days)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете отримати DSO вашої компанії у Резюме Звіту під назвою Звіти "
+"(перевірте середні дні боржника КПІ)."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29
+msgid "Get paid with SEPA"
+msgstr "Отримайте оплату із SEPA"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of "
+"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO."
+" SEPA Direct Debit allows you to withdraw money from the bank accounts of "
+"your customers with their approval."
+msgstr ""
+"SEPA, єдина зона євро платежів, є ініціативою Європейського Союзу з "
+"платіжної інтеграції для спрощення банківських переказів, виражених у євро. "
+"Прямий дебет SEPA дозволяє вам вилучати гроші з банківських рахунків ваших "
+"клієнтів із затвердженням."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo, you can record customer mandates, generate an SDD XML file "
+"containing customer payments and upload it in your bank interface. The file "
+"follows the SEPA Direct Debit PAIN.008.001.02 specifications. This is a "
+"well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою Odoo ви можете записувати мандати клієнтів, створювати XML-файл"
+" SDD, що містить платежі клієнтів, і завантажити його у ваш банківський "
+"інтерфейс. Файл слідує специфікаціям SEPA Direct Debit PAIN.008.001.02. Це "
+"чітко визначений стандарт, який робить консенсус між банками."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
+"activate the SEPA Direct Debit (SDD) Feature. Enter the Creditor Identifier "
+"of your company. This number is provided by your bank."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та "
+"активуйте функцію прямого дебету SEPA (SDD). Введіть ідентифікатор кредитора"
+" вашої компанії. Цей номер надається вашим банком."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32
+msgid "Direct Debit Mandates"
+msgstr "Мандати прямого дебету"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Before withdrawing money from a customer bank account, your customer has to "
+"sign a mandate. Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Direct Debit "
+"Mandates` and create a new mandate."
+msgstr ""
+"Перш ніж вилучати гроші з рахунку клієнта, ваш клієнт повинен підписати "
+"мандат. Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Продажі --> Прямі "
+"дебетові мандати` та створіть новий мандат."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41
+msgid "SEPA Direct Debit only works between IBAN Bank Accounts."
+msgstr "Прямий дебет SEPA працює лише між банківськими рахунками IBAN."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Once you have entered all the information in the customer mandate, you can "
+"print it and ask your customer to sign it. Once it is done, you can upload "
+"the mandate signed by your customer on the mandate in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як ви введете всю інформацію в мандат замовника, ви можете "
+"роздрукувати його та попросити клієнта його підписати. Як тільки це буде "
+"зроблено, ви зможете завантажити мандат, підписаний вашим клієнтом в мандат "
+"в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50
+msgid "You can now validate the mandate."
+msgstr "Тепер ви можете перевірити мандат."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55
+msgid "Let's create an invoice for that customer."
+msgstr "Давайте створимо рахунок для клієнта."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"When you will validate this invoice, the payment will be automatically "
+"generated and your invoice will be directly marked as paid."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви підтвердите цей рахунок-фактуру, платіж буде автоматично створено, а"
+" ваш рахунок-фактура буде безпосередньо позначено як оплачений."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"If you already had some invoices for that customer that could be paid using "
+"that mandate, it's still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on "
+"register payment and choose the Sepa Direct Debit as payment method."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас вже є рахунки-фактури для цього клієнта, які можуть бути "
+"виплачені за допомогою цього мандату, це все-таки можливо. Перейдіть на "
+"рахунок-фактуру, натисніть на реєстровий платіж і виберіть спосіб оплати "
+"прямого дебету Sepa."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67
+msgid "Generate SDD Files"
+msgstr "Створення файлів SDD"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"You can generate the SDD File with all the customer payments to send to your"
+" bank directly from the accounting dashboard :"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете створити файл SDD з усіма платіжками клієнтів, щоби відправити їх "
+"у свій банк безпосередньо з інформаційної панелі бухобліку:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"You select the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD "
+"File, click on action and select \"Generate Direct Debit XML\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви вибираєте платежі у списку, який ви хочете включити до вашого файлу SDD, "
+"натисніть на дію та виберіть \"Генерувати прямий дебет XML\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"You can now download the XML file generated by Odoo and upload it in your "
+"bank interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ви можете завантажити файл XML, створений Odoo, і завантажити його у "
+"свій банківський інтерфейс."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"You can retrieve all the generated XML by activating the developer mode and "
+"going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payments --> SDD "
+"Payment File`."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете отримати весь згенерований XML, активуючи режим розробника та "
+"переходячи на :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Платежі --> Файл"
+" оплати SDD`."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89
+msgid "Close or revoke a mandate"
+msgstr "Закрийте чи скасуйте мандат"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"The Direct Debit mandate will be closed automatically once the end date "
+"defined on it is reached. However, you can **close** a mandate earlier than "
+"initially planned. To do that, simply go on the mandate and click on the "
+"\"Close\" button.The end date of the mandate will be updated to today's "
+"date. This means you will not be able to pay invoices with an invoice date "
+"superior to this end date. Be careful, once a mandate is closed, it cannot "
+"be reopened."
+msgstr ""
+"Мандат \"Прямий дебет\" буде автоматично закритий, коли визначена дата "
+"закінчення буде досягнута. Тим не менш, ви можете **закрити** мандат раніше,"
+" ніж спочатку планувалося. Для цього просто пропустіть мандат і натисніть "
+"кнопку \"Закрити\". Дата завершення мандату буде оновлено до сьогоднішньої "
+"дати. Це означає, що ви не зможете сплатити рахунки з датою накладної, що "
+"перевищує цю дату закінчення. Будьте уважні, як тільки мандат буде закрито, "
+"його неможливо відновити."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"You can also **revoke** a mandate. In that case, you won't be able to pay "
+"any invoice using that mandate anymore, no matter the invoice date.To do "
+"that, simply go on the mandate and click on the \"Revoke\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете **відкликати** мандат. У такому випадку ви не зможете "
+"заплатити будь-який рахунок-фактуру за цим мандатом, незалежно від дати "
+"рахунку-фактури. Для цього просто перейдіть до мандату та натисніть кнопку "
+"\"Скасувати\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3
+msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?"
+msgstr "Які є способи запису оплати?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand"
+" alone record for use on a later date:"
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo платіж може бути або безпосередньо пов'язаний з рахунком-фактурою, "
+"або самостійним реєстром для використання на пізніший термін:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the "
+"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо платіж пов'язаний із рахунком-фактурою, тоді зменшується суму рахунка-"
+"фактури. Ви можете мати кілька платежів, пов'язаних з одним рахунком-"
+"фактурою."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding "
+"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a "
+"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or "
+"bills."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо платіж не пов'язаний з рахунком-фактурою, клієнт має вичерпний кредит з"
+" вашою компанією або вашою компанією як непогашену кінцеву оплату з "
+"постачальником. Ви можете використовувати цей непогашений кредит/дебет для "
+"оплати майбутніх рахунків."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18
+msgid "Paying an invoice"
+msgstr "Оплата рахунку-фактури"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the "
+"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount "
+"due."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви зареєструєте платіж на рахунку-фактурі або рахунку постачальника, "
+"платіж автоматично узгоджується з рахунком-фактурою, що зменшує суму сплати."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the"
+" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile "
+"the payment."
+msgstr ""
+"Зелена іконка біля рядка платежу відображатиме додаткову інформацію про "
+"платіж. Звідти ви можете вибрати, аби відкрити запис журналу або узгодити "
+"платіж."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not "
+"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a"
+" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the "
+"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви не схвалюєте платіж, він все ще зареєстрований у ваших журналах, але"
+" більше не пов'язаний з конкретним рахунком-фактурою. Якщо ви не схвалюєте "
+"платіж в іншій валюті, Odoo створить журнал, щоб змінити втрату/здобуток "
+"валютної біржі, розміщену під час узгодження."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39
+msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice"
+msgstr "Платежі, не пов'язані з рахунком-фактурою"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42
+msgid "Registering a payment"
+msgstr "Реєстрація платежу"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales "
+"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If "
+"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily"
+" be reconciled on an invoice later on."
+msgstr ""
+"У програмі Бухоблік ви можете створити новий платіж в меню Продажі "
+"(зареєструвати платіж клієнта) або в меню Купівля (оплатити постачальнику). "
+"Якщо ви користуєтеся цими меню, платіж не пов'язаний з рахунком-фактурою, "
+"але його можна легко узгодити з рахунком-фактурою пізніше."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the "
+"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the "
+"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a "
+"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this "
+"document in the memo field."
+msgstr ""
+"При реєстрації нового платежу потрібно вибрати клієнта або постачальника, "
+"спосіб оплати та суму платежу. Валюта угоди визначається методом оплати. "
+"Якщо платіж стосується документа (замовлення на продаж, замовлення на "
+"купівлю чи рахунок-фактуру), встановіть посилання на цей документ у полі "
+"призначення."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction "
+"just made in the accounting application."
+msgstr ""
+"Щойно буде підтвердження, буде надруковано запис журналу, що відображає "
+"транзакцію, яка була щойно зроблена в бухгалтерському модулі."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62
+msgid "Reconciling invoice payments"
+msgstr "Узгодження платежів рахунків-фактур"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the "
+"invoice directly."
+msgstr ""
+"Найпростіший спосіб узгодити оплату з рахунком-фактурою - це узгодження "
+"безпосередньо на рахунок-фактуру."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding "
+"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can "
+"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under "
+"\"Outstanding Payments\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Підтверджуючи новий рахунок-фактуру, Odoo попередить вас, що непогашений "
+"платіж для цього клієнта або постачальника доступний. У такому випадку ви "
+"можете узгодити цей платіж з рахунком-фактурою поруч із підсумками у нижній "
+"частині під розділом \"Невиплачені платежі\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76
+msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices"
+msgstr "Узгодження всіх ваших непогашених платежів та рахунків-фактур"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once "
+"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation "
+"feature within Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете одночасно узгодити всі непогашені платежі та рахунки-фактури "
+"(замість того, щоби робити це по черзі), ви можете використовувати функцію "
+"групового узгодження в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the "
+"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts "
+"Receivable and Payable, respectively."
+msgstr ""
+"Функція групового узгодження доступна на інформаційній панелі на картці "
+"рахунків клієнтів і на картці рахунку постачальників, щоб узгодити "
+"дебіторську та кредиторську заборгованість, відповідно."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors "
+"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the "
+"matching of all their payments and invoices at once."
+msgstr ""
+"Інструмент відповідності платежу відкриє всіх незацікавлених клієнтів або "
+"постачальників, і дасть вам можливість обробити їх по черзі, одночасно "
+"виконуючи відповідність усіх ваших платежів і рахунків-фактур."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not "
+"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be "
+"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly."
+msgstr ""
+"Під час узгодження, якщо сума дебетів та кредитів не співпадає, це означає, "
+"що ще є залишок балансу, який потрібно або узгодити пізніше, або потрібно "
+"буде безпосередньо списати."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101
+msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another"
+msgstr "Переказ грошей з одного банківського рахунку на інший"
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally "
+"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top."
+msgstr ""
+"Подібно тому, як здійснення оплати клієнта чи постачальника, ви переказуєте "
+"грошову одиницю між вашими банківськими рахунками з інформаційної панелі або"
+" з меню вгорі."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making "
+"payments."
+msgstr ""
+"Це приведе вас до того самого екрану, який ви маєте для отримання та "
+"здійснення платежів."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select "
+"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the "
+"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go "
+"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up"
+" with two journal entries for the same transaction."
+msgstr ""
+"При здійсненні внутрішньої передачі з одного банківського рахунку на інший, "
+"виберіть панель, на якій потрібно застосувати переказ з інформаційної "
+"панелі, а на екрані реєстраційних платежів ви виберете перехід на рахунок. "
+"Не повторюйте цей процес знову на іншому банківському рахунку, або ж ви "
+"отримаєте два записи журналу для однієї транзакції."
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127
+msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`"
+msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards`"
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6a905203de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../applications.rst:3
+msgid "Applications"
+msgstr "Додатки"
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c68b2d80a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1461 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../crm.rst:5
+msgid "CRM"
+msgstr "CRM"
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3
+msgid "Acquire leads"
+msgstr "Отримайте ліди"
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3
+msgid "Convert leads into opportunities"
+msgstr "Перетворення лідів у нагоди"
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a "
+"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and "
+"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM"
+" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can "
+"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form."
+msgstr ""
+"Система може генерувати ліди, а не нагоди, для того, щоб додати "
+"кваліфікаційний крок перед перетворенням *Ліда* в *Нагоду* і присвоєння "
+"потрібним продавцям. Ви можете активувати цей режим із налаштувань CRM. Він "
+"застосовується до всіх ваших каналів продажів за замовчуванням. Але ви "
+"можете зробити його специфічним для певних каналів за формою їх "
+"налаштування."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування"
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> "
+"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб ця функція працювала, перейдіть на :menuselection:`CRM --> Налаштування "
+"--> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Ліди*."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Pipeline* where they will "
+"aggregate."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер у вас з'явиться нове підменю *Ліди* під *Конвеєром*, де вони будуть "
+"агреговані."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28
+msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity"
+msgstr "Конвертуйте лід у нагоду"
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an "
+"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same "
+"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви натиснете на *Лід*, ви матимете можливість перетворити його на "
+"нагоду і вирішити, чи слід його ще призначити тому ж каналу/продавцю, і якщо"
+" вам потрібно створити нового клієнта."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will "
+"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, "
+"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that "
+"customer already exists."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас вже є нагода з цим клієнтом, Odoo автоматично запропонує вам "
+"об'єднати цю нагоду. Точно так само Odoo автоматично запропонує вам зв'язати"
+" з існуючим клієнтом, якщо цей клієнт вже існує."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3
+msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails"
+msgstr "Генеруйте лід/нагоди з електронної пошти"
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your "
+"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will"
+" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel."
+msgstr ""
+"Автоматизація генерації ліду/нагоди значно покращить вашу ефективність. За "
+"замовчуванням будь-який електронний лист, надісланий на *sales@database\\ "
+"_domain.ext*, створить нагоду в рамках каналу продажів за замовчуванням."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11
+msgid "Configure email aliases"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте псевдоніми електронної пошти"
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate "
+"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage"
+" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the "
+"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Sales Channels`."
+msgstr ""
+"Кожен канал продажу може мати власний псевдонім електронної пошти, щоб "
+"генерувати ліди/нагоди, автоматично призначені для нього. Це корисно, якщо "
+"ви керуєте кількома командами продажів з певними бізнес-процесами. Ви "
+"знайдете налаштування каналів продажу під :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Канали продажів`."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3
+msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page"
+msgstr "Створіть ліди/нагоди зі сторінки контактів вашого веб-сайту"
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your "
+"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a"
+" lead/opportunity in the pipeline."
+msgstr ""
+"Автоматизація генерації лідів/нагод значно покращить вашу ефективність. "
+"Будь-який відвідувач, який використовує контактну форму на вашому веб-сайті,"
+" створить лід/нагоду у конеєрі."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10
+msgid "Use the contact us on your website"
+msgstr "Використовуйте зв'яжіться з нами на своєму веб-сайті"
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12
+msgid "You should first go to your website app."
+msgstr "Спочатку потрібно перейти до вашого додатка веб-сайту."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14
+msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
+msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|"
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from ready-to-use contact form on "
+"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою додатку CRM ви скористаєтесь готовою до використання контактною"
+" формою на своєму веб-сайті Odoo, яка автоматично створить ліди/нагоди."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact "
+"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб перейти на конкретний канал продажів, перейдіть на сторінку "
+":menuselection:`Веб-сайт --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` під *Зв'язок* ви"
+" знайдете інформацію про контактну форму та куди слід змінити *Канали "
+"продажу* або *Продавця*."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50
+msgid "Create a custom contact form"
+msgstr "Створіть власну контактну форму"
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use they want to "
+"contact you. You will then need to build a custom contact form on your "
+"website. Those contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the "
+"system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, "
+"etc...)"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете дізнатися більше про свого відвідувача, коли він використовує "
+"контактну форму, вам потрібно буде створити на вашому веб-сайті спеціальну "
+"контактну форму. Ці контактні форми можуть генерувати кілька типів записів у"
+" системі (електронні листи, ліди/нагоди, завдання проекту, заявки служби "
+"підтримки тощо)."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module. Only available in "
+"Odoo Enterprise."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам буде потрібно встановити безкоштовний модуль *Конструктор форми*. "
+"Доступно лише в Odoo Enterprise."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"From any page you want your contact form to be in, in edit mode, drag the "
+"form builder in the page and you will be able to add all the fields you "
+"wish."
+msgstr ""
+"З будь-якої сторінки, в якій ви хочете, щоб ваша контактна форма опинилась в"
+" режимі редагування, перетягніть конструктор форм на сторінці, і ви зможете "
+"додати всі потрібні поля."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"By default any new contact form will send an email, you can switch to "
+"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням будь-яка нова контактна форма надсилатиме електронний лист,"
+" ви зможете перейти до створення ліду/нагоди у *Змінити параметри форми*."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"If the same visitors uses the contact form twice, the second information "
+"will be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ті самі відвідувачі двічі використовують контактну форму, друга "
+"інформація буде додана до першого ліду/нагоди в чаті."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67
+msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities"
+msgstr "Генеруйте ліди, а не нагоди"
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"When using a contact form, it is advised to use a qualification step before "
+"assigning to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM "
+"settings and refer to :doc:`convert`."
+msgstr ""
+"Використовуючи контактну форму, рекомендується скористатись етапом "
+"кваліфікації, перш ніж призначити потрібних продавців. Для цього активуйте "
+"*Ліди* у налаштуваннях CRM та зверніться до :doc:`convert`."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3
+msgid "Send quotations"
+msgstr "Надсилання комерційних пропозицій"
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When you qualified one of your lead into an opportunity you will most likely"
+" need to them send a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with"
+" Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви конвертували один із ваших лідів у нагоду, ви, швидше за все, "
+"повинні надіслати їм комерційну пропозицію. Ви можете зробити це "
+"безпосередньо у додатку CRM з Odoo."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:13
+msgid "Create a new quotation"
+msgstr "Створіть нову комерційну пропозицію"
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* "
+"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote."
+msgstr ""
+"Натиснувши на будь-яку нагоду або лід, ви побачите кнопку *Нова комерційна "
+"пропозиція*, яка приведе вас до нового меню, в якому ви зможете керувати "
+"комерційною пропозицією."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the "
+"*Quotations* menu on that page."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви знайдете всі свої комерційні пропозиції за конкретною нагодою в меню "
+"*Комерційні пропозиції* на цій сторінці."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:29
+msgid "Mark them won/lost"
+msgstr "Позначте їх, як впіймано/втрачено"
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the "
+"process along."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер вам доведеться відзначити вашу нагоду як впіймано чи втрачено, щоб "
+"перемістити цей процес."
+
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban "
+"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви позначите їх як впіймано, вони перейдуть до вашого стовпця "
+"*Впіймано* у вашому конвеєрі Канбану. Якщо ви позначите їх як *Втрачено*, "
+"вони будуть архівовані."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3
+msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work"
+msgstr "Оптимізуйте свою щоденну роботу"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
+msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo"
+msgstr "Синхронізація Google Календаря з Odoo"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
+"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
+"directions)."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo ідеально інтегрований з Google Calendar, щоб ви могли бачити і керувати"
+" своїми зустрічами з обох платформ (оновлення відбуваються в обох "
+"напрямках)."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
+msgid "Setup in Google"
+msgstr "Встановлення в Google"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to "
+"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до `Платформи Google API "
+"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__, щоб створити повноваження Google"
+" Календар API. Зайдіть через ваш акаунт Google."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
+msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
+msgstr "Перейдіть до сторінки API та Послуги."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
+msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
+msgstr "Знайдіть*Google Calendar API* і виберіть його."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
+msgid "Enable the API."
+msgstr "Увімкніть API."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done "
+"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть або створіть проект API для зберігання облікових даних, якщо це ще "
+"не було зроблено раніше. Дайте їй конкретне ім'я (наприклад, Odoo Sync)."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
+msgid "Create credentials."
+msgstr "Створіть облікові дані."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
+"of data."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть *веб-браузер (Javascript)* як джерело дзвінків та *дані "
+"користувача* як види даних."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
+"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The "
+"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized "
+"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
+msgstr ""
+"Тоді ви можете створити ідентифікатор клієнта. Введіть назву програми "
+"(наприклад, Odoo Calendar) і дозволені сторінки, на які буде "
+"переадресування. *Авторизоване джерело JavaScript* - це ваш приклад URL-"
+"адреси Odoo. *Авторизована URI перенаправлення* - це ваш приклад URL-адреси "
+"Odoo, а потім -'/google_account/authentication'."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo "
+"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not "
+"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID"
+" in Odoo for the first time."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до пункту \"Зразок згоди\", введіть назву продукту (наприклад, "
+"Odoo Calendar). Не соромтеся перевіряти параметри налаштування, але це не "
+"обов'язково. Екран згоди відображатиметься лише тоді, коли ви вперше введете"
+" ідентифікатор клієнта в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
+" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Нарешті, вам надається **ідентифікатор клієнта**. Перейдіть до *Облікові "
+"дані*, щоб отримати **Секретний ключ клієнта**. Обидва вони потрібні в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
+msgid "Setup in Odoo"
+msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the "
+"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+"Встановіть додаток **Google Каленар** з меню *Програми* або встановіть "
+"прапорець у полі :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування`."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client"
+" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування` та "
+"введіть ваш **ID клієнта** та **Секретний ключ клієнта** в налаштуванні "
+"Google Календаря."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
+"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
+"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
+" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
+msgstr ""
+"Налаштування готово. Відкрийте Календар Odoo та синхронізуйте його з Google."
+" Якщо ви робите це вперше, ви переадресовуєтеся на Google, щоб авторизувати "
+"з'єднання. Повернувшись в Odoo, знову натисніть кнопку синхронізації. Ви "
+"можете натискати її, коли хочете синхронізувати свій календар."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
+msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
+msgstr "Тепер ви більше не маєте виправдання, щоби пропустити зустріч!"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3
+msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP"
+msgstr "Використовуйте послугу VOIP в Odoo з OnSIP"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Загальний огляд"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that"
+" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as "
+"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo VoIP може бути налаштований для роботи разом з OnSIP (www.onsip.com). У"
+" цьому випадку інсталяція та налаштування сервера Asterisk не потрібні, "
+"оскільки вся інфраструктура розміщена та керована OnSIP."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before "
+"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are "
+"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the "
+"configuration procedure below."
+msgstr ""
+"Для використання цієї послуги вам потрібно буде відкрити обліковий запис на "
+"OnSIP. Перш ніж це зробити, переконайтеся, що ця послуга охоплює вашу "
+"територію та області, в які ви хочете зателефонувати. Після відкриття обліку"
+" OnSIP виконайте процедуру налаштування нижче."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15
+msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**."
+msgstr "Перейдіть до додатків та встановіть модуль **VoIP OnSIP**."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk "
+"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:"
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до Налаштування/Загальні налаштування. У розділі "
+"Інтеграція/Asterisk (VoIP) заповніть 3 поля:"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on "
+"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and "
+"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"**Домен OnSIP** - це домен, який ви обрали під час створення облікового "
+"запису на www.onsip.com. Якщо ви не знаєте цього, увійдіть до "
+"https://admin.onsip.com/, і ви побачите його у верхньому правому куті "
+"екрана."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23
+msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com"
+msgstr "**WebSocket** повинен містити wss: //edge.sip.onsip.com"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24
+msgid "**Mode** should be Production"
+msgstr "**Режим** повинен бути Виробництво"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the "
+"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:"
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до **Налаштування/Користувачі**. У формі перегляду кожного "
+"користувача VoIP на вкладці Налаштування введіть розділ **Налаштування "
+"PBX**:"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31
+msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
+msgstr "**Логін SIP/Розширення браузера**: OnSIP 'Ім'я користувача'"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32
+msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
+msgstr "**Авторизація користувача OnSIP**: the OnSIP 'Ім'я користувача авт'"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33
+msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
+msgstr "**Пароль SIP**: OnSIP 'Пароль SIP'"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34
+msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'"
+msgstr "**Розширення для телефонів**: 'Розширення' OnSIP"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"You can find all this information by logging in at "
+"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure "
+"and refer to the fields as pictured below."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете знайти всю цю інформацію, увійшовши за адресою "
+"https://admin.onsip.com/users, а потім виберіть користувача, якого ви хочете"
+" налаштувати, і послайтеся на поля, як це показано нижче."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right "
+"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in"
+" Odoo and in OnSIP)."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ви можете телефонувати, натиснувши значок телефону у верхньому правому"
+" куті Odoo (переконайтеся, що ви ввійшли як користувач, який належним чином "
+"налаштований у Odoo та OnSIP)."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure "
+"to refresh your Odoo window and try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви бачите повідомлення про *відсутність параметрів* на софтводі Odoo, "
+"обов'язково оновіть вікно Odoo та повторіть спробу."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to"
+" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by "
+"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the "
+"international prefix for the United States)."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо в Odoo softphone з'являється повідомлення *Неправильне число*, "
+"обов'язково використовуйте міжнародний формат, який містить знак плюс (+), а"
+" потім міжнародний код країни. Наприклад: +16506913277 (де +1 - міжнародний "
+"префікс для США)."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by "
+"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер також можна телефонувати. Ваш номер - це той, який надається OnSIP. "
+"Odoo зателефонує і покаже повідомлення."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63
+msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone"
+msgstr "OnSIP на вашому мобільному телефон"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your "
+"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo"
+" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear "
+"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб робити та отримувати телефонні дзвінки, коли ви не перебуваєте перед "
+"вашим комп'ютером, ви можете використовувати прикладну програму для "
+"мобільних телефонів паралельно з Odoo VoIP. Це корисно для викликів на ходу,"
+" але також для того, щоб переконатися, що ви чуєте вхідні дзвінки, або "
+"просто для зручності. Будь-який SIP-софтфон буде працювати."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream "
+"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_."
+" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will "
+"then have to configure it as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+"На Android та iOS, OnSIP успішно протестовано за допомогою `Grandstream Wave"
+" <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave> _ _. "
+"Під час створення облікового запису виберіть OnSIP у списку постачальників. "
+"Вам потрібно буде налаштувати його таким чином:"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69
+msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP"
+msgstr "**Назва обліку**: OnSIP"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70
+msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
+msgstr "**SIP сервер**: OnSIP 'Домен'"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71
+msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
+msgstr "**SIP ID користувача**: OnSIP 'Ім'я користувача'"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72
+msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
+msgstr "**SIP Аутентифікація ID**: OnSIP 'Аут Ім'я користувача'"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73
+msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
+msgstr "**Пароль**: OnSIP 'Пароль SIP'"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can "
+"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. "
+"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to "
+"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone"
+" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call "
+"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-"
+"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_."
+msgstr ""
+"Окрім ініціювання дзвінків з Grandstream Wave на свій телефон, ви також "
+"можете ініціювати дзвінки, натиснувши номери телефонів у вашому браузері на "
+"своєму ПК. Це зробить дзвінок Grandstream Wave і маршрут дзвінка через "
+"телефон на іншу сторону. Цей підхід корисний, щоб не витрачати час на набір "
+"телефонних номерів. Для цього вам знадобиться розширення Chrome  `Помічник "
+"дзвінків OnSIP <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-"
+"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en> _ _."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will"
+" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
+msgstr ""
+"Недоліком використання софтфону на вашому мобільному телефоні є те, що ваші "
+"виклики не будуть входити в систему Odoo, оскільки софтфон виступає в ролі "
+"незалежного окремого додатка."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш сервер VOIP Asterisk для Odoo"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6
+msgid "Installing Asterisk server"
+msgstr "Встановлення сервера Asterisk"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9
+msgid "Dependencies"
+msgstr "Залежності"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:"
+msgstr ""
+"Перед встановленням Asterisk вам потрібно встановити наступні залежності:"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13
+msgid "wget"
+msgstr "wget"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14
+msgid "gcc"
+msgstr "gcc"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15
+msgid "g++"
+msgstr "g++"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16
+msgid "ncurses-devel"
+msgstr "ncurses-devel"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17
+msgid "libxml2-devel"
+msgstr "libxml2-devel"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18
+msgid "sqlite-devel"
+msgstr "sqlite-devel"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19
+msgid "libsrtp-devel"
+msgstr "libsrtp-devel"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20
+msgid "libuuid-devel"
+msgstr "libuuid-devel"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21
+msgid "openssl-devel"
+msgstr "openssl-devel"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22
+msgid "pkg-config"
+msgstr "pkg-config"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24
+msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:"
+msgstr "Для встановлення libsrtp виконайте наведені нижче інструкції:"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here "
+"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is "
+"extracted:"
+msgstr ""
+"Вам також потрібно встановити PJSIP, ви можете завантажити джерело `тут "
+"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>` _. Після вилучення вихідного каталогу:"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37
+msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**"
+msgstr "**Перейдіть у вихідний каталог pjproject:**"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43
+msgid "**run:**"
+msgstr "**запустіть:**"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49
+msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**"
+msgstr "**Побудуйте та встановіть pjproject:**"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57
+msgid "**Update shared library links:**"
+msgstr "**Оновіть посилання на спільну бібліотеку:**"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63
+msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**"
+msgstr "**Перевірте, чи встановлено pjproject:**"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69
+msgid "**The result should be:**"
+msgstr "**Результат повинен бути:**"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86
+msgid "Asterisk"
+msgstr "Asterisk"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly "
+"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-"
+"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб встановити Asterisk 13.7.0, ви можете завантажити джерело безпосередньо "
+"`там <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-"
+"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90
+msgid "Extract Asterisk:"
+msgstr "Вилучіть Asterisk:"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96
+msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:"
+msgstr "Введіть каталог Asterisk:"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102
+msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:"
+msgstr "Запустіть налаштування скрипта Asterisk:"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108
+msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:"
+msgstr "Запустіть інструмент вибору меню Asterisk:"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is "
+"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the "
+"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). "
+"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines."
+msgstr ""
+"У меню вибору перейдіть до опції ресурсів і переконайтесь, що res_srtp "
+"увімкнено. Якщо біля res_srtp є 3 х, виникають проблеми з бібліотекою srtp, "
+"і ви повинні перевстановити його. Збережіть налаштування (натисніть x). Ви "
+"також повинні побачити зірки перед рядками res_pjsip."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116
+msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:"
+msgstr "Скомпілюйте та встановіть Asterisk:"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the "
+"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can "
+"run 'make config'."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо вам потрібні зразки налаштування, ви можете запустити 'зробити зразки' "
+"для встановлення зразків налаштування. Якщо вам потрібно встановити сценарій"
+" запуску Asterisk, ви можете запустити 'зробити налашт'."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125
+msgid "DTLS Certificates"
+msgstr "Сертифікати DTLS"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127
+msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates."
+msgstr "Після цього вам потрібно встановити сертифікати DTLS."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133
+msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:"
+msgstr "Введіть каталог скриптів Asterisk:"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address"
+" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):"
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть сертифікати DTLS (замініть pbx.mycompany.com на свою IP-адресу чи "
+"ім'я dns, замініть My Super Company на назву вашої компанії):"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146
+msgid "Configure Asterisk server"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте сервер Asterisk"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer "
+"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very "
+"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start"
+" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are "
+"uncommented:"
+msgstr ""
+"Для WebRTC велика кількість необхідних параметрів ПОВИННА бути в показаних "
+"налаштуваннях. Глобальні параметри не дуже добре попадають в налаштування "
+"показаних рівнів. За замовчуванням конфігураційні файли Asterisk розташовані"
+" в /etc/asterisk/. Почніть з редагування http.conf і переконайтеся, що "
+"наступні рядки не коментуються:"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and "
+"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. "
+"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to "
+"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the "
+"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:"
+msgstr ""
+"Далі змініть файл sip.conf. WebRTC потребує розшифрування, avpf та "
+"iicesupport. У більшості випадків, Directmedia повинен бути відключений. "
+"Також під клієнтом WebRTC транспорт потрібно вказати як \"ws\", щоб "
+"дозволити з'єднання веб-вузлів. Всі ці конфігураційні лінії мають бути під "
+"одним рівнем; установка цих конфігураційних ліній глобально може не "
+"працювати:"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the "
+"lines:"
+msgstr ""
+"У sip.conf та rtp.conf файлах вам також потрібно додати чи відключити рядки:"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193
+msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:"
+msgstr "Нарешті, встановіть extensions.conf:"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202
+msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте Odoo VOIP"
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204
+msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo, конфігурація повинна виконуватися в налаштуваннях користувача."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206
+msgid ""
+"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in"
+" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you"
+" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a "
+"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to"
+" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"Розширення SIP Логін/Браузер - це номер, який ви вже налаштували у файлі "
+"sip.conf. У нашому прикладі 1060. Пароль SIP - секрет, який ви обрали у "
+"файлі sip.conf. Розширення телефону вашого офісу не є обов'язковим полем, "
+"але воно використовується, якщо ви хочете передати свій дзвінок з Odoo на "
+"зовнішній телефон, також налаштований у файлі sip.conf."
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title "
+"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf "
+"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part "
+"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the "
+"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"Налаштування також повинно бути зроблене в налаштуваннях продажу під назвою "
+"\"Конфігурація PBX\". Ви повинні вказати IP, який ви визначите у файлі "
+"http.conf, і WebSocket має бути: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. Частина "
+"\"127.0.0.1\" повинна бути такою ж, як IP, визначений раніше, і \"8088\" - "
+"це порт, визначений у файлі http.conf."
+
+#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3
+msgid "Analyze performance"
+msgstr "Проаналізуйте ефективність"
+
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3
+msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover"
+msgstr "Отримайте точний ймовірний оборот"
+
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you"
+" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity "
+"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is "
+"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви розвиваєте свій цикл продажів і переходите з одного етапу до іншого,"
+" ви можете сподіватися отримати більш точні дані про дану нагоду, що дасть "
+"вам краще уявлення про ймовірність її закриття, це важливо, щоб побачити ваш"
+" очікуваний оборот у ваших варіантах звітів."
+
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11
+msgid "Configure your kanban stages"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте етапи вашого канбану"
+
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, "
+"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can"
+" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success"
+" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and "
+"more accurate."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням Канбан Odoo має чотири етапи: Новий, Кваліфікований, "
+"Пропозиція, Впіймано. Відповідно до 10, 30, 70 та 100% ймовірності успіху. "
+"Ви можете додавати етапи, а також редагувати їх. Редагуючи імовірність "
+"успіху для вашого бізнесу за фазами, ви можете зробити свій вірогідний "
+"оборот більш точнішим."
+
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but"
+" you can modify them manually of course."
+msgstr ""
+"Кожна з ваших нагод матиме імовірність, встановлену за умовчанням, але, "
+"звичайно, ви можете змінити її вручну."
+
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29
+msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date"
+msgstr "Встановіть очікуваний прибуток та дату закриття"
+
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected "
+"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected"
+" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви отримуєте інформацію про потенційного клієнта, важливо встановити "
+"очікуваний дохід та очікувану дату закриття. Це дозволить вам побачити ваш "
+"загальний очікуваний дохід на етапі, а також дати більш точний можливий "
+"оборот."
+
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40
+msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities"
+msgstr "Подивіться про прострочені нагоди або на закриття незабаром"
+
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be "
+"closing, letting you prioritize."
+msgstr ""
+"У вашому конвеєрі можна фільтрувати нагоди, як скоро вони будуть закриті, "
+"дозволяючи визначити пріоритет."
+
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to "
+"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early "
+"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue."
+msgstr ""
+"Як менеджеру з продажуів, цей інструмент також може допомогти вам з'ясувати "
+"потенційні способи покращити процес продажу, наприклад, багато нагод на "
+"ранніх стадіях, але з близькою датою закриття можуть вказувати на проблему."
+
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53
+msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover"
+msgstr "Перегляньте загальний очікуваний дохід та можливий оборот"
+
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your "
+"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set."
+msgstr ""
+"Хоча у вашому конвеєрі Канбану ви можете побачити очікуваний прибуток для "
+"кожного з ваших етапів. Це базується на кожному з очікуваних прибутків, які "
+"ви встановили."
+
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline "
+"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report "
+"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the "
+"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your "
+"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets."
+msgstr ""
+"Як менеджер ви можете перейти до :menuselection:`CRM --> Звітування --> "
+"Аналіз конвеєру` за замовчуванням *Імовірний оборот* встановлений як міра. У"
+" цьому звіті буде враховано дохід, встановлений за кожною нагодою, а також "
+"вірогідність її закриття. Це дає вам набагато краще уявлення про очікуваний "
+"дохід, який дозволяє вам скласти плани та встановити цілі."
+
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3
+msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio"
+msgstr "Перевірте ваш коефіцієнт Впіймано/Втрачено"
+
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the "
+"Win/Loss ratio."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб дізнатись, наскільки добре ви виконуєте свій конвеєр, подивіться на "
+"коефіцієнт Впіймано/Втрачено."
+
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб отримати доступ до цього звіту, перейдіть до перегляду *Конвеєру* на "
+"вкладці *Звітування*."
+
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the"
+" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click "
+"on filter and check Won/Lost."
+msgstr ""
+"Звідти ви можете фільтрувати, які нагоди ви хочете побачити, ваші канали "
+"продажів, всю вашу компанію тощо. Після цього ви можете натиснути на фільтр "
+"і перевірити Впіймано/Втрачено."
+
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18
+msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*."
+msgstr "Ви також можете змінити *Вимірювання* на * Загальний дохід *."
+
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23
+msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view."
+msgstr "Ви також маєте можливість перейти на перегляд кругової діаграми."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3
+msgid "Organize the pipeline"
+msgstr "Організуйте конвеєр"
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3
+msgid "Manage lost opportunities"
+msgstr "Управління втраченими нагодами"
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will"
+" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo "
+"can help you recover them in the future."
+msgstr ""
+"Під час роботи з вашими нагодами ви можете втратити деякі з них. Ви захочете"
+" відстежувати причини, з яких ви їх втратили, а також, у які способи Odoo "
+"допоможе вам відновити їх у майбутньому."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10
+msgid "Mark a lead as lost"
+msgstr "Позначте лід як втрачений"
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a "
+"*Mark Lost* button."
+msgstr ""
+"У вашому конвеєрі виберіть будь-яку нагоду, і ви побачите кнопку *Позначити "
+"як втрачений*."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right "
+"there."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім ви можете вибрати існуючу *Причину втрати* або створити нову, що "
+"знаходиться тут."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22
+msgid "Manage & create lost reasons"
+msgstr "Керуте та створюйте причини втрат"
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Lost Reasons`."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви знайдете ваші *причини втрат* під :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Причини втрат`."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете вибрати та перейменувати будь-яку з них, а також створити нову "
+"звідти."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30
+msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities"
+msgstr "Отримайте втрачені нагоди"
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a"
+" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб отримати втрачені нагоди та робити на них дії (надсилати електронні "
+"листи, зробити зворотній зв'язок тощо), виберіть фільтр *Втрачено* на панелі"
+" пошуку."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39
+msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities."
+msgstr "Там ви побачите всі ваші втрачені нагоди."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost "
+"Reason*."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете уточнити їх, ви можете додати фільтр на *Причини втрати*."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44
+msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*."
+msgstr "Наприклад, *Дуже дорого*."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50
+msgid "Restore lost opportunities"
+msgstr "Відновіть втрачені нагоди"
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any "
+"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by "
+"clicking on *Archived*."
+msgstr ""
+"З Канбану з фільтром(ами) на місці, ви можете вибрати будь-яку нагоду, яку "
+"ви бажаєте, і працювати як завжди. Ви також можете відновити її, натиснувши "
+"*Заархівовано*."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to"
+" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can "
+"also archive the same way."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете відновити елементи групою з Канбану, коли вони належать до "
+"одного етапу. Виберіть *Відновити записи* у параметрах стовпців. Ви також "
+"можете архівувати так само."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66
+msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view."
+msgstr "Щоб вибрати конкретні нагоди, потрібно перейти до перегляду списку."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you "
+"want to take."
+msgstr ""
+"Тоді ви можете вибрати як багато нагод чи всі, так і вибрати дії, які ви "
+"хочете зробити."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78
+msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`"
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3
+msgid "Manage multiple sales teams"
+msgstr "Управління кількома командами продажу"
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with "
+"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo ви можете керувати кількома командами продажів, відділами або "
+"каналами з конкретними процесами продажу. Для цього ми використовуємо "
+"концепцію *Каналу продажів*."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10
+msgid "Create a new sales channel"
+msgstr "Створіть новий канал продажу"
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Sales Channels`."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб створити новий *Канал Продажів*, перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Канали продажів`."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email "
+"address will create a lead/opportunity."
+msgstr ""
+"Тут ви можете вказати йому псевдонім електронної пошти. Кожне повідомлення, "
+"відправлене на цю адресу електронної пошти, створить лід/нагоду."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21
+msgid "Add members to your sales channel"
+msgstr "Додайте учасників до свого каналу продажів"
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the "
+"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any "
+"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore,"
+" you can only be a member of one channel."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете додати учасників до будь-якого каналу; таким чином, ці учасники "
+"побачать конвеєрну структуру каналу продажу при його відкритті. Будь-який "
+"лід/нагода, призначена їм, буде посилатися на канал продажу. Тому ви можете "
+"бути учасником лише одного каналу."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28
+msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager."
+msgstr "Це полегшить процес огляду менеджера команди."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find "
+"all of its opportunities."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви зараз відфільтруєте цей конкретний канал у вашому конвеєрі, ви "
+"знайдете всі його нагоди."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40
+msgid "Sales channel dashboard"
+msgstr "Інформаційна панель каналу продажів"
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the "
+"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under "
+"*Reporting*."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб побачити операції та результати будь-якого каналу продажу, миттєвий "
+"огляд менеджера з продажу також має доступ до інформаційної панелі *Каналу "
+"продажів* в розділі *Звітування*."
+
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in"
+" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Це поділяється з усією екосистемою, тому всі доходи включають в себе: "
+"продажі, електронну комерцію, точку продажу тощо."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3
+msgid "Assign and track leads"
+msgstr "Призначайте та відстежуйте ліди"
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3
+msgid "Assign leads based on scoring"
+msgstr "Призначення лідів на основі оцінювання"
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected"
+" criterias."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою *Оцінювання лідів* ви можете автоматично оцінювати ваші ліди на"
+" основі вибраних критеріїв."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones "
+"that visited specific pages on your website."
+msgstr ""
+"Наприклад, ви можете оцінити клієнтів у вашій країні вище або тих, хто "
+"відвідав певні сторінки вашого веб-сайту."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* "
+"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб скористатися оцінкою, встановіть безкоштовний модуль *Оцінювання лідів* "
+"на сторінці *Додатки* (доступно лише в Odoo Enterprise)."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21
+msgid "Create scoring rules"
+msgstr "Створіть правила оцінювання"
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you"
+" can manage your scoring rules."
+msgstr ""
+"У вас тепер є нова вкладка у вашому додатку *CRM* під назвою *Управління "
+"лідами*, де ви можете керувати своїми правилами оцінювання."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria "
+"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish."
+msgstr ""
+"Ось приклад для канадського ліду, ви можете змінити на будь-які критерії, за"
+" якими ви хочете оцінити своїх лідів. Ви можете додати стільки критеріїв, "
+"скільки хочете."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and "
+"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules."
+msgstr ""
+"Кожну годину кожен лід без оцінки буде автоматично відсканований і йому буде"
+" призначено правильний бал за вашими правилами."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40
+msgid "Assign leads"
+msgstr "Призначення лідів"
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the "
+"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads "
+"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. "
+"This domain can include scores."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як результати розраховані, ліди можуть бути призначені для "
+"конкретних команд за допомогою того самого механізму домену. Щоб це зробити,"
+" перейдіть до :menuselection:`CRM --> Управління лідами --> Призначення "
+"команди` і застосовувати конкретний домен у кожній команді. Цей домен може "
+"включати оцінки."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even "
+"more refined domain."
+msgstr ""
+"Далі, ви можете призначити конкретного постачальника в команді ще більш "
+"витонченого домену."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads "
+"Assignation`."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб зробити це, перейдіть до :menuselection:`CRM --> Управління лідами --> "
+"Призначення лідів`."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day."
+msgstr ""
+"Присвоєння команди та лідів призначає непризначені ліди один раз на день."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62
+msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads"
+msgstr "Оцініть та використайте непризначені ліди"
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some "
+"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is "
+"useful to do something with them."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як ваші правила оцінювання встановлені, ви, найімовірніше, "
+"матимуть певні непризначені ліди. Деякі з них, як і раніше, можуть бути "
+"перетворені у нагоди, тому корисно щось з ними зробити."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads."
+msgstr ""
+"На вашій сторінці лідів ви можете помістити фільтр, щоб знайти непризначені "
+"ліди."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing "
+"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such"
+" unassigned leads from there."
+msgstr ""
+"Чому б не користуватися додатками :menuselection:`Маркетинг електронною "
+"поштою` чи :menuselection:`Автоматизація маркетингу`, щоб надсилати їм "
+"масову електронну пошту? Ви також можете легко знайти такі непризначені ліди"
+" звідти."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3
+msgid "Track your prospects visits"
+msgstr "Відстежуйте відвідування ваших потенційних клієнтів"
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the "
+"interests of your website visitors."
+msgstr ""
+"Відстеження сторінок вашого сайту дасть вам набагато більше інформації про "
+"інтереси відвідувачів вашого веб-сайту."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if "
+"they use the contact form on your website."
+msgstr ""
+"Кожна відстежувана сторінка, яку вони відвідують, буде записана на вашому "
+"ліді/нагоді, якщо вони використовують контактну форму на вашому веб-сайті."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your "
+"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб скористатися цією функцією, встановіть безкоштовний модуль *Оцінка "
+"лідів* на сторінці *Додатки* (доступно лише в Odoo Enterprise)."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21
+msgid "Track a webpage"
+msgstr "Відстеження веб-сторінок"
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the "
+"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*"
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть на будь-яку статичну сторінки, яку ви хочете відстежувати на "
+"своєму веб-сайті, і на вкладці *Рекламувати* ви знайдете *Оптимізувати SEO*"
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29
+msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page."
+msgstr ""
+"Тут ви побачите пункт *Відстеження сторінки* для відстеження цієї сторінки."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35
+msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities"
+msgstr "Перегляньте відвідані сторінки у ваших лідах/нагодах"
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of "
+"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on "
+"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* "
+"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер кожного разу, коли в контактній формі створюється лід, він буде "
+"відстежувати сторінки, відвідані цим відвідувачем. У вас є два способи, щоб "
+"побачити ці сторінки, у верхньому правому кутку вашого ліду/нагоди, ви "
+"можете бачити кнопку *Перегляди сторінок*, а також внизу ви побачите їх у "
+"чаті."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more "
+"pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Обидва вони оновлюватимуться, якщо відвідувачі повернуться на ваш веб-сайт і"
+" відвідають інші сторінки."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the "
+"chatter."
+msgstr ""
+"Ця функція не буде повторювати кілька переглядів тих самих сторінок у чаті."
+
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55
+msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!"
+msgstr "Ваші клієнти більше не зможуть зберігати будь-які секрети від вас!"
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e34c8e429
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
@@ -0,0 +1,960 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8
+msgid "Online Database management"
+msgstr "Управління базами даних онлайн"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"To manage your databases, access the `database management page "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then "
+"click on the `Manage Your Databases "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб керувати базами даних, відкрийте `сторінку Керування базою даних "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (вам доведеться увійти в систему). "
+"Потім натисніть кнопку `Керування вашими базами даних "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to"
+" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that "
+"database."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що ви підключені як адміністратор бази даних, якою хочете "
+"керувати - багато операцій залежать від того, як ви віддалено ідентифікуєте "
+"цю базу даних."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22
+msgid "Several actions are available:"
+msgstr "Доступні декілька дій:"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
+msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`"
+msgstr ":ref:`Оновлення <upgrade_button>`"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge "
+"features"
+msgstr ""
+"Оновіть вашу базу даних до останньої версії Odoo, щоб насолодитися "
+"передовими функціями"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32
+msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`"
+msgstr ":ref:`Копіювання <duplicate_online>`"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new "
+"flows without compromising your daily operations"
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть точну копію вашої бази даних, якщо ви хочете спробувати нові "
+"програми або нові процеси, не покладаючи на небезпеку щоденні операції"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34
+msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`"
+msgstr ":ref:`Перейменування <rename_online_database>`"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35
+msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)"
+msgstr "Перейменувати вашу базу даних (і її URL-адресу)"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
+msgid "**Backup**"
+msgstr "**Резервне копіювання**"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases "
+"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA"
+msgstr ""
+"Завантажте миттєву резервну копію вашої бази даних; Зверніть увагу, що ми "
+"створюємо резервні копії баз даних щодня згідно з нашими Odoo Cloud SLA"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
+msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`"
+msgstr ":ref:`Домени <custom_domain>`"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
+msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL"
+msgstr ""
+"Налаштуйте власні домени для доступу до вашої бази даних за допомогою іншої "
+"URL-адреси"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42
+msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`"
+msgstr ":ref:`Видалення <delete_online_database>`"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43
+msgid "Delete a database instantly"
+msgstr "Видаліть базу даних миттєво"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
+msgid "Contact Support"
+msgstr "Зв'язок з техпідтримкою"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct "
+"database already selected"
+msgstr ""
+"Отримайте доступ до нашої `сторінки підтримки <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
+" з уже вибраною правильною базою даних"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Оновлення"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the"
+" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, "
+"click on the \"Upgrade\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Не забудьте підключитися до бази даних, яку потрібно оновити, і отримати "
+"доступ до сторінки керування базою даних. У рядку бази даних, яку ви хочете "
+"оновити, натисніть кнопку \"Оновити\"."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
+"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
+"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will"
+" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
+"released a more recent version during your tests)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви маєте можливість вибрати цільову версію оновлення. За замовчуванням ми "
+"вибираємо найвищу доступну версію для вашої бази даних; якщо ви вже були в "
+"процесі тестування міграції, ми автоматично виберемо версію, яку ви вже "
+"перевіряли (навіть якщо ми випустили нову версію під час тестування)."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be "
+"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will "
+"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database."
+msgstr ""
+"Натиснувши кнопку \"Тестове оновлення\", буде створено запит на оновлення. "
+"Якщо на нашу автоматизовану систему не виникне ніяких проблем, ви отримаєте "
+"\"Тестову\" версію оновленої бази даних."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test "
+"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified "
+"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо наша автоматична система виявляє проблему під час створення тестової "
+"бази даних, наша команда буде працювати над цим. Ви отримаєте сповіщення "
+"електронною поштою, а процес триватиме до 4 тижнів."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data "
+"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual "
+"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви матимете можливість перевірити його протягом 1 місяця. Перегляньте свої "
+"дані (наприклад, бухгалтерські звіти, складську оцінку тощо), перевірте, чи "
+"правильно працюють всі ваші звичайні процеси (CRM, Продажі тощо)."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, "
+"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on "
+"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production "
+"database to the new version."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як ви будете готові і все правильно під час міграції тестування,"
+" ви можете знову натиснути кнопку Оновити та підтвердити, натиснувши кнопку "
+"Оновити (кнопку з маленькою ракетою!), щоб переключити базу даних "
+"впровадження на нову версію."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between "
+"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your "
+"migration during non-business hours."
+msgstr ""
+"Ваша база даних буде завантажуватися в режимі офлайн під час оновлення "
+"(зазвичай від 30 хвилин до декількох годин для великих баз даних), тому "
+"обов'язково плануйте міграцію протягом неробочих годин."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96
+msgid "Duplicating a database"
+msgstr "Копіювання бази даних"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial "
+"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" "
+"database can duplicate without problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Дублювання бази даних, перейменування, користувацький DNS і т. д. недоступні"
+" для пробних баз даних на нашій онлайн-платформі. Платні бази даних та база "
+"даних \"One App Free\" може дублювати без проблем."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
+"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
+" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
+msgstr ""
+"У рядку бази даних, яку ви хочете дублювати, у вас буде кілька кнопок. Щоби "
+"копіювати вашу базу даних, просто натисніть кнопку **Копіювати**. Вам "
+"доведеться назвати свою копію, потім натисніть кнопку **Копіювати базу "
+"даних**."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a"
+" database, all external communication will remain active:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви не перевіряєте позначення \"Для цілей тестування\" під час "
+"копіювання бази даних, всі зовнішні процеси залишатимуться активними:"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113
+msgid "Emails are sent"
+msgstr "Електронні листи надсилаються"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for "
+"example)"
+msgstr ""
+"Платежі обробляються (наприклад, у програмах електронної комерції або "
+"підписки)"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118
+msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
+msgstr "Замовлення на доставку (постачальники доставки) відправляються"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
+msgid "Etc."
+msgstr "І т.д.."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these "
+"behaviours to be disabled."
+msgstr ""
+"Перевірте позначення \"Для цілей тестування\", якщо ви хочете, щоб ці дії "
+"були вимкнені."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
+"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
+msgstr ""
+"Через кілька секунд ви будете входити в копію бази даних. Зверніть увагу, що"
+" URL-адреса використовує вашу назву для копій бази даних."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
+msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
+msgstr "Копії баз даних закінчуються автоматично через 15 днів."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137
+msgid "Rename a Database"
+msgstr "Перейменування бази даних"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you "
+"want to rename, access the `database management page "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have "
+"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб перейменувати вашу базу даних, переконайтеся, що ви підключені до бази "
+"даних, яку ви хочете перейменувати, відкрийте `сторінку керування базою "
+"даних <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ та натисніть **Перейменувати**."
+" Вам потрібно буде вказати нову назву у вашій базі даних, а потім натиснути "
+"**Перейменувати базу даних**."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150
+msgid "Deleting a Database"
+msgstr "Видалення бази даних"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152
+msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
+msgstr "Ви можете видалити лише ті бази даних, де ви є адміністратором."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The "
+"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant "
+"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily "
+"backup may be several hours old at that point."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви видалите базу даних, всі дані будуть втрачені назавжди. Видалення є "
+"миттєвим і для всіх користувачів. Ми радимо вам негайно зробити резервну "
+"копію вашої бази даних, перш ніж видалити її, оскільки останнє автоматичне "
+"щоденне резервне копіювання може становити кілька годин на той момент."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
+msgid ""
+"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, "
+"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+"На `сторінці управління базою даних <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, "
+"в рядку бази даних, яку ви хочете видалити, натисніть кнопку \"Видалити\"."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167
+msgid ""
+"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you "
+"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
+msgstr ""
+"Будь ласка, уважно прочитайте попередження, яке з'явиться і висітиме , поки "
+"ви повністю не зрозумієте наслідки видалення бази даних:"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173
+msgid ""
+"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload "
+"automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"Через кілька секунд база даних буде видалена, і сторінка буде автоматично "
+"перезавантажена."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо вам потрібно буде повторно використовувати цю назву бази даних, вона "
+"буде доступна"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a "
+"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"Неможливо видалити базу даних, якщо вона минула або пов'язана з підпискою. У"
+" цих випадках звертайтеся в `Службу підтримки Odoo "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете видалити свій обліковий запис, зверніться до `Служби "
+"підтримки Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
+msgid "On-premise Database management"
+msgstr "Управління базою даних на своєму хостингу"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10
+msgid "Register a database"
+msgstr "Реєстрація бази даних"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in "
+"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before"
+" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will"
+" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-"
+"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu "
+"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб зареєструвати вашу базу даних, вам просто потрібно ввести свій код "
+"підписки у вікні Перемикання Додатків. Переконайтеся, що ви не додали "
+"додаткових пропусків перед або після коду підписки. Якщо реєстрація буде "
+"успішною, вона стане зеленою і надасть вам Дату закінчення термінової "
+"реєстрації вашої бази даних. Ви можете перевірити цю дату закінчення в меню "
+"Про (Odoo 9) або на інформаційній панелі параметрів (Odoo 10)."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20
+msgid "Registration Error Message"
+msgstr "Повідомлення про помилку реєстрації"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this "
+"message:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви не можете зареєструвати свою базу даних, ви, імовірно, побачите це "
+"повідомлення:"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130
+msgid "Solutions"
+msgstr "Рішення"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33
+msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?"
+msgstr "Чи є у вас дійсна Підписка на Enterprise?"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo"
+" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account"
+" Manager"
+msgstr ""
+"Перевірте, чи отримує інформацію про підписку тег \"В процесі\" в `J,ksre "
+"Odoo <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ або з вашим менеджером "
+"облікового запису."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
+msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?"
+msgstr "Ви вже пов'язали базу даних з посиланням на підписку?"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a "
+"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете пов'язати лише одну базу даних для кожної підписки. (Потрібен тест"
+" або база даних розробки? `Знайдіть партнера "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract "
+"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
+"database\""
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете самостійно від'єднати стару базу даних в своєму `Кнтракті Odoo "
+"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__  за допомогою кнопки "
+"\"Від'єднати базу даних\"."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database "
+"as it will be deactivated shortly:"
+msgstr ""
+"З'явиться повідомлення про підтвердження; переконайтеся, що це правильна "
+"база даних, оскільки її буде негайно вимкнено:"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59
+msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?"
+msgstr "У вас є оновлена версія Odoo 9?"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190
+msgid ""
+"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a "
+"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required."
+msgstr ""
+"З липня 2016 року Odoo 9 тепер автоматично змінює UUID копії бази даних; "
+"ручна операція більше не потрібна."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID."
+" Please check on your `Odoo Contract "
+"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear "
+"specifying which database is problematic:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ні, ви можете мати кілька баз даних, що мають однакову UUID. Будь "
+"ласка, перевірте свій `Контракт Odoo "
+"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, з'явиться коротке "
+"повідомлення, в якому буде зазначено, яка база даних є проблематичною:"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve "
+"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section "
+"<duplicate_premise>`."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому випадку вам потрібно змінити UUID на своїх тестових базах даних, "
+"щоби вирішити цю проблему. Ви знайдете додаткову інформацію про це у "
+":ref:`цьому розділі <duplicate_premise>`."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each "
+"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and "
+"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us."
+msgstr ""
+"Для вашої інформації ми ідентифікуємо базу даних з UUID. Тому кожна база "
+"даних повинна мати чіткий UUID, щоб забезпечити безперебійну реєстрацію та "
+"виставлення рахунків для вас і для нас."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
+msgid "Error message due to too many users"
+msgstr "Повідомлення про помилку через через велику кількість користувачів"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo"
+" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вашій місцевій базі даних є більше користувачів, ніж передбачено в "
+"підписці Odoo Enterprise, ви можете побачити таке повідомлення:"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The "
+"countdown is updated everyday."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли з'явиться повідомлення, у вас є 30 днів до закінчення терміну дії. "
+"Зворотній відлік оновлюється кожного дня."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the "
+"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users."
+msgstr ""
+"**Додайте більше користувачів** до вашої підписки: перейдіть за посиланням "
+"та підтвердіть комерційну пропозицію збільшення, оплатіть додаткових "
+"користувачів."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102
+msgid "or"
+msgstr "або"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation "
+"<https://www.odoo.com "
+"/documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
+"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
+msgstr ""
+"**Вимкніть користувачів**, як це описано в цій "
+"`документації<https://www.odoo.com "
+"/documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
+"users>`__  і **Відхиліть** комерційну пропозицію допродаж."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message "
+"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification "
+"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown,"
+" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>`  to make the "
+"message disappear right away."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ваша база даних матиме правильну кількість користувачів, повідомлення "
+"про закінчення терміну дії автоматично зникне через кілька днів після "
+"наступної перевірки. Ми розуміємо, що це може бути трохи лякаюче, коли ви "
+"побачите зворотний відлік, тому ви можете запустити Оновлення Повідомлення, "
+"<force_ping>`  щоби повідомлення зникло відразу."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116
+msgid "Database expired error message"
+msgstr "Помилка повідомлення про закінчення терміну дії бази даних"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your "
+"subscription, you will encounter this message:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ваша база даних закінчується до закінчення терміну дії вашої підписки, "
+"ви побачите це повідомлення:"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30"
+" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the "
+"database is expired."
+msgstr ""
+"Це повідомлення про **блокування** з'являється після неблокуючого "
+"повідомлення, яке триває 30 днів. Якщо ви не вживаєте заходів до закінчення "
+"зворотнього відліку, термін дії бази даних закінчиться."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134
+msgid ""
+"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note "
+"that"
+msgstr ""
+"Відновіть свою підписку: перейдіть за посиланням та поновіть свою підписку, "
+"зверніть увагу,"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be "
+"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit "
+"card payments are processed immediately."
+msgstr ""
+"якщо ви хочете оплатити Wire Transfer, ваша підписка буде дійсно поновлена "
+"​​лише після отримання платежу, що може тривати кілька днів. Платежі за "
+"кредитною карткою обробляються негайно."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136
+msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
+msgstr "Зв'яжіться з нашою `Підтримкою <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"Жодні з цих рішень не підходять для вас? Будь ласка, зв'яжіться з нашою "
+"`Підтримкою <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145
+msgid "Force an Update Notification"
+msgstr "Запуск повідомлення про оновлення"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-"
+"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription"
+" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will "
+"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause "
+"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications "
+"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you"
+" can force an Update using the following procedure:"
+msgstr ""
+"Оновлення повідомлень відбувається раз на 7 днів і підтримує оновлення вашої"
+" бази даних з вашою підпискою Odoo Enterprise. Якщо ви змінюєте вашу "
+"підписку (тобто додаєте більше користувачів, поновлюєте їх протягом року "
+"тощо), вашу локальну базу даних буде повідомлено про зміну лише раз на 7 "
+"днів - це може призвести до розбіжностей між вашою підпискою та деякими "
+"повідомленнями у вашому Перемиканні Додатків. Під час виконання такої "
+"операції у вашій підписці ви можете запустити Оновлення за допомогою такої "
+"процедури:"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154
+msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account"
+msgstr ""
+"Підключіться до бази даних за допомогою облікового запису **Адміністратора**"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right "
+"menu (in V9) /  in **Settings**  (in V10): click on **Activate the developer"
+" mode**"
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть у режим розробника, скориставшись опцією **Про** у верхньому "
+"правому куті меню (у V9)/ в **Налаштуваннях** (у V10): натисніть "
+"**Активізувати режим розробника**"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > "
+"\"Scheduled Actions\""
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до меню \"Налаштування\", потім \"Технічні\"> \"Автоматизація\"> "
+"\"Заплановані дії\""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160
+msgid ""
+"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on "
+"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\""
+msgstr ""
+"Знайдіть \"Оновлення Повідомлення\" у списку, натисніть на нього і, нарешті,"
+" натисніть **ЗАПУСТИТИ ВРУЧНУ**"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
+msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone"
+msgstr "Оновіть сторінку, сповіщення про \"закінчення терміну дії\" має зникнути"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive "
+"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this "
+"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the"
+" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production "
+"database will then be correctly identified."
+msgstr ""
+"Можливо, ви зберегли той самий UUID в різних базах даних, і ми отримуємо "
+"інформацію з цих баз даних теж. Тому, будь ласка, прочитайте :ref:`цю "
+"документацію,  <duplicate_premise>` щоб знати, як змінити UUID. Після зміни "
+"ви можете примусити ping прискорити перевірку, тоді ваша впроваджена база "
+"даних буде правильно визначена."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174
+msgid "Duplicate a database"
+msgstr "Копіювання бази даних"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
+msgid ""
+"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your "
+"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily "
+"duplicate your database (among other things)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете дублювати свою базу даних, звернувшись до менеджера баз даних на "
+"своєму сервері (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). На цій сторінці ви "
+"можете легко дублювати вашу базу даних (серед інших)."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change "
+"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this "
+"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two "
+"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or "
+"registration problems down the line."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви копіюєте локальну базу даних, **настійно** рекомендуємо змінювати "
+"uuid дублікатів бази даних (Unniversically Unique Identifier), оскільки цей "
+"uuid - те, як ваша база даних ідентифікує себе на наших серверах. Дві бази "
+"даних з тим самим uuid можуть призвести до виставлення рахунків-фактур або "
+"реєстраційних проблем нижче по рядку."
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193
+msgid ""
+"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > "
+"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator "
+"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to"
+" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record "
+"by clicking on it and using the edit button."
+msgstr ""
+"В даний час UIID бази даних доступний з меню **Налаштування > Технічні "
+"параметри > Параметри** системи, ми радимо використовувати `генератор uuid "
+"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__  або використовувати команду unіx "
+"``uuidgen`` для створення нового uuid. Тоді ви можете просто замінити його, "
+"як і будь-який інший запис, натиснувши на нього та використовуючи кнопку "
+"редагування."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7
+msgid "Users and Features"
+msgstr "Користувачі та додатки"
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. "
+"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently "
+"in use."
+msgstr ""
+"Як адміністратор вашої бази даних, ви несете відповідальність за її "
+"використання. Вона включає додатки, які ви встановлюєте, а також кількість "
+"користувачів, які наразі користуються системою."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) "
+"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing "
+"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your "
+"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a "
+"paying one on our online platform)."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo є багато речей (ERP, CMS, додаток CRM, бекенд електронної комерції "
+"тощо), але це не смартфон. Ви повинні бути обережними при "
+"додаванні/видаленні функцій (особливо додатків) у вашій базі даних, оскільки"
+" це може суттєво вплинути на суму вашої підписки (або ви можете "
+"переключитися з безкоштовної версії на платну на онлайн-платформі Odoo)."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo "
+"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise "
+"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something "
+"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted."
+msgstr ""
+"Ця сторінка містить деяку інформацію про те, як можна керувати версіями "
+"Odoo. Перш ніж виконувати будь-яку з цих дій, **настійно** радимо спочатку "
+"протестувати їх на копії вашої бази даних. Таким чином, якщо щось піде не "
+"так, на ваш щоденний бізнес нічого не впливає."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online"
+" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` "
+"installations."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете знайти довідники про те, як дублювати свої бази даних як. "
+":ref:`онлайн <duplicate_online>` так і :ref:`на вашому хостингу "
+"<duplicate_premise>."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an "
+"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our "
+"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас виникли запитання щодо вмісту цієї сторінки або виникли проблеми "
+"під час виконання цих дій, зв'яжіться з нами за допомогою нашої `форми "
+"підтримки <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34
+msgid "Deactivating Users"
+msgstr "Деактивація користувачів"
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to "
+"change the status of any of your users."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що у вас є достатньо **адміністративних прав**, якщо ви "
+"хочете змінити статус будь-якого з ваших користувачів."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section "
+"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access "
+"rights.**"
+msgstr ""
+"У своїй версії Odoo натисніть **Налаштування**. У вас буде розділ, який "
+"покаже вам активних користувачів у вашій базі даних. Натисніть **Керувати "
+"правами доступу**."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
+msgid "|settings|"
+msgstr "|settings|"
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
+msgid "|browse_users|"
+msgstr "|browse_users|"
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47
+msgid "You'll then see the list of your users."
+msgstr "Після цього ви побачите список ваших користувачів."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different "
+"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll "
+"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)"
+msgstr ""
+"Заздалегідь вибраний фільтр *Внутрішні користувачі* покаже ваших платних "
+"користувачів (відмінних від *Користувачів порталу*, які є безкоштовними). "
+"Якщо ви видалите цей фільтр, ви отримаєте всіх своїх користувачів (тих, кого"
+" ви оплачуєте, а також портальні)."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as "
+"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** "
+"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change"
+" to **Inactive** immediately."
+msgstr ""
+"У своєму списку користувачів натисніть на користувача, якого ви бажаєте "
+"деактивувати. Як тільки ви зайдете на користувацьку форму, перейдіть за "
+"допомогою курсора миші на статус **Активний** (угорі праворуч). Натисніть на"
+" Активний, і ви помітите, що статус негайно зміниться на **Неактивний**."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66
+msgid "The user is now deactivated."
+msgstr "Користувача деактивовано."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68
+msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)"
+msgstr "**Ніколи** не деактивуйте головного користувача (**адміністратора**)."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71
+msgid "Uninstalling Apps"
+msgstr "Видалення додатків"
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
+"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*"
+" installing/uninstalling apps)."
+msgstr ""
+"Перш ніж вносити зміни (особливо встановлення/видалення додатків), спочатку "
+"перевірте, що ви збираєтесь робити на :ref:`тестовій <duplicate_online>` "
+"базі даних. "
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able "
+"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to"
+" access the list of your installed applications."
+msgstr ""
+"У своїй версії Odoo натисніть **Налаштування**, в цьому додатку ви зможете "
+"побачити, скільки програм було встановлено. Натисніть **Переглянути "
+"додатки**, щоб отримати доступ до списку встановлених програм."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
+msgid "|browse_apps|"
+msgstr "|browse_apps|"
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your "
+"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the "
+"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**."
+msgstr ""
+"На інформаційній панелі вашої програми ви побачите всі значки ваших "
+"додатків. Натисніть програму, яку ви хочете видалити. Потім, за формою "
+"додатку, натисніть кнопку **Видалити**."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. "
+"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what "
+"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its "
+"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will "
+"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then"
+" click **Confirm**."
+msgstr ""
+"Деякі програми мають залежності, такі як виставлення рахунків, електронна "
+"комерція та інше. Таким чином, система попередить вас, що ви збирається "
+"видалити. Якщо ви деінсталюєте вашу програму, всі її залежності буде також "
+"видалено (і дані в них назавжди зникнуть). Якщо ви впевнені, що все одно "
+"хочете видалити додаток, натисніть кнопку **Підтвердити**."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**."
+msgstr ""
+"Нарешті, після перевірки попередження (якщо воно є), натисніть кнопку "
+"**Підтвердити**."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104
+msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application."
+msgstr "Ви завершили видалення вашої програми."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107
+msgid "Good to know"
+msgstr "Варто знати"
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can "
+"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to "
+"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant "
+"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we "
+"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of "
+"operations."
+msgstr ""
+"**Видалення додатків, керування користувачами тощо залежить від вас**: ніхто"
+" знає краще за вас, чи ваш бізнес-процес зламаний. Якщо ми хотіли б "
+"деінсталювати додатки для вас, ми ніколи не зможемо визначити, чи були "
+"видалені релевантні дані або якщо один із ваших бізнес-процесів був "
+"зламаний, оскільки ми не знаємо, як ви працюєте, і тому не можемо перевірити"
+" такі операції."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install "
+"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you "
+"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to "
+"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not "
+"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature "
+"to work properly."
+msgstr ""
+"**Додатки Odoo мають залежності**: це означає, що вам може знадобитися "
+"встановити модулі, які ви не використовуєте, для доступу до деяких функцій "
+"Odoo, які вам можуть знадобитися. Наприклад, додаток Website Builder "
+"потрібен, аби показати своєму клієнту свої комерційні пропозиції на веб-"
+"сторінці. Незважаючи на те, чи вам може не знадобитися використання самого "
+"Веб-сайту, це необхідно, щоби функція комерційних пропозицій онлайн "
+"працювала належним чином."
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial "
+"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This "
+"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices."
+msgstr ""
+"**Завжди перевіряйте встановлення/видалення додатку на тестовій базі** (або "
+"на базі безкоштовної пробної версії): таким чином ви можете дізнатися, які "
+"інші програми можуть знадобитися. Це допоможе уникнути несподіванок при "
+"видаленні або при отриманні рахунків-фактур."
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e835e5009f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
@@ -0,0 +1,885 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../discuss.rst:5
+msgid "Discuss"
+msgstr "Обговорення"
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3
+msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+"Як використовувати свій поштовий сервер для надсилання та отримання "
+"електронних листів у Odoo"
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit"
+" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike "
+"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh "
+"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
+msgstr ""
+"Цей документ, в основному, присвячений користувачам Odoo на власному "
+"сервері, які не користуються нестандартним рішенням для надсилання та "
+"отримання електронних листів в Odoo, на відміну від `Odoo Online "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly "
+"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system "
+"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can "
+"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's "
+"reputation yourself."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо жоден із вашої компанії не використовується для керування поштовими "
+"серверами, ми настійно рекомендуємо вам вибрати ці рішення для хостингу "
+"Odoo. Їх система електронної пошти працює миттєво і контролюється "
+"професіоналами. Тим не менше, ви все ще можете використовувати власні "
+"поштові сервери, якщо хочете самостійно керувати вашим сервером електронної "
+"пошти."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your "
+"own email solution with Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Нижче ви знайдете деяку корисну інформацію про те, як інтегрувати власне "
+"рішення електронної пошти з Odoo."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from "
+"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation "
+"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-"
+"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-"
+"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work."
+msgstr ""
+"Сервери електронної пошти Office 365 не дозволяють просто надсилати сторонні"
+" електронні листи з хостів, таких як Odoo. Зверніться до `документації "
+"Microsoft <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a"
+"-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-"
+"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ щоби це запрацювало."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24
+msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
+msgstr "Як керувати вихідними повідомленнями"
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
+"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to "
+"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the "
+"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
+msgstr ""
+"Як адміністратор системи, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Загальні налаштування` та перевірте *зовнішні сервери електронної пошти*. "
+"Потім натисніть *Сервери вихідної пошти*, щоб створити та вказати SMTP-дані "
+"вашого сервера електронної пошти. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, "
+"натисніть кнопку *Перевірити підключення*."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
+msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
+msgstr "Ось типове налаштування сервера G Suite."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
+msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім встановіть ім'я домену електронної пошти у загальних налаштуваннях."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39
+msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
+msgstr "Чи можете ви використовувати сервер Office 365"
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP"
+" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете використовувати сервер Office 365, якщо ви запускаєте Odoo on-"
+"premise. Реєстри SMTP Office 365 несумісні з Odoo Online."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-"
+"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
+"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure"
+" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
+msgstr ""
+"Будь ласка, зверніться до `Документації Microsoft "
+"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-"
+"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-"
+"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ для налаштування "
+"ретранслятора SMTP для вашої IP-адреси Odoo."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47
+msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
+msgstr "Як використовувати сервер G Suite"
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
+"to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*"
+" section. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation "
+"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете використовувати сервер G Suite для будь-якого типу хостингу Odoo. "
+"Для цього вам необхідно включити ретранслятор SMTP та дозволити будь-які "
+"адреси в розділі Дозволені відправники. Етапи налаштування пояснюються в "
+"`Документації Google <https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
+msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
+msgstr "Будьте сумісними з SPF"
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
+" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
+"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви використовуєте SPF (Policy Framework для відправників), щоб "
+"збільшити продуктивність вихідних електронних листів, не забудьте "
+"авторизувати Odoo як відправника у налаштуваннях вашого доменного імені. Ось"
+" налаштування для Odoo Online:"
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
+"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо для SPF немає запису TXT, створіть його з наступним визначенням: v=spf1"
+" include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
+" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
+"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо запит SPF TXT вже встановлено, додайте \"include: _spf.odoo.com\". "
+"наприклад, для доменного імені, яке надсилає електронні листи через Odoo "
+"Online, і через G Suite це може бути: v=spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com include:"
+" _spf.google.com ~ all"
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
+"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
+msgstr ""
+"Знайдіть `тут <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ точну процедуру "
+"створення або зміни TXT-записи у власному реєстраторі доменів."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
+"usually happens more quickly."
+msgstr ""
+"Завершення вашого нового запису SPF може зайняти до 48 годин, але це, як "
+"правило, відбувається швидше."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
+"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
+"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Додавання декількох записів SPF для домену може спричинити проблеми з "
+"доставкою пошти та класифікацією спаму. Замість цього ми рекомендуємо "
+"використовувати лише один запис SPF, змінюючи його, щоб авторизувати Odoo."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
+msgid "Allow DKIM"
+msgstr "Дозвольте DKIM"
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
+"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
+"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to "
+"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have "
+"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value "
+"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви повинні робити те ж саме, якщо на вашому сервері електронної пошти "
+"ввімкнено DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail). У випадку з Odoo Online та "
+"Odoo.sh, ви повинні додати DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" запис CNAME на "
+"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Наприклад, для \"foo.com\" вони повинні мати "
+"запис \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\", тобто CNAME зі значенням "
+"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
+msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
+msgstr "Як керувати вхідними повідомленнями"
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89
+msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo покладається на загальні псевдоніми електронної пошти, щоб отримувати "
+"вхідні повідомлення."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
+"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
+"alias (**catchall@**)."
+msgstr ""
+"**Відповіді повідомлень**, відправлених з Odoo, спрямовуються в їх "
+"оригінальний дискусійний потік (і в папку \"Вхідні\" всіх його піписників) "
+"за допомогою псевдоніма catchall (**catchall@**)."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
+"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid "
+"recipients."
+msgstr ""
+"**Відскановані повідомлення** направляються на відмову @, щоб відстежувати "
+"їх в Odoo. Це особливо використовується в `Odoo Email "
+"Marketing,<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ щоб відмовитися від"
+" недійсних одержувачів."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
+"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
+msgstr ""
+"**Оригінальні повідомлення**: для деяких бізнес-об'єктів є власний псевдонім"
+" для створення нових записів у Odoo із вхідних повідомлень електронної "
+"пошти:"
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
+msgstr ""
+"Канал продажів (для створення потенційних клієнтів або нагод в `Odoo CRM "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
+msgstr ""
+"Підтримка каналу (для створення квитків в `Odoo Helpdesk "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
+"/project-management>`__),"
+msgstr ""
+"Проекти (для створення нових завдань у `Odoo Project "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__),"
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
+msgstr ""
+"Вакансії (для створення Заявок в `Odoo Recruitment "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110
+msgid "etc."
+msgstr "тощо."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
+"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
+"address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
+msgstr ""
+"Залежно від вашого поштового сервера може існувати декілька способів "
+"отримання повідомлень електронної пошти. Найпростіший та найбільш "
+"рекомендований спосіб полягає в управлінні однією адресою електронної пошти "
+"на псевдоніми Odoo на вашому поштовому сервері."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
+"bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть відповідні електронні адреси на своєму поштовому сервері "
+"(catchall@, bounce@, sales@ і т.д.)."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
+msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
+msgstr "Встановіть своє доменне ім'я у загальних налаштуваннях."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
+msgid ""
+"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
+"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
+"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to "
+"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled "
+"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo on-premises, створіть *вхідний поштовий сервер* "
+"в Odoo для кожного псевдоніма. Ви також можете це зробити в загальних "
+"налаштуваннях. Заповніть форму відповідно до ваших налаштувань постачальника"
+" послуг електронної пошти. Залиште *дії, які потрібно виконати* на вхідних "
+"листах, порожніми. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, натисніть на "
+"*ПЕРЕВІРКА та ПІДТВЕРДЖЕННЯ*."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
+"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
+"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, "
+"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour "
+"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's "
+"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to "
+"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo Online або Odoo.sh, ми рекомендуємо "
+"переадресовувати вхідні повідомлення на доменне ім'я Odoo, а не виключно "
+"використовувати свій власний сервер електронної пошти. Таким чином ви "
+"отримаєте вхідні повідомлення без затримки. Дійсно, Odoo Online отримує "
+"вхідні повідомлення зовнішніх серверів лише раз на годину. Ви повинні "
+"встановити перенаправлення для всіх адрес електронної пошти до доменного "
+"імені Odoo на своєму сервері електронної пошти (наприклад, "
+"*catchall@mydomain.ext*, на *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
+"their  respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
+"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Всі псевдоніми можна налаштувати в Odoo. Псевдоніми об'єктів можна "
+"редагувати з відповідного виду налаштування. Щоб відредагувати атрибути "
+"catchall і bounce, потрібно спочатку активувати режим розробника на панелі "
+"керування налаштувань."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
+"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
+"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім оновіть свій екран і перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Технічні --> Параметри --> Параметри системи` для налаштування псевдоніму "
+"(*mail.catchall.alias* та *mail.bounce.alias*)."
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
+"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
+"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
+"Fetchmail Service*."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням вхідні повідомлення завантажуються кожні 5 хвилин в режимі "
+"очікування в Odoo. Ви можете змінити це значення в режимі розробника. "
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні --> Автоматизація -->"
+" Заплановані дії` та знайдіть*Mail: Fetchmail Service*."
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3
+msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo"
+msgstr "Як слідкувати за Twitter в Odoo"
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the "
+"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically "
+"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете слідкувати за конкретними хеш-тегами в Twitter і переглядати твіти"
+" в межах каналів Обговорення Odoo за вашим вибором. Твіти періодично "
+"витягуються з Twitter. Автентифікований користувач може ретвітити "
+"повідомлення."
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13
+msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side"
+msgstr "Налаштування програми зі сторони Twitter"
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks"
+" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to"
+" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:"
+msgstr ""
+"Twitter використовує \"Програму\" зі своєї сторони, яка відкриває шлях, до "
+"якого Odoo вимагає твітів, і за допомогою якого користувач може відновити "
+"ретвіти. Щоб налаштувати цю програму, перейдіть на сторінку "
+"http://apps.twitter.com/app/new і введіть значення:"
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19
+msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter"
+msgstr "Назва: це назва програми на Twitter"
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" "
+"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at "
+"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in"
+" this field."
+msgstr ""
+"Веб-сайт: це зовнішня URL-адреса бази даних Odoo, додавши \"/ web\". "
+"Наприклад, якщо ваша версія Odoo розміщена на \"http://www.example.com\", у "
+"цьому полі слід додати \"http://www.example.com/web\"."
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following "
+"the previous example you should write "
+"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Зворотня URL-адреса: це адреса, на яку Twitter відповідає. Після "
+"попереднього прикладу слід написати "
+"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"."
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click "
+"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page."
+msgstr ""
+"Не забудьте прийняти умови використання угоди для розробників та натисніть "
+"кнопку **Створити свій додаток Twitter** у нижній частині сторінки."
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33
+msgid "Getting the API key and secret"
+msgstr "Отримання ключа API та секретності"
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви на інформаційній панелі програми, перейдіть на вкладку **Токени "
+"ключів та доступу**."
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General "
+"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Скопіюйте ці значення в Odoo в  :menuselection:`Налаштування--> загальні "
+"налаштування--> Налаштування обговорення Twitter discuss` and click on "
+"**Save** та натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**, щоб зберегти налаштування."
+
+#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3
+msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages"
+msgstr "Як привернути увагу інших користувачів до ваших повідомлень"
+
+#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**."
+" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item "
+"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item "
+"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a "
+"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a "
+"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-"
+"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or "
+"another channel."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете **згадати** користувача в каналі або в чаті, набравши **@user-"
+"name**. Згадуючи користувача в чаті, він встановить його як елемент підписки"
+" (якщо він ще не є ним) та надсилають повідомлення на поштову скриньку. "
+"Елемент, що містить згадування, також буде виділено жирним шрифтом у вікні "
+"списку. Згадування користувача в каналі надсилатиме повідомлення до своєї "
+"поштової скриньки. Ви не можете згадати користувача в каналі, який не "
+"підписався на канал. Натискання **#channel-name** дасть посилання на "
+"згаданий канал у чатах або на іншому каналі."
+
+#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15
+msgid "Direct messaging a user"
+msgstr "Прямий обмін повідомленнями з користувачем"
+
+#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and "
+"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the "
+"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one "
+"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using "
+"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is "
+"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user "
+"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that "
+"they are offline."
+msgstr ""
+"**Прямі повідомлення** - приватні повідомлення, доступні лише відправнику та"
+" одержувачу. Ви можете надсилати прямі повідомлення іншим користувачам з "
+"модуля Обговорення, створивши нову бесіду або вибравши існуючу з бічної "
+"панелі. Прямі повідомлення можна надсилати з будь-якого місця в Odoo за "
+"допомогою значка спливаючої підказки у верхній панелі. Статус інших "
+"користувачів відображається ліворуч від імені. **Зелена точка** вказує на "
+"те, що користувач є онлайн, **помаранчева точка**, в якій вони перебувають в"
+" режимі очікування, а **сіра точка** - в автономному режимі."
+
+#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28
+msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss"
+msgstr "Сповіщення на робочому столі з обговорення"
+
+#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new "
+"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of"
+" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on "
+"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете обрати відображення **настільного сповіщення**, коли ви отримуєте "
+"нове пряме повідомлення. У сповіщенні відображається повідомлення "
+"відправника та короткий попередній перегляд вмісту повідомлення. Вони можуть"
+" бути налаштовані або вимкнені, натиснувши значок приладу в кутку "
+"сповіщення."
+
+#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3
+msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox"
+msgstr "Як бути чуйним на роботі завдяки моїм вхідним повідомленням Odoo"
+
+#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on "
+"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you "
+"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox."
+msgstr ""
+"Використовуйте програму **Вхідні** для обговорення, щоб контролювати "
+"оновлення та прогрес у всьому, що ви робите вOdoo. Сповіщення та "
+"повідомлення від усього, на що ви підписані або у чому ви згадані, "
+"з'являються у папці Вхідні."
+
+#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13
+msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen."
+msgstr "Ви можете стежити за папкою **Вхідні** з будь-якого екрана."
+
+#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it "
+"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or "
+"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star "
+"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters "
+"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here."
+msgstr ""
+"Позначення елемента позначає повідомлення як **прочитане** та видаляє його з"
+" папки Вхідні. Якщо ви хочете зберегти об'єкт для подальшого посилання або "
+"дії, позначте його зірочкою, щоб додати до поля **Позначення**. Ви можете "
+"зібрати будь-яке повідомлення або сповіщення в Обговорення або будь-якого з "
+"учасників, що займаються конкретними товарами в Odoo, щоб зберігати тут "
+"вкладки."
+
+#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss"
+msgstr "Чому потрібно використовувати обговорення"
+
+#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your "
+"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with "
+"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever "
+"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily "
+"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team "
+"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one "
+"simple and searchable interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Обговорення Odoo - це простий у використанні додаток для обміну "
+"повідомленнями для команд, які об'єднують всю вашу організацію в одному "
+"місці та без проблем інтегрується із системою Odoo. Обговорення дає змогу "
+"надсилати та отримувати повідомлення будь-де, де ви знаходитесь в Odoo, а "
+"також легко керувати своїми повідомленнями та повідомленнями в додатку. "
+"Обговорення дає змогу створювати **канали** для командних чатів, бесід про "
+"проекти, координацію зустрічей тощо в одному простому та доступному для "
+"пошуку інтерфейсі."
+
+#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3
+msgid "Get organized by planning activities"
+msgstr "Ставайте ще більше організованими з плануванням дій"
+
+#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get "
+"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to "
+"undertake."
+msgstr ""
+"Планування дій - це ідеальний спосіб продовжити роботу. Отримайте "
+"нагадування про те, що потрібно зробити, і заплануйте наступні заходи, які "
+"потрібно виконати."
+
+#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage"
+" your priorities."
+msgstr ""
+"Ваша діяльність доступна в будь-якому місці, де ви знаходитеся в Odoo. "
+"Вашими пріоритетами легко керувати."
+
+#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban "
+"views. Here is an example for opportunities :"
+msgstr ""
+"Діяльність може бути запланована і керована учасниками спілкування та "
+"переглядів канбанів. Ось приклад можливостей:"
+
+#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22
+msgid "Set your activity types"
+msgstr "Встановіть види діяльності"
+
+#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. "
+"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням у Odoo доступні різні типові види діяльності (наприклад, "
+"дзвінок, електронна пошта, зустріч та інше). Якщо ви хочете встановити нові,"
+" перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування --> "
+"Типи діяльності`."
+
+#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29
+msgid "Schedule meetings"
+msgstr "Розклад зустрічей"
+
+#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with "
+"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply "
+"open to let you select a time slot."
+msgstr ""
+"Дії заплановані на певні дні. Якщо вам потрібно встановити години, перейдіть"
+" за типом дії *Зустріч*. При плануванні дії, календар буде просто відкритий,"
+" щоби дозволити вам вибрати часовий інтервал."
+
+#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure "
+"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо вам потрібно використовувати інші види діяльності за допомогою "
+"планування календаря, переконайтеся, що їх *категорія* встановлена як "
+"*Зустріч*."
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3
+msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels"
+msgstr "Як ефективно комунікувати у команді, використовуючи канали"
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, "
+"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
+"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see,"
+" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете використовувати **канали** для організації обговорень між окремими"
+" групами, департаментами, проектами або будь-якою іншою групою, яка потребує"
+" регулярного спілкування. Знайшовши бесіди, кожен, хто бачить її у каналі, "
+"легко збереже всю команду в циклі з останніми новинками."
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12
+msgid "Creating a channel"
+msgstr "Створення каналу"
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**."
+msgstr "В Обговоренні є два типи каналів - **публічні** та **приватні**."
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write "
+"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a "
+"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only "
+"visible to users who have been invited to this channel."
+msgstr ""
+"**Публічний канал** може бути створений адміністратором лише з правами на "
+"запис, і його можуть бачити всі, хто в організації. Навпаки, **приватний "
+"канал** може бути створений будь-яким користувачем, і за замовчуванням він "
+"відображається лише користувачам, запрошеним на цей канал."
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
+" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas"
+" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to "
+"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive "
+"information)."
+msgstr ""
+"Публічний канал найкраще використовується, коли багато працівників повинні "
+"мати доступ до інформації (наприклад, міжвідомчі комунікації або компанії), "
+"тоді приватний канал повинен використовуватися, коли інформація повинна бути"
+" обмежена лише певними користувачами/працівниками (наприклад, департамент "
+"або конфіденційна інформація)."
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31
+msgid "Configuring a channel"
+msgstr "Налаштування каналу"
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic "
+"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`."
+" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view "
+"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or"
+" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to "
+"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would"
+" a public channel."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете налаштовувати назву каналу, опис, права доступу, автоматичну "
+"підписку та надсилати електронні листи з :menuselection:`#channel-name --> "
+"Налаштування`. Змінюючи права доступу до каналу, ви можете контролювати, які"
+" групи можуть переглядати кожен канал. Ви можете зробити канал видимим для "
+"всіх користувачів, запрошених користувачів або користувачів вибраної групи "
+"користувачів. Зауважте, якщо дозволити \"всім\" користуватись приватним "
+"каналом, інші користувачі зможуть переглядати та приєднуватися до неї, "
+"оскільки це буде відкритим каналом."
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47
+msgid "How to set up a mailing list"
+msgstr "Як налаштувати список розсилки"
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within "
+":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like"
+" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive "
+"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear "
+"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send "
+"messages by email."
+msgstr ""
+"Канал можна налаштувати так, щоб він поводився як список розсилки. Зі списку"
+" :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Налаштування`, визначте електронне "
+"повідомлення, яке ви хочете використовувати. Після цього користувачі зможуть"
+" опублікувати в каналі та вибрати отримання сповіщень за допомогою "
+"визначеної електронної адреси. Біля назви каналу в списку з'явиться значок "
+"конверта, який покаже, що канал надсилатиме повідомлення електронною поштою."
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57
+msgid "Locating a channel"
+msgstr "Пошук каналу"
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of "
+"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by"
+" clicking the plus icon."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви не бачите канал на інформаційній панелі, ви можете шукати в списку "
+"**загальнодоступних каналів**, щоб знайти потрібний канал або створити новий"
+" канал, натиснувши значок +."
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public "
+"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public "
+"channels from a single screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете натиснути заголовок **КАНАЛИ**, щоб переглянути список всіх "
+"публічних каналів. Це дозволяє користувачеві вручну **приєднуватися** і "
+"**залишати** публічні канали з одного екрану."
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to "
+"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic."
+msgstr ""
+"Завжди мудро шукати канал, перш ніж створювати новий, щоб не створювати "
+"дубльовані записи для однієї теми."
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76
+msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss"
+msgstr "Використання фільтрів для навігації в обговоренні"
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function "
+"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and "
+"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by "
+"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single "
+"character wildcard.**"
+msgstr ""
+"Пошук у верхньому рядку забезпечує доступ до тієї ж всеохоплюючої функції "
+"пошуку, що присутня в решті частини Odoo. Ви можете застосувати кілька "
+"**критеріїв фільтрації** та **зберігати фільтри** для подальшого "
+"використання. Функція пошуку приймає підстановку символів, використовуючи "
+"символ підкреслення \"\\ **\\_**\\ \", щоб представляти **підстановку одного"
+" символу**."
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3
+msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about"
+msgstr "Як слідкувати за дискусійною темою та визначати, що я хочу почути"
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6
+msgid "How to follow a discussion thread"
+msgstr "Як слідкувати за темою дискусії"
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity,"
+" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете відстежувати практично будь-який бізнес-об'єкт в Odoo (нагода, "
+"комерційна пропозиція, завдання тощо), **додавши** це."
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14
+msgid "How to choose the events to follow"
+msgstr "Як вибрати події, щоб слідкувати за ними"
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The "
+"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the "
+"**Project** app."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете вибрати типи подій, про які ви хочете отримувати повідомлення. "
+"Наведений нижче приклад показує параметри, доступні при виконанні "
+"**завдання** в додатку **Проект**."
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23
+msgid "How to add other followers"
+msgstr "Як додати інших підписників"
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel "
+"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a"
+" link back to the original document."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете запросити інших користувачів і додавати канали як підписки. "
+"Додавання каналу як підписки відправить повідомлення, опубліковані в чаті, "
+"до каналу з посиланням на вихідний документ."
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34
+msgid "How to be a default follower"
+msgstr "Як бути підписником за замовчуванням"
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In "
+"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any"
+" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task "
+"created, an opportunity won)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви автоматично встановлюєте себе як підписника за замовчуванням будь-якого "
+"елемента, який ви створюєте. У деяких програмах, таких як CRM та Проект, ви "
+"можете стати підписником за замовчуванням будь-якого нового запису, "
+"створеного для отримання сповіщень про конкретні події (наприклад, створене "
+"нове завдання, виграна нагода)."
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel"
+" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear "
+"about."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб це зробити, розпочніть наступний батьківський бізнес-об'єкт (наприклад, "
+"канал збуту в CRM, проект у проекті). Потім виберіть події, за якими ви "
+"хочете слідкувати."
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3a523f7622
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1690 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5
+msgid "eCommerce"
+msgstr "Електронна комерція"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3
+msgid "Get started"
+msgstr "Розпочніть"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3
+msgid "How to customize my catalog page"
+msgstr "Як налаштувати сторінку каталогу товарів"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6
+msgid "Product Catalog"
+msgstr "Каталог товарів"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)."
+msgstr ""
+"Усі ваші опубліковані елементи відображаються на вашій сторінці каталогу "
+"(або на сторінці *Магазину*)."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, "
+"website categories, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Більшість параметрів доступні в меню *Налаштування*: елементи відображення, "
+"категорії веб-сайту тощо."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20
+msgid "Highlight a product"
+msgstr "Виділіть товар"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make "
+"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop"
+" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid."
+msgstr ""
+"Підвищуйте видимість товарів із зірочкою/рекламовані товари: підніміть їх "
+"вгору, збільшіть їх, додайте стрічку, яку можна редагувати (продаж, новий "
+"тощо). Відкрийте сторінку магазину, перейдіть у режим редагування та "
+"натисніть на будь-який елемент, щоб розпочати налаштування сітки."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"See how to do it: "
+"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4"
+msgstr ""
+"Подивіться, як зробити це: "
+"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29
+msgid "Quick add to cart"
+msgstr "Швидке додавання до кошика"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by "
+"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description "
+"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu:  "
+"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description "
+"better)."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ваші клієнти купують багато товарів одночасно, зробіть цей процес "
+"швидшим, дозволяючи купівлі зі сторінки каталогу. Для цього додайте опис "
+"товару та додайте у кнопку кошика. Увімкніть наступні параметри в меню "
+"*Налаштування*: опис товару, додавання в кошик, перегляд списку (для кращого"
+" відображення опису товару)."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3
+msgid "How to build a product page"
+msgstr "Як створити сторінку товару"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5
+msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner."
+msgstr ""
+"На веб-сайті натисніть кнопку *Нова сторінка* у верхньому правому куті."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7
+msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips."
+msgstr "Потім натисніть *Новий товар* і дотримуйтесь спливаючих порад."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12
+msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:"
+msgstr "Ось основні елементи сторінки товару:"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17
+msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu."
+msgstr "Багато елементів можна зробити видимими в меню *Налаштування*."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22
+msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below."
+msgstr "Дізнайтеся, як налаштовувати свої товари зі сторінок нижче."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26
+msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27
+msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28
+msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29
+msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30
+msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31
+msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32
+msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3
+msgid "Manage my products"
+msgstr "Управляйте вашими товарами"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
+msgid "How to display several images per product"
+msgstr "Як відобразити кілька картинок на товарі"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
+"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
+"the image into a carrousel."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням веб-сторінка товару відображає головне зображення вашого "
+"товару. Якщо ви хочете показати свої товари з кількох ракурсів, ви можете "
+"перетворити зображення в карусель."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+"Перевірте *Кілька зображень на товарі* в :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-"
+"сайту --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
+" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте деталі форми товару та завантажте зображення з вкладки "
+"*Зображення*. Натисніть *Створити* в режимі редагування, щоб отримати "
+"майстер завантаження."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
+msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
+msgstr ""
+"Таке додаткове зображення є загальним для всіх варіантів товарів (якщо такі "
+"є)."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3
+msgid "How to show product availability"
+msgstr "Як показати наявність товару"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure "
+"your customers."
+msgstr ""
+"Наявність ваших товарів може бути показана на веб-сайті, щоб переконати "
+"ваших клієнтів."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select "
+"an option in *Availability*."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб відобразити це, відкрийте вкладку *Продажі* у формі деталей товару та "
+"виберіть параметр *В наявності*."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery "
+"delay, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Користувацьке попередження може бути пов'язане із наявністю на складі, "
+"затримкою доставки тощо."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22
+msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed."
+msgstr "Цей інструмент не вимагає встановлення додатку Склад."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it "
+"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the "
+"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо один елемент більше не можна продавати, скасуйте публікацію на своєму "
+"веб-сайті. Якщо мова йде про конкретний варіант товару, дезактивуйте варіант"
+" у бекенді (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage product variants"
+msgstr "Як керувати варіантами товару"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your "
+"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt "
+"and then selects its size and color.  In the example below, the customer "
+"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the "
+"available options."
+msgstr ""
+"Варіанти товару використовуються для того, щоб запропонувати варіанти того "
+"самого товару для ваших клієнтів на сторінці товарів. Наприклад, клієнт "
+"вибирає футболку, а потім вибирає її розмір і колір. У наведеному нижче "
+"прикладі клієнт вибирає телефон, а потім вибирає пам'ять; колір та Wi-Fi з "
+"доступних опцій."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15
+msgid "How to create attributes & variants"
+msgstr "Як створити атрибути та варіанти"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: "
+"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+"Увімкніть *Товари можуть мати кілька атрибутів, що визначають варіанти "
+"(наприклад, розмір, колір, ...)* у розділі :menuselection:`Продажі --> "
+"Налаштування`."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20
+msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab."
+msgstr "Виберіть товар у списку товарів, перейдіть на вкладку *Варіанти*."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, "
+"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there "
+"are 2 values for 1 attribute."
+msgstr ""
+"Додайте якомога більше атрибутів, які вам потрібно, з 3 різних типів: "
+"перемикачі, випадаюче меню або кольорові кнопки. Ви отримуєте кілька "
+"варіантів, як тільки буде 2 атрибута для атрибута 1."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30
+msgid "How to edit variants"
+msgstr "Як редагувати варіанти"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32
+msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form."
+msgstr "Перегляньте всі варіанти з форми шаблону деталей товару."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40
+msgid "You can edit following data:"
+msgstr "Ви можете редагувати наступні дані:"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42
+msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website),"
+msgstr "Зображення (буде оновлено в реальному часі на веб-сайті),"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43
+msgid "Barcode,"
+msgstr "Штрих-код,"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44
+msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #),"
+msgstr "Внутрішня довідка (SKU #),"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45
+msgid "Volume,"
+msgstr "Об'єм,"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46
+msgid "Weight,"
+msgstr "Вага,"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47
+msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)."
+msgstr "Активний (доступний у пропозиціях та на веб-сайті)."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need "
+"to populate them once the variants generated."
+msgstr ""
+"Штрих-код та внутрішня довідка є спеціальними для варіантів. Потрібно "
+"заповнити їх, коли створені варіанти."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> "
+"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of "
+"variants."
+msgstr ""
+"Перегляньте та відредагуйте всі варіанти з :menuselection:`Продажі --> "
+"Продажі --> Варіанти товару`. Це може бути швидше, якщо ви управляєте "
+"безліччю варіантів."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58
+msgid "How to set specific prices per variant"
+msgstr "Як встановити конкретні ціни за варіант"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant "
+"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете встановити конкретну загальну вартість кожного варіанта, "
+"натиснувши *Ціни варіанту* у формі відомостей про товар (дія у верхньому "
+"лівому куті)."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding "
+"attribute value is selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Додаткова ціна додається до ціни товару, коли вибирається відповідне "
+"значення атрибута."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for "
+"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
+msgstr ""
+"Формули преміум-класу дозволяють встановлювати розширені методи обчислення "
+"ціни для варіантів товару. Див. :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80
+msgid "How to disable/archive variants"
+msgstr "Як відключити/архівувати варіанти"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer "
+"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, "
+"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете відключити/архівувати конкретні варіанти, щоб вони більше не були "
+"доступні в пропозиціях та на веб-сайті (не існуючих на вашому складі, "
+"застарілих тощо). Просто зніміть позначку *Активно* в детальній формі."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants "
+"list. You can reactivate them the same way."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб отримати такі архівні елементи, натисніть *Архівувати* при пошуку списку"
+" варіантів. Ви можете повторно активувати їх так само."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3
+msgid "Maximize my revenue"
+msgstr "Збільшіть свій дохід"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3
+msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)"
+msgstr "Як продавати аксесуари та функціональні товари (перехресний продаж)"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch "
+"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling "
+"functionalities:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви продаєте комп'ютери. Чому б не стимулювати своїх клієнтів купувати "
+"найкращий екран або додаткову гарантію? Це мета перехресних продажів:"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8
+msgid "Accessory products on checkout page,"
+msgstr "Аксесуари на сторінці оформлення замовлення,"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)."
+msgstr ""
+"Додаткові товари на новому екрані *Додати до кошика* (не встановлено за "
+"замовчуванням)."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12
+msgid "Accessory products when checking out"
+msgstr "Аксесуари під час перевірки"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer "
+"reviews the cart before paying."
+msgstr ""
+"Аксесуари (наприклад, для комп'ютерів: миша, клавіатура) з'являються, коли "
+"користувач переглядає кошик перед оплатою."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20
+msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть аксесуари на вкладці *Продажі* на сторінці відомостей про товар."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case "
+"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several "
+"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of "
+"suggested accessories."
+msgstr ""
+"Існує алгоритм виявлення найкращих аксесуарів для відображення, якщо до "
+"кошика додано кілька елементів. Якщо будь-який елемент є аксесуаром кількох "
+"товарів, доданих у кошик, то, швидше за все, він буде зверху списку "
+"запропонованих аксесуарів."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31
+msgid "Optional products when adding to cart"
+msgstr "Додаткові товари при додаванні до кошика"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for "
+"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main "
+"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step."
+msgstr ""
+"Необов'язкові товари безпосередньо пов'язані з елементом, доданим до кошика "
+"(наприклад, для комп'ютерів: гарантія, програмне забезпечення для ОS, "
+"додаткові компоненти). Кожного разу, коли основний товар додається до "
+"кошика, такий новий екран з'являється як додатковий крок."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40
+msgid "To publish optional products:"
+msgstr "Опублікувати додаткові товари:"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the "
+"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show "
+"up."
+msgstr ""
+"Встановіть *Додаткові товари електронної комерції* в меню *Програми*. "
+"Вилучіть фільтр за замовчуванням для пошуку в аддонах, інакше з'являться "
+"лише основні програми."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48
+msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form."
+msgstr "Виберіть додаткові елементи на вкладці *Продажі* форми товару."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item."
+msgstr ""
+"Кількість додаткових елементів, доданих до кошика, співпадає з основним "
+"елементом."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3
+msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors"
+msgstr "Як адаптувати ціни до відвідувачів сайту"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5
+msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:"
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому розділі висвітлено особливості ціноутворення модуля електронної "
+"комерції."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7
+msgid "force a price by geo-localization,"
+msgstr "встановлення ціни за геолокацією,"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9
+msgid "let the customer choose the currency."
+msgstr "дозвольте клієнту вибирати валюту."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: "
+":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)."
+msgstr ""
+"Для початку перевірте, як керувати ціною товару: "
+"знижки.:doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15
+msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price"
+msgstr "Geo-IP для автоматичного застосовування правильної ціни"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet "
+"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website."
+msgstr ""
+"Призначте групи країн вашому прайслисту. Таким чином, ваші відвідувачі, які "
+"ще не увійшли в систему, отримуватимуть свою валюту при завантаженні на ваш "
+"веб-сайт."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20
+msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country."
+msgstr "Після входу вони отримують прайслист, який відповідає їхній країні."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23
+msgid "Currency selector"
+msgstr "Валютний вибір"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose "
+"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website "
+"drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви продаєте у кількох валютах, ви можете дозволити своїм клієнтам "
+"обрати валюту. Перевірте вибір, щоб додати прайслист до спадного меню веб-"
+"сайту."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34
+msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35
+msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36
+msgid ":doc:`promo_code`"
+msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3
+msgid "How to create & share promotional codes"
+msgstr "Як створити та ділитися промокодами"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing "
+"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts."
+msgstr ""
+"Хочете збільшити продажі до Різдва? Поділіться промокодами за допомогою "
+"маркетингових кампаній та застосовуйте будь-які знижки."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr "Налаштування"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based"
+" on formula* for *Sale Price*."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть на  :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування` і виберіть "
+"*Розширене ціноутворення на основі формули* для *ціни продажу*."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a"
+" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a "
+"code."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-сайту --> Каталог --> "
+"Прайслисти` та створіть новий прайслист з правилом знижки (див. "
+":doc:`pricing`). Потім введіть код."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in "
+"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it."
+msgstr ""
+"Зробіть поле промокоду доступним на *сторінці кошика* (опція в меню "
+"*Налаштування*). Додайте товар до кошика, щоб зробити це."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* "
+"prices get automatically updated in the cart."
+msgstr ""
+"Після увімкнення цієї функції ви побачите новий розділ з правого боку. При "
+"натисканні кнопки *Застосувати* ціни автоматично оновлюються в кошику."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can "
+"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns."
+msgstr ""
+"Промокод, який використовує клієнт, зберігається в системі, щоби ви могли "
+"проаналізувати ефективність ваших маркетингових кампаній."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39
+msgid "Show sales per pricelists..."
+msgstr "Покажіть продажі за цінами..."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43
+msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
+msgstr ":doc:`pricing`"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3
+msgid "How to enable comments & rating"
+msgstr "Як включити коментарі та рейтинг в електронній комерції"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust "
+"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow "
+"your customer to share their feedback!"
+msgstr ""
+"Публікація та моніторинг досвіду клієнтів допоможе довіряти вам новим "
+"клієнтам та краще взаємодіяти з вашою спільнотою. Лише у два кліки дозвольте"
+" своєму клієнту поділитися своїм відгуком!"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web "
+"page."
+msgstr ""
+"Активуйте коментарі та рейтинг в меню *Налаштування* веб-сторінки товару."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do "
+"so (see Portal documentation)."
+msgstr ""
+"Відвідувачі повинні увійти, щоби поділитися своїми коментарями. "
+"Переконайтеся, що вони зможуть це зробити (див. Документацію Портал)."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25
+msgid "Review the posts in real time"
+msgstr "Переглядайте публікації в режимі реального часу"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product "
+"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)."
+msgstr ""
+"Кожного разу, коли пост опубліковано, менеджер товару та всі підписники на "
+"товар отримують сповіщення у своїй папці Вхідні (меню (*Обговорення*)."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as "
+"follower."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням користувач, який створив товар, автоматично встановлюється "
+"як підписник."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in "
+"the product discussion thread)."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть на назву товару, щоби відкрити детальну форму та переглянути "
+"коментар (в обговоренні про товар)."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43
+msgid "Moderate & unpublish"
+msgstr "Модеруйте та скасовуйте публікації"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail "
+"form or on the web page."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете легко модерувати, використовуючи чат, у формі детальної інформації"
+" про товар або на веб-сторінці."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* "
+"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби скасувати публікацію, відкрийте веб-сторінку товару та натисніть кнопку"
+" *Опубліковано*, щоби перетворити її у червоний колір (*Неопубліковано*)."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56
+msgid "..tip::"
+msgstr "..tip::"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*"
+" smart button (and vice versa)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете отримати доступ до веб-сторінки в детальній формі, натиснувши "
+"кнопку *Опубліковано* (і навпаки)."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3
+msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)"
+msgstr "Як продавати дорожчі варіанти товарів (допродаж)"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products "
+"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more"
+" time browsing your catalog."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб максимально збільшити ваш дохід, рекомендується пропонувати вартісніші "
+"варіанти товару для базових товарів. Таким чином, ваш клієнт витратить "
+"більше часу на перегляд вашого каталогу."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12
+msgid "To do so:"
+msgstr "Зробити так:"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail "
+"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your "
+"customers will be confused."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть такі *Альтернативні товари* на вкладці *Продажі* форми товару. Три "
+"альтернативи буде достатньо! Не публікуйте занадто багато, інакше ваші "
+"клієнти будуть плутатися."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web "
+"page."
+msgstr ""
+"Увімкніть *альтернативні товари* в меню *Налаштування* веб-сторінки товару."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Загальний огляд"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3
+msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce"
+msgstr "Введення в електронну комерцію Odoo"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no "
+"time. The topics follow the buying process:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ця документація допоможе вам швидко перейти на веб-сайт електронної "
+"комерції. Теми слідують за процесом купівлі:"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13
+msgid "Product Page"
+msgstr "Сторінка товару"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14
+msgid "Shop Page"
+msgstr "Сторінка магазину"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15
+msgid "Pricing"
+msgstr "Ціноутворення"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16
+msgid "Taxes"
+msgstr "Податки"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17
+msgid "Checkout process"
+msgstr "Оформлення замовлення "
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18
+msgid "Upselling & cross-selling"
+msgstr "Розпродаж та перехресний продаж"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19
+msgid "Payment"
+msgstr "Оплата"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20
+msgid "Shipping & Tracking"
+msgstr "Доставка і відстеження"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24
+msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3
+msgid "Launch my website"
+msgstr "Запустіть свій веб-сайт"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3
+msgid "Get paid"
+msgstr "Отримайте оплату"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3
+msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net"
+msgstr "Як отримати оплату з Authorize.Net"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in "
+"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with "
+"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway "
+"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ "
+"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant "
+"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that "
+"you like."
+msgstr ""
+"Authorize.Net є однією з найпопулярніших платформ електронної комерції в "
+"Північній Америці. На відміну від більшості інших постачальників платежів, "
+"сумісних з Odoo, Authorize.Net може використовуватися лише як платіжний "
+"шлюз. "
+"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ "
+"Таким чином, ви можете скористатись процесором платежу або "
+"продавцем,<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__"
+"  який вам подобається."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12
+msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account"
+msgstr "Створіть обліковий запис Authorize.Net"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking "
+"'Get Started'."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть обліковий запис Authorize.Net, <https://www.authorize.net>`__ "
+"натиснувши кнопку 'Почати роботу'."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as"
+" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, "
+"press the related option."
+msgstr ""
+"На сторінці ціноутворення натисніть *Зареєструйтеся зараз*, якщо ви хочете "
+"використовувати Authorize.net як платіжний шлюз та продаж. Якщо ви хочете "
+"використовувати свій власний продаж, натисніть відповідну опцію."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23
+msgid "Go through the registration steps."
+msgstr "Перейдіть за кроками реєстрації."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test "
+"account to process a test transaction from Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням обліковий запис встановлено як тестовий обліковий запис. Ви"
+" можете використовувати цей тестовий обліковий запис для обробки тестової "
+"транзакції з Odoo."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26
+msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode."
+msgstr "Після завершення перейдіть у режим **Розробника**."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
+msgid "Set up Odoo"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте Odoo"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or "
+"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`."
+msgstr ""
+"Активізуйте Authorize.Net в Odoo з :menuselection:`Веб-сайту чи Продажів або"
+" Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Платіжні еквайєри`."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33
+msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**."
+msgstr "Введіть свій **ідентифікатор входу** та **транзакційний ключ API**."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and"
+" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials "
+"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights"
+" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб отримати ці облікові дані у Authorize.Net, ви можете покластися на відео"
+" з ідентифікаторами реєстрації API та відео-транзакції Video Tutorials "
+"Authorize.Net. <https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Такі відеозаписи "
+"дають змістовну інформацію про те, як налаштувати обліковий запис "
+"Authorize.Net відповідно до ваших потреб."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
+msgid "Go live"
+msgstr "Розпочніть"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your "
+"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Ваше налаштування вже готове! Ви можете зробити Authorize.Net видимим у "
+"вашому інтерфейсі продавця та активувати режим **Розробника**."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and "
+"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the "
+"production mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Повноваження, надані Authorize.net, відрізняються як для тестування, так і "
+"для режиму розробника. Не забувайте оновлювати їх в Odoo, коли ви вмикаєте "
+"режим розробника."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61
+msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution"
+msgstr "Оцініть Authorize.Net як платіжне рішення"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer "
+"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете безкоштовно протестувати та оцінити Authorize.Net, створивши "
+"обліковий запис розробника <https://developer.authorize.net>`__."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo"
+" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Після створення облікового запису ви отримаєте права sandbox. Введіть їх в "
+"Odoo, як описано вище, і переконайтеся, що ви все ще перебуваєте в режимі "
+"*тестування*."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform "
+"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете увійти в платформу для автозавантаження Authorize.Net, "
+"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ щоб налаштувати свій обліковий запис для"
+" sandbox."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in"
+" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide "
+"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__."
+msgstr ""
+"Для виконання фальшивих операцій ви можете використовувати підроблені номери"
+" карт, вказані в посібнику з тестування Authorize.Net "
+"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
+msgid ":doc:`payment`"
+msgstr ":doc:`payment`"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
+msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
+msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3
+msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers"
+msgstr "Як отримати платіж через платіжні еквайєри"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and "
+"Invoicing apps."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo включає кілька способів оплати з електронної комерції, продажів і "
+"рахунків-фактур."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10
+msgid "What are the payment methods available"
+msgstr "Які доступні способи оплати?"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13
+msgid "Wire transfer"
+msgstr "Банківський переказ"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing "
+"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their"
+" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-"
+"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!"
+msgstr ""
+"Банківський переказ - це доступний спосіб оплати за замовчуванням. Мета - "
+"надати своїм клієнтам свої банківські реквізити, щоб вони могли платити "
+"самостійно через свій банк. Це дуже легко розпочати, але повільно і "
+"неефективно. Виберіть онлайн-покупців, як тільки зможете!"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21
+msgid "Payment acquirers"
+msgstr "Платежі покупця"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and"
+" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms"
+" over time:"
+msgstr ""
+"Переадресовуйте своїх клієнтів на платформи, щоби легко збирати гроші та "
+"відстежувати статус платежу (зворотній зв'язок). Odoo підтримує все більше і"
+" більше платформ:"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27
+msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__"
+msgstr "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28
+msgid "Ingenico"
+msgstr "Ingenico"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29
+msgid "Authorize.net"
+msgstr "Authorize.net"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30
+msgid "Adyen"
+msgstr "Adyen"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31
+msgid "Buckaroo"
+msgstr "Buckaroo"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32
+msgid "PayUmoney"
+msgstr "PayUmoney"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33
+msgid "Sips"
+msgstr "Sips"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34
+msgid "Stripe"
+msgstr "Stripe"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38
+msgid "How to go live"
+msgstr "Як це втілити"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and "
+"activate the **Production** mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як спосіб оплати готовий, зробіть його видимим у інтерфейсі "
+"платежу та активуйте режим **Виробництва**."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48
+msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards"
+msgstr ""
+"Як дозволити клієнтам зберігати та повторно використовувати кредитні картки"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse "
+"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo."
+" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб полегшити сплату повернених клієнтів, ви можете дозволити їм зберігати "
+"та повторно використовувати кредитну картку, якщо вони хочуть. Якщо так, "
+"токен платежу буде збережений в Odoo. Цей параметр доступний для Ingenico та"
+" Authorize.net."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68
+msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form."
+msgstr "Ви можете увімкнути це за допомогою форми налаштування еквайєра."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61
+msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions"
+msgstr "Як дебетувати кредитні картки для оплати підписки"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to "
+"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can "
+"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card."
+msgstr ""
+"`Підписка Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ дозволяє "
+"автоматично сплачувати послуги на регулярній основі. Поряд з цим, ви можете "
+"мати автоматичне дебетування кредитної картки клієнта."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66
+msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net."
+msgstr "Цей параметр доступний для Ingenico та Authorize.net."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the "
+"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued"
+" from the subscription."
+msgstr ""
+"Таким чином, платіжний токен буде фіксуватися, коли користувач перейде на "
+"підписку, а автоматичний дебет запускатиметься кожного разу, коли рахунок-"
+"фактура випадає з підписки."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79
+msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)"
+msgstr "Як користуватися іншими еквайєрами (розширені)"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment "
+"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction"
+" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo може надати запити на одноразову оплату та переадресацію до будь-якого "
+"платника. Але немає зворотнього зв'язку, тобто Odoo не відстежує стан "
+"транзакції. Таким чином, ви підтвердите замовлення вручну, як тільки ви "
+"отримаєте плату."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85
+msgid "How to:"
+msgstr "Як це зробити:"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87
+msgid "Switch to developer mode."
+msgstr "Переключитися в режим розробника."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89
+msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method."
+msgstr "Встановіть метод платежу **Кастомний**."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment "
+"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can "
+"duplicate."
+msgstr ""
+"Налаштуйте форму для оплати (шаблон форми S2S), як вказано вашим платіжним "
+"еквайєром. Ви можете почати з *default_acquirer_button*, яке ви можете "
+"дублювати."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96
+msgid "Other configurations"
+msgstr "Інші налаштування"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment "
+"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans "
+"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard"
+"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)."
+msgstr ""
+"Система Odoo також може бути використана для більш просунутих платіжних "
+"транзакцій, таких як плати за розстрочку (напр. `Paypal Installment Plans "
+"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard"
+"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts "
+"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for "
+"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"Така служба налаштування здійснюється на вимогу наших технічних експертів на"
+" основі ваших власних вимог. Бізнес-консультант може зв'язатися з вами з "
+"таким питанням. `Зв'яжіться з нами. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109
+msgid ":doc:`paypal`"
+msgstr ":doc:`paypal`"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110
+msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
+msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers"
+msgstr "Як керувати замовленнями, оплаченими через платіжні еквайєри"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a"
+" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on "
+"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo підтверджує замовлення автоматично, як тільки платіж буде затверджений "
+"покупцем. Це викликає доставку. Якщо ви виставили рахунок-фактуру на основі "
+"замовлених кількостей, вам також пропонується нарахувати вартість "
+"замовлення."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12
+msgid "What are the payment status"
+msgstr "Який статус платежу"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order."
+msgstr ""
+"У будь-який час продавець може перевірити стан транзакції із замовлення."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18
+msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing."
+msgstr "*Чернетка*: транзакція в обробці."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need "
+"to authorize it from the acquirer interface."
+msgstr ""
+"*Очікує на розгляд*: платіжний еквайєр утримує транзакцію, і вам потрібно "
+"авторизувати її з інтерфейсу еквайєра."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo,"
+" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the"
+" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)."
+msgstr ""
+"*Авторизовано*: платіж було авторизовано, але ще не отримано. В Odoo "
+"замовлення вже підтверджено. Після завершення доставки ви можете зафіксувати"
+" суму з інтерфейсу еквайєра (або з Odoo, якщо ви використовуєте "
+"Authorize.net)."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been "
+"confirmed."
+msgstr ""
+"*Готово*: платіж авторизований та зафіксований. Замовлення підтверджено."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to "
+"retry the payment. The order is still in draft."
+msgstr ""
+"*Помилка*: під час транзакції сталася помилка. Клієнтові потрібно повторити "
+"платіж. Замовлення все ще знаходиться у стані чернетки."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer "
+"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order."
+msgstr ""
+"*Скасовано*: коли клієнт скасовує платіж у формі платіжного еквайєра. Він "
+"повертаються до Odoo, щоби змінити замовлення."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, "
+"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such "
+"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method."
+msgstr ""
+"Спеціальні повідомлення надаються вашим клієнтам за кожним платіжним "
+"статусом, коли вони переспрямовуються в Odoo після транзакції. Щоби "
+"відредагувати такі повідомлення, перейдіть на вкладку *Повідомлення* методу "
+"оплати."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44
+msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order"
+msgstr "Автоматично перевірені рахунки за замовленням"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically "
+"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice "
+"orders straight on."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли замовлення підтверджено, ви також можете мати рахунок-фактуру, що "
+"виставляється автоматично та оплачується. Це повністю автоматизовано для "
+"підприємств, яким виставляється замовлення."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in "
+"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically "
+"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank "
+"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you"
+" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That "
+"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books "
+"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card "
+"payments "
+"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви виберете цей режим, вам буде запропоновано вибрати журнал платежів "
+"для запису у ваших книгах. Цей платіж автоматично узгоджується з рахунком-"
+"фактурою, позначаючи його як оплачений. Виберіть банківський рахунок, якщо "
+"ви одразу отримуєте платіж на своєму банківському рахунку. Якщо ви не "
+"можете, ви можете створити окремий журнал для покупця платежу (тип = Банк). "
+"Таким чином, ви можете відстежувати онлайн-платежі через проміжний рахунок "
+"ваших бухгалтерських книг, доки ви не отримаєте оплату на свій банківський "
+"рахунок (див. Як реєструвати платежі кредитною карткою "
+"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64
+msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery"
+msgstr "Зафіксуйте платіж після доставки"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once "
+"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is "
+"only available with Authorize.net."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою цього режиму замовлення підтверджено, але сума утримується. "
+"Після обробки доставки ви можете отримати платіж від Odoo. Цей режим "
+"доступний лише з Authorize.net."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click "
+"*Capture Transaction*."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби відобразити платіж, відкрийте транзакцію із замовлення. Потім натисніть"
+" *Утримати транзакцію*."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own "
+"interfaces, not from Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"З іншими платіжними еквайєрми ви можете керувати утриманням у власних "
+"інтерфейсах, а не з Odoo."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3
+msgid "How to get paid with Paypal"
+msgstr "Як отримати платіж за допомогою Paypal"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the "
+"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any "
+"starter."
+msgstr ""
+"Paypal - це простий в налаштування платіжний онлайн-сервіс. Він також єдиний"
+" сервіс, який не вимагає передплату. Ми радимо його будь-якому початківцю."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11
+msgid "Set up your Paypal account"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте свій обліковий запис Paypal"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Create a `Paypal Business Account <https://www.paypal.com>`__ or upgrade "
+"your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть обліковий запис 'Business Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ або "
+"оновіть свій обліковий запис для *облікового запису Business*, якщо у вас є "
+"основний. "
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Log in to `Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ and open the settings of your "
+"**Profile**."
+msgstr ""
+"Зайдіть в `Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ та відкрийте налаштування "
+"свого профілю."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22
+msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**."
+msgstr "Тепер відкрийте меню **Мої інструменти продажу**."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27
+msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**."
+msgstr "Почнемо з **налаштувань веб-сайту**."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Turn on **Auto Return** and enter the **Return URL**: "
+"<odoo_instance_url>/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the "
+"correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)."
+msgstr ""
+"Увімкніть **Auto Return** і введіть **Return URL**: "
+"<odoo_instance_url>/shop/confirmation. Переконайтеся, що ця адреса "
+"використовує правильний протокол (HTTP / HTTPS)."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is "
+"generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Увімкніть **Передача даних платежу**. При збереженні створюється **токен "
+"ідентифікації**. Пізніше вам буде запропоновано ввести його в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment "
+"Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім поверніться до свого профілю, щоб активувати **сповіщення про миттєву "
+"сплату (IPN)** у розділі **Мої інструменти продажу**."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46
+msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: <odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn"
+msgstr ""
+"Введіть **URL-адресу сповіщення**: <odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo "
+"to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal "
+"button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер потрібно змінити формат кодування запиту платежу, який відправив Odoo "
+"до Paypal. Для цього поверніться до розділу **Мої інструменти продажу** та "
+"натисніть **кнопку кодування мови кнопки PayPal** у розділі *Додаткові "
+"інструменти продажу*."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as "
+"**UTF-8**."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім натисніть *Додаткові параметри* та встановіть два стандартні кодування"
+" у форматі **UTF-8**."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, "
+"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете, щоб ваші клієнти оплачували без створення рахунку Paypal, "
+"необхідно ввімкнути **Paypal Account Optional**."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->"
+" Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your "
+"**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте форму установки Paypal у :menuselection:`Веб-сайті або Продажі або"
+" Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Платіжні еквайєри+`. Введіть свій **ID "
+"електронної пошти** та **ID продавця** та натисніть **Використовувати IPN**."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My "
+"business info`."
+msgstr ""
+"Вони обидва надаються у вашому профілі Paypal в розділі "
+":menuselection:`Інформація про мою компанію`."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so,"
+" open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**."
+msgstr ""
+"Введіть **ідентифікаційний токен** в Odoo (з опції *автоматичного "
+"повернення*). Для цього відкрийте *Налаштування* та активуйте **Режим "
+"розробника**."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System"
+" Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:"
+msgstr ""
+"Потім перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні --> Параметри "
+"--> Параметри системи` та створіть параметр з наступними значеннями:"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94
+msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token"
+msgstr "Ключ: payment_paypal.pdt_token"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95
+msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*"
+msgstr "Значення: ваш *Ідентифікаційний токен* Paypal"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your "
+"merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**."
+msgstr ""
+"Ваше налаштування вже готове! Ви можете зробити Paypal видимим у вашому "
+"інтерфейсі продавця та активувати **Режим розробника**."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112
+msgid "Transaction fees"
+msgstr "Оплата транзакції"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal"
+" charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied"
+" to the order amount."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете стягувати додаткову плату, щоби покрити платежі транзакції, які "
+"сплачує Paypal. Після переадресації на Paypal, ваш клієнт бачить додаткову "
+"заявку замовлення на суму."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in "
+"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб активувати це, перейдіть на вкладку *Налаштування* Paypal в Odoo і "
+"перевірте *Додати додаткові платежі*. Плату за замовчуванням для США можна "
+"побачити нижче."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123
+msgid ""
+"To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees "
+"<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб застосувати правильне стягування для вашої країни, зверніться до `Paypal"
+" Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128
+msgid "Test the payment flow"
+msgstr "Перевірте потоки платежів"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts."
+msgstr "Ви можете протестувати усі платежі рахунків Paypal Sandbox."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ with your"
+" Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:"
+msgstr ""
+"Увійдіть в `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ з вашими"
+" обліковими даними Paypal. Це створить два облікові записи Sandbox:"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. "
+"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)."
+msgstr ""
+"Обліковий запис Business (використовуйте як продавець, наприклад, e.g. "
+"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. "
+"pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)."
+msgstr ""
+"Особистий обліковий запис за замовчуванням (для використання як покупця, "
+"наприклад,  pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"Log in to `Paypal Sandbox <https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>`__ with the "
+"merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions."
+msgstr ""
+"Увійдіть в `Paypal Sandbox <https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>`__ з обліковим "
+"записом продавця та дотримуйтесь тих самих інструкцій з налаштування."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142
+msgid ""
+"Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on "
+"*Test* mode. Also, make sure the confirmation mode of Paypal is not "
+"*Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the "
+"invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be "
+"automatically generated when the transaction is completed."
+msgstr ""
+"Введіть облікові дані для Sandbox в Odoo і переконайтеся, що Paypal все ще "
+"встановлений в *тестовому* режимі. Крім того, переконайтеся, що режим "
+"підтвердження Paypal не *авторизує та фіксує суму, підтверджує SO та "
+"автоматично перевіряє рахунок-фактуру на підтвердження покупця*. В іншому "
+"випадку підтверджений рахунок автоматично генерується, коли транзакція буде "
+"завершена."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150
+msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустіть тестову транзакцію в Odoo, використовуючи особистий обліковий "
+"запис Sandbox."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
+msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
+msgstr ""
+"Як клієнти можуть отримати доступ до свого клієнтського облікового запису"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer "
+"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are"
+" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and "
+"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup "
+"process before buying something."
+msgstr ""
+"Вашим клієнтам ще ніколи не було так легко отримати доступ до свого "
+"клієнтського облікового запису. Забудьте про нескінченні форми реєстрації, "
+"Odoo робить це так само просто, як AБВ. Пропонуємо реєстрацію (ім'я, "
+"електронна пошта, пароль), коли замовлення розміщено, а не раніше. Дійсно, "
+"ніщо не дратує більше, ніж процес реєстрації, до того, як відбувається "
+"купівля."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14
+msgid "Sign up"
+msgstr "Реєстрація"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the "
+"order from order confirmation email."
+msgstr ""
+"Запрошення на реєстрацію з'являється, коли клієнт хоче візуалізувати "
+"замовлення з електронного листа з підтвердженням замовлення."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23
+msgid "Customer account"
+msgstr "Клієнтський обліковий запис"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*"
+" in the login dropdown menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Після входу клієнт отримає доступ до облікового запису, натиснувши *Мій "
+"обліковий запис* у випадаючому меню."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be "
+"modified."
+msgstr ""
+"Там вони знаходять всю свою історію. Головну адресу (для отримання рахунків)"
+" також можна змінити."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they "
+"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо клієнт встановлений як контакт компанії у вашій адресній книзі, він "
+"побачить усі документи, які належать цій компанії."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3
+msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers"
+msgstr "Як отримати платіж через банківський переказ"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is "
+"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their "
+"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. "
+"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!"
+msgstr ""
+"**Банківський переказ** - це доступний спосіб оплати за замовчуванням. Мета "
+"- надати своїм клієнтам свої банківські реквізити, щоб вони могли платити "
+"самостійно. Це дуже легко розпочати, але повільно і неефективно. Виберіть "
+"покупців, як тільки зможете!"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13
+msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions"
+msgstr "Як надати клієнтам платіжні інструкції"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment "
+"method."
+msgstr ""
+"Вставте свої платіжні інструкції у **лист подяки** за допомогою вашого "
+"способу оплати."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19
+msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order."
+msgstr "Вони з'являтимуться у клієнтів, коли вони розміщують замовлення."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26
+msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid"
+msgstr "Як керувати замовленням, коли ви отримуєте оплату"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an "
+"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get "
+"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery."
+msgstr ""
+"Кожного разу, коли клієнт оплачує банківським переказом, замовлення "
+"залишається на проміжному етапі **надісланої комерційної пропозиції** "
+"(наприклад, неоплачене замовлення). Коли ви отримуєте оплату, ви "
+"підтверджуєте замовлення вручну, щоб запустити доставку."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35
+msgid "How to create other manual payment methods"
+msgstr "Як створити інші ручні методи оплати"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed "
+"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* "
+"or duplicate it."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви керуєте B2B-бізнесом, ви можете створювати інші способи оплати, що "
+"обробляються вручну, наприклад, оплата чеком. Для цього просто перейменуйте "
+"*Банківський переказ* або дублюйте його."
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3
+msgid "Collect taxes"
+msgstr "Збирайте податки"
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f5957d3419
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../expenses.rst:5
+msgid "Expenses"
+msgstr "Витрати"
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ef14ba68c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1108 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../general.rst:5
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Загальне"
+
+#: ../../general/auth.rst:3
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr "Аутентифікація"
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3
+msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account"
+msgstr ""
+"Як дозволити користувачам входити за допомогою свого облікового запису "
+"Google"
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Connect to your Google account and go to "
+"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
+"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
+msgstr ""
+"Підключіться до свого облікового запису Google і перейдіть на сторінку "
+"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
+"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
+msgstr "Натисніть **Створити проект** і введіть назву проекту та інші деталі."
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
+msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
+msgstr "Натисніть **Використовувати Google API**"
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
+"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
+msgstr ""
+"У лівій частині меню виберіть підменю **Перелік** (у **Менеджер API**), "
+"потім виберіть **Екран згоди OAuth**."
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then"
+" save."
+msgstr ""
+"Введіть адресу, електронну пошту та назву товару (наприклад, odoo), а потім "
+"збережіть."
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
+"Client ID)."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім натисніть **Додати повноваження** та виберіть другий варіант (OAuth "
+"2.0 Client ID)."
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
+" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
+msgstr ""
+"Перевірте, чи встановлено тип програми на **Веб-додаток**. Тепер налаштуйте "
+"дозволені сторінки, на які вас буде перенаправлено."
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste"
+" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
+"Then click on **Create**"
+msgstr ""
+"Для цього заповніть поле **Авторизовані URI перенаправлення**. Скопіюйте та "
+"вставте наступне посилання в поле: "
+"http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Потім натисніть **Створити**."
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
+"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
+msgstr ""
+"Після цього ви отримуєте дві інформації (ваш ID клієнта та Секретний ключ "
+"клієнта). Вам потрібно вставити свій ID клієнта в **Загальних "
+"налаштуваннях**."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
+msgid "Data Import"
+msgstr "Імпорт даних"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3
+msgid "How to adapt an import template"
+msgstr "Як імпортувати шаблон імпорту"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to "
+"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with "
+"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, "
+"etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+"Шаблони імпорту надаються в інструменті імпорту найпоширеніших даних для "
+"імпорту (контакти, товари, банківські виписки тощо). Ви можете відкрити їх "
+"будь-яким програмним забезпеченням електронних таблиць (Microsoft Office, "
+"OpenOffice, Google Диск тощо)."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11
+msgid "How to customize the file"
+msgstr "Як налаштувати файл"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why"
+" here below)."
+msgstr "Видаліть стовпці, які вам не потрібні. Ми радимо не видаляти ID."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
+msgstr ""
+"Встановіть унікальний ID для кожного окремого запису, перетягнувши ID "
+"послідовність."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
+" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the "
+"corresponding field using the search."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви додаєте новий стовпець, Odoo, можливо, не зможе його автоматично "
+"помітити, якщо його мітка не підходить для будь-якого поля системи. Якщо "
+"так, знайдіть відповідне поле за допомогою пошуку."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it "
+"work straight away the very next time you try to import."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім використовуйте мітку, яку ви знайшли у своєму шаблоні імпорту, щоби "
+"він працював відразу ж під час наступної спроби імпорту."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31
+msgid "Why an “ID” column"
+msgstr "Чому стовпець \"ID\"?"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel "
+"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to "
+"Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"**ID** (зовнішній ідентифікатор) - це унікальний ідентифікатор елементу. Не "
+"соромтеся використовувати попереднє програмне забезпечення для полегшення "
+"переходу на Odoo."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:"
+msgstr ""
+"Встановлення ID не є обов'язковим при імпорті, але це допомагає у багатьох "
+"випадках:"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating "
+"duplicates;"
+msgstr ""
+"Оновіть імпорт: ви можете імпортувати один і той же файл кілька разів без "
+"створення дублікатів;"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39
+msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)."
+msgstr "Поле імпорту відносин (див. Нижче)."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42
+msgid "How to import relation fields"
+msgstr "Як імпортувати поля посилання"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is "
+"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those "
+"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from "
+"their own list menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Об'єкт Odoo завжди пов'язаний з багатьма іншими об'єктами (наприклад, товар "
+"пов'язаний із категоріями товарів, атрибутами, постачальниками тощо). Щоб "
+"імпортувати ці відносини, вам потрібно спочатку імпортувати записи "
+"відповідного об'єкта з власного меню списку."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID "
+"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / "
+"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product "
+"Attributes / Attribute / ID)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете зробити це, використовуючи ім'я відповідного запису або його ID. "
+"ID очікується тоді, коли два записи мають однакове ім'я. У такому випадку "
+"додайте \"/ ID\" в кінці заголовку стовпця (наприклад, для атрибутів товару:"
+" атрибутитовару / атрибут / ID товару)."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3
+msgid "How to import data into Odoo"
+msgstr "Як імпортувати дані в Odoo"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6
+msgid "How to start"
+msgstr "З чого почати?"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)"
+" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries"
+" and even orders!"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете імпортувати дані в систему Odoo, використовуючи формат Excel "
+"(.xlsx) або CSV (.csv): контакти, товари, банківські виписки, записи в "
+"журналі та навіть замовлення!"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11
+msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте перегляд об'єкта, який хочете заповнити, та натисніть "
+"*Імпортувати*."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own "
+"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is "
+"already done."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам надаються шаблони, які можна легко заповнити власними даними. Такі "
+"шаблони можна імпортувати одним кліком; Відображення даних вже виконано."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22
+msgid "How to adapt the template"
+msgstr "Як адаптувати шаблон?"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
+msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure."
+msgstr ""
+"Додайте, видаліть та відсортуйте стовпці, щоби найкраще відповідати "
+"структурі даних."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
+msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)."
+msgstr "Ми радимо не видаляти **ID** (Чому? Дивіться в наступному розділі)."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
+" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new "
+"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the "
+"corresponding field."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви додасте новий стовпець, Odoo, можливо, не зможе його автоматично "
+"помітити, якщо його мітка не підходить для будь-якого поля в Odoo. Не "
+"хвилюйтеся! Ви можете вставляти нові стовпці вручну під час перевірки "
+"імпорту. Знайдіть список відповідного поля."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight "
+"on the very next time."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім використовуйте мітку цього поля у вашому файлі, щоби він працював "
+"наступного разу."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
+msgid "How to import from another application"
+msgstr "Як імпортувати з іншої програми?"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should "
+"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the "
+"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that "
+"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original "
+"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will"
+" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб відновити взаємозв'язок між різними записами, ви повинні використовувати"
+" унікальний ідентифікатор з оригінальної програми та позначити його на "
+"**ID** стовпця (зовнішній ідентифікатор) в Odoo. Коли ви імпортуєте інший "
+"запис, який посилається на перший, використовуйте **XXX/ID** (XXX/Зовнішній "
+"ідентифікатор) до оригінального унікального ідентифікатора. Ви також можете "
+"знайти цей запис, використовуючи його назву, але ви зупинитесь, якщо "
+"принаймні 2 записи мають однакову назву."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to "
+"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it "
+"whenever possible."
+msgstr ""
+"**ID** також буде використаний для оновлення оригінального імпорту, якщо вам"
+" доведеться повторно імпортувати змінені дані пізніше, тому, якщо можливо, "
+"ви зможете його вказати."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60
+msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to"
+msgstr "Я не можу знайти поле, в якому я хочу позначити стовпець"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the "
+"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if "
+"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type "
+"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior "
+"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes "
+"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by"
+" default."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo намагається знайти тип поля для кожного стовпця всередині вашого файлу "
+"на основі перших десяти рядків файлів. Наприклад, якщо у вас є стовпчик, "
+"який містить лише цифри, для вас буде вибрано лише ті поля, які мають тип "
+"*Ціле число*. Незважаючи на те, що в більшості випадків ця поведінка може "
+"бути хорошою і легкою, можливо, що це трапиться не так, або ви хочете "
+"вказати стовпчик на поле, яке не пропонується за замовчуванням."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation "
+"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the "
+"complete list of fields for each column."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо це станеться, вам просто потрібно перевірити параметри **Показати поля "
+"пов'язаної моделі (розширено)**, після чого ви зможете вибрати з повного "
+"списку полів для кожного стовпця."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79
+msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
+msgstr "Де я можу змінити формат імпортування дати?"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess"
+" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can"
+" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be "
+"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month "
+"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the"
+" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo може автоматично визначити, якщо стовпчик є датою, і він намагатиметься"
+" вгадати формат дати з набору найбільш часто використовуваного формату дати."
+" Хоча цей процес може працювати для багатьох простих форматів дати, деякі "
+"екзотичні формати дат не будуть розпізнані, і це також може стати плутаниною"
+" (наприклад, день і місяць навпаки), оскільки важко правильно вгадати, яка "
+"частина є днем, а яка місяцем - \"01-03-2016\"."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the "
+"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file "
+"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using"
+" the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби переглянути, який формат дати Odoo знайшов у вашому файлі, ви можете "
+"перевірити **Формат дати**, який відображається, коли ви натискаєте "
+"**Параметри** під списком файлів. Якщо цей формат неправильний, ви можете "
+"змінити його, використовуючи *ISO 8601*, щоби визначити формат."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to "
+"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is"
+" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo "
+"whatever your locale date format is."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви імпортуєте файл Excel (.xls, .xlsx), ви можете використовувати "
+"цифрові дати для зберігання дат, оскільки відображення дати у форматі excel "
+"відрізняється від способу його зберігання. Таким чином, ви будете впевнені, "
+"що формат дати в Odoo правильний, незалежно від формату вашої локальної "
+"дати."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
+msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
+msgstr "Чи можу я імпортувати номери з позначкою валюти (наприклад, $ 32.00)?"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as"
+" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also "
+"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can "
+"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not "
+"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will "
+"crash."
+msgstr ""
+"Так, ми повністю підтримуємо числа в круглих дужках, щоби відобразити "
+"негативний знак, а також цифри з прикріпленим до них знаком валюти. Odoo "
+"також автоматично визначає, який тисячний/десятковий роздільник ви "
+"використовуєте (ви можете змінити ці параметри під **параметрами**). Якщо ви"
+" використовуєте символ валюти, який не відомий Odoo, він, можливо, не буде "
+"визнаний як номер, хоча й буде збігатися."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
+msgstr ""
+"Приклади підтримуваних чисел (наприклад, з використанням тридцяти двох "
+"тисяч):"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97
+msgid "32.000,00"
+msgstr "32.000,00"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
+msgid "32000,00"
+msgstr "32000,00"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99
+msgid "32,000.00"
+msgstr "32,000.00"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100
+msgid "-32000.00"
+msgstr "-32000.00"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
+msgid "(32000.00)"
+msgstr "(32000.00)"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
+msgid "$ 32.000,00"
+msgstr "$ 32.000,00"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
+msgid "(32000.00 €)"
+msgstr "(32000.00 €)"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
+msgid "Example that will not work:"
+msgstr "Приклад, який не буде працювати:"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
+msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
+msgstr "ABC 32.000,00"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
+msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
+msgstr "$ (32.000,00)"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
+msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
+msgstr ""
+"Що робити, коли таблиці попереднього перегляду імпорту відображаються "
+"неправильно?"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and "
+"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these "
+"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse"
+" CSV file bar after you select your file)."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням попередній перегляд імпорту встановлюється комами як "
+"роздільники розділів і лапки як роздільники тексту. Якщо ваш файл CSV не має"
+" цих налаштувань, ви можете змінити параметри формату файлу (відображається "
+"під панеллю перегляду файлів CSV після вибору файлу)."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not "
+"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
+"your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
+msgstr ""
+"Зверніть увагу, якщо файл CSV має табуляцію як розділювач, Odoo не буде "
+"виявляти розділення. Вам потрібно буде змінити параметри формату файлу у "
+"вашій програмі для роботи з електронними таблицями. Дивіться наступне "
+"питання."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
+"application?"
+msgstr ""
+"Як змінити параметри формату файлу CSV при збереженні електронної таблиці в "
+"моїй програмі?"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124
+msgid ""
+"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's "
+"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We "
+"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to "
+"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit "
+"filter settings' > Save)."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви редагуєте та зберігаєте файли CSV у програмах електронної таблиці, "
+"регіональні параметри комп'ютера застосовуватимуться до сепаратора та "
+"розділювача. Ми рекомендуємо вам скористатись OpenOffice або LibreOffice "
+"Calc, оскільки вони дозволять вам змінити всі три варіанти (в діалоговому "
+"вікні «Зберегти як»> встановіть прапорець «Редагувати параметри фільтра»> "
+"Зберегти)."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
+"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)."
+msgstr ""
+"Microsoft Excel дозволить вам змінювати лише кодування при збереженні (у "
+"діалоговому вікні «Зберегти як»> натисніть «Інструменти» у спадному списку> "
+"вкладка «Кодування»)."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131
+msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
+msgstr "Яка різниця між ID бази даних та зовнішнім ID?"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the "
+"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you"
+" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the "
+"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 "
+"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
+"import."
+msgstr ""
+"Деякі поля визначають зв'язок з іншим об'єктом. Наприклад, країна контакту -"
+" це посилання на запис об'єкта \"Країна\". Якщо ви хочете імпортувати такі "
+"поля, Odoo доведеться відтворити посилання між різними записами. Щоби "
+"допомогти вам імпортувати такі поля, Odoo надає 3 механізми. Для поля, яке "
+"потрібно імпортувати, потрібно використовувати єдиний механізм."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
+"different fields to import:"
+msgstr ""
+"Наприклад, щоби вказати країну контакту, Odoo пропонує вам 3 різних поля для"
+" імпорту:"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
+msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
+msgstr "Країна: назва або код країни"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
+"postgresql column"
+msgstr ""
+"Країна/ID бази даних: унікальний ID Odoo для запису, визначеного стовпцем ID"
+" postgresql"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
+" (or the .XML file that imported it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Країна/Зовнішній ID: ID запису, зазначеного в іншій програмі (або .XML-"
+"файлі, який імпортував його)"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
+msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
+msgstr ""
+"Для країни Бельгії можна використовувати один із цих 3 способів імпорту:"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
+msgid "Country: Belgium"
+msgstr "Країна: Бельгія"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144
+msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
+msgstr "Країна/ID бази даних: 21"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145
+msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
+msgstr "Країна/Зовнішній ID: base.be"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference "
+"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
+"according to your need:"
+msgstr ""
+"Згідно з вашими потребами, ви повинні використовувати один із цих трьох "
+"способів відстежувати пов'язані записи. Ось коли ви повинні використовувати "
+"той чи інший спосіб, відповідно до вашої потреби:"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149
+msgid ""
+"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
+" have been created manually."
+msgstr ""
+"Використовуйте країну: це найпростіший спосіб, коли ваші дані надходять з "
+"файлів CSV, які були створені вручну."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
+msgid ""
+"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly "
+"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you "
+"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique "
+"Database ID)"
+msgstr ""
+"Використовуйте країну/ID бази даних: рідко використовуйте цю позначку. В "
+"основному це використовують розробники, оскільки головна перевага полягає в "
+"тому, щоби ніколи не було конфліктів (у вас може бути кілька записів з "
+"однаковою назвою, але вони завжди мають унікальний ID бази даних)."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
+"party application."
+msgstr ""
+"Використовуйте назву країни/зовнішній ID: використовуйте зовнішній ID, коли "
+"ви імпортуєте дані зі сторонньої програми."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\""
+" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will "
+"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like "
+"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for "
+"Products and their Categories."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви використовуєте зовнішні ID, ви можете імпортувати файли CSV за "
+"допомогою стовпця \"Зовнішній ID\", щоби визначити зовнішній ID кожного "
+"імпортованого запису. Потім ви зможете зробити посилання на цей запис зі "
+"стовпчиками типу \"Поле/Зовнішній ID\". Наступні два файли CSV наводять "
+"приклад для товарів і їх категорій."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"`CSV file for categories "
+"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
+msgstr ""
+"`CSV файл для категорій "
+"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
+msgid ""
+"`CSV file for Products "
+"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
+msgstr ""
+"`CSV файл для товарів "
+"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
+msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
+msgstr "Що робити, якщо у мене є кілька співпадінь для поля?"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163
+msgid ""
+"If for example you have two product categories with the child name "
+"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other "
+"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import "
+"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they "
+"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product "
+"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of "
+"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо, наприклад, у вас є дві категорії товарів з дочірнім ім'ям \"Sellable\""
+" (тобто. \"Різні Товари/ Продаються\" та \"Інші товари/Продаються\"), ваша "
+"перевірка призупиняється, але ви все одно можете імпортувати свої дані. "
+"Однак ми рекомендуємо не імпортувати дані, оскільки всі вони будуть "
+"пов'язані з першою категорією \"Продаються\", яка знаходиться в списку "
+"\"Категорії товарів\" (\"Різні Товари/Продаються\"). Ми рекомендуємо змінити"
+" один зі значень дублікатів або ієрархію категорії товарів."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product "
+"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
+"'Category'."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви не бажаєте змінювати своє налаштування категорій товарів, ми "
+"рекомендуємо використовувати зовнішній ідентифікатор для цього поля "
+"\"Категорія\"."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
+msgid ""
+"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
+"multiple tags)?"
+msgstr ""
+"Як я можу імпортувати поле зв'язку many2many (наприклад, клієнта з кількома "
+"тегами)?"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
+msgid ""
+"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if"
+" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and "
+"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column"
+" of your CSV file."
+msgstr ""
+"Теги слід розділити комою без будь-якого інтервалу. Наприклад, якщо ви "
+"хочете, щоби ваш клієнт був пов'язаний з обома тегами \"Виробник\" та "
+"\"Роздрібний продавець\", ви кодуєте \"Виробник, роздрібний продавець\" у "
+"тому ж рядку файлу CSV."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
+"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
+msgstr ""
+"`CSV для виробника, роздрібного продавця "
+"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
+"Sales Order)?"
+msgstr ""
+"Як імпортувати зв'язок one2many (наприклад, кілька рядків замовлення від "
+"замовлення на продаж)?"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order"
+" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order "
+"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. "
+"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any "
+"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is "
+"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
+"you can import, based on demo data."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете імпортувати замовлення клієнта, що має кілька рядків "
+"замовлень; для кожного рядка замовлення вам потрібно зарезервувати певний "
+"рядок у файлі CSV. Рядок першого замовлення буде імпортовано в тому ж рядку,"
+" що й інформація щодо замовлення. Для будь-яких додаткових рядків замовлення"
+" буде потрібно додатковий рядок файлу, який не містить інформації у полях "
+"щодо замовлення. Наприклад, тут є файл "
+"buy.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV деяких комерційних "
+"пропозицій, які ви можете імпортувати, на основі демо-даних."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"`File for some Quotations "
+"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
+msgstr ""
+"`Файл для деяких комерційних пропозицій "
+"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
+"respective purchase order lines:"
+msgstr ""
+"У наведеному нижче файлі CSV показано, як імпортувати замовлення на купівлю "
+"за допомогою відповідних рядків замовлення."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
+"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
+msgstr ""
+"`Замовлення на купівлю з відповідними рядками замовлення на купівлю "
+"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190
+msgid ""
+"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
+"contacts:"
+msgstr ""
+"У наведеному нижче файлі CSV показано, як імпортувати клієнтів та їх "
+"відповідні контакти:"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"`Customers and their respective contacts "
+"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
+msgstr ""
+"`Клієнти та їхні відповідні контакти "
+"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
+msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
+msgstr "Чи можу я кілька разів імпортувати той самий запис?"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199
+msgid ""
+"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or "
+"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified "
+"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import "
+"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between "
+"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record "
+"depending if it's new or not."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви імпортуєте файл, який містить один зі стовпців \"Зовнішній ID\" або "
+"\"ID бази даних\", записи, які вже були імпортовані, будуть змінені, а не "
+"створені. Це дуже зручно, оскільки система дозволяє імпортувати кілька разів"
+" один і той же файл CSV при внесенні деяких змін між двома імпортами. Odoo "
+"буде дбати про створення або зміну кожного запису залежно від того, він "
+"новий чи ні."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
+msgid ""
+"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
+"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
+msgstr ""
+"Ця функція дозволяє вам використовувати інструмент імпорту/експорту Odoo для"
+" зміни записів цілим пакетом у вашій програмі електронної таблиці."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206
+msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
+msgstr "Що станеться, якщо я не надам значення для конкретного поля?"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208
+msgid ""
+"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default "
+"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values "
+"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of "
+"assigning the default value."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви не встановлюєте всі поля у файлі CSV, Odoo призначить значення за "
+"замовчуванням для всіх невизначених полів. Але якщо ви встановлюєте поля з "
+"порожніми значеннями у своєму файлі CSV, Odoo встановить значення EMPTY у "
+"полі, замість того, аби призначити значення за замовчуванням."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213
+msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
+msgstr "Як експортувати/імпортувати різні таблиці з додатка SQL до Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215
+msgid ""
+"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate "
+"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import"
+" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each "
+"person and the company they work for)."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо вам потрібно імпортувати дані з різних таблиць, вам доведеться "
+"відтворити зв'язки між записами, що належать до різних таблиць. (наприклад, "
+"якщо ви імпортуєте компанії та людей, вам доведеться відтворити зв'язок між "
+"кожною особою та компанією, в якій вони працюють)."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
+msgid ""
+"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" "
+"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier"
+" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique "
+"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
+"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
+"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби керувати зв'язками між таблицями, ви можете використовувати \"Зовнішній"
+" ID\" об'єктів Odoo. \"Зовнішній ID\" запису є унікальним ідентифікатором "
+"цього запису в іншій програмі. Цей \"Зовнішній ID\" повинен бути унікальним "
+"для всіх записів усіх об'єктів, тому доцільно привласнити \"Зовнішній ID\" з"
+" назвою програми чи таблиці. (наприклад, \"company_1\", \"person_1\" замість"
+" \"1\")."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219
+msgid ""
+"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to "
+"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you "
+"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for."
+" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a "
+"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
+"PostgreSQL database</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Припустимо, у вас є база даних SQL з двома таблицями, які ви хочете "
+"імпортувати: компанії та особи. Кожна людина належить до однієї компанії, "
+"тому вам доведеться відтворити зв'язок між людиною та компанією, в якій він "
+"працює. (Якщо ви хочете перевірити цей приклад, ось <a "
+"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">копія такої бази "
+"даних PostgreSQL</a>)"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221
+msgid ""
+"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
+" the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+"Спочатку ми експортуємо всі компанії та їх \"Зовнішній ID\". У PSQL, "
+"напишіть таку команду:"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227
+msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
+msgstr "Ця команда SQL створить наступний файл CSV::"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234
+msgid ""
+"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
+"following SQL command in PSQL:"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби створити файл CSV для осіб, пов'язаних з компаніями, ми використаємо "
+"наступну команду SQL у PSQL:"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
+msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
+msgstr "Він буде створювати такий файл CSV::"
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248
+msgid ""
+"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees "
+"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation"
+" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the "
+"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to "
+"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
+" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
+msgstr ""
+"Як ви бачите у цьому файлі, Фаб'єн і Лоуренс працюють у компанії Bigees "
+"(company_1), а Ерік працює в компанії Organi. Зв'язок між особами та "
+"компаніями здійснюється за допомогою зовнішнього ідентифікатора компаній. "
+"Нам довелося привласнювати \"Зовнішній ID\" за назвою таблиці, щоб уникнути "
+"конфлікту ідентифікатора між особами та компаніями (person_1 та company_1, "
+"які поділилися однаковим ідентифікатором 1 в оригінальній базі даних)."
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250
+msgid ""
+"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any "
+"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 "
+"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first "
+"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
+msgstr ""
+"Обидва файли готові до імпорту в Odoo без будь-яких змін. Після імпорту цих "
+"двох файлів CSV у вас буде 4 контакти та 3 компанії. (перші два контакти "
+"пов'язані з першою компанією). Спочатку потрібно імпортувати компанії, а "
+"потім особи."
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
+msgid "Basics"
+msgstr "Основне"
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
+msgid "How to add a user"
+msgstr "Як додати користувача"
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given "
+"point."
+msgstr "Odoo надає вам можливість додавати користувачів у будь-який момент."
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9
+msgid "Add individual users"
+msgstr "Додайте окремих користувачів"
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`"
+" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the "
+"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -"
+" and a picture."
+msgstr ""
+"У модулі \"Налаштування\" перейдіть до підменю :menuselection:`Користувачі "
+"--> Користувачі` та натисніть **СТВОРИТИ**. Спочатку додайте ім'я вашого "
+"нового користувача та адресу електронної пошти - ту, яку він буде "
+"використовувати для входу в Odoo, та зображення."
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access "
+"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app."
+msgstr ""
+"У розділі Права доступу ви можете вибрати, до яких додатків ваш користувач "
+"може отримати доступ та які використовувати. Доступні різні рівні залежно "
+"від програми."
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an "
+"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click"
+" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви закінчите редагувати сторінку та натиснете кнопку **ЗБЕРЕГТИ**, "
+"електронний лист запрошення автоматично надсилатиметься користувачеві. "
+"Користувач повинен натиснути на нього, щоби прийняти запрошення до системи "
+"та створити вхід."
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. "
+"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+"Пам'ятайте, що кожен додатковий користувач збільшить вашу плату за підписку."
+" Для отримання додаткової інформації зверніться до нашої сторінки `*Ціна* "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__."
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above "
+"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and "
+"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link"
+" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights "
+"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете додати нового користувача \"на льоту\" з інформаційної "
+"панелі. З наведеного вище знімка екрану введіть адресу електронної пошти "
+"користувача, якого ви хочете додати, і натисніть на **ЗАПРОСИТИ**. "
+"Користувач отримає запрошення електронною поштою, що містить посилання для "
+"встановлення його пароля. Після цього ви зможете визначити його права "
+"доступу в меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Меню користувача`."
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
+"users>`_"
+msgstr ""
+"`Деактивувати користувачів <../../db_management/documentation.html"
+"#deactivating-users>`_"
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46
+msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`"
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3
+msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language"
+msgstr "Управляйте Odoo вашою рідною мовою"
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and"
+" each user can use Odoo in his own language ."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo надає вам можливість керувати Odoo різними мовами, і кожен користувач "
+"може використовувати Odoo своєю мовою."
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9
+msgid "Load your desired language"
+msgstr "Завантажте потрібну мову"
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo "
+"instance."
+msgstr "Перше, що потрібно зробити, це завантажити бажану мову у версію Odoo."
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of"
+" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, "
+"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**"
+msgstr ""
+"На загальній інформаційній панелі натисніть на додаток **Налаштування**; у "
+"верхньому лівому куті сторінки виберіть :menuselection:`Переклад --> "
+"Завантажити переклад`, виберіть мову для встановлення та натисніть на "
+"**ЗАВАНТАЖИТИ**."
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option"
+" to change the navigation language on your website."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви перевірите позначення \"Веб-сайти для перекладу\", ви зможете "
+"змінити мову навігації на своєму веб-сайті."
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27
+msgid "Change your language"
+msgstr "Змініть мову"
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-"
+"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете змінити мову на встановлену, перейшовши до спадного меню у верхній"
+" правій частині екрана та вибравши **Параметри**."
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click "
+"**SAVE.**"
+msgstr ""
+"Потім змініть налаштування мови на встановлену та натисніть **Зберегти**."
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42
+msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes."
+msgstr "Відкрийте нове меню, щоби переглянути зміни."
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45
+msgid "Change another user's language"
+msgstr "Змініть мову іншого користувача"
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred "
+"language."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo також дає вам можливість для кожного користувача вибрати його бажану "
+"мову."
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users "
+"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you "
+"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the "
+"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can"
+" change the Language to any previously installed language and click "
+"**SAVE.**"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби змінити мову іншого користувача, виберіть :menuselection:`Користувачі "
+"--> Користувачі` в додатку Налаштування. Тут ви маєте список всіх "
+"користувачів, і ви можете вибрати користувача, для якого ви хочете змінити "
+"мову. Виберіть користувача та натисніть **Редагувати** у верхньому лівому "
+"куті. У розділі Параметри ви можете змінити мову на будь-яку раніше "
+"встановлену та натисніть **ЗБЕРЕГТИ**."
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61
+msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`"
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..acb8aa6232
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
@@ -0,0 +1,524 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
+msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology"
+msgstr "Базова методологія швидкого старту"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack "
+"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our "
+"product."
+msgstr ""
+"Цей документ підсумовує послуги Odoo Online, методологію впровадження наших "
+"Пакетів Послуг та найкращі практичні поради для початку роботи з нашим "
+"продуктом."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12
+msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant"
+msgstr "1. Єдина контактна особа та консультант"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate "
+"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person"
+" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the"
+" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making."
+msgstr ""
+"В контексті вашого проекту настійно рекомендуємо призначати та підтримувати "
+"з обох сторін (з вашої сторони та нашої) **єдину контактну особу**, яка "
+"візьме на себе відповідальність за проект. Він також повинен мати "
+"**повноваження** щодо прийняття рішень."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From"
+" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency"
+" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good "
+"practices."
+msgstr ""
+"**Консультант Odoo забезпечує реалізацію проекту від А до Я**: від початку "
+"до кінця проекту він забезпечує загальну послідовність впровадження Odoo та "
+"ділиться своїм досвідом з точки зору належної практики."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible"
+" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention "
+"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business "
+"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)"
+msgstr ""
+"**Єдина контактна особа, яка приймає рішення зі сторони клієнта**: він "
+"відповідає за передачу ділових знань (в разі потреби координує втручання "
+"ключових користувачів) та узгоджує виконання з точки зору бізнесу (прийняття"
+" рішень, управління змінами тощо). "
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the "
+"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise "
+"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an"
+" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are"
+" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those "
+"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)."
+msgstr ""
+"**Оптимізація зустрічей**: консультант Odoo не бере участі у процесі "
+"прийняття рішень з точки зору бізнесу, а також не має чітких процесів та "
+"внутрішніх процедур компанії (крім конкретного запиту чи винятку). Зустрічі "
+"щодо проекту, які відбудуться раз або два на тижні, призначені для "
+"узгодження бізнес-потреб (єдина контактна особа) та визначення способу "
+"реалізації цих потреб в Odoo (консультант)."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional "
+"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his "
+"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary "
+"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-"
+"learning via the `Odoo documentation "
+"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning "
+"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the "
+"testing of functionalities."
+msgstr ""
+"**Підготовка до навчання**: консультант Odoo надає функціональну підготовку "
+"для єдиної контактної особи, щоб вона могла передавати ці знання своїм "
+"співробітникам. Для того, щоби цей підхід був успішним, необхідно, щоби "
+"контактна особа також брала участь у власному підвищенні навичок шляхом "
+"самостійного навчання за допомогою `Документації Odoo "
+"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning "
+"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ та "
+"тестування функціональних можливостей."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
+msgid "2. Project Scope"
+msgstr "2. Сфера застосування проекту"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is "
+"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the "
+"project implementation is pursuing."
+msgstr ""
+"Аби переконатися, що всі зацікавлені сторони завжди узгоджують процеси між "
+"собою, необхідно визначати та вносити зміст проекту поки реалізується "
+"проект."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of "
+"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. "
+"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of "
+"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more"
+" clear."
+msgstr ""
+"**Чітке визначення початкового обсягу проекту**: Чітке визначення початкових"
+" потреб має вирішальне значення для забезпечення безперебійного виконання "
+"проекту. Дійсно, коли всі зацікавлені сторони поділяють одне і те ж бачення,"
+" еволюцію потреб та процес прийняття рішень є більш простими та "
+"зрозумілішими."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent "
+"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo"
+" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This "
+"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in "
+"the implementation."
+msgstr ""
+"**Поступова реалізація проекту**: Сприяння впровадженню на декількох "
+"узгоджених етапах, що дозволяють регулярно впроваджувати продукцію, та "
+"поступово охоплювати Odoo кінцевими споживачами, довели свою ефективність із"
+" часом. Цей підхід також допомагає виявити прогалини та застосовувати "
+"коригувальні дії на початку впровадження."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great "
+"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more "
+"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard "
+"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project"
+" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid "
+"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software "
+"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an "
+"experiment of the standard in production."
+msgstr ""
+"**Прийняття стандартних функцій в якості пріоритету**: Odoo пропонує чудове "
+"середовище для здійснення незначних удосконалень (налаштувань) або більш "
+"важливих (доробок). Тим не менше, прийняття стандартного рішення буде "
+"віддавати перевагу якомога частіше, щоб оптимізувати час доставки проекту та"
+" надавати користувачеві довгострокову стабільність та масштабність його "
+"нового інструмента. В ідеалі, якщо поліпшення програмного забезпечення все-"
+"таки має бути реалізоване, його впровадження буде здійснено після "
+"експерименту зі стандартним впровадженням."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80
+msgid "3. Managing expectations"
+msgstr "3. Управління очікуваннями"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of "
+"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into"
+" account from the beginning of the project:"
+msgstr ""
+"Розрив між реальним впровадження та майбутніми очікуваннями користувачів є "
+"вирішальним чинником. З початку проекту необхідно враховувати три важливі "
+"аспекти:"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and "
+"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation,"
+" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo "
+"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time "
+"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly "
+"check that this is still the case."
+msgstr ""
+"**Співпрацювати з підходом до проекту**: Як чіткий розподіл ролей та "
+"відповідальності, так і чіткий опис режимів роботи (перевірка, вирішення "
+"проблем та ін.) мають вирішальне значення для успішного впровадження Odoo. "
+"Тому настійно рекомендуємо вживати необхідний час на початку проекту, щоби "
+"вирівнятися з цими темами, і регулярно перевіряти, чи усе ще так, як було "
+"заплановано."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal "
+"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them"
+" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs "
+"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an"
+" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the "
+"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining "
+"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio "
+"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be "
+"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a "
+"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed "
+"to pursue this same objective."
+msgstr ""
+"**Зосередьтеся на успіху проекту, а не на ідеальному рішенні**: Головною "
+"метою єдиної контактної особи та консультанта є виконання завданого ними "
+"проекту, щоби забезпечити найефективніше рішення для задоволення виражених "
+"потреб. Ця мета іноді може суперечити баченню ідеального рішення клієнта. У "
+"такому випадку контактна особа та консультант застосовуватимуть правило "
+"80-20: зосередитись на 80% виражених потреб та вилучити решту 20% найбільш "
+"невигідних цілей з точки зору співвідношення витрат і вигоди (ці відсотки, "
+"звичайно, можуть бути зміненими з часом). Тому, якщо глобальне рішення буде "
+"визначено, буде прийнято інтегрувати найбільш трудомістку маніпуляцію. Зміни"
+" в бізнес-процесах також можуть бути запропоновані для досягнення цієї ж "
+"мети."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and "
+"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to "
+"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of "
+"tools\\* :"
+msgstr ""
+"**Технічні характеристики завжди є ВИКЛЮЧНИМИ**: прогалини між тим, що "
+"очікується і що доставляється, часто є джерелом конфлікту в проекті. Щоб "
+"уникнути перебування в цій делікатній ситуації, ми рекомендуємо "
+"використовувати кілька типів інструментів\\* :"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard "
+"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be "
+"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes."
+msgstr ""
+"**GAP аналіз**: порівняння запиту клієнта зі стандартними функціями, "
+"запропонованими компанією Odoo, дозволить визначити розрив, який повинен "
+"бути заповнений розробками/налаштуваннями або змінами бізнес-процесів."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"`The User Story <https://help.rallydev.com/writing-great-user-story>`__: "
+"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, "
+"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant"
+" who will provide a response to the HOW."
+msgstr ""
+"`Історія користувача <https://help.rallydev.com/writing-great-user-"
+"story>`__: Ця методика чітко розмежовує обов'язки між контактною особою, "
+"відповідальним за роз'яснення ЩО, ЧОМУ та ХТО, та консультанта, який надасть"
+" відповідь на ЯК."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A "
+"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main "
+"lines of expected changes."
+msgstr ""
+"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ "
+"Cпрощена версія, прототип того, що очікується, узгоджується з основними "
+"лініями очікуваних змін."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with"
+" the changes related to the interface."
+msgstr ""
+"**Макет**: у тій же ідеї, що й PoC, який буде відповідати змінам, пов'язаним"
+" з інтерфейсом."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and "
+"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project "
+"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the "
+"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without "
+"verifying its veracity beforehand."
+msgstr ""
+"До цих інструментів буде додано повну прозорість щодо можливостей та "
+"обмежень програмного забезпечення та його оточення, щоб усі зацікавлені "
+"сторони проекту могли чітко розуміти, що можна очікувати/досягти у проекті. "
+"Тому ми не будемо базувати нашу роботу на гіпотезах, не перевіряючи "
+"заздалегідь їх правдивість."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more "
+"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*"
+msgstr ""
+"*Цей список, звичайно, можна доповнити іншими інструментами, які би більш "
+"адекватно відповідали реаліям та потребам вашого проекту*"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143
+msgid "4. Communication Strategy"
+msgstr "4. Комунікаційна стратегія"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of "
+"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the "
+"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to "
+"follow those principles:"
+msgstr ""
+"Метою методології Швидкого старту є забезпечення швидкого володіння цим "
+"інструментом для кінцевих користувачів. Тому ефективне спілкування має "
+"вирішальне значення для успіху цього підходу. Тому його оптимізація приведе "
+"нас до таких принципів:"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150
+msgid ""
+"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure "
+"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to "
+"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project "
+"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be "
+"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the"
+" manager are clearly defined."
+msgstr ""
+"**Спільне використання документації з управління проектами**: Найкращий "
+"спосіб забезпечити усіх зацікавлених сторін проекту володінням однаковим "
+"рівнем знань, забезпечити прямий доступ до документу відстеження проекту "
+"(Організатор проекту). Цей документ міститиме, принаймні, список завдань, що"
+" будуть виконуватися як частина реалізації, для чого чітко визначений рівень"
+" пріоритету та менеджер. "
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both "
+"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project."
+msgstr ""
+"Організатор проекту - це інструмент відстеження проектів, який дозволяє як "
+"детальне відстеження поточних завдань, так і загальний прогрес проекту."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation "
+"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:"
+msgstr ""
+"**Зверніть увагу на важливу інформацію**: щоб мінімізувати час документації "
+"до найважливіших вимог, ми дотримуємось наступних правильних практик:"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166
+msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;"
+msgstr "Протоколи зустрічі будуть обмежені лише рішеннями та перевірками;"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168
+msgid ""
+"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is "
+"reached;"
+msgstr ""
+"Статуси проекту визначаються лише тоді, коли досягнуто важливого етапу;"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171
+msgid ""
+"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized."
+msgstr ""
+"Будуть організовані навчальні курси по стандартному або індивідуальному "
+"рішенню."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175
+msgid "5. Customizations and Development"
+msgstr "5. Налаштування та розробка"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution "
+"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast "
+"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:"
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo - це програмне забезпечення, відоме своєю гнучкістю та важливою "
+"здатністю до еволюції. Однак значна частина розвитку суперечить швидкій та "
+"стабільній реалізації. Ось чому рекомендується:"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182
+msgid ""
+"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be "
+"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis,"
+" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant "
+"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an"
+" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted "
+"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid "
+"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties."
+" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development "
+"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see "
+"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")."
+msgstr ""
+"**Розвиватися лише з вагомих причин**: рішення про розробку завжди повинно "
+"бути прийняте, коли співвідношення витрат і вигод є позитивним (економія "
+"часу на щоденній основі тощо). Наприклад, краще реалізувати значний "
+"розвиток, щоб скоротити час щоденної експлуатації, а не виконувати операцію "
+"лише один раз на квартал. Загальновизнано, що чим ближче рішення до "
+"стандарту, тим легше і більш плавно відбувається процес міграції, і чим "
+"нижчі витрати на обслуговування для обох сторін. Крім того, досвід показує "
+"нам, що 60% первинних запитів на розробку знищуються через кілька тижнів "
+"використання стандартного Odoo (див. \"Прийняття стандарту як пріоритет\")."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194
+msgid ""
+"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to "
+"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of"
+" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator"
+" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the "
+"business processes of the company."
+msgstr ""
+"**Заміна без реплікації**: є вагомі підстави для прийняття рішення про зміну"
+" програмного забезпечення для управління. У цьому контексті момент "
+"реалізації є правильним моментом прийняття і навіть є ініціатором зміни як з"
+" точки зору використання програмного забезпечення, так і на рівні бізнес-"
+"процесів компанії."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202
+msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles"
+msgstr "6. Тестування та принципи перевірки"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204
+msgid ""
+"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to"
+" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational "
+"needs of the company."
+msgstr ""
+"Незалежно від того, чи були розробки чи ні, важливо перевірити відповідність"
+" рішення операційним потребам компанії."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
+msgid ""
+"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible "
+"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the "
+"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the "
+"requirements of the operational reality."
+msgstr ""
+"**Розподіл ролей**: у цьому контексті консультант буде відповідати за "
+"надання рішення, що відповідає визначеним специфікаціям; контактна особа "
+"повинна буде протестувати та підтвердити, що рішення, яке постачається, "
+"відповідає вимогам операційної реальності."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214
+msgid ""
+"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the "
+"noted gap is caused by:"
+msgstr ""
+"**Управління змінами**: коли необхідно внести зміни до рішення, зазначений "
+"розрив обумовлений:"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218
+msgid ""
+"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is "
+"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible"
+msgstr ""
+"Різницею між специфікацією та доставленим рішенням - це виправлення, за яке "
+"відповідає консультант."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
+msgid "**or**"
+msgstr "**або**"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222
+msgid ""
+"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational "
+"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC."
+msgstr ""
+"Різницею між специфікацією та вимогами операційної реальності - це зміна, на"
+" яку відповідає контактна особа."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
+msgid "7. Data Imports"
+msgstr "7. Імпорт даних"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228
+msgid ""
+"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must "
+"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, "
+"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, "
+"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, "
+"it will be decided :"
+msgstr ""
+"Імпорт історії транзакційних даних є важливою проблемою, і відповідним чином"
+" потрібно відповісти на це, щоб забезпечити безперебійну роботу проекту. "
+"Дійсно, це завдання може зайняти багато часу, і, якщо його пріоритет не є "
+"чітко визначеним, запобігти впровадженню вчасно. Щоб зробити це якомога "
+"швидше, буде вирішено:"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234
+msgid ""
+"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, "
+"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, "
+"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting."
+msgstr ""
+"**Не імпортувати нічого**: Часто буває, що після відображення імпортування "
+"історії даних стає не необхідним, причому ці дані зберігаються поза межами "
+"Odoo і консолідуються для подальшої звітності."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239
+msgid ""
+"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When "
+"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, "
+"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information "
+"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the"
+" import will be made before the production launch."
+msgstr ""
+"**Щоб імпортувати обмежену кількість даних перед початком впровадження**: "
+"коли історія даних стосується оброблюваної інформації (наприклад, замовлення"
+" на купівлю, рахунки-фактури, відкриті проекти), необхідність мати цю "
+"інформацію з першого дня використання у впровадженні - це реально. У цьому "
+"випадку імпорт буде здійснюватися до початку запуску впровадження."
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246
+msgid ""
+"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be "
+"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these "
+"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the "
+"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports."
+msgstr ""
+"**Імпорт після запуску впровадження**: коли історія даних повинна бути "
+"інтегрована з Odoo, в основному для цілей звітування, то очевидно, що вони "
+"можуть бути інтегровані в програмне забезпечення ретроспективно. У цьому "
+"випадку запуск впровадження буде передувати необхідному імпорту."
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8ae6bbc66d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5
+msgid "Helpdesk"
+msgstr "Служба підтримки"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3
+msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk"
+msgstr "Почніть Службу підтримку в Odoo"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Загальний огляд"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9
+msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk"
+msgstr "Початок роботи зі Службою підтримки Odoo"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11
+msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:"
+msgstr "Встановлення Служби підтримки Odoo:"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13
+msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install"
+msgstr "Відкрийте Модулі, знайдіть \"Службу підтримки\" та встановіть."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19
+msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте команди служби підтримки"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21
+msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\""
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням Служба підтримки Odoo встановлюється з командою під назвою "
+"\"Підтримка\""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in"
+" the purple bar and select \"Settings\""
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб змінити цю команду або створити додаткові команди, виберіть "
+"\"Налаштування\" на фіолетовий панелі та виберіть \"Налаштування\"."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team,"
+" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. "
+"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced,"
+" or manually."
+msgstr ""
+"Тут ви можете створити нові команди, вирішити, які члени команди додавати до"
+" цієї команди, як ваші клієнти можуть подавати заявки та встановлювати "
+"політику та рейтинги SLA. Для методів присвоєння ви можете мати заявки, "
+"призначені випадково, збалансовано або вручну."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38
+msgid "How to set up different stages for each team"
+msgstr "Як налаштувати різні етапи для кожної команди"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
+"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
+"the lower right-hand side."
+msgstr ""
+"Спочатку вам потрібно активувати режим розробника. Для цього перейдіть до "
+"свого модуля налаштувань та виберіть посилання \"Активувати режим "
+"розробника\" у нижній правій частині сторінки."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in"
+" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you "
+"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams "
+"allowing for customizable stages for each team!"
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер, коли ви повернетесь до свого модуля Служба підтримки і виберете "
+"\"Налаштування\" на фіолетовій панелі, ви знайдете додаткові параметри, такі"
+" як \"Етапи\". Тут ви можете створити нові етапи та призначити їх для однієї"
+" або кількох команд, що дозволить налаштувати етапи для кожної команди."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
+msgid "Start receiving tickets"
+msgstr "Почніть отримувати заявки"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56
+msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
+msgstr "Як мої клієнти можуть подавати заявки?"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
+"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть \"Налаштування\" на фіолетовий панелі та виберіть \"Налаштування\","
+" виберіть команду \"Служба підтримки\". У розділі \"Канали\" ви знайдете 4 "
+"варіанти:"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
+"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
+msgstr ""
+"Псевдонім електронної пошти дозволяє клієнтам надсилати електронні листи, "
+"які ви обираєте для створення заявки. Тема рядка електронного листа стає "
+"темою заявки."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Website Form allows your customer to go to "
+"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
+"form - much like odoo.com/help!"
+msgstr ""
+"Форма веб-сайту дозволяє вашому клієнту перейти на сторінку "
+"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit і надіслати заявку через форму "
+"веб-сайту - так само, як odoo.com/help!"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your "
+"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
+"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket."
+msgstr ""
+"Онлайн-чат дозволяє вашим клієнтам подавати заявки через онлайн-чат на "
+"вашому веб-сайті. Ваш клієнт розпочне чат, і оператор онлайн-чату зможе "
+"створити заявку за допомогою теми заявки команди/служби підтримки."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
+"documentation `*here* "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
+msgstr ""
+"Остаточний варіант відправлення заявок - через з'єднання API. Перегляньте "
+"документацію `*тут* "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91
+msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
+msgstr "Заявки створені, що тепер?"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual"
+" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to "
+"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by "
+"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ваші співробітники можуть почати працювати над ними! Якщо ви обрали "
+"метод ручного присвоєння, то вашим співробітникам доведеться призначати себе"
+" на заявки, використовуючи кнопку \"Призначити для мене\" в лівому верхньому"
+" кутку заявки або додати себе до поля \"Призначений для\"."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
+"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви вибрали метод призначення \"Випадковий\" або \"Збалансований\", ваші"
+" заявки будуть призначатися членам цієї команди служби підтримки."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
+"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
+msgstr ""
+"Звідти вони почнуть працювати над вирішенням заявок! Коли вони будуть "
+"завершені, вони перемістять заявку на стадію завершення."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108
+msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
+msgstr "Як позначити цю заявку, як термінову?"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
+" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
+"Kanban view or on the ticket form."
+msgstr ""
+"На ваших заявках ви побачите зірочки. Ви можете визначити, наскільки "
+"терміновою є заявка, але вибирати одну або декілька зірок на ній. Ви можете "
+"зробити це в Канбані або на формі заявки."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
+"activate the setting under \"Settings\""
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб налаштувати політику Угоди про якість обслуговування ваших "
+"співробітників, спершу активуйте налаштування в розділі \"Налаштування\"."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123
+msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
+msgstr "Звідси виберіть \"Налаштувати політику SLA\" та натисніть \"Створити\"."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
+"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви будете заповнювати інформацію, подібну до команди служби підтримки, про "
+"мінімальний пріоритет на заявці (зірки) та цілі для заявки."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132
+msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
+msgstr "Що робити, якщо заявка заблоковано або готова до виконання?"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134
+msgid ""
+"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
+"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо заявка не може бути вирішеною або заблокована, ви можете змінити стан "
+"заявки на Канбані. У вас є 3 варіанти:"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
+msgid "Grey - Normal State"
+msgstr "Сірий - нормальний стан"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139
+msgid "Red - Blocked"
+msgstr "Червоний - заблокована"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141
+msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
+msgstr "Зелений - готова до наступного етапу"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143
+msgid ""
+"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
+"Ticket form."
+msgstr ""
+"Подібно зіркам із нагальністю, ви можете налаштувати стан у Канбані або на "
+"формі заявки."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150
+msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
+msgstr "Як мої співробітники можуть зареєструвати час за заявкою?"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
+"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
+"timesheets will log against."
+msgstr ""
+"Спочатку перейдіть до \"Налаштування\" та виберіть параметр \"Табель на "
+"заявці\". З'явиться поле, де ви можете вибрати проект, куди потрібно "
+"записувати табель."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
+msgid ""
+"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
+" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер, коли ви вибрали проект, ви можете зберегти. Якщо ви повернетесь до "
+"своїх заявок, ви побачите нову вкладку \"Табелі\"."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
+"ticket."
+msgstr ""
+"Тут співробітники можуть додати рядок, щоб додати роботу, яку вони зробили "
+"для цієї заявки."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169
+msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
+msgstr "Як дозволити своїм клієнтам оцінювати отриману ними послугу"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171
+msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
+msgstr ""
+"По-перше, вам потрібно активувати параметри оцінювання в розділі "
+"\"Налаштування\"."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176
+msgid ""
+"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
+"an email to the customer asking how their service went."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер, коли заявка переміщується до її вирішення або завершеного етапу, вона"
+" надішле електронний лист клієнту, який запитає, як пройшло їхнє "
+"обслуговування."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3
+msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets"
+msgstr "Запис часу на завдання та виставлення рахунку"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance "
+"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time "
+"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете мати контракти на обслуговування з клієнтами, щоб надати їм "
+"допомогу у разі виникнення проблеми. Для цього Odoo допоможе вам записати "
+"час, який витрачається на вирішення завдання, а головне, виставляти рахунки "
+"своїм клієнтам."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11
+msgid "The modules needed"
+msgstr "Необхідні модулі"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are "
+"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of "
+"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*."
+msgstr ""
+"Для запису та виставлення рахунків-фактур на завдання потрібні наступні "
+"модулі: Служба підтримки, Проект, Табелі, Продажі. Якщо вам не вистачає "
+"одного з них, перейдіть до модуля Додатки, знайдіть його, а потім натисніть "
+"кнопку *Встановити*."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19
+msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service"
+msgstr "Почніть пропонувати службу підтримки"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22
+msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project"
+msgstr "Крок 1: запустіть проект служби підтримки"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to "
+":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that "
+"the *Timesheets* feature is activated."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб запустити спеціальний проект для служби підтримки, спочатку перейдіть до"
+" :menuselection:`Проект --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та переконайтеся,"
+" що функція *Табелі* активована."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім перейдіть на свою інформаційну панель, створіть новий проект і "
+"дозвольте табелі для нього."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35
+msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team"
+msgstr "Крок 2: встановіть команду служби підтримки"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> "
+"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an "
+"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to"
+" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have "
+"previously created as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб встановити команду, яка відповідає за службу підтримки, перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Служба підтримки --> Налаштування --> Команда служби "
+"підтримки` і створіть нову команду або виберіть існуючу. На формі, позначте "
+"поле перед *Табелем на заявці*, щоб активувати цю функцію. Не забудьте "
+"вибрати раніше створений вами проект служби підтримки."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47
+msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service"
+msgstr "Крок 3: запустіть службу підтримки"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to "
+":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the"
+" *Units of Measure* feature is activated."
+msgstr ""
+"Нарешті, щоб запустити нову службу підтримки, спочатку перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та переконайтеся,"
+" що активовано функцію *Одиниця вимірювання*."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. "
+"Make sure that the product is set as a service."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім перейдіть на :menuselection:`Товари --> Товари` та створіть новий. "
+"Переконайтеся, що товар встановлено як послугу."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any "
+"unit will do."
+msgstr ""
+"Тут ми пропонуємо встановити *Одиницю вимірювання* як *Годину(и)*, але будь-"
+"яка одиниця буде виконуватися."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the "
+"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following "
+"configuration :"
+msgstr ""
+"Нарешті, виберіть керування рахунками-фактурами, які ви хочете мати на "
+"вкладці *Продажі* форми товару. Тут ми рекомендуємо наступне налатування:"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73
+msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !"
+msgstr "Тепер ви готові отримувати завдання!"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76
+msgid "Solve issues and record time spent"
+msgstr "Вирішіть проблеми та зафіксуйте витрачений час"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79
+msgid "Step 1 : place an order"
+msgstr "Крок 1: розмістіть замовлення"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from "
+"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> "
+"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously"
+" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm "
+"the sale."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви перебуваєте в модулі Служба підтримки, і ви тільки що отримали заявку від"
+" клієнта. Щоб розмістити нове замовлення, перейдіть на "
+":menuselection:`Продажі --> Замовлення --> Замовлення` та створіть його для "
+"послуги служби підтримки, яку ви раніше записали. Встановіть кількість "
+"годин, необхідних для надання послуги клієнту та підтвердіть продаж."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91
+msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket"
+msgstr "Крок 2: пов'яжіть завдання із заявкою"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new "
+"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with"
+" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question"
+" and select the task on its form."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви отримуєте доступ до конкретного проекту служби підтримки, ви "
+"помітите, що із замовленням було автоматично створене нове завдання. Щоби "
+"пов'язати це завдання з клієнтською заявкою, перейдіть до модуля Служба "
+"підтримки, отримайте доступ до відповідної заявки та оберіть завдання у її "
+"формі."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102
+msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client"
+msgstr "Крок 3: запишіть час, витрачений на допомогу клієнту"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours "
+"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the "
+"*Timesheets* tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Робота виконана, а заявка клієнта відсортована. Аби записати години, "
+"виконані для цього завдання, поверніться до форми заявки та додайте її на "
+"вкладку *Табелі*."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the "
+"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task."
+msgstr ""
+"Часи, записані в заявці, також автоматично з'являться в модулі табелю та у "
+"конкретному завданні."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116
+msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client"
+msgstr "Крок 4: виставіть рахунок-фактуру клієнту"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that"
+" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now "
+"appear as the delivered quantity."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби виставити рахунок-фактуру клієнту, поверніться до модуля продажу та "
+"виберіть замовлення, яке було розміщено. Зверніть увагу, що години, записані"
+" у формі заявки, тепер відображаються як доставлена кількість."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then "
+"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !"
+msgstr ""
+"Все, що потрібно зробити - це створити рахунок-фактуру із замовлення, а "
+"потім перевірити його. Тепер вам просто доведеться чекати оплату клієнта!"
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..23d38f6881
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../index.rst:3
+msgid "Odoo User Documentation"
+msgstr "Користувацька документація Odoo "
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d4f8caa89b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
@@ -0,0 +1,9674 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64
+msgid "Inventory"
+msgstr "Склад"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3
+msgid "Barcodes"
+msgstr "Штрих-коди"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3
+msgid "Daily Operations"
+msgstr "Щоденні операції"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
+msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?"
+msgstr "Як зробити коригування запасів зі штрих-кодом?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
+msgid "From the Barcode application:"
+msgstr "З додатку Штрих-коду:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7
+msgid "Click on **Inventory**"
+msgstr "Натисніть на **Склад**"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or"
+" use the keyboard to set the quantity)."
+msgstr ""
+"Відскануйте всі товари (якщо у вас 5 ідентичних пунктів, перевірте 5 разів "
+"або скористайтеся клавіатурою, щоби встановити кількість)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the "
+"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; "
+"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви керуєте кількома місцезнаходженнями, перевірте місцезнаходження "
+"перед скануванням товарів. Напр., сканування штрих-коду полиці; сканування "
+"кожного товару на полиці; повторіть для кожної полиці складу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory "
+"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви перевірили всі елементи місцезнаходження, перевірте інвентаризацію "
+"вручну або скануючи **Перевірити** штрих-код."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3
+msgid "How to process delivery orders?"
+msgstr "Як обробляти замовлення на доставку?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on "
+"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and "
+"scan products directly)."
+msgstr ""
+"Існує два підходи для обробки замовлень на доставку: ви можете працювати над"
+" друкованими документами (і рядками сканування в документах), або на екрані "
+"(і сканувати товари безпосередньо)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10
+msgid "Process printed delivery orders:"
+msgstr "Процес друкованих замовлень на доставку:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To "
+"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Роздрукуйте замовлення на доставку за день, вибравши всі документи зі списку"
+" **Зробити** і друкуючи **Операції комплектування** у верхньому меню."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the "
+"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви починаєте обробляти замовлення на доставку, **сканування штрих-"
+"коду** у верхньому правому куті документа дозволяє завантажити потрібний "
+"запис на екрані."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the "
+"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily "
+"accessible, visible or is missing."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім **сканування штрих-коду** кожного товару або сканування штрих-коду "
+"товару на рядку комплектування, якщо штрих-код на товарі важкодоступний, "
+"видимий або відсутній."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to "
+"finish the operation."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того як ви відскануєте всі товари, відскануйте дію **перевірки** "
+"штрих-коду, щоб завершити операцію."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30
+msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:"
+msgstr ""
+"Процес обробки замовлення на доставку з комп'ютера або мобільного пристрою:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one."
+msgstr ""
+"Завантажте всі замовлення на доставку, позначені як **Зробити**, і відкрийте"
+" перше."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33
+msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product."
+msgstr "Підніміть і відскануйте кожний із зазначених товарів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the "
+"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви виберете всі елементи, натисніть кнопку **Перевірити** або перевірте"
+" дію **Дійсний штрих-код**, щоб завершити операцію."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right "
+"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action."
+msgstr ""
+"Перемістіть до наступного замовлення на доставку, натиснувши **стрілку** "
+"зверху праворуч або скануючи дію на штрих-коді **Pager-Next**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3
+msgid "How to do an internal transfer?"
+msgstr "Як зробити внутрішнє переміщення?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5
+msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:"
+msgstr "В Odoo існує два типи внутрішніх переміщень:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)"
+msgstr "Ті, що ініціюються автоматично системою (наприклад, контроль якості)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area "
+"of the dashboard)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ті, що створюються працівником (наприклад, через внутрішню область передачі "
+"інформаційної панелі)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13
+msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:"
+msgstr "Щоб зробити внутрішнє переміщення:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15
+msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**"
+msgstr ""
+"З домашнього додатку штрих-коду відскануйте **місцезнаходження джерела**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17
+msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**"
+msgstr "Підніміть і **відскануйте товари**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19
+msgid "Scan the **destination location**"
+msgstr "Сканування **місця призначення**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21
+msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it"
+msgstr "**Перевірте** переміщення, щоб закінчити його."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3
+msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?"
+msgstr "Як обробляти партії та серійні номери зі штрих-кодами?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and "
+"outgoing deliveries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Партійні номери можуть бути закодовані з вхідних відправлень, внутрішніх "
+"переміщень і вихідних доставок:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from"
+msgstr ""
+"В інтерфейсі штрих-коду **відскануйте** товари, які ви хочете створити в "
+"партії"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan "
+"the lots/serial numbers"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо цей товар має керуватися партіями, відкриється вікно, яке допоможе вам "
+"відсканувати партії/серійні номери"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate"
+" one automatically"
+msgstr ""
+"**Відскануйте** штрих-код партії, **введіть** його вручну або **залиште "
+"порожнім**, щоб автоматично створити його"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16
+msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done"
+msgstr "Клікніть або відскануйте **Перевірити** після завершення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18
+msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?"
+msgstr "У чому різниця між **Партіями** та **Серійними номерами**?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time "
+"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count."
+msgstr ""
+"Номери **партій** відносяться до кількох однакових товарів, тому кожен раз, "
+"коли ви скануєте партійні номери, Odoo додасть один до кількості товарів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one "
+"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept "
+"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation."
+msgstr ""
+"З іншого боку, **серійний номер** унікальний, і представлений лише одним "
+"штрих-кодом, прикріпленим лише до одного елемента. Це означає, що Odoo не "
+"прийматиме сканування одного і того ж серійного номера більше одного разу за"
+" операцію."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32
+msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots."
+msgstr "Тут ми налаштували відстеження **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** за партіями."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each"
+" product (you can also use the keyboard)."
+msgstr ""
+"Відскануйте товари з цієї вхідної відправки, після чого перевірте номер "
+"партії кожного товару (також можна скористатись клавіатурою)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43
+msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done."
+msgstr "Натисніть Зберегти/Сканувати **Перевірити**, і ви закінчите."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3
+msgid "How to process incoming receipts?"
+msgstr "Як обробляти вхідні поставки?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work "
+"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and "
+"scan products directly)."
+msgstr ""
+"Існує два підходи до обробки вхідних поставок: ви можете працювати на "
+"друкованих документах (і сканувати рядки на документах), або на екрані (і "
+"сканувати товари безпосередньо)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10
+msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:"
+msgstr "Процес друкованих вхідних поставок:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To "
+"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Надрукуйте вхідні поставки за день, вибравши всі документи зі списку "
+"**Прийняти** та друкуючи **Операції комплектування** у верхньому меню."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the "
+"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви почнете обробку вхідних поставок, відскануйте штрих-код у верхньому "
+"правому куті документа, щоб завантажити потрібний запис на екрані."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product "
+"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, "
+"visible or is missing."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім відскануйте штрих-код кожного товару або штрих-код товару на рядку "
+"комплектування, якщо штрих-код на товарі важкодоступний, видимий або "
+"відсутній."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28
+msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:"
+msgstr "Обробка вхідних поставок з комп'ютера або мобільного пристрою:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Завантажте всі вхідні поставки, позначені як **Прийняти**, і відкрийте "
+"першу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the "
+"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви виберете всі елементи, натисніть кнопку **Перевірити** або "
+"відскануйте дію штрих-коду **Перевірити**, щоб завершити операцію."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right "
+"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action."
+msgstr ""
+"Перемістіть до наступної вхідної поставки, щоб обробити її, натиснувши "
+"**стрілку** в правому верхньому куті або скануючи дію на штрих-коді **Pager-"
+"Next**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137
+msgid "Example"
+msgstr "Приклад"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44
+msgid "Open operation interface."
+msgstr "Відкритий операційний інтерфейс."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49
+msgid "Scan."
+msgstr "Відскануйте."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse "
+"and keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Відобразиться комплектування. Відскануйте елементи та/або заповнення "
+"інформації за допомогою миші та клавіатури."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr "Налаштування"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
+msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
+msgstr "Встановлення сканеру штрих-коду"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good "
+"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will "
+"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
+msgstr ""
+"Початок роботи зі скануванням штрих-кодів в Odoo досить легкий. Тим не менш,"
+" хороший користувацький досвід покладається на відповідну установку "
+"апаратного забезпечення. Цей посібник допоможе вам вирішити завдання вибору "
+"та налаштування сканера штрих-кодів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11
+msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
+msgstr "Знайдіть сканер штрих-коду, який відповідає вашим потребам"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo "
+"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the "
+"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
+msgstr ""
+"Є три рекомендовані сканери штрихкодів для роботи у програмамі **Складу** "
+"Odoo  та **Сканер штрих-коду** - **сканер USB**, **сканер Bluetooth** і "
+"**мобільний сканер**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way "
+"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when"
+" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can "
+"be configured to be so."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви скануєте товари на комп'ютері, це шлях до **сканера USB**. Просто "
+"підключіть його до комп'ютера, щоб розпочати сканування. Переконайтеся, коли"
+" ви купуєте його, сканер сумісний з розкладкою клавіатури або може бути "
+"налаштований таким чином."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
+" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
+"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
+"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to"
+" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
+msgstr ""
+"**Сканер Bluetooth** може бути з'єднаний зі смартфоном або планшетом, і це "
+"хороший вибір, якщо ви хочете бути мобільним, але не потребуєте великих "
+"інвестицій. Підхід полягає в тому, щоб увійти в Odoo на вашому смартфоні, "
+"об'єднати сканер Bluetooth зі смартфоном і працювати на складі, завжди час "
+"від часу перевіряти свій смартфон і використовувати програмне забезпечення "
+"«вручну»."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
+"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
+"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
+"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using "
+"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
+"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
+" it is essential to test it first."
+msgstr ""
+"Для важкого використання, **мобільний сканер** є найдоступнішим рішенням. "
+"Він складається з невеликого комп'ютера із вбудованим сканером штрих-кодів. "
+"Це може виявитись дуже продуктивним рішенням, однак ви повинні переконатися,"
+" що воно здатне працювати з Odoo швидко. Найновіші моделі, що використовують"
+" Android + Google Chrome або Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile, повинні "
+"виконувати цю роботу. Однак через різноманітність моделей та конфігурацій "
+"важливо його спочатку протестувати."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
+msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
+msgstr "Налаштування сканеру штрих-кодів"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
+msgid "Keyboard layout"
+msgstr "Макет клавіатури"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard "
+"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate "
+"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners"
+" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Сканер штрих-коду USB повинен бути налаштований таким чином, щоб "
+"використовувати таку саму розкладку клавіатури як ваша операційна система. В"
+" іншому випадку ваш сканер не буде правильно перекладати символи (наприклад,"
+" замінивши \"A\" на \"Q\"). Більшість сканерів налаштовані шляхом сканування"
+" відповідного штрих-коду в посібнику користувача."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
+msgid "Automatic carriage return"
+msgstr "Автоматичне повернення тари"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan "
+"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this "
+"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end"
+" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be "
+"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR"
+" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням Odoo має затримку 50 мілісекунд між кожним наступним "
+"скануванням (це допомагає уникнути випадкового подвійного сканування). Якщо "
+"ви хочете зменшити цю затримку, ви можете налаштувати сканер, щоб вставити "
+"повернення тари в кінці кожного штрих-коду. Зазвичай це налаштуванням за "
+"замовчуванням і може бути явним чином налаштоване сканування певного штрих-"
+"коду в посібнику користувача (\"суфікс CR на\", \"Застосувати введення для "
+"суфікса\" тощо)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
+msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?"
+msgstr "Як активувати штрих-коди в Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost "
+"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
+"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
+"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
+"the barcode scanner."
+msgstr ""
+"Функції сканування штрих-кодів можуть заощадити багато часу, втраченого "
+"перемиканням між клавіатурою, мишею та сканером. Правильне встановлення "
+"штрих-кодів до товарів, місцезнаходжень та ін. дозволяє працювати більш "
+"ефективно, керуючи програмним забезпеченням практично виключно зі сканером "
+"штрих-кодів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more "
+"actions."
+msgstr ""
+"Надрукуйте цей документ, щоби мати змогу використовувати ваш сканер штрих-"
+"кодів для виконання додаткових дій."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19
+msgid "Document: |download_barcode|"
+msgstr "Документ: |download_barcode|"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23
+msgid "Set products barcodes"
+msgstr "Встановіть штрих-коди товарів"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure"
+" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this "
+"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy "
+"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` "
+"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and "
+"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes.  This "
+"interface can also be accessed via the planner."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб заповнити комплектування або провести інвентаризацію, вам слід "
+"переконатися, що ваші товари закодовані в Odoo поряд з їх штрих-кодами. Якщо"
+" це ще не зроблено, ви можете заповнити штрих-коди товару за допомогою "
+"зручного інтерфейсу. Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Складу --> Налаштування "
+"--> Налаштування` та натисніть :menuselection:`Операції --> Сканер штрих-"
+"коду`. Натисніть Зберегти та поверніться до попереднього екрану, щоб "
+"натиснути Налаштувати штрих-коди товарів. Цей інтерфейс також доступний "
+"через планувальник."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and "
+"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate "
+"them)."
+msgstr ""
+"Варіанти товару: будьте обережні, щоб додати штрих-код безпосередньо до "
+"варіанту, а не до шаблону товару (інакше ви не зможете їх диференціювати)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44
+msgid "Set locations barcodes"
+msgstr "Встановіть місцезнаходження штрих-кодів"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
+"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
+" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
+"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu "
+"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 "
+"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker "
+"paper."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви керуєте кількома місцезнаходженнями та вважаєте за потрібне "
+"привласнити штрих-код кожному місцю та прикріпити його до розташування. Ви "
+"можете налаштувати штрих-коди місцезнаходжень у :menuselection:`Складі --> "
+"Налаштування --> Управління складом --> Місцезнаходження`. У меню **Друк** є"
+" кнопка, яку можна використовувати для друку назв місцезнаходжень та штрих-"
+"кодів. На кожній сторінці є 4 штрих-коди, розташовані так, що зручно "
+"друкувати на наклейковому паперті."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short "
+"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133"
+msgstr ""
+"Приклад іменування місцезнаходжень: **коротка назва складу** - **коротка "
+"назва місцезнаходження** - (**коридор X** - **полиця Y** - **висота Z**) "
+"Приклад: A032-025-133"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65
+msgid "Barcode formats"
+msgstr "Формати штрих-кодів"
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
+"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering "
+"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two "
+"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)."
+msgstr ""
+"Більшість роздрібних товарів використовують штрих-коди EAN-13. Їх не можна "
+"скласти без належної авторизації: ви повинні сплатити Міжнародній асоціації "
+"нумерації плату в обмін на кодову послідовність коду EAN (саме тому два "
+"твари в магазині не матимуть однакового коду EAN)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define "
+"your own barcode format for internal use."
+msgstr ""
+"Тим не менше, оскільки Odoo підтримує будь-який рядок як штрих-код, ви "
+"завжди можете визначити свій власний формат штрих-коду для внутрішнього "
+"використання."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3
+msgid "Warehouse Management"
+msgstr "Управління складом"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3
+msgid "Inventory Adjustment"
+msgstr "Інвентаризація"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3
+msgid "How to make the initial inventory?"
+msgstr "Як зробити початкову інвентаризацію?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to "
+"keep the inventory right."
+msgstr ""
+"Одна з найважливіших функцій програмного забезпечення для управління складом"
+" полягає в правильному проведенні інвентаризації."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial "
+"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in "
+"the right locations."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ваші товари будуть визначені, потрібно зробити свою початкову "
+"інвентаризацію. Ви покажете реальність шляхом інвентаризації потрібних "
+"кількостей у потрібних місцях."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34
+msgid "Product Configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування товару"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> "
+"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the "
+"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable."
+msgstr ""
+"У модулі Склад відкрийте :menuselection:`Контроль складу --> Товари`, потім "
+"натисніть **Створити**, щоб створити новий товар. Налаштуйте тип товару "
+"таким чином, щоби він був **Складським**, а не витратним."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23
+msgid "Start the initial inventory"
+msgstr "Розпочніть початкову інвентаризацію"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26
+msgid "Update the product quantity for one product"
+msgstr "Оновіть кількість товару для одного товару"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have"
+" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button."
+msgstr ""
+"У товарі, який ви щойно створили, у верхній плитці видно, що у нас є 0 "
+"товарів на руці. Натисніть кнопку **Оновити кількість в наявності**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity"
+" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкриється нове вікно. У полі **Нова кількість в наявності** введіть "
+"кількість товару, який у вас зараз є, у списку, після чого натисніть "
+"**Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to "
+"set the location of your product from this screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви використовуєте кілька місцезнаходжень для вашого складу, ви зможете "
+"встановити розташування свого товару з цього екрана."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ви можете побачити із вкладки \"В наявності\", що кількість оновлено."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**"
+" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" "
+"has automatically been created and validated by the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер, якщо ви перевіряєте **Коригування залишків** в меню **Управління "
+"складом**, ви побачите, що новий рядок під назвою \"ІНВ: (назва вашого "
+"товару)» був автоматично створений та перевірений системою."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55
+msgid "Multiple products at once"
+msgstr "Кілька товарів одночасно"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable"
+" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an "
+"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by"
+" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory "
+"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть всі товари, за якими ви хочете стежити (як складські товари). Як "
+"тільки визначено необхідні товари на складі, використовуйте початкову "
+"операцію інвентаризації, щоби поставити поточні величини в систему за місцем"
+" розташування. Перейдіть до  :menuselection:`Контроль Складу --> Коригування"
+" залишків` , щоби розпочати початкову інвентаризацію."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location"
+" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as "
+"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub"
+" (or child) locations."
+msgstr ""
+"Дайте йому назву (наприклад, Початкова інвентаризація) і виберіть "
+"місцезнаходження вашої інвентаризації. Зверніть увагу: якщо ви виберете "
+"батьківське розташування (наприклад, Склад, яке може бути розділене на "
+"підрозділи), ви також можете вибрати розташування підкатегорії (або "
+"дочірнє)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or "
+"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете вибрати інвентаризацію для всіх товарів, для декількох або тільки "
+"для одного. У цьому випадку ми виберемо опцію **Усі товари**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the "
+"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, "
+"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period "
+"field. The accounting module needs to be installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо вам потрібна складська оцінка, яка буде зроблена в інший період часу, "
+"ніж та, яку буде вибрано за замовчуванням відповідно до дат закінчення "
+"інвентаризації, введіть відповідний звітний період у полі \"Ступінь "
+"оцінки\". Потрібно встановити модуль бухобліку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you"
+" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products "
+"manually by clicking on **Add an item**."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку **Старт інвентаризації**. Залежно від типу інвентаризації, "
+"який ви обрали (всі товари або вибрані), вам, можливо, доведеться додавати "
+"товари вручну, натиснувши кнопку **Додати елемент**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product."
+msgstr ""
+"Додайте **реальну кількість**, яку ви маєте на своєму складі для кожного "
+"товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"additional information will be available according to the options you "
+"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)."
+msgstr ""
+"Додаткова інформація буде доступна відповідно до опцій, які ви активували "
+"(кілька місцезнаходжень, серійний номер, склади одержувача)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку **Перевірити інвентаризацію**, щоби підтвердити "
+"інвентаризацію та опублікувати її."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102
+msgid "Reporting"
+msgstr "Звітність"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> "
+"Products`, and click on the **list button**:"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби перевірити поточний запас, перейдіть на :menuselection:`Контроль складу"
+" --> Товари` та натисніть кнопку списку:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3
+msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?"
+msgstr "Як обрати між правилом мінімального запасу та під замовлення?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but "
+"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
+"delivery strategies."
+msgstr ""
+"**Правила мінімального запасу** та **Виготовлення під замовлення** мають "
+"подібні наслідки, але різні правила. Вони повинні використовуватися в "
+"залежності від ваших технологій виробництва та стратегії доставки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10
+msgid "Terminology"
+msgstr "Термінологія"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13
+msgid "Minimum stock rule"
+msgstr "Правило мінімального запасу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
+"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
+"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
+" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the "
+"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
+msgstr ""
+"Правила **Мінімального запасу** використовуються для забезпечення того, що у"
+" вас завжди є мінімальна кількість товару на складі для виготовлення вашої "
+"продукції та/або відповіді на потреби вашого клієнта. Коли рівень запасу "
+"товару досягає мінімального рівня, система автоматично генерує закупівлю з "
+"кількістю, необхідною для досягнення максимального рівня запасу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58
+msgid "Make to Order"
+msgstr "Зробити на замовлення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the "
+"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will "
+"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase "
+"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
+msgstr ""
+"Функція **Виготовлення на замовлення** запускає **Замовлення на купівлю** "
+"суми **Замовлення на продаж**, пов'язаного з товаром. Система **не** буде "
+"перевіряти поточну оцінку складу. Це означає, що проект замовлення на "
+"закупівлю буде згенерований незалежно від кількості, що знаходяться в "
+"наявності товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33
+msgid "Minimum stock rules"
+msgstr "Правила мінімального запасу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu "
+":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the "
+"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock "
+"values for a given product."
+msgstr ""
+"Налаштування правил мінімального запасу доступна в меню "
+":menuselection:`Склад --> Контроль складу --> Правило дозамовлення` у "
+"випадаючому меню. Тоді натисніть кнопку **Створити**, щоб встановити "
+"мінімальні та максимальні значення запасів для даного товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr "Активний"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the "
+"orderpoint without removing it."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо активне поле встановлено на Помилкове, це дозволить вам приховати точку"
+" замовлення, не видаливши його."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid "Product Unit of Measure"
+msgstr "Одиниця вимірювання товару"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations."
+msgstr ""
+"Стандартна одиниця вимірювання, що використовується для всіх операцій з "
+"акціями."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid "Procurement Group"
+msgstr "Група забезпечення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group."
+" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into "
+"one big picking."
+msgstr ""
+"Рухи, створені за допомогою цього пункту призначення, будуть поміщені в цю "
+"групу закупівель. Якщо нічого не задано, рухи, створені за складськими "
+"правилами, будуть згруповані в одне велике комплектування."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid "Minimum Quantity"
+msgstr "Мінімальна кількість"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field,"
+" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max "
+"Quantity."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли віртуальний запас перевищує мінімальний коефіцієнт, зазначений для "
+"цього поля, Odoo генерує забезпечення, щоб довести прогнозовану кількість до"
+" максимальної кількості."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid "Maximum Quantity"
+msgstr "Максимальна кількість"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a "
+"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as "
+"Max Quantity."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли віртуальний запас перевищує мінімальну кількість, Odoo генерує "
+"забезпечення, щоб довести прогнозовану кількість до кількості, зазначеного "
+"як максимальна кількість."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid "Quantity Multiple"
+msgstr "Кілька кількостей"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple.  If it is 0, "
+"the exact quantity will be used."
+msgstr ""
+"Кількість забезпечення буде округлена до цієї кількості. Якщо це 0, буде "
+"використано точну кількість."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid "Lead Time"
+msgstr "Термін виконання"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or "
+"to order to the vendor"
+msgstr ""
+"Протягом кількох днів після того, як точка замовлення спрацьовує, щоб "
+"отримати товари або замовити у постачальника"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
+"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім натисніть на свій товар, щоб отримати доступ до відповідної форми "
+"товару, а в **підменю Склад** не забудьте вибрати постачальника."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A "
+"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the "
+"stock valuation."
+msgstr ""
+"Не забудьте вибрати правильний тип товару у формі товару. Витратний матеріал"
+" не може бути складським, і тому не буде враховано в оцінці запасів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
+"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` "
+"(or any other module where products are available)."
+msgstr ""
+"Налаштування Зробити на замовлення доступне у вашій формі товару через ваш "
+":menuselection:`Модуль складу --> Контроль складу --> Товари` (або будь-який"
+" інший модуль, де доступні товари)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62
+msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**."
+msgstr ""
+"На формі товару в розділі **Склад** натисніть **Виготовити на замовлення**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70
+msgid "Choice between the two options"
+msgstr "Вибір між двома функціями"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory "
+"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum "
+"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your "
+"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
+msgstr ""
+"Вибір між двома функціями залежить від вашої стратегії складу. Якщо ви "
+"вважаєте за краще мати буфер і завжди мати принаймні мінімальну суму, слід "
+"використовувати правила мінімальних запасів. Якщо ви хочете перевпорядкувати"
+" свої запаси лише за умови підтвердження продажу, краще скористатись кнопкою"
+" \"Зробити на замовленням\"."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3
+msgid "Delivery Orders"
+msgstr "Замовлення на доставку"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3
+msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?"
+msgstr "Як скасувати замовлення на доставку?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Загальний огляд"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has "
+"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo дає вам можливість скасувати замовлення на доставку, незалежно від "
+"того, чи воно було швидко перевірене, його потрібно змінити або з якихось "
+"інших причин."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your "
+"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have "
+"any bad surprise."
+msgstr ""
+"Деякі перевізники є більш гнучкими, ніж інші, тому обов'язково скасуйте "
+"замовлення на доставку якнайшвидше, якщо це потрібно зробити, щоб у вас не "
+"було ніяких неприємних сюрпризів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107
+msgid "Sale process"
+msgstr "Процес продажу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. "
+"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до модуля **Продажі**, натисніть **Продажі**, а потім - "
+"**Замовлення на продаж**. Потім натисніть на замовлення на продаж, яке "
+"потрібно скасувати."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку **Доставка**, у верхньому правому куті замовлення на "
+"продаж."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the "
+"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to"
+" cancel the delivery."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер клацніть на вкладці **Додаткова інформація**, і ви побачите, що поряд "
+"із **Референсом перевізника**, є кнопка **Скасувати**. Натисніть на неї, "
+"щоби скасувати доставку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will"
+" receive the confirmation of the cancellation."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби переконатися, що ваша доставка скасована, зареєструйтеся в історії, та "
+"отримайте підтвердження про скасування."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3
+msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?"
+msgstr "Як обмежити спосіб доставки певній кількості країн?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can "
+"limit them to a certain number of countries."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою Odoo ви можете мати різні способи доставки, і ви можете "
+"обмежити їх для певної кількості країн."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on "
+"**Delivery Methods**."
+msgstr ""
+"У модулі **Склад** перейдіть до **Налаштування** та натисніть **Методи "
+"доставки**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one."
+msgstr "Виберіть спосіб доставки, який потрібно змінити, або створіть новий."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply "
+"this delivery method."
+msgstr ""
+"На вкладці **Місце призначення** виберіть країни, до яких потрібно "
+"застосувати цей метод доставки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28
+msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result."
+msgstr "Тепер, давайте побачимо, що зроблено."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered "
+"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you "
+"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви переходите на веб-сайт, і намагаєтесь щось купити, після введення "
+"своєї інформації та переходу на платіж, веб-сайт запропонує вам лише способи"
+" доставки, які застосовуються до вашої адреси доставки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale "
+"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them."
+msgstr ""
+"Цей процес не працює в бекенді. Ми припускаємо, що коли ви створюєте "
+"замовлення на продаж, ви знаєте, який метод доставки ви можете "
+"використовувати з моменту їх створення."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3
+msgid ""
+"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?"
+msgstr ""
+"Як відправити товари клієнтам безпосередньо від постачальника (дропшипінг)?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6
+msgid "What is drop-shipping?"
+msgstr "Що таке дропшипінг?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be "
+"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery "
+"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in "
+"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-"
+"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, "
+"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore,"
+" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Дропшипінг - це система, яка дозволяє замовлення, отримані у вашому "
+"магазині, відправляти безпосередньо від вашого постачальника до вашого "
+"клієнта. У звичайній системі доставки товари відправляються від вашого "
+"постачальника на ваш склад, щоби бути поставленими на склад, а потім "
+"відправлені вашим клієнтам після замовлення. З дропшипінгом, жодна позиція "
+"не зберігається. Коли клієнт розміщує замовлення у вашому магазині, товар "
+"доставляється безпосередньо від постачальника замовнику. Тому товар не "
+"повинен проходити через ваш склад."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18
+msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping"
+msgstr "Пункти, які слід враховувати при здійсненні дропшипінгу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in "
+"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that "
+"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of"
+" space in your warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Використовуйте доставку лише для товарів, які ви не можете або не хочете "
+"зберігати в наявності. Одна з причин полягає в тому, що ви завжди будете "
+"мати меншу орієнтацію на товари, які постачаються з відвантаженнями, тому ви"
+" повинні зберігати їх лише для товарів, які займають багато місця на вашому "
+"складі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are"
+" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the "
+"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't"
+" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes "
+"sense!"
+msgstr ""
+"Дропшипінг підходить для нішевих товарів. Швидше за все, товари, які "
+"користуються великим попитом, пропонують великі постачальники на частку "
+"ціни, яку ви зможете стягувати, тому використання більш дорогим способом "
+"доставки не буде фінансово корисним. Але якщо ваш товар унікальний, то це "
+"має сенс!"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies"
+" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби захистити своїх клієнтів від невдалих вражень, перевірте компанії, які "
+"перевозять доставку, заздалегідь, і перелічіть найкращі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable "
+"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it"
+" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a"
+" tracking number."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що час не проти вас. Дропшипінг повинен займати достатньо "
+"часу і, безумовно, не більше, ніж це дозволить вам самостійно впоратися із "
+"замовленням. Також чудово вміти надавати клієнтам номер відстеження."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the "
+"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that "
+"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and"
+" that it's subject to availability from a third party."
+msgstr ""
+"Товари повинні бути доступні у вашого постачальника. Варто дізнатися, чи "
+"товар, який ви продаєте, є в наявності. Якщо у вас немає такої інформації, "
+"повідомте своїх клієнтів про те, що ви не тримаєте товар на складі і що він "
+"залежить від наявності у третіх осіб."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What "
+"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
+"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__."
+msgstr ""
+"Для детальної інформації та розуміння дропшипінгу, прочитайте наш блог про "
+"`Що таке дропшипінг та як його використовувати <https://www.odoo.com/blog"
+"/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50
+msgid "Configuring drop-shipping"
+msgstr "Налаштування дропшипінгу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go "
+"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the"
+" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click "
+"on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте меню :menuselection:`Склад --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`. "
+"Перейдіть до **Місцезнаходження та складу**, знайдіть параметр "
+"**Дропшипінг** та позначте поле **Дозволити постачальникам доставляти "
+"безпосередньо вашим клієнтам**. Потім натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. "
+"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales "
+"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> "
+"Налаштування`.. Знайдіть **Маршрутизацію замовлення** і позначте **Вибрати "
+"конкретні маршрути по напрямках замовлення клієнта (розширені)**. Натисніть "
+"**Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a "
+"supplier to the products you want to dropship."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер відкрийте меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Продажі --> Товари`. "
+"Додайте постачальника до товарів, якими ви хочете скористатися для "
+"дропшипінгу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74
+msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers"
+msgstr "Як відправити товари від клієнтів безпосередньо постачальникам"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products"
+" that the route is **Dropshipping**."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть **Замовлення на продаж** та вкажіть у рядку замовлення на продаж "
+"для своїх товарів, що маршрут - це **Дропшипінг**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for "
+"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the "
+"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you "
+"will see that one shipment has been created."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте меню :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Купівлі --> Запит на комерційну "
+"проозицію`. Проект замовлення на купівлі автоматично створюється із "
+"закупівлі за допомогою маршруту доставки. Після підтвердження замовлення ви "
+"побачите, що було створено одне відправлення."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to "
+"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the "
+"dropship card."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби підтвердити відправлення від постачальника клієнту, поверніться до "
+"програми **Склад**. На інформаційній панелі клацніть на **# ОТРИМАТИ** на "
+"карті дропшипінгу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once"
+" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to "
+"the customer without transiting to your warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Воно відкриє перелік переказів дропшипінгу. Перевірте переказ, як тільки це "
+"буде зроблено. Товари будуть безпосередньо доставлені від партнера до "
+"замовника, не переходячи на ваш склад."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103
+msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`"
+msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3
+msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?"
+msgstr ""
+"Як обрати правильне переміщення запасів для обробки замовлень на доставку?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your "
+"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle "
+"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot."
+msgstr ""
+"Залежно від таких факторів, як тип товарів, які ви продаєте, розмір вашого "
+"складу, кількість замовлень, які ви реєструєте кожен день... спосіб обробки "
+"замовлень може сильно відрізнятися."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo дозволяє обробляти доставку зі свого складу трьома різними способами:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12
+msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock"
+msgstr "**Один крок (доставка)**: відправте безпосередньо зі складу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping"
+msgstr ""
+"**Два кроки (комплектування + доставка)**: перенести товар до місця "
+"відвантаження перед відправленням"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated "
+"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping"
+msgstr ""
+"**Три кроки (комплектування + пакування + доставка)**: Зробіть пакунки у "
+"виділеному місці, а потім перемістіть їх у місце відвантаження для доставки"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high "
+"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the "
+"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows "
+"to handle orders very quickly."
+msgstr ""
+"Для компаній, які мають досить невеликий склад і не потребують високого "
+"запасу товарів або не продають швидкопсувні товари, простим є доставка в "
+"один крок, оскільки вона не вимагає великих налаштувань та дозволяє "
+"обробляти замовлення дуже швидко."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least"
+" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by "
+"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the "
+"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and "
+"especially when the items you stock are big in size."
+msgstr ""
+"Використання складських методів, таких як FIFO, LIFO та FEFO, вимагає "
+"щонайменше двох етапів для обробки відвантаження. Спосіб комплектування буде"
+" визначено стратегією видалення, а віддалені товари потім будуть відправлені"
+" клієнту. Цей спосіб також цікавий, якщо у вас є великі запаси, і особливо "
+"якщо ви маєте великі розміри."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main "
+"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a "
+"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then "
+"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers."
+msgstr ""
+"Система трьох кроків стає корисною у більш конкретних ситуаціях, основними з"
+" яких є обробка дуже великих запасів. Товари переносяться в зону пакування, "
+"де їх збирають за місцем призначення, а потім встановлюють на вихідні "
+"вантажі для кінцевої доставки замовникам."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53
+msgid "One step flow"
+msgstr "Переміщення в один крок "
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42
+msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`"
+msgstr "Будь ласка, прочитайте документацію про :doc:`one_step`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58
+msgid "Two steps flow"
+msgstr "Спосіб у два кроки"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60
+msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`"
+msgstr "Будь ласка, прочитайте документацію про :doc:`two_steps`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63
+msgid "Three steps flow"
+msgstr "Спосіб у три кроки"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65
+msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`"
+msgstr "Будь ласка, прочитайте документацію про :doc:`three_steps`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3
+msgid "How can I change the label type?"
+msgstr "Як можна змінити тип накладної?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery "
+"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your "
+"delivery."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою Odoo ви можете вибрати різні типи накладних для замовлень на "
+"доставку. Дотримуйтесь наведених нижче кроків та надайте відповідний тип "
+"накладної для доставки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery"
+" methods**."
+msgstr ""
+"У модулі **Склад**, перейдіть до **Налаштування** та натисніть на **Методи "
+"доставки**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18
+msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**."
+msgstr "Виберіть спосіб доставки, а потім натисніть кнопку **Редагувати**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one"
+" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the "
+"carrier."
+msgstr ""
+"На вкладці **Ціна**, під назвою **Складський тип накладної Fedex**, можна "
+"вибрати один із доступних типів накладної. Доступність може відрізнятися "
+"залежно від перевізника."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and "
+"you create a new sale order."
+msgstr ""
+"Після цього ви можете побачити результат, якщо ви перейдете до модуля "
+"продаж, і ви створите нове замовлення на продаж."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which"
+" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви підтвердите продаж та підтвердите доставку перевізником, для якого "
+"ви змінили тип накладної, накладна з'явиться у вашій історії."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type "
+"bottom half for example, here is the difference :"
+msgstr ""
+"Тип накладної за замовчуванням - паперовий лист, і якщо ви виберете, "
+"наприклад, нижню половину типу накладної, вона буде відрізнятися:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3
+msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?"
+msgstr "Як обробити замовлення на доставку в один крок (доставка)?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
+"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are "
+"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли замовлення надходить до відділу доставки для остаточної доставки, Odoo "
+"за замовчуванням налаштований на використання одно-етапної операції: після "
+"того, як всі товари доступні, вони можуть бути відправлені в одному "
+"замовленні на доставку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are "
+"configured to be directly delivered from the stock."
+msgstr ""
+"Не потрібно ніяких налаштувань. Відправлення за замовчуванням налаштовуються"
+" для безпосередньої доставки зі складу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping "
+"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step "
+"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` "
+"and edit the concerned warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Проте, якщо активовано **маршрути заздалегідь**, і ви встановите інше "
+"налаштуванняя доставки на своєму складі, ви можете встановити його назад до "
+"налаштування доставки в один крок. Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування"
+" --> Склад` та редагуйте відповідний склад."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship "
+"Only)**"
+msgstr ""
+"Встановіть опцію відвантаження **Доставка безпосередньо зі складу (Лише "
+"доставка)**"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68
+msgid "Create a Sales Order"
+msgstr "Створіть замовлення на продаж"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to "
+"deliver."
+msgstr ""
+"Створення замовлення клієнта (від комерційної пропозиції до замовлення "
+"клієнта) з деякими товарами для доставки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in "
+"the **stat button** above the sales order."
+msgstr ""
+"Зверніть увагу, що зараз ми бачимо ``1`` доставку, пов'язану з цим "
+"замовленням на продаж, на **кнопці Статус** над замовленням на продаж."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your "
+"picking."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви натиснете кнопку статусу **1 доставка**, ви повинні побачити ваш "
+"вибір."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88
+msgid "Process a Delivery"
+msgstr "Обробіть доставку"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery "
+"Orders** kanban card."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до **Складу** та натисніть посилання **# Зробити** під карткою "
+"канбану **Замовлення на доставку**. "
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99
+msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process."
+msgstr "Натисніть на комплектування, яке ви хочете обробити."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the "
+"**customer**."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть **Підтвердити**, щоб завершити перехід від "
+"**Складу/Відвантаження** до **клієнта**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show "
+"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the "
+"product has been shipped to the customer."
+msgstr ""
+"Це завершило **Етап доставки**, а Склад/Відвантаження тепер має "
+"відображатись як **Готово** у стовпчику статусу у верхній частині сторінки, "
+"тобто товар був відправлений клієнту."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3
+msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?"
+msgstr "Як змінити тип упаковки для вашого замовлення на продаж?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and "
+"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo дає вам можливість змінити тип упаковки за замовчуванням і адаптувати "
+"упаковку так, як вам це потрібно, залежно від ваги замовлення."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on "
+"**Settings**."
+msgstr ""
+"У модулі **Склад** перейдіть до **Налаштування** та натисніть "
+"**Налаштування**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used "
+"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**"
+msgstr ""
+"У :menuselection:`Відстеження --> Пакунки`, поставте прапорець на **Запис "
+"пакунків, що використовуються на упаковці: піддони, коробки, ...**"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24
+msgid "*Sale process*"
+msgstr "*Процес продажу*"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26
+msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**."
+msgstr ""
+"У модулі **Продажі** перейдіть до розділу **Продажі** та натисніть кнопку "
+"**Замовлення на продаж**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28
+msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**."
+msgstr "Створіть нове Замовлення на продаж і **Підтвердіть продаж**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be "
+"redirected to the Delivery order."
+msgstr ""
+"Після підтвердження продажу, вам потрібно натиснути кнопку **Доставка**, "
+"щоби перейти до замовлення на доставку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36
+msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging."
+msgstr "Натисніть **Редагувати**, тепер ви зможете змінити упаковку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the "
+"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in "
+"Pack**."
+msgstr ""
+"На вкладці **Операції** в останньому стовпці змініть **0** і встановіть "
+"кількість товарів, які потрібно скласти разом. Потім клацніть на "
+"**Запакувати**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight"
+" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you "
+"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть потрібний тип упаковки. Ви також можете побачити, що вага "
+"адаптована до вашого пакунку, і ви можете змінити її вручну, якщо ви хочете,"
+" щоби вона була точнішою. Потім натисніть **Зберегти**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52
+msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack."
+msgstr "Повторіть операцію, поки всі товари не запаковані."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54
+msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery."
+msgstr "Нарешті, натисніть кнопку **Підтвердити**, щоби підтвердити доставку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3
+msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?"
+msgstr "Як визначається запланована дата доставки?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, "
+"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo "
+"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo "
+"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, "
+"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are "
+"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Заплановані дати обчислюються, щоби бути в змозі планувати доставку, прийоми"
+" тощо. Залежно від звичок вашої компанії, Odoo автоматично генерує "
+"заплановані дати за допомогою планувальника. Планувальник Odoo вираховує все"
+" на кожен рядок, незалежно від того, що це виробниче замовлення, замовлення "
+"на доставку, замовлення на продаж і т. д. Дати, які обчислюються, залежать "
+"від різних часів виконання, налаштованих в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13
+msgid "Configuring lead times"
+msgstr "Налаштування терміну виконання"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute "
+"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, "
+"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients."
+msgstr ""
+"Налаштування **часу виконання** є першим необхідним кроком для обчислення "
+"запланованих дат. Час виконання - це затримки (в термін доставки, "
+"виготовлення, ...), обіцяні вашим різним партнерам та/або клієнтам."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19
+msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:"
+msgstr "Налаштування різних часів виконання виконується таким чином:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22
+msgid "At a product level"
+msgstr "На рівні товару"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24
+msgid "**Supplier lead time**:"
+msgstr "**Час виконання постачальника**:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To "
+"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the "
+"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to"
+" select a supplier lead time."
+msgstr ""
+"Час, необхідний для того, аби постачальник доставив ваш придбаний товар. "
+"Щоби налаштувати час доставки постачальника, виберіть товар та перейдіть на "
+"вкладку **Склад**. Щоби вибрати час доставки постачальника, вам доведеться "
+"додати продавця до свого товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus "
+"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor."
+msgstr ""
+"Не забувайте, що можна додати різних постачальників і, таким чином, різні "
+"строки доставки в залежності від постачальника."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead "
+"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery"
+" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead "
+"Time**."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли постачальника вибрано, просто відкрийте його форму та заповніть його "
+"**Час доставки**. У цьому випадку дні безпеки не мають впливу, заплановані "
+"дні доставки будуть дорівнювати: **Дата** замовлення на купівлю + **Час "
+"виконання доставки**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46
+msgid "**Customer lead time**:"
+msgstr "**Термін доставки клієнту**:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / "
+"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply "
+"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead "
+"time**."
+msgstr ""
+"Термін доставки клієнту - це час, необхідний для отримання вашого товару від"
+" вашого магазину/складу для вашого клієнта. Він може бути налаштований для "
+"будь-якого товару. Просто виберіть товар, перейдіть на вкладку Продажі і "
+"вкажіть **Термін доставки клієнту**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56
+msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:"
+msgstr "**Час виробництва**:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**"
+" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the "
+"product."
+msgstr ""
+"На тій же сторінці можна налаштувати **Час виробництва**. Час виробництва - "
+"це час, необхідний для виготовлення товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to "
+"create manufacturing routes."
+msgstr ""
+"Не забудьте позначити виробництво на складі, якщо хочете створити виробничі "
+"маршрути."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67
+msgid "At the company level"
+msgstr "На рівні компанії"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to "
+"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea "
+"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case "
+"of delays."
+msgstr ""
+"На рівні компанії можна налаштувати **страхувальні дні**, щоби впоратися з "
+"можливими затримками та обов'язково виконувати ваші завдання. Ідея полягає в"
+" тому, щоби вилучити **резервні** дні з **обчисленої запланованої дати** у "
+"разі затримки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74
+msgid "**Sales Safety days**:"
+msgstr "**Страхувальні дні продажу**:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver"
+" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery "
+"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in "
+"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security "
+"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than "
+"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to "
+"keep your commitment."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоденні страхувальні дні - це **резервні** дні, щоби гарантувати, що ви "
+"зможете виконати доставку вашим клієнтам у терміни. Вони є межами помилок "
+"для часу доставки. Страхувальні дні - це та сама логіка, що й наручний "
+"годинник із пришвидшеним часом, щоби прибути вчасно. Ідея полягає в тому, "
+"щоби вирахувати числа страхувальних днів з розрахунку і таким чином "
+"обчислювати заплановану дату раніше, ніж та, яку ви обіцяли своєму "
+"клієнтові. Таким чином ви впевнені, що зможете зберегти свою прихильність."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General "
+"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби встановити ваші страхувальні дати, перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування` та натисніть "
+"**Налаштувати дані вашої компанії**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number "
+"of safety days."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли меню відкрите, перейдіть на вкладку налаштувань та вкажіть кількість "
+"страхувальних днів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93
+msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:"
+msgstr "**Страхувальні дні купівлі**:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95
+msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days."
+msgstr "Дні купівлі слідують за тією ж логікою, що й страхувальні дні."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates "
+"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many "
+"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can "
+"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days"
+msgstr ""
+"Вони є межами помилки для часу введення постачальника. Коли система генерує "
+"замовлення на придбання для закупівлі товарів, їм буде заплановано, що за "
+"багато днів раніше вони мали справу з несподіваними затримками "
+"постачальників. Час здійснення купівлі можна знайти в тому самому меню, що й"
+" страхувальні дні продажу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from "
+"here."
+msgstr ""
+"Зауважте, що ви також можете налаштувати час виробництва за замовчуванням "
+"тут."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110
+msgid "At route level"
+msgstr "На рівні маршруту"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks"
+" can also influence the computed date."
+msgstr ""
+"Внутрішні переміщення, які товар може зробити через рух запасів, також "
+"можуть вплинути на обчислену дату."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** "
+"app when creating a new push rule in a route."
+msgstr ""
+"Затримки внаслідок внутрішніх переміщень можуть бути вказані в додатку "
+"**склад** при створенні нового правила натискання на маршруті."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118
+msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до розділу правила виштовхування на формі маршруту, щоби "
+"встановити затримку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124
+msgid "At sale order level:"
+msgstr "На рівні замовлення на продаж:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126
+msgid "**Requested date**:"
+msgstr "**Запитувана дата**:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by "
+"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this"
+" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically"
+" display a warning."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo пропонує можливість вибрати запитувану дату клієнтом, вказавши дату на "
+"іншій інформаційній вкладці замовлення на продаж. Якщо ця дата раніше, ніж "
+"теоретична обчислювана дата, odoo автоматично відображатиме попередження."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on "
+"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)."
+" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based "
+"on your configuration:"
+msgstr ""
+"Як приклад, ви можете продати автомобіль сьогодні (1 січня), який придбаний "
+"за замовленням, і ви обіцяєте доставити своєму клієнту протягом 20 днів (20 "
+"січня). У такому випадку планувальник може ініціювати наступні дії, виходячи"
+" з вашої конфігурації:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144
+msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)"
+msgstr "19 січня: фактична запланована доставка (1 день безпеки продажу)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)"
+msgstr "18 січня: отримуйте товар від свого постачальника (1 день купівлі)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149
+msgid ""
+"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery "
+"lead time)"
+msgstr ""
+"10 січня: крайній термін замовлення у вашого постачальника (9 днів терміну "
+"доставки постачальника)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team "
+"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order."
+msgstr ""
+"8 січня: запустіть запит на купівлю в команду покупців, оскільки команда "
+"потребує в середньому 2 дні, щоби знайти потрібного постачальника та "
+"замовлення."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3
+msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?"
+msgstr ""
+"Як обробити замовлення на доставку в три етапи (комплектування + пакування +"
+" доставка)?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
+"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available,"
+" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that "
+"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps "
+"before shipping."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли замовлення надходить до відділу доставки для остаточної доставки, Odoo "
+"за замовчуванням встановлюється в **одноетапній** операції: після того, як "
+"всі товари доступні, вони можуть бути відправлені оптом у єдиному замовленні"
+" на доставку. Однак цей процес може не відображати реальність, і ваша "
+"компанія може вимагати додаткових дій до відвантаження."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are "
+"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of "
+"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the "
+"customers."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою процесу у **три етапи** (**Комплектування+пакування+доставка**)"
+" товари переносяться в зону пакування, де їх збирають за місцем призначення,"
+" а потім встановлюють на відвантаження для кінцевої доставки замовникам."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack"
+" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by "
+"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's "
+"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called "
+"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``."
+msgstr ""
+"Для виконання **Pick + Pack + Ship** в Odoo потрібні декілька етапів "
+"налаштування. Ці кроки створюють додаткові розташування, які за "
+"замовчуванням називаються **Відвантаженням** і **Зоною пакування**. Таким "
+"чином, якщо код вашого складу - ``WH``, це налаштування буде створювати "
+"місцезнаходження, яке називається ``WH/Output``, а інший - ``WH/Packing "
+"Zone``."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. "
+"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be"
+" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**."
+msgstr ""
+"На першому кроці товари перейдуть з **WH/Stock** до **WH/Packing Zone**. "
+"Потім перемістіть з **WH/Packing Zone** у **WH/Output**. Потім, нарешті, він"
+" буде доставлений з **WH/Output** до **кінцевого пункту призначення**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the "
+"correct method for your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Перевірте :doc:`inventory_flow` щоб визначити, чи цей складський процес є "
+"правильним методом для ваших потреб."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37
+msgid "Install the Inventory module"
+msgstr "Встановіть модуль Склад"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39
+msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module."
+msgstr "В меню **Додатки** виконайте пошук і встановіть модуль **Склад**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales"
+" orders."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам також потрібно буде встановити модуль **Продажі**, щоб мати змогу "
+"видавати замовлення на продаж."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48
+msgid "Allow managing routes"
+msgstr "Дозвольте керування маршрутами"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a"
+" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link "
+"the picking step to the shipping step."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo налаштовує рух замовлень на доставку через **маршрути**. Маршрути є "
+"механізмом для об'єднання різних дій. У цьому випадку ми зв'яжемо етап "
+"комплектування з етапом доставки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби дозволити керування маршрутами, перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio "
+"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the "
+"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well."
+msgstr ""
+"У розділі :menuselection:`Місценаходжння та Склад --> Маршрути`, активуйте "
+"кнопку **Додаткові маршрутизації товарів за допомогою правил**. "
+"Переконайтеся, що активовано параметр **Керування кількома "
+"місцезнаходженнями на складі**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64
+msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте склад для Комплектування + Пакування + Доставка"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse "
+"that will be used."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Склад` та відредагуйте склад, "
+"який буде використовуватися."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated "
+"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + "
+"Ship).**"
+msgstr ""
+"Для вихідних відправлень встановіть опцію **Зробити пакування у спеціальному"
+" місцезнаходженні, перенести їх у місце відвантаження для доставки "
+"(Комплктування + Пакування + Доставка)**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77
+msgid "Create a Sale Order"
+msgstr "Створіть замовлення на продаж"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to "
+"deliver."
+msgstr ""
+"З модуля **Продажі** створіть замовлення на продаж з деякими товарами для "
+"доставки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in "
+"the **stat button** above the sales order."
+msgstr ""
+"Зверніть увагу, що зараз ми бачимо ``3`` переміщення, пов'язані з цим "
+"замовленням на продаж, на **кнопці Статус** над замовленням на продаж."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87
+msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо натиснути кнопку, ви повинні побачити три різні варіанти "
+"комплектування:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89
+msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process,"
+msgstr ""
+"Перший з посиланням **КОМПЛЕКТУВАТИ**, щоби позначити процес комплектування."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process,"
+msgstr "Другий з посиланням **ПАКУВАТИ**, який є процесом пакування."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93
+msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process."
+msgstr "Останній з посиланням **ВІДПРАВИТИ**, щоби позначити процес доставки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91
+msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?"
+msgstr "Як обробляти етап комплектування?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and "
+"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що у вас є достатньо товарів на складі, і перейдіть до "
+"**Складу**, натисніть посилання **Очікування** під карткою канбану "
+"**Комплектування**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101
+msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть на **Резерв**, щоби зарезервувати товари, якщо вони доступні."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing"
+" Zone**."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть **Перевірити**, щоби завершити переміщення з **WH/Stock** у "
+"**WH/Packing Zone**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show "
+"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
+"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the "
+"product available for the next step (Packing)."
+msgstr ""
+"Це завершить етап комплектування, і **WH/PICK** тепер має відображатися як "
+"**Готово** у стовпчику статусу у верхній частині сторінки. Товар був "
+"перенесений з **WH/Stock** в зону **WH/Packing Zone**, що робить товар "
+"доступним для наступного етапу (Пакування)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122
+msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?"
+msgstr "Як пройти етап пакування?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124
+msgid ""
+"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**"
+" kanban card."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до **Складу** та натисніть посилання **# ПЕРЕМІЩЕННЯ** під картою "
+"канбану **Пакунок**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to "
+"**WH/Output**."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть **Перевірити**, щоби завершити перехід від **WH/Packing Zone** до "
+"**WH/Output**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show "
+"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
+"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the "
+"product available for the next step (Shipping)."
+msgstr ""
+"Це завершить етап пакування, і **WH/PACK** тепер має відображатися як "
+"**Готово** в стовпчику статусу у верхній частині сторінки. Товар був "
+"перенесений з **WH/Packing Zone** у **WH/Output location**, що робить товар "
+"доступним для наступного етапу (Доставка)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111
+msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?"
+msgstr "Як обробляти крок доставки?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the "
+"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the "
+"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть **Підтвердити**, щоби завершити перехід від **WH/Output** до "
+"**клієнта** (натисніть **Прийняти**, щоби призначити кількість, що базується"
+" на кількості, зазначеної у стовпці **Зробити**)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show "
+"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
+"shipped to the customer."
+msgstr ""
+"Це завершить етап доставки, і **WH/OUT** тепер має відображатися як "
+"**Готово** у стовпчику статусу у верхній частині сторінки. Товар був "
+"відправлений замовнику."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3
+msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?"
+msgstr ""
+"Як обробити замовлення на доставку у два етапи (комплектування + доставка)?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
+"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are "
+"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, "
+"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen "
+"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order"
+" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for "
+"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли замовлення надходить до відділу доставки для остаточної доставки, Odoo "
+"за замовчуванням налаштований на використання **одно-етапної** операції: "
+"після того, як всі товари доступні, вони можуть бути відправлені в одному "
+"замовленні на доставку. Проте бізнес-процес вашої компанії може мати один "
+"або кілька кроків, які відбуваються перед відправленням. У процесі виконання"
+" **двох етапів** товари у замовленні на доставку **комплектуються** на "
+"складі та перевозяться до **місця відвантаження** для **доставки**. Потім "
+"товар поставляється."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few "
+"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, "
+"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is "
+"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. "
+"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step "
+"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the "
+"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)."
+msgstr ""
+"Для виконання доставки **Комплектування + Доставка** в Odoo існує кілька "
+"необхідних етапів налаштування. Ці кроки створюють додаткове місце, яке за "
+"замовчуванням називається **Відвантаження**. Отже, якщо ваш код складу "
+"``WH``, це налаштування буде створювати місцезнаходження, яке називається "
+"``WH/Output``. Товари перенесуть з ``WH/Stock`` до ``WH/Output`` на першому "
+"кроці (комплектування). Потім вони переміщуються з ``WH/Output`` на "
+"``WH/Customers`` (у випадку замовлення на продаж) на другому кроці "
+"(доставка)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32
+msgid "Allow management of routes"
+msgstr "Дозвольте керування маршрутами "
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes "
+"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we "
+"will chain the picking step to the shipping step."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo налаштовує рух замовлень доставки через **маршрути**. Маршрути "
+"забезпечують механізм для об'єднання різних дій. У цьому випадку ми будемо "
+"ланцюжком етапу вибору до етапу доставки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби дозволити керування маршрутами, перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is"
+" checked."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що **Додаткова маршрутизація товарів, що використовує "
+"правила**, перевіряється."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to "
+"check the radio button above)."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть **Застосувати** у верхній частині сторінки, щоб зберегти зміни "
+"(якщо потрібно перевірити кнопку вище)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may "
+"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't "
+"activated beforehand."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви позначили параметр **Додаткові маршрутизації товарів за допомогою "
+"правил**, вам може знадобитися активувати **Керування кількома "
+"місцезнаходженнями на складі**, якщо це не було активовано заздалегідь."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55
+msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте склад для Комплектування + Доставка"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->"
+" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб налаштувати переміщення **Комплектування+Доставка**, перейдіть до  "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Склад`  та відредагуйте склад, який буде "
+"використовуватися."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location "
+"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**"
+msgstr ""
+"Для вихідних відправлень встановіть опцію **Переміщення товару до місця "
+"відвантаження для доставки (Комплектування + Доставка)**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with "
+"some products to deliver."
+msgstr ""
+"Встановіть **Продаж**, якщо його не встановлено, і створіть замовлення на "
+"продаж з деякими товарами для доставки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in "
+"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order."
+msgstr ""
+"Зверніть увагу, що зараз ми бачимо ``2`` перекази, пов'язані з цим "
+"замовленням на продаж, у кнопці статусу **Доставка** над замовленням на "
+"продаж."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two "
+"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking "
+"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping "
+"process."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви натиснете кнопку статусу **2 Переміщення**, тепер ви повинні "
+"побачити два різних комплектування, один з посиланням **КОМПЛЕКТУВАТИ**, "
+"щоби позначити процес комплектування, а інший з посиланням **ВІДПРАВЛЕННЯ**,"
+" щоби позначити процес доставки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and "
+"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що у вас є достатньо товарів на складі, і перейдіть до "
+"**Складу** та натисніть посилання **Очікування** під картою канбану "
+"**Комплектування**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to "
+"**WH/Output**."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть **Перевірити**, щоби завершити перехід від **WH/Stock** до "
+"**WH/Output**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show"
+" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
+"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product "
+"**available for the next step** (Shipping)."
+msgstr ""
+"Це завершить етап комплектування, і рух **WH/PICK** тепер має відображатися "
+"як Готово в стовпчику статусу у верхній частині сторінки. Товар був "
+"перенесений з **WH/Stock** в місце **WH/Output**, що робить товар "
+"**доступним для наступного кроку** (Доставка)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the "
+"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities "
+"listed in the **To Do** column)"
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть на **Підтвердити**, щоб завершити переміщення зі "
+"**Склад/Відправка** клієнту (Натисніть **Підтвердити**, щоби призначити "
+"кількість на основі кількості, зазначеної в колонці **Зробити**)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show"
+" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
+"shipped to the customer."
+msgstr ""
+"Це завершило етап доставки, і переміщення **WH/OUT** тепер повинно "
+"відображатися як **Готово** в стовпчику статусу у верхній частині сторінки. "
+"Товар був відправлений замовнику."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3
+msgid "Incoming Shipments"
+msgstr "Вхідні відправлення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3
+msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?"
+msgstr "Як вибрати правильний спосіб для обробки товарних чеків?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your"
+" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you "
+"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot."
+msgstr ""
+"Залежно від факторів, таких як тип елементів, які ви отримуєте, розмір "
+"вашого складу, номер квитанції, який ви реєструєте кожного дня... спосіб, "
+"яким ви обробляєте квитанції своїм клієнтам, може сильно відрізнятися."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo дозволяє обробляти квитанції зі свого складу трьома різними способами:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15
+msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock."
+msgstr "**В один крок**: одержувати товари прямо на складі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17
+msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock."
+msgstr ""
+"**У два кроки**: вивантажте у місце прийому, потім перейдіть до складу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control "
+"before being admitted in stock."
+msgstr ""
+"**У три кроки**: вивантажте у місце прийому, пройдіть контроль якості, перш "
+"ніж він буде прийнятий на складі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different "
+"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In "
+"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the "
+"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo використовує **маршрути**, щоби точно визначити, як ви будете обробляти"
+" різні етапи отримання. Налаштування виконується на рівні складу. Зазвичай "
+"прийом відбувається в один етап, але зміна налаштування може призвести до "
+"процесу у 2 або навіть 3 кроки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27
+msgid "The principles are the following:"
+msgstr "Принципи наступні:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29
+msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock."
+msgstr "**В один крок**: ви отримуєте товари безпосередньо на вашому складі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them "
+"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in "
+"your stock, they will not be available for further processing."
+msgstr ""
+"**У два кроки**: ви отримуєте товари в місці прийому, після чого перенесіть "
+"їх із зони прийому до вашого складу. Поки товари не будуть передані на ваш "
+"склад, вони не будуть доступні для подальшої обробки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received "
+"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality "
+"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the"
+" goods receipt process can become essential."
+msgstr ""
+"**У три кроки**: у багатьох компаніях необхідно оцінити отриману користь. "
+"Мета полягає в перевірці того, що товари відповідають вимогам щодо якості, "
+"узгодженим із постачальниками. Додавання етапу контролю якості у процесі "
+"отримання товарів може стати важливим."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area"
+" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can "
+"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and "
+"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will "
+"return the quantity that is not good."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви отримуєте товари у місці прийому, потім передаєте їх у зону якості для "
+"контролю якості. Коли процес перевірки якості закінчується, ви можете "
+"перемістити товари з КЯ на склад. Звичайно, ви можете змінити кількість і "
+"лише перевести на склад дійсну кількість і вирішити, яку непотрібну "
+"кількість ви повернете."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55
+msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo."
+msgstr "Це налаштування за замовчуванням в Odoo"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97
+msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3
+msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)"
+msgstr "Як додати контроль якості в товарний чек? (3 кроки)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is "
+"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed "
+"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods "
+"receipt process can become essential."
+msgstr ""
+"У багатьох компаніях необхідно оцінити отриманий товар. Мета полягає в "
+"перевірці того, що товари відповідають вимогам щодо якості, узгодженим із "
+"постачальниками. Тому додавання етапу контролю якості у процесі надходження "
+"товарів може стати важливим."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt"
+" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default,"
+" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can "
+"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo використовує маршрути, щоб точно визначити, як ви будете обробляти "
+"різні етапи прийому. Налаштування виконується на рівні складу. За "
+"замовчуванням прийом - це один крок, але зміна налаштування може призвести 2"
+" або навіть 3 кроків."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then"
+" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check"
+" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you"
+" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is "
+"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good."
+msgstr ""
+"Три кроки полягають в наступному: ви отримуєте товари у місці прийому, а "
+"потім передаєте їх у зону якості для контролю якості. Коли перевірка якості "
+"була оброблена, ви можете перемістити товари з КЯ на склад. Звичайно, ви "
+"можете змінити кількість і передати на склад лиш ту кількість, яка є "
+"дійсною, і вирішити, яку неправильну кількість ви повернете."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18
+msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document."
+msgstr "Це той випадок, який буде пояснено в цьому документі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24
+msgid "Use advanced routes"
+msgstr "Використовуйте розширені маршрути"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб дозволити керування маршрутами, перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Склад "
+"--> Налаштування --> Налаштування`."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is "
+"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що **Попередня маршрутизація товару з використанням правил** "
+"відмічена та натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**, щоб зберегти зміни."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що також позначено пункт **Керування кількома "
+"місцезнаходженнями на складі**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46
+msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?"
+msgstr "Як додати контроль якості в товарний чек?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` "
+"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Склад --> Налаштування--> Склад` і "
+"виберіть склад, в якому потрібно змінити методи прийому."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive "
+"goods directly into stock**)."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням склади налаштовані з одним етапом прийому (**Прийом товару "
+"прямо на складі**)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick "
+"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being "
+"admitted in stock (3 steps)**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб додати контроль якості перед перенесенням товарів у місце розташування, "
+"позначте **Розвантажити у місці прийому, перейдіть до контролю якості, перш "
+"ніж він буде допущений до складу (3 кроки)**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62
+msgid "How to control a receipt?"
+msgstr "Як контролювати товарний чек?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65
+msgid "How to process the receipt step ?"
+msgstr "Як обробляти етап прийому?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the "
+"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related"
+" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. "
+"This is the receipt step."
+msgstr ""
+"У додатку **Купівля** створіть запит на **Комерційну пропозицію**. Натисніть"
+" кнопку **Підтвердити замовлення**. Ви можете побачити, що у розділі Статус "
+"над формою перегляду замовлення на купівлю є одне **Відправлення**, "
+"пов'язане із замовленням на купівлю. Це етап чеку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the "
+"**Receipts** card."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до **Складу** та натисніть посилання **# ОТРИМАТИ** на картці "
+"**Надходження**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to "
+"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть на чек, який ви хочете обробити. Натисніть **Перевірити**, щоб "
+"завершити переміщення з місцезнаходження **Постачальника** до **WH/Input**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the "
+"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from"
+" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product "
+"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)"
+msgstr ""
+"Це завершило етап чеку, а стовпчик статусу у верхній частині сторінки для "
+"**WH/IN** тепер повинен відображатися як **Готово**. Товар перенесений від "
+"**Постачальника** в місцезнаходження **WH/Input**, що робить товар доступним"
+" для наступного кроку (Перехід до зони контролю якості)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?"
+msgstr "Як перемістити товар з етапу товарного чеку в зону контролю якості?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer "
+"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to "
+"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the "
+"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть на інформаційну панель **Складу**. Ви побачите, що готовий один "
+"перехід (перехід до зони контролю якості) та одне очікування (переміщення до"
+" складу після контролю). Натисніть на посилання **# ПЕРЕМІЩЕННЯ** у "
+"**Внутрішніх переміщеннях** для обробки контролю якості."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality"
+" Control**."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть **Підтвердити**, щоб завершити переміщення з **WH/Input** у "
+"**WH/Quality Control**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the "
+"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now "
+"ready to be controlled."
+msgstr ""
+"Це завершило внутрішній етап переміщення, а статус у верхній частині "
+"сторінки для **WH/INT** має відображатися як **Готово**. Тепер товарний чек "
+"готовий до контролю якості."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109
+msgid "How to to process the quality control ?"
+msgstr "Як обробляти контроль якості?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. "
+"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to "
+"process the quality control."
+msgstr ""
+"Поверніться до інформаційної панелі **Складу**. Очікування переміщення вже "
+"готове. Натисніть на посилання **# ПЕРЕМІЩЕННЯ** у картці **Внутрішніх "
+"переміщень** для обробки контролю якості."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the "
+"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть на останнє комплектування для обробки. Натисніть **Перевірити**, "
+"щоб завершити перехід від **WH/Quality Control** до **WH/Stock**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top"
+" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been "
+"controlled and has moved to your stock."
+msgstr ""
+"Це завершило етап контролю якості, статус у верхній частині сторінки має "
+"відображатися для **WH/INT** як **Готово**. Товарний чек перевірили та "
+"перемістили на ваш склад."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127
+msgid ":doc:`two_steps`"
+msgstr ":doc:`two_steps`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3
+msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)"
+msgstr "Як завантажити вашу доставку на місце прийому? (2 кроки)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area "
+"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are "
+"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further "
+"processing."
+msgstr ""
+"Процес у два кроки полягає в наступному: ви отримуєте товари в області "
+"прийому, після чого перенесіть їх з області прийому до вашого складу. Поки "
+"товари не будуть передані на ваш склад, вони не будуть доступні для "
+"подальшої обробки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings`"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб дозволити керування маршрутами, перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Склад "
+"--> Налаштування --> Налаштування`."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also "
+"ticked."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що також позначено пункт **\"Керування кількома "
+"місцезнаходженнями на складі\"**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39
+msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?"
+msgstr "Як налаштувати свій склад?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
+"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception "
+"methods."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Склад --> Налаштування--> Склад` і "
+"виберіть склад, в якому потрібно змінити методи прийому."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option "
+"**Receive goods directly into stock**)."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням склади налаштовані з одним етапом прийому (опція **Прийому "
+"товару прямо на складі**)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2"
+" steps)**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб додати етап контролю, позначте пункт **Розпочати в місці прийому, потім "
+"перейти до складу (2 кроки)**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54
+msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?"
+msgstr "Як одержати доставку у два кроки?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57
+msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?"
+msgstr "Як обробляти етап прийому?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on "
+"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** "
+"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order "
+"form view. This is the receipt step."
+msgstr ""
+"У модулі покупки створіть **Запит на комерційну пропозицію**, потім "
+"натисніть кнопку **Підтвердити замовлення**. Ви можете побачити, що на "
+"**кнопці статусу** над формою перегляду замовлення на купівлю є одне "
+"**Відправлення**, пов'язане із замовленням на купівлю. Це етап товарного "
+"чеку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the "
+"**Receipts** card."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до **Складу** та натисніть посилання **# ОТРИМАТИ** на картці "
+"**Надходження**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to"
+" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть на товарний чек, який ви хочете обробити, а потім натисніть кнопку"
+" **Підтвердити**, щоб завершити перехід від **Постачальника** до "
+"**WH/Input**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The"
+" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, "
+"which makes the product available for the next step."
+msgstr ""
+"Це завершило етап **Товарного чеку**, а переміщення пов'язано з **WH/IN**. "
+"Товар був перенесений від **Постачальника** в місце **WH/Input**, що робить "
+"товар доступним для наступного кроку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81
+msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?"
+msgstr "Як перемістити чек на ваш склад?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. "
+"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the "
+"quality control."
+msgstr ""
+"Поверніться до інформаційної панелі **Складу**. Очікування переміщення вже "
+"готове. Натисніть на **# ПЕРЕМІЩЕННЯ** у **Внутрішніх переміщеннях** для "
+"обробки **Контролю якості**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete "
+"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть на комплектування, яке ви хочете обробити. Натисніть на "
+"**Перевірити**, щоб завершити переміщення з **WH/Input** у **WH/Stock**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with "
+"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock."
+msgstr ""
+"Це завершило внутрішній етап переміщення, а переміщення пов'язане з "
+"**WH/INT**. Товарний чек було перенесено на ваш склад."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98
+msgid ":doc:`three_steps`"
+msgstr ":doc:`three_steps`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3
+msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
+msgstr "Партії та серійні номери"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3
+msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?"
+msgstr "Яка різниця між партіями та серійними номерами?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Загальний огляд"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional "
+"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the"
+" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo партії і серійні номери мають схожість у своїй функціональній "
+"системі, але різні у своїй поведінці. Вони обидва керуються в додатках "
+"**Склад**, **Купівлі** та **Продажі**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store "
+"altogether in one single pack."
+msgstr ""
+"**Партії** відповідають певній кількості товарів, які ви отримали та "
+"зберігаються в одному пакунку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in "
+"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to "
+"delivery and after-sales."
+msgstr ""
+"**Серійні номери** - ідентифікаційні номери, надані одному товару, зокрема, "
+"щоби відстежувати історію товару від прийому до доставки та післяпродажу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20
+msgid "When to use"
+msgstr "Коли використовувати"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for "
+"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other "
+"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a "
+"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or "
+"food."
+msgstr ""
+"**Партії** для товарів, які ви отримуєте у великій кількості, і для яких "
+"партії можуть допомогти у звітах, контролю якості чи іншій інформації. "
+"Партії допоможуть ідентифікувати декілька творів, наприклад, виробничу "
+"помилку. Це може бути корисним для серійного виробництва одягу або їжі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales "
+"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. "
+"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the"
+" way you manage these products"
+msgstr ""
+"**Серійні номери** є цікавими для товарів, які можуть вимагати післяпродажне"
+" обслуговування, наприклад, смартфони, ноутбуки, холодильники та будь-які "
+"електронні пристрої. Ви можете використовувати серійний номер виробника або "
+"свій власний, залежно від того, як ви керуєте цими товарами."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34
+msgid "When not to use"
+msgstr "Коли не використовувати"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and "
+"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few "
+"chances that you can return them for production fault."
+msgstr ""
+"Зберігання витратних матеріалів, таких як кухонний рулон, туалетний папір, "
+"ручки та паперові блоки в партіях, взагалі не матиме сенсу, тому що є дуже "
+"мало шансів, що ви можете повернути їх за виробничу помилку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-"
+"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have "
+"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, "
+"for instance, makes no sense at all."
+msgstr ""
+"З іншого боку, присвоєння серійного номера кожному товару забирає багато "
+"часу, та матиме цільове значення лише у випадку товарів, що мають гарантійні"
+" та/або післяпродажні послуги. Наприклад, введення серійного номера на хліб "
+"взагалі не має сенсу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135
+msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
+msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129
+msgid ":doc:`lots`"
+msgstr ":doc:`lots`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?"
+msgstr "Управління партіями товарів"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a "
+"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots"
+" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production "
+"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food."
+msgstr ""
+"Партії використовуються для товарів, які ви отримуєте у великій кількості, і"
+" для яких партійний номер може допомогти у звітах, контролю якості або будь-"
+"якій іншій інформації. Партія допоможе ідентифікувати декілька творів, "
+"наприклад, виробничу помилку. Це може бути корисним для серійного "
+"виробництва одягу або їжі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the "
+"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo має можливість управляти партіями, забезпечуючи відповідність вимогам "
+"відстеження, встановленими більшістю галузей промисловості."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced "
+"traceability."
+msgstr ""
+"Управління подвійним введенням в Odoo дає вам можливість запустити дуже "
+"просунуте відстеження."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19
+msgid "Setting up"
+msgstr "Налаштування"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22
+msgid "Application configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування програми"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**"
+" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select "
+"**Track lots or serial numbers**"
+msgstr ""
+"Вам потрібно активувати відстеження партій у налаштуваннях. У програмі Склад"
+" перейдіть до розділу :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`, "
+"виберіть **Відстежувати партії або серійні номери**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select "
+"**Manage several locations per warehouse**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби мати розширене керування партіями, ви також повинні вибрати **Керування"
+" кількома місцезнаходженнями на складі**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26
+msgid "Then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr "Потім натисніть **Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42
+msgid "Operation types configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування типів операцій"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the"
+" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Operation Types`."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам також необхідно налаштувати, як ви будете управляти партіями для кожної "
+"операції. У програмі **Склад** перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування -->"
+" Типи операції`."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if"
+" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers."
+msgstr ""
+"Для кожного типу (чеки, внутрішні переміщення, доставки, ...) ви можете "
+"встановити, чи можете ви створювати нові партійні номери або використовувати"
+" лише існуючі партійні номери."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots."
+msgstr ""
+"Нарешті, ви повинні налаштувати, які товари ви хочете відслідковувати у "
+"партіях. "
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the "
+"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, "
+"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+"Увійдіть у :menuselection:`Складський контроль --> Товари` та відкрийте "
+"товар за вашим вибором. Натисніть **Редагувати**, а на вкладці **Склад** "
+"виберіть **Відстеження партій**, потім натисніть **Зберегти**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67
+msgid "Manage lots"
+msgstr "Управління партіями"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49
+msgid "Transfers"
+msgstr "Переміщення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to "
+"input the lot number(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Для обробки переміщення товару, який відстежується за партією, потрібно "
+"ввести номер(и) партії."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75
+msgid "Click on the lot icon :"
+msgstr "Натисніть значок партії:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number "
+"and the quantity."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкриється вікно. Натисніть **Додати елемент** та введіть номер партії та "
+"кількість."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in "
+"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones."
+msgstr ""
+"Залежно від налаштування типу операції ви зможете заповнити нові партійні "
+"номери або використовувати лише існуючі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90
+msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers."
+msgstr "В інтерфейсі сканера вам потрібно сканувати номери партії."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79
+msgid "Inventory adjustment"
+msgstr "Інвентаризація "
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95
+msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:"
+msgstr ""
+"Інвентаризація товару, який відстежується за партією, може здійснюватися "
+"двома способами:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83
+msgid "Classic inventory by products"
+msgstr "Класична інвентаризація по товарах"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99
+msgid "Inventory of a lot"
+msgstr "Інвентаризація партій"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the "
+"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled."
+msgstr ""
+"При виконанні класичної інвентаризації є стовпець **Серійний номер**. Якщо "
+"товар вже призначений номером, він вже заповнений."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You "
+"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть **Додати елемент**, якщо товар ще не було інвентаризовано. Ви "
+"можете легко створювати партії, просто введіть новий номер партії у стовпці."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to "
+"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just "
+"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете просто зробити інвентаризацію партій. У цьому випадку вам "
+"доведеться заповнити **Партійний номер**. Ви також можете створити нову "
+"партію звідси. Просто введіть номер, з'явиться вікно, щоби зв'язати номер із"
+" товаром."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120
+msgid "Lots traceability"
+msgstr "Відстеження партій"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
+"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете перевірити відстеження партії зі :menuselection:`Складу --> "
+"Контроль складу --> Серійні номери/Партії`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122
+msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете отримати докладнішу інформацію, натиснувши кнопку **Відстеження**:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128
+msgid ":doc:`differences`"
+msgstr ":doc:`differences`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3
+msgid "How to work with serial numbers?"
+msgstr "Як працювати із серійними номерами?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on "
+"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with "
+"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another "
+"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the"
+" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last "
+"location where the products are moved."
+msgstr ""
+"Відстеження серійного номера використовується для відстеження товарів із "
+"серійними номерами на кожному переміщенні. Ви можете відстежувати поточне "
+"місцезнаходження товару із серійними номерами. Коли товари переміщуються з "
+"одного місця в інше, система автоматично визначить поточне місцезнаходження "
+"товару на основі його останнього руху. Таким чином, ви зможете отримати "
+"останнє місце переміщення товарів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the "
+"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам потрібно активувати відстеження серійних номерів у налаштуваннях. У "
+"програмі **Склад** перейдіть до розділу :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Налаштування`, виберіть **Партії або серійні номери**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the "
+"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, "
+"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Контроль складу --> Товари` та відкрийте товар "
+"за вашим вибором. Натисніть **Редагувати**, а на вкладці **Склад** виберіть "
+"**Унікальний серійний номер**, після чого натисніть **Зберегти**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46
+msgid "Manage Serial Numbers"
+msgstr "Управління серійними номерами"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you "
+"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to"
+" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your "
+"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot "
+"Split icon."
+msgstr ""
+"Для обробки передачі товару, який відслідковується за серійним номером, "
+"потрібно ввести номер(и). Щоби мати змогу присвоювати серійні номери товарам"
+" із включеними функціями відстеження, вам спочатку потрібно позначити ваше "
+"переміщення, як це робити. Натисніть кнопку **Позначити як ЗРОБИТИ**, щоби "
+"відобразити значок розділення партій."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57
+msgid "Click on the serial number icon :"
+msgstr "Натисніть на значок серійного номера:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial "
+"numbers."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкриється вікно. Натисніть на **Додати елемент** і заповніть серійні "
+"номери."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will "
+"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are "
+"moving those serial numbers."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви переміщуєте товари, які вже мають присвоєні серійні номери, вони "
+"з'являться у списку. Просто натисніть значок **+**, щоби підтвердити, що ви "
+"переміщуєте ці серійні номери."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76
+msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers."
+msgstr "В інтерфейсі сканера вам потрібно відсканувати серійні номери."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:"
+msgstr ""
+"Інвентаризація товару, який відслідковується за серійними номерами, може "
+"виконуватися двома способами:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85
+msgid "Inventory of a serial number"
+msgstr "Інвентаризація серійного номера"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You "
+"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть **Додати елемент**, якщо товар ще не було інвентаризовано. Ви "
+"можете легко створювати серійні номери, просто введіть новий номер у "
+"стовпці."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98
+msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line."
+msgstr "Кількість для кожного рядка повинна бути 1."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you "
+"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from "
+"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a "
+"product."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете просто зробити інвентаризацію серійного номера. У цьому "
+"випадку вам доведеться заповнити серійний номер. Ви також можете створити "
+"новий звідси. Просто введіть номер, з'явиться вікно, щоби зв'язати його з "
+"товаром."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109
+msgid "Serial Number traceability"
+msgstr "Відстеження серійного номера"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they"
+" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were "
+"shipped to."
+msgstr ""
+"Серійний номер, наданий цим елементам, дозволяє вам стежити за тим, де вони "
+"були отримані, доставлені на склад, кому вони були продані і де вони були "
+"відправлені."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in "
+":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the "
+"serial number corresponding to your search."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби відстежувати елемент, відкрийте модуль **Склад** і в "
+":menuselection:`Контроль складу --> Серійні номери/партії`, натисніть на "
+"серійний номер, що відповідає вашому запиту."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3
+msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
+msgstr "Різні операції"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2
+msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers"
+msgstr "Негайні та заплановані переміщення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned "
+"transfers."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo ви можете створити два типи переміщень: негайні або заплановані "
+"переміщення."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8
+msgid "Immediate Transfers"
+msgstr "Негайні переміщення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви створюєте переміщення вручну, за замовчуванням - негайне "
+"переміщення."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and "
+"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is"
+" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the "
+"column \"Done\" for the quantities."
+msgstr ""
+"У випадку негайного переміщення ви безпосередньо кодуєте товари та обсяги, "
+"які ви обробляєте, не існує жодних застережень. Ось чому \"Початкову "
+"потребу\" не можна редагувати. Ви заповнюєте лише колонку \"Готово\" для "
+"кількості."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A "
+"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the "
+"transfer right now)."
+msgstr ""
+"Це, наприклад, використовується, коли ви переміщуєте товари з місця A в "
+"місце B, і переміщення не планується (ви обробляєте переміщення прямо "
+"зараз)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23
+msgid "Planned Transfers"
+msgstr "Заплановані переміщення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase "
+"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an "
+"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли переміщення автоматично генерується (наприклад, із замовлення на продаж"
+" чи замовлення на купівлю), це заплановане переміщення. Це означає, що існує"
+" початкова потреба, і це бронювання застосовується до цієї початкової "
+"потреби."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the "
+"inventory dashboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете створити заплановане переміщення вручну, це можна зробити з "
+"інформаційної панелі складу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many "
+"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. "
+"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process "
+"the transfer."
+msgstr ""
+"У такому випадку вам доведеться спочатку ввести початкову потребу (скільки "
+"одиниць вам необхідно), а потім позначити своє переміщення, як зробити. "
+"Після цього ви зможете забронювати товари та обробляти переміщення."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?"
+msgstr "Я керувати складом, яким ви не володієте?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without "
+"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**."
+msgstr ""
+"Деякі постачальники іноді можуть запропонувати вам зберігати та продавати "
+"товари без необхідності купувати їх: ця техніка називається **комісійна "
+"торгівля**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new"
+" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are "
+"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an "
+"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place."
+msgstr ""
+"Комесійний склад - відмінний спосіб для виробників та постачальників для "
+"запуску нових товарів. Оскільки посередники можуть не бажати купувати товар,"
+" який вони не впевнені, що продадуть, комесійний склад дозволить їм "
+"запропонувати товар для перевірки свого ринку, не маючи за це першочергової "
+"плати."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo має можливість керувати комісійним складом через розширені "
+"налаштування."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and"
+" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks "
+"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте меню :menuselection:`Склад --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та в"
+" розділі **Власники товарів** виберіть **Управління комісійним складом "
+"(розширені)**, потім натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32
+msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock"
+msgstr "Находження комесійного складу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new "
+"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** "
+"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave"
+" it blank if you are the owner."
+msgstr ""
+"На інформаційній панелі складу відкрийте **Надходження** та створіть новий "
+"прийом. Ви можете побачити, що в правій частині сторінки з'явився новий "
+"рядок **Власник**. Ви можете вказати партнера, який володіє складом, або "
+"залиште його порожнім, якщо ви є власником."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3
+msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?"
+msgstr "Як налаштувати та запустити планувальник?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6
+msgid "What is a scheduler"
+msgstr "Що таке планувальник"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises "
+"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on "
+"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo "
+"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)."
+msgstr ""
+"Планувальник - це двигун розрахунку, який планує та пріоритетно встановлює "
+"виробництво та купівлю відповідно до правил, визначених на товарах. За "
+"замовчуванням планувальник встановлюється один раз на день (Odoo автоматично"
+" створює **Заплановану дію** для цього)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14
+msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling"
+msgstr "Розрахунок вимог/планування"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet "
+"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, "
+"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product."
+msgstr ""
+"Планування лише підтверджує закупівлі, які підтверджені, але ще не "
+"розпочаті. Ці закупівельні застереження самі розпочинають виробництво, "
+"завдання або покупки в залежності від налаштування запитуваного товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations "
+"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or "
+"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case "
+"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can "
+"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви берете до уваги пріоритет операцій при запуску замовлень та купівель. "
+"Невідкладні запити, ті, у кого є дата в минулому, або запити з датою раніше,"
+" ніж інші, які будуть розпочаті спочатку. У випадку, якщо на складі "
+"недостатньо товарів для задоволення всіх запитів, ви можете бути впевнені, "
+"що перші запити будуть нагадувати спочатку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29
+msgid "Configure and run the scheduler"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте та запустіть планувальник"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32
+msgid "Run the scheduler manually"
+msgstr "Запустіть планувальник вручну"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to"
+" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and "
+"click on **Activate the developer mode**."
+msgstr ""
+"Ця функція не відображається за замовчуванням. Вам потрібно ввімкнути "
+"**режим розробника**, щоби побачити це. Щоби увімкнути режим розробника, "
+"перейдіть до :menuselection:`Допомога --> Про` та натисніть **Активізувати "
+"режим розробника**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu "
+":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler "
+"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the "
+"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders,"
+" deliveries and supplier purchases."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете запустити планувальник вручну з меню :menuselection:`Склад "
+"--> Планувальник --> Запустити планувальник`. Планувальник використовує всі "
+"відповідні параметри, визначені для товарів, постачальників та компанії для "
+"визначення пріоритетів між різними виробничими замовленнями, поставками та "
+"купівлями постачальника."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48
+msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)"
+msgstr ""
+"Налаштуйте та запустіть планувальник (лише для досвідчених користувачів)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to"
+" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and "
+"click on **Activate the developer mode**."
+msgstr ""
+"Ця функція не відображається за замовчуванням. Вам потрібно ввімкнути "
+"**режим розробника**, щоби побачити це. Щоби увімкнути режим розробника, "
+"перейдіть до :menuselection:`Допомога --> Про` та натисніть **Активізувати "
+"режим розробника**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the "
+"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
+"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler "
+"configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете встановити час запуску планувальника шляхом зміни відповідної дії "
+"в меню :menuselection:`Налатування --> Технічні --> Автоматично --> "
+"Заплановані дії`. Змініть налаштування запуску mrp планувальника."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63
+msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3
+msgid "How to scrap products?"
+msgstr "Як бракувати товари?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its"
+" basic material"
+msgstr ""
+"Брак - це зіпсовані товари, які не мають економічної цінності або лише "
+"вартість основного вмісту матеріалу, "
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11
+msgid "content recoverable through recycling."
+msgstr "відновлюваний через переробку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are "
+"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this "
+"during picking or physical inventory."
+msgstr ""
+"На вашому складі ви іноді знаходите товари, які є пошкодженими або "
+"непридатними для використання через закінчення терміну дії або з якихось "
+"інших причин. Ви часто помічаєте це під час комплектування чи "
+"інвентаризації."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap "
+"product."
+msgstr ""
+"Оскільки ви не можете звичайно продавати або зберігати ці товари, вам "
+"потрібно забракувати товар."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of "
+"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли товари забраковані, вони не відображаються в системі як частина складу."
+" Вилучений товар буде фізично переміщено в зону браку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one "
+"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви встановлюєте склад, odoo автоматично створює одне місцезнаходження "
+"за замовчуванням, а саме **Віртуальне місцезнаходження/Брак**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per "
+"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб створити розташування для браку, перейдіть до  :menuselection:`Склад -->"
+" Налаштування --> Налаштування` та виберіть пункт **Керувати кількома "
+"місцезнаходженнями на складі**, після чого натисніть **Застосувати**"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a "
+"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management"
+" --> Locations.`"
+msgstr ""
+"Після застосування **Керування кількома місцезнаходженнями на складі**, ви "
+"можете створити нове місце браку у розділі :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Управління складом --> Місцезнаходження.`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on "
+"location form view."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби визначити місцезнаходження браку, потрібно перевірити, **Чи є "
+"місцезнаходженя браку?** на формі місцезнаходження."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47
+msgid "Different ways to scrap product"
+msgstr "Різні способи бракування товару"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49
+msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products."
+msgstr "Odoo пропонує декілька способів бракування товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52
+msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)."
+msgstr "1) Брак з надходження (вкладка Початкової потреби)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
+" Dashboard --> Receipts`."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби перемістити товар з вхідної доставки, перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Склад --> Інформаційна панель --> Надходження`."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the "
+"scrap products button."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте вхідну доставку, а на вкладці **Початковий попит** натисніть "
+"кнопку браку товарів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67
+msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ."
+msgstr "2) Брак із замовлення на доставку (вкладка Початковий попит)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
+" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби перемістити товар з відвантаження доставки, перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Складу --> Інформаційна панель --> Замовлення на доставку`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the "
+"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте доставку на відправлення, а на вкладці **Початковий попит** "
+"натисніть кнопку браку товарів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82
+msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)."
+msgstr "3) Брак із внутрішнього переміщення (вкладка Початковий попит)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
+" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби перемістити товар з внутрішнього переміщення, перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Склад --> Інформаційна панель --> Внутрішні переміщення`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the "
+"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте внутрішнє переміщення, і на вкладці **Початковий попит** натисніть"
+" кнопку Браковані товари."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the "
+"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on "
+"**Scrap**."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви натиснете кнопку браку, з'явиться спливаюче вікно. Ви можете ввести "
+"кількість товарів і вказати місцезнаходження браку, після чого натиснути на "
+"**Брак**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage "
+"several location per warehouse** in the settings at "
+":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб дозволити місцезнаходження браку у помічнику, потрібно вибрати "
+"**Керування кількома місцезнаходженнями на складі** в налаштуваннях у "
+":menuselection:`Склад --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3
+msgid "Valuation Methods"
+msgstr "Методи оцінки"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5
+msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)"
+msgstr "Як провести оцінку інвентаризації? (Англосаксонський бухоблік)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance "
+"sheet. This implies two main choices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Щороку ваша оцінка інвентаризації повинна бути записана у вашому балансі. Це"
+" передбачає два основних варіанти вибору:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. "
+"Real Price);"
+msgstr ""
+"спосіб, яким ви обчислюєте вартість ваших збережених елементів (стандарт "
+"проти середнього чи реального);"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. "
+"Perpetual)."
+msgstr ""
+"як ви фіксуєте вартість рекламних ресурсів у своїх книгах (періодичний або "
+"безстроковий)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17
+msgid "Costing Method"
+msgstr "Метод розрахунку"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64
+msgid "Standard Price"
+msgstr "Стандартна ціна"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182
+msgid "Operation"
+msgstr "Операція"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183
+msgid "Unit Cost"
+msgstr "Вартість одиниці"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184
+msgid "Qty On Hand"
+msgstr "Кількість в наявності"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185
+msgid "Delta Value"
+msgstr "Значення дельти"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186
+msgid "Inventory Value"
+msgstr "Значення складу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202
+msgid "$10"
+msgstr "$10"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189
+msgid "0"
+msgstr "0"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190
+msgid "$0"
+msgstr "$0"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191
+msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10"
+msgstr "Отримати 8 товарів на 10 доларів"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194
+msgid "8"
+msgstr "8"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194
+msgid "+8*$10"
+msgstr "+8*$10"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195
+msgid "$80"
+msgstr "$80"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196
+msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16"
+msgstr "Отримати 4 товари на 16 доларів "
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199
+msgid "12"
+msgstr "12"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46
+msgid "+4*$10"
+msgstr "+4*$10"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47
+msgid "$120"
+msgstr "$120"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202
+msgid "Deliver 10 Products"
+msgstr "Доставити 10 товарів"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204
+msgid "2"
+msgstr "2"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
+msgid "-10*$10"
+msgstr "-10*$10"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206
+msgid "$20"
+msgstr "$20"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54
+msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9"
+msgstr "Отримати 2 товари за $9"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210
+msgid "4"
+msgstr "4"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57
+msgid "+2*$10"
+msgstr "+2*$10"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58
+msgid "$40"
+msgstr "$40"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct "
+"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific "
+"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form."
+msgstr ""
+"**Стандартна ціна** означає, що ви оцінюєте собівартість, виходячи з прямих "
+"матеріалів, прямих витрат та виробничих накладних витрат наприкінці певного "
+"періоду (як правило, один раз на рік). Ви вводите цю собівартість у формі "
+"товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119
+msgid "Average Price"
+msgstr "Середня ціна"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197
+msgid "$12"
+msgstr "$12"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199
+msgid "+4*$16"
+msgstr "+4*$16"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200
+msgid "$144"
+msgstr "$144"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
+msgid "-10*$12"
+msgstr "-10*$12"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98
+msgid "$24"
+msgstr "$24"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207
+msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6"
+msgstr "Отримати 2 товари за $6"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100
+msgid "$9"
+msgstr "$9"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210
+msgid "+2*$6"
+msgstr "+2*$6"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103
+msgid "$36"
+msgstr "$36"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order "
+"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA"
+" (see here attached)"
+msgstr ""
+"Метод **Середня ціна** перерозподіляє собівартість, оскільки обробка "
+"замовлення на отримання була оброблена, виходячи з цін, визначених у "
+"прив'язаних замовленнях на закупівлю: FORMULA (див. тут додаток)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110
+msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse."
+msgstr "Середня вартість не змінюється, коли товари забирають зі складу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of"
+" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational "
+"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost"
+" up-to-date."
+msgstr ""
+"З точки зору бухгалтерського обліку, цей метод в основному виправданий у "
+"разі великих коливань цін на купівлі та є досить незвичним через його "
+"операційну складність. Насправді вам потрібне таке програмне забезпечення, "
+"як Odoo, щоб легко оновлювати ці витрати."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established "
+"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders "
+"matters in the cost computation."
+msgstr ""
+"Цей метод призначений для досвідчених користувачів. Це вимагає добре "
+"сформованих бізнес-процесів, оскільки порядок, в якому ви обробляєте "
+"замовлення на забезпечення, має значення для розрахунку вартості."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172
+msgid "FIFO"
+msgstr "FIFO"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149
+msgid "$16"
+msgstr "$16"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
+msgid "-8*$10"
+msgstr "-8*$10"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
+msgid "-2*$16"
+msgstr "-2*$16"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211
+msgid "$32"
+msgstr "$32"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155
+msgid "$11"
+msgstr "$11"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158
+msgid "$44"
+msgstr "$44"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214
+msgid ""
+"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined "
+"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal "
+"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory "
+"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. "
+"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product "
+"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the "
+"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not "
+"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)."
+msgstr ""
+"За **Реальною ціною** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO тощо) ціна далі вдосконалюється "
+"стратегією видалення, встановленою на місці складу або внутрішній категорії "
+"товару. Стратегія за замовчуванням - це FIFO. За допомогою такого методу "
+"вартість вашого запасу обчислюється з реальної вартості ваших товарів, що "
+"зберігаються (з кількісним оцінюванням), а не від собівартості, вказаної у "
+"формі товару. Кожного разу, коли ви доставляєте товари, вартість "
+"відновлюється до вартості останнього товару(-ів), що відправляється. Ця "
+"собівартість використовується для оцінки будь-якого товару, який не отримано"
+" із замовлення на купівлю (наприклад, інвентаризація)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171
+msgid ""
+"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases,"
+" Inventory). It suits any kind of users."
+msgstr ""
+"FIFO рекомендується, якщо ви керуєте всім своїм робочим процесом в Odoo "
+"(продажі, купівлі, склад). Це підходить будь-якому користувачу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224
+msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)"
+msgstr "LIFO (не прийнятний в IFRS)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
+msgid "-4*$16"
+msgstr "-4*$16"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
+msgid "-6*$10"
+msgstr "-6*$10"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208
+msgid "$8"
+msgstr "$8"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224
+msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States."
+msgstr "LIFO не дозволяється за межами Сполучених Штатів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it,"
+" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in "
+"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal "
+"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo дозволяє будь-який метод. За умовчанням - **Стандартна ціна**. Щоб "
+"змінити його, позначте **Використовуйте метод \"Виправлено\", \"Реальний\" "
+"або \"Середній\"** у налаштуваннях покупки. Потім встановіть метод "
+"калькулювання з внутрішніх категорій товарів. Категорії з'являються на "
+"вкладці Склад у формі товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232
+msgid ""
+"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in "
+":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current"
+" quantity in stock * cost price)."
+msgstr ""
+"Незалежно від методу, Odoo забезпечує повну оцінку інвентаризації в "
+":menuselection:`Склад --> Звіти --> Значення інвентаризації` (i.e. поточна "
+"кількість в наявності * собівартість)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237
+msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation"
+msgstr "Періодичне оцінювання запасів"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239
+msgid ""
+"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments "
+"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, "
+"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the "
+"physical inventory."
+msgstr ""
+"При періодичній оцінці інвентаризації приймальні та вихідні відвантаження "
+"товарів не мають прямого впливу на бухгалтерський облік. Наприкінці місяця "
+"чи року бухгалтер публікує один запис журналу, що відображає вартість "
+"фізичної інвентаризації."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244
+msgid ""
+"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check"
+" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting "
+"postings."
+msgstr ""
+"Це налаштування за замовчуванням в Odoo, і воно працює поза коробкою. "
+"Перевірте наступні операції та дізнайтеся, як Odoo керує бухгалтерськими "
+"повідомленнями."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263
+msgid "Vendor Bill"
+msgstr "Рахунок постачальника"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305
+msgid "\\"
+msgstr "\\"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305
+msgid "Debit"
+msgstr "Дебет"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305
+msgid "Credit"
+msgstr "Кредит"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307
+msgid "Assets: Inventory"
+msgstr "Активи: склад"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256
+msgid "50"
+msgstr "50"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257
+msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets"
+msgstr "Активи: відстрочені податкові активи"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257
+msgid "4.68"
+msgstr "4.68"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258
+msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable"
+msgstr "Обов'язки: кредиторська заборгованість"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258
+msgid "54.68"
+msgstr "54.68"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72
+msgid "Configuration:"
+msgstr "Налаштування:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262
+msgid ""
+"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of "
+"related product (Expense Account field)"
+msgstr ""
+"Придбані товари: визначені на товарі або на внутрішній категорії "
+"відповідного товару (поле рахунку витрат)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263
+msgid ""
+"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line"
+msgstr ""
+"Майбутні податкові активи: визначається податком, що використовується на "
+"рядок замовлення на придбання"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264
+msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill"
+msgstr ""
+"Кредиторська заборгованість: визначається постачальником, пов'язаним із "
+"рахунком"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265
+msgid "Goods Receptions"
+msgstr "Прийом товарів"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288
+msgid "No Journal Entry"
+msgstr "Немає журнальних записів"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283
+msgid "Customer Invoice"
+msgstr "Рахунок клієнта"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273
+msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods"
+msgstr "Доходи: продані товари"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273
+msgid "100"
+msgstr "100"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274
+msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities"
+msgstr "Обов'язки: відстрочені податкові зобов'язання"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274
+msgid "9"
+msgstr "9"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275
+msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable"
+msgstr "Активи: дебіторська заборгованість"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275
+msgid "109"
+msgstr "109"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279
+msgid ""
+"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related "
+"product (Income Account field)"
+msgstr ""
+"Доходи: визначаються по товару або за внутрішньою категорією відповідного "
+"товару (поле Поточний рахунок)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280
+msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
+msgstr ""
+"Податкові зобов'язання майбутніх періодів: визначається податком, що "
+"використовується на рядку рахунку-фактури"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281
+msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)"
+msgstr ""
+"Дебіторська заборгованість: визначається на клієнта (Рахунок на отримання)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283
+msgid ""
+"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the "
+"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one."
+msgstr ""
+"Схема оподаткування, використана в рахунку-фактурі, може мати правило, яке "
+"замінює облік доходів або податок, визначений на товарі іншим."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285
+msgid "Customer Shipping"
+msgstr "Клієнтська доставка"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288
+msgid "Manufacturing Orders"
+msgstr "Замовлення на виробництво"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294
+msgid ""
+"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just"
+" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books."
+msgstr ""
+"Наприкінці місяця/року ваша компанія здійснює фізичну інвентаризацію або "
+"просто спирається на склад в Odoo, щоб оцінити запас у ваші книги."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298
+msgid ""
+"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and"
+" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:"
+msgstr ""
+"Тоді вам потрібно розбити баланс купівлі як інвентаризацію, так і вартість "
+"проданих товарів за такою формулою:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301
+msgid ""
+"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing "
+"inventory value"
+msgstr ""
+"Вартість проданих товарів (COGS) = Початкова вартість запасу + Покупки - "
+"Завершення інвентаризації"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303
+msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:"
+msgstr "Щоб оновити оцінку складу у своїх книгах, зареєструйте такий запис:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312
+msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)"
+msgstr "Активи: Інвентаризація (кінцева вартість)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308
+msgid "X"
+msgstr "X"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313
+msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold"
+msgstr "Витрати: вартість проданих товарів"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314
+msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods"
+msgstr "Витрати: придбані товари"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315
+msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)"
+msgstr "Активи: Інвентаризація (початкове значення)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319
+msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation"
+msgstr "Безстрокове оцінювання запасів"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321
+msgid ""
+"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments "
+"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-"
+"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. "
+"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & "
+"testing."
+msgstr ""
+"При безстроковій оцінці інвентаризації, прийом товарів та вихідні "
+"відправлення відображаються у вашій книзі у реальному часі. Тому книги "
+"завжди актуальні. Цей режим призначений лише експертним бухгалтерам та "
+"досвідченим користувачам. На відміну від періодичної оцінки, це потребує "
+"додаткового налаштування та тестування."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328
+msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller."
+msgstr "Давайте розглянемо справу продавця."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340
+msgid "**Configuration:**"
+msgstr "**Налаштування:**"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342
+msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)"
+msgstr ""
+"Дебіторська заборгованість/кредиторська заборгованість: визначена у партнера"
+" (вкладка Облік)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344
+msgid ""
+"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
+msgstr ""
+"Відстрочені податкові активи/зобов'язання: визначається податком, що "
+"використовується на рядку рахунка-фактури"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347
+msgid ""
+"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a"
+" specific product."
+msgstr ""
+"Доходи: визначається як категорія товару за замовчуванням, або для "
+"конкретного товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350
+msgid ""
+"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. "
+"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the "
+"product form."
+msgstr ""
+"Витрати: тут вам слід встановити облік \"Вартість товарів, що продаються\". "
+"Визначено категорію товару як значення за замовчуванням або конкретно на "
+"формі товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354
+msgid ""
+"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's "
+"internal category"
+msgstr ""
+"Отримані товари не були придбані: щоб встановити вхідний облік у внутрішній "
+"категорії товару"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357
+msgid ""
+"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's "
+"internal category"
+msgstr ""
+"Випущені товари не враховуються в рахунках: для внутрішньої категорії товару"
+" призначайте облік вихідних витрат"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352
+msgid ""
+"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
+msgstr ""
+"Інвентаризація: призначати облік вартості складу у внутрішній категорії "
+"товару"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362
+msgid ""
+"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form "
+"as a specific replacement value"
+msgstr ""
+"Різниця цін: встановити у внутрішній категорії товару або у формі товару як "
+"певну зміну вартості"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356
+msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357
+msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358
+msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5
+msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)"
+msgstr "Як провести оцінку інвентаризації? (Континентальний облік)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203
+msgid "€10"
+msgstr "€10"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191
+msgid "€0"
+msgstr "€0"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192
+msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10"
+msgstr "Отримати 8 товарів за 10 євро"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195
+msgid "+8*€10"
+msgstr "+8*€10"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196
+msgid "€80"
+msgstr "€80"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197
+msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16"
+msgstr "Отримати 4 товари за €16"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47
+msgid "+4*€10"
+msgstr "+4*€10"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48
+msgid "€120"
+msgstr "€120"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
+msgid "-10*€10"
+msgstr "-10*€10"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207
+msgid "€20"
+msgstr "€20"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55
+msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9"
+msgstr "Отримати 2 товари за €9"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58
+msgid "+2*€10"
+msgstr "+2*€10"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59
+msgid "€40"
+msgstr "€40"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198
+msgid "€12"
+msgstr "€12"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200
+msgid "+4*€16"
+msgstr "+4*€16"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201
+msgid "€144"
+msgstr "€144"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
+msgid "-10*€12"
+msgstr "-10*€12"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99
+msgid "€24"
+msgstr "€24"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208
+msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6"
+msgstr "Отримати 2 товари за €6"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101
+msgid "€9"
+msgstr "€9"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211
+msgid "+2*€6"
+msgstr "+2*€6"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104
+msgid "€36"
+msgstr "€36"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150
+msgid "€16"
+msgstr "€16"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
+msgid "-8*€10"
+msgstr "-8*€10"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
+msgid "-2*€16"
+msgstr "-2*€16"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212
+msgid "€32"
+msgstr "€32"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156
+msgid "€11"
+msgstr "€11"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159
+msgid "€44"
+msgstr "€44"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
+msgid "-4*€16"
+msgstr "-4*€16"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
+msgid "-6*€10"
+msgstr "-6*€10"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209
+msgid "€8"
+msgstr "€8"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your "
+"Profit&Loss section to your assets."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть запис журналу, щоб перемістити вартість запасів у розділі Дохід і "
+"втрати до своїх активів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308
+msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations"
+msgstr "Витрати: варіанти інвентаризації"
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311
+msgid ""
+"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te "
+"**Inventory Variations** debited."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо знизилася вартість складу, **Склад** рахунок зараховується і **Варіанти"
+" інвентаризації** дебетуються."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346
+msgid ""
+"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be"
+" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value."
+msgstr ""
+"Доходи/витрати: визначаються за замовчуванням на внутрішню категорію товару;"
+" також може бути встановлений у формі товару (вкладка Бухоблік) як значення "
+"заміни."
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349
+msgid ""
+"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's "
+"internal category"
+msgstr ""
+"Варіанти інвентаризації: встановлювати як вхідний/вихідний обліковий запис у"
+" внутрішній категорії товару"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3
+msgid "Main Concepts"
+msgstr "Основні поняття"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5
+msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management"
+msgstr "Введення в управління складом"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of "
+"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between"
+" locations (possibly virtual)."
+msgstr ""
+"Подвійний запис складу не має вхідних запасів, вихідних (розрізнення "
+"товарів) або перетворення. Замість цього, всі операції - складські "
+"переміщення між місцезнаходженнями (можливо, віртуальним)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16
+msgid "Operations"
+msgstr "Операції"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations."
+msgstr ""
+"Складські переміщення представляють переміщення товарів та матеріалів між "
+"місцезнаходженнями."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30
+msgid "Production Order"
+msgstr "Замовлення на виробництво"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24
+msgid "Consume:"
+msgstr "Спожито:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production"
+msgstr "2 Колеса: Склад → Виробництво"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production"
+msgstr "1 Рамка для велосипеда: Склад → Виробництво"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26
+msgid "Produce:"
+msgstr "Вироблено:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock"
+msgstr "1 Велосипед: Виробництво → Склад"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from"
+msgstr "Склад: місце, з якого починається замовлення на виробництво"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\""
+msgstr "Виробництво: у формі ndfhe, поле \"Місцезнаходження виробництва\""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36
+msgid "Drop-shipping"
+msgstr "Дропшипінг"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer"
+msgstr "1 велосипед: Постачальник → Клієнт"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36
+msgid "Configurarion:"
+msgstr "Налаштування:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "Supplier: on the product form"
+msgstr "Постачальник: на формі товару"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself"
+msgstr "Клієнт: на самому замовленні на продаж"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45
+msgid "Client Delivery"
+msgstr "Клієнтська доставка"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39
+msgid "Pick"
+msgstr "Комплектувати"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone"
+msgstr "1 велосипед: склад → зона пакування"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41
+msgid "Pack"
+msgstr "Упаковка"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output"
+msgstr "1 велосипед: зона пакування → відправлення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43
+#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3
+msgid "Shipping"
+msgstr "Відправлення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer"
+msgstr "1 велосипед: відправка → клієнт"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse"
+msgstr "на маршруті комплектувати+пакувати+відправити для складу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52
+msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer"
+msgstr "Внутрішньо-складські переміщення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49
+msgid "Transfer:"
+msgstr "Переміщення:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit"
+msgstr "1 велосипед: Склад 1 → Транзит"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2"
+msgstr "1 велосипед: Транзит → Склад 2"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from"
+msgstr "Склад 2: місцезнаходження переміщення запущено з"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route"
+msgstr "Склад 1: на маршруті транзиту"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57
+msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)"
+msgstr "Пошкодженні товари (браковані)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap"
+msgstr "1 велосипед: Склад → Брак"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58
+msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping"
+msgstr "Брак: Місцезнаходження браку під час створення браку"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60
+msgid "Missing products in inventory"
+msgstr "Відсутні товари на складі"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss"
+msgstr "1 велосипед: Склад → Втрата запасу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62
+msgid "Extra products in inventory"
+msgstr "Додаткові товари на складі"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse"
+msgstr "1 велосипед: втрата запасу → склад"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65
+msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product"
+msgstr "Втрата запасу: поле на товарі \"місцезнаходження складу\""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72
+msgid "Reception"
+msgstr "Надходження"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input"
+msgstr "1 велосипед: постачальник → прийом"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock"
+msgstr "1 велосипед: Прийом → Склад"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier"
+msgstr "Постачальник: замовлення на купівлю постачальника"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order"
+msgstr "Прийом: поле на замовленні на купівлю \"призначення\""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75
+msgid "Analysis"
+msgstr "Аналіз"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of "
+"products * product cost)."
+msgstr ""
+"Аналіз складу може використовувати кількість товарів або значення товарів (="
+" кількість товарів * вартість товару)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80
+msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:"
+msgstr ""
+"Для кожного місцезнаходження складу можна проаналізувати декілька точок "
+"даних:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148
+msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules"
+msgstr "Забезпечення та правила забезпечення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150
+msgid ""
+"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific"
+" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Забезпечення - це запит на певну кількість товарів у певному місці. Вони "
+"можуть бути створені вручну або автоматично спрацьовують:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159
+msgid "New sale orders"
+msgstr "Нове замовлення на продаж"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168
+msgid "Effect"
+msgstr "Результат"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157
+msgid ""
+"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered "
+"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)"
+msgstr ""
+"Забезпечення створюється на місцезнаходженні клієнта для кожного товару, "
+"замовленого клієнтом (ви повинні доставити клієнту)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160
+msgid ""
+"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" "
+"(property)"
+msgstr ""
+"Місцезнаходження забезпечення: на клієнті, поле \"Місцезнаходження клієнта\""
+" (влісніть)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164
+msgid "Minimum Stock Rules"
+msgstr "Правила мінімального запасу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163
+msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location."
+msgstr "Забезпечення створюється за місцезнаходженням правил."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165
+msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\""
+msgstr "Місцезнаходження забезпечення: за правилом, поле \"Місцезнаходження\""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168
+msgid "Procurement rules"
+msgstr "Правила забезпечення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168
+msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location"
+msgstr "Нове забезпечення створено на місцезнаходженні джерела правила"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170
+msgid ""
+"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should "
+"be fulfilled e.g.:"
+msgstr ""
+"*Правила закупівель* опишіть, як потрібно виконувати закупівлі на конкретних"
+" місцезнаходженнях, наприклад:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173
+msgid "where the product should come from (source location)"
+msgstr "звідки повинен надходити товар (місцезнаходження джерела)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made "
+"To Stock)`"
+msgstr ""
+"чи є забезпечення :abbr:`MTO (Зробити на замовлення)` або :abbr:`MTS "
+"(Зробити на склад)`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182
+msgid "Routes"
+msgstr "Маршрути"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product "
+"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, "
+"sales order lines, warehouse,..."
+msgstr ""
+"Правила забезпечення згруповані у маршрутах. Маршрути визначають шляхи, які "
+"повинен дотримуватися товар. Маршрути можуть бути застосовані чи ні, залежно"
+" від товарів, рядків замовлення на продаж, складу, ..."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to "
+"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):"
+msgstr ""
+"Для виконання забезпечення система шукатиме правила, що відносяться до "
+"маршрутів, які визначені в (за порядком пріоритету):"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3
+msgid "Warehouses"
+msgstr "Склади"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194
+msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship"
+msgstr ""
+"Приклад маршруту внутрішнього складу: Укомплектувати → Упакувати → "
+"Відправити"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196
+msgid "Picking List:"
+msgstr "Список комплектування:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197
+msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone"
+msgstr "Зона комплектування → Зона пакування"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198
+msgid "Pack List:"
+msgstr "Список пакування:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199
+msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A"
+msgstr "Зона пакування → Ворота A"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201
+msgid "Delivery Order:"
+msgstr "Замовлення на доставку:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201
+msgid "Gate A → Customer"
+msgstr "Ворота A → Клієнт"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203
+msgid ""
+"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on "
+"the warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Маршрути, що описують, як ви організовуєте свій склад, повинні бути "
+"визначені на складі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212
+msgid "A Product"
+msgstr "Товар"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205
+msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control"
+msgstr "Приклад маршруту товару: Контроль якості"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217
+msgid "Reception:"
+msgstr "Надходження:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218
+msgid "Supplier → Input"
+msgstr "Постачальник → Прийом"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209
+msgid "Confirmation:"
+msgstr "Підтвердження:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210
+msgid "Input → Quality Control"
+msgstr "Прийом → Контроль якості"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212
+msgid "Storage:"
+msgstr "Зберігання:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212
+msgid "Quality Control → Stock"
+msgstr "Контроль якості → Склад"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221
+msgid "Product Category"
+msgstr "Категорія товару"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215
+msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock"
+msgstr "Приклад маршруту категорії товару: крос-докінг"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219
+msgid "Cross-Docks:"
+msgstr "Крос-докінг:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220
+msgid "Input → Output"
+msgstr "Прийом → Відправка"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221
+msgid "Delivery:"
+msgstr "Доставка:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222
+msgid "Output → Customer"
+msgstr "Відвантаження → Клієнт"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227
+msgid "Sale Order Line"
+msgstr "Рядок замовлення на продаж"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224
+msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping"
+msgstr "Приклад рядка замовлення на продаж: Дропшипінг"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227
+msgid "Order:"
+msgstr "Замовлення:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227
+msgid "Supplier → Customer"
+msgstr "Постачальник → Клієнт"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230
+msgid "Push Rules"
+msgstr "Правила виштовхування"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232
+msgid ""
+"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They "
+"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be"
+" used depends on applicable routes."
+msgstr ""
+"Правила натискання спрацьовують, коли товари надходять у певне "
+"місцезнаходження. Вони автоматично переміщують товар на нове місце. Чи можна"
+" застосувати правило виштовхування, залежить від відповідних маршрутів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88
+msgid "Quality Control"
+msgstr "Контроль якості"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239
+msgid "Product lands in Input"
+msgstr "Товари знаходяться у вхідних"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240
+msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control"
+msgstr "Натисніть 1: Вхідний → Контроль якості"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241
+msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock"
+msgstr "Натисніть 2: Контроль якості → Склад"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244
+msgid "Warehouse Transit"
+msgstr "Транзит складу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243
+msgid "Product lands in Transit"
+msgstr "Товар на транзиті"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244
+msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2"
+msgstr "Виштовхування: Транзит → Склад 2"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247
+msgid "Procurement Groups"
+msgstr "Групи забезпечення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249
+msgid ""
+"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is "
+"provided:"
+msgstr ""
+"Маршрути та правила визначають складські переміщення. Для кожного правила "
+"передбачено тип документа:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252
+msgid "Picking"
+msgstr "Комплектування"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253
+msgid "Packing"
+msgstr "Пакування"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254
+msgid "Delivery Order"
+msgstr "Замовлення на доставку"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255
+msgid "Purchase Order"
+msgstr "Замовлення на купівлю"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256
+msgid "..."
+msgstr "..."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group "
+"and locations are the same."
+msgstr ""
+"Переміщення згруповані в одному документі, якщо їх група забезпечення і "
+"розташування однакові."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261
+msgid ""
+"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery "
+"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on "
+"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products "
+"together)"
+msgstr ""
+"Замовлення на продаж створює групу забезпечення таким чином, щоб "
+"комплектування та замовлення на доставку з одного замовлення були "
+"згруповані. Але ви також можете визначити певні групи за правилами "
+"дозамовлення. (наприклад, для групових закупівель певних товарів разом)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3
+msgid "Terminologies"
+msgstr "Термінологія"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. "
+"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a "
+"repository."
+msgstr ""
+"**Склад (Warehouse)**: склад в Odoo - це місце, де ви зберігаєте товари. Це "
+"або фізичний, або віртуальний склад. Може бути магазин або сховище."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a "
+"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has "
+"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"**Місцезнаходження (Location)**: місцезнаходження використовується для зони "
+"зберігання на складі. До того ж для внутрішнього розташування (вашого "
+"складу) Odoo має місце для постачальників, клієнтів, інвентаризації втрат "
+"запасів тощо."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or "
+"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of "
+"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or "
+"procurements."
+msgstr ""
+"**Партії (Lots)**: партії товарів, позначених унікальним штрих-кодом або "
+"серійним номером. Усі елементи партії складаються з того ж товару "
+"(наприклад, комплект із 24 пляшок). Зазвичай, партії поставляються з "
+"виробничих партій або закупівель."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific "
+"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique"
+" item."
+msgstr ""
+"**Серійний номер (Serial Number)**: серійний номер - це унікальний "
+"ідентифікатор певного товару. Технічно серійні номери схожі на наявність "
+"партії 1 унікального елемента."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. "
+"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category"
+" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio."
+msgstr ""
+"**Одиниця виміру (Unit of Measure)**: визначення, як виражається кількість "
+"товарів. Метри, фунти, упаковка в 24, кілограми, ... Одиниця виміру тієї ж "
+"категорії (наприклад: розмір) може конвертувати одна одну (м, см, мм) за "
+"фіксованим співвідношенням."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory "
+"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and "
+"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have "
+"enough stock."
+msgstr ""
+"**Витратний (Consumable)**: товар, для якого ви не хочете керувати рівнем "
+"інвентаризації (не маєте кількості або він не прогнозований), але ви можете "
+"його отримувати та доставляти. Коли цей товар потрібен, Odoo припускає, що у"
+" вас завжди є достатньо запасів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level."
+msgstr ""
+"**Запасний (Stockable)**: товар, для якого ви хочете керувати рівнем "
+"інвентаризації."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial"
+" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks."
+msgstr ""
+"**Упаковка (Package)**: упаковка містить кілька товарів (ідентифікованих їх "
+"серійним номером/партіями чи ні). Наприклад: коробка, що містить ножі та "
+"вилки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of "
+"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by "
+"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. "
+"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered "
+"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a "
+"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)."
+msgstr ""
+"**Забезпечення (Procurement)**: Закупівля - це запит на певну кількість "
+"продуктів у певному місці. Закупівлі автоматично ініціюються іншими "
+"документами: замовлення на купівлю, мінімальні фондові правила та правила "
+"закупівель. Ви можете запустити закупівлю вручну. Коли закупівлі "
+"спрацьовують автоматично, завжди слід звернути увагу на винятки (наприклад, "
+"продукт повинен бути придбаний у постачальника, але постачальник не "
+"визначено)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be "
+"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…"
+" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to "
+"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order."
+msgstr ""
+"**Маршрути (Routes)**: Маршрути визначають шляхи, яких слід дотримуватися "
+"товару. Маршрути можуть бути застосовані чи ні, залежно від продукції, "
+"рядків замовлення на продаж, складу, ... Для виконання закупівель система "
+"буде шукати правила, що відносяться до маршрутів, визначених у відповідному "
+"товарі/замовленні на продаж."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. "
+"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule "
+"can be used depends on applicable routes."
+msgstr ""
+"**Правила виштовхування (Push Rules)**: правила виштовхування спрацьовують, "
+"коли товари надходять у певне місцезнаходження. Вони автоматично переміщують"
+" товар на нове місце. Чи можна застосувати правило \"виштовхування\", "
+"залежить від відповідних маршрутів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how "
+"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the "
+"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO "
+"or MTS,..."
+msgstr ""
+"**Правила забезпечення або Правила витягання (Procurement Rules or Pull "
+"Rules)**: правила забезпечення описують, як повинні виконуватися закупівлі "
+"на конкретних місцях, наприклад: куди повинен надходити товар "
+"(місцеположення джерела), незалежно від того, чи є закупівля МТО чи МТС, ..."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every "
+"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, "
+"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their "
+"procurement group and locations are the same."
+msgstr ""
+"**Група забезпечення (Procurement Group)**: маршрути та правила визначають "
+"рух запасів. Для кожного правила передбачено тип документа: вибір, упаковка,"
+" замовлення на доставку, замовлення на купівлю... Переміщення групуються в "
+"один і той же тип документа, якщо їх група забезпечення і розташування "
+"однакові."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials "
+"between locations."
+msgstr ""
+"**Складські переміщення (Stock Moves)**: складські переміщення представляють"
+" транзит товарів та матеріалів між місцезнаходженнями."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently "
+"in a warehouse or location."
+msgstr ""
+"**Кількість в наявності (Quantity On Hand)**: кількість конкретного товару, "
+"який на даний момент знаходиться на складі або в місцезнаходженні."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a "
+"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - "
+"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured "
+"units."
+msgstr ""
+"**Прогнозована кількість (Forecasted Quantity)**: кількість товарів, яку ви "
+"можете продати для конкретного складу або місця. Вона визначається як "
+"кількість в наявності - замовлення на майбутнє + майбутні відправлення + "
+"майбутні випущені одиниці."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically "
+"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a "
+"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the"
+" minimum stock rule."
+msgstr ""
+"**Правила поповнення (Reordering Rules)**: вони визначають умови для Odoo "
+"автоматично викликати запит на закупівлю (покупка у постачальника або запуск"
+" виробничого замовлення). Воно спрацьовує, коли прогнозована кількість "
+"відповідає мінімальному правилу запасу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading "
+"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading "
+"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with "
+"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to "
+"packing zone)"
+msgstr ""
+"**Крос-док (Cross-Dock)**: перехресна доріжка - це практика логістики "
+"вивантаження матеріалів зі вхідного напівпричепа або вагона та завантаження "
+"цих матеріалів безпосередньо до вихідних вантажних автомобілів, причепів або"
+" вагонів без зберігання між ними (не підходить до запасу, безпосередньо від "
+"вхідної до зони упаковки)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to "
+"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual"
+" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the "
+"customer, without passing through your own warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+"**Прямі поставки (Drop-Shipping)**: переміщення товарів від "
+"постачальника/виробника безпосередньо до клієнта (може бути роздрібним "
+"продавцем чи споживачем), не проходячи звичайні канали розповсюдження. "
+"Товари відправляються безпосередньо від постачальника замовнику, не "
+"проходячи через ваш власний склад.your own warehouse."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick "
+"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO."
+msgstr ""
+"**Стратегії вилучення (Removal Strategies)**: стратегія використовувати, "
+"щоби вибрати товар для конкретної операції. Приклад: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a "
+"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables "
+"goes in rack 3, storage A)"
+msgstr ""
+"**Товарне сусідство (Putaway Strategies)**: товарне сусідство для вирішення,"
+" в якому місці певний товар повинен бути встановлений по переїзді. (приклад:"
+" кабелі йдуть в стійку 3, зберігання А)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes"
+" it from the stock."
+msgstr ""
+"**Брак (Scrap)**: бракований товар або застарілий. Зняття з експлуатації "
+"вироби вилучає його із запасу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3
+msgid "Process Overview"
+msgstr "Загальний огляд процесу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3
+msgid "From procurement to delivery"
+msgstr "Від забезпечення до доставки"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but "
+"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show"
+" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the"
+" delivery."
+msgstr ""
+"Склад є серцем вашого бізнесу. Це може бути складним процесом, але з Odoo "
+"робити забезпечення або доставку ніколи не було простіше. Ми покажемо вам у "
+"цій документації, як легко виконати повний процес, від забезпечення до "
+"доставки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as "
+"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those "
+"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, "
+"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications."
+msgstr ""
+"Склад Odoo повністю інтегрований з іншими програмами, такими як **Купівлі**,"
+" **Продажі** та **Склад**. Але це не обмежується лише цими процесами, він "
+"також повністю інтегрований з нашими додатками **Електронної комерції**, "
+"**Виробництва** та **Ремонту**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19
+msgid "How to process a receipt ?"
+msgstr "Як обробляти забезпечення?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22
+msgid "Install Purchase application"
+msgstr "Встановіть додаток Купівля"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go "
+"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it."
+msgstr ""
+"По-перше, вам потрібно буде встановити додаток **Управління Купівлею**. "
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Додатки`  і встановіть його."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31
+msgid "Make a purchase order"
+msgstr "Зробіть замовлення на купівлю"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for "
+"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть у програму **Купівлі**. Перший екран - це **Запит на комерційну "
+"пропозицію**. Натисніть кнопку **Створити**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some "
+"products to your request for quotation."
+msgstr ""
+"Заповніть інформацію про **Постачальника** та натисніть **Додати елемент**, "
+"щоб додати деякі товари до вашого запиту на комерційну пропозицію."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and "
+"quantity."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть **Підтвердити замовлення**, коли ви впевнені щодо товарів, цін та "
+"кількості."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46
+msgid "Retrieve the Receipt"
+msgstr "Отримайте забезпечення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48
+msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:"
+msgstr "Ви можете отримати замовлення на забезпечення двома способами:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51
+msgid "From the purchase order"
+msgstr "Із замовлення на купівлю"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the "
+"related **Receipt**:"
+msgstr ""
+"У верхньому правому куті вашого замовлення на купівлю ви побачите кнопку із "
+"відповідним **Забезпеченням**:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136
+msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**."
+msgstr "Натисніть на неї, щоби переглянути **Замовлення на переміщення**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139
+msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard"
+msgstr "З інформаційної панелі складу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see"
+" the list of your deliveries to process."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкриваючи додаток **Склад**, натисніть на **# для отримання**, щоби "
+"переглянути список ваших поставок для обробки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70
+msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:"
+msgstr "У списку натисніть на той, що стосується замовлення на купівлю:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76
+msgid "Process the Receipt"
+msgstr "Обробіть забезпечення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the "
+"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole "
+"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"Обробіть складські переміщення. Просто натисніть на **Перевірити**, щоб "
+"завершити переміщення. З'явиться повідомлення про те, чи хочете ви обробити "
+"все замовлення, прийміть його, натиснувши кнопку **Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document "
+":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+"Закупівлі можуть бути автоматизовані. Будь ласка, прочитайте нашу "
+"документацію :doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` для "
+"детальнішої інформації."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91
+msgid "How to process a delivery order ?"
+msgstr "Як обробляти замовлення на доставку?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94
+msgid "Install Sales application"
+msgstr "Встановіть додаток Управління продажами"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to "
+":menuselection:`Apps` and install it."
+msgstr ""
+"По-перше, вам потрібно буде встановити додаток **Управління продажами**. "
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Додатки` і встановіть його."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103
+msgid "Place a sale order"
+msgstr "Розмістіть замовлення на продаж"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your"
+" team."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до додатків **Продажів**. Натисніть кнопку **Комерційні "
+"пропозиції** своєї команди."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви отримаєте список всіх ваших комерційних пропозицій. Натисніть кнопку "
+"**Створити**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add "
+"some products to your quotation."
+msgstr ""
+"Заповніть **Інформацію про клієнта** та натисніть **Додати елемент**, щоб "
+"додати деякі товари до вашої комерційної пропозиції."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120
+msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order."
+msgstr "Натисніть **Підтвердити продаж**, щоб розмістити замовлення."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123
+msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order"
+msgstr "Отримайте замовлення на доставку"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125
+msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:"
+msgstr "Ви можете отримати замовлення доставки двома способами:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128
+msgid "From the sale order"
+msgstr "Із замовлення на продаж"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related "
+"**Delivery**:"
+msgstr ""
+"У верхньому правому куті вашого замовлення на продаж ви побачите кнопку із "
+"відповідною **Доставкою**:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141
+msgid ""
+"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the "
+"list of your receipts to process."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкриваючи додаток **Складу**, натисніть **# зробити**, щоби переглянути "
+"список ваших квитанцій для обробки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147
+msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:"
+msgstr "У списку натисніть на той, який пов'язаний із замовленням на продаж:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**"
+" on your dashboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо товар відсутній, замовлення на продаж відображатиметься як "
+"**Очікування** на інформаційній панелі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157
+msgid "Process the delivery"
+msgstr "Обробіть доставку"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167
+msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way."
+msgstr "Замовлення електронної комерції обробляються однаково."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170
+msgid ""
+"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery "
+"methods. Please read the document "
+":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`."
+msgstr ""
+"Купівлі можуть бути автоматизовані. Будь ласка, прочитайте нашу документацію"
+" :doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175
+msgid "Advanced flows"
+msgstr "Розширені процеси"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. "
+"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management."
+msgstr ""
+"У цій документації пояснені потоки є найбільш простими. Odoo також підходить"
+" для компаній, які мають сучасне управління складом."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180
+msgid ""
+"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can "
+"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal "
+"transfers**."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням налаштовуються лише **надходження** та **поставки**, але ви"
+" можете активувати використання кількох місцезнаходжень і багатьох складів "
+"для здійснення **внутрішніх переміщень**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184
+msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules"
+msgstr ""
+"**Маршрути**: ви можете автоматизувати потоки за допомогою правил штовхання "
+"та витягання."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each "
+"warehouse"
+msgstr ""
+"**Багатоступеневі** надходження та поставки можуть бути легко налаштовані "
+"для кожного складу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189
+msgid ""
+"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-"
+"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, "
+"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Багато чого іншого: **Сканування штрих-коду**, **серійні номери**, "
+"**партії**, **крос-док**, **дропшипінг**, інтеграція зі **стороннім** "
+"відправником, **переміщення** та стратегії **видалення**... Все це можливо з"
+" Odoo."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3
+msgid "Getting Started"
+msgstr "Розпочати"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?"
+msgstr "Як встановити склад в Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should "
+"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the "
+"different screens you need."
+msgstr ""
+"У додатку Склад Odoo є впровадження, яке слід дотримуватися, щоби "
+"налаштувати його. Це покроковий посібник із посиланнями на різні екрани, які"
+" вам потрібні."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-"
+"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як ви встановили програму **Склад**, натисніть на верхній правій"
+" панелі, щоб отримати доступ до помічника із встановлення."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15
+msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:"
+msgstr "Помічник зі встановлення допоможе вам виконати наступні кроки:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17
+msgid "Set up your warehouse"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте свій склад"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19
+msgid "Import your vendors"
+msgstr "Імпортуйте своїх постачальників"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21
+msgid "Import your products"
+msgstr "Імпортуйте свої товари"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23
+msgid "Set up the initial inventory"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте початкову інвентаризацію"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25
+msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте потоки продажів і купівлі"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27
+msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms"
+msgstr "Встановіть механізми поповнення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory"
+" valuation."
+msgstr ""
+"Налаштуйте розширені функції, такі як упаковка, відслідковування, маршрути "
+"та оцінка інвентаризції."
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you"
+" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the"
+" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure "
+"and use your scanner optimally."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете налаштувати операції зі сканером штрих-кодів на своєму "
+"складі, вам слід встановити додаток **Штрих-кодів**, яка додасть функції в "
+"додатку до інвентаризації. Програма із штрих-кодом допоможе вам оптимально "
+"налаштувати та використовувати сканер."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced Routes"
+msgstr "Розширені маршрути"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3
+msgid "Concepts"
+msgstr "Поняття"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3
+msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?"
+msgstr "Як організувати крос-докінг на вашому складі?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product "
+"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This"
+" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We "
+"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place "
+"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery."
+msgstr ""
+"Територія крос-докінгу тимчасово є місцем, де ми не зберігаємо жодного "
+"товару, а просто керуємо місцем згідно із доставкою для іншого клієнта. Це "
+"заощадить багато часу на переміщення та зберігання між складами. Ми керуємо "
+"нашою продукцією за допомогою док-зони, де товар безпосередньо розміщується "
+"з місцезнаходження постачальника, і передає його на ворота для доставки "
+"клієнтам."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross "
+"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post"
+"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_"
+msgstr ""
+"Для детальної інформації про те, як організувати ваш внутрішній склад, "
+"прочитайте `Що таке крос-докінг і чи підходить він мені? "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-"
+"is-it-for-me-270>`_"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24
+msgid "Warehouse and routes"
+msgstr "Склад і маршрути"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings"
+" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of"
+" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"У модулі Склад відкрийте розділ :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Налаштування --> Місцезнаходження та склад`, а потім у **Маршрутах** "
+"виберіть **Додаткові маршрутизації товарів за допомогою правил** та "
+"натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`,"
+" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте  :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Управління складом --> Склади`, "
+"а потім відкрийте склад, з якого потрібно застосувати крос-докіг, і "
+"натисніть **Редагувати**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36
+msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:"
+msgstr "На вкладці **Налаштування складу** виберіть:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)"
+msgstr ""
+"**Вхідні відправлення**: вивантажте у місці прийому, потім перейдіть до "
+"складу (2 кроки)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41
+msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)"
+msgstr ""
+"**Вихідні відправлення**: відправляйте безпосередньо зі складу (тільки "
+"доставка)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43
+msgid "then click on **Save**."
+msgstr "потім натисніть **Зберегти**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in "
+":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`."
+msgstr ""
+"Ці кроки спричинили крос-докінг, який ви можете побачити у "
+":menuselection:`Склад --> Налаштування --> Маршрути --> Маршрути`."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52
+msgid "Cross Docking Route"
+msgstr "Маршрут крос-докінгу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route "
+"for the remaining part:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ми використаємо маршрут **Купити** для першої частини потоку та створимо "
+"маршрут для решти частини:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is "
+"created as an internal physical location."
+msgstr ""
+"Кожне з правил закупівлі буде налаштоване. Місце крос-докінгу створюється як"
+" внутрішнє фізичне розташування."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67
+msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`"
+msgstr ":menuselection:`Прийом --> Крос-докінг`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73
+msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`"
+msgstr ":menuselection:`Крос-докінг --> Відвантаження`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79
+msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`"
+msgstr ":menuselection:`Відвантаження --> Клієнт`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82
+msgid "Product with cross dock"
+msgstr "Товар з крос-докінгом"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created"
+" above as well as the **Buy** route."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми створили товар Овочевий фенхель і призначили маршрути, створені вище, а "
+"також маршрут **Купити**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed "
+"for replenishment of a stockable product."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми також вказали постачальника та мінімальне правило замовлення, яке "
+"необхідне для поповнення запасного товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95
+msgid ":doc:`use_routes`"
+msgstr ":doc:`use_routes`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96
+msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3
+msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?"
+msgstr "Як робити внутрішньо-складські переміщення?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one "
+"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory "
+"application in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас є різні складські приміщення, ви можете перемістити товари з "
+"одного складу на інший. Це дуже просто завдяки складу в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory "
+"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** "
+"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes."
+msgstr ""
+"Перш за все вам потрібно вибрати варіант декількох місцезнаходжень. "
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`в додатку "
+"**Склад**. Потім поставте галочку на пункті **Керування кількома "
+"місцезнаходженнями на складі**. Будь ласка, не забудьте **застосувати** свої"
+" зміни."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations "
+"and routes in your warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Цей параметр слід також позначити, якщо ви хочете керувати різними "
+"місцезнаходженнями та маршрутами на своєму складі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9
+msgid "Creating a new warehouse"
+msgstr "Створення нового складу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application "
+"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> "
+"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on "
+"**Create**."
+msgstr ""
+"Наступним кроком є створення вашого нового складу. У програмі Склад "
+"натисніть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Управління складами --> "
+"Склади`. Тепер ви можете створити свій склад, натиснувши кнопку "
+"**Створити**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 "
+"characters maximum."
+msgstr ""
+"Заповніть **назву складу** та **коротку назву**, яка повинна становити "
+"максимум 5 символів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on "
+"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use"
+" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])."
+msgstr ""
+"Зверніть увагу на те, що **коротка назва** є дуже важливою, оскільки вона "
+"відображатиметься у вашому розпорядженні та інших складських документах. "
+"Можливо, розумно використовувати зрозумілу назву (наприклад, ВС/ [перші "
+"літери внутрішнього складу])."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have "
+"been generated for your new warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви повернетесь на інформаційну панель, нові операції буде автоматично "
+"створено для вашого нового складу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53
+msgid "Creating a new inventory"
+msgstr "Створення нової інвентаризації"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical "
+"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not"
+" you can skip this step."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви створите новий склад, у вас може бути наявна існуюча інвентаризація."
+" У такому випадку ви повинні створити інвентаризацію в Odoo, якщо не можете "
+"пропустити цей крок."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control "
+"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking "
+"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to "
+"select the right warehouse and location."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до програми Склад, виберіть :menuselection:`Контроль "
+"інвентаризації --> Налаштування інвентаризації`. Потім можна створити нову "
+"інвентаризацію, натиснувши кнопку **Створити**. Заповніть **реєстр товару**,"
+" **дату** та обов'язково виберіть правильний склад та місцезнаходження."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be"
+" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the "
+"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can "
+"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales "
+"orders."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім натисніть **Почати інвентаризацію**. Відкриється нове вікно, де ви "
+"зможете вводити існуючі товари. Виберіть додавання елементу та вкажіть "
+"**Реальний обсяг**, наявний на складі. Теоретична кількість не може бути "
+"змінена, оскільки вона представляє обчислений обсяг замовлень на купівлю та "
+"продаж."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of "
+"all yours product."
+msgstr ""
+"Не забудьте перевірити свою інвентаризацію, як тільки у вас запишеться етап "
+"всього вашого товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80
+msgid "Create an internal transfer"
+msgstr "Створіть внутрішнє переміщення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2"
+" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, "
+"proceed as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+"Останній крок - створення внутрішнього переміщення. Якщо ви хочете "
+"перемістити дві одиниці товару з вашого першого складу на інший, який "
+"знаходиться приміром у Брюсселі, виконайте наступні дії:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two "
+"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More  --> Transfer`."
+msgstr ""
+"На інформаційній панелі виберіть внутрішнє переміщення одного з двох "
+"складів. Для цього натисніть :menuselection:`Більше --> Переміщення`."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location "
+"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone "
+"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкриється нове вікно, де ви зможете обрати зону місцезнаходження джерела "
+"(у цьому випадку наш \"старий склад\") та зону місцезнаходження призначення "
+"(в даному випадку наш \"новий склад\" розташований у Брюсселі)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and "
+"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done."
+msgstr ""
+"Додайте товари, які ви хочете передати, натиснувши **Додати об'єкт**, і не "
+"забудьте **перевірити** або **позначити як ЗРОБИТИ**, коли ви закінчите."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви виберете **Перевірити**, Odoo буде обробляти всі перелічені "
+"величини."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting "
+"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of "
+"products in your source warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви виберете **Позначити як ЗРОБИТИ***, Odoo поставить переміщення в "
+"статус **очікування**. Натисніть **Резерв**, щоби зарезервувати кількість "
+"товарів на своєму вихідному складі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108
+msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:"
+msgstr "Можна також вручну перемістити кожний товар:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110
+msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою інформаційної панелі виберіть замолвння на переміщення в "
+"місцезнаходженні джерела."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115
+msgid "Select the right transfer order"
+msgstr "Виберіть правильне замовлення на переміщення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120
+msgid ""
+"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to "
+"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually "
+"indicate how much products you process"
+msgstr ""
+"3. Натисніть на маленький логотип олівця в нижньому правому куті, щоби "
+"відкрити вікно деталей операції. У цьому новому вікні ви можете вручну "
+"вказати, скільки товарів ви обробляєте"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the "
+"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will "
+"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder "
+"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a "
+"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви вирішите частково обробляти замовлення на переміщення (наприклад, "
+"частина товарів ще не може бути відправлена через несподівану подію), Odoo "
+"автоматично запитає, чи хочете ви створити **зворотнє замовлення**. Створіть"
+" зворотній логотип, якщо ви хочете пізніше обробити товари, що залишилися, "
+"не створюйте зворотнє замовлення, якщо ви не надаєте/не отримаєте інші "
+"товари."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3
+msgid "What is a procurement rule?"
+msgstr "Що таке правила закупівлі?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. "
+"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's"
+" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of "
+"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the "
+"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the "
+"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, "
+"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves"
+" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer "
+"dissatisfaction."
+msgstr ""
+"Система управління закупівель на складі починається із замовлення клієнта. "
+"За допомогою цієї стратегії компанії виготовляють достатньо товарів для "
+"виконання замовлень клієнта. Перевага системи полягає в тому, що не буде "
+"перевищення запасу, який потрібно зберігати, таким чином знижуючи рівень "
+"запасів і вартість транспортування та зберігання товарів. Утім одним із "
+"головних недоліків системи збору даних є те, що дуже важко потрапити в "
+"дилеми замовлення, такі як постачальник, який не в змозі своєчасно "
+"відвантажити товар. Тоді компанія не може виконати замовлення та сприяє "
+"невдоволенню клієнтів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal"
+" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, "
+"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste "
+"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs "
+"of storing goods."
+msgstr ""
+"Прикладом системи контролю якості складу є макет замовлення. Мета полягає в "
+"тому, щоби зберегти рівень складу на мінімумі, маючи достатньо запасів для "
+"задоволення потреб покупців. Система МТО (під замовлення) усуває витрати, "
+"зменшуючи обсяги запасів, необхідних для складу, та витрат на зберігання "
+"товарів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory "
+"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products "
+"using rules\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Правила закупівель є частиною маршрутів. Перейдіть у додаток "
+"Склад>Налаштування>Налаштування та позначте пункт \"Просування маршрутних "
+"товарів з використанням правил\"."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35
+msgid "Procurement rules settings"
+msgstr "Налаштування правил закупівель"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, "
+"go to Configuration > Routes."
+msgstr ""
+"Правила закупівель встановлюються на маршрутах. У програмі Склад перейдіть "
+"до розділу Налаштування> Маршрути."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40
+msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item."
+msgstr "У розділі Правила закупівель натисніть Додати об'єкт."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action "
+"possibles :"
+msgstr "Тут ви можете встановити умови вашого правила. Існує 3 види дій:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48
+msgid "Move from another location rules"
+msgstr "Переміщення з іншого правила місцезнаходження."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders."
+msgstr ""
+"Правила виробництва, які спричинять створення замовлень на виробництво."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53
+msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders."
+msgstr "Правила купівлі, які ініціюватимуть створення замовлень на купівлю."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger "
+"manufacturing rules."
+msgstr ""
+"Додаток Виробництво повинно бути встановлене, щоби запустити правила "
+"виробництва."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** "
+"rules."
+msgstr ""
+"Додаток Закупівлі потрібно встановити, щоб запустити правила **купівлі**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68
+msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance."
+msgstr ""
+"Спробуйте створити правило закупівель у нашому демонстраційному прикладі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already "
+"defined."
+msgstr ""
+"Деякі налаштування складу створює маршрути із вже визначеними правилами "
+"закупівель."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152
+msgid ":doc:`push_rule`"
+msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153
+msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`"
+msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154
+msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`"
+msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3
+msgid "What is a push rule?"
+msgstr "Що таке правило виштовхування?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to"
+" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will "
+"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. "
+"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand "
+"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push "
+"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales "
+"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem "
+"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in "
+"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An "
+"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will "
+"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the "
+"inability to meet customer demand for the product."
+msgstr ""
+"Система виштовхування управління складом включає в себе прогнозування потреб"
+" складу для задоволення попиту клієнтів. Компанії повинні передбачити, які "
+"товари клієнти купуватимуть разом із визначенням кількості товарів, які буде"
+" придбано. Компанія, у свою чергу, виробить достатньо товарів, щоби "
+"задовольнити прогнозний попит та продавати товар споживачеві. Недоліками "
+"системи контролю якості складу є те, що прогнози часто є неточними, оскільки"
+" продажі можуть бути непередбачуваними і відрізнятися з року в рік. Ще "
+"однією проблемою, пов'язаною із системами керування складом, є те, що "
+"занадто багато товару залишається на складі. Це збільшує витрати компанії на"
+" зберігання цих товарів. Перевага системи виштовхування полягає в тому, що "
+"компанія досить впевнена, що вона буде мати достатньо товарів у наявності, "
+"щоби виконати замовлення клієнтів, запобігаючи неможливості задовольнити "
+"потреби покупця на товар."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon"
+" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained "
+"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow "
+"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can "
+"be triggered automatically or manually."
+msgstr ""
+"Потік виштовхування показує, як місцезнаходження розташовуються з іншими. Як"
+" тільки певна кількість товарів переміщується у місцезнаходження джерела, "
+"автоматично передбачається рух розташування відповідно до параметрів, "
+"заданих у специфікації потоку (місце призначення, затримка, тип переміщення,"
+" журнал). Це може спрацьовувати автоматично або вручну."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
+"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using"
+" rules**."
+msgstr ""
+"Правила виштовхування є частиною маршрутів. Перейдіть до меню "
+":menuselection:`Склад --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та позначте пункт "
+"**Попередня маршрутизація товарів із використанням правил**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39
+msgid "Push rules settings"
+msgstr "Налаштування правил виштовхування"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
+"--> Routes`."
+msgstr ""
+"Правила виштовхування встановлюються на маршрутах. Перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Маршрути`."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44
+msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**."
+msgstr "У розділі правила виштовхування натисніть **Додати об'єкт**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good "
+"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In "
+"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the "
+"quality control location move to the stock."
+msgstr ""
+"Тут ви можете встановити умови вашого правила. У цьому прикладі, коли товар "
+"знаходиться у **місці прийому**, його потрібно перемістити в контроль "
+"якості. У 3 етапах надходжень, інше правило виштовхування призведе до того, "
+"що товари, які перебувають у місці контролю якості, переміщуються до складу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59
+msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance."
+msgstr ""
+"Спробуйте створити правило виштовхування в нашому демонстраційному прикладі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined."
+msgstr ""
+"Деякі налаштування складу створюють маршрути із вже встановленими правилами "
+"виштовхування."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66
+msgid "Stock transfers"
+msgstr "Складські переміщення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your"
+" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are "
+"waiting."
+msgstr ""
+"Правило виштовхування призведе до складського переміщення. Відповідно до "
+"правила, встановленого на вашому маршруті, ви побачите, що деякі переміщення"
+" можуть бути готові, а інші в очікуванні."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** "
+"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location."
+msgstr ""
+"Правило виштовхування, яке було встановлено вище, створить переміщення зі "
+"**складу/місця прийому** до місцезнаходження **складу/контролю якості**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, "
+"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to"
+" the main stock."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому прикладі, інше переміщення очікує згідно із другим правилом "
+"виштовхування, воно визначає, що коли контроль якості буде завершено, товари"
+" будуть переміщені на основний склад."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128
+msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`"
+msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3
+msgid "How to use routes?"
+msgstr "Як використовувати маршрути?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage"
+" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:"
+msgstr ""
+"Маршрут - це сукупність правил закупівель та правил переміщення. Odoo може "
+"керувати додатковими налаштуваннями маршрутів виштовхування/витягування, "
+"наприклад:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11
+msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains"
+msgstr "Управління ланцюгами виробництва продукції"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13
+msgid "Manage default locations per product"
+msgstr "Керування місцезнаходженням за замовчуванням для кожного товару"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as "
+"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns"
+msgstr ""
+"Визначення маршрутів на вашому складі відповідно до потреб бізнесу, таких як"
+" контроль якості, післяпродажне обслуговування чи повернення постачальникам"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented "
+"products"
+msgstr ""
+"Допомога в управлінні орендою, генеруючи автоматичні зворотні рухи для "
+"орендованих товарів"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** "
+"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance "
+"routing of products using rules**."
+msgstr ""
+"Правила закупівель є частиною маршрутів. Перейдіть до програми **Склад**, "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`  і виберіть пункт **Розширені"
+" маршрути товарів, що використовують правила**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32
+msgid "Pre-configured routes"
+msgstr "Попередньо-налаштовані маршрути"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34
+msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses."
+msgstr "Odoo має деякі попередньо налаштовані маршрути для ваших складів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Warehouses`."
+msgstr ""
+"У програмі Склад перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Налаштування`."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and "
+"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices."
+msgstr ""
+"На вкладці **Налаштування складу** параметри **Вхідні відправлення** та "
+"**Вихідні відправлення** встановлюють деякі маршрути відповідно до вашого "
+"вибору."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46
+msgid "Custom Routes"
+msgstr "Налаштування маршрутів"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Routes`."
+msgstr ""
+"У програмі **Склад** перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Маршрути`."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You "
+"can combine several choices."
+msgstr ""
+"По-перше, вам слід вибрати місця, де можна вибрати цей маршрут. Ви можете "
+"об'єднати кілька варіантів вибору."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58
+msgid "Routes applied on warehouses"
+msgstr "Маршрути застосовуються на складах"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be"
+" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that "
+"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви позначите **Склади**, ви повинні вибрати, який склад буде "
+"застосовано. Маршрут буде встановлено для всього переміщення на цьому "
+"складі, який відповідатиме умовам закупівель та правилам переміщення."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68
+msgid "Routes applied on products"
+msgstr "Маршрути застосовуються до товарів"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will "
+"be applied."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви позначите **Товари**, вам потрібно вручну встановити, який товар він"
+" буде застосовуватися."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes "
+"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab,"
+" select the route(s):"
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте продукт, на якому ви бажаєте застосувати маршрути "
+"(:menuselection:`Склад --> Контроль --> Товари`). На вкладці Склад виберіть "
+"маршрути:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84
+msgid "Routes applied on Product Category"
+msgstr "Маршрути, застосовані до категорії товарів"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which "
+"categories it will be applied."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви позначите **Категорії товарів**, вам потрібно вручну встановити, до "
+"яких категорій він буде застосовуватися."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes "
+"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)"
+" under the **Logistics** section :"
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте товар, на який ви хочете застосувати маршрути "
+"(:menuselection:`Налаштування --> Категорії товару`). Виберіть маршрути в "
+"розділі **Логістики**:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100
+msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines"
+msgstr "Маршрути, застосовані до рядків замовлення на продаж"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every "
+"time you make a sale order."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви позначите **Рядки замовлення на продаж**, вам доведеться вручну "
+"встановлювати маршрут щоразу, коли ви хочете зробити замовлення на продаж."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on"
+" the sales order."
+msgstr ""
+"Для того, щоб це запрацювало, ви також повинні активувати використання "
+"маршрутів у замовленні клієнта."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` "
+"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**."
+msgstr ""
+"У додатку Продажі перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Налаштування` та позначте пункт **Вибрати конкретні маршрути по рядках "
+"замовлення на продаж (розширені)**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118
+msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:"
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ви можете вибрати маршрути для кожного рядка ваших замовлень на "
+"продаж:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124
+msgid "Procurement and push rules"
+msgstr "Закупівлі і правила виштовхування"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126
+msgid "Please refer to the documents:"
+msgstr "Будь ласка, зверніться до документації:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133
+msgid "Procurement configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування закупівель"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. "
+"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on "
+"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to "
+"**Preferred Routes**:"
+msgstr ""
+"Під час запиту на закупівлю ви можете застосувати маршрут, який ви хочете "
+"використовувати. На товарі (:menuselection:`Контроль складу --> Товари`), "
+"натисніть на **Запит на закупівлю**. Виберіть маршрут, який ви хочете "
+"використовувати поруч із **Рекомендованими маршрутами**:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144
+msgid "Make-to-Order Route"
+msgstr "Маршрут на замовлення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use "
+"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or "
+"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the "
+"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви працюєте без складу, або з мінімальними правилами закупівлі, краще "
+"скористатись маршрутом **на замовлення**. Поєднайте його з маршрутом "
+"**Купівля** або **Виробництво**, і він автоматично запускає замовлення на "
+"закупівлю або замовлення на виробництво, коли ваші товари недоступні."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3
+msgid "Product Costing"
+msgstr "Вартість товару"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3
+msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?"
+msgstr "Як інтегрувати додаткові витрати у витрати на товар?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8
+msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer."
+msgstr ""
+"Додаткові витрати включають усі витрати, пов'язані з передачею товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10
+msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk"
+msgstr ""
+"Додаткові витрати включають: вартість товару + доставку + розмитнення + "
+"ризик."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but "
+"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have"
+" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will "
+"impact on company profits."
+msgstr ""
+"Усі ці компоненти можуть бути непридатними для кожної відправки, але "
+"відповідні компоненти повинні розглядатися як частина додаткових витрат. Ми "
+"мусимо визначити додаткові витрати, щоби визначити ціну продажу товару, "
+"оскільки це вплине на прибуток компанії."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21
+msgid "Applications configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування додатків"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to "
+":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check "
+"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & "
+"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
+msgstr ""
+"По-перше, вам потрібно активізувати використання додаткових витрат. "
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`додатку Склад --> Налаштування --> "
+"Налаштування`. Перевірте параметр бухобліку **Включити додаткові витрати на "
+"випадок розрахунку вартості товару** та **Безстрокову складську оцінку**, "
+"після чого натисніть **Застосувати**, щоб зберегти зміни."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> "
+"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price "
+"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім перейдіть до програми  :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Налаштування --> "
+"Налаштування`. Виберіть метод визначення вартості **Використовувати метод "
+"«Виправлено», «Реальний» або «Середній»**, потім натисніть **Застосувати**, "
+"щоб зберегти зміни."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40
+msgid "Landed Cost Types"
+msgstr "Типи додаткових витрат"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed "
+"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to "
+":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`."
+msgstr ""
+"Почніть зі створення конкретних товарів, щоби вказати додаткові витрати "
+"такі, як вантажні, страхові та митні збори. Перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Складу --> Налаштування --> Типи додаткових витрат`."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time "
+"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured "
+"on the product category."
+msgstr ""
+"Додаткові витрати можливі лише для товарів, налаштованих у реальному часі за"
+" допомогою реального методу ціноутворення. Метод калькулювання "
+"налаштовується на категорію товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:55
+msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer"
+msgstr "Посилання на додаткові витрати на переміщення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory "
+"Control --> Landed Costs`."
+msgstr ""
+"Для розрахунку додаткових витрат, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Складу --> "
+"Контроль складу --> Додаткові витрати`."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to "
+"attribute landed costs."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку **Створити** та виберіть комплектування, до якого ви хочете"
+" застосувати атрибути додаткових витрат."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend "
+"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be "
+"easier to keep track of your postings."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть журнал бухобліку, в якому розміщувати додаткові витрати. Ми "
+"рекомендуємо вам створити окремий журнал для додаткових витрат. Тоді легше "
+"буде стежити за вашими публікаціями."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split "
+"across the picking lines."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку **Обчислити**, щоб дізнатись, як розподілені суми витрат "
+"будуть розподілені по рядках комплектування."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби підтвердити атрибуцію додаткових витрат, натисніть кнопку "
+"**Перевірити**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3
+msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies"
+msgstr "Стратегії виправлення та видалення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3
+msgid "What is a putaway strategy?"
+msgstr "Що таке стратегія викладки товару?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move "
+"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking "
+"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most "
+"appropriate location."
+msgstr ""
+"Хороша реалізація складу гарантує, що товари автоматично перемістяться до "
+"відповідного місця призначення. Викладка - це процес прийому товарів із "
+"отримання доставки та розміщення їх у найбільш відповідному місці."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to"
+" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because "
+"of a potential chemical reaction."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо, наприклад, склад містить летючі речовини, важливо переконатися, що "
+"певні товари не зберігаються близько один до одного через потенційну хімічну"
+" реакцію."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but "
+"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the "
+"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product "
+"level)."
+msgstr ""
+"Стратегія викладки застосовується за тим же принципом, що й стратегії "
+"вилучення, але впливає на місце призначення. Стратегії викладки визначаються"
+" на рівні розташування (на відміну від стратегій вилучення, які визначаються"
+" на рівні товару)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check "
+"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products"
+" using rules**, then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Складу --> Налаштування --> Налашутвання`  та "
+"позначте **Параметри керування кількома місцезнходженнями на складі та "
+"Попередня маршрутизація товарів за допомогою правил**, а потім натисніть "
+"кнопку **Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33
+msgid "Setting up a strategy"
+msgstr "Налаштування стратегії"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits."
+msgstr ""
+"Давайте розглянемо, наприклад, роздрібний магазин, в якому ми зберігаємо "
+"овочі та фрукти."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain "
+"product quality."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми повинні зберігати цей тип товару в різних місцях, щоби підтримувати "
+"якість продукції."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub "
+"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**."
+msgstr ""
+"Припустимо, є одне складське розташування **Вутрішній склад/Склад**, і є "
+"підрозділ **Внутрішній Склад/Склад/Овочі** та **Внутрішній "
+"Склад/Склад/Фрукти**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
+"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a "
+"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away "
+"Strategy**."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете створити стратегію викладки зі :menuselection:`Складу --> "
+"Налаштування --> Місцезнаходження`. Відкрийте будь-яке місцезнаходження, де "
+"потрібно встановити стратегію викладки, натисніть **Редагувати** та знайдіть"
+" варіант **Стратегія викладки**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a "
+"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the "
+"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте спадне меню та натисніть **Створити та редагувати**. Це дозволить "
+"відкрити форму перегляду стратегії викладки, на якій потрібно вказати назву "
+"стратегії, і встановити метод і фіксоване місцезнаходження для кожної "
+"категорії."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви введете всю необхідну інформацію, натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will "
+"automatically be transferred to the correct location."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер, коли ви купуєте товари з цими категоріями, вони будуть автоматично "
+"переведені у правильне місцезнаходження."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory "
+"Control --> Current Inventory`"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби перевірити поточний склад, перейдіть до  :menuselection:`Складу --> "
+"Контроль складу --> Поточний склад`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67
+msgid "There you can see current inventory by location."
+msgstr "Тут ви можете побачити поточний склад за місцезнаходженням."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
+msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?"
+msgstr "Що таке стратегія вилучення (FIFO, LIFO та FEFO)?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best "
+"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality "
+"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration."
+msgstr ""
+"Стратегії вилучення, як правило, полягають у комплектуванні найкращих "
+"товарів для оптимізації відстані для працівника, для цілей контролю якості "
+"або через причину закінчення терміну дії продукції."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products "
+"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend "
+"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or "
+"on the **location**."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли треба зробити переміщення товару, Odoo знайде доступні товари, які "
+"можуть бути призначені для доставки. Те, як Odoo призначає ці товари, "
+"залежить від **стратегії вилучення**, яка визначена у **категорії товару** "
+"або в **місцезнаходженні**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`:"
+msgstr ""
+"У програмі **Склад** перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Налаштування`:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per "
+"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on "
+"**Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"Перевірте **Відстежувати партії або серійні номери**, **Керувати кількома "
+"місцезнаходженнми на складі** та **Розширені маршрутизації товарів за "
+"правилами**, а потім натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the "
+"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім відкрийте :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Місцезнаходження` та "
+"відкрийте місцезнаходження, на якому ви хочете застосувати стратегію "
+"вилучення."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40
+msgid "Types of removal strategy"
+msgstr "Види стратегії видалення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43
+msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )"
+msgstr "FIFO (First In First Out)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were "
+"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they "
+"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively "
+"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure "
+"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory."
+msgstr ""
+"Стратегія **FIFO** передбачає, що товари, які спочатку були запаковані, "
+"спершу перенесуть. Компанії повинні використовувати метод FIFO, якщо вони "
+"продають швидкопсувні товари. Компанії, що продають товари із відносно "
+"коротким циклом попиту, такими як одяг, також можуть вибрати FIFO, щоби вони"
+" не застрягли із застарілими стилями на складі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
+"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Складу --> Налаштування --> Місцезнаходженя`, "
+"відкрийте місцезнаходження складу та встановіть стратегію вилучення "
+"**FIFO**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54
+msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy."
+msgstr "Давайте розглянемо один з прикладів стратегії вилучення FIFO. "
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of "
+"``iPod 32 Gb`` available."
+msgstr ""
+"На вашому складі (``WH/Stock``) є в наявності ``3`` штуки ``iPod 32 Гб``."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report."
+msgstr "Ви можете знайти деталі доступних запасів у звіті про товарну оцінку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65
+msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть одне замовлення на продаж ``25`` одиниць ``iPod 32 Гб`` і "
+"підтвердіть його."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are "
+"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете бачити у вихідному товарі відвантаження, що ``Ipod 32 Гб`` "
+"призначено з **найстарішої** партії, використовуючи стратегію вилучення "
+"FIFO."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75
+msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)"
+msgstr "LIFO (Last In First Out)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, "
+"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a "
+"shelf life."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому управлінні складом, товари, які вносяться в останню чергу, рухаються"
+" першими. LIFO використовується у випадку товарів, які не мають терміну "
+"зберігання."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
+"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Складу --> Налаштування --> Місцезнаходження`, "
+"відкрийте місцезнаходження складу та встановіть стратегію вилучення "
+"**LIFO**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on"
+" ``WH/Stock`` location."
+msgstr ""
+"У нашому прикладі, давайте перевіримо поточний доступний запас ``Ipod 32 "
+"Гб`` на місцезнаходженні ``WH/Stock``."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90
+msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``."
+msgstr "Створіть замовлення на продаж з ``10`` одиниць ``Ipod 32 Гб``."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are "
+"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy."
+msgstr ""
+"У вихідному товарі відвантаження ви можете побачити, що ``Ipod 32 Гб`` "
+"призначено **новим** партіям, використовуючи стратегію вилучення LIFO."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100
+msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )"
+msgstr "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse"
+" according to their expiration date."
+msgstr ""
+"В управлінні складом FEFO товари відправляються зі складу відповідно до їх "
+"терміну придатності."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the "
+"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**"
+" to save changes."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Cкладу --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`. "
+"Перевірте опцію **Визначити дату закінчення на серійних номерах**. Потім "
+"натисніть **Застосувати**, щоби зберегти зміни."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial "
+"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and "
+"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory "
+"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`."
+msgstr ""
+"Це дозволить вам встановити чотири терміни закінчення для кожної партії чи "
+"серійного номера: **найкраще до дати закінчення**, **дати закінчення "
+"терміну**, **дати попередження** та **дати вилучення**. Ці дати можуть бути "
+"встановлені з :menuselection:`Контроль складу --> Серійні номери/Партії`."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this "
+"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet."
+msgstr ""
+"**Найкраще до дати закінчення**: це дата, коли товари з цим серійним "
+"номером/партією починають псуватися, але ще не є небезпечним."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this "
+"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed."
+msgstr ""
+"**Дата закінчення терміну придатності**: це дата, коли товари з цим серійним"
+" номером/партією можуть стати небезпечними і не повинні споживатися."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot "
+"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym "
+"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date."
+msgstr ""
+"**Дата вилучення**: це дата, коли товари з цим серійним номером/партією "
+"повинні бути вилучені зі складу. Використовуючи товари стратегії вилучення "
+"FEFO, вибираються замовлення на доставку за цією датою."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the "
+"goods with this serial/lot number."
+msgstr ""
+"**Дата сповіщення**: це дата, коли слід надсилати сповіщення про товари з "
+"цим серійним номером/партією."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to "
+"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with "
+"removal dates."
+msgstr ""
+"Партії будуть комплектуватися на основі **дати їх вилучення**, починаючи з "
+"самого початку. Партії без дати вилучення, будуть скомплектовані після "
+"партій з датами вилучення."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting "
+"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates "
+"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when "
+"lots pass their **alert date**."
+msgstr ""
+"Усі дати, крім **дати вилучення**, призначені лише для інформаційних цілей "
+"та звітності. Партії, в яких минули будь-які або всі вказані терміни дії, "
+"можуть все ще бути скомплектовані для замовлень на доставку, і жодні "
+"сповіщення не надсилатимуться, коли партії передаватимуть **дату "
+"сповіщення**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140
+msgid ""
+"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are "
+"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four"
+" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: "
+"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and "
+"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields,"
+" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set "
+"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days "
+"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to "
+"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually "
+"after the lot has been created."
+msgstr ""
+"Дати закінчення терміну дії партій також можуть бути встановлені "
+"автоматично, коли товари надходять на склад. Після введення дат закінчення "
+"терміну дії серійних номерів на вкладці складської форми товару стануть "
+"доступні чотири нових поля: **термін дії товару**, **час використання "
+"товару**, **час вилучення товару** та **час сповіщення товару**. Коли ціле "
+"число вводиться в одне з цих полів, дата закінчення партії/серійного номеру "
+"відповідного товару буде встановлена ​​на дату створення партії/серійного "
+"номеру плюс кількість днів, вказаних у полі збільшення часу. Якщо поле "
+"збільшення часу встановлено на нуль, то дата закінчення партії/серійного "
+"номеру повинна бути визначена вручну після створення партії."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149
+msgid ""
+"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot "
+"expiration date fields as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+"Кожне з цих полів збільшення часу використовується для створення одного з "
+"полів закінчення терміну дії партій наступним чином:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151
+msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date"
+msgstr "Час використання товару --> найкраще до дати"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153
+msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date"
+msgstr "Час вилучення товару --> Дата вилучення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155
+msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date"
+msgstr "Час дії товару --> Дата закінчення терміну придатності"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157
+msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date"
+msgstr "Час сповіщення про товар --> Дата сповіщення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159
+msgid ""
+"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration"
+" --> Locations` and choose FEFO."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби встановити стратегію вилучення за місцем знаходження, перейдіть до "
+"розділу :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Місцезнаходження` та оберіть FEFO."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in "
+"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different "
+"expiration date."
+msgstr ""
+"Приведемо приклад: на складі ``WH/Stock`` доступні ``3`` партії "
+"``морозива``: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` з різним терміном дії."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
+msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
+msgstr "**Партія / Серійний номер**"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
+msgid "**Product**"
+msgstr "**Товар**"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
+msgid "**Expiration Date**"
+msgstr "**Термін придатності**"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
+msgid "LOT0001"
+msgstr "LOT0001"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
+msgid "Ice Cream"
+msgstr "Морозиво"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
+msgid "08/20/2015"
+msgstr "08/20/2015"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
+msgid "LOT0002"
+msgstr "LOT0002"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
+msgid "08/10/2015"
+msgstr "08/10/2015"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
+msgid "LOT0003"
+msgstr "LOT0003"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
+msgid "08/15/2015"
+msgstr "08/15/2015"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми створимо замовлення на продаж з ``15 кг`` ``морозива`` та підтвердимо "
+"його."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on "
+"removal strategy **FEFO**."
+msgstr ""
+"Вихідне відвантаження, пов'язане із замовленням на продаж, зробить перехід "
+"на основі стратегії вилучення **FEFO**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on"
+" the removal dates."
+msgstr ""
+"З ``LOT0002`` буде потрібно ``10 кг``, а ``LOT0003`` - ``5 кг`` на основі "
+"дат вилучення."
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192
+msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193
+msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3
+msgid "Settings"
+msgstr "Налаштування"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3
+msgid "Products"
+msgstr "Товари"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3
+msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
+msgstr "Як встановити правильну стратегію поповнення на складі"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but "
+"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
+"delivery strategies."
+msgstr ""
+"Правила Мінімального Запасу та Зробити на замовлення мають подібні наслідки,"
+" але різні правила. Вони повинні використовуватися в залежності від ваших "
+"технологій виробництва та стратегії доставки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
+"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
+"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
+" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the"
+" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
+msgstr ""
+"Правила мінімального запасу використовуються для забезпечення того, що у вас"
+" завжди є мінімальна кількість товару на складі для виготовлення вашої "
+"продукції та/або відповіді на потреби вашого клієнта. Коли рівень запасу "
+"товару досягає мінімального рівня, система автоматично генерує замовлення на"
+" закупівлю з кількістю, необхідною для досягнення максимального рівня "
+"запасу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of "
+"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the "
+"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated "
+"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
+msgstr ""
+"Функція Зробити на замовленням запускає замовлення на купівлю суми "
+"замовлення клієнта, пов'язаного з товаром. Система не буде перевіряти "
+"поточний запас. Це означає, що проект замовлення на купівлю буде "
+"згенерований незалежно від кількості, що знаходяться в наявності товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory "
+"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop"
+" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock "
+"values for a given product."
+msgstr ""
+"Налаштування правил мінімальних запасів доступне через ваш модуль Складу. У "
+"меню Управління складом виберіть \"Правило дозамовлення\" у випадаючому "
+"меню. Тоді натисніть \"Створити\", щоби встановити мінімальні та максимальні"
+" значення запасів для даного товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity "
+"multiple\" fields"
+msgstr ""
+"Покажіть підказки для полів \"мінімальна кількість\", \"максимальна "
+"кількість\" та \"кілька кількостей\"."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
+"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім натисніть на товар, щоби отримати доступ до відповідної форми товару, "
+"а в \"Підменю складу\" не забудьте вибрати постачальника."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be "
+"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
+msgstr ""
+"Не забудьте вибрати правильний тип товару. Витратний матеріал не може бути "
+"запакований, і тому не буде враховано в оцінці запасів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
+"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any "
+"other module where products are available)."
+msgstr ""
+"Налаштування Зробити на замовлення доступне у вашій формі товару через ваш "
+":menuselection:`Склад --> Контроль складу --> Товари` (або будь-який інший "
+"модуль, де доступні товари)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64
+msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
+msgstr "На формі товару в розділі \"Склад\" натисніть \"Зробити замовленням\"."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3
+msgid "How to use different units of measure?"
+msgstr "Як використовувати різні одиниці вимірювання?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary."
+" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of"
+" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, "
+"you will need to convert the units."
+msgstr ""
+"У деяких випадках необхідна обробка товарів у різних одиницях вимірювань. "
+"Наприклад, якщо ви купуєте товари в країні, де використовується метрична "
+"система, і продаєте її в країні, де використовується імперична система, вам "
+"доведеться конвертувати одиниці."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете налаштувати Odoo для роботи з різними одиницями вимірювання для "
+"одного товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be "
+"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on "
+"**Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"В додатку **Склад** перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Налаштування`. У розділі **Товари** виберіть **Деякі товари можуть бути "
+"продані/придбані в різних одиницях виміру (розширені)**, а потім натисніть "
+"кнопку **Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27
+msgid "Setting up units on your products"
+msgstr "Налаштування одиниць виміру на ваших товарах"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which "
+"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on "
+"**Edit**."
+msgstr ""
+"У :menuselection:`Контроль складу --> Товари`, відкрийте товар, в якій ви би"
+" хотіли змінити одиницю виміру купівлі/продажу, і натисніть кнопку "
+"**Редагувати**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product "
+"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done."
+msgstr ""
+"У розділі **Одиниця виміру** виберіть одиницю, в якій товар буде "
+"продаватися, і в якому буде здійснено внутрішні перекази."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you "
+"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+"У розділі **Одиниця вимірювання купівлі** виберіть одиницю, в якій ви "
+"купуєте товар. Коли ви закінчите, натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42
+msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть на кнопку редагування |edit|, щоб створити нове одиницю "
+"вимірювання."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46
+msgid "Transfer from one unit to another"
+msgstr "Переміщення з однієї одиниці в іншу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"При здійсненні переміщень між одиницями, округлення автоматично виконує "
+"Odoo."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only "
+"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category."
+msgstr ""
+"Одиницю вимірювання можна змінити протягом усього процесу. Єдина умова "
+"полягає в тому, що одиниця вимірювання є частиною тієї ж категорії."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54
+msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :"
+msgstr "У цьому прикладі ми займаємося яєчним бізнесом:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56
+msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)"
+msgstr "Ми купуємо яйця підносами (30 яєць)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58
+msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)"
+msgstr "Ми перевіряємо всі яйця індивідуально при отриманні (контроль якості)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60
+msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers"
+msgstr "Ми продаємо яйця десяткам покупцям"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The "
+"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**."
+msgstr ""
+"**Ціна продажу** виражається в **одиниці виміру товару**. **Вартість ціни** "
+"виражається в **одиниці виміру закупівлі**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**."
+msgstr "Усі внутрішні перекази виражаються в **одиниці виміру товару**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74
+msgid "Procurement"
+msgstr "Забезпечення"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of "
+"measure."
+msgstr ""
+"Виконавши запит на забезпечення, ви все одно можете змінити одиницю "
+"вимірювання."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82
+msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :"
+msgstr "Елемент вимірювання також може бути змінений у замовленні на купівлю:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90
+msgid "The quality control is done by unit."
+msgstr "Контроль якості здійснюється за одиницю."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality "
+"check is done by unit."
+msgstr ""
+"Основною одиницею вимірювання нашого товару є **Одиниця**. Тому перевірка "
+"якості здійснюється за одиницю."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is "
+"**Draft**."
+msgstr ""
+"Одиницю вимірювання можна змінити лише тоді, коли статус переміщення - "
+"**Чернетка**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74
+msgid "Delivery process"
+msgstr "Процес доставки"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the "
+"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from"
+" the unit to the dozen."
+msgstr ""
+"Яйця продаються десятком. Ви можете вибрати одиницю вимірювання у документі "
+"замовлення на продаж. При цьому ціна автоматично обчислюється від одиниці до"
+" десяти."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of"
+" measure :"
+msgstr ""
+"У замовленні на доставку початкова поставка виконується в одиниці "
+"вимірювання замовлення на продаж:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is "
+"converted automatically :"
+msgstr ""
+"Але переміщення виконується в одиниці виміру товару. Все конвертується "
+"автоматично:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3
+msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?"
+msgstr ""
+"Коли варто використовувати упаковки, одиниці вимірювання та комплекти?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6
+msgid "Unit of measures"
+msgstr "Одиниця вимірювання"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product."
+" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once."
+msgstr ""
+"Одиниці вимірювання є ознакою одиниці, що використовується для обробки "
+"товару. Товари можуть бути виражені в декількох одиницях вимірювання одразу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Активуйте цей параметр, якщо ви працюєте з кількома одиницями на вашому "
+"складі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your"
+" warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Купівельна одиниця вимірювання може відрізнятися від тієї, яку ви "
+"використовуєте на своєму складі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different."
+msgstr ""
+"Продажна одиниця вимірювання встановлюється в порядку продажу та може бути "
+"різною."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"The conversion between the different units of measures is done "
+"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the "
+"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)"
+msgstr ""
+"Конвертація між різними одиницями вимірювань здійснюється автоматично. Єдина"
+" умова полягає в тому, що всі одиниці повинні бути в тій же категорії "
+"(одиниця, вага, обсяг, довжина ...)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29
+msgid "Packages"
+msgstr "Пакунки"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several "
+"product."
+msgstr ""
+"Пакунок - це фізичний контейнер, в якому ви розміщуєте один або кілька "
+"товарів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38
+msgid "Packaging"
+msgstr "Упаковка"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40
+msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product."
+msgstr "Упаковка - це фізичний контейнер, який захищає ваш товар."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the "
+"notice and the power plug."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви продаєте комп'ютери, упаковка містить комп'ютер із повідомленням та "
+"штепсельною розеткою."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45
+msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose."
+msgstr "В Odoo упаковки використовуються для індикативних цілей."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is "
+"only for indicative purpose."
+msgstr ""
+"В **Упаковках** можна визначити, який використовується **Пакунок**. Але це "
+"тільки для індикативних цілей."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55
+msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?"
+msgstr "Коли використовувати пакунки, упаковки або одиниці вимірювання?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs "
+"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit"
+" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``."
+msgstr ""
+"Наприклад, ви продаєте яйця. На вашому складі ви керуєте яйцями окремо. "
+"Багато яєць бракуються і ви переміщуєте яйце за яйцем. **одиниця виміру** - "
+"``Одиниця(і)``."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the"
+" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви продаєте яйця дюжиною, то **одиниця вимірювання** продажу - "
+"``Дюжина``. Ви встановите його в замовленні на продаж."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the "
+"**packaging**."
+msgstr "``Картонні лотки``, що містять десяток яєць, є **упаковкою**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a "
+"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви продаєте кілька піддонів, ви можете загорнути всі лотки в "
+"``коробку`` або в ``пластикову`` упаковку. Це **пакунок**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70
+msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71
+msgid ":doc:`uom`"
+msgstr ":doc:`uom`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3
+msgid "Using product variants"
+msgstr "Використання варіантів товару"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, "
+"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level "
+"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)."
+msgstr ""
+"Варіанти товару використовуються для управління товарами, що мають різні "
+"варіанти, наприклад розмір, колір тощо. Це дозволяє керувати товаром на "
+"рівні шаблону (для всіх варіантів) та на рівні варіантів (специфічні "
+"атрибути)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:"
+msgstr "Наприклад, компанія, що продає футболки, може мати такий товар:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13
+msgid "B&C T-shirt"
+msgstr "Футболка B&C"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15
+msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL"
+msgstr "Розміри: S, M, L, XL, XXL"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16
+msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black"
+msgstr "Кольори: синій, червоний, білий, чорний"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C "
+"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому прикладі **футболок B&C** називається шаблоном товару, а **футболка "
+"B&C, S**, синій - це варіант. Розміри та колір є **атрибутами**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)."
+" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"У наведеному вище прикладі в цілому 20 різних товарів (5 розмірів на 4 "
+"кольори). Кожен з цих товарів має власну інвентаризацію, продаж та ін."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26
+msgid "Impact of variants"
+msgstr "Вплив варіантів"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the "
+"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU."
+msgstr ""
+"**Штрих-код**: код та штрих-код асоціюються з варіантом, а не з шаблоном. "
+"Кожен варіант може мати свій штрих-код / ​​SKU."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed "
+"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant "
+"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on "
+"the template or the variant."
+msgstr ""
+"**Ціна**: кожен варіант товару має свою публічну ціну, яка обчислюється на "
+"основі ціни шаблону ($ 20) за додатковим аксесуаром для кожного варіанта (+ "
+"3 дол. США за червоний колір). Тим не менше, ви можете визначити цінові "
+"правила, які застосовуються до шаблону або варіанту."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own "
+"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For "
+"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory "
+"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by "
+"variant)"
+msgstr ""
+"**Запас**: запас керується варіантом товару. Ви не володієте футболками, у "
+"вас є тільки \"Футболки, S, червоний\", або \"Футболки, M, синій\". Для "
+"інформаційного призначення, у формі шаблону товару ви отримуєте запас, який "
+"є сумою кожного варіанту (але фактичний запас обчислюється за варіантом)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a "
+"product may have its own primary picture."
+msgstr ""
+"**Зображення**: картинка пов'язана з варіантом, кожна варіація товару може "
+"мати свою основну картину."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. "
+"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: "
+"Income Account, Taxes)"
+msgstr ""
+"**Інші поля**: більшість інших полів належить до шаблону товару. Якщо ви їх "
+"оновлюєте, він автоматично оновлює всі варіанти (приклад: прибуток, "
+"податки)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50
+msgid "Should you use variants?"
+msgstr "Чи варто використовувати варіанти?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53
+msgid "When should you use variants?"
+msgstr "Коли слід використовувати варіанти?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55
+msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:"
+msgstr "Використання варіантів має такі наслідки:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product "
+"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he "
+"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)"
+msgstr ""
+"**Електронна комерція**: у вашому інтернет-магазині клієнт побачить лише "
+"шаблони товарів на сторінці каталогу. Коли відвідувач натискає на такий "
+"товар, він матиме варіанти вибору серед варіантів (кольори, розміри, ...)"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material"
+" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. "
+"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you"
+" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are "
+"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red."
+msgstr ""
+"**Виробництво**: Використання варіантів дозволяє визначити лише одну "
+"специфікацію для шаблону товару та невеликі варіації для деяких варіантів. "
+"Приклад: замість створення специфікації для \"Футболки, червоний, S\" ви "
+"створюєте специфікацію для \"футболки\" і додаєте рядки, що відповідають "
+"конкретному розміру S, а також інші рядки, специфічні для червоного кольору."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of "
+"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of "
+"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't"
+" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create "
+"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too."
+msgstr ""
+"**Ціноутворення**: ціна товару за замовчуванням обчислюється за ціною "
+"шаблону товару та додає необов'язкову додаткову ціну за кожним розміром "
+"варіанту. Таким чином, варіанти ціни простіше підтримувати, оскільки вам не "
+"потрібно встановлювати ціни за кожним варіантом. Однак можна створити цінові"
+" правила, щоби встановити ціну за варіантом."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77
+msgid "When should you avoid using variants?"
+msgstr "Коли слід уникати використання варіантів?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You "
+"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity "
+"of managing lots of products that are similars."
+msgstr ""
+"Використання варіантів може додати рівень складності в тому, як ви "
+"використовуєте Odoo. Ви повинні розглянути можливість використання варіантів"
+" лише у тому випадку, коли вам це потрібно, щоб зменшити складність "
+"управління багатьма товарами, які є аналогами."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you"
+" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import "
+"product templates and all their related variations."
+msgstr ""
+"Наприклад, імпорт початкового каталогу товарів є більш складним, якщо ви "
+"використовуєте варіанти. Ви не можете просто імпортувати список товарів, ви "
+"повинні імпортувати шаблони товарів та всі пов'язані з ними варіанти."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that "
+"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an "
+"example, a company having these products:"
+msgstr ""
+"Крім того, ви також повинні ретельно вибрати параметри, якими ви керуєте як "
+"окремими шаблонами товарів, і ті, що є варіантами. Наприклад, компанія, яка "
+"має ці товари:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91
+msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts"
+msgstr "Якість: футболки, поло"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110
+msgid "Color: Red, Blue"
+msgstr "Колір: червоний, синій"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111
+msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL"
+msgstr "Розмір: S, M, L, XL"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of "
+"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two "
+"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or "
+"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the "
+"e-Commerce:"
+msgstr ""
+"У такому випадку ви можете створити 1 шаблон з трьома параметрами варіантів "
+"(Компонування, футболки, поло). Але рекомендується створити два різні "
+"шаблони товарів, оскільки футболки можуть сильно відрізнятись від поло або "
+"сорочок, і споживач сподівається побачити їх як два різні товари в "
+"електронній комерції:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103
+msgid "Product Template: T-shirt"
+msgstr "Шаблон товару: футболка"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108
+msgid "Product Template: Polos"
+msgstr "Шаблон товару: поло"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117
+msgid "Activate the variant feature"
+msgstr "Активізуйте функцію варіанту"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product "
+"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the "
+"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products "
+"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several "
+"attributes**, then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"Перш ніж використовувати варіанти товару, спочатку потрібно активувати "
+"варіанти товару в налаштуваннях. Для цього потрібно перейти до додатку "
+"Продажі. У меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` знайдіть "
+"рядок **Варіанти товару** та поставте прапорець біля опції **Товари можуть "
+"мати кілька атрибутів**, потім натисніть **Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129
+msgid "Creating products with variants"
+msgstr "Створення товарів з різними варіантами"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your "
+"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules."
+msgstr ""
+"Після активації варіантів, ви можете додати варіанти до ваших товарів. Для "
+"цього перейдіть до модуля  :menuselection:`Продажі --> Товари`. Він також "
+"доступний у модулі Купівлі та Склад."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135
+msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to."
+msgstr "Тепер натисніть на товар, до якого потрібно додати варіанти."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in "
+"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. "
+"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on "
+"**Create**."
+msgstr ""
+"На сторінці товару з'явилася нова вкладка Варіанти. Фіолетовий номер, "
+"написаний зверху, - це кількість варіантів цього товару в даний час. Щоби "
+"додати нові варіанти, натисніть на плитку. У новому вікні натисніть кнопку "
+"**Створити**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142
+msgid ""
+"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of "
+"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create "
+"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…"
+msgstr ""
+"У розділі **Атрибути** клацніть на розгорнутому меню та виберіть тип "
+"різниці, який ви хочете додати. Якщо варіант ще не існує, ви можете створити"
+" його на льоту, натиснувши кнопку Створити та редагуйте..."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149
+msgid ""
+"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the "
+"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the "
+"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory."
+msgstr ""
+"У вікні Атрибути поле **Значення** - це опис атрибута, такого як Зелений, "
+"Пластиковий або «32 Гб». Поле **Атрибут** - це тип варіанта, такого як "
+"Колір, Матеріал або Пам'ять."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156
+msgid ""
+"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the "
+"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on "
+"**Save**."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете додати вартість варіанту на льоту, додавши його в поле **Додаткові"
+" характеристики** або оберіть його пізніше. Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160
+msgid ""
+"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете додати інший штрих-код та внутрішнє посилання на варіант."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163
+msgid ""
+"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on "
+"**Save**."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви ввели всі специфікації цього варіанту, натисніть кнопку "
+"**Зберегти**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167
+msgid "Managing Product Variants"
+msgstr "Управління варіантами товару"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172
+msgid ""
+"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two "
+"variant attributes :"
+msgstr ""
+"Наведені нижче приклади є основою цього шаблону товару, який має два "
+"атрибути варіанта:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175
+msgid "T-Shirt B&C"
+msgstr "Футболка B&C"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177
+msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White"
+msgstr "Колір: червоний, синій, білий"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179
+msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL"
+msgstr "Розмір: S, M, L, XL, XXL"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182
+msgid "Managing combination possibilities"
+msgstr "Управління можливостями комбінації"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products "
+"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, "
+"you can deactivate the white product variant."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням, використовуючи вказаний вище шаблон товару, ви отримуєте "
+"15 різних товарів (3 кольори, 5 розмірів). Якщо розмір XXL існує лише для "
+"червоних та синіх футболок, ви можете деактивувати варіант білого товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt."
+" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, "
+"XXL."
+msgstr ""
+"Для цього натисніть кнопку **Варіанти**, виберіть XXL, біла футболка. З "
+"форми товару зніміть позначення **Активно** футболки білого кольору XXL."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197
+msgid ""
+"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0."
+msgstr "Деактивація товару відрізняється від наявності інвентаризації 0."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200
+msgid "Setting a price per variant"
+msgstr "Встановлення ціни за варіант"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202
+msgid ""
+"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a "
+"product."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете додати вартість по основній ціні для деяких варіантів товару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your "
+"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the "
+"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values."
+msgstr ""
+"Після активації варіантів, ви можете додати варіанти до ваших товарів. Для "
+"цього перейдіть до модуля Продажі, відкрийте :menuselection:`Продажі --> "
+"Товари` і натисніть на товар, який потрібно змінити. Натисніть кнопку "
+"**Варіанти цін**, щоби переглянути список варіантів значень."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213
+msgid ""
+"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields "
+"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the "
+"variant that will be added to the original price."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть на назві варіанту, до якого потрібно додати значення, щоби зробити"
+" 3 поля редагованими. У полі **Атрибут додаткової характеристики** додайте "
+"вартість варіанту, який буде додано до початкової ціни."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220
+msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви введете всі додаткові значення, натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3
+msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?"
+msgstr "Яка різниця між складом та місцезнаходженням?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items "
+"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between "
+"warehouses."
+msgstr ""
+"**Склад** в Odoo - це фактично будівля/місце, в якому складуються ваші "
+"товари. Ви можете встановити кілька складів і створювати переходи між ними."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be "
+"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an "
+"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is "
+"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure "
+"as much locations as you need under one warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+"**Місцезнаходження** - це конкретне місце на вашому складі. Воно може "
+"розглядатися як підрозділ вашого складу, полиця, підлога, прохід і т. д. "
+"Тому розташування є частиною лише одного складу, і неможливо пов'язати одне "
+"місцезнаходження з кількома складами. Ви можете налаштувати стільки "
+"місцезнаходжень, скільки вам потрібно під одним складом."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15
+msgid "There are 3 types of locations:"
+msgstr "Існує 3 типи місцезнаходжень:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the "
+"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and "
+"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"**Фізичні місцезнаходження** - це внутрішні місцезнаходження, які є частиною"
+" складу, якого ви є власником. Вони можуть бути областю навантаження та "
+"розвантаження вашого складу, полиці або відділу тощо."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's "
+"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only "
+"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+"**Місцезнаходження партнерів** - це простір на складі клієнта та/або "
+"постачальника. Вони працюють так само, як і в \"Фізичних місцезнаходжень\", "
+"але лише тому, що ви не є власником складу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which "
+"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or "
+"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of "
+"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into "
+"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)."
+msgstr ""
+"**Віртуальні місцезнаходження** - це місця, які не існують, але в них можна "
+"розміщувати товари, якщо вони ще не є (або більше) інвентаризованими. Вони "
+"стануть у нагоді, коли ви хочете помістити втрачені товари з вашого запасу "
+"(у **Втрати складу**) або коли ви хочете взяти до уваги товари, які "
+"переходять на ваш склад (**Забезпечення**)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your "
+"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives "
+"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the "
+"organization of your warehouses."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo місцезнаходження розташовані ієрархічно. Ви можете структурувати свої"
+" місцезнаходження як дерево, залежно від відносин між батьківським та "
+"дочірнім. Це дає вам більш детальний рівень аналізу ваших операцій на складі"
+" та організації ваших складів."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44
+msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`"
+msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48
+msgid ":doc:`location_creation`"
+msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3
+msgid "How to create a new location?"
+msgstr "Як створити нове місцезнаходження?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9
+msgid "Creating a new location"
+msgstr "Створення нового місцезнаходження"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to "
+"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**"
+" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then "
+"click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби мати можливість створювати нові місцезнаходження, ви повинні дозволити "
+"системі керувати кількома місцезнаходженнями. В модулі **Склад** відкрийте "
+"меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. У розділі "
+"**Місцезнаходження та склад** позначте пункт **Керування кількома "
+"місцезнаходженнями**, після чого натисніть **Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on "
+"**Create**."
+msgstr ""
+"У модулі **Склад** відкрийте :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Управління "
+"Складом --> Місцезнаходження`. У вікні Місцезнаходження натисніть кнопку "
+"**Створити**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the"
+" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, "
+"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed"
+" to a location."
+msgstr ""
+"Введіть назву місцезнаходження в полі **Назва місцезнаходження** та виберіть"
+" **Батьківське місцезнаходження** в списку. Батьківське місцезнаходження "
+"може бути фізичним, партнером або віртуальним розташуванням, і ви можете "
+"додавати якнайбільше підобластей, якщо це необхідно, до місцезнаходження."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to"
+" describe your location."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете заповнити поля **Додаткової інформації** та додати примітку,"
+" щоб описати своє місцезнаходження."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35
+msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**."
+msgstr "Коли ви закінчите, натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are "
+"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, "
+"containing all the sublocations in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Склад також відповідає місцезнаходженню. Оскільки місцезнаходження є "
+"ієрархічними, Odoo створить батьківське розташування складу, що містить всі "
+"підкласи в ньому."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47
+msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`"
+msgstr ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3
+msgid "How to create a new warehouse?"
+msgstr "Як створити новий склад?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to "
+"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**"
+" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then "
+"click on **apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби мати можливість створювати новий склад, ви повинні дозволити системі "
+"керувати кількома місцезнаходженнями. У модулі **Склад** відкрийте меню "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. У розділі **Місцезнаходження"
+" та склад** позначте **Керування кількома місцезнаходженнями**, після чого "
+"натисніть **Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> "
+"Warehouses`"
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Управління складом --> "
+"Склади`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 "
+"fields :"
+msgstr ""
+"На екрані складів натисніть кнопку **Створити**. З'явиться новий екран з "
+"трьома полями:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25
+msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse."
+msgstr "У **Назві складу** введіть повну назву складу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. "
+"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so "
+"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter."
+msgstr ""
+"У полі **Коротка назва** введіть 5-символьний код для вашого складу. "
+"Пам'ятайте, що цей код відображається у списках, тому переконайтеся, що ви "
+"вибрали назву, яку легко зрозуміти та легко вводити."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one "
+"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the "
+"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and "
+"edit it afterwards."
+msgstr ""
+"У полі **Адреси** ви можете вибрати існуючу компанію або створити її на "
+"ходу. Тому адреса вашого складу буде такою ж, як і вибрана вами компанія. Ви"
+" також можете залишити це поле порожнім і редагувати його пізніше."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40
+msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse."
+msgstr "Натисніть **Зберегти**, щоби завершити налаштування вашого складу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking "
+"types and main child locations for this main location in the background."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви створюєте склад, система створює необхідні типи збору та основні "
+"дочірні місцезнаходження для цього основного розташування у фоновому режимі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3
+msgid "Shipping Operations"
+msgstr "Операції доставки"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3
+msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
+msgstr "Як скасувати запит на доставку перевізнику?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
+"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo може обробляти різні способи доставки, включаючи сторонніх превізників."
+" Odoo буде пов'язана із системою відстеження транспортної компанії."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
+"destination."
+msgstr ""
+"Це дозволить вам керувати транспортною компанією, реальними цінами та "
+"призначенням."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15
+msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
+msgstr "Ви можете легко скасувати запит, надісланий до системи перевізника."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18
+msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
+msgstr "Як скасувати запит на доставку?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
+"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо замовлення на доставку не **Підтверджено**, запит не було зроблено. Ви "
+"можете скасувати доставку або змінити перевізника."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
+"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
+" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
+"Tracking Ref**:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви натиснули кнопку **Підтвердити**, запит було зроблено, і вам "
+"потрібно було отримати номер відстеження та мітку. Ви все ще можете "
+"скасувати запит. Просто натисніть кнопку **Скасувати** поруч із кнопкою "
+"**Відстеження перевізника**:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32
+msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
+msgstr "Тепер ви побачите, що доставка була скасована."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37
+msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
+msgstr "Тепер ви можете змінити перевізника, якщо хочете."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40
+msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
+msgstr "Як відправити запит на доставку після скасування його?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
+"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
+"get a new tracking number and a new label."
+msgstr ""
+"Після скасування запиту на доставку ви можете змінити перевізника, якого "
+"хочете використовувати. Підтвердіть це, натиснувши кнопку **Надіслати "
+"відправнику**. Ви отримаєте новий номер відстеження та нову мітку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83
+msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
+msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116
+msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
+msgstr ":doc:`multipack`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3
+msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?"
+msgstr "Як зарахувати вартість доставки клієнту?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8
+msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:"
+msgstr "Існує два способи виставлення рахунку за доставку:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10
+msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order"
+msgstr "Погодьте з клієнтом витрати та закріпіть їх в замовленні на продаж."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13
+msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping."
+msgstr "Виставлення рахунку за фактичну вартість доставки"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** "
+"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery "
+"Methods`."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб налаштувати ціну ваших методів доставки, перейдіть до додатку **Склад**,"
+" натисніть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Доставка --> Методи "
+"доставки`."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on "
+"rules."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете вручну встановити ціну на доставку: вона може бути виправлена або "
+"заснована на правилах."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the "
+"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
+msgstr ""
+"Або ви можете використовувати систему обчислення транспортування компанії. "
+"Прочитайте документацію :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28
+msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?"
+msgstr "Як нарахувати витрати за доставку клієнту?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31
+msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order"
+msgstr "Встановлення ціни рахунку-фактури на замовлення на продаж"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on "
+"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
+msgstr ""
+"У своєму замовленні на продаж виберіть постачальника, який буде "
+"використовуватися. Натисніть на **Метод доставки**, щоб вибрати правильний."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on "
+"**Set price**."
+msgstr ""
+"Ціна обчислюється, коли ви **зберігаєте** замовлення на продаж чи натискаєте"
+" **Встановити ціну**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
+"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
+"product. It may vary from the real price."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб зарахувати вартість доставки у замовленні на продаж, натисніть "
+"**Встановити ціну**, це додасть рядок з назвою методу доставки як товар. Він"
+" може відрізнятися від реальної ціни."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order."
+msgstr ""
+"Під час створення рахунку-фактури ціна встановлюється в замовленні на "
+"продаж."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53
+msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs"
+msgstr "Виставлення рахунку з реальними витрати на доставку"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale "
+"order and proceed to deliver the product."
+msgstr ""
+"Ціна обчислюється, коли ви **зберігаєте** замовлення на продаж. Підтвердіть "
+"замовлення на продаж і продовжуйте доставляти товар. "
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated."
+msgstr ""
+"Реальна вартість доставки обчислюється, коли замовлення доставки "
+"перевіряється."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order."
+msgstr ""
+"Поверніться до замовлення на продаж, тепер реальні витрати додаються до "
+"замовлення на продаж."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier."
+msgstr "Під час створення рахунку-фактури ціна обчислюється перевізником."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will "
+"add a line to the sale order."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви розділили доставку та зробили декілька, кожне замовлення на доставку"
+" додасть рядок до замовлення на продаж."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87
+msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84
+msgid ":doc:`labels`"
+msgstr ":doc:`labels`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3
+msgid "How to print shipping labels?"
+msgstr "Як роздрукувати накладну?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers "
+"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to "
+"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And "
+"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo може обробляти різні способи доставки, включаючи сторонніх "
+"постачальників, пов'язаних із системою відстеження транспортної компанії. Це"
+" дозволяє вам керувати транспортною компанією, реальними цінами та "
+"призначенням. І, нарешті, ви зможете надрукувати накладні прямо з Odoo."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17
+msgid "Install the shipper company connector module"
+msgstr "Встановіть модуль інтеграції з перевізником"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
+"you want to integrate :"
+msgstr ""
+"У модулі Склад натисніть :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. У "
+"розділі **Інтеграція з перевізником** позначте транспортні компанії, які ви "
+"хочете інтегрувати:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33
+msgid "Configure the delivery method"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте метод доставки"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on"
+" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб налаштувати способи доставки, перейдіть до модуля **Склад**, натисніть "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Методи доставки`."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
+"created."
+msgstr "Методи доставки вибраних перевізників були автоматично створені."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery "
+"will be handled and computed by the shipper system."
+msgstr ""
+"На вкладці **Ціни** назва постачальника означає, що доставка буде "
+"оброблятися та обчислюватися системою відправника."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44
+msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :"
+msgstr "Налаштування відправника розділені на дві колонки:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For"
+" more information, please refer to the provider website."
+msgstr ""
+"Перша пов'язана з **вашим обліком** (ключ розробника, пароль, ...). "
+"Додаткову інформацію можна знайти на веб-сайті постачальника."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the "
+"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..."
+msgstr ""
+"Друга колонка залежить від **постачальника**. Ви можете вибрати тип "
+"упаковки, тип сервісу, ваговий блок..."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65
+msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings."
+msgstr ""
+"Зніміть прапорець біля **тестового режиму**, коли закінчите перевірку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77
+msgid "Company configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування компанії"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company "
+"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб обчислити правильну ціну, постачальник потребує вашої інформації про "
+"компанію. Переконайтеся, що ваша адреса та номер телефону правильно "
+"закодовані."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on "
+"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company "
+"data**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби перевірити свою інформацію, перейдіть до **Налаштувань** та натисніть "
+"**Загальні налаштування**. Натисніть перше посилання **Налаштувати дані "
+"вашої компанії**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90
+msgid "Product configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування товару"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price "
+"computation cannot be done."
+msgstr ""
+"Підприємства відправника потребують ваги вашої продукції, в іншому випадку "
+"обчислити ціну не вийде."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open "
+"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
+msgstr ""
+"Зайдіть до модуля **Продажі**, натисніть на  :menuselection:`Продажі --> "
+"Товари`. Відкрийте товари, які ви хочете відправити, і встановіть вагу на "
+"ньому."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do"
+" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
+msgstr ""
+"Вага на формі товару виражається у кілограмах. Не забувайте робити "
+"перетворення, якщо ви звикли до імперичної вимірювальної системи."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85
+msgid "How to print shipping labels ?"
+msgstr "Як надрукувати накладні?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping "
+"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to."
+msgstr ""
+"Замовлення на доставку, створене із замовлення на продаж, прийме інформацію "
+"про доставку, але ви можете змінити перевізника, якщо хочете."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the"
+" third party shipper in the additional info tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви створюєте передачу доставки з модуля складу, ви можете додати "
+"стороннього перевізника на вкладці додаткової інформації."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть **Підтвердити**, щоб отримати номер відстеження та "
+"**накладну(і)**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :"
+msgstr "Наклейка на упаковці доступна в історії під назвою:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104
+msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :"
+msgstr "Натисніть на неї, щоб відкрити документ і роздрукувати його:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be "
+"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви здійснюєте переміщення кількох пакунків, у більшості випадків на "
+"кожному пакунку буде одна мітка. Кожна мітка відображатиметься в історії "
+"доставки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?"
+msgstr "Як керувати кількома пакунками для одного замовлення на доставку?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. "
+"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is "
+"fully integrated with the third-party shippers."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням Odoo вважає, що ваша доставка складається з одного пакунку."
+" Але ви можете легко доставити свої поставки більше ніж на один пакунок. Він"
+" повністю інтегрований зі сторонніми постачальниками."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
+"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
+"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб налаштувати використання пакунків, перейдіть до меню  "
+":menuselection:`Склад --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`. Знайдіть розділ "
+"**Упаковка** і позначте **Записати пакунки, які використовуються на "
+"упаковці: піддони, коробки,...**"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23
+msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done."
+msgstr "Натисніть **Застосувати**, коли ви закінчите."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110
+msgid "Sale order"
+msgstr "Замовлення на продаж"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34
+msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
+msgstr "Натисніть на **Метод доставки**, щоб вибрати правильний."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40
+msgid "Multi-packages Delivery"
+msgstr "Доставка декількох пакунків"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
+"from it."
+msgstr ""
+"Доставка, створена за замовленням на продаж, прийме інформацію про доставку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48
+msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages."
+msgstr "Звідси ви можете розділити вашу доставку на кілька пакунків."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** "
+"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть кількість, яку ви хочете розмістити в першому пакунку в стовпці "
+"**Готово**, після чого натисніть посилання **Запакувати**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56
+msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity."
+msgstr "Це автоматично створить пакет із запитуваною кількістю."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58
+msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in."
+msgstr "Зробіть ті самі кроки для інших позицій, які ви хочете запакувати."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63
+msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done."
+msgstr "Натисніть **Підтвердити**, коли ви закінчите."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66
+msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper"
+msgstr "Кілька пакунків зі стороннім перевізником"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. "
+"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on "
+"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як замовлення на доставку буде підтверджено, ви отримаєте номер "
+"відстеження. Поле **відстеження перевізника** автоматично заповнюється. "
+"Натисніть кнопку **Відстеження**, щоби перевірити свою доставку на веб-сайті"
+" постачальника."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history "
+"underneath:"
+msgstr ""
+"**Мітки**, яких слід дотримуватися у ваших пакунках, доступні в історії:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Shipping Setup"
+msgstr "Налаштування доставки"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup a delivery method?"
+msgstr "Як встановити метод доставки?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by "
+"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries "
+"but also on your e-commerce."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo може обробляти різні способи доставки, але за замовчуванням вони не "
+"активовані. Методи доставки можуть використовуватися для замовлень на "
+"продаж, ваших доставок, а також для вашої електронної комерції."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and "
+"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to "
+"compute the real price and the packagings."
+msgstr ""
+"Методи доставки дозволяють вам керувати транспортною компанією, ціною та "
+"призначенням. Ви навіть можете інтегрувати Odoo із зовнішніми "
+"вантажовідправниками, щоб обчислити реальну ціну та тару."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20
+msgid "Install the inventory module"
+msgstr "Встановіть модуль складу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to "
+"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in"
+" order to see it :"
+msgstr ""
+"Методи доставки обробляються модулем **Витрати на доставку**. Перейдіть до "
+"**Програм** та знайдіть модуль. Щоби побачити, слід вилучити фільтр "
+"**Програми**:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to"
+" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете інтегрувати методи доставки в свою електронну комерцію, вам "
+"доведеться встановити модуль **Доставка електронної комерції**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39
+msgid "First set a name and a transporter company."
+msgstr "Спочатку встановіть назву і транспортну компанію."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules."
+msgstr ""
+"Тоді вам доведеться встановити ціну. Вона може бути фіксованою або "
+"заснованою на правилах."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the "
+"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the "
+"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ціна встановлена, натисніть **Фіксована ціна**. Вам просто доведеться "
+"визначити ціну. Якщо ви хочете, щоб доставка була безкоштовною вище певної "
+"суми, позначте пункт **Вільна, якщо загальна сума замовлень перевищує** та "
+"встановіть ціну."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on "
+"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the "
+"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ціна змінюється відповідно до правил, позначте пункт **На основі "
+"правил**. Натисніть на **додати елемент до правила ціноутворення**. Виберіть"
+" умову, залежно від ваги, обсягу, ціни або кількості."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit "
+"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature "
+"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce."
+msgstr ""
+"Нарешті, ви можете обмежити спосіб доставки кількома пунктами призначення. "
+"Обмеження можна застосувати до деяких країн, районів або навіть поштових "
+"індексів. Ця функція обмежує список країн у вашій електронній торгівлі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real "
+"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See "
+":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете інтегрувати Odoo із зовнішніми відправниками, щоб обчислити "
+"реальну ціну та упаковку, а також обробляти друк етикеток. Дивіться "
+":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want "
+"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
+"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
+"product."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ви можете вибрати **Метод доставки** у своєму замовленні на продаж. "
+"Якщо ви хочете нарахувати вартість доставки у замовленні на продаж, "
+"натисніть **Встановити ціну**, вона додасть рядок з назвою методу доставки "
+"як товар."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
+msgid "Delivery"
+msgstr "Доставка"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
+msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
+msgstr "Ви можете додати або змінити спосіб доставки на саму доставку."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the "
+"chosen delivery method."
+msgstr ""
+"На доставці перевірте **Інформацію про перевізника**. Перевізник - це "
+"вибраний метод доставки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99
+msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
+msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158
+msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3
+msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
+msgstr "Як отримати облікові дані DHL для інтеграції з Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5
+msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
+msgstr "Щоб користуватися API Odoo DHL, вам буде потрібно:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
+msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
+msgstr "DHL.com SiteID"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
+msgid "A DHL Password"
+msgstr "Пароль DHL"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
+msgid "A DHL Account Number"
+msgstr "Обліковий номер DHL"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
+"Rest of the world)"
+msgstr ""
+"Отримання SiteID та пароль для інших країн, окрім США (Великобританія та "
+"решта країн світу)."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
+"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви повинні зв'язатися з менеджером облікового запису DHL та попросити "
+"інтеграцію до API XML Express. Попередні номери повинні надати вам дійсні "
+"облікові дані."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20
+msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for  United States"
+msgstr "Отримання SiteID та паролю для Сполучених Штатів"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
+"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб отримати API-доступ, потрібно написати на адресу xmlrequests@dhl.com "
+"разом із повними даними облікового запису, як-от номер обліку, регіон, "
+"адресу тощо."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as "
+"given in the demo data:"
+msgstr ""
+"Тим часом, для тестування рішення ви можете використовувати тести облікових "
+"даних, як вказано в демонстраційних даних:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26
+msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest"
+msgstr "**SiteID**: CustomerTest"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28
+msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV"
+msgstr "**Пароль**: alkd89nBV"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30
+msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577"
+msgstr "**Обліковий номер DHL**: 803921577"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
+msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
+msgstr "Як налаштувати стороннього перевізника в Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
+"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will "
+"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
+"destination."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo може обробляти різні способи доставки, включаючи сторонніх "
+"перевізників. Odoo можна пов'язати із системою відстеження транспортної "
+"компанії. Це дозволить вам керувати транспортною компанією, реальними цінами"
+" та призначенням."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
+"you want to integrate :"
+msgstr ""
+"У модулі Склад натисніть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. "
+"У розділі **Інтеграція з перевізником** поставте прапорці транспортних "
+"компаній, які ви хочете інтегрувати:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
+"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same"
+" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**"
+" shipping."
+msgstr ""
+"Методи доставки вибраних вантажовідправників були автоматично створені. У "
+"більшості випадків для одного постачальника буде **два** способи доставки: "
+"один для **міжнародної** доставки та інший для **внутрішньої** доставки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"You can create other methods with the same provider with other "
+"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете створювати інші методи з тим самим перевізником з іншим "
+"налаштуванням, наприклад **тип упаковки**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that "
+"will appear on your ecommerce."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете змінити **назву** методу доставки. Це назва, яка відображатиметься"
+" на електронній комерції."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49
+msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it."
+msgstr "Позначте **Доставка увімкнена**, коли ви готові до її використання."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price "
+"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system."
+msgstr ""
+"На вкладці ціноутворення ім'я провайдера, обраного під **Обчислення ціни**, "
+"означає, що ціна буде обчислена системою перевізника."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57
+msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:"
+msgstr "Налаштування перевізника розділена на дві колонки:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). "
+"For more information, please refer to the provider website."
+msgstr ""
+"Перша пов'язана з **вашим обліком** (ключ розробника, пароль, ...). "
+"Додаткову інформацію можна знайти на веб-сайті постачальника."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can "
+"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits "
+"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic "
+"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the "
+"United States."
+msgstr ""
+"Нарешті, ви можете обмежити спосіб доставки кількома пунктами призначення. "
+"Ви можете обмежити його деякими країнами чи навіть поштовими кодами. Ця "
+"функція обмежує список країн у вашій електронній торгівлі."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products"
+" you want to ship and set a weight on it."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до меню  :menuselection:`Продажі --> Продажі --> Товари`. "
+"Відкрийте товари, які ви хочете відправити, і встановіть на них вагу."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to "
+"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
+msgstr ""
+"Вага на формі товару виражається у кілограмах. Не забудьте зробити "
+"перетворення, якщо ви звикли до імперичної вимірювальної системи."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery "
+"method** to choose the right one."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ви можете вибрати перевізника у своєму замовленні на продаж. Натисніть"
+" **Метод доставки**, щоб вибрати потрібний."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on "
+"**Set price**."
+msgstr ""
+"Ціна обчислюється, коли ви зберігаєте замовлення на продаж чи натискаєте "
+"**Встановити ціну**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, "
+"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery "
+"method as a product. It may vary from the real price."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете нарахувати вартість доставки у замовленні на продаж, "
+"натисніть **Встановити ціну**, вона додасть рядок з назвою методу доставки "
+"як товар. Він може відрізнятися від реальної ціни."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will "
+"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the"
+" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
+msgstr ""
+"В іншому випадку реальна ціна (розрахована, коли доставка перевірена) буде "
+"автоматично додана до рахунку-фактури. Для детальнішої інформації прочитайте"
+" документацію :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
+"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to."
+msgstr ""
+"Доставка, створена за замовленням на продаж, прийме інформацію про доставку."
+" Ви можете змінити перевізника, якщо хочете."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141
+msgid ""
+"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will"
+" be computed once the transfer is validated."
+msgstr ""
+"Вага обчислюється на основі вагових товарів. Вартість доставки буде "
+"розрахована після перевірки переміщення."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking"
+" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button "
+"to check your delivery on the provider website."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть **Підтвердити**, щоб отримати номер відстеження. Поле "
+"**Відстеження перевізника** автоматично заповнюється. Натисніть кнопку "
+"**Відстеження**, щоб перевірити свою доставку на веб-сайті постачальника "
+"послуг."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159
+msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3
+msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
+msgstr "Як отримати облікові дані UPS для інтеграції з Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
+msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
+msgstr "Для того, щоб скористатися API UPS для Odoo, вам знадобиться:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
+msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
+msgstr " ID користувача UPS.com та пароль"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
+msgid "A UPS account number"
+msgstr "Обліковий номер UPS "
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
+msgid "An Access Key"
+msgstr "Ключ доступу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the"
+" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
+msgstr ""
+"Ключ доступу - це 16-значний літеро-цифровий код, що дозволяє отримати "
+"доступ до серверів розробки API розробника UPS."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
+msgid "Create a UPS Account"
+msgstr "Створіть облік UPS"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
+" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
+"Service in order to to open an account."
+msgstr ""
+"Зверніть увагу, що лише клієнти, розташовані в США, можуть відкрити "
+"обліковий запис UPS онлайн. Якщо ви знаходитесь за межами США, вам "
+"доведеться звернутися до служби підтримки UPS, щоб відкрити облік."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
+" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
+"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете ознайомитися з додатковою інформацією про відкриття обліку UPS на "
+"своєму веб-сайті на сторінці `Як відкрити обліковий запис UPS онлайн "
+"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
+"online profile by following these steps:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас ще немає облікового запису UPS, ви можете створити його разом із "
+"вашим онлайновим профілем, виконавши вказані нижче дії."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
+" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
+msgstr ""
+"1. Отримайте доступ до веб-сайту UPS.com на `www.ups.com "
+"<http://www.ups.com/>`__, і натисніть посилання **Новий користувач** зверху "
+"сторінки."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
+"complete the registration process."
+msgstr ""
+"2. Натисніть кнопку **Реєстрація для MyUPS**, і дотримуйтесь підказок, щоб "
+"завершити процес реєстрації."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
+"follows:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас вже є обліковий запис UPS, ви можете додати його до свого онлайн-"
+"профілю таким чином:"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)"
+" using your UPS.com User ID and Password."
+msgstr ""
+"1. Зайдіть на сайт UPS.com (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__) "
+"використовуючи ваш ID UPS.com та пароль."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
+msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
+msgstr "Натисніть вкладку **Мій UPS**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
+msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
+msgstr "Натисніть посилання **Резюме облікового запису**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
+"Details** section of the page."
+msgstr ""
+"4. Натисніть посилання **Додати існуючий обліковий запис UPS ** у розділі "
+"сторінки **Інформація про обліковий запис UPS**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
+"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
+" States.q"
+msgstr ""
+"5. На екрані **Додати новий обліковий запис** введіть **Номер облікового "
+"запису **, **Назву облікового запису**, а також **Поштовий код**. Країна за "
+"замовчуванням стоїть як Сполучені Штати."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54
+msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
+msgstr "Натисніть кнопку **Далі**, щоби продовжити."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
+msgid "Get an Access Key"
+msgstr "Отримайте ключ доступу"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
+"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як ви додали свій номер облікового запису UPS у свій профіль "
+"користувача, ви можете замовити ключ доступу з UPS, скориставшись наведеними"
+" нижче інструкціями."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page "
+"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US "
+"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"1. Перейдіть до веб-сторінки **UPS Developer Kit**  "
+"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US "
+"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65
+msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
+msgstr "Увійдіть на UPS.com з вашим ID та паролем"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67
+msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
+msgstr "Натисніть на посилання **Запит на ключ доступу**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69
+msgid "Verify your contact information"
+msgstr "Перевірте свою контактну інформацію"
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71
+msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
+msgstr "Натисніть на кнопку **Запит на ключ доступу**."
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
+"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
+"contact."
+msgstr ""
+"**Ключ доступу** буде надано вам на веб-сторінці, а електронний лист із "
+"ключом доступу буде надіслано на адресу електронної пошти основного "
+"контакту."
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0b10d5e1c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5
+msgid "Live Chat"
+msgstr "Онлайн-чат"
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8
+msgid "Chat in live with website visitors"
+msgstr "Живе спілкування з відвідувачами веб-сайту"
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website "
+"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will "
+"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way,"
+" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You "
+"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is "
+"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction."
+msgstr ""
+"З Онлайн-чатом Odoo ви можете встановити прямий контакт із відвідувачами "
+"вашого веб-сайту. Просте діалогове вікно з'явиться на екрані та дозволить їм"
+" зв'язатися з одним із ваших торгових представників. Таким чином, ви можете "
+"легко перетворити ліди у нагоди. Ви також зможете надавати допомогу своїм "
+"клієнтам. Загалом, це ідеальний інструмент для покращення задоволеності "
+"клієнтів."
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування"
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\""
+" and then click on install."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб отримати функцію Онлайн-чату, відкрийте модуль Додатки, знайдіть "
+"\"Онлайн-чат\", а потім натисніть кнопку Встановити."
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, "
+"operators can easily join and leave the chat."
+msgstr ""
+"Модуль Онлайн-чату надає прямий доступ до ваших каналів. Там оператори "
+"можуть легко приєднатися та виходити з чату."
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34
+msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website"
+msgstr "Додайте онлайн-чат на веб-сайт Odoo"
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically "
+"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->"
+" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the "
+"website."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ваш веб-сайт був створений за допомогою Odoo, то автоматично буде "
+"доданий онлайн-чат. Все, що потрібно зробити, це перейти на :menuselection"
+":`Веб-сайт --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`, щоби вибрати канал, який буде"
+" пов'язаний з веб-сайтом."
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45
+msgid "Add the live chat to an external website"
+msgstr "Додайте онлайн-чат на зовнішній веб-сайт"
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and "
+"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the "
+"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers "
+"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ваш веб-сайт не був створений за допомогою Odoo, перейдіть до модуля "
+"Онлайн-чат, а потім виберіть канал, який потрібно прив'язати. Там ви можете "
+"просто скопіювати доступний код на свій веб-сайт. Також надається конкретна "
+"URL-адреса, яку ви можете надіслати клієнтам або постачальникам для доступу "
+"до чату."
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54
+msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules"
+msgstr "Сховайте/покажіть онлайн-чат відповідно до правил"
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, "
+"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language "
+"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company"
+" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length "
+"of time it takes for the chat to appear."
+msgstr ""
+"Правила онлайн-чату можна визначити за формою каналу. Наприклад, ви можете "
+"вибрати показ чату в країнах, в яких ви володієте мовою. Навпаки, ви можете "
+"приховати чат у країнах, де ваша компанія не веде діяльність. Якщо ви "
+"виберете *Автоматичне спливаюче вікно*, ви також можете встановити, скільки "
+"часу потрібно для показу чату."
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66
+msgid "Prepare automatic messages"
+msgstr "Підготуйте автоматичні повідомлення"
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed"
+" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you"
+" through the live chat."
+msgstr ""
+"У формі каналу, у розділі *Параметри*, кілька повідомлень можуть бути "
+"набрані, щоби з'являтися автоматично у чаті. Це спонукає відвідувачів "
+"звернутися до вас через онлайн-чат."
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76
+msgid "Start chatting with customers"
+msgstr "Почніть спілкуватися з клієнтами"
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel "
+"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on "
+"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. "
+"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб розпочати спілкування з клієнтами, спершу переконайтеся, що канал "
+"публікується на вашому веб-сайті. Щоби зробити це, виберіть *Неопубліковано "
+"на Веб-сайті* у верхньому правому куті форми каналу, щоби переключити "
+"параметр *Опубліковано*. Потім можна розпочати чат, коли оператор "
+"приєднається до каналу."
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the "
+"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо жоден оператор не доступний або якщо канал не опубліковано на веб-"
+"сайті, кнопка онлайн-чату не відображатиметься відвідувачам."
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"In practice, the conversations initiated by the visitors will appear in the "
+"Discuss module and will also pop up as a direct message. Therefore, "
+"inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"На практиці розмови, ініційовані відвідувачами, з'являться в модулі "
+"Обговорення і з'являться також як пряме повідомлення. Тому на запити можна "
+"відповісти скрізь, де ви знаходитесь в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"If there several operators in charge of a channel, the system will dispatch "
+"sessions randomly between them."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо є кілька операторів, що відповідають за канал, система розподілятиме "
+"сеанс випадково між ними."
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100
+msgid "Use commands"
+msgstr "Використовуйте команди"
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access "
+"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands "
+"into the chat. The following actions are available :"
+msgstr ""
+"Команди є корисними для виконання певних дій або доступу до інформації, яка "
+"вам може знадобитися. Щоби використовувати цю функцію, просто введіть "
+"команди в чат. Доступні наступні дії:"
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106
+msgid "**/help** : show a helper message."
+msgstr "**/help** : показати допоміжне повідомлення."
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108
+msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket."
+msgstr "**/helpdesk** : створити заявку служби підтримки."
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110
+msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket."
+msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search** : шукати заявку для служби підтримки."
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112
+msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages."
+msgstr "**/history** : дивитись 15 останніх відвіданих сторінок."
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114
+msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead."
+msgstr "**/lead** : створити новий лід."
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116
+msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel."
+msgstr "**/leave** : залишити канал."
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was "
+"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. "
+"The same goes for the creation of a lead."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо з чату створено заявку служби підтримки, тоді розмова, з якої вона була"
+" згенерована, автоматично відображатиметься як опис заявки. Те ж саме "
+"стосується і створення ліда."
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124
+msgid "Send canned responses"
+msgstr "Надсилайте фіксовані відповіді"
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you "
+"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of "
+"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> "
+"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then,"
+" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you "
+"assigned."
+msgstr ""
+"Фіксовані відповіді дозволяють створювати замінники загальних речень, які ви"
+" часто використовуєте. Введіть слово замість кількох, це заощадить вам "
+"багато часу. Щоб додати фіксовані відповіді, перейдіть до :menuselection"
+":`ОНЛАЙН-ЧАТ --> Налаштування --> Фіксовані відповіді` та створіть стільки "
+"відповідей, скільки потрібно. Щоби використовувати їх під час чату, просто "
+"введіть \":\" до ярлика, який ви призначили."
+
+#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website "
+"visitors, enjoy !"
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер у вас є всі інструменти, необхідні для спілкування в онлайн з "
+"відвідувачами вашого сайту. Насолоджуйтеся!"
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..763bd0fcb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
@@ -0,0 +1,553 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5
+msgid "Manufacturing"
+msgstr "Виробництво"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5
+msgid "Manufacturing Management"
+msgstr "Управління виробництвом"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
+msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials"
+msgstr "Як створити специфікацію"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component "
+"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to "
+"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Специфікація (BoM) - це документ, який описує компоненти товару, кількість "
+"кожного компонента та процес, необхідний для виготовлення товару, включаючи "
+"маршрутизацію та окремі етапи."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM "
+"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, "
+"describe multiple variants of the same product."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo кожен продукт може мати кілька специфікацій, пов'язаних з ним, але "
+"специфікацію можна пов'язати лише з одним продуктом. Одна специфікація може "
+"описати кілька варіантів того самого продукту."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14
+msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM"
+msgstr "Налаштування базової специфікації"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing "
+"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви вирішите керувати своїми виробничими операціями лише за допомогою "
+"замовлень на виробництво, ви визначите основні специфікації без маршрутів."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a "
+"product and at least one component (components are considered products in "
+"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on "
+"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory "
+"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have "
+"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant "
+"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of "
+"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of "
+"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form."
+msgstr ""
+"Перед створенням першої специфікації вам доведеться створити продукт і, "
+"принаймні, один компонент (компоненти вважаються продуктами в Odoo). Ви "
+"можете зробити це за допомогою :menuselection:`Основні дані --> Товари`, або"
+" на льоту з відповідних полів у формі BoM. Перегляньте документацію розділу "
+"Склад, щоби дізнатися більше про налаштування товарів. Створивши продукт та,"
+" принаймні, один компонент, виберіть їх у відповідних спадних меню, щоби "
+"додати їх до вашої специфікації. Нова специфікація може бути створена за "
+"допомогою :menuselection:`Основні дані --> Специфікація`, або за допомогою "
+"кнопки у верхній частині форми продукту."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. "
+"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for "
+"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** "
+"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time."
+msgstr ""
+"Під вкладкою **Різне** ви можете заповнити додаткові поля. **Послідовність**"
+" визначає порядок, в якому ваші BoM будуть обрані для виробничих замовлень, "
+"причому нижчі номери мають більш високий пріоритет. **Версія** дозволяє вам "
+"відстежувати зміни у вашій специфікації з плином часу."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35
+msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
+msgstr "Додавання маршрутизації до BoM"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product "
+"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be "
+"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more "
+"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings."
+msgstr ""
+"Маршрут визначає серію операцій, необхідних для виготовлення продукту та "
+"робочого центру, на якому виконується кожна операція. Маршрутизація може "
+"бути додана до декількох специфікацій, хоча BoM може мати тільки одну "
+"маршрутизацію. Щоб отримати додаткові відомості про налаштування маршрутів, "
+"перегляньте розділ про маршрути."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, "
+"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a "
+"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
+msgstr ""
+"Після ввімкнення маршрутів з :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`,"
+" ви зможете додавати маршрутизацію до специфікації, вибравши маршрут з "
+"випадаючого списку або створивши його на льоту."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is "
+"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**"
+" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be "
+"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at "
+"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be "
+"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете визначити робочу операцію або крок, при якому кожен компонент "
+"споживається, використовуючи поле, **Споживане в операції** на вкладці "
+"**Компоненти**. Аналогічним чином, ви можете визначити операцію, при якій "
+"продукт буде виготовлений під вкладкою **Різне**, за допомогою поля "
+"**Створено під час операції**. Якщо це поле залишилося порожнім, продукти "
+"будуть споживатися/виготовлятися під час остаточної операції в "
+"маршрутизації."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58
+msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
+msgstr "Додавання побічних товарів до специфікації"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the "
+"primary product."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo побічним продуктом є будь-який товар, вироблений BoM, на додаток до "
+"основного продукту."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб додати побічні продукти до BoM, вам спочатку потрібно буде ввімкнути їх "
+"у  :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials "
+"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any "
+"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step "
+"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM."
+msgstr ""
+"Після включення побічних продуктів ви можете додати їх до своєї "
+"спеціалізації під вкладкою **Побічні продукти** специфікації. Ви можете "
+"додати будь-який продукт або продукти як побічні продукти. Похідні продукти "
+"виробляються на одному етапі маршрутизації як основний продукт BoM."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78
+msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
+msgstr "Налаштування BoM для продукту з напівфабрикату"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
+"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-"
+"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your "
+"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM "
+"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
+msgstr ""
+"Напівфабрикат - виготовлений продукт, який призначений для використання як "
+"компонент іншого виготовленого продукту. Ви можете використати "
+"напівфабрикати для спрощення складного BoM, щоби більш точно відобразити ваш"
+" виробничий процес, або використовувати такий самий напівфабрикат у "
+"декількох специфікаціях. BoM, який використовує підрозділи, часто називають "
+"багаторівневою специфікацією."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
+"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the "
+"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing"
+" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each "
+"subassembly is created as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Багатоступеневі специфікації в Odoo виконуються шляхом створення "
+"специфікації і напівфабрикатів вищого рівня. Далі визначається маршрут "
+"закупівлі продукту напівфабрикату. Це гарантує, що кожного разу, коли "
+"створюється замовлення на виробництво для продукту найвищого рівня, "
+"створюється також замовлення на виробництво для кожного підрозділу."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94
+msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
+msgstr "Налаштування специфікації продукту найвищого рівня"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
+"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each "
+"subassembly as you would for any product."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб налаштувати багаторівневу специфікацію, створіть продукт найвищого рівня"
+" та його специфікацію. Включіть будь-які підрозділи в список компонентів. "
+"Створіть BoM для кожного напівфабрикату, як і для будь-якого продукту."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29
+msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
+msgstr "Налаштування даних напівфабрикату"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
+"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes "
+"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no "
+"effect."
+msgstr ""
+"На формі продукту напівфабрикату необхідно вибрати маршрути **Виробництво** "
+"та **Виготовлення під замовлення**. Маршрут **Виробництво** має пріоритет "
+"над маршрутом **Купити**, тому вибір останніх не матиме ефекту."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
+"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the "
+"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете, щоби цей напівфабрикат можна було придбати до його "
+"виготовлення, виберіть **Можна придбати**. Всі інші поля у формі "
+"напівфабрикату можуть бути налаштовані відповідно до ваших уподобань."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120
+msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
+msgstr ""
+"Використання окремої специфікації для опису декількох варіантів окремого "
+"товару"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
+"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo дозволяє використовувати одну специфікацію для декількох варіантів того"
+" ж продукту. Просто ввімкніть варіанти з :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Налаштування`."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
+" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
+"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
+"variants."
+msgstr ""
+"Після цього ви зможете визначити, які рядки компонентів будуть "
+"використовуватися при виготовленні кожного варіанту продукту. Ви можете "
+"вказати кілька варіантів для кожного рядка. Якщо не вказано жодного "
+"варіанта, рядок буде використовуватися для всіх варіантів."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
+"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
+"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
+msgstr ""
+"При визначенні варіанту специфікації на основі рядка-позиції, поле **Варіант"
+" продукту** у головному розділі специфікації слід залишити порожнім. Це поле"
+" використовується при створенні BoM для одного варіанту продукту."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
+msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
+msgstr "Як продавати набір товарів у комплекті"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
+"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. "
+"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the "
+"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and "
+"Manufacturing apps must be installed."
+msgstr ""
+"*Комплект* являє собою набір компонентів, які доставляються без "
+"першочергового збирання або змішування. Комплекти описані в Odoo за "
+"допомогою *специфікації*. Існує два основних способи налаштування "
+"комплектів, залежно від того, як керувати комплектом продукту. У будь-якому "
+"випадку, додатки Склад та Виробництво повинні бути встановлені."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
+msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
+msgstr "Управління складом компонентів продуктів"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of "
+"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing "
+"step."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете збирати комплекти, як вони замовляються, керуючи лише складом"
+" *компонентів*, ви будете використовувати специфікацію компонентів без "
+"виробничого етапу."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation "
+"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
+"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left "
+"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at "
+"right shows the corresponding delivery order."
+msgstr ""
+"Продукт, який використовує специфікацію компонентів, відображатиметься як "
+"окремий рядок у комерційні пропозиції та замовленні клієнта, але створить "
+"замовлення на доставку з одним рядком для кожного з компонентів комплекту. У"
+" наведених нижче прикладах зображення вище відображає замовлення на продаж "
+"для комплекту «Комп'ютерний комплект клієнта», а зображення нижче показує "
+"відповідне замовлення на доставку."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24
+msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
+msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, "
+"create each component product as you would any other product, then create "
+"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route "
+"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the"
+" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot "
+"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
+msgstr ""
+"У меню **Товари** в додатку Склад або Виробництво створюйте кожен компонент "
+"продукту, як і будь-який інший продукт, а потім створіть продукт найвищого "
+"рівня або комплект. Комплект продукту повинен мати тільки маршрут "
+"**Виробництво**. Оскільки ви не можете відстежувати запас комплектів "
+"продуктів, тип продукту слід встановити на **Споживання**. Оскільки комплект"
+" продукту неможливо придбати, а **Можна придбати** не повинен бути "
+"відмічений."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
+"preference. The component products require no special configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"Всі інші параметри продукту можуть бути змінені відповідно до ваших "
+"уподобань. Компоненти продуктів не вимагають спеціального налаштування."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit "
+"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship "
+"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with "
+"their default values."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як продукти налаштовані, створіть специфікацію для комплекту "
+"продукту. Додайте кожен компонент і його кількість. Виберіть тип "
+"специфікації **Доставити цей продукт як набір компонентів**. Всі інші "
+"параметри можуть бути залишені зі значеннями за замовчуванням."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53
+msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
+msgstr "Управління складом комплектів товару та компонентів"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use"
+" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a"
+" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The "
+"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product "
+"will appear in your stock."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете керувати складом комплектів продукту найвищого рівня, ви "
+"будете використовувати стандартну специфікацію з виробничим кроком, а не "
+"специфікацію комплекту. При використанні стандартної специфікації для "
+"складання комплектів буде створено замовлення на виробництво. Виробниче "
+"замовлення повинно бути зареєстроване як завершене, перш ніж комплект "
+"продукту з'явиться на вашому складі."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select "
+"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales "
+"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable "
+"stock management."
+msgstr ""
+"На продукті виберіть маршрут **Виробництво**. Ви також можете вибрати "
+"**Виготовити на замовлення**, який створить замовлення на виробництво, коли "
+"замовлення клієнта буде підтверджено. Виберіть тип продукту **Складський "
+"продукт**, щоби дозволити управління запасами."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture "
+"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing"
+" order rather than a packing operation."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви створюєте специфікацію, виберіть тип специфікації виробництва "
+"**Виробництво цього продукту**. Збір комплекту описується замовленням на "
+"виробництво, а не операцією пакування."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3
+msgid "How to process a manufacturing order"
+msgstr "Як обробляти замовлення на виробництво"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Загальний огляд"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way "
+"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing "
+"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise "
+"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing "
+"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, "
+"performed in an order defined by **routings**."
+msgstr ""
+"Є два основні способи управління виробництвом в Odoo. Перший спосіб керує "
+"роботою тільки з одним документом. Цей документ є **замовленням на "
+"виробництво**. Другий спосіб використовує додаткові документи, щоб дати вам "
+"більш точний контроль над виробничим процесом. Таким чином, **замовлення на "
+"виробництво** поділяються на один або більше етапів, визначених **робочими "
+"замовленнями**, виконаними у порядку, визначеному **маршрутами**."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17
+msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings"
+msgstr "Як управляти виробництвом без маршрутів"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the "
+"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in "
+"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by "
+"work orders and routings."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви, швидше за все, будете використовувати замовлення на виробництво без "
+"маршрутів, якщо вся робота з виготовлення вашого продукту виконується в "
+"одному місці, на одну людину в один крок, та/або вам не потрібен детальний "
+"контроль, який забезпечується робочими замовленнями та маршрутами."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There "
+"are two basic phases from planning to production:"
+msgstr ""
+"Управління вашими операціями у такий спосіб є типовим процесом в Odoo. Існує"
+" два основні етапи від планування до виробництва:"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52
+msgid "Create manufacturing orders"
+msgstr "Створення замовлень на виробництво"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29
+msgid "Record Production"
+msgstr "Запис виробництва"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32
+msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders"
+msgstr "Як управляти виробництвом з маршрутами та робочими замовленнями"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage"
+" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and "
+"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create "
+"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб використовувати замовлення та маршрути, вам потрібно буде ввімкнути "
+"опцію **Управління виробництвом за робочими замовленнями** з "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. Після цього ви зможете "
+"додавати маршрути до специфікації та налаштовувати деякі додаткові пов'язані"
+" поля. Ви також зможете створювати **робочі центри**, місця, де виконуються "
+"робочі замовлення."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is "
+"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity "
+"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level."
+msgstr ""
+"При виробництві з маршрутами та робочими замовленнями, кожне робоче "
+"замовлення заплановано індивідуально. Ви також матимете доступ до планування"
+" часу та можливостей, а також звітувати про вартість та ефективність на "
+"рівні робочого центру."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When "
+"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component "
+"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added"
+" step of scheduling work orders."
+msgstr ""
+"Виробництво з використанням маршрутів можна розбити на кілька кроків. Під "
+"час налаштування вашої специфікації вам потрібно буде додати маршрут, який "
+"визначає замовлення на склад компонентів. Після планування замовлення на "
+"виробництво ви отримаєте додатковий крок для планування робочих замовлень."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50
+msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:"
+msgstr "Таким чином, робочий процес поділяється на три основні етапи:"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54
+msgid "Schedule the associated work orders."
+msgstr "Розклад пов'язаних робочих замовлень."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56
+msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production."
+msgstr "Виконання запланованої роботи та запис продукції."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
+msgstr "Як керувати специфікацією для варіантів товару"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage semi-finished products"
+msgstr "Як керувати напівфабрикатами"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
+msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM"
+msgstr "Налаштування специфікації товару найвищого рівня"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Загальний огляд"
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c55a1765fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:05+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5
+msgid "Mobile"
+msgstr "Мобільний додаток"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
+msgid "Setup your Firebase Cloud Messaging"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте Firebase Cloud Messaging"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"In order to have mobile notifications in our Android app, you need an API "
+"key."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби мати мобільні сповіщення в нашому додатку для Android, вам потрібен "
+"ключ API."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"If it is not automatically configured (for instance for On-premise or "
+"Odoo.sh) please follow these steps below to get an API key for the android "
+"app."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо він не налаштований автоматично (наприклад, для On-premise або "
+"Odoo.sh), виконайте наведені нижче дії, щоби отримати ключ API для додатка "
+"Android."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"The iOS app doesn't support mobile notifications for Odoo versions < 12."
+msgstr "Додаток iOS не підтримує мобільні сповіщення для версій Odoo 12."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:22
+msgid "Firebase Settings"
+msgstr "Параметри Firebase"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:25
+msgid "Create a new project"
+msgstr "Створіть новий проект"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"First, make sure you to sign in to your Google Account. Then, go to "
+"`https://console.firebase.google.com "
+"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__ and create a new project."
+msgstr ""
+"Спочатку переконайтеся, що ви увійшли у свій обліковий запис Google. Потім "
+"перейдіть на сторінку `https://console.firebase.google.com "
+"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__ і створіть новий проект."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Choose a project name, click on **Continue**, then click on **Create "
+"project**."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть назву проекту, натисніть кнопку **Продовжити**, потім натисніть "
+"кнопку **Створити проект**."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:37
+msgid "When you project is ready, click on **Continue**."
+msgstr "Коли проект буде готовий, натисніть **Продовжити**."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"You will be redirected to the overview project page (see next screenshot)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви будете перенаправлені на сторінку проекту (дивіться наступний знімок "
+"екрана)."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:43
+msgid "Add an app"
+msgstr "Додайте додаток"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:45
+msgid "In the overview page, click on the Android icon."
+msgstr "На перегляді сторінки натисніть значок Android."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"You must use \"com.odoo.com\" as Android package name. Otherwise, it will "
+"not work."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви повинні використовувати \"com.odoo.com\" як назву пакета Android. Інакше "
+"це не спрацює."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"No need to download the config file, you can click on **Next** twice and "
+"skip the fourth step."
+msgstr ""
+"Не потрібно завантажувати налаштований файл, можна двічі натиснути кнопку "
+"**Далі** та пропустити четвертий крок."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:60
+msgid "Get generated API key"
+msgstr "Отримайте згенерований ключ API"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:62
+msgid "On the overview page, go to Project settings:"
+msgstr "На сторінці огляду перейдіть до налаштувань проекту:"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"In **Cloud Messaging**, you will see the **API key** and the **Sender ID** "
+"that you need to set in Odoo General Settings."
+msgstr ""
+"У **Cloud Messaging** ви побачите **ключ API** та **ID відправника**, які "
+"потрібно встановити в Загальних налаштуваннях Odoo."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:74
+msgid "Settings in Odoo"
+msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:76
+msgid "Simply paste the API key and the Sender ID from Cloud Messaging."
+msgstr "Просто вставте ключ API та ID відправника з Cloud Messaging."
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..97e283c9dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2803 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5
+msgid "Point of Sale"
+msgstr "Точка продажу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced topics"
+msgstr "Розширені теми"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3
+msgid "Using barcodes in PoS"
+msgstr "Використання штрих-кодів у точці продажу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your "
+"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers."
+msgstr ""
+"Використання сканера штрих-кодів для обробки замовлень на продаж покращує "
+"вашу ефективність та допомагає вам заощадити час для вас та ваших клієнтів."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб скористатись сканером штрих-кодів, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки "
+"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть ваш інтерфейс точки "
+"продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Under the PosBox / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* select"
+" it."
+msgstr ""
+"За категорією Точка продажу/Обладнання ви знайдете *сканер штрих-кодів*, "
+"який ви хочете вибрати."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21
+msgid "You can find more about Barcode Nomenclature here (ADD HYPERLINK)"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете дізнатись більше про Номенклатуру штрих-кодів тут (ADD HYPERLINK)"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:25
+msgid "Add barcodes to product"
+msgstr "Додайте штрих-коди до товару"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a "
+"product."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Каталог --> Товари` та "
+"виберіть товар."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you "
+"can input any barcode."
+msgstr ""
+"На вкладці загальної інформації ви можете знайти поле штрих-коду, де ви "
+"можете ввести будь-який штрих-код."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:37
+msgid "Scanning products"
+msgstr "Сканування товарів"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The "
+"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple "
+"times or change the quantity manually on the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"З вашого інтерфейсу точки продажу відскануйте будь-який штрих-код з вашим "
+"сканером штрих-кодів. Товар буде додано, ви зможете сканувати той самий "
+"товар, щоб додати його кілька разів або змінити кількість вручну на екрані."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3
+msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner"
+msgstr "Використання тегів знижок з сканером штрих-кодів"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting "
+"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They "
+"allow you to scan discount barcodes."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете продати свої товари зі знижкою, наприклад, для товару, що "
+"наближається до дати його закінчення, ви можете використовувати теги знижок."
+" Вони дозволяють сканувати штрих-коди зі знижкою."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner, you can see the"
+" documentation about it `here <https://docs.google.com/document/d"
+"/1tg7yarr2hPKTddZ4iGbp9IJO-cp7u15eHNVnFoL40Q8/edit>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб використовувати теги знижки, вам потрібно буде скористатися сканером "
+"штрих-кодів, тут ви можете ознайомитися з документацією "
+"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tg7yarr2hPKTddZ4iGbp9IJO-"
+"cp7u15eHNVnFoL40Q8/edit>`__"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:15
+msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
+msgstr "Номенклатура штрих-кодів"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:17
+msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб використовувати теги знижок, нам потрібно дізнатися про номенклатуру "
+"штрих-кодів."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following "
+"barcode:"
+msgstr ""
+"Скажімо, ви хочете отримати знижку для товару з наступним штрих-кодом:"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS "
+"interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете знайти *Номенклатуру за замовчуванням* в налаштуваннях вашого "
+"інтерфейсу точки продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode "
+"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) "
+"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:"
+msgstr ""
+"Скажімо, вам потрібно 50% знижки на товар, для якого вам потрібно буде "
+"почати свій штрих-код з 22 (для номеру штрих-коду знижки), а потім 50 "
+"(для%), перш ніж додавати штрих-код товару. У нашому прикладі штрих-код "
+"буде:"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43
+msgid "Scan the products & tags"
+msgstr "Відскануйте товари і теги"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45
+msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)."
+msgstr ""
+"Спочатку потрібно відсканувати потрібний товар (у нашому випадку, лимон)."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can "
+"finish the transaction."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім відскануйте тег зі знижкою. Знижка буде застосована, і ви можете "
+"закінчити транзакцію."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3
+msgid "Manage a loyalty program"
+msgstr "Управління програмою лояльності"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a "
+"*Loyalty Program*."
+msgstr ""
+"Заохочуйте своїх клієнтів продовжувати купувати у вашій точці продажу з "
+"*програмою лояльності*."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. "
+"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб активувати програму лояльності, перейдіть до  :menuselection:`Точки "
+"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс точки"
+" продажу. У розділі Функції ціноутворення виберіть *програму лояльності*"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:19
+msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs."
+msgstr "Звідти ви можете створювати та редагувати свої програми лояльності."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a "
+"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole "
+"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and "
+"everything in between."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете вирішити, який тип програми ви хочете використати, якщо винагорода"
+" - це знижка або подарунок, роблячи її конкретною для деяких товарів або "
+"охоплюючи весь ваш асортимент. Застосовуйте правила так, щоби вони були "
+"дійсними лише у конкретній ситуації та усе, що існує між ними."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:30
+msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface"
+msgstr "Використовуйте програму лояльності у своєму інтерфейсі точки продажу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the "
+"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent "
+"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the "
+"rules defined in the loyalty program."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли клієнт встановлений, тепер ви побачите пункти, які вони отримають для "
+"транзакції, і вони накопичуватимуться, поки вони не будуть витрачені. Вони "
+"витрачаються за допомогою кнопки *Нагороди*, якщо у них є достатньо балів "
+"відповідно до правил, визначених у програмі лояльності."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can"
+" finalize the order in your usual way."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете бачити, що ціна моментально оновлюється, щоби відобразити "
+"прайслист. Ви можете завершити оформлення замовлення звичайним способом."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You "
+"can of course change it."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви виберете клієнта із прайслистом за замовчуванням, він буде "
+"застосований. Ви, звичайно, можете змінити це."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3
+msgid "Apply manual discounts"
+msgstr "Застосування знижок вручну"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest "
+"solution for your Point of Sale."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви рідко користуєтеся знижками, то застосування знижок вручну може "
+"стати найлегшим рішенням для вашої точки продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете або застосувати знижку на усе замовлення або на окремі товари."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:12
+msgid "Apply a discount on a product"
+msgstr "Застосуйте знижку на товар"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:14
+msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button."
+msgstr "З інтерфейсу сесії використовуйте кнопку *Знижка*."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is "
+"currently selected and the discount will be applied."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім ви можете вносити знижку (у відсотках) на товар, який зараз обраний, і"
+" знижка буде застосована."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:23
+msgid "Apply a global discount"
+msgstr "Застосуйте загальну знижку"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales"
+" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб застосувати знижку до всього замовлення, перейдіть до  "
+":menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та "
+"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it."
+msgstr "У розділі *Ціни* ви знайдете *Загальні знижки*."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:34
+msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер у вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу з'явилася нова кнопка *Знижка*."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)."
+msgstr "Після натискання ви зможете ввести бажану знижку (у відсотках)."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific "
+"product discount also at 50%."
+msgstr ""
+"На цьому прикладі ви можете побачити загальну знижку 50%, а також конкретну "
+"знижку товарі на 50%."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3
+msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury"
+msgstr "Прийом оплати кредитною карткою через Mercury"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* "
+"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments"
+" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates "
+"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North "
+"American businesses."
+msgstr ""
+"MercuryPay (див. `*Веб-сайт MercuryPay* <https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) "
+"приймає платежі за допомогою кредитних карток в точці продажу Odoo 11 із "
+"вбудованим пристроєм для читання карт. MercuryPay працює лише з "
+"американськими та канадськими банками, що робить цю процедуру лише придатною"
+" для підприємств Північної Америки."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone "
+"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the "
+"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS."
+msgstr ""
+"Альтернативою інтегрованому кардрідеру є робота з автономним пристроєм для "
+"зчитування карток, копіювання загальної транзакції з екрану точки продажу "
+"Odoo в кардрідер та записування транзакції в точці продажу Odoo."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16
+msgid "Install Mercury"
+msgstr "Встановіть Mercury"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* "
+"module."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби встановити Mercury перейдіть до :menuselection:`Додатки` і знайдіть "
+"модуль *Mercury*."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go "
+"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer "
+"mode*."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб налаштувати mercury, потрібно активувати режим розробника. Щоб це "
+"зробити, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Додатки --> Налаштування` та виберіть "
+"*Активувати режим розробника*."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`."
+msgstr ""
+"У режимі розробника перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка продажу --> "
+"Налаштування --> Налаштування Mercury`."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury "
+"credentials."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть нову конфігурацію для кредитних карток і введіть свої облікові дані"
+" Mercury."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment "
+"Methods` and create a new one."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Метод "
+"оплати` і створіть ще один."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then "
+"select your Mercury credentials that you just created."
+msgstr ""
+"Під *Точкою продажу*, коли ви оберете *Використовувати в точці продажу*, ви "
+"зможете вибрати щойно створені вами облікові дані Mercury."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ви маєте можливість оплатити кредитну картку під час перевірки "
+"платежу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3
+msgid "Manage multiple cashiers"
+msgstr "Управління кількома касирами "
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This "
+"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when."
+msgstr ""
+"З точкою продажу Odoo ви легко можете керувати кількома касирами. Це дає "
+"змогу стежити за тим, хто працює у точці продажу та коли."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They "
+"are all explained below."
+msgstr ""
+"Є три різні способи перемикання між касирами в Odoo. Всі вони пояснюються "
+"нижче."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб керувати кількома касирами, потрібно мати кілька користувачів (принаймні"
+" два)."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17
+msgid "Switch without pin codes"
+msgstr "Перемикач без PIN-кодів"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the "
+"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Найпростіший спосіб переключити касира - без коду. Просто натисніть на ім'я "
+"поточного касира у вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25
+msgid "You will then be able to change between different users."
+msgstr "Після цього ви зможете змінювати різних користувачів."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30
+msgid "And the cashier will be changed."
+msgstr "І касир буде змінений."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33
+msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes"
+msgstr "Переключення касирів із PIN-кодами"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете встановити pin-код для кожного користувача. Для цього "
+"перейдіть до:menuselection:`Налаштування --> Керування правами доступу` та "
+"виберіть користувача."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN."
+msgstr ""
+"На сторінці користувача під вкладкою *Точка продажу* ви можете додати PIN-"
+"код захисту."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47
+msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер, коли ви переключаєте користувачів, вам буде запропоновано ввести "
+"пароль PIN-коду."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53
+msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes"
+msgstr "Перемкніть касирів зі штрих-кодами"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55
+msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете попросити своїх касирів входити до себе за допомогою своїх "
+"значків."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57
+msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode."
+msgstr ""
+"Зі зворотньої сторони, де ви встановлюєте PIN-код захисту, ви також можете "
+"встановити штрих-код."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли вони сканують свій штрих-код, касир перейде на цього користувача."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64
+msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on"
+msgstr "Посилання на номенклатуру штрихкодів пізніше"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3
+msgid "Reprint Receipts"
+msgstr "Повторний друк чеків"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket."
+msgstr ""
+"Використовуйте функцію підтвердження *повторний друку*, якщо вам потрібно "
+"повторно друкувати чек."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб активувати *повторний друк чеку*, перейдіть до  :menuselection:`Точки "
+"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс точки"
+" продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option."
+msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та чеки ви знайдете функцію *Повторний друк чеку*."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:20
+msgid "Reprint a receipt"
+msgstr "Повторно надрукуйте чек"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:22
+msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button."
+msgstr ""
+"У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка підтвердження *повторного "
+"друку*."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27
+msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви використовуєте його, ви можете повторно друкувати останній чек."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3
+msgid "Analyze sales"
+msgstr "Аналіз продажів"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3
+msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics"
+msgstr "Перегляд статистики точки продажу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo "
+"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful "
+"statistics."
+msgstr ""
+"Відстеження продажів є ключовим для будь-якого бізнесу. Ось чому Odoo "
+"пропонує вам практичний перегляд, щоби проаналізувати свої продажі та "
+"отримати статистику."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10
+msgid "View your statistics"
+msgstr "Переглянути статистику"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting "
+"--> Orders`"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб отримати доступ до вашої статистики, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка "
+"продажу --> Звітність --> Замовлення`"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15
+msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім ви можете переглянути різні статистичні дані у вигляді графіка або у "
+"формі таблиці."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21
+msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете отримати доступ до переглядів статистики, натиснувши тут"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3
+msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module"
+msgstr "Бельгійський модуль податкових даних"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS"
+msgstr "Налаштування модуля податкових даних з точкою продажу Odoo"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Загальний огляд"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-"
+"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a "
+"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs "
+"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be "
+"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by"
+" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application "
+"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More "
+"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official "
+"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_."
+msgstr ""
+"Бельгійське законодавство вимагає від деяких підприємств використовувати "
+"сертифікований державою пристрій під назвою **Модуль податкових даних** "
+"(також відомий як **blackbox**). Цей пристрій працює разом із додатком точки"
+" продажу і записує певні транзакції. Крім того, використовуваний додаток "
+"точки продажу також має бути сертифікований урядом і повинен відповідати "
+"встановленим їм строгим стандартам. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) - "
+"сертифікована програма <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-"
+"certifies> _ _. Більш детальну інформацію щодо Модуля податкових даних можна"
+" знайти на офіційному веб-сайті http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>"
+" _."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20
+msgid "Required hardware"
+msgstr "Необхідне обладнання"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module "
+"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-"
+"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the "
+"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:"
+msgstr ""
+"Уряд сертифікував `Модуль податкових "
+"даних<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-"
+"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, всі вони повинні працювати, але "
+"рекомендується використовувати Cleancash SC-B, вам також знадобиться:"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables"
+"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-"
+"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)"
+msgstr ""
+"Послідовний нульовий модемний кабель на FDM "
+"(`приклад<http://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10"
+"-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example "
+"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)"
+msgstr ""
+"Серійний адаптер до USB для FDM "
+"(`приклад<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32
+msgid "A registered POSBox per POS configuration"
+msgstr "Зареєстрований POSBox для POS-конфігурації"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr "Налаштування"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38
+msgid "POSBox"
+msgstr "POSBox"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered POSBox. "
+"These POSBoxes are similar to the regular POSBoxes we sell, but they are "
+"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting "
+"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered POSBox will not work. You "
+"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the POSBox by going "
+"to the *Hardware status page* via the POSBox homepage."
+msgstr ""
+"Для використання модуля податкових даних вам знадобиться зареєстрований "
+"POSBox. Ці POSBoxи схожі на звичайні POSboxи, які ми продаємо, але вони "
+"зареєстровані урядом Бельгії. Це вимагається законом. Спроба використовувати"
+" модуль податкових даних для незареєстрованого POSBox не буде працювати. Ви "
+"можете перевірити, що модуль податкових даних визнаний POSBox, перейшовши на"
+" *Сторінка статусу обладнання* через домашню сторінку POSBox."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52
+msgid "Odoo"
+msgstr "Odoo"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the "
+"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: "
+"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this"
+" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that "
+"each POS configuration has a unique registered POSBox associated with it "
+"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and "
+"ensure Hardware Proxy / POSBox and the serial number of your POSBox is set)."
+" The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a transaction, "
+"you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your VAT signing "
+"card."
+msgstr ""
+"Додаток Точка продажу Odoo може отримати сертифіковані POS-можливості, "
+"встановивши приклад **Бельгійський зареєстрований касовий апарат** (технічне"
+" ім'я: `` pos_blackbox_be``). Внаслідок державних обмежень, накладеного на "
+"нас, цю установку не можна скасувати. Після цього вам доведеться "
+"забезпечити, щоб кожна POS-конфігурація мала унікальний зареєстрований "
+"POSBox, пов'язаний з ним (:menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Налаштування -->"
+" Точка продажу` і забезпечте апаратний проксі/POSBox і встановіть серійний "
+"номер вашого POSBox). Коли ви вперше відкриєте точку продажу та спробуєте "
+"здійснити транзакцію, вам буде запропоновано ввести PIN-код, який ви "
+"отримали за допомогою вашої ПДВ картки підпису."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69
+msgid "Certification & On-premise"
+msgstr "Сертифікація та на замовлення"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on "
+"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a "
+"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also "
+"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction "
+"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` "
+"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers."
+msgstr ""
+"Сертифікація, надана урядом, обмежена використанням на прикладі SaaS "
+"odoo.com. Використання модуля з джерела або модифікованої версії **не** буде"
+" сертифіковано. Для користувачів за замовчуванням ми також підтримуємо "
+"модуль бюджетних даних у таких установках. Основне обмеження полягає в тому,"
+" що для цього потрібна замаскована версія модуля ``pos_blackbox_be``, який "
+"ми надамо на замовлення для клієнтів компанії."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79
+msgid "Restrictions"
+msgstr "Обмеження"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must "
+"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo "
+"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS."
+msgstr ""
+"Як згадувалося раніше, для отримання сертифікату заявка на використання "
+"точки продажу має відповідати суворим правилам уряду. Через це сертифікована"
+" точка продажу Odoo має певні обмеження, відсутні в сертифікованій точці "
+"продажу Odoo."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86
+msgid "Refunding is disabled"
+msgstr "Відшкодування відключено"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87
+msgid "Modifying orderline prices"
+msgstr "Змінення цін на замовлення"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88
+msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders"
+msgstr "Створення/зміна/видалення замовлень точки продажу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89
+msgid "Selling products without a valid tax"
+msgstr "Продаж продукції без дійсного податку"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90
+msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per POSBox are not allowed"
+msgstr "Кілька конфігурацій точки продажу Odoo для POSBox не допускаються"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91
+msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the POSBox (and thus FDM)"
+msgstr "Використання POS без підключення до POSBox (і, таким чином, FDM)"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92
+msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty"
+msgstr "Модулі з чорним списком: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Загальний огляд"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3
+msgid "Register customers"
+msgstr "Реєстрація клієнтів"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various "
+"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It "
+"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make"
+" any future interaction with them faster."
+msgstr ""
+"Реєстрація ваших клієнтів дасть вам можливість надавати їм різні привілеї, "
+"такі як знижки, програма лояльності, особлива комунікація. Вона буде також "
+"потрібна, якщо вони хочуть отримати рахунок-фактуру та реєструвати його, з "
+"будь-якою майбутньою взаємодією з ними швидше."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11
+msgid "Create a customer"
+msgstr "Створіть клієнта"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13
+msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button."
+msgstr "З інтерфейсу сесії використовуйте кнопку клієнта."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18
+msgid "Create a new one by using this button."
+msgstr "Створіть нового, використовуючи цю кнопку."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information."
+msgstr "Вам буде запропоновано заповнити форму клієнта зі своєю інформацією."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in "
+"any future transactions."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви закінчите, скористайтеся кнопкою збереження. Потім ви можете вибрати"
+" цього клієнта в будь-яких майбутніх операціях."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Point of Sale Hardware Setup"
+msgstr "Налаштування обладнання точки продажу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:6
+msgid "POSBox Setup Guide"
+msgstr "Посібник зі встановлення POSBox"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:11
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:205
+msgid "Prerequisites"
+msgstr "Передумови"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Before you start setting up your POSBox make sure you have everything. You "
+"will need :"
+msgstr ""
+"Перш ніж почати встановлювати свій POSBox, переконайтеся, що у вас все є. Ви"
+" будете потребувати:"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:16
+msgid "The POSBox"
+msgstr "POSBox"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:17
+msgid "A 2A Power adapter"
+msgstr "Адаптер живлення 2A"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:18
+msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser"
+msgstr "Комп'ютер або планшет із сучасним веб-браузером"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:19
+msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo database with the Point of Sale installed"
+msgstr "Запущена база даних SaaS або Odoo з точкою продажу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:20
+msgid "A local network set up with DHCP (this is the default setting)"
+msgstr ""
+"Локальна мережа, налаштована за допомогою DHCP (це налаштування за "
+"замовчуванням)"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer "
+"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_)"
+msgstr ""
+"Принтер Epson USB TM-T20 або інший ESC/POS-сумісний принтер (офіційно "
+"підтримуються принтери наведені на сторінці POS обладнання "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_)"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:24
+msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner"
+msgstr "Сканер штрих-коду Honeywell Eclipse USB або інший сумісний сканер"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:25
+msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer"
+msgstr "Epson-сумісний ящик для готівки"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:26
+msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, Wi-Fi is built in)"
+msgstr "RJ45 Інтернет-кабель (додатково, вбудований Wi-Fi)"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:29
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:213
+msgid "Step By Step Setup Guide"
+msgstr "Інструкція по встановленню крок за кроком"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:32
+msgid "Current version of the POSBox (since 2015)"
+msgstr "Поточна версія POSBox (з 2015 року)"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:36
+msgid "Connect peripheral devices"
+msgstr "Підключіть периферійні пристрої "
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_, but other hardware "
+"might work as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Офіційно підтримуване апаратне забезпечення наведене на сторінці POS "
+"обладнання <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_, але може"
+" також працювати інше обладнання."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:42
+msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on."
+msgstr ""
+"**Принтер**: підключіть ESC/POS-принтер до USB-порту та увімкніть його."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an "
+"RJ25 cable."
+msgstr ""
+"**Касова скринька**: касова скринька повинна бути підключена до принтера за "
+"допомогою кабелю RJ25."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode"
+" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be "
+"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter "
+"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of "
+"your barcode scanner."
+msgstr ""
+"**Сканер штрих-коду**: підключіть сканер штрих-коду. Для того, щоби ваш "
+"сканер штрих-коду був сумісний, він повинен вести себе як клавіатура, і його"
+" потрібно налаштувати в **US QWERTY**. Він також повинен закінчувати штрих-"
+"коди з символом Enter (кодовий ключ 28). Це, швидше за все, є стандартною "
+"конфігурацією вашого сканера штрих-коду."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:54
+msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on."
+msgstr "**Ваги**: підключіть ваги і включіть їх."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. "
+"Make sure this will connect the POSBox to the same network as your POS "
+"device."
+msgstr ""
+"**Інтернет**: якщо ви не хочете використовувати Wi-Fi, підключіть кабель "
+"Інтенренту. Переконайтеся, що він з'єднує POSBox з тією ж мережею, що й ваш "
+"пристрій точки продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the POSBox has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure "
+"not to plug in an Ethernet cable, because all Wi-Fi functionality will be "
+"bypassed when a wired network connection is available."
+msgstr ""
+"**Wi-Fi**: поточна версія точки продажу має вбудований Wi-Fi. Переконайтеся,"
+" що кабель Інтернету не підключений, оскільки всі можливості Wi-Fi будуть "
+"обходитися, коли доступна дротова мережа."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:66
+msgid "Power the POSBox"
+msgstr "Потужність POSBox"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"Plug the power adapter into the POSBox, a bright red status led should light"
+" up."
+msgstr ""
+"Підключіть адаптер живлення до POSBox, світло-червоний статус повинен "
+"запалюватися."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:72
+msgid "Make sure the POSBox is ready"
+msgstr "Переконайтеся, що POSBox готовий"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"Once powered, The POSBox needs a while to boot. Once the POSBox is ready, it"
+" should print a status receipt with its IP address. Also the status LED, "
+"just next to the red power LED, should be permanently lit green."
+msgstr ""
+"Після включення, POSBox потребує деякий час для завантаження. Після того, як"
+" він буде готовий, точка продажу повинна надрукувати квитанцію про статус із"
+" її IP-адресою. Також світлодіодний індикатор стану, поруч із червоним "
+"індикатором живлення, повинен бути постійно зеленим."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:80
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:292
+msgid "Setup the Point of Sale"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте точку продажу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale"
+" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll "
+"down to the ``PoSBox / Hardware Proxy`` section and activate the options for"
+" the hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the "
+"POSBox is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after "
+"booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will "
+"attempt to find it on the local network."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб налаштувати точку продажу, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу "
+"--> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свою точку продажу. "
+"Прокрутіть униз до розділу Точка продажу/Апаратний проксі та активізуйте "
+"параметри обладнання, яке ви хочете використовувати через точку продажу. "
+"Рекомендується вказати IP-адресу точки продажу (вона друкується на "
+"квитанції, яка надсилається після завантаження точки продажу). Якщо IP не "
+"вказано, POSBox буде намагатися знайти її в локальній мережі."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"If you are running multiple Point of Sale on the same POSBox, make sure that"
+" only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас працює декілька POSBox на точку продажу, переконайтеся, що лише "
+"один з них активує сканер віддаленого сканування/сканер штрих-коду."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"It might be a good idea to make sure the POSBox IP never changes in your "
+"network. Refer to your router documentation on how to achieve this."
+msgstr ""
+"Можливо, непогано було би переконатися, що IP-адреса POSBox ніколи не "
+"змінюється у вашій мережі. Зверніться до документації маршрутизації про те, "
+"як цього досягти."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:99
+msgid "Launch the Point of Sale"
+msgstr "Запустіть точку продажу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't specify the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, the POS "
+"will need some time to perform a network scan to find the POSBox. This is "
+"only done once."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви не вказали IP-адресу точки продажу в налаштуваннях, для сканування "
+"точки продажу необхідно деякий час, щоби знайти POSBox. Це робиться лише "
+"один раз."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"The Point of Sale is now connected to the POSBox and your hardware should be"
+" ready to use."
+msgstr ""
+"Точка продажу зараз підключена до POSBox, а ваше обладнання має бути готовим"
+" до використання."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:109
+msgid "Wi-Fi configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування Wi-Fi"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"The most recent version of the POSBox has Wi-Fi built in. If you're using an"
+" older version you'll need a Linux compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most "
+"commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are Linux compatible. Officially "
+"supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink 5370 chipset."
+msgstr ""
+"Найновіша версія POSBox має вбудований Wi-Fi. Якщо ви використовуєте стару "
+"версію, вам буде потрібен адаптер Wi-Fi, сумісний з Linux. Більшість "
+"комерційно доступних адаптерів Wi-Fi сумісні з Linux. Офіційно підтримуються"
+" адаптери Wi-Fi з чіпсетом Ralink 5370."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, as all Wi-Fi related "
+"functionality will be disabled when a wired network connection is available."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що не підключений кабель Інтернету, оскільки всі функції, "
+"пов'язані з Wi-Fi, будуть вимкнені, якщо доступна дротова мережа."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"When the POSBox boots with a Wi-Fi adapter it will start its own Wi-Fi "
+"Access Point called \"Posbox\" you can connect to. The receipt that gets "
+"printed when the POSBox starts will reflect this. In order to make the "
+"POSBox connect to an already existing Wi-Fi network, go to the homepage of "
+"the POSBox (indicated on the receipt) and go to the Wi-Fi configuration "
+"page. On there you can choose a network to connect to. Note that we only "
+"support open and WPA(2)-PSK networks. When connecting to a WPA-secured "
+"network, fill in the password field. The POSBox will attempt to connect to "
+"the specified network and will print a new POSBox status receipt after it "
+"has connected."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли POSBox завантажується з адаптером Wi-Fi, він почне власну точку доступу"
+" Wi-Fi під назвою \"Posbox\", з якої можна підключитися. Квитанція, яка "
+"надсилається під час запуску POSBox, відображає це. Щоби POSBox підключився "
+"до вже існуючої мережі Wi-Fi, перейдіть на домашню сторінку POSBox "
+"(зазначену на квитанції) і перейдіть на сторінку налаштувань Wi-Fi. Тут ви "
+"можете вибрати мережу, до якої потрібно підключитися. Зауважте, що ми "
+"підтримуємо лише відкриті та WPA (2) -PSK мережі. Підключившись до WPA-"
+"захищеної мережі, заповніть поле пароля. POSBox намагатиметься підключитися "
+"до вказаної мережі та надсилати нову квитанцію про стан POSBox після його "
+"підключення."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"If you plan on permanently setting up the POSBox with Wi-Fi, you can use the"
+" \"persistent\" checkbox on the Wi-Fi configuration page when connecting to "
+"a network. This will make the network choice persist across reboots. This "
+"means that instead of starting up its own \"Posbox\" network it will always "
+"attempt to connect to the specified network after it boots."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви плануєте назавжди налаштувати POSBox за допомогою Wi-Fi, під час "
+"підключення до мережі можна встановити прапорець \"постійний\" на сторінці "
+"налаштування Wi-Fi. Це дозволить зробити вибір мережі постійним через "
+"перезавантаження. Це означає, що замість того, аби запустити власну мережу "
+"\"Posbox\", він завжди намагатиметься підключитися до вказаної мережі після "
+"завантаження."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"When the POSBox fails to connect to a network it will fall back to starting "
+"it's own \"Posbox\" Access Point. If connection is lost with a Wi-Fi network"
+" after connecting to it, the POSBox will attempt to re-establish connection "
+"automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли POSBox не зможе підключитися до мережі, він повернеться до запуску "
+"власної точки доступу \"Posbox\". Якщо підключення до мережі з'єднання буде "
+"втрачено через мережу Wi-Fi, POSBox намагатиметься відновити з'єднання "
+"автоматично."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:145
+msgid "Multi-POS Configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування кількох точок продажу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"The advised way to setup a multi Point of Sale shop is to have one POSBox "
+"per Point of Sale. In this case it is mandatory to manually specify the IP "
+"address of each POSBox in each Point of Sale. You must also configure your "
+"network to make sure the POSBox's IP addresses don't change. Please refer to"
+" your router documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Рекомендований спосіб налаштування магазину з кількома точками продажу - "
+"мати один POSBox. У цьому випадку обов'язково вручну вказати IP-адресу "
+"кожного POSBox у кожній точці продажу. Ви також повинні налаштувати свою "
+"мережу, аби переконатися, що IP-адреси POSBox не змінюються. Будь ласка, "
+"зверніться до документації маршрутизації."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:154
+msgid "POSBoxless Guide (advanced)"
+msgstr "Посібник із POSBoxless (розширений)"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"If you are running your Point of Sale on a Debian-based Linux distribution, "
+"you do not need the POSBox as you can run its software locally. However the "
+"installation process is not foolproof. You'll need at least to know how to "
+"install and run Odoo. You may also run into issues specific to your "
+"distribution or to your particular setup and hardware configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви використовуєте свою точку продажу на дистрибутиві бази Debian, то "
+"вам не потрібен POSBox, оскільки ви можете запустити його програмне "
+"забезпечення локально. Однак процес встановлення не є надійним. Вам потрібно"
+" буде хоча би знати, як встановити та запустити Odoo. Ви також можете "
+"поставити проблеми, пов'язані з вашим дистрибутивом або з вашою конкретною "
+"конфігурацією та обладнанням."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"Drivers for the various types of supported hardware are provided as Odoo "
+"modules. In fact, the POSBox runs an instance of Odoo that the Point of Sale"
+" communicates with. The instance of Odoo running on the POSBox is very "
+"different from a 'real' Odoo instance however. It does not handle *any* "
+"business data (eg. POS orders), but only serves as a gateway between the "
+"Point of Sale and the hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"Драйвера для різних типів підтримуваного апаратного забезпечення надається "
+"як модулі Odoo. Фактично, POSBox запускає версію Odoo, з якою зв'язується "
+"точка продажу. Версія Odoo, що працює на POSBox, сильно відрізняється від "
+"\"реальної\" версії Odoo. Вона не обробляє *будь-які* бізнес-дані "
+"(наприклад, POS-замовлення), але служить лише шлюзом між точкою продажу та "
+"обладнанням."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:172
+msgid ""
+"The goal of this section will be to set up a local Odoo instance that "
+"behaves like the Odoo instance running on the POSBox."
+msgstr ""
+"Мета цього розділу полягає у створенні локальної версії Odoo, яка веде себе "
+"як версія Odoo, що працює на POSBox."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:176
+msgid "Image building process"
+msgstr "Процес створення зображень"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"We generate the official POSBox images using the scripts in "
+"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/11.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. "
+"More specifically, we run `posbox_create_image.sh "
+"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/11.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/posbox_create_image.sh>`_."
+" This builds an image called ``posbox.img``, which we zip and upload to "
+"`nightly.odoo.com <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_ for users to download."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми створюємо офіційні зображення POSBox за допомогою сценаріїв за адресою "
+"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/11.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. "
+"Якщо конкретно, ми запускаємо posbox_create_image.sh. "
+"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/11.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/posbox_create_image.sh>`_."
+" Це створює зображення, яке називається posbox.img, яке ми завантажуємо в "
+"zip і завантажуємо на <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_ для користувачі."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"The scripts in this directory might be useful as a reference if you get "
+"stuck or want more detail about something."
+msgstr ""
+"Скрипти у цьому каталозі можуть бути корисними як посилання, якщо ви "
+"застрягли або хочете докладніше про щось дізнатися."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:190
+msgid "Summary of the image creation process"
+msgstr "Підсумок процесу створення зображення"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"The image creation process starts by downloading the latest `Raspbian "
+"<https://www.raspbian.org/>`_ image. It then locally mounts this Raspbian "
+"image and copies over some files and scripts that will make the Raspbian "
+"image turn itself into a POSBox when it boots. These scripts will update "
+"Raspbian, remove non-essential packages and install required packages. In "
+"order to boot Raspbian we use qemu, which is capable of providing ARM "
+"emulation. After this, the emulated Raspbian OS will shut itself down. We "
+"then once again locally mount the image, remove the scripts that were used "
+"to initialize the image at boot and we copy over some extra configuration "
+"files. The resulting image is then ready to be tested and used."
+msgstr ""
+"Процес створення зображення починається із завантаження останнього "
+"зображення `Raspbian <https://www.raspbian.org/>`_. Потім він локально "
+"монтує це зображення Raspbian та копіює над деякими файлами та скриптами, "
+"які змушують образ Raspbian перетворюватися на POSBox під час завантаження. "
+"Ці скрипти будуть оновлювати Raspbian, видаляти несуттєві пакунки та "
+"встановлювати необхідні. Для завантаження Raspbian ми використовуємо qemu, "
+"яка здатна забезпечити емуляцію ARM. Після цього імітована ОС \"Raspbian\" "
+"закриється. Ми потім знову локально монтуємо зображення, видаляємо скрипти, "
+"які використовувались для ініціалізації зображення під час завантаження, і "
+"копіюємо деякі додаткові файли конфігурації. Отримане зображення готово для "
+"тестування та використання."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:207
+msgid "A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)"
+msgstr "Розподіл Linux на основі Debian (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint та ін.)"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:208
+msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to load the Point of Sale"
+msgstr ""
+"Запущена версія Odoo, яку ви підключаєте, щоб завантажити точку продажу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:209
+msgid ""
+"You must uninstall any ESC/POS printer driver as it will conflict with "
+"Odoo's built-in driver"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви повинні видалити будь-який драйвер принтера ESC/POS, оскільки він "
+"конфліктує з вбудованим драйвером Odoo"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:216
+msgid "Extra dependencies"
+msgstr "Додаткові залежності"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:218
+msgid ""
+"Because Odoo runs on Python 2, you need to check which version of pip you "
+"need to use."
+msgstr ""
+"Через те, що Odoo працює на Python 2, потрібно перевірити версію pip, яку "
+"потрібно використовувати."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:221
+msgid "``# pip --version``"
+msgstr "``# pip --version``"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:223
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:229
+msgid "If it returns something like::"
+msgstr "Якщо вона повертає щось на зразок::"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:227
+msgid "You need to try pip2 instead."
+msgstr "Потрібно спробувати pip2."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:233
+msgid "You can use pip."
+msgstr "Ви можете використовувати рір."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:235
+msgid "The driver modules requires the installation of new python modules:"
+msgstr "Модулі драйверів вимагають встановлення нових модулів python:"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:237
+msgid "``# pip install pyserial``"
+msgstr "``# pip install pyserial``"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:239
+msgid "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``"
+msgstr "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:241
+msgid "``# pip install qrcode``"
+msgstr "``# pip install qrcode``"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:244
+msgid "Access Rights"
+msgstr "Права доступу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:246
+msgid ""
+"The drivers need raw access to the printer and barcode scanner devices. "
+"Doing so requires a bit system administration. First we are going to create "
+"a group that has access to USB devices"
+msgstr ""
+"Для драйверів потрібен вихідний доступ до принтерів та пристроїв для "
+"сканування штрих-кодів. Для цього потрібне системне адміністрування. "
+"Спочатку ми збираємося створити групу, яка має доступ до USB-пристроїв"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:250
+msgid "``# groupadd usbusers``"
+msgstr "``# groupadd usbusers``"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:252
+msgid "Then we add the user who will run the Odoo server to ``usbusers``"
+msgstr ""
+"Тоді ми додамо користувача, який запускатиме сервер Odoo на ``usbusers``"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:254
+msgid "``# usermod -a -G usbusers USERNAME``"
+msgstr "``# usermod -a -G usbusers USERNAME``"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:256
+msgid ""
+"Then we need to create a udev rule that will automatically allow members of "
+"``usbusers`` to access raw USB devices. To do so create a file called "
+"``99-usbusers.rules`` in the ``/etc/udev/rules.d/`` directory with the "
+"following content::"
+msgstr ""
+"Потім нам потрібно створити правило udev, яке автоматично дозволить членам "
+"``usbusers`` отримати доступ до сировинних USB-пристроїв. Для цього створіть"
+" файл з назвою ``99-usbusers.rules`` у каталозі ``/etc/udev/rules.d/`` з "
+"наступним вмістом::"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:264
+msgid "Then you need to reboot your machine."
+msgstr "Потрібно перезавантажити комп'ютер."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:267
+msgid "Start the local Odoo instance"
+msgstr "Запустіть локальний екземпляр Odoo"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:269
+msgid "We must launch the Odoo server with the correct settings"
+msgstr "Ми повинні запустити сервер Odoo з правильними налаштуваннями"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:271
+msgid ""
+"``$ ./odoo.py "
+"--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos``"
+msgstr ""
+"``$ ./odoo.py "
+"--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos``"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:274
+msgid "Test the instance"
+msgstr "Перевірте версію"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:276
+msgid ""
+"Plug all your hardware to your machine's USB ports, and go to "
+"``http://localhost:8069/hw_proxy/status`` refresh the page a few times and "
+"see if all your devices are indicated as *Connected*. Possible source of "
+"errors are: The paths on the distribution differ from the paths expected by "
+"the drivers, another process has grabbed exclusive access to the devices, "
+"the udev rules do not apply or a superseded by others."
+msgstr ""
+"Підключіть все своє обладнання до USB-портів вашого комп'ютера і перейдіть "
+"на ``http://localhost:8069/hw_proxy/status`` оновіть сторінку декілька разів"
+" і перевірте, чи всі ваші пристрої позначені як підключені. Можливим "
+"джерелом помилок є: шляхи в розподілі відрізняються від шляхів, очікуваних "
+"драйверами, інший процес захопив ексклюзивний доступ до пристроїв, правила "
+"udev не застосовуються або замінюються іншими."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:284
+msgid "Automatically start Odoo"
+msgstr "Автоматично запустіть Odoo"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:286
+msgid ""
+"You must now make sure that this Odoo install is automatically started after"
+" boot. There are various ways to do so, and how to do it depends on your "
+"particular setup. Using the init system provided by your distribution is "
+"probably the easiest way to accomplish this."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ви повинні переконатися, що це встановлення Odoo автоматично "
+"запускається після завантаження. Існують різні способи зробити це, і як це "
+"зробити, залежить від конкретного налаштування. Використання системи init, "
+"що надається вашим дистрибутивом, ймовірно, є найпростішим способом "
+"здійснити це."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:294
+msgid ""
+"The IP address field in the POS configuration must be either ``127.0.0.1`` "
+"or ``localhost`` if you're running the created Odoo server on the machine "
+"that you'll use as the Point of Sale device. You can also leave it empty."
+msgstr ""
+"Поле IP-адреси в налаштуваннях точки продажу має бути ``127.0.0.1`` вбо "
+"``localhost`` якщо ви використовуєте створений сервер Odoo на апараті, який "
+"ви будете використовувати як пристрій точки продажу. Ви також можете "
+"залишити це порожнім."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:300
+msgid "POSBox Technical Documentation"
+msgstr "Технічна документація POSBox"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:303
+msgid "Technical Overview"
+msgstr "Технічний огляд"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:306
+msgid "The POSBox Hardware"
+msgstr "Обладнання POSBox"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:308
+msgid ""
+"The POSBox's Hardware is based on a `Raspberry Pi 2 "
+"<https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-2-model-b/>`_, a popular "
+"single-board computer. The Raspberry Pi 2 is powered with a 2A micro-usb "
+"power adapter. 2A is needed to give enough power to the barcode scanners. "
+"The Software is installed on a 8Gb Class 10 or Higher SD Card. All this "
+"hardware is easily available worldwide from independent vendors."
+msgstr ""
+"Апаратне забезпечення POSBox.  <https://www.raspberrypi.org/products"
+"/raspberry-pi-2-model-b/>`_, засноване на популярній одноплатовій машині "
+"Raspberry Pi 2. Raspberry Pi 2 оснащений 2A мікро-USB-адаптером живлення. 2A"
+" необхідний для забезпечення достатньої потужності сканерів штрих-кодів. "
+"Програмне забезпечення встановлено на картці 8Gb Class 10 або вище SD. Все "
+"це обладнання легко доступне у всьому світі від незалежних постачальників."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:317
+msgid "Compatible Peripherals"
+msgstr "Сумісні периферійні пристрої"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:319
+msgid ""
+"Officially supported hardware is listed on the `POS Hardware page "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_."
+msgstr ""
+"Офіційно підтримуване обладнання наведено на 'сторінці обладнання точки "
+"продажу. <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:323
+msgid "The POSBox Software"
+msgstr "POSBox Software"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:325
+msgid ""
+"The POSBox runs a heavily modified Raspbian Linux installation, a Debian "
+"derivative for the Raspberry Pi. It also runs a barebones installation of "
+"Odoo which provides the webserver and the drivers. The hardware drivers are "
+"implemented as Odoo modules. Those modules are all prefixed with ``hw_*`` "
+"and they are the only modules that are running on the POSBox. Odoo is only "
+"used for the framework it provides. No business data is processed or stored "
+"on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``11.0`` "
+"branch."
+msgstr ""
+"POSBox запускає сильно модифіковану версію Raspbian Linux, похідну Debian "
+"для Raspberry Pi. Вона також запускає встановлення Barebones Odoo, що "
+"забезпечує веб-сервер та драйвери. Апаратні драйвери реалізовані як модулі "
+"Odoo. Ці модулі мають префікс ``hw_ *``, і вони є єдиними модулями, що "
+"працюють на POSBox. Odoo використовується лише для тієї системи, яку вона "
+"надає. Жодні бізнес-дані не обробляються і не зберігаються на POSBox. Версія"
+" Odoo - це git клон з гілки ``11.0``."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:334
+msgid ""
+"The root partition on the POSBox is mounted read-only, ensuring that we "
+"don't wear out the SD card by writing to it too much. It also ensures that "
+"the filesystem cannot be corrupted by cutting the power to the POSBox. Linux"
+" applications expect to be able to write to certain directories though. So "
+"we provide a ramdisk for /etc and /var (Raspbian automatically provides one "
+"for /tmp). These ramdisks are setup by ``setup_ramdisks.sh``, which we run "
+"before all other init scripts by running it in ``/etc/init.d/rcS``. The "
+"ramdisks are named /etc_ram and /var_ram respectively. Most data from /etc "
+"and /var is copied to these tmpfs ramdisks. In order to restrict the size of"
+" the ramdisks, we do not copy over certain things to them (eg. apt related "
+"data). We then bind mount them over the original directories. So when an "
+"application writes to /etc/foo/bar it's actually writing to "
+"/etc_ram/foo/bar. We also bind mount / to /root_bypass_ramdisks to be able "
+"to get to the real /etc and /var during development."
+msgstr ""
+"Кореневий розділ на POSBox монтується лише для читання, гарантуючи, що ми не"
+" зношуємо SD-карту, пишучи їй надто багато. Це також гарантує, що файлова "
+"система не може бути пошкоджена шляхом скорочення потужності POSBox. "
+"Програми Linux, як очікується, зможуть писати в деяких каталогах. Таким "
+"чином ми надаємо ramdisk для /etc та /var (Raspbian автоматично забезпечує "
+"один для /tmp). Ці діапазони встановлюються за допомогою "
+"``setup_ramdisks.sh``, які ми запускаємо перед усіма іншими скриптами init, "
+"запустивши їх у ``/etc/init.d/rcS``. Ramdiscs названі /etc_ram та /var_ram "
+"відповідно. Більшість даних з файлів /etc та /var копіюються на ці ramdiscs "
+"tmpfs. Щоб обмежити розмір ramdiscs, ми не копіюємо над ними певні речі "
+"(наприклад, відповідні дані). Потім ми зв'язуємо їх з монзами в оригінальні "
+"каталоги. Тому, коли програма пише до /etc/foo/bar, вона насправді пишеться "
+"до /etc_ram/foo/bar. Ми також встановлюємо кріплення "
+"mount/to/root_bypass_ramdisks для того, аби бути в змозі дістатися до "
+"реальних /etc та /var під час розробки."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:350
+msgid "Logs of the running Odoo server can be found at:"
+msgstr "Журнали поточного сервера Odoo можна знайти за адресою:"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:352
+msgid "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``"
+msgstr "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:354
+msgid ""
+"Various POSBox related scripts (eg. wifi-related scripts) running on the "
+"POSBox will log to /var/log/syslog and those messages are tagged with "
+"``posbox_*``."
+msgstr ""
+"Різні скрипти, пов'язані з POSBox (наприклад, скрипти, пов'язані з Wi-Fi), "
+"запущені на POSBox, будуть вноситися до /var/log/syslog, і ці повідомлення "
+"позначаються з ``posbox_*``."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:359
+msgid "Accessing the POSBox"
+msgstr "Доступ до POSBox"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:362
+msgid "Local Access"
+msgstr "Локальний доступ"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:364
+msgid ""
+"If you plug a QWERTY USB keyboard into one of the POSBox's USB ports, and if"
+" you connect a computer monitor to the *HDMI* port of the POSBox, you can "
+"use it as a small GNU/Linux computer and perform various administration "
+"tasks, like viewing some logs."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви підключите QWERTY USB-клавіатуру до одного з USB-портів POSBox, і "
+"якщо ви підключите монітор комп'ютера до порту HDMI POSBox, ви можете "
+"використовувати його як невеликий комп'ютер GNU/Linux і виконувати різні "
+"завдання адміністрування, наприклад переглядати деякі журнали."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:369
+msgid "The POSBox will automatically log in as root on the default tty."
+msgstr "POSBox буде автоматично входити як root за замовчуванням tty."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:372
+msgid "Remote Access"
+msgstr "Віддалений доступ"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:374
+msgid ""
+"If you have the POSBox's IP address and an SSH client you can access the "
+"POSBox's system remotely. The login credentials are ``pi``/``raspberry``."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас є IP-адреса POSBox та клієнт SSH, ви можете мати доступ до "
+"системи POSBox віддалено. Вхідні дані є ``pi``/``raspberry``."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:379
+msgid "Updating The POSBox Software"
+msgstr "Оновлення програмного забезпечення POSBox"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:381
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrade the POSBox if you experience problems or want to use newly "
+"implemented features."
+msgstr ""
+"Тільки оновіть POSBox, якщо ви зіткнулися з проблемами або хочете "
+"використовувати нові функції."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:384
+msgid ""
+"The best way to update the POSBox software is to download a new version of "
+"the image and flash the SD-Card with it. This operation is described in "
+"detail in `this tutorial <http://elinux.org/RPi_Easy_SD_Card_Setup>`_, just "
+"replace the standard Raspberry Pi image with the latest one found at `the "
+"official POSBox image page <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/>`_. This "
+"method of upgrading will ensure that you're running the latest version of "
+"the POSBox software."
+msgstr ""
+"Найкращий спосіб оновлення програмного забезпечення POSBox - завантажити "
+"нову версію зображення та вставити в неї SD-карту. Ця операція детально "
+"описана в `в цьому уроці <http://elinux.org/RPi_Easy_SD_Card_Setup>`_, "
+"просто замініть стандартне зображення Raspberry Pi найновішим на офіційній "
+"`сторінці зображення POSBox <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/>`_. Цей "
+"спосіб оновлення забезпечить, аби ви використовували найновішу версію "
+"POSbox."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:393
+msgid ""
+"The second way of upgrading is through the built in upgrade interface that "
+"can be reached through the POSBox homepage. The nice thing about upgrading "
+"like this is that you don't have to flash a new image. This upgrade method "
+"is limited to what it can do however. It can not eg. update installed "
+"configuration files (like eg. /etc/hostapd.conf). It can only upgrade:"
+msgstr ""
+"Другий спосіб оновлення - це вбудований інтерфейс оновлення, який можна "
+"отримати через домашню сторінку POSBox. Гарна річ щодо оновлення полягає в "
+"тому, що вам не потрібно завантажувати нове зображення. Цей метод оновлення "
+"обмежується тим, що він може зробити. Він не може, наприклад, оновлювати "
+"встановлені налаштування файлів (наприклад, /etc/hostapd.conf). Метод може "
+"оновити лише:"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:400
+msgid "The internal Odoo application"
+msgstr "Внутрішню програма Odoo"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:401
+msgid ""
+"Scripts in the folder "
+"``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``"
+msgstr ""
+"Скрипти в папці ``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:403
+msgid "When in doubt, always use the first method of upgrading."
+msgstr "Якщо ви сумніваєтесь, завжди використовуйте перший спосіб оновлення."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:406
+msgid "Troubleshoot"
+msgstr "Усунення несправностей"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:409
+msgid "The POS cannot connect to the POSBox"
+msgstr "Точка продажу не може підключитися до POSBox"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:411
+msgid ""
+"The easiest way to make sure the POSBox is properly set-up is to turn it on "
+"with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error "
+"if encountered or the POSBox's IP address in case of success. If no receipt "
+"is printed, check the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+"Найпростіший спосіб переконатися, що POSBox належним чином налаштований - це"
+" ввімкнути його, якщо принтер підключений, він надрукує квитанцію, яка "
+"вказує на будь-яку помилку, коли виникає проблема, або IP-адресу POSBox у "
+"випадку успіху. Якщо не надруковано квитанцію, перевірте наступні кроки:"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:415
+msgid ""
+"Make sure the POSBox is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status "
+"LED."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що POSBox включений, позначений яскраво освітленим червоним "
+"індикатором стану."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:417
+msgid ""
+"Make sure the POSBox is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green "
+"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The POSBox should be ready"
+" ~2 minutes after it is started."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що POSBox готовий, про це свідчить яскраво освітлений зелений"
+" індикатор стану поряд із червоним індикатором живлення. POSBox повинен бути"
+" готовий ~ через 2 хвилини після його запуску."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:420
+msgid ""
+"Make sure the POSBox is connected to the same network as your POS device. "
+"Both the device and the POSBox should be visible in the list of connected "
+"devices on your network router."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що POSBox підключено до тієї ж мережі, що і ваш пристрій "
+"точки продажу. І пристрій, і POSBox повинні бути видимими в списку "
+"підключених пристроїв вашого мережевого маршрутизатора."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:423
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that your LAN is set up with DHCP, and gives IP addresses in the "
+"range 192.168.0.X, 192.168.1.X, 10.0.0.X. If you cannot setup your LAN that "
+"way, you must manually set up your POSBox's IP address."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що ваша локальна мережа налаштована за допомогою DHCP та дає "
+"IP-адреси в діапазоні 192.168.0.X, 192.168.1.X, 10.0.0.X. Якщо ви не можете "
+"налаштувати вашу локальну мережу таким чином, потрібно вручну встановити IP-"
+"адресу вашого POSBox."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:427
+msgid ""
+"If you have specified the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, make "
+"sure it correspond to the printed on the POSBox's status receipt."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви вказали IP-адресу POSBox в налаштуваннях, переконайтеся, що вона "
+"відповідає інформації, роздрукованій на квитанції про статус POSBox."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:430
+msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS."
+msgstr "Переконайтеся, що POS не завантажено через HTTPS."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:431
+msgid ""
+"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation prevents the autodiscovery from "
+"working reliably. When using Firefox you should manually set up the POSBox's"
+" IP address in the POS configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"Помилка в реалізації HTTP-протоколу Firefox перешкоджає надійному "
+"функціонуванню автообстеження. При використанні Firefox ви повинні вручну "
+"налаштувати IP-адресу POSBox в налаштуваннях точки продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:436
+msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working"
+msgstr "Сканер штрих-коду не працює"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:438
+msgid ""
+"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after "
+"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. "
+"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information."
+msgstr ""
+"Сканер штрих-коду повинен бути налаштований в US QWERTY і видати Enter після"
+" кожного штрих-коду. Це налаштовано за замовчуванням більшості сканерів "
+"штрих-кодів. Для отримання додаткової інформації зверніться до документації "
+"для сканування штрих-кодів."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:442
+msgid ""
+"The POSBox needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If "
+"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has "
+"enough power."
+msgstr ""
+"Для роботи POSBox потрібен блок живлення 2A для деяких сканерів штрих-кодів."
+" Якщо ви не користуєтесь наданим джерелом живлення, переконайтеся, що у вас "
+"є достатньо енергії."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:445
+msgid ""
+"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work"
+" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug"
+" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub."
+msgstr ""
+"Деякі сканери штрих-кодів потребують більше 2A, і вони не працюватимуть або "
+"працюватимуть неналежним чином, навіть за умови наявності джерела живлення. "
+"У такому випадку ви можете підключити сканер штрих-коду до автономного USB-"
+"концентратора."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:448
+msgid ""
+"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode "
+"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the "
+"POSBox."
+msgstr ""
+"Деякі погано побудовані сканери штрих-кодів не рекламують себе як сканери "
+"штрих-кодів, а замість клавіатури USB, і не будуть розпізнані POSBox."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:453
+msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably"
+msgstr "Сканер штрих-коду не працює надійно"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:455
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode "
+"Scanner' enabled are connected to the POSBox at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що одночасно до POSBox підключено не більше одного пристрою з"
+" функцією \"Сканувати через проксі\"/\"Сканер штрих-коду\"."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:460
+msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time"
+msgstr "Друк квитанції займає надто багато часу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:462
+msgid ""
+"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the POSBox will do some"
+" preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays "
+"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS "
+"and the POSBox."
+msgstr ""
+"Невелика затримка до першого друку очікується, оскільки POSBox зробить деяку"
+" попередню обробку, щоби прискорити наступний друк. Якщо після цього у вас "
+"буде затримка, це, швидше за все, пов'язано з поганим мережевим зв'язком між"
+" точкою продажу і POSBox."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:468
+msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt"
+msgstr "Деякі символи не надруковані на квитанції"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:470
+msgid ""
+"The POSBox does not support all languages and characters. It currently "
+"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support."
+msgstr ""
+"POSBox не підтримує всі мови та символи. В даний час він підтримує скрипти з"
+" латинської та кирилицею, з базовою японською підтримкою."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:475
+msgid "The printer is offline"
+msgstr "Принтер офлайн"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:477
+msgid ""
+"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its "
+"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please "
+"contact support."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтесь, що принтер підключений, живиться, має достатню кількість "
+"паперу, кришка закрита та не повідомляється про помилку. Якщо помилка не "
+"зникає, зверніться до служби підтримки."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:482
+msgid "The cashdrawer does not open"
+msgstr "Готівковий рахунок не відкривається"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:484
+msgid ""
+"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in"
+" the POS configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"Каса повинна бути підключена до принтера і повинна активуватися в "
+"налаштуваннях точки продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:488
+msgid "Credits"
+msgstr "Кредити"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:489
+msgid ""
+"The POSBox project was developed by Frédéric van der Essen with the kind "
+"help of Gary Malherbe, Fabien Meghazi, Nicolas Wisniewsky, Dimitri Del "
+"Marmol, Joren Van Onder and Antony Lesuisse."
+msgstr ""
+"Проект POSBox був розроблений Фредеріком ван дер Есеном з належною допомогою"
+" Гарі Малхербе, Фаб'єна Мегазі, Ніколя Висневського, Дімітрі Дель Мармола, "
+"Йорен Ван Ондер та Антоні Лесуісе."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:493
+msgid ""
+"This development would not have been possible without the Indiegogo campaign"
+" and those who contributed to it. Special thanks goes to the partners who "
+"backed the campaign with founding partner bundles:"
+msgstr ""
+"Це не було б можливим без кампанії Indiegogo та тих, хто це зробив. Особлива"
+" подяка партнерам, які підтримали кампанію зі зв'язками партнерів-"
+"засновників:"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:497
+msgid "Camptocamp"
+msgstr "Camptocamp"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:498
+msgid "BHC"
+msgstr "BHC"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:499
+msgid "openBig"
+msgstr "openBig"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:500
+msgid "Eeezee-IT"
+msgstr "Eeezee-IT"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:501
+msgid "Solarsis LDA"
+msgstr "Solarsis LDA"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:502
+msgid "ACSONE"
+msgstr "ACSONE"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:503
+msgid "Vauxoo"
+msgstr "Vauxoo"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:504
+msgid "Ekomurz"
+msgstr "Ekomurz"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:505
+msgid "Datalp"
+msgstr "Datalp"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:506
+msgid "Dao Systems"
+msgstr "Dao Systems"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:507
+msgid "Eggs Solutions"
+msgstr "Eggs Solutions"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:508
+msgid "OpusVL"
+msgstr "OpusVL"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:510
+msgid ""
+"And also the partners who've backed the development with the Founding POSBox"
+" Bundle:"
+msgstr ""
+"А також партнери, які підтримали розробку за допомогою пакету POSBox із "
+"заснування:"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:513
+msgid "Willow IT"
+msgstr "Willow IT"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:514
+msgid "E\\. Akhalwaya & Sons"
+msgstr "E\\. Akhalwaya & Sons"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:515
+msgid "Multibase"
+msgstr "Multibase"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:516
+msgid "Mindesa"
+msgstr "Mindesa"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:517
+msgid "bpso.biz"
+msgstr "bpso.biz"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:518
+msgid "Shine IT."
+msgstr "Shine IT."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3
+msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale"
+msgstr "Розпочніть точку продажу в Odoo"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly "
+"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on "
+"iPads, Android tablets or laptops."
+msgstr ""
+"Онлайн-додаток Odoo на базі простого, зручного для користувача інтерфейсу. "
+"Програму Точка продажу можна використовувати в режимі онлайн або офлайн на "
+"пристроях iPad, планшетах або ноутбуках Android."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting "
+"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically "
+"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the "
+"customer can be identified from the app."
+msgstr ""
+"Точка продажу Odoo повністю інтегрована з програмами складу та бухобліку. "
+"Будь-яка транзакція у вашій торговій точці буде автоматично зареєстрована у "
+"вашому обліку, а також CRM, оскільки клієнт може бути ідентифікований з "
+"додатка."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all "
+"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви зможете проводити статистику та консолідацію в режимі реального часу у "
+"всіх своїх магазинах без необхідності інтеграції кількох зовнішніх програм."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25
+msgid "Install the Point of Sale application"
+msgstr "Встановіть програму Точка продажу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27
+msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application."
+msgstr "Перейдіть до додатків та встановіть програму Точка продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of "
+"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви використовуєте Бухоблік Odoo, не забудьте встановити схему облікових"
+" записів, якщо це ще не зроблено. Це можна досягти в налаштуваннях обліку."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38
+msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale"
+msgstr "Зробіть товари доступними в точці продажу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go"
+" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб зробити товари доступними для продажу в точці продажу відкрийте товар, "
+"перейдіть на вкладку Продажі та поставте прапорець біля опції \"Доступно в "
+"точці продажу\"."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale."
+msgstr "Ви також можете визначити там, чи товар має бути зваженим за шкалою."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52
+msgid "Configure your payment methods"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте свої способи оплати"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point"
+" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> "
+"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб додати новий спосіб оплати для точки продажу, перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу --> "
+"Виберіть точку продажу --> Перейдіть у розділ платежі` та натисніть на "
+"посилання \"Способи оплати\"."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use"
+" in Point of Sale\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ви можете створити нові способи оплати. Не забудьте позначити поле "
+"\"Використовувати в точці продажу\"."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale"
+" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ваші способи оплати будуть створені, ви можете вирішити, в якій точці "
+"продажу ви хочете зробити їх доступними в налаштуваннях точки продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75
+msgid "Configure your Point of Sale"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте свою точку продажу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and"
+" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can "
+"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до  :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка "
+"продажу` та виберіть точку продажу, яку ви хочете налаштувати. У цьому меню "
+"ви можете редагувати всі налаштування точки продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82
+msgid "Create your first PoS session"
+msgstr "Створіть свою першу сесію точки продажу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85
+msgid "Your first order"
+msgstr "Ваше перше замовлення"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS "
+"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ви готові зробити перші продажі через Точку продажу. З інформаційної "
+"панелі Точки продажу ви бачите всі ваші точки продажу, і ви можете почати "
+"новий сеанс."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94
+msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface."
+msgstr "Тепер ви перейшли на інтерфейс Точки продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available "
+"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method "
+"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як замовлення буде завершено, ви зможете зареєструвати платіж. "
+"Усі доступні способи оплати з'являються ліворуч на екрані. Виберіть спосіб "
+"оплати та введіть отриману суму. Потім ви можете підтвердити платіж."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104
+msgid "You can register the next orders."
+msgstr "Ви можете зареєструвати наступні замовлення."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107
+msgid "Close the PoS session"
+msgstr "Закрийте сесію точки продажу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on "
+"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can "
+"now close the session from the dashboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Наприкінці дня ви закриваєте свою сесію. Для цього натисніть кнопку "
+"закриття, яка з'явиться у верхньому правому куті та підтвердіть. Тепер ви "
+"можете закрити сеанс з інформаційної панелі."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day."
+msgstr ""
+"Настійно рекомендуємо закривати свій сеанс роботи в кінці кожного дня."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119
+msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method."
+msgstr ""
+"Після цього ви побачите резюме всіх операцій за одним способом оплати."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124
+msgid ""
+"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been"
+" paid by this payment method during that PoS session."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете натиснути рядок цього резюме, щоби переглянути всі замовлення, які"
+" були оплачені цим способом оплати під час цього сеансу Точки продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the "
+"closing entries."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо все правильно, ви можете перевірити сесії точки продажу і опублікувати "
+"закриті записи."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130
+msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session."
+msgstr "Все зроблено, ви закрили свою першу сесію точки продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features"
+msgstr "Розширені особливості ресторану"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3
+msgid "Print the Bill"
+msgstr "Друк рахунку"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This "
+"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the "
+"definitive ticket."
+msgstr ""
+"Використовуйте функцію *друку рахунків*, щоб надрукувати рахунок перед "
+"оплатою. Це корисно, якщо рахунок ще може змінюватися і не є остаточним "
+"замовленням."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10
+msgid "Configure Bill Printing"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте друк рахунку"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб активувати функцію *друк рахунку*, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка "
+"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс точки"
+" продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option."
+msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та квитанції ви знайдете варіант *Друк рахунку*."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22
+msgid "Split a Bill"
+msgstr "Розбийте рахунок"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24
+msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button."
+msgstr "У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка *Рахунок*."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29
+msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill."
+msgstr "Коли ви застосуєте, ви зможете роздрукувати рахунок."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3
+msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar"
+msgstr "Друк замовлень на кухні або в барі"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, "
+"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar "
+"can be a tremendous help."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб полегшити робочий процес між передньою частиною будинку та задньою "
+"частиною, друк замовлень, зроблених на інтерфейсі точки продажу прямо на "
+"кухні або в барі, може стати величезною допомогою."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10
+msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer"
+msgstr "Активуйте барний/кухонний принтер"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб активувати функцію *друк замовлення*, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка"
+" продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс "
+"точки продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Under the PosBox / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*."
+msgstr ""
+"Під категорією Точка продажу/Апаратний проксі ви знайдете *Замовлення "
+"принтерів*."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:19
+msgid "Add a printer"
+msgstr "Додайте принтер"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where"
+" you can add the printer."
+msgstr ""
+"У вашому меню налаштування тепер з'явиться параметр *Замовлення принтерів*, "
+"де ви можете додати принтер."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:28
+msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order"
+msgstr "Друк замовлення на кухні/барі"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:33
+msgid "Select or create a printer."
+msgstr "Виберіть або створіть принтер."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:36
+msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar"
+msgstr "Роздрукуйте замовлення на кухні/барі"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:38
+msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button."
+msgstr "На вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка *Замовлення*."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer."
+msgstr ""
+"При натисканні на неї буде надруковано замовлення на принтері на кухні/барі."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3
+msgid "Register multiple orders"
+msgstr "Реєстрація кількох замовлень"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders "
+"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need."
+msgstr ""
+"Програма точка продажу Odoo дозволяє вам зареєструвати кілька замовлень "
+"одночасно, надаючи вам всю необхідну гнучкість."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9
+msgid "Register an additional order"
+msgstr "Зареєструйте додаткове замовлення"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви реєструєте будь-яке замовлення, ви можете використовувати кнопку "
+"\"+\", щоб додати нове замовлення."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when "
+"needed."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім ви можете переміщатись між кожним із ваших замовлень і обробляти "
+"платіж за потреби."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on."
+msgstr ""
+"Використовуючи кнопку \"-\", ви можете видалити замовлення, яке ви зараз "
+"обробляєте."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar"
+msgstr "Встановлення точки продажу в ресторані/барі"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of "
+"Sale application can help you to fulfill."
+msgstr ""
+"Харчовий бізнес та бізнес напоїв мають особливі потреби, в яких може "
+"допомогти вам Точка продажу Odoo."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб активувати функції *Бар/Ресторан*, перейдіть доo :menuselection:`Точка "
+"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс точки"
+" продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15
+msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*"
+msgstr "Виберіть *бар/ресторан*"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. "
+"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер у вас є різні функції, які допоможуть вам налаштувати вашу точку "
+"продажу. Ви можете побачити, що біля цих функцій є маленький логотип вилки "
+"та ножа."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3
+msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option"
+msgstr "Запропонуйте варіант розбиття рахунку"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them "
+"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-"
+"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application."
+msgstr ""
+"Запропонувавши своєму клієнту легкий розбиття рахунку, ви отримаєте "
+"позитивний досвід. Ось чому ця функція доступна поза межами програми в Точці"
+" продажу Odoo."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб активувати функцію *розбиття рахунку*, перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та "
+"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting "
+"option."
+msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та квитанції ви знайдете варіант Розбиття рахунку."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23
+msgid "Split a bill"
+msgstr "Розбийте рахунок"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25
+msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button."
+msgstr "У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка *розбити*."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and "
+"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви використовуєте його, ви зможете вибрати, що цей гість повинен "
+"отримати і виконати платіж, повторюючи процес для кожного гостя."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3
+msgid "Configure your table management"
+msgstr "Налаштування управління столами"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select"
+" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> "
+"Point of sale`.."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як ваша точка продажу налаштована на використання "
+"барів/ресторанів, виберіть *Управління столами* :menuselection:`Точка "
+"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу`.."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9
+msgid "Add a floor"
+msgstr "Додайте поверх"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on"
+" *Floors*"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви оберете *Управління столами*, ви можете керувати своїми поверхами, "
+"натиснувши *Поверхи*."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18
+msgid "Add tables"
+msgstr "Додайте столи"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20
+msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)."
+msgstr "З вашого інтерфейсу точки продажу ви побачите ваші поверхи."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow"
+" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви натискаєте олівець, ви ввійдете в режим редагування, який дозволить "
+"вам створювати таблиці, переміщати їх, змінювати,..."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, "
+"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, "
+"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as "
+"duplicate them with the handy tool bar."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому прикладі у нас є 2 круглі столи на шістьох та 2 квадратних столи на "
+"чотирьох, кольорові кодування, щоб їх було легше знайти, ви також можете "
+"перейменувати їх, змінити їх форму, розмір, кількість людей, які вони "
+"вміщають, а також дублікати їх зі зручною панеллю інструментів."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36
+msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode."
+msgstr "Після встановлення плану поверху можна закрити режим редагування."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39
+msgid "Register your table(s) orders"
+msgstr "Зареєструйте свої замовлення на столи"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to "
+"register an order and payment."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви виберете стіл, вам буде запропоновано зареєструвати замовлення та "
+"платіж за звичайним інтерфейсом."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and"
+" you can also transfer the order to another table."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете швидко повернутися до плану поверху, вибравши кнопку поверху, і ви"
+" також можете перенести замовлення на інший стіл."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3
+msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment"
+msgstr "Інтегруйте чайові в оплату"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is "
+"important to have the option in your PoS interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Як прийнято в багатьох країнах у всьому світі платити чайові, важливо мати "
+"такий варіант у вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9
+msgid "Configure Tipping"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте чайові"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб активувати функцію *Чайові*, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка продажу "
+"--> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та оберіть вашу точку продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and "
+"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case."
+msgstr ""
+"У розділі Рахунки та квитанції ви знайдете *Чайові*. Виберіть їх та створіть"
+" *товар Чайові*, наприклад, *Чайові* у цьому випадку."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21
+msgid "Add Tips to the bill"
+msgstr "Додайте чайові до рахунку"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23
+msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button"
+msgstr "Після цього в інтерфейсі платежу з'явиться нова кнопка *Чайові*"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31
+msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment."
+msgstr "Додайте чайові, які ваш клієнт хоче залишити та обробіть у платежу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3
+msgid "Transfer customers between tables"
+msgstr "Переміщення клієнтів між столами"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an "
+"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their "
+"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for "
+"you."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ваш клієнт хоче змінити cnsk після того, як він вже зробив замовлення, "
+"Odoo може допомогти вам перемістити клієнта та його замовлення за інший "
+"стіл, залишаючи щасливих клієнтів та не ускладнюючи роботу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11
+msgid "Transfer customer(s)"
+msgstr "Переміщення клієнта(ів)"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13
+msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on."
+msgstr "Виберіть стіл, за яким ваш клієнт сидить зараз."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and "
+"select the new table"
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ви можете перемістити клієнтів, просто скористайтеся кнопкою "
+"переміщення та виберіть новий стіл"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced Shop Features"
+msgstr "Розширені можливості магазину"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3
+msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale"
+msgstr "Налаштування контролю за готівкою в точці продажу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening "
+"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash "
+"is missing."
+msgstr ""
+"Готівковий контроль дозволяє перевірити суму каси при відкритті та закритті."
+" Таким чином, ви можете переконатися, що ніяких помилок не було зроблено, і "
+"що гроші відсутні."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10
+msgid "Activate Cash Control"
+msgstr "Активізуйте контроль готівки"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales"
+" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб активувати функцію *Контроль готівки*, перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та "
+"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16
+msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting."
+msgstr "Під категорією платежів ви знайдете налаштування контролю готівки."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at "
+"the opening and closing."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому прикладі ви можете бачити, що ви хочете мати 275 доларів у різній "
+"деномінації під час відкриття та закриття."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"When clicking on *->Opening/Closing Values* you will be able to create those"
+" values."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо натиснути *->Відкриття/Закриття значення*, ви зможете створити ці "
+"значення."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31
+msgid "Start a session"
+msgstr "Розпочніть сесію"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening "
+"Balance*"
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер у вас є нова кнопка, додана при відкритті сесії, *Встановити "
+"початковий баланс*"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always "
+"modify it."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням він використовуватиме значення, які ви додали раніше, але "
+"ви завжди можете змінити його."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46
+msgid "Close a session"
+msgstr "Закрийте сесію"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* "
+"button as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете закрити сесію, у вас також є кнопка *Встановити баланс "
+"закриття*."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you"
+" have just counted) and the difference between the two."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім ви можете побачити теоретичний баланс, реальний баланс закриття (те, "
+"що ви тільки що підрахували) і різницю між ними двома."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for "
+"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing "
+"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви використовуєте параметр *Забрати гроші*, щоб вилучити свої "
+"транзакції для цієї сесії, у вас тепер є різниця між нульовою сумою та тим "
+"самим балансом закриття, як початковий баланс. Ваша каса готова для "
+"наступної сесії."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface"
+msgstr "Виставлення рахунку з інтерфейсу точки продажу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point "
+"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Деякі ваші клієнти можуть запитувати рахунок-фактуру при покупці з точки "
+"продажу, ви можете легко керувати ним безпосередньо з інтерфейсу точки "
+"продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9
+msgid "Activate invoicing"
+msgstr "Активізуйте виставлення рахунків"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and"
+" select your Point of Sale:"
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка "
+"продажу` та виберіть свою точку продажу:"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. "
+"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created."
+msgstr ""
+"У розділі *Рахунки та квитанції* ви побачите параметр виставлення рахунку, "
+"позначте його. Не забудьте вибрати, в якому журналі повинні бути створені "
+"рахунки-фактури."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25
+msgid "Select a customer"
+msgstr "Виберіть клієнта"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27
+msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button"
+msgstr "З інтерфейсу сесії використовуйте кнопку клієнта"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer "
+"or create a new one by using this button."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім ви можете вибрати існуючого клієнта та встановити його як свого "
+"клієнта або створити новий за допомогою цієї кнопки."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information."
+msgstr "Вам буде запропоновано заповнити форму клієнта зі своєю інформацією."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41
+msgid "Invoice your customer"
+msgstr "Виставте рахунок вашому клієнту"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to "
+"select it and validate."
+msgstr ""
+"На екрані платежу ви маєте опцію рахунка-фактури, скористайтеся кнопкою, "
+"щоби вибрати її та підтвердити."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49
+msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім можна роздрукувати рахунок-фактуру та перейти до наступного "
+"замовлення."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52
+msgid "Retrieve invoices"
+msgstr "Отримання рахунків-фактур"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top"
+" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones"
+" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the "
+"invoice."
+msgstr ""
+"Вийшовши з інтерфейсу точки продажу (:menuselection:`Закрити --> "
+"Підтвердити` у верхньому правому кутку), ви знайдете всі ваші замовлення в "
+"меню :menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Замовлення --> Замовлення` та на "
+"вкладці статусу ви побачите, на які виставлено рахунки. Після натискання "
+"замовлення ви зможете отримати доступ до рахунку-фактури."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3
+msgid "Accept returns and refund products"
+msgstr "Прийом повернення та відшкодування товарів"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your "
+"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is "
+"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Наявність добре продуманої політики повернення - це ключ до залучення та "
+"збереження ваших клієнтів. Таким чином, це полегшує прийняття та "
+"відшкодування цих повернень, тому це також є ключовим аспектом вашого "
+"інтерфейсу *точки продажу*."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants "
+"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If"
+" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process."
+msgstr ""
+"З інтерфейсу *точки продажу* виберіть товар, який ваш клієнт хоче повернути,"
+" скористайтеся кнопкою +/- та введіть кількість, яку потрібно повернути. "
+"Якщо їм потрібно повернути кілька товарів, повторіть процес."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have "
+"to process the payment."
+msgstr ""
+"Як ви бачите, загальна сума є негативною, щоб закінчити відшкодування, яке "
+"вам просто потрібно обробити."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3
+msgid "Apply time-limited discounts"
+msgstr "Застосування сезонних знижок"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or "
+"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a "
+"pricing strategy tailored to your business."
+msgstr ""
+"Заохочуйте своїх клієнтів та збільшуйте ваші доходи, пропонуючи обмежені за "
+"часом знижки або сезонні знижки. Odoo має потужну функцію прайслиста, що "
+"підтримує стратегію ціноутворення, адаптовану до вашого бізнесу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales "
+"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб активувати функцію *прайслистів*, перейдіть до меню "
+":menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та "
+"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and "
+"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking"
+" on *Pricelists*."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть прайслисти, які ви хочете застосувати в цій точці продажу та "
+"визначте прайслист за замовчуванням. Ви можете отримати доступ до всіх своїх"
+" *прайслистів*, натиснувши на них."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23
+msgid "Create a pricelist"
+msgstr "Створіть прайслист"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to "
+":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`"
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням у вас є загальний прайслист, щоб створити більше, перейдіть"
+" до  :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Каталог --> Прайслисти`"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. "
+"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You "
+"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the "
+"whole range."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете встановити декілька критеріїв використання конкретної ціни: "
+"періоди, хв. кількість (задовольняйте мінімальну замовлену кількість та "
+"отримуйте перерву на ціну) тощо. Ви також можете вибрати, щоб застосувати "
+"цей прайслист лише до певної продукції або всього діапазону."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:37
+msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface"
+msgstr "Використання прайслиста в інтерфейсі точки продажу"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly "
+"select the right pricelist."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер у вас є нова кнопка над *Клієнтом*, використовуйте її, щоб миттєво "
+"вибрати потрібний прайслист."
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fc1280f5c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6
+msgid "My Odoo Portal"
+msgstr "Мій портал Odoo"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between "
+"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your "
+"Subscriptions."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому розділі порталу ви знайдете всі комунікації між вами та Odoo, "
+"документи такі, як комерційні пропозиції, замовлення на продаж, рахунки-"
+"фактури та ваші підписки."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to "
+"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just "
+"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб отримати доступ до цього розділу, вам потрібно ввести ім'я користувача "
+"та пароль для `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . Якщо ви вже "
+"зареєстровані, просто натисніть своє ім'я у верхньому правому куті та "
+"виберіть \"Мій акаунт\"."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
+msgid "Quotations"
+msgstr "Комерційні пропозиції"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
+"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to "
+"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
+msgstr ""
+"Тут ви знайдете всі комерційні пропозиції, надіслані вам від Odoo. "
+"Наприклад, комерційна пропозиція може бути згенерована для вас після "
+"додавання Додатку або Користувача до вашої бази даних або якщо ваш контракт "
+"має бути поновлений."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that"
+" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you "
+"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+"Колонка *Дійсний до* показується, поки комерційна пропозиція дійсна; після "
+"цієї дати комерційна пропозиція буде \"Закінчено\". Натиснувши на комерційну"
+" пропозицію, ви побачите всі деталі пропозиції, ціни та іншу корисну "
+"інформацію."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the "
+"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
+" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете прийняти пропозицію, просто натисніть \"Прийняти та "
+"сплатити\", і комерційна пропозиція буде підтверджена. Якщо ви не бажаєте її"
+" приймати, або вам потрібно попросити про деякі зміни, натисніть кнопку "
+"\"Запросити зміни відхилу\"."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
+msgid "Sales Orders"
+msgstr "Замовлення на продаж"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. "
+"will be registered under this section."
+msgstr ""
+"Усі ваші купівлі в Odoo, такі як Допродаж, Теми, Додатки та ін. будуть "
+"зареєстровані в цьому розділі."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products "
+"purchased and process the payment."
+msgstr ""
+"Натиснувши на замовлення на продаж, ви можете переглянути деталі придбаних "
+"товарів та опрацювати платіж."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53
+msgid "Invoices"
+msgstr "Рахунки"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, "
+"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate "
+"you if the invoice has been paid."
+msgstr ""
+"Усі рахунки-фактури вашої підписки, або згенеровані замовленням на продаж, "
+"відображатимуться у цьому розділі. Тег до суми витрат означатиме, чи було "
+"виставлено рахунок-фактуру."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
+"invoice or download a PDF version of the document."
+msgstr ""
+"Просто натисніть \"Рахунок-фактура\", якщо ви хочете побачити більше "
+"інформації, оплатити рахунок-фактуру або завантажити PDF-версію документа."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
+msgid "Tickets"
+msgstr "Заявки"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find "
+"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our "
+"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви подаєте заявку через `Підтримку Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ "
+", буде створено заявку. Тут ви можете знайти всі відкриті вами заявку, "
+"розмову між вами та нашими агентами, статус заявки та ідентифікатор (# Ref)."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77
+msgid "Subscriptions"
+msgstr "Підписки"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first "
+"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете отримати доступ до своєї підписки Odoo в цьому розділі. На першій "
+"сторінці відображаються ваші підписки та їхній статус."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding"
+" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing "
+"information and the payment method."
+msgstr ""
+"Натиснувши на підписку, ви отримаєте доступ до всіх деталей вашого плану: це"
+" включає кількість придбаних додатків, платіжну інформацію та спосіб оплати."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
+"the new credit card details."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби змінити спосіб оплати, натисніть \"Змінити спосіб оплати\" та введіть "
+"нові дані про кредитну картку."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on "
+"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on "
+"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете видалити збережені кредитні картки, ви можете зробити це, "
+"натиснувши кнопку \"Керування методами оплати\" внизу сторінки. Натисніть "
+"\"Видалити\", щоби видалити спосіб оплати."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
+" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
+"change to \"To Renew\".  You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method"
+" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will "
+"no longer be able to access the database."
+msgstr ""
+"На дату наступного рахунка-фактури, якщо платіжна інформація відсутня або "
+"якщо термін дії вашої кредитної картки закінчився, статус вашої підписки "
+"буде змінено на \"Відновити\". Після цього ви матимете 7 днів, щоби надати "
+"дійсний спосіб оплати. Після цієї затримки підписка буде закрита, і ви "
+"більше не зможете отримати доступ до бази даних."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
+msgid "Success Packs"
+msgstr "Пакети послуг"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
+"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
+"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
+"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
+msgstr ""
+"Завдяки пакету послуг/пакету послуг партнера вам призначено експерта для "
+"надання унікальної персоналізованої допомоги, яка допоможе вам налаштувати "
+"рішення та оптимізувати робочі процеси як частину початкової реалізації. Ці "
+"години ніколи не закінчуються, що дозволяє вам використовувати їх, коли вам "
+"потрібна підтримка."
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
+":ref:`db_online`"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо вам потрібна інформація про те, як керувати своєю базою даних, дивіться"
+" :ref:`db_online`"
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..154839b7ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../practical.rst:3
+msgid "Practical Information"
+msgstr "Практична інформація"
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..635b79e358
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2098 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../project.rst:5
+msgid "Project"
+msgstr "Проект"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Розширено"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3
+msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?"
+msgstr "Як отримувати відгуки від клієнтів у Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Загальний огляд"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. "
+"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the "
+"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your "
+"customers using Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Менеджеру не завжди просто слідкувати за всіма командами. Отримання простих "
+"відгуків від клієнтів може бути дуже цікавим для оцінки результатів роботи "
+"вашої команди. Ви можете легко зібрати відгуки від своїх клієнтів, "
+"використовуючи Odoo."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He "
+"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or "
+"Sad)."
+msgstr ""
+"Електронна пошта може бути відправлена протягом проекту, щоб отримати "
+"зворотній зв'язок від клієнта. Він просто повинен вибрати один із трьох "
+"смайлів для оцінки вашої роботи (посмішка, нейтральний або сумний)."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18
+msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers"
+msgstr "Як отримати зворотній зв'язок від клієнтів"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's "
+"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the "
+"apps module and install it."
+msgstr ""
+"Перед початком роботи потрібна певна конфігурація. Перш за все необхідно "
+"встановити додаток **Проект**. Для цього просто перейдіть до модуля додатків"
+" та встановіть його."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** "
+"module."
+msgstr ""
+"Крім того, у тому ж меню потрібно встановити модуль **Оцінки проекту**."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the "
+"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. "
+"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue "
+"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім поверніться назад і введіть модуль проекту. Виберіть кнопку "
+"**Налаштування** та натисніть **Налаштування** у спадному меню. Далі "
+"виберіть **Дозволити активацію оцінювання клієнтів на проектах під час "
+"закриття проблеми**. Не забудьте застосувати свої зміни."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42
+msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?"
+msgstr "Як отримати відгук клієнтів?"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects."
+msgstr ""
+"Електронний лист може бути відправлений клієнтам на кожному етапі поточних "
+"проектів."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback."
+msgstr ""
+"По-перше, потрібно вибрати, для яких проектів ви хочете отримати відгук."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50
+msgid "Project configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування проекту"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the "
+"**Customer satisfaction** option."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до програми **Проект**, в налаштуваннях проекту виберіть параметр "
+"**Задоволення клієнтів**."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59
+msgid "Email Template"
+msgstr "Шаблон електронного листа"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage "
+"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used."
+" You can directly edit it from there."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до налаштувань етапу (натисніть значок шестірні у верхній частині "
+"стовпця етапу, потім виберіть **Редагувати**). Виберіть шаблон електронного "
+"листа, який буде використовуватися. Ви можете безпосередньо редагувати його "
+"там."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68
+msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :"
+msgstr "Ось приклад електронного листа, який клієнт може отримати:"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess"
+" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It "
+"will be added to the chatter of the task."
+msgstr ""
+"Клієнт повинен натиснути на посмішку (Посмішка, Нейтральний або Сумний), щоб"
+" оцінити вашу роботу. Клієнт може відповісти на електронний лист, щоб додати"
+" більше інформації. Він буде доданий до чату завдання."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79
+msgid "Reporting"
+msgstr "Звітність"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of "
+"the project."
+msgstr ""
+"У вас є стислий виклад про задоволення в правому верхньому кутку проекту."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88
+msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?"
+msgstr "Як відображати оцінювання на вашому веб-сайті?"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. "
+"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder."
+msgstr ""
+"Перш за все необхідно встановити програму **Конструктор веб-сайту**. Для "
+"цього просто перейдіть до модуля додатків та знайдіть конструктор веб-сайту."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project"
+" Issue** module."
+msgstr ""
+"Крім того, в тому ж меню потрібно встановити модуль **Оцінка проблем "
+"проекту** веб-сайту."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on"
+" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front"
+" end of the website."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім ви зможете опублікувати свій результат на своєму веб-сайті, натиснувши"
+" кнопку веб-сайту в правому верхньому кутку та підтвердіть його в передній "
+"частині веб-сайту."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3
+msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?"
+msgstr "Як створити завдання із замовлення на продаж в Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project "
+"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks "
+"from sales order lines."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому розділі ми побачимо інтеграцію між **Управлінням проектом** Odoo та "
+"модулями **Продажу** та, більш точно, як генерувати завдання з рядків "
+"замовлення на продаж."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished "
+"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task "
+"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that"
+" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a "
+"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales "
+"and Services departments."
+msgstr ""
+"Завдання в управлінні проектом - це діяльність, яка повинна виконуватися "
+"протягом певного періоду часу. Для компанії, що продає послуги, зазвичай це "
+"завдання представляє собою послугу, яка була продана клієнту і яка повинна "
+"бути доставлена. Ось чому корисно мати можливість генерувати завдання із "
+"замовлення на продаж, щоб спростити процес між відділами продажу та послуг."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at "
+"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep "
+"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, "
+"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant "
+"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the"
+" overtime spent on the project."
+msgstr ""
+"Наприклад, ви можете продати ``50-годинну`` підтримку в розмірі ``25 000 "
+"доларів`` США. Ціна фіксується та сплачується спочатку. Але ви хочете "
+"стежити за підтримкою, яку ви надали клієнту. У замовленні на продаж послуга"
+" буде ініціювати створення завдання, з якого консультант буде записувати "
+"табелі та, у разі необхідності, виставляти додатково рахунок клієнту "
+"відповідно до понаднормових витрат, витрачених на проект."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27
+msgid "Install the required applications"
+msgstr "Встановіть необхідні модулі"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to "
+"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into"
+" the application module and install the following:"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб мати можливість генерувати завдання із замовлення на продаж, вам "
+"потрібно буде встановити програму **Управління продажами** та **Проект**. "
+"Просто перейдіть у модуль додатків та встановіть наступне:"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time "
+"spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module."
+" Simply go into the application module and install the following:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете мати рахунки для своїх клієнтів у залежності від часу, "
+"витраченого на завдання, необхідно встановити модуль **Табель**. Просто "
+"перейдіть у додатки та встановіть наступне:"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47
+msgid "Create and set up a product"
+msgstr "Створіть та налаштуйте товар"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to "
+"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use "
+"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with "
+"the`following setup:"
+msgstr ""
+"Вам потрібно налаштувати свою послугу на самій формі товару, щоби створювати"
+" завдання кожного разу, коли вона буде продаватися. У модулі **Продажі** "
+"використовуйте меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Товари`  і створіть новий "
+"товар з наступним налаштуванням:"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54
+msgid "**Name**: Technical Support"
+msgstr "**Назва**: Технічна підтримка"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56
+msgid "**Product Type**: Service"
+msgstr "**Тип товару**: Послуга"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be "
+"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)"
+msgstr ""
+"**Одиниця вимірювання**: Години (перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування "
+"--> Налаштування` та в розділі **Одиниці вимірювання** перевірте кнопку "
+"**Деякі товари можуть бути продані/придбані в різних одиницях вимірювань "
+"(розширені)**)"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered "
+"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours"
+" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client."
+msgstr ""
+"**Політика щодо виставлення рахунків**: Ви можете налаштувати політику "
+"рахунків-фактур як за замовленою кількістю, так за кількістю, що "
+"доставляється. Ви можете легко стежити за кількістю годин, які були "
+"доставлені та/або рахунки-фактури для вашого клієнта."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a "
+"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the "
+"product to hours as well."
+msgstr ""
+"**Відстеження послуги**: створіть завдання та відстежуйте години, тому що "
+"ваш товар - це послуга, що виставляється у рахунках за години, де ви також "
+"повинні встановлювати одиниці вимірювання товару за годину."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the "
+"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo "
+"will then create a project per SO."
+msgstr ""
+"Пов'яжіть ваше завдання з існуючим проектом або створіть новий \"на льоту\","
+" якщо товар відповідає конкретному проекту. В іншому випадку, ви можете "
+"залишити це порожнім, Odoo потім створить проект на замовлення на продаж."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81
+msgid "Create the Sales Order"
+msgstr "Створіть замовлення на продаж"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with "
+"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a "
+"sale order, the task will be created."
+msgstr ""
+"Після налаштування товару можна створити комерційну пропозицію або "
+"замовлення на продаж з відповідним товаром. Коли комерційну пропозицію буде "
+"підтверджено та перетворено в замовлення на продаж, завдання буде створено."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91
+msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order"
+msgstr "Надайте доступ до завдання, створене за замовленням на продаж"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93
+msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :"
+msgstr "На модулі проекту з'явиться ваше нове завдання:"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form"
+msgstr "або на пов'язаному проекті, якщо ви вибрали його у формі товару"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title "
+"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on "
+":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)"
+msgstr ""
+"або на новому проекті з назвою пов'язаного замовлення на продаж як заголовок"
+" (ви можете легко змінити назву проекту, натиснувши кнопку "
+":menuselection:`Більше --> Налаштування`)"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice"
+" your customers based on your invoicing policy."
+msgstr ""
+"На самому завданні тепер ви зможете записувати табелі та виставляти рахунки "
+"вашим клієнтам на основі політики щодо виставлення рахунків."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the "
+"source document of the task is the related sales order."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo центральним документом є замовлення на продаж, що означає, що "
+"вихідним документом завдання є пов'язане замовлення на продаж."
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
+msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114
+msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`"
+
+#: ../../project/application.rst:3
+msgid "Awesome Timesheet App"
+msgstr "Чудовий модуль Табелю"
+
+#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3
+msgid "Demonstration Video"
+msgstr "Демонстративне відео"
+
+#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11
+msgid "Transcript"
+msgstr "Опис"
+
+#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time"
+" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless."
+msgstr ""
+"Чудовий табель - це мобільний додаток, який допомагає мені миттєво "
+"записувати будь-який час, витрачений на проекти в один клік. Це так легко."
+
+#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at "
+"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It"
+" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account."
+msgstr ""
+"Незалежно від пристрою, додаток табелю з'являється лише в один клік. "
+"Подивіться на плагін Chrome. Не потрібно входити, просто натисніть і "
+"запустіть його. Це просто. Він також працює в автономному режимі та "
+"автоматично синхронізується з обліковим записом Odoo."
+
+#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go"
+" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets"
+" per user, drill-down per project, and much more."
+msgstr ""
+"Крім того, я отримую індивідуальну статистику за допомогою мобільного та "
+"плагіну Chrome. Я можу просуватися в аналізі в моєму обліковому записі Odoo."
+" Я отримую звіти про табелі для кожного користувача, детальну інформацію про"
+" проект, і багато іншого."
+
+#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer "
+"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-"
+"saving!"
+msgstr ""
+"Чудовий табель повністю інтегрований з виставленням рахунків Odoo, "
+"виставлення рахунків клієнтам здійснюється автоматично. Але й також через "
+"проекти Odoo. Це економія часу!"
+
+#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28
+msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity."
+msgstr "Завантажте чудовий табель зараз і підвищіть продуктивність."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3
+msgid "Configuration and basic usage"
+msgstr "Налаштування та базове використання"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?"
+msgstr "Як керувати завданнями та співпрацювати на них?"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6
+msgid "Responsibilities"
+msgstr "Обов'язки"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8
+msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task."
+msgstr "В Odoo можна призначити особу, яка відповідає за завдання."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change "
+"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the "
+"suggestions in the drop down menu."
+msgstr ""
+"При створенні завдання за замовчуванням ви відповідальні за нього. Ви можете"
+" змінити це, просто набравши інше ім'я користувача та вибравши його з "
+"пропозицій у випадаючому меню."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In "
+"order to do so, you need the administrator rights."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви додаєте когось нового, ви можете \"Створити та редагувати\" нового "
+"користувача \"на льоту\". Для цього вам потрібні права адміністратора."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19
+msgid "Followers"
+msgstr "Підписники"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means"
+" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the "
+"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can "
+"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments."
+" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be "
+"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to "
+"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the "
+"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter."
+msgstr ""
+"У завданні можна додати інших користувачів, як **Підписників**. Додавання "
+"підписника означає, що цю людину буде повідомлено про будь-які зміни, які "
+"можуть статися в завданні. Мета полягає в тому, щоб дозволити зовнішні "
+"внесення змін з чату. Це може стати безцінним, коли вам потрібна порада "
+"колег з інших відділів. Ви також можете запросити клієнтів взяти участь у "
+"завданні. Вони будуть повідомлені електронною поштою про розмову в чаті, і "
+"зможуть взяти участь у ньому, просто відповівши на лист. Підписники можуть "
+"бачити ціле таке завдання, як ви, з описом і чатом."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32
+msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe"
+msgstr "Проект: підпишіться на проект, щоби слідкувати за конвеєром"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of"
+" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to "
+"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information "
+"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to "
+"see the big picture all the time."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете прийняти рішення про виконання проекту. У цій ситуації вам буде "
+"повідомлено про будь-які зміни, внесені в проект: завдання, що рухаються з "
+"однієї стадії до іншої, відбувається розмова, і т. д. Ви отримаєте всю "
+"інформацію у своїй поштовій скриньці. Ця функція ідеально підходить для "
+"менеджера проектів, який хоче бачити загальну картину постійно."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41
+msgid "Task: follow a specific task"
+msgstr "Завдання: підпишіться на конкретне завдання"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are "
+"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in "
+"that task also appear in your inbox."
+msgstr ""
+"Підписка на завдання - це та сама ідея, що й підписка на проект, за винятком"
+" того, що ви зосереджені на конкретній частині проекту. Усі сповіщення або "
+"зміни у цьому завданні також відображаються у папці \"Вхідні\"."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48
+msgid "Choose which action to follow"
+msgstr "Виберіть, які дії потрібно виконати"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the "
+"Following button."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете вибрати, за чим ви хочете стежити, натиснувши стрілку вниз на "
+"кнопці Стежити."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be "
+"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready "
+"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням ви стежите за обговореннями, але ви також можете вибрати, "
+"щоб отримувати сповіщення про вхід до нотатки, коли завдання створюється, "
+"заблоковано або готове до виконання, а також коли стадія завдання змінилася."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61
+msgid "Time management: analytic accounts"
+msgstr "Управління часом: аналітичні рахунки"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing "
+"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus."
+msgstr ""
+"Незалежно від того, чи це допоможе вам оцінити майбутні проекти чи дані для "
+"виставлення рахунків, відстеження часу в Управлінні проектами є справжнім "
+"плюсом."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can "
+"help you track time easily."
+msgstr ""
+"Додаток Табель Odoo ідеально інтегрований з Проектом Odoo і може допомогти "
+"легко відстежувати час."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically "
+"available in projects and on tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Після встановлення Табеля Odoo параметр табеля автоматично доступний у "
+"проектах та на завданнях."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic "
+"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project"
+" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is "
+"automatically created under the same name."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб уникнути будь-якої плутанини, Odoo працює з аналітичними рахунками. "
+"Аналітичний рахунок - це назва, яка завжди буде посиланням на конкретний "
+"проект або контракт. Кожен раз, коли створюється проект, аналітичний рахунок"
+" створюється автоматично під тією ж назвою."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79
+msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:"
+msgstr "Запишіть табель у проект:"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81
+msgid "Click on the settings of a project."
+msgstr "Натисніть на налаштування проекту."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86
+msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu."
+msgstr "Натисніть на кнопку Табеля у верхньому сірому меню."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with "
+"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the "
+"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for "
+"it, or not."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви отримаєте Табель Odoo. Натисніть кнопку Створити, з'явиться рядок із "
+"сьогоднішньою датою та часом. Назва вашого проекту автоматично вибирається "
+"як Аналітичний рахунок. Якщо не задано жодного завдання, ви можете додати "
+"конкретне завдання для нього, або ні."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other"
+" timesheets."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви перейдете в Табель Odoo, ваш рядок буде записаний серед інших "
+"табелів."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103
+msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:"
+msgstr "Запишіть табель на завданні:"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105
+msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available."
+msgstr "У межах завдання також доступний параметр табелю."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on "
+"Add an item."
+msgstr ""
+"У вікні завдання натисніть кнопку Редагувати. Перейдіть на вкладку Табель та"
+" натисніть Додати елемент."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the "
+"Analytic account."
+msgstr ""
+"З'явиться рядок з назвою проекту, вже вибраного в Аналітичному рахунку."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet "
+"application."
+msgstr "Знову ж таки, ви знайдете ці рядки табелю у додатку Табель Odoo."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on"
+" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project."
+msgstr ""
+"Наприкінці вашого проекту ви можете отримати реальне уявлення про час, "
+"витрачений на нього, шляхом пошуку на основі аналітичного рахунку вашого "
+"проекту."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124
+msgid "Document Management in tasks"
+msgstr "Управління документами у завданнях"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of"
+" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand"
+" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете керувати документами, пов'язаними із завданнями, незалежно від "
+"того, чи є вони планами, фотографіями тощо. Зображення іноді є більш "
+"інформативним, ніж тисяча слів! У вас є два способи додати документ до "
+"завдання."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment "
+"tab on the top of the form."
+msgstr ""
+"1. Ви можете додати зображення/документ до свого завдання, натиснувши "
+"вкладку Прикріплення у верхній частині форми."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can "
+"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an "
+"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the "
+"task."
+msgstr ""
+"2. Ви можете додати зображення/документ до свого завдання через Чат. Ви "
+"можете зареєструвати нотатку/відправити повідомлення та прикріпити до нього "
+"файл. Або, якщо хтось надсилає електронне повідомлення із вкладенням, "
+"документ буде автоматично збережений у завданні."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can "
+"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас є важливе зображення, яке допомагає зрозуміти завдання, ви можете"
+" встановити його як обкладинку. Воно буде відображатися безпосередньо у "
+"вигляді Канбану."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152
+msgid "Collaborate on tasks"
+msgstr "Співпрацюйте на завданнях"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your"
+" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy."
+msgstr ""
+"Завдання в Проекті Odoo створені, щоби допомогти вам легко працювати разом "
+"із колегами. Це допоможе вам заощадити час та енергію."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157
+msgid ""
+"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate "
+"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task"
+" delegation and the Chatter."
+msgstr ""
+"Ідея - бути в курсі того, що вас цікавить. Ви можете співпрацювати з "
+"колегами, написавши одне і те ж завдання одночасно, з делегуванням завдань "
+"та чатом."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162
+msgid "Create a task from an email"
+msgstr "Створіть завдання з електронного листа"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164
+msgid ""
+"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is "
+"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of "
+"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете налаштувати адресу електронної пошти, пов'язану з вашим проектом. "
+"Коли електронний лист надсилається на цю адресу, воно автоматично створює "
+"завдання на першому етапі проекту з усіма одержувачами (To/Cc/Bcc) як "
+"послідовниками."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every "
+"project gets an automatic email address."
+msgstr ""
+"За допомогою Odoo Online поштовий шлюз вже налаштований, і тому кожен проект"
+" отримує автоматичну адресу електронної пошти."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171
+msgid ""
+"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the "
+"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project "
+"Dashboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Електронна пошта завжди має назву проекту (замість пробілу \"-\"), ви "
+"побачите його під назвою вашого проекту на панелі інструментів проекту."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"This email address create by default following the project name can be "
+"changed."
+msgstr ""
+"Ця адреса електронної пошти створюється за замовчуванням, оскільки назва "
+"проекту може бути змінена."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181
+msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager."
+msgstr "Псевдонім адреси електронної пошти може змінити менеджер проекту."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183
+msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Для цього перейдіть до Налаштування проекту та натисніть вкладку Електронна "
+"пошта."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185
+msgid "You can directly edit your project email address."
+msgstr "Ви можете безпосередньо редагувати адресу електронної пошти проекту."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191
+msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up."
+msgstr "Чат, статус та підписки"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193
+msgid ""
+"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the "
+"history of the task."
+msgstr ""
+"Чат є дуже корисним інструментом. Це комунікаційний інструмент і показує "
+"історію завдання."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196
+msgid ""
+"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has "
+"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are "
+"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the "
+"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All "
+"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader "
+"to remember past interactions."
+msgstr ""
+"У чаті, ви можете бачити, коли завдання було створено, коли воно пройшло від"
+" одного етапу до іншого, тощо. Будь-які зміни, внесені до цього завдання, "
+"автоматично вносяться в чат. Він також включає в себе історію взаємодії між "
+"вами та вашим клієнтом або колегами. Всі взаємодії входять до чату, завдяки "
+"чому керівник завдання легко запам'ятовує минулі взаємодії."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203
+msgid ""
+"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)"
+" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important "
+"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that"
+" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For "
+"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете взаємодіяти з підписниками, незалежно від того, внутрішні (ваші "
+"колеги) або зовнішні (наприклад, клієнт), зареєструвавши нотатку або важливу"
+" інформацію. Також, якщо ви хочете надіслати електронний лист усім "
+"підписникам цього конкретного завдання, ви можете додати повідомлення, щоб "
+"повідомити всіх. Для обох цих параметрів дата і час зберігаються на записі."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214
+msgid "The description of the task, the Pad"
+msgstr "Опис завдання, Пед"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad "
+"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can "
+"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the "
+"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole "
+"creation of the content."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo дозволяє замінити поле опису завдання за допомогою спільної нотатки "
+"Etherpad (http://etherpad.org). Це означає, що ви можете співпрацювати над "
+"завданнями в режимі реального часу, коли кілька користувачів надають той "
+"самий вміст. Кожен користувач має свій власний колір, і ви можете відтворити"
+" увесь створений вміст."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222
+msgid ""
+"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, "
+"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб активувати цю опцію, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування проекту "
+"--> Педи`, позначте пункт \"Спільний багатофункціональний текст у описі "
+"завдань\"."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229
+msgid ""
+"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the "
+"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. "
+"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: "
+"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a "
+"follower."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо вам просто потрібен пед, а не вся сторінка завдання, ви можете "
+"натиснути піктограму у верхньому правому куті, щоби перейти до панелі "
+"безпосередньо в повноекранному режимі. Натисніть на значок ``</>``, щоби "
+"отримати пряму URL-адресу опису завдання: корисно, якщо ви хочете відправити"
+" його комусь, не додаючи цю особу як підписника."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239
+msgid "Tasks states"
+msgstr "Етапи завдання"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242
+msgid "Set the state of a task"
+msgstr "Встановіть етап завдання"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244
+msgid ""
+"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you"
+" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a "
+"visual indicator that is seen in a glance."
+msgstr ""
+"Етап завдання - найпростіший спосіб повідомити своїх колег, коли ви працюєте"
+" над завданням, якщо завдання готові або їх заблоковано. Це візуальний "
+"індикатор, який видно одразу."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248
+msgid ""
+"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from "
+"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете змінити етап завдання з Канбану або безпосередньо із завдання. "
+"Просто натисніть на кружок етапу, щоб отримати вибір:"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258
+msgid "Custom states"
+msgstr "Змінювані етапи"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260
+msgid ""
+"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your "
+"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage,"
+" then click on edit:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете вирішити, який статус означає для кожного етапу вашого проекту. У "
+"перегляді Канбану натисніть на значок налаштування у верхній частині екрану,"
+" після чого натисніть Редагувати:"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267
+msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state."
+msgstr "Поруч із кольоровим кружком, напишіть пояснення етапу."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272
+msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:"
+msgstr "Тепер пояснення буде відображатися замість загального тексту:"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278
+msgid "Color Tags"
+msgstr "Кольорові мітки"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280
+msgid ""
+"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the "
+"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find "
+"them thanks to the filters."
+msgstr ""
+"У кожному завданні можна додати тег. Теги дуже корисні для класифікації "
+"завдань. Це допоможе вам виділити завдання з Канбану або краще знайти їх "
+"завдяки фільтрам."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284
+msgid ""
+"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the"
+" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific "
+"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви завжди працюєте з певним типом тегів, ви можете виділити завдання, "
+"що містять тег із кольором. Кожен тег може отримати певний колір, це видно "
+"на Канбані."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291
+msgid ""
+"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on "
+"the tag, directly from the task:"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб зробити його видимим у Канбані, потрібно встановити колір тегу "
+"безпосередньо із завдання:"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3
+msgid "How to set up & configure a project?"
+msgstr "Як встановити та налаштувати проект?"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, "
+"and to communicate with any member for each project and task."
+msgstr ""
+"Проект Odoo дозволяє вам керувати проектом разом з усією вашою командою та "
+"спілкуватися з будь-яким членом для кожного проекту та завдання."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A "
+"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform"
+" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several "
+"employees working on this project."
+msgstr ""
+"Він працює з проектами, що містять завдання, які накладаються на налаштовані"
+" етапи. Проект може бути внутрішнім або орієнтованим на клієнта. Завдання - "
+"виконання частини проекту. Ви зможете надати різні завдання кільком "
+"працівникам, які працюють над цим проектом."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17
+msgid "Installing the Project module"
+msgstr "Встановлення модуля Проект"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on "
+"**Install**."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте модуль **Додатки**, знайдіть **Керування проектами** та натисніть "
+"**Встановити**."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26
+msgid "Creating a new project"
+msgstr "Створення нового проекту"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window,"
+" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the "
+"project."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте додаток **Проект** та натисніть кнопку **Створити**. У цьому вікні"
+" ви можете вказати назву проекту та встановити конфіденційність проекту."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32
+msgid "The privacy setting works as:"
+msgstr "Параметр конфіденційності працює як:"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34
+msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower."
+msgstr "**Проект клієнта**: видимий на порталі, якщо клієнт є підписником."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37
+msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues."
+msgstr "**Усі співробітники**: працівники бачать всі завдання чи проблеми."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues"
+msgstr ""
+"**Приватний проект**: підписники можуть бачити лише наступні завдання чи "
+"проблеми."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the "
+"**Customer** field empty if not."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете вказати, чи проект призначений клієнту, або залишити поле "
+"**клієнта** порожнім, якщо ні."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48
+msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**."
+msgstr "Коли ви введете всі необхідні дані, натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51
+msgid "Manage your project's stages"
+msgstr "Керування етапами вашого проекту"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54
+msgid "Add your project's stages"
+msgstr "Додайте етапи вашого проекту"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56
+msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**."
+msgstr "На інформаційній панелі вашого проекту натисніть **# Завдання**."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage"
+" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your "
+"project."
+msgstr ""
+"У новому вікні додайте новий стовпець і назвіть його відповідно до першого "
+"етапу вашого проекту, а потім додайте стільки стовпчиків, скільки є етапів у"
+" вашому проекті."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, "
+"that you can personalize to fit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Для кожного етапу є маркери для статусу завдань в рамках стадії, які можна "
+"персоналізувати відповідно до ваших потреб."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing "
+"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**."
+msgstr ""
+"Перетягніть вказівник миші над назвою стадії та натисніть на значення, що "
+"з'являється, а у відкритому меню натисніть **Редагувати**."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to "
+"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task "
+"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкриється нове вікно. Кольорові точки та значок зірки відповідають "
+"налаштованим маркерам, застосованим до завдань, що полегшує знання того, яке"
+" завдання потребує уваги. Ви можете дати їм будь-яке позначення, яке вам "
+"подобається."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84
+msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done."
+msgstr "Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти** після завершення."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87
+msgid "Rearrange stages"
+msgstr "Налаштування етапів"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by "
+"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add "
+"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order"
+" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column "
+"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your "
+"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете легко персоналізувати цей перегляд, щоби краще відповідати вашим "
+"потребам бізнесу, створивши нові стовпці. З канбану вашого проекту, ви "
+"можете додати етапи, натиснувши кнопку **Додати новий стовпець**. Якщо ви "
+"хочете змінити порядок ваших етапів, ви можете легко зробити це, "
+"перетягнувши стовпчик, який потрібно перемістити в потрібне місце. Ви також "
+"можете скласти або розгорнути свої етапи, використовуючи значок "
+"**Налаштування** на потрібному вам етапі."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100
+msgid ":doc:`visualization`"
+msgstr ":doc:`visualization`"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101
+msgid ":doc:`collaboration`"
+msgstr ":doc:`collaboration`"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102
+msgid ":doc:`time_record`"
+msgstr ":doc:`time_record`"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3
+msgid "How to record time spent?"
+msgstr "Як записати витрачений час?"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for "
+"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo дозволяє записувати час, витрачений на одного співробітника на кожен "
+"проекту, для простих звітів, а також для прямого виставлення рахунків "
+"клієнту."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the "
+"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section "
+"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб записати час, витрачений на проекти, спершу потрібно активувати "
+"виставлення рахунків за часом. У модулі **Проект** відкрийте "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. У розділі **Табелі** "
+"позначте пункт **Активувати табелі на проблемах**."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, "
+"Employee and Timesheet apps."
+msgstr ""
+"Активація цього параметра дозволить встановити додатки для продажів, "
+"виставлення рахунків-фактур, відстеження проблем, працівників і табель."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27
+msgid "Recording timesheets"
+msgstr "Запис табелів"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects "
+"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете зафіксувати час, витрачений на проекти, безпосередньо із програми "
+"проекту. Ви можете або записувати табелі в проекті, або в задачі."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34
+msgid "Recording in a project"
+msgstr "Запис у проекті"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the "
+"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**."
+msgstr ""
+"На інформаційній панелі програми **Проект** відкрийте меню **Більше** "
+"проекту, для якого потрібно записати табелі, і натисніть кнопку **Табелі**."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then"
+" click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+"У новому вікні натисніть кнопку **Створити** та вставте необхідні дані, а "
+"потім натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49
+msgid "Recording in a task"
+msgstr "Запис у завдання"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, "
+"and open the task on which you have been working."
+msgstr ""
+"У модулі **Проект** відкрийте проект, в якому ви хочете записати табель, і "
+"відкрийте завдання, на якому ви працювали."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on "
+"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому завданні натисніть **Редагувати**, відкрийте вкладку **Табель** та "
+"натисніть **Додати елемент**. Вставте потрібні дані, а потім натисніть "
+"кнопку **Зберегти**."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3
+msgid "Visualize a project's tasks"
+msgstr "Візуалізуйте завдання проекту"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important "
+"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having "
+"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo "
+"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you "
+"have to cope with."
+msgstr ""
+"У повсякденному бізнесі ваша компанія може зіткнутися з великою кількістю "
+"завдань. Ці завдання досить складні. Потрібно згадати їх усіх і слідкувати "
+"за ними, що може бути тягарем. На щастя, Odoo дозволяє вам ефективно "
+"візуалізувати та організовувати різні завдання, з якими ви маєте справу."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12
+msgid "Create a task"
+msgstr "Створіть завдання"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one."
+msgstr ""
+"Під час додавання проекту, виберіть існуючий проект або створіть новий."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17
+msgid "In the project, create a new task."
+msgstr "У проекті створіть нове завдання."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a "
+"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task."
+msgstr ""
+"Це завдання ви можете призначити потрібній людині, додавати в ньому теги, "
+"терміни, описи ... і все інше, що вам може знадобитися для цього завдання."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29
+msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view"
+msgstr "Перегляньте свої завдання за допомогою Канбану"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks "
+"to the Kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як ви створили декілька завдань, їх можна буде керувати та "
+"контролювати завдяки Канбану."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It "
+"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which "
+"one have the higher priorities."
+msgstr ""
+"Перегляд у Канбані - перегляд посту, розділений на різні етапи. Це дає змогу"
+" мати чітке уявлення про етапи виконання ваших завдань і про те, які з них "
+"мають вищі пріоритети."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are"
+" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view"
+" logo in the upper right corner"
+msgstr ""
+"Канбан є переглядом за замовчуванням при доступі до проекту, але якщо ви "
+"перебуваєте в іншому перегляді, ви можете будь-коли повернутися до нього, "
+"натиснувши значок Канбану у верхньому правому куті."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from "
+"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task"
+" and indicate if the task is ready."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете повідомити своїх колег про стан завдання прямо з Канбану за "
+"допомогою маленької точки, він буде повідомляти підписника завдання і "
+"вказати, чи завдання готові."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53
+msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view"
+msgstr "Сортування завдань у Канбані"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star "
+"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them "
+"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked"
+" to their creation date."
+msgstr ""
+"Задачі упорядковуються за пріоритетом, які ви можете надати, натиснувши "
+"зірочку поруч із годинником, а потім підписку, тобто якщо ви рухаєте їх за "
+"допомогою перетягування, вони будуть в такому порядку і, нарешті, своїми "
+"ідентифікаторами, пов'язаними з датою їх створення."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+"Задачі, що минули через їхній термін, будуть позначені червоним у вашому "
+"Канбані."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard "
+"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви поставите завдання з низьким пріоритетом зверху, коли ви знову "
+"повернетеся на інформаційну панель наступного разу, завдання повернеться "
+"назад до задач з високим пріоритетом."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72
+msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view"
+msgstr "Керуйте дедлайнами в Календарі"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, "
+"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set "
+"easily in a single window."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також маєте можливість перейти з режиму перегляду Канбану на режим "
+"перегляду Календаря, що дозволяє переглядати дедлайн кожного завдання просто"
+" в одному вікні."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can "
+"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see."
+msgstr ""
+"Задачі позначені кольором для працівника, якому вони призначені, і ви можете"
+" відфільтрувати дедлайни для працівників, вибравши кінцевий термін, який ви "
+"хочете бачити."
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and "
+"dropping the task to another case."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете легко змінити кінцевий термін з перегляду Календаря, перетягнувши "
+"завдання в інший."
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3
+msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project"
+msgstr "Введення у Проект Odoo"
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. "
+"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help."
+msgstr ""
+"Будучи менеджером по бізнесу, у нас є різноманітна робота, що включає кілька"
+" зацікавлених сторін. Керуючи кожним завданням, Проект Odoo відмінно з цим "
+"справляється."
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the"
+" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by "
+"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of "
+"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other "
+"project manager too."
+msgstr ""
+"Завдяки проектам Odoo, наші члени проекту можуть легко спланувати та "
+"здійснити запуск нової лінійки продуктів у Канаді. Ми організували цей "
+"проект, створивши різні етапи. Це дозволяє нам чітко визначити статус будь-"
+"якого завдання в будь-який час і для будь-якого користувача. Це зручно для "
+"будь-якого іншого менеджера проекту."
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify"
+" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project "
+"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo "
+"projects is designed to work for any kind of business."
+msgstr ""
+"Ці добре структуровані етапи проекту повністю налаштовуються. Тут ми "
+"ідентифікуємо одну відсутню стадію, ми можемо легко додати її лише одним "
+"кліком. У процесі управління проектом ми приступаємо до остаточного "
+"розгляду, тому додаємо цей етап. Проекти Odoo призначені для роботи будь-"
+"якого виду бізнесу."
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status."
+" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the "
+"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?"
+msgstr ""
+"Після виконання завдання, кожен колега може виділити його, змінивши статус. "
+"Це допоможе менеджеру проекту переглянути завдання перед тим, як змінити "
+"етап з простим перетягуванням. Легко, чи не так?"
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I "
+"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time"
+" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit "
+"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any "
+"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent "
+"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team "
+"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours "
+"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to"
+" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on"
+" the progress of each task."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми також можемо організувати різні завдання, адаптуючи вигляд. Тут ми "
+"вибираємо перегляд списку, в якому відображається інша інформація, така як "
+"робочий час. Якщо ми натискаємо на наше завдання, то перейдемо на вигляд "
+"форми, де можемо відредагувати заплановані години і ввести наші табелі. Це "
+"відмінний інструмент для будь-якого менеджера проекту. Контроль за прогресом"
+" робочого часу і час, витрачений на кожного члена команди, є дуже важливим. "
+"Ми встановили час для тренінгу команди продажів до 24 годин. Сьогодні ми "
+"підготували матеріал, тому вказуємо 4 години на розкладі. Прогрес робочого "
+"часу оновлюється автоматично. Завдяки цій схемі інтеграції, керівник проекту"
+" ретельно відстежує хід виконання кожного завдання."
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is "
+"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the"
+" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have"
+" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until "
+"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation "
+"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will "
+"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the "
+"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive "
+"planning."
+msgstr ""
+"Іншою відмінною функцією в проектах Odoo є інструмент прогнозування. Коли "
+"він активований, ми можемо спланувати ресурси за проект і робоче "
+"навантаження. Тому розподіл часу для інших проектів набагато простіший. Для "
+"цього проекту ми повинні навчати членів команди з продажу. Це вимагатиме 50%"
+" часу до кінця тижня. Як керівник проекту, ми можемо зробити цей розподіл "
+"ресурсів для будь-якого користувача та адаптувати його за іншими проектами. "
+"Це дозволить запобігти будь-якому перетині часу. Ми можемо перепризначити "
+"завдання або пристосувати термін. Проект Odoo - це ідеальний додаток для "
+"стратегічного та виконавчого планування."
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. "
+"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison "
+"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any "
+"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to"
+" each team member."
+msgstr ""
+"Крім того, завдяки звітам можна проаналізувати будь-який аспект будь-якого "
+"проекту. Наприклад, ми можемо мати звіт про фактичні години, витрачені у "
+"порівнянні із запланованими годинами. Ми можемо оцінити прибутковість будь-"
+"якого проекту, будь-якого завдання чи будь-якого члена команди. Ми також "
+"можемо подивитися на кількість годин, призначених кожному члену команди."
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is"
+" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple "
+"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very "
+"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is "
+"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my"
+" team."
+msgstr ""
+"Іншим елементом відмінного управління проектом є спілкування. Це ключовий "
+"фактор успіху будь-якого проекту. Під час роботи з кількома зацікавленими "
+"сторонами, можливість безпосереднього обміну документами у завданні дуже "
+"корисна. З проектами Odoo ми можемо говорити через функцію чату, яка є в "
+"одному кліку миші. Ми також можемо почати нову бесіду з тими, хто працює в "
+"нашій команді."
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo "
+"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, "
+"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. "
+"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or "
+"issues."
+msgstr ""
+"Крім того, що потужний додаток для керування проектами незмінний, проекти "
+"Odoo також є ефективним сервісним обслуговуванням або післяпродажним "
+"додатком. Завдяки цьому ми можемо стежити за будь-яким питанням клієнтів, "
+"навіть створюючи спеціальний проект підтримки. Програма також автоматично "
+"створює рахунок-фактуру часу, витраченого на завдання чи проблеми."
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the "
+"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this "
+"app, it will help you get started quickly too."
+msgstr ""
+"Проект Odoo - це потужний, але простий у використанні додаток. Спочатку ми "
+"використовували планувальник, аби чітко визначити свої цілі та налаштувати "
+"додаток до проекту. Отримайте цей додаток, який допоможе вам швидко "
+"розпочати роботу."
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88
+msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!"
+msgstr ""
+"Почніть безкоштовну пробну версію і краще керуйте своїми проектами за "
+"допомогою Odoo!"
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91
+msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love"
+msgstr "Почніть свою безкоштовну пробну версію зараз, з любов'ю продавців CRM"
+
+#: ../../project/planning.rst:3
+msgid "Planning your project"
+msgstr "Планування вашого проекту"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3
+msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?"
+msgstr "Як планувати та відстежувати завдання співробітників?"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge "
+"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you "
+"can handle it in only a couple of clicks."
+msgstr ""
+"Слідкування та планування завдань ваших співробітників можуть бути важким "
+"завданням, особливо коли ви керуєте кількома людьми. На щастя, "
+"використовуючи Проект Odoo, ви можете впоратися з ним лише за кілька кліків."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** "
+"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and "
+"install the application."
+msgstr ""
+"Єдина необхідна конфігурація - встановити модуль **Управління проектами**. "
+"Для цього перейдіть у модуль додатків, знайдіть Проект та встановіть його."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on"
+" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, "
+"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on "
+"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете керувати оцінкою часу, вам потрібно буде ввімкнути табелі для"
+" завдань. У програмі **Проект** перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування "
+"--> Налаштування` у спадному меню. Потім, під **Оцінкою часу роботи**, "
+"виберіть **керування оцінкою часу завдань** у параметрах. Не забудьте "
+"застосувати свої зміни."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. "
+"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar "
+"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours."
+msgstr ""
+"Ця функція створить панель прогресу у вигляді перегляду ваших завдань. "
+"Кожного разу, коли ваш продавець додасть робочий час у свій табель, панель "
+"буде оновлено відповідно до запланованих раніше годин."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36
+msgid "Manage tasks with views"
+msgstr "Керуйте завданнями з переглядами"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views"
+" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up "
+"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) "
+"and the calendar view."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете отримати огляд ваших різних завдань завдяки різноманітним "
+"переглядам з Odoo. Три основні перегляди допоможуть вам планувати та "
+"відслідковувати завдання своїх співробітників: вигляд Канбану, перегляд "
+"списку (за допомогою розрахункових таблиць) та перегляд календаря."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to "
+"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть та відредагуйте завдання, щоби заповнити конвеєр. Не забудьте "
+"заповнити відповідальну особу та приблизний час, якщо він є."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
+msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
+msgstr "Ознайомтеся з діями з переглядом Канбану"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It "
+"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the "
+"ones having the higher priorities."
+msgstr ""
+"Перегляд Канбану - пост-подібний перегляд, розділений на різні етапи. Це дає"
+" змогу мати чітке уявлення про етапи виконання ваших завдань і те, що має "
+"вищі пріоритети."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61
+msgid "Add/rearrange stages"
+msgstr "Додати/переставити етапи"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by "
+"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add "
+"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to "
+"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and "
+"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also "
+"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired "
+"stage."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете легко персоналізувати свій проект відповідно до потреб вашого "
+"бізнесу, створивши нові стовпці. З перегляду Канбану на ваш проект, ви "
+"можете додати етапи, натиснувши на **Додати новий стовпець** (див. Малюнок "
+"нижче). Якщо ви хочете змінити порядок ваших етапів, ви можете легко зробити"
+" це, перетягнувши стовпчик, який потрібно перемістити в потрібне місце. Ви "
+"також можете скласти або розгорнути етапи, використовуючи значок "
+"**налаштування** на потрібному етапі."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a "
+"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, "
+"Done."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть один стовпець на кожному етапі в робочому процесі. Наприклад, у "
+"проекті розробки етапи можуть бути: Специфікації, Розробка, Тестування, "
+"Готово."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
+msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
+msgstr "Сортуйте завдання за пріоритетом"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by "
+"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the "
+"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom "
+"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not "
+"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines."
+msgstr ""
+"У кожному з ваших стовпчиків ви можете сортувати свої завдання за "
+"пріоритетом. Завдання з вищим пріоритетом автоматично переміщаються до "
+"верхньої частини стовпця. У режимі перегляду Канбану натисніть на зірочку у "
+"лівій нижній частині завдання, щоби позначити його як **найвищий "
+"пріоритет**. Для завдань, які не позначені, Odoo буде автоматично "
+"класифікувати їх відповідно до їх термінів."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list "
+"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Зверніть увагу, що дати, що пройшли їхні терміни, позначатимуться червоним "
+"(також у перегляді списку), щоб ви могли легко відслідковувати прогрес "
+"різних завдань."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97
+msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Не забувайте, що ви можете фільтрувати свої завдання за допомогою меню "
+"фільтру."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100
+msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view"
+msgstr "Відстежуйте прогрес кожної задачі за допомогою перегляду списку"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will "
+"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu "
+"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated"
+" each time the employee will add an activity."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви ввімкнули **Керування оцінкою часу на завданнях**, ваші "
+"співробітники зможуть зареєструвати свою діяльність на задачах під меню "
+"**Табелі** разом із їх тривалістю. **Прогрес робочого часу** буде "
+"оновлюватись кожного разу, коли працівник додасть активність."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all "
+"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your "
+"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will "
+"show you the progression of each task."
+msgstr ""
+"Як менеджер, ви можете легко переглянути час, витрачений на завдання для "
+"всіх співробітників, за допомогою перегляду списку. Для цього відкрийте "
+"проект за вашим вибором та натисніть значок списку (див. Нижче). Останній "
+"стовпець покаже вам прогрес кожного завдання."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
+msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
+msgstr "Слідкуйте за дедлайнами в Календарі"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. "
+"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a "
+"single window."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви додасте дедлайн у своєму завданні, вони з'являться у вікні "
+"календаря. Цей перегляд дає змогу менеджеру стежити за усіма кінцевими "
+"термінами в одному вікні."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned"
+" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the "
+"related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
+msgstr ""
+"Всі завдання позначаються відповідним кольором, призначеному працівнику. Ви "
+"можете легко відфільтрувати дедлайни співробітників, позначаючи відповідні "
+"поля справа на екрані календаря."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138
+msgid ":doc:`forecast`"
+msgstr ":doc:`forecast`"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3
+msgid "How to forecast tasks?"
+msgstr "Як прогнозувати завдання?"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6
+msgid "Introduction to forecast"
+msgstr "Введення в прогнозування"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo,"
+" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart."
+msgstr ""
+"Планування та прогнозування завдання - це ще один спосіб керувати проектами."
+" В Odoo параметр Прогнозування дає вам доступ до діаграми Ганта."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the "
+"progress of a project and its related tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Поки що ви працювали з Канбаном, який показує вам прогрес проекту та "
+"пов'язані з ним завдання."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. "
+"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps "
+"team members to collaborate better."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер, якщо вибрати параметр Прогнозування, діаграма Ганта відображає велику"
+" картину. Це дуже візуальне зображення, яке є справжнім плюсом для складних "
+"проектів, і це допомагає членам команди працювати краще."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the "
+"workload and human resources."
+msgstr ""
+"Цей варіант вигідний для планування та організації робочого навантаження та "
+"людських ресурсів."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22
+msgid "How to configure the projects?"
+msgstr "Як налаштувати проекти?"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25
+msgid "Configure the project application"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте додаток проекту"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect"
+" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each"
+" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your "
+"employee should complete it!"
+msgstr ""
+"Параметр **Прогнозування** допоможе вам організувати свої проекти. Він "
+"ідеально підходить, коли вам потрібно налаштувати проект із певним "
+"дедлайном. Тому для кожної задачі призначається певний часовий проміжок "
+"(кількість годин), в який ваш працівник повинен його заповнити!"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project "
+"application:"
+msgstr ""
+"Спочатку потрібно активувати параметр **Прогнозування** для всього модуля "
+"проекту:"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the "
+"Forecast option and click **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Проект --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`. "
+"Виберіть опцію Прогноз і натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option "
+"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for "
+"all the projects that you manage)."
+msgstr ""
+"Після цього вам все одно потрібно активувати параметр **Прогнозування** "
+"спеціально для вашого **Проекту** (можливо, вам не потрібна діаграма Ганта "
+"для всіх проектів, якими ви керуєте)."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46
+msgid "Configure a specific project."
+msgstr "Налаштуйте конкретний проект"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow "
+"Forecast\" in your project settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Під час створення нового проекту обов'язково виберіть параметр \"Дозволити "
+"прогноз\" у налаштуваннях проекту."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51
+msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви побачите параметр **Прогнозування**, який з'явиться у верхньому меню."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are "
+"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви додаєте параметр Прогнозування до існуючого проекту, будь то терміни"
+" завдань або незаплановані, завдання не відображатимуться."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59
+msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast."
+msgstr "Завдання проекту не пов'язані з прогнозом."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62
+msgid "How to create a forecast?"
+msgstr "Як створити прогнозування?"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the "
+"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work."
+msgstr ""
+"Перед створенням проекту з прогнозом перелічіть усі завдання за "
+"прогнозованим часом, який вони повинні взяти. Це допоможе вам координувати "
+"роботу."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the "
+"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left "
+"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб відобразити проекти в діаграмі Ганта, потрібно створити прогноз на "
+"сторінці завдання. Щоб створити прогноз, натисніть на верхньому лівому куті "
+"завдання **Створити прогнозування**."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty "
+"space in the Gantt chart calendar."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете легко створити нове Прогнозування, просто натиснувши на "
+"порожній простір у календарі діаграми Ганта."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task "
+"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should "
+"take."
+msgstr ""
+"Інтерфейс Прогнозування автоматично заповнить назву проекту та завдання. Вам"
+" просто потрібно додати дату та час виконання завдання."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app"
+" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a "
+"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet."
+msgstr ""
+"Поле \"Ефективні години\" з'являється, лише якщо у вашій базі даних "
+"встановлено додаток **Табель**. Цей параметр допомагає вам побачити прогрес "
+"завдань завдяки інтеграції з Табелем."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name "
+"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours "
+"in the Effective hours field."
+msgstr ""
+"Наприклад: коли користувач заповнює таблицю з назвою свого проекту "
+"(аналітичний облік), при цьому витрачається 10 годин, прогноз буде "
+"відображати 10 годин у полі Ефективні години."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96
+msgid "What are the difference between the views?"
+msgstr "Яка різниця між переглядами?"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu "
+"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or "
+"by projects."
+msgstr ""
+"У меню програми **Проект** є меню **Прогнозування**. Це підменю допомагає "
+"переглядати діаграму Ганта з різних точок зору: користувачами або проектами."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103
+msgid "By users : people management"
+msgstr "Користувачами: управління людьми"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt "
+"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project."
+" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively."
+msgstr ""
+"Цей параметр відображає діаграму Ганта з призначеними людьми. Діаграма Ганта"
+" показує залучених; це дає вам загальну картину проекту. Дуже корисно "
+"ефективно розподіляти ресурси."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, "
+"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the "
+"third, you see which tasks they're on."
+msgstr ""
+"На лівій стороні, на першому рівні, ви можете побачити задіяних "
+"користувачів. Потім на другому рівні ви бачите, до яких проектів вони "
+"призначені. По-третє, ви бачите, які завдання вони виконують."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects "
+"the duration of the task in the calendar."
+msgstr ""
+"Кожне завдання позначено кольоровим прямокутником. Цей прямокутник "
+"відображає тривалість завдання в календарі."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled "
+"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated "
+"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is "
+"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time."
+msgstr ""
+"Верхній прямокутник на першому рівні - це сума всіх завдань, складена з "
+"третього рівня. Якщо він зелений, це означає, що загальний час, призначений "
+"для цього користувача, становить менше 100%. Коли він червоний, це означає, "
+"що цей користувач призначений для виконання декількох завдань, які складають"
+" більше 100% свого часу."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126
+msgid "Plan the workload"
+msgstr "План робочого навантаження"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend "
+"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those "
+"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%"
+" how your users should organize their time between different tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Під час створення прогнозування потрібно вибрати час, який користувач має "
+"витратити на нього. 100% означає, що ваш користувач повинен працювати на "
+"повний робочий день протягом цих днів. Він/вона не має інших завдань для "
+"роботи. Таким чином, ви можете вирішити від 1 до 100%, як ваші користувачі "
+"повинні організувати свій час між різними завданнями."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134
+msgid ""
+"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For "
+"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another "
+"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period."
+msgstr ""
+"Інтеграція допомагає вам уникнути подвійного бронювання співробітника. "
+"Наприклад, якщо ваш експерт уже має 40% від іншого завдання в іншому "
+"проекті, ви можете забронювати його лише на 60% за цей період."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects "
+"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is "
+"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too "
+"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. "
+"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure "
+"that this is feasible."
+msgstr ""
+"У наведеному нижче прикладі користувач \"Адміністратор\" працює над двома "
+"проектами (\"Фази доставки IT1367\" та \"Процес виконання 56\"). Користувач "
+"призначений для обох проектів загальним обсягом у 110% свого часу. Це "
+"занадто багато, тому Менеджер проектів повинен змінити користувачів, "
+"призначених для завдання. В іншому випадку менеджер проектів може змінити "
+"визначений час або дату, аби переконатися, що це можливо."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191
+msgid "Gantt view advantages"
+msgstr "Переваги діаграми Ганта"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You"
+" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The "
+"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different "
+"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This "
+"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Діаграма Ганта \"за користувачем\" допомагає вам краще спланувати свої "
+"кадри. Ви уникаєте плутанини щодо завдань і призначень користувачів. "
+"Діаграма Ганта є візуальною і допомагає зрозуміти всі різні елементи "
+"одночасно. Також ви негайно знаєте, що потрібно зробити далі. Цей метод "
+"допоможе вам краще зрозуміти відносини між завданнями."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193
+msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:"
+msgstr "Динамічний перегляд Ганта в Odoo дозволяє:"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195
+msgid ""
+"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in "
+"the future or in the past"
+msgstr ""
+"змінити час і дату прогнозу, натиснувши та пересунувши завдання в "
+"майбутньому чи в минулому"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198
+msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately"
+msgstr "негайно створити новий прогноз у діаграмі Ганта"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200
+msgid "modify an existing forecast"
+msgstr "змінити існуючий прогноз"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202
+msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle."
+msgstr "змінити довжину задачі шляхом розширення або скорочення прямокутника."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170
+msgid "By projects: project management"
+msgstr "Проектами: управління проектами"
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172
+msgid ""
+"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the "
+"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting "
+"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and "
+"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently."
+msgstr ""
+"Діаграма Ганта - це ідеальне уявлення про проект, щоби краще зрозуміти "
+"взаємодію між завданнями. Ви можете уникати дублювання завдань або запускати"
+" їх занадто рано, якщо інший не завершений. Діаграма Ганта в Odoo є чіткою і"
+" допомагає вам ефективно координувати завдання."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first "
+"level of hierarchy."
+msgstr ""
+"Цей параметр відображає графік Ганта, показуючи проекти на першому рівні "
+"ієрархії."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180
+msgid ""
+"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second"
+" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks "
+"they're on."
+msgstr ""
+"Зліва, на першому рівні, ви можете побачити проекти. Потім на другому рівні "
+"ви бачите призначених користувачів. По-третє, ви бачите, які завдання вони "
+"виконують."
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By "
+"Users** section)"
+msgstr ""
+"Цей перегляд не покаже ваш час HR. Кольори не застосовуються. (див. розділ "
+"**Користувачами**)"
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7acca05ca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
@@ -0,0 +1,4079 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# Martin Trigaux, 2018
+# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../purchase.rst:5
+msgid "Purchase"
+msgstr "Купівлі"
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview.rst:3
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:6
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:6
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Загальний огляд"
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process.rst:3
+msgid "Process Overview"
+msgstr "Загальний огляд процесу"
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:3
+msgid "Request for Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order?"
+msgstr "Запит на пропозицію, тендер на купівлю чи замовлення на купівлю?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Although they are intimately related, Requests for Quotation, Purchase "
+"Tenders and Purchase Orders are not the same."
+msgstr ""
+"Хоча вони тісно пов'язані, запити на пропозицію, тендер на купівлю та "
+"замовлення на купівлю не є однаковими."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"A **Request for Quotation** (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some "
+"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, "
+"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to "
+"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose "
+"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer."
+msgstr ""
+"**Запит на комерційну пропозицію** (ЗНКП) використовується, коли ви плануєте"
+" придбати деякі товари, і ви хочете отримати комерційну пропозицію для цих "
+"товарів. В Odoo запит на комерційну пропозицію використовується для "
+"надсилання вашого списку потрібних товарів своєму постачальнику. Коли ваш "
+"постачальник відповість на ваш запит, ви можете вирішити продовжити "
+"пропозицію та придбати товари або відхилити пропозицію."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:15
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A **Purchase Tender** (PT), also known as Call for Bids, is used to drive "
+"competition between several suppliers in order to get the best offer for a "
+"list of products. In comparison to the RfQ, a Purchase Tender is sent to "
+"multiple suppliers, stating each are competing with one another, and that "
+"the best offer will win. The main interest is that it usually leads to "
+"better offers."
+msgstr ""
+"**Тендер на купівлю** (ТНК), також відомий як Call for Bids, "
+"використовується для стимулювання конкуренції між декількома "
+"постачальниками, щоб отримати найкращу пропозицію для переліку товарів. У "
+"порівнянні із ЗНКП, тендер на купівлю надсилається кількома постачальниками,"
+" заявляючи, що кожен конкурує один з одним і що найкраща пропозиція виграє. "
+"Головний інтерес полягає в тому, що зазвичай це призводить до кращих "
+"пропозицій."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"The **Purchase Order** (PO) is the actual order that you place to the "
+"supplier that you chose, either through a RfQ, a Purchase Tender, or simply "
+"when you already know which supplier to order from."
+msgstr ""
+"**Замовлення на купівлю** (ЗНК) - це фактичне замовлення, яке ви розміщуєте "
+"постачальнику, якого ви обрали, через ЗНКП, тендер на купівлю або коли ви "
+"вже знаєте, який постачальник повинен зробити замовлення."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:27
+msgid "When to use?"
+msgstr "Коли використовувати?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"A **RfQ** is interesting when you have never purchased the products with "
+"that supplier before and therefore don't know their price. It is also useful"
+" if you want to challenge your suppliers once you have a well-established "
+"relationship with them. You can also use it to assess the cost of a project "
+"and see if it makes it feasible."
+msgstr ""
+"**ЗНКП** цікаво, коли ви ніколи раніше не придбали товари з цим "
+"постачальником, і тому не знаєте їх ціни. Це також корисно, якщо ви хочете "
+"кинути виклик своїм постачальникам, якщо ви маєте добре налагоджений зв'язок"
+" з ними. Ви також можете використовувати його для оцінки вартості проекту і "
+"дізнатися, чи це можливо."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"A **Purchase Tender** is used for public offers that require an open "
+"offering from several suppliers. It is also useful when you need to make a "
+"one-off order for a product and you would like to get the best offer, no "
+"matter which supplier it is. It may be used when your supplier has not been "
+"up to your standards and you would like to either push them to deliver a "
+"better service, or find a replacement in their competitors."
+msgstr ""
+"**Тендер на купівлю** використовується для публічних пропозицій, які "
+"вимагають відкритої пропозиції від декількох постачальників. Це також "
+"корисно, коли вам потрібно зробити одноразове замовлення на товар, і ви "
+"хотіли б отримати найкращу пропозицію незалежно від того, який це "
+"постачальник. Це може бути використано, коли ваш постачальник не відповідає "
+"вашим стандартам, і ви хотіли б або натиснути на них, щоб забезпечити кращу "
+"послугу, або знайти заміну у своїх конкурентів."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:43
+msgid "When not to use?"
+msgstr "Коли не використовувати?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"**RfQ**\\ s become unnecessary once you have established your favorite "
+"supplier for each item, and will only increase the delay in the delivery of "
+"your items. In that case, the process will be simpler by starting straight "
+"from a Purchase Order."
+msgstr ""
+"**ЗНКП**\\ стає непотрібною, коли ви встановите вашого улюбленого "
+"постачальника для кожного товару, і тільки збільшить затримку в доставці "
+"ваших товарів. У такому випадку процес буде простішим, починаючи "
+"безпосередньо із замовлення на купівлю."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"**Purchase Tenders** are a long and tedious process that will likely take "
+"more than several weeks in the best cases. If you need a quick delivery, "
+"this is not the way to go. Also, if you have a well-established relationship"
+" with one supplier, think twice before you initiate a PT with them as it "
+"might tear the relationship and finally lead to less interesting deals."
+msgstr ""
+"**Тендери на купівлю** - це довгий і нудний процес, який, найімовірніше, "
+"займе більше декількох тижнів. Якщо вам потрібна швидка доставка, це не той "
+"шлях, яким варто іти. Крім того, якщо у вас добре налагоджені відносини з "
+"одним постачальником, подумайте двічі, перш ніж проводити з ними ТНК, "
+"оскільки це може спричинити розрив відносин і, нарешті, призвести до менш "
+"цікавих операцій."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:58
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:139
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:39
+msgid "Example"
+msgstr "Приклад"
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"My company builds wooden furniture. For the new series of table we are "
+"designing, we need some screws, metal frames and rubber protections."
+msgstr ""
+"Наша компанія виробляє дерев'яні меблі. Для нової серії таблиць, яку ми "
+"розробляємо, нам потрібні шурупи, металеві рами та гумові захисні елементи."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"I create a Request for Quotation in Odoo with those products to my usual "
+"supplier, and send it by email. He answers back with an offer. However, I am"
+" not convinced by the offer, and I want to see if anyone can give a better "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми створюємо запит на комерційну пропозицію в Odoo з цими товарами для "
+"нашого звичайного постачальника та відправляємо його по електронній пошті. "
+"Він відповідає на пропозицію. Проте, ми не впевнені в пропозиції і хочемо "
+"побачити, чи зможе хтонебудь надати послугу краще."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"I decide to push competition a bit and set up a Purchase Tender, that Odoo "
+"will send to a list of suppliers I specified. Out of the 8 offers I receive,"
+" one gets my attention and I decide to go ahead with that one."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми вирішуємо трохи посилити конкуренцію і налаштувати тендер на купівлю, "
+"який Odoo відправить до списку постачальників, які ми вказали. З 8 "
+"пропозицій, які ми отримуємо, обираємо найкращого та працюємо з ним."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"I confirm the order to the supplier by creating a Purchase Order from the "
+"PT, and Odoo automatically asks delivery of the items to the supplier."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми підтверджуємо замовлення постачальнику, створивши замовлення на купівлю з"
+" ТНК, і Odoo автоматично запитує доставку товарів постачальнику. "
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:77
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:16
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:14
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:58
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:21
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування"
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Order**, read the "
+"documentation on :doc:`from_po_to_invoice`"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете дізнатися, як створити **Замовлення на купівлю** прочитайте "
+"документацію :doc:`from_po_to_invoice`"
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"If you want to know how to create a **RfQ**, read the documentation on "
+":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо хочете дізнатись, як створити **ЗНКП**, прочитайте документацію "
+":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`"
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Tender**, read the "
+"documentation on :doc:`../../purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers`"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо хочете дізнатись, як створити **Тендер на купівлю**, прочитайте "
+"документацію :doc:`../../purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers`"
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:3
+msgid "From purchase order to invoice and receptions"
+msgstr "Від замовлення на купівлю до рахунків та квитанцій"
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"For most of your everyday purchases, chances are you already know where to "
+"purchase and at what price. For these cases, a simple Purchase Order (PO) "
+"will allow you to handle the whole process."
+msgstr ""
+"Для більшості ваших повсякденних покупок, швидше за все, ви вже знаєте, де "
+"придбати і за якою ціною. Для цих випадків просте замовлення на купівлю (ЗК)"
+" дозволить вам обробляти весь процес."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, a purchase order can be created as is, but can also be the result "
+"of a Request for Quotation or of a Purchase Tender. Therefore, every "
+"purchase made in Odoo has a PO."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo замовлення на купівлю може бути створено так, як це є, але також може"
+" бути результатом запиту на пропозицію або тендеру на придбання. Тому кожна "
+"покупка в Odoo має ЗК."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"The PO will generate an invoice, and depending on the contract with your "
+"supplier, you will be required to pay the invoice before or after delivery."
+msgstr ""
+"ЗК створить рахунок-фактуру, і залежно від контракту з постачальником, вам "
+"доведеться сплатити рахунок-фактуру до або після доставки."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:18
+msgid "Install the Purchase Management application"
+msgstr "Встановіть додаток Управління купівлями"
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"From the **Apps** application, search and install the **Purchase "
+"Management** application."
+msgstr ""
+"У додатку **Програми** виконайте пошук і встановіть додаток **Управління "
+"купівлями**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:27
+msgid "Creating a Purchase Order"
+msgstr "Створення замовлення на купівлю"
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"In the **Purchases** app, open the **Purchase** menu and click on **Purchase"
+" Orders**."
+msgstr ""
+"У додатку **Купівлі** відкрийте меню **Купівлі** та натисніть **Замовлення "
+"на купівлю**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:32
+msgid "In the **Purchase Orders** window, click on **Create**."
+msgstr "У вікні **Замовлення на купівлю** натисніть **Створити**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"From the new window, insert the **Vendor** and type in the **Order Date**."
+msgstr ""
+"У новому вікні вставте **постачальника** та введіть **дату замовлення**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:40
+msgid "In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**."
+msgstr "У розділі **Товари** натисніть на **Додати елемент**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:45
+msgid "Select your product from the list and add a description if necessary."
+msgstr "Виберіть товар зі списку та додайте опис, якщо це необхідно."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:47
+msgid "The **Scheduled Date** menu corresponds to the expected delivery date."
+msgstr "Меню **Запланована дата** відповідає очікуваній даті доставки."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"Type in the quantity which you wish to purchase, then click on **Save** and "
+"on **Confirm Order**."
+msgstr ""
+"Введіть кількість, яку ви бажаєте придбати, потім натисніть кнопку "
+"**Зберегти** та на **Підтвердити замовлення**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to go through the complete flow and create a **Request for "
+"Quotation** for this order, refer to the document on "
+":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете пройти повний процес і створити **Запит на комерційну "
+"пропозицію** для цього замовлення, зверніться до документації "
+"в:doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`"
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"As you can see, the status of the PO has switched to ``Purchase Order``."
+msgstr "Як ви бачите, статус ЗК перейшов до ``Замовлення на купівлю``."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:63
+msgid "Registering invoice, payments and receiving products"
+msgstr "Реєстрація рахунків-фактур, платежів та отримання товарів"
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the contract you have with your supplier, you can either pay "
+"for the purchase upon delivery of the goods, or get the goods delivered "
+"after payment."
+msgstr ""
+"Залежно від контракту, який ви маєте зі своїм постачальником, ви можете "
+"заплатити за покупку після доставки товару або придбати товар після "
+"доставки."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:70
+msgid "Payment upon or after reception"
+msgstr "Оплата під час або після прийому"
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:72
+msgid "Still from your purchase order, click on **Receive Products**."
+msgstr "З вашого замовлення на купівлю натисніть **Отримати товари**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"In the next page, check that the number of products received corresponds to "
+"the number ordered, then manually enter the delivered quantity and click on "
+"**Validate**."
+msgstr ""
+"На наступній сторінці перевірте, чи кількість отриманих товарів відповідає "
+"замовленій кількості, потім вручну введіть доставлену кількість та натисніть"
+" кнопку **Перевірити**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** and an **Invoice** button have "
+"appeared."
+msgstr ""
+"Поверніться до PO. У PO з'явилася кнопка **відвантаження** та **рахунок-"
+"фактура**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"Click on the **Invoices** button, then click on **Validate**. The invoice is"
+" now registered in the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the "
+"detail of the payment, and click on **Validate**."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку **Рахунки-фактури**, потім натисніть **Перевірити**. Тепер "
+"рахунок-фактура зареєстрована в системі. Натисніть кнопку **Зареєструвати "
+"платіж**, введіть деталі платежу та натисніть **Підтвердити**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:94
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:124
+msgid ""
+"Your products are now ready for picking and storage, and the invoice is "
+"marked as paid."
+msgstr ""
+"Ваші товари вже готові до комплектування та зберігання, а рахунок-фактуру "
+"позначено як оплачену."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:98
+msgid "Upfront payment"
+msgstr "Авансовий платіж"
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"From the **Purchase Order** page, open the **Invoices** tab, then click on "
+"**Create**."
+msgstr ""
+"На сторінці **Замовлення на купівлю** відкрийте вкладку **Рахунки-фактури** "
+"та натисніть кнопку **Створити**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"In the next page, click on **Validate**. The invoice is now registered in "
+"the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the detail of the payment,"
+" and click on **Validate**."
+msgstr ""
+"На наступній сторінці натисніть кнопку **Підтвердити**. Тепер рахунок-"
+"фактура зареєстрована в системі. Натисніть кнопку **Зареєструвати платіж**, "
+"введіть деталі платежу та натисніть **Підтвердити**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** tab and an **Invoice** tab have"
+" appeared."
+msgstr ""
+"Повернутися до ЗК. У ЗК з'явилася вкладка **Доставка** та вкладка **Рахунок-"
+"фактура**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Receive Products**, then in the new page, click on **Validate**."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть **Отримати товари**, потім на новій сторінці натисніть "
+"**Підтвердити**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"A window will appear, asking if you wish to process every item at once. "
+"Click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"З'явиться вікно із запитом, чи хочете ви обробляти кожен елемент одночасно. "
+"Натисніть **Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3
+msgid "Purchases"
+msgstr "Закупівлі"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3
+msgid "Master Data"
+msgstr "Основні дані"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3
+msgid "How to import supplier pricelists?"
+msgstr "Як імпортувати прайслист постачальника в Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:6
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Загальний огляд"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Big companies use to import supplier pricelists day to day. Indeed, prices "
+"are always changing and you need to get price up to date to deal with a high"
+" number of products."
+msgstr ""
+"Великі компанії використовують імпорт прайс-листів постачальників кожного "
+"дня. Дійсно, ціни завжди змінюються, і вам потрібно оновлювати ціну, щоби "
+"мати справу з великою кількістю товарів."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"To manage supplier prices on product form, read this document "
+"(:doc:`suppliers`). Here we will show you how to import customer prices."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби керувати цінами постачальників на формі товару, прочитайте попередню "
+"документацію (:doc:`suppliers`). Тут ми покажемо, як імпортувати ціни "
+"постачальників."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:16
+msgid "Required configuration"
+msgstr "Необхідне налаштування"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:18
+msgid "In purchase settings, you have 2 options:"
+msgstr "У налаштуваннях купівлі є 2 варіанти:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:20
+msgid "Manage vendor price on the product form"
+msgstr "Керування ціною постачальника на формі товару"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:22
+msgid "Allow using and importing vendor pricelists"
+msgstr "Дозволити використання та імпорт прайс-листів постачальників"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:24
+msgid "Here we are selecting: **Allow using and importing vendor pricelists**"
+msgstr ""
+"Тут ми обираємо: **Дозволити використання та імпорт прайс-листів "
+"постачальників**"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:30
+msgid "Import vendor pricelists"
+msgstr "Імпортувати прайслист постачальника"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"There are 2 scenarios: import the vendor pricelist for the first time, or "
+"update an existing vendor pricelist. In both scenarios, we assume your "
+"product list and vendor list is updated and you want to import the price "
+"list of vendors for a given product."
+msgstr ""
+"Існує два сценарії: імпортуйте прайс-лист постачальника вперше або оновіть "
+"існуючий прайслист постачальника. В обох сценаріях ми припускаємо, що ваш "
+"список товарів і список постачальників оновлено, і ви хочете імпортувати "
+"прайс-лист постачальників для даного товару."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"To import a list from a document, the best pratice is to export first to get"
+" an example of data formating and a proper header to reimport."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб імпортувати список з документа, краще спочатку навчитися експортувати, "
+"щоб отримати приклад форматування даних та правильний заголовок для "
+"повторного імпорту."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:50
+msgid "Import the list for the first time"
+msgstr "Імпорт списку вперше"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:53
+msgid "Prepare the document"
+msgstr "Підготуйте документ"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"In :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase --> Supplier Pricelists`, export a "
+"template of document to get import/export compatible and get the right "
+"format to import in mass. Create manually a data and export it "
+"(:menuselection:`select --> Action --> Export`)"
+msgstr ""
+"У :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Купівлі --> Прайс-листи постачальника` "
+"експортуйте шаблон документа, щоб отримати сумісний імпорт/експорт та "
+"отримати правильний формат для масового імпорту. Створіть дані вручну та "
+"експортуйте їх (:menuselection:`виберіть --> Дія --> Експорт`)"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:63
+msgid "Here is the list of fields you can import:"
+msgstr "Ось список полів, які ви можете імпортувати:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66
+msgid "**Header of the document to import (csv, xls)**"
+msgstr "**Заголовок документа для імпорту (csv, xls)**"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66
+msgid "**Meaning and how to get it**"
+msgstr "**Значення і як його отримати**"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66
+msgid "**Example**"
+msgstr "**Приклад**"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68
+msgid "name_id"
+msgstr "name_id"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68
+msgid "Vendor ID -> export supplier list to get it"
+msgstr ""
+"Ідентифікатор постачальника -> експортувати список постачальників, щоб "
+"отримати його"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68
+msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.res\\_partner\\_12"
+msgstr "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.res\\_partner\\_12"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70
+msgid "product_code"
+msgstr "product_code"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70
+msgid "Vendor product Code -> free text"
+msgstr "Код товару постачальника -> вільний текст"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70
+msgid "569874"
+msgstr "569874"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72
+msgid "price"
+msgstr "price"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72
+msgid "Vendor Price -> free text"
+msgstr "Ціна постачальника -> безкоштовний текст"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72
+msgid "1500"
+msgstr "1500"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74
+msgid "product_tmpl_id.id"
+msgstr "product_tmpl_id.id"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74
+msgid "Product Template ID -> export you product list to get it"
+msgstr ""
+"Ідентифікатор шаблону товару -> експортувати список товарів, щоб отримати "
+"його"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74
+msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product_template_13"
+msgstr "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product_template_13"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76
+msgid "currency_id.id"
+msgstr "currency_id.id"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76
+msgid "Currency -> to get it export the currency list"
+msgstr "Валюта -> щоб експортувати валютний список"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78
+msgid "date_end"
+msgstr "date_end"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78
+msgid "End date of the price validity"
+msgstr "Дата закінчення терміну дії ціни"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78
+msgid "2015-10-22"
+msgstr "2015-10-22"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80
+msgid "min_qty"
+msgstr "min_qty"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80
+msgid "Minimal quantity to purchase from this vendor"
+msgstr "Мінімальна кількість для покупки від цього постачальника"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80
+msgid "2"
+msgstr "2"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82
+msgid "product_id.id"
+msgstr "product_id.id"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82
+msgid "Product Variante name -> export your variant list to get it"
+msgstr ""
+"Назва варіанта товару -> експортувати свій варіант списку, щоб отримати його"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82
+msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product\\_13"
+msgstr "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product\\_13"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84
+msgid "date_start"
+msgstr "date_start"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84
+msgid "Start date of price validity"
+msgstr "Дата початку дії ціни"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84
+msgid "2015-12-31"
+msgstr "2015-12-31"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:87
+msgid "You obtain a document which can be imported, fill in your vendor pices"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви отримуєте документ, який можна імпортувати, заповніть свого "
+"постачальника."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"Import this document in Odoo. Click on **Import** in the list view and "
+"upload your document. You can validate and check error. Once the system "
+"tells you everything is ok, you can import the list."
+msgstr ""
+"Імпортуйте цей документ у Odoo. Натисніть **Імпортувати** у вікні списку та "
+"завантажте свій документ. Ви можете перевірити помилки. Коли система скаже, "
+"що все добре, ви можете імпортувати список."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the "
+"product form is filled in."
+msgstr ""
+"Після імпорту заповнюється розділ **Постачальники** на вкладці **Склад** "
+"форми товару."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:106
+msgid "Update the vendor pricelist"
+msgstr "Оновіть прайс-лист постачальника"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"When the pricelist of your suppliers change, it is necessary to update "
+"existing prices."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли змінюється прайс-лист ваших постачальників, необхідно оновити існуючі "
+"ціни."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Follow the procedure of the first scenario in order to export existing data "
+"from :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> Vendor Pricelist`. Select "
+"everything, and export from the **Action** menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Дотримуйтесь процедури першого сценарію, щоб експортувати існуючі дані з "
+":menuselection:`Купівлі --> Купівля --> Прайс-лист постачальника`. Виберіть "
+"все, і експортуйте з меню **Дія**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"Change price, end date, add a line, change a supplier, ... and then reimport"
+" in Odoo. Thanks to the ID, the list will be updated. Either the id is "
+"recognized and the line is updated or the ID is not known by Odoo and it "
+"will create a new pricelist line."
+msgstr ""
+"Змініть ціну, дату завершення, додайте рядок, змініть постачальника, ... а "
+"потім знову додайте в Odoo. Завдяки ідентифікації список буде оновлено. Або "
+"ідентифікатор визнається, а рядок оновлюється, або ідентифікатор не відомий "
+"Odoo, і він створить новий рядок прайс-листа."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:120
+msgid ""
+"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the "
+"product form is updated."
+msgstr ""
+"Після імпорту оновлюється розділ **Постачальники** на вкладці **Склад** "
+"форми товару."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3
+msgid "How to set several suppliers on a product?"
+msgstr "Як встановити кілька постачальників на товарі?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Keeping track of your vendors can be a real burden in day-to-day business "
+"life. Prices can change and you might have several suppliers for one "
+"product. With Odoo you have the possibility to directly link vendors with "
+"the corresponding product and specify prices automatically the first time "
+"you purchase them."
+msgstr ""
+"Відстеження ваших постачальників може стати справжнім тягарем у "
+"повсякденному діловому житті. Ціни можуть змінюватися, і у вас може бути "
+"декілька постачальників одного товару. За допомогою Odoo у вас є можливість "
+"безпосередньо зв'язати постачальників з відповідним товаром і автоматично "
+"вказувати ціни при першому придбанні."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"We will take the following example: We need to buy ``5 t-shirts``. We found "
+"a **Vendor**; called ``Bob&Jerry's`` and we want to issue a request for "
+"quotation."
+msgstr ""
+"Наведемо приклад: ми повинні купити ``5 футболок``. Ми знайшли "
+"**постачальника**, який називається ``Bob&Jerry``, і ми хочемо виставити "
+"запит на комерційну пропозицію."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:19
+msgid "Install the purchase module"
+msgstr "Встановіть модуль купівлі"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"The first step to set your suppliers on your products is to install the "
+"purchase module. Go into your **App** module and install the **Purchase** "
+"module."
+msgstr ""
+"Першим кроком для встановлення постачальників на ваших товарах є "
+"встановлення модуля купівлі. Перейдіть до **додатків** та встановіть модуль "
+"**Купівлі**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"By installing the purchase module, the inventory and invoicing module will "
+"be installed as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Встановивши модуль купівлі, модуль склад та виставлення рахунків також буде "
+"встановлено."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:33
+msgid "Create a Vendor"
+msgstr "Створіть постачальника"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"The second step is to create a vendor. In this case we'll create the vendor "
+"``Bob&Jerry's``. Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Purchase "
+"--> Vendors` and create a new vendor."
+msgstr ""
+"Другий крок - створиіть постачальника. У цьому випадку ми створимо "
+"постачальника ``Bob&Jerry``. Введіть модуль купівлі, виберіть "
+":menuselection:`Купівлі --> Постачальники` та створіть нового постачальника."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"You can choose if the contact is a company or a person, fill in basic "
+"information such as address, phone, email,..."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете вибрати, чи контакт є компанією або особою, заповніть основну "
+"інформацію, таку як адреса, телефон, електронна пошта ..."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"If you did not create the contact from the purchase module you will need to "
+"go in the **Sales and Purchases** tab as well and indicate that the contact "
+"is a **Vendor** (see picture below). If the contact is created from the "
+"purchase module this box will be ticked automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви не створили контакт з модуля купівлі, вам потрібно буде перейти на "
+"вкладку **Продажі та купівлі** та вказати, що контакт є **постачальником** "
+"(див. Малюнок нижче). Якщо контакт створено з модуля купівлі, це буде "
+"позначено автоматично."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:51
+msgid "Create a product"
+msgstr "Створіть товар"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Next we can create the product we want to buy. We don't know the price of "
+"the t-shirt yet because we still need to issue our **Request for "
+"Quotation**."
+msgstr ""
+"Далі ми можемо створити товар, який ми хочемо придбати. Ми не знаємо ціну "
+"футболки, оскільки нам усе ще потрібно виставити наш **запит на комерційну "
+"пропозицію**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"To create a product enter your purchase module select "
+":menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and create a new product."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб створити товар, введіть свій модуль купівлі, виберіть "
+":menuselection:`Купівлі --> Товари` і створіть новий товар."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"We will call our product ``T-shirt`` and specify that the product can be "
+"sold and purchased."
+msgstr ""
+"Ми називатимемо ``футболку`` нашим товаром і вкажемо, що товар може бути "
+"проданий та придбаний."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:67
+msgid "Add Vendors to the product"
+msgstr "Додайте постачальників до товару"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"The next action is to add vendors to the product. There are two ways to "
+"handle this. If you issue a purchase order for the first time Odoo will "
+"automatically link the vendor and its price to the product. You can also add"
+" vendors manually"
+msgstr ""
+"Наступним кроком є додавання постачальників до товару. Є два способи "
+"вирішити це. Якщо ви вперше виставите замовлення на купівлю, Odoo "
+"автоматично зв'яже постачальника та його ціну з товаром. Ви також можете "
+"додати продавців вручну"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:75
+msgid "By issuing a first Purchase Order to new vendor"
+msgstr "Видаючи перше замовлення на купівлю новому постачальнику"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"When issuing a purchase order for the first time to a vendor, he will "
+"automatically be linked to the product by Odoo. For our example let's say "
+"that we issue a first purchase order to ``Bob&Jerry's`` for ``5 t-shirts`` "
+"at ``12.35 euros / piece``."
+msgstr ""
+"Оформивши постачальнику замовлення на купівлю вперше, він автоматично буде "
+"пов'язаний з товаром Odoo. Скажімо, для нашого прикладу ми надішлемо перше "
+"замовлення на купівлю ``Bob&Jerry`` на ``5 футболок`` у розмірі ``12,35 "
+"євро/шт``."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"First create your purchase order with the correct product and supplier (see "
+"picture below, or the documentation page :doc:`../rfq/create` for more "
+"information)"
+msgstr ""
+"Спочатку створіть замовлення на купівлю з правильним товаром та "
+"постачальником (див. Малюнок нижче), або зверніться за детальною інформацією"
+" в документації :doc:`../rfq/create`."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"When we save and validate the purchase order the vendor will automatically "
+"be added to the product's vendors list. To check this enter the purchase "
+"module, select :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and select our T-shirt"
+" product. By opening the **Inventory** tab we notice that our vendor and its"
+" price has automatically been added."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ми зберігаємо та підтверджуємо замовлення на купівлю, постачальник буде"
+" автоматично доданий до списку постачальників товару. Щоби перевірити це, "
+"введіть модуль купівлі, виберіть :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Товари` та "
+"виберіть наш товар футболки. Відкривши вкладку **Склад**, ми помітили, що "
+"наш постачальник і його ціна були автоматично додані."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo "
+"will automatically link the contact and price with the product."
+msgstr ""
+"Зверніть увагу, що кожен перший раз, коли товар купується у нового "
+"постачальника, Odoo автоматично зв'язуватиме контакти та ціну з товаром."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:103
+msgid "By adding manually"
+msgstr "Додавши вручну"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"We can of course also add vendors and vendors information manually. On the "
+"same page than previously, simply click on **Edit** and click the **Add an "
+"item** button."
+msgstr ""
+"Звичайно, ми також можемо додати постачальників і інформацію про них вручну."
+" На тій самій сторінці, що і раніше, просто натисніть кнопку **Редагувати** "
+"та натисніть кнопку **Додати елемент**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"When adding a new **Vendor** you are also able to add extra information such"
+" as the vendor product name or code, the validity of the price and the "
+"eventual minimum quantity required. These informations can be added and "
+"modified for existing vendors by simply clicking on the vendors line."
+msgstr ""
+"Під час додавання нового **постачальника** ви також можете додати додаткову "
+"інформацію, таку як назва товару постачальника або код, дійсну ціну та "
+"мінімальну необхідну кількість. Ці відомості можна додавати та змінювати для"
+" існуючих постачальників, просто натискаючи рядок постачальників."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3
+msgid "How to purchase in different unit of measures than sales?"
+msgstr "Як купляти та продавати у різних одиницях вимірювання?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different "
+"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales"
+" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting"
+" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures "
+"between sales and purchase very easily."
+msgstr ""
+"У повсякденному бізнесі може статися так, що ваш постачальник використовує "
+"іншу одиницю вимірювання, ніж у ваших продажах. Це може спричинити плутанину"
+" між представниками продажу та купівлею та навіть змусити вас втратити "
+"багато часу на конвертацію. На щастя, в Odoo, ви можете дуже легко обробляти"
+" різні одиниці вимірювань між продажем та купівлею."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11
+msgid "Let's take the following examples:"
+msgstr "Давайте розглянемо наступні приклади:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water "
+"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to "
+"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold "
+"quantities in **Liters**."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви купуєте воду у постачальника. Постачальник є американським і продає свою "
+"воду в **галонах**. Ваші клієнти є європейськими. Таким чином, ви хотіли би "
+"бачити вашу кількість покупок, виражену в **галонах**, а продану кількість у"
+" **літрах**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the"
+" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви купуєте штори від постачальника. Постачальник продає вам гардини в "
+"одиниці вимірювання **рулони**, а ви продаєте гардини у **квадратних "
+"метрах**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25
+msgid "Install purchase and sales modules"
+msgstr "Встановіть модулі купівлі та продажу"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are "
+"correctly installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Перший крок - переконатися, що модулі **Продажі** і **Купівлі** правильно "
+"встановлені."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31
+msgid "|uom01|"
+msgstr "|uom01|"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31
+msgid "|uom02|"
+msgstr "|uom02|"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36
+msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option"
+msgstr "Увімкніть параметр Одиниця вимірювання"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different "
+"unit of measures (advanced)** box."
+msgstr ""
+"Введіть модуль купівлі, виберіть :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
+"Налаштування`  та позначте пункт **Деякі товари можуть бути продані/придбані"
+" в іншій одиниці вимірювання (розширеній)**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46
+msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures"
+msgstr "Вкажіть одиницю вимірювання продажів та купівлі"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49
+msgid "Standard units of measures"
+msgstr "Стандартні одиниці вимірювання"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. "
+"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase"
+" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, "
+"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Давайте розглянемо класичні одиниці вимірювань, що існують в Odoo як перший "
+"приклад. Будь ласка, пам'ятайте, що для різних одиниць вимірювань між "
+"продажем і купівлею обов'язково потрібно розділити ту ж категорію. Категорії"
+" включають: **одиницю**, **вагу**, **робочий час**, **обсяг** тощо."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not "
+"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)."
+msgstr ""
+"Можна створити власну категорію та одиницю вимірювання, якщо вона не є "
+"стандартною в Odoo (див. наступний розділ)."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our "
+"customers in **Liters**."
+msgstr ""
+"Давайте припустимо, що ми купуємо воду у наших виробників у **галонах** і "
+"продаємо своїм клієнтам у **літрах**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> "
+"Products`."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до модуля Купівлі, виберіть :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Товари`."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general "
+"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will"
+" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for "
+"purchase)."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть свій товар або виберіть існуючий. У загальній інформації про товари"
+" ви маєте можливість вибрати **одиницю вимірювання** (буде використана у "
+"продажах, складі ...) та **одиницю вимірювання купівлі** (для придбання)."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for "
+"**Purchase Unit of Measure**."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому випадку виберіть **літри** для **одиниці вимірювання** та галони для"
+" **одиниці вимірювання купівлі**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77
+msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category"
+msgstr "Створіть власну одиницю вимірювання та категорію одиниці вимірювання"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the "
+"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the "
+"curtains in **square meters**)."
+msgstr ""
+"Давайте візьмемо наш другий приклад (ви купуєте гардини від постачальника, "
+"постачальник продає вам гардини у **рулонах**, а ви продаєте їх у "
+"**квадратних метрах**)."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot "
+"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of "
+"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**"
+" where both units have a conversion relationship."
+msgstr ""
+"Ці два вимірювання є частиною двох різних категорій. Пам'ятайте, що не можна"
+" пов'язати існуюче вимірювання з однієї категорії з існуючим показником "
+"іншої категорії. Таким чином, ми спочатку повинні створити спільну "
+"**категорію вимірювань**, де обидва блоки мають взаємозв'язок конверсії."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->"
+" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by"
+" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture "
+"below)."
+msgstr ""
+"Для цього перейдіть до свого модуля продажів, виберіть "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Товари --> Одиниця вимірювання`. Створіть "
+"нову одиницю **категорії вимірювання**, вибравши спадний список і натиснувши"
+" на створення та редагування (див. малюнок нижче)."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called "
+"**Inter-Category-Computation**."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть нову одиницю вимірювання. У цьому випадку наша категорія буде "
+"називатися **Inter-Category-Computing**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of "
+"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your "
+"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units "
+"of Measure`."
+msgstr ""
+"Наступним кроком є створення одиниць вимірювання **рулонів** і **квадратного"
+" метра** та їх пов'язання з новою категорією. Для цього перейдіть до модуля "
+"Купівлі, виберіть :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Товари --> Одиниці "
+"вимірювання`."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106
+msgid "Create two new units:"
+msgstr "Створіть дві нові одиниці:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and"
+" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type"
+" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other "
+"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square"
+" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+"Елемент **Рулон**, який є частиною категорії Inter-Category-Computation і є "
+"**типовою одиницею** (див. малюнок нижче). Тип одиниці - це засіб, "
+"встановлений як посилання у цій категорії. Це означає, що в залежності від "
+"цього вимірювання будуть конвертовані інші вимірювання (наприклад: 1 рулон ="
+" 10 квадратних метрів, 2 рулони = 20 квадратних метрів тощо)."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``"
+" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square "
+"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as "
+"``one Roll = 10 square meters``."
+msgstr ""
+"Для **квадратного метра** ми визначимо, що ``1 рулон = 10 квадратних "
+"метрів`` гардин. Таким чином, буде необхідно вказати, що як тип, квадратний "
+"метр більше, ніж типова одиниці. **Більший коефіцієнт** становить ``10``, як"
+" ``один рулон = 10 квадратних метрів``."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a "
+"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер можна ввести **квадратні метри** як одиницю вимірювання та **рулон** "
+"як одиницю вимірювання купівлі у формі товару."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3
+msgid "Request for Quotations"
+msgstr "Запит на комерційні пропозиції"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3
+msgid "How to determine if a vendor bill should be paid (3-way matching)"
+msgstr ""
+"Як визначити, чи рахунок постачальника повинен був бути оплачений "
+"(3-стороннє узгодження)"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving "
+"the ordered products. However, the bill should maybe not be paid until the "
+"products have actually been received."
+msgstr ""
+"У деяких галузях ви можете отримати рахунок від продавця, перш ніж "
+"отримувати замовлені товари. Проте рахунок, можливо, не буде оплачено, поки "
+"товари насправді не отримано."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what is"
+" called the **3-way matching**. It refers to the comparison of the "
+"information appearing on the Purchase Order, the Vendor Bill and the "
+"Receipt."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб визначити, чи повинен бути оплачений рахунок постачальника, ви можете "
+"використовувати так зване *3-стороннє узгодження*. Це стосується порівняння "
+"інформації, яка відображається у замовленні на купівлю, рахунку "
+"постачальника та надходженні."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"The 3-way matching helps you to avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor "
+"bills."
+msgstr ""
+"3-стороння відповідність допоможе вам уникнути сплати невірних або "
+"шахрайських рахунків постачальників."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Go in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
+"the 3-way matching."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та "
+"активуйте 3-стороннє узгодження."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:30
+msgid "Should I pay this vendor bill?"
+msgstr "Чи повинен я сплачувати цей рахунок постачальника?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Once this setting has been activated, a new information appears on the "
+"vendor bill, defining whether the bill should be paid or not. There are "
+"three possible values:"
+msgstr ""
+"Коли цей параметр буде активовано, на рахунку постачальника з'являється нова"
+" інформація, яка визначає, чи потрібно сплачувати рахунок. Є три можливі "
+"значення:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:36
+msgid "*Use case 1*: I have received the ordered products."
+msgstr "*Використовуйте випадок 1*: Я отримав замовлені товари."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:43
+msgid "*Use case 2*: I have not received the ordered products."
+msgstr "*Використовуйте випадок 2*: Я не отримав замовлені товари."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"*Use case 3*: the quantities do not match across the Purchase Order, Vendor "
+"Bill and Receipt."
+msgstr ""
+"*Використовуйте 3-й випадок*: кількість не співпадає із замовленням на "
+"купівлю, рахунком постачальника та квитанцією."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define "
+"this status manually, you can tick the box *Force Status* and then you will "
+"be able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not."
+msgstr ""
+"Статус визначається автоматично в Odoo. Однак, якщо ви хочете визначити цей "
+"статус вручну, ви можете позначити поле *Примусити статус*, а тоді ви "
+"зможете встановити вручну, чи повинен бути рахунок постачальника оплачений "
+"чи ні."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3
+msgid "How to analyze the performance of my vendors?"
+msgstr "Як проаналізувати ефективність моїх постачальників?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be "
+"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to "
+"track and analyze your vendor's performance :"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ваша компанія регулярно купує товари у декількох постачальників, було б"
+" корисно отримати статистику про ваші купівлі. Існує кілька причин для "
+"відстеження та аналізу продуктивності вашого постачальника:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9
+msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;"
+msgstr "Ви можете побачити, як залежить від постачальника ваша компанія;"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11
+msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;"
+msgstr "Ви можете узгодити знижки на ціни;"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13
+msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;"
+msgstr "Ви можете перевірити середній час доставки на постачальника;"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15
+msgid "Etc."
+msgstr "І т.д.."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders "
+"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the "
+"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights "
+"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan "
+"their future orders."
+msgstr ""
+"Наприклад, реселлеру ІТ-товарів, який щотижня видає десятки замовлень на "
+"купівлю кільком постачальникам, може бути потрібно вимірювати для кожного "
+"товару загальну вартість, що сплачується за кожного постачальника, та "
+"затримку доставки. Ідеї, зібрані компанією, допоможуть йому краще "
+"аналізувати, прогнозувати та планувати свої майбутні замовлення."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:17
+msgid "Install the Purchase Management module"
+msgstr "Встановіть модуль управління купівлями"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** "
+"module."
+msgstr ""
+"У меню **Додатки** виконайте пошук та встановіть модуль **Керування "
+"купівлями**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36
+msgid "Issue some purchase orders"
+msgstr "Створіть деякі замовлення на купівлю"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue "
+"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**. "
+"If you want to know how to generate a purchase order, please read the "
+"documentation :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`."
+msgstr ""
+"Звичайно, для того, щоби проаналізувати ефективність своїх постачальників, "
+"вам потрібно буде створити запит на комерційну пропозицію і підтвердити "
+"деякі замовлення на купівлю. Якщо ви хочете дізнатись, як згенерувати "
+"замовлення на купівлю, прочитайте документацію "
+":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:44
+msgid "Analyzing your vendors"
+msgstr "Проаналізуйте ваших постачальників"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:47
+msgid "Generate flexible reports"
+msgstr "Створення гнучких звітів"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By "
+"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by "
+"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each "
+"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, "
+"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot "
+"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви маєте доступ до ефективності ваших постачальників у меню Звіти. За "
+"замовчуванням у звіті групуються всі замовлення на купівлю у зведеній "
+"таблиці за **загальною ціною**, кількістю товарів та **середньою ціною** "
+"**кожного місяця** та **кожного постачальника**. Просто, переглянувши цей "
+"основний звіт, ви можете швидко переглянути свою фактичну ефективність. Ви "
+"можете додати багато додаткових даних у свій звіт, натиснувши значок "
+"**Вимірювання**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your "
+"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For "
+"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I "
+"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on "
+"\"Products\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Натискаючи **+** та **-**, ви можете переглянути вгору та вниз свій звіт, "
+"щоб змінити спосіб відображення інформації. Наприклад, якщо я хочу бачити "
+"всі товари, придбані за поточний місяць, я повинен натиснути **+** на "
+"вертикальній осі, а потім на \"Товари\"."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your "
+"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click"
+" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: "
+"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot "
+"below."
+msgstr ""
+"Залежно від даних, які ви хочете виділити, можливо, вам доведеться "
+"відображати свої звіти у більш візуальному вигляді. Ви можете перетворити "
+"свій звіт лише одним натисканням на 3 графічні перегляди: **Кругова "
+"діаграма**, **Гістограма** та **Графік**: ці перегляди доступні через "
+"значки, виділені на знімку екрана нижче."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one "
+"dependent and one independent measure."
+msgstr ""
+"На відміну від зведеної таблиці, графік може бути обчислений лише з однією "
+"залежною та однією незалежною мірою."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:81
+msgid "Customize reports"
+msgstr "Налаштування звітів"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To "
+"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of "
+"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the "
+"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data "
+"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display "
+"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the "
+"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any "
+"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете легко налаштувати звіти про купівлю залежно від ваших потреб. Для "
+"цього використовуйте **вікно розширеного пошуку**, розташоване у правій "
+"частині екрану, натиснувши значок лупи в кінці панелі інструментів пошуку. "
+"Ця функція дозволяє виділити лише вибрані дані у вашому звіті. Параметри "
+"**фільтрів** дуже корисні для відображення деяких категорій даних, а "
+"**Групувати за** параметрами покращує читабельність ваших звітів. Зауважте, "
+"що ви можете фільтрувати та групувати за будь-яким існуючим полем, зробивши "
+"ваше налаштування дуже гнучким та потужним."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** "
+"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The "
+"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете зберегти та повторно використати будь-який індивідуальний фільтр, "
+"натиснувши **Вибране** у **Вікні розширеного пошуку**, а потім на **Зберегти"
+" поточний пошук**. Збережений фільтр буде доступний у меню **Вибране**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:103
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:76
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:86
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:81
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:77
+msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup two levels of approval for purchase orders?"
+msgstr "Як налаштувати два рівні схвалення для замовлень на купівлю?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:6
+msgid "Two level approval setup"
+msgstr "Встановлення затвердження у два рівні"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Double validation on purchases forces a validation when the purchased amount"
+" exceeds a certain limit."
+msgstr ""
+"Подвійна перевірка на купівлю змушує перевіряти, коли придбана сума "
+"перевищує певну межу."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Install **Purchase Management** module and then go to **General Settings** "
+"to configure the company data."
+msgstr ""
+"Встановіть модуль **Управління купівлями**, а потім перейдіть у **Загальні "
+"налаштування**, щоб налаштувати дані компанії."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Set here the amount limit for second approval and set approval from manager "
+"side."
+msgstr ""
+"Встановіть тут ліміт суми для другого схвалення та встановіть затвердження "
+"зі сторони менеджера."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:21
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47
+msgid "Process"
+msgstr "Процес"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Logged as a purchase user, create a purchase order for more than the amount "
+"set above, and confirm it. The purchase order is set in a state **To "
+"Approve**"
+msgstr ""
+"Записаний як користувач купівлі, створіть замовлення на купівлю, що "
+"перевищує суму, встановлену вище, і підтвердіть її. Замовлення на доставку "
+"встановлено на етапі **Для затвердження**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:29
+msgid "The manager gets the order to approve and validates the final order."
+msgstr ""
+"Менеджер отримує замовлення на затвердження та перевірку остаточного "
+"замовлення."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:34
+msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process."
+msgstr "Після затвердження замовлення на купівлю слідує звичайному процесу."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3
+msgid "How to control supplier bills?"
+msgstr "Як контролювати рахунки постачальників?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, "
+"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place."
+msgstr ""
+"Додаток **Закупівлі** дозволяє вам керувати замовленнями на покупку, "
+"вхідними товарами та рахунками постачальників у єдиному місці."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you "
+"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased"
+" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase "
+"management processes."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете налаштувати процес контролю над рахунками постачальника, "
+"перше, що вам потрібно зробити - це мати дані про покупку в Odoo. Знання "
+"того, що було придбано та отримано, є першим кроком до розуміння процесів "
+"управління купівлею."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13
+msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:"
+msgstr "Ось стандартний робочий процес в Odoo:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your "
+"vendor(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви починаєте із **запиту на комерційну пропозицію (RFQ)**, щоб надіслати її "
+"вашим продавцям."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase "
+"Order (PO)**."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як постачальник прийняв Запит RFQ, підтвердьте RFQ в "
+"**замовленні на купівлю (PO)**. "
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any "
+"stockable products."
+msgstr ""
+"Підтвердження PO створює **вхідну відправку**, якщо ви придбали будь-які "
+"запаковані товари."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with "
+"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy."
+msgstr ""
+"Отримавши **рахунок постачальника**, підтвердьте рахунок за допомогою "
+"товарів, отриманих на попередньому кроці, щоб забезпечити точність. "
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or "
+"only one."
+msgstr ""
+"Цей процес може виконуватись трьома різними людьми всередині компанії або "
+"лише одним."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34
+msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications"
+msgstr "Встановлення додатків Закупівлі та Складу"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and "
+"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will "
+"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications."
+msgstr ""
+"У **Додатках** виконайте пошук модуля **Купівлі** та встановіть його. "
+"Внаслідок певних залежностей, при встановленні купівлі будуть автоматично "
+"встановлюватися програми **Складу** та **Бухобліку**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41
+msgid "Creating products"
+msgstr "Створення товарів"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing "
+"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**,"
+" and click **Create**."
+msgstr ""
+"Створення товарів в Odoo необхідне для швидкої та ефективної покупки в Odoo."
+" Просто перейдіть до підменю **Товари** в розділі **Купівля** та натисніть "
+"**Створити**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as "
+"it is important:"
+msgstr ""
+"Під час створення товару зверніть увагу на поле **Тип товару**, оскільки це "
+"важливо:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to "
+"keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management "
+"and will allow for receiving these kinds of products."
+msgstr ""
+"Товари, які встановлюються як **Запасні** або **Витратні**, дозволять вам "
+"стежити за рівнями їх запасу. Ці параметри передбачають управління запасами "
+"та дозволять отримувати такі види продукції."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product** "
+"will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no "
+"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either "
+"of these designations."
+msgstr ""
+"І навпаки, товари, які встановлюються як **Послуга** або **Цифровий товар**,"
+" не будуть керуватися запасами, просто тому, що немає складу для управління."
+" Ви не зможете отримувати товари під будь-яким із цих позначень."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all "
+"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or "
+"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product"
+" type to **Service**."
+msgstr ""
+"Рекомендується створювати товар як **Різне** для всіх покупок, що "
+"трапляються нечасто, і не вимагають оцінки інвентаризації або управління. "
+"Якщо ви створюєте такий товар, рекомендується встановити тип товару як "
+"**Послуга**. "
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70
+msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills"
+msgstr "Управління рахунками постачальника"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73
+msgid "Purchasing products or services"
+msgstr "Закупівля товарів або послуг"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many "
+"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation "
+"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor "
+"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the "
+"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor "
+"Reference)"
+msgstr ""
+"З програми покупки ви можете створювати замовлення на купівлю з такою "
+"кількістю товарів, якою вам потрібно. Якщо постачальник надсилає вам "
+"підтвердження або комерційну пропозицію для замовлення, ви можете записати "
+"номер посиланням на замовлення у полі **Референс постачальника**. Це "
+"дозволить вам легко узгодити замовлення з рахунком постачальника пізніше "
+"(оскільки рахунок постачальника, ймовірно, включатиме посилання "
+"постачальника)"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+"Підтвердіть замовлення на купівлю та отримайте товари з програми **Склад**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89
+msgid "Receiving Products"
+msgstr "Прийом товару"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, "
+"you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application "
+"after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you "
+"should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This "
+"button is outlined in red below:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви придбали будь-які товари, які можна запакувати, якими ви керуєте на "
+"складі, вам потрібно буде отримати товари з програми **Склад** після "
+"підтвердження замовлення на купівлю. На інформаційній панелі **Склад** ви "
+"побачите кнопку, яка зв'язує вас безпосередньо з переміщенням товарів. Ця "
+"кнопка наведена червоним кольором нижче:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be "
+"received."
+msgstr ""
+"Переміщення по цьому маршруту приведе вас до списку всіх замовлень, які "
+"очікують на отримання."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in"
+" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the "
+"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also known"
+" as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to "
+"group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item"
+" from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive "
+"the products."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас багато очікуваних замовлень, застосуйте фільтр за допомогою "
+"панелі пошуку у верхньому правому куті. За допомогою цієї панелі пошуку ви "
+"можете фільтрувати на основі **Постачальника** (або **Партнера**), товару "
+"або вихідного документа, також відомого як посилання на ваше замовлення на "
+"купівлю. Ви також можете групувати замовлення за різними критеріями **В "
+"групі**. Вибравши елемент із цього списку, відкриється наступний екран, де "
+"ви отримаєте товари."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117
+msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order."
+msgstr "Закупівлі товарів **Послуги** не викликають замовлення на доставку."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120
+msgid "Managing Vendor Bills"
+msgstr "Управління рахунками постачальників"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to "
+"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You "
+"need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви отримаєте **Рахунок постачальника** за попередню купівлю, "
+"обов'язково зареєструйте його в додатку **Купівлі** в **Меню Контроль**. Вам"
+" потрібно створити новий рахунок постачальника, навіть якщо ви вже "
+"зареєстрували замовлення на купівлі."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to "
+"select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any associated "
+"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify "
+"any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the vendor bill with. When "
+"you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced "
+"products associated to that purchase order and automatically populate that "
+"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate "
+"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor "
+"reference number or your internal purchase order number."
+msgstr ""
+"Перше, що вам потрібно буде зробити при створенні **Рахунка постачальника** "
+"- вибрати відповідного **Постачальника**, оскільки це також потягне за собою"
+" будь-яку відповідну інформацію про бухоблік або прайс-лист. Звідти можна "
+"вказати один або кілька замовлень на купівлю, щоб заповнити рахунок "
+"постачальника. Коли ви виберете замовлення на купівлю зі списку, Odoo "
+"витягує всі невикористані товари, пов'язані з цим замовленням на купівлю, і "
+"автоматично заповнить цю інформацію нижче. Якщо вам важко знайти відповідний"
+" рахунок постачальника, ви можете здійснити пошук у списку, ввівши номер "
+"референсу постачальника або внутрішній номер замовлення на купівлю."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need"
+" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)."
+msgstr ""
+"Хоча рахунок-фактура знаходиться в стані чернетки, ви можете внести будь-які"
+" зміни, які вам потрібні (скажімо, видалити або додати рядки товарів, "
+"змінити їх кількість та змінити ціни)."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149
+msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ваш постачальник може надіслати вам кілька рахунків за те саме замовлення, "
+"якщо:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the "
+"products."
+msgstr ""
+"Ваш постачальник знаходиться у зворотному порядку і надсилає вам рахунки-"
+"фактури, коли вони відправляють товару."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154
+msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit."
+msgstr "Ваш постачальник надсилає вам частковий рахунок або запит на депозит."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156
+msgid ""
+"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate "
+"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If "
+"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this"
+" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and"
+" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you"
+" validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоразу, коли ви записуєте новий рахунок постачальника, Odoo буде автоматично"
+" заповнювати кількість товару на основі того, що було отримано від "
+"постачальника. Якщо це значення показує нуль, це означає, що ви ще не "
+"отримали цей товар, і просто слугує нагадуванням про те, що товар не "
+"знаходиться в наявності, і вам, можливо, доведеться додатково дізнаватися "
+"про це. У будь-який момент часу, перш ніж перевіряти рахунок постачальника, "
+"ви можете перевизначити цю нульову кількість."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165
+msgid "Vendor Bill Matching"
+msgstr "Відповідність рахунка постачальника"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168
+msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received"
+msgstr ""
+"Що робити, якщо рахунок вашого постачальника не відповідає тому, що ви "
+"отримали"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170
+msgid ""
+"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what "
+"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several "
+"reasons:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо рахунок, який ви отримуєте від постачальника, має кількості, які не "
+"відповідають автоматичному заповнненню Odoo, це може бути пов'язано з "
+"кількома причинами:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you"
+" have not ordered."
+msgstr ""
+"Постачальник неправильно вказує товари та/або послуги, які ви не замовляли."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet,"
+" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities."
+msgstr ""
+"Постачальник виставляє рахунки за товари, які ви, можливо, ще не отримали, "
+"оскільки контроль за рахунками-фактурами може базуватися на замовлених або "
+"отриманих кількостях."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181
+msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products."
+msgstr "Або постачальник не виставляв рахунки за раніше придбані товари."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any "
+"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you "
+"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received."
+msgstr ""
+"У цих випадках рекомендується перевірити, чи є рахунок та будь-який "
+"пов'язаний з ним порядок купівлі правильним, і ви розумієте, що ви замовили "
+"та що ви вже отримали."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187
+msgid ""
+"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this "
+"could be due to one of a few reasons:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви не можете знайти замовлення на купівлю, пов'язане з рахунком "
+"продавця, це може бути пов'язано з однією з кількох причин."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190
+msgid ""
+"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is"
+" not going to appear anywhere in the selection."
+msgstr ""
+"Постачальник вже виставив рахунок за це замовлення, тому він не буде "
+"з'являтися в будь-якому місці вибору."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193
+msgid ""
+"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor."
+msgstr ""
+"Хтось у компанії забув записати замовлення на купівлю для цього "
+"постачальника."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196
+msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order."
+msgstr "Або постачальник завантажує вас за тим, що ви не замовляли."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199
+msgid "How product quantities are managed"
+msgstr "Яким чином регулюється кількість товару"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201
+msgid ""
+"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while "
+"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням послуги керуються на основі замовлених кількостей, а запаси"
+" та витратні матеріали управляються на основі отриманих кількостей."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204
+msgid ""
+"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received "
+"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About Odoo** "
+"information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to"
+" modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase "
+"Bills**."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо вам потрібно керувати товарами на основі замовлених кількостей над "
+"отриманими кількостями, вам потрібно буде включити **Режим відстеження** з "
+"інформації **Про Odoo**. Після активації режиму налагодження виберіть "
+"товари, які ви хочете змінити, і ви побачите нове поле, яке "
+"відображатиметься під назвою **Контроль рахунків закупівлі**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213
+msgid ""
+"You can then change the default management method for the selected product "
+"to be based on either:"
+msgstr ""
+"Потім ви можете змінити метод керування за замовчуванням для вибраного "
+"товару на основі:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216
+msgid "Ordered quantities"
+msgstr "замовлені кількості"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218
+msgid "Received quantities"
+msgstr "отримані кількості"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221
+msgid "Batch Billing"
+msgstr "Групова оплата"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, "
+"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the "
+"additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the "
+"previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to"
+" all the appropriate purchase orders."
+msgstr ""
+"Під час створення рахунку постачальника та вибору відповідного замовлення на"
+" купівлю ви можете продовжувати вибирати додаткові замовлення на купівлю, і "
+"Odoo додасть додаткові позиції з цього замовлення. Якщо ви не видалили "
+"попередні позиції з першого порядку купівлі, рахунок буде пов'язаний з усіма"
+" відповідними замовленнями на купівлю."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3
+msgid "How to cancel a purchase order?"
+msgstr "Як скасувати замовлення на купівлю?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes "
+"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do"
+" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your "
+"warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Через непорозуміння, людські помилки або зміни планів, іноді необхідно "
+"відмінити замовлення на купівлю, відправлені постачальникам. Odoo дозволяє "
+"це зробити, навіть якщо деякі або навіть всі замовлені товари вже надійшли "
+"на ваш склад."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that "
+"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory "
+"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also "
+"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to "
+"cancel."
+msgstr ""
+"Спочатку ми розглянемо приклад того випадку, коли ви замовили **3 iPad "
+"mini**, які ще не прибули до вашого складу. Оскільки встановлення модуля "
+"склад вимагається при використанні модуля **Купівлі**, також цікаво побачити"
+" випадок частково доставлених товарів, які ви хочете скасувати."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17
+msgid "Create a Purchase Order"
+msgstr "Створіть замовлення на купівлю"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for "
+"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> "
+"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order"
+msgstr ""
+"Першим кроком до створення **Замовлення на купівлю** є створення **Запиту на"
+" комерційну пропозицію** у меню :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Купівля --> "
+"Запити на комерційні пропозиції`. Підтвердіть свій запит на комерційну "
+"пропозицію, щоб підтвердити замовлення на купівлю"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"To learn more about the purchase order process, read the documentation page "
+":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб дізнатися більше про процес замовлення на купівлю, прочитайте сторінку "
+"документації :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30
+msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order"
+msgstr "Скасуйте замовлення на купівлю"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:33
+msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet"
+msgstr "Використовуйте випадок 1 : ви ще не отримали ваш товар"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, "
+"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви підтвердили ваше замовлення на купівлю і ще не отримали товар, ви "
+"можете просто скасувати його, натиснувши кнопку скасування."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO "
+"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo автоматично скасує відправлену доставку, пов'язану з цією послугою, і "
+"рядок стану переходить від **Замовлення на купівлю** до **Скасованого**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:48
+msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods"
+msgstr "Використовуйте випадок 2: частково доставлені товари"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to "
+"cancel the PO."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому випадку **2** з **3 iPad Mini** з'явилися перед тим, як потрібно "
+"було скасувати замовлення."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:54
+msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder"
+msgstr "Зареєструйте отриманий товар та скасуйте зворотнє замовлення"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel "
+"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped."
+" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order "
+"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**."
+msgstr ""
+"Перше, що потрібно зробити, - це зареєструвати отримані товари та скасувати "
+"прибуття третього **iPad Mini**, який, як і раніше, повинен бути "
+"відправлений. З PO, натисніть **Прийняти товари**, а в **рядку Замовлення "
+"iPad Mini** вручну змініть отримані значення в стовпці **Готово**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:66
+msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`"
+msgstr "Щоб дізнатись більше, дивіться :doc:`reception`"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed "
+"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will "
+"ask you the permission to create a backorder."
+msgstr ""
+"Натиснувши **Перевірити**, Odoo попереджає вас, що ви обробили менше "
+"товарів, ніж початкова поставка (2 замість 3 у нашому випадку), і попросить "
+"вас дозволу створити зворотнє замовлення."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You"
+" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, "
+"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку **Немає зворотнього замовлення**, щоб скасувати поставку "
+"залишкового товару. Ви помітите, що кількість, яку потрібно було отримати, "
+"була відповідно змінена, і тому стан доставки перейшов на **Готово**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:83
+msgid "Create reverse transfer"
+msgstr "Створіть зворотнє замовлення"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor"
+" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document."
+" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the"
+" corresponding location and click on **Return**."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер вам потрібно повернути IPad Mini, який ви отримали, до вашого "
+"постачальника. Для цього натисніть кнопку **Повернення** з того ж документа."
+" З'явиться вікно зворотнього переказу. Введіть кількість, яку потрібно "
+"повернути, і відповідне місцезнаходження та натисніть кнопку **Повернути**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your "
+"stock to your vendor location."
+msgstr ""
+"Обробіть відвантаження з поверненням та контролюйте, чи переміщення запасів "
+"відбувається від вашого складу до місцезнаходження вашого постачальника."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be"
+" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely "
+"cancelled."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли здійснюється зворотній трансфер, статус замовлення на купівлю буде "
+"автоматично налаштоване на завершення, тобто ваш PO був повністю скасований."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:104
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:120
+msgid ":doc:`bills`"
+msgstr ":doc:`bills`"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:105
+msgid ":doc:`reception`"
+msgstr ":doc:`reception`"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3
+msgid "How to create a Request for Quotation?"
+msgstr "Як створити запит на комерційну пропозицію?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some "
+"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, "
+"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to "
+"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose "
+"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer."
+msgstr ""
+"Запит на комерційну пропозицію використовується, коли ви плануєте придбати "
+"деякі товари, і хочете отримати комерційну пропозицію для них. В Odoo запит "
+"на комерційну пропозицію використовується для надсилання вашого списку "
+"потрібних товарів вашому постачальнику. Коли ваш постачальник відповість на "
+"ваш запит, ви можете вирішити продовжити пропозицію та придбати або "
+"відхилити пропозицію."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"For more information on best uses, please read the chapter "
+":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
+msgstr ""
+"Для додаткової інформації про найкращі способи використання, прочитайте "
+"розділ :doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:19
+msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation"
+msgstr "Створення запиту на комерційну пропозицію"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for "
+"Quotation` and click on **Create**."
+msgstr ""
+"У модулі Купівлі відкрийте :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Запит на комерційну "
+"пропозицію` та натисніть на **Створити**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by "
+"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the "
+"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть свого **Постачальника** в меню постачальника або створіть його "
+"прямо натиснувши кнопку **Створити та редагувати**. У полі **Дата "
+"замовлення** виберіть дату, до якої ви хочете перейти до фактичного "
+"замовлення."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt"
+msgstr "Надходження"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Incoming Shipments"
+msgstr "Вхідні відправлення"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Vendor"
+msgstr "Постачальник"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете знайти продавця за своїм ім'ям, TIN, електронною поштою або "
+"внутрішнім посиланням."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Vendor Reference"
+msgstr "Референс постачальника"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the "
+"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written "
+"on the delivery order sent by your vendor."
+msgstr ""
+"Референс замовлення на продаж або пропозицію від постачальника. Він "
+"використовується для виконання відповідності, коли ви отримуєте товари, "
+"оскільки це посилання, як правило, написано в замовленні на доставку, "
+"надісланого вашим постачальником."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Order Date"
+msgstr "Дата замовлення"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into "
+"a purchase order."
+msgstr ""
+"Зображає дату, коли комерційна пропозиція повинна бути перевірена та "
+"перетворена в замовлення на купівлю."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Source Document"
+msgstr "Джерело документа"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a"
+" sales order)"
+msgstr ""
+"Посилання на документ, який створив цей запит на замовлення на купівлю "
+"(наприклад, замовлення на продаж)"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Deliver To"
+msgstr "Доставити до"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment"
+msgstr "Це визначатиме тип операції вхідної доставки"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Drop Ship Address"
+msgstr "Адреса дроп-шипінгу"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the "
+"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company."
+msgstr ""
+"Введіть адресу, якщо ви хочете доставити безпосередньо від продавця до "
+"клієнта. Інакше залишайте порожніми, щоб доставити до своєї компанії."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Destination Location Type"
+msgstr "Тип місцезнаходження призначення:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address"
+msgstr ""
+"Технічне поле, яке використовується для відображення адреси дроп-шипінгу"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Incoterm"
+msgstr "Інкотерм"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms "
+"used in international transactions."
+msgstr ""
+"Міжнародні комерційні умови - це серія заздалегідь визначених комерційних "
+"умов, що використовуються в міжнародних операціях."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:35
+msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration"
+msgstr ""
+"Перегляньте *Запит на комерційну пропозицію* в нашій демоверсії онлайн"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order "
+"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number "
+"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the "
+"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if "
+"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery "
+"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or "
+"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this "
+"supplier or enter a new one)."
+msgstr ""
+"У **Товарах** натисніть Додати елемент. Виберіть товар, який ви бажаєте "
+"замовити у меню **Товар**. Вкажіть **Кількість**, вставивши номер і вибравши"
+" одиницю вимірювання. У полі **Ціна одиниці** вкажіть ціну, яку ви хочете "
+"запропонувати (ви також можете залишити поле порожнім, якщо не знаєте, яка "
+"ціна має бути), а також додайте очікувану дату доставки в поле Запланована "
+"дата. Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**, потім **Друк комерційної пропозиції** "
+"або **Надіслати комерційну пропозицію** електронною поштою (переконайтеся, "
+"що для цього постачальника вказано адресу електронної пошти або введіть "
+"нову)."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will"
+" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**."
+msgstr ""
+"Після натискання кнопки **Надіслати** ви помітите, що статус Комерційної "
+"пропозиції перейде з **Чернетки** в **Надіслану комерційну пропозицію**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on "
+"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, "
+"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ваш постачальник відповість на пропозицію, оновіть її, натиснувши "
+"**Редагувати**, щоби відповісти на комерційну пропозицію (ціни, податки, "
+"очікувана вартість доставки, умови платежу тощо), а потім натисніть кнопку "
+"**Зберегти**, щоб оформити замовлення на купівлю."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to "
+"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби продовжити замовлення, натисніть **Підтвердити замовлення**, щоби "
+"відправити замовлення постачальнику. Статус Комерційної пропозиції перейде у"
+" **Замовлення на купівлю**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right"
+" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice."
+msgstr ""
+"Статус комерційної пропозиції зміниться на ЗАМОВЛЕННЯ НА КУПІВЛЮ. Вкладки у "
+"верхньому правому куті замовлення покажуть 1 доставку та 0 рахунка-фактури."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3
+msgid "How to control product received? (entirely & partially)"
+msgstr "Як контролювати отримання товарів (повністю та частково)?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control "
+"products to receive and to control supplier bills."
+msgstr ""
+"Додаток **Купівлі** дозволяє вам керувати своїми замовленнями на купівлю, "
+"контролювати прийом товарів та контролювати рахунки постачальників."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first"
+" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been "
+"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете тримати під контролем прогнозування товарів та їх прийом, "
+"перше, що потрібно зробити, це розгорнути процес купівлі в Odoo. Знання "
+"того, що було придбано, є основою прогнозування та контролю прийому товарів."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17
+msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications"
+msgstr "Встановіть програми купівлі та складу"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This "
+"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among "
+"others), which is required with **Purchase**."
+msgstr ""
+"Почніть зі встановлення програми Купівлі з модуля **Додатки**. Це "
+"автоматично призведе до встановлення програми **Складу** (серед інших), яка "
+"потрібна при **Купівлі**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27
+msgid "Create products"
+msgstr "Створіть товари"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the "
+"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on "
+"**Create**."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім потрібно створити товари, які ви хочете придбати. Перейдіть до "
+"програми Купівлі, потім :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Товари` і натисніть "
+"кнопку **Створити**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36
+msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:"
+msgstr "Під час створення товару важливо вказати **Тип товару**:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory."
+msgstr "**Запасні та витратні**: товари повинні бути отримані на складі."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is "
+"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not."
+msgstr ""
+"**Послуги та цифрові товари** (лише тоді, коли встановлено додаток "
+"**eCommerce**): немає контролю над тим, чи ви отримуєте чи ні."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products "
+"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or "
+"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to"
+" set his product type field as **Service**."
+msgstr ""
+"Завжди добре створювати **Інший** товар для всіх товарів, які ви купляєте "
+"рідко, і для яких ви не хочете керувати запасами або мати статистику "
+"купівлі/продажу. Якщо ви створюєте такий товар, ми рекомендуємо встановити "
+"поле типу товару як **Послуга**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52
+msgid "Control products receptions"
+msgstr "Контроль прийому товарів"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55
+msgid "Purchase products"
+msgstr "Закупівлі товарів"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. "
+"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the"
+" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching "
+"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably "
+"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)."
+msgstr ""
+"З програми купівлі створіть замовлення на купівлю з кількома товарами. Якщо "
+"постачальник надіслав вам замовлення на продаж чи комерційну пропозицію, "
+"поставте його референс у поле **Референс постачальника**. Це дозволить вам "
+"легко зробити відповідність із замовленням на доставку пізніше (так як "
+"замовлення на доставку, ймовірно, включатиме **Референс постачальника** у "
+"його замовлення на продаж)."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"See the documentation page :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` "
+"for a full overview of the purchase process."
+msgstr ""
+"Перегляньте сторінку документації "
+":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` для загального огляду "
+"процесу закупівлі."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:71
+msgid "Receive Products"
+msgstr "Отримайте товари"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can "
+"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the "
+"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the "
+"receipt box of the related warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви купили фізичні товари (запаси та витратні товари), ви можете "
+"отримувати товари з програми **Складу**. На інформаційній панелі **Склад** "
+"ви повинні побачити кнопку **X Отримати**, в коробці квитанцій пов'язаного "
+"складу."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this "
+"warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть цю кнопку, і ви отримаєте доступ до списку всіх очікуваних "
+"замовлень для цього складу."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search "
+"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the "
+"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open"
+" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all "
+"the lines within it."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас багато очікуваних замовлень, ви можете використовувати панель "
+"фільтрів для пошуку у **Постачальника** (також називається **Партнером** в "
+"Odoo), товару або вихідного документа, який є посиланням на ваше замовлення "
+"на купівлю. Ви можете відкрити документ, який відповідає отриманому "
+"замовленню на доставку, і обробляти всі рядки в ньому."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** "
+"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the "
+"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, "
+"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете перевірити весь документ одразу, натиснувши кнопку **Перевірити** "
+"або ви можете керувати всіма товарами по черзі, вручну змінюючи кількість "
+"**Виконано** (те, що насправді отримано). Коли рядок зелений, це означає, що"
+" отримана кількість відповідає очікуваній."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed "
+"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record "
+"the quantity received."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви працюєте з партіями або серійними номерами, ви не можете встановити "
+"оброблену кількість, але вам потрібно надати всі партійні або серійні номери"
+" для запису отриманої кількості."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the"
+" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви підтверджуєте прийом, якщо ви отримали менше товарів, ніж вихідна "
+"поставка, Odoo запитає у вас дозвіл на створення зворотнього замовлення."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create "
+"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If "
+"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви плануєте отримувати решту товарів у майбутньому, виберіть **Створити"
+" зворотнє замовлення**. Odoo створить нові документи для очікуваних товарів."
+" Якщо ви виберете варіант **Немає зворотнього замовлення**, замовлення "
+"вважається виконаним."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:121
+msgid ":doc:`cancel`"
+msgstr ":doc:`cancel`"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3
+msgid "Purchase Tenders"
+msgstr "Тендери на закупівлю"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage Blanket Orders"
+msgstr "Управління довгостроковим замовленням"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A **Blanket Order** is a contract between you (the customer) and your "
+"supplier. It is used to negotiate a discounted price. The supplier is "
+"benefited by the economies of scale inherent in a large order. You are "
+"benefited by being allowed to take multiple smaller deliveries over a period"
+" of time, at a lower price, without paying for the large order immediately. "
+"Each small periodic delivery is called a release or call-off."
+msgstr ""
+"**Довгострокове замовлення** - це контракт між вами (замовником) та вашим "
+"постачальником. Він використовується для узгодження ціни зі знижкою. "
+"Постачальник отримує вигоду від економії на масштабі, яка притаманна "
+"великому замовленню. Ви отримуєте вигоду від того, що ви можете отримувати "
+"кілька менших покупок протягом певного періоду часу за більш низькою ціною, "
+"не відразу ж оплативши за велике замовлення. Кожна невелика періодична "
+"доставка називається випуском або відкликанням."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"As the blanket order is a contract, it will have some prearranged "
+"conditions. These usually include:"
+msgstr ""
+"Оскільки довгострокове замовлення - це контракт, він матиме певні попередньо"
+" встановлені умови, які включають:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:15
+msgid "Total quantity of each product to be delivered"
+msgstr "Загальну кількість кожного товару, що підлягає доставці"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Completion deadline, by which you must take delivery of the total quantity"
+msgstr ""
+"Кінцевий термін завершення, за яким потрібно приймати доставку загальної "
+"кількості"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:19
+msgid "Unit price for each product"
+msgstr "Ціна одиниці для кожного товару"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:21
+msgid "Delivery lead time in days for each release"
+msgstr "Час доставки у днях кожного випуску"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:24
+msgid "Activate the Purchase Agreements"
+msgstr "Активуйте Угоди про закупівлю"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"The Blanket Order function is provided by the Purchase Agreements feature. "
+"By default, the Purchase Agreements is not activated. To be able to use "
+"blanket orders, you must first activate the option."
+msgstr ""
+"Довгострокове замовлення передбачене функцією купівельних угод. За "
+"замовчуванням Договори про купівлю не активовані. Щоб мати можливість "
+"використовувати довгострокові замовлення, потрібно спершу активувати цю "
+"опцію."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on Settings. "
+"In the **Orders** section, locate the **Purchase Agreements** and tick the "
+"box, then click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+"У модулі Купівлі відкрийте меню Налаштування та натисніть Налаштування. У "
+"розділі **Замовлення** знайдіть **Угоду про купівлю** та поставте прапорець,"
+" а потім натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:38
+msgid "Create a Blanket Order"
+msgstr "Створіть довгострокове замовлення"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"To create a new blanket order, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase "
+"Agreements`."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб створити нове довгострокове замовлення, відкрийте  "
+":menuselection:`Купівлі --> Угоди про купівлю`."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:45
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase "
+"Agreement window opens."
+msgstr ""
+"У вікні Купівлі натисніть **Створити**. Відкриється вікно нового договору "
+"купівлі."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:48
+msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Blanket Order."
+msgstr "У полі **Тип угоди** оберіть Довгострокові замолення."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:50
+msgid "Choose the **Vendor** with whom you will make the agreement."
+msgstr "Виберіть **Постачальника**, з яким ви складаєте угоду."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:52
+msgid "Set the **Agreement Deadline** as per the conditions of the agreement."
+msgstr "Встановіть **Термін дії угоди** відповідно до умов угоди."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:54
+msgid "Set the **Ordering Date** to the starting date of the contract."
+msgstr "Встановіть **Дату замовлення** на дату початку дії контракту."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"Leave the **Delivery Date** empty because we will have different delivery "
+"dates with each release."
+msgstr ""
+"Залиште **Дату доставки** порожньою, оскільки у нас будеуть різні дати "
+"доставки з кожним випуском."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:59
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**. Select products in "
+"the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as "
+"you wish."
+msgstr ""
+"У розділі **Товари** натисніть на **Додати елемент**. Виберіть товари в "
+"списку товарів, а потім введіть **Кількість**. Ви можете додати стільки "
+"товарів, скільки хочете."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:66
+msgid "Click on **Confirm**."
+msgstr "Натисніть на **Підтвердити**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created for this vendor,"
+" with the products chosen on the PT. Repeat this operation for each release."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер натисніть на кнопку **Нова комерційна пропозиція**. Для цього "
+"постачальника створено запит на комерційну пропозицію, з товарами, вибраними"
+" в PT. Повторіть цю операцію для кожного випуску."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Be careful to change the **Quantity** field on the RFQ.  By default, the RFQ"
+" quantity will be for the entire remaining quantity. Your individual "
+"releases should be for some smaller quantity."
+msgstr ""
+"Будьте обережні, щоб змінити поле **Кількість** у запиті на комерційну "
+"пропозицію. За замовчуванням кількість запитів буде для всієї залишкової "
+"кількості. Ваші окремі випуски повинні бути з меншою кількістю."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"When all of the releases (purchase orders) have been delivered and paid, you"
+" can click on **Validate** and **Done**."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли всі випуски (замовлення на купівлю) були доставлені та оплачені, ви "
+"можете натиснути **Підтвердити** та **Готово**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"View `Purchase Agreements "
+"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__"
+" in our Online Demonstration."
+msgstr ""
+"Перегляньте `Угоди закупівлі "
+"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__"
+" в нашій демо версії онлайн. "
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:88
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:83
+msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage Purchase Tenders"
+msgstr "Управління тендерами на закупівлю"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"For more information on best uses, please read the chapter `Request for "
+"Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order? "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/11.0/purchase/overview/process/difference.html>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"Для отримання додаткової інформації про найкращий спосіб використання, будь "
+"ласка, прочитайте розділ `Запит на комерційну пропозицію, тендер на "
+"закупівлю або замовлення на "
+"купівлю?<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/11.0/purchase/overview/process/difference.html>`__"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:17
+msgid "Activate the Purchase Tender function"
+msgstr "Активуйте функцію тендерної пропозиції"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"By default, the Purchase Tender is not activated. To be able to use PTs, you"
+" must first activate the option."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням Тендер на купівлю не активований. Щоб мати можливість "
+"використовувати ТНП, спершу потрібно активувати цю опцію."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on Settings. "
+"In the Purchase Order section, locate the **Calls for Tenders** and tick the"
+" box Allow using call for tenders... (advanced), then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"У модулі Купівлі відкрийте меню Налаштування та натисніть Налаштування. У "
+"розділі Замовлення на купівлю знайдіть **Запрошення на проведення торгів** і"
+" поставте прапорець Дозволити використання запрошення на проведення торгів "
+"(розширений), а потім натисніть **Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:31
+msgid "Create a Purchase Tender"
+msgstr "Створіть тендер на купівлю"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"To create a new Purchase Tender, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase "
+"Agreements (PA)`."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб створити новий Тендер на купівлю, відкрийте :menuselection:`Купівлі --> "
+"Угода про купівлю (УПК)`."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:42
+msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Purchase Tender."
+msgstr "У полі **Тип угоди** виберіть Тендер на купівлю."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"The **Agreement Deadline** field tells the vendors when to have their offers"
+" submitted."
+msgstr ""
+"У полі **Термін угоди** вказуються постачальники, коли вони мають подати "
+"свої пропозиції."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"The **Ordering Date** field tells the vendors when we will submit a purchase"
+" order to the chosen vendor."
+msgstr ""
+"Поле **Дата замовлення** вказує постачальникам, коли ми надішлемо замовлення"
+" на купівлю вибраному постачальнику."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"The **Delivery Date** field tells the vendors when the product will have to "
+"be delivered."
+msgstr ""
+"Поле **Дата доставки** повідомляє продавців, коли товар буде поставлений."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:50
+msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**."
+msgstr "Вам не потрібно визначати **Постачальника**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:59
+msgid "Click on **Confirm Call**."
+msgstr "Натисніть на **Підтвердити запрошення**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created with the "
+"products chosen on the PT. Choose a **Vendor** and send the RfQ to the "
+"vendor. Repeat this operation for each vendor."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер натисніть на кнопку **Нова пропозиція**. Запит на комерційну "
+"пропозицію створюється за допомогою товарів, вибраних на ТНК. Виберіть "
+"**Постачальника** та надішліть комерційну пропозицію постачальнику. "
+"Повторіть цю операцію для кожного постачальника."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68
+msgid "Once all the RfQs are sent, you can click on **Validate** on the PT."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як всі запити на комерційну пропозицію будуть відправлені, ви "
+"можете натиснути кнопку **Перевірити** на ТНК."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"The vendors will send their offers, you can update the RfQs accordingly. "
+"Then, choose the ones you want to accept by clicking on **Confirm Order** on"
+" the RfQs and **Cancel** the others."
+msgstr ""
+"Постачальники відправлять свої пропозиції, ви можете оновлювати запит на "
+"комерційну пропозицію відповідно. Потім виберіть ті, які ви хочете прийняти,"
+" натиснувши кнопку **Підтвердити замовлення** на рівні запиту на комерційну "
+"пропозицію та **Скасувати** інші."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:74
+msgid "You can now click on **Done** on the PT."
+msgstr "Тепер ви можете натиснути **Готово** на Тендері на купівлю."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"View `Purchase Tenders "
+"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__"
+" in our Online Demonstration."
+msgstr ""
+"Перегляньте `Тендери на закупівлю "
+"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__"
+" у нашій демо версії онлайн."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3
+msgid ""
+"How to purchase partially at two vendors for the same purchase tenders?"
+msgstr ""
+"Як проводити закупівлі у двох постачальників для одного тендеру на "
+"закупівлю?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"For some Purchase Tenders (PT), you might sometimes want to be able to "
+"select only a part of some of the offers you received. In Odoo, this is made"
+" possible through the advanced mode of the **Purchase** module."
+msgstr ""
+"Для деяких тендерних пропозицій на закупівлю іноді ви можете вибрати частину"
+" пропозицій, які ви отримали. В Odoo це стало можливим завдяки розширеному "
+"режиму модуля **Купівлі**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"If you want to know how to handle a simple **Purchase Tender**, read the "
+"document on :doc:`manage_multiple_offers`."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете знати, як обробити простий **Тендер на купівлю**, ознайомтеся"
+" з документацією :doc:`manage_multiple_offers`."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:19
+msgid "From the **Apps** menu, install the **Purchase Management** app."
+msgstr "У меню **Програми** встановіть додаток **Управління купівлями**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:25
+msgid "Activating the Purchase Tender and Purchase Tender advanced mode"
+msgstr "Активуйте розширений режим тендеру на купівлю"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"In order to be able to select elements of an offer, you must activate the "
+"advanced mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб мати можливість вибирати елементи пропозиції, потрібно активувати "
+"розширений режим."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To do so, go into the **Purchases** module, open the **Configuration** menu "
+"and click on **Settings**."
+msgstr ""
+"Для цього перейдіть до модуля **Купівлі**, відкрийте меню **Налаштування** "
+"та натисніть **Налаштування**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"In the **Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Allow using call for"
+" tenders to get quotes from multiple suppliers(...)**, and in the **Advanced"
+" Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Advanced call for tender "
+"(...)** then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+"У розділі **Запрошення на участь у тендері** позначте опцію **Дозволити "
+"використання тендерних пропозицій для отримання комерційних пропозицій від "
+"декількох постачальників (...)**, а в розділі **Розширені запрошення на "
+"участь у тендері** виберіть опцію **Додаткове запрошення на участь у тендері"
+" (...)**, потім натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:42
+msgid "Selecting elements of a RFQ/Bid"
+msgstr "Вибір елементів Запит на комерційну пропозицію/Пропозиція"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase Tenders`. Create a purchase "
+"tender containing several products, and follow the usual sequence all the "
+"way to the **Bid Selection** status."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Тендер на купівлі`. Створіть тендер"
+" на купівлі, який містить кілька товарів, і дотримуйтесь звичайної "
+"послідовності до етапу **Вибору пропозиції**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"When you closed the call, click on **Choose Product Lines** to access the "
+"list of products and the bids received for all of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви закрили запрошення, натисніть **Вибрати рядки товарів**, щоб "
+"отримати доступ до списку товарів та пропозицій, отриманих для всіх."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Unroll the list of offers you received for each product, and click on the "
+"*v* symbol (**Confirm order**) next to the offers you wish to proceed with. "
+"The lines for which you've confirmed the order turn blue. When you're "
+"finished, click on **Generate PO** to create a purchase order for each "
+"product and supplier."
+msgstr ""
+"Розгорніть список пропозицій, які ви отримали для кожного товару, і "
+"натисніть на символ *v* (**Підтвердити замовлення**) біля пропозицій, які ви"
+" хочете продовжити. Рядки, для яких ви підтвердили замовлення, стають "
+"синіми. Коли ви закінчите, натисніть кнопку **Генерувати PO**, щоб створити "
+"замовлення на купівлю для кожного товару та постачальника"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"When you come back to you purchase tender, you can see that the status has "
+"switched to **PO Created** and that the **Requests for Quotations** now have"
+" a status of **Purchase Order** or **Cancelled**."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви повернетеся до купівлі, ви можете побачити, що статус перейшов на "
+"**PO Створено** і що **Запити на пропозиції** тепер мають статус "
+"**Замовлення на купівлю** або **Скасовано**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"From there, follow the documentation "
+":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` to proceed with the "
+"delivery and invoicing."
+msgstr ""
+"Звідти перейдіть на документацію "
+":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` щоби продовжити доставку та"
+" виставлення рахунків."
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:76
+msgid ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`"
+msgstr ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3
+msgid "Replenishment"
+msgstr "Поповнення"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3
+msgid "Replenishment Flows"
+msgstr "Процеси поповнення"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3
+msgid "How are the order date and scheduled dates computed?"
+msgstr "Як обчислюється дата замовлення та запланована дата в Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, "
+"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company, Odoo "
+"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo "
+"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, "
+"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are "
+"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Заплановані дати обчислюються для планування постачання, прийому тощо. "
+"Залежно від звичок вашої компанії, Odoo автоматично генерує заплановані дати"
+" за допомогою планувальника. Планувальник Odoo вираховує все на кожен рядок,"
+" незалежно від того, що це замовлення на виробництво, замовлення на "
+"доставку, замовлення на продаж і т. д. Дати, які обчислюються, залежать від "
+"різних термін виконання, налаштованих в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:13
+msgid "Configuring lead times"
+msgstr "Налаштування терміну виконання"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Configuring **lead times** is an essential move in order to compute "
+"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, "
+"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients. "
+"Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+"Налаштування **терміну виконання** є важливим кроком для обчислення "
+"запланованих дат. Термін виконання - це строки (термін доставки, "
+"виготовлення, ...), обіцяні вашим різним партнерам та/або клієнтам. "
+"Налаштування різних термінів виконання виконується таким чином:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:21
+msgid "On a product level"
+msgstr "На рівні товару"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:24
+msgid "Supplier lead time:"
+msgstr "Термін виконання постачальника:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your "
+"purchased product. To configure the Supplier lead time select a product "
+"(from the Purchase module, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Product`), and"
+" go in the **Inventory** tab. You will have to add a **Vendor** to your "
+"product in order to select a supplier lead time."
+msgstr ""
+"Термін виконання постачальника - це час, необхідний постачальнику для "
+"доставки вашого придбаного товару. Щоб налаштувати час доставки "
+"постачальника, виберіть товар (з модуля Купівлі перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Купівлі --> Товар`) і перейдіть на вкладку **Склад**. Щоб "
+"вибрати час доставки постачальника, вам доведеться додати **Постачальника** "
+"до свого товару."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to add more than one vendor per product and thus different "
+"delivery lead times depending on the vendor."
+msgstr ""
+"Можна додати більше одного постачальника на товар, а отже, і інший час "
+"доставки в залежності від постачальника."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Once a vendor is selected, click on it to open its form and indicate its "
+"delivery lead time."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли вибрано постачальника, натисніть на нього, щоб відкрити його форму та "
+"вказати час його доставки."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery days "
+"will be equal to: Date of the purchase order + Delivery Lead Time."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому випадку дні безпеки не мають впливу, заплановані дні доставки будуть"
+" дорівнювати: Дата замовлення на купівлю + Час виконання доставки."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:50
+msgid "Customer lead time"
+msgstr "Термін доставки клієнту"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"The customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your "
+"store/warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. "
+"Simply select a product (from the **Sales** module, go to "
+":menuselection:`Sales --> Product`), and go into the **Sales** tab to "
+"indicate your customer lead time."
+msgstr ""
+"Термін доставки клієнту - це час, необхідний для отримання товару від вашого"
+" магазину/складу для вашого клієнта. Він може бути налаштований для будь-"
+"якого товару. Просто виберіть товар (з модуля **Продажі**, перейдіть до "
+"розділу  :menuselection:`Продажі --> Товар`) і перейдіть на вкладку "
+"**Продажі**, щоби вказати час вашого замовника."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:62
+msgid "On the company level"
+msgstr "На рівні компанії"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"On company level, it is possible to parameter **security days** in order to "
+"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea "
+"is to subtract **backup** days from the computed scheduled date in case of "
+"delays."
+msgstr ""
+"На рівні компанії можна вказати **дні безпеки**, щоби впоратися з можливими "
+"затримками та бути впевненим у виконанні ваших завдань. Ідея полягає в тому,"
+" щоб вилучити **резервні** дні з обчисленої запланованої дати у разі "
+"затримки."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:70
+msgid "Sales Safety days"
+msgstr "Дні безпеки продажів"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"Sales Safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver"
+" your clients engagements on time. They are margins of errors for delivery "
+"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in "
+"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security "
+"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than "
+"the one you promised to your client. That way you are sure to be able to "
+"keep your commitment."
+msgstr ""
+"Дні безпеки продажів - це **резервні** дні, щоб гарантувати, що ви зможете "
+"своєчасно доставити свої зобов'язання клієнтів. Вони є межами помилок для "
+"терміну виконання доставки. Безпечні дні - це та сама логіка, що наручний "
+"годинник, який вказує час раніше, щоби прибути вчасно. Ідея полягає в тому, "
+"щоби вирахувати числа днів безпеки і таким чином обчислювати заплановану "
+"дату раніше, ніж та, яку ви обіцяли своєму клієнтові. Таким чином ви "
+"впевнені, що зможете зберегти свою прихильність."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"To set up your security dates, go to the app :menuselection:`Settings --> "
+"General settings`, and click on **Configure your company data**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб налаштувати дати безпеки, перейдіть до модуля "
+":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування`, та натисніть "
+"**Налаштувати дані вашої компанії**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87
+msgid "Go the **Configuration** tab to indicate the number of safety days"
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть на вкладку **Налаштування**, щоби вказати кількість днів безпеки"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"Note that you can in this menu configure a default **Manufacturing** lead "
+"time."
+msgstr ""
+"Зауважте, що в цьому меню можна налаштувати час очікування **Виробництва** "
+"за замовчуванням."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:97
+msgid "Purchase days"
+msgstr "Дні купівлі"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:99
+msgid "Purchase days response to the same logic than sales security days."
+msgstr "Відповідь на дні купівлі відповідає тій же логіці, що й дні продажу."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates "
+"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled in order to "
+"cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can be found in the "
+"same menu as the sales safety days (see screenshot above)."
+msgstr ""
+"Вони є межами помилки для терміну виконання постачальника. Коли система "
+"генерує замовлення на закупівлю для закупівлі товарів, вони будуть "
+"заплановані, щоби справитися з несподіваними затримками постачальників. "
+"Термін виконання купівлі можна знайти в тому ж меню, що й дні безпеки для "
+"продажів (див. Знімок екрану вище)."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:108
+msgid "On route level"
+msgstr "На рівні маршруту"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"The internal transfers due to the movement of stocks can also influence the "
+"computed date."
+msgstr ""
+"Внутрішні переміщення за рахунок складських переміщень також можуть вплинути"
+" на обчислену дату."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **Inventory** "
+"module when creating a new push rule for a new route."
+msgstr ""
+"Затримки через внутрішні переміщення можна вказати в модулі **Склад** при "
+"створенні нового правила натискання нового маршруту."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"Read the documentation "
+":doc:`../../../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule` to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Прочитайте документацію "
+":doc:`../../../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule`, щоб дізнатися "
+"більше."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:125
+msgid "On document level:"
+msgstr "На рівні документа:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:128
+msgid "Requested date"
+msgstr "Запитувана дата"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"Odoo offers the possibility to indicate a requested date by the client "
+"straight on the sale order, under the tab **Other information**. If this "
+"date is earlier than the theoretically computed date, Odoo will "
+"automatically display a warning."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo пропонує можливість вказати запитану дату клієнтом прямо в замовленні "
+"на продаж, під вкладкою **Інша інформація**. Якщо ця дата раніше, ніж "
+"теоретично обчислена дата, Odoo буде автоматично відображати попередження."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:141
+msgid ""
+"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on "
+"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)."
+" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based "
+"on your configuration:"
+msgstr ""
+"Як приклад, ви можете продати автомобіль сьогодні (1 січня), який придбаний "
+"за замовленням, і ви обіцяєте доставити своєму клієнту протягом 20 днів (20 "
+"січня). У такому випадку планувальник може ініціювати наступні дії, виходячи"
+" з вашої конфігурації:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:146
+msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)"
+msgstr "19 січня: фактична запланована доставка (1 день безпеки продажу)"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)"
+msgstr "18 січня: отримуйте товар від свого постачальника (1 день купівлі)"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery "
+"lead time)"
+msgstr ""
+"10 січня: крайній термін замовлення у вашого постачальника (9 днів терміну "
+"доставки постачальника)"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team "
+"needs on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order."
+msgstr ""
+"8 січня: запустіть запит на купівлю в команду покупців, оскільки команда "
+"потребує в середньому 2 дні, щоби знайти потрібного постачальника та "
+"замовлення."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup drop-shipping?"
+msgstr "Як встановити дропшипінг?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the "
+"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock."
+msgstr ""
+"Дропшипінг дозволяє здійснювати доставку товару безпосередньо від "
+"постачальника до замовника. Це означає, що продукція не проходить через ваш "
+"склад."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to "
+":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced "
+"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow "
+"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+"Спочатку налаштуйте **Маршрути** та **Дропшипінг**. Перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Складу --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`. Перевірте "
+"**Розширену маршрутизацію товарів, використовуючи правила** в розділі "
+"**Маршрути** та **Дозволити постачальникам доставляти безпосередньо своїм "
+"клієнтам** у розділі **Дропшипінг**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the "
+"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick "
+"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви повинні дозволити вибір маршруту в замоленні на продаж. Перейдіть у "
+"додаток **Продажі**, :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` і "
+"виберіть пункт **Вибрати конкретні маршрути на рядках замовлення на продаж "
+"(додаткові)**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32
+msgid "How to use drop-shipping?"
+msgstr "Як користуватися дропшипінгом?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the "
+"concerned order lines."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть замовлення на продаж і виберіть маршрут **Дропшипінг** на "
+"відповідному рядку замовлення."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. "
+"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer."
+msgstr ""
+"Щойно замовлення буде підтверджено, переміщення з вашого складу не буде "
+"створено. Товар буде доставлений безпосередньо від вашого постачальника до "
+"вашого клієнта."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy"
+" of your product on **Ordered quantities**."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб мати змогу враховувати вартість доставки, потрібно встановити політику "
+"рахунка-фактури вашого товару в **Замовленій кількості**. "
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3
+msgid "How to trigger the purchase of products based on sales?"
+msgstr "Як запустити купівлю товарів на основі продажів?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"When you work in just-in-time, you don't manage stock so you directly order "
+"the product you need from your vendor."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви працюєте у своєчасному режимі, ви не керуєте складом, тому ви "
+"безпосередньо замовляєте потрібний товар у свого постачальника."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:11
+msgid "The usual flow is:"
+msgstr "Звичайний процес:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:13
+msgid "Create a sale order"
+msgstr "Створіть замовлення на продаж"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:15
+msgid "Purchase the product"
+msgstr "Купіть товар"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:17
+msgid "Receive and pay the bill"
+msgstr "Отримуйте та сплачуйте рахунок"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:19
+msgid "Deliver your product"
+msgstr "Доставте ваш товар"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:21
+msgid "Invoice your customer"
+msgstr "Виставте рахунок вашому клієнту"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:24
+msgid "Product configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування товару"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"In the purchases application, open the **Purchase** menu and click on "
+"**Products**. Open the product on which you want to do your purchases based "
+"on sales."
+msgstr ""
+"У додатку Купівля відкрийте меню **Купівля** та натисніть **Товари**. "
+"Відкрийте товар, на якому ви хочете здійснити ваші купівлі на основі "
+"продажів."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"Next to Routes, tick **Buy** and **Make to order** as a procurement method. "
+"When you are generating sales order, Odoo will automatically reorder the "
+"same quantity through procurement."
+msgstr ""
+"Поруч із маршрутами виберіть опцію **Купити** та **Зробити на замовлення** "
+"як метод купівлі. Коли ви створюєте замовлення на продаж, Odoo автоматично "
+"дозамовляє таку ж кількість через закупівлю."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:37
+msgid "Don't forget to set a vendor otherwise the rule won't be triggered."
+msgstr "Не забудьте встановити постачальника, інакше правило не спрацює."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"You can also configure minimum stock rules that will trigger the purchase "
+"orders."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете налаштувати правило мінімального запасу, яке ініціює "
+"замовлення на купівлю."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"To know how to configure a minimum stock rule, please read the document "
+":doc:`setup_stock_rule`."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб дізнатися, як налаштувати правило мінімального запасу, прочитайте "
+"документацію :doc:`setup_stock_rule`."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:50
+msgid "Sale order"
+msgstr "Замовлення на продаж"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"To create a sale order, go to the **Sales** application, "
+":menuselection:`Sales --> Sales order` and create a new sale order."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб створити замовлення на продаж, перейдіть до додатку **Продажі**, "
+"натисніть, :menuselection:`Продажі --> Замовлення на продаж` та створіть "
+"нове замовлення на продаж."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"After confirming it, you will see one **Delivery** associated with this sale"
+" order on the **button** on the top of it."
+msgstr ""
+"Після підтвердження, ви побачите одну **Доставку**, пов'язану з цим "
+"замовленням на продаж, на **кнопці** вгорі."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Click on the **Delivery** button to see the transfer order. The status of "
+"the outgoing shipment is **Waiting Another Operation**. It won't be done "
+"until the purchase order is confirmed and received."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку **Доставка**, щоб побачити замовлення на переміщення. "
+"Статус вихідної відправки - **Очікування іншої операції**. Це не буде "
+"зроблено, поки замовлення на купівлю не буде підтверджено та отримано."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:69
+msgid "Purchase order"
+msgstr "Замовлення на купівлю"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"The purchase order is automatically created. Go to the **Purchase** "
+"application :menuselection:`Purchase --> Request for Quotation`. The source "
+"document is the sale order that triggered the procurement."
+msgstr ""
+"Замовлення на купівлю створюється автоматично. Перейдіть до програми "
+"**Купівлі**, натисніть :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Запит на комерційну "
+"пропозицію`. Початковий документ - це замовлення на продаж, яке спричинило "
+"закупівлю."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"If you make some more sales that trigger procurements to the same vendor, it"
+" will be added to the existing request for quotation. Once it is confirmed, "
+"the next procurements will create a new request for quotation."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви здійснюєте ще кілька продажів, які ініціюють закупівлі для того ж "
+"постачальника, він буде доданий до існуючого запиту на комерційну "
+"пропозицію. Після підтвердження, наступні закупівлі створять новий запит на "
+"комерційну пропозицію."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:85
+msgid "Receipt and delivery"
+msgstr "Квитанція та доставка"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"Go the the **Inventory** application. Click on **# To Receive** on the "
+"**Receipts** tile."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до програми **Склад**. Натисніть **# Отримати** на **Вхідні "
+"поставки**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:93
+msgid "Select the receipt from your vendor and **Validate** it."
+msgstr "Виберіть квитанцію від свого постачальника та **Перевірте** її."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. In the delivery order, click on **# "
+"To Do**. The delivery order is now ready to ship."
+msgstr ""
+"Поверніться на інформаційну панель **Склад**. У замовленні на доставку "
+"натисніть **# Зробити**. Замовлення на доставку вже готове доставляти."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"The status of the delivery changed from **Waiting Availability** to "
+"**Available**. Validate the transfer to confirm the delivery."
+msgstr ""
+"Статус доставки змінився з **Очікування доступності** на **Доступний**. "
+"Перевірте переміщення, щоб підтвердити доставку."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:111
+msgid ":doc:`setup_stock_rule`"
+msgstr ":doc:`setup_stock_rule`"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:112
+msgid ":doc:`warning_triggering`"
+msgstr ":doc:`warning_triggering`"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup a minimum stock rule?"
+msgstr "Як встановити правило мінімального запасу?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"For some items you hold in stock, it might be useful to have rules making "
+"sure you never run out of stocks (for example, products with a high demand, "
+"or large items requiring a lot of storage space meaning they're harder to "
+"stock)."
+msgstr ""
+"Для деяких товарів, які ви тримаєте на складі, може бути корисно мати "
+"правила, які гарантують, що ви ніколи не вичерпаєте запас (наприклад, товари"
+" з великим попитом або великі товари, що потребують великої кількості "
+"вільного місця для зберігання)."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows you to set up rules so that an automatic replenishment for those"
+" items is made, based on minimum stocks available."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo дозволяє встановлювати правила для автоматичного поповнення запасів на "
+"основі наявних мінімальних запасів."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:14
+msgid "When should I use Reordering Rules?"
+msgstr "Коли потрібно використовувати правила дозамовлення?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Reordering Rules work best for items that have a high demand and high flow. "
+"It will relieve you from a lot of work to focus on the rest of your "
+"activities knowing that stocks will always be right."
+msgstr ""
+"Правила дозамовлення найкраще працюють для товарів, які мають високий попит "
+"та високий потік. Це звільнить вас від великої роботи, щоб зосередити увагу "
+"на решті вашої діяльності, знаючи, що запаси завжди будуть правильними."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"It can also be used when you have limited storage space and you need to keep"
+" large items in stock. In this case, you can keep as little as 1 item in "
+"stock, and have a new one ordered as a stock replenishment as soon as the "
+"item in stock is sold."
+msgstr ""
+"Правило також може використовуватися, коли у вас є обмежене місце на "
+"зберігання, і ви повинні зберігати великі товари на складі. У такому випадку"
+" ви можете зберегти лише 1 товар на складі та мати новий, замовлений як "
+"поповнення запасу, як тільки товар буде проданий."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:26
+msgid "When should I avoid Reordering Rules?"
+msgstr "Коли слід уникати правил дозамовлення?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"If you are offering a new product and don't know yet how fast it will go, "
+"you should handle stocks yourself first, and setup reordering rules only a "
+"few months into the sale to have better forecasts of the demand."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви пропонуєте новий товар і не знаєте, як швидко він буде, ви повинні "
+"спершу справитися із запасами і встановити правила дозамовлення лише через "
+"декілька місяців після продажу, щоб мати кращі прогнози попиту."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"If you sell items that have a limited lifetime, such as fashion items, "
+"technology items, or products working together with a system that is meant "
+"to evolve, you have to be very well informed on when to stop automated "
+"replenishments, in order to avoid having to sell these items at a price that"
+" will not allow you to break even."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви продаєте товари, які мають обмежений термін використання, такі як "
+"товари моди, технології або продукти, які працюють разом із системою, яка "
+"має розвиватися, ви повинні бути дуже добре поінформовані про те, коли "
+"зупинити автоматичне поповнення, щоб уникнути продажу цих товарів за ціною, "
+"яка не дозволить вам розбитись."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"My company sells modern furniture. We sell a set of table and chairs that "
+"are available in 4 seatings and 6 seatings."
+msgstr ""
+"Наша компанія продає сучасні меблі. Ми продаємо набір столів і стільців, які"
+" доступні на 4 сидіння і 6 сидячих місць."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"To keep things simple, we stock tables and chairs separately, but sell them "
+"all together to our clients as a kit. In order to make sure we can always "
+"deliver a complete set of table and chairs, I setup a Reordering Rule for "
+"the chairs to make sure I always have at least 10 chairs in stock, but no "
+"more than 20. This way, I can sell up to 5 sets of table at once while "
+"keeping my stock low enough not to eat up all my storage space."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб тримати все простіше, ми зберігаємо столики та стільці окремо, проте "
+"продаємо їх усі разом своїм клієнтам у комплекті. Щоби переконатися, що ми "
+"завжди можемо доставити комплект столів та стільців, ми встановлюємо правило"
+" дозамовлення для стільців, щоби переконатися, що в нас завжди є щонайменше "
+"10 стільців, але не більше 20. Таким чином, ми можемо продати одночасно до 5"
+" наборів, зберігаючи наш запас досить низьким, щоб не використати все наше "
+"місце для зберігання."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"The last table I sold was a 4 seatings, and there were 12 chairs left in my "
+"stock. Because the stock in chairs is now only 8 chairs, Odoo will "
+"automatically order 12 new chairs to fill up my stock to the maximum amount."
+msgstr ""
+"Останній стіл, який ми продали, складався з 4 сидячих місць, а на нашому "
+"складі залишилося 12 стільців. Оскільки запас складає лише 8 стільців, Odoo "
+"автоматично замовить 12 нових стільців, щоб заповнити нашу суму до "
+"максимального розміру."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:61
+msgid "Set up your product"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш товар"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"In the Purchases module, open the Purchase menu and click on Products. Open "
+"the product to which you would like to add a Reordering Rule (or create a "
+"new one)."
+msgstr ""
+"У модулі Купівля відкрийте меню Купівля та натисніть кнопку Товари. "
+"Відкрийте товар, до якого ви хочете додати правило дозамовлення (або "
+"створіть новий)."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:67
+msgid "3 conditions for correct reordering rule :"
+msgstr "Три умови для коректного правила дозамовлення:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"In :menuselection:`General information --> Product type`, make the product "
+"stockable (as soon as this is done, the icon \"Reordering rule will appear)"
+msgstr ""
+"У :menuselection:`Загальна інформація --> Тип товару`, зробіть товар наявним"
+" на складі (як тільки це буде зроблено, з'явиться значок \"Правило "
+"дозамовлення)"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"In :menuselection:`Inventory --> route`, tick the \"Buy\" box (and untick "
+"the Make To Order box)"
+msgstr ""
+"У :menuselection:`Склад --> маршрут`, позначте поле \"Купити\" (і зніміть "
+"поле Зробити під замовлення)"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Select a vendor (don't forget to put a minimal quantity greater than 0)"
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть постачальника (не забувайте вказувати мінімальну кількість більше, "
+"ніж 0)"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:76
+msgid "Create a reordering rule"
+msgstr "Створіть правило дозамовлення"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:78
+msgid "Click on the Reordering Rules tab, click on Create. A new page opens."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть Правило дозамовлення, натисніть кнопку Створити. Відкриється нова "
+"сторінка."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"By default, Reordering Rules in Odoo are named as \"OP/XXXXX\" but you are "
+"free to use any nomenclature. You can modify it via the **Name** field."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням правила дозамовлення в Odoo називаються \"OP/XXXXX\", але "
+"ви можете використовувати будь-яку номенклатуру. Ви можете змінити його за "
+"допомогою поля **Назва**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:86
+msgid "The **Product** field is the product you are creating the rule for."
+msgstr "Поле **Товар** - це товар, для якого ви створюєте правило."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"Select the warehouse to which the product should be delivered in the "
+"**Warehouse** field."
+msgstr "Виберіть склад, на який буде доставлено товар, у полі **Склад**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"If you have configured multiple warehouses and location, specify the "
+"location in which the product will be stored in the **Location** field."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви налаштували кілька складів і місцезнаходження, вкажіть місце, в "
+"якому товар буде зберігатися в полі **Місцезнаходження**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:96
+msgid ""
+":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location`"
+msgstr ""
+":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location`"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"In the **Minimum Quantity** field, insert the quantity to which the system "
+"will trigger a new order for replenishment."
+msgstr ""
+"У полі **Мінімальне число** введіть кількість, до якої система буде "
+"викликати нове замовлення для поповнення."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"In the **Maximum Quantity** field, insert the maximum of items that has to "
+"be stocked. The replenishing order will be based on that quantity to "
+"reorder."
+msgstr ""
+"У полі **Максимальне кількість** вкажіть максимальну кількість товарів, яку "
+"потрібно мати в запасі. Поповнення замовлення буде засноване на кількості "
+"для дозамовлення."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"The **Quantity Multiple** is the lowest number of items that can be ordered "
+"at once. For instance, some items may be only available for purchase in a "
+"set of 2."
+msgstr ""
+"**Кілька кількостей** є найменшою кількістю товарів, які можна замовити "
+"одночасно. Наприклад, деякі товари можуть бути доступні лише для покупки в "
+"наборі 2."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"In the Misc section, the **Active** box allows you to activate or deactivate"
+" the rule."
+msgstr ""
+"У розділі Різне **Активне** поле дозволяє активувати або деактивувати "
+"правило."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:116
+msgid "In the **Lead Time** section, you can enter:"
+msgstr "У розділі **Провідний час** ви можете ввести:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"the number of Day(s) to purchase: correspond to the number of days for the "
+"supplier to receive the order"
+msgstr ""
+"кількість днів для купівлі: відповідає кількості днів, протягом яких "
+"постачальник отримує замовлення"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:120
+msgid "the number of Day(s) to get the products"
+msgstr "кількість днів, щоб отримати товари"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"By default, the lead times are in calendar days. You can change that in "
+":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Minimum Stock "
+"Rules`"
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням, час очікування відбувається за календарними днями. Ви "
+"можете змінити це в :menuselection:`Склад --> Налаштування --> Налаштування "
+"--> Правило мінімального запасу`"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:125
+msgid "When you have entered all the info, click on Save."
+msgstr "Коли ви введете всю інформацію, натисніть Зберегти."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum"
+" stock, the system will automatically send a RfQ to your supplier based on "
+"your maximum quantity to replenish your stock."
+msgstr ""
+"Відтепер кожен раз, коли товар з правилом дозамовлення досягає мінімального "
+"запасу, система автоматично надсилатиме вашому постачальнику запит на "
+"комерційну пропозицію на основі вашої максимальної кількості, щоб поповнити "
+"запас."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the Inventory "
+"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at "
+"12:00PM."
+msgstr ""
+"Поповнення відбудеться після запуску планувальника модуля Склад. За "
+"замовчуванням в Odoo планувальники працюватимуть щоночі о 00:00."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"To know how to configure and run the schedulers manually, read the document "
+"on :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб знати, як налаштувати та запустити планувальники вручну, прочитайте "
+"документацію :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:140
+msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:3
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:69
+msgid "How to trigger a warning when purchasing at a specific vendor?"
+msgstr ""
+"Як викликати попередження під час купівлі у конкретного постачальника?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"The **Warning Messages and Alerts** module allow you to configure alerts on "
+"the customers and vendors or products."
+msgstr ""
+"Модуль **Попереджень та сповіщень** дозволяє налаштувати сповіщення для "
+"клієнтів та постачальників або товарів."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"You can select the following types of warnings and create different warnings"
+" for purchases and sales:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете вибрати такі типи попереджень та створювати різні попередження для"
+" купівель і продажів:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Warning: This option displays the warning message during the process, but "
+"allows the user to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Попередження: цей параметр відображає попередження під час процесу, але "
+"дозволяє користувачеві продовжувати."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Blocking Message: The message displays a warning message, but the user "
+"cannot continue the process further."
+msgstr ""
+"Повідомлення блокування: з'являється попереджувальне повідомлення, але "
+"користувач не може продовжувати процес далі."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:24
+msgid "Module Installation"
+msgstr "Встановлення модуля"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"First, you need to install the **Warning Messages and Alerts** module. Go to"
+" **Apps** and look for it (don't forget to remove the **Apps** filter)."
+msgstr ""
+"По-перше, вам потрібно встановити модуль **Попереджень та сповіщень**. "
+"Перейдіть до **Додатків** і знайдіть модуль (не забудьте видалити фільтр "
+"**Додатків**)."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:33
+msgid "Vendor or Customer warnings"
+msgstr "Попередження постачальника чи клієнта"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendors` or to :menuselection:`Sales -->"
+" Customers`."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Постачальники` або до "
+":menuselection:`Продажі --> Клієнти`."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:37
+msgid "Open the vendor or the customer and click on the **Warnings** tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте постачальника або клієнта та натисніть вкладку **Попередження**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:42
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:62
+msgid "The available warnings are:"
+msgstr "Доступні попередження:"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:44
+msgid "Warning on the **Sales Order**"
+msgstr "Попередження в **Замовленні на продаж**"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:46
+msgid "Warning on the **Purchase Order**"
+msgstr "Попередження в **Замовленні на купівлю**"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:48
+msgid "Warning on the **Picking**"
+msgstr "Попередження в **Комплектуванні**"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:50
+msgid "Warning on the **Invoice**"
+msgstr "Попередження в **Рахунку-фактурі**"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:53
+msgid "Product Warnings"
+msgstr "Попередження товару"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products` or to :menuselection:`Sales "
+"--> Products`."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Товари` або до "
+":menuselection:`Продажі --> Товари`."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:57
+msgid "Open the product and click on the **Notes** tab."
+msgstr "Відкрийте товар та натисніть вкладку **Нотатки**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:64
+msgid "Warning when selling this product."
+msgstr "Попередження під час продажу цього товару."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:66
+msgid "Warning when Purchasing this product."
+msgstr "Попередження під час придбання цього товару."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Go to the Purchases application, click on :menuselection:`Purchase --> "
+"Vendors`. Go to the **Warnings** tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до програми Купівлі, натисніть :menuselection:`Купівлі --> "
+"Постачальники`. Перейдіть до вкладки **Попередження**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"Under **Warning on the Purchase Order**, choose **Warning** and write your "
+"warning."
+msgstr ""
+"У розділі **Попередження в Замовленні на купівлю** виберіть **Попередження**"
+" та напишіть своє попередження."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"Create a **Request for Quotation**. Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> "
+"Request for Quotation` and click on **Create**. Choose the vendor on which a"
+" warning was set."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть **Запит на комерційну пропозицію**. Перейдіть до  "
+":menuselection:`Купівлі --> Запит на комерційну пропозицію` та натисніть "
+"кнопку **Створити**. Виберіть постачальника, на якому було встановлено "
+"попередження."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:84
+msgid "When choosing the vendor, the warning will appear."
+msgstr "Вибравши постачальника, з'явиться попередження."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"If you set a blocking message instead of a warning message, you won't be "
+"able to choose the vendor."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви встановите повідомлення блокування замість попередження, ви не "
+"зможете вибрати постачальника."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3
+msgid "Multi-Companies"
+msgstr "Мульти-компанії"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?"
+msgstr "Налаштування процесу купівлі/продажу у кількох компаніях"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their "
+"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational "
+"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products "
+"and services between different branches within your conglomerate."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo - це видатне рішення, яке допоможе невеликим компаніям, що розвивають "
+"свій бізнес. Але система також ідеально відповідає потребам мульти-"
+"компаніям. Міжкомпанійська функція допомагає вам купувати та/або продавати "
+"товари та послуги між різними галузями у вашому конгломераті."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your "
+"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is "
+"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that "
+"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation "
+"on your sales and purchase orders."
+msgstr ""
+"Замовлення на купівлю та замовлення на продаж можуть бути пов'язані між "
+"собою. Якщо компанія у вашій групі створює купівлю або замовлення на продаж,"
+" відповідний документ автоматично створюється для вашої компанії. Все, що "
+"вам потрібно зробити, це переконатися, що все правильно і підтвердити "
+"продаж. Ви можете автоматизувати перевірку своїх замовлень на купівлю та "
+"продаж."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24
+msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds."
+msgstr "Також можна обробляти лише рахунки-фактури та відшкодування."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27
+msgid "Manage intercompany rules"
+msgstr "Керування міжкомпанійськими правилами"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple"
+" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні Налаштування`. "
+"Позначте **Керувати кількома компаніями**, а потім **Керувати між "
+"компаніями**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32
+msgid "Click on **Apply**."
+msgstr "Натисніть **Застосувати**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37
+msgid "New options will appear."
+msgstr "З'являться нові параметри. "
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules."
+msgstr ""
+"У випадаючому списку виберіть компанію, на яку ви хочете додати правила."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви натиснете на **SO і PO для налаштування між компаніями**, ви "
+"отримаєте додаткові можливості."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps "
+"for the other companies."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви закінчите, натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**, після чого ви можете "
+"повторити ті самі кроки для інших компаній."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your "
+"user has the rights to manage the companies."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб мати можливість керувати правилами між компаніями, переконайтеся, що ваш"
+" користувач має право керувати компаніями."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting.rst:3
+msgid "Trouble-Shooting"
+msgstr "Вирішення проблем"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:3
+msgid "How to check that everything is working fine?"
+msgstr "Як перевірити, що все працює добре?"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:6
+msgid "Vendor Bills"
+msgstr "Рахунки постачальників"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Even if you don't have the rights to the accounting application, you can "
+"still control the vendor bills."
+msgstr ""
+"Навіть якщо у вас немає прав на бухоблік, ви все одно можете керувати "
+"рахунками постачальника."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Vendor "
+"Bills`."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть у програму **Купівлі**: :menuselection:`Контроль --> Рахунки "
+"постачальників`."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:17
+msgid "Incoming Products"
+msgstr "Вхідні товари"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Even if you don't have the rights to the inventory application, you can "
+"still control the incoming products."
+msgstr ""
+"Навіть якщо у вас немає прав на програму склад, ви все одно можете "
+"контролювати вхідні товари."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Incoming "
+"Products`."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до модуля **Купівлі**: :menuselection:`Контроль --> Вхідні "
+"товари`."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:28
+msgid "Procurements exceptions"
+msgstr "Проблеми забезпечення"
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:30
+msgid "Here, you need the **Inventory Manager** access rights."
+msgstr "Тут потрібні права доступу до **Управління складом**."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Inventory** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Procurement"
+" Exceptions`."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до модуля **Склад**: :menuselection:`Контроль --> Проблеми "
+"забезпечення`."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"To understand why the procurement is not running, open the exception and "
+"check the message in the chatter."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб зрозуміти, чому закупівлі не виконуються, відкрийте проблеми "
+"забезпечення та перевірте повідомлення в чатах."
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Usually, the problem is located on the procurement rules. Either there are "
+"no stock rules, or there are no vendor associated to a product."
+msgstr ""
+"Зазвичай проблема знаходиться в правилах закупівлі. Або жодних складських "
+"правил не існує, або ж немає постачальників, пов'язаних із товаром."
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ca46b6acf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../recruitment.rst:5
+msgid "Recruitment"
+msgstr "Рекрутинг"
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a4a055aa68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1807 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../sales.rst:5
+msgid "Sales"
+msgstr "Продажі"
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced Topics"
+msgstr "Розширені теми"
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3
+msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?"
+msgstr "Як надати права доступу до порталу для ваших клієнтів?"
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6
+msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?"
+msgstr "Що таке портал та хто є його користувачем?"
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to "
+"Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ до порталу надається користувачеві, який має необхідність мати доступ"
+" до версії Odoo для перегляду деяких документів або інформації в системі."
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12
+msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations."
+msgstr ""
+"Наприклад, довгостроковий клієнт, який хоче переглянути комерційну "
+"пропозицію онлайн."
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit "
+"any document in the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Користувач порталу має лише доступ читання/перегляду. Він не зможе "
+"редагувати будь-який документ у системі."
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18
+msgid "How to give portal access to customers?"
+msgstr "Як надати клієнтам доступ до порталу?"
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21
+msgid "From Contacts Module"
+msgstr "З модуля контактів"
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet "
+"created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. "
+"Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"."
+msgstr ""
+"У головному меню виберіть меню **Контакти**. Якщо контакт ще не створено в "
+"системі, натисніть кнопку створення. Введіть подробиці контакту та натисніть"
+" \"зберегти\"."
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the "
+"interface and from the drop down."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть контакт, натисніть меню **Дія** у верхній частині інтерфейсу та з "
+"випадаючого меню."
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36
+msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть **Управління доступом до порталу**. З'явиться спливаюче вікно."
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the "
+"content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on "
+"**Apply** when you're done."
+msgstr ""
+"Введіть **ID електронної пошти** для входу в систему, встановіть прапорець у"
+" розділі **Вхідний портал** та додайте вміст, який потрібно включити до "
+"електронного листа, у вікні текстового поля нижче. Натисніть кнопку "
+"**Застосувати**, коли ви закінчите."
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the "
+"contact is now a portal user of the respective instance."
+msgstr ""
+"На вказану адресу електронної пошти буде надіслано електронний лист, який "
+"вказує на те, що цей контакт зараз є користувачем порталу відповідного "
+"примірника Odoo."
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3
+msgid "How to list a product?"
+msgstr "Як впорядкувати товари?"
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6
+msgid "Listing without variation"
+msgstr "Список без змін"
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a "
+"product form. The eBay tab will be available."
+msgstr ""
+"Для того, щоби вказати товар, потрібно перевірити поле **використання eBay**"
+" на формі товару. Вкладка eBay буде доступна."
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay "
+"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли позначено поле **Використовувати залишки товарів на складі**, "
+"кількість, встановлена в eBay, буде **Прогноз Кількості** Odoo."
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. "
+"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product."
+" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay "
+"Description**."
+msgstr ""
+"**Шаблон Опису** дозволяє вам використовувати шаблони для ваших записів. "
+"Шаблон за умовчанням використовує лише поле **опису eBay** у товарі. Ви "
+"можете використовувати HTML у **шаблоні опису** та в **описі eBay**."
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on "
+"the product template."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб використовувати фотографії у вашому списку, потрібно додати їх як "
+"**вкладення** у шаблон товару."
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24
+msgid "Listing with variations"
+msgstr "Список з варіаціями"
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with "
+"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In"
+" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as "
+"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли перевіряється **використання eBay** у товарі з варіантами та з "
+"**фіксованою ціною** як **тип списку**, форма eBay незначна. У масиві "
+"варіантів ви можете вибрати, який варіант буде вказаний в eBay, а також "
+"встановити ціну та кількість для кожного варіанту."
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35
+msgid "Listing with item specifics"
+msgstr "Список з елементами специфікації"
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with "
+"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб додати специфікацію до елементу, потрібно створити атрибут товару з "
+"одним значенням на вкладці **Варіанти** форми товару."
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44
+msgid "Product Identifiers"
+msgstr "Ідентифікатори товару"
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of "
+"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the "
+"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty "
+"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not "
+"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item "
+"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. "
+"If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay "
+"listing."
+msgstr ""
+"Ідентифікатори товарів, такі як EAN, UPC, Brand або MPN, потрібні для "
+"більшості категорій eBay. Модуль керує ідентифікаторами EAN та UPC за "
+"допомогою поля **штрих-коду** варіанту товару. Якщо поле **Штрих-код** "
+"порожнє або значення недійсне, значення EAN та UPC буде встановлене як 'Не "
+"застосовується', як це рекомендовано eBay. Значення Brand та MPN працюють як"
+" специфікація елементів, і вони повинні бути визначені на вкладці "
+"**Варіанти** у формі товару. Якщо значення цих значень не встановлені, 'Не "
+"застосовується' буде використано для списку eBay."
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3
+msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?"
+msgstr "Як налаштувати eBay в Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6
+msgid "Create eBay tokens"
+msgstr "Створіть токени eBay"
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on "
+"the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are "
+"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by "
+"clicking on the adequate buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб створити свої токени, потрібно створити обліковий запис розробника на "
+"`порталі розробника <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Після входу в "
+"систему ви можете створити **Тестовий режим** та **Робочий режим** "
+"натиснувши відповідні кнопки."
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click "
+"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the "
+"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token "
+"needed to configure the module in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Після створення режимів ви можете отримати Токен користувача. Для цього "
+"натисніть посилання **Отримати токен користувача** в нижній частині "
+"сторінки. Перейдіть за формою, увійдіть у свій обліковий запис eBay, і ви "
+"отримаєте ключі та токен, необхідні для налаштування модуля в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22
+msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?"
+msgstr "Встановлення токенів у Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб налаштувати інтеграцію eBay, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> "
+"Налаштування --> Налаштування`."
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. "
+"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert "
+"Key**. Apply the changes."
+msgstr ""
+"Спочатку визначтеся, чи хочете ви використати товар або сайти eBay. Потім "
+"заповніть поля **Ключ розробника**, **Токен**, **Ключ додатка** та **Ключ "
+"сертифіката**. Застосуйте зміни."
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. "
+"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the "
+"other fields."
+msgstr ""
+"Після перезавантаження сторінки потрібно синхронізувати інформацію з eBay. "
+"Натисніть на **Синхронізувати країни та валюти**, тоді ви можете заповнити "
+"всі інші поля."
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and "
+"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли всі поля заповнені, ви можете синхронізувати категорії та політики, "
+"натиснувши відповідні кнопки."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3
+msgid "Invoicing Method"
+msgstr "Метод виставлення рахунку"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3
+msgid "Request a down payment"
+msgstr "Запит на передоплату"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the "
+"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to "
+"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious."
+msgstr ""
+"Передоплата - початкова, часткова оплата, за умови, що решта буде сплачена "
+"пізніше. Для дорогих замовлень або проектів це спосіб захистити себе та "
+"переконатися, що ваш клієнт є серйозним."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10
+msgid "First time you request a down payment"
+msgstr "Перший раз ви запитуєте передоплату"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment"
+" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total "
+"amount."
+msgstr ""
+"Підтверджуючи продаж, ви можете створити рахунок-фактуру та вибрати варіант "
+"передоплати. Це може бути або фіксована сума, або відсоток від загальної "
+"суми."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account "
+"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments."
+msgstr ""
+"У перший раз, коли ви запитуєте передоплату, ви можете вибрати рахунок "
+"доходу та налаштування податку, яке буде використано для подальших "
+"передоплат."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22
+msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment."
+msgstr "Після цього ви побачите рахунок-фактуру для передоплати."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be "
+"automatically deducted."
+msgstr ""
+"На наступному або останньому рахунку-фактурі будь-яка передоплата буде "
+"автоматично відрахована."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34
+msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes"
+msgstr "Змініть рахунок доходу та податки клієнта"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36
+msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*."
+msgstr "З переліку товарів знайдіть *Передоплату*."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the"
+" income account & customer taxes."
+msgstr ""
+"Після цього ви зможете змінити це, на вкладці виставлення рахунків ви "
+"зможете змінити рахунок доходу та податки клієнта."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3
+msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers"
+msgstr "Включення витрат у рахунки клієнтів"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money "
+"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an "
+"consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company,"
+" you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client."
+msgstr ""
+"Часто буває, що ваші співробітники повинні витрачати особисті гроші під час "
+"роботи над проектом для вашого клієнта. Давайте приведемо приклад "
+"консультанта, який оплачує готель для роботи з вашим клієнтом. Будучи "
+"компанією, ви хотіли б мати таку суму у рахунку для свого клієнта."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64
+msgid "Expenses configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування витрат"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to "
+":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it."
+msgstr ""
+"Для відстеження витрат та виставлення по ним рахунків-фактур вам знадобиться"
+" додаток витрат. Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Додатків --> Витрати`, щоби "
+"встановити його."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
+"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration"
+" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також повинні активізувати функцію аналітичних рахунків, щоби пов'язати "
+"витрати із замовленням на продаж. Аби це зробити, перейдіть до розділу "
+":menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та "
+"активуйте *Аналітичний бухоблік*."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74
+msgid "Add expenses to your sales order"
+msgstr "Додайте витрати до замовлення на продаж"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the "
+"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer."
+msgstr ""
+"З додатка витрат ви або ваш консультант можете створити нові витрати, "
+"наприклад, готель на перший тиждень роботи з вашим клієнтом."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or "
+"create a new one from right there."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім ви можете ввести відповідний опис і вибрати існуючий товар або "
+"створити новий прямо там."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85
+msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:"
+msgstr "Тут ми створюємо товар *Готель*:"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
+"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your "
+"expense or a previously agreed on sales price."
+msgstr ""
+"Під вкладкою виставлення рахунків виберіть *Доставлені кількості* або *За "
+"вартістю* або *Ціна продажу*, якщо ви хочете нарахувати вартість своїх "
+"витрат або раніше узгоджену ціну продажу."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> "
+"Configuration --> Expense products`."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби змінити або створити більше товарів, перейдіть на сторінку "
+":menuselection:`Витрати --> Налаштування --> Витратні товари`."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit."
+msgstr ""
+"Поверніться на витрати, додайте оригінальне замовлення на продаж у витратах "
+"для відправлення."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106
+msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім він може бути переданий менеджеру, його можна затвердити та остаточно "
+"розмістити."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117
+msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced."
+msgstr "Він буде у замовленні на продаж і готовий до виставлення рахунку."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities"
+msgstr "Виставлення рахунку на основі замовленої або доставленої кількості"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for "
+"invoicing:"
+msgstr ""
+"Залежно від вашого бізнесу та того, що ви продаєте, у вас є два варіанти "
+"виставлення рахунків:"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales "
+"order is confirmed."
+msgstr ""
+"Рахунок на замовлену кількість: рахунок-фактура повного замовлення, як "
+"тільки буде підтверджено замовлення на продаж."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a "
+"partial delivery."
+msgstr ""
+"Рахунок-фактура на доставлену кількість: рахунок-фактура на те, що ви "
+"доставили, навіть якщо це часткова доставка."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13
+msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode."
+msgstr "Рахунок-фактура на замовлену кількість є режимом за замовчуванням."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type "
+"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the"
+" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice "
+"the actual delivered quantity."
+msgstr ""
+"Переваги використання *рахунку-фактури на доставлену кількість* залежать від"
+" вашого виду бізнесу, коли ви продаєте матеріал, рідину або їжу у великій "
+"кількості, кількість може дещо зменшитись, і тому краще нараховувати "
+"фактичну доставлену кількість."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every "
+"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), "
+"invoice a fixed advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також маєте можливість виставляти рахунки вручну, дозволяючи контролювати"
+" кожен параметр: готові до виставлення рядки рахунків-фактур, виставлення "
+"рахунку-фактури на відсоток (заздалегідь), рахунок-фактура з фіксованою "
+"передоплатою."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26
+msgid "Decide the policy on a product page"
+msgstr "Визначіть політику на сторінці товару"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing "
+"policy and select the one you want."
+msgstr ""
+"На сторінці будь-якої продукції під вкладкою виставлення рахунків знайдіть "
+"політику виставлення рахунків та виберіть потрібну."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35
+msgid "Send the invoice"
+msgstr "Надішліть рахунок-фактуру"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced "
+"quantities."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як ви підтвердите продаж, ви зможете побачити ваші доставлені та"
+" виставлені кількості."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is "
+"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have"
+" to validate the delivery."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви встановите це в замовлених кількостях, ви зможете виставляти "
+"рахунок, як тільки продаж буде підтверджено. Якщо ж ви обрали доставлені "
+"кількості, вам спочатку доведеться підтвердити доставку."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will "
+"automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered"
+" if you did a partial delivery."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як товари будуть доставлені, ви можете виставляти рахунки вашому"
+" клієнту. Odoo буде автоматично додавати кількості до рахунку-фактури на "
+"основі того, скільки ви доставили, якщо ви здійснили часткову доставку."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice project milestones"
+msgstr "Виставлення рахунків за етапами проекту"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with "
+"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally"
+" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is "
+"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow "
+"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the "
+"project's progress and pay in several installments."
+msgstr ""
+"Виставлення рахунків за етапами може використовуватися для дорогих або "
+"масштабних проектів, при цьому кожен етап представляє собою чітку "
+"послідовність робіт, яка поступово зростатиме до завершення контракту. Цей "
+"метод виставлення рахунків є зручним як для компанії, яка забезпечує "
+"постійний грошовий потік упродовж усього терміну дії проекту, так і для "
+"клієнта, який може контролювати досягнення проекту та сплачувати його в "
+"декілька разів."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13
+msgid "Create milestone products"
+msgstr "Створіть поетапні товари"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To "
+"configure products to work this way, go to any product form."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo кожен етап вашого проекту розглядається як товар. Щоби налаштувати "
+"товари таким чином, перейдіть до будь-якої форми товару."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and "
+"select *Milestones* in the sales tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви повинні встановити тип товару як *Послуга* за загальною інформацією та "
+"вибрати *Основні етапи* на вкладці продажу."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25
+msgid "Invoice milestones"
+msgstr "Виставлення рахунку-фактури за етапами"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you "
+"complete a milestone."
+msgstr ""
+"Із замовлення на продаж ви можете вручну змінити доставлену кількість після "
+"завершення етапу."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33
+msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone."
+msgstr "Ви можете потім виставити рахунок за перший етап."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22
+msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice"
+msgstr "Надсилання проформи рахунку"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a "
+"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and"
+" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-"
+"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, "
+"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in"
+" not being a demand or request for payment."
+msgstr ""
+"Проформа рахунку - скорочений або орієнтовний рахунок-фактура перед "
+"виставленням рахунку на доставлений товар. Він зазначає вид та кількість "
+"товарів, їх вартість та іншу важливу інформацію, таку як вага та транспортні"
+" витрати. Файли проформи зазвичай використовуються як попередні рахунки-"
+"фактури з комерційною пропозицією, або для митних цілей при імпорті. Вони "
+"відрізняються від звичайного рахунку-фактури, оскільки не є вимогою або "
+"запитом на оплату."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10
+msgid "Activate the feature"
+msgstr "Активуйте цю функцію"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the"
+" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та "
+"активуйте функцію *Проформа рахунку-фактури*."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-"
+"forma invoice."
+msgstr ""
+"З будь-якої комерційної пропозиції або замовлення на продаж ви маєте "
+"можливість надіслати проформу рахунка-фактури."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice "
+"in attachment."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви натисните на Відправити, Odoo надішле електронний лист із проформою "
+"рахунку-фактури у вкладенні."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3
+msgid "Sell subscriptions"
+msgstr "Продаж підписок"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making "
+"planning ahead much easier."
+msgstr ""
+"Продаж товарів підписки дасть вам прогнозований дохід, що значно полегшить "
+"планування."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9
+msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order"
+msgstr "Зробіть підписку із замовлення на продаж"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select "
+"the subscription product your previously created."
+msgstr ""
+"У додатку для продажів створіть комерційну пропозицію бажаному клієнту та "
+"виберіть раніше створений товар підписки."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. "
+"You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the "
+"upper right corner."
+msgstr ""
+"Підтверджуючи продаж, підписку буде створено автоматично. У верхньому "
+"правому куті ви побачите пряме посилання із замовлення на продаж на "
+"підписку."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice based on time and materials"
+msgstr "Виставлення рахунку на основі часу та матеріалів"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible"
+" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that"
+" the project requirements would most likely change."
+msgstr ""
+"Час та матеріали, як правило, використовуються у проектах, в яких неможливо "
+"точно оцінити розмір проекту або коли очікується, що вимоги проекту, швидше "
+"за все, зміняться."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay "
+"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what"
+" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers."
+msgstr ""
+"Це протистоїть контракту з фіксованою ціною, за яким власник погоджується "
+"виплатити підряднику одноразову суму за виконання контракту незалежно від "
+"того, що контрактори платять своїм працівникам, субпідрядникам та "
+"постачальникам."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need"
+" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and"
+" purchases."
+msgstr ""
+"Для цієї документації я буду використовувати приклад консультанта, вам "
+"потрібно буде врахувати свій час, різні витрати (транспорт, проживання, ...)"
+" та купівлі."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19
+msgid "Invoice time configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування виставлення рахунку-фактури за часом"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби відстежувати прогрес у проекті, вам знадобиться додаток *Проект*. "
+"Перейдіть на :menuselection:`Додатки --> Проект`, щоби встановити його."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project"
+" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature."
+msgstr ""
+"У *Проекті* ви будете використовувати табелі, щоби зробити це, перейдіть до "
+":menuselection:`Проекту --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте "
+"функцію *Табелі*."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32
+msgid "Invoice your time spent"
+msgstr "Виставлення рахунку за витрачений час"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the "
+"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new"
+" project*."
+msgstr ""
+"Зі сторінки товару, де встановлена послуга, ви знайдете дві функції на "
+"вкладці виставлення рахунків, обидва *Табелі на завданнях* та *Створення "
+"завдання у новому проекті*."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41
+msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project."
+msgstr "Ви також можете додати завдання до існуючого проекту."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the"
+" project overview and one for the current task."
+msgstr ""
+"Після підтвердження замовлення на продаж ви побачите дві нові кнопки, один "
+"для огляду проекту та один для поточного завдання."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it "
+"from the *Project* app."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви натиснете на нього, ви будете безпосередньо перебувати в роботі, ви "
+"також можете отримати доступ до нього з програми *Проект*."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add "
+"how many hours they worked on the project so far."
+msgstr ""
+"Під табелями ви можете призначити того, хто працює на проекті. Ви можете або"
+" вони можуть додати, скільки годин вони відпрацювали над проектом."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58
+msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours."
+msgstr "Із замовлення на продаж можна зарахувати ці години."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
+"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your "
+"expense or a previously agreed on sales price."
+msgstr ""
+"під вкладкою виставлення рахунків виберіть *Доставлені кількості* або *За "
+"вартістю* або *Ціна продажу*, якщо ви хочете нарахувати вартість своїх "
+"витрат або раніше узгоджену ціну продажу."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120
+msgid "Invoice purchases"
+msgstr "Виставлення рахунків-фактур на купівлю"
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for"
+" it."
+msgstr ""
+"Останнє, що потрібно додати до замовлення на продаж - це купівлі, зроблені "
+"для замовлення."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to "
+":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select "
+"*Purchase Analytics*."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам знадобиться функція *Аналітики купівель*. Щоби активізувати її, "
+"перейдіть до розділу :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків --> Налаштування "
+"--> Налаштування` та виберіть *Аналітика купівель*."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic "
+"account."
+msgstr ""
+"При оформленні замовлення на купівлю не забудьте додати правильний "
+"аналітичний рахунок."
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this "
+"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того, як SO буде підтверджено та отримано, ви можете створити рахунок "
+"постачальника, що автоматично додасть його до SО, де ви можете виставити "
+"рахунок."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3
+msgid "Products & Prices"
+msgstr "Товари та ціни"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3
+msgid "Manage your pricing"
+msgstr "Управляйте вашими цінами"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3
+msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies"
+msgstr "Як продавати в іноземній валюті"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5
+msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies."
+msgstr ""
+"Прайс-лист може також використовуватися для управління цінами в іноземній "
+"валюті."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> "
+"Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on "
+"Invoicing/Accounting apps."
+msgstr ""
+"Перевірте *Дозволити використання кількох валют* у розділі  "
+":menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків/Бухоблік --> налаштування`. Як "
+"адміністратору вам потрібні права доступу *консультантів* для додатків "
+"рахунків-фактур/обліку."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in "
+"pricelist setup form."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть один прайс-лист на одну валюту. Нове поле *валюти* відображається у"
+" формі встановлення прайс-листа."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in"
+" the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб активувати нову валюту, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> "
+"налаштування --> Валюти`, виберіть його у списку та натисніть *Активувати* у"
+" верхньому правому куті. Тепер він з'явиться у випадаючих списках валют. "
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17
+msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions."
+msgstr "Ціни в іноземній валюті можна визначити двома способами."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20
+msgid "Automatic conversion from public price"
+msgstr "Автоматична конвертація за відкритою ціною"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"The public price is in your company's main currency (see "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form."
+msgstr ""
+"Публічна ціна в основній валюті вашої компанії (див. "
+":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування`) і встановлено у формі детальної "
+"інформації про товар."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the "
+"European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See"
+" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+"Коефіцієнти переходів можна знайти в :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> "
+"Налаштування --> Валюти`. Вони можуть бути оновлені з Yahoo або "
+"Європейського центрального банку за вашими зручностями: вручну, щодня, "
+"щотижня тощо. Див. :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування`."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40
+msgid "Set your own prices"
+msgstr "Встановіть свої власні ціни"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency"
+" rates."
+msgstr ""
+"Встановлення власних цін рекомендується, якщо ви не хочете, щоб ваші ціни "
+"змінювалися разом із курсом валют."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49
+msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
+msgstr ":doc:`pricing`"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3
+msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts"
+msgstr "Як адаптувати ціни до ваших клієнтів і застосовувати знижки"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored"
+" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo "
+"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to "
+"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order "
+"quantity and get a price break), etc. As pricelists only suggest prices, "
+"they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. Choose your pricing"
+" strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo має потужну функцію прайс-листа, що підтримує стратегію ціноутворення "
+"та адаптування до вашого бізнесу. Прайс-лист - це список цін або правил цін,"
+" які Odoo шукає для визначення рекомендованої ціни. Ви можете встановити "
+"кілька критеріїв для використання конкретної ціни: періоди, мін. продана "
+"кількість (задовольняйте мінімальну кількість замовлення та отримуйте "
+"перерву на ціну) тощо. Оскільки прайс-листи лише пропонують ціни, їх можна "
+"скасувати користувачам, які виконують замовлення на продаж. Виберіть "
+"стратегію ціноутворення з :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування`."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16
+msgid "Several prices per product"
+msgstr "Кілька цін на товар"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer "
+"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab "
+"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб застосувати кілька цін на товар, виберіть *Різні ціни на сегменті "
+"клієнтів* у розділі :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування`. Потім "
+"відкрийте вкладку *Продажі* у формі деталей товару. Ви можете вирішити "
+"наступні стратегії."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23
+msgid "Prices per customer segment"
+msgstr "Ціни на сегмент клієнта"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть вартість для ваших сегментів клієнтів: наприклад, зареєстрований, "
+"преміум та ін."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To "
+"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale "
+"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Прайс-лист за замовчуванням, який застосовується до будь-якого нового "
+"клієнта, - це *публічний прайс-лист*. Щоб сегментувати своїх клієнтів, "
+"відкрийте детальну форму замовника та змініть *Продажну вартість* на вкладці"
+" *Продажі та покупки*."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38
+msgid "Temporary prices"
+msgstr "Тимчасові ціни"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40
+msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates."
+msgstr ""
+"Застосуйте угоди для святкових днів та ін. Введіть дати початку та "
+"завершення."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals "
+"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що ціни за замовчуванням встановлені в прайс-листі за межами "
+"періоду угод. Інакше ви можете мати проблеми після закінчення періоду. "
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50
+msgid "Prices per minimum quantity"
+msgstr "Ціни за мінімальну кількість"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first "
+"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities."
+msgstr ""
+"Цінове замовлення не має значення. Система розумна і застосовує перші ціни, "
+"які відповідають даті замовлення та/або мінімальним кількостям. "
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60
+msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings"
+msgstr "Знижки, маржа, округлення"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"The third option allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative "
+"to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another "
+"pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be "
+"forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). "
+"Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either "
+"(nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)."
+msgstr ""
+"Третій варіант дозволяє встановити правила зміни ціни. Зміни можуть бути "
+"відносно списку товарів/цінових каталогів, собівартості продукції або іншого"
+" прайс-листа. Зміни розраховуються за допомогою знижок або надбавок, і вони "
+"можуть бути розміщені в межах нижнього порогу (мінімальна маржа) та "
+"верхнього(максимальна маржа). Ціни можуть бути округлені до найближчої "
+"копійки/гривні або кратні (до 5 копійок, найближчі 10 гривень). "
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`"
+" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use "
+"e-Commerce)."
+msgstr ""
+"Після встановлення перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування -->"
+" Прайслисти` (або :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-сайту --> Каталог --> "
+"Прайслисти` якщо ви використовуєте e-Commerce)."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product "
+"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second"
+" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities."
+msgstr ""
+"Кожен елемент прайс-листа може бути пов'язаний з усіма товарами, з "
+"внутрішньою категорією товару (набором продуктів) або з певним товаром. Як і"
+" в другому варіанті, ви можете встановити дати та мінімальні кількості."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and "
+"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item."
+msgstr ""
+"Ще раз система є розумною. Якщо для певного елемента встановлено правило, а "
+"інший - для його категорії, Odoo приймає правило елемента."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86
+msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products."
+msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що принаймні один пункт прайс-листа охоплює всі ваші товару. "
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88
+msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula."
+msgstr "Існує 3 режими обчислення: фіксована ціна, знижка та формула."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93
+msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas."
+msgstr "Ось різні налаштування цін, які стали можливими завдяки формулам."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96
+msgid "Discounts with roundings"
+msgstr "Знижки з округленнями"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98
+msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99."
+msgstr "напр. 20% знижки з цінами, округленими до 9.99."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104
+msgid "Costs with markups (retail)"
+msgstr "Витрати з націнками (роздріб)"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106
+msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin."
+msgstr ""
+"наприклад, ціна продажу = 2*вартість (100% розцінка) з 5 гривень мінімальної"
+" маржі."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112
+msgid "Prices per country"
+msgstr "Ціни на країну"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo "
+"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the "
+"country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first "
+"pricelist without any country group."
+msgstr ""
+"Ціни можуть встановлюватися за групами країн. Будь-який новий клієнт, "
+"зареєстрований в Odoo, отримує прайс-лист за замовчуванням, тобто перший у "
+"списку, що відповідає країні. Якщо жодна країна не встановлена для клієнта, "
+"Odoo бере перший прайс-лист без будь-якої групи-країн."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116
+msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням прайс-лист можна замінити при створенні замовлення на "
+"продаж."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118
+msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете змінювати послідовність прайс-листів за допомогою перетягування у "
+"вигляді списку. "
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121
+msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers"
+msgstr "Обчисліть та покажіть відсоток знижки покупцям"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123
+msgid ""
+"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount"
+" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:"
+msgstr ""
+"У випадку знижки ви можете показати загальну ціну та обчислений відсоток "
+"знижки на друковані замовлення на продаж та у каталозі електронної комерції."
+" Робіть так:"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`."
+msgstr ""
+"Перевірте *Дозволити знижки в рядку замовлення на продаж* у "
+":menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Комерційні "
+"пропозиції та продажі --> Знижки`."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126
+msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form."
+msgstr "Застосовуйте цю опцію у формі встановлення прайс-листа."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133
+msgid ":doc:`currencies`"
+msgstr ":doc:`currencies`"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134
+msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3
+msgid "Manage your products"
+msgstr "Керуйте вашими товарами"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3
+msgid "How to import products with categories and variants"
+msgstr "Як імпортувати товари з категоріями та варіантами в Odoo"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to "
+"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with "
+"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, "
+"etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+"Шаблони імпорту надаються в інструменті імпорту найпоширеніших даних для "
+"імпорту (контакти, товари, банківські виписки тощо). Ви можете відкрити їх "
+"будь-яким програмним забезпеченням електронних таблиць (Microsoft Office, "
+"OpenOffice, Google Диск тощо)."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11
+msgid "How to customize the file"
+msgstr "Як налаштувати файл"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why"
+" here below)."
+msgstr "Видаліть стовпці, які вам не потрібні. Ми радимо не видаляти ID."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
+msgstr ""
+"Встановіть унікальний ID для кожного окремого запису, перетягнувши ID "
+"послідовність."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't "
+"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the "
+"import screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Не змінюйте мітки стовпців, які потрібно імпортувати. В іншому випадку Odoo "
+"більше не буде їх розпізнавати, і вам доведеться співставляти їх на екрані "
+"імпорту."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist"
+" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can "
+"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб додати нові стовпці, не соромтеся їх додавати, але не забувайте, що в "
+"Odoo повинні бути поля. Якщо Odoo не в змозі зіставити назву стовпця з "
+"полем, його можна вручну імпортувати, переглянувши список доступних полів."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24
+msgid "Why an “ID” column"
+msgstr "Чому стовпець \"ID\"?"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one "
+"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"ІD - це унікальний ідентифікатор позиції. Не соромтеся використовувати одну "
+"з попередніх програм, щоби полегшити перехід до Odoo."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:"
+msgstr ""
+"Встановлення ID не є обов'язковим при імпорті, але це допомагає у багатьох "
+"випадках:"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating "
+"duplicates;"
+msgstr ""
+"Оновіть імпорт: ви можете імпортувати один і той же файл кілька разів без "
+"створення дублікатів;"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32
+msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)."
+msgstr "Поле імпорту відносин (див. Нижче)."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35
+msgid "How to import relation fields"
+msgstr "Як імпортувати поля посилання"
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is "
+"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those "
+"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from "
+"their own list menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Об'єкт Odoo завжди пов'язаний з багатьма іншими об'єктами (наприклад, товар "
+"пов'язаний із категоріями товарів, атрибутами, постачальниками тощо). Щоб "
+"імпортувати ці відносини, вам потрібно спочатку імпортувати записи "
+"відповідного об'єкта з власного меню списку."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID "
+"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / "
+"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product "
+"Attributes / Attribute / ID)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете зробити це, використовуючи ім'я відповідного запису або його ID. "
+"ID очікується тоді, коли два записи мають однакове ім'я. У такому випадку "
+"додайте \"/ ID\" в кінці заголовку стовпця (наприклад, для атрибутів товару:"
+" атрибути товару / атрибут / ID товару)."
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3
+msgid "Set taxes"
+msgstr "Встановіть податки"
+
+#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3
+msgid "eBay"
+msgstr "eBay"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3
+msgid "Send Quotations"
+msgstr "Надішліть комерційні пропозиції"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3
+msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline"
+msgstr "Стимулюйте клієнтів дедлайном комерційної пропозиції"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline; Both to"
+" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer "
+"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a "
+"price that is no longer cost effective for you."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви надсилаєте комерційну пропозицію, важливо встановити її кінцевий "
+"термін; Обидва заманюють вашого клієнта в дії з побоюванням позбутися "
+"пропозиції та захистити себе. Ви не бажаєте виконувати замовлення за ціною, "
+"яка вже не є економічно вигідною для вас."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11
+msgid "Set a deadline"
+msgstr "Встановіть дедлайн"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13
+msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*."
+msgstr ""
+"У кожній комерційній пропозиції або замовленні на продаж ви можете додати "
+"*Дату закінчення*."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19
+msgid "Use deadline in templates"
+msgstr "Використовуйте дедлайн в шаблонах"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time "
+"that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find"
+" more info about quotation templates `here "
+"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-"
+"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете встановити дедлайн за замовчуванням у *Шаблоні комерційної "
+"пропозиції*. Щоразу, коли цей шаблон використовується в комерційній "
+"пропозиції, цей термін застосовується. Ви можете знайти більше інформації "
+"про шаблони комерційних пропозицій `тут <https://docs.google.com/document/d"
+"/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29
+msgid "On your customer side, they will see this."
+msgstr "На стороні клієнта вони побачать це."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3
+msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses"
+msgstr "Доставляйте та виставляйте рахунки на різні адреси"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. "
+"This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their "
+"invoice location."
+msgstr ""
+"В Odoo ви можете налаштувати різні адреси для доставки та виставлення "
+"рахунків. Це є ключовим, не всі матимуть однакове місце для доставки, як "
+"місце розташування рахунка-фактури."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the"
+" *Customer Addresses* feature."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та "
+"активуйте функцію *Адреси клієнта*."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19
+msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order"
+msgstr "Додайте різні адреси в комерційні пропозиції чи замовлення на продаж"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will"
+" automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for "
+"both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right "
+"from the quotation or sales order."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви виберете клієнта з набором рахунків-фактур та адресою доставки, Odoo"
+" буде автоматично використовувати їх. Якщо є тільки одна, Odoo буде "
+"використовувати її для обох, але ви, звичайно, можете змінити це миттєво і "
+"створити нову прямо з комерційної пропозиції або замовлення на продаж."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30
+msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer"
+msgstr "Додайте рахунки-фактури та адреси доставки клієнту"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, "
+"they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under "
+":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете додати їх клієнту перед замовленням або продажем, вони "
+"додаються до форми клієнта. Перейдіть до будь-якої форми клієнтів у "
+":menuselection:`Продажі --> Замовлення --> Клієнти`."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36
+msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer."
+msgstr "Звідти ви можете додати нові адреси клієнту."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42
+msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders"
+msgstr "Різні адреси в комерційних пропозиціях/замовленнях на продаж"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you "
+"send by email or print."
+msgstr ""
+"Ці дві адреси потім використовуватимуться у комерційній пропозиції або "
+"замовленні на продаж, яке ви надсилаєте електронною поштою або друкуєте."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3
+msgid "Get paid to confirm an order"
+msgstr "Отримайте плату, щоб підтвердити замовлення"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving "
+"the time of both your customers and yourself."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете використовувати онлайн-платежі, щоб автоматично підтверджувати "
+"замовлення. Збереження часу як ваших клієнтів, так і вас самих."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9
+msgid "Activate online payment"
+msgstr "Активуйте оплату онлайн"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the"
+" *Online Signature & Payment* feature."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та "
+"активуйте функцію *Підпис онлайн та Оплата*."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your "
+"acquirers of choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Отримавши в меню *Платники*, ви можете вибрати та налаштувати вибраних вами "
+"платників."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment "
+"acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, "
+"`Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) "
+"<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the "
+"`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете знайти різноманітну документацію про те, як платити з платниками, "
+"такими як `Paypal <../../ ecommerce / shopper_experience / paypal>`, "
+"`Authorize.Net (оплата кредитною карткою) <../../ ecommerce / "
+"shopper_experience / authorize> `і інші, що знаходяться в документації "
+"електронної комерції <../../ ecommerce> _ _."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also "
+"pick a default setting for each template."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви використовуєте `шаблони комерційних пропозицій <../quote_template>` "
+"_, ви також можете вибрати стандартний параметр для кожного шаблону."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36
+msgid "Register a payment"
+msgstr "Зареєструйте оплату"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online."
+msgstr ""
+"З вашого електронного листа комерційної пропозиції, який ви надіслали, ваш "
+"клієнт зможе оплатити онлайн."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3
+msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order"
+msgstr "Отримайте підпис, щоб підтвердити замовлення"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you"
+" and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a "
+"traditional process."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете використовувати підпис онлайн, щоб автоматично підтверджувати "
+"замовлення. Ви і ваш клієнт заощадять час за допомогою цієї функції "
+"порівняно з традиційним процесом."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10
+msgid "Activate online signature"
+msgstr "Активуйте підпис онлайн"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id"
+"=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a "
+"default setting for each template."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви використовуєте `шаблони комерційної пропозиції "
+"<https://drive.google.com/open?id=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-"
+"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, ви також можете вибрати параметри за "
+"замовчуванням для кожного шаблону."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23
+msgid "Validate an order with a signature"
+msgstr "Підтвердження замовлення з підписом"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online"
+" instantly."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви надсилаєте комерційну пропозицію своєму клієнтові, він може прийняти"
+" її та підписати в мережі онлайн."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30
+msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start."
+msgstr ""
+"Після підписання комерційної пропозиції буде підтверджено, і почнеться "
+"доставка."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3
+msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products"
+msgstr "Збільшіть продажі за допомогою рекомендованих товарів"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful "
+"products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could"
+" be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset."
+msgstr ""
+"Використання запропонованих товарів - це спроба запропонувати споживачам "
+"відповідні та корисні товари. Наприклад, клієнту, що купує мобільний "
+"телефон, можуть бути показані такі аксесуари, як захисний корпус, кришка "
+"екрана та гарнітура."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11
+msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates"
+msgstr "Додайте запропоновані товари до шаблонів комерційних пропозицій"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13
+msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*."
+msgstr ""
+"Пропоновані товари можна встановити на *Шаблони комерційної пропозиції*."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add"
+" related products or services."
+msgstr ""
+"Після появи шаблону ви побачите вкладку *Рекомендовані товари*, де ви можете"
+" додати відповідні товари чи послуги."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23
+msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете додати або змінити пропоновані товари на комерційній "
+"пропозиції."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26
+msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation"
+msgstr "Додайте запропоновані товари до комерційної пропозиції"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the"
+" suggested products to the order."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкриваючи комерційну пропозицію з отриманої електронної пошти, клієнт може"
+" додати запропоновані товари до замовлення."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on "
+"any of the little carts."
+msgstr ""
+"Товар(и) буде негайно доданий до їх комерційної пропозиції при натисканні на"
+" будь-який з маленьких візків."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or "
+"pay to confirm the quotation."
+msgstr ""
+"Залежно від вашого процесу підтвердження, вони можуть або залишити цифровий "
+"підпис або сплатити, щоби підтвердити комерційну пропозицію."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales"
+" order, letting the salesperson see it."
+msgstr ""
+"Кожен крок, здійснений замовником до комерційної пропозиції, "
+"відслідковується в замовленні на продаж, дозволяючи продавцеві його "
+"побачити."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3
+msgid "Use quotation templates"
+msgstr "Використовуйте шаблони комерційної пропозиції"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time "
+"by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a "
+"complete quotation in no time."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви часто продаєте ті ж товари чи послуги, ви можете заощадити багато "
+"часу, створивши власні шаблони комерційних пропозицій. Використовуючи "
+"шаблон, ви можете надіслати заповнену комерційну пропозицію в найкоротші "
+"терміни."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Налаштування"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> "
+"Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби ця функція запрацювала, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> "
+"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте *Шаблони комерційних "
+"пропозицій*."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19
+msgid "Create your first template"
+msgstr "Створіть ваш перший шаблон"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Configuration`."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви знайдете меню шаблонів у :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування`."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to"
+" select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for"
+" the quotation."
+msgstr ""
+"Потім ви можете створити або відредагувати існуючий. Після вказання назви ви"
+" зможете вибрати товар(и) і кількість, а також термін дійсності комерційної "
+"пропозиції."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated "
+"in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration "
+"and can be alterated by customer pricelists."
+msgstr ""
+"На кожному шаблоні також можна вказати знижки, якщо ця опція активована у "
+"налаштуваннях *Продажі*. Базова ціна встановлюється в налаштуванні товару, і"
+" її можна змінити за прайслистами клієнтів."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38
+msgid "Edit your template"
+msgstr "Відредагуйте ваш шаблон"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept "
+"or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and "
+"products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the "
+"quotation editor."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете редагувати клієнтський інтерфейс шаблону, який вони бачать, щоби "
+"прийняти або оплатити комерційну пропозицію. Це дозволяє описати вашу "
+"компанію, послуги та товари. Коли ви натискаєте *Редагувати шаблон*, ви "
+"перейдете в редактор комерційних пропозицій."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building"
+" blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated"
+" to each product."
+msgstr ""
+"Це дозволяє змінювати опис вмісту завдяки перетягуванням блоків. Щоб описати"
+" ваші товари, додайте блок вмісту в зону, присвячену кожному товару."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"The description set for the products will be used in all quotations "
+"templates containing those products."
+msgstr ""
+"Опис, встановлений для товарів, буде використовуватися у всіх шаблонах "
+"комерційних пропозицій, що містять ці товари."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63
+msgid "Use a quotation template"
+msgstr "Використайте шаблон комерційної пропозиції"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65
+msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template."
+msgstr "Під час створення комерційної пропозиції, ви можете обрати шаблон."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70
+msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation."
+msgstr ""
+"Кожен товар у цьому шаблоні буде додано до вашої комерційної пропозиції."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете вибрати шаблон, який буде запропоновано за замовчуванням у "
+"налаштуваннях *Продажі*."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77
+msgid "Confirm the quotation"
+msgstr "Підтвердіть комерційну пропозицію"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital "
+"signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself."
+msgstr ""
+"Шаблони також полегшують процес підтвердження для клієнтів із цифровим "
+"підписом або оплатою онлайн. Ви можете вибрати його в самому шаблоні."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86
+msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it."
+msgstr "Кожна комерційна пропозиція тепер додасть до цього налаштування."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation."
+msgstr ""
+"Звичайно, ви все одно можете змінити це і зробити його специфічним для "
+"кожної комерційної пропозиції."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3
+msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders"
+msgstr "Додайте терміни та умови на замовлення"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship "
+"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal "
+"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer"
+" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything."
+msgstr ""
+"Визначення термінів та умов є важливим для забезпечення гарних відносин між "
+"клієнтами та продавцями. Кожен продавець повинен заявити всю офіційну "
+"інформацію, яка включає в себе товари та політику компанії; дозволяючи "
+"клієнту читати всі ці терміни, все, перш ніж робити що завгодно."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every "
+"quotation, sales order and invoice."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo дозволяє легко включати ваші загальні терміни та умови за замовчуванням"
+" на кожну комерційну пропозицію, замовлення на продаж та рахунок-фактуру."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15
+msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions"
+msgstr "Налаштуйте загальні терміни та умови за замовчуванням"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
+"*Default Terms & Conditions*."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та "
+"активуйте *Терміни та умови за замовчуванням*."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then "
+"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому полі ви можете додати свої терміни та умови за замовчуванням. Потім "
+"вони з'являться на кожній комерційній пропозиції, так і в рахунку-фактурі."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33
+msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions"
+msgstr "Налаштування докладніших термінів та умов"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish"
+" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Хороша ідея полягає в тому, щоб поділитися більш детальними або "
+"структурованими умовами - публікувати в Інтернеті та посилатися на це в "
+"термінах та умовах Odoo."
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured "
+"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default"
+" attachment for all quotation emails sent."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете прикріпити зовнішній документ з більш детальними та "
+"структурованими умовами до електронного листа, який ви надішлете клієнту. Ви"
+" навіть можете встановити вкладений файл за замовчуванням для всіх "
+"розісланих електронних комерційних пропозицій."
diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..70496963a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1794 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../website.rst:5
+msgid "Website"
+msgstr "Веб-сайт"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3
+msgid "Optimize"
+msgstr "Оптимізуйте"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3
+msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics"
+msgstr "Як відслідковувати трафік вашого веб-сайту на Google Analytics"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5
+msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб стежити за трафіком вашого веб-сайту за допомогою Google Analytics:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if"
+" you don't have any."
+msgstr ""
+"`Створіть обліковий запис Google Analytics "
+"<https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ якщо у вас його немає."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking "
+"ID."
+msgstr ""
+"Пройдіть форму створення та прийміть умови, щоб отримати ID відстеження."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15
+msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo."
+msgstr "Скопіюйте ID відстеження, щобb вставити його в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, "
+"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть до меню *Налаштування* додатку Веб-сайт Odoo. У налаштуваннях "
+"ввімкніть Google Analytics і вставте ID відстеження. Потім збережіть "
+"сторінку."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google "
+"Documentation. "
+"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб зробити перші кроки в Google Analytics, зверніться до `Документації "
+"Google. <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31
+msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`"
+msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3
+msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard"
+msgstr ""
+"Як відслідковувати трафік вашого веб-сайту з інформаційної панелі Odoo"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website "
+"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете слідкувати за вашою статистикою трафіку прямо з панелі "
+"інструментів веб-сайту Odoo завдяки Google Analytics."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the "
+"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)."
+msgstr ""
+"Для початку створіть обліковий запис Google Analytics та введіть ID "
+"відстеження у налаштуваннях вашого веб-сайту. (see :doc:`google_analytics`)."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to "
+"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть на 'платформу Google API  "
+"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ для створення облікових даних "
+"Analytics API. Ввійдіть у свій обліковий запис Google."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14
+msgid "Select Analytics API."
+msgstr "Виберіть Analytics API."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
+"to store your API credentials."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть новий проект і надішліть йому назву (наприклад, Odoo). Цей проект "
+"необхідний для зберігання ваших облікових даних API."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25
+msgid "Enable the API."
+msgstr "Увімкніть API."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30
+msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
+msgstr "Створіть облікові дані для використання в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
+"of data."
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть *веб-браузер (Javascript)* як джерело дзвінків та *дані "
+"користувача* як види даних."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
+"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized"
+" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect "
+"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
+msgstr ""
+"Тоді ви можете створити ID клієнта. Введіть назву програми (наприклад, Odoo)"
+" та дозволені сторінки, на які ви будете перенаправлені. Початком "
+"*авторизованого JavaScript* є ваша версія URL-адреси Odoo. *Авторизований "
+"URI* перенаправлення - це URL-адреса вашої версії Odoo, а потімy "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google "
+"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this "
+"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the "
+"Client ID in Odoo for the first time."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть за кроком згоди на екран, введіть назву товару (наприклад, Google "
+"Analytics у Odoo). Не соромтеся перевіряти параметри налаштування, але це не"
+" обов'язково. Екран згоди відображатиметься лише тоді, коли ви вперше "
+"введете ID клієнта в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo."
+msgstr "Нарешті, вам надається ID клієнта. Скопіюйте та вставте його в Odoo."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past"
+" your Client ID."
+msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте Інформаційну панель веб-сайту в Odoo та пов'яжіть свій обліковий "
+"запис Analytics із ID клієнта."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67
+msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API."
+msgstr ""
+"В якості останнього кроку дозвольте Odoo отримати доступ до Google API."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3
+msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo"
+msgstr "Як зробити оптимізацію пошукових систем в Odoo"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:6
+msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?"
+msgstr "Як SEO обробляється в Odoo?"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your"
+" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In "
+"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors."
+msgstr ""
+"Пошукова оптимізація (SEO) - це набір оптимальних методів оптимізації вашого"
+" веб-сайту, завдяки чому ви отримуєте кращий рейтинг у пошукових системах, "
+"таких як Google. Словом, хороша оптимізація SEO дозволяє отримати більше "
+"відвідувачів."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load faster, your page "
+"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, your website should have a "
+"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Деякі приклади правил SEO: ваші веб-сторінки мають завантажуватися швидше, "
+"на вашій сторінці має бути один і тільки один заголовок ``<h1>``, ваш веб-"
+"сайт повинен мати файл ``/sitemap.xml`` і т.д.."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"The Odoo Website Builder is probably the most SEO-ready CMS out there. We "
+"consider SEO a top priority. To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce "
+"users have a great SEO, Odoo abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO"
+" and handles everything for you, in the best possible way."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo Website Builder - це, мабуть, найбільш готова SEO до CMS серед інших. "
+"Ми вважаємо SEO головним пріоритетом. Щоб гарантувати, що веб-сайт Odoo та "
+"користувачі електронної комерції Odoo мають чудовий SEO, Odoo вичерпує всі "
+"технічні складнощі SEO та максимально усе рухає для вас."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:23
+msgid "Page speed"
+msgstr "Швидкість сторінки"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:26
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Загальний огляд"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"The time to load a page is an important criteria for Google. A faster "
+"website not only improves your visitor's experience, but Google gives you a "
+"better page ranking if your page loads faster than your competitors. Some "
+"studies have shown that, if you divide the time to load your pages by two "
+"(e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor abandonment rate is also "
+"divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a page could `cost "
+"$1.6b to Amazon in sales <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-"
+"could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__."
+msgstr ""
+"Час завантаження сторінки є важливим критерієм для Google. Швидший веб-сайт "
+"не тільки покращує відвідуваність, але й Google забезпечує кращу рейтингову "
+"оцінку, якщо ваша сторінка завантажується швидше, ніж ваші конкуренти. Деякі"
+" дослідження показали, що якщо розподілити час для завантаження сторінок на "
+"два (наприклад, 2 секунди замість 4 секунд), показник відмов відвідувачів "
+"також поділений на два. (Від 25% до 12,5%). Ще одна секунда для завантаження"
+" сторінки може 'коштувати $1.6b на Amazon. "
+"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16"
+"-billion-sales>`__."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the "
+"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how "
+"your website ranks using these two tools:"
+msgstr ""
+"На щастя, Оdоо робить для вас магію. Нижче ви знайдете хитрощі, які Odoo "
+"використовує, щоб пришвидшити час завантаження сторінки. Ви можете "
+"порівняти, як ваш сайт використовує ці два інструменти:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"`Google Page Speed "
+"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"`Швидкість сторінки Google "
+"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:46
+msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__"
+msgstr "`Тест швидкості веб-сайту Pingdom <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:49
+msgid "Static resources: CSS"
+msgstr "Статичні ресурси: CSS"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and "
+"cached (server side and browser side). The result:"
+msgstr ""
+"Всі файли CSS попередньо обробляються, об'єднуються, вміщуються, стискаються"
+" та кешуються (з боку сервера та сторони браузера). Результат:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:54
+msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page"
+msgstr "для завантаження сторінки потрібен лише один запит CSS-файлу"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor "
+"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS "
+"resource."
+msgstr ""
+"цей файл CSS використовується для спільного використання та кешування серед "
+"сторінок, тому, коли відвідувач натискає іншу сторінку, браузер не повинен "
+"навіть завантажувати жодного ресурсу CSS."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60
+msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small"
+msgstr "цей файл CSS оптимізовано як невеликий"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo 9 is bootstrap 3. Although"
+" a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize bootstrap "
+"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, so you can modify CSS rules, "
+"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller "
+"file."
+msgstr ""
+"**Заздалегідь оброблена**: CSS-система, що використовує Odoo, є "
+"завантажувачем 3. Хоча тема може використовувати іншу структуру, більшість "
+"`тем Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ розширюють і налаштовують "
+"завантажений файл безпосередньо. Так як Odoo підтримує Less і Sass, то ви "
+"можете змінювати правила CSS, замість перезаписування їх за допомогою "
+"додаткових рядків CSS, що призведе до зменшення кількості файлів."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70
+msgid "**Both files in the <head>**"
+msgstr "**Обидва файли у <head>**"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70
+msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**"
+msgstr "**Що отримує відвідувач (тільки один файл)**"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72
+msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/"
+msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:79 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:121
+msgid ".text-muted {"
+msgstr ".text-muted {"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:80
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:122
+msgid "color: #666;"
+msgstr "color: #666;"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74
+msgid "color: #777;"
+msgstr "color: #777;"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74
+msgid "background: yellow"
+msgstr "background: yellow"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75
+msgid "background: yellow;"
+msgstr "background: yellow;"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123
+msgid "}"
+msgstr "}"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:78
+msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/"
+msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own "
+"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blog, theme, etc.) Having several"
+" CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the performance "
+"because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel resulting in "
+"lots of files that are loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a file"
+" is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small files "
+"like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more on the "
+"number of requests to be done than the actual file size."
+msgstr ""
+"**З'єднані**: кожен модуль або бібліотека, яку ви можете використовувати в "
+"Odoo, має власний набір CSS, Less чи Sass-файлів (електронна комерція, блог,"
+" тема тощо). Декілька CSS-файлів відмінно підходить для модульності, але не "
+"для ефективності, оскільки більшість браузерів можуть виконувати лише 6 "
+"запитів паралельно, тому багато файлів завантажуються послідовно. Час "
+"затримки для передачі файлу зазвичай набагато перевищує фактичний час "
+"передачі даних для невеликих файлів, таких як .JS та .CSS. Таким чином, час "
+"завантаження ресурсів CSS більше залежить від кількості запитів, які "
+"потрібно виконати, ніж фактичний розмір файлу."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a "
+"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS "
+"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is "
+"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the "
+"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!"
+msgstr ""
+"Для вирішення цієї проблеми всі файли CSS / Less / Sass об'єднуються в "
+"єдиний файл .CSS для відправлення в браузер. Таким чином, відвідувач має "
+"**лише один CSS файл для завантаження** на сторінку, що є особливо "
+"ефективним. Оскільки CSS розподіляється серед усіх сторінок, коли відвідувач"
+" натискає іншу сторінку, браузер навіть не повинен завантажувати новий CSS-"
+"файл!"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. "
+"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to "
+"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript "
+"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they "
+"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle "
+"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this "
+"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the"
+" backend (/web)."
+msgstr ""
+"CSS, надісланий Odoo, включає в себе всі CSS / Less / Sass всіх "
+"сторінок/модулів. Таким чином, для додаткових переглядів сторінок одного "
+"відвідувача не потрібно буде завантажувати файли CSS взагалі. Але деякі "
+"модулі можуть включати в себе величезні ресурси CSS / Javascript, які ви не "
+"бажаєте попередньо отримувати на першій сторінці, оскільки вони занадто "
+"великі. У цьому випадку Odoo розподіляє цей ресурс на другий пакет, який "
+"завантажується лише тоді, коли запитується сторінка, яка використовує її. "
+"Прикладом цього є бекенд, який завантажується тільки тоді, коли відвідувач "
+"входить до системи та звертається до бекенду (/ web)."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to "
+"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer 8. But most "
+"themes fit below this limit."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо файл CSS дуже великий, Odoo буде розбивати його на два менші файли, щоб"
+" уникнути 4095 селекторів для кожного аркуша Internet Explorer 8. Але "
+"більшість тем підходить нижче цієї межі."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS "
+"is minified to reduce its size."
+msgstr ""
+"**Мініфікований**: після попередньої обробки та об'єднання, результативність"
+" CSS зменшується, щоб зменшити його розмір."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118
+msgid "**Before minification**"
+msgstr "**Перед мініфікацією**"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118
+msgid "**After minification**"
+msgstr "**Після мініфікації**"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120
+msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/"
+msgstr "/\\* some comments \\*/"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120
+msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}"
+msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser."
+msgstr "Кінцевий результат стискається, перш ніж надходити до браузера."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"Then, a cached version is stored on the server side (so we do not have to "
+"pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and the browser side (so "
+"the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages he will visit)."
+msgstr ""
+"Тоді кешована версія зберігається на стороні сервера (тому ми не повинні "
+"попередньо обробляти, об'єднувати, мініфікувати при кожному запиті) та "
+"стороні браузера (таким чином той самий відвідувач буде завантажувати CSS "
+"лише один раз для всіх сторінок, які він відвідає)."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"If you are in debug mode, the CSS resources are neither concatenated nor "
+"minified. That way, it's easier to debug (but it's much slower)"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви перебуваєте в режимі налагодження, ресурси CSS не є об'єднаними та "
+"не містяться. Таким чином, стає простіше налагодження (але це набагато "
+"повільніше)."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:140
+msgid "Static resources: Javascript"
+msgstr "Статичні ресурси: Javascript"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:142
+msgid ""
+"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified,"
+" compressed and cached (server side and browser side)."
+msgstr ""
+"Як і у ресурсів CSS, ресурси Javascript також об'єднуються, мінімізуються, "
+"стискуються та кешуються (сторона сервера та сторони браузера)."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145
+msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:"
+msgstr "Odoo створює три пакети Javascript:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form "
+"validation, …)"
+msgstr ""
+"Один для всіх сторінок веб-сайту (включаючи код для ефектів паралакса, "
+"перевірка форми, ...)"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:150
+msgid ""
+"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (bootstrap)"
+msgstr ""
+"Один із загальних кодів Javascript, розділений між інтерфейсом та бекендом "
+"(bootstrap)"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your"
+" employees using Odoo)"
+msgstr ""
+"Один для бекенда конкретного коду Javascript (Odoo Web Client інтерфейс для "
+"ваших співробітників, які використовує Odoo)"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:156
+msgid ""
+"Most visitors to your website will only need the first two bundles, "
+"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. "
+"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same "
+"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource."
+msgstr ""
+"Більшість відвідувачів вашого веб-сайту потребують лише перші два "
+"розшарування, в результаті чого можна завантажити максимум два файли "
+"Javascript для відтворення однієї сторінки. Оскільки ці файли діляться на "
+"всіх сторінках, подальші натискання того самого відвідувача не завантажать "
+"жодного іншого ресурсу Javascript."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and javascript are neither concatenated, "
+"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with"
+" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed "
+"from their original versions."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви працюєте в режимі налагодження, CSS та JavaScript не є об'єднаними "
+"або мініфікованими. Таким чином, це стає набагато повільнішим. Але це "
+"дозволяє вам легко налагоджувати з налагоджуванням Chrome, оскільки ресурси "
+"CSS та Javascript не перетворюються з їх первісних версій."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:168
+msgid "Images"
+msgstr "Зображення"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:170
+msgid ""
+"When you upload new images using the website builder, Odoo automatically "
+"compresses them to reduce their sizes. (lossless compression for .PNG and "
+".GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)"
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви завантажуєте нові зображення за допомогою конструктора веб-сайтів, "
+"Odoo автоматично стискає їх, щоб зменшити розмір. (стискання без втрат для "
+".PNG та .GIF та стискання з втратами для .JPG)"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image "
+"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than "
+"performance."
+msgstr ""
+"З кнопки завантаження ви можете зберегти оригінальне зображення без зміни, "
+"якщо ви хочете оптимізувати якість зображення, а не продуктивність."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:182
+msgid ""
+"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when "
+"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party"
+" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all "
+"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo стискає зображення, коли вони завантажуються на ваш веб-сайт, а не за "
+"запитом відвідувача. Таким чином, можливо, якщо ви використовуєте сторонню "
+"тему, вона забезпечить зображення, які не стиснуті ефективно. Але всі "
+"зображення, що використовуються в офіційних темах Odoo, стискаються за "
+"замовчуванням."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of "
+"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt "
+"attributes for the image."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли ви натискаєте зображення, Odoo показує атрибути ``<img>`` і назву тега."
+" Ви можете натиснути на неї, щоб встановити власну назву та атрибути Alt для"
+" зображення."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:195
+msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:"
+msgstr "Коли ви натисните на це посиланню, з'явиться таке вікно:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:200
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome "
+"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)."
+" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will "
+"not result in extra requests to load the page."
+msgstr ""
+"Піктограми Odoo реалізовані за допомогою шрифту (`Font Awesome "
+"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ у більшості тем "
+"Odoo). Таким чином, ви можете використовувати стільки піктограм, скільки "
+"хочете, на своїй сторінці, але вони не дадуть додаткових запитів на "
+"завантаження сторінки."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209
+msgid "CDN"
+msgstr "CDN"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211
+msgid ""
+"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, "
+"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery"
+" Network has three advantages:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви активуєте функцію CDN в Odoo, статичні ресурси (Javascript, CSS, "
+"зображення) завантажуються з мережі доставки вмісту. Використання мережі "
+"доставки контенту має три переваги:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215
+msgid ""
+"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries"
+" around the globe)"
+msgstr ""
+"Завантаження ресурсів із сусіднього сервера (більшість CDN мають сервери в "
+"основних країнах світу)"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:218
+msgid ""
+"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own "
+"server)"
+msgstr ""
+"Ефективний кеш ресурсів (без використання обчислювальних ресурсів на вашому "
+"власному сервері)"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:221
+msgid ""
+"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more "
+"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by "
+"domain)"
+msgstr ""
+"Розбиття завантаження ресурсів на різні служби, що дозволяє паралельно "
+"завантажувати більше ресурсів (оскільки ліміт Chrome на 6 паралельних "
+"запитів за доменом)"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the"
+" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете налаштувати параметри CDN із додатка **Адміністратор веб-сайту** "
+"за допомогою меню Налаштування. Ось приклад налаштування, який ви можете "
+"використовувати:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:232
+msgid "HTML Pages"
+msgstr "Сторінки HTML "
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234
+msgid ""
+"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web "
+"server (NGINX or Apache)."
+msgstr ""
+"Крім того, сторінки HTML можуть бути стиснуті, але, як правило, це "
+"обробляється вашим веб-сервером (NGINX або Apache)."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:237
+msgid ""
+"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short "
+"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, "
+"usually using bootstrap and the HTML editor."
+msgstr ""
+"Конструктор Веб-сайту Odoo був оптимізований, щоб гарантувати чистий і "
+"короткий код HTML. Блоки були розроблені для створення чистого HTML-коду, "
+"зазвичай використовуючи завантажувач і редактор HTML."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241
+msgid ""
+"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a "
+"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the "
+"following code:"
+msgstr ""
+"Як приклад, якщо ви використовуєте засоби вибору кольору, щоб змінити колір "
+"абзацу на основний колір вашого веб-сайту, Odoo виведе наступний код:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245
+msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``"
+msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Мій текст</p>``"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:247
+msgid ""
+"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following "
+"code:"
+msgstr ""
+"Тоді як більшість редакторів HTML (наприклад, CKEditor) вироблятиме такий "
+"код:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250
+msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``"
+msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Мій текст</p>``"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:253
+msgid "Responsive Design"
+msgstr "Адаптивний дизайн"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255
+msgid ""
+"As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in"
+" Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render "
+"efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone."
+msgstr ""
+"Веб-сайти, які не є мобільними, негативно впливають на рейтинг Google Page. "
+"Всі теми Odoo залежать від Bootstrap 3 для ефективного відтворення "
+"відповідно до пристрою: настільного, планшетного або мобільного телефону."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263
+msgid ""
+"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your "
+"website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have "
+"mobile friendly themes, but some specific modules or pages are not designed "
+"to be mobile friendly as they all have their own CSS frameworks)"
+msgstr ""
+"Оскільки всі модулі Odoo поділяють одну і ту ж технологію, абсолютно всі "
+"сторінки на вашому веб-сайті є мобільними. (на відміну від традиційної "
+"системи керування вмістом, яка має дружні теми для мобільних пристроїв, але "
+"окремі модулі або сторінки не призначені для мобільних пристроїв, оскільки "
+"всі мають власну структуру CSS)"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270
+msgid "Browser caching"
+msgstr "Кешування браузера"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272
+msgid ""
+"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically "
+"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through "
+"this URL: "
+"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css "
+"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. "
+"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of "
+"your website."
+msgstr ""
+"Javascript, зображення та ресурси CSS мають URL-адресу, яка динамічно "
+"змінюється при зміні змісту. Як приклад, всі файли CSS завантажуються за "
+"цією URL-адресою: "
+"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css "
+"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. "
+"``457-0da1d9d`` частина цієї URL-адреси зміниться, якщо ви зміните CSS свого"
+" веб-сайту."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279
+msgid ""
+"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: "
+"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource."
+msgstr ""
+"Це дозволяє Odoo встановити дуже тривалий час затримки кешування (XXX) на "
+"цих ресурсах: XXX секунди, при цьому він оновлюється миттєво, якщо ви "
+"оновлюєте ресурс."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287
+msgid "Scalability"
+msgstr "Масштабованість"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:289
+msgid ""
+"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' "
+"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link "
+"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to "
+"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes."
+msgstr ""
+"На додаток до швидкості, Odoo також більш масштабована, ніж традиційні CMS і"
+" eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). Наступне посилання "
+"надає аналіз основних CMS з відкритим кодом та електронної комерції "
+"порівняно з Odoo, коли мова йде про високі обсяги запитів."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294
+msgid ""
+"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide"
+"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide"
+"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296
+msgid ""
+"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo"
+" CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)"
+msgstr ""
+"Ось слайд, який узагальнює масштабованість Odoo eCommerce та Odoo CMS. (на "
+"базі 8 версії Odoo, Odoo 9 ще швидше)"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303
+msgid "URLs handling"
+msgstr "Обробка URL-адрес"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:306
+msgid "URLs Structure"
+msgstr "Структура URL-адреси"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:308
+msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:"
+msgstr "Типова URL-адреса Odoo виглядатиме так:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310
+msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
+msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312
+msgid "With the following components:"
+msgstr "З наступними компонентами:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314
+msgid "**https://** = Protocol"
+msgstr "**https://** = Protocol"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:316
+msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name"
+msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = ваше доменне ім'я"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:318
+msgid ""
+"**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if "
+"the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, "
+"but you can set another language as the main one). Thus, the English version"
+" of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
+msgstr ""
+"**/fr\\_FR** = мова сторінки. Ця частина URL-адреси видаляється, якщо "
+"відвідувач переглядає основну мову веб-сайту (за замовчуванням - англійська,"
+" але головна - інша мова). Таким чином, англійська версія цієї сторінки: "
+"https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:324
+msgid ""
+"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the"
+" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This"
+" name can not be customized to avoid conflicts in different URLs."
+msgstr ""
+"**/shop/product** = кожен модуль визначає власний простір імен (/ shop для "
+"каталогу модуля електронної комерції, / shop / product для сторінки товару)."
+" Це ім'я не можна налаштувати, щоб уникнути конфліктів у різних URL-адресах"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329
+msgid ""
+"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the "
+"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A "
+"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending "
+"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, "
+"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)"
+msgstr ""
+"**my-great-product** = за замовчуванням, це згладжений заголовок товару, на "
+"який посилається ця сторінка. Але ви можете налаштувати його для цілей SEO. "
+"Товар під назвою \"Pain carré\" буде підданий \"pain-carre\". Залежно від "
+"простору імен це можуть бути різні об'єкти (публікація блогу, заголовок "
+"сторінки, повідомлення форуму, коментар до форуму, категорія товару тощо)"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336
+msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product"
+msgstr "**-31** = унікальний ID товару"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:338
+msgid ""
+"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an "
+"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:"
+msgstr ""
+"Зауважте, що будь-який динамічний компонент URL-адреси можна звести до його "
+"ID. Як приклад, всі наступні URL-адреси роблять переадресацію 301 на вказану"
+" URL-адресу:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:341
+msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)"
+msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343
+msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)"
+msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345
+msgid ""
+"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product "
+"name)"
+msgstr ""
+"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product "
+"name)"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348
+msgid ""
+"This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle "
+"efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time."
+msgstr ""
+"Це може бути корисним, щоб легко отримати коротшу версію URL-адреси та "
+"ефективно обробляти 301 перенаправлення, коли ім'я вашого товару з часом "
+"змінюється."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352
+msgid ""
+"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a "
+"post):"
+msgstr ""
+"Деякі URL-адреси мають кілька динамічних частин, як-от ця (категорія блогу "
+"та публікація):"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355
+msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56"
+msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:357
+msgid "In the above example:"
+msgstr "У наведеному вище прикладі:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359
+msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog"
+msgstr "Новини компанії: це назва блогу"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361
+msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post"
+msgstr "Odoo Story: це назва конкретного повідомлення в блозі"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:363
+msgid ""
+"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL "
+"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by "
+"search engines. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"Коли сторінка Odoo має пейджер, номер сторінки встановлюється безпосередньо "
+"в URL-адресі (не має аргументу GET). Це дозволяє кожній сторінці індексувати"
+" пошукові системи. Приклад:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:367
+msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3"
+msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370
+msgid ""
+"Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although"
+" most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not "
+"always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10."
+msgstr ""
+"Наявність коду мови як fr\\_FR не є ідеальним з точки зору SEO. Хоча "
+"більшість пошукових систем тепер розглядають \"\\_\" як словосполучення, це "
+"не завжди було причиною."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375
+msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles"
+msgstr "Зміни в URL-адресах і заголовках"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377
+msgid ""
+"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your "
+"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:"
+msgstr ""
+"Коли змінюється URL-адреса сторінки (наприклад, більш дружня версія для "
+"друку вашого товару), вам не потрібно турбуватися про оновлення всіх "
+"посилань:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380
+msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL"
+msgstr "Odoo автоматично оновить всі свої посилання на нову URL-адресу"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382
+msgid ""
+"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be "
+"done to route visitors to the new website"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо зовнішні сайти все-таки вказують на стару URL-адресу, маршрутизація 301"
+" буде виконана для маршрутизації відвідувачів на новий веб-сайт"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:385
+msgid "As an example, this URL:"
+msgstr "Як приклад, ця URL-адреса:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387
+msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31"
+msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389
+msgid "Will automatically redirect to :"
+msgstr "Автоматично переспрямовуватиметься на:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:391
+msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31"
+msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:393
+msgid ""
+"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and"
+" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old "
+"link still works for links coming from external website. (with a 301 "
+"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice)"
+msgstr ""
+"Коротше кажучи, просто змініть назву допису блогу або назву товару, і зміни "
+"застосовуватимуться автоматично скрізь на вашому веб-сайті. Старе посилання "
+"все ще працюватиме для посилань, що надходять із зовнішнього веб-сайту. (з "
+"переадресацією 301, щоб не втратити посилання SEO)"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:399
+msgid "HTTPS"
+msgstr "HTTPS"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:401
+msgid ""
+"As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL"
+" websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on "
+"HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets"
+" a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+"Google почав додавати підвищення рейтингу для захисту веб-сайтів HTTPS / "
+"SSL. Отже, за замовчуванням всі версії Odoo Online повністю ґрунтуються на "
+"HTTPS. Якщо відвідувач звертається до вашого веб-сайту за допомогою URL-"
+"адреси, відмінного від HTTPS, він отримує 301 перенаправлення до свого "
+"еквівалента HTTPS."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:407
+msgid "Links: nofollow strategy"
+msgstr "Посилання: стратегія nofollow"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:409
+msgid ""
+"Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how "
+"your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is "
+"linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO."
+msgstr ""
+"Веб-сайт, який посилається на вашу власну сторінку, відіграє важливу роль у "
+"тому, як ваша сторінка розташовується в різних пошукових системах. Чим "
+"більше ваша сторінка пов'язана з зовнішніми та якісними веб-сайтами, тим "
+"краще це для вашого SEO."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414
+msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:"
+msgstr "Odoo керує такими стратегіями керування посиланнями:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416
+msgid ""
+"Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", "
+"which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked "
+"page."
+msgstr ""
+"Кожне посилання, яке ви створюєте вручну при створенні сторінки в Odoo, - це"
+" \"dofollow\", що означає, що це посилання буде сприяти SEO для пов'язаної "
+"сторінки."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420
+msgid ""
+"Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that "
+"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too."
+msgstr ""
+"Кожне посилання, створене співрозробником (пошта форуму, коментар до блогу, "
+"...), що посилається на ваш власний веб-сайт, також є \"dofollow\"."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423
+msgid ""
+"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is "
+"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links "
+"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation."
+msgstr ""
+"Але кожне посилання, розміщене співрозмовником, який посилається на "
+"зовнішній веб-сайт, є \"nofollow\". Таким чином, ви не ризикуєте, що люди "
+"публікують посилання на ваш веб-сайт на сторонні веб-сайти, які мають погану"
+" репутацію."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:428
+msgid ""
+"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be "
+"trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` "
+"attribute."
+msgstr ""
+"Зауважте, що під час використання форуму авторам, які мають багато карми, "
+"можна довіряти. У такому випадку їх посилання не матимуть атрибут "
+"``rel=\"nofollow\"``."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:433
+msgid "Multi-language support"
+msgstr "Багатомовна підтримка"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436
+msgid "Multi-language URLs"
+msgstr "Багатомовні URL-адреси"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:438
+msgid ""
+"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be "
+"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви запускаєте веб-сайт на кількох мовах, однаковий вміст буде доступний"
+" в різних URL-адресах залежно від мови використання:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:441
+msgid ""
+"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = "
+"default)"
+msgstr ""
+"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = "
+"default)"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443
+msgid ""
+"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French "
+"version)"
+msgstr ""
+"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French "
+"version)"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445
+msgid ""
+"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have "
+"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , "
+"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)."
+msgstr ""
+"У цьому прикладі fr\\_FR є мовою сторінки. Ви навіть можете мати декілька "
+"варіантів однієї мови: pt\\_BR (португальська з Бразилії), pt\\_PT "
+"(португальська з Португалії)."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450
+msgid "Language annotation"
+msgstr "Мова анотації"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452
+msgid ""
+"To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first "
+"URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> "
+"section of the English version, Odoo automatically adds a link element "
+"pointing to the other versions of that webpage;"
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби повідомити Google, що друга URL-адреса - французький переклад першої "
+"URL-адреси, Odoo додає елемент HTML-посилання у заголовок. У розділі HTML "
+"<head> англомовної версії Odoo автоматично додає елемент посилання, який "
+"вказує на інші версії цієї веб-сторінки;"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457
+msgid ""
+"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" "
+"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" "
+"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:460
+msgid "With this approach:"
+msgstr "З таким підходом:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:462
+msgid ""
+"Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose"
+" the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google"
+msgstr ""
+"Google знає різні перекладені версії вашої сторінки та запропонує правильний"
+" варіант відповідно до мови відвідувача, який здійснює пошук у Google"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466
+msgid ""
+"You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since"
+" it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same "
+"content."
+msgstr ""
+"Google не покарає вас, якщо ваша сторінка ще не переведена, оскільки вона не"
+" є дубльованим вмістом, а іншою версією того самого вмісту."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471
+msgid "Language detection"
+msgstr "Визначення мови"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473
+msgid ""
+"When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. "
+"yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated "
+"version according to his browser language preference: (e.g. "
+"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли відвідувач вперше заходить на ваш веб-сайт (наприклад, "
+"yourwebsite.com/shop), він може автоматично переспрямовуватися на "
+"перекладену версію відповідно до його мови браузера: (наприклад, "
+"yourwebsite.com/fr_FR/shop)."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478
+msgid ""
+"Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time "
+"visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current "
+"language to avoid any redirection."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo переспрямовує відвідувачів на свою переважну мову тільки тоді, коли "
+"відвідувачі сайту вперше заходять на ваш веб-сайт. Після цього зберігається "
+"файл cookie поточної мови, щоб уникнути перенаправлення."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:482
+msgid ""
+"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of"
+" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. "
+"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without "
+"using the browser language preferences."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб змусити відвідувача дотримуватися стандартної мови, ви можете "
+"використовувати код мови за замовчуванням у вашому посиланні, наприклад: "
+"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Це завжди призведе до відвідування англійської"
+" версії сторінки, без використання мовних налаштувань браузера."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
+msgid "Meta Tags"
+msgstr "Метатеги"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:492
+msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description"
+msgstr "Назви, ключові слова та опис"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:494
+msgid ""
+"Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and "
+"``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search "
+"engines to rank and categorize your website according to a specific search "
+"query. So, it is important to have titles and keywords in line with what "
+"people search in Google."
+msgstr ""
+"Кожна веб-сторінка повинна визначати метадані ``<title>``, ``<description>``"
+" та ``<keywords>``. Ці інформаційні елементи використовуються пошуковими "
+"системами, щоб класифікувати свій веб-сайт за певним пошуковим запитом. "
+"Отже, важливо мати заголовки та ключові слова відповідно до того, що люди "
+"шукають у Google."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:500
+msgid ""
+"In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your "
+"website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website "
+"builder. This tool will contact Google to give you information about your "
+"keywords and do the matching with titles and contents in your page."
+msgstr ""
+"Для того, щоб написати якісні метатеги, це дозволить збільшити трафік на ваш"
+" веб-сайт, Odoo надає інструмент **просування** у верхній панелі "
+"конструктора веб-сайту. Цей інструмент зв'яжеться з Google, щоб надати вам "
+"інформацію про ваші ключові слова та відповідати їх заголовкам та вмісту на "
+"вашій сторінці."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:509
+msgid ""
+"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for "
+"every language of a single page;"
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо ваш веб-сайт знаходиться на кількох мовах, ви можете використовувати "
+"інструмент просування для кожної мови однієї сторінки;"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512
+msgid ""
+"In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your"
+" content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo "
+"provides a page that allows you to quickly scan the meta tags of all your "
+"blog posts."
+msgstr ""
+"З точки зору SEO, вміст є королем. Таким чином, блоги відіграють важливу "
+"роль у вашій стратегії вмісту. Щоб допомогти вам оптимізувати весь допис в "
+"блозі, Odoo надає сторінку, яка дозволяє швидко переглядати метатегів всіх "
+"ваших публікацій в блозі."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521
+msgid ""
+"This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged "
+"in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+"Ця /сторінка блогу відображається по-різному для публічних відвідувачів, які"
+" не ввійшли як адміністратор веб-сайту. Вони не отримують попередження та "
+"інформацію про ключові слова."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:526
+msgid "Sitemap"
+msgstr "Мапа сайту"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528
+msgid ""
+"Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For "
+"performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo автоматично створить файл ``/sitemap.xml`` для вас. З міркувань "
+"продуктивності цей файл кешовано та оновлюється кожні 12 годин."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:531
+msgid ""
+"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you "
+"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, "
+"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol "
+"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 "
+"chunks per file."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням всі URL-адреси будуть розміщені в одному файлі  "
+"``/sitemap.xml``, але якщо у вас багато сторінок, Odoo автоматично створить "
+"файл індексу Sitemap, дотримуючись групування у файлі `sitemaps.org protocol"
+" <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ у 45000 шт. на файл."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:537
+msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:"
+msgstr "Кожна карта сайту містить 4 атрибути, які обчислюються автоматично:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:539
+msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page"
+msgstr "``<loc>`` : URL-адреса сторінки"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:541
+msgid ""
+"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed "
+"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this"
+" could be the last modification date of the product or the page"
+msgstr ""
+"``<lastmod>`` : остання дата модифікації ресурсу, обчислена автоматично на "
+"основі відповідного об'єкта. Для сторінки, пов'язаної з товаром, це може "
+"бути останньою датою зміни товару чи сторінки"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546
+msgid ""
+"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on"
+" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number"
+" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by "
+"it's priority field, which is normalized. (16 is the default)"
+msgstr ""
+"``<priority>`` : модулі можуть реалізувати свій власний алгоритм пріоритету "
+"на основі їх вмісту (приклад: форум може призначити пріоритет на основі "
+"кількості голосів на певну посаду). Пріоритет статичної сторінки "
+"визначається його пріоритетним полем, яке нормалізується. (16 - це за "
+"замовчуванням)"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553
+msgid "Structured Data Markup"
+msgstr "Розмітка структурованих даних"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555
+msgid ""
+"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine "
+"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search "
+"engine robots; helping them to understand your content and create well-"
+"presented search results."
+msgstr ""
+"Маркетинг структурованих даних використовується для створення гнучких "
+"фрагментів у результатах пошуку. Це дозволяє власникам веб-сайтів надсилати "
+"структуровані дані до роботів пошукової системи; допомагаючи їм зрозуміти "
+"ваш вміст і створювати добре представлені результати пошуку."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560
+msgid ""
+"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: "
+"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations."
+msgstr ""
+"Google підтримує безліч багатих фрагментів для типів вмісту, зокрема: "
+"огляди, люди, товари, компанії, події та організації."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:563
+msgid ""
+"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org "
+"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum "
+"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed "
+"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:"
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo реалізує мікро-дані, як це визначено в специфікації `schema.org "
+"<http://schema.org>`__ для подій, товарів електронної комерції, повідомлень "
+"форуму та контактних адрес. Це дозволяє відображати ваші сторінки товару в "
+"Google за допомогою додаткової інформації, такої як ціна та рейтинг товару:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:573
+msgid "robots.txt"
+msgstr "robots.txt"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:575
+msgid ""
+"Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its "
+"content is:"
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo автоматично створює файл ``/robots.txt`` для вашого веб-сайту. Його "
+"вміст:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:578
+msgid "User-agent: \\*"
+msgstr "User-agent: \\*"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580
+msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml"
+msgstr "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583
+msgid "Content is king"
+msgstr "Вміст є основним"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585
+msgid ""
+"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules"
+" to help you build your contents on your website:"
+msgstr ""
+"Коли мова йде про SEO, вміст зазвичай є основним. Odoo надає кілька модулів,"
+" які допоможуть створити свій вміст на вашому веб-сайті:"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:588
+msgid ""
+"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their "
+"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: "
+"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides"
+"/public-channel-1>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"**Слайди Odoo**: опублікуйте всі ваші Powerpoint або PDF презентації. Їх "
+"вміст автоматично індексується на веб-сторінці. Приклад: "
+"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides"
+"/public-channel-1>`__"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592
+msgid ""
+"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: "
+"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of"
+" Odoo.com landing pages)"
+msgstr ""
+"**Форму Odoo**: дозвольте спільноті створювати для вас вміст. Приклад: "
+"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (становить 30% від "
+"цільових сторінок Odoo.com)"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596
+msgid ""
+"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your "
+"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)"
+msgstr ""
+"**Архів розсилки Odoo**: публікуйте архіви списків розсилки на своєму веб-"
+"сайті. Приклад: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 сторінок створено за "
+"місяць)"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601
+msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents."
+msgstr "**Блоги Odoo**: написання чудового вмісту"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:604
+msgid ""
+"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in "
+"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top "
+"content of your website."
+msgstr ""
+"Сторінка 404 - це звичайна сторінка, яку можна редагувати, як і будь-яку "
+"іншу сторінку в Odoo. Таким чином, ви можете створити велику сторінку 404, "
+"щоби переспрямувати на найпопулярніший вміст вашого веб-сайту."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:609
+msgid "Social Features"
+msgstr "Функції соцмереж"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612
+msgid "Twitter Cards"
+msgstr "Twitter картки"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:614
+msgid ""
+"Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next "
+"version."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo ще не впроваджує картки Твіттер. Це буде зроблено для наступної версії."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618
+msgid "Social Network"
+msgstr "Соціальні мережі"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:620
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All "
+"you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the"
+" **Website Admin** application."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo дозволяє пов'язати всі ваші облікові записи соціальної мережі на вашому"
+" веб-сайті. Все, що вам потрібно зробити, це передати всі облікові записи у "
+"меню **Налаштування** додатка **Адміністратор веб-сайтів**."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625
+msgid "Test Your Website"
+msgstr "Перевірте ваш веб-сайт"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627
+msgid ""
+"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using "
+"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"Ви можете порівняти ваш веб-сайт з точки зору SEO, в той час як Odoo "
+"використовує безкоштовні послуги WooRank: `https://www.woorank.com "
+"<https://www.woorank.com>`__"
+
+#: ../../website/publish.rst:3
+msgid "Publish"
+msgstr "Опублікуйте"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3
+msgid "How to use my own domain name"
+msgstr "Як використати власне доменне ім'я?"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain "
+"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one "
+"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)."
+msgstr ""
+"За замовчуванням ваша версія і веб-сайт Odoo Online мають ім'я домену "
+".odoo.com для URL-адреси та електронних листів. Але ви можете перейти на "
+"звичайну (наприклад, www.yourcompany.com)."
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10
+msgid "What is a good domain name"
+msgstr "Що таке хороше доменне ім'я?"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your "
+"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper "
+"domain. Here are some tips:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ваша адреса веб-сайту так само важлива для вашого брендингу, як назва вашого"
+" бізнесу чи організації, тому подумайте про зміну його для відповідного "
+"домену. Ось декілька порад:"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15
+msgid "Simple and obvious"
+msgstr "Простий і очевидний"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16
+msgid "Easy to remember and spell"
+msgstr "Легко запам'ятати і вимовляти"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17
+msgid "The shorter the better"
+msgstr "Чим коротше, тим краще"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18
+msgid "Avoid special characters"
+msgstr "Уникайте спеціальних символів"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19
+msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension"
+msgstr "Призначення для розширення .com та/або вашої країни"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO "
+"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-"
+"seo/158951/>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"Детальніше: `Як вибрати доменне ім'я для максимального SEO "
+"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-"
+"seo/158951/>`__"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24
+msgid "How to buy a domain name"
+msgstr "Як купити доменне ім'я"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25
+msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:"
+msgstr "Купути доменне ім'я можна на популярних реєстрах:"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27
+msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__"
+msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28
+msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__"
+msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29
+msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__"
+msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of "
+"issue, check out those easy tutorials:"
+msgstr ""
+"Кроки для покупки доменного імені значною мірою ведуть вас уперед. У разі "
+"виникнення проблем перегляньте ці прості підказки:"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34
+msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__"
+msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain "
+"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. "
+"This is Odoo's job!"
+msgstr ""
+"Не соромтеся купувати поштовий сервер, щоб мати адреси електронної пошти за "
+"допомогою вашого доменного імені. Однак не купуйте додатковий сервіс для "
+"створення або розміщення вашого веб-сайту. Це робота Оdоо! "
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45
+msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance"
+msgstr "Як застосувати своє доменне ім'я до версії Odoo"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> "
+"yourcompany.odoo.com):"
+msgstr ""
+"Спочатку дозвольте авторизувати перенаправлення (yourcompany.com -> "
+"yourcompany.odoo.com):"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48
+msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage."
+msgstr "Відкрийте свій обліковий запис Odoo.com з домашньої сторінки."
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53
+msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page."
+msgstr "Перейдіть на сторінку *Керування базами даних*."
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть на розділі *Домени* справа від бази даних, яку потрібно "
+"переадресовувати."
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. "
+"www.yourcompany.com)."
+msgstr ""
+"З'явиться підказка домену бази даних. Введіть свій спеціальний домен "
+"(наприклад, www.yourcompany.com)."
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:"
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ми можемо застосувати перенаправлення з керуючого облікового запису "
+"вашого доменного імені:"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72
+msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page."
+msgstr ""
+"Увійдіть у свій обліковий запис і знайдіть сторінку керування зонами DNS."
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*."
+" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to "
+"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*."
+msgstr ""
+"Створіть запис CNAME *www.yourdomain.com* із посиланням на "
+"*mywebsite.odoo.com*. Якщо ви хочете використовувати *голий* домен "
+"(наприклад, yourdomain.com), вам потрібно переадресовувати свій "
+"*yourdomain.com* на *www.yourdomain.com*."
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78
+msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:"
+msgstr ""
+"Нижче наведено кілька спеціальних інструкцій для створення запису CNAME:"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80
+msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__"
+msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"`Namecheap "
+"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-"
+"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"`Namecheap "
+"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-"
+"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"`OVH "
+"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__"
+msgstr ""
+"`OVH "
+"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85
+msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance"
+msgstr "Як включити SSL (HTTPS) для вашої версії Odoo"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as "
+"CloudFlare.com."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоб увімкнути SSL, будь ласка, використовуйте сторонній постачальник послуг "
+"CDN, наприклад CloudFlare.com."
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93
+msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3
+msgid "How to translate my website"
+msgstr "Як перекласти свій веб-сайт"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Загальний огляд"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the "
+"possibility to translate it in different languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Крім створення чудових сучасних веб-сайтів, Odoo надає вам можливість "
+"перекладати їх на різні мови."
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12
+msgid "Process"
+msgstr "Обробіть"
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as"
+" many different languages as you want."
+msgstr ""
+"Після того як ваш веб-сайт буде створений, у вас є можливість перекладати "
+"його на будь-яку іншу мову."
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or "
+"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to "
+"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** "
+"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't "
+"install anything, and follow the next step."
+msgstr ""
+"Є два способи перекладу вашого веб-сайту, це можна зробити вручну або "
+"автоматично за допомогою програми Gengo. Якщо ви хочете зробити це "
+"автоматично, перейдіть до модуля **Додатки** і встановіть **Автоматичні "
+"переклади через Gengo Api** та **Веб-сайт Gengo Translator**. Якщо ви хочете"
+" зробити це вручну, не встановлюйте нічого та виконайте наступний крок."
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on "
+"**Add a language**."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдіть на свій веб-сайт. У нижньому правому куті сторінки натисніть "
+"**Додати мову**."
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then "
+"click on **Load.**"
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть мову, якою ви хочете перекласти ваш веб-сайт, а потім натисніть "
+"кнопку **Завантажити**."
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means "
+"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that "
+"some of the text has been translated automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"Ви побачите, що зараз біля англійської є також французька, що означає, що "
+"сторінка для перекладу була створена. Ви також можете побачити, що частина "
+"тексту була перекладена автоматично."
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here "
+"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)."
+msgstr ""
+"Щоби перекласти вміст веб-сайту, натисніть на **Перекласти** (тут, "
+"**Traduire**, оскільки ми хочемо перекласти веб-сайт французькою мовою)."
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to"
+" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate "
+"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some "
+"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to "
+"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* "
+"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to "
+"ask for a public key and a private key."
+msgstr ""
+"Тоді, якщо ви встановили Gengo Translator, ви побачите, що біля кнопки "
+"Перекласти ви також матимете кнопку Перекласти автоматично. Після того, як "
+"ви натиснете цю кнопку, вам буде запропонована деяка інформація про ваш "
+"обліковий запис. Якщо у вас ще немає облікового запису, перейдіть на "
+"сторінку `*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* "
+"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ щоб створити його. Потрібно "
+"попросити відкритий ключ і приватний ключ."
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically."
+msgstr "Вміст, який ви хочете перекласти, буде автоматично перекладено."
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in "
+"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by "
+"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated "
+"automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер ви можете побачити, що більша частина вмісту виділена жовтим або "
+"зеленим кольором. Жовтий - це вміст, який потрібно перекласти самостійно. "
+"Зелений - це вміст, який вже перекладено автоматично."
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
index 43b1664f6e..9460022987 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
@@ -1,16 +1,53 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# 卓忆科技 <zhanghao@jointd.com>, 2017
+# udcs <seanhwa@hotmail.com>, 2017
+# 訾明华 <565209960@qq.com>, 2017
+# liulixia <liu.lixia@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# Gang LIU <liu9ang@hotmail.com>, 2017
+# 宣一敏 <freemanxuan@163.com>, 2017
+# Richard yang <yanglinqiangdata@hotmail.com>, 2017
+# 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2017
+# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2017
+# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2017
+# Jeff Yu - Elico Corp <jeff.yu@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# Joray <13637815@qq.com>, 2017
+# xiaobin wu <bd5dml@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# zhining wu <wzn63@21cn.com>, 2017
+# fausthuang, 2017
+# 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2017
+# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2018
+# waveyeung <waveyeung@qq.com>, 2018
+# v2exerer <9010446@qq.com>, 2018
+# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2018
+# lttlsnk <lttlsnk@gmail.com>, 2018
+# John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2018
+# Martin Trigaux, 2018
+# ChinaMaker <liuct@chinamaker.net>, 2018
+# yuan wenpu <1140021222@qq.com>, 2018
+# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018
+# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2018
+# keecome <7017511@qq.com>, 2018
+# neter ji <jifuyi@qq.com>, 2018
+# xu xiaohu <xu.xiaohu@gmail.com>, 2018
+# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2018
+# Manga Tsang <mts@odoo.com>, 2019
+# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
+# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: 菜小蛇 <lttlsnk@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:55+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -18,7 +55,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Language: zh_CN\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
 
-#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268
+#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283
 msgid "Accounting"
 msgstr "会计"
 
@@ -27,6 +64,7 @@ msgid "Bank & Cash"
 msgstr "银行及现金"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Bank Feeds"
 msgstr "银行回单"
 
@@ -689,13 +727,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "一旦你填写了你的凭证,你的银行订阅将会每4小时进行一次同步。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533
 msgid "FAQ"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "常问问题"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76
 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "同步不能实时运行，这是正常的吗？"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78
 msgid ""
@@ -705,12 +743,13 @@ msgid ""
 "there is a cron that is running every 4 hours to fetch the information from "
 "Yodlee."
 msgstr ""
+"Yodlee每天尝试从银行账户中获取数据一次。然而，这种情况并不总是同时发生的。有时候这个过程可能会失败。在这种情况下，Yodlee会在一两个小时后再试一次。这就是为什么在Odoo有一个cron每4小时运行一次，从Yodlee获取信息。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83
 msgid ""
 "You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button "
 "\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "但是, 您可以通过单击按钮 \"立即同步 \" 从会计仪表板强制此同步。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86
 msgid ""
@@ -719,38 +758,40 @@ msgid ""
 " status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee "
 "won't import it, you will have to wait that the status changes."
 msgstr ""
+"此外, 交易可以在您的银行帐户中可见, 但不能被 Yodlee 提取。实际上, 您的银行帐户中的交易记录可以具有状态 \"挂起 \", 而不是状态 "
+"\"已过帐 \"。在这种情况下, Yodlee 不会导入它, 您将不得不等待状态更改。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91
 msgid ""
 "What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching "
 "transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the"
 " bank statement in the database."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "值得记住的是, Yodlee 不是实时获取事务的服务。这是一项有助于在数据库中导入银行对帐单的服务。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95
 msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "我的合同中是否包含Yodlee功能？"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97
 msgid ""
 "Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to "
 "your database."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "企业版：是的，如果你有一个有效的企业合同链接到你的数据库。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98
 msgid ""
 "Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community "
 "Version."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "社区版：不，该功能未包含在社区版本中。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99
 msgid ""
 "Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在线版：是的，甚至您从One App Free合同中受益。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102
 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "一些银行是\"Beta\"状态，这是什么意思？"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104
 msgid ""
@@ -759,14 +800,15 @@ msgid ""
 " may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. "
 "Unfortunately, there is not much to do about except being patient."
 msgstr ""
+"这意味着Yodlee目前只致力于开发与该银行的同步。同步可能已经开始工作，或者可能需要更多的时间来实现100%的工作同步。不幸的是，除了耐心之外，没有什么可做的。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110
 msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "所有我的过去交易都不在Odoo，为什么？"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112
 msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch up transactions to 3 months in the past."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yodlee只允许在过去3个月内完成交易。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3
 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187
@@ -1293,7 +1335,7 @@ msgstr "登记发票不需要特殊设置。我们只需安装会计应用就可
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29
 msgid "Use cases"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "使用案例"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32
 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration"
@@ -1452,13 +1494,34 @@ msgid ""
 "accounts from another company."
 msgstr "如果你在多公司环境内工作, 如你添加、编辑或删除银行账号, 需要在首选项中切换公司。"
 
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "类型"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number."
+msgstr "银行账户类型：正常或IBAN。从银行账号推断。"
+
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
 msgid "ABA/Routing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ABA/路由"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
 msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "美国银行家协会路由号码"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid "Account Holder Name"
+msgstr "账户持有人名称"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account "
+"Holder"
+msgstr "帐户持有人姓名，不同于帐户持有人的名称"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49
 msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration"
@@ -1692,11 +1755,6 @@ msgstr "有效"
 msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it."
 msgstr "设置为无效，可以隐藏日记账而不用删除它。"
 
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
-msgid "Type"
-msgstr "类型"
-
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals."
 msgstr "在客户发票日记账中选择‘销售’。"
@@ -1812,13 +1870,33 @@ msgid "The currency used to enter statement"
 msgstr "货币用来输入状态"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Debit Methods"
-msgstr "借方方法"
+msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered"
+msgstr "定义银行对账单的注册方式"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Creation of Bank Statements"
+msgstr "创建银行对账单"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Defines when a new bank statement"
+msgstr "定义新的银行对帐单的时间"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions"
+msgstr "将在提取新交易时创建"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "from your bank account."
+msgstr "从你的银行账户。"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "For Incoming Payments"
+msgstr "为收款"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "手动：通过现金，支票或Odoo以外的任何其他方式进行付款。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
@@ -1826,7 +1904,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting "
 "a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing "
 "online (payment token)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "电子化：在购买或在线订购（付款标记）时，通过客户保存的卡上的交易的付款请求自动进行付款。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -1835,34 +1913,25 @@ msgid ""
 " are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable "
 "this option from the settings."
 msgstr ""
+"批量存款：通过生成一批存款，并提交给你的银行，将几个客户的支票同时包裹起来。在用Odoo编码银行结单时，建议您将交易与批量存款对账。从设置中启用此选项。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Payment Methods"
-msgstr "付款方式"
+msgid "For Outgoing Payments"
+msgstr "为付款"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "手动：通过现金，支票或Odoo以外的任何其他方式进行付款。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "支票: 通过支票支付账单, 并从 Odoo 打印。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit "
 "to your bank. Enable this option from the settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Group Invoice Lines"
-msgstr "分组发票明细行"
-
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines "
-"when generating them from invoices."
-msgstr "如果这个框已被检查,系统会集成行来生成发票。"
+msgstr "sepa 信用转移: 从您提交到您的银行的 SEPA 信用转移文件支付账单。从设置中启用此选项。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Profit Account"
@@ -1885,12 +1954,33 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "现金登记的期末余额与系统计算的有差异时候用来登记损失"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Show journal on dashboard"
-msgstr "在工作台显示日记账"
+msgid "Group Invoice Lines"
+msgstr "分组发票明细行"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines "
+"when generating them from invoices."
+msgstr "如果这个框已被检查,系统会集成行来生成发票。"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation"
+msgstr "银行对账时过账"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not"
-msgstr "不管这个日记账是否显示在仪表板"
+msgid ""
+"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in "
+"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when "
+"performing bank reconciliation."
+msgstr "是否应在汇票状态下生成本日记账中的付款，以便仅在进行银行对账时才张贴相关的日记账分录。"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills"
+msgstr "供应商账单的别名"
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email."
+msgstr "通过发送邮件创建供应商账单."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected"
@@ -1928,22 +2018,6 @@ msgstr "下一个支票号码"
 msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check."
 msgstr "下个打印支票的序列编号"
 
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Creation of bank statement"
-msgstr "创建银行对账单"
-
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "This field is used for the online synchronization:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "depending on the option selected, newly fetched transactions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "will be put inside previous statement or in a new one"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Amount Authorized Difference"
 msgstr "授权差异的总金额"
@@ -2022,7 +2096,7 @@ msgstr "该交易将被添加到当前的现金支付登记。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3
 msgid "Localizations"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "本地化"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3
 msgid "France"
@@ -2030,46 +2104,46 @@ msgstr "法国"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6
 msgid "FEC"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "FEC"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download "
 "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France"
 " --> FEC`."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果你已经安装了法国会计，你将能下载FEC。为此，可以这样：菜单选项“会计-->报表-->法国-->FEC”。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12
 msgid ""
 "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the "
 "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果您看不到子菜单 **, 请进入 ** 应用程序 ** 并搜索名为 ** 法国-FEC ** 的模块, 并验证它是否安装良好。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16
 msgid "French Accounting Reports"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "法国会计报告"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18
 msgid ""
 "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some "
 "accounting reports specific to France:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果您安装了法国会计, 您将可以访问特定于法国的一些会计报告:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20
 msgid "Bilan comptable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "会计余额"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21
 msgid "Compte de résultats"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "结果帐户"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22
 msgid "Plan de Taxes France"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "法国税收计划"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25
 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "通过 Odoo 获得增值税反欺诈认证"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27
 msgid ""
@@ -2079,38 +2153,40 @@ msgid ""
 "data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, "
 "through a module and a certificate of conformity to download."
 msgstr ""
+"截至 2018年1月1日, 法国和 DOM-TOM 实施了一项新的反欺诈立法。这一新立法规定了有关销售数据的 "
+"inalterability、安全、存储和归档的某些标准。这些法律要求在 Odoo 中实施, 版本9继续, 通过模块和合格证书下载。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34
 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "我的公司是否需要使用反欺诈软件？"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like "
 "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "您的公司需要使用一个反欺诈现金登记软件, 如 Odoo (CGI 艺术 286, i. 3° bis) 如果:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39
 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "您在法国或任何 DOM-汤姆应纳税 (不含增值税),"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40
 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "您的一些客户是个人 (B2C)。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from "
 "VAT and therefore are not affected."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "此规则适用于任何公司规模。自动创业者免征增值税, 因此不受影响。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46
 msgid "Get certified with Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "获得 Odoo 认证"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48
 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "与 Odoo 的兼容是非常容易的。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50
 msgid ""
@@ -2122,32 +2198,38 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>`__ or "
 "contact your Odoo service provider."
 msgstr ""
+"税务管理部门要求贵公司提供合格证书, 证明您的软件符合反欺诈法规。此证书由 odoo SA 授予 odoo 企业用户 \" "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__.。如果您使用 odoo 社区, "
+"您应该 \"升级到 odoo "
+"企业版<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>\" __ "
+"或联系您的 odoo 服务提供商."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58
 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果不符合规定, 您的公司将面临7500欧元的罚款。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60
 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "要获得认证, 只需按照以下步骤操作:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62
 msgid ""
 "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* "
 "menu:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "从 * 应用程序 * 菜单中安装适合您 Odoo 环境的反欺诈模块:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65
 msgid ""
 "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud "
 "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)"
 msgstr ""
+"如果您使用 Odoo 销售点: * l10n_fr_pos_cert *: 法国-销售点的增值税反欺诈认证 (CGI 286 I-3 bis)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67
 msgid ""
 "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud "
 "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在任何其他情况下: * l10n_fr_certification *: 法国-增值税反欺诈认证 (CGI 286 I-3 bis)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68
 msgid ""
@@ -2156,12 +2238,16 @@ msgid ""
 ":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a "
 "country from the list; Do not create a new country."
 msgstr ""
+"确保您的公司设置了一个国家/地区, 否则您的条目将不会被加密 inalterability 检查。要编辑您公司的数据, 请转到: "
+"menuselection: \"设置->> 用户和公司->> 公司\"。从列表中选择一个国家/地区;不要创建一个新的国家。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72
 msgid ""
 "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__."
 msgstr ""
+"下载 Odoo SA ' 这里 ' 提供的强制性合格证书<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-"
+"certification/>`__."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74
 msgid ""
@@ -2170,12 +2256,14 @@ msgid ""
 "the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules "
 "List* in the top-menu."
 msgstr ""
+"要在2017年12月18日之前创建的任何系统中安装该模块, 应更新 \"模块\" 列表。为此, 请从 * 设置 * 菜单中激活开发人员模式。然后转到 *"
+" 应用程序 * 菜单, 然后在顶部菜单中按 * 更新模块列表 *。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78
 msgid ""
 "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and "
 "restart your server beforehand."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果您在本地运行 Odoo, 您需要更新您的安装并提前重新启动服务器。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80
 msgid ""
@@ -2186,47 +2274,50 @@ msgid ""
 "*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is"
 " installed."
 msgstr ""
+"如果您安装了反欺诈模块的初始版本 (2017年12月18日之前), 则需要对其进行更新。该模块的名称是 * 法国-会计认证 CGI 286 I-3 "
+"bis *。更新模块列表后, 在 * 应用程序 * 中搜索更新的模块 *, 选择它, 然后单击 * 升级 *。最后, 确保安装了以下模块 * "
+"l10n_fr_sale_closing *。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89
 msgid "Anti-fraud features"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "反欺诈功能"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91
 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "反欺诈模块引入了以下功能:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93
 msgid ""
 "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key "
 "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Inalterability**: 取消或修改 POS 订单、发票和日记帐分录的关键数据的所有方式的停用;"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95
 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Security**: 链算法验证 inalterability;"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96
 msgid ""
 "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and "
 "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Storage**: 自动销售结转, 计算期间和累计合计 (每日、每月、每年)。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100
 msgid "Inalterability"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Inalterability"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102
 msgid ""
 "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, "
 "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is "
 "located in France or in any DOM-TOM."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果公司位于法国或任何 DOM-TOM, 则取消和修改付费 POS 订单、已确认发票和日记帐分录的关键数据的所有可能方法都将被停用。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106
 msgid ""
 "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such "
 "companies are impacted."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果您运行的是多公司环境, 则只有这些公司的文档受到影响。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110
 msgid "Security"
@@ -2238,6 +2329,7 @@ msgid ""
 " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the "
 "document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents."
 msgstr ""
+"为确保 inalterability, 每个订单或日记帐条目在验证时进行加密。此数字 (或哈希) 是从文档的关键数据以及先例文档的哈希计算得出的。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117
 msgid ""
@@ -2247,6 +2339,8 @@ msgid ""
 "initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted "
 "document recorded in the system."
 msgstr ""
+"该模块引入一个接口来测试数据 inalterability。如果文档在验证后修改了任何信息, 则测试将失败。算法重新计算所有哈希值, "
+"并将它们与初始值进行比较。在出现故障时, 系统会指出系统中记录的第一个损坏的文档。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123
 msgid ""
@@ -2255,6 +2349,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to "
 ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`."
 msgstr ""
+"具有 * 管理员 * 访问权限的用户可以启动 inalterability 检查。对于 POS 订单, 请转到: menuselection: "
+"\"销售点->> 报告-法国声明\"。对于发票或日记帐分录, 请转到: menuselection: \"开票/记帐->> 报告-法国声明\"。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130
 msgid "Storage"
@@ -2266,24 +2362,29 @@ msgid ""
 "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period"
 " as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry "
 "recorded in the system."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "该系统还处理每日、每月和每年的自动销售结转。此类结算会显著计算该期间的销售总额以及系统中记录的第一个销售条目的累计总计。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138
 msgid ""
 "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, "
 "Invoicing and Accounting apps."
 msgstr ""
+"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, "
+"Invoicing and Accounting apps."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142
 msgid ""
 "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal "
 "Type = Sales)."
 msgstr ""
+"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal "
+"Type = Sales)."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144
 msgid ""
 "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company."
 msgstr ""
+"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146
 msgid ""
@@ -2292,6 +2393,10 @@ msgid ""
 "daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24"
 " hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again."
 msgstr ""
+"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. "
+"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a "
+"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24"
+" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152
 msgid ""
@@ -2300,6 +2405,10 @@ msgid ""
 "record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be "
 "counted in the very next closing."
 msgstr ""
+"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the "
+"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you "
+"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be "
+"counted in the very next closing."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157
 msgid ""
@@ -2317,6 +2426,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none"
 " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable."
 msgstr ""
+"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none"
+" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169
 msgid ""
@@ -2324,22 +2435,29 @@ msgid ""
 "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees "
 "the inalterability of data."
 msgstr ""
+"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due "
+"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees "
+"the inalterability of data."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173
 msgid ""
 "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the"
 " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the"
+" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178
 msgid "More Information"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "More Information"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180
 msgid ""
 "You will find more information about this legislation in the official "
 "documents:"
 msgstr ""
+"You will find more information about this legislation in the official "
+"documents:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182
 msgid ""
@@ -2366,7 +2484,7 @@ msgstr "德国"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6
 msgid "German Chart of Accounts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "German Chart of Accounts"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -2375,6 +2493,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization "
 "section."
 msgstr ""
+"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can "
+"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization "
+"section."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17
@@ -2382,20 +2504,24 @@ msgid ""
 "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have "
 "not created any accounting entry."
 msgstr ""
+"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have "
+"not created any accounting entry."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default."
 msgstr ""
+"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19
 msgid "German Accounting Reports"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "German Accounting Reports"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:"
 msgstr ""
+"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27
@@ -2406,11 +2532,11 @@ msgstr "资产负债表"
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19
 msgid "Profit & Loss"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "利润损失"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25
 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26
 msgid "Partner VAT Intra"
@@ -2418,7 +2544,7 @@ msgstr "合作伙伴增值税内"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29
 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "导出从Odoo到Datev"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31
 msgid ""
@@ -2428,6 +2554,11 @@ msgid ""
 ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on "
 "the **Export Datev (csv)** button."
 msgstr ""
+"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be "
+"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be "
+"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on "
+"the **Export Datev (csv)** button."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3
 msgid "Mexico"
@@ -2442,6 +2573,12 @@ msgid ""
 "information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country "
 "\"Mexico\" set."
 msgstr ""
+"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official"
+" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have "
+"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here "
+"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the "
+"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country "
+"\"Mexico\" set."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63
@@ -2450,7 +2587,7 @@ msgstr "介绍"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16
 msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18
 msgid ""
@@ -2464,12 +2601,16 @@ msgid ""
 "**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3,"
 " payment complement, invoice addendum."
 msgstr ""
+"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3,"
+" payment complement, invoice addendum."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23
 msgid ""
 "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic "
 "accounting are here (Accounting app required)."
 msgstr ""
+"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic "
+"accounting are here (Accounting app required)."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26
 msgid ""
@@ -2479,6 +2620,11 @@ msgid ""
 "market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your "
 "company in Mexico."
 msgstr ""
+"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply "
+"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting"
+" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this "
+"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your "
+"company in Mexico."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36
 msgid ""
@@ -2486,6 +2632,9 @@ msgid ""
 " to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix "
 "debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again."
 msgstr ""
+"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try"
+" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix "
+"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41
 msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization"
@@ -2493,7 +2642,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43
 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49
 msgid ""
@@ -2501,10 +2650,13 @@ msgid ""
 "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically "
 "installed."
 msgstr ""
+"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country "
+"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically "
+"installed."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54
 msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "2. 电子发票(CDFI 3.2 和 3.3 格式)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56
 msgid ""
@@ -2514,33 +2666,45 @@ msgid ""
 "3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully"
 " integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in"
+" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image"
+" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and "
+"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully"
+" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:66
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68
 msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70
 msgid ""
 "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go "
 "in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid "
 "address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal "
 "position on your company’s contact."
 msgstr ""
+"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go "
+"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid "
+"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal "
+"position on your company’s contact."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:75
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77
 msgid ""
 "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known"
 " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the "
-"vat to **ACO560518KW7**."
+"vat to **TCM970625MB1**."
 msgstr ""
+"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known"
+" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the "
+"vat to **TCM970625MB1**."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:83
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85
 msgid ""
 "4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the "
 "company"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87
 msgid ""
 "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in "
 "order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the "
@@ -2549,12 +2713,18 @@ msgid ""
 " Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see "
 "the option)."
 msgstr ""
+"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in "
+"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the "
+"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal "
+"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley"
+" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see "
+"the option)."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:92
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94
 msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:95
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97
 msgid ""
 "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only "
 "available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on "
@@ -2562,71 +2732,94 @@ msgid ""
 "https://www.odoo.com/help."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:100
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102
 msgid "Enable debug mode:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107
 msgid ""
 "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings "
 "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter "
 "called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this "
 "name does not exist)."
 msgstr ""
+"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings "
+"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter "
+"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this "
+"name does not exist)."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113
 msgid ""
 "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the "
 "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT "
 "resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is "
 "the default behavior."
 msgstr ""
+"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the "
+"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT "
+"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is "
+"the default behavior."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:120
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122
 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613
 msgid ""
 "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" "
 "field set to \"Tasa\"."
 msgstr ""
+"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" "
+"field set to \"Tasa\"."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132
 msgid ""
 "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it"
 " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should"
 " set 601, it will look like the image."
 msgstr ""
+"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it"
+" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should"
+" set 601, it will look like the image."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139
 msgid ""
 "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field "
 "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it "
 "faster."
 msgstr ""
+"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field "
+"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it "
+"faster."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146
 msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148
 msgid ""
 "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in "
 ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You "
 "can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* "
 "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password."
 msgstr ""
+"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You "
+"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* "
+"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154
 msgid ""
 "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can "
 "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables "
 "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_."
 msgstr ""
+"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can "
+"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables "
+"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:156
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158
 msgid ""
 "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before "
 "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the "
@@ -2634,147 +2827,197 @@ msgid ""
 " proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production "
 "environment with real transactions."
 msgstr ""
+"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before "
+"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the "
+"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process"
+" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production "
+"environment with real transactions."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:166
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168
 msgid ""
 "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a "
 "PAC username or password."
 msgstr ""
+"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a "
+"PAC username or password."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:173
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175
 msgid ""
 "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test "
 "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization."
 msgstr ""
+"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test "
+"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:176
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178
 msgid "`Certificate`_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`Certificate`_"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:177
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179
 msgid "`Certificate Key`_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`Certificate Key`_"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180
 msgid "**Password :** 12345678a"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181
-msgid "Usage and testing"
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183
+msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185
+msgid ""
+"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, "
+"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the "
+"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"."
+msgstr ""
+"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, "
+"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the "
+"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create "
+"a new tax you should choose a tag."
 msgstr ""
+"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create "
+"a new tax you should choose a tag."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196
+msgid "Usage and testing"
+msgstr "用法和测试"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199
 msgid "Invoicing"
 msgstr "开票"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201
 msgid ""
 "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following "
 "the normal Odoo's behaviour."
 msgstr ""
+"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following "
+"the normal Odoo's behaviour."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204
 msgid ""
 "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look "
 "like this:"
 msgstr ""
+"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look "
+"like this:"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211
 msgid ""
 "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or"
 " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your "
 "invoice by email."
 msgstr ""
+"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or"
+" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your "
+"invoice by email."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:203
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218
 msgid ""
 "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should "
 "looks like."
 msgstr ""
+"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should "
+"looks like."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225
 msgid "Cancelling invoices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "取消的发票"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227
 msgid ""
 "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in "
 "Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in "
+"Odoo."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:214
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229
 msgid "If the invoice is not paid."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "If the invoice is not paid."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:216
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231
 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:224
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239
 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244
 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249
 msgid ""
 "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow "
 "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field."
 msgstr ""
+"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow "
+"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252
 msgid "**Legal considerations**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Legal considerations**"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254
 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255
 msgid ""
 "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much "
 "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a "
 "good control of the cancellation reasons."
 msgstr ""
+"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much "
+"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a "
+"good control of the cancellation reasons."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:243
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258
 msgid ""
 "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel"
 " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same "
 "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself."
 msgstr ""
+"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel"
+" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same "
+"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:248
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263
 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265
 msgid ""
 "To generate the payment complement you just must to follow the normal "
 "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are "
 "important."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:253
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268
 msgid ""
 "All payment done in the same day of the invoice will be considered as It "
 "will not be signed, because It is the expected behavior legally required for"
 " \"Cash payment\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:256
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271
 msgid ""
 "To test a regular signed payment just create an invoice for the day before "
 "today and then pay it today."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:273
 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274
 msgid ""
 "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with "
 "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code "
@@ -2782,67 +3025,81 @@ msgid ""
 " the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el "
 "caso de anticipos recibidos**."
 msgstr ""
+"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with "
+"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code "
+"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in"
+" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el "
+"caso de anticipos recibidos**."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:264
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279
 msgid ""
 "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer "
 "Payment without a proper invoice."
 msgstr ""
+"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer "
+"Payment without a proper invoice."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284
 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:286
 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287
 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "电算试平衡。"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:273
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288
 msgid "DIOT report."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DIOT report."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:275
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290
 msgid ""
 "1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a "
 "report only available on the context of the accounting."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293
 msgid ""
 "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting "
 "app."
 msgstr ""
+"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting "
+"app."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:299
 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302
 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Electronic Chart of account CoA"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:289
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:304
 msgid ""
 "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to "
 ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on "
 "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**"
 msgstr ""
+"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on "
+"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311
 msgid "**How to add new accounts?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313
 msgid ""
 "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a"
 " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured."
 msgstr ""
+"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a"
+" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:301
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316
 msgid ""
 "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to "
 ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then "
@@ -2851,30 +3108,42 @@ msgid ""
 " automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on"
 " xml."
 msgstr ""
+"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then "
+"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account "
+"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag"
+" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on"
+" xml."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326
 msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328
 msgid ""
 "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on"
 " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**."
 msgstr ""
+"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on"
+" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332
 msgid ""
 "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it "
 "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on "
 "your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need "
 "is not created you can create one on the fly."
 msgstr ""
+"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it "
+"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on "
+"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need "
+"is not created you can create one on the fly."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338
 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "电算试平衡"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340
 msgid ""
 "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have "
 "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports "
@@ -2882,80 +3151,109 @@ msgid ""
 "exported to XML using the button in the top  **Export for SAT (XML)** with "
 "the previous selection of the period you want to export."
 msgstr ""
+"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have "
+"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports "
+"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be "
+"exported to XML using the button in the top  **Export for SAT (XML)** with "
+"the previous selection of the period you want to export."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:334
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349
 msgid ""
 "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any"
 " regular Odoo Report."
 msgstr ""
+"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any"
+" regular Odoo Report."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:353
 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355
 msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357
 msgid ""
 "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that"
 " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in "
 "Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that"
+" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in "
+"Odoo."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:360
 msgid ""
 "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties "
 "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must "
 "give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered "
 "the same, with our providers."
 msgstr ""
+"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties "
+"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must "
+"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered "
+"the same, with our providers."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:350
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365
 msgid ""
 "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT"
 " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary "
 "to. submit the DIOT:"
 msgstr ""
+"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT"
+" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary "
+"to. submit the DIOT:"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369
 msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:356
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371
 msgid ""
 "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain "
 "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can "
 "find in the SAT website."
 msgstr ""
+"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain "
+"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can "
+"find in the SAT website."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:360
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375
 msgid ""
 "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to "
 "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have "
 "deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent "
 "to said data."
 msgstr ""
+"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to "
+"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have "
+"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent "
+"to said data."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380
 msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382
 msgid ""
 "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will "
 "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present "
 "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers."
 msgstr ""
+"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will "
+"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present "
+"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386
 msgid ""
 "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but "
 "this after having made up to 500 records."
 msgstr ""
+"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but "
+"this after having made up to 500 records."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:374
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389
 msgid ""
 "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the "
 "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your "
@@ -2963,19 +3261,27 @@ msgid ""
 " as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt "
 "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB."
 msgstr ""
+"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the "
+"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your "
+"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such"
+" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt "
+"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395
 msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397
 msgid ""
 "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch "
 "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and "
 "according to the SAT site is:"
 msgstr ""
+"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch "
+"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and "
+"according to the SAT site is:"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:401
 msgid ""
 "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions "
 "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the "
@@ -2984,50 +3290,64 @@ msgid ""
 "direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its "
 "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT."
 msgstr ""
+"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions "
+"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the "
+"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of"
+" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the "
+"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its "
+"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:393
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:408
 msgid ""
 "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make "
 "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in "
 "line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with "
 "Third Parties."
 msgstr ""
+"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make "
+"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in "
+"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with "
+"Third Parties."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413
 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "You can find the `official information here`_."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415
 msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417
 msgid ""
 "Go to  :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions "
 "with third partied (DIOT)`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:422
 msgid ""
 "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before "
 "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you."
 msgstr ""
+"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before "
+"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:428
 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Click on \"Export (TXT)."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433
 msgid ""
 "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow "
 "the necessary steps to declare it."
 msgstr ""
+"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow "
+"the necessary steps to declare it."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:422
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437
 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:439
 msgid ""
 "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT "
 "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select "
@@ -3035,35 +3355,51 @@ msgid ""
 "there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your"
 " suppliers."
 msgstr ""
+"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT "
+"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select "
+"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else "
+"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your"
+" suppliers."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:432
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:447
 msgid ""
 "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice "
 "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are "
 "properly configured already."
 msgstr ""
+"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice "
+"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are "
+"properly configured already."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:435
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450
 msgid ""
 "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask"
 " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment "
 "following standard odoo procedure."
 msgstr ""
+"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask"
+" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment "
+"following standard odoo procedure."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:438
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453
 msgid ""
 "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the "
 "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report "
 "itself."
 msgstr ""
+"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the "
+"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report "
+"itself."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:441
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456
 msgid ""
 "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually "
 "paid."
 msgstr ""
+"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually "
+"paid."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458
 msgid ""
 "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like "
 "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you "
@@ -3072,27 +3408,36 @@ msgid ""
 "before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all "
 "your partners are correctly set."
 msgstr ""
+"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like "
+"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you "
+"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use"
+" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it "
+"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all "
+"your partners are correctly set."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:454
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:469
 msgid "Extra Recommended features"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Extra Recommended features"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472
 msgid "Contact Module (Free)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Contact Module (Free)"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:459
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474
 msgid ""
 "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses "
 "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to "
 "install."
 msgstr ""
+"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses "
+"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to "
+"install."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:464
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479
 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481
 msgid ""
 "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different "
 "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi"
@@ -3101,18 +3446,26 @@ msgid ""
 "automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such "
 "information daily in the system manually."
 msgstr ""
+"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different "
+"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi"
+" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with "
+"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate "
+"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such "
+"information daily in the system manually."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:473
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488
 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:494
 msgid ""
 "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI "
 "3.3)"
 msgstr ""
+"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI "
+"3.3)"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496
 msgid ""
 "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set "
 "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is "
@@ -3120,45 +3473,81 @@ msgid ""
 "debug mode enabled)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:486
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`"
 msgstr ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502
 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503
 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:489
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504
 msgid ""
 "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> "
 "Companies`"
 msgstr ""
+"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> "
+"Companies`"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:505
 msgid "Open any company you have."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Open any company you have."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:491
-msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Dowload XSD file to CFDI\"."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:506
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529
+msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"."
+msgstr "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:511
 msgid ""
 "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without "
 "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a "
 "generic one with no explanation."
 msgstr ""
+"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without "
+"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a "
+"generic one with no explanation."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516
+msgid "If you see an error like this:"
+msgstr "If you see an error like this:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518
+msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid"
+msgstr "The cfdi generated is not valid"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:520
+msgid ""
+"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does "
+"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36"
+msgstr ""
+"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value "
+"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does "
+"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36"
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524
+msgid ""
+"This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, "
+"or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as"
+" above but:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:528
+msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs."
+msgstr "Go to the company in which the error occurs."
+
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535
 msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:505
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537
 msgid ""
 ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': "
@@ -3166,43 +3555,43 @@ msgid ""
 "allowed minimum length of '1'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:507
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539
 msgid ""
 ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': "
 "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the "
 "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference "
 "properly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:538
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:561
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:593
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604
 msgid "**Error message**:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Error message**:"
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:515
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547
 msgid ""
 ":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is "
 "required but missing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549
 msgid ""
 ":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is "
 "required but missing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:520
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the "
 "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look"
@@ -3212,20 +3601,23 @@ msgid ""
 "considerations about fiscal positions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:527
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559
 msgid ""
 "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it "
 "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should "
 "set 601, it will look like the image."
 msgstr ""
+"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it "
+"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should "
+"set 601, it will look like the image."
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567
 msgid ""
 "For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas "
 "Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572
 msgid ""
 ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet "
@@ -3234,11 +3626,11 @@ msgid ""
 "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:543
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575
 msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582
 msgid ""
 ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': "
@@ -3252,16 +3644,16 @@ msgid ""
 "missing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a "
 "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on "
 ":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all "
-"the required fields for your address following the step `3. Set you legal "
-"information in the company`."
+"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-"
+"info`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:563
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595
 msgid ""
 ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' "
@@ -3269,13 +3661,13 @@ msgid ""
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for"
 " Mexico, fix it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:606
 msgid ""
 ":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element "
 "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is "
@@ -3284,7 +3676,7 @@ msgid ""
 "is required but missing.\", '')"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578
+#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610
 msgid ""
 "**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and"
 " used on the invoice."
@@ -3296,7 +3688,7 @@ msgstr "荷兰"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5
 msgid "XAF Export"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "XAF Export"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7
 msgid ""
@@ -3306,24 +3698,31 @@ msgid ""
 " entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and "
 "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**."
 msgstr ""
+"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export"
+" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the"
+" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and "
+"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14
 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dutch Accounting Reports"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to "
 "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :"
 msgstr ""
+"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to "
+"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21
 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23
 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Intrastat Report (ICP)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3
 msgid "Spain"
@@ -3331,25 +3730,27 @@ msgstr "西班牙"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6
 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Spanish Chart of Accounts"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by "
 "default:"
 msgstr ""
+"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by "
+"default:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10
 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11
 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12
 msgid "PGCE Entitades"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PGCE Entitades"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -3357,34 +3758,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal "
 "Localization** section."
 msgstr ""
+"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal "
+"Localization** section."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by "
 "default."
 msgstr ""
+"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by "
+"default."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23
 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Spanish Accounting Reports"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to"
 " accounting reports specific to Spain:"
 msgstr ""
+"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to"
+" accounting reports specific to Spain:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28
 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 111)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29
 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 115)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30
 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 303)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3
 msgid "Switzerland"
@@ -3392,7 +3800,7 @@ msgstr "瑞士"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6
 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -3400,6 +3808,9 @@ msgid ""
 "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print "
 "ISR*."
 msgstr ""
+"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly "
+"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print "
+"ISR*."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16
 msgid ""
@@ -3407,10 +3818,13 @@ msgid ""
 "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and "
 "010391391 as CHF ISR reference."
 msgstr ""
+"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on "
+"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and "
+"010391391 as CHF ISR reference."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23
 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Then you open a pdf with the ISR."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28
 msgid ""
@@ -3420,10 +3834,15 @@ msgid ""
 ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting "
 "Reports` and tick this box :"
 msgstr ""
+"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank "
+"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the "
+"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting "
+"Reports` and tick this box :"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38
 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Currency Rate Live Update"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40
 msgid ""
@@ -3432,10 +3851,14 @@ msgid ""
 "--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service "
 "you want."
 msgstr ""
+"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax "
+"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting "
+"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service "
+"you want."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49
 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Updated VAT for January 2018"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51
 msgid ""
@@ -3443,16 +3866,21 @@ msgid ""
 " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate"
 " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%."
 msgstr ""
+"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in"
+" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate"
+" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56
 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58
 msgid ""
 "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't "
 "have to do anything."
 msgstr ""
+"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't "
+"have to do anything."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61
 msgid ""
@@ -3462,12 +3890,19 @@ msgid ""
 "\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on "
 "\"upgrade\"`."
 msgstr ""
+"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the "
+"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in "
+":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for "
+"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on "
+"\"upgrade\"`."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68
 msgid ""
 "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated "
 "rates."
 msgstr ""
+"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated "
+"rates."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72
 msgid ""
@@ -3476,16 +3911,22 @@ msgid ""
 "time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 "
 "transactions."
 msgstr ""
+"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want "
+"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of "
+"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 "
+"transactions."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77
 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79
 msgid ""
 "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, "
 "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)"
 msgstr ""
+"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, "
+"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82
 msgid ""
@@ -3493,52 +3934,61 @@ msgid ""
 " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the"
 " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to"
 msgstr ""
+"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate"
+" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the"
+" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87
 msgid ""
 "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: "
 "grid 302 tax"
 msgstr ""
+"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: "
+"grid 302 tax"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90
 msgid ""
 "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: "
 "grid 342 tax"
 msgstr ""
+"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: "
+"grid 342 tax"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93
 msgid ""
 "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes "
 "included in Odoo by default"
 msgstr ""
+"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes "
+"included in Odoo by default"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
 msgid "**Tax Name**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Tax Name**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
 msgid "**Rate**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Rate**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
 msgid "**Label on Invoice**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Label on Invoice**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
 msgid "**Tax Scope**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Tax Scope**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97
 msgid "**Tag**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Tag**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99
 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101
@@ -3548,11 +3998,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117
 msgid "7.7%"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "7.7%"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99
 msgid "7.7% achat"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "7.7% achat"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101
@@ -3561,7 +4011,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117
 msgid "TVA 7.7%"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 7.7%"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101
@@ -3579,42 +4029,42 @@ msgstr "采购"
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109
 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101
 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101
 msgid "7.7% achat Incl."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "7.7% achat Incl."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103
 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103
 msgid "7.7% invest."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "7.7% invest."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113
 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105
 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105
 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107
 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109
@@ -3624,11 +4074,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121
 msgid "3.7%"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "3.7%"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107
 msgid "3.7% achat"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "3.7% achat"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109
@@ -3637,35 +4087,35 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121
 msgid "TVA 3.7%"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 3.7%"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109
 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109
 msgid "3.7% achat Incl."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "3.7% achat Incl."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111
 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111
 msgid "3.7% invest"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "3.7% invest"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113
 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113
 msgid "3.7% invest Incl."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "3.7% invest Incl."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115
 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117
@@ -3681,38 +4131,42 @@ msgstr "销售"
 msgid ""
 "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax"
 msgstr ""
+"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117
 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117
 msgid "7.7% Incl."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "7.7% Incl."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119
 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121
 msgid ""
 "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax"
 msgstr ""
+"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121
 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121
 msgid "3.7% Incl."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "3.7% Incl."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124
 msgid ""
 "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using "
 "odoo.com/help."
 msgstr ""
+"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using "
+"odoo.com/help."
 
 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128
 msgid ""
@@ -3720,6 +4174,9 @@ msgid ""
 " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update "
 "your fiscal positions accordingly."
 msgstr ""
+"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or"
+" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update "
+"your fiscal positions accordingly."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108
@@ -3877,8 +4334,8 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "当折旧结束时, 可以手动关闭资产。如果发布的最后一行折旧,资产自动进入那个状态。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
-msgid "Category"
-msgstr "类别"
+msgid "Asset Category"
+msgstr "资产类别"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Category of asset"
@@ -3892,6 +4349,38 @@ msgstr "日期"
 msgid "Date of asset"
 msgstr "资产日期"
 
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Depreciation Dates"
+msgstr "折旧日期"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based"
+" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on "
+"the periodicity of the depreciations)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the "
+"purchase date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "First Depreciation Date"
+msgstr "首次折旧日期"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal "
+"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting "
+"date"
+msgstr "请注意，该日期不改变第一日记账的计算情况下的临时资产。它只是改变其会计日期"
+
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Gross Value"
 msgstr "毛值"
@@ -3953,9 +4442,9 @@ msgstr "即时按比例分配"
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done "
-"from the purchase date instead of the first January / Start date of fiscal "
-"year"
-msgstr "表明第一次折旧从购买日期开始,而不是从年度第一个月开始."
+"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start "
+"date of fiscal year"
+msgstr "资产折旧的第一个凭证是从购买日开始而不是年初开始."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Number of Depreciations"
@@ -4008,8 +4497,8 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "如果你把资产的产品, 资产类别将自动填入该供应商的法案。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111
-msgid "How to deprecate an asset?"
-msgstr "如何折旧资产？"
+msgid "How to depreciate an asset?"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113
 msgid ""
@@ -4159,6 +4648,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related"
 " partner."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo需要知道与具体预算相关的成本或费用。因此，我们需要将发票和费用链接到分析科目。创建分析科目，需进入会计模块并点击 "
+":menuselection:`顾问 --> 分析科目 --> 打开图表`。创建一个名为史密斯公司项目的新账户并选择相关的合作伙伴。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:82
 msgid "Set a budget"
@@ -6001,7 +6492,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3
 msgid "Multicurrency"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "多币种"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3
 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments"
@@ -7007,14 +7498,14 @@ msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:"
 msgstr "对于本文当的目的, 我们会使用以上的用例 :"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91
-msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded"
+msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded"
 msgstr "产品的默认价格是8.26€, 不含税价"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93
 msgid ""
-"but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or eCommerce "
+"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce "
 "website"
-msgstr "但是我们却想在我们店铺或者电商应用中卖10€, 含税价"
+msgstr "但我们想在门店或者电商网站中卖10€，含税价"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97
 msgid "Setting your products"
@@ -7022,13 +7513,13 @@ msgstr "设置你的产品"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99
 msgid ""
-"Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is "
+"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is "
 "usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale "
 "Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the "
 "Accounting application."
 msgstr ""
-"你的公司必须要配置为默认不含税价格。通常这是默认的配置, 但是你可以会计模块的 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) "
-"-->设置(Settings)` 中勾选 **默认销项税** 。"
+"你的公司必须要配置为默认不含税价格。通常这是默认的配置，但是你可以在会计应用程序中访问菜单:menuselection:`配置 -->设置`并勾选 "
+"**默认销售税** 。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107
 msgid ""
@@ -7105,12 +7596,11 @@ msgstr "避免更改每一张销售订单"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158
 msgid ""
-"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price "
-"included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal "
-"position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at "
-"every sale of this customer."
-msgstr ""
-"如果你和客户谈下来一个合同, 不管谈下来的价格是否含税, 你可以在客户的信息中维护价格表和财政位置, 然后该客户的所有订单都会自动带出正确的价格和税。"
+"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax "
+"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position "
+"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale "
+"of this customer."
+msgstr "如果你和客户谈下来一个合同，不管谈下来的价格是否含税，你都可以在客户表单中设置价格表和财务状况，然后该客户的所有订单都会自动适用该规则。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163
 msgid ""
@@ -7249,7 +7739,7 @@ msgstr "对于某些财务状况，有时需要用另外两种税替换一种税
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80
 msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "财务状况不适用于资产和递延收入。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27
@@ -7604,6 +8094,8 @@ msgid ""
 "*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in "
 ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`."
 msgstr ""
+"多数国家的B2C价格都是含税的。在Odoo中，你可以在销售税中勾选**含税价**，路径为 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> "
+"会计 --> 税收`。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12
 msgid ""
@@ -7902,12 +8394,10 @@ msgstr "权责发生制和现金收付制方法"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to "
+"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to "
 "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual "
 "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)."
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo支持权责发生制和现金收付制的报告。这允许你在交易发生的时间报告收入/费用（即, 权责发生制）, 或者在付出或者收到付款的时候（即, "
-"收付实现制）。"
+msgstr "Odoo支持权责发生制和现金收付制的报告。这允许你在交易发生时报告收入/费用（即权责发生制），或者收付款时（即收付实现制）报告。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30
 msgid "Multi-companies"
@@ -7915,7 +8405,7 @@ msgstr "多公司"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each "
+"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each "
 "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation "
 "reports following your consolidation rules."
 msgstr "Odoo允许在同一个数据库管理几个公司。每个公司有自己的科目表以及规则。依据你的合并规则, 你可以得到合并报告。"
@@ -7951,12 +8441,12 @@ msgstr "国际标准"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54
 msgid ""
-"Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting "
-"implement accounting standards that is common to all countries and specific "
-"modules exists per country for the specificities of the country like the "
+"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting "
+"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific "
+"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the "
 "chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces."
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo会计支持超过50个国家。Odoo核心会计实现的会计准则，是所有国家共用的，每个国家还存在特别的模块, 例如科目表, 税金, 以及银行接口。"
+"Odoo会计应用程序支持超过50个国家。Odoo核心会计应用程序实施所有国家共用的会计准则。每个国家还有特定的模块，例如科目表、税收或银行接口。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60
 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:"
@@ -7965,10 +8455,9 @@ msgstr "特别是, Odoo 核心会计引擎支持 :"
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62
 msgid ""
 "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries "
-"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where cost of good "
+"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good "
 "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered."
-msgstr ""
-"盎格鲁 - 撒克逊会计（美国, 英国, , 以及其他英语国家，包括爱尔兰, 加拿大, 澳大利亚和新西兰），其中，当产品售出/交付完成时报告销货成本。"
+msgstr "盎格鲁 - 撒克逊会计准则（美国、英国、以及爱尔兰、加拿大、澳大利亚和新西兰等其他英语国家）在产品售出/交付完成时报告销货成本。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66
 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill."
@@ -8068,7 +8557,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Odoo通过匹配大部分导入的银行对帐单明细到你的会计交易，加快银行对账。 Odoo还记住你是如何处理其他的银行对帐单明细，并提供建议的总帐交易。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119
-msgid "Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority"
+msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority"
 msgstr "计算你欠税务机关的税金"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121
@@ -8104,12 +8593,12 @@ msgstr "容易的留存收益"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139
 msgid ""
-"Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo "
+"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo "
 "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-"
 "end journal or rollover is required.  This is calculated by reporting the "
 "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically."
 msgstr ""
-"留存收益是你企业留存的部分收入。 Odoo实时自动计算你的当年盈利，所以年终分录或翻转是没必要的。这是通过自动将损益表报告到资产负债表计算得到的。"
+"留存收益是你企业留存的部分收入。Odoo实时自动计算你的当年盈利，所以不需要进行年终分录或逆转。留存收益通过自动将损益表报告到资产负债表计算得出。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3
 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting"
@@ -8642,7 +9131,7 @@ msgstr "过程概述"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3
 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "从客户发票到付款收集"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -9610,7 +10099,7 @@ msgstr "从这个页面上,使用汇总“到期日”功能, 通过数据透视
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3
 msgid "Vendor Payments"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "供应商账单"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3
 msgid "Pay by Checks"
@@ -9723,6 +10212,8 @@ msgid ""
 "validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to "
 "**Check** and validate the payment dialog."
 msgstr ""
+"如需在账单上登记付款，在此点开任何供应商发票:menuselection:`采购 --> "
+"供应商发票`。在验证供应商发票后，即可登记付款。将**支付方式**设置为**支票**，并验证付款对话框。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74
 msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:"
@@ -9755,7 +10246,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch "
 "deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, "
 "you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To "
-"enable batch deposit,module account_batch_deposit must be installed."
+"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
@@ -9765,6 +10256,16 @@ msgid ""
 "installed"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Show Partner Bank Account"
+msgstr "显示合作伙伴银行账户"
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` "
+"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views"
+msgstr "字段用于告知‘partner_bank_account_id’字段是否需要被显示在付款表单视图中。"
+
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Code"
 msgstr "代码"
@@ -10912,7 +11413,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46
 msgid "Apply roundings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "应用舍入"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48
 msgid ""
@@ -12701,7 +13202,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89
 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "关闭或撤销委托书"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
index e14c13a9b1..dbbd352521 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
@@ -1,16 +1,26 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# fausthuang, 2017
+# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Army Hu <eric-hoo@163.com>, 2018
+# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2018
+# John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2019
+# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-21 09:44+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Army Hu <eric-hoo@163.com>, 2018\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -22,1252 +32,576 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "CRM"
 msgstr "CRM"
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar.rst:3
-msgid "Calendar"
-msgstr "日历"
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
-msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar"
-msgstr "如何同步你的Odoo日历和Google Calendar？"
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
-"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
-"directions)."
-msgstr "Odoo能完美集成Google Calendar，因此能从两个平台上管理你的会议（同时通过两种方式更新日程）。"
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
-msgid "Setup in Google"
-msgstr "在Google中设定"
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to "
-"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
-msgstr ""
-"打开Google API平台https://console.developers.google.com>，生成Google Calendar "
-"API证书，然后用Google帐号登录。"
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
-msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
-msgstr "进入API和服务页面"
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
-msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
-msgid "Enable the API."
-msgstr "启用API接口。"
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done "
-"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
-msgid "Create credentials."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
-msgid ""
-"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
-"of data."
-msgstr "选择*Web浏览器（Javascript）*作为呼叫源，选择*用户数据*作为数据类。"
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
-"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The "
-"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized "
-"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
-"'/google_account/authentication'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
-msgid ""
-"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo "
-"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not "
-"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID"
-" in Odoo for the first time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
-" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
-msgid "Setup in Odoo"
-msgstr "设置Odoo"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3
+msgid "Acquire leads"
+msgstr "获取线索"
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
-msgid ""
-"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the "
-"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3
+msgid "Convert leads into opportunities"
+msgstr "线索转换商机"
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client"
-" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
+"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a "
+"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and "
+"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM"
+" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can "
+"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form."
 msgstr ""
+"系统可以生成潜在顾客而不是商机，以便在将 [潜在顾客] 转换为 [机会] 并分配给正确的销售人员之前添加资格步骤。可以从 CRM "
+"设置激活此模式。默认情况下，它适用于所有销售渠道。但是，可以从特定通道的配置窗体中使其具体化。"
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
-msgid ""
-"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
-"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
-"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
-" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
-msgstr ""
-"设置现已就绪。打开Odoo日历，与Google "
-"Calendar同步。首次同步时会转到Google，对链接进行授权。返回Odoo后，再次点击同步按钮。任何时候同步均可点击这个按钮。"
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
-msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
-msgstr "没有理由再错过会议了哦！"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads.rst:3
-msgid "Leads"
-msgstr "线索"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate.rst:3
-msgid "Generate leads"
-msgstr "生成线索"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:3
-msgid "How to generate leads from incoming emails?"
-msgstr "如何通过邮件收取生成相关线索?"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"There are several ways for your company to :doc:`generate leads with Odoo "
-"CRM <manual>`. One of them is using your company's generic email address as "
-"a trigger to create a new lead in the system. In Odoo, each one of your "
-"sales teams is linked to its own email address from which prospects can "
-"reach them. For example, if the personal email address of your Direct team "
-"is **direct@mycompany.example.com**, every email sent will automatically "
-"create a new opportunity into the sales team."
-msgstr ""
-"有几种方式为你的公司使用Odoo CRM 生成线索。一种是使用你公司的公共邮箱地址作为触法生成一个新的线索。在Odoo中, "
-"每个销售团队被链接到他们自己的邮箱地址以便潜在客户能联系上他们。比如, 如果你的Direct团队的个人邮件地址是 "
-"**direct@mycompany.example.com** , 每个发送的邮件会自动生成一个新的机会在销售团队中。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:14
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:30
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:19
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23 ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12
 msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr "配置"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"The first thing you need to do is to configure your **outgoing email "
-"servers** and **incoming email gateway** from the :menuselection:`Settings "
-"module --> General Settings`."
-msgstr ""
-"你需要做的第一件事是配置你的 **发送电子邮件服务器** 和 **接收电子邮件网关** , 从 "
-":menuselection:`设置模块(Settings module) -->常规设置(General Settings)` 。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Then set up your alias domain from the field shown here below and click on "
-"**Apply**."
-msgstr "然后从这里下图所示的字段设置您的别名域, 然后点击 **应用** 。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:26
-msgid "Set up team alias"
-msgstr "建立团队别名"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:28
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Go on the Sales module and click on **Dashboard**. You will see that the "
-"activation of your domain alias has generated a default email alias for your"
-" existing sales teams."
-msgstr "转到销售模块上, 然后点击 **仪表板** 。您将看到您的域别名的激活产生了一个默认的电子邮件别名为您现有的销售团队。"
+"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> "
+"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature."
+msgstr "要此功能正常工作，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"CRM --= 配置 --* 设置\"并激活 [潜在顾客] 功能。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:35
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"You can easily personalize your sales teams aliases. Click on the More "
-"button from the sales team of your choice, then on **Settings** to access "
-"the sales team form. Into the **Email Alias** field, enter your email alias "
-"and click on **Save**. Make sure to allow receiving emails from everyone."
+"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Pipeline* where they will "
+"aggregate."
 msgstr ""
-"您可以轻松地个性化您的销售团队的别名。点击销售团队所选择的\" 更多\\ \\ \\ \"按钮, 然后在 **设定** 进入销售团队的形式。进入 "
-"**电子邮件别名** 字段中输入您的电子邮件别名, 然后点击 **保存** 。确保允许从所有人接收电子邮件。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:41
-msgid ""
-"From there, each email sent to this email address will generate a new lead "
-"into the related sales team."
-msgstr "从那里, 发送到这个电子邮件地址的每个电子邮件将生成一个新的线索进入相关的销售团队。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:48
-msgid "Set up catch-all email domain"
-msgstr "设置获取-所有邮件域名"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"Additionally to your sales team aliases, you can also create a generic email"
-" alias (e.g. *contact@* or *info@* ) that will also generate a new contact "
-"in Odoo CRM. Still from the Sales module, go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and set up your catch-all email "
-"domain."
-msgstr ""
-"此外, 以您的销售团队的别名, 你还可以创建一个通用的电子邮件别名(例如 *@联系人* 或 *信息@* ), 也将产生Odoo "
-"CRM新的联系。仍然在销售模块, 去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` "
-"并设置捕获所有电子邮件域。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57
-msgid ""
-"You can choose whether the contacts generated from your catch-all email "
-"become leads or opportunities using the radio buttons that you see on the "
-"screenshot here below. Note that, by default, the lead stage is not "
-"activated in Odoo CRM."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以在这里看到下面的截图单选按钮选择从 catch-all 电子邮件产生的联系是否成为线索或机会。需要注意的是, 默认情况下, 线索阶段不在Odoo "
-"CRM激活。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:67
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:89
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:194
-msgid ":doc:`manual`"
-msgstr ":doc:`manual` "
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:67
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195
-msgid ":doc:`import`"
-msgstr ":doc:`import` "
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71
-msgid ":doc:`website`"
-msgstr ":doc:`website` "
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3
-msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?"
-msgstr "如何将联系人导入CRM?"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, you can import a database of potential customers, for instance "
-"for a cold emailing or cold calling campaign, through a CSV file. You may be"
-" wondering if the best option is to import your contacts as leads or "
-"opportunities. It depends on your business specificities and workflow:"
-msgstr ""
-"在Odoo CRM, 您可以通过CSV文件导入潜在客户的数据库, 例如陌生的电子邮件或陌生的电话拜访活动。你可能会想, "
-"如果最好的选择是导入你的联系情况作为线索或机会。这取决于你的业务特点和工作流程 :"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28
+msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity"
+msgstr "将销售线索转换为商机"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:11
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"Some companies may decide to not use leads, but instead to keep all "
-"information directly in an opportunity. For some companies, leads are merely"
-" an extra step in the sales process. You could call this extended (start "
-"from lead) versus simplified (start from opportunity) customer relationship "
-"management."
-msgstr ""
-"一些公司可能决定不使用线索, 而是直接保持所有信息作为机会。对于一些公司, "
-"线索仅仅是在销售过程中的额外步骤。你可以称之为扩展(从开始线索)与简化的客户关系管理(从机会开始)."
+"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an "
+"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same "
+"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer."
+msgstr "当您单击*引导 *时，您可以选择将其转换为机会，并决定是否仍应将其分配给相同的渠道/人员以及是否需要创建新客户。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:17
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"Odoo perfectly allows for either one of these approaches to be chosen. If "
-"your company handles its sales from a pre qualification step, feel free to "
-"activate first the lead stage as described below in order to import your "
-"database as leads"
+"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will "
+"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, "
+"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that "
+"customer already exists."
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo完全允许这些方法中的选择任何一个。如果你的公司处理从一个预先验证步骤的销售, 如下面顺序描述首先激活线索阶段以便可以作为线索导入数据库。"
+"如果您已经有了该客户的机会，Odoo将自动为您提供与该机会合并的机会。 以相同的方式，Odoo将自动为您提供链接到现有客户（如果该客户已经存在）。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:23
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:9
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:38
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:62
-msgid "Activate the lead stage"
-msgstr "激活线索阶段"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3
+msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails"
+msgstr "通过电子邮件生成潜在客户/机会"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:25
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. If you want to "
-"import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads "
-"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
+"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your "
+"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will"
+" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel."
 msgstr ""
-"默认情况下, 线索阶段是不再Odoo里被激活的.如果你要导入你的联系做为线索而不是机会, 如下所示去到 "
-":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` , 选择 **使用线索如果...** 并点击 "
-"**应用** 。"
+"自动化线索/机会生成将大大提高您的效率。 默认情况下，任何发送到* sales @ database \\ _domain.ext "
+"*的电子邮件都会在默认销售渠道的渠道中创造机会。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33
-msgid ""
-"This activation will create a new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` "
-"from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** "
-"button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here <manual>`)"
-msgstr ""
-"这种激活将创建一个新的子菜单 :menuselection:`销售 - >线索` 从中你将能够从 **导入** 按钮, "
-"导入联系人(如果你想手动创建一个线索, : doc :`点击这里<手册>` )"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41
-msgid "Import your CSV file"
-msgstr "导入 CSV 文件"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"On the new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`, click on **Import** and"
-" select your Excel file to import from the **Choose File** button. Make sure"
-" its extension is **.csv** and don't forget to set up the correct File "
-"format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local settings"
-" and display your columns properly."
-msgstr ""
-"在新的子菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->线索(Leads)` , 点击 **导入** 并选择您的Excel文件, 从 "
-"**选择文件** 按钮导入。确保它的扩展名是 **.csv** 文件, 不要忘记设置正确的文件格式选项( **编码** 和 **分离器** ), "
-"以配合您的本地设置和正确显示你的列。"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11
+msgid "Configure email aliases"
+msgstr "配置电子邮件别名"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:50
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"If your prospects database is provided in another format than CSV, you can "
-"easily convert it to the CSV format using Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice / "
-"LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, etc."
+"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate "
+"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage"
+" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the "
+"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Sales Channels`."
 msgstr ""
-"如果您的潜在客户数据库是以另一种格式而非CSV提供的, 你可以使用Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice/ LibreOffice, "
-"谷歌文档等很容易地将其转换为CSV格式。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:58
-msgid "Select rows to import"
-msgstr "选择行以导入"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"Odoo will automatically map the column headers from your CSV file to the "
-"corresponding fields if you tick *The first row of the file contains the "
-"label of the column* option. This makes imports easier especially when the "
-"file has many columns. Of course, you can remap the column headers to "
-"describe the property you are importing data into (First Name, Last Name, "
-"Email, etc.)."
-msgstr ""
-"如果你打勾 *文件的第一行包含列的标签* 的选项, 从CSV文件中的列标题将自动映射到相应的字段。这使得导入更加容易, 特别是当文件有很多列。当然, "
-"你可以重新映射列标题来描述你要导入的数据属性(姓, 名, 电子邮件等)."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"If you want to import your contacts as opportunities rather than leads, make"
-" sure to add the *Type* column to your csv. This column is used to indicate "
-"whether your import will be flagged as a Lead (type = Lead) or as an "
-"opportunity (type = Opportunity)."
-msgstr ""
-"如果你要导入你的联系作为机会而不是线索, 确信增加 *类型* "
-"列到你的CSV.这列用来表明你的导入是作为一个线索(类型=线索)还是作为一个机会(类型=机会)。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:77
-msgid ""
-"Click the **Validate** button if you want to let Odoo verify that everything"
-" seems okay before importing. Otherwise, you can directly click the Import "
-"button: the same validations will be done."
-msgstr "点击 **验证** 按钮, 如果你要在导入前让Odoo校验一切看上去就可以了。除此以外, 你可以直接按导入按钮 :相同的验证也会被执行。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:83
-msgid ""
-"For additional technical information on how to import contacts into Odoo "
-"CRM, read the **Frequently Asked Questions** section located below the "
-"Import tool on the same window."
-msgstr "其他关于如何导入联系情况到Odoo CRM的技术信息, 可以阅读统一窗口中导入工具下的 **常见问题** "
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196
-msgid ":doc:`emails`"
-msgstr ":doc:`emails` "
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:3
-msgid "How to create a contact into Odoo CRM?"
-msgstr "如何在ODOO CRM中创建客户联系人?"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Odoo CRM allows you to manually add contacts into your pipeline. It can be "
-"either a lead or an opportunity."
-msgstr "Odoo CRM可让您手动添加联系到您的管道。它可以是线索或机会。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. To activate it, go "
-"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the option "
-"\"\"use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
-msgstr ""
-"默认情况下, 线索阶段在Odoo CRM. 里是不激活的. 要激活它的话, 去 :menuselection:`销售 -->配置 -->设置`, "
-"如下所示选择选项 **选择线索如果...** 并点击 **应用** 。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"This activation will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that "
-"gives you access to a list of all your leads from which you will be able to "
-"create a new contact."
-msgstr "这个激活会产生一个新的子菜单 **线索** 在 **销售** 里使你可以访问所有你的线索并创建新的联系人。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:26
-msgid "Create a new lead"
-msgstr "创建新线索"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button."
-msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->线索(Leads)` , 并点击 **创建** 按钮."
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33
-msgid ""
-"From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact "
-"name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in"
-" the **Internal notes** field."
-msgstr "从联系人表格中，提供你所拥有的全部详细信息（包括联系人姓名、电邮、电话、地址等），在**互联网笔记**栏提供其他信息。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39
-msgid ""
-"your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson"
-" by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the "
-"screen."
-msgstr "你的线索可以直接交给指定的销售团队和销售人员通过点击在屏幕左上角的 **转换成机会** "
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:43
-msgid "Create a new opportunity"
-msgstr "创建新商机"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without "
-"having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard "
-"and click on the **Pipeline** button of the desired sales team. If you don't"
-" have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first "
-"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Then, click on **Create** and fill in "
-"the contact details as shown here above. By default, the newly created "
-"opportunity will appear on the first stage of your sales pipeline."
-msgstr ""
-"您也可以直接将联系添加到特定的销售团队, 而无需先转换成线索。在销售模块, 进入你的仪表板和点击所需的销售团队的 **管道** "
-"按钮。如果你没有任何的销售团队呢, :DOC:'你需要先创建一个<../../销售组/设置/ 创建_队伍> `。然后, 点击 **创建** "
-"并如上图所示的方法填写联系情况。默认情况下, 新创建的机会将出现在您的销售管道的第一个阶段。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:53
-msgid ""
-"Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific "
-"stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and "
-"you want to send him a quotation right away, you can add his contact details"
-" on the fly directly into the **Proposition** stage. From the Kanban view of"
-" your sales team, just click on the **+** icon at the right of your stage to"
-" create the contact. The new opportunity will then pop up into the "
-"corresponding stage and you can then fill in the contact details by clicking"
-" on it."
-msgstr ""
-"另一个创建机会的方式是直接在特定阶段添加。比如, 如果你已经和史密斯先生在会议上说过并且你马上要发一个报价给他。你可以直接添加他的联系细节在“主张\" "
-"阶段. 从你的销售团队的看板视图, 点击在你的阶段的右侧的 **+** 图标以生成联系情况。新的机会会在相对应的阶段显示, "
-"然后你可以点击它填写具体的联系情况 "
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:3
-msgid "How to generate leads from my website?"
-msgstr "如何从网站生成线索?"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Your website should be your company's first lead generation tool. With your "
-"website being the central hub of your online marketing campaigns, you will "
-"naturally drive qualified traffic to feed your pipeline. When a prospect "
-"lands on your website, your objective is to capture his information in order"
-" to be able to stay in touch with him and to push him further down the sales"
-" funnel."
-msgstr ""
-"您的网站应该是你公司的第一线索生成工具。您的网站是您的在线营销活动的中心枢纽, 你自然会推动合格的流量养活你的销售管道。当一个潜在客户登陆你的网站, "
-"你的目标是捕捉到他的信息, 以便能够留在与他联系, 进一步推动他来到销售漏斗。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:12
-msgid "This is how a typical online lead generation process work :"
-msgstr "这就是一个典型的在线线索产生过程中的工作 :"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:14
-msgid ""
-"Your website visitor clicks on a call-to action (CTA) from one of your "
-"marketing materials (e.g. an email newsletter, a social media message or a "
-"blog post)"
-msgstr "您的网站访问者点击号召行动(CTA)从你的营销方式中的一种(例如电子邮件通讯, 社交媒体消息或博客文章)"
+"每个销售渠道都可以拥有自己的电子邮件别名，以生成自动分配给它的销售线索/机会。 如果您管理具有特定业务流程的多个销售团队，这将很有用。 "
+"您可以在配置->销售渠道下找到销售渠道的配置。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"The CTA leads your visitor to a landing page including a form used to "
-"collect his personal information (e.g. his name, his email address, his "
-"phone number)"
-msgstr "该CTA引领你的访问者到收集个人信息的形式登陆页面(如他的名字, 他的电子邮件地址, 他的电话号码)."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3
+msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page"
+msgstr "从您的网站联系页面生成潜在客户/机会"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:22
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"The visitor submits the form and automatically generates a lead into Odoo "
-"CRM"
-msgstr "访问者发送表单并自动在Odoo里生成一个线索。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"Your calls-to-action, landing pages and forms are the key pieces of the lead"
-" generation process. With Odoo Website, you can easily create and optimize "
-"those critical elements without having to code or to use third-party "
-"applications. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/website-"
-"builder>`__."
-msgstr ""
-"你的号召行动, 登陆页面和表单是线索生成过程的关键部分。随着Odoo网站, 你可以轻松地创建和优化的关键要素, "
-"而无需编写代码或使用第三方应用程序。在这里了解更多<https ://www.odoo.com/page/website-builder> `__。"
+"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your "
+"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a"
+" lead/opportunity in the pipeline."
+msgstr "实现潜在客户/机会生成自动化将大大提高您的效率。任何在您的网站上使用联系表单的访问者都将在管道中创建潜在顾客/商机。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo, the Website and CRM modules are fully integrated, meaning that you "
-"can easily generate leads from various ways through your website. However, "
-"even if you are hosting your website on another CMS, it is still possible to"
-" fill Odoo CRM with leads generated from your website."
-msgstr ""
-"在Odoo, 网站和CRM模块完全集成, 这意味着您可以轻松地通过您的网站的各种方式生成线索。但是, 即使你的网站托管在另一个CMS, "
-"仍然可以使用Odoo CRM从您的网站产生线索。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:40
-msgid ""
-"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. Therefore, new "
-"leads automatically become opportunities. You can easily activate the option"
-" of adding the lead step. If you want to import your contacts as leads "
-"rather than opportunities, from the Sales module go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads "
-"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
-msgstr ""
-"默认情况下, 线索阶段在Odoo CRM 里是不激活的。而是, "
-"新的线索自动成成机会.你能轻松地激活增加线索步骤的选项.如果你要导入你的联系活动作为线索而不是机会, 从销售模块的 "
-":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` , 如下所示选择 **使用线索如果...** "
-"的选项并点击 **应用** 。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"Note that even without activating this step, the information that follows is"
-" still applicable - the lead generated will land in the opportunities "
-"dashboard."
-msgstr "注意即使没有激活这个步骤, 以下信息依然适用 -生成的线索会位于仪表盘的机会中"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:55
-msgid "From an Odoo Website"
-msgstr "从Odoo 网站"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:57
-msgid ""
-"Let's assume that you want to get as much information as possible about your"
-" website visitors. But how could you make sure that every person who wants "
-"to know more about your company's products and services is actually leaving "
-"his information somewhere? Thanks to Odoo's integration between its CRM and "
-"Website modules, you can easily automate your lead acquisition process "
-"thanks to the **contact form** and the **form builder** modules"
-msgstr ""
-"让我们假设你要尽可能多的得到你的网站访问者的信息。但是你怎么能确保每个想知道更多关于你公司的产品和服务的人真的留下了他的信息？感谢Odoo在CRM和网站模块间的集成,"
-" 你能轻松地自动收集线索, 感谢 **联系表** 和 **表单生成** 模块。"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10
+msgid "Use the contact us on your website"
+msgstr "使用您网站上的联系我们"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"another great way to generate leads from your Odoo Website is by collecting "
-"your visitors email addresses thanks to the Newsletter or Newsletter Popup "
-"CTAs. These snippets will create new contacts in your Email Marketing's "
-"mailing list. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/email-"
-"marketing>`__."
-msgstr ""
-"另外好的方法是从你的Odoo网站的通讯或通讯弹窗收集来访者的邮件地址来产生线索。这些摘要会在你的邮件营销的邮件列表上生成新的联系人。这里可以了解更多<https"
-" ://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing> `__."
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12
+msgid "You should first go to your website app."
+msgstr "您应该首先转到您的网站应用。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:75
-msgid ""
-"Start by installing the Website builder module. From the main dashboard, "
-"click on **Apps**, enter \"**Website**\" in the search bar and click on "
-"**Install**. You will be automatically redirected to the web interface."
-msgstr ""
-"从安装网站建设者模块开始。从主仪表盘, 点击 **应用** , 在搜索栏中输入“ **网站** \" , 并点击 **安装** "
-"。您将被自动重定向到Web界面。 "
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14
+msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
+msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:84
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"A tutorial popup will appear on your screen if this is the first time you "
-"use Odoo Website. It will help you get started with the tool and you'll be "
-"able to use it in minutes. Therefore, we strongly recommend you to use it."
-msgstr ""
-"该教程将在屏幕上弹出窗口, 如果这是你用Odoo网站上的第一次。这将帮助你开始使用的工具, 你就可以在几分钟内使用它。因此, 我们强烈建议您使用它。"
+"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from ready-to-use contact form on "
+"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically."
+msgstr "安装 CRM 应用后，您将受益于 Odoo 网站上的即用型联系人表单，该表单将自动生成潜在顾客/商机。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:89
-msgid "Create a lead by using the Contact Form module"
-msgstr "使用联系模块创建一个线索"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:91
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"You can effortlessly generate leads via a contact form on your **Contact "
-"us** page. To do so, you first need to install the Contact Form module. It "
-"will add a contact form in your **Contact us** page and automatically "
-"generate a lead from forms submissions."
+"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact "
+"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*."
 msgstr ""
-"您可以毫不费力地通过联系表格生成线索在 **联系我们** 的页面上。要做到这一点, 首先需要安装联系表格模块。它会在你的 **联系我们** "
-"页面添加联系人的形式, 并自动生成表格提交线索。"
+"要更改为特定销售渠道，请转到 ：菜单选择：'网站 -- = 配置 --* 设置'下 [通信] 您将找到联系表信息以及更改 [销售渠道] 或 [销售人员]"
+" 的位置。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:96
-msgid ""
-"To install it, go back to the backend using the square icon on the upper-"
-"left corner of your screen. Then, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Contact "
-"Form**\" in the search bar (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag "
-"otherwise you will not see the module appearing) and click on **Install**."
-msgstr ""
-"要安装它, 使用在屏幕的左上角方形图标回到后台。然后, 点击 **应用程序** , 输入“ **联系表** \" , 在搜索栏(不要忘记删除 "
-"**应用程序** 标记, 否则你将看不到该模块), 然后单击 **安装** 。 "
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50
+msgid "Create a custom contact form"
+msgstr "创建自定义联系人表单"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:104
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"Once the module is installed, the below contact form will be integrated to "
-"your \"Contact us\" page. This form is linked to Odoo CRM, meaning that all "
-"data entered through the form will be captured by the CRM and will create a "
-"new lead."
+"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use they want to "
+"contact you. You will then need to build a custom contact form on your "
+"website. Those contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the "
+"system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, "
+"etc...)"
 msgstr ""
-"一旦模块安装完, 如下联系表单会集成到你的“联系我们\" 的页面。这个表单被链接到Odoo CRM, "
-"意味着所有通过这个表单输入的数据会被CRM捕获并生成一个新线索。 "
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:112
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"Every lead created through the contact form is accessible in the Sales "
-"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`. The name of the "
-"lead corresponds to the \"Subject\" field on the contact form and all the "
-"other information is stored in the corresponding fields within the CRM. As a"
-" salesperson, you can add additional information, convert the lead into an "
-"opportunity or even directly mark it as Won or Lost."
-msgstr ""
-"通过联系表单创建的所有线索都可以在销售模块中访问, 通过点击 :菜单选择:`销售 - > Leads` 。线索的名字对应与联系表格上的“主题\" 字段,"
-" 其他所有的信息都存储在CRM中的相应字段。作为销售人员, 你可以添加更多的信息, 率先转变成一个机会, 甚至直接将其标记为赢或输。 "
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:123
-msgid "Create a lead using the Form builder module"
-msgstr "使用界面格式生成器建立一个线索"
+"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module. Only available in "
+"Odoo Enterprise."
+msgstr "您需要安装免费的 [表单生成器] 模块。仅在 Odoo 企业版中可用。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:125
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"You can create fully-editable custom forms on any landing page on your "
-"website with the Form Builder snippet. As for the Contact Form module, the "
-"Form Builder will automatically generate a lead after the visitor has "
-"completed the form and clicked on the button **Send**."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以在您的网站上的任何目标网页上使用格式生成器创建完全可编辑的自定义表单。至于联系表格模块, 访问者已完成表格并点击该按钮后, "
-"表单生成器会自动生成一个线索 **发送** 。"
+"From any page you want your contact form to be in, in edit mode, drag the "
+"form builder in the page and you will be able to add all the fields you "
+"wish."
+msgstr "在编辑模式下，从您希望联系人表单位于的任何页面中拖动表单生成器，您将能够添加所需的所有字段。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:130
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59
 msgid ""
-"From the backend, go to Settings and install the \"**Website Form "
-"Builder**\" module (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag otherwise you "
-"will not see the modules appearing). Then, back on the website, go to your "
-"desired landing page and click on Edit to access the available snippets. The"
-" Form Builder snippet lays under the **Feature** section."
-msgstr ""
-"从后端, 转到设置和安装“ **网站表单生成器** \" 模块(不要忘记删除 **应用程序** 标记, 否则你将看不到模块)。然后, 回到网站上, "
-"去你想要的目标网页, 然后点击编辑访问可用片段。表单生成器片段位于 **功能** 部分。 "
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:140
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you have dropped the snippet where you want the form to appear on"
-" your page, a **Form Parameters** window will pop up. From the **Action** "
-"drop-down list, select **Create a lead** to automatically create a lead in "
-"Odoo CRM. On the **Thank You** field, select the URL of the page you want to"
-" redirect your visitor after the form being submitted (if you don't add any "
-"URL, the message \"The form has been sent successfully\" will confirm the "
-"submission)."
-msgstr ""
-"一旦你已经把你的表单放置在您希望的网页位置上, 一个 **表单参数** 窗口会弹出。从 **行动** 下拉列表中, 选择 **创建一个线索** "
-"在Odoo CRM自动创建线索。在 **谢谢** 字段中, 选择要重定向访问者提交表单后(你不添加任何URL, 消息“表格已成功发送\" "
-"网页的URL将确认提交)。 "
+"By default any new contact form will send an email, you can switch to "
+"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*."
+msgstr "默认情况下，任何新的联系人表单都会发送电子邮件，您可以在 [更改表单参数] 中切换到潜在顾客/商机生成。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:151
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63
 msgid ""
-"You can then start creating your custom form. To add new fields, click on "
-"**Select container block** and then on the blue **Customize** button. 3 "
-"options will appear:"
+"If the same visitors uses the contact form twice, the second information "
+"will be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter."
 msgstr ""
-"然后, 您可以开始创建自定义窗体。要添加新的领域, 请点击 **选择容器块** , 然后在蓝色 **自定义** 按钮。 3个选项就会出现 :"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:158
-msgid ""
-"**Change Form Parameters**: allows you to go back to the Form Parameters and"
-" change the configuration"
-msgstr " **变更表参数**:  让你回到表单参数和更改配置"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:161
-msgid ""
-"**Add a model field**: allows you to add a field already existing in Odoo "
-"CRM from a drop-down list. For example, if you select the Field *Country*, "
-"the value entered by the lead will appear under the *Country* field in the "
-"CRM - even if you change the name of the field on the form."
-msgstr ""
-" **添加一个模型字段**:  允许您从下拉列表中添加Odoo CRM现有的字段。例如, 如果您选择的字段 *国家* , "
-"在线索中输入的这个值就会出现在CRM *国家* 字段里 - 即使你改变窗体上的字段的名称。"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67
+msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities"
+msgstr "生成潜在顾客而不是机会"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:167
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69
 msgid ""
-"**Add a custom field**: allows you to add extra fields that don't exist by "
-"default in Odoo CRM. The values entered will be added under \"Notes\" within"
-" the CRM. You can create any field type : checkbox, radio button, text, "
-"decimal number, etc."
+"When using a contact form, it is advised to use a qualification step before "
+"assigning to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM "
+"settings and refer to :doc:`convert`."
 msgstr ""
-" **添加自定义字段**:  允许您添加默认情况下不会在Odoo CRM存在额外的字段。输入的值将添加在CRM中的“注意事项\" "
-"中。您可以创建任意字段类型: 复选框, 单选按钮, 文本, 十进制数等。 "
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:172
-msgid "Any submitted form will create a lead in the backend."
-msgstr "任何提交的表单将在后台创建一个线索。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:175
-msgid "From another CMS"
-msgstr "从其他CMS系统"
+"使用联系人表单时，建议在将资格鉴定步骤分配给正确的销售人员之前使用。为此，请激活 CRM 设置中的 [潜在顾客]，并参阅:doc：'转换'\"。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:177
-msgid ""
-"If you use Odoo CRM but not Odoo Website, you can still automate your online"
-" lead generation process using email gateways by editing the \"Submit\" "
-"button of any form and replacing the hyperlink by a mailto corresponding to "
-"your email alias (learn how to create your sales alias :doc:`here "
-"<emails>`)."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您使用Odoo CRM但不是Odoo网站, 您依然可以用电子邮件网关自动化您的在线销售过程, 通过编辑表单上“提交\" 按钮, 更换超级链接, "
-"用一个mailto到你的相关的邮件别名(了解如何创建销售别名 :DOC:'<电子邮件> `)。 "
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3
+msgid "Send quotations"
+msgstr "发送报价单"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:183
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"For example if the alias of your company is **salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, add"
-" ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` into the regular hyperlink code (CTRL+K)"
-" to generate a lead into the related sales team in Odoo CRM."
+"When you qualified one of your lead into an opportunity you will most likely"
+" need to them send a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with"
+" Odoo."
 msgstr ""
-"例如, 如果你的公司的别名是 **salesEMEA@mycompany.com** , 加\" mailto "
-":salesEMEA@mycompany.com \\ \"到常规超链接的代码(CTRL + K)来生成一个线索到相关销售团队Odoo CRM。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage.rst:3
-msgid "Manage leads"
-msgstr "管理线索"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:3
-msgid "Automate lead assignation to specific sales teams or salespeople"
-msgstr "自动分配线索给特定的销售团队或销售员"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Depending on your business workflow and needs, you may need to dispatch your"
-" incoming leads to different sales team or even to specific salespeople. "
-"Here are a few example:"
-msgstr "根据您的业务流程和需求, 您可能需要分派您的进来的线索到不同的销售团队, 甚至具体的销售人员。这里有几个例子 :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"Your company has several offices based on different geographical regions. "
-"You will want to assign leads based on the region;"
-msgstr "你的公司有位于不同地区的办公室。你需要基于地区分配线索。"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:13
+msgid "Create a new quotation"
+msgstr "创建新报价单"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"One of your sales teams is dedicated to treat opportunities from large "
-"companies while another one is specialized for SMEs. You will want to assign"
-" leads based on the company size;"
-msgstr "您的一个销售团队, 致力于大型企业到的机会而另一个是专门为中小型企业。您将要根据公司的大小分配线索;"
+"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* "
+"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote."
+msgstr "通过点击任何商机或潜在顾客，您将看到一个 [新报价] 按钮，它会将您带入一个新的菜单，您可以在其中管理您的报价。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:22
 msgid ""
-"One of your sales representatives is the only one to speak foreign languages"
-" while the rest of the team speaks English only. Therefore you will want to "
-"assign to that person all the leads from non-native English-speaking "
-"countries."
-msgstr "您的一个销售代表的是讲外语, 而团队的其他成员只能讲母语。因此, 你会想分配给那个人所有来自非母语国家的线索。"
+"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the "
+"*Quotations* menu on that page."
+msgstr "您可以在该页面上的 [报价] 菜单下找到该特定商机的所有报价。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:21
-msgid ""
-"As you can imagine, manually assigning new leads to specific individuals can"
-" be tedious and time consuming - especially if your company generates a high"
-" volume of leads every day. Fortunately, Odoo CRM allows you to automate the"
-" process of lead assignation based on specific criteria such as location, "
-"interests, company size, etc. With specific workflows and precise rules, you"
-" will be able to distribute all your opportunities automatically to the "
-"right sales teams and/or salesman."
-msgstr ""
-"你可以想像, 手动分配新的线索给特定个人可能是乏味且耗时的 - 尤其是如果你的公司每天产生引线的高容量。幸运的是, Odoo "
-"CRM可以让你根据特定要求自动分配线索, 比如地点, 兴趣, 公司规模等, 在具体工作流程和精确的规则的过程中, "
-"您将能够自动重新分配所有的机会给正确的销售团队和/或推销员。"
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:29
+msgid "Mark them won/lost"
+msgstr "标记他们赢/输"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:32
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"If you have just started with Odoo CRM and haven't set up your sales team "
-"nor registered your salespeople, :doc:`read this documentation first "
-"<../../overview/started/setup>`."
-msgstr ""
-"如果你刚刚开始Odoo CRM而且没有设置您的销售团队, 也没有注册您的销售人员, :DOC:`先阅读本文档<../../概述/开始/设置>` 。"
+"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the "
+"process along."
+msgstr "现在，您需要将机会标记为赢或输，才能推动进程。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:36
+#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"You have to install the module **Lead Scoring**. Go to :menuselection:`Apps`"
-" and install it if it's not the case already."
-msgstr "你必须安装模块 **线索评分** 。转到 :菜单选择:`Apps` , 如果不是这种情况已经安装。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:40
-msgid "Define rules for a sales team"
-msgstr "为销售团队定义规则"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:42
-msgid ""
-"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** button"
-" of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**. If you don't have any "
-"sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first "
-"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`."
-msgstr ""
-"从销售模块, 进入你的仪表板和在期望的销售团队上点击 **更多** 按钮, 然后在 **设定** 。如果你没有任何的销售团队呢, "
-":DOC:'你需要先创建一个<../../销售团队/设置/制作团队> `。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain rule "
-"(for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module "
-"tutorial "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ or "
-"`Syntax reference guide "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-"
-"domains>`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain."
-msgstr ""
+"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban "
+"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived."
+msgstr "如果将它们标记为赢，它们将移动到看板视图中的 [Won] 列。但是，如果您将它们标记为 [丢失]，它们将被存档。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56
-msgid ""
-"For example, if you want your *Direct Sales* team to only receive leads "
-"coming from United States and Canada, your domain will be as following :"
-msgstr "例如, 如果你希望你的 *直接销售团队* 只接收从美国和加拿大来的线索, 你的 domain 将如下 :"
+#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3
+msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work"
+msgstr "优化您的日常工作"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:59
-msgid "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``"
-msgstr "\" [[country_id,'in', ['United States','Canada']]] \\ \""
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
+msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo"
+msgstr "将谷歌日历与Odoo同步"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:66
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"you can also base your automatic assignment on the score attributed to your "
-"leads. For example, we can imagine that you want all the leads with a score "
-"under 100 to be assigned to a sales team trained for lighter projects and "
-"the leads over 100 to a more experienced sales team. Read more on :doc:`how "
-"to score leads here <lead_scoring>`."
-msgstr ""
-"您还可以基于您的线索评分进行自动分配。例如, 我们可以想像, "
-"你希望所有100下得分的线索分配给普通的销售团队和超过100导致了更有经验的销售团队。了解更多关于 :DOC:'这里怎么得分线索<线索得分> `。"
+"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
+"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
+"directions)."
+msgstr "Odoo能完美集成Google Calendar，因此能从两个平台上管理你的会议（同时通过两种方式更新日程）。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:72
-msgid "Define rules for a salesperson"
-msgstr "为销售员定义规则"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
+msgid "Setup in Google"
+msgstr "在Google中设定"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:74
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"You can go one step further in your assignment rules and decide to assign "
-"leads within a sales team to a specific salesperson. For example, if I want "
-"Toni Buchanan from the *Direct Sales* team to receive only leads coming from"
-" Canada, I can create a rule that will automatically assign him leads from "
-"that country."
+"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to "
+"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
 msgstr ""
-"你可以一步完成你的分配规则, 决定一个销售团队内部线索分配给特定的销售人员。例如, 如果我希望托尼·布坎南从 *直接销售* 只接受来自加拿大的线索, "
-"我可以创建一个规则将自动分配他从该国来的线索的规则。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:80
-msgid ""
-"Still from the sales team menu (see here above), click on the salesperson of"
-" your choice under the assignment submenu. Then, enter your rule in the "
-"*Domain* field."
-msgstr "依然从销售团队菜单(见本文上面), 分配子菜单下点击您所选择的销售人员。然后, 在 *域* 字段中输入您的规则。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:89
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo, a lead is always assigned to a sales team before to be assigned to "
-"a salesperson. Therefore, you need to make sure that the assignment rule of "
-"your salesperson is a child of the assignment rule of the sales team."
-msgstr "在Odoo, 线索总是先被分配到一个销售团队再分配给销售人员。因此, 你需要确保你的销售人员的分配规则是销售团队的分配规则的子类。"
+"打开Google API平台https://console.developers.google.com>，生成Google Calendar "
+"API证书，然后用Google帐号登录。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:95
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:67
-msgid ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup` "
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
+msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
+msgstr "进入API和服务页面"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:3
-msgid "How to do efficient Lead Scoring?"
-msgstr "如何进行有效的线索评分？"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
+msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
+msgstr "搜索 [Google 日历 API] 并选择它。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Odoo's Lead Scoring module allows you to give a score to your leads based on"
-" specific criteria - the higher the value, the more likely the prospect is "
-"\"ready for sales\". Therefore, the best leads are automatically assigned to"
-" your salespeople so their pipe are not polluted with poor-quality "
-"opportunities."
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo线索评分模块允许你给基于特定标准线索评分 - 值越高, 就越有可能的前景“准备销售\" 。因此, 机会最好的导线会自动分配给您的销售人员, "
-"质量差的机会不会充斥你的销售管道。 "
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
+msgid "Enable the API."
+msgstr "启用API接口。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"Lead scoring is a critical component of an effective lead management "
-"strategy. By helping your sales representative determine which leads to "
-"engage with in order of priority, you will increase their overall conversion"
-" rate and your sales team's efficiency."
-msgstr "线索的评分分是一个有效的线索管理战略的重要组成部分。通过帮助您的销售代表按优先级排序行事, 你会增加他们的总体转化率和你的销售团队的效率。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:22
-msgid "Install the Lead Scoring module"
-msgstr "安装 **线索评分** 模块"
+"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done "
+"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
+msgstr "选择或创建 API 项目以存储凭据（如果之前尚未完成）。给它一个显式名称（例如 Odoo 同步）。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:24
-msgid "Start by installing the **Lead Scoring** module."
-msgstr "开始安装 **线索评分** 模块"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
+msgid "Create credentials."
+msgstr "创建凭据。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:26
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
 msgid ""
-"Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu "
-":menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`"
-msgstr ""
-"一旦模块安装后, 你可以看到一条行的菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->线索管理(Leads Management) "
-"-->评分规则(Scoring Rules)` "
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33
-msgid "Create scoring rules"
-msgstr "生成评分规则"
+"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
+"of data."
+msgstr "选择*Web浏览器（Javascript）*作为呼叫源，选择*用户数据*作为数据类。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:35
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"Leads scoring allows you to assign a positive or negative score to your "
-"prospects based on any demographic or behavioral criteria that you have set "
-"(country or origin, pages visited, type of industry, role, etc.). To do so "
-"you'll first need to create rules that will assign a score to a given "
-"criteria."
+"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
+"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The "
+"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized "
+"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
 msgstr ""
-"信息评分允许你基于您设置的人口统计或行为准则, 分配正分或负分给你的潜在客户(国家或地区, 访问的页面, 行业, 角色, 类型等)。要做到这一点, "
-"你需要先创建将分数分配给一个给定的标准规则。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"In order to assign the right score to your various rules, you can use these "
-"two methods:"
-msgstr "为了正确分配分数您的各种规则, 可以使用这两种方法 :"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"Establish a list of assets that your ideal customer might possess to "
-"interest your company. For example, if you run a local business in "
-"California, a prospect coming from San Francisco should have a higher score "
-"than a prospect coming from New York."
-msgstr "建立一份可能对你公司感兴趣的理想客户的清单。例如, 如果你在加州做当地业务, 从旧金山来的潜在业务应该有一个更高的分数比来自纽约的。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"Dig into your data to uncover characteristics shared by your closed "
-"opportunities and most important clients."
-msgstr "挖掘你的数据来揭示你最可有可能的机会和最重要的客户的共性。"
+"然后，您可以创建客户端 ID。输入应用程序的名称（例如 Odoo 日历）和将重定向的允许页面。[授权 JavaScript 源] 是 Odoo 的实例 "
+"URL。[授权重定向 URI] 是您的 Odoo 的实例 URL，后跟\"/google_帐户/身份验证\"。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:52
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
 msgid ""
-"Please note that this is not an exact science, so you'll need time and "
-"feedback from your sales teams to adapt and fine tune your rules until "
-"getting the desired result."
-msgstr "请注意, 这不是一个精确的科学, 所以你需要一段时间和来自你的销售团队的反馈来适应和微调您的规则, 直到获得期望的结果。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:56
-msgid ""
-"In the **Scoring Rules** menu, click on **Create** to write your first rule."
-msgstr "在 **评分规则** 菜单, 点击 **创建** 写你的第一个规则。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"First name your rule, then enter a value and a domain (refer on the "
-"`official python documentation <https://docs.python.org/2/tutorial/>`__ for "
-"more information). For example, if you want to assign 8 points to all the "
-"leads coming from **Belgium**, you'll need to give ``8`` as a **value** and "
-"``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` as a domain."
+"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo "
+"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not "
+"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID"
+" in Odoo for the first time."
 msgstr ""
-"首先命名您的规则, 然后输入一个值和一个域(请参 `官方Python文档的<https ://docs.python.org/2/tutorial/>`"
-" __了解更多信息)。例如, 如果要分配8分给从 **比利时** 来的所有引线, 你需要给\" 8 \\ \"为 **值** 和\" "
-"[['国家\\_id', =,'比利时']] \\ \"作为一个域。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:68
-msgid "Here are some criteria you can use to build a scoring rule :"
-msgstr "下面是一些标准你可以用来建立一个评分规则 :"
+"通过输入产品名称（例如 Odoo 日历）执行\"同意\"屏幕步骤。请随意检查自定义选项，但这不是强制性的。仅当首次在 Odoo 中输入客户端 ID "
+"时，才会显示同意屏幕。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:70
-msgid "country of origin : ``'country_id'``"
-msgstr "原产地 :\" 'country_id'\\ \""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:72
-msgid "stage in the sales cycle : ``'stage_id'``"
-msgstr "销售周期的阶段 :\" 'stage_id'\\ \""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:74
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
 msgid ""
-"email address (e.g. if you want to score the professional email addresses) :"
-" ``'email_from'``"
-msgstr "电子邮件地址(例如, 如果你想给专业电子邮件地址评分) :\" 'email_from'\\ \""
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:76
-msgid "page visited : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``"
-msgstr "页面访问 :\" 'score_pageview_ids.url'\\ \""
+"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
+" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
+msgstr "最后，您得到了您的 [客户端 ID]。也转到 [凭据] 以获取 [客户端机密]。Odoo 中要求两者。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:78
-msgid "name of a marketing campaign : ``'campaign_id'``"
-msgstr "营销活动名称 :\" 'campaign_id'\\ \""
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
+msgid "Setup in Odoo"
+msgstr "设置Odoo"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:80
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
 msgid ""
-"After having activated your rules, Odoo will give a value to all your new "
-"incoming leads. This value can be found directly on your lead's form view."
-msgstr "激活了您的规则后, Odoo会对所有新进入的线索给出一个值。这个值可以直接在你的潜在客户表单视图中找到。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:88
-msgid "Assign high scoring leads to your sales teams"
-msgstr "分配高得分线索给您的销售团队"
+"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the "
+"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
+msgstr "从 [Apps] 菜单安装 [Google 日历] 应用程序，或通过选中 \"菜单选择\"中的选项：\"设置 --= 常规设置\"。\""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:90
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
 msgid ""
-"The next step is now to automatically convert your best leads into "
-"opportunities. In order to do so, you need to decide what is the minimum "
-"score a lead should have to be handed over to a given sales team. Go to your"
-" **sales dashboard** and click on the **More** button of your desired sales "
-"team, then on **Settings**. Enter your value under the **Minimum score** "
-"field."
-msgstr ""
-"现在下一步是自动将您的最佳线索转化为机遇。为了做到这一点, 你需要决定什么是最低分数线索应该被移交给一个指定的销售团队。去你 **的销售仪表板** , "
-"然后点击 **更多** 您期望的销售队伍的按钮, 然后在 **设定** 。在 **最低分数** 字段输入你的值。"
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client"
+" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
+msgstr "转到 ：菜单选择：\"设置 --= 常规设置\"，并在 Google 日历选项中输入您的 [客户端 ID] 和 [客户端机密]。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
 msgid ""
-"From the example above, the **Direct Sales** team will only receive "
-"opportunities with a minimum score of ``50``. The prospects with a lower "
-"score can either stay in the lead stage or be assigned to another sales team"
-" which has set up a different minimum score."
+"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
+"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
+"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
+" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
 msgstr ""
-"从上面的例子中, **直销** 队只会收到不低于\" 50 \\ "
-"\"的机会。分数较低的前景可以保持在线索阶段或分配给其他已设置了不同的最低分数的销售团队。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:106
-msgid ""
-"Organize a meeting between your **Marketing** and **Sales** teams in order "
-"to align your objectives and agree on what minimum score makes a sales-ready"
-" lead."
-msgstr "组织你的 **营销** 和 **销售之** 团队之间的会议, 对于什么样的最低得分可以使得线索作为销售准备取得一致。"
-
-#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:110
-msgid ":doc:`automatic_assignation`"
-msgstr ":doc:`automatic_assignation` "
+"设置现已就绪。打开Odoo日历，与Google "
+"Calendar同步。首次同步时会转到Google，对链接进行授权。返回Odoo后，再次点击同步按钮。任何时候同步均可点击这个按钮。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip.rst:3
-msgid "Odoo VOIP"
-msgstr "Odoo VOIP"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
+msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
+msgstr "没有理由再错过会议了哦！"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:3
-msgid "OnSIP Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3
+msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP"
+msgstr "使用 Odoo 中的 VOIP 服务与 OnSIP"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:6
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6
 msgid "Introduction"
 msgstr "介绍"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:8
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that"
 " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as "
 "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo VoIP 可以设置为与 OnSIP （www.onsip.com）协同工作。在这种情况下，不需要安装和设置星号服务器，因为整个基础结构由 "
+"OnSIP 托管和管理。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:10
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before "
 "doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are "
 "covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the "
 "configuration procedure below."
 msgstr ""
+"您需要使用 OnSIP 开立帐户才能使用此服务。在执行此操作之前，请确保您的区域和您希望呼叫的区域包含在服务范围内。开立 OnSIP "
+"帐户后，请按照以下配置过程操作。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:15
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15
 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "转到应用并安装模块 [VoIP OnSIP]。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:20
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk "
 "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "转到\"设置/常规设置\"。在\"集成/星号 （VoIP）\"一节中，填写以下 3 个字段："
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:22
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22
 msgid ""
 "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on "
 "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and "
 "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen."
 msgstr ""
+"[OnSIP 域] "
+"是您在www.onsip.com上创建帐户时选择的域。如果您不知道，请登录https://admin.onsip.com/，您将在屏幕的右上角看到它。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:23
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23
 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[Web 套接套] 应包含wss://edge.sip.onsip.com"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:24
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24
 msgid "**Mode** should be Production"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[模式] 应该是生产"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:29
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29
 msgid ""
 "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the "
 "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "转到 [设置/用户]。在每个 VoIP 用户的表单视图中，在\"首选项\"选项卡中，填写 [PBX 配置] 部分："
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:31
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31
 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[SIP 登录 / 浏览器的扩展] ： ONSIP '用户名'"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:32
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32
 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[上 SIP 授权用户]：ONSIP\"注册用户名\""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:33
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33
 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[SIP 密码]： 上 SIP \"SIP 密码\""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:34
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34
 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[手机扩展]： ONSIP\"扩展\""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:36
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "You can find all this information by logging in at "
 "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure "
 "and refer to the fields as pictured below."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "您可以通过登录https://admin.onsip.com/users找到所有这些信息，然后选择要配置的用户，并引用如下图所示的字段。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right "
 "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in"
 " Odoo and in OnSIP)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "现在，您可以通过单击 Odoo 右上角的电话图标拨打电话（确保您以在 Odoo 和 OnSIP 中正确配置的用户身份登录）。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:45
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure "
 "to refresh your Odoo window and try again."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果您在 Odoo 软电话中看到 [缺少参数] 消息，请确保刷新 Odoo 窗口，然后重试。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:52
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52
 msgid ""
 "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to"
 " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by "
 "the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the "
 "international prefix for the United States)."
 msgstr ""
+"如果您在 Odoo 软电话中看到 [错误编号] 消息，请确保使用国际格式，并带有加号 （+） "
+"符号，后跟国际国家/地区代码。例如：+16506913277（其中+1是美国的国际前缀）。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:57
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by "
 "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "您现在还可以接听电话。您的号码是OnSIP提供的号码。Odoo 将振铃并显示通知。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:63
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63
 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在您的手机上"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:65
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65
 msgid ""
 "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your "
 "computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo"
 " VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear "
 "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work."
 msgstr ""
+"为了在不在计算机前面时拨打和接听电话，您可以在手机上使用与 Odoo VoIP "
+"平行的软电话应用程序。这对于外出通话非常有用，但还可用于确保听到来电，或只是为了方便。任何 SIP 软电话都工作。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:67
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67
 msgid ""
-"On Android, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Zoiper "
-"<https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.zoiper.android.app>`_. "
-"You will have to configure it as follows:"
+"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream "
+"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_."
+" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will "
+"then have to configure it as follows:"
 msgstr ""
+"在 Android 和 iOS 上，OnSIP 已成功测试了\"大流波 "
+"[https：//play.google.com/商店/应用程序/详细信息？id_com.grandstream.wave]\"。创建帐户时，在运营商列表中选择"
+" OnSIP。然后，您必须按如下方式配置它："
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:69
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69
 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[帐户名称]： ONSIP"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:70
-msgid "**Host**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70
+msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
+msgstr "[SIP 服务器]： ONSIP \"域\""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:71
-msgid "**Username**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71
+msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
+msgstr "[SIP 用户 ID]： ONSIP \"用户名\""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:72
-msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72
+msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
+msgstr "[SIP 身份验证 ID]：ONSIP\"身份验证用户名\""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:73
-msgid "**Authentication user**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73
+msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
+msgstr "[密码]： 上 SIP \"SIP 密码\""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:74
-msgid "**Outbound proxy**: sip.onsip.com"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can "
+"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. "
+"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to "
+"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone"
+" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call "
+"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-"
+"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"除了在手机上发起来自 Grandstream Wave 的呼叫外，您还可以通过在 PC "
+"上的浏览器中单击电话号码来发起呼叫。这将使大流波环，并通过您的手机路由呼叫到另一方。此方法有助于避免浪费时间拨打电话号码。为此，您需要 Chrome "
+"扩展服务\"OnSIP 呼叫助理 [https：//chrome.google.com/webstore/详细信息/onsip-呼叫-"
+"助理/pceelmncldfkkcgjkpapnp？hl_]。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:78
+#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79
 msgid ""
 "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will"
 " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在手机上使用软电话的缺点是，您的呼叫不会记录在 Odoo 中，因为软电话充当独立的独立应用程序。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:3
-msgid "Installation and Setup"
-msgstr "安装和设置"
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
+msgstr "为 Odoo 配置 VOIP 星号服务器"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:6
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6
 msgid "Installing Asterisk server"
 msgstr "安装 Asterrisk 服务器"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:9
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9
 msgid "Dependencies"
 msgstr "依赖"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:11
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:"
 msgstr "安装Asterisk之前, 您需要安装以下依存关系 :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13
 msgid "wget"
 msgstr "wget"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:14
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14
 msgid "gcc"
 msgstr "gcc"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:15
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15
 msgid "g++"
 msgstr "g++"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16
 msgid "ncurses-devel"
 msgstr "ncurses-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:17
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17
 msgid "libxml2-devel"
 msgstr "libxml2-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:18
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18
 msgid "sqlite-devel"
 msgstr "sqlite-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:19
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19
 msgid "libsrtp-devel"
 msgstr "libsrtp-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:20
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20
 msgid "libuuid-devel"
 msgstr "libuuid-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:21
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21
 msgid "openssl-devel"
 msgstr "openssl-devel"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:22
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22
 msgid "pkg-config"
 msgstr "pkg-配置"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:24
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24
 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:"
 msgstr "如需安装libsrtp, 请遵循下面步骤:"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:35
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35
 msgid ""
 "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here "
 "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is "
@@ -1275,35 +609,35 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "你也需要安装PJSIP, 你可以从如下链接下载<http ://www.pjsip.org/download.htm> `_.一旦资源目录被提取。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:37
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37
 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**"
 msgstr " **更改为pjproject源目录 :** "
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:43
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43
 msgid "**run:**"
 msgstr " **运行 :** "
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:49
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49
 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**"
 msgstr " **编译并安装pjproject :** "
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:57
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57
 msgid "**Update shared library links:**"
 msgstr " **更新共享库链接 :** "
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:63
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63
 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**"
 msgstr " **确保已经安装了pjproject :** "
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:69
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69
 msgid "**The result should be:**"
 msgstr " **结果应该是 :** "
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:86
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86
 msgid "Asterisk"
 msgstr "Asterisk"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:88
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88
 msgid ""
 "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly "
 "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-"
@@ -1312,23 +646,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "为了安装Asterisk的13.7.0, 你可以直接从下面链接下载资源 `\n"
 "<http ://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>` _."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:90
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90
 msgid "Extract Asterisk:"
 msgstr "导出Asterisk"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:96
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96
 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:"
 msgstr "输入Asterisk 目录"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:102
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102
 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:"
 msgstr "运行Asterisk 配置脚本"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:108
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108
 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:"
 msgstr "运行Asterisk 菜单选择工具"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:114
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114
 msgid ""
 "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is "
 "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the "
@@ -1338,40 +672,40 @@ msgstr ""
 "在菜单, 到资源选项确保res_srtp 是激活的。如果是 3 x's 到res_srtp, 就说明strp库有问题, 你必须重新安装它。保存配置(按 "
 "X). 你可以看到在res_pjsip 行前的星星。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:116
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116
 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:"
 msgstr "编译和安装Asterisk的 :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:122
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122
 msgid ""
 "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the "
 "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can "
 "run 'make config'."
 msgstr "如果你需要演示数据, 您可以安装配置。如果你需要安装Asterisk启动脚本, 可运行“配置”。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:125
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125
 msgid "DTLS Certificates"
 msgstr "DTLS 认证"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:127
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127
 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates."
 msgstr "然后你要安装DTLS认证"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:133
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133
 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:"
 msgstr "进入Asterisk脚本目录 :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:139
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139
 msgid ""
 "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address"
 " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):"
 msgstr "创建DTLS认证(用你的IP 地址或dns名字替换pbx.mycompany.com, 用你的公司名替换我的超级公司)"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:146
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146
 msgid "Configure Asterisk server"
 msgstr "配置Asterisk服务器"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:148
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148
 msgid ""
 "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer "
 "settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very "
@@ -1382,7 +716,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "对于WebRTC技术, 很多需要的设置必须是对等设置。全局设置不是很好。默认情况下, Asterisk的配置文件位于在/ etc "
 "/asterisk/。通过编辑http.conf, 并确保下面的行是取消注释的 :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:158
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158
 msgid ""
 "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and "
 "icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. "
@@ -1394,25 +728,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "根据客户WebRTC技术, 传输需要被列为“WS\" "
 "来允许WebSocket连接。所有这些配置行应该在peer自己下面;全局范围内设置这些配置行可能无法正常工作 : "
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:186
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186
 msgid ""
 "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the "
 "lines:"
 msgstr "在sip.conf和rtp.conf文件, 您还需要添加或取消注释行 :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:193
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193
 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:"
 msgstr "最后, 建立extensions.conf文件 :"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:202
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202
 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP"
 msgstr "配置Odoo VOIP"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:204
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204
 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences."
 msgstr "在Odoo, 配置应该在用户的偏好来实现。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:206
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206
 msgid ""
 "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in"
 " the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you"
@@ -1424,7 +758,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "1060的SIP密码就是您在sip.conf文件中选择的保密号。你的办公室的电话的分机不是必填字段, "
 "但如果你想从Odoo转移您的呼叫转移到外部电话就需啊在sip.conf文件还配置它。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:212
+#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212
 msgid ""
 "The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title "
 "\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf "
@@ -1435,1481 +769,455 @@ msgstr ""
 "在“PBX配置”, 你可以做销售设置。需要在http.conf内配置IP.  WebSocket上设置ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. "
 "“127.0.0.1”部分需要定义与之前相同的IP, “8088”是http.conf的端口。"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "概述"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
-msgid "Main Concepts"
-msgstr "主要概念"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3
-msgid "Introduction to Odoo CRM"
-msgstr "ODOO CRM 介绍"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11
-msgid "Transcript"
-msgstr "副本"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Hi, my name is Nicholas, I'm a business manager in the textile industry. I "
-"sell accessories to retailers. Do you know the difference between a good "
-"salesperson and an excellent salesperson? The key is to be productive and "
-"organized to do the job. That's where Odoo comes in. Thanks to a well "
-"structured organization you'll change a good team into an exceptional team."
-msgstr ""
-"嗨, 我的名字叫尼古拉, "
-"我是纺织行业的业务经理。我是配件零售商。你知道一个好的销售人员和优秀的销售人员的区别吗？关键是要富有成效的和有组织来完成这项工作。这就是Odoo用武之地。由于一个良好的组织结构,"
-" 你会改变一个团队使之成为一个出色的团队。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:21
-msgid ""
-"With Odoo CRM, the job is much easier for me and my entire team. When I log "
-"in into Odoo CRM, I have a direct overview of my ongoing performance. But "
-"also the activity of the next 7 days and the performance of the last month. "
-"I see that I overachieved last month when compared to my invoicing target of"
-" $200,000. I have a structured approach of my performance."
-msgstr ""
-"随着Odoo CRM, 这份工作对于我和我的整个团队变得容易的多。当我登录到Odoo CRM, "
-"我对于我进行中的表现有一个直接的大概了解。对于未来7天的活动, 及在上个月的表现。对比发票, 我看到上个月我超额完成了我的$200, "
-"000的目标。我的绩效有结构化的方法呈现。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"If I want to have a deeper look into the details, I click on next actions "
-"and I can see that today I have planned a call with Think Big Systems. Once "
-"I have done my daily review, I usually go to my pipeline. The process is the"
-" same for everyone in the team. Our job is to find resellers and before "
-"closing any deal we have to go through different stages. We usually have a "
-"first contact to qualify the opportunity, then move into offer & negotiation"
-" stage, and closing by a 'won'..Well, that's if all goes well."
-msgstr ""
-"如果我想更深入地了解细节, 我点击下一步行动, 我可以看到, 今天我已经计划与Think Big Systems "
-"通电话。我通常会去我的销售管道做我每天的回顾。这个过程对于团队中每个人是一样的。我们的工作是找到分销商, "
-"在任何交易结束之前我们必须经历不同阶段。我们通常首先联系客户来验证机会, 然后由“获得\" 进入报价和协商阶段, 最终以‘赢得’结束..嗯, "
-"这是如果一切顺利。 "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"The user interface is really smooth, I can drag and drop any business "
-"opportunity from one stage to another in just a few clicks."
-msgstr "用户界面很平顺, 我可以拖放任何业务机会从一个阶段到另一个阶段只需点击几下。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42
-msgid ""
-"Now I'd like to go further with an interesting contact: a department store. "
-"I highlighted their file by changing the color. For each contact, I have a "
-"form view where I can access to all necessary information about the contact."
-" I see here my opportunity Macy's has an estimated revenue of $50,000 and a "
-"success rate of 10%. I need to discuss about this partnership, so I will "
-"schedule a meeting straight from the contact form: Macy's partnership "
-"meeting. It's super easy to create a new meeting with any contact. I can as "
-"well send an email straight from the opportunity form and the answer from "
-"the prospect will simply pop up in the system too. Now, let's assume that "
-"the meeting took place, therefore I can mark it as done. And the system "
-"automatically suggests a next activity. Actually, we configured Odoo with a "
-"set of typical activities we follow for every opportunity, and it's great to"
-" have a thorough followup. The next activity will be a follow-up email. "
-"Browsing from one screen to the other is really simple and adapting to the "
-"view too! I can see my opportunitities as a to-do list of next activities "
-"for example."
-msgstr ""
-"现在, 对一个有趣的接触可以走得更远点 :有一家百货公司。我通过改变颜色高亮显示他们的文件。对于每个联系人, "
-"我有我可以访问有关联系人的所有必要的信息的表单视图。我在这里看到我的机会, 梅西有$ 50, "
-"000的估计收入和10％的成功率。我需要有关此次合作进行讨论, 所以我安排直接的会议: "
-"梅西的合作伙伴会议。这可以很轻松地和任何联系人创建一个新的会议。我也可以从机会界面直接发送电子邮件, 回复也会在系统中弹出显示。现在, 让我们假设, "
-"这次会议发生了, 所以我可以将其标记为已完成。系统自动显示下一个活动。其实, 我们配置Odoo进行了一组处理每一个机会的典型活动, "
-"一个很棒的彻底跟进。下一个活动将是一个后续的电子邮件。从一个屏幕到另一个的浏览也是是非常简单和友好的！我可以看到我机会作为下一个活动在待办事项列表中。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62
-msgid ""
-"With Odoo CRM I have a sales management tool that is really efficient and me"
-" and my team can be well organized. I have a clear overview of my sales "
-"pipeline, meetings, revenues, and more."
-msgstr "使用Odoo CRM, 我有一个真正有效销售管理工具, 我和我的团队能够很好地被组织起来。我对我销售渠道, 会议, 收入等一目了然。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"I go back to my pipeline. Macy's got qualified successfully, which mean I "
-"can move their file to the next step and I will dapt the expected revenue as"
-" discussed. Once I have performed the qualification process, I will create a"
-" new quotation based on the feedback I received from my contact. For my "
-"existing customers, I can as well quickly discover the activity around them "
-"for any Odoo module I use, and continue to discuss about them. It's that "
-"simple."
-msgstr ""
-"回到我的销售管道。梅西的业务成功取得到了资格, 这意味着我可以将他们的文件移动到下一步, 我会调整预期的收入。一旦, 我已经完成资格审查程序, "
-"我将基于从我的接触得到的反馈创建一个新的报价。对于我的老客户, 我也能通过使用Odoo模块的活动, 快速发现和他们的活动, "
-"并继续和他们进行讨论。就这么简单。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76
-msgid ""
-"We have seen how I can manage my daily job as business manager or "
-"salesperson. At the end of the journey I would like to have a concrete view "
-"of my customer relationships and expected revenues. If I go into the reports"
-" in Odoo CRM, I have the possibility to know exactly what's the evolution of"
-" the leads over the past months, or have a look at the potential revenues "
-"and the performance of the different teams in terms of conversions from "
-"leads to opportunities for instance. So with Odoo I can have a clear "
-"reporting of every activity based on predefined metrics or favorites. I can "
-"search for other filters too and adapt the view. If I want to go in the "
-"details, I choose the list view and can click on any item"
-msgstr ""
-"我们已经看到了作为业务经理或销售人员, 我如何管理我的日常工作。最后, 我希望有我的客户关系和预期收入的具体情况。如果我去到Odoo CRM的报告, "
-"我可以确切地知道在过去几个月里线索的演变, 或者看看潜在的收入和不同团队在从线索到机会转换方面的表现。因此, "
-"所以用Odoo我可以根据预定指标或收藏的每一次活动得到一个明确的报告。我可以搜索其它过滤器及相关的视图。如果我想查找细节, 我选择列表视图, "
-"并可以点击项目"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:90
-msgid ""
-"Odoo CRM is not only a powerful tool to achieve our sales goals with "
-"structured activities, performance dashboard, next acitivities and more, but"
-" also allows me to:"
-msgstr "Odoo CRM不仅是一个通过强大结构化的活动, 性能仪表板, 下一个活动等来实现与结构化我们的销售目标的强大工具, 同时也可以让我 :"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:94
-msgid ""
-"Use leads to get in the system unqualified but targeted contacts I may have "
-"gathered in a conference or through a contact form on my website. Those "
-"leads can then be converted into opportunities."
-msgstr "使用那些从会议或通过网站收集得到的有目标的, 但没有进行资格审核的线索, 这些线索可以被转化为机遇。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:99
-msgid ""
-"Manage phone calls from Odoo CRM by using the VoIP app. Call customers, "
-"manage a call queue, log calls, schedule calls and next actions to perform."
-msgstr "通过Odoo CRM VoIP 功能来管理电话。比如 :呼叫客户, 管理呼叫队列, 通话记录, 日程安排电话和进行下一步行动。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:103
-msgid ""
-"Integrate with Odoo Sales to create beautiful online or PDF quotations and "
-"turn them into sales orders."
-msgstr "与Odoo销售集成, 创建漂亮的网络报价或是PDF报价, 使他们成为销售订单。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:106
-msgid ""
-"Use email marketing for marketing campaigns to my customers and prospects."
-msgstr "使用电子邮件营销对我的客户和潜在客户进行营销活动。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:109
-msgid ""
-"Manage my business seamlessly, even on the go. Indeed, Odoo offers a mobile "
-"app that lets every business organize key sales activities from leads to "
-"quotes."
-msgstr "无缝连接得管理我的业务, 即使在旅途中。事实上, Odoo提供了一个手机应用程序, 让每一笔生意可以组织从线索到报价的销售活动。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:113
-msgid ""
-"Odoo CRM is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. I firstly used the sales "
-"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up our CRM. It will help you "
-"getting started quickly too."
-msgstr "Odoo CRM是一个功能强大, 易于使用的应用程序。我首先使用销售计划来清楚地说明我的目标, 并建立我们的CRM。这将帮助你快速入门了。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3
-msgid "Odoo CRM Terminologies"
-msgstr "Odoo CRM名词术语"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:10
-msgid "**CRM (Customer relationship management)**:"
-msgstr " **CRM(客户关系管理)**: "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6
-msgid ""
-"System for managing a company's interactions with current and future "
-"customers. It often involves using technology to organize, automate, and "
-"synchronize sales, marketing, customer service, and technical support."
-msgstr "管理当前和未来客户公司的互动的系统。它往往涉及到使用技术来组织, 自动化, 并同步销售, 营销, 客户服务和技术支持。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14
-msgid "**Sales cycle** :"
-msgstr " **销售周期**: "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Sequence of phases used by a company to convert a prospect into a customer."
-msgstr "公司通过使用阶段顺序把潜在客户转换成客户。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:20
-msgid "**Pipeline :**"
-msgstr " **管道 :** "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"Visual representation of your sales process, from the first contact to the "
-"final sale. It refers to the process by which you generate, qualify and "
-"close leads through your sales cycle."
-msgstr "你的销售过程, 从第一次接触到最终成交的可视化呈现。它是指通过你的销售周期 :生成, 资格审核, 结束线索的过程。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:24
-msgid "**Sales stage** :"
-msgstr " **销售阶段**: "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, a stage defines where an opportunity is in your sales cycle and"
-" its probability to close a sale."
-msgstr "在Odoo CRM, 一个阶段定义了一个机会在销售周期及其概率在完成销售过程中的位置。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29
-msgid "**Lead :**"
-msgstr " **线索 :** "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"Someone who becomes aware of your company or someone who you decide to "
-"pursue for a sale, even if they don't know about your company yet."
-msgstr "有人觉察您的公司或你决定追求销售, 即使他们还不了解你的公司。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34
-msgid "**Opportunity :**"
-msgstr " **商机 :** "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"A lead that has shown an interest in knowing more about your "
-"products/services and therefore has been handed over to a sales "
-"representative"
-msgstr "线索表示出更多地了解你的产品/服务的兴趣, 因此销售线索被移交给销售代表"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39
-msgid "**Customer :**"
-msgstr " **客户 :** "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, a customer refers to any contact within your database, whether "
-"it is a lead, an opportunity, a client or a company."
-msgstr "在Odoo CRM, 客户适用于数据库内的任何接触, 无论是线索, 机会, 客户或公司。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:45
-msgid "**Key Performance Indicator (KPI)** :"
-msgstr " **关键绩效指标(KPI)**: "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:42
-msgid ""
-"A KPI is a measurable value that demonstrates how effectively a company is "
-"achieving key business objectives. Organizations use KPIs to evaluate their "
-"success at reaching targets."
-msgstr "关键绩效指标是体现出一个公司是如何有效地实现关键业务目标的可衡量的值。公司使用KPI来评估达到目标的绩效。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51
-msgid "**Lead scoring** :"
-msgstr " **线索得分**: "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:48
-msgid ""
-"System assigning a positive or negative score to prospects according to "
-"their web activity and personal informations in order to determine whether "
-"they are \"ready for sales\" or not."
-msgstr "系统会根据他们的网络活动和个人信息对潜在客户分配正分或负分, 以确定他们是否“准备销售\" 。 "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:62
-msgid "**Kanban view :**"
-msgstr " **看板视图 :** "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between a "
-"`list view "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/views.html#lists>`__ and "
-"a non-editable `form view "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/views.html#forms>`__ and "
-"displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped in columns for use "
-"in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or work-progress "
-"management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66
-msgid "**List view :**"
-msgstr " **列表视图 :** "
+#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3
+msgid "Analyze performance"
+msgstr "分析性能"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65
-msgid ""
-"View allowing you to see your objects (contacts, companies, tasks, etc.) "
-"listed in a table."
-msgstr "视图让你看到你的对象(联系人, 公司, 任务等)在表中列出。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:71
-msgid "**Lead generation:**"
-msgstr " **线索生成 :** "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69
-msgid ""
-"Process by which a company collects relevant datas about potential customers"
-" in order to enable a relationship and to push them further down the sales "
-"cycle."
-msgstr "通过公司收集潜在客户的相关数据, 建立关系并进一步推动销售周期。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:76
-msgid "**Campaign:**"
-msgstr " **营销 :** "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74
-msgid ""
-"Coordinated set of actions sent via various channels to a target audience "
-"and whose goal is to generate leads. In Odoo CRM, you can link a lead to the"
-" campaign which he comes from in order to measure its efficiency."
-msgstr "通过不同的渠道协调发送一系列动作给目标受众来建立线索。在Odoo CRM, 您可以在链接一个线索到营销活动来衡量它的效率。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process.rst:3
-msgid "Process Overview"
-msgstr "过程概览"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:3
-msgid "Generating leads with Odoo CRM"
-msgstr "用Odoo CRM 生成线索"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:6
-msgid "What is lead generation?"
-msgstr "什么是线索生成"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"Lead generation is the process by which a company acquires leads and "
-"collects relevant datas about potential customers in order to enable a "
-"relationship and to turn them into customers."
-msgstr "线索生成是由一个公司获得线索和收集有关潜在客户相关数据并建立关系转化成客户的过程。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:12
-msgid ""
-"For example, a website visitor who fills in your contact form to know more "
-"about your products and services becomes a lead for your company. Typically,"
-" a Customer Relationship Management tool such as Odoo CRM is used to "
-"centralize, track and manage leads."
-msgstr ""
-"例如, 一个网站的访问者填写了联系表单来了解更多你的产品和服务从而变成了你的公司一个线索。典型的比如Odoo 这样一个客户关系管理系统被用来集中, "
-"追踪, 管理线索。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:18
-msgid "Why is lead generation important for my business?"
-msgstr "为什么线索生成器对于我的业务很重要。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:20
-msgid ""
-"Generating a constant flow of high-quality leads is one of the most "
-"important responsibility of a marketing team. Actually, a well-managed lead "
-"generation process is like the fuel that will allow your company to deliver "
-"great performances - leads bring meetings, meetings bring sales, sales bring"
-" revenue and more work."
-msgstr ""
-"生成高品质的潜在的稳定客户流是营销团队的最重要的职责之一。事实上, 一个管理良好的线索生成过程就像是燃料, 这将使你的公司提供出色的成就 - "
-"线索带来的会议, 会议带来销量, 销售收入带来更多的工作。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:27
-msgid "How to generate leads with Odoo CRM?"
-msgstr "如何生成Odoo CRM线索？"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:29
-msgid ""
-"Leads can be captured through many sources - marketing campaigns, "
-"exhibitions and trade shows, external databases, etc. The most common "
-"challenge is to successfully gather all the data and to track any lead "
-"activity. Storing leads information in a central place such as Odoo CRM will"
-" release you of these worries and will help you to better automate your lead"
-" generation process, share information with your teams and analyze your "
-"sales processes easily."
-msgstr ""
-"信息可以通过多种来源捕获 - 营销活动, 展览展销, 外部数据库等。最常见的挑战是成功地收集所有数据, 并跟踪任何线索的活动。把线索集中存储在一个地方,"
-" 如Odoo CRM将解放你的这些忧虑, 并会帮助你更好地自动化您的线索生成过程, 与你的团队共享信息, 并轻松地分析你的销售过程中的线索信息。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:37
-msgid "Odoo CRM provides you with several methods to generate leads:"
-msgstr "Odoo CRM提供了几种方法来生成线索 :"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:39
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:41
-msgid ""
-"An inquiry email sent to one of your company's generic email addresses can "
-"automatically generate a lead or an opportunity."
-msgstr "发送到您的公司的通用电子邮箱的查询邮件可以自动生成线索或机会。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:44
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual` "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"You may want to follow up with a prospective customer met briefly at an "
-"exhibition who gave you his business card. You can manually create a new "
-"lead and enter all the needed information."
-msgstr "您可能要跟进一个在展览见过一面并给了你他的名片的潜在客户。您可以手动创建一个新的线索和输入所有需要的信息。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:50
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website` "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:52
-msgid ""
-"A website visitor who fills in a form automatically generates a lead or an "
-"opportunity in Odoo CRM."
-msgstr "网站访问者填写表单自动在Odoo CRM 里生成线索或机会。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:55
-msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import` "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:57
-msgid ""
-"You can provide your salespeople lists of prospects - for example for a cold"
-" emailing or a cold calling campaign - by importing them from any CSV file."
-msgstr "您可以提供潜在机会清单给您的销售人员- 例如陌生的电子邮件或电话推销活动 - 从CSV文件导入它们。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started.rst:3
-msgid "Getting started"
-msgstr "开始"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:3
-msgid "How to setup your teams, sales process and objectives?"
-msgstr "如何建立你的团队, 销售过程和目标"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"This quick step-by-step guide will lead you through Odoo CRM and help you "
-"handle your sales funnel easily and constantly manage your sales funnel from"
-" lead to customer."
-msgstr "这种快速的一步一步的指南将引导您完成Odoo CRM, 帮助您轻松处理您的销售渠道, 时刻从线索到客户管理您的销售渠道。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:12
-msgid ""
-"Create your database from `www.odoo.com/start "
-"<http://www.odoo.com/start>`__, select the CRM icon as first app to install,"
-" fill in the form and click on *Create now*. You will automatically be "
-"directed to the module when the database is ready."
-msgstr ""
-"从 `www.odoo.com/start <http ://www.odoo.com/start>` __生成你的数据库, 选择CRM "
-"作为第一个app安装, 填写表单, 点击\" 马上创建“。你会自动直接到这个模块当数据库准备好后。 "
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:22
-msgid ""
-"You will notice that the installation of the CRM module has created the "
-"submodules Chat, Calendar and Contacts. They are mandatory so that every "
-"feature of the app is running smoothly."
-msgstr "你会发现, 客户关系管理模块的安装创造了子模块即时通讯, 日历和联系人。为了使应用程序的每一个功能平稳运行, 他们是强制安装的。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:27
-msgid "Introduction to the Sales Planner"
-msgstr "销售计划的介绍。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:29
-msgid ""
-"The Sales Planner is a useful step-by-step guide created to help you "
-"implement your sales funnel and define your sales objectives easier. We "
-"strongly recommend you to go through every step of the tool the first time "
-"you use Odoo CRM and to follow the requirements. Your input are strictly "
-"personal and intended as a personal guide and mentor into your work. As it "
-"does not interact with the backend, you are free to adapt any detail "
-"whenever you feel it is needed."
-msgstr ""
-"销售计划是一个有用的一步一步的指导, 帮您实现您的销售渠道, 并方便的确定自己的销售目标。我们强烈建议您首次使用Odoo "
-"CRM时遵循要求按指南的每一步走。您的输入定制是完全个人的, 并准备引导你的工作。因为它不与后端交互, 你可以自由适应任何你觉得需要的细节。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"You can reach the Sales Planner from anywhere within the CRM module by "
-"clicking on the progress bar located on the upper-right side of your screen."
-" It will show you how far you are in the use of the Sales Planner."
-msgstr "您可以从CRM模块内的任何地方通过点击位于右上侧屏幕进度条使用销售计划。它会告诉你, 你离你的销售计划有多远。"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3
+msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover"
+msgstr "获得准确可能的营业额"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:46
-msgid "Set up your first sales team"
-msgstr "建立你的第一个销售团队"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:49
-msgid "Create a new team"
-msgstr "创建一个新团队"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:51
-msgid ""
-"A Direct Sales team is created by default on your instance. You can either "
-"use it or create a new one. Refer to the page "
-":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"一个直接销售团队在一开始时就默认被建立了。你可以使用它或建一个新的。参照 : : doc "
-":`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information."
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:56
-msgid "Assign salespeople to your sales team"
-msgstr "分配销售人员到你的销售团队"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"When your sales teams are created, the next step is to link your salespeople"
-" to their team so they will be able to work on the opportunities they are "
-"supposed to receive. For example, if within your company Tim is selling "
-"products and John is selling maintenance contracts, they will be assigned to"
-" different teams and will only receive opportunities that make sense to "
-"them."
-msgstr ""
-"当你的销售团队被建好后, 下一步是链接你的销售人员到你的团队, 以便他们能够处理他们应该收到的机会。比如, 在你的公司里, Tim卖产品, John "
-"卖维护合同, 他们会被分配到不同的团队并且只收到对他们有意义的机会。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:65
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, you can create a new user on the fly and assign it directly to "
-"a sales team. From the **Dashboard**, click on the button **More** of your "
-"selected sales team, then on **Settings**. Then, under the **Assignation** "
-"section, click on **Create** to add a new salesperson to the team."
+"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you"
+" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity "
+"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is "
+"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports."
 msgstr ""
-"在Odoo CRM 里, 你能快速生成一个新用户并直接分配给一个销售团队.从 **仪表盘** , 点击你选择的销售团队的 **更多** , 然后点击 "
-"**设置** 。在 **分配** 中, 点击 **生成** 来增加一个新的销售给这个团队。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:71
-msgid ""
-"From the **Create: salesman** pop up window (see screenshot below), you can "
-"assign someone on your team:"
-msgstr "从 **生成 :销售员** 跳出窗口(如下截屏), 你可以分配某人到你的团队。"
+"随着销售周期的推进，以及从一个阶段转移到另一个阶段，您可以期望获得有关给定商机的更精确信息，让您更好地了解结束该机会的概率，这一点非常重要，因为您在各种机会中的预期营业额报告。"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:74
-msgid ""
-"Either your salesperson already exists in the system and you will just need "
-"to click on it from the drop-down list and it will be assigned to the team"
-msgstr "或者你的销售人员已经存在于系统中, 你只需在下拉框中点击它, 他会被分配到团队中。"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11
+msgid "Configure your kanban stages"
+msgstr "配置看板阶段"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:77
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"Or you want to assign a new salesperson that doesn't exist into the system "
-"yet - you can do it by creating a new user on the fly from the sales team. "
-"Just enter the name of your new salesperson and click on Create (see below) "
-"to create a new user into the system and directly assign it to your team. "
-"The new user will receive an invite email to set his password and log into "
-"the system. Refer to :doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` for "
-"more information about that process"
+"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, "
+"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can"
+" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success"
+" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and "
+"more accurate."
 msgstr ""
-"或者你还想分配一个不在系统中的新的销售人员 - 可以从销售团队中快速建立一个新的用户。只需输入你的新销售人员的名称, 然后单击创建(见下文), "
-"以创建一个新用户进入系统, 然后直接将其分配给你的团队。新用户将收到一封电子邮件邀请来设置自己的密码, 登录到系统中。参见 "
-":DOC:`../../销售团队/经理/有关该过程的详细信息, 创建salesperson` "
+"默认情况下，Odoo看板视图有四个阶段：新建、合格、命题、赢。分别有10、30、70和100%的成功概率。您可以添加阶段以及编辑它们。通过分阶段提高企业成功的默认概率，您可以使可能的营业额越来越准确。"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:90
-msgid "Set up your pipeline"
-msgstr "建立你的销售管道"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:92
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"Now that your sales team is created and your salespeople are linked to it, "
-"you will need to set up your pipeline -create the process by which your team"
-" will generate, qualify and close opportunities through your sales cycle. "
-"Refer to the document :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` to "
-"define the stages of your pipeline."
-msgstr ""
-"现在已经创建了您的销售团队并把您的销售人员都链接到它, 你将需要设置您的管道 -通过你的销售周期创建你的团队生成, 资格及关闭机会的过程。请参阅文档 "
-":DOC:`../../销售团队/设置/组织_管道` 来定义管道的阶段。"
+"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but"
+" you can modify them manually of course."
+msgstr "默认情况下，每个机会都会设置概率，但您也可以手动修改它们。"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:99
-msgid "Set up incoming email to generate opportunities"
-msgstr "将获取邮件转为商机的配置"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29
+msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date"
+msgstr "设置商机预期收入 + 结束日期"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:101
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"In Odoo CRM, one way to generate opportunities into your sales team is to "
-"create a generic email address as a trigger. For example, if the personal "
-"email address of your Direct team is `direct@mycompany.example.com "
-"<mailto:direct@mycompany.example.com>`__\\, every email sent will "
-"automatically create a new opportunity into the sales team."
-msgstr ""
-"在Odoo CRM, 一种在您的销售团队中创建机会的方法是创建一个通用的电子邮件地址作为触发。例如, 如果你的团队直接的个人电子邮件地址 "
-"`direct@mycompany.example.com <mailto :direct@mycompany.example.com>` __\\, "
-"每封电子邮件会自动创建一个新的机会进入销售团队。"
-
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:108
-msgid "Refer to the page :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` to set it up."
-msgstr "参照 : : doc :`../../leads/generate/emails` 进行配置."
+"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected "
+"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected"
+" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover."
+msgstr "当您获得潜在客户信息时，设置预期收入和预期结算日期非常重要。这将让您按阶段查看预期总收入，并给出更准确的可能营业额。"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:111
-msgid "Automate lead assignation"
-msgstr "线索自动分配"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40
+msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities"
+msgstr "查看过期或即将关闭的机会"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:113
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"If your company generates a high volume of leads every day, it could be "
-"useful to automate the assignation so the system will distribute all your "
-"opportunities automatically to the right department."
-msgstr "如果您的公司每天产生大量的线索, 自动化分配将是非常有用的, 这样系统会自动分配所有的机会到正确的部门。"
+"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be "
+"closing, letting you prioritize."
+msgstr "在管道中，您可以按商机的关闭程度来筛选商机，从而确定优先级。"
 
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:117
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48
 msgid ""
-"Refer to the document :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` for "
-"more information."
-msgstr "请参阅文档 :DOC:`../../引线/管理/自动分配` 了解更多信息。"
+"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to "
+"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early "
+"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue."
+msgstr "作为销售经理，此工具还可以帮助您了解改进销售流程的潜在方法，例如，在早期阶段，许多机会，但接近结束日期可能表明存在问题。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting.rst:3
-msgid "Reporting"
-msgstr "报告"
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53
+msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover"
+msgstr "查看您的总预期收入和可能的营业额"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:3
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55
 msgid ""
-"How to analyze the sales performance of your team and get customize reports"
-msgstr "如何分析你的团队的销售业绩, 并获得定制的报告"
+"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your "
+"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set."
+msgstr "在看板视图中，您可以看到每个阶段的预期收入。这基于您设置的每个商机预期收入。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:5
+#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62
 msgid ""
-"As a manager, you need to constantly monitor your team's performance in "
-"order to help you take accurate and relevant decisions for the company. "
-"Therefore, the **Reporting** section of **Odoo Sales** represents a very "
-"important tool that helps you get a better understanding of where your "
-"company's strengths, weaknesses and opportunities are, showing you trends "
-"and forecasts for key metrics such as the number of opportunities and their "
-"expected revenue over time , the close rate by team or the length of sales "
-"cycle for a given product or service."
+"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline "
+"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report "
+"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the "
+"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your "
+"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets."
 msgstr ""
-"作为管理者, 你需要不断的监测团队的表现, 以帮助您为公司得到准确的相关决策。因此, **Odoo销售** 的 **报告** 部分是一个非常重要的工具,"
-" 可以帮助你得到更好地了解您的企业的优势, 劣势和机会, 并向您展示趋势和预测的关键指标, 如机遇数量和他们的预期收入, "
-"团队的成交率或者对于一个产品或服务销售周期。"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:14
-msgid ""
-"Beyond these obvious tracking sales funnel metrics, there are some other "
-"KPIs that can be very valuable to your company when it comes to judging "
-"sales funnel success."
-msgstr "除了这些显而易见的跟踪销售漏斗的指标, 还有一些其他的关键绩效指标, 当用来判断销售漏斗是否成功时对您的公司是非常有价值的。"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:19
-msgid "Review pipelines"
-msgstr "检查销售管道"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:21
-msgid ""
-"You will have access to your sales funnel performance from the **Sales** "
-"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Reports --> Pipeline "
-"analysis`. By default, the report groups all your opportunities by stage "
-"(learn more on how to create and customize stage by reading "
-":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`) and expected revenues for the "
-"current month. This report is perfect for the **Sales Manager** to "
-"periodically review the sales pipeline with the relevant sales teams. Simply"
-" by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual"
-" sales performance."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以从 **销售** 模块中获得您的销售渠道业绩, 通过点击 :菜单选择:`销售- >报告 - >管道分析` 。默认情况下, 报告组合了所有的机会, "
-"通过阶段(了解更多关于如何创建和自定义阶段阅读 :DOC:'../销售团队/设置/组织_管道)和当月的预期收入。这份报告对 **销售经理** "
-"定期审查销售渠道与相关销售团队是很完善的。通过访问这个基本的报告, 你可以得到的实际销售业绩的快速概述。"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30
-msgid ""
-"You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the "
-"**measures** icon, such as :"
-msgstr "您可以通过点击 **计量** 图标, 添加很多额外的数据到您的报告 :"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:33
-msgid "Expected revenue."
-msgstr "预期收入"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:35
-msgid "overpassed deadline."
-msgstr "超过截止日期"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"Delay to assign (the average time between lead creation and lead "
-"assignment)."
-msgstr "延迟分配(创建线索和线索分配之间的平均时间)。"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:40
-msgid "Delay to close (average time between lead assignment and close)."
-msgstr "延迟关闭(线索分配和关闭之间的平均时间)"
+"作为经理，您可以转到 ：菜单选择：'CRM --= 报告 --= 管道分析'默认为 [可能营业额] "
+"设置为度量值。此报告将考虑您为每个商机设置的收入，以及它们关闭的可能性。这使您可以更好地了解您的预期收入，从而制定计划并设定目标。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:42
-msgid "the number of interactions per opportunity."
-msgstr "每个机会相互作用的次数。"
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3
+msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio"
+msgstr "检查您的赢/输比率"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:44
-msgid "etc."
-msgstr "等等"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your "
-"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For "
-"example, if I want to see the expected revenues of my **Direct Sales** team,"
-" I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis then on **Sales "
-"Team**."
-msgstr ""
-"通过点击 **+** 和 **-** 图标, 可以向上和向下追溯您的报告, 以改变显示信息的方式。例如, 如果我想看到我的 **直接销售** "
-"团队的预期收入, 我需要点击 **+** 图标在垂直轴上加上 **销售团队** 。"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:55
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your "
-"reports in a more visual view. Odoo **CRM** allows you to transform your "
-"report in just a click thanks to 3 graph views : **Pie Chart**, **Bar "
-"Chart** and **Line Chart**. These views are accessible through the icons "
-"highlighted on the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"根据你想突出的数据, 你可能需要在一个更直观的视图来显示您的报告。 Odoo **CRM** 可以让你通过简单的点击来改变你的报告为3种图形视图 : "
-"**饼图** , **条形图** 和 **线图** 。这些视图可以通过下面的截图中显示的高亮图标进行访问。"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:65
-msgid "Customize reports"
-msgstr "定制报表"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"You can easily customize your analysis reports depending on the **KPIs** "
-"(see :doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) you want to access. To "
-"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of "
-"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the "
-"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data "
-"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display "
-"some categories of opportunities, while the **Group by** option improves the"
-" readability of your reports according to your needs. Note that you can "
-"filter and group by any existing field from your CRM, making your "
-"customization very flexible and powerful."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以根据您要访问的 **KPI** 轻松地自定义您的分析报告(见 :'../概述/主要概念/ terminologies `: "
-"DOC)。要做到这一点, 使用 **高级搜索视图** 位于屏幕的右侧, 通过点击搜索栏结尾处的放大镜图标按钮。此功能可以在你的报告上突出选定的数据。该 "
-"**过滤** 选项, 显示某些类别的机遇时非常有用, 同时通过 **分组** 选项提高您需要的报表的可读性。请注意, "
-"您可以通过任何现有的CRM字段进行过滤和分组, 使您的自定义非常灵活和强大。"
+"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the "
+"Win/Loss ratio."
+msgstr "要查看管道的配合情况，请查看赢/输比。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:82
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** "
-"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The "
-"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以保存并再次使用定制的过滤, 从 **高级搜索视图** 中点击 **收藏** , 然后 **保存当前的搜索** 。保存的过滤器将从 **收藏** "
-"菜单访问。"
+"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab."
+msgstr "要访问此报告，请转到 [报告] 选项卡下的 [管道] 视图。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:87
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Here are a few examples of customized reports that you can use to monitor "
-"your sales' performances :"
-msgstr "这里是一些定制报告的例子, 你可以用来监控你的销售业绩。"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:91
-msgid "Evaluate the current pipeline of each of your salespeople"
-msgstr "衡量你的每个销售员的现在的销售管道"
+"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the"
+" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click "
+"on filter and check Won/Lost."
+msgstr "从那里，你可以过滤到哪些机会，你想看到，你的，那些从你的销售渠道，你的整个公司，等等。然后，您可以单击筛选器并选中\"赢/丢失\"。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:93
-msgid ""
-"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected "
-"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then, "
-"use the **+** and **-** icons and add **Salesperson** and **Stage** to your "
-"vertical axis, and filter your desired salesperson. Then click on the "
-"**graph view** icon to display a visual representation of your salespeople "
-"by stage. This custom report allows you to easily overview the sales "
-"activities of your salespeople."
-msgstr ""
-"从您的管道分析报告, 首先要确保的 **预期收益** 选项是从 **计量** 下拉列表下选择。然后, 使用 **+** 和 **-** 图标, 并添加 "
-"**销售员** 和 **阶段** 做为你的垂直轴, 并筛选所需的销售人员。然后在 **图形视图中** "
-"单击图标通过阶段来显示你的销售人员的可视化表示。这种定制的报告可以让您轻松一览你的销售人员的销售活动。"
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18
+msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*."
+msgstr "您还可以将 [措施] 更改为 [总收入]。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:105
-msgid "Forecast monthly revenue by sales team"
-msgstr "按销售组预计月度收入"
+#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23
+msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view."
+msgstr "您还可以切换到饼图视图。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:107
-msgid ""
-"In order to predict monthly revenue and to estimate the short-term "
-"performances of your teams, you need to play with two important metrics : "
-"the **expected revenue** and the **expected closing**."
-msgstr "为了预计月度收入和衡量你的团队的短期业绩。你需要使用两个重要的指标 : **预期收入** 和 **预期结束** 。"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3
+msgid "Organize the pipeline"
+msgstr "组织管道"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:111
-msgid ""
-"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected "
-"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then "
-"click on the **+** icon from the vertical axis and select **Sales team**. "
-"Then, on the horizontal axis, click on the **+** icon and select **Expected "
-"closing.**"
-msgstr ""
-"从您的管道分析报告, 首先要确保的 **预期收益** 选项是从 **计量** 下拉列表下选择。然后, 使用 **+** 和 **-** 图标, 并添加 "
-"**销售员** 和 **阶段** 做为你的垂直轴, 并选择所需的销售组。然后在横向轴上, 点击 **+** , 选择 **预期关闭** 。"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3
+msgid "Manage lost opportunities"
+msgstr "管理失去的机会"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:121
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"In order to keep your forecasts accurate and relevant, make sure your "
-"salespeople correctly set up the expected closing and the expected revenue "
-"for each one of their opportunities"
-msgstr "为了保证你的预测的准确性和相关性, 要确保你的销售人员为每个机会正确建立了预期关闭和预期收入。"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:126
-msgid ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` "
+"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will"
+" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo "
+"can help you recover them in the future."
+msgstr "在与机会合作时，您可能会失去一些机会。您将希望跟踪您丢失它们的原因，以及 Odoo 可以帮助您在将来恢复它们的方式。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:3
-msgid "How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard)"
-msgstr "如何检验我的销售活动(新的销售仪表盘)"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10
+msgid "Mark a lead as lost"
+msgstr "将潜在顾客标记为丢失"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:5
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Sales professionals are struggling everyday to hit their target and follow "
-"up on sales activities. They need to access anytime some important metrics "
-"in order to know how they are performing and better organize their daily "
-"work."
-msgstr ""
-"专业销售人员每天都在努力达到他们的目标并跟进销售活动。他们需要随时随地访问一些重要的指标, 以了解它们是如何操作的以及更好地组织他们的日常工作。"
+"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a "
+"*Mark Lost* button."
+msgstr "在管道中，选择所需的任何商机，您将看到一个 [标记丢失] 按钮。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:10
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Within the Odoo CRM module, every team member has access to a personalized "
-"and individual dashboard with a real-time overview of:"
-msgstr "在Odoo CRM 模块里, 每个小组成员都可以访问个人的独立的仪表盘来获得一个实时的概览 :"
+"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right "
+"there."
+msgstr "然后，您可以选择现有的 [失去原因] 或在此处创建新的。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Top priorities: they instantly see their scheduled meetings and next actions"
-msgstr "最高优先级别 :他们立即看到自己预定的会议和下一步行动"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22
+msgid "Manage & create lost reasons"
+msgstr "管理 + 创建丢失的原因"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"Sales performances : they know exactly how they perform compared to their "
-"monthly targets and last month activities."
-msgstr "销售业绩 :他们清楚地知道他们的销售表现相比他们的每月目标和上个月的活动。"
+"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Lost Reasons`."
+msgstr "您将在 ：\"菜单选择：\"配置 --= 丢失的原因\"下找到您的 [丢失原因]。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:26
-msgid "Install the CRM application"
-msgstr "安装CRM程序"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:28
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26
 msgid ""
-"In order to manage your sales funnel and track your opportunities, you need "
-"to install the CRM module, from the **Apps** icon."
-msgstr "为了管理您的销售渠道和跟踪您的机会, 你需要从 **应用程序图标** 安装的CRM模块。"
+"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there."
+msgstr "您可以选择和重命名其中任何一个，以及从那里创建一个新的。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:35
-msgid "Create opportunities"
-msgstr "创建商机"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30
+msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities"
+msgstr "检索丢失的机会"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:37
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"If your pipeline is empty, your sales dashboard will look like the "
-"screenshot below. You will need to create a few opportunities to activate "
-"your dashboard (read the related documentation "
-":doc:`../leads/generate/manual` to learn more)."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您的管道是空的, 你的销售仪表板看起来像下面的截图。您将需要创建一些机会来激活您的仪表板(阅读相关文档 :DOC:`../线索/生成/ 手册` "
-"了解详情)。"
+"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a"
+" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar."
+msgstr "要检索丢失的机会并对其进行操作（发送电子邮件、拨打反馈电话等），请在搜索栏中选择 [丢失] 筛选器。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"Your dashboard will update in real-time based on the informations you will "
-"log into the CRM."
-msgstr "你的仪表盘会实时更新基于你登录到CRM的信息。"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39
+msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities."
+msgstr "然后，您将看到所有失去的机会。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:49
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"you can click anywhere on the dashboard to get a detailed analysis of your "
-"activities. Then, you can easily create favourite reports and export to "
-"excel."
-msgstr "你能点击仪表盘的任意地方来得到你的活动的具体分析。然后, 你可以方便得生成喜欢的报告并导出到EXCEL."
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:54
-msgid "Daily tasks to process"
-msgstr "要处理的日常任务"
+"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost "
+"Reason*."
+msgstr "如果要进一步优化它们，可以在 [失去原因] 上添加筛选器。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:56
-msgid ""
-"The left part of the sales dashboard (labelled **To Do**) displays the "
-"number of meetings and next actions (for example if you need to call a "
-"prospect or to follow-up by email) scheduled for the next 7 days."
-msgstr ""
-"销售仪表板(标 **待办事项** )的左半部分显示计划于未来7天会议和下一步行动的数量(例如, 如果您需要通过电子邮件调用一个前景或跟进)。"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44
+msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*."
+msgstr "例如，[太贵]。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:64
-msgid "Meetings"
-msgstr "会议"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50
+msgid "Restore lost opportunities"
+msgstr "恢复失去的机会"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:66
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"In the example here above, I see that I have no meeting scheduled for today "
-"and 3 meeting scheduled for the next 7 days. I just have to click on the "
-"**meeting** button to access my calendar and have a view on my upcoming "
-"appointments."
-msgstr "在上面的例子中, 我看到今天我没有会议安排, 在接下来的7天内有3个会议安排。我只需点击 **会议** 按钮访问我的日历并看到近期的约会。"
+"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any "
+"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by "
+"clicking on *Archived*."
+msgstr "从具有筛选器的看板视图中，您可以选择任何希望的机会，并照常处理。您也可以通过单击 [已存档] 来恢复它。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:75
-msgid "Next actions"
-msgstr "下一步"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:77
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59
 msgid ""
-"Back on the above example, I have 1 activity requiring an action from me. If"
-" I click on the **Next action** green button, I will be redirected to the "
-"contact form of the corresponding opportunity."
-msgstr "回到上面的例子, 我有1个活动需要我的行动。如果我点击 **下一步行动** 绿色按钮, 我将被重定向到相应机会的联系方式。"
+"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to"
+" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can "
+"also archive the same way."
+msgstr "当项目属于同一阶段时，还可以从看板视图中还原批处理中的项。在列选项中选择 [还原记录]。您也可以以相同的方式存档。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:84
-msgid ""
-"Under the **next activity** field, I see that I had planned to send a "
-"brochure by email today. As soon as the activity is completed, I can click "
-"on **done** (or **cancel**) in order to remove this opportunity from my next"
-" actions."
-msgstr ""
-"根据 **下一个活动** 现场, 我看到, 我曾计划今天通过电子邮件送一本小册子。一旦活动结束, 我可以点击 **完成** (或 **取消** ), "
-"以便从我的下一步行动消除这种机会。"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66
+msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view."
+msgstr "要选择特定商机，应切换到列表视图。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:90
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71
 msgid ""
-"When one of your next activities is overdue, it will appear in orange in "
-"your dashboard."
-msgstr "当你的下一个活动之一逾期时, 桔黄色将出现在你的仪表板。"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:94
-msgid "Performances"
-msgstr "业绩"
+"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you "
+"want to take."
+msgstr "然后，您可以选择尽可能多的或所有商机，并选择要执行的操作。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:96
-msgid ""
-"The right part of your sales dashboard is about my sales performances. I "
-"will be able to evaluate how I am performing compared to my targets (which "
-"have been set up by my sales manager) and my activities of the last month."
-msgstr "你的销售仪表盘的右边部分是关于我的销售业绩。我可以对我的目标(销售经理所设定的)和我最近一个月的活动进行评估。"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78
+msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:105
-msgid "Activities done"
-msgstr "已完成活动"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3
+msgid "Manage multiple sales teams"
+msgstr "管理多个销售团队"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:107
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"The **activities done** correspond to the next actions that have been "
-"completed (meaning that you have clicked on **done** under the **next "
-"activity** field). When I click on it, I will access a detailed reporting "
-"regarding the activities that I have completed."
-msgstr ""
-" **已做活动** 对应于已完成的下一个动作(这意味着你已经点击 **下一个活动** 的 **完成** 字段)。当我点击它, "
-"我可以访问我已经完成了的活动的详细报告。"
+"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with "
+"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*."
+msgstr "在 Odoo 中，您可以管理多个销售团队、部门或具有特定销售流程的渠道。为此，我们使用 [销售渠道] 的概念。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:116
-msgid "Won in opportunities"
-msgstr "赢得机会"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10
+msgid "Create a new sales channel"
+msgstr "创建新的销售渠道"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:118
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"This section will sum up the expected revenue of all the opportunities "
-"within my pipeline with a stage **Won**."
-msgstr "这节会统计所有在销售管道中 **赢得** 阶段的机会的预期收入"
+"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Sales Channels`."
+msgstr "要创建新的 [销售渠道]，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"配置 --= 销售渠道\"。"
 
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:125
-msgid "Quantity invoiced"
-msgstr "开票数量"
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:127
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"This section will sum up the amount invoiced to my opportunities. For more "
-"information about the invoicing process, refer to the related documentation:"
-" :doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview`"
-msgstr ""
-"本节将统计给我的机会开具发票的数量。有关开票过程的详细信息, 请参阅相关的文档 :文档:`../../会计/应收账款/ 客户_发票/ 总览` "
-
-#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:132
-msgid ":doc:`analysis`"
-msgstr ":doc:`analysis` "
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam.rst:3 ../../crm/salesteam/setup.rst:3
-msgid "Sales Team"
-msgstr "销售团队"
+"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email "
+"address will create a lead/opportunity."
+msgstr "在那里，您可以设置一个电子邮件别名。发送到该电子邮件地址的每封邮件都将创建潜在顾客/商机。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage.rst:3
-msgid "Manage salespeople"
-msgstr "管理销售人员"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21
+msgid "Add members to your sales channel"
+msgstr "将成员添加到销售渠道"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:3
-msgid "How to create a new salesperson?"
-msgstr "如何创建新的销售人员?"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:6
-msgid "Create a new user"
-msgstr "创建新用户"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`"
-" and click on **Create**. Add first the name of your new salesperson and his"
-" professional email address - the one he will use to log in to his Odoo "
-"instance - and a picture."
-msgstr ""
-"从设置模块, 进入子菜单 :菜单选项:`用户 - >用户` , 然后点击 **创建** 。首先添加新销售人员的名字和他的个人电子邮件地址 - "
-"他将利用登录到自己的Odoo - 和图片。"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"Under \"Access Rights\", you can choose which applications your user can "
-"access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the "
-"app. For the Sales application, you can choose between three levels:"
+"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the "
+"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any "
+"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore,"
+" you can only be a member of one channel."
 msgstr ""
-"在“访问权限\" , 你可以选择哪些应用程序您的用户可以访问和使用。权利的不同级别取决于应用程序。对于销售应用程序, 可以从三个级别之间进行选择 : "
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:20
-msgid "**See own leads**: the user will be able to access his own data only"
-msgstr " **看自己线索**:  用户将只能够访问他自己的数据"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:22
-msgid ""
-"**See all leads**: the user will be able to access all records of every "
-"salesman in the sales module"
-msgstr " **查看所有线索**:  用户将能够访问销售模块中的每个业务员的所有记录"
+"您可以将成员添加到任何频道;这样，这些成员在打开销售渠道时将看到销售渠道的管道结构。分配给他们的任何潜在顾客/商机都将链接到销售渠道。因此，您只能是一个通道的成员。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:25
-msgid ""
-"**Manager**: the user will be able to access the sales configuration as well"
-" as the statistics reports"
-msgstr " **经理**:  用户将能够访问销售配置以及统计信息报告"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"When you're done editing the page and have clicked on **Save**, an "
-"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user, from which he will "
-"be able to log into his personal account."
-msgstr "当你完成编辑页面, 并点击 **保存** , 一封邀请电子邮件将自动发送到用户, 从那里他将能够登录到自己的个人账户。"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:36
-msgid "Register your user into his sales team"
-msgstr "注册你的用户到你的销售团队"
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28
+msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager."
+msgstr "这将简化团队经理的流程评审。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:38
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"Your user is now registered in Odoo and can log in to his own session. You "
-"can also add him to the sales team of your choice. From the sales module, go"
-" to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the desired sales "
-"team, then on **Settings**."
-msgstr ""
-"您的用户现在已经登记在Odoo, 可以登录到自己的界面。你也可以把他添到你选择的销售团队。从销售模块, 进入你的仪表板和点击希望的销售团队 **更多**"
-" 按钮, 然后点击 **设定** 。"
+"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find "
+"all of its opportunities."
+msgstr "如果现在筛选管道中的此特定通道，您将找到其所有商机。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"If you need to create a new sales team first, refer to the page "
-":doc:`../setup/create_team`"
-msgstr "如果您需要首先创建一个新的销售团队, 请参阅网页 :文档:`../安装/ 生成_团队` "
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40
+msgid "Sales channel dashboard"
+msgstr "销售渠道仪表板"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:51
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"Then, under \"Team Members\", click on **Add** and select the name of your "
-"salesman from the list. The salesperson is now successfully added to your "
-"sales team."
-msgstr "然后, 在“团队成员\" , 点击 **添加** , 然后从列表选择您的业务员的名称。销售人员现在已经成功添加到您的销售团队。 "
+"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the "
+"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under "
+"*Reporting*."
+msgstr "要一目了然地查看任何销售渠道的运营和结果，销售经理还可以访问 [报告] 下的 [销售渠道仪表板]。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:60
+#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"You can also add a new salesperson on the fly from your sales team even "
-"before he is registered as an Odoo user. From the above screenshot, click on"
-" \"Create\" to add your salesperson and enter his name and email address. "
-"After saving, the salesperson will receive an invite containing a link to "
-"set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights under "
-"the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menu."
-msgstr ""
-"您也可以从你的销售团队一步添加一个新的销售人员飞甚至在他被注册为Odoo用户之前。从上面的截图, 点击“创建\" , 添加您的销售人员, "
-"并输入他的姓名和电子邮件地址。保存后, 销售员会收到包含一个链接的邀请来设置自己的密码。然后, 您将能够定义他的访问权限 :菜单选择:`设置 - > "
-"用户` 菜单。 "
+"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in"
+" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc."
+msgstr "它与整个生态系统共享，因此每个收入流都包含在其中：销售、电子商务、PoS 等。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:69
-msgid ":doc:`../setup/create_team`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../setup/create_team` "
+#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3
+msgid "Assign and track leads"
+msgstr "分配和跟踪潜在顾客"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:3
-msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?"
-msgstr "如何激励和奖励我的销售人员？"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3
+msgid "Assign leads based on scoring"
+msgstr "根据评分分配潜在顾客"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:5
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards "
-"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople "
-"productivity. The **Gamification** app of Odoo gives you simple and creative"
-" ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and"
-" badges inspired by game mechanics."
-msgstr ""
-"用目标和奖励来挑战你的员工达到具体的目的是加强好习惯和提高您的销售人员工作效率的好方法。 **游戏化** 的Odoo应用程序, "
-"使用实时认证和徽章激励的游戏机制, 给您提供了简单和创造性的方式来激励评估员工。"
+"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected"
+" criterias."
+msgstr "通过 [潜在顾客评分]，您可以根据所选条件自动对潜在顾客进行排名。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:14
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Gamification** module. You "
-"can also install the **CRM gamification** app, which will add some useful "
-"data (goals and challenges) that can be used related to the usage of the "
-"**CRM/Sale** modules."
-msgstr ""
-"从 **APP** 菜单, 搜索并安装“Gamification **模块。你可以安装** CRM gamification **程序, "
-"这将增加一些可用于涉及到** CRM/销售 **模块使用的有用数据(目标和挑战)。"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:23
-msgid "Create a challenge"
-msgstr "创建一个挑战"
+"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones "
+"that visited specific pages on your website."
+msgstr "例如，您可以对您所在国家/地区的客户或访问您网站上特定网页的客户进行评分。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:25
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu "
-":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`."
-msgstr "现在, 您可以从菜单中创建您的第一个挑战 :菜单选择:`设置 - >游戏化工具 - >挑战` 。"
+"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* "
+"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)."
+msgstr "要使用评分，请在 [Apps] 页面下安装免费模块 [领导评分]（仅在 Odoo 企业版中提供）。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:29
-msgid ""
-"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you will need to "
-"activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. In "
-"order to do so, click on the interrogation mark available from any app "
-"(upper-right) and click on **About** and then **Activate the developer "
-"mode**."
-msgstr ""
-"由于游戏化工具是一次性的技术设置, 您需要激活技术特点才能访问配置。为了做到这一点, 请单击上任何应用程序(右上)的 **关于** 再 "
-"**激活开发者模式** 。"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21
+msgid "Create scoring rules"
+msgstr "生成评分规则"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:38
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"A challenge is a mission that you will send to your salespeople. It can "
-"include one or several goals and is set up for a specific period of time. "
-"Configure your challenge as follows:"
-msgstr "一个挑战是你将发送到您的销售人员的任务。它可包括一个或多个目标, 并设置了一个特定的时间段。配置您的挑战如下 :"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:42
-msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged"
-msgstr "分配要接受挑战的销售。"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:44
-msgid "Assign a responsible"
-msgstr "分配责任人"
+"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you"
+" can manage your scoring rules."
+msgstr "现在，您的 [CRM] 应用中有一个名为 [潜在顾客管理] 的新选项卡，您可以在其中管理评分规则。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:46
-msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date"
-msgstr "用开始和结束日期建立周期性"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:48
-msgid "Select your goals"
-msgstr "选择你的目标"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:50
-msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)"
-msgstr "设置奖励(奖章)"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:53
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26
 msgid ""
-"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end "
-"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the "
-"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set) or when the challenge is "
-"manually closed."
-msgstr "当挑战完成时授予奖章，这是在一个运行周期关闭时（如：最后的每月挑战月），在一个挑战的结束日期（如果没有周期性设置）或挑战时的手动关闭。"
+"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria "
+"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish."
+msgstr "下面是加拿大潜在顾客的示例，您可以修改您希望对潜在顾客进行评分的任何条件。您可以根据需要添加尽可能多的条件。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:58
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"For example, on the screenshot below, I have challenged 2 employees with a "
-"**Monthly Sales Target**. The challenge will be based on 2 goals: the total "
-"amount invoiced and the number of new leads generated. At the end of the "
-"month, the winner will be granted with a badge."
-msgstr ""
-"例如, 在下面的截图, 我用 **月度销售目标** 挑战了2名员工。我们面临的挑战将基于2个目标 :总金额开具发票, 产生新的线索的数量。在月底, "
-"获胜者将被授予徽章。"
+"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and "
+"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules."
+msgstr "每小时没有得分的一个线索都会被自动扫描，并根据您的评分规则分配正确的分数。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:67
-msgid "Set up goals"
-msgstr "设立目标"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40
+msgid "Assign leads"
+msgstr "分配潜在顾客"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:69
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach. "
-"**Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see here above) "
-"and compare members of a team with each others and through time."
-msgstr "用户可使用的目标和达到数值目标进行评估。分配 **目标** 并通过 **挑战** 评估(见本文上面)在团队成员之间进行比较及通过的时间。"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:74
-msgid ""
-"You can create a new goal on the fly from a **Challenge**, by clicking on "
-"**Add new item** under **Goals**. You can select any business object as a "
-"goal, according to your company's needs, such as :"
+"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the "
+"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads "
+"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. "
+"This domain can include scores."
 msgstr ""
-"你可以一步建立一个 **挑战** , 通过点击在 **目标** 下 **增加一个新项目** 。你可以选择任何业务作为一个目标, 按您公司的需要, 比如 "
-":"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:78
-msgid "number of new leads,"
-msgstr "新线索的数量"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:80
-msgid "time to qualify a lead or"
-msgstr "验证线索的时间"
+"计算分数后，可以使用相同的域机制将潜在顾客分配给特定团队。为此，请转到 ：菜单选择：'CRM -- = 领导管理 -- = "
+"团队分配'，并在每个团队中应用特定域。此域可以包含分数。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:82
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame "
-"based on your management preferences."
-msgstr "发票总量在特定的一周, 一个月或根据您的喜好管理其他任何时间框架。"
+"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even "
+"more refined domain."
+msgstr "此外，您可以向团队中的特定供应商分配更精细的域。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:89
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data "
-"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)."
-msgstr "目标也包括你的数据库设立(比如设定你的公司数据, 一个时区, 建立一个新用户, 等等)"
+"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads "
+"Assignation`."
+msgstr "要执行此操作，请转到 ：菜单选择：'CRM --= 潜在顾客管理 --= 潜在分配。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:93
-msgid "Set up rewards"
-msgstr "建立奖励"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:95
-msgid ""
-"For non-numerical achievements, **badges** can be granted to users. From a "
-"simple *thank you* to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to "
-"exprimate gratitude to a user for their good work."
-msgstr "对于非数值的成绩, **徽章** 可以授给用户。从一个简单的 *谢谢* 为一个特殊的成就, 徽章是感激用户优秀工作一个简单的方法。"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:99
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58
 msgid ""
-"You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their "
-"performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`."
-msgstr "您可以轻松创建一个授予徽章基于你的员工的表现 :菜单选择:'游戏化工具 - >徽章 `。"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106
-msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`"
-msgstr ":DOC:`../../报告/分析` "
+"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day."
+msgstr "团队和潜在顾客分配将每天分配一次未分配的潜在顾客。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3
-msgid "How to create a new channel?"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62
+msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads"
+msgstr "评估和使用未分配的潜在顾客"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64
 msgid ""
-"In the Sales module, your sales channels are accessible from the "
-"**Dashboard** menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales "
-"channel installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that"
-" default sales channel and edit it (refer to the section *Create and "
-"Organize your stages* from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a "
-"new one from scratch."
-msgstr ""
+"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some "
+"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is "
+"useful to do something with them."
+msgstr "一旦你的评分规则到位，你很可能仍然有一些未分配的潜在顾客。其中一些仍然可能导致机会，因此与他们一起做某事是有用的。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68
 msgid ""
-"To create a new channel, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales "
-"Channels` and click on **Create**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18
-msgid "Fill in the fields :"
-msgstr "填写字段 :"
+"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads."
+msgstr "在潜在顾客页面中，您可以放置一个筛选器来查找未分配的潜在顾客。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20
-msgid "Enter the name of your channel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22
-msgid "Select your channel leader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24
-msgid "Select your team members"
-msgstr "选择你的团队成员"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:26
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73
 msgid ""
-"Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage "
-"opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now "
-"access your new channel from your Dashboard."
+"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing "
+"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such"
+" unassigned leads from there."
 msgstr ""
+"为什么不使用 ：菜单选择：'电子邮件营销'或 ：菜单选择：'营销自动化'应用程序向他们发送大量电子邮件？您还可以从那里轻松找到此类未分配的潜在顾客。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35
-msgid ""
-"If you started to work on an empty database and didn't create new users, "
-"refer to the page :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`."
-msgstr "如果你要开始在空的数据库上工作, 不创建新用户。参考页面 :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson` 。"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:3
-msgid "Set up and organize your sales pipeline"
-msgstr "设置和管理您的销售管道"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"A well structured sales pipeline is crucial in order to keep control of your"
-" sales process and to have a 360-degrees view of your leads, opportunities "
-"and customers."
-msgstr "一个结构良好的销售管道是为了保持对你销售过程的控制, 并有对您的线索, 机会和客户有360度视图。"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3
+msgid "Track your prospects visits"
+msgstr "跟踪潜在客户访问"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:9
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"The sales pipeline is a visual representation of your sales process, from "
-"the first contact to the final sale. It refers to the process by which you "
-"generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle. In Odoo CRM, "
-"leads are brought in at the left end of the sales pipeline in the Kanban "
-"view and then moved along to the right from one stage to another."
-msgstr ""
-"销售管道是销售过程的可视化表示, 从第一次接触到最终成交。它是指由您生成的, 通过你的销售周期和资格结束线索的过程。在Odoo CRM中, "
-"线索在看板视图销售管道的左端, 再沿向右从一个阶段移动到另一个。"
+"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the "
+"interests of your website visitors."
+msgstr "跟踪您的网站页面将为您提供更多有关网站访问者兴趣的信息。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:16
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"Each stage refers to a specific step in the sale cycle and specifically the "
-"sale-readiness of your potential customer. The number of stages in the sales"
-" funnel varies from one company to another. An example of a sales funnel "
-"will contain the following stages: *Territory, Qualified, Qualified Sponsor,"
-" Proposition, Negotiation, Won, Lost*."
-msgstr ""
-"每个阶段指在销售周期中的具体步骤和特别是你的潜在客户的销售准备。阶段数量在销售漏斗中各个公司是不同的。比如一个销售漏斗包含下列阶段 : *领域, "
-"资格认证, 资格认证的保证, 主张, 谈判, 赢得, 丢失* 。"
+"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if "
+"they use the contact form on your website."
+msgstr "如果他们使用您网站上的联系表单，他们访问的每个跟踪页面都会记录在您的潜在客户/商机中。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:26
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"Of course, each organization defines the sales funnel depending on their "
-"processes and workflow, so more or fewer stages may exist."
-msgstr "当然, 每个组织对销售渠道的定义取决于它们的流程和工作流, 所以多点或少一点的阶段都有可能。"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:30
-msgid "Create and organize your stages"
-msgstr "生成和组织你的阶段"
+"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your "
+"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)."
+msgstr "要使用此功能，请在 [Apps] 页面下安装免费模块 [领导评分]（仅在 Odoo 企业版中提供）。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:33
-msgid "Add/ rearrange stages"
-msgstr "增加/重新安排阶段"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21
+msgid "Track a webpage"
+msgstr "跟踪网页"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:35
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **PIPELINE** "
-"button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, you "
-"need to create one first."
-msgstr "从销售模块, 进入你的仪表板和点击选中的销售团队的 **管道按钮** 。如果你没有任何销售队伍, 你需要首先创建一个。"
+"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the "
+"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*"
+msgstr "转到您要在网站上跟踪的任何静态页面，在 [升级] 选项卡下，您会发现 [优化 SEO]"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"From the Kanban view of your pipeline, you can add stages by clicking on "
-"**Add new column.** When a column is created, Odoo will then automatically "
-"propose you to add another column in order to complete your process. If you "
-"want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging"
-" and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location."
-msgstr ""
-"从你的管道看板视图中, 您可以通过点击 **添加新列** 添加阶段。当创建一个列, "
-"Odoo将自动建议你为了完成你的过程而添加另一列。如果你想重新排列阶段的顺序, 你可以很容易地通过拖放移动列到所需位置。"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29
+msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page."
+msgstr "在那里，您将看到一个 [跟踪页面] 复选框来跟踪此页面。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"You can add as many stages as you wish, even if we advise you not having "
-"more than 6 in order to keep a clear pipeline"
-msgstr "你可以增加任意多的阶段, 但我们建议为了保持清楚的管道最好不要超过6列。"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35
+msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities"
+msgstr "查看潜在客户/商机中访问过的页面"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:64
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"Some companies use a pre qualification step to manage their leads before to "
-"convert them into opportunities. To activate the lead stage, go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and select the radio button as "
-"shown below. It will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that "
-"gives you access to a listview of all your leads."
+"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of "
+"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on "
+"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* "
+"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter."
 msgstr ""
-"有些公司使用一个预先验证步骤来管理他们的线索, 在将它们转换成机会之前。要激活领先阶段, 请访问 :菜单选择:`配置 - > Settings` "
-"并选择单选按钮, 如下图所示。这将创造一个新的子菜单 **线索** 在 **销售** 下面, 让您可以访问所有的线索列表视图。"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:74
-msgid "Set up stage probabilities"
-msgstr "设置阶段概率"
+"现在，每次从联系人窗体创建潜在顾客时，它都会跟踪该访问者访问的页面。有两种方法可以查看这些页面，在线索/商机的右上角，您可以看到 [页面视图] "
+"按钮，但再往下看，您也会在聊天中看到它们。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:77
-msgid "What is a stage probability?"
-msgstr "什么是阶段概率"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:79
-msgid ""
-"To better understand what are the chances of closing a deal for a given "
-"opportunity in your pipe, you have to set up a probability percentage for "
-"each of your stages. That percentage refers to the success rate of closing "
-"the deal."
-msgstr "为了更好地了解什么是完成交易对于在你管道中一个给定的机会, 你必须为每个阶段设置概率百分比。这一比例是指完成交易的成功率。"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:84
-msgid ""
-"Setting up stage probabilities is essential if you want to estimate the "
-"expected revenues of your sales cycle"
-msgstr "建立阶段的概率是至关重要的, 如果你想估计你销售周期的预期收入。"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:88
-msgid ""
-"For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, Qualified, "
-"Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* then your "
-"workflow could look like this :"
-msgstr "比如, 如果你的销售周期包含阶段 *领域, 资格认证, 资格认证保证, 主张, 谈判, 赢得和丢失, * 然后你的工作流就可以这样 :"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92
-msgid ""
-"**Territory** : opportunity just received from Leads Management or created "
-"from a cold call campaign. Customer's Interest is not yet confirmed."
-msgstr " **领域**:  机会刚刚从线索管理接收或创建从陌生的呼叫活动。顾客的兴趣还没有被证实。"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:96
-msgid "*Success rate : 5%*"
-msgstr "*成功率 : 5%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:98
-msgid ""
-"**Qualified** : prospect's business and workflow are understood, pains are "
-"identified and confirmed, budget and timing are known"
-msgstr " **合格**:  前景的业务和工作流程的了解, 痛点的鉴定, 确认, 预算和时间是已知的。"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:101
-msgid "*Success rate : 15%*"
-msgstr "*成功率 : 15%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:103
-msgid ""
-"**Qualified sponsor**: direct contact with decision maker has been done"
-msgstr " **资格发起人**:  与决策者直接接触已经完成"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:106
-msgid "*Success rate : 25%*"
-msgstr "*成功率 : 25%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:108
-msgid "**Proposition** : the prospect received a quotation"
-msgstr " **提案**:  潜在顾客收到了一个报价"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:110
-msgid "*Success rate : 50%*"
-msgstr "*成功率 : 50%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:112
-msgid "**Negotiation**: the prospect negotiates his quotation"
-msgstr " **谈判**:  和潜在客户针对给他的报价进行谈判"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:114
-msgid "*Success rate : 75%*"
-msgstr "*成功率 : 75%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:116
-msgid ""
-"**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. "
-"He is now a customer"
-msgstr "**赢了**：潜在客户确认了他的报价，收到销售订单。现在他已成为真正的顾客了。"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119
-msgid "*Success rate : 100%*"
-msgstr "*成功率 : 100%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:121
-msgid "**Lost** : the prospect is no longer interested"
-msgstr " **失落**:  前景不再有兴趣"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:123
-msgid "*Success rate : 0%*"
-msgstr "*成功率 : 0%*"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:127
-msgid ""
-"Within your pipeline, each stage should correspond to a defined goal with a "
-"corresponding probability. Every time you move your opportunity to the next "
-"stage, your probability of closing the sale will automatically adapt."
-msgstr "对于你的管道, 每个阶段应该对应于一个相应的概率。每当你移动你的机会到下一阶段, 您的销售的概率会自动适应。"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:131
-msgid ""
-"You should consider using probability value as **100** when the deal is "
-"closed-won and **0** for deal closed-lost."
-msgstr "你应该考虑使用 **100** 作为赢得交易的概率, 使用 **0** 作为失去机会的概率。"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:135
-msgid "How to set up stage probabilities?"
-msgstr "如何设置阶段概率"
-
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:137
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"To edit a stage, click on the **Settings** icon at the right of the desired "
-"stage then on EDIT"
-msgstr "编辑一个阶段, 点击 **设置** 在选定的阶段的编辑上。"
+"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more "
+"pages."
+msgstr "如果观看者返回您的网站并访问更多页面，两者都将更新。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:143
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"Select the Change probability automatically checkbox to let Odoo adapt the "
-"probability of the opportunity to the probability defined in the stage. For "
-"example, if you set a probability of 0% (Lost) or 100% (Won), Odoo will "
-"assign the corresponding stage when the opportunity is marked as Lost or "
-"Won."
-msgstr ""
-"自动选择更改概率复选框让Odoo适应机会在阶段中中定义的几率。例如, 如果设置为0％(丢失)或100％(赢得)的概率, "
-"Odoo分配相应的阶段当机会被标记为丢失或赢得。"
+"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the "
+"chatter."
+msgstr "该功能不会重复聊天中同一页面的多次查看。"
 
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:151
-msgid ""
-"Under the requirements field you can enter the internal requirements for "
-"this stage. It will appear as a tooltip when you place your mouse over the "
-"name of a stage."
-msgstr "在需求字段可以输入这一阶段的内在要求。当您将鼠标移到阶段的名字就会出现一个提示。"
+#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55
+msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!"
+msgstr "您的客户将不再能够对您保密！"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
index a50f5fc301..8f8b5296a1 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
@@ -1,16 +1,26 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# max_xu <wangzhanwh@163.com>, 2017
+# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018
+# 洋 汪 <wonrence@163.com>, 2018
+# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019
+# r <263737@qq.com>, 2019
+# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -29,94 +39,153 @@ msgid ""
 "click on the `Manage Your Databases "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button."
 msgstr ""
+"若要管理数据库，请访问`database management page "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`（您必须登录）。然后单击`Manage Your Databases "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`按钮。"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18
 msgid ""
 "Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to"
 " manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that "
 "database."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "确保你作为需要管理的数据库管理员接入- 很多操作需要远程识别你的身份。"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22
 msgid "Several actions are available:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "有几种措施可供选择："
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
-msgid "Upgrade"
-msgstr "升级"
+msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`"
+msgstr ":ref:`升级<upgrade_button>`"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
 msgid ""
 "Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge "
 "features"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "将您的数据库升级到最新的Odoo版本，以享受最先进的功能"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32
 msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":ref:`复制<duplicate_online>`"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new "
 "flows without compromising your daily operations"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果你想在不影响日常操作的前提下试用新的应用程序或新的流程，就要制作一份数据库的精确副本"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34
-msgid "Rename"
-msgstr ""
+msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`"
+msgstr ":ref:`重命名<rename_online_database>`"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35
 msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "重命名数据库(及其URL)"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
 msgid "**Backup**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**备份**"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases "
 "daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "下载数据库的即时备份；请注意，我们每天都根据我们的Odoo Cloud SLA备份数据库"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
 msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":ref:`域名 <custom_domain>`"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
 msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "配置自定义域名，以通过其他URL访问你的数据库。"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42
 msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":ref:`删除<delete_online_database>`"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43
 msgid "Delete a database instantly"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "立即删除数据库"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:47
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
 msgid "Contact Support"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "联系支持"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct "
 "database already selected"
+msgstr "访问我们的`支持页面 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ 已选择正确的数据库"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "升级"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the"
+" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, "
+"click on the \"Upgrade\" button."
+msgstr "确保已连接到要升级的数据库并访问数据库管理页面。在要升级的数据库行上，单击“升级”按钮。"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
+"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
+"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will"
+" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
+"released a more recent version during your tests)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:52
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be "
+"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will "
+"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test "
+"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified "
+"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data "
+"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual "
+"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, "
+"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on "
+"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production "
+"database to the new version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between "
+"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your "
+"migration during non-business hours."
+msgstr "在升级过程中，你的数据库将下线（大数据库一般需要30分钟到数小时），请将迁移安排在非营业时段。"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96
 msgid "Duplicating a database"
 msgstr "复制数据库"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98
 msgid ""
 "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial "
 "databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" "
 "database can duplicate without problem."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "数据库复制、重命名、自定义DNS等在我们线上平台试用数据库中不可用。付费数据库和“一个应用程序免费”数据库可进行复制。"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:59
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
 msgid ""
 "In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
 "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
@@ -124,91 +193,114 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "在你想要复制数据库的那一行,你会发现几个按钮.请点击**Duplicate**复制你的数据库.在弹出的窗口中输入数据库副本名字,然后点击**Continue**."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
 msgid ""
 "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a"
 " database, all external communication will remain active:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果在复制数据库时未勾选“用于测试目的”，所有外部通信仍将启用："
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:69
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113
 msgid "Emails are sent"
 msgstr "电子邮件已送出"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:71
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115
 msgid ""
 "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for "
 "example)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "付款已处理（例如，在电子商务或订阅应用程序中）"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118
 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
 msgstr "发运单据(承运人)已经发送"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
 msgid "Etc."
 msgstr "等等."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:78
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
 msgid ""
 "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these "
 "behaviours to be disabled."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果要禁用这些行为，请务必选中“用于测试目的”复选框。"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125
 msgid ""
 "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
 "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
 msgstr "几秒钟之后你就可以登录数据库副本了.请注意你可以在浏览器地址栏里看到数据库副本的名字."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:85
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
 msgstr "数据库副本将在15天后自动过期."
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:93
-msgid "Deleting a Database"
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137
+msgid "Rename a Database"
+msgstr "重命名数据库"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you "
+"want to rename, access the `database management page "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have "
+"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**."
 msgstr ""
+"如要重命名数据库，确保接入你想要重命名的数据库，访问`数据库管理页面 "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__并点击**重命名**。你需要输入数据库的新名称，然后点击**重命名数据库**。"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150
+msgid "Deleting a Database"
+msgstr "删除数据库"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:95
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152
 msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "您只能删除您是管理员的数据库。"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:97
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154
 msgid ""
 "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The "
 "deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant "
 "backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily "
 "backup may be several hours old at that point."
 msgstr ""
+"如你删除数据库，所有数据将永久丢失。删除即时完成，且适用所有用户。我们将以你在删除之前对数据库进行即时备份，因为最后自动保存的每日备份可能已是数小时之前。"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
 msgid ""
 "From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, "
 "on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" "
 "button."
 msgstr ""
+"从`数据库管理页面 <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__，在你想要删除的数据库所在行，点击“删除”按钮。"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167
 msgid ""
 "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you "
 "fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "仔细阅读警告信息，在完全了解删除数据库造成的影响之后，方可继续："
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173
 msgid ""
 "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload "
 "automatically."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "几秒种后，数据库将被删除，页面将自动重新加载。"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177
 msgid ""
 "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如你需要重新使用这个数据库名称，它即刻可用。"
 
-#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a "
+"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
+msgstr "如数据库已过期或关联到订阅，则无法删除。在这些情况下，联系`Odoo支持 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__。"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183
 msgid ""
 "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如要删除你的账户，请联系`Odoo支持 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
 msgid "On-premise Database management"
@@ -253,9 +345,11 @@ msgstr "你的企业订阅号码是有效的吗？"
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
 msgid ""
 "Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo"
-" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ or with your Account "
-"Manager"
+" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account"
+" Manager"
 msgstr ""
+"请检查你的`Odoo账户 "
+"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__或者通过你的账户管理员检查订阅信息是否有“正在处理中”的标注"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
 msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?"
@@ -271,9 +365,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract "
-"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
+"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
 "database\""
-msgstr "按\\Unlink database（取消数据库绑定）\\按钮可自行在Odoo合约（Odoo Contract）中取消旧数据的绑定。"
+msgstr ""
+"你可通过`Odoo合同 "
+"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__的“取消关联数据库”按钮，自行取消关联旧数据库。"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52
 msgid ""
@@ -296,10 +392,11 @@ msgstr "自2016年7月以后,Odoo9会自动修改数据库副本的UUID;手工
 msgid ""
 "If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID."
 " Please check on your `Odoo Contract "
-"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__, a short message will appear "
+"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear "
 "specifying which database is problematic:"
 msgstr ""
-"如果不属于上述情形，可以用多个数据库共享同一个UUID。请在<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>中勾选“Odoo合约”，然后会出现以下提示：请指出有问题的数据库"
+"如果不属于上述情形，可以用多个数据库共享同一个UUID。请在`Odoo合同 "
+"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__中勾选，然后会出现提示，指出有问题的数据库："
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73
 msgid ""
@@ -317,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr "为便于查找，我们用UUID辨别数据库，因此每个数据库
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
 msgid "Error message due to too many users"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "因用户过多而引发的错误信息"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
 msgid ""
@@ -450,6 +547,7 @@ msgid ""
 " change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production "
 "database will then be correctly identified."
 msgstr ""
+"您可能已经在不同的数据库上保存了相同的UUID，我们也从这些数据库接收到信息。因此，请阅读：参考文献<duplicate_premise>，了解如何更改UUID。在更改之后，您可以强制ping来加速验证，你的生产数据库将正确识别。"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174
 msgid "Duplicate a database"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
index 631ee7a59f..7b794480be 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
@@ -1,16 +1,24 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Kate Lee <kateleelpk@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# fausthuang, 2018
+# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: fausthuang, 2018\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -24,74 +32,98 @@ msgstr "讨论"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3
 msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎如何使用我的邮件服务器在 Odoo 中发送和接收电子邮件‎"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit"
 " from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike "
-"in `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh "
+"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh "
 "<https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
 msgstr ""
+"‎本文档主要面向 Odoo 本地用户，这些用户无法从开箱即用的解决方案中发送和接收 Odoo 中的电子邮件中受益，这与\"Odoo Online "
+"<https：//www.odoo.com/试用>&'<https：//www.odoo.sh>> "
+"Odoo.sh;<https：//www.odoo.sh>\"不同。‎"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly "
-"recommend that you opt for such convenient Odoo hosting solutions. Indeed "
-"their email system works instantly and is monitored by professionals. "
-"Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage "
-"your email server's reputation yourself."
+"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system "
+"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can "
+"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's "
+"reputation yourself."
 msgstr ""
+"‎如果您的公司中没有人用于管理电子邮件服务器，我们强烈建议您选择 Odoo "
+"托管解决方案。他们的电子邮件系统可以立即工作，并由专业人士监控。不过，如果您希望自己管理电子邮件服务器的声誉，您仍可以使用自己的电子邮件服务器。‎"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"You will find here below some useful information to do so by integrating "
-"your own email solution with Odoo."
+"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your "
+"own email solution with Odoo."
+msgstr "‎您将在这里找到一些有用的信息，了解如何将您自己的电子邮件解决方案与 Odoo 集成。‎"
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from "
+"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation "
+"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-"
+"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-"
+"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work."
 msgstr ""
+"‎Office 365 电子邮件服务器不允许从 Odoo "
+"等主机发送外部电子邮件。请参阅\"微软的文档\"‎<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-"
+"set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-"
+"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ 使其工作。"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:19
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24
 msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何管理出站邮件"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
 msgid ""
 "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
 "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to "
 "create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the "
 "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
 msgstr ""
+"以系统管理员的身份登陆后点击菜单 :menuselection:`设置 --> "
+"通用设置，勾选*外部邮件服务器*（注意：只有Odoo10以上的版本才有这个复选框)。若是8.0版本请您以系统管理员的身份登陆后点击菜单 "
+":menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置，看到电子邮件四个中国汉字，的边上对应两个配置项，点击进行相关参数配置。然后进入以下步骤。"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎下面是 G Suite 服务器的典型配置。‎"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎然后在\"常规设置\"中设置您的电子邮件域名。‎"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39
 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎我可以使用 Office 365 服务器吗？‎"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP"
 " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎如果在本地运行 Odoo，则可以使用 Office 365 服务器。Office 365 SMTP 中继与 Odoo 在线不兼容。‎"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:38
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
 msgid ""
 "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-"
 "us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
 "email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure"
 " a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
 msgstr ""
+"请参阅\"微软的文档 \"https：//support.office.com/en-us/文章/如何设置多功能设备或应用程序-发送电子邮件-使用 "
+"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4_*，为您的 Odoo 的 IP 地址配置 SMTP "
+"中继。"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:42
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47
 msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎如何使用 G Suite 服务器‎"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48
 msgid ""
 "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
 "to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*"
@@ -99,54 +131,55 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
 msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎符合 SPF 标准‎"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
 " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
 "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
 msgstr ""
+"‎如果您使用 SPF（发件人策略框架）来增加传出电子邮件的可传递性，请不要忘记在域名设置中授权 Odoo 作为发送主机。以下是 Odoo 在线的配置：‎"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61
 msgid ""
 "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
 "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎如果没有为 SPF 设置 TXT 记录，请创建一个具有以下定义的记录：v_spf1 包括：_spf.odoo.com _所有‎"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
 " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
 "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
 msgid ""
 "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
 "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
 msgstr "找到<https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>，在你自己的域寄存器中以准确步骤创建或修改TXT记录。"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70
 msgid ""
 "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
 "usually happens more quickly."
 msgstr "新的SPF记录48小时后生效，但通常用不了那么长时间。"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
 "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
 "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
 msgstr "为一个域添加多个SPF记录可能导致邮件被分类为垃圾。我们建议仅修改一个SPF记录以授权给Odoo。"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:71
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
 msgid "Allow DKIM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
 msgid ""
 "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
 "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
@@ -156,22 +189,22 @@ msgid ""
 "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:80
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
 msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89
 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:84
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91
 msgid ""
 "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
 "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
 "alias (**catchall@**)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
 "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
@@ -179,58 +212,58 @@ msgid ""
 "recipients."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
 msgid ""
 "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
 "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
 msgid ""
 "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:97
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
 msgid ""
 "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106
 msgid ""
 "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
 "/project-management>`__),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
 msgid ""
 "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110
 msgid "etc."
 msgstr "等等"
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
 msgid ""
 "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
 "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
 "address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
 msgid ""
-"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catcall@, "
+"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
 "bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
 msgid ""
 "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
 "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
@@ -239,7 +272,7 @@ msgid ""
 "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
 msgid ""
 "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
 "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
@@ -250,21 +283,21 @@ msgid ""
 "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
 msgid ""
 "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
 "their  respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
 "you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
 msgid ""
 "Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
 "--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
 "(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154
 msgid ""
 "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
 "You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
index 93bb678be6..3f53907ac5 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
@@ -3,14 +3,27 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2017
+# v2exerer <9010446@qq.com>, 2017
+# Eddie Lim <bhweelim@yahoo.com>, 2017
+# fausthuang, 2017
+# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2017
+# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017
+# e2f_cn c5 <jarvisn@ecinnovations.com>, 2018
+# george liu <george@taotaome.com>, 2019
+# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: e2f_cn c5 <jarvisn@ecinnovations.com>, 2018\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -456,7 +469,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3
 msgid "How to create & share promotional codes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何创建和分享优惠码"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -680,48 +693,52 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that "
 "you like."
 msgstr ""
+"Authorize.Net是北美地区最受欢迎的电子商务支付平台之一。与大多数其他与Odoo兼容的支付收单机构不同，Authorize.Net只能用作`支付网关"
+" "
+"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__。这样你可使用自己喜欢的`支付处理机构和商户"
+" <https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12
 msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "创建Authorize.Net帐户"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14
 msgid ""
 "Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking "
 "'Get Started'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "点击“开始”，创建`Authorize.Net账户 <https://www.authorize.net>`__。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as"
 " both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, "
 "press the related option."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果想要将Authorize.net用作支付网关和商户，请在定价页面按*立即注册*。如想使用自己的商户，按下相关选项。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23
 msgid "Go through the registration steps."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "完成注册步骤。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24
 msgid ""
 "The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test "
 "account to process a test transaction from Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "账户默认设置为测试账户。你可通过这个测试账户从Odoo处理测试交易。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26
 msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "准备好之后，切换到**生产**模式。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
 msgid "Set up Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "设置Odoo"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or "
 "Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "从:menuselection:`网站、销售或会计 --> 设置 --> 付款收单机构`，在Odoo中激活Authorize.Net。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33
 msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**."
@@ -755,25 +772,26 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61
 msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "评估Authorize.Net作为支付解决方案"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62
 msgid ""
 "You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer "
 "account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__."
 msgstr ""
+"你可创建`开发人员账户 <https://developer.authorize.net>`__，免费测试并评估Authorize.Net。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64
 msgid ""
 "Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo"
 " as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "创建账户之后，你将收到沙盒凭据。根据上面的介绍在Odoo中输入凭据，确保仍在*测试*模式下。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68
 msgid ""
 "You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform "
 "<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你也可登录`Authorize.Net沙盒平台 <https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__，配置你的沙盒账户。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71
 msgid ""
@@ -781,6 +799,8 @@ msgid ""
 " the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide "
 "<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__."
 msgstr ""
+"如要执行虚拟交易，你可使用`Authorize.Net测试指南 "
+"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__中提供的虚拟卡号。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
index 3aee01a98f..517e56e8dd 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: 凡 杨 <sailfan_yang@qq.com>, 2018\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "我可以输入带有货币符号的号码(例如:$32.00)吗?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93
 msgid ""
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
 msgid "Basics"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "基础"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
 msgid "How to add a user"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
index 66437dbe73..6ccec0d133 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
@@ -1,16 +1,19 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -19,683 +22,380 @@ msgstr ""
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
-msgid "Odoo Online Implementation"
-msgstr "Odoo在线实施"
+msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology"
+msgstr "快速入门方法的基础知识"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
 msgid ""
-"This document summarizes **Odoo Online's services**, our Success Pack "
-"**implementation methodology**, and best practices to get started with our "
+"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack "
+"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our "
 "product."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "本文档总结了 Odoo Online 的服务、我们的成功包实施方法以及开始使用我们产品的最佳做法。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the "
-"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't "
-"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*"
-msgstr "*在与我们的项目经理通话之前, 我们建议新的Odoo在线客户先阅读这个文档。通过这种方式, 可以节省时间,不必用将时间花在基础问题上。*"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12
+msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant"
+msgstr "1. SPoC（[单一联络点]）和顾问"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this "
-"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*"
-msgstr "*如果您还没有阅读这个文档, 我们的项目经理将会在第一次电话时与你一起阅读这个文档。*"
+"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate "
+"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person"
+" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the"
+" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making."
+msgstr "在您的项目范围内，强烈建议指定和维护双方（您和我们）[唯一的联系人]谁将负责并承担项目责任。在决策方面，他还必须拥有[权力]。"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "入门"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22
 msgid ""
-"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The"
-" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during "
-"the implementation."
-msgstr "不要等到启动会议后才开始使用软件。与Odoo接触越多, 在试试时将会节省更多的时间。"
+"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From"
+" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency"
+" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good "
+"practices."
+msgstr "[Odoo 顾问确保项目从 A 到 Z*的实施：从项目开始到结束，他确保 Odoo 实施的总体一致性，并分享他在良好做法方面的专业知识。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions"
-" by email on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you "
-"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch."
-msgstr ""
+"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible"
+" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention "
+"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business "
+"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)"
+msgstr "[客户方面唯一的决策者（SPoC）]：他负责业务知识的传递（必要时协调关键用户的干预）和从业务角度（决策、变革）实施的一致性管理等）"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by "
-"someone else in your company, contact our support team using our `online "
-"support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo "
-"database ready to be used."
-msgstr "填写登录或者注册页面, Odoo数据库可以使用。"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41
-msgid ""
-"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes"
-" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities* or "
-"*projects/tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the "
-"user interface as shown in the picture below."
-msgstr ""
+"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the "
+"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise "
+"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an"
+" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are"
+" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those "
+"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)."
+msgstr ""
+"[会议优化]：Odoo "
+"顾问不参与从业务角度决策过程，也不参与精确的流程和公司的内部程序（除非有具体要求或例外情况）。每周举行一次或两次项目会议，旨在根据业务需求 （SPoC）"
+" 进行调整，并定义在 Odoo（顾问）中实现这些需求的方式。"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional "
+"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his "
+"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary "
+"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-"
+"learning via the `Odoo documentation "
+"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning "
+"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the "
+"testing of functionalities."
+msgstr ""
+"[培训培训师方法]：Odoo 顾问向 SPoC 提供职能培训，以便他可以将这些知识传授给他的协作者。为了使这种方法取得成功，SPoC "
+"还必须通过\"Odoo 文档 "
+"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__、\"电子学习平台 \" "
+"参与自身技能提升。<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`和功能测试。"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
-msgid "|left_pic|"
-msgstr "|left_pic|"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
-msgid "|right_pic|"
-msgstr "|right_pic|"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation "
-"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top "
-"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications."
-msgstr "一旦你习惯了用户界面, 可以看看实施计划。可在应用程序中设置, 或从顶部进度条右边的主要应用进入。"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58
-msgid "These implementation planners will:"
-msgstr "这些实施计划器将 :"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60
-msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application,"
-msgstr "帮助你为每一个应用定义目标和KPI,"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62
-msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps,"
-msgstr "指导经历配置步骤,"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64
-msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo."
-msgstr "以及在从Odoo获取更多的时候向你提供提示和技巧。"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
-msgid ""
-"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations "
-"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the "
-"implementation process."
-msgstr "填写实施的第一步计划(目标,期望和KPIs)。在实施过程中, 我们的项目经理将与你一起检查这些计划。"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73
-msgid ""
-"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you "
-"through all the steps. But you can also:"
-msgstr "如果您有任何疑问或需要支持, 我们的项目经理将指导您完成所有步骤。但是, 你还可以 :"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76
-msgid ""
-"Read the documentation on our website: "
-"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
-msgstr ""
-"在网站上阅读文档: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79
-msgid ""
-"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (free with your first Success "
-"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional "
-"<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
-msgid ""
-"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel "
-"<https://www.youtube.com/user/OpenERPonline>`__"
-msgstr "在我们的Youtube频道观看在线会议"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85
-msgid ""
-"Or send your questions to our online support team through our `online "
-"support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89
-msgid "What do we expect from you?"
-msgstr "在线使用需要您做些什么?"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91
-msgid ""
-"We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of "
-"services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most"
-" projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months."
-msgstr "我们习惯于在25-250小时的服务时间内部署全功能项目，这比市面上ERP供应商要快得多。多数项目都能在1-9个日历月左右结束。"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95
-msgid ""
-"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a "
-"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is "
-"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth."
-msgstr "一次高效的实施与一次迟缓的实施之间的真正**差别在于顾客！** 根据我们的经验，当顾客积极投入，实施工作就会顺利许多。"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100
-msgid "Your internal implementation manager"
-msgstr "内部实施经理"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102
-msgid ""
-"We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to "
-"work with our project manager on your Odoo implementation. This is to ensure"
-" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this "
-"person must:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107
-msgid ""
-"**Be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you "
-"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest "
-"implementations having a full time project manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111
-msgid ""
-"**Have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms "
-"all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small "
-"details that need quick turnarounds for answers and if there is too much "
-"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company "
-"it could potentially seriously slow everything down."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117
-msgid ""
-"**Have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full "
-"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top "
-"management."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121
-msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%"
-msgstr "能整合您的业务的90%，而非全部"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123
-msgid ""
-"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high "
-"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an "
-"extremist.**"
-msgstr "你选择Odoo的原因可能是别的软件都没有如此高的自动化水平、功能的全面性，以及集成能力。但**别太极端**。"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127
-msgid ""
-"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks"
-" to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades."
-msgstr "定制比较费时、费钱、费力，更难于维护，增加了实施的风险，还有升级的问题。"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130
-msgid ""
-"Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and "
-"requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost"
-" you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden "
-"costs of customization."
-msgstr "标准Odoo大约能覆盖90%的业务流程及业务需求。对剩下的10%灵活一些吧，否则会花去原项目两倍的成本。人们总是低估了定制化的隐藏成本。"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134
-msgid ""
-"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was "
-"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old "
-"system(s) work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138
-msgid ""
-"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to "
-"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after "
-"having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using "
-"Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they "
-"learn to perform their workflows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is more"
-" important to have all your business processes working than customizing a "
-"screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few emails."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147
-msgid ""
-"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and "
-"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with"
-" them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your "
-"previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with "
-"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is "
-"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead."
-msgstr ""
-"我们对项目经理进行过培训，他们能帮助用户做出决策，衡量相关交易，但如果您配合会更容易达成目标。有些进程比你以往的系统更花时间，但你仍需权衡、对比由此增加的时间与其他进程缩短的时间。如果使用Odoo后花费的净时间减少则是有进步的。"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155
-msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo"
-msgstr "学习 ODOO 时间耗用"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157
-msgid ""
-"Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are"
-" navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and "
-"easier your training phases will be."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161
-msgid ""
-"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra "
-"resources:"
-msgstr "这里有些额外的资源可以帮助更好地理解这个软件:"
+msgid "2. Project Scope"
+msgstr "2. 项目范围"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
-msgstr ""
-"用户手册: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
+"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is "
+"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the "
+"project implementation is pursuing."
+msgstr "为了确保所有相关利益干系人始终保持一致，只要项目实施进行，就有必要定义并使项目范围不断发展。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53
 msgid ""
-"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__"
+"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of "
+"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. "
+"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of "
+"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more"
+" clear."
 msgstr ""
-"介绍视频 :`https: //www.odoo.com/r/videos <https ://www.odoo.com/r/videos>` __"
+"[对初始项目范围的明确定义]：对初始需求的明确定义对于确保项目顺利运行至关重要。事实上，当所有利益攸关方都有着相同的愿景时，需求的演变和由此产生的决策过程就更加简单和明确。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59
 msgid ""
-"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
+"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent "
+"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo"
+" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This "
+"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in "
+"the implementation."
 msgstr ""
-"客户可以参考: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
+"[逐步实施项目]：赞成在几个连贯的阶段实施，允许定期生产发布，最终用户不断接管Odoo，这证明了其随着时间的推移的有效性。这种方法还有助于识别差距，并在实施初期采取纠正措施。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174
-msgid "Get things done"
-msgstr "完成后"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
 msgid ""
-"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-"
-"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and "
-"install the Notes application."
+"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great "
+"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more "
+"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard "
+"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project"
+" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid "
+"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software "
+"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an "
+"experiment of the standard in production."
 msgstr ""
-"想要一个简单的方法开始使用Odoo吗? 安装Odoo笔记来管理你的实施事项: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__.在Odoo主页, 去应用程序, 安装Notes应用程序。"
+"[优先采用标准功能]：Odoo "
+"提供了一个实施轻微改进（定制）或更重要的改进（开发）的绝佳环境。不过，为了优化项目交付时间，为用户提供其新工具的长期稳定性和可伸缩性，将尽可能频繁地采用标准解决方案。理想情况下，如果软件的改进仍然应该实现，其实现将在生产标准试验后进行。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184
-msgid "This module allows you to:"
-msgstr "本模块允许你 :"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80
+msgid "3. Managing expectations"
+msgstr "3. 管理期望"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186
-msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;"
-msgstr "互动管理任务列表可帮助你与你的顾问更好地沟通;"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188
-msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;"
-msgstr "将Odoo知识和实践经验与你的员工分享;"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
 msgid ""
-"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion "
-"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc."
-msgstr "熟悉所有的通用工具Odoo: 通讯、讨论组、看板仪表板等。"
+"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of "
+"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into"
+" account from the beginning of the project:"
+msgstr "实施的现实与未来用户的期望之间的差距是一个关键因素。从项目开始，就必须考虑到三个重要方面："
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86
 msgid ""
-"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform "
-"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard "
-"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad."
+"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and "
+"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation,"
+" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo "
+"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time "
+"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly "
+"check that this is still the case."
 msgstr ""
-"这个应用程序甚至兼容Etherpad平台(http://etherpad.org)。使用便笺簿, 不要用标准Odoo Notes, 安装:Memos "
-"Pad。"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202
-msgid "What should you expect from us?"
-msgstr "你期待我们做什么呢?"
+"[与项目方法保持一致]：明确划分角色和责任，明确描述操作模式（验证、解决问题等）对于 Odoo "
+"实施的成功至关重要。因此，强烈建议在项目开始时花一些时间与这些主题保持一致，并定期检查情况是否仍然如此。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205
-msgid "Subscription Services"
-msgstr "订阅服务"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
-msgid "Cloud Hosting"
-msgstr "云主机"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210
-msgid ""
-"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three "
-"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your "
-"instance in 10 minutes, and more!"
-msgstr "Odoo提供顶级的云基础设施,包括: 在三个不同的数据中心的备份,数据库复制,复制10分钟内的实例, 等等! "
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94
 msgid ""
-"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
+"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal "
+"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them"
+" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs "
+"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an"
+" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the "
+"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining "
+"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio "
+"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be "
+"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a "
+"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed "
+"to pursue this same objective."
 msgstr ""
-"SLA Odoo在线: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
+"[专注于项目的成功，而不是理想的解决方案]：SPoC和顾问的主要目标是执行委托给他们的项目，以便提供最有效的解决方案，以满足表达的需求。这一目标有时与最终用户的理想解决方案愿景相冲突。在这种情况下，SPoC"
+" 和顾问将适用 80-20 规则：关注 80% 的表达需求，并找出成本/收益比率方面最不利目标的其余 "
+"20%（这些比例当然会随时间而变化）。因此，如果注意到全球救济，将更耗时的操纵纳入一个比较耗时的操纵将被认为是可以接受的。为了追求同样的目标，也可以提议改变业务流程。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108
 msgid ""
-"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__"
+"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and "
+"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to "
+"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of "
+"tools\\* :"
 msgstr ""
-"ODOO 安全在线 :`https: //www.odoo.com/page/security <https "
-"://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>` __"
+"[规范总是 EXPLICIT]：预期内容与交付内容之间的差距通常是项目中冲突的根源。为了避免出现这种微妙情况，我们建议使用几种类型的工具* ："
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113
 msgid ""
-"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
-msgstr ""
-"隐私条款: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
+"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard "
+"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be "
+"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes."
+msgstr "[GAP 分析]：将请求与 Odoo 提出的标准功能进行比较，将有可能确定由开发/定制或业务流程变化填补的空白。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224
-msgid "Support"
-msgstr "支持"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118
 msgid ""
-"Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no "
-"extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in "
-"San Francisco, Belgium, and India. Questions could be about anything and "
-"everything, like specific questions on current Odoo features and where to "
-"configure them, bugfix requests, payments, or subscription issues."
+"`The User Story <https://help.rallydev.com/writing-great-user-story>`__: "
+"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, "
+"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant"
+" who will provide a response to the HOW."
 msgstr ""
+"\"用户故事<https://help.rallydev.com/writing-great-user-"
+"story>`__:：负责解释什么，为什么和谁，以及顾问谁将提供答复的方式。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126
 msgid ""
-"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
+"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A "
+"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main "
+"lines of expected changes."
 msgstr ""
+"概念证明简化版本，<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ "
+"是预期对预期变化的主要行达成一致的内容的原型。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130
 msgid ""
-"Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data "
-"or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project "
-"manager, as part of the Success Pack."
-msgstr "注意: 支持团队不会开发新的功能,定制,导入数据或培训用户。这些服务是由项目经理提供。"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240
-msgid "Upgrades"
-msgstr "升级"
+"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with"
+" the changes related to the interface."
+msgstr "[模型]：在与概念证明相同的理念中，它将与与界面相关的更改保持一致。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133
 msgid ""
-"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade "
-"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database "
-"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features."
+"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and "
+"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project "
+"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the "
+"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without "
+"verifying its veracity beforehand."
 msgstr ""
-"每隔两个月,Odoo发布一个新版本。一个升级按钮, 显示为* *管理数据库 * *。可自行决定是否需要升级数据库, 但升级可以得到新版本的功能更新。"
+"在这些工具中，将完全透明地了解软件和/或其环境的可能性和局限性，以便所有项目利益相关者清楚地了解项目中可以预期/实现的内容。因此，我们将避免在事先核实其真实性的情况下，以假设为基础开展工作。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139
 msgid ""
-"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can "
-"evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill "
-"our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this "
-"request."
-msgstr ""
+"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more "
+"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*"
+msgstr "[当然，这个列表可以由其他工具完成，这些工具可以更充分地满足项目的现实和需求]"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252
-msgid "Success Pack Services"
-msgstr "成功包服务"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143
+msgid "4. Communication Strategy"
+msgstr "4. 传播战略"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145
 msgid ""
-"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a "
-"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours "
-"you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of "
-"your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects "
-"within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute to"
-" us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or \"Scope "
-"Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an"
-" increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
-msgstr ""
+"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of "
+"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the "
+"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to "
+"follow those principles:"
+msgstr "快速入门方法的目的是确保最终用户快速拥有该工具。因此，有效的沟通对于这种方法的成功至关重要。因此，它的优化将引导我们遵循以下原则："
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150
 msgid ""
-"The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: "
-"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
+"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure "
+"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to "
+"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project "
+"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be "
+"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the"
+" manager are clearly defined."
 msgstr ""
+"[共享项目管理文档]：确保项目中的所有利益相关者都具有相同的知识水平的最佳方法是提供对项目跟踪文档的直接访问（项目管理器）。本文档将至少包含一个任务列表，作为明确定义优先级和管理器的实现的一部分。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158
 msgid ""
-"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
-"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
-"your Success Pack."
-msgstr ""
+"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both "
+"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project."
+msgstr "项目管理器是一个共享的项目跟踪工具，允许详细跟踪正在进行的任务和项目的总体进度。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
-msgid "His/her role includes:"
-msgstr "他的角色包括："
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162
 msgid ""
-"**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
-" the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features."
-msgstr ""
+"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation "
+"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:"
+msgstr "[报告基本信息]：为了将文档时间缩短到要点，我们将遵循以下良好做法："
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
-msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166
+msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;"
+msgstr "会议记录将限于决策和验证;"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168
 msgid ""
-"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen "
-"sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will "
-"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your "
-"consultant."
-msgstr ""
+"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is "
+"reached;"
+msgstr "只有在达到重要流程时，才会建立项目状态;"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171
 msgid ""
-"**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
-"and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
-"structures, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
+"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized."
+msgstr "将组织关于标准或定制解决方案的培训课程。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
-msgid ""
-"**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
-"prepared by the project manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
-msgid ""
-"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra "
-"services:"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175
+msgid "5. Customizations and Development"
+msgstr "5. 定制和开发"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177
 msgid ""
-"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to "
-"customize most screens in any way you see fit."
-msgstr "**定制屏幕：**Studio用拖放方式定制你认为适合的大多数屏幕。"
+"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution "
+"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast "
+"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:"
+msgstr "Odoo 是一种以灵活性和重要进化能力而闻名的软件。然而，大量的发展与快速和可持续的实施相矛盾。因此，建议："
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182
 msgid ""
-"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize "
-"the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers"
-" for advanced customizations."
+"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be "
+"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis,"
+" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant "
+"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an"
+" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted "
+"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid "
+"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties."
+" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development "
+"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see "
+"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")."
 msgstr ""
+"[开发只有一个很好的理由]：在成本效益比为正时（每天节省时间等），必须始终做出开发决策。例如，最好实现重大开发，以减少日常操作的时间，而不是每季度只执行一次操作。人们普遍认为，解决方案越接近标准，迁移过程越轻越流畅，双方的维护成本就越低。此外，经验告诉我们，在使用标准"
+" Odoo 数周后，60% 的初始开发请求被丢弃（请参阅\"将标准作为优先级采用\"）。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194
 msgid ""
-"**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
-"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
-"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours "
-"of your Success Pack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
-msgid ""
-"**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields "
-"based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For"
-" very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo "
-"developers."
-msgstr ""
+"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to "
+"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of"
+" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator"
+" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the "
+"business processes of the company."
+msgstr "[替换，无需复制]：有一个很好的理由决定更改管理软件已经作出。在此背景下，实施时机是接受甚至改变软件使用方式和公司业务流程层面的变革时机。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
-msgid ""
-"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. "
-"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded "
-"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
-msgstr "任何定制都需要Odoo Studio应用程序。通过这一程序的任何定制都会在Odoo每次升级时保留，且没有额外收费。"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:314
-msgid ""
-"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will"
-" be deducted from your Success Pack."
-msgstr "所有用我们的“业务分析师”进行定制的时间都会从Success包中扣除。"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
-msgid ""
-"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a"
-" developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your "
-"Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a "
-"developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover"
-" maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by"
-" the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the"
-" subscription fee."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:325
-msgid ""
-"**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
-"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
-"$5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
-msgid "Implementation Methodology"
-msgstr "实施方法论"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202
+msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles"
+msgstr "6. 测试和验证原则"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204
 msgid ""
-"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers "
-"in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
-msgstr ""
+"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to"
+" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational "
+"needs of the company."
+msgstr "无论在实施中是否取得了发展，测试和验证解决方案与公司运营需求的对应关系都至关重要。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
 msgid ""
-"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
-"progressively, by groups of apps."
-msgstr "启动会议后,我们通过一系列的应用程序定义Odoo的部署阶段计划. "
+"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible "
+"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the "
+"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the "
+"requirements of the operational reality."
+msgstr "[角色分配]：在这种情况下，顾问将负责提供与规定规格相符的解决方案;SPoC 必须测试和验证交付的解决方案是否符合操作现实的要求。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:341
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214
 msgid ""
-"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
-"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
-"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of applications that you "
-"will fully use in production at the end of the phase."
-msgstr ""
+"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the "
+"noted gap is caused by:"
+msgstr "[变更管理]：当需要对解决方案进行更改时，注意到的差距是由以下原因造成的："
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
-msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
-msgstr "对于每个阶段,步骤如下:"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218
 msgid ""
-"**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
-"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
-" business process and configure according to your specific needs."
-msgstr ""
+"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is "
+"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible"
+msgstr "规范与交付解决方案之间的区别 - 这是顾问负责的更正"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
-msgid ""
-"**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
-"responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's "
-"project manager will import them in Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
+msgid "**or**"
+msgstr "[或]"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222
 msgid ""
-"**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
-" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
-"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and "
-"process your feedback."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
-msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
-msgstr " * *生产:* * 一旦培训好, 用户可开始使用Odoo。"
+"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational "
+"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC."
+msgstr "规范与操作现实的必要性之间的区别 - 这是 SPoC 的责任。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:366
-msgid ""
-"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
-"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
-" and reports**)."
-msgstr "一旦适应Odoo, 我们将调整过程并做些* *自动化 * *的任务, 剩下的定制也将开发( * *额外的开发和报告* *)。"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
+msgid "7. Data Imports"
+msgstr "7. 数据导入"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228
 msgid ""
-"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our "
-"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
-"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
+"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must "
+"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, "
+"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, "
+"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, "
+"it will be decided :"
 msgstr ""
+"导入事务数据历史记录是一个重要问题，必须适当地回答，以使项目顺利运行。事实上，这项任务可能非常耗时，如果其优先级没有很好地定义，则防止生产及时发生。为此尽快完成，将视其为："
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
-msgid "Managing your databases"
-msgstr "管理数据库"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378
-msgid ""
-"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
-" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
-msgstr "要访问数据库, 点击Odoo.com, 登录并在右上角的下拉菜单单击* *我的数据库* *。"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234
 msgid ""
-"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
-"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
-" with test data!"
-msgstr "在系统上线或升级之前, Odoo会让你测试。不会让测试数据扰乱正式环境!"
+"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, "
+"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, "
+"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting."
+msgstr "[不导入任何内容]：通常情况下，在反射后，导入数据历史记录被认为没有必要，这些数据被保存在 Odoo 之外并合并，以便以后报告。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239
 msgid ""
-"For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each "
-"available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your "
-"working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My "
-"Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**."
+"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When "
+"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, "
+"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information "
+"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the"
+" import will be made before the production launch."
 msgstr ""
+"[在投入生产之前导入有限数量的数据]：当数据历史记录与正在处理的信息相关时（例如，采购订单、发票、未结项目），需要从使用的第一天起提供此信息。生产是真实的。在这种情况下，将在生产启动之前进行导入。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246
 msgid ""
-"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
-"<db_management/documentation>`."
-msgstr "关于如何管理你的数据库, 你可以找到更多的信息 :ref:`here<db_management/documentation>`."
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
-msgid "Customer Success"
-msgstr "客户成功"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:405
-msgid ""
-"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
-"have all the resources needed to complete their project."
-msgstr "Odoo在于满足客户所有需求, 使客户满意。"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:408
-msgid ""
-"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
-"manager and eventually the support team."
-msgstr "在实施阶段,你的联系人是项目经理, 后面是售后支持。"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:411
-msgid ""
-"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
-"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
-"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with"
-" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the "
-"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..."
+"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be "
+"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these "
+"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the "
+"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports."
 msgstr ""
-"一旦系统上线, 你与Odoo项目经理的互动将减少。在那个时候,我们的成功客户团队将与你联系。他们是专业的团队, "
-"与我们的客户保持长期联系。他们将向你展示新版本,提高你的工作方式或是评估你的新需求,等等……"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:418
-msgid ""
-"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
-"a solution that grows with their needs!"
-msgstr "我们的内部目标是与客户保持联系至少10年, 随着客户不同的需求为他们提供解决方案!"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:421
-msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
-msgstr "欢迎加入,享受你的Odoo!"
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:424
-msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../db_管理/文档`"
+"[在生产启动后导入]：当数据历史记录需要与 Odoo "
+"集成，主要用于报告目的时，很明显，这些数据可以追溯性地集成到软件中。在这种情况下，解决方案的生产启动将先于所需的导入。"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
index 9b8e6b4b3f..1dbcb0160f 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
@@ -3,14 +3,21 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2018
+# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019
+# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2017\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-12-13 12:33+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -24,7 +31,7 @@ msgstr "服务台"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎开始使用 odoo 帮助台‎"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6
 msgid "Overview"
@@ -32,29 +39,29 @@ msgstr "概述"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9
 msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎使用 odoo 服务台入门‎"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11
 msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "安装 Odoo 服务台:"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13
 msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎打开应用模块, 搜索 \"服务台\", 然后单击安装‎"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19
 msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎设置服务台团队‎"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21
 msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎默认情况下, Odoo 服务台配备一个名为 \"支持\" 的团队‎"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26
 msgid ""
 "To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in"
 " the purple bar and select \"Settings\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎要修改此团队, 或创建其他团队, 请在紫色栏中选择 \"配置\", 然后选择 \"设置\"‎"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32
 msgid ""
@@ -63,17 +70,19 @@ msgid ""
 "For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced,"
 " or manually."
 msgstr ""
+"‎在这里, 您可以创建新团队, 决定向该团队添加哪些团队成员、客户如何提交票证以及如何设置 SLA 策略和评级。对于分配方法, "
+"您可以有随机、平衡或手动分配的票证。‎"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38
 msgid "How to set up different stages for each team"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎如何为每个团队设置不同的阶段‎"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
 "settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
 "the lower right-hand side."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎首先, 您将需要激活开发人员模式。为此, 请转到您的设置模块, 然后在右下侧选择 \"激活开发人员模式\" 链接。‎"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
 msgid ""
@@ -82,26 +91,28 @@ msgid ""
 "can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams "
 "allowing for customizable stages for each team!"
 msgstr ""
+"‎现在, 当您返回到您的服务台模块并在紫色栏中选择 \"配置\" 时, 您会发现其他选项, 如 \"阶段\"。在这里, 您可以创建新的阶段, "
+"并将这些阶段分配给1个或多个团队, 允许每个团队的可定制阶段!‎"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
 msgid "Start receiving tickets"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎开始接收凭证‎"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56
 msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎我的客户如何提交凭证？‎"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58
 msgid ""
 "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
 "your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎在紫色栏中选择 \"配置\", 然后选择 \"设置\", 选择您的服务台团队。在 \"渠道, 你会发现4选项:‎"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
 msgid ""
 "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
 "ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎电子邮件别名允许客户通过电子邮件发送您选择创建凭证的别名。电子邮件的主题行成为凭证上的主题。‎"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
 msgid ""
@@ -109,6 +120,8 @@ msgid ""
 "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
 "form - much like odoo.com/help!"
 msgstr ""
+"‎网站表格允许您的客户去 yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit, 并通过网站形式提交机票-很像 "
+"odoo.com/help!‎"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
 msgid ""
@@ -116,6 +129,7 @@ msgid ""
 "website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
 "can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket."
 msgstr ""
+"‎实时聊天允许您的客户通过您网站上的实时聊天提交凭据。您的客户将开始实时聊天, 您的实时聊天操作员可以使用凭证的命令/帮助台主题创建凭证。‎"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
 msgid ""
@@ -123,10 +137,12 @@ msgid ""
 "documentation `*here* "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
 msgstr ""
+"提交票证的最终选项是通过 API 连接。查看文档 \"* 在这里* "
+"‎<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91
 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎凭证已经创建, 现在怎么办？‎"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93
 msgid ""
@@ -135,157 +151,159 @@ msgid ""
 "tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by "
 "adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field."
 msgstr ""
+"‎现在你的员工可以开始工作了!如果您选择了手动分配方法, 那么您的员工将需要使用票证左上方的 \"分配给我\" 按钮或将自己添加到 \"分配给\" "
+"字段中来分配自己的票证。‎"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101
 msgid ""
 "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
 "tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎如果您选择了 \"随机\" 或 \"平衡\" 分配方法, 您的票证将分配给该服务台团队的成员。‎"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
 msgid ""
 "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
 "completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "他们将在此开始处理并解决工单！完成后，他们将工单移至已解决阶段。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108
 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "我如何将工单标记为加急？"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110
 msgid ""
 "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
 " but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
 "Kanban view or on the ticket form."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "工单上可以看到星标。你可在工单上选择一个或多个星标，表明工单紧急程度。你可在看板视图或工单表单中进行此操作。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
 msgid ""
 "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
 "activate the setting under \"Settings\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如要为员工设置服务级协议政策，首先在*设置*下启用设置。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123
 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在此选择“配置SLA政策”并点击“创建”。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125
 msgid ""
 "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
 "priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你需要填写服务台团队、工单最低优先层级（星标）和工单目标等信息。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132
 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "工单被阻止或已准备好进行处理怎么办？"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134
 msgid ""
 "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
 "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如工单无法解决或已被阻止，你可调整工单的“看板状态”。你有3种选择："
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
 msgid "Grey - Normal State"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "灰色 - 正常状态"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139
 msgid "Red - Blocked"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "红色 - 已阻止"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141
 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "绿色 - 准备好进入下一阶段"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143
 msgid ""
 "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
 "Ticket form."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "和代表紧急程度的星标类似，你可在看板视图或工单表单中调整其状态。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150
 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "我的员工如何凭工单记录时间？"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152
 msgid ""
 "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
 "Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
 "timesheets will log against."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "首先，进入“设置”并选择“工单工时卡”选项。你可在显示的字段中选择记录项目的工时卡。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
 msgid ""
 "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
 " tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "现在你已选择一个项目，你可以保存。如你范湖工单，你将看到名为“工时卡”的新选项卡。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
 msgid ""
 "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
 "ticket."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你的员工可在此添加行，以便添加对此工单所做的工作。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169
 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何让客户评价他们获得的服务"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171
 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "首先，你必须在“设置”下启动评分设置"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176
 msgid ""
 "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
 "an email to the customer asking how their service went."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "现在，当工单被移动到已解决或已完成阶段时，它会向客户发送邮件，要求其评价获得的服务。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3
 msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "记录工单时间并开具发票"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance "
 "in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time "
 "spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你可以与客户签订服务合同，以便在出现问题时为他们提供帮助。为此，Odoo将帮助你记录解决问题所花的时间，以及向客户开具发票。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11
 msgid "The modules needed"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "所需的模块"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are "
 "needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of "
 "them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如要记录工单时间并开具发票，需要以下模块：服务台、项目、工时卡、销售。如果你还没有其中某些模块，前往应用程序模块，搜索并点击*安装*。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19
 msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "开始提供“服务台”服务"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22
 msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "第1步：开启一个服务台项目"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24
 msgid ""
 "To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to "
 ":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that "
 "the *Timesheets* feature is activated."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如要为“服务台”服务开启专门项目，首先前往:menuselection:`项目 --> 配置 -->设置`并确保启用*工时卡*功能。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for "
 "it."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "然后，进入仪表板，创建新项目并允许它使用工时卡。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35
 msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "第2步：召集服务台团队"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -295,48 +313,50 @@ msgid ""
 " activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have "
 "previously created as well."
 msgstr ""
+"如要建立一个负责服务台的团队，前往:menuselection:`服务台 --> 配置 --> "
+"服务台团队`并创建一个新团队或选择现有团队。在表单中，勾选*工单工时卡*，启用该功能。注意还需选择你之前已经创建的服务台项目。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47
 msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "第3步：启动服务台服务"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49
 msgid ""
 "Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to "
 ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the"
 " *Units of Measure* feature is activated."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "最后，如要启动新的服务台服务，首先前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并确保启用*计量单位*功能。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56
 msgid ""
 "Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. "
 "Make sure that the product is set as a service."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "然后，前往:menuselection:`产品 --> 产品`并创建新产品。确保将该产品设置为服务。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any "
 "unit will do."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "我们建议你在这里将*计量单位*设置为*小时*，但你也可设置任意单位。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the "
 "*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following "
 "configuration :"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "之后，在产品表单*销售*选项卡下面选择你的发票管理。在这里，我们建议以下配置："
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73
 msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "现在，你已准备好开始接受工单！"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76
 msgid "Solve issues and record time spent"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "解决问题并记录花费的时间"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79
 msgid "Step 1 : place an order"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "第1步：下单"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81
 msgid ""
@@ -346,10 +366,12 @@ msgid ""
 " recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm "
 "the sale."
 msgstr ""
+"现在，你在服务台模块，刚收到客户提交的工单。如要下新订单，前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 --> "
+"订单`并为你之前记录的服务台服务产品创建订单。设置协助客户所需的小时数并确认销售。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91
 msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "第2步：将任务关联到工单"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93
 msgid ""
@@ -357,38 +379,38 @@ msgid ""
 "task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with"
 " the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question"
 " and select the task on its form."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如你访问专门的服务台项目，会注意到已自动创建订单的新任务。如要将该任务与客户工单关联，前往服务台模块，访问该工单并在其表单上选择任务。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102
 msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "第3步：记录帮助客户所用的时间"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104
 msgid ""
 "The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours "
 "performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the "
 "*Timesheets* tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "工作完成，客户问题已解决。如要记录执行此任务所用的小时数，返回工单表单并添加到*工时卡*选项卡之下。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112
 msgid ""
 "The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the "
 "Timesheet module and on the dedicated task."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "工单上记录的小时数也会自动出现在工时卡模块和对应的任务上。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116
 msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "第4步：向客户开具发票"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118
 msgid ""
 "To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that"
 " had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now "
 "appear as the delivered quantity."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如要向客户开具发票，返回销售模块并选择相应订单。注意工单表单上记录的小时数现在显示为已交付数量。"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125
 msgid ""
 "All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then "
 "validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‎剩下要做的就是从订单中创建发票, 然后对其进行验证。现在你只需要等待客户的付款!‎"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
index 9bb81e9f70..00ef65fd93 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
@@ -1,16 +1,29 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2017
+# fausthuang, 2017
+# 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2017
+# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2017
+# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2017
+# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# roye w <159820@qq.com>, 2018
+# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-01-08 17:10+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -765,8 +778,8 @@ msgid "Product Unit of Measure"
 msgstr "单位"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
-msgid "Default Unit of Measure used for all stock operation."
-msgstr "所有库存作业的默认计量单位"
+msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations."
+msgstr "所有库存商品的缺省单位。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
 msgid "Procurement Group"
@@ -775,8 +788,8 @@ msgstr "补货组"
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group."
-" If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped "
-"into one big picking."
+" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into "
+"one big picking."
 msgstr "通过此订购点创建的移动将放在此补货组中。如果没有被提供，由补货规则生成的移动将被组合到一个大拣货。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
@@ -3876,14 +3889,14 @@ msgstr "递延税项资产或者负债 :定义在发票行上使用的税中。"
 msgid ""
 "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a"
 " specific product."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "收入：在产品类别中定义为默认，或针对特定产品具体定义。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350
 msgid ""
 "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. "
 "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the "
 "product form."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "费用：你应在此设置“已售出商品的成本”科目。在产品类别中定义为默认值，或在产品表单中具体定义。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354
 msgid ""
@@ -6358,7 +6371,7 @@ msgstr "最小库存规则可通过库存模块进行配置。在“库存控制
 msgid ""
 "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity "
 "multiple\" fields"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "显示“最小数量”、“最大数量”和“数量倍数”字段的工具提示"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47
 msgid ""
@@ -6642,10 +6655,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup` "
 msgid ":doc:`uom`"
 msgstr ":doc:`uom` "
 
-#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:72
-msgid ":doc:`packages`"
-msgstr ":doc:`packages` "
-
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3
 msgid "Using product variants"
 msgstr "使用产品型号(变体)"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
index 1d1d61a3f0..1d3ca4ae5b 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
@@ -1,16 +1,22 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018
+# v2exerer <9010446@qq.com>, 2018
+# William Qi <qigl@inspur.com>, 2018
+# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: William Qi <qigl@inspur.com>, 2018\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-03-08 13:31+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -35,6 +41,8 @@ msgid ""
 "will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is "
 "the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction."
 msgstr ""
+"通过Odoo在向客户， "
+"你可与网站访问建立直接联系。访客屏幕上将会出现一个简单的对话框，并再次与你的销售代表联系。这样，你可轻松将访客转化为潜在商机。你还可以在此为客户提供协助。因此，它是改善客户满意度的完美工具。"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19
 msgid "Configuration"
@@ -63,6 +71,8 @@ msgid ""
 " Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the "
 "website."
 msgstr ""
+"如果你通过Odoo创建的网站，则在线客服已自动加入网页中。现在你只需前往:menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> "
+"设置`并选择需要链接到网站的频道。"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45
 msgid "Add the live chat to an external website"
@@ -75,6 +85,7 @@ msgid ""
 "code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers "
 "or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided."
 msgstr ""
+"如果你未使用Odoo创建网站，请前往在线客服模块并选择需要关联的频道。你只需要将提供的代码复制并粘贴到你的网站。页面还将提供一个特定的url，你将它发送给客户或供应商，即可进入实时聊天。"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54
 msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules"
@@ -88,6 +99,7 @@ msgid ""
 " does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length "
 "of time it takes for the chat to appear."
 msgstr ""
+"实时聊天的规则可在频道表单中定义。例如，你可选择在你能提供相应语言的国家显示聊天窗口。同时，你可在公司并无销售业务的国家隐藏聊天窗口。如你选择*自动弹出*，你还可设置聊天窗口出现的时长。"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66
 msgid "Prepare automatic messages"
@@ -98,7 +110,7 @@ msgid ""
 "On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed"
 " to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you"
 " through the live chat."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在频道表单的*选项*版块，可输入几条信息，它们将自动出现在聊天窗口。这将提示访客通过实时聊天与你联系。"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76
 msgid "Start chatting with customers"
@@ -111,12 +123,13 @@ msgid ""
 "the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. "
 "Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel."
 msgstr ""
+"如要开始与客户聊天，首先确保聊天频道发布在你的网站上。在频道表单右上角选择*未在网站上发布*，切换*已发布*设置。然后，在操作人员加入频道后，实时聊天将开始。"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88
 msgid ""
 "If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the "
 "website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果无操作人员和/或如频道未发布在网站上，则实时聊天按钮不会向访客显示。"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92
 msgid ""
@@ -133,14 +146,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100
 msgid "Use commands"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "使用命令"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102
 msgid ""
 "Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access "
 "information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands "
 "into the chat. The following actions are available :"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "命令是指完成特定操作或访问需要的信息的有用快捷方式。如要使用本功能，只需在聊天中键入命令。系统提供以下命令操作："
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106
 msgid "**/help** : show a helper message."
@@ -148,11 +161,11 @@ msgstr "**/help** ：提示帮助消息"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108
 msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**/helpdesk**：创建服务台工单。"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110
 msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search**：搜索服务台工单。"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112
 msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages."
@@ -160,22 +173,22 @@ msgstr "**/history**：可以看到最近访问的15个页面"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114
 msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**/lead**：创建新线索。"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116
 msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**/leave**：离开频道。"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119
 msgid ""
 "If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was "
 "generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. "
 "The same goes for the creation of a lead."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果从聊天中创建工单，则生成的对话将自动显示为工单描述。在创建线索时也是如此。"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124
 msgid "Send canned responses"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "发送预设回复"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126
 msgid ""
@@ -186,6 +199,8 @@ msgid ""
 " to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you "
 "assigned."
 msgstr ""
+"预设回复用于创建常用一般语句的替代。只需键入一个词语即可显示整个回复，从而节约了时间。如要添加预设回复，前往:menuselection:`在线客服 "
+"--> 配置 --> 预设回复`并根据需要创建。然后，在聊天中只需键入“：”及你分配的快捷方式，即可使有预设回复。"
 
 #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
index 940e291f9c..c5ca09dfb6 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
@@ -51,13 +51,10 @@ msgstr "设置基本的BoM"
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing "
-"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For "
-"more information about which method of management to use, review the "
-"**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the "
-"documentation."
-msgstr "如你只用制造订单来管理制造过程，可无需路由来定义基本的物料清单。关于所采用的管理方式详情，请查看文献中*制造*章节的**开始**节。"
+"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:22
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19
 msgid ""
 "Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a "
 "product and at least one component (components are considered products in "
@@ -72,7 +69,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "创建你的第一份物料清单前，你需要创建至少一个部件（在Odoo中也被认为是产品），方法是从 "
 ":menuselection:`主数据->产品，中选择或在系统运行时从BoM表格的相关字段中选择。一旦创建好一个产品和至少一个部件后，从相关的下拉菜单中选择它们并添加到你的物料清单。新的物料单可从menuselection中创建，选择主数据->物料清单，或使用产品表单之上的按钮进行创建。"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:32
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29
 msgid ""
 "Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. "
 "**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for "
@@ -81,11 +78,11 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "在**杂项**页签下填写额外的字段。**顺序**定义了BoM被选择为生产订单的顺序，数字越小优先级越高。**版本**允许你跟踪BoM在不同时间的版本号变化。"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35
 msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
 msgstr "在BoM中添加路由"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product "
 "and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be "
@@ -94,14 +91,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "路由定义制造一个产品所需的一系列操作，以及每个操作执行的工作中心。一个路由可以添加到多个BoM中，而后者每个只能有一个路由。路由配置的更多信息，请参阅路由一章。"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:46
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
 msgid ""
 "After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, "
 "you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a "
 "routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
 msgstr "启用路由的方法 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置，然后当系统运行时从下拉清单中选择一个路由，即可将路由添加到物料清单。"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47
 msgid ""
 "You may define the work operation or step in which each component is "
 "consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**"
@@ -112,23 +109,23 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "通过**组件**下方的**在工序中消费**字段定义工序或步骤。同样，也可以用**在操作中生产**字段（位于**杂项**页签下）定义产品被生产的操作。如果不填这个字段，产品将在路由的最后操作中被消耗/生产。"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:61
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58
 msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
 msgstr "添加副产品到BoM"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60
 msgid ""
 "In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the "
 "primary product."
 msgstr "副产品指在Odoo中，BoM生产的任何主产品之外的产品。"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from "
 ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
 msgstr "如需将副产品添加到BoM，首先要在 :menuselection:`配置->设置，中选择启用它们。"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:72
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69
 msgid ""
 "Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials "
 "under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any "
@@ -137,11 +134,11 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "副产品启用后，即可被添加到物料清单**副产品**页签下的物料清单了。你可将任何产品（一个或多个）作为副产品添加。副产品的生产过程与BoM中主产品的路由一致。"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:81
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78
 msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
 msgstr "为产品设置一个带分组件的BoM"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
@@ -152,7 +149,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "分组件是一种用于另一制成品部件的制成品。你可能想用分组件来简化一个复杂的BoM、更精确地表示你的制造流，或在多个BoM中使用相同的分组件。BoM使用分组件通常指多级BoM。"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:90
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
 msgid ""
 "Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
@@ -163,11 +160,11 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Odoo中的多级物料清单可通过创建顶级BoM和分组件BoM完成。下一步定义分组件产品的采购路线，以确保每次创建了顶级产品的制造订单时，能同时创建每个分组件的制造订单。"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:97
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94
 msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
 msgstr "配置顶级产品BoM"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:99
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
@@ -175,12 +172,12 @@ msgid ""
 "subassembly as you would for any product."
 msgstr "为配置多级BoM，请创建顶极产品及其BoM。将所有分组件包括到部件清单中。为每个分组件创建一个BoM（类似为每个产品创建BoM）。"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:107
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29
 msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
 msgstr "配置分组件产品数据"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:109
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
@@ -189,7 +186,7 @@ msgid ""
 "effect."
 msgstr "在分组件的产品表中，必须选择**制造**和**按需补货**路由。**制造**路由的优先级高于**购买**路由，因此选后者是无效的。"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:117
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
@@ -197,11 +194,11 @@ msgid ""
 "subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
 msgstr "如需在制造之外采购一些组件，选择**可以购买**。分组件产品表单中的所有其他字段都可根据你的偏好配置。"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:123
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120
 msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
 msgstr "使用单个的BoM描述单一产品的多个变体"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:125
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
@@ -209,7 +206,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Settings`."
 msgstr "Odoo允许你为同一产品的多个变量使用物料清单。启用变量的方式很简单，只需从 :menuselection:`配置->设置中选择。"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:132
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
 msgid ""
 "You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
@@ -218,7 +215,7 @@ msgid ""
 "variants."
 msgstr "然后就可以指定每个产品变量的制造中需要用哪些部件行。可以为每个行指定多个变量。如果没有指定变量，这一行可以用于所有的变量。"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:137
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134
 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..054ee58ab8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:05+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Robin Xia <xiayoubin@me.com>, 2018\n"
+"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5
+msgid "Mobile"
+msgstr "手机"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
+msgid "Setup your Firebase Cloud Messaging"
+msgstr "设置你的Firebase 云信息"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"In order to have mobile notifications in our Android app, you need an API "
+"key."
+msgstr "为了在我们的安卓应用中获得移动通知，你需要一个API key。"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"If it is not automatically configured (for instance for On-premise or "
+"Odoo.sh) please follow these steps below to get an API key for the android "
+"app."
+msgstr "对安卓应用，若在On-premise 或 Odoo.sh例程中不能自动配置，请按下列步奏获取一个API key。"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"The iOS app doesn't support mobile notifications for Odoo versions < 12."
+msgstr "对Odoo 12.0以下的版本，iOS应用不支持移动消息通知。"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:22
+msgid "Firebase Settings"
+msgstr "Firebase 设置"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:25
+msgid "Create a new project"
+msgstr "创建一个新的项目"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"First, make sure you to sign in to your Google Account. Then, go to "
+"`https://console.firebase.google.com "
+"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__ and create a new project."
+msgstr ""
+"首先确认你登录到了Google账号，然后到网址：`https://console.firebase.google.com "
+"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__并创建一个新项目。"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Choose a project name, click on **Continue**, then click on **Create "
+"project**."
+msgstr "选择一个项目名，点击【继续】，然后点击【创建项目】"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:37
+msgid "When you project is ready, click on **Continue**."
+msgstr "当你的项目已经存在时，点击【继续】"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"You will be redirected to the overview project page (see next screenshot)."
+msgstr "你将直接到项目的总览页（见下截图）。"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:43
+msgid "Add an app"
+msgstr "增加应用"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:45
+msgid "In the overview page, click on the Android icon."
+msgstr "在总览页，点击安卓图标。"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"You must use \"com.odoo.com\" as Android package name. Otherwise, it will "
+"not work."
+msgstr "你必须使用“com.odoo.com”为安卓页的名字，否则，它不工作。"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"No need to download the config file, you can click on **Next** twice and "
+"skip the fourth step."
+msgstr "没有下载配制文件的需求时，你可连点击【下一步】，直接跳到第四步。"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:60
+msgid "Get generated API key"
+msgstr "获取生成的API key"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:62
+msgid "On the overview page, go to Project settings:"
+msgstr "在概览页，到项目设置："
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"In **Cloud Messaging**, you will see the **API key** and the **Sender ID** "
+"that you need to set in Odoo General Settings."
+msgstr "在【云信息】中，你会看到ODOO【设置】上的【API key】与【Sender ID】."
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:74
+msgid "Settings in Odoo"
+msgstr "在Odoo上设置"
+
+#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:76
+msgid "Simply paste the API key and the Sender ID from Cloud Messaging."
+msgstr "在云信息中，简单粘贴“API key”与’’Sender ID’’。"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
index 6601824539..01899c0247 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
@@ -1,16 +1,30 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017
+# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2017
+# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# Wall, 2017
+# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2017
+# fausthuang, 2018
+# Kenny Yang <biganglerau@gmail.com>, 2019
+# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2018\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -26,780 +40,458 @@ msgstr "POS"
 msgid "Advanced topics"
 msgstr "高级话题"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3
-msgid "How to use discount tags on products?"
-msgstr "如何在产品上使用折扣标签"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5
-msgid "This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products."
-msgstr "本例子将讲述如何在产品上使用折扣标签。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
-msgstr "条码命名规则"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3
+msgid "Using barcodes in PoS"
+msgstr "Using barcodes in PoS"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"To start using discounts tags, let's first have a look at the **barcode "
-"nomenclature** in order to print our correct discounts tags."
-msgstr "使用打折标签之前, 让我们先看一下 **条形码命名规则** 来打印出正确的打折标签。"
+"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your "
+"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers."
+msgstr "使用条形码扫描仪处理POS订单可以提高效率，并为你和客户节省时间。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:13
-msgid "I want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode."
-msgstr "我想用以下条形码为这个产品设一个打折。"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "配置"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:18
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode "
-"Nomenclatures`. In the default nomenclature, you can see that to set a "
-"discount, you have to start you barcode with ``22`` and the add the "
-"percentage you want to set for the product."
-msgstr ""
-"进入菜单 :menuselection:`零售(Point of Sale) --> 设置(Configuration) --> "
-"条形码定义(Barcode Nomenclatures)` , 你可以看到设置配置折扣条形码, 你只要使用\" 22 \\ "
-"\"开头的条形码并附上你要设置的百分比数值即可。"
+"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
+msgstr "如要使用条形码扫描仪，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS接口。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:26
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"For instance if you want ``50%`` discount on a product you have to start you"
-" barcode with ``2250`` and then add the product barcode. In our example, the"
-" barcode will be:"
-msgstr "例如你要设置\" 50 \\ \"的折扣, 你需要使用\" 2250 \\ \"然后增加产品条形码, 在我们的例子中, 这个条形码将是 :"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34
-msgid "Scanning your products"
-msgstr "扫描产品条形码"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:36
-msgid "If you go back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**"
-msgstr "如果你回到 **仪表盘** 并且开始一个 **新会话** "
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:41
-msgid "You have to scan:"
-msgstr "您需要扫描 :"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43
-msgid "the product"
-msgstr "产品"
+"Under the PosBox / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* select"
+" it."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45
-msgid "the discount tag"
-msgstr "折扣标签"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21
+msgid "You can find more about Barcode Nomenclature here (ADD HYPERLINK)"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:47
-msgid "When the product is scanned, it appears on the ticket"
-msgstr "当产品扫描后, 会更新到相应的票据上"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:25
+msgid "Add barcodes to product"
+msgstr "将条形码增加到产品上"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:52
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"Then when you scan the discount tag, ``50%`` discount is applied on the "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a "
 "product."
-msgstr "然后只要扫描折扣标签, 该产品就会执行\" 50% \\ \"折扣。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:58
-msgid "That's it, this how you can use discount tag on products with Odoo."
-msgstr "这就是你如何在Odoo中在产品上使用折扣。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:61
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:114
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:83
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:94
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:171
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:57
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:35
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:155
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:69
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:81
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:43
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:35
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../shop/cash_control` "
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:62
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:115
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:84
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:95
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:172
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:58
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:36
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:156
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:70
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:82
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:36
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/invoice`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../shop/invoice` "
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:63
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:116
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:85
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:96
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:173
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:59
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:37
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:157
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:71
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:83
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:45
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:37
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/refund`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../shop/refund` "
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:64
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:117
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:86
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:97
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:174
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:60
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:38
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:158
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:72
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:84
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:46
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:38
-msgid ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount` "
+msgstr "前往:menuselection:`POS --> 目录 --> 产品`并选择一个产品。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3
-msgid "How to create & run a loyalty & reward system"
-msgstr "如何创建并运营忠诚度与奖励系统"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:41
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:37
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:88
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:6
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "配置"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"In the **Point of Sale** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
-"--> Settings`."
-msgstr ""
-"在 **零售** 应用中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 。"
+"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you "
+"can input any barcode."
+msgstr "在一般信息选项卡下，你可找到条形码字段，你可在此输入任何条形码。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:14
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:37
+msgid "Scanning products"
+msgstr "扫描产品"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"You can tick **Manage loyalty program with point and reward for customers**."
-msgstr "你可以勾选 **设置忠诚项目并且给客户奖励** 。"
+"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The "
+"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple "
+"times or change the quantity manually on the screen."
+msgstr "从你的PoS接口，用条形码扫描仪扫描任何条形码。产品将被添加，你可以多次扫描同一件产品，将它添加多次，也可在屏幕上手动更改数量。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:21
-msgid "Create a loyalty program"
-msgstr "创建忠诚计划"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3
+msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner"
+msgstr "使用适合条形码扫描仪的折扣标记"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:23
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"After you apply, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Loyalty Programs` "
-"and click on **Create**."
-msgstr "在你申请后, 进入 :`配置 --> 忠诚项目` 并点击 **创建** 。"
+"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting "
+"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They "
+"allow you to scan discount barcodes."
+msgstr "如你想打折销售产品，例如对于已经临期的产品，你可使用折扣标签。这样可以扫描折扣条形码。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:29
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"Set a **name** and an **amount** of points given **by currency**, **by "
-"order** or **by product**. Extra rules can also be added such as **extra "
-"points** on a product."
+"To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner, you can see the"
+" documentation about it `here <https://docs.google.com/document/d"
+"/1tg7yarr2hPKTddZ4iGbp9IJO-cp7u15eHNVnFoL40Q8/edit>`__"
 msgstr ""
-"设一个 **名字** 和 **数量** 为给出的 **按币种** , **按排序** 或者 **按产品** 。也可以增加特殊的规则给一个产品例如 "
-"**特殊的点** 。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:33
-msgid "To do this click on **Add an item** under **Rules**."
-msgstr "要这样做, 就在下面的 **规则** 点击 **添加新的条目** 。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:38
-msgid "You can configure any rule by setting some configuration values."
-msgstr "你可以通过设置一些配置值配置任何规则。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40
-msgid "**Name**: An internal identification for this loyalty program rule"
-msgstr " **名称**:  一个忠诚项目的内部标识"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:41
-msgid "**Type**: Does this rule affects products, or a category of products?"
-msgstr " **类型**:  该规则是否影响到产品或产品的内部分类？"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:42
-msgid "**Target Product**: The product affected by the rule"
-msgstr " **目标产品**:  规则影响到的产品"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:15
+msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
+msgstr "条码命名规则"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:43
-msgid "**Target Category**: The category affected by the rule"
-msgstr " **目标种类**:  规则影响到的种类"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:17
+msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature."
+msgstr "为使用折扣标签，我们需要了解条形码命名法。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"**Cumulative**: The points won from this rule will be won in addition to "
-"other rules"
-msgstr " **积累**:  从这个规则赢得的积分将除了从其他规则赢得的。"
+"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following "
+"barcode:"
+msgstr "假设你想对以下条形码的产品打折："
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:45
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"**Points per product**: How many points the product will earn per product "
-"ordered"
-msgstr " **每个产品点数**:  每个产品订单赚多少个积分点"
+"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS "
+"interface."
+msgstr "你可在PoS界面设置下找到*默认命名法*。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"**Points per currency**: How many points the product will earn per value "
-"sold"
-msgstr " **按消费的点数**:  按销费额计算赚取的积分点"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:51
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"Your new rule is now created and rewards can be added by clicking on **Add "
-"an Item** under **Rewards**."
-msgstr "现在你的新规则创建好了, 奖励可以通过点击 **添加项目** 下的 **奖励** 。"
+"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode "
+"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) "
+"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:"
+msgstr ""
+"假设你想对一个产品打折50%，你必须在添加产品条形码之前先加上22（用于折扣条形码命名）和50（用于折扣%）。 在我们的例子中，条形码应为："
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:57
-msgid "Three types of reward can be given:"
-msgstr "能提供三种类型奖励 :"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43
+msgid "Scan the products & tags"
+msgstr "扫描产品和标签"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:59
-msgid ""
-"**Resale**: convert your points into money. Set a product that represents "
-"the value of 1 point."
-msgstr " **转售**:  将您的积分转换为金钱。设置表示1个积分点的产品"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45
+msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)."
+msgstr "你必须首先扫描需要的产品（本例中为柠檬）。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:64
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:50
 msgid ""
-"**Discount**: give a discount for an amount of points. Set a product with a "
-"price of ``0 €`` and without any taxes."
-msgstr " **折扣**:  给折扣的积分点数量。设置一个价格为\" 0 € \\ \"并且没有税的产品。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:69
-msgid "**Gift**: give a gift for an amount of points"
-msgstr " **礼品**:  为一定量的积分赠送礼物"
+"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can "
+"finish the transaction."
+msgstr "然后扫描折扣标签。折扣将生效，你可完成交易。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:77
-msgid "Applying your loyalty program to a point of sale"
-msgstr "把你的忠诚度项目应用在某的销售点上"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3
+msgid "Manage a loyalty program"
+msgstr "管理忠诚度计划"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:79
-msgid "On the **Dashboard**, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
-msgstr "在 **仪表板** 上, 点击  :menuselection:`更多 --> 设置` 。"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a "
+"*Loyalty Program*."
+msgstr "通过*忠诚度计划*鼓励客户继续来你的销售点购物。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:84
-msgid "Next to loyalty program, set the program you want to set."
-msgstr "接下来是忠诚度计划, 设置你的忠诚度计划。"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. "
+"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*"
+msgstr ""
+"如要启用*忠诚度计划*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> "
+"POS`并选择你的PoS界面。在定价功能下，选择*忠诚度计划*。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:90
-msgid "Gathering and consuming points"
-msgstr "收集和消费积分"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:19
+msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs."
+msgstr "你可在此创建并编辑忠诚度计划。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:92
-msgid "To start gathering points you need to set a customer on the order."
-msgstr "为了开始收集积分点, 你要在订单上设置一个客户。"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a "
+"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole "
+"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and "
+"everything in between."
+msgstr "你可决定希望使用的忠诚度计划类型，如果奖励是折扣或礼品，可设置针对特定产品还是整个范围。应用规则，确保它仅对特定情况有效。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:94
-msgid "Click on **Customer** and select the right one."
-msgstr "点击 **客户** 并选择正确的"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:30
+msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface"
+msgstr "在你的PoS界面使用忠诚度计划"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:96
-msgid "Loyalty points will appear on screen."
-msgstr "忠诚积分会显示在屏幕。"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the "
+"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent "
+"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the "
+"rules defined in the loyalty program."
+msgstr ""
+"在设置客户后，你现在可以看到他们交易获得的点数，并将累计他们已消费的金额。根据忠诚度计划定义的规则，在累计足够点数后，通过*奖励*按钮即可兑换奖励。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:101
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45
 msgid ""
-"The next time the customer comes to your shop and has enough points to get a"
-" reward, the **Rewards** button is highlighted and gifts can be given."
-msgstr "下一次客户到你的商店并有足够的点数来获得一个奖励, **奖励** 按钮会高亮并能给予礼物。"
+"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can"
+" finalize the order in your usual way."
+msgstr "你会发现价格即时更新，反映价格表的最新价格。你可按正常方式完成订单。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:108
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"The reward is added and of course points are subtracted from the total."
-msgstr "奖励被加入, 当然积分点会从总数里扣除。"
+"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You "
+"can of course change it."
+msgstr "如你选择包含默认价格表的客户，则将适用该价格表。当然，你也可更改。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3
-msgid "How to apply manual discounts?"
-msgstr "如何应用人工折扣？"
+msgid "Apply manual discounts"
+msgstr "应用手动折扣"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6
-msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "概述"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest "
+"solution for your Point of Sale."
+msgstr "如果你不经常使用折扣功能，手动折扣可能是最适合你的销售点的简便方式。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"You can apply manual discounts in two different ways. You can directly set a"
-" discount on the product or you can set a global discount on the whole cart."
-msgstr "您可以用两种不同的方式使用手动折扣。您可以直接获得的产品的折扣, 也可以设置对整个购物车的全局折扣。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:13
-msgid "Discount on the product"
-msgstr "产品的折扣"
+"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products."
+msgstr "你可对整个订单或特定产品应用折扣。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:15
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:8
-msgid "On the dashboard, click on **New Session**:"
-msgstr "在仪表盘上, 点击 **新的会话**: "
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:12
+msgid "Apply a discount on a product"
+msgstr "对产品应用折扣"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:20
-msgid "You will get into the main point of sale interface :"
-msgstr "你会进入主销售点界面 :"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:14
+msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button."
+msgstr "从会话界面，使用*折扣*按钮。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:76
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:53
-msgid ""
-"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on "
-"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can "
-"directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard."
-msgstr "在右边你可以看到你的产品清单按顶部的分类。如果你点击一个产品, 它会被加到购物车里。你可以直接看到数量或重量通过键盘输入。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:30
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"The same way you insert a quantity, Click on **Disc** and then type the "
-"discount (in percent). This is how you insert a manual discount on a "
-"specific product."
-msgstr "输入数量一样, 点击 **折扣** , 然后键入折扣(百分比)。这是你如何手工输入一个特定的产品折扣的方法。"
+"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is "
+"currently selected and the discount will be applied."
+msgstr "然后，你可对当前选择的产品输入折扣（百分比），则将应用折扣。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:38
-msgid "Global discount"
-msgstr "全局折扣"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"If you want to set a global discount, you need to go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Allow global "
-"discounts**"
-msgstr ""
-"如果你想设置一个全局的折扣, 你需要去 :菜单选择:`配置 - > Settings` 并勾选 **允许全局折扣** \n"
-"菜单选择 :`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Allow global discounts** "
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:23
+msgid "Apply a global discount"
+msgstr "应用全局折扣"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:50
-msgid "Then from the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`"
-msgstr "从工作面板点击 :menuselection:`更多(More) --> 设置(Settings)` "
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:55
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"You have to activate **Order Discounts** and create a product that will be "
-"added as a product with a negative price to deduct the discount."
-msgstr "你需要激活 **订单折扣** 并且创建一个产品, 这个产品会被当成一个负数价格的产品来抵扣折扣。"
+"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales"
+" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
+msgstr "如要对整个订单应用折扣，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:61
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:28
 msgid ""
-"On the product used to create the discount, set the price to ``0`` and do "
-"not forget to remove all the **taxes**, that can make the calculation wrong."
-msgstr "在用于创建折扣的产品上, 设定价格为\" 0 \\ \", 不要忘记删除所有 **税** , 否则可能导致计算错误。"
+"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it."
+msgstr "在*定价*类别下，你可找到*全局折扣*，选择。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:68
-msgid "Set a global discount"
-msgstr "设置全局折扣"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:34
+msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface."
+msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面会出现新的*折扣*按钮。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:70
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"Now when you come back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**, a "
-"**Discount** button appears and by clicking on it you can set a "
-"**discount**."
-msgstr "现在当你回到 **仪表盘** 开始一个 **新会话** , **折扣** 按钮会显示并通过点击可以设置一个 **折扣** 。"
+"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)."
+msgstr "点击，然后你可输入需要的折扣（百分比）。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:76
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:44
 msgid ""
-"When it's validated, the discount line appears on the order and you can now "
-"process to the payment."
-msgstr "当它被验证后, 折扣行出现在订单上, 然后你就可以处理付款了。"
+"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific "
+"product discount also at 50%."
+msgstr "在本例中，你会发现全局折扣是50%，特定产品折扣也是50%。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3
-msgid "How to accept credit card payments in Odoo POS using Mercury?"
-msgstr "怎样用Mercury在Odoo POS使用信用卡接收付款？"
+msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury"
+msgstr "使用Mercury接受信用卡支付"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"A **MercuryPay** account (see `MercuryPay website "
-"<https://www.mercurypay.com>`__.) is required to accept credit card payments"
-" in Odoo 9 POS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates with"
-" US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North "
-"American businesses. An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work "
-"with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS "
-"screen into the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS."
+"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* "
+"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments"
+" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates "
+"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North "
+"American businesses."
 msgstr ""
-" **MercuryPay** 账户(详见'MercuryPay'网站 <https ://www.mercurypay.com> "
-"`__.)需要一个集成的读卡器才能在Odoo 9 POS 里使用信用卡支付。MercuryPay 仅支持北美地区的业务。切换到读卡器到独立的读卡器, "
-"从Odoo POS 界面复制交易额到读卡器, 并在Odoo POS里记录交易。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18
-msgid "Module installation"
-msgstr "模块安装"
+"在Odoo 11 PoS及集成读卡器中接受信用卡支付需要MercuryPay账户（参见`*MercuryPay网站* "
+"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__）。MercuryPay仅适用于美国和加拿大银行，因此这一程序只适合北美公司。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:20
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Go to **Apps** and install the **Mercury Payment Services** application."
-msgstr "去 **应用程序** 安装 **Mercury Payment Services** 的应用程序。"
+"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone "
+"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the "
+"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS."
+msgstr "集成读卡器的替代方法是使用独立的读卡器，然后将Odoo POS屏幕上的交易总额复制到读卡器中，并在Odoo POS中记录交易。 "
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:26
-msgid "Mercury Configuration"
-msgstr "Mercury配置"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16
+msgid "Install Mercury"
+msgstr "安装Mercury"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:28
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18
 msgid ""
-"In the **Point of Sale** application, click on :menuselection:`Configuration"
-" --> Mercury Configurations` and then on **Create**."
-msgstr "在 **零售** 模块, 点击菜单 :menuselection:'设置-->Mercury 设置'并点击 **创建** 。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:35
-msgid "Introduce your **credentials** and then save them."
-msgstr "介绍你的 **证书** , 然后保存。"
+"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* "
+"module."
+msgstr "如要安装Mercury，前往:menuselection:`应用程序`并搜索*Mercury*模块。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:40
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"Then go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and click on "
-"**Create**. Under the **Point of Sale** tab you can set a **Mercury "
-"configuration** to the **Payment method**."
+"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go "
+"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer "
+"mode*."
 msgstr ""
-"然后去 :菜单:`配置 - >付款方式` , 然后点击 **创建** 。在 **零售** 标签, 你可以设置一个 **Mercury配置** 的 "
-"**付款方式** 。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"Finally, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale` and add a "
-"new payment method on the point of sale by editing it."
-msgstr "最后, 访问菜单选择 :`配置 -->零售通'过编辑添加新的付款方式。"
+"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:54
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"Then select the payment method corresponding to your mercury configuration."
-msgstr "然后选择相应的Mercury配置的付款方式。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:60
-msgid "Save the modifications."
-msgstr "保存修改。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:63
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48
-msgid "Register a sale"
-msgstr "登记销售"
+"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury "
+"credentials."
+msgstr "为信用卡创建新配置并输入你的Mercury凭据。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:65
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"On the dashboard, you can see your point(s) of sales, click on **New "
-"Session**:"
-msgstr "在仪表盘上, 你可以看到你的零售(s), 点击 **新建会话**: "
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:71
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:114
-msgid "You will get the main point of sale interface:"
-msgstr "你会看到销售点主界面 :"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:82
-msgid "Payment with credit cards"
-msgstr "信用卡付款"
+"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment "
+"Methods` and create a new one."
+msgstr "然后前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 支付方式`并创建新支付方式。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:84
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the credit"
-" card **Payment Method**."
-msgstr "一旦订单完成后, 点击 **付款** 。您可以选择信用卡 **付款方式** 。"
+"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then "
+"select your Mercury credentials that you just created."
+msgstr "在*POS*下，选择*在POS使用*后，你可选择刚才创建的Mercury凭据。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:90
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"Type in the **Amount** to be paid with the credit card. Now you can swipe "
-"the card and validate the payment."
-msgstr "键入信用卡要支付 **金额** 信用卡支付。现在, 您可以刷卡和验证付款。"
+"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment."
+msgstr "现在，你在验证付款时，有了用信用卡支付的新选项。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3
-msgid "How to manage multiple cashiers?"
-msgstr "如何管理多个收银员？"
+msgid "Manage multiple cashiers"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"This tutorial will describe how to manage multiple cashiers. There are four "
-"differents ways to manage several cashiers."
-msgstr "本教程将介绍如何管理多个收银员。有四种不同的方式管理多个收银员。"
+"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This "
+"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9
-msgid "Switch cashier without any security"
-msgstr "无需安全切换收银员"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"As prerequisite, you just need to have a second user with the **Point of "
-"Sale User** rights (Under the :menuselection:`General Settings --> Users` "
-"menu). On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session** as the main user."
+"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They "
+"are all explained below."
 msgstr ""
-"作为先决条件, 您只需要有 **销售** 权限的第二个用户(在菜单中选择 :`常规设置 - > 用户菜单)。在 **仪表板** 点击 **新建会话** "
-"为主要用户。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:18
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:123
-msgid "On the top of the screen click on the **user name**."
-msgstr "在屏幕顶部点击 **用户名称** 。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:23
-msgid "And switch to another cashier."
-msgstr "并且转换为其他收银员。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:28
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"The name on the top has changed which means you have changed the cashier."
-msgstr "上面的名称已更改, 这意味着你已经改变了收银员."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:34
-msgid "Switch cashier with pin code"
-msgstr "使用pin码切换收银员"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:39
-msgid ""
-"If you want your cashiers to need a pin code to be able to use it, you can "
-"set it up in by clicking on **Settings**."
-msgstr "如果你希望你的收银员需要PIN码才能使用它, 你可以通过点击 **设置** 。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:45
-msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**."
-msgstr "然后点击 **管理访问权限** 。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"**Edit** the cashier and add a security pin code on the **Point of Sale** "
-"tab."
-msgstr " **编辑** 钱箱并在 **销售点** 页面添加安全pin码。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57
-msgid "Change cashier"
-msgstr "变更收银员"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:59
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:118
-msgid "On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session**."
-msgstr "在 **仪表盘** 点击 **新的会话** 。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:69
-msgid "Choose your **cashier**:"
-msgstr "选择你的 **收银员**: "
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:74
-msgid ""
-"You will have to insert the user's **pin code** to be able to continue."
-msgstr "你必须插入用户的 **PIN码** 才能够继续。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:79
-msgid "Now you can see that the cashier has changed."
-msgstr "现在, 你可以看到收银员发生了变化。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:85
-msgid "Switch cashier with cashier barcode badge"
-msgstr "用收银员的条形码切换收银员"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:90
-msgid ""
-"If you want your cashiers to scan its badge, you can set it up in by "
-"clicking on **Settings**."
-msgstr "如果你希望你的收银员扫描它的徽章, 你可以通过点击 **设定** 设置它。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:96
-msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**"
-msgstr "然后点击 **管理访问权限** "
+"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:101
-msgid ""
-"**Edit** the cashier and add a **security pin code** on the **Point of "
-"Sale** tab."
-msgstr " **编辑** 收银员, 并添加一个 **安全PIN码** 的 **零售** 标签"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17
+msgid "Switch without pin codes"
+msgstr "切换不需要识别码"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:108
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"Be careful of the barcode nomenclature, the default one forced you to use a "
-"barcode starting with ``041`` for cashier barcodes. To change that go to "
-":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`."
+"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the "
+"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
-"小心条形码命名规则, 默认会强迫你使用\" 041 \\ \"开头的收银员条形码。若要更改, 请访问 :菜单选择: 出售 `点 - >配置 - "
-">条码规则` 。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:116
-msgid "Change Cashier"
-msgstr "更换收银员"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25
+msgid "You will then be able to change between different users."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:128
-msgid ""
-"When the cashier scans his own badge, you can see on the top that the "
-"cashier has changed."
-msgstr "当收银员扫描自己的徽章, 你可以看到在顶部的收银员发生了变化。"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30
+msgid "And the cashier will be changed."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:132
-msgid "Assign session to a user"
-msgstr "给用户分配一个会话"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33
+msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:134
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"Click on the menu :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`."
-msgstr "点击菜单 :菜单选择:`零售 - >订单 - > 会话` 。"
+"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:139
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"Then, click on **New** and assign as **Responsible** the correct cashier to "
-"the point of sale."
-msgstr "然后, 点击 **新建** 并指派 **责任人** 给正确的零售收银员。"
+"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:145
-msgid "When the cashier logs in he is able to open the session"
-msgstr "当收银员登录时, 他能打开这个会话"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47
+msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:151
-msgid "Assign a default point of sale to a cashier"
-msgstr "把默认销售点赋予一个钱箱"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53
+msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:153
-msgid ""
-"If you want your cashiers to be assigned to a point of sale, go to "
-":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`."
-msgstr "如果你要分配你的收银员给零售, 去菜单选择 :'零售-->配置-->设置‘"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55
+msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:159
-msgid "Then click on **Manage Access Rights**."
-msgstr "然后点击 **管理访问权限** "
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57
+msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:164
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62
 msgid ""
-"**Edit** the cashier and add a **Default Point of Sale** under the **Point "
-"of Sale** tab."
-msgstr " **编辑** 收银员并添加 **默认零售店** 在 **零售** 标签下。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:3
-msgid "How to register customers?"
-msgstr "如何注册客户？"
+"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:21
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:6
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:78
-msgid "Register an order"
-msgstr "注册一个订单"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64
+msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:13
-msgid "You arrive now on the main view :"
-msgstr "来到主界面"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3
+msgid "Reprint Receipts"
+msgstr "重新打印收据"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:18
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on "
-"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can "
-"directly set the quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard."
-msgstr "在右边你能看到你的产品清单, 它会在顶部按品种分类。如果你点击一个产品, 它会被加入到购物车中, 你能直接在键盘上输入数量和重量。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:23
-msgid "Record a customer"
-msgstr "记录一个客户。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:25
-msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer**:"
-msgstr "在主界面上, 点击客户。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:30
-msgid "Register a new customer by clicking on the button."
-msgstr "点击按钮注册一个新客户。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:35
-msgid "The following form appear. Fill in the relevant information:"
-msgstr "在显示的表单中, 填入相关信息 :"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:40
-msgid "When it's done click on the **floppy disk** icon"
-msgstr "完成后点击 **floppy disk** 图标"
+"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket."
+msgstr "如需重新打印票据，请使用*重新打印收据*功能。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:45
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"You just registered a new customer. To set this customer to the current "
-"order, just tap on **Set Customer**."
-msgstr "你刚建完了一个新客户。设置这个客户到现有的订单, 点击 **设置客户** 。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:51
-msgid "The customer is now set on the order."
-msgstr "在订单上客户设置好了。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3
-msgid "How to reprint receipts?"
-msgstr "怎样重新打印小票？"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8
-msgid "This feature requires a POSBox and a receipt printer."
+"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"If you want to allow a cashier to reprint a ticket, go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the option **Allow "
-"cashier to reprint receipts**."
-msgstr "如果你想要允许收银员重新打印小票, 进入 :`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 **允许收银员重新打印小票** 。"
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option."
+msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可看到*重新打印收据*选项。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"You also need to allow the reprinting on the point of sale. Go to "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to "
-"configure and and tick the option **Reprinting**."
-msgstr "你也需要在零售上许可重印小票。进入 :菜单选择:`配置 --> 零售` 打开你想要配置的零售活动并勾选 **重印小票** 。"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:20
+msgid "Reprint a receipt"
+msgstr "重新打印收据"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25
-msgid "How to reprint a receipt?"
-msgstr "怎样重新打印小票？"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:22
+msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button."
+msgstr "在你的PoS界面，现在可以看到*重新打印收据*按钮。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"In the Point of Sale interface click on the **Reprint Receipt** button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:32
-msgid "The last printed receipt will be printed again."
-msgstr ""
+msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt."
+msgstr "你可以使用它来重新打印上一张收据。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3
 msgid "Analyze sales"
 msgstr "分析销售"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3
-msgid "Getting daily sales statistics"
-msgstr "获取每日销售统计"
+msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics"
+msgstr "查看你的POS统计数据"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo "
+"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful "
+"statistics."
+msgstr "跟踪销售情况对于任何企业都至关重要。因此，Odoo为你提供分析销售情况并获取有意义统计数据的实用视图。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:7
-msgid "Point of Sale statistics"
-msgstr "零售统计"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10
+msgid "View your statistics"
+msgstr "查看你的统计数据"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:9
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"On your dashboard, click on the **More** button on the point of sale you "
-"want to analyse. Then click on **Orders**."
-msgstr "在仪表盘上, 点击需要分析的零售上的 **更多** 按钮。然后点击 **订单** 。"
+"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting "
+"--> Orders`"
+msgstr "如要访问你的统计数据，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 报告 --> 订单`。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15
-msgid "You will get the figures for this particular point of sale."
-msgstr "你会得到这个零售的数据。"
+msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form."
+msgstr " 然后，你可以图形或透视表形式查看各种统计数据。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21
-msgid "Global statistics"
-msgstr "全局统计量"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:23
-msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Orders`."
-msgstr "转到 :menuselection:`报告--> 订单` 。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:25
-msgid "You will get the figures of all orders for all point of sales."
-msgstr "你会得到所有零售的订单数据。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:31
-msgid "Cashier statistics"
-msgstr "出纳统计"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:33
-msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Sales Details`."
-msgstr "转到 :menuselection:`报告--> 销售详情` 。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose the dates. Select the cashiers by clicking on **Add an item**. Then "
-"click on **Print Report**."
-msgstr "选择数据. 通过点击 **增加一项** 选择收银员。 然后点击 **打印报告** 。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:41
-msgid "You will get a full report in a PDF file. Here is an example :"
-msgstr "你将会得到一份PDF格式的报告。这里有一个例子 :"
+msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here"
+msgstr "你也可点击此处访问统计视图"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3
 msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module"
@@ -966,6 +658,45 @@ msgstr "使用不连POS盒的POS(以及FDM)"
 msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty"
 msgstr "列入黑名单的模块 :POS_打折, POS_重新打印, POS_忠诚度"
 
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "概述"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3
+msgid "Register customers"
+msgstr "注册客户"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various "
+"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It "
+"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make"
+" any future interaction with them faster."
+msgstr "注册客户有助于给予他们折扣、忠诚度计划、具体沟通等特权。如果他们想要发票，注册后也能让未来的互动更快捷。"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11
+msgid "Create a customer"
+msgstr "创建客户"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13
+msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button."
+msgstr "从会话界面，使用客户按钮。"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18
+msgid "Create a new one by using this button."
+msgstr "通过这个按钮创建新客户。"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information."
+msgstr "你需要填写客户信息表。"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in "
+"any future transactions."
+msgstr "完成后，点击保存按钮。然后，你在未来的交易中就可以选择该客户了。"
+
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Point of Sale Hardware Setup"
 msgstr "零售硬件设置"
@@ -998,8 +729,8 @@ msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser"
 msgstr "一台带最新的Web浏览器的计算机或平板电脑。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:19
-msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale installed"
-msgstr "可用的的SaaS或已安装零售的Odoo"
+msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo database with the Point of Sale installed"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:20
 msgid "A local network set up with DHCP (this is the default setting)"
@@ -1118,22 +849,19 @@ msgstr "设置零售点"
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale"
-" --> Configuration --> Settings` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll down "
-"to the ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` section and activate the options for the "
-"hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the POSBox"
-" is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after "
+" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll "
+"down to the ``PoSBox / Hardware Proxy`` section and activate the options for"
+" the hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the "
+"POSBox is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after "
 "booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will "
 "attempt to find it on the local network."
 msgstr ""
-"要设置在销售点的POSBox, 请访问 :菜单选择: 零售点 - >配置 - > 设置 `并选择您的销售点。向下滚动到\" 硬件代理/ POSBox "
-"\\ \"部分并激活您想要通过POSBox使用硬件的选项。推荐指定POSBox的IP(印在启动后的POSBox后打印收据上)。如果未指定IP, "
-"销售点会试图在本地网络上寻找。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:91
 msgid ""
-"If you are running multiple Point of Sales on the same POSBox, make sure "
-"that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated."
-msgstr "如果您在同一POSBox运行多个销售点, 确保只有其中一个零售店了激活远程扫描/条码扫描枪。"
+"If you are running multiple Point of Sale on the same POSBox, make sure that"
+" only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:94
 msgid ""
@@ -1310,8 +1038,8 @@ msgid "A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)"
 msgstr "基于Debian内核的Linux 版本(Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc)"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:208
-msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to to load the Point of Sale"
-msgstr "一个运行的Odoo来装载零售点"
+msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to load the Point of Sale"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:209
 msgid ""
@@ -1378,8 +1106,8 @@ msgid "``# groupadd usbusers``"
 msgstr "``# groupadd usbusers``"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:252
-msgid "Then we add the user who will run the OpenERP server to ``usbusers``"
-msgstr "然后, 我们添加谁将会运行OpenERP的服务器\" USB users \\ \"用户"
+msgid "Then we add the user who will run the Odoo server to ``usbusers``"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:254
 msgid "``# usermod -a -G usbusers USERNAME``"
@@ -1884,22 +1612,21 @@ msgstr "开始使用Odoo销售点"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"Odoo's online **Point of Sale** application is based on a simple, user "
-"friendly interface. The **Point of Sale** application can be used online or "
-"offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops."
+"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly "
+"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on "
+"iPads, Android tablets or laptops."
 msgstr ""
-"**销售点** 在线应用程序是基于一个简单的、用户友好的界面。**销售点** 应用程序可在ipad, Android的平板电脑或笔记本电脑上使用, "
-"在线或下线都可。"
+"Odoo POS在线应用程序基于简单、用户友好的界面。**POS** 应用程序可在ipad、Android平板电脑或笔记本电脑上使用，在线或离线均可。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Odoo **Point of Sale** is fully integrated with the **Inventory** and the "
-"**Accounting** applications. Any transaction with your point of sale will "
-"automatically be registered in your inventory management and accounting and,"
-" even in your **CRM** as the customer can be identified from the app."
+"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting "
+"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically "
+"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the "
+"customer can be identified from the app."
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo **ＰＯＳ** 跟 **库存** ， **财务** 程序高度集成. ＰＯＳ上的任何交易都会自动记录到库存管理和财务管理程序中, 甚至 "
-"**ＣＲＭ**程序中， 因为客户在程序中可以被识别"
+"Odoo "
+"POS应用程序与库存和会计应用程序全面集成。POS的任何交易都将自动登记到库存和会计条目中，由于应用程序可识别客户，还将登记到CRM应用程序中。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17
 msgid ""
@@ -1908,1197 +1635,683 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "无需繁琐的外部程序集成，就可以实时统计所有门店数据"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25
-msgid "Install the Point of Sale Application"
-msgstr "安装ＰＯＳ应用程序"
+msgid "Install the Point of Sale application"
+msgstr "安装POS应用程序"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"Start by installing the **Point of Sale** application. Go to "
-":menuselection:`Apps` and install the **Point of Sale** application."
-msgstr "从安装**ＰＯＳ** 应用程序开始. 进到:菜单选择:`应用程序` 并点击**ＰＯＳ** 应用程序."
+msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application."
+msgstr "前往应用程序页面并安装POS应用程序。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"Do not forget to install an accounting **chart of account**. If it is not "
-"done, go to the **Invoicing/Accounting** application and click on **Browse "
-"available countries**:"
-msgstr "不要忘了安装**科目表**. 如果未设置, 进到**发票/财务** 应用程序并点击**浏览适用的国家**:"
+"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of "
+"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting "
+"settings."
+msgstr "如你使用Odoo会计应用程序，请勿忘记安装账户图表。你可在会计设置中进行此操作。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40
-msgid "Then choose the one you want to install."
-msgstr "选择你要安装的"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:42
-msgid "When it is done, you are all set to use the point of sale."
-msgstr "完成后，ＰＯＳ的所有设置已经完毕。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:45
-msgid "Adding Products"
-msgstr "增加商品"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38
+msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale"
+msgstr "使产品在POS中可用"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:47
-msgid ""
-"To add products from the point of sale **Dashboard** go to "
-":menuselection:`Orders --> Products` and click on **Create**."
-msgstr "在ＰＯＳ**面板**增加商品， 进到 :菜单选择:`订单 --> 商品并点击**创建**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"The first example will be oranges with a price of ``3€/kg``. In the "
-"**Sales** tab, you can see the point of sale configuration. There, you can "
-"set a product category, specify that the product has to be weighted or not "
-"and ensure that it will be available in the point of sale."
-msgstr ""
-"第一个例子，售价为``3€/公斤``的桔子，在**销售**标签页，可以看到ＰＯＳ的配置，指定商品类别，是否需要称重，并确保在ＰＯＳ中是可用的商品"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:58
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40
 msgid ""
-"In same the way, you can add lemons, pumpkins, red onions, bananas... in the"
-" database."
-msgstr "用同样方式，你可以在数据库中添加柠檬，南瓜，红洋葱，香蕉等"
+"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go"
+" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"."
+msgstr "要使产品在POS可供销售，打开产品，进入销售选项卡并勾选*在POS可用*。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62
-msgid "How to easily manage categories?"
-msgstr "怎样简单的管理类别?"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:64
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48
 msgid ""
-"If you already have a database with your products, you can easily set a "
-"**Point of Sale Category** by using the Kanban view and by grouping the "
-"products by **Point of Sale Category**."
-msgstr "如果你的数据库已有商品，可以很容易的通过商品分组以及看板视图设置ＰＯＳ分类"
+"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale."
+msgstr "你还可在此定义产品是否需要称重。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:72
-msgid "Configuring a payment method"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52
+msgid "Configure your payment methods"
 msgstr "配置支付方式"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:74
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54
 msgid ""
-"To configure a new payment method go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Payment methods` and click on **Create**."
-msgstr "要配置新的付款方式 :菜单选择:`配置 --> 付款方式并点击**新建**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:81
-msgid ""
-"After you set up a name and the type of payment method, you can go to the "
-"point of sale tab and ensure that this payment method has been activated for"
-" the point of sale."
-msgstr "在设置付款名称和付款方式类别后, 你可以进到ＰＯＳ确保该付款方式已激活生效"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:86
-msgid "Configuring your points of sales"
-msgstr "配置ＰＯＳ"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:88
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, click on the "
-"``main`` point of sale. Edit the point of sale and add your custom payment "
-"method into the available payment methods."
-msgstr "进入:菜单选择:`配置 --> ＰＯＳ`, 点击 ``主`` 画面. 编辑ＰＯＳ并增加自定义付款方式 "
+"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point"
+" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> "
+"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"."
+msgstr ""
+"如要为POS添加新的支付方式，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS --> 选择POS --> "
+"前往支付版块`并点击“支付方式”链接。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:95
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62
 msgid ""
-"You can configure each point of sale according to your hardware, "
-"location,..."
-msgstr "你可以根据硬件，位置等条件配置ＰＯＳ"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Point of Sale Name"
-msgstr "POS名称"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale."
-msgstr "销售点的内部确认。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Sales Channel"
-msgstr "销售渠道"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel."
-msgstr "销售点与本销售渠道相关"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Restaurant Floors"
-msgstr "餐馆楼层"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale."
-msgstr "此销售点提供的餐厅最低标准。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Orderline Notes"
-msgstr "订单行批注"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines."
-msgstr "允许在 Orderlines 上进行自定义注释。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Display Category Pictures"
-msgstr "展示类别图片"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures."
-msgstr "在图片上会显示商品类别"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Initial Category"
-msgstr "初始类别"
+"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use"
+" in Point of Sale\"."
+msgstr "现在，你可创建新支付方式。请勿忘记勾选*在POS使用*。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68
 msgid ""
-"The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no "
-"category is specified, all available products will be shown."
-msgstr "销售点将默认显示此产品类别。"
+"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale"
+" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration."
+msgstr "创建支付方式后，你可在POS配置中决定可用该支付方式的POS。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Virtual KeyBoard"
-msgstr "虚拟键盘"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75
+msgid "Configure your Point of Sale"
+msgstr "配置POS"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77
 msgid ""
-"Don’t turn this option on if you take orders on smartphones or tablets."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Such devices already benefit from a native keyboard."
-msgstr ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and"
+" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can "
+"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale."
+msgstr "前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择需要配置的POS。你可在本菜单中编辑POS的所有设置。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Large Scrollbars"
-msgstr "大滚动条"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82
+msgid "Create your first PoS session"
+msgstr "创建首个PoS会话"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens."
-msgstr "对于不精确的工业用触摸屏。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "IP Address"
-msgstr "IP地址"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85
+msgid "Your first order"
+msgstr "第一个订单"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87
 msgid ""
-"The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if "
-"left empty."
-msgstr "将自动检测是否留空硬件代理的主机名或 IP 地址"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Scan via Proxy"
-msgstr "通过代理浏览"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner."
-msgstr "使用远程连接的条码扫描器进行条码扫描。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Electronic Scale"
-msgstr "电子秤"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration."
-msgstr "启用电子秤集成。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Cashdrawer"
-msgstr "收银机"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer."
-msgstr "自动打开收银箱。"
+"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS "
+"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session."
+msgstr "现在，你可通过PoS完成首笔销售交易。你可从PoS仪表板查看所有POS，也可开始新会话。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Print via Proxy"
-msgstr "通过代理打印"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94
+msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface."
+msgstr "现在你已进入PoS界面"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy."
-msgstr "绕过浏览器打印，通过硬件代理进行打印。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Customer Facing Display"
-msgstr "面向客户的显示"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Show checkout to customers with a remotely-connected screen."
-msgstr "通过远程连接的屏幕向客户显示结账。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99
 msgid ""
-"Defines what kind of barcodes are available and how they are assigned to "
-"products, customers and cashiers."
-msgstr "定义可用的条码并且分配给产品，客户和收银员"
+"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available "
+"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method "
+"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment."
+msgstr "订单完成后，你可登记付款。页面左侧将显示所有可用的付款方式。选择合适的付款方式并输入收到的金额。然后，你可验证付款。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Fiscal Positions"
-msgstr "替换规则"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104
+msgid "You can register the next orders."
+msgstr "你可登记下一个订单。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"This is useful for restaurants with onsite and take-away services that imply"
-" specific tax rates."
-msgstr "这对于提供具有特定税率的上门服务和外卖服务的餐厅十分有用。"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107
+msgid "Close the PoS session"
+msgstr "关闭PoS会话"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Available Pricelists"
-msgstr "可用价格表"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on "
+"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can "
+"now close the session from the dashboard."
+msgstr "一天结束后，你可关闭PoS会话。为此，点击右上角出现的关闭按钮并确认。现在，你可从仪表板关闭会话。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117
 msgid ""
-"Make several pricelists available in the Point of Sale. You can also apply a"
-" pricelist to specific customers from their contact form (in Sales tab). To "
-"be valid, this pricelist must be listed here as an available pricelist. "
-"Otherwise the default pricelist will apply."
-msgstr "使多个价目表可用于销售点。否则，将应用默认价目表。"
+"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day."
+msgstr "我们强烈建议你在每天结束后关闭PoS会话。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Default Pricelist"
-msgstr "默认价格表"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119
+msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method."
+msgstr "然后，你将看到每种支付方式的所有交易摘要。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124
 msgid ""
-"The pricelist used if no customer is selected or if the customer has no Sale"
-" Pricelist configured."
-msgstr "如果未选择客户或者客户未配置销售价目表，则使用该价目表。"
+"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been"
+" paid by this payment method during that PoS session."
+msgstr "点击摘要的其中一行，你将看到在此PoS会话期间通过此支付方式支付的所有订单。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Restrict Price Modifications to Managers"
-msgstr "限制管理器进行价格修改"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127
 msgid ""
-"Only users with Manager access rights for PoS app can modify the product "
-"prices on orders."
-msgstr "仅具有 PoS 应用的管理器访问权限的用户能够修改订单上的产品价格。"
+"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the "
+"closing entries."
+msgstr "如果检查无误，你可验证此PoS会话并将关闭的条目过账。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Cash Control"
-msgstr "现金管理"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130
+msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session."
+msgstr "完成后，你即可结束首个PoS会话。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing."
-msgstr "在开业和结束时检查钱箱总额"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features"
+msgstr "高级的餐馆功能"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Prefill Cash Payment"
-msgstr "预先填好现金付款"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3
+msgid "Print the Bill"
+msgstr "打印账单"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be "
-"prefilled with the exact due amount."
-msgstr "该支付输入与银行支付输入类似，将通过准确到期金额预填充。"
+"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This "
+"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the "
+"definitive ticket."
+msgstr "使用*账单打印*功能，在付款前打印账单。这项功能适合账单还有可能出现变化，因此不是最终单据的情况。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Order IDs Sequence"
-msgstr "订单号序列"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10
+msgid "Configure Bill Printing"
+msgstr "配置账单打印"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"This sequence is automatically created by Odoo but you can change it to "
-"customize the reference numbers of your orders."
-msgstr "这个序列号是由Odoo自动产生的，不过您可以自己定义订单的序列号。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Receipt Header"
-msgstr "收据页眉"
+"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
+msgstr "要启用*账单打印*，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt."
-msgstr "在打印收据中作为标题插入的短文本。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Receipt Footer"
-msgstr "收据页脚"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt."
-msgstr "一个简短的文字，将插在打印收据的页脚。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Automatic Receipt Printing"
-msgstr "自动收据打印"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order."
-msgstr "在每个订单结束时将自动打印收据。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Skip Preview Screen"
-msgstr "跳过预览屏幕"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"The receipt screen will be skipped if the receipt can be printed "
-"automatically."
-msgstr "小票预览将被略过如果小票是设置成自动打印"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bill Printing"
-msgstr "账单打印"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment."
-msgstr "允许在付款前打印账单。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bill Splitting"
-msgstr "账单拆分"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale."
-msgstr "销售点中允许账单拆分。"
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option."
+msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可找到*账单打印*选项。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Tip Product"
-msgstr "提示产品"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22
+msgid "Split a Bill"
+msgstr "分拆账单"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "This product is used as reference on customer receipts."
-msgstr "本产品用作客户收据的参考。"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24
+msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button."
+msgstr "在PoS界面，你现在可看到*账单*按钮。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Invoicing"
-msgstr "开票"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29
+msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill."
+msgstr "点击该按钮，你可打印账单。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale."
-msgstr "通过销售点启用发票生成。"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3
+msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar"
+msgstr "打印厨房或酒吧的订单"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Invoice Journal"
-msgstr "发票日记账"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices."
-msgstr "用于创建发票的会计日记账"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Sales Journal"
-msgstr "销售日记账"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries."
-msgstr "会计日记账用来登录销售分录。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Group Journal Items"
-msgstr "分组日记账项目"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a"
-" Session."
-msgstr "如果您想要在关闭会话时按产品分组日记账项目，则对其进行检查。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:100
-msgid "Now you are ready to make your first steps with your point of sale."
-msgstr "现在你可以在ＰＯＳ中做第一步了"
+"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, "
+"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar "
+"can be a tremendous help."
+msgstr "为简化前台和后厨之间的工作流程，直接在厨房或吧台打印PoS界面的订单可带来极大的方便。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:103
-msgid "First Steps in the Point of Sale"
-msgstr "在ＰＯＳ中的第一步"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10
+msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer"
+msgstr "启用吧台/厨房打印机"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:106
-msgid "Your first order"
-msgstr "第一个订单"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:108
-msgid ""
-"On the dashboard, you can see your points of sales, click on **New "
-"session**:"
-msgstr "在面板中，你可以看到ＰＯＳ，点击**新的会话**:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"On the right you can see the products list with the categories on the top. "
-"If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can directly "
-"set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard."
-msgstr "在右边你可以看到商品清单，以及显示在最上方的类别，点击商品时，会加入到购物车，你可以直接设置数量或者通过键盘输入数量"
+"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
+msgstr "如要启用*订单打印*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:125
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:59
-msgid "Payment"
-msgstr "付款"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the "
-"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` "
-"and pays with a ``20 €`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**."
+"Under the PosBox / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*."
 msgstr ""
-"一旦销售单完成，点击**付款**，你可以选择客户付款方式，在该例中，客户需支付 ``10.84 €``，客户实付``20 €`` "
-"，完成后，点击**确认**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:134
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:68
-msgid ""
-"Your ticket is printed and you are now ready to make your second order."
-msgstr "你的销售小票已打印，现在你可以做第二章销售单了"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:137
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:71
-msgid "Closing a session"
-msgstr "关闭会话"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:139
-msgid ""
-"At the end of the day, to close the session, click on the **Close** button "
-"on the top right. Click again on the close button of the point of sale. On "
-"this page, you will see a summary of the transactions"
-msgstr "营业结束，关闭会话时，点击右上方的**关闭**按钮，再次点击ＰＯＳ的*关闭**按钮，在该界面你会看到销售交易总结"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:19
+msgid "Add a printer"
+msgstr "添加打印机"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:146
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"If you click on a payment method line, the journal of this method appears "
-"containing all the transactions performed."
-msgstr "当你点击付款方式行，该付款方式的账目包含所有交易"
+"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where"
+" you can add the printer."
+msgstr "在配置菜单中，你现在可以看到*订单打印机*选项，可在此添加打印机。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:152
-msgid "Now, you only have to validate and close the session."
-msgstr "现在，你只需确认和关闭会话"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:28
+msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order"
+msgstr "打印厨房/吧台订单"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3
-msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features"
-msgstr "高级的餐馆功能"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:33
+msgid "Select or create a printer."
+msgstr "选择或创建打印机。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3
-msgid "How to register multiple orders simultaneously?"
-msgstr "怎样新建多订单同步"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:36
+msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar"
+msgstr "在厨房/吧台打印订单"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:6
-msgid "Register simultaneous orders"
-msgstr "新建同步订单"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:38
+msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button."
+msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面上会出现*订单*按钮。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"On the main screen, just tap on the **+** on the top of the screen to "
-"register another order. The current orders remain opened until the payment "
-"is done or the order is cancelled."
-msgstr "在主界面，只需在画面顶部点击**+**就可以新建另一个订单，当前订单仍然有效直到付款完成或被取消订单"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:16
-msgid "Switch from one order to another"
-msgstr "从一个订单切换到另外一个"
+"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer."
+msgstr "点击该按钮，它将打印厨房/吧台打印机上的订单。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:18
-msgid "Simply click on the number of the order."
-msgstr "简单的点击订单号"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:24
-msgid "Cancel an order"
-msgstr "取消订单"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3
+msgid "Register multiple orders"
+msgstr "登记多个订单"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:26
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"If you made a mistake or if the order is cancelled, just click on the **-** "
-"button. A message will appear to confirm the order deletion."
-msgstr "如果有误操作或订单取消，只需点击按钮**-** .　订单删除的确认信息会显示"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:34
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:115
-msgid ":doc:`../advanced/register`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/register` "
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:35
-msgid ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/reprint` "
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:36
-msgid ":doc:`transfer`"
-msgstr ":doc:`transfer` "
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:3
-msgid "How to handle kitchen & bar order printing?"
-msgstr "如何处理厨房、吧台订单打印？"
+"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders "
+"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need."
+msgstr "Odoo POS应用程序可同时登记多个订单，为你带来所需的灵活性。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:8
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
-msgid "From the dashboard click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`:"
-msgstr "从仪表板点击 :menuselection:`更多 --> 设置` "
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:13
-msgid "Under the **Bar & Restaurant** section, tick **Bill Printing**."
-msgstr "在**酒吧 & 餐馆*页面，点击**发票打印**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:18
-msgid "In order printers, click on **add an item** and then **Create**."
-msgstr "在订单打印机中，点击**增加项目** 并 **新增**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9
+msgid "Register an additional order"
+msgstr "登记额外的订单"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:23
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Set a printer **Name**, its **IP address** and the **Category** of product "
-"you want to print on this printer. The category of product is useful to "
-"print the order for the kitchen."
-msgstr "设置打印机名称，ＩＰ地址和希望在该打印机上打印的商品类别，对于厨房打印来说，商品类别很有用"
+"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new "
+"order."
+msgstr "当你在登记订单过程中，你可通过*+*按钮，添加新订单。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:30
-msgid "Several printers can be added this way"
-msgstr "多个打印机可以按照这种方式添加"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:35
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"Now when you register an order, products will be automatically printed on "
-"the correct printer."
-msgstr "你新建订单后，商品会自动在正确的打印机上打印"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:39
-msgid "Print a bill before the payment"
-msgstr "付款前打印账单"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:41
-msgid "On the main screen, click on the **Bill** button."
-msgstr "在主界面，点击**发票** 按钮."
+"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when "
+"needed."
+msgstr "然后，你可在各个订单之间切换，根据需要处理付款。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:46
-msgid "Finally click on **Print**."
-msgstr "最后点击**打印**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:51
-msgid "Click on **Ok** once it is done."
-msgstr "完成后，点击**Ok**"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:54
-msgid "Print the order (kitchen printing)"
-msgstr "打印订单(厨房打印)"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:56
-msgid ""
-"This is different than printing the bill. It only prints the list of the "
-"items."
-msgstr "不同于打印销售单，它只打印商品清单"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:59
-msgid "Click on **Order**, it will automatically be printed."
-msgstr "点击**订单**, 它将自动打印"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:65
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"The printer is automatically chosen according to the products categories set"
-" on it."
-msgstr "根据定义的商品类别自动选择打印机"
+"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on."
+msgstr "通过*-*按钮，你可删除目前所在的订单。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3
-msgid "How to setup Point of Sale Restaurant?"
-msgstr "如何设置PoS餐馆？"
+msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar"
+msgstr "设置PoS厨房/吧台"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Go to the **Point of Sale** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings`"
-msgstr "转到 **POS** 应用, :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`"
+"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of "
+"Sale application can help you to fulfill."
+msgstr "Odoo POS应用程序可帮助你满足作为餐饮行业企业的具体需求。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Enable the option **Restaurant: activate table management** and click on "
-"**Apply**."
-msgstr "激活选项**餐饮: 激活餐桌管理** 再点击**应用**."
+"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
+msgstr "如要启用*酒吧/餐馆*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"Then go back to the **Dashboard**, on the point of sale you want to use in "
-"restaurant mode, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
-msgstr "然后回到 **仪表板**, 在你想要使用餐馆模式的POS, 点击 :menuselection:`更多 --> 设置`."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15
+msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*"
+msgstr "选择*是酒吧/餐馆*"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:23
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"Under the **Restaurant Floors** section, click on **add an item** to insert "
-"a floor and to set your PoS in restaurant mode."
-msgstr "在餐饮层，点击**增加项目** 输入层号并设置ＰＯＳ餐饮模式"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:29
-msgid "Insert a floor name and assign the floor to your point of sale."
-msgstr "输入楼层名称，并分配楼层到ＰＯＳ"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:34
-msgid ""
-"Click on **Save & Close** and then on **Save**. Congratulations, your point "
-"of sale is now in Restaurant mode. The first time you start a session, you "
-"will arrive on an empty map."
-msgstr "点击 **保存和关闭**，再点击**Save**.恭喜你，餐饮模式已配置，第一次开始会话时，你会看到空白的餐桌视图"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:40
-msgid ":doc:`table`"
-msgstr ":doc:`table` "
+"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. "
+"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them."
+msgstr "现在，你会看到多个具体选项，帮助你设置POS。这些选项旁边都有小刀叉标志。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3
-msgid "How to handle split bills?"
-msgstr "如何处理分拆账单？"
+msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option"
+msgstr "提供拆分账单炫炫"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Split bills only work for point of sales that are in **restaurant** mode."
-msgstr "订单付款拆分功能只有在ＰＯＳ的餐饮模式中才能使用"
+"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them "
+"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-"
+"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application."
+msgstr "为客户提供简单的账单拆分解决方案可带来积极的体验。因此，Odoo POS应用程序提供开箱即用的这项功能。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:15
-msgid "In the settings tick the option **Bill Splitting**."
-msgstr "在设置中点击选择**订单付款拆分**"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:8
-msgid "From the dashboard, click on **New Session**."
-msgstr "在面板中，点击**新的会话**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:28
-msgid "Choose a table and start registering an order."
-msgstr "选择桌子开始新建订单"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:33
-msgid ""
-"When customers want to pay and split the bill, there are two ways to achieve"
-" this:"
-msgstr "当顾客想拆分各自付款时，有两种方式可以实现"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:36
-msgid "based on the total"
-msgstr "按照总金额"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:38
-msgid "based on products"
-msgstr "按照商品"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:44
-msgid "Splitting based on the total"
-msgstr "按总金额拆分付款"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:46
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Just click on **Payment**. You only have to insert the money tendered by "
-"each customer."
-msgstr "点击**付款**. 只需要按照顾客输入各自的金额"
+"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
+msgstr "如要启用*账单拆分*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:49
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Click on the payment method (cash, credit card,...) and enter the amount. "
-"Repeat it for each customer."
-msgstr "点击付款方式(现金, 信用卡,...) 并输入金额，为其他顾客重复以上操作"
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting "
+"option."
+msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可找到账单拆分选项。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:55
-msgid ""
-"When it's done, click on validate. This is how to split the bill based on "
-"the total amount."
-msgstr "完成后，点击确认，这时按照订单总金额拆分付款"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:59
-msgid "Split the bill based on products"
-msgstr "按商品进行拆分付款"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23
+msgid "Split a bill"
+msgstr "拆分账单"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:61
-msgid "On the main view, click on **Split**"
-msgstr "在主视图中，点击**拆分付款**"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25
+msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button."
+msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面会出现*拆分*按钮。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:66
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"Select the products the first customer wants to pay and click on **Payment**"
-msgstr "选择第一位顾客要付款的商品，点击 **付款**"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:71
-msgid "You get the total, process the payment and click on **Validate**"
-msgstr "你将看到总计，选择付款方式并点击**确认**"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:76
-msgid "Follow the same procedure for the next customer of the same table."
-msgstr "用同样的步骤操作该餐桌上的其他顾客"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:78
-msgid "When all the products have been paid you go back to the table map."
-msgstr "当所有商品已经付款，你可以返回到桌面视图"
+"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and "
+"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest."
+msgstr "使用此按钮，你可选择每位顾客的餐品并处理付款，为每位顾客重复这一流程。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3
-msgid "How to configure your table map?"
-msgstr "如何配置桌台地图？"
+msgid "Configure your table management"
+msgstr "配置餐台管理"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:6
-msgid "Make your table map"
-msgstr "制作桌台地图"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Once your point of sale has been configured for restaurant usage, click on "
-"**New Session**:"
-msgstr "一旦ＰＯＳ配置了餐饮模式，点击**新的会话**:"
+"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select"
+" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> "
+"Point of sale`.."
+msgstr "在将POS应用程序配置为酒吧/餐馆使用后，在:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`选择*餐台管理*。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:14
-msgid ""
-"This is your main floor, it is empty for now. Click on the **+** icon to add"
-" a table."
-msgstr "这是主层，现在是空的，点击**+**图标增加桌子"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9
+msgid "Add a floor"
+msgstr "添加楼层"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Drag and drop the table to change its position. Once you click on it, you "
-"can edit it."
-msgstr "拖拉桌子改变位置，一旦点击这里，你可以编辑。"
+"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on"
+" *Floors*"
+msgstr "在选择*餐台管理*后，你可点击*楼层*，对楼层进行管理。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:23
-msgid "Click on the corners to change the size."
-msgstr "点击边上的区域改变尺寸"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18
+msgid "Add tables"
+msgstr "添加餐台"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:28
-msgid "The number of seats can be set by clicking on this icon:"
-msgstr "座位数可以通过点击该图标进行设置"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:33
-msgid "The table name can be edited by clicking on this icon:"
-msgstr "桌名可以通过点击该图标编辑"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:38
-msgid "You can switch from round to square table by clicking on this icon:"
-msgstr "你可以通过该图标将圆桌改成方桌"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:43
-msgid "The color of the table can modify by clicking on this icon :"
-msgstr "桌子的颜色可以通过该图标修改"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:48
-msgid "This icon allows you to duplicate the table:"
-msgstr "该图标允许你复制桌子"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20
+msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)."
+msgstr "现在，你从PoS界面可看到所有楼层。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:53
-msgid "To drop a table click on this icon:"
-msgstr "点击该图标放弃桌号"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow"
+" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..."
+msgstr "点击铅笔图标，你将进入编辑模式，你可在此创建、移动并修改餐台等。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:58
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"Once your plan is done click on the pencil to leave the edit mode. The plan "
-"is automatically saved."
-msgstr "一旦计划完成，点击铅笔图标离开编辑模式，该计划将自动保存。"
+"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, "
+"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, "
+"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as "
+"duplicate them with the handy tool bar."
+msgstr ""
+"在本例中，我有2张六人座圆桌和2张四人座方桌，我用颜色表示它们，以便于查找，通过工具栏，你可以重命名餐台，更改它们的形状、大小、座位数及复制餐台。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:65
-msgid "Register your orders"
-msgstr "新建订单"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36
+msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode."
+msgstr "在设置楼层平面图之后，可关闭编辑模式。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"Now you are ready to make your first order. You just have to click on a "
-"table to start registering an order."
-msgstr "现在你可以做第一笔单，只需要点击桌号新建订单。"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39
+msgid "Register your table(s) orders"
+msgstr "登记餐台订单"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:70
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"You can come back at any time to the map by clicking on the floor name :"
-msgstr "在任何时候，你可以通过点击楼层名称返回到桌图"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:76
-msgid "Edit a table map"
-msgstr "编辑桌图"
+"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to "
+"register an order and payment."
+msgstr "选择餐台后，你将进入常规界面登记订单和付款。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:78
-msgid "On your map, click on the pencil icon to go in edit mode :"
-msgstr "在视图中，点击铅笔图标进入编辑模式"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and"
+" you can also transfer the order to another table."
+msgstr "你可选择楼层按钮，快速返回楼层平面图，也可将订单转至其他餐台。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3
-msgid "How to handle tips?"
-msgstr "如何处理提示？"
+msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment"
+msgstr "将小费选项纳入付款"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:8
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:63
-msgid "From the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
-msgstr "从仪表板点击 :menuselection:`更多 --> 设置` "
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is "
+"important to have the option in your PoS interface."
+msgstr "由于许多国家都有付小费的习惯，PoS界面必须有这个选项。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13
-msgid "Add a product for the tip."
-msgstr "增加一个小费专用商品"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9
+msgid "Configure Tipping"
+msgstr "配置小费"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:18
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"In the tip product page, be sure to set a sale price of ``0€`` and to remove"
-" all the taxes in the accounting tab."
-msgstr "在小费商品页面，确保售价设为``0€`，并且从财务页面移除所有的财务相关信息"
+"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS."
+msgstr "如要启用*小费*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25
-msgid "Adding a tip"
-msgstr "新增小费"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and "
+"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case."
+msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可看到*小费*选项。选择并创建*小费产品*。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27
-msgid "On the payment page, tap on **Tip**"
-msgstr "在付款方式页面，输入**小费**"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21
+msgid "Add Tips to the bill"
+msgstr "将小费加入账单"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:32
-msgid "Tap down the amount of the tip:"
-msgstr "输入小费总额"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23
+msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button"
+msgstr "现在，在支付界面可以看到新的*小费*按钮。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"The total amount has been updated and you can now register the payment."
-msgstr "总金额已经更新，现在可以选择付款方式"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31
+msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment."
+msgstr "添加顾客想要支付的小费并继续付款。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3
-msgid "How to transfer a customer from table?"
-msgstr "怎样从桌号上转移一个顾客"
+msgid "Transfer customers between tables"
+msgstr "调换顾客餐台"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"This only work for Point of Sales that are configured in restaurant mode."
-msgstr "该功能只有配置了餐饮模式的ＰＯＳ才可以使用"
+"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an "
+"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their "
+"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for "
+"you."
+msgstr "如果顾客在下单后想要调换餐台，Odoo可帮助你将顾客和订单转移到新餐台，让顾客满意，也省却你的麻烦。"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11
+msgid "Transfer customer(s)"
+msgstr "调换顾客"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Choose a table, for example table ``T1`` and start registering an order."
-msgstr "选择一个桌号，比如``T1``，然后新建订单"
+msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on."
+msgstr "选择顾客目前所在的餐台。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18
 msgid ""
-"Register an order. For some reason, customers want to move to table ``T9``. "
-"Click on **Transfer**."
-msgstr "新建订单，因某些原因，顾客想转移到桌``T9``. 点击**转移**."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:24
-msgid "Select to which table you want to transfer customers."
-msgstr "选择你要转移顾客的桌号"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:29
-msgid "You see that the order has been added to the table ``T9``"
-msgstr "你能看到订单已经加到了桌``T9``"
+"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and "
+"select the new table"
+msgstr "现在，你只需要使用调换按钮，选择新餐台，即可完成调换。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3
 msgid "Advanced Shop Features"
 msgstr "高级门店属性"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3
-msgid "How to set up cash control?"
-msgstr "如何建立现金管理？"
+msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale"
+msgstr "设置POS的现金控制"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Cash control permits you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening "
-"and closing."
-msgstr "现金控制允许你在开台和关台时对清点钱箱金额"
+"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening "
+"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash "
+"is missing."
+msgstr "现金控制可在开台和关台时清点钱箱金额。以确保金额无误，无现金遗失。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:9
-msgid "Configuring cash control"
-msgstr "配置现金控制"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10
+msgid "Activate Cash Control"
+msgstr "启用现金管理"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:11
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"On the **Point of Sale** dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> "
-"Settings`."
-msgstr "在 **POS**  仪表板, 点击 :`更多 --> 设置` 。"
+"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales"
+" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
+msgstr "如要启用*现金管理*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:17
-msgid "On this page, scroll and tick the the option **Cash Control**."
-msgstr "在该页面，滑动并点击选项**现金控制**."
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16
+msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting."
+msgstr "在支付类别下，你可找到现金控制选项。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:23
-msgid "Starting a session"
-msgstr "开始会话"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:25
-msgid "On your point of sale dashboard click on **new session**:"
-msgstr "在ＰＯＳ面板点击 **新的会话**:"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:30
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"Before launching the point of sale interface, you get the open control view."
-" Click on set an opening balance to introduce the amount in the cashbox."
-msgstr "在启用ＰＯＳ前，打开开台控制视图，点击设置钱箱的开台金额"
+"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at "
+"the opening and closing."
+msgstr "在本例中，你可以看到我想在开台和关台时有275美元各种面额的现金。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:37
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"Here you can insert the value of the coin or bill, and the amount present in"
-" the cashbox. The system sums up the total, in this example we have "
-"``86,85€`` in the cashbox. Click on **confirm**."
-msgstr "这里你可以放入零钱和纸币，总计会显示在钱箱中，在本列中我们有86,85€，点击**确认**"
+"When clicking on *->Opening/Closing Values* you will be able to create those"
+" values."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:44
-msgid ""
-"You can see that the opening balance has changed and when you click on "
-"**Open Session** you will get the main point of sale interface."
-msgstr "你可以看到开台余额已经改变，当你点击**打开会话**，就进入ＰＯＳ主界面。"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31
+msgid "Start a session"
+msgstr "开始会话"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:61
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the "
-"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84€`` "
-"and pays with a ``20€`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**."
-msgstr "一旦销售单完成，点击**付款**，可以选择客户付款方式，在本例中，客户用20€支付所需款项10.84€，　完成后，点击**确认**."
+"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening "
+"Balance*"
+msgstr "打开一个会话，你可看到新添加按钮*设置开台余额*。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:73
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"At the time of closing the session, click on the **Close** button on the top"
-" right. Click again on the **Close** button to exit the point of sale "
-"interface. On this page, you will see a summary of the transactions. At this"
-" moment you can take the money out."
-msgstr ""
-"需要关闭会话时，点击右上方的**关闭**按钮，再次点击*关闭**按钮退出ＰＯＳ界面，在该界面你可以看到销售总结，此时你可以拿出今天的销售交易。"
+"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always "
+"modify it."
+msgstr "它默认为你之前添加的值，但你可修改它。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:81
-msgid ""
-"For instance you want to take your daily transactions out of your cashbox."
-msgstr "比如你想从钱箱中取出每日交易"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46
+msgid "Close a session"
+msgstr "关闭会话"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:87
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48
 msgid ""
-"Now you can see that the theoretical closing balance has been updated and it"
-" only remains you to count your cashbox to set a closing balance."
-msgstr "现在你可以看到理论的关账余额已经更新，你只需要清点钱箱然后设置关账余额。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:93
-msgid "You can now validate the closing."
-msgstr "你可以确认关闭"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:96
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:20
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:92
-msgid ":doc:`invoice`"
-msgstr ":doc:`invoice` "
+"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* "
+"button as well."
+msgstr "如要关闭会话，你可使用*设置关台余额*按钮。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:97
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:116
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:93
-msgid ":doc:`refund`"
-msgstr ":doc:`refund` "
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you"
+" have just counted) and the difference between the two."
+msgstr "然后，你可看到理论余额、实际关台余额（你刚计数的结果）和二者之间的差异。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:98
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:117
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:21
-msgid ":doc:`seasonal_discount`"
-msgstr ":doc:`seasonal_discount` "
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for "
+"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing "
+"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session."
+msgstr "如果使用*取出现金*选项，取走此次会话的交易额，则总差额为零，关台余额与开台余额相同。你的钱箱可用于下一次会话。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3
-msgid "How to invoice from the POS interface?"
-msgstr "如何从POS界面开票？"
+msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface"
+msgstr "从PoS界面开具发票"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"On the **Dashboard**, you can see your points of sales, click on **New "
-"session**:"
-msgstr "在**仪表盘**，你可以看到ＰＯＳ，点击**新会话**:"
+"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point "
+"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface."
+msgstr "某些顾客在销售点购物后可能索取发票，你可通过PoS界面直接管理。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:14
-msgid "You are on the ``main`` point of sales view :"
-msgstr "你在ＰＯＳ的主界面"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9
+msgid "Activate invoicing"
+msgstr "启用开具发票功能"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:19
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on "
-"the top. Switch categories by clicking on it."
-msgstr "在右边你可以看到根据顶部的商品类别显示的商品列表，通过点击选择不同的商品类别。"
+"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and"
+" select your Point of Sale:"
+msgstr "前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS界面："
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:22
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"If you click on a product, it will be added in your cart. You can directly "
-"set the correct **Quantity/Weight** by typing it on the keyboard."
-msgstr "如果你点击商品，会加入到购物车中，你可以通过键盘输入直接设置数量／重量"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:26
-msgid "Add a customer"
-msgstr "添加顾客"
+"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. "
+"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created."
+msgstr "在*账单和收据*类别下，你可看到开具发票选项，勾选它。请勿忘记选择创建发票的日记账。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:29
-msgid "By selecting in the customer list"
-msgstr "通过在客户列表中选择"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25
+msgid "Select a customer"
+msgstr "选择顾客"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:31
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54
-msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer** (above **Payment**):"
-msgstr "在主界面，点击**客户** (**付款方式**上面):"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:36
-msgid "You must set a customer in order to be able to issue an invoice."
-msgstr "你必须设置一个客户以便生成发票"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27
+msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button"
+msgstr "使用会话界面的顾客按钮"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"You can search in the list of your customers or create new ones by clicking "
-"on the icon."
-msgstr "你可以在客户列表中搜索或者通过点击图标创建新的客户"
+"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer "
+"or create a new one by using this button."
+msgstr "你可选择现有顾客并将其设置为你的顾客，也可通过此按钮创建新顾客。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:48
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38
 msgid ""
-"For more explanation about adding a new customer. Please read the document "
-":doc:`../advanced/register`."
-msgstr "关于新增客户更多的解释，请参考文档：　文档／高级／注册"
+"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information."
+msgstr "然后，你需要填写顾客信息。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52
-msgid "By using a barcode for customer"
-msgstr "通过使用客户条码"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41
+msgid "Invoice your customer"
+msgstr "给客户开票"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:59
-msgid "Select a customer and click on the pencil to edit."
-msgstr "选择客户并点击选框编辑"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to "
+"select it and validate."
+msgstr "现在在付款页面可看到发票选项，点击按钮选择并验证发票。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:64
-msgid "Set a the barcode for customer by scanning it."
-msgstr "通过扫描设置一个客户条码"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49
+msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order."
+msgstr "然后，你可以打印发票并转到下一个订单。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:69
-msgid ""
-"Save modifications and now when you scan the customer's barcode, he is "
-"assigned to the order"
-msgstr "保存更改，当你扫描客户条码时，客户会分配到销售订单里。"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52
+msgid "Retrieve invoices"
+msgstr "检索发票"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:73
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54
 msgid ""
-"Be careful with the **Barcode Nomenclature**. By default, customers' "
-"barcodes have to begin with 042. To check the default barcode nomenclature, "
-"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode "
-"Nomenclatures`."
+"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top"
+" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of "
+"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones"
+" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the "
+"invoice."
 msgstr ""
-"小心处理 **条形码命名规范** 。默认，客户条码以042开头。要检查默认条码命名规范，转到  :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 "
-"--> 条形码命名规范`."
+"离开PoS界面（右上角的:menuselection:`关闭 --> 确认`），你将在:menuselection:`POS --> 订单 --> "
+"订单`看到所有订单，在状态选项卡中，可看到已开具发票的订单。点击订单，你可访问其发票。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:82
-msgid "Payment and invoicing"
-msgstr "付款和开票"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3
+msgid "Accept returns and refund products"
+msgstr "接受退货和退款产品"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:84
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Once the cart is processed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the "
-"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` "
-"and pays with by a ``VISA``."
-msgstr "一旦购物车开始处理，点击××付款方式××，你可以选择客户的付款方式，本例中，客户用ＶＩＳＡ付款10.84 €。"
+"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your "
+"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is "
+"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface."
+msgstr "周全的退货政策是吸引并留住客户的关键。因此，接受退货及退款也是你的*POS*界面的重要方面。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:88
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"Before clicking on **Validate**, you have to click on **Invoice** in order "
-"to create an invoice from this order."
-msgstr "在点击××确认××之前，你需要点击××发票××以便为该订单创建发票。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:94
-msgid "Your invoice is printed and you can continue to make orders."
-msgstr "你的销售发票正在打印，你可以继续买单。"
+"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants "
+"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If"
+" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process."
+msgstr "在*POS*界面，选择客户想要退货的产品，使用+/-按钮并输入需要退货的数量。如需处理多件产品退货，重复这一流程。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:97
-msgid "Retrieve invoices of a specific customer"
-msgstr "为指定客户恢复发票"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:99
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"To retrieve the customer's invoices, go to the **Sale** application, click "
-"on :menuselection:`Sales --> Customers`."
-msgstr "要检索客户发票，转到 **销售** 应用，点击 :menuselection:`销售 --> 客户`。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:102
-msgid "On the customer information view, click on the **Invoiced** button :"
-msgstr "在客户信息视图上, 点击 **已开票** 按钮 :"
+"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have "
+"to process the payment."
+msgstr "可以看到总金额变为负数，要完成退款，你只需继续进入支付页面。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:107
-msgid ""
-"You will get the list all his invoices. Click on the invoice to get the "
-"details."
-msgstr "你将看到所有该客户的发票清单，点击发票可以查看明细。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:114
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:19
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:91
-msgid ":doc:`cash_control`"
-msgstr ":doc:`cash_control` "
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3
-msgid "How to return and refund products?"
-msgstr "如何退货和退款？"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3
+msgid "Apply time-limited discounts"
+msgstr "应用限时折扣"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"To refund a customer, from the PoS main view, you have to insert negative "
-"values. For instance in the last order you count too many ``pumpkins`` and "
-"you have to pay back one."
-msgstr "在ＰＯＳ主界面做顾客退货，你需要插入负数，比如选择太多的南瓜，你需要退回一个。"
+"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or "
+"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a "
+"pricing strategy tailored to your business."
+msgstr "提供限时折扣或季节折扣，吸引客户并增加收入。Odoo强大的价格表功能，可支持最适合你公司的定价策略。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:12
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"You can see that the total is negative, to end the refund, you only have to "
-"process the payment."
-msgstr "可以看到总计是负数，要完成退货，你只需要选择付款方式。"
+"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales "
+"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
+msgstr "如要启用*价格表*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3
-msgid "How to apply Time-limited or seasonal discounts?"
-msgstr "怎样应用期间段折扣或季节折扣？"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:8
-msgid "To apply time-limited or seasonal discount, use the pricelists."
-msgstr "用价格列表应用期间段折扣或季节折扣"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10
-msgid "You have to create it and to apply it on the point of sale."
-msgstr "你需要创建并应用到ＰＯＳ"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:13
-msgid "Sales application configuration"
-msgstr "销售应用配置"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:15
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:18
 msgid ""
-"In the **Sales** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings`. Tick **Advanced pricing based on formula**."
-msgstr ""
-"在 **销售** 应用中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置Configuration --> 设置Settings` 。勾上 "
-"**基于公式的高级定价** 。"
+"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and "
+"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking"
+" on *Pricelists*."
+msgstr "选择你现在本POS中可用的价格表并定义默认价格表。你可点击*价格表*，访问你的全部价格表。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23
-msgid "Creating a pricelist"
+msgid "Create a pricelist"
 msgstr "创建价格表"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"Once the setting has been applied, a **Pricelists** section appears under "
-"the configuration menu on the sales application."
-msgstr "一旦设置被应用，价格列表选项会在销售－》配置里显示"
+"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to "
+":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`"
+msgstr "默认情况下，你有*公开价格表*。如要创建更多，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 目录 --> 价格表`。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31
-msgid "Click on it, and then on **Create**."
-msgstr "点击，然后**创建××"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:36
 msgid ""
-"Create a **Pricelist** for your point of sale. Each pricelist can contain "
-"several items with different prices and different dates. It can be done on "
-"all products or only on specific ones. Click on **Add an item**."
-msgstr "为你的ＰＯＳ建一个价格列表，每个价格列表可以包含多个不同价格和日期的商品，可以选择所有商品或者指定的商品。点击××增加一个项目××"
+"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. "
+"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You "
+"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the "
+"whole range."
+msgstr "你可设置使用特定价格的几项标准：周期、最少数量（满足最低订购数量并获得价格折扣）等。你还可选择对特定产品或在整个范围内应用该价格表。"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
-msgid "Active"
-msgstr "有效"
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:37
+msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface"
+msgstr "在PoS界面使用价格表"
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"If unchecked, it will allow you to hide the pricelist without removing it."
-msgstr "如果不选中，允许您隐藏价格表而无需删除"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
-msgid "Selectable"
-msgstr "可选"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
-msgid "Allow the end user to choose this price list"
-msgstr "允许最终用户选择此价格表"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"For example, the price of the oranges costs ``3€`` but for two days, we want"
-" to give a ``10%`` discount to our PoS customers."
-msgstr "比如，桔子的价格是3€，　但是两天之后，我们想给ＰＯＳ客户10%的优惠。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:51
-msgid ""
-"You can do it by adding the product or its category and applying a "
-"percentage discount. Other price computation can be done for the pricelist."
-msgstr "你可以通过商品或商品类别添加商品并应用百分比折扣或其他价格估算公式到价格列表"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:55
-msgid "After you save and close, your pricelist is ready to be used."
-msgstr "保存并关闭后，你的价格列表已生效。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:61
-msgid "Applying your pricelist to the Point of Sale"
-msgstr "价格列表应用到ＰＯＳ"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:68
-msgid "On the right, you will be able to assign a pricelist."
-msgstr "在右边，你可以指定一个价格列表。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:74
-msgid ""
-"You just have to update the pricelist to apply the time-limited discount(s)."
-msgstr "你只需要更新价格列表，就能应用带有期间限制的折扣(s)."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:80
-msgid ""
-"When you start a new session, you can see that the price have automatically "
-"been updated."
-msgstr "当你打开新的页面，你可以看到价格已经自动更新。"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:87
-msgid "When you update a pricelist, you have to close and open the session."
-msgstr "更新价格列表后，需要关闭并重新打开页面"
+"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly "
+"select the right pricelist."
+msgstr "现在，在*客户*按钮上方有一个新按钮，即刻使用并选择正确的价格表。"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d8abead104
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018
+# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2018
+# John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2019
+# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-07-23 10:14+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n"
+"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6
+msgid "My Odoo Portal"
+msgstr "我的 Odoo 门户"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between "
+"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your "
+"Subscriptions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to "
+"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just "
+"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
+msgid "Quotations"
+msgstr "报价单"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
+"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to "
+"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that"
+" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you "
+"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the "
+"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
+" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
+msgid "Sales Orders"
+msgstr "销售订单"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. "
+"will be registered under this section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products "
+"purchased and process the payment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53
+msgid "Invoices"
+msgstr "发票"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, "
+"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate "
+"you if the invoice has been paid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
+"invoice or download a PDF version of the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
+msgid "Tickets"
+msgstr "门票"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find "
+"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our "
+"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77
+msgid "Subscriptions"
+msgstr "订阅"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first "
+"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding"
+" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing "
+"information and the payment method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
+"the new credit card details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on "
+"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on "
+"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
+" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
+"change to \"To Renew\".  You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method"
+" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will "
+"no longer be able to access the database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
+msgid "Success Packs"
+msgstr "服务包"
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
+"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
+"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
+"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
+":ref:`db_online`"
+msgstr "如你需要数据库管理的信息，请参见:ref:`db_online`"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
index d8396e5943..b786f6728f 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
@@ -1,16 +1,28 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# waveyeung <waveyeung@qq.com>, 2017
+# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017
+# Kate Lee <kateleelpk@gmail.com>, 2017
+# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2017
+# fausthuang, 2017
+# zyx <zheng.yaxi@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2017
+# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Melody <alangwansui@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:56+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -26,138 +38,6 @@ msgstr "项目"
 msgid "Advanced"
 msgstr "高级"
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3
-msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?"
-msgstr "如何使用项目来处理索赔/问题？"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"A company selling support services often has to deal with problems occurring"
-" during the implementation of the project. These issues have to be solved "
-"and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the deliverability of"
-" the project and a positive customer satisfaction."
-msgstr "一家提供服务的公司经常会处理在项目实施过程中遇到的问题。这些问题必须尽快跟进和解决以便确保项目的交付和客户满意。"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"For example, as an IT company offering the implementation of your software, "
-"you might have to deal with customers emails experiencing technical "
-"problems. Odoo offers the opportunity to create dedicated support projects "
-"which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email."
-" This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be"
-" closed more quickly."
-msgstr ""
-"例如, 作为一家提供软件服务的IT公司, 你可以跟客户邮件处理技术问题。Odoo提供了这项功能, 她可以在收到客户需要支持的邮件后, "
-"自动匹配到相应的项目上并生成任务。这样的话, 问题就会分派给对应的人员来尽快解决。"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
-#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "配置"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:20
-msgid ""
-"The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for "
-"support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the "
-"**Issue Tracking** modules."
-msgstr "下面的配置要求能用项目来提供支持。你需要安装 **项目管理** 和 **问题追踪** 模块。"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31
-msgid "Create a project"
-msgstr "创建项目"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33
-msgid ""
-"The first step in order to set up a claim/issue management system is to "
-"create a project related to those claims. Let's start by simply creating a "
-"**support project**. Enter the Project application dashboard, click on "
-"create and name your project **Support**. Tick the **Issues** box and rename"
-" the field if you want to customize the Issues label (e.g. **Bugs** or "
-"**Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the"
-" Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client "
-"will be able to follow his claim in his portal)."
-msgstr ""
-"第一步是为了配置问题管理系统, 需要建立一个项目来与这些投诉相关联。我们可以简单地从创建一个 **支持项目** 开始。进入项目菜单仪表盘, 创建并命名为"
-" **支持** 。勾选 **问题** 选项框, 如果你想给给这些问题标上客户, 也可以在这里重命名 （例如 **Bugs** 或者 **例子** "
-"）。因为问题是面向客户的任务, 你可能需要设置 **隐私/可见** （这样你的客户就能够在他界面跟踪他的投诉了）。"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to "
-"handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field empty."
-msgstr "如果这个项目是用来处理客户问题, 你可以把它跟客户相关联。相反, 则留空它。"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51
-msgid "Invite followers"
-msgstr "邀请关注者"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53
-msgid ""
-"You can decide to notify your employees as soon as a new issue will be "
-"created. On the **Chatter** (bottom of the screen), you will notice two "
-"buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click"
-" on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add "
-"others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)."
-msgstr ""
-"问题一旦被创建, 你就可以决定通知到你的员工。在“聊天室\" （屏幕下方）, 你可以看到两个按钮“加入 \"（绿色）“不加入\" "
-"（白色）。点击第一个就可以收到私人通知, 第二个可以添加其他员工作为项目的跟进者 (看以下截图). "
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63
-msgid "Set up your workflow"
-msgstr "设置工作流"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:65
-msgid ""
-"You can easily personalize your project stages to suit your workflow by "
-"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add "
-"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to "
-"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and "
-"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also "
-"edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on "
-"your desired stage."
-msgstr ""
-"你可以根据你的工作流来个性化你的项目状态, 通过创建新栏目。在\" 看板“里面, 你可以添加新的项目状态。如果你想更改状态的顺序, "
-"你只需要通过拖拉的动作即可。同时你也可以修改, 隐藏你想要隐藏的状态。 "
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77
-msgid "Generate issues from emails"
-msgstr "从邮件生成议题"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:79
-msgid ""
-"When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it appearing "
-"in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project is "
-"automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias."
-msgstr "当你的项目设置完毕后并保存, 你就可以在你的仪表盘上看到它。一个基于这个项目的邮件地址自动生成, 并以这个项目的名字为前缀。"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87
-msgid ""
-"If you cannot see the email address on your project, go to the menu "
-":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias "
-"domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you "
-"will now see the email address under the name of your project."
-msgstr ""
-"如果你没法在这个项目上看到相对应的地址, 你可以去“设置\" 里面设置域名, 然后回到“项目 \"界面, 这时你就可以看到以你项目名字为前缀的邮箱地址。"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92
-msgid ""
-"Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a "
-"new issue will be created."
-msgstr "每当客户往这个邮箱发送邮件, 新的问题就会自动创建。"
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
-msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup` "
-
-#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97
-msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration` "
-
 #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3
 msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?"
 msgstr "如何从客户处收集回馈？"
@@ -288,10 +168,6 @@ msgid ""
 " end of the website."
 msgstr "然后, 你就能够可以在网站上公布你的结果了, 你可以在网站右上角上点击确认按钮。"
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:111
-msgid ":doc:`claim_issue`"
-msgstr ":doc:`claim_issue` "
-
 #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3
 msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?"
 msgstr "如何为销售订单创建相关任务？"
@@ -327,6 +203,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "作为例子, 你可以卖25000美元50个小时的服务。固定价格并已支付。但是你需要追踪你的之前为客户做过的服务。在销售订单上, 可以直接生成任务, "
 "并且顾问可以直接输入工单, 如有需要也可以再向客户收取超时服务费。"
 
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "配置"
+
 #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27
 msgid "Install the required applications"
 msgstr "安装所需的应用"
@@ -437,13 +319,14 @@ msgid ""
 "source document of the task is the related sales order."
 msgstr "在Odoo中, 销售订单是一切的中心, 也就意味着任务的源文档和销售订单关联。"
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114
-msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice` "
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
+msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup` "
 
-#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115
-msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support` "
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114
+msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`"
 
 #: ../../project/application.rst:3
 msgid "Awesome Timesheet App"
@@ -1098,66 +981,55 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "在任务中,  点击 **编辑**, 打开**工时表** 再点击 **增加项目**. 输入必要字段, 再点击 **保存**."
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3
-msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks?"
-msgstr "如何可视化项目的任务？"
+msgid "Visualize a project's tasks"
+msgstr "可视化项目任务"
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5
-msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks"
-msgstr "如何可视化项目的任务？"
-
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:7
-msgid ""
-"Tasks are assignments that members of your organisations have to fulfill as "
-"part of a project. In day to day business, your company might struggle due "
-"to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those task are already complex "
-"enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a real "
-"burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the "
-"different tasks you have to cope with."
-msgstr ""
-"任务作为指派，组织中的人员需要在项目中填写，在日常业务中，你公司可能有重要的，复杂的任务要履行，需要及时提醒并全面跟进以满足预算，幸运的是，ＯＤＯＯ允许有效的可视化并组织不同的任务"
-
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"The only configuration needed is to install the project module in the module"
-" application."
-msgstr "唯一需要做的配置就是在模块应用中安装项目模块。"
+"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important "
+"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having "
+"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo "
+"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you "
+"have to cope with."
+msgstr "在日常业务中，你公司可能有重要的、复杂的任务要履行，需要及时提醒并全面跟进。幸运的是，Odoo可有效地可视化并组织不同的任务。"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:24
-msgid "Creating Tasks"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12
+msgid "Create a task"
 msgstr "创建任务"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:26
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply "
-"open the project and click on create a task."
-msgstr "一旦你创建了一个项目, 你就可以轻易的在该项目生成任务。只要打开项目并点击创建一个任务即可。"
+"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one."
+msgstr "在项目应用程序中，选择已有项目或创建新项目。"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:32
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17
+msgid "In the project, create a new task."
+msgstr "在项目中，创建新任务。"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22
 msgid ""
-"You then first give a name to your task, the related project will "
-"automatically be filled in, assign the project to someone, and select a "
-"deadline if there is one."
-msgstr "首先给任务指定一个名称，相关的项目将自动填入，指派项目给人员，如果有期限的话，选择一个项目期限。"
+"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a "
+"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task."
+msgstr "你可将任务分配给合适的人员、添加标记、截止日期、描述，以及你需要的所有其他内容。"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:40
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
-msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
-msgstr "对带有看板视图的活动进行查看"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29
+msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view"
+msgstr "通过看板视图查看你的任务"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:42
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks "
 "to the Kanban view."
 msgstr "一旦创建几个任务, 在看板视图下可以对这些任务进行管理和追踪。"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It "
 "enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which "
 "one have the higher priorities."
 msgstr "看板视图是一个便利的视图，分开不同阶段，清楚的看到任务处于项目中哪个阶段以及哪个任务有更高的优先级。"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:49
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53
 msgid ""
 "The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are"
@@ -1165,52 +1037,55 @@ msgid ""
 " logo in the upper right corner"
 msgstr "进入一个项目，看板视图是默认的视图，如果你在其他视图，可以通过点击右上方的图标返回到看板视图。"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:57
-msgid "How to nototify your collegues about the status of a task?"
-msgstr "如果向你的同事们告知任务的状态？"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from "
+"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task"
+" and indicate if the task is ready."
+msgstr "你还可通过看板视图上的小圆点，直接通知同事该任务的状态，系统将通知关注任务的人员，显示任务是否准备妥当。"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
-msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
-msgstr "根据优先级排列任务"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53
+msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view"
+msgstr "在看板视图中将任务排序"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:65
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55
 msgid ""
-"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by "
-"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will be automatically moved to the "
-"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom "
-"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not "
-"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines."
+"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star "
+"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them "
+"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked"
+" to their creation date."
 msgstr ""
-"在每一列，可以通过优先级排列任务，高优先级的任务将自动显示在顶部，在看板视图中，点击任务的左下方标记为**高优先级**.对于没有标记的任务，ＯＤＯＯ将根据任务期限自动排列优先级"
+"任务排序的标准为按优先级（你可点击时钟旁边的星号赋予其优先级），然后按顺序（意思是你可以通过拖放手动移动任务顺序），最后是按其创建日期关联的ID。"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63
 msgid ""
-"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the list "
-"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks."
-msgstr "注意过了最后期限的日期会显示为红色(在列表视图中也是这样), 因此你就可以轻易的追踪不同的任务。"
+"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view."
+msgstr "超过截止日期的任务在看板视图中显示为红色。"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:80
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
-msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
-msgstr "在日历视图中要留意最后期限"
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard "
+"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks."
+msgstr "如果你将低优先级任务置于顶部，下次返回仪表板时，它会移回高优先级任务之下。"
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72
+msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view"
+msgstr "通过日历视图管理截止日期"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:82
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74
 msgid ""
-"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. "
-"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline in a "
-"single window."
-msgstr "如果在任务总添加最后期限, 在日历视图中就可以看到它们, 作为经理, 这能让你在一个窗口中就能看到所有的最后期限。"
+"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, "
+"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set "
+"easily in a single window."
+msgstr "你还可从看板视图切换到日历视图，查看每项任务的截止日期，并从单一窗口轻松设置截止日期。"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:89
-#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78
 msgid ""
-"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned"
-" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the "
-"related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
-msgstr "所有的任务都根据任务的所有者的不同而标记不同的颜色。你可以在日期视图的右边勾选相关的勾选框轻易的根据员工过滤最后期限。"
+"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can "
+"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see."
+msgstr "任务按其所分配的员工标记不同的颜色，你可选择查看某位员工的截止日期，按员工筛选截止日期。"
 
-#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:94
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133
 msgid ""
 "You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and "
@@ -1400,6 +1275,10 @@ msgid ""
 "fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one."
 msgstr "来创建并编辑任务在管道中输入内容。记着填写负责人和预计日期。"
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
+msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
+msgstr "对带有看板视图的活动进行查看"
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49
 msgid ""
 "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It "
@@ -1431,6 +1310,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Done."
 msgstr "根据过程的阶段分别创建栏。例如在开发项目中, 阶段可能是 :说明定义, 开发, 测试, 完成。"
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
+msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
+msgstr "根据优先级排列任务"
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by "
@@ -1474,6 +1357,10 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "作为经理, 在列表视图下你可以查看所有员工花费在任务上的时间。要这样做, 进入所选的项目中并点击列表视图图标(见下图)。最后一列可以看到每个任务的进展。"
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
+msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
+msgstr "在日历视图中要留意最后期限"
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121
 msgid ""
 "If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. "
@@ -1481,6 +1368,13 @@ msgid ""
 "single window."
 msgstr "如果在你的任务中添加最后期限, 他就回显示在日历视图中。作为一个经理, 这样的视图能够让你在一个窗口中查看所有的最后期限。"
 
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned"
+" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the "
+"related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
+msgstr "所有的任务都根据任务的所有者的不同而标记不同的颜色。你可以在日期视图的右边勾选相关的勾选框轻易的根据员工过滤最后期限。"
+
 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138
 msgid ":doc:`forecast`"
 msgstr ":doc:`forecast` "
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
index fea93d6357..c5339127dc 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
@@ -1,16 +1,34 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# liulixia <liu.lixia@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# Joray <13637815@qq.com>, 2017
+# max_xu <wangzhanwh@163.com>, 2017
+# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2017
+# xiaowenzi <xmm@visbp.com>, 2017
+# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2017
+# fausthuang, 2017
+# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2017
+# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017
+# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2017
+# 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2018
+# mao luo <dooms21day@163.com>, 2018
+# Martin Trigaux, 2018
+# 广州救火 <7017511@qq.com>, 2018
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2018\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: 广州救火 <7017511@qq.com>, 2018\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -977,14 +995,14 @@ msgstr "询价单"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3
 msgid "How to determine if a vendor bill should be paid (3-way matching)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在供应商账单应该支付的时候如何确定（3方面匹配）"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving "
 "the ordered products. However, the bill should maybe not be paid until the "
 "products have actually been received."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在一些行业中，你可能会在收到订购的产品前收到账单。然而，你可能不应该在收到产品前支付这个账单。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9
 msgid ""
@@ -992,51 +1010,51 @@ msgid ""
 " called the **3-way matching**. It refers to the comparison of the "
 "information appearing on the Purchase Order, the Vendor Bill and the "
 "Receipt."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "为了定义是否应该支付供应商账单，你可以使用**3方面匹配**来确定。它指的是采购订单，供应商订单和收据上的信息匹配。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14
 msgid ""
 "The 3-way matching helps you to avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor "
 "bills."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "3方面匹配帮助你避免错误的支付或者欺诈的供应商账单。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "Go in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
 "the 3-way matching."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "进入：菜单选择：“采购->配置->设置”并激活3方面匹配。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:30
 msgid "Should I pay this vendor bill?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "应该支付此供应商账单吗？"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Once this setting has been activated, a new information appears on the "
 "vendor bill, defining whether the bill should be paid or not. There are "
 "three possible values:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "一旦这个设置被激活，一个新信息将会出现在供应商账单上，定义此账单是否应该支付。会有三种可能的值："
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:36
 msgid "*Use case 1*: I have received the ordered products."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*用例1*：我已经收到的订购的产品。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:43
 msgid "*Use case 2*: I have not received the ordered products."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*用例2*：我还没有收到订购的产品。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:50
 msgid ""
 "*Use case 3*: the quantities do not match across the Purchase Order, Vendor "
 "Bill and Receipt."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*用例3 *：采购订单，供应商账单和收据上的数量不匹配。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define "
 "this status manually, you can tick the box *Force Status* and then you will "
 "be able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "状态由ODOO自动定义。但是，如果你想手动定义这个状态，你可以勾选框*强制状态*，然后你就可以手动设置是否应该支付供应商账单。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3
 msgid "How to analyze the performance of my vendors?"
@@ -1753,13 +1771,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "在 **供应商** 菜单选择你的供应商, 或者通过点击 **创建并编辑** 来创建。在 **订单日期** 字段, 选择你实际希望处理的日期。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
-msgid "Shipment"
-msgstr "送货"
+msgid "Receipt"
+msgstr "收货"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "Incoming Shipments"
 msgstr "入库"
 
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Vendor"
+msgstr "供应商"
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference."
+msgstr "你可以通过它的名字，TIN，电子邮件或内部参考找到一个客户。 "
+
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "Vendor Reference"
 msgstr "供应商编号"
@@ -2035,7 +2061,7 @@ msgstr "采购招标"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage Blanket Orders"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何管理总括订单"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -2046,25 +2072,26 @@ msgid ""
 " of time, at a lower price, without paying for the large order immediately. "
 "Each small periodic delivery is called a release or call-off."
 msgstr ""
+"**总括订单**维系着你（客户）和你的供应商。它被用来帮助你议价。供应商得益于大规模订单所固有的规模效益。你被允许在一段时间内以更低的价格接收多个小量的交货，而不必立即支付大订单。每个小期间的交货被称为释放或者取消。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:12
 msgid ""
 "As the blanket order is a contract, it will have some prearranged "
 "conditions. These usually include:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "由于总括订单是一份合同，它将会有一些 前置的条件。通常包括："
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:15
 msgid "Total quantity of each product to be delivered"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "每种产品的交付总量"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "Completion deadline, by which you must take delivery of the total quantity"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在最后期限，你必须接收所有的产品量。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:19
 msgid "Unit price for each product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "每种产品的单价"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:21
 msgid "Delivery lead time in days for each release"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
index eda95f56ea..52e7f9a5a3 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
@@ -1,16 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# waveyeung <waveyeung@qq.com>, 2017
+# 宣一敏 <freemanxuan@163.com>, 2017
+# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2017
+# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017
+# udcs <seanhwa@hotmail.com>, 2017
+# fausthuang, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2018
+# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018
+# bower Guo <124358678@qq.com>, 2018
+# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019
+# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: udcs <seanhwa@hotmail.com>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-26 16:07+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -42,7 +57,7 @@ msgstr "拥有门户登陆权限的用户能够登陆Odoo的环境。在系统
 
 #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12
 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "例如，需要查看在线报价的长期客户。"
 
 #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -236,934 +251,443 @@ msgstr "当所有的字段被填写后, 你可以通过点击按钮同步种类
 msgid "Invoicing Method"
 msgstr "开票方式"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services.rst:3
-msgid "Services"
-msgstr "服务"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:3
-msgid "How to invoice milestones of a project?"
-msgstr "如何给项目里程碑开票？"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"There are different kind of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days "
-"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing "
-"consulting hours) or a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)."
-msgstr ""
-"有各种不同的销售服务 :按小时/天数预付(比如 支持合同), 基于时间和物料的账单(例如 顾问小时数的账单)或者一个固定价格的合同(比如, 一个项目)."
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"In this section, we will have a look at how to invoice milestones of a "
-"project."
-msgstr "在本节中, 我们将看看如何按项目的里程碑开发票。"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:12
-msgid ""
-"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large scale projects, with "
-"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally"
-" build up to the completion of the contract. For example, a marketing agency"
-" hired for a new product launch could break down a project into the "
-"following milestones, each of them considered as one service with a fixed "
-"price on the sale order :"
-msgstr ""
-"按里程碑开票可以用在昂贵的或大型项目上, 每个里程碑代表了一个明确的工作序列号并将逐步建立来完成合同。例如, "
-"聘请的营销机构把一个产品的发布分解成以下的里程碑, 其中每一个在销售订单中都被作为一个固定价格的服务。"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:19
-msgid "Milestone 1 : Marketing strategy audit - 5 000 euros"
-msgstr "里程碑1 :市场营销战略审计 - 5000欧元"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:21
-msgid "Milestone 2 : Brand Identity - 10 000 euros"
-msgstr "里程碑2 :品牌识别 - 10000欧元"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:23
-msgid "Milestone 3 : Campaign launch & PR - 8 500 euros"
-msgstr "里程碑3 :活动启动及公关 - 8500欧元"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3
+msgid "Request a down payment"
+msgstr "要求预付定金"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:25
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"In this case, an invoice will be sent to the customer each time a milestone "
-"will be successfully reached. That invoicing method is comfortable both for "
-"the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow throughout the "
-"project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the project's progress "
-"and pay in several times."
-msgstr ""
-"在这种情况下, "
-"每当一个里程碑将成功地达到目标时发票被发送给客户。这种开票的方法对于想通过项目周期确保得到稳定的现金流的公司和想监控项目进度分几次付款的客户都觉得很舒服。"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"You can also use milestones to invoice percentages of the entire project. "
-"For example, for a million euros project, your company might require a 15% "
-"upfront payment, 30% at the midpoint and the balance at the contract "
-"conclusion. In that case, each payment will be considered as one milestone."
-msgstr ""
-"你也可以使用里程碑的方式按项目的百分比开票。比如, 对于一个百万欧元的项目, 你的公司也许需要预付15%的款项, 在中点再付30%, "
-"合同结束时付余清余款。在这种情况下, 每个付款都被看作一个里程碑。"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:39
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:26
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:14
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:16
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "配置"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:42
-msgid "Install the Sales application"
-msgstr "安装销售管理"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:44
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"In order to sell services and to send invoices, you need to install the "
-"**Sales** application, from the **Apps** icon."
-msgstr "为了销售服务和发送发票, 你需要从 **Apps** 图标安装 **销售** 模块。"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:51
-msgid "Create products"
-msgstr "创建产品"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:53
-msgid ""
-"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. From the"
-" **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, "
-"create a new product with the following setup:"
-msgstr ""
-"在Odoo中, 你的项目的每个里程碑都被看作一个产品. 从 **销售模块** 中, 使用菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->"
-" 产品(Products)` , 按以下步骤生成一个产品 :"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:57
-msgid "**Name**: Strategy audit"
-msgstr " **名字**:  战略审计"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:59
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:50
-msgid "**Product Type**: Service"
-msgstr " **产品类型**:  服务"
+"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the "
+"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to "
+"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious."
+msgstr "首期付款是一种初始的、部分的付款，协议规定其余部分将在以后支付。对于昂贵的订单或项目，这是一种保护您自己并确保您的客户是认真的方式。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"**Invoicing Policy**: Delivered Quantities, since you will invoice your "
-"milestone after it has been delivered"
-msgstr " **开票策略**:  已发货的数量, 你将在发货后开票。"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10
+msgid "First time you request a down payment"
+msgstr "第一次申请预付款"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:64
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"**Track Service**: Manually set quantities on order, as you complete each "
-"milestone, you will manually update their quantity from the **Delivered** "
-"tab on your sale order"
-msgstr " **跟踪服务**:  手动在订单上设置数量, 当你完成了每个里程碑, 你将手动在销售订单的\" 已发货“标签更新他们的数量。 "
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:72
-msgid "Apply the same configuration for the others milestones."
-msgstr "为其他里程碑做同样的配置。"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:75
-msgid "Managing your project"
-msgstr "管理项目"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:78
-msgid "Quotations and sale orders"
-msgstr "报价单及销售订单"
+"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment"
+" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total "
+"amount."
+msgstr "确认销售时，您可以创建发票并选择预付款选项。它可以是固定金额或总金额的百分比。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:80
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Now that your milestones (or products) are created, you can create a "
-"quotation or a sale order with each line corresponding to one milestone. For"
-" each line, set the **Ordered Quantity** to ``1`` as each milestone is "
-"completed once. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a sale "
-"order, you will be able to change the delivered quantities when the "
-"corresponding milestone has been achieved."
-msgstr ""
-"现在你的里程碑(或产品)生成了, 你能创建一个报价或者订单, 每行对应一个里程碑。每行设置 **订购量** "
-"为1当每个里程碑完成时。当报价被确认并转化成一个销售订单, 你可以更改发货数量当对应的里程碑达到目标时。"
+"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account "
+"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments."
+msgstr "首次申请首付款时，您可以选择收入账户和将重新用于下一次首付款的税设置。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:91
-msgid "Invoice milestones"
-msgstr "里程碑开票"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22
+msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment."
+msgstr "然后，您将看到预付款的发票。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:93
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"Let's assume that your first milestone (the strategy audit) has been "
-"successfully delivered and you want to invoice it to your customer. On the "
-"sale order, click on **Edit** and set the **Delivered Quantity** of the "
-"related product to ``1``."
-msgstr ""
-"让我们假设你的第一个里程碑(战略审计)已成功交付并要其开具发票给客户。在销售订单, 点击 **编辑** , 并设置相关产品的 **交货数量** 为 1。"
+"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be "
+"automatically deducted."
+msgstr "在后续或最终发票上，任何预付款将自动扣除。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:99
-msgid ""
-"As soon as the above modification has been saved, you will notice that the "
-"color of the line has changed to blue, meaning that the service can now be "
-"invoiced. In the same time, the invoice status of the SO has changed from "
-"**Nothing To Invoice** to **To Invoice**"
-msgstr ""
-"当上述修改已经保存, 你会发现, 线的颜色变为蓝色, 这意味着该服务现在可以开具发票。在同一时间, 所以发票的状态已经从 **没有可开发票** 到 "
-"**可开票** "
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34
+msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes"
+msgstr "修改收入帐户和客户税"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:104
-msgid ""
-"Click on **Create invoice** and, in the new window that pops up, select "
-"**Invoiceable lines** and validate. It will create a new invoice (in draft "
-"status) with only the **strategy audit** product as invoiceable."
-msgstr ""
-"点击 **创建发票** , 并在新的弹出窗口中选择 **开票线** 和验证。这将创建一个新的发票(处于草案状态), 只有在 **战略审核** "
-"产品为客户开具发票。"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:112
-msgid ""
-"In order to be able to invoice a product, you need to set up the "
-"**Accounting** application and to configure an accounting journal and a "
-"chart of account. Click on the following link to learn more: "
-":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`"
-msgstr ""
-"为了能够为产品开票, 你需要设置的 **会计** 模块和配置会计日记账和科目表。点击以下链接了解详情 :: doc "
-":`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup` "
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36
+msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*."
+msgstr "在产品列表中，搜索 [预付款]。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:117
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"Back on your sale order, you will notice that the **Invoiced** column of "
-"your order line has been updated accordingly and that the **Invoice Status**"
-" is back to **Nothing to Invoice**."
-msgstr ""
-"回到您的销售订单上, 你会发现, 你的订单行的 **开具发票** 的列进行了相应的更新, 而且 **发票状态** 回到了 **没有可开发票** 。"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:121
-msgid "Follow the same workflow to invoice your remaining milestones."
-msgstr "按一样的流程为你剩下的里程碑开票"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:124
-msgid ":doc:`reinvoice`"
-msgstr ":doc:`reinvoice` "
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:125
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:185
-msgid ":doc:`support`"
-msgstr ":doc:`support` "
+"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the"
+" income account & customer taxes."
+msgstr "然后，您可以在\"开票\"选项卡下对其进行编辑，您可以更改收入帐户和客户税。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:3
-msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers?"
-msgstr "如何为你的客户重开费用发票。"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3
+msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers"
+msgstr "向客户重新开具费用发票"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:5
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money "
 "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an "
-"employee paying a parking spot for a meeting with your client. As a company,"
+"consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company,"
 " you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client."
 msgstr ""
-"如果你的员工在为您的客户的项目工作时经常花自己的个人的钱。别如, 在与您的客户开会时我们的员工支付了停车位费用。作为一家公司, "
-"你希望能够将此花费开票给你的客户。"
+"经常的情况是，您的员工在为您的客户做项目时，不得不花费个人资金。让我们以顾问支付酒店在客户网站上工作为例。作为一家公司，您希望能够向客户开具该费用的发票。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"In this documentation we will see two use cases. The first, very basic, "
-"consists of invoicing a simple expense to your client like you would do for "
-"a product. The second, more advanced, will consist of invoicing expenses "
-"entered in your expense system by your employees directly to your customer."
-msgstr ""
-"在该文档中, 我们将看到两个用例。第一, 非常基本的, 一个简单的费用的开票给您的客户就像为一个产品所做的那样。第二个, 更先进, "
-"由您的员工进入你的费用系统直接开票给你的客户。"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64
+msgid "Expenses configuration"
+msgstr "费用配置"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:18
-msgid "Use case 1: Simple expense invoicing"
-msgstr "用例 1 :简单的费用开票"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:20
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66
 msgid ""
-"Let's take the following example. You are working on a promotion campaign "
-"for one of your customers (``Agrolait``) and you have to print a lot of "
-"copies. Those copies are an expense for your company and you would like to "
-"invoice them."
-msgstr "以下作为示例, 你正在给其中的一个客户(\" Agrolait \\ \")升级并且你需要打印很多复印件, 这些复印件作为公司的费用并且需要为之开票"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:35
-msgid "Create product to be expensed"
-msgstr "创建费用产品"
+"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to "
+":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it."
+msgstr "要跟踪和发票费用，您将需要费用应用程序。转到 ：菜单选择：\"应用程序 -= 费用\"来安装它。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:37
-msgid "You will need now to create a product called ``Copies``."
-msgstr "那么现在你就需要创建一个命名为“复印\" 的产品 "
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:39
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:112
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
 msgid ""
-"From your **Sales** module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and "
-"create a product as follows:"
-msgstr ""
-"在 **销售** 模块下, 进入 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)` 并创建一个如下产品 :"
+"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
+"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration"
+" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*."
+msgstr "您还应激活分析科目功能以将支出链接到销售订单，为此，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"开票 --* 配置 --= 设置\"并激活 [会计分录]。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:42
-msgid "**Product type**: consumable"
-msgstr " **产品类型**:  可消耗"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74
+msgid "Add expenses to your sales order"
+msgstr "向销售订单添加费用"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:44
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76
 msgid ""
-"**Invoicing policy**: on delivered quantities (you will manually set the "
-"quantities to invoice on the sale order)"
-msgstr " **开票原则**:  基于发货数量(你需要对销售订单的发票手工设定数量)"
+"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the "
+"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer."
+msgstr "从费用应用中，您或您的顾问可以创建一个新的应用程序，例如，在客户网站上第一周的酒店。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:51
-msgid "Create a sale order"
-msgstr "创建销售订单"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:53
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79
 msgid ""
-"Now that your product is correctly set up, you can create a sale order for "
-"that product (from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders`) with "
-"the ordered quantities set to 0. Click on **Confirm the Sale** to create the"
-" sale order. You will be able then to manually change the delivered "
-"quantities on the sale order to reinvoice the copies to your customer."
-msgstr ""
-"现在产品已经设置好了, 就可以创建该产品的销售订单(从 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售订单(Sales "
-"Orders)` ), 数量设置为0。点击 **确认订单** 确认为销售订单。随后你可以手工的在销售订单上更改产品数量在同一张发票单上给客户重复开票"
+"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or "
+"create a new one from right there."
+msgstr "然后，您可以输入相关描述并选择现有产品或从该名称中创建新产品。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:64
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:177
-msgid "Invoice expense to your client"
-msgstr "费用开票给客户"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85
+msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:"
+msgstr "在这里，我们正在创建一个[酒店]产品："
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:66
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38
 msgid ""
-"At the end of the month, you have printed ``1000`` copies on behalf of your "
-"client and you want to re-invoice them. From the related sale order, click "
-"on **Delivered Quantities**, manually enter the correct amount of copies and"
-" click on **Save**. Your order line will turn blue, meaning that it is ready"
-" to be invoiced. Click on **Create invoice**."
-msgstr ""
-"到了月末, 你已经为客户打印了1000份并且你想要对他们重新开票。就可以从相关的销售订单上点击 **发货数量** , 手工的输入复印件数量并点击 "
-"***保存* 。订单行就变为蓝色, 意味着可以开票。然后点击** *创建发票*"
+"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
+"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your "
+"expense or a previously agreed on sales price."
+msgstr "在\"开票\"选项卡下，选择 [交付数量] 和 [按成本] 或 [销售价格]，具体取决于您是否要为费用成本或先前商定的销售价格开具发票。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:73
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97
 msgid ""
-"The total amount on your sale order will be of 0 as it is computed on the "
-"ordered quantities. It is your invoice which will compute the correct amount"
-" due by your customer."
-msgstr "销售订单上的总数量是0因为发票是基于发货数量的。发票会根据发给该客户的正确的数量进行计算"
+"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> "
+"Configuration --> Expense products`."
+msgstr "要修改或创建更多产品，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"费用 --* 配置 --= 费用产品\"。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:77
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100
 msgid ""
-"The invoice generated is in draft, so you can always control the quantities "
-"and change the amount if needed. You will notice that the amount to be "
-"invoiced is based here on the delivered quantities."
-msgstr "生成的发票是草稿状态, 所以你总是可以控制数量并且变更总量。你能注意到要开票的数量是基于发货的数量"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:84
-msgid "Click on validate to issue the payment to your customer."
-msgstr "点击确认让客户付款"
+"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit."
+msgstr "返回费用时，在要提交的费用中添加原始销售订单。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:87
-msgid "Use case 2: Invoice expenses via the expense module"
-msgstr "用例2 :通过报销模块给费用开票"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106
+msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted."
+msgstr "然后，它可以提交给经理，批准，并最终发布。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:89
-msgid ""
-"To illustrate this case, let's imagine that your company sells some "
-"consultancy service to your customer ``Agrolait`` and both parties agreed "
-"that the distance covered by your consultant will be re-invoiced at cost."
-msgstr "要解释这个, 让我们假设你的公司卖给你的顾客\" Agrolait \\ \"一些咨询服务并且双方都同意贵司顾问的路费作为成本来开票"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117
+msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced."
+msgstr "然后，它将在销售订单中，并准备开票。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:97
-msgid "Here, you will need to install two more modules:"
-msgstr "现在, 你需要再安装两个模块"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities"
+msgstr "基于已交付或订购数量的发票"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:99
-msgid "Expense Tracker"
-msgstr "费用追踪"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:101
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Accounting, where you will need to activate the analytic accounting from the"
-" settings"
-msgstr "需要在会计模块的设置中激活辅助核算会计"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:108
-msgid "Create a product to be expensed"
-msgstr "创建一个费用类别的产品"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:110
-msgid "You will now need to create a product called ``Kilometers``."
-msgstr "现在你需要创建一个称之为\" 公里 \\ \"的产品。"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:115
-msgid "Product can be expensed"
-msgstr "可以被报销的产品"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:117
-msgid "Product type: Service"
-msgstr "产品类型 : 服务"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:119
-msgid "Invoicing policy: invoice based on time and material"
-msgstr "开票策略 :基于时间和材料开票"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:121
-msgid "Expense invoicing policy: At cost"
-msgstr "费用类的开票原则 :基于成本"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:123
-msgid "Track service: manually set quantities on order"
-msgstr "追踪服务 :手工的在订单上设置数量"
+"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for "
+"invoicing:"
+msgstr "根据您的业务和所售产品，您有两种开票选项："
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:129
-msgid "Create a sales order"
-msgstr "创建销售订单"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:131
-msgid ""
-"Still from the Sales module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders` "
-"and add your product **Consultancy** on the order line."
-msgstr ""
-"仍是从销售模块, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售订单(Sales Orders)` 并在订单行上添加产品 "
-"**咨询** 。"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:135
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"If your product doesn't exist yet, you can configure it on the fly from the "
-"SO. Just type the name on the **product** field and click on **Create and "
-"edit** to configure it."
-msgstr "如果产品还不存在, 我们可以在销售订单上即时的创建。只需要在 **产品** 字段输入产品名称并点击 **创建编辑** 就可以创建"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:139
-msgid ""
-"Depending on your product configuration, an **Analytic Account** may have "
-"been generated automatically. If not, you can easily create one in order to "
-"link your expenses to the sale order. Do not forget to confirm the sale "
-"order."
-msgstr ""
-"根据产品的配置, 一个 **分析科目** 可以自动的生成, 如果没有的话, 你也可以容易的创建一个, 用来在销售订单上链接费用。不要忘了确认销售订单"
+"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales "
+"order is confirmed."
+msgstr "已订购数量的发票：一旦确认销售订单，就为全部订单开具发票。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:148
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"Refer to the documentation :doc:`../../../accounting/others/analytic/usage` "
-"to learn more about that concept."
-msgstr ""
-"参考文档\n"
-" :文档:`../../../会计/其余/辅助核算/使用` 中可以了解概念"
+"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a "
+"partial delivery."
+msgstr "交货数量的发票：您交付的发票，即使它是部分交货。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:152
-msgid "Create expense and link it to SO"
-msgstr "创建相关费用单据并关联到销售订单(SO)"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13
+msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode."
+msgstr "订单数量的发票是默认模式"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:154
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Let's assume that your consultant covered ``1.000km`` in October as part of "
-"his consultancy project. We will create a expense for it and link it to the "
-"related sales order thanks to the analytic account."
-msgstr "假设你们公司的顾问在十月份在咨询项目上的路程是\" 1.000公里 \\ \"。你就可以创建一个费用并且通过分析账户和相关的销售订单关联起来"
+"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type "
+"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the"
+" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice "
+"the actual delivered quantity."
+msgstr "使用 [交付数量发票] 的好处取决于您的业务类型，当您大量销售物料、液体或食品时，数量可能会稍有偏差，因此最好为实际交付数量开具发票。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:158
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"Go to the **Expenses** module and click on **Create**. Record your expense "
-"as follows:"
-msgstr "进入 **费用** 模块并点击 **创建** 。输入以下费用 :"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:161
-msgid "**Expense description**: Kilometers October 2015"
-msgstr " **费用描述**:  2015年10月份公里数"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:163
-msgid "**Product**: Kilometers"
-msgstr " **产品**:  公里数"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:165
-msgid "**Quantity**: 1.000"
-msgstr " **数量**:  1.000"
+"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every "
+"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), "
+"invoice a fixed advance."
+msgstr "您还可以手动开票，从而控制每个选项：发票准备发票行，发票百分比（预付款），发票固定预付款。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:167
-msgid "**Analytic account**: SO0019 - Agrolait"
-msgstr " **分析账户**:  SO0019 - Agrolait"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26
+msgid "Decide the policy on a product page"
+msgstr "在产品页面上决定策略"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:172
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28
 msgid ""
-"Click on **Submit to manager**. As soon as the expense has been validated "
-"and posted to the journal entries, a new line corresponding to the expense "
-"will automatically be generated on the sale order."
-msgstr "点击 **提交经理** 。只要费用被批准并登录到日记账分录, 一个和费用一致的分录记录就会咋订单上自动生成"
+"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing "
+"policy and select the one you want."
+msgstr "从任何产品页面，在\"开票\"选项卡下，您将找到开票策略并选择所需的策略。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:179
-msgid "You can now invoice the invoiceable lines to your customer."
-msgstr "现在就可以把所有发票行开票给你的客户了"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35
+msgid "Send the invoice"
+msgstr "发送发票"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:186
-msgid ":doc:`milestones`"
-msgstr ":doc:`milestones` "
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:3
-msgid "How to invoice a support contract (prepaid hours)?"
-msgstr "如何刚给支持合同开票(预付小时数)？"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:5
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"There are different kinds of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days "
-"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing "
-"consulting hours) and a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)."
-msgstr "有不同种类的销售服务 :预付小时数／天数(例如支持合同), 基于记工单的开票(例如咨询顾问时间)以及固定价格合同(例如一个项目)。"
+"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced "
+"quantities."
+msgstr "确认销售后，您可以看到已交付和开票数量。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:9
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"In this section, we will have a look at how to sell and keep track of a pre-"
-"paid support contract."
-msgstr "在本章节, 我们来看一下如何销售和追踪预支付的支持合同"
+"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is "
+"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have"
+" to validate the delivery."
+msgstr "如果按订购数量将其设置，则可以在确认销售后立即开具发票。如果您选择了交货数量，则首先必须验证交货。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:12
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47
 msgid ""
-"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at "
-"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep "
-"track of the support service you did for the customer."
-msgstr "例如, 你可以销售一个价格为\" $25, 000 `的 \\ \"50 小时\" 支持包。价格是固定的并且已经预先付款。但是你想跟踪你给客户的支持服务 "
+"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will "
+"automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered"
+" if you did a partial delivery."
+msgstr "产品交付后，您可以向客户开具发票。如果您执行部分交货，Odoo 将根据您交付的数量自动将数量添加到开票中。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:20
-msgid "Install the Sales and Timesheet applications"
-msgstr "安装销售和记工单应用"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice project milestones"
+msgstr "发票项目流程"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:22
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"In order to sell services, you need to install the **Sales** application, "
-"from the **Apps** icon. Install also the **Timesheets** application if you "
-"want to track support services you worked on every contract."
-msgstr "为了能销售服务, 你需要从 **APP** 图标安装 **销售** 模块, 并且安装从 **记工单** 应用"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:33
-msgid "Create Products"
-msgstr "创建产品"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:35
-msgid ""
-"By default, products are sold by number of units. In order to sell services "
-"``per hour``, you must allow using multiple unit of measures. From the "
-"**Sales** application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings`. From this screen, activate the multiple **Unit of Measures** "
-"option."
-msgstr ""
-"默认状况下, 产品是根据单位数量销售的, 为了能按\" 每小时 \\ \"销售服务, 必须使用产品的多种计量单位, 在销售模块下, 进入菜单选项 "
-":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` , 在本页面激活 多种 **计量单位** 选项。"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:44
-msgid ""
-"In order to sell a support contract, you must create a product for every "
-"support contract you sell. From the **Sales** application, use the menu "
-":menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, create a new product with the following"
-" setup:"
+"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with "
+"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally"
+" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is "
+"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow "
+"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the "
+"project's progress and pay in several installments."
 msgstr ""
-"为了能够销售支持合同, 必须创建一个所有支持合同都能销售的产品。从 **销售** 应用下, 进入菜单选项 "
-":menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)` , 用以下步骤创建新的产品 :"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:48
-msgid "**Name**: Technical Support"
-msgstr " **名称**:  技术支持"
+"开票流程可用于昂贵或大型项目，每个流程代表一个明确的工作序列，这些工作将逐步建立到合同完成。这种开票方法既适合确保在整个项目生命周期内获得稳定的现金流的公司，也适合能够监控项目进度并分期付款的客户。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:52
-msgid "**Unit of Measure**: Hours"
-msgstr " **计量单位**:  小时"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13
+msgid "Create milestone products"
+msgstr "创建里流程式产品"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:54
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"**Invoicing Policy**: Ordered Quantities, since the service is prepaid, we "
-"will invoice the service based on what has been ordered, not based on "
-"delivered quantities."
-msgstr " **开票原则**:  订单数量, 因为服务是预先支付的, 我们可以根据订单数量开票, 而不是根据实际发货数量"
+"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To "
+"configure products to work this way, go to any product form."
+msgstr "在 Odoo 中，项目的每个流程都被视为产品。要将产品配置为以这种方式工作，请转到任何产品窗体。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:58
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18
 msgid ""
-"**Track Service**: Timesheet on contracts. An analytic account will "
-"automatically be created for every order containing this service so that you"
-" can track hours in the related account."
-msgstr " **追踪服务**:  合同上的记工单。一个分析科目会被自动创建用来追踪所有包含这个服务的进出项, 然后就可以在相关的科目下追踪小时数了"
+"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and "
+"select *Milestones* in the sales tab."
+msgstr "您必须在常规信息下将产品类型设置为 [服务]，并在销售选项卡中选择 [流程]。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:66
-msgid ""
-"There are different ways to track the service related to a sales order or "
-"product sold. With the above configuration, you can only sell one support "
-"contract per order. If your customer orders several service contracts on "
-"timesheet, you will have to split the quotation into several orders."
-msgstr ""
-"跟踪与一个销售订单或所售出的产品相关的服务有很多不同的方式。通过上面的配置，你只能为每个订单销售一个支持合同。如果你的客户在工时单上同时订购了多个服务合同，那么你必须将它们拆分到不同的订单中。"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25
+msgid "Invoice milestones"
+msgstr "里程碑开票"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:72
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"Note that you can sell in different unit of measure than hours, example: "
-"days, pack of 40h, etc. To do that, just create a new unit of measure in the"
-" **Unit of Measure** category and set a conversion ratio compared to "
-"**Hours** (example: ``1 day = 8 hours``)."
-msgstr ""
-"需要知道除了小时我们还可以使用别的计量单位, 例如 :天, 40/周等。而这些只需要在 **计量单位** 类别下设置一个和 **小时** "
-"的转换规则即可(例如: 1天＝8小时)。"
+"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you "
+"complete a milestone."
+msgstr "从销售订单中，您可以在完成流程时手动编辑交付的数量。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:78
-msgid "Managing support contract"
-msgstr "管理支持合同"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33
+msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone."
+msgstr "然后，您可以为该里程碑开票。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:81
-msgid "Quotations and Sales Orders"
-msgstr "报价单和销售订单"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22
+msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice"
+msgstr "发送形式发票"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:83
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Once the product is created, you can create a quotation or a sales order "
-"with the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed "
-"into a sales order, your users will be able to record services related to "
-"this support contract using the timesheet application."
+"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a "
+"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and"
+" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-"
+"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, "
+"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in"
+" not being a demand or request for payment."
 msgstr ""
-"一旦产品被创建，你就可以使用相关的产品创建报价单或销售订单。一旦报价单被确认并转换成销售订单，你的用户将能够使用工时单功能来为相关的支持合同登记服务。"
+"形式发票是货物交付前的简略发票或估计发票。它记录了货物的种类和数量、价值以及其他重要信息，如重量和运输费用。形式发票通常用作带有报价的初步发票，或用于进口中的海关目的。它们不同于普通发票，不是付款要求或要求。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:93
-msgid "Timesheets"
-msgstr "工时表"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10
+msgid "Activate the feature"
+msgstr "激活功能"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:95
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"To track the service you do on a specific contract, you should use the "
-"timesheet application. An analytic account related to the sale order has "
-"been automatically created (``SO009 - Agrolait`` on the screenshot here "
-"above), so you can start tracking services as soon as it has been sold."
-msgstr ""
-"要跟踪一个特定合同上的服务, 需要使用记工单应用 。一个和销售订单关联的分析账户自动创建, (屏幕上的\" SO009 - Agrolait \\ "
-"\"), 然后只要服务被销售掉就可以对之进行跟踪。"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:104
-msgid "Control delivered support on the sales order"
-msgstr "在销售订单控制交货支持"
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the"
+" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature."
+msgstr "转到 ：菜单选择：'销售 --= 配置 --= 设置'并激活 [模拟 发票] 功能。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:106
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"From the **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales"
-" Orders`  to control the progress of every order. On the sales order line "
-"related to the support contract, you should see the **Delivered Quantities**"
-" that are updated automatically, based on the number of hours in the "
-"timesheet."
-msgstr ""
-"在 **销售** 应用下, 使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售订单(Sales Orders)` "
-"来控制每张订单的进度。在和支持合同相关的销售订单行上, 可以看到 **交货数量** 会根据记工单中的小时数自动更新。"
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:116
-msgid "Upselling and renewal"
-msgstr "向上销售和更新"
+"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-"
+"forma invoice."
+msgstr "从任何报价单或销售订单中，您知道可以选择发送形式发票。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:118
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"If the number of hours you performed on the support contract is bigger or "
-"equal to the number of hours the customer purchased, you are suggested to "
-"sell an extra contract to the customer since they used all their quota of "
-"service. Periodically (ideally once every two weeks), you should check the "
-"sales order that are in such a case. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales "
-"--> Invoicing --> Orders to Upsell`."
-msgstr ""
+"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice "
+"in attachment."
+msgstr "当您单击发送时，Odoo 将发送一封包含附件中形式发票的电子邮件。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:127
-msgid ""
-"If you use Odoo CRM, a good practice is to create an opportunity for every "
-"sale order in upselling invoice status so that you easily track your "
-"upselling effort."
-msgstr "如果你使用Odoo CRM, 最好的联系就是为每个在向上销售开票状态的销售订单创建一个商机, 这样你就可以容易追踪向上销售"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3
+msgid "Sell subscriptions"
+msgstr "销售订阅"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:131
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"If you sell an extra support contract, you can either add a new line on the "
-"existing sales order (thus, you continue to timesheet on the same order) or "
-"create a new order (thus, people will timesheet their hours on the new "
-"contract). To unmark the sales order as **Upselling**, you can set the sales"
-" order as done and it will disappear from your upselling list."
-msgstr ""
+"Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making "
+"planning ahead much easier."
+msgstr "销售订阅产品将为您提供可预测的收入，使提前规划变得更加容易。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:138
-msgid "Special Configuration"
-msgstr "特殊配置"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9
+msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order"
+msgstr "从销售订单进行订阅"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:140
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"When creating the product form, you may set a different approach to track "
-"the service:"
-msgstr "在创建产品表单的时候, 选择不同方式跟踪该服务"
+"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select "
+"the subscription product your previously created."
+msgstr "从销售应用中，为所需客户创建报价单，然后选择您以前创建的订阅产品。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:143
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"**Create task and track hours**: in this mode, a task is created for every "
-"sales order line. Then when you do the timesheet, you don't record hours on "
-"a sales order/contract, but you record hours on a task (that represents the "
-"contract). The advantage of this solution is that it allows to sell several "
-"service contracts within the same sales order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:150
-msgid ""
-"**Manually**: you can use this mode if you don't record timesheets in Odoo. "
-"The number of hours you worked on a specific contract can be recorded "
-"manually on the sales order line directly, in the delivered quantity field."
-msgstr ""
+"When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. "
+"You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the "
+"upper right corner."
+msgstr "确认销售时，将自动创建订阅。您将在右上角看到从销售订单到订阅的直接链接。"
 
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:156
-msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom` "
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3
+msgid "Invoice based on time and materials"
+msgstr "基于时间和材料的发票"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:6
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:6
-msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "概述"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
-msgid "Main Concepts"
-msgstr "主要概念"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3
-msgid "Introduction to Odoo Sales"
-msgstr "ODOO 销售管理介绍"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11
-msgid "Transcript"
-msgstr "副本"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"As a sales manager, closing opportunities with Odoo Sales is really simple."
-msgstr "作为一个销售经理, 使用Odoo销售关闭商机非常简单"
+"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible"
+" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that"
+" the project requirements would most likely change."
+msgstr "时间和材料通常用于无法准确估计项目规模或预计项目需求最有可能发生变化的项目。"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:16
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9
 msgid ""
-"I selected a predefined quotation for a new product line offer. The "
-"products, the service details are already in the quotation. Of course, I can"
-" adapt the offer to fit my clients needs."
-msgstr "我选择了一个预先定义好的一个产品的报价单。产品以及详细的服务已经在报价单中, 当然我可以根据客户的需求调整报价"
+"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay "
+"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what"
+" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers."
+msgstr "这与固定价格合同相反，在这种合同中，业主同意向承包商支付一笔总付，以支付合同的履行，无论承包商向其员工、分包商和供应商支付什么。"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:20
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"The interface is really smooth. I can add references, some catchy phrases "
-"such as closing triggers (*here, you save $500 if you sign the quote within "
-"15 days*). I have a beautiful and modern design. This will help me close my "
-"opportunities more easily."
-msgstr ""
-"界面很用起来很顺手, 我可以添加参照, 一些朗朗上口的语句例如关闭触发器( *如果在15天内签掉报价单, 就能为你省下$500* "
-")。我有一个漂亮且时尚的设计, 这些能让我容易关闭商机。"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:26
-msgid ""
-"Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The "
-"customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate "
-"easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by "
-"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just needs to "
-"sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major "
-"shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a "
-"delivery order automatically."
-msgstr ""
+"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need"
+" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and"
+" purchases."
+msgstr "对于这个文件，我将使用顾问的例子，您将需要发票他们的时间，他们的各种费用（交通，住宿，...）和购买。"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35
-msgid "That's it, I successfully sold my products in just a few clicks."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19
+msgid "Invoice time configuration"
+msgstr "发票时间配置"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"Oh, I also have the transaction and communication history at my fingertips. "
-"It's easy for every stakeholder to know clearly the past interaction. And "
-"any information related to the transaction."
-msgstr "只要指尖轻轻一点, 我也可以得到事务和交流沟通的历史记录。这能让每一个股东都能清楚的了解过去的交易, 以及与之关联的所有信息"
+"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it."
+msgstr "要跟踪项目中的进度，您需要 [项目] 应用。转到 ：菜单选择：\"应用程序 -= 项目\"以安装它。"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"If you want to show information, I would do it from a customer form, "
-"something like:"
-msgstr "如果想要显示信息, 我会从客户表达中来做, 例如 :"
+"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project"
+" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature."
+msgstr "在 [项目] 中，您将使用时间表，为此转到 ：菜单选择：\"项目 --* 配置 --* 设置\"并激活 [时间表] 功能。"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:45
-msgid "Kanban of customers, click on one customer"
-msgstr "在 \" 客户\\ \\ \\ \"看板视图上, 点击相应客户"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32
+msgid "Invoice your time spent"
+msgstr "为您花费的时间开具发票"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:47
-msgid "Click on opportunities, click on quotation"
-msgstr "点击商机, 点击报价单"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49
-msgid "Come back to customers (breadcrum)"
-msgstr "回到客户(Breadcrumb)"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:51
-msgid "Click on customer statement letter"
-msgstr "点击客户账单信件"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:53
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"Anytime, I can get an in-depth report of my sales activity. Revenue by "
-"salespeople or department. Revenue by category of product, drill-down to "
-"specific products, by quarter or month,... I like this report: I can add it "
-"to my dashboard in just a click."
-msgstr ""
-"任何时候, 我都可以得到基于我的销售活动的深度挖掘的报表。根据部门中销售人员的营收, 更具产品种类的营收, "
-"甚至每月或者每季度卖出的每一样产品。我超级喜欢这些报表, 我只需要点几下鼠标就可以加到我的仪表盘中"
+"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the "
+"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new"
+" project*."
+msgstr "在设置为服务的产品页面中，您将在\"开票\"选项卡下找到两个选项，选择两个选项 [任务时间表] 和 [在新项目中创建任务]。"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"Odoo Sales is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the sales "
-"planner. Thanks to it, I got tips and tricks to boost my sales performance."
-msgstr ""
-"销售是一个强大并且易用的APP, 首先我使用销售planer（向导）\n"
-"在这里我得到有趣的提示用来提高我的销售业绩"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41
+msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project."
+msgstr "您还可以将任务添加到现有项目中。"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"Try Odoo Sales now and get beautiful quotations, amazing dashboards and "
-"increase your success rate."
-msgstr "现在就开始你的Odoo销售并且创建漂亮的报价单, 神奇的仪表盘然后增加成功几率"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:3
-msgid "Overview of the invoicing process"
-msgstr "开票流程概述"
+"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the"
+" project overview and one for the current task."
+msgstr "确认销售订单后，您现在将看到两个新按钮，一个用于项目概述，另一个用于当前任务。"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:5
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different "
-"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft "
-"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other "
-"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to "
-"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or "
-"email)."
-msgstr ""
-"基于你的业务场景以及你所使用的模块, 在Odoo中有几种不同的方式去自动触发客户发票。通常, "
-"系统创建草稿发票(发票信息从其他单据例如销售订单或者合同)并且会计只需要确认草稿发票并且批量的发送即可(快递或者电子邮件)"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:12
-msgid ""
-"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to "
-"create draft invoices:"
-msgstr "基于你的业务场景, 可以选择以下方式的其中之一创建草稿发票 :"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:16
-msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Invoice`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`销售订单(Sales Order) --> 发票(Invoice)` "
+"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it "
+"from the *Project* app."
+msgstr "如果您单击该任务，您将直接参与该任务，您也可以从 [项目] 应用访问它。"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:18
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order "
-"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales"
-" order. You have different options like:"
-msgstr "在大多数公司里面, 销售人员创建报价单, 并且确认后转换为销售就订单。然后基于销售订单创建草稿发票。可以选择如下集中方式 :"
+"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add "
+"how many hours they worked on the project so far."
+msgstr "在时间表下，您可以分配谁对它进行工作。您可以添加，也可以添加到目前为止他们在项目上工作的小时数。"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:22
-msgid ""
-"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order before triggering the "
-"delivery order"
-msgstr "基于订单数量开票 :在触发交货单之前给整张订单开票"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:25
-msgid "Invoice based on delivered quantity: see next section"
-msgstr "基于交货数量开票 :见下一部分"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when "
-"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)"
-msgstr "发货之前开票通常用于电商应用中, 通常都是客户先付钱之后我们发货给他们(预付)。"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows "
-"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice ready"
-" to invoice line, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance."
-msgstr "对于其余大多数用例, 建议手工开票。这能让销售人员有选择地开票 :基于订单行开票, 基于百分比开票(预付), 基于固定价格开票。"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:36
-msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products."
-msgstr "该过程适用与服务类型的产品和实物类产品"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:41
-msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`销售订单(Sales Order) --> 交货(Delivery) --> 开票(Invoice)` "
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivered quantity , "
-"instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the "
-"quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods "
-"(invoice based on actual Kg)."
-msgstr ""
-"零售和电商通常根据交货数量开票, 而不是基于销售订单。此种方法适用于业务场景中实际发货数量和订单数量不一致的情况 :食品(根据实际发出的公斤数开票)。"
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58
+msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours."
+msgstr "然后，可以从销售订单中为这些工时开票。"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90
 msgid ""
-"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you "
-"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest "
-"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order."
-msgstr ""
-"该方法下, 如果你部分发货, 只需要为实际发出的数量开票。如果需要未完成订单的话(部分发货和稍晚剩余发出), 客户会收到基于两次发货生成的两个发票。"
+"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
+"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your "
+"expense or a previously agreed on sales price."
+msgstr "在\"开票\"选项卡下，选择 [交付数量]和 [按成本] 或 [销售价格] 以及您是否要开具费用成本发票或先前商定的销售价格。"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57
-msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`再发性合同 (Recurring Contracts) --> 开票(Invoices)` "
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120
+msgid "Invoice purchases"
+msgstr "采购发票"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:59
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122
 msgid ""
-"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The "
-"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on"
-" the contract."
-msgstr "对于订阅, 发票会定期地, 自动地生成。生成发票频率以及服务／产品已经在合同上定义好了。"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:67
-msgid ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`电商订单(eCommerce Order) --> 开票(Invoice)` "
+"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for"
+" it."
+msgstr "您可能需要添加到销售订单的最后一件事是购买。"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:69
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125
 msgid ""
-"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the invoice when it is "
-"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only "
-"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is "
-"received."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:75
-msgid "Creating an invoice manually"
-msgstr "手工创建发票"
+"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to "
+":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select "
+"*Purchase Analytics*."
+msgstr "您将需要 [购买分析] 功能，以激活它，转到 ：菜单选择：'开票 -- * 配置 --* 设置'并选择 [购买分析]。"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:77
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129
 msgid ""
-"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales "
-"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales "
-"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services."
-msgstr "用户也可以不通过合同或者销售订单手工的创建发票。如果没有使用销售模块(报价)以及仓库模块, 建议使用手工创建发票。"
+"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic "
+"account."
+msgstr "在下达采购订单时，不要忘记添加正确的分析帐户。"
 
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:82
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135
 msgid ""
-"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create "
-"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:"
-msgstr "及时可以从销售订单中创建发票, 在一些特殊场景中还是需要手工创建发票 :"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:85
-msgid "if you need to create a refund"
-msgstr "如果需要创建退款"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:87
-msgid "If you need to give a discount"
-msgstr "如果需要折扣"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:89
-msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order"
-msgstr "如果需要变更为从销售订单开票"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:91
-msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business"
-msgstr "如果需要对不是主营业务的交易开票"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:94
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "其它"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:96
-msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:"
-msgstr "一些特定的模块还能够生成发票草案 :"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:98
-msgid "membership: invoice your members every year"
-msgstr "会员 :每年向会员开票"
-
-#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:100
-msgid "repairs: invoice your after-sale services"
-msgstr "维修 :售后服务的开票"
+"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this "
+"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it."
+msgstr "确认并接收采购订单后，您可以创建供应商帐单，这会自动将其添加到 SO 中，您可以在其中开具发票。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3
 msgid "Products & Prices"
@@ -1179,31 +703,31 @@ msgstr "如何用外币销售"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5
 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "价格表也可用于管理外币价格。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7
 msgid ""
 "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> "
 "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on "
 "Invoicing/Accounting apps."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在 ：\"菜单选择\"中选中 [允许多种货币]：\"开票/记帐 -* 设置\"。作为管理员，您需要对开票/会计应用的 [顾问] 访问权限。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in "
 "pricelist setup form."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "按货币创建一个价目表。\"新建\" 货币 + 字段显示在价目表设置窗体中。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
 "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in"
 " the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "要激活新货币，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"会计 --= 配置 --= 货币\"，在列表中选择它，然后按右上角的 [激活]。现在，它将显示货币下拉列表。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17
 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "外币价格可以分两种方式定义。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20
 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price"
@@ -1213,7 +737,7 @@ msgstr "从公开价格自动转换"
 msgid ""
 "The public price is in your company's main currency (see "
 ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "公开价格以您公司的主要货币（请参阅 ：菜单选择：\"会计 --* 设置\"），并在产品详细信息窗体中设置。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28
 msgid ""
@@ -1222,6 +746,8 @@ msgid ""
 "European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See"
 " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
+"转换率可在 ：菜单选择：\"会计 -= 配置 -= 货币\"中找到。他们可以更新从雅虎或欧洲中央银行在您的方便：手动，每日，每周等。请参阅 "
+"：菜单选择：\"会计 --= 设置\"。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40
 msgid "Set your own prices"
@@ -1231,7 +757,7 @@ msgstr "设置你自己的价格"
 msgid ""
 "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency"
 " rates."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果您不希望定价随货币汇率而变化，建议这样做。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49
 msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
@@ -1239,7 +765,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`pricing`"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3
 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何根据客户调整价格并应用折扣"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1251,10 +777,13 @@ msgid ""
 "they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. Choose your pricing"
 " strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo 拥有强大的价目表功能，支持针对您的业务量身定制的定价策略。价目表是 Odoo "
+"搜索以确定建议价格的价格或价格规则的列表。您可以设置多个价格以使用特定价格：期间、最小销售数量（满足最低订单数量并获取价格中断）等。由于价目表仅建议价格，因此完成销售订单的用户可以覆盖这些价目表。从"
+" ：菜单选择中选择您的定价策略：\"销售 -* 设置\"。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16
 msgid "Several prices per product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "每个产品有几个价格"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18
 msgid ""
@@ -1262,50 +791,52 @@ msgid ""
 "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab "
 "in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies."
 msgstr ""
+"要应用每个产品的若干价格，请在 ：菜单选择中选择 [每个客户细分的不同价格]：\"销售 --= 设置\"。然后在产品详细信息窗体中打开 [销售] "
+"选项卡。您可以按照以下策略结算。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23
 msgid "Prices per customer segment"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "每个客户群的价格"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "为您的客户细分创建价目表：例如注册、溢价等。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To "
 "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale "
 "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "应用于任何新客户的默认价目表是 \" 公共价目表]。要细分客户，请打开客户详细信息表单，并在 \"销售 + 购买\" 选项卡中更改 \"销售价目表\"。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38
 msgid "Temporary prices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "临时价格"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40
 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "申请银行假日等优惠。输入开始日期和结束日期。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals "
 "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "请确保您在交易期间之外的价目表中设置了默认价格。否则，一旦期间结束，可能会出现问题。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50
 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "每个最小数量价格"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56
 msgid ""
 "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first "
 "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "价格顺序并不重要。该系统是智能的，并应用与订单日期和/或最小数量相匹配的第一个价格。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60
 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "折扣、利润、凑整"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62
 msgid ""
@@ -1316,6 +847,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either "
 "(nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)."
 msgstr ""
+"第三个选项允许设置价格更改规则。更改可以相对于产品列表/目录价格、产品成本价或其他价目表。更改通过折扣或附加费计算，并可能强制在最低楼层（最小保证金）和上限（最大保证金）内进行计算。价格可以四舍五入到最接近的美分/美元或任意一个（最近"
+" 5 美分，最近的 10 美元）的倍数。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69
 msgid ""
@@ -1323,51 +856,52 @@ msgid ""
 " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use "
 "e-Commerce)."
 msgstr ""
+"安装后转到 ：菜单选择：'销售 -- = 配置 --= 价目表'（或 ：菜单选择：'网站管理员 --] 目录 --* 如果使用电子商务，则价格表）。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77
 msgid ""
 "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product "
 "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second"
 " option, you can set dates and minimum quantities."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "每个价目表项目都可以关联到所有产品、产品内部类别（产品集）或特定产品。与第二个选项一样，您可以设置日期和最小数量。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84
 msgid ""
 "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and "
 "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "再次，该系统是智能的。如果为特定项设置了规则，为其类别设置了另一个规则，Odoo 将采用该项的规则。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86
 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "确保至少有一个价目表项目涵盖您的所有产品。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88
 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "有3种计算模式：固定价格，折扣和公式。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93
 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "以下是不同的价格设置，由于公式。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96
 msgid "Discounts with roundings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "舍入折扣"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98
 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "20% 的折扣，价格四舍五入到 9.99。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104
 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "加价成本（零售）"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106
 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "例如，销售价格 = 2+成本（100% 加价），最低保证金为 5 美元。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112
 msgid "Prices per country"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "每个国家/地区的价格"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113
 msgid ""
@@ -1376,34 +910,37 @@ msgid ""
 "country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first "
 "pricelist without any country group."
 msgstr ""
+"价目表可以按国家/地区组设置。在 Odoo "
+"中记录的任何新客户都会获得一个默认价目表，即列表中第一个与国家/地区匹配的客户。如果未为客户设置任何国家/地区，Odoo "
+"会获取没有任何国家/地区组的第一个价目表。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116
 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "创建销售订单时，可以替换默认价目表。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118
 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "您可以通过在列表视图中拖放来更改价目表序列。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121
 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "计算并向客户显示折扣百分比"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123
 msgid ""
 "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount"
 " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在折扣的情况下，您可以在打印的销售订单和电子商务目录中显示公共价格和计算的折扣百分比。为此，"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125
 msgid ""
 "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> "
 "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在 \"菜单选择\"中选中 [允许销售订单行的折扣]：'销售 --= 配置 --= 设置 --= 报价 = 销售 --= 折扣。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126
 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在\"价目表\"设置窗体中应用该选项。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133
 msgid ":doc:`currencies`"
@@ -1415,11 +952,11 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3
 msgid "Manage your products"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "管理您的产品"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3
 msgid "How to import products with categories and variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何导入具有类别和变体的产品"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1451,7 +988,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't "
 "recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the "
 "import screen."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不要更改要导入的列的标签。否则，Odoo 将不再识别它们，您必须在导入屏幕中自行映射它们。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18
 msgid ""
@@ -1459,6 +996,7 @@ msgid ""
 " in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can "
 "make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields."
 msgstr ""
+"要添加新列，可以随意添加新列，但字段需要存在于 Odoo 中。如果 Odoo 未能将列名称与字段匹配，则可以通过浏览可用字段的列表在导入时手动进行导入。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24
 msgid "Why an “ID” column"
@@ -1468,7 +1006,7 @@ msgstr "为什么要用ID行"
 msgid ""
 "The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one "
 "of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ID 是行项的唯一标识符。随意使用您以前的软件之一，以缓解过渡到 Odoo。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29
 msgid ""
@@ -1510,460 +1048,416 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3
 msgid "Set taxes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation.rst:3
-msgid "Quotation"
-msgstr "报价单"
+msgstr "设置税率"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online.rst:3
-msgid "Online Quotation"
-msgstr "网上报价"
+#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3
+msgid "eBay"
+msgstr "eBay"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:3
-msgid "How to create and edit an online quotation?"
-msgstr "如何创建并编辑一个网上报价？"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3
+msgid "Send Quotations"
+msgstr "发送报价"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:9
-msgid "Enable Online Quotations"
-msgstr "激活网上报价"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3
+msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline"
+msgstr "用报价截止时间刺激客户"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:11
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"To send online quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the "
-"Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will "
-"prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already."
-msgstr ""
-"为了发送网上报价, 你必须首先激活在线报价功能在销售模块中, 从 :菜单选项:'配置-->设置'.这样做会提示你安装网站模块, 如果你还没装过的话。"
+"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline; Both to"
+" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer "
+"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a "
+"price that is no longer cost effective for you."
+msgstr "当您发送报价单时，设置报价单截止时间很重要;既能诱使客户采取行动，又害怕错过报价，并保护自己。您不希望以不再具有成本效益的价格完成订单。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"You can view the online version of each quotation you create after enabling "
-"this setting by selecting **Preview** from the top of the quotation."
-msgstr "在报价的顶部选择 **预览** 后, 你可以查看每个报价的网站版本。"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11
+msgid "Set a deadline"
+msgstr "设置截止日期"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:25
-msgid "Edit Your Online Quotations"
-msgstr "编辑你的网上报价"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13
+msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*."
+msgstr "在每个报价单或销售订单上，您可以添加 [到期日期]。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"The online quotation page can be edited for each quotation template in the "
-"Sales app via :menuselection:`Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. From "
-"within any quotation template, select **Edit Template** to be taken to the "
-"corresponding page of your website."
-msgstr "通过 :菜单选项:'配置-->报价模板', 可以编辑网上报价。在报价模板中选择和你的网上报价相关的模板。"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19
+msgid "Use deadline in templates"
+msgstr "在模板中使用截止时间"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:34
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"You can add text, images, and structural elements to the quotation page by "
-"dragging and dropping blocks from the pallet on the left sidebar menu. A "
-"table of contents will be automatically generated based on the content you "
-"add."
+"You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time "
+"that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find"
+" more info about quotation templates `here "
+"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-"
+"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_."
 msgstr ""
-"您可以从左侧边栏菜单上的托盘拖动, 放置模块来添加文本, 图像, 结构元素到报价页中。\n"
-"表的内容会根据你添加的内容自动生成。"
+"您还可以在 [报价模板] 中设置默认截止时间。每次在报价单中使用该模板时，都会应用该截止时间。您可以在这里找到有关报价模板的更多信息 `here "
+"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-"
+"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_."
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"Advanced descriptions for each product on a quotation are displayed on the "
-"online quotation page. These descriptions are inherited from the product "
-"page in your eCommerce Shop, and can be edited directly on the page through "
-"the inline text editor."
-msgstr "每个产品的进一步的描述显示在网页的报价上。这些描述继承于你的电子商店的产品页, 并且可以直接通过内嵌文本编辑器的页面上被编辑"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29
+msgid "On your customer side, they will see this."
+msgstr "在您的客户方面，他们将看到这一点。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:45
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3
+msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses"
+msgstr "将和发票递送到不同的地址"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"You can choose to allow payment immediately after the customer validates the"
-" quote by selecting a payment option on the quotation template."
-msgstr "你可以选择允许立即支付, 当客户通过在报价模板上选择付费模式验证这个报价后。"
+"In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. "
+"This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their "
+"invoice location."
+msgstr "在 Odoo 中，您可以为交货和开票配置不同的地址。这是关键，不是每个人都会具有相同的交货位置作为他们的发票位置。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"You can edit the webpage of an individual quotation as you would for any web"
-" page by clicking the **Edit** button. Changes made in this way will only "
-"affect the individual quotation."
-msgstr "您可以通过点击 **编辑** 按钮, 为任何网页编辑单个报价。以这种方式进行的更改只会影响个别报价。"
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the"
+" *Customer Addresses* feature."
+msgstr "转到 ：菜单选择：'销售 --= 配置 --= 设置'并激活 [客户地址] 功能。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:52
-msgid "Using Online Quotations"
-msgstr "使用网上报价"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19
+msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order"
+msgstr "向报价单或销售订单添加不同的地址"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:54
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"To share an online quotation with your customer, copy the URL of the online "
-"quotation, then share it with customer."
-msgstr "让你的客人分享你的网上报价, 复制这个网上报价的链接, 然后共享给你的客户。"
+"If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will"
+" automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for "
+"both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right "
+"from the quotation or sales order."
+msgstr ""
+"如果选择具有发票和交货地址集的客户，Odoo 将自动使用这些地址。如果只有一个，Odoo "
+"会将该一个用于两者，但您也可以立即更改它，并从报价单或销售订单中直接创建新的。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:60
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30
+msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer"
+msgstr "向客户添加发票和交货地址"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"Alternatively, your customer can access their online quotations by logging "
-"into your website through the customer portal. Your customer can accept or "
-"reject the quotation, print it, or negotiate the terms in the chat box. You "
-"will also receive a notification in the chatter within Odoo whenever the "
-"customer views the quotation."
-msgstr ""
-"此外, 客户可以通过客户门户网站登录到您的网站访问他们的网上报价。您的客户可以接受或拒绝的报价, 打印, "
-"或在聊天框中协商条款。您也可在内部Odoo聊天工具收到通知, 当客户查看报价时。"
+"If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, "
+"they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under "
+":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`."
+msgstr "如果要在报价单或销售订单之前将其添加到客户，则它们将添加到客户窗体中。转到以下任何客户表单：'销售 --= 订单 --= 客户'。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup.rst:3
-msgid "Setup"
-msgstr "设置"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36
+msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer."
+msgstr "从那里，您可以向客户添加新地址。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3
-msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?"
-msgstr "如何使用不同的发票和交货地址？"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42
+msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders"
+msgstr "报价单/销售订单上的各种地址"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:8
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44
 msgid ""
-"It is possible to configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. "
-"This is very useful, because it could happen that your clients have multiple"
-" locations and that the invoice address differs from the delivery location."
-msgstr "可以给发票和交货分别配置不同的地址。这很有用, 因为你的顾客有时候会会这样的状况 :会有多个和发票地址不同的交货地址。"
+"These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you "
+"send by email or print."
+msgstr "然后，这两个地址将用于您通过电子邮件发送或打印的报价单或销售订单。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:16
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3
+msgid "Get paid to confirm an order"
+msgstr "获得付款以确认订单"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"First, go to the Sales application, then click on "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option **Enable"
-" the multiple address configuration from menu**."
-msgstr "首先, 进入销售模块, 然后点击 :`配置 --> 设置` 并激活 **从菜单可以进行多个地址配置** 。"
+"You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving "
+"the time of both your customers and yourself."
+msgstr "您可以使用在线付款自动确认订单。节省客户和您自己的时间。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:24
-msgid "Set the addresses on the contact form"
-msgstr "在联系表单中设置地址"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9
+msgid "Activate online payment"
+msgstr "激活在线付款"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:26
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Invoice and/or shipping addresses and even other addresses are added on the "
-"contact form. To do so, go to the contact application, select the customer "
-"and in the **Contacts & Addresses** tab click on **Create**"
-msgstr ""
-"发票和／或交货地址以及其余的地址都可以在联系表单中添加。要这样做, 进入联系人应用, 选择客户并并在 **联系人和地址** 页面点击 **创建** 。"
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the"
+" *Online Signature & Payment* feature."
+msgstr "转到 ：菜单选择：'销售 --= 配置 --= 设置'并激活 [在线签名 + 付款] 功能。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:33
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"A new window will open where you can specify the delivery or the invoice "
-"address."
-msgstr "在新打开的窗口, 你能指定交货地址或者发票地址。"
+"Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your "
+"acquirers of choice."
+msgstr "一旦进入 [付款收购者] 菜单，您可以选择并配置您选择的收购者。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:39
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"Once you validated your addresses, it will appear in the **Contacts & "
-"addresses** tab with distinctive logos."
-msgstr "一旦你确认了地址, 就会以不同头像呈现在 **联系人和地址** 页面。"
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:46
-msgid "On the quotations and sales orders"
-msgstr "在报价单和销售订单上"
+"You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment "
+"acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, "
+"`Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) "
+"<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the "
+"`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_."
+msgstr ""
+"您可以找到各种文件，了解如何支付与付款收购方，如\"Paypal "
+"../../电子商务/购物者[经验/贝宝]，\"Authorize.Net（信用卡支付）[.]/../电子商务/购物者[经验/授权]，以及\"电子商务文档\"下的其他人员。/../电子商务*。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"When you create a new quotation, the option to select an invoice address and"
-" a delivery address is now available. Both addresses will automatically be "
-"filled in when selecting the customer."
-msgstr "在创建新的报价单时, 能看到选择发票地址和交货地址的选项。在选择客户的时候两个字段都会自动的被填入内容。"
+"If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also "
+"pick a default setting for each template."
+msgstr "如果使用\"报价模板\"。./报价_模板__，您还可以为每个模板选择一个默认设置。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:56
-msgid ""
-"Note that you can also create invoice and delivery addresses on the fly by "
-"selecting **Create and edit** in the dropdown menu."
-msgstr "注意你还可以通过在下拉菜单中选择 **创建并编辑** 随手创建发票和交货地址。"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36
+msgid "Register a payment"
+msgstr "登记付款"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:59
-msgid "When printing your sales orders, you'll notice the two addresses."
-msgstr "打印销售订单的时候, 你会看到有两个地址。"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online."
+msgstr "从您发送的报价电子邮件中，您的客户将能够在线付款。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:3
-msgid "How to create my first quotation?"
-msgstr "如何创建我的第一个报价？"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3
+msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order"
+msgstr "获取签名以确认订单"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:8
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Quotations are documents sent to customers to offer an estimated cost for a "
-"particular set of goods or services. The customer can accept the quotation, "
-"in which case the seller will have to issue a sales order, or refuse it."
-msgstr "报价单是发送给客户的用于提供产品或者服务预估成本的文档。客户可以接收报价, 这时候销售人员就需要发布一个销售订单。或者客户不接受。"
+"You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you"
+" and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a "
+"traditional process."
+msgstr "您可以使用在线签名自动确认订单。与传统流程相比，您和您的客户都将通过使用此功能节省时间。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:13
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10
+msgid "Activate online signature"
+msgstr "激活在线签名"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"For example, my company sells electronic products and my client Agrolait "
-"showed interest in buying ``3 iPads`` to facilitate their operations. I "
-"would like to send them a quotation for those iPads with a sales price of "
-"``320 USD`` by iPad with a ``5%`` discount."
+"If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id"
+"=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a "
+"default setting for each template."
 msgstr ""
-"例如, 我们的公司销售电子产品并且我的客户Agrolait有兴趣购买\" 3 iPads \\ \"。我会发给他们一个这些Ipad的报价单, 报价\" "
-"320 USD \\ \",\" 5% \\ \"的折扣。"
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:18
-msgid "This section will show you how to proceed."
-msgstr "本节将告诉您如何进行。"
+"如果您使用的是\"报价模板<https://drive.google.com/open?id=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-"
+"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_,您还可以为每个模板选择默认设置。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:24
-msgid "Install the Sales Management module"
-msgstr "安装 销售管理 模块"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23
+msgid "Validate an order with a signature"
+msgstr "使用签名验证订单"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:26
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"In order to be able to issue your first quotation, you'll need to install "
-"the **Sales Management** module from the app module in the Odoo backend."
-msgstr "为了能发出你的第一个报价单, 你需要在Odoo后台的APP模块中安装 **销售管理** 模块。"
+"When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online"
+" instantly."
+msgstr "当您向客户发送报价单时，他们可以接受报价并立即在线签名。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:34
-msgid "Allow discounts on sales order line"
-msgstr "允许指定销售行的折扣信息"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30
+msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start."
+msgstr "一旦签署报价将被确认，交货将开始。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:36
-msgid ""
-"Allowing discounts on quotations is a common sales practice to improve the "
-"chances to convert the prospect into a client."
-msgstr "在报价单上允许设置折扣是一个常见的销售活动, 它可以改进把潜在客户变成正式客户的机会。"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3
+msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products"
+msgstr "使用建议产品提高销售额"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:39
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"In our example, we wanted to grant ``Agrolait`` with a ``5%`` discount on "
-"the sale price. To enable the feature, go into the **Sales** application, "
-"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Quotations "
-"and Sales**, tick **Allow discounts on sales order line** (see picture "
-"below) and apply your changes."
-msgstr ""
-"在我们的示例中, 我们想要给\" Agrolait \\ \"一个\" 5% \\ \"的销售折扣。要想使用该特性, 进入 **销售** 应用, 选择 "
-":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 然后在 **报价和销售** 勾选 "
-"**允许在销售订单行折扣** (见下图)并且\" 应用 \\ \"变更。"
+"The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful "
+"products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could"
+" be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset."
+msgstr "使用建议的产品是试图向您的客户提供相关和有用的产品。例如，购买手机的客户可能会看到保护套、屏幕盖和耳机等配件。"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11
+msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates"
+msgstr "将建议的产品添加到报价模板"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49
-msgid "Create your quotation"
-msgstr "创建销售询价单"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13
+msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*."
+msgstr "建议的产品可以在 [报价模板] 上设置。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:51
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"To create your first quotation, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> "
-"Quotations` and click on **Create**. Then, complete your quotation as "
-"follows:"
-msgstr ""
-"要创建你的第一个报价单, 点击 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 报价单(Quotations)` 并点击 **创建** "
-"。然后, 按照以下步骤完成报价 :"
+"Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add"
+" related products or services."
+msgstr "在模板上一次，您可以看到一个 [建议产品] 选项卡，您可以在其中添加相关产品或服务。"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23
+msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation."
+msgstr "您还可以在报价单上添加或修改建议的产品。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:55
-msgid "Customer and Products"
-msgstr "客户与产品"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26
+msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation"
+msgstr "将建议的产品添加到报价中"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:57
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28
 msgid ""
-"The basic elements to add to any quotation are the customer (the person you "
-"will send your quotation to) and the products you want to sell. From the "
-"quotation view, choose the prospect from the **Customer** drop-down list and"
-" under **Order Lines**, click on **Add an item** and select your product. Do"
-" not forget to manually add the number of items under **Ordered Quantity** "
-"and the discount if applicable."
-msgstr ""
-"添加到报价单中的基本信息是客户(你要发送的那个人)和要卖的产品。\n"
-"从报价单视图中, 在 **客户** 的下拉列表中选择客户, 并且在 **订单行** 点击 **添加一个新的项目** 并选择产品。不要忘了在 **订单数量** 手工的更改数量以及折扣(如果安装了此特性)。"
+"When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the"
+" suggested products to the order."
+msgstr "从收到的电子邮件中打开报价单时，客户可以将建议的产品添加到订单中。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:67
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"If you don't have any customer or product recorded on your Odoo environment "
-"yet, you can create them on the fly directly from your quotations :"
-msgstr "如果在你的Odoo环境中还没有客户或者产品, 你可以在创建报价单的时候随手创建客户或者产品 :"
+"The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on "
+"any of the little carts."
+msgstr "当点击任何小购物车时，产品将立即添加到他们的报价。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:71
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"To add a new customer, click on the **Customer** drop-down menu and click on"
-" **Create and edit**. In this new window, you will be able to record all the"
-" customer details, such as the address, website, phone number and person of "
-"contact."
-msgstr ""
-"添加一个新的客户, 点击 **客户** 的下拉菜单并且点击 **创建和编辑** 。在新的窗口中, 你将能记录客户所有的详细信息, 例如地址, 网址, "
-"电话号码和个人联系信息"
+"Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or "
+"pay to confirm the quotation."
+msgstr "根据您的确认过程，他们可以进行数字签名或付款以确认报价。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:76
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"To add a new product, under **Order line**, click on add an item and on "
-"**Create and Edit** from the drop-down list. You will be able to record your"
-" product information (product type, cost, sale price, invoicing policy, "
-"etc.) along with a picture."
-msgstr ""
-"要添加一个新的产品, 在 **订单行** 中点击添加一个新项目并在下拉列表中选择 **创建和编辑** 。你就可以记录按照以下图片记录产品信息(产品类型,"
-" 成本, 销售价格, 开票规则等)"
+"Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales"
+" order, letting the salesperson see it."
+msgstr "客户对报价单的每次移动都将在销售订单中进行跟踪，让销售人员看到。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82
-msgid "Taxes"
-msgstr "税"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3
+msgid "Use quotation templates"
+msgstr "使用报价模板"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:84
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"To parameter taxes, simply go on the taxes section of the product line and "
-"click on **Create and Edit**. Fill in the details (for example if you are "
-"subject to a ``21%`` taxe on your sales, simply fill in the right amount in "
-"percentage) and save."
-msgstr "要设置税的参数, 只需要在产品行的税字段点击 **创建和编辑** 。填写详细信息(例如你们的销项税是\" 21% \\ \")并保存。"
+"If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time "
+"by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a "
+"complete quotation in no time."
+msgstr "如果您经常销售相同的产品或服务，则可以通过创建自定义报价模板来节省大量时间。通过使用模板，您可以不及时发送完整的报价单。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:93
-msgid "Terms and conditions"
-msgstr "条款和条件"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "配置"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:95
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"You can select the expiration date of your quotation and add your company's "
-"terms and conditions directly in your quotation (see picture below)."
-msgstr "你可以选择报价单的到期日期并且可以直接在报价单中添加公司的条款和条件(见下图)。"
+"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> "
+"Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*."
+msgstr "要此功能正常工作，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"销售 --* 配置 --* 设置\"并激活 [报价模板]。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:103
-msgid "Preview and send quotation"
-msgstr "预览并发送报价"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19
+msgid "Create your first template"
+msgstr "创建第一个模板"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:105
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"If you want to see what your quotation looks like before sending it, click "
-"on the **Print** button (upper left corner). It will give you a printable "
-"PDF version with all your quotation details."
-msgstr "在发送报价单之前, 如果想预览报价单。可以点击 **打印** 按钮(右上角)。它会给你呈现出一个带有详细信息的PDF版本"
+"You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Configuration`."
+msgstr "您将在 ：菜单选择：\"销售 -* 配置\"下找到模板菜单。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:113
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"Update your company's details (address, website, logo, etc) appearing on "
-"your quotation from the the **Settings** menu on the app switcher, and on "
-"click on the link :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> "
-"Configure company data`."
-msgstr ""
-"更新你的公司的会显示在报价单上的详细信息(地址, 网址, 图标等) :进入 **设置** 菜单 : menuselection "
-":`设置(Settings) --> 通用设置(General settings) --> 配置公司的数据(Configure company "
-"data)` 。"
+"You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to"
+" select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for"
+" the quotation."
+msgstr "然后，您可以创建或编辑现有。命名后，您可以选择产品及其数量以及报价单的过期时间。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:118
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"Click on **Send by email** to automatically send an email to your customer "
-"with the quotation as an attachment. You can adjust the email body before "
-"sending it and even save it as a template if you wish to reuse it."
-msgstr ""
-"点击 **通过电邮发送** 可以自动的把报价单作为电子邮件的附件发送给你的客户。你可以在发送邮件之前调整邮件内容, 甚至可以把它保存, "
-"作为以后可以重复使用的模板"
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:127
-msgid ":doc:`../online/creation`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../online/creation` "
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:128
-msgid ":doc:`optional`"
-msgstr ":doc:`optional` "
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:129
-msgid ":doc:`terms_conditions`"
-msgstr ":doc:`terms_conditions` "
+"On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated "
+"in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration "
+"and can be alterated by customer pricelists."
+msgstr "在每个模板上，如果选项在 [销售] 设置中激活，您还可以指定折扣。基本价格在产品配置中设置，可以由客户价目表更改。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:3
-msgid "How to display optional products on a quotation?"
-msgstr "如何在报价显示可选产品？"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38
+msgid "Edit your template"
+msgstr "编辑模板"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:8
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40
 msgid ""
-"The use of suggested products is a marketing strategy that attempts to "
-"increase the amount a customer spends once they begin the buying process. "
-"For instance, a customer purchasing a cell phone could be shown accessories "
-"like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset. In Odoo, a customer can"
-" be presented with additional products that are relevant to their chosen "
-"purchase in one of several locations."
+"You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept "
+"or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and "
+"products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the "
+"quotation editor."
 msgstr ""
-"建议产品的使用是一种营销策略, 能够吸引客户在购买过程中花费更多。例如, 当客户购买手机的时候, 一些配件, 例如保护盖, 保护屏, "
-"耳机等可以作为配套出现。在Odoo中, 客户可以和额外的产品一并呈现出来。"
+"您可以编辑他们看到的模板的客户界面，以接受或支付报价单。这使您能够描述您的公司、服务和产品。当您单击 [编辑模板] 时，您将被带到报价编辑器。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:18
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51
 msgid ""
-"Suggested products can be added to quotations directly, or to the ecommerce "
-"platform via each product form. In order to use suggested products, you will"
-" need to have the **Ecommerce** app installed:"
-msgstr "\" 建议产品“能被直接加到报价中, 或者通过每个产品界面到电商平台。为了使用 \"建议产品“, 你需要安装 **电商** 模块。"
+"This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building"
+" blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated"
+" to each product."
+msgstr "这样，通过拖放构建基块，您可以编辑描述内容。要描述您的产品，在专用于每个产品的区域中添加内容块。"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"The description set for the products will be used in all quotations "
+"templates containing those products."
+msgstr "产品的描述集将用于包含这些产品的所有报价模板。"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63
+msgid "Use a quotation template"
+msgstr "使用报价单模板"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:23
-msgid "Quotations"
-msgstr "报价单"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65
+msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template."
+msgstr "创建报价单时，您可以选择模板。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:25
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70
+msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation."
+msgstr "该模板中的每个产品都将添加到您的报价单中。"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73
 msgid ""
-"To add suggested products to quotations, you must first enable online "
-"quotations in the Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install the Website app if you "
-"haven't already."
-msgstr ""
-"要添加建议产品到报价单, 您必须首先从销售应用程序启用网上报价 :菜单选项:`配置 - > 设置` 。这样做会提示你安装的网站应用程序, "
-"如果你还没装的话。"
+"You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* "
+"settings."
+msgstr "您可以在 [销售] 设置中选择要默认建议的模板。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:32
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77
+msgid "Confirm the quotation"
+msgstr "确认报价单"
+
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79
 msgid ""
-"You will then be able to add suggested products to your individual "
-"quotations and quotation templates under the **Suggested Products** tab of a"
-" quotation."
-msgstr "然后你可以添加建议产品到你的各个报价或在 **建议产品** 标签页的报价模板中。"
+"Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital "
+"signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself."
+msgstr "模板还简化了具有数字签名或在线付款的客户确认流程。您可以在模板本身中选择它。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:39
-msgid "Website Sales"
-msgstr "网站销售"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86
+msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it."
+msgstr "现在，每个报价单都将添加此设置。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:41
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88
 msgid ""
-"You can add suggested products to a product on its product form, under the "
-"Website heading in the **Sales** tab. **Suggested products** will appear on "
-"the *product* page, and **Accessory Products** will appear on the *cart* "
-"page prior to checkout."
-msgstr ""
-"你可以添加建议产品到产品的界面, 在网站的 **销售** 页签下。 **建议产品** 会显示在 **产品** 页, **配套产品** 会在结账前显示在 "
-"*购物车* 页。"
+"Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation."
+msgstr "当然，您仍然可以更改它，并使其特定于每个报价单。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:3
-msgid "How to link terms and conditions to a quotation?"
-msgstr "如何在报价单中链接一个条款或者条件？"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3
+msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders"
+msgstr "为订单添加条款和条件"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:8
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship "
 "between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal "
-"information which include products and company policy so customer can read "
-"all those terms before committing to anything."
+"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer"
+" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything."
 msgstr ""
+"指定条款和条件对于确保客户和卖家之间的良好关系至关重要。每个卖家必须申报所有正式信息，包括产品和公司政策;允许客户在承诺任何事情之前阅读所有条款的所有内容。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:13
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Thanks to Odoo you can easily include your default terms and conditions on "
-"every quotation, sales order and invoice."
-msgstr ""
+"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every "
+"quotation, sales order and invoice."
+msgstr "Odoo 可让您在每个报价单、销售订单和发票上轻松包含默认条款和条件。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"Let's take the following example: Your company sells water bottles to "
-"restaurants and you would like to add the following standard terms and "
-"conditions on all your quotations:"
-msgstr "我们看一下下面示例 :你的公司给餐馆销售水瓶并且你需要在以下的报价单中添加标准条款:"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15
+msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions"
+msgstr "设置默认条款和条件"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:20
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"*Safe storage of the products of MyCompany is necessary in order to ensure "
-"their quality, MyCompany will not be held accountable in case of unsafe "
-"storage of the products.*"
-msgstr ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
+"*Default Terms & Conditions*."
+msgstr "转到 ：菜单选择：'销售 --= 配置 --= 设置'并激活 [默认条款和条件]。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:25
-msgid "General terms and conditions"
-msgstr "通用条款"
-
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:27
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"General terms and conditions can be specified in the Sales settings. They "
-"will then automatically appear on every sales document from the quotation to"
-" the invoice."
-msgstr "通用条款可以在销售设置中进行指定。它们将自动显示到从报价单到发票过程中的每个销售文档上。"
+"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then "
+"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice."
+msgstr "在该框中，您可以添加默认条款和条件。然后，它们将显示在每个报价单、SO 和发票上。"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"To specify your Terms and Conditions go into : :menuselection:`Sales --> "
-"Configuration --> Settings --> Default Terms and Conditions`."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33
+msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions"
+msgstr "设置更详细的条款和条件"
 
-#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:36
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"After saving, your terms and conditions will appear on your new quotations, "
-"sales orders and invoices (in the system but also on your printed "
-"documents)."
-msgstr "保存之后，你的条款将显示到新的报价单、销售订单和发票上（系统中有显示，你打印的单据上也有显示）"
+"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish"
+" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo."
+msgstr "一个好主意是分享更详细的或结构化的条件是在网上发布，并在Odoo的条款和条件中引用该链接。"
 
-#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3
-msgid "eBay"
-msgstr "eBay"
+#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured "
+"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default"
+" attachment for all quotation emails sent."
+msgstr "您还可以将包含更详细和结构化条件的外部文档附加到发送给客户的电子邮件中。您甚至可以为所有发送的报价电子邮件设置默认附件。"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
index 8551cfde6b..a0cab31ad1 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
@@ -1,16 +1,32 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2017
+# waveyeung <waveyeung@qq.com>, 2017
+# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# j d <catfire@qq.com>, 2017
+# xiaobin wu <bd5dml@gmail.com>, 2017
+# 思昀 邹 <1025772003@qq.com>, 2017
+# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2017
+# fausthuang, 2017
+# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2017
+# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2017
+# Martin Trigaux, 2017
+# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017
+# 凡 杨 <sailfan_yang@qq.com>, 2018
+# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: xiaobin wu <bd5dml@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-20 09:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -144,7 +160,7 @@ msgstr "最后，你会获得一个客户端ID。将此ID复制粘贴到Odoo。"
 msgid ""
 "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past"
 " your Client ID."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在Odoo中打开你的网站控制面板并链接到你的分析账户。来通过您的客户ID。"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67
 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API."
@@ -540,20 +556,11 @@ msgstr "HTML 页面"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234
 msgid ""
-"Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using the "
-":menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove extra "
-"space and tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc."
-msgstr ""
-"可从**网站管理员*程序中配置更低的HTML页面，使用:menuselection:`Configuration` menu. "
-"这将自动在HTML代码中删除额外的空间和标签，减少标签的代码，等等。"
-
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241
-msgid ""
-"On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually "
-"handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)."
-msgstr "最重要的是，HTML页面可压缩，但这通常由Web服务器处理(Nginx或Apache)。"
+"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web "
+"server (NGINX or Apache)."
+msgstr "HTML页面可以压缩，但这通常由您的Web服务器（NGINX或Apache）处理。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:244
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:237
 msgid ""
 "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short "
 "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, "
@@ -561,39 +568,39 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Odoo网站建设者进行了优化，确保简短而干净的HTML代码。模块已开发, 用于制作干净的HTML代码，通常使用bootstrap和HTML编辑器。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:248
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241
 msgid ""
 "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a "
 "paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the "
 "following code:"
 msgstr "例如，如果你使用颜色选择器来改变一个段落的颜色, 同网站的主色调，Odoo将产生以下代码："
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:252
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245
 msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``"
 msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">文字</p>``"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:254
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:247
 msgid ""
 "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following "
 "code:"
 msgstr "而大多数的HTML编辑器(如CKEditor)会产生下面的代码："
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:257
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250
 msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``"
 msgstr "\" <p style=\\ \\ \"color : #AB0201\\ \" >一些文本</p> \\ \""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:253
 msgid "Responsive Design"
 msgstr "响应式设计"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:262
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255
 msgid ""
 "As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in"
 " Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render "
 "efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone."
 msgstr "截至2015，网站受Google的负面影响。Odoo依靠引导3提供有效地根据, 设备有：台式机，平板电脑或手机。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263
 msgid ""
 "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your "
 "website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have "
@@ -602,11 +609,11 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Odoo模块共享相同的技术，网站上的所有页面绝对支持移动。(传统的CMS支持移动，但一些具体模块或页面设计不支持移动, 因他们都有自己的CSS框架)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:277
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270
 msgid "Browser caching"
 msgstr "浏览器缓存"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272
 msgid ""
 "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically "
 "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through "
@@ -621,17 +628,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. "
 "如果修改网站的CSS, URL的``457-0da1d9d`` 部分URL会改变。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:286
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279
 msgid ""
 "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: "
 "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource."
 msgstr "这让Odoo树立了一个很长的缓存延迟 (XXX) , 对这些资源：XXX秒，即时更新如果你更新资源。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287
 msgid "Scalability"
 msgstr "扩展性"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:289
 msgid ""
 "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' "
 "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link "
@@ -641,7 +648,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "除了速度快，Odoo也比传统的CMS和电子商务更具可扩展性 (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop).  "
 "以下链接提供了主要的开源CMS和电子商务与Odoo的分析相比，当高查询量时。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:301
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294
 msgid ""
 "`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide"
 "/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__"
@@ -649,41 +656,41 @@ msgstr ""
 "`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide"
 "/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296
 msgid ""
 "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo"
 " CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)"
 msgstr "这些幻灯片总结了可扩展性的Odoo电子商务和 Odoo CMS。(基于Odoo 8版，Odoo 9更快)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303
 msgid "URLs handling"
 msgstr "URL处理"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:313
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:306
 msgid "URLs Structure"
 msgstr "URL结构"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:315
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:308
 msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:"
 msgstr "一个典型的Odoo URL看起来是："
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:317
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310
 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
 msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:319
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312
 msgid "With the following components:"
 msgstr "有以下组件："
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:321
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314
 msgid "**https://** = Protocol"
 msgstr "**https://** = 协议"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:323
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:316
 msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name"
 msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = 你的域名"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:318
 msgid ""
 "**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if "
 "the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, "
@@ -694,7 +701,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "=网页的语言。URL这部分将删除，如果访问者浏览网站的主要语言(英语被默认为主要语言，但是你可以设置一个语言为主要语言)。因此，这一页的英文版本是：https://www.mysite.com/shop/product"
 "/my-great-product-31"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:324
 msgid ""
 "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the"
 " catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This"
@@ -702,7 +709,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "**/商店/产品**=每个模块定义了命名空间(/商店是为电子商务模块的目录，/商店/产品是为产品页)。此名称不能定制，以避免在不同URL中引起冲突。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329
 msgid ""
 "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the "
 "product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A "
@@ -713,113 +720,113 @@ msgstr ""
 "**伟大的产品* *=默认情况下，这是指slugified称号的产品。但你可以自定义。产品名为 \"Pain "
 "carré\"。根据命名空间，这可能是不同的对象(博客文章，网页标题，论坛帖子，论坛评论，产品类别等)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336
 msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product"
 msgstr "**-31** = 产品的唯一ID号"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:338
 msgid ""
 "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an "
 "example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:"
 msgstr "请注意，任何一个网址的动态组件都可以减少它的ID。举个例子，下面的URL重定了301："
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:341
 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)"
 msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (短的版本)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:350
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343
 msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)"
 msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (更短版本)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345
 msgid ""
 "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product "
 "name)"
 msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (旧产品名)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348
 msgid ""
 "This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle "
 "efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time."
 msgstr "当产品随着时间变化, URL的较短的版本非常游泳, 并高效处理301重定向。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352
 msgid ""
 "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a "
 "post):"
 msgstr "一些URL有几个动态部分，如这个(一个博客类别和一个职位)："
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:362
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355
 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56"
 msgstr "https ://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:364
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:357
 msgid "In the above example:"
 msgstr "在上面的例子 :"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359
 msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog"
 msgstr "公司新闻 :博客的标题"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:368
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361
 msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post"
 msgstr "Odoo故事：是一个特定的博客文章的标题"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:363
 msgid ""
 "When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL "
 "(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by "
 "search engines. Example:"
 msgstr "当Odoo页面有一个寻呼机，页码直接在URL设置(没有得到GET论证)。这使得搜索引擎可索引每个页面。例如:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:374
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:367
 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3"
 msgstr "https ://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370
 msgid ""
 "Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although"
 " most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not "
 "always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10."
 msgstr "像fr\\_FR 的语言代码并不完美。虽然大多数搜索引擎把\"\\_\"作为分离器，但并非一直如此。我们计划在Odoo 10改进。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375
 msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles"
 msgstr "在URLs & Titles中改进"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:384
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377
 msgid ""
 "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your "
 "product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:"
 msgstr "当页面的网址改变(例如，一个你的产品名称的更友好的版本)，不必担心更新所有链接："
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380
 msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL"
 msgstr "Odoo将自动在新的URL更新所有链接"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382
 msgid ""
 "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be "
 "done to route visitors to the new website"
 msgstr "如果外部网站仍然用旧的网址，301重定向将引导访问者到新的网站"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:392
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:385
 msgid "As an example, this URL:"
 msgstr "举个例子, 这 URL:"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:394
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387
 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31"
 msgstr "http ://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:396
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389
 msgid "Will automatically redirect to :"
 msgstr "将自动重定向到 :"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:398
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:391
 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31"
 msgstr "http ://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:400
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:393
 msgid ""
 "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and"
 " the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old "
@@ -828,11 +835,11 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "总之，只要改变博客的标题或产品的名称，变化将自动应用于在网站所有地方。旧的链接仍适用于外部网站的链接。(用301重定向, 为了不丢失SEO链接)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:406
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:399
 msgid "HTTPS"
 msgstr "HTTPS"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:408
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:401
 msgid ""
 "As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL"
 " websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on "
@@ -842,86 +849,86 @@ msgstr ""
 "截至2014年8月，谷歌提升排名添加到安全的HTTPS / SSL的网站。因此，默认情况下, "
 "所有Odoo在线实例是完全基于HTTPS来实现。如果访问者通过非HTTPS URL访问您的网站，它产生一个与HTTPS同等效果的301重定向。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:407
 msgid "Links: nofollow strategy"
 msgstr "链接 : nofollow 策略"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:409
 msgid ""
 "Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how "
 "your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is "
 "linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO."
 msgstr "链接到你自己的页面的网站在你的页面如何在不同的搜索引擎中排名起着重要的作用。越多从外部和高质量的网站链接到你的页面，你的SEO更优化。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414
 msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:"
 msgstr "Odoo以下的策略来管理链接："
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416
 msgid ""
 "Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", "
 "which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked "
 "page."
 msgstr "你手动创建的每一个链接, 在Odoo是\"dofollow\"，这意味着，这链接将有助于SEO。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:427
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420
 msgid ""
 "Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that "
 "links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too."
 msgstr "每个由贡献者创建的环节(论坛，博客评论，…)，链接到自己的网站也是“dofollow”。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:430
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423
 msgid ""
 "But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is "
 "\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links "
 "on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation."
 msgstr "但贡献者的每个链接到外部网站的是“nofollow”。这样，你就不会有你的网站链接到坏名声的第三方网站的风险。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:435
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:428
 msgid ""
 "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be "
 "trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` "
 "attribute."
 msgstr "请注意，当使用该论坛时，可放心使用很多贡献者的Karma。在这种情况下，他们的链接将不会有``rel=\"nofollow\"``的属性。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:433
 msgid "Multi-language support"
 msgstr "多国语言支持"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436
 msgid "Multi-language URLs"
 msgstr "多国语言 URL"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:438
 msgid ""
 "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be "
 "available in different URLs, depending on the language used:"
 msgstr "如果在多个语言中运行一个网站，在不同的URL将看到相同的内容，这取决于所使用的语言："
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:441
 msgid ""
 "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = "
 "default)"
 msgstr "https ://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (英文 = 默认)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443
 msgid ""
 "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French "
 "version)"
 msgstr "https ://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (法文)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445
 msgid ""
 "In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have "
 "several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , "
 "pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)."
 msgstr "在这个例子中，fr\\_FR是网页的语言。你甚至可以有同一语言的一些变化：pt\\_BR(巴西的葡萄牙语)，pt\\_PT(葡萄牙的葡萄牙语)。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450
 msgid "Language annotation"
 msgstr "语言诠释"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:459
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452
 msgid ""
 "To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first "
 "URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> "
@@ -931,7 +938,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "告诉谷歌，第二个URL是第一个URL的法语翻译，Odoo将在文件顶端增加HTML链接元素。英文版本的HTML <head> "
 "部分，Odoo自动添加可指向其他网页的链接元素；"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:464
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457
 msgid ""
 "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" "
 "href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>"
@@ -939,28 +946,28 @@ msgstr ""
 "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" "
 "href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:467
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:460
 msgid "With this approach:"
 msgstr "用这种方法："
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:469
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:462
 msgid ""
 "Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose"
 " the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google"
 msgstr "谷歌知道你所在网页的各种不同的翻译版本并且会根据浏览者在谷歌上搜索的语言来推荐合适的版本。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466
 msgid ""
 "You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since"
 " it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same "
 "content."
 msgstr "如果页面还没有翻译，就不会被谷歌惩罚，因为它不是一个重复的内容，而是在不同版本中相同的内容。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471
 msgid "Language detection"
 msgstr "语言检测"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:480
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473
 msgid ""
 "When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. "
 "yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated "
@@ -969,14 +976,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "当访客首次登陆你的网站(例如yourwebsite.com/shop)，可能会自动链接到他所用的语言的网页：(例如yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:485
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478
 msgid ""
 "Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time "
 "visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current "
 "language to avoid any redirection."
 msgstr "只有访客第一次登陆网页时, Odoo才会重定向访客所用的语言。在那之后，它保留了当前语言，以避免任何重定向。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:482
 msgid ""
 "To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of"
 " the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. "
@@ -986,15 +993,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "迫使客人使用默认语言，您可在链接中使用语言的默认编码，例如: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. "
 "这将让访问者只登陆英文版本的页面，而不使用浏览器语言。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:496
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
 msgid "Meta Tags"
 msgstr "元标签"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:499
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:492
 msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description"
 msgstr "标题，关键字和描述"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:494
 msgid ""
 "Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and "
 "``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search "
@@ -1005,7 +1012,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "每一个网页都应该定义 ``<title>``, ``<description>`` 和 ``<keywords>`` "
 "。这些信息便于搜索引擎根据一个特定的搜索查询用来对你的网站进行排名和分类。因此，重要的是要有符合人们谷歌搜索的标题和关键字。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:507
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:500
 msgid ""
 "In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your "
 "website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website "
@@ -1015,13 +1022,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "写出高质量的Meta标签，这将提升您的网站流量，在高级网站建设者吧, "
 "Odoo提供**促进**的工具。这个工具将与谷歌联系，给你关于你的关键字的信息，并在页面中匹配标题和内容。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:516
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:509
 msgid ""
 "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for "
 "every language of a single page;"
 msgstr "如果你的网站是在多语言，你可在每个单页使用对每一种语言使用Promote 工具；"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:519
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512
 msgid ""
 "In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your"
 " content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo "
@@ -1030,24 +1037,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "在SEO方面，内容为王。因此，博客在你的内容战略中发挥着重要的作用。为了帮助你优化你的博客文章，Odoo提供的页面可让你快速浏览你所有博客文章的meta标签。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521
 msgid ""
 "This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged "
 "in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword "
 "information."
 msgstr "此/博客页面为那些作为未登陆的网站管理员呈现不同的信息。他们没有得到警告和关键字信息。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:526
 msgid "Sitemap"
 msgstr "站点地图"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528
 msgid ""
 "Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For "
 "performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours."
 msgstr "Odoo将自动生成``/sitemap.xml``文件。基于性能原因，该文件被缓存，并将每12小时更新一次。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:538
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:531
 msgid ""
 "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you "
 "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, "
@@ -1059,22 +1066,22 @@ msgstr ""
 " protocol <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ 在每个文件的45000中分组Sitemap "
 "URL。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:544
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:537
 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:"
 msgstr "每一个网站的入口有4个属性，自动计算："
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:539
 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page"
 msgstr "``<loc>`` : 一页的 URL"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:541
 msgid ""
 "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed "
 "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this"
 " could be the last modification date of the product or the page"
 msgstr "``<lastmod>`` : 资源的最后修改日期，基于相关对象自动计算。一页关联一个产品，这可能是该产品或页面的最后修改日期"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546
 msgid ""
 "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on"
 " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number"
@@ -1084,11 +1091,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "``<priority>`` : "
 "模块可以基于自己的内容有优先级算法(例如：一个论坛可能基于投票的数量分配优先权)。静态页面的优先级是由它的优先级字段定义的，常规化。(16是默认值)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553
 msgid "Structured Data Markup"
 msgstr "结构化数据标记"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555
 msgid ""
 "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine "
 "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search "
@@ -1098,13 +1105,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "结构化数据标记是用来在搜索引擎中产生Rich "
 "Snippets的。这是网站所有者用来把结构化数据发送给搜索引擎机器人;帮助他们了解你的内容，并产生良好的搜索结果。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:567
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560
 msgid ""
 "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: "
 "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations."
 msgstr "谷歌支持许多内容类型的丰富片段，包括：审核人、人、产品、企业、活动和组织。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:570
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:563
 msgid ""
 "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org "
 "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum "
@@ -1114,35 +1121,35 @@ msgstr ""
 "Odoo实现微观数据在`schema.org <http://schema.org>`__ 中定义，对活动, "
 "电子商务产品，论坛帖子和联系地址的描述。这可以让你的产品页面显示在谷歌信息栏，如产品的价格和评级："
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:573
 msgid "robots.txt"
 msgstr "robots.txt"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:575
 msgid ""
 "Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its "
 "content is:"
 msgstr "Odoo为网站自动创建``/robots.txt`` 文件。其内容是："
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:578
 msgid "User-agent: \\*"
 msgstr "用户代理: \\*"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:587
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580
 msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml"
 msgstr "站点地图 : https: //www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:590
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583
 msgid "Content is king"
 msgstr "内容为王"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585
 msgid ""
 "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules"
 " to help you build your contents on your website:"
 msgstr "当谈到搜索引擎优化，内容为王。Odoo提供了几个模块, 帮助你在网站上建立内容："
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:595
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:588
 msgid ""
 "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their "
 "content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: "
@@ -1153,7 +1160,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides"
 "/public-channel-1>`__"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:599
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592
 msgid ""
 "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: "
 "`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of"
@@ -1162,7 +1169,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "* *Odoo论坛 * *：让社区创建内容。例如: `https://odoo.com/forum/1 "
 "<https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__(登陆odoo.com页面的30%账户)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:603
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596
 msgid ""
 "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your "
 "website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 "
@@ -1171,47 +1178,47 @@ msgstr ""
 "** Odoo邮件列表存档**：在网站上发布邮件列表档案。例如: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (每月的1000页)"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601
 msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents."
 msgstr "* * Odoo博客* *：写的内容。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:611
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:604
 msgid ""
 "The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in "
 "Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top "
 "content of your website."
 msgstr "404页是一个普通的网页，你可以编辑它。这样，你可以建立一个404页，重定向到你网站的内容顶部。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:616
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:609
 msgid "Social Features"
 msgstr "社区功能"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:619
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612
 msgid "Twitter Cards"
 msgstr "Twitter 卡"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:621
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:614
 msgid ""
 "Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next "
 "version."
 msgstr "Odoo没有实施推特卡。将在下一个版本完成。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618
 msgid "Social Network"
 msgstr "社交网络"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:620
 msgid ""
 "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All "
 "you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the"
 " **Website Admin** application."
 msgstr "Odoo允许将所有的社交网络帐户链接到您的网站。在**设置**菜单下设置所有的帐户。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:632
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625
 msgid "Test Your Website"
 msgstr "测试你的网站"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627
 msgid ""
 "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using "
 "WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__"
diff --git a/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst b/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst
index 69bdec87ef..432082fb76 100644
--- a/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst
+++ b/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst
@@ -15,9 +15,6 @@ Setting up a Basic BoM
 
 If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing
 orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings.
-For more information about which method of management to use, review the
-**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the
-documentation.
 
 Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a
 product and at least one component (components are considered products
diff --git a/mobile/firebase.rst b/mobile/firebase.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3773aa9794
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mobile/firebase.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+:banner: banners/mobile.jpg
+
+======
+Mobile
+======
+
+Setup your Firebase Cloud Messaging
+===================================
+
+In order to have mobile notifications in our Android app, you need an
+API key.
+
+If it is not automatically configured (for instance for On-premise or
+Odoo.sh) please follow these steps below to get an API key for the
+android app.
+
+.. danger::
+   The iOS app doesn't support mobile notifications for Odoo
+   versions < 12.
+
+Firebase Settings
+=================
+
+Create a new project
+--------------------
+
+First, make sure you to sign in to your Google Account. Then, go to
+`https://console.firebase.google.com <https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__
+and create a new project.
+
+.. image:: media/firebase01.png
+   :align: center
+
+Choose a project name, click on **Continue**, then click on **Create
+project**.
+
+When you project is ready, click on **Continue**.
+
+You will be redirected to the overview project page (see next
+screenshot).
+
+Add an app
+----------
+
+In the overview page, click on the Android icon.
+
+.. image:: media/firebase02.png
+   :align: center
+
+You must use "com.odoo.com" as Android package name. Otherwise, it will
+not work.
+
+.. image:: media/firebase03.png
+   :align: center
+
+No need to download the config file, you can click on **Next** twice and
+skip the fourth step.
+
+Get generated API key
+---------------------
+
+On the overview page, go to Project settings:
+
+.. image:: media/firebase04.png
+   :align: center
+
+In **Cloud Messaging**, you will see the **API key** and the **Sender ID**
+that you need to set in Odoo General Settings.
+
+.. image:: media/firebase05.png
+   :align: center
+
+Settings in Odoo
+================
+
+Simply paste the API key and the Sender ID from Cloud Messaging.
+
+.. image:: media/firebase06.png
+   :align: center
diff --git a/mobile/media/firebase01.png b/mobile/media/firebase01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0bcdc76c7e
Binary files /dev/null and b/mobile/media/firebase01.png differ
diff --git a/mobile/media/firebase02.png b/mobile/media/firebase02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..19c2afbd00
Binary files /dev/null and b/mobile/media/firebase02.png differ
diff --git a/mobile/media/firebase03.png b/mobile/media/firebase03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d4e911195c
Binary files /dev/null and b/mobile/media/firebase03.png differ
diff --git a/mobile/media/firebase04.png b/mobile/media/firebase04.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a14122a761
Binary files /dev/null and b/mobile/media/firebase04.png differ
diff --git a/mobile/media/firebase05.png b/mobile/media/firebase05.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b3a042eb9e
Binary files /dev/null and b/mobile/media/firebase05.png differ
diff --git a/mobile/media/firebase06.png b/mobile/media/firebase06.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..57f5275021
Binary files /dev/null and b/mobile/media/firebase06.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/advanced.rst b/odoo_sh/advanced.rst
index fd2b1a0fea..abbf66ea9d 100644
--- a/odoo_sh/advanced.rst
+++ b/odoo_sh/advanced.rst
@@ -9,3 +9,4 @@ Advanced
 
    advanced/containers
    advanced/submodules
+   advanced/upgrade_your_database
diff --git a/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst b/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst
index 1592ca655f..bdd3f55db0 100644
--- a/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst
+++ b/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Here are the Odoo.sh pertinent directories:
 Both Python 2.7 and 3.5 are installed in the containers. However:
 
 * If your project is configured to use Odoo 10.0, the Odoo server runs with Python 2.7.
-* If your project is configured to use Odoo 11.0, the Odoo server runs with Python 3.5.
+* If your project is configured to use Odoo 11.0 or greater, the Odoo server runs with Python 3.5.
 
 Database shell
 ==============
diff --git a/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst b/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst
index 4f279f0790..369a359cd4 100644
--- a/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst
+++ b/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ and you have the control of the revision you want.
 It's up to you to decide whether you want to pin the submodule to a specific revision and when you want to update
 to a newer revision.
 
-In Odoo.sh, the submodules gives you the possibility to use and depend on modules available in other repositories.
+In Odoo.sh, the submodules give you the possibility to use and depend on modules available in other repositories.
 The platform will detect that you added modules through submodules in your branches
 and add them to your addons path automatically so you can install them in your databases.
 
@@ -37,6 +37,10 @@ Adding a submodule
 With Odoo.sh (simple)
 ---------------------
 
+.. warning::
+   For now it is not possible to add **private** repositories with this method. You can nevertheless
+   do so :ref:`with Git <odoosh-advanced-submodules-withgit>`.
+
 On Odoo.sh, in the branches view of your project, choose the branch in which you want to add a submodule.
 
 In the upper right corner, click on the *Submodule* button, and then on *Run*.
@@ -58,9 +62,6 @@ On Github, you can get the repository URL with the *Clone or download* button of
 .. image:: ./media/advanced-submodules-github-sshurl.png
   :align: center
 
-For now it is not possible to add **private** repositories with this method.
-You can nevertheless do so :ref:`with Git <odoosh-advanced-submodules-withgit>`.
-
 .. _odoosh-advanced-submodules-withgit:
 
 With Git (advanced)
@@ -102,3 +103,10 @@ for more details about the Git submodules.
 For instance, if you would like to update your submodules to have their latest revision,
 you can follow the chapter
 `Pulling in Upstream changes <https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-Submodules#_pulling_in_upstream_changes>`_.
+
+Ignore modules
+==============
+
+If you're adding a repository that contains a lot of modules, you may want to ignore some of them in case there are any
+that are installed automatically. To do so, you can prefix your submodule folder with a :code:`.`. The platform will
+ignore this folder and you can hand pick your modules by creating symlinks to them from another folder.
diff --git a/odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database.rst b/odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..03f22e822e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+:banner: banners/odoo-sh.jpg
+
+=====================
+Upgrade your database
+=====================
+
+.. _odoosh-advanced-upgrade_your_database:
+
+1. Download and Upload your database
+------------------------------------
+
+Download a dump of your database (from the :ref:`Builds view <odoosh-gettingstarted-builds-download-dump>`), choose the
+exact copy and without filestore options. Upload the .sql.gz dump on https://upgrade.odoo.com/database/upload and
+select the Testing Purpose. If you have custom code, you can choose to have it upgraded by us, or do it yourself. Once
+it's processed, you'll get a dump of the database in return.
+
+2. Test your upgraded database
+------------------------------
+
+Create a staging branch that will run the upgraded database. Either make sure your production branch's code is
+compatible between the two Odoo versions and fork your production branch, or make a new staging branch containing
+the upgraded code.
+
+Once the staging build is done (it doesn't matter if it failed due to the version incompatibility), import your
+upgraded dump in the backups tab of the branch. The platform will automatically detect the version of the dump and
+change the version of Odoo's source code to the corresponding version for the build.
+
+Test the upgraded database and make sure everything runs as it's supposed to.
+
+3. Replace your existing production database
+--------------------------------------------
+
+Once you've tested everything and you're satisfied, start the process over to get an up-to-date upgraded dump:
+
+* Make a new dump of your production database (as described in step 1)
+* Upload it on upgrade.odoo.com and select the Production purpose
+* Receive the newly upgraded dump and import it in your production branch. The build might get marked as failed because
+  the platform will run it with the upgraded databases' Odoo version together with the old custom code.
+* Merge or commit the upgraded custom code in the production branch
+
+If anything goes wrong, remember you can restore a backup. The platform will always make one before you make any
+Odoo.sh operation on the production database. If the restored backup comes from a previous version, the platform will
+detect it and change the project's Odoo version back if it needs to.
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started.rst b/odoo_sh/getting_started.rst
index 8193c6a883..944b8b8636 100644
--- a/odoo_sh/getting_started.rst
+++ b/odoo_sh/getting_started.rst
@@ -12,4 +12,5 @@ Get started
    getting_started/builds
    getting_started/status
    getting_started/settings
+   getting_started/online-editor
    getting_started/first_module
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst b/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst
index 8be0a11b2f..2e4c70d665 100644
--- a/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst
+++ b/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst
@@ -24,9 +24,11 @@ You can change the stage of a branch by drag and dropping it on the stage sectio
 .. image:: ./media/interface-branches-stagechange.png
    :align: center
 
+.. _stage_production:
+
 Production
 ----------
-This is the branch holding the code on which your production database run.
+This is the branch holding the code on which your production database runs.
 There can be only one production branch.
 
 When you push a new commit in this branch,
@@ -52,28 +54,29 @@ You still have access to the log of the failed update, so you can troubleshoot i
 The demo data is not loaded, as it is not meant to be used in a production database.
 The unit tests are not performed, as it would increase the unavailabity time of the production database during the updates.
 
+Partners using trial projects should be aware their production branch, along with all the staging branches,
+will automatically be set back to the development stage after 30 days.
+
 Staging
 -------
-Staging branches are meant to test your new features using the production data.
-
-When you push a new commit in one of these branches,
-a new server is started, using a duplicate of the production database and the new revision of the branch.
-
-You can therefore test your latest features using the production data without compromising the actual
-production database with test records.
-
-The outgoing emails are not sent: They are intercepted by the mailcatcher,
-which provides an interface to preview the emails sent by your database.
-That way, you do not have to worry about sending test emails to your contacts.
-
-Scheduled actions are disabled. If you want to test them, you have to enable them or trigger their action manually.
-Be careful though: If these actions perform changes on third-party services (FTP servers, email servers, ...)
-used by your production database as well,
-you might cause unwanted changes in your production.
-
-The databases created for staging branches are meant to live around two weeks.
-After that, they can be garbage collected automatically.
-If you make configuration changes or view changes in these branches, make sure to document them or write them directly
+Staging branches are meant to test your new features using the production data without compromising
+the actual production database with test records. They will create databases that are neutralized
+duplicates of the production database.
+
+The neutralization includes:
+
+* Disabling scheduled actions. If you want to test them, you can trigger their action manually or
+  re-enable them. Be aware that the platform will trigger them less often if no one is using the
+  database in order to save up resources.
+* Disabling outgoing emails by intercepting them with a mailcatcher. An
+  :ref:`interface to view <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-mails>` the emails sent by your
+  database is provided. That way, you do not have to worry about sending test emails to your contacts.
+* Setting payment acquirers and shipping providers in test mode.
+* Disabling IAP services
+
+The latest database will be kept alive indefinitely, older ones from the same branch may get garbage collected
+to make room for new ones. It will be valid for 3 months, after which you will be expected to rebuild the branch.
+If you make configuration or view changes in these databases, make sure to document them or write them directly
 in the modules of the branch, using XML data files overriding the default configuration or views.
 
 The unit tests are not performed as, in Odoo, they currently rely on the demo data, which is not loaded in the
@@ -84,18 +87,20 @@ Odoo.sh will then consider running the tests on staging databases.
 Development
 -----------
 Development branches create new databases using the demo data to run the unit tests.
-The modules installed and tested by default are the ones included in your branches.
-You can change this list of modules to install in your projects settings.
+The installed modules are the ones included in your branches. You can change this list of modules
+to install in your :ref:`project Settings <odoosh-gettingstarted-settings-modules-installation>`.
 
 When you push a new commit in one of these branches,
 a new server is started, with a database created from scratch and the new revision of the branch.
-The demo data is loaded, and the unit tests are performed.
-This verifies your changes do not break any of the features tested by them.
+The demo data is loaded, and the unit tests are performed by default.
+This verifies your changes do not break any of the features tested by them. If you wish, you can
+disable the tests in the :ref:`branch's settings <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-mails>`.
 
-Similar to staging branches, the emails are not sent: They are intercepted by the mailcatcher.
+Similar to staging branches, the emails are not sent but are intercepted by a mailcatcher and
+scheduled actions are not triggered as often is the database is not in use.
 
 The databases created for development branches are meant to live around three days.
-After that, they can be garbage collected automatically.
+After that, they can be garbage collected to make room for new databases.
 
 .. _odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-mergingbranches:
 
@@ -158,6 +163,8 @@ It can provide information about the ongoing operation on the database (installa
 or its result (tests feedback, successful backup import, ...).
 When an operation is successful, you can access the database thanks to the *connect* button.
 
+.. _odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-mails:
+
 Mails
 -----
 This tab contains the mail catcher. It displays an overview of the emails sent by your database.
@@ -176,11 +183,25 @@ and open a shell on your database by typing :code:`psql`.
 .. image:: ./media/interface-branches-shell.png
    :align: center
 
+You can open multiple tabs and drag-and-drop them to arrange the layout as you wish,
+for instance side by side.
+
 
 .. Note::
   Long running shell instances are not guaranteed. Idle shells can be
   disconnected at anytime in order to free up resources.
 
+Editor
+------
+An online integrated development environment (IDE) to edit the source code.
+You can also open terminals, Python consoles and even Odoo Shell consoles.
+
+.. image:: ./media/interface-branches-editor.png
+   :align: center
+
+You can open multiple tabs and drag-and-drop them to arrange the layout as you wish,
+for instance side by side.
+
 Logs
 ----
 A viewer to have a look to your server logs.
@@ -193,7 +214,8 @@ Different logs are available:
 * install.log: The logs of the database installation. In a development branch, the logs of the tests are included.
 * pip.log: The logs of the Python dependencies installation.
 * odoo.log: The logs of the running server.
-* update.log: The logs of the database updates. This is available only for the production database.
+* update.log: The logs of the database updates.
+* pg_long_queries.log: The logs of psql queries that take an unusual amount of time.
 
 If new lines are added in the logs, they will be displayed automatically.
 If you scroll to the bottom, the browser will scroll automatically each time a new line is added.
@@ -203,17 +225,18 @@ The fetching is automatically stopped after 5 minutes. You can restart it using
 
 Backups
 -------
-A list of the backups available for download and restore, as well as the ability to import a database.
+A list of the backups available for download and restore, the ability to perform a manual backup and to import a
+database.
 
 .. image:: ./media/interface-branches-backups.png
    :align: center
 
-Odoo.sh keeps backups for production databases: 7 daily, 4 weekly and 3 monthly.
+Odoo.sh makes daily backups of the production database. It keeps 7 daily, 4 weekly and 3 monthly backups.
 Each backup includes the database dump, the filestore (attachments, binary fields), logs and sessions.
 
-Staging databases and development databases are not backed up..
-You nevertheless have the possibility to restore a backup of the production database on your staging databases, for
-testing purposes, or to manually recover data that has been deleted unexpectedly from the production database.
+Staging and development databases are not backed up.
+You nevertheless have the possibility to restore a backup of the production database in your staging branches, for
+testing purposes, or to manually recover data that has been deleted by accident from the production database.
 
 The list contains the backups kept on the server your production database is hosted on.
 This server only keeps one month of backups: 7 daily and 4 weekly backups.
@@ -221,6 +244,10 @@ This server only keeps one month of backups: 7 daily and 4 weekly backups.
 Dedicated backup servers keep the same backups, as well as 3 additional monthly backups.
 To restore or download one of these monthly backups, please `contact us <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_.
 
+You can make a backup manually before making big changes in your production database in case something goes wrong
+(those manual backups are available for about one week).
+To avoid abuse, we limit manual backups to 5 per day.
+
 The *import database* feature accepts database archives in the format provided by:
 
 * the standard Odoo databases manager,
@@ -229,11 +256,102 @@ The *import database* feature accepts database archives in the format provided b
 * the Odoo.sh backup download button of this *Backups* tab,
 * the Odoo.sh dump download button in the :ref:`Builds view <odoosh-gettingstarted-builds>`.
 
-Git commands
-============
-In the top right-hand corner of the view, different Git commands are available.
+.. _odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-settings:
+
+Settings
+--------
+Here you can find a couple of settings that only apply to the currently selected branch.
+
+.. image:: ./media/interface-branches-settings.jpg
+   :align: center
+
+**Behaviour upon new commit**
+
+For development and staging branches, you can change the branch's behavior upon receiving a new
+commit. By default, a development branch will create a new build and a staging branch will update
+the previous build (see the :ref:`Production Stage <stage_production>`). This is especially useful
+should the feature you're working on require a particular setup or configuration, to avoid having
+to manually set it up again on every commit. If you choose new build for a staging branch, it will
+make a fresh copy from the production build every time a commit is pushed. A branch that is put
+back from staging to development will automatically be set to 'Do nothing'.
+
+**Test suite**
+
+For development branches, you can choose to enable or disable the test suite. It's enabled by default.
+
+**Odoo Version**
+
+For development branches only, you can change the version of Odoo, should you want to test upgraded code or develop
+features while your production database is in the process of being upgraded to a newer version.
+
+In addition, for each version you have two options regarding the code update. 
+
+* You can choose to benefit from the latest bug, security and performance fixes automatically. The
+  sources of your Odoo server will be updated weekly. This is the 'Latest' option.
+* You can choose to pin the Odoo sources to a specific revision by selecting them from a list of
+  dates. Revisions will expire after 3 months. You will be notified by mail when the expiration
+  date approaches and if you don't take action afterwards, you will automatically be set to the
+  latest revision.
+
+**Custom domains**
+
+Here you can configure additional domains for the selected branch. It's possible to add other
+*<name>.odoo.com* domains or your own custom domains. For the latter you have to:
+
+* own or purchase the domain name,
+* add the domain name in this list,
+* in your registrar's domain name manager,
+  configure the domain name with a ``CNAME`` record set to your production database domain name.
+
+For instance, to associate *www.mycompany.com* to your database *mycompany.odoo.com*:
 
-.. image:: ./media/interface-branches-gitcommands.png
+* in Odoo.sh, add *www.mycompany.com* in the custom domains of your project settings,
+* in your domain name manager (e.g. *godaddy.com*, *gandi.net*, *ovh.com*),
+  configure *www.mycompany.com* with a ``CNAME`` record with as value *mycompany.odoo.com*.
+
+Bare domains (e.g. *mycompany.com*) are not accepted:
+
+* they can only be configured using ``A`` records,
+* ``A`` records only accept IP addresses as value,
+* the IP address of your database can change, following an upgrade, a hardware failure or
+  your wish to host your database in another country or continent.
+
+Therefore, bare domains could suddenly no longer work because of this change of IP address.
+
+In addition, if you would like both *mycompany.com* and *www.mycompany.com* to work with your database,
+having the first redirecting to the second is amongst the
+`SEO best practices <https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/7451184?hl=en>`_
+(See *Provide one version of a URL to reach a document*)
+in order to have one dominant URL. You can therefore just configure *mycompany.com* to redirect to *www.mycompany.com*.
+Most domain managers have the feature to configure this redirection. This is commonly called a web redirection.
+
+**HTTPS/SSL**
+
+If the redirection is correctly set up, the platform will automatically generate an SSL certificate
+with `Let's Encrypt <https://letsencrypt.org/about/>`_ within the hour and your domain will be
+accessible through HTTPS.
+
+While it is currently not possible to configure your own SSL certificates on the Odoo.sh platform
+we are considering the feature if there is enough demand.
+
+
+**SPF and DKIM compliance**
+
+In case the domain of your users email addresses use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) or DKIM
+(DomainKeys Identified Mail), don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your domain name
+settings to increase the deliverability of your outgoing emails.
+The configuration steps are explained in the :ref:`Discuss app documentation <discuss-email_servers-spf-compliant>`.
+
+.. Warning::
+  Forgetting to configure your SPF or DKIM to authorize Odoo as a sending host can lead to the
+  delivery of your emails as spam in your contacts inbox.
+
+
+Shell commands
+==============
+In the top right-hand corner of the view, different shell commands are available.
+
+.. image:: ./media/interface-branches-shellcommands.png
    :align: center
 
 Each command can be copied in the clipboard to be used in a terminal,
@@ -288,6 +406,50 @@ Merges the branch *staging-1* in the current branch.
 
 Uploads the changes you just added in the *master* branch on your remote repository.
 
+SSH
+---
+Setup
+~~~~~
+In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it is not already done).
+To do so, follow these steps:
+
+#. `Generate a new SSH key
+   <https://help.github.com/en/github/authenticating-to-github/generating-a-new-ssh-key-and-adding-it-to-the-ssh-agent#generating-a-new-ssh-key>`_
+#. `Copy the SSH key to your clipboard
+   <https://help.github.com/en/github/authenticating-to-github/adding-a-new-ssh-key-to-your-github-account>`_
+   (only apply the step 1)
+#. Paste the copied content to your profile SSH keys and press "Add"
+
+   .. image:: ./media/SSH-key-pasting.png
+      :align: center
+
+#. The key should appear below
+
+   .. image:: ./media/SSH-key-appearing.png
+      :align: center
+
+Connection
+~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To connect to your builds using ssh use the following command in a terminal:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+  $ ssh <build_id>@<domain>
+
+You will find a shortcut for this command into the SSH tab in the upper right corner.
+
+.. image:: ./media/SSH-panel.png
+   :align: center
+
+Provided you have the :ref:`correct access rights <odoosh-gettingstarted-settings-collaborators>` on the project,
+you'll be granted ssh access to the build.
+
+.. Note::
+  Long running ssh connections are not guaranteed. Idle connections will be
+  disconnected in order to free up resources.
+
+
 Submodule
 ---------
 
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst b/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst
index e8302a4566..089ffe9e06 100644
--- a/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst
+++ b/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst
@@ -112,9 +112,13 @@ You can access the build's database as the administrator using the *Connect* but
 Also, you can access the database with another user using the *Connect as* button,
 in the dropdown menu of the *Connect* button.
 
+.. _odoosh-gettingstarted-builds-download-dump:
+
 .. image:: ./media/interface-builds-build-dropdown.png
    :align: center
 
+.. _odoosh-gettingstarted-builds-dropdown-menu:
+
 In the dropdown menu of the build, you can access the same features than in :ref:`the branches view <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs>`:
-*Logs*, *Web Shell*, *Outgoing e-mails*.
+*Logs*, *Web Shell*, *Editor*, *Outgoing e-mails*.
 You also have the possibility to *Download a dump* of the build's database.
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst b/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst
index b4100852b0..b7ad04a83c 100644
--- a/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst
+++ b/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst
@@ -47,11 +47,11 @@ Then, choose a name or select the repository you want to use.
 
 Choose the Odoo version you want to use. If you plan to import an existing database or an existing set of applications, you might need to choose the according version. If you start from scratch, use the latest version.
 
-Enter your *subscription code*. This is also called *subscription referral* or *contract number*.
+Enter your *subscription code*. This is also called *subscription referral*, *contract number* or *activation code*.
 
-For partners, Odoo.sh is free. If the free offer changes in the future, we guarantee that any project created under this offer will remain free for the same set of features.
+It should be the code of your Enterprise subscription that includes Odoo.sh.
 
-For customers, your Enterprise subscription needs to include Odoo.sh.
+Partners can use their partnership codes to start a trial. Should their clients start a project, they ought to get an Enterprise subscription including Odoo.sh and use its subscription code. The partner will get the full amount as back commission.
 Contact your sales representative or account manager in order to get it.
 
 When submitting the form, if you are notified your subscription is not valid, it either means:
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ In case of doubt with your subscription, please contact the `Odoo support <https
 You're done !
 =============
 
-You can begin to use Odoo.sh. Your first build is about to be created. You will soon be able to connect to your first database.
+You can start using Odoo.sh. Your first build is about to be created. You will soon be able to connect to your first database.
 
 .. image:: ./media/deploy-done.png
    :align: center
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ You can begin to use Odoo.sh. Your first build is about to be created. You will
 Import your database
 ====================
 
-You can import your database in your Odoo.sh project as long as this is an Odoo 10.0 or 11.0 database.
+You can import your database in your Odoo.sh project as long as this is an Odoo 10.0, 11.0 or 12.0 database.
 
 Push your modules in production
 -------------------------------
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ all outgoing email servers are disabled so you use the Odoo.sh email server prov
 
 .. Warning::
 
-  Ports 25, 465 and 587 are blocked. If you want to use your own email servers, they must be configured on other ports.
+  Port 25 is (and will stay) closed. If you want to connect to an external SMTP server, you should use ports 465 and 587.
 
 Check your scheduled actions
 ----------------------------
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst b/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst
index 78d9efa2f2..4b0f0648c9 100644
--- a/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst
+++ b/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst
@@ -27,7 +27,38 @@ Replace these by the values of your choice.
 Create the development branch
 =============================
 
-Clone your Github repository on your machine:
+From Odoo.sh
+-------------
+
+In the branches view:
+
+* hit the :code:`+` button next to the development stage,
+* choose the branch *master* in the *Fork* selection,
+* type *feature-1* in the *To* input.
+
+  |pic1|  |pic2|
+
+.. |pic1| image:: ./media/firstmodule-development-+.png
+   :width: 45%
+
+.. |pic2| image:: ./media/firstmodule-development-fork.png
+   :width: 45%
+
+
+Once the build created, you can access the editor and browse to the folder *~/src/user* to access
+to the code of your development branch.
+
+.. image:: ./media/firstmodule-development-editor.png
+  :align: center
+
+.. image:: ./media/firstmodule-development-editor-interface.png
+  :align: center
+
+From your computer
+------------------
+
+
+Clone your Github repository on your computer:
 
 .. code-block:: bash
 
@@ -50,20 +81,25 @@ Scaffolding the module
 ----------------------
 
 While not necessary, scaffolding avoids the tedium of setting the basic Odoo module structure.
-It nevertheless requires *odoo-bin*, and therefore the
-`installation of Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/setup/install.html#source-install>`_ on your machine.
+You can scaffold a new module using the executable *odoo-bin*.
 
-If you do not want to bother installing Odoo on your machine,
-you can also :download:`download this module structure template <media/my_module.zip>` in which you replace every occurrences of
-*my_module* to the name of your choice.
+From the Odoo.sh editor, in a terminal:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
 
-Use *odoo-bin scaffold* to generate the module structure in your repository:
+  $ odoo-bin scaffold my_module ~/src/user/
+
+Or, from your computer, if you have an `installation of Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/setup/install.html#source-install>`_:
 
 .. code-block:: bash
 
   $ ./odoo-bin scaffold my_module ~/src/odoo-addons/
 
-This will generate the below structure:
+If you do not want to bother installing Odoo on your computer,
+you can also :download:`download this module structure template <media/my_module.zip>` in which you replace every occurrences of
+*my_module* to the name of your choice.
+
+The below structure will be generated:
 
 ::
 
@@ -134,12 +170,28 @@ Commit your changes
 
 Push your changes to your remote repository
 
+From an Odoo.sh editor terminal:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+  $ git push https HEAD:feature-1
+
+The above command is explained in the section
+:ref:`Commit & Push your changes
+<odoosh-gettingstarted-online-editor>` of the
+:ref:`Online Editor <odoosh-gettingstarted-online-editor>`
+chapter.
+It includes the explanation regarding the fact you will be prompted to type your username and password,
+and what to do if you use the two-factor authentication.
+
+Or, from your computer terminal:
+
 .. code-block:: bash
 
   $ git push -u origin feature-1
 
 You need to specify *-u origin feature-1* for the first push only.
-From that point, to push your future changes, you can simply use
+From that point, to push your future changes from your computer, you can simply use
 
 .. code-block:: bash
 
@@ -262,13 +314,14 @@ Add a change
 
 This section explains how to add a change in your module by adding a new field in a model and deploy it.
 
-In your module, edit the file *models/models.py*
-
-.. code-block:: bash
-
-  $ nano ~/src/odoo-addons/my_module/models/models.py
+From the Odoo.sh editor,
+ * browse to your module folder *~/src/user/my_module*,
+ * then, open the file *models/models.py*.
 
-We encourage you to use the editor of your choice, such as *Atom*, *Sublime Text*, *PyCharm*, instead of *nano*.
+Or, from your computer,
+ * use the file browser of your choice to browse to your module folder *~/src/odoo-addons/my_module*,
+ * then, open the file *models/models.py* using the editor of your choice,
+   such as *Atom*, *Sublime Text*, *PyCharm*, *vim*, ...
 
 Then, after the description field
 
@@ -282,11 +335,7 @@ Add a datetime field
 
   start_datetime = fields.Datetime('Start time', default=lambda self: fields.Datetime.now())
 
-Then, edit the file *views/views.xml*
-
-.. code-block:: bash
-
-  $ nano ~/src/odoo-addons/my_module/views/views.xml
+Then, open the file *views/views.xml*.
 
 After
 
@@ -300,13 +349,6 @@ Add
 
     <field name="start_datetime"/>
 
-Stage your changes to be committed
-
-.. code-block:: bash
-
-  $ cd ~/src/odoo-addons/
-  $ git add my_module
-
 These changes alter the database structure by adding a column in a table,
 and modify a view stored in database.
 
@@ -316,11 +358,7 @@ these changes requires the module to be updated.
 If you would like the update to be performed automatically by the Odoo.sh platform when you push your changes,
 increase your module version in its manifest.
 
-Edit the module manifest
-
-.. code-block:: bash
-
-  $ nano ~/src/odoo-addons/my_module/__manifest__.py
+Open the module manifest *__manifest__.py*.
 
 Replace
 
@@ -336,13 +374,41 @@ with
 
 The platform will detect the change of version and trigger the update of the module upon the new revision deployment.
 
+Browse to your Git folder.
+
+Then, from an Odoo.sh terminal:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+  $ cd ~/src/user/
+
+Or, from your computer terminal:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+  $ cd ~/src/odoo-addons/
+
+Then, stage your changes to be committed
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+  $ git add my_module
+
 Commit your changes
 
 .. code-block:: bash
 
   $ git commit -m "[ADD] my_module: add the start_datetime field to the model my_module.my_module"
 
-Push your changes
+Push your changes:
+
+From an Odoo.sh terminal:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+  $ git push https HEAD:feature-1
+
+Or, from your computer terminal:
 
 .. code-block:: bash
 
@@ -371,9 +437,9 @@ your module.
 
 Create a file *requirements.txt* in the root folder of your repository
 
-.. code-block:: bash
+From the Odoo.sh editor, create and open the file ~/src/user/requirements.txt.
 
-  $ nano ~/src/odoo-addons/requirements.txt
+Or, from your computer, create and open the file ~/src/odoo-addons/requirements.txt.
 
 Add
 
@@ -384,11 +450,7 @@ Add
 Then use the library in your module, for instance to remove any special characters in the name field of your
 model.
 
-Edit the file *models/models.py*
-
-.. code-block:: bash
-
-  $ nano ~/src/odoo-addons/my_module/models/models.py
+Open the file *models/models.py*.
 
 Before
 
@@ -426,11 +488,7 @@ Add
 
 Adding a Python dependency requires a module version increase for the platform to install it.
 
-Edit the module manifest
-
-.. code-block:: bash
-
-  $ nano ~/src/odoo-addons/my_module/__manifest__.py
+Edit the module manifest *__manifest__.py*
 
 Replace
 
@@ -444,11 +502,24 @@ with
 
   'version': '0.3',
 
-Then stage, commit and push your changes
+Stage and commit your changes:
 
 .. code-block:: bash
 
   $ git add requirements.txt
   $ git add my_module
   $ git commit -m "[IMP] my_module: automatically remove special chars in my_module.my_module name field"
+
+Then, push your changes:
+
+In an Odoo.sh terminal:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+  $ git push https HEAD:feature-1
+
+In your computer terminal:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
   $ git push
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/SSH-key-appearing.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/SSH-key-appearing.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d56cd2b34b
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/SSH-key-appearing.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/SSH-key-pasting.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/SSH-key-pasting.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b32d403c44
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/SSH-key-pasting.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/SSH-panel.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/SSH-panel.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..de4ee214a8
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/SSH-panel.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/firstmodule-development-+.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/firstmodule-development-+.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..501f19b836
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/firstmodule-development-+.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/firstmodule-development-editor-interface.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/firstmodule-development-editor-interface.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb059fbdbb
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/firstmodule-development-editor-interface.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/firstmodule-development-editor.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/firstmodule-development-editor.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ec91c61a3
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/firstmodule-development-editor.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/firstmodule-development-fork.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/firstmodule-development-fork.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b243f538aa
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/firstmodule-development-fork.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-backups.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-backups.png
index 5c6d91bcf2..839aee3bca 100644
Binary files a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-backups.png and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-backups.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-editor.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-editor.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..db98c80aa2
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-editor.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-gitcommands.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-gitcommands.png
deleted file mode 100644
index cd3a041d33..0000000000
Binary files a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-gitcommands.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-settings.jpg b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-settings.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..948a508fac
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-settings.jpg differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-shell.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-shell.png
index 0403a84e11..92bebfc1c8 100644
Binary files a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-shell.png and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-shell.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-shellcommands.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-shellcommands.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5cfb89d129
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-branches-shellcommands.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-builds-build-dropdown.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-builds-build-dropdown.png
index 1626ea5c61..17300a8573 100644
Binary files a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-builds-build-dropdown.png and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-builds-build-dropdown.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-automaticreload.gif b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-automaticreload.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..36be2420cb
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-automaticreload.gif differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-commit-push.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-commit-push.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..110c7ae348
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-commit-push.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-console-odoo-graph.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-console-odoo-graph.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dda714d3e7
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-console-odoo-graph.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-console-odoo-pretty.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-console-odoo-pretty.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0b545aff46
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-console-odoo-pretty.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-console-python-read-csv.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-console-python-read-csv.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..264af9cf1a
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-console-python-read-csv.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-open-file.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-open-file.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7719c8ef81
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-open-file.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-save-file.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-save-file.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d0e22ecebd
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-save-file.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-update-current-module.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-update-current-module.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c57472afa3
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor-update-current-module.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ed51e596cd
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-editor.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-settings-activation.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-settings-activation.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..362edfc8ca
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-settings-activation.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-settings-customdomains.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-settings-customdomains.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e0f3499b41..0000000000
Binary files a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-settings-customdomains.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-settings-staging-branches.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-settings-staging-branches.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..378c8eefd8
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-settings-staging-branches.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-settings-storage.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-settings-storage.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..36edeb11af
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-settings-storage.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-settings-workers.png b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-settings-workers.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c5cb00a701
Binary files /dev/null and b/odoo_sh/getting_started/media/interface-settings-workers.png differ
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst b/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6442952ed5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+:banner: banners/odoo-sh.jpg
+
+.. _odoosh-gettingstarted-online-editor:
+
+==================================
+Online Editor
+==================================
+
+Overview
+========
+
+The online editor allows you to edit the source code of your builds from a web browser.
+It also gives you the possibility to open terminals, Python consoles, Odoo Shell consoles and
+`Notebooks <https://jupyterlab.readthedocs.io/en/stable/user/notebook.html>`_.
+
+.. image:: ./media/interface-editor.png
+   :align: center
+
+You can access the editor of a build through
+:ref:`the branches tabs <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs>`,
+:ref:`the builds dropdown menu <odoosh-gettingstarted-builds-dropdown-menu>`
+or by adding */odoo-sh/editor* to your build domain name
+(e.g. *https://odoo-addons-master-1.dev.odoo.com/odoo-sh/editor*).
+
+Edit the source code
+====================
+
+The working directory is composed of the following folders:
+
+::
+
+  .
+  ├── home
+  │    └── odoo
+  │         ├── src
+  │         │    ├── odoo                Odoo Community source code
+  │         │    │    └── odoo-bin       Odoo server executable
+  │         │    ├── enterprise          Odoo Enterprise source code
+  │         │    ├── themes              Odoo Themes source code
+  │         │    └── user                Your repository branch source code
+  │         ├── repositories             The Git repositories used by your project
+  │         ├── data
+  │         │    ├── filestore           database attachments, as well as the files of binary fields
+  │         │    └── sessions            visitors and users sessions
+  │         └── logs
+  │              ├── install.log         Database installation logs
+  │              ├── odoo.log            Running server logs
+  │              ├── update.log          Database updates logs
+  │              └── pip.log             Python packages installation logs
+
+You can edit the source code (files under */src*) in development and staging builds.
+For production builds, the source code is read-only, because applying local changes on a production
+server is not a good practice.
+
+* The source code of your Github repository is located under */src/user*,
+* The source code of Odoo is located under
+
+  * */src/odoo* (`odoo/odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo>`_),
+  * */src/enterprise* (`odoo/enterprise <https://github.com/odoo/enterprise>`_),
+  * */src/themes* (`odoo/design-themes <https://github.com/odoo/design-themes>`_).
+
+To open a file in the editor, just double-click on it in the file browser panel on the left.
+
+.. image:: ./media/interface-editor-open-file.png
+   :align: center
+
+You can then begin to make your changes. You can save your changes with the menu
+:menuselection:`File --> Save .. File` or by hitting the :kbd:`Ctrl+S` shortcut.
+
+.. image:: ./media/interface-editor-save-file.png
+   :align: center
+
+If you save a Python file which is under your Odoo server addons path,
+Odoo will detect it and reload automatically so your changes are reflected immediately,
+without having to restart the server manually.
+
+.. image:: ./media/interface-editor-automaticreload.gif
+   :align: center
+
+However, if the change is a data stored in database, such as the label of a field, or a view,
+you have to update the according module to apply the change.
+You can update the module of the currently opened file by using the menu
+:menuselection:`Odoo --> Update current module`. Note that the file considered as currently opened
+is the file focused in the text editor, not the file highlighted in the file browser.
+
+.. image:: ./media/interface-editor-update-current-module.png
+   :align: center
+
+You can also open a terminal and execute the command:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+  $ odoo-bin -u <comma-separated module names> --stop-after-init
+
+.. _odoosh-gettingstarted-online-editor-push:
+
+Commit & Push your changes
+==========================
+
+You have the possibility to commit and push your changes to your Github repository.
+
+* Open a terminal (:menuselection:`File --> New --> Terminal`),
+* Change the directory to *~/src/user* using :code:`cd ~/src/user`,
+* Stage your changes using :code:`git add`,
+* Commit your changes using :code:`git commit`,
+* Push your changes using :code:`git push https HEAD:<branch>`.
+
+In this last command,
+
+* *https* is the name of your *HTTPS* Github remote repository
+  (e.g. https://github.com/username/repository.git),
+* HEAD is the reference to the latest revision you committed,
+* <branch> must be replaced by the name of the branch to which you want to push the changes,
+  most-likely the current branch if you work in a development build.
+
+.. image:: ./media/interface-editor-commit-push.png
+   :align: center
+
+.. Note::
+  The SSH Github remote is not used because your SSH private key
+  is not hosted in your build containers (for obvious security concerns)
+  nor forwarded through an SSH Agent (as you access this editor through a web browser)
+  and you therefore cannot authenticate yourself to Github using SSH.
+  You have to use the HTTPS remote of your Github repository to push your changes,
+  which is added automatically named as *https* in your Git remotes.
+  You will be prompted to enter your Github username and password.
+  If you activated the two-factor authentication on Github,
+  you can create a
+  `personal access token <https://help.github.com/articles/creating-a-personal-access-token-for-the-command-line/>`_
+  and use it as password.
+
+
+.. Note::
+  The Git source folder *~/src/user* is not checked out on a branch but rather on a detached revision:
+  This is because builds work on specific revisions rather than branches.
+  In other words, this means you can have multiple builds on the same branch, but on different revisions.
+
+Once your changes are pushed,
+according to your :ref:`branch push behavior <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-settings>`,
+a new build may be created. You can continue to work in the editor you pushed from,
+as it will have the same revision as the new build that was created, but always make sure to be
+in an editor of a build using the latest revision of your branch.
+
+Consoles
+========
+
+You can open Python consoles, which are
+`IPython interactive shells <https://ipython.readthedocs.io/en/stable/interactive/tutorial.html>`_.
+One of the most interesting addition to use a Python console
+rather than a IPython shell within a terminal is the
+`rich display <https://ipython.readthedocs.io/en/stable/config/integrating.html#rich-display>`_
+capabilities.
+Thanks to this, you will be able to display objects in HTML.
+
+You can for instance display cells of a CSV file using
+`pandas <https://pandas.pydata.org/pandas-docs/stable/tutorials.html>`_.
+
+.. image:: ./media/interface-editor-console-python-read-csv.png
+   :align: center
+
+You can also open an Odoo Shell console to play around
+with the Odoo registry and model methods of your database. You can also directly read or write
+on your records.
+
+.. Warning::
+  In an Odoo Console, transactions are automatically committed.
+  This means, for instance, that changes in records are applied effectively in the database.
+  If you change the name of a user, the name of the user is changed in your database
+  as well.
+  You therefore should use Odoo consoles carefully on production databases.
+
+You can use *env* to invoke models of your database registry, e.g. :code:`env['res.users']`.
+
+.. code-block:: python
+
+  env['res.users'].search_read([], ['name', 'email', 'login'])
+  [{'id': 2,
+  'login': 'admin',
+  'name': 'Administrator',
+  'email': 'admin@example.com'}]
+
+The class :code:`Pretty` gives you the possibility
+to easily display lists and dicts in a pretty way, using the
+`rich display <https://ipython.readthedocs.io/en/stable/config/integrating.html#rich-display>`_
+mentioned above.
+
+.. image:: ./media/interface-editor-console-odoo-pretty.png
+   :align: center
+
+You can also use
+`pandas <https://pandas.pydata.org/pandas-docs/stable/tutorials.html>`_
+to display graphs.
+
+.. image:: ./media/interface-editor-console-odoo-graph.png
+  :align: center
diff --git a/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst b/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst
index a9f95564ff..ccf4fe9db3 100644
--- a/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst
+++ b/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Settings
 Overview
 ========
 
-The settings allows you to manage the configuration of your project.
+The settings allow you to manage the configuration of your project.
 
 .. image:: ./media/interface-settings.png
    :align: center
@@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ This defines the address that will be used to access your production database.
 Addresses of your staging and development builds are derived from this name and assigned automatically.
 However, when you change your project name, only future builds will use the new name.
 
+.. _odoosh-gettingstarted-settings-collaborators:
+
 Collaborators
 =============
 
@@ -54,20 +56,26 @@ In addition, they cannot use the webshell nor have access to the server logs.
 +---------------------+-----------------+-----------+-----------+
 |                     | Logs            |     X     |     X     |
 +---------------------+-----------------+-----------+-----------+
-|                     | Shell           |     X     |     X     |
+|                     | Shell/SSH       |     X     |     X     |
 +---------------------+-----------------+-----------+-----------+
 |                     | Mails           |     X     |     X     |
 +---------------------+-----------------+-----------+-----------+
+|                     | Settings        |     X     |     X     |
++---------------------+-----------------+-----------+-----------+
 |Production & Staging | History         |     X     |     X     |
 +---------------------+-----------------+-----------+-----------+
 |                     | 1-click connect |           |     X     |
 +---------------------+-----------------+-----------+-----------+
 |                     | Logs            |           |     X     |
 +---------------------+-----------------+-----------+-----------+
-|                     | Shell           |           |     X     |
+|                     | Shell/SSH       |           |     X     |
 +---------------------+-----------------+-----------+-----------+
 |                     | Mails           |           |     X     |
 +---------------------+-----------------+-----------+-----------+
+|                     | Backups         |           |     X     |
++---------------------+-----------------+-----------+-----------+
+|                     | Settings        |     X     |     X     |
++---------------------+-----------------+-----------+-----------+
 |Status               |                 |     X     |     X     |
 +---------------------+-----------------+-----------+-----------+
 |Settings             |                 |           |     X     |
@@ -87,6 +95,8 @@ In addition, visitors have access to the logs, shell and mails of your developme
 
 Production and staging builds are excluded, visitors can only see their status.
 
+.. _odoosh-gettingstarted-settings-modules-installation:
+
 Modules installation
 ====================
 
@@ -102,57 +112,14 @@ Choose the modules to install automatically for your development builds.
 * *Install a list of modules* will install the modules specified in the input just below this option.
   The names are the technical name of the modules, and they must be comma-separated.
 
-All installed modules will be tested.
-The tests in the standard Odoo modules suite can take up to 1 hour.
+If the tests are enabled, the standard Odoo modules suite can take up to 1 hour.
 This setting applies to development builds only.
 Staging builds duplicate the production build and the production build only installs base.
 
 Custom domains
 ==============
 
-Configure your own domain name.
-
-.. image:: ./media/interface-settings-customdomains.png
-   :align: center
-
-If you would like to access your production database using your own domain name, you have to:
-
-* own or purchase the domain name,
-* add the domain name in this list,
-* in your registrar's domain name manager,
-  configure the domain name with a ``CNAME`` record set to your production database domain name.
-
-For instance, to associate *www.mycompany.com* to your database *mycompany.odoo.com*:
-
-* in Odoo.sh, add *www.mycompany.com* in the custom domains of your project settings,
-* in your domain name manager (e.g. *godaddy.com*, *gandi.net*, *ovh.com*),
-  configure *www.mycompany.com* with a ``CNAME`` record with as value *mycompany.odoo.com*.
-
-Bare domains (e.g. *mycompany.com*) are not accepted:
-
-* they can only be configured using ``A`` records,
-* ``A`` records only accept IP addresses as value,
-* the IP address of your database can change, following an upgrade, a hardware failure or
-  your wish to host your database in another country or continent.
-
-Therefore, bare domains could suddenly no longer work because of this change of IP address.
-
-In addition, if you would like both *mycompany.com* and *www.mycompany.com* to work with your database,
-having the first redirecting to the second is amongst the
-`SEO best practices <https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/7451184?hl=en>`_
-(See *Provide one version of a URL to reach a document*)
-in order to have one dominant URL. You can therefore just configure *mycompany.com* to redirect to *www.mycompany.com*.
-Most domain managers have the feature to configure this redirection. This is commonly called a web redirection.
-
-HTTPS/SSL
----------
-
-You can use a third-party CDN such as *Cloudflare.com* to enable the *HTTPS* support for your custom domain:
-
-* `Create a Cloudflare account <https://support.cloudflare.com/hc/en-us/articles/201720164-Step-2-Create-a-Cloudflare-account-and-add-a-website>`_
-* `Change your domain name servers to Cloudflare <https://support.cloudflare.com/hc/en-us/articles/205195708-Step-3-Change-your-domain-name-servers-to-Cloudflare>`_
-* `Choose an SSL mode <https://support.cloudflare.com/hc/en-us/articles/201897700-Step-4-Recommended-First-Steps-for-all-Cloudflare-users#sslmode>`_
-* `Redirect your visitors to HTTPS <https://support.cloudflare.com/hc/en-us/articles/200170536-How-do-I-redirect-all-visitors-to-HTTPS-SSL->`_
+To configure additional domains please refer to the corresponding branch's :ref:`settings tab <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-settings>`.
 
 .. _odoosh-gettingstarted-settings-submodules:
 
@@ -170,12 +137,12 @@ as submodules in your branches to allow Odoo.sh to download them.
 .. image:: ./media/interface-settings-submodules.png
    :align: center
 
-When a repository is private, this is not possible to publicly download its branches and revisions.
+When a repository is private, it is not possible to publicly download its branches and revisions.
 For that reason, you need to configure a deploy key for Odoo.sh,
 so the remote Git server allows our platform to download the revisions
 of this private repository.
 
-To configure the deploy key for a private repository, proceed as follow:
+To configure the deploy key for a private repository, proceed as follows:
 
 * in the input, paste the SSH URL of your private sub-repository and click on *Add*,
 
@@ -192,3 +159,56 @@ To configure the deploy key for a private repository, proceed as follow:
   * Bitbucket.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Access keys --> Add key`
   * Gitlab.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Repository --> Deploy Keys`
   * Self-hosted: append the key to the git user’s authorized_keys file in its .ssh directory
+
+Storage Size
+============
+
+This section shows the storage size used by your project.
+
+.. image:: ./media/interface-settings-storage.png
+   :align: center
+
+Storage size is computed as follows:
+
+* the size of the PostgreSQL database
+
+* the size of the disk files available in your container: database filestore, sessions storage directory...
+
+.. Warning::
+  In case you want to analyze disk usage, you can run the tool `ncdu <https://dev.yorhel.nl/ncdu/man>`_ in your Web Shell.
+
+Should your production database size grow to exceed what's provisioned in your subscription, it
+will automatically be synchronized with it.
+
+Database Workers
+================
+
+Additional database workers can be configured here. More workers help increase the load your
+production database is able to handle. If you add more, it will automatically be synchronized
+with your subscription.
+
+.. image:: ./media/interface-settings-workers.png
+   :align: center
+
+.. Warning::
+  Adding more workers will not magically solve all performance issues. It only allows the server
+  to handle more connections at the same time. If some operations are unusually slow, it's most
+  likely a problem with the code, if it's not due to your own customizations you can open a ticket
+  `here <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_.
+
+Staging Branches
+================
+
+Additional staging branches allow you to develop and test more features at the same time. If you
+add more, it will automatically be synchronized with your subscription.
+
+.. image:: ./media/interface-settings-staging-branches.png
+   :align: center
+
+Activation
+==========
+
+Shows the status of the project's activation. You can change the project's activation code if needed.
+
+.. image:: ./media/interface-settings-activation.png
+   :align: center
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced.rst b/point_of_sale/advanced.rst
index 3d063c66f6..03af794b8b 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/advanced.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/advanced.rst
@@ -5,10 +5,10 @@ Advanced topics
 .. toctree::
    :titlesonly:
 
+   advanced/barcode
    advanced/discount_tags
    advanced/multi_cashiers
    advanced/loyalty
-   advanced/register
    advanced/manual_discount
    advanced/reprint
    advanced/mercury
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst b/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ef7573af18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+=====================
+Using barcodes in PoS
+=====================
+
+Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your
+efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers.
+
+Configuration
+=============
+
+To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->
+Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface.
+
+Under the PosBox / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner*
+select it.
+
+.. image:: media/barcode01.png
+    :align: center
+
+.. note::
+    You can find more about Barcode Nomenclature here (ADD
+    HYPERLINK)
+
+Add barcodes to product
+=======================
+
+Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and
+select a product.
+
+Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where
+you can input any barcode.
+
+.. image:: media/barcode02.png
+    :align: center
+
+Scanning products
+=================
+
+From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The
+product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple
+times or change the quantity manually on the screen.
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst b/point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst
index 03f5cd6875..fbf1920a0a 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst
@@ -1,64 +1,54 @@
-=====================================
-How to use discount tags on products?
-=====================================
+==========================================
+Using discount tags with a barcode scanner
+==========================================
 
-This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products.
+If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting
+close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags.
+They allow you to scan discount barcodes.
+
+.. note::
+   To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner, you
+   can see the documentation about it 
+   `here <https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tg7yarr2hPKTddZ4iGbp9IJO-cp7u15eHNVnFoL40Q8/edit>`__
 
 Barcode Nomenclature
 ====================
 
-To start using discounts tags, let's first have a look at the **barcode
-nomenclature** in order to print our correct discounts tags.
+To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature.
 
-I want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode.
+Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following
+barcode:
 
 .. image:: media/discount_tags01.png
-    :align: center
+   :align: center
 
-Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. 
-In the default nomenclature, you can see that to set a discount, you have to
-start you barcode with ``22`` and the add the percentage you want to set for
-the product. 
+You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS
+interface.
 
 .. image:: media/discount_tags02.png
-    :align: center
-
-For instance if you want ``50%`` discount on a product you have to start you
-barcode with ``2250`` and then add the product barcode. In our example, the
-barcode will be:
+   :align: center
 
 .. image:: media/discount_tags03.png
-    :align: center
+   :align: center
 
-Scanning your products
-======================
-
-If you go back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**
+Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your
+barcode with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for
+the %) before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would
+be:
 
 .. image:: media/discount_tags04.png
-    :align: center
-
-You have to scan:
+   :align: center
 
-1. the product
+Scan the products & tags
+========================
 
-2. the discount tag
-
-When the product is scanned, it appears on the ticket
+You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon).
 
 .. image:: media/discount_tags05.png
-    :align: center
+   :align: center
 
-Then when you scan the discount tag, ``50%`` discount is applied on the
-product.
+And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can
+finish the transaction.
 
 .. image:: media/discount_tags06.png
-    :align: center
-
-That's it, this how you can use discount tag on products with Odoo.
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`../shop/cash_control`
-    * :doc:`../shop/invoice`
-    * :doc:`../shop/refund`
-    * :doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`
\ No newline at end of file
+   :align: center
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst b/point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst
index a3cebe0502..f79439e5aa 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst
@@ -1,117 +1,45 @@
-=============================================
-How to create & run a loyalty & reward system
-=============================================
+========================
+Manage a loyalty program
+========================
+
+Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with
+a *Loyalty Program*.
 
 Configuration
 =============
 
-In the **Point of Sale** application, go to 
-:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`.
+To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to
+:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and
+select your PoS interface. Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty
+Program*
 
 .. image:: media/loyalty01.png
     :align: center
 
-You can tick **Manage loyalty program with point and reward for
-customers**.
+From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs.
 
 .. image:: media/loyalty02.png
     :align: center
 
-Create a loyalty program
-========================
-
-After you apply, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Loyalty Programs`
-and click on **Create**.
-
-.. image:: media/loyalty03.png
-    :align: center
-
-Set a **name** and an **amount** of points given **by currency**, 
-**by order** or **by product**. Extra rules can also be added 
-such as **extra points** on a product.
-
-To do this click on **Add an item** under **Rules**.
-
-.. image:: media/loyalty04.png
-    :align: center
-
-You can configure any rule by setting some configuration values.
-
--   **Name**: An internal identification for this loyalty program rule
--   **Type**: Does this rule affects products, or a category of products?
--   **Target Product**: The product affected by the rule
--   **Target Category**: The category affected by the rule
--   **Cumulative**: The points won from this rule will be won in addition to other rules
--   **Points per product**: How many points the product will earn per product ordered
--   **Points per currency**: How many points the product will earn per value sold
-
-.. image:: media/loyalty05.png
-    :align: center
-
-Your new rule is now created and rewards can be added by clicking on
-**Add an Item** under **Rewards**.
-
-.. image:: media/loyalty06.png
-    :align: center
-
-Three types of reward can be given: 
-
--   **Resale**: convert your points into money. Set a product that represents the value of 1 point.
-
-.. image:: media/loyalty14.png
-    :align: center
+You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a
+discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your
+whole range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation
+and everything in between.
 
--   **Discount**: give a discount for an amount of points. Set a product with a price of ``0 €`` and without any taxes.
-
-.. image:: media/loyalty13.png
-    :align: center
-
--   **Gift**: give a gift for an amount of points
-
-.. image:: media/loyalty07.png
-    :align: center
-
-
-
-Applying your loyalty program to a point of sale
-================================================
-
-On the **Dashboard**, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`.
-
-.. image:: media/loyalty08.png
-    :align: center
-
-Next to loyalty program, set the program you want to set.
-
-.. image:: media/loyalty09.png
-    :align: center
-
-Gathering and consuming points
-==============================
-
-To start gathering points you need to set a customer on the order.
-
-Click on **Customer** and select the right one.
-
-Loyalty points will appear on screen.
-
-.. image:: media/loyalty10.png
-    :align: center
+Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface
+=============================================
 
-The next time the customer comes to your shop and has enough points to
-get a reward, the **Rewards** button is highlighted and gifts can be
-given.
+When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for
+the transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are
+spent using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points
+according to the rules defined in the loyalty program.
 
-.. image:: media/loyalty11.png
+.. image:: media/loyalty03.png
     :align: center
 
-The reward is added and of course points are subtracted from the total.
-
-.. image:: media/loyalty12.png
-    :align: center
+You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You
+can finalize the order in your usual way.
 
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`../shop/cash_control`
-    * :doc:`../shop/invoice`
-    * :doc:`../shop/refund`
-    * :doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`
\ No newline at end of file
+.. note::
+    If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be
+    applied. You can of course change it.
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst b/point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst
index b0f791a575..e1ec88f438 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst
@@ -1,86 +1,45 @@
-==============================
-How to apply manual discounts?
-==============================
+======================
+Apply manual discounts
+======================
 
-Overview
-========
+If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the
+easiest solution for your Point of Sale.
 
-You can apply manual discounts in two different ways. You can directly
-set a discount on the product or you can set a global discount on the
-whole cart.
+You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific
+products.
 
-Discount on the product
-=======================
+Apply a discount on a product
+=============================
 
-On the dashboard, click on **New Session**:
+From your session interface, use *Disc* button.
 
 .. image:: media/manual_discount01.png
     :align: center
 
-You will get into the main point of sale interface :
-
-.. image:: media/manual_discount02.png
-    :align: center
-
-On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories
-on the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You
-can directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the
-keyboard.
-
-The same way you insert a quantity, Click on **Disc** and then type the
-discount (in percent). This is how you insert a manual discount on a
-specific product.
-
-.. image:: media/manual_discount03.png
-    :align: center
-
-Global discount
-===============
-
-Configuration
--------------
-
-If you want to set a global discount, you need to go to 
-:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and 
-tick **Allow global discounts**
-
-.. image:: media/manual_discount04.png
-    :align: center
-
-Then from the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`
-
-.. image:: media/manual_discount05.png
-    :align: center
+You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is
+currently selected and the discount will be applied.
 
-You have to activate **Order Discounts** and create a product that will be
-added as a product with a negative price to deduct the discount.
+Apply a global discount
+=======================
 
-.. image:: media/manual_discount06.png
-    :align: center
+To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of
+Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface.
 
-On the product used to create the discount, set the price to ``0`` and do
-not forget to remove all the **taxes**, that can make the calculation wrong.
+Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts*
+select it.
 
-.. image:: media/manual_discount07.png
+.. image:: media/manual_discount02.png
     :align: center
 
-Set a global discount
----------------------
+You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface.
 
-Now when you come back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**, a
-**Discount** button appears and by clicking on it you can set a **discount**.
-
-.. image:: media/manual_discount08.png
+.. image:: media/manual_discount03.png
     :align: center
 
-When it's validated, the discount line appears on the order and you can
-now process to the payment.
+Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages).
 
-.. image:: media/manual_discount09.png
+.. image:: media/manual_discount04.png
     :align: center
 
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`../shop/cash_control`
-    * :doc:`../shop/invoice`
-    * :doc:`../shop/refund`
-    * :doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`
+On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a
+specific product discount also at 50%.
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/barcode01.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/barcode01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..014a2887fb
Binary files /dev/null and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/barcode01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/barcode02.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/barcode02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3603e0a846
Binary files /dev/null and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/barcode02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags02.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags02.png
index e2ea6a4434..4d65c1c49f 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags02.png and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags03.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags03.png
index 2115e32b7f..fe00fd8c17 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags03.png and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags03.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags04.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags04.png
index 08d4758376..2115e32b7f 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags04.png and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags04.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags05.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags05.png
index 84bb99de38..446109d8a6 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags05.png and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags05.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags06.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags06.png
index a6abd65d91..e00e38fc83 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags06.png and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/discount_tags06.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty01.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty01.png
index 93bbae43ab..4057aab773 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty01.png and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty02.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty02.png
index 5d29f2083c..209947232b 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty02.png and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty03.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty03.png
index ae63088ff4..7a8fb201fe 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty03.png and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty03.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty04.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty04.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f377a9939..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty04.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty05.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty05.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d2929876d..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty05.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty06.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty06.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 15b25f0ec1..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty06.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty07.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty07.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e1f57a3760..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty07.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty08.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty08.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e41675c047..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty08.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty09.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty09.png
deleted file mode 100644
index fbf311dc70..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty09.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty10.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty10.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c72cfc74b9..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty10.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty11.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty11.png
deleted file mode 100644
index fdca4968ae..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty11.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty12.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty12.png
deleted file mode 100644
index ab2b9d99fa..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty12.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty13.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty13.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 668fb164a2..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty13.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty14.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty14.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a86fc92b10..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/loyalty14.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount01.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount01.png
index a7206abfef..dde5a8df43 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount01.png and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount02.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount02.png
index b9d8774bf7..e9a829d49f 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount02.png and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount03.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount03.png
index 625103dc79..9b20a97fe8 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount03.png and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount03.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount04.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount04.png
index df4653ba4e..7f0640cd47 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount04.png and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount04.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount05.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount05.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e41675c047..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount05.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount06.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount06.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f5c1a5d1da..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount06.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount07.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount07.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e2f0e73ecb..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount07.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount08.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount08.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b89ab4120e..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount08.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount09.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount09.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f6180b2a6..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/manual_discount09.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury01.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury01.png
index 640801e904..e98d9bc51b 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury01.png and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury02.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury02.png
index bce342231a..955d4a7906 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury02.png and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury03.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury03.png
index b10b2ae281..0d19eca0b5 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury03.png and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury03.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury04.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury04.png
index f152959b72..e0d3f5ba6a 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury04.png and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury04.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury05.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury05.png
deleted file mode 100644
index ebd231205c..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury05.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury06.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury06.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 90d823915d..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury06.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury07.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury07.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a7206abfef..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury07.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury08.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury08.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 335498a13d..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury08.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury09.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury09.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c859513884..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/mercury09.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier01.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier01.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 08d4758376..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier01.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier02.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier02.png
deleted file mode 100644
index db22b6f504..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier02.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier03.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier03.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ab3a56825..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier03.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier04.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier04.png
deleted file mode 100644
index afd696f07d..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier04.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier05.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier05.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5125cd462e..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier05.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier06.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier06.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 40444c2c62..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier06.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier07.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier07.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e48885433..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier07.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier08.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier08.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 08d4758376..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier08.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier09.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier09.png
deleted file mode 100644
index db22b6f504..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier09.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier10.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier10.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ab3a56825..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier10.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier11.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier11.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9553e3ab69..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier11.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier12.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier12.png
deleted file mode 100644
index afd696f07d..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier12.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier13.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier13.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5125cd462e..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier13.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier14.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier14.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 40444c2c62..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier14.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier15.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier15.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d36101a2a9..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier15.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier16.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier16.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d2861d3cf..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier16.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier17.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier17.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 08d4758376..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier17.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier18.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier18.png
deleted file mode 100644
index db22b6f504..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier18.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier19.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier19.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8821b287e8..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier19.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier20.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier20.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 89539c1240..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier20.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier21.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier21.png
deleted file mode 100644
index dfab3a528c..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier21.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier22.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier22.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5125cd462e..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier22.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier23.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier23.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 40444c2c62..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier23.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier24.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier24.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b6f1c9a9c8..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashier24.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashiers01.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashiers01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..346db21a58
Binary files /dev/null and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashiers01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashiers02.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashiers02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0118ca26a9
Binary files /dev/null and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashiers02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashiers03.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashiers03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aba2879195
Binary files /dev/null and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashiers03.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashiers04.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashiers04.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..81b5cc5ed2
Binary files /dev/null and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashiers04.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashiers05.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashiers05.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d61d0b4601
Binary files /dev/null and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashiers05.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashiers06.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashiers06.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7918ad78ba
Binary files /dev/null and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/multi_cashiers06.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register01.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register01.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a7206abfef..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register01.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register02.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register02.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a75c3571de..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register02.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register03.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register03.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b27f6a4414..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register03.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register04.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register04.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 72b03ed3d4..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register04.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register05.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register05.png
deleted file mode 100644
index cdeb3adf2d..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register05.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register06.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register06.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e07a7772f..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register06.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register07.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register07.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 54fdb2660c..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register07.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register08.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register08.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2aac10977e..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/register08.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/reprint01.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/reprint01.png
index 5e9cda149f..dc4659801e 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/reprint01.png and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/reprint01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/reprint02.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/reprint02.png
index 83ba920c9a..9b117f6339 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/reprint02.png and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/reprint02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/reprint03.png b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/reprint03.png
index 41bff84625..014b04a630 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/advanced/media/reprint03.png and b/point_of_sale/advanced/media/reprint03.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst b/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst
index fc6c886b90..c9d39e456d 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst
@@ -1,97 +1,53 @@
-=============================================================
-How to accept credit card payments in Odoo POS using Mercury?
-=============================================================
+========================================
+Accept credit card payment using Mercury
+========================================
 
-Overview
-========
-
-A **MercuryPay** account (see `MercuryPay website <https://www.mercurypay.com>`__.) 
-is required to accept credit
-card payments in Odoo 9 POS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay
+A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay
+website* <https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit
+card payments in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay
 only operates with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only
-suitable for North American businesses. An alternative to an integrated
-card reader is to work with a standalone card reader, copy the
-transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the card reader, and
-record the transaction in Odoo POS.
+suitable for North American businesses.
+
+An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone
+card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into
+the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS.
 
-Module installation
-===================
+Install Mercury
+===============
 
-Go to **Apps** and install the **Mercury Payment Services** application.
+To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the
+*Mercury* module.
 
 .. image:: media/mercury01.png
     :align: center
 
-Mercury Configuration
-=====================
+Configuration
+=============
 
-In the **Point of Sale** application, click on 
-:menuselection:`Configuration --> Mercury Configurations` 
-and then on **Create**.
+To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so
+go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the
+developer mode*.
 
 .. image:: media/mercury02.png
     :align: center
 
-Introduce your **credentials** and then save them.
-
-.. image:: media/mercury03.png
-    :align: center
-
-Then go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` 
-and click on **Create**. Under the **Point of Sale** tab you 
-can set a **Mercury configuration** to the **Payment method**.
-
-.. image:: media/mercury04.png
-    :align: center
-
-Finally, go to 
-:menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale` and add 
-a new payment method on the point of sale by editing it.
-
-.. image:: media/mercury05.png
-    :align: center
-
-Then select the payment method corresponding to your mercury
-configuration.
-
-.. image:: media/mercury06.png
-    :align: center
+While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->
+Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`.
 
-Save the modifications.
+Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury
+credentials.
 
-Register a sale
-===============
-
-On the dashboard, you can see your point(s) of sales, click on 
-**New Session**:
-
-.. image:: media/mercury07.png
-    :align: center
-
-You will get the main point of sale interface:
-
-.. image:: media/mercury08.png
+.. image:: media/mercury03.png
     :align: center
 
-On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories
-on the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You
-can directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the
-keyboard.
+Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment
+Methods` and create a new one.
 
-Payment with credit cards
-=========================
+Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can
+then select your Mercury credentials that you just created.
 
-Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the credit
-card **Payment Method**.
-
-.. image:: media/mercury09.png
+.. image:: media/mercury04.png
     :align: center
 
-Type in the **Amount** to be paid with the credit card. Now you can swipe
-the card and validate the payment.
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`../shop/cash_control`
-    * :doc:`../shop/invoice`
-    * :doc:`../shop/refund`
-    * :doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`
\ No newline at end of file
+You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a
+payment.
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst b/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst
index d16e100fd9..ab81a5760f 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst
@@ -1,174 +1,64 @@
-================================
-How to manage multiple cashiers?
-================================
-
-This tutorial will describe how to manage multiple cashiers. There are
-four differents ways to manage several cashiers.
-
-Switch cashier without any security
-===================================
-
-As prerequisite, you just need to have a second user with the **Point of
-Sale User** rights (Under the :menuselection:`General Settings --> Users` menu).
-On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session** as the main user.
-
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier01.png
-    :align: center
-
-On the top of the screen click on the **user name**.
-
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier02.png
-    :align: center
-
-And switch to another cashier.
-
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier03.png
-    :align: center
-
-The name on the top has changed which means you have changed the cashier.
-
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier04.png
-    :align: center
-
-Switch cashier with pin code
-============================
-
-Configuration
--------------
-
-If you want your cashiers to need a pin code to be able to use it, you
-can set it up in by clicking on **Settings**.
-
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier05.png
-    :align: center
-
-Then click on **Manage access rights**.
-
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier06.png
-    :align: center
-
-**Edit** the cashier and add a security pin code on the **Point of Sale**
-tab.
-
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier07.png
-    :align: center
-
-Change cashier
---------------
-
-On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session**.
-
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier08.png
-    :align: center
-
-On the top of the screen click on the **user name**.
-
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier09.png
-    :align: center
-
-Choose your **cashier**:
-
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier10.png
-    :align: center
-
-You will have to insert the user's **pin code** to be able to continue.
-
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier11.png
-    :align: center
-
-Now you can see that the cashier has changed.
-
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier12.png
-    :align: center
-
-Switch cashier with cashier barcode badge
-=========================================
-
-Configuration
--------------
-
-If you want your cashiers to scan its badge, 
-you can set it up in by clicking on **Settings**.
-
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier13.png
-    :align: center
-
-Then click on **Manage access rights**
-
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier14.png
-    :align: center
+========================
+Manage multiple cashiers
+========================
 
-**Edit** the cashier and add a **security pin code** on the **Point of Sale**
-tab.
+With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This
+allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and
+when.
 
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier15.png
-    :align: center
+There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo.
+They are all explained below.
 
-.. tip::
-    Be careful of the barcode nomenclature, the default one forced you
-    to use a barcode starting with ``041`` for cashier barcodes. To change that
-    go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`.
+.. note::
+    To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at
+    least two).
 
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier16.png
-    :align: center
-
-Change Cashier
---------------
+Switch without pin codes
+========================
 
-On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session**.
+The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on
+the name of the current cashier in your PoS interface.
 
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier17.png
+.. image:: media/multi_cashiers01.png
     :align: center
 
-On the top of the screen click on the **user name**.
+You will then be able to change between different users.
 
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier18.png
+.. image:: media/multi_cashiers02.png
     :align: center
 
-When the cashier scans his own badge, you can see on the top that the
-cashier has changed.
+And the cashier will be changed.
 
-Assign session to a user
-========================
+Switch cashiers with pin codes
+==============================
 
-Click on the menu :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`.
+You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to
+:menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user.
 
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier19.png
+.. image:: media/multi_cashiers03.png
     :align: center
 
-Then, click on **New** and assign as **Responsible** the correct cashier to the
-point of sale.
+On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security
+PIN.
 
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier20.png
+.. image:: media/multi_cashiers04.png
     :align: center
 
-When the cashier logs in he is able to open the session
+Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password.
 
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier21.png
+.. image:: media/multi_cashiers05.png
     :align: center
 
-Assign a default point of sale to a cashier
-===========================================
+Switch cashiers with barcodes
+=============================
 
-If you want your cashiers to be assigned to a point of sale, go to
-:menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`.
+You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges.
 
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier22.png
-    :align: center
+Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode.
 
-Then click on **Manage Access Rights**.
-
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier23.png
+.. image:: media/multi_cashiers06.png
     :align: center
 
-**Edit** the cashier and add a **Default Point of Sale** under the **Point of
-Sale** tab.
-
-.. image:: media/multi_cashier24.png
-    :align: center
+When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user.
 
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`../shop/cash_control`
-    * :doc:`../shop/invoice`
-    * :doc:`../shop/refund`
-    * :doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`
\ No newline at end of file
+.. seealso:: Barcode nomenclature link later on
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst b/point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index 6434e5cac7..0000000000
--- a/point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-==========================
-How to register customers?
-==========================
-
-Register an order
-=================
-
-On the dashboard, click on **New Session**:
-
-.. image:: media/register01.png
-    :align: center
-
-You arrive now on the main view :
-
-.. image:: media/register02.png
-    :align: center
-
-On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories
-on the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You
-can directly set the quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard.
-
-Record a customer
-=================
-
-On the main view, click on **Customer**:
-
-.. image:: media/register03.png
-    :align: center
-
-Register a new customer by clicking on the button.
-
-.. image:: media/register04.png
-    :align: center
-
-The following form appear. Fill in the relevant information:
-
-.. image:: media/register05.png
-    :align: center
-
-When it's done click on the **floppy disk** icon 
-
-.. image:: media/register06.png
-    :align: center
-
-You just registered a new customer. To set this customer to the current
-order, just tap on **Set Customer**.
-
-.. image:: media/register07.png
-    :align: center
-
-The customer is now set on the order.
-
-.. image:: media/register08.png
-    :align: center
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`../shop/cash_control`
-    * :doc:`../shop/invoice`
-    * :doc:`../shop/refund`
-    * :doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst b/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst
index dbfcd50491..86721e29f3 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst
@@ -1,38 +1,30 @@
-========================
-How to reprint receipts?
-========================
+================
+Reprint Receipts
+================
+
+Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket.
 
 Configuration
 =============
 
-This feature requires a POSBox and a receipt printer.
+To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale
+--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface.
 
-If you want to allow a cashier to reprint a ticket, go to
-:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the option 
-**Allow cashier to reprint receipts**.
+Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt*
+option.
 
 .. image:: media/reprint01.png
     :align: center
 
-You also need to allow the reprinting on the point of sale. Go to
-:menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, 
-open the one you want to configure and and tick the option **Reprinting**.
+Reprint a receipt
+=================
+
+On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button.
 
 .. image:: media/reprint02.png
     :align: center
 
-How to reprint a receipt?
-=========================
-
-In the Point of Sale interface click on the **Reprint Receipt** button.
+When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt.
 
 .. image:: media/reprint03.png
     :align: center
-
-The last printed receipt will be printed again.
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`../shop/cash_control`
-    * :doc:`../shop/invoice`
-    * :doc:`../shop/refund`
-    * :doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`
diff --git a/point_of_sale/analyze/media/statistics01.png b/point_of_sale/analyze/media/statistics01.png
index 6582e82da9..b63a3a06b1 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/analyze/media/statistics01.png and b/point_of_sale/analyze/media/statistics01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/analyze/media/statistics02.png b/point_of_sale/analyze/media/statistics02.png
index b31e5c4c39..9affa66283 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/analyze/media/statistics02.png and b/point_of_sale/analyze/media/statistics02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/analyze/media/statistics03.png b/point_of_sale/analyze/media/statistics03.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b31e5c4c39..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/analyze/media/statistics03.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/analyze/media/statistics04.png b/point_of_sale/analyze/media/statistics04.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a5acd55507..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/analyze/media/statistics04.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/analyze/media/statistics05.png b/point_of_sale/analyze/media/statistics05.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ef3b7e354..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/analyze/media/statistics05.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst b/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst
index fd42a778b7..e06daf098f 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst
@@ -1,44 +1,24 @@
-==============================
-Getting daily sales statistics
-==============================
+==================================
+View your Point of Sale statistics
+==================================
 
+Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo
+provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful
+statistics.
 
-Point of Sale statistics
-========================
+View your statistics
+====================
 
-On your dashboard, click on the **More** button on the point of sale you
-want to analyse. Then click on **Orders**.
+To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->
+Reporting --> Orders`
+
+You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form.
 
 .. image:: media/statistics01.png
     :align: center
 
-You will get the figures for this particular point of sale.
+.. note::
+    You can also access the stats views by clicking here
 
 .. image:: media/statistics02.png
     :align: center
-
-Global statistics
-=================
-
-Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Orders`.
-
-You will get the figures of all orders for all point of sales.
-
-.. image:: media/statistics03.png
-    :align: center
-
-Cashier statistics
-==================
-
-Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Sales Details`.
-
-Choose the dates. Select the cashiers by clicking on **Add an item**. Then
-click on **Print Report**.
-
-.. image:: media/statistics04.png
-    :align: center
-
-You will get a full report in a PDF file. Here is an example :
-
-.. image:: media/statistics05.png
-    :align: center
diff --git a/point_of_sale/overview.rst b/point_of_sale/overview.rst
index eabf8fddf7..e078a29adf 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/overview.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/overview.rst
@@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ Overview
 
    overview/start
    overview/setup
-
+   overview/register
diff --git a/point_of_sale/overview/media/register01.png b/point_of_sale/overview/media/register01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1a0a42630c
Binary files /dev/null and b/point_of_sale/overview/media/register01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/overview/media/register02.png b/point_of_sale/overview/media/register02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd7e3bce4a
Binary files /dev/null and b/point_of_sale/overview/media/register02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/overview/media/register03.png b/point_of_sale/overview/media/register03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a4f1cf9fb6
Binary files /dev/null and b/point_of_sale/overview/media/register03.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start01.png b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start01.png
index b3272b478d..1e80e46952 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start01.png and b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start02.png b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start02.png
index f2116014dd..e4bfbaab58 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start02.png and b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start03.png b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start03.png
index 18ce77e927..98d0ec1d36 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start03.png and b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start03.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start04.png b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start04.png
index c80ea5efff..3107c53475 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start04.png and b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start04.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start05.png b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start05.png
index 28165f2f38..23a56a74b3 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start05.png and b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start05.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start06.png b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start06.png
index e98dfcd439..c2f27f6d15 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start06.png and b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start06.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start07.png b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start07.png
index a7206abfef..fc563e8d2a 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start07.png and b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start07.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start08.png b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start08.png
index b9d8774bf7..1ae55d9fe8 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start08.png and b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start08.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start09.png b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start09.png
index 5c5c3003ff..989c4e4281 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start09.png and b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start09.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start10.png b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start10.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a1b7f94f9f..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start10.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start11.png b/point_of_sale/overview/media/start11.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f890574463..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/overview/media/start11.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst b/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b1fc01cbe8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+==================
+Register customers
+==================
+
+Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them
+various privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific
+communication. It will also be required if they want an invoice and
+registering them will make any future interaction with them faster.
+
+Create a customer
+=================
+
+From your session interface, use the customer button.
+
+.. image:: media/register01.png
+    :align: center
+
+Create a new one by using this button.
+
+.. image:: media/register02.png
+    :align: center
+
+You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their
+information.
+
+.. image:: media/register03.png
+    :align: center
+
+Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer
+in any future transactions.
diff --git a/point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst b/point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst
index 01faf9dec7..4cd16efa66 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-============================
+=./odoo.py --load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos===========================
 Point of Sale Hardware Setup
 ============================
 
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ You will need :
 * The POSBox
 * A 2A Power adapter
 * A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser
-* A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale installed
+* A running SaaS or Odoo database with the Point of Sale installed
 * A local network set up with DHCP (this is the default setting)
 * An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer
   (officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page
@@ -80,15 +80,15 @@ Setup the Point of Sale
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
 To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point
-of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and select your Point of
-Sale. Scroll down to the ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` section and
+of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your Point of
+Sale. Scroll down to the ``PoSBox / Hardware Proxy`` section and
 activate the options for the hardware you want to use through the
 POSBox. Specifying the IP of the POSBox is recommended (it is printed
 on the receipt that gets printed after booting up the POSBox). When
 the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will attempt to find it on
 the local network.
 
-If you are running multiple Point of Sales on the same POSBox, make sure
+If you are running multiple Point of Sale on the same POSBox, make sure
 that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated.
 
 It might be a good idea to make sure the POSBox IP never changes in
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Prerequisites
 -------------
 
 - A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)
-- A running Odoo instance you connect to to load the Point of Sale
+- A running Odoo instance you connect to load the Point of Sale
 - You must uninstall any ESC/POS printer driver as it will conflict
   with Odoo's built-in driver
 
@@ -215,30 +215,26 @@ Step By Step Setup Guide
 Extra dependencies
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
-Because Odoo runs on Python 2, you need to check which version of pip
+Because Odoo 11.0 runs on Python 3, you need to check which version of pip
 you need to use.
 
 ``# pip --version``
 
 If it returns something like::
 
-  pip 1.5.6 from /usr/local/lib/python3.3/dist-packages/pip-1.5.6-py3.3.egg (python 3.3)
+  pip 1.4.1 from /usr/lib/python2.7/dist-packages (python 2.7)
 
-You need to try pip2 instead.
+You need to try pip3 instead.
 
 If it returns something like::
 
-  pip 1.4.1 from /usr/lib/python2.7/dist-packages (python 2.7)
+  pip 1.5.6 from /usr/local/lib/python3.3/dist-packages/pip-1.5.6-py3.3.egg (python 3.3)
 
 You can use pip.
 
 The driver modules requires the installation of new python modules:
 
-``# pip install pyserial``
-
-``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``
-
-``# pip install qrcode``
+``# pip install netifaces evdev pyusb==1.0.0b1``
 
 Access Rights
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -249,7 +245,7 @@ create a group that has access to USB devices
 
 ``# groupadd usbusers``
 
-Then we add the user who will run the OpenERP server to ``usbusers``
+Then we add the user who will run the Odoo server to ``usbusers``
 
 ``# usermod -a -G usbusers USERNAME``
 
@@ -261,14 +257,16 @@ following content::
     SUBSYSTEM=="usb", GROUP="usbusers", MODE="0660"
     SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", GROUP="usbusers", MODE="0660"
 
-Then you need to reboot your machine.
+Then you need to reload the udev rules or reboot your machine if reloading the rules did not work.
+
+``# udevadm control --reload-rules && udevadm trigger``
 
 Start the local Odoo instance
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
 We must launch the Odoo server with the correct settings
 
-``$ ./odoo.py --load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos``
+``$ ./odoo-bin --load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos``
 
 Test the instance
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
diff --git a/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst b/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst
index 07f28f64b5..66be313d63 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst
@@ -5,14 +5,14 @@ Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale
 Overview
 ========
 
-Odoo's online **Point of Sale** application is based on a simple, user
-friendly interface. The **Point of Sale** application can be used online or
+Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user
+friendly interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or
 offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops.
 
-Odoo **Point of Sale** is fully integrated with the **Inventory** and the
-**Accounting** applications. Any transaction with your point of sale will
-automatically be registered in your inventory management and accounting
-and, even in your **CRM** as the customer can be identified from the app.
+Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting
+applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be
+automatically registered in your stock and accounting entries but also
+in your CRM as the customer can be identified from the app.
 
 You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across
 all your shops without the hassle of integrating several external
@@ -21,138 +21,110 @@ applications.
 Configuration
 =============
 
-Install the Point of Sale Application
+Install the Point of Sale application
 -------------------------------------
 
-Start by installing the **Point of Sale** application. Go to 
-:menuselection:`Apps` and install the **Point of Sale** application.
+Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application.
 
 .. image:: media/start01.png
-    :align: center
+   :align: center
 
-Do not forget to install an accounting **chart of account**. If it is not
-done, go to the **Invoicing/Accounting** application and click on **Browse
-available countries**:
+.. tip::
+   If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of
+   accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the
+   accounting settings.
 
-.. image:: media/start02.png
-    :align: center
+Make products available in the Point of Sale
+--------------------------------------------
 
-Then choose the one you want to install.
+To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a
+product, go in the tab Sales and tick the box "Available in Point of
+Sale".
 
-When it is done, you are all set to use the point of sale.
+.. image:: media/start02.png
+   :align: center
 
-Adding Products
----------------
+.. tip::
+   You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a
+   scale.
 
-To add products from the point of sale **Dashboard** go to 
-:menuselection:`Orders --> Products` and click on **Create**.
+Configure your payment methods
+------------------------------
 
-The first example will be oranges with a price of ``3€/kg``. In the **Sales**
-tab, you can see the point of sale configuration. There, you can set a
-product category, specify that the product has to be weighted or not and
-ensure that it will be available in the point of sale.
+To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to
+:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose
+a Point of Sale --> Go to the Payments section` and click on the link
+"Payment Methods".
 
 .. image:: media/start03.png
-    :align: center
-
-In same the way, you can add lemons, pumpkins, red onions, bananas... in
-the database.
-
-.. tip::
-    How to easily manage categories?
+   :align: center
 
-    If you already have a database with your products, you can easily set a
-    **Point of Sale Category** by using the Kanban view and by grouping the
-    products by **Point of Sale Category**.
+Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box
+"Use in Point of Sale".
 
 .. image:: media/start04.png
-    :align: center
+   :align: center
 
-Configuring a payment method
-----------------------------
-
-To configure a new payment method go to 
-:menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods`
-and click on **Create**.
+Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of
+Sale you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration.
 
 .. image:: media/start05.png
-    :align: center
-
-After you set up a name and the type of payment method, you can go to
-the point of sale tab and ensure that this payment method has been
-activated for the point of sale.
+   :align: center
 
-Configuring your points of sales
---------------------------------
-
-Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, 
-click on the ``main`` point of sale. Edit the point of sale 
-and add your custom payment method into the available payment methods. 
-
-.. image:: media/start06.png
-    :align: center
-
-You can configure each point of sale according to your hardware,
-location,...
-
-.. demo:fields:: point_of_sale.action_pos_config_pos
+Configure your Point of Sale
+----------------------------
 
-Now you are ready to make your first steps with your point of sale.
+Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`
+and select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you
+can edit all the settings of your Point of Sale.
 
-First Steps in the Point of Sale
-================================
+Create your first PoS session
+=============================
 
 Your first order
 ----------------
 
-On the dashboard, you can see your points of sales, click on **New
-session**:
+You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS
+dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new
+session.
 
-.. image:: media/start07.png
-    :align: center
-
-You will get the main point of sale interface:
+.. image:: media/start06.png
+   :align: center
 
-.. image:: media/start08.png
-    :align: center
+You now arrive on the PoS interface.
 
-On the right you can see the products list with the categories
-on the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You
-can directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the
-keyboard.
+.. image:: media/start07.png
+   :align: center
 
-Payment
--------
+Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the
+available payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the
+payment method and enter the received amount. You can then validate the
+payment.
 
-Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the
-customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €``
-and pays with a ``20 €`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**.
+You can register the next orders.
 
-.. image:: media/start09.png
-    :align: center
+Close the PoS session
+---------------------
 
-Your ticket is printed and you are now ready to make your second order.
+At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click
+on the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm.
+You can now close the session from the dashboard.
 
-Closing a session
------------------
+.. image:: media/start08.png
+   :align: center
 
-At the end of the day, to close the session, click on the **Close** button
-on the top right. Click again on the close button of the point of sale.
-On this page, you will see a summary of the transactions
+.. tip::
+   It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day.
 
-.. image:: media/start10.png
-    :align: center
+You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method.
 
-If you click on a payment method line, the journal of this method
-appears containing all the transactions performed.
+.. image:: media/start09.png
+   :align: center
 
-.. image:: media/start11.png
-    :align: center
+You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have
+been paid by this payment method during that PoS session.
 
-Now, you only have to validate and close the session.
+If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the
+closing entries.
 
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`../shop/cash_control`
-    * :doc:`../shop/invoice`
-    * :doc:`../shop/refund`
-    * :doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`
\ No newline at end of file
+It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session.
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst b/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst
index 0001ccd506..218bd97b51 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst
@@ -8,7 +8,8 @@ Advanced Restaurant Features
    restaurant/setup
    restaurant/table
    restaurant/split
-   restaurant/print
+   restaurant/bill_printing
+   restaurant/kitchen_printing
    restaurant/tips
    restaurant/transfer
    restaurant/multi_orders
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst b/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..55573968ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+==============
+Print the Bill
+==============
+
+Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment.
+This is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not
+the definitive ticket.
+
+Configure Bill Printing
+=======================
+
+To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->
+Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface.
+
+Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing*
+option.
+
+.. image:: media/bill_printing01.png
+    :align: center
+
+Split a Bill
+============
+
+On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button.
+
+.. image:: media/bill_printing02.png
+    :align: center
+
+When you use it, you can then print the bill.
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst b/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a852f9e0ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+==================================
+Print orders at the kitchen or bar
+==================================
+
+To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the
+house, printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the
+kitchen or bar can be a tremendous help.
+
+Activate the bar/kitchen printer
+================================
+
+To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point
+of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS
+interface.
+
+Under the PosBox / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*.
+
+Add a printer
+=============
+
+In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option
+where you can add the printer.
+
+.. image:: media/kitchen_printing01.png
+    :align: center
+
+Print a kitchen/bar order
+=========================
+
+.. image:: media/kitchen_printing02.png
+    :align: center
+
+Select or create a printer.
+
+Print the order in the kitchen/bar
+==================================
+
+On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button.
+
+.. image:: media/kitchen_printing03.png
+    :align: center
+
+When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer.
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/bill_printing01.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/bill_printing01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..18101c7d45
Binary files /dev/null and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/bill_printing01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/bill_printing02.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/bill_printing02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..962c3c5d77
Binary files /dev/null and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/bill_printing02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/kitchen_printing01.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/kitchen_printing01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d1c99c1de8
Binary files /dev/null and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/kitchen_printing01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/kitchen_printing02.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/kitchen_printing02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..85d08b8f56
Binary files /dev/null and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/kitchen_printing02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/kitchen_printing03.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/kitchen_printing03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4c380579e3
Binary files /dev/null and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/kitchen_printing03.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/multi_orders01.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/multi_orders01.png
index 7430770906..d6128e923c 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/multi_orders01.png and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/multi_orders01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/multi_orders02.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/multi_orders02.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e56f275e6c..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/multi_orders02.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/multi_orders03.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/multi_orders03.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b177a7d146..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/multi_orders03.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print01.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print01.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ef6ba0e2e..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print01.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print02.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print02.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f8dd4f05c..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print02.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print03.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print03.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f08a5258d..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print03.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print04.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print04.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 07b322b60f..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print04.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print05.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print05.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1fb2c81bed..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print05.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print06.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print06.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 36820c2bae..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print06.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print07.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print07.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e5780c185..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print07.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print08.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print08.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 0371797966..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/print08.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/setup01.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/setup01.png
index a6eecd0807..f96660bd45 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/setup01.png and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/setup01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/setup02.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/setup02.png
index 96dbb1e162..2aeef53041 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/setup02.png and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/setup02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/setup03.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/setup03.png
index 91a1462f74..1c57075249 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/setup03.png and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/setup03.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/setup04.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/setup04.png
index 1221c0a7af..73153cd8ca 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/setup04.png and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/setup04.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/setup05.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/setup05.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e595409ece..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/setup05.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split01.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split01.png
index 2ef6ba0e2e..c0379a8df0 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split01.png and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split02.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split02.png
index e27996696e..9e9b053744 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split02.png and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split03.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split03.png
index 08d4758376..df32b551e4 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split03.png and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split03.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split04.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split04.png
deleted file mode 100644
index cbc04dcaf6..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split04.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split05.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split05.png
deleted file mode 100644
index ffd5fbdb3b..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split05.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split06.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split06.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 227fef3f34..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split06.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split07.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split07.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 321f308c27..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split07.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split08.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split08.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5907fee5c0..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split08.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split09.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split09.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 849513ce9c..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/split09.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table01.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table01.png
index 08d4758376..863c47e6d3 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table01.png and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table02.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table02.png
index ed2acb5d2b..d4e497e881 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table02.png and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table03.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table03.png
index 609619f986..d7bcb40277 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table03.png and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table03.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table04.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table04.png
index 8ec6e21c3d..cfe8fc3624 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table04.png and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table04.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table05.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table05.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 32b140ba6e..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table05.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table06.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table06.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a0b69af36..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table06.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table07.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table07.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d0c4b526b..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table07.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table08.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table08.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 56c9677784..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table08.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table09.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table09.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 172bc90e2d..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table09.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table10.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table10.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c11a5edfd7..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table10.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table11.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table11.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d23ba99971..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table11.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table12.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table12.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b67aa980de..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/table12.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips01.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips01.png
index 2ef6ba0e2e..09858bc96f 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips01.png and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips02.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips02.png
index 6774890d25..a66e7cb470 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips02.png and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips03.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips03.png
index 804bdbc91f..d4e497e881 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips03.png and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips03.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips04.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips04.png
index 03a68bac6d..c0d1cc7be6 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips04.png and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips04.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips05.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips05.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d08d767bcd..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips05.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips06.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips06.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 97f41fb832..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/tips06.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/transfer01.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/transfer01.png
index 08d4758376..f9180808d1 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/transfer01.png and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/transfer01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/transfer02.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/transfer02.png
index 83901bfde6..491975dc89 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/transfer02.png and b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/transfer02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/transfer03.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/transfer03.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a104aa75f8..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/transfer03.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/transfer04.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/transfer04.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 60d8ea2c08..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/transfer04.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/transfer05.png b/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/transfer05.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a5666eee7..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/restaurant/media/transfer05.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst b/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst
index d6dd536db1..78471b5286 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst
@@ -1,36 +1,21 @@
-===============================================
-How to register multiple orders simultaneously?
-===============================================
+========================
+Register multiple orders
+========================
 
-Register simultaneous orders
-============================
-
-On the main screen, just tap on the **+** on the top of the screen to
-register another order. The current orders remain opened until the
-payment is done or the order is cancelled.
-
-.. image:: media/multi_orders01.png
-    :align: center
-
-Switch from one order to another
-================================
+The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders
+simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need.
 
-Simply click on the number of the order.
-
-.. image:: media/multi_orders02.png
-    :align: center
+Register an additional order
+============================
 
-Cancel an order
-===============
+When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add
+a new order.
 
-If you made a mistake or if the order is cancelled, just click on the **-**
-button. A message will appear to confirm the order deletion.
+You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment
+when needed.
 
-.. image:: media/multi_orders03.png
+.. image:: media/multi_orders01.png
     :align: center
 
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`../advanced/register`
-    * :doc:`../advanced/reprint`
-    * :doc:`transfer`
+By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently
+on.
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst b/point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index 1acff0f7d1..0000000000
--- a/point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-===========================================
-How to handle kitchen & bar order printing?
-===========================================
-
-Configuration
-=============
-
-From the dashboard click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`:
-
-.. image:: media/print01.png
-    :align: center
-
-Under the **Bar & Restaurant** section, tick **Bill Printing**.
-
-.. image:: media/print02.png
-    :align: center
-
-In order printers, click on **add an item** and then **Create**.
-
-.. image:: media/print03.png
-    :align: center
-
-Set a printer **Name**, its **IP address** and the **Category** 
-of product you want to print on this printer. The category 
-of product is useful to print the order for the kitchen.
-
-.. image:: media/print04.png
-    :align: center
-
-Several printers can be added this way
-
-.. image:: media/print05.png
-    :align: center
-
-Now when you register an order, products will be automatically
-printed on the correct printer.
-
-Print a bill before the payment
-===============================
-
-On the main screen, click on the **Bill** button.
-
-.. image:: media/print06.png
-    :align: center
-
-Finally click on **Print**.
-
-.. image:: media/print07.png
-    :align: center
-
-Click on **Ok** once it is done.
-
-Print the order (kitchen printing)
-==================================
-
-This is different than printing the bill. It only prints the list of the
-items.
-
-Click on **Order**, it will automatically be printed.
-
-.. image:: media/print08.png
-    :align: center
-
-.. note::
-    The printer is automatically chosen according to the products
-    categories set on it.
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`../shop/cash_control`
-    * :doc:`../shop/invoice`
-    * :doc:`../shop/refund`
-    * :doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst b/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst
index dc9692d983..4244e68463 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst
@@ -1,40 +1,31 @@
-======================================
-How to setup Point of Sale Restaurant?
-======================================
+========================
+Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar
+========================
 
-Go to the **Point of Sale** application, 
-:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`
+Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point
+of Sale application can help you to fulfill.
+
+Configuration
+=============
+
+To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to
+:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and
+select your PoS interface.
+
+Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*
 
 .. image:: media/setup01.png
     :align: center
 
-Enable the option **Restaurant: activate table management** and
-click on **Apply**.
+You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of
+sale. You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to
+them.
 
 .. image:: media/setup02.png
     :align: center
 
-Then go back to the **Dashboard**, on the point of sale you want to use in
-restaurant mode, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`.
-
 .. image:: media/setup03.png
     :align: center
 
-Under the **Restaurant Floors** section, click on **add an item** 
-to insert a floor and to set your PoS in restaurant mode.
-
 .. image:: media/setup04.png
     :align: center
-
-Insert a floor name and assign the floor to your point of sale.
-
-.. image:: media/setup05.png
-    :align: center
-
-Click on **Save & Close** and then on **Save**. 
-Congratulations, your point of sale is
-now in Restaurant mode. The first time you start a session, you will
-arrive on an empty map. 
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`table`
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst b/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst
index cbe239b5ed..08c5301cca 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst
@@ -1,84 +1,34 @@
-==========================
-How to handle split bills?
-==========================
+=============================
+Offer a bill-splitting option
+=============================
+
+Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave
+them with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available
+out-of-the-box in the Odoo Point of Sale application.
 
 Configuration
 =============
 
-Split bills only work for point of sales that are in **restaurant** mode.
+To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point
+of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS
+interface.
 
-From the dashboard click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`:
+Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting
+option.
 
 .. image:: media/split01.png
     :align: center
 
-In the settings tick the option **Bill Splitting**.
+Split a bill
+============
+
+In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button.
 
 .. image:: media/split02.png
     :align: center
 
-Register an order
-=================
-
-From the dashboard, click on **New Session**.
+When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had
+and process the payment, repeating the process for each guest.
 
 .. image:: media/split03.png
     :align: center
-
-Choose a table and start registering an order.
-
-.. image:: media/split04.png
-    :align: center
-
-When customers want to pay and split the bill, there are two ways to
-achieve this:
-
--  based on the total
-
--  based on products
-
-.. image:: media/split05.png
-    :align: center
-
-Splitting based on the total
-----------------------------
-
-Just click on **Payment**. You only have to insert the money tendered by
-each customer.
-
-Click on the payment method (cash, credit card,...) and enter the
-amount. Repeat it for each customer.
-
-.. image:: media/split06.png
-    :align: center
-
-When it's done, click on validate. This is how to split the bill based
-on the total amount.
-
-Split the bill based on products
---------------------------------
-
-On the main view, click on **Split**
-
-.. image:: media/split07.png
-    :align: center
-
-Select the products the first customer wants to pay and click on **Payment**
-
-.. image:: media/split08.png
-    :align: center
-
-You get the total, process the payment and click on **Validate**
-
-.. image:: media/split09.png
-    :align: center
-
-Follow the same procedure for the next customer of the same table.
-
-When all the products have been paid you go back to the table map.
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`../shop/cash_control`
-    * :doc:`../shop/invoice`
-    * :doc:`../shop/refund`
-    * :doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst b/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst
index a78e3023b2..03298e8fb6 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst
@@ -1,81 +1,48 @@
-================================
-How to configure your table map?
-================================
+===============================
+Configure your table management
+===============================
 
-Make your table map
-===================
+Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage,
+select *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale`..
 
-Once your point of sale has been configured for restaurant usage, click
-on **New Session**:
+Add a floor
+===========
+
+When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by
+clicking on *Floors*
 
 .. image:: media/table01.png
     :align: center
 
-This is your main floor, it is empty for now. Click on the **+** icon to
-add a table. 
+Add tables
+==========
+
+From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s).
 
 .. image:: media/table02.png
     :align: center
 
-Drag and drop the table to change its position. Once you click on it,
-you can edit it.
-
-Click on the corners to change the size.
+When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will
+allow you to create tables, move them, modify them, ...
 
 .. image:: media/table03.png
     :align: center
 
-The number of seats can be set by clicking on this icon:
-
-.. image:: media/table04.png
-    :align: center
-
-The table name can be edited by clicking on this icon:
-
-.. image:: media/table05.png
-    :align: center
-
-You can switch from round to square table by clicking on this icon:
-
-.. image:: media/table06.png
-    :align: center
-
-The color of the table can modify by clicking on this icon :
-
-.. image:: media/table07.png
-    :align: center
-
-This icon allows you to duplicate the table:
-
-.. image:: media/table08.png
-    :align: center
-
-To drop a table click on this icon:
-
-.. image:: media/table09.png
-    :align: center
-
-Once your plan is done click on the pencil to leave the edit mode. The
-plan is automatically saved.
-
-.. image:: media/table10.png
-    :align: center
+In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for
+four, I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also
+rename them, change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as
+well as duplicate them with the handy tool bar.
 
-Register your orders
-====================
+Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode.
 
-Now you are ready to make your first order. You just have to click on a
-table to start registering an order.
+Register your table(s) orders
+=============================
 
-You can come back at any time to the map by clicking on the floor name :
+When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to
+register an order and payment.
 
-.. image:: media/table11.png
-    :align: center
+You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button
+and you can also transfer the order to another table.
 
-Edit a table map
-================
-
-On your map, click on the pencil icon to go in edit mode :
-
-.. image:: media/table12.png
+.. image:: media/table04.png
     :align: center
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst b/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst
index 1cb544efe6..7069718df4 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst
@@ -1,46 +1,34 @@
-===================
-How to handle tips?
-===================
+===================================
+Integrate a tip option into payment
+===================================
 
-Configuration
-=============
+As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is
+important to have the option in your PoS interface.
 
-From the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`.
+Configure Tipping
+=================
 
-.. image:: media/tips01.png
-    :align: center
-
-Add a product for the tip.
+To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale
+--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS.
 
-.. image:: media/tips02.png
-    :align: center
-
-In the tip product page, be sure to set a sale price of ``0€`` 
-and to remove all the taxes in the accounting tab.
+Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it
+and create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case.
 
-.. image:: media/tips03.png
+.. image:: media/tips01.png
     :align: center
 
-Adding a tip
-============
+Add Tips to the bill
+====================
 
-On the payment page, tap on **Tip**
+Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button
 
-.. image:: media/tips04.png
+.. image:: media/tips01.png
     :align: center
 
-Tap down the amount of the tip:
-
-.. image:: media/tips05.png
+.. image:: media/tips01.png
     :align: center
 
-The total amount has been updated and you can now register the payment.
+Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment.
 
-.. image:: media/tips06.png
+.. image:: media/tips01.png
     :align: center
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`../shop/cash_control`
-    * :doc:`../shop/invoice`
-    * :doc:`../shop/refund`
-    * :doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst b/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst
index b1b613af75..bd9815ae7a 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst
@@ -1,38 +1,22 @@
-======================================
-How to transfer a customer from table?
-======================================
+=================================
+Transfer customers between tables
+=================================
 
-This only work for Point of Sales that are configured in restaurant
-mode.
+If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed
+an order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to
+their new table, keeping your customers happy without making it
+complicated for you.
 
-From the dashboard, click on **New Session**.
+Transfer customer(s)
+====================
+
+Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on.
 
 .. image:: media/transfer01.png
     :align: center
 
-Choose a table, for example table ``T1`` and start registering an order.
+You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and
+select the new table
 
 .. image:: media/transfer02.png
     :align: center
-
-Register an order. For some reason, customers want to move to table ``T9``.
-Click on **Transfer**.
-
-.. image:: media/transfer03.png
-    :align: center
-
-Select to which table you want to transfer customers.
-
-.. image:: media/transfer04.png
-    :align: center
-
-You see that the order has been added to the table ``T9``
-
-.. image:: media/transfer05.png
-    :align: center
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`../shop/cash_control`
-    * :doc:`../shop/invoice`
-    * :doc:`../shop/refund`
-    * :doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst b/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst
index 454f91447d..dc7ebfa34f 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst
@@ -1,98 +1,63 @@
-===========================
-How to set up cash control?
-===========================
+====================================
+Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale
+====================================
 
-Cash control permits you to check the amount of the cashbox at the
-opening and closing.
+Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the
+opening and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and
+that no cash is missing.
 
-Configuring cash control
-========================
+Activate Cash Control
+=====================
 
-On the **Point of Sale** dashboard, 
-click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`.
+To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point
+of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS
+interface.
+
+Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting.
 
 .. image:: media/cash_control01.png
     :align: center
 
-On this page, scroll and tick the the option **Cash Control**.
+In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination
+at the opening and closing.
+
+When clicking on *->Opening/Closing Values* you will be able to create
+those values.
 
 .. image:: media/cash_control02.png
     :align: center
 
-Starting a session
-==================
+Start a session
+===============
 
-On your point of sale dashboard click on **new session**:
+You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening
+Balance*
 
 .. image:: media/cash_control03.png
     :align: center
 
-Before launching the point of sale interface, you get the open control
-view. Click on set an opening balance to introduce the amount in the
-cashbox.
-
 .. image:: media/cash_control04.png
     :align: center
 
-Here you can insert the value of the coin or bill, and the amount present in
-the cashbox. The system sums up the total, in this example we have
-``86,85€`` in the cashbox. Click on **confirm**.
-
-.. image:: media/cash_control05.png
-    :align: center
-
-You can see that the opening balance has changed and when you click on
-**Open Session** you will get the main point of sale interface.
+By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always
+modify it.
 
-Register a sale
+Close a session
 ===============
 
-.. image:: media/cash_control06.png
-    :align: center
-
-On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories
-on the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You
-can directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the
-keyboard.
-
-Payment
-=======
+When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing
+Balance* button as well.
 
-Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the
-customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84€``
-and pays with a ``20€`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**.
+You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what
+you have just counted) and the difference between the two.
 
-.. image:: media/cash_control07.png
-    :align: center
-
-Your ticket is printed and you are now ready to make your second order.
-
-Closing a session
-=================
-
-At the time of closing the session, click on the **Close** button on the top
-right. Click again on the **Close** button to exit the point of sale interface. 
-On this page, you will see a summary of the transactions. At this moment you can
-take the money out.
-
-.. image:: media/cash_control08.png
-    :align: center
-
-For instance you want to take your daily transactions out of your
-cashbox.
-
-.. image:: media/cash_control09.png
+.. image:: media/cash_control05.png
     :align: center
 
-Now you can see that the theoretical closing balance has been updated
-and it only remains you to count your cashbox to set a closing balance.
+If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions
+for this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same
+closing balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the
+next session.
 
-.. image:: media/cash_control10.png
+.. image:: media/cash_control06.png
     :align: center
-
-You can now validate the closing.
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`invoice`
-    * :doc:`refund`
-    * :doc:`seasonal_discount`
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst b/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst
index 522bd6693b..6b0b819b46 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst
@@ -1,117 +1,60 @@
-======================================
-How to invoice from the POS interface?
-======================================
+==============================
+Invoice from the PoS interface
+==============================
 
-Register an order
-=================
+Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your
+Point of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface.
+
+Activate invoicing
+==================
 
-On the **Dashboard**, you can see your points of sales, click on **New
-session**:
+Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`
+and select your Point of Sale:
 
 .. image:: media/invoice01.png
     :align: center
 
-You are on the ``main`` point of sales view :
+Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick
+it. Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be
+created.
 
 .. image:: media/invoice02.png
     :align: center
 
-On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories
-on the top. Switch categories by clicking on it.
-
-If you click on a product, it will be added in your cart. You can
-directly set the correct **Quantity/Weight** by typing it on the keyboard.
-
-Add a customer
-==============
-
-By selecting in the customer list
----------------------------------
+Select a customer
+=================
 
-On the main view, click on **Customer** (above **Payment**):
+From your session interface, use the customer button
 
 .. image:: media/invoice03.png
     :align: center
 
-You must set a customer in order to be able to issue an invoice.
+You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your
+customer or create a new one by using this button.
 
 .. image:: media/invoice04.png
     :align: center
 
-You can search in the list of your customers or create new ones by
-clicking on the icon.
-
-.. image:: media/invoice05.png
-    :align: center
-
-.. note::
-    For more explanation about adding a new customer. Please read the
-    document :doc:`../advanced/register`.
-
-By using a barcode for customer
--------------------------------
-
-On the main view, click on **Customer** (above **Payment**):
-
-.. image:: media/invoice03.png
-    :align: center
-
-Select a customer and click on the pencil to edit.
-
-.. image:: media/invoice09.png
-    :align: center
-
-Set a the barcode for customer by scanning it.
-
-.. image:: media/invoice10.png
-    :align: center
-
-Save modifications and now when you scan the customer's barcode, he is assigned
-to the order
+You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information.
 
-.. note::
-    Be careful with the **Barcode Nomenclature**. By default, customers' barcodes 
-    have to begin with 042. To check the default barcode nomenclature, go to
-    :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`.
-
-    .. image:: media/invoice11.png
-        :align: center
-
-
-Payment and invoicing
+Invoice your customer
 =====================
 
-Once the cart is processed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the
-customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €``
-and pays with by a ``VISA``.
-
-Before clicking on **Validate**, you have to click on **Invoice** in order to
-create an invoice from this order.
+From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button
+to select it and validate.
 
-.. image:: media/invoice06.png
+.. image:: media/invoice05.png
     :align: center
 
-Your invoice is printed and you can continue to make orders.
-
-Retrieve invoices of a specific customer
-========================================
-
-To retrieve the customer's invoices, go to the **Sale** application, click
-on :menuselection:`Sales --> Customers`.
+You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order.
 
-On the customer information view, click on the **Invoiced** button :
+Retrieve invoices
+-----------------
 
-.. image:: media/invoice07.png
-    :align: center
-
-You will get the list all his invoices. Click on the invoice to get the
-details.
+Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top right corner)
+you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->
+Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones have
+been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the invoice.
 
-.. image:: media/invoice08.png
+.. image:: media/invoice06.png
     :align: center
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`cash_control`
-    * :doc:`../advanced/register`
-    * :doc:`refund`
-    * :doc:`seasonal_discount`
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control01.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control01.png
index 24a1e49336..f515d69aca 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control01.png and b/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control02.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control02.png
index af5a689402..6279a43b57 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control02.png and b/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control03.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control03.png
index a7206abfef..e8b0f2a7e2 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control03.png and b/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control03.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control04.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control04.png
index 9a74786b04..3136dbd0b8 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control04.png and b/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control04.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control05.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control05.png
index cb1a83b4e7..c4942ce630 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control05.png and b/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control05.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control06.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control06.png
index b9d8774bf7..8293656579 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control06.png and b/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control06.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control07.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control07.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c5c3003ff..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control07.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control08.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control08.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7821701928..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control08.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control09.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control09.png
deleted file mode 100644
index de1152bee3..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control09.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control10.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control10.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 16cff3dd44..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/cash_control10.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice01.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice01.png
index a7206abfef..47ba89fc60 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice01.png and b/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice02.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice02.png
index b9d8774bf7..e01c5865e4 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice02.png and b/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice03.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice03.png
index 2a1a0523bf..1a0a42630c 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice03.png and b/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice03.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice04.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice04.png
index b2f7eea51c..bd7e3bce4a 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice04.png and b/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice04.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice05.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice05.png
index edc5fbd944..6dbf0af553 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice05.png and b/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice05.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice06.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice06.png
index d5d2dc149a..f37f9ccd9f 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice06.png and b/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice06.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice07.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice07.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e4708e2a4..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice07.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice08.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice08.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4830a8b0a3..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice08.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice09.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice09.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d563c80d5..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice09.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice10.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice10.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6675c1b378..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice10.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice11.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice11.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 13d029f78a..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/invoice11.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/refund01.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/refund01.png
index 449846880f..9e74b3d500 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/refund01.png and b/point_of_sale/shop/media/refund01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/refund02.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/refund02.png
index 7950e7865d..b7f75b691c 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/refund02.png and b/point_of_sale/shop/media/refund02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount01.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount01.png
index a501c425c2..cca8a29cd0 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount01.png and b/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount01.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount02.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount02.png
index 66d62f3a03..f60fa4fd2a 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount02.png and b/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount02.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount03.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount03.png
index 8aa26f45cd..c7aa2f02ec 100644
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount03.png and b/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount03.png differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount04.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount04.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f3721e3f7a..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount04.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount05.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount05.png
deleted file mode 100644
index adac85c2ba..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount05.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount06.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount06.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b35f7fb3c..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount06.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount07.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount07.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e41675c047..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount07.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount08.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount08.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a4e6e84ee7..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount08.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount09.png b/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount09.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e8dfbe85b0..0000000000
Binary files a/point_of_sale/shop/media/seasonal_discount09.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst b/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst
index a1c83822eb..652be3c8c5 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst
@@ -1,21 +1,21 @@
 ==================================
-How to return and refund products?
+Accept returns and refund products
 ==================================
 
-To refund a customer, from the PoS main view, you have to insert
-negative values. For instance in the last order you count too many
-``pumpkins`` and you have to pay back one.
+Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep -
+your customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those
+returns is therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale*
+interface.
+
+From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer
+wants to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to
+return. If they need to return multiple products, repeat the process.
 
 .. image:: media/refund01.png
     :align: center
 
-You can see that the total is negative, to end the refund, you only have
-to process the payment.
+As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply
+have to process the payment.
 
 .. image:: media/refund02.png
     :align: center
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`cash_control`
-    * :doc:`invoice`
-    * :doc:`seasonal_discount`
diff --git a/point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst b/point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst
index 3ce53eb962..a8e81e708e 100644
--- a/point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst
+++ b/point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst
@@ -1,93 +1,50 @@
-================================================
-How to apply Time-limited or seasonal discounts?
-================================================
+============================
+Apply time-limited discounts
+============================
+
+Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited
+or seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support
+a pricing strategy tailored to your business.
 
 Configuration
 =============
 
-To apply time-limited or seasonal discount, use the pricelists.
-
-You have to create it and to apply it on the point of sale.
-
-Sales application configuration
--------------------------------
-
-In the **Sales** application, go to
-:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Tick
-**Advanced pricing based on formula**.
+To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of
+Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface.
 
 .. image:: media/seasonal_discount01.png
     :align: center
 
-Creating a pricelist
---------------------
-
-Once the setting has been applied, a **Pricelists** section appears under 
-the configuration menu on the sales application.
-
-.. image:: media/seasonal_discount02.png
-    :align: center
-
-Click on it, and then on **Create**.
-
-.. image:: media/seasonal_discount03.png
-    :align: center
-
-Create a **Pricelist** for your point of sale. Each pricelist can contain
-several items with different prices and different dates. It can be done
-on all products or only on specific ones. Click on **Add an item**.
-
-.. image:: media/seasonal_discount04.png
-    :align: center
-
-.. demo:fields:: product.product_pricelist_action2
+Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale
+and define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by
+clicking on *Pricelists*.
 
-For example, the price of the oranges costs ``3€`` but for two days, we want
-to give a ``10%`` discount to our PoS customers.
-
-.. image:: media/seasonal_discount05.png
-    :align: center
+Create a pricelist
+==================
 
-You can do it by adding the product or its category and applying a
-percentage discount. Other price computation can be done for the
-pricelist.
+By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to
+:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`
 
-After you save and close, your pricelist is ready to be used.
-
-.. image:: media/seasonal_discount06.png
+.. image:: media/seasonal_discount02.png
     :align: center
 
-Applying your pricelist to the Point of Sale
---------------------------------------------
-
-From the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`.
+You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min.
+quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc.
+You can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or
+on the whole range.
 
-.. image:: media/seasonal_discount07.png
-    :align: center
+Using a pricelist in the PoS interface
+======================================
 
-On the right, you will be able to assign a pricelist.
+You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to
+instantly select the right pricelist.
 
-.. image:: media/seasonal_discount08.png
+.. image:: media/seasonal_discount03.png
     :align: center
 
-.. note:: 
-    You just have to update the pricelist to apply the time-limited
-    discount(s).
-
-Register an order
-=================
-
-When you start a new session, you can see that the price have
-automatically been updated.
-
-.. image:: media/seasonal_discount09.png
-    :align: center
+You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You
+can finalize the order in your usual way.
 
 .. note::
-    When you update a pricelist, you have to close and open the
-    session.
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`cash_control`
-    * :doc:`invoice`
-    * :doc:`refund`
+    If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be
+    applied. You can of course change it.
diff --git a/portal/media/changemethod.png b/portal/media/changemethod.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..df2a85b2ab
Binary files /dev/null and b/portal/media/changemethod.png differ
diff --git a/portal/media/invoices.png b/portal/media/invoices.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..48a9a472b9
Binary files /dev/null and b/portal/media/invoices.png differ
diff --git a/portal/media/managepayment.png b/portal/media/managepayment.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aace54418a
Binary files /dev/null and b/portal/media/managepayment.png differ
diff --git a/portal/media/my_portal.png b/portal/media/my_portal.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..de6fd850c3
Binary files /dev/null and b/portal/media/my_portal.png differ
diff --git a/portal/media/quotation_accept.png b/portal/media/quotation_accept.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..22d01a6355
Binary files /dev/null and b/portal/media/quotation_accept.png differ
diff --git a/portal/media/quotations.png b/portal/media/quotations.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..82c73c4b50
Binary files /dev/null and b/portal/media/quotations.png differ
diff --git a/portal/media/sales.png b/portal/media/sales.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e25b4218a2
Binary files /dev/null and b/portal/media/sales.png differ
diff --git a/portal/media/subscriptionstatus.png b/portal/media/subscriptionstatus.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ef20f8d7a0
Binary files /dev/null and b/portal/media/subscriptionstatus.png differ
diff --git a/portal/media/tickets.png b/portal/media/tickets.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ff42f5163b
Binary files /dev/null and b/portal/media/tickets.png differ
diff --git a/portal/my_odoo_portal.rst b/portal/my_odoo_portal.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5fdc0f6d94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/portal/my_odoo_portal.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+
+:banner: banners/my_odoo_portal.jpg
+
+==============
+My Odoo Portal
+==============
+
+In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between you
+and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your Subscriptions.
+
+.. note :: To access this section you have to log with your username and password
+    to `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just
+    click on your name on the top-right corner and select "My Account".
+
+
+.. image:: media/my_portal.png
+    :align: center
+
+Quotations
+==========
+
+Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a
+quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to your
+database or if your contract has to be renewed.
+
+.. image:: media/quotations.png
+    :align: center
+
+The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that date
+the quotation will be "Expired". By clicking on the quotation you will see all
+the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful information.
+
+.. image:: media/quotation_accept.png
+    :align: center
+
+If you want to accept the quotation just click "Accept & Pay" and the quote
+will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask for some
+modifications, click on "Ask Changes Reject".
+
+Sales Orders
+============
+
+All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.
+will be registered under this section.
+
+.. image:: media/sales.png
+    :align: center
+
+By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products purchased
+and process the payment.
+
+Invoices
+========
+
+All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, will be
+shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate you if the
+invoice has been paid.
+
+.. image:: media/invoices.png
+    :align: center
+
+Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the invoice
+or download a PDF version of the document.
+
+Tickets
+=======
+
+When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__
+a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have opened,
+the conversation between you and our Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID
+(# Ref).
+
+.. image:: media/tickets.png
+    :align: center
+
+Subscriptions
+=============
+
+You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first page
+shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status.
+
+.. image:: media/subscriptionstatus.png
+    :align: center
+
+By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding your
+plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing information
+and the payment method.
+
+To change the payment method click on "Change Payment Method" and enter the new
+credit card details.
+
+.. image:: media/changemethod.png
+    :align: center
+
+If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on
+"Manage you payment methods" at the bottom of the page. Click then on "Delete" to
+delete the payment method.
+
+.. image:: media/managepayment.png
+    :align: center
+
+.. warning :: At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment
+    information provided or if your credit card has expired, the status of your
+    subscription will change to "To Renew".  You will then have 7 days to
+    provide a valid method of payment. After this delay, the subscription will
+    be closed and you will no longer be able to access the database.
+
+Success Packs
+=============
+With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to provide
+unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution and optimize
+your workflows as part of your initial implementation.
+
+.. seealso::
+   - `Odoo Online Success Packs: pricing and information <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_
+   - If you need information about how to manage your database see :ref:`db_online`
diff --git a/practical.rst b/practical.rst
index 9e4524a370..c629ec828d 100644
--- a/practical.rst
+++ b/practical.rst
@@ -10,4 +10,6 @@ Practical Information
    db_management/documentation
    db_management/db_online
    db_management/db_premise
+   portal/my_odoo_portal
    legal
+   contributing
diff --git a/project/advanced.rst b/project/advanced.rst
index 5ca43d5d61..c87eac5bf1 100644
--- a/project/advanced.rst
+++ b/project/advanced.rst
@@ -6,5 +6,4 @@ Advanced
    :titlesonly:
 
    advanced/so_to_task
-   advanced/claim_issue
    advanced/feedback
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/project/advanced/claim_issue.rst b/project/advanced/claim_issue.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index 48f68bf94c..0000000000
--- a/project/advanced/claim_issue.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-============================================
-How to use projects to handle claims/issues?
-============================================
-
-A company selling support services often has to deal with problems
-occurring during the implementation of the project. These issues have to
-be solved and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the
-deliverability of the project and a positive customer satisfaction.
-
-For example, as an IT company offering the implementation of your
-software, you might have to deal with customers emails experiencing
-technical problems. Odoo offers the opportunity to create dedicated
-support projects which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an
-customer support email. This way, the issue can then be assigned
-directly to an employee and can be closed more quickly.
-
-Configuration
-=============
-
-The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for
-support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the
-**Issue Tracking** modules.
-
-.. image:: media/claim_issue01.png
-    :align: center
-
-.. image:: media/claim_issue02.png
-    :align: center
-
-Create a project 
-=================
-
-The first step in order to set up a claim/issue management system is to
-create a project related to those claims. Let's start by simply creating
-a **support project**. Enter the Project application dashboard, click on
-create and name your project **Support**. Tick the **Issues** box and rename
-the field if you want to customize the Issues label (e.g. **Bugs** or
-**Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set
-the Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your
-client will be able to follow his claim in his portal).
-
-.. note::
-    You can link the project to a customer if the project has been 
-    created to handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can 
-    leave the field empty.
-
-.. image:: media/claim_issue03.png
-    :align: center
-
-Invite followers
-----------------
-
-You can decide to notify your employees as soon as a new issue will be
-created. On the **Chatter** (bottom of the screen), you will notice two
-buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click on
-the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add
-others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below).
-
-.. image:: media/claim_issue04.png
-    :align: center
-
-Set up your workflow
---------------------
-
-You can easily personalize your project stages to suit your workflow by
-creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add
-stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you
-want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by
-dragging and dropping the column you want to move to the desired
-location. You can also edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using
-the **setting** icon on your desired stage.
-
-.. image:: media/claim_issue05.png
-    :align: center
-
-Generate issues from emails
-===========================
-
-When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it
-appearing in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project
-is automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias.
-
-.. image:: media/claim_issue06.png
-    :align: center
-
-.. note:: 
-    If you cannot see the email address on your project, go to the menu
-    :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your 
-    alias domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard 
-    where you will now see the email address under the name of your project.
-
-Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address,
-a new issue will be created.
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`../configuration/setup`
-    * :doc:`../configuration/collaboration`
diff --git a/project/advanced/feedback.rst b/project/advanced/feedback.rst
index d9adc7e814..851e479838 100644
--- a/project/advanced/feedback.rst
+++ b/project/advanced/feedback.rst
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ How to gather feedbacks from customers
 ======================================
 
 Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all
-it's necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply 
+it's necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply
 go to the apps module and install it.
 
 .. image:: media/feedback01.png
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback.
 Project configuration
 ---------------------
 
-Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the 
+Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the
 **Customer satisfaction** option.
 
 .. image:: media/feedback04.png
@@ -106,6 +106,3 @@ it in the front end of the website.
 
 .. image:: media/feedback10.png
     :align: center
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`claim_issue`
diff --git a/project/advanced/media/claim_issue01.png b/project/advanced/media/claim_issue01.png
deleted file mode 100644
index bdac574cee..0000000000
Binary files a/project/advanced/media/claim_issue01.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/project/advanced/media/claim_issue02.png b/project/advanced/media/claim_issue02.png
deleted file mode 100644
index ae648b9f90..0000000000
Binary files a/project/advanced/media/claim_issue02.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/project/advanced/media/claim_issue03.png b/project/advanced/media/claim_issue03.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c3d134ff87..0000000000
Binary files a/project/advanced/media/claim_issue03.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/project/advanced/media/claim_issue04.png b/project/advanced/media/claim_issue04.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 865c508a73..0000000000
Binary files a/project/advanced/media/claim_issue04.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/project/advanced/media/claim_issue05.png b/project/advanced/media/claim_issue05.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e307818a4c..0000000000
Binary files a/project/advanced/media/claim_issue05.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/project/advanced/media/claim_issue06.png b/project/advanced/media/claim_issue06.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 04ed6ed611..0000000000
Binary files a/project/advanced/media/claim_issue06.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst b/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst
index 94d67b89ab..d19338ef7f 100644
--- a/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst
+++ b/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst
@@ -111,5 +111,4 @@ invoice your customers based on your invoicing policy.
 
 .. seealso::
     * :doc:`../configuration/setup`
-    * :doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`
-    * :doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`
\ No newline at end of file
+    * :doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/project/configuration/media/visualization01.png b/project/configuration/media/visualization01.png
index 10b4224197..f9489bb4ab 100644
Binary files a/project/configuration/media/visualization01.png and b/project/configuration/media/visualization01.png differ
diff --git a/project/configuration/media/visualization02.png b/project/configuration/media/visualization02.png
index 1401d41197..9d30e46953 100644
Binary files a/project/configuration/media/visualization02.png and b/project/configuration/media/visualization02.png differ
diff --git a/project/configuration/media/visualization03.png b/project/configuration/media/visualization03.png
index 019017ef17..27ded7a23c 100644
Binary files a/project/configuration/media/visualization03.png and b/project/configuration/media/visualization03.png differ
diff --git a/project/configuration/media/visualization04.png b/project/configuration/media/visualization04.png
index 85f0f0693c..3227edbffe 100644
Binary files a/project/configuration/media/visualization04.png and b/project/configuration/media/visualization04.png differ
diff --git a/project/configuration/media/visualization05.png b/project/configuration/media/visualization05.png
index 6bfeccacb9..414fd19a8a 100644
Binary files a/project/configuration/media/visualization05.png and b/project/configuration/media/visualization05.png differ
diff --git a/project/configuration/media/visualization06.png b/project/configuration/media/visualization06.png
index cd5069f67a..4b3f5270e7 100644
Binary files a/project/configuration/media/visualization06.png and b/project/configuration/media/visualization06.png differ
diff --git a/project/configuration/media/visualization07.png b/project/configuration/media/visualization07.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d71eac6550..0000000000
Binary files a/project/configuration/media/visualization07.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/project/configuration/visualization.rst b/project/configuration/visualization.rst
index f46d5c780b..227f9c5276 100644
--- a/project/configuration/visualization.rst
+++ b/project/configuration/visualization.rst
@@ -1,43 +1,32 @@
-===================================
-How to visualize a project's tasks?
-===================================
+===========================
+Visualize a project's tasks
+===========================
 
-How to visualize a project's tasks
+In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important
+amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough.
+Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden.
+Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the
+different tasks you have to cope with.
 
-Tasks are assignments that members of your organisations have to fulfill
-as part of a project. In day to day business, your company might
-struggle due to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those task are
-already complex enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on
-them can be a real burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently
-visualize and organize the different tasks you have to cope with.
-
-Configuration
+Create a task
 =============
 
-The only configuration needed is to install the project module in the
-module application.
+While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new
+one.
+
+In the project, create a new task.
 
 .. image:: media/visualization01.png
     :align: center
 
-Creating Tasks
-==============
-
-Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply
-open the project and click on create a task.
+In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a
+deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task.
 
 .. image:: media/visualization02.png
     :align: center
 
-You then first give a name to your task, the related project will
-automatically be filled in, assign the project to someone, and select a
-deadline if there is one.
-
-.. image:: media/visualization03.png
-    :align: center
-
-Get an overview of activities with the kanban view
---------------------------------------------------
+View your tasks with the Kanban view
+====================================
 
 Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up
 thanks to the Kanban view.
@@ -50,46 +39,49 @@ The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you
 are on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the
 kanban view logo in the upper right corner
 
+.. image:: media/visualization03.png
+    :align: center
+
+You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right
+from the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of
+the task and indicate if the task is ready.
+
 .. image:: media/visualization04.png
     :align: center
 
-How to nototify your collegues about the status of a task?
-----------------------------------------------------------
+Sort tasks in your Kanban view
+==============================
+
+Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the
+star next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually
+move them using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by
+their ID linked to their creation date.
 
 .. image:: media/visualization05.png
     :align: center
 
-Sort tasks by priority
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by
-priority. Tasks with a higher priority will be automatically moved to
-the top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the
-bottom left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that
-are not tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their
-deadlines.
+Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban
+view.
 
-Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the
-list view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different
-tasks.
+.. note::
+    If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your
+    dashboard the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority
+    tasks.
 
-.. image:: media/visualization06.png
-    :align: center
+Manage deadlines with the Calendar view
+=======================================
 
-Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view
------------------------------------------------
+You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar
+view, allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a
+deadline set easily in a single window.
 
-If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar
-view. As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline
-in a single window.
+Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can
+filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to
+see.
 
-.. image:: media/visualization07.png
+.. image:: media/visualization06.png
     :align: center
 
-All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee
-assigned to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by
-ticking the related boxes on the right of the calendar view.
-
 .. tip::
-    You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by 
-    dragging and dropping the task to another case.
\ No newline at end of file
+    You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by
+    dragging and dropping the task to another case.
diff --git a/purchase/purchases/tender.rst b/purchase/purchases/tender.rst
index 504cdc8b2f..333f205c78 100644
--- a/purchase/purchases/tender.rst
+++ b/purchase/purchases/tender.rst
@@ -6,5 +6,4 @@ Purchase Tenders
    :titlesonly:
 
    tender/manage_multiple_offers
-   tender/partial_purchase
    tender/manage_blanket_orders
diff --git a/purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst b/purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index ae0e7a87c4..0000000000
--- a/purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-=======================================================================
-How to purchase partially at two vendors for the same purchase tenders?
-=======================================================================
-
-For some Purchase Tenders (PT), you might sometimes want to be able to
-select only a part of some of the offers you received. In Odoo, this is
-made possible through the advanced mode of the **Purchase** module.
-
-.. note::
-    If you want to know how to handle a simple **Purchase Tender**, 
-    read the document on :doc:`manage_multiple_offers`.
-
-Configuration
--------------
-
-Install the Purchase Management module
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-From the **Apps** menu, install the **Purchase Management** app.
-
-.. image:: media/partial_purchase02.png
-    :align: center
-
-Activating the Purchase Tender and Purchase Tender advanced mode
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-In order to be able to select elements of an offer, you must activate
-the advanced mode.
-
-To do so, go into the **Purchases** module, open the **Configuration** menu and
-click on **Settings**.
-
-In the **Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Allow using call
-for tenders to get quotes from multiple suppliers(...)**, and in the
-**Advanced Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Advanced call
-for tender (...)** then click on **Apply**.
-
-.. image:: media/partial_purchase01.png
-    :align: center
-
-Selecting elements of a RFQ/Bid
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase Tenders`. 
-Create a purchase tender containing
-several products, and follow the usual sequence all 
-the way to the **Bid Selection** status.
-
-When you closed the call, click on **Choose Product Lines** to access the
-list of products and the bids received for all of them.
-
-.. image:: media/partial_purchase04.png
-    :align: center
-
-Unroll the list of offers you received for each product, and click on
-the *v* symbol (**Confirm order**) next to the offers you wish to proceed
-with. The lines for which you've confirmed the order turn blue. When
-you're finished, click on **Generate PO** to create a purchase order for
-each product and supplier.
-
-.. image:: media/partial_purchase05.png
-    :align: center
-
-When you come back to you purchase tender, you can see that the status has switched
-to **PO Created** and that the **Requests for Quotations** now have a status
-of **Purchase Order** or **Cancelled**.
-
-.. image:: media/partial_purchase03.png
-    :align: center
-
-.. tip::
-    From there, follow the documentation :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`
-    to proceed with the delivery and invoicing.
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`manage_multiple_offers`
-    * :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/redirects.txt b/redirects.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8b8544f898
--- /dev/null
+++ b/redirects.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# REDIRECT RULES #
+
+# Each line in this file specifies a redirect rule that redirects users from one URL to another.
+#
+# Redirect rules must follow this pattern: old_file.rst new_file.rst  # optional comment
+# Both parts are file paths and must thus include the full path of the file starting from the root
+# of the documentation to the file name, including the .rst extension.
+# If you consider it necessary, add a comment after the symbol '#' to explain why the redirection is
+# needed.
+#
+# A redirect rule must be added to this file in the following cases:
+#
+#   1. An RST file is moved from one location to another.
+#      Example: The documentation of the Sales app is moved from sale_app/ to sales/ .
+#      Rules: sale_app/send_quotations.rst sales/send_quotations.rst
+#             sale_app/send_quotations/quote_template.rst sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst
+#             sale_app/invoicing.rst sales/invoicing.rst  # ...and so on.
+#
+#   2. An RST file is renamed.
+#      Example: The file create_quotations.rst in sales/ is renamed to quotations.rst.
+#      Rule: sales/create_quotations.rst sales/quotations.rst # no longer limited to creating quotes
+#
+# Write your rules in the section below corresponding to your target version. All rules are active
+# no matter the version. The section's only purpose is to help with the triage.
+# Consider indicating the reference of the PR (#123) that made a rule necessary, if any.
+
+# Redirections introduced in 11.0 :
+
+contributing/documentation/guidelines.rst contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst             # guidelines --> rst_guidelines
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/requirements.txt b/requirements.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..95726293fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/requirements.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Sphinx>=2.4.0
+Werkzeug==0.14.1
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/sales.rst b/sales.rst
index d5f42db15d..649276b62b 100644
--- a/sales.rst
+++ b/sales.rst
@@ -7,8 +7,7 @@ Sales
 .. toctree::
    :titlesonly:
 
-   sales/overview
-   sales/quotation
+   sales/send_quotations
    sales/invoicing
    sales/products_prices
    sales/sale_ebay
diff --git a/sales/invoicing.rst b/sales/invoicing.rst
index 9cbe80f6d7..96cbe46515 100644
--- a/sales/invoicing.rst
+++ b/sales/invoicing.rst
@@ -5,4 +5,10 @@ Invoicing Method
 .. toctree::
    :titlesonly:
 
-   invoicing/services
+   invoicing/invoicing_policy
+   invoicing/down_payment
+   invoicing/proforma
+   invoicing/time_materials
+   invoicing/milestone
+   invoicing/expense
+   invoicing/subscriptions
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst b/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8d39780bad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+======================
+Request a down payment
+======================
+
+A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that
+the rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a
+way to protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious.
+
+First time you request a down payment
+=====================================
+
+When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down
+payment option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the
+total amount.
+
+The first time you request a down payment you can select an income
+account and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments.
+
+.. image:: media/down_payment01.png
+   :align: center
+
+You will then see the invoice for the down payment.
+
+.. image:: media/down_payment02.png
+   :align: center
+
+On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be
+automatically deducted.
+
+.. image:: media/down_payment03.png
+   :align: center
+
+Modify the income account and customer taxes
+============================================
+
+From the products list, search for *Down Payment*.
+
+.. image:: media/down_payment04.png
+   :align: center
+
+You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change
+the income account & customer taxes.
+
+.. image:: media/down_payment05.png
+   :align: center
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/expense.rst b/sales/invoicing/expense.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8a31795eb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sales/invoicing/expense.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+================================
+Re-invoice expenses to customers
+================================
+
+It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money
+while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an
+consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a
+company, you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your
+client.
+
+Expenses configuration
+======================
+
+To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to
+:menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it.
+
+You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses
+to the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing -->
+Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*.
+
+Add expenses to your sales order
+================================
+
+From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g.
+the hotel for the first week on the site of your customer.
+
+You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product
+or create a new one from right there.
+
+.. image:: media/expense01.png
+   :align: center
+
+Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:
+
+.. image:: media/expense02.png
+   :align: center
+
+Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At
+cost* or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the
+cost of your expense or a previously agreed on sales price.
+
+.. image:: media/expense03.png
+   :align: center
+
+To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses -->
+Configuration --> Expense products`.
+
+Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to
+submit.
+
+.. image:: media/expense04.png
+   :align: center
+
+It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted.
+
+.. image:: media/expense05.png
+   :align: center
+
+.. image:: media/expense06.png
+   :align: center
+
+.. image:: media/expense07.png
+   :align: center
+
+It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced.
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst b/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e1c3fedecb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+================================================
+Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities
+================================================
+
+Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for
+invoicing:
+
+- Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales
+  order is confirmed.
+- Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if
+  it's a partial delivery.
+
+Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode.
+
+The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your
+type of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large
+quantities the quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore
+better to invoice the actual delivered quantity.
+
+.. note::
+    You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you
+    control every options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a
+    percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance.
+
+Decide the policy on a product page
+===================================
+
+From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the
+invoicing policy and select the one you want.
+
+.. image:: media/invoicing_policy01.png
+    :align: center
+
+Send the invoice
+================
+
+Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced
+quantities.
+
+.. image:: media/invoicing_policy02.png
+    :align: center
+
+If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale
+is confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will
+first have to validate the delivery.
+
+Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo
+will automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you
+delivered if you did a partial delivery.
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/down_payment01.png b/sales/invoicing/media/down_payment01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..84c0458e2e
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/down_payment01.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/down_payment02.png b/sales/invoicing/media/down_payment02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5694d8fa10
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/down_payment02.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/down_payment03.png b/sales/invoicing/media/down_payment03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..806b3b9b2a
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/down_payment03.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/down_payment04.png b/sales/invoicing/media/down_payment04.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4bceb7d407
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/down_payment04.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/down_payment05.png b/sales/invoicing/media/down_payment05.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bf14653634
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/down_payment05.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/expense01.png b/sales/invoicing/media/expense01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9976b75042
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/expense01.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/expense02.png b/sales/invoicing/media/expense02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..24861d3cf6
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/expense02.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/expense03.png b/sales/invoicing/media/expense03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4c8e36a348
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/expense03.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/expense04.png b/sales/invoicing/media/expense04.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d3ccf4f8ca
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/expense04.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/expense05.png b/sales/invoicing/media/expense05.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd7de4fa4c
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/expense05.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/expense06.png b/sales/invoicing/media/expense06.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0938cf4c90
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/expense06.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/expense07.png b/sales/invoicing/media/expense07.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3089c93fd4
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/expense07.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/invoicing_policy01.png b/sales/invoicing/media/invoicing_policy01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2c8f9bb8da
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/invoicing_policy01.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/invoicing_policy02.png b/sales/invoicing/media/invoicing_policy02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bc47ecc52c
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/invoicing_policy02.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/milestone01.png b/sales/invoicing/media/milestone01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..332156af54
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/milestone01.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/milestone02.png b/sales/invoicing/media/milestone02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2f47bd3f1e
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/milestone02.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/proforma01.png b/sales/invoicing/media/proforma01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..63c3fef9a6
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/proforma01.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/proforma02.png b/sales/invoicing/media/proforma02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c00219e540
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/proforma02.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/proforma03.png b/sales/invoicing/media/proforma03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8085cb6b8b
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/proforma03.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/subscriptions01.png b/sales/invoicing/media/subscriptions01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e85c17b51d
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/subscriptions01.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials01.png b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..71e85e39ac
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials01.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials02.png b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4a5125c8c2
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials02.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials03.png b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e1c9139a0b
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials03.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials04.png b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials04.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..896ea89374
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials04.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials05.png b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials05.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e4250da91d
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials05.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials06.png b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials06.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9976b75042
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials06.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials07.png b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials07.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..24861d3cf6
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials07.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials08.png b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials08.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4c8e36a348
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials08.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials09.png b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials09.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d3ccf4f8ca
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials09.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials10.png b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials10.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd7de4fa4c
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials10.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials11.png b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials11.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0938cf4c90
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials11.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials12.png b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials12.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3089c93fd4
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials12.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials13.png b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials13.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e68ef3ad54
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/invoicing/media/time_materials13.png differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst b/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..353ec5245f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+==========================
+Invoice project milestones
+==========================
+
+Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects,
+with each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will
+incrementally build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing
+method is comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a
+steady cash flow throughout the project lifetime and for the client who
+can monitor the project's progress and pay in several installments.
+
+Create milestone products
+=========================
+
+In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To
+configure products to work this way, go to any product form.
+
+You have to set the product type as *Service* under general
+information and select *Milestones* in the sales tab.
+
+.. image:: media/milestone01.png
+    :align: center
+
+Invoice milestones
+==================
+
+From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as
+you complete a milestone.
+
+.. image:: media/milestone02.png
+    :align: center
+
+You can then invoice that first milestone.
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst b/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dee828c571
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+========================
+Send a pro-forma invoice
+========================
+
+A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a
+delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value,
+and other important information such as weight and transportation
+charges. Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices
+with a quotation, or for customs purposes in importation. They differ
+from a normal invoice in not being a demand or request for payment.
+
+Activate the feature
+====================
+
+Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate
+the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature.
+
+.. image:: media/proforma01.png
+    :align: center
+
+Send a pro-forma invoice
+========================
+
+From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a
+pro-forma invoice.
+
+.. image:: media/proforma02.png
+    :align: center
+
+When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma
+invoice in attachment.
+
+.. image:: media/proforma03.png
+    :align: center
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services.rst b/sales/invoicing/services.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index 795821f62a..0000000000
--- a/sales/invoicing/services.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-========
-Services
-========
-
-.. toctree::
-   :titlesonly:
-
-   services/milestones
-   services/reinvoice
-   services/support
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/milestones01.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/milestones01.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 16df193317..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/milestones01.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/milestones02.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/milestones02.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ef1e8c6c2..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/milestones02.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/milestones03.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/milestones03.png
deleted file mode 100644
index dba2a339b3..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/milestones03.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/milestones04.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/milestones04.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b747e5021..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/milestones04.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice01.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice01.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 16df193317..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice01.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice02.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice02.png
deleted file mode 100644
index eb1e2f3ca2..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice02.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice03.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice03.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b0aa23f798..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice03.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice04.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice04.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 79d4b8af23..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice04.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice05.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice05.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b8c25eedb..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice05.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice06.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice06.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 83ddcb5bbc..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice06.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice07.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice07.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b0f2c4c4d..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice07.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice08.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice08.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a876b493f1..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice08.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice09.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice09.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c37e7d7af..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/reinvoice09.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/support01.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/support01.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 16df193317..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/support01.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/support02.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/support02.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b54e74ab2..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/support02.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/support03.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/support03.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 0dfffe7e7b..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/support03.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/support04.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/support04.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d4ae358288..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/support04.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/support05.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/support05.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1519a44ebb..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/support05.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/support06.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/support06.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3134d0a400..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/support06.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/media/support07.png b/sales/invoicing/services/media/support07.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 570b6fb9a6..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/invoicing/services/media/support07.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst b/sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index db810291c0..0000000000
--- a/sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-=======================================
-How to invoice milestones of a project?
-=======================================
-
-There are different kind of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days
-(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g.
-billing consulting hours) or a fixed price contract (e.g. a project).
-
-In this section, we will have a look at how to invoice milestones of a
-project.
-
-Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large scale projects,
-with each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will
-incrementally build up to the completion of the contract. For example, a
-marketing agency hired for a new product launch could break down a
-project into the following milestones, each of them considered as one
-service with a fixed price on the sale order :
-
--  Milestone 1 : Marketing strategy audit - 5 000 euros
-
--  Milestone 2 : Brand Identity - 10 000 euros
-
--  Milestone 3 : Campaign launch & PR - 8 500 euros
-
-In this case, an invoice will be sent to the customer each time a
-milestone will be successfully reached. That invoicing method is
-comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash
-flow throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor
-the project's progress and pay in several times.
-
-.. note::
-    You can also use milestones to invoice percentages of the entire 
-    project. For example, for a million euros project, your company 
-    might require a 15% upfront payment, 30% at the midpoint and the 
-    balance at the contract conclusion. In that case, each payment will 
-    be considered as one milestone.
-
-Configuration
-=============
-
-Install the Sales application
------------------------------
-
-In order to sell services and to send invoices, you need to install the
-**Sales** application, from the **Apps** icon.
-
-.. image:: media/milestones01.png
-    :align: center
-
-Create products
----------------
-
-In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. From
-the **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, 
-create a new product with the following setup:
-
--   **Name**: Strategy audit
-
--   **Product Type**: Service
-
--   **Invoicing Policy**: Delivered Quantities, since you will invoice
-    your milestone after it has been delivered
-
--   **Track Service**: Manually set quantities on order, as you
-    complete each milestone, you will manually update their quantity
-    from the **Delivered** tab on your sale order
-
-.. image:: media/milestones02.png
-    :align: center
-
-.. note::
-    Apply the same configuration for the others milestones.
-
-Managing your project
-=====================
-
-Quotations and sale orders
---------------------------
-
-Now that your milestones (or products) are created, you can create a
-quotation or a sale order with each line corresponding to one milestone.
-For each line, set the **Ordered Quantity** to ``1`` as each milestone is
-completed once. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a
-sale order, you will be able to change the delivered quantities when the
-corresponding milestone has been achieved.
-
-.. image:: media/milestones03.png
-    :align: center
-
-Invoice milestones
-------------------
-
-Let's assume that your first milestone (the strategy audit) has been
-successfully delivered and you want to invoice it to your customer. On
-the sale order, click on **Edit** and set the **Delivered Quantity** of the
-related product to ``1``.
-
-.. tip::
-    As soon as the above modification has been saved, you will notice 
-    that the color of the line has changed to blue, meaning that the 
-    service can now be invoiced. In the same time, the invoice status 
-    of the SO has changed from **Nothing To Invoice** to **To Invoice**
-
-Click on **Create invoice** and, in the new window that pops up, select
-**Invoiceable lines** and validate. It will create a new invoice (in draft
-status) with only the **strategy audit** product as invoiceable.
-
-.. image:: media/milestones04.png
-    :align: center
-
-.. note::
-    In order to be able to invoice a product, you need to set up the 
-    **Accounting** application and to configure an accounting journal 
-    and a chart of account. Click on the following link to learn more:
-    :doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`
-
-Back on your sale order, you will notice that the **Invoiced** column of
-your order line has been updated accordingly and that the **Invoice
-Status** is back to **Nothing to Invoice**.
-
-Follow the same workflow to invoice your remaining milestones.
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`reinvoice`
-    * :doc:`support`
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst b/sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index e8aecbf283..0000000000
--- a/sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
-=============================================
-How to re-invoice expenses to your customers?
-=============================================
-
-It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money
-while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an
-employee paying a parking spot for a meeting with your client. As a
-company, you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your
-client.
-
-In this documentation we will see two use cases. The first, very basic,
-consists of invoicing a simple expense to your client like you would do
-for a product. The second, more advanced, will consist of invoicing
-expenses entered in your expense system by your employees directly to
-your customer.
-
-Use case 1: Simple expense invoicing
-====================================
-
-Let's take the following example. You are working on a promotion
-campaign for one of your customers (``Agrolait``) and you have to print a
-lot of copies. Those copies are an expense for your company and you
-would like to invoice them.
-
-Configuration
--------------
-
-In order to sell services and to send invoices, you need to install the
-**Sales** application, from the **Apps** icon.
-
-.. image:: media/reinvoice01.png
-    :align: center
-
-Create product to be expensed
------------------------------
-
-You will need now to create a product called ``Copies``.
-
-From your **Sales** module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` 
-and create a product as follows:
-
--   **Product type**: consumable
-
--   **Invoicing policy**: on delivered quantities (you will manually
-    set the quantities to invoice on the sale order)
-
-.. image:: media/reinvoice02.png
-    :align: center
-
-Create a sale order
--------------------
-
-Now that your product is correctly set up, you can create a sale order
-for that product (from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders`) 
-with the ordered quantities set to 0. 
-Click on **Confirm the Sale** to create the sale
-order. You will be able then to manually change the delivered quantities
-on the sale order to reinvoice the copies to your customer.
-
-.. image:: media/reinvoice03.png
-    :align: center
-
-Invoice expense to your client
-------------------------------
-
-At the end of the month, you have printed ``1000`` copies on behalf of your
-client and you want to re-invoice them. From the related sale order,
-click on **Delivered Quantities**, manually enter the correct amount of
-copies and click on **Save**. Your order line will turn blue, meaning that
-it is ready to be invoiced. Click on **Create invoice**.
-
-.. note::
-    The total amount on your sale order will be of 0 as it is computed on 
-    the ordered quantities. It is your invoice which will compute the 
-    correct amount due by your customer.
-
-The invoice generated is in draft, so you can always control the
-quantities and change the amount if needed. You will notice that the
-amount to be invoiced is based here on the delivered quantities.
-
-.. image:: media/reinvoice04.png
-    :align: center
-
-Click on validate to issue the payment to your customer.
-
-Use case 2: Invoice expenses via the expense module
-===================================================
-
-To illustrate this case, let's imagine that your company sells some
-consultancy service to your customer ``Agrolait`` and both parties agreed
-that the distance covered by your consultant will be re-invoiced at
-cost.
-
-Configuration
--------------
-
-Here, you will need to install two more modules:
-
--   Expense Tracker
-
--   Accounting, where you will need to activate the analytic accounting
-    from the settings
-
-.. image:: media/reinvoice05.png
-    :align: center
-
-Create a product to be expensed
--------------------------------
-
-You will now need to create a product called ``Kilometers``.
-
-From your **Sales** module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` 
-and create a product as follows:
-
--   Product can be expensed
-
--   Product type: Service
-
--   Invoicing policy: invoice based on time and material
-
--   Expense invoicing policy: At cost
-
--   Track service: manually set quantities on order
-
-.. image:: media/reinvoice06.png
-    :align: center
-
-Create a sales order
---------------------
-
-Still from the Sales module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders` 
-and add your product **Consultancy** on the order line.
-
-.. tip::
-    If your product doesn't exist yet, you can configure it on the fly 
-    from the SO. Just type the name on the **product** field and click 
-    on **Create and edit** to configure it.
-
-Depending on your product configuration, an **Analytic Account** may have
-been generated automatically. If not, you can easily create one in order
-to link your expenses to the sale order. Do not forget to confirm the
-sale order.
-
-.. image:: media/reinvoice07.png
-    :align: center
-
-.. note::
-    Refer to the documentation :doc:`../../../accounting/others/analytic/usage` 
-    to learn more about that concept.
-
-Create expense and link it to SO
---------------------------------
-
-Let's assume that your consultant covered ``1.000km`` in October as part
-of his consultancy project. We will create a expense for it and link
-it to the related sales order thanks to the analytic account.
-
-Go to the **Expenses** module and click on **Create**. Record your expense
-as follows:
-
--   **Expense description**: Kilometers October 2015
-
--   **Product**: Kilometers
-
--   **Quantity**: 1.000
-
--   **Analytic account**: SO0019 - Agrolait
-
-.. image:: media/reinvoice08.png
-    :align: center
-
-Click on **Submit to manager**. As soon as the expense has been validated
-and posted to the journal entries, a new line corresponding to the
-expense will automatically be generated on the sale order.
-
-Invoice expense to your client
-------------------------------
-
-You can now invoice the invoiceable lines to your customer.
-
-.. image:: media/reinvoice09.png
-    :align: center
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`support`
-    * :doc:`milestones`
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/services/support.rst b/sales/invoicing/services/support.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index 57b968cb01..0000000000
--- a/sales/invoicing/services/support.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-==================================================
-How to invoice a support contract (prepaid hours)?
-==================================================
-
-There are different kinds of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days
-(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g.
-billing consulting hours) and a fixed price contract (e.g. a project).
-
-In this section, we will have a look at how to sell and keep track of a
-pre-paid support contract.
-
-As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at ``$25,000``.
-The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep track of
-the support service you did for the customer.
-
-Configuration
-=============
-
-Install the Sales and Timesheet applications
---------------------------------------------
-
-In order to sell services, you need to install the **Sales** application,
-from the **Apps** icon. Install also the **Timesheets** application if you want
-to track support services you worked on every contract.
-
-.. image:: media/support01.png
-    :align: center
-
-.. image:: media/support02.png
-    :align: center
-
-Create Products
----------------
-
-By default, products are sold by number of units. In order to sell
-services ``per hour``, you must allow using multiple unit of measures.
-From the **Sales** application, go to the menu 
-:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`.
-From this screen, activate the multiple **Unit of Measures** option.
-
-.. image:: media/support03.png
-    :align: center
-
-In order to sell a support contract, you must create a product for every
-support contract you sell. From the **Sales** application, use the menu
-:menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, create a new product with the following setup:
-
--   **Name**: Technical Support
-
--   **Product Type**: Service
-
--   **Unit of Measure**: Hours
-
--   **Invoicing Policy**: Ordered Quantities, since the service is
-    prepaid, we will invoice the service based on what has been
-    ordered, not based on delivered quantities.
-
--   **Track Service**: Timesheet on contracts. An analytic account will
-    automatically be created for every order containing this service
-    so that you can track hours in the related account.
-
-.. image:: media/support04.png
-    :align: center
-
-.. tip:: 
-    There are different ways to track the service related to a sales 
-    order or product sold. With the above configuration, you can only 
-    sell one support contract per order. If your customer orders 
-    several service contracts on timesheet, you will have to split 
-    the quotation into several orders.
-
-Note that you can sell in different unit of measure than hours, example:
-days, pack of 40h, etc. To do that, just create a new unit of measure in
-the **Unit of Measure** category and set a conversion ratio compared to
-**Hours** (example: ``1 day = 8 hours``).
-
-Managing support contract
-=========================
-
-Quotations and Sales Orders
----------------------------
-
-Once the product is created, you can create a quotation or a sales order
-with the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and
-transformed into a sales order, your users will be able to record
-services related to this support contract using the timesheet
-application.
-
-.. image:: media/support05.png
-    :align: center
-
-Timesheets
-----------
-
-To track the service you do on a specific contract, you should use the
-timesheet application. An analytic account related to the sale order has
-been automatically created (``SO009 - Agrolait`` on the screenshot here
-above), so you can start tracking services as soon as it has been sold.
-
-.. image:: media/support06.png
-    :align: center
-
-Control delivered support on the sales order
---------------------------------------------
-
-From the **Sales** application, use the menu 
-:menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders`  to control
-the progress of every order. On the sales order line related to the
-support contract, you should see the **Delivered Quantities** that are
-updated automatically, based on the number of hours in the timesheet.
-
-.. image:: media/support07.png
-    :align: center
-
-Upselling and renewal
----------------------
-
-If the number of hours you performed on the support contract is bigger
-or equal to the number of hours the customer purchased, you are 
-suggested to sell an extra contract to the customer since they
-used all their quota of service.
-Periodically (ideally once every two weeks), you should check the sales
-order that are in such a case.
-To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Invoicing --> Orders to Upsell`.
-
-.. tip::
-    If you use Odoo CRM, a good practice is to create an opportunity for 
-    every sale order in upselling invoice status so that you easily track 
-    your upselling effort.
-
-If you sell an extra support contract, you can either add a new line on
-the existing sales order (thus, you continue to timesheet on the same
-order) or create a new order (thus, people will timesheet their hours on
-the new contract). To unmark the sales order as **Upselling**, you can set
-the sales order as done and it will disappear from your upselling list.
-
-Special Configuration
-=====================
-
-When creating the product form, you may set a different approach to
-track the service:
-
--   **Create task and track hours**: in this mode, a task is created for
-    every sales order line. Then when you do the timesheet, you don't
-    record hours on a sales order/contract, but you record hours on a
-    task (that represents the contract). The advantage of this
-    solution is that it allows to sell several service contracts
-    within the same sales order.
-
--   **Manually**: you can use this mode if you don't record timesheets in
-    Odoo. The number of hours you worked on a specific contract can
-    be recorded manually on the sales order line directly, in the
-    delivered quantity field.
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst b/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2ac5292ed7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+==================
+Sell subscriptions
+==================
+
+Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making
+planning ahead much easier.
+
+Make a subscription from a sales order
+======================================
+
+From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and
+select the subscription product your previously created.
+
+When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created
+automatically. You will see a direct link from the sales order to the
+Subscription in the upper right corner.
+
+.. image:: media/subscriptions01.png
+    :align: center
diff --git a/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst b/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c38a04c96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+===================================
+Invoice based on time and materials
+===================================
+
+Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not
+possible to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is
+expected that the project requirements would most likely change.
+
+This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to
+pay the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no
+matter what the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and
+suppliers.
+
+For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will
+need to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport,
+lodging, ...) and purchases.
+
+Invoice time configuration
+==========================
+
+To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project*
+app. Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it.
+
+In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to
+:menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the
+*Timesheets* feature.
+
+.. image:: media/time_materials01.png
+   :align: center
+
+Invoice your time spent
+=======================
+
+From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under
+the invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a
+task in a new project*.
+
+.. image:: media/time_materials02.png
+   :align: center
+
+You could also add the task to an existing project.
+
+Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for
+the project overview and one for the current task.
+
+.. image:: media/time_materials03.png
+   :align: center
+
+You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access
+it from the *Project* app.
+
+Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can
+add how many hours they worked on the project so far.
+
+.. image:: media/time_materials04.png
+   :align: center
+
+From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours.
+
+.. image:: media/time_materials05.png
+   :align: center
+
+Expenses configuration
+======================
+
+To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to
+:menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it.
+
+You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses
+to the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing -->
+Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*.
+
+Add expenses to your sales order
+================================
+
+From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g.
+the hotel for the first week on the site of your customer.
+
+You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product
+or create a new one from right there.
+
+.. image:: media/time_materials06.png
+   :align: center
+
+Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:
+
+.. image:: media/time_materials07.png
+   :align: center
+
+under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At
+cost* or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the
+cost of your expense or a previously agreed on sales price.
+
+.. image:: media/time_materials08.png
+   :align: center
+
+To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses -->
+Configuration --> Expense products`.
+
+Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to
+submit.
+
+.. image:: media/time_materials09.png
+   :align: center
+
+It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted.
+
+.. image:: media/time_materials10.png
+   :align: center
+
+.. image:: media/time_materials11.png
+   :align: center
+
+.. image:: media/time_materials12.png
+   :align: center
+
+It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced.
+
+Invoice purchases
+=================
+
+The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made
+for it.
+
+You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to
+:menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select
+*Purchase Analytics*.
+
+While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic
+account.
+
+.. image:: media/time_materials08.png
+   :align: center
+
+Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill,
+this will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it.
diff --git a/sales/overview.rst b/sales/overview.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index d789f007ae..0000000000
--- a/sales/overview.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-========
-Overview
-========
-
-.. toctree::
-   :titlesonly:
-
-   overview/main_concepts
diff --git a/sales/overview/main_concepts.rst b/sales/overview/main_concepts.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index 25876313eb..0000000000
--- a/sales/overview/main_concepts.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-=============
-Main Concepts
-=============
-
-.. toctree::
-   :titlesonly:
-
-   main_concepts/introduction
-   main_concepts/invoicing
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst b/sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index dc6cc4a242..0000000000
--- a/sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-==========================
-Introduction to Odoo Sales
-==========================
-
-.. youtube:: VMuCr5_arsY
-    :align: right
-    :width: 700
-    :height: 394
-
-Transcript
-==========
-
-As a sales manager, closing opportunities with Odoo Sales is 
-really simple.
-
-I selected a predefined quotation for a new product line offer. 
-The products, the service details are already in the quotation. 
-Of course, I can adapt the offer to fit my clients needs. 
-
-The interface is really smooth. I can add references, some 
-catchy phrases such as closing triggers (*here, you save $500 
-if you sign the quote within 15 days*). I have a beautiful and 
-modern design. This will help me close my opportunities more 
-easily. 
-
-Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. 
-Really easy. The customer got a clear quotation with a 
-table of content. We can communicate easily. I identified an 
-upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by adding more 
-products. When the offer is ready, the customer just needs to sign 
-it online in just a few clicks. 
-Odoo Sales is integrated with major shipping services: UPS, Fedex, 
-USPS and more. The signed offer creates a delivery order automatically.
-
-That's it, I successfully sold my products in just a few clicks.
-
-Oh, I also have the transaction and communication history 
-at my fingertips. It's easy for every stakeholder to know 
-clearly the past interaction. And any information related 
-to the transaction.
-
--   If you want to show information, I would do it from a customer 
-    form, something like:
-        
-    - Kanban of customers, click on one customer
-        
-    - Click on opportunities, click on quotation
-        
-    - Come back to customers (breadcrum)
-     
-    - Click on customer statement letter
-
-Anytime, I can get an in-depth report of my sales activity. 
-Revenue by salespeople or department. Revenue by category of 
-product, drill-down to specific products, by quarter or month,... 
-I like this report: I can add it to my dashboard in just a click. 
-
-Odoo Sales is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used 
-the sales planner. Thanks to it, I got tips and tricks to boost 
-my sales performance. 
-
-Try Odoo Sales now and get beautiful quotations, amazing dashboards 
-and increase your success rate.
diff --git a/sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst b/sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index a4f569c0ac..0000000000
--- a/sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-=================================
-Overview of the invoicing process
-=================================
-
-Depending on your business and the application you use, there are
-different ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo.
-Usually, draft invoices are created by the system (with information
-coming from other documents like sales order or contracts) and
-accountant just have to validate draft invoices and send the invoices in
-batch (by regular mail or email).
-
-Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to
-create draft invoices:
-
-:menuselection:`Sales Order --> Invoice`
-----------------------------------------
-
-In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order
-once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the
-sales order. You have different options like:
-
--  Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order before
-   triggering the delivery order
-
--  Invoice based on delivered quantity: see next section
-
-Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application
-when the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards.
-(pre-paid)
-
-For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It
-allows the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options:
-invoice ready to invoice line, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a
-fixed advance.
-
-This process is good for both services and physical products.
-
-.. todo:: Read more: *Invoice based on sales orders.*
-
-:menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`
------------------------------------------------------
-
-Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivered quantity ,
-instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where
-the quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities:
-foods (invoice based on actual Kg).
-
-This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you
-really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest
-later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery
-order.
-
-.. todo::
-    Read more: *Invoice based on delivery orders.*
-
-:menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`
------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically.
-The frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are
-defined on the contract.
-
-.. todo::
-    Read more: *Subscription based invoicing.*
-
-:menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`
---------------------------------------------
-
-An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the invoice when it
-is fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer,
-Odoo only creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the
-payment is received.
-
-Creating an invoice manually
-----------------------------
-
-Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a
-sales order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage
-the sales process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or
-services.
-
-Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to
-create invoices manually in exceptional use cases:
-
--  if you need to create a refund
-
--  If you need to give a discount
-
--  if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order
-
--  if you need to invoice something not related to your core business
-
-Others
-------
-
-Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:
-
--  membership: invoice your members every year
-
--  repairs: invoice your after-sale services
diff --git a/sales/products_prices/prices/media/formula_discount.png b/sales/products_prices/prices/media/formula_discount.png
index 8477f1d1e3..8758ad8324 100644
Binary files a/sales/products_prices/prices/media/formula_discount.png and b/sales/products_prices/prices/media/formula_discount.png differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation.rst b/sales/quotation.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index 35a71bf95e..0000000000
--- a/sales/quotation.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-=========
-Quotation
-=========
-
-.. toctree::
-   :titlesonly:
-
-   quotation/setup
-   quotation/online
diff --git a/sales/quotation/online.rst b/sales/quotation/online.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index d3753af417..0000000000
--- a/sales/quotation/online.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-================
-Online Quotation
-================
-
-.. toctree::
-   :titlesonly:
-
-   online/creation
-
diff --git a/sales/quotation/online/creation.rst b/sales/quotation/online/creation.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index ebfa9a0cca..0000000000
--- a/sales/quotation/online/creation.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-===========================================
-How to create and edit an online quotation?
-===========================================
-
-Configuration
-=============
-
-Enable Online Quotations
-------------------------
-
-To send online quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the Sales app
-from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install 
-the Website app if you haven't already.
-
-.. image:: media/creation01.png
-    :align: center
-
-You can view the online version of each quotation you create after enabling this setting
-by selecting **Preview** from the top of the quotation.
-
-.. image:: media/creation02.png
-    :align: center
-
-Edit Your Online Quotations
----------------------------
-
-The online quotation page can be edited for each quotation template in the Sales app
-via :menuselection:`Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. From within any quotation 
-template, select **Edit Template** to be taken to the corresponding page of your website. 
-
-.. image:: media/creation03.png
-    :align: center
-
-You can add text, images, and structural elements to the quotation page by dragging 
-and dropping blocks from the pallet on the left sidebar menu. A table of contents 
-will be automatically generated based on the content you add.
-
-Advanced descriptions for each product on a quotation are displayed on the online quotation 
-page. These descriptions are inherited from the product page in your eCommerce Shop, and 
-can be edited directly on the page through the inline text editor.
-
-.. image:: media/creation04.png
-    :align: center
-
-You can choose to allow payment immediately after the customer validates the quote by selecting 
-a payment option on the quotation template.
-
-You can edit the webpage of an individual quotation as you would for any web page by clicking 
-the **Edit** button. Changes made in this way will only affect the individual quotation.
-
-Using Online Quotations
-=======================
-
-To share an online quotation with your customer, copy the URL of the online quotation, 
-then share it with customer.
-
-.. image:: media/creation05.png
-    :align: center
-
-Alternatively, your customer can access their online quotations by logging into your 
-website through the customer portal. Your customer can accept or reject the quotation, 
-print it, or negotiate the terms in the chat box. You will also receive a notification 
-in the chatter within Odoo whenever the customer views the quotation.
diff --git a/sales/quotation/online/media/creation01.png b/sales/quotation/online/media/creation01.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e82b1e24c..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/online/media/creation01.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/online/media/creation02.png b/sales/quotation/online/media/creation02.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f79743bf25..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/online/media/creation02.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/online/media/creation03.png b/sales/quotation/online/media/creation03.png
deleted file mode 100644
index cab59f6d73..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/online/media/creation03.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/online/media/creation04.png b/sales/quotation/online/media/creation04.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f2cedc8375..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/online/media/creation04.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/online/media/creation05.png b/sales/quotation/online/media/creation05.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d8cb3e0387..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/online/media/creation05.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup.rst b/sales/quotation/setup.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index 600c24914f..0000000000
--- a/sales/quotation/setup.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-=====
-Setup
-=====
-
-.. toctree::
-   :titlesonly:
-
-   setup/first_quote
-   setup/different_addresses
-   setup/optional
-   setup/terms_conditions
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst b/sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index b7fc71462e..0000000000
--- a/sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-====================================================
-How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?
-====================================================
-
-Overview
-========
-
-It is possible to configure different addresses for delivery and
-invoicing. This is very useful, because it could happen that your clients
-have multiple locations and that the invoice address differs from the
-delivery location.
-
-Configuration
-=============
-
-First, go to the Sales application, then click on 
-:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option 
-**Enable the multiple address configuration from menu**.
-
-.. image:: media/different_addresses01.png
-    :align: center
-
-Set the addresses on the contact form
-=====================================
-
-Invoice and/or shipping addresses and even other addresses are added on
-the contact form. To do so, go to the contact application, select the
-customer and in the **Contacts & Addresses** tab click on **Create**
-
-.. image:: media/different_addresses02.png
-    :align: center
-
-A new window will open where you can specify the delivery or the invoice
-address.
-
-.. image:: media/different_addresses03.png
-    :align: center
-
-Once you validated your addresses, it will appear in the **Contacts &
-addresses** tab with distinctive logos.
-
-.. image:: media/different_addresses04.png
-    :align: center
-
-On the quotations and sales orders
-==================================
-
-When you create a new quotation, the option to select an invoice address
-and a delivery address is now available. Both addresses will
-automatically be filled in when selecting the customer.
-
-.. image:: media/different_addresses05.png
-    :align: center
-
-.. tip::
-    Note that you can also create invoice and delivery addresses on 
-    the fly by selecting **Create and edit** in the dropdown menu.
-
-When printing your sales orders, you'll notice the two addresses.
-
-.. image:: media/different_addresses06.png
-    :align: center
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst b/sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index d3af047746..0000000000
--- a/sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-=================================
-How to create my first quotation?
-=================================
-
-Overview
-========
-
-Quotations are documents sent to customers to offer an estimated cost
-for a particular set of goods or services. The customer can accept the
-quotation, in which case the seller will have to issue a sales order, or
-refuse it.
-
-For example, my company sells electronic products and my client
-Agrolait showed interest in buying ``3 iPads`` to facilitate their
-operations. I would like to send them a quotation for those iPads with
-a sales price of ``320 USD`` by iPad with a ``5%`` discount.
-
-This section will show you how to proceed.
-
-Configuration
-=============
-
-Install the Sales Management module
------------------------------------
-
-In order to be able to issue your first quotation, you'll need to
-install the **Sales Management** module from the app module in the Odoo
-backend.
-
-.. image:: media/first_quote01.png
-    :align: center
-
-Allow discounts on sales order line
------------------------------------
-
-Allowing discounts on quotations is a common sales practice to improve
-the chances to convert the prospect into a client.
-
-In our example, we wanted to grant ``Agrolait`` with a ``5%`` discount on the
-sale price. To enable the feature, go into the **Sales** application, select
-:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Quotations and Sales**, tick
-**Allow discounts on sales order line** (see picture below) and apply your
-changes.
-
-.. image:: media/first_quote02.png
-    :align: center
-
-Create your quotation
-=====================
-
-To create your first quotation, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` and
-click on **Create**. Then, complete your quotation as follows:
-
-Customer and Products
----------------------
-
-The basic elements to add to any quotation are the customer (the person
-you will send your quotation to) and the products you want to sell. From
-the quotation view, choose the prospect from the **Customer** drop-down list
-and under **Order Lines**, click on **Add an item** and select your product.
-Do not forget to manually add the number of items under **Ordered
-Quantity** and the discount if applicable.
-
-.. image:: media/first_quote03.png
-    :align: center
-
-If you don't have any customer or product recorded on your Odoo
-environment yet, you can create them on the fly directly from your
-quotations :
-
--   To add a new customer, click on the **Customer** drop-down menu and click
-    on **Create and edit**. In this new window, you will be able to
-    record all the customer details, such as the address, website,
-    phone number and person of contact.
-
--   To add a new product, under **Order line**, click on add an item and on
-    **Create and Edit** from the drop-down list. You will be able to
-    record your product information (product type, cost, sale price,
-    invoicing policy, etc.) along with a picture.
-
-Taxes
------
-
-To parameter taxes, simply go on the taxes section of the product line
-and click on **Create and Edit**. Fill in the details (for example if you
-are subject to a ``21%`` taxe on your sales, simply fill in the right amount
-in percentage) and save.
-
-.. image:: media/first_quote04.png
-    :align: center
-
-Terms and conditions
---------------------
-
-You can select the expiration date of your quotation and add your
-company's terms and conditions directly in your quotation (see picture
-below).
-
-.. image:: media/first_quote05.png
-    :align: center
-
-Preview and send quotation
-==========================
-
-If you want to see what your quotation looks like before sending it,
-click on the **Print** button (upper left corner). It will give you a
-printable PDF version with all your quotation details.
-
-.. image:: media/first_quote06.png
-    :align: center
-
-.. tip::
-    Update your company's details (address, website, logo, etc) appearing 
-    on your quotation from the the **Settings** menu on the app switcher, and 
-    on click on the link
-    :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Configure company data`.
-
-Click on **Send by email** to automatically send an email to your customer
-with the quotation as an attachment. You can adjust the email body
-before sending it and even save it as a template if you wish to reuse
-it.
-
-.. image:: media/first_quote07.png
-    :align: center
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`../online/creation`
-    * :doc:`optional`
-    * :doc:`terms_conditions`
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/media/different_addresses01.png b/sales/quotation/setup/media/different_addresses01.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 409dc65dc1..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/setup/media/different_addresses01.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/media/different_addresses02.png b/sales/quotation/setup/media/different_addresses02.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 61333f8ef2..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/setup/media/different_addresses02.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/media/different_addresses03.png b/sales/quotation/setup/media/different_addresses03.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b21b9a01b0..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/setup/media/different_addresses03.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/media/different_addresses04.png b/sales/quotation/setup/media/different_addresses04.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ab0c595a5..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/setup/media/different_addresses04.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/media/different_addresses05.png b/sales/quotation/setup/media/different_addresses05.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 430d645458..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/setup/media/different_addresses05.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/media/different_addresses06.png b/sales/quotation/setup/media/different_addresses06.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 84f3635cb2..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/setup/media/different_addresses06.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote01.png b/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote01.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 87b1822280..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote01.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote02.png b/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote02.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3221e15102..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote02.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote03.png b/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote03.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f0202b7305..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote03.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote04.png b/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote04.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 972f395164..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote04.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote05.png b/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote05.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 14489e9144..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote05.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote06.png b/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote06.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 815e868b1e..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote06.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote07.png b/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote07.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bce8c392c..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/setup/media/first_quote07.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/media/optional01.png b/sales/quotation/setup/media/optional01.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e82b1e24c..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/setup/media/optional01.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/media/optional02.png b/sales/quotation/setup/media/optional02.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ec6af2284..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/setup/media/optional02.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/media/optional06.png b/sales/quotation/setup/media/optional06.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7fb2fbe365..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/setup/media/optional06.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/media/terms_conditions01.png b/sales/quotation/setup/media/terms_conditions01.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f1006e631..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/setup/media/terms_conditions01.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/media/terms_conditions02.png b/sales/quotation/setup/media/terms_conditions02.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d20c6877b5..0000000000
Binary files a/sales/quotation/setup/media/terms_conditions02.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst b/sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index 4717e6b543..0000000000
--- a/sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-================================================
-How to display optional products on a quotation?
-================================================
-
-Overview
-========
-
-The use of suggested products is a marketing strategy that attempts 
-to increase the amount a customer spends once they begin the buying 
-process. For instance, a customer purchasing a cell phone could be 
-shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset. 
-In Odoo, a customer can be presented with additional products that are 
-relevant to their chosen purchase in one of several locations.
-
-Configuration
-=============
-
-Suggested products can be added to quotations directly, or to the ecommerce 
-platform via each product form. In order to use suggested products, you will
-need to have the **Ecommerce** app installed:
-
-Quotations
-----------
-
-To add suggested products to quotations, you must first enable online quotations 
-in the Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will 
-prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already.
-
-.. image:: media/optional01.png
-    :align: center
-
-You will then be able to add suggested products to your individual quotations and 
-quotation templates under the **Suggested Products** tab of a quotation.
-
-.. image:: media/optional02.png
-    :align: center
-
-Website Sales
--------------
-
-You can add suggested products to a product on its product form, under the Website 
-heading in the **Sales** tab. **Suggested products** will appear on the *product* 
-page, and **Accessory Products** will appear on the *cart* page prior to checkout.
-
-.. image:: media/optional06.png
-    :align: center
diff --git a/sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst b/sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index a6c3463b87..0000000000
--- a/sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-================================================
-How to link terms and conditions to a quotation?
-================================================
-
-Overview
---------
-
-Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good
-relationship between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare
-all the formal information which include products and company policy so
-customer can read all those terms before committing to anything.
-
-Thanks to Odoo you can easily include your default terms and conditions
-on every quotation, sales order and invoice.
-
-Let's take the following example: Your company sells water bottles to
-restaurants and you would like to add the following standard terms and
-conditions on all your quotations:
-
-*Safe storage of the products of MyCompany is necessary in order to
-ensure their quality, MyCompany will not be held accountable in case of
-unsafe storage of the products.*
-
-General terms and conditions
-----------------------------
-
-General terms and conditions can be specified in the Sales settings.
-They will then automatically appear on every sales document from the
-quotation to the invoice.
-
-To specify your Terms and Conditions go into : :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Default Terms and Conditions`.
-
-.. image:: media/terms_conditions01.png
-    :align: center
-
-After saving, your terms and conditions will appear on your new
-quotations, sales orders and invoices (in the system but also on your
-printed documents).
-
-.. image:: media/terms_conditions02.png
-    :align: center
-
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations.rst b/sales/send_quotations.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f396d73391
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sales/send_quotations.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+===============
+Send Quotations
+===============
+
+.. toctree::
+   :titlesonly:
+
+   send_quotations/quote_template
+   send_quotations/optional_items
+   send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate
+   send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate
+   send_quotations/deadline
+   send_quotations/different_addresses
+   send_quotations/terms_and_conditions
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst b/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3e714f4053
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+============================================
+Stimulate customers with quotations deadline
+============================================
+
+As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline;
+Both to entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on
+an offer and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an
+order at a price that is no longer cost effective for you.
+
+Set a deadline
+==============
+
+On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*.
+
+.. image:: media/quotationsdeadline01.png
+  :align: center
+
+Use deadline in templates
+=========================
+
+You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each
+time that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You
+can find more info about quotation templates `here 
+<https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_.
+
+.. image:: media/quotationsdeadline02.png
+  :align: center 
+
+On your customer side, they will see this.
+
+.. image:: media/quotationsdeadline03.png
+  :align: center 
+
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst b/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a05c96ce27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+==========================================
+Deliver and invoice to different addresses
+==========================================
+
+In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and
+invoicing. This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery
+location as their invoice location.
+
+Activate the feature
+====================
+
+Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate
+the *Customer Addresses* feature.
+
+.. image:: media/invoice_and_deliver_to_different_address01.png
+    :align: center 
+
+Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order
+=====================================================
+
+If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo
+will automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that
+one for both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a
+new one right from the quotation or sales order.
+
+.. image:: media/invoice_and_deliver_to_different_address02.png
+    :align: center 
+
+Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer
+==============================================
+
+If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order,
+they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under
+:menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`.
+
+From there you can add new addresses to the customer.
+
+.. image:: media/invoice_and_deliver_to_different_address03.png
+    :align: center 
+
+Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders
+=================================================
+
+These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order
+you send by email or print.
+
+.. image:: media/invoice_and_deliver_to_different_address04.png
+    :align: center 
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst b/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6fa7268025
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+============================
+Get paid to confirm an order
+============================
+
+You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed.
+Saving the time of both your customers and yourself.
+
+Activate online payment
+=======================
+
+Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate
+the *Online Signature & Payment* feature.
+
+.. image:: media/getpaidtovalidate01.png
+   :align: center 
+
+Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your
+acquirers of choice.
+
+You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment
+acquirers such as `Paypal
+<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_,
+`Authorize.Net (pay by credit card)
+<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, 
+and others under the `eCommerce documentation
+<../../ecommerce>`_.
+
+
+
+.. note::
+ If you are using `quotation templates 
+ <../quote_template>`_, 
+ you can also pick a default setting for each template.
+
+Register a payment
+==================
+
+From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay
+online.
+
+.. image:: media/getpaidtovalidate02.png
+   :align: center 
+
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst b/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..10cd719223
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+===================================
+Get a signature to confirm an order
+===================================
+
+You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both
+you and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a
+traditional process.
+
+Activate online signature
+=========================
+
+Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate
+the *Online Signature & Payment* feature.
+
+.. image:: media/getsignaturetovalidate01.png
+    :align: center 
+
+.. note:: 
+ If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_,
+ you can also pick a default setting for each template.
+
+Validate an order with a signature
+==================================
+
+When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online instantly.
+
+.. image:: media/getsignaturetovalidate02.png
+   :align: center 
+
+Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start.
+
+
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/getpaidtovalidate01.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/getpaidtovalidate01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1072d9c73a
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/getpaidtovalidate01.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/getpaidtovalidate02.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/getpaidtovalidate02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..17c431e9e6
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/getpaidtovalidate02.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/getsignaturetovalidate01.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/getsignaturetovalidate01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7266fadb92
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/getsignaturetovalidate01.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/getsignaturetovalidate02.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/getsignaturetovalidate02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e3c6b885da
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/getsignaturetovalidate02.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/invoice_and_deliver_to_different_address01.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/invoice_and_deliver_to_different_address01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..347a4e1d5f
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/invoice_and_deliver_to_different_address01.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/invoice_and_deliver_to_different_address02.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/invoice_and_deliver_to_different_address02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ab7178639
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/invoice_and_deliver_to_different_address02.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/invoice_and_deliver_to_different_address03.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/invoice_and_deliver_to_different_address03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..243b7a8ab6
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/invoice_and_deliver_to_different_address03.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/invoice_and_deliver_to_different_address04.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/invoice_and_deliver_to_different_address04.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..09fa585344
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/invoice_and_deliver_to_different_address04.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/optional_items01.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/optional_items01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d0ee5ee06a
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/optional_items01.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/optional_items02.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/optional_items02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9b40ff9ca6
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/optional_items02.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/optional_items03.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/optional_items03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..690b100e44
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/optional_items03.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/optional_items04.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/optional_items04.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b812d17641
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/optional_items04.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/optional_items05.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/optional_items05.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d31a9ec7c1
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/optional_items05.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/quotationsdeadline01.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/quotationsdeadline01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2b79b833b5
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/quotationsdeadline01.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/quotationsdeadline02.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/quotationsdeadline02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8c1be8c7cc
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/quotationsdeadline02.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/quotationsdeadline03.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/quotationsdeadline03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a6c70c1c59
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/quotationsdeadline03.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template01.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..957ae1dae7
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template01.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template02.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5d6677d0da
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template02.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template03.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eae671692e
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template03.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template04.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template04.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..664b6a5ee0
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template04.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template05.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template05.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2b9a5eceb8
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template05.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template06.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template06.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..49c1c2b9fe
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template06.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template07.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template07.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..871b25de7b
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/quote_template07.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/terms_and_conditions01.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/terms_and_conditions01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e84aeb3fcb
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/terms_and_conditions01.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/terms_and_conditions02.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/terms_and_conditions02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c6027ec78e
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/terms_and_conditions02.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/media/terms_and_conditions03.png b/sales/send_quotations/media/terms_and_conditions03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..39d3854b41
Binary files /dev/null and b/sales/send_quotations/media/terms_and_conditions03.png differ
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst b/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f9167de327
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+===========================================
+Increase your sales with suggested products
+===========================================
+
+The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful
+products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone
+could be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and
+headset.
+
+Add suggested products to your quotation templates
+==================================================
+
+Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*.
+
+.. TODO You can find documentation about it here https://docs.google.com/document/u/1/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit?usp=drive_web&ouid=104638657716670524342
+
+Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you
+can add related products or services.
+
+.. image:: media/optional_items01.png
+   :align: center
+
+You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation.
+
+Add suggested products to the quotation
+=======================================
+
+When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add
+the suggested products to the order.
+
+.. image:: media/optional_items02.png
+   :align: center
+
+.. image:: media/optional_items03.png
+   :align: center
+
+The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking
+on any of the little carts.
+
+.. image:: media/optional_items04.png
+   :align: center
+
+Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign
+or pay to confirm the quotation.
+
+Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the
+sales order, letting the salesperson see it.
+
+.. image:: media/optional_items05.png
+   :align: center
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst b/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f043808ffc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+=======================
+Use quotation templates
+=======================
+
+If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of
+time by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can
+send a complete quotation in no time.
+
+Configuration
+=============
+
+For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration
+--> Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*.
+
+.. image:: media/quote_template01.png
+  :align: center
+
+Create your first template
+==========================
+
+You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales -->
+Configuration`.
+
+You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be
+able to select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the
+expiration time for the quotation.
+
+.. image:: media/quote_template02.png
+  :align: center
+
+On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is
+activated in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the
+product configuration and can be alterated by customer pricelists.
+
+.. TODO (TO LINK DOC LATER WHEN DONE based on this https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/11.0/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.html
+
+Edit your template
+==================
+
+You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to
+accept or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company,
+services and products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be
+brought to the quotation editor.
+
+.. image:: media/quote_template03.png
+  :align: center
+
+.. image:: media/quote_template04.png
+  :align: center
+
+This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of
+building blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the
+zone dedicated to each product.
+
+.. image:: media/quote_template05.png
+  :align: center
+
+.. note::
+  The description set for the products will be used in all
+  quotations templates containing those products.
+
+Use a quotation template
+========================
+
+When creating a quotation, you can select a template.
+
+.. image:: media/quote_template06.png
+  :align: center
+
+Each product in that template will be added to your quotation.
+
+.. tip::
+  You can select a template to be suggested by default in the
+  *Sales* settings.
+
+Confirm the quotation
+=====================
+
+Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a
+digital signature or online payment. You can select that in the template
+itself.
+
+.. image:: media/quote_template07.png
+  :align: center
+
+Every quotation will now have this setting added to it.
+
+Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each
+quotation.
+
+.. todo  seealso
+..    `*https://docs.google.com/document/d/1OkC9MVvuDvzz2b9gZjfzMPzep7qdbOyZZxE0ZZj2K7E/edit* <https://docs.google.com/document/d/1OkC9MVvuDvzz2b9gZjfzMPzep7qdbOyZZxE0ZZj2K7E/edit>`__..
+..    `*https://docs.google.com/document/d/1LZC5C8dZY2gvP6QHx2w5BlakIxgcHIP6GeEuBBfsRNc/edit* <https://docs.google.com/document/d/1LZC5C8dZY2gvP6QHx2w5BlakIxgcHIP6GeEuBBfsRNc/edit>`__
diff --git a/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst b/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..84540a5017
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+================================
+Add terms & conditions on orders
+================================
+
+Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good
+relationship between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare
+all the formal information which include products and company policy;
+allowing the customer to read all those terms everything before
+committing to anything.
+
+Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every
+quotation, sales order and invoice.
+
+Set up your default terms and conditions
+========================================
+
+Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate
+*Default Terms & Conditions*.
+
+.. image:: media/terms_and_conditions01.png 
+      :align: center 
+ 
+In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then
+appear on every quotation, SO and invoice.
+
+.. image:: media/terms_and_conditions02.png 
+  :align: center 
+
+.. image:: media/quote_template02.png
+  :align: center
+  
+Set up more detailed terms & conditions
+=======================================
+
+A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to
+publish on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions
+of Odoo.
+
+You can also attach an external document with more detailed and
+structured conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can
+even set a default attachment for all quotation emails sent.
+
+.. image:: media/terms_and_conditions03.png
+  :align: center
diff --git a/website/optimize/media/seo07.png b/website/optimize/media/seo07.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e844c65318..0000000000
Binary files a/website/optimize/media/seo07.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/website/optimize/seo.rst b/website/optimize/seo.rst
index cb65de4830..7cb675a870 100644
--- a/website/optimize/seo.rst
+++ b/website/optimize/seo.rst
@@ -231,15 +231,8 @@ the Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:
 HTML Pages
 ----------
 
-Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using
-the :menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove extra space and
-tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc.
-
-.. image:: media/seo07.png
-  :align: center
-
-On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually
-handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache).
+The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web
+server (NGINX or Apache).
 
 The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short
 HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML
diff --git a/website/publish/domain_name.rst b/website/publish/domain_name.rst
index 530753fc2c..b82fd39638 100644
--- a/website/publish/domain_name.rst
+++ b/website/publish/domain_name.rst
@@ -84,9 +84,15 @@ We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:
 How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance
 ==============================================
 
-To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider 
-such as CloudFlare.com. 
+Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider such as CloudFlare to enable SSL.
 
+It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__.
+In order to get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate certificate is generated for each domain name specified).
+
+.. warning::
+  **Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**
+
+If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours.
 
 .. seealso::